A Learned, Pious, and Practical COMMENTARY, Upon the GOSPEL According to St. MARK: WHEREIN The Sacred Text is Logically Analysed;

The meaning of the holy Spirit clearly and soundly opened: Doctrines naturally raised, strongly confirmed, vindicated from Exceptions, and excellent Inferences deduced from them: All seeming Differences in the History between this and the other Evangelists fairly reconciled: Many important Cases of Conscience, Judiciously, Succinctly, and Perspicuously solved.

By that Laborious and Faithful Servant of Christ, Mr. George Petter, late Minister of the Gospel at Bread in Sussex.

Luke 24. 32.

Did not our heart burn within us, &c. while he opened to us the Scriptures?

2 Tim. 4. 11.

Take Mark and bring him with thee: For he is profitable to me for the Ministry.

Non potuit latere Marcum quid scriberet: Nec enim inexpers erat lectionis, qui ab infantiâ divinis literis imbutus & exerci­tatus erat in lege, maximè cum Apostolos sit secutus.

Augustin.Operum Tom. 4. in part. 2. Questionum ex Novo Testamento Col. 738. Edit. Basil. 1569.

Habebat [Paulus] Titum interpretem: Sicut & Beatus Petrus, Marcum. Cujus Evangelium, Petro narrante, & illo scribente, compositum est.

Hieronym. Hedibiae quaest. 11. part. 154. Tom. 3. Edit. Lugdun. 1530.

LONDON, Printed by J. Streater, and are to be sold by George Saw-bridge, at the Bible on Ludgate-Hill, MDCLXI.

[...]

THE Preface to the Pious Reader.

THE Four Evangelists are by some compared to four stately white Horses, drawing the Triumphant Chariot of the Gos­pel, wherein the Lord Jesus rides gloriously in his Imperial Seat throughout the World. Others refer them as Mystical Jerom in praef. ad Comment. in Math. Anti-Types to the four Cherubims in Solomon's Temple, or the four living Creatures in the Visions of Ezekiel, supporting the Throne of the Divine Majesty with their Wings lifted up on high: Each of which Cherubims had four Heads or Faces. That which had the face of a Lion, the Anci­ents say, did represent our holy Evangelist St. Mark; Because the first thing that we read of in the beginning of his heavenly Gospel is, as it were, the roaring Voice of a Lion in the Desarts, (The Voice of one crying in the Mark 1. 3. Wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make his paths streight.

This blessed Man is reported to have been born in the Land of Judaea, possibly at Jerusalem the Head City, if that be true which some conceive, that the Disciples were met secretly at the House of his Mother Mary, when Act. 12. 12. Peter was let out of Prison by the Angel: For the Text tells us expresly that he came to the House of Mary, the Mother of John, whose Sirname was Mark. He was Nephew to Barnabas, if that be the same Person of whom the Apostle Paul writes in his Epistle to the Colossians. Some have Col. 4. 10 conceited, that he was the Son of Peter the Apostle, because he styles him 1 Pet. 5. 13. so in his Epistle to the dispersed Jews: But I rather understand it accord­ing to Oecumenius, [...]. That he was his Son, begotten in the Faith, as Paul calls Timothy other-where. I know Carion takes him to be Peter's Carion p. 589. Sister's Son, and so, pro more Gentis, according to the rate of the Hebrews speaking of their Kindred, called his Son. Others deem him to be so cal­led because of his Youth, and his continual Attendance to, and Assistance of, Peter in the Ministry of the Gospel: For, by Irenaeus, he is called, The Iren. haeres lib. 3. c. 1. Disciple and Interpreter of Peter, committing those things to writing which he received from the Dictate of Peter. Jerom relates concerning him, Ib. supra. that he was the first Bishop of the Church of God at Alexandria in Aegypt, and acquaints us moreover, that it was the Tradition in his time, That he did not see the Lord our Saviour in the Flesh; yet, that what he compiled he received from Peter's own Mouth, and hath compendiously recited the History of our Lord, exactly according with the Divine Truth, though not in all Points in precise Order of time. The same learned Father, in his Catalogue of Ecclesiastical Writers, translated into Greek by Sophronius, observes further, That St. Mark wrote this Evangelical Treatise in Italy, [Page] even at Rome it self, at the request of the Brethren: Others say, at the de­sire, and by the direction and inditing, of Peter; if so (as most probable), then I question, whether it were written at Rome: For, it is greatly contro­verted, and more likely on the Negative, that Peter never was at Rome, whatsoever the old and bold Lyars of the Popish strain do assert. But how­ever, it appears from Evidences of great Antiquity, that it was approved by Peter, and, by his Apostolick Authority, set forth to be read in the Churches of Christ, as Clemens (cited by Jerom), in the sixth Book of his Hypotyposis, hath written. Papias also, the Bishop of Hierapolis in Syria, (who lived very anciently, and was the Auditor and Disciple of St. John the beloved Disciple,) doth make a notable mention of this Sacred Au­thor: And Philo Judaeus, seeing the Order of the Church by him erected in Aegypt, (what time he went Embassadour to the Emperour, in the be­half of his Country-men the Jews,) highly commended the great Chari­ty, Community, Holiness, and Continency of the lives of St. Mark's Dis­ciples.

It is reported by Epiphanius, (truly in general a grave Author, but yet it is to be feared, in those Collections of Haeresies and other matters, that he over-ruled his Pen too much by common fame,) that our holy Evan­gelist was one of those Disciples, who, not understanding the Mystery of eating the Flesh of Christ, (fell from him, and walked no more with him,) Joh. 6. 66 but afterwards repenting, became a Proselyte to the Gospel. This Sto­ry is taken up by Baronius, and other sequacious Pens; whereas there be Casaub. in Exerc. 15 in Baron. many, and those of high Repute and Antiquity, who assert, that our Ho­ly Man never saw our Lord walking in the Vally of his Incarnation.

Eutychius, in his short recital of the Foundation of the Alexandrian Eutych. Edit. Sel­d [...]n. Church, tells us several Stories of this Person, upon what a strange occa­sion he was instrumental, by a miraculous Cure of the Finger of one Anani­as (a Sutor) of that City, towards the Conversion of him to the Faith, and afterwards he did constitute him the first Patriarch of that Seat. The main of which Story, being crept into the Fabulous Legends, I leave to the Childish Affectors of Jacobus de Voragine, and such kind of tremen­dous Lyars and Impostors, to be asserted and proved. Out of more seri­ous and grave Relators it appears, that this Holy Man dyed in the eighth Hieron. Euseb. l. 2. c. 24. Hist. Eccles. Dorothe­us. Year of Nero, and the 63d. after our Lord's Birth, and was buried at A­lexandria. Some say he was crowned with Martyrdom, being strangled by some Heathen Marriners, with a Cable-Rope, and dragg'd about the Ci­ty of Alexandria, and then burnt to Ashes: Which Story, if it be true, confutes the Popish Relation of Baronius and others, who write that his Bones were stollen out of the Church at Alexandria by some Venetian Mer­chants, in the Year of our Lord 820. and those [...], or Bone-Reliques being before (it seems miraculously) educed out of their Ashes, were laid up with great Veneration in that famous Structure dedicated to St. Mark at Venice.

But leaving our holy Author's Dust in the secret Chambers of God's om­nipotent preserving Power; I come in a few words to speak to the Gos­pel it self, and treat a little of the Language wherein; the Time of it's Ex­aration; and the Scope of the Book: And then I shall descend to the Commentary of this our reverend and grave Author upon it.

Some have thought it was written in Latine; But the general Testimo­ny of Antiquity doth contradict it. Hierom, in his Preface to the Four Evangelists, dedicated to Pope Damasus, faith expresly (Graecum esse non dubium), That without doubt all but Matthew were written originally in Greek. With him also agrees the learned Bishop of Hippo in his first Book and second Chapter, of the Consent of the Evangelists, (Horum sane quatuor solus Matthaeus Hebraeo scripsisse perhibetur Eloquio, Caeteri Graece,) that all the rest but Matthew wrote in Greek. Wherefore Bellarmin, in his Tract of Ecclesiastical Writers, concludes from these Fathers inge­niously, That the Latine Copies of Mark are but Translations out of the Greek.

As for the Time of its Writing, the [...] set out by Scaliger, and taken to be the Alexandrian Chronicle, is the most proper Book from which we should deduce the time, if it were there mentioned. But all which that Digest of Years expresseth, is, that Mark came to preach the Gospel at Alexandria when Claudius Caesar and Kersianus were Consuls. To let pass the mistake for Cajus Caligula and L. Apronianus Caesianus who were Consuls in the Year of Christ 38. It is now generally received, that he wrote this Gospel before he went to Alexandria, and then it must be within a few Years after our Lord's Death. But I rather adhere to Euse­bius in the second part of his Chronicle, disertly setting down the 44th. Year of Christ for his coming to that City to preach the Gospel, which he had before newly received from Peter's Knowledg and Acquaintance with our Lord's Works and Miracles: So that, possibly, about a Year before, or more, (for we have no certain Foundation for the time,) was this Gos­pel penned.

The Scope of it, as of all the Four, is, to evince the Humanity of our Lord; That he was the Messiah prophesied of in the Holy Scriptures; That he was the Son of God; That he dyed a meritorious Death for his People, the Elect of God, with many other things too long to be here men­tioned in this Praefatory piece, but copiously and excellently handled in the ensuing Commentary.

The Author whereof was born in the famous County of Kent, in the Lath of Scray, in the Hundred of Selbrittenden, in the Parish of Sandhurst, near to Newenden, where once stood a notable Town of the Britains, cal­led Anderida, and fortified by the Romans, as we find mentioned in the Notices of the Western Empire, and garrisoned by a Band of Roman Soul­diers called Abulci, from whence possibly Apuldore, a Neighbour-Market, fetcht its Original Name.

His Parents were Godly, and of untainted Reputation, who though not of the highest rank, yet neither were of the lowest of the Peo­ple.

He went to the University of Cambridg, as near as I can remember, a­bout the sixteenth Year of his Age, and was admitted into Trinity-Colledg, under the Name and Tuition of that most learned, pious, and justly re­nowned Servant of God, Mr. Simon Aldrich, who preached over the Epi­stle to the Hebrews, and expounded the Ceremonial Law of Moses, in a most heavenly and Evangelical manner. A Tract which is yet extant in Manu-script, and would doubtless prove of most eminent Service to the [Page] Church, were it delivered from perishing, by the Press. But to proceed, Our present Author was, after some Proof of his learned abilities and di­ligence in study, elected Schollar of that ample Foundation, and continu­ed in his Scholastical employments till after he had proceeded Master in Arts.

The Entrance upon the high and honourable Function of the Ministry he undertook, if I call to mind aright, about the 24th. Year of his Age, being then placed in the Rectory of Bread, not far West from Winchelsey, in the County of Sussex; where he spent the whole Remainder of his life, being Pastor of that People 44 years.

In that place, through the Lord's gracious Blessing upon his Ministry, he was notably Instrumental in the effecting of a very great Change upon the hearts and lives of the Inhabitants: For whereas, at the Initiation of his Work amongst them, the People for the generality were very ignorant and profane, he was a means, under God, not only to bring them to Civi­lity and Knowledg, but many of them also to an eminent pitch in Grace and Godliness.

It pleased the Lord to exercise this his Servant with sundry tryals and af­flictions, during his residence among them; but none of them took him off from doing the Work of his great Lord and Master.

So intensely studious was he, that having withdrawn himself as much as possibly he could from the Affairs, and entangling Occasions, of this World, he conversed much with dead men in his Study, delighting much in that learned Prison, from whence his Soul was oft upon the Wing to­wards Heaven. A man he was of great Reading, and so constant and di­ligent in the Work of the Ministry, that, besides what of his Labours is visible in this Soul-fructifying Comment; he preached over divers of the Psalms of David: The whole 53d. Chapter of Isaiah: The Prophecy of Zephany: The Epistle to the Ephesians: The first Epistle to the Thes­salonians: The Epistle of James: The Epistle of Jude, entirely and com­pleatly: Together with Sermons upon the Creed, Lord's Prayer, Deca­logue, and Sacraments.

The Disease which made its Preparative Assault upon him, was an Ar­thritical Distemper in one of his Shoulders, the pain whereof encreasing more and more upon him, at length reduced him to a fatal Consumption, of which he dyed in the 68th. Year of his Age. His departure, when once Death drew near, was speedy and peaceable.

This Work, as I understand, at his first entrance upon it, was designed for the Publick, and prepared for the Press in his life-time. But the Pro­vidence of God not seeing good that he should out-live the Emission of it; therefore, for the benefit of the Church, some Schollars and Holy Men, having viewed it, judged it fit for a more general Service: Upon whose Account, and of divers other eminent Persons, Heads of Houses, and Do­ctors in Divinity, together with several learned Divines of both Univer­sities, and other parts of the Kingdom, to the number of above 200, (whose Names would be tedious and improper here to recite, though to be seen in the hands of the Undertakers,) having expressed their earnest desire to pro­mote the Publication of this faithful and solid Commentary: It is now at length, through the Goodness of God compleatly effected, (in the which [Page] I could do no less, as a Brother, than be Instrumental): To whose Divine Blessing I humbly commend both Work and Reader, only beg a few lines to spend upon the Comment it self.

Thou hast (pious Reader) exposed here to publick view, I think, the largest of all the Commentaries that have yet appeared in any Language, upon any of the Evangelists. As the Gospel it self entertains you with a Discourse of the Life of our Saviour, so this Comment was the Work of the principal part of our Reverend Author's Life. The Evangelist sets be­fore you the heavenly Feast of the Covenant of Grace: This Commentator servs it up with choise and Appetite-whetting Sawces. It's worth our lives to read it, digest it, exemplify it in a suitable Conversation. There is a strain of spirituality runs through it, that will render it very acceptable un­to such whose holy senses are exercised in the things of God. In handling of each parcel of this Holy Scripture, after a clear Partition of the words, he raiseth distinct and pertinent Observations, puts forth every where (as oc­casion requires) notable Textual Intricacies and Inquiries, which he solves judiciously and distinctly, and yet with a neat desirable brevity without ob­scurity: He seems utterly to disaffect all larded, pompous, and high-flown Expressions and aereal Terms: He aims not at diserta, but fortia; not to level his design at Eloquent Trappings, but strong and nervous Explicati­ons; as Jerom once wrote to Nepotianus, (Docente te in Ecclesia, non clamor Populi sed gemitus suscitet te, Lachrymae Auditorum Laudes tuae sint: When thou teachest in the Church, let not the humming but the groaning of the People raise thy Affections, The tears of the Auditors are the praises of the Minister.) There is scarce any material Point or practical Controversy, that may not (if I mistake not) be found in this excellent Treasury of Di­vinity. Many proper and obvious Objections every where almost raised, and no less satisfied: Multitudes of Cases of Conscience, requisite for the daily use of all sorts of Christians, pertinently discussed. To instance in a few: Here is handled the Minister's Warrant and Call to his holy Fun­ction and Office: the manner of managing it to his own Comfort, the ho­nour of his High-Calling, and the Edification of his People. Here is dis­cussed that Question, When and in what Cases Confession of Sins may and must be made unto men. As to Civil Callings, How to know the Time when we ought to enter into them: The Nature of spiritual Combates: The true Apprehension of the state of Adoption: How to discern the Devil's Suggestions from the Motions of our own corrupt Lusts: The Purity of the Word of God: What Comforts and Supports against the troubles of vain thoughts in Prayer: How to know that we are sincere in the great and important matters of Religion: In what respect, either as to Order of Time, or Nature, or quo ad nos, Repentance may be said, or not be said, to go before Faith. Here is stated the difference between John's Baptism and Christ's: The Questions about costly Apparel, the plentiful Use of the Creatures, the Duty of lifting up our Eyes and Hearts to Heaven before and after Meals, by the Example of our Lord, and what Knowledg the Saints shall have of each other in the Kingdom of Glory, are all sweetly opened, and pithily answered.

These [...] scatterings and gleanings of my present Observation to the vast Multitudes of useful, practical, spiritual Cases that are here, almost in every Leaf in every Sermon, held forth for the enlightning of the Under­standing, the rectifying the Conscience, the resolving the doubtful, the esta­blishing the weak, the comforting the Desolate, the stating of Evidences of God's Love, and the Administration of an abundant entrance into the Kingdom of our dear Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, That the Man of God may be perfect unto every good Work. With Commendation therefore of these pious and holy Labours of Love unto the Dews of Zion, and thy Soul unto the fructifying Influences of God, who alone giveth encrease un­to the planting of Paul and the watering of Apollos, not willing to detain thee any longer from entring into this spiritual Mine of the Gold of Ophir, I rest

Thine in the Gospel of our Lord and Saviour. J. Petter.

AN Alphabetical TABLE wherein is comprised the princi­pal matter contained in the Commentary upon the Gospel of St. MARK.

A.
  • Account.
    • ALL men must give an Account, 905
  • Accusation.
    • Silence is the best Answer to a false Ac­cusation, 1403
    • False Accusation, 1398, 1399
    • The most innocent are sometimes falsly ac­cused, 781
  • Admonition.
    • When it should be severe, 1434, 1615 1616
  • Adoption.
    • It belongs onely to Believers, 585
    • Derived by the Son-ship of Christ, 911
  • Advice.
    • It should precede our Actions, 278
  • Adultery.
    • Remedies against it, 430
  • Affections.
    • When they are sincere, 208, 338
    • When they are inordinate they are an hin­drance, 218
    • Remedies against their inordinatenesse, 218
    • Christians are not required to be altogether without them, 137
  • Affliction. 532, 776, 790, 1317, 1320, 1349, 1490, 1491, 1518, 1519, 1533, 1539, 1590, 1604.
    • Believers not exempt from it, 124, 128, 272, 239
    • Fasting should be used in time of Afflicti­on, 123
    • God sometimes seems not to observe the Affliction of his Children. 241, 244, 379
    • In it we must trust in God, 1535
    • Christ takes notice of the Affliction of his Servants. 375
    • God sometimes deferrs help. 377
    • God sometimes exerciseth his Servants with many Afflictions at once. 382, 442, 802, 916, 917
    • It is often greatest when deliverance is near. 383
    • The Church in this World is exercised with it. 376
    • God exerciseth Faith with it. 447
    • It encreaseth Faith. 453
    • Christians should be prepared for it. 514, 534, 539, 1227, 1281, 1282, 1286
    • Such as follow Christ must suffer it. 538, 787
    • Self-deniall a help to bear it. 537
    • Prayer an Effect of it. 803
    • Following Christ in it, an evidence of love. 1387
    • Prayer a Remedy against it. 1319
    • God tryeth his People with it. 41, 210
    • God gives a happy issue to it. 42, 245, 455, 1328
    • Prayer, a Duty in time of Affliction. 85, 148, 803, 804, 807, 1118
    • It is a stumbling-block to Hypocrites. 212
    • Preservatives against the evil of it. 213, 1282
    • In it we are apt to distrust God. 243
    • The benefit of it, when sanctified. 268, 443, 541
    • They come to Christians by Providence. 360, 1259
    • Difference between the Afflictions of the godly and the Afflictions of the wicked. 370
    • The Circumstance of time sometimes ag­gravates it. 374
    • It is twofold. 376
    • Christ is present with us in them. 383
    • Christ's Word a means to comfort in it. 384
    • We must help the afflicted. 388, 389, 458, 459, 466, 1316
    • Our Duty to bear it. 540, 541, 542, 1080, 1171, 1331, 1384
    • Christians therein conformable to Christ. 603, 790, 1312, 1322
    • We should not despaire of deliverance. 615
    • Helps to prepare us for it. 1288, 1298
    • What Persons should be a Comfort to us in it. 1306
    • Comfort in it to open our griefs. 1315
    • It is lawful to pray against it. 1322, 1323
    • Helps to make us willing to suffer it. 1384
    • Comfort against it. 1409
  • Alms. 745
    • May be joyned with the publick Worship of God. 1046
  • Ambition. 731, 785, 793, 923
    • Naturally in men. 652, 1036
    • Remedies against it. 785, 787, 1036
    • Its evill Effects. 793, 1038
  • Angels.
    • They guard Believers. 43
    • And comfort them. 1589
    • They shall attend on Christ at his second coming. 1158
    • They must gather the elect, 1158, 1159
    • The Saints shall be like them. 971
    • Why they formerly appeared. 1582, 1583 1584, 1585
    • We should honour them. 1586
    • Their Power. 1588
  • Anger.
    • Rash Anger sinful. 414, 1376
    • Remedies against rash Anger. 414, 1376
    • Anger against Sin. 720, 721, 1413
    • Rules concerning Anger against Sin. 720
    • All Anger is not unlawful. 137
    • Rules concerning it. ibid.
    • Anger against Sin should be joyned with sorrow. 138
  • Apostacy. 1234
    • Signs of it. 1235, 159
    • The danger of it. 775
  • [Page] Apostles. 765
    • A part of Christ's Family. 160
    • Whether lived upon Christ's Charges. ibid.
    • Were immediately sent of Christ. 307
    • Had the gift of working Miracles. 309, 857
    • Why Christ forbade them to provide for their journey. 310
    • Order and precedence among them. 507
    • They could not alwayes work Miracles. 615
    • Christ's care of them. 778
    • How they obtained the gift of Miracles. 857
    • They lived in troublesome times. 1166
    • Not distinguished from others by their ha­bit. 1430
  • Apparel. 1038, 1430
    • Rules concerning it. 21, 22
  • Apparitions.
    • We should not fear the Apparition of the Devill. 381, 382
  • Ascension of Christ.
    • Causes of it. 1655, 1656
  • Authority.
    • It is not to be despised. 1566
B.
  • Baptism. 1630, 1631, 1636, 1638
    • THe Excellency of it. 28, 879
    • Its necessity. 12, 1637
    • Administration thereof belongs onely to Ministers. 13
    • Why called Baptism of Repentance. 15
    • The ends of it. 1632
    • It seals Remission of Sins. 16
    • It was formerly administred by Dipping. 19
    • Why Christ was baptized. 28,
    • Whether sprinkling be warrantable 29
    • Infants have a Right to it. 722, 1634, 1635
  • Believers. 780 1351
    • Christ's care of them. 467, 468, 673, 1090, 1091, 1092, 1219, 1293, 1294, 1347
    • Adoption belongs onely to them. 585
    • They shall but taste of Death. 565
    • They must be like Children. 657, 673, 723, 724
    • Suffer Afflictions. 121. 124. 128. 164. 239. 241. 244. 272. 273. 288. 311. 358. 379. 382. 383. 442. 787. 802. 916. 917. 1083. 1091. 1093. 1097. 1171. 1233. 1388. 1530. 1531. 1534.
    • They desire the use of the Sacraments. 19
    • Excellency of them. 24, 1274
    • The Devill will assault them. 35, 41
    • Angels guard them. 43, 1158
    • They endeavour to convert others. 113
    • May be in the Company of the Wicked. 114
    • Their Conversation. 122
    • Must not seek their own Honour. 150
    • God honours them. 155
    • Whether they may fall away. 158, 1436
    • They have their infirmities. 177, 189, 663, 1090, 1421
    • They are of spirituall kindred with Christ. 180, 181
    • They ought to instruct others. 224, 260
    • Shall be partakers of Glory. 233
    • Their Innocence strikes terrour into the Wicked. 326, 339
    • God alloows them Rest from Duty. 353
    • Their Compassion. 359
    • They do not alwayes enjoy Comfort. 375
    • Christ takes notice of their troubles. 375, 377
    • Their Sins open the mouths of the enemies of Religion. 395
    • They value the smallest Mercies of God. 453
    • They should be prepared for tryals. 514
    • The best of them are in part carnally min­ded. 531, 784, 1346, 1347
    • Ignorance in the best of them. 595
    • Sometimes weak in Faith. 626
    • They should be as spiritual Sacrifices. 688
    • Should be wise. 699
    • They are often tainted with the Errours of the times. 713
    • Must be Disciples of Christ. 748
    • Christ covers their infirmities. 767
    • They shall be rewarded for their Suffer­ings. 770, 771, 772
    • Christ expects fruit of them. 830
    • God fits them for difficult Work. 857, 858
    • God is their Father. 871
    • They must beware of false Teachers. 1034, 1062, 1081
    • They are the Glory of the Church. 1056
    • Their flight a Sign of God's Wrath. 1110
    • God corrects them in this life more sharp­ly than the Wicked. 1120
    • They must abstain from Sin. 1243
    • Should grieve for the Sins of others. 1255
    • When suspected they must clear their inno­cency. 1256
    • Their Ʋnion with Christ. 1274
    • Are not free from Sin. 1289, 1298, 1294, 1298, 1351, 1363, 1374
    • The best not exempted from temptation. 1342, 1343
    • Why God leavs some Corruption in them. 1346, 1421
    • God imployes the Wicked to afflict them. 1355
    • Their Zeal is not alwayes according to Knowledge. 1375
    • It is a great Sin to injure them. 1418
    • They sometimes sin against knowledge and Conscience. 1422
    • They are sometimes fearfull in danger. 1423
    • They must expect to meet with unthank­full men. 1471
    • They ought to speak for Christ's Cause. 1472
  • Benefactors.
    • We should not speak evill of them. 660
  • Benefits.
    • Christ the ground of them. 34
  • Blasphemy.
    • Sinfulness of it. 172, 1413, 1416
    • What it is. 436
    • Remedies against it. 172, 437
    • Kinds of it. 101, 102, 436
    • We ought to abhor it. 102
    • Committed four wayes. 172
  • Body.
    • Its natural impurity. 425
  • Brothers.
    • Why the Name of the eldest was to be con­tinued. 958
    • Why his Inheritance was to continue in his Name. 959
  • Burial.
    • Decent Buriall due to the dead. 350, 351 1570
C.
  • Calamities.
    • THe Calamities at the second coming of Christ. 1080
  • Call.
    • No Office should be undertaken without it. 83
    • When it is lawfull. 30, 83
    • God fits those whom he calleth. 31, 309
    • Some great Persons are called. 268
    • Those that are called must free themselvs from hinderances. 311, 807
    • It ought to be obeyed. 320
    • Sometimes Actions are successful though performed without a lawfull Call. 663
    • The Power of it. 764
    • How we may know it. 1066, 1375
    • [Page] No Action should be undertaken without it. 1374
  • Calling.
    • An Ordinance of God. 1194, 1195
    • Christians should ply their own Calling. 696, 1195, 1511
    • Calling should not be forsaken. 875
    • Outward Calling a great Priviledge. 448
    • All ought to have a particular Calling. 300
    • Religion may be practised in any lawfull Calling. 301
  • Care.
    • It is two-fold. 214
    • When immoderate it is a hindrance. 215
    • Remedies against immoderate Care. ibid.
    • When it is immoderate. 362
    • We must not distract our selvs with it. 480, 486
    • Remedies against distracting Care. 480
  • Catechizing.
    • It is a Duty. 506
  • Censure.
    • It proceeds from malice. 103
    • Natural to us. 120
    • The Property of an Hypocrite. 126
  • Ceremonies. 129, 394, 1009
    • The Church may ordain outward Cere­monies. 401
  • Charity. 135, 136
    • Its Works are to be preferred before out­ward Ceremonies. 129
    • Motives to it. 1047, 1222, 1223
    • It is acceptable to God. 1048
    • Christ observs it. 1048, 1052
    • Rich men should especially be charitable. 1049
    • It is a Duty. 1050
    • God judgeth it not by the gift, but by the heart. 1052, 1053
    • Christians should use all occasions to ex­press it. 1222
    • Cautions concerning it. 1223
    • The heart must be free in it. 1224
  • Children.
    • God sometimes makes them a Curse. 1114
    • Should be nurst by the natural Mother. 1115
    • Christians must be like them. 723, 724, 657, 673
    • Christ's Love to them. 725
    • We should pray for them. 725
    • They are naturally tainted with Sin. 624
    • Their Duties to Parents. 407, 410
    • They should not curse their Parents. 411
    • They ought to help their Parents. 74, 416
  • Christ. 1224, 1230
    • He rules the Devils. 65, 70
    • Why the Devil professed his Knowledge of him. 67, 253
    • Why Christ rebuked the Devill for con­fessing him. 69
    • The Authour and Subject of the Gospel. 3
    • Efficacy of Ordinances, from him. 26
    • Obedience. due to him. 58, 92, 110
    • Why the Devill adored him. 253
    • Faith unites to him. 285
    • God's Love to him. 33, 586
    • Christ the chief Teacher. 370, 417, 587, 591, 713, 1033
    • All ought to hear him. 588
    • His Enemies. 163, 390, 1028, 1029, 1030, 1058, 1085, 1377
    • He is true God. 4. 24, 76, 98
    • His Dignity. 7, 24, 31, 599, 912
    • We must forsake all for him. 28, 58, 271
    • He resembles the Dove. 31
    • The ground of Ged's Love to us. 34
    • Why he was nempted forty dayes. 38, 39
    • His Love to us. 39, 127, 467, 468, 531, 636, 656, 756, 782, 1311, 1332, 1335
    • He is Lord of all the Creatures. 42, 246, 378
    • He governs the Church. 46, 47
    • His Kingdom. 47, 818, 1027, 1550, 1564
    • His Power. 60, 89, 245, 366, 378, 497, 663, 813, 815, 1247, 1649
    • His Holiness. 68
    • His Mercy. 76, 100, 247, 356, 384, 461, 489, 496
    • His spiritual presence. 82
    • He is a spiritual Physitian. 89. 115. 147. 276. 279. 463
    • Why he would not have the People to flock to him. 93
    • How he saw their Faith. 97
    • He takes notice of our Graces. 99
    • He knows the heart. 104. 1247
    • When on Earth he could pardon. 106
    • One end of his coming, to convert Sinners. 117. 118
    • Difference between his Disciples and John's. 119
    • He is a spirituall Bride-groom. 122
    • His humune Nature. 131, 515, 580, 829, 1040, 1147, 1309
    • He hath Power over the Sabbath. 132
    • His Miracles. 135. 280
    • His Friends. 145
    • Why he chose Judas among his Apostles. 155
    • He was subject to our Infirmities. 160. 1309
    • We should seek the Knowledge of him. 190
    • His diligence in the Ministry. 238. 501. 694
    • He was subject to humane Passions. 241. 356. 474
    • Why he returned into Galilee. 267
    • Why he asked; Who touched him. 281
    • Why he sometimes published, and some­times forbade the publishing of, his Mi­racles. 281
    • He comforts the humbled. 284
    • He is Lord of Life and Death. 294
    • His Humiliation. 300. 1370. 1389. 1417. 1409
    • Why in Prayer he looked upward. 365
    • He is a spiritual Pastor of Souls. 369. 1290
    • What he prayed for in the Mount. 372
    • In him a two-fold Will. 440
    • Misery of Man without him. 457. 1261. 1267
    • His Humility. 496. 656. 797. 798
    • He is the true Messias. 510. 572. 1406. 1409. 1447
    • He was called of God. 510. 661
    • His fore-knowledge. 513. 1057
    • His Sufferings. 513. 516. 518. 520. 521. 601. 602. 788. 799. 932. 1202 1240. 1246. 1253. 1258. 1290. 1303. 1306. 1310. 1323. 1329. 1381. 1485. 1506. 1508
    • His Resurrection. 523
    • Why he fore-told his Passion. 525. 602
    • We must imitate him. 534. 535
    • His Glory. 562. 569. 580. 567. 1408
    • Those that follow him must suffer. 538. 769
    • His Transfiguration. 563. 566. 569
    • His Divinity. 584. 593. 538. 1024
    • Why his Divinity was not published in the time of his Humiliation. 592
    • His Patience. 620. 1451. 1452
    • His Wisdom. 730, 812
    • It was not his Work as Mediator to con­fer worldly honour. 791
    • Why he came poor into the World. 797
    • Necessity of his Incarnation. 798
    • He dyed not for all. 800
    • How he received Power from God. 824
    • We should pray for his Kingdom. 825
    • His Long-suffering. 833
    • His Incarnation. 908 910. 911
    • Reverence due to him. 912
    • Causes of his Death. 923
    • He is a Corner-stone. 934. 935
    • His Exaltation. 937. 1024. 1147. 1658
    • He was revealed in the Old Testament. 959
    • He exalted not himself. 1022
    • His Glorification. 1025. 1026 1410
    • Many false Christs. 1064. 1065
    • Contempt of him dangerous. 1075 1120
    • His Prophetical Office. 1134
    • He gave Alms. 1217
    • We must ask Counsel of him. 1243
    • We should entertain him. 1247
    • His Obedience to the Law. 1249. 1382
    • His Sorrow. 1251. 1308, 1309
    • His Meekness. 1251. 1451. 1452
    • Why he fore-told the Treason of Judas. 1252
    • How we may be guilty of his Death. 1261
    • [Page] All benefits flow from his Death. 1269
    • Why he prayed. 1305
    • His Fear. 1398
    • His Trayer. 1317. 1319. 1321. 1324
    • How could he pray against his Suffering, since it was decreed. 1321. 1322
    • Whether his sensitive Will was contrary to the Will of his Reason. 1330
    • A two-fold Will in him. ibid.
    • His apprehension by his Enemies seems strange. 1369
    • His Innocence. 1398. 1466
    • Why he made no Answer to the Allegati­ons against him. 1402. 1406
    • How he is the Son of God. 1407
    • What it is to deny him. 1424. 1428
    • His Death. 1443. 1492
    • He is a King. 1448
    • His Work of Redemption. 1385
    • His Humiliation. 1468. 1480
    • He is the true Sin-Offering. 1433
    • He was numbred with Transgressors. 1463
    • It is honourable to bear his Cross. 1486
    • His Love to Mankind. 1494. 1530. 1611
    • His Poverty. 1496. 1558
    • All his Sufferings were ordained by God. 1507. 1521
    • Why he dyed. 1542
    • For whom he dyed. ibid.
    • Why Miracles were wrought at his death. 1546
    • How we may honour Christ. 1562
    • Why he rose the third day. 1577
    • His Presence. 1605
    • His Apparition. 1613
    • He is Lord of all men. 1652. 1653
    • Causes of his Ascension. 1655. 1656
    • The ends of his Exaltation. 1659. 1660. 1661
    • How he makes Intercession for us. 1659
    • Why he was baptized. 1632
  • Church.
    • Personall succession of its Pastors no cer­tain Mark of its Truth. 1396
    • It may be amongst its Enemies. ibid.
    • Christ was not to abide with it on Earth. 1191
    • Christ's care of it. 901. 902. 903. 906. 930. 607. 1122. 1192. 1193. 1295
    • Ministers are Door-keepers of it. 1196
    • Its weighty Affairs should be done care­fully. 1244
    • God warns it of troubles. 1076
    • Those that are excluded out of it are odi­ous to God. 1103
    • It is sometimes in great troubles. 376. 1121. 1126
    • God mitigates his Anger against it. 1122
    • God's care of it in time of trouble. 1124
    • It is Catholick, in respect of place. 1157
    • The sure estate of it. 1170
    • It is like a House. 1188. 1189
    • On Earth it is in a warfaring Condition. 1189
    • Christ is Lord of it. 46. 47. 926. 1190
    • God is alwayes present with it. 976
    • It is hard to reform it. 603. 835. 837
    • Covetousness dangerous in it. 837
    • Not to be reformed without a Call. 840
    • Rules concerning its Reformation. 828. 840
    • No man should take up an Office in it without a Call. 875
    • God plants Churches. 895
    • It is like a Vineyard. 896
    • God furnisheth it. 899
    • God expects it should be fruitfull. 900. 913
    • How Christ upholds it. 935
    • All Attempts against it are vain. 146. 936
    • It is often tainted with Cōrruptions. 600
    • Gods care of its Reformation. 601
    • It may ordain outward Ceremonies. 401
    • The proper Priviledges of it ought not to be common. 449
    • It is a great misery to be shut out of the visible Church. 449
    • No Calling in it exempts from Errour or Ignorance. 103
    • It is never without Hypocrites. 157. 194
    • In it all things should be done decently. 184
    • In indifferent things we must conform to it. ibid.
    • Believers are the Glory of it. 1056
    • Miracles are not a sure note of its truth. 1130
    • Christ is Pastor of it. 1290
    • Ʋnity is no sure note of its truth. 141
  • Comfort.
    • The Promise of God is the ground of it. 286
    • Believers do not alwayes enjoy it. 375
  • Coming of Christ. 557. 1153
    • It will be matter of terrour to the Wicked. 1411
    • The Glory of it. 559. 1412
    • It will be visible. 1150. 1412
    • Carnall security is an hindrance from pre­paring for it. 1198
    • It will be sudden. 1199
    • The Calamities that shall then fill the World. 1080
    • The Sun, Moon, and Stars will be then darkned. 1143. 1144
    • The manner of it will be terrible. 1146
    • The certainty of it. 562. 1148. 1172
    • How Christ will then judge the World. 1148
    • Helps to prepare for it. 1149
    • It will be accompanied with Power and Majesty. 1151
    • The Elect shall then be gathered together. 1144. 1157
    • Angels shall attend on it. 1158
    • It will be joyfull to the Godly. 1161
    • Signs of it. 1162. 1163. 1165.
    • The time of it unknown to Men and An­gels. 1173, 1174, 1175
    • It is our Duty to prepare for it. 1176 1177. 1181. 1186
    • How we may be prepared for it. 1176, 1177, 1181, 1186
    • It is not in our Power to prepare for it. 1187
    • Motives to prepare for it. 1188
    • The danger of being unprepared for Christs coming. 1198
    • Prayers, a means to prepare for it. 1186
    • Watchfulness is a means to prepare for it. 1181
  • Communion.
    • Communion with Christ. 282
    • Excellency of the Communion of Saints. 1306
  • Compassion. 359. 458. 459. 466.
    • We should compassionate others. 88
  • Conference. 481
    • It is a Duty. 72. 502
    • Motives to it. 502
    • The benefit of it. 595
  • Confession.
    • We are naturally unwilling to confesse our Sins. 647
    • Confession of Faith. 508. 509. 552.
    • Rules concerning Confession of Faith. 509
    • Confession of Sin. 17. 26
    • Auricular Confession is vain. 17
  • Confidence.
    • We are prone to be too confident. 789 1296
    • The danger of being too confident. 1422
  • Confirmation.
    • It is no Sacrament. 715
  • Conscience.
    • The guilt of it terrible. 327
    • Terrours of it not a certain mark of Re­pentance. 328
    • Terrours of it are difficultly removed. 331
    • Men are more forward to propound Cases of Conscience than to practise the Reso­lution of them. 1377
  • Contempt.
    • Christ suffered it. 932
    • Contempt of Christ a dangerous Sin. 1075. 1120
    • Contempt of the Gospel. 263
    • Contempt of Ministers. 296. 302. 303 314. 317
  • [Page] Contentment.
    • It is a Duty. 1444. 83
  • Controversies. 596. 597
    • The Scripture is the best judge of them. 700
  • Conversion. 48, 71, 1433
  • Conviction.
    • The Wicked are not the better for it. 954
    • God sometimes convinceth before he pu­nisheth. 315
  • Corruption.
    • Corruption of our Nature. 92
    • Corruption of our Nature should be re­nounced. 536
    • Helps to renounce the Corruption of our Nature. 537
  • Covenant.
    • God is mindfull of it. 978
    • Death doth not null it. ibid.
  • Covetousness. 923. 1217
    • Riches an occasion of it. 752
    • It is dangerous in the Church. 837. 1365
    • It is a great hindrance to a Christian. 216. 751. 756
    • Remedies against it. 217. 433. 751. 1238
    • Its Properties. 433
    • Degrees of it. ibid.
    • Common to all by Nature. 759
    • It was the Cause of Judas Treason. 1237
  • Counsel.
    • Evill Counsel should be detested. 530
  • Country.
    • We ought to esteem it. 296
    • Persons of Gifts honour it. ibid.
  • Courage.
    • We must be couragious in Christ's Cause. 1374
  • Creatures.
    • Christ is Lord of them. 378
    • God's Power over them. 1078. 1144
    • They should be used with Prayer and Thanksgiving. 364. 1435
  • Cross.
    • Christians must bear it. 748
    • Some things required in bearing it. 749
    • Christians naturally fearfull. 777
    • It is hard to bear it. 788
    • We should be prepared for it. 789
  • Cruelty.
    • The Cruelty of the Wicked. 1418
  • Cursing. 411
    • It is a great Sin. 1431
    • We are subject to the Curse of God. 1492, 1493
  • Custom.
    • Custom in Sin dangerous. 697
    • Evill Customs should be reproved. 291
    • Hypocrites stand much for old Customs. 1660. 1661
D.
  • Damnation.
    • IT is aggravated by the abuse of means 318
  • Dancing.
    • Immodest Dancing is a Sin, and occasion of Sin. 344
    • Reasons against immodest Dancing. 345
    • Immodest Dancing breeds carnall delight. ibid.
    • It is dangerous to behold immodest Dan­cing. ibid.
  • Danger.
    • Christians may flee from it. 1109
    • Fear of it should not hinder us from good. 1247
  • Darkness. 1522. 1523. 1524. 1525
  • Dead.
    • Excessive sorrow for them is sinfull. 290
    • Decent Burial is due to them. 350, 351
  • Death. 1228. 1258. 1519. 1654
    • Christ is Lord of it. 294
    • God sometimes suffers his to dy ignomini­ous deaths. 349
    • The Death of Saints is but partial. 565. 980
    • It is a Sleep. 291
    • All are subject to it. 564
    • How to prepare for it. 564. 1165. 1303
    • Comfort against it. 1159
    • It is our Duty to prepare for it. 1303
    • The greatest extremity of a Christian is at that time. 1526
    • What it is. 1544
  • Deceipt.
    • Two kinds of it. 435
    • Remedies against it. 435
  • Decree.
    • God hath appointed the time when all things happen. 46
    • His Decrees must be fulfilled. 517
    • The Decrees of Election and Reprobation. 1123
    • The Decrees of God do not excuse the sins of men. 1260. 1263
  • Defilement.
    • Nothing defileth, but what defileth the Soul. 424
  • Deliverance.
    • We should never despaire of it. 615
    • It is often wrought by degrees. 498
    • God often affords it suddenly. 608
    • It is not alwayes speedily granted. 623
    • It is sometimes deferred. 624
    • It is often nearest in greatest extremity. 638
  • Denial.
    • What it is to deny Christ. 1424. 1428
  • Desires.
    • Good Desires. 1469
  • Detestation.
    • We should expresse Detestation of Sin. 313
  • Destruction.
    • It is the fruit of Sin. 929
  • Devil.
    • He will assault Believers. 35. 41. 204
    • He cannot hinder the Gospel. 183
    • His enmity to God and Man. 40
    • He is hardly removed from possession. 70, 255
    • When he is resisted he rageth the more. 70
    • Why he desires to enter into mens Bodies. 63
    • His Malice. 63, 66, 255, 246, 249, 625, 640, 1126
    • His Power. 64. 168. 257. 1130
    • Why God permits him. 64. 168
    • His Impurity. 64. 258
    • Christ rules him. 65. 70. 169. 253. 637
    • [Page] The Devils have not yet their full Dam­nation. 67
    • He dreads the Day of Judgment. ibid.
    • Why he professed his Knowledge of Christ ibid.
    • He hath an Historical Faith. 67, 150, 254
    • Why Christ rebuked the Devil for confes­sing him. 69
    • We must not hearken to him. 69 635
    • His Policy. 143
    • There is a difference of Order amongst the Devils. 164
    • He opposeth not his own Interest. 165
    • One Devill cannot be ejected by another. 166
    • His Motion. 204
    • He is active in tempting. 205
    • Why he forced the possessed Person to dwell among the Tombs. 251
    • Why he haunts solitary places. ibid.
    • He can distemper mens minds. 252
    • He endeavours to cause men to mischief themselves. ibid.
    • It is a misery to be subject unto him. 252, 613
    • Why he adored Christ. 253
    • Why the Devils desired to enter into the Swine. 257
    • Why Christ suffered the Devils to go into the Swine. ibid.
    • God sometimes justly suffers him to have his Will. 258
    • He enters into Swinish Persons. 259
    • He can assume a Body. 380
    • His Apparitions. 381, 382
    • He can enter into men. 612
    • He can torment men. 613. 636
    • His Cruelty. 613
    • His rage. 622
    • His malice is limited. 626
    • We are naturally his Slaves. 799
    • His malice against the Scripture. 1020
    • He fits his Temptations to the time. 1129
  • Diet.
    • Rules concerning it. 22, 125
  • Diligence.
    • It is an Effect of Love. 96
    • Motives to diligence in Duties. 160
    • It is a means of spiritual profit. 227, 228
  • Diseases.
    • They are fruits of Sin. 148
  • Discord.
    • It is hurtful to Society. 166
    • Remedies against it. 167
  • Discouragement.
    • It is a Sin to discourage any in doing good. 1218
    • Impediments in doing good should not dis­courage us. 97
    • We must expect it in Duty. 719
  • Discourse.
    • The Wicked abuse holy things in their dis­course. 1418
  • Distrust.
    • The best are apt to distrust God. 487
    • Remedies against it. 487, 244
    • We are prone to distrust God in Affliction. 243
  • Divorce. 701, 702, 703
    • Whether the Persons divorced may marry again. 715
    • It is unlawful in light Causes. 715
  • Doubts.
    • We should propound them to others. 639
    • Faith may stand with some kind of doubt­ing. 860
  • Duty. 947
    • The Devil is ready to obstruct us at it. 204
    • God allows rest from it. 353
    • Our Gesture at it should be decent. 365
    • When two Duties interfere, the most neces­sary must be done. 265
    • Duty towards God and Man must not be severed. 338
    • Hinderances of it should be avoided. 567
    • Helps to it should be vsed. ibid.
    • Christ accepts it, though it be weakly per­formed. 667
    • In it we must expect discouragements. 719
    • In it we must be watchfull. 1179
    • Several sorts of Duties. 1194
    • For it the fittest time should be chosen. 1209
    • We should be diligent in it. 1226
    • The easiness of it aggravates the neglect. 1337
    • We are naturally unable to do it. 1344
E.
  • Earth.
    • IT shall be altered at Christ's coming. 1167
  • Earth-quakes.
    • They are often tokens of God's Wrath. 1077
  • Elect.
    • Election. 1124, 1155
    • The Elect are sometimes seduced. 1132
    • At Christ's coming, there will be a sepa­ration between them and Reprobates. 1153
    • Election the Cause of their Salvation. 1155
    • Certainty of their Salvation. 1156
    • Angels must gather them. 1154, 1157, 1158, 1159
    • God doth not call them all at once. 775
    • There are many. 800
    • Heaven is open onely to them. 792
  • Ends.
    • It is not enough to propound good Ends, ex­cept we use lawful means. 1463
  • Enemies.
    • Enemies of Christ. 390, 1028, 1029, 1030, 1085, 1272, 1280, 1358, 1377
  • Envy. 1307
    • It is natural to men. 664
    • Remedies against it. 436, 664, 1465
    • Danger of it. 1465
    • It is the property of the Wicked. 1466
  • Errour.
    • No Calling in Church exempts from it. 103, 521, 597, 598, 980
    • Ministers must shun it. 483
    • Ministers should confute it. 604
    • The best are often tainted with it. 713, 718
    • Neglect of Scripture is a cause of it. 330, 931, 964
    • The Spirit of God will not yield to it. 1297
    • Ignorance in the Scriptures a Cause of it. 128, 505, 786
    • It is manifold. 330
    • The teaching of it, is a Cause of sinful pra­ctices. 400
    • It derogates much from the Authority of God's Word. 416
    • It is apt to increase. ibid.
    • We must avoid it. 482, 484
    • Helps to avoid it. 482
    • It is infectious. 483
    • Christians should know it. 503
    • It hath been in all Ages 504
    • It should be opposed with Scripture. 1021
    • We are naturally prone to embrace it. 1067
  • Estate.
    • There are but two Estates after this life. 684
  • Eternity.
    • The Eternity of Heaven. 682
    • Eternity of Christs Kingdom. 1027
  • [Page] Exaltation.
    • Exaltation of Christ. 1658. 1659. 1660. 1661
  • Example.
    • The influence of it. 1417. 1426. 1214. 1518
    • The example of the Multitude is no rule. 1360
F.
  • FAith. 1273. 1280. 1358. 1552. 628. 861. 1565. 1618. 1628
    • The Devils have an Historical Faith. 67. 150. 254
    • Whether Repentance be before it. 48
    • How Christ saw it. 97
    • Without it the Word is unprofitable. 208
    • Necessity of it at prayer. 271
    • Knowledg, the ground of it. 387. 276
    • It is sometimes weak in the best. 626. 278. 1588. 1616
    • Confession of it. 508. 509. 552. 1090
    • Prayer, an effect of it. 861. 863. 494. 630
    • Knowledge of the Law, a preparation to it. 1016
    • Teachableness a good step to it. 1015
    • What it is. 51
    • Parts of it. 51
    • Degrees of it. 51
    • Necessity of it. 52. 1627
    • Signs of it. 52. 632. 1017. 1628. 1629
    • Means to attain it. 52. 286
    • Means to increase it. 53
    • Its hinderances. 53. 1517.
    • Object of it. 53
    • Without it no pardon of Sin. 98
    • It commends our good works. 99
    • It's power. 156. 277. 452. 629. 806
    • It is not propagated by natural Birth. 161. 497. 574
    • It will be fruitful. 277. 388
    • The benefit of it. 285. 454. 809
    • How it healed the woman. 285.
    • It unites to Christ. 285
    • Why God suffers it to be assaulted. 287
    • Christ is ready to help its weakness. 288. 460. 494
    • When it is weak. 359
    • Helps to strengthen it. 361. 1535
    • God exercises it with many Tryals. 447
    • It is accompanied with humility. 451. 676
    • Affliction increases it. 453
    • We should not rest on the Faith of others. 506
    • It consists with ignorance in some points. 595. 596
    • It is joyned with sorrow for Sin. 631. 632
    • It is not inconsistent with some degree of unbelief. 633
    • It is the property of a Christian. 675
    • It believes things invisible. 785
    • It is exercised with many discouragements. 805
    • It is its nature to grow. 806
    • In some sense it is in Christ. 1534
    • Salvation the Fruit of it. 1638. 1639
    • How the Gospel works it. 1626. 1640
    • It is the way to obtain our desires. 854
    • Motives to it. 854
    • We must be content with that degree of it which God gives. 855
    • It is a means to obtain the gift of Mira­cles. 857
    • It enables us to perform what God calls us to. 858
    • It stands with some kind of doubting. 860
    • It applies Christ. 1024
    • It trusts in God's providence. 1054
    • Power of God, a ground of it. 1327
    • Love of God, a ground of it. 1327
  • Famine.
    • It is a token of God's wrath. 1078
  • Fasting. 121. 641. 642
    • It should be used in time of Affliction. 123
  • Fear.
    • Remedies against it. 1423. 243
    • The danger of it. 580
    • An infirmity in danger. 242. 1247
    • Difference between the fear of the wicked and the godly. 242
    • Whether Christ condemned all kind of fear. 247
    • It proceeds from infidelity. 248
    • Fear of Christ. 1308
    • God ought to be feared. 249. 283
    • It is good to fear God. 260
    • How the wicked fear God. 261
    • There is no cause for it, when we are about good actions. 1591
  • Feasting.
    • It is lawful. 111. 1213
    • Rules concerning it. 111
    • It is sometimes an occasion of Sin. 344. 1454
  • Flight.
    • Cautions concerning it. 1109
    • It is lawful in time of persecution. 144. 145
  • Foolishness.
    • It's kinds. 437
    • Remedies against it. 438
  • Fornication.
    • It's significations. 431
    • Remedies against it. 431
  • Free-will.
    • No free-will to good. 760
  • Friends.
    • Per [...]idious friends. 1367
    • We may comfort us when Friends forsake us. 1384
    • They are sometimes hinderances of well-doing. 177. 178
    • Their treachery is worst. 1253
  • Frugality.
    • It is a Duty. 368
  • Funeral.
    • Funeral Rites are lawful. 1228
G.
  • Gain.
    • IT is Theft, when it is unlawfully got­ten. 845
  • Generation.
    • The several signifiations of it in Scripture. 1163
  • Gentiles.
    • Some of them were called in Christ's time. 146
    • Christ came for their benefit also. 441
    • It is God's will that they should be called. 843
    • The calling of them. 1129
  • Gesture.
    • In holy Duties it of should be decent. 365
  • Gifts.
    • Those that are unprofitable shall lose them. 229
    • We should not hide them. 1595
  • Glory.
    • It should not be vainly sought. 93. 289
    • Those that lest seek it, have oftentimes most. 95
    • The glory of Christ. 1408. 1410. 562. 569. 580
    • The glory of Christ's second coming. 1412
    • Believers shall be partakers of it hereafter 233
  • God.
    • His power. 762. 1326. 1432. 1434. 1485
    • He is especially in the Highest Heavens. 824
    • We ought to fear him. 249. 260. 283
    • How the Wicked fear him. 261
    • We should observe his Works. 262. 294
    • [Page] His long-suffering. 350
    • We should not limit his Power to outward means. 389. 155
    • Hie power in the use of extraordinary means. 582
    • He cannot be resembled by outward shape. 582
    • How He reveals himself. 583. 976
    • His love to Man. 585. 661. 1229. 1242. 1280. 1550
    • His love to Christ. 586
    • His patience. 704. 907. 1076
    • His goodness. 732, &c.
    • What is due from us to him. 952
    • His unity. 985
    • What is meant by his right hand. 1025
    • The Judgment of God differs from the Judgment of Men. 1052
    • His power over the Creatures. 1144
  • Godliness.
    • The benefit of it. 770
  • Goodness.
    • The goodness of God. 732, &c.
  • Good-works.
    • Eternal life will be given to the Doers of them. 746
    • In doing them, it is lawful to look at the Reward. 670
  • Gospel. 1200. 1624
    • Persecution cannot stop its course. 1087
    • Excellency of it. 3. 45
    • Christ the Authour and Subject of it. 3
    • The publishing of it, one end of Christ's Coming. 83, 84
    • Its efficacy. 110. 1006. 1031. 1663. 1664, 1665
    • The Devil cannot hinder it. 183. 1017
    • We are naturally slow to receive it. 187 418
    • When we are fit to hear it. 187
    • Its Doctrine is hidden. 193. 194 526
    • The Devil is an Enemy to the hearing of it. 203
    • God punishes the contempt of it with the loss of it. 263. 417
    • The truth of it. 323. 1306
    • It must be heard with Understanding. 419
    • It should be esteemed. 769
    • The happiness of enjoying it. 1088
    • It ought to be believed. 1169
    • It is sometimes promoted by weak means. 1595
    • How it works Faith. 1626. 1640
  • Governours.
    • They should not suffer Sin. 529
  • Grace.
    • Christ observes it. 99
    • Whether Sacraments are means of it. 230
    • It is wrought by degrees. 234
    • Hardness of heart hinders its work. 298. 306
    • How God worketh it. 230
    • God worketh it secretly. 232
    • There are different degrees of it. 235
    • Its nature is to grow. 135
    • How to know its soundness. 236
    • Means to increase it. 236
    • Abuse of the means of it, doth aggravate Damnation. 318
    • The means of it are freely bestowed. 387
    • It is not propagated by natural Birth. 556
  • Great men.
    • They are not alwayes good. 325
  • Grief.
    • It is a comfort to communicate it. 1315
    • It accompanies Repentance. 1438
H.
  • Happiness.
    • IT is not in this World. 578
  • Hardness.
    • Hardness in Sin. 1367. 1398
    • Hardness of heart hinders the works of Grace. 298. 306
  • Health.
    • It should be precious unto us. 274
  • Hearers.
    • Hearing God's Word. 983. 1032. 220. 1641. 1651
    • They should hear attentively. 983
    • The best are slothful. 753
    • How to hear with Understanding. 419
    • Wicked Hearers. 340
    • How to hear savingly. 342. 227
    • Hearing a means of Repentance. 197
    • Unprofitable Hearers. 207. 219
    • Hearing profits not without Faith. 208
    • Several sorts of them. 200
    • Some like Corn-land. 201
    • Ignorant Hearers. 201
    • Hard heart makes them unprofitable. 202
    • How the Devil hinders them. 203. 205
    • Some like stony-ground. 206
    • Some temporary. 206
    • Good Hearers. 220. 221
  • Heart.
    • Sin begins in it. 101. 427. 335. 921
    • Christ knows it. 104
    • Hardness of it. 202
    • Christ's power over it. 1247
    • Sin hardens it. 1425
    • Hardnesse of it a Sin. 139
    • Hardnesse of it a [...]udgment. 197
    • It is sometimes hard in the best. 386. 491
    • The corruption of it. 428
    • How to get it purged. 429
    • Remedies against its hardness. 492
    • It is difficult to know it. 1299
    • A hard heart cannot repent. 1429. 1434
    • Deceit of it. 1391
    • Causes of its hardness. 1617
  • Heathen.
    • Christians should not imitate them. 795
  • Heaven.
    • Such as seek it, shall not want in this life. 367
    • Excellency of it. 570. 572. 573. 574. 681.
    • The Glory of it. 576
    • The Joy of it. 577. 1283
    • The Saints shall know one another there. 578
    • How it should be sought. 579
    • Eternity of it. 682
    • Who come thither. 722
    • Different degrees of the Glory of Heaven. 791
    • It is only open to the Elect. 792
    • Certainty of it. 792
    • Whether Man and Wife shall know one another there. 969
    • Whether the Saints in Heaven know our wants. 970
    • The lower Heavens shall be dissolved. 1145. 1167
  • Hell.
    • Degrees of torment there. 318
    • Its torments. 677. 684. 686. 1264
    • It is the fruit of Sin. 1043. 1044
  • Hereticks. 1227. 876. 412
    • Their Questions are not alwayes to be an­swered. 878
    • They frequently alledge Scripture. 957
    • There were some in all Ages. 481
    • They teach Doctrines of liberty. 414
  • Hinderances.
    • We should prevent them. 289. 643
  • Holiness.
    • Holiness of Christ. 68
  • Honour.
    • We should not seek it. 150. 372. 593
    • God honours Believers. 155
    • The way to it is to glorify God. 326
    • Desire of it is dangerous. 348
    • It is due to Christ. 819. 821
    • How we should honour Christ. 819. 821
    • God will honour those that honour him. 1231
  • [Page] Hospitality.
    • 1209
  • Hunger.
    • It is a grievous Affliction. 129
  • Humiliation.
    • Humliation for Sin two-fold. 1318. 1435
    • Signs of it. 1388
    • Humiliation of Christ. 1468. 1480
  • Humility. 25. 451. 655. 658
    • Christ comforts the humble. 284. 658
    • Humility of Christ. 496. 656. 797. 798. 1389. 1417
    • It is joyned with Faith. 676
    • Means to attain it. 452
    • Necessity ef it. 653
    • It is the way to true honour. 654
    • Properties of it. 657. 674
  • Hypocrites. 1368. 1401
    • They maske their Sin in fair pretences. 845. 1216. 1517
    • They go far in profession. 1016. 749. 394. 337
    • They make Religion a Cloak for Sin. 1042. 945
    • Misery of them. 833
    • They rest in outward conformity. 735
    • They are forward in propounding Questi­ons. 697. 698. 699. 471
    • Have knowledg in the Scriptures. 701
    • They contemn Ordinances. 472
    • Busily pry into others faults. 392
    • It's their property to tye others to their manner of worship. 393
    • They put holiness in outward Ceremonies. 394
    • They add to God's Word. 395
    • They serve God after the Precepts of men. 400
    • Their shew it but for a time. 209. 213. 158
    • They are censorious. 126
    • The Church is never without them. 157 194
    • Affliction is a stumbling-blook to them. 212
    • They stand much for old Customs. 1460. 1461
I.
  • Idolatry.
    • THe sinfulness of it. 1104
  • Jews.
    • God's Judgments on them. 1079. 1118. 1121. 944
    • God's Covenant first made with them. 977. 448
    • Their priviledg. 906. 909
    • They were ignorant of the divinity of Christ. 823
    • The corruptions amongst them in our Sa­viour's time. 1453. 1456
  • Ignorance. 103. 703. 1549
    • It is a cause of Errour. 128. 786
    • It is a Judgment of God. 195
    • It is not alwayes cured by the Word. 196
    • It scoffs at good things. 192
    • It is natural to us. 385. 485
    • We should not be ashamed to acknowledg it. 420. 645
    • Wise men are ignorant in spiritual things. 491
    • Christ is able to cure it. 499. 809. 850
    • We should not let others alone in it. 730
    • How to convince the ignorant. 931
  • John Baptist.
    • The excellency of his Ministery. 879
  • Journeys.
    • They are not to be undertaken without God's Call. 469
  • Joy.
    • When it is sincere. 342
    • Joy of Heaven. 1283. 577
    • Joy at Ordinances. 341. 342
  • Incest. 332. 333.
  • Indifferent.
    • Indifferent things are lawful. 425
    • In things indifferent we should conform to the Church. 184
  • Infamy.
    • It is an effect of Sin. 157
  • Infants.
    • Infants in the Church belong to God's Kingdom. 721
    • They have a right to Baptism. 722
  • Infidelity.
    • Fear proceeds from it. 248
    • The danger of it. 892
  • Infirmities. 777
    • Christ is privy to them. 1287
    • It is profitable for Christians to know them. 1287
    • Christ covers the infirmities of his Ser­vants. 797
    • They are in the best. 1421
  • Injuries. 925
    • We should forgive them before we pray. 866
    • Motives to forgive them. 867
    • Forgiving of them, is the way to obtain pardon of God. 870. 872
    • How they are offered to Christ. 1254
    • The Doer of them is more miserable then the Receiver. 1262
    • How we should bear them. 1450
  • Innocence.
    • It is not free from false accusation. 781
    • Innocence of Christ. 1398
  • Intentions.
    • Good intentions excuse not unlawful acti­ons. 528. 837
  • Intercession.
    • Intercession of Christ. 1659
  • Instruction.
    • It should be sought. 1060. 527. 528
    • Christ is ready to instruct us. 713
  • Irony.
    • Ironical Speeches are lawful. 1354
  • Judas.
    • His Hypocrisy. 1250
    • He fell away by degrees. 1234
  • Judge.
    • An unjust Judge. 1414
  • Judgment.
    • The last Judgment. 1371
    • A day appointed for it. 319
    • Judgment of God differs from the Judg­ment of Men. 1052
    • The Devils dread the Day of it. 67
  • Judgments.
    • Persecution is a fore-runner of them. 1084
    • Judgments of God are secret. 625
    • God the cause of them. 927
    • God hath many of them. 1075
    • God sends them for Sin. 1119
K.
  • [Page]Kindred.
    • SPiritual Kindred are to be preferred before Natural. 179
    • It is lawful to love them. 302
  • Kingdom.
    • Kingdom of Christ. 47. 818. 825. 1564
    • Eternity of Christ's Kingdom. 1027
    • Kingdom of God is two-fold. 191. 1014
  • Kings.
    • They are Servants of Christ. 1194
  • Knowledg. 1019
    • We should seek it. 190
    • It is the ground of Faith. 276. 387
    • Knowledg of Christ. 812
    • Believers sometimes sin against it. 1422
    • The Devil is an Enemy to the Knowledg of of Christ. 329
    • Difference between the Godly and the Wic­ked in their sinning against it. 1422
    • Knowledg of God's Word. 191
    • It is a priviledg. 192
L.
  • Laciviousness.
    • IT is shewen three wayes. 435
    • Remedies against it. 435
  • Law.
    • The judicial Law is in part abrogated. 960
    • What obedience it requires. 794
    • We cannot fulfil it. ibid.
    • The duties of the first Table are of greater weight then the duties of the second. 996. 997
    • The duties of the second Table are weigh­ty. 999
    • Duties of moral Obedience are better then Duties of outward Worship. 1008
    • The knowledg of it is a preparation to Faith. 1016
    • Obedience is due to it. 735
    • It brings men to a sight of Sin. ibid.
    • Christians should not be ignorant of them. ibid.
    • Why Christ mentioned the second Table only. 736
    • Necessity of outward Obedience to it. 738
    • It ought to be preacht. 44. 45
    • Christ conformed to it. 1249
  • Lawful things.
    • Lawful things become sometimes sinful. 343
    • Rules concerning them. 344
  • Learning.
    • It is not alwayes joyned with the knowledg of Christ. 163
  • Liberality. 1559
    • It is a good Work. 747
    • It is pleasing to God. 1219. 1220
  • Liberty.
    • Hereticks teach Doctrines of Liberty. 414
  • Life. 1258
    • The uncertainty of it. 961. 1164
    • It is hard to lay it down for Christ. 542
    • The danger of preferring it before Christ. 543
    • It is our Duty to be willing to part with it for Christ. 544
    • The benefit of loosing it for Christ. 545. 546
    • Christians should be careful of it. 1111
    • We should preferr it before our Goods. 1112
    • Christ is Lord of it. 294
  • Long-suffering.
    • Long-suffering of God. 350
    • Long-suffering of Christ. 833
  • Lord's-Supper.
    • It is a token of Christ's Love. 1266
    • Excellency of it. ibid.
    • Its outward signs. 1267. 1268
    • Sacramental actions. 1269
    • Administration of it must be joyned with prayer. 1270
    • We must come to it with a remembrance of Christ's Death. 1271
    • In it Christ is sealed to us. ibid.
    • Necessity of it. 1273
    • It must be administred in both kinds. ibid.
    • The Recivers must have Faith. 1273. 1280
    • The end of it. 1275. 1276
    • In some sense it may be call'd a Sacrifice. 1276
    • In it our Covenant with God is renewed. 1279
    • Why Christ received it. 1282
    • It should be administred with Thanksgi­ving. 1284
  • Lots.
    • Abuse of them. 1500
  • Love.
    • A visit is an expression of it. 176
    • The wicked sometimes love God's Ser­vants. 339
    • Love of Christ. 531. 636. 656. 756. 782. 1311. 1332. 1575. 1576. 1600
    • Love of God. 585. 1229. 1242. 1280
    • Love of Children. 725. 407
    • We may love the Wicked. 741
    • Mercy of God, a motive to it. 984
    • Zeal is an effect of Love. 1226
    • Love of God is a ground of Faith. 1327
    • Where it is truly, there will be diligence. 96
    • Love of our Neighbour. 744
    • It is due to Christ. 823
    • It will be fruitful. 1211. 1212
    • It will cause sorrow for injuries done to Christ. 1254
    • The misery of wanting the sense of God's Love. 1313
    • Means to obtain God's Love. ibid.
    • Following Christ in trouble, is an evidence of trouble to him. 1387
    • No love without knowledg. 984
    • It is due to God. 986
    • Motives to love God. ibid.
    • Marks of it. 987
    • It is not natural to love God. 989
    • The manner of loving God. 990
    • Degree of it. 990. 991. 993
    • Sincerity of it. 991
    • Vehemency of it. 993
    • Effects of it. ibid.
    • None can love his Neighbour that loves not God. 695
    • Excellency of it. 995. 928. 1008
    • What it is to love our Neighbour. 1000
    • Necessity of it. ibid.
    • Properties of it. 1001
    • Extent of it. 1003
    • Sincerity of it. 1004
    • Love to Christians. 660. 669
    • It shall be rewarded. 670. 671
    • Love to sin, blinds us. 1262
  • Lying.
    • Lyes. 883. 1400
    • Lyers. 1449
M.
  • Magistracy.
    • THe light of Nature convinces of the usefulness of it. 794
    • It is a Sin to desire it ambitiously. 765
  • Magistrates.
    • They ought to take care of the Church. 827. 952
    • Their Power is lawful. 948
    • Obedience is due to them. 949. 951
    • Duty to them should not be separated from our Duty to God. 951
  • [Page] Malefactors.
    • It is unlawful to exempt them from due punishment. 1455. 1456
  • Malice.
    • It wrongfully accuses. 392. 114. 125
    • Malice of the wicked. 335. 1429. 1430. 1449
    • It tends to murder. 336. 143
    • God restrains it. 336
    • It will not see the gifts of others. 876
    • Danger of it. 923
    • It hides its purposes. 942
    • It is the cause of persecution. 1096
    • It censures others. 103
  • Man.
    • No man is absolutely good. 731
    • He is naturally a Slave. 798
    • By nature he is miserable. 586. 457
    • By nature he is sinful. 643. 1370
    • His frailty and infirmity. 1421
  • Marriage. 707, 708, 709
    • It will cease after the Resurrection. 969
    • Ends of it. ibid.
    • The power of Parents concerning it. 409. 709
    • Incestuous marriage is unlawful. 332. 333
    • It is not free from Troubles. 1113. 961
    • Antiquity of it. 704
    • The Ordainer of it. 705. 711
    • How man and wife are one Flesh. 710
    • Man and Wife should not separate. ibid.
    • It ought to be between two persons only. ibid.
    • It makes a great change in our outward condition. 711
    • Man cannot dissolve it. 712
    • It is lawful to Ministers. 74
    • It is unlawful after divorce. 715
  • B. V. Mary.
    • She was not without Sin. 177
  • Means.
    • They ought not to be neglected. 85
    • We should not limit God's power to them. 389
  • Meats.
    • Meats and Drinks do not pollute the Bo­dy. 423
    • They are not holy. 425
  • Meditation. 1147. 1160. 1060
  • Meekness.
    • Meekness of Christ. 1251. 1451. 1452.
  • Mercy.
    • Mercy of Christ. 76. 100. 247. 356. 384. 461. 489. 496
    • Believers prize the smallest mercies of God. 453
    • Prayer is a means to obtain it. 460
    • We should be merciful. 622. 659. 668
    • We should acquaint others with it. 265
    • Mercy of God is a motive to Love. 984
    • Mercy of God. 1550
  • Mind.
    • An earthly mind is a hinderance to spiri­tual things. 533
  • Ministers. 695. 1106. 757. 1621. 1622
    • Whether they should now use Parables. 186
    • They should be prepared for Christ's coming. 1196
    • They should reprove others. 1253. 617. 333. 386.
    • It is a Judgment when they are smitten. 1293
    • The malice of the wicked against them. 876
    • They should be careful of the Church. 903 392. 357. 753. 1051
    • They are God's Servants. 707
    • They must give an account of their Flock. 913
    • They are not alwayes successeful. 915. 761
    • It is a sin to disobey them. 915. 916
    • Who appoints them. 930
    • They should be Builders. 933
    • Their Properties. 943
    • They should confute Errours. 604. 483
    • The People should love them. 609. 660
    • The People should reverence them. 609. 304. 307. 728
    • They are in danger of pride. 652
    • The necessity of them. 690. 691. 356
    • They sometimes decline. 691
    • They must continue faithful. 692
    • They must preserve peace. 693
    • The unthankfulnss of the People should not discourage them. 493
    • They should teach plainly. 426. 195
    • Their Call. 152. 5.
    • Christ only sends them. 1620
    • They should be lawfully called. 152
    • They should be prepared for the work. 152
    • Wherein they differ from the Apostles. 153
    • They should be zealous. 156
    • They are like Husbandmen. 199
    • They ought to respect their Peoples capa­city. 237
    • They ought not to regard contempt. 296
    • They are subject to contempt. 303
    • All that have a lawful outward Call are not holy. 307
    • They need mutual help. 308
    • Their consent in Doctrines propagates it. 308
    • They should not be cumbred with worldly affairs. 312
    • They should have a maintainance. ibid.
    • They should avoid lightness. 313
    • Contempt of them is an odious Sin. 314. 317
    • They are often persecuted their for faith­fulness. 232. 43
    • The wicked sometimes affect them. 338
    • They should avoid hinderances. 465
    • Their sins are infectious. 1034
    • They should love their Flock. 756
    • They should not be ambitious. 795, 796. 23. 90
    • Their Function is a Service, not a Domi­nion. 796
    • Their Dignity and Authority. 6
    • Their Office is to prepare men to receive Christ. 7
    • Their Qualifications. 8, 9
    • They should be contented. 14. 44. 83
    • They must preach. 14
    • They must be humble. 25
    • They should endeavour to win Souls. 57. 59. 95
    • Christ fitteth them. 57
    • They must teach in a right manner. 62
    • They must be unblamable. 63
    • They may Marry. 74
    • Itinerants are unwarrantable. 82
    • They must not respect persons. 83
    • They must be diligent. 95. 904
    • How Ministers are said to forgive Sins. 98
  • Ministry.
    • Its efficacy. 17. 26. 58
    • We must attend upon it. 18. 27. 93. 95
    • Its excellency. 44. 57. 320. 909
    • It cannot be vanquisht. 325
    • It is a great work. 153
    • Christ's pains in it. 338. 501. 694. 1379
    • It is an Ordinance of God. 1229. 878. 882. 903
    • The excellency of the Ministry of John Baptist. 879
  • Miracles.
    • Miracles of Christ. 280
    • Truth of Christ's Miracles. 135. 106. 294
    • Gift of working them. 309. 1645. 1646. 1647. 1648. 1649. 1666.
    • Why Christ sometimes forbad the publi­shing of them. 281
    • The Apostles could not alwayes work them. 615
    • The Apostles had the gift of them. 857
    • How the Apostles obtained the gift of Miracles. ibid.
    • Two sorts of them. 1129
    • False Miracles deceive much. 1131
    • Miracles are not a note of the true Church. 1130
    • They are to confirm the Word of Ged. 153
    • [Page] Miracles of Christ were done, that they might be manifested. 282
    • Why they were wrought at Christ's Death. 1546
  • Mortification.
    • The difficulty of it. 680
    • What lusts must be mortified. 833
  • Moses.
    • Why God appeared unto him in the Bush. 975
    • Why God revealed his Covenant to him. 977
  • Mothers.
    • They should Nurse their own Children. 1115
  • Multitude.
    • The example of it, is no rule. 1360
  • Murther.
    • Kinds of it. 431
    • Remedies against it. 432
    • It lies heavy on the conscience. 328
    • Malice tends to it. 336
    • The hainousness of it. 1458
N.
  • Nature.
    • THe corruption of it. 1300
  • Neighbour.
    • Love of our Neighbour. 1000. 1001. 1003. 1004
O.
  • Oaths.
    • UNlawful Oaths. 413. 415
    • It is sinful to swear unlawful things. 346
    • It is sinful to perform unlawful Vows. 348
  • Obedience. 221
    • Outward obedience to the Law is necessa­ry. 738
    • Covetousness is an hinderance of it. 751
    • What obedience the Law requireth. 994
    • Obedience of Christ. 1382. 1662
    • It is due to Christ. 1248. 589. 239. 814. 815. 58. 92. 594. 363
    • Impediments of it. 590
    • Helps to it. 591
    • It must be sound. 218
    • Properties of it. 222
    • Motives to it. 223
    • It is two-fold. 181
    • True Obedience. ibid.
    • It is due to Parents. 408
  • Obstinacy.
    • Obstinacy in Sin. 475
  • Occasions.
    • Occasions of sin should be avoided. 679 1393. 1394
    • It is hard to withdraw from the occasions of Sin. 1425
  • Offences. Vide Scandal.
  • Offices.
    • They should be undertaken in a fit time. 27
    • They should not be undertaken without a Call. 83
  • Opportunities.
    • It is dangerous to omit them. 1224. 183
    • We should watch for them. 189
  • Oppression. 1396. 1397
    • The kinds of it. 1040
    • Remedies against it. ibid.
    • It is a wasting Sin. 1041
  • Ordinances. 341. 342
    • Hypocrites contemn them. 472
    • They should not be tendred to the scornful. 478
    • It is dangerous to be unfruitful under them. 832. 833. 620. 361
    • How we may become fruitful. 832
    • Their efficacy is from Christ. 26
    • Usefulness of them. 901. 263
    • Want of them. 267
    • Reverence due to them. 269
    • Diligence at them. 335
    • Zeal for them. 358. 468
    • They are not alwayes successeful. 439
  • Ordination.
    • Prayer should be used before it. 151
P.
  • Parables.
    • PArable is several wayes understood. 185
    • Why did Christ use them. 185. 194
    • It is a profitable way of teaching. 186
    • Whether Ministers should now use them. 186
  • Pardon. 171. 174
    • It should be desired. 868
    • How it is to be obtained. 869
    • No pardon without Faith. 98
    • How Ministers are said to forgive sins. ibid.
    • No pardon without Repentance. 16. 198
    • Christ had on Earth power to pardon. 106
    • It's Gods prerogative. 103
  • Parents.
    • They should bring their Children to Christ. 717
    • They should be careful of their Children. 444. 611
    • Obedience to them a principle of Nature. 346
    • Wicked Parents give evil Counsel to their Children. 346
    • Obedience due to them. 408
    • Their power in the marriage of their Children. 409
    • Reverence due to them. 407
    • Thanks due to them. 410
  • Passions.
    • Christ, when on Earth, was subject to them. 241. 356. 474
  • Patience. 42
    • Patience of God. 907. 1076. 704
    • Helps to patience. 1331
    • Patience of Christ. 620. 1451. 1452
  • Peace.
    • It should be maintained by all. 693
    • Rules to preserve it. ibid.
  • People.
    • Their inconstancy. 1470
  • Perjury. 1431. 1432
  • Persecution. 1378
    • Christians must expect it. 1083. 1094. 1095
    • Why the wicked persecute them. 1083
    • How to prepare for it. 1084
    • It is a fore-runner of Judgment upon a Nation. 1084
    • Two sorts of persecutors. 1086
    • It will be a testimony against the wicked. ibid.
    • It cannot stop the course of the Gospel. 1087
    • Malice the cause of it. 1096
    • Christians must patiently endure it. 1099. 772
    • Whether it be lawful for Christians to shun it. 1099
    • [Page] Motives to suffer it patiently. 1100
    • Christians must be constant notwithstan­ding it. 1100. 1101
    • It shall not last alwayes. ibid.
    • Comfort against it. 1390
    • It is lawful for Christians to provide for their safety. 144. 144
    • The Church is not lessened by it. 146
    • The outward profession sometimes causes it. 211
  • Perseverance. 1063. 1383
    • Helps to it. 159
    • The doctrine of it excludes not the means of it. 1062
    • It is not granted to all Professours. 774
  • Persons.
    • God respects not persons. 1210. 769
  • Peter.
    • His Supremacy. 154
    • Whether he did well in following Christ to the Priest's Palace. 1391
  • Pharisees.
    • They were not Pastors in Christ's time. 356
    • The difference between them and the Scribes. 390
  • Physick.
    • It is not effectual without God's blessing. 274
  • Place.
    • No place is exempted from God's Wrath, if profaned by Sin. 1058
  • Policy. 1463
  • Pomp.
    • Christians are too ready to admire it. 1056
  • Poor. 1053
    • There shall be alwayes some poor in the World. 1220. 1222
    • Poverty is God's Ordinance. 1221
    • To be careful of them is a good work. ibid.
    • God's care of them. 745. 804
    • We ought to relieve them. 357. 361
    • It was an antient Custom to have a Trea­sury for them. 1045
    • Poverty of Christ. 1496. 1558
  • Praedestination.
    • The doctrine of it doth not exclude the use of means. 1063
  • Pride.
    • The kinds of it. 437
    • Remedies against it. ibid.
  • Power.
    • The power of Christ. 60. 89. 366. 378. 497. 663. 613. 815. 824. 1649
    • Power of God must not be limited to means. 389
    • The power of God is a motive to prayer. 444
    • Power of God. 1326. 1433. 1434. 1485
    • Power of God is a ground of Faith. 1327
  • Prescience.
    • The prescience of Christ. 513. 1057. 1246
  • Prayer. 1320. 1328. 1527. 1533. 1537 1538.
    • It should be used in Affliction. 85. 803. 804. 807. 1116. 627
    • Why in Prayer Christ look't upward. 365
    • Faith shews it self by Prayer. 861. 494
    • Faith makes us frequent in Prayer. 630
    • Injuries should be for given before we pray. 866
    • It is lawful to pray against Affliction. 1322. 1323
    • Prayer of Christ. 1317. 1319. 1321. 1324
    • Watchfulness a help to it▪ 1339. 1186
    • Weakness a motive to it. 1344
    • It is hard to perform it rightly. 79
    • Times for Prayer. 80
    • Gesture in Prayer. 86. 865
    • Pray with humility. 86
    • We must desire temporal Blessings conditi­onally. 87
    • We should be urgent in it. 630. 270
    • Power of it. 640. 1356. 1117
    • Necessity of it. 641. 1305. 1182
    • It is the principal part of Worship. 842
    • It cannot be done rightly without Faith. 861. 863. 271. 804
    • It is a means of obtaining our desires. 862 460
    • Grounds of assurance in it. 884
    • It is successeful by Faith. 884
    • Reverence in it. 269
    • Christ is ready to hear it. 271
    • At it, our Affections should be heavenly. 365
    • We should prepare for it. 373
    • Hinderances of it. ibid.
    • Helps to it. ibid.
    • We should be diligent in it. ibid.
    • God's Power is a motive to it. 444
    • God doth not alwayes give a speedy an­swer. 446
    • God hears it. 454
    • When it is not successeful. 786
    • It is an effect of Affliction. 803
    • It should be made only to God. 824. 1324
    • The benefit of it. 569
    • How could Christ pray unto God. 1319
    • It is a remedy against Affliction. ibid.
    • Properties of it. 1319. 1183
    • We ought to come to God in it, as Children to a Father. 1325
    • We should limit it to God's Will. 1330
    • It is a preservative against temptation. 1340. 1341
    • We should not be discouraged, if God do not alwayes answer. 1349
    • Motives to constancy in it. 1349. 1350. 1184
    • A set form is lawful. 1350
    • What it is. 1182
    • It is a means to prepare us for Christ's coming. 1186
  • Profession. 1234. 1557. 1558
    • Outward profession sometimes causes per­secution. 211
    • We should resolve to suffer for it. 1301
    • Our life should be answerable to it. 1336
    • Perseverance in it, is difficult. 1383
    • We must stick close to it. 1387. 1388
    • Profession of Christ. 552. 553
    • We should not be ashamed of it. 553. 557
    • When it is sincere. 751
    • The foremost in it are not alwayes the best. 773. 774
    • It may be without Grace. 831
    • Hypocrites go far in it. 749. 1016
    • All prosessours do not persevere. 774
    • Hypocrites fall from it. 158
  • Promises.
    • The promises of God is the ground of Comfort. 286
    • It is ill to make rash promises. 345
    • How far we are obliged to rash promises. 345
    • Temporal promises are made with the con­dition of the curse annext. 771
    • God is true in the performance of them. 826. 566. 1171
  • Profaness.
    • Profaning of holy things is a great sin. 838. 844
  • Prophesies.
    • The certainty of divine Prophesies. 843. 1058. 1106
    • We should study the time of their accom­plishment. 1061
    • They have been fulfilled. 1165
  • Prophets.
    • They were directed by the Holy Ghost. 1021
    • They were called of God. 906
  • Providence.
    • Faith trusts in it. 1054
  • [Page] Psalms.
    • The custom of singing them is antient. 1284
    • Rules concerning singing of them. 1285
  • Punishment.
    • God often punishes one Nation by another. 1077
    • Before it, God sometimes convinces. 315
  • Purgatory. 684
Q.
  • Questions.
    • VVHat Questions are most fit to be propounded. 729
    • Questions in Religion. 982. 945. 878. 1337. 1404. 697. 698. 699
R.
  • Redemption. 1385. 1542
    • EXcellency of it. 517
    • Satan is an Enemy to it. 1511
  • Regeneration. 1633
  • Religion. 1042
    • It may be practised in any lawful Calling. 301
    • Magistrates should take care of it. 952
    • It is dangerous to sin under pretence of Religion. 1044
    • The Enemies of it are to be avoided. 1081
    • The best Duties of it are often abused. 1042
    • In it there is no mean or middle. 667
    • What we ought to do in the doubtful mat­ters of it. 1243
  • Reliques.
    • They are not to be worshipt. 275. 280
  • Repentance. 1434. 1436. 1439
    • Why Baptism is called Baptism of Repen­tance. 15
    • Sinners have need of it. 117
    • Cannot repent, of themselves. ibid.
    • Hearing is a means of it. 197
    • Terrour of Conscience is not a certain mark of it. 328
    • The Doctrine of it is necessary. 47. 321
    • Its Doctrine is part of the Gospel, not of the Law. 322
    • Without it no pardon. 16. 198. 1444
    • It must be joyned with confession of Sin. 20. 1437. 1438
    • Whether it be before Faith. 48
    • What it is. ibid.
    • It is two-fold. ibid.
    • The necessity of it. 49
    • Signs of it. ibid.
    • Motives to it. ibid.
    • Hinderances of it. 50. 1429. 1434
  • Reprobates.
    • The misery of them. 1260
  • Reproof. 291. 333. 396. 939. 721. 646. 1218. 1252. 946. 647. 964. 1335.
    • The benefit of it. 618
    • We are naturally unwilling to receive it. 645
    • It causes hatred. 334
    • The Wicked are impatient at it. 847
    • The Wicked grow worse and worse by it. ibid.
    • It is a Duty. 476. 488. 491. 527. 1335. 1353. 1354. 247. 105
    • When are we called to it. 476
    • Rules concerning it. 248. 477. 489. 529
    • It should be grounded on God's Word. 396
    • It should be plain and particular. 403
    • It should not be with-held from the best Christians. 421
    • Private reproof. 1336
    • Publick reproof. ibid.
  • Rest.
    • It is allowed to Christians by God. 353
  • Resurrection. 969. 593. 955. 1156. 1607. 1608
    • Resurrection of Christ. 523
    • The grounds of it. 965
    • Hinderances of believing it. 966
    • The Resurrection of the Saints. 967
    • The state of the Saints after the Resur­rection. 696
    • The certainty of it. 972. 995. 979. 573
    • The comfort of it. 974
    • The Doctrine of it much opposed. 956
  • Revenge.
    • We are apt to desire it. 1375
    • Remedies against it. 1376
  • Reverence.
    • It fits us to hear God. 976
    • It is due to Parents. 407
  • Reviling. 411
    • Remedies against it. 437
  • Reward.
    • It is lawful to look at it in doing good Works. 670
  • Riches.
    • They are deceitful. 217
    • How far we may enjoy them. 743
    • The best use of them. ibid.
    • They are a great occasion of Covetousnesse. 752
    • It is hard for rich men to be saved. 754
    • It is not impossible for rich men to be saved. 755. 761
    • Rich men are apt to trust in them. 756
    • Remedies against confidence in them. 757
    • The Doctrine of their danger seems incre­dible. 758
    • We must part with them, when Christ calls us to it. 765. 767. 768. 816
S.
  • Sabbath. 126. 1561
    • VVEE should prepare for it. 1243
    • It is lawful to go a Sabbath Days Jour­ney. 124
    • It is instituted for man's benefit. 130
    • It should not be profaned. 840
    • Why it is changed. 1577
  • Sacraments.
    • The Society of the Wicked partaking with us in them, doth make them void. 1250
    • Why the Lord's Supper is so called. 1265
    • Necessity of them. ibid.
    • Usefulness of them. 656
    • Whether they are means of Grace. 230
  • Saints. 1231
    • The excellency of their Condition in Hea­ven. 570. 572. 970
    • They can never lose Heaven. 573
    • They shall in Heaven enjoy the conference of the Saints. 574
    • They shall be like the Angels. 971
    • They are in God's special Covenant. 977
    • Their Death is but partial. 980
  • Salvation.
    • The excellency of it. 547. 570. 572
    • We should be careful of the Salvation of others. 759
    • It is peculiar. 1643
    • It is the fruit of Faith. 1638. 1639
  • Salutations. 1039
  • [Page] Scandal.
    • It is a great sin. 672. 674
    • God will punish it. 676
  • Scoffing.
    • Scoffs of ignorance are not to be heeded. 293
    • It is in some sort lawful to scoff at the sins of others. 404
    • It proceeds from ignorance. 292
  • Scribes.
    • The difference between them and the Phari­sees. 390
  • Scriptures. 980. 957. 128. 701
    • The authority of them. 1258
    • Harmony between the Old and New Testament. 5
    • The sufficiency of them. 965
    • Literal knowledg of them is vain. ibid.
    • Necessity of fulfilling them. 1380
    • Negligence of them a cause of errour. 931
    • Ignorance of them a cause of errour. 964. 505
    • Motives to read them. 1107
    • It is the Duty of all Christians to read them. 1107. 822
    • How to read them with understanding. 1108
    • They are the Word of God. 606
    • They are the best judge of Controversies. 700
    • How they are plain. 193
    • Malice of the Devil against them. 1020
  • Secrets.
    • All secrets shall be laid open at the last Day. 226
    • We should not pry into God's secrets. 582
  • Security. 1289. 1426. 1198
    • Remedies against it. 1199
    • Nature of it. ibid.
  • Sedition.
    • What it is to move Sedition. 1456
    • Three things usually concurr in it. 1457
    • Remedies against it. ibid.
    • The causes of it. 1458
  • Seduction.
    • Danger of it. 1062
    • Christians should beware of it. 1063
    • Preservatives against it. ibid.
  • Self-conceit. 742
    • It is natural to men. 740. 1296
  • Self-denial. 761
    • It is a means to bear the Cross. 537. 1331
  • Sexes.
    • Both are good and necessary. 705
    • Both ought to serve God. 706
    • It is a great sin to confound them. ibid.
    • Whether the distinction of them shall con­tinue after the Resurrection. 969
  • Shame. 783
    • It is an effect of sin. 646
  • Sickness.
    • We must be careful of the Sick. 75. 58. 96. 270
    • Means of recovery must not be neglected. 273
    • It comes by God's Providence. 387
    • Believers are not exempted from it. 74
    • It is an effect of Sin. 78
    • In the cure of it, the best way is to seek par­don for sin. 97
  • Silence.
    • There is a time for it. 1402
    • It is the best answer to false Accusations. 1403
    • Silence, when falsly accused. 1450
  • Sin. 1296. 1434
    • Baptism seals remission of it. 16
    • Sickness is an effect of it. 78. 148
    • It should be detested. 313. 136
    • Christ cures it. 463. 281
    • It is lawful in some sort to scoff at sin. 404
    • We are naturally unwilling to confess it. 647
    • The occasions of it should be avoided. 679. 1393. 1394
    • Anger against it. 720. 721. 719. 1413
    • The Law discovers it. 735
    • Hell the fruit of it. 1043. 1044
    • The evil of it. 475. 661. 1058. 1074. 1095. 1311. 1243. 1271. 1279
    • It is the cause of Gods Judgments. 1119
    • The best sometimes resolve to commit it. 1363
    • Why God suffers the best sometimes to com­mit grosse sins. 1421
    • Sorrow for the sins of others. 474. 1413
    • The Wicked are diligent in it. 1357
    • The best are not free from it. 765. 766
    • The guilt of it. 781. 1493
    • Shame is due to it. 782
    • We are naturally Slaves to it. 799. 1429. 1468
    • Christ's patience is an aggration of it. 620. 1233
    • The pollution of it. 633
    • Shame an effect of it. 646. 157
    • Occasions of it. 679
    • The benefit of being kept from it. 681
    • Custom in it dangerous. 697
    • God's severity against it. 1119
    • The cursed fruit of it. 1168. 457. 346
    • We should be watchful against it. 1178
    • God only can pardon it. 870
    • Degrees of it. 918. 335
    • When we are guilty of it, if we are ac­cessary to it. 924. 415
    • God will punish it. 928
    • Destruction is the fruit of it. 929
    • Obstinacy in it. 475
    • Continuance in it aggravates it. 490
    • It should not be favoured. 554
    • Sorrow for it. 1314
    • Humiliation for it. 1318
    • Burthen of it. ibid.
    • It should not be excused. 1352. 1299
    • The misery of being hardned in it. 1367 1398
    • The desert of it. 1389. 1415. 1417
    • One sin draws in another. 1397. 1428
    • It is hard to withdraw from the occasions of it. 1425.
    • It hardens the heart. ibid.
    • It is dangerous to yield unto it. 1427
    • Sin under the pretence of Religion is most hainous. 1044
    • It pollutes us. 426
    • It comes first from the heart. 427. 101. 335
    • Kinds of it. 429
    • Remedies against it. 430
    • All but one are pardonable. 131
    • Sin against the Holy Ghost described, 173.
      • distinguished from other sins, 173.
      • Its properties, 174.
      • Remedies against it. 175.
      • Sins that come near it. 175
    • No Calling secures us from sin. 1232
    • Deceitfulness of it. 1256
    • It turns God's blessings into curses. 1264
    • God brings good out of it. 1392
    • Power of it. 1469
  • Sincerity. 751
    • When affections are sincere. 208. 332. 342. 991. 1004
  • Singing. 1284. 1285
  • Sinners.
    • They are freely called. 109
    • They should be thankeful for their Call. 112
    • They are like si [...]k persons. 115
    • They have need of repentance. 117
    • They cannot repent of themselves. ibid.
  • Slander.
    • Believers must undergo it. 164
    • It should be confuted. 165. 166
  • Sleep.
    • Death is a sleep. 291
    • It is a sin to sleep at Duty. 1337
    • It is a hinderance at Duty. 1352
  • [Page] Slothfulness.
    • It is a natural infirmity. 1333
  • Society. 1520
    • The society of the Wicked is dangerous. 981. 982. 1393. 1395.
    • The society of the Wicked is an occasion of Sin. 1394
    • No society is without wicked persons. 1232. 1357
    • The society with Saints proves not one to be such. 1232
    • The benefit of it. 308. 1244
  • Solitariness.
    • It gives advantage to temptation. 37
    • The danger of it. 251
  • Sorrow.
    • It should be joyned with anger against sin. 138
    • We should be sorry for the sins of others. 474. 1255. 1413
    • Sorrow for sin is joyned with Faith. 631 632
    • Sorrow of Christ. 1251. 1308. 1309
    • Sorrow for Sin. 1314. 1318. 1439. 1440
    • It is the effect of sin. 1313
    • Comfort against it. 1314
    • Godly Sorrow. 48. 1439
    • When it is excessive for the Dead, it is profane. 290
  • Soul.
    • The greatness of the loss of it. 548. 549. 550
    • When it is once lost, it cannot be recovered. 551
    • The grievousness of its afflictions. 1532
    • Immortality of it. 1544
  • Speech.
    • Ironical speeches are lawful. 1354
    • It is like the thoughts. 1215
  • Spirit.
    • The spirit of God will not yield to errour. 1297
  • Spiritual things.
    • Spiritual things are difficulty discerned. 579
  • States.
    • There are but two after this Life. 1642
  • Strife.
    • The wicked propagate it. 120
    • Evil of it. 1498
    • Motives to avoid it. 1499
    • Helps against it. ibid.
  • Submission.
    • Helps to it. 1331
  • Sufferings. 1487. 1488. 1512
    • Sufferings for Christ. 769
    • Sufferings for Christ shall be rewarded. 770. 771. 772
  • Sun.
    • It shall be darkned at Christ's second com­ming. 1143
  • Superstition.
    • It is unprofitable. 401
    • It makes wisemen become foolish. 394
    • It addicts men to the practices of their An­cestors. 395
    • It is joyned with contempt of God's Word. 402
    • It multiplies humane Traditions. 403. 404
    • We are prone to it. 1454
T.
  • Teachableness.
    • IT is a step to Faith. 1015
  • Teachers.
    • Corrupt Teachers must be shun'd. 1334. 1062. 1127
    • Christ is the chief Teacher. 507. 591
    • All ought to hear Christ's teaching. 588
    • False Teachers come without a Call. 1066
    • They pretend the Name of Christ. ibid.
    • We should not wonder at false Teachers. 1067
    • Preservatives against the insinuations of false Teachers. 1127
  • Teaching. 417
  • Temperance. 362
    • Rules for Diet. 22. 125
  • Temple.
    • Why the Temple of Jerusalem was de­stroyed. 1057
  • Temptations. 38. 1348. 1427
    • The Devil fits them to the time. 1129
    • The best are not exempted from them. 1342
    • The best are sometimes overcome with them. 1342. 1343
    • Prayer is a preservative against them. 1340. 1341
    • Watchfulness is a preservative against them. ibid.
    • It is a sin to tempt God. 473
    • God only can preserve us from them. 1341
    • Motives to resist them. 1343
    • We are naturally unable to resist them. 1344. 1348
    • They prevail, if God leave us. 1419
    • We shall meet with them in God's Ser­vice. 36
    • They come to God's Children by the provi­dence of God. ibid.
    • They are useful to God's Children. 37
    • Solitariness gives advantage to them. ibid.
    • They are not sins in those that are tempted, unless they are yielded unto. 39. 40
  • Thankfulness.
    • It is a Duty. 76. 91
    • Thanksgiving. 350. 1284
    • It is due to God. 810
    • Motives to it. ibid.
    • We should ascribe all good to God. 266. 284
    • Naturally we are backward in it. 283
    • It is two-fold. 284
    • Thankefulness to Christ. 1206
    • How to express it. ibid.
    • Thanksgiving is to be used before and af­ter meat. 1285
    • It is due to Parents. 410
  • Theft.
    • Kinds of it. 432
    • Remedies against it. 432
  • Thoughts.
    • The speech is like them. 1215
    • Remedies against such as are sinful. 429
  • Threatnings.
    • The threatnings of Christ shall be fulfil­led. 1170
  • Time.
    • The disposing of it is in God's hand. 1115
    • We should seek God to order it well. 1116
    • It should be well imployed. 470
  • Tongue.
    • God over-rules it. 943
  • Traditions.
    • Superstition multiplies them. 403. 404
  • Transubstantiation. 1272. 1277
  • [Page] Treachery.
    • The Treachery of Friends is worst. 1263
  • Tribute.
    • Why it shald be paid. 949
  • Trinity. 32. 33. 911. 560. 1023. 1028. 1324. 1325
  • Troubled.
    • When we are overmuch troubled. 1070
    • Remedies against it. 1070
    • Why we should not be troubled. 1071 1072
  • Troubles.
    • God warns his Church of them. 1076. 1119
    • The Church is sometimes in them. 1121. 1126
    • We should be prepared for them. 1071. 1072
    • They are Tryals of God's People. 1114
    • The Circumstance of Time agaravates them. 1115
    • The continuance of them is grievous. 1122
    • God shortens them for the sake of his Elect. 1125
  • Truth.
    • It is not to be uttered at all times. 90. 552
    • When it should be concealed. 593
    • It should be defended. 610. 1447
    • It is three-fold. 941
    • It must be boldly confest. 1006. 1406
    • It is to be professed in time and season. 500
    • It may be confirmed by vehement asseve­rations. 561
    • Motives to professe it before men. 1406
    • The power of pressing it is the Gift of God. 1092
V.
  • Vain-glory.
    • IT should not be sought. 495
  • Visit.
    • It is a good expression of love. 176
  • Unbelief.
    • All are naturally Ʋnbelievers. 10
    • The danger of it. 615. 618. 619. 1643. 1644
    • It robbs us of the benefits of Christ. 305
  • Unction. 322
    • Whether it was alwayes successeful to the sick. 323
    • The Unction of the Apostles differs from the Unction of the Papists. ibid.
  • Unity.
    • It is no sure Note of the true Church. 141

    Vows. Vide Oaths.

W.
  • Want.
    • SƲch as seek Heaven, shall not want earthly things. 367
    • The reason of it. 628
  • War.
    • It is a token of God's Wrath. 1068. 1105
    • Christians should not be dismayed at it. 1070
    • It is a sign of Christ's comming. 1072
    • The terrour of it. 1109
  • Washings.
    • The washings of the Pharisees. 393
  • Watchfulness. 1179. 1186. 1177. 1200. 1338
    • Weakness is a motive to it. 1344
    • Necessity of it. 1178. 1197. 1339
    • Rules concerning it. 1178
    • Motives to it. 1180
    • Helps to it. ibid.
    • It is a means to prepare us for Christ's comming. 1181
    • It is a help to prayer. 1339
    • It is a preservative against temptation. 1340. 1341
  • Weakness.
    • It is a motive to prayer and watchfulness. 1344
    • The cause of it. 1345
  • Wicked. 1397. 1475. 1505. 1513
    • Believers may be in their Company. 114
    • Their diligence in sin. 344. 342. 343. 391. 848. 921. 1239. 1240. 1574. 1357. 1364. 1404
    • Their malice against Ministers. 876. 1429. 1430
    • Society of them is dangerous. 981. 982. 1393. 1595
    • Why they persecute the Saints. 1083
    • Christ's second coming will be ma [...]ter of terrour to them. 1411
    • There is no society without them. 1357
    • Their malice against the Saints. 347. 605. 847. 940. 1471. 1096. 1098. 1388. 1202. 1203. 1449
    • God punishes his People by them. 1104. 1382
    • God's using them as Instruments doth not excuse their malice. 1105
    • Unity amongst themselves in comm [...]tting sin. 141. 1359. 1456
    • The policy of the wicked. 142. 608. 942. 1204. 1660. 1442
    • They are timerous in the practice of Sin. 848. 1361
    • The love of sin doth blind them 1362
    • They resolve to commit sin. 1363
    • They come to heighth of sin by degrees. 1366
    • God limits their rage. 939. 1379.
    • The society of them is a [...] [...]ccasion of sin. 555. 1394.
    • It is dangerous to receive benefits from them. 1395
    • God confounds their plots. 1399
    • They use to move captious Questions. 1404. 1405
    • They seek to intise others. 641. 1236. 1415. 1467
    • They abuse holy things in their discourses. 1418
    • Their Cruelty. 1418. 1471
    • They are more afraid of danger then sin. 849. 881. 939. 944
    • They sometimes fear the Saints. 849
    • They continue in sin. 917
    • They grow worse and worse. 918. 1473
    • They sin against knowledg. 922
    • God will not alwayes spare them. 928
    • They are incorrigible. 938
    • They are impatient of reproof. 939
    • God over-rules their Tongues. 943
    • They are not the better for conviction. 954
    • They have a carnal conception of heavenly matters. 962
    • They are ambitious. 1035
    • What keeps them from some sins. 1204
    • They fear Men more then God. 1205
    • They censure the best actions. 114. 164. 1216
    • They delight in sin. 1236. 1472
    • They are vile in God's account. 450
    • In them are often many good qualities. 740
    • We may bear a kind of love to them. 741
    • They may in time be called. 775
    • We should not expose our selves to them. 828
    • Their Children imita [...]e them. 324. 477
    • God sometimes permits them to their will against his Servants. 605
    • We should be merciful to them, notwith­standing their Sin. 621
    • They resemble the Devil. 633
    • It is a great affliction to fall into their hands. 644
    • They preferr the World before Christ. 262
    • They sometimes acknowledg the Graces of others. 297. 1452
    • They ordinarily ascribe the Gifts of others to outward means. 298
    • They contemn the Message of God's Ser­vants. 302
    • Their sins pollute the Earth. 315
    • [Page] God can make the insensible Creatures witnesses against it. 316
    • They sometimes love God's Ch [...]ldren. 339
    • They sometimes restrain others from sin. 340
    • They are sometimes affected with joy at the Ministry. 341
    • They sometimes obey the Word. 342. 1562
    • They think sin a light matter. 347
    • They sometimes reluct against sin. 347. 1474
    • They are sometimes very strict. 119
    • They sow seeds of strife. 120
    • Their malicious Cavils should not disco­rage us. 134
    • They sin deliberately. 1442
  • Wickedness.
    • Remedies against it. 434
  • Will.
    • A two-fold will in Christ. 440. 1330
  • Wisdom.
    • The wisdom of Christ. 730
    • There is no wisdom against God. 880. 953
  • Witness.
    • The evil of bearing false witness. 1397
    • Who are false witnesses. 1401
  • Wives.
    • It is a sin for Husbands to be cruel to them. 703
    • The near union that ought to be between Man and Wife. 707. 709
    • Love between Man and Wife. 707
  • Women.
    • God sometimes gives much grace to them. 441
  • Word of God.
    • Efficacy of it. 245. 461. 851.
    • It is a means to comfort in affliction. 384
    • All do not profit by it, that are affected with it. 850
    • It is a Judgment to have it obscurely preached. 894
    • It concerns all men in all times. 397. 418
    • Authority of it. 405
    • It was written by divine inspiration. ibid.
    • It is like seed. 199
    • It is dangerous to hear it without affecti­on. 205
    • How it must be received into the heart. 220. 221
    • It is not alike fruitful in all Hearers. 223
    • Necessity of the knowledg of it. 225
    • The efficicacy of it depends upon God. 230
    • It works Grace by degrees. 234
    • Those that taste it desire it. 239
    • It is like Salt. 688
    • The meanest People most embrace it. 697
    • How to understand it. 1606
  • Works.
    • Faith commends our good works. 99
    • Christians shew their relation to Christ by them. 181
    • Zeal commends our good Works. 1225
    • Good Works. 1227.
    • They are sometimes rewarded in this▪ life 1230
  • Works of God.
    • We should observe them. 262
    • We should reverence them. 294
    • We should not forget them. 492
    • We should lay them to heart. 107
    • We should admire them. 852
    • They should make us act Faith. 854
  • World.
    • Vanity of worldly Goods. 1112. 1168. 1057
    • Seeking of it is dangerous to the Soul. 550
    • Christians may hold a Temporal right and propriety. 73
  • Worldling.
    • He is covetous. 1214
    • He is unwilling to part with his possessions. 752
  • Worship.
    • Duties of moral Obedience are better then Duties of outward Worship. 1008
    • The dignity of places appointed for it. 841
    • Spiritual Worship better then Outward. 1008
    • Outward Ceremonies of Worship must give place to Charity. 1009
    • Motives to be spiritual in it. 399
    • Superstitious Worship is unprofitable. 401
  • Wrath of God. 1077. 1078
    • It smites sensless Creatures. 1078
    • The grievousness of it. 1145. 1311
Y.
  • Youth.
    • YOung men should seek Christ. 726 1385. 1386
Z.
  • Zeal. 9. 156. 358. 839. 801. 819
    • IN the best it is not alwayes according to knowledg. 1376
    • How far it should prevail with us. 1054
    • Zeal for Christ's Glory. 150. 665. 1372
    • How we should shew it. 819. 839
    • It is accounted folly by the World. 162
    • It should accompany our performances. 479
    • It commends a good Work. 1225
    • It is an effect of Love. 1226
    • We should not be ashamed of it. 728
    • It sometimes grows cold. 750
    • The meanest are most zealous. 820
    • It doth not exempt us from sin. 1392
    • It should be discreet. 1566

A COMMENTARY VPON THE GOSPEL OF St. MARK.

Mark 1. 1.‘The beginning of the Gospel of Jesus Christ June 7. 1618. the Son of God.’

THere is no Knowledge more necessary for Christians, than the Knowledge of Christ, and of those things which he hath done and suffered for us: according to that of Paul, 1 Cor. 2. 2. I esteemed not to know any thing amongst you, save Jesus Christ, and him crucified. See also Joh. 17. 3. and Phil. 3. 8. Now among all other Books of holy Scripture, there is none that doth so plainly and expresly set forth Christ unto us, and the History of those things which he hath done and suffered for our Salvation, as do the Writings of the Evangelists, which were penned to this end; Whereupon St. Austin calls the four Evangelists, [...] Domini, quibus per orbem vectus, &c. Lib. 1. de Consens. Evang. cap. 7. For this cause I have resolved (if the Lord [...] life and health so long) to interpret unto you this Gospel written by St. Mark: which I have made choice to go thorough, rather than any of the other Gospels, because it is more brief than any of the rest are, and so will require lesse time. St. Austin saies, That Mark seems to have followed Matthew, Tanquam Breviator Ejus, as his Abridger or Epitomiser: and he is so for the most part, but not alwaies; for this Evangelist hath some things which neither Matthew, nor any of the other Evangelists, have recorded in writing this History.

Before I come to the Gospel it self, and to the words now read, it may be fit to speak somewhat (though briefly) touching the Title of this Book. It is called, The Gospel according to Mark; for so the words are read in the Original. Now this Title containes two things. 1. The general Name given to the whole Book, called the Gospel. 2. The Pen-man or Writer of it, Mark. Touching the first, The word Gospel is a common name to al the Books of the four Evangelists: The Greek word [ [...]] doth signify in general any good or joyful tidings; but more properly and peculiarly, it is in the New Testament applyed unto that most joyful Tydings of all other, concerning Christ Jesus his coming in the Flesh to work our Redemption, and concerning our Salvation, and the means of it, procured and wrought by him. And according to this Acception, the Word is used three waies. 1. To signify the Doctrine of Christ, and of Salvation purchased by him: Mark 16. 15. Preach the Gospel to every Creature. Thus it is commonly ta­ken. 2. To signify the preaching or publishing of the foresaid Doctrine of Christ, as Rom. 1. 16. I am not ashamed of the Gospel, &c. i. e. of the preaching of it. And thus the word is to be taken in the 1. verse of this present Chapter, which I have now read, as we shall see by and by. 3. This word Gospel doth sometimes signify nothing else but the History, or Narration of those things which Christ did and spake on earth, when he first brought this glad Tydings of Salvation to us in his own Person, Acts 1. 1. And thus the word is used in the Title of this Book, and of the other three Evangelists.

Further, It is called, The Gospel according to Mark: by which phrase is meant, that St. Mark was the Writer or Pen-man of it, not the Author or Inditer of it; for that was the Holy Ghost. Vide Paraeum, Pro­oem in Matth. What Mark it was that wrote this Gospel is not certainly known; but it is probably thought by Divines, it was he that is called John Mark, Act. 12. 12. to whose Mother's House Peter came after his delivery from prison, who is also mentioned by the same name, Act. 15. 37. It is also thought to be the same Mark, of whom both Paul and Peter do make honourable mention, Col. 4. 10, 11. Paul saith, he was one of his work-fellows to the Kingdom of God: and Peter (1 Epist. 5. 13.) calleth him his Son: by which honourable testimonies given him, it may appear, that although he was none of the twelve Apostles, (whereof two only i. e. Matthew and John) were Writers of the Gospel; yet he was a man of great account in the Church. Some of the ancient (as Eusebius and Hierome) do write that he was the Disciple and Com­panion of Peter, and that he received his Gospel from the mouth of Peter, putting that into writing which he had heard Peter preach; and further, that this Gospel being written by him, was afterward approved and allowed by Peter, (See Euseb. lib. 2. c. 14. & Hieronym. Catalog. in Marcol.) But this I leave as uncertain. [Page 2] Howsoever, most certain it is, that the Writer of this Gospel was infallibly assisted by the Holy Ghost in the writing of it; and so this, as well as the other three Gospels, is of Canonical authority, according as the Chuch hath alwaies from the first writing of it, received and approved it so to be; we therefore are still to embrace, and hold it in like manner to be of Divine authority. So much of the Title set before this Book.

Now to come unto the Book it self; The general scope and drift of which (as also the other Books of the Evangelists) is to shew and prove, that Jesus of Nazareth the Son of the Virgin Mary, is the true Messiah and Saviour of the World, which was promised in the Old Testament, and foretold by the Prophets; and which was in due time exhibited, and sent of God the Father into the World, Joh. 20. 31. And this St. Mark doth prove in his Gospel, by shewing how those things which were foretold by the Prophets concerning the Messiah, were fulfilled in this Jesus the Son of Mary: which being so, he must needs be the true Messiah.

Touching the sum of this Gospel; it contains the history of Christ. In which history, four things are re­corded by St. Mark concerning our Saviour. 1. The course of His life and actions, or the history of His sayings and doings, till a little before His death. This reacheth unto the 14. Chapter of this Gospel. 2. The history of His Passion and Sufferings, Chap. 14, and 15. 3. The history of His Resurrection, Chap. 16. unto the 19. Verse of it. 4. and lastly, The history of His Ascension, briefly set down in the two last Verses of that Chapter.

Touching this Chapter, five things are recorded in it: 1. The solemn Baptism of Christ. 2. His temp­tations. 3. His preaching in Galilee, &c. 4. Calling of four Disciples. 5. Certain Miracles. Vide ver. 12. In the Baptism of Christ, consider two things in order. 1. A description of the person which baptized Him, which was John the Baptist, unto the 9. Ver. 2. The Baptism it self laid down, Ver. 9, 10, 11. Touch­ing the description of John Baptist, he is set forth to us by the Evangelist, two waies. 1. By his publick Office and Ministery: from the 1. Ver. to the 6. Ver. as also Ver. 7, & 8. 2. By the austerity and strictness of his private life, Ver. 6.

Touching the history of his publick Ministery, the Evangelist layeth down: First, A Preface to it, Ver. 1. Secondly, The history it self.

To begin with the Preface, Ver. 1. The beginning of the Gospel of Jesus Christ the Son of God. These words are to be taken, not as a general preface to this whole Book, but onely as a more particular preamble set before the history of John Baptist his publick ministery. The beginning of the Gospel]: By the [Gospel] understand here, not the history of this Gospel, but the preaching or the publishing of the doctrine of the Gospel, touching the glad tydings of Salvation by Christ: and we must note, that these words have relation unto the 4th Ver. following, where it is said, that John Baptist preached the Baptism of Repentance for the remission of Sins: and the meaning is this, as if the Evangelist had said, The preaching of John Baptist was the first beginning of the solemn publishing of the doctine of the Gospel: or, The preaching of the Gospel began first in the ministery and preaching of John. [Gospel of Jesus Christ] It is so called in two respects chiefly: 1. Because Christ Jesus, as he is God, is the Authour of this Doctrine. 2. Because [...] principal subject and matter of this doctrine, [The Son of God] Christ is [...] God, not in respect of Creation, as Adam and the Angels; nor of Adoption, as the faithfull: but in respect of eternal generation, in that he was begotten of God the Father. Now this begetting was by communicating the whole Divine essence of the Father unto him from all eternity, after an unspeakable manner. Note, that Christ is begotten of the Father, not as he is God (if we speak properly) but as he is the Son; for he is God of himself, as well as the Father, but his person is from the Father. The Godhead of the Son was not begotten of the Godhead of the Father, but the person of the Son was begotten of the person of the Father: or thus, He hath the beginning of his person from the Father, but not the beginning of his essence and nature. So much for the sense of the words, which being thus explained, we may consider these two things in them. 1. The Prerogative of John Baptist his Ministery or preaching, in that it was the beginning or first publishing of the Gospel. 2. A description of the doctrine of the Gospel; 1. By the name given it, The Gospel. 2. By the Authour and Matter of it, Christ Jesus: who is also set forth to us further by a special title or attribute, the Son of God. Now let us see what matter of Instruction may be gathered from this Verse.

Obser. 1 First, From this, that the ministery of John is called the beginning of the Gospel; That John Baptist was the first preacher and publisher of the doctrine of the Gospel: it was his priviledge to be the first preacher of Christ, and of the doctrine of salvation by Christ. See Luke 16. 16. Math. 11. 13. All the Prophets and the Law prophe­syed unto John. Though Moses and the Prophets spake more obscurely of Christ, and of salvation by him; yet none preached this doctrine so plainly and evidently before the time of John Baptist: He was the first plain and express preacher of the Gospel, in respect of which honour done unto him; he is said in the 11. Verse of that Chapter to be the greatest of those that were begotten of Women before his time; that is, greater then any of the Prophets of the Old Testament: which is to be understood not in respect of his person simply, but in regard of this prerogative of his office and ministry, that it was the first beginning of the plain preaching of the Gospel.

Use. See our happiness who live in these times, since the Gospel hath been thus clearly taught by John Baptist, the first publisher of it; yea, not onely by him, but by Christ himself also, who followed John; and by the Apostles and Ministers of Christ, who have followed since, Eph. 3. 5. The mystery of Christ in other Ages was not opened unto the Sons of Men, as it is now revealed unto his holy Apostles and Prophets by the Spirit. They that lived before John Baptist, had the Gospel darkly preached in the Sermons of Moses and the Prophets: which were but as a candle shining in a dark place, 2 Pet. 1. 19. But we now have the Gospel plainly and clearly taught in the Sermons of John Baptist, the first that ever preached Christ directly and plainly; and not onely in his Sermons, but in the Sermons of Christ himself and his Apostles. This is our great priviledge and hap­piness, that now there is a clearer manifestation of the Gospel, than ever was before John Baptist's time, so that we may come now to a clearer knowledge, and discerning of Christ than they could possibly attain to, who lived in the times of the Old Testament. This must stir us up unto true thankfulnesse to God, for this his mercy to us that live in this Age of the World since the first publishing of the Gospel in such clear manner: [Page 3] and withall, it must move us, to open our eyes to look upon this clear light of the Gospel, which now hath long shined ever since John Baptist's time: and beware that we shut them not against it, as many do, which continue still in grosse ignorance of the doctrine of Christ, notwithstanding it hath now been so long time most clearly published; But let us remember that speech of our Saviour, Joh. 3. 19. This is the condemnation, that light came into the World, and men loved darknesse rather than light, &c. Take heed how thou continue and live in ignorance of the Golpel, in these times wherein so clear a light of it shineth; for (as Paul saith to the Corinthians) if our Gospel be now hid, it is hid to those that perish, &c. 2 Cor. 4. 4. So much of the prerogative of Johns Ministery. Now followeth the description of the doctrine of the Gospel, his verbis, The Gospel of Jesus Christ.

Obser. From the nature of the word [Gospel] signifying good tydings, we may observe the excellency of this doctrine of the Gospel, It is such a doctrine as containeth the most gladsome tydings, and message that ever was sent from God unto mankind: Namely, the tydings of salvation by Jesus Christ; therefore called, the Gospel of our salvation, Eph. 1. 13. To this purpose is that prophesie of Christ, Esay 61. 1. that the Lord anointed him, and sent him to preach good tydings unto the poor: by which good tydings is meant, nothing else but the doctrine of the Gospel, and comfortable promises of it. So, Rom. 10. 15. How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the Gospel of peace, and bring glad tydings of good things? So, Luke 2. 10. The Angel, preach­ing Christ to the Shepherds, tells them, that he brings them good tydings of great joy that shall be to all People. All which places shew the excellency of the doctrine of the Gospel contained in it, and such happy and joy­full tydings concerning our reconciliation with God, and salvation by Jesus Christ; for what news or tydings can be more excellent and blessed, than the tydings of forgiveness of sins, peace with God, and eternal salva­tion of our souls?

Use 1 To stir us up to a love and liking of this doctrine, and to cause us with all readiness to embrace, believe, and obey it in our hearts and lives. How gladly do we entertain good news touching our Body, Goods, Friends, or outward Estate? how welcome is it to us? See Prov. 25. 25. And shall not this blessed tydings of the salvation of our souls by Christ, which is brought to us in the Gospel, be much more welcome to us? Is not the news of Liberty welcome to the Prisoner? the news of a pardon from the Prince welcome to the condemned Malefactor? And what are we by nature, but Prisoners under the bondage of Sin and Satan? Malefactors and Traytors before God, guilty of eternal damnation? Oh then, let us joyfully embrace the doctrine of the Gospel, which brings to us the news of spiritual freedom from Sin and Satan, purchased by Christ, and of the pardon of our sins procured for us by him. How highly should we prize this doctrine? how happy should we think our selves, when we may enjoy the preaching of it? and how far should we be from contemning or neglecting so great salvation? Heb. 2. 3. &c. Such as contemn this doctrine, contemn their own good, and happiness, &c.

Use 2 See what cause there is, why the faithfull Ministers of God, which bring this glad tydings of the Gospel to us, should be entertained with love and reverence, for their message sake which they bring to us, Rom. 10. 15. How beautifull are the feet, &c. See 1 Thes. 5. 12, [...].

So much of the first thing, by which the doctrine of the Gospel is described, which is, the name or title given to it, in that it is called, The Gospel; It is, joyfull-tydings. Now followeth the second thing in the description, namely, the Author and matter of it, Jesus Christ; for (as I have shewed) it is called the Gos­pel of Jesus Christ, both because he is the chief Author of this doctrine, and also the chief Subject or matter of it.

Point. 1 Here then we learn two Points. 1. That Christ Jesus, as he is God, is the Author of this Gospel, that is, of the glad tydings of salvation by Himself. This is one main cause, why this doctrine is so often called, the Gospel of Christ, and the Gospel of the Son of God: to signifie, that Christ Jesus the Son of God is the Author of this doctrine. John Baptist (as we heard before) was the first preacher of the Gospel; but he preached it not as his own Doctrine, nor by his own Authority, but as the Doctrine of Christ, and as being sent of Christ to publish it. See Mal. 3. 1. Behold, I send my Messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me. The Prophet bringeth in Christ himself, thus speaking of John Baptist. Therefore, though John were the first Preacher of the Gospel; yet Christ himself was the Author of it, and John was but the Minister and Messenger: John first preached it by the Authority of Christ, but Christ himself preached it first by his own Authority. So, Heb. 2. 3; This salvation began at the first to be spoken by the Lord. Therefore in his Sermons he often used these words, I say unto you, Math. 5. And as our Saviour Christ preached this doctrine in his own name: so he confirmed it by many Miracles, wrought by his Divine Power: which shewed him to be Author of it.

Use. See how great the sin is of such as contemn this Doctrine of the Gospel, or refuse to believe and obey it. They contemn and reject Christ himself, 1 Thes. 4. 18. Take heed we be not guilty of this sin, God will severely punish it, Heb. 2. 3. How shall we escape, if we neglect so great Salvation? &c. Yet, how common is this contempt of the Gospel now a daies? How little care is in some, to hear it unfolded in the publick ministery? a small matter hinders them. One cause of such contempt is this, that men are not yet throughly perswaded, that the doctrine, delivered by a frail man like themselves, is, or can be, the doctrine of Christ himself: they neither see nor feel any divine Power of Christ working in, and by, this doctrine, when it is delivered; therefore they think it to be the word of a Man, not the word of Christ Jesus the Son of God: Is not this the blockish ignorance of some? But know this, though Christ Jesus useth the ministery of weak men, yet the word and message which they bring, is the message of Christ himself. And what if we bring this treasure to you in earthen Vessels? yet the treasure is not the lesse worth. Look not then only at the Minister, but chiefly at Christ Jesus the Son of God, whose message he delivers; and learn with all reverence, and con­scionable obedience, to submit unto it.

Point. 2 The second Point to be learned here (from hence, that it is called the Gospel of Jesus Christ) is this, That as Christ is the Author of this doctrine, so he is also the chief Subject, Matter, and Argument of the Gospel, Rom. 1. 3. The Gospel is said to be concerning the Son of God, Jesus Christ, &c. because he is the chief and main matter taught and revealed in it, 1 Cor. 1. 23. We preach Christ crucified, &c. Whatsoever is taught in the Gospel, is either concerning the Person of Christ, or concerning his Offices, as He is our Priest, Prophet, and King: [Page 4] or concerning these benefits we have by Christ, as Justification and Salvation, &c. or lastly, touching the means of enjoying these benefits from Christ, as Faith and Repentance. So that Christ Jesus is the sum and main scope of the Doctrine of the Gospel.

Use 1 This shews a difference between the Doctrine of the Law and of the Gospel, the preheminence of this above that: for the main matter, taught in the Gospel, is Christ; whereas the Law teacheth not Christ at all, ar least not properly and directly, as the Gospel doth. Indeed, it is said (Gal. 3. 24.) the Law is our Schoolmaster to Christ, but that is onely by accident; because it sheweth us our sins, but not any remedy against them: therefore it driveth us to seek a remedy elsewhere; namely, in the Gospel which revealeth Christ as the remedy against sin. But the Law of it self doth not directly lead to Christ, or teach him: on­ly the Gospel doth this.

Use 2 See again by this, the excellency and preciousness of this Doctrine of the Gospel, seeing the main matter and scope of it is, Christ Jesus: in whom are hid all the treasures of saving Grace, yea of Salvation it self. Col. 2. 3. God's favour, forgiveness of Sins, yea salvation it self, are all hid in Christ; and Christ is revea­led in the Gospel: How excellent then must this Doctrine needs be? Is it not a precious Doctrine which revealeth Christ to us, the greatest jewel that ever God bestowed on mankind? Happy then is that people and congregation, where this Doctrine is soundly and ordinarily taught: and wretched and profane men are they that cry out, There is too much preaching; which is all one as if they should say, They may hear too much of Christ, or learn him too well. Away with such atheistical thoughts and speeches: and know we this for a certainty, that as to know Christ is eternal life, John 17. 3. so he that hath not this knowledge must needs perish everlastingly: And there is no ordinary means of knowing and learning Christ, but by hearing the Gospel preached, Eph. 4. 20, 21. This it is, that revealeth and teacheth Christ to us; there­fore we may as well be without Christ as without the Gospel preached. See the necessity of this Ordinance of God, and learn to make great account of this his mercy, that we enjoy the freedom of the Gospel; in the preaching whereof, Christ Jesus himself with all his benefits, is daily set forth unto us. We cannot be suffi­ciently thankful for this unspeakable favour of God, if we seriously think of it as we ought.

So much of the cheif Author, and matter of the Gospel, which is Christ Jesus. Now followeth the De­scription of Christ by one special Title, called The Son of God. How Christ is the Son of God, I shewed be­fore in opening the words; namely in this respect, That he was from everlasting, begotten of God the Fa­ther after an unspeakable manner.

Doct. Now, in that Christ Jesus is the Son of God, by eternal generation or begetting; hence we gather, That therefore he is true and very God, as well as the Father or the Holy Ghost. He is not a meer man, but God as well as Man; yea, equal with the Father and Holy Ghost, in respect of the divine Essence and nature, Phil. 2. 6. Being in the form of God, he thought it no robbery to be equal with God. See also Joh. 1. 1. Reasons to prove that he is very God;

  • Reas. 1 1. The essentiall properties of the divine Nature are given to him, [...] Eternity, Esay 9. 6. The ever­lasting Father. So also Omnipotency▪ [...], the Almighty.
  • Reas. 2 2. The [...] or God are ascribed to him, as the Creation of the World, John 1. 3. Col. 1. 16. By him all things were created, &c. So also the Preservation of the World, Heb. 1. 3. He beareth up all things by the word of his Power. So he is said to forgive sins, which is proper to God onely.
  • Reas. 3 3. Divine worship is to be given to him, even by the Angels themselves, Heb. 1. 6. Let all the Angels worship him. Act. 7. 59. Steven prayed to him, Lord Jesus receive my Spirit.

Use 1 This confuteth all Hereticks, that have denyed, or do at this day deny, the God-head of Christ, as the Arrians, Turks, Jews, and the like.

Use 2 Christ Jesus being, true God, is therefore an all-sufficient Saviour, Heb. 7. 25. He is able perfectly to save them that come unto God by him; by the power of his God-head he is well able to vanquish Death, Hell, Satan, and all Enemies of our Salvation. Further, in that he is God as well as Man, he is able to me­rit Forgiveness of sins, God's Favour, and Salvation it self, for his elect and faithful ones; for this Dignity of his person added vertue and efficacy to his death and sufferings, in that he that dyed and suffered was the Son of God; therefore Act. 20. 28. God is said to have purchased the Church with his own blood. Again, in that he is God as well as man, he is able not onely to merit Salvation for his Elect, but also actually to con­fer and bestow Salvation, and all means of it, upon them, Joh. 10. 28. He gives eternal life to his sheep, &c. All this is matter of singular comfort to true Believers, who know themselves to have part in Christ; they are sure not to miss of Salvation; Hell-gates cannot keep them from it, seeing the Son of God himself is their all-sufficient Saviour. Here then we must learn by faith to trust in this Son of God, our powerful Saviour, and to rely wholly upon him for Salvation, and for all the parts, and degrees, and means of it; seeking Salva­tion in none other but him onely, who is made unto us of God, Wisdom, Righteousness, Sanctification, and Redemption, 1 Cor. 1. 30.

Mark 1. 2.‘As it is written in the Prophets, Behold, I send my Messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way before thee.’

HAving spoken of the Preface set before the History of John Baptist his publick Ministry, in the former Verse; Now we come to the History it self. In which St. Mark layeth down three principal matters touching the Ministry of John: First, The ground or warrant of his Call to his Office; namely, The Wri­tings of the Prophets, Ver. 2. & 3. Secondly, The Execution of his Ministry in baptizing, and preaching the Word, Ver. 4. & ver. 7, & 8. Thirdly, The Fruit and Effect of his Ministry, Ver. 5. in that all the Land of Judea, and they of Jerusalem went out to him, &c. which shews how effectual and powerful his Mini­stry was.

Touching the 1. Point, namely, The Ground or Testimonies of two Prophets, Malachy and Esay; which Testimonies are alledged by the Evangelist, for the warranting and confirming of John's Ministry.

As it is written in the Prophets,] That is, in the Writings or Books of the Prophet Malachy and of the Pro­phet Esay, as we shall see when we come to the Testimonies themselves. Now these words [As it is written, &c.] have Relation to the 4. verse following; where it is said, That John baptized and preached &c. And it is all one as if the Evangelist had said thus; In that John Baptist went before Christ to prepare the way for him, by preaching and baptizing; in taking this Office upon him, and in executing it accordingly, he did no­thing but that which was agreeable to the Prophecies that went before of him, by which it was foretold, That he should be the Harbinger of Christ, to prepare the way for him, by his Ministry and Preaching: And therefore by these Prophecies, both his Calling to the Ministry, and the Execution of it, are sufficiently warranted. Thus wee see the purpose of the Evangelist in alledging these Testimonies of the Prophets, for the warranting of John's Ministry.

And here some things are to be observed for our Instruction, before we come to the particular handling of these Testimonies alledged.

Obser. 1 In that the Evangelist alledgeth the writings of the Prophets for the Ground and Warrant of John Baptist his Calling to the Ministry: Hence we learn, that whosoever takes on him the Office of a Minister, must have his Ground and Warrant from the Word of God for so doing, else he may not thrust himself into that holy Function. Not that every Minister must have such special Warrant, from express words of Scripture, to justify his Calling, as John had; for he being an extraordinary Prophet and Minister of the Gospel, his Calling to that Office was in special manner foretold by the Prophets in their Writings, and so he had a special and extraordinary War­rant for it. It cannot be that every ordinary Pastor or Minister of the Church in these times, should shew such particular and special Warrant from express Scripture for his Calling to that Office: Nevertheless, eve­ry Minister must be able to shew the general Warrant of the Word of God, for the proof and justifying of his entrance into that Calling.

Reas. 1. Else he cannot look for the Blessing of God upon his Ministry. 2. Nor for perfection. 3. Nor do his duty cheerfully.

Quest. When is a man said to have the general Warrant of the Word of God for his Calling and Entrance into the Ministry?

Ans. When his entrance is lawful and warrantable by the general prescript and rule of the Word, which re­quires these 4. things:

  • 1. That the Person that takes this Function upon him, be indued in some measure with such gifts as are fitting for that Calling; especially two. 1. The gift of Knowledge. 2. Aptness in some measure to teach, and to deliver that which he know, unto others, for the edifying of the Church, 1 Tim. 3. 2. Indeed there are Degrees of the gifts both of Knowledge and Utterance, and all cannot have the same measure: God gi­veth not to every one ten Talents, yet [...] one that takes this Office on him must have at least one Ta­lent.
  • 2. That he which lawfully enters into the Ministry should have a willingness and desire to use the gifts to God's glory, and to the edifying of the Church, not hiding his Talent in a Napkin.
  • 3. That he be one, that is for his Life and Conversation unblamable, 1 Tim. 3. that is, free from noto­rious Vices; He must not be an open wicked liver, for then he will bring scandall and disgrace to the Ministery, and do more hurt by his wicked life, than good by his teaching.
  • 4. That he have the outward Ordination of the Church; he must be allowed and ordained by the Autho­rity of the Church, and withal he must be at least accepted (if not desired) of that People whom he is to teach. These things the Word of God requires in general, for the qualifying of such as take upon them the Office of the Ministry; and whosoever hath these things, and is furnished with them, he may be said to have the general warrant of the Word of God for the lawfulness of his Calling to the Ministry: otherwise not. But I will not insist further on this.

Obser. 2 In that the Evangelist, being to set down the History of the Preaching and Baptism of John (by which he went before Christ as his Harbinger), doth shew, that John did this according to the Prophecies that went before of him in the Old Testament, and that these Prophecies were now fulfilled in John when he began to preach and baptize: Hence we may observe the excellent harmony, consent, and agreement that is between the Books of the Old Testament and of the New; those penned by the Prophets, and these by the Evangelists and Apostles: those things, which were foretold in the Prophets concerning Christ, and John Baptist the fore-runner of Christ, are recorded by the Evangelists and Apostles to have been actually fulfilled, as they were foretold. Ver. gra. The Prophets foretold that John Baptist should go before Christ, by his Ministry preparing the way for Christ, that was to come immediately after; and the Evangelists in the New Testament do plainly shew how this was accordingly fulfilled by John Baptist, as Mark in this place. So concerning Christ himself the Prophets foretold many things; as the manner, and time, and place of his Birth, his Passion and sufferings; his Resurrection, Ascension, &c. And all these things, the Writings of the Evangelists and Apostles do plain­ly shew and testify to have been accordingly fulfilled in and by our Saviour Christ: Hence is it, that in the New Testament it is often said, That such or such things were done by Christ, or unto Christ, that the Scrip­ture (that is, the Prophecies of the Old Testament) might be fulfilled. The truth of this Point might be shew­ed more at large; but I mean not to stand upon it. This is enough to shew, that there is a sweet harmony and consent between the Books of the Old Testament and of the New; and particularly between the Pro­phecies of John Baptist, and of Christ, mentioned in the Old Testament, and the fulfilling of them, as it is expressed in the New.

Use. To confirm our Faith touching the divine Authority of the Books of holy Scripture: For this admirable consent that is between them is one special evidence to prove the Scriptures to be the undoubted Word of God himself, for there is not the like consent to be found in the Writings of men. It is therefore very profi­table, in reading the Scriptures, to observe and take notice of the excellent agreement that is between the writings of the Old and New Testament, and to compare the one with the other; for this will make much for [Page 6] the strengthening of our Faith in the belief of this point, that the Scriptures are the very word of God him­self, whatsoever may be objected to the contrary by any Atheists in the World.

Now I come to speak of the Testimonies themselves, alledged here for the confirmation of John's Cal­ling and Ministery. The first of these Testimonies is taken out of the Prophet Malachy, Chap. 3. Ver. 1. The second is taken out of Esay, Chap. 40. Ver. 3.

In the first is foretold the calling and sending of John Baptist to prepare the way before Christ, as it is, Ver. 2.

In the second is shewed the manner or means how he should prepare the way of Christ: Namely, by crying in the Wildernesse, &c. Ver. 3.

To begin first with the Testimony of Malachi. Behold, I send my Messenger, &c.

In the Prophet Malachi the words are read somewhat otherwise, then they are cited here by St. Mark: for there the Prophet brings in Christ himself, speaking of John Baptist, and promising to send him before his own face: but here St. Mark alleageth the words in the person of God the Father, promising to send John Baptist before his Son Christ the Messiah. But this comes all to one effect, whether it be said, that Christ, as God, sent John before himself, or that God the Father sent him before Christ: for this Action of sending John is common to the Father and the Son both: And it is true, both that God the Father sent him (as as it is expresly said, Joh. 1. 6.) and also that Christ (as he is God) did send him too.

In the words, we may consider more particularly two things. 1. The calling of John, in these words, Be­hold, I send my Messenger. 2. The Office or Function unto which he was called; 1. To go before the face of Christ. 2. To prepare the way before him.

Behold] This word is used often as a note of some weighty matter that is spoken of, and so seemeth to stir up our attention unto it. Sometimes also it signifies the certainty of the thing spoken of: It it may be taken both waies, in this place.

I send my Messenger] this is spoken of a thing to come, and yet the present tense is used to shew the cer­tainty of the fulfilling of it, as if he were already sent. And they are the words of God the Father, touching John Baptist, whom he calleth his Messenger. By [sending] is meant, the calling and appointing him, &c. John 1. 6. Amos 3. 2. Before thy face, or presence] that is, before the presence of Christ Jesus the Messiah.

Quest. 1 How long before Christ, did John Baptist go?

Answ. But a little time, for he was come but sixth Months before him; or not so much: as may be gathered out of Luke Chap. 1. Ver. 26.

Quest. 2 Why was John Baptist sent before Christ?

Answ. To shew the Dignity and Excellency of Christ's person, therefore he came before him as a servant to pro­cure honour and respect to his Master, and that by making preparation against his coming, who was soon after to follow him, as is shewed in the next words of the Text.

Which shall prepare thy way before thee], This is a speech [...] from the custom of Princes, who when they remove or go to any place [...] before them to take up Lodging for them, and to provide all things [...] for their entertainment, when they shall come to the place appointed: as also, to take order for the removall of the hinderances of their way and passage to that place. So the meaning is, that Christ being to come into the World, John Baptist should come before him, and by his Ministery prepare the way for Christ; that is, make ready the hearts of the People to receive and embrace Christ, and to give him entertainment at his coming.

Quest. 3 How was John to prepare the People to receive Christ?

  • Answ. 1. By foretelling them that Christ was to come immediately after him, as we see he doth, Ver. 7. and Mat. 3. 2. The Kingdom of Heaven is at hand; that is, the Messiah, &c.
  • 2. By preaching the doctrine of Christ, touching his Person and Offices, as we see he did, Mat. 3. 11, 12. He that cometh after me is mightier then I, &c. He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with Fire, who hath his fann in his hand, and will thorowly purge his floor, &c.
  • 3. By Preaching the doctrine of Faith in Christ, stirring up the People to believe in him, as being the true Messiah. That John Preached Faith in Christ, it is plainly affirmed by Paul, Acts 19. 4. John verily baptized with the baptism of Repentance, saying to the People, that they should believe in him which should come after him; that is, in Christ Jesus.
  • 4. By Preaching Repentance, exhorting them to turn unto God from their sins, that so they might be fit to receive Christ. So, Mat. 3. 2. Repent, for the Kingdom of God is at hand.
  • 5. Lastly, By administring the new Sacrament of Baptism in the name of Christ, the effect and substance of which Sacrament was Christ. Thus we see how John was to prepare the way for Christ. And thus far, in way of opening the sense of the words: Now to the Instructions.

Obser. Behold, I send my Messenger] In that John Baptist is said to be sent of God as his Messenger, Hence we may observe the Dignity and Authority of all Faithfull Ministers of God; they are his Messengers sent by himself to do his Errand and Message to his People, Job 33. 23. If there be a Messenger with him, an Interpre­ter, one among a thousand, &c. Mal. 2. 7. The Priests lips should keep knowledge, &c. for he is the Messenger of the Lord of Hosts. Therefore also they are said to be Embassadours of Christ, 2 Cor. 5. 20. and Eph. 6. 20. because they are sent of Christ, and have their Calling and Authority from Him alone. Now there is a two­fold sending of God, whereby he doth call and appoint Ministers to this Office.

The first is extraordinary, when God doth immediately by Himself call and appoint men to the Function of the Ministery; Thus the Prophets in the old Testament were called, by God immediately; and thus the Apostles in the new Testament were called and sent by Christ, immediately. So Paul saith of himself, Gal. 1. 1. That he was not called of Man, nor by Man, but by Jesus Christ and God the Father, &c. Thus also John Baptist was called and sent of God, extraordinarily: So understand that place John 1. 6. See also Luke 3. 2.

The second kind of calling or sending of Ministers is ordinary, when God useth the ministery of Man in calling any to the Office of a Pastor or Teacher in the Church; And thus all ordinary Pastors and Ministers [Page 7] now dayes are sent and called of God by means of Men; that is, by such as have Authority in the Church to Call and Ordain fit Persons for this Office. Now it is true of all sorts of lawfull Ministers, (whether or­dinarily or extraordinarily called) that their calling and sending is from God; and His Messengers they are, having Authority from him to carry his Message to his People.

Ʋse 1 This must teach all Ministers their Duty: That seeing they are the Lord's Messengers sent of his ambassage, therefore to be carefull to deliver nothing to the People in Preaching, but the Message given them in charge, the pure word of God, not their own devices, nor humane traditions (as Popish Fryars use to do in their Ser­mons). The faithfull Ambassadour will speak nothing but what his Prince hath given him in Commission, and this is a part of the faithfullness of God's Ambassadours and Messengers, to speak nothing in his name to the People, but what God himself hath in his word appointed them; 1 Pet. 4. 11. If any man speak, let him speak as the words of God. Balaam himself professeth that he would speak nothing but what God put into his mouth, how much lesse should Gods faithfull Ministers: It is the property of false Prophets to speak the Vision of their own heart, &c. Jer. 23. 16. We must not be like them in this.

Ʋse 2 Seeing all faithfull Ministers (lawfully called to that Office) have their Authority and Calling from God, are Messengers which himself sendeth; Hence it follows that the People ought to receive and entertain such Ministers, and the Word of God which they Preach, with all reverence and due respect; remembring that the Minister is the Messenger of God, and the Doctrine which he teacheth is the Message of God. Take heed then of despising the person of a faithfull Minister, and much more of contemning or disobeying his Doctrine, seeing he speaks to thee not in his own name, but in the name of God, who sends him. Remember that of Paul, 1 Thes. 4. 8. He that despiseth these things, despiseth not Man, but God: The contempt of the Ambassadour or his Ambassage, is the contempt of the Prince that sends him; and so also, The contempt of a lawfull and faithfull Minister, or of the Doctrine which he teacheth, is a contempt of God himself.

So much of the calling and sending of John Baptist. Now followeth the Office unto which he was appoin­ted, which is two-fold.

  • 1. To go before the face of Christ.
  • 2. To prepare the way of Christ before him.

Obser. 1 Before thy face,] In that John Baptist is sent before the face and presence of Christ, to make ready the way against his coming; that is, by his Ministery to prepare the People's hearts to entertain Christ: Hence we may gather the Excellency and Dignity of Christ's person, that even in the state of his Humiliation, He was a person of great Worth and Excellency: this appeareth in that he came into the World after the same manner as Kings and Princes are wont to go or come to any place; that is to say, with Harbingers to prepare the way for them, and to provide for their entertainment at the places whither they are to go. So Christ Jesus coming into the World to work our Redemption, had his Harbinger, John Baptist, to go before him; and by his Preaching to prepare for his coming. This shews that Christ was even then a person of great Dignity, even the greatest that ever lived upon the Earth: for he was not onely a Man, but God and Man in one Per­son; not onely a King, but King of Kings, and Lord of Lords; [...] This Dignity and Excel­lency of Christ's Person was manifested in this, that he had so excellent a Person, and so great a Prophet as John Baptist, to be his Servant, to go before His presence and face, to prepare for his coming; and so to wait and attend upon his Person. But of this excellency of the Person of Christ, we shall have occasion to speak again, when I come to the 7. Ver. of this Chap. Now then to proceed.

Obser. 2 Again, here we see one priviledge and preheminence of John Baptist, above all other Ministers of the Gospel; in that he went before the face and presence of Christ. Whereas all other Ministers of the Gospel come after Christ in time; This is John's prerogative alone, that he onely was before Christ in Age and Birth (in re­spect of Christ's Man-hood,) and that he began to Preach the Gospel before Christ himself preached it: where­as all other Ministers of the Gospel (as well the Apostles as their Successors) are after Christ in Age and Birth, and after him also in the exercise of this Office and Function of preaching the Gospel. John went before Christ in Age and Time, but came behind him in Excellency and Dignity of Person: but the Apostles and all other Ministers of the Gospel come behind Christ both in Time and Dignity. Vide Concion. in Cap. 9. Ver. 12. It followeth,

Who shall prepare thy way, &c.] The meaning of the words we heard before, and how John is said to pre­pare the way of Christ, viz. By the execution of his Ministry, in preaching and baptizing; especially in Preaching.

Now let us see the Matter of Instruction which these words afford us.

Obser. In that it is said, John Baptist should by his Ministery prepare the way before Christ; we may gather what is the Office of all Ministers of the Word; Namely, by their Preaching and Ministry, to prepare men to the receiving and embracing of Christ, to fit men to entertain Christ Jesus in their hearts. In this, all Ministers should resemble John Baptist, Act. 10. 43. All the Prophets gave Witnesse to Christ, 2 Cor. 4. 5. We Preach not our Selves, but Christ, &c. 2 Cor. 11. 2. I have prepared you for one Husband, to present you as a pure Virgin unto Christ, See Col. 1. 28. Gal. 4. 19.

Quest. How ought Ministers to prepare the People to entertain Christ in heart?

Answ. Sundry wayes, especially these.

  • 1. By shewing them what need they have of Christ, which is done by Preaching the Law, which disco­vereth Him to us, and our naturall Misery by reason of it.
  • 2. By labouring to bring them to true Repentance for their Sins, that their hearts may be broken with godly sorrow for their Sins, and that they may begin truly to hate and forsake Sin; for then, and not before, are we fit to entertain Christ in our hearts, when our hearts are truly humbled for sin, Isa. 57. 15. I dwell with Him that is of a contrite and humble Spirit, &c. Thus did John Baptist prepare men for Christ by preach­ing Repentance.
  • 3. By preaching the Doctrine of Faith to them, shewing them the nature of it, and labouring to work it in them by the Ministry of the Word; that so by Faith they might be fitted to receive Christ; yea, that by this grace of Faith Christ may come to dwell in their hearts, Ephes. 3. 17. And thus also John Baptist prepared [Page 8] his hearers for Christ, by preaching the Doctrine of Faith to them, as we heard before.

Use 1 See what all Ministers of the Word must chiefly labour in, even to prepare men for Christ; and this is the main thing to be aimed at in our preaching, we are not to preach our Selves, but Christ; we are not to pre­pare our own way, or the way of any other, but the way of Christ in the hearts of our People. To this end, we are to speak so to the Consciences of our hearers, that (if it be possible) we may by our Ministry, work Faith and Repentance in them, and so make way for Christ to enter into their hearts: We are not to preach pleasing things to you, or to sooth you up in your sins; nor yet to make vain shew of humane Learning in eloquence of words, &c. For this were to make a way for our selves into your hearts, and not for Christ.

Use 2 Hence also we may gather the excellency and necessity of the Word preached, and particularly of the preaching of the Law; for the Ministry, and Preaching the Word, serveth chiefly to prepare us unto Christ, and to the embracing of him by Faith; and this it doth by working faith and repentance in us, and so bring­ing us unto Christ, and making us partakers of him, and all his benefits and graces. As therefore thou wouldst be fitted to receive and entertain Christ in thy heart by faith, so make conscience of attending on this ordi­nance of God, the Preaching of the Word. The main End and Use of the Ordinance of Preaching is, to prepare the way of Christ in thy heart, by working faith and repentance in thee: this is that which we that are Ministers of the Word, ought to labour and strive unto chiefly, even to make way for Christ to enter into mens hearts, and to dwell in them by faith. This was John Baptist his Office and Duty; and this is also the main matter which all faithful Ministers of the Word must shoot at in preaching, that Christ may be formed in the hearts of their hearers. Despise not then the Preaching of the Word; there is no other way ordinarily to prepare thee unto Christ, and so to bring him into thy heart, Christ now standeth at the door and knocketh, &c.

Use 3 Again, Seeing it is the Duty of all Ministers by their preaching to do as John Baptist was appointed, even to prepare mens hearts to embrace Christ: By this we may examine our selves, whether we have profi­ted by the preaching of the Word, or no; for if our hearts be more and more humbled in the sense of sin, and of our natural misery without Christ; and if we begin more and more to thirst after Christ, &c. and so are fitted to embrace Christ, and to give him entertainment in our hearts by faith; then have we been profi­table hearers of the Word: Not, otherwise.

Use 4 See also here to what end we should chiefly come to the hearing of the Word; that by means of it we may be more and more prepared to embrace Christ, and to receive him into our hearts; for this end chiefly should we come to hear the Word, and not for sinister ends, as for Custome, Fashion, Fear of Hate &c.

Mark 1. 3.‘The Voyce of one crying in the Wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make his paths straight. June 21. 1618.

HAving spoken of the first [...] out of the Prophet Malachy for confirmation of John Baptist's Calling: Now we come to the second Testimony, alledged out of the Prophet Esay to the same purpose.

In the former Testimony of Malachi we heard of the Calling or Sending of John to be the Harbinger of Christ, to prepare his way: Now, in this Testimony of Esay, is set down the manner how, or means by which he should prepare the way of Christ: and that is by Crying in the Wilderness, &c. that is, by preaching with great zeal and earnestness unto the people, exhorting them to prepare themselves to the embracing of Christ Jesus, the true Messiah.

In the words consider 4 particulars:

  • 1. The Title given to John Baptist, called a Voyce.
  • 2. The quality or kind of this Voyce, a crying Voyce.
  • 3. The place where he was to cry, in the Wildenness.
  • 4. The sum and substance of that which he cryed, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, &c.

The Voyce] This is spoken by the Prophet Esay, touching John Baptist, as we read, Esa. 40. 3. for so that place is expounded by John Baptist himself, Math. 3. 3. and Joh. 1. 23.

Now, John is said to be a Voyce, in respect of the execution of his ministerial Office, which was to speak and sound forth the Doctrine of the Gospel, touching Christ, and touching Salvation by him, See Exod. 4. 16.

Of one crying] or a crying Voice, for these are all one, according to the Hebrew manner of speaking.

Now, by this Crying of John, the Prophet implyeth two things especially, touching the manner of his Preaching. 1. His vehemency and earnestness in publishing the Doctrine of the Gospel touching Christ: for we do not use to cry out aloud, or to lift up our Voice, but when we earnestly speak or utter any thing. 2. This word [crying] implyeth his great liberty and boldness in preaching the Word; for the lifting up of the Voice in speech argueth boldness and courage in the Speaker, as on the contrary, the depressing of the Voice sheweth timorousness.

In the Wilderness,] What Wilderness this was in which John should cry out and proclaim the Doctrine of the Gospel, we shall hear (God willing) upon the next Verse.

Prepare ye the way of the Lord, &c.] The meaning of these words shall be opened when we come unto them afterward.

Obser. The Voice, &c.] From this Title given to John Baptist, we may learn, How all Ministers of the Word should be qualified for that Office; They must be Voices, that is, such as are able, fit, and willing to speak, and to sound forth the Doctrine of the Word of God unto the People: Hence they are called Preachers or Criers, a [...] the word [ [...]] doth properly signify, 2 Pet. 2. 5. Noah a Preacher of Righteousness: And 1. Tim. 2. 7. Paul a Preacher and an Apostle: Hence also Ministers are called Interpreters, Job 33. 23. and Em­bassadours, 2 Cor. 5. 20. to shew that they must have a Voice to utter their Interpretation of the Lord's Will, and to deliver his message to his People. Neither do I mean onely that they must have a natural Voice suf­ficient to speak or utter words, but a Minister must have the Voice and Tongue of the learned (as the Prophet [Page 9] speaks), that is, he must be able by preaching to unfold the sense of the Word of God, and apply it to the use and edifying of the hearers: Malach. 2. 7. The Priests lips should keep Knowledge, &c. He must not onely car­ry Knowledge in his mind and understanding; but he must be able and willing to utter it with his lips, and so to convey it to others.

Use 1 See then how unfit it is, that any should bear the name, or fill up the room, of a Minister in the Church, who is either not able or not willing to preach the Word, and to sound forth the Truth of God to his People, as John Baptist did. Shall we think a bare Reader to be a fit man to bear the Office of a Minister? No, he must be the Voice of a learned Crier or Preacher of God's Word, for so was John the Baptist. How doth the Prophet Esay tax such unlearned and unsufficient watchmen? calling them dumb Doggs that cannot bark, &c. Esa. 56. 10. We are to desire of God in our Prayers, to remove all such tongue-tyed Ministers out of the Church, and to place such in their rooms, who may be able and willing, with the voice and tongue of the lear­ned, to speak to the People in the Name of God.

Use 2 If Ministers of the Word ought to be Voices, as John Baptist was; that is, able and willing to unfold and apply the Word by Preaching: Then surely you that are the People ought to have ears open and attentive to hear and receive the Doctrine of the Word wh [...]soever we sound it forth unto you; Let him that hath an ear, hear. Invain is it for us to have a voice and tongue, to speak and publish the Word to you, if you will not afford us your diligent and attentive ears to hearken to that is spoken: As we must preach the Word in season, and out of season, &c. 2 Tim. 4. 2. so it is your part to be swift to hear it on all occasions, Jam. 1. Eccles. 5. 1. Be ready to hear, &c.

So much of the Title given to John, in that he is said to be a Voice: Now followeth the quality or kind of this Voice; A crying Voice, or, the Voice of one crying: By which, 2. things are implyed (as we heard), touch­ing the manner of John's Preaching.

1. The zeal and earnestness which he used in it. 2. The liberty and boldness which he shewed.

Hence then observe 2. Points of Instruction for Ministers, touching the manner of their Teaching.

1. That they ought to shew zeal and earnestness in their Ministry and Preaching of the Word, 2 Tim. 4. 2. Be instant in season, &c. reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all Long-suffering and Doctrine. So Esa. 58. 1. Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy Voice like a trumpet, and shew my People their transgressions, &c. So Hos. 8. 1. A Minister of the Word must not do the work of the Lord negligently or coldly, but with zeal and fervency of spirit.

Now this zeal and earnestness consisteth in 2 things chiefly:

  • 1. In being affected and moved in his own heart with that which he delivereth, feeling the power of it in himself.
  • 2. In labouring so to speak as to affect and move the hearers to the embracing of that which is taught: now this is done by the particular applying, and earnest urging and pressing of the Doctrine taught, unto the con­sciences of the hearers; when it is not only delivered in general manner, and so left, but particularly applied; yea, and this Application urged [...] unto the consciences of the People, for the reproving and convin­cing of sin in them, and for the stirring of them up to goo [...] [...] Eccles▪ 12. 11. The Doctrine of the Word (preached by the Ministers of it) is compared to Nailes fastned, to shew that it must b [...] driven home, and up to the head (as it were), by the hammer of Application.

Use Seeing Ministers must be zealous and earnest in their Preaching, hence it follows, that you that are hearers should be affected and moved with this our zeal and earnestness: As it is our part to cry out, and lift up our Voice, as John Baptist did, that is, to be zealous and earnest in exhorting, reproving, convincing, &c. So it is your part to be moved with this our crying, and to shew that you are moved with it, by avoiding the sins that we cry out against, and by embracing and practising the good duties unto which we so earnestly exhort. As we are to cry unto you by earnest exhortations, admonitions, reproofs, and threatnings, out of the Word of God; so you must not suffer us to cry in vain to you, Amos 3. 6. Shall a Trumpet be blown in the City, and the People not be afraid? Shall we sound the Trumpet of the Word loud in your ears, and should you not be mo­ved at it? Some indeed are so blockish and sensless, that, cry we never so loud to them by exhortation, re­proof, or threatnings, they are no more moved at it, than the Pillars of the Church: they sit gazing about, or else fall asleep, and are not once moved or touched with any feeling of that which is delivered.

If John Baptist himself were here to cry unto them to leave their sins, and to turn to God by new obedience, we may probably think that these would be little or nothing moved at his cry; but like deaf Adders they would stopp their ears, though the Charmer should charm never so wisely.

At the zealous Sermon of Peter, a great number were pricked in their hearts, Act. 2. But now adaies, few or none are once moved at the zealous and earnest exhortations, admonitions, and reproofs, delivered to them by God's Ministers. But remember this; That as we are to shew zeal and earnestness in delivering the Word, so you are to be affected and moved in heart with that which is thus delivered: the Lord hath not appointed us to cry and lift up our voices in vain, but he will have you to hearken to our earnest Cry, and to be moved with it.

Obser. 2 Again, in that John Baptist is said to have cryed out in preaching, this shewed his boldness: and hence we learn, That Ministers of the Word should, with courage and boldness of spirit, deliver the word and message of the Lord. Ephes. 6. 20. Paul would have them pray for him, that he might speak the Word boldly as he ought to speak. This is enjoyned the Prophets, that they should not fear the faces of men in re­proving sin, as Jer. 1. 17. & Ezek. 3. 9. Fear them not, neither be dismaied at their looks, &c. We have ex­amples for this: Eliah boldly reproving Ahab, 1 King. 21. John Baptist also boldly and plainly telling Herod, that it was not lawful for him to have his Brother's wife, Mark 6. 18. Act. 4. 13.

See then how unfit it is for a Minister of the Word to give way to any cowardly timorousness, or to suffer himself to be hindred by it from doing his Duty. We must remember that we deliver not our own message, but the word and message of God himself; and that we speak in his name, not in our own name: and there­fore we should, with all liberty and boldness, deliver this Word of God, not forbearing to reprove sin, nor concealing any part of God's Truth for fear of mens displeasure. Cry out boldly against sin, as Elias and John, &c. To proceed,

In the Wilderness,] touching this Wilderness, which was the place where John Baptist cryed and preached so zealously, we shall speak more fitly upon the next Verse. I proceed now to the sum and substance of that which he cryed, in these words. Prepare ye the way of the Lord, &c.

First to open the words; Prepare the way, &c. Whereas there is some little difference between the words as they are alleged here by the Evangelist, and as they are found, Esay 40. 3. We must not marvail at it, for the Writers of the New Testament use much liberty in citing places out of the Old Testament; not alwayes tying themselves to the very words of the Text alleged, without adding or diminishing from them; but they content themselves with alleging the words in such manner as seemed for their present purpose, in the mean time not altering the substance of the matter.

So here St. Mark leaveth out some words which Esay hath, as those words [in the desert] but they are imply­ed in the words going before; in that it is said, The Voyce of one crying in the Wilderness: so that the sense is not diminished by leaving them out in this place, The like may be said of those other words [our God] which Esay hath, but St. Mark passeth them over: yet they are implyed in the word, Lord.

But to come more nearly to the opening of the words. Prepare ye the Way, &c.] The meaning is, Make ready your selves and your own hearts especially, to embrace and entertain Christ Jesus the Lord. It is a Meta­phoricall speech taken from the custome of Loyall and Dutifull Subjects, who when their Prince is upon coming to them to be entertained or lodged in their Houses or Cities, they use to prepare the way by which he is to passe, removing all inconveniences and annoyances out of the way and (if there be any), that the King may have a clear way and passage. So John Baptist exhorted the People to prepare their hearts for the coming of Christ, to give Him entertainment. Make his paths straight,] or, plain and eeven; This is but a repetition of the same thing in other words, the meaning is this; That they should remove all things that might hinder or stop the way and passage of Christ Jesus into their hearts. So much of the words. The Instructi­on follow.

Obser. 1 In that John Baptist was to exhort the People to prepare themselves and their hearts to entertain Christ; Hence we may learn, that by nature we are altogether unfit to embrace Christ aright, and to give entrance and entertainment to him in our hearts. If we were not unapt by nature to give way and entrance unto Christ to come into our hearts, and to dwell with us; what need were there of any such preparation of this way of Christ? Our hearts by nature are like a rough or craggy way, unfit to be passed through.

Reas. 1 By nature we have no knowledge of Christ, or of those things which he hath done and suffered for us, untill these things be revealed to us of God by his word, and by his Spirit, Eph. 2. 12. Now without the knowledge of Christ, we are unfit to embrace Christ.

Reas. 2 By nature we are destitute of Faith: For it is a supernaturall gift, Phil. 1. 29. To you it is given to believe on Christ, &c. Now without Faith, there is no receiving or entertaining of Christ into the heart: By Faith alone we are said to receive Christ, John 1. 12.

Reas. 3 By nature we feel no want of Christ, think ourselves well without him.

Ʋse 1 See the reason why so few do truly embrace Christ, and give entertain [...]nt to him in their hearts; mar­vel not at it, the reason is plain, for of our selves [...] we have no fitness, or disposition, or inclinable­ness at all to embrace Christ, o [...] to believe in him: we have no knowledge of Christ, we feel no want of him and his graces and benefits: Nay, we are enemies to Christ, and to his Cross, by nature, 1 Cor. 1. 23. He is a stumbling block to the Jews, and unto the Greeks foolishness.

Ʋse 2 This confutes the vain conceipt of such ignorant People, who think it an easie matter to believe in Christ; they thank God they have ever believed in Him; and yet in truth many that thus speak, never truly believed in Him. And whereas they think it so easie a matter to believe in him, they must know, it is nothing so: Doest thou think that easie, unto which man hath no aptness by nature? If it were easie to entertain Christ into the heart by Faith, what need the heart be prepared to receive Him? Know then, though it be easie to speak of Believing in Christ, thou shalt find it hard to practise it; Thou canst not do it by nature, or of thy self: It must be given thee to believe in Christ, else never canst thou do it. Thy heart hath need of much preparation before it is capable of Faith, and, before it is fit to receive Christ, it must first be humbled in the sense of sin, and of thy naturall misery without Christ, else thou wilt never see what need thou hast of Christ, and so thou wilt not desire him, or seek to be partaker of Him by Faith.

Think not therefore that it is an easie matter to entertain Christ into thy heart by true Faith, thou shalt find it harder then thou art aware, Mark 9. 23. If thou canst believe, &c. shewing how hard it is. It will cost thee much pains and striving before thou attain to it: Oh then! be not negligent in using the means to get Faith; above all, make conscience of hearing the Word, Rom. 10. Faith cometh by Hearing.

Obser. 2 Again, in that the Prophet sayeth, John Baptist should exhort the People to prepare the way of their hearts, that Christ might passe and enter into them; Hence we learn that, So many as desire to entertain Christ into their hearts, and to come and dwell in them, they must; (first,) prepare and fit their hearts to embrace and receive him, Revel. 3. 20. Behold, I stand at the door and knock: If any man hear my Voyce, and open the door, I will come in to him, and I will supp with him, and he with me.

Object. It is not in our Power to prepare our selves, and our own hearts to the entertainment of Christ, Joh. 6. 44. No man can come to me, except the Father draw him, &c.

Answ. Though this preparation of the heart unto Christ be the special work of God's spirit, yet he requires that we also should do that which lyeth in us toward this preparing of our selves: though God only can work this prepa­ration, yet he will have us use the means by which it may come to be wrought. He doth not work in Us, as in Stocks and Stones that have no sense or motion; but he doth first move us by his Spirit, and inable us to the preparation of our hearts: that so we being moved of him, may after a sort move our selves, in using the means to prepare our hearts.

Quest. How are we to prepare our selves?

Answ. We must labour to be truly humbled in the sense of our sins, and of our naturall misery without Christ: We are never fit to embrace him, till we feel how wretched we are without him. And Christ will not enter into any heart, but that which is humbled and broken for sin, Isa. 57. 15. Now this humilia [...]ion is wrought [Page 11] by the preaching of the Law, and by applying the Doctrine of it to the conscience: Therefore is the Law said to be our Scholmaster unto Christ, Gal. 3.

2. We must labour further to forsake all sin in heart and affection, and we must purge the love of it out of our hearts: our sins are they which keep Christ out of our hearts, and which barr him from entring in there; these make the way of Christ rough and uneeven; yea, they stop it up: We must therefore remove our sins, which are the annoyances and hinderances of Christ's way, that so, these being taken away, he may find an eeven and plain way, and a straight path, into our hearts.

3. We must get a hungring and thristing desire after Christ, the desire of our soul must be to him; We must pant after Him, as the Hart after the Rivers of Water: We are not fit to entertain Christ, till we feel this earnest desire of Him.

4. Lastly, We must use all means to get Faith, whereby to receive Christ into our hearts; Unbelief stops up the way of Christ, and keeps Him from entring into our hearts to dwell there.

Use 1 This reproves such as have no care to prepare a way for Christ into their hearts, no care to get a true sense of their ownsins, nor to remove and take them away by true Repentance; no care to get Faith into their hearts, that they may be fit to entertain Him, and to give Him lodging there. Nay, some are so far from preparing a way for Christ, that they rather prepare a way for Satan, and the World, and Sin, to enter into their hearts: This they do by giving themselves to the practise of sin, and by following the profits and pleasures of the World so eagerly as they do.

Use 2 Labour we daily in preparing our hearts unto Christ: strive we to make him a plain way, and a straight path into our heart. To this end, remove the annoyances of this way of Christ: Thy sins and corruptions are the annoyances and hinderances in Christ's way, take away these by true Repentance, that they stop not up the way of Christ, and barr him out of thy heart; for he will not come or enter into a heart full fraught with sinfull Lusts: purge out these therefore, that thy heart may be fit to entertain Christ. Labour also for true Faith in Christ, that by it thou mayst be fitted to receive Him, and that He may come to dwell in thee. Do not think that ever Christ will come into thy heart to dwell there, or that thou canst ever be fit to receive Him, if thou be not carefull of preparing thy self to entertain Him: Will any earthly Prince go to take up his lodging in such a House or City, where he knows there will be no preparation for his entertainment? Surely, no more will Christ come to lodge in that heart, that is not made ready to receive him.

Mark 1. 4.‘John did baptize in the Wilderness, and preach the baptism of Repentance for the remission of sins.June 28. 1618.

IN the two former Verses we have heard of the ground and warrant of John Baptist his Calling to the Mini­stry, in that it was foretold by two of the Prophets, Malachi and Esay: Now followeth the second thing laid down by St. Mark, touching the Ministery of John Baptist, viz. the Execution of his Ministery and Office. And this is [...]aid [...] in the several parts of it, which are two, The I. is his Baptizing, The II. is his Preaching.

Touching the I. We have to consider. 1. The Ministeriall Duty it [...], which is Baptizing. 2. The Circumstance of the place, In the Wilderness.

John did Baptize,] That is, he did administer to the People the Sacrament of Baptism. The word doth properly signifie to wash with Water, or to dipp into Water; as, Mark 7. 4. But here it is peculiarly ap­plyed to the administration of the Sacrament of Baptism, to signifie that solemn Sacramental washing. Now for the more full clearing of these words, I will here take occasion to speak something in general touching this Sacrament of Baptism. And concerning it, I shall speak of these five points chiefly. 1. Shew what Baptism is. 2. Of the Matter of it. 3. Of the outward Form of it. 4. Of the Efficacy of it. 5. Of the Necessity of it.

Touching the first Point, VVhat is Baptism?

A. It is that Sacrament wherein by the outward washing of Water, our engraffing into Christ, and our first entrance into the State of Grace, is represented and sealed to us. This Description puts difference between Baptism and the Lord's Supper: for this (that is, the Lord's Supper) doth seal to us, our growth in Christ and our continuall nourishing and strengthening in Grace: but Baptism serveth to seal unto us our first entrance into Grace, and engraffing into Christ; therefore it is called, The washing of the new Birth, and the putting on of Christ, Gal. 3. 27. And hence is it that we receive Baptism but once, but the Lords Supper often.

Touching the second Point; Namely, the matter and parts of this Sacrament. The parts of it are two, The outward signes, and the spirituall matters signified by them. The outward signes in Baptism are two: The first is the Element of Water. The second is, the Rite or Sacramentall action that is used about the Water, which is, the washing or sprinkling of the Party that is baptized with it. The things signified in Baptism are these.

The Element of Water doth signifie and represent two things unto us.

  • 1. The blood of Christ, that is, the Merits and Vertue of Christ's sufferings.
  • 2. The spirit of Christ, and the powerfull operation of it, Joh. 3. 6.

The outward washing with water doth signifie unto us the inward washing of Regeneration, or new Birth; under which is comprehended both our justification and sanctification: our justification, wherein the guilt of sin is purged by the blood of Christ, 1 Joh. 1. 7. and our sanctification, wherein the corruption of sin is so purged away, and so mortified by the spirit of Christ that it raign not in us. See for all this, 1 Cor. 6. 11. and, Tit. 3. 5.

See the excellency of this Sacrament, sealing such excellent things to us, contemn it not: Parents, present your children to it in due time.

The third thing to be spoken of, is the outward form or manner of Administring the Sacrament of Bap­tism; and this is prescribed by our Saviour Christ, Math. 28. 19. Go teach all Nations, Baptizing them in the Name of the Father, &c.

Quest. VVhat is it to be baptized in the name of the Trinity?

Ans. This implyeth three things. 1. To be baptized by the VVill and Commandment of the three Persons in Trinity. So much this phrase sometimes implyeth, as Mat. 18. 20. Where two or three are gathered together in my Name, &c.

2. To be baptized with invocation and calling upon the Name of the true God, who is one Essence in three Persons: So Col. 3. 17. Whatsoever ye do, do all in the Name of the Lord Jesus, &c.

3. To be baptized in token that we yield and give our selves up unto the true God, as his Children and Servants, to have his Name called over us, and to do his VVill in our lives: See 1 Cor. 1. 13.

See what we profess at our Baptism, viz. to give up our selves as Servants to the true God, renouncing the service of Satan, &c. This therefore we must practise, &c.

The 4. Point is touching the efficacy of Baptism.

Quest. Whether it be effectuall to work Grace and Regeneration?

Answ. Not of it self by any natural force in the outward element of Water, or in the outward washing; but only by the power & operation of the Holy Ghost, accompanying the outward Sacrament in the right use of it, Joh. 3. 5. Except a man be born of Water and of the Spirit, &c. It is Christ alone that baptizeth with the Holy Ghost and with fire, &c. Ver. 8. of this Chap.

The outward Sacrament of Baptism therefore (to speak properly) doth not confer or work Grace; but it is onely a Mean and Instrument by which the Holy Ghost doth work Grace.

Use 1 This confutes the Papists, who teach that the outward act of Baptism ex opere operato doth confer Grace. See Rhem. on Joh. 3. 5. But this cannot be, for these Reasons:

  • 1. This were to tye the grace of God, and the special work of his Spirit, unto the outward element of Water, and outward action of the Minister; contrary to that of our Saviour to Nicodemus, Joh. 3. The wind bloweth where it listeth &c.
  • 2. Then every one that is baptized should be regenerate, and consequently saved; the contrary whereof appeareth in Simon Magus.
  • 3. To work Grace or Regeneration where it was not before, is as great a work, yea greater, than to create something of nothing: Now this is proper to God onely, so is that also. Regeneration is a new Creation, and therefore both these have one Author, even God himself.

Object. 1 Pet. 3. 21. Baptism saveth us, &c.

Answ. Not of it self, by any natural force in the water or outward washing; but morally, by vertue of the Ordi­nance of God, who hath appointed it a mean by which himself will regenerate and save us. So also un­derstand those places, Joh. 3. 5. & Ephes. 5. 26.

Use 2 Content not ourselves with the outward washing in Baptism, as if this were enough to regenerate and save us, but labour to be partakers of the inward washing, which is sealed by it; else in vain is it to be baptized outwardly, if we be unbaptized in heart. Pray therefore unto God to baptize and cleanse thee inwardly by his Spirit. Desire him to purge thee from the guilt of sin, by the blood of his [...]on Christ Jesus, applyed to thy conscience; and to cleanse thee also more and more f [...]om the corruption of sin, by the work of his Spirit. Paul may plant and Apollo [...] God must give encrease: Pray him therefore to work Regeneration in thee; Come also diligently to hear the Word preached, the seed of our New Birth, 1 Pet. 1. 23. So much of the efficacy or vertue of this Sacrament of Baptism,

The 5. Point to be spoken of, is the necessity of this Sacrament: How far forth it is necessary to Salva­tion?

Answ. It is necessary in 2. respects.

  • 1. As God's Ordinance, which is not to be contemned or neglected, whensoever it can be l [...]d conveni­ently and orderly. And this is called Necessitas praecepti.
  • 2. As a Mean or Instrument by which God doth ordinarily seal to us, and work in us, the gr [...]ce of Rege­neration in the right use of it: And this is called Necessitas medii.

For the better understanding of this, we must know, that some are regenerate before their Baptism, and then Baptism is a means by which God doth confirm in them that Grace which was wrought before: Some again are regenerate at the time of their Baptism, and then Baptism is a means by which the Lord worketh Grace for the present: Some again are regenerate after their Baptism, and then Baptism is an outward sign of their admission into the visible Church, and a means by which God will hereafter work Regeneration and Grace in them. Thus we see how farr Baptism is necessary. But there is no such absolute necessity of the out­ward Baptism (as the Papists teach), as if none could be saved without it. This is proved by these reasons.

  • Reas. 1 1. Baptism succeeds in the room of Circumcision. This the Papists deny not; if they should, we have a plain place to prove it, Col. 2. 11, 12. Now outward Circumcision, in the time of the Law, was not of absolute necessity to Salvation; for then the Lord would not have commanded it to be deferred till the eighth day after the Birth of every Child, before which eighth day many Children dyed.
  • Reas. 2 2. The Sacrament of Baptism doth not of it self make us to be within the Covenant of Grace, but onely sealeth and confirmeth it to us: we must be within the Covenant before we are baptized, else we have no right to Baptism, being a seal of the Covenant. Now then, if the having of outward Baptism doth not bring us within the Covenant, then the want of it cannot exclude us from the Covenant, nor from Salvation it self.
  • Reas. 3 3. This appeare [...]h also by the manner of speaking, which our Saviour useth touching Faith and Baptism, Mark 16, 16. which shews plainly, that there is an absolute necessity of Faith, but not of Baptism.

Reas. 4 Lastly, From the Judgment of the ancient Church: For it was their custom to deferr their Baptism till Old Age; which shews, they held no absolute necessity of it; for then they would not have so long defer­red it. It was also the custome in some Churches to baptise onely at Easter and Whitsontide, which shews that they held not the outward Baptism absolutely necessary to Salvation, although these customs were not warrantable in them by the Word of God. See Socrat. lib. 5. cap. 21.

Object. Austin and Jerom, &c. held an absolute necessity of Baptism.

Answ. So they did of the Lord's Supper for Infants; which yet the Papists themselves are driven to confess to have been an errour in those Fathers.

Ob [...]ect. Joh. 3. 5. Answ. Regeneration is ascribed not to the VVater, but to the Spirit.

Thus we see, that though the Sacrament of Baptism be in some sort necessary, as an Ordinance of God which must not be contemned, and as a means which God useth ordinarily in working the grace of Regene­ration; yet is it not of absolute necessity, so as none can be saved without it.

Use. The consideration of this Point, and of the Reasons proving it, may serve to stay and comfort the minds of such Parents who shall at any time doubt of the salvation of their Children, onely because they dy without outward Baptism, in case it be not through their default. Such are to know, that it is not the want of out­ward Baptism, but the contempt of it, that hindreth the salvation of any. But withal, this must admonish all Parents, seeing Baptism is God's Ordinance, which is not to be contemned, that therefore they neglect not to present their Children unto this Sacrament in due time, not deferring it too long. So much of the Sacra­ment of Baptism in general, by occasion of these words.

Now more particularly, touching this Baptism of John here mentioned, two Questions may be moved.

Quest. 1 1. VVhether it were lawful for John to bring into the Church this new Sacrament of Baptism, which was never in use before?

Answ. It was lawful, because he did it not by his own authority, or of his own head, but by the authority of Christ himself, who did send John Baptist before himself to prepare his way, both by preaching and baptizing, as we have heard before, Ver. 2. Therefore John did not bring in this Sacrament of his own head, but he had an extraordinary and immediate Calling from Christ himself, to bring this Sacrament into the Church; so that although John were the first that administred this Sacrament, yet Christ was the Author and Ordainer of it.

Quest. 2 2. VVhat difference is there between this Baptism of John (which he administred), and the Baptism of Christ and his Apostles, and of other Ministers succeeding the Apostles?

Answ. They differ not in substance or effect. The Author of both is Christ, the Matter of both is all one; name­ly, the outward element of VVater, and the washing or sprinkling of the body; as also those spiritual things which are signifyed by the water, and by the outward washing with it. So as touching the substance of them, there is no difference at all between the Baptism of John, and of the Apostles, and other Ministers. Onely there is a difference in these two circumstances or respects.

  • 1. That John's Baptism was first in time, and before the Baptism of the Apostles and other Ministers; he was the first that administred this Sacrament to any in the Church: whence he is called John the Baptist.
  • 2. They differ in this respect, That John baptized into the Name of Christ, who was to come immediately after him, and within a while to suffer death, and to rise again, and to ascend into heaven: but the Apostles and other Ministers succeeding, do baptize into the Name of Christ, who is already come, and hath already suffred, and risen again, and ascended. (See Bucan. loc. com. p. 609.

So much of these two Questions touching John's baptizing, which is here mentioned.

Obser. Now from this, that it is said, John Baptist (who was a lawful [...] of th [...] VVord) did administer the Sacrament of Baptism; hence we may gather, that the administring of the Sacrament of Baptism belongs on­ly to Ministers of the VVord lawfully called. Matth. 28. penult. Go teach all Nations, baptizing them, &c. None therefore may take upon them to baptize but such as are lawful Ministers and Preachers of the VVord, such as John Baptist and all the Apostles were; therefore in the next words of this Verse, there is mention made of John's preaching as well as of his baptizing, to shew that these two, Preaching and Baptizing, went together in him.

Reas. Baptism is a part of the Publick Ministry, and therefore it is not to be executed by any but lawful Mini­sters and Preachers of the VVord, Hebr. 5. 4. No man taketh this honour to himself, &c. It is true of this Office of baptizing as well as of preaching; None may thrust themselves upon it without a Calling from God, and from the Church.

Obj. 1 Cor. 1. 17.

Use 1 Ans. This condemns those Ministers which take upon them to baptize, not being able to preach the VVord; they are Usurpers of this Office of baptizing, which belongs onely to lawful Ministers, that is, to Preachers: for such as want this ability to preach, are no lawful Ministers of God, though they may have an outward Calling by men, yet God never sent them: Therefore being no lawful Ministers of the VVord, they have no right to meddle with administration of the Sacrament of Baptism. VVe never read of any in the New Tes­tament, that administred Baptism, but onely such as were called to preach the VVord.

Use 2 This also much more condemneth that great abuse which sometime hath prevailed even in our Church, viz. the baptizing of Children by Women: For if a woman may not preach or teach the Word as a publick Per­son, 1 Tim. 2. 12. then may she not administer Baptism; for these two belong onely to the lawful Mini­nister, who hath a warrantable Calling to perform them. But this abuse being now reformed in our Church, I cease to speak further of it. So much of the ministerial Duty performed by John, viz. his baptizing.

I come now to the place where he baptized.

In the Wilderness,] What wilderness this was St. Matthew telleth us, Matth. 3. 1. where he saith, that John came preaching in the wilderness of Judea. This was not a waste and desolate place without all Inha­bitants; for we read Jos. 15. 62. of certain Cities that were in this wilderness. So sometimes in Scrip­ture elsewhere the word [Desert] is put for a place little frequented, and not very populous, yet such as is in part inhabited. So 1 Sam. 25. 1, 2. it appeareth that Nabal dwelt in the wilderness of Maon: and 1 King. 2. 34. Joab was buried in his own house in the wilderness. So the word [Wilderness] must be ta­ken in this Text, for a place not much frequented, yet not altogether without Inhabitants. It was a solita­ty place, yet there were Inhabitants not far off.

Therefore this example of John living in the Wilderness, makes nothing at all for the defence of Popish Hermits, who forsake humane society, and betake themselves to a solitary life in some desolate place, under pretence of being more free for heavenly contemplation.

But first, This example of John Baptist is singular and extraordinary, for he had an extraordinary and immediate Calling from God to live in this Wilderness, it is therefore no warrant for others to do so, with­out the like Calling.

2. It is dangerous for any (without speciall Calling) to forsake humane society, and to live alone; for such Persons, in so doing, lay themselves open to Satan's temptations, and yet make themselves the lesse able to resist them, in as much as they deprive themselves of the help, comfort, and spirituall counsell of others. See for this, Eccles. 4. 9, 10.

Quest. Why did John Baptist Baptize and Preach in this VVilderness?

  • Answ. 1. That the Prophecy of Esay (Chap. 40. Ver. 3.) might be fulfilled in him.
  • 2. That he might the more resemble Eliah; therefore as Eliah lived for a time in a VVilderness, 1 King. 19. So did John, that he might be like Eliah in this as well as in other respects: for which cause, he is called by the name of Eliah, Mal. 4. 5. and, Luke 1. 17. It is said, He should go before Christ in the spirit and power of Eliah.
  • 3. That he might more freely and boldly reprove the sins and abuses that raigned in all Estates and De­grees of men in his time, therefore he executed his Ministery not in some populous or great City (as Jerusa­lem,) where his Preaching and Baptism might have bin more opposed, but in a private a solitary place which was not very much frequented.
  • 4. To shew that now at the coming of Christ (who was to follow immediately after him) there should an end be put unto the Leviticall Priesthood, and to all the ceremoniall VVorship and Service of God, which had hitherto bin used in the Temple at Jerusalem: therefore John did not go to Jerusalem, or to the Temple to Preach and Baptize there, but he left the ordinary place appointed for the Ceremoniall VVorship, and betook himself to the VVilderness of Judea, there to execute his Ministery.

Obser. By this example of John Baptist, Ministers of the word may learn to content themselves, to live and to exe­cute their Ministery in those places whither God doth call them; though they be never so mean and obscure: This VVilderness was but a mean and obscure place, for John Baptist to Preach and Baptize in, being (as he was) a man so famous and worthy: Yet being called of God to this place, he contented himself there to live and to execute his Office of Preaching and Baptizing. Jerusalem was a more famous place, and fitter to get renown and credit; but John leaveth that, and betaketh himself to the VVilderness (though an obscure place) because thither God had called him, So should every Minister of the word content himself there to live, and to execute his Ministery in that place which God hath allotted unto him, not excepting against the obscurity or meanness of the Place, nor against the tenderness or plainness of the People, as too base for him to instruct. The Apostles preached not onely to famous Towns and Cities, but in some obscure and mean Villages, because they had a Calling so to do, as appeareth in the History of the Acts of the Apostles: so did our Saviour Christ, Mark 1. 38.

So all Ministers of the word should content themselves to execute their Ministery in that place where God hath called them to execute it, though the place be never so me [...]. Not but that it may be lawfull for a Minister in some case to remove f [...]om th [...] place [...]hither he is first called (as in the case of unhealthiness of the Place, or in the want of necessary Maintenance, &c.) although in these cases he must also look to this, that he leave not the People (whom he hath taken charge of) unprovided or destitute of a sufficient Teacher to succeed him. So much of the place where John Baptized.

Mark 1. 4.‘John did Baptize in the Wilderness, and Preach the baptism of Repentance for the remission of Sins. July 5. 1618.

OF the first part of John Baptist his Ministry we have heard, viz. His Baptizing. Now followeth the cond part. His Preaching: Laid down partly in this Ver. and partly, Ver. 7, 8. In this Verse, Consider,

  • 1. The Ministeriall Duty, Preaching.
  • 2. VVhat he preached: Baptism,] that is, the Doctrine of Baptism.
  • 3. A Description of Baptism.
    • 1. By a title given to it: called the Baptism of Repentance.
    • 2. By one end and use for which it serveth, viz. for the remission of sins; that is, to signifie and seal to the party Baptized the remission of sins.

And Preached,] though Preaching be mentioned last, yet it went before Baptism, See Math. 3.

Obser. 1 That the first Ministery of the new Testament was a Preaching Ministery, Math. 3. 1. John Baptist came Preaching, &c. and all other lawfull Ministers mentioned in the New Testament have bin Preachers of the word. So all the Apostles, so also those Evangelists that were assistants of the Apostles: And thus it should be with all ordinary Ministers of the word now a daies, they ought to be Preachers of the word; able and willing to unfold the sense of Scripture, and to apply it to the use of God's People, Rom. 10. How shall they hear without a Preacher? &c. 2 Tim. 4. 2. Preach the Word, &c. But of this before, Ver. 3. Where we heard that Ministers must be Voyces; that is, Preaching Voyces, &c.

Obser. 2 Ministers of the word ought not onely to administer the Sacraments, but they must also unfold the Doctrine of the Sacraments to the People. John did not onely Baptize, but also Preach the Doctrine of Baptism: So Paul, 1 Cor. 11. teacheth the Corinthians the Doctrine of the other Sacrament of the Lord's Supper.

Reas. Untill the People know and are acquainted in some measure with the Doctrine of the Sacraments, they cannot receive or use them aright, but must needs prophane and abuse these Holy Ordinances: for no part of God's worship can be rightly performed (so as to please God) if it be performed ignorantly.

Quest. VVhat are the particulars of that Doctrine of the Sacraments which Ministers should teach the People?

Answ. Principally these.

  • 1. VVho is the Authour of the Sacraments: viz. Christ Jesus.
  • 2. VVhat are the parts and matter of them: viz. The outward signes, and the spirituall matters represented by them.
  • [Page 15] 3. The outward form and manner of Administring of them, viz. with such words and rites as Christ hath ordained in both Sacraments.
  • 4. The chief end for which they were ordained; as Baptism, for the ingrafting of us into Christ; and for the sealing of our new Birth to us: the Lord's Supper for the nourishing of us in Christ, and for the strengthen­ing of us in Grace.
  • 5. Lastly, The right manner of receiving and using the Sacraments, that we may reap Fruit by them.

Obser. 3 In that John did both Baptize and Preach, joyning these two parts of his publick Ministery together (for he first Preached, and then Baptized immediately after Preaching; as may be probably gathered out of Mat. 3. and Luke 3.) Hence we may observe, That it is very fit and expedient that the preaching of the word should ordinarily accompany the Administration of Baptism. I say, ordinarily, because it is not a matter of absolute necessity, that the word should alwayes be Preached immediately before the Administring of Baptism, (for the Sacrament may be sufficiently Administred, as touching the form and matter of it, though the word be not solemnly preached immediately before it); yet is it most fit and expedient (that ordinarily, and so often as it can be without necessary hinderance) these two should go together: the word Preached, and the administring of Baptism.

  • 1. Our Saviour Christ joyneth Teaching and Baptizing together, Math. 28. 19.
  • Reas. 2. John Baptist and the Apostles in their practise joyned them together; as we see here, and Act. 2. & Act. 8. & Act. 10.
  • 3. There is a mutuall Relation between the Word and Baptism, as between a Covenant and the Seals, &c.

Use. Admonition to Parents, that they be careful to offer and present their Children unto Baptism at such times when the VVord is preached. This is the fittest time for the administring and receiving of this Sacrament.

Object. John Baptist and the Apostles baptized such as were of years, and therefore could understand Preaching; but now onely Infants are Baptized, who understand not the VVord when it is taught; therefore it seems not so needfull in these times to have the VVord preached immediately before Baptism.

Answ. Though the Infant it self conceive not what is taught, yet the rest of the Congregation are edified by it: and, in respect of them, the Preaching of the VVord is fit and necessary.

But to proceed. Hitherto of the Ministeriall Duty, Preaching; and of the Doctrine which John preached, viz. The Doctrine of Baptism.

Now I come to the Description of Baptism, by the title given to it; called the Baptism of Repentance. By [Repentance] understand that grace whereby a sinner doth truely convert and turn unto God from all sin. The Prophets and Apostles call Repentance by the name of Conversion or turning to God, Ezek. 18. Joel 2. Acts 3. 19. See also Jer. 31. 19. After I was turned, I repented, &c.

Now it is called the Baptism of Repentance,] for two Reasons chiefly.

  • 1. Because Repentance was required of those that were made partakers of this Sacrament.
  • 2. Because this Sacrament was an [...] Sign and Seal, serving to represent and seal to the party bap­tized, the grace of Repentance or true Conversion.

Now according to this two-fold Reason of this Title given to Baptism, we may gather two speciall Points of Instruction.

1. Instruction, That it is the Duty of all Persons baptized, to repent of their sins, and to turn from them unto God unfeignedly. For the right conceiving of this, know, That persons Baptized are of two sorts.

1. Such as are of years and discretion at the time of their Baptism, as the most part of those were which John Baptist and the Apostles Baptized: Now of such it is required, that they do Repent, and testifie their Repentance before they be baptized. Therefore John Baptist first willeth them to Repent, and then Baptized them upon their profession of Repentance; as we see, Math. 3. So did the Apostles: as Peter, Acts 2. 38.

The second sort of persons Baptized, are Infants: and such onely are wont to be Baptized with us now a daies: now these having no knowledge of sin, cannot actually repent before Baptism; but they must repent after their Baptism, so soon as they come to years of discretion.

Reas. Of this Doctrine, Baptism is a seal of God's Covenant of Grace made with us in Christ; and Repentance is one condition required on our part in that Covenant: As God promiseth forgiveness of sins and salvation in Christ to the Party Baptized, and sealeth this Promise to him by this Sacrament; so he requires this as a con­dition of the same Party, that he repent and turn from his sins unto God, Act. 2. 38, 39.

Ʋse 1 This shews how foolishly many delude themselves, thinking it enough for them that they have had the out­ward Baptism in their Infancy: Yet never caring to perform the condition required of them in their Bap­tism; which is, to repent of their sins. This is a matter they think not of: but know this, The setting to of the outward seal of God's Covenant, shall do thee no good, if thou perform not the condition of the Cove­nant. God promiseth forgivenesse of sins and salvation by Christ to thee in thy Baptism, but it is upon con­dition of thy Repentance; If thou keep not this condition, thou art never the better for the outward seal of the Covenant.

Ʋse 2 Let all that have bin baptized look well to this, that they perform this condition of Repentance required on their part in that Covenant of God sealed to them in Baptism. Thou that hast bin baptized, remember this; that as in thy Baptism God promised to forgive thy sins, and to save thee by Christ; so he tyed thee to this condition, that thou shouldst forsake sin and turn to him by newnesse of Life: see then that thou stand to this condition, and that thou perform it; else look not that God should perform his promise to thee.

2. Instruction, That the Sacrament of Baptism doth signifie and seal to us the grace of Repentance and true conversion to God from sin. Our Repentance and turning to God from sin, is one speciall thing signified and sealed to us in and by this Sacrament; this being one reason why it is here called the Baptism of Repentance, Math. 3. 11. I Baptize you unto Repentance; that is, by this Sacrament to signifie and seal to you the grace of Repentance and true conversion unto God (See Beza on the place) and to tye you unto it.

Quest. How doth Baptism signifie and seal to us the work of Repentance and true Conversion to God?

Answ. By two outward Rites or Sacramentall Actions used in it: The one is the dipping into water or sprinkling [Page 16] of the party baptized with water; this doth signify and seal to us the first part of Repentance, which is dy­ing unto sin: Rom. 6. 4. We are buried with Christ by Baptism into death, &c.

The other Sacramental action is Rising out of the water, or wiping it off; this signifyeth and sealeth to us the second part of Repentance, which is our spiritual quickning and rising to Newness of life: See this also Rom. 6. 4.

Use. See how to meditate of our Baptism: Not as of an idle or vain Ceremony, but as of that which hath an excellent spirituall use and signification, serving to represent and seal to us our Repentance and Conversion to God. So often then as we think of our Baptism, we must call to mind what was signifyed and sealed to us in Baptism; namely, our spirituall dying to Sin, and living unto Righteousness: And withal, we must be stirred up to the daily practise of these parts of true Repentance, by the meditation of our Baptism. It must be the Baptism of Repentance to us.

For the remission of sins] This is the second thing in the Description of Baptism, viz. one special End or Use for which it serveth; namely, for the remission of sins: that is, to seal this benefit of remission of sins to the party baptized. By remission of sins, understand the acquitting of a sinner from the guilt of sin, when God doth not impute it unto him, as Psal. 32. 1.

Now, from these words the Papists would infer, that the Baptism of John was not the same in efficacy with the Baptism commanded of Christ, to be administred by the Apostles; for they say, that by the Baptism which Christ instituted, forgiveness of sins was actually sealed and given: but as for John's Baptism, it was onely a preparative unto Christ's Baptism, putting them onely in hope of remission of sins, but not actually sealing it to them; (See the Rhemists on this place.) But this is confuted by the Text; for John's Baptism was the Baptism of Repentance, as we heard before: Now Repentance and remission of sins cannot be seve­red; therefore as well remission of sins as repentance were sealed by John's Baptism, and so it was of the same efficacy with the Baptism of the Apostles, commanded of Christ afterward.

So much of the words and the sense of them.

Obser. 1 One End and Use of Baptism is to signify and seal remission of sins to the party baptized, Act. 2. 38. Repent and be baptized, every one of you, in the name of Jesus Christ, for the remission of sins. Act. 22. 16. Arise and be baptized, and wash away thy sins &c. Outward sprinkling of the body signifyeth inward cleansing of the soul from guilt of sin, &c.

Quest. 1 1. Hath Baptism this Use in all that receive it?

Answ. No: but onely in such as repent of their sins, and believe in Christ. It seals remission of sins onely to such as use this Sacramenr aright; that is, to such as keep the conditions of Faith and Repentance, which God requireth of those to whom he promiseth and sealeth forgiveness of sins in Baptism.

Quest. 2 2. How doth Baptism seal remission of sins?

Answ. Not by vertue of the outward washing of it self; but by vertue of God's promise made to the right Use of the Sacrament: that as certainly as the body is washed with Water from outward defilements, so is the soul cleansed by the merit of Christ's Blood from the guilt of sin.

Use. See how those that are distressed in cons [...]ience may comfort themselves touching the first pardon of their sins, viz. by calling to mind their Baptism, and labouring by faith to apply unto themselves the benefit of remission of sins, which was sealed to them in their Baptism. Thou that feelest thy sins to be many and great, and art tempted to doubt of the pardon of them; have recourse to thy Baptism, which thou receivedst in thy Infancy, look back unto that, and by meditation of it labour to confirm and strengthen thy faith, touching the pardon of thy sins. It is Luther's Counsel; and he tells a Story to this purpose, of one that answered Satan's temptation.

Obser. 2 Repentance and remission of sins are here joyned together, and that is mentioned in the place; to teach us, that there is no remission of sins to be had without true repentance and turning from sin: this must go before that, Luke 24. 47. Repentance and Remission of sins was to be preached in the name of Christ; first Repentance, and then Remission of sins. Act. 3. 19. Repent and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, &c. Act. 8. 22. Peter to Simon Magus, Repent of this thy wickedness, and pray God, if perhaps the thought of thy heart may be forgiven thee; implying, that without Repentance it could not possibly be forgiven.

The promise of forgiveness is made upon condition of the partie's Repentance. Prov. 28. 13. He that confesseth and forsaketh his sin shall have mercy. Ezek. 18. 21. If the wicked turn from all his sin, &c. all his transgressions shall not be mentioned to him.

Yet we do not by repentance merit forgiveness: God gives it for his promise sake in Christ, &c.

Use 1 See how miserably some delude themselves, presuming upon the pardon of their sins, and laying claim to this benefit, and yet continue in sin, never humbling themselves for it, nor forsaking it. They feel no heart­break for their sins, they strive not against the corruptions of their hearts and lives, they labour not to reform them, and yet promise themselves pardon and mercy at God's hand. Indeed they may vainly promise them­selves what they will, but God hath not promised them pardon or mercy but upon their repentance. Do not therefore delude thy self; God will not be merciful to thee continuing in thy sins without repentance: Deut. 29. 19. He promiseth forgiveness onely to the penitent; he hath joyned Repentance and Forgiveness together, do not thou separate them, neither presume of the latter without the former.

Use 2 Admonition to all that would have their sins pardoned: they must speedily repent of their sins, and turn to God by a new life; till thou hast done this, never look for pardon. Labour then for the grace of true Re­pentance; use the means; come to the Ministry of the Word, &c. Get a true sight of thy sins by the Law of God, with a lively sense of the heinousness of them; humble thy self to God by hearty confession of them, and by craving pardon of them in Christ. Then God will pardon thy sins, &c.

Mark 1. 5. ‘And there went out unto him all the Land of Judea, and they of Jerusalem, and were all baptized of July 12. 1618. him in the River Jordan, confessing their sins.’

THe Evangelist having in the former Verse shewed how John Baptist executed his ministerial Office, both in baptizing and preaching the Doctrine of Baptism: Now in this 5. Ver. he cometh to shew what success his Ministry had; what fruit and effect followed upon it in the People that heard him preach.

Now the success and fruit of John's Ministry is here manifested in three particular effects, which followed in the People, upon his preaching and baptizing. The first is their general concourse and flocking unto him from Jerusalem, and all the parts of Judea. The second is their readiness to receive at his hands the Sacrament of Baptism, in that it is said, They were all baptized of him in Jordan. Thirdly, Their true Repentance, testi­fied by confessing their sins before the receiving of Baptism.

And there went out unto him] viz. out of the Towns and Villages, into the Wilderness of Judea where he preached. Note, by the way, one difference between John's preaching, and the preaching of Christ and his Apostles; for Christ and the Apostles taught for the most part in Towns and Villages, whither the People re­sorted to them out of the country round about those Towns and Villages: but John Baptist preached in a soli­tary place out of the Towns and Villages, and therefore the People went out of the Towns and Villages and repaired into the wilderness to hear him. Note, that this is to be understood of the beginning of John's Mi­nistry and Preaching, which was in the wilderness; for afterward he also preached and baptized in Towns and more populous places, as may appear, Joh. 3. 23.

All the Land of Judea] Not every Person inhabiting Judea, but a great many of all sorts and degrees, ages and sexes: by Judea, understand properly that part of the Land of Canaan which contained the borders of the two Tribes, Judah and Benjamin, and of the half Tribe of Manasseh.

And they of Jerusalem] which was the chief City in Judea, which stood within the borders of Judah and Benjamin: (Ar. Montan. Chaleb.)

Now, the Ends wherefore they went out to John were these;

1. To see his Person that was so famous and renowned. 2. To hear his Preaching. 3. To be baptized by him.

Quest. 1 Quest. What were the causes of such great concourse of People to see and hear John?

Answ. Answ. Divers Reasons may be given:

  • 1. The excellency of John's Person, in that he was a Prophet: Now, it was then a rare thing to see or hear of a Prophet, for there had been a long surceasing of Prophecy; Malachi was the last Prophet before John, and he lived about 500 years before John. (Gualter. archet. in Math. 3. 5.)
  • 2. The New and strange Doctrine which he preached, differing much from the Doctrine of the Prophets which had gone before; for they preached Christ that was to come long after, but John preached Christ that was to come immediately after him: he preached the Doctrine of the Gospel more plainly than any Pro­phet before him.
  • 3. The zeal and earnestness which he shewed in his preaching, in that he cried out to the People in his preaching, as we have heard before.
  • 4. The strange and unwonted place where he preached, being in a wilderness: this made the People flock to him the more, as it is likely; for they might well think he was an extraordinary man that taught in such an extraordinary and unwonted place.
  • 5. Lastly, The austerity and strictness of life and conversation, shewed by his mean apparel and diet, bred in the people an admiration of his Person, and so caused them the more to flock unto him.

And were all baptized of him in the River Jordan,] John preached near unto Jordan, in the coasts about it, Luk. 3. 3. therefore this River was convenient and ready at hand for him to baptize in.

Confessing their sins] that is, having first confessed their sins before they were baptized: this they did in token and testimony of their true Repentance, which John required of them before he baptized them. Con­fession of sins is one part of the practise of Repentance, and it is here put for the whole practise of Repen­tance.

Now, from hence the Papists would prove the necessity of their auricular Confession; whereby every one amongst them is tyed and bound, by the Pope's Laws, once a year to confess all his mortal sins particularly, (with the circumstances of them,) in the ear of a popish Priest.

But this confession of sins mentioned here is no ground for such Popish confession in the Priest's ear.

For 1. This confession of John's hearers was free and voluntary, but the Popish confession is forced upon the People by a Law made, binding them unto it once a year.

2. This confession of John's hearers was not such a particular enumeration of all their particular known sins with the circumstances of them, as the Papists require: for John Baptist could not in any reasonable space of time have heard the confessions of so great a multitude as came to him; seven years had been time little enough to shrieve them all: It was therefore only a general confession of their sins and guiltiness before God.

3, This confession here mentioned was not by secret whispering in John Baptist's ear (as the Papists use), but they openly professed themselves to be sinners, and to stand in need of Repentance and Remission. So much the very nature of the Word [ [...]] doth imply, as the learned observe. So much of the meaning of the words.

Now to come to the Instructions which arise form them.

Doctr. general, from the whole Verse: That where the Word of God is soundly and conscionably preach­ed, there it is not preached in vain, but some fruit doth alwaies follow it. John discharging his Ministry faithfully, great fruit followed upon it, even in that space: for upon his first Preaching, they professed their Repentance by acknowledging their sins, and so were baptized of him. This was the success which John's Ministry found; and so is it alwayes wirh other faithful Ministers that discharge their Duty conscionably, they never do it in vain; but some fruit, more or less, alwayes followeth. Esa. 55. 10. As the rain cometh [Page 18] down from Heaven and returneth not thither, but watereth the Earth, and maketh it bring forth and budd, &c. So shall my word be that goeth out of my mouth, it shall not return unto me voyd, &c. The word of God is alwayes effectuall one way or other: either it softeneth the hearts of the Elect, or else it hardeneth the hearts of the VVicked and Reprobate; it is to all that hear it either the savour of Life or of Death: either a means to call and convert them, as also to confirm them being called; or else a means to convince them and leave them without excuse. Now God is glorified both waies, as well in the convincing and hardning of the wicked and obstinate, as in the converting and strengthning of the Elect; the glory of his Justice is manifested in the former, as well as the glory of his Mercy and Grace in the latter. So then, wheresoever the word is conscio­nably taught, it alwayes worketh some effect tending to God's glory: Hence it is called a lively word, and mighty in operation, &c. Heb. 4. 12. because it alwayes worketh some powerfull effect, where it is soundly and faithfully Preached; so that the Minister which is conscionable in teaching, his labour is never in vain in the Lord. Some fruit doth still follow; though not so great as followed the preaching of John Baptist, yet some alwayes is wrought.

Reas. Reas. God hath promised to joyn the inward work of his Spirit with the outward Ministery of his word in the Church, to make it effectuall, See Esay 59. 21. And Christ promiseth to be with his Faithfull Ministers unto the end of the World, viz. by the operation of his Spirit, Math. 28. ult.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Encouragement to Faithfull Ministers who make conscience of their Duties in diligent preaching and dispensing of the VVord: they need not doubt but some good fruits and effects will follow their labours. The word of God faithfully taught is a lively and powerfull word, and it will prevail one way or other in those that hear it; it will soften or harden them, it will convert or convince them: Indeed, the fruit of our Ministery doth not alwayes appear at the first; no, not in a long time, in some places; yet at length it will and shall appear that we have not spent our strength in vain. So much of the generall point gathered from the scope of the whole Verse.

Now to speak of those points which arise from the particular parts of the Verse.

And there went unto him all the Land of Judea, &c. The first effect following John's baptizing & preaching, viz. the great concourse and flocking of the People of Judea and Jerusalem unto him to hear him, and to be baptized of him; which shewed their readiness and forwardness to hear him, in that they went to him in such multitudes.

Obser. Obser. Hence we learn, that after their example we ought to shew our selves very ready and forward, to repair unto the places where the Word and Sacraments are dispensed to us, Acts 13. 44. Isa. 2. 2. there is a Prophesy that in the times of the Gospel after Christ, the Nations shall flow unto the Mountain of God, (that is, to his Church) and they shall encourage one another to go up to it, to learn the waies of God. Psal. 122. 1. David saies, He was glad when they said unto him, Let us go into the House of the Lord. Jam. 1. 19. Be swift to Hear. The same may be said of receiving the Sacraments, be swift to receive them; be ready and forward to come to the publick Ordinances of God.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The word and Sacraments are speciall Ordinances of God [...] unto us, Math. 28. 19. 1 Cor. 11. 23. therefore we must shew [...] [...]ward in resorting to them.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The [...] of these Ordinances should move us to forwardness in resorting to them. The ex­cellency of the word preached appears by the excellent Titles given to it, is called the word of Life; and the Gospel of our Salvation, Ephes. 1. 13.

Again, the excellency of it appears by the notable effects ascribed to it, as Heb. 4. 12. Sharper than any tow-edged Sword, &c. It is the ordinary means to work Faith in us, Rom. 10. 17. Yea, it is such a word as is able to save our soul, Jam. 1. and 1 Cor. 1. 21. It pleased God by the foolishness of Preaching to save such as believe.

As for the Sacraments, their excellency may also appear, in that they are called the Mysteries of God, 1 Cor. 4. 1. and seales to confirm and ratifie God's Covenant of Grace and Salvation made with Us in Christ: See, Rom. 4. 11.

Now this our forwardness in repairing to the Word and Sacraments, must shew it self in these things.

  • 1. In taking all good occasions to come unto them, 2 Tim. 4. 2. Ministers must preach the Word on all good occasions, the People therefore should take all good occasions to hear it Preached. So also for the Sa­craments, we are to take all occasions of being partakets of them.
  • 2. In taking pains to resort unto them, though it be far off. So did John's Hearers, many of them must needs come far off to him, seeing they came from all parts of Judea, which was a large Country. The Queen of Sheba came far to hear Solomon, how much more should we go far to hear the word of Christ Preached to us?
  • 3. We must shew our forwardness, in being content to be at cost and charges rather then be hindred from re­pairing to the Word and Sacraments; no doubt this Journey was chargeable to many of those that came from the furthest parts of Judea to hear John; and yet they did not forbear coming.
  • 4. In being carefull to come in due time unto the publick places at such times when the VVord is Preached, or the Sacraments Administred.

Use 1 Use 1. This is for the just reproof of those, who are slack and backward in repairing to these publick Ordinances of God, the VVord and Sacraments. They come far short of the zeal and devotion of John Baptist his Hearers; few such are to be found amonstus: Some care not how seldom they come to the place of God's worship to hear the Word, and to be partakers of the Sacraments; every trifling matter is enough to hinder them from coming. If they come in the Forenoon, yet absent in the Afternoon, &c. They let slip many occasions of hearing the VVord. Others will take no pains to go far to the place of God's worship; if they dwell far from Church they take liberty to be often absent, as if this would excuse them; nay, some that live near will not come: These forget the Queen of Sheba coming so far to hear Solomon: Yet a greater then Solomon is, where the VVord is preached. Christ speaketh to us out of his word by the mouthes of his Ministers.

Again, some stick at the matter of expense: they could be content to go far to hear the VVord, if they might do it without cost and charge, without loss of time, and without hindrance to their worldly businesses: These come far short of the zeal that was in John Baptist's Hearers, who dwelling far off, came many miles to [Page 19] hear him, not sparing for the charges of their Journey. Again, some come to the publick Congregation, but it is out of due season; when half is done, &c.

See then how many are faulty in this slackness to come to the places where the VVord and Sacraments are dispensed: some that are forward at other Meetings, yet are backward at the Meetings of the Church to hear the VVord, &c. If there be a Fayr or Market where they have worldly business they will not misse, but be early at it; but they care not much for repairing on the Lord's Day to the Market of their Souls; and when they come, they care not how late they come. Nay, some are worse then the former sort; for they are more forward at prophane and lewd Meetings, then they are at the Church: If there be a Feast, &c. they will be foremost at it, but desire not to be foremost at a Sermon: nay, they will leave a Sermon to go to a Feast, &c. Well, what is to be thought of such Persons? Surely this, that they know not the excellency and preciousness of these Ordinances of God, the Word and Sacraments; they never felt sweetness in them, &c. If they had, they could not be so backward and negligent in repairing to them.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. It must stirr us up to shew our readiness on all occasions to come and repair to these places where the Word is taught, and the Sacraments administred; Let slip no occasion, especially on the Sabbath Day. To Day if ye will hear his Voyce; omit not the hearing of the Word, or receiving Sacrament whilst we have this liberty to come unto them, lest, for our neglect and contempt of these Ordinances, the Lord deprive us of this liberty. Again, spare not any pains or cost in repairing to the places of God's publick Worship, where we may en [...]oy the VVord preached and the Sacraments: thou must be content to go far off, if thou canstnot have them near home. Such was the forwardnesse of the People to hear John Baptist, that they came from all parts of Judea to hear his Preaching. VVe are to imitate them in their zeal and devotion to the VVord, Math. 11. 12. In the dayes of John, the Kingdom of Heaven is said to suffer Violence, in regard of the for­wardness of People to hear and embrace the Gospel preached, insomuch that they did even strive who should be foremost; let it be so now once again. Every one strive to be foremost in coming to the places of God's publick worship where the VVord is taught, and the Sacraments administred.

And were Baptized of him in the River Jordan,] This is the second effect which followed in the People upon John's Preaching, viz. that thereupon they became very ready and desirous to receive the Sacrament of Baptism at his hands; for this is implyed in that it is said, They were all Baptized of Him, &c. noting a general desire and readiness in them to be partakers of this Sacrament; for else John would not have administred it to them, if they had not bin desirous of it.

Obser. 1 Obser. 1. It is one property of those that have truely profited by the word, and are effectually called by it, to desire the participation of the Sacraments, and to shew themselves forward to receive and use them aright. This we see in these hearers of John Baptist; and in the Eunuch converted by Philip's preaching, Acts 8. 36. See also the example of those which were converted by Peter's Sermons, Acts 2. 41, 42. they were ready and forward to receive both Sacraments presently upon their conversion. So it is with all that have felt the power of the VVord, this makes them desire the use of the Sacraments. This is true of both Sacraments: Touching Baptism, it is certain that [...] of [...]ears and discretion, if they once come to be effectually wrought upon by the word, this will make them desirous to partake [...] Sacrament of Baptism. If they have not before received it; or if they have received it in their Infancy (as all use to do amongst us,) then they will be carefull to make a right use of their Baptism already received: they will also be desirous to be present at the Baptism of others, and to present their own Children (if God give them any) in due time unto this Sacrament. So also touching the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper, it is true, that such as have once felt the word-preached effectuall in them, they cannot but desire (as often as may be) to partake in that Sacament, and to feed at the Lord's Table.

Reas. Reasons of this Doctrine: The Sacraments are seales to confirm unto us the truth and certainty of those things which are taught us in the word; therefore such as have truly profited by the word, must needs desire the use of the Sacraments as helps to their Faith.

Ʋse. Ʋse. See how few do truly profit by the word, and how few feel in themselves the effectuall working of it for their calling and conversion, seeing so few make any conscience of the use of the Sacraments. Touching Baptism, many do neither desire to make use of their own Baptism which they received in their infancy, nor yet to be present at the Baptism of others, nor (lastly) to offer their Children unto this Sacrament. And for the Lord's Supper, how great neglect is there of it? Many care not how seldom they come to it: if they come at Easter, they think this enough, &c. But know this, if thou have no desire and love to the Sacrament, it is certain thou didst never yet truly profit by the word preached.

Obser. 2 Obser. 2. In that John did not only preach, but also administer Baptism to as many as desired it: Hence we gather, that Ministers ought not onely to dispense the word, but the Sacraments also to the People: even to so many as desire them and are fit to partake of them. So did John Baptist and the Apostles, see Acts 2. Acts 8. Acts 16. &c. And Math. 28. 19. Our Saviour enjoynes the Apostles, as well to Baptize as to Preach, See 1 Cor. 4. 1.

Object. Ob [...]ect. 1 Cor. 1. 17. Christ sent me not to Baptize, but to Preach the Gospel.

Answ. Answ. It is spoken not simply, but comparatively; the meaning is, he was not sent chiefly to Baptize, but his principall Office was to Preach: yet he was also sent to Baptize as well as Preach, as appeareth, Ver. 14. &c. of the same Chap.

But I will not insist on this Point, but proceed.

In the River Jordan].

Obser. 3 Obser. 3. That John used common and ordinary water in administring the Sacrament of Baptism, not hallowed or consecrated before hand with Chrism, as is superstitiously used by the Papists: See Chamier.

Obser. 4 Obser. 4. In those times Baptism was administred by dipping.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. They Baptized men of years.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Country being hot, they were able to endure it, &c. It followeth.

Confessing their Sins,] In these words is shewed the speciall effects which followed in the People up­on John's Baptizing and Preaching, viz. the profession of their true Repentance by the confession of their sins.

Obser. 1 Obser. 1. Repentance is requisite in all that are baptized: either before they be admitted to this Sacra­ment if they be men of years as these were; or else afterward, if they be Infants. These testified their Re­pentance by confession of their sins, before they were baptized. But of this before.

Obser. 2 Obser. 2. In that they testified their Repentance by confessing their sins, we learn, that in the practise of true Repentance, confession of sins is necessarily required, Prov. 28. 13. Confession is there made a part of the practise of Repentance. We have examples of this in true penitents, as in David, Psal. 51. 4. & Psal. 32. Also 2 Sam. 24. 10. So Daniel, chap. 9.

Quest. Quest. To whom must confession of sins be made?

Answ. Answ. There is a two fold confession of sins necessary in the practise of Repentance. The first is unto God, to whom sin must principally be acknowledged; because all sin is chiefly against God; He is the party that is chiefly offended by it: Psal. 51. 4. David confesseth to God chiefly. And this confession is alwaies and absolutely necessary in those that repent.

Now, in this confession to God certain properties are required:

  • 1. It must come from a feeling heart, touched with sense of sin, and grieved for it; it must not be verbal or from the teeth outward.
  • 2. It must come from a hatred and loathing of those sins which we confess to God, not from fear of pu­nishment as in Hypocrites, Saul, Pharoah, &c.
  • 3. From hope of mercy, else we witness against our selves, as Judas.
  • 4. It must be free and voluntary, not forced from us; God requires a Free-will Offering, else it is not pleasing to him.
  • 5. It must not be onely in general terms, as to say, I am a Sinner, &c. but there must be a laying open of our particular known sins unto God, so farr as they can be recounted of us.

Secondly, There is another confession of sins requisite in the practise of Repentance, and that is it which is made unto men: Now, this is not alwaies necessary, but in some cases onely. As first, when by our sins we have offended and scandalized men; either the Church in general, or some particular persons: David Psal. 51. in the Title of it, layeth open his sin before men, leaving it upon record unto the Church, because by his sin he had offended the Church. Secondly, When any sin lyeth heavy upon our conscience, so as we cannot find ease or comfort; in this case, it is necessary to open our hearts, and to acknowledge that sin which troubles us, to some faithful Pastor, or other Christian Brother, which may minister spiritual advice and comfort to us.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See how few true penitents are to be found; for how few are there which will be brought to this true confession of their sins, either to God or men? Nay, they excuse them, and labour to hide them from God and men, they will not come to a plain and free confession; or, if they do, it is but in general and formal manner, I am a great Sinner, &c. but they cannot abide to lay open their particular sins to God, nor to men whom they have offended: Others confess their sins for fear of punishment, not out of a true hatred of them, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. As we would approve the sound [...]ss of our Repentance, so let us make conscience of this confes­sion of our sins: first and chiefly to God, whom by all sin we do chiefly offend; yet not onely to him, but in some cases also we are to acknowledge our sins unto men, as when we have wronged them any way, or have by our evil example given scandal, either in hardning the wicked, or grieving the consciences of the godly. But, above all, be careful to lay open all thy known sins unto God, even in particular manner; especially such as lye heaviest on thy conscience, and let thy confession come from a heart touched with remorse and grief for thy sins, as also from a true hatred of them; else it is hypocrisy and but a mockery of God, to confess that sin unto him, which thou neither hatest nor art truly grieved for. This be sure of, that without confessi­on there is no true Repentance, and without repentance no forgiveness of sins.

Mark 1. 6.‘And John was cloathed with Camel's haire, and with a Girdle of a skin about his loyns, and he did eatJuly 19. 1618.Locusts and wild Hony.’

HItherto we have heard of the first thing by which the Evangelist describeth John Baptist; namely, his publick Office and Ministry: Now in this Verse is laid down the second thing by which he is de­scribed; namely, the strictness and austerity of his private life, which is laid down in two things. 1. In his mean and frugal apparel, in that he was cloathed with Camel's haire, &c. 2. In his sober and temperate Diet: He did eat Locusts and Wild-hony.

With Camel's haire,] that is, with a Garment made of Camel's haire woven; for so it is probable that in that eastern Country, in Judea and thereabouts, they used to weare cloth or stuff of the haires of Camels, and Goats, and such like Beasts, and thereof to make Garments; and to this agreeth that in Exod. 36. 14. where we read that the Curtains of the Tabernacle were made of Goats-haire; for as they made Curtains, so also Garments of the haire of Beasts, as of Camels and Goats: and hence it is that the Prophets are said to have worn hairy and rough Garments, as Eliah 2 King. 1. 8. is said to be a hairy man, in respect of the hairy Garment which he wore: And Zach. 13. 4. there is mention of false Prophets which did imitate the true Prophets, in wearing a rough or hairy Garment to deceive the People. Such was this Garment of John Baptist; That Country was full of Camels, (Jansen.)

Girdle of a Skin,] So it is said of Eliah also, 2 King. 1. 8. He was girt with a Girdle of Leather, or of a skin, for that is all one, Leather being made of Skins of Beasts: And this is mentioned to shew how mean and frugal his Apparell was, in that he wore so mean a Girdle; whereas in those times it was the custom of some to wear rich and costly Girdles, as may be gathered out of these places, 2 Sam. 18. 11. Esa. 3. 24. Prov. 31. 24.

And he did eat Locusts,] The word [ [...]] doth properly signify a kind of great Fly, which useth to eat and devour the tops of corn, herbs, and trees: See Exod. 10. 15. The Hebrew word is Arbeh.

Now, it is clear Levit. 11. 22. That in that Eastern Country they used a kind of Locusts for meat; for the Locust is there reckoned among clean Creatures that were to be eaten: The same is affirmed by St. Hierom. lib. 2. contra Jovinianum, where he saith that the People of the East and of Lybia do feed upon Lo­custs, whereof great multitudes (which he calls Locustarum nubes) are found among them. See also Plin. lib. 11. cap. 29. where he saith that the Parthians did eat Locusts: And lib. 6. cap. 30. that the Aethiopians use them for meat. But it is not likely that these Locusts which were used for meat in these Countryes, were the same with the common Locusts, which are found with us in this Country; but rather there is much difference between them. Howsoever, this kind of meat was used by John Baptist, as being common, and easy to be had in that place where he lived, being in the wilderness of Judea, as we have heard.

And wild Hony] that is, such as in that Country used to distill from some wild trees in great abundance, See 1 Sam. 14. 26. It was such Hony as was gathered by such Bees as lived abroad in the open fields and woods. (Sic Jansen. in hunc locum.)

Quest. Quest. Why did John Baptist use such mean Apparel and Diet?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because it was agreeable to the custom of the place where he lived, and easy to be had there.

2. That he might resemble Eliah, in whose Spirit he was to go before Christ, Luke 1. 17. For Eliah was a man of the like austere life, as appeareth 2 King. 1. 8.

3. Because he was a Nazarite from his Mother's womb, as the Angel foretold that he should be, Luke 1. 15. Now the Nazarites might not drink Wine or strong Drink, nor use dainty meats. See Numb. 6. 3. &c. Note that John was not a voluntary Nazarite, vowing that profession onely for a time (as commonly other Nazarites used to do), but he was appointed of God to be a Nazarite from his Birth; the like is to be thought of Sampson, See Judg. 13. 5.

4. Because he preached the Doctrine of Repentance to others, therefore he professed and practised repen­tance and mortification in his own person, by using such austerity in Diet and Apparel.

5. He used this strictness and moderation in his private life, that thereby he might procure reverence to his Person, and authority to his Ministry.

6. Lastly, To leave us a Pattern and example of sobriety and temperance.

Now from this (that John Baptist is said to have used such austerity in apparel and diet) the Papists would gather, that he was the Author of the Popish Eremits, who separate themselves from humane society, and tye themselves to great strictness and austerity in Diet and Apparel. But John Baptist had a special and extraor­dinary Calling to go in mean apparell and to fare hard, as he did; because he was appointed of God to be a Nazarite, therefore his example gives no allowance to any Popish Hermit to take upon him such an austere manner of life, without such a special Calling as John had. So much in way of clearing the words of this Verse.

Now to the Instructions to be gathered from them. Here note, that howsoever the practise of John, in using this mean Apparel and Diet, was in part extraordinary (because he was a Nazarite), and his Calling was extraordinary: yet it is in some respect ordinary, a [...]d [...] for our imitation; namely, so far forth as John, in this austere and strict kind of life, was a Pattern to us of sobriety and temp [...]r [...]nce in the use of Ap­parel and Diet.

Here then by this example we learn two Points of Instruction. 1. Instruct. In that he used such mean and frugal Apparel as a Coat of Camel's haire, and a Girdle of Leather, which kind of Apparel was such as the place where he lived did afford, and in it self not costly: hence we are taught, that after his example we ought to be sober, frugal, and moderate in the use of our Apparel and raiment; so was John, so was Eliah; and we have Precepts to this purpose, especially for Women (as being most apt to offend in this kind), 1 Tim. 2. 9. That women adorn themselves in modest apparel, with shamefastness and sobriety, &c. See also 1 Pet. 3. 3. Whose adorning (that is, of Women), let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the haire, and of wearing of Gold, &c. and these Precepts are appliable to men as well as women. To this purpose is that also 1 Tim. 6. 8. Having food and raiment, let us be therewith content: that is, having moderate and necessary raiment, &c. The contrary to this sobriety in apparel is taxed in that rich Glutton, Luke 16. 19.

Particular Rules to be observed in the use of apparel, that it may be sober and moderate.

  • 1. It must be according to our ability and maintenance in goods or lands.
  • 2. It must be answerable to our state and dignity, in that place and Calling wherein we live, that so a di­stinction of orders and degrees may be kept amongst men, So Gen. 41. 42. Joseph wore a Ring and a gold-Chain, to distinguish him from the inferiour Princes of Pharaoh. So Matth. 11. 8. In Kings Courts they wear soft Raiment.
  • 3. It must be according to the laudable custom of that Country where we live. Such was the apparel of Eliah and John Baptist; and the contrary is condemned, Zeph. 1. 9.
  • 4. It must be such as may serve to express the inward graces and vertues of the mind; as modesty, hu­mility, &c. therefore it must be comely and decent, not gaudy or garish.
  • 5. It must be framed to the example of the most grave and sober men and women that live in the Church, and are of our own rank; not to the example of the leightest and vainest sort of People, for their example is no pattern to us.
  • 6. Lastly, Our apparel must be worn and used to the right ends for which it is appointed of God. As first, for our necessity, to defend our bodies from heat and cold, and consequently to preserve health and life. 2. For honesty and seemliness, to cover that shameful nakedness which sin hath brought upon us. And this, by the way, shews the vanity and unlawfulness of that practise which is used by some men and women, in baring their necks and breasts, which should be covered; This is to glory in their own shame. 3. For the adorning or honouring of the body, according to that of the Apostle, 1 Cor. 12. 23. Upon those members of the body which we think most unhonest, put we on the greater honour, &c. Our bodies being Temples of the Holy Ghost should be used honourably, by a comely apparelling of them. (See Perkin. Cas. Consc. pag. 159.

Hence note, that although excesse in Apparrel is to be avoyded, yet it is not simply unlawfull to use rich and [Page 22] costly Apparrel, or Ornaments of Gold, Silver, Silk, &c. we have examples in Scripture of the lawfull use of them, as in Rebecca, Gen. 24. 22. and in Joseph, Gen. 41. 42. And, Math. 6. our Saviour mentioneth the Royalty of Solomon in Apparrell, and doth not condemn it. Yet some cautions are to be remembred touching the use of such Ornaments, and rich Apparrell.

  • 1. It is to be used onely of such whose ability will bear it, and to whose place and calling it is sutable; It is ryot in mean persons to wear rich Apparrell.
  • 2. It is to be used in decent and comely manner and fashion.
  • 3. It is to be used in due time and season: not every Day; for that was the rich Glutton's fault, Luke 16. 19. nor yet at such times when God calleth to Mourning and Humiliation for sin in some speciall man­ner; then we must wear mean Apparrell to testifie our Humiliation before God, Exod. 33. 4.

Object. 1 Object. 1. 1 Tim. 2. 9. 1 Pet. 3. 3. Costly Ornaments and Apparrell are forbidden unto Women.

Answ. Answ. The Apostles do not simply condemn all use of them, but their purpose is onely to forbid the abuse of such Ornaments to excess and ryot, as also to pride and vain-glory. In those time, Christians for the most part were of mean outward Estate, mean persons; it was not lawfull for them to wear rich and costly attire.

Object. 2 Object. 2. Esay 3. 18. &c.

Answ. Answ. Some of those Ornaments mentioned by the Prophet are meer vanities of no use, and for the rest he condemns not the use, but the abuse to wantonness, pride, &c.

Ʋse. This Point touching the sober use of Apparrell, serveth to reprove and condemn the great excesse and ryot in Apparrell that is now a dayes used; many there are that offend this way; so go beyond their ability in costliness of attire. All they can get and scrape together is layd upon their backs, and by this means they wast and consume their Estates, bringing themselves at length to poverty: Besides that, they also hinder themselves from releeving and helping the Poor. Some again go beyond their Calling and Degree in their Apparrell, not keeping themselves within their own order; and this breedeth great confusion of the Orders and Degrees which God hath set amongst Men: When the Yeoman is Apparrelled as richly as the Gentle­man, the Gentleman as the Noble man, and the Noble man as the Prince: What is this but a confusion of all Degrees amongst Men contrary to God's Ordinance, who will have distinct Degrees maintained in humane Society? Again, others are new-fangled in their Apparrell, hunting after every new or Out-landish Fashi­on; The ordinary and laudable fashion of their own. Country will not content them, as it did John Baptist.

Lastly, Others there are that delight in immodest, leight, and gaudy attire, such as serveth for no other end, but to shew their Pride, and Wantonness, and Unchastity of mind: so far are they from using such modest and comely attire, as should shew forth the Christian graces and vertues of their hearts. Let all that have, any of these wayes, offended, be admonished to repent of this their excess in the use of Apparrell, and to take heed of it for time to come. And the rather to disswade us from this sin. Consider

1. The Judgments of God threatned against i [...] [...], Isa. 3. 24. Zephan. 1. 9.

2. Consider th [...] inconveniences and mischiefs that usually accompany this superfluity and excesse in Ap­parrell.

1. In it there is an abuse of our wealth to superfluous uses, and to the sins of Pride, Wantonness, and such like.

2. In this sin there is an abuse and mispending of time; for much time is spent in decking the body, which might be better spent in beautifying the soul with spirituall graces.

3. There is in this excesse of Apparrell a great abuse of the Apparrell it self, in that it is used as a signe and testimony of Pride, Wantonness, &c. which should rather be used to express the Christian graces of the mind. So much of this first Point of Instruction.

Instr. 2 2. Instruct. In the second Place, where John Baptist used such a moderate and temperate Dyet, feeding on Locusts and wild Honey: Hence we learn, that after his example, We ought also to practise sobriety and temperance in our Dyet, and in the use of Meats and Drinks, Prov. 23. 1, 2. When thou sittest to eat with a Ruler, consider diligently what is before thee; And put a knife to thy throat, if thou be a man given to appe­tite, &c. By putting a knife to our throat, is meant nothing else but the moderating and bridling of our appetite. Timothy used to drink water, as may appear, 1 Tim. 5. 23.

Rules to be observed, That we may practise sobriety in Dyet.

  • 1. Our Dyet must not exceed our ability and maintenance; for then it will wast a Mans Estate, Prov. 23. 21.
  • 2. It must not exceed our Place and Calling; a man of mean Place ought not to fare so richly as men of higher Degree.
  • 3. We are to take our Dyet in season; that is, at fit and convenient times, when our Body hath need of it; not at unseasonable time, as when we have no need of taking food, or when we should be otherwise im­ployed in more necessary Duties, Ecclos. 10. 16. Wo to thee, O Land, when thy Princes eat in the morning! That is, out of due time, for in the morning they should rather be imployed in the Duties of their Calling, as in hearing Causes and doing Justice, &c. On the contrary it is added, Ver. 17. Blessed art thou, O Land, when thy Princes eat in due season, &c. The Lord gives us our food in due season, therefore should we take it in due season, Psal. 145. 15.
  • 4. We must use such Dyet as may serve to maintain strength and health of Body, and not such as tends to the hurt and overthrow of our health, Eccles. 10. 17.
  • 5. Lastly, Our Dyet must be such as may make us more fit for performance of the Duties of our Callings, and of God's Service.

Quest. Quest. May we not sometimes use the Creatures of God (as Meat and Drink) in a liberall and plentifull manner?

Answ. Answ. Yes, we may sometime use them, not onely for bare necessity (to maintain bodily strength and life), but also for moderate delight, See Psal. 104. 15. And Levi made our Saviour Christ a great Feast in his own House, Luke 5. 29. Yet some cautions are here to be remembred.

  • [Page 23]1. That this our liberall Dyet do not exceed just measure, so as to distemper our bodies and minds, and to make us unfit for good Duties.
  • 2. That we take not this liberall use of Meats and Drinks out of season, as when God calls to fasting and humiliation.
  • 3. That we use not this liberty every Day as the rich Glutton, Luke 16. but we must use it sparingly and but seldom.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To condemn the excess and intemperance of our times in Dyet, as it was in Noah's time, Math. 24. 38. They gave themselves to Eating and Drinking like bruit Beasts, &c. for so the world [ [...]] doth pro­perly signifie; so is it with us now a Dayes. How many Epicures are there, whose chief care is to pamper their bodyes with Eating and Drinking excessively? These make their belly their God, as the Apostle speaketh, Phil. 3. 19. Some exceed their ability and degree in rich and dainty fare, and so they waste their Estate, and come to poverty: others do so pamper their Bodies with excessive Eating and Drinking, that they hurt their health, and shorten their lives.

Besides that, by this means they make themselves unfit for good Duties; especially for spirituall Duties, as the practise of Repentance, Prayer, Meditation, &c. But take heed of this intemperance: Consider that, Luke 21. 34. & Amos 6. 1, 4. &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Labour for the practise of Christian sobriety in the use of Meats and Drinks, Tit. 2. 11. The grace of God, &c. teacheth us to live soberly, &c. Rom. 13. 13. Walk honestly, &c. not in Gluttony and Drunkennesse, &c. We must one Day give accompt to God of the use of our Meats and Drinks: Think of this, and let it move us to sobriety and moderation in the use of them.

Mark 1. 7, 8.‘And Preached, saying, There cometh one Mightier then I after me, the latchet of whose shooes I am July 25. 1618. not worthy to stoup down and unloose. I indeed have Baptized you with Water, &c.

THe Evangelist in the fourth Ver. before going, did shew how John Baptist executed his Ministeriall Of­fice in two parts of it.

  • 1. In Baptizing.
  • 2. In Preaching the Doctrine of Baptism.

Now in these two Verses he returneth again to speak of his Preaching, and to shew further what other Mat­ter or Doctrine he Preached, besides the Doctrine of Baptism: Namely, the Doctrine of Christ's Person and Office, giving honourable Testimony of Him, and preferring him farr before himself, both in respect of his Person and Office. This then is the scope and purpose of these two Verses.

In them we may consider two things particularly.

  • 1. John Baptist compareth Christ's Person with his own Person, preferring him far before himself. Where 1. He advanceth or extolleth Christ▪s Person▪ in that he affirmeth him to be one Mightier than himself, though he come after him in time. 2. He abaseth himself in comparison o [...] him, [...] no [...] worthy to unloose, &c.
  • 2. John doth compare Christ's Office with his own Office and Ministery, preferring the former before the latter, Ver. 8. in that John's Office is to give outward Baptism, but the Office of Christ is to give the inward Baptism of the holy Ghost.

A stronger then I, &c.] Because the People had conceived an erroneous opinion touching John Baptist, as if he were the Messiah (as appeareth, Luke 3. 15.) therefore he laboureth to root this opinion and false con­ceipt out of their minds, assuring them that himself is farr Inferiour to Christ the true Messiah that was to come immediately after him.

One Mightier then I,] That is, Christ Jesus who is said to be Mightier or Stronger than John, in respect of his Person, being both God and Man, not a meer Man as John, but God also; and so stronger and mightier then John, and all other Men and Angels.

Cometh after me,] In age, and time of his Preaching: of this before, Ver. 2. Where we shewed that Christ was born six months or thereabouts after John.

Whose shooes latchet I am not worthy, &c.] This is a proverbiall speech, implying, that he was unworthy to do the basest and meanest service unto Christ.

In that Country being very hot, it was a custom that such as travelled on foot had a servant to unloose their shooes, and to take them off, and also to wash their feet when they came to their Journey's end. And this may appear out of Ensebius. Lib. 4. Cap. 14. Where it is reported, That the Faithfull Christians of Smyr­na used to perform this service unto Polycarpus their Bishop or Pastor; He used not to unloose his own shooes, but they did it for him. Mathew hath the words thus, To bear his shooes: But this signifies the same thing in effect. And it may be that John spake all those words either at the same time, or at sundry times. So much of the meaning of the words in the 7. Verse. Now to observe some Instructions from them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Ministers of the Word ought in the execution of their Office to seek the Honour of Christ be­fore their own Glory. So did John Baptist here: Though he had occasion offered him by the People to seek Honour for himself in being accompted the Messiah: yet he would not falsely arrogate this to himself, but he abaseth himself, and strippeth himself of all Honour, advancing the Glory of Christ's Person and Office far above his own; So, John 1. 20. He plainly confesseth, I am not the Christ, and, John 3. 28. &c. So in working miracles, the Apostles sought the Glory of God and of Christ, not their own Glory; as we see, Acts 3. 12. &c. Acts 14. 15.

So also in Preaching the Word, they sought the Glory of Christ, not their own, 2 Cor. 4. 5. We Preach not our selves, but Christ Jesus the Lord, and our selves your servants for Jesus sake.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Ministers are Ambassadours of Christ, 2 Cor. 5. 20. Therefore they must procure honour to him that sends them, and not to themselves.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. They are servants of Christ, and therefore ought to seek the Glory of their Master, not their own.

Use. Ʋse. This is for the reproof of such Ministers, who in their Ministry seek themselves and not Christ; their own glory, not His: Such are they who in Preaching make vain shews of humane Learning, Wit, Eloquence, &c. to breed in the Peoples minds an opinion of their great parts: This is to preach themselves, and not Christ; and to prefer their own Glory before his.

A stronger than I cometh &c.]

Obser. 2 Obser. 2. In that John saith of Christ, that he was mightier than himself in respect of his person: Hence we gather, that Christ is not a meer Man, but also very God, equal with his Father; therefore called Im­manuel, Math. 1. And Isa. 9. 6. The Mighty God. Revel. 1. 8. The Almighty. John affirming him to be stronger than himself, doth imply, that he is also stronger than all other men; and so, that he is more than a Man, even God himself. Therefore also he is said to be stronger than the Devil, Luke 11. 22.

That Christ is God as well as Man, was more at large proved, Ver. 1.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To confute all Hereticks that have denied; or do at this day deny, the God-head of Christ; as the Arrians, Turks, and Jews.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Hence gather, that Christ is an all-sufficient Saviour, able perfectly to save, &c. Hebr. 7. 25. He is able to merit salvation for us, in that he is God as well as Man; the Dignity of his Person gave vertue and efficacy to his Blood, because it was the blood of him that was God, Act. 20. 28. Again, he is able actually to confer and bestow salvation upon the faithful, Joh. 10. 28. I give eternall life to my sheep; and they shall never perish, neither shall any pluck them out of my hands. Again, Christ being God Almighty is stronger than all our spiritual enemies, as Satan, Hell, Sin, the World; and he is well able to vanquish and tread them under foot for us. Revel. 12. 7. Michael and the Dragon fought; but the Dragon prevailed not, but was cast out, &c.

This is matter of great comfort to all Believers, to assure them of their salvation; if they be once ingraf­ted, by faith, into Christ, they cannot miss of salvation; nothing can hinder them from it, not their sins, not the World, not Hell-gates. What if thou have many enemies to oppose against thy salvation? Christ is stronger than all that are against thee: What if Satan be strong to tempt thee to sin, and to draw to destruction? Christ is stronger than he, able to restrain his power and malice, so that he shall not hurt thee, or hinder thy salvation. Learn then by faith to rest and rely on Christ Jesus, as our powerful and all-sufficient Saviour: trust perfectly on him for salvation, &c. It followeth.

Whose shoo's Latchet, &c.

Obser. 3 Obser. 3. Here we learn, that Christ Jesus is a person of great dignity, honour, and excellency: for John Baptist was the greatest among them that were born of women, Matth. 11. 11. yet he doth here ac­knowledge himself unworthy to do the basest service unto Christ; unworthy to stoop down and unloose his shooe. This shews the excellency and dignity of Christ's person. And indeed he was the worthiest per­son that ever lived upon Earth: even in that state of humiliation when he lived on earth, he was more ex­cellent than all men and Angels, much more therefore now, since he is exalted to God's right hand, &c. Hebr. 1. 4. He hath obtained a more excellent name than the [...]. Cant. 5. 10, &c. the Church at large describeth the excellency of [...]: My beloved is white and ruddy, the chiefest among ten thousand. See also Esa. 9. 6. Now this Excellency and Dignity of Christ's Person may be considered three ways.

  • 1. In respect of his divine Nature; in that he is the Son of God, equal to God the Father and the Holy Ghost, in respect of his God-head, Phil. 2. 6. Of this we heard before.
  • 2. In respect of his humane nature also, in that it is united into one Person with his divine nature, and so advanced, by union with his divine nature, above men and Angels, and all creatures.
  • 3. In respect of his whole Person, as he is Mediator, God and Man; especially now since his exaltation to heavenly Glory, Ephes. 1. 20. and Phil. 2. 9.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. This teacheth us to yield all due honour and reverence to Christ's Person, now sitting in heaven: If in the daies of his Flesh he were so honourable and excellent a Person; How much more is he now, being ad­vanced to the right hand of God, far above all principality and power? &c. Ephes. 1. 21. See then that we yield due reverence to the person of Christ. Psal. Kiss the Son &c. Phil. 2. 10. At the Name of Jesus shall every knee bow, &c. Not that the outward bending of the knee, at the very sound of the Name, is required; but the meaning is, that every creature should yield subjection and reverence unto Christ's Person.

Now the reverence to be yielded unto Christ, is two fold:

  • 1. Inward, in the heart; by thinking and conceiving of him in our minds, with all due reverence of so high a Majesty.
  • 2. Outward, in our words and behaviour; by speaking reverently of Christ, and of his Person; as also by carrying our selves reverently at all times and in all places, as in the presence of Christ: especially we are to shew this reverence towards Christ, at such times as we come before him in special manner to perform special services to him; as to hear his Word, to pray to him, &c. 1 Cor. 11. 10. Paul will have women behave themselvee decently in the Congregation, because the Angels are present there to behold them; much more should we use all reverent carriage in the Church, because of the presence of Christ.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Christ being so excellent a Person; Hence we may gather the dignity and excellency of every true Christian that is a member of Christ, and a believer in him. The Members partake in the dignity of the Head, and the Wife in the dignity of the Husband; so it is with us in respect of Christ, our spiritual Head and Husband. Again, every Believer is of spiritual kindred and alliance with Christ, having Christ to be his elder Brother, and being a Son of the same heavenly Father: Therefore, as it is with natural Brethren, if the eldest be advanced to honour, the rest do in some sort partake in that honour, in that they are his Brethren. So it is with all faithful Christians: Christ Jesus, their eldest Brother, being advanced to great Dignity, they all do in some degree partake with him in his honour and dignity, in that they are his Brethren. See then the Dignity of good Christians; well may such be called the excellent of the earth, Psal. 16. 3. What though thou be scorned, reproached, despised in the World? Let this comfort thee; If thou be a Believer in Christ; thou hast honour enough, in that Christ Jesus the Son of God, who is more excellent than the An­gels, is thy eldest Brother, thy Husband, thy Head.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. See how honourable a thing it is to be a Professor of Christ, and of his Religion and Gospel. If it be an honour to bear the cognisance, or to wear the cloath of some Noble man or Prince; How much great­er Dignity is it to bear the name of Christ, being baptized into it, and to make Profession of his Word? Be not then ashamed of this Profession before men: See Luke 9. 26. Imitate the Martyrs in professing and confessing Christ and his Truth boldly, even to the Death.

Ʋse 4 Ʋse 4. Seeing Christ is so worthy a Person, let us accompt it our honour to serve him; it is an honour to do service to an earthly Prince. Let us esteem it our greatest honour that we are admitted of Christ Jesus, the King of Kings, to do him service, to hear his Word, to pray to him, to praise his name, &c. Rejoice and glory in this, that thou art called to perform these excellent services to Christ, and shew thy readiness to perform them upon all occasions. Think how unworthy thou art to perform such great and excellent servi­ces as these are unto Christ, seeing John Baptist thought himself unworthy of so mean a service, as to unloose the latchet of Christ's shoo. So Luke 7. The woman wiped Christ's feet with the haire of her head. John counted this an honourable service; How much more honourable a service is it, to hear the Word of Christ preached to thee, to speak to him in Prayer, to partake in his Sacrament? &c. Wouldst thou be willing to unloose Christ's shoo, if he were now on earth? Oh, be much more forward to hear him speak to thee out of his Word, and to speak to him by thy Prayers, to relieve and help his poor Saints, &c. These are farr more acceptable services to Christ, than the unloosing of his shoo.

Obser. 2 Obser. 4. I am not worthy &c. Here further we learn by the example of John's humility, that the Servants of Christ, especially his Ministers (such as John was), must carry a mean opinion and conceipt of themselves, and of their own gifts, though never so excellent. John was a man of extraordinary parts and gifts; for it is said, Luke 1. 17. that he should go before Christ, in the spirit and power of Eliah: and yet we see here how he doth abase himself in his own opinion, thinking himself unworthy to do the meanest service unto Christ. Thus it must be with all the Servants of Christ; they must be low in their own eyes, and think humbly of themselves. Christ himself teacheth this lesson in special to all his Disciples and Servants, Mat. 11. 29. Learn of me, that I am lowly in heart, &c. The same is taught by the Apostle, Ephes. 4. 2. & Col. 3. 12. Especially Ministers of Christ must be humble-minded. See the Example of Paul, 1 Cor. 15. 9. I am the least of the Apostles, not worthy to be called an Apostle, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. This condemns the Pride and haughriness of such Ministers, or others, who are lifted up so high in a conceipt of their own gifts and good parts, thinking themselve to be something in themselves; like that proud Pharisee Luke 18. who stood so much upon his own goodness and righteousness.

But remember, that Gal. 6. 3. If any seem to be something when he is nothing, he deceiveth himself in his own imagination. The fuller the Vessel is of Aire, the emptier of good Wine it is; So a Christian, the fuller he is with self-conceipt of his own goodness, holiness, &c. the more empty he is of Grace and Goodness.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. If we would shew our selves to be Christ's Servants, labour for true humility and lowliness of mind, especially we that are Ministers, we must be patterns of humility to others; learn this of him our Master. Seek lowliness, as it is said Zeph. 2. 3. Labour more and more for a sense of our unworthiness of the least of God's favours, as Jacob, Gen. 32. 10.

Mark 1. 8.‘I indeed have baptized you with water, but He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost. August 2. 1618.

IN the former verse, John Baptist shewed the Dignity of Christ's Person, in comparison of his own Person; extolling Christ as one mightier than himself, and abasing himself as unworthy to do the least service unto him. Now, in this Verse, he setteth forth the Dignity or Excellency of Christ's Office, in comparison of his own Office, which he executed in and about the Sacrament of Baptism: Where he sheweth, First, The meanness of his own Office, in that he onely baptized with Water externally; 2ly. The excellency and pre-eminence of Christ's Office, in that he should baptize them inwardly with the Holy Ghost.

I have baptized you with Water,] John's purpose here is not to compare his outward Baptism with the out­ward Baptism of Christ, administred either by himself or his Apostles: for, as for himself, he never baptized any, Joh. 4. 2. And as for the Baptism which he commanded his Apostles to administer, here is no mention at all of it in this Text; neither have the words of this Verse any relation to it: But the purpose of John is, to compare his Office or Ministry in Baptism, with the Office and work of Christ in or about Baptism; in that his own Office is, to wash the Body with Water; but the work of Christ is, to cleanse the Soul by the Holy Ghost.

But he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost,] that is, by the divine operation and vertue of his Holy Spirit, he shall purge your souls and consciences from sin.

Now, from this place the Papists would gather a substantial difference between the Baptism of John, and the Baptism of Christ, which he commanded his Apostles afterwards to administer: For they say, that John's Bap­tism did not remit sins, nor was comparable to Christ's Baptism (that is, the Baptism of the Apostles, instituted by Christ); but it was onely a preparative to the Baptism of Christ, by which alone Grace and Forgiveness of sins was conferred actually: (See the Rhemists on Matth. 3. 11. and on Mar. 1. 4.) But this their Col­lection is easily confuted.

For first, It is against the scope of the words: which is, not to shew any substantial difference between the outward Baptism administred by John, and that which was after administred by Christ's Apostles; but on­ly to shew a difference between the Office and Function of John, in giving the outward Sacrament, and be­tween the Office or work of Christ, in giving the Spirit by means of the outward Baptism. The words im­ply not, two distinct Baptisms; but only two distinct actions or works about and in the same Baptism; the one of John, washing the Body with Water; the other of Christ, cleansing the Soul by his Spirit.

2. If John's Baptism was onely a preparative to the Baptism of the Apostles, and not effectual to work Grace (as theirs was); then it will follow, that John's Baptism was an idle and vain Ceremony, and a dead sign, void of life and vertue, which were most absurd to grant.

3. If John's Baptism differed in substance from the Apostles Baptism, then it will follow, That Christ being baptized of John, did not partake in the same Baptism wherewith we are baptized; and so conse­quently that he did not sanctifie our Baptism in his flesh. But to leave this absurd collection of the Papists, and to come to the matter of Instruction which this Verse affordeth.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though Ministers of the Word have power to give the outward Sacraments, yet Christ alone by his Spirit makes them effectual to convey grace to the Receivers: This is true of both Sacraments. Touch­ing Baptism, It seems to be confirmed by that place, 1 Cor. 3. 6. where Paul saith, That himself Planted and Apollo Watered, but God gave the Increase: Now by Planting some understand, the Planting of the Doctrine of the Gospel by Preaching; and by Watering, the admistring of Baptism: and this sense (I take it) may stand, at least the Apostle seems to allude to Baptism. To the same purpose is that, 1 Cor. 6. 11. Ye are Washed, ye are Sanctified, ye are justified in the Name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God. Now in those words the Apostle alludeth to the Sacrament of Baptism, and to the washing used there; and he sheweth, That the outward cleansing of the soul, signified by that outward washing, is wrought in the name of Christ; (that is, by the power of Christ,) and by the spirit of God.

Therefore also, Math. 28. ult. Our Saviour Christ giving Commission to his Apostles to baptize, he doth promise the presence and assistance of his spirit with them unto the World's end, thereby to make that out­ward Sacrament (which should be administred by them) effectuall to those that should receive it: which shews, That although Ministers of the Word have this power to give the outward Baptism; yet it is Christ himself, that by his spirit maketh it effectuall to such as receive it. The same is true of the Sacrament, which is the Lord's Supper: for although the Minister hath power to give the outward Elements of Bread and Wine to the Communicants; yet it is Christ alone that can and doth by the inward work of his spirit make the Sacraments effectuall, for the nourishing and strengthening of Faith in such as receive it. This is also true of preaching the Word; The Minister only teacheth the ear, only Christ teacheth the heart. The Reason of this Doctrine is, To conferr or work grace where it was not before, is a supernaturall work; which is im­possible for any Man or Angel to work; and is peculiar onely to God himself, and to Christ Jesus who is both God and Man.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See then by this, That it is not enough for Ministers to administer the outward Sacraments to the People, but they must also offer their Prayers unto Christ in behalf of them, that He may Joyn the inward work of his Spirit with the outward use of the Sacraments; thereby to make them effectuall to work and increase grace in those that receive them. And this Duty of praying for our People, is to be performed not onely in Publick but in Private, on all occasions. See the example of Samuel, 1 Sam. 12. 23. and of Paul often professing this, That he remembred the Churches in his prayers without ceasing.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. This must teach us not to rest in the outward work done by the Minister, in administring of the Sacraments; but labour further, to feel the inward operation and working of the Spirit, which may make them effectuall to us. Seek unto Christ by prayer for his spirit, which may Baptize thee inwardly in heart and soul, cleansing thee from sin, as the water cleanseth thy body [...]utwardly: What shall it profit thee to be baptized in Body, and to [...]e unb [...]ptized in Heart and Soul? Rom. 2. ult. He is a Jew which is one inwardly, and Circumcision is that of the heart, in the Spirit, and not in the Letter; Whose praise is not of Men but of God.

So also in the other Sacrament of the Lord's Supper: rest not in the outward action of the Minister, giving thee bread and wine to eat and drink; but seek to Christ in prayer for his Spirit, which may give vertue and efficacy to the outward Sacrament for nourishing and strengthening of thy Faith.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Johns outward washing with Water is here joyned with Christ's inward Baptizing with the Spirit; Yea, it is set before it, and named in the first place; I have baptized you with Water, but he shall baptize with the Holy Ghost: Hence we may gather, that howsoever the outward work done by the Minister in the Sacraments, cannot of it self give grace (as we have heard): Yet ordinarily grace is not wrought with­out the outward Sacraments; therefore we find the outward washing in Baptism joyned with the inward work of the Spirit, as, Joh. 3. 5. and Tit. 3. 5. to shew, that usually Cod doth annex and tye his spirit and grace so far to the outward Baptism, that without it he doth not ordinarily give the inward Baptism of his spi­rit to any.

He may and doth sometimes extraordinarily work the grace of Regeneration in such as are never Bapti­zed; as in those Infants which belong to God's Election, and yet dye before they can be baptized: but or­dinarily it is otherwise. Without planting and watering usually nothing groweth, &c.

Use. Ʋse. See then that although the outward Sacraments be not sufficient of themselves to work grace, they are not to be neglected, but to be duly and conscionably used as speciall Ordinances of God to work and in­crease grace in us. We are therefore to submit unto the use of them, and not to contemn or neglect them. Parents then are here to be admonished, to present their Children in due time to Baptism, not deferring it too long, because ordinarily none are Regenerate but such as are Baptized, &c.

Though John knew his outward Baptizing could do no good without Christ's inward clearsing of the soul by his spirit, yet did he not forbear or neglect to Baptize such as came unto him: to teach us, that we ought not to neglect this Sacrament, but to desire it for our Children in due time; because ordinarily God worketh grace by the outward means of it. So also for the other Sacrament of the Lord's Supper, though the outward Elements and Actions used in it have no force of themselves to work grace; yet is not that Sacrament to be neglected, but to be duly received of us so often as occasion is offered; because it is the ordinary means or­dained of Christ for the strengthening of our Faith.

Mark 1. 9.‘And it came to passe in those Dayes, that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee, and was Baptized of John in Jordan. August. 9. 1618.

HItherto, we have heard of the Description of the Person which was to Baptize our Saviour Christ, viz. John the Baptist, whom the Evangelist hath before described and set forth,

  • [Page 27]1. By his publick Office and Calling.
  • 2. By the strictnesse of his private Life and Conversation.

Now from this 9. Ver. unto the 12. Ver. is laid down the History of the Baptism of Christ. In which We have to consider these five things in order.

  • 1. A preparative going before it: Namely, His coming unto John to be Baptized.
  • 2. The Baptism it self.
  • 3. The Person of whom he received Baptism, which was John.
  • 4. The Place where, in Jordan.
  • 5. The consequents immediately following upon his Baptism, Ver. 10, 11. To begin with the first point; Namely, the coming of Christ unto John. Herein we are to consider,
    • 1. The time, In those Dayes.
    • 2. The coming it self, He eame.
    • 3. The Place, from whence; From Nazareth of Galilee.

In those Dayes,] That is, at the time when John Preached and Baptized so many in the Wilderness of Ju­dea; and after he had thus continued Preaching and Baptizing for some space of time, (some ten dayes or there abouts as some think, Vide Func. Chronol.); after that John by Preaching and Baptizing had prepared the way for Christ, and for the solemn investing of him into his Office of a Mediator; then and not before, did Christ come unto John to be Baptized of him, and so to take upon him his publick Office: for immediately upon his being Baptized, he was solemnly authorised from Heaven to his Office, as we shall see afterward. And this was when he was about thirty years old, Luke 3. 23.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour Christ come at this time unto John to be baptized, and so to be invested to his Office of a Mediator?

Answ. Answ. Because this was the time which God had appointed for his being baptized, and for the taking of his publick Office upon him.

He came,] Voluntarily of his own accord, shewing herein his readiness both to hear John's Doctrine, and also to receive Baptism at his hands: though he was Superior to John in many respects, yet knowing it to be appointed of God his Father, that he should be Baptized of John; therefore he refused not, but went unto him to that end.

From Nazareth of Galilee,] Galilee was the Northerly part of Judea, and Nazareth was one chief City or Town in Galilee, in which our Saviour Christ had hitherto bin brought up, and lived a private life with his Parents, Joseph and Mary: See Luke 2. 51. Here he lived, till he was about thirty years of age. Now it is likely, that this City of Nazareth was a good way distant from that Wilderness of Judea, where John Bapti­zed, which was in the Southerly part of Judea; and yet he went from thence unto John.

Observ. 1 In those Dayes,] Observ. 1. Christ did not come to John to be Baptized, and so to be invested to his pub­like Office, untill the time appointed of God for this his publick Calling: Hence learn, That none ought to take upon them any publick [...] in Church or Commonwealth, till the fit time come which God hath appointed for them to enter into that Calling. Eccles. 3. 1. To [...] thing there is a season, &c. God hath ap­pointed a fit time for every thing which he will have effected; and so for the particular Callings of Men, (es­pecially publick Callings): He hath in his Decree and Counsell appointed a certain and fit time when they shall undertake them, and not before: and therefore untill that time come, none ought to thrust themselves upon any such publick Office or Function; but they are to wait for the time which God hath allotted for their Calling to such or such an Office in the Church or Commonwealth. For this we have the example of John Baptist, who took not upon him his publick Office of Preaching or Baptizing till he was about thirty years of Age, which was the time appointed of God for his Calling to that office: therefore all the time of his life before, he spent privately. See, Luke 1. ult. So our Saviour Christ lived a private life, and went not out of Galilee till the time came that was appointed for him, wherein to be baptized, and to take upon him his publick Office.

Jeremy was ordained to be a Prophet before he came out of the Womb, Jer. 1. 5. and Paul was separated from his Mothers Womb to preach the Gospel, Gal. 1. 15. Yet because God had also appointed a certain time in which they should be actually called and sent to execute their Ministeriall Office; therefore they waited for that time, and did not presume to take the Office upon them, before they were in speciall manner deputed unto it.

Quest. Quest. How shall we know the time appointed of God for our entrance into any publick Calling?

Answ. Answ. Look when a man finds himself furnished of God with a sufficiency of gifts for any Calling, and when withall he hath an outward Calling by Men to warrant him for the undertaking of this or that Office in Church or Commonwealth, then is the time appointed of God for his entrance upon that Office, & not before.

Use. Use. This reproveth such as thrust themselves rashly and presumptuously into publick Offices before the due and fit time appointed of God. Such Ministers as run before they are sent, not waiting the time which God hath appointed for their Calling and Entrance into the Ministery: They undertake the Office before they be funished with gifts and ability for discharge of that Calling, or else without allowance of the Church. Also such as take upon them the Office of Magistrates before the time allotted them of God for the underta­king of that Office. When Moses would take upon him, forty years too soon, to deliver his Brethren the Israelites, it succeeded very ill with him: for thereupon he was fain to fly into the Country of Madian, and there to live as a stranger forty years. See Acts 7. 23. &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Our Saviour Christ though he were John Baptist's Lord and Master (yea, the Lord of Heaven and Earth); yet is content to come voluntarily from Galilee to the Wilderness of Judea to hear John preach, and to receive the Sacrament of Baptism from him: Hence we learn, That the greatest persons should not think themselves too Great, or too Good to come unto John; that is, to the Minister of God, to hear the Word from his mouth, and to receive the Sacraments at his hand. David, a King, was forward to repair to God's House: See, Psal. 84. and Psal. 122. 1. He did not think himself too good to repair thither to hear the Doctrine of the Priests, opening and applying the Law of God unto the People.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. This reproveth some great Personages, who think it a Disparagement to their greatness, to come duly to the publick Assemblies, to hear the Ministers of God, and to receive the Sacrament at their hands; they rather desire to bring the Temple of God into their houses, than to go out of their houses to the Church; they rather would have the Ark of God come home to them, than themselves to repair unto it. But these men are not greater or more honourable than our Saviour Christ was; yet he was forward and willing to re­paire to the place where John preached and baptized, though it were far off. If the Son of God, and Lord of Heaven and Earth, did humble himself so far as to go to John; much more should the greatest men on earth (being but flesh and blood) duly resort to the places where the publick Ministry is exercised. Again, this doth much more reprove those of the meaner sort, who are backward to come to the publick Assemblies to hear the Word, and to partake in the Sacraments: If Christ himself refused not to come to hear John, and to be baptized of him, (who yet had no such need of the Word or Sacraments as we have); How great is the sin of those, who, having so great need of the Word and Sacraments, yet do willingly absent themselves from the same, and think much to come, especially if it be far, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Shew we our readiness to repair on all occasions to the place where the publick Ministry is exercised. If the greatest Persons be not exempted, much less those of meaner degree and condition: Eccles. 5. 1. Be ready to hear, and wait daily at the Gates of Wisdom.

Obser. 3 Observ. 3. Our Saviour Christ forsook Nazareth, where he had been brought up now thirty years, and left his Parents, that he might go unto John to be baptized, and so to take upon him his publick Office of Media­tor: Hence we may gather, that, if God calls us unto it, we ought to forsake those things that are most dear and precious unto us in this World, that we may perform obedience to his Calling. When God calls us to the performance of any special Duty or service, (wherein to glorify him) we must yield to his Calling; though it be with the forsaking of those worldly things that are most dear unto us. Abraham left his own Country and Kindred at the command of God, Gen. 12. 1. Psal. 45. 10. the Church is commanded to forget her own People, and her Father's House, that she may cleave to Christ. 1 King. 19. Elisha being called to the prophetical Office, forsook his Parents, and the twelve yoke of Oxen with which he was plowing, that so he might follow God's Calling. So the Apostles, being called to follow Christ, and to become Preachers of the Gospel, forsook all. So the Martyrs being called to give Testimony to the truth of the Gospel, and to stand out in defence of it, they forsook their friends, goods, and lives, that they might yield to God's Calling. The like must be done of us, if we should be hereafter called of God to do it.

Ʋse. Use. Let us daily prepare our selves to forsake all worldly things, though never so sweet and dear to us, for the Lord's sake, if he shall call us to it. If God require thee to do him any service, if he call thee to the per­formance of any special Duty, wherein thou maist glorify him, thou must resolve to do it, though it cost thee the loss of all worldly things that are dearest to thee; as wife, children, goods, lands, &c. If thou wilt be a good Christian, thou must be like Christ in this; that as he, being called to take upon him the Office of a Mediator, did willingly (for a time) leave his own Parents, and the Country of Galilee, and the City of Na­zareth, where he had lived for thirty years together, that so he might be obedient to that Calling: So must thou do, if God call thee to any special [...] o [...] Function, in Church or Commonwealth, wherein thou maist do him service; thou must take it upon thee, though it be with the forsaking of those things which are dea­rest to thee in this World. A Christian must be daily disposed in affection to forsake all worldly things for Christ's sake; and if God call him to it, he must actually forsake them, and that not onely for a time (as our Saviour did Nazareth), but even for ever. So much of Christ's coming to John to be baptized.

Now follows the second Point to be considered, which is the Baptism it self.

He was baptized] that is, He received the Sacrament of Baptism.

Quest. Quest. Why would our Saviour Christ receive this Sacrament?

Answ. Ans. For sundry Reasons:

  • 1. To shew himself obedient to his Father's Will and appointment. It was a part of that Obedience and Righteousness which God the Father required of him, as he was Mediator: Therefore he saith, Matth. 3. 15. Suffer it to be so now; for thus it becometh us to fulfill all Righteousness: that is, to perform all Duties of Obedi­ence required of us both.
  • 2. That there might be a conformity between Christ, the Head, and us, His Members; that he might shew himself to be like us in all things, sin onely excepted, Hebr. 2.
  • 3. That by receiving this Sacrament in his own body, he might sanctify the use of it unto us; that is, or­dain and appoint it as an outward means which should be effectual to work Regeneration in us, and to purge us from our sins, by the power and vertue of his Spirit accompanying it.
  • 4. To commend the necessity and use of this Sacrament unto us after his Example, and to teach us to make precious accompt of this Ordinance of God.

Object. Object. One use of Baptism is to seal Remission of sins to the party baptized; but Christ had no sin, there­fore he needed not to partake in this Sacrament.

Answ. Answ. Though he had no sin of his own, and so, in respect of himself, had no need of Baptism: yet he took our sins upon him by imputation, and so, in respect of us, it was fit he should receive Baptism, that by this he might declare and shew, that he was to purge us from our sins by his blood, which is mystically represen­ted in Baptism. He was not baptized to purge away his own sins, but to assure the faithful that their sins are purged away by his Blood.

Instruct. 1. Seeing our Saviour Christ himself would receive the Sacrament of Baptism (though in res­pect of himself he had no need of it): This commends to us the excellency and necessity of this Sacrament, in respect of our selves. And it must move us to make great accompt of it. If our Saviour Christ, who had no sin, did desire to be baptized for our sakes: much more ought we that are sinful to desire Baptism for our selves, that it may be a means for the purging of us from sin, Act. 8. 36. Here then Parents are to be admonished of that care which should be in them to desire and crave the Sacrament of Baptism for their Children in due time, not deferring it too long, as some use to do: The excellency and necessity of this Sacrament should move them to take the first good occasion that is offered, for the presenting of their Children to Baptism in the [Page 29] Congregation. Again, we who have been heretofore baptized in our Infancy, must now shew what accompt we make of this Sacrament, by often and serious meditation of it, and by being careful to make a holy and right use thereof.

Use. Use. Reproveth such as shew any contempt of this so excellent a Sacrament, &c.

Instruct. 2. Seeing Christ, in his own Person, received the Sacrament of Baptism, and so hath sanctified it unto us, appointing it as a means for the purging of us from sin, and for the working of the grace of Regenera­tion in us: Hence we may gather, that it is not a vain or idle Ceremony, nor a dead sign, but that it is an ef­fectual Ordinance of God, serving to work Grace in those that use it aright.

Use. Use. Comfort to such as labour to make a right use of their Baptism, being careful to keep the conditions of Faith and Repentance, which they tyed themselves unto at their Baptism; if they do thus, they may be as­sured that this Sacrament shall be effectual to them. Christ himself did therefore receive it, that he might sanctify it, and make it an effectual means of Grace unto us.

Now followeth the Person, of whom he was baptized, viz. of John.

Obser. Observ. The greatest Persons should not disdain ro receive the Ordinances of God (as the Word and Sa­craments) from the meanest persons that have a Calling to deliver or administer them. Christ Jesus, the Son of God, was content to be baptized of John, a mean person in comparison of himself. We would accept of Jewels or rich Treasures, brought and tendred to us by the meanest beggar, &c. David was content to hear the Word of Nathan, &c. So Act. 8. the Eunuch, a man of great Authority, yet was baptized of Phi­lip, &c.

In Jordan] This is the fourth Point to be considered touching the Baptism of Christ, viz. the place where John baptized him, Jordan.

Obser. Observ. John used common water (such as the waters of Jordan) in administring Baptism; so should all Ministers use ordinary water for this Sacrament, not such consecrated water as the Papists use, which is hal­lowed with superstitious Rites and Ceremonies.

Mark 1. 10, 11.‘And straight way coming up out of the water, he saw the Heavens opened, and the Spirit like a Dove descending upon him, &c. Aug. 16. 1618.

IN the History of our Saviour Christ's Baptism, we propounded five things to be considered. 1. The pre­parative going before it, viz. his coming unto John from Nazareth of Galilee. 2. The Baptism it self. 3. The Person of whom he was baptized, which was John. 4. The place where, in Jordan. 5. The conse­quents that followed immediately upon his Baptism.

Touching the four first Points, I have spoken out of the former Verse. Now followeth the fifth Point, which is, the immediate consequents of the Baptism of Christ; which are set down in the 10, and 11. verses. And these consequents are two:

The first is, his speedy coming out of the water after his Baptism.

The second is the solemn investing of him into his publick Office of Mediator: which is declared and con­firmed two ways. 1. By miraculous signs visibly shewed from Heaven; as the opening of the Heavens, and the descending of the Spirit in shape of a Dove. 2. By the divine Testimony and Word of God the Father, immediately uttered from Heaven, ver. 11.

Straightway coming up &c.] Hence it appears, that in our Saviour's time, and in that hot Country of Judea, those that were baptized were not sprinkled onely with water (as it is the custome with us), but they went down into the water, and so were drenched in it. So also in the Apostles time, as may appear Act. 8. 38.

Quest. Quest. Whether is the custome of sprinkling the party baptized (as we use it) warrantable; seeing, in our Saviour's time, and in the times of the Apostles, they used to be dipped or drenched in the Water?

Answ. Answ. It is as warrantable as Dipping or Drenching, because the Scripture, speaking of our being purged by Christ's blood from our sins, doth use the phrase of being sprinkled with his blood, as well as the phrase of being washed with his blood, See 1 Pet. 1. 2. Therefore the action of Sprinkling doth serve, as well to sig­nify our cleansing from sin by Christ's blood, as the action of washing or drenching of the whole body; for it is not material what quantity of Water be used, nor how much of the body be washed, so that the substance of that which is signified by outward Baptism be sufficiently represented.

He saw the Heavens opened,] Some have thought that this was done onely in shew and appearance. But this is not likely, because those things which follow, viz. the descending of the Holy Ghost like a Dove, and the uttering of God the Father's Voice from Heaven, were things really and sensibly done; and not onely in ap­pearance. For not onely Christ himself, but John saw the Dove, &c. Joh. 1. 32. Therefore we are here to understand a real opening or cutting of the visible Heavens in miraculous manner.

Quest. Quest. Why were the Heavens thus visibly opened in miraculous mannet?

Answ. Answ. 1. To shew and testify the heavenly Glory and Majesty of Christ's Person, being not a meer man, but the Son of God himself; as is afterwards testified by the Voice of the Father, uttered from Heaven.

2. To make way for the descending of the Holy Ghost upon Christ, in shape of a Dove; as also for the Voice of God the Father to be uttered concerning Christ, immediately after; to shew, that the Dove, repre­senting the Holy Ghost, and the Voice also which was uttered, did come both from Heaven; therefore the Heavens themselves were first visibly and miraculously opened. (Vide Jansen. in locum.)

3. To shew, that the Calling of Christ to the Office of Mediator was from Heaven, that is, from God: therefore the Heaven were miraculously opened at the time of his installing into his Office.

And the Spirit like a Dove &c.] By the Spirit understand the Person of the Holy Ghost, being the third Person in Trinity. Now he is said to be seen, not in respect of his Essence or Nature (for that is invisible), but because the Dove was a visible sign of the extraordinary presence of the Holy Ghost; it was onely a symbo­lical sight: So also he is said to have descended on Christ, not in respect of his Essence, which filleth all places, (and so cannot be said to descend or ascend properly,) but in regard of the visible Descending of the Dove, which was a sign and representation of the presence of the Spirit.

Like a Dove,] Whether it were really a Dove, or onely the appearance of one, is needless to be enquired of. Some think it was onely the outward representation and appearance of a Dove, yet such as was sensible to the eyes of the beholders: Others think it was the reall Body and Substance of a Dove. So Junius Analy. And Mr. Philipps. See Luke 3. 22. Here are two questions further to be answered.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Wherefore the Holy Ghost came down upon our Saviour Christ at this time in such Visible manner?

Answ. Answ. 1. To assure John Baptist that it was Christ which should baptize with the Holy Ghost. See John 1. 33.

2. To shew that Christ was now furnished with all perfection of gifts of the Spirit, requisite for the dis­charging of his publick Office, which now he was called to undertake, according to that Prophesie, Esay 61. 1.

Object. Object. He was before indued with a great measure of this Spirit, even from his childhood; as we see, Luke 2. 40. The Child grew and waxed strong in Spirit, filled with Wisdom, &c. What need was there then for the Spirit thus to come down upon him at this time?

Answ. Answ. Though he had the Spirit before in great measure; yet now it was manifested, That he was furni­shed with a far greater measure of it then ever before.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why did the Holy Ghost descend upon Christ, rather in the shape of a Dove, then in any other shape?

Answ. Answ. Though we are not to be curious in this question; yet it is very probable, That the Holy Ghost made choyce of this shape to this end chiefly, That he might shew unto us what kind of person our Saviour Christ should be (upon whom this Dove descended:) Namely, such a one as should in Nature and Pro­perties resemble the Dove: concerning which, I shall speak more particularly when I come to handle the Doctrine that ariseth from those words. Thus far of the meaning of the words of this Verse. The words of the 11 Ver. shall be opened when I come to handle them. Now to the Observations.

Observ. And straight way coming out, &c.] Observ. See here, that our Saviour Christ being baptized, doth not stay long delaying the time, but doth speedily come up out of the River Jordan where he was baptized, thereby shewing his readiness and forwardness to enter upon the execution of his publick Ministeriall Office, unto which he was now called.

Whence we may learn, That when the Lord calls us unto any speciall Office, or to the performance of any speciall service unto him; We ought without delay readily to undertake it, and to yield to his Calling. Example, Gal. 1. 16. So also David, Psal. 119. 60. I made haste, and delayed not to keep thy Commandements. Math. 4. The Apostles being called of Christ, followed him immediately.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This reproveth such as being called of God to do him any service, do delay the time, and too long put off the Duties enjoyned them. Such Ministers as being called to that Holy Function, do deferr the execution of those Duties which belong to their Calling. Also such private Christians, as being called to the performance of speciall services unto God▪ as prayer, publick and private, hearing of the Word, rea­ding of it, receiving Sacraments, &c. Yet they deferr these Duties from Day to Day, omitting the good opportunities offered for the performance of them. So much of the first immediate consequent of the Baptism of Christ, His speedy coming up out of the Water.

I proceed now to the second consequent: Namely, the solemn installing of him in his publick Office, de­clared and confirmed,

  • 1. By certain miraculous signes, shewed from Heaven.
  • 2. By the Word and Testimony of God the Father, uttered from Heaven.

Observ. Observ. Generall. We see here that before our Saviour Christ taketh on him the execution of his publick Office, He is first authorized to it from Heaven by miraculous signes shewed from thence, and also by the immediate Word and Testimony of God the Father uttered from thence; which shewes that he did not of himself without a calling take upon him his Office, but he was called unto it, and his calling was confirmed to him from Heaven at this time of his Baptism: for, to this end was all this done which the Evangelist here mentioneth, to this end were the Heavens opened, to this end came the Holy Ghost down, and to this end was that Voyce of God the Father uttered from Heaven, Ver. 11. Even to shew and declare unto Us, That Christ Jesus was called from Heaven, and appointed of God the Father, to the Office of a Mediatour and Doctor of his Church, before he took upon him the publick execution of it. So, Heb. 5. 5. Now this serveth for our Instruction, to teach us, That We ought not to thrust our selves into any Office, Function, Calling, or Action, without warrant from God: We must first know our selves to be appointed and deputed unto it of God: We must have our Calling confirmed to us from Heaven, as Christ had. Not that We must look for such an extraordinary and miraculous Calling, as this of our Saviour's was; but we must have an or­dinary Calling to that Office, Function, and Action, which we undertake.

Quest. Quest. How to know that we have an ordinary lawfull Calling to undertake this or that Function or Action?

Answ. Answ. There are three things chiefly requisite to make our Calling lawfull.

  • 1. That the Action or Office which we undertake, be in it self lawful and warrantable by the Word of God.
  • 2. That We be furnished of God with sufficiency of gifts for discharge of it.
  • 3. That We enter into it by good and lawfull means.

Reas. Reas. Why is it necessary that we have a Calling from God, before we undertake any Office, Function, or Action?

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Rom. 14. ult. Whatsoever is not of Faith, is Sin; that is, whatsoever is so done, as that in doing it, a man is not perswaded certainly that he pleaseth God, it is a Sin to Him: Now whatsoever we do without warrant of a Calling from God, we cannot in doing it, be assured that we please God; therefore it must needs be sin.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. If we have not a calling from God to do those things which we do, we cannot with any com­fort go on constantly in performance of them; but we must needs be discouraged when we meet with difficulties and oppositions. Contrà, Jer. 26. and the rest of the Prophets.

Reas. 3. Unlesse vve knovv our selves called of God to this or that Office or Function vvhich vve enter upon, vve cannot expect the blessing of God upon us, nor his protection over us in the discharge of it. See Psal. 91. 11.

Use. Use. This reproveth such as rashly adventure upon the undertaking of such Callings, Offices, and Acti­ons, for the vvhich they have no vvarrant from God and from his VVord. Some take upon them such Callings as are in themselves unlavvfull and sinfull. Others take upon them lavvfull Offices, yet by un­lavvfull means, or else vvithout sufficiency of gifts for discharge of them. Hovv can such go on with cou­rage and constancy in discharge of their Duties, or expect any blessing or protection from God in those things vvhich they undertake, seeing they have no assurance in their consciences that God hath called them there­unto?

So much of the generall Point. Novv I come to those Points of Instruction vvhich do more particularly arise from the VVords.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. From the first miraculous Sign shevved at the Baptism of Christ, namely, The visible open­ing of the Heavens upon him or unto him, (for so it is said, Math. 3. 16.) Hence vve may gather, That our Saviour Christ even vvhilst he lived on Earth, in the state of his humiliation, vvas nevertheless a Person of great Honour, Glory, and Majesty: This vvas shevved by the very opening of the Heavens upon him, this shevv­ed the Glory and Majesty of Christ's Person, in that the very Heavens did a kind of Homage and Reverence unto him, in that they vvere divided and cut in sunder (as it vvere) over his head, at this time of his Baptism. The reason of this Glory and Majesty of Christ's Person living on Earth is this, because he vvas even then not a meer Man, but God and Man, even the Son of God incarnate. Novv if he vvere a Person of such divine Glory and Majesty vvhilst he lived in the form of a servant upon Earth: hovv much greater Glory and Majesty hath he novv obtained, being advanced to God's right hand in the Heavens? But of this excellency of Christ's Person, vve heard before, Ver. 7.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. VVhen our Saviour Christ vvas called to take upon him his publick Office, the Holy Ghost cometh dovvn upon him in miraculous manner, to shevv that he vvas novv furnished vvith all sufficiency of spirituall gifts and graces, requisite for the discharge of that Office: Hence vve learn this; That vvhomsoever God calleth to any Office or Function, those he furnisheth and inableth vvith gifts sufficient for discharge of that Office and Calling to vvhich he appointeth them. This is true of publick and private Offices and Callings.

1. Of publick, Whomsoever God calls to the Office of civil Magistracy in the Commonwealth, those he indu­eth with the Spirit of Wisdom and Courage, fit for that Calling. Examples of this we have in Moses, Joshua, (Saul, 1 Sam. 10. 9.) Solomon, &c. So also those that are called of God to the Office of the Mini­stery, they are furnished of God with gifts of the Spirit answerable to that Calling: as the gift of Know­ledge, Utterance, &c. This we see in the calling of the Prophets, as, Jer. 1. 9. The Lord touched his mouth, and said unto him, Behold, I have put my words into thy mouth. So also, Ezek. 2. The Lord incouraged him, and put his Spirit into him, when he called him to Prophesie. So when the Apostles were called to Preach the Gospel, the Holy Ghost was sent upon them▪ Acts 2.

2. This also is true of more private Callings, (as the callings of [...] and Masters of Families) that those whom God appointeth unto these Callings and Places, he doth also qualifie them with such gifts as are fit for the discharge of them, else they cannot be said to be called of God to such Offices, if they be not in some measure qualified with gifts fitting for them.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. This convinceth many to be wrongfull Usurpers of those Offices and Callings wherein they live, and that they were never called of God unto them: because they are not qualified with gifts sitting for such Callings. How many Ministers are there which live in that Calling, and yet want ability or willingness to teach the Word? How many Magistrates and Governours in the Commonwealth, that want Wisdom, Courage, and Zeal for God's glory? How many Parents and Masters of Families, that are not able to Govern their Families aright, not able to Catechize their Children and Servants, &c. Let all such know, That God never called them to those Places and Offices for the discharge of which he hath not qualified them with some sufficiency of gifts.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. If we would be assured, That God hath called us to those Places and Callings wherein we live, let us labour to see and know our selves to be qualified with gifts answerable to them; else never presume that God hath called thee to undertake any Office or Function, Publick or Private, if he have not furnished thee with some measure, of sufficiency and ability to discharge that place in which thou livest.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. From the manner of the Holy Ghost's descending upon our Saviour Christ, in that it was in the shape of Dove, to shew what kind of person Christ should be, and how qualified by the Spirit, namely, likely unto the Dove: Hence we may gather, That Christ Jesus is such a Saviour as doth in nature, disposi­tion, and properties, fitly resemble the Dove. For the clearing of this, We must shew what are the spe­ciall properties of a Dove, that so we may see how our Saviour Christ is qualified with such vertues as are re­sembled in the Dove.

  • 1. The Dove is an ignorant and harmless Creature, Math. 10. 16. Be harmlesse as Doves. So our Savi­our Christ was most innocent and harmless: Yea, He was pure from all spot of sin, both in his Conception and Birth, as also in his Life, Heb. 7. 26. Such an High Priest became us, who is Holy, Harmless, Undefiled; separate from sinners, &c.
  • 2. The Dove is a loving and tender-hearted Bird. Aristotle commends them for chast loving each other. Histor. Animal. l. 9. c. 7. And some write that the Dove is very loving to her young Ones, and carefull to cherish them. So Christ is a most loving Saviour to us; so greatly loving us, that he laid down his Life for us. Ephes. 3. 19. The love of Christ passeth knowledge.
  • 3. The Dove is a meek and gentle Creature; some write of it, that it hath no gall: and hence is that Proverb in Greek, [...]. [Calepin]. So Christ Jesus is to us a meek and gentle Saviour. Math. 11. Learn of me, that I am meek, &c. So the Apostle saith, I beseech you by the meekness and gentlenesse of Christ, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This is matter of singular comfort to the faithful Members of Christ: for Christ being innocent and harmless like the Dove, yea pure from all spot of sin, this his purity and holiness is imputed to so many as truly believe in him; and by it they are accepted, as holy and pure through Christ, though in themselves they are polluted and sinful. Again, Christ being also a loving, gentle, and meek Saviour, he will not deal with us in rigour or wrath; but in compassion, love, and gentleness, accepting our weak endeavours in his services, pardoning our wants and infirmities, and cherishing in us the smallest beginnings of Grace. Isa. 42. 2, 3. He shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause his voice to be heard in the streets. A bruised Reed shall he not break, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Strive we to imitate our Saviour Christ, in these properties of the Dove; to be harmless, loving, meek, &c.

Mark 1. 11.‘And there came a Voice from Heaven, saying, Thou art my beloved Son, in whom I am well plea­sed. Aug. 23. 1618.

IN this Verse is laid down the second way or means by which the solemn investing of Christ, into his pub­lick Office of Mediator, was declared; namely, the extraordinary Voice and Testimony of God the Father, uttered immediately from Heaven.

But before I come to the particular handling of the Testimony it self, observe here two general Points of Doctrine, from the coherence of this Verse with the former.

Doct. 1 1. Doctrine. We see here the Wisdom and Goodness of God to us, in affording us so many helps and means for the strengthning of our Faith, to believe those things which are revealed in the Gospel touching Christ: For the Lord having before confirmed the Calling of Christ by visible signs, as by the opening of the Heavens, and by the sensible descending of the Holy Ghost in shape of a Dove; now he doth further con­firm the same by an audible Voice uttered by himself from Heaven. Thus he exercised both the eyes and ears of John Baptist, and of the rest of the People which saw and heard these things; and all this was done to bring both them and us to a more certain perswasion of the truth of those things, which were now testified from Heaven, touching Christ; viz. That he was the beloved Son of God, in whom alone the Father is well-plea­sed; and consequently, that he was the true Messiah, appointed of God the Father to be the Saviour of the World.

So in these times God hath so provided, that we have not onely our Ears affected with the Word preached, but our Eyes also and our Taste with the Sacraments, which are visible and sensible: All this is for the helping of our Faith; and it is God's goodness and mercy to afford us so many helps and means to this End. We must make much of these helps, and labour to have our Faith confirmed so much the more by them.

Doct. 2 2. Doctr. Again, by comparing this Verse with the former, we are plainly taught the Doctrine of the Tri­nity of Persons in the Unity of the divine Essence: For here we see, that at this time (when our Saviour was baptized of John) there was a glorious [...]d s [...]nsible manifestation of all the three Persons in holy Trinity: For God the Father uttered his Voice from Heaven; Christ Jesus, the second Person, was upon the Earth, and was now newly baptized of John; and the Holy Ghost, the third person, appeared from Heaven in shape of a Dove.

This then doth plainly teach us, that although there is but one true God, yet in this one Godhead and divine Essence, there are three distinct Persons to be conceived of us 1 Joh. 5. 7. There are three which bear record in heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost, and these three are one. So Matth. 28. 19. 2 Cor. ult. ult. This is a mystery to be adored, rather than to be curiously searched into; yet we may and ought to understand and know it so far as it is discovered in the written Word.

Now, for the opening of this Mystery to us in part, I will briefly shew three things. 1. What is meant by a Person in the Godhead, and how it differs from the Godhead it self? 2. Wherein the three Persons do agree, or what things are common to them all? 3. Wherein they differ and are distinguished?

Touching the first, we must know, that by a Person in the God-head, is meant nothing else but a distinct manner of Being or Subsistence in the God-head, distinguished by an incommunicable property; as the pro­perty of begetting, being begotten, and proceeding. Now, by this it may appear, what is the difference between the God-head it self, and a Person in the God-head: The God-head is the Divine Nature considered absolutely in it self: A Person is the same Divine Nature, considered with some personal property; as the property of begetting, &c. for example, the Person of the Father is the God-head, considered with the pro­perty of begetting the Son; the Person of the Son is the God-head considered with the property of being begotten of the Father: the Person of the Holy Ghost is the God-head considered with the property of pro­ceeding from the Father and the Son.

Touching the second Point to be opened; namely, What things are common to all the three Persons in Trinity?

Answ. 1. They have one common Essence and Nature. The God-head of Father, Son, and Holy Ghost is one and the same, though the Persons be distinct: for it is not here as it is in the Persons of men. Take three men, as Paul, Peter, and James, and they differ not onely in person, but in nature; they are not onely three distinct persons, but also three distinct men: But it is not so in the holy Trinity, though the Persons in the God-head are three, yet one and the same Divine Nature and Essence is in them all. This is a Mystery above Reason, yet it may in some part (though not fully) be shadowed forth to us by some comparisons, drawn from the Creatures: For example, the light of the Sun, Moon, and Aire, are but one light in Nature and substance; and yet they are also in some respect three distinct lights, viz. in regard of the different subject in which they are. So the Soul of Man is but one in substance, and yet it may after a sort be said to be three, in respect of those three faculties which it hath; as first, the vegetative faculty, whereby a man liveth and groweth as Plants do. 2ly, The sensitive faculty, whereby a man is partaker of sense, as hearing, seeing, &c. like as brute Beasts. 3ly, The reasonable faculty, whereby Man is partaker of Reason and Under­standing.

The second thing common to all the three Persons in Trinity, is, the Essential Properties and Attributes of the Divine Nature; as wisdom, power, holiness, &c. All these are common to all the three Persons; God the Father is essentially wise, holy, just, &c. so is God the Son, and God the Holy Ghost.

3. All the external works of the God-head, performed toward the Creatures, are also common to all the three Persons; as the works of Creation, Redemption, Preservation of the World, &c.

Touching the third Point; namely, Wherein the three Persons in the God-head do differ, and are distin­guished?

Answ. They are distinguished:

1. In order of Subsisting and Being: The Father is the first in order, having his Being from Himself: The Son is the second in order of Being, who hath the beginning of his Person from the Father: and the Holy Ghost is the third Person in order of Being, who hath the beginning of his Person from the Father and the Son.

Note, that although they differ in order of Subsistence, yet one is not before another in time, but all are co-eternal.

2. They are distinguished by their internal and personal properties; as begetting, being begotten, and proceeding. The personal property of the Father is to beget the Son from everlasting, and by this he diffe­reth from the Son and Holy Ghost: the personal property of the Son is to be begotten of the Father from everlasting, and by this he differeth from the Father and Holy Ghost: the personal property of the Ho­ly Ghost is to proceed from the Father and from the Son, and by this he differeth from the Father and the Son.

3. They are distinguished in the manner and order of performing all external work; toward the Crea­tures: The Father worketh of and from himself by the Son and Holy Ghost: The Son worketh of himself, from the Father, and by the Holy Ghost: The Holy Ghost worketh from the Father and the Son, of and by himself. Thus is it in the work of Creation, Regeneration, and in all the external works of the Trinity, per­formed toward the Creatures.

Note here, that howsoever the Persons in the God-head are thus distinguished, yet they are not divided and separated one from the other, but they are all united together in one common Essence and Nature: The Father is in the Son, the Son in the Father, the Holy Ghost in the Father and the Son, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute all Hereticks, old and new, which have heretofore, or do at this day, deny the Tri­nity, or any Person in it; as the Arrians, Turks, and Jews, which deny Christ the second Person.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Teacheth us how to conceive of God in our minds; not after our own fancy, but so as he is revea­led in his Word; not confusedly, but as one Essence distinguished into three Persons, else we conceive amiss of him, and frame an Idol to our selves in our thoughts.

Use 3 Use 3. Teacheth us how to worship God aright, viz. That we must worship the Trinity in Unity; so, in Prayer, we must direct our selves to one God, distinguished into three Persons, &c. So much of these ge­neral Doctrines, gathered from the co-herence of this Verse with the former.

Now I come to the particular handling of this Testimony of God the Father, uttered from Heaven con­cerning Christ. It containes a Description of Christ:

1. By a Relative attribute, Son. 2. By a Priviledge, Beloved &c.

And there came a Voice from Heaven,] This was an audible Voice distinctly sounded forth, so as that, not on­ly our Saviour Christ, but also John Baptist, and the People that were present at the Baptism of our Saviour, might hear it.

From Heaven,] that is, from God the Father, manifesting Himself at this time from Heaven, in special manner.

Thou art &c.] St. Matthew hath the words in the third person; This is my beloved Son, &c. whence some do probably gather, that the words were twise uttered; first unto Christ Himself, as St. Mark hath them here; and after, to John and the People, as Matthew sets them down. Now, although this seemeth doubtful, yet there is no contrariety between the Evangelists: For those words which Matthew hath, are in effect included in those which Mark and Luke have; and Matthew doth mention them as spoken to the People, to shew that this Testimony of God the Father was uttered from Heaven, not so much for our Saviour Christ's own sake (to assure him of his Calling, for he knew it before), as for John's sake, and for the People, to assure them that this was the true Messiah, and that Person which was appointed to be our Mediator; according to that which our Saviour said at another time to the People, when the like Voice was heard from Heaven testi­fying of Christ: Joh. 12. 30. This Voice (saies He) came not because of me, but for your sakes.

My beloved Son,] Christ is called the Son of God, in that sense as before, ver. 1. namely, in respect of that eternal Generation, whereby, according to his God-head, he was from everlasting begotten of the sub­stance of God the Father.

Beloved] The word doth properly signify one that is dearly or intirely beloved. (Si [...] Kemnit. in hunc lo­cum▪) Now, Christ is said to be beloved of God the Father in two respects, 1. In himself, and in regard of his own person. 2. In respect of the faithful, who, for his sake, are also beloved of God.

In whom I am well-pleased.] The word [ [...]] doth signify to be well-affected to one, as to rest satis­fied and well-contented in him. So God the Father doth rest contented and satisfied in Christ, both in re­gard of his own person, and also in respect of us, with whom he is well-contented for Christ's sake. So much of the meaning.

Now to come to the Instructions.

Observ. 1 Obser. 1. From this Title [of Son] which is given to Christ, we learn, that he is true and very God, of one and the same Divine Essence with God the Father; because otherwise he could not be called the Son of God, in that sense as here he is. But this Point was spoken of, ver. 1. Therefore here I onely name it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Again, in that Christ is called here the beloved Son of the Father, we learn this, that God the Father doth embrace Christ Jesus his Son, with an entire and most affectionate Love; so much the [Page 34] word [ [...]] implyeth. Esay 42. 1. Behold, my Elect in whom my soul delighteth, &c. Col. 1. 13. He is called the Son of his Love, Typified in Solomon, called Jedidiah, 2 Sam. 12. 25. This love God the Father hath shewed to his Son sundry wayes.

  • 1. By communicating his nature and essence to him by erernall Generation, John 17. 24. Contra Dionys. Carthus. in John 17. 24. Vide etiam Jansen. in locum.
  • 2. By bestowing all perfection of gifts and graces of his Spirit upon the humane nature of Christ, Psal. 45. 7. God, even thy God, hath anointed thee with Oyl of gladnesse above thy fellows. And John 3. 34. God giveth not the spirit by measure to him (that is, to Christ).
  • 3. By committing Power and Authority to him over all Creatures, and over the Church; The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into his Hand, John 3. 35.
  • 4. By advancing the Person of Christ unto fullness of Glory with himself in the Heavens, John 17. 24. That they may behold the Glory which thou hast given me: For thou lovedst me before the Foundation of the World. (See Mr. Byfield on Col. 1. 13.)

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Seeing God the Father doth affect Christ with such intire love; by this, we see the greatness of his love to us, in giving this his dear and beloved Son to dye for us, That we might be saved. Abraham shewed his great love to God, in being content to sacrifice his beloved Isaac at his commandement: How much more doth God the Father set out his infinite love to us, in giving his beloved Son Christ Jesus to death for us? John 3. 16. Labour to see this love of God to us, and to be truly thankfull for it.

Use 2 Use 2. Seeing Christ Jesus is so dear unto God the Father, let him be so also to us: Let us set our principall love and delight on him; He is worthy of our best love, seeing he hath so loved us, that he hath layd down his life for us. Therefore say as David, Psal. 73. 25. Whom have I in Heaven, &c? Ignatius said, His love was crucified, meaning Christ, whom he most dearly affected. So let us shew our love to Christ, by preferring his Glory before all wordly things that are dearest to us, and by our conscionable obedience to his Will, John 21. 15. Peter, lovest thou me? Feed my Sheep, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Terror to all Enemies of Christ, which contemn and set leight by Him, or his Will and Word: God the Father loving him so dearly, will certainly be avenged on all that oppose themselves, or shew con­tempt against this his beloved Son, Psal. 2. He shall speak to them in his wrath, &c. (See afterward upon Cap. 9. Ver. 7.)

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In whom I am well pleased,] Hence gather, That Christ Jesus is the ground and cause of all that love which God the Father doth bestow on Men; therefore at the Birth of Christ the Angels sang, Glory to God on High, in Earth Peace, Good will towards Men, Luke 2. 14. Ephes. 1. 6. He hath made us accepted in the Beloved; that is, in Christ. John 17. ult. I have declared to them thy Name, &c. That the love wherewith thou hast loved me, may be in them, and I in them.

Reas. Reas. In our selves we are sinfull, and so the just object of God's hatred and wrath: therefore he cannot love us as we are considered in our selves, but onely in Christ, and for his sake alone.

Use 1 Use 1. See then the misery and wofull Estate of unbelievers and wicked men that are out of Christ, having no part in him, nor union with him by Faith: they are odious to God, and lyable to his wrath, abiding under it; yea, they are the very fewell of his burning displeasure. Think of this thou that art an unbeliever, That hast no union with Christ by Faith: what if thou have wealth and honour in the World? What though thou be in favour with Men? yet if thou be not in Christ, thou art out of God's favour; yea, thou abidest under his wrath. [What good, will wealth do to that Subject that is out of the Prince's favour, &c?

Use 2 Use 2. Comfort to all that know themselves to be in Christ, and to have put him on by Faith: they may assure themselves of God's love towards them: For, as he loveth Christ, so he cannot but love all that are in Christ, for his sake; as he is well pleased with him, so with all the faithfull in him.

If therefore thou be a true believer in Christ, thy case is happy; thou needest not to fear God's hatred or anger against thee: whatsoever thy sins have bin, and how much soever thou hast provoked God by them, yet, now his anger is appeased towards thee in his beloved. Being once reconciled to God in Christ, and being accepted to his favour, no Creature shall ever separate thee from this love of God in Christ, Rom. 8. 38.

Use 3 Use 3. Would we have part in God's love, and have him appeased towards us in regard of our sins? then la­bour to have part in Christ, and to have union with him by true Faith, &c.

Mark 1. 12, 13.‘And immediately the Spirit driveth him into the Wilderness, &c. Aug. 30. 1618.

THe History of the Life of our Saviour containeth in it principally two things.

1. His Speeches or Sayings.

2. His Actings and Doings. For unto these two Heads, we may referr all those things which the Evan­gelist recordeth touching the Life of Christ. So doth St. Luke abridge the life of Christ, Acts 1. 1.

I purpose not to lay down any generall division of all this History joyntly considered, but to handle every Chapter by it self.

And first touching this Chapter, we have in it five principal Histories recorded by the Evangelist. 1. The Baptism of Christ, us (que) ad ver. 12. 2. The temptations of our Saviour Christ, Ver. 12. 13. 3. His preaching in Galilee of Capernaum, and the Villages near to it, Ver. 14. 15. as also, Ver. 21. 22. and again, Ver. 35. &c. unto the 40. 4. The calling of four Disciples, Peter and Andrew, James and John, Ver. 16. &c. unto the 21. 5. Certain Miracles wrought by our Saviour, Ver. 23. &c. unto the end of the Chapter.

Hitherto, we have heard of the first generall part of this Chapter, namely, touching the Baptism of our Saviour Christ; where also we have heard of the solemn installing of him into his publick Office of Mediator, which followed upon his Baptism. Now we are come to the second part of this Chapter, which is concerning our Saviour being tempted by Satan, Ver. 12. 13. As we have hitherto heard the History [Page 35] of his Baptism, and therein of his solemn Calling, and Investing to his publick Office; so now we shall see the execution of this his Office, and how he carryed himself in it, &c. Of his Baptism, Hactenus dictum: The History of Christ's temptation follows. It is briefly set down by Mark, more largely and particularly by Mathew and Luke. As it is set down by St. Mark in these 2. Verses, we may consider in it three things.

  • 1. The preparative unto his temptations, viz. His being driven into the Wilderness, Ver. 12.
  • 2. The temptations themselves, in the beginning of the 13. Ver.
  • 3. The good Angels Ministred to him.

Touching the first thing, namely, the preparative to his temptations, which was, His being driven into the Wilderness. This is amplyfied in this 12. Ver. by three Circumstances.

  • 1. The time when, Immediately.
  • 2. The Author or efficient cause of his driving, The Spirit.
  • 3. The place whither, into the Wilderness.

Immediately,] That is so soon as he was baptized, and solemnly authorized from Heaven to his publick Office, as before we heard.

The Spirit,] Not the evil spirit, that is, the Devil: but the Holy Ghost, the third Person in the Trinity. This is plain, Luke 4. 1.

Driveth,] [...], thrusteth him forth, properly. So, Math. 9. ult. Some by driving, understand a bodily transportation of our Saviour into the Wilderness by the power of the Holy Ghost, carrying him through the Ayr, as Philip was carryed to Azotus, Act. 8. and Eliah to Heaven, 2 King. 2. So Mr. Cartwright. And Rhem. on Math. 4. 1. Et in Harmon. But I rather follow those who think this driving is to be understood onely of an inward instinct and extraordinary motion of the Spirit, by which our Saviour was carryed into the Wilderness: that is, moved to go thither: and this Exposition is confirmed by that Place, Luke 4. 1.

Object. Object. The Word [driveth] seemeth to imply a bodily transportation, or carrying of his body into the VVilderness.

Answ. Answ. Not so: it implyes onely that it was a strong and effectuall motion of the Spirit, causing our Savi­our to go willingly and cheerfully into the VVilderness, for it did not constrain him to go against his will.

Into the Wilderness,] Great question there is, what VVilderness this was: Their opinion is most proba­ble, who think it was that great VVilderness, called the Desart of Arabia, in which the Israelites wandered forty years, and in which Eliah fasted forty days and forty nights: and this is confirmed by that which St. Mark saith in the next Verse, That our Saviour was amongst wild Beasts. Now we find not any VVilderness mentioned in Scripture, which was altogether without Inhabitants, and full of wild Beasts, but onely that great Desart of Arabia.

Now the end for which our Saviour was moved of the Spirit to go into this Desart, was this, That he might there be tempted of the Devil; as it is said plainly, Math. 4. 1.

Quest. Quest. VVhy did the Spirit drive him into the VVilderness to be tempted?

Answ. Answ. That the place being solitary, the Devil might have the more freedom to tempt him, and that him­self might have the lesse help and means to resist him; Thus he was moved by the Spirit to give the Devil the advantage of this solitary place to tempt him in, that so having tryed his uttermost power against our Sa­viour, and yet being overcome, he might have the greater Foil. So much of the VVords. Now to the Instru­ctions.

Doctr. Doctr. First, From the circumstance of time, when our Saviour was driven into the VVildernesse to be temp­ted; namely, immediately after he had bin baptized of John: Hence we learn, That so many as are bap­tized as Christ was, and so entred into the profession of Christianity, they must look to be assaulted by the Devil's temptations: He will not let them alone long, but will set upon them, as he did upon our Saviour Christ immediately after his Baptism. Therefore all that have bin baptized, and so by Baptism have given their Names unto Christ, must look to be tempted of Satan. Ephes. 6. 12. We wrestle against Principalities, &c. It is a good Speech, Ecclus. 2. 1. (though the Book be Apocryphal), My son, if thou be come into the service of God, prepare thy soul for temptations.

Reas. Reas. Of this Doctrine: In our Baptism we profess to renounce the service of Satan, therefore ever after he fights against us by his wicked suggestions, labouring to bring us back again under his bondage, and into his snares.

Use 1 Use 1. This reproveth such as having bin baptized, and professing according to their Vow in Baptism, to renounce the service of Satan, and to betake themselves to Christ's service; do yet promise to themselves an easie, quiet life, free from Satans suggestions and molestations. But this cannot be, and therefore they foolishly deceive themselves: VVhen the Israelites were mightily delivered out of Egypt, they could not but think that Pharoah would pursue after them, and so he did: And dost thou think the Devil will let thee alone, to live at ease and quiet, if thou have renounced his service, and hast gotten out of his spirituall bondage? never delude thy self so. The Devil will still be labouring to bring thee back into thy former estate, and into his snares in which thou wast holden so fast. It is therefore a vain thing for thee to look for freedom, or long respit from his temptations, after thou art once entred into the profession of Christ.

Use 3 Use 2. Cast our accompts before hand, when we undertake the profession of Christianity; Be like wise Builders, &c. Consider well, what difficulties we must meet withall in our Christian course, and hovv many and great assaults of Satan against us vve must encounter vvith daily; and vvithall see that vve arm our selves against these temptations of the Devil, vvhich he vvill so certainly assault us vvith. Labour to put on that spiri­tual armor of God described to us, Eph. 6. Especially the sheild of Faith, and arm thy self against Satan by Prayer and Watchfulness: These tvvo our Saviour joyneth together, Watch and Pray, lest ye enter into temptation, Mat. 26. 14. Th [...]nk often of this, That being a Christian by profession, thy life is a continuall vvarfare, Christ is thy Captain, thy chief enemy is the Devil; and at thy Baptism thou didst as it were take Press-mony, and didst bid Battle to Satan: novv therefore look not for one resting Day, look not to be one day vvholly free from his assaults and molestations: but prepare for them every hour, and stand upon thy Guard ready to encounter this arch Enemy [Page 36] of thy Salvation; look still for one of his temptations in the neck of another. Sit not still as if thou hadst nothing to do; thou hast a daily battle to fight against Satan and his wicked suggestions: Arm thy self there­fore continually against him. The neglect of this is the cause why so many, having begun a good profession of Religion, do afterwards revolt and fall back again to their old sinful course; it is, because they did not before-hand prepare against Satans temptations, whereby he labours to discourage them in their good pro­fession; therefore, meeting with these temptations, and being not armed to withstand them, they are soon discouraged by them. Let us take heed by the examples of such. It is a fearful thing to begin in the Spi­rit and end in the Flesh: therefore, when thou entrest into the profession of Christ, prepare before-hand against Satan's temptations, that when thou shalt meet with them thou be not discouraged in thy good course, but maist go on in it constantly without backsliding.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Our Saviour having newly begun to enter into the execution of his publick Office, is presently driven into the Wilderness to be tempted of Satan; whereas before, whilst he lived a private life at Naza­reth, he was not tempted: Hence gather, that then especially we must look for temptations and assaults of Satan, when we go about the execution of good Duties in our Callings, whether it be in our general or in our particular Callings. When we set upon any good Duty in God's service, or in our particular Calling, then especially make accompt to be molested with Satan's temptations: the better Duties we go about, the more busy is he alwaies to hinder us in them. A Magistrate or a Minister, when they begin to do the Duties of their Callings with diligence, then shall they find Satan ready to discourage and hinder them. Moses, so long as he lived a private life, was quiet and free from opposition; but so soon as he began to take upon him his publick Calling, which was to be the Deliverer of God's People; I say, so soon as he did but begin this deliverance of God's People, in avenging the cause of an Israelite against an Aegyptian, presently the Devil so stirred against him that he was fain to fly into the Land of Madian, and to live there 40 years. The Apo­stles, whilst they lived as private men, we read not of any temptations they were troubled with; but after, when they had lived but a while in their Apostolical Office, the Devil desired to winnow them, Luke 22. 31. So Paul, whilst he lived a Pharisee, we read not that he was tempted; but soon after his Calling to be an Apostle, and when he was exercised in preaching, then he was buffeted with the messenger of Satan, 2 Cor. 12. 7. So Zach. 3. 1. when Jehoshuah the High-Priest stood before the Lord (to minister in his Office), Satan stood at his right hand to resist him. And this every one shall find true in experience, if he will but observe it; That the Devil will be most busy in tempting and disturbing him, when he is about good Duties. Is there any day in the week on which we meet with moe incumbrances to trouble and disquiet us, than on the Sabbath? What is the cause of this, but the Devil, whose policy it is, thus to stir up hinderances, to disturb us in the Duties of God's service upon that Day? Again, What hour of the Day is there in which we find our selves more disquieted and out of temper, than at that hour, and that time, which we use to set ap [...]t for pri­vate prayer? This is nothing but a practise of Satan, then to molest us, and to cast stnmbling blocks in our way, when we should be best imployed. He knows that at such times we go about that which hinders his Kingdom; therefore he labours so to hinder us.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Be not discouraged from good Duties, though we meet with many hinderances and disturbances, at such times as we go about the performance of them. Omit not the Duties, because of such impediments as the Devil casteth before thee; but break through them all rather than neglect a good Duty which thou shouldst perform, as private Prayer, Reading, Meditation, &c. Let not all the stumbling blocks which Sa­tan throws in thy way, stop or hinder thy proceeding in the constant performance of such Duties, but leap over all such blocks rather than be stopped by them in thy good course. Know that this is usual with Satan, to stir up hinderances when we should go about good Duties: therefore look for this, and withal be care­ful before-hand to watch against this policy of the Devil, and be wise to prevent it.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See the Folly and Ignorance of such who think all is well, and that they are in good case, because they feel no such disturbances from Satan, no such temptations as others complain of: But if it be thus with thee, thou hast rather cause to suspect thy self, and to be jealous of thy estate; thou hast cause to fear thy self to be yet under Satan's power, and to be yet holden in his snare at his Will, and that thou hast not yet begun to set thy self to God's service: for whilst the strong man armed keeps the hold, the things that he possesseth are in peace, Luke 11. 21. If thou be at peace within thy self in regard of temptations, it is an ill sign, for it argues thee to be yet in the Devil's service; for he fights not against his own subjects or servants which are under his power, because he hath them sure enough already; but he fights by temptations against such as are gotten out of his service into the service of God, that he may bring them again into his own service. Pre­sume not then of thy estate, that it is good because thou art free from the temptations of Satan. It is the greatest temptation not to be tempted: Luther, No sign of Grace to be without temptations; but to strive against them, to be humbled for them, &c.

Use. 3 Ʋse 3. This is for the comfort of such who are much molested with Satan's temptations, and deeply hum­bled by them, thinking themselves to be out of God's favour, and to be none of his Children, because they are so much tempted by the Devil; whereas here we see the contrary, that none are so much tempted as those who are most faithful in God's service, which do most good, and are imployed in the best Duties: such as these, because they are greatest enemies to the Devil's Kingdom, therefore doth he bend his malice most against them. Therefore the best men which have done most good in the Church, have most complained of temptations: So Paul, Rom. 7. So Luther, and Bradford. So much of the circumstance of time, when our Saviour was driven into the Wilderness to be tempted.

I proceed now to the person that drave our Saviour to be tempted, viz. The Spirit.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour was effectually and strongly moved of the Holy Ghost to go to be tempted, and did not go by the motion, or will, or command of Satan; we learn, That the temptations of God's Chil­dren come to them by the Will and Providence of God: they come not to them by Chance, or by the Will of Man, or by the Will of Satan, but by God's own appointment and disposing. As Christ could not have been tempted of Satan, if the Spirit had not driven and moved him to go to be tempted; so the Devil cannot by his temptations molest any of God's Children, unless God direct and dispose these temptations unto them, by giving power and permission unto Satan to tempt them.

Reas. Reas. The Devil's power is limited and restrained by God's power and providence, which is above him; he is Potestas sub Potestate, as St. Austin saies: He could not molest the Herd of Swine without leave, Mat. 8. much less can he tempt or molest God's Children without God's direction and permission. We see this in Job, whom the Devil could not touch any further than God gave leave to him. 1 Chron. 21. 1. It is said, that Satan provoked David to number Israel; and yet 2 Sam. 24. 1. it is said also, that God moved him to do it. This shews that Satan cannot tempt or provoke any to sin, further than God permitteth him to do it.

Use. 1 Ʋse 1. Seeing the temptations of God's Children come unto them by God's special providence and ap­pointment, this must teach us not too much to fear such temptations, nor to be discouraged by them. For we may be sure, that he which disposeth them to us will assist us in them, and inable us to withstand them, so as the Devil shall not have his Will of us: The Lord directing our temptations to us, will give strength to us in them, and a good issue out of them in due time, 1 Cor. 10. 13. Qui dat potestatem tentatori, ipse tentato praebet miserecordiam, Austin. He that gives leave to Satan to tempt us, will restrain him that he shall not tempt us above our strength.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Seeing all temptations come to us from God as the first cause (Satan being but his Instrument); this must teach us not to use any unlawful means to be freed and delivered out of our temptations: Onely fly unto God for his help by prayer, and wait for his deliverance; He onely can set thee free, and give an issue.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. This shews that it is good for God's Children to be tempted and tryed of Satan; for whatsoever God by his special providence appointeth unto them must needs be good for them. Indeed the Devil's temptations in themselves are evil (because they are entisements unto sin), but in respect of God's disposing and ordering of them they may be good, and are good unto the faithful, because the Lord in mercy turns them unto their good. See Rom. 8. 28.

Quest. Quest. How are Satan's temptations good unto us?

Answ. Answ. Sundry waies. 1. They give us experience of God's love in aiding us in them.

2. They serve to humble us in the sense of our own vileness and corrupt nature, which is so fit for the De­vil to work upon. So Paul, 2 Cor. 12.

3. They shew us our weakness and insufficiency to resist such temptations.

4. They teach us watchfulness against sin, which giveth Satan such advantage to tempt us. So much of this first Observation.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour Christ went not of his own private motion to be tempted, but being driven and effectually moved by the Holy Ghost to go; hence learn, not wilfully to cast our selves upon dangers, troubles, or temptations, without warrant and calling from God. Keep within compass of our Callings, and adventure to do nothing but by vertue of a calling from God; and then if troubles, or trials, or dangers be­fall us, we may say we are led and driven into them by God's providence and direction, as Christ was led and driven by the Spirit to be tempted of Satan. See Paul's example for this, Act. 20. 22. He went bound in the Spirit (by the motion of the Spirit) to Jerusalem, there to suffer bonds and afflictions.

Use. Ʋse. This reproveth the rashness and folly of such who willingly bring troubles on themselves by their own negligence or heedlessness, by doing such things as they have no calling to do: thus they are the pro­curing causes of their own troubles, and so they cannot look for God's protection in them. If thou wouldst find confort in any trouble, take heed thy self be not the cause of it; but see thy self led or driven into it by the providence of God, then maist thou have assurance that he will not forsake thee in that trouble which him­self hath drawn thee into.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Although this motion of the Spirit, whereby our Saviour was driven into the Wilderness, were extraordinary, yet we are thus farr to imitate it, That as he went not into the Wilderness but by the direction of the Spirit, so we must in all our waies yield our selves to be guided by the motions and directions of the Ho­ly Ghost wit [...]in us. Rom. 8. 14. So many as are led by the Spirit, they are sons of God. Noah went into the Ark and out of it, by God's direction: so must we in all actions follow the direction of God's Spirit. Now, this Spirit alwaies directs us according to the rule of the written Word; therefore look into that and follow it: Let it be as a Lantern to thy feet &c. as to David, Psal. 119. See his example also, Psal. 27. 8.

But I will not insist on this. So much of the Author of Christ's driving. Now follows the place whi­ther he was driven, The Wilderness.

Observ. Observ. In that he was led into a solitary Desert to be tempted; we may observe, That such as separate themselves from humane society, and give themselves willingly to live in solitariness, they do hereby give great advantage to the Devil to tempt them. The Devil delights in forlorn and desolate places, as may ap­pear, Mar. 5. 5. [...]nd there he chooseth especially to tempt men, because in being solitary they want those helps and comforts which in society they might have. Hence is that Eccless. 4. 10. Woe to him that is alone, &c. It is probable (as some think) that Eve was first tempted by the Devil when she was alone and apart from her Husband. (So Paraeus in Gen. 3. 6. and Mr. Perkins Comb. of Christ and Devil.)

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This condemns the practise of Popish Hermits, which forsake humane society, and betake them­selves to solitary place [...] under pretence of being more free from Satan's temptations: but this is the way to cast themselves upon his temptations. Eccles. Woe to him that is alone, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Take heed how we give our selves too much to solitariness, lest we lay our selves open to the De­vil's assaults. Our Saviour having a special calling to it, and knowing himself stronger than the Devil, gave him this advantage, that he might tempt him in a solitary VVilderness: but we, having no such calling or strength, must not give him the least advantage. Let us then frequent the society of the Saints, where we may have help against Satan's temptations.

Mark 1. 13. ‘And he was there in the Wilderness forty dayes, tempted of Satan; and was with the wild beasts, and the Angels ministred unto him. Sept. 6. 1618.

IN this Verse and the former is laid down the History of Christ's temptations. In which I considered three things.

1. A preparative to his temptations, which was his being driven of the Spirit into the VVilderness, Ver. 12. 2. The temptations themselves in the beginning of this 13th. Verse. 3. The issue or event, in the end of this Verse, The Angels ministred, &c.

Touching the first thing, viz. The Preparation to his temptations; I have spoken upon the former Verse. Now I come to the temptations themselves, with the circumstances of them. They are briefly touched by St. Mark in the beginning of this Verse, (whereas Matthew and Luke set them down more at large); but I will speak of them onely so far as our Evangelist giveth occasion.

In the words consider two things.

1. The Temptations themselves, in these words, tempted of Satan.

2. The Circumstances of them. 1. The place where he was tempted, The Wilderness. 2. The continu­ance of time; How long? Forty daies. 3. The outward state and condition in which our Saviour was, du­ring the time of his temptation; He was with wild beasts.

In the Wilderness,] VVhat wilderness this was, we heard it probably shewed upon the former Verse: we heard also the Reason why our Saviour yielded himself to be tempted in a desolate wilderness; that he might give Satan the more advantage, suffering him to assault him in a place where he had no help to resist, that so he might give the Devil the greater overthrow.

Forty dayes,] These words are to be referred, not onely to our Saviour Christ's abode in the wilderness, but also to his being tempted there; and so the meaning is, not onely that he was abiding forty dayes in the wilderness, but also that he was tempted there during that time. This Exposition is confirmed by comparing this place with Luke 4. 2.

Object. Object. Matth. 4. 3. It appears that the Devil came not to tempt our Saviour till after he had fasted forty dayes in the VVilderness: How then is it said here that he was tempted within those forty dayes?

Answ. Answ. Our Saviour was assaulted by Satan with two sorts of temptations. The first sort were smaller and lighter assaults, as is most probable. The second sort were greater and stronger assaults; such are those three main and principal temptations mentioned by Matthew and Luke: Now, although our Saviour were not as­saulted with those three great main temptations, till after the forty daies were expired; yet he was tryed with other lighter temptations of Satan, even within the compass and space of those forty daies; and by these lighter assaults the Devil wade way unto that greatest conflict which followed afterward. Thus (as his manner is) he proceeded by degrees.

Now, what these lighter temptations were, is not expressed; but it is probable, that they were different from the other three great assaults, both in matter and manner.

Quest. Quest. Was he tempted all that space of forty dayes?

Answ. Answ. Doubtful. Though not uncessantly, yet very often, omitting no fit occasion, &c.

Tempted] This word [tempt] doth properly signify to make tryal; and it is diversly used in Scrip­ture.

  • 1. Sometimes it is attributed unto God; who is said to tempt man, when he doth by some means make tryal what is in his heart, thereby to manifest the same to himself and others. So he tryed Abra [...]am by that difficult Commandmenr of killing Isaac, Gen. 22. and in this sense all outward crosses and afflictions, sent of God upon men, are called tentations or tryals, Jam. 1. 2.
  • 2. Sometimes it is ascribed to Man; who is said to tempt God, when he doth presumptuously make need­less tryal of God's power, justice, mercy, &c. Thus the Israelites in the VVilderness tempted God, when they desired meat for their lust.
  • 3. Sometimes it is ascribed unto the Devil, who is said to tempt men, by enticing and drawing them to sin by his perswasions. Thus God tempteth none; onely the Devil thus tempteth men. And in this sense the word [tempt] as it is applyed to the Devil, is not used at all in the Old Testament, but in the New Testament onely, as in these places, 1 Cor. 7. 5. 1 Thes. 3. 9. And so is the word to be taken in his place; Christ is said to be tempted of Satan, in that, being now in the state of humiliation, he suffred the Devil to sollicite and entice him to sin.

Satan] This is an Hebrew word, which is commonly attributed to the Devil, as one of his proper names, Revel. 12. 9. and it signifies, an Enemy or Adversary; and this name is given him in respect of his Nature, which is, to carry deadly hatred and enmity against God and men.

And he was with the wild beasts] This is added to shew the desolate and forlorn estate, in which our Savi­our now was in this wilderness, being destitute of all help and comfort from men, and having none to be his companions but wild beasts, which were so far from helping or comforting him, that they were more likely to annoy and hurt him, yea, to devour him.

Hitherto of the sense of the words, in the former part of this Verse. The rest of the verse shall be explai­ned when I come to it. Now let us see the Instructions to be gathered out of these words which have been unfolded.

And first, to speak of the temptations themselves, which are generally and brief [...]y expressed in these words, Tempted of Satan; which words (as I have shewed) do imply, that our Saviour was sollicited and enticed by the Devil unto sin. But before I come to the Instructions to be gathered hence, two Questions are meet to be answered.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How, and in what manner, was our Saviour tempted by Satan? whether by inward sug­gestion onely, or whether did the Devil appear to him in a bodily shape, and speak to him by an audible Voice?

Answ. Answ. It is probable that the Devil tempted our Saviour both wayes; as well by inward suggestion, as also by an audible Voice. If the Question be of those three great and main temptations particularly mentioned by Matthew and Luke, it is most likely that they were urged by the Devil to our Saviour with an audible Voice, and that the Devil, when he urged them, did visibly appear to our Saviour in some outward shape of a man or otherwise: the reason is, because it is said Mat. 4. 3. that the Tempter came unto him; shewing, that he came in a visible manner, and so he came to Eve, &c. But if the Question be of those other temptations with which our Saviour was assaulted before, within those forty dayes in which he fasted; it is likely that these were onely inward suggestions of Satan, urged upon our Saviour invisibly: the reason is, because Mat. 4. 3. it is said, The Tempter came to him after his forty dayes Fast; which argues that he came not to him before in any visible manner.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Wherefore our Saviour Christ was tempted of Satan?

Answ. Answ. He yielded himself to be tempted for divers reasons; chiefly for these,

  • 1. That at the first entrance into his Office he might shew himself to be that promised Seed of the Woman which should break the Serpent's head; that is, the true Messiah which should vanquish the power of the Devil, and destroy his Kingdom.
  • 2. That he might foil the Devil at his own weapon, overcoming him in temptation, as he had overcome our first parents by his temptations; therefore he now entred combat with him in our Nature, that he might recover that again by his Victory over Satan, which our first Parents lost by yielding to Satan.
  • 3. To teach us by his example, how to resist the Devil's temptations, and what weapons to use against them, and how to behave our selves in all conflicts with him. Ad hoc pugnat Imperator, ut milites discant. (Au­gustin. de verb. Dom. in Evang. sec. Johan. pag. 201.)
  • 4. For our comfort; That he having vanquished Satan for us, might assure us of Victory over him in our temptations: for as he dyed not for himself, but for us: so he was tempted of Satan, and overcame him in temptation, not onely for himself but for us also; He being our Head, his Victory is ours. Augustin. in Psal. 60. pag. 738. Christ took on him our temptations, and gave us his Victory: In illo nos tentati sumus, in illo Diabolum superamus: Agnosce te in illo tentatum, in illo vincentem.
  • 5. Lastly, For that reason given by the Apostle, Hebr. 2. 18. That he might be a mercifull High-Priest to them that are tempted: He having in our nature been tempted, we may be sure he will have compassion of us, and succour us, being tempted as he was. So much for Answer to these Questions, touching Christ's be­ing tempted of Satan. Now see what we are to learn from this, that he was thus tempted.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the Devil durst set upon our Saviour himself, concerning whom he had heard that Voice from Heaven, Thou art my beloved Son, &c. how much more will he tempt us that profess Christ? The Members must be conformable to the Head: Christ the Head was tempted by Satan; see then what we must look for, that profess to be his Members, make accompt to be tempted as he was. If the Devil did this to the green Tree, what shall he do to the dry? as our Saviour speaketh in another case, Luke 23. Christ was of a most holy and pure nature, having no corruption of sin in him, whereupon the Devil could fasten his temptations, and yet he would tempt him; how much more will he tempt us, who have matter enough, and corruption of sin, for him to work upon? The Disciples must not look to escape better than their Master. Every one of us that take upon us the true Profession of Christ must look to be tryed and sifted by Satan's temptation, even as Christ himself was. But this Point was handled more at large upon the former Verse; therefore here I insist no longer on it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour suffred Satan, that wicked Spirit, to tempt him; we see in him an example of wonderful love to us, and of great humility: His love to us appears, in that for our sakes he not onely be­came Man, like unto us in all things (except sin), and not onely did partake in our natural infirmities, as hunger, thirst, weariness, &c. but also for our sakes was content to let the Devil, that unclean Spirit, come near to him to molest and vex his most holy mind with his wicked suggestions: for if it were a vexation to the righteous Soul of Lot, to see and hear the wickedness of the Sodomites, 2 Pet. 2. 8. much more was it a vexation to the most holy mind of our Saviour, to be sollicited by Satan (that fiend of Hell) unto sin: Yet this he endured for our sakes, which shews his unspeakable love to us. And withal it shews admirable hu­mility in him, in abasing himself thus farr: We think it a disgrace, and too great abasement to us, to be trou­bled or molested by one that is our inferiour; but how much greater humiliation was this in our Saviour Christ to stoop so low, as to suffer himself to be molested and vexed in his mind by the Devil, the worst of all God's Creatures? There is more equality between the greatest Prince and the poorest Beggar, than is be­tween Christ and Belial, that is, the Devil.

Use. Ʋse. This must comfort us, and teach us patience, when wicked men wrong or abuse us, and labour to vex & trouble us: though the persons that molest us be never so vile and base, yet learn here to possess our Souls by our patience, and not to resist evil with evil, nor to be our own Avengers. Think not much to be vexed or abu­sed by wicked men, though our inferiours. David took it patiently when he was reviled by Shimei, a base wretch not worthy to speak to so great a King. Job also was fain to put it up, though base fellows abused him, and even spit in his face, Job 30. Paul so abased himself that he was content to be scourged of the Jews, who were unworthy to behold the face of so excellent an Apostle. But what were all these to Christ Jesus, the Son of God himself? yet, even he also, for our sakes, humbled himself so far, as with patience to suffer the Devil to molest and disquiet his mind with his wicked and blasphemous suggestions. Consider well of it, and it will cause us to shew humility and patience, though we should for the Profession of Christ be abused or troubled by never so base and vile persons: Though we should be called to fight with beasts, &c. as Paul 1 Cor. 15. 32.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour Christ, who was without sin, yet was by the Devil sollicited to sin, and tempted with evil thoughts; hence I gather, that the Devil's temptations are not sins in those that are temp­ted if they be not yielded unto, for then Christ should have sinned in being tempted: but he was tempted, yet free from sin, because he yielded not to those wicked motions; which shew, that it is not a sin to be tempted of Satan with evil thoughts, if we yield not nor consent to them.

For the better conceiving of this Point, we must know, there are two kinds of evil thoughts in the mind of Man.

1. Inward, arising from the corruption of our own Nature, which also are oftentimes stirred up or fur­thered by the Devil: Now, these at the first conceiving of them, though we delight not in them, nor consent to them, yet they are sins directly against the last Commandment.

A second kind of sinful thoughts, are such as have their beginning from without, being conveyed into the mind by the Devil; and these, if we be not delighted in them, nor consent to them, but resist and reject them, they are not our sins but the Devil's sin, and to him onely they shall be imputed. This appears from hence, that our Saviour Christ himself had such wicked thoughts, of Infidelity, Idolatry, and Covetousnesse, suggested and offered to his mind by Satan, and yet he was not at all tainted with them, nor guilty of them, because he presently re [...]ected them, not yielding to them in the least measure; therefore was he free from sin in the midst of them. So, if the Devil suggest wicked thoughts to us, and we can reject them, and not yield to them, or be delighted with them, they shall not be accompted our sins, but the Devil's sins.

Quest. Quest. How may we know those evil thoughts which the Devil suggesteth, from those which spring from our own corrupt heart?

Answ. Answ. It is very hard to discern them asunder, because (for the most part) the Devil and our own Corrup­tion do concurr in stirring up wicked motion in us; yet some notes of difference we may sometimes observe between our own evil thoughts and those which Satan suggesteth.

1. There is a difference in the manner of the coming of these thoughts. Such as are suggested by Satan, come for the most part suddenly, as lightning into a house, and they are very violently and forcibly thrust up­on us: whereas those evil thoughts which proceed from our own corrupt heart, do arise in us more leasurably (for the most part) and not so violently.

2. Another difference there is in the nature of such evil thoughts; for those which the Devil onely sug­gesteth, are for the most part horrible and monstrous, and contrary to the very light of Nature; as thoughts of Atheism and Blasphemy against God, thoughts of Self-murther, and the like: whereas commonly those evil thoughts which spring from our selves, are not contrary to the Light of Nature; though they may be, and are often, very wicked and ungodly.

Use 1 Use 1. Seeing there are some wicked thoughts suggested by Satan, which are not our sins but his onely, if we repel them: This is for the comfort of those who are sometimes troubled with horrible and blasphemous thoughts against God, and against his Word; as sometimes even God's own Children are troubled with such thoughts as are against the Light of Nature. Let such know, that if they abhor those thoughts, and even tremble at the first rising of them in their minds, striving also & praying against them, & give no way to them; then is it a certain sign and argument that these thoughts are thrust on them by the Devil, and that they come not from their own hearts, because they are against the Light of Nature: and therefore, being thus resisted, they shall not be laid to their charge.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2, This also must teach us at first and betimes to resist the wicked motions suggested to us by Satan. This is, this indeed is, very hard for [...] to do by reason of our corrupt nature, which is as capable of the De­vil's temptations as under or flax is of fire; yet must we strive and labour to repel and beat them back by the Word of God, by Prayer, &c. Ephes. 4. Give not place to the Devill, &c. no, not for a moment; but resist him speedily, before his temptations take [...]ast hold of us; for if they do so, how hard then will it be to shake them off again? Therefore withstand them at first entrance into our minds, pray against them, and think of some sentence of Scripture against them: above all, do not parley or reason the case with the Devil, nor with his motions offered to us; Eve was taken by this parleying with the Devil: Take heed then thou do not so reason with his temptation, but strive by all means at the very first to shake it off. Desire of God to give thee a heart to abhor the very first motions of sin offered to thee by Satan. If we could but practise this one Point of resisting the Devil's motions at first, how many sins would it keep us from? If David had done this when Satan tempted him to number the People, he had not fallen into that sin: If Peter had done it, he had not denied Christ: If Judas had at first rejected that motion of betraying Christ, which the Devil cast into him, he had not so fearfully sinned as he did. Let us therefore be wise to resist the Devil betimes; and, at the first entrance of his wicked motions into our minds, by some good means or other, to cast them out again speedily, not suffering them to lodge or rest there, no, nor for a moment. So much of this third Observa­tion.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. From the Title given to the Devil, in that he is called Satan, that is, An Adversary; we may observe his nature and disposition, which is, to be a malicious and deadly enemy both unto God and Men.

1. He is the professed Adversary of God himself, opposing himself against God, and against his Will and Word: That which is said of Antichrist 2 Thes. 2. 4. is much more true of the Devil, That he is an Adver­sary, exalting himself against all that is called God, &c.

2. He is also a deadly enemy unto Mankind; he desires and seeks nothing more than the destruction of the bodyes and souls of men: this he doth by drawing them to sin, &c. Especially he shews this his hatred and enmity against the godly and faithful, 1 Pet. 5. 8. Your Adversary the Devil, as a roaring Lion, walketh about, seeking whom he may devour. Gen. 3. 15. God put enmity (at the beginning) between the Seed of the Woman and of the Serpent; and that Enmity continueth still, and shall do to the Worlds end.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Let us shew our enmity and hatred against the Devil, by resisting his temptations. As he doth fight against God and against our Souls continually, so let us fight against him, by Prayer, by alledging the Word of God against his suggestions, and by holding out the shield of Faith against his fiery darts. Some say they hate the Devil, and yet they yield to his suggestions; but if thou doest so, thou lovest him.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See how little credit is to be given to the alluring perswasion of the Devil, when he propounds the pleasures or profits of sin, thereby to draw us to it; these are the perswasions of our deadly Enemy, false and deceitful enticements; believe them not, but reject them by all means. If we know a man that hates us, we will not trust him though he speak us fair: Be not then so foolish as to trust the Devil; though he pretend friendship, be assured, his drift is to bring thy Soul to destruction, if thou yield to his allurements. He made [Page 41] shew of friendship to our first Parents, in perswading them they should be as Gods if they would eat of the forbidden Tree; but it doth now appear that he was their deadly and most dangerous Enemy in so perswa­ding them.

Remember this when thou art tempted of Satan, he is thy deadly Enemy; stop thy ears therefore (or ra­ther barr thy heart) against his perswasions: He that now perswades thee as a friend, if thou yield to him, he will hereafter stand up to accuse thee as an Enemy.

So much of the first general Point, considered in these words; namely, The temptations of our Saviour Christ; or, that He was tempted of Satan. Now follow the circumstances by which they are amplified.

Mark 1. 13.‘And He was there in the Wilderness forty dayes, tempted of Satan, &c. Sept. 20. 1618.

IN the former part of this Verse, the Evangelist briefly layeth down the temptations of our Saviour Christ. In the words I have considered two things.

1. The Temptations themselves; or, That our Saviour was tempted of Satan.

2. The Circumstances by which his temptations are set forth. 1. The Place, The Wilderness. 2. The Time, how long his temptations endured, Forty dayes. This is implyed by the connexion of the words, in that it is said, He was in the Wilderness forty dayes, being tempted; that is, being tempted in that space of forty dayes. 3. The outward estate and condition of our Saviour Christ, during the time of his temptations, He was with the wild beasts; these were his best companions.

Now, having spoken of the Temptations themselves, I am to proceed at this time to speak of the Circum­stances of his temptations.

First, For the Place where he was tempted, viz. The Wilderness. Of this I have spoken before, ver. 12. Therefore I do pass it over here, and come to the second Circumstance; namely, The Time, how long our Saviour Christ's temptations continued, viz. forty dayes. The meaning of these words was cleared be­fore.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour is said not onely to have been in the Wilderness forty dayes, but also to be tempted there during that time; that is, very often within that time: Hence we learn, what we must look for from Satan; namely this, That he will assault and try us, not onely with one or two, or a few temptations, and so leave us, but that he will follow us with many temptations and assaults one after another; yea, that he will take all occasions continually to sollicite us to sin. We have no sooner withstood him in one tempta­tion, but presently we may look for another. Our Saviour Christ continually resisted him in all his tempta­tions, both within the forty dayes, and afterward; and yet upon all occasions he assaulted Him again and again: So after he had ended those three great temptations, mentioned particularly by Matthew and Luke, it is said, that he left him for a season (Luke 4. 13.); that is, with purpose to return again soon after. The temptations of Satan come one after another, like the Messengers which came unto job to tell him of his losses.

Reas. Reas. The Devil's malice against us is unsatiable and restless; therefore he never ceaseth tempting and solliciting us to sin, that so he may bring us to destruction. He goeth about like a roaring Lion, &c. Hence he is called, the Tempter, Matth. 4. to shew that it is his Trade and Profession to tempt and entice us unto sin; this he doeth ordinarily and daily: We must look therefore that he will be tempting us, not once, or twice, or a few times, in our life, but that he will be often assaulting us from time to time; yea, that he will conti­nually be following us with his temptations, no truce with him, &c.

Use. Use. Learn by this to be continually watchful against Satan, and never to be secure; seeing he is uncessant in tempting, let us be so spiritually wise as never to cease watching and arming our selves against him. Think not that when we have been once or twice tempted to this or that sin, and that we have by God's Grace re­sisted, that then we shall be quiet; the unclean Spirit being once cast out, will assay to enter in again, as we see Matth. 12. Satan being once or twice resisted will still redouble his assaults; therefore never be secure but daily and continally look to thy wayes, and especially to thy heart, keep it with all diligence, &c. So much of the Circumstance of time, How long our Saviour was tempted of Satan, viz. Forty dayes.

Now I proceed to the third thing by which his temptations are amplified; namely, The outward estate and condition in which he was during the time of his temptations; in that he was with the wild beasts. Now this is mentioned to aggravate the grievousness of his temptations, in that he was assaulted with them in such a forlorn place, where he had no help or comfort from men, but had onely wild beasts for his compani­ons, which were more likely to annoy and hurt him than to help or comfort him any way. Now see what we may learn from hence.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. We see here that our Saviour Christ, at one and the same time, had many troubles and trial upon him; for he was in penury and want of bodily food for forty daies space, he was also during that space molested and tempted by Satan, and besides all this, he was at the same time molested with the society of wild beasts, which were ready to annoy and hurt him. Hence we may learn, that God doth sometimes try his own children with many crosses and troubles at once, with inward and outward afflictions, in their souls, bodies, friends, goods, good name, &c. Jam. 1. 2. Count it exceeding joy when ye fall into divers temptations. So 1 Pet. 1. 6. Now ye are in heaviness through manifold afflictions. It was a great tryal for David to be so long kept (as he was) from the Kingdom which God had promised him; yet, besides this, he was at the same time persecuted by Saul, and not onely so, but forced to fly into a barren Wilderness, where he was in danger to dy for want of food. Job also was at once afflicted sundry wayes, in his body, goods, children, wife, and friends; yea, and in his conscience too. Reasons of this dealing of God with his children.

He doth it chiefly for these causes.

  • 1. To humble them throughly in the sense of their own sins, which are the procuring causes of all troubles; when he seeth that one affliction or a few will not work this through-humiliation then he layeth many at once upon them, and those very heavy sometimes.
  • [Page 42]Reas. 2 2. He doth this for his own Glory; the more to magnify his power and mercy in strengthning them to bear so many tryals at once, and in delivering them out of all in due time.
  • 3. To try and discover their Faith, and Patience, so much the more. Jobi exemplum.

Use 1 Use 1. Confuteth the blind Judgment of the World, and of carnal men, who judge those to be wicked men or Hypocrites who are afflicted with many troubles and crosses at once. This was the rash censure of Job's friends upon him. But if we should thus judge of all that have many and great crosses at once, we should condemn Christ himself, who at one and the same time was afflicted many wayes, as we see here.

Use 2 Use 2. Think not strange of it, if God lay many crosses at once upon us; but know, this is his usual dealing with his dear Children: therefore think it not a sign of his anger against us, neither conclude that we are out of his favour because he chastiseth us many wayes at once, for he doth this in love to us, and for our good. Strive then unto patience, though the Lord try thee with never so many troubles at once. Though thou feel at the same time fightings without and terrors within, yet be of good comfort, and labour for patience to bear contentedly whatsoever tryals God layeth on thee; if he lay much upon thee at once, he will give thee an­swerable strength to bear it, onely seek to him in prayer for strength and patience.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour Christ conversed among wild beasts in the Wilderness, which were ready to molest and trouble him: This may teach us contentedness and patience, though we be forced in this World to converse and live among wicked men, which are as troublesome and dangerous to live with as any wild beasts: therefore in Scripture, wicked and prophane men are resembled to wild beasts, as lions, wolves, bears, &c. See for this Esa. 11. 5. &c. Ismael is called a wild man, Gen. 16. 12. and such are all wicked men; nay, they are as bad or worse than wild beasts to converse with, yet we must be contented and patient though we be constrained to live among such brutish men, seeing our Saviour himself was content, for our sakes, to live among wild beasts in this desolate Wilderness.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Here is an evidence of the divine power of Christ, that he is Lord of all creatures; in that he could and did restrain the wild beasts from hurting him. He can alter the nature of the Creatures, as Dan. 6. 22. and Act. 28. 5.

Hitherto I have spoken of the two general Points considered in this short History of Christ's temptations; namely, 1. Of the Preparative unto them, ver. 12. 2. Of the Temptations themselves, together with the Circumstances of them, in the former part of the 13. ver.

Now followeth the third thing to be considered touching the temptations of our Saviour; namely, The good issue and event that followed after them: This is expressed in the last words of this Verse, when it is said, The Angels ministred unto him.

First, To open the meaning. The Angels ministred, &c. The manner how they ministred is expressed by Matthew, (chap. 4. ver. 11.) when he saith, that the Angels came and ministred unto him; whereby is in­sinuated that they took upon them a bodily shape, and so came to him in visible manner. What they mini­stred is not expressed, but it is probable that they did both comfort him after his being tempted of Satan, and also that they did minister bodily food and sustenance to him, being hungry after his forty dayes Fasting.

Quest. Quest. Did not the Angels attend on him and minister to him before his temptations were ended?

Answ. Answ. Yes, but not in [...]uch visible manner as now they did. Christ Jesus being Lord of the Angels was never destitute of their Ministry; but now they performed it to him in visible manner: Now we read not of such a visible Ministry of Angels attending on him to comfort him, but onely at this time, and a little before his death, when he was in that agony in the Garden, Luke 22. 43. which shews that he was at that time much afflicted and weakned in body, partly with hunger after so long Fasting, and partly with Satan's Temp­tations. So much of the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. God giveth a good and happy issue, in due time, to all the troubles and temptations of his Children. Though he hold them for a time under the cross, yet at length he sets them free, and gives them a time of refreshing: Our Saviour long molested by Satan and wild beasts, &c. at length is set free, &c. Luke 4. 13. 1 Cor. 10. 13. God is faithfull, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that you are able, but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it.

God hath appointed a time in which he will afflict and try his Children; and when that time is expired, he will deliver them, and give them ease and comfort, Psal. 34. 19. This is true of Inward and Outward Afflictions.

1. Of Inward: Though the Lord suffers his Children to be (for a time) afflicted inwardly by Satan's temptations, or with the heavy burden of their own sins, yet in due time he alwaies restoreth them to comfort, and easeth them of these inward troubles.

2. It is true of Outward Afflictions, Psal. 125. 3. The Rod of the wicked shall not rest upon the lot of the Righteous, &c. The Israelites were long afflicted and oppressed in Aegypt under Pharoah; yet at length God delivered them, when their affliction was come to great extremity. So the Jews afterward were seventy years afflicted in Babylon, yet at length the Lord brought them home again to their own Country. Job had a time of grievous outward Affliction, and at length was delivered: So David had many outward troubles, yet the Lord gave an issue to them in due time. So Paul 2 Cor. 1. 8. was pressed out of measure, above strength, &c. and then God delivered him from so great a death, &c. ver. 10.

Use. Ʋse. This must comfort us in all troubles and temptations inward and outward, though they continue up­on us for a time, (yea, though it be for a long time) yet if we wait upon God with patience, we shall in his good time see a happy issue and deliverance, Hebr. 10. Yet a while, and he that shall come will come, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Angels ministred comfort and sustenance to Christ, in this time of his weakness and want; hence we may gather, for our comfort, that so many as have Union with Christ by Faith, they are by vertue of this Union partakers of this priviledge, That the Angels are ministring Spirits for their good; as it is Hebr. 1. 14. Psal. 34. 7. The Angel of the Lord encampeth round about them that fear Him, and delivereth them. Psal. 91. 11. He shall give his Angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy wayes.

This is the priviledge of all the faithful, That as the Angels ministred to Christ their Head, in his necessity; so they are ready at God's command to minister unto them also for their good; that is, to protect them against Satan, and to preserve them safe in times of danger.

See some examples of this; Gen. 32. 1. when Jacob went to meet Esau, the Angels of God met him, which they did (no doubt) to this end, to comfort and strengthen him against his Brother Esau, who sought his life. So Gen. 19. the Angels brought Lot out of Sodom. So 1 King. 19. an Angel fed Eliah in the Wilderness. And in the Acts of the Apostles, we read how the Apostles were delivered out of Prison by Angels, Act. 12. and Act. 16.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Comfort to the faithful, in all times of temptation and distress, the Angels of God are still ready prest, at Gods Command, to protect and keep them from evil; especially to defend them against the malice and power of Satan, and wicked men, his Instruments. Though many Devils and wicked men oppose them­selves against us; yet we have a Garrison of Angels ready still to defend and keep us. There are more with us than against us, as Elisha told his Servant, 2 King. 6. Let us pray unto God to open our eyes to see this our priviledge, that the good Angels are continually about us, to protect us in our wayes: and let the consideration of it comfort us against the malice and power of Satan, and of wicked men, and against all evils and dangers that may befal us.

Mark 1. 14, 15.‘Now after that John was put in prison, Jesus came into Galilee, preaching &c. Sept. 27. 1618.

OF the two first parts of this Chapter we have spoken; 1. Of our Saviour Christ's Baptism: 2. Of his Temptations by Satan. Now we are come to the third; namely, His Preaching in Galilee: which is set down partly in these two Verses, and partly afterward in two other places of this Chapter, as ver. 21. and 22. and again, ver. 35. &c. to 40.

In these two Verses now read, consider three things.

1. The Time when our Saviour Christ preached, After John was delivered to prison. 2. The Place where, in Galilee: He came thither to preach there. 3. The Preaching it self, amplified by the Matter which he taught; set down 1. Generally, In these words, The Gospel of the Kingdom. 2. More particularly, in the 15. Verse, as we shall see when we come to handle it.

First, Of the Circumstance of Time, noted in these words; After that John was put in prison,] that is, after John Baptist was apprehended and imprisoned wrongfully by Herod. The cause of this Imprisonment was, For his reproving of Herod's incestuous Marriage with his Brother's Wife; as we read Mat. 14. and Mark 6.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here what Reward the Ministers of God do usually receive at the hands of wicked men, for the faithful discharge of their Duty in reproving sin; they are for this cause hated, opposed, and persecu­ted wrongfully. Thus was John Baptist imprisoned by Herod, for reproving his sin of Incest; and thus have the faithful Ministers of God, in all Ages, been persecuted and hated for reproving sin, Mat. 5. 12. So per­secuted they the Prophets which were before you. So our Saviour foretelleth how the Jews should deal with the faithful Ministers sent to them, Mat. 23. 34. Behold, I send unto you Prophets, and wise men, and Scribes, and of them ye shall kill and crucify, and of them shall ye scourge in your Synagogues, and persecute from City to City. Thus dealt they long before with the Prophets which were sent to reprove their [...], [...] Chron. 36. 16. They mocked the Messengers of God, and misused his Prophets, &c. We have examples of this in sundry Prophets, as in Eliah, Michaiah, Jeremiah, &c. So also in the Apostles, yea, in our Saviour Christ himself.

Reas. Reas. Joh. 3. 20. Every man that doth evill hateth the Light, neither cometh to it lest his deeds should be reproved. Wicked men ly in the Darkness of sin; now, the Ministry of the Word is a Light to discover this Darkness, and to convince their sins: Therefore they hate this Word, and persecute the faithful Ministers of it.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Think it no new or strange thing, though in these times we see good and faithful Ministers hated, molested, troubled, &c. onely for the faithful discharge of their Duty in reproving men's sins, &c. yea, we our selves that are Ministers must not be dismayed at it; but remember, it was alwayes thus, this is but that old Enmity that hath ever been between the Seed of the Woman and the Seed of the Serpent. What marvel, that Owles should hate the Light? If a Minister be opposed by wicked men for his Doctrine, this may com­fort him rather than discourage him; for it argues that his Doctrine is such as convinceth carnal men's consciences of sin. Luther liked his Doctrine the better, because it was so much opposed by Papists and others.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See by this our miserable blindness and corruption by nature, which thus causeth us to hate, trou­ble, and persecute such as would do us good; that is, the faithful Ministers of God, whom He sends to ad­monish us of our sins, and to reprove us for them, and so to bring us to Repentance and Salvation. John sought to bring Herod to Repentance, &c. Is it not strange that we should hate those that seek our greatest good, even the Salvation of our Souls? yet thus it is with us by nature, till God renew and change our hearts; this shews that we love Darkness more than Light, as it is Joh. 3. 19. One that is desirous to sleep, is offend­ed and angry at every thing that awakes him: so is it with us by nature, we do not onely ly asleep in our sins, but we are apt to be offended at those who would awake us. In bodily diseases, we love and reward the Physitian that seeks to cure us, yea though it be with hard Physick: but see how foolish we are in the maladies of our Souls; we are ready to hate and to be offended at such as would cure us of them by wholsome admo­nitions and reproofs. But let it not be thus with us, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. When John is cast into prison, and stopped from preaching any longer, then Christ preacheth: hence observe the Lord's provident care over his Church, never leaving it wholly destitute of means of In­struction. When some of his faithfull Ministers are restrained from preaching, he stirreth up others in their rooms, not suffering all their mouths to be stopped at once. Act. 12. when Herod had put James to death, he thought to have done the like to Peter, but the Lord suffered him not: Therefore, although Peter were al­so laid in Prison, and bound with two Chaines, yet the Lord sent his Angel to let him loose out of Prison. So we also read Revel. 11. 3. that when the holy City, that is the Church, should be wasted and trodden under foot of the Gentiles, that is, of the prophane multitude that follow Antichrist; yet even then, the Lord would reserve two witnesses at least, that is, a small number, which should propagate the Truth, notwithstan­ding all the rage of Antichrist.

Use. Ʋse. Comfort to the true Church, and to the Children of it, against the rage and fury of such as persecute it: Though they be never so maliciously bent against it, they shall never be able wholly to root out or abo­lish all the faithful Pastors and Ministers of it; but still out of their ashes the Lord will raise up others to preach and maintain his Truth.

So much of the Circumstance of Time, when our Saviour Christ preached; namely, after that John Baptist was imprisoned.

Now we come to speak of the Place where he preached, which was Galilee: For it is said, He came into Galilee, there to preach the Gospel &c. Galilee was one third part of Palestina, or The Holy Land, as it is cal­led; for it was divided into three principal Regions, Judea, Samaria, and Galilee. Judea was the most Southerly part, Galilee the more Northerly part, and Samaria did ly in the midst between them. Now, there were two parts of Galilee; the Upper bordering to Tyrus, Northerly; and the Lower bordering to Samaria, Southerly, &c.

Now in this Country of Galilee, our Saviour Christ was most conversant, during the time of the execution of his publick Ministry; there he taught and preached much, and there he wrought most of his miracles: whence it is, that the enemies of Christ used to call him in way of contempt, The Galilean: So Julian the Apostate called Him, as Eusebius reporteth. Now, this frequent conversing of Christ in this Country, made it very famous, although otherwise in it self it was but an obscure place in comparison of Judea. (Kemnit.)

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. From whence came our Saviour at this time into Galilee?

Answ. Answ. He came from Judea, as may appear out of Joh. 4. 3. for it is there said, that he left Judea and came into Galilee: Now, that coming into Galilee, which is there mentioned, is the same with this here spoken of.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Wherefore did our Saviour leave Judea and come into Galilee to preach at this time?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because he was moved by special Instinct of the Spirit so to do, as appeareth Luke 4. 14. Je­sus returned by the power of the Spirit into Galilee.

2. That the Prophecy of Esay might be fulfilled, Isa. 9. 1, 2. which was, that the Light of the Gospel should shine in Galilee.

3. That he might prevent the malicious purposes and attempts of the Pharisees against him, for drawing moe Disciples after him than John did. See Joh. 4. 1. &c. therefore he he left Judea, and went into Galilee, which being under Herod's Jurisdiction, the Pharisees had not so much to do there as they had in Judea. (Sic Kemnit.)

Observ. Observ. Our Saviour Christ being moved by the Spirit to go and preach in Galilee, and knowing also that this was agreeable to the Prophecy of Esay, that went before him, did therefore leave Judea, and went to preach in Galilee: This may teach Ministers of the Word, that they ought in those places to exercise their Ministry where God calleth and appointeth them to exercise the same; yea, though the places in themselves be but mean and obscure, yet if God call them thither, they must be contented there to live and to exercise their ministerial Function. Galilee was a more obscure place in it self than Judea, yet our Saviour being cal­led unto it, leaveth Judea to go into Galilee to preach. This Point I had occasion to speak of before, Ver. 4.

I proceed to the third thing to be considered in the words; namely, our Saviour Christ's Preaching, which is amplified by the matter of it; set down, 1. Generally, The Gospel of the Kingdom of God. 2. More particu­larly, ver. 15. of which we shall hear afterward. Now to speak onely of the residue of this Verse. And first to open the words.

Preaching] or publishing openly, by lively Voice and word of mouth (as the word [ [...]] imply­eth).

The Gospel] The word signifieth Glad Tidings: this is briefly to be understood of the Doctrine of free Grace and Salvation by Christ.

Gospel of the Kingdom of God.] This is a Description of the Gospel by a special Attribute or Title: which Title is given it in these two respects chiefly. 1. Because the Preaching of it is the ordinary outward means to set up God's Kingdom of Grace in mens hearts, whereby he ruleth in them, beating down the power of Sin and Satan, &c. 2. Because it teacheth the onely way and means of attaining to God's King­dom of Glory in Heaven.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour Christ was a Preacher of the Gospel, exercising this holy Function in his own Person upon Earth, we see the Excellency and Dignity of this Calling of the Ministry, that it is no base or contemptible Office or Function, but very worthy and excellent in it self; for the Son of God himself ta­king our Nature on him, and living on Earth, refused not to take this Calling on him, and in his own Person to execute it: Therefore Rom. 15. 8. he is said to have been a Minister of the Circumcision, &c. that is, a Preacher of the Word to the Jews. 1 Tim. 3. 1. If any desire the Office of a Bishop (that is, of a Pastor), he desireth a worthy Work. It is the glory of Solomon, though a King, to be styled Ecclesiastes, that is, a Preacher, Eccles. 1. 1.

Use. Ʋse. See the wickedness of these times into which we are fallen; in which this Calling is become so con­temptible in the eyes of many; some think but meanly, and stick not to speak basely also sometimes, of Mini­sters and Preachers of God's Word: Others think themselves too good to take this Calling upon them, be­cause they are of great Birth or Wealth. But shall a sinful man think himself too good or too great for that Calling in which the Son of God, Christ Jesus himself, spent his life upon earth?

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the matter of our Saviour Christ's Preaching, viz. The Gospel: Hence we learn what should be the chief and principal matter or Doctrine which all Ministers of Christ should especially preach to their People, viz. The Doctrine of the Gospel; that is, the glad-some Tidings of Salvation by Christ: Rom. 1. 1. Paul saies, He was put apart to preach the Gospel of God. So Mar. 16. 15. Luke 24. 47.

Quest. Quest. Is not the Law also to be preached by Ministers in these times?

Answ. Answ. Yes, as a Doctrine subordinate to the Gospel, and as a means preparing us to hear it with profit; yea, thus the Law is first to be preached. So Peter Act. 2. first preacheth the Law, telling them of their sins, [Page 45] &c. and then applyeth the promise of the Gospel; and our Saviour himself preached the Law as well as the Gospel. The Law is our Schoolmaster to Christ, and so is to be taught as a preparative unto Christ; yet the Gospel is the principal part of our Ministry, because this is the power of God to Salvation, Rom. 1. whereas the Law in it self is a killing Letter.

For the better conceiving of this Point, we must know that the Law may be considered two wayes.

  • 1. As it is a means to discover sin to us, and the Curse due unto it, and so to humble us, &c. and thus it is to be preached first, as a Preparative to the Gospel.
  • 2. As a Rule of Obedience, whereby to direct our lives, and so it is (in some sort) taught in the Gospel as a part of it. See Tit. 2. 11, 12.

Howsoever, though a Minister must teach both the Law and Gospel, yet the most proper and principal part of his Ministry is, to deliver to God's People the glad Tidings of Reconciliation with God, Remission of sins, and Salvation, purchased by Christ Jesus. A good Surgeon doth cut and launce the sore, yet his proper Office is to heal it; so Ministers, &c.

Mark 1. 14, 15.‘Preaching the Gospel of the Kingdom of God: And saying, the Time is fulfilled, and the King­dom Octob. 4. 1618. of God is at hand; &c.’

IN these two Verses I considered three things. 1. The Time of our Saviour Christ's Preaching; After John was put in prison. 2. The Place where he preached, which was Galilee. 3. The Preaching it self, amplified by the matter or Doctrine which he taught; which is set down 1. Generally, in that it is said, He preached the Gospel of the Kingdom of God. 2. More particularly, ver. 15.

Touching the two first general Points, namely, the Time when, and the Place where He preached, I have spoken. I have also spoken of the Preaching it self; and in part also of the matter or Doctrine which He preached. The meaning of the words was opened also the last time.

I will briefly name those Points of Instruction which were then observed, and so proceed to that which followeth.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. First from our Saviour Christ's Preaching, I observed the Dignity of the Calling of the Mini­stry; that it is an excellent and worthy Function and Office, seeing our Saviour Christ himself refused not to execute it in his own Person. This Point was the last day enlarged.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the matter of his Preaching, in that he taught the Gospel; I observed, that the Doctrine of Reconciliation with God, and of Salvation by Christ, is the chief and principal part of our Ministry, &c.

Observ. 3 It followeth, Observ. 3. From the Title given to the Gospel, in that it is called The Gospel of the King­dom; we are taught the excellency and pretiousness of it, in that it is the Word of the Kingdom; Math. 13. 19. yea, the Kingdom of God it self, as it is called, Math. 21. 43. That Doctrine, by the preaching and Ministry whereof, God doth erect and set up his spiritual Kingdom of Grace in mens hearts in this life, beating down the Power and Kingdom of Sin and Satan in them; and by which he doth also bring them to be partakers of his Kingdom of Glory after this life. This may be confirmed by these places, Psal. 110. 2. The Word of God is called the Rod or Scepter of his strength, because by it, as by a powerful Scepter, he ruleth in the hearts of his Elect in this life. To this purpose also is that of the Apostle Paul, 2 Cor. 10. 4. The weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to cast down holds, casting down the imaginations, and every high thing that is exalted against the Knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought, to the obedience of Christ. Hence also is that, Act. 26. 18. Paul is said to be sent to preach unto the Genriles, to turn them from the power of Satan, &c. Therefore also at the preaching of the Gospel, Satan is said to have fallen from Heaven like Lightning, Luke 10. 18.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See the misery of those that live without the Ministry and Preaching of the Gospel; they must needs ly still in the Kingdom of Darkness, and under the Power of Satan, because they have not the means to draw them out of this miserable condition: Where the Gospel is not at all preached, or not profitably taught, there Satan hath a Throne, there he is a King and Soveraign, ruling and raigning in the hearts and lives of such men, causing them to yield service and subjection to him, and to his Will. This is the reason that such places where the Word is not preached are commonly so pestered with swarms of wicked and pro­fane persons, with Drunkards, Swearers, Sabbath-breakers, unchaste Lovers: No mervail, seeing they have not the Word of the Kingdom amongst them, which should beat down these sins, and set up Christ's Kingdom in their hearts: Miserable is the estate of such People.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See the happiness of such a People as hath this Doctrine of the Gospel soundly taught amongst them; the Kingdom of God may truly be said to come unto them, and to be in the midst of them. They have that Doctrine sounding in their ears, which is the ordinary means to translate them from the Power of Satan to God's Kingdom, &c. therefore Capernaum is said to have been lifted up to Heaven, because it had the Gospel preached to it, &c. Let such be thankful for this Doctrine of the Gospel, which is preached to them, and see that they bring forth the fruits of it, answerable to the means they have had.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. To reprove those that contemn and set leight by the Preaching of this Gospel of God's Kingdom, thinking it a needless matter to have so much Preaching, and caring not how seldom they come to hear it, ab­senting themselves upon trifling occasions &c. These know not, or consider not, the excellency of the Gospel, that it is the Word of the Kingdom, the Scepter of God's Power, the means to beat down the Holds of Sin and Satan in them, and finally to bring them to God's heavenly Kingdom: therefore they neglect so great Salvation, and put from them the Word of Life, forsaking their own mercy. This contempt of the Gospel is one of the great and crying sins of this Land; let us of this place take heed we be not guilty of it, lest God take away this his Kingdom from us, and give it to those that shall bring forth more fruit and make better use of it, Math. 21. 43.

Use. 4 Ʋse 4. Make precious accompt of the Gospel, and of the Preaching of it. Love, embrace, and desire it above all earthly things: Omit no occasion of hearing it unfolded by Preaching. As we desire to have the [Page 46] strong-holds of Satan to be cast down in us, and our sinful lusts subdued and brought under, and as we would have God to reign and rule in us by his Spirit; yea further, as we would ever attain to God's Kingdom of Glory, &c. so let us attend diligently and conscionably on the Ministry of this Gospel of the Kingdom.

Ver. 15. And saying, the Time is fulfilled, &c.

Now the Evangelist doth more particularly set down the matter or Doctrine which Christ taught in his Preaching.

The sum of it consisteth of two parts.

1. An Exhortation, in the latter words of the Verse: which is twofold, 1. Repent. 2. Believe the Gospel.

2. The Ground or Reason of the Exhortation, whereupon it is enforced; which is also twofold, The first taken from the state of the present time, in that now the time of the coming of the Messiah was fulfilled: The second, from the neer approaching of his Kingdom.

First, I will speak of the Reason or Ground of the Exhortation, because that is first in the order of the words.

The Time is fulfilled,] The Time of the coming of the Messiah in the Flesh, which was ordained of God and foretold by the Prophets, is now accomplished. He alludeth to those Prophecies of the time of Christ's coming, which we find in the Old Testament; especially, Gen. 49. 10. and Dan. 9. 24.

And the Kingdom of God is at hand,] or, hath come near; that is, It is already begun to be fulfilled.

For the conceiving of this, we must know, that the Kingdom of God, or the Kingdom of Heaven (which is all one), is taken sundry wayes in the New Testament. Vide infrà in Cap. 12. 34.

  • 1. Sometimes it signifieth the state of Grace in this life, when God ruleth by his Spirit, and by the power of his Word, in the hearts of his Elect. So Rom. 14. 17. The Kingdom of God is Righteousness, &c.
  • 2. It signifieth the Kingdom of Glory in Heaven after this life ended, 1 Cor. 6. 9. The unrighteous shall not inherit the Kingdom of God, and Joh. 3. 3.
  • 3. It is put for the visible Church on Earth, in which are, both good Christians and Hypocrites, as Matth. 13. 47. Like a Draw-net, &c.
  • 4. For the Preaching of the Gospel, Matth. 21. 43. The Kingdom of God shall be taken from you, &c.
  • 5. For the spiritual Regiment and Government of the Church, exercised by the Messiah after his coming in the Flesh; and in this sense it is to be taken here. So the meaning is, That the Messiah being exhibited and come in the Flesh, hath now begun to exercise his spiritual Government and Kingdom amongst men, cal­led the Kingdom of God, because it is assigned unto Christ, of God.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Did not Christ exercise a spiritual Regiment in and over the Church, before the time of his coming in the Flesh?

Answ. Answ. Yes: But not so manifestly and clearly, nor in such conspicuous manner as he did after his Incarna­tion.

Kingdom of God] The full and clear manifestation of the spiritual Kingdom of the Messiah.

Is at hand] To be shortly accomplished.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Wherein stands this spiritual Regiment, which Christ exerciseth?

Answ. Answ. In sundry things▪ chiefly in these,

  • 1. In calling and gathering his Elect out of the World, causing them to become his subjects. Mat. 23. 37. O Jerusalem, how often would I have gathered thee, &c. See also Joh. 15. 19.
  • 2. In overthrowing and destroying the contrary Power and Kingdom of Sin and Satan in his Elect.
  • 3. In conferring on them all saving graces of his Holy Spirit.
  • 4. In guiding and directing them in the whole course of their lives.
  • 5. In bringing them to be partakers of eternal life, &c.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. How, or by what means, doth he exercise this spiritual Government?

Answ. Answ. By a twofold means; 1. Outwardly, by the Ministry of his Word, which is therefore called the Word of the Kingdom, as we heard before: 2. Inwardly, by the power and efficacy of his Spirit, Rom. 8. 14. So much of the sense of the words.

Now to come unto the Instructions to be gathered from them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The time is fulfilled, that is, the full time appointed of God for the coming of the Messiah, and for the manifestation of his Kingdom; this time is accomplished, in that the Messiah is now already come in the Flesh; hence gather, that God hath appointed a certain time, for the fulfilling of all those things which himself hath purposed in his eternal counsel to do, or which he hath promised in his Word; and in that due time they are and shall be all accomplished. God purposed from Everlasting, and promised to our first Pa­rents, after their fall, to send the Messiah; and he appointed a certain time for the sending of him, and when that time was expired, he sent him accordingly. So 1 Pet. 1. 20. This is true of all other purposes and promises of God; there is a certain time appointed of God for the fulfilling of them, and when that time is come, they are alwayes fulfilled: Eccles. 3. 1. To every thing there is a season &c. Hab. 2. 3. The Vision is yet for an appointed time, &c. The Lord appointed a time for the deliverance of the Israelites out of Aegypt, and when that time was come, the self same day they departed, &c. as it is said, Exod. 12. 41. So the Lord ap­pointed a time for the return of the Jews from Captivity; namely, after seventy years; and at the end of that time, Cyrus gave them leave to return.

Use. 1 Use 1. Prescribe no time unto God for the accomplishing of any thing which we desire for our selves, or for God's Church; but wait untill the time appointed of God himself, for the enjoying of every Blessing or good thing which he hath promised in his Word. Rest upon his Word for it, and be content to waite till the time be fulfilled which God hath set for the accomplishment of it; knowing that to be the fittest time which the Lord himself hath determined. Remember this in times of trouble and distress: though God de­fer our deliverance; yet faint not, neither cast away our hope, patience, and confidence in God, but wait still for a happy Issue at the time appointed of God. In the mean time, live by Faith, Hab. 2. remembring that it is one property of Faith, not to make haste; Isa. 28. The Husbandman waiteth long for the fruits of the Earth; so let us wait patiently on the Lord for the accomplishment of his Promises, and beware of [Page 47] using any unlawful means to bring any thing to pass, which we desire, or God hath promised.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To strengthen our Faith to believe and certainly to hope for the Resurrection of our bodies after death, and for eternal life in Heaven, God having promised these things, he hath also appointed a time wherein he will fulfil them, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Christ came in the Flesh at the time foretold by the Prophets, Gal. 4. 4. when the Sceprer was gone from the Jews to the Romans; and toward the end of Daniel's seventy weeks, &c. in the last Age of the World.

Use. Use. Therefore he is the true Messiah: Seek Salvation in him onely.

Mark 1. 15.‘And saying, The time is fulfilled, and the Kingdom of God is at hand, &c. Octob. 11. 1618.

THe third Observation. The Kingdom of God is at hand, that is, the spiritual Kingdom and Government of Christ, the Messiah, is now begun, shortly to be manifested more clearly and plainly than hereto­fore.

Doctr. Doctr. Hence then observe this, That the spiritual Regiment and Kingdom of Christ, was more clearly and evidently to be manifested after his coming in the Flesh, than it was before; He was then to administer the same in more conspicuous and glorious manner than ever he did before his Incarnation.

This was foretold by the Prophets, Isa. 9. 7. and Jer. 23. 5. And it is now, and hath been long, accom­plished since the coming of Christ in the Flesh.

Quest. Quest. Wherein stands this so evident manifestation of Christ's Kingdom?

Answ. Answ. In these things chiefly:

  • 1. In the clear and evident publishing of the Gospel of the Kingdom; This Doctrine hath been more evi­dently preached since the coming of Christ than it was before; It hath been preached by Christ himself, and by his Apostles and succeeding Ministers, far more plainly than it was taught by the Prophets of the Old Tes­tament. See 2 Pet. 1. 19.
  • 2. In that Christ, being risen from the dead, is now actually advanced to heavenly Glory, at God's right hand, &c.
  • 3. In the powring forth of the gifts of the Spirit upon the Church, in greater measure and abundance than before the coming of Christ. Of this we read Act. 2. Joel 2. and Ephes. 4. When he ascended on high he gave gifts, &c.
  • 4. In the calling and gathering of the Gentiles to the unity and fellowship of the Church. See Psal. 2. 6, 8. Ephes. 3. 3. &c. By this means his Kingdom is enlarged much.

Use. Use. See our priviledge and happiness who live in these times since this clear and evident manifestation of the Kingdom and Regiment of the Messiah. It is God's special mercy to us, that we are born and live in these times since the coming of Christ in the Flesh▪ because now his spiritual Kingdom and Government is more evidently manifested than it was before. The Gospel is now more clearly [...]aught▪ and the gifts of the Spirit are more abun­dantly powred forth on the Church than before Christ's coming, Christ himself also is [...] & ascended, &c. the Gentiles also (whereof we our selvs are a part) are now no longer shut out from the fellowship of the Church, but are called and admitted unto it. These things we see fulfilled, which many Kings and Prophets that lived before Christ's Incarnation did greatly desire to see and yet could not. Let us be thankful for this priviledge vouchsafed to us of God, and make a good and right use of it. Seeing Christ's spiritual Kingdom and Go­vernment in and over his Church, is now so clearly manifested, let us joyn our selves to this Church of Christ, and yield our selves as dutiful Subjects of his Kingdom, to be governed of him by the Direction of his Spirit, and by the Rule of his Word. Let us now kiss the Son lest he be angry, &c. as it is Psal. 2. otherwise, if we rebel against Christ, and will not suffer him to reign over us, we must look to be destroyed as his Enemies, Luke 19. 27.

Hitherto of the Reason or Ground of our Saviour Christ's Exhortation. Now to speak of the Exhortation it self; which is two fold, 1 To repent, 2. To believe the Gospel. But before I speak of these particularly, observe first two general Points of Instruction from the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour did chiefly insist on these two things in his Preaching; namely, upon the Doctrine of Repentance and Faith: we learn, That the Doctrines of Repentance and Faith should be in spe­cial manner taught and insisted upon by Ministers of the Word. Our Saviour Christ in his Preaching chief­ly urged these, as we see here. So did John Baptist, as appeareth Math. 3. 2. compared with Act. 19. 4. So also did the Apostles, as Paul Act. 20. 21. He witnessed to Jews and Grecians the Repentance towards God, and Faith towards our Lord Jesus Christ.

Reas. Reas. These are main and principal Doctrines of the Gospel; therefore reckoned among the fundamen­tal Points of Christian Religion, taught in the Primitive Church, Hebr. 6. 1. The Foundation of Repentance from dead works, and of Faith towards God.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Thi [...] should move Ministers much and often to preach these Doctrines of Faith and Repentance: And the People of God should desire often to hear these Doctrines taught. No Points of Christian Doctrine are more necessary or more useful. These are such Doctrines as can never be taught too much, because they can never be learned enough.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour preaching the Doctrine of the Gospel, did exhort unto Repentance and Faith; hence we may gather, That the Doctrines of Repentance and Faith are taught onely in the Gospel, as parts of it. The Law discovereth Sin, but sheweth no Remedy; now Repentance is a Remedy, &c. This is true of Repentance, Luke 24. 47. that Repentance should be preached in his Name; that is, in the Name of Christ, as a part of the Gospel. It is also true of Faith, I mean of justifying Faith (whereby we believe in Christ), that it is taught onely in the Gospel, as a part of it, and not in the Law. The Reason is, because the Moral Law neither reve [...]leth nor teacheth Christ, the Mediator; therefore it doth not teach Faith in Christ, the Mediator. There is a kind of Faith taught in the Law, which is a belief of God, and confidence in him; [Page 48] but not that Faith which apprehendeth Christ, &c. It is an Error to hold this to be commanded in the Law▪

Now, to speak particularly of these two Duties, unto which our Saviour in his Sermon exhorted. The first is, To Repent: The second, To Believe the Gospel.

Quest. Quest. Seeing our Saviour doth first exhort to repent, and then to believe; the Question may be moved, Whether Repentance be before Faith, or, Which of those Graces is first wrought in the heart?

Answ. Answ. The Order of these two Graces may be considered three wayes.

  • 1. In respect of Time; and so neither Repentance nor Faith is first, but they go together in time.
  • 2. In respect of their Nature; and so Faith is in order of Nature before Repentance, because a man must first be perswaded of his Reconciliation with God through Christ, and of God's love towards him, before he can truly love God again; and he must first love God truly before he will truly hate Sin (as offensive to God), and turn from it.
  • 3. In respect of the manifestation of them in external fruits; and so Repentance goeth usually before Faith, because it sooner appeareth, and is outwardly discerned by the fruits of it, than Faith is. And this may be one cause, why Repentance is named before Faith, in this and some other places of Scripture, as Act. 2. 2. and Hebr. 6. 1.

Now to speak of our Saviour's Exhortation to the practise of these Graces. And first of the practise of Re­pentance, which is first mentioned by our Saviour.

In handling whereof, I will speak of these five things. 1. Shew what Repentance is? 2. The necessity of it. 3. The signs or marks of it, by which we may try whether it be in us. 4. Speak of the Motives to stir us up to the practise of it. 5. Of the Impediments that usually hinder from it.

Touching the first thing, What Repentance is?

Answ. It is a grace of the Spirit, whereby a man is truly humbled for his sins, and doth turn from them all unto God. First, I say, it is a grace of the Spirit, that is wrought in us by the Spirit of God; to shew, that we cannot repent of our selves, but it must be given us of God, 2 Tim. 2. 25. Jer. 31. 18, Further I add, that it is a Grace whereby a man is truly humbled, &c. Where note, that Repentance hath two parts whereof it standeth: The first is Humiliation for sin. The second is, Conversion or Turning from sin to God; both these must be in true Repentance, 2 Chron. 7. 14. If my People shall humble themselves, and turn from their wick­ed wayes, &c.

Touching the first of these, which is, Humiliation for sin. In it there must be two things.

  • 1. A true sight and feeling of our sins, and of the Curse due unto them by the Law of God; Psal. 51. 3 I know my transgressions, and my sin is ever before me. So Jer. 3. 13.
  • 2. There must be a true sorrow and contrition of heart for our sins, whereby we must be grieved chiefly for this, that by our sins we have offended God; this is called Godly sorrow, 2 Cor. 7. 10. and the renting of the heart, Joel 2. and this also St. James requireth as one part of the practise of true Repentance, Jam. 5. 8, 9. Cleanse your hands and hearts, &c. suffer affliction and sorrow, &c.

Object. Object. 2 Cor. 7. 10. Godly sorrow worketh Repentance: therefore it seemeth not to be a part of true Repen­tance, because the Apostle distinguisheth them.

Answ. Answ. By Repentance, there understand most properly one part onely of it; that is to say, The change of a man in his heart and life, whereby he turneth from sin to God, and so godly sorrow may be said to cause Re­pentance; that is, to be a help and furtherance, or a preparative unto it. (See Mr. Dyke of Repentance, pag. 14.)

Now further, this inward sorrow and contrition of heart for sin must shew itself outwardly in two things.

  • 1. In an humble and feeling confession of our sins unto God; yea, even of our particular sins so far as they are known to us. Thus did David repenting, Psal. 51. and 32.
  • 2. In earnest craving and suing for pardon of them in Christ, as David also did, and Daniel Chap. 9. Thus we see the first part of Repentance, viz. true Humiliation for sin.

The second part is, true conversion or turning from all sin unto God. And this is the principal part of Re­pentance, wherein the nature of it chiefly standeth. Therefore both the Prophets and Apostles do thus de­scribe it, Hos. 14. 21. O Israel, return unto the Lord thy God, for thou hast fallen by thy Iniquity. Ezech. 18. Re­turn, and cause others to return. Act. 3. 19. Amend your lives and turn, that your sins may be put away. Act. 26. 20. The Reason is, because man by nature is gone astray from God by his sin; therefore he is said to return unto Him, when he repenteth. We are by nature as Travellers wandring out of our right way, and by Repentance we return into it.

Now this turning from sin unto God, is nothing else but a constant purpose in heart, and endeavour in our life to forsake sin, and to walk in newness of life; when there is a thorough-Change of the whole man both in heart and life. Further note, that I say, In Repentance there is a turning from all sin, because one sin is offensive to God as well as another, and one sin doth separate from God as well as another; therefore all must be forsaken, else no true Repentance.

Lastly, I say, That by Repentance a man turneth from sin unto God; to shew, that we must not leave one sin, and betake ourselves to another, but we must turn to God by a holy course of life: Jer. 4. 1. O Israel, if thou return, return to me. Thus we see what Repentance is.

Now further know, that Repentance is two fold.

The first may be called a general Repentance, which is practised at our first conversion; when he that was before a wicked man, is converted unto God, forsaking his sins; and becometh a holy and good man.

The Second is a more particular Repentance, which is the daily and continual renewing of our Repen­tance afterward, for new slips or falls into Sin. Both these are necessary; therefore in the Lord's Prayer, we are taught daily to ask pardon of our sins, &c. And this shews Repentance to be necessary for all sorts of men, as well for the godly as the wicked. The best do often, yea daily, defile their Soul [...] with sin; and therefore have need, from time to time, to be cleansed by Repentance. So much of the nature and kinds of Repentance.

Mark 1. 15. ‘Repent ye, and believe the Gospel. Octob. 18. 1618.

NOw next, to shew the necessity of it for every Christian. This may appear by these Reasons.

  • Reas. 1 1. Without Repentance our best works and services are unclean in God's sight, and odious to him. A conscience defiled with known sin, polluteth our best works, Isa. 1. 12. 13. &c. Tit. 1. 15. To the unclean nothing is pure, &c.
  • Reas. 2 2. Without Repentance, there can be no assurance of the pardon of our sins, Act. 3. 19. Amend your lives and turn, that your sins may be put away, &c.
  • Reas. 3 3. Without Repentance no Salvation by Christ, Isa. 59. The Redeemer shall come to them that turn from Ini­quity, &c. Luke 13. 3. Except ye repent &c. called Repentance to Salvation, 2 Cor. 7. 10. and Repentance unto Life, Act. 11. 18.

The third thing to be spoken of is, The marks or signs whereby we may try and know whether we have re­pented. The Apostle 2 Cor. 7. 11. reckoneth up sundry effects or signs of true Repentance. I shall not tye my self to that place onely, but speak in general of the principal marks of true Repentance, mentioned partly in that place, and partly in other places of Scripture.

The first sign of true Repentance, is that which the Apostle there reckoneth first; namely, A Carefulness not to fall into our former sins again, after we have been humbled truly for them, and have forsaken them. If this be not in us, we never repented, Ephes. 4. 28. Now this Care must shew it self in a continual watchful­ness against sin, and against the occasions of it; but chiefly against the sins to which a man finds himself most inclinable.

A second sign or mark by which we may know whether we have repented, is that which the Apostle there calleth Indignation; that is, a holy anger and displeasure against our selves for our sins past. This was in David, 2 Sam. 24. 10. I have sinned exceedingly, I have done very foolishly. So also the Prophet, Psal. 73. 22. So foolish was I, and so Ignorant, even as a beast before thee. Thus also the Prophet Esay brings in the Church, repenting of her Idolatry, and abandoning the monuments of it in a holy Indignation, Isa. 30. 22. They shall cast them away as a menstruous Cloth, and say un [...]o it, Get thee hence. Let us try our selves whether we be thus angry at our selves for our sins: If it be so, it is a sign we have repented; otherwise, not. Let every one ask his own heart, Whether he be offended at himself for his sins? Some are apt to be offended at the sins of others, but thou must chiefly be displeased at thy own. This is a good kind of anger, which is better than laughter, Eccles. 7. 5. Job abhorred himself in dust and ashes.

A third mark of true Repentance is, a true Hatred of all sin, whereby we detest it as much and more than ever we loved it, or delighted in it; and that chiefly for this, because God is displeased by it. This was in Joseph, Gen. 39. See Psal. 97. 10. Rom. 12. 9. Try thy self by this, whether thou be a true Penitent or Convert: Doest thou now truly hate and loath the sins which formerly were delightful to thee? Doest thou hate sin with a perfect hatred, because it is offensive to God, and grieveth his good Spirit? If thou be not thus affected toward sin, there's no Repentance wrought in [...].

The fourth sign of true Repentance is, a constant striving against secret sins, as well [...] open, ver. 4. 14. This also was in Joseph, Gen. 39. though he might have committed that sin secretly, yet he would not.

The fifth sign of true Repentance is a general and universal Obedience yielded to God in all his Com­mandments, when we make conscience of refraining from all sin forbidden, and of practising every good du­ty commanded in the Word of God. This we see in Josiah, who turned to the Lord with all his heart and soul according to all the Law of Moses, &c. 2 King. 23. 25. Also in David, Psal. 119. 6. Let us try the sound­ness of our Repentance by this. So much of the signs of true Repentance.

Now in the fourth place I come to the Motives to stir us up unto the practise of Repentance. The principal Motives are these.

1. The gracious Promises of mercy and pardon to such as truly turn to God: Ezek 18. 21. Isa. 1. 18. and Isa. 55. 7. Let the wicked forsake his wayes, &c. and the Lord will have mercy, &c. These Promises must allure and draw us to Repentance; we shall not repent in vain. If there were no Promise of mercy, it were in vain to turn to God; but now there are so many gracious Promises, let this move us to repent. Nemo po­test rectè agere poe itentiam, nisi qui speraverit indulgentiam, Ambros.

2. The fearful misery under which every impenitent sinner abideth, so long as he lyeth in sins, he is lia­ble to the Curse of God in this life, and after this life.

In this life such are miserable many wayes. 1. They have an evil and guilty Conscience, which is a con­tinual torment to them, accusing and terrifying them for their sins not repented of. So it was with Cain, his sin lay at the do [...]r, Gen. 4. Yea, so it was with David after his fall, before he had soundly repented, Psal. 32. and Psal. 51.

2. They are in continual slavery and bondage under Satan; they serve him, and are at his command, and cannot but do his Will, Ephes. 2. 2. They walk according to the Prince of the power of the aire, that is, The Devil. They are held of him as in a snare, 2 Tim. 2. 26.

3. They are every hour and minute in danger of God's wrath, and of all temporal Plagues and Judgments threatned against sin, in the Word of God; of these, read Deut. 28. Among other temporal Judgments they are liable to the curse and sting of bodily death, which unto them is nothing else but an entrance into endless woe and misery: Thus miserable they are in this life.

After this life (if they dy in their sins) they are sure to suffer the eternal torments of Hell, which shall be endless and easeless, See Rom. 2. 5. Let these fearful miseries, unto which Impenitency layes men open, be an effectual Motive to stir us up to Repentance: Judge thy self, that thou be not judged of the Lord, as the Apostle exhorteth, 1 Cor. 11. 31.

3. Motive. The great benefit and good that will come of it, if we truly turn to God. Hence will follow inward spiritual Joy, Comfort, and Peace of Conscience, which passeth all Understanding: These benefits we shall partake in this life; And after this life, Salvation it self, 2 Cor. 7. 10. and Act. 11. 18. Think of these [Page 50] unspeakable benefits which follow true Repentance, and it will stir us up to the practise of it.

4. Motive. Consider the bitterness of Christ's sufferings, endured for the taking away of our sin: He suffered the whole wrath of God due to our sins; and that not onely in Body, but in Soul. This caused him to sweat drops of blood, and to cry out, My God, why hast thou forsaken me? All this that he suffered was to sa­tisfy for our sins: Think of it seriously, and let it move us to be humble for all sin, and to forsake it. Wilt thou love, and like, and continue in that which cost Christ so deer? even, The shedding of his precious blood, and all those torments of Soul and Body which he endured for thy sins. Let this break thy heart, and cause thee to mourn for thy sins, &c.

These are the Motives unto Repentance in general. Now consider some further Motives, to move us not onely to repent, but to do it speedily.

  • 1. Consider this, That we bring great dishonour to God, all the time we continue in the practise of sin: So long as we go on in them impenitently, we bring no glory to the Name of G [...]d, neither do we any good service to him; nay, we do nothing but dishonour and offend him, and grieve his Spirit.
  • 2. The longer we live in sin, deferring our Repentance, the harder it will be to repent; the more strength sin getteth in us by long Custom, the harder will it be to cast it off, Jer. 13. 23. Can the Aethiopian change his skin? &c. Such sins as we have long continued in, will cost us the deeper Humiliation, when we come to re­pent of them; they will cost us heavy sighs, and bitter tears, and strong cryes for pardon: therefore put not off our Repentance. Continuance and custom in sin will harden the heart, and in time make it uncapable of any humiliation or remorse for sin.
  • 3. Late Repentance is not so acceptable to God, as that which is practised betimes. He requires the Prime of our Age, and the first of our years, to be spent in his service, Eccles. 12. 1. Remember now thy Creator in the dayes of thy youth, &c. God will have us seek him early, and then he will be found of us. It is just with God to re­ject such as never turn to him till old Age, when they have no longer any strength or ability of body to prac­tise sin; such leave not their sins, but their sins rather leave them.
  • 4. Lastly, Consider the shortness of our life, and let this hasten us to Repentance; Psal. 90. 12. Let us so number our dayes, that we may apply our hearts to Wisdom, even to that spiritual Wisdom which consisteth in a speedy turning to God by Repentance. Many have been suddenly cut off by death, which thought to have repented before death; let us be warned by them, not to defer our Repentance, seeing our life is so short and uncertain. So much of the Motives to Repentance.

Now, In the fifth and last place, I come to speak of the usual letts and hinderances which keep men back from repenting. These Impediments are to be removed.

The first hinderance is, The consideration of the greatness of our sins: This discourageth many from com­ing to God by true humiliation; they think it is in vain, their sins are so great, &c. But know this, that as a great Fall should not keep a man from rising again, and as a dangerous Disease doth not keep a man from seek­ing to the Physitian, so thy great sins should not hinder thee from coming to God by Repentance; they should rather cause thee to make more haste unto God, that he may pardon them. There is a multitude of mercies with him for the pardoning of great Iniquities: See Isa. 1. 18. Though your sins be as Crimson and Scarlet, &c. David's Adultery and Murder were foul sins, yet they kept him not from Repentance: the Jews Sin in crucifying Christ was most heinous, yet even they are called to Repentance, Act. 2.

A second hinderance is, The profit and pleasure of sin: Some sins bring in profit; as Usury, Oppression, Covetousness, false Dealing, &c. Other sins are sweet and pleasant to Man's corrupt Nature. And thus, by the profit and pleasure of sin, men are allured to continue in their sins. For removal of this hinderance of Re­pentance; Consider,

  • 1. What shall it profit a man to gain the whole World, and to lose his own Soul? Mat. 16. 20. Besides, all that is gained by sin hath God's Curse following it.
  • 2. Touching the Pleasures of sin; Know this, that howsoever it be sweet in the committing, yet after­ward it will be most bitter to us: Prov. 20. 17. Bread of deceit is sweet, but Gravel in his mouth afterward, &c. The pleasure of sin is short, but the pain and torment which it will cause to thee is endless; Delectat in mo­mentum, cruciat in aeternum: Look at the End, not at the Beginning of all sin.

A third hinderance is, The difficulty of Repentance: It is painful and tedious to the Flesh, to humble and afflict our selves, for our sins; to have the heart broken with godly sorrow, &c. This painfulness of Re­pentance so discourageth some, that they are loath to set about the practise of it. But for this, know 1. That the great benefits that come of it, as inward Joy, Comfort, Peace of Conscience, &c. these do abundantly make amends for all our pains taken. The dressing and searching of a Wound, or festred Sore, is painful, yet we endure it in hope of future ease and soundness of Body; So must we, in the matter of our Souls. 2. Some sins are as painful, or more painful, to commit, than Repentance is to practise. 3. Heaven is worth all our pains.

The fourth and last Impediment of Repentance is, The vain hope of longer life: Men think they shal have time enough hereafter to repent; If they can have but an hour on their Death-bed, it is enough &c. But deceive not thy self. For,

  • 1. Though thou live longer, yet art thou not sure thou shalt have grace to repent, when death shall come. God must work it in thee, thou canst not turn to him of thy self, without his Grace inabling thee.
  • 2. Though true Repentance is never too late, yet late Repentance is but seldome true and unfeigned. The Repentance which many make shew of, on their death-beds, comes oftentimes rather from fear of Hell, and of God's Judgments, than from true hatred of sin; and so it is to be feared, that it dyes with the party. There­fore beware of putting off Repentance, in hope of longer life. Hebr. 3. To day, if ye will hear his Voyce, har­den not your hearts, &c. God hath not promised thee To Morrow. Qui promisit poenitenti veniam, non promisit dilationi crastinum diem. Ambros.
Mark 1. 15. ‘And believe the Gospel. Octob. 25. 1618.

HAving spoken of the first part of our Saviour Christ's Exhortation, in which he stirreth up to Repentance. Now we come to the second part, in which he exhorteth to the practise of Faith, in these words, Be­lieve ye the Gospel. In the words we have two things.

1. The Act of Believing. 2. The Object or matter to be believed, The Gospel.

Touching the meaning of the words, it is needful to shew briefly,

1. What is meant here by the Gospel? 2. What it is to believe the Gospel?

By The Gospel understand, The glad Tidings of Reconciliation with God, and of Salvation by Christ; or, the Doctrine of free Grace and Salvation by Christ. 2 Cor. 5. 19. it is called The Word of Reconciliation; and Ephes. 1. 13. The Gospel of Salvation.

Now, to Believe the Gospel, is not onely in general to be perswaded of the Truth of all things in the Gospel; but particularly to apply to our selves the Doctrine of the Gospel, and the Promises of Salvation, by Christ, contained in it. Therefore in the Greek it is, Believe in the Gospel; which phrase of speech doth imply a par­ticular applying of the Promises of the Gospel to our selves, and a relying upon them. This is the sense of the words.

In handling them, I will first speak of Faith in general, and then of the Object of it, as it is here mentioned; namely, The Gospel.

Touching the first, which is Faith it self; Sundry Points are to be spoken of it. 1. What Faith is? 2. The Degrees of it. 3. The necessity of this grace for a Christian. 4. The special marks whereby to discern it. 5. The means to get and encrease it. 6. The lets and hinderances which keep men from it are to be remo­ved.

Quest. First, of the first Point, What is Faith?

Answ. Answ. True justifying Faith (for of that we speak here, and of that our Saviour Christ speaketh in this place,) is a Grace wrought in us by the Spirit of God, whereby we apprehend and apply Christ and all his benefits to our selves, Joh. 1. 12. To receive Christ, and to believe in him are put for the same; and Gal. 3. 14. We receive the promise of the Spirit by Faith.

More particularly, in true Faith there are three things which are as the parts of it. The first is Knowledge of Christ, as he is revealed in the Gospel. The second is, Assent of the mind unto the truth and certainty of those things which are known of Christ. The third is a, particular applying of those things to our selves, when we rest perswaded that the Promise of Salvation made in Christ, belongs to us in particular: and in this particular Application of Christ stands the very life of Faith. Thus Paul did particularly apply Christ to himself, Gal. 2. 20. I live by Faith in the Son of God who hath loved me, and given himself for me. So Thomas, Joh. 20. 28. My Lord and my God. Here then observe, against the Papists, that true Faith is not onely a ge­neral belief of the truth of God's Word; but a particular applying of Christ, or of the Promise of Salvation by Christ. And this is proved by these Reasons.

  • Reas. 1 1. In the 6. Chapter of John, Verse 54. Believing in Christ is called, Eating of his Flesh, and Drinking of his Blood. So Austin, Crede, & manducâsti: And the Rhemists are forced to confess it; on the 32. ver. of that Chapter. Now this comparison shews the Nature of Faith, that as in eating and drinking there is an applying of Meat and Drink with the hand to the mouth, and so a receiving of it into the stomach, for the Nourishment of the Body; so in believing, there must be a particular applying of Christ, the bread of Life, to the Soul, for the spiritual nourishment of it.
  • Reas. 2 2. Joh. 3. 16. Whoso believeth in Christ shall have everlasting Life: Now, if to believe in Christ were onely in general, to believe all things to be true which are revealed in the Word touching Christ, then not onely many wicked men, but the Devils, should be saved; for they believe the History of the Gospel to be true, as may appear, because they confessed Christ to be the Son of God, &c. and Jam. 2. 19. They believe and tremble, yet they shall never be saved; therefore in saving Faith there is something more required than a ge­neral assent to the truth of the Word; namely, a particular Application of Christ, &c.
  • Reas. 3 3. True Faith breedeth Peace of Conscience (Rom. 5. 1.) and confidence towards God, Ephes. 3. 12. But a general perswasion of the truth of the Word will not work these effects, onely a particular Application of Christ will do it: this therefore must be in true Faith. Thus we see, that in true Faith there must be a particular applying of Christ. Therefore let none content themselves with that Popish Faith which is onely a general Belief of the truth of the Word. Ignorant People think this is a good Faith, but it will deceive them, if they trust to it.

The second thing to be spoken of is, The Degrees of true Faith; which are two: The first is a weak Faith, yet true and sincere: The second is a strong Faith.

A weak Faith I call that, which is mixed with much doubting, which doth generally assail it, and often pre­vail much against it. This weak Faith is nothing else but an earnest and unfeigned desire of being reconciled to God in Christ, with a hearty sorrow for our Unbelief, and with a care to use all means for the encrease and strengthning of Faith: God accepts this Desire in stead of a stronger Faith. Therefore the promise of bles­sedness is made to it, Matth. 5. 6. Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after Righteousness, &c. and Revel. 21. 6. I will give unto him that is athirst, &c. Such a weak Faith was in him, Mar. 9. 24. I believe, help my Ʋnbe­lief: and Matth. 8. 26.

The other Degree is, a strong Faith, by which I understand a more full perswasion of God's Love in Christ, and of Salvation by him. This was in Abraham, Rom. 4. 20. Who did not doubt of the Promise, &c. and in Paul Rom. 8. 38. This is not wrought in a Christian at the first, but in tract of time, after one hath had many ex­periences of God's Love. This measure of Faith we must all strive unto; yet the other weak Faith, if it be sincere and unfeigned, doth truly apprehend Christ, though weakly: As a weak Eye-sight might look upon the Brazen Serpent as well as a stronger sight. Therefore let not such be discouraged, who find onely this weak Degree of Faith in themselves; onely look to this, that it stand not at a stay, but that it grow in thee, [Page 52] and that to this end thou use all good means; else it never was true Faith, if it continue still as weak as at first, and grow not to more strength by Degrees.

The third Point is, The necessity of Faith for a Christian, which may appear by these Reasons.

  • Reas. 1 1. It is the onely instrumental cause in us of our Justification and Salvation, Rom. 5. 1. Justifyed by Faith, &c. Mark 16. 16. He that believeth shall be saved, &c. It is that alone which uniteth us to Christ, by which he dwells in us, Ephes. 3. 17. and so by it we come to be partakers of all the saving benefits of Christ; as God's favour, Forgiveness of Sins, and Salvation it self.
  • Reas. 2 2. Hebr. 11. 6. Without Faith it is impossible to please God. The best works we perform, if they be not done in Faith, believing that the person and work is accepted in Christ; they are unpleasing to God, yea, they are sins, Rom. 14. ult.
  • Reas. 3 3. Faith is the means of up-holding our spiritual and temporal life, Gal. 2. 20. Hab. 2. 4. Without Faith we cannot live the spiritual life of Grace; because by it alone we are united to Christ, and so receive Influ­ence of Grace and of spiritual life from him: He is life, but we partake not of this life, but by Faith. Again, without Faith we cannot lead our temporal life, in such manner as may be pleasing to God, and comfortable to our selves. It is Faith which must guide and order our temporal life in such manner as God requireth, causing us to seek his glory in all our wayes, and to depend on him in all estates, as well of adversity as pros­sperity.

Thus we see the necessity of Faith for every Christian.

In the fourth place, let us see some special marks and signs, by which we may examine whether we have true Faith.

  • 1. True Faith purifieth the heart, Act. 15. 9. causing in us a constant purpose and striving against all sin, yea, against our most inward and secret corruptions: It will cause not onely a wandring and inconstant pur­pose of avoiding sin, but a constant purpose. True Faith cannot stand with a purpose of continuing in any known sin. He that believes truly that his sins are forgiven by the mercy of God in Christ, that person be­lieveth withal, that he must not live in sin, because it is offensive to God: Examine thy self by this property of Faith, whether it be in thee; Art thou careful to purge thy heart and life from sin? &c. 1 Joh. 3. 3. Art thou careful not to defile thy Conscience with sin? True Faith cannot stand with an evil conscience.
  • 2. Where true Faith is, there will be a daily striving against Unbelief and doubtings, with a careful use of the means whereby these doubtings may be subdued, and the heart setled in a stedfast belief of God's pro­mises: Now, these means are, the Hearing of the Word, Use of the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper, Prayer, &c. Where Faith is, there will be a conscionable use of these spiritual exercises, for the strengthning of Faith. Examine thy Faith by this mark; Doest thou feel contrary doubtings and much Unbelief in thy heart? And doest thou hate thy doubtings, and constantly strive and pray against them? Doest thou say, Lord I believe, help my Ʋnbelief? It is an Argument thou hast Faith in some measure: Some say, they never doubted of their Salvation, this shews, they never truly believed; for Faith is mingled with Unbelief, and causeth a strife against it in all that have it.
  • 3. True Faith is fruitful in [...] works, especially in the works of Love, Gal. 5. 6. Faith worketh by Love. Jam. 2. It is a dead Faith which hath no works of Love flowing from it, as a dead Tree which hath no Fruit. Look to this therefore; thou that thinkest thou hast Faith, What fruits of Love come from thee in thy life? Art thou ready to do duties of Love to thy Brother? Art thou ready and open-handed to give, and to lend freely, to thy Brother that is in want? Art thou ready to forgive others that have wronged thee, and not to go to Law for trifles, as some do? If there be true Faith in thee, it will shew it self by these and the like fruits of Love: If thou be truly perswaded of God's Love to thee, this will cause thee to shew Love to thy Bro­ther and Neighbour, &c.

Let us by these marks try our selves throughly, what Faith we have; the rather, because there is in many a false temporary Faith, very like unto true Faith: by which counterfeit Faith they believe the Word of God to be true, and give assent to it; yea, some go further, for they delight to hear the Word (as Herod heard John gladly), they rejoyce also for a time in the Promises of Salvation made in the Word, having some taste of the sweetness of God's mercies, perswading themselves that they belong to them, and that they are in God's fa­vour, and in the number of those for whom Christ died, &c. [...]hus far many go, and yet have none but coun­terfeit Faith, with which they deceive themselves. Rest not in such a temporary Faith, but examine the soundness of thy Faith by the forenamed marks, which will not deceive thee.

Mark 1. 15.‘Believe the Gospel. Nov.1. 1618.

THe fifth thing to be spoken of is, The means whereby we may attain to true Faith, and by which we may cherish and encrease it.

Touching the means of attaining to Faith; the principal is, a diligent and conscionable attendance on the publick Ministry and Preaching of the Word, Rom. 10. 17. Faith cometh by hearing, and Hearing by the Word of God. Act. 15. 7. Peter saith, that God chose out him, that the Gentiles by his mouth should hear the word of the Gospel, and believe: and Gal. 3. 2. They received the Spirit, by the hearing of Faith preached. The Hearing of the Word preached is the ordinary outward means, in which, and by which, the Spirit of God doth work Faith. So many then as desire to get true Faith, and to have it wrought in them by the Holy Ghost, must attend on this Ordinance of God, they must frequent it on all occasions, omitting no opportuni­ties of partaking in it. As ever thou desirest to have saving Faith wrought in thee, so make conscience of of­ten Hearing the Word of Faith; Do not look that God should work this precious Faith in thee, if thou use not the ordinary means; this means is, the hearing of the Word preached.

Quest. May we not get Faith by reading the Word, or by hearing it read?

Answ. God is able to work Faith by bare reading of the Word, and no doubt he doth so sometimes; but that course is extraordinary: The ordinary course which he taketh is, to work Faith by the Preaching of the [Page 53] Word; this is the ordinary and most powerful means sanctified of God, for the begetting of Faith in mens hearts. Therefore trust not to bare reading, as if that were enough for the attainment of Faith, but wait and depend upon the Word preached; and withal, desire God to joyn his Spirit with his Word, to make his own Ordinance effectuall to thee; this he hath promised to do, Isa. 59. ult. So much of the meanes to get Faith.

Now the means to cherish and increase it, are four especially.

1. The diligent hearing of the Word in publick, and often reading and searching of the Scriptures in pri­vare; for as the Word is a means to breed and beget Faith, so the same Word is a notable means continual­ly to nourish and encrease it. 1 Pet. 2. 2. As new born Babes, desire ye the sincere milk of the Word, that ye may grow thereby.

The second means is, the conscionable Use of the Sacraments; these are seals set to the Word, especially the Lord's Supper; the proper End and Use whereof is, to nourish and strengthen Faith in us: We should therefore be carefull to partake of it often; Also to meditate often of our Baptism, for strengthning of our Faith.

The third means is frequent Prayer unto God for the confirming of our Faith. Thus the Apostles of Christ prayed, Lord increase our Faith, Luk. 17. 5.

The fourth means is, often and serious Meditation upon the Promises of God, made in the Gospel to such as truly turn from their sins, and fly unto Christ by Faith; as Isa. 55. 7. Joh. 3. 16. These Promises are ge­nerally and indefinitely propounded; think of them often, and apply them to thy self: thus we see the means to get and encrease Faith. Let us conscionably use them, that we may attain to this precious Faith, and that having gotten it, we may keep it: It is the principal Grace that makes a Christian; it is the chief riches of a Christian, making us Partakers of Christ, in whom are hid all the treasures of Grace and Salvation.

The sixth and last thing propounded to speak of is, the usual Lets and Hinderances which keep men from true Faith.

The first is a vain and false perswasion of Faith, which many take up and yet are far from true Faith. They have some good things in them, which they falsely suppose to be evidences of true Faith, and yet they are not. For example, Many men live civilly in outward Conversation, being free from gross vices, they deal justly with their neighbours; they come to Church duly, and hear the Word; yea, some go further, they take some delight in hearing of the Word; they are willing also to confer of it with others; they love the Company of good Ministers and good Christians; yea further, it may be they use good exercises in their Families, as private Prayers, Reading, and the like: These good things they do, and hereupon the Devil, and their own deceiptful heart, perswades them that they have true Faith, and are very good Christians, when (alas) they are far from it. Such must know, that one may be neer the Kingdom of Heaven, and yet not en­ter into it: Thou mayest be almost a Christian (with Agrippa) and not altogether a Christian; thou mayest have many good things in thee, and yet want saving Faith. Deceive not thy self with vain shews of civil honesty, or outward formality in Religion. Rest not in [...]hese or in any common gifts that may be in an Hypo­crite, but strive to have more in thee than can be in a meer civil honest man, o [...] [...] formal Hypocrite; get true Faith, and then thou out-strippest them both.

A second hinderance that keeps many from believing is, the greatness of their sins; which when they look at, they begin to think with Cain, that they are greater than they can bear, or greater than God can or will pardon unto them; and this keeps them from believing the pardon of them, and from laying hold on God's mercy in Christ, because they cannot be perswaded that this mercy belongs to so great Offenders, &c. For Removal of this Impediment,

1. Let such examine their hearts, whether they be truly humbled for their sins, and whether they unfeig­nedly hate and strive against them: If it be thus with thee, know this, that Christ came to heal the broken­hearted, and to save such sinners as thou art, even great sinners. Fear not therefore to go unto Christ, and to lay hold on him by Faith, notwithstanding the greatness of thy sins: The Blood of Christ is of sufficient ver­tue and merit to purge thee from all sin, even from the greatest, 1 Joh. 1. 7.

2. Consider, that God's mercy is sufficient to pardon the greatest sins, See Psal. 103. 8. And this mercy he hath promised to the penitent, though their sins be great and heinous, as we see Isa. 1. 18. Even the sin against the Holy Ghost, if it could be repented of, might be pardoned by the infinite mercy of God. There­fore though thy sins have been many or great, yet, if thou be truly humbled for them, and truly turn from them by Repentance, thou mayst undoubtedly believe the pardon of them through God's mercy in Christ. It is not simply the greatness of sin, but continuance in sin without Repentance, that shall condemn any. So much of the two main Hinderances which keep men from Faith. Others might be stood upon, but these shall suffice.

Hitherto of the first thing in the words; namely, the Act of Believing. Now it followeth to speak some­what of the Object, viz. The Gospel.

Doctr. Doctr. Observe here, that the principal matter and Object, which true justifying Faith must look at and apprehend, is the Doctrine of Reconciliation with God, and of Salvation by Christ, taught in the Gospel. Therefore the Gospel is said to be the Word of Faith, Rom. 10. 8. because this is that Word which justify­ing Faith doth chiefly lay hold upon and believe.

Quest. Quest. Is not the whole Word of God to be believed by Faith?

Answ. Answ. Yes, but not in respect of Justification: For the conceiving of this, know, that there is a twofold Object of Faith: The first is the general Object of it, called Objectum adaequatum; and this is the whole Word of God, both Law and Gospel. The second is the more special and principal Object of it, so far as it justifieth; and this is onely the Doctrine of the Gospel, or the Promise of Salvation by Christ, which is made in the Gospel.

Object. Object. Christ himself is the principal Object of our Faith, Act. 16. 31.

Answ. Answ. It is all one in effect, to say, that Christ, as he is set forth to us in the Gospel, is the Object of our Faith; and to say, that the Gospel it self, or the Promise of Salvation by Christ, which is made in the Gospel, is the Object of our Faith, as it doth justify.

Use. 1 Use 1. See how needfull it is for us to know, and be well acquainted with the Doctrine of the Gospel, especially with the Promises of forgivenesse of Sins and Salvation by Christ, which are contained in the Gos­pel. These Promises are the principal and special matter and ob [...]ect at which our Faith must look, and upon which it must lay hold; now if we know not these Promises, how can we believe or apply them to our Selves by Faith? Ministers of the Word therefore must unfold this Doctrine of the Gospel, and the Promises of it to their People, and the People must be forward and desirous to hear the same opened and applyed to them.

Use 2 Use 2. Learn hence to settle the eye of our Faith upon the true and right object of it, viz. The Promises of the Gospel made in Christ to such as repent and believe; labour daily in applying these to our Selves. We must by Faith believe every part of the Word of God, and apply it to our Selves: but it is chiefly the Gospel, and the Promises of it in Christ, which our Faith must look at, for Justification and Salvation. As the Israelites being stung with Serpents, in the Wilderness, looked on the brazen Serpent for the curing of their Bodies: So must we by the Eye of Faith look at Christ as he is revealed in the Gospel, for the healing of our Souls.

Mark 1. 16. &c. to 21.‘And as He walked by the Sea of Galilee, He saw Simon and Andrew his Brother,&c. Nov. 8. 1618.

NOw we are come to the fourth particular History recorded in this Chapter, viz. Our Saviour's calling of four of his Disciples, which is laid down from this 16. Ver. unto the 21. Verse. And 1. The Evangelist layeth down the Calling of Simon and Andrew, Ver. 16, 17, 18. 2. The Calling of James and John, the sons of Zebedeus, Ver. 19, 20. But I will in handling these Verses, consider the Calling of all these Disciples joyntly together.

In the History I consider these four things.

1. The place where Christ called them, which was, By the Sea of Galilee.

2. The Persons that were Called, which are Described. 1. By their Names, Simon, Andrew, James, and John. 2. By their Kindred, or Allyance one with another; in that they were two Couples, or Pairs of Brethren: Simon and Andrew were Brethren; and so were James and John, both sons of Zebedees. 3. By their Profession or Trade of Life, they were Fishers. 4. By their diligent imployment in their Callings, they were busied partly in casting out their Nets to take Fish, and partly in mending their Nets.

The third thing in the History, is the Calling it self, which is mentioned both generall, in that it is said, he called them, that is, James and John, Ver. 20. and more particularly, in that the words themselves are set down which our Saviour used to Simon and Andrew: which words contain two things. 1. A Commandement to follow Him. 2. A Promise, that He will make them Fishers of Men.

The fourth and last thing to be considered, is, their ready and prompt obedience yielded to Christ's Calling: in that it is said, They left their Nets and their Father, and followed Him.

To speak of these things in order, Touching the first, namely, the Place, where these Disciples were cal­led; it was near the Sea of Galilee where Jesus walked: Of this I will speak very briefly, onely shewing what is meant by it. This Sea of Galilee is the same which St. Luke calleth the Lake of Genesareth, Luke. 5. 1. and which St. John calleth the Sea of Tiberias, John 6. 1. Vide posteà, Cap. 4. Ver. 1. It was a great Lake or Pool of Water, which was joyning unto Galilee the lower; through the midst of which Lake Jordan did run: And this great Lake is called a Sea after the Hebrew Phrase, for the Hebrews call such great Pools of Water by the name of Seas. Hieron. in Ezek. Cap. 48. Col. 490. A. Some Write that this Lake was about twenty Miles in Compasse. Josephus saith, it was forty furlongs broad, and a hundred long. De Bello Jud. lib. 3. c. 18. It was near unto sundry famous Towns of Note, as Ca­pernaum, Tiberias, Bethsaida, Chorazin, and others; as Adrichomius Writeth. Now, near unto this Lake of Genesareth our Saviour Christ conversed much, teaching and working sundry Miracles there, which maketh it the more famous. And it is likely, that one cause why our Saviour did so much converse in this Place, and why He now walked there, was this, because it was a populous Place, where He might do the more good by His Doctrine and Miracles. But not to insist longer on this.

I come to the second thing, namely, the Description of the Persons that were Called. They are described. 1. By their Names. 2. By their Kindred and Parentage. 3. By their particular Calling, Fishers. 4. By their Imployment in their Calling.

Touching the first of these, their Names, I will not here insist upon: onely Note this, that James is called the son of Zebedeus, to distinguish him from [...]ames the son of Alpheus, which was another of the twelve Apo­stles, Mark 3. 18.

I proceed now to the second thing, namely, their Kindred and Parentage. These were two Couples of Brethren, and two of them were the sons of Zebedee. Hence some gather, That our Saviour Christ in making choyce of two Couples of Brethren to be Disciples, and afterward to be Apostles, did shadow unto us in some sort the unity and love that should be between Ministers of the Word, that there should be a kind of Spirituall brotherhood between them, and that they should affect and love each other as Brethren. Paul often calleth Timothy his Brother: So also he calleth his beloved Philemon Fellow-Worker; But to let this passe.

I go on to the third thing, which is, their trade of Life, they were Fishers: Now this implieth that they were. 1. Men of mean Estate and Degree, because their Calling was so mean. 2. That they were men unlearned, and not furnished with the knowledge of Arts or Tongues, So Acts 4. 13. 3. That they were not politick and Worldly-wise Men, but rather plain, simple-dealing men. Such our Saviour Christ made choyce to be afterwards his Apostles.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How could unlearned Men be fit to make Apostles, and to Preach the Gospel?

Answ. Answ. Christ made them fit, before they Preached.

  • [Page 55]1. By instructing and teaching them in his own Person, for they heard his Preaching in publick all the time they lived with him; and he taught them much (See Mat. 13. 10, 11.) by private conference, for they were after a sort his Family, continuing with him for the space of three years and more, all which time they had Christ to be their teacher.
  • 2. By the extraordinary powring out of his Gifts of the Spirit upon them, which was done on the day of Pentecost, after Christ's Ascension, Acts 2. So then, although our Saviour called unlearned men to be Apostles, it follows not, that such are fit in these times to be called to the Office of Ministers. The calling of the Apostles was extraordinary, and they were extraordinarily fitted of Christ for that Office; because they were appointed to be the first Founders and Planters of the Christian Church: but now that extraordi­nary Calling is ceased, and men ought to be fitted for the Ministry by ordinary meanes; namely, by the study and knowledge of Arts and Tongues, which are necessary in some good measure, in all those that take on them the publick Ministry, See 1 Tim. 3. 2. and 1 Tim. 4. 13.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Wherefore did Christ Call mean and unlearned Fishermen to be his Disciples, and afterward to be Apostles; and not rather some of the Scribes, Pharisees, or Priests; that were wise and great men in the World?

Answ. Answ. 1. To shew that his Kingdom being Spirituall, John 18. 36. is not erected or promoted by Worldly means or helps, as Wealth, humane Learning, worldly Policy, &c. Therefore when he was to set up his Kingdom among Men, by calling and converting them to himself, he imployed not such as were lear­ned, rich, or great men, but mean Fishermen. Earthly Kingdoms are set up and enlarged by outward means, as by force of Arms, worldly Wisdom, Policy, &c. But Christ's Kingdom is not promoted and furthered by such means as these, but onely by the Divine Power of his Word and Spirit, by which alone he calls and converts men to himself, and so sets up his Kingdom in their hearts.

2. To shew his Power in converting the World by such weak means, even by the Preaching of poor and mean Fishermen; that himself might have all the glory of this miraculous Work, 1 Cor. 1. 29. That no flesh should rejoyce in his presence.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour calleth such poor and mean Persons to be his Disciples, to believe in him, and follow him; we may gather, that Christ Jesus in bestowing spiritual favours or priviledges on men, doth not respect the outward quality or condition of their Person; as Wealth, Nobility of Birth, Natural Wisdom, or any worldly Greatness; 1 Cor. 1. 26. And Mat. 11. 25. also, Mat. 11. 5. The Poor have the Gospel preached to them.

Use. Ʋse. Comfort to those that are of poor and mean condition and quality in the World, Christ will not reject thee for thy meanness or poverty, nor deny the graces of his Spirit to thee; if thou be carefull in using the means of Grace: Christ will bestow his Grace upon thee, as soon as upon the greatest Person in the World. As worldly Wealth and Greatness do not commend any to Christ; so neither doth the poverty or basenesse of any man's wordly condition, move him to reject any, or to deny his grace to them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Christ can do great matters by weak means; thus He converted the World by these Fishermen, &c. So much of the calling and condition of these Persons which Christ called, in that they were Fisher­men.

The fourth thing to be considered, is, their diligent imployment in their Calling: It is said, That Simon and Andrew were casting their Nets into the Water, and James and John were busied in mending their Nets: so that as they had a particular Calling, so they were diligent in the Duties of it.

Observ. Observ. From their example learn this: That every one that lives in the Church, should not onely have some particular Calling whereinto do good in Church or Commonwealth, but that he ought also painfully and diligently to imploy himself therein. No Person, Man or Woman, should live idlely or unprofitably, but must take pains in some honest Calling, labouring with body or mind. This was God's Ordinance at the beginning, immediately after Adam's Fall; as we see, Gen. 3. 19. By sweat of face, understand here any painfull Labour of body or mind: See also Eph. 4. 28. and 2 Thes. 3. 10. The examples also of the Faithfull in Scripture do prove it: The Patriarchs were imployed in keeping of sheep. So Moses kept sheep for his Father-in-Law Jethro, Exod. 3. 1. Yea, Christ himself, so long as he lived a private Life, did work with his Father Joseph in the trade of a Carpenter, as is probable by that place, Mark. 6. 3. Vide Justin. Martyr.

Use. Use. This is for the just reproof of all idle drones, and unprofitable burdens of the Earth; such as live without Callings, or if they have Callings, yet do not take pains in them, for the good of Church or Com­mon-wealth. These are said to walk disorderly, 2 Thes. 3. 11. they eat not their own bread; they take the benefit of God's Creatures for their sustenance, and return nothing for it; they glorify not God by any pain­ful course, neither do they any good in Church or Common-wealth. Hence it is, that, when they are dead, they are not missed; neither the Church nor Common-wealth misseth them: Such live in the breach of God's Ordinance, who hath appointed, that all persons, living in the Church, shall employ themselvs painfully in some lawful Calling or other.

Mark 1. 16, &c. ad 21.‘Now, as he walked by the Sea ofGalilee, he saw Simon and Andrew his Brother, &c. Nov. 15. 1618. And Jesus said unto them, Come ye after me, &c.

IN this History of the calling of these four Disciples of Christ, I considered four things: 1. The Place where they were called, which was, by the Sea of Galilee. 2. A description of the Persons which were called. 3. The Calling it self. 4. Their ready and cheerful Obedience unto this Calling. Of the two first I have spoken.

Now I am to speak of the third; namely, The Calling it self: which is mentioned, 1. More largely and particularly, ver. 17. concerning Simon and Andrew. 2. More briefly and generally, touching James and John, Ver. 20. when it is said, He called them; which is all one with the former, He commanded them to follow Him, &c.

In the larger setting down of the Calling of Simon and Andrew, we have two things expressed. 1. A Commandment of Christ, bidding them to go after Him. 2. A Promise, that he would make them to be Fishers of men.

Quest. Quest. We read Joh. 1. 40. &c. that Andrew and Peter went after Christ, and became his Disciples; at which time Christ gave Peter the Surname of Cephas: How then is it, that the Calling of Peter and Andrew is here mentioned again? For that former Calling was a good while before.

Answ. Answ. We must know for this, that these two Disciples had a twofold Calling by Christ.

The first, general, as Christians; whereby they were called to embrace Christ as the true Messiah, and to believe in him unto Salvation. And this is meant in that place Joh. 1. 40.

The second is a more particular and special Calling, whereby they were called to be Companions and fol­lowers of Christ, that so, hearing his Doctrine continually, and seeing his Miracles, they might by these means be fitted, in due time, to execute the Office of Apostles. And this particular and special Calling is that which is here spoken of: So then, they were called before to be Believers in Christ; and because this they might be, and yet not utterly forsake their goods and friends; therefore, though they forsook them for a time, and went after Christ a while, (as appeareth, Joh. 1. 37, & 39.) yet they soon after returned again to their friends and possessions. But at this time (which was almost a year after they were called to believe in Christ,) they were called in more special manner to a further dignity than before, even to be of the number of Christ's special Disciples, which were continually to follow him, and to converse with him in all his travels, that so they might be fitted to take on them the Office of Apostles, &c. Now, this they could not do without forsaking their goods and friends; and therefore it is said, that they left all and followed Christ. So much for Answer to that Question.

There is also a third Calling of these and the other Apostles mentioned afterward, Chap. 3. 13, 14. Now to open the meaning of the words.

Follow me] or, Come ye after me; that is, resign your selves over to be my Disciples or Schollars, to be instructed and taught by me; and to this end betake your selves to be my continual associates and companions in all my travels wheresoever I go to preach the Gospel. So much the phrase (of following, or coming after Him) doth here imply.

And I will make you to be Fishers of men.] In these words our Saviour sheweth what Office he had appointed them unto, and withal promiseth to furnish them with gifts fitting for Apostles, and to make them able to convert Souls by their Preaching. q. d. Though as yet ye are but simple and unlearned men, yet I will in short time so enable you with gifts of Knowledge and Utterance, that ye shall by your Preaching gain men unto God. When he saith, they should be Fishers of men, it is a speech borrowed from the Trade of Fishing, in which these men had hitherto been occupied, and it is applyed by our Saviour unto the Preaching of the Word, by which men and women are caught or taken, that is, drawn out of the World, and out of their sinful estate, and so brought home to God, even as Fish are with the Net drawn out of the Sea, and brought to the Land. See Ezech. 47. 10. For the better conceiving hereof, consider a little the fit resemblance between taking of fish, and winning of men unto God. The wicked World, and the natural and sinful estate of men unregenerate, is as it [...] the Sea in which all men by Nature do remain and abide, as fish by Nature live and swim up and down in the waters; the Net to take them, and to draw them out of the Sea of the World, and of their natural Corruptions, is the Word of God; the Fishermen are the Ministers of the Word; the casting out of spreading of the Net, is the Preaching of the Word; the taking of fish and the drawing of them out of the Waters to the Land, is the calling and separating of men out of the wicked World, and out of their sinful estate, and the bringing of them unto God. Thus our Saviour took occasion, from considerati­on of their earthly Trade and Profession of fishing, to speak unto them of a spiritual kind of fishing, that is, of taking mens Souls; that is, winning them unto God by the Gospel preached. So much of the mean­ing.

Now to the Instructions.

Follow me] Observ. 1. It was a special Priviledge of the Apostles, that they were called and appointed to converse with Christ on earth, and to be inseparable companions and followers of him, so as they heard his Teaching, and saw his Miracles. This is implyed, when he bids them follow him. Joh. 15. 27. Mark 13. 14. Acts 1. 21. Peter saith, that the Lord Jesus went in and out among them; the words imply an ordinary con­versing with his Apostles. 1 Joh. 1. 1. St. John saith, that himself and the other Apostles had heard, and seen with their eyes, and that with their hands they had handled the Word of life; that is, Christ Jesus, according to his humane Nature: which shews how familiarly and ordinarily the Apostles conversed with Christ, fol­lowing him up and down wheresoever he went.

Quest. Quest. Did all the Apostles thus follow Christ, and converse with him ordinarily?

Answ. Answ. Not all; but onely the twelve which were first called: therefore Paul (though an Apostle), yet being none of the twelve, is exempted from the number of those Apostles that followed Christ and conversed with him before his Passion and Ascension.

Object. Object. 1 Cor. 15. 8. He saith, that Christ was seen of him.

Answ. Answ. He saw him onely in Visions; and that at three special times. 1. In the way to Damascus, Act. 22. as may appear by the speech of Ananias to him, ver. 14. 2. When he was imprisoned at Hierusalem, Act. 23. 11. The Lord stood by him and said, Be of good cheer, Paul, &c. 3. When he was caught up into the third Heavens, where he heards words unspeakable, &c. 2 Cor. 12. 2. It is most likely, that then also he saw Christ in his Glory. (Paraeus in 1 Cor. 15. 8.) Thus Paul saw Christ sundry times, in extraordinary Visi­ons, after his Ascension: but he did not see him or converse with him before his Ascension, in such sort as the twelve Apostles did. This therefore was the Prerogative of the twelve, to see and hear Christ, and to con­verse with him ordinarily upon Earth.

Ʋse Hence gather the truth and certainty of the Doctrine of the Gospel, contained in the writings of the Apostles: For they, living and conversing with Christ, heard his teaching, and knew his mind; and that [Page 57] which they learned of him, they either wrote themselves, or else delivered it to others to write. See Luke 1. 1, 2. This consideration serveth to strengthen our Faith touching the truth and certainty of those things which are left written in the books of the New Testament.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. I will make you to be Fishers, &c.] Hence learn, that the main thing at which all Ministers and Preachers of the Word should aim in their Ministry is, to take men (like fish) in the Draw-net of the Word; that is, to draw them out of the Sea of this World, and out of their natural estate, and to bring them unto God. In a word, to call and convert men and women unto God, and so to save their Souls. This is that unto which our Saviour Christ did chiefly ordain and appoint his Apostles, when he called them to that Office; that they should become fishers of men, that is, that they should labour in nothing so much as in this, that by their Preaching they might gain Souls unto God. So Luke 5. 10. Christ tells Peter, hereafter thou shalt catch men; shew­ing, what was the thing he should chiefly labour in for the time to come, even to take mens Souls in the Draw­net of the Word. This also was Paul's chief aim and drift in all his Ministry, even to win men unto God, 2 Cor. 12. 14. I seek not yours but you: and 1 Cor. 9. 22. I am made all things to all men, that I might by all means save some. The words may be understood not onely of his private conversation, but also of his Preaching and Mi­nistry, that in it he did conform himself (so far as he might) to the different dispositions of men, that so he might gain them unto Christ: Shewing what is the main scope which Ministers should shoot at in their Mi­nistry; even the gaining of Souls to God, or the taking or catching of mens Souls (as it were) in the Net of the Word preached.

Use 1 Use 1. This is for the reproof of such Ministers who in the Exercise of their Ministry aim and seek rather after their own gain, profit, credit, or preferment, in the World, than at the winning of their People to God; they fish more for Benefices and Church-livings, than for the Souls of men.

Use 2 Use 2. This must teach the People to shew themselves ready and willing to be caught in the Net of the Word preached, and by it to be drawn out of the Sea of the wicked World, and out of the deep Waters of their own sins and corruption, in which they ly and live by Nature: And to this end all sorts must be admo­nished diligently to repair to the places where the Net of the Word is cast forth and laid, by the Lord's Fish­ermen. As ever thou desirest to have thy Soul caught and taken in the Lord's Draw-net, which is his Word, so be careful to come unto the Net, and to the place where it is cast out, else thou canst not be taken in it; and yet if thou be not taken in it, and drawn by it out of the Sea of thy sinful estate, thou canst not be saved. Be not then slack to come to this Net of the Word, that thou mayest be taken in it: Happy are all they that are caught in it, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See here the excellency of the Calling of Ministers, in that it hath so excellent an Object about which it is conversant; namely, the gaining of Souls to God by Preaching: This is to be Fishers of men. Hence is it that they are said to save others, as 1 Tim. 4. ult. Take heed to thy self and to thy Doctrine, con­tinue in them; for in doing this thou shalt both save thy self and them that hear thee. Now there is no work more excellent than the saving of Souls. See Jam. 5. 20. Which shews the excellency of the Minister's Cal­ling, in that it is conversant about so excellent and precious a work as the gaining of Souls to God. Other Callings are conversant about mens bodies and goods, or outward estate; but the Office of Ministers is to la­bour in saving Souls.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To encourage Ministers to do the duties of this excellent Calling with diligence and faithfulness; they cannot labour too much in so worthy a Work; they should think no pains too great to save one Soul: This is more than to save a thousand mens bodies from drowing or burning, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. What cause then have the People to have their Pastors in singular love and esteem for their works sake; as Paul warneth 1 Thes. 5. 12. We love the Physitian that useth means to save our bodies, &c.

Mark 1. 17,ad 21.‘And I will make you become Fishers of men, &c. Nov. 22. 1618.

Observ. 4 IN that the Ministry of the Apostles is compared to the trade of Fishermen, which is a painful trade; Luke 5. 5. Observat. 4. Hence we may gather, that the Calling of a Minister is no easy Profession, but laborious and painful. The Fisherman hath no need to be idle, but to be much imployed, either in cast­ing out and laying his Nets, or in drawing them up, or in mending them, or in sorting the fish, &c. So a Mi­nister hath many painful emploiments in his Calling, &c. See for this Point, 1 Tim. 3. 1. 1 Tim. 5. 17. Revel. 2. 2.

Use. Ʋse. See how equal a thing it is, that the Labourer should have his wages; he is worthy of it, as our Savi­our himself faith, Luke 10. 7. This is God's Ordinance, that such as take pains in preaching the Gospel should live of the Gospel, 1 Cor. 9. 14.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. I will make you &c.] Learn, that Christ maketh and fitteth his Ministers for the Execution of their ministerial Office, &c. So much of the third general Point considered in this History of the Vocation of these four Apostles: viz. The Calling itself.

Now followeth the fourth and last thing to be spoken of: namely, their obedience yielded to this Calling of Christ; in that it is said, They followed him: And this their obedience in following him, is amplyfied by the promptness and readiness of it: which they testified by two things. 1. By forsaking their Goods, and their Father Zebedeus. 2. By doing this speedily.

They might have made many excuses, as, that they were loth to part with their Nets, and Ship, and other Goods; also, that their Parents and other Friends were dear to them, and that by the Law of God they were to honour and obey them, and not to forsake them: Again, they might object the danger that might ensue to them by following Ohrist, seeing John Baptist who had Preached Christ before them had sped so ill, being imprisoned by Herod; as we heard before, Ver. 14. But notwithstanding all these impediments, they willing­ly and chearfully follow Christ, and that with the forsaking of their Goods and Friends.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Did Christ's bare and naked words, uttered to them, cause them thus readily to follow Him?

Answ. Answ. No, for he did not only speak outwardly to their ears, but withall he spake inwardly and effectually to their hearts, by his Spirit; inclining them to this prompt obedience. And this is an argument of his Di­vine Nature, that he was true God as well as Man in one Person: seeing he was able by the Divine Power of his Spirit to work so upon the hearts of these men, that he caused them to follow him so readily. And thus our Saviour at other times shewed his Divine Power by working on the hearts of men. So Mat. 21. He so inclined the heart of him that was owner of the Asse to let her Colt go so soon as it was but demanded: See also Mat. 9. 9.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. In tha [...] it is said, They forsook their Nets and Ship, and their Father; It may be demanded, Whe her they did wholly and finally leave them, so as never to return to them again afterwards, nor to have any use of their Goods, or company with their Friends?

Answ. Answ. Not so: for Mat. 8. 14. it appeareth that Peter still retained the right and possession of his House, because it is said, That Jesus came to Peter's House, and Ver. 29. of thi [...] Chap. it is called the House of Simon and Andrew: yea, further we read, John 21. that after Christ's Resurrection Peter used fishing again, which shews that he had not so forsaken his Nets, as never to use them again. In like sort we read, Math. 9. that although Mathew the Publican followed Christ, yet he still retained the possession of his House: for it is said, That Jesus sate at meat in his House, Ver. 10.

Therefore we must know that these Disciples did not so wholly and utterly forsake their Goods and Friends, as never afterward to use them any more upon occasion: but they forsook them in regard of the ordinary use of them, and so far forth onely as they might hinder them in their ordinary conversing with Christ, and following of Him. Now to the Instructions to be gathered from the Words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. By the example of these Disciples forsaking their Goods and Friends at Christ's commandement; we learn, That when God doth call us to the performance of any Duty or Service, we must yield obedience to his Will, though it be with the losse or forsaking of all worldly things that are dear to us; as Goods, Liberty, Friends, &c.

Gen. 12. 1. Abraham left his Country and Kindred at the Commandement of God. So 1 King. 19. 20. Elisha being called to follow Elijah, to become a Prophet, left the twelve Yoak of Oxen with which he was Plowing, &c.

Psal. 45. 10. The Church must forget her Kindred and Fathers House, that she may cleave unto Christ, being called to it: So these Disciples, &c. Thus the Martyrs in Queen Maries time, being called to give Testimony to the Truth, and to stand out in defence of the Gospel; they did it with the forsaking of Liber­ty, Lands, Goods, Friends, and Life it self. The like obedience must we shew unto the calling of God or of Christ, in the same, or in the like Case.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The Glory of God and of Christ Jesus ought to be more dear to us than any thing in the World besides: Yea, than our own Selves.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. There is a most excellent Reward promised to those that forsake the things that are de [...]rest to them for Christ's sake, Math. 19. 29. Every one that hath forsaken Houses, or Brethren, or Sisters, or Father, or Mother, or Wife, or Children, or Lands for my Name sake; shall receive an hundred fold, and shall Inherit everlasting Life.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See, that it is not so [...] matter (as some think) to be a good Christian. Some fondly surmise, That, if they be baptized into the name of Christ, and do live in the Visible Church: if they be called and accompred Christians: If they come to the Church, and outwardly conform to the Word and Sacra­ments, that this is enough; then they are Christians good enough, and shall come to Heaven as well as the Holiest. But know this, If thou wilt be a true Christian indeed, thou must not onely make an outward pro­fession of Christ's Name and Religion, but thou must be content for his sake, (if he shall call thee to it) to part with this World and all things in it, be they never so dear to thee. Now this forsaking of the World and Wordly things for Christ's sake, is a Lesson hard to be learned and practised: as we may see in that young man that came to Christ, Mat. 19. 22.

Use 2 Use 2. This teacheth us daily to prepare ourselves to the practise of this Point, even to the forsaking of all Earthly things at the Will and Commandement of Christ, if we should be called to it. To this end we must daily strive to forsake the things of the World in heart and affection, that so we may be able to do it actually when God shall call us to it. Take heed then, that we set not our hearts too much on our Goods, Lands, Houses, Wives, Husbands, Children, &c. We may love our Friends, and use our Goods, and the things of this World: but yet so, as if we used them not; we must so affect our Friends, and use our Goods, as that we daily prepare in heart and affection to leave them, at any time when God shall call us to it, either in our Life time, or at our Death; though we are not to imitate Popish Fryars and Monks, who without a calling do forsake their Goods, and vow voluntary poverty; yet if God call us to part with all we have for his Names sake, or for the Profession of his Truth, we must do it: and therefore we had need daily to dispose our hearts to the doing of it, that we may be willing to do it indeed, when the Lord shall call us to it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that these Disciples performed speedy obedience to Christ's calling, straightway forsaking all, and following him: Hence learn, That we ought to yield quick and speedy obedience unto Christ in all his Commandements; what he enjoynes us, we must without delay yield obedience in performing it. So Paul, Gal. 1. 16. As these Disciples yielded speedy obedience to Christ in this duty of following him, and for­saking their Goods and Friend: so must we without delay yield to the performance of every duty which Christ doth require of us. Heb. 3. 7. To Day, if we will hear his Voyce, &c. Now among other Commandements of Christ, there are two principall ones which he en [...]oyneth us.

The first is, to Believe in him by Faith, laying hold of him, and all the saving benefits of his Death and Obe­dience. See Joh. 14. 1.

The second is, to Repent and turn from our Sins. This Christ appointed to be Preached in his Name, as one of his special Commandements, Luke 24. 47.

It is therefore our Duty, as in all other Commandements of Christ, so especially in these two, to yield spee­dy obedience unto him without delay.

Reas. 2. That obedience is most pleasing and acceptable to Christ, which is performed without delay: therefore our Saviour gave a check unto those who made delayes, when he Commanded them to follow him, Luke 9. 59.

Use. Use. To reprove those that delay and put off their obedience to Christ's Will and Commandements. They will hereafter repent of their sins, and get Faith in Christ when they are old; or else, when they have compassed such a bargain: when they have gotten thus much in Lands by the year, then they will seek after Faith, and turn to God from their sins. But know, that as Christ commands thee to do these things; that is, to Believe and Repent: so He requires thou shouldst Forthwith do them. Today, hear his Voyce, and harden not thy heart; Thou wouldest have thy Servant obey thee speedily; How much more shouldst thou yield speedy obedience unto Christ, thy Heavenly Lord and Master? He requires thy present service and obedience, put it not off then from day to day, or from one time to another, &c.

Mark 1. 21, 22.‘And they went into Capernaum, and straightway, on the Sabbath Day, He entred into the Syna­gogue Nov. 29. 1618. and taught. And they were astonished at his Doctrine, &c.

THe Evangelist having, in the former Verses, laid down the Calling of four Disciples of Christ to be his Followers: Now in these two Verses, he proceedeth in setting down the history of Christ's Preaching, whereof he had in part spoken before, Ver. 14. 15. And as he there recorded his preaching in the Country of Galilee in generall, so he setteth down his preaching in Capernaum, which was one particular Town or City in Galilee: Further note, That this History of Christ's preaching, here mentioned, came to passe a good time after that which is mentioned before, Ver. 14, & 15. For that is to be understood of his first publick preaching in Galilee: But this here mentioned came to pass after he had gone over Galilee, and after his coming to Naza­reth, and preaching that excellent Sermon mentioned Luke 4. 16. &c. Upon the preaching whereof, those of Nazareth thrust him out of the Synagogue and City, and would have thrown him head-long down from the brow of a Hill, as is in that place recorded. See Kemnit. He had before setled his dwelling in Capernaum, and now he returneth to it again. Touching this History, we have in it four things principally set down.

  • 1. The Place where he preached; namely, in the Synagogue at Capernaum.
  • 2. The Time, on the Sabbath Day.
  • 3. His readiness to preach, he went straight way, &c.
  • 4. The effect wrought by his Teaching, Ver. 22. They were astonished at his Doctrine.

And this astonishment is set forth by the cause of it; namely, the manner of Christ's; teaching set down 1. Positively or Affirmatively, shewing how he taught, as one that had Authority. 2. Negatively, shew­ing how he did not teach; not as the Scribes.

Into Capernaum] This was the mother-City or Town in Galilee, onely it was a populous Town in our Savi­our Christ's time: Therefore our Saviour leaving Nazareth where he had bin brought up, came and dwelt in Capernaum, Matth. 4. 13. Hence it is also called his own City, Matth. 9. 1. Here he conversed and preach­ed much at this and other times, and here he wrought [...] of his famous Miracles; in which regard this City is sayd to be lifted up to Heaven, Matth. 11. 23.

On the Sabbath Day] In the Originall it is, Sabbaths, in the plurall number, by Enall [...]ge numeri, one number put for another. So elsewhere, as Matth. 12. 1. and Acts 16. 13. Now by the Sabbath, we must here un­derstand the Jew's Sabbath, which was the seventh Day from the Creation of the World, being that which is now our Saturday: for the Christian Sabbath which we now keep on the first day of the Week, was not yet in­stituted till after Christ's Resurrection.

Into the Synagogue] The Word signifies an Assembly or Gathering together of People in any Place: By this name, the Jews called their ordinary places appointed for the publick Worship of God, such as our Churches now are. So Luke 7. 5. In these Synagogues they usually assembled on the Sabbath day for publick prayer, and for the publick reading and preaching of the Word: as may appear, Acts 13. 15. and Acts 15. 21. Therefore our Saviour Christ took the opportunity of the time being the Sabbath, and of the place being in the Synagogue, there and then to preach, when the People were assembled, that so he might do the more good by his preaching.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Ministers of the Word ought to observe and take all opportunities of doing good by their Mini­stery. They must be wise to discern of the fittest times and places for the exercise of their Ministery, and for the gaining of Souls to God thereby; as also to take the opportunity of such Times and Places. Thus did our Saviour Christ usually, as we see here, and at other times, Luke 4. 16. His custom was to go into the Syna­gogues on the Sabbath dayes. So Matth. 5. 1. When he saw a multitude assembled, he took occasion to preach to them in the Mount. And John 7. 37. in the last and great day of the Feast (of Tabernacles) he stood and cryed, saying, If any thirst, &c. Because there was then a great concourse of People, he took occasion to teach them. The like wisdom should be in all Ministers of the Word, to take the fittest occasions to do good by their Ministery, and that both by their publick teaching, and also by their private admonitions and exhorta­tions, and by comforting the distressed, 2 Tim. 4. 2. Preach the Word, be instant in Season and out of Season, &c. not that the Word is at any time out of Season: but it seems to be spoken according to the opinion of carnal Men, who think it sometimes out of Season: but the Apostle's meaning is, that Timothy should take all opportunities to preach the Word; yea, though it be at such times when carnal men think it unseasonable. See Acts 20. 20. the example of Paul: Now among all other opportunities of time and place, Ministers should be especially careful to take the opportunity of the Sabbath day, then and there to dispense the Word and Sa­craments to their People. They are to take occasion of so doing by their Ministery at other times, but chiefly on the Lord's Sabbaths, when his People are assembled for his publick Worship. So did our Saviour here. See also for this, Luke 12. 42. and Prov. 25. 11.

Use. Ʋse. To teach the People to be wise also in observing and taking all opportunities of time and place, to receive good from their Pastors and Ministers: So this People of Capernaum took occasion now offered, to hear [Page 60] our Saviour Christ. If Ministers must watch Opportunities to do good to their People, by publick Teaching, & by private Instruction, Admonition, Consolation, &c. then the Peoples Duty is, not to omit any good oc­casion offred of profiting by the Ministry of their Pastors. Act. 10. 33. Cornelius with his Kinsmen and Friends took the opportunity to hear Peter's Sermon. So Act. 13. 44. When Paul and Barnabas were to preach, almost the whole City of Antioch came together on the Sabbath to hear the Word of God: so care­ful were they to take the Opportunity.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour taught on the Sabbath, we may gather, That Preaching and Hearing of the Word is one principal part of the publick service of God, to be performed on the Sabbath. Thus it was up­on the Jews Sabbath, as may appear, 2 King. 4. 23. and Act. 15. 21. Moses, of old time, hath in every City them that preach him, being read in the Synagogues every Sabbath day. The meaning is, that the books of Moses were read on the Sabbath dayes, and, being read, they were also interpreted and applied to the People by Preaching. So Act. 13. 15. After the reading of the Law and the Prophets, the Rulers of the Synagogue sent unto the Apostles, saying; If ye have any Word of Exhortation for the People, say on. And hence is it, that our Saviour himself usually preached on the Sabbath dayes to the People, as we see Luke 4. 16. &c. So after­ward, when the Sabbath day was changed to the first day of the week, which is our Christian Sabbath, or Lord's Day; the Apostles used to preach the Word on this day, as is plain by Paul's practise, Act. 20. And this custom of Preaching and Hearing the Word on the Lord's Day, continued in the Primitive Church that followed next after the Apostles times, as Justin Martyr (who lived near unto those times) testifieth. In Apo­logia majori.

Use. Ʋse. See then, that the Sabbath day is not rightly sanctified, if the Word be not ordinarily preached and heard on that day. It is one principal exercise wherein the Lord's day is to be spent: which must move all Ministers, on the one side, not to omit this duty on the Sabbath, nor to let this day pass without some publick Instruction given to the People; and on the other side, it must stir up the People diligently to repair to the Hearing of the Word on the Lord's day, not contenting themselves to spend the day without hearing the Word in publick: unless unavoidable necessity hinder. If therefore they cannot have the Word preached in the places where they live, they should seek further to those places where it is preached; See Amos 8. 12.

Straightway he entred, &c.] Observ. Good duties ought to be readily and cheerfully performed; and this readiness must be shewed by speedy performance, without delayes. See for this Point, Joh. 4. 34. 1 Pet. 5. 2. Jam. 1. 19. Rom. 12. 8. Psal. 110. 3. Psal. 119. 60.

Use. Reproveth such as must be haled to good duties, &c.

Use. It followeth, Ver. 22. And they were astonyed, &c. Here is set down the effect which our Saviour's preach­ing wrought in the Hearers, they were astonied at it; that is, stricken with fear and amazement, for so the word in the Original signifieth: which shews that they were exceedingly affected and moved with his Preaching, in regard of the excellent and powerful manner of it, whereof we shall hear afterward.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see, that although our Saviour lived in a low and mean estate on earth, yet even in that state of his Humilitation he was a Person of wonderful Power and Majesty; able, with the words of his mouth, and by his Doctrine, to strike his Hearers with fear and amazement. Hence is that speech of the Officers that were sent to take Him▪ and yet had no power to do it, Joh. 7. 46. Never man spake as this man. And another time, when a Band of men came to apprehend Him, as soon as He did but tell them, I am He, they went backward and fell to the ground, Joh. 18. 6. Therefore Luke 24. 19. He is said to have been mighty in word and deed.

Ʋse. Ʋse. How much greater Power and Majesty shall Christ shew forth at his second coming in Glory, when he shall come in the Clouds accompained with thousands of Angels? If his Voice were so powerful on earth when he was in so low and mean estate, how fearful shall that Voice and Sentence be which, at the last day, he shall pass against the Reprobate? Even so terrible shall it be, that they shall call to the mountains to fall on them, and to cover them from the wrath of Christ. Let this consideration move us now to be obedient to the Voice of Christ, in the Ministry of his Word, least we be compelled hereafter to be subject to that terrible Voice of his, Go ye cursed into everlasting fire.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that they were astonied, this argueth some fear and reverence wrought in them toward our Saviour Christ and his Doctrine, that they were much affected with it for the time; and yet it doth not prove that they were all truly converted by his Preaching, although it is likely that some were: Hence then we may gather this, that it is not alwayes a sure sign of true conversion to be much moved and affected with the Doctrine that is delivered out of the Word, Luke 4. 22. The People of Nazareth wondred at the gracious words that proceeded out of the mouth of our Saviour, and yet they were not converted, neither believed in him; for they took exceptions against him, because he was Joseph the Carpenter's Son. And we have other Examples in Scripture of some that have been much moved at the Word, and yet not converted by it: So 1 King. 21. 27. Ahab was so moved at the reproof and threatning of Judgment, denounced by Elijah, that he rent his cloaths, put on Sack-cloth, and fasted, &c. and yet he did not leave his sins. So 1 Sam. 15. 24. Saul was so moved at the Reproof of Samuel, that he made a kind of confession of his sin, and yet he did not truly repent of it. So Felix trembled at Paul's Preaching, and yet was not converted by it, Act. 24. 25. Ezek. 33. 32. The Jews were delighted with the Doctrine of the Prophet as with Musick, and yet their hearts went after covetousness. Matth. 13. 20. Those Hearers compared to stony ground received the Word with joy. And Mark 16. 20. Herod heard John gladly. Hebr. 6. 5. Reprobates may have some taste of the good Word of God.

Use. Ʋse. Content not our selves then with being moved and affected, for the time, with the Doctrine of the Word deliverd; Think not that it is enough, if we be for the present affected or moved with some kind of fear or reverence of the Word, or with some kind of love, joy, or delight in the Doctrine, or manner of De­livery; for these are common effects of the Word preached, which are sometimes wrought in the Reprobate. Therefore labour further, not onely to be moved with fear or admitation at the Doctrine taught, but also to embrace it by Faith, and to have thy heart and life reformed by it: Strive to feel the converting and reform­ing [Page 61] power of the Word, as well as the astonishing power and vertue of it. It is the manner of some to be much affected and moved a while, or for the present, at that which is delivered; to admire the Doctrine, and to commend the Person that delivers it, &c. These are good things in themselves; but not enough, if they go alone. Thou mayest be thus moved at the Word, and yet never the better for it; nay, the worse thou mayest be, and more hardned afterward: Some are trouble at a Sermon, for their sins, for a time; yet afterward this trouble vanisheth, and they are as before; like such as are Sea-sick, who, as soon as they come to Land, are well again. Such is the Power of the Word, that it doth often convince the consciences, and astonish the minds, even of Hypocrites and Reprobates which are never converted by it. Therefore rest not in this asto­nishment, or being much affected with the Word, for a time; but labour above all to feel thy heart changed, and life throughly reformed, by it; Luke 11. 27. when a Woman admired Christ's Doctrine, he took occa­sion to teach her a further Lesson, that, Blessed are they that hear the Word and do it. So Acts 2. 38. though the People were much moved and pricked in heart, at Peter's Sermon, yet he suffers them not to rest there, but bids them amend their lives, &c.

Mark 1. 22.‘And they were astonished at his Doctrine; for he taught them as one that had Authority, and not as the Scribes.’

IN this Verse is laid down the effect which our Saviour Christ's Teaching wrought in the Hearers, in that they were astomished at his Doctrine; which Astonishment is amplified by the cause of it, which was, the excellent manner of his Teaching; laid down

  • 1. Affirmatively, shewing how he taught, as one that had Authority.
  • 2. Negatively, shewing how he did not teach, not as the Scribes.

From the effect of his Teaching, in that it astonished the People, I observed the last day two Points of In­struction.

  • 1. That although our Saviour, when he was on Earth, lived in a low and mean outward condition; yet, even in that state of his Humiliation, he was a Person of exceeding great Power and Majesty, able, by the words of his mouth, to astonish and amaze those that heard him speak.
  • 2. In that these Hearers of Christ were all astonished with fear and admiration at his Teaching, and yet were not all converted by it; Hence was observed, That it is not alwayes a sure token of true Conversion, to be much moved for the time, and astonished at the Doctrine of the Word when it is delivered; for such astonishment is sometimes wrought by the Word preached, even in such as are wicked men and Reprobates which are not converted by the Word. These Points have been handled.

Now I proceed to a third Point, which we may further observe from this, That our Saviour Christ's Preach­ing was such as did much affect the People with fear and admiration. Hence it may be gathered, that our Saviour Christ used a plain kind of Teaching, (especially when he preached to the common People,) such as the People might conceive and understand; for otherwise it is not likely that they would have been so stricken with Reverence and Admiration at his [...] ▪ if they had not understood it; for men are not wont to be greatly moved at that which they understand not. If one [...] a very excellent Sermon in the French tongue to English people, that understand it not, it would not move them. Therefore, in that it is said, our Saviour's Teaching did so much astonish the People, this argues that it was plain and suitable to the Peoples capacity; therefore Matth. 7. 28. it is said, that the People (that is, the common multitude) were astonished at his Doctrine, which shews that it was such as the common sort might understand else they would not have been so moved at it: Sometimes indeed he taught by dark Parables, as Chap. 4. when his purpose was to hide his Doctrine from wilful contemners of it. Thus also Paul's Preaching was with plainness, and evident demonstration of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 2. 4. Therefore elsewhere he sayes, that if his Gospel were hid, it was hid to them that were lost, 2 Cor. 4. 3. And thus should all Ministers of the Word apply them­selves in Preaching, to speak to the capacity of their Hearers. So much of the effect of our Saviour's Teach­ing; it wrought astonishment in the Hearers.

Now I proceed to the words following, in which is set down the cause of the People's astonishment; viz. The excellent manner of his Teaching, in that he taught as one having Authority, &c. First, to clear the words.

As one that had Authority,] Our Saviour Christ's Teaching may be said to be with Authority, in three respects.

  • 1. In regard of the excellent matter which he taught, which was the most divine and heavenly Truth of God, without all mixture of Falshood or Error: This was confessed by his very enemies, Mark 12. 14.
  • 2. In regard of his powerful miracles which accompanied his Doctrine.
  • 3. In regard of the excellent manner of his Teaching, which was such as did procure and win unto him great Authority: and this is chiefly meant here. Now the manner of his Teaching was excellent in sundry regards.
    • 1. He taught in his own Name, as being Lord of his Doctrine, and not onely as a Messenger or Interpre­ter thereof, as the Prophets were: therefore he did not use to say in his Preaching, Thus saith the Lord, as the Prophets used; but, I say unto you, &c. See Matth. 5. & alibi.
    • 2. He taught with great power and efficacy, so as his Doctrine wrought very effectually upon his Hearers; for he did not onely sound the Word into their ears, but he was able by his divine Spirit to work upon their hearts, causing them to believe and embrace that which was taught.
    • 3. He taught with much zeal and earnestness of Affection, shewing himself zealous of his Father's Glory, and very earnest and desirous to save men's Souls.
    • 4. His speech and delivery was with special grace, Luke 4. 22. The People wondred at the gracious words which proceeded out of his mouth: the meaning is, his words were such as did manifestly express the inward graces of the Spirit that were in him above measure; as Humility, Love, Mercy, &c. See Isa. 50. 4.

And not as the Scribes,] Here we are to shew, 1. Who were Scribes? 2. What their manner of teaching was. Touching the first: This was a name of Office among the Jews. Whereof there were two sorts.

1. Civil, who were publick Notaries or Secretaries unto Princes, to write and record the publick affairs of the Common-wealth, 2 Sam. 8. 17. Seraiah was David's Scribe. So 2. Reg. 22. Shaphan was Josiah's Scribe.

2. Ecclesiasticall Scribes, which were imployed in Church-matters: and these were a certain order of Ecclesiasticall persons, who being skillful in the Law of Moses, were appointed to be publick Teachers and Expounders of it to the People. Such a Scribe was Ezra, Chap. 7. Ver. 6. He was a ready Scribe in the Law of Moses. See Nehem. 8. 4. and such were they by profession, who were called Scribes in our Saviour Christ's time, as Matth. 23. 2. The Scribes and Pharisees sit in Moses Chair, &c. that is, They are such by Office, who are appointed to expound the Law of Moses; therefore they are sometimes called Lawyers, and Doctors of the Law, as Luke 5. 17. Luke 7. 30. These were very learned in the Letter of the Law, as may be gathered, 1 Cor. 1. 20. vide infrà, Cap. 2. v. 6.

Touching the second thing; namely, the manner of teaching used by the Scribes; we must know, That in our Saviour's time they were faulty in their teaching two wayes, 1. In the matter which they taught, for in­stead of the pure Word of God, they taught the precepts of Men; that is, their own unwritten Traditions: (See Matth. 15. 9. and Luke 11. 52.) 2. In the manner of their teaching, in that they taught coldly, neg­ligently, and without zeal and power. This may appear, because the Evangelists do oppose their teaching un­to the powerfull teaching of Christ, which shews, That as His Doctrine was delivered with zeal and power, so theirs was void of power: This latter faultiness in the manner of their teaching, is chiefly meant here. Now to the Instructions to be learned hence.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. From the manner of our Saviour Christ's teaching, observe this, That it is not enough for Mi­nisters of the Word to preach true and sound Doctrine, but they must also look that it be done in due and right manner, 1 Pet. 4. 11. If any man speak, let him speak as the Words of God. As Ministers must teach the Divine truth of God, so they must teach it after a Divine and Spirituall manner: So did Paul, 1 Cor. 2. 4, 13. He taught with demonstration of the Spirit, &c. not with the words which mans wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth, comparing spirituall things with spirituall things. More particularly for the right manner of teaching the Word, these two things are required.

  • 1. That it be taught with an earnest zeal for Gods glory, and with a fervent desire of the People's Salvation.
  • 2. That it be taught and delivered in powerful and effectuall manner, so as to move and affect the hearers, and to work upon their hearts, if it be possible. Thus Paul, 1 Thes. 1. 5. Our Gospel came not to you in Word onely, but in Power, &c.

Now to this end; 1. Ministers must labour to be touched in their own hearts with a feeling of those things which they deliver; for by this means their preaching will in all likelyhood work the more effectually on others, when themselves are first moved and affected with that which they teach.

2. Ministers in teaching must labour so to speak, as to manifest and expresse the inward graces of their own hearts; as meekness, love, humility, &c▪ [...] the People may see and acknowledge these graces of God in them, as 1 Cor. 14. [...]. Then the People will be the more affected with their Doctrine.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This reproveth the cold, negligent, and powerless teaching that is used by some Ministers of the Word, which shew and expresse no zeal or fervency of affection, nor yet any spirituall power or efficacy in their teaching. These are like the Scribes, &c. They do the work of the Lord negligently: no marvel, if they do little good by such Preaching.

Use 2 Use 2. This may teach the People to love and desire a zealous and powerfull Ministery, not contenting themselves with this, to have the true Doctrine of the Word taught unto them, but praying unto God to give unto their Pastors the Spirit of zeal and power, to deliver and teach the word in such manner as that it may be effectuall to work upon their hearts.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Our Saviour preached as one having Authority; that is, he was careful by the manner of his teaching to maintain and preserve the Authority and Credit of his Person and Doctrine with the People: Hence Ministers may learn, That they ought to be careful so to carry themselves in their Ministery, that they may preserve the credit and reputation of their Persons and Ministery, and save it from contempt, especially in their own places. This charge Paul gives to Timothy, 1 Tim. 4. 12. See that no man despise thy youth, and to Titus, Tit. 2. 15. These things speake, and exhort, and rebuke with all Authority. See that no man despise thee.

Reas. Reas. The fruit and profit of their Ministery depends on the credit of it, &c.

Quest. Quest. How may a Minister maintain the credit of his Person and Ministery? By the same means as Christ did.

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. By teaching the sound truth of the Word.

2. By labouring for zeal and power in the delivery of it.

3. By leading an unblamable life, so as to be a pattern of holiness to his flock, See 1 Tim. 4. 12. By this our Saviour Christ did winn Authority to his Doctrine.

Ʋse. Use. This reproves those Ministers which expose and lay open themselves and their Ministry to contempt, ei­ther by their corrupt and unsound Doctrine, or by their cold and powerlesse delivery and handling of the Word; or else by their loose carriage in their lives. These like the sons of Eli, cause the People to abhorr the service of the Lord, 1 Sam. 2. 17.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. And not as the Scribes,] This implyes, That the Scribes were very faulty in their manner of teaching; in that they taught in such a cold, dead, and powerless manner. And as in their manner of teach­ing, so also in the matter of it (as appears elsewhere in the Evangelists,) in that they taught their own traditi­ons instead of the pure word of God. And yer our Saviour did not seperate from their Assemblies, nor re­quire his Disciples to do so, but allowed them to hear these corrupt and cold Teachers, because they stood in the place of publick Teachers, having an outward calling in the Church, and did also teach some truth. [Page 63] See Matth. 23. 2, 3. Against our Separatists. Whence we may learn, That we ought not wholly to separate from the Ministry of such Pastors or Teachers, who are faulty in the matter or manner of their teaching: but we may lawfully hear them, if they have an outward Calling, and be Authorized in the Church, and do teach some true and sound Doctrines.

Mark 1. 23, 24, &c.‘And there was in their Synagogue a man with an unclean Spirit, and he cryed out, saying, Dec. 15. 1618. Let us alone, what have we to do with thee, thou Jesus of Nazareth? Art thou come to destroy us, &c.

NOw we are come to the fifth and last History recorded in this Chapter, of certain Miracles wrought by our Saviour in Galilee. These are set down two wayes, 1. Some of them, particularly: 2. Others in common, and generally; as we may see, Ver. 23, 33, & 34. Those that are particularly recorded, are three in number. The first is, The casting out of a Devil out of one that was possessed, from the 23, Ver. to the 29. The second is, The curing of Peter's wives Mother of a Feaver, from the 29, Ver. to the 32. The third is, The cleansing of a Leper, from the 40, Ver. to the end of the Chapter.

Touching the first of these Miracles; namely, the casting out of a Devil from one that was Possessed.

We may consider in it three things, 1. The person upon whom the miracle was wrought, described first by his present afflicted condition, He had an unclean Spirit. 2. By the Place where he now was, In their Syna­gogue. 3. By his outward carriage or behaviour towards our Saviour Christ: And that in two things. 1. His crying out. 2. In the words which he uttered to our Saviour in crying out: Of which we shall hear when we come to them.

The second thing to be considered in this History, is the Miracle it self, Ver. 25, & 26.

The third is, The consequents of it, Ver. 27, & 28.

A man with an unclean Spirit,] In the Original it is, a man that was in an unclean Spirit: Which Phrase implyes thus much, That he was bodily possessed with a Devil, or wicked Spirit. See Luke 4. 33. An unclean Spi­rit did really enter into him, and possesse his Body, &c. For the conceiving of this, we must here note, That the Devil may be said to be in Men, or to enter into them, two wayes.

  • 1. In respect of his operation and working upon their hearts and minds, by his suggestions and tempta­tion [...], whereby he entiseth and draweth them to sin. And thus he is in all wicked men, Eph. 2. 2. So in Judas, Luke 22. 3. But this is not here meant.
  • 2. In respect of his very substance or essence, when he doth really enter into mens Bodies, and, being in them, doth work and move in them at his pleasure. See Bucer and Zanchy.

And thus was the unclean Spirit in this man here mentioned in the Text: Therefore our Saviour bids him go out of him afterwards.

Here a Question is further to be answered, touching the Devils entring into men's bodies to possesse them.

Quest. Quest. Why doth the Devil desire to enter into the bodies of Men and Women to possesse them?

Answ. Answ. Out of his inveterate malice and envy [...] Mankind.

  • 1. That he, having such near union with their persons, may more [...] and entise them to sin, by insinuating himself into their imagination or fancy, by which he doth work on their outward senses.
  • 2. That he may the more easily hurt their bodies by offering violence to them, and by afflicting and tortu­ring them. Therefore we read in the Evangelists, how the Devils did often torture the bodies of such as were possessed by them: sometimes rending or tearing them, sometimes violently hurrying them from place to place, sometimes casting them into the Fire and Water, &c.

Unclean Spirit,] That is, a Devil; one of those wicked Angels or Spirits of Hell. They are called unclean Spirits here and in many other places of the Evangelists: 1. To distinguish them from the good Angels, who on the contrary are called Holy, Mark 8. ult. 2. To shew their nature and disposition, viz. That they are most impure in themselves, and seek to defile all other Creatures of God, especially Mankind. The words following shall be explained afterward. We come to the Instructions to be observed out of the Words that have bin opened.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. First observe here, That the Devil is a most malicious enemy to Mankind, desiring and seeking by all means to do hurt and mischief unto mens Souls and Bodies: therefore he is said to be a murderer from the beginning, Joh. 8. 44. Revel. 9. 11. Antichrist is called Abaddon and Apollyon: both which words, the one in Hebrew, the other in Greek, signifie a Destroyer: much more doth these names agree to the Devil. This hi [...], malice he sheweth,

1. Against the Souls of Men, in tempting and drawing them to sin by his wicked suggestions, that so he may bring them to eternall destruction, 1 Pet. 5. 8. A roaring Lyon, seeking whom to devour, &c. See also for this, Luke 22. 31. Sathan desired to winno [...] them, thereby shewing his great malice, Acts 5. 3. Sathan filled the heart of Ananias, &c.

2. He shews his malice against the bodies of men, which he doth sometimes by entring into them to possess them, as we see in this place, and in many other examples in the Gospel of those that were possessed by wick­ed Spirits, and were much tortured and afflicted by them: and sometimes, though he enter not really into them, yet he useth means to strike them outwardly with bodily diseases, aches or infirmities: But of this af­terward. This malice of the Devil against the Souls and Bodies of Men hath bin ever since the Beginning; and it is not abated, but increased in time: so that it is now greater then ever it was, Rev. 12. 12.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See God's goodness and mercy in limiting and restraining the Devil's malice against us, so as he can do no more than the Lord permits him to do. If God did not restrain him, he would not onely hurt, but ut­terly destroy the Souls and Bodies of all Men and Women in the World. Such is his malice, that if the Lord did not bridle him, and, as it were, put his hook into his Nostrils to hold him back, he would not onely murder our Souls by drawing us into all kind of sin, but he would also in a short time murder our Bodies by some means or other; he would find wayes enough to do it, either by overthrowing our houses down on our heads, as [Page 64] upon Job's Children; or by setting fire on them, and so burning up them and us together, before we be aware of it; or by conveying poison into our meat and drink, &c. Any of these wayes the Devil would soon make away with us, if the Lord did not hold him in, and restrain his malice against us.

Let us think well of this mercy of God shewed to us daily and hourly, and be stirred up to shew true thank­fulness for the same.

It is his mercy that we are not destroyed of Sathan every Day, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Remember this, when the Devil tempteth us to any sin under pretence of friendship or kindnesse, promising much profit or pleasure by it, if we will yield to his wicked suggestions; be assured, That howso­ever he pretend our good, and proffer us kindness as he did to Eve, promising that she should be like God (if she would eat of the forbidden Tree); yet the truth is, he alwayes intendeth hurt and mischief to us: whatso­ever he makes shew of, he seeks our destruction. Believe not then his deceitfull perswasions, when he would draw us to commit sin. If a man knew one that carries malice in his heart against him, he will not believe him, though he speak him fair, and promise him many good turns: so the Devil, being a deadly professed enemy to our Bodies and Souls, seeking the murder of them, Let us not believe him, or yield to his suggestions, though he promise never so much profit or pleasure by sin. The Devil's kindnesses are viscata beneficia.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this unclean Spirit entred into the body of this man, and possessed it, abusing it at his plea­sure: We see that the Devil by God's permission may have great power over the bodies of men to abuse them, and to afflict and torture them with pains, diseases, &c. And this he doth sometimes by conveying himself into the bodies of men, (which he can the more easily do, being of a spirituall nature and substance,) and so possessing the bodies of those in whom he is; he doth move them, and often put them to great pain & torture. Thus he abused the body of this party here mentioned, and of many others that were possessed in our Saviour's time. So Stagirius a Monk, was possessed in Chrysostom's time: Sometimes again, he doth by God's sufferance afflict mens bodies without possessing them, or entering into them: So Act. 19. 16. as when he useth means to strike them outwardly with some disease, distemper, or infirmity; as he smote Job's body with boyls: and Luke 13. 16. He bowed the body of a Daughter of Abraham (that is a believing Woman) for the space of eighteen years together: nay, he may be permitted of God to kill the bodies of men, as of Job's Children.

Quest. Quest. Why doth the Lord permit the Devil to have such power over mens bodies?

Answ. Answ. For His own Glory.

  • 1. To shew his Power in over-ruling Sathan, and using him as an Instrument by which to work his own Will.
  • 2. To shew his Justice the wicked men, punishing them by this meanes for their sinnes. Thus Cyprian Serm de lapsis writeth of some in his time that were possessed with Devils, for prophaning the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper, (Jansen. Harmon. Evangel. pag. 161. Col. 1. C.) Tertullian mentions one taken with a Devil at a Stage-Play. Centur. Magdeb. Cent. 3. Col. 142.
  • 3. He may do it also sometimes to shew his Mercy in chastising his own Children for their sins, that he may by this meanes humble them, and cause them to renew their Repentance.

Ʋse. Ʋse. See what cause we have, daily to pray unto God for his Protection against the power of Satan, that he may not have his will to tyrannize over our bodies [...]. Let us not forget daily to commend not onely our Souls but our Bodies to [...] protection and defence, intreating him in mercy to keep and pre­serve us from the power of Satan, and not to suffer him to abuse or afflict our bodies at his will.

Mark 1. 23.‘And there was in their Synagogue a man with an [unclean Spirit,] and he cryed out, &c. Dec. 20. 1618.

Observ. 3 FRom the Attribute given to the Devil, in that he is called an unclean Spirit, we further learn this; that those Wicked Spirits of Hell are most impure and filthy Creatures: therefore they are so often in Scripture cal­led unclean Spirits; as Matth. 12. 43. When the Ʋnclean Spirit is gone out of a man, &c. and in many other pla­ces. Now they are unclean in three respects.

  • 1. In regard of that great corruption and depravedness of Nature wherewith they are now tainted, by rea­son of their apostacy from God. Jude v. 6. They kept not their first Estate; but falling from God, they were justly deprived of all that purity of Nature, which they had by Creation; and in stead thereof, they are now defiled with a most impure and sinful nature and disposition: therefore the Devil is called, The evil One, Mat. 5. 37. yea, Wickednesse it self, Eph. 6. 12.
  • 2. In regard of actuall sins, with which they daily and continually pollute themselves; as malice, lying, murder, and the like, John 8. 44.
  • 3. In regard of their continuall desire and endeavour to pollute and defile all the other Creatures of God; especially to infect mankind with the contagion of their own sin; this they do by continuall tempting and entising men unto sin.

Use. 1 Use 1. See then, whom they do resemble, who live in the [...] of sin, defiling themselves with impure and filthy sins; as pride, covetousness, adultery, drunkenness, and such like: the more they defile themselves with these or the like sins, the more like they are unto the Devil himself, that impure Spirit: See Zach. 13. 2. They bear his Image, not the Image of God which stands in holiness. Take heed then how thou live in any known sinne, lest defiling thy Soul and Body with it, thou become like the Devil, that unclean Spirit.

Use 2 Use 2. See the foul Nature of sin, which makes the Devil such a foul and unclean Spirit, called filthynesse, 2 Cor. 7. 1. It defileth Soul and Body, it makes men like Sathan; yea very Devils in carnate, as Judas, Joh. 6. penult.

How then should we hate and avoid all sin; yea tremble at the motions of it arising in our Hearts; and how carefull should we be, not to defile our selves with the practise of it?

Use 3 Use 3. It must teach us to a abhorr all fellowship and communion with Satan; to have nothing to do with that unclean Spirit, lest he pollute us with the contagion of his own filthinesse.

Object. Object. God forbid we should have any dealings with the Devil, we are far from it.

Answ. Answ. Whatsoever thou sayest or thinkest; yet if thou hearken to his perswasions, or be delighted with his wicked suggestions, or dost yield to them; then the truth is, thou hast fellowship and dealings with the Devil, though he do not appear to thee in bodily shape. Learn then above all, to detest his wicked moti­ons, and to resist them, and cast them out of thy mind, at rhe very first offering of them; desiring of God to give thee grace so to do, Jam. 4. 7. Resist the Devil, and he will fly, &c. Eph. 4. 27. Give not place to the De­vil: do not parley with him as Eve did, least thou be taken as she was. Beware of having the least dealings with that unclean Spirit, least he infect thee with his filthiness: We would not come near one that hath a Plague-sore upon him, much less entertain him in our House or lodge him there. How much less should we come near the Devil, that foul Spirit, or suffer him to enter into our hearts and lodge there, &c? So much of the first thing, by which the Person upon whom this miracle was wrought, is described: his present afflicted estate, in that he was possessed with an unclean Spirit.

Now followeth the second, which is the place where this party now was.

In their Synagogue,] Viz. at Capernaum; where our Saviour now was, and Preached there. See before, Ver. 21.

Quest. Quest. How came this possessed Man thither at this time?

Answ. Answ. It may be, he was brought thither by his Friends, to the end, he might there be cured by our Savi­our, as we read the like hath bin done by others at other times, as Ver. 32. and Matth. 4. 24.

But I rather incline to their Judgment, who think that the Devil in this man, was now forced by the secret divine power of Christ, to come in the person of this man to the Synagogue, and there to present himself be­fore our Saviour. Compare Mark 5. 6. with this Place. No doubt but the Devil came to this place un­willingly, and was unwilling also that this man (whose body he possessed) should come to the Synagogue, to hear our Saviour's Doctrine, or to be healed by Him: yet our Saviour by his secret power forceth him to come that he might take occasion to work his miracle (of dispossessing him) in that publick place.

Observ. Observ. Christ hath absolute Power over the Devils, or wicked Spirits of Hell: He can rule, and over-rule them, as he pleaseth, and force them to do that which they are most unwilling to do, in obedience to him: as here, he forced the wicked Spirit which was in this man sore against his will, to come to the Synagogue in Capernaum, there to present himself to Christ, that he might be dispossessed by him. At other times, our Saviour shewed his power over the winds and Sea, &c. Now, over the Devil himself, a most powerfull Crea­ture, yet forced to yield to the Power of Christ, in coming now to the Synagogue, &c. Our Saviour did now as it were put his hook into the jawes of this Leviathan, and drew him by force whither he pleased; which was as great a matter, or greater rather (as a learned Interpreter upon this place saies) than if a Fisher with a small fishing-line should pull a great Whale out of the Sea, &c.

But of this power of Christ over the Gospel, there will be occasion to speak more afterward.

I proceed now to the third particular to be considered in the words of the Text, viz. The carriage or be­haviour of the party possessed, or rather of the Devil in him, when he came to our Saviour. This carriage of the Devil in the possessed party, is expressed in two things.

  • 1. In his crying out.
  • 2. In those words which he spake to our Saviour, Ver. 24.

Touching the first, He cryed out,] Viz. The Devil, in the man Possessed: As, Gen. 3. 1. the Serpent is said to speak to Eve, when it was the Devil in the Serpent.

Quest. Quest. What moved the Devil now to cry out?

Answ. Answ. The apprehension of the Divine Power of Christ, who was now about to dispossesse and cast him out of his Hold. This, no doubt, did strike terror into this wicked Spirit: and so much the Words following do shew.

Observ. Observ. This greatnesse of the Power of Christ the Son of God, is terrible to the Devils themselves, whensoever Christ doth put forth his Power against them, and make them feel it. It was terrible to them, even while our Saviour lived on Earth in the state of Humiliation, as here we see (and in many other places of the Evangelists) how the wicked Spirits in such as were possessed did tremble at the Power of Christ; as soon as they did but begin to feel it, when he was about to cast them out. This made them to intreat so much, that he would not torment them, as Mark 5. 7. and Luke 8. 28. Much more is the Power of Christ now terrible to the Devils, when he is exalted to the right hand of God in Heaven, Jam. 2. 19. As they do believe the Di­vine Power of Christ, so they tremble at it. But most terrible of all, shall his Power be to them at the last day, &c.

Use. Use. If the Power of Christ be so terrible to the Devils and wicked Spirits, then much more to wicked men (who are weaker then the Devils) whensoever Christ shall but begin to shew his Power against them in punishing them for their sins; especially at the last day, when he shall come in flaming fire to render Vengeance to them. The apprehension of Christ's power joyned with his wrath against them, shall then force them to cry out to the Mountains to cover them, &c. Rev. 6. The consideration of this should now move such wicked ones, who have hitherto bin enemies to Christ, and of his Church, to turn to him by true Repentance, and to submit themselves unto him, Psal. 1. Even Kings and Rulers are admonished so to do.

Now follow the words which the Devil in this party possessed did utter to our Saviour, Ver. 24. Let us alone, &c.

Here observe in General, That the Devil by God's permission hath Power, not onely to enter into the bodies of men, and to hold possession of them, but also being in them, he can frame and utter an audible Voyce, and such as may be understood. So here, and afterwards Chap. 5. 7. and at other times. See Acts 16. 17.

So also he can utter a Voyce in other living Creatures, which he enters into, as he did in the body of the Serpent, Gen. 3.

Not that the Devil can give an immediate power of speech, either to Man, or to any other Creature; [Page 66] but he doth it by help of some naturall causes or means, which he makes use of to this purpose. And when he speaketh in any Creature, it is in such a Creature as hath some natural abilities and fitnesse either to speak, or to utter some kind of imperfect Voyce, &c. See Perk. Discourse of Witchcraft, Chap. 1. Sect. 4.

Now to speak more particularly of the Words which the Devil here, speaking in the party possessed, did utter to our Saviour. In which consider three things.

1. The Devil beginning now to feel the Divine Power of Christ opposing him, doth intreat our Saviour to forbear troubling or disquieting him and his fellows: Let us alone.

2. He doth expostulate with our Saviour, 1. About the Cause of his molesting him and his fellows: What have we to do with thee, thou Jesus, &c. 2. About the end of his coming: Art thou come to destroy us?

3. He doth make a fained and hypocriticall confession of Christ. I know thee, who thou art, &c.

Touching the first, Let us alone,] Some take the word [...], used here in the Original Text, to be onely an Adverb of crying out; and therefore they translate it, Ah, what have we to do with thee, &c. But it is rather to be taken as a Verb of the Imperative Mode, signfying as much as, Let us alone]: The Devil intreats our Savi­our to forbear troubling or molesting him, or his fellows (that is, other wicked Spirits, which now possessed the bodies of other persons,) by casting them out of their holds.

Observ. Observ. How loth and unwilling the Devil is to forgo his hold or possession, which he hath gotten in the bodies of Men at any time; very loth he is to be dispossessed, &c. Therefore here he makes suit unto Christ, to let him alone, &c. And to this purpose also tend the words following, which he further useth to our Saviour, viz. To move and perswade him (if it might be) not to cast him or his fellows out of their Possessions. Hence also it was, that this and other wicked Spirits, did so much struggle against the Power of Christ, when he was about to dispossesse them. See more of this afterward, upon Ver. 26. and Chap. 5. 7, 8.

It followeth. What have we to do with thee, &c.] The wicked Spirit doth expostulate the matter with our Savi­our about the cause of his molesting him and his fellows; and he seems to complain against Christ, and to accuse him (at least indirectly) as if he dealt injuriously with him and his fellows, in going about to cast them out, seeing they had nothing to do with him; that is, they did not meddle against him, neither had any way justly provoked or offended him, q. d. what Cause is there in us why thou shouldest trouble us, and go about to dispossesse us, seeing we meddle not with thee, nor have done thee any wrong, &c? See 2 Sam. 19. 22. the like Speech used by David to Abishai in like sense, What have I to do with you, ye sons of Zerviah, that ye should this day be adversaries to me? What Cause is there in me, or have I given you, why ye should shew your selves enemies to me, in molesting me, and by provoking me against Shimei, &c.

Thou Jesus of Nazareth,] This was the usuall name then given to our Saviour by the common People among the Jews. The reason whereof was,

  • 1. Because his Mother the Virgin Mary dwelt there, Luke 1. 26. And there she conceived him in her Womb, it being a City in Galilee: There also both she and her reputed Husband, Joseph, lived afterward, for which cause it is called their own City, Luke 2. 39.
  • 2. There also our Saviour Christ did live and was brought up-under, and with, his Parents; during the time of his private Life, untill he was about thirty years of age. Hence it was. That he was commonly called Jesus of Nazareth, and not for that he was born there [...] born at Bethlehem, Matth. 2.

Now some do further thin [...] [...] the Devil gave this title now to our Saviour, in policy thereby to nou­rish the common People in that error which they held concerning Christ; that he was not the true Messiah, because he was of Nazareth, whereas the Messiah was to come out of Bethlehem. (See Joh. 1. 46. and Joh. 7. 52.) But this I leave as uncertain, although it is not altogether unlikely.

Observ. Observ. The Devil here pretends, that he did not meddle with our Saviour, nor had any way provoked or offended him; and therefore implyes, that our Saviour dealt injuriously with him and his fellows, in going about to cast them out: yet all this was false; for,

  • 1. It was a just offence to our Saviour, that these wicked Spirits did enter into Mens bodies, to possesse and abuse them at his pleasure.
  • 2. It was therefore no wrong at all unto these Devils, that our Saviour went about to dispossesse them. Here then, we see and learn, that the Devil is a lyar, and a false accuser of others: He sticks not here (at least in­directly) to belye our Saviour, and falsly to slander and accuse him, as if he dealt hardly and unjustly with him and his fellows, in going about to dispossesse them; withall, pretending (but falsly) that they had not provoked him, or given him any cause thus to proceed against them. All was false, and herein the Devil shewed himself not onely a lyar, but a slanderer and false accuser, even of Christ himself, &c. So he falsly accused God himself unto Eve, Gen. 3. and he falsly accused Job unto God, Job 1. 9. And Rev. 12. 10. He is called, The accuser of the Brethren, &c. yea, he hath his name from slandering and false accusing, for [...] signifies a Slanderer; and as his name is, so is his nature, as was said of Nabal, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This must teach us not to believe the Devil, when he suggesteth wicked thoughts to us, either against God's Justice, Mercy, Providence, &c. or against our Brethren, and perswades us to [...]ntertain such thoughts. Remember, that Satan is a lyar and slanderer both of God and Men; and therefore such thoughts coming from him, we are not to believe, or give any credit at all to them.

Use 2 Use 2. Beware of the sins of lying and slandering, or false accusing; for these are the Devil's proper sins: and the more any is given to them, the more like they are to him, &c.

Mark 1. 24.‘Let us alone, What have we to do with thee, &c? Dec. 27. 1618.

WEE have heard how the Devil, in this party possessed, doth expostulate with our Saviour Christ about the cause of his molesting him, and his fellows the other wicked Spirits, in going about to dispossesse them; in these words, What have we to do with thee, &c?

Now in the words following, He doth farther expostulate with Him about the end of his coming, whether it were to destroy them?

Art thou come to destroy us?] Viz. Before the due time appointed for our destruction: for that is implyed, as may appear, by comparing Matth. 8. 29. Art thou come hither to torment us, before the time?

By Destruction, The Devil here meaneth that full, finall, and last destruction, judgment, or punishment; which he knows is to be inflicted on him and his fellows by Christ at the last day, or day of generall Judg­ment. And because he did already begin to feel the Divine Power of Christ; therefore by these words, he seems to intimate another reason (besides that before implyed) to move our Saviour not to put him to far­ther torment, by casting him out, viz. because the time appointed for their full and finall punishment was not yet come. So much of the meaning of the Words, Art thou come to destroy us?

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The Devils have not as yet their full and perfect Damnation or punishment inflicted upon them; God's Wrath is not yet come upon them to the uttermost. This is plainly implyed, when they ask Christ, Whether he were now come to destroy and damn them to the full? Luke 8. 31. That Legion of Devils re­quested our Saviour not to command them to go out into the Deep; that is, the place of full and perfect torment which they shall be cast into hereafter; which shewes, that they are not in it already, 2 Pet. 2. 4. They are in Chains of Darkness reserved unto Judgment. So Jude 6. ver. and Matth. 25. 41. Everlasting fire is prepared for the Devil and his Angels: therefore they do not yet burn in it so as they shall hereafter. Those wicked Spirits are already entred into some degree of Hellish torments; and this torment they carry about them wheresoever they become; but their full judgment is not yet inflicted upon them.

Ʋse. Hence we may gather a certain Argument, that there is a Day of General Judgment yet to come, in which the Devils and Reprobate Men shall be adjudged to full and finall Damnation. If there were not a Day of Judgment to come, how should those wicked Angels receive their full Reward of Judgment and Pu­nishment? But God's Justice requireth, that when their sins are come to the full Height and Measure (which they shall be at the last Day) that then they should be punished with full and perfect Damnation: We must therefore certainly believe a Day of general Judgment to come. And not only believe it, but daily prepare for it: knowing, that at that Day, not onely the Devils shall be Judged, but we also; every one of us must hear the finall Sentence of our Absolution or Condemnation; and withall, we must then receive our full re­ward, according to the things which we have done in the body, whether good or evil, 2 Cor. 5. 10.

Quest. Quest. How should we prepare our selves against that Day?

Answ. Answ. 1. Get true Faith in Christ, that we may be found in Him at the Last Day: Then shall we lift up heads and hearts with comfort at the appearing of Christ.

2. Repent of our sins, and renew our Repentance daily. See Acts 17. 30, 31.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The Devils do stand in great fear of the Day of Judgment, and of that full and finall torment which then shall be inflicted upon them. This appears, in that they demand here of Christ, whether he were already come to destroy them before the appointed time of full Judgment, shewing that they much feared that time. See Luke 8. 31. and Jam. 2. 20. Where it is said, That they Tremble; which must be understood, chiefly in respect of the Day of Judgment, and of that finall accomplishment of their Damnation, which then they must feel.

Use. Use. See then the stony hardnesse or [...] Mens hearts, who live so securely in their sins, and are so hardned in them, that they are little or nothing moved with any [...] trembling at the consideration of the Day of Judgment, when Christ shall come in flaming fire to render Vengeance to suc [...] wicked Ones. But it were much better for them now to be moved with fear of that terrible Day, and speedily to turn from their sins, that they might be saved in that Day of the Lord, than securely to go on in their sins, and so to be sur­prized unawares at that Day by the wrath of God, which then shall be powred out on all the Reprobates. Surely if the Devils themselves tremble at that Judgment to come, then it is like to prove a terrible Judg­ment to all wicked Men and Unbelievers that shall then be found in their sins.

So much of the second thing considered in this Speech of the Devil unto Christ, viz. His expostulating or reasoning with him.

Now followeth the third thing; namely, his profession of Christ, in these words: I know thee, who thou Art, &c?

The meaning of the words is first to be shewed: I know] That is, do acknowledge and believe who thou art: the Devil speaks not here of a bare knowledge or understanding of Christ, but of such a knowledge as was joy­ned with a generall assent to the truth of that he knew.

The Holy One of God] It is likely, that this title was then usually given to the Messiah, by way of allu­sion to the Prophets, as, Psal. 16. 10. See also Dan. 9. 24. Therefore the Devil giveth this title to Christ, quasi diceret, I believe thee to be that Messiah of whom the Prophets foretold.

Now this Title (the Holy one of God) is given to the Messiah, because he was sanctified of God to be the Saviour of Mankind, John 10. 36. And this sanctifying implyeth two things.

  • 1. The seperating of Him to this Office.
  • 2. The furnishing of Him with extraordinary holiness and grace, fitting him for that Office.

Quest. Quest. Why did the Devil make this profession of his knowledge of Christ?

Answ. Answ. Not for any good end (for although he sometimes speak the Truth, yet it is still for some evil pur­pose): So at this time he aimed not at the Glory of God, or of Christ: but he made this confession,

  • 1. To flatter our Saviour, and so to perswade him (if it might be) to let him alone, and not cast him out: Therefore he commends him, and makes shew of honouring him.
  • 2. No doubt, he did it also to this end, That he might bring the Truth it self (which he professeth) into suspition and disgrace, because it received Testimony from him who is the Father of lies.
  • 3. To make the People suspect that our Saviour had some communion and familiarity with Satan, or did work Miracles by his help, because he did confesse him, and seem to honour him so much: Hence (as some think) grew that wicked slander of the Pharisees against our Saviour, that he cast out Devils by Belzebub, Matth. 12. 24. So much of the sense of the Words.

Observ. Observ. There is an Historicall Faith in the very Devils, whereby they know and believe in generall that Christ is the Son of God, and the Messiah or Saviour of Mankind: Therefore they confesse him so to be, [Page 68] as here and else where in the Gospels; as, Mark 3. 11. Thou art the Son of God, &c. So Acts 19. 15. Jesus I know, and Paul I know, &c. Yea further, they know and believe in general the Truth of the Word of God, both the Law and Gospel. Therefore Jam. 2. 19. it is said, The Devils Believe and Tremble.

Quest. Quest. How come they to this Historicall Knowledge, and general Faith?

Answ. Answ. Not by supernaturall enlightning of God's Spirit; where of they are not partakers: But,

  • 1. By help of that naturall light of understanding which they had by Creation; which though it be much obstructed and lessened by their Fall and Apostacy from God, yet it is not quite taken away: but they still retain (since their Fall) a great measure of naturall understanding, which (no doubt) helps them to conceive the things set down in the word of God.
  • 2. They attain to this generall Knowledge and Faith by experience and observation.
    • 1. Of the Ministery of the Word in the Church, for when the Word is Preached, they perceive what is taught, and cannot but yield assent to the Truth of it.
    • 2. By seeing the Miracles of Christ living upon Earth.
    • 3. They do also perceive what is written both in the Scriptures themselves, and in other good Books, by which means they come to increase their Knowledge: Nevertheless, though they have this Historicall Faith, yet they come far short of true Faith, because they cannot apply those things which they know to themselves for any good or comfort to themselves, nor make any use of them.

Ʋse 1. This condemneth such as come short of the Devils themselves in this Historicall Faith. How many have we that are grosly ignorant in the Word of God, both in the Doctrine of the Law and Gospel? How many that are meer strangers to the Scriptures? How many that are to seek in the plainest and easiest grounds of Christian Religion, scarce knowing so much as the meaning of the Commandements, or Lord's Prayer, or of the Articles of the Creed? The Devils go beyond these in the Knowledge of Christ and of his Word, and what a shame is this for them?

Again, others though they perhaps know something of the Word, yet give not assent of mind to the Truth of it.

Object. Object. God forbid but we should belive the Word to be true.

Answ. Answ. But thy loose profane life shews the contrary. If thou didst indeed believe, and rest firmly per­swaded, that the Soul that sinneth shall dye, or that covetous Persons, Drunkards, Raylers, &c. shall be shut out of God's Kingdom; wouldst thou live in these or the like Sins? Perhaps thou believest the promises, but not the threatnings of the Word, to tremble at them: But the Devils believe both, though they cannot apply the promises to themselves for Comfort or Salvation.

Use 2. Rest not in an Historicall Knowledge or Faith; if thou do, it will not save thee: for if it would, then it would save the Devils: for they have this literal Knowledge and general belief of the Word. Dost thou think it enough to know and believe that Christ dyed for Sinners? The Devil and his Angels know and be­lieve as much. Labour then to out-strip them, and to get a better Faith then is in them: Labour to apply to thy own Soul the promise of Salvation through Christ, and not onely to know the Word, but to frame thy Heart and life to it, &c.

The Holy One of God,] The Devil▪ [...] the former words professed in generall his Knowledge of Christ; now he professeth more particularly what he is. The meaning of the Words see before.

Observ. Observ. 1. Hence we may learn this truth even from the mouth of the Devil, that that Jesus which was born of the Virgin Mary, is the true Messiah foretold by the Prophets; that is, that Speciall and Eminent Person which was Ordained of God to be the Saviour of Mankind. Our Saviour professeth as much of him­self, Joh. 4. 26. And Paul testified to the Jews at Corinth, Acts 18. 5. that Jesus was that Christ.

Reas. 1 Reas. Whatsoever the Prophets foretold concerning the Person or Office of the Messiah, is fulfilled in this Jesus; they foretold nothing touching his Conception, Birth, Sufferings, Resurrection, &c. and touching the Circumstances of them, but it is all verified in this Jesus; as might be shewed at large: But I will not here insist upon it.

Ʋse. Ʋse. See the fearful Judgment of God resting upon the Jews at this Day, in that, for the sin of their An­cestors, in Rejecting and Crucifying the Son of God; they are given over of God to such blindnesse and hard­nesse of heart, that they stand out in denyall of this, that Jesus is the Christ, which yet the Devils themselves do here acknowledge. See Rom. 11. 25. Blindness (or hardness) is come to Israel, &c. and Ver. 22. Be­hold the severity of God towards them, &c.

It is a wonder, That they reading in the Prophets those things which are there spoken of the Messiah, and finding them all fulfilled in this Jesus; yet deny him to be the true Messiah, notwithstanding that themselves are driven to confesse that the time appointed for his coming is expired many hundred years ago. Let us be warned by their example to take heed of willful rejecting Christ or his Word, lest the Lord justly give us over to blindness and hardness of heart.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Christ Jesus is a Person most Holy, and Sanctified in extraordinary measure. Revel. 3. 7. Thus saith he that is Holy and True: Hebr. 7. 26. Such an High Priest it became us to have, who is Holy, Harm­lesse, Ʋndefiled, separate from Sinners.

Now He is thus Holy, both in Himself, and in respect of His Church.

1. In Himself. 1. As He is God, so he is essentially Holy, yea Holinesse it Self. 2. As He is Man, and that both in His Conception and Birth, as also in his whole Life.

In His Conception and Birth, He was not onely pure from all Sin, but also indued with a fulnesse and perfection of Sanctifying Grace, so far as his humane Nature was then capable of it.

Object. Object. He came of Adam's Posterity, which is wholly tainted with sin: How then can He be holy in His Conception and Birth?

Answ. Answ. He descended not of Adam in such manner as other Men do; that is, by ordinary Generation: but he was extraordinarily conceived in the Virgin Marie's Womb, by the special Vertue and Power of the Holy Ghost. See Luke 1. 35.

Again, as he was Holy and Pure from Sin in his Conception and Birth, so also in his whole Life, in that he was perfectly conformable to the Law of God, the Rule of Holiness.

2. In regard of his Church he is Holy, conveying and communicating his Holinesse to the Faithfull; sanctifying his Church. See 1 Cor. 1. 30. Eph. 5. 25.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort to the Faithful that are lively Members of Christ, He will impart his holinesse to them; sanctifying them by his Spirit. And besides, the inherent holiness of his own Person is imputed to them of God, upon their believing in his Christ. This may comfort them against the manifold impurities and sinfull corruptions which they find, and complain of, in themselves.

Use 2 Use 2. Strive to resemble Christ in holinesse, labouring for a sanctifyed Heart and Life, &c. The more holy, the more like unto Christ.

Mark 1. 25, 26.‘And Jesus rebuked him, saying, Hold thy peace, and come out of Him: And when the unclean Jan. 3. 1618. Spirit had torn him, and cryed with a loud Voyce, he came out of him.’

VVEE have heard of the Description of the Person upon whom this Miracle was wrought: Now fol­loweth the Miracle it self; concerning which two things are recorded by the Evangelist in these two Verses,

1. The means freely used by our Saviour in casting out the unclean Spirit, viz. The words which he spake to him consisting of two Parts. 1. A Reproof. 2. An Injunction, commanding him to be silent, and to go out of the party possessed, Ver. 25.

The second thing, is, the effects which the words of our Saviour wrought upon the unclean Spirit: causing him, 1. To tear the Body of him that was possessed. 2. To cry Out. 3. To go out of the Party.

Rebuked him,] Or, sharply Reproved him for confessing him.

Hold thy peace,] Or, be Dumb or Silent.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour Rebuke him for confessing him, and enjoyn him silence?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because the Devil was no fit person to professe Christ or his Truth, and that because he is the Father of lies, and the greatest emeny to Christ and his Truth; Therefore our Saviour would not accept of his confession.

2. Because he knew the Devil confessed the Truth with an evil intent and purpose, and for sinister ends; as we have heard before, viz. 1. To flatter Christ, and to perswade him (if it might be) to let him alone, and not to cast him out. 2. To discredit the Truth by his Testimony. 3. To perswade the People that our Saviour had some commerce and fellowship with Satan, and used his help in working Miracles, because he seemed to commend and honour him so much. Now our Saviour knowing the Devil's Hypocrisie, and de­ceitfulness in confessing him for such evil ends, doth therefore reprove him, and command him silence.

3. The time of the full manifestation of Christ's glory was not yet come, &c. It followeth in the words,

And when the unclean Spirit had torn him,] That is, tortured his Body with much pain, either by racking the Members or joynts of it, o [...] by [...] it violently from place to place; for it is said, Luke 4. 35. That he threw him into the midst of them, yet withall it is [...] ▪ That he hurt him not; that is, though he put him to great pain and torture; yet he had no power to maim any membe [...] [...] of his body: but the man remained whole and sound, having all the limbs of his Body perfect, after the Devils going out of him.

Quest. Quest. Why did the Devil thus torture him, immediately before his going out?

Answ. Answ. To shew how unwilling and loath he was to be dispossessed and cast out, therefore he would do all the hurt he could before he went out.

Therefore also it follows, That he cryed out aloud,] not onely for fear of Christ's Power, but also to shew how he was vexed and grieved at this, that he must be cast out, shewing his unwillingness to leave his Hold.

He cryed Out,] Not that he uttered any words or speech, (as he did before) but onely a confused hideous noyse, expressing his fear and grief for that he must be thrown out. So much of the sense of the words in these two Verses.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour would not suffer the unclean Spirit to confesse him, we learn, That it is good wisdom for us not to hearken to the Devil, though he speak that which is true in it self.

Reas. Reas. Because Joh. 8. 44. he is a Murtherer from the Beginning, and abode not in the Truth; because there is no Truth in him: when he speaketh a lye, then speaketh he of his own: for he is a lyar, and the Father thereof. Though he sometimes utter that which is true in it self, yet it is not true as it proceeds from him, because he speaketh with a lying, false, and deceitfull intent and purpose, that he may insnare us, Matth. 4. 6. The Devil spake truth in alledging Scripture; yet because he spake it with a deceitfull and lying intention, our Saviour would not hearken to his perswasion.

Use 1 Use 1. How much more are such to be blamed, who give heed to Satan when he speaketh that which is false. As for example, when he perswades them that it shall be for their good, if they will yield to his sug­gestions, that they shall gain much profit and pleasure by it, as he perswaded Eve: So when he perswades Men that they may come to Heaven without Faith or Repentance, or that they may escape Hell though they continue in their sins. These things being utterly false in themselve [...], what folly and madness is it for men to believe the Devil when he speaketh such things? If he be not to be hearkened to when he speaks Truth, (be­cause he speaks it with a lying intention); then much lesse should we hearken to him when he speaketh things utterly false in themselves.

Use 2 Use 2. Have nothing to do with Satan, nor give any heed at all to any thing when he speaketh or perswa­deth; seek not to learn the Truth of Satan, &c. Whether it be true or false in it self, yet still that which he speaketh is false and deceitfull as it comes from him; because in every thing that he speaketh, he intends our hurt and mischief. Gen. 3. 5. When the Devil perswaded Eve that if they would taste of the forbidden Tree, they should come to know Good and Evil, this was true in some sense; but the Devil spake it with a [Page 70] lying and deceitful purpose: Therefore it had bin far better for her not to have hearkened to him.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour commandeth the evil Spirit to be silent, and to go out, and he is forced to obey his command: Hence we learn, That Christ is Lord over the wicked Angels, having absolute Power and Authority over them, to over-rule them at his pleasure. If he had this Power and Authority over them while he lived on Earth in the state of Humiliation, how much more now he is exalted to the right hand of God? See Eph. 1. 21. and Phil. 2. 9.

Here two things are further to be shewed.

Quest. 1. How he comes to have this Authority over the Devils?

Answ. Answ. 1. By right of Creation, because they were at first created by him as Christ is God.

2. By right of free gift and donation from God the Father: so this Authority is given to Christ as he is Mediator and Head of the Church. Phil. 2. 9. He hath given him a Name above every Name, &c. and Matth. 28. 18. All Power is given to me. &c. that is, all Authority over all Creatures, and consequently over the Devils. So Joh. 5. 22. The Father hath committed all Judgment to the Son: that is, Power and Autho­rity to Rule and Govern all Creatures; yea, the very Devils themselves.

Quest. The second thing to be shewed is, How Christ doth exercise this Authority over the Devils?

Answ. Answ. 1. By using them as Instruments to execute his Will.

2. By limiting and restraining their Power and Malice, so as they can do nothing against Man, or any other of the Creatures further then Christ gives them leave. Thus they could not continue in the Bodies of those that were possessed any longer then Christ suffered them: and when they were cast out, they could not so much as enter into the Swine without leave from Christ; as we see, Matth. 8. 31. See also Revel. 20. 1.

3. Christ shall at the last Day shew his Authority over them, by giving finall sentence of condemnation against them, and by adjudging them to their full and perfect torments.

Use 1 Use 1. See the Dignity and Majesty of Christ's person, having absolute Authority and Command over Hell it Self, and all the Devils in it, to master them as his Vassals and Slaves. See Revel. 20. 1. No Man or An­gel hath such Authority as this over the Devils, but onely Christ. Satan is called the God of this World, 2 Cor. 4. 4. and the Prince that Ruleth in the Ayr, Eph. 2. 2. in regard of his great Power: yet Christ is absolute Lord over him, having Authority to command and over-rule him as he list: This shews the Divine Majesty and Excellency of Christ's person. And it must move us to yield him all due Reverence and Obe­dience, and that willingly; not by compulsion, as the Devils obey him: Psal. 2. Kisse the Son, lest he be an­gry, &c. that is, yield all Homage and Subjection to Christ, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Comfort to the Faithfull against all the power and malice of Satan: though he shew never so great power and malice in tempting and molesting them; yet he can never prevail to hurt them, or to hinder their Salvation, because Christ hath power over him to bridle his force, and to restrain his malice; so as he can do no more against the Faithfull than Christ gives him leave. Though the Devil be as a roaring Lyon in regard of his strength and malice; yet Christ the Lyon of the Tribe of Judah is stronger then he, and able to bind and curb him at his pleasure. See Luke 11. 21, 22. Let [...]his [...] [...]s against all the Violent assaults of Saran, that greater is He that is in us, the [...] [...] is in the World; as St. John speaketh, 1 John 4. 4. Christ shall tread Satan under [...]. Joh. 12. 31. The Prince of this World shall be cast out.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the unclean Spirit doth so struggle against Christ, and is so loath to be cast out: Hence we may gather, That where the Devil hath once gotten a hold, and settled himself for any time, he is very hardly removed thence. If he once get possession of the Bodies of men, he striveth with the uttermost of his power to hold it. Therefore we read, Mark 9. that the Apostles could not cast out that dumb Spirit; and our Saviour tells them, Ver. 29. that that kind of Devils could come forth by nothing, but by Prayer and Fasting: shewing how hard a matter it is to cause the Devil to forgo his hold in mens Bodies, when once he is entred. It is a great torture and vexation to him to be cast out; and therefore we heard before, that so soon as he began to feel Christ's Power going about to cast him out, he cryed out, Art thou come to destroy us? And if he be cast out, he desires still to re-enter again, as Luke 11. 24.

Now as the Devil is unwilling to leave his possession of mens Bodies; so also he is as unwilling and loath to be cast out of the hearts and minds of those, in whom he hath once gotten possession by his wicked suggesti­ons. When he had entred into David's heart, causing him to yield to that foul sin of Adultery, How hardly was he cast out? It was almost a whole year before David could be throughly dispossessed of that Devil; I mean, of that foul sin, by which the Devil had entred into his heart. So it cost Peter bitter tears to cast out that sin of forswearing Christ, which the Devil had fastened on him: And some there be, out of whose hearts the Devil can never be cast, as Judas, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See how needfull it is to go to God by prayer in such Cases, &c.

Use. 2 Use 2. Beware how we give the least entrance to Satan into our hearts, by his wicked; motions but reject them when they are first offered to us, that they may not settle in our hearts, nor take any hold of us; for if they do, they will hardly be shaken off. Give no place to the Devil, suffer him not to enter into thy heart, (as he did into Judas): for if he once get in, he will not easily be thrown out again. And if he do get entrance, yet above all take heed of harbouring him long in thy heart, by custom and continuance in any sin, lest thou find it exceeding difficult, and almost impossible to cast him out. See Jer. 13. 23.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. We see here that so soon as our Saviour begins to set himself against the evil Spirit, to cast him out, presently he begins to rage the more both against the party possessed in tearing his Body, and against our Saviour Christ in withstanding his Power: Hence we may observe the nature and property of the Devil, that when he is resisted and opposed, he doth rage the more, and shew the uttermost of his malice. So long as our Saviour let him stay in the party possessed, he spake well of Christ, and did not hurt the body of the possessed; but when our Saviour sets his divine Power against him, and forceth him to go out; then he beginneth to struggle against Christ, and to rage against the party possessed: And this is the Devils usual man­ner. So long as he is not resisted, he is quiet; but if he be withstood, he growes the more outragious and violent against such as withstand him. See Luke 11. 26. and Mark 9. 20. Revel. 12. 13. It is said, That [Page 71] after that Christ had fought against the Devil, and cast him down from Heaven to Earth, he had great wrath, and this wrath he shewed immediately in persecuting the Woman (which had brought forth the Man-child); that is, the Church. Acts 16. 19. When Paul had cast out the evil Spirit of divination out of a Damsel that was possessed: It is said, that, the Masters of that Damsel seeing the hope of their gain (which they had gotten by her divining) to be gone, they presently began to persecute Paul and Silas, drawing them before the Rulers, &c. Now it is likely, that the Devil set them a-work to do this, to shew his malice against Paul for casting him out.

Use 1 Use 1. See the reason why the Devil stirs up so many ememies and troubles against such as oppose them­selves against sin, and against the corruptions and abuses that raign in the places where they live; it is because in setting themselves against sin, they set themselves against Satan's Kingdom: No marvel therefore if he stir against them with all his might and malice. This is that which makes him so much to stir against the Faithful Ministers of the Word (as oftentimes he doth), because he sees that by their Preaching they beat down sin, and weaken his Kingdom.

The powerful Preaching of the Word makes Satan fall from Heaven like lightning; Therefore the Devil shews such malice against the faithful Preachers of it. Acts 19. When Paul Preached against the Idolatry of the Ephesians, what troubles did the Devil stir up against him? So he rageth against other faithfull Ministers, but they must not be discouraged, but go on in their Callings constantly, &c. So also the Devil rageth against Religious and Zealous Magistrates.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See what they must look for, that will set themselves against Satan and his Kingdom, as every good Christian must do (for at our first entrance into Christianity we bid battle to him); so many as truly professe Christ, and resolve to oppose Satan and his Kingdom, they must look to be much assaulted and molested by him; he will shew the uttermost of his malice against them.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. This shews the folly and ignorance of such who think their Case is good, because they feel no such assaults of Satan as some others complain of; they are not (as they say) troubled with him: but this is no good signe. If Satan trouble thee not at all, nor rage against thee, it argues that thou lettest him alone, and dost not resist him; but sufferest him to hold his Kingdom in thee peaceably: If thou dist fight against him, he would be sure to rage and stir against thee. See Luke 11. 21.

Mark 1. 27, 28.‘And they were all amazed, insomuch that they questioned among themselves, saying, What thing is Jan. 10. 1618. this? What new Doctrine is this? For with Authority commandeth he even the unclean Spirits, and they do obey him: And immediately his Fame spread abroad, &c.

IN these two Verses are laid down the consequents which followed upon this Miracle, wrought by our Savi­our in casting out the unclean Spirit. The consequents are two especially.

1. Astonishment and wonder in the People, which is set forth by an effect of it; in that it caused them to question and reason one [...] about this Miraculous Fact, and about the Doctrine of our Saviour. They were all amazed, insomuch that they questione [...], &c.

The second consequent is, the great Fame which was spread abroad [...] Christ upon the working of this Miracle, Ver. 28. Immediately his Fame spread, &c.

Amazed,] Or, astonished with fear and wonder.

They questioned] Or, conferred and reasoned among themselves, debating the matter to and fro by Reasons, alledged on both sides.

What is this thing?] Or, How great a Miracle is this which we see done?

What new Doctrine is this?] What rare and excellent Doctrine is this which is Preached by this Man, and which is confirmed by such Divine Miracles as this is, of casting out Devils with such Power and Authority? Thus the Word [New] in Scripture is often used to signifie that which is rare and excellent, Psal. 33. 3. Sing to the Lord a new song; that is, an excellent song.

Therefore the People here do not call this Doctrine new, to vilifie or disgrace it, as if it were false, or to be suspected because of the Novelty or strangenesse of it, as Acts 17. 19. But rather to note out the excel­lency of it, in that it was ratified with such Miracles which were so rare and admirable. Note, that in rea­soning about this Miracle of Christ, they take occasion to speak of the excellency of his Doctrine, because by the Miracle the Doctrine was manifested and confirmed to be Divine and Excellent.

His Fame spread abroad through all the Regionround about Galilee,] The Fame and Credit of this Miracle and of Christ's Person and Doctrine was spread abroad, not onely in all Galilee, but in all the Country adjoy­ning to it round about. Now this spreading of his fame came to pass by God's special providence, that by this meanes the greater number might be converted, and become believers in him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is said, The People were all amazed, &c. yet is it not likely that they were all converted, or became believers in Christ at the sight of this Miracle, (for then the Evangelist would not have concealed it): Hence then we may gather this, that although it be a good thing in it self, to be moved with fear and won­der at the great and extraordinary works of God; yet it is not alwayes a sign of a true Convert or Believer. It is possible for the wicked and unbelievers to be astonished at the sight of the Miraculous works of God, and yet not to make any good use of them, nor to be reformed any thing the better for them in their hearts and lives. Mark 5. 15. When one that had bin possessed with a Legion of Devils was cured, the People were afraid: and yet Ver. 17. they pray Christ to depart out of their Coasts: which shews, that they were far from believing in Christ, or being converted, though they were astonished at the Miracle. So Matth. 13. 54. Those of Nazareth were astonished at the Doctrine and Miracles of Christ, and yet were offended in him, and did not believe in him. Ver. 57. 58. Act. 8. 13. Simon Magus wondered at the great Miracles wrought by Philip in Samaria: yet was never the better for them. So Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. 3. 24.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Think it not enough to be affected much with a kind of reverence and wonder at the great and extra­ordinary Works of God, which we read or hear of, or which we see with our eyes to be wrought in our [Page 72] Times: but labour so to be moved with them, as to make a holy and right use of them in our hearts and lives: When we see or hear of any extraordinary Work of God shewed upon our selves or others, whether it be a Work of Justice or of Mercy; we must not onely be affected with it, or admire at it, (though this be good in it self) but so lay it to our hearts, as to make a holy use of it, learning by God's works of Justice to fear him, and to [...]e [...]ain sin; and by his works of Mercy to love him truly, and to be allured unto all conscionable obedience to his Will. God hath shewed extraordinary works of Justice and Mercy amongst us of this Land of late: Think it not enough to be affected with them, or to admire them, but labour to be the better for them, growing more and more reformed in our hearts and lives, by seeing and hearing such Works of God.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. They questioned among themselves, &c. Hence learn, That we ought to confer and reason together concerning the Word and Works of God, which we have heard and seen. So did these concerning the Doctrine of Christ, and this Miracle which he had wrought. That we ought to confer of the Doctrine of the Word which hath bin taught us; we may see by the example of those two Disciples which journeyed from Jerusalem to Emmaus. Luke 24. 32. For they conferred together touching those things which Christ had taught them out of Moses and the Prophets.

Also in the Woman of Samaria, Joh. 4. 29. Who having heard Christ, and bin instructed by him, went and conferred, and questioned with the men of the City about that which she had learned. And touching conference of the works of God, that it should be used of us; may appear by the example of Moses and Jethro his Father-in-Law, conferring together about the great deliverance which God had wrought for the Israelites. See Exod. 18. 8, &c. unto the 13. See Luke also Luke 24. 14. Now as at other times, upon all good occa­sions, so especially on the Sabbath we ought to confer of the Word and Works of God: for this was upon the Sabbath day. See Ver. 21.

Use 1 Use 1. To reprove the great neglect of this Religious Conference, touching the Works of God, and con­cerning his Word which we have bin taught. Profane, idle, and filthy Communication, is rife and com­mon in the mouthes of many: but how few are there of those who apply themselves to reason together (espe­cially on the Sabbath) about the Doctrine of the Word which hath bin delivered in the publick Ministery, or about the excellent and miraculous works of God which they have seen or heard of? In stead of conferring on the Sabbath touching the Word and Works of God; the practise of the most is, so soon as they are out of the Church-doors, to let their tongues run presently upon matters of the World, as their Corn, Cattle, Money, &c. About these they question and reason together, but not one word or question moved among them concerning the Sermon, or the Points taught in it: These come short of these Capernaites. No marvel, if such profit little or nothing at all by the Word Preached: no marvel, if the Devil quickly steal and catch away from them all that they hear, seeing there's no care in them to hold it fast, or to imprint it in their minds by conference; but they even thrust it out of their heads presently, by talking of the World and worldly matters.

Use 2 Use 2. To stir us up upon every good occasion (especially on the Sabbath), to give our Selves to conference, and reasoning about the Word and Works of God: especially about the Word which we have heard upon the Sabbath. And this is chiefly to be done b [...] [...] o [...] the same Family: The Governours of Fami­lies must look to this, Tha [...] [...] constantly on the Sabbath to confer with those under their Government, touching the Poi [...]ts of Doctrine that have bin delivered, and touching the Application and Uses of them, &c.

This is a most excellent Sabbath-Duty, and of great necessity and profit. As in every Art, Trade, or Science; they are ever most expert and skilfull, who use to reason much with those that have skill in the same Trades or Sciences: So is it with Christians; they that use most to confer of the Word, do alwayes prove most expert and ready in it.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further out of these two Verses we may observe a three-fold Fruit, and effect that followed up­on the Working of this Miracle by Christ.

The first was, That it procured reverence and credit to the Doctrine of Christ, for the People conclude the excellency of this Doctrine from the greatness of the Miracle.

The second was, That it did astonish the minds of the People, driving them to confesse the Divine Power of Christ, in commanding and over-ruling the foul Spirits.

The third was, That by it his Fame was spread abroad into all the Country round about, to the end that many might resort to him, and be converted, &c.

Now as these effects followed upon this Miracle; So from hence we may gather, for what Ends and Uses chiefly all the Miracles of Christ served; namely, for these three ends.

  • 1. To confirm the Divine Truth of his Doctrine which he Preached, and to gain credit to the same. See for this, Heb. 2. 4.
  • 2. To manifest his Divine Nature, and consequently to prove him to be the true Messiah, in that he was both God and Man in one Person. See Joh. 2. 11. Joh. 11. 4. and Joh. 20. 31.
  • 3. To make him Famous and Renowned in all the Countries round about, that so by this means the more might be brought to believe in his Person, and to embrace his Doctrine.

Use 1 Use 1. See what use to make of the Miracles of Christ, when we read or hear of them: Labour by the consideration of them to have our Faith strengthened in Christ, and in the belief and embracing of the Doctrine of the Gospel. So Joh. 20. 21.

Use 2 Use 2. Hence gather, That in these times there is no need of any ordinary Power of working Miracles in the Church, because there is no use of them now as was in our Saviour Christ's and the Apostles Times. The truth of Christ's Doctrine hath bin already sufficiently confirmed by those Miracles which himself and his Apostles wrought, the Truth also of his Divine Nature or God-head hath bin sufficiently manifested, and his great fame and renown spread into the chief parts of the World by means of the same Miracles which himself wrought: Therefore now there is no further use or necessity of Miracles, neither are we to look for any other besides those which were long since wrought by Christ and his Apostles. As for the Miracles which the Papists boast of in their Church, they are no other but lying wonders; the very badges and marks of An­tichrist, 2 Thes. 2. 9. Rev. 13. 13. Vide Augustin. de civ. Dej. lib. 22. c. 8.

Mark 1. 29, 30, 31. ‘And forthwith when they were come out of the Synagogue, they entred into the House of Simon and Andrew, with James and John: But Simon's wives Mother lay sick of a Fever, and anon they tell him of Jan. 17. 1618. Her: And he came and took her by the hand, and lift her up, and immediately the Feaver left her; and she Ministred unto them.’

FRom the 23. Ver. to the end of the Chap. the Evangelist layeth down particularly the History of three spe­ciall Miracles of our Saviour.

The first is, The casting of a Devil out of one possessed.

The second is, The curing of Peter's wives Mother of a Feaver.

The third is, The healing of a Leper.

Of the first of these we have heard; Now followeth the second from this 29. Ver. to the 32. Ver. This Miracle was wrought in Private, as the former in Publick. In which we may consider four things.

  • 1. The place where Christ wrought this miraculous cure, which was in the House of Simon and Andrew: as is shewed, Ver. 29.
  • 2. The Person on whom the cure was done: Described, 1. By her allyance with Peter, said to be his wive's Mother. 2. By her present outward condition; in that she lay sick of a Feaver.
  • 3. The occasion of Christ's curing her, which was the Report made by the Disciples unto Christ concer­ning her; in that it is said, anon they told him of her, Ver. 30.
  • 4. The Miracle it self, Ver. 31. where consider,

1. Certain outward Actions or Gestures used by our Saviour towards her, He took her by the hand, and lifted her up.

2. The consequents that followed. 1. The Feaver left her immediately. 2. She Ministred unto them.

Out of the Synagogue,] At Capernaum, as Ver. 21.

They entred in the House of Simon and Andrew,] Matth. 8. 14. It is called Peter's House. Luke 4. 38. The House of Simon. It is therefore likely that Peter being a marryed Person kept the House, and was the Master of it; and that his Brother Andrew was an in-dweller with him.

Object. Object. Joh. 1. 44. Bethsaida is said to be the City of Andrew and Peter.

Answ. Answ. It is likely, they being born at Bethsaida, had their dwelling there for a time; but afterwards they removed their Habitation to Capernaum, either because it was a Place fit for their Trade of Fishing, in that it was near unto the Lake of Genesareth, or else because our Saviour Christ himself had his dwelling there; as ap­peareth, Matth. 4. 13. Therefore after their calling to be his Disciples, they were desirous to have a House near unto him. This latter reason some give, but the former reason is more probable.

Quest. Quest. What was the occasion of our Saviour's entring into this House of Peter and Andrew?

Answ. Answ. It is most likely that after the publick Exercise and Preaching in the Synagogue, &c. Peter invited our Saviour and the other Disciples unto his House, that they might eat and drink there for the refreshing of their Bodies.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though the Apostles were called [...] follow him, yet they did not utterly forsake their Goods, Houses, and Possessions; but onely so far as their Calling [...] They did not give up all their Right and Interest in them, neither did they give over all use of them; but they still retained their Right and Property in them, and they did not forbear to use them also sometimes upon occasion, so often as their Calling to follow Christ would permit. They forsook them onely so far as they might hinder them in following Christ, and no further; as we heard before, Ver. 18. Therefore we see here that Peter after his Calling retains the use of his House. So did Mathew, Matth. 9. 10. So John also, Joh. 19. 27. And Joh. 21. 3, & 11. Peter used his Nets and Ship, in fishing after Christ's Resurrection.

Use. Use. Here then we see that the Apostles practise in forsaking their Goods and Possessions in this sort, is no ground at all for the practise of Popish Monks, who professing a state of perfection, do vow voluntary pover­ty, giving away all their Goods and Temporall Possessions, and so live upon Alms, that they may more free­ly give themselves to fasting and prayer. But the Apostles were far from this vowing of voluntary poverty: for we read not of any vow they made to renounce their Possessions: and although they forsook them after a sort, yet it was onely so far as they were hinderances to them in following Christ, and in Preaching the Gos­pel unto which they were afterward called.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is lawfull for Christians to hold a right and propriety in Temporall Goods and Possessions, as Houses, Lands, &c. For we see the Apostles of Christ had their Houses, and other Temporall Goods of their own. So also had other Faithfull Christians in the times of our Saviour Christ and of the Apostles; as those Women which we read of, Luke 8. 3. which Ministred to Christ of their substance. And many that we read of in the Acts of the Apostles, as Dorcas, Acts 9. 36. Lydia, Acts 16. which entertained Paul in he House. So Philip the Evangelist, Acts 21. 8. Also Cornelius, Acts 10. and many others.

Ʋse. To confute the foolish and absurd conceipt of the Anabaptists, who hold, that Christians ought to keep no propriety in Temporall Goods, but that they should live in Common, and have all things common one with another; contrary to that of Paul, 1 Tim. 5. 8. and to many other Places that might be alledged.

Object. Object. Acts 2. 44. and Acts 4. 32. The Christians of the Primitive Church at Hierusalem had all things common.

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. That was in time of the Churches great necessity; Therefore they sold their proper Possessions, and imployed the Money in common for the necessary relief and supply of the Churches want; It was a special Fact, and no general Rule.

2. Though they had all things common in regard of Use, yet not in regard of Right and Possession; [...], not [...]. (See Cham. in Psal. 65. pag. 282.) They sold their Possessions, and distributed the money freely (to such as had need), not by constraint, nor by any command or injunction from the Apostles. See Acts 5. 4.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Christians should use Hospitality to the Saints, Peter entertained Christ, &c.

It followeth, Ver. 30. But Simon's wives mother lay sick of a Feaver, &c.] St. Luke saith, she was taken with a great Feaver, Luke 4. 38. Whence it appears, that it was not an ordinary, but an extraordinary and dange­rous Feaver; and it was so much the more dangerous, because it is likely she was a Woman in years, being Mother unto Peter's wife: And Physitians hold that, Feavers are more dangerous in old age, then in younger persons.

And anon,] Or straightway.

They told him of her,] Luke saith, They besought him for her. Therefore they did not onely report her case unto him, but withall intreated him to visit her, and to restore her to health.

The Verse following shall be explained when we come unto it. Now to gather some Observations from this 30. Verse.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. First we see here, that Peter, though called to be Christ's Disciple, and appointed afterwards to Preach the Gospel as an Apostle; yet was a married Person at the time of his Calling, and retained his wife after his Calling. This is plain, in that his wive's mother is here mentioned. See also, 1 Cor. 9. 5. Hence then we gather against the Papists the lawfulness of the Marriage of Ministers of the Word; that such as are Called to that holy Function may lawfully both marry, and also live with their wives after marriage, having marriage-society with them. Hebr. 13. 4. Marriage is honourable among all, and the Bed undefiled. And 1 Tim. 3. 2. A Bishop (that is, a Pastor,) must be the Husband of one Wife; that is, such a one as hath but one Wife at once: which shews that, He may lawfully be the Husband of one at one time, as any other Christian man may.

And whereas the Papists would have the meaning to be, that he should be such a one as had bin the Hus­band of one Wife before his calling to the Ministry; this is flat against the very words of the Text: he must be one that is the Husband of one Wife, not one that hath bin so. See also for this Point, the example of Philip the Evangelist, who was marryed, and had Daughters, as we see, Acts 21.

But the Papists Object, that although Peter and the Apostle, and Philip the Evangelist, had Wives before they were called to the Ministery; yet they lived not with them, neither had company with them as their Wives, after their Calling to the Ministery. But this is false, as may appear by this reason; because if they had separated themselves from their Wives after their Calling, they should have transgressed the Ordinance of God, in divorcing themselves from their Wives out of the case of Adultery, (contrary to the Doctrine of Christ, Matth. 19. 9.) But it is not likely they would do so, for it had bin a great sin in them; and far be it from us to charge them with it. Besides, it is manifest that Peter lived with his Wife, even after his Calling to the Ministery, if we consider that place, 1 Cor. 9. 5. We are therefore to hold this Doctrine of the Papists condemning the marriage of Ministers to be no other but the Doctrine of Devils, as the Apostle calls it, 1 Tim. 4. 1, 3.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is likely that Peter's Mother-in-Law was a good Woman, fearing God. 1. Because she lived in a good and Religious Family. 2. Because it is said, That after she was cured, she Ministred unto them; that is, she waited upon them diligently, and helped them with necess [...]ries, and this seemeth a good fruit of her Faith, and her true love to Christ and his Dis [...]iples.

Therefore taking her to have [...] a good Woman: We may hence observe, That good Men and Wo­men are not exempted or priviledged from bodily sicknesse: God useth to visit his own Children with bodily sickness as well as others. This we see verified in sundry examples; as of Ezekiah, Esay 38. Lazarus, Joh. 11. Epaphroditus, Phil. 2. 27. Timothy, 1 Tim. 5. 23.

Reas. Reas. Why the Lord doth this.

  • 1. Sometimes to chastise and humble them for some speciall sins into which they fall after their first con­version; and by this means to cause them to renew their Repentance for such faults. So 1 Cor. 11. 30, 32.
  • 2. To prevent sin in them, and to restrain them from it for time to come. See Job 33. 16, 17.
  • 3. To make tryall of their Faith, Patience, and other Christian Graces in them. To see how they will rest upon God for deliverance, and how willingly and contentedly they will submit to his hand, &c.
  • 4. To shew them their Mortality, and the Frailty of their earthly Tabernacles.
  • 5. To wean them from the love of this World, and the things here below, and to quicken their hearts to a longing for Heaven, that they may be desirous to depart out of the Body, when God shall call them to it, as Paul was, Phil 1. 23.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Prepare and Arm our selves now in time of health, that we may be able and willing to bear the pains of sickness when God shall please to send it on us; health and soundness of Body will not alwayes conti­nue: The strongest bodies must look for a change. Let us now in our health get Faith and Patience, and store our Selves with Comfort out of the Word of God, that we may be able to bear sickness as we ought, when the Lord shall send it. Many are impatient, and comfortless in sickness, because they never made it present to them before it came, nor prepared themselves to bear it.

Use 2 Use 2. It is matter of comfort to us in all sicknesse, though never so tedious, long, or painfull: Consider this, the dearest Saints of God have tasted of the same Cup. All, or most of God's Children hitherto have gone through the pains of Sickness and of Death; also we are not better then Hezekiah, Lazarus, Job, &c. Refuse not then the Lord's chastening, &c. Hebr. 12. He doth it for our good: Let us labour to profit by every Sickness, &c.

Mark 1. 30, 31.‘And anon they told him of her: And he came and took her by the hand, and lift her up, and im­mediately Jan. 24. 1618. the Feaver left her, and she Ministred unto them.’

Observ. 3 PEter kept his Mother-in-Law in his House, and took care of her to nourish her in her Sicknesse. Hence Children may learn their Duty towards their Parents, being aged: Viz. That they ought to succour, help, and cherish them in their necessities, especially in their elder years.

If Peter did this to his Mother-in-Law, how much more do all Children owe this duty to their Naturall Parents.

By this they are to shew their thankfulnesse for their Life, and Education; and for all the care, pains, and cost which their Parents have bestowed therein. Their Parents having nourished them, should be nourished again by them in their necessity, especially in their old age, 1 Tim. 5. 4. Let Widdows learn to recompence their Pa­rents, for this is honest, &c. Gen. 47. 12. Joseph nourished his Father and his Brethren, and all his Father's Houshold with Bread, according to their Families. Joh. 19. 26. Our Saviour Christ at his Death took special care of his Mother, committing her to John: Nature teacheth this thankfulness to Parents. The Stork nourish­eth her Damme being old; The Heathen knew this Truth. The contrary sin to this is reproved in the Scribes and Pharisees, Mark 7. 11, 12. who under pretence of offering Sacrifices to God in behalf of their Parents, neglected the relief of their Parents.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To shame many unthankful and unnaturall Children, refusing to help and cherish their aged Pa­rents, taking no care of them in their necessities to relieve them, but suffering them to shift for themselves. And for this some have many pretences, as that they have charge of their own, or that their Parents are too burthensome, lesse might serve them, &c. Such Children the light of Nature condemns as thankless: The Heathen shall rise in Judgment against them, who practised this duty better; yea, the brute Creatures con­demn them as unnatural Children. Others, if they help and relieve their Parents, yet it is grudgingly and unwillingly; and so as to upbraid them with their kindness, which is a grief of heart to the Parents, in stead of comforting them.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. How great is the sin of such Children, who are means to shorten the lives of their Parents by churlish usage? yea, some with the Death of their Parents, that they may enjoy their Goods, like to Esau; who thought with himself thus, The dayes of mourning for my Father will come shortly, &c. Such Children are Monsters in Nature, and utterly unworthy to live upon Earth, &c. Liberi occidunt parentes non gladio, sed maerore animi. Luther.

Observ. 1 And anon they tell him of her,] Observ. 1. In that Peter and the other Disciples were carefull to acquaint our Saviour with the weak case of this Woman, and withall did intreat him for her, as St. Luke saith, Hence we may learn, That it is our duty to take care of others in time of their bodily sickness or weakness, and to use such goods means as are in our power for their help and comfort, and for their recovery, if God see it good. Especially we are to do this for such as are near or dear to us in special manner; as our Kindred, Friends, &c. and for such as are of our Charge, and under our Government, as those of our Family. Prov. 17. 17.

Quest. Quest. What helps are we to afford to others in their sicknesse?

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. The Spirituall help of our prayers: This is the best help, and that which we must chiefly lend them, Jam. 5. 16. Pray one for another (in time of Sickness) that ye may be healed. David did this for his very Enemies, Psal. 35. 13.

2. We are to afford unto them also outward helps and comforts for their Bodies, so far as we are able, providing for them necessary Physick and Dyet, if they be of our Charge; or if they be not of our Charge, yet being ready to afford them our help in [...] Bodies any way that we can. Joh. 11. 3. Mary was carefull to send unto Christ for her Brother Lazarus being [...]. Matth▪ 8. 5. The Centurion besought Christ for his sick Servant. Mark 2. 3, &c. The Friends of him that was sick or [...] were carefull to bring and present him to Christ to be cured. So also, Ver. 32. of this Chap. They brought unto him all that were diseased, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. We all profess to be fellow Members of Christ: Therefore we must have compassion on others in their outward afflictions, and (among the rest) in sickness. See 1 Cor. 12. 25, 26. The members should have care one for another, &c. Hebr. 13. 3. Remember them which suffer adversity, as being your selves also in the Body. So Paul. 2 Cor. 11. 29.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is a Duty of Christian love and mercy, to take care of our Christian Brethren and Sisters in their Bodily Sicknesse.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. We desire others should have care of us in Sicknesse.

Use. To reprove those that neglect this care of the Sick: Some there are, who if themselves be in health, re­gard not much what becomes of others, or how it is with them, but let them sink or swim. Though they be of their Family, or near to them, they come not at them; nor use any means for their health and recovery, or for succouring and comforting of them; they have more care of their Beast being sick. As for praying for the Sick and with the sick, many know not how to do it, much less do they conscionably perform it: They will use a few formall words of prayer for customs-sake; but never go about to offer up their requests to God for the sick party, in any effectuall or feeling manner.

Well, such as are thus carefull of their Friends and Christian Brethren or Sisters; and especially such as neglect those of their Families in Sickness, do manifestly shew themselves to be voyd of true Christian love and mercy; and they had great need to think of that threatning of the Prophet Amos, against such as live at ease themselves, but remember not the affliction of others, Amos 6. 6.

Anon,] Or straight way they tell him, &c. Observ. 2. Duties of love and mercy toward the Sick are not to be long deferred, but to be performed forthwith, and speedily in due time; It is likely that the Disciples told Christ of this Woman, and intreated for her presently after they were come into the House, before they went to meat. So Joh. 11. it is likely that Mary the Sister of Lazarus made no delay to send to Christ for her Brother.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This reprooveth such as put off Duties of love and mercy to the Sick too long, finding many excuses, and suffering every trifling occasion to hinder them from visiting, and helping such as are in Sickness, and from praying for them and with them; Delay in such Cases is dangerous. Gal. 6. While we have time let us do good, &c. God may take away our sick Friends we know not how suddenly, and then we shall be deprived of all opportunity of doing good: being dead and gone, they will then be uncapable of the Fruits of our love and mercy: if our Beast be in danger, we delay not to help it, &c. It followeth, Ver. 31. Periculosa est de aliena salute dilatio.

And he came and took her by the hand, &c.] Luke saith further, That he stood over her, and rebuked the Feaver, Luke 4. 39.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour use these outward Gestures at this time, seeing at some other times he cured such as were diseased, onely by speaking the word, as the son of that Ruler or Noble Man, John 5. 50.

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. Some think he used these Gestures to shew his special affection and love to the party Diseased, being the Mother-in-Law of Peter.

2. The more plainly to set forth the truth and certainty of the Miracle, and that it might be the more evident to the Beholders. Therefore he used these Gestures as outward Signs and Evidences of the Cure, not as means whereby to effect it; for it was miraculously effected by the Divine Power of Christ, without ordinary means.

And she Ministred, &c.] That is, helped them with things necessary in the House, as Meat, Drink, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour Christ at the motion and request of his Disciples, is so ready to visite this sick Woman, and withall doth take pity on her, and cure her of her dangerous Feaver: we may observe His kind and mercifull nature and disposition; He is such a Saviour as is ready and willing to help and succour those that are in affliction or misery, whether outward or inward, of body or mind, Hebr. 2. 17. A mercifull High Priest. And Hebr. 4. 15. Not such a one as cannot be touched with a feeling of our Infirmities. When he was upon Earth he shewed himself very compassionate and helpful to such as were in bodily misery; as we see here, and Ver. 24. He healed many, &c. and Ver. 41. it is said, He was moved with Compassion towards the Leaper, &c. And now that he is in Heaven, he is no lesse mercifull and compassionate towards such as are in outward misery of affliction, as sickness, or the like; especially toward the Faithfull. So also in [...]ime of inward distresse of mind, by reason of our own sins, and Satans temptations; Christ is ready to succour and help us. See Heb. 2. 18. Isa. 42. 3.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort to us in all our miseries which we suffer in this Life, in outward or inward distresses. Think of the mercifull and kind nature of our blessed Saviour, being so ready to help, and succour, and support us in our troubles, and to free us from them, if he see it good for us. He is a most kind and compassionate Physitian, who is able and willing to help and cure us of our Bodily and Spirituall Maladies, so far as is good for us. Go to him by the prayer of Faith in our bodily sicknesses and pains, and much more in the sicknesses of our Souls, when we feel our sins lying heavy upon us, &c. It may be truly said of him, Psal. 103. 3. He forgiveth all our iniquities, and healeth all our Diseases.

Use 2 Use 2. Imitate Christ, in shewing mercy to others in their afflictions of body and mind. Col. 3. 12. Put on Bowels of Mercy, &c. shew all readiness to help such as are in misery, and distress of mind or body, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See Christ's Divine Power manifested in this miraculous cure which he wrought: He no soon­er took the party by the hand, lifted her up, and rebuked the Feaver; but presently it left her. This is an evidence of his Divine Nature and God-head, in that he shewed himself to have absolute Power over Di­seases, to cure them without means. So Ver. 34. He healed many that were sic [...] of s [...]dry Diseases, and cast out many Devils, &c. These and all other his Miracl [...] [...] to prove and manifest him to be true and very God, and consequently [...] true Messiah. See Joh. 20. 31. and Joh. 2. 11. Christ shewed forth his Glory (that is, his Divine Power) by that Miracle of turning Water into Wind. See also Joh. 11. 4. And it is one speciall use which we are to make of Christ's Miracles, by the consideration of them to labour to have our Faith strengthened in the belief of Christ's Divine Nature or God-head, and consequently to be moved to embrace him as the true Messiah, and to rest our selves upon him alone for our Salvation, as being most powerfull and able to save us perfectly, in that he is not onely Man but God.

And she Ministred unto them,] Helped them with necessaries in the House; as Meat, Drink, &c. And this she did in way of thankfulness to Christ, for his mercy shewed in restoring her to Health. And it shews also how perfectly she was cured, in that she became suddenly strong enough in Body to minister unto them, whereas immediately before she lay sick. This doth more set forth the greatnesse of the Miracle. See Luke 4. 39.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Hence observe, That such as have received any blessing from God, ought to shew their thank­fulness by imploying it to God's Glory. This Woman having now received bodily health and strength, doth presently use it to the Glory of God in Ministring to Christ and his Disciples, which was a Work of love to­wards them, by which she shewed her thankfulness for the great benefit of health which Christ had bestowed upon her. So Luke 18. ult. That blind man having recovered his sight, employed it in following Christ: So Acts 8. 3. The Creeple being restored to the strength of his Limbs, used them to the Glory of God, en­tring with the Apostles into the Temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God: This he did in token of thankfulnesse for that blessing received: So it must be with us. Whatsoever blessing we receive from God, we must shew our thankfulness for it by the good employment of it to God's Glory; This is that true thank­fulness which God requireth for all blessings bestowed on us, that we should honour him with them. Prov. 3. 9. Honour God with thy Riches, It may be applyed to any other blessing of God, as Health, Strength, Liberty, Outward Peace, and the like; We must honour God with them all. 1 Sam. 1. 28. Hannah having obtained a son at the hands of God, lent him again to the Lord, in that she did in speciall manner conse­crate him unto God's service in the Tabernacle.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This reproveth the unthankfulnesse of those, who abuse the good Blessings of God unto his disho­nour; using them as Instruments or Occasions of sin. Thus many abuse their health and strength of Body to the following of sinfull profits or pleasures. In time of Sickness they promise fair, that if God restore them, they will use their strength of body to his Glory, in serving him more conscionably: but being once recovered, they return to their old sins, abusing their health and strength that way, as much or more then ever they did in times past: Others having received Wealth and Prosperity from God, in stead of being thank­full for it, do abuse it to security, or else to covetousness, oppression, usury, &c. Others abuse their Apparel [Page 77] to Pride, their Meat and Drink to Intemperance, &c. Such must know that God will be honoured with his Blessings which he bestows on us: Therefore, not to honour him with them is a grievous sin, for which he may justly take away his Blessings from us; Thus he dealt with the Israelites, Hos. 2. 8, 9. Besides, the Lord will one Day call such to a strict accompt for the abuse of his Blessings, and will severely punish this sin, if it be not repented of in time.

Mark 1. 32, 33, 34.‘And at Even, when the Sun did set, they brought unto him all that were diseased, and them Jan. 31. 1618. that were possessed with Devils: And all the City was gathered together at the Door: And he healeth many that were sick of divers Diseases, and cast out many Devils, and suffered not the Devils to speak, because they knew him.’

THe Evangelist having before particularly recorded two speciall Miracles of Christ; namely, the casting out of a Devil from one possessed, and the curing of Peter's Mother-in-Law of a Feaver; He now in these three Verses doth generally and briefly touch sundry other Miracles wrought together by our Saviour, before the Door of Peter's House, where now he was. In the words, consider four things.

  • 1. The time when these Miracles were wrought: At even, when the Sun did set.
  • 2. The occasion of working so many Miracles: The Peoples bringing unto Christ all that were diseased and possessed with Devils, Ver. 32.
  • 3. The witnesses of these Miracles, in whose presence they were wrought, viz. All the People of the City gathered together before the Door of the House, Ver. 33.
  • 4. The Miracles themselves, Ver. 34. Which were of two sorts. 1. Healing of many that were Diseased. 2. Casting out many Devils: which latter sort, is amplyfied by one Circumstance, touching the manner of casting them out, viz. That he did so cast them out, as that he suffered them not to confesse him: of which we heard be­fore, Ver. 25. where I shewed the reasons why our Saviour would not have the Devils confess him.

At Even, when the Sun did set,] Quest. Why did they not bring their sick, and those that were possessed unto Christ in the Day-time, but deferred it till the Evening?

Answ. 1. Some think it was because our Saviour spent the whole Day in teaching both publickly in the Synagogue, and privately in the House of Peter: Therefore the People could not have opportunity to present unto him so many sick persons untill the Evening, after he had done Teaching.

2. Others think, that because it was the Sabbath day, therefore they did forbear to bring their sick, and such as were possessed untill the Evening, because the Jewish Sabbath ended at Even; and the Jews in our Saviour's time had this erroneous conceipt of the Sabbath, that it was not lawfull to have the sick cured on that Day: (See Mark 3. 2.) Therefore they would not bring any to Christ to be cured till the Sabbath was ended lest they should break the Sabbath: And this is most likely to have bin the reason of their forbearance to bring them till the Evening. And herein their superstitious conceipt of the Sabbath is to be blamed, in that they thought it unlawful to do works of Mercy on that Day, contrary to the expresse Doctrine of our Saviour, Matth. 12. yet their care in [...] [...]he Sabbath, and not to profane it, is commendable and to be imitated of us.

Quest. They brought to him all that were possessed, &c.] Quest. Why do we read o [...] [...] possessed with Devils in our Saviour Christ's time, whereas in these times there are but few in comparison?

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. It is likely that Satan perceiving the Messiah to be come in the Flesh, who should destroy his Kingdom; therefore about this time of Christ's coming, did rage the more, and shew the more malice against Mankind, as knowing that the end of Christ's coming into the World was to destroy his Kingdom. Vide Winkelman in locum.

2. This also came to passe by the speciall providence of God, permitting Satan at that time to possesse so many, that so our Saviour Christ might have occasion to manifest his Divine Power by casting out so many Devils; and withall, that by such Miracles he might win Authority and Credit to his Doctrine.

And all the City was gathered together, &c.] The great fame of Christ's former Miracles being spread abroad throughout the City of Capernaum, moved such a multitude of People (even the whole City) to flock toge­ther before the Door. And of this People, a great number (no doubt) came either to be cured, or to bring others to be cured by our Saviour, and others came to be Beholders of his great Miracles, and some to hear his Doctrine.

And he healed many, &c.] Matth. 8. 16. It is said, He healed all that were sick: He put back none that were brought to be cured, which shewed his wonderfull readinesse to shew mercy, and to do good to all sorts that were in bodily misery: He might have made excuses for putting back some, as that it was now near Night, and therefore an unseasonable time to bring so many to him; or that some of their Diseases were Noysome or Infectious, or that he was now wearied in body with Preaching that Day, &c. But he maketh no such excuses to send away any uncured, but readily shewed mercy to all. So much, in way of clearing the sense of these three Verses.

Now because some of those Instructions which arise from these Verses, have bin allready observed in handling the former Miracle: Therefore, here I will passe them over, and briefly speak of such onely as have not bin before touched.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Whereas this People upon an erroneous conceipt, that it was unlawfull to cure the sick upon the Sabbath, did forbear the bringing of them to Christ on that day till the Evening, lest they should pro­fane the Sabbath; this may teach us to be carefull of not profaning the Sabbath, by doing needlesse works upon it. If they upon a false ground did forbear a necessary Duty (namely the helping of the Sick) upon the Sabbath, lest they should (as they thought) profane the Day; much more ought we to forbear needlesse works upon it; namely, such works of our Callings as may well enough be deferred till another time, and much more all vain sports and recreations. See Psal. 58. 19. The care of this People to keep the Sabbath, and not to profane it, (though it were grounded upon an erroneous opinion of the Sabbath,) may serve to [Page 78] condemn the great carelesness and profanesse of many amongst us, who are able so apt to take unlawful liber­ty on that Day.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See the forwardness of these Capernaites to come to Christ, and to bring so many sick Folks, and such as were Possessed, to the end that they might be cured in their Bodies: Yet there is no mention of any that came to him (or brought others) to be cured in Soul, of their sins: neither did they so flock to hear him Preach in the Synagogue, as they did to Peter's House, to have their sick healed. This shews what is our disposition by nature, viz. To preferr Temporall and Earthly Blessings before Spirituall and Heavenly; and more to seek after the good of the Body then of the Soul. So did those that followed our Saviour for the loaves, &c. Joh. 6. 26. whom therefore he reproveth: This is a most preposterous, and contrary course, to be so forward in seeking those which concern the Body, and neglecting such as concern the Soul: Yet thus we are apt to do by nature, even to mind Earthly things more then Spirituall and Heavenly. Rom. 8. 5. They that are after the Flesh, do mind the things of the Flesh. So we do all naturally of our selves, till we have our hearts renewed and changed by God's Spirit, to affect Heavenly things chiefly. Let us here take notice of the depravedness of our nature in this particular, and be humbled for it, and strive against it: And let us on the contrary seek Spirituall Blessings before Temporall, and preferr the good of our Souls be­fore the good of our Bodies; remembring that, Matth. 16. 26. What is a man profitted, if he gain the whole World, and lose his own Soul? Or, Matth. 6. 33. First seek the Kingdom, &c. And John 6. 27.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Ver. 34. And he healed many that were sick, &c.] In that here is mention of so many Diseases cured by our Saviour, we have good occasion to take notice of one speciall part of that misery which sin hath brought upon us, viz. That it hath made our Bodies subject to such sundry kinds of Diseases. So Matth. 4. 24. The Diseases of mans body are more in number then all the Physitians can reckon up. The eye is one of the smallest members of the Body; yet is it strange to consider how many Infirmities and Diseases it is subject unto. How many then are the Diseases of the whole Body? These manifold Diseases are a part of that punishment threatned against Adam if he sinned, Gen. 2. 17. Thou shalt dye the Death. By Death there, we are to understand not onely the separation of Soul and Body; but all miseries unto which man's nature should become subject by reason of Adam's Fall, among which miseries the Diseases of the Body are to be accounted: Therefore these Diseases are one part of that misery which Adam's sin hath brought upon himself and us. As Death, So all Diseases also entred into the World by sin, Rom. 5. (See afterwards Chap. 7. Ver. 31, &c.)

Use 1 Use 1. To humble us by the consideration of this misery, unto which our Bodies are lyable by reason of sin: There is small reason for any to be proud of the beauty and good complexion, or comely feature of their Bodies, seeing the best complexioned and best featured bodies are subject to so many noysome Diseases.

Use 2 Use 2. See the cursed fruit and effect of Sin, bringing so many noysom and contagious Diseases upon man's Body. It shews also the foul nature of sin, infecting our bodies with such Maladies: Well therefore, is sin called filthiness in Scripture, seeing it thus polluteth not onely the Soul but the Body, filling it with so many loathsome Diseases. Let this consideration make all sin odious unto us: As we abhorr the most loath­some Diseases of the Body, so much more should we have in utter do [...]station all kind of sin; yea, hate and shun the very occasions of sin, as [...].

Use 3 Use [...]. To put us in [...] o [...] our Mortality, and of the frail and brittle condition of our Bodies, seeing they are subject to so many griefs and maladies. These Diseases are the badges and symptoms of Death, and the fore-runners of it, making way for it; yea, every disease is a little Death. Therefore from the diseases of our Bodies, let us take occasion seriously and often to meditate of Death, and to prepare for it. In vain it is to reckon upon long life, seeing the manifold diseases to which our bodies are subject, do manifestly shew, That these our Earthly Tabernacles and Houses of Clay must perish, and reurn to dust whence they came.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Our Saviour healed many, &c. That is, all that were brought to him, though they were many in number: Hence observe, That we should be ready to do good, and to shew mercy to all that are in mi­sery, if it lye in our Power. Gal. 6. 10. Reasons of this.

  • 1. We have God's example for it, Matth. 5. 45.
  • 2. All Men bear God's Image in some sort, in that they are created with reasonable and immortall Souls.
  • 3. All are partakers with us in the common nature of Men.
  • 4. We would be glad to receive help from any in our necessities, and to taste of their mercy in our miseries.

Quest. Quest. What if they be profane and wicked ones, that are in misery or want?

Answ. Answ. Yet if their necessity or misery be extream, we are to relieve them, rather then they should perish for want of help. Onely in relieving such, we are to take heed so to do it, that we give them no incou­ragement in their sins; as common Beggars in their idlenesse, &c.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To confute such as think it enough to do good to those unto whom they are bound in speciall manner; as to their Kindred, Friends, Acquaintance, near Neighbours, &c. and especially to the houshold of Faith. True it is, That our goodness and mercy ought chiefly to extend to these; yet so, as we refuse not also to afford help, and relief even to strangers or enemies; yea, to the profane and wicked, if they stand in pre­sent need of our help. This the example of our Saviour Christ here may teach us, who cured all the Sick that were brought to him. Sequitur, He suffered not the Devils to speak, &c. Of this before, Ver. 25.

Mark 1. 35, &c. to the 40. Ver.‘And in the Morning, rising up a great while before day, he went out and departed Feb. 7. 1618. into a solitatry place, and there prayed: And Simon, and they that were with him followed after him: And when they had found him, they said unto him, All men seek for thee: And he said unto them, let us go into the next Towns, that I may preach there also; for therefore came I forth: And he Preached in their Synagogues through­out all Galilee, and cast out Devils.’

THe Evangelist having laid down the History of Christ's Preaching and Miracles wrought in Capernaum, the chief City of Galilee: Now he setteth down his Preaching and Miracles wrought in other Villages, or smaller Towns in Galilee. And 1. he mentioneth his Preaching in those Towns, unto the latter part of the 39. Ver. 2. His Miracles in the end of that Verse. Concerning his Preaching, he relateth two things chiefly. 1. The Antecedents or Preparatives unto it, from this 35. Ver. to the 39. 2. The Preaching it it Self. The Antecedents are, 1. His sequestring of himself into a private Place and Praying there, Ver. 35. 2. His Disciples carefull following after him, to find him out, being gone a-part, Ver. 36. 3. The mutuall Speech or Conference had between Christ and them, after they had found him, Ver. 37. & 38.

Touching the first, Viz. His sequestring of himself unto prayer. Here consider, 1. The Circumstance of Time, In the Morning, &c. 2. The Place whither He retired Himself, Into a solitary Place. 3. The Duty there performed, He prayed there.

Object. 1 In the Morning, a great while before Day,] Object. Luke 4. 42. It is said, When it was Day, He departed, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. It might be after the dawning first appeared, and yet a good while before the clear and perfect day-light.

2. Or else we may think, that he arose very early before day; yet did not go forth of the House untill the clear day-light began to appear. Now this early rising and going forth to prayer, doth shew the great care and diligence of our Saviour in the execution of his Ministeriall Function, in that he brake his rest so timely in the Morning, that he might by private prayer prepare himself to Preaching that day.

Into a solitary Place,] It is like it was some private place a-part from the City of Capernaum, whither our Saviour went so early.

Quest. Quest. Why went He to so private a Place?

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. Some think, to prevent the suspition of Vain-glory, lest it should be thought that he sought the applause of the People; because they had flocked to him in such sort (as we heard) the Evening before.

2. But I take it, the principall Reason was, that being alone, he might be more free from outward distur­bances and distractions which might any way hinder him in the exercise of Prayer.

And there prayed,] This private prayer he used as a preparative to his publick Teaching and working Mira­cles that day. Now although it be not expressed what was the matter of his prayer at this Time: yet it is most likely, that in it; First, He gave thanks to his Father for the Fruit that had come of his Doctrine hitherto; as also for the great Blessings which God had bestowed on the People by His means, in that he had helped and cured so many that were diseased and possessed with Devil. Secondly, That he further craved of his Fa­ther a Blessing (for time to come) upon his Doctrine and [...] that they might have good successe, and be effectuall and profitable to those that should hear and see the same. So [...] the Words, and for the clearing of the sense. Now to gather such Instructions as may arise from this Verse.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Our Saviour was carefull to use the best outward helps and furtherances to Prayer, as the op­portunity of the Morning, and the conveniency of the Place being solitary: Whence we may gather, That to pray aright is a difficult Work, and not easie to perform. If it were an easie matter, what need such helps? Indeed our Saviour Christ in respect of himself, had no need of such helps: yet he used them for our In­struction, to shew us what need we have of them, and how hard a thing it is to pray well. Therefore Paul intreateth the Romans to strive in prayer to pray for him, Rom. 15. 30. to shew how hard a work it is to pray well. And 1 Sam. 1. 15. Hannah calls it a powring out of the Soul, &c. Omnium ferè operum difficillimum orare. Luther.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. We have no ability of our selves by nature to perform this Duty, Rom. 8. 26. We know not what we should pray as we ought, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. There are many things to hinder us in the Duty; especially Satan labouring continually to stir up hinderances and disturbances: also our own corrupt hearts which are apt to be taken up at times of prayer with swarms of idle and wandering thoughts, &c.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. It is a Duty of great excellency and profit, much and often commended in Scripture: no marvel therefore, if it be difficult: So are all excellent and precious Duties.

Reas. 4 Reas. 4. Prayer is a holy conference with God: Now it is hard to speak unto God as we ought, &c. See Cooper on Rom. 8. 26.

Use 1 Use 1. See the ignorance of those who think it so easie a matter to pray: Therefore they go about it as about an easie work, without preparation, without watchfulness over their hearts, and without using any helps to further them in the Duty: but they slubber it over in a very slight manner. If they repeat the bare words of the Lord's Prayer, or some other prayer (though without all understanding and feeling) they think this is enough. Indeed this is an easie kind of praying, or rather saying of a prayer; for it is not rightly called praying, when onely the words of a prayer are rehearsed. Hence it is, That ignorant People use to commend prayer so much, and to call for many prayers, but care not so much for Preaching, &c. because they think it an easie thing to pray, as if onely the rehearsall of the words were praying. But such as know what it is to pray aright (with feeling and fervency of heart and in faith) do acknowledge it to be a difficult Work: yea, so difficult, that they can better hold out well in hearing the Word two hours, then in serious and fervent prayer half an hour.

Use 3 Use 2. Be the more diligent and frequent in this exercise, that it may become more easie to us, 1 Thes. 5. 17. Often-use will make it easie, Rom. 12. 12.

Use. 3 Use 3. See what need we have to desire God to help us with his Spirit, &c. Rom. 8. and Luke 11. 1.

Use 4 Use 4. Use all good helps and furtherances for the better performance of this Duty, seeing it is difficult. Especially these helps.

  • 1. Take the fittest and most convenient Time and Place for it, when and where we may be most free from hinderances.
  • 2. Use watchfulness over our hearts before prayer and in prayer, endeavouring to keep out idle thoughts. This watchfulnesse is a great help to prayer; therefore often joyned with it in Scripture, as Eph. 6. 18. and 1 Pet. 4. 7. Matth. 26. 41.
  • 3. Keep our hearts and minds alwayes in due temper, free from inordinate passions of wrath, bitternesse, &c. for these exceedingly hinder prayer, 1 Tim. 2. 8.
  • 4. Use some good meditation before we pray, to quicken us to the Duty, and to raise up our minds to Heaven; or (if need be) read some portion of Scripture to prepare us to the Duty.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour set a-part this speciall time of the morning to betake himself to private pray­er: we learn, That we ought to set a-part some speciall times for private prayer alone by our selves. So our Saviour used to do; and among other times (as it seemeth) he did set a-part the Morning and Evening for this Exercise: for as here we find Him praying in the Morning, so elsewhere in the Evening, as seems to be implyed, Matth. 14. 23. Isaac also used to pray in the Evening, Gen. 24. 63. David used to pray Morn­ing, Evening, and at Noon, Psal. 55. 17. Daniel also three times a Day, Dan. 6. 10. So should we have certain set times daily to be spent in private prayer by our selves alone. So had Luther, and he used constant­ly to keep those Times. See Matth. 6. 6. There should be times to pray alone in our Chamber, &c.

Use. Ʋse. To reprove such as are negligent and careless this way: Some think it enough, if they be present at publick prayers in the Church; and if they use to joyn also in Family-prayer with other: but they seldom or never set any times a-part to pray alone by themselves in their Chambers, Closets, &c. But this should be daily and constantly used at certain times, as well as publick and Family-prayer. God will have us serve him alone, as well as with company. Besides, every one hath some speciall and personall wants to commend to God, and personall Blessings to give thanks for, which cannot so conveniently be expressed in publick or Family-prayer, as they may and ought to be by the persons themselves praying alone.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further from the Circumstance of time, observe here, That the Morning is one speciall fit time for prayer; Therefore our Saviour made choyce of it. So David, Psal. 5. 3. In the Morning will I di­rect my Prayer to thee, and will look up; and elsewhere in the Psalms, as Psal. 88. 13.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Then our minds are usually most free from worldly cares and thoughts which would distract us in prayer.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Then we have special occasion both to give thanks unto God for his protection of us in the night past, and for the Rest we have enjoyed through his mercy; and also to crave the continuance of his protection and mercy to us, together with his Blessing upon us in our Callings the Day following.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Admonition to us, in any wise not to omit this opportunity of the Morning for prayer: The Morning is a precious time, and most fit to be spent in the best Duties. [...]. Exhorts first to wash our Souls by prayer in the Morning, before we [...].

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. From the [...] our Saviour went to pray (in that it was a solitary Place;) we learn, That private Places are most fit and expedient for private Prayers, made by single persons alone. Our Saviour used often to pray in such solitary Places, as Luke 5. 16. He withdrew himself into the Wilderness, &c. See Mark 6. 46. So Peter, Acts 10. 9. See also for proof of this, Matth. 6. 6. When thou prayest, enter into thy Closet, &c. Reasons of this.

  • 1. In such places we are most free from outward occasions of distraction.
  • 2. Then also we may most freely and safely lay open our particular personall necessities to the Lord.
  • 3. In such places also this Duty may be performed without shew or suspition of Hypocrisie.

Object. Object. 1 Tim. 2. 8. Pray every where, &c.

Answ. Answ. Though God's presence be not tyed to any place, neither is any Place more holy of it self then another, or more fit for Prayer: yet in respect of our selves it is needfull to make choyce of such Places as are fittest for private Prayer.

Use. Use. This shews how unfit that custom of some is, who use to pray by themselves in the midst of the Church and Publick Congregation; and that sometimes in the time of the Publick Exercises. Such must know that the Church being a Publick Place appointed for Publick Prayer, and other Publick Worship, is not so fit for Private Devotion: It seems to carry a shew of Vain-glory and Hypocrisie. Besides, if it be used in the time of the Publick Exercises, it is much more unfit and offensive. This is a separating of our Selves from the rest of the Congregation, and a preferring of our Private Devotion, before the Publick Worship of God.

Object. Object. Luke 2. 37. Anna the Prophetesse Fasted and Prayed in the Temple Night and Day.

Answ. Answ. That was, because then God had tyed his presence in speciall manner to the Temple, 2 Chron. 7. 15. but now it is not so; God doth not now any longer tye his presence or worship to any particular place.

Hitherto of the Time and Place, when and where our Saviour prayed. Now to speak of the Duty it self which he performed, viz. That he prayed. Being now to go over the rest of the Towns or Villages of Ga­lilee, and in them to Preach and work Miracles; the first betook himself to Prayer, for the better preparing of himself thereunto.

Doctr. Doctr. Hence we may learn, That prayer should be used as a preparative to those Duties which we enter­prise in our Callings; especially to such as are weighty. If our Saviour Christ prepared himself by prayer unto the weighty Duties of his Calling, much more have we need to do it. Psal. 37. 5. Commit thy way unto the Lord, trust also in him, and he shall bring it to passe. Col. 3. 17. Whatsoever ye do in Word or Deed, do all in the Name of the Lord Jesus, &c. That is, with invocation of the Name of God through Christ. Abraham's Servant being to go to choose a Wife for his Master's Son Isaac, did not undertake the Journey without Prayer, [Page 81] Gen. 24. 12. Jehosaphat being to go out against the great Army of the Moabits and Ammonits, first prayed to the Lord, 2 Chron. 20. So Asa being to fight against the Ethiopians, 2 Chron. 14. 11. cryed unto the Lord, &c. Our Saviour Christ being to choose his twelve Apostles, and to appoint them to publish the Gospel, spent the Night before in prayer, Luke 6. 12. So also he prepared himself to his Passion by prayer, Matth. 26. So should we use prayer before all weighty Duties, and especially before Religious Duties, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. There is no power in us to perform any thing which we enterprise, without God, Jer. 10. 23. The way of Man is not in himself, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. By prayer, we procure a Blessing from God upon those Duties which we take in hand, as also good successe in them.

Use 1 Use 1. To reprove the rash presumption of those, who use to rush upon the Duties of their Callings (and those very weighty sometimes) without any preparation by prayer: they seek not to God for his assistance, nor crave his blessing upon their endeavours, that they may prosper in them. Others adventure rashly upon Religious Duties, as hearing the Word, receiving the Sacrament, sanctification of the Sabbath, without any preparation by prayer. No marvel, if the former sort be punished with ill successe in their worldly businesses, seeing they go about them without commending the successe to God; and no marvel, if the latter sort reap no Fruit, nor find any sound comfort in the performance of Religious Duties, seeing they undertake them without preparation by prayer.

Use 2 Use 2. Remember in all Duties of our generall and particular Callings (especially such as are most weighty) to seek unto God by prayer for his blessing and assistance, and for good successe in them, before we take them in hand. Forget not daily to go unto God by prayer, for his blessing and assistance in the Duties of our Cal­lings, in our business, journyes, &c. else look not to prosper in them: Above all, remember on the Morning of the Sabbath, to prepare our selves by prayer to the Religious Duties of that Day, else look not to find Fruit or Comfort by them.

Mark 1. 36, &c.‘And Simon and they that were with him, followed after him, &c. Jan. 14. 1618.

OF the first preparative that went before Christ's Preaching in the lesser Towns of Galilee, we have spo­ken; namely, his sequestring himself to private prayer.

Now in these three Verses are set down two other preparatives that went before his Preaching, one where­of is, that Simon Peter, with the other Disciples that were with him, (viz. Andrew, James and John,) did follow after Christ to find him out, Ver. 36. The other is, the mutuall conference that passed between Christ and them, after they had found him. In which conference we have two things to consider.

1. Their speech used unto Christ, making report to him of the Capernaites seeking for him, Ver. 37.

2. His answer to them. In which, 1. He requires them to go with him into the next Towns, that he may Preach there, 2. He alledgeth a reason for that end, Ver. 38.

First, To explain the Words, and then to gather the Instructions which arise from these three Verses.

Followed after him,] The Greek word [...] f [...]llow diligently.

Quest. Quest. Wherefore did these Disciples thus diligently follow [...] [...]one apart?

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. Out of a desire which (no doubt) they had to enjoy his sweet and heavenly society, as they had done before.

2. Out of a conscience which they had of that Duty unto which they were lately called, which was to be his Disciples, and ordinary followers of him.

All men se [...]k for thee,] That is, all those of Capernaum, where he preached and wrought so many Miracles the Day before.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Wherefore sought they Him?

Answ. Answ. That having found him, they might perswade him to stay with them in the City of Capernaum, where he had begun to Preach and Work Miracles, Luke 4. 42. It is said, The People sought him, and came unto him, and stayed him, that he should not depart from them.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. What moved these Capernaites so much to desire Christ's company and presence?

Answ. Answ. No doubt, they were moved to it chiefly by two things.

  • 1. By the hearing of his divine Doctrine and powerfull Preaching, which was such as bred astonishment in them, as we heard, Ver. 22.
  • 2. By the sight of his great Miracles which he had wrought among them in so great a number. This bred a high esteem of his person, and to cause them to desire his abode with them.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Did all these seek Christ in sincerity of heart, and out of a true love to him, and to his Doctrine and Miracles?

Answ. Answ. It is likely that many (if not the greatest part) desired his company for sinister respects, as either for Novelties sake, because they heard and saw strange things spoken and done by him, or else, because he did good to the bodies of so many by curing diseases, and casting out Devils; and yet it is probable that some of them did unfeignedly seek Christ out of love to his Person, and out of a sincere desire to profit by his Doctrine and Miracles.

Ver. 38. Let us go into the next Towns,] The Greek word is, [...], which signifieth as much as Vil­lage-Towns; whereby are meant such Towns as were lesse then Cities, and bigger then the ordinary smallest Villages; and it appears by that which follows, Ver. 39. that they were such Towns as had Synagogues in them.

Therefore came I forth,] This is to be understood of his incarnation, or coming in the Flesh: Then he came forth from God, and came into the World. The like Phrase used, Joh. 8. 42. where he saith, He proceeded forth, and came from God, and Joh. 16. 27. Ye have believed that I came out from God, &c. Therefore, Luke 4. 43. he saith, That he was sent for this purpose. Now in these words (when he saith he came forth, or was sent for this end, to Preach in other Towns) he yieldeth a sufficient reason why he would not stay at Capernaum (as the [Page 82] People would have him); namely, because he was Called and Appointed of his Father to Preach in other Towns as well as in Capernaum; and for this end He came into the World.

Quest. Quest. Is it lawfull or fit for Ministers of the Word in these times, to go up and down from place to place, and to preach in every place where they come as Christ did, not settling themselves in any one place?

Answ. Answ. Not so: for our Saviour had a speciall Calling to preach in sundry places, (and namely in all the Towns and chief Villages of Galilee), as himself here sheweth. So had the Apostles a generall Commission to preach to all Nations, Matth. 28. 19. But now the ordinary Pastors of the Church have no such warrant; Therefore they may not ordinarily wander up and down, and take upon them to preach every where, where they come; but keep themselves to that particular Place and People, over which they are set to teach them. So 1 Pet. 5. 2. Feed the Flock of God which is among you, &c. or (as some read it) which dependeth upon you, And Acts 20. 28. Take heed to your Selves, and to all the Flock over which the Holy Ghost hath made you Over­seers, &c. Not but that it is lawfull sometimes upon extraordinary occasions, for an ordinary Pastor or Minister of the Church to Preach abroad out of his own Cure, but he is not to keep an ordinary Course of wandering about to preach. So much in way of clearing the just meaning of these three Verses. Now I come to the Instructions.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. From the example of the Disciples, and of the People of Capernaum, so carefully and diligently seeking Christ, and desiring to enjoy his bodily presence: we may learn the like care and diligence in seeking to enjoy his Spirituall presence; yea, if they were so carefull and desirous to have his Bodily presence; then much more should we desire and labour to enjoy his Spirituall presence.

Quest. Quest. What is this Spirituall presence of Christ?

Answ. Answ. It is that whereby he being now in Heaven onely (as touching his humane nature), yet is pre­sent in and with the Faithfull on Earth by his Spirit, and by the gracious working of it, Matth. 28. ult. This spirituall presence we must seek. See Cant. 3. 2.

Quest. Quest. How are we to seek Christ's Spirituall presence?

Answ. Answ. Labour for Faith, by which Christ may come to dwell in our hearts, Eph. 3. 17. Use the means to attain to it.

  • 1. Attend upon the publick Ministery of the Word, where Christ is present to work Faith, Matth. 28. 20 Cant. 1. 8.
  • 2. Come often to the Lord's Supper, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. This reproveth such as have no desire of Christ's Spiritual presence in their hearts, neither do they seek or labour for it: They use not the means to get Faith in Christ, whereby He might come to dwell in their hearts, and to rule and bear sway in them by his Spirit; They come not duly to hear the Word, &c. All this neglect of seeking Christ's presence, is, because they feel no want of it; they know not how miserable they are without Christ, and without his Spirit dwelling in them: therefore they are content to be without him still.

Use 2 Use 2. Let us above all things seek Christ's Spirituall presence in our hearts, never cease seeking till we find him there abiding: Use the means, come constantly to hear the Word, &c. This People of Capernaum did greatly desire & seek Christ's bodily presence and [...] not we much more desire and labour for Faith, whereby he may come [...] be present with us, but to be in us; yea to dwell in our hearts? Some may think perhaps, that if Christ were now on Earth, they would seek his company and presence as these did: But if He dwell not in thy heart by Faith, his bodily presence would do thee no good, though it were possible to enjoy it now upon Earth. Desire now the presence of his Ministers, to hear them who speak in his Name, 2 Cor. 5. 20.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The People of Capernaum having heard Christ's powerfull and heavenly Doctrine, are thereby moved to seek for him, and to desire to have him stay with them: And, no doubt, many of them desired it in sincerity of heart, to the end, that having already in some measure tasted of the Power and Vertue of his Doctrine, they might for time to come receive further Fruit by it: Hence observe, That such as have once truly tasted of the Power and Vertue of the Word preached, they will desire still to hear it, and to be partakers of it. 1 Pet. 2. 2, 3. As new born Babes desire the sincere Milk of the Word, that ye may grow by it: If so be ye have tasted that the Lord is gracious. See also Acts 13. 42. So the Woman of Samaria having heard Christ, and tasted of his Doctrine, desires to hear him still; and she goes and brings her acquaintants to hear him with her, Joh. 4. 29. Such is the divine Vertue and Excellency of the Word of God, that being once truly tasted and felt, it ravish­eth the heart with a further desire and longing after it. This we see in David, Psal. 19. 10, and Psal. 119. and in Job 23. 12.

Use 1 Use 1. See what to judge of those that have little or no desire to the Word Preached, too many such we have, who care not how seldom they come to be partakers of it: This is an evident sign, that they never yet tasted or felt the Excellency or Vertue of the Word: If they had felt such vertue and sweetnesse in it as Da­vid, (to whom it was sweeter then the Hony, or the Hony-comb) they would more desire it.

The new-born-babe that hath once tasted of the Mother's milk, how earnestly doth it desire it ever after, till it be weared from it? evenso earnestly, that nothing will satisfie it but the Breast. So it is with all that have once truly tasted of the sweetnesse of the Word, and have felt the Vertue of it changing their hearts, they cannot but still desire and long after it more and more; such then, who have no longing after the Word, ne­ver yet had any lively feeling of the Power of it in their hearts.

Use 2 Use 2. As we would shew our selves to have truly felt the Power and Vertue of the Word, so let us still desire and long after it; as Job, David, &c.

Mark 1. 38, 39, &c.‘And he said unto them, Let us go into the next Towns, &c. Feb. 21. 1618.

HAving spoken of the Instructions which arise from the 36, and 37, Verses: Now I proceed to those which may be observed from the 38, Verse; In which is laid down the answer of our Saviour Christ, [Page 83] which he made to Simon and the other Disciples, when they told him that the People of Capernaum sought for him, thereby to move him (if it might be) not to leave that City, but to continue there longer, where he had begun to Preach and work Miracles. To this our Saviour here answereth, and refusing to stay at Capernaum, he requires them to go into the next Towns or Villages to Preach there, alledging the Ground and Reason hereof; namely, that for this end he came forth. The sense of the words is cleared before: Let us see now, what matter of Instruction they afford us.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Our Saviour Christ did not onely Preach at Capernaum, a Famous and Chief City of Galilee, but he resolved also to teach in other meaner Towns or Villages, because he had a Calling so to do: Hence, Mi­nisters of the Word are taught, That they should be content to exercise their Ministery in those Places whither God Calls them, though they be obscure and mean. They must be as willing to Preach the Word in a mean Village, as in famous Cities; if they see that God hath appointed them. This Point was spoken of before, upon the 4, Ver. of this Chapter.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour would preach as well to those of the lesser Towns and Villages, as to those of Capernaum the chief City: we learn, That Ministers of the Word ought not to respect Persons in the exercise of their Ministery; but they must labour by their Ministery to do good to all that are of their Charge, not preferring one before another for outward respects: It is likely, that the Inhabitants of these lesser Villages in Galilee were for the most part Men of meaner sort and degree, than those of Capernaum: yet our Saviour Preached the Gospel to them all alike, because he had a Calling so to do. So Ministers of the Word must do good to all that are of their Charge indifferently, and seek the Salvation of the meanest, as well as of the greatest Persons; and that, both by their Publick Teaching, as also by using all good means in private for the gaining of them unto God.

The Pharisees themselves commended our Saviour for this, that he did not respect Persons in his Teaching, Luke 20. 21. And Paul gives this precept to Timothy, to do nothing in his Ministery, through partiality, 1 Tim. 5. 21. But I will not insist on this Point.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Our Saviour determining to Preach in these Towns of Galiliee, doth shew that he had a Calling to do it, affirming that for this end he came forth; that is, was sent of his Father into the World: Hence we may gather, That whatsoever action, work, or enterprise we take in hand, we ought to have a lawfull Calling and Warrant from God for the undertaking of it; and this Calling and Warrant we must be assured of in our own consciences, and be able to alleage and shew it to others if need require, for the justifying of that which we do. The Prophets and Apostles when they took upon them to Preach, were able to shew and prove their Calling from God to that Office, and for all they did in it; and all Ministers of the Word must be able to do the like. And as this is true of this great and weighty Calling of the Ministery, so it is as true of all other Callings, Offices, or Actions in the Church or Common-wealth; that such as undertake them, must first know themselves Called of God thereunto.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Whatsoever is not of Faith, is Sin, Rom. 14. ult. That is, whatsoever Work or Action we un­dertake, if in doing of it, we be not assured that God is well pleased with it, it is Sin: Now that which we take in hand without a Calling from God, we cannot be assured that in doing it we please God.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Many excellent Benefits will come of this, if we can be assured of our Calling and Warrant from God for actions and enterprises which we go about.

  • 1. This will yield great comfort to our Consciences, against all that shall condemn us in our actions, when we know them to be approved of God.
  • 2. It is also matter of great concernment to Us, to go on chearfully and constantly in the faithfull discharge of our Duties against all oppositions. This we see in the Prophets and Apostles, and particularly in the Pro­phet Jeremy, Chap. 26. Though the Princes and Priests hated and reproved him; yet he took courage to go on constantly, because (as he saith) the Lord had sent him to Prophecy all those words against the Temple and City.
  • 3. This will cause us to expect a Blessing from God in those things which we take in hand, for if the Lord set us on Work, we need not doubt but he will prosper his own Work in our hands.
  • 4. Lastly, It will cause assurance of God's protection and defence against all troubles and dangers which we may be lyable unto in the discharge of our Duties. Psal. 91. 11. God giveth his Angels charge to keep us in our Wayes. On the other side, where there is no assurance of a Calling from God, there all these Benefits are wanting.

Quest. Quest. How may we know our selves Called of God to the performance of this or that Action, Work, or Office?

Answ. Answ. By three things.

  • 1. If the Action be in it self lawfull and warrantable by the Word of God.
  • 2. If also we find our selves furnished of God with ability, and gifts for the performance of it.
  • 3. If we have allowance from Men, whom it concerneth to appoint us to those Offices.

Use. Use. This is for the reproof of those that thrust themselves into such Actions, Offices, or Enterprises for which they have no Warrant or Calling from God: Some take upon them the executing of such things as are in themselves simply unlawfull and wicked: Others take upon them lawful Actings and Offices, yet with­out any lawfull Calling or Appointment from God, or allowance from such men in the Church or Common-wealth, whom it concerneth to appoint them to those Offices and Functions. For example, such as rashly take upon them the Office of Magistracy or Ministry, being destitute of gifts fitting for those Callings; or else, without due approbation and allowance had from such as are in Authority in the Church or Common-wealth; These run before they are sent. How can such expect God's protection over them, or his blessing upon them in those Callings and Offices which they undertake, without leave and warrant from him? &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Further, in that our Saviour saith, he came forth from his Father, to the end, that he might Preach in these Towns of Galilee: We learn, That one end of his incarnation and coming into the World was this, that living on Earth for a time, he might in his own person publish the Doctrine of the Gospel unto men. Therefore, Deut. 18. 15. He is said to be a Prophet that should be raised up of God; that is, sent of the Father [Page 84] into the World to teach and instruct the Church; and Isa. 61. 1. He is said to be anointed and sent to preach good Tidings to the meek, and deliverance to the Captives, &c. This Preaching of the Gospel in his own Person, was an act of Christ's Prophetical Office, for the Execution whereof he came forth from his Father into the World.

Use. 1 Ʋse. 1. This sets forth Christ's exceeding Love to his Church, in that he left the bosom of his Father (as it were), and came down from Heaven to Earth to instruct it in the way and means of Salvation, and that in his own Person. He was incarnate not onely that he might in our Nature merit and purchase Salvation and the means of it for us, by his Sufferings and Obedience; but also that he might, in the dayes of his Flesh, preach and publish the means of Salvation to the Church. The consideration of this Love of Christ must cause us truly to love him again, and to testify it by our Obedience to his Will in our lives.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. It shews us the Dignity of the Office and Calling of Ministers of the Word, and shews the great­ness of their sin who have this Calling in contempt, (as this sin is too common in our time,) seeing Christ himself came into the World to execute this Office of Preaching, in his own person. And shall any think meanly of that Calling in which the Son of God spent his life when he was on Earth?

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. See also by this consideration the Excellency of the Doctrine of the Gospel, in as much as our Sa­viour Christ himself came into the World to be a Publisher and Preacher of it. Doubtless, that is a most rare and pretious Doctrine which the Son of God himself came from Heaven to preach: Therefore it hath such excellent Titles given it in Scripture; for it is called the Glad Tidings, the Gospel of Peace and of Salvati­on, the Word of Life, the Word of the Kingdom, &c. Let the Excellency of it move us to a high esteem of it. And we see here what cause we have to desire often to hear this Doctrine opened and applyed to us by the Ministers of Christ, which speak to us in his Name: As we should be glad to hear Christ himself, if he were on Earth, so must we be to hear the Messengers of Christ, sent to us from him to publish this excellent Doctrine of the Gospel, Luke 10. 16.

Ver. 39. And he preached in their Synagogues, &c.

In this Verse is set down our Saviour Christ's Preaching in those lesser Towns of Galilee, together with the Miracles which he wrought for confirmation of his Doctrine; in that it is said, He cast out Devils.

Touching his Preaching, that is amplified by the places where he raught; viz. In their Synagogues through­out all Galilee.

He preached,] or published the Doctrine of the Gospel. Matth. 4. 23. (where the same History is more largely set down,) it is said, He preached the Gospel of the Kingdom.

In their Synagogues,] These were the publick places where the Jews used to assemble on the Sabbaths, for the performing of God's publick Worship, as publick Reading and Preaching of the Word, and publick Prayer, &c. as I shewed before, ver 21. Now our Saviour made choice to preach in these Synagogues, (and that upon Sabbath dayes,) because, there and then the People being assembled, there was fit occasion offered of doing the more good by his Preaching.

Throughout all Galilee,] This Country of Galilee was the third part of Palestina (or the Holy Land, as it is called), and they which write of it do affirm that it is a large Country, having many Towns and Villages in it. Josephus writes that there were in i [...] above 900 Towns and Villages. (In vita sua, pag. 1017.) Therefore it is likely that our Saviour spent a good space of time in going over this Region, and preaching in all their Synagogues. And this shews how painful and diligent our Saviour was in the Execution of his Ministry.

So much in way of clearing the words. Touching the Instructions to be gathered from them, they have been for the most part spoken of before, ver. 14. & 21. Therefore I will not here insist upon them; one­ly let us note this, that from the Example of our Saviour's being so diligent in preaching in so many Towns, throughout all Galilee; Ministers of the Word may learn the like pains and diligence in discharge of their Ministry, especially in preaching the Word. This diligence is much urged unto us in the Word of God: Our Saviour gives Peter a special charge to feed his Lambs and Sheep, (Joh. 21.) repeating it thrice, to stirr him up to the more diligence. So 2 Tim. 4. 1, 2. And of this diligence we have a special Pattern in Paul himself, Act. 20. 18, 20.

And he cast out Devils:] The Evangelist here briefly toucheth the Miracles which our Saviour wrought in this his Progress or travelling throughout Galilee: St. Matthew doth mention them somewhat more largely, Chap. 4. ver. 23, 24. But of this miraculous casting out Devils I will not here speak, because those things which might hence be observed have been handled before, ver. 23.

Mark 1. 40. &c.‘And there came a Leper to him beseeching him, and kneeling down to him, and saying unto him, Febr. 28. 1618. If thou wilt, thou canst make me clean.’

FRom this 40. Verse to the end of the Chapter, is set down the third and last Miracle of our Saviour which is particularly mentioned in this Chapter by the Evangelist, viz. The healing of one that was a Leper. The same History is recorded by St. Matthew, Chap. 8. 2. and by St. Luke, Chap. 5. 12. Although some think that the Leper which St. Matthew mentioneth was not the same that is mentioned by Mark and Luke, but another cured at another time, a good while after. But the reasons which they alledge to this pur­pose are not sufficient to prove them to be two several Histories: Therefore I here yield to the Judgment of the most and soundest Interpreters, who take it to be one and the same Leper that is mentioned by all the three Evangelists to have been healed by our Saviour.

Touching the place where this Miracle was wrought, St. Luke saith it was some City of Galilee, not farr off from Capernaum, because presently upon the mention of this Miracle, St. Matthew setteth down the History of Christ's going into Capernaum, and curing of the Centurion's Servant there, as we see, Matth. 8. 5.

Touching the time when this Miracle was wrought, it was (as it seemeth) presently after our Saviour had finished that his large and excellent Sermon preached on the Mount, as may appear, Matth. 8. 1, 2.

To come to the Miracle it self. In it we may consider three things. 1. The Preparative going before it, Ver. 40. 2. The Miracle it self, Ver. 41, 42. 3. The Consequents which followed upon it, Ver. 43. &c. to the end of the Chapter.

The Preparatives are two: 1. The coming of the Leper unto him. 2. His Prayer or Petition made un­to Christ; which is 1. Generally touched, when it is said, He beseeched Him. 2. It is more particularly amplified, 1. By the outward gesture which he used, Kneeling to Christ. 2. By setting down the words which he used to Him, If thou wilt, thou canst make me clean.

There came a Leper,] Luke 5. It is said, He was full of Leprosy; whence it appears that it was no ordinary but a very dangerous Leprosy; not infecting some parts onely, but over-spreading the whole body, so that this Miracle of our Saviour, which he wrought in curing it, was the greater. Now concerning this Disease of Leprosy, Physitians say, it is a kind of Scab or Scurf arising in the outward skin of the body, being caused by abundance of melancholick Blood and salt Flegm mingled together. (Heurn. in Hippocrat. Aphorism. Lib. 3. Aphorism. 20.) This Disease was much more common in the Eastern Countryes, and especially in Judea, than it is with us in this Country. And the best learned do think that the Leprosy which raigned a­mong the Jews was a peculiar Disease proper to that People onely, and that it was much more grievous and dangerous than the Leprosies which Physitians write of now a dayes; for it appears Levit. 13, and 14. that the Jewish Leprosy was so contagious, that it infected not onely mens bodyes, but even their Garments, and the very Walls of their Houses: And this Leprosy is thought to have been incurable. Now it is most likely that this Leprosy here spoken of was of this kind.

Object. Object. Levit. 13. 46. The Leper was to dwell alone: how then is it that this Leper presumed to come to our Saviour Christ, and that into the midst of the City?

Answ. Answ. Though by the Law, ordinarily such as were leprous might not converse with men; yet this Leper having heard (no doubt) of the great Miracles of Christ, did believe him to be the Messiah, who was to cure Diseases miraculously, according to the Prediction of the Prophet Esay Chap. 53. ver. 4. and therefore he came to Him to be cured, notwithstanding the prohibition of the Ceremonial Law: And this he might law­fully do, because it is a rule in Divinity, that charity and mercy may in some case dispense with the Ceremo­nial Law, according to that Hos. 6. 6. I desired Mercy and not Sacrifice. Now this was a work of mercy to him­self, for this Leper to go to Christ to be cured.

Observ. Observ. In that he came to Christ to be healed, having heard (as is likely) that he was able to cure him, we are taught not to neglect the use of outward helps and means for the health of our bodies in times of sickness. This Leper was careful to seek remedy against this his bodily Disease being dangerous, and therefore came to Christ as to an extraordinary Physitian, and this care was commendable in him; So also Mat. 9. the Wo­man that had the bloody Issue, and the two blind men, came to Christ, and sought to him to be cured. This must teach us in time of sickness not to neglect good outward means for the body, as good Diet and whol­some Physick. 2 King. 20. 7. Hezekiah, though he had a certain promise of longer life, yet is he comman­ded withal to use means for the curing of his Disease; and Paul wills Timothy, in his bodily weakness, to use Wine for his Stomach's sake, &c. 1 Tim. 5. 23. And in the sixth Commandment the Lord, in forbidding us to hurt or take away our own or others lives, doth (on the [...]) enjoyn us to use all good means for the preserving of life.

Use. Ʋse. To reprove those who in sickness of body are negligent and careless of good means for their health; as good Diet and Physick. Some ignorant People use to say in sickness, that God shall be their Physitian; and under colour of this, they are careless in using the means: Such must know, that although it is true, that God is the best Physitian, because he onely who sendeth sickness can take it away, yet He doth this ordinarily by means, which means he will therefore have us carefully to use.

So much of his coming to Christ. Now to speak of his Prayer or Petition made to Christ: First, to clear the sense of the words.

Beseeching him,] or entreating, or praying Him to cure him, if it were his Will; for this is that he prayed for, as the words following do manifestly shew.

Object. Kneeling to him,] Object. St. Luke saith, He fell on his face, Luke 5.

Answ. Answ. It is likely therefore that first he kneeled to him, and then also fell on his face before him. Now some think he used these gestures onely in way of civil honour and reverence to Christ, as to one whom he took for some great Prophet of God. But it is rather thought, that he used these gestures in way of religious honour and reverence to our Saviour, as to one whom he believed to be more than a meer man; therefore St. Matthew saith, He worshipped Him, Matth. 8. 2. And the words following shew, that he attributed a divine power to Christ, that he was able of himself, to cure diseases miraculously.

If thou wilt, thou canst &c.] These words have the force of an earnest Prayer; for although he doth not di­rectly intreat Him to cure him, yet by acknowledging that he had power (if he would) to cleanse him, he doth secretly imply his earnest desire to be cleansed. Further we must note, that when he saith, If thou wilt, &c.] he doth not thereby imply that he doubted of Christ's goodness and mercy toward him: but he rather shews the strength of his Faith, and that by two things. 1. By acknowledging Christ's power to cure him. 2. By submitting himself to his Will, touching the cure it self; as one that desired it no further than Christ should be willing to grant it. Now I come to the Instructions.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. First, In that this Leper being afflicted with this Disease in his body, sought to Christ by Pray­er to be cured; we may gather, that in all Afflictions we should seek unto God by Prayer: This is our best Remedy. Jam. 5. 13. Is any afflicted? Let him pray. Psal. 50. 15. Call upon me in the day of trouble, &c. Prov. 18. 10. The Name of the Lord is a strong Tower, &c. As in time of danger men fly to some strong-hold, so should we to God by Prayer in all distresses. This is true

  • 1. Of outward Afflictions. Hezekiah being in sickness sought to God by Prayer. So David Psal. 32. So the Israelites suffring hunger and thirst in the Wilderness. Psal. 107. So Jeremy being in the dungeon, Lam. 3. 55. and Jonah in the Whale's belly.
  • 2. In inward distress of Conscience through the sense of sin, use Prayer as out Remedy. Thus David, Psal. 51. So Paul 2 Cor. 12. 8.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. To seek God by prayer, is the onely way to find help, ease, and deliverance in any trouble.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is the onely way to calm and quiet the heart, and to keep it from being too much disturbed or unsetteled with vain fears, or distracting cares.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This condemns the practise of those that take wrong courses in their troubles, to find ease and de­liverance: thus in outward afflictions, as Sicknesse, and the like, carnall men in stead of praying, fall to mur­muring, or impatient behaviour; yea, sometimes they break out into swearing and cursing, to shew their rage; A most fearfull thing. See for this, Revel. 16. Ver. 9, & 21. When the Angels powred out the Vials of God's Judgments upon the Wicked, they blasphemed the Name of God, but repented not to give Him Glory.

Others in time of Sicknesse, or other outward Crosses, seek help from Wizzards or Witches; So leaving God, they seek to the Devil: as Saul, in his Distresse, sought help from the Witch of Endor.

So in inward troubles of Conscience, through the feeling of Sin, some in stead of prayer, betake themselves to merry-company, or recreations, to put it away. But this is the way to increase this trouble, and not to asswage it.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See what to do in every trouble, outward or inward; seek unto God by prayer, do this in all afflictions, outward or inward: Prayer is the best remedy in them all, this will help when nothing else will help, use it therefore. Art thou in bodily Sickness, pain, or under any other outward Crosse? sit not still grieving, and disquieting thy self in vain; this will not help, but hurt rather. The onely way is to go pray unto God, now He calls thee to it in speciall manner, let this be thy first remedy: turn to him that smiteth thee turn to him (I say) by prayer in humble manner, acknowledging thy Sins, craving pardon for them, and pa­tience, and a holy use of thy Crosse, and deliverance in God's good time. The more heavy the Lord's hand is upon thee, the more earnest be thou with Him, in suing to Him for ease, comfort, and deliverance. The more sharply he Chastiseth thee, cleave the closer to him by Faith in prayer, our afflictions should stir us up to prayer. If we have bin negligent of it in prosperity; yet, in the evil day, when God layes his hand on us, we must not be slack in this Duty. See Esay 26. 16. In trouble have they visited thee, &c. and Chap. 17. 7. At that Day shall a man look to his Maker, &c. And as we must use prayer, as our onely remedy in outward troubles; so also, and much more in inward troubles of conscience for sin; the way to find ease and comfort, is, by powring out our Souls to God in prayer. Do therefore in this case as David did, lay open thy sins to God in prayer, and sue to him earnestly for the pardon of them, and for the comfortable feeling of His love in Christ, &c. So much of this, That the Leper sought to Christ by prayer for the curing of his Disease.

Now in the next place I come to speak of the reverent Gesture which he used, kneeling unto Christ; which he did. 1. In way of Religious Adoration, and reverence toward the person of Christ. 2. In token of true humility, thereby professing his unworthiness to receive this blessing from Christ which he craved.

Mark 1. 40.‘And there came a Leper unto him, beseeching him, and kneeling down to him, and saying unto him, If thou wilt, thou canst make me clean. March 7. 1618.

Observ. 1 HEnce gather, That in prayer a reverent gesture and carriage of the body is to be used, thereby to expresse the inward reverence of our hearts towards God. Isa. 6. 2. The Seraphims (that is, the Angels) standing before God, are said to cover their Faces, in token of reverence: much more should we use a reve­rent carriage of our Selves, when we come before God in prayer.

Quest. Quest. Are we tyed to use alwaies this gesture of kneeling in prayer?

Answ. Answ. Not so, the Word of God doth not bind us to this, or any other particular gesture; for in Scrip­ture, we find sundry gestures used: Some have prayed standing, as the Publican, Luke 18. 13. and this gesture is also commended, Mark 11. 25. Some have prayed sitting, as Elijah, 1 King. 19. 4. and our Saviour Christ at the institution of his Sacramentall Supper, blessed the Bread and Wine sitting. Some have prayed kneeling, as Paul, Eph. 3. 14. and Peter, Acts 9. 40. Some groveling with their faces on the Ground, as Moses and Aaron, Numb. 16. 22. and our Saviour, Matth. 26. 39. So this Leper, as St. Luke saith, Luke 5. Again, some in prayer have stretched out their arms and hands toward Heaven, as Solomon, 1 King. 8. 22. and Moses, Exod. 17. 11. Some have lifted up their eyes to Heaven, as our Saviour Christ, Joh. 17. 1. Some have cast them down, as the Publican, Luke 18.

Nevertheless, though in the Word no one particular gesture be prescribed, yet we may from the Scripture draw this generall Rule, that all gestures used in prayer, should be reverent.

Quest. Quest. What gestures are to be accounted reverent?

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. Such as are comely and decent.

2. Such as serve to expresse the true inward humility of our hearts towards God.

3. Such as expresse the inward reverence of our hearts.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. To reprove the rude and unreverent behaviour of many in prayer, especially in publick prayer. Some lying along after an unseemly manner, some gazing about, some talking or sleeping: But suppose they should carry themselves in this rude manner in the presence of an Earthly Prince: would it not be hainously taken, as a grosse contempt of his person? And will not the King of Heaven and Earth take it much more as a high indignity offered to his Majesty, that we should come to speak to him in prayer after this unreverent manner? Let this abuse therefore be reformed amongst us.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Look to our outward carriage, when we come before God in prayer, that it be decent and reverent; especially, be carefull of this publick prayer; that by our reverent behaviour in the Church, we may give good example to others.

And that we may be reverent in our outward carriage in prayer, both publick and private, labour above all to have our hearts affected with inward reverence, and aw of God's infinite Majesty, before whom we are, and to whom we speak in prayer.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Such as will pray aright, must come to God with humble hearts, feeling their own vilenesse [Page 87] and unworthinesse of that which they ask. So did this Leper come to Christ; and this he shewed by the ge­stures of kneeling and falling flat on his face.

Thus also did Abraham abase himself in praying to God for the Sodomits, Gen. 18. 27. He acknowledged himself to be but dust and ashes. So Jacob, Gen. 32. 10. I am not worthy of the least of all thy Mercies: So Job 40. 4. Behold, I am vile, &c. and Dan. 9. 7. O Lord, righteousnesse belongeth to thee, but unto us confusion of Face, &c. and Ver. 18. We do not present our supplications before thee for our own righteousness, &c. See Luke 18. The Publican. Reasons of this point.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. God is most ready to hear and accept those that are humble in heart, Psal. 34. 18. Jam. 4. 6. He giveth grace to such.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. This sense and feeling of our own unworthinesse, will breed reverence in us towards the Majesty of God.

Use 1 Use 1. See how unfit such are to pray, who are proud in heart, like the Pharisee, Luke 18. God abhorreth them and their prayers; He beholdeth them a far off.

Use 2 Use 2. In prayer, Learn to deny our selves, and all that is in us; and labour to come to God with a lively feeling of our own vilenesse, by reason of our sins, and of our unworthiness in our selves, to receive any good thing from Him. The lower we are in our own eyes, and the more vile in our own accompt, the more highly doth the Lord esteem us, and the readier is he to accept us, and to hear our prayers. Jam. 4. 10. Humble your selves in the sight of the Lord, and he will lift you up: Come not therefore to God (as the proud Pharisee, and as the Papist,) trusting in our own Merits or Righteousness, but utterly renounce these things: God loves humble Suters, not such proud Beggars as the Papists are. So much of the outward gesture used by this Leper in beseeching Christ.

Now I come to the words which he used in his Petition to Christ, If thou wilt, &c. The words were ex­plained before.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this Leper acknowledgeth Christ's Power to cure him: we may hence gather, That when we come to God in prayer, we must rest perswaded and resolved that he is of Power sufficient to grant the things we ask of him. Thus our Saviour Christ in his prayer, grounded himself upon the Almighty Pow­er of his Father, Mark 14. 36. Abba Father, all things are possible unto thee; take away this Cup from me, &c. So Paul, Eph. 3. 20. Unto him that is able to do exceeding aboundantly above all that we ask or think, &c. And to this purpose, we are taught in the end of the Lord's prayer to use those words, Thine is Kingdom, Power, &c.

Reas. This perswasion of God's power and ability to give what we crave, is one speciall help unto our Faith, causing us to pray with the more confidence to be heard.

Reas. Ʋse. Labour to be throughly resolved of God's power to grant our petitions: Know, and be assured, that he is an all-sufficient God, able to do above all that we ask or think. Though the things which we crave, may seem to us very difficult and hard to be granted, if we respect our own unworthinsse, yet if we look at God's Almighty power, we shall think otherwise. Therefore in all our prayers, strive for this resolution, that it is possible with the Lord; yea, that it is easie with him to give that we ask: For example, dost thou ask pardon of thy sins? Thou must first rest undoubtedly perswaded, that the Lord can pardon them, and that his mercy is great enough to forgive them. Dost thou ask deliverance out of any great distresse of mind or body? Thou must first believe certainly that it is in the Lords [...]and and power to set thee free. So Dan. 3. 17. Dost thou ask strength against temptations? First, resolve with thy self, that the Lord is able to give thee strength sufficient against them. So in all other things which we crave of God in prayer: First, get this assurance in our hearts, of this all-sufficiency, and absolute Power of God: This is one stay, and propp to our Faith in prayer: We must first believe that God is able to grant our petitions, before we can believe that he will grant them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 2. When this Leper saith, If thou wilt, &c. though he imply his earnest desire and request to be cured, yet he doth withall submit himself to the will of Christ: Whence we are taught, That in praying for Temporall Blessings (such as this was, which the Leper requested); we are to refer our selves to the will of God, desiring them conditionally; that is, so far only as seemeth good unto Him to grant them: Thus David, 2 Sam. 15. 25. So must we in prayer for Temporall Blessings still ask them conditionally, so far as may stand with the will of God: For the more full conceiving of this, we must know, that the things which we ask of God in prayer are of two sorts.

  • 1. Spirituall Blessings or Graces, necessary to the salvation of our Souls; as Faith, Repentance, Hope, Humility, &c. These we are to crave of God absolutely, because we cannot be saved without some measure of them.
  • 2. Temporall or Earthly Blessings, which concern the maintenance of our bodies, and outward man, as Health, Food, Rayment, &c. And these we are to request of God conditionally, so far as stands with his will, and so far as he seeth them good for us.

Reas. Reas. Why we are not to pray for these Temporall Blessings absolutely, but with reference to God's Will.

  • 1. They are not of absolute necessity to Salvation, we may be saved without them.
  • 2. God hath not promised them to his Children, absolutely or simply, but conditionally, and with this li­mitation, so far as they are good for them: Now how far they are good for them, the Lord knoweth best; therefore to his will we are to submit our selves in praying for them.

Object. Object. Mark 11. 24. Whatsoever things ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, &c. How can we do this, if we must pray Conditionally for Temporall things?

Answ. 1 Answ. We may pray conditionally for Temporall Blessings, and yet pray in Faith, believing that we shall receive them so far as the Lord sees them good for us.

Use. Remember in our prayers to put a difference between Spirituall Blessings, and between Outward things, which concern the Body and this present Life. Though we are to desire the former simply and ab­solutely (because God hath absolutely promised them to all his Elect), yet we are to desire and pray for the latter onely with condition, If the Lord will, or, If he see them good for us; and this condition is either [Page 88] to be expressed, or at least to be contained in our minds when we pray for Temporall Blessings.

Mark 1. 41, 42.‘And Jesus moved with compassion, put forth his hand and touched him, and saith unto him; I will be thou clean: And as soon as he had spoken, immediately the Leprosie departed from him, and he was cleansed. Mar. 14. 1618.

HAving spoken of the Preparatives that went before this miraculous Cure of the Leper, I now come to the Miracle it self, set down, Ver. 41. 42. The sum is, That our Saviour seeing this unclean Leper come and kneel to him, and hearing the sute which he made to him, took pitty on him, and shewed his compassion by touching him with his hand, and by commanding him to be cured; and upon this powerfull Word of Christ his Leprosie was immediately cleansed. In the words, consider more particularly these four things.

  • 1. The Cause moving our Saviour to cure the Leper, viz. His compassion wherewith he was moved to­ward him.
  • 2. The manner of curing, in that he touched him with his hand reached out.
  • 3. The outward means used in curing him, which was his powerfull Word.
  • 4. The effect that followed upon his Word, or the cure it self. The Leprosie departed immediately, &c. Moved with Compassion,] Or with tender mercy and pitty, as the Word ( [...]) doth imply.

Put forth his hand and touched him,] Object. By the Ceremoniall Law the Leper was accounted unclean, and therefore he was to dwell a-part by himself, that others might not be defiled by touching or coming near to him, as may appear, Levit. 13. 46. How then is it that our Saviour Christ touched this Leper with his hand?

Answ. 1. Our Saviour was in no danger to be defiled by touching him, because he was free from all stain of sin.

2. He was above the Ceremoniall Law, as being Lord of it, and therefore he might dispense with it in this particular action of touching the Leper.

3. Though others might not touch the Leper, yet the Priest might come to him and touch him, thereby to discern and judge of his Leprosie, as is plain, Levit. Chap. 13. & 14.

Now although our Saviour Christ was not a Leviticall Priest, yet he was that eminent high Priest of the Church, who was typically figured by the Leviticall Priests; and therefore in this respect he might touch this Leper, though legally unclean. The rest of the Words are plain and easie.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See the mercifull nature of Christ, &c. Heb. 2. 17. Heb. 4. 15.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. By the example of our Saviour, learn, That we ought to be inwardly moved with tender com­passion and mercy towards others in their miseries. Our bowels must yearn with a fellow-feeling of the miseries and troubles of others. Col. 3. 12. As the Elect of God put on bowels of mercies, &c. It is a proper­ty of God's Elect. Phil. 2. 1. If there be any Bowels and mercies, as there are Vessels of mercy; So fulfill ye my joy, &c. Shewing that there ought to be bowels and mercies in them towards him, in his outward affliction, in which he was, being in Prison. [...] Pet. 3. 8. Have compassion one of another, love as Brethren; be pitifull, be courteous. This compassion was in that good Samaritan, Luke 10. 33. and it must be in us towards those that are in any misery or distresse of Body or Soul; we must have compassion on others in their bodily miseries, as sickness, poverty, want, &c. in visiting, comforting, relieving them: So also must we be moved with pity towards the Souls of others, when we take notice of their spirituall miseries; as their ignorance, infidelity, or other sins in which they lye and continue, which are the sicknesse of their Souls; as also in their spirituall poverty, and want of Grace. See Jude 22. Ver.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This condemns the want of this compassion and mercy in a great number: They are so hard-hear­ted, that the miseries of others do not affect or move them to any pity or commiseration: This was the sin of the Heathen, that they were mercilesse, Rom. 1. 30. And it is the sin of too many that professe to be Christians. If themselves be in prosperity and ease, they are not touched with any fellow-feeling with others in their troubles or miseries: But the Word of God threateneth grievious Judgments against such. Amos 6. 1, 6. Wo to them that are at ease in Sion, &c. They drank Wine in Bowels, &c. but they are not grieved for the Affliction of Joseph. And Jam. 2. 13. There shall be Judgment mercilesse, to him that hath shewed no mercy, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Much more doth this condemn those that bear cruell minds and hearts towards others, being ready to add affliction to their affliction, rather then to have pitty on them, or to be touched with grief for them. Prov. 12. 10. The tender mercies of the Wicked are cruell; It is too true of many in our times.

Use. 3 Ʋse 3. Labour for a compassionate heart towards such as are in misery or distresse of Body or Mind: Put on these Bowels of mercies. Let the same mind and heart be in us, that was in our Saviour Christ: He was of a tender compassionate disposition towards such as were in misery. So must we strive to be: Mo­tives hereunto.

  • 1. Our Heavenly Father is mercifull, Luke 6. 36. we must labour to resemble him herein, whose Children we professe to be.
  • 2. Mercy is very pleasing and acceptable unto God, he loveth and delighteth in such tender hearts, &c. Micah 6. 8. He hath shewed thee, O man, what is good, and what he requireth of thee, even to love mercy, &c. Hos. 6. 6. I desired Mercy and not Sacrifice, &c. As on the contrary, all cruelty is odious to God.
  • 3. Blessednesse is promised to the mercifull, Matth. 5. 7.
  • 4. Lastly, God hath so appointed, that in this Life we should be compassed with manifold miseries, and that so one man should stand in need of the compassion and mercy of another.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Our Saviour Christ was not onely moved in heart with compassion toward this Leper, but he shewed it outwardly in touching and curing him: Hence we may learn, that it is not enough to be inwardly moved with pity towards those that are in misery, but we must shew forth our compassion and mercy by the [Page 89] fruits of it, Jam. 3. 17. The Wisdom that is from above is not onely full of Mercy, but also of the good fruits of Mercy. Where there is Mercy in the heart, there it must and will shew it self outwardly in the works of Mercy, viz. in helping, comforting, and relieving others in their necessities and miseries of Soul and Body, as occasion is offered. It is not enough to be merciful in heart, or to profess that we are so; but we must shew our mercy to others bodyes and souls. To their bodyes, by visiting and comforting them in sickness, by giving and lending freely to them in their want, by clothing the naked, feeding the hungry, &c. There­fore Matth. 25. it is said, that the Elect shall be commended of Christ, and rewarded with heavenly Glory for performing these works of mercy to Christ, in his Members. Thus Job cap. 29. 15. was an Eye to the Blind, a Foot to the Lame, &c. See Psal. 37. 21. So also to the souls of others we must shew our compassion by the fruits of it; as by instructing the ignorant, admonishing those that are out of order, ministring spiritual com­fort to those that are distressed in Conscience, &c. See Jud. 22, & 23. ver.

Use. 1 Ʋse 1. This reproveth those that say they pitty others whom they know to be in misery, and yet they let them alone in it, not shewing any fruits of their compassion, nor performing any work of mercy to their souls or bodyes; they help them not, &c. This is verbal mercy, which profiteth not. See Jam. 2. 16. There is no true Compassion in the heart, where there is no Conscience made of doing works of mercy to others. It is barren mercy (nay, it is no mercy) to say, thou pitiest such an one in his trouble or distress, and yet to do him no good, nor use any means to help or succour him in his misery. Say not, thou pitiest thy Brother that is in want or poverty, if thou relieve not his want, by giving and lending freely to him: Say not, thou pitiest such a one that is in sickness of body, if thou do not visit and comfort him as occasion is offered, &c.

Ʋse. 2 Use 2. Let us not onely labour to be moved in heart with compassion and pitty toward others, but let them feel the fruits and effects of our mercy. God's Mercy to us is fruitful in doing good to us infinite wayes, &c. so must ours betoward our Brethren, Hebr. 13. 16. To do good, and to distribute, forget not, &c. Gal. 6. 10.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that our Saviour, by his bare word spoken, did cleanse this Leper, and cure his Disease, which of it self was incurable; hereby he shewed his Divine power, and proved himself to be God as well as Man, as he did by all his other Miracles, as we have heard before. Joh. 20. ult. These (Miracles) are writ­ten, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, &c. So Joh. 2. 11.

Object. Object. Some have wrought Miracles that were but meer men; as the Prophets, Moses, Eliah, &c. And the Apostles, as Paul and Peter, &c.

Answ. Answ. They wrought them not by their own power, but by the power of God extraordinarily given them for a time. So we may see Act. 3. 12, & 16. Act. 9. 34. But our Saviour Christ wrought Miracles by his own Power, and in his own Name.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To confute all Hereticks that have denyed, or do at this day deny, the God-head of Christ; as the Arrians, Turks, and Jews.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Hence gather also, that this Jesus is the Christ; that is, the true Messiah or Saviour of the World, who was foretold by the Prophets, and manifested in the Flesh in due time: The Reason is, because he is both God and Man in one Person. That he is true Man is plain, because he lived on Earth as a man, like other men in all things, Sin excepted. And that he is very God, appeareth manifestly by this and all the o­ther Miracles wrought by him, which none could work [...] such a one as was God. Therefore Joh. 10. 25. He saith, that the works which he did in his Father's Name did bear witnes [...] of him, that he was the Christ; and Matth. 11. 4. When John Baptist sent to Him to know whether He were the Messiah? He bade the Messengers tell John of his Miracles which they saw and heard; because those Miracles did sufficiently prove him to be God, and consequently to be the Messiah: We therefore must here learn to embrace Him, and be­lieve in Him, as in the onely Saviour of Mankind, seeking Salvation in none other.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. This is also matter of great comfort to the faithful, to consider that Christ, being God as well as Man, and having all Divine Power in his hands, is therefore able perfectly to save and deliver them from all evils and miseries of Soul and Body; and able also to confer on them all good things necessary for this life, or that which is to come. Trust perfectly in this all-sufficient Saviour, &c.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. In that our Saviour, by his Divine Power, cleansed and cured this Leper of his bodily Leprosy; Hence we may gather that he is also the onely spiritual Physitian, that is able and willing to cure the spiritual Leprosies and Diseases of our Souls, that is, our sins, if we come unto him by the Prayer of Faith, as the Le­per did: Luke 4. 18. He hath sent me to heal the broken-hearted. The Leprosy of the body which reigned among the Jews, was a Type of Sin which is the Leprosy of the Soul; and our Saviour, by curing this and o­ther dangerous Diseases, did shew himself to be that spiritual Physitian also, which came into the World to cure the faithful of their sins, which are the sicknesses of their Souls. This may appear Matth. 8. 17. where the Evangelist, from the bodily Diseases cured by our Saviour, doth gather that he is that Person of whom the Prophet Esay foretold, that he should bear our spiritual Infirmities, that is, our sins, Isa. 53. 4.

The Reason hereof may be this. Sin is the originall and procuring cause of all bodily Diseases; therefore our Saviour, by curing bodily Sicknesses, did shew and declare that he came also to cure mens Souls of their sins. And hence is it that we read so often, that at the same time when he cured the bodyes of such as were diseased, he did also pardon their sins upon their Faith and Repentance.

Quest. Quest. How doth Christ Jesus cure the faithful of their sins?

Answ. Answ. By a two-fold Soveraign Medicine.

The first is his own Blood, that is, the merit of his Sufferings and Obedience, effectually applyed to the Conscience of the Sinner, whereby he healeth him of the guilt of his sins, procuring the pardon of them at the hands of God.

The second is, the Power and Efficacy of his Spirit, by which, as by a sharp Corrasive, he so eateth out (as it were) and wasteth the Corruption of Sin, that it bear not sway in the faithful; and withal worketh in them the Grace of true Holiness.

Ʋse. Seek to Christ, not onely in our bodily Sicknesses, but chiefly in the Sicknesses of our Souls; that is, when we feel our sins, and the guilt of them, lying on our Consciences, or the Corruption of them prevailing [Page 90] in us: In these cases, go to Christ by the Prayer of Faith, earnestly entreating him to heal thee of thy sins; both of the guilt of them, by his Blood effectually applyed to thy Conscience by Faith; and also of the Cor­ruption of sin, by the Power of his Spirit mortifying and weakning it in thee more and more.

Mark 1. 43, 44, 45.‘And He straightly charged him, and forthwith sent him away; And saith unto him, See Mar. 21. 1618. thou say nothing to any man; but go thy way, shew thy self to the Priest, and offer for thy cleansing, those things which Mosescommanded, for a Testimony unto them. But he went out, and began to publish it much, and to blaze abroad the matter; insomuch that Jesus could no more openly enter into the City, but was without in Desert places, and they came to Him from every quarter.’

IN these Verses are set down the Consequents which followed upon this Miracle, which our Saviour wrought upon the Leper.

The Consequents are two. 1. A straight Charge or Commandment given unto the Leper by our Saviour, ver. 43, & 44. 2. The Disobedience of the Leper unto that Charge, Ver. ult.

Touching the Charge of our Saviour unto him, it is two-fold.

  • 1. Negative: Wherein he sheweth what he should not do, forbidding him to make the Miracle known.
  • 2. Affirmative: Shewing what he should do, viz. go shew himself to the Priest, and to offer for his clean­sing the things commanded by Moses, for a Testimony unto them.

He straightly charged him] viz. not to publish the Miracle, as appears by the words following.

Quest. Quest. Why did he so straightly enjoyn him to conceal it?

Answ. Answ. Because he foresaw and knew, that he would be too forward to make it known; Therefore He did not barely forbid him, but charged him in threatning manner, (as the Greek word implyeth), not to publish it.

See thou say nothing &c.] His meaning is not, that he should keep it onely to himself, and that he should not at all make it known to any; for our Saviour knew that it was fit his Miracles should be known, that by them his Divine power, and the Truth of his Doctrine might be manifested to the World; and therefore we read, that at another time He was willing a Miracle of his should be made known, Mark 5. 19. Go home to thy friends, and tell them, &c. But our Saviour's purpose here is to restrain him,

  • 1. From publishing this Miracle rashly or unadvisedly, and in indiscreet manner.
  • 2. From revealing it to such Persons as were likely to cavil or take exceptions at it.
  • 3. From publishing it at that time, being unfit and unseasonable.

Quest. Quest. Why was it an unseasonable time?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because our Saviour was yet in the state of his Abasement, and was so to continue till the time of his Resurrection, and his Divine Glory was to be manifested by degrees till then, and not all at once. See Matth. 17. 9. Vide Jansen Harm. Evang. cap. 34. pag. 189.

2. Because the People were too much addicted to the Miracles of Christ, without due regard to his Do­ctrine; therefore if his Miracles should be too commonly known, the People would so flock after him to have Miracles, that it would hinder his Preaching; (See Bez [...] on Matth. 8. 4. and Calvin. Harm. p. 123.) for so it came to pass afterward, as we may [...] in the last Verse.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Our Saviour Christ might have purchased great Glory and Fame to himself by the publishing of this Miracle; and yet because at this time the publishing of it was like to hinder the course of his Mini­stry, and the Preaching of the Word, therefore he would rather have it concealed for a time: Hence gather, that we should be much more careful and desirous of the furtherance of the Gospel, and of the good success of the Ministry thereof, than of our own credit or reputation in the World. Act. 20. 24. Paul's life was not dear to him in comparison of the fulfilling of his course in his Ministry; much less did he respect his credit or good name in comparison of it: Therefore Rom. 1. 16. he saith he is not ashamed of the Gospell that is, of the preaching of it; though others might think it a disgrace to him, yet he passed not for his own discredit, so that the Gospel might be published and propagated by his means.

Reasons of this Point.

  • Reas. 1 1. The furtherance of the Gospel makes for God's Glory, and for the enlargement of his Church and Kingdom, which things should be most dear to us, above our own good name and credit.
  • Reas. 2 2. The good success of the Ministry of the Word is a matter which tends to the spiritual good of our Souls; which should be dearer to us than our good Name.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Reproveth such as seek themselves, and their own glory and credit in the World, more than God's Glory and the Enlargement of his Kingdom, in the good success and free course of the Gospel. Many both Ministers and others, are faulty in this; who if themselves can get and keep honour and credit in the World, care not what becomes of the Gospel and the credit of it, nor yet of the freedom and liberty of it. Paul was of another mind and Affection, as we see 2 Thes. 3. 1.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour forbids this Leper to publish the Miracle at this unseasonable time; we learn further, that all truths are not fit to be professed, or uttered at all times, though we must never deny any truth, being demanded of it, or lawfully required to professe it; yet there is a wise concealment of the truth, which is sometimes to be used. See Eccles. 3. 7.

Quest. Quest. When are we to conceal the truth?

Answ. Answ. 1. When the Case stands so, that the uttering of it may bring hurt to the truth it self, so here the publishing of this Miracle, was like to hinder Christs Preaching.

2. When we are in the company of such persons who are more likely to Cavill and scoff at the truth, then to make any good use of it.

3. When we are in the company of such as are obstinate and malitious enemies of the Truth. Matth. 7. 6. Thus our Saviour Christ was silent before the High Priest, Matth. 26. 63. So before Pilate, being accused of the Chief Priests and Elders, it is said, He answered nothing, Mat. 27. 12. So also before He­rod, [Page 91] Luk. 23. 9. Though he questioned with him in many words, yet he answered him nothing. The rea­son why our Saviour was so silent before these, was this; because he knew them to be malicious enemies of the Truth; therefore, though at some other times he did speak to them, and utter the truth, when he saw it might do good; yet at these times he was silent.

Ʋse. Use. This must teach us to be Wise and Discreet, in uttering and making profession of the truth, ma­king choise of the fittest seasons for the Professing and Publishing of it, Prov. 25. 11. A word fitly spoken (or spoken in due time and place) is like Apples of Gold in Pictures of Silver. See also Prov. 15. 23. God is sometimes glorified by a discreet concealment of some truth for a time, as well as by the bold and constant confession of it at other times. So much of the Negative part of our Saviour's charge, forbidding the Leper to publish the Miracle to others.

Now follows the Affirmative part, in which he enjoyneth him what he should do on the other side.

  • 1. That he should go shew himself to the Priest.
  • 2. That he should offer for his cleansing, &c. where also is added, to what end he should do these things, viz. That it might be for a Testimony to them, that is, to the Priests.

Go shew thy self to the Priest] Our Saviour alludeth to the Ceremoniall Law, Levit. 13. Whereby it was commanded, That when any person was suspected to be a Leper, the Priest was to look on him, and to judge whether it were the Leprosy or no; if it were the Leprosy, then he was to pronounce him unclean; if it were doubtful, he was to take order for the shutting of him up apart by himself for a certain time for further tryall: But if it were no Leprosy, then he was to be pronounced clean by the Priest. So then, our Saviour's meaning is, That this Leper being cleansed, should repair to the Priest, and shew, or present himself to him, according to the Law, that the Priest might judge of him, and seeing him to be clean, might pronounce him to be so, and so he might be restored and admitted to the common Society of men, from which he had bin before sequestred, so long as his disease continued.

And offer for thy cleansing] That is, in token of thankfulnesse for thy cleansing.

Those things which Moses commanded] That is, which God commanded by Moses; namely, the Sacrifices appointed by the Ceremoniall Law to be offred by the Leper that was pronounced clean; of which Sacri­fices read at large, Levit. 14. Now those Sacrifices were to be offred for a double end.

  • 1. To make Attonement with God for the Leper that was cleansed.
  • 2. In way of Thanksgiving for the benefit of health bestowed on him.

For a Testimony to them] That is, unto the Priest.

  • 1. To shew and testify unto them, that thou art miraculously cleansed of thy Leprosy by my Divine power, that so they may be driven to acknowledge me to be the Son of God, and the true Messiah; or else be left without excuse, if they shall hereafter deny it.
  • 2. To testify thy thankfulness for this thy cleansing.

Object. Obj. Christ came to abrogate the Ceremoniall Law, Daniel, 9. 27. Why then doth he bid this Leper observe these Ceremonies?

Answ. Answ. Though Christ came to abolish [...] Ceremoniall Law, yet it was not to be abolished presently upon the birth of Christ, or immediately upon his comming into the World; but it was to indure in regard of use, untill the death of Christ. See Col. 2. 14. and Ephes. 2. 16. He slew [...] by his Cross, &c. There­fore our Saviour himself in the mean time, kept the Ceremoniall Law, and commanded others to keep it. So much in way of clearing the sense of the words.

Mark 1. 44, 45.‘But go thy way, shew thy self to the Priest, and offer for thy cleansing those things which Moses com­manded for a Testimony unto them. But he went out, and began to publish it much, and to blaze abroad the March, 28. 1619 matter; insomuch that Jesus could no more openly enter into the City, but was without in Desart places: and they came to him from every quarter.’

Observ. OBserve: From this, that our Saviour injoyns the Leper in way of thankfulness for his health restored, to go and offer those things for Sacrifice which the Ceremoniall Law required; we learn, that we ought to shew our selves thankfull unto God, for all mercies and blessings received from him, 1 Thess. 5. 18. In all things give thanks, especially for blessings received, Psal. 116. What shall I render to the Lord, &c. Under the Law there were many thank-Offrings. Thus have the Saints and faithfull ever shewed their thank­fullness for blessings received, especially David in sundry Psalms; There are more Psalms spent in Thanks­giving, then in any other Argument. Hezekiah, Esay. 38. 9.

Reas. Reason. Equity it self requireth, that we receiving all good things from God for our Souls and Bodies, should be thankfull unto him for the same: we look for as much at the hands of those, to whom we have done any good turn.

Use 1 Use. 1. It reproveth such as are unthankfull for mercies received from God. Some scarse take notice of the blessings and favours of God, which he dayly bestoweth on them, though he renew his mercies every Mor­ning, yet they think not seriously of them.

How great a Dishonour is this to God, so little to regard his mercies? A mortall man takes it ill if we take no notice of his kindnesses; and will not God much more? Others, if they take notice, or think of Gods mercies, yet have not Hearts or mouthes to yield him true praise for the same: They may perhaps use some formall words of Thanksgiving: but it is onely a lip-labour, their hearts are not affected with feeling of Gods Mercies, nor with true desire of glorifying him for them. So to give thanks, is to take Gods Name in Vain.

Use 2 Ʋse. 2. Labour to shew true thankfullness to God for all blessings, Spirituall, and Temporall, which we have received, and do dayly receive from him. Hypocrites will sometimes pray to God for the things which they want, but they are not so forward to shew thankfullness for blessings received; let us make Conscience of this as well as of the other.

This thankfulness must be, 1. Inward, in the heart, which must be affected with a true feeling of God's love and goodnesse manifested in his blessings bestowed on us, with an earnest desire of glorifying him.

2. Outwardly expressed, and that two wayes.

  • 1. In Word and Tongue, praising God; sacrificing to him the Calves of our lips, Hos. 14. 2. and Heb. 13. 15. By him let us offer the Sacrifice of Praise to God continually; that is, the fruit of our lips, giving thanks to his Name. Thus David professeth, that he would praise God with his tongue and lips.
  • 2. Our thankfulnesse must outwardly be shewed in our Life and Conversation; and that two wayes.
  • 1. By our conscionable obedience yielded to the Will of God, and to all this Commandements, Psal. 50. 23.
  • 2. By using those Blessings which he bestoweth on us to his Glory, honouring him with them, Prov. 3. 9. Motives to this Duty of thankfulnesse to God.
    • 1. It is a Duty very pleasing and acceptable to the Lord, He accompts it as a speciall honour done to him. Psal. 50. the last Ver. He that offereth Praise, glorifieth me. See 1 Thes. 5. 18.
    • 2. Consider our unworthinesse of the least Blessing which we receive. Herein Jacob is a pattern to us, Gen. 32. 10.
    • 3. Consider the worth and excellency of those Blessings which we enjoy from the hand of God: For ex­ample, think but of one benefit; namely, The forgivenesse of our Sins, how excellent is it? That alone makes a man happy, Psal. 32. 1. and the want of it makes him miserable, &c.
    • 4. It is all that we can render to God for his benefits, Psal. 116. 12. Therefore we should be the more carefull of this Duty. It followeth,

For a Testimony unto them,] To testifie to the whole order of the Priests, that thou art Miraculously cleansed by Divine Power, that so they, seeing this Miracle, may either acknowledge me to be the Son of God and true Messiah, or else be left unexcusable if they deny it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Hence gather, That the Miracles of Christ were as so many Witnesses to testifie and prove unto the World the truth of his God-head, and that he was the true Messiah. But this Point hath bin more then once spoken of before in handling this Chapter.

Ver. 45. But he went out, and began to publish it, &c.] Notwithstanding the straight charge given him to the contrary, he reported the Miracle abroad openly and commonly, as the words here used do imply.

Quest. Quest. Whether did he well, in divulging the matter thus?

Answ. Answ. It is likely, his intention was good; that by this means he might set forth Christ's Glory, who had wrought this Miracle, and that he might also shew his thankfulnesse for the benefit of health received: but yet it was a fault in him thus to publish and blaze abroad the Miracle, because our Saviour commanded him the contrary: and whatsoever is contrary to Christ's Commandement must needs be evil and sinfull.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here the great corruption of our Nature, causing us to be most apt and forward to do those things which the Lord doth most straightly forbid us. The more our Saviour forbad this Leper to publish the Miracle, the more apt and forward was he to blaze it abroad. Rom. 7. 8. Paul saith, That Sin taking occasion by the Commandement wrought in him all manner of concupiscence, &c. and Ver. 13. Sin by the Commandement becomes exceeding sinfull. The corruption of man's [...], is in this respect like unto a great Flood of Wa­ters, which if it be stopped and [...] up, striveth the more violently to break out; or not unlike a wild or un­tamed Horse, who the more he is curbed and held in with the Bridle, the more he rageth and striveth to break loose. Lot's Wife, straightly forbid to look back to Sodom, yet looked back, Gen. 19. The Israelites, straitly forbidden all Idolatry, yet were much given to it.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To humble us in the sight and feeling of this our vile and corrupt Nature, which of itself is so apt to rebell, and make restance against the Will and Commandement of God. Rom. 8. 7. The Wisdom of the Flesh is Enmity against God, for it is not subject to the Law of God, neither indeed can be. The best of us have a spice of this rebellion in us: let us take notice of it, and bewail it in our selves; we are here like to little Children, &c. Experience shews us how apt many are to do things most plainly forbidden in the Word of God.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Labour daily in the mortifying of this our corrupt Nature, which makes us so prone to rebell against the Will of God, and pray unto God to subdue this rebelliousnesse of our nature, by the power of his Spirit, and to make us pliable and yielding to his Will and Commandement in all things which he injoy­neth us to do, or to leave undone.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this Leper sinned against the Commandement of Christ, in doing that which he for­bad him, though he did it with a good intention to honour Christ: Hence we may learn, That it is a sinne against God to do any thing contrary to his revealed Will and Commandement, though it be done with ne­never so good a meaning or purpose of pleasing God. See 1 Sam. 15. Saul's example in Sacrificing, and in sparing Agag. So Ʋzzah in staying the Ark, 2 Sam. 6.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Rom. 14. the last Ver. Whatsoever is not of Faith, is Sin: Now that which is done contrary to the revealed Will and Commandement of God, cannot be of Faith; because, in doing it, we cannot be per­swaded that God alloweth of it.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. God will not be honoured, or served according to will or fancy, but according to the rule of his written word. Deut. 12. 8. Ye shall not do every man whatsoever is right in his own eyes: But Ver. last. What thing soever I command you, observe to do it, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. This reproveth all the will-worship and service of the Papists, which they offer unto God, being devised by their own brain, and not grounded on the written word of God. It may be said of them, as the Prophet speaketh of the Hypocriticall Jews, Esay 29. 13. Their fear towards God is taught by the precepts of Men. Esay 1. Who required these things of you?

Use 2 Use 2. This also confutes the erroneous conceipt of many ignorant People, who think God is well pleased with them, and their actions; if they intend and mean well (as they say): though in the mean time they have no ground or warrant from the Word of God for that which they do; but rather they do that which is con­trary to the Word. Such must know, That God will not be served, or well pleased with good meanings, but [Page 93] with good and lawfull actions, warranted by his Word: A good intention is necessary in a good action, but it alone makes not a good action, neither can it excuse the unlawfulnesse or sinfulnesse of an evill action. It followeth,

Insomuch that Jesus could no more openly enter into the City, &c.] Here the Evangelist setteth down two in­conveniences that came of his rash and indiscreet publishing of this Miracle.

  • 1. That our Saviour could no more openly enter into the City, but was without in Desert Places.
  • 2. That the People flocked to him from every Quarter, notwithstanding his retiring himself to such private Place.

Jesus could no more openly, &c.] Whereas before he had used to Preach from City to City, now he could not conveniently go in open manner into a City to Preach, by reason of the great concourse of the People to him.

Quest. Quest. Why would not our Saviour have the People flock to him in such multitudes?

Answ. Answ. Sundry Reasons may be given: As these,

  • 1. Because this was not sutable to his present state of abasement, to lead such Troops about with him.
  • 2. It it might carry a shew of Mutiny and Sedition.
  • 3. He saw that many followed him more for his Miracles then for his Doctrine: they were more desirous to see and hear Novelties, and to have their bodily Diseases cured, than to profit by his Teaching: Now he would not feed the vain curiosity of such; besides, he foresaw that the flocking of the People after him for Mi­racles would hinder him in Preaching.
  • 4. To shew, That in his Preaching and working of Miracles, he sought not after vain-glory, nor after the applause and commendation of the People; but that he aimed chiefly at the Glory of God his Father.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In doing good Duties, we must not hunt after vain-glory, nor seek the applause and commen­dation of men: but the principal thing we must aim at, must be the glory of God, and the discharge of a good conscience in his sight. Our Saviour after his publick Preaching, and working of Miracles, did use to withdraw himself into some private place a-part from the multitude; to shew, that he sought God's glory more then his own praise, or the commendation of the People. So must it be with us in all good Duties which we perform; the main scope we shoot at must not be our own praise or glory, but the glory of God, and the conscionable discharge of our Duty towards Him. 1 Cor. 10. 31. Whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God. See Joh. 8. 50. 1 Thes. 2. 6. Paul sought not glory of Men, &c.

Use. Ʋse. This condemns the Vanity and Pride of those, who in the performance of good Duties, seek more their own Praise and Glory with Men, than the Honour of God. This was the fault of those Rulers menti­oned, Joh. 12. 43. Who loved the Praise of Men, more then the Praise of God. And the Pharises in our Saviour's time were in an high degree guilty of this Pride and ambitious hunting after Vain-glory: All their good Works they did, to be seen and commended of Men. In their Prayers, Fastings, Alms-giving; the main thing they sought, was their own Glory and Praise. As we would not be like them, so take heed of this Vanity and Pride, in seeking the applause and commendation of Men in doing good Duries: And in every Duty let us strive chiefly to approve our selves in the sight of God. This will be more comfort to our consciences, then all the Praise and Commendation [...] Men can give us.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Ministers should be wise in preventing occasions of being [...] in their Ministeriall Duties: Our Saviour retired himself, because he would not be hindred in Preaching.

And they came to Him from every quarter,] That is, from all Parts round about the County of Galilee. This was another inconvenience that came of the Blazing abroad of this Miracle, contrary to Christ's Commande­ment, viz. That the People hearing of the Fame of this Miracle, did flock unto Christ in great multitudes from all Parts of the Country, notwithstanding our Saviour Christ's sequestring himself into Desert Places. Vide Jumi Anal.

Quest. Quest. Why was this an inconvenience, seeing the People came for a good end, viz. to hear Christ's teaching, as St. Luke affirmeth? Luke 5. 15.

[Answ. Answ. Though some came to hear him, and to profit by his Doctrine; yet many (if not the greatest part) came more for love of his Miracles, and to see Novelties, to have their Diseases cured, than for love of his Doctrine. If this had not been so, our Saviour would not have shewed such dislike of the multitudes flocking after him: But he saw that many followed him for sinister respects, and not for any good end; and besides that, this their too much flocking to him, and urging him to work Miracles, would hinder his Preach­ing: and therefore in these regards, it was inconvenient and unfit for the People to resort to him in such multitudes.

Observ. Observ. Though it be our Duty after the example of this People, to resort diligently to the publick exercises of Religion, as the word Preached, &c. yet we must take heed we come not to them for sinister ends and by-respects, as many of these Galileans did. Their coming to Christ to hear him, and to see his Mira­cles, was commendable, and we are to imitate them in it, according to the precept of Solomon, Eccles. 5. 1. Be near (or ready) to hear; and of the Apostle St. James 1. 19. Be swift to hear. But in that many of them came out of curiosity, to see and hear strange things, or else to have their Diseases cured, more then out of love to Christ's Doctrine, this was their great fault which we must take heed of. See then, That we come not to the publick exercises of hearing the word, of prayer, receiving the Sacrament, &c. for sinister ends; as out of curiosity, to hear or see Novelties; or for fashion or custom, because we would be counted Professors; but come to these exercises of Religion, with desire of glorifying God by our conscionable obe­dience to these his Ordinances, and our true love to them, with an unfained desire to profit by them.

Finis Primi Capitis.

CHAP. II.

Mark 2. 1, 2.‘And again he entred into Capernaum after some Dayes, and it was noised that he was in the House: And straightway many were gathered together, insomuch that there was no room to receive them; no not so much as about the Door; and he Preached the Word unto them.’

HAving finished the former Chapter: Now I proceed to the handling of this second Chapter, April, 4. 1619. in which the Evangelist goeth on in setting down the History of our Saviour Christ's Life and Doings. And in this Chapter we have five particular Histories recorded by St. Mark, touch­ing our Saviour Christ.

  • 1. His Preaching in a House at Capernaum, Ver. 1, & 2.
  • 2. His curing of one that was sick of the Palsie, from the 3. Ver. to the 13.
  • 3. His calling of Levi the Publican to be his Disciple or Follower. Ver. 13, 14, &c. unto the 18.
  • 4. A Conference held between Christ and the Disciples of John Baptist, and of the Pharisees, concerning Fasting. From the 18. Ver. to the 23.
  • 5. Lastly, Our Saviour Christ's Apology or Defence of the Fact of his Disciples in plucking eares of Corn on the Sabbath, against the cavil of the Pharisees. From the 23. Ver. to the end of the Chapter.

Touching the first thing in this Chapter; namely, Christ's preaching in the House at Capernaum: The Evangelist setteth down three things.

The first thing is, Certain Preparatives which made way unto his Preaching: As,

  • 1. His return into the City of Capernaum after some Dayes.
  • 2. The Fame or Report that went of his being in the House.

The second thing is, The occasion of his Preaching, which was the great Concourse of the People unto him into the House, and before the Door of it; so as there was no room, &c.

The third thing is, The Preaching it Self.

He entred into Capernaum after some Daies,] In the former Chapter, Ver. 35. we heard that our Saviour went out of Capernaum, that he might go and Preach in other Towns of Galilee. Now the Evangelist shew­eth that after he had spent some time (how much or little, is uncertain) in going over those other parts of Ga­lilee, he now returned again to this City, Capernaum being the chief Town in Galilee, where our Saviour was more conversant then in any other Town in that Country, and where he is also said to have had his Dwelling, Matth. 4. 13. Therefore also, Matth. 17. ult. He paid Tribute as a Citizen, &c. And, no doubt, he was the more conversant in this City, because it being a [...] Place, and a Town of great Trading and Resort (by reason it stood near the Sea of [...]), he was likely to do the more good there by his Preaching and Miracles.

And it was noised,] Or Reported that He was in the House; that is, in the House where he had his Dwel­ling, which is likely to have been a hired House, and not his own: because himself saith else-where, That He had not where to lay his Head, Matth. 8. 20. Though he came privately and secretly to this House, yet his coming was taken notice of, and the fame of it spread among the People.

Quest. And straightway many were gathered together, &c.] Quest. Whether did all this multitude come to Christ for a good End, and out of true love to his Doctrine and Miracles, and with desire to profit by them?

Answ. Answ. This is not likely; for Luke 5. 17. it appears, That many of those that came, were Pharisees and Doctors of the Law out of every Town of Galilee, Judea, and Jerusalem: Now there is no doubt, but these came rather to cavill at Christ's Doctrine and Miracles, or to take advantages against Him, then for any good end. It is likely also that many other came more for the Miracles-sake, to have their own or their Friends Di­seases cured, or out of a vain curiosity, desirous to hear and see new Matters, than for any true love to Christ's Doctrine: thus it is likely a great part of this multitude came for by-respects: Nethertheless, it is to be thought that many among them came for a good end, even to profit by Christ's Doctrine and Miracles. How­soever, their coming to Him was of it self commendable, though the evil end for which many came, was discommendable.

And he preached the Word,] That is, the Word of the Kingdom, or the Doctrine of the Gospel.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though our Saviour were for a time hindred by the Concourse of the People, from Preaching in any City, as we heard on the last Verse of the former Chapter: yet here we see that after some Dayes, when he saw opportunity, he returned into this City Capernaum to preach there: Hence we learn, That though we be constrained for a time, by reason of some necessary hinderance to omit some good Duty; yet we should afterwards return to it again so soon as we may conveniently. A Minister that is hindred for a time from Preaching by some unavoydable impediment, (suppose it be Bodily sicknesse, or the like): yet he must return to the exercise of his Ministery, so soon as that impediment is removed. So a private Christian, having been for a time necessarily hindered from performance of some good Duty, as from publick hearing the Word, receiving the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper, or from Catechising his Family, and praying with them; yet he must return to the performance of these Duties, so soon as opportunity and means is offered. Some under pretence of being once hindered from performance of good Duties, take occasion to give them over altogether; but take heed of this, and know, that although God doth dispence with us for omission of Duty, so long as we are hindered from it by an unavoydable impediment; yet when that hinde­rance is removed, he will no longer dispence with us; but he calls for the Duty at our hands again, and we must fear his displeasure if we neglect it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It was noised &c.] Those that least seek after honour and glory amongst men are oftentimes most famous and renowned. Our Saviour was far from seeking his own Glory, and therefore he came pri­vately into Capernaum, and betook himself to his dwelling House there; and yet we see, the more he sought to lye hid, the more famous he was. So Luke 5. 15. when he had forbidden the Leper to tell abroad the Miracle wrought upon him, it is said, that so much the more went there a fame abroad of Him, &c. John Bap­tist was so farr from seeking after fame and renown, that he was content to preach in the Wilderness, which was an obscure place: and yet he grew so famous that all those of Judea and Hierusalem went out to hear him, as we heard on the former Chapter, ver. 5. So Paul sought not his own praise or glory in Preaching, and yet he was exceeding famous in all the Churches; and the Galathians received and honoured him as an Angel, yea as Christ Jesus, Gal. 4. 14. Thus we see that honour and fame doth often follow those that fly from it. Hoc solum habet mundi Gloria gloriosum, quod insequentes se fugit, & fugientes insequitur. (Gorran. in Luc. 5. 15. ex Bernardo.)

Use. Use. See then that the way to true honour is, not ambitiously to hunt after vain-Glory, but rather to shun and avoid all shew and appearance of it, and to be content to live in mean accompt in the World, so that we may be in accompt with God. The lesse we seek our own honour, the more the Lord himself will honour us, even amongst men, if we be such as walk conscionably before him, seeking his Glory more than our own. So much of the Preparatives to our Saviour's preaching; namely, his Return to Capernaum, and the Fame that went of his being in the House.

Now followeth the occasion of his preaching in Capernaum, viz. The People's flocking to Him in great numbers, ver. 2.

Observ. Observ. By example of this People of Galilee and Judea, we learn, That we should be ready and forward to resort to the publick exercises of Religion and of God's Worship, especially to the hearing of the Word; Jam. 1. 19. Be swift to hear. Eccles. 5. 1. Be neer to hear. We should take all good occasions to come to the Word preached: Isa. 2. 2. All Nations shall flow to the Mountain of the Lord; and many People shall say, Come ye, and let us go up to the Mountain of the Lord, to the House of the God of Jacob, and He will teach us his wayes, &c. Psal. 110. 3. Psal. 122. 1. David was glad to go into the House of the Lord; and (no doubt) the chief Reason moving him to it was, that he might there be instructed in the Law of God by the Teaching of the Priest [...]. See Act. 13. 44. The like forwardness must be in us; and this must appear, 1. By coming frequently, omitting no occasion, &c. 2. By taking pains to come, though farr off, &c. as the Queen of Sheba. 3. By coming in due time.

Use 1 Use 1. To condemn the great backwardness and slackness of many, in repairing to the Word preached. Some care not how seldom they come; a small matter hinders them, a showre of Rain, or a little Head-Ach, or the like. A farr greater matter would not hinder them from going a Journy about some worldly business; as to a Fair or Market, or to a merry-Meeting. Such shew manifestly that there is in them no love to the Word, nor desire of the sincere Milk of it; and the Reason hereof is, because they never felt the power and vertue of it in their own Souls, nor found any sweetness in it. These Galiloans shall rise in Judgment against such slack comers to the Church to hear the Word preached.

Use 2 Use 2. Let all be moved to shew their readiness to come to the publick Hearing of the Word. And to this end consider,

  • 1. The Excellency of this Ordinance of God, it being the ordinary [...] for the saving of us, 1 Cor. 1. 21. and Jam. 1. 21.
  • 2. Think how much we stand in need of often hearing the Word, for the enlightning of our minds with saving Knowledge, for the begetting and encreasing of Faith in us, and for the beating down of our sinful corruptions, &c. This will cause us to hunger and thirst after the Word, and make us forward to hear it on all occasions.
  • 3. It is the property of God's Children to love and desire to hear his Word, Joh. 8. 47. 1 Pet. 2. 2. So much of the occasion of Christ's Preaching; namely, The gathering together of so much Peo­ple.

Now to speak of the Preaching it self.

He preached the Word to them.]

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Our Saviour seeing the People assembled, and that many of them came with a desire to hear his Doctrine, and to profit by it (though all did not), He took occasion presently to preach the Word to them; and so he used to do at other times, whensoever he saw any great multitude of People assembled; So Matth. 5. 1, 2. and Joh. 7. 37. In the great day of the Feast, &c. Hence all Ministers may learn, That they should take the best opportunities and occasions of doing good to the People by their Ministry, 2 Tim. 4. 2. See 1 Cor. 16. 8, 9. When they perceive likelihood of doing good, then they are to apply themselves to the doing of it, both by their publick Ministry and Preaching (especially on the Sabbath), and also by using all good means in private, whereby to profit them; as private Instruction, Exhortation, Admonition, com­forting the Afflicted, &c. Luke 12. 42. The faithfull and wise Steward gives the Houshold their portion of meat in due season.

Use. Ʋse. The People then must also watch all opportunities of receiving good from their Pastors and Mini­sters: when they are ready to instruct them in publick, they must take the occasion to hear them; So Act. 10. 33. Cornelius and his Kinsmen took occasion to hear Peter. So also in private, they should wisely observe and take every opportunity of receiving spiritual Instruction, Admonition, and Comfort from their Pastor: They know not whether God will offer them such opportunities again or not, therefore they are to take them while they may, and not to overslip them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Here also all Ministers of the Word are taught to be frequent and diligent in the Duty of Preaching the Word. So was our Saviour, as we heard in the former Chapter; and here again we see, that although many of this People came more for Miracles than for love of his Doctrine, yet he was especially careful first to preach to them, before he wrought any Miracle, because Preaching was the principal part of his Ministry; and so is it the main Duty that belongs to every Minister. This our Saviour gave in charge to [Page 96] Peter, Joh. 21. And Peter to all other Pastors, 1 Pet. 5. 2. Also Paul to Timothy, and in him to all Ministers of the Word, 2 Tim. 4. 1.

Mark 2. 3, 4.‘And they came unto Him bringing one sick of the Palsy, which was born of four. And when they April 11. 1619. they could not come nigh unto Him for the prease, they uncovered the Roof where He was; and when they had bro­ken it up, they let down the Bed wherein the sick of the Palsylay.’

THese Verses, and the rest that follow unto the 13th. Ver. do contain the 2d. general part of this Chap­ter: In which is recorded the History of our Saviour Christ's miraculous curing of one that was sick of a Palsy at Capernaum.

In this History consider three things. 1. The Antecedents or Preparatives which went before this Mira­cle, unto the 10. ver. 2. The Miracle it self, ver. 10, 11, 12. 3. The Consequents that followed upon it, in the end of the 12. Verse.

The Preparatives are certain Actions performed partly by the friends of the sick, and partly by our Saviour Christ.

The Actions performed by the sick party's Friends are chiefly two.

1. Bringing him to the place or house where Christ now was, by four men, ver. 3.

2. The presenting of him before Christ in the House; amplyfied 1. By the difficulty which hindred, The Prease. 2. By the means which they diligently used for removall of that difficulty; in that they brake open the top of the House, and so let down the couch whereon the sick lay, presenting him to Christ, ver. 4.

The Action of Christ which he used as a Preparative to this Miracle was, The spiritual curing of this sick party, by forgiving his sins, ver. 5.

One sick of the Palsy,] This is a Disease which (as Physitians write of it) doth cause a loosning and benum­ming of the sinews and muscles of the body, (which are the Instruments of feeling and moving,) and so de­priveth either the whole body, or some part of it, of sense and motion. This Disease is most dangerous and hard to cure; especially when it possesseth the whole body, or the greatest part of it: It seemeth that this Palsy here spoken of, was of this sort; because it is said he was born by four other persons, which shews that he was utterly unable either to go of himself, or to be led by others, and therefore was fain to be carried by them in his Bed or Couch.

They uncovered the Roof, &c.] This they might the better do, because in those Countryes they used to have their Houses built flat on the tops, so as they could conveniently stand or walk on them. See 2 Sam. 11. 2. and Act. 10. 9.

They let down the Bed,] or Couch; It was such a Bed in which the sick person night be carried up and down conveniently. Now they did thus present the sick party lying in his Bed before Christ, thereby to move him the rather to take pity on him, and to cure him of this dangerous Disease.

Observ. 1. These friends of the sick party shewed their love and mercy to him, in bringing and presenting him to Christ to be cured; Hence learn we▪ That it is our Duty to shew Christian love and mercy to the af­flicted, and particularly to such as are visited with bodily sickness. Prov. 17. 17. A Brother is born for Ad­versity; and among other Adversities, for the time of bodily sickness.

Quest. Quest. How must we shew our Love and Mercy to those that are in Bodily Sickness?

Answ. Answ. By doing Duties of Love and Mercy to them, as these principally.

  • 1. Visiting, and comming to them, Matth. 25. 36.
  • 2. Affording them the best help, comfort, and succour that we can, both for their bodies, by providing for them necessary Dyet, and Physick, (if they be of our charge) and for their Souls by giving them Christian comfort, Instruction, Exhortation, &c.
  • 3. Above all, Praying for them, and with them, in their Sickness, Jam. 5. 16. David did this for his Enemies, Psal. 35. 13.

Reas. 1 Reason, 1. We profess to be fellow-Members of the same Mysticall body of Christ; therefore we must have a fellow-feeling of others Miseries, and be ready to shew it by the fruits of our mercy, 2 Cor. 12. 25. So Paul, 2 Cor. 11. 29. Who is weak and I am not weak?

Reas. 2 Reason, 2. We would have others to shew Love and Mercy unto us in our bodily sicknesses, pains, and griefs; therefore do as we would be done unto: As we would find mercy from others, so shew mercy and love to others. See this handled before, chap. 1. v. 30.

Reas. 3 Reason, 3. Christ accompts it as done to himself, Matth. 25. and will so reward it at the last day.

Use 1 Use, 1. To condemn the great want of Christian love and mercy in those that take no care of their Brethren in time of Bodily sickness; If themselves be in health, they scarse think of such as are in sickness, though they be near to them, they will scarse come at them; much less afford them their help and comfort, or their Prayers, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use, 2. Let us make Conscience of all Duties of Love and Mercy to the sick, as opportunity and means is offered, Hebr. 13. 3. Remember them that are in Adversity, as being your selves in the body. Remember to visi [...], and go unto them, to comfort them, to provide necessaries for the procuring of their bodily health, to send to the Physitian for them, &c. But above all, remember to pray for them. As the friends of this sick party did with their arms bring and present him to Christ; so let us, by our prayers, present our sick brethren unto Christ, lay open and commend their weak and afflicted Estate unto God in our prayers.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. These friends of him that was sick of the Palsy, bearing love to him, were content to take great pains to bring & present him to Christ: for when they were hindred by the press from comming to Christ, they brake open the top of the house to let down the sick person before Christs presence, &c. Hence we may gather, that where true love is, there will be pains and diligence used in doing Duties of Love to others. Therefore the Apostle commendeth the Thessalonians for their labour of Love, 1 Thess. 1. 3. and Hebr. 6. 10. God is not [Page 97] Unrighteous to forget your work and labour of Love, &c. 1 Cor. 7. 13. Love endureth all things, it is content to endure any labour or pains for the good of those whom we love. How painfull and diligent was that Wo­man in shewing her love to Christ, in washing his feet with tears, and wiping them with the hairs of her Head, Luk. 7. 38. So the Jaylor, Act. 16. 33. in washing the stripes of Paul and Silas.

Use. Use. See then that there is no true love or mercy in such as make shew of it in word or profession onely, but will be at no pains in doing duties of Love and mercy to their Brethren: This is no true love, for that is laborious and diligent, 1 Joh. 3. 18. Let us not Love inword and tongue, but in Deed and truth. Gal. 5. 13. By Love serve one another.

Observ. 3 Obser. 3. Though they saw it to be a difficult matter to present the sick unto Christ, because of the press hindring them; yet they were not discouraged, but used means notwithstanding this Impediment, to pre­sent him unto him, to teach us, that we must not be discouraged from doing good duties, though we meet with impediments to hinder us; but we must labour to overcome all difficulties, and to break through them rather then omit our Duties, Eccless. 11. 4. He that observeth the Wind shall not sow, and he that regardeth the Clouds shall not reap. That is, he that will be discouraged with inconveniencies and impediments, shall never do good Duties; therefore we must not stick at such difficulties or hinderances, but break through them, ra­ther then be kept from doing any good Duty, which lyeth upon us to perform. The Queen of Sheba was not discouraged with the distance of place, nor tediousness of the journey from going to hear Solomon's Wisdome. Zachaeus, Luke 19. was not discouraged by the press of people, nor by the lowness of his stature, from using means to see Christ: So the blind man, Luk. 18. was not discouraged from crying more and more unto Christ for help, though the people rebuked him, that he should hold his peace. These examples must teach us not to omit good Duties, because we meet with difficulties or impediments to hinder us in them; True it is, That when we should do good, we shall often meet with such impediments and hinderance when we should perform Duties of Piety, As Prayer, Meditation, Reading, &c. we often meet with worldly cares, or business, or company, or the like hinderances; but we must not suffer them to hinder us, but break through them all. So in doing duties of mercy and charity, we shall often meet with hinderances; as in visiting the sick, in relieving such as are in want, &c. yea, we are very apt in such Cases to make many vain excuses, and to feign to our selves more difficulties and Impediments then indeed there are, like the sloathfull, who saith, There is a Lyon in the way, &c. Prov. 26. 13. But we must learn to leap over all such stumbling blocks, and to break through all hinderances, rather then omit such Duties of mercy.

Mark. 2. 5.‘When Jesus saw their Faith, He said unto the sick of the Palsy; Son, thy Sins be Forgiven thee. April, 18. 1619.

VVEE have heard of the Actions performed by the friends of the sick, as preparatives to this Miracu­lous cure.

Now followeth another speciall Action of our Saviour Christ, which was also a Preparative to the Miracle, namely, the spirituall curing of the sick party of his Sins, which he did by pronouncing the pardon of them unto him. And this Action of Christ is further amplified.

  • 1. By the cause moving him thereunto, He saw their Faith.
  • 2. By the manner, it was in loving sort, calling him, Son.
  • 3. By the event which followed, ver. 6, 7, 8, 9.

When Jesus saw their Faith] This is to be understood both of the Faith of the friends of the sick (who brought him to Christ) and also of the Faith of the Sick party himself; for our Saviour would not pronounce pardon of sins to him upon the Faith of others, if himself had not been a Believer.

Further, By Faith, We are to understand a true justifying Faith, apprehending Christs speciall mercy to­wards them for the pardon of their sins; and withall, trusting on his power and goodness for the obtaining of this Miraculous Cure.

Quest. Quest. How did our Saviour Christ see their Faith, which is an Invisible Grace in the Heart?

Answ. Answ. He might see it two wayes.

  • 1. Inwardly, in the Heart of the sick party, as being God, and so knowing the Heart.
  • 2. Outwardly, by externall fruits, evidences of it; as by their pains taken to bring the Sick party to Christ, and by his willingness and forwardness to be brought, as also by his patient bearing of this sickness: By these and the like outward fruits of Faith, our Saviour did perceive their Faith.

Son] He gives him this Title (no doubt) to shew his loving affection and good will towards him, and there­by to incourage and comfort him, being cast down (as is probable) with the sense of his Sins, therefore Mat. 9. 2. our Saviour said, Son, be of good chear &c.

Thy Sins are Forgiven, &c.] Upon thy Faith and Repentance which I discern to be in thee, I have pardon­ed thy Sins, and do assure thee therefor from my own mouth.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour first assure him of the forgiveness of his Sins, seeing he was brought to him to be cured in body of the Palsy?

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. To shew that he came not onely, or chiefly, to be a Physitian for the body, to cure mens bodily diseases, but principally to cure mens Souls of their Sins.

2. To shew that Sin is the Originall cause of all bodily diseases, and consequently, that in sickness, the best way to find ease and deliverance, is to seek pardon of sins.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here then we are taught, that in time of bodily sickness, the onely way to have ease and deli­verance, is to seek first to have our sins pardoned, and to be assured thereof in our Conscience, we should be more carefull of this by far, then to have the sickness it self removed. So was David, as we see, Psal. 32. and Psal. 38. So Hezekiah, Esay, 38. 2.

Reas. Reason. Sin is the procuring and deserving cause of all bodily pains, griefs, and diseases, Lam. 3. 39. Man complatneth for his Sin. 1 Cor. 11. 30. For this cause (for the Sin of profaning the Lords Supper) many are weak and sick among you, &c. therefore when our Saviour had cured him that lay diseased at the Pool of Be­thesda, [Page 98] he bad him go away, and sin no more, least a worse thing come to him, Joh. 5. 14. Though God in laying sickness on his Children, doth not aim at the punishing of their sins, but at other ends, as the tryall of his Graces in them, as their Faith, Patience, &c. (as in Job) and at other good ends; yet this is true, that sin is the Originall and procuring cause of all sicknesse; which come upon the Godly and the Wicked; so as if there were no Sin in them, they should never feel sickness. Now then, seeing sin is the cause of all sick­ness, therefore in sickness our first and chief care must be to have our sins pardoned, and the Guilt of them removed, because otherwise we cannot look to have our sickness removed, or to find ease and comfort in it.

Object. Object. Some are delivered out of bodily sickness before they have timely repented, and so before their sins be pardoned. So 2 Kings 8. 10. there is a promise made to wicked Benhadad, that he should recover of his disease; on the contrary, some there are whose sins upon their repentance are pardoned, and yet God holdeth them still under sickness.

Answ. Answ. 1. Though the wicked whose sins are not pardoned, are sometimes delivered out of bodily sick­ness: yet this deliverance brings no sound ease or comfort to them, because the evill of sickness, or the sting of it (which is sin and a Guilty Conscience) remains still to afflict and torment them.

2. Though some of Gods children whose sins are pardoned, are yet holden still under some sickness, yet this sickness is sanctified to them, so as it turns to their Spirituall good, and they find ease and comfort in it, because they feel Gods Love towards them in the midst of it.

Use, 1 Use 1. This condemns the foolish and preposterous practise of carnall men, who in time of sickness take wrong courses to find ease and deliverance: Some are so grosse, as to send to Wizards, which work by the help of Satan, that they may have ease; Others seek onely to the Physitian for recovery of their bodily health, but not to God for pardon of their sins, which was the fault of Asa, though a good King. 2 Chrom. 16. 12. Others in sickness, send for their friends and Kindred, or for merry company to confer with, and to pass away the time, but in the mean while they seek not to God for pardon of their sins, without which, all the former helps are miserable comforters, as Job said of his friends.

Use. 2 Use 2. See what to do first and cheifly in any bodily sickness, if we desire ease, comfort, and deliverance. Seek to God for pardon of our sins, that the guilt of them may be removed, and our Conscience eased. This being done, the sting of sickness is taken away, and the sickness it self shall be either removed, or sanctified to us. Labour most to remove that which hurts us most, viz. our sins, the causes of our sickness.

Quest. Quest. What must we do in time of sickness, that God may pardon our sins, and ease our Conscience of the guilt of them?

Answ. Answ. 1. Get a true sight and feeling of them, and to this end take a view of our hearts and lives in the looking-Glass of the Law of God, Rom. 3. 20.

2. Labour to be truly humbled with godly sorrow and remorse for our sins, Joel 2. Rent our hearts, &c.

3. Confess our sins to God, with an unfeigned purpose of reforming our lives for time to come, Prov. 28. 13. He that confesseth, and for saketh his sins, shall find Mercy. Isa. 55. 7. Let the wicked for sake &c.

4. Sue unto God earnestly in Prayer to pardon our sins in Christ, and to give us a comfortable assurance hereof in our Conscience. Be more earnest with the Lord for this than for the greatest good in the World, and we shall find that he will answer us in due time with comfort, and will shew mercy to us in the pardon­ing of our sins through Christ. See Isa. 65. 24. Also the Examples of Manasseh, and of the Prodigal Son, whom his Father met half-way, as he was returning, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour here doth take upon him by his own Power and Authority to forgive the sins of the sick of the Palsy; we learn, that he is true and very God of himself, equal with the Father and the Holy Ghost, because it is a power and prerogative peculiar to God alone to forgive sins, Isa. 43. 25. I, even I, am He that blotteth out thy transgressions for my own sake, and will not remember thy sins.

Object. Object. Ministers of the Word are said to forgive sins, Joh. 20. 23.

Answ. Answ. Not in their own Name, or by their own proper Power; but because in the Name of Christ, and by that Authority, which they have from him, they do declare, pronounce, and apply forgiveness of sins to the penitent; ministerially, not judicially. So much of this special Act of Christ in curing the sick party of his sins, which was a Preparative to the curing of his body, which followed afterward.

Now, in the next place, to speak of the cause moving Christ to pronounce pardon of sins to him.

He saw their Faith,] Not onely the Faith of the Friends of the sick, but also the Faith of the sick-party himself, as was before shewed.

Quest. Quest. Why doth the Evangelist mention the Faith of his Friends, seeing every Believer is justified, and hath his sins pardoned, upon his own Faith onely, and not upon the Faith of others?

Answ. Answ. This mention of the Faith of his Friends is to be referred chiefly to that which follows, ver. 10. &c. namely, to the curing of his bodily Disease: And so the meaning is, that by seeing his Faith, and the Faith of his Friends, Christ was moved to bestow a double benefit on him; the one was the pardon of his sins, the other was bodily Health: the former he was moved to bestow on him upon his own Faith; the latter partly upon his own Faith, and partly upon the Faith of his Friends that brought him thither. Where by the way, we may note, That God doth sometimes bestow temporal Blessings of this life, (as bodily health, and the like) upon one man, for the Faith, and at the Prayer of another, as Jam. 5. 15. But not to insist on this.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Our Saviour did not pronounce Forgiveness of Sins to the sick but upon the sight of his own Faith. This teacheth us, that none can be Partakers of Remission of sins, but such as have true Faith in their Hearts to believe and apply the same, Luke 7. 48, 50. Act. 13. 38, 39. Paul saith to them of Antioch, To you is preached the Forgivenesse of Sins. And by Him all that believe, are justifyed from all things, from which ye could not be justifyed by the Law of Moses. Hence it is, that in Scripture we are so often said to be justified by Faith.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Promise of Salvation is made to Believers, Mark 16. 16. Now Forgiveness of sins is a part of Salvation.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Faith is the onely Grace whereby we apply Christ to our selves, and all the benefits which he hath purchased for us, Joh. 1. 12. Now, Forgiveness of sins is one special benefit purchased by Christ; there­fore it cannot become ours any other way but by Faith. For the more full conceiving of this, know, that the sins of the Elect may be said to be forgiven two wayes. 1. In respect of God's purpose and Decree, and so they are pardoned from Eternity, and long before they come to believe. 2. In respect of God's actual Donation or bestowing of this benefit, in which he doth apply it unto his Elect; and so their sins are not par­doned till they have Faith to apply this benefit to themselves. For in this actual Donation or giving of this benefit, there are two hands (as it were) required.

The first is the hand of God, whereby he giveth pardon of sins in Christ to his Elect; which hand he ordina­rily reacheth out to us, in the Ministry of his Word and Sacraments.

The second is a hand on our part, to receive and apply to our selves that which God offereth and reacheth out to ous, and this hand is Faith.

Quest. Quest. How then come the sins of Elect Infants to be forgiven, who dy in their Infancy, if none can have pardon of sins, but such as have Faith?

Answ. Answ. Such Elect Infants, though they cannot have actual Faith, because they want Understanding and Knowledge, by reason of their young Age; yet they have a certain Seed or Beginning of Faith wrought in them by the Holy Ghost, which would in time come to be actual Faith; and this is sufficient unto such for the obtaining of pardon of sins: But actual Faith (of which I now speak) is necessary for them that are of ripe Age.

Use 1 Use 1. See by this Doctrine the miserable Estate of all Unbelievers and wicked men, who are destitute of Faith; they have no part in this excellent benefit of Remission of sins, but remain still in the guilt of all their sins, and under the wrath of God, Joh. 3. ult. Woful is the state of such, though they have never so many outward Priviledges in this life; as Honour, Wealth, Preferment, Favour with men, &c. yet if they remain in Unbelief, all their sins remain upon them, and so they are for the present in a damnable condition: Yea further, though some be civilly honest and just dealers with men; yea, though they be such as profess Religi­on, and come to Church, and outwardly conform to the Word and Sacraments; yet this is enough to con­demn, if they want Faith, because without this they are still in the guilt of their sins. God will never say to their Souls, that their sins be forgiven, till he see their Faith.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. How should we labour to get some measure of this pretious Faith (as the Apostle Peter calls it), by which we may apply Christ, and Forgiveness of sins by Him, unto our selves: Else in vain doth God reach out and offer to us this Benefit, in the Word and Sacraments, if we have not this hand of Faith to lay hold on it. Therefore use the means to get this Faith, and to have it confirmed in us daily. The principal means to bring us to believe is, The Word preached, Rom. 10. Attend on this conscionably, and joyn earnest Prayer withal, that God may be pleased to make his Ordinance powerful to work Faith in thee, &c.

Object. Object. But my sins have been so great that it is hard for me to believe the pardon of them, I fear that I shall not attain to it though I use the means.

Answ. Answ. Let not this discourage thee; though thy sins be never so great, yet if thou be truly humbled and broken in heart for them, and doest unfainedly turn to God from them, He is ready to pardon them. Labour first to believe that they are pardonable; this thou mayest easily do, because there is no sin but God's mercy is sufficient to forgive it; then proceed further, earnestly to desire and pray unto God to let thee feel his mer­cy in the pardon of thy sins. This if thou do unfainedly and constantly, the Lord will, ere it be long, give thee a comfortable assurance by Faith of the pardon of them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is not said, that our Saviour saw their good works of Love and Mercy which they shewed in bringing the Palsy-man unto him; nor yet, that he saw his patient bearing of his Sickness: But it is said on­ly, He saw their Faith, because this made all other Graces and good Works in them acceptable: Hence ga­ther, that it is Faith which commendeth all our good Works unto God, and makes them pleasing in hi [...] sight; and that no good Work which we perform is pleasing to God further than it proceeds from Faith, Hebr. 11. 6. Without Faith it is impossible to please God. Rom. 14. ult. Whatsoever is not of Faith is Sin. Heb. 11. It was Abel's Faith which commended his Sacrifice unto God.

Reas. Reas. God must first be well pleased with the Person, before He can accept any Work of the Person; now the Person is not accepted but onely in Christ, and there is no being in Christ but by Faith.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See then, that such works as are good in themselves, as Prayer, Fasting, works of Mercy, &c. yet, if performed by Unbelievers and wicked men, are not accepted with God, but abominable in his sight. They that are in the Flesh cannot please God, Rom. 8. 8. Let all wicked ones think of this, what an Estate they live in: Do what they can, they cannot please God, but all they do is odious in his sight. Like Cain's Sa­crifice.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Not enough to do works materially good and warrantable by the Word in themselves; but see that they come from Faith, that is, from a perswasion and assurance that our Persons and Works are accepted in Christ, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further observe here, that our Saviour Christ doth see and take special notice of those inward Graces that are in the hearts of the faithful. He saw their Faith, yea He so took notice of it, as to approve it and reward it. So it is said Revel. 2. 19. to the Church of Thyatira; I know thy works, Charity, Faith, and Patience, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This again proves our Saviour Christ to be God, in that he knows the heart directly, and what gra­ces are in it, &c. 1 King. 8. 39.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. It is matter of great comfort to the faithful to consider, That all the graces and good things that are in them are so well known to Christ; He takes special notice of their Faith, Humility, Patience, Meekness, &c. He takes notice of their inward sighs for Sin, and of all the desires and prayers of their hearts, they are not hid from Him; and as he sees and knows them, so he approves them, and delights in them, and will in due time most richly reward them: yea, though there be in thee but a small and weak measure of Grace, yet if it be sound and sincere, Christ Jesus, who sees thy heart, will graciously accept it. So much of the cause [Page 100] moving our Saviour to pronounce Forgiveness of sins to the sick of the Palsy, viz. The seeing of their Faith.

Now to add a word or two, touching the loving manner of his Speech to him, in calling him, Son.

Observ. Our Saviour Christ doth shew himself a most loving and merciful Saviour towards penitent and humbled Sinners, being ready to raise up and comfort such as are cast down in themselves with the sense of their own sins. Thus he dealt with this Palsy-man; though a sinful man yet he calls him Son, &c. Therefore Mat. 11. 28. He calls unto him such as travel and are heavy laden, promising to refresh them, &c. And Isa. 42. 3. A bruised Reed shall he not break, and smoaking Flax shall he not quench.

Use 1. This should invite and draw the humbled Sinner unto Christ. If thou feel thy sins, and art truly humbled for them, fear not to come unto Christ, and to lay hold on Him by Faith for the pardon of them. He will not cast thee out, but shew pity on thee, and raise thee up with comfort, &c.

Use 2. This should also teach us, after Christ's Example, to deal lovingly and mercifully with such as are in distress; especially with such as are cast down in sight of their sins, &c. Jude 22. especially Ministers should do this, Isa. 50. 4.

Mark 2. 6, 7.‘But there were certain of the Scribes sitting there, and reasoning in their hearts, Why doth this man April, 25. 1619. thus speak Blasphemyes? Who can forgive sins but God onely?’

IN the former Verse we heard how our Saviour upon the sight of the sick party's Faith, pronounced For­giveness of sins to him. Now the Evangelist sets down two Events which followed hereupon.

The first is, The Exception taken by the Scribes there present against this Act of our Saviour, in forgiving the sins of the sick, ver. 6, 7.

The second is our Saviour Christ's Answer to their Exception, and Confutation of it, ver. 8, 9.

Touching the former, three things are to be considered.

1. The Persons which took Exception against Christ, described by a Title of Office given them; called Scribes.

2. The Occasion of their excepting against Christ, which was, their sitting there.

3. The Exception it self. Where 1. Consider the manner of it, They reasoned in their hearts. 2. The matter and substance of it, They accused Him of Blasphemy. 3. A Reason yielded hereof, Because none can forgive Sins but God onely.

Certain Scribes] See before, upon Chap. 1. 22. St. Luke addeth the Pharisees also, Luke 5. 21. These Scribes were by Office Ecclesiastical Persons, being very skilful in the Letter of Moses Law, and appointed to be publick Teachers of it, Matth. 23. 3. Therefore they are often called Lawyers and Doctors of the Law, as Luke 5. 17. Such a Scribe was Ezra, ready in the Law of Moses, Ezra. 7. 6. But these Scribes in our Saviour Christ's time, though they bare the same Office, yet they were much degenerated, and grown very corrupt and unsound in the matter and manner of their Teaching; yet they were counted wise and learned men. See 1 Cor. 1. 20. See before, Chap. 1. 22.

Sitting there] That is, being present in the House where our Saviour preached and wrought this Miracle; Whither they came, not of any good mind to profit by our Saviour's Doctrine, but rather to cavil and take ex­ceptions against his Doctrine & Miracles, that so they might bring him in trouble, if by any means they might. And whereas it is said, They were Sitting; this must be understood in regard of their great Accompt and Authority amongst the People, therefore they sate before Christ, whereas it is likely the rest of the People stood before him, Luke 5. 17.

Reasoning in their hearts,] Disputing or debating the matter in their inward thoughts; for it appears by our Saviour's Answer ver. 8. that they did not utter their evill thoughts by word of mouth unto his face, and in his presence; but it seems they bethought themselves how and whereof to accuse Him to others afterward, behind his back.

The words in the next Verse shall be explained when I come to them.

Now to gather some Instructions from this 6. verse.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the Scribes and Pharisees, which were great men in Authority and Accompt for their hu­mane Learning & literal Knowledge of the Law, did take exceptions against Christ, whereas we read not here that the common People did so; Hence gather, that the great men of this World are oftentimes the greatest and most dangerous Enemies of Christ, and of his Doctrine; for in that they opposed Him, they opposed also his Doctrine. Thus we often read in the History of the Evangelists, that none were so forward as the Scribes, and Pharisees, and Rulers, to set themselves against Christ, by slandering and accusing him falsly: See also Psal, 2. 2. The like we read of the Chief Priests and Elders, who were (no doubt) men of great worldly Wisdom, and learned in the Letter of the Law; yet were they main Enemies of Christ, Matth. 27. 1. Act. 17. 18. When Paul preached Christ to them of Athens, none were so forward to oppose him as the wise and learned Philosophers. So Tertullus Act. 24. 5. pleads against the Sect of Nazarites. See also 1 Cor. 1. 22. Simple men have not so many Objections against Christ, and his Truth, as the lear­ned, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See then by this, that worldly Wisdom, and humane Knowledge and Learning, of themselves alone, are no helpes or furtherances to God's Kingdom, or to the attainment of Salvation by Christ; these do not make any man a good Christian: nay, on the contrary, they oftentimes are occasions to keep men back from embracing Christ, and cause them to set themselves as Enemies against Him, and against his Truth and Gos­pel. Worldly Wisdom, and humane Learning, if they be not sanctifyed, and if God give not special Grace to use them well, do often prove dangerous hinderances in the way of Salvation. Therefore such on whom God hath bestowed these gifts, had need to pray unto God for special Grace to use them well, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See also from hence, That it is not alwayes a safe course in matters of Religion, to fol­low [Page 101] the Example of the most learned and worldly wise Men; for so we may come to oppose against Christ himself, who often hath no worse enemies then the great wise Men of this World. It is therefore, a vain and foolish excuse of some, whereby they go about to defend their unlawfull practises, by the example of great Men for worldly Wisdom and Learning. See Joh. 7. 48. Contrà, see 1 Cor. 1. 28. So much of the Persons that excepted against Christ, the Scribes and Pharisees.

Now to proceed to the occasion of their excepting against him, which was their sitting there; that is, being present before Christ, and hearing him when he Preached in the House, as also when he pronoun­ced forgivness of Sins to the Sick.

Observ. Observ. We see here that these Scribes though they came to hear Christ, and vouchsafed to sit by, and to be present where he was Preaching and working this Miracle, yet they were not bettered by hearing him; they did not profit by him; they did not imbrace his Doctrine, nor yield obedience to it; for if they had, they would not have reasoned, or taken exception against him: So that hence we may gather, That men may come to the Places where the Word is Preached, and be present and hear it, and yet be never the better, but remain still unreformed, and as wicked as before. This we may see in the examples of Herod, Judas, Felix; who all were content to hear the Word, yet remained still unreformed in the Heart and Life, re­ceiving no Fruit by the Word: This we see also by that Parable of the Sower, Matth. 13. For though among four sorts of those that hear the Word outwardly, there are mentioned three sorts which though they hear it, yet receive no Fruit by it. See Ezek. 33. 31.

Reas. Reas. The Fruit and Efficacy of the Word preached, depends upon the Blessing of God, and upon the operation of his Spirit accompanying the outward Ministery in the hearts of the Hearers, (1 Cor. 3. 6.) Therefore where these are wanting, Men may be outward Hearers, and yet not profit by the Word: nay, they may grow worse by it, and become more hardned in their sins, as there is no doubt but these Scribes and Pharisees upon hearing Christ, grew more malicious against Him and his Doctrine.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Let none think it enough, that they come to the places where the Word is taught, and vouchsafe their presence to hear it outwardly. It is a foolish conceipt of some, whereby they delude their own Souls, to think that this is Religion and Christianity good enough, if they come to Church, and vouchsafe their bodily presence here, and have their ears open to the externall sound of the Word. But this may Hypocrites and wicked Men do; nay, thus may Reprobates do, and such as shall never be saved; such as Herod and Felix, &c. Luke 13. 26. Content not thy self with outward hearing, rest not in that, but come to the Word with sincere affection, and with a mind to profit by it in Knowledge, Faith, and conscionable obedience; Labour, in hearing, to find thy heart changed, and thy Life reformed more and more. Jam. 1. 22. Be doers of the Word, and not hearers onely, deceiving your Selves.

Now I proceed to the Exception it self, which the Scribes took against Christ. And first of the manner of their excepting, They reasoned in their hearts.

Observ. Observ. See here, from whence every sin takes the beginning; even from the heart: The malice and envy of the Scribes against Christ began in their hearts, causing them inwardly to conceive ill of Him; and there is no doubt, but afterwards they uttered this their malice inwords, by speaking evil of Him when they were gone out of his presence. But first, They think evil of him in their hearts, before they utter it: to shew us, that all sin begins originally at the heart: There it is first conceived and hatched, Matth. 15. 19. Out of the heart come Adulteries, &c. Psal. 14. 1. The Fool hath said in his heart, there is no God. The reason why profane Athiests live so as if there were no God, is, because they first conceive such thoughts in their hearts. Jam. 4. 13. If ye have bitter envy and strife in your hearts, glory not, &c. So Theft begins at the heart, Josh. 7. 21. and Oppression, Mich. 2. 2. The Devil put it into the heart of Judas, &c. John 12. 2.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Prov. 4. 23. Keep our hearts with all diligence: As we have cause to watch over all our wayes, so chiefly over our hearts, that sin enter not there; for if it do, it will soon break out into evil Words and Acti­ons. That which the Apostle speaks of the Tongue, Jam. 3. 6. is much more true of the Heart; That it desiles the whole Body, and sets on fire the course of Nature. Above all, therefore, look to thy Heart, to keep sin out thence, that it take not rooting there: Be carefull to resist it in the first motions of it arising in thy heart; pray unto God that thou mayest have grace to abhor the first motions of envy, malice, pride, unclean­ness, covetousness, rash anger, &c. See 1 Pet. 2. 11. Slay sin in the first conception. This is a Point of speciall Christian wisdom, which if we will carefully practise, would keep us from falling so dangerously as many do, to the dishonour of God, and wounding of their own consciences.

Use. 2 Use 2. See where to begin the practise of Repentance, and to reform sin in our Selves; First, get our hearts renewed and changed, praying to God to give us new hearts, as David, Psal. 51. 10. else in vain do we go about to reform our Words and Actions. How should the Stream be stopped, till the Fountain be first dammed up? how should the Tree dye, till the Root be killed? Jer. 4. 14. O Jerusalem, wash thy heart from wickednesse, that thou mayest be saved; How long shall thy vain thoughts lodge within thee?

Mark 2. 7.‘Why doth this man speak Blasphemies? Who can forgive sins but God onely? May, 7. 1619.

IN the end of the former Verse, we heard of the manner of the Scribes excepting against our Saviour. Now in this Verse is set down the matter of their exception: which is this, That they accuse Him of the sin of Blasphemy, because he had pronounced forgiveness of sins to the sick of Palsie; and of this accusation they yield a reason; because it is proper to God onely to forgive sins: therefore none that is a meer man may take it upon him, without being guilty of Blasphemy.

Why doth this man speak Blasphemies?] The word [Blasphemy] doth signifie any hurtfull or reproachfull speech against God or Man. Sometimes it is referred to Man, and then it signifies any evil speech whereby the good name of another is hurt. So Tit. 3. 2. Blaspheme, or speak evil of, no Man. And Eph. 4. 31. Some­times again (and that most usually) it is referred to God: and so it notes out any speech tending to the reproach of God. And of this Blasphemy there are especially three kinds.

  • [Page 102]1. When anything is ascribed or given to God, which derogates from his Glory, or tends directly to his dishonour; as to say, He is the Authour of sin, or that he is mortall, or changeable, or finite, &c.
  • 2. When that which is proper to God is denyed Him, or taken from Him; as if one should deny God to be Almighty, Just, Creator and Governour of the World, &c.
  • 3. When that which is proper to God is given to Man, or to other Creatures: And this is here meant by the Scribes. They perceiving Christ, who (as they thought) was but a meer Man, to take upon him to for­give sins (which is proper to God), accused Him of Blasphemy. And this they did the rather, (as is likely) that they might bring Him in trouble and danger of His Life, because by the Law the Blasphemer was to be put to Death, Levit. 24. 14. And we must note the manner of their speech, or reasoning within themselves; they do not barely say or affirm in their hearts, he Blasphemed; but they thus question within themselves, Who is this, &c? Thereby shewing their great dislike and detestation of the sin of Blasphemy, which they surmized him guilty of, quasi dicerent, Who is this that is so wicked and profane, as to utter Blasphemies? This is a Crime not to be suffered or born withall. And note withall that they speak in the plurall number, charging Him not with one, but with many Blasphemies, to aggravate the matter.

Who can forgive sins but God, &c?] Q. D. This is God's peculiar Office to pardon sins, and therefore he that is but Man cannot do it without Blasphemy.

Now in these reasonings of the Scribes, we are to note some things that are good and commendable, and to be imitated of us: and on the contrary, other things evil and wicked to be shunned of us. The things that are commendable are these.

  • 1. That they condemn and dislike the sin of Blasphemy, shewing their detestation of it.
  • 2. That they judge it to be Blasphemy for a meer Man to take unto himself what is proper to God.
  • 3. That they judge it be God's proper Office to forgive sins.

The things discommendable and wicked are these.

  • 1. Their Malice.
  • 2. Their Ignorance.

Their malice against our Saviour, they shew two wayes.

  • 1. By taking his words in the worst and hardest construction and meaning; for whereas he said, Thy sins are forgiven thee; and not, I do forgive thy sins: His words might be so taken, as if he did not in his own name take upon him to forgive them, but onely pronounce forgivenesse in the Name of God, as the Prophets used to do. But, on the otherside, they take his words so as if his meaning must needs be, that he did in his own Name forgive sins. And it is true, that this was his meaning; but this was more then they knew, and more then could be gathered from his words: therefore they should have enquired of him how he would be understood: But they do not so, but condemn Him of Blasphemy before they could know His mean­ing certainly.
  • 2. They shew their malice in accusing him of Blasphemy without cause, and without sufficient ground; as appears by that which hath bin said already.

Again, they discover their grosse Ignorance, in that they take it for granted, that our Saviour Christ was but a meet Man, whereas He was the Son of God. Thus we see what things are good and commendable, and what are evil and wicked in these Scribes: And from the consideration of all these, we have sundry Instructions to be gathered. And first to speak of those things that are commendable.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. We ought with these Scribes, to abhorre and detest all Blasphemy against God, and to shew our dislike of it when we hear it uttered by others. So did Hezekiah, 2 King. 19. 1. when he heard the Blasphemy of Rabshaketh. So did the High Priest, when he but supposed that our Saviour Christ had spo­ken Blasphemy, Matth. 26. 65. He rent his Clothes, &c. So our Saviour Christ detested Satan, when he heard him speak words tending directly to God's dishonour, Matth. 4. 10.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. God's Glory ought to be most precious and dear to us, as it is unto Himself.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. By this we are to shew our true love unto God. A child that loves his Father will not indure pa­tiently to hear him evil spoken of.

Use. Use. See what to judge of those, that if themselves be evil spoken of, or reproached in words, will not in­dure it; but can hear the Lord's Name reproached and pierced through with Oaths and Blasphemies, and yet put it up, and shew no manner of dislike. How dwelleth the love of God in such? or, How can they be gracious Children, which make so leight accompt of their Heavenly Father's honour, as to see it trampled under foot, with patience? St. Austin, de peccator. merit. Lib. 1. Cap. 22. reports of a certain Idiot or Innocent, wanting the use of reason, who would bear any wrongs done unto himself; but if he had heard the Name of Christ blasphemed and dishonoured, he would shew his dislike by throwing stones at them, and in this Case he would not spare his own Masters that kept him. This Idiot (as it may be feared) shall rise in Judgment against many now a-dayes: who can hear the Name of God and of Christ blasphemed and reproached, without shewing dislike of it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. We may learn further of these Scribes, that it is Blasphemy for any meer man to arrogate that to himself, which is proper and due onely to God; for this tendeth directly to the reproach of Gods Name. Such was that Blasphemy of the King of Tyrus, mentioned, Ezek. 28. 2. who said, He was God, and that he sate in the seat of God in the midst of the Seas, &c. Such also is the Blasphemy of Antichrist, mentioned, 2 Thess. 2. 4. Who as God, sitteth in the Temple of God, &c. This is a high degree of Blasphemy.

Use. Use. See by this, how deep in this sin of Blasphemy, are the Pope, and his flatterers the Jesuites, and other Papists, in ascribing many things to the Pope, which are peculiar to God alone: As that he cannot erre judi­cially in matters of Faith: That he hath power to make Laws binding the Conscience absolutely, under pain of Damnation, That he may send multitudes of Souls to Hell, without Controllment of any; That he hath power to forgive sins, not onely such as are past, but such as shall be committed many years afterward; That he hath power to coyn or frame new Articles of Faith; That he is universall Head of the whole Church on Earth, which is proper to Christ onely: These and many the like things do the Pope's flatterers attribute un­to him, and he doth not refuse them, and yet they are all proper unto God and unto Christ, therefore the Pope [Page 103] and Papists are wicked Blasphemers, and to be detested of us for the same. This doth well prove and shew the Pope to be that Beast mentioned, Revel. 13. 1. which had seven Heads and ten Horns, and upon his Heads the Name of Blasphemy.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that they ask, Who can forgive Sins but God, &c. we learn, That to Forgive sins, is the Prero­gative of God alone, not communicable to any creature, Man or Angell, Esay 43. 25. I even I am he that blotteth out thy Transgressions for my own sake, and will not Remember thy Sins. Psal. 32. 2. Blessed is the Man to whom the Lord imputeth not Iniquity, &c. Mich. 7. 18. Who is a God like unto thee that pardonest Iniquity, and pas­sest by the Transgressions of the Remnant of his Heritage, &c.

Reas. Reas. God is the party offended chiefly in every sin, Psal. 51. 4. Sin is the breach of the Law, God is the Law-giver, &c.

Use 1 Use. 1. This condemns the Pride and Presumption of Antichrist the Pope of Rome, and of his Popish Priests, claiming to themselves this power of pardoning sins judicially, and effectually, not onely by decla­ring or pronouncing pardon to the Penitent, but also by actuall conferring it on them; (so Bellarm. de Poenitent.] These may be set to school to the Scribes, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. Seek to God onely for pardon of our sins: Him we chiefly offend by all our sins, seek Peace and reconciliation with him above all, else look not to have peace in thy Conscience: If thou hadst offended a great man, what means wouldst thou make to be reconciled? If any of us were sick of such a disease, as but one Physitian in the world could cure it, what shift and means would we make to have the help of that one Physitian? &c. See more of this point, upon chap. 11. v. 25.

So much of those things which were commendable in these Scribes. Now from the Consideration of those things which were Evill and discommendable in them, we may also observe some points of Instru­ction.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that they do maliciously Interpret the words of our Saviour, taking them in the worst sense, whereas they might have Interpreted them more favourably, we may see that it is one property of malice to take the saying; and doings of others in Evill part, and to give a hard censure of them without cause, Rom. 1. 29. The sin of Malignity or taking things in evill part, is joyned with the sin of Malice in the Heathen, to shew that they commonly go together. Thus the Jews shewed their malice in taking the words of Christ in evill part, Joh. 2. 20. See also Mark 3. 22.

Ʋse. Use. Take heed of this Malicious practise of taking things done or spoken by others, in the worst sense. It is contrary to Love, which thinks not evill, 1 Cor. 13. 5. namely, without just cause and sufficient ground: therefore when things are doubtfully spoken or done, make the best of them, not the worst. We know not with what mind or Intention things are spoken and done by others, therefore judge favourably; We would not have others take our sayings or doings with the left hand, or in the worst sense, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is no new thing for such as live most Innocently and Uprightly, to be falsly accused of crimes whereof they are not Guilty. Our Saviour Christ himself, though he were most Innocent, and free from all spot of sin, and though he spake and did all things well, yet was often falsly accused; sometimes as a Glut­ton or Drunkard, and a friend to Publicans and sinners; sometimes as one that wrought Miracles by Belze­bub; sometimes as a Traytor to Caesar and enemy to the state; and sometime as a Blasphemer, as we see here. And many other example we have of those, that being Innocent and upright, have been charged with false crimes. So Joseph, Daniel, Stephen, Paul, &c.

Use. Use. Comfort to those that make Conscience of their wayes, though they be evill spoken of, or evill thought of without cause, yea, sometimes for well-doing; and though wicked men lay false crimes to their charge, yet no cause is there for them to be discouraged; let them in this case remember the example of Christ himself, and many others of the Faithfull who were wrongfully accused, being Innocent; look not to escape better then these have done, The Devill is still like himself, that is, an accuser of the Brethren, and one that stirs up wicked men, his Instruments to accuse them, and to speak and think evill of them without cause. Nos modo id agamus, ut nemo de nobis male loqui abs (que) mendacio possit, as Hierom saith (Epist. 14. ad Caelant.) Let it be our care so to live and carry our selves, that no man may be able to speak evill of us without a Lye.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Lastly, Observe here, that these Scribes, though men of great place and Authority among the Jews, being Doctors and expounders of the Law, yet do here shew their ignorance and error touching the person of Christ, judging of him as of a meer man: whence we may gather, that no place or calling in the Church can exempt men from Error and ignorance in matters of Faith. Joh. 1. 21. the Pharisees erred grosly touching John Baptist, thinking that he was either Christ, or Eliah. And this we see in daily experience, that Men of great place and Authority in the Church, have their errors and oversights, and do discover their ig­norance in some things.

Use 1 Use. 1. Therefore men of greatest place in the Church, had need, aswell as meaner persons, to pray unto God for the Guidance of his Spirit to lead them into the Truth, and to preserve them from Error; for it is not the greatness or excellency of their place or calling that can exempt them from it.

Use 2 Use. 2. This also teacheth us, to take heed that we tye not our selves to the Judgment and Opinions of such men as are of great place and Calling in the Church, for they are not exempted from Error, but are lyable to it aswell as meaner persons; therefore examine their Opinions by the Word of God, and follow them onely so far as they agree with that, 1 Thess. 5. 20. Try all things, &c.

Mark 2. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. ‘And immediately when Jesus perceived in his Spirit, that they so reasoned within them­selves, May, 9. 1619. He said unto them, Why reason ye these things in your Hearts? Whether is it easyer to say to the sick of the Palsy, Thy Sins be forgiven thee; or to say, Arise, and take up thy Bed and walk. But that ye may know that the Son of Man hath power on Earth to forgive Sins, (He saith to the sick of the Palsy) I say unto thee, Arise, and take up thy Bed, and go thy way unto thy House. And immediately he arose, took up the Bed, and went forth before them all, insomuch that they were all amazed, and Glorified God, saying, We never saw it on this fashion.’

IN the two former Verses we have heard how the Scribes took exception against our Saviour Christ for pro­nouncing remission of sins to the sick of the Palsy; Now in the 8 and 9. Verses, is laid down the answer of our Saviour unto that their Cavill, and his confutation of it.

Where, 1. Consider the occasion of his confuting them, viz. this, that he perceived in his Spirit their reasonings against him, &c.

2. The Answer and confutation itself. In which, 1. He reproveth them in those words, Why reason ye these things in your hearts? 2. He confuteth their Cavill and accusation, by proving that he had power and Authority to forgive sins, and therefore that he Blasphemed not in pronouncing forgiveness to the sick; and this he proveth by a comparison of equalls, for he compareth the Act of Forgiving sins, with the act of Mira­culous curing of the sick of the Palsy, shewing, that these two are equall in respect of difficulty of perfor­mance: and therefore, if he have power to do the one, that is, to cure the Palsy Miraculously, then also he hath power to do the other; that is, to forgive sins. Now that he hath power to do the former, he gives them a reall proof immediately, by actuall curing the sick of the Palsy, and that miraculously, before their faces, as we shall see, ver. 10. &c.

Perceiving in his Spirit] That is, By his Divine Nature. So Heb. 9. 14. He offred himself by the Eternall Spirit, &c. so also, 1 Pet. 3. 18. He was put to death in the Flesh, but quickned by the Spirit, and 1 Tim. 3. 16. Justified in the Spirit, &c.

Why reason ye, &c.] This he speaks in way of reproving and rebuking them for their evill and uncharitable thoughts conceived against him, Matth. 9. 4. Wherefore think ye evill in your hearts?

Whether is it easier, &c. to say, Arise, &c.] That is, to speak it effectually, so as to give power to the sick to arise, &c.

Object. Object. Sin is more infectious and dangerous to the soul, then any Disease or sickness to the body, therefore it is a harder matter to cure the soul of sin, then Miraculously to cure the body of the Palsy, or of any other in­curable Disease, by speaking the word.

Answ. Answ. 1. True, If we respect the object of these cures; that is, the things themselves that are cured, or ta­ken away; for so it is harder to cure sin by forgiving it, then it is to cure the most dangerous disease of the bo­dy Miraculously, and without means. But if we respect the Divine power of God, or of Christ, by which both these cures are effected; so they may be said to be of equall difficulty, because neither of them can be effected without the Divine power of God; and to this power of God they are alike easy, and alike diffi­cult, one is not more difficult then the other; and therefore our Saviour thus inferreth, That if he have pow­er to do the one, that is, to Cure the Palsy by his word onely, then he hath also power to Forgive sinnes.

2. It may be further answered, That our Saviour here speaketh according to outward sense and appea­rance, because in the Miraculous curing of the Palsy, the effect of his Divine power did sensibly appear to the Scribes, so as they might most plainly perceive it, whereas it was not so in pronouncing forgivenesse of sins; for there, although his power were as much shewed, and more then in the other work; yet so, that in regard of outward sense and appearance, the work of curing the Palsy Miraculously, seemed as great and difficult, yea more difficult then the act of Forgiving sins. So much in way of clearing the words in the 8, & 9. Verses. Now to gather some Instructions from them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that it is said, our Saviour perceived in his Spirit, that the Scribes reasoned against him, hence we learn, that our Saviour Christ doth by his Divine Spirit know, and perfectly discern, and take notice of the Heart, and inward thoughts of men, yea of all men whatsoever, 1 Joh. 2. 24, 25. Jesus did not commit himself to them, because he knew all men, and needed not that any should testify of man, for he knew what was in man. So Joh. 1. 47. He knew the Heart of Nathaniel, that it was without Guil: He knew the Heart of Judas, that it was treacherous towards him, Joh. 6. 64. He knew the Heart of Peter better then Peter himself knew it; for he perceived in it an inclinableness to deny and forwear him; which Peter saw not in himself.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This proves the truth of Christ's divine Nature, because it is proper to God alone to know the Hearts of Men directly, and of himself: So Christ knew mens Hearts while he lived on earth, and so he knoweth them still; therefore he was and is true and very God, Act, 1. 24. 2 Chron. 6. 30.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Terrour to all Hypocrites which profess Christ outwardly, and make fair shew of Religion, but in their Hearts deny Christ, and want the inward power of Godliness. These are like the Pharisee, painted Tombs; which outwardly make a fair shew, but within are full of rottenness and dead mens bones. Many such we have in these times, who make great outward shews of Religion in their words and outward Con­versation, but their Heart and affections go after the World, and after the profits and pleasures of it. Such Hypocrites were those mentioned, Ezek. 33. 31. But let such know, that Christ Jesus is the searcher of all Hearts, and therefore takes notice of that Hypocrisy that lurketh in them, and he will one day judge and punish them for their Hypocrisy, if they repent not of it, See Luke 16. 15. 1 Joh. 3. 20.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. A comfort to the faithfull, whose Hearts are upright before Christ: He takes speciall notice of all inward Graces that are in them, though in never so small measure, Joh. 21. 17. as Peter said to him, Thou know­est that I Love thee, &c. (But of this point I spake before, ver. 5.) 1 Joh. 3. 21.

Use 4 Ʋse 4. Look carefully to our Hearts, and be exceeding watchfull over them, Prov. 4. 23. Keep thy Heart with all diligence. See that we harbour no sinfull thoughts or wicked lusts and Affections within us. Remem­ber, [Page 105] Christ Jesus by his Divine Spirit, searcheth and tryeth thy Heart, and all the thoughts of it; he under­stands them afar off; therefore above all, purge thy Heart from the Love of all sin, and approve it unto Christ, Jer. 4. 14. Thoughts are not free, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Why reason ye &c?] He reproveth their malicious thoughts which he perceived to be in their hearts; Hence we learn, that when we know and are privy to the sins of others, we are not to wink at them, or approve of them, but to shew our dislike by reproving them. Though we cannot know others thoughts as Christ, yet we may know their words and actions, Lev. 19. 17. Thou shalt in any wise rebuke thy Neighbour, and not suffer Sin upon him. Ephes. 5. 11. Have no fellowship with the unfruitfull works of Darkness, but rather reprove them. Luke 17. 3. If thy Brother trespass against thee, rebuke him &c.

Quest. Quest. Are all men bound at all times to reprove sin in others, when they know of it?

Answ. Answ. Not so; but onely then when they are called of God to do it: Now we have a Calling from God to do it;

  • 1. If we have special charge of others committed to us: So have Ministers of the Word especially; So also have Parents and Masters, &c.
  • 2. Whensoever we see or can conceive hope that our Reproof may do good, or take some good effect in the parties reproved; as if they be tractable, for ought we know to the contrary: For otherwise, if they shew themselves to be obstinately wicked, and open Scorners of Religion, then to give a Christian Reproof to such is but to cast Pearls before Swine, &c. forbidden Mat. 7.

Quest. Quest. How must sin be reproved in others?

Answ. Answ. 1. In Love and Compassion, &c. not to wreck our Malice upon the Person.

2. With Discretion and Wisdom, putting difference between Offenders; reproving gently such as offend of Ignorance or Infirmity, and such as are tractable; but dealing more sharply with such as offend malici­ously and obstinately. See Jud. 22, 23. Vide infra, in Cap. 8. Ver. 12.

Reasons why we must reprove Sin in others.

  • 1. This is a Duty of Love and Mercy to their Souls, in that we shew our selves careful and desirous to do good unto them, by reclaiming them from their sin, and so keeping back their Souls from the Pit of Destructi­on. So Jud. 22. Have Compassion on some &c. that is, in reproving them gently that are tractable. It is there­fore a work of Compassion. See Levit. 19. 17.
  • 2. By this we shew our zeal for God's Glory, when we shew our dislike of sin, by reproving it in those that dishonour God by it.

Use. Ʋse. Let us make Conscience of this Duty of Love to the Souls of others; that is, of reproving sin in them with meekness and discretion: especially, Ministers of the Word must look to this, Isa. 58. 1. So also Pa­rents, Masters, Husbands, &c. not to suffer sin unrebuked in their Children, Servants, and Wives: Pull them out of the fire of Hell by Christian Reproofs. And not onely such as have special charge of others must see to this; but every private Christian, as occasion serveth, and in case he see hope of doing good upon his Bro­ther that offendeth, he is not to forbear reproving him in Christian sort. We are apt in this case to make many excuses, but remember that Eccles. 11. 4. If we should see another running wittingly into the fire or water, Would we not quickly blame him, and hold him back? And shall we see others endangering their Souls by sin, and not reprove them, and seek to reclaim them?

Ver. 9. Whether is it easier &c.]

Observ. Observ. That the same Divine Power of God, which is shewed in curing the Soul of sin, is also manifest­ed in the miraculous curing of bodily Diseases; whence it follows, that as none but God hath power to heal the Soul of sin by pardoning it, so none but God hath power to cure bodily Diseases miraculously, that is, without ordinary means: When the Prophets and Apostles cured some miraculously, it was by the Power of God, Act. 3. 12. The Devil himself, and such as work by his help, (as Witches, Wizzards, and the like,) though they may work strange cures upon the bodies of others, yet they cannot work a true Miracle in curing a Disease; they cannot perfectly and truly cure such Disease as is simply incurable in nature. The Devil may cure a Disease which men cannot cure, but he cannot cure such a Disease as is in its own nature simply incurable; as to restore one to sight that is born blind. But I will not insist upon this.

Mark 2. 10, 11, 12.‘But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power on Earth, &c.

VVEE have heard of the Antecedents or Preparatives that went before this Miracle of curing the sick of the Palsy.

Now followeth the Miracle it self, by which our Saviour doth really prove unto the Scribes, that he had power to forgive Sins: As before ver. 9. he proved it by Word, so now He gives a reall proof of it in Deed.

In the setting down of this Miracle, consider two things.

1. The manner of working this miraculous cure; This is set forth by the words which he used at the time of effecting this Cure: which words are spoken, partly to the Scribes which sate by, as also to the rest of the People that were present; and partly to the sick of the Palsy. The words used to the Scribes are those, But that ye may know that the Son of man hath Power on Earth to forgive sins: The words directed to the sick are these, I say unto thee, Arise, and take up thy Bed, and go thy way unto thy House.

The second thing to be considered, is, The miraculous cure it self, effected by Christ's Power, and manifest­ed by certain outward Evidences in the sick party; As 1. His rising up. 2. His taking up his Bed. 3. His going forth before them.

First, to cleer the sense of the words briefly.

That ye may know &c.] These words were directed to the Scribes by our Saviour Christ, for they are not the words of the Evangelist. And in them our Saviour sheweth the Ground or Reason of his working of this miraculous cure; namely, that by this he might prove unto the Scribes, and to the rest of the People, that he was God, and consequently had power to forgive sins.

The Son of Man] Thus he calleth himself in respect of his humane Nature, yet not excluding his Deity: q. d. That Person, who, being God from Aeternity, was in time made Man. Vide infra, Ver. 28.

On Earth] That is, even in that state of Humiliation, whilst he lived upon Earth, q. d. I had not onely Power to forgive sins before I was Incarnate, and came down from Heaven; but also now since my coming in the Flesh, and even in this low and mean condition of a Servant, in which now I live, I do still retain this Power.

I say unto thee, Arise, &c.] Our Saviour did not use these words as a means whereby to effect the cure, but to testify his Will to cure him: He effected the Cure by His Divine Power accompanying His Words.

And immediately he arose, &c.] These words shew the Effect which followed upon the words of Christ, or rather upon the Power of Christ accompanying his words; the Effect was, that the sick of the Palsy was immediately made whole and sound, and was perfectly cured; this appeared by his rising, taking up his Couch, and going forth before all the People: All which Actions and gestures served to set forth, and to prove both the Certainty and Truth of the Miracle, as also the greatness and strangeness of it. For it must needs be granted to have been a great Miracle, that he which before, by reason of his Disease, was not able to go alone of himself, nor fit to be led, but was carried by four, is now suddenly become so sound and strong in body, that he can both rise up, and walk, and also take up his own Couch or Bed and carry it away from the place. Note here, that when it is said, He took up his Bed, it is to be understood of a small Bed or Couch, as it is called Luke 5. 19. which was sufficient for one man onely to rest himself upon, and therefore he might the more conveniently take it up and bear it. And by this place it appears, that in those times they used such small Beds or Couches which they might carry from place to place as occasion served. Vide Danaei Quest. in Marcum. So much of the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. First we learn here, that our Saviour Christ, in the state of his Humiliation on Earth, had abso­lute Power and Authority to forgive sins. Therefore Luke 7. 48. he pronounced Forgiveness of sins, unto that sinful Woman which had washed his feet, and wiped them with the haires of her head.

Now our Saviour Christ, hath this power to forgive sins:

  • 1. As he is God, it being the Property and peculiar Prerogative of God to forgive sins.
  • 2. As he is Mediator, God and Man in one Person; for so he hath all Power given to him in Heaven and Earth, as himself saith Matth. 28. 18. and Joh. 5. 22. The Father hath committed all Judgment (that is, Go­vernment) to the Son. And Joh. 17. 2. Power is given Him over all Flesh, that He should give eternall life to as many as are given to Him. Now if he had power to give eternal life, then much more to forgive sins in this life. Vide Cartwright Harmon.

Use. Use. Much more hath our Saviour Christ this Power to forgive sins, now he is exalted to heavenly Glory at God's right hand. Let us then seek to him for pardon of our sins: as he hath merited it for all the elect and faithful, so he hath power to confer it actually upon them; and he will give it to so many as seek it with penitent and broken hearts, Matth. 11. 28. Though Christ be now in Heaven, yet he hath appointed his Mi­nisters on Earth to pronounce and apply Forgiveness to the Penitent, Joh. 20. 23.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Again we learn here, that our Saviour Christ hath absolute Power over all bodily Diseases to cure them, and to take them away, how and when it pleaseth him: This Power he had on Earth, and it is not now lessned, his Arm is not shortned. Here we see that he had Power by his bare word spoken, to restore one sick of dangerous Palsy unto sound and perfect health. So we heard on the first Chapter how he cured Simon Peter's Mother-in-Law, and the Leper, with diverse others, in powerful manner. As the Wind and Seas did obey Christ, so all bodily Diseases did obey his powerful word when he was on Earth, and so they do still, so often as he pleaseth to shew his Power over them.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort to the faithful in bodily sickness, Christ having power over all sicknesses, will use this Power for the good of such. He can rebuke the sharpest sickness, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. In time of sickness, among other means to be used for Recovery of health, forget not to seek unto Christ by the Prayer of Faith, to grant us ease and deliverance, if it stand with his Will, and he see it good for us. Go to Christ by Prayer as the Leper did, Chap. 1. ver. 40. Though he be not now on Earth, and so we can­not go to Him with the Feet of our bodies, yet we may and ought in such cases to go to Him by Faith and Pray­er, and with the feet of our hearts and affections. And this is the best way to have all sickness removed or sanctified to us. Though we are not now to look that Christ should cure us miraculously without ordinary means; yet seek to him by Prayer, and entreat him to shew his Power and goodness in Blessing the outward means which are used for our Recovery.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Ver. 12. And immediately he arose, &c. [Here we may observe further, that the Miracles which our Saviour Christ wrought, were true Miracles; that is, works really effected by his Divine Power, above the Power of Nature; and that in such sort as they might be sensibly perceived and discerned by o­thers. Such was this Miracle here mentioned: For it was a work above nature to cure the Palsy without means, onely by speaking the word: And that this work was truly wrought, it appears, because the diseased Person shewed himself to be perfectly cured, not onely by rising up before the People; but also in that he was suddenly become able to go forth before them all, (that is, in the sight of them all,) and to carry his own Couch or Bed with him.

Such were all the rest of our Saviour Christ's Miracles, that is, Works truly and sensibly wrought above the Power of Nature, and without any natural helps and means, onely by his Divine Power. And in this his Miracles differed from all the false and lying Wonders which have been or may be wrought by Satan, or by such as use his help; For all wonders and strange works that are wrought by Satan and his Instruments, ei­ther are not truly done, but onely in shew and appearance, (as those Wonders wrought by the Magicians of Aegypt, Exod. 7. & 8. Chapters,) or else, if they be truly and really done, yet they are not done above the Power of Nature, but are effected by some natural helps and means. So much of the Miracle it self, which was wrought upon the sick of the Palsy.

Now I come to speak something of the consequents, which followed upon it; in the latter part of the 12, Ver. Insomuch that they were all amazed, &c. The consequents are two especially.

  • 1. That all the People were amazed.
  • 2. That they Glorified God, alledging a reason of their so doing; because they never saw so strange and admirable a Work.

They were all amazed,] That is, striken with great admiration and fear, Luk. 5. 26. They were filled with fear.

Now when the Evangelist saith, All were amazed, &c.] He seemeth to include the Scribes and Pharisees, (who were sitting by) as well as the rest of the People assembled; yet because Matth. 9. 8. it is said, That the multitude marvelled, &c. Therefore it is most likely, that although the Scribes and Pharisees, as well as the rest were striken with astonishment, yet that the common People onely did make a good use of the Miracle in Glorifying God for it; and that the Scribes and Pharisees did not so, but rather continued still in their malice against Christ, condemning and disallowing this miraculous Work of His.

And Glorified God,] That is, yielded Honour and Praise unto God for his power and goodnesse manifested in this great Work, which was wrought by Christ: yet here we must note, that albeit it is likely, that these common People (at least some of them) did truly and unfainedly praise God for this great Miracle, yet herein they shewed their weaknesse and ignorance, in that they supposed this work to have been wrought by a meer Man; for so they as yet conceived of Christ, as appeareth, Matth. 9. 8.

We never saw it thus,] We never saw so admirable a work of God wrought by any Man before, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Good to be moved with admiration, and fear at the great works of God, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is said, All were astonished at the sight of this Miracle; yet it is not likely, that all (especially the Scribes and Pharisees) did profit by it, or make a good and right use of it: whence we may learn this, That, although it be a good thing in it self to be moved with fear and admiration at the great and extraordinary works of God, yet this alone is not enough, unlesse we lay the works of God to heart, and make a holy use of them. For it is the property of wicked Men and Hypocrites sometimes to be astonished and moved with a kind of fear of God's mighty works for a time, and yet not to make any good use of them: Wicked Men are sometimes moved much with fear and admiration of the great works of God, and yet for all that, do not apply them to themselves so as to profit by them, or to be any thing the more reformed in their hearts or lives, but they remain still as profane and wicked as before. Thus it was with some of this People here, especially with the Scribes and Pharisees, though they saw Christ's Miracle, and were amazed at the greatnesse of it; yet they made no true use of it to themselves, they were not bettered by it at all; they were not moved by it to believe in Christ, or to repent of their malicious thoughts against Him. So Simon Magus, Acts 8. 13. wondered at the Miracles done by Philip, yet remained as wicked as before. So Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. 3. 24. So Luke 11. 14. the People wondered at the Miracle of casting out of the dumb Spirit, and yet some of them said, He casteth out Devils by Beelzebub, &c. But of this Point we heard before, upon Chap. 1. Ver. 27.

Use. Use. Rest not in this, that we can be much moved and affected for a time with the sight or hearing of some great and extraordinary works of God; but see that we go further, in laying them to heart, and apply­ing them to our selves, that by them we take occasion to become more and more reformed in heart and life, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. And they glorified God,] See here one use to be made of the great and extraordinary works of God, which we see or hear of; even to take occasion by them to yield Praise and Glory to God. This we must do not onely in heart, being affected with true inward desire of glorifying God for all his Great works, but also in word and tongue, upon all good occasions, breaking forth into the praising and glorfying of God's Name. Thus did this People here, when they saw this great work wrought by Christ: So also, Luke 18. ult. All the People gave praise to God, when they saw the blind Man cured. So Luke 13. 13. So David in the Book of Psalms often breaks forth into the praising and glorifying of God upon the consideration of his won­derfull works. So Psal. 8. and Psal. 145. This glorifying of God for his works, is a part of that spirituall Service and Worship which he requires of us, and therefore we must perform it.

Use. Ʋse. This reproveth those that can see and hear of the great and wonderfull works of God, and yet not be moved in heart or tongue to yield any Praise and Glory unto God. Some in stead of glorifying God for his great works, do ascribe them unto chance and fortune, or to Satan; which argues great ignorance and profanesse in such. Let us remember and make conscience to give God the glory of all his great works, either of Justice, or Mercy, or Power, or Providence; whensoever we hear or take notice of them.

Mark 2. 13, 14.‘And He went forth again by the Sea side, and all the multitude resorted unto Him, and He May, 23. 1619. taught them: And as He passed by, He saw Levi the son ofAlpheus, sitting at the receipt of Custom, and said unto him, Follow me; And he arose and followed Him.’

IN these two Verses, and the rest that follow to the 18, is laid down the third principall History recorded by the Evangelist in this Chapter; namely, The calling of Levi the Publican to be a Disciple and Fol­lower of Christ. In which History, there are three things laid down.

  • 1. A speciall Antecedent or Preparative which went before the calling of Levi: namely, Our Saviour Christ's preaching by the Sea-side, Ver. 13.
  • 2. The Calling it self, Ver. 14.
  • 3. Certain consequents of it, Ver. 15, &c. to the 18.

In the 13, Ver. Consider again two things.

  • 1. The occasions of his Preaching. As 1. His going forth again by the Sea-side. 2. The resorting of all the multitude unto him.
  • 2. The preaching it Self. He taught them.

By the Sea side,] This is most likely to be meant of the Sea of Galilee, as it is called before, Chap. 1. Ver. [Page 108] 16. otherwise called the Lake of Genesareth; which was nothing else but a great Lake of Water in Galilee, near unto the City of Capernaum; from which City our Saviour Christ now came, having newly preached and cured the sick of the Palsie there. This Lake or Pool is called a Sea after the Hebrew Phrase, for the He­brews called great Waters by the name of Seas. Now it is likely, our Saviour made choice to go toward this Sea, because it was a Place of much resort, that he might there have occasion to do the more good by his preaching.

All the People resorted unto Him,] Both those that were before assembled at the House in Capernaum (where he cured the Palsie), and many other also which had heard of the fame of that Miracle.

Quest. Quest. Wherefore did so many resort to Christ?

Answ. Answ. Although it is likely the greatest part of them came out of a vain curiosity, desirous to see strange Miracles, more than for love of Christ's Doctrine; yet, no doubt, but some of them came for a good end, to hear Christ's teaching, and to profit by it.

He taught them,] Seeing so great an assembly, he took the occasion to preach to them: What he taught, is not expressed; but, no doubt, it was the same for substance which he taught before in Galilee, as we heard, Chap. 1. Ver. 14. So much of the words for the clearing of them.

Observ. Observ. See here the great pains and diligence of our Saviour Christ used in execution of his Ministeriall Office and Calling: So soon as he had done preaching and curing the sick of the Palsie in Capernaum, he goeth out thence to the Sea-side to preach there. Thus he was still imployed in preaching or working Miracles: we never find Him idle, but continually labouring to do good by his Doctrine and Miracles, sometimes in the Synagogues, sometimes in private Houses, sometimes by the Sea-side, as here. Acts 10. 38. He went about doing Good. Now in this He is a pattern for all Ministers of the Word to follow; and His example serves to condemn the great negligence and idlenesse of too many that live in the Ministery: But of this Point I had occasion to speak before, Chap. 1. Ver. 39.

The other Points of Instruction which might be gathered from this Verse, have also bin observed before upon the second Verse of this Chaper. It followeth,

Ver. 14. And as He passed by, &c. Here is briefly set down the Calling of Levi to be one of Christ's Di­sciples. Consider in the words four things.

1. The occasion of his Calling; namely, that our Saviour saw him sitting at the receipt of Custom.

2. The person Called; Described. 1. By his name, Levi. 2. By his Parentage or Birth, the son of Alpheus. 3. By his Calling or Office, he was a Custom-gatherer, or a Publican.

3. Consider the manner of Calling him, or the outward means used by our Saviour; namely, his Word and Commandement, bidding him, Follow him.

4. The prompt obedience which Levi yielded to this Calling: He followed him.

As He passed by,] Namely, after His Sermon ended by the Sea-side.

Levi,] Otherwise called Mathew by himself, Matth. 9. 9. for he had two names, as many other had which are mentioned in Scripture. Some think he was first called Levi before his Calling and Conversion, and afterwards had his name changed to Mathew, which is uncertain. But certain it is, that [Levi] is an Hebrew name, signifying as much as coupled or joyned; and it was first given to one of the sons of Jacob, as we read, Gen. 29. 34. And this shews that this Levi here spoken of, was a Jew by Nation, because he had an Hebrew name; though of what Tribe he was, is uncertain.

Son of Alpheus,] Not that Alpheus, the Father of James mentioned, Mark 3. 16. but another of the same name.

Sitting at the receipt of Custom,] That is, at the Place where the publick Tribute or Pol-money was usu­ally payed and received; and this is likely to have been some House, standing without the City of Capernaum, near to the Lake of Genesareth. Now hence it appeareth, that this Levi was a Publican, as he is called, Matth. 10. 3. Now the Publicans were such, whose Office was to gather and receive the publick Tributes, Taxes, and Poll-money of the People of the Jews, for the Roman Emperour, to whom they were in subjecti­on; whence they had their Name of Publicans, because they gathered the publique Taxes and Tributes. Now although the Calling in it self was lawfull, (and therefore John Baptist, Luke 3. 12. doth not condemn it, but the abuse of it): yet the Publicans in our Saviour's time were generally noted for the sins of covetous­ness and extortion in exacting of the People more than their due. This appears by the example of Zacheus, Luke 19. See also, Luke 18. 11. Theophylact says, They lived of the tears of the Poor. (Winkelman. in locum.) Hence it is, That we find Publicans and Sinners so often matched together, as in the next Verse to this we see.

Follow me,] It is likely, our Saviour Christ used more words to him besides these; but the Evangelist sets down only the sum of that which he spake to him. Now further we must know, that by this Commandement of following him, our Saviour Christ implyeth two things.

  • 1. That he should forsake his former sins of Covetousness, and Extortion, and Unjustice; and turn to God by true Repentance, as also that he should believe in him, as in the true Messiah.
  • 2. That he should forsake his Calling and Office of a Publican, and betake himself to be Christ's ordinary Companion and Follower, to hear his Doctrine, and to see his Miracles, that so he might be fitted in due time to execute the Office of an Apostle. In a word, our Saviour called Levi unto two things:
    • 1. To follow Him as a Believer in Him, and as a true Christian Convert.
    • 2. To follow Him as one of his special Disciples, and ordinary Associates, whom he had appointed for the Office of Apostles.

He arose and followed Him,] Forsaking all, as Luke 5. 28. that is, all his worldly Possessions. Here also two things are implyed.

  • 1. That he forsook his Sins, and became a Believer in Christ.
  • 2. That he forsook his Worldly Possessions (in regard of the present use of them) and his former Office of a Publican, and betook himself to be a Disciple and Follower of Christ.

Quest. Quest. What moved Hum so readily to do all this?

Answ. Answ. Not the bare words of Christ, but the Power of his Divine Spirit inwardly affecting his heart, and [Page 109] moving him to be obedient to this his Calling. So much in way of clearing the words in this Verse.

Now because this Text (as I have shewed) comprehends a twofold calling of Levi or Matthew; the one to be a Believer in Christ; the other to be a speciall Disciple, and ordinary follower of Christ, and conse­quently one of the twelve Apostles: therefore I might here stand to gather matter of Instruction from the consideration of both these his callings; but as for those things which might be observed from his being cal­led to be an ordinary follower of Christ, I have before handled them upon the former Chapter, from the 16. verse, to the 21th. Now therefore I will onely speak of those things which we may learn from the calling of Levi to be a Believer in Christ.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. From the occasion of his Calling; in that our Saviour Christ saw him sit at the Receipt of Cu­stome, being busied in his covetous and unjust practises, not thinking of our Saviour, much less seeking after him; yet even at this time he called him: Hence learn, that God doth of his own free Grace and mercy, call and convert sinners unto himself, even then when they think not of him, nor seek to him, Esay, 65. 1. I am found of them that sought me not, &c. It is spoken in the person of Christ, 2 Tim. 1. 9. Who hath saved us and Called us with an Holy Calling, not according to our works, but according to his own purpose and Grace which was given us in Christ Jesus before the World began, Jam. 1. 18. Of his own Will begat he us, &c. Therefore Luk. 15. Christ shews this by the Parables of the lost sheep, and of the lost Groat. The Groat seeks not the Woman, nor the sheep the Shepheard; so the sinner seeks not Christ, but he seeks the sinner, when he thinks not of Christ, much less seeks after him: Did Paul seek after Christ when he called him? Act. 9. No, he was even then going with full purpose to persecute Christ in his Members.

Reas. Reas. There is no goodness or Righteousness in any man by Nature, which may move God to shew mer­cy to him in Calling and Converting him, Rom. 7. 18. We are all by Nature as an unclean thing, polluted with the filthiness and corruption of sin, Esay, 64. 6.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To confute the Papists who teach that men in the state of Nature, and by power of naturall Free-will, may do such good works whereby they may prepare themselves to Grace, and to their own Conversion, contrary to that of the Apostle, 1 Cor. 4. 7. Who separateth thee? and what hast thou which thou didst not receive, &c. And again, that of our Saviour Christ, Joh. 15. 5. Without me ye can do nothing.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stir us up to all thankfullness unto God for our Calling and Conversion, seeing it proceeded not from any goodness in us above others, but of his free Grace. Think of this, so many as know, and feel themselves to be effectually Called out of their sins. Think how Christ Jesus sought thee out when thou were'st as a lost sheep, not once thinking to return. Think how God hath bin found of thee, though thou didst not seek after him; Even then when he saw thee lying and living in thy sins, he drew thee out of them, Ezek. 16. 6. When thou wast polluted in thy bloud, He said to thee, Live, &c. Though thou were'st as vile and corrupt as others by nature; yet he hath passed by many others, and hath freely called thee, and taken thee out of thy sinfull Estate. Consider this, and let thy Heart be inlarged to thankfulness, and be carefull to shew it in thy obedience to the will of God all the dayes of thy life.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that this Levi a Publican, and a covetous extortioner (in all likelyhood), was called of Christ to be a believer in him; We learn, That it pleaseth God sometimes to call home to himself great sin­ners and offenders, to give them repentance, and upon their Repentance, to shew mercy in pardoning them, Of this we have sundry examples, as in Rahab the Harlot, Manasseh a most wicked King; yet upon his Re­pentance he was received to mercy, 2 Chron. 33. 13. So Paul a Blasphemer and Persecuter of the Church, yet was called to repentance, and found Mercy, 1 Tim. 1. So Mary Magdalen, a sinfull Woman, yet recei­ved to Mercy. So Zachaeus a Publican, and a covetous oppressor, Luke 19.

Reas. Reas. By this means, the Lord doth the more magnify and set forth his Grace and mercy, in calling great Offenders to Repentance and Faith, and in pardoning their sins.

Use 1 Use 1. None therefore should be discouraged or afraid to come to God for pardon, because of their great sins, but rather they should make the more haste unto him by true Repentance and earnest suing for mercy in Christ. The deepness of a wound, or dangerousness of a Disease in the body, doth not keep the party wounded and Diseased, from seeking to the Surgeon or Physitian, but causeth them rather to make the more haste to them. So let the greatness of thy sins hasten thee to God by true Humiliation. Remember, That God hath called some great Offenders, and upon their true Repentance, received them to mercy. Esay 1. 18. Though your Sins be as Scarlet or Crimson, &c. It is not the greatness of sin simply, but continuance in sin that condemns the sinner. Therefore though thy sins have bin many or great, yet cast not away hope of mercy; but seek to God through Christ, for pardon and mercy, onely see that thy Repentance and Humiliation be answerable to the greatness of thy sins, &c. Majora crimina majoribus abluuntur fletibus. Ambros.

Use 2 Use 2. Teacheth us, not utterly to cast off such as are great Offenders, and foul sinners, but to use all good means to reclaim them, and to bring them to repentance, that they may be saved, 2 Tim. 2. 25. God may in time call them home to him; for ought we know, they may belong to his Election of Grace: Let us not neg­lect any good means to draw them to Repentance; be ready to admonish, reprove, instruct them, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. This Levi being a Publican or Tribute-gatherer, it is likely he was rich and wealthy (for such were the Publicans, no doubt, for the most part, men of great Wealth, which they much increased by their covetous and unjust practises, See Luke 13. 4.) Yet this Rich and Covetous Publican is here called of Christ to be a Believer in him, and he yielded obedience to this Calling, in embracing Christ and following him. Hence we may gather, That although it be very hard for a covetous rich man to be saved, (as our Saviour af­firmeth, Matth. 19. 23, 24.) yet it is not impossible with God, to call such a one, and to reclaim him from his Covetousness; yet withall, we must here note, that a covetous rich man cannot be saved so long as he re­mains still covetous; but he must first forsake his sin of covetousness, and his covetous and unjust practises, (as this Levi the Publican did) or else he cannot be partaker of Gods Kingdome. Let all Covetous Rich men think well of this, and let it move them to repent truly of their sin of Covetousness, and to forsake it, that they may be saved. Though a Rich man may be saved (and many such have bin saved, as Abraham, Lot, Solomon, Job. Zachaeus,) yet a covetous Rich man, in whom that sin Reigneth, remaining so, cannot be saved.

Mark 2. 14. ‘And as he passed by, he saw Levithe Son of Alpheus sitting at the receipt of Custome, and said unto May, 30. 1619. him, Follow me. And he arose and followed him.’

Observ. 4 OBserv. 4. Our Saviour Christ onely by speaking the word, bidding Levi follow him, did so work upon his Heart, that he caused him readily to go after him, yea to believe in him, and to forsake his sins of Extortion and covetousness; this teacheth us the wonderfull power and Efficacy of the word of Christ: it is able to alter and change the Heart of a sinner, yea of the vilest sinner; It is able to work Faith and Repen­tance where it was not before. The same word of Christ which was powerfull at first to create the World of nothing, is still most powerfull to work Grace where it was not, and to convert sinners to God. That which David saith of the Law of God, Psal. 19. It Converteth the Soul, is true of the word of Christ. His live­ly Word uttered with his own mouth whilst he lived on earth, was powerfull in changing the Heart, and con­verting sinners; as we see, not onely in this Conversion of Levi, but also in other examples, as of Zachaeus, Luke 19. and of Philip, Joh. 1. 44. &c. See also, Joh. 6. 63. The words that I speak are Spirit, &c. And as the word of his own mouth on Earth was of great power, so now his written Word is of no less power to work upon the Heart, and to convert sinners, especially when it is opened and applyed in the publick Ministry. Hebr. 4. 12. The Word of God is quick and powerfull, &c. Rom. 1. 16. The Gospel of Christ is the power of God to Salvation, &c.

Quest. Quest. Whence hath Christ's Word such power?

Answ. Answ. Not from the bare sound, nor from the externall Letter, but from the Divine Spirit of Christ ac­companying it, and giving vertue to it.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See what they must do that lye yet in their sins, and in their naturall condition; if they would be drawn out of this miserable Estate, they must diligently attend to the powerfull word of Christ; Though he do not now speak to us himself on Earth, yet still he speaketh to us by his Ministers who bring his word to us; Hearken to this word on all occasions, be swift to hear it, this word is able to renew and change thy Heart, able to cast down the holds of sin in thee, 2 Cor. 10. able to quicken thee though thou be yet dead in sins and Trespasses, Joh. 5. 25. It is as a fire to purge out thy Corruptions, and as a hammer to break the stone in thy Heart, Jer. 23. 29. Hearken to it, it may in time mollify thee, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Labour to feel this Divine power of the Word of Christ, renewing and changing our Hearts, and working Faith and Repentance in us: To this end pray unto Christ to joyn his Spirit with the outward Mi­nistry of his Word, which may make it effectuall to us.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. Lastly, In that Levi or Matthew being called of Christ to follow him, that is, to leave his sins, and to Believe in him, did presently yield obedience to this Call in following Christ: Hence we learn, That when Christ calls us to follow him by Faith and Repentance, we must yield ready obedience to this cal­ling, by forsaking our sins speedily, and embracing Christ by Faith, Hebr. 3. 15. To day if ye will hear his Voyce, harden not your Hearts, &c. Zachaeus being called of Christ, came speedily to him, receiving him joyfully, not onely into his house, but into his Heart by Believing in him, Luke 19. So Philip, Joh. 1. And Paul being called of Christ from Heaven, was obedient to that calling in forsaking his sin of Persecuting the Church, and in turning to Christ by Faith.

Reas. Reas. Otherwise, if when Christ calls us by his Word to leave our sins, and to Believe in him, we refuse to hearken, we shall be Guilty of the Contempt of his Word, and so increase the measure of our sins.

Use. 1 Ʋse 1. This reproveth those, who notwithstanding Christ calleth them by the Ministry of his Word, yet refuse to follow him, That is, to forsake their sins, and to Believe in him; They desire still to continue in their own wayes of sin, and make delayes and excuses when they should follow Christ; like those we read of, Luke 9. 59. &c. This shall add unto their condemnation if they repent not, not so much that they have sinned, but that they have refused to come out of their sins of ignorance, and unbelief, &c. Notwithstanding Christ hath often called them by his Word to come out of them, Joh. 15. 22. If I had not come and spoken unto them, &c.

Ʋse. 2 Use 2. Hearken to Christ calling to us by the Ministry of his Word from time to time; Forsake our own wayes, deny our selves, and follow him; consult not in this case with flesh and bloud, or with naturall rea­son, or with the World; these are ill Counsellors, which will disswade us from following Christ, &c.

Mark 2. 15.‘And it came to passe, that as Jesus sate at meat in his house, many Publicans and Sinners sate also toge­ther with Jesus and his Disciples, for there were many, and they followed him. June 13. 1619.

IN the former verse the Evangelist set down the calling of Levi the Publican to be a Believer in Christ, and to be one of his Disciples and Followers: Now he setteth down some consequents which followed after the calling of Levi. The consequents are two.

  • 1. A Feast or Banquet made by Levi for our Saviour Christ, ver. 15.
  • 2. Certain accidents or events which fell out by occasion of that Feast. The Events are two.
    • 1. That the Scribes and Pharises seeing him eat with Publicans and sinners, took exception against him, ver. 16.
    • 2. Our Saviour Christs answer to their exception, and defence of his practise, ver. 17.

Touching the first thing, namely, the Feast which Levi made for him, this is implyed when it is said, Je­sus sate at meat in his house; that is, in the house of Levi, of whom mention was made in the former Verse. Luke 5. 29. It is said, Levi made him a great Feast in his own house, &c. and that it was a great Feast or Ban­quet may further appear, because there is mention of so many Guests that were present at it; for not onely Christ and his Disciples, but many Publicans and sinners also were present, as the Evangelist sheweth.

In the words we will consider three things chiefly.

  • 1. The Feast or Banquet.
  • [Page 111] 2. The Place where it was made, In his House.
  • 3. The Guests that were invited and present at it, which were of two sorts; some of them good, as our Saviour and his Disciples; some profane and wicked, viz. many Publicans and Sinners, which sate with Christ and his Disciples at the Table.
  • 4. The occasion or cause of so many Publicans and Sinners being present, viz. because there were many that followed Christ.

Touching the first Point; namely, that Levi made a Feast or Banquet. It may be demanded, Wherefore or to what end, he made such a Feast at this time?

Answ. 1. To testify his joyfulness and gladness for his late Conversion and Calling to be Christ's Disci­ple; for Feasting is a token of Joy and Gladness.

2. To express his thankful mind to our Saviour Christ, for shewing such mercy on him, in calling him from his former sinful life to be a Believer in Him, and for appointing him also to this Dignity to be one of his spe­cial Disciples and Followers, who should afterward execute the Office of an Apostle. For these special fa­vours he was desirous to shew his Thankfulness to Christ, by entertaining Him and his Disciples, in his House, with this Feast.

3. To shew his Christian Love to his fellow-Publicans, in using means for their Conversion to Christ; therefore he made this Feast (as it is likely), and took occasion to invite many other Publicans and Sinners to it, that by this means, they coming into company with Christ, and conversing with Him, might (if it were possible) be drawn to believe in Christ, and to repent of their former sinful life, as Levi himself had done.

Publicans] That is, Custom-gatherers, or Tribute-gatherers, such as Levi himself was, as we heard upon the former Verse.

And Sinners,] Not ordinary Offender, but such as were notoriously and openly profane, whom there­fore the Scribes and Pharisees judged unfit to be companied with, as appeareth in the next Verse.

For there were many, and they followed Him,] that is, many Publicans and Sinners seeing Christ's goodness and mercy shewed in the Calling of Levi, and perceiving also Levi's readiness in following Christ, they also were hereby moved to go after Him.

Quest. Quest. Whether were they all truly converted?

Answ. Answ. Although the Evangelist doth not expresly mention their Conversion, yet it is probable by these words, that there was some beginning of Grace wrought in them, or at least in some of them, and that they were in part touched in Conscience for their sins. Vide Lyserum in Harm. Evang. cap. 66. & Euthym. in Mat. 9.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. From the Feast or Banquet it self; in that Levi being converted and become a Disciple of Christ, did make a great Feast, and in that our Saviour himself and his other Disciples vouchsafed to be pre­sent at this Feast, we may learn, that it is lawful and warrantable for Christians sometimes to use Feasting. Our Saviour Christ was present and did partake at some Feasts, whilst he lived on Earth; which shews that he did not simply condemn or disallow all Feasting; So Joh. 2. at the Marriage-Feast in Cana. And we have Examples in Scripture of some good men who have made Feasts upon some special occasions, and are not discommended or blamed for it: Lot feasted the Angels, Gen. 19. 3. Abraham made a great Feast that day Isaack was weaned, Gen. 21. 8. So Judg. 10. 14. Sampson made a Feast at his Marriage, &c. Jo­seph made a Feast to his Brethren, wherein they did eat and drink liberally, Gen. 43. ult.

Reas. 2 Reas. 1. It is lawful to use the Creatures of God (as our Meats and Drinks), not onely for bare necessi­ty, but also for moderate delight and refreshing, Psal. 104. 15. God giveth Wine that maketh glad the heart of Man, and Oyl to make his face to shine, and Bread which strengthneth Man's heart.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Feasting being rightly and in due sort used is a good means for the maintaining and encreasing of Christian love and friendship amongst men. To this end served those Love-Feasts used in the Primitive Church, See Jude 12. ver. yet in the use of Feasting (that it may be lawful) some special Rules are to be ob­served of us.

1. It is to be used moderately and soberly, so as all excess be avoided both in respect of the quantity and quality of our fare, as also in respect of the time that is spent in such Feasting. More particularly, that our Feasting may be moderate, these four things are required.

  • 1. That it go not beyond the Calling, Place, and Ability, that God hath given us. Contra, Nabal 1 Sam. 25. 36.
  • 2. It must be used with difference of time, that is, at due times and seasons, and not out of season, nor too often. It was the fault of the rich Glutton to fare deliciously every day, Luke 16. 19. Again, we must not then feast, when God calls us rather to Fasting, Mourning, and Humiliation for our sins. See for this Isa. 22. 12. Neither is Feasting to be used on the Sabbath day, to hinder us &c.
  • 3. We must use it so as it may serve to maintain the health, strength, and vigour of our bodies and minds, and not so as to hurr or hinder the same: Eccles. 10. 17. Blessed art thou, O Land, when thy Princes eat in due season, for strength and not for Drunkenness.
  • 4. It is [...]o to be used, that it may make us more fit for good Dutyes, either of God's service, or of our particular Callings, and not so as to make us unfit for them. See Luke 21. 34, and 36. Verses, compared together.

The second Rule for Feasting is this; that it must be used in holy and religious manner. And this is done;

  • 1. When we sanctify the Creatures of God by Prayer and Thanksgiving before and after the receiving of them, 1 Tim. 4. 4.
  • 2. When we season our Meats and Drinks with holy and Christian conference at such times. Our Sa­viour at Feasts used holy conference, tending to spiritual edification; as we may see Luke 7. And Joh. 2. by occasion of the Miracle he held them in good talk, &c. and Luke 14. 7. And we should, as much as may be, give our selves to such Conference at our Tables. The like may be said of praising God by sing­ing Psalms, which is also a good and fit Exercise for such Meetings.
  • [Page 112] 3. When, at times of Feasting, we are careful to keep our hearts in the fear of God. Contrà, Jude, v. 12.

The third and last Rule is, the Feasting must be joyned with the practise of Charity and Mercy to the poor; that we so feast, as not to be unmindful of relieving the poor, and such as are in affliction. Nehem. 8. 10. He exhorteth the Jews to eat of the fat and to drink of the sweet, and to send part to them for whom none was prepared. And the contrary to this is condemned as a Sin, and threatned with a Woe, Amos 6. 6. So much of this first Point.

Now it follows to speak of the place where Levi made his Feast: In his own House.

Object. Object. Luke 5. 28. He left all, (that is, all his worldly goods and possessions,) and followed Christ: How then is it said here, that he had a House to entertain Christ in?

Answ. Answ. Though the Apostles were called to forsake all their worldly possessions, and so to follow Christ: yet they were not enjoyned utterly and altogether to forsake them, but onely so farr as the retaining and using of them might be a hinderance to them in following Christ, and afterward in executing the Office of Apostles; but they still retained their Right and Title in their temporal goods, and they did also use them afterwards as occasion served. Here then we may see that the practice of the Apostles in forsaking their goods and posses­sions, is no Warrant at all for the practise of Popish Monks, who, professing a state of Perfection, do vow voluntary Poverty, giving away all their temporal Possessions, and renouncing their Right and Title to them, that so they may live upon Almes, and be the more free to serve God by Fasting and Prayer, as they pretend. The Apostles made no such foolish and rash Vow, neither did they wholly renounce the Possession and Use of their goods and Houses, but onely so farr as they might be hinderances to them in following Christ. This was spoken of before, Chap. 1. ver. 29.

I proceed to the persons that were invited by Levi, and were present at this Feast made in his House. The first sort of Guests were our Saviour Christ and his Disciples. The Feast was made chiefly for our Sa­viour Christ, as St. Luke affirmeth; and he invited the other Disciples of Christ with Him, the more to shew his love to Christ. Now one main and chief end for which he prepared this Feast for the entertainment of Christ, was (as I before shewed) to testifie his thankfulness to him for his late Calling and Conver­sion.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. By this example of Levi: we learn, That such as are effectually Called of Christ, ought to shew themselves thankfull unto Him for this their Calling. Thus doth Paul, 1 Tim. 1. 12, 13. I thank Christ Jesus our Lord, for that he counted me Faithfull, &c. Who was before a Blasphemer, and a Persecuter, and Inju­rious. But I obtained Mercy, because I did it ignorantly in unbelief, &c.

Reas. Reas. All Blessings of God bestowed on Men, do challenge thankfulness at their hands, but chiefly spiri­tuall Blessings which concern the good of their Souls; and among them chiefly those that are of greatest ex­cellency. Now what spirituall Bessing can God bestow on us in this Life, that is greater or more excellent then to Call us out of our Sins, and give us Faith and Repentance: This is a principall Part of that Salvation which we attain to in this Life, therefore 2 Tim. 1. 9. the Apostle saith, God hath saved us, and called us with an Holy Calling, &c. Therefore also they are said to be Blessed, Whom the Lord chooseth and causeth to come unto Him, Psal. 65. 4. Now then, seeing effectuall Calling is so great and excellent a Blessing; it follows, that such as are made partakers of it, are bound to shew great thankfulness unto Christ for it.

Quest. Quest. How must they shew their thankfulness?

Answ. Answ. Sundry wayes, especially these four.

  • 1. By an humble and thankful acknowledgment of the free Grace and Mercy of Christ shewed on them in their Calling. This acknowledgment must be made both in heart inwardly, as also in Word and Tongue out­wardly on every good occasion: This we see practised by Paul, 1 Tim. 1.
  • 2. By preferring and seeking the Glory of Christ before all other things, even before those things that are dearest unto them. Paul was so thankfull to Christ for his Calling and Conversion, that he preferred Christ's Glory before his own Life; as may appear, Phil. 1. 20.
  • 3. By giving up themselves, and their Souls and Bodies wholly to the Service and Obedience of Christ and of his Will.
  • 4. Lastly, By the conscionable performance of all Duties of love to the person of Christ; Thus did Levi here, and thus did Zacheus, Luke 19. Being called of Christ, he shewed his thankfulness by entertaining Christ in his House.

So also did Mary, Martha, and Lazarus, Joh. 12. 2. by making Christ a Supper in Bethany; and Mary also further manifested her thankfulness by bestowing that costly Oyntment on the body of Christ. Thus also we read, Luke 7. of that sinfull Woman, that she being effectually Called, and having truly tasted of Christ's mercy in the pardon of her Sins, did testifie her love and thankfulness to Christ, by doing a Duty of love to his person; namely, in washing his feet with her tears, and wiping them with the hairs of her head: and therefore Ver. 47. our Saviour tells Simon, That her many sins were forgiven, for she loved much; that is, be­cause she felt Christ's mercy in the forgiveness of her manifold sins; therefore she was moved to shew much love and thanfulness unto his person. And thus all that are effectually called, must shew their thankfulness by doing Duties of love to Christ's person.

Object. Object. Christ is not now on Earth, but is gone up into Heaven: How then shall we do Duties of love to his Person?

Answ. Answ. Shew love to the Faithfull members of Christ, who stand in any need of the Fruits of our Love: this is to shew love to Christ himself. See Matth. 25.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Let all that profess to be effectually Called, look to this, that they shew their unfaigned thankfulness to Christ for his unspeakable Grace and Mercy shewed on them. Acknowledge Christ's free Grace and Mercy shewed to thee in Calling thee out of thy sinfull estate; and be carefull all the days of thy Life to testi­fie thy true thankfulness, by seeking his Glory above all things, and by thy conscionable obedience to his Will in all things, as also by the Fruits of thy love shewed to him in his faithfull Members, by relieving, help­ing, and doing good to them by all means. If thou have truly tasted and felt Christ's mercy in thy effectuall Calling, thou canst not but shew thy self thankfull for the same in this manner.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further in that Levi took occasion also to invite many of his fellow Publicans and Sinners, to the end, they might be brought to believe in Christ: we are taught, that such as are effectually called and converted unto Christ, will be carefull in using means to bring others unto Christ. So Joh. 1. 40, &c. An­drew being Called unto Christ, brought his Brother Peter to him, and Philip being Called, brought Nathaniel to him. Joh. 4. 29. The Woman of Samaria feeling the work of Faith begun in her self, useth means to bring her Friends and Acquaintants unto Christ. Luke 22. 32. Christ bids Peter, when he is con­verted, to strengthen his Brethren; that is, to use all good means to draw them to repentance, and to strengthen them in the Faith of Christ.

Reas. Reas. True saving Grace where it is wrought, cannot lye hid or be kept close within the party that is par­taker of it; but it will shew it self towards others, in labouring to draw others to partake in it. Joh. 7. 38. He that believeth in me (saith Christ) out of his belly shall flow Rivers of living Waters. He cannot contain them within himself, but they must needs flow out to others.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This convinceth those not to be effectually Called, who use no means to win others to Christ: Yet how many such are there, who think this to be the Duty of Ministers only, to seek the conversion of others; therefore themselves care not what becomes of the Souls of others that live in sin and ignorance: they use no means to bring them out of this estate; they make no conscience (as occasion is offered) to instruct the ignorant, to admonish those that live disorderly, to comfort the distressed, &c. But know this, It is an evident signe, thou art no true convert thy self, if thou be altogether careless of the conversion of others: I am per­swaded (saith Chrysostom, Lib. 6. de Sacerdot.) that no man can ever be saved, that takes no pains at all for the salvation of his Neighbour. And what then shall become of those, that instead of seeking the conversion and salvation of others, do hinder others conversion, either by their ill example, or else by laying other stumbling blocks in their way, to discourage them that are coming on in Grace; as by scoffing at them, or reproaching them any way. A fearfull wo belongeth to such, if they repent not in time.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To stir us up to be carefull of bringing others unto Christ: This is the way to approve our selves to be effectually Called, and by this we shall shew our thankfulnesse unto God for our own conversion. If thou have tasted of God's mercy in thy own conversion, be a means to draw other Sinners to Christ by thy example. As Levi invited his fellow Publicans to his House, that they might be in company with Christ to hear Him, and to be converted by Him: so do thou invite and perswade Sinners to come where Ghrist is, that is, to repair to those Places where Christ doth manifest his presence: especially, to the publick Congre­gation, where Christ is present in speciall manner in the Ministery of the Word and Sacraments. Further, in that these Publicans and Sinners were present at this Feast, and our Saviour did not refuse to be in their company; we might observe, that it is not simply unlawfull in some Cases to come in company with the wic­ked. But of this Point, I shall have occasion to speak afterward upon the 17, Ver. It followerh,

For there were many, and they followed Him,] These words (as hath bin said) shew the occasion of Levi's in­viting so many Publicans and Sinners; namely, because there were many of them, who seeing Christ's free Grace shewed to Levi in Calling him, and perceiving also Levi's readiness in following Christ; they were thereby moved to go after Christ: whence it is probable, That they, or some of them began to be touched in heart and conscience for their former sinful Life, and therefore they followed Christ out of a desire which they had to converse with him, and to hear his conference and teaching, that so they might have their hearts further wrought upon, and that they might come to be partakers of the Grace of Christ, as Levi was.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The example of God's Grace and Mercy shewed in the Calling of other Sinners, should move and incourage us to seek unto him for the like Grace, and to be carefull in using all good means to be parta­kers of it. 1 Tim. 1. 16. Paul saies, He obtained Mercy, that in him Christ might shew all long-suffering, for a pattern to them which should afterwards believe on him, &c. that is, to incourage others by his example to seek unto Christ, and to come to Him by true Faith and Repentance. Some make a perverse and wicked use of God's Mercy shewed to Sinners, presuming thereupon to sin more boldly, turning the grace of God into wantonness: but this is a holy and right use which we should make of it, even to be drawen and incouraged thereby to seek unto Christ for the like Grace and Mercy; and to use the means for the attaining of it. So much briefly of this Point.

Mark 2. 16, 17.‘And when the Scribes and Pharisees saw Him eat with Publicans and Sinners, they said unto his June, 20. 1619. Disciples, How is it, that He eateth and drinketh with Publicans and Sinners? When Jesus heard it, He saith unto them, They that are whole have no need of the Physitian, but they that are sick: I came not to Call the Righteous, but Sinners to Repentance.’

IN the former Verse we heard how Levi made a Feast in his House for the entertainment of our Saviour Christ and his Disciples, unto which he also invited many Publicans and Sinners which followed Christ.

Now in these two Verses the Evangelist layeth down two speciall events, which happened by occasion of that Feast.

  • 1. That the Scribes and Pharisees seeing our Saviour eat with Publicans and Sinners, took exception, and cavilled against Him, Ver. 16.
  • 2. That our Saviour hearing of their cavill, did answer and confute it, and defend his practise against them, Ver. 17.

The Cavill or Exception of the Scribes and Pharises is set forth,

  • 1. By the matter of it, which was this: Perceiving that our Saviour did eat with Publicans and Sinners, they found fault with Him for it, asking, How is it that He eateth, &c.
  • 2. The manner of it: they speak not to His face, but behind His back to His Disciples.

When the Scribes and Pharisees.] Scribes,] Who these were we heard, Chap. 1. Ver. 22. Pharisees,] A Sect among the Jews which made great shew of holiness. Vide infrà, Ver. 24.

Saw Him eat,] That is, perceived or understood that He did eat with them; for it is doubtfull, whether [Page 114] they saw it with their own eyes: and it is rather likely, That they so much abhorred the society of the Publi­cans, that they would not vouchsafe to come into their company; and therefore they blamed our Saviour Christ, for conversing and eating with them.

Object. Object. The Word of God doth forbid society and fellowship with the wicked and profane in many Places. As Jos. 23. 7. Isa. 52. 11. Eph. 5. 11. Therefore it may seem, that their Exception against our Saviour was just.

Answ. Answ. Thought it may at first sight seem so, yet it is not so; for although the society of the wicked be forbid­den in some Cases: yet not simply and absolutely in all Cases, nor unto all persons, as we shall see afterward: And our Saviour sheweth in his answer to them, that he was so far from offending in keeping company at this time with these Publicans and Sinners, that on the other side he had a speciall Calling to do it, it being one main end of his coming into the world to Call such Sinners to Repentance; and therefore he conversed with them to that end.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though our Saviour Christ had good warrant for that he did in keeping company with these Publicans, to the end, that he might reclaim them from their former sinfull Life, and gain them to Repen­tance; yet the Scribes and Pharisees out of their malice do cavill against him, and find fault with his practise: Hence we may observe, That there is nothing so well done, but malicious and wicked men will be apt to find fault with it, and to cavill at it, though without cause. Our Saviour Christ did all things well (as the Peo­ple confessed of Him, Mark 7. 37.) yet how often were His good actions unjustly taxed, and found fault with; yea, evil spoken of: When he cast out Devils from such as were possessed, he was charged as one that cast them out by Beelzchub: When he forgave sins, he was accused of Blasphemy, as we heard before in this Chapter: When he conversed with sinners, to the end to call them to Repentance, he was taxed and blamed as too great a friend of Publicans and Sinners, as we see here. Thus his best Actions were often most mali­ciously traduced and evil spoken of, especially by the Scribes and Pharisees. And thus others of the faithful have been wrongfully accused and blamed for doing well: So Joseph, Daniel, Paul, &c. It is therefore no new thing, for those that do well to be evil spoken of, even for well doing. Thus it hath been, and thus it is still; The Devil is still the Accuser of the Brethren, and he sets malicious and wicked men a work to accuse and speak evil of them and their best actions, without cause. We must therefore look for this, and not be discou­raged with it, though our selves meet with such hard measure at the hands of the profane: Onely be careful not to give just cause unto malicious toungs to speak evil of us.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. They go not directly to Christ himself, to blame Him to his face for eating with Sinners; either be­cause they were ashamed of their malicious Cavil, or else, because they durst not, lest he should convince them and put them to silence, as sometimes he had done formerly: But they go to his Disciples, whom they thought to be weaker and unable to answer them; and to them they utter their malicious Cavil, questioning with them about the reason why themselves and their Master did eat with Sinners: Hence observe one property of malice, which is, to backbite and whisper against others in their absence, to the end to defame them, and bring them out of favour and credit with others, before whom they do backbite them. Malicious Persons, when they are ashamed or dare not speak evil of others to their faces, yet will not stick to traduce and slan­der them behind their backs, and in their absence. Thus dealt the Scribes and Pharisees with our Saviour Christ, speaking evil of Him to his Disciples; and at another time they spake evil of them to Him, as may appear in the 24th. Verse of this Chapter. An Example also of this malicious Back-biting we have in Doeg, 1 Sam. 22. 9. and in Haman, Esth. 3. 8. Rom. 1. 29, 30. The sins of Malice and Whispering are joyned together in the Heathen, to shew that they commonly go together.

Use. Use. Take heed of this secret whispering and speaking evil of others behind their backs, if we would not shew our selves to be malicious: It was one sin of the Heathen, Rom. 1. 30. Therefore it should be far from Christians. The rather avoid it, because it is a main cause of much strife amongst men, Prov. 26. 20. Where no Wood is, there the Fire goeth out; so where there is no Tale-bearer, Strife ceaseth. So it may be said of the Back-biter. Hearken not to such &c. Prov. 25. 23. So much of the sixteenth Verse.

It followeth. Ver. 17. When Jesus heard it, &c.

Now the Evangelist sets down our Saviour Christ's Answer to their Cavil and Exception. In which He proveth against them the Lawfullnesse of his Conversing with Publicans and Sinners, by two Reasons.

The first drawn from the present state and condition of the Publicans and Sinners, which is set fo [...]th by comparison unto sick Persons, who have most need of the presence and help of the Physitian, whereas they that are sound in body have not the like need; even so, these Publicans and Sinners being spiritually sick & di­seased with sin, had most need of the society and help of Christ, the spiritual Physitian, whereas those that were spiritually whole and sound (as the Pharisees and Scribes thought themselves to be) had no such need of him.

The second Reason is drawn from the end of his coming into the World, which is laid down,

  • 1. Negatively: Shewing what it was not, He came not to call the Righteous.
  • 2. Affirmatively: Shewing what it was, He came to call Sinners to Repentance.

Observ. Observ. Before I come to speak particularly of the words, we may observe one Point of Instruction from the general Scope of the words; in that it is the purpose of our Saviour in them, to defend his own Practise in keeping company with the Publicans and Sinners: Hence we learn, that it is not simply unlawful for Christians to come in company with such as are profane and wicked, yea though they be noted and known to be such. Our Saviour companied with Publicans and Sinners, and defended this his Practise against the Scribes and Pharisees, which shews that it is not simply unlawful to come in company with such as are open­ly profane, as namely in these cases.

1. When we have a special Calling to come into their company to do them good, and to reclaim them from their evil wayes, by Admonition, Reproof, and the like means. Thus our Saviour Christ had a special Calling to converse with Sinners, to call and convert them by his Conference and Teaching; and so Mini­sters of the Word have a Calling sometimes to come in company of profane and wicked Persons that are of their charge, to the end to use means for the reclaiming of them.

2. When there doth appear some hope of doing good upon them, and of reclaiming them; as in case they seem tractable and willing to be admonished, or reproved; and in this case, not onely a Minister, but [Page 115] even a private Person may come into company with a profane Person, 1 Cor. 10. 37. If any of them that be­lieve not, bid you to a Feast, and ye be disposed to go, (that is, if ye think it expedient, and see hope of doing good to them,) whatsoever is set before you eat, &c.

3. When we have necessary and unavoidable occasion of Traffick or Dealings with such in civil Affairs. Thus it is likely, that Lot living in Sodom could not but sometimes come in company with the wicked Sodo­mites, and have civil dealings with them: So also Abraham companied with the Hittites, Gen. 23.

4. When we come occasionally into the company of the wicked against our Wills, not seeking or desiring it; this cannot be condemned as a sin, because it is a matter impossible to be avoided, unless we will go out of the World, as the Apostle saith 1 Cor. 5. 10. Thus we see in what cases it is lawfull sometime to come in company with the profane and wicked; yet here we must remember some Cautions to be observed of us in conversing with the wicked.

  • 1. That we do not seek their company or familiarity unnecessarily.
  • 2. That we take heed we become not like unto them in their evil conditions and qualities; we must be­ware of being corrupted by them; we must be very watchful over our selves in using their company, lest we be tainted with it, as knowing, that it is a very hard matter so to use the society of the wicked as not to be in­fected by it.
  • 3. So use the company of the wicked, that we beware of hardning and confirming them in their evil wayes, either by countenancing o [...] applauding them in their sins, or by too much familiarity, or any other way.
  • 4. In companying with the profane, take heed of giving just cause or occasion of offence unto the Consci­ences of weak Christians, who are not throughly perswaded of the Lawfulness of our conversing with such, or at least do not know upon what grounds we company with them. See for this 1 Cor. 8. 9, 10. So much of this Observation from the general drift of the words of our Saviour. Now to speak more particularly of them.

The Whole] That is, such as are spiritually whole and sound, not that there are any such, but because the Scribes and Pharisees thought themselves to be such: our Saviour speaks according to that opinion which they had of their own Righteousness.

Have no need of the Physitian,] That is of the spirituall Physitian, to cure them in Soul of their sins; mea­ning Himself, who came into the World to that end, to heal men of their sins, as he sheweth in the next words. But the Sick] That is, such as are diseased with sin.

Mark 2. 17.‘I came not to Call the Righteous, but Sinners to Repentance.June 27. 1619.

Observ. 1 THe first Observation. Our Saviour here compares sinners, in their natural condition, unto sick Persons; whence we may gather, what is the estate of all sinners by Nature, that it is like unto the state of a sick Person. Therefore in Scripture sin is called by the name of Sickness, and sins are called Diseases, as Psal. 103. 3. and Isa. 53. 4. to shew that they are the spiritual sicknesses of the Soul. For the further clearing of this, we may consider what resemblance is between a Sinner in his natural estate, and a sick Person. The Resemblance stands in these things chiefly.

  • 1. The sick Person is distempered in body with his sickness, it brings the whole body out of due frame: so it is with sinners in their natural estate, lying in their sins, all the powers and faculties of soul and body in them are distempered and brought out of that due frame and order, in which they should be, and in which man's Nature was at first created; And sin is the cause of this Distemper.
  • 2. A sick Person is disabled and made unfit by sickness for Action and Employment, especially when the Disease continueth long: so the sinner by nature is unfit and unable to perform any spiritual Action in right manner; unable to pray, to meditate, to hear the Word, &c.
  • 3. A sick man is not able, by his own power, to cure himself, or to give health to himself, but God onely can do it: so much less can the sinner cure himself of sin, or raise himself out of that sickness to spirituall health. See Psal. 103. 3.
  • 4. Lastly, sick Persons are in danger of death. Sickness it self, if it continue, will ar length cause death, and the dissolution of soul and body: so is it with all sinners in their natural estate, if they continue so they are sure to dye eternally, and therefore they are said to be already dead in trespasses and sins, Ephes. 2. 1. And sins are called dead works, because they bring forth death in the end, if they be continued in.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the misery of all unregenerate Persons in their natural estate, being yet uncalled; they are dangerously distempered and infected with the Disease of sin, yea with many sins: Many that have sound and healthy bodies, yet have sick souls, even sick unto death. Such must think of this, and be humbled, and labour speedily to come out of this fearful estate.

Use 2 Use 2. See the Nature of sin; It is the spiritual sickness of the soul, which distempereth and hurteth it more than any Disease doth the body; yea, it causeth a spiritual Distemper in the whole man: It disableth a man for all spiritual Actions and Employments; and (which is worst of all) it causeth eternal death and destructi­on of soul and body, if it be not repented of in time. This should move us to abhor all sin, and to take heed of it, as we do of the worst and most dangerous sicknesses of the body.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Have pity on such as lye and live in their naturall estate uncalled, being dangerously sick of sin. Afford them the best spiritual help and Physick that we are able, for the healing of their Souls: Shew them the danger of their sickness, that is, of their sins, and the Remedy against it, which is Repentance, and wish them to use it; perswade them especially to go to Christ by Faith, who is the onely Physitian to cure sin. But of this more, in the next Observation.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Christ Jesus is a spiritual Physitian to cure men of their Sins; therefore he calls himself by the name of a Physitian in this place, by way of resemblance unto bodily Physitians; and the like resem­blance is made elsewhere, as Luk. 4. 18. He hath sent me to heal the broken-hearted, &c. Isa. 53. 5. With his stripes we are healed. And ver. 4. He is said to have born our griefs or Sicknesses, that is, our Sins which are our spiritual Sicknesses. See also Revel. 3. 18.

Here consider two things further:

  • 1. How Christ doth heal and cure sinners.
  • 2. Whom he do [...]h heal?

Touching the first, Christ healeth and cureth men of their sins two wayes, or by a twofold spiritual reme­dy or Medicine.

The first is his own pretious bloud, that is, the merit and vertue of his death and sufferings, by which he making satisfaction to God for our sins, did free us from the guilt of them; thus he cureth us of them in re­spect of the guilt, and this is done perfectly in this life.

The second spirituall remedy is, the powerfull and effectuall operation of his Spirit, by which he killeth and weakneth the corruption of sin, so that it raign not in us: Thus he cureth us of the corruption of sin; but this is not done perfectly in this life, but in part onely, for the corruption of sin doth still remain in us in some degree during this life, onely it is so subdued and mortified in us by the Spirit of Christ, that it cannot so raign and bear sway as it doth in the wicked.

Touching the second thing to be shewed, namely, What persons they are whom Christ cureth?

Answ. Not all sinners: but first, Such onely as have Faith to apply Christ, and the merit of his death and suffering to themselves; by which Faith also, they receive and apply to themselves that Spirit of Christ, by which the corruption of sin is mortified in them.

2. Such as feel their Spirituall Diseases, So Luke 4. 18.

Use, 1 Use 1. Matter of great comfort to such as feel their sins, and do unfeinedly desire to be eased of them; let them know, that there is a Spirituall Physitian, that is both able and willing to cure these their Spirituall Diseases, if they seek to him; It is a great comfort to a sick person, to know of a good and able Physitian near at hand, so as he may be had and procured to cure him: Much more is it a comfort to the humbled sinner, to know that Christ is sent of God to be our Spiritual Physitian to heal us of our sins, and that there is no Spirituall sickness or disease of sin in us, but he is well able to cure and heal us of it: Besides, he knows all our diseases, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Seek to Christ Jesus in the spirituall sickness and diseases of our Souls, to be healed of them all. Labour by true Faith to apply to thy self, the bloud of Christ, and the merit and vertue of it, which is as a soveraign salve or Medicine to heal thy Diseased sick Soul and Conscience of the guilt of all thy sins: withall pray unto him to heal the Corruption of thy Nature, and to mortify and kill it in thee more and more by the work of his Spirit.

So much of the first reason, by which our Saviour Christ proveth against the Scribes and Pharisees, that it was lawfull for him to company with publicans and sinners; Namely, because they being Spiritu­ally Diseased with sin, had need of the Society and help of the Spirituall Physitian.

Now follows the second reason, drawn from the end of his comming into the World, set down.

  • 1. Negatively, where he shews to what end he came not, Not to call the Righteous.
  • 2. Affirmatively, shewing to what end he came, viz. To call sinners to Repentance.

I came not to call] There is a twofold calling of Christ with which he calleth men.

The first outward, onely by the Ministery of the Word, by which he inviteth men to come out of their sins, and to turn unto him, offering Grace and Salvation unto them in the outward menas.

The second is, When the outward and inward callings are joyned together; When Christ doth not onely call Men outwardly (by the Ministery of the Word) but doth also by the inward and effectuall work of his Spirit, incline and move their Hearts, to obey that outward calling in forsaking their sins, and turning to Christ by true Repentance; And this is an effectuall calling which is here meant.

The Righteous] Such as think themselves Righteous, Luke 18 9. and Holy as the Scribes and Pharises did; for otherwise, there are none that are indeed perfectly Just or Holy, or free from sin.

Quest. Quest. Did not Christ come to call the Scribes and Pharisees, and other such who think themselves Righ­teous when they are not?

Answ. Answ. Yes, He came to call them outwardly, and therefore he used means, by his Preaching and conference to convert them if they would have bin reformed; yet he is said not to come to call them, because they be­ing puffed up with a proud conceit of their own Righteousness, obstinately refused to obey Christs calling, though he called them with an outward calling; yet because they were not obedient to this calling, but con­tinued still in their sins, thinking themselves Holy enough already; therefore he is said, not to come to call them, because he did not come to call them effectually.

Sinners] Such especially as do in some measure feel their sins, and are humbled for them, and desirous to be freed from them.

Repentance] True Conversion, or turning from sin unto God.

Not to call the Righteous] Observ. So long as men are puffed up with Spirituall pride, and with a vain Opi­nion of their own goodness and Righteousness, they are altogether unfit to yield obedience to the calling of Christ, whereby he calls them out of their sins. This over-weening conceipt of their own Righteousness, was a main hinderance that kept the Scribes and Pharisees from being effectually called of Christ; they were such as thought themselves so good and Holy already, that they had no need of Repentance: Therefore though our Saviour used means to reclaim them, yet were they never the better: In which respect it is said here, That he came not to call such as they were, who thought themselves Righteous enough, because, though he called them outwardly by his Ministry, yet this proud conceit of their own Righteousness, hindred them from being obedient to his calling, Luke 16. 14. when our Saviour reproved the sin of covetousness, yet the Pharisees who were covetors, were so far from being reclaimed by that reproof, that they derided him; the reason was, because they were such as justifyed themselves, as our Saviour tells them, ver. 15. To this pur­pose is that, Rom. 10. 3. where the Apostle saith, The Jews going about to establish their own Righteousness, did not submit themselves to the Righteousness of God.

Use. Ʋse. See a main reason why many, though they have an outward calling by the Ministry of the Word, yet are never the better for it: though Christ call to them by his Ministers, admonishing and perswading them to [Page 117] Repent and leave their sins, yet they go on in them still, and are not reformed; the reason is, because they think themselves Holy, and Righteous enough already, and that they have no need of Reformation: Many such Pharisees we have in these times; such must deny themselves, and renounce their own Righteousnesse, &c.

Mark 2. 17.‘But sinners to Repentance. July, 4. 1619.

Observ. 1 OBserv. 1. Sinners in their naturall Estate have need of Repentance; Christ would not come to call to it, if the practise of it were not necessary for them. Therefore this Duty is in Scripture often urged and pressed upon sinners as a matter of necessity, Esay, 55. 7. Let the Wicked for sake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts, and let him return unto the Lord, and he will have mercy upon him, &c. So Matth. 3. 8. John Baptist enjoyns it to the Pharisees, and Act. 2. 38. When the Jews being pricked in Heart at Peters Sermon, cryed out, What shall we do? He enjoyns them the practise of Repentance.

Reas. Reas. Without the practice of Repentance, it is impossible for any sinner to be saved, Luke 13. 3. Except ye Repent ye shall all likewise Perish. By Nature, every sinner is polluted and unclean in the sight of God, by reason of his sins in which he lyeth: Now no unclean thing shall ever enter into that Holy City the new Je­rusalem, Revel. 21. ult. Therefore the sinner must be washed from the pollution of his sins by Repentance, else he cannot be saved.

Use. Use. To admonish all sinners that lye yet in their sins, what to do if they would be saved; even speedily to lay hold upon true Repentance, and to set themselves seriously about the practise of it, whilst the day of Grace lasteth, Esay 55. Seek the Lord while he may be found, &c. Examine thy own Heart to find out thy parti­cular sins, and labour to work thy heart to Godly sorrow for them; then lay them open to God in an humble Confession of them; then crave and sue earnestly for pardon of them in Christ, with purpose to forsake them. In these things chiefly stands the practise of Repentance. Thou must set apart a speciall time to do these things, and do it without delay; it is in vain to put off work that must of necessity be done: Such is this pra­ctise of Repentance, therefore delay it not; if ever thou wilt repent (and if thou do not, there is no Salvati­on for thee) I say, if ever thou mean to Repent, why not now, this very day, while God giveth thee space to Repent? the longer thou deferrest it, the harder will the work be, besides, life is uncertain; and wofull and fearfull will be thy Condition after death, if thou dye in thy sins.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour sayes, he came to call sinners, &c. we may observe further, that sinners cannot Repent of themselves till they be called unto it of Christ; He must call them to it by the Ministery of his Word ordinarily, and by the inward operation of his Spirit, else they will never truly Repent and for­sake their sins, Luke 15. The lost sheep will never return of it self, if Christ seek it not up, and bring it home upon his shoulder. Zachaeus would never have Repented, if Christ had not called him; no more would Levi, the Publican, of whose calling we have heard before in this Chapter. The like may be said of Paul, who had never bin Converted, and bin brought to Repentance, if Christ had not Called him by his own voice from Heaven.

Reas. Reas. Every sinner by Nature, is dead in Trespasses and sins, Ephes. 2. 1. Now the dead cannot raise them­selves to life, no more can sinners raise themselves out of the death of sin unto spirituall life, by their own power, but they must first hear the voice of the Son of God calling them out of their sins, Joh. 5. 25. This voice of Christ is the Ministry of the Word, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. This confuteth those that think Repentance to be in their own power, and that they may repent when they list, and hereupon they presume to go on in their sins, purposing hereafter to repent when they see good. But let such take heed of thus presuming; and know, that Repentance is not at their command, they have no power of themselves to put it in practise when they please; but Christ must call them to it, and give them Grace to hate and forsake sin, and to lead a new life. Till Christ Call the sinner to Repentance, and ef­fectually work this Grace in his heart, he will never truly turn from his sins; Do not think therefore that thou canst Repent of thy self, thou mayest as easily melt a stone, or turn a stone into Flesh, as thou canst mollify thy own heart, and bring it to Godly sorrow, and true humiliation for sin, It is Christ that must work this in thee.

Use 2 Use 2. See how necessary it is for sinners to have the Word Preached unto them, this being that Voice of Christ by which he ordinarily calleth such unto Repentance; How carefull should all such be to provide so that they may live where the word of Christ is profitably and powerfully preached; seeing this is the Ordi­nary outward means by which Christ calleth sinners to Repentance, and without which ordinarily, none are called to it. Let all hardned sinners be admonished to wait and attend on this Ordinance of Christ, if they would be effectually called, and brought out of their sins; And let them hearken and be obedient to Christs calling, &c.

Use 3 Use 3 Such as have bin inabled to Repent, and to turn from their old sins, must learn to be truly thank­full to Christ, who hath called them to Repentance; they had remained still in their sins, if Christ had not shewed them mercy in calling them out of them: See how thankfull Paul was unto Christ for calling him to Repentance, 1 Tim. 1. 12.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further we learn here, that one main end of our Saviour Christs comming into the World, was to call and convert sinners, and to bring them to Repentance, Luke 19. 10. the Son of Man came to seek and to save that which was lost; that is, to call and convert lost sinners. Therefore being on Earth, he laboured greatly by his own preaching, to convert sinners: and not onely so, but he also ordained and appointed his Apostles, and other Ministers to succeed them; to this end, that by their preaching they might call and bring sinners to Repentance, Luke 24. 47. It behoved, that Repentance and remission of sins should be Preached in his name among all Nations, &c. To this end also was Paul sent, Act. 26. 18.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This should greatly encourage Sinners to come unto Christ by Faith, and by true Repentance and Humiliation for their Sins, in hope of Mercy and Pardon. For seeing He came into the World to this end, [Page 118] to call and invite Sinners to true Repentance: therefore surely, He will not reject or cast off those that come unto Him with humbled and broken hearts. Joh. 6. 37. Him that cometh to me, I will in no wise cast out. Be not therefore afraid to come unto Christ by Repentance and Humiliation of thy self; fear not to come to Him by the prayer of Faith, to sue for pardon of thy Sins. He that came to Call thee to Repentance, will not deny thee Mercy and Pardon upon thy true Repentance.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Seeing Christ himself came to call Sinners, and to bring them to Repentance, this shews how excellent a Work it is to be a means to convert Sinners, and to draw them to Repentance. How should this move us every one to imitate Christ in this? viz. in labouring the conversion of Sinners, using the best means we can to gain them to Repentance, that they may be saved. Though this be the Duty of Ministers in speciall, yet doth it concern also all Christians in their Places to use the best means they can by private In­struction, Admonition, &c. (as occasion is offered) for the calling of Sinners to Repentance.

Use 3. If Christ came to call Sinners to Repentance, then he did not come to give liberty unto any to live in Sin, or to commit Sin. And therefore such profane wretches, who think, that because Christ is come to dye for Sinners, therefore they may presume to sin more boldly; such, I say, are here reproved and con­demned as guilty of turning the Grace of Christ into wantonness: Know this therefore, That as Christ came to dye for Sinners, and to save Sinners; so He came also to call Sinners out of their Sins to Repentance, and to newness of Life. See also how great an abuse it is, to take liberty in sin, at the time of Christ's coming.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Lastly, In that by Sinners, our Saviour here meaneth such especially, as do feel themselves to be Sinners: Hence we learn, That our Saviour Christ came into the World chiefly to call such Sinners as are touched with sense and feeling of their own Sins. See Matth. 11. 28. He came indeed to call other Sinners also with an outward calling, but He is said chiefly to have come to call such as feel their Sins, because they only are willing and ready to submit themselves unto His calling, by coming out of their Sins, and for­saking them. Such were these Publicans, or some of them, as it is likely, which followed Christ, and sate at meat with Him in the House of Levi: for in that they followed after Christ; this argues, that they began to have some feeling of their Sins, and that they were willing to leave and forsake them. Therefore our Sa­viour saith here, that He came chiefly to call such to Repentance, because such as they were most fit to be called by Him; that is, most ready and willing to obey His calling.

Object. Object. Such as feel their Sins already, what need have they to be Called of Christ?

Answ. Answ. They have need to be called and brought to a more thorough and deep sense and feeling of their Sins.

Use. Use. Let all that have hitherto lived in Sin, labour for a sight and feeling of their Sin, that so they may be fit to be Called of Christ; that is, willing and ready to yield to his Calling, by forsaking their Sins, and turning to Him by a new course of Life. Till they see and feel their Sins, and the hainousness and danger of them, they will never be truly greived for them; much less come out of them, and forsake them, that they may follow Christ.

Mark 2. 18.‘And the Disciples of John and of the Pharisees used to Fast: and they come and say unto Him, Why do the Disciples of John and of the Pharisees fast, but thy Disciples fast not? July, 11. 1619.

FRom this 18, Ver. unto the 23, Ver. is laid down the fourth generall part of this Chapter, which contains a Conference had between the Disciples of John Baptist and the Pharisees, and our Saviour Christ con­cerning Fasting. In which we have two things to consider:

  • 1. A Question propounded by them unto our Saviour Christ, Ver. 18.
  • Use 1 2. The Answer of our Saviour unto that Question, Ver. 19, &c. unto the 23, Ver.

Touching the Question moved, we may consider three things especially.

  • 1. The Persons that propounded it, the Disciples of John and of the Pharisees.
  • 2. The Occasion of their question; which was, their custom or use of fasting: They used to fast.
  • 3. The Question it self, or the matter of their demand, viz. Why the Disciples of John and of the Pha­risees did fast, and the Disciples of Christ fasted not?

The Disciples of John,] That is, of John Baptist: And by his Disciples are meant, such as were called and converted by his Preaching, and became his followers in profession and practise.

And of the Pharisees,] That is, such as followed the Doctrine of the Pharisees, and were conformable to their manner of Life and Practise: For the Pharisees were publick Teachers of the Law of Moses. (See Matth. 23. 2.) although they did corrupt and deprave the Doctrine of it in their Teaching: Now those that followed their Teaching, and their superstitious manner of Living, are called their Disciples.

Used to Fast,] That is, to fast often: For so it is said, Matth. 9. 14. and Luke 5. 23. where prayer also is mentioned: Likely it i [...], that they had set times for fasting and prayer, which they usually observed and kept. Touching the Pharisees it is plain, that they used set times of Fasting, Luke 18. 12. I fast twice a week, saith the proud Pharisee there; and as themselves did, so, no doubt, did their Disciples. So also it is most likely, that John's Disciples used set times of fasting and prayer, which their Master prescribed unto them. Now although both the Disciples of John and of the Pharisees used set times of Fasting, yet with great difference: for John's Disciples used this exercise of Fasting in religious and conscionable manner; but the Disciples of the Pharisees used it in superstitious manner, and for vain-glory, as their Masters did; as may be gathered from Matth. 6. 16.

They come and say unto Him,] That is, the Disciples of John and of the Pharisees: For although St. Mat­thew do mention only John's Disciples; yet by St. Luke it is plain, that the Disciples of the Pharisees joyned with them.

Quest. Quest. How came it to pass that the Disciples of John did joyn with the Disciples of the Pharisees in mo­ving this question to Christ, seeing it did tend to the dishonour and reproach of Christ, whom John Baptist himself did so much honour and esteem: as we heard, Chap. 1. Ver. 7.

Answ. Answ. No doubt, but the Disciples of the Pharisees perswaded John's Disciples to joyn with them; that so by pretending the Name and Authority of John Baptist, they might more easily convince and put to silence our Saviour Christ, and that they might cause dissention between the Disciples of John and of Christ. And John's Disciples were the more easily drawn to joyn with them, because of some emulation and envy against our Saviour Christ, with which they were tainted; as may appear, Joh. 3. 26.

Why do the Disciples of John Fast, &c?] By this question they do closely reprove and find fault with our Saviour, for that his Disciples did not Fast so often as themselves did: As if they should have said thus, Thou professest as great holiness of life as John Baptist, or the Pharisees; yea greater: Why then dost thou give such liberty to thy Disciples to eat and drink at any time indifferently, whereas John and the Pharisees do teach and prescribe unto their Disciples set times of fasting, and that very often. So much in way of opening and clearing the sense of the words.

Now to gather some Observations from them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that it is said, touching the Disciples of John, that they used to Fast; but it is said afterward of the Disciples of Christ that they Fasted not: Hence we may observe a great difference between the Di­sciples of John and the Disciples of Christ in their outward manner of Life: John's Disciples used frequent and often fasting, and had set times appointed them of their Master for fasting and prayer: but on the other side, Christ's Disciples fasted not, neither tyed themselves to such set hours and times of fasting and prayers: And herein they both imitated their severall Masters. John's Disciples imitated him, for he was a man of a very strict and austere Life, using ordinarily also much fasting, as is likely, because it is said, Matth. 11. 18. He came neither eating nor drinking; that is, he did not give himself so much to eating and drinking as ordi­nary Men did: but often abstained and fasted. So also on the other side, Christ's Disciples followed the practise of their Master: For he came eating and drinking, as it is said Matth. 11. that is, he did ordinarily and at usuall times give himself to the use of Meats and Drinks, as other Men did, and did not use often fasting as John did. Thus we see, there was a great difference between the Disciples of Christ and of John Baptist in their outward manner of Life, in respect of Fasting.

Use. Ʋse. Hence gather, That there may be unity of Faith and Religion, among those that differ in some Points of outward Practise, and in some outward Religious Observations and Customs: John's Disciples used set times of Fasting, Christ's Disciples used no such set times of Fasting; yet were they all of one Faith and Re­ligion. And such difference of outward Rites, and religious Customs in smaller matters, there hath ever bin in severall particular Churches of antient time; which yet did not break the unity of Faith among them. Thus they had different Rites and Customs about Fasting: Some Churches used Fasting on the Saturdayes, and on the Sundayes, or Lord's-Dayes; and others did not. Some abstained from Fish and Flesh, some only from Flesh: So also about the use of the Sacraments, they had diverse Rites. Some received the Lord's Sup­per every Sabbath Day, and some not so often, &c. See touching these, and sundry other different Customs. Socrat. Lib. 5. Chap. 21. and Augustine Epist. 86. ad Casulanum, & Epist. 118. & 119. ad Januarium. We are not therefore absolutely to tye all Persons or Churches to the same Customs and Rites in every respect, nor yet to condemn all that differ from us in some smaller and circumstantiall matters, touching outward Rites and Ceremonies, if they be such as be indifferent in their own nature, and not repugnant to the Word of God.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Disciples of the Pharisees used to Fast as well as John's Disciples: we may observe, That Hypocrites and Wicked Men may be, and are sometimes very strict and forward in outward Duties of Religion, as well as good Christians. How forward and diligent were the Pharisees in the outward exercises of prayer, fasting, and keeping of the Sabbath: This we may observe in that proud boasting Pharisee, Luke 18. This we may also see in the Jews in the Prophet Esay's time, Esay 1. They brought a multitude of Sa­crifices, and were very strict in keeping their new Moons and Sabbaths, and yet were they but Hypocrites, and wicked in their Lives: for their hands were full of Blood, Ver. 15. See also Mich. 6. 6. How forward Hy­pocrites are in outward Services and Duties of Religion. We see it also in Cain, who was forward to offer Sacrifice as well as Abel, Gen. 4. Thus also Hypocrites and Wicked Men are sometimes forward in hea­ring the Word, and in receiving of the Sacraments. Herod heard John gladly, Mark 6. 20. and Judas heard Christ's preaching as well as the other Apostles: And Simon Magus received the Sacrament of Bap­tism, as well as others that truly believed, Acts 8. In a word, there is no outward Duty of Religion, but an Hypocrite and Wicked Man may perform it outwardly, as well as the good Christian.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See how many delude themselves, in thinking that they are Religious enough; because they are outwardly Baptized, and come to Church, and hear and receive the Word and Sacraments outwardly, and use set times of prayer, publick and private: whereas all these things may be done by a formall Hypocrite, and one that hath no soundness of Religion at all in him. These Duties are good and necessary to be done, but they are no sure Notes or Arguments to prove such as do them, to be good Christians.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Rest not therefore in the outward performance of Religious Duties of prayer, fasting, hearing the Word, receiving the Sacraments; as if the outward work done were enough, and as much as God requireth: but labour above all to perform Duties of Religion in due and right manner, so as God may accept of them. And to this end, practise three Rules.

  • 1. Labour to do all Religious Duties in Faith, believing and being perswaded that our Persons are accep­ted of God through Christ, and so that in Him our works please Him. Thus Abel offered his Sacrifice by Faith, which made it acceptable to God. Hebr. 11. 4. and Rom. 14. Whatsoever is not of Faith is Sin.
  • 2. Joyn the inward Service of the heart with the outward performance of Religious Duties. Joh. 4. 24. God will be worshipped in Spirit and Truth, 1 Cor. 6.
  • 3. Aym at the right end; namely, the glory of God, in all religious Services which we perform: Look not at Sinister ends, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that John's Disciples at the motion and perswasion of the Disciples of the Pharisees, did joyn themselves with them in taking exception against Christ for his not Fasting so often as themselves did; herein they shewed great infirmity: for so doing, they offended diversly.

  • [Page 120]1. In joyning themselves in league and society with the Disciples of the Pharisees, whom their Master John Baptist, had so sharply taxed and reproved for Hypocrites and Wicked Men, Matth. 3. 7.
  • 2. In that they presume to find fault with Christ, for not training up his Disciples to a stricter course of Life.
  • 3. In that they seem to be tainted with vain-glory, in boasting after a sort of their own Fasting, thereby shewing that they too much pleased themselves therein.

In all these respects they offended, and hereby discovered great corruption and infirmity, though other­wise, no doubt, they were good and holy Men: Now from hence we learn, That good Christians are not without their corruptions, and sinnes of infirmity. Jam. 5. 17. Eliah himself was a man subject to passions; that is, to humane corrupt affections. Jam. 3. 2. In many things we offend all: Even the best Men. We have examples of this in Abraham, Moses, Job, David, Jonah, and many others, whose corruptions and sins of infirmity are recorded in Scripture, notwithstanding that otherwise they were indued with excellent gra­ces of God's Spirits. The Apostles themselves were not free from corruptions, as we see in Peter, and in Paul, and Barnabas, Acts 15. 39.

Reas. Reas. The sanctification of God's Children is imperfect in this Life: the corruption of sin is but in part mortified in them; therefore there are still some remainders of corruption in them, during this Life, so long as they carry this body of Death about them.

Use 1 Use 1. This is for the comfort of such weak Christians, who, because of their great corruptions and infir­mities, and because of their often faylings in Duty, and slips into sin through weakness, are apt to be discou­raged, and to fear and doubt that they are not God's Children. Such must know, That if they see and feel their own corruptions and faylings, and do truly mourn and grieve for them, and if withall they hate them and strive against them, their estate is good before God, notwithstanding all their infirmities and frailties: and it is with them no otherwise then it hath ever been with other Saints and Children of God. A good Christi­an in this Life is not such a one as hath no infirmities or corruptions, but one that hateth and striveth against his corruptions; such a one Paul sets forth himself to be, Rom. 7. A Child of God is not one that never sin­neth or falleth through infirmity; but such a one as seeth his own falls and slips, and is humbled truly for them, daily mourning for them, and bewayling them: and one that is more and more watchfull over himself, to prevent such falls for time to come. Examine whether it be thus with thee, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Not so to admire holy men, as to addict and tye our selves to their example in every thing; but to follow them onely so far as they do well.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that the Disciples of John and of the Pharisees do here demand of Christ, why his Disciples did not Fast as often as themselves, thereby taxing and blaming Him for not training up His Disciples to do as they did: Hence observe, That it is a naturall corruption and fault in men, to desire to tye others to their own example and practise in every thing: and therefore to condemn and judge hardly of all that differ from them in practise; yea, though it be in small and circumstantiall matters that are in their own nature indiffe­rent, and not simply commanded or forbidden in the Word of God. To keep set times of Fasting was a thing indifferent in our Saviour's time: yet because these Disciples of John and of the Pharisees used it, they would needs tye and bind Christs Disciples to their own practise; and therefore they blame Christ himself, and them also, for that they did not do as themselves did: This shews how naturall it is to men to desire that others should be tyed to their example and practise in every thing. This we may see, Acts 15. in the Jews, who would needs urge the Gentiles to be circumcised, and to keep the Ceremoniall Law, as themselves did. See Ver. 1, & 5. On the contrary, the Gentiles would have the Jews live as they did, and follow their example: and therefore they spake evil of them that would not do so; as we may see, 1 Pet. 4. 4.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Take heed of this Sin which is so naturall to us, viz. this desiring and seeking to bind others to be conformable in every thing to our example. In things which we know to be not only lawfull, but necessary, being commanded in the Word of God; we may and ought to desire that others should follow our good example: But there are some things in which we may not tye others to our example; namely, in things in­different in their own nature, being neither simply forbidden, nor simply commanded in the Word of God: In the use of these, we are not to tye others absolutely to our practise in every respect, but we must be conrent that their practise differ from ours, knowing and remembring that there is great difference in the consciences of Christians, touching the use of things indifferent, some mens consciences being weak, and some stronger; some also being otherwise informed then others, touching the using or not using of such things: and there­fore we must beware of condemning or judging amisse of others, onely because their practise differeth from ours in the use or omission of such indifferent things. Rom. 14. 2, 3. One believeth that he may eat all things, another who is weak eateth Hearbs. Let not him that eateth, despise him that eateth not: and let not him which eat­eth not, judge him that eateth: For God hath received him.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Now further, if in the use of things different, we may not tye others to our example, then much lesse may we do this in the practise of sin and of things simply unlawfull and forbidden in the Word of God: this therefore must be far from us.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. In that the Disciples of the Pharisees go about to cause dissention and debate between Christ's Disciples and John's Disciples about Fasting; Hence observe, that it is the property of wicked men to sow the Seeds of strife and dissention in the Church, among good men and Professours of Religion. This is Sa­tan's Policy to set such on work, to make debate and discord among Christian Brethren, that by this means he may hinder the course of the Gospel. In the Apostles times, the unbelieving Jews stirred up much strife and contention in the Churches planted by the Apostles, touching the Use of the Ceremonies of Moses Law. And so in all Ages and Times of the Church since, there hath been many wicked Hereticks who have stirred up great dissentions in the Church.

Ʋse. Use. Take heed that we have no hand in stirring up contention and discord in the Church of God; Let not the Devil use us as his Instruments to this purpose. Remember, that it is the practise of wicked men. See Rom. 16. 17.

Mark 2. 19, 20, 21, 22. ‘And Jesus said unto them, Can the Children of the Bride-chamber fast while the Bride-groom is with them? As long as they have the Bride-groom with them, they cannot fast. But the dayes will come, when the Bride-groom shall be taken away from them, and then shall they fast in those dayes. No man also seweth a piece of new Cloth on an old Garment, else the new piece that filled it up taketh away from the old, and the rent is made worse: And no man putteth new Wine into old Bottles, else the new Wine doth burst the Bottles, and the Wine is spilled, and the Bottles will be marred; But new Wine must be put into new Bottles.’

VVEE have heard of the Question moved by the Disciples of John and of the Pharisees unto our Sa­viour Christ, concerning Fasting; in which they demanded why his Disciples fasted not, seeing themselves used often to fast?

Now followeth the Answer of our Saviour unto their Question, in which he sheweth and proveth against them, that it was not expedient for his Disciples to be tyed, at that time, to such a strict course of Fasting as they tyed themselves unto: This he proveth by two Reasons.

The first drawn from the Circumstance of the present time, which was such as did not sute or agree well with Fasting: Christ, the Bride-groom of the Church, being now present with them, and his Disciples be­ing (as it were) the Children of the Bride-Chamber, so long as they had the presence and company of the Bride-groom with them, it was a fitter time for them to rejoice than to mourn and fast, ver. 19. And this is amplifyed further ver. 20. by the contrary time to come, when the Bride-groom should be taken from them, which time should be a time fitter for Fasting.

The second Reason is drawn from the consideration of the weakness of his Disciples; in regard whereof they were not fit to be urged as yet to the frequent exercise of Fasting, it being a strait and hard course of life, which weaker Christians (such as his Disciples yet were, being but newly and lately called,) were not able to undertake and go through with. Now this weakness of his Disciples and their unfitness to be urged to such a strait and hard course of often Fasting, is set forth by a double comparison; the one taken from an old Garment, which by reason of the weakness and rottenness of it, is not fit to have a new strong piece of cloath sowed unto it, lest by this means the new piece, being too strong for the old Garment, do make the rent worse. The other Comparison is taken from old Bottles, which by reason of their oldness and weak­ness are unfit to have new and strong Wine put into them, lest by reason of the strength of it, striving for vent, it burst the Bottles, and so both Wine and Bottles be marred. Now both these comparisons are used onely to shew how unfit Christ's Disciples were to be tyed and bound to fast; even as unfit as an old Gar­ment is to be pieced with a piece of new and strong cloath, and as old Bottles are unfit to hold new and strong Wine.

Children of the Bride-Chamber] That is, Christ's Disciples, so called in respect of their near familiarity with Christ, the Bride-groom of the Church, in as much as they were his ordinary companions whilst he li­ved upon Earth. The Phrase is borrowed from the Hebrews, who call those Children of any thing, who do properly belong, or are peculiarly appointed, unto that thing, whereof they are said to be Children: So they call, Children of death, and Children of destruction, such as are appointed unto death and destruction; Children of the Kingdom, such as belong to the Kingdom, &c. So here, Children of the Bride-Chamber, that is, such as were familiar companions of Christ, the spiritual Bride-groom, and belonging after a special manner to his Bride-Chamber, as it were.

Can they fast?] That is, Is it meet they should be urged to this strait course and practice of frequent Fast­ing? q. d. It is not fit they should be tyed to it.

By Fasting] is meant, religious Fasting; which is a voluntary abstaining from Meat and Drink for a time, for a religious end.

But the dayes shall come when the Bride-groom shall be taken from them,] namely, when Christ himself should be taken away from them, in regard of his bodily presence; for otherwise, in regard of his spiritual presence, He was never taken from them, Matth. 28. 20. This was to be fulfilled afterward, partly at the time of his death, and partly at his ascension and going up into Heaven after he rose from death. Thus much of the meaning of the words contained in the 19, and 20. Verses.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here is mention made, first of the Bride-groom's being present with Christ's Disciples, and afterward of his being taken from them: Hence learn, that the outward estate and condition of the faithful, in this life, is not alwayes alike, but variable and changeable: One while they are in outward prosperity, an­other while they are in adversity and affliction. Thus it was with these Disciples of Christ; One while they had Christ the Bride-groom present with them, and this was a prosperous time with them, for his presence was most sweet and comfortable to them many wayes: Another while afterward they were deprived of his heavenly society and company, and this was a time of sorrow and affliction unto them. Thus it hath been with others of the faithful; sometimes their estate hath been more prosperous and comfortable, sometimes more afflicted and uncomfortable. Joseph, one while in great affliction, being sold by his Brethren for a Slave to the Ismaelites; another while in prosperity, being advanced to great Dignity in Aegypt, and into spe­cial favour with the King himself. Job, one while rich and abounding in Wealth, and Children, and all out­ward prosperity; another while in grievous afflictions of all sorts. David, one while persecuted by Saul, and driven to fly into the Wilderness, and there to live and remain for a time; another while settled quietly in his Kingdom, and flourishing in it. Daniel also was one while in great favour with Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon, and with Darius King of Persia; another while in great trouble and danger, being accused falsly and cast into a Den of Lions.

Use. Use. This must teach all God's Children to make accompt of this, That their outward estate in this life shall not continue alwayes at one stay, or in one and the same tenure, but that it is subject to Change and Alte­ration. Sometimes they may be in outward prosperity, health, wealth, &c. but they must not think this will alwayes continue, but look for a time of affliction and trouble to follow and succeed it. The Marriage­day is a time of Feasting and Rejoycing, but it doth not last alwayes, neither doth the Bride-groom continue [Page 122] alwayes with his Companions and Guests, but for a time onely, and then there is a parting of them asunder▪ So it is with the Prosperity of God's Children in this life; though they may enjoy it for a time (when God sends it), yet it will not alway continue, neither must they look it should; therefore they must not in prospe­rity grow secure or careless, as if they could never be moved from that estate, but in their prosperity prepare for the cross and affliction. On the contrary side, when they are in affliction and trouble, they are not to faint or be dismayed, nor to cast away all hope of comfort or deliverance; for God is able to change their estate, and to give them prosperity in stead of Affliction, and he will do it in due time, if he see it good for them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that our Saviour shews, that it was not so fit for his Disciples now to fast, while him­self, who was the Bridegroom, was with them; but that afterward, when the Bride-groom should be taken away, then it should be a fitter time for Fasting: Hence we learn, that Christians should carry themselves agreeably and answerably to their outward estate and condition in this life; in Prosperity it is fit for them to rejoyce and to be cheerful: In adversity and affliction it is fitter to give themselves to Fasting and Mour­ning for their sins, and to humble themselves under the hand of God, Eccles. 3. 4. There is a time to weep and a time to laugh, a time to mourn and a time to dance; not that there is any time for foolish Laughter, or wan­ton Dancing, but to shew that there is some time fitter for honest, moderate, and lawful Mirth and Rejoy­cing than other times are, and that is the time of Prosperity. To this purpose also is that, Jam. 5. 13. Is any any afflicted? Let him pray: Is any merry? Let him sing. Which shews that there should be a difference in the outward behaviour of Christians, in the time of Affliction, and in the time of Prosperity; Praying, Fasting, and Mourning is fittest for the one; and Christian Mirth and Rejoycing doth best beseem the o­ther.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This reproveth those that use Mirth and Mourning, Feasting and Fasting unseasonaby, and so as is not sutable with their present outward estate and condition. Some mourn and afflict themselves too much with heaviness and pensiveness at such time when they have more cause to rejoyce and to be cheerful, in respect of the manifold Blessings of God which they enjoy. Others, on the contrary, give themselves to Mirth, Jolli­ty, and Feasting, at such time when they have more cause of Fasting and Mourning, in regard of God's hand which is upon them, some way or other, for their sins: Like unto those Isa. 22. 12. In that day did the Lord God of Hosts call to Weeping, and to Mourning, and to Baldness, and to Girding with Sack-cloth: And behold, Joy and Gladness, slaying of Oxen, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, in that our Saviour calls himself the Bride-groom, we are taught, that he is indeed the true and onely spiritual Bridegroom and Husband of his Church, and that the true Church is his Bride or espoused Wife: Revel. 21. 9. The Church is called, The Bride, the Lamb's Wife; that is, the Wife of Christ, that unspotted Lamb of God which taketh away the sins of the World. 2 Cor. 11. 2. The Apostle saith, he had espoused them to one Husband, that he might present them as a chast Virgin to Christ. Ephes. 5. 23. The Husband is the Head of the Wife, as Christ is the Head of the Church. Hos. 2. 19. The Lord saith, he will betroth (or marry) his Church to him for ever, &c. This is true of Christ, that he hath betrothed his Church to himself for ever, in a spiritual manner. So Psal. 45. and in the Canticles, Christ is resembled to a Husband, and the Church to his Spouse and Wife. See also Matth. 22. 2. Now Christ is said to be the Spouse or Husband of the Church, in regard of that neer spiritual Union which is between him and the Church, which is fitly resembled by the Union that is between Man and Wife. And this Resemblance stands in sundry things, but chiefly in these;

1. As the Union between man and Wife is between two onely, and no more; according to that Matth. 19. 5. Two shall be one Flesh; So the Union between Christ and his Church, is between two and no more, for there is but one Christ, and one true Church, though that one Church have many particular Mem­bers.

2. As the Union between Husband and Wife is made by a mutuall consent of both parties, given each to other, so in the Mysticall and Spirituall Union of Christ and the Church, there is a mutual consent between both parties for the making up of this Spirituall contract and Marriage. Christ gives his consent, and shews it two wayes.

1. By his readiness to take our Nature upon him, and to be made Man, to the end, that there might be a correspondence and likeness of nature between himself, and his Spouse or Wife the Church. See Hebr. 2. 11. He that sanctifieth, and they that are sanctified, are of one, &c.

2. He shews his consent to this Marriage, by giving and imparting his Spirit unto his Church, and to eve­ry faithfull member of it, by which he testifyeth his Love to them; and therefore this Spirit is called a Seal and earnest-penny, Ephes. 1. And 1 Joh. 3. 24. it is said, Hereby we know that he dwelleth in us by his Spirit which he hath given unto us. The Church gives her consent by Faith, &c.

3. The Union between Husband and Wife is a true and reall Union, not imaginary onely; they are truly and really united both in respect of their Bodies, and in respect of their Hearts; so also is there a true and reall Union between Christ and his Church, whereby every faithfull member of it is really joyned, and knit unto the whole person of Christ, first and immediately to his humane nature, and so by his humane Nature, unto his Divine Nature or God-head. See 1 Cor. 10. 16. and 1 Cor. 6. 17.

4. The Union between Husband and Wife, is very strait and near, they are said to be two in one Flesh; so the Spiritual union between Christ and the Church is a most near and strait conjunction; Whence the faithfull are said to be members of his body, of his Flesh, and of his bones, Ephes. 5. 30.

5. By reason of the Union betwixt Husband and Wife, the Wife comes to partake with her Husband in all that is his, viz. in his body, in his goods, in his Honour, &c. so by reason of the strait union between Christ and the Church, it comes to passe that the Church is partaker, not onely of Christs person, but also of all that is his, of all Spirituall benefits which he hath by his death and obedience purchased for it, as forgive­ness of sins, Gods favour, and Salvation it self, 1 Cor. 1. 30.

Use 1 Use 1. See by this, the great happiness of true Believers, in that Christ is their Bridegroom or Husband, and they his Bride or espoused Wife; they are as nearly united to him as man and Wife, yea, much more [Page 123] nearly: How great an Honour is it? Marriage in it self is Honourable, much more to be Married to some great and Honourable person, as to a King; but this is above all Honours, to be Married or Espoused unto Christ by Faith. This may comfort the Faithfull against all reproaches and disgraces which they meet with in the World. Besides, as it is an honour, so is it also a wonderfull Priviledge in other respects to have Christ our Bridegroom or Husband, for he being so, will protect us, and take care of us in all Estates and times, as the loving Husband doth for the Wife: yea, which is more, he being our Husband, we have right to be par­takers of all Spiritual benefits which he hath purchased at the hands of his Father for us. Labour then for true Faith, whereby thou mayest be married unto Christ, &c.

Use 2 Use. 2. This also must teach the Faithfull to carry themselves towards Christ, so as becommeth a good Wife towards her own Husband; especially to be carefull of yielding unto him the duties of true love and Loyall obedience, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. It is said, ver. 20. When the Bridegroom shall be taken from them, then they shall fast; that is, When Christ should be taken from them in regard of the presence of his humane Nature; the reason is, because that should be a time of great Affliction, and trouble unto them, not onely in regard of the losse of his most sweet and comfortable society, but also in regard of the grievous Persecutions which should be stir­red up against them immediately after Christs Ascention, as may appear in the Acts of the Apostles.

Now then, from hence we may gather, that the time of great Affliction, is one fit time for the use and ex­ercise of Religious Fasting. We have examples in Scripture of the use of it in such times, Judg. 20. 26. when the Israelites had bin twice put to flight in battell by the Benjamites, and two great slaughters were made of them, they came all to the house of God, and wept and Fasted till evening, 2 Chron. 20. 3. When Jeh [...]sa­phat and his people were in a great strait, by reason of the great Army of the Moabites and Ammonites com­ming against him, he proclaimed a Fast &c. So Hest. 4. 16. when the Jews were in danger to be cut off and slain, Hester and they gave themselves to Fasting. So the Ninevites Fasted when they feared the Destruction of their City, [...]onah 3. See also Joel ch. 1. 2.

So then in times of great and extraordinary calamity, affliction, or danger, Fasting is an exercise fit to be used.

The reason is, 1. Because it is a means in that Case to Testify our extraordinary Humiliation before God for our sins which are the procuring causes of such great troubles and Afflictions, Joel. 2. 12.

2. It is a means to quicken and stir us up to more earnest Prayer and supplication unto God for mercy and pardon of our sins, and for the removall of his Judgments and chastisements; therefore Prayer and Fasting are often joyned together in Scripture, because the latter is a speciall help and furtherance to the for­mer.

So much of the first Reason used by our Saviour, to prove that it was not fit for his Disciples to be tyed to Fasting, as the Disciples of John and the Pharises were.

Now to speak something also of the second Reason, taken from their Infirmity and weakness, Verse 21. and 22.

No man also seweth a peice of new Cloath, &c.] The purpose of our Saviour in these two comparisons, is to shew, that it is not onely unfit and unexpedient, but also hurtfull and dangerous to urge or tye his Disciples, being as yet but young Christians to a strict course of Fasting; even as it is a thing not onely unfit, but hurt­full also, to piece an old Garment with strong new Cloath, and to put strong new Wine into old Ves­sels.

Observ. Observ. Hence then we learn, that it is a matter hurtfull and dangerous unto young and weak Christians, to be urged and tyed to the performance of such Religious Duties as are too difficult for them, and above their strength; as to be tyed or urged to often and much Fasting, and afflicting of their bodies by outward Humiliation; so also to be tyed to Pray, Meditate, Hear, or read the Word oftner or longer time then ei­ther their affections will hold out, or their strength of body endure.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. This is a means to discourage such weak Christians, and so to hinder their progresse in Christi­anity.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is also a likely means to bring them to perform Religious Duties in Hypocrisy, that is, so as to rest onely in the outward work done, in performance of them.

Use. Use. Have respect to the weakness of others, and take heed of urging or pressing them to those things which are beyond their power, lest by this means we do them much more hurt then good, by discouraging them in their Christian course. Remember that all Christians are not of like strength, but some are weaker in Faith, and indued with a smaller measure of Grace then others, which must therefore be supported and born withall in Love. It was the fault of the Pharisees to bind heavy burthens, and grievous to be born, and lay them on mens shoulders, &c. Matth. 23. 4. The like do the Papists at this day, in tying those to single life who have not the Gift of continency; and in binding those to abstinence from certain meats at certain times, who are unfit to abstain from such meats at such times in respect of their health, or in respect of the natural constitution of their bodies. What is this, but to few new Cloath into an old Garment, or to put new and strong Wine into old and weak vessells?

Mark 2. 23, 24.‘And it came to passe, that he went through the Corn fields on the Sabbath Day, and his Disciples July, 25. 1619. began as they went, to pluck the Ears of Corn. And the Pharisees said unto him, Why do they on the Sabbath-day that which is not lawfull?’

NOW followeth the fifth and last particular History recorded in this Chapter, which contains our Sa­viour Christ's defence of his Disciples against the cavill and exception of the Pharisees made against them for plucking ears of Corn on the Sabbath. And this History reacheth from the 23 verse to the end of this chapter. In it we have to consider three things.

1. The occasion of the Pharisees cavill and exception, ver. 23. which was twofold.

  • [Page 124]1. The journeying of Christs Disciples through the Corn fields upon the Sabbath day.
  • 2. Their plucking of the ears of Corn as they went.

The second thing is the Cavill of the Pharisees, ver. 24. in which they do reason and question with our Saviour about the unlawfull fact of his Disciples, as they accompted it, Why do they on the Sabbath-Day, &c.

The third thing is, Our Saviour's answer to their cavill, and his defence of his Disciples practice, verse 25. &c.

[...]. On the Sabbaths] That is, upon one of the Sabbath dayes; the Plural number for the singu­lar. So Mark 1. 21. Luke 6. 1. calleth it [...]. which some think is a word compounded of [...] and [...]; and that it is to be translated, The second Sabbath after the first; as it is in our En­glish Translation; and so they understand it to be meant not of the ordinary Weekly Sabbath, but of the last day of one of the three extraordinary yearly Feasts (of the Passover, Pentecost, or Feast of Tabernacles) which were to be kept for seven dayes together; and of these seven dayes, the first and the last were to be kept as solemn Sabbaths. See Beza on the place.

Others think the Word to be compounded rather of [...] and [...], and so that it should be Transla­ted, The first Sabbath after the Morrow, or after the second day; meaning the second day of the Passover, or the Morrow after the first solemn day of that yearly Feast, because by the Law of God, Levit. 23. 15. they were from that second day of the Passover, to begin their reckoning of all the ordinary Sabbaths following, untill the Feast of Pentecost; and so they understand that place of Luke, to be meant of the first Sabbath, which followed immediately after that second day of the Passover. So Scaliger upon Eusebius in his Canon. Isagogic. lib. 3. pag. 217. Also Casaub. contra Baron. exercit. 14. pag. 309. And this seems to me the most probable Opinion.

Quest. Quest. Was it lawfull for our Saviour and his Disciples to Travel on the Sabbath Day?

Answ. Answ. Though it was unlawfull to travell long journeyes upon worldly businesses on that day, yet to tra­vell or go some short way, and that for a Religious end and purpose, was lawfull.

Now most likely it is, that our Saviour at this time went to some Synagogue to Preach, as his Custome was on the Sabbath dayes, and that he went not far off: his Disciples accompanied him to hear him. It was a Sabbath-dayes journey, such as is mentioned, Act. 1. 12. Mount Olivet was from Jerusalem a Sabbath-dayes journey. Some think it was three quarters of a Mile, or somewhat more; but it cannot be certainly defined how far it was; It was (no doubt) so far as they might conveniently travell on the Sabbath day, for some Religious end, without hinderance to the sanctifying of the Sabbath.

Observ. Observ. Here then we learn, That it is lawfull on the Sabbath-Day to go a Sabbath-Dayes Journey; that is, to travel so far as one may conveniently, without hinderance to the Duties of the Sabbath; that is, with­out spending too much time in travel, and without such weariness of mind or body, as may make one unfit for the Duties of God's Service: yet so, as withall this travelling must be for some religious end and purpose, as to hear the Word, or to receive the Sacraments, or to the like end. 2 King. 4. 23. They used on the Sabbath to travell to the Prophets to be instructed. And Acts 16. 13. Paul and his company went out on the Sabbath-Day to a place by a Rivers side, where prayer used to be made.

But this makes nothing at all for defence or excuse of those, who are wont to make Journeys on the Sabbath upon worldly businesses, nor yet for those that are wont to travell too far on that Day, so as to hin­der themselves from performing the ordinary Duties of that Day in due manner. So much of the first occa­sion of the Pharisees Cavilling.

The second follows, viz. The Fact of Christ's Disciples in plucking ears of Corn, as they went. Luke 6. 1. it is said further, That they did eat them, rubbing them in their hands. This they did for the quenching of their present hunger; as appeareth, Matth. 12. 1. And though it were in another's Corn, yet by the Law they were permitted to pluck ears, so that they did not move a sickle into it. See Deut. 13. ult. Now our Saviour could have either kept his Disciples from hunger, (if it had pleased Him) or else He could have fed them miraculously as he fed thousands at other times with a few Loavs and Fishes: but He suffered them at this time to want food, and to indure hunger, that by this means they might be fitted for the bearing of grea­ter afflictions afterward.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see, That good Christians may be, and are sometimes, afflicted with outward and bodily necessities. Christ suffereth his own Disciples to want bodily food, and to suffer hunger for a time, in so much that they were fain to pluck eats of Corn, as they went by the way for the satisfying of their hunger. So it is said afterward, Ver. 25. that David was in need and hunger: So Paul, 2 Cor. 11. 27. saith of himself, That he was often in hunger and thirst, in fastings, in cold, and nakednesse. The like we read of Lazarus in that Para­ble, Luke 16, he was so poor, that he sat at the rich man's Gate begging. See also, 2 Cor. 8. 2.

Reas. Reas. Temporall Blessings of this Life are promised conditionally to the Faithfull; that is, onely so far as God seeth them good and fit for them. Psal. 34. 16. They that seek the Lord, shall not want any good thing: They shall want nothing that God seeth good for them. But sometimes he seeth it to be more profitable for them to be tryed with necessity and want, that it may be a means to humble them, and to teach them in time of want to rest by Faith upon God's providence.

Object. Object. Psal. 37. 25. I have been young, and am now old, yet have I not seen the Righteous forsaken, nor his seed begging Bread.

Answ. Answ. 1. David speaketh of his own particular experience; neither is it necessary to extend it unto all Times.

2. He doth not say, he never knew them in want; but that he never knew them utterly forsaken of God, or to be in such extremity, as to perish for want of outward things.

Use. 1 Ʋse 1. This condemns the blind judgment of the World, and of carnall Men, who think those not to be beloved of God, which suffer poverty, and want of outward Blessings, as Food, Rayment, and the like ne­cessaries for this Life. But Eccles. 9. 1, 2. Solomon sheweth, That we cannot know the love or hatred of God, by the enjoying or wanting of the outward things of this Life, because all these come alike to all Men, [Page 125] both to Good and Bad. If the want of these were an argument of God's hatred, then we must conclude, that Christ's Disciples were not beloved, but hated of him, because he suffered them to want Food: and the like we might conclude of Paul and Lazarus, that because they were in want and necessity, therefore they were not beloved of God: But it must be far from us so to think, God doth sometimes with-hold these out­ward Blessings from his Children in love, and for good to humble them, and fortryall of their Faith and Patience, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. This must teach us to be well content to suffer want of outward things, as Meat, Drink, Rayment, &c. and to live in any poor and mean estate in this Life, if God see it good to try us with it; seeing many dear Servants and Children of God have endured the want of such things: what are we, that we should re­pine at it, or refuse to endure the like? Christ himself suffered Hunger, Thrist, Poverty, &c. that He might sanctifie these to us; and to reach us the more willingly to bear them, if God call us to it.

Observ. 1 Observ. 2. Further we may learn here the practise of sobriety and moderation of our selves in our Dyet, and in the use of God's Creatures for our Food, after the example of Christ and His Disciples; whose fare was so short and mean, that the Disciples were glad to pluck ears of Corn, and to feed on them as they went by the High way. So John Baptist fed upon Locusts and wild Honey, which was mean and ordinary fare, such as was to be had in the Wildernesse. This must teach us moderation and temperance in Dyet, to eat and drink for strength, and not to gluttony or drunkennesse, Eccles. 10. 17. And to this purpose is that pre­cept of Solomon, Prov. 23. 2. Put the knife to thy throat, if thou be a man given to appetite; that is, Be circum­spect in eating, and bridle thy appetite, that thou do not exceed measure.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This condemns the intemperance and excesse in Dyet, that is used by too many now a-dayes. For that is verified of our times, which our Saviour saith, Matth. 24. 38. of the Dayes of Noah, they were eating and drinking; that is, they gave themselves to excessive Eating and Drinking, more like brute Beasts then Men, (as the word in the Original does imply); even so it is with many in these times: in which the Sins of gluttony and drunkennesse are grown so common and ordinary (especially in some place), that they are made but light of. But how light soever some make of them, these are such Sins for which the wrath of God cometh upon Men; yea, sometimes upon whole Nations and Countries. And we may think, that among other great and crying Sins of this Land, even these Sins of Gluttony and Drunkennesse are one speciall cause moving the Lord to punish us (as He hath done of late), with such unseasonable weather, threatning to de­prive us of the Fruits of the Earth. So much of the occasions of the Pharisees Cavilling at the Disciples of Christ.

Now followes the Cavill or exception it self. [De Scribis & Pharisaeis Vide Ludov. Vivem in Augustin. de civ. Dei. Lib. 18. Cap. 39. Vide etiam Casaub. in Baron. Appar. Numb. 8. Sect. 9. p. 56. & Drus. de Sect.]

Ver. 24. And the Pharisees said unto them, Behold, &c.

The Pharisees were a certain Sect among the Jews, most of them publick Teachers, Expounders of the Law of Moses, but very corruptly. See Matth. 23. 2. they professed great holiness of Life: Whence it is called the most strait Sect of the Jewish Religion, Acts 26. 5. They were also of great accompt; and yet the truth is, that they were grosse Hypocrites (as our Saviour often calls them), having but a shew of Reli­gion without the power of it: For although they made great shew of the strict observance of the Law (es­pecially of the Ceremoniall Law), yet they lived in many grosse sins, contrary to the Morall Law, as in Co­vetousnesse, Bribery, Oppression, and the like; which our Saviour reproveth in them, Matth. 23. Now these Pharisees (such as they were) were great enemies to our Saviour Christ; and of all other Men, most rea­dy and forward for the most part to Cavill at Him, and at his Disciples.

They said unto Him,] Luke 6. 2. They spake it also to the Disciples themselves: And it is likely, they first spake it to them, and afterward to Christ himself; but their chief aym was to cavill at Christ himself, and to reprove Him for not teaching his Followers to keep the Sabbath better.

Behold!] A note of admiration, shewing that they wondered at the matter, that our Saviour would suffer his Disciples so to profane the Sabbath.

Why do they on the Sabbath Day that which is not lawfull?] Thus they take it for granted, That it was unlaw­full on the Sabbath to pluck ears of Corn, &c. and yet it was not so, but onely in their superstitious and ig­norant conceipt. For,

  • 1. It was no such work as must of necessity hinder them from sanctifying the Sabbath, they might do it without any hinderance to the holy Duties of that Day.
  • 2. Besides, it was a work of Mercy, which was necessary for the present time, for the satisfying of their hunger; and therefore it was lawfull to be done, as our Saviour proveth in his Answer to them, by the exam­ple of David, who was dispensed with for breach of the Ceremoniall Law in a like Case of necessity. Here­in therefore the Pharisees shewed their ignorance and malice against Christ and his Disciples, in charging them wrongfully, as Breakers of the Sabbath.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that these Pharisees accuse Christ's Disciples as Sabbath-Breakers, when indeed they were not guilty thereof; we may observe the property of malice, which is to lay false Crimes to the charge of others, and to make faults in others when there are none. Thus the malicious Scribes and Pharisees often dealt with our Saviour and his Disciples, falsly accusing them of Crimes, whereof they were not guilty. So we heard before in this Chapter, how when he forgave the sins of the Sick of the Palsy, the Scribes charged him with Blasphemy. So also when he companyed with Publicans and Sinners for their good, and to be a means of their conversion, the Scribes and Pharisees blamed Him, as one that had too much familiarity with Sinners. So at other times they charged Him with false Crimes, when He cast out Devils from the Possessed; they said, He did it by the help of Beelzebub. When they saw Him Eat and Drink after the manner of other Men, they accused Him as a Glutton and Wine-Bibber; these false accusations proceeded from their malice against our Saviour, and against His Disciples. And this might be further shewed by sundry other exam­ples of those, that out of malice have laid false Crimes to the charge of others. It was malice in Joseph' [...] Mistress which caused her to accuse him falsly: So against David, Psal. 35. It was malice in the Jews that caused them to suborn false witnesses to accuse Steven as one that had spoken Blasphemy against God [Page 126] and Moses, Acts 6. 11. It was malice in Tertullus, that made him accuse Paul as a Pestilent Fellow &c. Acts 24.

Use 1 Use 1. See what to judge of those that lay false and forged Crimes against others, without any sufficient evidence or ground at all: They shew themselves to be malicious persons, such as these Pharisees here men­tioned. Rom. 1. 29, 30. The Heathen were full of malice, and they were Inventers of evil things.

Use 2. If we would not shew our Selves to be malicious, let this be far from us; to charge others wrong­fully with such Faults or Sins whereof they are not guilty: false accusing is a very grievous Sin: therefore let every one of us look we be not guilty of it. And that we may be kept from it, Consider

  • 1. How great a wrong it is to accuse another falsly; for by this means his good name i [...] hurt and woun­ded, which is most precious to him, and can very hardly or not at all be restored and healed again.
  • 2. If true love should cover a multitude of Sins, 1 Pet. 4. 8. then how great is the Sin of those, that make Sins in others where none are, by false accusing?
  • 3. This Sin makes those that practise it, like unto Satan; whose practise is fasly to accuse the Brethren, Revel. 12.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further in these Pharisees we may observe, That it is one property of Hypocrites to be very sharp or rigorous in censuring others for small or no faults, and yet to bear with greater and grosser sins in themselves. Matth. 7. 2. They can quickly see and speak of a More in their Brother's eyes, but will not see the Beam in their own.

The Hypocriticall Pharisees (as we see here) were very rigorous in condemning Christ's Disciples for a small matter, viz. The plucking of a few ears of Corn on the Sabbath-Day, which if it had bin a fault (as they falsly supposed it to be), yet it could not be any great fault: But they did bear with themselves in many great and grosse sins wherein they lived; as Hypocrisie, Pride, Vain-glory, Covetousness, Custo­mary-swearing, &c. These sins they lived in, and yet would they not see them, or condemn them in them­selves. So Matth. 15. 2. Mark 7. 5. they condemned the Disciples of Christ at another time for not washing of their hands before they did eat, and yet at the same time themselves were guilty of far greater faults which they allowed in themselves; as our Saviour sheweth against them. They could see and censure small faults (yea such as were no faults) in others, but could not see greater in themselves. And this is the property of all Hypocrites.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Take heed of this rigorous and uncharitable censuring of others for small faults, in the mean time passing by our own greater sins; on the contrary let us in love cover lesser faults and infirmities of others, and be most severe and sharp toward our selves, in censuring our own sins and offences.

If thou wilt needs be judging, judge thy self, and thy own sins first, that thou mayest not be judged of the Lord. Matth. 7. 5. Hypocrite, first cast out the Beam out of thine own eye, &c. Remember, that it is the note of an Hypocrite to be rigorous in condemning others for small or no faults, and to be favourable to his own greater sins: as on the contrary, it is an argument of sincerity, to be favourable in judging of others offences, and most severe and unpartiall to our own.

Mark 2. 25, 26.‘And he said unto them, Have ye never read whatDavid did, when he had need, and was an Aug. 1. 1619. hungred, he, and they that were with him? How he went into the House of God, in the dayes of Abiathar the High Priest, and did eat the Shew-bread, which is not lawfull to eat, but for the Priests, and gave also to them which were with him.’

VVEE have before heard of the Cavil and Exception of the malicious Pharisees against the Fact of Christ's Disciples in plucking ears of Corn on the Sabbath.

Now followeth our Saviour Christ's Answer unto their Cavil, and his Defence of his Disciples Practice, wherein he proveth it lawful: And that two wayes;

1. By the Example and Practice of David, in like case of bodily hunger, who being in need and hunger did, in the dayes of Abiathar the High-Priest, transgress the Ceremonial Law, by going into the House of God, and eating the Shew-bread, which by the Law was to be eaten of the Priests onely; and not onely so, but giving of the same Bread also to those that were of his company; And this Practice of David is not con­demned, but allowed, &c. Whence our Saviour would inforce, that if David might lawfully in that case of necessity break an express Commandment and Ordinance of the Ceremonial Law, then much more might his Disciple, in the like necessity and bodily hunger, pluck a few ears of Corn on the Sabbath, which the Pharisees thought to be a breach of the Sabbath, though indeed it was not so; it being so small a matter as might be done without hinderance to the sanctifying of the day.

2. Our Saviour proves the same thing by a two-fold Reason: 1. From the end of the Institution of the Sabbath, Ver. 27. 2. From the Authority of Christ, the Institutor of the Sabbath, in the last Verse.

Touching the Example of David, we may consider two things:

  • 1. The manner of alledging it; which is, by way of questioning or reasoning with the Pharisees, our Savi­our demanding of them whether they had never read it.
  • 2. The setting down of the Example it self: where also we have, 1. The Circumstances of David's Fact. 2. The Fact it self.

The Circumstances are, 1. The Occasion, The necessity and hunger in which himself and his followers were. 2. The Time, In the dayes of Abiathar the High-Priest.

The Fact it self is three-fold.

  • 1. His going into the House of God.
  • 2. His eating the Shew-bread, which is described by the Property of it; such as the Priests alone might eat.
  • 3. His giving of that Bread also to those of his company.

Have ye never read? &c.] Because the Pharisees pretended and boasted of much Knowledge in the Scrip­tures of the Old Testament; therefore our Saviour here convinceth them of Ignorance: As if he should say, Ye pretend great Knowledge in the Scripture, but ye shew your selves very ignorant in them; and that either ye have not read them diligently, or at least, that ye do not understand them; for if ye did, ye could not but know what David did in a like case.

What David did &c,] See the History hereof, 1 Sam. 21. David being pursued by Saul (who sought his life), fled from Naioth in Ramah, and came to the City of Nob (which belonged to the Tribe of Benjamin), in which City, at that time, the Tabernacle was remaining; and by reason thereof many Priests also were there abiding to minister in the Tabernacle. Hither David coming, and being hungry, required of Ahime­lech the High-Priest, to give him five Loavs of Bread to satisfy himself and those that were with him in their hunger: Whereupon the High-Priest told him, there was no Bread in his keeping but hallowed Bread, that is the Shew-bread which stood continually upon a Table in the Tabernacle; then David requesting this bread, the High-Priest gave it him, and so he and his Servants or Followers did eat of it, to quench their hunger in that case of necessity.

Object. He, and they that were with him,] Object, 1 Sam. 21. 1. It is said, David was alone, and no man with him.

Answ. Answ. It appears ver. 2. that he had appointed his Servants to wait for him in some other private place not farr off. Therefore when the Evangelist saies, the High-Priest gave the bread to them that were with him; his meaning is, not that they were with David for the present, when he gave him the bread, but that they were his Servants and followers which had been with him before, and who were with him again afterward.

Into the House of God,] not the Temple (for it was not built till Solomon's dayes), but the Tabernacle.

Object. Abiathar] Object. 1 Sam. 21. he is called Ahimelech; now 1 Sam. 22. 20. Abiathar is said to be the Son of Ahimelech.

Answ. Answ. Some think that both the Father and the Son executed the High-Priest's Office together by course or by turns; but this is not likely, for there could be but one High-Priest at once. Therefore for answer to this doubt, if we compare 2 Sam. 8. 17. and 1 Chron. 24. 2, 3. with 2 Sam. 15. 29. and 2 Sam. 20. 25. it may appear that either one or both of these had two names, being sometimes called Ahimelech, and some­times Abiathar, as many of the Hebrews had two names. Vide Jansen.

The Shew-bread,] Of this read Exod. 25. 30. and Levit. 24. 5. &c. They were twelve Cakes appointed to be set in two rowes, six in a row, upon a Table covered with Gold, where they were to stand continually from Sabbath to Sabbath, and to be changed every Sabbath day, and new to be set in the room of the old; and when the old were removed, the Priests were to have them, and to eat them in the holy place, and none others beside the Priests were to eat of them. They were called the Shew-bread, because they were continu­ally shewed, that is, set before the Lord upon the pure Table covered with Gold; whence also in Hebrew they are called, The bread of the face, or faces, because they were continually to stand before the face and presence of God in the Tabernacle. Now these Cakes of the Shew-bread (as some think) did typically re­present Christ, that true spiritual Bread, which was to come down from Heaven to be nourishment for the Souls of the faithful unto eternal life; or (as others think) it was a Type of the Ministry of the Word and Sacraments, which are the spiritual food, with which the Church ought to be fed continually. So much of the sense of the words in both these Verses.

Observ. Observ. From the general scope of the words, which is, to defend the practise of our Saviour Christ's Disciples against the malicious Accusation of the Pharisees; we may observe, that our Saviour Christ is rea­dy and forward to defend the righteous cause of those that are his true Servants and Disciples against the un­just slanders and accusations of wicked and malicious Persons: When his Disciples were unjustly or falsly accused by the Scribes and Pharisees, he used to clear their innocency and to defend them. So here, and Mark 7. 6. when they blamed his Disciples for eating with unwashen hands, he answers in defence of them and takes away their unjust Cavil. So Joh. 12. 7. He defends the practice of Mary in anointing his feet against the Cavil of Judas Iscariot.

Reas. Reas. The good and righteous cause of the faithful Servants of Christ, is Christ's own cause, and he doth so accompt of it: therefore he is most ready alwayes to defend and maintain it, and to clear their innocency against the unjust slanders and cavils of wicked ones.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This is matter of great comfort and incouragement to all true Disciples of Christ, that is, to all true Believers and good Christians. Though they may be slandered and evil spoken of without cause, yea some­times for well-doing; yet there's no cause for them to be dismaied, if they consider, that Christ Jesus, their Lord and Master whom they serve, is so ready to maintain their cause against their malicious Adversaries. Know this, if thy cause be good, and that thou be falsly and unjustly charged or accused by others that are malicious, and though thou be not able to cleer thy innocency, yet rather than it shall not be cleered, Christ himself will defend thy cause.

Object. Object. He is not now on earth to speak in my defence, as he did for his Disciples.

Answ. Answ. Though he be not present with us in his humane Nature (as with his Disciples), yet by his God-head he is still present with us (as he is with his whole Church), and therefore ready to maintain thy righte­ous cause; and if thou rely upon him, and seek to him, he will most certainly cleer thy innocency in due time, and lay open the malice of thy Adversaries. Therefore, if thou be unjustly slandered, be not impatient, nor discouraged at it, but commit thy self to Christ in Well-doing, and he will defend thy cause.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. This also serves for admonition to wicked men, to take heed they do not wrong good Christians by unjust slanders or false accusations, for Christ himself will accompt this as a wrong done to himself, and will defend their cause as his own; and in defending their cause he will most certainly put their malicious enemies to rebuke and shame; yea, he will undoubtedly punish them severely in his wrath, if they go on in this sin without Repentance. See Matth. 18. 6. So much of this general Observation.

Now we come to such Instructions as do arise more particularly from the words. And first I will speak of the manner of our Saviour Christ's alledging of David's Example, in that he doth it by way of questioning with the Pharisees, Whether they did never read what David did?

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour asketh them whether they had never read what David did, implying thereby, that the cause of their errour was their Ignorance in the Scriptures, either because they had not read this History in the Book of Samuel, or else, because they understood it not aright; this may teach us, that Igno­rance of the Scriptures, and of the true sense of them, is the main cause of all Errours in Judgment both tou­ching matters of Doctrine and Practise. This was the cause of so many other gross Errours which the Phari­sees and Scribes held, (as we may see by our Saviour Christ's confuting them, Matth. 23. and elsewhere in the Evangelists,) even because they were ignorant in the Scriptures, either not reading them diligently, or at least not conceiving the true meaning of them; whence it is, that our Saviour so often calls them Fools, and blind Guides. So also Ignorance of the Scriptures was the cause of the gross Errours of the Sadduces, Mark 12. 24. Are ye not therefore deceived, because ye know not the Scriptures? &c. So also the cause of the Errour of the Disciples of Christ touching his Resurrection was, their Ignorance of the Scripture, Luke 24. 25. O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the Prophets have spoken, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The Scriptures are the onely fountain and well-spring, from whence all truth of Doctrine and Practice is to be drawn and derived; therefore to be ignorant in them, must needs be the cause of Errours in Doctrine and Practice.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Scriptures are the onely Rule and Touch-stone by which all Truth must be tried and exa­mined; Therefore Ignorance of this Rule must needs be the cause of swarving from the Truth.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. See how great injury is done by the Governours of the Popish Church, unto the common People, by barring them from the ordinary use of the Books of Scripture, and from the reading of them. What is this but to muzzle and keep them in Ignorance of the Scriptures, and so to lead them hood-winked into all kind of gross and dangerous Errours. (Chrysost. Homil. 9. in Colos. 3. [...].

Use. 2 Use 2. See the cause of so many gross and foolish Opinions which many amongst us in our Church do hold and maintain; it is nothing else but their Ignorance of the Scriptures, either because they read them not duly and diligently, or else, because they understand them not aright. How many foolish and absurd Opinions are holden by ignorant people in many places? Such as these for example: That Faith is nothing but a man's good meaning: That God is served by rehearsing the ten Commandments and the Creed in­stead of Prayers: That the Sabbath is kept well enough if men and women come to Church, and be present at Publick Prayers and at the Sermon, though they spend the rest of the day either idly or profanely: That the Sabbath is well enough sanctified by bare reading of Prayers, and so much Preaching is needless: That it is no hurt upon the Sabbath to use sports and pastimes, because many do worse: That it is lawful to swear in common talk to that which is true: That in Religion it is best to do as the most do: That it was a better World when there was not so much Preaching as now is: That a man may make of his own as much as he can: That such as are not book-learned need have no Knowledge in Religion. These, and many other the like absurd Opinions, whence proceed they, and what is the cause of them, but Ignorance of the Scriptures? If they did read the Scriptures duly and understandingly, or did hear them read by others, or were so dili­gent (as they should be) in hearing them opened in the publick Ministry, it were impossible that such gross and foolish conceipts, so contrary to the Scriptures, should take place in them.

Use 3 Use 3. If we would be led into all truth of Doctrine necessary to Salvation, taught in the Word of God, and if we would be kept from running into the contrary grosse and dangerous Errours, then labour for true and sound knowledge in the Scriptures, and in the true sense of them. Use all good means to this end.

  • 1. Befrequent and diligent in hearing the Scriptures unfolded in the publick Ministry.
  • 2. Search them diligently and often by private reading, Joh. 5. 39. A notable and excellent means to gain and increase knowledge in the Word: For this we have the example of that of the Eunuch, Act. 8. 30.
  • 3. Pray daily unto God to open our understandings to conceive the true sense of the Scriptures.
  • 4. Confer with others touching those things which we read and hear.

So much of our Saviour Christ's manner of alledging the example of David in this place.

Now to speak of the example it self, as it is set down. And first of the occasion of Davids going into the house of God, and of his eating of the Shewbread, viz. the hunger with which himself and his Companions were at that time afflicted.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that David was now Persecuted by Saul, and being in danger of his life, was forced to fly from place to place, and not onely so, but at the same time is also afflicted with bodily necessity and hunger, both he and his Servants that were with him: Hence learn, that God doth sometimes try and afflict his own Children, not with one onely, but with divers troubles at once. 1 Pet. 1. 6. Now ye are in heavinesse through manifold Afflictions. So Jam. 1. 2. See this in the example of Job, who at the same time was Afflicted in his Body, Goods, Wife, Children, Friends; yea, and in his Conscience too, which was more grievous then all the rest. This also we may see in Paul's example, 2 Cor. 7. 5. He had troubles on every side, fightings with­out, and fears within.

Reasons why God thus dealeth with his Children.

  • 1. For his own Glory to manifest his great power and mercy, both in strengthening his Children to the Patient bearing of so many tryalls at once, and also in giving an issue and deliverance to them out of all in due time.
  • 2. For the good of his Children, and that chiefly in two respects.
    • 1. That it may be a means throughly to humble them for their sins; therefore, when one trouble will not do it, he layeth many at once upon them.
    • [Page 129] 2. For the more thorough-tryal, and clearer manifestation of his Graces in them, especially their Faith and Patience.

Use. Use. Comfort for such as truly fear God, though God bring them into great straits, and into many trou­bles, inward and outward at the same time, yet they are not to faint, or be discouraged under them; but to remember that it is the Lords usual dealing with his Children, thus to try them many wayes at once, and that this is no sign of his anger or hatred, but that they may for all this, be dearly beloved of him. Besides that, he doth all this for his own Glory, and for their greater good.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that David and his Servants, through extremity of Hunger, were forced to break the Ceremoniall Law in eating the Shewbread, we may see and observe, that bodily hunger is a grievous Af­fliction, very hard to bear. This the Devill knew well, and therefore he came to our Saviour Christ being hungry, to tempt him to turn stones into Bread, in way of distrust of his Fathers providence. Lament. 4. 9. They that be slain with the Sword, are better then they that be slain with Hunger, for these pine away stricken through for want of the fruits of the field.

The extremity of the pain of hunger hath caused some cruelly and unnaturally to eat the flesh of their own Children, as in the siege of Samaria, 2 Kings 6. 28. And Josephus (de bello Jud. lib. 6. cap. 16.) reporteth, That at the siege of Jerusalem by the Romans, the Famine was so great, that through extremity of hunger, some were forced to feed upon the dung of Beasts.

Use 1 Use 1. This teacheth us to acknowledge Gods great Mercy and goodness unto us, in giving and continu­ing unto us plenty of Food, notwithstanding that our sins deserve that he should punish us, rather with ex­tream Famine and Hunger: The harder this Affliction is to bear, the greater is Gods Mercy to us.

Use 2 Use 2. This also should forcibly move us to shew compassion towards such as suffer bodily hunger, seeing it is so grievous a thing to be born, Esay 58. 7. Is not this the Fast that I have chosen? To deal thy bread to the Hungry, yea further, Rom. 12. 20. If thine Enemy Hunger, feed him, &c. So much of the occasion of David's Fact.

Now to speak of the Fact it self, namely, his going into the House of God, and eating the Shewbread, &c. Though this were contrary to the Ceremoniall Law, yet it was lawfull for David to do it in this case of ex­tream necessity; and he did it as a work of Mercy to himself and to his Servants, and therefore our Saviour Christ alloweth this practise of David, neither is it any where condemned in Scripture.

Observ. Observ. Hence then we may learn, that in the case of necessity we ought to prefer works of Charity and Mercy, before the outward observance of Religious Rites and Ceremonies about the Worship of God. When the case stands so, that either we must omit some work of Mercy, which is of present necessity to be perfor­med, or else that we must omit some outward Ceremony or Duty of Gods Worship; In this Case we are ra­ther to omit the outward Ceremony or Duty for the time, then to omit such a work of mercy, being necessary for the present, Hos. 6. 6. I desired Mercy, and not Sacrifice, &c. It is a Rule in Divinity, that Charity and ne­cessity do dispense with the Ceremonial Law: Upon this gound David did eat the Shewbread in his necessi­ty and hunger, contrary to the Ceremoniall Law; Upon this ground, Christ's Disciples plucked ears of Corn on the Sabbath to satisfy their hunger: Upon this ground also it was, that our Saviour Christ sometimes cu­red such as were diseased in body, on the Sabbath day, as Mark 3. He healed him that had the withered hand. And Luke 13. 16. her that was bowed by Satan in her body 18 years together. So also upon the same ground it is lawfull in these times to do works of Charity and Mercy on the Sabbath day, especially such as are of present necessity, as to eat and drink for the satisfying of Hunger and Thirst, to Cure or Heal the sick, to fly from the Enemy for the safety of a mans Life in time of War or Persecution: And therefore it was the ig­norance and Superstition of those Jews, 1 Maccab. 2. chap. that they would not resist their Enemies upon the Sabbath, but suffred themselves to be slain by them.

Mark 2. 27, 28.‘And he said unto them, the Sabbath was made for man, &c. Aug. 15. 1619.

OUr Saviour having in the two former Verses proved it lawfull for his Disciples to pluck ears of Corn on the Sabbath, by the example of David, who in case of necessity being Hungry, did eat of the Shew­bread, and gave to them that were with him, contrary to the Ceremonial Law: Now in these two last Ver­ses of the Chapter, he proveth the same thing by a twofold reason.

The first drawn from the end of the first Institution of the Sabbath, ver. 27. The Sabbath was made for Man, &c.

The second from the Authority of Christ the Instituter of the Sabbath, ver. ult. Wherefore the Son Man is Lord, &c.

The Sabbath was made] That is, Instituted and ordained of God, So Psal. 118. 24. This is the day which the Lord hath made, &c.

For man] That is, for the good, benefit, and profit of mankind.

And not man for the Sabbath.] The externall keeping of the Sabbath is not the main or chief end of Mans Creation.

Object. Object. Man was created to Worship and serve God, and to this end serveth the Sabbath, therefore it may seem that man was created to keep the Sabbath.

Answ. Answ. We must put difference between the substance of Gods Worship, and between the Circumstan­ces of it, which are but helps and furtherances to it, as the time, the place, the manner, &c. If we speak of the substance of Gods Worship; it is true, That it is one main end of Mans Creation: but if we speak of the Circumstances of it, they are not properly the end of mans Creation, but onely accidentally, and so far as they are helps and furtherances to his Worship and Service: Now the Sabbath is but a Circumstance of Gods Worship, and therefore in that respect it is truly said, not to be the end of Mans Creation. This for the meaning.

Doct. 1 Doctr. 1. The first and main point of Doctrine here taught us is this, That one main end of the first Insti­tution [Page 130] of the Sabbath day, is the good and benefit of man, that man might reap good by keeping it. There are two main ends of Instituting the Sabbath.

The first in respect of God, and that is his own Glory, which he aimed at in the first place, in ordaining that day.

The second is in respect of man; and that is mans good and benefit, and this is the main end (next unto his own Glory) which the Lord aimed at in the Institution of the Sabbath: Therefore, Gen. 2. 3. and Exod. 20. 11. he blessed the Sabbath day, that is, he ordained it as a means to procure and bring a blessing on the Heads of those that Conscionably keep it; which shews that God aimed at the good of man in ordaining the Sabbath. For the further clearing of this point, we must know that the Sabbath was Instituted of God for a twofold good of man.

1. For his Spirituall good and benefit. That by the Religious exercises of that day, as hearing the Word, receiving the Sacrament, Prayer, &c. Man's Soul might be builded up in saving Knowledg, Faith, and other Spi­ritual Graces; and so by this means the Salvation of man might be furthered; therefore God hath appointed on that day, many sorts of spirituall Duties, some publick, some private, as Hearing, Reading, Praying, Me­ditation, &c. all which tend to this end, to the furtherance of the Soul in Grace, and consequently to further the Salvation of those that Conscionably perform those Duties.

2. The Sabbath is ordained for the Temporall good of mans body, and outward Estate, and that in two respects.

1. That so men might have some time wherein to rest from the bodily labours of their particular Callings, for this is for the good of mans body, it tends to the maintenance of the strength and health of it, when it hath some respite from labour upon one day in seven; whereas, without this rest, mens bodies could not continue long in health and strength, but must needs be wasted and worn out with overmuch labour, Deut. 5. 14. The seventh day is the Sabbath, &c. In it thou shalt not do any Work, thou, nor thy Son, &c. that thy Man-servant and Maid-servant may rest as well as thou.

2. The Sabbath was Instituted for the Temporal good of Man in a further respect; Namely, that by the conscionable keeping of it, the blessing of God may be procured upon mans body, goods, and outward Estate. Therefore Temporal prosperity is often promised in Scripture to such as keep the Sabbath, Esay 58. 13. If thou call the Sabbath a delight, &c. I will cause thee to ride upon the High places of the Earth, and feed thee with the Heritage of Jacob thy Father, &c. Jer. 17. 24. If ye bring no burden on the Sabbath day, but hallow the Sabbath, &c. then shall there enter into the Gates of this City, Kings and Princes sitting on the Throne of David, &c. and this City shall remain for ever.

Use 1 Use. 1. See the exceeding goodnesse and love of God unto mankind, in that he aimed at our good as well as at his own Glory in Instituting the Sabbath. He hath made it for us as well as for himself; He hath ap­pointed the Sanctifying of it to be a means of good to us, aswell as of Glory to himself. This magnifieth his Love and goodnesse towards us, in that he doth tender our good and happiness next unto his own Glory, in Instituting the Sabbath; And not onely in this, but in all other his speciall Ordinances, God hath respect­ed our good together with his own Glory, and he hath appointed them aswell for our good, as for his Glory: So in ordaining the Ministry of the Word and Sacraments, he hath respected the good and Salvation of Men, Ephes. 4. 11. He hath given Pastors and Teachers for the perfecting of the Saints, and for the Edifying of the body of Christ. So he hath appointed civill Magistracy, and the Authority of Kings and other Governours of the Common-Wealth for the good of Mankind, Rom. 13. 4. The Magistrate is the Minister of God to us for good. See also 1 Tim. 2. 2. So God hath ordained the state of Marriage for the good of Man, Gen. 2. 18. It is not good that man should be alone, I will make him a help, &c. In a word, God hath made and ordained all Creatures for the good of Man, that they should be usefull and profitable to him; yea the very Angells themselves, the most excellent of all Creatures, are appointed of God for the good of man, Hebr. 1. ult. All Ministring Spi­rits sent forth to Minister for them that shall be Heirs of Salvation. Here then we may well break out into that Speech of David admiring Gods goodness towards us, Psal. 8. What is man that thou art mindfull of him, &c. Let us stir up our selves to true and unfeigned thankfulness to God for his unspeakable kindness to us, respect­ing not onely his own Glory, but our good and happiness, and Salvation in all his Ordinances and Creatures. And let it move us to shew our love to him again by our Conscionable care of serving him, and of yielding all Obedience to his Will,

Use 2 Use 2. See by this, what great cause we have to make conscience of sanctifying the Lord's Sabbath duly, seeing the sanctifying of it is ordained of God for our good, both Spirituall and Temporall: Therefore as we respect our own good, the good of our Souls and Bodies, and of our outward estate; as we desire the Blessing of God upon all these; and as we desire in all these to thrive and prosper, so let us conscionably keep the Sabbath Day Holy. If the Lord had commanded us to keep it onely in respect of his own Glory, this had been enough to bind us to the keeping of it; because we ought to preferr his Glory, and the Obedi­ence which we ow to his Commandement before all other things in the World: but now seeing he hath en­joyned us to do it not only in way of glorifying his name, but also in way of procuring great good to our Selvs: How forcibly should both these considerations joyned together move us with all conscionable care to sanctifie the Sabbath? Remember this, and think of it often, That God hath made the Sabbath for our good, that it may be a means of great good and benefit to us in respect of our Souls and Bodies. All the Duties of the Sab­bath publick and private, are appointed of God for our good, even for the building up of us in g [...]ace, and for the furtherance of us unto God's Kingdom. Besides, the conscionable performance of them is the way to procure the Blessing of God upon our bodies, and outward estate in this World. How nearly then doth it concern every of us to make conscience of the Sabbath, and of the Duties of it? It is for our own profit and good, that the Lord commands us to spend the Sabbath in hearing the Word, in receiving the Sacrament, in Praying, Reading, singing Psalms, &c. God is not profited by our performance of these Duties, though he require them, and graciously accept them as an honour done to his Name; yet, if we speak properly, he is no gainer by any service of ours performed on the Sabbath, but we our selves reap the fruit and profit of them all. The Lord hath no need of our Sabbath-Duties, in respect of Himself; but our selves have need of [Page 131] them, for the building up of our Souls in Grace, and for the furthering of us unto eternall Salvation: Think seriously and often hereof, that it may stir us up to make conscience of sanctifying the Sabbath.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. This serves further to stir us up to love and delight in the Duties of the Sabbath, and to perform them with joy and chearfulness. Esay, 58. 13. To call the Sabbath a Delight, &c. We have great cause so to do, if we consider that that Day, and all the holy Duties of it are ordained of God for our good. We should therefore accompt it a good Day, yea the best of all Dayes in the week, and we should be most glad and joyfull when it comes. Worldly men are glad when a Fair or Market Day cometh, because it is for their worldly gain and profit: How much more glad should we be when the Lord's Sabbath cometh, which is the Market Day for our Souls; upon which we may reap so much Spirituall gain and profit? I we would think well of this, we should never be weary of the Sabbath, as many are, and as those Amos, 8. 5.

Use 4 Use 4. This shews that such as make no conscience of keeping the Sabbath well, are their own enemies; they are enemies to their own profit and good, both Spirituall and Temporall; they forsake their own Mer­cy, depriving themselves not onely of that Spirituall good which they might reap in their Souls by the Duties of the Sabbath, but also of the blessing of God upon their temporall and outward estate; nay, they bring a Curse on it. See Jer. 17.

Ʋse 5 Ʋse 5. To confute and condemn the ignorance of such as complain of wrong and injury done to them, if they be urged to the strict keeping of the Sabbath, or restrained from the breach of it by vain and idle sports or otherwise. They think this a great wrong to them, whereas it is for their own good and profit of Soul and Body to keep the Sabbath, and not to profane it. Let not Servants then complain that it is a wrong to them, when their Masters will not suffer them to break the Sabbath: Let not any People think their Minister wrongs them, if he go about to restrain them from profaning this Day: It is for their good to be urged strictly to the keeping o [...] the Sabbath, and to be restrained and held from breaking it.

Doctr. 2 Doctor. 2. And not Man for the Sabbath.] Hence we may learn further, That the outward observing and keeping of the Sabbath, is a matter subordinate to the good of Man; and therefore that the good of Man is to be preferred before the outward keeping of the Sabbath: God himself hath preferred it, as appears by this, that he first made Man before he ordained the Sabbath: and therefore we may and ought to be more care­full of procuring Man's good, then of the outward keeping of the Sabbath. If the Case stand so, that ei­ther the Sabbath is to be broken, or else some work of mercy tending to the good of our selves or others is to be omitted; we must rather neglect the outward observance of the Sabbath, for the time, than omit that work of mercy. See Matth. 12. 12. Note withall, that this must be understood of the Case of present ne­cessity; when there is a present necessity of doing a work of mercy for the good of Man, so as if it be de­ferred, some great hurt will ensue to Man. For example, In time of dangerous sicknesse, we may go and visit the sick (if we know of their case, and have a calling to it) though it be with hinderance of some other Sabbath Duties: So we may in the same Case send to the Physitian for his advice and help, though it be up­on the Sabbath, and the Physitian may travell to the sick, and Minister Physick to them on that Day: Yet by the way note, that this makes nothing for defence of those that send to the Physitian on the Sabbath needlesly, when they might as well send on other Dayes. Again, suppose our own, or our Neighbour's Goods or Substance be in present danger upon the Sabbath day; as a House on fire, or an Oxe or other Beast fallen into a Ditch, we may use means to save them, though it be with hinderance to the keeping of the Sabbath at that time. These Instances may serve for the clearing of this Point, that in the Case of pre­sent necessity, the good of Man is to be preferred before the outward keeping of the Sabbath. So much of the 27, Verse.

Mark 2. 28.‘Wherefore the Son of Man, &c. Aug. 22. 1619.

HEre is a second Reason used by our Saviour, to prove it lawfull for his Disciples to pluck ears of Corn on the Sabbath day; taken from the Authority of our Saviour Christ himself, the Author and Instituter of the Sabbath: who being Lord of the Sabbath, hath power to dispense with his Disciples for the outward breach of it in case of present necessity. And this Reason is inferred as a consequent of the former, as ap­pears by the Word, Wherefore q. d. Seeing the Sabbath was ordained of God for Man's good, Hence it followes, That my self, though I be the Son of Man, yet being also true, and very God, did Institute the Sabbath day, and therefore am Lord of it, and consequently have power to dispense with the breach of it in case of necessity.

Son of Man,] This title is used in Scripture three wayes.

  • 1. Sometime it signifies a Man in generall and indefinitely. Mark 3. 28. All Sins shall be forgiven to the Sons of Men, &c.
  • 2. It is given to the Prophet Ezekiel often to humble him in respect of his naturall frailty, and to magnifie the Power of God to strengthen him. See Ezekiel, Chap. 2.
  • 3. Sometimes it is attributed by our Saviour Christ unto Himself, in respect of His humane nature: For although He was not begotten of Man, yet in that He was conceived and born of a Woman, that is, of the Virgin Mary, He is rightly called the Son of Man; that is, such a one as was born of Mankind.

Now though our Saviour here do mention onely His humane nature, yet He doth not exclude his divine nature, but include it: as if He should have said, That Son of God, who was made Man, and so is the Son of Man.

Lord of the Sabbath,] Having absolute Power and Authority over it. This, for the meaning.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. In that our Saviour calls himself the Son of Man; we are taught the Truth of his humane nature, that he is not onely the Son of God, but true Man, partaker of the true nature of man; that is, of a true humane Soul and Body, and made like unto us in all things except sin. 1 Tim. 2. 5. The Man Christ Jesus. Hebr. 2. 14. He is said to be partaker of Flesh and Blood. And Ver. 16. He took on Him the Seed of Abraham, &c. Rom. 1. 3. Made of the Seed of David according to the Flesh; that is, according to his humane nature.

Reasons, Why needfull that Christ should become Man, and partake in the true nature of man.

  • 1. That in mans nature he might dye and suffer for our sins, for if he had not been incarnate, and made man, he could not have dyed or suffered; for the God-head can neither dye nor suffer.
  • 2. That satisfaction might be made to Gods Justice for our sins in the same nature that had sinned. This was agreeable to Gods Justice.
  • 3. That in our Nature, he might feel our frailties and weaknesses, and so be the more moved to commise­rate and pitty us, Hebr. 2. 17.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To confute those Hereticks which have denyed, or do at this day deny or overthrow the truth of Christ's humane Nature.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. This shews us the wonderfull Love and Humility of Christ; in that for our sakes, and to do us good, he being the Son of God, abased himself so far as to become the Son of Man.

This is a Pattern of Humility for us to imitate; and it must move us to be content to abase our selves towards our brethren to do them good, and to gain them, Phil. 2. 5. Let the same mind be in us, that was in Christ, &c. Gal. 5. 13.

Use 3 Use 3. This is matter of great comfort to the Faithfull, Christ being partaker of their nature, and of the in­firmities of it, cannot but be ready to pitty and help them in all those miseries and Afflictions unto which their Nature is subject. See Hebr. 4. 15.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. Further we learn here, that our Saviour Christ hath absolute Authority and Lordship over the Sabbath day. He hath it in his power. That which is said of God the Father, Act. 1. 7. is true of Christ al­so, &c. Here I will shew two things,

  • 1. How he hath this Authority?
  • 2. Wherein it stands.

Touching the first, Christ hath this power over the Sabbath,

  • 1. As he is God, being equall in power and Majesty with God the Father and the Holy Ghost; and so having equall Authority with them over all Creatures and Ordinances of God, and consequently over the Sabbath Day.
  • 2. As he is Mediator, being God and Man; in respect of the Union of both his Natures in one person; for so all power is given unto him in Heaven and Earth, Matth. 28. 18. and therefore consequently, he hath power given unto him over the Sabbath.

Touching the second, Christ power over the Sabbath stands in two things.

  • 1. In Instituting and ordaining the Sabbath at the beginning, immediately after the Creation: For as in the Creation of the World, so likewise in the Institution of the Sabbath, all the three persons in Trinity did concur and joyn together; according to that Rule among Divines; Opera Trinitatis ad extra sunt in­divisa.
  • 2. In ordering and disposing of the Sabbath, being Instituted: And this power is manifested three wayes especially.

1. By continuing and establishing the substance of the first Institution of the Sabbath. It was Christ that re­newed the Commandment of the Sabbath in Mount Sinai, Exod. 20.

2. By altering the particular day on which the Sabbath was first appointed to be kept, and by appointing another day for the keeping of it. For whereas at first, the Sabbath was appointed to be kept upon the seventh day, from the Creation of the World, our Saviour Christ after his Resurrection, changed the Day, appoyn­ting the day of his Resurrection to be kept for the Sabbath, which in the new Testament, is usually called the first day of the Week, and Rev. 1. 10. it is Called the Lords Day, both because our Saviour Christ rose from Death that Day, and also because in Remembrance of his Resurrection, He ordained that Day to be kept for the new Sabbath. The reason of which change was this, The Work of Mans Redemption being greater then the Work of Creation, it was fit that the Sabbath should not be kept any longer upon the seventh Day from the Creation, but rather upon the day of Christ's Resurrection, because upon that Day he did declare and manifest that he had fully accomplished the work of our Redemption.

3. Our Saviour Christ hath manifested his Authority in ordering and disposing of the Sabbath, by abroga­ting that precise and strict manner of Resting, unto which the Jews were tyed upon that day, for they were forbidden to kindle fires, or dresse meat on that day, Exod. 35. 3. Exod. 16. 23. Now the rigorous and strict manner of Resting, is abrogated by our Saviour Christ. The reason is, because it was Typicall, signifying unto the Jews their Spirituall rest from sin, as also their Eternall rest from all sin and Misery in Heaven, See Heb. 4. And therefore it is now abolished by our Saviour Christ, with other Types and Ceremonies. Thus we see this point cleared to us, that our Saviour Christ is Lord over the Sabbath.

Use 1 Use 1. This serveth to prove unto us the truth of his Divine Nature, that he is not onely the Son of Man (as here he calls himself) but also the Son of God, partaker of the same Divine Essence and Nature with God the Father, and the Holy Ghost; For none but God can be truly and properly said to be Lord of the Sab­bath.

Use 2 Use 2. See by this, that the keeping of the Sabbath is the Ordinance of Christ himself, standing in force by his Divine Authority, and not by vertue of humane Laws onely; therefore it is not a matter Arbitrary, or indifferent to keep the Sabbath Holy, but it is a matter of absolute necessity, which is laid upon us of Christ himself, who is Lord of the Sabbath; He did first Institute it, and it is by his power and Authority, that the first Institution of the Sabbath is established and continued in the Church at this day; It was also by his Au­thority, that the day which the Jews kept before Christs Resurrection, was changed into that which we now keep, and that the first manner of Resting which the Jews used, being Typicall, is now abrogated; by all which, it is plain, that the keeping of the Sabbath, as it is now in use with us, is the Ordinance of Christ, and stands in force by his Authority, and therefore we are to make Conscience of keeping this day, chiefly in re­spect of Christs Ordinance, and not onely because mans Law enjoyns the keeping of it, Rom. 14. 6. He that observeth the day, observeth it to the Lord; So must we observe the Sabbath day to the Lord Jesus Christ, who is Lord of the Sabbath, and whose Ordinance it is that we should keep it Holy: Look at this Ordinance [Page 133] of Christ, and think seriously and often on it, that it may move us to a Conscionable keeping of the day. We can never keep it as we ought, till we keep it of Conscience towards Christ, the Lord of the Sab­bath.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See how great is the sin of those that contemn or profane the Sabbath. This is to contemn Christ, and to set light by his Authority, and to profane his holy Ordinance: Let all Sabbath-breakers think of this, In breaking the Sabbath, they sin against Christ the Lord of the Sabbath, they contemn and vilify his Authori­ty, though there were no Law of Man to forbid the breach of the Sabbath, yet the Law of Christ forbids it, and he is such a Law-giver as is able to save and to destroy, Jam. 4. Take heed then how thou profane the Sabbath: though no man should be offended at thee for it, yet Christ the Lord of the Sabbath will be offended at thee; and that is more then if all men in the World should be offended. Remember then, that every breach of the Sabbath is an offence and Dishonour to Christ the Lord of the Sabbath; as it is in other Ordi­nances of Christ, as the Word, or Sacraments, &c. the contempt of these is the contempt of Christ the Lord of them; so it is in the Sabbath.

Ʋse 4 Ʋse 4. Seeing Christ is Lord of the Sabbath, let us consecrate and give up this day wholly to his honour and glory, Isa. 58. 13. spending it in holy exercises tending to his glory; as in hearing his Word, Prayer, &c. It is his peculiar day, which he hath appropriated to himself; therefore yield it unto him wholly and entirely as his due. Though he be Lord of all times and dayes, yet in special, of the Sabbath; therefore give unto him that which is his of right, do not robb him of any parts of his time, &c. He hath given and al­lowed to us six dayes whereon to do our own works, how much more should we cheerfully yield unto him one in seven?

Use 5 Ʋse 5. Christ being absolute Lord of the Sabbath, hence it follows, that none but he can dispense with the breach of it; therefore neither Man nor Angel hath power to dispense with the breach of the Sabbath, or to give leave to any to break it. The greatest Kings or Monarchs cannot dispense with the Ordinance of Christ; much lesse have Masters and Parents, being private persons, any Authority to give leave to their Ser­vants or Children to profane the Sabbath day. Christ alone is Lord of the Sabbath day, and therefore such as take upon them to give Liberty to others to break the Sabbath, do incroach upon his Authority, as Usurpers. None can dispense with the Law of an Earthly King, but the King himself. So here, &c.

Use 6 Use 6. Christ being Lord of the Sabbath, hence it followeth, that the particular day appointed at first for keeping of it, being altered and changed by the Authority of Christ, unto that day which we now keep; it is not in the Churches power, or in the power of Man to change the Day again, without speciall direction from Christ; and we have no ground of Scripture at all to move us to think that he will ever alter the day again, but the contrary may thence be inferred.

Finis Secundi Capitis.

CHAP. III.

Mark 3. 1, 2, 3, 4.‘And he entred again into the Synagogue, and there was a man there which had a withered Aug. 29. 1619. hand: And they watched him whether he would Heal him on the Sabbath day, that they might accuse Him. And he saith unto the man which had the withered hand, Stand forth. And he saith unto them, Is it lawfull to do good on the Sabbath dayes, or to do evil? to save life, or to kill? but they held their peace.’

THis Chapter consisteth of five principall parts.

  • 1. Our Saviour Christs Miraculous Curing of one that had a Withered hand, unto the sixth Verse.
  • 2. Certain Consequents which followed thereupon, from the sixth Verse unto the 13th.
  • 3. Our Saviour Christs Calling and choosing of the Twelve Apostles; From thence to the two and twen­tieth Verse.
  • 4. His Apology or defence of himself against the wicked slander of the Scribes, charging him as if he cast out Devils by the help of Beelzebub, from the two and twentieth, to the one and thirtieth Verse.
  • 5. A Message sent unto him by his Mother and Brethren, with his Answer to them that did the Message, from Ver. 31. to the end of the Chapter.

Touching the first part, which contains the Miraculous Curing of him that had the Withered hand: In it we may Consider three things.

  • 1. The Circumstances of the Miracle, ver. 1. 2.
  • 2. Certain Preparatives making way unto it, ver. 3, 4.
  • 3. The Miracle it self, ver. 5.

The Circumstances are four.

  • 1. The place where, In the Synagogue.
  • 2. The occasion of the Miracle, Our Saviours entring into the Synagogue.
  • 3. The person upon whom it was wrought, One that had a withered hand.
  • 4. The persons before whom, and in whose presence it was wrought; Namely, the Scribes and Pharisees, described by their malicious dealing against our Saviour, in that they watched him, &c. v. 2.

He entred again] This hath relation to his former going into the Synagogues to Preach. What the Syna­gogues [Page 143] of the Jews were, we have heard before. That which is here spoken of, was some Synagogue of Ga­lilee, where our Saviour at this time was, Matth. 12. 9. It is said, he went into their Synagogue; That is, in­to the Synagogue of the Pharisees, as appears by the ninth verse of that Chapter. And it is called their Syna­gogue because they did bear great sway, and had Authority there to teach publickly. Now into this Syna­gogue our Saviour entred at this time, to Teach there publickly, as may appear, Luke 6. 6. He entred into the Synagogue and Taught.

A Withered hand] Or a hand dryed up. See Joh. 5. 3. 1 Kings 13. 4. Luke 6. 6. it is said, His right hand was withered. The meaning is, that the naturall moysture of it being dryed up, it was become dead and senselesse, so as he had no use of it. And this Affliction was the more grievous, because it was his Right hand, of which he should have had most use; therefore the want of the use of it, must needs be a great hin­derance to him in the works of his Calling; especially if he were a poor man that had no other means to live by, but the labour of his hands. Thus, for the meaning of the Words in the first verse.

Not to insist upon the Circumstance of the place, but to come to the second Circumstance, the occasion of the Miracle, viz. our Saviours entring again into the Synagogue of the Pharisees.

Observ. Observ. Here observe, that although the Scribes and Pharisees had often before cavilled at the Doctrine and Miracles of our Saviour; and he knew that they were still ready to cavill at them, and unjustly to slander them; yet he doth not for all this forbear to Preach and work Miracles, and that even in the Synagogue of the Pharisees, where they bore most rule, and where he knew they would be present; and therefore he now entred into this their Synagogue, there to Preach, and to confirm his Doctrine by this Miracle: Whence we learn, That the unjust and Malicious Cavills and exceptions of Wicked men against us for well-doing, must not discourage or hinder us at all from doing our Duties; but we must go on constantly and boldly in the performance of them, notwithstanding all the cavills and unjust slanders with which wicked men labour to discourage and hinder us. How often did the Scribes and Pharisees cavill at the Doctrine and Miracles of our Saviour, and unjustly slander and accuse him for the same, and yet he did not forbear to Preach, and work Miracles, no not then when the Pharisees and Scribes were present to see and hear what he did and spake. So Luke 5. 17. As he was Teaching, there were Pharisees and Doctors of the Law sitting by, &c. Though they were present to cavill (as our Saviour knew well enough) yet he did not forbear to Preach, nor to Cure the sick of the Palsy at the same time. Though the Prophet Jeremy was often slandered, and falsly accused, yet he did not forbear to Preach, as we may see, Jerem. 26. 11, 12. &c. Act. 2. 13. Though the Apostles were mocked at, and accused, as if they had bin full of new Wine when they Preached to the People in severall Languages; yet Peter is not daunted thereby, but stands up with the eleven, and Preacheth Christ to the peo­ple. So Act. 17. Though the Athenian Philosophers cavill at Paul, and call him a babler; yet he boldly prea­cheth to them, and reproveth their idolatry, ver. 22. &c.

By these examples we see, that the cavills and slanders of wicked men must not hinder us from doing well, and from performing good Duties commanded us of God. Let us then arm our selves before-hand against all such cavills and slanders of wicked men, making this accompt, that if we will do well, we shall be evill spoken of by wicked and ungodly men, for this hath ever been the property of such to speak evill of the things they know not, 2 Pet. 2. 12. But we must pray unto God to give us Christian courage, and that we may not fear the cavills and evill speeches or censures of wicked men, which they give out against us for doing well, but that we may contemn them, and never regard them, at least so far as not to be hindred by them from do­ing our Duties, Eccles. 11. 4. He that observeth the Wind shall not sow, &c. So he that regardeth evill speeches, and censures of others, shall never go on constantly in doing his Duty.

So much of the occasion of this Miracle, Our Saviours entring into the Synagogue again: Now follows the third Circumstance, viz. the person on whom the Miracle was wrought, One that had a Withered Hand.

Hence I might observe the fruit of sin, in that it hath made mans body subject to such diseases and infirmi­ties as this here mentioned. But of this point, see before, in Chapter 1. Verse 34. It followeth, Verse 2.

They Watched him] Diligently observed him, whether he would heal him on the Sabbath, because he had before healed some upon the Sabbath, (as is likely) therefore they now watched to see if he would do so again, that they might accuse him as a breaker of the Sabbath, and so bring him into trouble, and accuse him to be punished; which shews their great Malice against him, in that they watched him for this end.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see the diligence of wicked men, in compassing their wicked intents and purposes, and in committing sin; they watch and observe all opportunities and occasions of doing evill. These Scribes and Pharisees, how diligently did they watch our Saviour Christ, and observe all his words and Actions at this and other times, to the end they might get some advantage against him to accuse him. So Luke 14. 1. When he went into the house of one of the chief Pharisees on the Sabbath day, they watched him, Luke 20. 20. The chief Priests and Scribes watched him, and sent forth spies, &c. to take hold of his words, that so they might deliver him to the Authority of the Governour. Thus diligent they were in watching occasions to ac­cuse him wrongfully; And thus it is in other sins, wicked men are very diligent in watching all opportuni­ties to compasse them, Job 24. 15. The Eye of the Adulterer waiteth for the Twilight, saying, No eye shall see me, &c. Prov. 7. 12. The Harlot lyes in wait at every corner, to entice men to commit wickednesse with her. So the Mur­therer lyes in wait to shed bloud, Prov. 12. 6. See Matth. 26. 16. So Psal. 10. 9. The Oppressour lyeth in wait as a Lyon in his den to catch the Poor.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The Devill setteth wicked men on work about the compassing and committing of sin, stirring them up thereunto by his wicked suggestions, and he it is that causeth them to be so watchfull and diligent in the accomplishing of their wickedness. As himself doth watch all occasions of doing evill and mischief, so he provoketh wicked men to do the like.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Their Hearts are set upon sin, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See the wretched folly of wicked men, being so watchfull and diligent in seeking occasions to com­mit sin, which tends to their own hurt, even to the destruction of their own Souls, Jam. 1. 15. It is strange [Page 135] to see how diligent and careful many are to plot and practise sin, and to fulfil their wicked lusts, never consi­dering that in so doing they take care and use diligence to destroy their own Souls.

Use 2 Use 2. How much more diligent should we be in watching all occasions and opportunities of doing good? If the wicked shew such diligence in watching opportunities to commit sin, much more cause have we to watch all occasions daily of glorifying God, and of doing good to others, and of working out our own Salvation: Otherwise the diligence of the wicked in practising sin, may shame our negligence in doing good. Therefore as the wicked do watch all occasions to practise sin, so let us much more watch occasions to do good duties; 1 Pet. 4. 7. Watch unto Prayer. The like may be said of other good duties; as hearing the Word, Reading, &c. We must watch unto them, that is, diligently observe all good occasions to perform them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that it is said, they watched him that they might accuse him; we learn further, that it is the property of wicked malicious persons (such as the Scribes and Pharisees), to desire and seek to accuse others wrongfully, to seek occasions of unjust or false accusing of others; that so they may discredit them, or bring them into trouble and danger. Thus the Scribes and Pharisees sought to accuse our Saviour Christ wrongful­ly, as we see here. So also Luke 11. ult. They laid wait for him, seeking to catch something from his mouth where­by they might accuse him. So Matth. 26. 59. The Chief Priests and Elders, and all the Council, sought false wit­ness against Jesus, to put him to death: But they found none, &c. So Dan. 6. 4. The Princes of Darius sought to find occasion against Daniel concerning the Kingdom, &c.

Ʋse. Use. Let this be far from us, to seek occasion and matter of unjust and false Accusation of others. Remem­ber, that it is the proper practise of wicked and malicious men to accuse others falsly: 2 Tim. 3. 3. one of the sins that should raign in these last times, is, men should be false Accusers. See that none of us be in this number: It is the Devil's practise to accuse the Brethren before God day and night, Revel. 12. 10. The more any is given to false accusing, the more like he is to Satan, bearing his Image and resembling him in Practice. We ought to clear the Innocency of others by all means that we can; and therefore far should it be from us to seek occasion and matter against others, to accuse them wrongfully. But of this sin of false accusing we heard before, Chap. 2. Ver. 24. So much of the Circumstances of this Miracle here mentioned by the Evangelist.

Now follow the Preparatives unto it; which are two, set down ver. 3, 4.

The first is the Speech of our Saviour unto the party that was to be cured, bidding him stand forth in the midst, ver. 3.

The second is, his Speech unto the Scribes and Pharisees, in which he propounds a Question to them, touching the doing of good upon the Sabbath day; which Question did put them to silence.

Touching the words of our Saviour to the party to be cured; in that he bids him arise, and stand forth in the midds; the Reason hereof was, that the Miracle might be the more evident and apparent to the beholders: therefore he would have the party diseased to stand forth, that all that were present in the Synagogue might take notice of his case, and of the Miracle which was to be wrought upon him. And this shews the courage and boldness of our Saviour, that he did not fear the Cavils or Accusations of the Pharisees, though he knew their thoughts against him, (Luke 6. 8.) therefore he bids himstand forth ready to be healed, to shew that he was resolved to cure him, notwithstanding their malicious purpose to accuse him for it, as a Breaker of the Sabbath.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour bids him stand forth, to the end the Miracle might be apparently seen and taken notice of; we learn, That the Miracles of our Saviour Christ, were truely and really wrought, and that they were not Satanical Delusions. See this Point before observed, Chap. 2. Verse 12.

It followeth. Ver. 4. He said unto them, Is it lawful, &c.

It appears, Matth. 12. 10. that the Scribes and Pharisees did first propound a question to our Saviour, ask­ing him, Whether it were lawful to heal upon a Sabbath day? unto which our Saviour here answereth by propounding another question unto them, thereby to confute their question.

Is it lawful to do good on the Sabbath, &c.] q. d. It is as lawful and expedient to do good on the Sabbath, as it is unlawful and unexpedient to do evil on it. Now, by doing good or evil here, is meant, doing good or evil unto Man's body, or bodily life; as appears by the words following, Is it lawful to save life or to kill? So the meaning is this, Is it lawful to do good or to do hurt to the body or bodily life of man upon the Sab­bath? Now, by this question thus propounded, our Saviour implyes, that in the present case he must needs do one of these, either good or hurt unto this party which had the withered hand; the reason is, because in the case of necessity, not to do good to our Neighbour, if it be in our power, is to hurt him; and not to save his life in this case, is to destroy or take it away. Now our Saviour knew that the Pharisees durst not grant that it was lawful to do hurt, or to take away life on the Sabbath; and therefore they must needs yield it law­ful and necessary to do good, and to save life on the Sabbath.

Note that this question of our Saviour hath the force of an earnest Affirmation; and it is as much as if he had said, It is certainly lawful and expedient to do good to Man, and to save his life, and not to hurt Man, or to destroy life on the Sabbath.

And they held their peace,] Though they were convinced by reason, so as they had nothing to reply against our Saviour's question, to confute it; yet such is their obstinacy, that they will not plainly confess the truth (as they should have done), but rather hold their peace, and say nothing. This for meaning of the words in this Verse.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we are taught, that it is lawful on the Sabbath day to do works of mercy tending to the good and preservation of Man's Body, and bodily Life. See this Point handled before, Chap. 2. Ver. 26, 27.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the manner of our Saviour's Speech, Is it lawful to do good or to do evil on the Sabbath, &c. We may learn, that in the accompt of God there is no difference, in regard of simple Unlawfulness, between not doing good to the body or life of our Neighbour, in the case of necessity, and between doing hurt unto them: he that doth not good to the body and life of his Neighbour, (when his necessity requireth, [Page 136] and when it is in his power,) is truly said to do hurt unto them, at least indirectly and by consequence. The rich Glutton, in not relieving poor Lazarus, may be truly said to have murthered him, Luke 16. The Reason hereof is, because both these, as well the not doing of good to our Neighbour's body and life, as the doing of hurt to them, are forbidden in the fixth Commandment, as degrees of Murder; therefore he that doth not good, he that shews not mercy to his Neighbour's body in case of necessity, is truly said to do hurt, and to shew cruelty against it.

Use, 1 Use, 1. See how they are deceived, who think it enough if they do no harm to others, if they do not wrong them, if they do not oppress them, &c. though in the mean time they be not careful to relieve or help them: they think it enough, if they be not guilty of hurting or taking away the life of their Neighbour, though in the mean time they have no care to preserve his life: Such must know, that not to do good to others in their necessity, is to do hurt to them; not to shew mercy is to use cruelty; not to save life is to destroy it, though not directly, yet indirectly and by consequence. Both these are degrees of Murder, though the latter be a high­er degree than the former.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Let this move us not onely to forbear hurting our Neighbour, but also to make Conscience of doing good to him: 1 Joh. 3. 17. Whosoever hath this World's goods, and seeth his Brother have need, and shutteth up his compassion from him, how dwelleth the love of God in him? The wicked shall be condemned at the last day, not onely for doing hurt to the Saints, but for not doing good to them, Matth. 25. See Iam. 2. 13.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. They held their peace,] See here the property of obstinate wicked men; though they be con­vinced by reason, so as they are not able to gain-say the Truth, yet they will rather be silent than seem to yield to the Truth. Thus it was with these Scribes and Pharisees; they were often convinced of errour and sin by our Saviour Christ, and yet they would not directly acknowledge themselves in fault, nor yield to the Truth, but would rather sometimes be dumb, and say nothing. Let it not be so with us, but if we be con­vinced of errour, or of any sin, let us willingly acknowledge our fault and errour, and yield to the truth: Pray for Humility, for it is Pride that makes men persist in Errour.

Mark 3. 5.‘And when he had looked round about on them with anger,&c.

THe Evangelist having laid down the Circumstances of the Miracle, and certain Preparatives making way to the working of it: Now in this Verse he sets down the Miracle it self, and the manner of our Savi­our Christ's working it.

In the words we may consider three things.

  • 1. The Carriage of our Saviour Christ toward the Scribes and Pharisees at the time of working the Mira­cle, He looked about on them angerly, &c.
  • 2. His Behaviour towards the man that was to be cured; speaking to him, and bidding him to stretch forth his hand.
  • 3. The Effect or Consequent which followed upon those words used to him, He stretched out his hand, and it was restored, &c.

Touching the first, The behaviour of Christ towards the Scribes and Pharisees is two-fold,

  • 1. Outward, Looking round about on them.
  • 2. Inward, in his heart, being moved with a double Affection towards them;
    • 1. With the Affection of Anger.
    • 2. With the Affection of Grief or Sorrow, set forth by the matter or cause of it, Their hardnesse of Heart.

He looked round about on them] Luke 6. 10. He looked round about on them all: by which words some gather, that he used this gesture toward all the People that were then present in the Synagogue; yet there is no doubt but he used it chiefly toward the Scribes and Pharisees, who were there ready to accuse him, and to whom he had propounded that question about doing good or evil on the Sabbath, in the next Verse be­fore.

Quest. Quest. Why did he look about upon them?

Answ. Answ. 1. Some think he looked about on the People, to see if any present were more moved to commise­rate the case of the man that was to be cured, than the Scribes and Pharisees were.

2. Others think he looked on the Scribes and Pharisees, to see if any would make answer to the question which he had moved to them.

3. But no doubt, the principal End and Reason of this gesture was, to testify his Dislike and Detestati­on of the obstinate malice of the Scribes and Pharisees against him; therefore he thus looked round about up­on them with an angry countenance.

Observ. Observ. We should testify our hatred and dislike of Sin in others, even by our very countenance and out­ward gestures. So did our Saviour Christ here. Prov. 25. 23. An angry countenance driveth away a back biting tongue. It is therefore fit for us, by our angry countenance, to shew Dislike of slanderers: 2 King. 8. 11. The Prophet Elisha, knowing by Revelation from God the great Wickednesse which Hazael should commit, did by his very countenance shew his Detestation and Dislike of it. Thus it is likely that our Sa­viour Christ looked back upon Peter after his fall, not onely to put him in mind of his sin, but withal to shew his Dislike of it, Luke 22. 61.

Use. Use. This reproves such as can see and hear sin committed by others, and shew no Dislike in their out­ward gestures and behaviour; yea, some are so far from this, that they do on the other side incourage and har­den others in their sins, by their outward carriage; as by giving them good countenance, or being content to laugh at them, or with them, when they see them do wickedly, Prov. 14. 9. Fools make a mock at sin. Whereas they should hate and abhor sin, so far as to shew their Detestation of it by their very countenance and outward gestures, they on the contrary shew rather a love and liking to it, in that they can be so merry [Page 137] and pleasant when they see it committed. Hezekiah rent his cloaths, and put on Sack-cloth, at the hearing of the Blasphemy of Rabshakeh, 2 King. 19. 1. And shall we shew a merry Countenance when we see or hear God dishonoured by Swearing, Drunkenness, &c. So much of the outward carriage of our Saviour toward the Scribes and Pharisees.

His inward carriage followeth, in that he was moved with a two-fold Affection toward them.

  • 1. With Anger.
  • 2. With Sorrow for their hardness of heart.

Observ. Observ. Before I speak particularly of these Affections, observe here in general from all the words, That it is not required of Christians that they should be altogether without humane Affection of Anger, Grief, Joy, Fear, and the like: For our Saviour Christ himself was moved with these, and had them in him when he lived on Earth, as we see here; which shews that they are not of themselves evil or sinful, (for our Saviour was not tainted with any sin,) neither are Christians to be without such Affections. The Word of God re­quires not this, but that they be moderated and restrained, so as they break not forth beyond due measure, 1 Pet. 1. 13. Gird up the Loyns of your minds, &c. that is, Moderate and restrain your Affection, and keep them within due compass; We are not bid to put off those Affections, or to be without them, but onely to gird them up. So the Scripture doth not forbid Christians to be angry, but not to sin in our Anger; that is, not to be unadvisedly angry without just cause, nor to exceed measure in it. So it doth not for­bid us to mourn or be forrowful, but not to exceed measure in this Affection, 1 Thes. 4. 13. Sorrow not as others which have no hope.

Reasons why these and the like Affections are not simply unlawful or unfit to be in us.

1. Because they were natural to man in his estate of Innocency, they were in Adam before his Fall; Now the substance of by Man's Fall his Soul was not corrupted, but onely the qualities: therefore the substance of humane Affections is still to remain in us after Regeneration; onely the quality of them is to be altered and changed by Grace, and the excess and distemper of them to be restrained.

2. These Affections, at least some of them, shall remain with us in Heaven; though cleansed and purged from the corruption and sinfulness of them, yet the Affections themselves shall there remain; I mean such of them as we shall then have use of; as Love, Joy, Delight, &c.

Use. Ʋse. 1. This condemns the foolish and fond opinion of the Heathen Stoicks, who held that a wise man should never be moved with any Affections of Joy, Sorrow, Fear, &c. that he should not sorrow at all, no not at the death of Parents, Wives, or Children, &c. This is to destroy the Nature of Man, &c.

2. This also confutes those that are so Stoical, that they think Christians are not allowed the use of humane Affections: But we see the contrary proved before. Religion and Grace doth not turn men into stones, making them sensless and void of all Affections, but it teacheth to moderate these Affections.

Now to speak particularly of these two Affections with which our Saviour was moved toward the Scribes and Pharisees.

The first is, Anger; For it is said, He looked on them with Anger,] that is, so as he was inwardly moved with Anger and Displeasure against them for their malice shewed in seeking to accuse him wrongfully, as a Breaker of the Sabbath.

Observ. Observ. Here then we learn, that all Anger is not unlawful or sinful, but that there is a good and holy kind of Anger, which is not onely lawful but necessary to be found in Christians, and that is anger and dis­pleasure conceived against sin: This was in our Saviour Christ, and we may and ought to imitate him in it. Eph. 4. 26. Be angry, but sin not, &c. It is therefore lawful and good for Christians to be angry at sin, and that both at their own sins, and at the sins of others.

  • 1. It is lawful and good to be angry at sin in our selves, 2 Cor. 7. 11. Indignation against our selves for our own sins is a fruit of godly sorrow.
  • 2. Lawful and good also to be displeased at sin in others, when we take notice of it. Thus our Saviour in this place. Thus also Moses, Exod. 32. 19. coming down from the Mount, and seeing the Calf and the Dan­cing, his Anger waxed hot, &c. So Nehemiah Chap. 5. Ver. 6. was very angry when he saw the richer sort oppress their poor Brethren. So Elihu, Job 32. 2. Act. 17. 16. Paul's Spirit was stirred in him when he saw the City of Athens wholly given to Idolatry. So Lot 2 Pet. 2. 8. with seeing and hearing the unlawfull deeds of the Sodomites, vexed his righteous Soul from day to day.

The Reason of the Lawfulness of such Anger is, because it is a part of that holy Zeal which should be in us for God's Glory. This was in Eliah, 1 King. 19. 10. very jealous for the Lord of Hosts. So must we be also. By all sin God is dishonoured, and therefore we ought to be moved with Indignation and Displeasure at it.

But, for the further cleering of this Point, we must know there are some Cautions or Rules to be observed of us, in this Anger against sin, that it may be good and warrantable.

1. We must not be too hasty and suddain in taking up this Affection, and giving way to it, before we have sufficiently considered of the cause of our Anger, Eccles. 7. 9. Be not hasty in thy spirit to be angry, &c. It is not enough that there be a just cause of our Anger, but we must also consider of this cause before we be angry. Anger may sometime be suddain, as in Moses, Exod. 32. 19. but it must not be too suddain; not so suddain as to be angry before we think once of the cause: Matth. 5. 22. He that is angry with his Brother unadvisedly, &c.

2. In our Anger against sin, we must put difference between the Offence done against God, and the Of­fence and wrong done against our selves: Where these two do meet together, as often they do, in this case our anger must be against the sin chiefly, as it is an Offence and Dishonour to God, and not so much in re­spect of the Offence against our selves; for this we must forgive. As for Example: If a Servant neglect his Master's business, and so endammage his Master, here is both an Offence against God, and also a wrong to the Master: In this case, his anger against the Servant must be chiefly in regard of the Offence against God; and not so much in regard of the wrong to himself, although he may also be offended for this.

[Page 138] 3. Our anger against sin must be proportionable to the sin; we must be more offended at great sins in our selves and others, then at lesser sins. God himself is not displeased at all sins in like measure, but according to the degree of sin, so is his anger more or lesse.

4. We must be unpartiall in our anger against sin, being displeased at sin wheresoever or in whomsoever we find it, as well at our own sins, as at the sins of others; as well at the sins and faults of our Friends, as at the sins of Enemies.

5. Our anger against the sin of the person must be joyned with love unto the person offending, which must make us willing and desirous to do him any good we can. Exod. 32. Though Moses were angry at the Israe­lites, yet he prayed for them, Ver. 31.

6. Lastly, Our anger must be joyned with grief for the person against whose sin we are offended: But of this in the next Point. Now to make use of this.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Seeing this holy anger against sin is lawfull and necessary, this condemns the want of it in many, who can see and hear God dishonoured by the sins of Swearing, Sabbath-breaking, Drunkenness, filthy spea­king, &c. and not be moved with any indignation or displeasure; their spirit is not stirred in them at these things; there is much sinfull anger in men, but little anger against sin. An evident sign, there is no true zeal in them for God's Glory; if there were, they could not but be more moved to see his Name dishonoured, and his Glory troden under feet. In their own Cause many can be hot as fire upon the least occasion, but in the cause of God, when they see Him dishonoured by sin, they are cold as Ice; their hearts rise not against it, they are no more moved, then if it did not at all concern them: How far do these come short of the zeal of Eliah, Moses, Paul, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Labour for this holy affection of anger against sin, that we may have our hearts moved with in­dignation when we see God dishonoured: To this end, labour for the true love of God in our hearts; then we shall not indure to see Him dishonoured without being angry and displeased at it. A loving Child cannot but be displeased when he sees his Father abused; neither can any true Child of God indure to see or hear God dishonoured, but must needs shew dislike and displeasure at it. So much of the first affection with which our Saviour was now moved against the Scribes and Pharisees; namely his anger against them.

Now to speak of the second, which is his grief or sorrow for the hardness of their hearts.

Mark 3. 5.‘Being grieved [or mourning] for the hardness of their hearts, He said unto the Man, Stretch forth thy hand: Sept. 12. 1619. And he stretched it out, and his hand was restored whole as the other.’

MOurning also] Or mourning together; that is, joyning inward sorrow and grief with his anger.

Observ. 1 For the hardness of their hearts,] That is, because he perceived their hearts to be rooted and settled in malice against him, and in a willfull resistance of the Truth whereof he had convinced him, that by no means they would be reclaimed or drawn from these sinnes. The Word ( [...]) is derived of ( [...]) which signifies the thick skin or brawninesse of the hand gotten by much labour, which brawny skin is with­out sense: Whence this Word is here used to note out unto us the great obstinancy of these Scribes and Pharisees in their Sins, that they were so rooted in them, that they had no sense or feeling of any means used to reclaim them. This for the meaning.

Observ. 1. In that our Saviour Christ with anger against the obstinate malice of the Scribes and Pharisees, joyned grief for their hardnesse of heart: we learn, That our anger against the Sins of others should be joy­ned with sorrow and grief for those Sins, and for the Persons offending. Though our Saviour were great­ly offended against the obstinate Jews for rejecting his Doctrine, and for refusing to believe in Him; yet withall He was grieved for this their obstinacy, and for the heavy Judgment of God which was come on them and their City: and therefore He wept over it, Luk. 19. 41. So Mark 8. 12. when the Pharisees tempted Him, seeking a Sign, He was (no doubt) offended at them for this their Malice and Hypocrisie: And yet He sighed deeply in Spirit for them, &c. Thus Lot vexed his Soul, not onely with anger, but with grief also for the wic­ked lives of the Sodomites. Thus the Prophet Jeremy living in a most corrupt age, could not but be much offended at the greivous Sins of the Jews in his time; and yet withall he wished his head were Waters, and his eyes a Fountain of tears, to weep Day and Night for them, Jer. 9. 1.

Reason of this Point: True zeal for God's glory is a mixt affection, consisting partly of a holy anger against sin, and partly of a hearty grief for sin, as also for the party offending: Therefore both these must go together, in all that are truly zealous for the Lord of Hoasts, as Eliah was.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. This condemneth the carnall anger that is in many, which is not accompanyed with grief for the persons and sins against which they are offended. Some are carryed away with bitternesse of heart, and hatred against the Persons of those with whom they are angry, so far are they from being grieved for them. Others again are so far from grieving for the Sins of those against whom they are angry, that they rather re­joyce, and are glad to see them run into sin, hoping that this will be a disgrace to them, and that they may insult over them. This is wicked and sinfull anger, which Christians must beware of: Far be it from thee to rejoyce at the sins of the party against whom thou art offended; for if it be thus with thee, this shews thy anger to be against the person, and not against the sin, whereas contrarily thou art bound to love the person, and to be angry at the sin onely, and to grieve both for the person and the sin.

Use. 2 Ʋse 2. Examine our anger against others by this property, to know whether it be good and holy: Is it joyned with inward grief for the person and for the sin? Can we mourn in heart for the sins of those with whom we are offended, as our Saviour Christ did? Then our anger is good, not otherwise. If it be not thus ac­companyed with sorrow for the person and for the sin, it is not such as it should be: Try therefore all our anger by this: We are by nature very apt to carnall anger, and we are ready still to plead for it, that it is against the sins, not against the persons of others. See here how to try whether it be so indeed or no? Is there any true sorrow or mourning in thy heart for the sin against which thou sayest thou art angry? Art thou [Page 139] grieved that God is dishonoured by it? Art thou also sory for the person? Dost thou pitty his case, in regard of the misery and danger unto which sin layes him open? If it be thus, it is good and holy anger: otherwise suspect it as carnall and unholy: Let us every one throughly sift our own hearts touching this matter; If we so do, we shall find how little holy anger is in us, and how much we offend by sinfull anger: How often are we angry with others, with our Children, Servants, &c. when there is no mourning at all in our hearts for their sins? Consider and bewayle it in our selves, and crave pardon at the hands of God for it.

Use. 3 Use 3. In all our anger, strive to have our hearts affected with grief and sorrow for the persons and sins of those with whom we are offended. Joyn these two affections together; anger against the sins of others, with sorrow for the sins of others: one of these must temper and qualifie the other. To this end, labour and pray for loving and compassionate hearts toward others; then shall we be ready to mourn for the persons and sins of those with whom we are offended. So much of the second inward affection with which our Saviour was moved toward the Scribes and Pharisees; namely the affection of Grief for them.

Now to speak of the matter or cause of his sorrow, which was, the Hardness of their hearts.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour Christ mourned in himself for this hardness of their hearts: We may hence gather that hardnesse of heart, is a most fearfull and grievous sin, even such a sin as is greatly to be lamented in whomsoever it is found: if it were not so, our Saviour Christ would not so have mourned for it in the Scribes and Pharisees. Now by hardness of heart I understand that sin whereby the heart of man is so rooted and settled in the corruption of sin, that it is hardly or not at all withdrawn or reclaimed from it by any good means that are used to that end. Further we must here note, that there are two kinds of hardness of hearts.

The first is, when the obstinacy and perverseness of the heart is in some measure felt and perceived by those in whom it is, and not onely perceived, but also lamented and bewayled, and withall resisted by prayer and other good means. Now this kind of hardnesse may be, and is, found more or lesse in the best Saints and Children of God; It was in the Disciples of Christ. Mark 6. 52. They considered not the Miracle of the Loaves, for their heart was hardened. And Mark 16. 14. He upbraided the eleven with their unbelief and hardnesse of heart, &c.

The second sort is, That hardnesse which either is not felt at all, or, if it be felt, yet is it not resisted or striven against; but those in whom it is, go on in it wittingly and willingly, either not using the means for the mollifying of their hearts, or else resisting the means. And this is found onely in wicked Men, as in Pha­roah, and in the Jews, Acts 7. 51. who were so stiffnecked, that they alwayes resisted the Holy Ghost, &c. And this is that kind of hardnesse of heart which we here speak of, when we say, it is a fearfull and dangerous sin: Now that it is so, may appear by these Reasons.

  • 1. It keeps out Repentance, which is the remedy against sin; for so long as the heart is hardened in sin, it cannot repent. Rom. 2. 5. After thy hardnesse and impenitent heart treasurest up wrath, &c.
  • 2. Thi [...] is such a sin with which God doth often punish other hainous sins. Rom. 1. 28. The Gentiles, for their unnaturall uncleannesse, were given up of God unto a Reprobate mind, &c. that is, to a hard heart: As on the contrary, God doth also often punish this sin of hardnesse of heart with other sins; as with grosse igno­rance, and senselessnesse of conscience; as we see, Ephes. 4. 18. The Gentiles had their Cogitations darkened through the ignorance that was in them, by reason of the hardnesse of their hearts: which being past feeling, &c.
  • 3. In the Scripture we find fearfull threatenings against this sin, and grievous Judgments inflicted upon it. Rom. 2. 5. After thy hardnesse, &c. thou treasurest up wrath, &c. See also Deut. 29. 19. And how grievously was this sin punished in Cain, Pharoah, Judas? even with finall Destruction.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See the fearfull condition of all such as have their hearts hardened in sin, Being settled on their Lees, as the Prophet speaketh, Zeph. 1. 12. This is a case to be lamented both by themselves and others; as our Saviour here mourned for the hardnesse of the Scribes and Pharisees hearts. So long as they continue in this estate, there is no likelyhood of their Repentance and Salvation. Besides that, this hardnesse of heart layes them open to most fearfull Judgments of God in this life, and after this life, if they live and dye in it. This is for the terror of all hard-hearted sinners, let such therefore consider it, and tremble at it: And that they may so do; let them consider of some marks whereby they may know the hardnesse of their own hearts.

  • 1. If it be so with them, that they be not moved to Repentance and true Humiliation for sin, by seeing or hearing of the heavy Judgments of God inflicted upon themselves or others, or if they be a little moved for the time (as Pharoah), yet afterwards they grow as bad or worse then before.
  • 2. If the Mercies of God shewed to themselves and others, do not affect them, and perswade their hearts to turn unto God, Rom. 2. 4.
  • 3. If the Word preached unto them, do not work upon their hearts to humble them in the sight of their sins, and to move them to true Repentance; but the more the Hammer of the Word beats on their hearts, the harder they wax like the Smiths Anvill: These are all evident signs of great hardness of heart in whomsoever they are found. And it is fearfull to think how many there are of this rank and number; Let them consider how fearfull their case is, and fear to continue in it. Let them be humbled for it, and lament it, &c. A worse Judgment then all the ten Plagues sent upon Pharoah, worse then the Stone in the Kidneys.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Take heed of this fearfull and dangerous sin of hardnesse of heart, use all means to be delivered and kept from it. To this end, consider well of the danger of it; it is a barr to keep true Repentance and Godly sorrow out of the heart, and so to hinder men from Salvation: It is not sin simply, but impenitency and obstinate going on in sin with a hardned heart that condemns Men.

Now that we may be delivered and kept from this hardnesse of heart, use these Remedies and Means against it.

1. Pray earnestly unto God to soften our hearts by the work of his Spirit, to take away our stony heart, [Page 140] and to give us hearts of Flesh, for He onely is able to do it, and He hath promised to do it, if we carefully use the mean, Ezek, 36. 26.

2. Be diligent and constant in hearing the Word of God, opened and applyed to us in the publick Mini­stery of it: This is that Hammer of God to break the stone of our hearts. Jer. 23. 29. Is not my Word like the Hammer that breaketh the Rock in pieces? This is that Word which is also as a fire to melt and thaw the heart frozen in sin. Therefore if thou wouldest have thy heart melted and softned with godly sorrow for sin, attend diligently to this Word on all occasions. [...]osiah's heart melted at the hearing of the Law read, 2 King. 22. much more shall the hearing of the Word preached melt the heart, if thou hear conscionably: Be carefull therefore to hear it often, and, in hearing, labour to apply to thy conscience, both the threat­nings of the Law, and the sweet promises of the Gospel: The former to humble thee, and strike thy heart with remorse for sin, and the latter to raise thee up with comfort, and to work Faith in thee.

3. Meditate much and often of the infinite and unspeakable Mercy of God toward penitent Sinners. Exod. 34. 6. The Lord, the Lord God, mercifull and gracious, forgiving iniquity, &c. The consideration of this aboundant mercy of God toward such as Repent, is a speciall means to break the stony heart of a Sinner, and to work it unto godly sorrow, and there will never be any true sorrow or heart-break for sin, untill there be a serious consideration, and some true apprehension of God's infinite mercy for the pardoning of sinne.

4. Meditate seriously of the bitter Sufferings of Christ, and of that heavy wrath of God which He indu­red in Soul and Body for our sins. Look at Christ Jesus sweating drops of Blood, and bleeding and dying upon the Crosse, and crying out, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? and this will soften thy heart, and bring it to godly remorse for thy sins, if any thing in the World will do it. It is reported, That the blood of a Goat while it is warm, will break the hardest Adamant; so the blood of Christ apprehended by Faith, and applyed to the conscience, will break the hardest heart in pieces with godly sorrow for sinne.

5. We are to use Christian Admonitions and Exhortations one to another: If we see others fall into any sin, admonish and tell them of it in loving manner, and exhort them to Repent of it; and if others in like case admonish and exhort us, let us hearken to it. This is one excellent means to keep us from being har­dened in sin. Hebr. 3. 13. Exhort one another daily, &c. lest any be hardened, &c.

6. Lastly, Be carefull to avoid the causes of hardness of heart; Especially these,

1. Custom in sin; for as a way or path, the more it is trodden and trampled upon, the harder it waxeth: so the more any do inure themselves to the practise of any sin, as swearing, lying, drunkennesse, uncleannesse, &c. the harder their hearts will grow. It is reported concerning Mithridates, that through the custom of drinking Poyson, he made it so familiar to him, that he drank it without danger: So the Wicked by custom in swearing, uncleannesse, &c. make these sin so familiar to them, that they can swallow them without all remorse of conscience. Beware then of this custom in any sin, least it harden thy heart.

2. Take heed of sinning against knowledge, and against the light of conscience; yea, though it be but of a na­turall conscience: for all such sins against knowledge do exceedingly harden the heart. This we see in David, who sinning against his conscience by Adultery and Murder, his heart was so hardened thereby, that it was almost a year before he did throughly repent and recover himself from that dangerous Fall.

3. Lastly, Take heed of negligence and coldness in religious exercises of prayer, hearing, reading, &c. For if either we begin to omit, or else slightly to perform these Duties, by which our hearts should be daily softned and kept tender, then by little and little we shall become dangerously hardened. So much of the first thing in this Verse; namely the carriage of our Saviour Christ toward the Scribes and Pha­risees.

Now follows the second and third thing; namely, his behaviour toward the man which had the withered hand, bidding him to stretch out his hand, together with the event which followed; He stretched it out, and it was made whole as the other: I shall speak very briefly of both these together.

Stretch forth, &c.] He did not touch him as he did some others, which he cured at other times, but he onely spake the word, bidding him stretch forth his hand, and it was presently cured: this was, to the end the Miracle might appear the greater, and the more to set forth Christ's Power. By the way, note the difference between this withered hand, and that of Jeroboam, 1 King. 13. 4. For he could not pull in his hand, &c.

Observ. Observ. Our Saviour Christ hath absolute Power over all bodily Diseases and Infirmities to cure them, and to take them away Miraculously, and without means, onely with a word speaking, as here we see. See this before observed, Chap. 2. Ver. 11.

Use 1 Use 1. This proves Him to be true God, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Comfort to the Faithfull in all bodily Diseases and Sicknesses, though never so dangerous, deadly, or hard to be cured: Christ hath Power over them to cure them, either with means or without means. Though we see no ordinary means to help us, yet rely upon Christ by Faith for help; Though all Physitians forsake us, yet Christ can heal us, and He will do it, if it be for our good to be cured; onely seek to Him by the prayer of Faith, &c. Although we are not now to look for Miracles, yet the arm of Christ is not short­ned; Therefore rely on Him, when means fail.

Mark 3. 6.‘And the Pharisees departed, and straightway took Counsell, &c. Sept. 19. 1619.

HItherto of the first part of this Chapter touching the Miracle wrought by our Saviour, in curing him that had the withered hand.

Now followeth the second part; namely, Certain consequents which followed thereupon, unto Ver. 13. The Consequents are four.

  • 1. The conspiracy of the Pharisees and Herodiars against our Saviour to destroy Him, Ver. 6.
  • [Page 141] 2. Our Saviour Christs escaping from them, by departing to the Sea, in the beginning of the seventh Verse.
  • 3. The flocking of a great multitude after him thither, v. 7. 8.
  • 4. A remedy used by our Saviour to prevent the peoples thronging of him; in that he commanded his Disciples that a little Ship should wait for him, &c. ver. 9. And this is further amplified by setting down the reason of the great concourse of people unto him, (Verse 10, 11, 12.) Namely, because he wrought many Miracles.

Touching the first consequent, which is the conspiracy of the Pharisees and Herodians against Christ, in this 6. ver. we may consider 4 things.

  • 1. The persons that conspired, The Pharisees with the Herodians.
  • 2. The manner of their conspiring, They took Counsell together.
  • 3. The Circumstance of time, straightway.
  • 4. The matter which they plotted, To destroy him.

First of the persons.

The Pharisees] Of these we have heard before, ch. 2. v. 24.

Herodians] Who these were, is somewhat doubtfull. Some think they were Herod's Courtiers, and such as were of his Houshold (so Beza on Matth. 22. 16.). But to let passe the diversity of Opinions of this matter.

The Opinion of those seems very probable, who think that these Herodians were a certain Sect among the Jews in our Saviour's time; who, among other Opinions, held this, That Herod King of the Jews was the Messiah, because he lived and reigned about that time, when the Jews expected the comming of the Mes­siah. See Casaub. contra Baron. Pag. 46. and Scaliger. in Euseb. And this Opinion is the more probable, be­cause this Herod was not onely King of the Jews, but a Jew born, although his Ancestors were Originally Idumaeans. See Casaub. contra Baron. Apparat. Num. 5. Sect. 3. & 4. See afterward, chap. 8. 15. and chap. 12. 13.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Great men are often greatest enemies of Christ, &c. So these Pharisees and Herodians. See this before observed upon chap. 2. v. 6.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though the Pharisees and Herodians were of different Sects, holding contrary Opinions about the Messiah, and therefore enemies one to the other in that respect; yet they joyn together with one con­sent to seek the death of our Saviour Christ; whence we learn one property of the wicked, which is this, that howsoever they are at variance and discord among themselves about other matters, yet they all can agree in this to oppose Christ. So did the Pharisees and Herodians here. So also did the Pharisees and Sadduces. Though they held contrary Opinions, as appears, Act. 23. 8. yet they consented in this, that they were both malicious enemies to Christ. So Herod and Pilate, though they were enemies, yet could agree and be­come friends to seek the death of our Saviour Christ, Luke 23. 12.

And as the wicked did thus consent and joyn together in league against Christ when he was upon Earth; so also they have in all ages consented and agreed together to set themselves maliciously against the true Church of Christ, though otherwise they disagree among themselves. The Pharisees and Sadduces joyned against Paul, Act. 23. 6. See Psal. 83. Enemies of the Church are like Sampsons Foxes tyed by the tailes, and their heads severed, Judg. 15.

Reas. Reas. Christian Religion, whereof Christ is Author, and which the true Church professeth, and main­taineth, is flat, opposite, and contrary to the corrupt disposition of all wicked men in the World.

Use 1 Use 1. See the extream hatred and Malice of Wicked men against Christ and his Church; in that this cau­seth them to lay aside all other hatred and Enmity which is between them for other matters, so as though they be never so great enemies in other matters, and for other causes, yet they can become Friends and Associates in setting themselves against Christ and his Church, and against the Religion which it Professeth.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Seeing the wicked, though they disagree in other matters, yet can agree and joyn in League against Christ and his Church; let this move us much more to be carefull, that whatsoever differences there are, or may be amongst us in other matters, yet alwayes to consent and joyn together with one heart and mind to seek the honour of Christ, and the good of his Church.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that we see such unity and consent among these wicked Pharisees and Herodians, in seeking to murder our Saviour. We learn further, that unity and consent, of it self is no sure note or mark of the true Church, as the Papists teach: for there is oftentimes great unity and consent among the wicked Enemies of the Church in the practise of wickednesse, and in opposing the true Church. Such unity was between these Herodians and Pharisees; Such unity there was between the High-Priests and Elders; and Pilate and Judas in putting Christ to death: Such unity was amongst them that cryed out against Christ, Crucify him, Crucify him: So also among the Idolatrous Ephesians, crying out against Paul in behalf of Diana, Act. 19. 29. So Re­vel. 13. 16. See also Prov. 1. 11. Antichrist causeth all both Small and Great, Rich and Poor, Free and Bond, to receive his mark, &c. All this proves, that there may be great unity and consent among such as are utter enemies to the true Church; therefore unity of it self, is no sure mark of the true Church; and the most lear­ned Papists shew their ignorance in defending it to be so. Unity in the true Faith and Doctrine of Christ, and in the Profession and practise of true Religion, is a note of the true Church, but unity of it, is not a note of it: And therefore it is a vain thing for the Papists to boast as they do of the unity that is in their Church; for if it were so, (as indeed it is not) yet this would not prove them to be the true Church of Christ, unlesse they can prove that they agree in holding and maintaining the true and sound Doctrine of Christ.

So much of the persons conspiring against our Saviour Christ. Now followeth the manner of their Con­spiracy.

They gathered a Councell] Or took Counsell together; for so it may be translated, as Matth. 12. 14. By this phrase of speech, it seems likely, that they appointed a solemn meeting and assembly about this Consul­tation, to deliberate how they might put our Saviour Christ to death; and no doubt but they consulted how they might accuse him of some crime for which he might be put to death by Authority of the Magistrate. This [Page 142] was their purpose, and they went not rashly about it, but very warily and politickly, consulting about it, &c.

Observ. Observ. The wicked are very wise, wary, and politick in compassing their wicked desires and purposes, and in practising sin, Luke 16. 8. The Children of this World are in their Generation Wiser then the Children of Light. Jerem. 4. 22. My People is Foolish, &c. sottish Children, &c. they are Wise to do evill, &c. Prov. 7. 10. The Har­lot hath a subtle Heart. Act. 13. 10. Elymas full of subtilty. And Luke 13. 32. Herod is called a Fox. We have many examples in Scripture of this wicked Policy and Wisdome in practising sin. How Wise and Po­litick was Saul in seeking the life of David? 1 Sam. 18. How Politick was Absalon in Plotting against David his own Father to get the Kingdome from him? 2 Sam. 15. 2. How Politick was wicked Jesabell in Plotting the death of Naboth, and getting away his Vineyard for Ahab? 1 King. 21. So Herod in seeking to put our Saviour Christ to death so soon as he was born, Matth. 2. So Matth. 26. 4. The Chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders, consulted to take Christ by subtilty, &c.

Thus Wise and Politick are the wicked in Plotting and practising sin; And this we see to be true in daily experience. The Covetous person is very subtill and Wise to compasse his Covetous practises of unjustice, and Oppression. The Ambitious person is very Politick in Plotting how to grow to great Honour in the World. The unchast person is very Circumspect and Politick to compasse his sin, Job 24. 15. The eye of the Adulterer wayteth for the Twilight, and saith, No eye shall see me. So in other sins.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The Devill that old Serpent, teacheth and instructeth the wicked, how to Plot and practise sin, Jam. 3. 15. called devillish Wisedome: and hence it is, that they are so wise and subtill in compassing their wicked purposes. This is called the deepnesse of Satan, Revel. 2. 24. Their own corrupt heart doth also teach them, &c. Jam. 3. 15.

Use 1 Use 1. Take heed of being like the Wicked in this Devillish Wisedome and Policy to practise sin. It is a fearfull and dangerous thing to be wise and Politick in this kind; A Wo is denounced against such, Esay 29. 15. Wo unto them that seek deep to hide their Counsell from the Lord, and their Works are in the dark, and they say, Who seeth us, and who knoweth us? It is much better to be simple and foolish, then to be wise and Politick in commit­ting sin, Rom. 16. 19. I would have you simple concerning evill.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. How much more should we be Wise, Politick, and Circumspect to do well, and to Glorify God by good Duties; and in avoiding sin and the occasions, seeing the wicked are so subtill and wise to do evill? Rom. 16. 19. Wise to do good. Therefore as they are wise in watching all opportunities, and using all means for the [...]ccomplishing of their wicked desires; so let us be much more wise and prudent in watching the oc­casions of doing good, and in using all good means for the Glorifying of God. See Ephes. 5. 15. and Matth. 10. 16. So much of the manner of their conspiring.

Mark 3. 6.‘And the Pharisees departed, and straightway took Counsell, &c. Sept. 26. 1619.

NOW to speak of the Circumstance of time, when they plotted this mischief against our Saviour Christ, Straightway they took Counsell, &c.

Observ. Observ. The wicked are very eager, hasty, and greedy to commit sin, delaying no time, but taking the first opportunities for it, Esay 5. 11. Drunkards rise up early in the Morning that they may follow strong Drink, &c. So Rom. 3. 15. See Prov. 1. 16. The feet of Murderers are swift to shed bloud, Ephes. 4. 19. Joh. 3. 30. So soon as Judas had received the sop, he went immediately out to seek occasion as soon as might be, to betray our Saviour Christ. So Prov. 4. 16. They sleep not except they have done mischief, &c. Jer. 8. 6. Every one tur­ned to his course as the Horse rusheth into the Battell. See other examples of this in Rehum and Shimshai, Ezra, 4. 23. In the daughter of Herodias, Mark 6. 25. Thus it is with the wicked when they should do any thing that is good, they creep like Snails, they go slowly, yea, they even draw their legs after them, but when they go about any evill, they skip with Hinds feet, and run swiftly to it.

Reasons, 1. Sin is very sweet and pleasant unto their corrupt natures, alluring their hearts unto it, so as they are as greedy after it as the hungry stomack is after dainty meat; for as it is Prov. 4. 17. They eat the bread of Iniquity, and drink the Wine of Violence. See Job 20. 12.

2. They have not in them the sanctifying Spirit of God to restrain or hold them back from sin: therefore they are carryed to it eagerly and hastily with full sway of their corrupt hearts, so as there is no reluctation, &c.

3. The Devill hath them in a slavish subjection to his Will, ruling and bearing sway in them by his temp­tations, and thrusting them forward in all haste to the committing of sin; for needs must they go whom the Devill driveth, as we say.

Use 1 Use 1. See one difference between the Godly and the wicked in sinning: They sin both, but with great difference: The Godly are drawn violently to it by Satans Temptations, and do yield to it through infirmi­ty, yet so as there is some reluctation and resistance made by them against the sin into which they fall. On the contrary, the wicked are hastily and greedily carryed to it with full swing of their own hearts. Indeed a child of God may be hasty and forward to sin, as David was, 2 Sam. 11. 3. but not with such greedy desire and full consent of heart as the wicked, for it is their property to sin with greedinesse, Ephes. 4. 19. that is, with such greedinesse, that they are carried with full consent to the sin, without any reluctation against it; but it is not so with the Godly, though they sometimes through Satans eager Temptations, and their own great cor­ruption, do sin willingly, and with a kind of consent; and not onely so, but they sometimes run hastily into some sin; yet not so greedily as the wicked, not so as to commit sin with full consent of heart, without any strife or resistance at all against the same.

Use 2 Use 2. Though we cannot but fall through infirmity, yet take heed of this making haste to sin with eager­nesse and greedinesse, remembring that this is the property of the wicked to sin with greedinesse. To this end, pray unto God to give us his sanctifying Spirit, which may mortify the corruption of our nature, and [Page 143] hold us back from sinning with such eager and greedy desire as the wicked do, and which may cause in us a hatred of the sin we fall into, and a strife against it. Pray unto him also to deliver us from the power of Satan, that he may not bear such sway in us as to carry us with greedinesse to the committing of sin.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Seeing the wicked are so eager and hasty to commit sin, let us be much more hasty and forward to perform good Duties, Psal. 119. 60. I made haste and delayed not to keep thy Commandments, and ver. 32. I will run the way of thy Commandments, &c. Delay not good Duties, but take the first opportunities to do them. Are the wicked so hasty to serve the Devill, and shall not we be more forward to serve God? We have a better Master then they; we have better work, better wages promised, better incouragements, &c.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. This shews the Folly and madnesse of wicked men, hasty and greedy to go to Hell, and to damn their own Souls, &c. So much of the Circumstance of time, Straightway.

Now follows the last thing to be considered in this verse; namely, the matter it self, which these Phari­sees and Herodians plotted against our Saviour Christ; namely, that they might destroy him, that is, that they might accuse him of some capitall crime, and so cause him to be judicially condemned, and put to death by publick Authority.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The Pharisees having before harboured Malice and hatred in their hearts against our Saviour Christ, now they shew it by seeking his death: Hence learn, that Malice being harboured in the Heart, if it be not in time resisted, and cast out thence, will at length bring men to the committing of actuall murder. Cain first hated his brother Abel, and this caused him at length to murder him, Gen. 4. So Esau hating his brother Jacob, desired to slay him, Gen. 27. 41. Therefore he that hateth his Brother is said to be a Murtherer, 1 Joh. 3. 15. Not onely because he is so in Gods account, but also because the inward Malice that is in his heart against his brother, if it be continued and not resisted, it will cause him at last to Murther his Brother actually, if occasion serve. See Rom. 1. 29. Matth. 15. 19. Out of the Heart come Murders.

Use 1 Use 1. See how dangerous a thing it is to harbour or bear Malice in heart against others; this may in time bring those that so harbour it, to the committing of that fearfull sin of actuall Murther, at least to a desire and will to commit it, if opportunity and means be offered. If it be a fearfull thing, and most hainous be­fore God (to be Guilty of actuall shedding of mans bloud) then also it must needs be a dangerous thing to give way in the heart to rancour and malice, which is even the next step to actuall Murther, and the very root and cause whence it proceedeth. All actuall Murthers committed wittingly and willingly, do come from inward Malice and rancour, lodged and setled in the hearts of such Murtherers, which shews how dan­gerous it is to bear malice in the heart against others. He that wisheth hurt to another, would also do hurt if opportunity and means serve.

Use 2 Use 2. Beware of suffering this sin of Malice to enter into our hearts, especially take heed of suffering it to lodge there, and to take rooting in us, lest it make way to actuall Murther. The rather take heed of bea­ring hatred and Malice against others, because it is very naturall to us to harbour it in our hearts. We are by nature like the Pharisees in our Saviours time, who loved their friends, but hated their enemies; so do too many now adayes that yet professe to be good Christians: But this must be far from us, we are commanded to love our Enemies, and to do good to them, &c. Matth. 5. 44. So Deuter. 23. 37. Thou shalt not abhor an Edomite, for he is thy Brother, Thou shalt not abhor an Egyptian, &c. Though these were professed Enemies to Gods people, yet they might not bear hatred to their persons, but love them, and wish well to them, and be ready to do them good. So must it be with us, we must not hate the persons of our very Enemies; though they have wronged us, yet beware of carrying rancour and Malice against them; remember that this makes way to the fearfull sin of Murther: Therefore as we tremble at the thought of actuall Murther, so abhor and tremble at malicious thoughts against others, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that these Pharisees thus proceeded in bearing inward Malice against our Saviour, to the malicious plotting and practising of his death; We may from hence observe the policy of Satan, tempting and drawing men unto the practice of sin by certain steps and degrees; first to lesser sins, and then to grea­ter and more hainous.

The Devill doth not tempt men unto the highest degree of sin at the first, but he labours to bring them to it by little and little, Jam. 1. 14. The Apostle layeth down certain steps and degrees by which men are drawn to the practise of sin.

These wicked Pharisees did first conceive evill and malicious thoughts against our Saviour Christ, then they proceeded further to speak maliciously against him, as we heard upon the former Chapter; and now at length they are come to this height of Malice against him, that they plot and Devise how to Murther him. And thus usually the Devill proceeds by degrees in tempting unto sin.

First the Heart is drawn away and enticed by some sinfull object; then lust conceiveth, that is, Consent is given to the sin in Heart; then this inward consent bringeth forth actuall sin; neither doth the sinner stay here, but proceeds to the finishing or perfecting of sin, which is done by Custome and continuance in it.

We have sundry examples in Scripture of this proceeding by degrees in the practice of sin. Thus Eve at the beginning, was by degrees tempted of Satan to the sin of Disobedience against God.

First she looked on the forbidden tree, then she was delighted with the pleasantnesse of it, then she desi­red it, then took and tasted of it, and lastly, not staying there, she did also give of it to her Husband. So Achan, Jos. 7. 21. first looked on the Babylonish Garment, and the wedge of Gold, then coveted it in Heart, and then stole it away. So David first cast his eye on Bathsheba, then lusted after her, then com­mitted Adultery with her; and then also to cover that foul sin, proceeded further, even to the sin of Mur­ther, whereof he made himself Guilty in plotting the death of Ʋriah, and causing others to be slain with him. So Peter was first tempted to go into the High Priests Hall, and there to associate himself with the wicked enemies of Christ; then being there, he was drawn to deny Christ, and from a bare denyall of him, he proceeded at length to forswear him, yea, and to curse himself, if he knew him.

Thus we see it is usuall with the Devill to draw men on to the practise of sin by degrees.

Use. Ʋse. This must teach us a Point of spiritual Wisdom, which is, to resist sin in the first beginnings of it, before we proceed far in it. Withstand the first motions of sin arising in our hearts, or suggested by Satan: Strive and pray against them at the first, and labour at the very first to cast them out of our hearts and minds, and not to suffer them to lodge or take possession there: Ephes. 4. 27. Give not place to the Devil, but resist his Temptations betimes. Satan and Sin are most easily resisted at first, but if either of them get hold in us, it will be very hard afterward to dispossess them. Be wise therefore to resist and keep them out betimes. The one­ly way to be kept from actual committing of gross sins, is to withstand the first motions of those sins arising in the heart, or suggested by Satan: 1 Pet. 2. 11. Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers &c. to abstain from fleshly Lusts, &c. not onely from the actual committing of gross sins, but also from the very inward motions and lusts of sin, arising in the heart, or offered to us by Satan. The onely way to be kept from the fearful sin of actual Murther is, to take heed of yielding to unadvised Anger and Wrath against others, and especially to take heed of harbouring Malice and Rancour in our hearts against such as wrong us. These lower degrees of Murther do often make way to the highest degree of that bloody sin; therefore, as thou wouldst be preser­ved from falling into the latter, beware of giving way to the former. So in other sins: The way to be kept from sins of the Flesh; as Fornication, Adultery, &c. is to resist and abhor the first motions of such sins in our own hearts, and not to suffer them to lodge there. It is a most dangerous thing to give way to the first occasions and beginnings of any sin; and if thou do so, a thousand to one but thou wilt proceed further in it: and the further thou goest on in it, the worse and the harder to return by Repentance; therefore resist sin betimes. We must deal with sin (if we would mortify it in our selves) as we do with venemous Crea­tures, as Adders or Snakes, we use to kill and destroy the young Brood of them; so, if thou wouldst be kept from grosser sins, labour to mortify and kill in thy self the young brood of sin, that is, the first evill motions and sinful lusts arising in the heart, or suggested by the Devil. If we could practise but this one Point of re­sisting the first beginnings of sin in our selves, how profitable would it be? How many dangerous sins might we be kept from by this means? And the not practising of this hath been the cause of the fearful Falls of ma­ny into most grievous sins. If our first Parents, and David, Peter, Judas, had resisted the beginnings of those sins into which they fell, they had not fallen into them so dangerously as they did. Let us therefore be war­ned by their harms, and beware of giving way to the first occasions and beginnings of any sin, lest if we yield to them, the Devil bring us by degrees to the highest pitch of that sin.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The deadly Hatred of the wicked against the Servants of God, &c. See afterward upon Chap. 11. Ver. 18.

Mark 3. 7, 8, 9.‘But Jesus avoided with his Disciples to the Sea, &c. Octob. 3. 1619.

VVEE have heard of the first Consequent that followed upon the Miracle which our Saviour wrought on him that had the withered Hand; namely, The wicked Conspiracy of the Pharisees and He­rodians to destroy him.

Now, in these three Verses, the Evangelist setteth down three other Consequents which followed after the working of that Miracle.

The former of the three is our Saviour Christ's escape made from the Pharisees and Herodians Conspira­cy by departing to the Sea, in the beginning of Ver. 7.

The next Consequent or Event that hapned, is, The great Concourse and flocking of the People from diverse Countreys, far and near, to our Saviour Christ, upon the hearing of his famous Deeds, Ver. 7, 8.

The last Consequent is, A Remedy used by our Saviour to prevent the Peoples thronging of him; He com­manded his Disciples that a little Ship should wait for him, &c. Ver. 9.

Touching the first of these three Consequents.

Jesus avoided] or departed aside, or withdrew himself, &c.

To the Sea,] Not the great Mediterranean Sea, but the Sea of Galilee, or Lake of Gennesareth, whereof we heard before, Chap. 1. Ver. 16. Now our Saviour did thus withdraw himself, that he might escape the hands of the Pharisees and Herodians, that they might not take his life from him, because as yet the time ap­pointed for his death was not come; therefore he thus provided for the safety of his life, by departing aside unto the Sea of Galilee.

Observ. Observ. It is lawful for Christians, in time of Persecution, to provide for the safety of their own lives by good means; and among other means, by fleeing, or departing aside for a time. This is permitted, Matth. 10. 23. When they persecute you in this City, flee into another, &c. Our Saviour Christ being in danger of his life, by reason of his malicious Enemies, did withdraw himself, and that at sundry times, before the appointed time of his Passion came, as we may see here, and else-where in the Evangelists, as Joh. 4. 3. Joh. 8. 59. Joh. 10. 39. it is said, They went about to take him, but he escaped out of their hands. We have also other Ex­amples for this in Scripture; Jacob fled from Esau who fought to slay him, Gen. 27. Moses having slain the Aegyptian, and being in danger of his life for that Fact, did fly into the Land of Midian, Exod. 2. Eliah, being in fear of his life, fled from Jesabel to Mount Horeb, 1 King. 19. So when the same Jesabel persecuted the Lord's Prophets, there were an hundred Prophets which withdrew themselves, and were hid­den in Caves by Obadiah, 1 King. 18. So also the Apostles in the New Testament, being persecuted, did provide for safety of their lives by withdrawing themselves: So did Paul, Act. 9. 25. when the Jews conspired to kill him, the Brethren at Damascus let him down in a Basket through a Wall: and Ver. 29. when the Grecians went about to slay him, he was brought by the Brethren to Cesarea and sent to Tarsus. These Examples shew it lawful, in time of dangerou [...] Persecution, to provide for the safety of our lives by fleeing; yet here we must know, that all flight in time of Persecution is not warrantable, but in some cases, and with some conditions which are to be observed.

The conditions are these,

1. If the Persecution be personal, that is, directed against some particular Persons, either one or more; [Page 145] in this case the Persons particularly aimed at may flee and escape: But if the Persecution be general against the whole Church, then a Pastor or Minister may not flee but stand out; for in that case it is necessary that the strong should confirm and support the weak.

2. Such as are tyed by some special Calling to the place where Persecution is, may not flee till they be freed from the bond of their Calling. Thus a Magistrate or Minister being tyed to the place where their charge is, by vertue of their Calling, may not flee from thence, unless they be first freed from that bond of their Calling.

Quest. Quest. When may they be said to be freed from it?

Answ. Answ. When the case stands so, that there is no hope or likelihood of doing good by exercising the duties of their Callings in the place where they live. In this case a Minister of the Word, in time of Persecution, may lawfully flee for safety, if he see no hope of doing good in his place by Preaching or otherwise, if he should abide there. In this case, it is more for God's Glory, and for the Churches benefit to withdraw him­self, and so by providing for the safety of his life, to reserve himself for the Churches Use for time to come, or else to exercise the Duties of his Ministry in some other place.

3. Such as withdraw themselves for a time, in time of Persecution, must not utterly forsake their particular Callings by which they were tyed to that place from whence they flee, but they are afterwards to return to them again, if opportunity and means be offered when the brunt of the Persecution is over.

4. Such as flee in Persecution must not do it rashly, but advisedly and upon good ground well considered. And to this end, it is fit for such to pray unto God to direct them therein, and withal to take advice of the Church of God, or at least of some that are faithful in it, for their direction.

5. Lastly, when God puts into the heart of a Christian the Spirit of courage and resolution to stand out against the brunt of Persecution, in this case it is not good or fit for such a one to flee. Act. 20. 22. Paul went bound in the Spirit to Jerusalem, &c. Indeed this motion of the Spirit is not ordinary; yet it hath been found in some worthy Martyrs of Christ.

These Conditions and Rules observed, it is lawful for Christians to flee for their lives, in time of Persecu­tion; but not otherwise.

So much of the second Consequent of the Miracle wrought on him that had the withered hand; viz. Our Saviour's departure to the Sea.

Now to speak of the third Consequent; namely, The great flocking of the People after Him, from sundry places, both near and farr off. This is set down in the end of the 7th. Verse, and in the 8th. Verse.

A great multitude] It is likely that most of them were of the common and meaner sort of People, who were thus forward to go after our Saviour Christ; for the Scribes, and Pharisees, and other great men, were Enemies to Christ, and therefore it is not likely they would take such pains to follow Him; and besides our Saviour did at this time conceal his departure from the Pharisees, because they sought to destroy him. See Mat. 12. 15.

From Galilee,] This was the Northerly part of Palestina.

And from Judea,] The Southern part of Palestina, which was most properly called Judea.

Jerusalem,] The chief City in Judea.

Idumea,] The Country of the Edomites, the posterity of Esau, who was also called Edom, whence this Country was called Idumea; which was bordering on the South-side of Judea.

From beyond Jordan,] That is, from the Country which lay on the further side of the River Jordan, East­ward from Judea; where Reuben, Gad, and the half Tribe of Manasseh, had their Portion given them, Numb. 32. This Country is called by Josephus, Peraea, from [...] ultra, because it lay beyond Jor­dan from Judea.

And they about Tyre and Sidon,] These were Sea-Towns in the Country of Phoenicia, which is a part of Syria bordering toward the Northerly part of Judea. And they were great and rich Cities for Mer­chandise, as appeareth Ezek. 27.

When they heard what great things he did,] that is, What great and powerful Miracles he wrought; And no doubt but they had also heard of his divine and heavenly Doctrine which he preached; therefore they thus flocked after him, both to see his Miracles, and to hear his Doctrine. And although it is not likely that all this Multitude followed after him with a sincere and upright Affection, and for good Ends; yet there is no doubt but some did, whose practise therefore is commendable and to be imitated. So much of the words in way of cleering them.

Now to gather some Instructions from them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. We see here the great zeal and forwardness of this People, flocking after Christ in so great a multitude, from so many places and Countryes round about, yea, some coming very far to hear his Doctrine, and to see the same confirmed by Miracles. In this we are to imitate them, being zealous and forward upon all good occasions to frequent the publick means of Grace and Salvation; as the publick Ministry of the Word and Sacraments: We ought to shew all readiness in repairing to these duly; yea, we should strive who should be foremost in coming to these publick Exercises of Religion, and of God's Worship. Of this see before, Chap. 2. Ver. 2.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further observe here, That the common People follow Christ zealously, when the Pharisees, that were great men in accompt, did persecute him and seek his life; Hence we may learn, that mean Per­sons are oftentimes more forward in embracing the Gospel, and in following Christ, than the great men of the World are. This common multitude here spoken of, was readier by far to follow Christ, and to hear and receive his Doctrine, and to believe both that and his Miracles, than the Pharisees were. Here then was verifyed that of our Saviour Christ, Matth. 11. 5. The poor receive the Gospel. To this purpose also is that 1 Cor. 1. 26. Not many wise men after the Flesh, not many mighty, not many noble, are called: But God hath chosen the foolish things of the World to confound the wise, &c. And hence also was that question of the Pharisees, Joh. 7. 48. Do any of the Rulers or Pharisees believe in him? But this People which know not the Law are cursed, &c. [Page 146] In our Saviour Christ's time, we see that poor Fisher-men were more forward to embrace Christ and his Doctrine, than the Scribes and Pharisees, High Priest, and Rulers of the People were. And so it is often­times: yea, it is so for the most part, that poor and mean Persons are readier to embrace Christ and the Gos­pel, than the great Ones of the World. Reasons hereof.

1. It pleased God to Call mean Persons for the most part, rather than great Men of the World. See 1 Cor. 1. 26. ut suprà. See also Jam. 2. 5. Hath not God chosen the Poor of this World that they should be Rich in Faith, and Heirs, &c. Now God doth this to shew, that He is no Respecter of Persons, but that He giveth his Grace freely, and not for any worthinesse in Man, that no Flesh may glory in his presence; as it is, 1 Cor. 1. 29.

2. Mean Persons have not so many Impediments to hinder them from believing in Christ, and from em­bracing the Gospel as great Men of the World have: Worldly Wealth, Honour, &c. are so many stumbling Blocks in their way from which poor and mean Men are free; and therefore they are often more forward then great Men in embracing Christ.

Use 1 Use 1. See then that Worldly Greatness doth not of it self help or further any to Salvation, &c. See before, Ver. 6.

Use 2 Use 2. Seek not too much after worldly Greatness, as great Wealth, great Honour, &c. lest these prove hinderances and snares to us in the way of Salvation, keeping us back from Christ. Prov. 23. 3. Labour not to be Rich, &c. but desire rather a mean Estate and Condition in this World, Prov. 30. 8. and rest well contented therewith if it be allotted of God to any of us: This mean Condition is safest and best for a Christian. Great Men have great and dangerous temptations, incident to their great Places, which poor and mean Men are free from, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. See also by this, That it is not alwayes best to follow the example of great Men, rather of mean Men in matters of Religion: But of this before also, Ver. 6.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The more the wicked Pharisees and Herodians oppose themselves against Christ, shewing their malice in seeking to destroy Him, and so to stop the course of his Ministery, the more the Fame of his Doctrine and Miracles spreadeth far and near, and the greater Company flock unto him to hear him: Whence we may learn, That the true Church is not diminished or lessened by Persecutions and by Opposition of wicked Men made against it, but it is rather increased and inlarged thereby: It groweth under the Cross. Acts, 8. By reason of the great Persecution raised against the Church at Hierusalem, the Disciples were scattered abroad through Judea and Samaria, and Ver. 4. they that were scattered abroad, went to and fro Preaching the Word, and so the Gospel was further propagated, and the Church inlarged. So Phil. 1. 12. Paul's Bands turned to the furtherance of the Gospel, and the inlargement of the Church. As it was with the Israelites in Aegypt; the more they were oppressed by Pharoah, the more they multiplyed in number: So it is with the true Church, the more it is Opposed and Persecuted by the Enemies, the more it groweth and increaseth. Thus it was in the Apostles Dayes, and thus it was with the Primitive Church, that lived under those ten first Persecutions by the Heathen Emperours of Rome: Hence was that true Speech, Sanguis Martyrum, Semen Ecclesiae.

Reas. 1 Reasons. 1. The great Power of God is seen not onely in protecting his Church against Enemies, but also in causing it to grow, and to get strength in midst of the hottest Persecutions.

2. The constancy of the Saints which suffer for the Gospel, doth draw others to embrace the Gospel, and so the Church is inlarged.

3. The Word of God and the course of it cannot be stopped or restrained by Persecutions; but the more it is resisted and opposed, the more it usually prevaileth. 2 Tim. 2. 9. The Word of God is not bound. See Acts, 28. ult. Paul being in Prison at Rome for two years preached the Word without Lett. And in that space also he wrote almost as many Epistles to the Churches as he did else at all.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Comfort to all that are of the true Church, against the force and malice of the Devil and wicked men that oppose against the Church, and labour to hinder the course of the Gospel: They may attempt it, but never shall they be able to do it. The more they rage against the Church and Faithfull Members of it, the more shall they increase. Indeed the number of Professors may for a time be diminished by Persecuti­on, but it shall increase again afterward: The true Church is in this like the Palm-Tree, which the more it is pressed down, the more it groweth: and like the hearb Camomil, which being trampled upon, groweth the faster. See then how vain are all attempts of the Devil and wicked men against the true Church, and against the course of the Gospel, when they think to oppress the Church they in large it; and when they go about to stop the course of the Gospel, it runneth more freely. The Devil may use means to stop the mouths of some of the Ministers of the Word from Preaching it, or of other Christians from professing it; but he can never put to silence the Word it self, nor wholly stop the course of it. The Preachers and Professors of it may be imprisoned, but the Word it self cannot be bound, &c. This is great incouragement to the Preach­ers and Professors of it, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Some of those here mentioned that followed Christ were Gentiles, as those of Idumea, and of Tyre and Sidon: whence it appeareth, That although the Gentiles were not generally called in our Saviour Christ's time while He lived upon Earth, yet some few of them were even then called. So were some of these Idumeans, Tyrians and Sidonians, as it is likely: So also was that Centurion, mentioned Matth. 8. And that Canaanitish Woman, Matth. 15. And the Calling of these, was a preparative to the more generall Calling of the Gentiles which was to follow after Christs Ascension.

Object. Object. Christ is called the Minister of Circumcision, Rom. 15. 8. And Matth. 15. 24. He was sent to the lost Sheep of the House of Israel.

Answ. Answ. Though He were sent chiefly to Preach to them, yet not onely to them: therefore, though for the most part He preached to the Jews, yet sometimes also to some that were Gentiles; as may appear, Matth. 4. 15. and Matth. 15. 21.

Use. Use. Comfort to us that are Gentiles, Christ came to be a Saviour to Us as well as to the Jews. So Luke 2. 32. A Light to be revealed to the Gentiles, and the Glory of Israel, &c. It followeth,

Ver. 9. And He commanded his Disciples, &c.

The fourth Consequent of the former Miracle mentioned, Ver. 5. is, A remedy used by our Saviour to pre­vent the hurt that might come to Him by the Peoples thronging Him. Being now near to the Sea of Galilee, or Lake of Gennesareth, and the Multitude coming so fast upon Him, there was danger lest they should either thrust Him violently into the Lake, or hurt Him otherwise by thronging Him: Therefore He wills his Dis­ciples to provide a little Ship or Boat which should wait for Him; that is, to be ready at hand to receive him, if any danger should come unto him: he could have preserved himself by his Divine Power, but he used this means for our imitation.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first, we may see the Truth of Christ's Humane Nature, and that He did also partake in the Naturall Infirmities incident to our Nature (though without sin), as bodily weakness, pain, grief, &c. This is plain, in that he was in danger to have his Body hurt and crushed with the throng of the People com­ing upon him. So he was subject to hunger, thirst, weariness, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour used this means to prevent danger which might come to his Body; we are taught to be wise and carefull in using good means for the safety of our Bodies, and bodily lives, and to prevent such hurt and danger as may happen unto them. Thus Paul Acts, 27. 31. being in danger of drow­ning, was carefull of means to prevent it: And it was commendable in those Marriners, Jonah, 1. 5. (though Heathenish men) to cast the Wares out of the Ship to save their Bodies from drowning.

Use. Ʋse. This reproveth those that are carelesse of using the means of their own safety in times of bodily danger, and that under pretence of casting themselves upon God's protection: they say, If dangers come, God will keep them, though they use no good means to that end. Thus do some ignorant People in time of Sick­nesse; neglecting the means of Physick, and yet perswading themselves that God will give them health, &c. This is a tempting of God, to pretend that we rely upon his Providence, and yet to use no means whereby to serve his providence, for preservation and safety of our Bodies: It is also a breach of the sixth Com­mandement, and a degree of murther to neglect the means of preserving our bodies and bodily lives; our chief care indeed should be for the Salvation of our Souls, yet may we not be careless of the good and safety of our bodies: Excessive care of the body is forbidden in the Word of God, but not all care thereof. So understand that Matth. 6. 25.

Mark 3. 10, 11, 12.‘For He had healed many, &c. Octob. 10. 1619.

IN the former Verses the Evangelist shewed that a very great multitude of People flocked unto our Savi­our Christ, being by the Sea of Galilee, together with the cause moving them to flock unto him; as also a remedy used by him to prevent their thronging of him; namely, the hearing of the great things which he had done.

Now in these three next Verses he sheweth more at large the cause both of their great concourse, and also of his using that remedy to prevent their thronging of him: the Cause was, for that he had there wrought many Miracles, by reason whereof the People pressed upon him, &c. Now these Miracles are of two sorts.

  • 1. The miraculous curing of many that were Diseased, Ver. 10.
  • 2. The powerfull mastering, or subduing of the Devils in those that were possessed, Ver. 11, 12.

Touching the former, the Evangelist setteth down.

  • 1. The miraculous Cures, in these words; For he had healed many.
  • 2. A consequent which followed thereupon; The People pressed upon him to touch him, as many as had Plagues.

He had healed many,] The Evangelist meaneth that he had miraculously cured them, without ordinary means, onely by his Divine Power; for so he used to cure the Diseased, either onely by touching them, or by spea­king the word barely; commanding them to be whole, as we have heard before.

Observ. Observ. Here we see that our Saviour Christ is not onely a Spirituall, but also a Bodily Physitian: He came into the World not onely to cure the Spirituall Diseases of Mens Souls, that is, their Sins; but also to heal the Sicknesses and Diseases of their Bodies by his Almighty Power: Therefore, being upon Earth, he did not onely forgive Sins, and suffer for Man's Redemption, but also cure many of their bodily Diseases miraculously, a [...] we have heard in the former Chapters. That which is spoken of God, Psal. 103. 3. may be applyed to Christ: He forgiveth all our Iniquities, and healeth all our Diseases; both Bodily and Spirituall. And it was necessary, that our Saviour Christ should miraculously cure the Bodily Diseases of Men whilst he lived on Earth, thereby to shew and prove that he was that Person who was appointed and sent of God to take away Men's Sins, which are their Spirituall Sicknesses; as is shewed, Matth. 8. 17. out of the Prophet Esay.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See then that Christ is an all-sufficient Saviour, Able perfectly to save such as come to God by Him; as the Apostle speaketh, Hebr. 7. 27. He is able to save us both in Soul and Body, and to cure the Diseases of both most perfectly; and as he is able, so he is willing and ready to cure the Faithfull, not onely in Soul of their Sins by the merit of his Blood and efficacy of his Spirit, but also to cure their Bodily Diseases so far as is good for them. And though he be not now on Earth to cure Bodily Diseases miraculously, neither must we look for this; yet his Power is still as great as ever it was over all Bodily Diseases, to cure them without means, or with means; yea, his Power is now rather greater then it was on Earth.

Use 2 Use 2. Therefore seek to Christ, not onely for Spirituall Health (though chiefly for that), but even for Bodily: He is the best Physitian for Soul and Body. Though he be not now on Earth, and so thou canst not go to him with the feet of thy Body, nor speak to him, nor touch his Body or Garments, as these disea­sed Persons here mentioned; yet go up to Heaven to Him with the feet of thy Heart and Affections, and speak to him by thy prayers, and touch him; and lay hold on his Power and Mercy by Faith; do this in all Bodily Sicknesses and Griefs. Thou must not neglect other outward helps and means of Physick, and the [Page 148] like: but above all, forget not to seek to Christ Jesus, the best Physitian for Soul and Body, to blesse the means to thee. It followeth,

Insomuch that they pressed upon Him, &c.] This shews what was one end for which so great a multitude came to Christ at this time, even to have their bodily Diseases cured miraculously. And it is likely to have been the fault of many, that they sought to Him more for the cure of their Bodies, than to have their Souls benefited by his Preaching: yet no doubt, but some also came for this end.

To touch Him,] By this, it seems they had heard of some that had been before cured by Touching our Sa­viour Christ's Body or Garments. And it is likely, that hereupon they had some superstitious conceipt, as if the bare touching of him had vertue to heal them; whereas all the vertue came from his Person as he was God, or from his Godhead, and not from his Body or Garments. See Mark 5. 30.

But yet withall, this pressing to touch him, doth shew their Faith (at least the Faith of some of them), that they were perswaded of Christ's Power and Mercy, that he was able and willing to cure them if they came unto him.

So many as had Plagues,] Or Scourges, as the Greek word ( [...]) signifieth. So he calleth those Dis­enses of the Body with which they were afflicted, to shew the grievousnesse of them, and the nature of them, that they were sent of God upon them as Scourges and Punishments for sin. So much of the Words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. By example of these, pressing upon Christ to be healed of their Bodily Diseases, we learn; What to do in all Miseries and Afflictions, even to seek unto Christ Jesus for help and relief: yea, to be forward and earnest in seeking to Him, pressing unto Him as this People did. Thus we should do both in outward and inward afflictions, both of Body and Mind.

1. In outward and bodily Afflictions; as Sickness, Pain, Poverty, Want, &c. The bestway to find help, and ease, and relief, is, to go unto Christ by prayer; yea, to make haste, and to presse unto Him by the earnest prayer of Faith, intreating Him to give us strength, patience, and deliverance in the due time ap­pointed. Herein we are to imitate the Diseased People in our Saviour Christ's time, who pressed unto Christ to be healed in Body; as we see that Woman did, who had been twelve years Diseased with an Issue of bloud. Mark 5. 27. She came in the presse behind, and touched His Garment, &c. So should we in all out­ward and bodily miseries presse unto Christ by earnest prayer for help and deliverance.

2. But much more in all our Spirituall miseries and inward distresses of mind and conscience, as in the feeling of the burden of our own sins and of God's wrath, we should go unto Christ by Faith; yea, we should presse unto him by Faith, labouring to lay hold on him, and on the merit of his Sufferings for the pardon of our Sins: at least to touch Him by the hand of our Faith. This is the onely way to find ease and com­fort.

Use 1 Use 1. This reproveth such as being in distresse and affliction take wrong Courses to find ease and delive­rance. Some being in outward affliction; as bodily Sicknesse, or the like, fall to murmuring and repining, to impatient words and behaviour, thinking so to ease themselves; but this is the way to increase their own torment of Body and Mind, and to make the burden of their own Cross heavier than it would be. Others are worse, who in such Cases stick not to seek help from Witches or Wizzards; and what is this but instead of going to Christ for help, to seek to the Devil for it? See Levit. 20. 6. it is said of such, If any turn after such as work with Spirits and South-Sayers, to go a Whoring, &c. I will set my face against that Person, and cut him off. This was Saul's sin, when God had cast him off, he went to the Witch of Endor; that is, to the Devil for help, 1 Sam. 28. Again, others there be, who in time of inward trouble of conscience, when they feel the burden of sin lying on their conscience, and the wrath of God terrifying them; instead of going to Christ by Faith, betake themselves to merry Company, or to vain Sports, thinking so to find ease, but this is not the way: This course may for the present stop the mouth of thy accusing conscience, but it will not take away the sting of it: nothing will do this, but the bloud of Christ applyed by Faith.

Use 2 Use 2. In all miseries and troubles outward and inward, take the right course, and use this as the best re­medy. Go to Christ Jesus for help, go to Him by Faith, and by Prayer; yea, presse unto Him by earnest prayer, and labour to lay hold on his Power and Mercy, and on the merit of his Sufferings by a true and lively Faith, at least to touch him though it be but by a weak Faith: Thou shalt find vertue to come from him, to give thee ease and comfort in all distresses. Let no impediments therefore hinder thee from going to Christ in such Cases, presse to him through all difficulties; let not the greatness of thy misery, or multitude of thy sins keep thee back: nay, rather these must drive thee to Christ: And the more to incourage thee to go to him; consider how he calleth all unto him that travel, &c. promising to refresh them. Matth. 11. 28. and Joh. 6. 37. Him that cometh to me, I will in no wise cast out.

Observ. 2 So many as had Plagues.] Observ. 2. Hence gather, That all Diseases of the Body are Fruits of Sin, sent of God upon Men as scourges for sin. 1 Cor. 11. 30. For the sin of prophaning the Lord's Supper many were sick, &c. Joh. 5. 14. Sin no more lest a worse, &c. Therefore Mark 2. 5. when our Saviour was about to cure the sick of the Palsy, he first pronounced forgiveness of sins to him, to shew that his sins were the cause of his Disease. Lam. 3. 39. Man complaineth for his sins, &c.

Reas. God doth not chastise or punish those that are innocent, but such as deserve it by their sins; other­wise he should be unjust. And although he doth not alwayes aym at the satisfying of his justice in punishing sin, when he layeth sickness upon men (for sometimes he layeth it upon his own Children for other ends, as for the tryall and exercise of their Faith and Patience, &c. as we see in Job's example): yet it is true, that in all Diseases and Sicknesses laid upon Men, Sin is still the originall and procuring cause, so as if there were no sin in them, they should never feel Sicknesse.

Use 1 Use 1. To cause patience in bearing every Sickness contentedly, seeing it is the Fruit of our Sins, and comes justly upon us; God do thus no wrong in so scourging us: therefore submit to this hand; consider, thy Sins have deserved Hell fire; if God free thee from this an Christ, be well content he should lay a short tryall on thee by Sicknesse; yea, be thankfull to him for dealing so well with thee. See Mich. 7. 9. I will bear the wrath of God, because I have sinned, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. In all sickness of the body, search out our sins, the causes of our sickness, and be humbled truly for them, acknowledging them, and craving pardon for them in Christ. This is the way to find ease, and com­fort, and deliverance, if God see it good for us: Sin being removed, the sting of sin is removed, and then the sickness it self also shall be removed or sanctifyed to us. This course David took, Psal. 32. See before, Chap. 2. ver. 5.

Use. 3 Use 3. See by this the heinousness of sin, and how offensive it is to God, in that it causeth him so sharply to chastise men, and to scourge us with these whips of bodily Diseases, &c.

Ver. 11, 12. And the unclean Spirits, &c.

Here is set down the second sort of Miracles wrought by our Saviour; namely, his powerful subduing of the Devils in such as were possessed. In the words consider two things:

  • 1. The Behaviour of the Persons possessed, or of the Devils in them, set forth in two things;
    • 1. Their falling down before our Saviour Christ.
    • 2. Their crying out, and confessing him to be the Son of God.
  • 2. The Carriage of our Saviour towards them, ver. 12. He rebuked them sharply, that they should not utter Him.

Unclean Spirits,] that is, the Devils being in those that were possessed with them; and they are called Unclean, to shew their nature, in that they are wholly polluted with the filth and corruption of Sin, and thereby to put difference between them and the good Angels which are clean and pure Spirits, as we heard Chap. 1. Ver. 23.

Fell down before Him,] in token of their subjection to him, and to his Divine Power which he made them to feel, for he compelled them to it: withal it is likely that they fell down before him in way of supplication to him, entreating him not to torment them by casting them out; for so they used to do at other times, when our Saviour went about to cast them out, as we heard Chap. 1. ver. 24. Now, whether our Saviour did cast out these Devils at this time out of the Possessed, is not expressed; but it is most probable that he did, [...]or he did not refuse, at other times, to dispossesse any that were brought unto Him. So much of the mean­ing.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we are taught, that our Saviour Christ hath absolute Power over all wicked Spirits and Devils, being able to subdue and master them at his pleasure, and to force them to subjection, as he did here and at sundry other times while he lived on Earth; for he no sooner commanded them to go out of the Possessed, but presently they were forced to go out; yea, sometimes He cast out a Multitude of them at once, as Chap. 5. Ver. 9. Now, if he had this Power over the Devils, while he was on Earth, in the state of Humiliation, How much more now, being exalted to Glory? See this Point before, upon Chap. 1. Ver. 25.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, From the Attribute given to the Devils, being called Unclean Spirits, we learn that the Devils are most impure and polluted Creatures, wholly polluted with sin, &c. See this also handled be­fore, Chap. 1. Ver. 23.

Mark 3. 11, 12.‘And the unclean Spirits, when they saw h [...]m,&c. Octob. 17. 1619.

IN these two Verses the Evangelist sheweth how our Saviour Christ did tame and master the wicked Spirits in such as were possessed.

In the words I considered two things.

  • 1. The behaviour of the Devils towards our Saviour.
    • 1. In falling down before him at the very fight of him.
    • 2. In crying out, and confessing him to be the Son of God.
  • 2. The carriage of our Saviour towards them, in that He rebuked them sharply, that they should not utter him.

Touching their falling down before our Saviour, I have spoken.

It follows to speak of their crying out and confessing of him.

And they cryed, saying, Thou art &c.] Some think that this Confession was forced from the Devils by the Power of Christ, which he made them to feel. (Sic Calvinus in locum.) Howsoever it be, whether they were forced to it, or whether they made it willingly, it is certain, that in making this Confession they aimed not at any good End, but at evil and sinister Ends. What these were, see before, Chap. 1. Ver. 24.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the unclean Spirits do profess Christ to be the Son of God, though it be in Hypocrisy, and for evil Ends; Hence observe, that it is not enough for men to speak of Christ, or to make an outward Profession of Him, or of the Doctrine of the Gospel concerning Christ, unless they do it in truth and since­rity of heart, and for good and right Ends. The Devils themselves can make an outward Profession of the Truth of Christ's Person and Offices, and of the Doctrine of the Gospel: But it is for evil Ends, as either to bring the Truth into disgrace and discredit, causing men the more to doubt of it, because he that is the Father of Lyes gives Testimony to it, or else to make the World believe that he is a friend to Christ, and to the Gospel, when there is no such matter, but the contrary. So also wicked men, and gross Hypocrites, yea Re­probates, may make outward Profession of Christ and of his Doctrine, as we may see Matth. 7. 22. Many shall say to Christ at the last day, Lord, Lord, Have we not by thy Name prophesyed? and by thy Name cast out Devils? and by thy Name done many great Works? And then he shall profess to them, I never knew you, depart from me, &c. Judas, though a Devil incarnate, yet professed Christ, and the Gospel, and was a Preacher of it; and even then when he came to betray Christ, yet he could salute him kindly, saying, Hail Master, and kissed him. So that the vilest Hypocrites in the World, yea the Devil himself may sometimes make an out­ward Profession of Christ.

Use. Ʋse. See then, that we must not rest in a bare outward Profession of Christ's Name and Gospel, as if this were enough to prove us good Christians. Such as think so, do miserably delude themselves: If this were enough, to speak well of Christ and of the Gospel, and to profess love to them in word, it were an easy thing to be a Christian; and the Devil himself should then be a Christian. But there is much more required of Christians: Know therefore that our outward Profession of Christ and the Gospel is nothing worth, nor shall ever do us good, unless it be made in sincerity and truth of heart, proceeding from a true love to Christ, and his Gospel, and unless also it be joyned with a holy practice and conscionable Obedience to the Word of Christ in our lives. Not every one that saith, Lord, Lord, &c. Mat. 7. 21. So Luke 6. 46. Why call ye me Lord, Lord, and do not the things that I speak?

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further we learn here, (from this, that these Devils do confess Christ to be the Son of God,) That there is an Historical Faith in the very Devils themselves, whereby they know and believe in gene­rall the History of the Gospel, concerning the Person and Offices of Christ. See this Point before, Chap. 1. Ver. 24.

It followeth, Ver. 12. And he sharply rebuked them,] or straitly charged them; yet so as withal he did reprove them.

That they should not utter him,] Or make him known or manifest, who he was: Not that our Saviour would have the Knowledge of his Person wholly suppressed, (for at another time he commended Peter for confessing him to be the Son of God, Matth. 16. 17.) and it was one end of his Miracles to prove his God-head; but the Reasons why he forbad these unclean Spirits to utter him, were these (as we heard be­fore, Chap. 1. ver. 25.)

  • 1. Because the Devils were no fit Persons to utter or teach the Truth of Christ's Person and divine Nature being the professed Enemies of Christ, and of the Truth. See Psal. 50. 16.
  • 2. Because they confessed Christ for evil and sinister ends.
  • 3. Because the time appointed for the full and clear Manifestation of the God-head and divine Glory of Christ was not yet come; for this was not to be done till his Resurrection and Ascension: See Matth. 17. 9. In the mean time he was to continue in his estate of Humiliation and Abasement, and the Glory of his divine Nature was to lye hid after a sort under the Vaile of his Flesh, until the time came in which it was more fully to be manifested. So much of the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we learn, not to hearken to the Devil though he speak things true in themselves, be­cause he uttereth the Truth with a false and deceiptful purpose, and for evil ends. Of this Point see Chap. 1. Ver. 25.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour Christ, perceiving that the unclean Spirits did confess him in Hypocrisy and for evil Ends, did testify his dislike and detestation of this their Hypocrisy, by rebuking them sharply, (for so much the words in the original imply;) Hence we learn, that when we see God dishonoured by sin, we should shew our dislike of it, and not seem to approve of the Offenders, nor to countenance them in it. This dislike is to be shewed either in words, by reproving the Offender, (if we have a Calling to do it, and if there be hope of doing good by it,) or else otherwise by some outward gesture; as by an angry or sad countenance, such as our Saviour did shew towards the Pharisees, as we heard upon Ver 5. of this Chapter: Ephes. 5. 11. Have no fellowship with unfruitful works of Darkness, but even reprove them rather; this is to be done either open­ly and plainly in words, or at least more closely by our outward gesture and carriage, shewing our dislike of sin when we see and take notice of it in others. The Reason is, because by this means we shew and approve our Zeal for God's Glory, when we testify our Dislike and Detestation of that dishonour which is done unto him by sin.

Use. Use. This reproveth such as have so little zeal for God's Glory, that they can well enough bear with sin in others, and wink at it, shewing no hatred or dislike of it by word or gesture. And much more this condemns such as by word or gesture do approve and countenance the wicked, and such as dishonour God by sin. The sin of the Heathen was, Rom. 1. ult. They not onely did wickedly, but favoured those that did so.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Lastly, in that our Saviour refuseth this honour which the wicked Spirits seem to yield to him (in professing him to be the Son of God), because the time of the clear and full manifestation of his Glory was not yet come; by this we are taught, that we ought not ambitiously to seek after our own honour and re­putation in the World unseasonably; we must not seek after such honour as belongs not to us, or which doth not at this time belong to us: Nay, so far should we be from this, that we should not accept of such honour, if it be given us of others. Though this honour (to be accompted the Son of God) did belong to our Saviour Christ, yet because the due time was not yet come where in it was fit that he should be commonly known and clearly manifested to be the Son of God, therefore he forbids the Devils to publish this, and to make it com­mon. And for the same Reason he often forbad those that were miraculously cured of diseases by him, to publish those his Miracle; not that he would not have them known at all, but because the time was not come in which it was fit for the Glory of his God-head and divine Power, manifested by them, to be fully and clear­ly know. In the mean time therefore he would not take this Glory to himself, See Matth. 17. 9. This shews how far we should be from ambition, and from seeking or taking to our selves the honour that belongs not to us, or out of due time. John Baptist would not be accompted the Messiah though he might, [...]oh. 1. 20. And the Apostles would not suffer the People to give them that honour which was not due to them, as we see Act. 3. 12. and Act. 14. 15. David professeth of himself, Psal. 131. 1. that he did not exercise himself in great matters, &c. He was not ambitious of greater honour than did belong unto him. And the contrary to this Jeremy reproveth in Baruch, when he sought it unseasonably, Jerem. 45. 5. Seekest thou great things for thy self? Seek them not, &c. It was the sin of the Pharisees to affect and seek such honour as belonged not to them; as to be called Rabbi, &c. Such ambitious desires must be far from Christians: We must learn with Paul in what estate soever we are, be it high or low, honourable or base, therewith to be contented, Phil. 4. 11. not seeking or hunting after more honour than God hath allotted to us or out of due time, &c.

Mark 3. 13, 14, 15. ‘And He goeth up into a Mountain, and calleth unto him whom he would; and they came Octob. 31. 1619. unto him. &c.

TOuching the two first generall parts of this Chapter we have spoken; Namely, of the mira­culous curing of him that had the withered hand, and of certain Events which followed thereup­on.

Now followeth the third part of the Chapter, in which is set down our Saviour Christ his Calling and choosing of the twelve Apostles, from the 13th. Verse to the 22. Where we are to consider these particu­lars.

  • 1. The Preparatives making way to this Election, which are two.
    • 1. Our Saviour's going up into a Mountain.
    • 2. His Calling of certain Disciples unto Him thither, together with their Obedience yielded, in coming to him, Ver. 13.
  • 2. The Election or choice of the twelve Apostles, in the beginning of the 14. Ver.
  • 3. The Ends for which he chose them, or the Calling or Office unto which he appointed them, Ver. 14. 15.
  • 4. A Description of them by their several names, Ver. 16, 17, 18, 19.
  • 5. Certain Consequents or Events which followed after their Election, Ver. 19, 20, 21. First of the Preparatives.

He went up into a Mountain,] What Mountain this was is not expressed by any of the Evangelists, and there­fore it is uncertain. But it is most probable to have been the Mount Tabor, a high Mountain in Galilee, where our Saviour now was; and in this Mountain it is thought that he was transfigured in that glorious man­ner, Matth. 17.

Now, our Saviour went now into this Mountain for a two-fold end.

  • 1. To refresh himself in that private place after his great labour in preaching, and working so many Mira­cles, by the Sea of Galilee, as we have heard before.
  • 2. He went hither principally to prepare himself by earnest Prayer unto his Father, for this great work of choosing his twelve Apostles, which he was to perform the next day, as may appear, Luke 6. 12. He went into a Mountain to pray, and spent the night in Prayer to God. And when it was day, he called his Disciples, and of them he chose twelve, &c. In this Prayer no doubt but he desired of God his Father, both to direct him in his choice, and withal to furnish those that were to be chosen with all necessary gifts fit for that great Cal­ling.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Hence we may learn, that Prayer is to be used as a Preparative unto all serious and weighty works and businesses of our Calling. See this handled before, Chap. 1. 35.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further we are taught here, that as before other weighty duties, so more especially before the publick Election and Ordination of Ministers of the Church, solemn Prayer is fit to be used as a Preparative by such as are to ordain and choose them. Thus did the Apostles Act. 1. 24. at the choosing of Matthias, and Act. 13. 3. at the Ordination of Paul and Barnahas the Church gave themselves to solemn Fasting and Prayer. So our Saviour Christ, in this place, being to choose his twelve Apostles, spent the whole night be­fore in Prayer. And if it were needful for him so to do, much more needful is it for the Church in these times to prepare themselves to the choice and Ordination of Ministers by solemn Prayer unto God, desiring him both to direct them in that weighty business, that they may choose and ordain such as are fit for that weighty Office, and also entreating God to strengthen and assist those that are chosen, in the execution of that Office, and to give a Blessing to their labours therein, for the good of his Church. So much of the first Pre­parative unto the Election of the Apostles; namely, our Saviour Christ's going up into the Mountain to pre­pare himself by Prayer to the choice of them.

Now follows the second Preparative which was, His calling of the Disciples up to the Mountain unto him, and their Obedience in coming to him.

He called to him whom he would,] Luke 6. 13. it is said, He called his Disciples; that is, such as were before Believers in him and his followers, having been converted by him. Therefore he did not now call them to believe in him, or to follow him (for this they did before), but to come up to the Mountain unto him, and there to present themselves before him, that out of them all he might nominate and choose twelve to be his Apostles.

Whom he would,] that is, So many as he pleased, and whom he thought fittest, that out of them he might choose his twelve Apostles. Now this shews both the absolute Authority of our Saviour in choosing his Apostles, as also his free Grace and favour in calling whom he would to him, that out of them he might choose whom he would to be his Apostles; therefore he chose them not for their deserts above others of the Disciples, but of his free Grace and good pleasure. Indeed it is true, that he chose such as he thought the fittest in respect of their gifts for the Execution of that Office, but yet he chose them freely, in as much as he did not find them fit, when he first called them to be his Disciples, but in calling them he made them fit Persons to be chosen afterward into the Office of Apostles.

Observ. Observ. Hence then we learn, that our Saviour Christ, in bestowing his special favours and priviledges upon men, doth not respect their good qualities or good deserts which he finds in them, but is thereunto mo­ved of his free Grace and good pleasure. Therefore Joh. 15. 16. he tells his Apostles, that they had not chosen him, but he had chosen them, &c. If he had respected their good desert in choosing them, he would not have chosen Judas, who afterward proved a wicked Traitor and Apostate, falling away from him; therefore he chose them onely of his free Will and pleasure, and not moved thereto by any good thing in them above others: And as this is true of this Priviledge and Dignity which our Saviour Christ gave to his Apo­stles in choosing them to that Office, that he did it of his free Grace; so it is true of all other favours and bles­sings which he bestoweth on men, that he gives them freely and of his meer Grace and good Will, not moved thereunto by any good thing in them, or by any desert of theirs.

It is true, both of Temporall and Spirituall benefits and favours, but especially of Spirituall and saving Gra­ces which our Saviour Christ giveth unto any; He bestows them of his free favour.

Thus he Calleth sinners effectually, and giveth them Faith, Repentance, &c. being moved thereunto, not by any good thing which he seeth in them, but by his meer Grace and good will towards them, even because it is his good Will and pleasure to save them, Rom. 9. 18. He hath Mercy on whom He will, and whom He will he hardneth, Jam. 1. 18. Of his own Will he Begat us, &c. So 2 Tim. 1. 9. See more of this point before, chap. 2. ver. 14.

And he ordained Twelve, &c.] The meaning is, that he chose and appointed them to be Apostles, as is de­clared in the words following. They were before called to be Believers in him, and to be his Disciples and followers; as we heard before, chap. 1. ver. 16. where is set down the Calling of four of them to be Christ's Followers, and chap. 2. 13. but here the Evangelist sets down their Election and Ordination to the Office of Apostles, which came to passe, (as is likely) some good space of time after their first calling to be Christ's Disciples, See Kemnit. harmon. in hunc locum, pag. 261. &c.

Object. Object. It is said in the next words, That he ordained them to be with him; therefore it seems he Called them now to be his Disciples and Companions.

Answ. Answ. He Called them to be with him, not onely as other Disciples, (for so they had bin before) but as his speciall Companions and Followers, who were now actually chosen into the Office of Apostles.

Twelve] Why he made choice of this number rather then any other, we are not too curiously to enquire, because the Scripture is silent in it. Most probable it is, that he did this in way of Allusion unto the twelve Patriarchs, and to the twelve Tribes of Israel, which came of them; which twelve Tribes were a Type of the whole Church, both of Jews and Gentiles, which were to be called unto Christ in the times of the Gospell, as may appear by that place, Revel. 7. 4. Therefore it is likely our Saviour Christ chose twelve Apostles in way of reference to the twelve Tribes of Israel, Typically representing the whole Church; and that for this end, to shew, that although the twelve Tribes of Israel were at that time miserably dispersed, and the Church of the Jews greatly decayed, and in a forlorn estate; yet that by means of the preaching of these twelve Apo­stles, the Elect of God, both of Jews and Gentiles, should be Gathered and Called home unto Christ, and so an excellent estate of a Church should again be restored in due time, which came to passe after the Ascen­sion of Christ, when the Gentiles were Called, and United to the Church by the Apostles Preaching. See fur­ther for this Allusion, Matth. 19. 28.

Observ. Observ. In that the Apostles took not on them this Office till they were chosen and ordained by Christ, we learn, that none ought to take upon them the publick Office of the Ministry, till they be lawfully and orderly Called and appointed unto it. Though it be not required, that Ministers in these times should be Called immediately by Christs own Voice (for this was the priviledge of the Apostles onely), yet they must have a mediate Calling by the Church, Hebr. 5. 4. No man taketh this honour to himself, but he that is Called of God, as was Aaron. It is spoken of the Priests of the Law, but it is as true of the Ministers of the Gospell, that they ought not to take that Office on them, till they be lawfully ordained and Called to it. See Rom. 10. 15. How a Minister may know himself to be lawfully Called to this Office, is shewed before, Chap. 1. ver. 2.

It followeth, Ver. 14, 15. that they should be with him, &c.] Now the Evangelist sets down the speciall ends for which our Saviour did ordain and choose his Apostles. The ends are two.

  • 1. That they should be with him.
  • 2. That he might send them to execute the Office of Apostles, which is described by the parts of it.
    • 1. Preaching.
    • 2. Working of Miracles, by curing Diseases, and casting out Devils.

That they should be with him] Not onely as ordinary Disciples, as before they had bin, but as speciall Dis­ciples; that is, Apostles actually chosen into that Office, that they might for a time converse and live with him as his ordinary companions and followers, till such time as he should think fit to send them forth to exe­cute the Apostolicall Office, which came to passe afterwards, as we shall see (God willing) when we come to the sixth Chapter, and seventh verse, for although their choosing be mentioned in this place, yet they were not now sent forth to execute their Office, but they were now chosen, that they might hereafter be sent forth, as is plain by the words following.

Quest. Quest. Why did not our Saviour send them forth so soon as they were chosen, but would have them for a time live, and converse with him familiarly?

Answ. Answ. For a twofold reason.

1. That by this their ordinary conversing with him so long, they might be instructed of him in the know­ledge of that Doctrine which they were afterward to Preach, and that being trained up by him, and under him for a good time, both before and after their solemn calling to be Apostles, they might be fitted and pre­pared for the Execution of that Office, when they should be sent forth.

2. That by living with our Saviour, they might be eye and ear Witnesses of his Life, Miracles, and Do­ctrine, that so they might with more Certainty and Authority, deliver and teach the same to others after­ward.

Observ. Observ. Hence we may gather, that such as are to take upon them the Office of the Ministry, ought first to be fitted and prepared thereunto by the use of such means by which they may come to be qualified with suf­ficient gifts for the execution of that Office. If the Apostles (who were Called and qualified with Gifts ex­traordinarily) had need to be so long trained up in the School of Christ, before they were meet to execute their Office; How much more needfull is it for those that are now a dayes ordinarily Called to the Ministry. to be first trayned up in Schools of good Learning, and to be sufficiently furnished with the knowledge of the Scriptures, and of humane Arts and Tongues, that so they may be fitted for the execution of the Ministry, 1 Tim. 3. 2. Paul will have a Minister to be [...], One that is fit and able to teach; and 2 Tim. 2. 2. He must commit the Doctrine of the Gospell to such as are able to teach others. Now this they cannot be, [Page 153] unlesse they be trained up to the study of the Scripture [...], and of other learning, that they may be qualified with Gifts for the Ministry.

Ʋse. Use. This confutes the foolish Opinion of the Anabaptists, who would have unlearned men chosen to be Ministers of the Word, in imitation of the Apostles, because some of them were men unlearned, Act. 4. 13. But first, the Calling of the Apostles was extraordinary, and therefore not to be made a Rule or Pattern for the ordinary choyce of Ministers of the Word. Though they were unlearned men before their Calling; yet immediately upon their Calling, they were extraordinarily inspired with gifts and Graces fitting for their Office, without the ordinary helps of humane learning; but it follows not, that therefore other ordinary men shall be so inspired, if they be called to the Ministry, being unlearned. Again, we see here, that al­though the Apostles were unlearned before their first Calling to be followers of Christ, yet they were not sent to Preach till after they had bin a good time trained up under Christ their Master, and instructed by him, where­by they became fit to execute that Office of Preaching.

And that he might send them to Preach] That is, to publish the Gospell, first to the Jews, and afterwards to all Nations. From this sending forth, they were called Apostles; for the word [Apostle] signifies, One that is sent forth on some Message.

And to have power to heal Diseases, &c.] Another part of their Apostolical Office, was to work Miracles for confirmation of the Doctrine which they preached, and to win Authority and credit unto it; for the Doctrine of the Gospell being then new, and the persons that Preached it, but of mean condition; therefore our Savi­our indued them with this Divine power of working Miracles, thereby to win Authority, both to the persons and the Doctrine. Note here, that this power of working Miracles, is onely promised in this place, and it was not actually given them till afterwards, as appeareth, chap. 6. 7. And after it was given them, yet they had it not at all times, as may appear, Matth. 17. 16. They could not cure Disease [...], and cast out Devills Miraculously when they would, or at all times; but then onely when they were thereunto moved by extra­ordinary instinct, and when it made for Gods Glory, and the confirming of their Doctrine. So much of the sense of these words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here, that Ministers of the Word are not called to a life of ease or idlenesse, but to great works and employments. The Apostles were called to preach and work Miracles: So the ordinary Pa­stors and Ministers of the Gospell are called to the great and weighty works of Preaching the Word, and Ad­ministration of the Sacraments, besides other painfull duties required of them in their places, 1 Tim. 3. 1. If any desire the Office of a Bishop, he desires a worthy work, &c. Therefore also Ministers of the Word are called La­bourers, Matth. 9. ult. Pray the Lord of the Harvest to send forth Labourers, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This is for the reproof of such as live idly and unprofitably in this Calling, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See what cause there is for the people to love and esteem their Ministers for their work sake, 1 Thes. 5. 12. 1 Tim. 5. 17. And not onely so, but chearfully to yield them their due maintenance; for the Labourer is worthy of his hire. See 1 Cor. 9.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Preaching of the Gospel, and working of Miracles are here joyned together as parts of the Office of the Apostles; we learn, that this is one speciall use, for which all true Miracles wrought in the Church do serve, even to confirm and ratify the true and sound Doctrine of the Word of God. To this end served the Miracles of Christ, and of his Apostles, they were so many Seals of the true and sound Doctrine taught by them, Mark 16. ult. They went forth, and Preached every where, the Lord confirming the Word with signes following. See Heb. 2. 4.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Hence gather, that there is now no such need of Miracles, as was in the Primitive Church, be­cause the Doctrine of the Gospel hath bin long since sufficiently confirmed and sealed by those Miracles which were wrought by Christ and his Apostles at the first Planting of the Gospell. He that will not now Be­lieve without Miracles, himself is a great Miracle. August.

Use 2 Use. 2. See a Rule whereby to know true Miracles from false, if they be joyned with true and sound Do­ctrine, and serve to confirm it, they are true, and of God; but if they be separate from true Doctrine, and serve to confirm Errors (as the Popish Miracles), they are false. See Deut. 13.

Lastly, out of this Verse and the former, we may generally observe some things wherein the Twelve Apo­stles, and other ordinary Ministers of the Gospell do agree, and are like each other; and some things wherein they differ.

The things wherein they are alike, are these two.

  • 1. The Apostles (as we have heard) did not take upon them that Office of themselves, without a Calling from Christ; So all ordinary Ministers of the Gospell must have a Lawfull Calling to that Office, else they must not take it upon them.
  • 2. The Apostles were appointed to be Preachers of the Word, and so are all other Ministers of the Gos­pell; it is one main part of their Office to Preach the Word.

The things wherein they differ, are these three.

  • 1. The Apostles were Called, and sent immediately and extraordinarily by Christ himself in his own per­son; but other ordinary Ministers are Called mediately by the Church.
  • 2. The Twelve Apostles conversed and lived with Christ upon Earth, seeing his Miracles, and hearing his Doctrine, &c. So do not other ordinary Ministers of the Gospell.
  • 3. The Apostles had the extraordinary power of working Miracles conferred on them, which other Mini­sters of the Gospell have not.
Mark 3. 16, 17, 18, 19. ‘And Simon He surnamed Peter. And James the Son of Zebedee, and Johnthe Nov. 7. 1619. Brother of James, (and he surnamed them Boanerges, which is, the Sons of Thunder) And Andrew, and Philip, and Bartholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas, and James the Son of Alphaeus,and Thaddeus, and Simon the Cananite, And Judas Iscariot, which also betrayed him: and they went into an House.’

IN these Verses the Evangelist describeth the Twelve Apostles by their severall names. Concerning which I will speak as briefly as I may.

Some of them are Greek names, as Peter, Andrew, and Philip; the rest are Hebrew Names, as Simon, James, John, Bartholomew, &c.

Touching the severall significations of them all, I will not speak. Some of these Apostles had surnames given them by our Saviour Christ, as the three first, Simon, surnamed Peter; James and John, surnamed Boa­nerges, &c. The rest had no such surnames given them; therefore they are described by single, not by double names, as the former; although some of them also had two or three Names a piece, but they are not all men­tioned here, neither were those other names given them by Christ, but by others.

The first, Simon,] These words are left out in the most, and best Greek Copies of the new Testament, (as Erasmus observeth); but that they should not be left out, may appear, (as Beza sheweth),

  • 1. Because Matthew and Luke do speak in like manner, Matth. 10. 2. Luke 6. 14.
  • 2. Because otherwise, the words following will have no good coherence or connexion with that which goeth before, as may appear in the Originall Text.

Peter] Which signifieth a Rock or stone; the same in Greek that Cephas is in the Syriack Tongue, which our Saviour Christ spake; therefore elsewhere he is called Cephas, as Joh. 1. 42. and 1 Cor. 15. 5. When, or at what time this surname of Peter was given him by Christ, is uncettain. It was promised him, Joh. 1. 42. but it is likely to have bin given him, either at this time when he was chosen to be an Apostle, or else after­ward, at the time when he made that excellent Confession of Christ, Matth. 16. 18.

Touching the reason of this Surname given him, it may be gathered out of the same place, where Peter, having made an excellent Confession of Christ, that he was the Son of the living God, our Saviour thereup­on tells him, Thou art Peter, and upon this Rock I will build my Church, &c. q. d. As I have given thee this name Peter, or Cephas, which signifies a Rock, or Stone; so thou hast now shewed thy self to be so indeed by the strength of thy Faith, which thou hast shewed in confessing me to be the Christ, and the Son of God; know therefore, that upon this Rock, that is, upon my Self, whom thou hast by so strong a Faith confessed, I will build my Church. So then out of this place it may appear, that our Saviour gave this name Peter unto Simon, to shew and set forth that strength of Faith which he would give unto him, whereby he should be able, boldly and plainly to Confess Christ the true Rock on which the whole Church is built.

Object. Object. Peter fell from Christ dangerously, by denying and forswearing him, &c. therefore this name of Peter, or a Rock, seems not to agree unto him.

Answ. Answ. 1. Though his Faith were then dangerously shaken, yet it did not fail altogether, as may be ga­thered by that promise of our Saviour made to him, Luke 22. 32. And afterwards he was constant to the death.

2. This name was given to Simon, not onely in respect of himself, to note out the strength of his Faith, but also in respect of the rest of the Apostles, and all other Believers that should be converted by their Mini­stery, to set forth the strength and stability of their Faith in Christ the true Rock and Foundation of the Church. This may appear, because Peter made that excellent Confession of Christ, not in his own name one­ly, but in the name of the rest of the Apostles, for our Saviour propounded that question to them all, Whom say ye that I am? unto which Peter answered for them all, Thou art the Christ, &c.

Now from this place where Peter is named first of all the Apostles, the Papists would prove him to be above the other Apostles in Authority and power; but the weakness of this Collection, may appear by these Reasons.

  • 1. It doth not follow, that because he is first in order, therefore he was first in Authority and Pow­er.
  • 2. The Evangelists do differ and vary much in the order of naming the Apostles, as may appear by com­paring them; therefore no certain Argument can be drawn from the order of naming them, to prove any su­periority of one above another.
  • 3. Gal. 2. 9. James is set before Peter, &c.

Zebedaeus] So called, to distinguish him from James the son of Alpheus.

Boanerges] This word comes Originally from two Hebrew words, Bane, or Bene, which signifies sons; and Ragash, which signifies fremere, or tumultuari; to make a great noise or tumult, whence it is applyed to the noise of Thunder. See Beza, Drusius, &c.

Sons of Thunder] This surname he gave unto these two Apostles, to put them in mind of their Office, and Duty, which was with great Zeal and power of the Spirit, to sound forth the Doctrine of the Gospell like Thunder, and withall, to assure them, that He would give unto them this Spirit of Zeal and power, so to sound forth the Gospell.

Andrew] Brother to Peter, as we heard, chap. 1.

Philip] Concerning him and his first Calling to be Christ's Disciple, we read, Joh. 1. and that he was of Bethsaida, the City of Andrew and Peter; this Bethsaida was a little Town or Village in Galilee.

Bartholomcw] Some think this was Nathaniel, who was brought unto Christ by Philip, Joh. 1. because he is still joyned with Philip, where the names of the Apostles are mentioned, and because also, Joh. 21. Natha­niel is reckoned among those Disciples which were Apostles, Sic Jansen. Harmon. in Joh. 1. But it is un­certain.

Matthew] Or Levi the Publican, of whom we heard, chap. 2.

Thomas] Who was also called Didymus, Joh. 20. 2. which in Greek doth signify a Twin, as Thomas doth in the Hebrew tongue. See Drus. Commentar. in N. Test.

James the son of Alpheus,] So called, to distinguish him from the other James the son of Zebedee, before mentioned. And this is he that is called the Brother, that is, the Kinsman of Christ, Gal. 1. 19. for it is thought that he was the son of Mary, the wife of Cleophas, who was sister to the Virgin Mary, the Mother of Christ.

Thaddaeus,] This was the surname of Lebbaeus as he is called, Matth. 10. And Luke 6. 16. he is called Jude the Brother of James, so that he had in all three names.

Simon the Cananite,] Called also Simon Zelotes, Luke, 6. and Acts, 1. to distinguish him from Simon Pe­ter: He is called the Cananite (as is most probable) in respect of the Place where he was born and lived, be­fore his Calling to Christ, which place is likely to have been that Cana, a Village in Galilee, mentioned Joh. 2. where our Saviour turned Water into Wine.

Judas Iscariot] The son of one Simon so called, Joh. 12. 4. to distinguish him from the other Judas, the Brother of James: And it is likely that the Word Iscariot, is compounded of the Hebrew word [Ish], which signifies a Man, and Kerioth or Kirioth, which is the name of one of the Cities of the tribe Judah, mentioned Joh. 15. 25. so that Iscariot is as much as, a Man of Kirioth; because (as is likely) he was born or lived there before his Calling to be Christ's Disciple.

Who also betrayed Him,] This is added as a note of infamy and disgrace, with which he is branded and marked out from the rest of the Apostles as a wicked Apostate, in that he fell away, and did betray Christ un­to Death; of which Treason we shall see more afterward, God willing, Chap. 14.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour Christ choose Judas, a wicked Traytor, and a Reprobate into the number of the Apostles, seeing he knew before hand that he would prove such a one? For Joh. 6. 64. he knew from the beginning who should betray Him.

Answ. Answ. The principall reason hereof was this, that the eternall purpose and counsell of God the Father concerning the betraying of Christ unto Death, might by this means be fulfilled. He knew before, that it was his Fathers will, and that it was so foretold in the Scripture, that one of his own familiar Companions and Disciples which did eat Bread with him, should betray him, Joh. 13. 18. I know whom I have chosen, but it is, that the Scripture might be fulfilled: He that eateth bread with me, hath lift up his heel against me. And none could be so fit an Instrument to betray Him, as one that conversed familiarly with Him, &c. So much in way of clearing the sense of these Verses.

Now briefly to gather some Instructions from them. And first, to observe some things generally from them, and then some other things more particularly. Generally from these Verses.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the severall names of the Apostles are Registred here (as also in three other places of Scripture, as Matth. 10. Luke, 6. and Acts, 1.) This the Lord would have done (no doubt) to honour them by preserving the memory of them unto all Ages, because they were speciall Instruments of his Glory, in being the first Planters of the Christian Churches: Hence gather, That God will honour those that honour Him, and that are speciall Instruments of setting forth his Glory. See 1 Sam. 2. 30. Therefore it is, That we find the Names of such, Chronicled and Registred in the Scriptures to their eternall Praise and Glory: And although the names of wicked Men are also mentioned in Scripture, as the name of Judas the Traytor in this place; yet they are commonly mentioned with some mark of infamy and disgrace, as Judas is here said to be he that betrayed Christ. But on the other side, good Men and Women are named in Scripture to their honour and praise, in respect of those Graces that have been in them, and in regard of those famous deeds which they have done in way of Glorifying God.

Use. Use. See then that the onely way to get true Fame and Renown with God and Men, is, to labour so to live, that we may be speciall Instruments of Glorifying God in our Places: This is the way to get an everlasting name. Psal. 112. 6. The Righteous shall be had in everlasting remembrance: And Prov. 10. 7. The memory of the Just is blessed, &c. Exod. 35. 30. The names of Bezaleel and Aholiab are registred, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Many of these Apostles before their Calling were Men of mean outward condition in the World, viz. poor Fishermen (as we heard upon Chap. 1. touching Peter and Andrew, James and John); and they were also men unlearned, as appeareth, Acts 4. 13. and yet our Saviour chose them to be Apostles, that they should be the first Planters of the Christian Church, and that upon their Doctrine he might build his Church; as it is, Ephes. 2. 20. Hence we may learn, That such is the power of God, that he is able to bring to passe great matters for the good of his Church by weak means. 2 Cor. 12. 9. His strength is made perfect in weaknesse. 1 Cor. 1. 27. He hath called foolish things to confound the wise, and weak things to confound the Mighty, &c. He was able by the Preaching of poor unlearned Fishermen, and such like mean Persons, to confute and confound the great learned Philosophers, and wise Men of the World: He was able by their Ministery to beat down Satans Kingdom (insomuch that he is said to have fallen from Heaven like lightning at their Preaching); By their Ministery he was able to convert the World, and to Call many thousands in a short space to the Christian Faith. In a word, by these weak instruments and means, the Lord effected greater matters then all the Kings and Monarchs in the World could do with all their Power. So Josh. 6. he overthrew Jericho by weak meanes: The Lord brought great Plagues upon Pharoah by small meanes, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. Admire this wonderfull Power of God, which is so far above all means, and able to bring so great things to passe for the good of his Church by so weak means; and yield him the Glory and Praise of his Almighty Power.

Use 2 Use 2. See the reason why the Word preached by mortall men, like our selves, hath such powerfull effects; being able to beat down Sin and Satan in men, to regenerate men, to convert and save them, &c. No marvail, for God doth shew his Almighty Power in this his own Ordinance. 1 Cor. 1. 21. It pleased God by the foolishness of Preaching, &c. Look not at the weakness of the means in appearance, but remember, God can work great matters by weak instruments and means: Therefore despise not the means, but use them con­scionably, and seek to God by prayer to accompany them with the powerfull work of his Spirit, to make them effectuall.

Use 3 Use 3. Comfort for the Church in distresse, when there is small means to help, &c. More particular Ob­servations.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour gave such a name to Peter as might put him in mind of that strength of Faith that should be in him, and such a name to the Sons of Zebedee as might put them in mind of their Duty, which was to Preach the Word with zeal, and power of the Spirit: Hence gather, That Parents should be carefull to give unto their Children such names as may teach and admonish them of good things, especially such as may teach them piety, and the fear of God. Also such names as may put them in mind of the good examples of their religious Ancestors, or of other holy Men and Women which we read of in Scripture, or which we have heard of: Thus Luke 1. 59. the Friends of Zachary and Elizabeth would have named John Baptist after his Fathers name, but that his Father and Mother were moved by speciall instinct to call him John. In the times of the Old Testament, names were given either by Propheticall instinct, or else accor­ding to some speciall events which happened about the time of their Birth. In our Times it is fit to give usuall names, so as they be such as may put the party in mind of Piety and Vertue.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour gave to Simon the Surname of Peter, which signifies a Rock, to shew the strength of that faith which he would give to him, and to the rest of the Apostles; Hence observe, That great is the strength and power of that true justifying Faith which God gives unto his Elect; it makes such as are indued with it like unto Peter, that is, Rocks; able to withstand all adversary power that opposeth it self against them and their salvation. 1 Pet. 2. 5. The rest of the Faithful are called living Stones, &c. Therefore Hebr. 3. 14. faith is called [...], or subsistance, or the Foundation by which we are upholden, because it is that by which the Elect of God are inabled to stand against all enemies that oppose their Salva­tion. 1. Joh. 5. 4. This is the Victory that overcometh the World, even our Faith: By the World there under­stand all things in the World that oppose against our Salvation; as the Devil, the Flesh, wicked Men, Af­flictions, &c. Faith stands against them, and overcometh them all. Ephes. 6. Faith is the Shield that quencheth all the fiery Darts of the Devil. See also Hebr. 11. 33, &c. The reason hereof is, because true Faith uniteth Believers unto Christ, and so doth not onely make them partners with him in that Victory which he hath obtained over their Spirituall Enemies, but also it doth convey spirituall strength from Christ unto them, whereby they are inabled to stand out against Satan, the World, and all Enemies that oppose their Sal­vation: And hence it is, That Matth. 16. 18. it is said, The Gates of Hell shall never prevail against the true Church, being by Faith united unto Christ, and built upon him.

Use. Use. See by this the excellency and necessity of true Faith in Christ: This is that grace that builds us upon Christ the true Rock of the Church, and so makes us also living stones or Rocks like unto Peter, inabling us constantly and couragiously to withstand all Spirituall Enemies that lift themselves up against our Salvation; yea, it makes us more then Conquerers over them. Labour for this Grace of Faith, which may joyn us to Christ, and make us one with him. Then shall we from him receive strength and power to stand against all Enemies of our Salvation: This will make us like the House built on the Rock, which though the Winds blow, and the Rain fall, and the Floods come and beat against it, yet it stands firm and unmovable, because it is built upon a Rock: So shall it be with us, if we have Faith in Christ; yea, though it be but a small measure of this grace, like the grain of Mustard-seed, yet if it be true Faith, great is the power and strength of it, able to make a Christian to stand like an invincible Rock, against the assaults of all Spirituall Enemies. Indeed it is to be granted, that a Christians Faith may sometimes be dangerously shaken by the assaults of the Devil, the World, and the Flesh, but it can never be wholly overturned or vanquished. The prayer of Christ for Peter, Luke 22. 32. is effectuall for all the Faithfull: therefore, though Satan may winnow them, yet their Faith shall not fail. So much of this Point.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. And he surnamed them Boanerges, &c.] Hence gather, That Ministers of the Word should shew zeal and power of the Spirit in Preaching the Word. Isa. 58. 1. Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy Voyce like a Trumpet, &c. Hos. 8. 1. Set the Trumpet to thy mouth, &c. Examples of this we have in Eliah, Jeremy, John Baptist, Paul, of whom Hierom saies, Paulum Apostolum quotiescun (que) lego, non verba audire videor, sed tonitrua. (Apolog. advers. Jovinianum.) So also James and John were indeed sons of thunder, that is, zea­lous and powerfull Preachers of the Word. James did so thunder against the obstinate unbelieving Jews, that Herod cut him off betimes, to please the Jews, Acts 12. 2. And the noyse of St. John's thunder we hear at this Day, in reading his Writings so full of zeal and power of the Spirit. How mightily doth he thunder against the Hereticks of his time which denied the God-head of Christ? This appears in his Gospel, and in his Epistles, and in his Revelation. Simon the Canaamite is called Zelotes, (as is likely) for his zeal in Preach­ing.

Use 1 Use 1. Ministers are to labour for this Spirit of zeal and power in Preaching the Word; though all cannot be Eliasses, having the Spirit doubled on them, neither can all be such sons of Thunder, as James and John were: yet every faithfull Minister must strive to be in some degree a son of Thunder.

Use 2 Use 2. The People are to pray for their Ministers, that they may be Zealous and Powerfull in their Ministery.

Mark 3. 19.‘And Judas Iscariot, &c. Nov. 14. 1619.

THe last day we heard three particular Observations gathered from the Evangelists rehearsall of the seve­rall Names of the twelve Apostles.

Now to proceed to some other Points to be observed from this 19, Ver. where the name of Judas the Tray­tor is set down, who is put in the last place, as being the most unworthy of the Twelve; and indeed not fit to be numbred among the good Apostles; therefore is he set after them all, both here, and Matth. 10, and Luke 6.

In the words we have, 1. His proper name [Judas.]

2. Another Name or Title given him for distinction-sake, in that he is called Judas Iscariot from the place where he was Born or Lived, as is probable.

3. He is further described by a speciall note or mark of infamy, whereby he is marked out from the rest as a wicked Apostate, in that it is said, It was he that did betray Christ unto Death. But to come to the Instructi­ons to be gathered hence.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that wicked Judas the Traytor is numbred here among the twelve Apostles of Christ, who were the most excellent and holy Society that ever was on Earth: We may learn, That there is no Visible Church, nor society of Christians in the World so holy, but there may be and are ordinarily some Hypocrites and wicked Men among them. Joh. 6. penult. Have not I chosen you twelve, and one of you is a Devil? He carryed himself so well in outward shew, that our Saviour Christ thought fit to choose him into that holy Fra­ternity: yea, and after he was chosen, he demeaned himself so well in shew, that the other Apostles could not discern his wickedness; and therefore when our Saviour told them that one of them should betray him, every one suspected himself as much as Judas, Matth. 26. 22. and yet all this while he carryed a wicked heart within him. So Acts, 8. 13. Simon Magus joyned himself in Profession with Philip and the Church in Samaria, and yet was a Reprobate: And thus it hath ever been in all Societies on Earth, whether Churches or Families, though never so holy; yet some wicked Men and Hypocrites have lurked in them, some false Brethren have crept into them. In Noah's Family there was some cursed Cham, in Abraham's a wicked Ismael, in Isaac's a prophane Esau. Matth. 13. The Visible Church is a Field in which good Wheat and Tares are sowed and grow till Harvest, and like a draw-net which takes as well bad Fish as good. So Matth. 3. in the Lord's Corn-floor there is Chaff and Wheat mingled, till they be severed by his Fann. 2 Tim. 2. 20. In a great House, there are not onely Vessels of Gold and of Silver, but also of Wood and of Earth: some to honour, and some to dishonour. So it is in the House of God, &c. that is, in the Visible Church on Earth. The like may be said of private Families of Christians, which are little Churches: In the best there may be, and are often some Hypocrites.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To teach us, not to marvail or take offence at it, when we see Hypocrites and wicked Men mingled with true Christians in the Visible Church, though it be never so holy and excellent a Church, yet there may be false Brethren in it as in the Church of Galatia, Gal. 2. 4. So in those Churches mentioned, Revel. 2. & 3. Chapters: The Church of God on Earth is as a Sheep-fold, Joh. 10. 1. Now as there may be some Sheep out of the Fold, and some Wolves get into it; so it is in the Church: There may be some true Christians that live out of the Visible Church, as among Turks, Pagans, and Hereticks; (God may call and save some extraordina­rily), and so on the other side there may be and are usually some, yea, many Hypocrites and wicked Ones within the Visible Church. We are not therefore to think strange of it, when we see it so in any particular Church, much lesse forsake the Fellowship of it because of Hypocrites and wicked Ones that lurk in the bo­some of it. It is the errour and fault of the Brownists to seperate from our Church, because of many profane and wicked Ones that live in it unreformed, being mingled with good Christians: As if the mixture of some rotten Members with the true Members of the Church, did or could make it to be no Church: Contrà, then there should be no true Visible Church at all on Earth, &c. We must therefore know, That there is no ab­solute perfection of any Church on Earth to be dreamed of: onely in Heaven shall the Church be without spot or wrinckle, &c. In caelo omnes boni, in inferno omnes mali, in terra & boni sunt & mali. Stella in Luc. 6. pag. 160.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This also serves for the comfort of religious Masters of Families, who fear God truly themselves, and are carefull in using all good means that those of their Family may fear God; and yet sometimes have against their wills some profane person or persons in their Houses; as stubborn and disobedient Children, or wicked Servants: And this they are not to think strange of, nor be discouraged at it, remembring that in Christ's own Family there was a Judas. Onely they must look to it, that they do not countenance, nor willingly harbour such wicked Persons in their Families, but use all good means to reclaim them; and if they will not be reformed, then to rid their Families of them, if they be such as they can put away, as profane Ser­vants; lest they bring the Curse of God upon the whole House. Vide Augustin. Epist. 137.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. This must teach us not to content our selves with this, that we live in the Visible Church, or have outward society with good Christians, and that we are Baptized, and come to Church and conform to outward exercises of Religion as they do: For, all this one may do, and yet be no better Christian then Ju­das; He was of Christ's Family, a Professor and Preacher of Christ, one that had society with the rest of the Apostles, and with Christ himself, &c. and yet a wicked Traytor, a Devil, a Reprobate. So mayest thou be (whatsoever thou art) that livest in never so holy a society, in never so good a Church or Family, and makest never so good a Profession; yet if this be all, thou mayest still be in the gall of bitterness, and in the bond of iniquity, as Simon Magus was, though in outward profession he joyned with the true Church. Therefore, rest not in this outward Priviledge, that thou livest in the Visible Church where Religion is professed, or that thou livest in a religious Family: All are not Israel, that are of Israel, Rom. 2. 28. Every one is not a true Christian, that lives and is numbred among good Christians: every one is not truly Religious, that lives in a religious Family. Labour therefore, not onely to have outward fellowship with the true Church and with good Christians, but especially to be like him in heart and affection, and to be indeed and truth such as they are, that is, true Believers; and such as shew and approve their Faith by true Repentance and Reformation of their Lives, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this mark of Infamy is set upon Judas, called the Traytor, or he that betrayed Christ: Hence we may gather, That sin doth bring the greatest infamy and disgrace upon the Wicked that may be. It brings disgrace and reproach upon them before God and Men, especially before God; and therefore it is that the Holy Ghost in Scripture speaketh so disgracefully of the Wicked, seldom or never naming them without some note of infamy added to them; as here, Judas Iscariot, who betrayed Him: And 1 King. 14. 16. Jeroboam, who did sin, and made Israel to sin. So afterward in the Chapters following he is mentioned often with that mark of infamy: Simon called Magus, Nimrod the Hunter, Julian the Apostate. Psal. [Page 158] 15. 4. The wicked man is called a vile Person: and Dan. 11. 21. Antiochus the Tyrant is called a vile Person. Micha, cap. 7. v. 4. speaking of the wicked, though great men, yet saith, The bost of them is as a Briar, &c. And hence it is that wicked men are compared to the basest Creatures, as Doggs, Swine, Foxes, & c. to shew in what disgrace they are with God, and how vile in his eyes, by reason of their sin. And as sin brings disgrace before God, so also before men; Deut. 28. 37. Thou shalt (for thy sin) become an Astonish­ment, a Proverb, and a By-word among all Nations, &c. Jerem. 29. 18. I will deliver them to be an Astonishment and a Hissing, and a Reproach, &c. So Ezek. 5. 14.

Reas. Reas. The wicked by sin do, as much as lyes in them, dishonour God, and bring reproach on his Name; therefore it is just with him to bring Infamy, and Reproach, and Shame, upon them. See 1 Sam. 2. 30.

Use 1 Use 1. See the folly of such as think sin a Grace and Ornament to them, Psal. 73. 6. Pride compasseth them about as a Chain, &c. So some think swearing of great Oaths a grace to their Speech; others are so vile as to glory in their Drunkenness, and other like sins. Let such know, that howsoever prophane wicked men, like themselves, may think such sins a grace to them, yet the truth is, there is nothing in the World that can make them more vile, odious, and disgraceful, before God, and in the accompt of all good men, than sin doth. Therefore such as glory in sin, glory in their own greatest shame. Take heed of this; It is a high degree of sin to glory in sin: Be ashamed of it, and blush at it; Rom. 6. 2. What fruit had ye then in those things whereof ye are now ashamed? Sin brings shame and reproach upon the Sinner, making him most vile and contemptible in the eyes of God and all good men; therefore let none think it a credit to them.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Take heed of all sin, as that which brings shame and disgrace before God and men. This is one cursed fruit of it, as we may see in our first Parents, Adam and Eve; they had no sooner sinned, but they were ashamed of themselves, and ashamed to appear in the sight of God, and therefore hid themselves. We all naturally shun those things which we accompt shameful; avoid sin therefore, than which there is nothing in the world more shameful: This is that that makes wicked men so vile and base in God's accompt, and which causeth him to speak so reproachfully of them in his Word; and it is sin also that brings reproach upon the wicked even amongst men. As therefore thou wouldst prevent thy own shame and confusion of face be­fore God and Men, fear sin and make conscience of it. As God doth honour such as honour him, so he will cloathe the wicked, that are his Enemies, with Shame; because by Sin they dishonour him.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. Seeing wicked men by sin bring Infamy and Disgrace on themselves, making themselves vile in the sight of God and Men; Hence gather, that it is not onely lawfull but fit for us to speak and think disgracefully and vilely of the wicked and prophane, so far forth as they are such, Psal. 15. A vile Person should be contemned in our eyes, &c. God accounts basely of them, and in his Word speaks so of them, and so may we, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that Judas carried himself so well, and had so good gifts, that he was chosen to be an Apo­stle; and in that he did for a time make a good Profession of Christ, and of the Gospel, and was a Preacher of it; and yet at length fell away, and shewed himself a wicked Apostate by betraying Christ: Hence ga­ther, that it is possible for such as have for a time made a fair Shew and Profession of Christ and of Re­ligion, yet afterwards to fall from their Profession, and to manifest themselves to be wicked and ungodly men. Thus did Judas, in which respect he is called a Devil, Joh. 6. 70. because, like the Devil, he left his first good Estate, and fell from God by Apostacy. See also Joh. 6. 66. The foolish Virgins had Lamps as well as the wise, &c. So Simon Magus believed, and made Profession of Christ for a time, and then fell away and manifested the wickedness of his heart, Act. 8. 13. So Demas forsook his first Profession, and embraced the World, 2 Tim. 4. 10. So Hymenaeus and Alexander having professed the true Faith, afterward made Ship­wrack of it, 1 Tim. 1. 19. Revel. 6. 13. At the opening of the sixth Seal, the Stars fell from Heaven, which some understand of some Pastors and Ministers of the Church which, having shined gloriously in the Church, and made great shew for a time, should afterwards fall from their first glorious Profession. (So Dr. Fulk and Bright­man.) Julian, Emperour of Rome, was at first a forward Professour of Christian Religion, yet afterward fell away, and became a wicked Apostate, wilfully and maliciously persecuting the Truth which himself had once professed. So Ecebolius, &c. Francis Spira. So, Those that received Seed in stony ground, Luke 8. 13.

The Reason of this Point. There may be a fair shew of saving Grace in such as have no soundness of Grace at all in them: Now, where there is no truth or soundness of Grace, there may be a good Profession outwardly for a time, and yet afterwards a fearful Apostacy and forsaking of that Profession.

Note here, that this total or final Apostacy or Falling from God, and from the good Profession and Shew of Grace which hath once been made, is to be understood only of Hypocrites and wicked men, who were never yet effectually called.

Quest. Quest. May not God's Children fall from their first Profession, and from the Grace which they have once been Partakers of?

Answ. Answ. Yes, they may fall away, as the Church of Ephesus, Rev. 2. 4. But

  • 1. Not totally or wholly, but in some degree only. They may slack their first love and zeal for the Truth, and may grow more cold and backward in professing it; but they do never wholly fall away, so as to lose all Grace.
  • 2. They may fall away for a time, but not finally; they do at length, by God's helping hand, recover their former good estate.

Use 1 Use 1. Not to think strange, if we see such as have made Profession, to fall away: It is no new thing, but such as may be, and hath often been. Such Examples there have been alwaies. It must not discourage us, much less suffer our selves to be drawn away by their ill example: We must be never the less forward, be­cause of so many back-sliders, &c. More Tares than Wheat, &c. It is no hurt, but good to the Church to have Tares fanned from Wheat, &c. 'Tis not enough that thou hast been a Hearer of the Word, &c. One may go further than so, yet be an Hypocrite and fall away. Non quaeruntur in Christianis initia, sed finis: [Page 159] Paulus malè coepit, sed benè finivit: Judae laudantur exor dia, sed finis proditione damnatur. (Hierom ad Furiam Epist. 10.)

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To admonish all that have made Shew of Grace, and have begun a good Profession of Christ, not to rest secure herein, but to labour for perseverance. Joh. 8. 31. If ye continue in my Word, ye are verily my Disciples. The Mark of Christ's true Disciples. It is nothing to begin well; so have many done who have ended fearfully, as Judas &c. Take heed it be not so with us: Be not so foolish as to begin in the Spirit and end in the Flesh, Gal. 3. 3. Without Perseverance all good beginnings are utterly lost. He that endure [...]h to the ead shall be saved. Let us then look well to our standing; 1 Cor. 10. 12. Let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall. Hebr. 3. 12. Take heed there be not in any an evill heart to depart from the living God. 2 Pet. 3. 17. Beware lest ye being plucked away with the Errours, &c. These are perillous and declining times, foretold Mat. 24. 12. These times afford lamentable Examples, &c.

Means and helps to Perseverance and to keep from Apostacy are these.

1. Get soundness of Grace, and rest not in a Shew of Godliness without the Power of it: Labour for true Faith, such as may unite us to Christ inseparably, this will never fail. Unbelief is a main cause of Apo­stacy, Hebr. 3. 12. 2 Pet. 1. 10. Give diligence to make your Calling and Election sure; for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall. See that thou be built on the Rock, &c. else when the floods come, &c.

2. Carefully use all the means whereby we may be stablished in Grace, and by which we may grow in it; as the Word, Sacraments, Prayer, Conference, &c. 1 Pet. 2. 2. Desire the sincere Milk of the Word, that ye may grow by it. Hebr. 3. 12. Take heed there be not an evill Heart, &c. but exhort one another. &c.

3. Be jealous over your selves, and often sift and examine your spiritual estate, how it stands before God, whether we grow better or worse, whether we go forward or backward: As men of the World use often to cast up their accompts, to see whether they thrive or decay in their worldly estate; so must a Christian do. And here it is not amiss to take notice of some of the principal marks and signs of Back-sliding and Apostacy in Grace and Profession of Religion. As

  • 1. Coldness or Luke-warmness in spiritual Duties, as Hearing, Praying, Meditation; performing these without feeling, fervency, &c. Customary serving of God.
  • 2. A Willingnesse and Contentednesse to live without the effectuall and powerfull means of Grace; as a profitable Ministry, &c. When men begin to fall from their Meat, it is a sign of dangerous Sicknesse, &c.
  • 3. Not profiting by the meanes of Grace, publick and private; as the Word, Sacraments, &c. As when good Meat being taken in, yet doth not digest, &c. Not to go forward is to go back­ward.
  • 4. Immoderate love and delight in earthly things; as worldly profits, pleasures, &c. The nearer men cleave to the World, the further they depart from God, as we see in Demas.
  • 5. Harbouring any one sin, as Judas did Covetousness.
  • 6. No Reluctation against daily small sins and falls of Infirmity, when such are swallowed without check and remorse of Conscience.
  • 7. Casting off former love to God's Children. Demas (as it is likely) turning Apostate, first forsook Paul. Also forsaking the Communion of Saints, seperating from the godly, &c. If we find these and the like evils in our selves; and that we bear with them in our selves, and resist them not, or be not humbled for them, &c. Take heed, for they are fearfull signs of a Declining in Grace, and many times (though not alwayes) fore-runners of a total and final Apostacy, &c. Remember, 2 Pet. 2. 21. Better not to have known, &c.
Mark 3. 19, 20, 21.‘And they went into a House. And the Multitude cometh together again, so that they Nov. 21. 1619. could not eat Bread. And when his friends heard of it, they went out to lay hold on him, for they said, He is beside himself.’

IN the former Verses we have heard of the Election of the twelve Apostles, and of the Description of them by their several Names.

Now the Evangelist layeth down some Events or Consequents which followed after the choosing of them.

The Consequents are three.

  • 1. Our Saviour Christ's going home (or into a House) with his Disciples, Ver. 19. Ad finem ver­sus.
  • 2. The great concourse of the People to him unto that House, in so much that they could not so much as eat Bread, Ver. 20.
  • 3. The ignorant and perverse censure of our Saviour's Kinsfolks concerning him, judging him as one that was beside himself, and therefore going out to lay hold on him. Ver. 21.

They went into an House,] or, they went or came home; for it is most probable that this was that hired House, in which our Saviour dwelt at Capernaum. See Matth. 4. 13. and Matth. 9. 1. Of this be­fore, Chap. 2. Ver. 1.

Object. Object. Matth. 8. 20. The Foxes have holes, &c. But the Son of Man hath not where to lay his Head.

Answ. Answ. It seems to be spoken Hyperbolically, to shew the great poverty in which he lived, that he had lit­tle or nothing of his own; not so much as a House or Bed of his own to lodge in, yet this hinders not but that he might have a hired House to dwell in. Now, unto this House or Home our Saviour did at this time return (as it is likely), there to refresh himself with bodily food, and to take rest after his labours in Prayer, and in choosing his Apostles, as also in Preaching. For this Return unto his dwelling-House was not immediately [Page 160] after the choosing of the Apostles, (though Mark for brevity sake mention it immediately after it) but the Preaching of that large and excellent Sermon upon the Mount, (mentioned Matth. 5, 6, 7. Chapters, and Luke 6. together with some other matters related by Luke) did fall out between the choosing of the Apo­stles, and this return of our Saviour unto his house in Capernaum, as may appear, by comparing this place with Luke 6. 17. See Kemnit. Harmon. cap. 51. pag. 283.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour being wearied with prayer, and with choosing his Apostles, and with Prea­ching, did now retire himself to his home in Capernaum to refresh himself with food, and otherwise: Hence we may observe, that while he lived on ea [...]h, he was not onely partaker of mans Nature, but also of the in­firmities of it, as hunger, thirst, weariness, &c. Therefore he had need of refreshing after labour, and of meat and drink to satisfy hunger and thirst in himself. This shews the truth of his humane nature, that he was a man, like unto us in all things, sin excepted, Heb. 4. 15.

Ʋse. Use. Comfort to the Faithfull in all their infirmities; Christ having had experience of the like, will succour and pitty them in theirs.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour Christ after the choosing of his Apostles, took them home with him to his dwelling house, (as the words imply); we may gather, that the twelve Apostles, after their election to that Office, became part of Christ's Family, living and dwelling ordinarily in the same house with him, there­fore it is said before, ver. 14. He ordained them that they should be with him, that is, live and dwell with him as his Family: Therefore it is said, Act. 1. 21. that he went in and out among them; which phrase implies an ordinary conversing with them, as with those of one and the same Family. And hence it is, that he used to pray with them in private, as with those of his own Family, as may be probably gathered from Luke 11. 1. & Luke 9. 18.

Quest. Quest. Whether did the Twelve Apostles live upon our Saviour Christ's charge and expenses in that Fa­mily?

Answ. Answ. It may appear, Joh. 12. 6. and Joh. 13. 29. that they had a common purse or bag, which Judas did bear, who was, as it were, the Treasurer and Steward of that which was contributed unto our Saviour Christ and his Apostles by the Godly and Faithfull of those times; and by this common purse, it is likely, our Saviour maintained himself and his Apostles which were as his Family.

So much of these words, They came home. It followeth, Verse 20. And the Multitude cometh together, &c.

The second Consequent that followed after the Election of the Twelve Apostles, is, The great concourse of the people to our Saviour, being in the house, to hear him, and to see Miracles wrought by him, insomuch that he and his Apostles could not have time to eat bread in the house; which words argue, that they now went into the house with a purpose to refresh themselves in their hunger; and it is likely, that it was about the ordinary time of eating, and yet the people coming so fast upon our Saviour Christ for Doctrine and Mi­racles, he so far yielded to their importunity, and was so diligent and painfull in preaching to them, and do­ing good by Miracles, that he regarded not the satisfying of his hunger.

Observ. Observ. See here, how diligent and Zealous we should be in performance of Christian Duties in our pla­ces and Callings, especially the holy Duties of Gods Worship; as preaching and hearing of his Word, Prayer, and the like; We should be so diligent and forward in these Duties, that we should rather neglect all other businesses and works, then to neglect or omit these; yea, we should be content sometimes, rather to neglect the ordinary refreshing of nature by meat, drink, sleep, and the like means, then to neglect Spiri­tual Duties of Gods Service, when special occasion is offered to perform them, Joh. 4. 31. &c. When the Disciples requested him to eat, he tells them he had meat to eat which they knew not of; and ver. 34. He shews them what meat it was, My meat (saith he) is to do the Will of him that sent me, and to finish his Work. Act. 10. 10. Though Peter after Prayer was very hungry, and would have eaten, yet whilest the meat was prepa­ring, his mind was taken up with such earnest and serious Meditation of Heavenly things, that he forgat his meat, and fell into a Trance or Ecstasy, before the meat could be made ready. Matth. 15. 32. The people were so earnest in following Christ to hear him, that they continued with him three dayes together Fasting in the Wilderness. Matth. 6. 33. First seek the Kingdome of God and his Righteousness, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To reprove and condemn the sloathfullness and negligence of many in Holy Duties of Gods ser­vice. They think the least time and pains spent that way to be enough, and sufficient, yea, too much. And thus it is with the best of us naturally; We are too sloathfull in Spirituall Duties, soon weary of well doing, soon weary of Hearing, Praying, Meditation, &c. Soon weary of the Sabbath, and ready to wish it gone and past (like those covetous worldlings, Amos 8. 5.) that we may return to our earthly Affairs and businesses. A small matter also is apt to hinder us from performance of such Duties, and to cause us to omit them, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stir us up to more forwardness, pains, and diligence in all good Duties whereby God is Glori­fied, and our own, and others Salvation furthered; especially the Duties of Gods Worship, both publick and private. Think no time or pains too much to spend in them, 2 Tim. 4. 2. Ministers are to Preach the Word in season, and out of season; so must private Christians be ready to hear it upon all occasions, yea, we must redeem time, and borrow it from our worldly businesses, yea, from our meat, drink, and sleep, to bestow it on Spiritual Duties.

Means to stir us up, and to quicken us to this diligence in holy Duties.

  • 1. Labour to find delight and sweetness in them; as in hearing the Word, Prayer, &c. Let it be our meat and drink to do these Duties, Job 23. 12. I esteemed the Words of his mouth more then my necessary food. The Word of God was sweeter to David then Hony, &c. Esay 58. If thou call the Sabbath a delight, &c.
  • 2. Consider the excellency of the Duties in themselves, being such as tend most directly of all other to Gods Glory, and to the furtherance of our own Salvation, &c.
  • 3. Think often of the excellent reward promised. See Gal. 6. 9. and 2 Tim. 4. 7.
  • 4. How diligent and painfull Worldly men are in following earthly businesses, &c. rising early, going late to bed, &c. yea, How forward and diligent are the wicked in committing sin? The Drunkard riseth ear­ly, [Page 161] &c. Esay 5. It is meat and drink to them to do wickedly, Prov. 4. 16, 17. They sleep not except they have done mischief, &c. They eat the Bread of Iniquity, &c. So much of the 20th verse.

Ver. 21. And when his Friends, &c.] The third consequent of the Election of the Apostles is, The ignorant and rash censure of our Saviours Kinsfolk concerning him, judging him to be beside himself, &c.

His Friends] [...], That is, those of his Kindred or Family, (sic Beza in locum, et Jansen).

When they heard of it] Viz. How the multitude flocked unto him to the house at such an unseasonable time, and yet that he did not put them back, or send them away frustrate without that they came for, but was so ear­nest in teaching them, and in working Miracles, that he neglected to eat bread; hereupon they rashly, per­versly, and foolishly concluded with themselves, that he was out of his right mind, or beside himself; and therefore they went out to hold him. That is, to keep him safe from hut and danger. Vide Danaei quaest. in Marcum.

The reason of this ignorant and perverse censure of theirs was, because they did not as yet believe in him, as it is said plainly, Joh. 7. 5. No marvail therefore if they judged so uncharitably and foolishly of him, see­ing it is likely they were as yet Carnall, and Unregenerate persons, being void of true Faith; Which of his Kindred they were, is uncertain, &c. See Beza. Aliter interpretatur hunc locum Casaub. contra Baron. exerc. 14. sect. 17. quem vide, et Gualterum.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here in these Kinsfolks of Christ's, what is the ignorant and perverse Judgment of the World and Carnall men concerning true Zeal and forwardness in Religious Duties; they are so far from esteeming of it as they ought, that they judge it to be meer folly or madness.

Thus the Zeal and vehemency of the Holy Prophets and Apostles, was judged of wicked men to be very madness, and they were esteemed as frantick men, 2 King. 9. 11. One asked Jehu, wherefore that mad fel­low came to him? meaning the Prophet that came by Gods appointment to Anoint Jehu to be King of Isra­el. So some judged of Paul, 2 Cor. 5. 13. Whether we be besides our selves, it is to God, &c. So Festus judged him to be mad for his zealous Preaching, Act. 26. 24. So Micholl thought David a Fool for Dancing, &c. 2 Sam. 6. See 1 Cor. 4. 10.

Reas. Reas. 1 Cor. 2. 14. The natural man receiveth not the things that are of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness unto him, neither can he know them, &c.

Use 1 Use. 1. See the miserable blindness of our corrupt nature in the things of God, so far from discerning or judging aright of them, that it judgeth them no better then folly and madness. The Wisdome of God seems Folly to the Carnal man: The Preaching of the Gospell, which God in great Wisdome hath ordained to save men by, yet the World accounts it foolishness, 1 Cor. 1. 21. Yea, the Gospell it self, though it be called the Wisdome of God, yet it is foolishness in the corrupt judgment of the Carnall man. Labour to see and to be­wail this great and fearfull blindness of our Nature which hath so besotted our minds, and perverted our judg­ments in Spiritual things.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Think not strange, nor be offended at the matter, though we be thus censured of Carnal men of the World; What though such profane ones judge our Zeal and forwardness in Religion to be folly and mad­ness? What if they accompt it folly in Ministers to be so Zealous, and diligent in Preaching? What if they think it madness in the people to be so Zealous and forward in going after Sermons? Yet for all this, let none be discouraged by such censures, knowing that Carnal men can no more judge of these things then a blind man of Colours. The truth is, they themselves are fools, and stark blind in these matters, yea, they are very Frantick men so to judge; therefore let us not regard, but contemn their censures. If our Saviour Christ and the Prophets and Apostles were accompted as Fools, and madd men for their holy Zeal and forwardness in well doing, let not us stumble at all at it, though we be so censured, but resolve and say with our selves, If this be madness and folly, to be Zealous and forward in Preaching, in Hearing, &c. We will yet be more mad and foolish, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that these were Kinsfolks of Christ's by natural birth, and yet shewed themselves to be un­believers, and Carnall men, by passing so perverse and wicked a censure upon him.

We may hence gather, That true Faith, and saving Grace, is not propagated by natural Birth, neither is it conveyed from one to another by natural kindred or bloud; for then, these being of Christ's kindred, could not have bin void of it, as they shewed themselves to be. Joh. 1. 13. True Believers are said to be born, not of Bloud, nor of the will of the Flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. Joh. 3. 6. That which is born of Flesh, is Flesh, &c. Whosoever is born or begotten of man, or of the naturall seed of man, that person must needs be carnal and sinfull so far forth as he is so born or begotten.

The reason hereof is, because Regenerate and Sanctifyed persons do beger Children, not as they are Re­generate and Sanctified, but as they are men and Women simply considered, in the state of corrupt Nature: therefore albeit, they convey their nature unto them, by naturall Birth and Generation, yet they cannot by the same natural Birth convey Grace and Holiness to them. Non nascimur, sed renascimur Christiani, as Hie­rome saith.

Object. Object. 1 Cor. 7. 14. Children of Believing Parents are said to be Holy.

Answ. Answ. It is not to be understood of any true inward Holiness conveyed to them by naturall Birth, but onely of an outward Holiness, whereby they being born of such Parents, are reputed to be within Gods Co­venant of Grace which he hath made with the Faithfull and their Seed. Therefore it remains true, that San­ctifying Grace is not conveyed from one to another by natural Birth or Kindred. Hence it is, that many Religious Parents have had wicked Children. Adam had Cam, Abraham had Ismael, Isaac had Esau, David had Absolon, Amnon, and Adonijah, &c. As on the contrary, many wicked Parents have had good and Religious children; wicked Ahaz had good Hezekiah, Ammon had Josiah, and Abijah had Asah, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse. 1. See how vain a thing it is for any to rejoyce or Glory in naturall Birth or Kindred, though never so good. The Jews boasted, that they had Abraham to their Father. So many glory in this, that they come of Religious Parents, and have Religious Kindred, &c. therefore they think themselves must needs be such; Such must know, that though it be a great priviledge and blessing of God in it self to be born of Religious [Page 162] Parents, and to have Religious Kindred; yet it follows not, that all which have so, are themselves truly Re­ligious; for Religion and Grace comes not by natural Kindred or bloud, but from the supernatural work of Gods Spirit, giving unto Christians a new birth; and without this, the other natural birth and Kindred avails not to Salvation, though one could be of the Kindred of Christ himself. The Virgin Mary her self was not Saved by bearing Christ in her Womb, but by Believing in him. See Luke 11. 27.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Rest not in this, that thou comest of Religious Parents, or that thou hast Religious Kindred. Though thou hadst Abraham to thy Father, or wer't Cosen-German to Christ (as some of the Apostles were); yet this alone is not enough to make thee a good Christian, unless thou be the Child of Abraham by Faith, and unless thou be of Spirituall kindred with Christ, by the same Faith. Look not at this onely, that thou receivest thy Naturall Birth from Religious Parents, but see whether thou be born of God, and begotten anew by his Spi­rit; and labour to feel thy self to be so, look not what Religious Kindred in the Flesh thou hast, but labour to be of Spiritual Kindred with Christ, and with all good Christians, having the same God to be thy Father, the same Church thy Mother, the same Spirit dwelling in thee, and renewing and Sanctifying thee.

Use. 3 Use 3. Let Christian Parents be carefull to use the means to help forward the new Birth of their Children, that as they receive a naturall Birth from them, so they may by their means come to be partakers of a Spiritu­all Birth by Grace: Let them not think it enough that themselves are Religious, for they cannot convey Reli­gion and Grace to their Children by natural Birth; this must come from the supernatural work of Gods Spi­rit. All Parents therefore ought to pray unto God for this, and to use all good means for the effecting of it. To this end, they are to present them in due time to the Sacrament of the new Birth, (which is Baptism); and to be carefull when their Children come to understanding, to train them up Religiously in the true knowledg and fear of God, Ephes. 6. 4.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, in that these Kinsfolks of Christ, that were so near to him by natural Birth, did thus censure him, and did molest and trouble him, in going about to hold him with their hands, as if he had bin be­sides himself; Hence gather, that we must sometimes look to be wronged and troubled, even by such as are very near to us, in regard of natural Birth, Alliance, or Acquaintance: David complains how Ahitophel his familiar friend had wronged him, Ps. 41. and Psal. 55. Job's own Wife and his friends were a great occasion of aggrava­ting his misery. Peter was an offense unto Christ, Matth. 16. 23. yea, the Virgin Mary her self was a trou­ble unto him, Jo [...]. 2. 3. To this purpose is that also, Matth. 10. 35. I am come to set a man at variance against his Father, and the Daughter against her Mother, &c. and a mans foes shall be they of his own house­hold.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Be not discouraged though we thus meet with injuries or troubles at the hands of such as are our friends, or near unto us, &c.

Though this be a great tryall, (as we may see by David's complaint, Psal. 55.) yet we must bear it patient­ly, knowing, that not onely other Saints of God, but even Christ himself had experience of this Try­all.

Mark 3. 22.‘And the Scribes which came down from Jerusalem, said, &c. Nov. 28. 1619.

FRom ver. 22. to ver. 31. is laid down the fourth principal part of this Chapter, namely, the Apology or defence of our Saviour Christ for himself against the wicked slander of the Scribes, charging him as if he had a Devil, and did by the help of Beelzebub, cast out Devills. The occasion of this their slander is men­tioned, Matth. 12. 22. and Luke 11. 14. namely, our Saviours casting of a Devil ou [...] of one that was brought to him, being both blind and dumb; wherea [...], when the common people were amazed, and wondred, and took occasion thereupon to confess Christ to be the Son of David, that is, the promised Messiah; on the other side, the Scribes and Pharisees judged him to have a Devil, and by the help of him to have cast out that dumb and deaf Spirit.

In all these Verses, Consider two things chiefly.

  • 1. The wicked slander of the Scribes against Christ, ver. 22.
  • 2. His answer and Apology for himself, in the Verses following.

In the former, Consider

  • 1. The Persons slandering, The Scribes that came down from Jerusalem. They are set forth,
    • 1. By their publick Office, Scribes.
    • 2. By the place whence they came, From Jerusalem.
  • 2. Consider the matter of the slander, which is twofold.
    • 1. That He had Beelz [...]bub.
    • 2. That by the Prince of Devills he cast out Devills.

The Scribes] Who these were, is shewed before upon chap. 2. ver. 6. It is a name of Office, They were publick Teachers and expounders of the Law among the Jews; therefore they are sometimes called Lawyers and Doctors of the Law; they were in great account for their Learning and Literal Knowledge in the Law of Moses; with these the Pharisees also joyned, Matth. 9. 34.

Which came down from Jerusalem] This Argues that they were none of the meaner sort of Scribes, but ra­ther some of the chief and of greatest Account, because they were of Hierusalem, the chief City in Ju­dea.

Beelzebub] This is the proper name of the chief Idol of the Ekronites, or Philistims, as may appear, 2 King. 1. 2. The name is made of two Hebrew words, Baal which signifies a Lord or Master, and Zebub which sig­nifies a flye; and so it is as much, as the Lord of Flies; which name was given to that Idol, either because he was Worshipped in the form or shape of a Flye (as Nazianzen saith), or else (as others think) because the heathenish people sought help from that Idol against the annoyance of Flyes. Now the Jews in contempt and detestation of that Idol, applyed this name to the Devil, yea to the Prince, or chief Devil, calling him Beelzebub; and hence it is, that the Scribes speak so in this place. Drusi [...]s give [...] another derivation and rea­son [Page 163] of this Name, Baalzebul, id est, Jupiter Stercoreus, from Baal, Jupiter, and Zebul, stercus, &c. Vide Drus. ad voces N. Testam. commentar. prior. in voce Beelzebub.

He hath Beelzebub,] This Phrase of Speech seemeth to imply two things in this place.

  • 1. That he was Possessed with Beelzebub, the Prince of Devils.
  • 2. That he used the familiarity of that wicked Spirit, casting out other Devil [...], and working other Mira­cles by his help and assistance; as the words following imply.

By the Prince,] That is, the chief of Devils, which hath Preheminence over the rest. This for the mea­ning.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. When the Common People admired the Divine Power of Christ shewed in casting out the Dumb and Deaf Spirit; these Scribes who were great Men in accompt for Learning and Authority, blas­phemously charged him to have a Devil, &c. Hence gather, That great Men of the World are oftentimes the greatest and most dangerous Enemies to Christ, and to the Religion and Doctrine of Christ. See this Point handled before in this Chapter, Ver. 6. [...]. 7.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. These Scribes were learned in the Law of Moses, having great knowledge and skill in the Letter of it, and yet they were wicked Men, and Blasphemers of Christ, as we see here: Hence observe, That men may have a great measure of literall knowledge of the Scriptures, and yet be never the better Christians, but remain wicked and ungodly men, void of all Grace. So, had the Scribes and Pharisees, and yet, Matth. 5. 20. Except your Righteousness shall exceed the Righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the Kingdom of Heaven: Paul himself before his conversion was a Pharisee, and brought up at the feet of Gamaliel, a Doctor of the Law, and taught according to the perfect manner of the Law of the Fathers, &c. Acts, 22. 3. and yet at that time he was a wicked Persecuter of the Truth. No doubt, but Judas also had knowledge in the Scriptures, else our Saviour would not have chosen him to be one of his Apostles, and yet he was a wicked Reprobate: yea, the Devils themselves have a great measure of knowledge in the Scriptures, both of the Old and New Testament, as may appear by their confessing of Christ to be the Son of God, and the true Messiah, foretold by the Prophets. All this proveth, that it is possible for those that are wicked and voyd of all saving Grace, yet to have a great measure of knowledge in the Letter and History of the Scriptures.

Reasons. Reasons. The bare Historicall or Literall knowledge of the Scriptures, doth onely enlighten the understan­ding, but doth not renew or change the heart and affections, nor cause a man to embrace or yield obedience to that which he knows: Now where the change of the heart is not effectually wrought, there is no saving Grace at all.

Use 1 Use 1. See how vain a thing it is for any to glory in their literall knowledge of the Scriptures, as if this alone could make them good Christians: Rom. 2. 18. The Jews boasted of this, that they knew the will of God, and were instructed in the Law; and thereupon they thought themselves very Religious: yet for all that they were wicked Hypocrites, living in manifest breaches of the Law. So it is with many now adays, they think themselves very Religious, because they have knowledge in the Scriptures, and can discourse of them in Company, &c. To these I say, it is well that they have knowledge, and I wish that many had more than they have. Yet know withall, that if it be but an Historicall or Literall knowledge, without a sanctified heart to imbrace that thou knowest, it shall do thee no good: thou mayst notwithstanding all this thy know­ledge be void of all truth of sanctifying Grace.

Use 2 Use 2. Rest not in the bare knowledge of the Letter or History of the Scriptures: This may be in wicked Men and grosse Hypocrites, such as the Scribes and Pharisees, who were full of literall knowledge, yet emp­ty of all soundnesse of Religion and Grace. Though thou hadst as much knowledge in the Scriptures as the best of them had, and much more; yet if it be but a litterall knowledge, it shall not further thee to Salvation, though thou hadst all knowledge of the Scriptures that is possible to be had in this Life; If thou wert well seen in all Questions and Controversies which may arise out of the Scriptures, and wert able to discourse and reason of them understandingly: If thou wert skillfull in all the Books of Scripture, and didst know the true meaning of all the hardest places in the Bible; yet if thou have not a sanctified heart to apply this knowledge, and to yield obedience to that thou knowest, thou art not yet gotten beyond the Scribes and Pharisees: nay, thou hast not out-stripped the Devils themselves, who abound in this kind of knowledge of the Scriptures, and yet shall never be saved. And if thou rest in such a naked literall knowledge, thou mayest with all thy knowledge perish everlastingly. Beware therefore of resting in it, and labour not onely to know the Word of God, but especially for a sanctified heart to embrace and yield obedience to that thou knowest: Every one hath so much true saving knowledge, as he hath grace and affection of heart to embrace that he knoweth; and without this, all knowledge is ignorance in God's accompt. The smallest measure of knowledge with a sanctified heart, is more pleasing to God, and more available to thy Salvation, than all the Learning and Knowledge of the Scribes and Pharisees without sanctifying Grace. Look to thy knowledge therefore, that it be sanctified, and that it be such as do not onely flote in thy head, but go down to thy heart, affecting it to embrace and yield obedience to the things thou knowest, and hast learned out of the Word of God: La­bour for this effectuall knowledge, which may not onely enlighten thy understanding, but renew thy heart. This is called wisdom in Scripture, because it alone makes wise unto Salvation, and without it, all other know­ledge is folly. Oh! therefore get this wisdome above all Possessions, get this effectuall knowledge and un­derstanding of the Word of the Word of God, as Solomon exhorteth. To this end use the means, especially these two.

1. Pray unto God to give thee his sanctifying Spirit, which may not only open thy understanding to con­ceive the Scriptures, but thy heart also (as he did the heart of Lydia) to believe and yield obedience to the Word. Pray with David, not onely that he will teach thee the way of his Statutes, but that he will also in­cline thy heart to his Testimonies, Psal. 119. ver. 33, & 36.

2. Be diligent, not onely in reading the Scriptures to gain knowledge, but especially in hearing the Word opened and applyed in the publick Ministery of it: This is God's speciall Ordinance, not onely to enlighten the mind with knowledge, but especially and principally to work upon the heart, to renew and sanctifie it, &c. So much of the Persons slandering our Saviour Christ.

Now followeth the slander it self.

He hath Beelzebub, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour Christ, who was most holy and free from all sin, yet was accused by the Scribes as a wicked Person; as one that had a Devil, and did work by his help; we learn this, That the most holy and innocent Persons may look to be unjustly slandered and accused as evil Doers, yea to have grievous Crimes laid to their Charge: Our Saviour did all things well, yet how often was he accused as an evil Doer, &c? See this Point before, Chap. 2. Ver. 7.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Take heed of condemning or judging others to be wicked or ungodly, onely upon the bare ac­cusation of such as are themselves wicked, for so we may condemn the most innocent, even Christ himself: If it be enough to accuse, who shall be innocent? Take heed therefore of giving credit to unjust slanders raised against others, especially when they are raised by the profane and wicked, against such as are godly and religious.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Arm our selves to go through good and evil report; to be burdened with false slanders, though we walk never so uprightly: And be not discouraged at all with such false accusations, onely be carefull so to walk, that none may truly or justly speak evil of us, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour doing a good work of mercy in casting out the Devil out of him that was both dumb and deaf, yet was censured by the Scribes, as if he did it by the help of Beelzebub; This teacheth us, That there is nothing can be so well done, but the malicious and wicked will be apt to misinterpret it, and to take it in evil part; yea, to censure and condemn it as evil and unlawfull. Rom. 1. 29. The Heathen werefull of malice, and they took things in evil part. These properties are joyned together in them, to shew that such as are malicious, are also apt to take things in evil part: The Scribes and Pharisees did maliciously in­terpret the best actions of our Saviour Christ, taking them in the worst part. See before, Chap. 2. Ver. 7, and Ver. 16.

Use 1 Use 1. Make this accompt to have our best actions sometimes hardly censured, and maliciously perverted and taken in evil part. And learn not to be offended or discouraged, though we be spoken of for well doing.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Let it be far from us to take the good actions of others in evil part; Remember, that this is the pro­perty of malice, and there is nothing more contrary to love, which thinketh not evil, &c. 1 Cor. 13. 6.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Here is mention made of Beelzebub the Prince of Devils, which argues, that as there is a diffe­rence of order or degree of Preheminence among the good Angels (some being called Angels, some Arch-An­gels, &c.) so also it is among the evil Angels. There is one that is the Head, and chief over the rest; who is therefore called the Prince of Devils in this place, and elsewhere. That which the Scribes and Pharisees here imply, that there is a Prince of Devils; that is, one chief above the rest; is not gain-said, but rather seems to be granted by our Saviour, Matth. 12. 27. And sometimes he is called the Prince of this World, Joh. 12. and the God of this World, 2 Cor. 4. Therefore also Matth. 25. 41. mention is made of the Devil and his Angels; As among Pirates and Theeves there is one Chief, &c. Concerning this matter, see Zanch. de operibus Dei. Also Paraeus in Matth. 12. 24. and Mr. Bayne upon Eph. 6. 12.

Use. Use. This seems to teach us, that order and difference of Degrees amongst Men in all Societies (as in the Church, Common-wealth, and Families) is a matter pleasing unto God, who is the God of Order, and not of Confusion. He hath appointed some order to be even among the evil Angels, therefore much more doth he approve of it as necessary and profitable amongst Men, and in all Societies of Men: This being so, should move us to love and like of order, and to seek to maintain it as a mean to preserve peace among Men in all Societies.

Mark 3. 23, 24, 25, 26, 27.‘And he called them unto him, and said unto them in Parables, How can Satan cast out Decem. 5. 1619. Satan? And if a Kingdom be divided against it self, that Kingdom cannot stand: And if a House be divi­ded against it self, that House cannot stand: And if Satan rise up against himself, and be divided, he cannot stand, but hath an end: No man can enter into a strong man's House, and spoil his Goods, except he first bind the strong man, and then he will spoil his House.’

VVEE heard, in the former Verse, of the wicked slander and accusation of the Scribes against our Sa­viour Christ. Now followeth his Answer and Apology for himself: Where consider three things,

  • 1. A Preparative to his Answer, He called them unto Him.
  • 2. The Manner of his Answer, He spake to them in Parables.
  • 3. The Matter of his Apology, Containing two things.
    • 1. A confutation of their slander, Ver. 23, &c. to the 28.
    • 2. An accusation or reprehension of them, Ver. 28, 29.

He called them unto Him,] By this appears, that they were not present with Him when they did so blasphe­mously accuse him; but they uttered that accusation against him, unto the People behind his back in his ab­sence. See Matth. 12. 24.

Quest. Quest. Why was our Saviour so carefull to Call them to him, and to answer and confute this slander; see­ing, they being absent, he might have passed it over, and have taken no notice of it?

Answ. Answ. Because it was a very wicked and blasphemous slander, tending directly not onely to the dis­grace of our Saviour's Person, but also to the utter discrediting of all his Doctrine and Miracles, and con­sequently to the exceeding dishonour of God, and hinderance of the Gospel: therefore he would by no means let it passe unconfuted.

Observ. Observ. Such as are unjustly slandeted or accused by others, ought not to neglect or passe over such slan­ders without taking notice of them, but they should be carefull to confute them, and to clear their own inno­cency. Especially this is to be done, when the slander or accusation is such as tends not onely to the disgrace of [Page 165] the Person slandered, but also to the dishonour of God, or to the discredit of Religion and of the Gospel. Thus Eliah being accused of Ahab, as the Troubler of Israel, denied the Crime, and cleared himself, 1 King. 18. 18. Thus Job being unjustly charged by his three Friends as an Hypocrite and great Offender, justified and cleared himself. Job, 27. 5. God forbid that I should justifie you (saith he), till I dye I will not remove my Integrity from me: my Righteousness I hold fast, and I will not let it go, &c. Thus Jeremy being accused by the Priests and Prophets as one worthy to dye, did justifie and clear himself against them, Jer. 26. 12. Thus Paul being charged by Festus as if he had been mad, justified himself, Acts, 26. 25. And thus our Saviour Christ of­ten being falsly slandered by the Scribes and Pharisees, did answer for himself, confuting them, and clearing his own innocency.

Object. Object. Matth. 26. 62. And Chap. 27. 12. being accused before the High Priests and Pilate, he an­swered nothing.

Answ. Answ. The reason was, 1. Because he had before sufficiently proved and manifested himself unto the World, to be a most holy and innocent Person by his Life and Doctrine; therefore he held it needlesse at that time to answer every accusation laid against him.

2. He knew that the appointed time was then come, in which he was to be accused and condemned to Death, that he might by his Death accomplish our Redemption: therefore he was silent, suffering himself in our room and stead to be accused and condemned to Death.

Use. Ʋse. Be carefull of clearing our innocency, when we are falsly slandered by the malicious and wicked: Christians ought not to neglect their own good name and reputation, but by all good means to preserve it from being blotted by unjust slanders and accusations. Especially, when the slanders are such as tend much to the dishonour of God, or discredit of the Gospel; we must then be most carefull to clear our selves of such false imputations laid upon us. Qui, fidens conscientiae suae, negligit famam suam crudelis est. Augustin. So much of the Preparative to our Saviour's Apology, viz. his Calling of the Scribes unto him, that he might answer and confute them face to face.

The next thing to be spoken of, is the manner of his answering, viz. in Parables,] That is, by comparisons or similitudes; such as he used, Ver. 24, & 25.

Observ. Observ. It is a good and profitable course to teach by similitudes and comparisons taken from things fa­miliarly known to us: But of this, upon the fourth Chapter, Ver. 2.

I proceed therefore to the matter of our Saviour's Answer to the Scribes.

And first, To speak of his confutation of their slander. In which he confuteth it by two Reasons.

The first, Proving that he did not cast out Devils by the Devil, as they charged him: This he proved from an absurdity and inconvenience which would follow; for so he should overthrow his own Kingdom. This is confirmed by a two-fold Comparison.

  • 1. From a Kingdom divided against it self, which cannot stand or continue, Ver. 24.
  • 2. From a House divided against it self, which cannot indure, Ver. 25. Then he applyes these Similitudes Ver. 26. unto Satan; affirming that if he rise up against himself, he cannot indure, but hath an end.

The second Reason proveth, That he cast out Devils by a stronger Power, the Power of Satan; even by the Power of his God-head, called the Spirit of God, Matth. 12. 28. and the Finger of God, Luke, 11. 20. And this he proveth also by a Comparison, Ver. 27. No man can enter into a strong man's House, &c.

How can Satan cast out Satan?] This Interrogation hath the force of a vehement Negation: Q. D. It is a thing absurd and against reason, that the Devil should oppose himself against himself, and that one wicked Spirit should cast out another out of the Bodies Possessed. It is therefore most unlikely, that I should cast out Devils by the help of Beelzebub. This is the sum and sense of the Words.

Satan] One of the proper names given in Scripture to the Devil; It is an Hebrew word, signifying an Adversary or Enemy, because the Devil sheweth himself a most malicious Enemy against God and Man.

Drive out,] It is, cast him out by force out of such as are bodily Possessed with the Devil: The word [...], signifies a forcible expulsion.

And if a Kingdom be divided, &c.] That is, be at variance and discord within it self, through Civil Wars or Dissensions.

That Kingdom cannot stand,] It cannot continue in safety and prosperity, but must needs come to a speedy ruine and overthrow,

A House] Or Family.

Be divided against it self,] By reason of discord and strife among those that are of the Family.

And if Satan rise up against himself] If he oppose himself against himself any way, and so be at variance with himself.

He cannot stand,] That is, His Kingdom and Tyrannicall Rule and Power which by God's sufferance he exerciseth in the World, cannot long indure or hold out, but must needs come to a speedy end.

He hath an end,] That is, shall as certainly and speedily have an end, as if it were already overthrown. So much of the sense of the Words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that it is our Saviour's purpose here to shew, that it is absurd and unlikely that the Devil should cast out himself, or any way oppose himself and his own Kingdom, because this would tend to the hurt and overthrow of himself and his Kingdom: Hence we may observe, That this is a property of the De­vil, that he is very carefull not to oppose himself and his own Kingdom which he exerciseth in the World amongst men. He never fights against himself; nay, on the contrary he fights continually for himself, and labours with all his might and policy to maintain and uphold his own Kingdom and Government which he ex­erciseth in the World: 1 Pet. 5. 8. He walketh about like a roaring Lyon, seeking whom he may devour; that is, labours continually in tempting Men to sin, that so he may bring them to Destruction, and so his Kingdom of Darknesse may be inlarged: Therefore also he is called the Tempter, because he doth continually labour in tempting Men to sin, that so he may fill the World with sin, and increase the number of the wicked, and so [Page 166] in large his own Kingdom. Hence also it is, that Revel. 12. 7. there is made mention of a battail between Michael (that is, Christ) and his Angels, and the Dragon (that is, the Devil) and his Angels; and it is said, That the Dragon and his Angels fought: Now this fighting is to maintain and uphold his Kingdom. This shews, that the Devil is so far from opposing himself or his own Kingdom, that he labours and fights conti­nually for himself, and for maintenance of his Kingdom.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. He is most wise and subtil in his kind, full of devilish and wicked craft and policy: in which respect he is called the old Serpent, Revel. 12. 9. Now it stands not with this policy of Satan to oppose him­self and his own kingdom; and therefore he will not do it.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. He knows that if he should fight against himself, this were the ready way to ruinate and overthrow himself and his Kingdom speedily, as our Saviour sheweth in the words following, which he abhorreth to do.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See the reason why the Devil is not so busie in molesting and troubling the Wicked, as he is in molesting God's Children which truly fear him, neither doth he usually assault the former sort with violent temptations as he doth the latter: the reason is, because he hath the wicked already in his snare, in which he holds them at his own will, 2 Tim. 2. 26. They are already subjects of his Kingdom, therefore it is no policy for him to fight against them. He Possesseth them in peace, therefore what need he fight against them to get them under his Power: But as for God's Children, because they are by the mercy of God escaped and delivered out of his Power, and from his Tyranny; therefore he labours by all means to bring them back unto his Kingdom of Darkness, and this makes him so busie with them. Herein he is like Pharoah, who so long as the Israelites were subject to his Tyranny in Aegypt, did not pursue them with an Host of armed Men; but so soon as they were escaped from that bondage, then he quickly made after them, &c.

Use. 2 Use 2. Let not wicked men think the better of their estate, because they find not Satan so busie in tempting and molesting them as he is with some others. This is no good sign, not to feel any temptations or assaults of the Devil, as some professe they do not: But take heed to thy self, if it be so with thee, for this argues thee to be under his Power, and that he hath thee (as he thinks) sure enough already, because he fights not against thee. Luke, 11. 21. When the strong man armed, keepeth his Palace, the Goods that he possesseth are in Peace, &c. This is the most dangerous temptation (as Luther saies) not to be tempted at all.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Comfort to such as feel great opposition; of Satan against them, molesting them much and often, and so labouring to discourage them in their Christian course and profession: This argues, that they are not un­der the Power of Satan, and that he doth not Rule and Raign in them as he doth in the Wicked, that he hath no such Kingdom in them; for if he had, he would not so fight against his own Subjects.

Use 4 Use 4. See a reason why wicked Men are backward to set themselves against sin in others, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further in that our Saviour asketh, How Satan can cast out Satan? we may gather this, That evil Spirits or Devils cannot be forcibly driven or cast out of such as are Possessed by the power or help of the Devil, but this must be done by the Finger of God, Luke 11. 20, &c. One wicked Spirit will not help to cast out another by force. The reason is, because if the wicked Spirits should thus fight against one another; this were the way to overthrow their own Kingdom, which they are most desirous to uphold. See Stella in Lucam.

Object. Object. The Jewish Exorcists in our Saviour's time, and in the time of the Apostles, did cast out Devils from some that were Possessed, in the name of Christ; as appears, Matth. 12. 27. Acts, 19. 13. Now these being wicked Men, who thus abused the name of Christ, and so being no better than Instruments of Satan in that practise, hence it may seem to follow, That Satan by his Instruments may cast out Satan.

Answ. Answ. When any were dispossessed by those Exorcists, either the Devil did voluntarily depart out of the parties possessed, thereby to confirm and harden those Exorcists in that their wicked practise of abusing the name of Christ: or if he were forcibly driven out, then it was not done by the Power of Satan, or of his In­struments; but by the Power of God, who may and doth sometimes use such wicked Men, as Instruments to effect his own will, in the working of such Miracles, Matth. 7. 22. The like may be said of the Popish Priests casting out Devils.

Ʋse. Use. This shews what we are to think of the practise of those in our times, who if they suspect their Children or Friends to be either bewitched or possessed with the Devil, do hereupon seek to other Witches or Wizards (as they call them) for help. This is both a wicked and a foolish practise.

  • 1. A wicked practise, to go to the Devil in his Instrumenrs for help in this Case, when they should go to God by prayer; yea, by prayer and fasting, Matth. 17. 21.
  • 2. It is a vain and foolish practise; it being unlikely that one Devil should cast out another, unless it be by collusion or voluntary compact between those wicked Spirits; and that for some further evil end.
Mark 3. 24, 25.‘And if a Kingdom be divided against it self, that Kingdom cannot stand: And if a House be Dec. 12. 1619. divided against it self, that House cannot stand.’

Observ. 2 OBserv. 2. Hence we are taught, That Discord and Dissension in any humane Society is most hurtfull and dangerous to that Society, tending to the ruine and overthrow thereof, if it be not pre­vented in time: Gal. 5. 15. If ye bite and devoure one another, take heed that ye be not consumed one of another: that is, if ye give your selves to strife and contention, and thereby do hurt and injure one another, take heed that this turn not to your ruine and overthrow. Therefore strife and division amongst Men is compared to Fire: Prov. 26. 21. As the coal maketh burning coals, and wood a fire; so the contentious man is apt to kindle strife. Now we know it is the nature of fire to waste and consume all that it layes hold upon; even so strife and discord in humane Societies is a means to waste and ruinate them: Judg. 9. 20. Jotham saies, Let a fire come out of Abimelech, and consume the men of Shechem, &c. Also, let a fire come from the men of Shechem, and consume Abimelech, &c. The meaning is, that a fiery Contention should be stirred up between them, which should cause them to slay and murder one another, and so afterward it came to pass. This shews [Page 167] the hurt and danger of strife and discord amongst men, that it it tends to the ruine of that society in which it raigneth. This is true of all societies publick and private, whether in the Church, or in the Commonwealth; whether in Kingdoms, Cities, or Families; if discord and strife raign in them, it is most hurtful and dange­rous to them, yea, it proves oftentimes the ruine and overthrow of them. Thus in the Church, Factions and Divisions, among such as profess Religion, are the cause of much mischief; yea, they tend to the ruine and desolation of those Churches where they bear sway: So the Strife and Discord which Arrius the Here­tick caused in the Church of Alexandria, it was the cause of the desolation and wasting not onely of that Church, but of many other in the Eastern part of the World. Thus also it is in Kingdoms and Common­wealths and Citie [...], civil Dissentions in them do often bring them to ruine and desolation. Isa. 3. 4. The Prophet, foretelling the Destruction of Hierusalem, maketh mention of the civil Dissentions that should be among that People, They should oppress each other, and the Child should behave himself proudly against the Ancient, and the base against the honourable; and then Ver. 8. the Ruine of Judah and Hierusalem is men­tioned. So the Faction and Division between Rehoboam and Jeroboam turned to the Ruine and Desolation of the ten Tribes of Israel. So the Strife between Abimelech and the Shechemites (as we heard before), pro­ved the ruine of them all. Thus Josephus mentioneth the Factions and Dissentions among the Jews, as one cause of the last and final Destruction of Hierusalem; for a little before that Destruction he reporteth, that there were three great Factions among them, which had their several Heads or Leaders, which were Simon, John, and Eleazer, (See Joseph. de bello Judaic. lib. 6. cap. 1. & 4.) And if we look into the causes of the ruine of the greatest Monarchies that ever were, (especially the Grecian and Romane,) we shall find by Histo­ries, that civil Dissentions and Warrs among themselves was one great cause thereof. So also in private Fa­milies, Discord and Strife hath often been the Ruine and Desolation of them. The Strife between Cain and Abel caused great Desolation in Adam's Family; for by this means he was bereft of both his Sons, and so for a time left destitute of Children. So in David's Family, the Strife between him and his Son Absolon, and between Absolon and Ammon, as also between Solomon and Adonijah, his other Sons, was the cause of the ruine of a great part of his Family. Thus then we see how Discord and Dissention in humane societies ten­deth to the ruine of them.

The Reason hereof. Jam. 3. 16. Where strife is, there is confusion, and all manner of evil works. This sin of strife, contention, and discord is the cause of great disorders and confusions amongst men; yea, it is the cause and occasion of all kind of sins and evill works; that is, of all sins that are against the peace and good of hu­mane society; as Seditions, Treasons, Murders, Slanders, Railing, &c. No mervail therefore if discord and strife do often bring ruine to humane societies, seeing it is the breeder of so many and great mischiefs, and the occasion of so many grievous sins amongst men, which must need provoke God, and pull down his wrath upon those societies in which such discord raigneth.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See how great cause there is to take heed of this sin of discord, strife, and division, and to keep it out of all societies, lest it prove the utter ruine and overthrow of them, if it be not timely prevented. Governours of the Church must be carefull to prevent it in the Church: Civil Magistrates and Princes, to prevent it in the Common-wealth, and in their Kingdoms: Masters of Families to keep it out of their Families by all means; yea, every Christian in his place to take heed of this sin of Strife and Discord. Think how dange­rous it is in all societies: Remember this, that a Kingdom, or Church, or Family, divided against it self can­not stand, &c.

Remedies to prevent such Discord and Divisions.

  • 1. Take away the cause of them, which is Pride: Prov. 13. 10. Onely by Pride doth man make contention, &c. See Phil. 2. 3.
  • 2. Avoid the occasion of discord and variance with others; as Anger, hot words, &c. Prov. 15. 1. Grie­vous words stir up Anger. Be careful neither to give occasion of Strife, nor to take the occasions offered by others.
  • 3. Be content to tolerate and bear with one anothers Infirmities, in love, Ephes. 4. 2. Forbear one another in love: A great means to prevent strife. Yet this must so be done, that we do not flatter or sooth up others in sin: It is one thing to bear with sinful Infirmities in others; another thing to approve of them, or to coun­tenance gross or scandalous sins in them. This latter we may not do; but the former we ought to do in love, and for peace sake.
  • 4. Let every one keep within the bounds of his own Calling, and not curiously intermeddle with those things which concern him not, 1 Thes. 4. 11. Study to be quiet, and to meddle with your own business, and to work with your own hands, &c.
  • 5. Have nothing to do with factious and contentious Persons, which hate Peace, and love Jarrs and Con­tentions.

Use 2 Use 2. Seeing discord is so dangerous to all humane societies, be careful every one to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of Peace, Ephes. 4. 3. This is a special means to procure the good and prosperity of all hu­mane societies, as of Churches, Common-wealths, and Families: Psal. 133. 1. Behold how good and pleasant it is for Brethren to dwell together in unity. It is the Speech of an Heathen Writer, Salust; Concordia res parvae crescunt, discordiâ magnae dilabuntur. Of all other men especially Governours of Churches, Common-wealths, and Families, must be careful to keep Unity and Concord among those under their Government. Now, the onely way to preserve Unity in all societies, is by taking care to plant and establish Religion, and the true Knowledge and Worship of God in them. This therefore all Governours of societies must look unto; for without this there will be no Unity. Quomodo potest congruere Charitas, si discrepet fides? Ambros. de Abra­ham. Patriarch. Lib. 1. cap. 9.

Use 3 Use 3. See by this, how dangerous it is for two contrary Religions to be tolerated or allowed in one and the same Kingdom. A Kingdom divided against it self cannot stand: Now, there can be no Unity between Christ and Belial, &c. 2 Cor. 6. 15.

Ver, 27. No man can enter, &c.

The second part of the Confutation of the slander of the Scribes: In which our Saviour proveth that he cast [Page 168] out Devils by a greater Power than is the Devil's, viz. by the Power of his own God-head. And this he pro­veth by a comparison taken from one that forcibly entreth into the House of a strong man, and maketh spoil of it by violent taking away of his goods and weapons which he hath in his House: Such a one must be stronger than the strong man, else he cannot do it. Even so (saith our Saviour) seeing that I have forcibly entred up­on Satan's Possession, and have bound him (as it were), and spoiled his goods, that is, taken from him that Power and Tyranny which he before exercised over the body of him that was possessed; and seeing I have also cast him out of his own House, that is, out of the party possessed, hence it may appear that I have done all this by a greater Power than the Power of Satan is, even by the Power of my God-head. Here note the parts of this Similitude:

  • 1. Our Saviour likeneth Satan to a strong man well armed and furnished with weapons to defend himself and his House in which he dwelleth.
  • 2. He likeneth himself to one that is stronger than that strong man.
  • 3. He resembleth the Party that was possessed with the Devil to the House of the strong man, in which he holds Possession.
  • 4. He resembleth the Power of Satan unto the goods and weapons of the strong man.
  • 5. Lastly, the casting out of Satan by Christ, unto the entring into the strong man's House, and binding of him, and spoiling of his House, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Satan being likened to the strong man, this teacheth us that he is a Creature of great Strength and Power, Luke 11. 21. compared to a strong man armed: 1 Pet. 5. 8. A roaring Lion: Ephes. 6. 12. The Devils are called Principalities and Powers, &c. in respect of their great Power which they exercise in the World: 2 Cor. 4. 4. God of this World: Revel. 12. 3. A great red Dragon having ten Horns. For the clea­ring of this Point four things are to be briefly shewed.

  • 1. Wherein this Power of the Devil is manifested.
  • 2. What kind of Power it is?
  • 3. Whence he hath it?
  • 4. Wherefore God giveth him such Power.

Touching the first, his Power is shewed chiefly in these things.

1. In working upon the insensible Creatures, as the Air, Earth, Waters, &c. Ephes. 2. 2. called, The Prince that ruleth in the Air; because he hath power to work upon it by stirring up Tempests of Thunder, Lightning, Winds, &c. See Job 1. 16. and 19. So also it is likely he can use means to shake the Earth, or some part of it, and to trouble the Waters, &c.

2. In working upon those sensible Creatures which want Reason, as the Beasts of the field, Birds, Fishes, &c. He is able to enter into them, and to move and work in them. Thus he entred into the Serpent, Gen. 3. and into the Herd of Swine, &c.

3. In working upon the bodies of men; He hath power to enter into them, and to move in them, to carry them from place to place, as he did the body of our Saviour Christ, setting him on a Pinnacle of the Temple. He hath also power sometimes to hurt and annoy the bodies of Men and Women, and to vex and torture them with pains, &c. and to strike them with Diseases, as he did Job's body with boyles, Job 2. So he bowed a daughter of Abraham, Luke 13. And we read in the Evangelists how many strange things the Devil in those times wrought in and upon the bodies of the Possessed; sometimes tearing or rending them, sometimes casting them into the fire or water, sometimes causing them to cry out and to foam at the Mouth, sometimes striking them dumb and deaf, &c.

4. In working after a sort upon the minds, hearts, and affections of men, in tempting them inwardly, and solliciting them to sin by inward suggestions. Not that he can work directly upon the Mind or Will, (for that God alone can do;) but he doth this, partly by the outward senses, representing evill Objects to them, and so conveying evill thoughts to the mind; and partly by insinuating himself into the Fancy or Imaginati­on, and so by the Imagination affecting the Mind, and consequently the Will, with sinfull thoughts and affe­ctions, Joh. 13. 2. The Devil put it into the heart of Judas to betray Christ. Act. 5. 3. Satan filled the heart of Ana­nias, &c. Thus also he stirred up David to number the People. And these sinful thoughts and desires the Devil doth not onely stir up in men, but he hath power also to follow them very forcibly, as he did in Judas; who, so soon as Satan entred into him, went out presently to do the Fact, Joh. 13. 30. and Ephes. 2. 2. Thus we see how the Devil sheweth his great Power.

Touching the second thing, viz. What kind of Power it is which he hath; we must know, it is not an ab­solute but a limited Power. He cannot do what he will, but what God permitteth him to do; he is potestas sub potestate, a power under another Power. He could not afflict Job without leave from God; nor so much as enter into the Swine without Christ's sufferance: As the Sea hath bounds set, &c.

Touching the 3d. thing, From whence the Devil hath his Power: From God onely, who gave unto him in his first Creation great Power and Strength; which Power, howsoever it is in some respect impaired by his Fall, (and therefore it is not so great now as the power of the good Angels,) yet it doth still remain very great, and is augmented by his irreconcileable malice to Mankind.

Touching the fourth thing to be shewed; namely, Why God doth give such Power unto Satan? The Rea­sons are these:

  • 1. That his own Divine Power might the more appear in subduing Satan.
  • 2. For the tryal of his own Children, as we see in Job's Example.
  • 3. For the executing of his heavy Vengeance and Punishment on the wicked by Satan.

Use 1 Use 1. This shews the Folly and Ignorance of such, who make leight of the Devil's Power: Tush (they say), He cannot hurt us, we care not for him, &c. But take heed of contemning his Power securely; For although he be not able to hurt the Souls or hinder the Salvation of God's Children; yet is his Power very great, so as he may by God's permission not onely assault the minds of men with violent Temptations, but al­so greatly hurt their bodies. Therefore set not so leight by him: Though he do not appear visibly, &c. God's Children have no cause to fear him, but the wicked.

Use 2 Use 2. See what a dangerous warfare we are called to go through in this life, fighting against Satan, so puissant an Enemy: And withal, how careful we had need be daily to arm and fortify our selves against him with that whole spiritual Armour of God, Ephes. 6. whereby to withstand his powerfull assaults and tempta­tions: especially, to get unto us

  • 1. The Shield of Faith to quench his fiery Darts, &c.
  • 2. Learn to use the Sword of the Spirit, that is, the Word of God, against him, by alledging and applying it to answer his Suggestions, as our Saviour did.
  • 3. To use continuall Prayer unto God, seeking spiritual strength from him, by which we may stand against Satan, Matth. 26. 41.

Use 3 Use 3. Seeing the Devil may have Power, by God's permission, not onely to tempt inwardly, but also to annoy and hurt the bodies of men outwardly, see what cause we have daily to commend both our Souls and Bodies unto God's Protection, desiring him to keep us from the Power of Satan, and not to suffer him to ty­rannize over our souls or bodies, &c.

Use 4. Be thankful to God for restraining the Devil's Power, that he cannot use it where and when he list. This is God's great Goodness and Mercy to us. For if God did not hold him in, he is both able and willing to tempt and assault our minds violently, thrusting us forward into all kind of sins, and also to hurt and destroy our bodies, as he did Job's Children.

Mark 3. 27.‘No man can enter into a strong man's House, and spoil his Goods, except he will first bind the strong man Dec. 19. 1619. and then he shall spoil his House.’

Observ. 2 OBserv. 2. In that our Saviour doth here resemble himself unto one that is stronger than the strong man, and able to bind him, that is, Satan: We are taught, that our Saviour Christ is of greater Power than Satan, and able to vanquish and over-rule him at his pleasure, yea, to spoil him of his Goods and Ar­mour, that is, to take from him the use of his Power, and to drive him out of that possession which he holdeth in men. So Luke 11. 22. 1 Joh. 4. 4. Greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the World. Therefore Revel. 20. 1. An Angel came down from Heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit, and a great chain in his hand. And he laid hold on the Dragon, on that old Serpent, which is the Devil and Satan, and bound him a thousand years. &c. And Revel. 12. 7. Michael and the Dragon fought, &c. but the Dragon, that is the Devil, was foiled of Michael, that is, of Christ, who cast him out, &c. Therefore also we read in the Evangelists how our Sa­viour Christ cast many Devils out of the possessed, though they were most unwilling to go out; and some­times they prayed him not to torment them, nor to cast them into the deep; all which shews the Power of Christ to be far greater than the Devil's Power.

Reas. Reas. Christ is true God as well as Man, and so he hath an uncreated infinite Power; whereas the De­vil's Power is created and finite, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. Here is comfort to the Faithful against Satan's Power: Christ being stronger than he, is able so to curb and restrain him, that he can do nothing against them but what he suffereth him to do; now, He will not suffer him to do any thing that may be for their hurt, that is, for the hinderance of their Salvation. He may suffer Satan to vex and trouble their bodies for their greater tryal, and he may and doth often suffer him to as­sault and molest their minds with his inward temptations, and that sometimes very violently and forcibly; but certain it is, he will never suffer him wholly to prevail over them: They being by Faith built on Christ the Rock, Hell-gates cannot prevail against them. Satan may molest and trouble them for a time, but Christ Jesus shall at length tread him under their feet: Joh. 12. 31. The Prince of this World shall be cast out. Christ came of purpose to throw him out; yea, he came to destroy him and all his cursed works, 1 Joh. 3. 8. How great Comfort is this to the faithful? How should it incourage us to go on constantly in fighting against Sa­tan, seeing we are sure of Victory over him, through the Power of Christ. Therefore let not any Child of God, or true Believer, fear his Power or his mighty Assaults overmuch, but remember, that greater and stronger is he that is in them, then he that is in the World.

Ʋse. 2 Use 2. When we feel the strong and powerful Temptations of Satan, go unto Christ Jesus by Prayer for help against him. Desire him to rebuke him, and to restrain his Power, and not to suffer him to tempt thee above thy strength: Desire him also to give thee some of his strength to resist Satan, and to vanquish him: For of thy self alone thou can'st never do it; Satan's Power cannot be vanquished but by a greater Power, which is in Christ alone; therefore seek to him for it.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the Scope and drift of our Saviour in using this comparison, is to shew, that the Devil cannot be cast out of those that are possessed of him, but by a stronger Power than his own is; Hence gather, that it is a very hard matter to rescue and deliver those from Satan which are under his Power; very hard to cast him out of his Possession which he hath gotten in men, onely Christ can do it. How hardly is he cast out of the bodies of such whom he possesseth? How loath is he to forgoe his Possession? This we heard be­fore, Chap. 1. Ver. 26. So also where he hath any hold and possession in the hearts of men, he is with great difficulty cast out thence; yea, this is harder than the former. Thus it is with the wicked that live in sin and go on in it impenitently, they are under Satan's Power and Tyranny, and he holds Possession in their hearts, Ephes. 2. 2. 2 Tim. 2. ult. They are taken captive of him, at his Will, as in a Net, &c. And therefore very hard it is for them to be freed from that bondage: Satan will not easily let go his Prisoners and Slaves that are under his Power: No way to rescue them but by a greater Power, even by the Divine Power of Christ himself.

Use. 1 Ʋse 1. See what is to be done of those that are under Satan's Power, and in whose bodies or minds he holds any possession. They must seek unto God, and unto Christ Jesus, to be delivered from his Tyranny: As the Israelites, being in bondage under Pharoah, cryed to God to be delivered; so have all that are in bondage under Satan need to cry to God in Prayer to be set at liberty. Onely Christ Jesus can bind Satan, the strong man, and cast him out of his hold; Go to him therefore for deliverance. This is the best course to be taken [Page 370] in the case of bodily possession with the Devil, as we heard before: And so also, it is the onely course for such whose hearts are possessed by Satan; they must go unto Christ, desiring him to shew his Divine power in dispossessing Satan.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See further by this, that the work of Repentance, and the Conversion of a sinner, is a very diffi­cult work, because the wicked and unregenerate are under Satan's power, who holds a possession in their hearts and minds, and he will bestir himself with all his might before he will be driven out of it. How foo­lish then are they that think it an easy matter to Repent, and to come out of the snare of the Devil; and therefore presume to put it off. But deceive not thy self; If thou be yet under Satans power, think it not easy to be delivered, and that thou canst break from him when thou wilt. No, it is God that must break the snare, and set thee free, else thou canst never escape: therefore defer not the practice of Repentance, the longer thou goest on in sin, the stronger hold Satan gets in thee, and the harder it is to be delivered, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Take heed of comming under Satans power, let him not get hold and possession in our hearts by his Temptations, lest we find it very hard to cast him out again, &c.

Mark 3. 28, 29, 30.‘Verily I say unto you, All Sins shall be Forgiven unto the Sons of Men, and Blasphemies where­withsoever they shall Blaspheme: But he that shall Blaspheme against the Holy Ghost, hath never Forgiveness, Dec. 26. 1619. but is in danger of eternal damnation, Because they said, He hath an unclean Spirit.’

IN the matter of our Saviour Christ's answer to the Blasphemous slander of the Scribes, we considered two things.

  • 1. A Confutation of that slander.
  • 2. A Recrimination, or contrary accusation laid against them by our Saviour. Of the former we have spo­ken, upon the former Verses.

Now to speak of the latter, set down in these three Verses now read; In which our Saviour chargeth and accuseth the Scribes, as guilty of the unpardonable sin against the Holy Ghost; yet he doth not this directly and plainly, but indirectly (as it were) and covertly, by shewing and setting out to them the hainousness and fearfulness of that sin, compared with other sins.

In the words consider three things.

1. The manner of our Saviour Christ his speech and censure of the Scribes, and of their sin.

  • 1. With earnestness and vehemency, using an Asseveration, Verily.
  • 2. With Authority, speaking in his own Name, I say unto you.

The second thing to be considered, is the matter of his censure, in which he layes forth the grievousness and fearfulness of the sin against the Holy Ghost, by comparing it with other sins, shewing the difference between them, in that all other sins are pardonable, and shall be actually pardoned to so many as truly Repent of them, but the sin or Blasphemy against the Holy Ghost is unpardonable, and shall never be forgiven, but such as commit it, are guilty of Eternal Judgment, ver. 28, 29.

The third thing is the reason yielded by the Evangelist Saint Mark, why our Saviour gave this fearfull censure of the sin of the Scribes, viz. because they said he had an unclean Spirit, ver. 30.

Verily] The word in the Original is (Amen) which is an Hebrew word, signifying as much as Truly. It is an Asseveration, or vehement Affirmation, which our Saviour often used when he was to speak of serious and waighty matter, which were of great necessity to be known and believed, thereby to win both Attention and credit to that he spake. And sometimes he used for more vehemency, to double this word; Verily, Verily. In this place he used it upon a waighty occasion, being to speak of the nature and danger of the sin against the Holy Ghost.

I say unto you] These words are also added to procure greater credit unto that Doctrine which he was about to deliver to them, therefore he speaks in his own name, and by his own Authority, being a most true and Faithful Witness, yea, being Truth it self.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Vehement Asseverations are to be used onely in waighty and serious matters, for the confirming of some necessary Truth, and to procure credit unto it.

Thus our Saviour used it, as we may observe in divers places of the Evangelists. So Paul speaketh to like effect, 1 Tim. 1. 15. This is a true saying, &c. Rom. 9. 1. I say the Truth in Christ, I lye not, &c. But in ordi­nary matter of less moment, we are to content our selves with naked Assertions, using onely Yea and Nay. See Matth. 5. 37.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour delivereth this Doctrine touching the hainousness of the sin against the Holy Ghost, in his own name; saying, I say unto you; We may observe a difference between his Teaching, and the Teaching of all others that Teach in the Church. All other Teachers speak in the name of God, and of Christ; and therefore the Sermons of the Prophets usually begin with these, and the like Prefaces, Thus saith the Lord, The Word of the Lord, &c. But our Saviour Christ taught in his own Name, and by his own Autho­rity, and therefore he often used these words in his Teaching, I say unto you. See Matth. 5. where he often opposeth his own words and Authority against the Authority of the Jewish corrupt Teachers and expounders of the Law, You have heard it said of old, &c. But I say unto you, &c. Therefore also he saith, Matth. 23. 8. One is your Doctor, that is to say, your absolute Teacher, who Teacheth in his own name, being not onely an Inte [...]preter, but Lord of that Doctrine which he teacheth.

Use. Use. This serveth to strengthen our Faith touching the truth and certainty, not onely of that Doctrine which Christ taught in his own person while he was on Earth, but also of all other Doctrines agreeable there­unto that are taught in the name of Christ by his Ministers lawfully Called. To call any part of such Doctrine into question, is to question the Authority of Christ himself.

So much of the manner of our Saviours speech. The matter follows: Where Consider two things;

  • 1. All other sins pardoned.
  • 2. The Sin against the Holy Ghost unpardonable, ver. 29.

All Sins, &c.] Of what Nature, kind, or degree soever.

Shall be Forgiven] They are pardonable, or may be pardoned unto men, and they shall be actually pardon­ed to so many as Repent of them truly.

To the Sons of men] That is, to men. See Job 25. 6.

Blasphemies] The word ( [...].) doth properly signify any reproachful speech uttered to the defaming of another. It is in Scripture used two wayes.

  • 1. Sometimes referred to man; and then it signifies to slander or speak evill of men, as Tit. 3. 2. and Ephes. 4. 31.
  • 2. Sometimes, and that most usually it is referred unto God; and then it signifies any word uttered to the reproach or Dishonour of God. So we are to take it in this place: and of such Blasphemies there are di­vers kinds, of which I will speak afterward.

So much of the sense of the words; The scope of which, is to set out the mercy of God in pardoning all other sins unto men, except the sin against the Holy Ghost, as the scope of the words following in the next verse is to set out Gods severity and Justice in not pardoning that sin and Blasphemy against the Holy Ghost. Touching the words in hand, in them the sins that are pardonable are set out by the kinds of them.

  • 1. All sins in general.
  • 2. More specially the sins of Blasphemy.

Now to come unto the Instructions to be gathered from the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. First, we learn here, that there is pardon and forgiveness with God for all sorts and kinds of the sins of men, (except that against the Holy Ghost) of what nature or degree soever; whether Original, or Actual; of Omission, or Commission; of Ignorance, or against Knowledg; of Infirmity, or of Presump­tion; Small, or Great, &c. All are Pardonable by the mercy of God, Psal. 103. 3. He Forgiveth all thy Ini­quities, &c. and Psal. 103. ult. He shall redeem Israel from all his Sins. So Col. 2. 13. and Exod. 34. 6. The Lord, the Lord, Strong, Mercifull, and Gracious, Forgiving Iniquity, and Transgression, and Sin, &c. that is, all kind of sins.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Gods mercy is infinite, in extent and measure, far above all the sins of men whatsoever, and therefore sufficient to pardon them; yea, in it self, it is sufficient to forgive the Sinne against the Ho­ly Ghost, if it could be Repented off, Rom. 5. 20. Where Sin abounded, there Grace did much more abound.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The merit of Christ's death and suffrings, is of infinite value and efficacy, sufficient to satisfy for all sorts and kinds of sins, yea, even for the sin against the Holy Ghost, 1 Joh. 1. 7. The Bloud of Jesus Christ cleanseth us from all sin, 1 Tim. 2. 6. [...]. Here one Caution is to be remembred, That howsoever all sins are in themselves pardonable by the mercy of God, and merit of Christ; yet all sins of all men are not, neither shall be actually Pardoned, but onely the sins of so many as Believe in Christ, and Repent truly of their sins, turning from them, and forsaking them, Act. 10. 43. Through the name of Christ, so many as Be­lieve in him shall receive Remission of Sins. And Prov. 28. 13. He that Confesseth and forsaketh his sins shall have Mercy.

Use 1 Use 1. Hence gather, that Mans destruction is from himself, and not from God, Hos. 13. 9. O Israel, thou hast destroyed thy self, &c. There is abundance and sufficiency of mercy in God to pardon all sins of all men, and if they would repent and lay hold on this mercy, being tendred in the Gospell, they might be par­doned; but because wicked Reprobates are not willing to Repent, and forsake their sins, but desire still to live and continue in them; therefore they never come to have their sins pardoned unto them.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Matter of great comfort to stay the minds of such as are tempted by Satan to think, that their sins are so great that they cannot be forgiven. Thus thought wicked Cain; and thus many good Christians (though weak) are tempted by Satan to entertain the like thoughts. Such must know, there is no sin so great but Gods mercy is sufficient to pardon it, and the bloud of Christ sufficient to purge away the guilt of it, nei­ther is it the multitude or greatness of sins simply, that hinders from pardon, but impenitency in sins, whe­ther many or few, great or small. Therefore look not onely at the greatness of thy sins with one eye (as it were) but look also with the other at the greatness of Gods mercy, and the infinite value of Christ's merits; both which are sufficient to pardon and take away the guilt of thy most hainous sins, being truly Repented of. Look therefore at this, that there be in thee a great measure of godly sorrow and Repentance for thy great sins; and labour by Faith to apply the bloud of Christ to thy Conscience for the purging of thy sins, and thou needest not doubt but they shall be pardoned. Whether thy sins be many or few, small or great, this makes nothing for thee or against thee as touching the obtaining of pardon; but it is thy continuing, or not continuing in thy sins impenitently, that shall make against thee, or for thee. To the impenitent, all sins are unpardonable; to the Penitent all sins are pardonable, though never so great and hainous: Yet let none abuse this Doctrine to Presumption or boldness in sinning, because Gods mercy is great and sufficient to pardon all sins, even the greatest, except the sin against the Holy Ghost. Beware of sinning that Grace may abound; beware of turning the Grace of God into wantonness, for God hath said, He will not be mercifull to such as sin, presuming upon his mercy, Deuter. 29. 20. Besides, we must remember, that although God have mercy enough to pardon great sins, yet great sins require a great and extraordinary measure of Repen­tance, and cannot be pardoned without it, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To Incourage and perswade sinners who feel the grievousness and waight of their sins, yet not to fear or refrain comming to God through Christ, for pardon, but rather to hasten to him by true Repentance, and by the Prayer of Faith, remembring that all sins, even the greatest (except that against the Holy Ghost) are pardonable by the mercy of God, let the sinner therefore labour first to believe this, that his sins, though great, are pardonable; and then let him not stay here, but labour further to Believe, that upon his true Re­pentance they shall be actually pardoned: and let the consideration hereof move him to repent, and turn to God, and to seek and sue earnestly for pardon in Christ. If no hope of Pardon, in vain it were to Repent; but now there is hope, How should it move the sinner to forsake his sins, and to go to God for Mercy, not­withstanding the greatness of his sins? Especially seeing the Lord himself Calleth and inviteth, even great [Page 172] Offenders to come to him, offring pardon to them, as Esay 1. 18. Come now and let us reason together; Though your sins be as Scarlet, &c. Jer. 3. 1. Thou hast played the Harlot with many lovers, yet return again to me, saith the Lord. Consider also further, how God hath pardoned others that have bin great Offenders upon their true and sound Repentance; as Rahab, David, Peter, Mary Magdalen, Paul, &c. But especially Manasseh. See 2 Chrow. 33. How many and grievous his sins were, and yet upon his sound Repentance, he obtained pardon.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour setting out the riches of Gods mercy, in pardoning all sorts of sins, though never so great, (except that against the Holy Ghost) doth give instance in blasphemy, as one of the greatest; hence gather, That blasphemy against God is one of the most hainous sins, and very hard to be forgiven: otherwise our Saviour would not instance here in this among all other particular sins.

Now for clearing of this Point, I will shew, 1. How this sin is committed. 2. The hainousness of it.

This Sin is committed especially Four wayes:

1. By attributing to God that which is dishonourable to him, and unbeseeming his Majesty. As to say, or think, He is unjust, cruell, or the Authour of sin, &c. Revel. 16. 11. Those on whom the Viall of Gods wrath was powred out, blasphemed the God of Heaven for their pains. They accused God of Injustice or Cruelty, for punishing them so severely. So the Scribes and Pharisees, in charging Christ to work by the Devil, &c.

2. By taking from God, and denying unto him that which belongs unto him. As the King of Ashur de­nying that God was able to save his People, blasphemed. So to deny God to be Holy, Just, Infinite, &c. is Blasphemy.

3. By attributing the properties of God unto creatures. Thus the Scribes and Pharisees (as we heard, Chap. 2. ver. 7.) falsly accused Christ of blasphemy, because being but a man, (as they pretended) he took upon him to forgive sins, which is proper to God. But this kind of blasphemy themselves were guilty of, in attributing that unto the Devil, which is proper to the Godhead of Christ, viz. the power of casting out de­vils from the possessed.

4. Lastly, By speaking contemptibly of God; as Pharaoh, Exod. 5. 2. Who is the Lord, that I should obey his voyce, &c. And Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. 3. 15. Who is that God, that shall deliver you, &c?

Now for the hainousness of the Sin of Blasphemy, it may appear by this, That the Jews abhorred the very name of it; and therefore they used blessing instead of it: as may appear, 1 King. 21. 13. The false Witnesses accused Naboth for blessing God and the King; that is, for blaspheming them.

It may also further appear, both by the nature of the sin, in that it tends so directly to the reproach of the Name of God: See Levit. 24. 16. (as we see by that which hath been said of the several kinds of blasphe­my) as also by the capital punishment appointed to it by the Law of God, by which the Blasphemer was to dye the death, Levit. 24. 16. And the Apostle delivered up Blasphemers unto Satan, by the fearful Cen­sure of Excommunication, 1 Tim. 1. 20. This is sufficient to shew the greatness of the Sin.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Learn by this, to detest the Popish Religion, which is so full of Blasphemies, &c. Of this before, Chap. 2. Verse 7.

Use 2 Use 2. Learn to abhor this sin of blasphemy in our selves and others, being so hainous a sin, and so disho­nourable to God: Take heed we be not guilty of it, or of any degree or kind of it. Take heed of the least evil thought against the Majesty of God; much more of uttering words blasphemous against him.

Remedies against this Sin,

  • 1. Consider the fearfulness of the sin which hath been before shewed. It argueth great wickedness in the heart.
  • 2. Consider how God hath been revenged upon Blasphemers, even by temporal Judgments; as upon Pharaoh, Nebuchadnezzar, Sennacherib, the Nation of the Jews, &c.
  • 3. Our Tongues are given us to blesse God and Man, &c. Jam. 3. 10.
  • 4. Labour for a reverent fear of the Name of God in our hearts. This will cause us to think and speak of him with all due Reverence, &c.
  • 5. Take heed of unreverent using the Name of God, and of common swearing.

Use 3 Use 3. Give not occasion to others of blaspheming Gods Name, by professing Religion, and yet living profanely, Rom. 2. 24.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further we learn out of these words, That although blasphemy be a great and haynous sin, yet that it is a pardonable sin; that is, being truly repented of, it may be pardoned by Gods mercy. 1 Tim. 1. 13. Paul was a Blasphemer, yet obtained mercy. All blasphemies may be forgiven, except the blasphemy against the Spirit, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See and admire the abundant grace and rich mercy of God, in being content to pardon not onely small sins, but even the blasphemies with which men strike through his Reverend and Sacred Name. Well may we here cry out, Oh the deepness of the mercy of God, &c. Gods Name is very pretious unto him.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing there is mercy with God for the pardoning of the sin of Blasphemy, yea of all blasphemies, (except that against the Spirit) this should move those that have been guilty of this sin, to repent of it, and to sue to God for pardon in Christ of this haynous sin; and for time to come, let them cease from such blas­phemies, and labour by all means to honour the Name of God, which they have formerly blasphemed and reproached. Hearken to this, thou that hast been a blasphemer of the Name of God; though thy sin be fearful and haynous, yet if thou wilt truly repent and forsake thy sin, there is mercy with God, even to for­give blasphemies. Labour to have a part in this mercy. Paul saith, his blasphemy was forgiven, to the end that Christ Jesus might in him shew forth all long-suffering, for a pattern to them which should after believe in him to life ever lasting, 1 Tim. 1. 13-16.

Use. 3 Use 3. Seeing God doth in wonderful mercy pardon such as blaspheme his Name, when they truly repent, let us imitate him our Heavenly Father, as good Children, in being ready to forgive such as reproach and speak evil of us; yea, in being ready to pray for such as curse us, Matth. 5. 44. 1 Cor. 4. 13. Being evil spo­ken of, we intreat.

Mark 3. 29, 30. ‘But whoso shall blaspheme against the Holy Ghost, &c. Jan. 2. 1619.

IN these two Verses and the former, we considered 3. things;

  • 1. The Manner of our Saviours speech: 1. With Earnestness, implyed by the word, Verily. 2. With Authority, in these words, I say unto you.
  • 2. The Matter of his speech, containing an indirect and close accusation against the wicked Scribes, char­ging them as guilty of the sin against the Holy Ghost.
  • 3. The reason why he so charged them, Vers. 30. Because they said, He had an unclean spirit.

Touching the manner of his speech, we have spoken, and in part of the matter. In which he chargeth the Scribes as guilty of the sin against the Holy Ghost: And this he doth not directly and plainly; but indirectly and covertly, by shewing against them the grievousness of that sin, compared with other sins. All other be­ing pardonable, and that alone unpardonable.

In the words are contained two main Propositions or Points of Doctrine:

  • 1. That all sins, except that against the Holy Ghost, may be pardoned unto men.
  • 2. That the Sin against the Holy Ghost can never be pardoned, but maketh those that commit it, guilty of eternal damnation. By the former of these, our Saviour sets out Gods Mercy. By the latter, his Seve­rity and Justice. Of the former, we heard last day. Now to speak of the latter.

Verse 29. But whoso shall blaspheme, &c.

In the words two things are to be considered; 1. The Nature of the Sin against the Holy Ghost, implyed by the name given unto it; in that it is called the blasphemy against the Holy Ghost, Whoso shall blaspheme, &c. 2. The special property of this sin; which is twofold: 1. That it shall never be forgiven to those that commit it. 2. That it makes them guilty of eternal damnation: and the latter of these is a consequent of the former.

Touching the first Point, viz. the nature of this sin, it is here set out, 1. By the Object of it, or the Per­son against whom it is said to be committed, viz. the Holy Ghost. 2. By the quality or kind of it, that it is said to be a blasphemy.

Whoso shall blaspheme, &c.] This sin is said to be committed against the Holy Ghost, rather then against God the Father, or the Sonne; not in respect of the Essence or Person of the Holy Ghost; (for so it is no more against him, then against the other two Persons in Trinity) but in respect of the special Operation and Work of the Holy Ghost in the hearts of men, whereby he doth enlighten them with the knowledg of the Divine Truth of the Word of God, and perswade them of the certainty of it. This illumination and per­swasion being the special and immediate work of the Holy Ghost, therefore they that sin against this light and perswasion, are said to sin against the Holy Ghost.

Now touching the quality of the Sin, it is said to be a blasphemy; and they that commit it, are said to blaspheme against the Holy Ghost, that is, to speak reproachfully against him: not because this sin consisteth onely or chiefly in the external uttering of blasphemous words against the light of the Spirit, (for the sin it self doth chiefly consist in the inward malice of the heart, against God, and against his Spirit) but it is called a Blaspemy, 1. Because it is usually (if not alwayes) joyned with outward blasphemous speeches uttered against the light of the Spirit; as we see it was in Scribes and Pharisees here. 2. Because this outward blasphemy in words, is more apparant to others, then the inward malice of the heart against God.

Now having cleared the sense of the words, that we may more fully conceive the na [...]ure of this sin, I will here lay down a brief description of it, which may be gathered partly out of this Text, and partly out of Hebr. 6. 4. & 10. 26. where this sin is spoken of.

It may therefore be thus described:

The sin against the Holy Ghost, is a voluntary and malitious opposing of the known truth of the Word of God, joyned with an universal Apostacy from God.

In this Description, Five things are contained, which are as so many steps and degrees of sin; all which do concur and meet together in the sin against the Holy Ghost.

1. It is an opposing of the truth of the Word of God. This opposition is twofold; 1. Inward in the Heart, by contemning and hating the truth. 2. Outward, both in word and deed. 1. In word, by blas­pheming and speaking evil of it, and against it. Whence this sin is called a blasphemy against the Spirit, as we heard before. 2. In Deed, by persecuting the truth, and the Professors of it.

2. It is an opposition of the known truth; So Heb. 10. 26. If we sin willingly after we have received the knowledg of the truth, &c. And Heb. 6. 4, 5. They that commit this sin are such as have first been inlightned, and that have tasted of the good word of God. And these places shew, that the Truth is not onely known, but acknowledged, and some sweetness tasted in it by those that commit this sin.

3. It is a voluntarily opposition of the known truth, Heb. 10. 26. If we sin willingly, &c.

4. It is a malitious or despightful opposing of the known truth; Heb. 10. 29. such as commit this sin, are said to despite the Spirit of grace; that is, despitefully, and of set malice to abuse and offer wrong to the Spirit, and unto the Divine truth of the Word revealed to them by that Spirit. And in the same Verse, They are said to tread under foot the Sonne of God: which argues a malitious opposing against the known Truth of the Go­spel concerning Christ: And Verse 27. they are called Adversaries, that is, malitious enemies of God him­self, and of his truth. And Chap. 6. 6. They are said to Crucifie the Sonne of God afresh, and to put him to open shame. All this shews, that in the sin against the Holy Ghost there is alwayes a despiteful and malitious op­posing of the truth that is known.

5. It is joyned with an Universal Apostacy, &c. See Heb. 6. 6. [...].

Now by the foresaid Description of this Sin, it is distinguished from some other Sins which seem to have affinity with it.

As, 1. From sins against knowledg, which Gods Elect Children may and do often fall into; as David, and Peter.

2. From malitious persecuting of the Truth; which may be done of Ignorance, as by Paul before his Conversion: as we see, 1 Tim. 1. 13.

3. From that denyal of Christ or of his Truth, which is caused by fear of death, or of some other danger, and which is yielded unto through Infirmity: as we see in Peter denying Christ of infirmity for fear of death, which he was in danger of, if he had openly confessed him. But in the Sin against the Holy Ghost, there is a voluntary and wilfull denying of Christ, and of the Truth.

4. From sins of presumption; of which there are two kinds or degrees. The first, when one goeth on in known sin, presuming upon Gods mercy, and perswading himself that he may repent when he will. See Deut. 29. 19. I shall have peace, though I walk in the imagination of my heart, &c. This is the sin of most men; and great number; are guilty of it, who yet never come so far as to commit the sin against the Holy Ghost. The second kind of presumptuous sins, is, when a man sinneth wilfully in contempt of the Law of God, ma­king slight of it. This is called a sin with an high hand, Numb. 15. 30. which was to be punished with death. See an example in Manasseh, 2 Chrom. 33. 6. And though this be a fearful sin, and such as cometh near to the sin against the Holy Ghost; yet it is not the sin against the Holy Ghost: for this is, when one doth not onely sin wilfully and contemptuously, but also of set malice and spight against God and his Truth.

5. And lastly, by the foresaid description, the Sin against the Holy Ghost is distinguished from infidelity and impenitency, which may be for a time in Gods Elect, who cannot commit the Sin against the Holy Ghost, as we shall see afterwards: yea further, by the foresaid description, it is distinguished from final un­belief and impenitency, which all the Reprobates are guilty of, and yet they do not all fall into the Sin against the Holy Ghost, for many Reprobates are damned which never commit this Sin. Besides, if finall unbelief, or finall impenitency were the Sin against the Holy Ghost, then none could be guilty of this Sin untill their death; and so that caveat of Saint John should be in vain, touching the not praying for such, 1 Joh. 5. 16. This is to be remembred against the Papists, who teach, that the unpardonable Sin against the Holy Ghost, is nothing else but finall impenitency. See the Rhemists on Matth. 12. 31. Thus we now see, both what is the Sin against the Holy Ghost, and also how it differeth from all other Sins, and more especially, from those which seem to have Affinity with it; which difference and distinction is carefully to be observed, for the stay­ing and comforting of such who are, or may be tempted by Satan to think that they have committed this sin, when indeed they have not. Such must labour to be well instructed in the nature of this Sin, that they may know what it is, and how it differeth from all other sins, as hath bin shewed; and this they may come to know by considering and labouring rightly to understand those Texts of Scripture which speak of the nature of this Sin, as this which we have in hand, and especially those two places, Hebr. 6. and Hebr. 10. Exam­ples of this Sin we have in these Scribes and Pharisees, and in Julian. So much of the first thing to be con­sidered in these words, namely, the nature of the Sin.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Seeing this Sin is rooted in the Heart; hence gather, That it is hard to know it, &c.

Now followeth the second thing, which is the twofold property of it.

1. That it bars those that commit it from Forgiveness. They shall never have Forgiveness, neither in this World nor in the World to come, Matth. 12. That is, not at all.

This point is also confirmed, Hebr. 10. 26. There remains no more Sacrifice for Sin, &c. That is, there is no way or means to have it taken away and forgiven.

Quest. Quest. Why cannot this Sin be Forgiven?

Answ. Answ. Not because Gods mercy, or the merit of Christ's death is unsufficient to pardon and take it away; for the mercy of God, and the merit of Christ's suffrings are infinite, and do far exceed the measure of all Sins of men, and even of this Sin against the Holy Ghost, as we heard before. But the true reasons why it cannot be forgiven, are these.

1. Because such as go so far as to commit this sin, cannot repent of it, Hebr. 6. 6. Impossible to renew them unto Repentance; Now without repentance, no Sin can be forgiven. Such as commit this Sin, are by the just Judgment of God given over to such hardness of heart, that they cannot repent, nor be touched with any true remorse or sorrow for sin.

2. Because such as commit this Sin, do despise, and utterly reject Christ Jesus, and the merit of his death and suffrings, which is the onely remedy against Sin, and the onely means to take away the guilt of it: And hence it comes to pass, that their Sin cannot be pardoned, Hebr. 6. 6. They Crucify again the Son of God to themselves, and put him to open shame; and chap. 10. 29. They are said to tread underfoot the Son of God, and to count the bloud of the Covenant wher ewith they were Sanctified (that is, seemed to be Sanctified) as an unholy thing, &c. Therefore also, ver 26. It is said, There remaineth no more Sacrifice for the Sin of such, seeing they re­ject that Sacrifice which Christ once offered. As it is with one that is Sick of a dangerous Disease, which can be cured by one onely means or remedy; if he refuse that one means, it may be said, he is incurable; so those that commit the sin against the Holy Ghost, seeing they reject Christ and the merit of his death, which is the onely means for the pardon of Sin, therefore their Sin must needs be unpardonable. So much of the first property of the Sin against the Holy Ghost, that it is unpardonable.

The second followeth, which is a necessary Consequent of the former, viz. That it makes those that commit it, guilty of eternal damnation; that is, of everlasting torment and punishment in Hell after this life, Therefore it is called a Sin unto death, 1 Joh. 5. 16. not onely because it doth deserve eternal death (for so doth every other Sin), but because so many as run into this Sin, are sure to be damned, and to dye Eternally, Hebr. 10. 27. There remains nothing for such, but a fearfull expectation of Judgment, and fiery indignation, which shall devour the Adversaries. See also. Heb. 6. 8. they are compared to unprofitable earth, which is near to cursing, and whose end is to be burned.

Thus we see these two points cleared touching the twofold property of this Sin.

  • 1. That it is unpardonable.
  • 2. That it makes those that commit it, guilty of Damnation.

Use 1 Use 1. This confuteth the Errour of the Papists, who teach, that this Sin is said to be unpardonable, not because it cannot at all be pardoned, but because it can very hardly be forgiven. (So the Rhemists on Matth. 12. Bellarmin. & Jansen. Concord. Evangel. cap. 49.) But this is confuted most plainly, both by this Text in express words, and also by that, Hebr. 6. 6. Impossible to renew them, &c. and Hebr. 10. 26. No more Sacrifice for Sin, &c. Besides, the Apostle would not have such as commit this Sin to be prayed for, 1 John 5. 16.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing such as commit this Sin cannot be pardoned, but are sure to be for ever damned; Hence it doth follow, that the Elect of God cannot possibly fall into this Sin, because it is impossible for them to Pe­rish, or be damned, which they must needs be if they should commit this unpardonable Sin. This is for the great comfort of all that find and feel in themselves any sure notes and evidences of their election to eternal life; for hence they may certainly conclude, that they shall never fall into the Sin against the Holy Ghost. For example, to instance in one special mark of Election, namely, the Grace of Sanctification. Examine thy Heart and life touching this: Dost thou feel and know thy self to be in some good measure purged from the corruption of Sin, so as it doth not bear sway in thee as in the wicked? Dost thou truly hate Sin as it is offensive to God? Dost thou strive and indeavour to please God in all Holy Duties? These fruits of Sancti­fication, are Evidences of thy Election to Eternal life; for he that purgeth himself shall be a vessell of Ho­nour, 2 Tim. 2. 21. therefore being sure of thy Election, thou mayest be as sure that God will keep thee from falling into that unpardonable Sin against the Holy Ghost: therefore believe not Satan if he should go about to perswade thee that thou hast committed it, but answer him with this reason taken from Gods immo­vable decree of election, the evidence whereof thou findest in thy self: yet be not secure, for though thou canst not fall into the unpardonable Sin, being elected to life, yet God may suffer thee to fall very far, and very dangerously; and so as it may cost thee bitter tears, and deep Humiliation and Repentance before thou canst recover thy self.

Use 3 Use 3. Learn further, to fear and tremble at the thought of this Sin; and especially to use all good reme­dies and Preservatives to keep us from falling into it.

  • 1. Take heed of all Sins that come near to it, or that make way unto it. As 1. Sins against Knowledge and Conscience, contrary to the Light of the Truth revealed unto us. These are very dangerous, wounding the Conscience, and hardning the Heart very much; and though every Sin against Knowledg be not the Sin against the Holy Ghost, yet it is as it were, one step towards it; and often Sinning against Conscience, may in time bring One to the Sin against the Holy Ghost, if it be not in time prevented.
  • 2. Take heed of falling often into the same Sins against Knowledge, and after Repentance made shew of. This is worse, and more dangerous then the former, and doth more harden the Heart.
  • 3. Take heed of Sinning presumptuously, presuming upon mercy before-hand; and especially beware of Sinning with an high hand, and contemptuously, making slight of Sin, and of the Law of God which forbids it. This comes very near to the Sin against the Holy Ghost.
  • 4. Beware of all hardness of heart and impenitency; strive and pray against these.
  • 5. Take heed of all backsliding in Religion. That we leave not our first Love, Rev. 2.

A second Preservative is, to labour to have our hearts affected with true love to the truth of God; then we shall be far from opposing it maliciously. Contrà, 2 Thess. 2. 10. Such as will not receive the love of the Truth that they may be saved, God sends them strong Delusions to believe lyes, that they may be damned, He gives them over, &c.

A third Preservative, If one be driven through fear, and of infirmity to deny Christ or his Truth, (as Peter was) let him not persist, but speedily Repent of it.

And lastly, Pray unto God to keep us from this Sin above all other. If David prayed against Presump­tuous Sins, &c. Psal. 19.

Now further from the connexion of these words, Never hath Forgiveness, but is in danger, &c.

Observ. Observ. That so many as have not their Sins forgiven, are sure to be condemned; they are guilty of Eter­nal Damnation, and cannot escape it. Therefore Matth. 18. 34. That evil Servant who had not his Debt for­given, was delivered to the tormentors, &c.

Ʋse. Use. Give no rest to our Souls till we know our Sins to be pardoned in Christ. Labour for true Faith in him, and humble thy self to God by true Repentance, that he may forgive thy Sins according to his promise made to the Penitent. Do it speedily, whilst thou hast time, and whilst God spares thy life; for after death there is no place for Repentance or Pardon.

It followeth, Ver. 30. Because they said, &c.] These are the words of the Evangelist, shewing the reason why our Saviour charged the Scribes and Pharisees as guilty of the unpardonable Sin against the Holy Ghost, viz. because they had before Blasphemously charged our Saviour to have an unclean Spirit, by whose help, they said he cast our Devils.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. This place sheweth plainly, that the Scribes and Pharisees were guilty of the Sin against the Holy Ghost, because the Evangelist gives this reason why our Saviour avouched unto them the fearfulness of that Sin; even because they had committed it in Blaspheming Christ maliciously against their own Know­ledge; for they could not but know Christ to be the Son of God, and to be sent from God, because they had not onely heard the preaching of John Baptist, and of our Saviour Christ himself, but they had also [...]een the great Miracles of Christ, which proved him to be God: And that they did know him to be so, may fur­ther be gathered from these places, Joh. 3. 2. and Joh. 7. 28. Now therefore, seeing they could not but know him to be sent from God, and to be indued with Divine power; and yet did not cease from time to time, most maliciously to persecute him, and to speak evill of him: this argues plainly, that they were guilty of the Sin against the Holy Ghost; yet it doth not follow, that all the Scribes and Pharisees were guilty of it, but onely some of them; even so many as knowing Christ to be come from God, did yet maliciously oppose and persecute him.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Evangelist gives this reason why our Saviour did so sharply reprove the Scribes and Pharisees, charging them with the unpardonable Sin against the Holy Ghost, because they shewed their ob­stinate [Page 176] malice against him, in accusing him to have an unclean Spirit: Hence we may learn, that obstinate and notorious wicked men, are not to be favoured or spared by Ministers of the Word, but sharply to be re­proved, and the Judgments of God to be threatned against them, to terrify them, and (if it be possible) to humble them, and bring them to Repentance, Tit. 1. 13. Rebuke them sharply, &c. So our Saviour Christ thun­dereth against these Scribes and Pharisee, Matth. 23. Wo to you, &c. Generation of Vipers, &c. and John Bap­tist, Matth. 3.

Mark 3. 31, 32.‘Then came his Brethren and Mother, &c. Jan. 9. 1619.

VVEE are now come to the fifth and last principal part of this Chapter; which contains a Message sent by the Mother and Brethren of our Saviour Christ, unto him; and the Answer which he made unto those that did the Message.

In the words, consider these particulars.

  • 1. The persons sending the Message, The Mother and Brethren of our Saviour, described by two Things.
    • 1. By their forwardness to come unto Christ; for it is said, They came to him.
    • 2. By their behaviour when they were come to the place where he taught.
      • 1. They stood without.
      • 2. They sent unto him, and called him.
  • 2. Consider the persons by whom the Message was sent; who were the people that sate about him.
  • 3. The Message which was done by them, in these words, Behold thy Mother and thy Brethren seek for thee without.
  • 4. Consider the Answer of our Saviour unto this Message done to him by the people; of which we shall see when we come to it, ver. 33, 34, 35.

His Brethren] That is, His Kinsfolks according to the flesh, after the Hebrew phrase: for the Hebrews call all Kinsfolks by the name of Brethren, Gen. 13. 8. Abraham saith, Lot and he were Brethren; yet Abra­ham was Lot's Unkle, Gen. 11. 27. So 2 King. 10. 13. the brethren of Ahaziah, for the Kinsmen of Ahaziah; as appeareth, 2 Chron. 22. 8. Rom. 9. 3. Paul calls the Jews, his Brethren and Kinsmen after the Flesh. So also Mar. 6. 3. Our Saviour is called the brother of James and Joses, and of Juda, and Simon. Now which of the Kinsfolks of Christ these were that are spoken of in this place, is uncertain, because it is not expressed. Most probable it is, that they were not those before spoken of, ver. 21. of this chap. who did so ignorantly, and rashly censure our Saviour, as if he had bin beside himself; but it is rather likely, that these here spoken of, were of the better sort of his kindred, and such as did Believe in him, because they were accompanied with the blessed Virgin Mary, the Mother of Christ, who is named here with them. (Vide Calvinum in locum.)

And stood without] That is, without the house where now our Saviour was Teaching the people, as may ap­pear, Matth. 13. 1. compared with Matth. 12. 46. And the reason why they stood without, and did not go into the house to hear Christ as the rest of the people did, is given by St. Luke, chap. 8. 19. namely, because they could not come near unto him for the press of the people.

And sent unto him, and called him] That is, they sent to him by the people that were Assembled about him, to certify him, that they stayed without, desirous to see him, and speak with him, and withall to desire him to come out unto them, Luke 8. 20. It is said, that one told him that his Mother and Brethren desired to see him; And Matth. 12. 46. It is said, they desired to speak with him.

Quest. Quest. What moved them to come to him, and to desire to see him, and speak with him at this time?

Answ. It is likely they aimed at good ends.

Answ. As, 1. To testify their natural Affection of Love to him, being so near to him by natural bloud as they were; and it may be, having not seen him lately, they now were the more desirous to see him, and to speak unto him.

2. It is also likely, that their desire to speak with him was, to the end they might confer with him about some private matters of weight and moment, which concerned either him or themselves, or both, and that they might receive advice and directions from his mouth about them. It seems therefore most probable, that they aimed at good ends, both in comming thither, and also in sending to him to call him out. But yet this their sending to call him forth at this time when he was seriously imployed in teaching the people, was an unseasonable interrupting of that weighty business, and therefore cannot be justified, but is blame-worthy, as may appear by our Saviour's Answer, in that he did not yield to their request in comming out to them, but did rather shew his dislike of their motion, by his words, when he asked, Who was his mother, &c. thereby implying, that he did so much dislike their Message sent to him, in that they went about to interrupt and hin­der him unseasonably in his publick Ministry, that in that case, he would not acknowledge them as his Mo­ther and Brethren. Therefore, though they intended well in calling him forth to speak with him, yet they shewed much rashness, and indiscretion in doing it so unseasonably.

And the people sate about him] viz. to hear his teaching and Conference.

Object. They said unto him] Object. Matth. 12. 47. One said unto him, &c.

Answ. Answ. Here is no contradiction; for the Message being delivered by the Mother and Brethren of our Saviour, it was received first by some, and then it passed from one to another, till it was by some one reported to our Saviour himself. So much in way of clearing the words.

Now to gather some Instructions from them.

Observ. Observ. 1. From this, that the Mother and Brethren of Christ came now to see, and speak with him, there­by, (as it is likely) to testify their love unto him, we may learn, that it is one good way of testifying our Love to our kindred, according to the Flesh, even to take occasion sometimes to visit them, and to have society [Page 177] and conference with them. Exod. 18. 5. Jethro visited Moses his Son in Law. Luke 1. 39. Mary went into the Hill-Country to visit her Cousin Elizabeth. Yet we are not to perform this Duty of Love onely to those of our kindred, but to others also that are any other way near and dear to us, especially to the Saints of God, unto whom we are tyed by the Bond of Religion. And as at other times we are to visit our Christian friends, and those of our Kindred, so especially in the time of Affliction, when we know them to be in any distress, as in bodily sickness, trouble of Conscience, &c. Prov. 17. 17. A Friend loveth at all times, and a brother is born for Adversity. It was charitably done of Job's three Friends to come and visit him in his great distresses, though they failed much in their manner of carriage towards him, being come to him. And it shall be com­mended and rewarded at the last day in the Faithfull, that they have visited Christ, that is, the Members of Christ, being in sickness and Imprisonment, Matth. 25. 36.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Mother and Kinsfolks of Christ shewed much rashness and indiscretion in sending to call him out so unseasonably when he was seriously busied in teaching the people; we may observe, that even Believing and Sanctified Christians have their weaknesses and imperfections; yea, they have some sin­full corruptions in them, with which they are tainted more or less. So had the Mother of our Saviour, though a very holy Woman; so also had these Kinsfolks of his, though it is most like they were Believers in him. And thus it hath bin and is with the best Saints of God, Jam. 5. 17. Elijah subject to like passions as we, &c. that is, to corrupt and sinfull Affections. So Abraham, Moses, Job, Jonah, &c. were not without their sin­full Infirmities and corruptions. So Paul and Barnabas, Act. 15. 39. Prov. 20. 9. Who can say, My Heart is clean? Jam. 3. 2. In many things we offend all.

Reas. Reas. The Sanctification of the Faithfull is imperfect in this life; they are but in part renewed, the cor­ruption of sin is but in part mortified in them, onely so far, that it doth not reign and bear such sway in them as in the wicked; yet some remainders of it are still in them, even after their effectuall Calling, and shall continue in them during this life. This we see plainly, Rom. 7. in Paul's example.

Quest. Quest. Wherefore doth God suffer such Corruptions and Infirmities in his Children in this life?

Answ. Answ. Vide chap. 8. ver. 32.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Impossible therefore it is for any, though never so holy and Sanctified, to keep the Law of God perfectly in this Life, contrary to that which the Papists Teach. This also Consuteth the Anabaptists, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. The best Christians must labour more and more to see and bewail their own special infirmities and corruptions, and daily renew their Repentance and Humiliation for them. See what cause they have daily to Pray, Forgive us our Trespasses, &c. Also what need to be Watchfull over themselves, &c.

Use 3 Use. 3. For the comfort of such who doubt of their good Estate before God, and are ready to conclude that [...]y are not his Children, because they feel in themselves some great corruptions and sinfull infirmities; such must know, that so long as they see these corruptions, and are grieved for them, and hate them, using all means to resist and subdue them in themselves, they have no cause to doubt their Estate before God. It is no otherwise with them then it hath bin ever with Gods Children. A good Christian in this life, is not such a one as hath no corruptions in him, but one that hateth and striveth against them, not one that is wholly Spi­ritual, but one that is in part carnal. See how Paul describeth himself, Rom. 7. Absolute perfection of Grace and Sanctification is not here to be looked for, but is reserved for Heaven, where onely the Church shall be without Spot or wrinkle of sin.

Use 4 Use. 4. See how great need there is for Christians to forbear one another in love, Ephes. 4. 2. Seeing the best have their imperfections and faults of infirmity, we have therefore great need every one to labour for true Christian Love, to bear with one anothers infirmities and frailties, yea to cover them in Love, so far as we may, without countenancing or allowing them in their faults and corruptions. We are so far to cover and to bear with the Infirmities and corruptions of the Saints, that we do not for those corruptions condemn or reject their persons, and the Graces that are in them; but especially the stronger to bear with the weaker, Rom. 15. 1. and Gal. 6. 1. Vide Luth. tom. 1. com. de Euehar. Fol. 82.

Use 5 Ʋse 5. See the ignorance and uncharitableness of those, who if they see some faults and infirmities in such as otherwise truly fear God, are ready thereupon to censure them as Hypocrites, as if they were not answera­ble to their Profession, &c. as if the Saints could be perfect and free from all corruption of sin in this life, which is impossible. This is enough for the Angells and Saints in heaven, but on Earth we must never look to meet with such, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Here also we see plainly, that the Virgin Mary her self, the Mother of Christ, though she were a Blessed and Holy Woman, yet was not free from sin, but was tainted with the corruption of it as well as other holy Women. It was a fault and sin in her to joyn with these Kinsfolks of our Saviour's in interrupting him unseasonably when he was Teaching. The like also we see in her at other rimes, as Joh. 2. 3. in that she urged our Saviour to work a Miracle before the due time was come, and Luke 2. 48. in blaming our Saviour unjustly for staying so long behind them at Jerusalem. This point is to be observed against the Papists, who teach, that she received so much Grace, that she never sinned so much as venially in all her life. (See the Rhe­mists on Mark 3. 33.) But this is plainly confuted by that which is before laid down, as also by that Luke 1. 57. where she calleth Christ her Saviour, which she would not have done if she had not been tainted with sin, and so had no need of him to be her Saviour. St. Augustine (Lib. de Nat. et Grat. cap. 36.) would have no question moved about this point, for the Reverence he bare to our Saviour; yet in the same place, he doth sufficiently discover his Opinion, that he was inclined to think that she was not altogether exempted from sin. Vide locum.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Further, in that our Saviour Christs Mother and Brethren, who were so near to him, and who should have bin a help and incouragement to him in his publick Ministry, did at this time rather hinder him therein, by their unseasonable sending to speak with him; we may learn this, that we also must sometimes look for it, that even our nearest friends, and such as should further us in well-doing, may prove rather hinde­rers to us in good Duties; Job's three friends, and his Wife, who should have bin a comfort and help to him [Page 178] in the Patient bearing of his troubles, did rather hinder him therein, and were a means to drive him to grea­ter impatience. Zipporah the Wife of Moses, who should have encouraged her husband to circumcise their son according to the Law of God, yet was rather (in likelihood) a hinderance to him therein. See Exod. 4. 30. Peter, who should have encouraged our Saviour to be willing to suffer death (as it was decreed of God, and foretold by the Prophets) did rather discourage and disswade him from it, Matth. 16. 23.

Reason. Reason. This is a policy of Satan, to stir up our near Friends to be an offence and hindrance to us in well-doing, because he knowes that we are very apt to be ruled and swayed too much by our friends even in things evil and sinful, by reason of the confidence and trust which we have in their love and good will to­wards us.

Use. Use. If therefore it fall out thus at any time, that some of our nearest friends, kindred, or acquaintance, do prove as stumbling blocks and hindrances to us in good Duties of our Callings which God requires of us, Learn here not to think strange of it, nor to be discouraged at it; knowing that we must look for it some­times; and therefore arm our selves against this temptation.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. In that it is noted by the Evangelist as a fault in the Mother and Brethren of our Saviour, that they did unseasonably interrupt him when he was teaching, by sending in to call him forth, and therefore our Saviour by his answer to them, implyeth, that he did dislike and blame this in them; Hence we learn, That it is a great fault in any to interrupt and trouble others unseasonably with needless or impertinent con­ference or businesses, when they are already busied and employed in serious and weighty Duties: especially if they be about Religious Duties; as Preaching the Word, Hearing the Word, Prayer, Meditation, &c. This was the fault of Christs Disciples, Joh. 4. 31. who when our Saviour was busied in serious meditation about the work of his Ministry, which was as spiritual meat unto him, they came and interrupted him unsea­sonably, by talking to him about his bodily food: For although they intended well to him in requesting him to eat, yet it was inadvisedly and sndiscreetly done, to motion it unto him at that time; as appeareth by his answer to them.

And so it is rashness and want of discretion in any, to trouble and interrupt others unseasonably, when they are busied about serious matters. See Luke 10. 40.

Use. Use. See how they are to be blamed, who in the publick Meetings of the Church for the Service of God, do disturb and interrupt the Minister or the People by loud talking, or crying of Children, or otherwise; especially to do it willingly: for then the fault is much aggravated. Such therefore must be admonish­ed to be more wise and carefull to prevent and avoid such occasions of disturbance to the Congrega­tion.

Mark 3. 33, 34, 35.‘And he answered them, saying, Who is my Mother, or my Brethren, &c? Jan. 23. 1619.

THe Evangelist having in the two former Verses mentioned a Message which was sent unto our Saviour Christ by his Mother and Kinsfolk, the effect whereof was this, That they stood without the House where now he was Preaching, desiring to see and speak to him; Now he layeth down the Answer which our Sa­viour made unto the People which did this Message unto him; which is such, as doth plainly shew, that he disliked the Message sent to him so unseasonably to interrupt him in his teaching; and therefore he refused to go out to speak with his Mother and Brethren.

Now because the People told him, that his Mother and Brethren sought to speak with him, therefore in his Answer he takes occasion to shew who are to be accounted his Mother and Brethren. This he shew­eth,

  • 1. Negatively, denying those onely to be his Mother and Brethren, who were so by natural blood or kindred: which denyal is implyed by the interrogation; Who is my Mother, &c? As if he had said, Do not think that I accompt those onely to be my Mother and Brethren, which are so by natural blood.
  • 2. Affirmatively, avouching all those his Disciples (which sate then about him to hear him) to be his Mo­ther and Brethren. And this he confirmeth two wayes:
    • 1. By outward gesture, looking round about on them.
    • 2. By a reason taken from the property of all those that are his true Disciples, they are such as do the Will of God, Vers. ult.

Who is my Mother, &c.] Our Saviours purpose in these words, is not utterly to deny his Natural Mother and Kinsfolks; for at other times he shewed love and duty to them: as may appear, Luke 2. 51. where it is said, He was subject to his Parents. And John 19. 26. when he was upon the Crosse ready to dye, he took care of his Mother, commending her unto the care of John his beloved Apostle. But by this manner of speech here, our Saviour implyeth two things:

  • 1. That not onely these were his Mother and Brethren, who were so by Nature.
  • 2. That although they were his Natural Mother and Kindred, yet in this particular case, in that they did go about rashly and unseasonably to interrupt and hinder his publike Teaching, he did not acknowledg them as his Mother or kindred.

Observ. Observ. Hence we learn, That we must not suffer our nearest Friends or Kindred to hinder us in good Duties which God commands and requires of us. When God calls us to perform good and necessary Du­ties, if our best and dearest kindred or other Friends shall use any means, or go about to hinder us, and to cause us either to leave the Duties undone, or to interrupt us in doing them; in this case, we ought not to acknowledg them as our Friends, nor to suffer our selves to be hindred by them. See Joh. 4. 32. Luke 14. 26. If any man come to me, and hate not his Father and Mother, and Wife and Children, and Brethren and Sisters, &c. he cannot be my Disciple. Not that we must simply hate our Kindred and Friends if we will follow Christ, but so far forth as they are hinderances to us in following Christ, we are not to acknowledg them our Friends, but hate them rather as Enemies. Therefore also, Verse 21. of the same Chapter, in the Parable of him that made the great Supper, when one amongst the rest that were invited, did suffer his new married Wife to hinder [Page 179] him from coming, it is said, The good man of the House who was the Lord of that Supper, was angry at him and the rest that came not. And Verse 24. he saith, That none of them should taste of his Supper. To shew, That God will be offended at those that suffer either their Wives, or any other their nearest Friends, to hin­der them from following His Calling. Therefore also, Luke 9. 59. When our Saviour bade one follow him, and he desired first to go bury his Father, our Saviour forbade him to suffer the burial of his Father to hinder him. And when another, that was bid follow him, desired to go & take leave of his Friends at his house, he was blamed by our Saviour for it. This shews, That we must not suffer our nearest Friends or Kindred to hinder us in good Duties commanded of God. Luke 10. 39. Though Martha went about to hinder her Sister Mary from hearing Christ, by desiring that she should help her at the same time in her worldly businesse, yet she would not be hindred.

Reason. Reason of this Doctrine. We ought to prefer Gods glory, and the Obedience which we owe unto his Will, before all that love and duty which we owe to our dearest Friends. James and John left their Father to follow Christ.

Use. Ʋse. To reprove such as omit or break off good Duties, as Prayer, Reading, Meditation, Hearing the Word, &c. to gratifie some of their Friends, who (it may be) come unto them, and desire to speak with them about Worldly businesses, or to have them keep company with them at such times when they should be im­ployed in better and more necessary Duties, such as those before named. What do such but plainly shew, That they prefer the Company of their Friends, before the Service of God; and that they make more ac­count of giving contentment to Friends, than of pleasing God, and of yielding obedience to his Will. Let it not be so with us. But learn by the Example of our Saviour, not to take notice of our best Friends, in case that they go about unreasonably to hinder us in such Duties as God calls us to perform. When Peter would hinder and disswade our Saviour from suffering death, though it were under pretence of love, yet he would not hearken to him, but counted him his Enemy in that case, and therefore called him Satan, Matth. 16. So some of the Holy Martyrs, when some Friends of theirs went about to disswade them from standing out, and suffering death for the Profession of the Truth, they would not hearken to them, nor suffer themselves to be hindred from the bold and constant confession of the Truth, being called unto it.

It followeth, Verse 34. And he looked round about on them that sate, &c.] This gesture our Saviour used to­wards his Disciples that sate about him to hear his teaching, (as appeareth, Matth. 12. 49.) that he might the more plainly describe and shew unto the people, who they were whom he accompted his Mother and Brethren; namely, all those his Disciples which were present to hear him, and who were believers in him.

Behold, my Mother and Brethren] He doth not mean, that they were his Natural Mother or Brethren: but he speaks thus, to shew, that they were as near and dear unto him as his Natural Mother and Brethren, in that they being Believers in him, had spiritual kindred with him by faith, though not by natural blood. Yea further, by his words and gesture, he would imply, not onely that these his Disciples were as near to him as his natural Mother and Brethren, but that they were much nearer to him then his natural Mother and kindred, being considered so far onely, as they were united to him by natural blood; and therefore he doth plainly prefer his Disciples that were of spiritual kindred with him by Faith, before his Natural Mother and Kin­dred, in that he refuseth in this case to take notice of these, and therefore would not go out to them when they sent to him; whereas he taketh speciall notice of the other, that is, of his Disciples, affirming them to be his Mother and Kindred by Faith, and consequently as near to him as his natural Mother and Kindred; yea much nearer. So much of the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here then we learn by these words, and by this practice of our Saviour, That Spiritual Kindred by Grace, is to be preferred before that kindred which is by natural blood. We are to make more account of those that are united to us by the bond of Religion and Grace, than of those that are joyned to us by na­tural birth or kindred. So did our Saviour, as we see here, and Luke 11. 28. he preferreth those that hear the Word of God and keep it, before his natural Mother that bare him and gave him suck, so far forth onely as she was his natural Mother. So Elisha, 1 King. 19. 20, 21. forsook his natural Parents, to follow Elijah his Spiritual Father.

Reas. 1 Reason, 1. The bond of Grace is much straiter, and doth much more nearly unite those that are tyed by it, than the bond of Nature doth. Natural Kinsfolks are said to be near one to another: but those that are of Spiritual kindred, are said to be all as one. Joh. 17. 21. That they may all be one, &c.

Reas. 2 Reason 2. Spiritual Kindred by Grace, is of longer continuance then natural kindred: the former shall con­tinue after this life in Heaven; but the latter is abolished by death, and shall cease after this life: for al­though it is most probable, that the Saints glorified in Heaven, shall know their friends and natural kindred there; yet they shall not know them after such an earthly manner as they did in this life.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This discovereth the ignorance of such who think they are more bound to love and do good to their natural kindred, than to those that are tyed unto them by the bond of Religion and Grace. But herein they are deceived; for although Christians are not to despise their natural kindred, nor to cast off natural affection of love towards them, yet if they be such as do shew themselves to be void of grace, then are they not so nearly tyed unto them, as they are unto the Saints of God, (which truly fear him) unto whom they are tyed by the Bond of Religion and Grace, which is a far straiter bond than the other of Nature. Gal. 6. 10. Let us do good to all, especially to those that are of the houshold of Faith: Yet, coeteris paribus, we owe a more special love to our kindred. See 1 Tim. 5. 4, 8.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Teacheth us to rejoyce much more in this, That we have Spiritual kindred with Christ, and with all the Saints of God, by true faith, and by participation in the same saving Graces of the Spirir, than in this, That we have natural kindred by blood, though it be with such persons as are great in the World. The Jewes foolishly boasted of their natural Kindred, that they were Abrahams Children; never regarding whether they had any spiritual kindred with him by Grace. But it behoves us on the other side, much more to desire and seek to be Children of Abraham by faith, and to have spiritual kindred with him and all the Saints of God, than to be of Natural kindred with them or any other whatsoever.

Mark 3. 34, 35. ‘For whosoever shall do the Will of God, the same is my Brother, and my Sister, and Mother. Febr. 6. 1619.

Observ. 2 OBserv. 2. In that our Saviour saith of his Disciples who believed in him, that they were his Mother and Brethren, we gather, That all true Believers in Christ are of spiritual Kindred with Him. He account­eth them his spiritual kindred, who are as near to him as his natural Mother and Kindred, yea, and much nearer. Heb. 2. 11. He is not ashamed to call them Brethren: Which may be understood not onely in respect of his partaking of one and the same humane Nature with them, (though that is chiefly intended by the Apostle in that place) but also in respect of this, that they are Children of the same Heavenly Father: for as he is the natural Sonne of God begotten of him from Eternity, so all the Faithful are Children of the same God, begotten and born of him by the Grace of regeneration; as appeareth, Joh. 1. 12. To as many as be­lieved in him, he gave power to be the sons of God; which are born not of blood, &c. nor of the will of man, but of God. To this purpose also, Esay 8. 18. The Faithful are called the Children of Christ; to shew, that they are most nearly united unto him by Grace, and by the conjunction of his Spirit, as natural Children are nearly united to their Parents by natural blood. See also 1 Cor. 6. 17. one Spirit. Ephes. 5. 30.

The bonds of this Union are,

  • 1. The Spirit of Christ.
  • 2. Faith, Ephes. 3. 17.

Use. 1 Ʋse 1. See the Honour and Dignity of good Christians that believe in Christ; there is a most near Union between Christ and them, even as near as between natural Parents and Children, or between those that are of nearest kindred by natural birth: therefore he accompts them as his spiritual kindred, as dear and near to him as his Mother and Brethren. And what an Honour is this to be of the spiritual kindred of Christ him­self? To be called and accounted his brother, or his sister. If it be an honour to be of the Blood-royal, or of the Kindred of some Noble Personage, how much more honourable to be the brother or sister of Christ Jesus? Let all Believers think of this Dignity vouchsafed to them; and let it comfort them (as well it may) against all the contempt which they meet with in the World: What though they be poor and despised in the world? what if they have none but poor kindred on Earth, &c? This is enough, that they are of the kindred of Christ Jesus himself, who is more honourable then all Men and Angels: he accounts them his own Bre [...]hren and Sisters; yea, his own Children by Grace, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Hence gather, That Christ Jesus doth love and take special care of the Faithful to do them good, and to protect and keep them from evill. Great Persons think it an honour to them, to prefer and enrich their poor Kindred, and to protect them against such as would wrong them. Much more is our Saviour Christ careful to do good to the Faithful that are his spiritual Kindred, to provide all good things necessary for their souls and bodies: and withall, to protect and defend them against all enemies bodily and spiritual, and against all evils that may hurt them. Let all Believers in Christ comfort themselves with the assurance of this special love of Christ, and of this special care which he taketh for their good. He was kind and lo­ving to his Natural Mother and Kindred; much more loving is he to those of his spiritual kindred, and much more careful to do them good, and to keep them from evill. As he is their eldest brother by Grace and adoption, so he is a most kind and loving brother to them all, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. See the excellency of this grace of true faith, in that it doth so neerly unite a Christian unto Christ, making him to be of his spiritual kindred, even as near and dear to him as his natural Mother and naturall kindred; yea much nearer then they were, in respect of natural blood considered of it self alone, without respect unto Grace.

This Grace of Faith doth ingraft the Believer into the stock of Christ, and brings him within his Pedigree, making him to be of most near kindred with him in a spiritual manner: it makes Christ and the Believer as near each to other, as natural Parents and Children, yea as Husband and Wife: for it marrieth them toge­ther: whence it is that Christ is said to be the Husband of his true Church. Great is the worth and excel­lency of Faith, which thus nearly uniteth the Believer to Christ: neither is there any other grace, but onley faith, that can do it. By this alone he comes to s [...] dwell in their hearts, Ephes. 3. 17. Well therefore may it be called a pretious faith, 2 Pet. 1. 1.

Let this move us, above all Graces, to labour for true faith in Christ, that so we may come to be of spiritual kindred with him. If we had been born and lived about the time when he was upon Earth, would we not have been glad to be in the number of his natural Brethren and Sisters, as those that are mentioned, Mark 6. 3? how much more desirous should we be to be his brethren and sisters by faith? How much do many de­sire and seek to be of alliance and kindred with great persons? What labouring is there for this? How do some strive to marry their Children into rich Kindreds? But who labours to be of Christ's Kindred by Faith? This is not thought of, nor cared for: yet is this the main care that should be in every one. Look to it therefore, and labour for Faith, using all means to attain to some measure of it, especially frequent diligently and conscionably the publick Ministry of the Word, which is the ordinary and principal means to work Faith. Wait upon this Ordinance of God, and never rest till thou know thy self a Believer in Christ, and one of his Kindred spiritually ingraffed into him; without which thou art miserable, though thou hadst kinship by natural blood with all the Princes and great men in the World.

Use 4 Use 4. An Admonition to such as are to enter into the estate of Marriage: Would they match themselves in a good Kindred? Then let them be careful above all, to joyn themselves with such Yoke-fellows as are of spiritual kindred with Christ by Faith. This is much more to be looked after, then natural kindred, or wealth, or beauty, &c.

It followeth, Verse 35. For who soever doth the Will of God, &c.] Here our Saviour alledgeth a reason, to prove, that his Disciples who believed in him, were his Mother and Brethren in spiritual manner, viz. be­cause they did the Will of God, which is the property of those onely which are his Spiritual Kin­dred.

Doth the Will of God] That is, yieldeth obedience to his revealed Will set down in his Word.

Quest. Quest. Seeing it is Faith, and not obedience or good works that makes men to be of Christ's Spirituall Kindred, Why doth not our Saviour mention the Faith of his Disciples, rather then their Obedi­ence?

Answ. Answ. 1. By mentioning obedience to the Will of God, he doth not exclude, but include Faith; for to Believe in Christ is one part of that Will of God which is to be obeyed, 1 Joh. 3. 23. This is his Command­ment, that we Believe in the name of his Son Jesus Christ; and Joh. 6. 40. This is the Will of the Father, that who so seeth the Son, and Believeth in him, should not perish, &c.

2. He rather mentioneth Obedience then Faith, thereby to put difference between true Faith and Coun­terfeit, because many have onley a shew and Profession of Faith, without the truth and soundness of it, there­fore his purpose is to shew and imply, that true and sound Faith doth shew it self by the fruit of good works, and by Obedience to the Will of God.

Now for the further clearing of the sense of the words, we must know, there is a twofold Obedience to the Will of God mentioned in Scripture.

  • 1. Legall, required in the Moral Law. This is a perfect and sincere Obedience.
  • 2. Evangelicall, required in the Gospell, which is a sincere, but not a perfect obedience; when the per­son, being in Christ, endeavoureth to obey God in all his Commandments; which obedience God accepteth in Christ, pardoning the defects and wants of it in him. And of this our Saviour here speaketh. So much of the words.

Doct. Doctr. The main point of Instruction to be learned from them, is this, That it is the property of all that have union and Spirituall kindred with Christ by Faith, that they do shew forth the soundness of that Faith by the fruit of good works, and by obedience to the Will of God in their Lives, Tit. 3. 8. I will that thou affirm constantly, that those which have Believed in God, be carefull to go before others in good Works, &c. implying, that it is the property of all true Believers in Christ, to shew their Faith by good works, Jam. 2. 18. The Apostle brings in the true Believer, promising to shew his Faith by his works. And 2 Pet. 1. 5. compared with ver. 8th. Where Faith is, it makes those that have it, neither Idle nor unfruitfull in the Knowledge of God, &c. Hebr. 11. 33. By Faith they wrought Righteousness.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. True Faith works in the Heart a perswasion and feeling of Gods special love in Christ; and this moveth a Christian truly to love God again, and to express his Love by his Conscionable obedience to the Will of God.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Those that have union with Christ by Faith, do receive from him Spiritual life and Grace, where­by they are quickned and inabled to yield true and acceptable obedience to the Will of God, which before they could not do, Joh. 15. 5. He that is a branch of Christ the true Vine, abiding in him, &c. bringeth forth much fruit. The reason is, because as the brances of a Vine receive life and juice from the root, whereby they are made fruitfull; so the Believer receives Spiritual life and Grace from Christ, whereby he is inabled to bring forth fruit of good works and of obedience to the Will of God; therefore in fine versus, he addeth; Without me ye can do nothing.

Observ. Further, we must here observe, that the true obedience which the Faithfull do yield to the Will of God, hath some special properties by which it differeth from the counterfeit Obedience which is performed by Hypocrites.

The first property is, that it is an entire and universall obedience to the whole Will of God, not to some part, but to every part of it, hating and striving against all sin, and indeavouring to perform all good Du­ties required; like David, who had respect to all Gods Commandments, Psal. 119. 6. and like Josiah, 2 King. 23. 25. who turned to God according to all the Law of Moses, &c. and as Zachary and Elizabeth, Luk. 1. 6.

2. It is a constant obedience reaching to all the parts of their life, after the time of their effectuall calling. It consisteth not in one or two, or a few good Actions performed by fits, now and then, but in a constant course of holiness throughout their whole life after their calling. They do not begin in the Spirit, and end in the flesh, but they continue in well-doing.

3. It is the obedience of the whole man, both inward and outward, being carefull to glorify God both in their bodies and Spirits, 1 Cor. 6. 20.

So much of the Doctrine.

Use 1 Use 1. To convince many not to be true Believers, and so not of Spiritual kindred with Christ, because, though they profess to Believe in Christ, yet they shew not forth the soundness of true Faith by Conscionable obedience to the Will of God. There is no care in them to Glorify God by a Holy course of life in way of obedience to his Will; nay, on the contrary, their lives are profane and wicked, spent in the practice of sin and disobedience against God; yea, in gross sins; as swearing, Drunkenness, uncleanness, and the like. What is to be thought of such? shall we think that they have Faith, or that they have any Spirituall union or Kindred with Christ? It is impossible: true Faith purifieth the heart and the life, neither can it stand with a profane and wicked life, neither is it likely or possible that those that so live should have any union with Christ: No, no, there is no Communion between Light and Darkness, no Kindred between Christ and Belial, or the children of Belial, such as all profane, and wicked men are. So long as thou art such a one, never say thou belivest in Christ, never think nor perswade thy self vainly, that thou hast union with him, or any part in him; never think that thou art of his Kindred by Faith, Christ hath no such Kindred or brethren; he hath no profane swearers to be his Brethren, no D [...]unkards, no unchast filthy Adulterers, &c. If thou be of this rank, thou art one of the Devils Kindred, yea, thou art a child of his, one of his brood and spawn as it were, Joh. 8. 44. Ye are of your Father the Devill, and the lusts of your Father ye will do, &c. So may it be said to all wicked and ungodly livers, what Profession soever they make of their Belief in Christ, and of their hope to be saved by him.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To reprove another sort, who though they be not so bad as the former, yet they come far short of that which should be in all that are of Christ's Kindred by Faith; I mean such as make shew of some kind of Obe­dience [Page 182] to the Will of God, but it is no true or sincere obedience; no such as true Faith brings forth. Some are content to obey in some things, but not in all; like Herod, Mark. 6. 20. So far as may stand with their pleasures or profits, they will conform in shew to the Will of God, and to his Word, but no further; if there be a speciall darling sin, which is most pleasing or profitable to them, that they will not forsake, though they be often taught that it is forbidden and condemned in the Word of God. Others make shew of obedience to the Word of God for a time, or now and then by fits, doing some good Duties, or beginning some good course, but they are not constant therein; they begin in the Spirit, and end in the flesh; their goodness is like the Morning Dew, as the Prophet Hosea complaineth of Ephraim and Judah, Hos. 6. 4. Others again, shew outward conformity to the Will of God, but obey not from the Heart; they do not yield God the obedience of the whole man. All these sorts come short of that true and sincere obedience to the Will of God, which is, and ought to be shewed forth by all that have Kindred with Christ by Faith. Therefore let every one ex­amine what obedience they yield to the Will of God; for if it be no better then this before named, it can be no sure evidence to them of the soundnesse of their Faith, nor of their Spirituall Kindred with Christ.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. Labour to approve our selves to have spiritual Kindred with Christ by Faith, by making Consci­ence of sincere obedience to the Will of God in our Lives. Let none rest in a naked Profession of Faith, but be carefull to shew it by the fruit of good works, and by doing the Will of God. See Matth. 7. 21. It is a dead Faith that is separate from good works, and from obedience to the Will of God. Such a Faith can never unite one to Christ, nor make him to be of his Spiritual Kindred: Beware therefore of resting in this dead counterfeit Faith of Hypocrites, and labour to shew forth the power and life of a true Faith, by thy care and Conscience to do the Will of God in thy life. Thus shalt thou prove to others, and to thy own Conscience, that thou art one of Christ's brethren and Kindred; look therefore unto this, and be careful of it. Those that have Alliance or kindred with great persons, love to speak of their Pedigree, and to have it known to others, and therefore they will sometimes have it drawn out fair in Tables, or set down in writing, that they may shew it to others: but in vain is it for any to shew their natural Pedigree and Kindred with great Persons, if they cannot shew their Spiritual kindred with Christ by true Faith, and by sincere obedience to the Will of God, which is the unseparable fruit and companion of true Faith; let every Christian therefore be much more careful of the latter then of the former.

Finis Tertii Capitis.

CHAP. IV.

Mark 4. 1.‘And he began again to Teach by the Sea-side, &c. Febr. 13. 1619.

THis Chapter consisteth of two Principal Parts.

In the first the Evangelist layeth down the Doctrine or Teaching of out Saviour Christ unto ver. 35.

2. A Miracle wrought by him to confirm his Doctrine, from thence, to the end of the Chap­ter.

His Teaching is distinguished by the different places where he Taught.

  • 1. By the Sea-side, on the Land.
  • 2. In a ship, upon the Sea. Both these are mentioned ver. 1.
  • Touching the former, viz. His Teaching on the Land by the Sea-side, it is amplified by the Consequent of it, viz. the concourse of the people to hear him, in the beginning of the verse, There gathered unto him a great Multitude.

Touching the latter, His Teaching upon the Sea, the Evangelist setteth down two things.

  • 1. The Circumstances of his Teaching, ver. 1.
  • 2. The Teaching it self, ver. 2. &c.

The Circumstances are three.

  • 1. The place, He entred into a ship which was on the Sea.
  • 2. The gesture used by him in Teaching, He sate in the ship.
  • 3. The gesture or behaviour of his Hearers, They all were by the Sea-side; that is, they stood there to hear him, as appears, Matth. 13. 2.

Concerning the Teaching it self, we shall hear, ver. 2. &c.

By the Sea-side] There is no doubt but the Evangelist meaneth the Sea of Galilee, which was also called the Sea of Tiberias, Joh. 6. 1. and the Lake of Gennesareth, Luk. 5. 1. of which see before, chap. 1. ver. 16. when the Evangelists mention the Sea indefinitely, they mean this Sea, as Matth. 17. 27. It was a great Lake or Pool of water joyning to the Countrey of Galilee, on the East side of it, through which Lake the River Jordan did run. (Adrichom. Theatr. Terrae Sanctae. pag. 139.) Though it were no part of the main Sea, yet it was called a Sea for the largeness of it, containing many Miles in length and breadth, as some write of it. Jose­phus saith, it was 40 Furlongs broad, and 100 Furlongs long. De bell. Jud. 1. 3. c. 18. See Adrichom. ubi supra, and a little English book of the travels of W. Biddulph and others, to Jerusalem, Anno Domini 1607. pag. 104. Where they testify, that this Lake is now, by computation, in length 8 Leagues, and in breadth, 5 Leagues (every League being three miles) Near unto this Sea or Lake, our Saviour conversed much and often; [Page 183] the reason whereof is most likely to be this, because it was a place of much resort, and much frequented by the people that came thither from many Towns and Cities of Galilee, and other Countreys bordering near un­to it: therefore our Saviour taught often, and wrought Miracles near unto this Sea, that he might by his Do­ctrine and Miracles do the more good, by reason of the concourse of people thither. And no doubt but for this reason he took occasion at this time to go out of the house where he was teaching before, (as is said, Matth. 13. 1) and went to this Sea-side, that so this being a more publike place, he might do the more good by his teaching.

Again] This shews, That he had before taught there: And so much may be gathered out of Chap. 3. Vers. 7, &c. Where we heard, that when the Pharisees and Herodians sought his life, he avoided to this Sea, where he preached and wrought miracles.

Observ. Observ. By the example of our Saviour here, we learn to take all good occasions and opportunities of do­ing good to the Souls of others, by furthering their spiritual good and salvation. Our Saviour watched and took all opportunities of time and place to do good to the People by his Doctrine and Miracles, labouring thereby both to call and convert such as were yet uncalled, and to confirm and strengthen those that were called. This he laboured to do upon all fit occasions. Sometimes teaching and instructing the people, and working Miracles in the publique Synagogues; sometime in private houses, sometimes in the open streets; sometimes by the Sea-side, sometimes upon the Sea, &c.

Thus should we take all opportunities of time and place, to further the spiritual good and salvation of others, by instructing the ignorant, by admonishing those that are out of the right way and walk disorderly, by comforting those that are in distress, by praying for others, and by using all other good means, whereby their salvation may be furthered. Gal. 6. 10. While we have time (or a fit season), let us do good to all, &c. espe­cially to their souls. We must redeem time, Ephes. 5. 16. that is, take all fit occasions to do good, not onely to our own souls, working out own salvation with fear and trembling; but also to the Souls of others. Heb. 3. 13. Exhort one another daily, while it is called to day, &c. That is, Whilest ye have fit time and opportu­nity. By this means we may best shew our love to others, even by watching all opportunities of doing good to their Souls.

The Devil watcheth all occasions of time and place to hinder the salvation of others, 1 Pet. 5. 8. He walks about like a roaring Lion, seeking whom to devour. And Job 1. 7. He goes to and fro in the earth, &c. seeking opportunity to hurt the souls and bodies of men; but especially their souls. How much more watchful should we be, and carefull to take all occasions to do good to the souls of our brethren? Wicked men take all occasions to practise sin, and to draw others to it. The Pharisees compassed Sea and Land, &c. How much more should we watch all opportunities of doing good, by drawing others from sin, and by stirring them up to good Duties, by our good admonitions, exhortations, &c. Especially Ministers of the Word should be careful to do this to the people committed to their charge; taking all occasions to do good to their souls in publike and private, by instruction, admonition, &c. 2 Tim. 4. 2. Preach the Word, be instant, in season, out of season, &c. Luke. 12. 42. The faithful Steward is made Ruler over the houshold, to give every one his portion in due season. Heb. 13. 17. Good Pastors watch for the souls of their people, &c.

Use. Use. Reproveth those that neglect good opportunities of time and place to do good to the souls of others. But take heed of this, lest God deprive us of the like opportunities in time to come. Wherefore doth God offer us such opportunities, but that we should take them and use them? If we willingly let them slip, it may be God will not offer us the like again. Bonaventurae Egregia vox est: Qui deserit occasionem, deseretur ab eâ. Luther. loc. Com. Class. 5. pag. 132. Saepè una horula, plus momenti habet ad rem praeclarè agendam, quàm aliàs mensis aut annus. Ibid. So much of the place which our Saviour made choyce of at this time to teach in, which was the Sea-side.

Now it followes, to speak of the concourse of the people to him in that place to hear him.

There gathered unto him a great multitude] We read in the former Chapter, Vers. 22, &c. that the Scribes and Pharisees raised a blasphemous slander upon our Saviour, charging him of working by the help of the Devil: and this they did (no doubt), to discredit his Person and Doctrine, and to hinder the people from embracing it: yet for all this, we see here, that the people followed him more and more, and that in great multitudes, to hear him: and many (no doubt) came with a sincere mind and affection, desirous to profit by his teaching; though others, and it may be the greater part came for sinister and by-respects, as to hear and see novelties, or to cavil at his teaching, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. All the power and malice of Satan and wicked men, is not able to suppresse the Gospel, nor to hinder or stop the free course of it, where God will have it prevail and take effect: yea, the more it is op­posed, the more it prevaileth: The more the Scribes and Pharisees laboured to disgrace the Doctrine of Christ, and to disswade the people from believing and imbracing it, the more the people grew in love with his Teaching, and followed him in troops to be partakers of his Ministry. Joh. 7. 31. even then when the Jews sought to take him, and to put him to death, yet it is said, Many of the people believed on him. So the more the Apostles were persecuted for preaching the Gospel, the more the Word prevailed, and was fur­ther and further propagated. Acts 5. ult. The Apostles being beaten, and commanded not to speak in the Name of Jesus, yet they ceased not daily to teach and preach Christ in the Temple, and in every house: and hereupon the number of Disciples grew, Chap. 6. Vers. 1, 7. The Word of God increased, &c. So Act. 12. 24. After that Herod had stretched out his hand to vex certain of the Church, and had killed James, and im­prisoned Peter, yet the Word of God grew and multiplyed. 2 Tim. 2. 9. The Word of God is not bound. Though Paul himself were bound and imprisoned, and much persecuted wheresoever he came, yet the Doctrine of the Gospel was spread far and near by his Ministery: yea, his bonds were a furtherance to the Gospel, as he saith, Phil. 1. 12. The Word of God is like the Palm-Tree, which the more weight is hung upon it to presse it down, the more it groweth and flourisheth: and like the herb Camomil, which the more it is trodden upon, the more it groweth, and the more sweetly it smelleth. Of this Point I had occasion to speak somewhat the last Day, upon 1 Thess. 2. 14.

Use 1 Use 1. See the Power, Wisdom and Goodness of God, turning that to the furtherance of his Word and Gospel, by which the Devil and wicked men intend and labour to hinder and suppress it. Act. 8. 1. A great Persecution raised against the Church at Hierusalem, by which the Persecutors (especially Saul) intended to make havock of the Church: but the contrary fell out by Gods especial providence; for, Verse 4. Those that were scattered abroad by reason of the Persecution, published the Word wheresoever they came; and so the Gospel was spread through all the Regions of Judea and Samaria.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See how vain are all attempts of Satan and wicked men, labouring to stop or hinder the course of the Gospel. They cannot do it. In opposing the Word of God, or the Preachers or Professors of it, they fight against God himself, and wrestle with him that is too strong for them, and will prevail against them, to their utter ruine and destruction, if they go on in that sin of setting themselves against his truth. They may hinder it in some place or other, or for a time, but not utterly suppresse it: nay, it will break forth more, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Great encouragement to the Ministers of the Word, to go on constantly and chearfully in their Duty of Preaching the Word. Notwithstanding they meet with wicked men stirred up by Satan to oppose their Ministry: yet for all this, if they be diligent and conscionable in their Ministery, God will make it effectual either for the converting of such as are uncalled; or for the confirming of those that are called; or for the convincing and hardening of the wicked and reprobate, or for all these: Yea, God will (it may be) turn the malice of Satan and wicked men to the furtherance of their Ministery, and of the fruit of it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further by the practice of this multitude of people flocking to hear Christ, we are taught, how forward we should be upon all occasions to repair to those places where we may hear the Word. But of this, see before, Chap. 2. 2. So much of our Saviour's teaching by the Sea-side.

Now to speak of his teaching upon the Sea in a Ship. And first of the Circumstance of the place.

He entred into a Ship, &c.] This he did, 1. To prevent the hurt and danger that might come unto him by reason of the great concourse and throng of people. So before, Chap. 3. 9. He commanded a little Ship to wait for him, lest the people should throng him.

2. That so sitting in the Ship upon the Sea, he might the more conveniently be both seen and heard of the People.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. This may teach us; That due care is to be had, that in the Publike Meetings of the Church for the Service of God, all things may be done orderly and decently, according to the rule of the Apostle, 1 Cor. 14. ult. God is not the Authour of confusion; as it is said Verse 33. of the same Chapter. Therefore in the publike Meetings of his People to serve him, he will have due Order maintained. He will have all holy mi­nistrations performed in such orderly and convenient manner, as may be most for his glory, and the profit and edifying of his Church.

Among other things which pertain to good Order and Decency in the Church, we see here how fit it is that there should be convenient Places appointed in the publike Assemblies, wherein the Minister and Peo­ple may conveniently and profitably preach and hear the Word of God, and joyn together in other Duties of Gods Service. Nehem. 8. 4. when Ezra was to read and expound the Law in solemn manner to the peo­ple, it is said, He stood upon a Pulpit of Wood which they had made for the purpose, &c. And Verse 5. He opened the Book in the sight of the people; for he was above them all, &c. The reason hereof was, That they might con­veniently hear him. And the Jews had convenient Seats in their Synagogues, both for their Teachers and for the Hearers; as may appear, Luke 4. 20. Our Saviour Preaching in the Synagogue, sate down in a place, where the eyes of all the people were fastned on him: Which in likelihood was some eminent Seat above the rest: And Matth. 23. 6. mention is made of the high or chief Seats in the Synagogues: Which shews, That they had convenient places in which both the Teachers and Hearers sate, where they might most conveniently teach and hear: and this was commendable in those Jewish Synagogues; and the like should be in Christian Assemblies.

Here also we may take notice, how fit it is for the people of every Congregation, to be careful to make choyce of such Rooms and Places in the publike Assembly, where they may conveniently hear that which is delivered by the Minister of the Word.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour having before taught by the Sea-side, and being now entred into a Ship up­on the Sea-side, did teach there also (as appears by the next Verse compared with this); we see his constancy and diligence in doing good in all places where he came; whether he were in the Synagogues, or in private Houses, or in the open Streets, on the Sea or on the Land, in the Mountain or in the Wilderness, still he was well employed in some good work or other, either in Preaching, or working Miracles, or in Prayer or Con­ference. We never find him idle in any place; but in all places where he came, he took occasion to em­ploy himself in some good Duty or other. Act. 10. 38. He went about doing good. So should it be with us. In all places where we come, we should be careful to do good, and to be well imployed in some Duty or other of our general or particular Calling. There is no place but may afford us some opportunity or other of doing good. But I will not insist upon this. So much of the Place.

The next Thing to be spoken of, is our Saviour's gesture of body in Teaching.

He sate in the Ship] This was the gesture which he used ordinarily in teaching, Luke 4. 20. when he prea­ched in the Synagogue at Nazareth he stood up and read his Text, and then sate down and preached to them. Matth. 5. 1. He went up into a Mountain, and when he was set, his Disciples came to him. And he opened his mouth, &c. And Matth. 26. 55. I sate daily in the Temple among you, &c.

The Reason why our Saviour used this gesture, was, Because it was the Custome of the Church in those times; for the Jewish Teachers taught sitting. Matth. 23. 2. The Scribes and Pharisees sit in Moses Chair.

Observ. Observ. In all lawful and indifferent Rites and Orders touching the outward Worship of God, we are to conform our selves to the laudable Custome and Practice of the Church wherein we live, and whereof we are Members.

Quest. Quest. Whether is it lawfull for Ministers in these times to Preach sitting as Christ did?

Answ. Answ. It is in it self lawfull, and it might be used if it were the Custome of this our Church; but seeing it is not, the gesture of standing is rather to be used, according to the Custome of our Church, it being also a reverent and commendable gesture, and such as hath Warrant from the Word, as we may see Nehem. 8. 4. and Act. 13. 16. Paul stood up when he Preached in the Synagogue at Antioch. The like is to be thought of Preaching with the head covered, which is in use in some Churches beyond the Seas; but we use it not, be­cause we have no such Custome in our Church. See Mr. Perk. on Matth. 5. 1.

The last Circumstance is the gesture of the people that were assembled to hear our Saviour, They were all on the Seaside] That is, they were standing on the shore to hear him, as St. Matthew sheweth, Matth. 13. 2.

Observ. Observ. This shews their diligence and pains which they took to hear Christ, being content to stand on the shore during the time of his Preaching to them out of the ship. This their pains and diligence we are to imi­tate, Nehem. 8. [...]. When Ezra read the book of the Law, and expounded it to the people from Morning to Midday, they stood and heard him very Attentively. So Act. 20. 7. The people of Troas took pains to hear Paul, though he continued Preaching untill Mid-night. This reproveth the negligence of those who will take no pains to hear the word Attentively; some sit gazing about, others sleeping, and will not so much as stand up, or use other means to keep themselves awake in the time of hearing.

Mark 4. 2, &c.‘And He taught them many things in Parables, &c. Feb. 20. 1619.

IN the latter part of the former Verse, we heard of the Circumstances of our Saviour, teaching upon the Sea in a ship.

Now followeth the Teaching it self; Concerning which, two things are laid down by the Evange­list.

  • 1. The manner of it, in that he taught in Parables.
  • 2. The matter of it, or the Doctrine which he delivered, which is comprehended in the particular and several Parables uttered by him, of which we shall hear in their order.

The first Parable is laid down from Verse 3. to Ver. 21. Where we are to consider,

  • 1. The Propounding of it, unto ver. 10.
  • 2. The exposition of it, from thence to ver. 21.

In the propounding of it, consider three things.

  • 1. A Preface, in the word [Hearken] by which our Saviour stirreth up the Attention of the Hea­rers.
  • 2. The Parable it self, unto ver. 9.
  • 3. The Conclusion or shutting up of it, ver. 9. He that hath ears, &c.

To begin with the manner of his Teaching, which was in Parables, ver. 2.

Many things] What these many things were, is mentioned partly in this Chapter, and partly by St. Mat­thew, chap. 13.

In Parables] This word [Parable] is in Scripture used diversly;

  • 1. To signify some serious, grave, and weighty Speech or Sentence, Prov. 1. 1. The Parables of Solomon, &c. So Job 27. 1.
  • 2. To signify any dark or obscure Speech, when the Truth is wrapped up in obscure words, Psal. 49. 4. I will incline mine ear to a Parable; I will open my Dark saying upon the Harp. And Psal. 78. 2. John 16. 29.
  • 3. To signify a comparison or Similitude taken from earthly things, to express and set out to us Spirituall and Heavenly things; and this is the proper signification of the Greek word [...], which comes of [...], which is, to compare together things that are alike. And in this sense, the word [Parable] is used two wayes.

1. For such a Similitude as is plainly propounded, and serveth to explain that which is taught, as Matth. 24. 32. Learn the Parable of the Figg-tree, &c. that is, a plain Similitude from the Figg-Tree to express the near approaching of the day of Judgment by the signes going immediately before it.

2. For an obscure similitude darkly propounded, to cover and hide the matter taught, that it may not be plainly conceived of the hearer. And so we are to take the word in this place. Our Saviour used compari­sons taken from earthly things, to resemble Heavenly and Spiritual, but he propounded them not in a plain, but after a dark manner.

Quest. Quest. Why did he use such dark Parables or similitudes in Teaching?

Answ. Answ. A generall reason, see Matth. 13. 35. It was a peculiar kind of Teaching proper to our Saviour above all Teachers. The more particular reasons moving him hereunto, were different, according to the dif­ference and diversity of his Hearers, which were of two sorts.

1. Some were tractable and teachable, willing and desirous to be taught, and to learn of him. In this number and rank were his twelve Apostles, and other Disciples which were already Called effectually; and not onely these, but others also, who, though they were yet un-called, yet they followed him, and were wil­ling to be taught.

The second sort were obstinate, and unteachable hearers; and these were especially the Scribes and Pha­risees, who did obstinately and willfully refuse to be taught of Christ, and not onely so, but did also most ma­liciously and blasphemously slander and speak evil of him and his Doctrine and Miracles, as we heard upon the former Chapters.

Now in respect of the first sort of hearers (who were teachable) our Saviour used dark Parables for these reasons.

[Page 186] 1. To stir them up the more earnestly to enquire and search after the meaning of those Parables; there­fore ver. 10. we find that the Apostles, and other Disciples that were with them, came to our Saviour to know the meaning of the Parable of the Sower.

2. To the end, that when once they should come by search and Inquiry to know the meaning of those Pa­rables, those things which were intended by them might seem the plainer to them; for although these Para­bles being at first nakedly propounded, did seem dark, yet being afterwards Interpreted by our Savi­our unto them, they became very plain, and served to explain that Doctrine which was taught by them.

3. He used such similitudes taken from things familiarly known, that he might the more affect and move their minds and hearts with a serious consideration and meditation of those things which were taught, when they should come to know and conceive them, the nature of most men being apt to be much moved with such things as are best known unto them.

Lastly, He used such similitudes, to the end, that the things taught by them, being afterwards explained to them, might make the deeper impression in their memories, we being most apt to remember such comparisons as are drawn from things familiar, and well known to us.

Now for the second sort of hearers, which were obstinate, and unteachable, viz. the Scribes and Pharisees, the reason in respect of them, moving our Saviour to Teach by Parables was this, that by this means those Heavenly Doctrines which he taught, being covered and hid from them, the just Judgment of God might be executed upon them by giving them over to further blindness and hardness of Heart. But more of this ver. 11.

Thus we see the reasons why our Saviour taught by Parables.

Observ. Observ. Hence gather, that it is a profitable course and way of Teaching in the Church, to teach by com­parisons and similitudes, resembling Heavenly and Spiritual matters unto earthly things that are familiarly known unto us. This manner of Teaching was much used by our Saviour Christ, as we see in this Chapter, and Matth. 13. and in many other places of the Evangelists. And we are to observe, that the similitudes which he useth, are drawn from things well known, and in common use amongst men; as in this Chapter, from Husbandry and sowing of Seed, and from the growth of Mustard-seed. So Matth. 13. from leaven hid in three pecks of Meal: from a Treasure hid in the field, &c. from a Draw-net cast into the Sea to take Fish, &c. The like manner of Teaching is used by the Prophets in the Old Testament. Esay, 5. 1. under the similitude of a Vineyard the estate of the Church of the Jews is set out, chap. 1. ver. 3. He draweth a com­parison from the Oxe and Ass to convince their ingratitude. So Jerem. 8. 7. The Stork in the Ayre knoweth her appointed times, and the Turtle, Crane, and Swallow observe the time of their comming, but my People knoweth not the Judgment of the Lord.

The like manner of Teaching is also used by the Apostles. So Paul, 1 Cor. 12. 12. compareth the Mysti­call body of the Church, to the natural body. So 1 Cor. 15. 36. under the similitude of Seed sowen in the Earth, he sets forth the Estate of mens bodies dying and rising again, and ver. 41. by a comparison from the Sun, Moon, and other Stars, he sets out the Glory of the Saints after this life. So Jam. 3. the Apostle by sun­dry comparisons setteth out the nature and properties of an evill Tongue.

By all this we may see that it is good for Ministers of the Word to use this kind of Teaching by similitude, as occasion serveth, therein following the practice of our Saviour Christ, and of the Prophets and Apostles. This kind of Teaching by Comparisons, is very profitable for the hearers in sundry re­spects.

  • 1. To explain things that are otherwise hard to conceive.
  • 2. To help the Memories of the hearers, every one being more apt to bear away such comparisons as are taken from things commonly known.
  • 3. To affect and move the people the more willingly and readily to Believe and embrace that which is taught, when it is delivered in such an easy and familiar manner.

Quest. Quest. Whether is it fit for Ministers now to propound their similitude in dark manner as our Saviour did?

Answ. Answ. Not so, because he had a special Calling and Warrant so to do, (Matth. 13. 35.) which ordinary Ministers now have not. Our Saviour also in his Teaching, had to do with the Scribes and Pharisees, whom he knew to be obstinate Reprobates, of whom there was no hope to do good on them by his Teaching, and therefore he purposely used dark Parables, that he might conceal and hide from them those heavenly Myste­ries which he delivered. But it is not so with ordinary Ministers in these times, they have no extraordinary spirit to discern who are Reprobates, and therefore they are not in their teaching to use dark and obscure Pa­rables (as our Saviour sometimes did), but rather to use similitudes that are most plain, and to propound them after the plainest manner, that they may be better conceived of the hearers. So much of the manner of our Sa­viours Teaching.

Now follows the matter or substance of the Doctrine which he taught, contained in certain Parables which he uttered.

And first, of the first Parable, ver. 3. Hearken, behold, There went out a Sower to Sow, &c.

Touching the Preface, in the word [Hearken], we shall have occasion to speak by and by upon the ninth verse.

And touching the Parable it self propounded, ver. 3, 4, 5. &c. unto the ninth verse; I will say nothing in this place, because I shall have occasion to handle it, when I come to the Exposition of it, as it is mentio­ned, ver. 14. &c. Therefore I proceed directly to the Conclusion, or winding up of the Parable, ver. 9. Then he said unto them, He that hath cars to hear, &c.] As in the forefront of the Parable he used the word [Hearken] to stir up Attention in his Hearers: so here in the shutting up of it he useth these words to the same purpose, He that hath ears, &c. Which words are nothing but an Admonition or Precept to stir up the hea [...]ers to be diligent and Attentive in hearing and receiving the Doctrine which he delivered to them; be­cause the points which he taught by this Parable were of great necessity and weight, and also difficult to be [Page 187] conceived, therefore he doth so carefully stirr up their attention both in the beginning, and at the end of the Parable: which consideration must also move us to be attentive and diligent in hearkening to the necessary weighty Points of Doctrine which are taught us by this Parable, when we shall come to the handling of them.

Now in this Admonition of our Saviour in this 9th Verse, we have two things to consider:

  • 1. A Duty enjoyned, whereof he doth admonish his Hearers, viz. To Hear.
  • 2. The Persons admonished, Every one that hath ears: for so much is implyed by the indefinite speech, He that hath ears, that is, whosoever hath ears, or, every one that hath ears.

First, to speak of the Duty it self.

Let him hear] That is, Hearken attentively and diligently to the heavenly and spiritual Doctrine which I teach under this Parable: and not onely so, but let him labour to understand the Doctrine that I teach, and to believe and yield obedience to it. Thus by hearing (according to the Scripture-phrase) is to be under­stood not onely the outward hearing with the bodily ears, but such a hearing as is joyned with understanding, faith, and obedience to the Doctrine that is taught. The reason is, because this onely is the true and right hearing of the Word of God, when it is so heard, that it is rightly understood, believed and obeyed. Joh. 10. 27. My sheep hear my voyce, and follow me. They do not only hear it outwardly, but they understand and know it, and yield obedience to it. Therefore in the Hebrew Tongue, the same word (Shamang) signi­fies not onely to hear, but to understand, and to obey. See Jer. 5. 15. and Jos. 1. 17.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour both at the beginning and end of this Parable, admonisheth and stirreth up the people to hearken to him, and to hear and receive his Doctrine in due manner, we may gather, That by Nature we are very slow, backward and negligent in hearing and receiving the Word of God: for other­wise, what need our Saviour double his Admonition, in stirring up those whom he taught, to hear? Hebr. 5. 11. The Apostle complains of them, that they were dull or slow of hearing. We are like Eutychus, Act. 20. 9. Luke 24. 25. O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the Prophets have spoken, &c. We are by nature slow to hear the Doctrine of the Word with our outward ears, and much more slow and backward to im­brace it in the heart by Faith. How backward were the Jews to believe and imbrace the Word preached unto them early and late by the Prophets? Though they spake unto them in the Name of the Lord, yet they would not hear, Jer. 6. 17. & Jer. 7. And so it is with all men naturally.

Reas. 1 Reason, 1. By Nature men have no spiritual taste of the sweetness of the Word of God, nor of the things that are taught in it: they rellish them not at all, because they are carnally minded, Rom. 8. 5. therefore they are so backward to hear and imbrace those things that are taught them.

Reas. 2 2. The Word of God, and the Doctrines of it, are flat contrary to mans corrupt nature and disposition, enjoyning such things as are most unpleasing to it, and forbidding and condemning those things that are most pleasing to it: therefore naturally men are slow and backward to hear and receive these spiritual Doctrines of the Word.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Let every one labour to see and feel his natural dulness and backwardness in hearing, and especially in imbracing the Doctrine of the Word when it is taught. And let us bewail the great corruption of our Nature, which makes us thus slow and unfit to hear the Word of God, and learn here to be humbled for it, and to strive and pray against it; using also all good means whereby to be quickned and stirred up to a readiness and forwardness to hear the Word in right manner. The more flow we are naturally to hear, and believe it, the more should every one strive to be swift to hear, as St. James admonisheth, Jam. 1. 19.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further by the example of our Saviour, all Ministers of the Word are taught, how fit and needful it is for them to take occasion often to quicken and stir up their people to attention, diligence, and forwardness in hearing the Word; They are often to put them in mind of this. So do the Prophets often; as Esay 1. 2. He calls upon the Heavens and Earth to hear the Word of the Lord, thereby to stirr up the re­bellious Jews to hearken the more diligently unto it: And, Verse 10. Hear the Word of the Lord, ye Rulers of Sodome, &c. The like we may find in many other places of the Prophets. So also the Apostles used to stirr up the attention of their hearers. Acts 2. 22. Ye men of Israel, (saith Peter) hear these words. Jam. 2. 5. Hear­ken my beloved brethren. 2 Tim. 2. 7. Consider what I say, &c. Rev. 2. 7. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith, &c. So much of the Duty here enjoyned.

Now to speak of the Persons admonished,

He that hath ears to hear] That is, whosoever hath such ears as are fit to hear and receive such spiritual and heavenly Mysteries as these which I teach. This is our Saviours meaning. And he useth these words in way of distinction, to put difference between two sorts of hearers.

The first are such as are fit to hear spiritual matters, in which respect they are said to have Ears, because they have such ears as are fit to hear such matters; and because also they do use their Ears aright in hearing them.

The other sort are such as are unfit to hear such Heavenly matters; in which respect they may be said not to have Ears, because although they have Ears, yet their Ears are not fit to hear such spiritual matters, neither do they use them aright in hearing such Heavenly Doctrines.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Hence gather, That all that have bodily Ears, yet are not fit to hear Spiritual and Heavenly matters in right manner. Esay 6. 10. Make the heart of this people fat, and their Ears heavy, and shut their eyes, lest they see with their Eyes, and hear with their Ears, &c. Jer. 5. 21. Hear now this, O foolish people, &c. which have eyes and see not, ears and hear not, &c. Though they had Ears, yet not such as were fit to hear the Word of God, Which shews plainly, That all those that have bodily Ears, are not fit to hear the Word of God, and the Spiritual Matters taught in it, in such manner as they ought to hear them.

Quest. Quest. Who then are they that are fit to hear Spiritual and Heavenly matters?

Answ. Answ. 1. Those whose bodily Ears are prepared and fitted of God to hear, and to be attentive to such spiritual matters.

2. Such whose minds and understandings are enlightned by the Spirit of God, to conceive those spiritual Mysteries of his Word. Luke 24. 45. Our Saviour opened the understandings of his Disciples, that they might be fit to understand the Scriptures.

3. Such whose hearts and affections are inclined and moved of God, to believe and to yield obedience to the Doctrine that is taught out of his Word: as therefore the heart of Lydia was opened of the Lord by his Spirit, before she could be fit to hear Paul's Preaching, Act. 16. 14. To this purpose is that, Psal. 40. 6. Sacrifice and offering thou didst not desire; mine ears hast thou opened. And then I said, Lo, I come, &c. The meaning is, That God had not onely given him Ears to hear his Will, but had also framed his heart by his Spirit, to yield willing obedience to the same. So Esay 50. 5. Thou openedst my Ears, and I was not rebel­lious, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See the reason why many that have bodily Ears, yet profit little or not at all by hearing the Word of God, even because God hath not yet opened their Hearts, and made them attentive to his Word: therefore though they can use their Ears to hear and hearken to all other matters, yet they know not how to use them as they should, in diligent attending to the Word of God.

Again, Though God have given them outward Ears, yet he hath not by his Spirit bored or pierced in­ward Ears in their hearts, whereby they might be fitted to understand, believe and obey the Doctrine that is taught them. Hence it is, that though the sound of the Word enter into their outward ears, yet the power and vertue of it enters not, sinks not into their hearts and minds, and so it profits them not. Heb. 4. 2. They heard the Word with outward Ears; yet it did not profit, because not mingled with faith. They wanted the Ear of Faith to receive it withall: without which, the Word outwardly heard can never do good.

Use 2 Use 2. Rest not in this, that ye have outward Ears to hear the Word, and the Heavenly Mysteries of it, but labour to have your Ears opened and fitted of God to hearken diligently, reverently, and attentively to his Word. And not onely to have your outward Ears thus prepared, but principally to have your hearts and minds opened and prepared to understand, believe, and obey the Word. Pray unto God to pierce thy heart by his Spirit, that his Word may enter in to it, and that it may be effectually believed and obeyed of thee. Till this be done, thou art unfit to hear the Word. Though thou have bodily Ears quick enough to hear the outward sound of it, yet if the Ear of thy heart be not boared by the Spirit of God, (as Lydia's was, and as Daniel's was) thou art still but a deaf hearer. Thy bodily Ears hear the sound of it, but thy heart is deaf and unfit to believe, imbrace and yield obedience to it. Therefore if thou wouldst be fit to hear the Word with profit, desire of God as he hath given thee outward ears to hear his Word, so above all, to give thee a be­lieving and obedient heart to imbrace it; and then shalt thou be fit to hear it. Esay 66. 5. Hear the Word of the Lord, ye that tremble at his Word, &c, All are not fit hearers, but such onely who have hearts inwardly affected with reverence towards it, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, from the manner of speech used by our Saviour, when he saith, He that hath ears to hear, that is, to hear spiritual and heavenly matters, we may observe, To what end chiefly our ears are given us of God, even to hear the Word of Christ, and the Spiritual Mysteries contained in it. Rom. 10. 17. Hear­ing is by the Word of God, that is, the principal matter which we are to hear, is the Word of God: which is therefore called [...], the Word of hearing, 1 Thess. 2. 13. Rev. 2. 7.

Use. Use. This reproveth those who are forward to hear all other matters, but backward to hear spiritual and heavenly Doctrines taught them out of the Word of God. And much more it condemneth those who abuse their Ears to the hearing of idle and profane discourses, or filthy communication; contrà. Esay 33. 15.

Mark 4. 10.‘And when he was alone, they that were about him, &c.’

IN the former Verses, from the 3. Verse, &c. our Saviour propounded the Parable of the Sower which sowed seed in 4. sorts of grounds. Now from the 10th Verse, and so forward to the 21. Verse, the Evan­gelist layeth down the Exposition of that Parable.

And, 1. He mentioneth the occasion of the Exposition of it, to the 14 verse.

2. The Exposition it self, Verse 14, &c.

The occasion was, the question or demand of the 12. Apostles, and other Disciples, which they put unto Christ touching the Parable.

Concerning which Question, the Evangelist layeth down 4. things:

  • 1. The time when they moved it, When he was alone.
  • 2. The Persons moving, They that were with him, with the twelve.
  • 3. The matter which they demanded; which was, concerning the Parable, Vers. 10.
  • 4. Our Saviours attension to their demand, Vers. 11, &c.

When he was alone] That is, when the rest of the multitude of people which came to hear him, were departed from him, and he was now in some private place alone by himself. Verse 34. He ex­pounded all things to his Disciples apart, that is, when he and they were alone by themselves. And it is pro­bable, that this was after that he had ended all the Parables mentioned in this Chapter, and Matth. 13; and had finished his whole Sermon preached to them at this time: for it is not likely, that the people did all depart from him, and leave him alone untill he had ended his Sermon. Matth. 13. 36. It is said, Jesus (after the uttering of sundry Parables) sent away the multitude, and his Disciples came unto him to know the meaning of the Parable of the Tares. Now it is likely, that at the same time also they asked him the mean­ing of this Parable of the sower, and of the other Parables uttered by him at the same time. Therefore that which is here said of the Apostles asking him of the Parable, seems to be spoken by an anticipation of the time; whereby that is mentioned before, or first, which came not to passe till afterward, which is a thing usual in the Scriptures.

Now the reason why the Apostles, and others that were about him, came and asked him when he was alone, was this, Because that was a fit time for them to receive private instruction from him, when he was in a private place, and free from the labour of publike teaching: therefore they watched this opportunity to en­quire of him the meaning of this and the other Parables.

Observ. We ought to watch the fittest opportunities of time and place to receive Spiritual instruction of others that have better knowledg then our selves, and especially of such as have a special Calling to Teach us, as Ministers, Parents, and the like, that are set over us, and have charge of our Souls; we are to take the fit­test times to learn of them: when they are fittest and readiest to Teach, we must be readiest to hear, and be instructed by them. The people are to watch all opportunities to receive instruction from their Pastors, both in publick and in private, not desiring publick instruction in private places, nor private instruction in pub­lick places, or at the time of publick Assemblies of the Church; but desiring and seeking both these in their due times and places, and upon the fittest occasions. As Ministers are to watch the fittest occasions to teach their people both in publick and private, so should they, to hear and to be taught. Act. 10. 33. When Peter was ready to Preach to Cornelius, then Cornelius and his friends whom he had called together, were ready to hear and learn of him. So also Children and Servants should watch the fittest times and occasions to receive Spirituall instruction from their Parents and Masters in private. So should Wives, to learn of their Husbands therefore St. Paul will have them to ask their Husbands at home, 1 Cor. 14. 35. that being the fittest place and time for them to receive private instruction of them when they are private together in their own Hou­ses.

Use. Use. This reproveth, 1. Those that let slip good opportunities of receiving Instruction from others. How know they whether God will offer them the like again? It is therefore dangerous to omit or neglect such oc­casions of furthering themselves in knowledg.

2. Those also who take unfit times to seek instruction from others, &c. So much of the time when they asked our Saviour of the Parable.

Now to speak of the persons that asked him, who were the Twelve; that is, the Twelve Apostles, of which we heard before, chap. 3. ver. 14.

They that were about him] That is, other Disciples which believed in him, and followed him, Matth. 13. 10. The Disciples came and said to him, &c. So Luke 8. 9. Some think they were the seventy Disciples men­tioned, Luke 10. 1.

Observ. Observ. In that the Disciples of Christ, and the Apostles themselves were ignorant of the meaning of the Parables which our Saviour uttered, and therefore were fain to come to him to learn the meaning, we may gather, that there is much ignorance remaining, even in good Christians, after the time of their effectual Calling. The Apostles themselves were for a time ignorant of many things after their Calling; yea, they were to seek in some main points of Faith; as in the Doctrine of Christ's Passion and Resurrection, notwith­standing that those things were plainly foretold by the Prophets, and by our Saviour's own mouth, yet it was long before they came throughly to understand them.

This we see in Peter, Matth. 16. 22. where he would perswade our Saviour that he should not suffer. See Luke 18. 34. And touching his Resurrection, it is said plainly, that they were ignorant of the Scripture, that he must rise again from the dead, Joh. 20. 9. And they shewed their ignorance herein, in that they went to his Grave to seek him there after the due time appointed for his Resurrection was expired; We see also in the same Chapter, how ignorant Thomas shewed himself in this point. So also Mary Magdalen, and the other Women which came to the Sepulchre of Christ to seek him after he was Risen; which shews, that they were ignorant of his Resurrection, and of the time of it. The Apostles also were ignorant of some other speciall points of Faith, as appears, Act. 1. 6. They ignorantly supposed that he came to restore and set up a Tempo­rall Kingdome among the Jews. And Act. 10. 14. Peter was ignorant that the distinction of clean and un­clean was taken away by Christ's death, and that the Gentiles did belong to Gods Covenant, and were to be Called by the Gospel.

Reas. Reas. The Knowledg of the Saints in this life is imperfect, even as all other Sanctifying Graces in them, 1 Cor. 13. 9. We know in part. Therefore Paul, writing to the Churches, prayeth for them, that their Know­ledg might be increased, as Phil. 1. 9. and Col. 1. 10. which shews, that their Knowledg was imperfect, and that they were still ignorant of many things, even after their effectual Calling.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This must move even the best Christians to labour to see their ignorance in many things which they should know out of the Word, and which they might know if their minds were not darkned through the ig­norance that is in them naturally, and which remains in them in part after their Calling. And the considera­tion of this their ignorance must humble them. They that have the greatest measure of Knowledg, yet have no cause to be puffed up with it, if they consider how many things they are yet ignorant of, which might be learned and known out of the Word of God, if the remainders of natural blindness did not hinder them from seeing into them. This being so, there is more cause for the best Christian to be humbled for his igno­rance, and to bewail it, then to swell with any conceipt of his Knowledg. Labour then to see thy ignorance, this is the way to grow in Knowledg; thou must see thy emptiness, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See the reason why some good Christians after their Calling, are yet very hard to conceive and un­derstand Spiritual matters taught in the Word of God; it is by reason of the natural blindness and ignorance that remains in them, even after their Calling and Regeneration, Hebr. 5. 11. They were dull of hearing; therefore the Ministers of God must not marvail at it, nor be offended, though sometimes they perceive great dulness and unfitness, even in their best hearers to conceive that which is taught them.

Use 3 Use 3. Further, this teacheth us, that the best, most skillfull, and expert Christians, for Knowledg in the Word, yet have still need to use all good means of growing in knowledg; as hearing of the Word, Reading, Conference with others, and prayer unto God further to enlighten them, 1 Pet. 2. 2. Desire the milk of the Word, that ye may grow thereby. Some foolishly think, that hearing and reading the Word, conference, &c. are needful onely for such as are yet uncalled, or for young beginners in Christianity. But here we may see them to be necessary for the most exercised and grown Christians. How much more then for such as yet re­main in gross ignorance, knowing not so much as the plain and easy Grounds of Religion? So much of the persons that asked our Saviour.

Now follows the matter which they demanded, which was touching the Parable: that is, touching the mea­ning and scope of it. Luke 8. 9. What might this Parable be? It is likely also that they did at the same time [Page 190] demand and enquire of the meaning of the other Parables which our Saviour uttered at the same time when he uttered this, as hath bin noted before. Now by this their inquiry of the meaning of these Parables, they do acknowledg their ignorance, and profess their desire to be better informed in that which they yet knew not.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we see, that it is no shame or disgrace for those that have a good measure of Know­ledg in the word of God, to acknowledg themselves ignorant in some things, yea in many things which they should know; especially when this acknowledgment is joyned with a care and desire to be better instru­cted. Though ignorance in it self be shamefull, yet it is no shame for those that are ignorant to acknowledg their ignorance, so that it be done in humble manner, and with grief for it, and with Profession of our desire to be better informed, and to attain to more knowledg. The Apostles themselves were not ashamed to come to Christ to be instructed, thereby acknowledging their own ignorance. So Agur, Prov. 30. 2. acknowled­geth himself to be more brutish then any man, and not to have the understanding of a man. So David, Psal. 73. 22. So foolish was I and ignorant, even as a brute beast, &c. We must learn this Humility not to be un­willing to acknowledg our ignorance, to the end we may be better instructed, as occasion is offer­ed.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Again, in that the Apostles and Disciples came and asked of Christ that which they knew not, viz. the meaning of the Parables which he had uttered in his teaching; we are taught, that such as see their own ignorance in the Word, should be carefull to enquire and search after those things whereof they are ignorant, and so to grow in Knowledg. Prov. 2. 4. If thou seekest Wisdome as Silver, and searchest for her as for hid Treasures. See 2 Pet. 3. 18.

Quest. Quest. How are they to search after more Knowledg in the Word?

Answ. Answ. By using the means to attain to it.

  • 1. By often hearing the Word in publick. This is a special means to open the eyes of those that are Spiri­tually blind, Act. 26. 18.
  • 2. By diligent reading of the Scriptures in private, as the Beroeans, Act. 17. 11. Joh. 5. 39. Search the Scriptures, &c. This is a great means to get and increase knowledg.
  • 3. By conferring and questioning with others that have Knowledg, seeking instruction and resolution from them in those things whereof they are ignorant or doubtful; especially they are to enquire and seek resoluti­on from their own Pastors set over them to teach them, Mal. 2. 7. The Priests lips should preserve Knowledg, and the People are to seek the Law from his mouth, &c. Thus the Apostles and Disciples here came to Christ to ask the meaning of the Parables. Thus the Eunuch, Act. 8. 34. asked of Philip the meaning of a place of Scripture in Esay, which seemed hard to him. Act. 2. 37. The Jews, pricked in heart at Peters Sermon, en­quired of him and the other Apostles, what they should do. So Act. 16. 30. the Jaylor. So the Woman of Samaria, Joh. 4. And Nicodemus, Joh. 3.

Lastly, They are to search, by going to God in prayer, intreating him to open the eyes of their mind to see the things whereof they are ignorant, for he it is that must open their understanding, that they may understand the Scriptures, as Christ did unto the Disciples, Luke 24. 45.

Use 1 Use 1. This reproveth those, that being ignorant in the Word of God, do neglect the means of Know­ledg; they search not after it, neither by diligent hearing and reading of the Word, nor by conference or moving questions unto others touching the things which they doubt of, nor by Prayer unto God. How should these come to knowledg, seeing they make no Conscience of the means to attain it? How should they find knowledg, that will not seek it?

Use 2 Ʋse 2. So many as see their ignorance, and have any desire to come to more knowledg in the Word, let them be stirred up to a diligent searching after this knowledg by the use of all good means for the attaining of it. The more ignorant thou art, the more carefull thou must be to seek after Knowledg in the Word; the more diligent thou must be in often hearing and reading it, the more earnest with God in Prayer, that he may en­lighten thee with the Knowledg of his Will; the more ready thou must also be to enquire and learn of others that have more Knowledg. In worldly matters, how forward are men to confer and ask questions of such as have more skill then themselves; how much more should we be forward to move questions touching Spi­ritual matters unto such as have good Knowledg in them? This is certainly a great means of increasing know­ledg; for as in every Trade and Profession, those are ever most expert and skilfull, who are most ready to reason with others, and to move questions about their Trade: So is it in the profession of Christianity, they that are most forward to confer and move questions touching Religion, and touching the meaning of the Scrip­tures, are alwayes the most skilfull Christians.

Mark 4. 11.‘And he said unto them, Unto you it is given to know the Mystery of the Kingdome of God: but unto them that are without, all these things are done in Parables. March 5. 1619.

VVEE heard in the former verse, that when our Saviour was alone in private, his Twelve Apostles and other Disciples with them came and demanded of him the meaning of the Parables which he utter­ed.

Now followeth his Answer made to their Question; which Answer consisteth of two Parts.

The first containeth matter of instruction.

The second contains matter of reproof, laid down, ver. 13.

In the former, he Teacheth two things.

  • 1. The reason why he was willing, according to their request, to interpret his Parables to them: which reason is taken from a special Prerogative vouchsafed unto them of God; in that it was given unto them to know the Mystery of the Kingdome of God.
  • 2. He sheweth a reason in respect of the wicked and Reprobate, why he spake in Parables, viz. That they seeing, may see, and not discern, &c. ver. 12.

First, to speak of the former of these Points: which is, the reason of his interpreting the Parable to his Disciples; because to them it was given, &c. i. e. because they were fit persons to understand such Doctrines.

To you] That is, To the 12. Apostles, and the rest of the Disciples which believed in Christ, and were in the number of Gods Elect. Therefore in the words following our Saviour opposeth against these, Such as are without, that is, Unbelievers and Reprobates, such as the obstinate Scribes and Pharisees were.

It is given] Freely granted of God.

To know] Rightly to conceive and understand.

There is a twofold Knowledg of the Word of God.

1. Uneffectual, which is nothing but a naked apprehension in the mind, of the Doctrine of the Word, without any feeling of the power and vertue of it, and without any affection in the heart to believe and yield obedience to that which is known. This may be in reprobates; and our Saviour speaks not here of it.

2. An effectual or saving knowledg of the Word, when the truth of it is not only conceived or appre­hended in the understanding, but the heart is also affected to believe, imbrace, and yield obedience to the things known. This may be called the knowledg of Faith; and it is an experimental, not a speculative knowledg only. Joh. 17. 3. This is life eternal, to know thee, &c. And this kind of knowledg our Saviour here speaketh of.

The mystery] That is, the mysticall, hidden or secret Doctrine of the Word.

Mystery of the Kingdom of God] That Doctrine which is concerning Gods Kingdom, revealing and teach­ing things which pertain to that Kingdom; especially the way and means of being partakers of it.

Now this is chiefly and principally the Doctrine of the Gospel, which teacheth Christ his Person and Of­fices, and the means of salvation by him.

God's Kingdom is twofold:

  • 1. Of Grace, which he exerciseth in this life, raigning in his Elect by his Word and Spirit.
  • 2. Of Glory after this life in Heaven, when they shall raign with him in eternal Glory. Both these may be meant here, but chiefly the latter. So much of the words; which being thus opened, we may consider in them 4. things.

  • 1. The Persons to whom this priviledg here spoken of, was vouchsafed; namely, the Elect, To you.
  • 2. The means by which they come to partake in it; By free gift from God, To you it is given.
  • 3. The benefit or blessing bestowed: which is, the knowledg of the Doctrine of the Word, especially of the Gospel.
  • 4. A description of that Doctrine,
    • 1. By the quality of it, called a Mystery.
    • 2. By the subject matter of it, Mystery of the Kingdome of God. Of these Points in order.

First of the Persons.

To you] That is, To you and the rest of Gods Elect.

Doct. Doctr. The true and effectual knowledg of the Doctrine of the Word of God, is proper and peculiar to his Elect and chosen ones, whom he appointed from everlasting to save. He reveals it to them onely, and to no other. Matth. 11. 25. I give thee thanks, O Father, because thou hast hid these things from the wise and pru­dent, and hast revealed them to babes. God doth not reveal the saving knowledg of his Word to all, but to some onely, and those are such whom he hath from Eternity chosen unto life. Ephes. 1. 4. He hath chosen us before the foundation of the world. And Verse 9. He hath made known to us the mystery of his Will, &c. Rom. 11. 7. All the rest of Mankind besides the Elect, are said to be blinded; for so the words may be read: which shews, That God calls none out of their natural blindness, to be partakers of the light of saving knowledg, but his Elect.

Reas. 1 Reason, 1. None but the Elect come to be effectually Called. Rom. 8. 30. Whom he did predestinate (to life) them he also called. Now whosoever comes to be inlightned with saving knowledg of the Word, that person must needs be effectually Called.

Reas. 2 Reason 2. None but the Elect come to be partakers of true faith. Act. 13. 48. so many as were ordained to life, believed. Now where there is a true and effectual knowledg of the Word, there is faith which goeth alwayes with it. Now all have not faith, but the Elect onely; called the faith of the Elect.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This confuteth the Errour of those, who teach, That God doth give unto all men sufficient grace whereby they may be saved, if they will themselves; and that the onely reason why all are not saved is this, becau [...]e some do reject and refuse grace offered unto them. But this Doctrine doth make the efficacy of the Grace of God to depend upon mans Will, as if he could not make his grace effectual, unless the power of mans will do of it self concur with it, and help it by receiving grace offered: But this is derogatory to the Grace of God, and to the powerfull work of his Spirit. Besides, it is plainly confuted by this and other places of Scripture; which teach us, That God doth not reveal the knowledg of his Word to all and eve­ry person: for here we see, that it is not given to all, but to some onely, (that is, to the Elect, and no other) to know the mystery of the Kingdome, So Matth. 20. 16. Many are called, but few chosen. He doth not say, All are called. Act. 14. 16. God in time past suffered all the Gentiles to walk in their own wayes: he did not reveal to them the saving knowledg of his will, but left them in their natural blindness and ignorance. And there is no doubt, but there are and have been many thousands that never so much as heard the outward sound of the Word, (as for example, those ignorant and barbarous people, that live at this day in the West-Indies or America) much less doth God reveal unto all the effectual knowledg of his Word: which seeing he doth not, it is plain, that he doth not give sufficient grace to all and every person to be saved, if they themselves would by the power of their own free will receive it.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. This serves for the comfort of those that feel and know themselves to be enlightned in any mea­sure with this effectual knowledg of the Word of God. Hence they may gather certain assurance to them­selves of their own election to eternal life. Let every one therefore examine himself in this Point. Wouldst thou find an evidence in thy self, that thou belongest to God, and art in the number of those whom he hath chosen to eternal life. Thou mayst be assured of it by this, if thou find that God hath revealed to thee the [Page 192] effectual knowledg of his Will and Word corcerning the means of thy salvation. Dost thou find not onely thy mind inlightned with the understanding of the Word, but thy heart also affected to believe and yield obedience to it? This is an evidence that thou dost belong to God, and art chosen of him to salvation: for this true effectual knowledg is given to none but Gods Elect. If it be in thee, it argues thee to be one of that number. Labour then to find some measure of this knowledg in thee. But remember, it must not be a naked speculative knowledg, but an effectual feeling knowledg; not swimming onely in the head, but going down to the heart, and inclining it to love and imbrace the doctrine of the Word; as also to believe and yield obedience to it. So much of the Persons.

Now followes the means by which they come to be partakers of this true knowledg in the Doctrine of the Word; namely, by the gift of God.

To you it is given] Doctr. None come to be enlightned with the true and effectual knowledg of the Word of God, but those to whom this is freely given of God. He must give them spiritual eyes to see into the truth of his Word, else they can never see into it. He must open their understandings (as our Saviour did unto his Disciples, Luke 24. 45. else they can never understand the Scriptures. Ephes. 1. 17. Paul prayeth, that God would give unto them the Spirit of wisdome and revelation in the knowledg of him. That the eyes of their understanding might be inlightned, &c. Job 32. 8. The inspiration of the Almighty giveth understanding. Matth. 16. 17. Blessed art thou Simon, for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven.

Reas. Reason, By Nature, of our selves we are uncapable of all true knowledg of heavenly things. 1 Cor. 2. 14. The natural man perceiveth not the things of God, &c. contrà, Vers. 10. God revealeth them to us by his Spi­rit.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. To teach those that have received any measure of knowledg and understanding in the doctrine of the Word, and in the Heavenly mysteries taught in it, to be thankful to God for it, who hath revealed this unto them, which of themselves they could never have known. If our Saviour were so thankfull to his Fa­ther, Matth. 11. 25. for revealing the knowledg of his Will unto his Elect, how much more thankful ought we to be for our selves? Especially seeing this knowledg is not only given us, but freely given us of God, without any desert on our part: There is nothing in the best of us by Nature, to move God to reveal to us the saving knowledg of his Will; but his own good pleasure moved him unto it. So Matth. 11. 26. Even so Father, for so it seemed good in thy sight. Rom. 10. 20. Consider this seriously, and it will stirr up to thankful­ness. Consider also the Excellency of this knowledg revealed to us.

Use 2 Use 2. See what they must do that want this true knowledg in the Word; they must go unto God by prayer, desiring him to give it unto them, and to make them able to conceive and understand the heavenly Mysteries of his Will revealed in the Scriptures. Matth. 7. 7. Ask, and it shall be given you, &c. And Jam. 1. 5. If any want wisdome, let him ask of God. This is true wisdome, to know and understand the Word of God aright; for this Word maketh us wise to salvation. If therefore thou want this Wisdome, ask it of God in prayer, and he will give it thee, if thou ask in faith, and with fervency and earnestness, out of a true sense of thy want of this knowledg. Such also as have attained some measure of it, they must go to God to crave a further increase of it. Jam. 1. 17. Every good gift cometh from the Father of lights, &c. So much of the second thing, viz. the means by which they did come to partake in the priviledg here mentioned; in that it was given them.

Now it followes to speak of the benefit or priviledg it self, which was bestowed on them; which is, the Doctrine of the Word; especially of the Gospel.

Doctr. Doctr. Hence gather, That it is a great priviledg and blessing of God upon any, to have the true knowledg of the Word revealed unto them, and to be made acquainted with the heavenly mysteries of it. Our Sa­viour doth here mention it as a special favour and prerogative bestowed on his Apostles and Disciples, that they were inabled to know the mystery of the Kingdom of God. Matth. 13. 16. Blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear. Matth. 16. 17. Blessed art thou, Simon, Bar-jona, for flesh and blood hath not re­vealed it to thee, &c.

Reason. Reason. This is the onely saving knowledg in which our happiness consisteth. 2 Tim. 3. 15. The Scrip­tures are able to make wise to salvation. Job. 17. 3. This is life eternal, to know thee the onely true God, and Jesus Christ, &c. Therefore, Luke 19. 42. Our Saviour weeping over Jerusalem, wisheth, That they had known the things which did belong to their peace; that is, to their true happiness. Without this, all other knowledg is vain.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort to all whom God hath enlightned by his Spirit with this true and effectual knowledg of his Word. This is that wherein their happiness standeth: though they be simple and ignorant in other things, as in matters of the World, yet if they have eyes to see and know the heavenly mystery of the Word concerning their own salvation by Christ, they are happy. Blessed are thy eyes, if thou see these things, &c.

Use. 2 Use 2. Labour above all knowledg, to get this true saving knowledg of the Word of God, and to grow and increase in it daily. Prov. 4. 7. Wisdome is the principal thing; get wisdome: and with all thy getting, get un­derstanding. Be diligent in the use of all good means to this end, as Prayer unto God, hearing the Word, reading it in private, Conference, &c. This knowledg will not be had without pains. Prov. 2. Digg for it as for silver and treasure, hid in the bowels of the Earth: It is well worth our pains. What pains do some take to get other knowledg; as knowledg in humane arts and tongues, or knowledge in some trade, &c. How much more pains should we take to get heavenly knowledg?

Mark 4. 11. ‘Unto you it is given to know the mystery of the Kingdome of God: but unto them that are without, March 12 1619. all these things are done in Parables.’

NOw followes the Description of the Doctrine of the Gospel, called the mystery of the Kingdome, &c. Doctr. 1. The Doctrine of the Gospel is a secret and hidden doctrine. 1 Cor. 2. 7. We speak the Wisdome of God in a mystery; even the hidden wisdome which God ordained before the world, &c. 1 Tim. 3. ult. Great is the mystery of godliness, &c. There are many mysteries, and hidden Points of Doctrine taught in the Gospel: As these for example; The Incarnation of the Sonne of God; That he took flesh of a Virgin: That by dying, he overcame Death and Hell and Satan for us: That there is no way to be saved but by faith in Christ: That the faithful have most near union with Christ, &c. These are such mysteries as flesh and blood reveals not to us.

Reasons of this Doctrine,

Reas. 1 1. The matter of the Gospel was hid in the secret Will and Counsel of God, untill it pleased him in time to open and reveal it to the Church, first more obscurely by the Prophets; and then more plainly by John Baptist, our Saviour Christ, and the Apostles: and if it had not been thus revealed, we could never have known it at all.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Doctrine of the Gospel is not at all known by Nature; neither is there any help in Na­ture to conceive it: no not in pure Nature before Man's Fall. Adam himself before his Fall knew nothing of it. The Law was known to him, and written in his heart, but not the Gospel: And some general Points of the Law may yet be known by Nature even since the Fall: but so cannot the Gospel.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. The things contained in the Gospel, are above the reach of mans reason, and such as cannot be comprehended by it; though they be not contrary to humane reason directly, yet they exceed the capacity of it: We cannot conceive them of our selves, without the special illumination of Gods Spirit. 1 Cor. 1. 23. The Preaching of Christ was to the Jews a stumbling block, and to the Grecians, foolishness.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute such as think these heavenly Mysteries of the Gospel easily learned: but the contrary appears by many that are sharp-witted, and apt to learn other matters, yet in these Points of the Gospel are blind, and hard to conceive them. It is not therefore needless, (though some do foolishly think so) for these things to be often taught, and for the same Points to be again and again urged and insisted upon as occasion serveth. This should not be grievous to Ministers; and for the People, it is a safe and sure way, Phil. 3. 1.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Ministers had need in teaching, to strive to make the Doctrines of the Gospel plain to their Hea­rers, remembring, that they teach Mysteries, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Marvail not, that so few understand and believe the Gospel: seeing it is a hidden mystery to the natural man. None can know it but those to whom it is revealed of God, and he doth not reveal it to all, as we heard before.

Use 4 Use 4. See what need we have to use all pains and diligence to come to the knowledg of these mysteries: and especially to desire of God in prayer to open them unto us. If David prayed God to open his eyes to see the wonderful things of the Law. Psal. 110. 18. How much more should we, &c.

Quest. Quest. If the Doctrine of the Gospel be mystical, How do we say against the Papists, That the Scriptures which contain this doctrine, are plain and easie?

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. We do not say, That all things in the Scriptures are plain: for some things are set down obscure­ly and darkly, to stirr us up the more diligently to study the Scriptures: therefore some particular places and sentences are darkly set down. But this we hold, 1. That all things necessary to salvation are plainly taught in Scripture. 2. We hold, That although all things needful to salvation be plainly set down, yet they are not plain and easie to us to conceive, but many things hard and difficult. As for example, That Christ being God, took man's nature; That he was born of a Virgin, &c. These things are plainly set down in Scripture. But yet it is hard for us to conceive these mysteries. But this difficulty, is more in respect of our natural blindness, than in respect of the Doctrines themselves.

2. We say, That the Scriptures are plain, yet not to all, but to such as diligently use the means to un­derstand them; and to such as are inlightned by the Spirit of God to see into them; but to others, they are hard and obscure; which is the reason that sometimes a plain unlearned man understands the Scripture bet­ter than some learned Doctors. My sheep hear my voyce, &c. Joh. 10.

mystery of the Kingdom of God] Doctr. 2. Here we learn further the excellency of this doctrine of the Gospel, in that the matter of it is so excellent; teaching us those things which concern Gods Kingdome, both his Kingdom of Grace and of Glory: especially in that it revealeth to us the way and means of attain­ing to Gods Kingdom of glory after this life. Hence it is called the Gospel of the Kingdome, and, the Word of the Kingdome; and sometimes, the Kingdom of God; as Matth. 21. 43. But of this Point before, Chap. 1 14.

Use. Use. Highly to esteem of this Doctrine of Gods Kingdom, and of the Ministery and preaching of it; accounting it our happiness that we enjoy it. The greatest outward blessing which God bestoweth on any Nation which he favoureth! Capernaum is said to be lifted up to Heaven, because they had this mystery of Gods Kingdom preached unto them by our Saviour Christ. So may it be said of us. Let us therefore be tru­ly thankful to God for so inestimable a blessing, and shew our thankfulness, by bringing forth better fruits of the Gospel then many of us have done as yet, lest God take his Word from us for our contempt and un­thankfulness. So much of the first thing which our Saviour here teacheth his Disciples; namely, the reason why he was willing to interpret his Parables to them.

Now followeth the second thing which he teacheth them; which is, the reason why he did speak in Pa­rables unto others; that is, to the Scribes and Pharisees, and such as they were, who are said to be Without: The reason is contained, Verse 11, 12.

In the words, more particularly, we may consider three things.

  • 1. The Persons to whom our Saviour spake in Parables, Those that are without.
  • 2. His manner of Preaching to them, In Parables: All things done to them in Parables.
  • 3. The reason why he so spake to them, which is twofold.
    • 1. That they might be left in their wilfull blindness and ignorance, That they seeing, might see, and not perceive, &c.
    • 2. That they might be left in their wicked and sinful estate, and not be brought to true Repentance lest their sins should be forgiven them, lest at any time they should be Converted, &c.

To them that are without] That is, to such as are without the true Church, not being true members of it. For the understanding whereof, know, that there are two sorts of persons which are said to be out of the Church.

1. Such as have not so much as outward Communion with the visible Church, or people of God, which profess his name and truth, but are quite separate from the Church; as the profane Gentiles were before the comming of Christ, Ephes. 2. 12. and 1 Cor. 5. 12. What have I to do to judge them that are with­out?

2. Such as though they live in the visible Church, having outward Communion with Gods people, yet are no Members of the true Church; that is, they are not in the number of Gods elect people, effectually cal­led to Believe in Christ, but are either Reprobates, or at least such as are yet Unbelievers, and in the state of ture. Such were these here spoken of; for our Saviour speaks of the Scribes and Pharisees, and other un­believing Jews who were wilfully blind, not regarding his Doctrine, nor desiring to be enlightned by it. These are said to be without the Church, because, though they lived in the visible Church, yet were not of the true Church; that is, of the number of Gods chosen people effectually called, but were either Reprobates (as some of them were) or else Unbelievers and wicked men.

Doctr. Doctr. All that live in the visible Church, are not members of the true Church; that is, in the number of Gods Elect, effectually called to believe in Christ; but some of them are without this company and num­ber, presupposed here by our Saviour. Such were those of whom he sayes here, that they were without. Rom. 9. 6. All are not Israel that are of Israel, &c. All are not sheep of Christ, which are within the fold of the visible Church, but there are many Goats also. In this great house of God, all are not vessells of honour, but some of Dishonour, 2 Tim. 2. 20. Therefore the visible Church is compared to a Barn-floor, in which there is Chaff as well as Wheat: to a Corn-field, in which are tares as well as good Corn; and to a Draw-net cast into the Sea, which taketh bad fish as well as good, Matth. 13.

Use. Ʋse. This must teach us not to rest in this, that we live in the visible Church, having outward Communi­on with Gods people; but withall labour to know our selves to be members of the true Church, which is the company of Gods Elect people, effectually Called; remembring, that all that are in the Church by outward Profession, are not truly in it, but that there are many in it in shew, which are without it in truth: There­fore let us not rest in an outward Communion with Gods people; but above all, labour to know our selves in the number of his people indeed, 2 Pet. 1. 10. Give all diligence to make our Calling and Election sure to our selves. To this end, examine whether we feel our selves in some measure Sanctified; the corrupti­on of sin, and our sinfull lusts mortified in us, &c. For all that are Elected, are chosen to Salvation through Sanctification, 2 Thess. 2. 13. And all that are truly Called, are Called to Holiness. Labour then to feel the Grace of Sanctification begun in us; then may we know we are in the number of Gods Elect, &c. otherwise not. Never rest till we know our selves within the true Church, not onely in outward shew, but in truth; else look to be shut out hereafter, Rev. 22. 15.

Mark 4. 11, 12.‘All these things are done in Parables: That seeing they may see, and not perceive, and hearing, they may hear, and not understand, lest at any time they should be Converted, and their sins should be Forgiven Mar. 19. 1619. them.’

ALL things are done in Parables] That is, all these points of Doctrine are taught and delivered by me in dark Similitudes.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. Here we see that God doth purposely hide the Knowledg of his Word from some wicked Re­probates; such were the Scribes and Pharisees, to whom our Saviour saith, the Doctrine of the Word was delivered in Parables on purpose to conceal the knowledg of it from them; and such are many other Repro­bates whom God hath appointed unto eternall destruction, 2 Cor. 4. 3. Matth. 11. 25, 26. Thou hast hid these things from the Wise and Prudent, &c.—Even so it seemed good to thee. Luke 19. 42. Oh that thou hadst known the things concerning thy peace, but now they are hid from thine eyes. This the Lord doth, either by not propounding the Word, or propounding it darkly.

Now the reason why God doth conceal from some persons the knowledg of his Word, is briefly this, That so he may manifest his Justice upon them, by leaving them in their natural blindness and ignorance, in which they are willing to continue, and in which they do willfully harden themselves; and that by this means he may make way to the Execution of his Decree of Reprobation in their just Condemnation. But of this I shall have occasion to speak more upon the verse following.

Object. Object. Some Reprobates have a great measure of Knowledg in the Word, as Judas.

Answ. Answ. No effectual Sanctify'd Knowledg.

Quest. Quest. Is God unjust in revealing his Word to some, and not to others?

Answ. Answ. Not so: because he is not tyed to reveal it to any, all being naturally blinded through their own fault.

Use. Use. See by this, that God doth not give sufficient Grace unto all to be saved if they will themselves, &c. He doth not give the Means to all, nor enlighten all.

Doctr. 2. In that our Saviour doth mention this as a just Judgment of God upon the obstinate Scribes and Pharisees, that the Word was spoken to them in dark Parables, we may gather, that it is unfit for Ministers of the Word in these times, to Preach the Word in a dark and obscure manner to the People; for this is a Judg­ment of God, and a punishment to any people to have the Doctrine of the Word obscurely delivered, and taught them, so as they cannot conceive and understand it. So here, and Esay 29. 11. The Vision of the Pro­phets was to them as a Sealed book, &c. and Esay 28. 11. They should speak to them as with stammering lips, and with a strange Tongue, &c. This therefore is a punishment to the people, when Ministers Preach after a dark and obscure manner, delivering their Doctrine in hard and obscure Terms, and Phrases of speech, so as the people cannot understand what is taught. Contrà ver. 33. of this chap. our Saviour, though he taught in Pa­rables, yet so as they were able to bear it. So also Paul, 1 Cor. 2. 4. Ministers therefore should Labour for plainness in their Teaching. So much of the manner of our Saviour's teaching to those that were without, In Parables.

Now follows the reason given by him why he so spake unto them, ver. 12.

The Reason is taken from a twofold Judgment of God upon them.

  • 1. The leaving of them in their wilfull ignorance, and giving them over to further Blindness, That they seeing may see, and not perceive, and hearing may hear, and not understand.
  • 2. The leaving of them in their sins, and not giving them Grace to Repent, that they might be forgi­ven; In these words, Lest at any time they should be Converted, and their sins should be forgiven them. First, to clear the words.

In seeing, may see] This is an Hebraism, implying a frequent, earnest, or diligent seeing or beholding of a thing. And here it is to be understood, not of the bodily eyes, but of the eyes of the mind and understan­ding; and so it implies a frequent diligent Attention of the mind in observing and considering any thing.

And not perceive] That is, not throughly and rightly understand the Doctrine of the Kingdome of God; As if our Saviour had said, Though they did often and diligently behold, mark, and consider in their minds the Doctrine of the Word, yet they should not be able truely and rightly to conceive and understand the same.

Hearing they might hear] This also is spoken after the Hebrew Phrase, implying an often or diligent hea­ring of the Doctrine of the Word with the outward ears.

And not understand] That is, rightly and throughly conceive the true Heavenly Doctrine.

Lest at any time they should turn] Or be converted; that is, from their sins unto God by true Repen­tance.

So much of the sense of the Words.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. In that our Saviour gives this as a reason why he spake darkly in Parables to the obstinate Scribes and Pharisees, that so the Judgment of God might be shewed on them in giving them over to their own will­full blindness and ignorance, we may hence gather, that it is just with God to give those over unto further blindness and ignorance in Spirituall things, who wilfully reject the truth, and shut their eyes against the light of it.

The reason is, because by this means he doth punish such, and that most severely, for their great and hai­nous sin of willfull contemning his truth. The wilfull contempt and rejecting of the Doctrine of the Word of God, being a most hainous sin, and tending directly to the Dishonour of God, therefore it is just with him to punish it with this heavy Judgment, of giving over such to their own blindness, leaving them in it, and so suffering them further and further to blind themselves. Thus he dealt with the Scribes and Pharisees, as we see here. So also with the obstinate Jews in the Prophet Esayes time, Esay 29. 10. The Lord powred out upon them the Spirit of Deep sleep, and closed their Eyes, &c. And the Vision of all the Prophets and Seers became to them as the words of a Book Sealed, &c. So with the Gentiles, Rom. 1. 28. And even as they did not like to retain God in their Knowledge, God gave them over to a Reprobate mind, to do those things which are not convenient. So the followers of Anti-christ, 2 Thess. 2. 10. Because they received not the love of the truth, &c. For this cause God shall send them strong delusions, that they should believe a lye, that they all might be damned, &c.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See by this how fearfull and dangerous a sin it is for any wilfully to contemn or reject the Word of God, and to say unto him, with those, Job. 21. 14. Depart from us, for we desire not the knowledg of thy wayes. This is the way to provoke God to give over such to their own wilfull blindness, and to suffer them further to blind themselves, because they did at first shut their own eyes against the light of the truth, shining to them in the Word, and in the Ministry of it, which is a most fearfull judgment. This is for terrour to all contem­ners of the Word, and of the Knowledg of it, not caring, nor desiring to be Instructed therein, but despi­sing the means of Knowledg and Instruction, as the reading and hearing of the Word, Prayer, conference, &c. Let such fear, lest God revenge this contempt of his Word upon them by giving them over to further blindness. It is just with him so to do, and oftentimes he doth so. Do we not see this verified in some that live in places where they have the Word of God ordinarily taught, and the Doctrine of it plainly laid open to them, and yet in seeing, they see not, and in hearing hear not, &c. they remain still as blind and ignorant as ever they were before they had such Teaching; yea, it may be feared, that some, the longer they be taught the more ignorant and blind they grow. What is the reason of all this? Surely this is probable to be one reason, because some of these ignorant persons are also contemners of Knowledg, and of the means of it, not caring for them, not esteeming or desiring them as they should; therefore God in just Judgment leaves them in this their wilfull ignorance, and suffers them to be further hardned in it. Seeing they willingly re­fuse the Knowledg of his Word, therefore it is just with him to leave them in ignorance; seeing they will not know his will touching the means of their Salvation, it is just with him that they shall not know it, &c. Let such be admonished to consider how fearfull their case is, and therefore in time to Repent of their will­full contempt of the Word of God, and to pray earnestly unto God, that this their hainous sin may be forgi­ven them; and that God may be pleased to open their eyes, to see and know his truth.

Use 2 Use 2. To admonish all to take heed of willfull contemning the knowledg of the Word. It is a fearfull thing to live in ignorance of the Word of God: but much more fearful to be a despiser of knowledg, and a contemner of the means. Of all kinds of ignorance, this is the worst and most dangerous. Joh. 3. 19. This is the condemnation, that light is come into the World, and men loved darkness rather then light, &c. If thou wil­lingly shut thy eyes against the light of the Word of God, take heed, lest God in Justice give thee over to further blindness. As it is with those that have the light of their bodily eyes dimmed with a Cataract or bad humour breeding and growing in them, if they refuse or neglect the means of curing it, their sight grow­eth worse and worse, till at length it be quite put out: so those that are spiritually blind, if they centemn knowledg and the means of it, it is just with God to give them over to more and more blindness, and even quite to put out that eye of knowledg which once they had, if ever they had any.

Doct. 1 Doctr. 2. In that it is said, that in seeing they should see, and not perceive; and in hearing they should hear, and not understand, Hence we may gather, That men may often hear the Word outwardly, and also diligently mark and observe with their minds the things that are delivered, and yet for all that remain in blindness and ignorance of the doctrine taught, not truly or rightly conceiving the same. Thus it was with the Scribes and Pharisees, as we see here: though they often heard our Saviour, and did also mark and observe those things which he delivered; yet in this their hearing they did not understand; and in this seeing, they did not right­ly perceive those Doctrines and Heavenly Mysteries which he taught.

So it was also with the other Jews, Esay 6. 9. Go tell this People, Hear ye indeed, but understand not: and see ye indeed, but perceive not, &c. It is spoken Prophetically, shewing what should come to pass when the Word should be preached to them. Thus Nicodemus heard our Saviour Christ diligently, and well observed his words, when he preached to him the doctrine of Regeneration, and yet he conceived it not, but quite mistook his meaning, Joh. 3. So the woman of Samaria, Joh. 4. Though she diligently heard Christ speaking to her of the water of life, yet did not at first understand him: yea, it was long before she could understand his doctrine throughly.

Thus the Apostles themselves, though they heard Christ often, and diligently marked his doctrine; and though they also did rightly understand many things, yet some things they did not conceive aright; as we see, Luke 18. 34. when he told them plainly, that he should suffer and rise again: yet they understood none of those things, but that saying was hid from them, Neither knew they, &c.

Reas. Reason. The Doctrines of the Word of God cannot rightly be understood, without the special help of the Spirit of God, opening the understanding to conceive them, 1 Cor. 2. 14. they are said to be spiritually discerned; that is, by the help of the Spirit inlightning the mind to conceive and judge of them. Without which special illumination of the Spirit, all other helps and means that can be used are not available. Luke 24. 45. The Apostles themselves could not understand the Scriptures throughly concerning Christs Passion and Resurrection, till he by his Spirit opened their Understandings.

Use 1 Use 1. To teach us us not to rest in this, that we often hear the Word outwardly, and that we do also mark and observe what is taught: for all this we may do, and yet be as blind and ignorant in the matters of God, as were the Scribes and Pharisees: but labour to find our understandings opened by the Spirit of God to conceive the mysteries of the Word: And to this end forget not before we come to hear, to seek unto God by earnest prayer, that he may inlighten our minds to conceive his Word aright. If thou neglect this, never look to conceive those heavenly things aright which are delivered out of the Word. Though thou be sharp­witted by nature, and though thou hear often, and in hearing observe things taught never so diligently, yet without the help of Gods Spirit, opening the eyes of thy mind, thou shalt still be as blind as a Mole in these heavenly matters. Therefore content not thy self with outward hearing, nor yet with the diligent and at­tentive marking of that which is delivered (though these are good Duties and necessary), but pray before­hand unto God for his Spirit to inable thee to understand his Word.

Use. 2 Use 2. How much less come they ever to conceive the Word aright, who do not so much as hear it out­wardly? or if they do hear it, yet are not attentive in hearing, to mark and observe in their minds those things that are taught? So much of the First reason why our Saviour spake in Parables to those that were without, That they seeing might see, &c.

Mark 4. 12.‘Lest they should be converted, &c. March 26 1619.

THe second Reason followeth, Lest they should be converted or turn, &c.] That is, lest by means of the hearing and right understanding of the Word, they should be brought to repentance, and so have their sins pardoned: So that this reason is a consequent of the former. Seeing it was just with God to leave them in blindness, so as they could not understand the Word: thence it followes, that they were not, nor could be brought to true repentance by hearing the Word.

In the words consider two things:

  • 1. The Judgment of God upon wicked Reprobates, such as the Scribes and Pharisees, That he would not have them turned from their sins.
  • 2. The amplifying of this Judgment, by mentioning the benefit and good that should have come unto them, if they had grace to turn from their sins; their sins should have been forgiven: This aggravateth the Judgment of God, in that he deprived them of this great benefit, by denying them grace to repent.

Object. Object. Ezek. 18. ult. I have no pleasure in the death of him that dyeth, &c. Wherefore turn and live. And 2 Pet. 3. 9. God will have none to perish, but all to come to repentance, &c.

Answ. Answ. To the place in Ezekiel, I answer, That the death or damnation of a sinner may be considered two wayes:

  • 1. Simply, As it is the destruction of man, being Gods creature: and so he doth not will or take plea­sure in it; but rather is delighted with the salvation and preservation of his creature.
  • 2. Respectively, As it is a just punishment of sin, and as it serveth to manifest the glory of his Justice, in the [Page 197] just condemnation of the reprobate: and so he doth will the death of a sinner after a sort; that is to say, not absolutely as it is considered in it self; but as it maketh way to the execution of his decree of Reprobation, in the just punishment of the wicked.

To the place in Peter, I answer, That the Apostle there speaks not of all men in general, but of all the Elect of God: as may appear by the words going before in that Verse, when he saith, The Lord is long-suffering to us-ward; that i [...], toward the Elect: and these he opposeth against those wicked scoffers, Verse 3. Vide Bellarm. in locum.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. In that our Saviour saith, That hearing they should hear, and not understand, lest they should by this means be converted, &c. We may gather this, that the right hearing of the Word preached is a special means to bring men to repentance, and to turn them from their sins unto God. Jer. 23. 22. If they (that is, the false Prophets) had stood in my counsel, and had caused my people to hear my words, then they should have turned them from their evil way, &c. Act. 2. 41. Three thousand Jews were converted by Peter's Sermon. Act. 11. 24. When Barnabas preached at Antioch, much people (which heard him) were added (or joyned) to the Lord. Thus, the Eunuch, Act. 8. was converted by hearing Philip; and Lydia, Act. 16. by hearing Paul. See Act. 26. 18. Paul was sent to the Gentiles, that by hearing him, they might be turned from darkness to light, &c. Therefore the Word preached is said to be the seed of our new birth, 1 Pet. 1. 23.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Wherein stands the right hearing of the Word, that it may be effectual to work repen­tance?

Answ. Answ. 1. In hearing it with due reverence and attention of body and mind.

2. In hearing it with understanding, so as to conceive those things aright that are taught. The want of this, is the cause that many who hear, are not converted by hearing See Matth. 15. 10. and Matth. 13. 19.

3. In applying the Word by faith; not onely believing in general the Precepts, Promises, Threatnings, &c. but making particular application of them to our selves. Heb. 4. 2. The Word did not profit them, because not mingled with faith in them that heard it.

4. In framing heart and life to the obedience of the Word. This is the right hearing; so to hear, that we do obey the Word: therefore hearing is sometime put for obeying, in the phrase of Scripture. Jam. 1. 22. Be doers of the Word, and not hearers onely, &c.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How is the hearing of the Word a means to work repentance?

Answ. Answ. Not of it self alone, but by vertue of the Spirit of God, wherewith he hath promised to accom­pany his own Ordinance in the preaching and hearing of his Word, Esay 59. ult. But the preaching and hearing of the Word, is the outward instrument by which Ordinarily God doth confer his Spirit. Gal. 3. 2. Received ye the Spirit by the works of the Law, or by hearing of faith? That is, by hearing the doctrine of faith, which is the Gospel, Act. 10. 44.

Use 1 Use 1. Reproveth those that neglect the hearing of the Word preached, when they might hear it: letting slip the opportunities of hearing it: no marvail if such remain in ignorance, unbelief, and other sins, seeing they willingly neglect that Ordinance of God, whereby they should be called and brought out of their sins, and turned unto God.

Use 2 Use 2. Let all who have hitherto lived in their sins, and would for time to come forsake them, and be brought to God by true repentance, let all such, I say, become diligent and conscionable hearers of the Word. This is that Word which is able to convert the soul, yea to save it. This is that Word, which be­ing rightly preached and heard, is able to change the heart, and to make sinful men become new creatures. Hear it therefore upon all occasions, and be swift to hear it. But especially, look thou hear in right manner, with Attention, Understanding, Faith, &c. Thus if thou hear the Word, thou shalt find it powerful to change thy heart, and to turn thee from thy sins to God. If any means will do it, this is most likely, sanctified of God to that end, &c.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. In that this is mentioned here as a just Judgment of God upon the wicked, that they should not have grace to turn from their sins unto God, we may learn, That it is a grievous Judgment and punishment of God upon any, to be left of God in their sins, and in such hardness of heart, that they cannot repent and turn from them. Esay 6. 10. Make the heart of this people fat, &c. lest they understand with their heart, and be converted, &c. Examples of this we have in Cain and Judas, and other wicked Reprobates: Especially in Pharaoh, to whom this plague of a hard-heart (unto which God gave him up) was worse and more fearful than all the other Plagues sent upon him.

Reas. 1 Reason, 1. This is a spiritual Judgment upon the Soul and Conscience, which is far worse than all out­ward temporal punishment upon the body, goods, &c.

Reas. 2 Reason 2. A hard and impenitent heart makes way for all the other Plagues and Judgments of God both in this life, and after this life: for so long as men continue hardened in their sins, and turn not from them, they cannot be pardoned; and so long as their sins are not pardoned, they are under the wrath of God, and sub­ject to all curses temporal and eternal. Rom. 2. 5. After thy hardness, and heart that cannot repent, treasurest up wrath unto thy self, &c.

Reas. 3 Reason 3. It is usually the punishment of heynous sins; as Rom. 1. 28.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the blockish security of those, who lying under this heavy Judgment of an impenitent hard heart, do not feel, or once complain of it; but go on, pleasing themselves in their wicked course. But as in bodily Diseases, those that are dangerous, and yet are not felt to be so, are in that respect the more dange­rous, as in a frenzy, or dead Palsie, &c. So this spiritual disease of a hard heart, the less it is felt, the more fearful and incurable it is.

Use 2 Use 2. Pray unto God, above all temporal Plagues and Judgments to keep from us an impenitent heart; not to leave us to our own hearts to harden our selves in our sins, as he suffered Pharaoh, and as he suffereth many wicked ones. If there be cause to pray to God to keep us from the danger of fire and water, and from bodily Diseases, Famine, Sword of the Enemy, &c. much more cause to pray against hardness of heart, the cause and forerunner of all Judgments. This is that sin that keeps all other sins from being pardoned. Take [Page 198] heed of it therefore, and use all means against it; of which, see before, Chap. 3. Verse 5. It is not sin sim­ply, but impenitency in sin, that condemns the wicked, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Such whom God hath brought to repentance, should be thankful, &c.

Doctr. 3 Doctr. 3. Further from the word (Turn) we may observe the nature of true Repentance, and wherein it consisteth chiefly, viz. in a turning from sin and forsaking it, and turning unto God by a new course of life. But of this, see before upon Chap. 1. Verse 15.

And their sins should be for given,] That is, the guilt and punishment of them remitted of God, and not im­puted, Psal. 32. 1.

Observ. Observ. In that the forgiveness of their sins is mentioned as a consequent of their repentance and turning from sin, we gather, That forgiveness of sins belongeth onely to such as truly repent and turn from their sins: therefore these two, Repentance and Remission of sins are often in Scripture joyned together: and usually repentance is set in the first place, to shew, that it must go before, else forgiveness cannot follow. See be­fore, Chap. 1. Verse 4. where this Point was handled.

Verse 13. And he said unto them, Know ye not, &c.] Our Saviour having in the two former Verses in­structed and taught his Disciples, both the reason why he thought fit to interpret the Parable unto them, as al­so why he spake in Parables to those without. Now before he lay down his Exposition of the Parable, he reproveth his Disciples for their ignorance, in that they understood not his Parables: and this he doth, the more to stirr them up to an earnest desire to have them opened, and to make them the more attentive to his Exposition of them.

Know ye not] That is, Understand ye not.

This Parable] Viz. The Parable of the Sower before propounded. By this place it may appear, That although the Disciples did at the same time ask the meaning of the other Parables as well as of this, (as I shewed before upon Verse 10.) yet that they asked the meaning of this Parable of the Sower in the first place, and by it self, and then the meaning of the rest.

How then shall ye know all Parables?] How shall ye be able to conceive the meaning of all other Parables which I have uttered, or which I shall or may speak to you hereafter? As if he should say, It is an easier matter to understand this one Parable, than to understand all the rest together with this: therefore if ye can­not conceive one, how should ye conceive all?

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we might learn, That there is much ignorance and spiritual blindness of mind in the best Christians: even the Disciples of Christ were ignorant and hard to conceive the Parables uttered by our Saviour. But of this before, Verse 10.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that our Saviour doth not let them alone, or sooth them up in their ignorance, but plainly admonisheth them of it, and withal, reproveth it in them; We learn, That it is good for those that are ignorant in the Doctrine of the Word, to be admonished of their ignorance, and reproved for it: espe­cially by such as are set over them to be their Teachers. Therefore our Saviour both at this and other times, blamed the ignorance of his Disciples; as Matth. 15. 16. he said to Peter and the other Apostles, Are ye al­so without understanding? So Luke 24. 25. He reproveth the ignorance and unbelief of the two Disciples that journeyed to Emmaus, O fools (saith he) and slow of heart to believe all the Prophets have written: Ought not Christ to suffer, &c? Hebr. 5. 12. This admonishing and reproving of others in due manner for their ig­norance, is a special means to bring them to the sight and acknowledgment of their ignorance, and to stirr them up to seek after more knowledg.

Here then such as have a calling to teach others, are to be put in mind of their duty; that when they see those of their charge to be ignorant, they should not forbear (as fit occasion is offered) to admonish them thereof, and if need be, to reprove them for it: especially such as are wilfully ignorant. And on the other side, such as are ignorant, must learn here to be willing to be admonished, and in due sort reproved for their ignorance; this being for their own good: and therefore such as refuse or think much to be so admonished, are their own Enemies. They are like to continue still in ignorance.

Mark 4. 14.‘The Sower soweth the Word. April 9. 1620.

WE have heard the occasion of our Saviours Exposition of the Parable of the Sower: namely, the Disciples coming to him and demanding the meaning of it; together with our Saviour's answer to their demand; from the 10th Verse, unto the 14. Verse. Now followes his Exposition of the Parable, from the 14. Verse, to the 21.

In which our Saviour sheweth two things:

1. He teacheth what was meant by the sowing of the seed, Verse 14. namely, the Preaching or Ministery of the Word, The Sower soweth the Word.

2. He sheweth what was meant by the 4. sorts of Ground in which seed was said to be sowen; namely, so many sorts of hearers of the Word.

Touching the former, when our Saviour saith, The sower soweth, &c.] He shews what he meant by the Husbandman's sowing of seed, namely, the Preaching of the Word by the Minister of God: for although he do not expresly say, That by the Sower or Husbandman was meant the Minister of the Word; nor yet that by the sowing of seed, was meant preaching of the Word: yet in that he doth plainly interpret the seed sowen to be the Word, that is, the Word of God (as St. Luke also more plainly hath it, Luke 8. 11.), by this he doth imply manifestly, That by the Husbandmans sowing of seed, he meant no other but the Ministers preaching of the Word of God. The Scope of these words then is, to teach us, That the Preaching or Mi­nistery of the Word is fitly resembled by comparison to sowing of seed. And here is a threefold comparison or resemblance implyed by our Saviour.

  • 1. Between the Hu [...]bandman or Sower, and the Minister of the Word.
  • [Page 199] 2. Between the Seed and the Word.
  • 3. Between the sowing of seed, and the preaching of the Word.

My purpose is to shew wherein this threefold resemblance chiefly standeth; and from thence to gather such Instructions as do offer themselves.

And first to speak of the resemblance between the husbandman or Sower, and the Minister of the Word.

There [...]re 3. things especially wherein they are alike: the consideration of all which yieldeth matter of Instruction to Ministers of the Word.

The first is this, The Husbandman hath a laborious and painful Calling to follow. So the Calling of the Ministery is a laborious Calling; and such as requireth great pains and diligence in the exercise of it: there­fore it is called a Work; and Ministers are called the Lords Workmen or Labourers. 1 Tim. 5. 17. The El­ders are worthy of double honour, that labour in the Word and Doctrine. None therefore ought to live idly or at ease in this Calling of the Ministery, but like diligent Husbandmen of the Lord to follow this Work of the Ministery with pains and diligence.

2. In the Husbandman and Sower of seed, there is required much skill and knowledg in his Profession; he must have skill in the nature of the seed which he soweth, and in the nature of the ground where he sowes it, that he may sowe every kind of seed in such ground as is fittest for it; he must also be skilfull in sowing it, &c. So in the Minister of the Word, there is required a great measure of skill and knowledg in the Word of God, which is the seed that he is to sowe. Matth. 13. 52. He must be a well-instructed Scribe, and like to the Housholder which bringeth forth out of his treasure things new and old. He must also be able to discern the disposition and quality of his hearers, that he may the better fit his Doctrine unto them: and he must be skilful in the right manner of handling the Word. 2 Tim. 2. 15. A workman that need not be ashamed, rightly dividing the Word of Truth.

3. The Husbandman that desires and looks to have good Corn, will be careful to sowe good and clean seed, not such as is full of soyl, and mingled with Cockle, Darnel, &c. So ought all Ministers of the Word to look to this, That they preach the pure Word of God without mixture of Errours, or of mens inventions or traditions, beside or contrary to the Word: they must give the sincere milk of the Word to the people; as the Apostle Peter calleth it, 1 Pet. 2. 2. Otherwise they cannot look that any good fruit should come of their teaching. So much of the first Branch of the Comparison, Viz. The resemblance between the Husbandman or sower of seed, and the Minister of the Word.

Now to speak of the resemblance between Seed, and the Word of God. This stands in two things chiefly.

1. The seed of any Corn or grain hath in it a fructifying vertue, whereby it being cast into the Earth, and lying hid there for a time, and rotting, doth at length spring again and take root downwards, and afterwards brings forth fruit upward. So the Word of God hath in it a Divine power and vertue, whereby being sound­ly preached, and conscionably heard and received into the hearts of the hearers, it doth take root in them, and bring forth in them those excellent fruits of the Spirit mentioned Gal. 5. 22. Esay. 55. 10, 11. As the rain cometh down, and the snow from heaven, and watereth the Earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, &c. So my Word shall be that goeth out of my mouth, it shall not return unto me void, but shall accomplish that which I please, and shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it. 1 Pet. 1. 23. It is said to be, The immortal seed of our new birth, &c. to shew, That it hath spiritual life and vertue in it, and that it gives life to those that hear it, causing them to bring forth living fruits of Faith, Repentance, &c.

Quest. Quest. Doth not the Spirit of God work these heavenly Fruits in us?

Answ. Answ. Yes, the Spirit is the Author and Efficient cause of them: but yet the Word is the ordinary In­strumental cause and means by which the Spirit worketh them.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the Excellency of the Word preached; it is not a dead Sound: but it hath in it a living Vir­tue and efficacy to work upon the hearts of the hearers; it hath in it a fructifying vertue, able to bring forth spiritual fruits of holiness, righteousness, faith, repentance, &c. in all those that hear and receive it as they ought. It is that living seed from whence all fruits of saving grace do spring and grow up in a Christian. How should this move and stir us up to love and esteem highly of the Word preached, and to hear it upon all occasions?

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Let all hearers of the Word examine and try whether they find and feel in themselves this fructi­fying vertue of the Word: whether it have taken such root in their hearts, that it bring forth in them spiri­tual fruits of Faith, Repentance, Newness of life, &c. Hast thou been a hearer of the Word? Look well to this, What vertue this seed hath had in thee; what fruits of grace, of holiness and reformation of life it hath brought forth in thee. If it have brought forth these Fruits in thee in some measure, then thou hast been a good hearer: if not, the fault is in thy self alone: for the Word in it self hath a fructifying vertue, being the immortal seed of the new birth, and of all saving graces in those that hear it aright. Therefore if it be not fruitful in thee, it is because thou dost not hear it in such conscionable manner as thou oughtest: thou doest not receive this seed of the Word into good ground; that is, into an honest and good heart: when the seed sowen is good, if it fructifie not, the fault is in the ground being barren, &c. So the Word of God being in it self the living seed of grace, if it do not take root and bring forth fruits of grace in thee, the fault is in the barrenness of thy heart, &c. So much of the first resemblance between Seed sowen, and the Word preached.

The second Resemblance is this; Seed that is sowen, though it be good, and have in it a fructifying ver­tue, yet it doth not take root, or spring up unto fruitfulness of it self alone, but by the blessing and provi­dence of God, causing the Sun to shine, and the rain to fall upon it, and so causing it to spring and grow up; according to that, Hos. 2. 21. I will hear the Heavens, (saith the Lord) and they shall hear the earth, and the Earth shall hear the Corn, &c. And Heb. 6. 7. The Earth which drinketh in the rain, &c. and bringeth forth herbs meet for them by whom it is dressed, receiveth blessing from God. So it is with the Word preached, though it have in it vertue to bring forth the fruit of grace, yet it doth not of it self alone shew and manifest vertue, with­out the speciall blessing of God upon it; that is, without the speciall work of the Spirit of God accompa­nying [Page 200] the Ministry of the Word in the Hearts of the Hearers, otherwise the Ministers of God may Plant and water in vain, unless God give increase, 1 Cor. 3. 7. Neither is he that Planeth any thing, neither he that watere [...]h; but God that giveth the increase.

Ʋse. Use. See how needful it is for Minister and people to pray unto God for his blessing upon the Ministry of his Word, and for the powerfull work of his Spirit to accompany his own Ordinance in the Hearts of the hearers, to make it fruitfull in them. Though the Word Preached be the Seed of God, having in it most ex­cellent vertue, yet it hath this vertue not from it self, but from the blessing of God promised to his own Ordinance, and from his Spirit accompanying the same; and therefore, though this Seed of the Word be sowen by the Ministers of the Word never so diligently, yet unless God send the Rain and Sun-shine of his Spirit upon it, it can never fructify in the hearers. So much of the resemblance between the Word of God, and seed Sowen.

Now to speak of the third branch of the Similitude, the resemblance between the Preaching or Ministry of the Word, and the sowing of Seed.

1. As the sowing of Seed is the ordinary means to have a Crop and Harvest of Corn, and without sowing, no Harvest can be looked for; so the Preaching of the Word is the Ordinary means for the bringing forth of Spiritual Fruit in men, and to cause a Spiritual Harvest of Grace in their hearts and lives; and therefore, where this seed of the Word is not sowen at all, there can no Spirituall Fruit or Harvest be expected, no fruit of Faith, Repentance, &c. which shews the misery of such people who live without the Ministry of the Word.

2. As it is in sowing seed, if it be too thin and sparingly sowed, there is likely to be a thin and sparing Crop; as on the other side, where the seed is sowen with a full hand, the Harvest is like to be the more full and plentiful. So it is in the Ministry of the Word, where this Seed is thin sowed, that is, the Word is sel­dome Preached, there small fruit is to be expected; and on the contrary, where it is more frequently and often Preached, and this Heavenly Seed is sowen with a plentiful hand, there is the more plenty of fruit to be looked for ordinarily; which should move all Ministers to diligence and constancy in Preaching the Word, according to the Precept of Solomon given in another Case, Eccles. 11. 6. In the morning sow thy Seed, and in the Evening withhold not thy hand, &c. And it should move the people to desire earnestly to have this seed of the Word plentifully sowed among them, &c.

Mark 4. 15.‘And these are they by the wayes side, where the Word is sown, but when they have heard, Satan commeth immediately, and taketh away the Word that was sown in their Hearts. April, 16. 1620.

OUr Saviour having briefly shewed what was meant by the Sower, and the sowing of Seed; he now more largely sheweth what he meant by the four sorts of Ground in which seed was sowen; namely, so many sorts of Hearers of the Word.

By the first sort of Ground, which is the High-way, he sheweth, that he understood those hearers of the Word, who hear it outwardly, and by hearing come to some slight and general understanding of it, but not to an effectual Knowledg, affecting their hearts to imbrace it, therefore the Devil is said quickly to take it from them, ver. 15.

By the second sort of Ground, which is the stony ground, were meant those, that not onely hear the Word and understand it, but are also affected in heart to rejoyce and delight in it for a time, yet so as they are not constant therein, but at length, in time of Affliction and Tryal, fall away from their first good Affection which they had to the Word, ver. 16, 17.

By the third sort of ground, which is the thorny ground, were meant such as hear and understand the Word, and are also affected with it in some degree, and measure, and yet have their hearts so drawn away with cares of the World, and with love of profits and pleasures, that they are by this means hindred from bringing forth the true fruits of the Word, ver. 18. 19.

By the fourth sort of ground, which is the good ground, were meant those that not onely hear and under­stand, and are affected in heart with the Word, but do effectually receive and embrace it, and bring forth the true fruits of it in their life, though not all in like measure, but some in greater, some in lesser measure, ver. 20.

Thus the scope of our Saviour in this Parable is to set out unto us the different sorts of hearers of the Word, and to shew the different effects of the Word in those that hear it; and that all that hear it outwardly, do not receive true fruit and profit by it, but that the greatest part of hearers do hear unfruitfullu; and there­fore to stir up all that are hearers to be the more careful to hear the Word in due and right manner, and so as they may reap sound fruit thereby.

Quest. Quest. When our Saviour here mentioneth three sorts of bad and unprofitable hearers, and but one good, May we hence conclude, that in the visible Church, three parts of four are Reprobates, and shall be con­demned?

Answ. Answ. We may not in any case so conclude.

For, 1. It is not the purpose of our Saviour in this Parable to set down any set number of those that shall be saved or damned; but onely to shew that among those that are hearers of the Word, all do not profit, but many (and those the greater part usually) do hear it unprofitably.

2. Though it be true (according to the scope of this Parable), that of four sorts of men, there are three sorts wicked, and but one sort good; yet it doth not follow, that therefore, in the Church, the wicked are thrice so many in number as the good; and to affirm the same, is both curious and uncomfortable. (Mr. Cartwr. Catechis. cap. 35. pag. 209.) So much of the sum and general scope of this Parable.

Now before I come to speak particularly of the four sorts of hearers signified by four sorts of ground, I will speak somewhat first in general, touching the Similitude and resemblance which is between hearers of the Word, and Com-ground in which Seed is sown. And I will speak onely of two things in which this resem­blance standeth.

The first is this; Corn-land, before seed be sowed in it, must first be prepared by Tillage and made fit to receive Seed, and to bear fruit: And for the preparing of it, two things especially are needful.

  • 1. That it be ridded and cleared from all that may cumber the ground, and hinder the growth of Corn in it, as from thorns, bushes, trees, &c.
  • 2. That it be broken up with the Plough.

And thus it must be with hearers of the Word; before they come to hear and to receive the seed of the Word sowen by the Minister, they must first fit and prepare themselves, that is, their own hearts especially, for the meet receiving of the seed of the Word. Eccles. 5. 1. Keep thy Foot when thou goest to the house of God, and be more ready to hear, &c. And this preparation must be by the practice of two things answerable to those two requisite in the preparing of Corn-ground.

For first, the heart is to be ridded from those things which cumber and annoy it, and which would hin­der the fructifying and growth of the Word in it, as the love of sin and all sinfull lusts and Affections. 1 Pet. 2. 1. Laying aside all Malice, and all Guil and Hypocrisies, and Envies and evill speakings; as new born Babes, de­sire the sincere milk of the Word, &c. So Jam. 1. 21. Now these sinfull lusts are ridded and weeded out of the heart, by the practice of true mortification, when by the power of the Spirit of God, we are inabled so to resist, and to subdue these corrupt lusts, that they do not raign in us.

2. The Heart must also be Ploughed (as it were), and broken up, before it be fit to have the Seed of the Word sown in it. Jer. 4. 3. Break up your fallow ground, &c. Take away the fore-skin of your Heart, &c. So Hos. 10. 12. Now the Heart is Ploughed and broken up by the practice of true Humiliation and godly sor­row for sin; for as by Ploughing the ground is opened and made softer, and so more fit to receive the seed; so by this Godly sorrow and humiliation for sin, the Heart becomes soft and pliable to the Word of God, and more ready and fit to imbrace and yield obedience to it.

Use 1 Use 1. See the reason why many hear the Word, and have this Heavenly Seed sowen upon them, and yet profit little or nothing by it, it takes no root in their hearts, nor brings forth fruit in their lives; that is, because they make not Conscience of preparing the ground of their Hearts before this seed be sown in them, they come to hear the Word with Hearts fraught and cumbred with the love of sin, and with corrupt and sin­full lusts and Affections, as Pride, self-love, malice, wrath, bitterness, uncleanness, covetousness, &c. they come to hear before they have ridded their Hearts from these by true Repentance and Mortification; and so the ground of their Hearts being pestered with such weeds and briars, is not fit to receive the seed of the Word. Again, they never yet Ploughed up their hearts by Godly sorrow and contrition for sin; and there­fore their Hearts being not truly humbled and softned, are not fit to receive this seed of the Word. No marvail if such profit not by the Word, when they prepare not their Hearts to the receiving of it.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. If we would profit truly by hearing the Word, look to this preparation of our hearts, that they may be fit to have the seed of the Word sowen in them. Plow them up by Godly sorrow for sin, and labour to purge them from all sinfull lusts and Affections; Pray unto God by the power and efficacy of his Spirit to mortify them in us, and to pluck up and rid these weeds out of our hearts, lest they hinder the fruit of the Word in us. The more carefull thou art thus to have thy heart prepared as good ground to receive the seed of the Word, the more fruit shall the Word bring forth in thee.

The second thing in which the resemblance between Corn-ground and hearers of the Word standeth, is this. The ground where seed is sown, must receive the seed into it self, and so the seed must be hid and co­vered in the Earth, or else it will not take root or spring up to fruit: So the hearers of the Word must give the Word entrance into their Hearts by Believing, and applying it to themselves, else it will not be fruitfull in them. Psal. 119. 11. David hid the Word of God in his heart, &c. And this was the reason that the Word was profitable to Lydia, Act. 16. because the Lord opened her heart to receive it.

Use. Use. See then, that it is not enough to let the Word enter into our outward ears, nor yet to let it swim or flote aloft in our understandings, but if we would have it effectual and fruitfull in us, we must receive and hide it in the Furrows of our Hearts, as good seed in good ground, that it may take root and fructify in us, &c. So much in general touching the resemblance between Corn-ground, and Hearers of the Word.

Now to speak particularly of the several sorts of Hearers, signified by those four sorts of ground mentioned in the Parable.

1. Of the first sort, signified by the way side. And these are they by the way side, &c.

In these words is laid down a description of those hearers which were resembled by the way side, described by two things.

  • 1. By their property, they are outward Hearers of the Word, having the seed of it sown upon them.
  • 2. By the Issue or consequent of their outward hearing. Satan commeth immediately after they have heard, and taketh away, &c.

These are they by the way side] That is, these are those kind of Hearers of the Word which are signified and resembled by the way side.

Where the Word is sowen] To whom the Word is Preached, and they are outwardly hearers of it, as the words following shew, When they have heard, &c.

Now that we may the better conceive what kind of hearers our Saviour here speaketh of, and wherein they fail, and the cause of their not profiting by the Word, it is needfull to compare this place of St. Mark with Matth. 13. 19. where it is said of this first sort, That they hear the Word, but understand it not; which is not so to be taken, as if they understood it not at all, for then Satan could not be said properly to take it from them, as it followeth in the latter part of this verse; But they are said not to understand the Word, be­cause though they have some slight and shallow apprehension of it in their minds, yet they have no through or effectuall Knowledg of it; no such Knowledg as doth affect and move their hearts to Believe, I ove, and imbrace the Doctrine of the Word which is taught, for in Scripture every man is said to have so much know­ledg and understanding in the Word, as he hath Affection of heart to love and imbrace that which he know­eth; and without this Affection to the Word, all knowledg and apprehension of it in the mind is accompted ignorance. So then by this that hath bin said, we may see plainly what kind of hearers they are whom our [Page 202] Saviour here likeneth to the way-side: namely, such as hear the Word, and by hearing do attain also to some kind of sleight knowledg or understanding of the doctrine, yet so as this knowledg is not effectuall in their hearts to incline them to believe or imbrace, or to love and delight in that which is taught: and these are fitly resembled to the way-side: for as that is beaten and hardened with the feet of passengers, so as the seed cast upon it can have no entrance into the ground to take root in it: so the hearts of these kind of hearers are so hardened and beaten (as it were) partly by reason of original corruption of nature, and partly through custome and continuance in actual sins, and partly also by Satans continual suggestions and temptations, that the seed of the Word cannot find any entrance into them, nor take root in them.

Doctr. Doctr. Here then we learn, That though men be outward hearers of the Word, and do also in some sort understand what is taught, yet if their hearts be so hardened in sin, and through Satans temptations, that they are not affected and moved with the doctrine of it, it can never profit them. As seed sowen upon a beaten path or high-way, cannot sink into the Earth by reason of the hardness of it, nor take root or fructifie: So the Doctrine of the Word being preached to such whose hearts are hardened in sin, cannot enter into them, therefore it cannot profit them. If the seed of the Word be only sowen in their outward ears, and in their minds; if it lye above ground, that is, if it swimm and float aloft in their brain and understanding only, and do not enter and sink into their hearts; if their hearts be not affected to love and imbrace it, as well as their understandings inlightned by it, it will never take root or bear fruit in them. The seed that is cast on the High-way is utterly lost, because it cannot enter into the Earth to take root in it: even so the Doctrine of the Word delivered to such hearers, whose hearts are so hardened, that the seed of the Word enters not into them, it is utterly cast away and lost, in regard of any fruit or profit that such hearers reap by it. Ezek. 33. 31. The people of the Jews did not profit by hearing the Word, because they had no heart to imbrace the Do­ctrine: for their heart went after their covetousness. Hebr. 4. 2. the Word heard by the old Israelites, did not profit them, because not mixed with faith, &c. that is, because they had not hearts to believe and imbrace it, and to apply it to themselves. Judas heard the Doctrine of Christ, and understood it, yet this did him no good, because his heart was like the high-way, so hardened with the sin of covetousness, that the Word could not enter or take root in it. So the Scribes and Pharisees.

The reason of the Point is plain. For where there is no heart to be affected with the Word, there is no con­science or care to yield true and sincere obedience to it: and where it is not thus obeyed, it is unfruit­full.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the reason why many hear the Word, and have some apprehension and understanding of it in their minds, and yet are never the better for it; never the more reformed in heart and life; there is never the more care or conscience in them to practise what they hear and understand: it is, because they content themselves with outward hearing, and with some slight knowledg and understanding of the Word, but their hearts are no more moved with the doctrine, then the stones, or Pillars in the Church. No marvail if such profit not by the Word. How can seed thrown upon the High-way yield fruit, seeing it lyes above ground? And how can the Word bring forth fruit in such, who let it lye aloft in their brain and understanding, but give it no entrance into their hearts? How should it take root or fructifie in their hearts, when it never en­ters into them? let not such therefore find fault with the Word it self, or with the Seeds-man; but know, the cause of unfruitfulness is in themselves.

Use 2 Use 2. See further here, how dangerous it is to have the heart hardened in sin, especially through long custome in it, so as it becomes blockish and sensless, having no feeling of the vertue of the Word when it is soundly preached; nor being moved with the Doctrine of it. Such a heart is like the High-way side, beaten and hardened with the feet of passengers, so as no seed cast upon it can find any entrance to take root. It is a fearful Judgment of God upon any, when he gives them up to such hardness of heart, that his Word prea­ched doth not move them, or enter into them. Pray earnestly to the Lord to withhold from thee this Judg­ment: and take heed of hardening thy own heart through custome in sin, which will make it like the high­way, &c. If thou art not affected with the Word, thou comest short of the stony ground: yea worse then Felix, Act. 24.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. If we would truly profit by hearing the Word, rest not in outward hearing, nor in bare specula­tive knowledg and understanding of it, but labour to have hearts affected to imbrace, love, and delight it, and to believe and apply it, &c. Pray unto the Lord to open our hearts as he did the heart of Lydia, that we may give the Word entrance into them as she did, and to give us grace to hide the Word in our hearts, as David did, Psal. 119. 11. So much of the property of those hearers resembled by the way-side; That they are outward hearers of the Word.

Now followeth the issue or event of their hearing.

When they have heard, Satan cometh immediately, and taketh away the Word sowen in their hearts. The summ is, That Satan useth means to deprive them of the true fruit and benefit of the Word which they have heard. Where consider two things.

  • 1. Who it is that depriveth them of the fruit of the Word, Satan.
  • 2. The Description of Satan by a twofold practise, which he useth, to the end he may deprive them of the Word.
    • 1. He cometh and presenteth himself to them immediately after their hearing.
    • 2. Being come, he taketh away the Word sowen in their hearts.

Touching the first thing, Who depriveth them of the Word.

Satan] That is, the Devill; called in Scripture by this name Satan, which is an Hebrew word, signifying as much as an Adversary, because he is the professed Enemy of God, and the most malicious enemy also to the salvation of man, seeking nothing more then the destruction of our souls and bodies: therefore called our Adversary, 1 Pet. 5. 8. and said to be a Murtherer from the beginning, Joh. 8. But of this before, Chap. 1. Verse 13.

cometh] Not in bodily shape visibly, but by his Suggestions and Temptations presenting himself to those that have heard the Word.

Taketh away the Word] Useth means to hinder them from reaping true fruit and profit by it.

which was sowen in their hearts] Quest. How is it said to be sowen in their hearts, seeing they did not ef­fectually understand it, so as to give it entrance into their hearts?

Answ. The Word may be said to be sowen in the hearts of the hearers in two respects:

  • 1. In respect of the hearers themselves: when it is not only preached and heard outwardly, but received also and ingraffed into their hearts by Faith.
  • 2. In respect of the efficacy of the Word it self, and of the Ordinance of God in the Ministery of it, which in it self is effectuall to ingraft the Word into the heart; though oftentimes through the default of the hearers, the Word be not thus actually ingraffed in them.

Now in the first respect, the seed of the Word was not sowen in these hearers: But in the second re­spect it may be said to be sowen in their hearts, because though they received it not into their hearts, yet the Word in it self was effectuall to work upon their hearts, and to enter into them; and Gods Ordinance in the Ministery was powerful of it self to that end, though it took not effect in them through their own default. So much of the meaning of the words.

Now to the Instructions from them.

Observ. Observ. From this, that Satan is said to hinder them from profiting by the Word, Observe, That the De­vil is an utter and most malitious Enemy to the hearing of the Word, and to the fruit of it. And this he is sundry wayes.

  • 1. By keeping men from hearing the Word; stirring up occasions of worldly business, or some other im­pediments on the Sabbath, to keep them at home; or to cause them to be employed elsewhere, when they should be present in the house of God to hear his Word: And if he cannot keep them away still, yet, as often as may be, he will.
  • 2. By keeping them from diligent attention to the Word, when they are present in the Congregation. This he doth sometimes, by suggesting by-thoughts and wandring imaginations to draw away their minds, or else worldly cares; or by using means if he can to make them fall asleep, as Eutychus did in the time of Paul's Preaching, Act. 20. or some other way distracting their minds, and hindering their attention.
  • 3. By blinding their minds, that they may not understand the doctrine of the Word. 2 Cor. 4. 4. The God of this World (that is, Satan) hath blinded the minds of them which believe not, lest the light of the glorious Gospel of Christ should shine unto them.
  • 4. By labouring to hold them in infidelity, that they may not believe and apply the Word unto them­selves: as he laboured to bring our first Parents to call the truth of the Word of God into doubt and question.
  • 5. By using means to thrust the Word heard out of their minds, that they may not remember it: as by stirring them up to think and talk of worldly matters so soon as they have heard, and are out of the Church door, &c.
  • 6. By keeping them from yielding obedience to the Word, &c.

Reason. Reason. The Word preached is an enemy to Satan, a most powerful means, and mighty through God, to overthrow the strong holds of sin in men, 2 Cor. 10. 4. and so to beat down the Devil's Kingdom. The ordinary means to translate men from the power of Satan, to Gods Kingdom, Act. 26. 18. This is that that makes Satan fall from Heaven like lightning, as at the preaching of the 70 Disciples, Luke 10. 18. There­fore is the Devil so great an Enemy to the fruit and profit of the Word, in those that hear it. He knowes well, that the more are converted by it, the more is his Kingdom of darkness diminished.

Use 1 Use 1. To commend to us the Excellency and necessity of this duty and part of Gods Worship, the hear­ing of his Word: for the more Satan opposeth it, the better and more excellent we may be sure the duty is. As it is in other excellent Duties, as Prayer; the more Satan labours to hinder it, the better the duty, &c. else he would not so eagerly and mightily oppose it.

Use 2 Use 2. Strive the more earnestly unto all diligence in this duty of hearing the Word: and be the more careful to hear in due manner, and to profit by this Ordinance of God. The Devil's opposition of this duty must not discourage, but set an edg upon us, to use the more pains, and care and conscience in hear­ing, that we may reap fruit by it, that Satan may not have his purpose and will of us, in depriving us of this pretious fruit of the Word.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See what need we have to be watchful over our selves, and against Satan and his practises, when we are to hear the Word. How needfull to watch before we hear, that he may not lay blocks in our way to hinder us from hearing? How needfull in time of hearing to watch against Satan, that he hinder not our attention, by suggesting to us roving thoughts? How needfull to pray unto God not to suffer him to blind our minds, or harden our hearts in unbelief, that we may not understand or believe the Word? How need­full also to watch against Satan after we have heard, that he do not quickly thrust the Word out of our minds and memories? Look to these things therefore, every one that would profit by hearing. The more mali­tious and politick Satan is to hinder us from profiting, the more wise must we be and carefull to disappoint him of his purpose.

Use 4 Use 4. See what they are that are hinderers and enemies to the preaching and hearing of the Word, and to the fruit of it: they are herein like unto Satan, and bear his Image; yea, they are his Instruments, yea his children. See Act. 13. 10. Elymas resisting Paul's Ministery, and labouring to hinder the Deputy Sergius Paulus from hearing and believing his doctrine, is called, The child of the Devill, and enemy of all righteous­ness, &c.

Mark 4. 15. ‘But when they have heard, Satan cometh, &c. April, 23. 1620.

IN this Verse we considered two things: 1. The property of the first sort of unprofitable hearers, re­sembled by the way-side; That they are outward hearers of the Word. The Word is sowen upon them.

2. The issue or consequent of their hearing, Satan cometh, &c. Of the former we have spoken.

Touching the latter, which is the consequent of their hearing, we considered two things:

  • 1. Who it is that depriveth them of the Word, Satan.
  • 2. description of Satan, by a two-fold practise, 1. He cometh immediately after they have heard. 2. He taketh away the Word sowen in their hearts.

Touching the Person which depriveth them of the Word, namely, Satan, we have spoken.

Now to speak of his Practises,

1. He cometh immediately) The meaning of the words was shewed before: Satan is said to come, not in bo­dily shape, or in visible or sensible manner; but by his suggestions and temptations, labouring and using means to hinder them from profiting by the Word.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that it is said, that so soon as they have heard, Satan cometh and presenteth himself to them by his temptations, we may gather, That the Devil can and doth speedily convey himself from place to place, that he may in those places follow men with his temptations, either entising them to sin, or hinder­ing them in good duties. Job 1. 7. He tells the Lord, that he came from going to and fro in the earth, and from walking up and down in it. 1 Pet. 5. 8. He walketh about as a roaring Lyon, seeking whom he may devour. He, be­ing a Spirit, hath by reason of his spiritual nature, a wonderfull agility and swiftness in conveying himself in a very short time from one place to another; yea he can go throughout the whole Earth, and tempt men in sundry places, in a short time: yea further, he is able not onely to go swiftly to many places in a short time, but also to tempt sundry persons in sundry places, at one and the same time.

Quest. Quest. How can this be, seeing he cannot in a moment convey himself from place to place, and there­fore cannot at the same instant be in sundry places at once?

Answ. Answ. He cannot by himself alone be in all or in many places to tempt men at once: yet by the help of other wicked spirits which are his Ministers or servants, he can do this: For though there be out one Head and Chief among the wicked spirits, who is usually called the Devill, and Satan, and Beelzebub; yet there are a great number of other wicked spirits, which are his underlings and servants attending on him, and helping him in tempting men unto sin in all places: yea, it is probable, that there are as many of these wicked spirits to tempt, as there are men and women in the world at any one time to be tempted. See Mr. Perk. on Matth. 5. 37.

Ʋse. Use. This must teach us and stirr us up to be watchfull against Satan in all places where we become; in publick and private; in company and alone by our selves; at home in our houses, and abroad in the fields, or by the way side: there is no place free from Satan's temptations: no place where he cometh not, either to entice us to evil, or to hinder us in good duties.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that it is said, When they have heard, Satan cometh, &c. we learn, That when we are bu­sied in performing the best duties, then is Satan ready at hand to hinder us, and to keep us from performing them in due manner. Zach. 3. 1. when Jehoshua the High-Priest stood before the Lord, (to minister in his Office) Satan stood at his right hand to resist him. When our Saviour Christ was in the Wilderness exercised (no doubt) in prayer and heavenly Meditations, thereby to prepare himself for the executing of his publike Office and Ministery which he had newly taken upon him, then Satan came thither and tempted him. Thus also when we are employed about the best duties, Satan is most ready to come to us by his suggestions and temptations to hinder us. When we are present before God in the publike Congregation on the Sabbath, to hear the Word, to pray, to receive the Sacraments, &c. then cometh Satan, and is present to hinder us in these most excellent duties. We come not more duly and diligently to perform these Duties, then he doth to hinder us in performing them aright. So in private, when our appointed hours and times are for prayer, singing, reading, and catechising our Families; then cometh Satan, and is at hand to stirr up some hindrance or other, either to keep us from performing these duties, or at least from performing them aright.

Reas. Reason. He knoweth, That when we are about such good duties, we most hurt him, and are doing that which tends to the hinderance and weakening of his Kingdom.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To confute those that think the Devill is at hand with them, and present to tempt them onely when they are about the committing of sin. It is true, that he is then present, and at their elbow (as it were) to draw them to sin: but he is not present then only, but even when thou art well busied in good and holy du­ties: yea, the better the duty is, and the better the place is, where thou art, the more forward is Satan to come there, and to be present by his temptations to hinder thee in those excellent duties.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Remember this, whensoever we are to perform any good duty or service unto God, that Satan is then ready to come and to disturb and hinder us from performing it as we ought, and to deceive us of the spirituall fruit and comfort which we should reap by that duty. And let this move us in all such duties to be exceeding watchfull against Satan, that he may not hinder or discourage us by any means in those good duties, nor keep us from reaping fruit and comfort by them. Be not secure when thou art about perfor­mance of good and holy duties; as prayer, hearing the Word, &c. as if Satan durst not or would not at such times come near near thee to tempt thee, and to hinder thee: but know, that though the duty thou art about be never so holy, yet he is not afraid to come to thee, and to be present with thee even at the time of per­forming it, that so he may keep thee from doing it in right manner, and so hinder thee from that good and benefit which thou shouldst reap by it. Yea, the more excellent the duty is, the more diligent and forward will Satan be at such a time to hinder thee in it: knowing, that by the best duties, thou dost most of all hurt him and hinder his Kingdom. Think of this well, and let it make us very circumspect and watchfull over our selves (especially over our hearts) in the performance of the best duties, that Satan by his sleights and [Page 205] policies may not hinder us in the right performance of them, and so deprive us of the fruit and comfort of them.

Quest. Quest. Were it not better then, to refrain good Duties?

Answ. Answ. In no wise; For so we should give Satan more advantage, if he come and find us idle, or ill bu­sied, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that Satan is said to come immediately after they have heard, We may further observe his great diligence and forwardness to tempt men to sin, and to hinder them in good duties: he delayes no time, but as soon as he sees any opportunity for him to do hurt, he quickly takes it, and makes use of it. 1 King. 22. 21. When the Lord asked, Who should perswade Ahab, that he might go up and fall at Ramoth-Gilead? There came forth a spirit (that is, a wicked spirit) and stood before the Lord, and said, I will perswade him. Thus he offered himself to entice Ahab to sin; which shews his forwardness in tempting men to sin: therefore is he called the Tempter, to shew his diligence and forwardness to tempt, doing nothing else, and ex­ercising no other trade continually: therefore also said, 1 Pet. 5. 8. to walk up and down like a Lyon, seeking whom to devour, &c. to shew, that he is as forward and diligent in tempting men unto sin, as any hungry Lyon is to seek after his prey. And as in tempting men to sin, so also in hindering them in good duties he is no lesse di­ligent.

Use. Use. How much more should we be diligent and industrious in avoiding sin, and the occasions of it, and in performing all good duties required of us; delaying no time, but taking the first and best occasions of doing good, and of glorifying God by such duties as he requires of us? It is a shame for us to be less for­ward in preventing and avoiding sin in our selves, or in practising good duties, than Satan is in tempting us to sin, and in hindring us in good duties. So much of the first practise of Satan towards this first sort of unprofitable hearers; in that he is said to come to them immediately after they have heard.

Now to speak of the second, which is, that, being come, he taketh away the Word, &c. The meaning was shewed before.

Our Saviour here compareth the Devil unto a ravenous greedy Bird, which, when seed is cast upon the High-way, and lyeth uncovered above ground, suddenly commeth, and picketh it up, and devoureth it, ne­ver suffring it to take root in the ground; even so, when the Word is Preached unto such whose Hearts are like the High-way, so hardned in sin, that the Seed of the Word cannot enter into them, the Devill quickly snatcheth away the Word from them, not suffring them to profit by it. See ver. 4.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Hence we learn, how dangerous a thing it is for us to hear the Word of God without Affecti­on of Heart to receive the seed of the Word onely into our ears, and understandings, and there to let it lye a loft, (as it were) and above ground, and not to give it entrance into the Affections of our Hearts to love, rejoyce, and delight in it; when we thus hear the Word, we give great advantage and occasion unto our enemy Satan, to come and take away the seed of the Word from us, like a ravenous bird, not suffring it to take any root in us, nor to bring forth fruit. As seed cast on the High-way, and lying above ground unco­vered, is easily and quickly picked up by birds of the Ayre; so the Word of God being Preached and heard, if it onely enter into the understanding of the Hearers, and not into their Hearts, it is easily taken away by Satan.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Take heed of this in hearing of the Word, that we suffer it not to lye above ground in our under­standings onely, without giving any entrance to it into our hearts, lest by this means we give Satan advan­tage to take it away from us, and to deprive us of the fruit and benefit of it. If thou hear it never so often, and understand it also in some sort, yet if thy heart be not affected with it, a thousand to one but Satan will take it away from thee, and steal it even out of thy mind and understanding, and so keep thee from profi­ting by it. Rest not therefore in the outward hearing, or bare understanding of the Doctrine of the Word, but pray unto God to give thee a Heart to be affected with it, yea to open thy heart as he did the Heart of Lydia, that thou mayest receive the seed of the Word into it, and hide it there, that it may take such root, that Satan may never be able to take it away, or hinder the fructifying of it in thee.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Again, we may hence gather, that Satan hath power by Gods permission to hinder those that heat the Word, from profiting by the same. As he hath malice and will to do it, so he hath power to do it, and doth it indeed oftentimes by Gods sufferance. How he doth it, we have heard before upon this verse.

Object. Object. If the Devil have power to deprive men of the fruit of hearing the Word, then it seems the fault is in him, and not in them when they profit not by the Word.

Answ. Answ. This follows not, for though Satan have great power, and use much policy and subtilty to deprive them of the benefit of the Word; yet he could not prevail and have his purpose, if themselves also were not in fault, he could not take the Word from them if themselves were not in some sort willing to part with it; though the Devill be one cause of their not profiting, yet he is not the onely cause, but the Original and first cause is in themselves, which is their own natural blindness of mind, unbelief, and hardness of heart, which makes them unfit to profit by the Word: These their natural corruptions, the Devill stirreth up and helpeth forward, taking advantage from them, to hinder them from hearing profitably.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Pray unto God to restrain Satan's power, that he may not be able to take the Word from us, nor to steal it out of our hearts and minds when we have heard it.

Use 2 Use 2. Seeing Satan cannot of himself alone deprive us of the benefit of the Word, unless we our selves be accessary there unto through our own naturall corruption, giving advantage to him; let us therefore be­ware of giving him the least advantage, and to this end, dayly strive more and more by Prayer and other means to purge out of our own hearts those special sins and corruptions, which are the main hindrances to our profi­ting by the Word; as Ignorance, unbelief, hardness of heart, Hypocrisy, &c. If these reign in us, they will betray us to Satan's power, lay us open to it, so as he will easily take the Word from us; whereas, on the con­trary, if we mortify these corruptions in us, and purge them out of our hearts by prayer and by the daily pra­ctise and renewing of our Repentance, the Devill with all his power and Policy shall not be able to take the fruit of the Word from us.

It followeth, Which was sowen in their Hearts] Though they received not the Word into their Hearts, yet it is said to have been sown in them, in regard of the vertue and efficacy of the Word, in and of it self, which was able and fit to work on their Hearts, and to enter into them, if they had bin fit to receive it, and give it entrance.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Whence we learn, that the fault and corruption of the Hearers of the Word, which hindereth them from receiving it effectually, and from profiting by it, doth not take away the vertue and efficacy of the Word, nor make void the power of Gods Ordinance in the Ministry. The Word in it self is still a power­full Word to work upon the Hearts of men; yea, to renew and change their Hearts, though these effects do not alwayes follow in those that hear it, by reason of their sinfull corruption which makes them unfit to be wrought upon by the Word. The Gospel Preached, is alwayes in it self the power of God unto Salvation; though many that hear it are never saved by hearing it, by reason of their wickedness and corruption which hinders them from believing, and yielding obedience to it.

Use. Use. See the reason why many hear the Word without fruit and profit; their minds are not enlightned by it, their Hearts are not renewed, their lives not reformed by it, &c. the cause hereof is not in the Word it self, nor in Gods Ordinance, both which are in themselves powerfull to work these and the like excellent effects; but the cause is in the Hearers themselves; their hearts are so hardned in unbelief and other sins, that they are not fit for the Ministry of the Word to work upon: The Word it self is the savour of life unto life, but it is not so to all, it is unto many the savour of death unto condemnation. Whereunto is the fault to be imputed? Not unto the Word it self, but to the corruption and wickedness of many that hear it: There­fore if the Word Preached do thee no good, blame not the Word it self, nor the Ministry of it, but thy own corrupt and wicked heart which makes thee unfit to profit by it: and pray unto God to mortify this corrup­tion in thee by his Spirit, that thou mayest be fit to profit by his Word.

Mark 4. 16, 17.‘And these are they likewise which are sown on Stony Ground, who when they have heard the Word, April 30. 1620. immediately receive it with gladness.’

TOuching the first sort of unprofitable hearers of the Word, we have spoken; Namely, those signified in the Parable by the way side, who are such as hear the Word, and in some measure conceive and under­stand it in their minds, but give it no entrance into their hearts and affections, and therefore Satan commeth so soon as they have heard, and useth all means to steal away the Word out of their minds.

Now we are come to the second sort of unprofitable Hearers, resembled by the second sort of ground, which is the stony ground; and these go beyond the former sort, for they onely heard and understood it in their minds, but these are also affected in heart with the Doctrine in some degree and measure, receiving it with gladness; but yet, because it doth not throughly and effectually enter into their hearts, so as to be truly rooted in them, therefore they do not hold out in their good affection to the Word, but in time of trouble and Persecution, arising for the Word, do revolt and fall away from their first Profession. And this sort of hearers may be called the inconstant or temporary hearers, because though they begin well in shewing some affection to the Word for a time, yet they continue not therein; And these are fitly compared to stony ground where seed is sowen, and that chiefly in two respects.

1. As stony ground hath some little earth or mould, in which the seed sowen taketh some shallow rooting, and therefore springeth up quickly; so these Hearers, though their hearts be very stony, and much hardned in sin, yet not so hard but there is some degree of goodness in them, and some softness and pliableness to the Word, which maketh them to be in some measure affected with hearing it, and to give it some shallow entrance, and that very soon upon the hearing of it.

2. As seed sown in stony ground, though it have some shallow rooting, and do suddenly spring up, and make a good shew a while; yet being not rooted deep enough, is not able long to endure the heat of the Sun, but is at length scorched, and withereth: So these temporary hearers, though they give the Word some shal­low entrance into their Hearts at first, being affected with it, and do for a while make a fair shew of profi­ting by it, and of giving true entertainment to it; yet because the Word is not rooted deep enough in their Hearts, they are not able to indure the heat of Persecution stirred up for the Word, but are offended there­at, and fall away from their first Affection.

But to come unto the words of the Text more nearly. In them is contained a Description of these tem­porary Hearers.

  • 1. By the things which are commendable and good in them.
    • 1. They hear the Word.
    • 2. They receive it.
    • 3. They receive it with gladness.
    • 4. They immediately receive it with gladness.
  • 2. They are described by those things which are discommendable, and wherein they fail, Vers. 17.
    • 1. They have no root in themselves.
    • 2. They indure but for a time. And this latter is proved by the event or issue which falleth out afterward, viz. That when trouble ariseth for the Word's sake, immediately they are offended.

Which are sowen on stony ground] That is, those hearers of the Word who are resembled by the stony ground, where seed is sown.

Immediately] So soon as they have heard it.

Receive it] Not onely into their minds and understandings, as the former sort of hearers did, but into their hearts and Affections in some degree, believing the truth of it, loving it, and rejoycing in it in some measure and for a time. Luk. 8. 13. For a while they believe.

With gladnesse] Rejoycing in the Doctrine delivered, when they hear and understand the same. So much of the Words.

Observ. Observ. Here we see, that unprofitable Hearers of the Word may go very far in many properties and duties of the profitable hearer, and yet be still unprofitable.

  • 1. They may be outward hearers, for so are all the three sorts of unprofitable Hearers.
  • 2. They may understand and conceive the Doctrine taught; as the first sort of hearers do, as we have be­fore shewed.
  • 3. They may in some degree give it entrance into their Hearts, by believing it, and giving assent to the truth of it, and making some kind of Application of it to themselves. Luke 8. 13. they are said to believe for a while. So Simon Magus, Act. 8. 13. believed the Doctrine o [...] Philip: they may also be affected in heart with some kind of Love and desire to the Word, and with a kind of delight and joy in it. So it is here said; that these temporary hearers, so soon as they have heard, do immediately receive the Word with glad­ness. So Mark 6. 20. Herod heard John Baptist gladly. And Joh. 5. 35. The Jews for a season were willing to rejoyce in the light of John's Doctrine. Hebr. 6. 5. a Reprobate may taste the good Word of God; that is, feel some kind of sweetness and delight in it.
  • 4. He may do this speedily, at the first hearing of the Word, &c.

Object. Object. Most excellent Promises are made in Scripture to such as are in heart affected with joy and de­light in the Word. Prov. 2. 10. When Wisedome entreth into thy Heart, and Knowledg delighteth thy Soul, Dis­cretion shall preserve thee, Understanding shall keep thee. Psal. 1. 2. Blessed are such as delight in the Law of God. Psal. 112. 1. Blessed is the man that delighteth greatly in Gods Commandments.

Answ. Answ. Understand these places not of every kind of joy or delight in the Word of God (for Herod re­joyced in the Word, and yet was not blessed), but of a true, sound, and sincere joy and delight in it. But of the sincerity of this joy in the Word, and of other sound affections to it; and how they differ from coun­terfeit; I shall speak more in the uses of this point, unto which now I come.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This being so, that unprofitable hearers may go so far in doing many good things, and yet be still unprofitable. Hence we may gather further, that one may go very far in the Profession of Christianity, and outward practice of it; be almost a Christian with Agrippa, and yet be no sound Christian. He may go far in a shew of Religion, and yet be without the power of Godliness in heart; He may come near unto saving Grace, and yet never be partaker of it; in a word, he may be near the Kingdome of Heaven, and yet never enter into it. See Hebr. 6. 4. how far Reprobates may go in Christianity. They may be enlightned, and taste of the Heavenly gift, and be partakers of the Holy Ghost; that is, of many excellent gifts of the Spirit, they may also taste the good Word of God, and the powers of the World to come, and yet for all this be in a damnable estate. The truth is, men may go so far in a shew of Christianity, as not onely to deceive others by perswading them to think them better then indeed they are, but also to deceive their own hearts, being falsly perswaded that they are good Christians, when it is nothing so. Let this move every one to take heed of deceiving others and himself by a shew of Religion, and by a false perswasion that he is in state of saving Grace when he is not so; and let it move all to labour for the power of Religion in their hearts, and for sound and saving Grace: labour for saving Faith and Repentance; there is a kind of counterfeit faith and Repentance, very like unto true saving Faith and Repentance, and yet is not so; take heed of re­sting in such a Faith, or in such Repentance, yea, take heed of resting in any common gift or grace that may be in an Hypocrite, or Reprobate; but strive to go beyond the most formal Hypocrite, and to have more Grace in thee then can be in such a one; strive to be not almost, but altogether a good Christian; he that is but half a Christian, lives most miserably, for he neither enjoyes God nor the World; not God, because he hath not Grace enough to make him his own; not the World, because he hath some taste of Grace, enough to shew him his own misery, and the vanity of Worldly things: So the sound Christian hath his Heaven above, the carnal Worldling here below, the half-Christian no where. If therefore thou wouldst be truly hap­py, never rest till thou know thy self to be a through Christian.

Use 2 Use. 2. Seeing bad hearers may go so far (as we have heard) in many properties of good hearers, and yet be still unprofitable; see what to judge of those that come short of these temporary hearer [...], as many do. Some will scarse take pains to hear the Word, at least there is no care in them to hear it duely and diligently; Others hear it without understanding, being so blind and ignorant, that they conceive little or nothing of the Doctrines that are delivered; and these come short, not onely of this second sort, but even of the first sort of unprofitable hearers, who have some understanding in the Word. Others again, and those very ma­ny, though they hear and understand the Word, yet are not affected in heart with any love or desire to it, nor with any joy or delight in it. What should we think of these? Is it likely that any of these should be good hearers, seeing they come short of those that are bad and unprofitable Hearers? We cannot so think. If many that hear the Word, profit not; how should they profit, who hear it not? If many that understand it, are never the better; how should they be the better that understand it not? If many that are affected in heart to love, and rejoyce in it, &c. yet reap no sound fruit; how should they reap fruit whose hearts are little or nothing moved with it, who relish no sweetness in the Word, who have no joy or delight in it, but it is rather a thing tedious and wearisome to hear it, &c. Therefore take heed of comming short of these tem­porary and Hypocritical hearers; take heed we come not short of those that are like to come short of Hea­ven, if they go no farther than yet they are gone in Christianity.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. This must further teach and move us not to rest in those good things which may be found in these temporary hearers of the Word; stay not where they do, but see that we go further, and out-strip them, if we mean to approve our selves to be good hearers, and such to whom the Word may be the savour of life unto life. Think it not enough that we be hearers of the Word, nor that we understand it in our minds; nay, think it not sufficient that we can be affected in heart with some kind of desire and love to the Doctrine, and with some kind of delight and joy in it, for thus far these temporaries go, who yet are but Hypocrites. La­bour therefore to go a step and degree further, not onely to have some love to the Word, and some joy and delight in it when it is Preached, but to be affected with true and sincere love to it, and with sound joy in it.

Quest. Quest. How to know true and sincere affections to the Word, as true love, joy, &c. and to discern them from hypocritical and counterfeit?

Answ. Answ. To this end we must observe and take notice of some differences between them.

1. They differ in the root from whence they spring; for true and sincere love to the Word, and joy in it, spring from true and saving faith; that is, from a lively and effectual apprehension and application of the Promises of salvation made in the Word, Act. 16. 34. whereas the counterfeit love and joy of hypocrites springeth onely from a false temporary faith, which is only a vain presumption of Gods mercy in Christ, or a sleight and groundless perswasion, That the Promises of salvation belong to a man, without any true and ef­fectual application of them.

2. They differ in the motive or cause moving them to love and rejoyce in the Word. That which mo­veth the sound Christian and good hearer to love and rejoyce in it, is the excellency, holiness, and goodnesse of the Word in it self: but that which moveth the hypocrite and temporary hearer to love and rejoyce in it, is some sinister and by-respect: as, our curiosity and desire of hearing some new things not heard before; or else some partial affection to the preachers Person, or to his Gifts, Learning, Eloquence, &c. This was Augustine's delight before his Conversion, in the Sermons of Ambrose, more for the eloquence of the speaker, then for the matter delivered, as himself saith in his Book of Confessions. So Ezek. 33. 32. And hence it is, that the good hearer loveth and rejoyceth in one part of the Word as well as in another; in the precepts and threatenings, as well as in the Promises and comforts: he loveth the Word, nor onely when it promiseth good to him, but even when it crosseth and contradicteth his sins and corruptions: as Paul, Rom. 7. 22. de­lighted in the Law of God, though it restrained his corruption. But on the other side, the temporary hearer loveth and delighteth in some part of the Word, but not in all alike: he loves the promises, not the threaten­ings, &c. He loves the Word so long as it speaketh good to him; but if it crosse his corruptions (specially his beloved sins), he liketh it not: as Herod rejoyced in some part of John's doctrine, but not in the doctrine of the seventh Commandment: which shews, that his joy in the Word was not sincere.

3. They differ in the quality of these affections: In two respects.

1. The love and joy which the good hearer hath to, and in, the Word, doth arise in their heart, leisurely, and by degrees for the most part, not all on the sudden. Like those, Act. 2. 37. who were first pricked in their hearts, and humbled at the hearing of the Word, and then afterwards filled with joy, as appeareth, Verse 41. Contrariwise, the temporary and hypocritical hearer is sudden and over-hasty in his affections to the Word: they spring in him suddenly, like Jonas his gourd: so it is said here, They receive the Word im­mediately with gladness: even upon the first hearing, without any due consideration of the ground and reason of their joy, without any touch of conscience, or true humiliation for sin, going before.

2. The affections of the good hearer are constant, though not alwayes in like measure: their love and de­sire to the Word, and their joy in it, continueth and increaseth more and more, Contrariwise, the love and joy of the temporary, as it came suddenly, so it goes and vanisheth as suddenly: according to the Proverb, Soon ripe, soon rotten: his affections to the Word come by fits, as it were, now and then, and afterward de­cay and vanish.

Thus we see the differences between the sincere affections to the Word, which are in good hearers, and those hypocriticall and counterfeit affections which are found in the temporary hearers.

Now then we are to examine our affections to the Word, whether they be sound and sincere, and to la­bour that they may be so. Labour to love and rejoyce in the Word, even for the holiness of it, and not for sinister respects; and to be constant in our love and joy.

Use 4 Use 4. If men may go so far in the properties of the good hearer, and yet be still unprofitable hearers, and no better then hypocrites, This must teach us, not to be discouraged in our love to the Word, nor to give over our joy in it, though we see some fall away who have formerly been forward in hearing it, and shewed much love to it, and seemed to rejoyce in it. Though we are to grieve at this, yet not so to be offended or dismayed at it, as to be thereby hindred in our good and Christian course. No marvail, if such fall away from their faith, seeing they were never sound in faith: no marvail if they leave their first love to the Word, and their joy which they had in it: seeing these affections were never sound in them. We wonder not to see a dogg return to his vomit, or the swine being washed, to wallow in the mire again: no more should we wonder to see hypocrites and counterfeit professors of the Gospel to fall from their first profession. 1 Joh. 2. 19. They went out from us, but they were not of us: for if they had been of us, they had remained with us. So much of the things that are commendable in these hearers.

Mark 4. 17.‘And have no root in themselves, &c. May 7. 1620.

NOw follow those things wherein they fail.

1. They have no root in themselves] That is, the Word which they hear is not rooted in their hearts. Now by this rooting of it in them, we are to understand the effectuall applying of it unto them; which ap­plication is made by a true and saving faith in their hearts. This is called by St. James, The ingraffing of the Word, Jam. 1. 21. See Col. 2. 7.

Observ. Observ. Though hearers be affected in heart with the doctrine of the Word, yet if it be not rooted in them, that is, truly and effectually applyed by faith, it cannot truly profit them. This is mentioned as the main cause why these hearers, signified by the stony ground, do not bring forth true and lasting fruit, because the seed of the Word is not rooted in them by faith: it may have a shallow rooting (as it were) in them, in that their hearts are in some sort affected with joy in it, but hath no true rooting in them, it is not rooted deep enough in them by true faith: as seed in stony-ground may enter a little, but not deep enough, &c. Heb. 4. 2. The Word which the old Israelites heard, did not profit them, because not mingled with faith in those that heard it.

Reas. 1 Reason. 1. Till the Word be rooted and applyed by faith, the heart cannot be truly and sincerely affect­ed with it: for all sound and sincere affections of the heart unto the Word, as true love to it, and sound joy in it, &c. do flow from true faith as effects of it. They may be affected, but not so as to have their hearts renewed.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Without faith effectually applying the Word, there will be no sincere obedience yielded unto it: for this is also a fruit of faith. Therefore it is called the obedience of faith, Rom. 16. 26.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the reason why many profit not by the Word preached and heard, because they want true faith, whereby it should be rooted in their hearts: they have no root of faith whereby the Word should be throughly and effectually applyed unto them, and ingraffed in their hearts. They are stony-ground, which hath onely a little shallow mould for the seed to enter into, &c. So there are many hearers, who give the Word onely some shallow entrance into their hearts by some sudden and light joy in it for a time, or by a false temporary faith onely, believing and slightly applying it for a time; but there is no depth of earth in them, no sound saving faith in them effectually to apply the Word, and to root it in their hearts: but without this, all their affections of love and desire to the Word, and of joy in it for a time, are vain, and come to nothing at length: and they are never the better for all their hearing.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. If we would truly profit by the Word, and have it fruitfull in us unto eternal life, think it not enough to be in some measure affected with joy and delight in it, when we hear it, &c. for all this while it hath but a shallow entrance, like seed in stony-ground: but labour above all to have it throughly and deeply rooted in us by true and effectuall faithfull applying it unto our selves, so as it may work throughly upon our hearts, causing us not only to be truly and sincerely affected to it, but also to yield unfeined obedience unto it: for this will the doctrine of the Word work upon us, if it be once rooted in us truly by faith: if it be thus rooted in us, it will not onely spring up in us and be fruitful for a time, but even forever; and this fruit shall never dye in us, but as the seed is immortal, so shall the fruit be. Oh therefore labour for this true and effectual faith, whereby to apply every doctrine and instruction, every reproof and threatening, every comfort and promise unto thy self particularly and effectually, so as every part of the Word may take deep root in thee, and may work throughly and effectually upon thee, not only affecting thy heart, but renew­ing and changing it, and framing both heart and life to the sincere obedience of it. Pray unto God to give thee some measure of this true saving faith, whereby his Word may be thus rooted in thee, so as to bring forth saving fruit in thee. Rom. 1. 16. the Gospel is the power of God unto salvation: but it is not so to all, but to them that believe. And 1 Thessal. 2. 13. The Word works effectually in such as believe. So much true faith as thou hast in hearing, truly to believe, and particularly to apply to thy self the doctrine that is taught, so much saving efficacy it hath in thee; so much rooting it hath in thee, and so much fruit it is like to bring forth. If no faith in thy heart, the Word can take no root in it, nor bring forth true and saving fruit in thee. So much of the first Thing, wherein these hearers fail.

The second is, That they endure but for a time] Which is a consequent of the former: for therefore they endure not, because they have not the Word truly rooted in them: hence it comes, that their affections to the Word, and their faith which they made shew of, continue but for a time.

Doctr. Doctr. See here the property of hypocrites in Religion, and counterfeit professours of the Word, though they make a good shew for a while, yet it is but for a time; therefore they are here called [...], Tem­poraries; like seed sowen in stony-ground, &c. Luke 8. 13. for a while they believe. Joh. 5. 35. the Jews for a season were willing to rejoyce in the light of John Baptist's Ministery: it was but for a season. This is the complaint of the Prophet touching Ephraim and Judah, Hos. 6. 4. Your goodness is as a morning cloud, and as the morning dew it goeth away. Such is the Goodness and Religion that is in hypocritical professors: it is but for a little continuance, like the cloud and dew of the morning, quickly dryed up, and vanishing so soon as the Sun ariseth upon it. Job 27. 10. Job offereth the question, Whether the hypocrite will alwayes call upon God? implying, That he will not: he may for a time, but will not constantly to the end persevere in the conscionable practise of that duty. The same is true of other good duties performed by hypocrites: so all the graces which they make fair shew of, they are but temporary in them; they will not alwayes continue in them, but at length vanish and come to nothing.

The Reason of this Point is clear, They have no soundness of faith in them, nor of any other saving grace; therefore no marvail, if their faith and all other graces and good things which they make shew of, be but tem­porary and inconstant: for there is no grace constant and durable in a Christian, but that which is sound and sincere.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See by this a main difference between the sound Christian, and the hypocrite or counterfeit Chri­stian; the one continues constant in the profession and practice of Christianity to the end of his life; the other holds out but for a time, and then falls from his first good profession, and gives it over. By this let every one try himself what he is. Here also we see withall the difference between true and sound grace, and that which is but counterfeit: Sound grace where it is once wrought, continueth and never ceaseth to be in those which once have it: yea, it groweth in them. 1 Joh. 3. 9. The seed of God remaineth in such as are once born of him, that is, the seed of true saving grace: but as for counterfeit grace, though it may be in shew very like unto sound grace in other respects, yet in this it is most unlike it, in that it is temporary, en­during but for a season, and then vanishing in those that once made shew of it. Examine all graces of the Spirit in us by this, whether they be true or counterfeit, our Faith, Hope, Zeal, Love to the Word, Joy in it, &c. If these continue and grow in thee, they are sound: but if they be temporary, and such as after a time do cease and vanish to nothing in thee, it shews they were never sound and sincere. True saving grace is durable and constant to the end: never wholly lost or extinguished in such as once partake in it. This is that spiritual food which is said to endure to everlasting life, Joh. 6. 27. See Joh. 4. 14. & 1 Pet. 1. 5. Gods Elect are kept through faith unto salvation. True faith never ceaseth nor leaveth those in whom it is, till it bring them to salvation in Gods Kingdom: no more doth true hope, true spiritual joy in the Word of God, true zeal for Gods glory, &c. these never dye in the sound Christian, but hold out still. Indeed it must be granted, that these graces are not alwayes felt in like measure by the sound Christian, neither have they alike comfortable [Page 210] working in him; nay, at sometime for the present the working of them may seem wholly to cease; yet still the graces themselves do remain: and though, in time of some grievous inward temptation, they be awhile smothered, yet will they afterward shew themselves again, and work sensibly as before. The faith of the sound Christian may be weak at some time; but it never dyeth in him as the hypocrites faith. So the good Christians zeal and love to the Word, &c. may be for a time abated and slacked, but never utterly quenched, as the zeal and love of the hypocrite is.

Use 2 Use 2. Take heed to our selves every one, that we be not herein like the temporary hypocriticall professor of the Word; that it be not truly said of us, as of him, that though we make a good shw in Religion for a time, yet we are but for a season: like the blade of Corn sowen in stony-ground, &c. Be not like the Gala­thians, beginning in the Spirit, and ending in the flesh, Gal. 3. 3. But labour for soundness of all graces, that we may continue in them; and by continuance and perseverance may approve our sincerity in them; Non quaeruntur in Christianis initia, sed finis, &c. Jerom. Revel. 2. 10. Be faithfull to the death, (saith Christ to Smyrna) and I will give thee the Crown of life: and Matth. 24. 13. He that endureth to the end shall be saved.

It followeth, Afterward when affliction or persecution ariseth for the Word, &c.] Here our Saviour proveth, that these hearers endure but a season in their good affections to the Word which they for a time make shew of; he proves it by the event, because afterward in time of affliction and persecution for the Word, they fall away from their first affections to the Word.

In the words consider three things.

  • 1. The Cause or occasion of their falling away, Tribulation and persecution arising for the Words sake.
  • 2. The Apostacy it self, implyed, in that they are said to be offended.
  • 3. The Circumstance of time, Immediately.

When tribulation] That is, any kind of outward troubles.

persecution] Any malitious opposition of Satan or wicked men his instruments, against such as profess the truth of God.

For the words sake] That is, for the profession of the Word.

They are offended] Or, stumble at it; so as to renounce and give over their good profession of the Word, and their first good affections to it; suffering themselves by these troubles to be hindered from going on in their Christian course, even as those that are going on the way, if they meet with stumbling-blocks, are hin­dered by them. See Luke 8. 13. they are said in time of temptation to fall away. This for the meaning of the words.

Doct. Doctr. From the occasion of their falling away, which is, affliction and persecution arising, &c. we learn, That afflictions and troubles do make tryall of Christians, what they are, whether sound in grace or no. The time of affliction layeth open either their sincerity, or else their hypocrisie: If they be sincere and sound, they will shew it then by their constancy; if they be unsound and hypocritical, they will shew it by falling away from their profession. Therefore afflictions in Scripture are called Temptations or Tryalls, to shew, that they are means to try what is in men, whether they be sound Christians or hypocrites. Deut. 8. 2. The Lord led the Israelites fourty years in the Wilderness, to humble them, and to prove them, to know what was in their heart, &c.

As the heat of the Sun in midst of Summer tryeth whether Corn be well rooted or no, causing it to wi­ther and dye if it be not well rooted; so the heat of troubles and persecutions tryeth Christians, whether they be sound or not, discovering their hypocrisie if they be unsound. In time of prosperity all go for good Christians; and as a fair garment covers many deformities, so prosperity hides men that it cannot be seen what they are: but in affliction they are laid open, and their hypocrisie discovered to the world: for hypo­cr [...]tes do not serve God for naught, but because he bestowes on them many good things in this life: he gives them outward prosperity, health, wealth, &c. therefore so long as they enjoy these, they will serve God, and profess Religion and the Gospel of Christ; but if these be taken away, and instead of them, God lay affliction on them, they soon fall from God, and from their profession. Thus in Queen Mary's Reign here in this our Land, those cruel and bloody persecutions raised against the Church, made tryal, and disco­vered who were sound professors, and who were counterfeit. In King Edward's Reign, a little before, all made profession of being Protestants; but when the fiery Tryal came, the greatest part fell away, and became Papists in profession.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the goodness of God unto his Church, turning those troubles and persecutions to the good of the Church, which Satan and wicked men raise against it to hurt it: for by these persecutions, there is a tryal and discovery made of sound Christians and hypocrites; and the one sort is differenced from the other, and separated as Chaff and good Wheat by the Fann. Now this is for the good of the Church, that a difference should be made between sound professor and counterfeits; and that the one should he known from the other As Paul saith of Heresies: There must be heresies, that such as are approved among you may be known 1 Cor. 11. so may it be said of the troubles of the Church, there must be such; and it is good for them to be in this respect, that such as are approved Christians may be known, and hypocrites laid open to the world to be such as indeed they are.

Use 2 Use 2. See by this further, when is the fittest time for us to judg of others or our own soundness and sin­cerity in Religion: not the time of prosperity, in which it is an easy matter for all to make a good shew; but in the evil day, and time of Affliction or Persecution, then is the best tryall. Would we know what sound­ness of Religion and Grace is in others? look not what Profession they make in time of their Prosperity, and so long as they may profess Religion and the Gospell with outward peace, and ease, and with the enjoy­ing of their Liberty, Lands, Living, &c. But look how they carry themselves when trouble and Affliction comes on them, when God tryes them with bodily sickness or other crosses, when they are hated, Reproa­ched, and Persecuted any way for the Profession of the Gospel; if at these times they hold out constantly in their Christian Profession, and even then hold fast the truth, and cleave to God when he brings troubles on them, this is a good Argument that they are sound Christians: but if, when such troubles come, they fall from [Page 211] God, or renounce his truth, this shews them to be counterfeit Hypocrites.

Quest. Quest. May not a sound Christian sometimes through infirmity, and for fear of death or some other dan­ger, deny the truth, and renounce his Christian Profession?

Answ. Answ. Yes, For a time he may, as Peter for fear of death, through infirmity, denyed Christ; but a good Christian cannot wholly or finally fall from his Profession, nor utterly renounce the truth, as the Hypocrite doth. The good Christian, though he fall, yet he lyeth not still in his fall, but recovereth himself speedily by renewing his Repentance, as Peter did; so doth not the Hypocrite. Here also we may see that the time of Affliction is the best time to judge of our own soundness in Religion and Grace; for such as we are in time of trouble, such for the most part we are in deed and in truth. If then we can cleave fast to God by Faith, and by Conscionable obedience, and by a patient submission to his Will, it is a good sign and an Argument, of soundness of Grace in us; but if in the evill day we faint in our troubles, and cast away our confidence which we should place in God, or grow to murmurring and impatiency, as the Israelites in the Wilderness, when they met with troubles, this is an ill sign, and it shews, that either we are not sound Christians, or at least, that our Faith and other Graces of the Spirit in us, are weak. If we faint in the day of Adversity, our strength is but small, Prov. 24. 10.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. Labour every one of us for soundness of Grace, and for the power of true Religion in our hearts, (not resting onely in an outward shew of it) that so when trouble shall come, we may hold out constantly in the true Faith of Christ, and in the Profession of the Gospell, and that we may not discover our Hypocrisy and unsoundness by fainting in the evil day, or by falling from our Profession, and giving over our good course. The time of Affliction will be a time of tryall, which will lay open either our soundness, or else our Hypocrisy; then it will appear what is in us. Now therefore in time of our Prosperity, prepare and arm our selves with sincerity and soundness of Grace against the evil day, else we shall never be able to stand fast at that time; all counterfeit Graces, and vain shews of Religion will then fail us, and stand us in no stead, yield us no comfort, but shall vanish as stubble before the Wind. As the blade of corn in stony ground withereth and dryeth when the scorching heat of the Sun comes upon it, so all counterfeit Graces and shews of Religion will wither and dye in us, when they feel the heat of trouble and Affliction. Labour therefore now while we have time to be rooted in true Faith and other saving Graces, that we may indure the heat of Affliction when it shall be sent to try us. Think not that Prosperity will alwayes continue, but make account of troubles to come for our tryall: God hath appointed set times wherein to send some Affliction or other to try particular Churches and particular Christians, Hebr. 11. We see what grievous troubles the Faithful in the times of the old Testament were tryed withall. And so in the Acts of the Apostles, we see how many trou­bles the Apostles and other Believers went through: And afterwards, for the first 300 years after Christ, the Histories of the Church do mention many fiery tryals which the Primitive Church endured. And so did this our Church in Queen Maries dayes. We therefore must arm our selves for such a time, if it should come to try us; and labour now for such soundness as may make us able to stand fast at such a time if it come. We may the rather look for it in this Land, because we have bin so long without troubles, enjoying so many years of Peace and Prosperity as never (I think) any Nation did the like. And though general troubles and cala­mities come not on the whole Land, yet how soon may God send particular tryals to any of us by sickness, death, or some other way? Oh therefore look to thy self now, and examine thy estate before God, and labour for sound Faith and Repentance, &c. that whatsoever troubles come either to the whole land, or to thy self, thou mayest indure the tryall, and being tryed, mayest come forth as the Gold, as Job saith of himself, Job 23. 10. that is, thou mayest manifest thy self to be a sound Christian by thy perseverance in the true Faith of Christ, and in the Profession of his Gospel unto the end.

Mark 4. 17.‘Afterward when Affliction or Persecution ariseth for the Words sake, &c. May 14. 1620.

IN this verse our Saviour sheweth wherein this second sort of unprofitable Hearers, do fail and come short of good Hearers.

  • 1. In that they have not the Word rooted in them.
  • 2. In that they indure but for a time.

Now this latter is further declared by the Issue which follows upon their hearing. Afterward in time of trouble they fall away.

Where, 1. is to be considered the occasion of their Apostacy, Affliction, and Persecution arising; which is also amplified by another occasion, which is, the Word.

2. The Apostacy it self, in the word, offended.

3. The time, Immediately.

Of the occasion of their Apostacy I have spoken, viz. Affliction, &c.

Now in the next place to speak of the procuring cause or occasion of that Affliction and Persecution which ariseth, viz. the Word.

For the Words sake] That is, for the Profession of the Doctrine of the Word, being Preached to them, or which hath bin Preached to them, because they are not onely affected in heart to believe the Word after a sort, and for a time, but they do also shew this by outward Profession of it, holding and maintaining the truth, and yielding some outward obedience to it; therefore Affliction and Persecution ariseth.

Observ. Observ. The outward Professing and maintaining of the true Doctrine of the Word of God is usually the occasion and procuring cause of trouble and Persecution raised against the Professors of it, Hebr. 10. 32. Af­ter ye were illuminated, ye indured a great fight of Afflictions; That is, after ye were Converted to the true Faith of Christ by the Word Preached, and did begin to make Profession of that Word, ye suffered much trouble for your Profession sake. Matth. 10. 34. our Saviour saith, He came not to send Peace on Earth, but a Sword. For he came to set a man at variance against his Father, and the daughter against the Mother, &c. not that he did [Page 212] simply desire that such Persecutions should follow upon his Preaching of the Word, but because the Prea­ching and Professing of it should be an occasion of stirring up such troubles, therefore also, Luke 12. 49. He sayes, He came to put fire on Earth. Revel. 6. 4. After the going forth of the White Horse, which signified the Preaching of the Gospell, there followed him the red horse, which signified bloudy Wars and Persecu­tions: therefore it is said, power was given to him that sate on that Horse, to take peace from the Earth, and that they should kill one another, &c. Wherefore should they kill one another, but for the Profession of the Gospell which had bin Preached to them? The Histories of all times of the Church shew the truth of this, how troubles and Persecutions have bin raised against the Professors of the Word for their Professions sake. In the Acts of the Apostles, how many troubles do we read of stirred up against those that received the Do­ctrine of the Gospel, and made Profession of it? So afterward, for the first 300 years after Christ, there were ten most grievous Persecutions raised against the Christians for Profession of the Word. So in this land in Queen Maries Reign, what a grievous bloudy Persecution was occasioned by the Profession of the Word?

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. of this Doctrine. The Word of God is an enemy to Satan, and to his Kingdome of darkness; the Ministry of the Word is the ordinary means to beat down and overthrow this Kingdome in men, 2 Cor. 10. 4. The Weapons of our Warfare (saith Paul) are mighty through God, to the pulling down of strong holds, &c. What are these strong holds, but the holds of sin which Satan maintaineth in men? these are pulled down by the Word Preached; no marvail then if Satan stir up troubles and Persecutions against those that Profess this Word of God which is such an enemy to him.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Doctrine of the Word is an enemy to the sins and corruptions that reign in wicked men, dis­covering and reproving them; no marvail therefore if they hate this light of the Word which discovereth their sin, and reproveth them; no marvail if they Persecute the Professors of this Word. John 3. 20. Eve­ry one that doth evil, hateth the Light, neither commeth to the Light lest his Deeds should be reproved.

Object. Object. Eph. 6. 15. The Gospel is called The Gospel of Peace; how then is the Preaching and Professing of it in occasion of troubles and Persecution?

Answ. Answ. The Gospell is of it self a Doctrine of Peace, and truly so called, because it teacheth the onely way of attaining to Spiritual peace with God in this life, and everlasting Peace in the life to come; as also be­cause it perswadeth men unto true brotherly Peace and unity. But it is an occasion of troubles and Persecu­tions, in respect of the Devils malice opposing it, and in regard of mans natural corruption rebelling against it. The fault is not in the Doctrine of it self, but in Satan and wicked men.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. This confuteth the Papists who teach that temporal prosperity is one note and mark of the true Church of God in this life. So Bellarmin. de notis Eccles. cap. 18. But this cannot be, seeing the Profession of the Word is usually an occasion of great troubles and Persecutions raised against such as Profess and main­tain the true Doctrine of it.

Use 2 Use 2. This also shews what all must look for that profess the Gospel in truth and sincerity; let them not think to live alwayes in outward Peace, nor to be free from all opposition of Satan and wicked men in the World; let them not think to be without some kind or other of trouble and Persecution to be stirred up against them for the Words sake. It will never be so: so long as there is a Devil, and so long as there are any wicked men on earth to be his instruments in opposing the Word of God, it is in vain for the true Professors of it to promise themselves a freedome from troubles and Persecutions for the Word sake, therefore look not for it. True it is, that all Professors of the Word meet not with the like measure of troubles and opposition; yet none escape altogether. Therefore every one, more or less, must look to be opposed and Persecuted some way or other for the Words sake. Though thou be not imprisoned, banished, or Persecuted with fire or Sword for it, yet thou must look at least to be slandered and evil spoken of for the name of Christ, or else to be scoffed at for thy Profession, which is a kind of Persecution, as we see Gal. 4. 29.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. Be not discouraged, or think strange if we meet with such hard measure in the World for our Pro­fession of the Word; it hath ever bin thus. Act. 7. 52. Which of the Prophets have not your Fathers Persecu­ted? saith Steven to the Jews. Matth. 5. 12. Blessed are ye when men revile you and Persecute you, and say all manner of evill against you falsly for my sake. Rejoyce, &c.—For so Persecuted they the Prophets which were be­fore you. 2 Tim. 3. 12. All that will live godly in Christ Jesus, shall suffer Persecution. Remember in this case, that our Saviour Christ came not to send Peace, but the Sword and Fire amongst men, for the Profession of the truth. If thou be hated or evil spoken of, or any way Persecuted for the Profession of the Word; it may rather comfort, then dismay thee, for it argues that it is the truth of God which thou Professest and holdest, else Satan would not so fight and stir against it as he doth, stirring up his wicked Instruments to oppose thee for the Profession of this truth. 1 Pet. 4. 12. Beloved, think it not strange concerning the fiery tryall, which is to try you, &c. But re oyce, &c.—If ye be reproached for the name of Christ, happy are ye, &c.

So much of the occasion of the Apostacy of these temporary hearers, viz. Affliction and Persecution ari­sing; together with the occasion also of these Afflictions, the Profession of the Word.

The next thing is, the Apostacy it self; implyed by this, when they are said to be offended, or to stum­ble at the trouble and Persecution which ariseth, as the word ( [...]) properly signifieth. The meaning is, that they are so offended as to be thereby discouraged and hindered from going on constantly in their good profession. Luke 8. 13. They fall away, or go away; that is, they fall from their first Profession, and from the Graces which they made shew of for a time.

Doctr. Doctr. Hence then we learn, That outward troubles and afflictions raised against men for the profession of the Word, are as a stumbling-block unto hypocritical Professours, discouraging and hindering them in their profession, and causing them to fall from it. Thus it is likely that Demas stumbled at the bonds and imprisonment of Paul, and thereupon revolted from his former good profession, rather than he would take part in Paul's troubles. 2 Tim. 4. 10. Demas hath forsaken me, having loved, &c. So here in England, in Queen Maries Reign, many stumbled at the persecution, &c. As the Israelites meeting with great troubles and difficulties in the Wilderness, took such offence at them, that they were discouraged in their journey to Ca­naan, and would have gone back again: so it is with many hypocritical professors of Religion, they profess [Page 213] Christ and the Gospel, so long as they may do it with outward peace and prosperity; but if they meet with troubles for their professions sake, they stumble at them as at a great block in their way, which they know not how to leap over, but are thereby stopped and hindered in their Christian course.

And this is true not onely of Hypocrites, but even of some good Christians for a time, that the troubles which are stirred up against them for their profession, are a stumbling-block to them, at which they take of­fence, and are sometime so discouraged, that for a time they fall from their profession. The Disciples themselves, when they saw Christ taken by Judas and his company, fearing lest themselves should also come in trouble and danger, did take such offence hereat, that they forsook Christ for a time, and fled away, Matth. 26. 56. So Peter afterward perceiving trouble and danger arising against himself for the profession of Christ, was so offended, that for fear thereof he denyed Christ for a time. This shews, how great an offence and stumbling-block, affliction and persecution for the Word, is usually to the professors of it, causing not only hypocrites to fall away wholly and finally, but even found Christians to fall back for a time.

Use. Use. Take heed we not offended or stumble at any affliction or persecution which may arise for the pro­fession of the Word: Let no such troubles discourage us, much less make us renounce and give over our good course. Be not like these Temporaries, who in time of tryall go away. Be not like seed in stony­ground, which cannot endure the heat of the Sun, but soon withereth. Labour for constancy in our Chri­stian profession, whatsoever troubles come.

To this end arm our selves against such troubles, and use all good means to keep us from being offended and falling away when they come.

1. Make accompt of them before they come. Cast thy accompt before-hand with the wise builder, Luke 14. 28. and consider well what it will cost thee to be a good Christian: it will cost thee many troubles; much hatred and opposition from Satan; many reproaches, slanders, scoffs, &c. at the hands of the profane. Make accompt of these before-hand, and thou shalt be better armed to bear them, and not be daunted, when thou meetest with them. 1 Thess. 3. 4. When we were with you (sayes Paul) we told you before, that we should suffer tribulation, even as it came to passe, &c. So Act. 20. 23. when he was to go to Jerusalem, he made sure accompt before-hand, to meet with bonds and afflictions there. See Joh. 16. 1.

2. Consider the necessity of suffering affliction, for all that will profess Christ and the Gospel. 1 Thess. 3. 3. That no man should be moved with these afflictions: for your selves know that we were appointed thereunto. Act. 14. 22. We must through much tribulation enter into the Kingdom of God. Luke 9, 23.

3. It is matter of much comfort to a Christian, to suffer for well-doing, and for the name and profession of Christ, 1 Pet. 3. 14. and 4. 16. If any suffer as a Christian, let him not be ashamed, but glorifie God in this behalf. And Verse 14. If ye be reproached for the name of Christ, happy are ye; for the Spirit of glory and of God rests on you, &c. It is an evidence of Gods Spirit of grace and adoption dwelling in thee, if thou be content to suffer for the Name of Christ: yea, it may be an evidence of salvation to thee, Phil. 1. 28. In nothing terrified by your adversaries, which is to them an evident token of perdition: but to you of salvation, and that of God.

Quest. Quest. May not an Hypocrite or Reprobate, and one that shall never be saved, suffer much for the pro­fession of the Gospel?

Answ. Answ. He may, as appeareth, 1 Cor. 13. 3. Though I give my body to be burned, &c. and Gal. 3. 4. Have ye suffered so many things in vain &c? But an hypocrite or Reprobate cannot in due and right manner suffer for the Truth: not with sincere affection of heart; not in way of true obedience to Gods Will; not ayming at Gods glory as the chief end of his suffering: but for sinister respects, as for vain-glory, or the like end. Therefore to suffer for the Word with an upright affection, ayming at Gods glory, and out of true love to the Word, is an evidence of grace and salvation to all that do thus suffer.

4. Consider, That much good is wrought in us by the trouble which we suffer for the Gospel, if they be sanctified to us, and that we have grace to bear them in due manner, and to make a holy use of them. They serve to humble us, to try and exercise our faith, hope, and patience: to stirr us up to prayer with more fervency, to wean us from the world, &c. No cause therefore why we should so stumble at them, as to be discouraged in our Christian course.

Lastly, Consider that we have a promise that God will not suffer us in such cases to be tryed or Afflicted above our strength; but will make away to escape, that we may be able to bear it, 1 Cor. 10. 13. So much of the Apostacy of these temporary hearers.

Now follows the Circumstance of time when they are offended and fall away.

Immediately] That is, so soon as Affliction and Persecution for the Word ariseth.

Observ. Observ. Hence we may observe, that such as are hasty and forward at first in the Profession of Religion, and in making some shew of Grace, if they be not sound and sincere in Religion and Grace, do oftentimes fall away as hastily and suddenly from their first Profession. These temporary hearers did at first hearing of the Word, immediately receive it with joy; but having not the Word truly rooted in them by found Faith, we see here they fall away as suddenly, when troubles come upon them for the Words sake. Mark 10. 17. The young man (being a Ruler) came running to Christ, &c. and asked what he should do to inherit eternal life? But so soon as our Saviour put him to a through tryall, by bidding him Sell all, &c. he went away as soon, very sad, &c. The reason was, because he was not sound and sincere in that profession which he made. He had good things in him, and shewed himself teachable: therefore it is said, our Saviour loved him: but his heart was not truly touched with an unfeyned desire of salvation, and of the means of it.

And thus it is with many hypocritical professors of Religion: as they are at first for a time very hasty and suddain in their profession, and in shewing some kind of love and desire to the Word, and some sudden [...]oy in it, and some hasty zeal, &c. So many times they do as hastily and suddenly fall from their first love and zeal, &c. Their Religion is like Jonas his gourd, springing up in a night, and withering the next morning.

Ʋse. Use. This being so, it should move us much more to labour for soundness of Religion, and Grace, that we may be constant in it, than to be over-hasty and sudden in taking up the profession of Religion, and in ma­king shews of grace, without due and serious consideration first had of the good grounds upon which we take [Page 214] up our profession. Better to begin and enter more leisurely and advisedly into a Christian course upon good grounds and reasons well weighed, and so to proceed therein with constancy, than to begin over-hastily and unadvisedly, and then as hastily to give over and fall away for want of soundness and sincerity.

Mark 4. 18, 19.‘And these are they which are sowen among thorns: such as hear the Word, And the May 21. 1620. cares of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, &c.’

OF the second sort of unprofitable hearers, signified by the stony ground, we have spoken. Now we are come to the third sort, resembled by the thorny-ground: Whose description is laid down in these two Verses. These are such who hear the Word, but they suffer the fruit of it to be choked and hindred in them by the cares of this world, by the inordinate love of riches, and by other sinful lusts: so that these may be called the Worldly-minded hearers.

And although they are not in express words commended so much as the former sort, yet it seemeth that in some respects they go beyond them.

  • 1. Because they are compared unto thorny ground, which is softer, and hath more depth of earth than the stony ground: whereby it seems to be implyed, That the Word taketh deeper root in these than in the former.
  • 2. It is said, Luke 8. 14. that these bring forth no fruit unto perfection: whereby seems to be implyed, That although they bring not forth good and ripe fruit, yet they bring forth some fruit; which is more than is said of the former sort.

Now in the words consider two things:

  • 1. What is commendable in these hearers, They hear the Word.
  • 2. What is discommendable, wherein they fail; namely in this, That they suffer the Word afterward to be choked in them; that is, the fruit of it to be hindred.

Where, 1. Consider the causes or means of choaking it, which are three, Cares of this world, deceitfulness of riches, and lusts of other things.

2. The effect or consequent, It becometh unfruitfull.

These are they which are sowen among thorns] Those that were resembled by the thorny-ground in which seed is sowen.

Such as hear the Word] And not onely hear it outwardly, but do also inwardly receive it into their minds and hearts, understanding and being affected with it in some measure; and not onely so, but making shew also of fruitfulness for a time. That they go thus far, may appear, because it is said in the Parable, That the thorns springing up with the seed, choaked it, Luke 8. 7. which implyeth, That the Seed of the Word doth in some degree enter and take root in these hearers hearts, and also springeth up in their lives, making shew of fruitfulness for a time, but is at length choked by the thorns of worldly cares, &c.

Here then we see, that men may go very far in the properties of a good hearer of the Word, and yet not be such a one, but come short of all true and sound fruit of hearing. But of this Point before, in speaking of the second sort of bad hearers.

Now then to go on to speak of the failing or defect of these Worldly-minded hearers.

Vers. 19. And the cares of this world] That is, Cares for, and concerning worldly matters and things of this life, which serve for the maintenance and preservation of it; as meat, drink, apparell, riches, &c.

Further, we must here know, there is a twofold care of these earthly things for this life.

1. A moderate provident care, whereby one is carefull in the use of good means, for the maintenance of himself and those that belong to him in this present life: as in wisely forecasting how to provide things ne­cessary: as also in walking painfully in a mans calling, thereby the better to maintain himself and those that depend on him, and in using other good means for the providing of things necessary for this life; yet so as to leave the success of all means unto God. This is a good and necessary kind of care commended in Scrip­ture to us. Prov. 6. 6. Solomon sends the sluggard to the Ant to learn this provident wise care: 1 Tim. 5. 8. He that provides not for his own, &c.

2. There is an immoderate or excessive and distracting care; When men do not onely care to use the means for provision of things necessary for this life, but do also vex and disquiet their hearts about the issue and success of those means, not depending on Gods providence for a blessing on them, but distrusting his providence, and trusting in the means only. This is called a distracting care, because it divideth and pul­leth asunder the mind and thoughts (as it were) by perplexing them with vain fears and doubts about matters of this life: and so much the word [...], implyeth. And this kind of worldly cares is here meant by our Saviour.

Deceitfulness of riches] An Hebraism, which signifies as much as deceitful riches. Now by deceitfull riches, our Saviour further understandeth not the riches themselves, but the inordinate affection of loving and desiring them: which is nothing else but the sin of covetousness.

The lusts of other things] That is, all other immoderate and unlawful desires of earthly things: and name­ly, of the pleasures of this life; as St. Luke explaineth it. Luke 8. 14.

Entring in] Viz. into their hearts.

choak the Word] As thorns hinder the growth of Corn, that it cannot come to ripeness and perfection; so these cares and inordinate lusts growing up and bearing sway in the hearts of these hearers of the Word, do hinder them from bringing forth any true and saving fruit of the Word preached.

It becometh unfruitfull] By fruit, understand, obedience to the Word. Luke 8. 14. They bring no fruit to perfection; They bring forth some kind of fruit, some kind of obedience, &c. but not any good and perfect fruit; no such sincere obedience as is acceptable to God, or available to their own salvation: and therefore in effect, and upon the matter, it is as if they brought forth no fruit at all. So much of the meaning of the word.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. In that worldly cares are mentioned as a means of choaking the Word, we learn, That immo­derate and distrustfull cares for things of this life, are one great hinderance to the profitable hearing of the Word: These are one sort of thorns choking it in us.

Now such Cares do hinder the fruit of the Word, 4. sundry wayes.

1. By keeping men from hearing the Word: For if they hear it not, they cannot profit by it. So Luke 10. 40. Martha was cumbred and taken up with worldly cares about making bodily provision for Christ; when she should rather have attended to the Word of Christ, as Mary did.

2. They hinder men from diligent attention to the Word, in time of hearing: This they do, by possessing and taking up their minds with thoughts of the world, and by distracting them so, that they cannot be free to attend and give heed to the doctrine of the Word.

3. They hinder men from remembring the things that have been taught, thrusting them out of their minds so soon as they have heard them, and not suffering them afterwards to meditate of them.

4. They keep men from yielding obedience to the Word. This we may see in that Parable, Luke 14. 18. where those that were invited to the holy Supper or Banquet prepared of the Lord, were hindred by worldly cares from coming to partake of it. The first said, I have bought a piece of ground, &c. Another, I have bought five yoke of Oxen, &c. The scope is, to shew, that such immoderate cares of worldly matters do hinder many from yielding obedience to the Word, whereby Gods calls and invites them to his heavenly banquet; that is, to be partakers of the saving graces of his Spirit in this life, and of heavenly glory after this life.

Use 1 Use 1. See one reason why many hearers profit little or nothing by the Ministery of the Word. Their hearts and minds were so possessed and taken up with immoderate care about things of this life, that they have scarce time to hear the Word: but like Martha are cumbred about the World, when they should be in the Church to hear the Word: or if they come there to hear, yet in time of hearing, their minds are so distracted with thoughts of the World, of Farms, Cattell, Money, and about providing of necessaries for this life; that it is impossible they should give attention to the Heavenly instructions delivered out of the Word, so long as they are so taken up with earthly matters. Their hearts and minds are so stuffed with cares and thoughts of the world, that there is no room for the Word to enter or lodge there: their bodies are present in the Church; but in heart and mind they are absent: their thoughts and affections are running abroad at the same time after their Farms, Corn, Cattel, Bargains, &c. Upon these they think, when they should be meditating of the doctrines delivered; when they should be casting and devising how to lay up the Word in their hearts, and how to practise they are plotting and hammering in their heads how to compasse such a worldly business, how to lay up money for such a purchase or bargain, &c. How is it possible, that these should give attention to the Word, or conceive and remember what is taught? So afterwards, when they are de­parted from the Church, presently their minds are upon the World, which is a means to thrust all that hath been taught out of their minds, and to make them as utterly to forget it, as if they had never heard it. As for obedience to the doctrine taught, how should they yield any, being so possessed with cares about earthly matters, that they have no leisure to set themselves about the practise and performance of good duties com­manded in the Word, or about the mortifying of their corruptions, &c. No marvail, if being much and often invited by the Ministery of the Word to come to the Lord's Banquet, yet they come not, but make ex­cuses, so long as their hearts are taken up with cares about Farms, Oxen, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Labour to root these thorns of worldly cares out of our hearts, and to keep them from growing there. Matth. 6. 25. Take no thought (no immoderate care) for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink, nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on.

Remedies against these immoderate cares for temporal things.

1. Consider the nature of the things cared for, as meat, drink, apparel, wealth, &c. they are vain, tran­sitory, and perishing things, subject to decay: our bodily food is but perishing meat, as it is called, Joh. 6. 27. so our apparel is subject to decay, and to be moth-eaten: so all worldly wealth is perishing substance, subject to many casualties; as Riches quickly take them to their wings, and fly away, as Solomon sayes of them. And as these things are in themselves transitory, and of short continuance, so they serve onely to maintain this our short and perishing life which we live on earth, which cannot alwayes continue, but must have an end we know not how soon.

2. Consider, That by all our care we cannot help or profit our selves, without the blessing of God upon the means we use. We cannot with all our care profit our selves in our outward Estate in the world, nor in furthering the good of our bodies, nor in prolonging our life, without the blessing of God. Matth. 6. 27. Which of you by taking thought, can adde one cubit unto his stature? Psal. 127. 1. Except the Lord build the house, &c. In vain to rise early, &c.

3. It is a heathenish practise thus to vex and trouble our selves with immoderate cares for earthly things; and therefore not fit for Christians, which profess faith in Gods providence. Matth. 6. 32. After all these things do the Gentiles seek.

4. Remember, that we are commanded to cast our cares upon God; and withall, that he hath promised to care for us, and to provide for us all things necessary for this life, as well as for that which is to come, it we depend on him by faith. 1 Pet. 5. 7. Cast all your care on him, for he careth for you. Psal. 55. 22. Cast thy burden on the Lord, and he shall sustain thee, &c. Strive therefore by faith to rely upon Gods speciall providence for things of this life, using the means, and seeking a blessing from him upon the same.

5. Consider how God provideth for other Creatures of less value and worth than our selves, without their care, Matth. 6. He feedeth the Fowls of the ayr, and clotheth the Lilies of the field, though they neither labour nor take care: how much more will he feed and cloathe his Children, without their immoderate cark­ing and caring.

6. Consider, that immoderate cares for this life, do oppress the heart and mind exceedingly, taking them up so, that they cannot be free to meditate of spiritual and heavenly things: hindering men also from daily preparing themselves for death and for the day of Judgment. Luke 21. 34. Take heed, lest your hearts be at any [Page 216] time oppressed with cares of this life, and that day come on you at unawares. This were enough to make us aban­don these distracting cares, if there were no other reason to move us.

7. Let our chief care be for Heavenly and Spiritual things which concern God's Glory, and the Salvation of our Souls. This will moderate and slake our care for temporall things, Joh. 6. 27. Labour not for the meat that perisheth, but for that which endureth, &c. Matth. 6. 33. First seek the Kingdome of God, &c. The more we seek and care for Heaven, the less shall we care for Earth and Earthly things. One thing is need­full, as our Saviour told Martha, Luke 10. This one thing needfull is, to seek Heaven and Salvation, with the means of it. Let this be our main care, then shall we not turmoile our selves with cares of this life.

Object. Object. The great charge of Wife and children engageth us sometimes to delay the means of Salvation to take worldly care in providing for them.

Answ. Answ. We may use moderate care, submitting to the Will of God, who can aswell provide for many as few.

So much of the first sort of thorns which choak the Word.

Mark 4. 19.‘And the deceitfullnesse of Riches, and the Lusts of other things entring in, choak the Word, May 28. 1620. and it becommeth unfruitfull.’

THe second is, the deceitfullness of Riches] That is, the love of Riches which are deceitfull.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. Here then we first learn, that covetousness, or the inordinate love of Riches, is a great Ene­my and hinderance to the profitable hearing of the Word.

Now, that is an inordinate love of Riches, 1. When worldly wealth is too highly esteemed, as if it were the best good, or could make those happy that have it.

2. When men desire and seek Riches too eagerly and earnestly; especially, if it be by unlawful and sini­ster means. 1 Tim. 6. 10. They that will be Rich, &c.

3. When men seek or desire abundance and superfluity of Wealth, more then is necessary for them, ei­ther in respect of their persons, to maintain the health and strength of their bodies, or in respect of their par­ticular calling and condition of life, to maintain them according to the dignity thereof. We have no war­rant to pray or seek for more than daily bread; therefore to desire or seek more then necessary wealth for our persons, and callings, is an inordinate love of it.

Now it is a hinderance to the fruitful hearing of the Word; two wayes,

1. It keeps the Hearers from being so affected in heart with the Word as they should: when their Hearts and Affections are set upon worldly wealth; this steals them away from the Word of God, and suffers them not to be so set upon it as they should. Therefore Psal. 119. 36. David prayes God to incline his Heart to his Testimonies, and not to covetousness; to shew, that if the Heart be inclined to covetousness it cannot be inclined as it should be to the Word of God.

2. It hinders men from yielding true obedience to the Word Preached, Ezek. 33. 31. My people hear thy Words, but they will not do them—for their Heart goeth after their covetousness. What was it but covetousness, or love of Riches that kept that young Ruler from obeying the Word of Christ, bidding him sell all, and give to the poor and follow him? Matth. 19. 22. He went away sorrowfull, for he had great Possessions: He had them so as that he was too much in love with them, and not willing to part with them when he was called to it. Hence is that Matth. 11. 5. The poor have the Gospell Preached to them; to shew that they were most fit and ready to yield obedience to it, whereas covetousness hindered the great Rich men for the most part from yielding obedience to it.

Now the reason why the love of Riches must needs hinder men from obedience to the Word, is alledged by our Saviour, Matth. 6. 24. No man can serve two Masters, for either he will hate the one, &c.—Ye cannot serve God and Mammon.

Use 1 Use 1. See another main cause of so little fruit of the Word Preached in many hearers; their Hearts are overgrown with the thorns of covetousness and inordinate desire of this Worlds goods, and these choak all good affections to the Word in them, yea, they choak and hinder in them all care and Conscience of obedi­ence to the Word. Their hearts are so exercised with covetousness, that they cannot exercise themselves in obedience to the Word of God, or in performance of good duties required in it. What hindred Judas from profiting by the Doctrine of Christ, but covetousness?

Use 2 Use 2. See how dangerous a sin covetousness is, hindring and choaking all true and saving fruit of the Word in those that hear it, stealing away their Hearts from loving it, and keeping them from all consciona­ble obedience to it. Hence it is, that we see so few covetous rich men that reap true fruit by the Word Prea­ched; few or none that do so hear the Word, as truly to imbrace it in heart, and yield obedience to it in their life. Where shall we find such a one? It is a rare thing to hear of a covetous rich man brought to true Faith and Repentance by the Word Preached. Such a one cannot be a good hearer; he may come to hear the Word, and make some shew of love and liking to it, but will he yield any true and sincere obedience to it in reforming his special sins and corruptions, or in practising such holy duties conscionably as are required of him? No, this he will never do so long as his heart goeth after covetousness: He may make shew of re­forming some sins, and of practising some good Duties outwardly, but he will never reform all known sins in himself, he will never forsake his beloved sins, especially his covetous practises, he will never leave these without Gods special and extraordinary Grace. Hence is that fearful censure of our Saviour passed upon the covetous Rich man, Matth. 19. Easier for a Camell to go through the eye of a Needle, &c. He never gives the like peremptory censure of any other sin, except the sin against the Holy Ghost. Let this move all cove­tous worldlings to bethink themselves in time, and to desire special Grace from God, that they may truly Repent of this sin.

Object. Object. Poor and mean men may here think with themselves, that this point toucheth not them, because they have not abundance of wealth as some have.

Answ. Answ. Though thou have not Riches, yet thou mayest be covetous; It is not Riches, but the inordinate love of them which choaketh the Word, and hinders men from Salvation; look to thy self therefore, though thou possess not great Wealth, yet if thy heart go after it, and be in love with it, thinking it the best good, and those to be the onely happy men that have it, take heed this covetous mind and affection in thee be not as thorns to choak the Word in thee, or as a snare to intangle and hinder thee in the way to Gods King­dome.

Use 3 Use 3. Admonition to all, and especially to Rich men to take heed these thorns of covetousness grow not in their hearts to choak the seed of the Word of God in them. Remember that Psal. 62. 10. If Riches in­crease, set not your heart upon them.

Remedies against this sin of covetousness, that it choak not the Word in us.

1. Consider the vanity of all worldly wealth, how unable of it self to help or do us good, when we have most need of help; as in time of danger, or Affliction, or death. It cannot give us ease when we are in pain, nor health in sickness, nor comfort and joy in time of heaviness: it cannot prolong our life. Luke 12. 15. Though a man had abundance, his life stands not in Riches. The Richest men live not longest: But least of all can Riches help a man in the day of the Lord's wrath, Prov. 11. 4. and Ezek. 7. 19. Silver and Gold cannot deliver in the day of the Lords wrath; nay in time of war (saith the Prophet) they shall cast them in the Streets.

2. Consider, Riches often provesnares and hinderances in the way of Salvation, 1 Tim. 6. 9. They that will be Rich, fall into Temptation, and snares, and into foolish and noysome lusts which drown men in Perdition, &c. They are often made the Instruments of unjustice, oppression, usury, and of other grievous sins. They are very apt to steal the heart from God, and from the love of his Word. Why then should we set our love up­on them, seeing they may, and are like (without Gods speciall Grace) to prove so hurtfull and dangerous to us?

3. Labour to be well contented with thy present condition, Hebr. 13. 5. Let your conversation be without covetousness, and be content with those things which ye have. Though thy estate be never so mean, rest in it, as in that which is allotted to thee of God, 1 Tim. 6. 8. If we have food and rayment, be therewith content. Learn that excellent Lesson which Paul had so well learned, Phil. 4. 11. I have learned in whatsoever estate I am to be content.

4. Set our chiefest love and desire upon Spiritual and heavenly Riches, Col. 3. 2. Covet the best gifts; desire and seek to be Rich unto God, to be rich in Knowledg, Faith, Repentance, and other saving Graces. Set our hearts upon these, and this will cause us to love the Word of God, which is a means to work and increase these in us, and then we shall be kept from setting our Hearts on worldly Wealth; and so the Word of God shall not be choaked in us by these thoms of covetousness; nay, then we shall with David, esteem the Word of God above all manner of Riches, Psal. 119. 14.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. Further, from these words [the deceitfulness of Riches] we learn, the nature and property of worldly Riches, that they are deceitfull; they prove so oftentimes, yea, most usually to their ow­ners.

Now these are so in sundry respects.

1. In that they are inconstant and transitory, seldome staying long with their owners, but apt to be flit­ting away from them, yea sometimes to forsake them suddenly; therefore called uncertain riches, 1 Tim. 6. 17. and Prov. 23. 5. they take them to their wings as an Eagle, and flye into the Heavens. Thus Job's great Wealth deceived him; and Luke 12. 20. Thou fool, this night, &c.—then whose shall these be? As we ac­count him a deceitfull friend, that is inconstant and uncertain in his Love and friendship, so as we know not where to have him; we cannot be sure of the continuance of his kindness, but he is apt to withdraw it upon every small occasion: So it is with worldly wealth, it is an inconstant, and therefore a deceitfull friend, like a fugitive Servant, as Chrysostome saith.

2. Riches are wont to fail men when they have most need of help and comfort: In the evill day, at the hour of death, and especially in the day of the Lords wrath; at these times, they leave their owners destitute of help, Prov. 11. 4. They avail not in the day of wrath. Ezech. 7. 19. Silver and Gold cannot deliver in the day of the Lords wrath; Nay further, it is said, That in time of War they shall cast their Silver and Gold in the Streets. We account him a very deceitfull friend, who faileth us in our greatest necessity: So account of Ri­ches.

3. They promise unto men that good which they do not perform; they promise much good and happiness to them, they promise health, and long life; safety, in time of danger, ease, and contentment, worldly Ho­nour, &c. and yet are not able to perform these. Luke 12. 19. That rich fool by reason of his wealth, pro­mised himself ease, and pleasure, and long life; yet all his wealth could not make this promise good to him. Yea further, some promise themselves Gods favour because of their wealth, but wealth cannot make this promise good to them; for Eccles. 9. 1. No man knoweth love or hatred (that is, the love or hatred of God) by all that is before them; that is, by all outward temporal blessings; as Wealth, Honour, &c. for ver. 2. All things come alike to all, &c.

4. They are helpfull to the body and outward man; but hurtfull to the Soul, stealing the heart from God, &c.

Object. Object. Riches are the good blessings of God, how then can they be said to be so deceitfull?

Answ. Answ. In themselves they are good, so far as they are well used, but they are occasions of deceiving ma­ny, by reason of mans corruption, being so apt to abuse them unto sin, by loving them too much, and by put­ting too much trust in them, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Hence gather, that it is dangerous to be rich in this Worlds goods, unless God give special Grace to use Riches well; the reason is, because they are by reason of mans corruption so apt to be abused, and so to prove deceitful and hurtfull to the possessors of them. See then how needfull it is for all that have [Page 218] wealth in abundance, to pray unto God for speciall grace to use them well, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Seeing riches are so deceitful, remember the counsel of Solomon, Prov. 23. 4. Travell not too much to be rich, &c. No cause to bestow so much time and pains (as many do) rising early, going late to bed, &c. only to get worldly wealth; which when they have it, is so deceitfull and uncertain, so unable to help them in greatest need, yea, so hurtful and dangerous to the Owners, without Gods special grace, &c. Think of this, all greedy worldings: and consider what folly and madness it is, greedily to hunt after that which is so deceitful and uncertain. Prov. 23. 4. Cease from thy own wisdome, that is, from this carnal wisdome of the world, (which moves men to labour so much to be rich) which wisdome is indeed meer folly and madnesse; as he proveth in the words following, Verse 5. Wilt thou (sayes he) set thine eyes upon that which is not? q. d. seeing wealth is so uncertain and deceitful: it is folly to set thy eyes upon it so much. Contra, Seek Spiritual riches, &c. Lay up treasure in heaven, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Such as have wealth in abundance, to take heed they be not deceived by it: they had need be very wise and watchfull over themselves in the possessing and using of riches, lest they prove deceitful to them. If we be to deal with one that is deceitful, or uncertain in his dealings, we use to be wary and circumspect in our carriage toward him: so had every rich man need to deal warily with his own goods, lest they cozen and deceive him. Remember how deceitful earthly riches are; how inconstant and uncertain, apt to for­sake us suddenly, yea to fail us, when we have most use of them; as in time of danger, at the hour of death, &c. Therefore, 1 Tim. 6. 17. Trust not in uncertain riches, but in the living God, &c. Thou mayst use them to Gods glory, and the good of thy self and others; but trust not in them, set not thy heart upon them; put not confidence in them. Job protesteth, he did not make the wedg of gold his confidence, Job 31. 24. Will any man trust a deceiver and cozening companion? So do not thou trust thy wealth which is so deceitful: though it promise thee much good and happiness, believe it not; for it cannot perform this: if it promise thee health, ease, pleasure, believe it not: if it promise thee Gods favour, believe it not: these are deceitful promises; it is never able to perform them to thee: therefore build not upon them, &c. So much of the [...]econd sort of Thorns, which choak the Word in these hearers, The deceitfulness of riches.

Doctr. Now followeth the third sort, The lusts of other things] That is, other inordinate and unlawful desires of earthly things, whether it be of worldly pleasures and delights, or of wordly honours, or the like, called worldly lusts, Tit. 2. 12. such as the Apostle St. John mentioneth particularly, 1 Epist. cap. 2. verse 16. All that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, &c.

Doctr. Here we learn, That all worldly lusts, or inordinate affections to earthly things, are a great hin­derance to the profitable hearing of the Word: one sort of thorns that choke it.

Now they hinder the fruit of the Word 3. wayes.

  • 1. They hinder men from being affected with the Word; their hearts are so affected with love and de­sire of worldly profits, pleasures, honours, &c. that they cannot be affected as they should with love to the Word of God.
  • 2. They hinder men from believing the Word, and from applying it effectually by faith. Joh. 5. 44. How can ye believe, which receive honour one of another, &c? Ambitious desires hindered them from believing.
  • Ʋse 1 3. These worldly desires keep men from yielding sincere obedience to the Word. Thus Herod's carnal and incestuous lust hindered him from yielding obedience to John Baptist's doctrine: And hence is that, 1 Cor. 1. 26. Not many mighty or noble are called, &c. The reason is, because for the most part such great persons are addicted to these worldly lusts, after Honours, Pleasures, &c. which do keep them from yielding sincere obe­dience to the Word as they ought. So Demas.

Ʋse 2 Use 1. See one cause more, of little profiting by the Word. Many have their hearts so overgrown with thorns of worldly lusts after profits, preferments, carnall pleasures and delights, &c. that the fruit of the Word is choked in them by these: their affections carried so eagerly after things of the world, that they cannot be affected to the Word of God, nor profit by hearing. Some are so affected with carnal pleasures, and vain Sports, that they can hardly forbear them on the Lords Sabbath, when they should either be hearing the Word, or else meditating on it after they have heard it. Others, though they hear the Word with out­ward ears, yet are never the better for it, because their hearts are so carried away with worldly lusts, that they cannot be affected with the Word, much less yield obedience to it.

Use 2. If we would profit by the Word, see that these thorns of carnal and worldly lusts overgrow not our hearts; but pluck them up by the roots: Use all good means to flee the corruption that is in the world through lust, 2 Pet. 1. 4. Lay them aside before we come to hear the Word.

  • 1. Pray earnestly to God, to kill and crucifie these worldly and carnal affections in us by the power of his Spirit; that so we may be dead to the world, and crucified to it, and that to us, as it was to Paul.
  • 2. Consider, That in our Baptism we renounced the world and the lusts of it, promising not to give our selves to the same, but to addict our selves wholly to the service of Christ.
  • 3. The Gospel teacheth us to deny worldly lusts, Tit. 2. 12. Rom. 13. 12.
  • 4. We are here as Pilgrims and strangers; therefore use this world and the things in it, as if we used them not: not setting our affections on them, but raising them to heaven which is our Country, whither we are now travelling: let our love, desire, and all our affections run chiefly after that. Col. 3. 2. and 1 Pet. 2. 11. I beseech you as Pilgrims and strangers, abstain from fleshly lusts, &c. So much of the several causes of choking the Word.

Now to speak briefly of the effect or consequent.

Doctr. It becometh unfruitfull] It brings forth some fruit, but not to perfection, as is said, Luke 8. 14. that is, no good or sound fruit: they yield no true and sincere obedience to the Word.

Doctr. Hence observe, That although we yield some fruit of obedience to the Word, yet if it be not good and sound fruit, that is, sincere obedience, it is all one in effect as if we yielded none at all, we are still to be accounted unfruitful hearers.

The Reason is, because no fruit of obedience to the Word is acceptable to God, if it be not sincere and unfeyned. Now what this sincere obedience is, we shall see upon the next Verse.

Use. Ʋse. Rest not in this, that we yield some obedience to the Word in some things, or for a time: for so did Herod: but see that we bring forth good fruit.

Mark 4. 20.‘And these are they which are sowen on good ground, &c. June 4. 1620.

HItherto of the three first sorts of hearers of the Word, which are unprofitable: Now it followeth to speak of the fourth sort, which are good and profitable hearers, resembled by the good and fruitfull ground mentioned in the Parable.

Now before I come to the particular handling of the words, we may here observe one or two Points ge­nerally, from the comparing of this fourth sort of good hearers, with the 3. former sorts of unprofitable hea­rers.

Observ. 1 1. Observ. In that our Saviour mentioneth 3. sorts of bad hearers, and but one of four good, We may hence gather, That usually the greater part of those that are hearers of the Word in the visible Church, are fruitless hearers: Our Saviour implyeth so much, by mentioning 3. sorts of bad hearers, and but one good.

Here note, That this is true for the most part, though not alwayes, nor of every particular visible Church or Congregation: for there is nothing against it, but that in some particular Congregations, the number of good hearers may be as great or greater than of bad hearers. But, if we speak generally, and for the most part, it is otherwise. Esay 53 1. The Prophet complaineth of the small number of those that believed and imbraced his doctrine, in comparison of those that rejected it, Who (saith he) hath believed our report, and to whom is the arm of the Lord revealed? And this he speaks, not onely of the Jews in his own time, but pro­phetically also, foretelling how it should be in the times of Christ at his coming, and afterwards, That very few should imbrace his doctrine, and the doctrine of the Apostles, in comparison of others that should reject it. And so it came to passe, as we may see, Joh. 12. 37. Though he preached and wrought many miracles before the Jews, yet they believed not on him; that is, very few, in comparison of those that believed not, for ver. 42. Among the thief Rulers many believed on him, &c. They were many in themselves, but few in compari­son of those that Believed not, Joh. 3. 32. So Act, 17. when Paul preached at Athens, a great and populous Ci­ty, yet but few in comparison imbraced his doctrine, as may be gathered out of the last Verse of the Chapter.

Reason. Reason, Matth. 22. 14. Many are called, but few are chosen. This is spoken of those that have the outward Calling by the Word preached: yet even amongst them there are but few chosen to eternal life: now the Word is effectual only in them that are ordained to life, Act. 13. 48.

Use 1 Use 1. Think not that all are good Christians and must needs be saved, that come to Church, and lend their outward ears to the Word. It is nothing so: There are many of those that are outward hearers, (yea, the greater part) who yet reap no true saving fruit by hearing. Luke 13. 26. Christ at the last day shall say to some of those in whose streets himself hath taught, Depart from me ye workers of iniquity. Herod, Judas, and Simon Magus, were all hearers of the Word; yet damned reprobates.

Use 2 Use 2. Rest not in outward hearing of the Word: but seeing there are more bad hearers then good, la­bour the more to hear profitably and savingly, that the Word may be to us the savour of life unto life. It is not so to all usually, nor to the most. It behoves us then to look to it the more carefully, that it may be so to us. If it were so to all, or most, the less care would serve; but now, seeing the saving fruit of the Word is not common to all, but many, yea, the greatest part of hearers usually go without it; Oh how careful, how painful and diligent had we need be so to hear, that we may truly profit to eternal life? Luke 8. 18. Take heed (saith our Saviour) how ye hear. The number of good hearers being so small, great cause there is for every one to labour to be of that number; and therefore to take heed how we hear. Luke 13. 24. Strive to enter in at the strait gate, &c. The reason is implyed by the occasion of those words of our Saviour, which was the Question which one put to him, Whether there were but few saved? To which our Saviour an­swereth, bidding him and all others to strive to enter in at the strait gate, &c. Implying, That the small number of those that are saved, should move all to strive the more to be of that number. So here, the number of good hearers being small, in comparison of the bad, how had we need ro bestir our selves that we may be of that number?

Now what is to be done of us, that we may be of that number, this will better appear in that which follow­eth, by handling the properties of the good Hearer.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour mentioneth one sort of good and profitable hearers amongst the rest that are unprofitable, we learn this, That where the Word is sincerely preached, there though it be not fruitfull in all or the most, yet it is fruitful in some, ordinarily. I say, ordinarily, because it seems doubtful, whe­ther it be alwayes so. See Esay 65. 2. & 49. 4. Indeed it is alwayes effectual either for the converting and saving of some, or else for the convincing and just hardening of all unto condemnation; and so it is never preached in vain: But whether it be alwayes effectual to the salvation of some of the hearers in every place where it is soundly preached, seems doubtful; and the contrary seems probable: yet this is out of doubt, that it is so ordinarily, and for the most part, if not alwayes. And further I adde, That though for the pre­sent, or soon after, the fruit of it do not appear in any of the hearers, yet it may afterward appear in tract of time. It may be sometime it appears not during the life of the Minister that preacheth the Word to such a people; yet it may appear after his death in the time of his Successor, who entreth upon the labours of the former. And in this respect it is very probable, if not certain, that the Word soundly preached, is alwayes truly fruitful and profitable in some that hear it; that is to say, that it is alwayes a means to further the sal­vation of some, and that this doth appear either for the present, during the time of him that so preacheth it faithfully, or else afterward in the time of some other that cometh after him. Esay 55. 10. As the rain cometh down and the snow from Heaven, &c.—and maketh the Earth bring forth and bud, &c.—so shall my Word be (saith the Lord) that goeth forth of my mouth: it shall not return to me void, but it shall—prosper in the thing whereto I sent it. And this we see verified further in the Word preached by the Apostles. In the history of the Acts, we shall find, that where they preached the Word, it was alwayes fruitful in the conversion of some among those that heard it.

Use Use. This is for the comfort and incouragement of all faithfull dispensers of the Word. Their labour is not in vain in the Lord; but they may most comfortably expect that some fruit thereof will follow in time, and appear in those that hear them; and though it appear not suddenly, or in short time, yet in longer tract of time it may; and if not in all their life time, yet after their death, when they are taken away, the fruit of their Ministry may be manifested more then ever before. So much of these general observations.

Now to come to the particular handling of the words. In which is laid down a description of the good Hearers by three properties.

  • 1. They hear the Word.
  • 2. Receive it.
  • 3. Bring forth fruit: which fruit is amplified by the different measure of it: some thirty fold, some sixty, &c.

These are they which are sowen on good ground] Those Hearers that are resembled by the good ground where Seed is sowen.

Such as hear the Word] This is common to all the four sorts of Hearers, as we have seen before. As it was before mentioned in all the three former sorts of unprofitable Hearers, so here it is mentioned as one pro­perty of the good Hearers.

Observ. Observ. Hence observe, that the outward hearing is necessary for all that would profit by the Word Preach­ed. This is the first step to profitable hearing, without which there can be no profiting; as the Seed can­not fructify if the ground receive it not; And the oftner the Word is heard, the more fruit is like to follow; as the thicker the Seed is sown on the ground, the more plentifull crop usually is reaped. Hence is it, that this outward hearing of the Word is so much commended to us, Eccles. 5. 1. Be more ready to hear than to give the Sacrifice of Fools. Jam. 1. 19. Let every man be swift to hear, &c. Joh. 8. 47. He that is of God, hea­reth Gods Word, &c. Revel. 2. 7. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the Chur­ches.

Use 1 Use. 1. To reprove all that are negligent in this duty of hearing the Word; either not hearing it at all, or too seldome, suffering themselves to be hindred by slight occasions from hearing it. How should these profit by the Word Preached, so long as they are so careless of hearing it? these come short of all the three former sorts of unprofitable Hearers.

Object. Object. Some ignorant people may here perhaps alledg for themselves, that though they come not so duly to Church to hear the Word, yet they serve God at home by Praying, or reading the Bible or some other good Books.

Answ. Answ. No Blessing can be expected from God upon such private Reading or Praying, when it is joyned with contempt of the publick worship of God, whereof hearing the Word is one chief part. Remember, Prov. 28. 9. He that turneth away his ear from hearing the Law, even his Prayer shall be abominable. There­fore take heed of neglecting the publick hearing of Gods Word, under any colour or pretence whatsoever. Prov. 1. 24. Because I have called, and ye refused, &c. therefore, ver. 28. They shall call upon me, but I will not answer, &c.

Use 2 Use. 2. To stir up all to diligent and frequent hearing of the Word. Prov. 8. 34. Blessed is the man that heareth me (saith Wisdome) watching daily at my Gates, waiting at the posts of my doors, &c. The more diligent any is in attending upon the Ministry of the Word at the Gates of Wisdome; that is, at the doors of Gods house; the more shall that person profit by the Word, if he come prepared, and be carefull to hear in due manner.

Now to stir up all to diligence in hearing, Consider

1. The excellency of this Ordinance of God, the publick Ministry of the Word, being the onely Ordi­nary means sanctified of God for the working of Faith and Regeneration, and consequently for the bringing of us to Salvation. Rom. 10. 17. Faith is by hearing, &c. 1 Pet. 1. 23. Born anew by the immortall Seed of the Word, &c. Rom. 1. 16. The Gospel is the power of God to Salvation, &c. understand it of the Gospel Preached, therefore called the Gospel of Salvation, and Word of life.

2. Consider our own great necessity and want of the Word Preached, in regard of the wants and weak­nesses of Grace in us. Consider thy want of Knowledg, thy want of Faith, of Godly sorrow for sin, &c. or at least the weaknesses and defects of these Graces, and all other in the best of us; and we shall find how much we stand in need of the Ministry of the Word, for the working and increasing these and all other Gra­ces in us; and this will make us hunger and thirst after the Word Preached; it will make us earnestly de­sire the sincere milk of the Word, even as the sucking child desireth the breast, and will not be satisfied with­out it: it will make us with Job to esteem the words of the mouth of God, more then our necessary food, Job 23. 12.

So much of the first property of the good Hearers, they hear the Word.

The second followeth.

They receive it] Understand this of the inward receiving of it into their minds, and hearts; but especially into their Hearts, Luke 8. 15. They are said in an honest and good Heart to keep it.

Doctr. Doctr. The property of all good hearers to give inward entertainment to the Word in their Hearts, Jam. 1. 21. Receive with meckness, the Word that is ingrafted in you, &c. Psal. 119. 11. David saith, He hid the Word of God in his Heart, &c. Luk. 2. 19. Mary kept all those things, and pondered them in her Heart, which she had heard from the shepheards, and which they had learned of the Angel concerning the Birth of Christ. Thus must all good Hearers entertain the Word Preached into their Hearts.

Quest. Quest. How must the Word be received into the Heart?

Answ. Answ. 1. By being affected and moved in Heart with the Doctrines of the Word when they are deli­vered, loving and rejoycing in the Promises and comforts of the Word, fearing and trembling at the re­proofs and threatnings of it. So David, Psal. 119. 162. I rejoyce at thy Word, as one that findeth great spoyl. Act. 2. 41. They gladly received the Word of Peter. And Act. 8. 8. When Philip Preached Christ to them of Sama­ria, there was great joy in that City. So also we must be affected with fear and trembling at the reproofs and [Page 221] threatnings of the Word. Esay 66. 5. Hear the word of the Lord, ye that tremble at his Word. So Josiahs Heart melted when he heard the Law read.

2. The Word must be received into the Heart by true Faith, believing, and effectually applying every part of the Doctrine to the Soul and Conscience; this is called the rooting and ingraffing of the Word in us, as I have before shewed, ver. 17. and without this, the Word cannot profit, Hebr. 4. 2. The Word did not pro­fit them, being not mingled with Faith, &c.

3. By inward submission of the Heart and Soul, in obedience to the Doctrine of the Word.

Reason. Reas. If the Word be not thus entertained into the Heart, it can never fructify in the life and practice, if it be not first received into the Heart, it will never be conscionably obeyed in the life and conversation. True obedience unto the Word, comes from the Heart, Rom. 6. 17. Ye have obeyed from the Heart the form of Doctrine which was delivered you. Therefore, Jam. 1. 21. Receive the Word, &c. And be ye doers of the Word, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See then they are no good Hearers, who onely receive the Word into their outward ears, but not into their hearts. Some are not affected or moved in heart with the Word when it is delivered: so blockish, that they take nothing to heart that is spoken; they are not moved to love or rejoyce in the comforts of the Word, nor moved to fear or tremble at the reproofs of it; they are no more affected with these things than the Pillars of the Church are. These come short of the second and third sorts of unprofitable Hearers, signifi­ed by the stony and thorny ground, both which (as we have heard) are in some degree affected with the Word; and yet are unprofitable, because not truly and sincerely affected: how much more must they needs be unprofitable, who are not at all affected with the Word?

Again, Others though they be affected in some sort with the Word, yet want true Faith to apply the Word to themselves particularly, and so the Word being not rooted in them, can bring forth no fruit in them. Others have no pliable and obedient hearts to submit to the Word, but rather stubborn and Rebelli­ous hearts against it. Impossible for any of these to be good Hearers so long as they give no better entrance to the Word into their hearts. Though thou give it entrance into thy ears, yet if not into thy heart, it is no­thing; though thy ears be open to hear the sound of it never so often, yet if thy heart be barred and shut up against the Doctrine of the Word, that it cannot enter there, thou wilt be never the better for all that thou hearest, though thou shouldst hear every day a Sermon. See then what a fearfull and dangerous thing it is to have a hard and unbelieving, or a rebellious heart against the Doctrine of the Word; such a heart as is unfit to give entrance to the Word by believing and embracing it; Such a heart, though the Lord come often and stand at the door of it, and knock by the Ministry of his Word, yet there is no entrance for his Word. Take heed there be not in any of us such a heart as this when we come to hear the Word, and pray unto God not to give us over to unbelief and hardness of heart, lest by these sins the Door of our Hearts become fast locked and barred against all good Instructions, and Exhortations delivered to us out of his VVord, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. If we would approve our selves to be good and profitable Hearers, see that we do not onely hear the Word with outward ears, but that we also receive it, and give it entrance into our hearts, so as to be truly affected with it, to believe and apply it effectually, and to yield inward submission of heart to it. When we come to hear the Word, prepare not onely our ears to hear, but especially our hearts to receive the Word; Otherwise in vain to bring hearing ears and deaf hearts. Pray therefore unto God to bore an ear in our hearts with the finger of his Spirit, and to open our hearts, as he did the heart of Lydia, that we may receive the Word into them: Desire also of God to give thee such a heart as is fit to receive his Word as it ought to be received.

  • 1. A soft and melting heart, apt to be affected with the Word, as Josiah.
  • 2. A Believing heart to apply the Word.
  • 3. An obedient heart, as in David, Psal. 27. 8. Seek my Face; My Heart said unto thee, Thy Face Lord will I seek.
Mark 4. 20.‘And bring forth Fruit, &c. June 11. 1620.

OF the two first properties by which these good Hearers are described, we have spoken; Name­ly,

  • 1. That they do outwardly hear the Word.
  • 2. That they do inwardly receive it into their hearts.

Now followeth the third property, which is this; That they bring forth Fruit, which fruit is amplified by the different measure or quantity of it in sundry Hearers, Some bring forth thirty fold, some sixty, &c.

Bring forth Fruit]. By (fruit) we may understand (as some do) all saving effects wrought by the Word Preached, in those that hear it aright, but especially and principally the fruit of true and conscionable obedi­ence, yielded to the Doctrine of the Word, in life and practice. So then, to bring forth fruit of the Word, is nothing else but to yield true and Conscionable obedience to the same in life and practise.

Doctr. Doctr. Here then we are taught, That it is the propetty of all good Hearers of the Word, to be fruitfull in obedience to the Doctrine of the Word Preached to them, Matth. 7. 24. Our Saviour likeneth those that hear his Words and do the same, to a Wise man which built his House on a Rock, &c. Luk. 8. 21. My Mother and Brethren are these which hear the Word of God and do it. Jam. 1. 22. Be ye doers of the Word, and not hearers onely, deceiving your selves.

Now for the further opening of this, I will first shew the kinds of this true obedience to the Word requi­site in good Hearers.

Secondly, Some properties of it, by which it differeth from counterfeit obedience.

Touching the first, The obedience which good Hearers yield to the Word, is twofold.

[Page 222] 1. Inward, of the heart and of the whole inner man; submitting the Mind, Will, and Conscience, unto the obedience of the Word. Rom. 6. 17. Ye have obeyed from the heart the form of doctrine which was delivered you: without this, all outward obedience is but hypocrisie.

2. Outward Obedience in the outward life and conversation; whereby these good hearers do conform their whole outward carriage unto the Rule of the Word; doing the good duties required; avoiding the sins forbidden, &c.

Touching the second thing to be shewed; namely, the Properties of this true Obedience unto the Word. They are these.

1. It comes from a good root and fountain; namely, from true justifying faith, whereby they believe that their persons are reconciled to God in Christ, and accepted of him, and consequently that their obe­dience is pleasing to him. Hebr. 11. 6. Without faith, it is impossible to please God; and Rom. 14. ult. Whatsoever is not of faith is sin: and Rom. 16. 26. it is called, the obedience of faith.

2. It is an universal obedience, yielded alike to all and every part of the Word of God; to every pre­cept, promise, threatening, and reproof, not withholding obedience in any one of these. Thus David, Psal. 119. 6. Then shall I not be confounded, when I have respect unto all thy Commandments. So Zachary and Elizabeth, Luke 1. 6. walked in all the Commandments and Ordinances of the Lord, blameless. Luke 8. 15. These good hearers are said to keep the Word in an honest and good heart; that is, such a heart, in which there is an un­feyned desire and care to obey God in every part of his Word, not living in any known sin contrary to it. Col. 1. 10. The Apostle prayed for them, That they might be fruitful in every good work.

The third Property of the obedience of good hearers is, That it is constant, reaching to every part of their life and conversation after the time of their effectual calling: It stands not in one, or two, or a few good duties performed for a time, or now and then by fits; but in a constant course of obedience to the Will of God. Rom. 2. 7. To them who by patient continuance in well-doing, seek for glory and honour, &c. Luke 1. 75. That we being delivered out of the hands of our enemies, might serve him without fear, &c.—all the dayes of our life. Luke. 1. 15. These good hearers are said to bring forth fruit with patience, ( [...]) which implyes constan­cy and continuance in being fruitful; that they will rather indure any cross or affliction for the Words sake, than they will cease to be fruitfull in obedience to it. See also, Psal. 119. 33. So much of the Do­ctrine.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This sheweth how few good hearers there are amongst the multitude of those that outwardly hear the Word; in that there are so few that bring forth the fruit of true and sincere obedience to the doctrine of the Word.

Some are altogether barren and unfruitful, yielding no obedience to the Word; though they hear it, and understand it, and it may be are sometimes affected with some kind of joy in it (as we have heard before of the temporary hearers likened to the stony ground), yet for all this, they are never the more reformed in heart or life by all which they hear: They make no conscience of framing their hearts and lives in obedience to the Doctrine delivered. Though they hear their sins reproved, and the Judgments of God threatned against them out of the Word, yet they make no conscience to repent of those sins, and to forsake them: and though they hear many good Christian duties urged to them out of the Word, and the necessity of them proved to them; yet make they no conscience of putting them in practise. These are like the Jews in the Prophet Ezekiel's time, Ezek. 33. 31. They came unto him, and sate before him as the people of God, and they heard his words, but they would not do them, &c. These utterly deceive themselves, if they think themselves any thing the better for hearing the Word, so long as they make no conscience of practising what they hear, Jam. 1. 22.

Again, Others, though they make shew of some kind of obedience, yet it is not true and sincere: it fails in the Properties of true obedience. Some make shew of outward obedience and conformity to the Word in their outward actions, but do not in their hearts and consciences yield subjection to the Word by belie­ving, and imbracing it inwardly, and by framing all their thoughts and affections to it: nay, their hearts go still after their old sins. On the other side, some profess to have Obedient and Religious hearts towards God, and yet their outward carriage is profane and wicked. Such must know, that true obedience must be of the whole man, both outward and inward; else God accepts it not. 1 Cor. 6. ult. Glorifie God in your body and spirit, &c. Others do good duties, but not in faith, and so not pleasing to God. Others yield obedi­ence to some part of the Word, but not to all; as Herod did some things at the preaching of John Baptist, Mar. 6. but he would not do all that was required: he would not be obedient to the doctrine of the seventh Commandment, in forbearing to commit incest with his brothers wife. So many make shew of obedience in some good duties, but will not be obedient in all that are required. Some are conformable in the duties of the first Table; they come to Church, and hear the Word, and receive the Sacrament, &c. but make no conscience of duties of the second Table: In their dealings with men they are unconscionable, unjust, &c. Contrariwise, Some make great shew of upright dealing with men; but in duties of Gods worship, are neg­ligent, not caring for them, not regarding the Sabbath, &c. Some refrain some sins, and live in others: one abhors pride, and yet lives in covetousness: another abhors theft, adultery; and yet lives in malice, or slandering of his neighbour. These are far from true obedience to the Word; this is no better fruit than that which Herod brought forth. Jam. 2. 10. Whosoever shall keep the whole Law, and yet offend in one Point, he is guilty of all.

Again, another sort make shew of obedience for a time, but are not constant in it: they begin in the Spi­rit, and end in the flesh; like the Galatians, Chap. 3. Verse 3. They begin a course of practising good duties, but afterward fall from it again, and leave their first love. Such must remember, that, Ezek. 18. 24. When the righteous turneth away from his righteousness, all his righteousness that he hath done shall not be mentioned to him: in his trespasse that he hath trespassed shall he dye. So others make show of reforming and leaving some sins for a time, but at length with the dogg return to their vomit, &c. The end of such is worse then their begin­ing. The obedience of such is counterfeit, who thus take liberty to withdraw it when they list. Thus we we see how far short many come of being good hearers, in that so many fail in bringing forth this fruit of true and sincere obedienc to the Word.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Let all examine themselves by this, whether they be good Hearers or not. If we would know this, Look whether we bring forth the true fruit of it. Look what sincere obedience thou yieldest to it in thy. Heart and life. If thou be carefull, and dost constantly labour to frame thy heart and life unto: the Do­ctrines which thou hast bin taught; this shews thee to be a good Hearer: but if there be no such unfeined care and indeavour in thee, thou art a barren and fruitless Hearer, never the better for all that thou hast heard, never the nearer to Gods Kingdome; nay, thou mayest perish for ever, and go to Hell for all this, if thou live and dye in this Estate; look to it therefore every one.

There are but two sorts of Hearers in general, one fruitful, the other unfruitful, one of these two thou art: Examine throughly which of the two thou art. As a good Tree is known by the fruit, and good ground by the fruitfulness of the Seed sowen in it: So is a good Hearer of the Word known by the true fruit of obedi­ence yielded to it. Look that this be in thee, else thou art no good Hearer.

Use 3 Use 3. Labour to bring forth the true fruit of the Word, by yielding all Conscionable obedience to it in our Hearts and lives; so shall we approve our selves to be good Hearers.

Motives to stir us up hereunto.

  • 1. Consider, that obedience is the end of all our Hearing, and of all Knowledg of the Word, without which, all hearing and Knowledg is vain and unprofitable, Deut. 5. 1. Hear the Ordinances of God, and take heed to observe and do them. Jerem. 11. 6. Hear the words of this Covenant, and do them.
  • 2. Without obedience, our hearing and knowing of the Word shall be so far from doing us good, that it shall be a witness agaist us, and shall aggravate our condemnation, Matth. 11. Easier for Sodome and Go­morrah at the Day of Judgment, than for Capernaum, and other Cities which had the Gospell Preached to them, and did not bring forth the fruit thereof.
  • 3. The promise of blessedness is made nor to such as hear or know the Word, but to such as yield obedi­ence to it. Joh. 13. 17. If ye know these things, happy are ye if ye do them. Luk. 11. 28. Blessed are they that hear the Word of God and keep it.
  • 4. Consider the danger of being found unfruitfull Heareas. Matth. 3. 10. Every Tree that brings not forth good fruit, is hewen down and cast into the Fire. Our Saviour cursed the barren Figg-Tree, Matth. 21. to shew us what shall be the end of all barren Christians, that bring forth no fruit of the Word of God, which they hear Preached unto them. See Hebr. 6. 8.

It followeth. Some thirty fold, some sixty, &c.] In these words our Saviour seemeth to allude unto the great fruitfullness of Judea, in which he now lived; where it is likely that some grounds were so fruitfull as to yield not onely thirty and sixty, but also an hundred fold of increase. Gen. 26. 12. Isaac sowed in the land of Ge­rar (which was bordering upon Judaea) and received in the same year an hundred fold.

Doct. Doctr. Here we learn, that as Seed sown in good ground, is not alike fruitfull in all sorts of good grounds, but in some more, in some less, according to the degree of goodness that is in the grounds. So it is with the Word of God; it is not fruitfull in like measure in all good Hearers, but in some more, in some less, accor­ding to the degrees of Grace that are in them.

Reas. 1 Reas. The Spirit of God worketh not alike measure of Grace in all that are good hearers of the Word, but in some a greater, in some a less measure of Grace, 1 Cor. 12. 4. There are diversity of gifts, but the same Spi­rit. Now it is the Spirit of God that makes the Word fruitfull in all good hearers, and the measure of fruit in them is proportionable to the measure of Grace wrought in them by that Spirit.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. All good hearers have not like helps and means of profiting by the Word, and of bringing forth fruit of it; but some more, some less. Some have better helps of nature (as quick capacity, strong memory, &c.) than others have; some have help of Learning, which others want; and some have the Word more of­ten, and more profitably Preached to them than others; some also have better private helps by private In­struction, Reading, and Conference, than others have. And hence it is, that even among good hearers, some bring forth more fruit than others, according to the different means and helps which they have to make them fruitfull.

Reas. 3 Reason. 3. Even among good hearers, there is a different measure of care to profit, and to bring forth fruit of the Word. This care and endeavour is more earnest and more constant in some then in others: and hence it is, that some are more fruitful than others. As seed sowen in good grounds, is more or less fruitfull according to the care and pains of the Husbandman in tilling them: for a careful Husbandman by good til­lage, will raise a better crop from a meaner soyl, than another shall do from a richer soyl, because he useth less care and pains in tilling it.

Use 1 Use 1. This is for the comfort of those hearers, who complain of the small measure of fruit which they find in themselves by hearing the Word, and are discouraged because of the weak measure of obedience which they yield to the Word in their hearts and lives, notwithstanding all their labouring and striving to yield better obedience, and more fruit: there is no cause for such to be discouraged, if they remember this, that the Word is not alike fruitfull in all that are good hearers; neither doth the Spirit of God work a like measure of Grace in all. There may be foundness of Grace in thee, though it be in weak measure; and thou ma yest be a fruitfull and good hearer, though not in such measure as some other, are. Look more to the sin­cerity of thy obedience to the Word, then to the measure and degree of it: If there be but a willing mind, and an unfeined heart truly desirous and carefull to obey God in all his Word, it is accepted of him though there be many failings, and much weakness in the measure of Obedience. Though thou canst not attain to a hundred fold, or sixty fold, yet it is well if thou yield thirty. Though thou be not the best ground, it is well that thou art good ground; Praise God for it, and know that he rejects thee not for the small measure of thy fruit, if it be good and sound fruit. As the Husband-man doth not reject the ground that yields but thirty fold or less, but takes even the least crop of good Corn in good part, and is glad of it; so the Lord takes in good part even our small fruit of Obedience, if it be sound and sincere. See Joh. 15. 2.

Use 2 Use 2. To teach those that have greater measure of Graces then others, and are able to yield a greater mea­sure of the fruit of obedience to the Word, yet not to despise such as have a smaller measure of Grace, seeing God accepteth even those that bring forth but thirty fold; and not those onely that bring sixty or a hundred [Page 224] fold. Consider also, that if thou be more fruitfull then some others; this is not from thy self, but from God. What hast thou which thou hast not received? Therefore despise not such as have meaner gifts, but labour to cherish the smallest measure of sound Grace in any. Quench not the smoaking Flax, &c.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. Seeing there are degrees of fruitfulness in good hearers, let us not content our selves with this, that we are fruitfull, but labour more and more to grow in fruitfulness; that is, in obedience to the Word. If we have brought forth thirty fold, labour to bring forth sixty; If sixty, then labour to bring forth an hun­dred fold. Though all cannot attain to the greatest measure of fruitfulness, yet all must aim at it, and strive after it, not resting in that measure of Grace and of obedience which they have already attained to, but la­bouring to grow therein, especially such as have most helps and plentifull means of growing, they must look that the measure of their obedience be answerable to the means they have; for to whom God hath given much, of him much shall be required, Luke 12. 48. Now the more to stir us up to labour to grow in fruitful­ness, consider what our Saviour saith, Joh. 15. 8. Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit, so shall ye be my Disciples; where he useth a twofold reason to move them to Labour, not onely to be fruitfull, but to bear much fruit.

  • 1. Because by this means they should bring more glory to God.
  • 2. By this means they should approve themselves to be his true Disciples; that is, good Schollers in his School, not standing at a stay, but proceeding forward to more and more fruitfullness.

Thus we have heard the Description both of the good and bad hearers of the Word in this Parable. Let it be our care to be found in the number of the good, who are truly fruitfull in obedience to the Word; that so we bringing forth true fruit of the Word in this life, may after this life reap the everlasting fruit of all our hearing of the Word, and of our obedience to it, in Gods heavenly Kingdome.

Mark 4. 21, 22, 23.‘And he said unto them; Is a Candle brought to be put under a Bushell, or under a Bed? Jun. 18. 1621. and not to be set on a Candlestick? For there is nothing hid, which shall not be manifested: neither was any thing kept secret, but that it should come abroad. If any man have ears to hear, let him hear.’

HItherto we have heard of the first Parable uttered by our Saviour Christ in this Chapter. Namely, the Parable of the Sower: in which is shewed the different effects of the Word Preached, in sundry sorts of Hearers, and that it is not truly fruitfull in all, but onely in some, and those the smallest num­ber.

Now followeth a second Parable, briefly laid down in these Verses; where we have these particulars laid down.

  • 1. The Parable it self, ver. 21.
  • 2. A reason to confirm the Doctrine taught in that Parable, ver. 22.
  • 3. The conclusion or winding up of the Parable, ver. 23.

Touching the Parable it self. Is a Candle brought, &c?

This short Parabolicall sentence was uttered by our Saviour, not onely this once, immediately after the ex­position of the former Parable of the Sower, (as appeareth here, and Luke 8. 16.) but also at two other times upon other occasions, as we may see Matth. 5. 15. in his Sermon on the Mount, and Luke 11. 33. when he was Preaching to the people at another time.

Now according to the different times and occasions of uttering this Parabolical speech; it may be some­what differently Interpreted, in regard of some different circumstances.

In this place the occasion of uttering seems to be this.

Our Saviour ver. 11. told his Disciples, that to them it was given to know the Mystery of the Kingdome of God. for which cause he thought it fit to Interpret unto them the former Parable of the Sower at their re­quest.

Now then, having said, that it was their speciall Priviledg to have the knowledg of the Gospell revealed to them, and having withall interpreted the Parable to them. He now sheweth by this short Parable, to what end that Knowledg was revealed to them; not that they should keep it to themselves, and hide it in their own breasts, but that they should impart it unto others for their benefit. And this I take to be the scope and sum of this Parable, viz. to shew unto us, for what end God doth reveal unto men the Knowledg of his Word; not that they should keep it to themselves, but that they should employ it to the good of others.

This our Saviour sheweth here by a comparison taken from the light of a Candle, which is appointed not to be covered under a bushel, or under a bed, so as the light cannot be seen, but that it should be set upon a Candlestick in such a place where it may plainly be seen, and give light to those in the house. So our Sa­viour's meaning is, that the light of Spiritual knowledg in the Word, was revealed to his Disciples, not to be hid and kept close to themselves onely, but that by them it might be communicated to others.

This Exposition is confirmed by other places where the knowledg of the Word is compared to light, as 2 Cor. 4. 4. and Ephes. 5. 8.

Under a bushell, or under a Bed] That is, in any close or secret place, so as the light cannot be seen. See Luke 11. 33. A bushel is a kind of measure used to measure Corn or other things withall, as is well known. So much of the sense of the words.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. Here then we learn this Instruction. That such as are enlightned of God in any measure with the true Knowledg and understanding of his Word, ought not to hide this Knowledg within themselves, but to let the light of it shine unto others; that is, to use and employ it to the benefit and good of others.

Quest. Quest. How are they to imploy their knowledg to the benefit of others?

Answ. Answ. 1. By shewing forth the fruits of it in a Holy and sanctified life, thereby giving good example to others, and so drawing them to a love and liking of the Word of God, and encouraging them to seek after [Page 225] the knowledg of it. Matth. 5. 16. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, &c. Phil. 2. 15. That ye may be blameless, &c.—in the midst of a crooked and perverse Nation; among whom ye shine as lights in the world.

2. By communicating and imparting their knowledg unto others that are more ignorant than themselves; being ready to instruct them in the wayes of God, and in the knowledg of his Word. David often pro­fesseth, that he would thus instruct others; as Psal. 32. 8. I will instruct and teach thee in the way which thou shalt go. Psal. 34. 11. Come children, hearken to me, and I will teach you the fear of the Lord. Psal. 51. 13. I will teach transgressors thy wayes, &c. So the woman of Samaria, Joh. 4. And the Disciples, Andrew and Philip, Joh. 1.

Reason. Reason of this Doctrine. We are appointed of God to be as Stewards or Dispensers of those spiritual gifts which he bestoweth on us. 1 Pet. 4. 10. As every man hath received the gift, even so minister the same one to ano­ther, as good Stewards of the manifold grace of God.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This reproveth those that hide their knowledg of the Word, and keep it to themselves only, shut­ing up this light within their own breasts, as it were, as in a close and privy place, that it cannot be seen of others, and so as others have no benefit by it. They do not shine to others by the light of that knowledg which is in them; they shew forth no fruits of it in a holy conversation: neither are they carefull to com­municate their knowledg to others by instruction of them in the wayes of God. What is this but hiding the candle under a bushell, or setting it under a bed, when it should be set upon a candlestick, that the light of it might be plainly seen of those in the house? Let such consider how great a sin it is thus to hide the spi­ritual gifts bestowed on us of God, and not to employ them well to the glory of God, and good of our bre­thren. Matth. 25. 30. The unprofitable servant who hid his talent in the earth, had not only his talent ta­ken from him, but was also cast into utter darkness, &c. Let us then take heed of this sin of hiding, and not employing the gifts of God bestowed on us. Among other graces, take heed of hiding and concealing this gift of knowledg in the Word of God, if God have bestowed it on us in any good measure; lest the Lord one day call us to a strait accompt for not employing our talent to his glory, and good of others. And know this, That if thou hast never so much knowledg in the Word, and yet dost hide it only in thy own breast, and in thy own head, and dost not shine to others by the light of it, then thy knowledg is no sanctified and saving knowledg: for if it were, it could not thus lye hid and buried in thee: but it would manifest it self toward others for their good: it would not only inlighten thy mind, but also thy whole outward life and conversation, causing thee to shine as a light or candle unto others. The light of true saving knowledg can­not possibly be put under a bushell or bed: it cannot so be shut up in those that have it, as not to shine and give some light to others. Therefore if thou have knowledg, and keep it to thy self, and hast no care to do good to others with it; suspect thy knowledg to be but a vain literal knowledg swimming in thy head, and feeding thy own brain: yea, know it to be so, and not to be any sound, sanctified knowledg.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Let this move us to shine unto others by that light of spirituall knowledg, which God hath given unto us: put not this candle under a bushell, nor in a dark lanthorn; but set it on the candlestick, and hold it forth, that others may have benefit by the light of it. Shew forth the fruits of thy knowledg in a holy life, for an example to others: and be ready to communicate thy knowledg to others by instruction, as occasion is offered. Consider to what end God hath given us knowledg, and, as it were, lighted up this candle in our hearts and minds: not that we should there hide and shut it up that it may not be seen; but to the end that we should manifest this light to others for their good and benefit. God hath made us Stewards of this and all other his graces bestowed on us; not absolute owners or possessours: therefore we must dispence them for the good of others, and not keep them onely to our selves. There is not gift or grace bestowed on us of God, but our brethren have a right and interest in it, as well as our selves: though we have the pos­session, yet the use belongs in part unto others. So it is in this grace of knowledg. Therefore all that have this gift, must not keep it to themselves only, but use it to the good of others. Especially this concerns such as have charge of others, being set over them to teach them; as Ministers, Parents, and Masters of Families: such must look to it above all, that they put not their candle of knowledg under a bushell, but that they shew it forth, and let it shine to those of their charge, both by giving them good example of life, and also by being careful to instruct them in the Word of God. Matth. 5. 14. Our Saviour saith, his Disciples were the light of the world: to shew them their duty, which was to shine unto the world by the light of their doctrine and holy life. So must every Pastor be the light of his People; every Master the light of his Family, &c. And these must also look to it, that they be shining and burning lights, (as it is said of John Baptist, Joh. 5. 35.) and not like a candle covered under a bed or bushell, but set on a candlestick.

Doct. 2 Doctr. 2. In that the true knowledg of the Word is here compared to the light of a candle which is set up in the darkness of the night, We may hence observe the excellent use and necessity which we have of this grace. There is great use of a candle in the night-time to give light, and to direct us in the businesses of our callings, and in all employments which we take in hand: and without such a light, they cannot well be performed. So this grace of knowledg and understanding in the Word of God, is of singular and special use in our Christian life, for the well ordering of it; and without the light and direction of it, we cannot right­ly perform any Christian duties which God requireth of us. Psal. 119. 105. Thy Word (saith David) is a lamp (or candle) unto my feet, and a light unto my path. 2 Pet. 1. 19. The word of the Prophets is compared to a light shining in a dark place. Psal. 119. 130. The entrance of thy Word giveth light, &c. that is, the entrance into the true knowledg of them.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See by this the misery of those that live in ignorance of the Word of God, destitute of this can­dle-light which should direct them in all their wayes, and teach them how to order the whole course of their life. Such walk in darkness, not knowing whither they go, nor what they do. 1 Joh. 2. 11. A man travelling in a dark night through a dangerous and unknown way, is in danger at every step to stumble and fall; so those that live without this light or candle of knowledg in the Word to guide and direct their life, are in conti­nual danger of falling into sin and mischief. Let all ignorant persons think of this, and take heed of conti­nuing in their ignorant estate.

Use 2 Use 2. See also the folly of such as contemn or set light by the knowledg of the Word, not caring for it, nor seeking after it, but rather rejecting and putting it from them, saying unto God with those, Job 21. 14. Depart from us, for we desire not the knowledg of thy wayes. This is more folly, than if a man that is in the dark, should refuse the light of a Candle or Torch being offered him. Take heed of such willfull ignorance. Joh. 3. 19. This is the condemnation, that light is come, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Pray unto God to inlighten our hearts and minds by his Spirit, with the true and sound knowledg of his Word; that this Candle may shine in us, to direct us in the whole course of our life: And use all good means to attain to this light. Be diligent in attending on the publick Ministery, which is as the Can­dlestick by which this Candle of the Word is held forth to us: And withall, search the Scriptures often and diligently by private reading, which is a speciall means to gain knowledg and understanding in the Word.

It followeth, Verse 22. For there is nothing hid which shall not be manifested, &c.] This is a proverbial speech used by our Saviour at sundry times upon different occasions, and therefore diversly applyed; as we see, by comparing this place with Matth. 10. 26. & Luke 12. 2. In this place he applyeth it to his present pur­pose, to prove, that the Lord would not have such as are inlightned with the knowledg of his Word, to hide this light, but to shew it forth, and to shine unto others by it. This he proveth by this general sentence touch­ing all things that are secret and hidden; shewing, that it is the Will of God, that all such secret things should in their due time be made open and manifest: whence he would have this inferred, That though the knowledg of the Word be such a grace as is wrought by the Spirit of God in the secret closet of mens hearts; yet God will not have them to hide and conceal this light in themselves, but that they should let it shine to others. He will have the knowledg of his Word manifested to those from whom it is yet hidden, whom he hath appointed to save.

Doctr. Doctr. Now from hence the Point of Doctrine to be gathered, lyeth plain in the words, viz. That God hath so appointed, that all things which are yet secret and hidden, shall in their due time be laid open, and clearly manifested. This is sufficiently confirmed by this place, and the other before mentioned; therefore I will not stand upon further proof of it: only note here, for the right understanding of it, that when it is said, All secret things shall be manifested, It is to be understood onely of those things which God in his wisdom thinketh fit and necessary to be revealed, either for the setting forth of his own glory, or for the salvation of his Elect, or for the just condemnation of the wicked and reprobate. All such things, though they may be hidden for a time, shall at length be made open and manifest in due time; that is to say, either in this world, and before the day of Judgment; or else at the day of Judgment, 1 Cor. 4. 5.

Use 1 Use 1. This is matter of terrour to the wicked and hypocrites, who think if they can commit sin closely and secretly, so as men take no notice thereof, then they are safe, and they shall escape shame and punish­ment. Such must know, that though men see them not, yet God seeth them, unto whose eyes all things are naked and open, Heb. 4. 13. And though their sins may be kept close for a time, yet the time shall come, in which they shall be laid open to their everlasting shame and confusion, if they repent not of them in time, that they may be covered in Christ. Let such then repent of their secret sins, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. This admonisheth all to take heed of sinning against God, though they may do it never so secretly. Remember that, Eccles. 12. ult. God shall bring every work to Judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evill. And remember also what is here said, That there is nothing hid which shall not be ma­nifested, &c. Though thou mayst for a time keep thy sins close and secret, yet canst thou not alwayes keep them so. If thou repent not truly of them, and so get them to be covered in Christ, the time shall come, in which they shall be laid open to the view of men and Angels, and that to thy everlasting shame and confu­sion. God will discover and lay them open either in this life, or after thy death, or at the day of Judg­ment: yea, thy own conscience shall discover them at that day. Revel. 20. 12. The Books were opened, &c. that is, the Books of every ones conscience either discovering their sins to them, and so accusing them before God; or else excusing and acquitting them, if they be such as are in Christ purged from the guilt of sin: Let every one think often and seriously of this time, when the secretest sins of men shall thus be laid open: and let it make us fear to sin against God, though never so secretly.

Use 3 Use 3. This also is matter of comfort to the godly in this life; And that in two respects.

1. It may comfort them against false slanders and accusations, and against all wrongs and abuses offered unto them, without cause. God shall in time clear their uprightness and innocency: though it be hid for a time, yet it shall in due time be laid open, to their praise and glory, and to the shame of their adversaries. This shall be done either in this life, or else at the day of Judgment: at which time, the Lord will bring to light the hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then shall every man have praise of God, 1 Cor. 4. 5.

2. It ministers comfort to them against all the afflictions and miseries which they many times suffer in this life, by reason of which, their estate seemeth unto the world to be wretched and miserable. But the truth is, it is most happy and blessed, notwithstanding all the outward miseries of this life. For all these turn to their good, and to the furtherance of their salvation, and so hinder not their happiness: but they are bles­sed in the midst of them; and though this their happiness be yet hid, yet it shall one day most clearly appear and shine forth. Col. 3. 3. Your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ our life shall appear, then shall ye also appear with him in glory.

Verse 23. If any man have ears, &c.] This was spoken of before, Verse 9.

Mark 4. 24, 25. ‘And he said unto them, Take heed what you hear: With what measure ye mete, it shall be mea­sured June 25. 1620. to you: And unto you that hear, shall more be given. For he that hath, to him shall be given: and he that hath not, from him shall be taken, even that which he hath.’

OF the two first Parables uttered by our Saviour in this Chapter, we have spoken: namely, the Parable of the sower, and the Parable of the Candle.

Now before the Evangelist doth come to the third Parable, he first mentioneth a speciall Admonition or Precept given by our Saviour unto his Disciples touching the right way of hearing the Word. And this fol­loweth well upon the Conclusion of the former Parable of the Candle, ver. 23. In which our Saviour having exhorted all that have ears, diligently to hearken to his Doctrine; now he sheweth his Disciples what they must do if they would hear his Doctrine aright and profitably; namely, that they must take diligent heed to the matter of that Doctrine, what it is which they hear.

1. Consider, the duty enjoyned, Take heed what you hear.

2. A reason to inforce it, taken from the fruit and benefit which shall follow, if they do diligently mark and attend to the Doctrine delivered.

This fruit is laid down, 1. Generally and more obscurely, in this Proverbiall speech, With what measure ye mete, &c.

2. More particularly and plainly, in these words; And unto you that hear shall more be given. And this is further confirmed ver. 25. by another Proverbiall sentence. For he that hath, to him shall be given, &c.

Take heed what you hear] Attend diligently to the matter of the Doctrine which I deliver unto you; and seriously consider what manner of Doctrine it is, even such as is most true, Divine, and Heaven­ly.

Doctr. Doctr. Hence we learn, that such as would hear the Word of God aright, and so as to profit by hearing, must diligently attend to the matter and substance of the Doctrine which is delivered, seriously weighing the Divine nature and excellency of it. Revel. 2. 7. Let him that hath an ear, hear what the Spirit saith unto the Churches. Let every one hearken diligently to the Doctrine delivered to the Churches; and withall se­riously consider what Doctrine it is, even the Doctrine of God proceeding from his Spirit. 2 Tim. 2. 7. Consider what I say, &c.

Reas. Reas. This attention to the matter, and serious consideration of the Divine nature and excellency of the Doctrine, is a speciall means to move those that hear it to believe, and yield obedience to the Doctrine, when they perceive it to be of Divine Authority, and of such excellency.

Ʋse. 1 Ʋse 1. See by this, that such cannot be profitable hearers, who take little or no heed to the matter and sub­stance of the Doctrine taught in the publick Ministry; yet many such there are, who rest onely in the out­ward sound of the words, or in the Eloquence or good voice of the Preacher, but never take heed to the mat­ter and substance of the Doctrine, nor once seriously consider of the Divine excellence of it.

Hence is it that they are not affected in Heart with it, neither are they moved to imbrace and yield con­scionable obedience unto it. Such were the Prophet Ezekiel's hearers, mentioned Ezek. 33. 32. To whom he seemed (in his Preaching) to be as a lovely Song, of one that hath a pleasant voice, and can play well of an In­strument; for they heard his words, but did them not. They took heed to the Prophets words and manner of speaking, and were delighted with his good utterance, but regarded not the matter and substance of his Do­ctrine, to imbrace and practise it.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Let all that would shew themselves good hearers, give diligent heed to the matter of Doctrine delivered, and look at the Divine Authority of it. Hear it not as man's word, but as the truth of God. So 1 Thess. 2. 13. So much of the Duty enjoyned.

Now followeth the reason used by our Saviour to inforce it on his Disciples, With what measure ye mete, &c.

This Proverbiall sentence we find uttered by our Saviour, not onely here, but also Matth. 7. 2. upon ano­ther occasion, and to another purpose; namely, to shew, that such as rashly and uncharitably censure others, shall be in like manner censured by others. But in this place our Saviour applyeth it to his present purpose, to shew what fruit and benefit should come of it. If they would use diligence in hearkning to the Word, and such conscionable care to profit by it as was fit; then the Lord would recompence this their diligence and care with such a measure of fruit by hearing, as should be answerable and proportionable to their care and di­ligence used; as if he had said, Look what measure of diligence and conscionable care is in you to hear the Word, and to profit by it, the like measure of Spirituall fruit and profit shall you reap by the blessing of God upon your hearing. Vide Theophylact. Bucer. Lyser. Winkelman in locum.

And to you which hear] That is, diligently attend and give heed to the Doctrine of the Word, with a con­scionable care to profit by it.

More shall be given] A greater measure of sound Knowledg, Faith, and such other sanctifying Graces of the Spirit shall be bestowed on you, and wrought in you by the Word Preached.

Thus our Saviour in these last words of the verse, doth more plainly shew what he meant by the former Proverbiall speech, when he said, That with what measure they did mete, it should be, &c. So much of the words.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. With what measure, &c.]

Observ. Observ. We must look that the Spirituall fruit and profit which we reap by performance of holy duties, shall be proportionable to the diligence and conscionable care which we bestow upon those Duties. Look what measure of diligence and conscionable care and pains we mete unto God in performance of good Du­ties, the like measure of Spirituall fruit and profit will he mete unto us again. If we use a good measure of care and diligence, we may look for a good measure of fruit: if small, or no care or diligence, then small or no fruit. That which Paul speaketh of giving Alms to the Saints, is true of all Religious duties. 2 Cor. [Page 228] 9. 6. He that soweth sparingly, shall reap sparingly: and he that soweth bountifully, shall reap bountifully. If we be sparing and niggardly in our care and pains bestowed on the duties of Gods service, we shall reap but a small measure of fruit by those duties: but if we be liberal and bountiful in our care and diligence, God will reward us with a bountiful measure of fruit and comfort, which we shall find and feel by performance of such duties. To this purpose is that, 1 Cor. 15. ult. Be ye stedfast, unmoveable, alwayes abounding in the work of the Lord: for as much as you know that your labour is not in vain in the Lord, As if he should say, The Lord will abundantly reward you, if ye be abundant, and plentifull in his work; that is, in performance of holy and religious duties.

Use 1 Use 1. See the reason why many reap little or no fruit or sound comfort to their own souls by performance of holy duties of Gods Worship, as hearing of the Word, receiving Sacraments, Prayer, &c. It is because they bestow small or no care, pains and diligence in performance of them, but sleight them over, thinking that God is pleased with the outward work done, though there be no conscionable care of the right manner of doing such duties. It is just with God to deprive such of the fruit and comfort of such duties, when they are thus negligent and careless in performing them. Such measure as they mete unto God in their obedience and service, the same measure he justly meteth to them again in the fruit and reward of that service.

Use 2 Use 2. To encourage us to use diligence and conscionable care in all duties of Gods service, knowing that our labour and care shall not be in vain in the Lord: but according to the measure of care and diligence which we bestow, he will reward us with a proportionable measure of fruit and comfort, which we shall reap by serving him conscionably. As a good and liberal Master, if he see his servant careful and painfull in his service, will deal the more bountiful with him in his wages: So will the Lord deal with us: not that we can by any care or pains of ours deserve a more plentiful reward at the hands of God; but onely because he hath freely promised so to reward our pains bestowed in his service, and not for the worthiness of our service in it self.

Doct. Doctr. 2. And to you which hear, &c.]

Observ. Observ. Diligent and conscionable hearing of the Word preached, is a speciall means and help to further Christians in grace, and to increase in them all sanctifying gifts of the Spirit. 1 Pet. 2. 2. Desire the sincere milk of the Word, that ye may grow thereby, Ephes. 4. 12. Christ when he ascended, gave Pastors and Teachers, for the perfecting of the Saints, and for the edifying of the body of Christ; that is, to further the Saints in grace. Therefore, 1 Thess. 5. 19. the Apostle having first said, Quench not the Spirit, he presently addeth, Despise not Prophesying; to shew, that the way not to have the graces of the Spi­rit quenched in us, but rather to have them cherished and increased, is, not to despise prophesying or preach­ing of the Word; that is, to make high accompt of it, and to shew it by diligent hearing of the Word. See Act. 20. 32.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See then, that hearing of the Word is needfull, not only for such as want grace, but also for such as are already called effectually, and are in the state of grace, to confirm them therein, and help them to grow in it. As the Word preached is the seed of our new birth, by which we must come to be born anew, 1 Pet. 1. 23. So also, it is that sincere milk by which such as are new-born babes in Christ, must be continually nou­rished, and attain to further growth in grace. Though thou have grace, yet think it not needless for thee to be a diligent hearer of the Word: thou must still hear it, that thou mayst get more grace, more knowledg, faith, &c. As thou must never think thou hast enough of these graces, so thou must never think thou hast been a hearer of the Word long enough.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what they must do, which feel the want and weakness of their knowledg, faith, and other gra­ces in themselves; Let them be more and more diligent in hearing the Word preached on all occasions: let them be swift to hear this Word (as St. James exhorteth them), remembring this which our Saviour here spea­keth, That to such as hear, shall more be given.

It followeth, Verse 25. For he that hath, to him shall be given, &c.] Having said, That to such as hear diligently, more grace shall be given: Now he confirmeth this further by this general proverbial sentence. The summe whereof is this, That such as use that measure of grace well which they have, shall have a greater measure given unto them of God: and that on the contrary, such as do not make a right use of the gifts they have, shall be deprived of them.

In the words are two things.

  • 1. A promise to such as make good use of their gifts; they shall have them increased. He that hath, &c.
  • 2. A threatening of Judgment against such as do not well employ the gifts they have, He that hath not, from him shall be taken, &c.

He that hath] That is, he that well useth and employeth that measure of grace which God hath given him, being careful to glorifie God, and to do good to others with those spiritual gifts which are bestowed on him. That this is the meaning, may appear, because in the words going before, our Saviour made mention of the good employment of the grace which was in his Disciples, in that he urged them (as we have heard) to be diligent hearers of the Word: which is one way of well employing the graces which was in them. Be­sides, this Exposition is also confirmed by that place, Matth. 25. 29. where our Saviour useth this proverbial sentence as a conclusion to the Parable of the Talents: The scope whereof is to shew, That such as use their gifts well, shall have them increased; and such as use them not, shall have them taken away. That place therefore helpeth to interpret this.

To him shall be given] A greater measure of grace shall be bestowed on him of God.

And he that hath not] Which is not careful to use his gifts well to the glory of God, and good of others.

From him shall be taken even that which he hath] God will deprive him even of those common gifts and good things that are in him. Luke 8. 18. it is said, That shall be taken from him which he seemeth to have: which implyeth, That God will discover him not to have that truth and soundness of grace which he maketh shew of; and so he shall be laid open for a grosse hypocrite. So much of the meaning of these words.

Doctr. Doctr. 1. Such as are careful to improve and make right use of the gifts and graces which they have, unto Gods glory, and to the good of others, shall have them increased. The only way to attain to more grace, and to a further increase in spiritual gifts, is to employ and use that measure of gifts which we have already, [Page 229] to the glory of God the giver of them. This is plainly taught us by that Parable of the Talents, Matth. 25. They that used their Talents well, and to the advantage of the Master, had more committed to them. Joh. 7. 17. If any man will do his Will, he shall know, &c. By well using the knowledg which he hath, it shall be in­creased. As it is with men in their wordly estate; they commonly thrive best, who are careful to improve that Estate of Lands or Goods which they have, by employing it to the best advantage: So it is with Chri­stians in their spiritual estate; they are like to thrive most in grace, who employ best those gifts which God hath bestowed on them.

Reason. Reason. Such as do use their gifts well, do thereby honour God, and bring glory to his name: therefore God doth honour them again, by multiplying his graces in them, and doubling his Spirit on them. See 1 Sam. 2. 30.

Use. Use. Be careful then to improve all spiritual gifts bestowed on us of God: use them to the best advantage for his glory, who is the author and fountain of them. Stirr up the gifts of God that are in thee, as Paul wills Timothy: and be careful to exercise and set them awork, to the glorifying of God, and doing of good to others. Set awork thy knowledg, faith, zeal, love, &c. Make use of these graces which God hath given thee, that thou shouldst honour him and do good to others, and to thy soul by them. And thus if thou use these gifts, thou shalt find, that God will increase them in thee more and more. Honour him with the gifts thou hast, and he will honour thee with a greater measure of the same graces.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. God will take his gifts from such as have them, and use them not well to his glory, but do ei­ther hide and bury them, with that unprofitable servant, Matth. 25. living unprofitably with their gifts, and doing no good with them; or else do abuse them unto sin, and to the dishonour of God. Thus the talent was taken away from the unprofitable servant. Thus Judas had the gift of knowledg in the doctrine of the Gospel, and other excellent gifts: yet because he used them not well, but abused them, he was deprived of them, and at length laid open to be a notorious hypocrite. So Saul had the gift of wisdome to govern a Kingdom, and the gift of Prophecy for a time, &c.

Reason. Reason. This is great unthankfulness against God, when such as have received good gifts, do not use them to his glory: therefore he punisheth this sin of unthankfulness in them, by taking away those from them. Note here, That when we say, God taketh away his gifts from such as use them not well; this is not to be understood of the true sanctifying graces of his Spirit, which are proper to the Elect, (for these are never taken away from those that once have them truly. Rom. 11. 29. The gifts and calling of God are without repen­tance,) but it is to be understood of those common gifts which may be in hypocrites, and in reprobates: these God taketh away from such as have them, when they use them not well, but rather abuse them to Gods dishonour. And it is also thus far true of the sanctifying Graces of the Spirit; that although God never take away the gifts themselves wholly or finally from such to whom they are once given, yet he may for a time take away the comfortable feeling and lively working of those Graces from such as are too careless in employing them well.

Use 1 Use 1. Beware then of hiding any good gifts bestowed on us of God. Bury not thy talent in the earth with the unprofitable servant, lest it be taken from thee, as it was from him: live not idly and unprofitably with thy gifts, lest God punish thy unthankfulness, by depriving thee of those gifts, as he may justly do.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. If it be just with God to take his gifts from such as do not use them well: then how much more just is it with him, to deprive such of them, who abuse them to his dishonour. God will be honoured with his own gifts: therefore dishonour him not with thme, lest he severely punish this sin in thee.

Mark 4. 26, 27, 28, 29.‘And he said, So is the Kingdom of God, as if a man, &c. July 2. 1620.

THis is the third Parable uttered by our Saviour, and mentioned by the Evangelist in this Chapter. The main Scope of which, seemeth to be this, To set forth unto us the vertue, power, and efficacy of the Word preached, and to shew how God doth by means of it, work grace in the hearts of his Elect. This is shewed here by a similitude taken from seed sowen in the ground by a husbandman, which doth by the bles­sing of God fructifie in the earth and grow up, after a secret manner unknown to the husbandman; al­though he take no further care or thought for the growth of it, after it is sowen: Even so our Saviour meaneth, that the Word being soundly and faithfully preached, by the blessing of God upon it, and by vertue of his Spirit accompanying the same, doth fructifie and bring forth the fruit of saving grace in the hearts of Gods Elect, and that after a secret manner unknown to man, and to the Ministers themselves who preach the Word.

More particularly in this Parable we have four things laid down:

1. The outward means, by which the work of saving grace is usually wrought in Gods Elect; namely, the preaching of the Word: resembled here by the Husbandman's casting of seed into the ground, Verse 26. So is the Kingdome of God, as if a man, &c.

2. From whence it is, that the Word preached hath such vertue and efficacy to work Grace in the Elect; not from the Ministers themselves which preach it, but from God himself blessing his own Ordinance, and accompanying it with the powerful work of his Spirit. This is implyed, Verse 27. where it is said, that though the Husbandman sleep, and rise up night and day, that is, do passe dayes and nights securely, not taking care or thought how to make the seed fructifie, yet it doth spring and grow of it self by the blessing of God upon it; so that it is not the care of the Husband-man, nor any means that he useth or can use, (after that he hath sowen the seed) that can make it to fructifie: but the cause hereof is the blessing and providence of God making the seed to spring and grow in the earth. And this is further implyed, Verse 28. when it is said, that the earth bringeth forth fruit of her self, that is, not simply and absolutely of her self, but by that vertue which God giveth unto it to make it fruitful; and not by any vertue which it hath from the Husband­man that soweth seed in it.

Now by all this, our Saviour's purpose is to shew, That the efficacy of the Word preached in working Grace in the hearers, is not from the Ministers that preach it, but only from God himself giving a blessing to his own Ordinance.

The third Point to be considered, is the manner how God worketh grace in his Elect by the Word prea­ched. This is set forth here in two things.

1. That he doth work it after a hidden and secret manner, unknown to man; which is implyed, Vers. 27. when it is said, The seed sowen by the Husbandman springeth and groweth up he knowes not how: by which our Saviour would shew, that the vertue and efficacy of the Word preached in working grace in the hearers, doth exercise it self after a manner that is secret and unknown to man, and to the Ministers themselves who preach this Word.

2. That God doth work grace in his Elect by degrees in tract of time, and not all at once on the sud­den: This is implyed, Vers. 28. when the Earth is said to bring forth first the blade, then the ear, &c. where­by our Saviour implyeth, That the Word preached is effectual by degrees to work grace, and not all at once: first it causeth a small and weak measure of grace to spring in them, and then afterward by degrees causeth it to grow to more ripeness and perfection.

The 4th principal matter to be considered in this Parable, is the issue or consequent that followeth, after that the Word preached hath been effectual to work grace in the Elect; when his fruit of grace is come unto due ripeness in them; that is, unto such a degree and measure as God hath appointed they shall attain to in this life; then God doth at the time of the harvest reap and gather into his barn (as it were) this fruit; that is, the persons themselves in whom this fruit of saving grace is brought forth by the Word preached: I say, the Lord doth reap and gather them into his barn; that is, partly at the hour of death, and partly at the day of Judgment (which are the times of the Lords harvest), he doth translate and take his Elect out of this life, and make them partakers of his heavenly Kingdom, Verse 29. Thus we see the principal Points con­tained in this Parable.

Now to speak of them more particularly in their order.

First of the first thing; which is, the ordinary outward means of working grace, viz. the Ministery or Preaching of the Word, Verse 26. So is the Kingdome, &c.

The Kingdom of God] Touching the divers significations of this phrase of speech, I shewed you upon the first Chapter, Verse 15.

In this place it is used to signifie the preaching of the Gospel: yet not the preaching of it, barely consider­ed in it self; but together with the efficacy and vertue of it, whereby it worketh grace in those that hear it preached. This preaching of the Gospel, together with the vertue and efficacy of it, is called the Kingdom of God, because by means of it, God doth raign in the hearts of his Elect.

As if a man should east seed into the ground] By these words our Saviour implyeth, That as sowing of seed is the means to bring fruit: so the preaching of the Word is the means to bring forth the spiritual fruit of grace in men.

Doctr. See then from hence, the excellency and necessity of the publike Ministery of the Word, being the ordinary and principal means whereby God usually worketh grace in his Elect. 1 Pet. 1. 23. The incor­ruptible seed of our new birth. Rom. 10. 17. Faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the Word of God, Gal. 3. 2.

Quest. Quest. Are not the Sacraments a means to work grace in us?

Answ. Answ. Touching the Lords Supper; that is a Sacrament of confirmation, to strengthen and nourish grace in us, and not to work grace where it was not before. Touching Baptism; we grant, that it is not onely a seal of grace, but also an effectual means by which God doth (in the right use of it) work grace in such as are par­takers of it; according to that, Tit. 3. 5. We are saved by the washing of the now birth; that is, by baptism. And yet so, as we do not tye this effect alwayes to it: for in some, grace is wrought before Baptism: in some, at the time of Baptism: and in some, after Baptism. But this makes nothing against that which we have said of the Word preached: for in such as are of years of discretion, preaching of the Word is the principal means to work grace; especially in such as have not grace wrought in them before, by means of Baptism.

Use 1 Use 1. This should stir up Ministers which are as the Lords Husbandmen, to be diligent on all occasions to cast this seed of the Word into the ground; that is, to preach it diligently and frequently to their people, in season, and out of season. Eccles. 11. 6. In the morning sowe thy seed, and in the evening withhold not thy hand. This we must do, if we would have the fruit of saving grace to spring and grow up in our people.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stirr up the people to make high account of this Ordinance of God, the publick Ministery of the Word, and to be diligent in hearing it. If thou wilt have grace to spring and grow in thee, thou must de­sire the seed of the Word to be often cast into thee, as into good ground, &c. So much briefly of the first Point.

Now followeth the second thing laid down in this Parable; namely, from whence the Word preached hath vertue and efficacy to work grace: not from the Ministers of God which preach it; but from God him­self. This is implyed (as I have said) Verse 27, 28. when it is said, That the Husbandman having sowen his seed, though he sleep and rise up night and day, taking no further thought for it, yet it springeth and grow­eth up by the blessing and providence of God, giving vertue both to the seed it self to grow, and to the earth to bring it forth.

Doctr. Doctr. Here then we are taught, that the vertue and efficacy of the Word Preached, for the working of Grace in the Hearers, doth not depend upon the Ministers that Preach it, but upon God himself. As in the sowing of Seed; all that the Husbandman can do, is onely to Till the ground, and to cast the Seed upon it, and then to Harrow it into the ground, but he cannot of himself, nor by any thing he can do, nor by any care that he can further take; I say he cannot of himself by any of these means, make the seed to spring and grow, but he must leave this unto Gods Providence, who maketh the Sun to shine on it, and the rain to fall on the Earth, that the Seed may fructify, and grow up; even so it is in the Ministry of the Word; All that the Mi­nister of God can do, is to be diligent in Preaching the Word, opening and unfolding the sound Doctrine of [Page 231] it to the People, and applying the same unto them by zealous and earnest exhortation, admonition, reproof, &c. But he hath not the Hearts of his people in his hands; he cannot work upon their Hearts, or cause the Word to work upon them, to enlighten them, to work Faith and Repentance in them, &c. but it is God alone that must do this by the power of his own Spirit, else it will not be done. 1 Cor. 3. 6. I have Planted (saith Paul) Apollo watered, but God gave the increase. So then, neither is he that Planteth any thing, neither he that watereth, but God that giveth the increase. And 1 Cor. 15. 10. I laboured more abundantly than they all; yet not I, but the Grace of God which was with me: that is, the power and efficacy of Gods Spirit making his Ministry effectuall. Therefore also the Lord promiseth to joyn his Spirit with the Ministry of his Word in the Church, to make it effectuall. Esay 59. ult.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See by this, that we ought not to contemn or refuse the Doctrine of the Word, because of the meanness of the person that doth Preach it. Though he be of mean place and condition in the World, or of mean parts and gifts; yet if he be indued with a sufficiency of gifts, and have a lawfull calling to the Mini­stry, we are not to contemn his Doctrine, nor to refuse to hear and imbrace it, so long as he reacheth the truth of God soundly, and in profitable manner. In this case remember, that the efficacy of the Word is from God, and not from the person of the Minister; and he may if he please, and doth sometimes give as great a blessing to the Ministry of a man of mean gifts, dealing sincerely in his Ministry, as he doth to the Mi­nistry of another that hath greater gifts. He that was powerfull in converting the World by the Ministry of the Apostles, being but mean persons, and some of them unlearned Fishermen at the time of their first Calling, his Arm is not shortned, but he can still work mightily and marvellously by the Ministry of mean persons.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. This may teach faithfull Ministers not to be discouraged or troubled at it, nor too much to vex and grieve their minds at it, though they have faithfully laboured in the Ministry, and yet see not in their people such good fruits of their pains as are answerable to their desire and expectation. Here we must re­member, that though we be called to Preach the Word, yet it is not in us to make it effectuall to work Grace further then the Lord gives a blessing to our pains, and accompanyeth the outward Teaching with the in­ward operation of his Spirit. He that Planteth and watereth is nothing, but God which onely giveth the increase. Faithfull Ministers are but the Lords Husbandmen, they are to cast the seed of the Word into the Ground; that is, to open and apply the Doctrine of it to the Hearers by Preaching; but they cannot of themselves make this Seed to spring and grow up in them; that is, to bring forth the fruit of saving Grace in them: This God alone can do, by the powerfull work of his Spirit joyned with the outward Ministry. Here then a Faithfull Minister is to do as the Husbandman useth to do. When he hath sowed his Seed, and Harrow­ed it into the ground, he doth not Afflict and trouble himself with care and thought about the growth of it; neither is he discouraged, though he do not see it spring and come up so soon as he expected; but he leaveth these things to Gods Providence and blessing, knowing, that without this blessing of God, and without the vertue of the Sun shining on the earth, and rain falling on it, himself cannot make the Seed to spring and grow. So a faithfull Minister is to do his duty in sowing the Seed of the Word; that is, in Preaching the same to his people diligently; and then to leave and commit the fruit and success of his labours to the bles­sing of God, not disquieting or discouraging himself about the same, though he do not see such fruit of his Mi­nistery appearing as he earnestly wisheth, knowing that this is wholly in the hands of God to make the Mini­stery of his Word effectuall to those that hear it.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. This must move both Ministers and people not to rest onely in the outward Preaching and hearing of the Word, but withall to seek to God often and earnestly by prayer to give a blessing to the outward Mi­nistry, that it may be powerfull through the Spirit of God accompanying it to work Grace in the Hearers. Ministers must not think it enough, that they Preach the Word diligently; but having so done, they are also from time to time to sollicite God by Prayer for a blessing upon their Ministry, without which all their la­bour is fruitless. The Husbandman having sown his seed, though he doth not afterward trouble himself with vain and needless care and thought how to make it grow (because he knows he cannot do this) yet he doth wait for a blessing from God upon his seed sown, and he looketh up to the Heavens, desiring that the Sun may shine, and the rain fall on his ground, to make the seed spring up and grow: Even so should a Minister of the Word look up to God, and pray unto him for a blessing upon his Ministry, &c.

So also the people are not to think this enough, that they have a sound and profitable Teacher to Preach the Word to them diligently, and that they do hear him duly; but they are withall to go unto God by frequent Prayer, craving his blessing upon the Ministry of the Word, and upon their hearing of it, and that he will by the Divine power of his Spirit, make both effectual to work and increase Grace in them, and to further them unto Salvation. Remember, the efficacy of the Word depends not upon the person of the Minister, though he be of never so excellent gifts, but it is wholly from God himself. Seek to him by prayer to make his Word effectuall to thee, else thou wilt never profit by it, though Eliah, John Baptist, or Paul himself were a live to Preach it to thee: Rest not then in this, that thou livest under the Ministry of a good Pastor, but pray unto God daily to make his Ministry profitable to thee, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. Seeing all the vertue and efficacy of the Word Preached is from God, and not from the Minister that Preacheth it; let this move both Ministers and people to yield unto God all the Glory and praise, when they see any good done by the Preaching of the Word; when the good fruits of it do appear, let God, and not man have the Honour of it, &c.

So much of the second thing taught us in this Parable; namely, from whence the Word Preached hath power and efficacy to work Grace.

Mark 4. 27, &c.‘And the Seed should spring, and grow up, he knoweth not how, &c. July 9. 1620.

NOw to speak of the third point; Namely, the manner how Grace is wrought in men by the Word Prea­ched.

  • 1. In a secret and hidden manner.
  • 2. Not all at once, but by degrees.

Of the first; This our Saviour sheweth, when he saith, That the Seed sowen by the Husbandman doth spring and grow up he knoweth not how; that is, after a hidden and secret manner, unknown to the Husband­man himself: whereby his purpose is to shew how the Seed of the Word doth fructify in the hearts of men, viz. secretly, &c.

Doctr. Doctr. From hence we learn, That when God doth work Grace in the hearts of any by the Ministry of his Word, he doth it after a hidden and secret manner unknown to man. As man knoweth not the manner how Seed sowen in the earth doth spring and grow up; so much less can we know the manner how Grace is wrought in the Heart by the Ministry of the Word. Joh. 3. 8. The Wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hea­rest the sound thereof, but canst not tell whence it commeth, and whither it goeth. So is every one that is born of the Spirit. As the nature of the Winds, and the true cause of their blowing is a matter secret and hid (and there­fore the Philosophers themselves do write uncertainly of it), so much more is the work of Grace a thing se­cret and hid from mans knowledg. Eccles. 11. 5. As thou knowest not what is the way of the Spirit, nor how the bones do grow in the Womb, &c.—even so thou knowest not the work of God, &c. This is true of the work of Grace, which God worketh in his Elect after a secret and unknown manner. Not that this work of Grace is altogether hid and unknown to man; for the Regenerate in whom it is wrought, do not onely know it in some measure, but also feel it in themselves; but it is unknown and secret in two respects.

  • 1. It is hid from natural reason, which cannot discern or judge of it, or of the nature of it. 1 Cor. 2. 14. The natural man receiveth not (or perceiveth not) the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness unto him, neither can he know them, &c. This we see in Nicodemus, who being a great Pharisee, yet judging onely by na­turall reason, could not comprehend the nature of Regeneration, Joh. 3.
  • 2. It is also in some sort hid from the Regenerate themselves, in whom it is wrought; and that in three respects.
  • 1. In regard of the particular manner of the working of Grace by the Spirit of God; which is such, and so secret, that though they know the nature of it in general, and so far as it is laid forth plainly in the Word of God, yet they do not in this life throughly and perfectly comprehend the same.
  • 2. In regard of the sensible feeling of Grace which they have not at all times, &c.
  • 3. In regard of the particular time when it begins first to be wrought in them, which oftentimes is not known or taken notice of by those in whom Grace is wrought. Some indeed have this priviledg, that Grace is wrought in them suddenly at a certain time, which themselves may take notice of; as our Saviour saith of Zachaeus, This day is he become the son of Abraham. So also Lydia, and those Act. 2. who were suddenly Converted at Peter's Sermon. But ordinarily it is otherwise; for in those that are ordinary hearers of the Word, it Distilleth by little and little into their hearts for the working of Grace. And as we may see the Seed sown is sprung up and groweth, though we cannot know the time when it began first to spring up: so the [...]e may know that they have Grace, and yet not know the particular time when it was first wrought in them.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the reason why many good Christians which excell in Grace, are despised, and meanly ac­compted of in the World. It is because the World seeth not what is in them: Carnall men have not eyes to discern those excellent Graces of the Spirit which are secretly wrought in the hearts of good Christians; therefore they think meanly and basely of them oftentimes, whereas if they did but see and know the excel­cellent Spirituall Graces of Faith, Humility, Meekness, &c. which are in them, and the wonderfull manner how they are wrought, they would admire and reverence them in their hearts, and would acknowledg them to be the most excellent persons on the earth.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See also one reason why Carnal men wonder and think so strange of it, that Gods children differ so much from them in outward conversation, and will not do as they do, and as the common sort do, in fol­lowing sinfull courses. 1 Pet. 4. 4. They think it strange that you run not with them to the same excess of Riot, speaking evill of you, &c. The reason is, because they neither see nor know the Grace which God hath secret­ly wrought in the hearts of his Children, whereby he hath so altered and changed them that they cannot do as the common sort do, nor follow the course of this World, as they did before their effectual Cal­ling.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. This serveth to comfort and stay the minds of such who are tempted to think that they have no soundness of Grace in them, because they cannot remember or set down the particular time when it was first wrought in them, neither could they sensibly and plainly discern the manner of working it at that time. Such must remember that the work of Grace is secret and hidden; and that the springing up of it in the heart is like the springing up of Grass, or Corn in the ground, which though we see that it is sprung, yet can we not know the very time when it began first to spring.

Quest. Quest. How can Grace be truly wrought, and yet not felt and discernable at the time of working it?

Answ. Answ. It is felt in some measure, but that feeling at the first is so small and weak usually, that it is not perceived plainly, nor taken notice of.

Use 4 Use. 4. To comfort such as cannot alwayes sensibly feel the working of Gods Spirit, and the Graces of it in themselves, &c.

So much of the first thing to be considered here in the manner of the Lords working of Grace by the Mini­stry of the Word.

Now followeth the second thing, namely, that Grace is wrought by degrees, in tract of time, and not all [Page 233] at once; which is implyed, Verse 28. When it is said, That the Earth brings forth first the blade, then the ear, and then full corn in the ear. But of this, we shall have more fit occasion to speak in handling the next Parable, touching the grain of Mustard seed, &c. Hitherto then of the third principal matter to be consi­dered in this Parable, viz. the manner how grace is wrought in men by the Word preached.

Now we come to speak of the 4th and last Point; which is, the issue or consequent that followeth after the work of grace wrought thus in the Elect of God: namely this, that the fruit or grace being grown up in them unto ripeness, that is, unto that due measure which God seeth fit for his children to attain to in thi [...] life, then the time of the Lords harvest being come, (which is at the hour of death, and at the day of Judgment) the Lord reapeth and gathereth this fruit into his barn; that is, he taketh his Elect (in whom this fruit of grace is brought forth) out of this World, and makes them partakers of eternal life in his Heavenly Kingdom. This is implyed, Verse 29. when our Saviour saith, When the fruit is brought forth, immediately he putteth in the sickle, because the harvest is come.

When the fruit is brought forth] That is, when it is come unto due ripenesse, so as it is ready and fit to be reaped.

He putteth in the sickle] That is, the Husbandman reapeth the fruit. And by this reaping, is further im­plyed, the gathering of the fruit into the barn, which is the end of reaping. Now by the Husbandman; we are here to understand the Lord himself, whose proper work it is to reap and gather his Elect into his barn; that is, into his heavenly Kingdom after this life.

Object. Object. In the former part of the Parable, by this Husbandman sowing seed, is meant the Ministers, &c.

Answ. Answ. Not they onely, but the Lord himself also, whose Ministers they are.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we learn, What shall be the happy end and issue of the work of grace wrought in Gods Elect in this life; namely this, That all those in whom this work of saving grace is wrought, shall at the end of this life be made partakers of the glory and happiness of the life to come. Those in whom the fruit of grace is brought forth and grown up to ripeness, shall at length in due time be reaped of the Lord himself, and gathered into his barn; that is, they shall be taken away hence by death, or by the coming of the last judgment, and made partakers of Gods heavenly Kingdom. Act. 26. 18. Paul was sent to preach to the Gentiles, to the end, that by his preaching, their eyes being opened, and they being turned from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan to God, might at length receive inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith, &c. By which place it is plainly implyed, That those in whom the Word preached hath been ef­fectual in this life to work grace, they shall, after this life ended, be partakers of the Heavenly Inheritance of the Saints. To this purpose may that be applyed, 1 Pet. 1. 9. where the faithful are said to receive the salvation of their souls as the end of their faith. Those in whom the grace of true faith is wrought in this life, shall after this life be partakers of eternal salvation, as the fruit and end of their faith.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This is for the comfort of all those, who feel the work of true and saving grace wrought in them­selves in this life: they may hence conclude certainly, that they shall also be partakers of the glory of the life to come. Psal. 84. 11. The Lord will give grace and glory. If he have grace in this life, he will have glory in the life to come: yea, the saving gifts and graces of the Spirit which God works in his Elect in this life, are unto them as a pledg and earnest-penny, to assure them of their Heavenly Inheritance after this life. Ephes. 1. 14. The Spirit is said to be the earnest of our inheritance, &c. Which is to be understood, not onely of the inward testimony of the Spirit, assuring us of our heavenly inheritance, but also of the saving gifts and graces of it which it worketh in us, and by them as by an earnest-penny, assureth us of the heavenly inheri­tance to come. Therefore also, Rom. 8. 23. The faithfull who have the first fruits of the Spirit, are said to wait for the adoption and redemption of their body; that is, for their full and perfect adoption and redemption after this life.

Use 2 Use 2. Hence gather, on the contrary, that such as have not grace wrought in them in this life, shall not be partakers of glory in the life to come. Such as have not the fruit of saving grace brought forth in them in this life, shall never be reaped of the Lord, that they may be gathered into his barn; that is, into his Hea­venly Kingdom: They shall indeed be cut down with the Lords sickle at the time of their death, or at the day of Judgment: but not to this end, that they may be gathered into the Lords barn as good corn▪ but that they may be cast out of the Lords field, and burned, as those Tares mentioned in another Parable, Matth. 13. 30.

Use 3 Use 3. See what we must do, if we would have the Lord to reap and gather us into his barn as good corn for his own use, when the time of Harvest shall come; that is, at the day of our death, or at the day of Judgment: then we must labour now whilest we have time, to be indeed good corn; that is, such in whom the fruit of sound and saving grace, as Faith, Repentance, &c. is brought forth. To this end, be diligent in hearing the Word preached; which is the seed from which the fruit of grace ordinarily springeth and groweth up, as we have heard before; and desire the Lord to joyn the work of his Spirit in our hearts with the outward Ministery of his Word, to make it effectuall to bring forth the fruit of saving grace in us.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that it is said, When the fruit is brought forth] That is, come to ripeness, then the sickle is put in to reap it, &c. Hence gather, That it is not enough, that the fruit of saving grace do begin to spring in our hearts, but it must grow up in us till it come to due ripeness; that is, to the right measure and degree, whereof we are capable in this life. The grace that is in us, must not be alwayes in the blade, but it must come to be an ear; yea, as full corn and ripe in the ear, before we can be fit for the Lords harvest, to be reaped and gathered of him into his barn, which is his Heavenly Kingdom. 2 Pet. 3. ult. Grow in grace, and in the knowledg of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, &c. But more of this (God willing) upon the next Pa­rable.

Mark 4. 30, &c. unto 35.‘And he said, Whereunto shall we liken the Kingdom of God, &c? July 16. 1620.

HEre is laid down the Fourth and last Parable of our Saviour Christ mentioned by the Evangelist in this Chapter. The scope whereof seemeth not much different from the former. In both, the purpose of our Saviour is to shew the vertue and power of the Word preached, in working grace, and the manner how the work of grace is wrought by means of the Word preached.

In the former Parable he shewed, that grace is wrought after a hidden and secret manner, and that by cer­tain degrees, in tract of time, it cometh to due ripeness and perfection.

Now in this Parable he sheweth also, that it is wrought by degrees; and that howsoever it be but in small and weak measure at the first, yet in time it groweth to a greater measure. This he sheweth, by a compari­son taken from the grain of Mustard-seed, which when it is sowen in the ground, is a very small grain, yet af­terward in time it groweth up to be a Tree sufficient for the birds to build under the shadow of it. And this comparison is the more to be observed of us, because it appears by the Evangelists, that our Saviour used it not only this once, but at other times also; as Luke 13. 18. where he useth it to the same purpose as he doth here. And also at two other times; once, Matth. 17. 20. and another time, Luke 17. 6. In both which pla­ces, he useth it to set forth the power and vertue of true faith.

Now first to clear the words of this Parable, and then to come to that matter of Instruction which we are to learn from them.

In the words consider three things:

  • 1. A Preface, going before the Parable, in these words, Vers. 30. Whereunto shall we liken the Kingdom of God, &c.
  • 2. The Parable it self, The Kingdom of God is like a grain, &c.

Where, 1. Consider the thing compared; which is the Kingdom of God.

2. That unto which it is compared, together with the resemblance between them; Like a grain of mustard-seed, &c.

And the resemblance is in two things chiefly,

  • 1. As the grain of Mustard-seed is very small when it is first sowen; So the Kingdom of God hath small and weak beginnings.
  • 2. As the small grain of Mustard-seed groweth in time to be a Tree; so doth the Kingdom of God in time increase and grow exceedingly.
  • 3. Consider, The general Conclusion of this, and all the former Parables, Verse 33, 34.

Whereunto shall we liken, &c.) By this Preface, our Saviour stirs up the attention of his hearers, to give dili­gent heed to this Parable. And the words imply, that he thought this similitude of the grain of Mustard-seed, very fit to express the nature of the work of grace; and that himself was much affected with it, and so would have us to be.

The Kingdom of God] That is, the Word preached, so far forth as it is a means to work grace in Gods Elect; or the work of grace wrought by the Ministery of the Word: for this is in effect all one: And in this sense we shewed that the Kingdom of God was to be taken in the former Parable, (Vide Danaei quaest. on Mark quaest. 18.)

Is less then all seeds in the earth] Not simply the least of all: for it is observed by some, that there are some other seeds less than the Mustard-seed: But the meaning is, to shew, that it is a very small seed, and one of the least on earth; or else, that it is the least proportinably, in respect of the great growth of it, &c.

Greater then all herbs] Matth. 13. 32. It becometh a Tree, &c.

Fowls of the ayr may lodg under shadow of it] Matth. 13. The birds come and lodg in the branches of it. This is all one in effect: and it is spoken onely to shew the great growth and increase of this herb or plant: that from a very small grain, it groweth to a Tree, having great branches.

Quest. Quest. How can this be said truly of the Mustard-seed, seeing in this Country where we live, it doth not grow to so great a Tree that the birds may build in the branches of it?

Answ. Answ. There may be great difference in the same herb or plant, according to the divers Countryes in which it groweth. And so it is most probable, that in that Eastern Countrey of Judea where our Saviour lived, the stalk and branches of the Mustard-seed were greater and larger than they are in this our Country. And this is the more likely, because Pliny writing of this herb, mentioneth divers kinds of it. (lib. 19. cap. 8. ut citatur à Jansenio. harmon. Evang.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. First, in that the work of grace wrought by the Word preached, is here likened to the grain of Mu­stard-seed, which is small at first when it is sowen, but afterward in time groweth up to have great branches; hence we learn, That the Word preached is a means to work grace, not suddenly, and all at once, but in tract of time, and by degrees. Now by the working of grace, I understand here, not the first beginning of the work of it, (for that may be, and is, often wrought suddenly, and in short time, as appeareth in the examples of such as have been suddenly converted by the Word preached): but I understand the further accomplish­ment of this work, whereby it is continued and increased in us to the highest measure whereof a Christian is capable in this life. This is not done suddenly, and all at once, but in tract of time, and by degrees, by means of the Word preached. Ephes. 4. 12. Christ gave Pastors and Teachers, for the perfecting of the Saints—and for the building up of the body of Christ, Till we all come in the unity of faith, &c.—unto a perfect man, &c. To shew, that by the Ministery of the Word, the Church is builded up and perfected in grace by degrees in tract of time, and not suddenly all at once. This also was implyed (as we heard) in the former Parable of the seed sowen by the Husbandman, which groweth up by degrees, first the blade, then the ear, &c. Verse 28. See Gal. 4. 19.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort for Ministers of the Word, when they see but small fruits of grace appearing in their people upon the first preaching of the Word unto them. They are not to wonder or be discouraged at this, but to remember, That though the Ministery of the Word be Gods Ordinance for the working of grace; yet [Page 235] that God doth not by it accomplish this work all at once, or suddenly; but by degrees in some space of time, first working a smaller, and then a greater measure of Grace by the Word Preached. The Husbandman ha­ving sown his Seed, is not discouraged, because he doth not see it come up and grow to full ripeness present­ly; but he knows it may come up and grow to ripeness in due time, and therefore waiteth till that time come. So a Minister of the Word, though he see not the fruits of Grace to grow suddenly ripe in his peo­ple, yet is he not to be dismayed at it, but to wait even with long patience till it come to more ripe­nesse.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See further by this, that we are not to look for so great measure of Grace in such as have had the Word profitably Preached to them but a while, as in those who have had it a long time; even as we cannot look that Corn which is late sown, should grow up and be ripe so soon as that which is sown betimes. We are therefore to judg favourably of those that have had the Word Preached to them but a short time, though we see in them but small beginnings of Grace appearing. It is well, if the measure of Grace be in them according to the means of Grace which they have had, and according to the time they have enjoyed it.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. This is also for the comfort of such hearers of the Word who feel and complain of the small and weak measure of Knowledg, Faith, and other Graces which are wrought in them upon the first hearing of the Word, or when they have had it Preached to them but a small time: Such must consider, that the work of Grace which is usually wrought in Christians by the Ministry of the Word, is not like the growth of Jonah's Gourd, which grew up suddenly in one night; but it is like the growth of the grain of Mustard-seed (as we see here in the Text) which though it grow to a great tree, yet not suddenly, but in some good space of time. Think of this, and be thankfull for that measure of Grace which God hath wrought in thee by the Ministry of his Word, though it be not so great as thou desirest, and as thou perceivest in others who have had the means of Grace longer.

Ʋse 4 Ʋse 4. See then that we have need to be Hearers of the Word, not onely for a little time, but still to con­tinue to be Hearers, &c.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. We must here observe further, how our Saviour setteth out the different degrees of Grace by the difference that is between the grain of Mustard-seed, as it is at first when it is cast into the ground, and as it is afterwards, being grown up to a Tree; from whence we may gather, that there are different degrees and measures of Grace in Christians in this life. All Grace is not of the same measure and degree. There is a small measure of Grace like to the grain of Mustard-seed when it is cast first into the ground; and there is a greater measure of Grace, like to the Mustard-Tree when it is grown up. 1 Cor. 12. 4. There are diversities of Gifts, but the same Spirit; that is, there are both different kinds, and different degrees of gifts, proceeding from the same Spirit of God. And these different degrees of Grace may be considered of us two wayes.

1. As they are in one and the same Christian at sundry times; so at the time of the first conversion or Calling of a Christian, the measure of Grace is but weak and small in comparison; but afterward, in tract of time, it groweth to a greater measure. Thus our Saviour Christ's own Disciples at their first Calling, and for a good time afterward, were but weak in knowledg and Faith in comparison of that greater measure of those Graces which appeared in them afterward, especially after the Resurrection and Ascention of our Saviour. So Nicodemus discovered at first but a very slender measure of Grace when he came to our Saviour by night to confer with him, and to learn of him, Joh. 3. 1. but afterward this seed of Grace grew to a greater mea­sure of Grace in him, as may appear, Joh. 19. 39. when he came openly in the day time, and shewed his love to Christ, in bringing sweet Odours to Embalm his dead body, and in helping to bury it.

2. We may consider these degrees of Grace, as they are found and do appear in sundry Christians at the same time, for some are indued with a lesser, and some with a greater measure of Grace. Some are Babes in Christ, 1 Cor. 3. 1. and some are well grown Christians; some are weak, and some are strong, Rom. 15. 1.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. This is matter of comfort to such weak Christians who are troubled and discouraged, because of the small measure of Grace which they feel in themselves, and because they come so far short of the Graces that are in some other Christians. Such must remember this, that there are different degrees of Grace, and that God doth not give his Spirit in like measure unto all that are partakers of it, but in such measure as he in his Wisdome seeth fittest for every one. Consider also this, that God doth more respect the truth and sincerity of that Grace that is in thee, then the measure or degree of it. Look therefore to this especially, that the Graces that are in thee, as Knowledg, Faith, Repentance, &c. be sincere and sound, whatsoever the mea­sure of them be. They may be sound in thee, though but in small measure: And the smallest measure of Grace, if it be sincere and sound, is sufficient to give thee right and interest to Salvation. If thy Faith be but as the grain of Mustard-seed in quantity, yet if it be true and unfained Faith, it is able to save thee. If thou canst but truly and unfeinedly hunger and thirst after Christ and his Righteousness, thou art blessed, Matth. 5. 6. Onely do not rest contented with a small measure of Grace, but strive to a further growth. But more of this in due place.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. Such as have received the greatest measure of Spirituall Graces, must from hence learn not to de­spise those that come behind them in Grace, but rather to incourage them, and to cherish the smallest begin­nings of Grace in others, remembring that of the Apostle, 1 Cor. 4. 7. Who maketh thee to differ from another? And what hast thou that thou didst not receive?

Doctr. 3 Doctr. 3. In that the work of Grace wrought by the Ministry of the Word is here compared to the grain of Mustard-seed, which being small, doth grow in time to a Tree; we may further learn this, that it is the property of true and sound Grace to grow and increase in those that are partakers of it. Though it be ne­ver so small in them at first, yet it will grow and increase in time to a greater measure. 2 Thess. 1. 3. We are bound to thank God, &c. because your Faith groweth exceedingly, and the Charity of every one of you aboundeth, &c. 2 Cor. 4. 16. The inward man is renewed day by day. 2 Cor. 3. 18. We are changed into the Image of the Lord, from glory to glory, &c. that is, we grow in Grace, and the glorious Image of God is daily more and more re­stored in us. Joh. 15. 2. Every branch that beareth fruit in Christ, is purged, that it may bring forth more fruit. [Page 236] Here note two things touching the growth of Grace.

  • 1. It is not alike in all Christians; but in some greater, in some less.
  • 2. It is not alwayes sensible for the present time; As we see not the growing of the Mustard-seed, but we see it is grown, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. This convinceth such not to have any truth or soundness of Grace in them, who do not grow in it. Some think they have enough Knowledg, Faith, and other Graces already, and therefore rest as they are, ne­ver caring or endeavouring to go forward in Grace. Such have no soundness of Grace at all in them; for if they had, they could not posibly rest in that measure which they have, but must needs strive to a further growth. Others are so far from increasing, that they decay and go backward in Grace, leaving their first zeal and love, as did the Church of Ephesus, Revel. 2. 4. And indeed such as go not forward in Grace, must needs go backward in it, for there is no standing at a stay in this case. Now such as do thus stand at a stay or go backward, have just cause to suspect that there was never any truth or soundness of Grace in them.

Quest. Quest. May not such as have soundnesse of Grace, decay and go backward in it for a time?

Answ. Answ. Yes, this is possible, and doth sometimes come to pass, though it be a very dangerous thing so to fall away. But such as have thus fallen back, if there be any soundness of Grace in them, so soon as they come to see their own backslidings, will labour speedily to recover themselves, and they will ever after strive so much the more to grow and increase in all Graces of the Spirit, which have bin for a time quenched or de­cayed in them. Therefore our Saviour bids the Church of Ephesus to remember whence they were fallen, and to repent and do their first works.

Use 2 Use 2. If we would know what soundness of Grace is in us, examine our selves, what growth of Grace is in us.

Quest. Quest. How may we know this?

Answ. Answ. By these marks or signs.

1. By the abatement and decaying of our sinfull corruptions, which are opposite to Grace, and do fight against it in us. The more the flesh decayeth, the more the Spirit groweth, and getteth the upper hand in us. As it is with one that begins to recover out of bodily sickness, the more the corrupt humours in his body do decay, and are wasted and purged away, the more the party groweth in strength and health of body. So it is with us in our Spirituall growth in Grace; when our corruptions decay in us, and the strength of sin is more and more abated in us, this is an argument of the growth of Grace in us. As on the contrary, if our corrupti­ons grow stronger in us, this argues the decay of Grace in us. Try thy self by this therefore, if thou wouldst know whether thou grow in Grace; look whether the corruption of sin decay in thee, look whether those sin­full lusts which have bin strong in thee, do now grow weaker, and are more and more mortified in thee: If it be thus with thee, this is an evidence of thy growth in Grace: As on the contrary, if thy corruptions grow stronger, and more prevail in thee than they have done, it is to be feared that thou decayest in Grace.

2. We may know our growth in Grace by our increasing and abounding in the fruits of Grace. If the true fruits of Faith, Love, and other Christian Graces do increase and abound in us more and more, it is an evi­dence to shew that the Graces themselves do grow in us. 2 Pet. 1. 5-8. Add to your Faith, Vertue; and to Vertue, Knowledg, &c. For if these things be in you and abound, they will make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitfull in the Knowledg of our Lord Jesus Christ.

3. We may discern and judg of our growth in Grace by the growing and increasing of our love to the means of Grace; as to the Word, Sacraments, &c. The more the sucking child loveth the breast, the more it groweth. 1 Pet. v. 2.

Use 3 Use 3. To stir us up to labour more and more to grow in Grace, as we are exhorted, 2 Pet. 3. ult. This is the way to approve that Grace which is in us to be sound and sincere. Use the means therefore to grow in it.

  • 1. Pray unto God daily to accomplish and perfect the good work of Grace which he hath begun in us. Pray with the Church, Psal. 68. 28. Strengthem, O God, that which thou hast wrought for us, or in us.
  • 2. Be diligent and conscionable in hearing the Word Preached, that by it we may grow in Grace. 1 Pet. 2. 2. Desire the sincere milk, &c.
  • 3. Joyn thereunto also the frequent receiving of the Lords Supper, which is a Sacrament of confirmation, to strengthen and increase Grace in us.
  • 4. Be carefull well to employ and use that measure of Grace which God hath already given us. This is the way to have it increased, as we heard before, upon ver. 25. As the natural strength of our bodies groweth by exercise; so is the strength of Grace increased in us by the diligent use and exercise of the same.

It followeth, Ver. 33, 34. And with many such Parables, &c.] This is a generall Conclusion with which the Evangelist windeth up all the former Parables of our Saviour Christ. In which the Evangelist sheweth two things.

1. The manner of our Saviour's teaching at that time.

  • 1. That he spake with many Parables, and that he taught nothing without Parables.
  • 2. That although he taught by Parables, yet it was in such sort as his Auditors were able to hear him.

The second thing which the Evangelist sheweth, is the speciall care which our Saviour had of his Disci­ples that they might profit by his teaching; in that he did expound all things to them alone.

With many such Parables spake he the Word unto them] This shews that the Evangelist doth not in this Chap­ter mention all the Parables uttered by our Saviour in this Sermon. But St. Matthew mentioneth some others of them, chap. 13.

As they were able to hear it] That is, according to their capacity, and so as they might conceive his Do­ctrine.

Quest. Quest. How can it be said that he Preached according to their capacity, seeing he spake all in Parables, which were dark and hard to be understood.

Answ. Answ. The meaning is not, that his manner of teaching was simply easie and plain to be understood of all that heard him: for to the Scribes and Pharisees, and such obstinate contemners of his doctrine, it was most obscure and dark: But that in some respect his teaching was easie, and agreeable to the capacity of his Disciples, and such as were teachable; namely in this respect, that he taught them heavenly and high mysteries, by similitudes taken from earthly things familiarly known. Therefore though they could not at the time of delivery throughly conceive the doctrines that were taught under those similitudes, yet they might easily conceive the similitudes themselves, in regard of the literal sense; which being afterward opened unto them in private, by this means all things were made more plain unto them, than if they had been barely propounded without any such similitudes.

But without a Parable spake he not, &c.] Namely, at that time, and in that Sermon which he then preached out of the Ship, upon the Sea of Galilee: for at sundry other times he taught without Parables.

Now of the reasons why he taught by Parables, we have spoken before, Verse 2. & 11.

When they were alone] That is, after our Saviour had sent away the multitude, and was gone into the house with his Disciples; as appeareth, by comparing this place with Matth. 13. 36. and as we shewed more at large upon Verse 10. of this Chapter.

He expounded all to his Disciples] By his Disciples, we may understand not onely those which were chosen to be Apostles, but also others which imbraced his Doctrine, and followed him.

Now the Reason why he thus explained his Parables unto them, was,

  • 1. Because to them it was given to know the mystery of the Kingdome of God; as we heard before, Verse 11.
  • 2. Because they were teachable, shewing their desire to learn, by their enquiring of the meaning of the Parables; as we heard before, Verse 10; and as it appeareth, Matth. 13. 36.

As they were able to hear] Observ. Ministers of the Word in their teaching, ought to have respect to the capacity of their people, and to frame their doctrine and manner of teaching unto their ability to hear. So Paul, 1 Cor. 3. 2. I could not speak to you as to spiritual, &c. but as to babes in Christ. I have fed you with milk, and not with meat: for hitherto ye were not able to bear it, neither yet are ye able. By milk, he meaneth the plain hand­ling of the doctrines of Christian Religion, according to the capacity of those that are weak in knowledg: and by Meat, the more exact and curious handling of higher Points of Doctrine. So Hebr. 5. 12. Ye are be­come such as have need of milk, and not of strong meat; For every one that useth milk, is unskillfull in the Word of righteousness, &c. But strong meat belongs to them of full age, who by use have their senses exercised, &c. See also for this Point, 1 Cor. 2. 4. & 2 Cor. 4. 2.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See then, how unfit it is for Ministers to preach in so high a strain, and in such a dark manner, that the people cannot conceive what is taught, or bear it away.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. The people should desire to have the Word handled to them in such manner as is fitting to the capacity of the simplest. This is most profitable for the hearers, when the hidden mysteries of the Word are made plain unto them.

And when they were alone, he expounded all things, &c.] Observ. 1. In that our Saviour is so carefull to open the meaning of his Parables to his Disciples, This may teach Ministers of the Word their duty, which is, to be carefull upon all good occasions both in publick and private, to open and explain to their people such things as are hard to be understood in the Scriptures: therefore they are called Interpreters, as Job. 33. 23. Especially Ministers should in their publike Ministery be carefull thus to open and unfold the obscure and hard place of Scripture unto their people. And this sheweth us the necessity of the publick Ministery, even in this respect, that by it those things which are hard and difficult in the Scriptures, may be opened and un­folded unto the people of God.

Ʋse. Use. Hearers should desire to have hard places explained, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Our Saviour was very forward to open the Parables to his Disciples, because he saw them willing and desirous to be instructed, as did appear by their coming to him in private to ask of Him the mean­ing of the Parables. This should encourage us in like manner to shew our selves willing and desirous to learn of Christ, and to be instructed in the knowledg of his Word; then shall we find him most ready to instruct and teach us, and to reveal the knowledg of his Word unto us. Let us therefore shew our selves teachable, and Christ will teach us to know his Will, and understand his Word. Let every one that would be taught of Christ, shew himself desirous to be taught of him: Such a teachable Scholler he liketh and loveth. Therefore go to him by prayer, and ask him the meaning of those things which thou canst not conceive in the Scriptures, and he wil be as ready to open thy understanding, and to help thee to conceive them, as he was to open his dark Parables here to his Disciples. Shew thy self also ready and willing to hear and learn of the Ministers of Christ sent to thee in his Name; and thou shalt find Christ ready to instruct thee by their means, and to reveal unto thee more and more the knowledg of his Word. Our Saviour, when he lived on earth, never refused to teach any that came to him and shewed themselves willing to learn. No more will he now refuse to teach thee inwardly by his Spirit, and outwardly by the Ministery of his Word, if thou shew thy desire to learn of him. Contrariwise, if thou refuse to learn of him, he will hide the know­ledg of his Word from thee, as from the Scribes and Pharisees, &c.

Mark 4. 35, &c.‘Now the same day, when Even was come, &c.] July 23. 1620.

HAving finished the first part of this Chapter touching the Doctrine of our Saviour, which he preached partly by the Sea-side, and partly out of the Ship upon the Sea of Galilee, as we heard upon the first Verse of this Chapter; Now we are come to the second part of the Chapter, containing a Miracle which our Saviour wrought upon the same Sea, for the confirmation of his Doctrine.

This Miracle consisted in the powerfull and wonderfull calming and allaying of a fearful storm of wind [Page 238] which arose upon the Sea, as our Saviour and his Disciples were sailing on it; by reason of which Tempest, they were in present danger of drowning, if he had not so miraculously delivered them. The same Miracle is recorded also by St. Matthew, Chap. 8. 23. and by St. Luke, Chap. 8. 22. although Matthew doth not set it down in the same place and order of the History, as the other two Evangelists, Mark and Luke do. But of this difference, I will not here stand to speak, because my purpose is onely to handle the History of the Gospel as it is set down by St. Mark.

In handling this Miracle, consider we, 1. The occasions of it, or preparatives going before it; from Verse 35, to the 39th.

2. The Miracle it self, Verse 39.

3. The consequents of it, Verse 40, 41.

The occasions are of two sorts, 1. More remote or further off. 2. More near and immediate.

The occasion further off was, Our Saviour Christ's passing or sayling by Ship with his Disciples over to the other side of the Sea, Verse 35, 36.

The more near occasions were these, 1. The great Tempest which arose upon the Sea as they were sayl­ing, Verse 37.

2. Our Saviour's sleeping in the stern of the Ship upon a Pillow.

3. The fear of the Disciples, which caused them to awake him, and to call out to him for help, in this man­ner, Master, carest thou not that we perish? Verse 38.

Touching the first occasion of the Miracle, which is, their passing over the Sea; in it we may consider,

  • 1. The time, when it was done, The same day, when Even was come.
  • 2. The manner of taking this Voyage or Journey; set down in sundry other Circumstances which did accompany it.
    • As, 1. That our Saviour said to his Disciples, Let us passe over, &c.
    • 2. That he left the multitude, or sent them away.
    • 3. That they took our Saviour as he was in the Ship.
    • 4. That there were also other small Ships with them.

First to clear the sense of the words, and then briefly to observe such Instructions as may arise from the two former Verses.

The same day, when it was Even] This was not immediately after the end of his former Sermon preached out of the Ship; but after his return home to his dwelling house at Capernaum with his Disciples, and after he had expounded his Parables unto them at their request, as we have heard before.

Let us passeover to the other side] That is, to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, or Lake of Genesareth, (as appeareth, Luke 8. 22.) upon which Sea or Lake he now was in a Ship with his Disciples, being again entred into it with them after his return home to His house at Capernaum. St. Matthew saith, He entred into the Ship, and his Disciples followed him: and St. Luke saith, He enters with his Disciples into the Ship; The mean­ing is, That he led them the way, and they immediately followed him into the Ship; and being in it, He willed them to pass over the ship to the other side of the Lake; that is to say, into the Country of the Ga­darenes; as appeareth, Chap. 5. 1.

Now the reason moving our Saviour to pass over thither, was (no doubt) this,

  • 1. That he might take occasion by the way, to work this Miracle upon the Sea, to confirm his former Doctrine.
  • 2. That being passed over into the Countrey of the Gadarenes, he might there take occasion to do good by his Doctrine and Miracles: and therefore we read in the next Chapter, of a great Miracle wrought by him there, in dispossessing him that had a Legion of Devils in him.

And they left the multitude] Or, sent away the multitude; that is, the common people which were then assembled to the Sea-side again to hear him, and unto whom he had before preached. And no doubt but the Disciples dismissed them according to the will and appointment of our Saviour himself.

And took him as he was in the Ship] That is, forthwith without delay, so soon as he was entred into the Ship, and had willed them to send away the multitude, and to pass over the ship to the other side, presently they lanched forth and carried him away with themselves in the said Ship.

And there were also with him other little ships] It is most likely, that those which were in these other small ships, were such, as having before heard Christ, and seen his Miracles, and being affected therewith, did now desire to accompany him in this his passage over the Sea, to the end that they might again hear his teaching, and see more of his Miracles, and reap further good thereby. So much of the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here our Saviour's diligence and pains in his Calling and Ministeriall Office of preaching and working miracles: Though in the former part of the day he had greatly wearied himself with preach­ing, and the evening being now come, some might think it fit for him rather to have gone home to his dwell­ing house in Capernaum, there to have rested that whole night after his great labours: yet he perceiving an opportunity offered to do good, by working miracles upon the Sea, and on the other side of the Sea among the Gadarenes, (as we shall see in the next Chapter,) therefore he takes this occasion, willing his Disciples to pass him over to the other side of the Lake. Thus he was more carefull to do good by his Doctrine and Mi­racles, than to refresh his own body with natural rest. Indeed it is true, that he did afterward in the Ship take rest, by sleeping in it, (as it is said in the Text) but it is likely this was not very long, seeing his Disci­ples awaked him so soon as the storm came; which in likelihood was soon after they launched forth: and as soon as he was awaked, he was presently employed again in working this Miracle. Here then we see his diligence and pains in his Calling and Ministery, and his care to take all occasions at all times to do good. And herein he is a pattern for all Ministers of the Word to follow, in being painfull and diligent in their Ministerial Office, and in taking all opportunities to do good by the same unto the people committed to them. See the example of Paul, Act. 20. 18. But of this we heard before, Verse 1. of this Chapter.

Observ. 2. Our Saviour having willed his Disciples to passe over unto the other side of the Lake of Genne­sareth, they do presently yield obedience to this his Will, taking him forthwith as he was in the ship, and [Page 239] carrying him away in it, as he willed them; And though they might have made excuses; as that it being now even-tide, and the night ready to come upon them, it seemed not so fit a time to take this Journey by Sea, and that it was uncomfortable and dangerous travelling by water in the night time, yet they do not make any such excuses, but readily and without delay they put in execution the Commandment of Christ. This teacheth us in like manner to yiedl willing and ready obedience to the Commandment of Christ in all things which he requireth of us in his Word; though the things which he commands us may seem never so hard and difficult, and never so inconvenient in the judgment of natural reason, yet we are not to make ex­cuses, but readily and chearfully to obey Christ in all his Commandments. Matth. 17. 5. This is my beloved Son, &c.—Hear him. This Hearing implies obedience. So Hebr. 3. 7. To day if ye will hear his Voyce, &c. For example, Christ commands us to deny our selves, and to take up our Cross and follow him, if we will be his Disciples. In this we are to hear him, and to yield obedience to his Commandment. So also he com­mands us in his Word to forgive, and love our enemies, and to do good against evill. In these things we are to obey his Will. So also when he bids us, First to seek the Kingdome of God, &c. So when he commands us to believe in him, and to Repent and turn from our sins, we are in these things to obey his Will.

Reason. Reas. Christ Jesus is our absolute and Soveraign Lord and King, who hath absolute power over us to com­mand us, and to punish us if we disobey him. He is King of Kings, and Lord of Lords. He is that Law-giver which is able to save and to destroy, as Saint James speaketh. He hath power to make such Laws, and to give such Commandments which do absolutely bind, not onely the outward man, but even the very Soul and Conscience under pain of eternall damnation. And therefore we are in all things to yield chearfull and Conscionable obedience to his will and Commandments. And if he were to be obeyed when he lived on Earth in state of Humiliation, much more now he is exalted to the Right hand of God in Heaven.

Use. Use. To reprove such as do not yield this ready and willing obedience unto Christ in his Commandments. Some yield no obedience at all to him, but in their lives do practise those things which are flat contrary to his Commandments; like those Psal. 2. who say, Let us break their Bands, &c. Others make excuses and de­layes when they should obey Christ, and do not readily and chearfully yield obedience. Like those Luk. 9. 59. Who when they should follow Christ, made excuses, and delayed the time. Take heed it be not so with us: Christ must be obeyed in all his Commandments, and that chearfully and without delay. To day, if ye hear his voice, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Here is further mention made of some that accompanied our Saviour in passing over the Sea in small ships, who (no doubt) were such, as having the same day heard him Preaching to them by the Sea side, and being much affected with his Doctrine, did more and more desire to hear him, and to be with him to learn of him; and therefore they would not part with him, nor stay behind with the rest of the people who were dismissed, but they would needs accompany him in his journey. Now this teacheth us how it is with those that have once truly tasted of the sweetness of the Word and Doctrine of Christ; they cannot chuse but desire and hunger and thirst after it more and more. 1 Pet. 2. 2, 3. As new born Babes, desire the sincere milk of the Word, that ye may grow thereby. If so be ye have tasted that the Lord is gracious. Such as have tasted of the Grace and goodness of Christ manifested in the Ministry of his Word, they cannot but still desire that Word more and more, and this desire will be so vehement in them, that they cannot be satisfied without it; and therefore they will take any pains to enjoy it. If they cannot have it near at hand, they will travel fur­ther off for it, rather then be without it; even as this people, when Christ was to go from them, and they could no longer hear him near home as they had done, then they accompany him by ships in his passage over into the Countrey of the Gadarens, rather then they will be deprived of the benefit of his teaching.

Use. Use. This shews that they never truly tasted the Heavenly vertue and sweetness of the Word of Christ in their own Souls and Consciences, who do not more and more hunger and thirst after the publick Ministry of it, but can well enough content themselves without it; and therefore will take no pains to seek after it.

It followeth, ver. 37. And there arose a great storm, &c.]

Now follow the more near occasions of this Miracle. The first of which, is the Tempest which arose on the Water, as our Saviour and his Disciples sailed on it; which Tempest did not happen by chance, nor was it raised by the power or will of Satan, but by the special Providence of God, that it might make way unto the working of this Miracle by our Saviour.

A great storm of Wind] Matth. 8. 24. A great Tempest. The word [ [...]) there used, signifieth a sha­king of the Sea or waters, in such sort as the Earth is shaken with an Earth-quake; which shews that it was a very great and fearfull tempest of wind, and therefore, Luke 8. it is said, They were in jeopardy, or danger▪ that is, likely to be cast away with their ship, as appeareth also by the Disciples great fear, and by their word to our Saviour, Carest thou not that we perish?

The Waves dashed, &c.] This also shews the great danger they were in. See Matth. 8. 24.

Observ. Observ. In these Disciples of our Saviour sayling with him upon the Sea, and being brought into such trou­ble and danger by reason of the great storm arising, we may see a pattern of the estate and condition of all the true Disciples and Followers of Christ in this World; namely this, that they must look to meet with great and grievous troubles and Afflictions in this life. So many as will sail with Christ in the Sea of this World, must look for great storms of troubles to be raised against them. Matth. 16. 24. If any will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his Cross, and follow me.

There are two sorts of troubles which the true Disciples of Christ must look for.

1. Outward troubles and Afflictions, in their outward man and outward Estate; in their bodies, goods, good name, friends, &c. 2 Tim. 3. 12. All that will live godly in Christ Jesus, shall suffer Persecution. Revel. 14. 12. Here is the Patience of the Saints. Here are they that keep the Commandments of God, and the Faith of Jesus. The Saints, and such as keep the Faith of Jesus, have need of Patience to bear the many and great outward troubles which they must look for in the World. This we may further see in the History of the Acts, where we read of many grievous outward troubles raised against the Apostles and other Believers in Christ.

The second sort of troubles which the followers of Christ must look to meet with, are inward in their Souls and Consciences. They must look that Satan will raise fearfull storms of inward temptations against them, by laying their sins before them, and against them, that so pressing them down with the heavy burthen of them, he may drive them to despair of Gods mercy. He desired to winnow the Apostles themselves by his temp­tations. 2 Cor. 12. 7. Paul himself had the Messenger of Satan sent to buffet him, &c. And the Disciples of Christ must not onely look that Satan shall thus raise storms of inward troubles in their Consciences, but that God himself also will sometimes make them to feel such inward storms, by withdrawing the feeling of his favour from them for a time, and making them to feel his fearfull wrath against them for their sins, as Job complaineth of himself, Job 6. 4. and David, Psal. 77. 7. and else-where in the Psalms.

The main Reasons why all that will be followers of Christ must look for such storms of outward and in­ward troubles, are these,

  • 1. God's Decree, who hath ordained them unto it, 1 Thess. 3. 3. See Act. 14. 22.
  • 2. By these they are made conformable unto Christ their Head, who felt many such grievous storms and tempests raised against himself whilst he lived on earth in the dayes of his flesh. Esay 53. 3. A man of sor­rows, and acquainted with grief. Hebr. 2. 10. Consecrated through Afflictions. Now it is fit that the Members should be conformable to the Head, and the Disciples to the Master. See Rom. 8. 29.

3. God seeth these troubles to be very profitable for them in sundry respects.

  • 1. To humble them truly in the sight of their sins, which are the procuring causes of such troubles. This we see in Joseph's Brethren, and in King Manasseh.
  • 2. To exercise and try the soundness of their Faith, Patience, and other Graces of Gods Spirit in them; as we see in Job's example, Thou hast tryed me (saith he) and I shall come forth as the Gold: Yea, not onely for the tryall of their Faith and Patience, &c. but also for the furtherance and increase of these Graces in them. Rom. 5. 3. Tribulation worketh Patience, and Patience Experience, &c.
  • 3. To stir them up and quicken them to an earnest and diligent seeking to God by Prayer. See Esay 26. 16. Lord, in trouble have they visited thee, &c. and Hos. 5. 15.
  • 4. To wean their Hearts from this World, and to stir up in them a longing after their eternall rest and peace in Heaven.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See then that it is not an easy matter to be a good Christian, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. Teacheth us what we must do, if we be resolved to be true Disciples and followers of Christ; that is, to believe in him, and to profess his name and Gospell; we must not promise our selves a life of ease, and quietness and rest; we must not look for a freedome from troubles; but we must prepare and arm our selves to meet with many and great troubles outward and inward; we must look for fightings within, and terrours without, as Paul speaketh. If we will sail in the same ship with Christ, we must not look it shall be alwayes calm weather with us; but we must make accompt of some grievous storms or other, to shake and toss us in the troublesome Sea of this World. It cannot be avoided but we must needs meet with great tryalls and trou­bles, outward, or inward, in one kind or other. Through many Afflictions we must enter into the Kingdome of God. Christianus Crucianus, as Luther sayes. If we will sail with Christ in his ship, we must look for that Tem­pestuous Wind, called Euroclydon, to beat against the ship, as it did against the ship that Paul was sayling in toward Rome. Let us therefore daily take up our Cross and follow Christ; that is, daily prepare and Arm our selves to bear whatsoever Crosses and troubles may befall us in our Christian course and Profession. Daily let us labour to grow in Faith, and Patience, and Hope, and all other Christian Graces, whereby we may be inabled to stand fast in the evill day, and to bear the brunt of those troubles we shall meet withall, and not to be dismayed by them.

Use 3 Use 3. Comfort to the Faithfull meeting with such troubles, &c.

Mark 4. 38.‘And he was in the hinder part of the ship asleep, &c. July 30. 1620.

OF the first of the more near and immediate occasions of this Miracle, we have spoken; namely, the ari­sing of the great and dangerous storm of Wind, ver. 37.

Now follow the other two occasions of it, mentioned in ver. 38. Namely, our Saviour Christ's sleeping in the hinder part of the ship on a Pillow in the time of that storm. And the great fear which the Disciples discovered by awaking him, and crying out to him for help.

First to speak of the former of these.

He was asleep] Some think (as Calvin noteth) that he did not truly sleep, but onely feigned himself to be asleep at this time when the storm arose, that so he might make tryall of their Faith and courage in time of trouble and danger. But there is no doubt but this sleep was true and naturall, and not feigned.

  • 1. Because it was in the night, which was a fit time for sleep.
  • 2. It was immediately after that our Saviour had much wearied himself with Preaching the day before; therefore being weary, it is not likely that he feigned a sleep, but that he truly slept.
  • 3. It is said he slept on a Pillow, which shews, that he had composed himself purposely to rest after his great wearinesse, and that for the refreshing of himself; and therefore he used this Pillow, that his sleep might be the more comfortable to him. Therefore we are not to doubt but that he slept for the refreshing of his wearied body, and for the comforting of nature. And yet withall, there is no doubt but he did am at a further end (beside the refreshing of nature) in betaking himself to sleep at this time; namely, at this, that he might make tryall of the Disciples Faith, and so make way for the working of this Miracle to confirm their Faith.

Further note, That this (sleeping) must be understood of his humane nature, not of his God-head, for by that he watched over his Disciples at the same time.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour being weary, had need of rest, and therefore betook himself to sleep thus on a Pillow in the ship, we see the truth of his humane nature; and not onely so, but that together with our nature he took on him the infirmities of our nature; as weariness, pain, hunger, thirst, &c. Joh. 4. 6. Being wearied with his Journey, he sate on the Well of Jacob. Matth. 4. 2. Having fasted fourty dayes, and fourty nights, he was afterwards an hungred. So Mar. 11. 12. And being upon the Crosse, Joh. 19. 28. he said, I thirst. He was also subject to natural passions of sorrow, fear, &c. Heb. 5. 7.

Here remember two things for the right conceiving of this Doctrine:

1. That he took on him onely such infirmities as were free from all corruption of sin: they were mere natural infirmities, and not sinful infirmities. Such were the affections of sorrow, fear, &c. which were in him. See Heb. 4. 15.

2. That he took upon him onely such infirmities as do pertain to mans nature in general; but not such as pertain to all and every of the persons of men: As for example, such bodily diseases as are incident to the persons of men, as the Gout, Stone, Consumption, &c. These our Saviour took not on him. The reason is, because he took not on him the person of any man, but the nature of man in general, with all things that belong to it, except sin.

Use. Use. This affords special comfort to the faithful against the infirmities and miseries incident to mans na­ture, whereof they as well as others partake in this life: let them in the midst of these remember, That Christ Jesus himself did partake in the same: and that therefore there is no doubt, but he having had expe­rience of such infirmities, as hunger, thirst, pain, weariness, &c. He will therefore shew himself a merciful high Priest towards all his faithful members that do taste of the like infirmities. See Hebr. 2. 17. and Hebr. 4. 15. We have not a High Priest, which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities, &c. A merciful man, if he see another in such misery as himself hath had experience of, will be moved with compassion, and will be ready to help such a one. How much more will Christ Jesus pity us in those infirmities, whereof him­self tasted? Think of this, and it will exceedingly comfort us in this case, if we be such as belong to Christ. Let us therefore in our hunger and thirst, remember his hunger and thirst: in our pains, and sorrowes, and heaviness of spirit, remember that he was a man of sorrowes, and that his Soul was once heavy unto death. So in our weariness and want of sleep, remember his weariness, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour knowing that this storm would arise, did notwithstanding betake himself to sleep in the Ship, even at the time when it was at hand; and seemed not to take care of his Disciples in this their trouble and fear, but suffered them to be brought into present and imminent danger of their lives, be­fore he doth deliver them; Hence we learn, That the Lord doth sometimes seem, not to regard or remem­ber his faithful Servants in their great troubles in which they are, but doth suffer them to be brought into great distress and imminent danger before he do deliver them. Thus when the Israelites the people of God were in bondage under the Egyptians for many years together, the Lord might seem to have forgotten them; and not to take care of them, in that he suffered them to be oppresssed with vile slavery under Pharaoh, and to come into so great danger even of their lives by that cruel pression. So when they were brought into so great danger at the red Sea, the Lord might then seem to have forgotten, and not to take care of them. So in the time of the 70 years Captivity of the Jews in Babylon, the Lord then seemed to forget and to take no care of them in that their grievous affliction. So when David was so long pursued by Saul, (who sought his life) and was sometimes in such danger, that he told Jonathan, there was but a step between him and death, 1 Sam. 20. 3. then the Lord seemed not to regard the safety and life of David, because he suffered him to be in so great danger. So when Jonah the Prophet was 3. dayes and 3. nights in the Whale's belly, the Lord seemed not to regard or remember him. This also we may see in the Examples of Daniel, and of the 3. Children in the fiery furnace; and in Paul, whom the Lord suffered to be in such grievous trouble in Asia, and to be so pressed out of measure, and above strength, that he even despaired of life, and received in himself the sentence of death, &c. 2 Cor. 1. 8.

And as this is true of outward distress; so also of inward distress of conscience by reason of sin. In this the Lord sometimes seemeth to forget his Children, suffering them to be almost swallowed up of despair, &c. as David, Hezekiah, &c.

Reasons why the Lord thus dealeth with his faithfull servants.

  • 1. That by this means he may make through tryall and proof of their faith, whether they will in the grea­test and most imminentest dangers put their trust in him, and depend on him for deliverance, without using unlawful means, &c.
  • 2. That he may the more clearly manifest his power and mercy in their wonderful deliverance out of so great dangers.
  • 3. That he may give them cause of so much the greater thankfulness for such deliverances.

Use. Use. This must teach the faithful not to be dismayed, or to cast away their confidence in God in the grea­test troubles and distresses, bodily or spiritual; no not in midst of present and imminent dangers ready to fall on them: but even at such times to look unto God with the eyes of faith, as Jehosaphat did, 2 Chron. 20. 12. and to wait on him for deliverance, trusting assuredly in his power and mercy for the same. And to this end they must remember this, That the Lord many times thus seemeth to forget his servants in their troubles, and his providence seems to be asleep in their greatest distresses, suffering the danger almost to seize on them before he deliver them; and yet at length he delivers them. Know therefore, and remem­ber this for our comfort, to stay our minds, and sustain our hearts from fainting and despairing in the greatest distresses; that though the Lord seem in such cases to forget, and not to regard us in the midst of our greatest storms of troubles which we are in: yet the truth is, he doth not forget us, he is not asleep. Psal. 121. 4. He that keepeth Israel, shall neither slumber nor sleep: but he continually waketh and watcheth over his faithfull ones, by his speciall providence, taking speciall notice of them, and of all their troubles and dangers: and he will at length shew that he is awake and mindfull of them, by his powerful and merciful deliverance of them. In the mean time therefore, though the trouble and danger in which thou art be never so great, and though the Lord seem to have forgotten thee in it; yet think not strange, nor be dismayed at it: but re­member, [Page 242] That this is the Lords usual dealing with his faithfull servants, thus to bring them into extremity of troubles before he deliver them: therefore whatsoever the distress be in which thou art, though never so great; yet do not conclude, that God hath forgotten thee; neither cast away thy confidence in him: but trust in him still, and wait on him for deliverance, and thou shalt find, that in due time he will help and deliver thee. In the mean time, while he defers his help, do thou rest and rely upon his Word and pro­mise, by which he hath promised not utterly to fail or forsake his children in their troubles, but to help and deliver them in due time. Build upon this promise, and trust God upon his bare Word without a pawn (as Luther speaketh) in thy greatest extremity of trouble or danger; and he will in time give an issue, and make a way for thee to come out of it. He is able to do above all that thou canst ask or think.

It followeth, And they awake him, &c.] Here is laid down the last occasion of the miracle, which went immediately before the working of it; namely the great fear with which the Disciples were taken when the storm arose, and Christ was asleep: Which fear they discover, 1. By their awaking of our Saviour, 2. By their words used to him being awaked; in that they call out to him in this manner; Master, carest thou not? &c. which shews, That they were afraid of drowning: yet in the midst of this fear, they do also discover some measure of faith in Christ, and in his protection of them, in that they do thus seek unto him by prayer for help: for so much also the words do imply: And St. Matthew saith plainly, that they prayed to Christ to save them.

So then here is some thing discommendable in them, and something that is commendable, and to be imi­tated of us.

That which is discommendable, is,

  • 1. Their immoderate fear of the danger in which they were.
  • 2. Their doubting and distrustfulness of our Saviour Christs care over them, to protect them in this dan­ger, and to deliver them: which distrust they do discover by their manner of speaking, when they thus expostulate with him. Dost thou not care that we perish? implying, that they were in some doubt and di­strust of his care over them in this danger.

That which is commendable in them, is, their s [...]eking unto Christ in this distress by prayer for his help.

First to speak of those things which are discommendable in them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that these Disciples of Christ shew such infirmities here, as immoderate fear in time of danger, and weakness of faith, and some distrust of Christs help and care of them, We learn, That good Christians, though they have excellent graces in them, yet they are not free from infirmities and sinfull corruptions, but are in some measure tainted with them. See this Point handled before, on Chap. 3. Verse 31.

Observ. 1 Observ. 2. Among other infirmities which good Christians are subject unto, this is one, That they are apt to be troubled with immoderate fear in times of great distress and danger. So the Disciples here. So also at other times, as Mark 14. 50. when they saw Christ taken, and themselves to be in great danger, they all fled from him for fear. See this also in Peter, who being in the High-Priests Hall, and being there brought into question, whether he were Christs Disciple? and perceiving his life to be in danger if he should confess it, was so taken with fear, that he denyed and forsware Christ. The like we see in him at another time, Matth. 14. 30. when our Saviour bade him come to him upon the water, he began at first to walk upon the water boldly and confidently; but when he saw the wind boysterous, he was afraid: and beginning to sink, cryed out, Lord save me.

The Reason of this immoderate fear in good Christians in times of danger, is,

  • 1. Weakness of faith in them; yea, even in the best Christians. But more of this, upon Vers. 40.
  • 2. The guilt of some sin or sins lying on their conscience, not throughly repented of. This causeth ex­cessive fears in time of danger. As a good conscience maketh a Christian bold and couragious; so a guilty conscience maketh one timorous and fearfull in dangers: as we see in Cain, who having a guilty conscience, was afraid that every one that found him, would be ready to kill him, Gen. 4. 14.
  • 3. To this adde, the naturall constitution of the bodies of some good Christians, which maketh them the more apt and inclinable to such immoderate fearfulness.
  • 4. There is flesh as well as spirit in the best; now the flesh is weak, though the spirit be ready, Matth. 26. 41.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. This serveth to comfort and stay the minds of those weak Christians, who complain much of this timorousness in times of danger and trouble, and are much discouraged therewith, and are sometimes tempted thereupon to doubt, whether they be Gods Children, and whether they have any faith in them at all? Such must know and remember this, That even the best Christians are subject to such timorousness, and are some­times troubled therewith in times of great distress. Therefore let none conclude that they have no faith at all, because they are apt to fear immoderately in times of danger: for this doth not follow, There may be true faith in those that are sometimes timorous in times of danger: as we see here in Christ's Disciples. Such timorousness may argue weakness, but not a totall want of faith. Yet those that feel this infirmity of immo­derate fearfulness in themselves at such times, must take heed they do not allow it in themselves, but strive against it by all means, that they may by degrees more and more subdue it.

Object. Object. 1 Joh. 4. 18. Perfect love casteth out fear, &c.

Answ. Answ. Not all fear is expelled, but such fear as is in the wicked and unbelievers. As, 1. That slavish fear, whereby they fear God, onely in regard of his wrath and Judgments, as the evill servant feareth his Master.

2. The love of God casteth out such Excessive fearfulness as is in the wicked in times of danger.

Quest. Quest. What difference between the fearfulness of the wicked, and of the godly, in times of danger?

Answ. Answ. 1. They differ in the cause. The fear of the wicked proceedeth from Want of faith: but the ti­morousness of the godly comes only from the Weakness of faith in them.

2. They differ in this, That the wicked are wholly overcome of fear in times of danger, being not able to resist and vanquish that fear: but the godly do by faith resist this fearfulness in themselves, and at length [Page 243] by degrees overcome it, so as it doth not wholly prevail against Faith in them.

3. The wicked are so amazed and perplexed with fear at such times, that they cannot at all comfort them­selves in God, but cast away all confidence of his help, and are even at their wits end many times through fear and terrour, as Nabal and Belshazzar. But the godly in the middest of their greatest fearfulness, yet are able to stay themselves with some hope and comfort in God.

Object. Object. Prov. 28. 1. The Righteous are bold as a Lyon.

Answ. Answ. It is to be understood,

  • 1. In comparison of the wicked.
  • 2. So far forth as Faith hath the upper hand in them; yet because there is some infidelity in them, they sometimes fear, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing good Christians are subject to immoderate fears in times of great danger and trouble, learn to judge charitably of such, when we see them discover much timorousness at such times; and beware of censuring them upon this for Hypocrisy, for so we might as well censure Christ's Disciples to be void of all true Faith, because they sometimes were fearfull in times of danger. Remember in this case, that there is weakness of Faith in the best Christians; and that there is also some corruption of nature in them, and it may be also that by reason of the natural temper of their bodies they are more subject to fearfullness than some others. These things considered, learn to judg favourably of good Christians, in this case of timerous­ness, in time of great danger or trouble.

Ʋse 3 Use. 3. This further sheweth, that even the best of us had need to arm our selves before-hand against such immoderate fearfullnesse in times of trouble and danger, and to use all good means to resist it.

Remedies against excessive fearfullnesse in time of danger. The Remedies are of two sorts.

The first consist in Meditation.

The second consist in practice.

Touching the former sort.

1. Consider this, that fearfullnesse in time of danger is forbidden, and condemned in Scripture as a sin. Prov. 3. 25. Be not afraid of sudden fear, neither of the Desolation of the wicked when it commeth. 1 Pet. 3. 14. If ye suffer for Righteousnesse, happy are ye; and be not afraid of their terrour, neither be troubled. So Matth. 10. Fear not them that kill the body, &c.

2. It is the property of unbelievers and wicked ones, to be excessively fearfull and timorous. Revel. 21. 8. The fearfull and unbelieving, &c. shall have part in the Lake, &c. Levit. 26. 36. I will send a faintnesse into their hearts in the Lands of their enemies, and the sound of a leaf shaken shall chase them, &c.

3. Consider Gods special Protection promised to his Children in the midst of greatest dangers. See for this, Psal, 91. and Esay 43. 3. Fear not, for I have Redeemed thee, &c.—When thou passest through the Waters, I will be with thee, &c. When thou walkest through the fire, thou shalt not be burnt, &c. Not that Gods children are exempted from all dangers, but by these and the like promises, they are assured, that God hath speciall care of them in the greatest dangers, and that nothing shall befall them to hurt them; that is, to hinder their Sal­vation, but all shall turn to the furtherance thereof.

4. Remember the courage of the Saints and Martyrs. So David, Psal. 23. Though I walk in the shadow of death, &c. Elisha was not afraid when an Hoast of men came against him. The Martyrs were couragious and undaunted at the stake when the fire was ready to be set to their bodies. So, Moses at the Red Sea.

The Remedies which consist in practice, are these.

  • 1. Pray unto God to deliver us and free us from the spirit of fear, and to give us Christian courage and boldnesse in the evill day, and in greatest dangers.
  • 2. Labour more and more to be strengthened in Faith, which will expell fear out of the Heart.
  • 3. Keep a good Conscience in all things, and at all times, and so labour to preserve the inward peace thereof. This will make us confident, and bold as Lyons in time of trouble. Arm thy self with that breast-plate of Righteousnesse, mentioned, Ephes. 6. which is nothing else but a good Conscience; this will keep out fear. 1 Pet. 3. 6. Whose Daughters ye are, so long as ye do well, not being afraid of any amazement. Contrari­wise, nothing breeds terrours and fearfullness in the Heart, so much as sin committed, especially against Con­science, by which the peace of it is broken, therefore beware of this.

So much of the first thing discommendable in the Disciples; namely, their immoderate fear.

Mark 4. 38, 39.‘And they awake him, &c. Aug. 6. 1620.

OF the first thing discommendable in the Disciples of our Saviour, we have spoken; namely, their ex­cessive fearfulness when the storm arose, and Christ was asleep.

Now it follows to speak of the second thing discommendable in them; namely, their diffidence, or di­strustfulness of Christ's care and Providence over them: which they seem to make doubt of, when they thus expostulate with him, Master, carest thou not that we perish?

Observ. Observ. It is natural to us in time of trouble and danger, to distrust and doubt of the Lord's Providence and care over us. We are apt to think that he regards us not in our troubles, and that he is not mindfull to help and succour us in them, or to deliver us out of them. Thus the Israelites in the Wilderness, when they wanted water to quench their thirst; being in this distresse, they began to make question whether the Lord were among them or not, Exod. 17. 7. Thus also David was sometimes tempted to doubt of Gods Fatherly care and Providence in his troubles, as we may see, Psal. 13. 1. How long (sayes he) wilt thou forget me, O Lord, for ever? &c. and Psal. 77. 7. Will the Lord cast off for ever? &c.—Hath God forgotten to be gracious? &c.—And I said, This is mine infirmity, &c. See also, Psal. 44. 23.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Every one of us must labour to see, and bewail this our natural corruption, which maketh us so apt to be distrustful of God's Providence and care of us in times of distress. We are to be grieved, and to mourn for this infidelity of heart which is in us naturally.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. It must cause us also to strive by all means against this infidelity and distrustfulness of Gods Pro­vident care of us.

  • 1. Pray unto the Lord to keep us from this sin, and to give us Faith whereby to depend on him in our trou­bles for help and succour.
  • 2. Remember, that we are commanded to cast our care on him, because he careth for us, 1 Pet. 5. 7. Con­sider also how many other Promises we have in Scripture of God's special Providence and Fatherly care over his Children. See Psal. 91. Josh. 1. 5. Job 5. 19.
  • 3. Call to mind the experience which our selves and others have had of God's speciall care of us in times of distress. 2 Cor. 1. 10. and Psal. 22. 4. So much of those things that are discommendable in the Dis­ciples.

Now followeth that which is commendable in them; namely, their going to Christ, and seeking unto him by Prayer for help in this great trouble and danger in which they were. For although St. Mark do not here expresly mention their Praying to Christ to save them from drowning, yet he doth imply as much, when he sayes, that they cryed out thus unto him, Master, carest thou not, &c. And St. Matthew doth expresly shew that they Prayed him to save them, Matth. 8.

Observ. Observ. See here what we ought to do in all troubles and distresses; we are to seek unto the Lord by Pray­er for help and succour in them. By this we must awake the Lord when he seemeth to sleep, &c. See this handled before, chap. 1. ver. 40.

It followeth, ver. 39. And he arose, and rebuked the Wind, &c.] Here the Miracle it self is laid down; which was, Our Saviour Christ's Calming of the Tempest by his Divine power. In which we have three things to consider.

  • 1. Our Saviour preparing himself to the working of the Myracle. He arose from sleep.
  • 2. The outward means used by him to effect the Myracle. He rebuked the Wind, and said to the Sea, Peace, be still.
  • 3. The effect which followed; namely, the ceasing of the Wind; and a great Calm.

He arose] Though he had slept a while in the midst of their distress and danger, seeming not to take care of them; yet at length in due time, and when they were in most danger, he ariseth to help them.

Observ. Observ. Though the Lord seem for a time to forget, and not to regard his Servants in their troubles, but suffers them to be in great extremities; yet he doth not indeed forget them, but is carefull of them, and in due time doth shew it by helping and delivering them when they are in greatest distress. Thus he suffered the Israelites for a time to be in great Affliction and Bondage under Pharaoh; yet at length, when their Af­fliction was at the highest, he delivered them. So at the Red Sea, though he suffered them to be in great di­stress, yet in due time he delivered them Miraculously. And this we may see also in other examples, which I alledged in handling the former verse, as in the example of David, Jonah, Paul, &c. Though the Lord see­med for a time to forget them in their troubles; yet at length in due time he delivered them, when they had most need of his help; whereby he shewed plainly, that though he seemed not to take care of them for a time, yet the truth was, he did take care of them, and watch over them by his speciall Providence.

Use. Use. This must strengthen our Faith, and incourage us to depend upon God for help and deliverance in our greatest extremities and distresses, not casting away our confidence and trust in him, though we be in ne­ver so great danger; and though we see no means of deliverance. We must here say with Job, Though he kill me, I will trust in him, Job 13. 15. and with the three children, Dan. 3. 17. Our God is able to deliver us, and he will deliver us. And though he defer our deliverance for a time, (yea, a long time) and seem to for­get us, and to be as it were asleep in our distress, yet he will at length awake, and rise up to help us, as our Saviour now did to save his Disciples from being cast away in this storm. Psal. 78. 65. When the Israelites, the people of God were in great extremity and danger, by reason of their enemies, it is said, Then the Lord awaked as one out of sleep, &c. to help them, and to smite their enemies. But this point was in part spoken of be­fore upon the former verse.

So much of the Preparation used by our Saviour before the working of this Miracle; namely, his arising from sleep, that he might help and save his Disciples.

Now followeth the outward means for the effecting of this Miracle; namely, his rebuking of the Wind and the Sea.

Quest. Quest. 1. Why did he thus speak to the Wind and Sea, and rebuke them, seeing they were not sensible of his rebuke?

Answ. Answ. He did this to shew his absolute power over these creatures, and that it was as easy for him to over-rule them, as for a Master to command his Servants.

Quest. Quest. 2. Whether was the Miracle wrought by the bare words of our Saviour, as he uttered them?

Answ. Answ. Not so, but by the Divine power of his God-head accompanying his words, and manifesting it self in them, and by them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here then first we have an evident Argument to prove unto us the truth of Christ's God-head, in that he was able by his bare word spoken, to work this Miracle, in calming the Winds, and the Sea. It was impossible for any but God to do this.

Object. Object. The Devill hath power to raise storms, as we see he did against the house where Job's Children were feasting, Job 1. 19. therefore it is likely that he can also allay and cease such storms again when he plea­seth.

Answ. Answ. 1. Though the Devil hath power to do this, yet not without the permission of God, from whom he hath all his power: but our Saviour Christ calmed the Tempest by his own proper power, as he was God.

2. When the Devill either raiseth or layeth a storm, he doth it by natural helps and means, though secret and hid from us; as by joyning himself with the matter of the Wind, or with the Clouds of rain and Thun­der, and so working in them, and upon them, so as to stir up Tempests sometimes, and afterward to make them cease again; but our Saviour Christ pacified and calmed this storm, onely by his divine power immediately, without any natural helps or means used by him; and therefore by this Miraculous work, he manifested him­self to be the Son of God, and consequently, the true Messiah, and Saviour of the World. This then, serveth to confirm our Faith in this main point of Doctrine touching Christ's Divine nature. But we have before spo­ken of it often in handling other Miracles of our Saviour.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that our Saviour by his bare word spoken, doth lay the storm of Wind, and pacify the Sea, we may observe the wonderfull power and efficacy of the word of Christ when he lived on Earth, in that by means of it, he was able to work so great and wonderfull effects. How many Miracles wrought he by his bare Word spoken? Sometimes he did by it drive diseases out of the bodies of the sick; Some­times he cast Devils out of the possessed by it; Sometimes he raised the dead by it; Sometimes again by his Word, he wrought so upon the Hearts of men, that he suddenly converted them, as he did Levi the Pub­lican, and the other Apostles, onely by bidding them follow him, as we have heard before, chap. 1, 2. Some­times by his Word and Doctrine he did astonish the Hearers; Sometimes also by a few words of his mouth he so terrified his enemies, that he made them fall backward to the ground; as we see Joh. 18. 6.

Use. Use. Seeing the word of Christ uttered with his own Mouth when he was upon earth, was so powerfull: Hence we may gather, that the written Word of Christ is also very powerfull and effectuall; especially when it is opened and applyed unto the people of God by the Faithfull Ministers of Christ. For the same Divine power of Christ which he manifested by his lively voice uttered on earth, the same power he still ma­nifesteth in his written Word, and in the Ministry of it, being now in Heaven at the Right hand of his Father. Therefore be diligent in Hearing this Word of Christ Preached to thee by his Ministers; and Pray unto him to give power and vertue to it, that it may be as effectuall to work upon thee, as the lively words of his own mouth were to work upon the Winds and Sea. He that was able by the words of his mouth to work up­on the Winds and Sea, which are dead and senseless creatures: He is no less able now by the Ministry of his written Word to work upon the Heart and Conscience that is dead and senseless, and without all life of Grace. This point also was before spoken of, chap. 2. 14. So much of the second thing in the words; namely, the outward means used by our Saviour in working this Miracle; namely, his rebuking of the Wind and the Sea.

Now followeth the third thing, which is, the effect or consequent of this rebuke; The Wind ceased, and there was a great Calm.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour by his powerfull Word caused this great storm to cease, and turned it to a great Calm, and so saved the Disciples from the great danger and trouble in which they were: Hence we may gather, that Christ Jesus our Lord hath power over all the troubles and Afflictions which at any time do arise against his Church and Faithfull Servants; and that he can easily take away the causes of them, and cause the troubles to cease whensoever it pleaseth him. Psal. 93. 3. The Prophet foretelling the troubles which should be raised against the Church of Christ, speaketh thus; The floods, O Lord, have lifted up their Voice, the floods lift up their Waves. The Lordon high (that is, Christ Jesus) is mightier then the noyse of many waters, yea, then the mighty Waves of the Sea. There was never any storm of troubles so great, raised against the Church of Christ by Satan or wicked men, but Christ was able to make it cease, and to send a calm after it. It was a great storm of Persecution which Saul raised against the Christian Church when he breathed out threatnings and slaughter against the Disciples, Act. 9. 1. and yet the Lord Jesus by the sudden and Miraculous conversion of Saul, did make that storm to cease, and sent a calm after it; for it is said, ver. 31. that the Churches had rest throughout all Judea, and Galilee, and Samaria, and were edifyed, &c. So it was a grievous Tempest which was raised against the Primitive Church by the Heathenish Emperours of Rome, in the first 300 years after Christ; yet the Lord Jesus did at length put an end to that storm, by stirring up Con­stantine that Christian Emperour, by whose means, the Church had Peace and rest. So in Queen Maries Reign in this Land, there was a fearfull storm of troubles raised by her against the good Christians; yet the Lord Jesus did at length suddenly pacify that Tempest, and made it to cease, and sent a great calm after it in the Reign of Queen Elizabeth. See also for this point, 2 Tim. 4. 17. 2 Tim. 3. 11.

Ʋse. Ʋse. No cause then for the Faithfull to be dismayed in any troubles, though never so great and grievous; let them remember, that though the storm be never so terrible for the time, yet Christ Jesus is able with a word spoken, to make it cease, and to send a great calm. And as he is able to do this; so he is ready and willing to do it in due time, and when he seeth it best for his Faithfull Servants to be delivered out of their troubles. Think of this in our most grievous troubles both inward and outward, and it will minister comfort to us, and stay our minds from being discouraged in them. In the most grievous outward troubles, remem­ber this power of Christ, who is able to deliver us out of them. So also in inward trouble, when Satan raiseth a storm in our Conscience by urging the greatness of our sins to us, that he may terrify us, and drive us to doubt or despair of Gods mercy; in this case also remember the power of Christ Jesus, who is able with one word of his Mouth to rebuke Satan, and to lay this storm raised in our Conscience; yea, he can make a great calm there, by speaking inward Peace to our Conscience by his Spirit, and assuring us thereby of the Pardon of our sins. All this our Lord Jesus Christ can easily do, and he will do it for us, if in these storms of trouble we look up to him with the eyes of Faith, and seek to him by Prayer for his help, as the Disciples here did.

Mark 4. 39, 40, 41. ‘And the Wind ceased, &c. Aug. 13. 1620.

IN the former of these three Verses, is laid down the Miracle wrought by our Saviour in calming the Tem­pest. In which we considered,

  • 1. His Preparation to it; In that, He arose.
  • 2. The outward means which he used, viz. his word, rebuking the Wind, &c.
  • 3. The effect or Consequent, The Wind ceased, &c.

Of the two first we have spoken; and in part of the third. From which we heard one point of Instructi­on gathered the last day. Namely, this; That our Saviour Christ hath power over all the Afflictions of his Church and Servants, and can easily make those storms to cease when it pleaseth him.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Now further we learn from hence, that our Saviour Christ hath the very dead and sensless crea­tures at his command, so as they cannot but yield ready obedience and subjection to his Will. We see here, that he no sooner rebuked the Wind and Sea, and commanded them to be still, but presently they are obedient to his Word; therefore in the last verse, the Disciples, and others with them affirm, that the Wind and Sea obeyed him. Here then we may apply that, Psal. 148. 8. Fire and Hail, Snow and Vapour: Stormy Wind fulfilling his Word. This is true of Christ as he is God. He hath absolute power to command all the sensless creatures; the Fire, Water, Earth, Clouds, Wind, Rain, &c. He can use any of these at his plea­sure, as Instruments whereby to execute his own Will. Joh. 2. He turned Water into Wine by his power. Matth. 14. He caused the Water to be as firm Land to bear up himself and Peter, when they walked upon it. Joh. 20. 19. He made the Doors of the House open to him of themselves where he was to enter; yea, he had power over the very stones of the Earth. Luke 19. 40. I tell you (sayes he) if those should hold their peace the stones would cry out; thereby implying, that he had power to make them cry out. And not onely while he lived, did he shew his power over these sensless creatures, but even after he was dead upon the Cross, he ma­nifested the power of his God-head upon those kind of creatures, causing the vail of the Temple to rend, the earth to quake, the Rocks to cleave, and the Graves to open, Matth. 27. 51. Now if he had such power over these sensless creatures in the state of his Humiliation, much more now he is in Heavenly glory at the Right hand of God. Phil. 2. 9. God hath highly exalted him, &c. That at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in Heaven, and things in Earth, and under the Earth; that is, that all Creatures should be subject unto him.

Reasons of this Doctrine.

  • 1. Christ according to his God-head, did create all these sensless creatures at the beginning. Col. 1. 16. By him were all things created that are in Heaven, and that are in Earth, &c. Therefore he hath power over all Creatures to use them at his pleasure.
  • 2. Christ also as he is Mediator, hath received from God the Father a soveraign power over all Creatures. Matth. 28. 18. All power is given unto me in Heaven and Earth. See this Doctrine again handled, chap. 6. ver. 48.

Use 1 Use 1. This serveth as matter of terrour unto the wicked enemies of Christ and of his Church. Let them know and consider, that Christ is Lord of all creatures; yea even of the dead and sensless creatures, and he can use any of them, or all of them as Instruments and weapons whereby to execute his Vengeance upon such wicked ones that oppose him and his Church. As the Lord Plagued Pharaoh with Thunder and Hail, and with darkness, &c. And as he slew the Enemies of Joshua with great Hail-stones, Josh. 10. And made the very stars of Heaven to fight against the Hoast of Sisera, Judg. 5. 20. So Christ Jesus the Lord is able to arm all these and the rest of the dead creatures, as so many Souldiers of his to fight against his wicked ene­mies.

Use 2 Use 2. This on the other side is matter of comfort unto the Faithfull, to consider that Christ, having power over the sensless creatures to command them at his pleasure, he will therefore use and employ them all for the good of such as truly believe in him. Job 5. 23. Such as fear God, shall be in League with the stones of the field. And Esay 43. 2. there is a Promise, that when the Faithfull passe through the Waters, they shall not overflow them: and when they walk through the fire, they shall not be burnt, &c. These and the like promises Christ will make good to the Faithfull: Not that they are altogether priviledged from being hurt or annoyed in their bo­dies or outward estate by means of fire, water, and such other Creatures; but that Christ will so keep the Faithfull in the midst of all outward annoyances and dangers, and will so over-rule all the creatures, that none of them shall hurt or hinder the Salvation of any one of Christ's Elect; but on the contrary he will make all the creatures to conspire and work together as so many helps and furtherances to their Salvation.

Ʋse 3 Use. 3. See and bewail the great corruption of our nature, which maketh us rebellious against Christ and his Word, whereas the dead and sensless creatures are at his command and beck, yielding ready obedience to him. In this respect, we are by nature worse then the sensless creatures, worse then the Wind and Sea, &c. which readily obey Christ's Word. Contrariwise, we are Disobedient to it, not suffring our selves to be rebuked and commanded of Christ. Jer. 5. 22. The Lord speaketh thus of the rebelliousness of his people by way of complaint. Fear ye not me, saith the Lord? will ye not tremble at my presence? which have placed the sand for the bounds of the Sea, &c.—But this people hath a revolting and a rebellious Heart, &c. As if he should say, they were worse and more rebellious against him than the Sea, which is subject to his Decree; but they would not be obedient to his Word. So is it with all of us: of our selves by nature, we are more rebellious against Christ Jesus our Lord, and more unwilling to be obedient to him, then the Sea or Wind, or any other of the sensless creatures. How should we mourn and be grieved for this our natural rebellion against the Word of Christ? No tears are sufficient to lament it.

Ʋse 4 Ʋse 4. Let us every one Learn even from the sensless creatures, to yield ready and chearfull obedience to the Will and Word of Christ. Shall the Wind and Sea, and all creatures obey his Rebuke and command and shall we shew our selves disobedient or untractable against it? How great a shame is this for us? How much doth this aggravate our sin and disobedience against the Word of Christ, that in this respect we are [Page 247] worse then they are? Take heed it be not so with us, lest the sensless and dumb creatures do hereafter testify against us, and condemn us, when the Lord shall call us to account for our disobedience against him. See Esay 1. 2. How the Lord calls upon the very Heavens and Earth to be witnesses against his People for their Rebellion against him.

Ver. 40, 41. And he said unto them, why are ye so fearfull, &c.] Here the Evangelist layeth down the Con­sequents of the Miracle, which are two.

  • 1. Our Saviour reproving of his Disciples for their timerousness, ver. 40.
  • 2. The effect which the Miracle did work in the Disciples and others, which is twofold.
    • 1. Inward, They were moved with great fear.
    • 2. Outward, in that they do, by their words one to another, acknowledg the great power of Christ, and profess their admiration of it.

In our Saviour's reproof of his Disciples, we may consider two things.

  • 1. The fault it self, which he reproveth, Their fearfulness, Why are ye so fearfull?
  • 2. The cause of this their fearfullness; which he discovereth to them, in these words, How is it that ye have no Faith? implying, that want of Faith was the cause of their timerousness.

Quest. Quest. Whether doth our Saviour here condemn in his Disciples all kind of fear in this time of danger, or not?

Answ. Answ. For Answer to this, we must know that there is a twofold fear in mans Heart, in time of distress and danger.

The first is a naturall fear, comming from entire nature, whereby every one doth naturally seek to pre­serve himself, and to shun and avoid things hurtfull, which tend to the destruction of nature. Now this kind of fear is not here condemned by our Saviour, neither is it of it self evill or sinfull, for it was in Christ himself, when he prayed, Let this Cup pass from me, Matth. 26. And Hebr. 5. 7. there is mention made of his fear.

2. There is an immoderate and sinfull fear, which commeth from corrupt nature, whereby a man in time of danger so feareth, that he doubteth or distrusteth of Gods Protection and special Providence for his deli­verance. And this immoderate fear which is joyned with infidelity, is here condemned by our Saviour, as appeareth by the words.

  • 1. Because he doth not say, Why are ye fearfull? but Why are ye so fearfull? implying, that he blamed them not simply for fearing or shunning the danger; but for fearing immoderately and distrustfully.
  • 2. Because he sheweth in the next words, that this fear in them came from want of Faith. So much in way of clearing the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. First let us here observe the Gracious and Mercifull dealing of our Saviour Christ with his Dis­ciples; in that he doth not utterly reject or cast them off, or condemn them as void of all Faith and Grace, because of their infirmity, but he reproveth them for it in gentle manner, to the end they might see their infir­mity, and be humbled for it, and that so he might cure and redress it in them. This teacheth us how we ought to deal with others in respect of their infirmities; that we are not to reject and cast them off utterly, or to condemn them as gross Hypocrites void of Grace, because we see some faults and corruptions in them; but we are on the other side to use the best means we can to cure and redress such sins of Infirmity in them; as by Admonishing them gently, by Praying for them, &c. In the mean time we are not simply to condemn their Persons, because of their Infirmities, but in love to tolerate and bear with them, wa [...]ing for their Reformati­on. Thus did our Saviour often bear with the weakness of his Disciples, see Joh. 20. 27. Esay 42. 3. It is said of him, that he would not break the bruised Reed, nor quench the smoaking Flax; that is, he should not re­ject those that are weak in Faith, but bear with them, and cherish the small beginnings of Grace in them. And so ought we to do after his example.

Use. Use. This sheweth the uncharitableness of those that are ready to reject and utterly to condemn those for Hypocrites, in whom they discern any faults and corruptions to be, though they be but of weakness. These shew want of Christian love, whose property is to cover and bear with others Infirmities. Take heed of this un­charitable censuring of others for their Infirmities; and consider how ill it would be with us, if the Lord himself should so condemn and reject us for our Infirmities.

Observ. 2 Observ 2. Further we see here, that although our Saviour do not utterly condemn and reject his Disciples for their timerousness and weakness of Faith; yet he doth not approve of these Infirmities in them, but re­proveth them for the same. Whence we learn, that though we are to bear with others Infirmities and imper­fections, yet we are not to allow or approve of them, but rather to admonish and reprove them for the same. Thus our Saviour doth often reprove the Infirmities of his Disciples; as here, and Matth. 14. 31. he repro­veth Peter for his weak Faith. So Matth. 26. 40. he reproveth him, and the two sons of Zebedaeus which were with him in his Agony, for their sluggishness that they could not watch with him one hour. Yea, some­times he doth sharply reprove the Infirmities of his Disciples, as Mark 16. 14. He upbraided the Eleven with their unbelief and hardness of Heart. And Luke 24. 25. He thus reproveth the Disciples going to Emmaus. O Fools, and slow of Heart to believe, &c.

Quest. Quest. Whether is every one bound to reprove all Infirmities which they see in others?

Answ. Answ. Not so.

  • 1. Some Infirmities are to be covered and passed by. Prov. 19. 11. Some have natural Infirmities, as hastiness, frowardness, &c. These pass by sometimes.
  • 2. Christians must have a Calling to reprove faults in others; and this is in two cases,

1. If they have a speciall charge of others committed to them; being set in place of Authority over them Thus Ministers of the Word have a special calling to reprove the faults and corruptions which they discern in their people. 2 Tim. 4. 2. Paul bids Timothy reprove, rebuke, &c. So also have Parents, Masters, Husbands, to reprove the infirmities and faults of Children, Servants, Wives.

2. When they see hope and likelihood of doing good by their Admonition and reproof; as if the parties offending be such as are fit to be admonished or reproved by them, and likely to take it well for ought they [Page 248] know to the contrary. In this case every Christian is called to admonish or reprove. Levit. 19. 17. Thou shalt in any wiserebuke thy Neighbour, and not suffer sin upon him. And Col. 3. 16. Teaching and admonishing one ano­ther, &c. These Precepts are generall, belonging to all Christians, and not onely to Ministers, Parents, &c.

Now for the right performance of this Duty of Admonishing or Reproving others, these Rules are to be observed.

  • 1. This must be done in love and compassion toward the persons offending; and not out of bitter passion much less in rancour or malice against them. Levit. 19. 17. Thou shalt not hate thy Brother in Heart, but shalt re­buke him, &c. Jud. 22. Have compassion of some, &c.
  • 2. It must be done with the spirit of meekness, especially in admonishing such as offend of weakness. Gal. 6. 1. Brethren, if any be overtaken in a fault, ye which are Spiritual restore such a one in the Spirit of meekness, &c.
  • 3. With Wisedome and discretion. And this must be seen in two things chiefly.
    • 1. In making choice of the fittest time and season to reprove; and that is, when we perceive the party offending to be most tractable and willing to be admonished. Prov. 15. 23. A word spoken in due season, how good is it?
    • 2. In putting difference between the faults and Infirmities which we do reprove: some are great In­firmities which are to be more sharply reproved; some lesser, which are more gently to be reproved.
  • 4. Joyn Instruction with Admonition, Col. 3. 16.

Object. Object. Against this Doctrine is, 1 Pet. 4. 8.

Answ. Answ. Though we are to cover others faults, that is, not blaze them abroad to others, when there is no ne­cessity so to do; yet we ought to reprove them in some cases, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. This condemneth the neglect of this Christian Duty of admonishing and reproving others faults, and sins of Infirmity. A duty greatly failed in by many Christians; and yet such a duty as is of great use and profit, being well performed. Many excuses some do make for their omission of this Duty; as that they know not how to admonish or reprove, or that it will not be well taken, that they shall get the ill will and displeasure of their friends or Neighbours, &c. But remember, Eccles. 11. 4. He that observeth the Wind shall not sow, &c. Where there is true love to the Soul of our brother or Sister, and an unfeined desire to do them good by a Christian Admonition and Reproof, all such frivolous excuses will easily be taken away.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. This also is for the reproof of those that take upon them to Admonish and reprove others for their Infirmities, but not in due manner; and so many times do more hurt then good. Such are they who reprove others in Passion and Choler, not in love and meekness, or else undiscreetly and unseasonably, or without put­ting difference between great and small faults, or infirmities, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. This also shews how great a sin it is to countenance and incourage others in their Infirmities; as by winking at gross corruptions in others (especially in their friends) or by commending those things that are amiss in them, or speaking too favourably of their infirmities, &c.

Use 4 Ʋse 4. Be willing to be admonished and reproved by others, &c. Psal. 141. 5.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, in that our Saviour here reproveth his Disciples for their timorousness in this danger. We may hence gather, that it is a fault and sin in Christians to be immoderately timorous and fearfull in times of trouble and da [...]ger. Of this see before, upon ver, 38. in the Remedies against excessive timo­rousness.

The Reason why it must needs be a sin is, because it is a fruit of infidelity and distrust of Gods Mercy and special Protection.

Ʋse. Use. See then that we ought not to bear with our selves in this fault and cortuption, but to be humbled for it, and to Pray and strive against it by all good means.

Mark 4. 40, 41.‘And he said unto them, &c.’

VVEE have spoken of the fault or sin which our Saviour reproveth in his Disciples; namely, their ex­cessive Aug. 20. 1620. and distrustful fear.

Now it follows, to speak of the cause, from which that timorousness proceeded; which was, want of Faith.

How is it that ye have no Faith?] He doth not mean, they had no Faith at all, but that their Faith was weak. So Matth. 8. 26. O ye of little Faith: And so we are to take the words here, How is it that ye have no Faith?] That is, How is it that your Faith is so weak and small?

Doctr. Doctr. Hence gather, that timorousness in time of trouble and danger, proceedeth from infidelity, as an effect and fruit of it. Matth. 14. 31. When Peter walking on the Sea, and beginning to sink, was afraid, Christ reproveth him thus, O thou of little Faith, wherefore didst thou doubt? Therefore also the fearful and unbelieving are coupled together, Revel. 21. 8. to shew, that excessive fearfulness is a fruit of unbelief or infi­delity. So when Peter for fear denyed Christ, weakness of Faith was the cause, as may be gathered, Luke 22. 32.

Now for the better conceiving of this point, we must know, that there is a twofold infidelity.

The first is that which is opposite to all Faith, and excludeth it. And this is in the wicked and unregene­rate, that have no Faith at all.

The second is that which is opposite to a strong Faith, or to a high degree and great measure of Faith; and this kind of infidelity is in many true believers, and good Christians. See Mark 9. 24.

Now this immoderate timorousness which we speak of, doth alwayes proceed from one of these two kinds of Infidelity; that is to say, either from want of all Faith, as in the wicked and unbelievers, or else from weakness of Faith, as in some good Christians; and as in these Disciples of Christ here mentioned.

Reason of this Doctrine. All true courage and boldness in times of trouble, cometh from faith. We must first be perswaded by faith, of Gods love to us in Christ, and consequently of his special protection in times of danger, before we can shew any Christian courage at such times. 1 Joh. 5. 4. This is the victory, &c. There­fore on the other side, the want or weakness of this faith, must needs be the cause of all cowardly fearfulness in times of distress.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the reason why the wicked and unbelievers are so cowardly and timorous in times of trouble and danger befalling them; as we see in Cain, Gen. 4. 14. and in Belshazzar, Dan. 5. 6. Yea, sometimes when there is no danger, they are fearful. Prov. 28. 1. The wicked fleeth when none pursueth. And Levit. 26. 36. The sound of a shaken leaf chaseth them, &c. The reason of this their timorousness, is their want of faith. They have no assurance of Gods mercy to them in Christ, nor of his special protection in times of danger: therefore are their hearts thus overcome of fear and terrour. They are sometime at their wits end: This shall make the hearts of the wicked to fail them for fear at the day of Judgment, because they shall want faith, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See also the cause of much timorousness even in good Christians in times of trouble. The weak­ness of their saith is the cause of it, as it was here in Christs Disciples. And we are not to marvail, that the best Christians are subject to this infirmity of timorousness more or less, seeing there is some weakness and imperfection of faith in the best.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Hence gather, That excessive fearfulness in time of danger, is a sin; because it is a fruit of infi­delity. But of this before.

Use 4 Use 4. This sheweth us further what to do, that we may be kept from this immoderate fear and timo­rousness. Labour for true faith, and for a further growth of it in us. Such as never had faith, must use all good means to attain some measure of it: And such as have it in some measure already, must labour for a fur­ther increase of it. The more faith, the less fear: as on the contrary, the less faith, the more fear. Pray unto God to give thee faith, and to increase it in thee: This will expell fear out of thy heart, and make thee couragious in times of greatest distress and danger: as Job 13. 15. Though he slay me, yet I will trust in him. And Paul, Rom. 8. 38. I am perswaded, that neither death, nor life, &c.—shall separate, &c. So Hebr. 11. 34. it is said of Gedeon, Barack, Sampson, &c. that by faith they stopped the mouths of Lyons, quenched violence of fire, &c.—out of weakness were made strong, waxed valiant in fight, &c.—So the Martyrs were couragious at the Stake, and in the fire, because they had special strength of faith given them. Especially let such la­bour for faith, who are called to go through great dangers, as Souldiers, Mariners, Women that bear Chil­dren, &c. 1 Tim. 2. ult.

Verse 41. And they feared exceedingly, &c. The Evangelist layeth down a second consequent of this Mi­racle; namely, the effect which it wrought in the Disciples and others. Which effect is twofold,

  • 1. Inward, They feared exceedingly.
  • 2. Outward, In that they do by their words one to another acknowledg the power of Christ, and profess their admiration of it.

They feared, &c.] This is to be understood not onely of the Disciples of Christ, but of others also of the people who were present in other ships, and saw the Miracle; as may be gathered from Matth. 8. 27. where it is said, The men marvailed, &c. Now if none but the Disciples had wondred and feared, it is likely the Evangelist would not have spoken so generally, saying, The men marvailed: but rather, The Disciples mar­vailed.

Quest. Quest. Why did they so exceedingly fear, seeing the storm being now laid, the danger was past?

Answ. Answ. The Evangelist doth not here speak of their fearing of the danger in which they had been, and from which they were now escaped: but of that fear and reverence of the Power and Majesty of Christ, with which they were stricken and moved in heart at the sight of this great Miracle. And this fear was the greater in the Disciples, because they now saw and considered their own weakness and infidelity, for which Christ had reproved them.

Thus then the consideration of Christ's wonderfull power, and their own weakness, moved them thus ex­ceedingly to fear and reverence the Divine Majesty of Christ. And this was a good kind of fear in them, whereby they so feared the power and Majesty of Christ, that they were carefull not to offend him as they had done before by their timorousness and infidelity.

Observ. Observ. Hence gather, That we ought to be affected in heart with great fear and reverence of the Majesty of God, when we see or take notice of his great and powerful works: the consideration of his wonderfull works should move us greatly to fear him. Thus the Disciples and others at this time, by seeing this great Miracle of Christ, were moved to fear him exceedingly. So Peter and others, Luke 5. 8. So the Centution and they that were with him at the time of Christ's death, when they saw the Earth-quake, and other great Miracles wrought, they feared greatly, &c. Matth. 27. 54. So should we be moved greatly to fear and reve­rence the Majesty of God, when we consider his mighty works. Jerem. 5. 22. Fear ye not me, saith the Lord? Will ye not tremble at my presence, which have placed the sand for the bound of the Sea, &c. Hab. 3. 16. when the Prophet heard of the great Judgments of God threatned, his belly trembled, &c. Now this fear must not be servile, but a fi [...]iall fear, joyned with love of God: which must make us afraid and loth to offend him, Psal. 4. 4.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This condemneth the blockish security of many, who when they see or hear of Gods great and mi­raculous works of Justice or mercy shewed upon themselves or others, yet are little or nothing at all moved in heart to fear and reverence the power and Majesty of God. This argueth great and fearfull hardness of heart. Such are worse then Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. 3. 24. and Felix, Act. 24. 25. This want of fear and reve­rence of Gods great works, is an effect and sign of Atheism in such.

And said one to another, Who is this, &c.] By these words, the Disciples and the rest do profess their admi­ration of the Divine power of Christ, and withall do imply a confession and acknowledgment, that he was more than a meer man: even, the Son of God himself.

Quest. Quest. Did not the Disciples know and believe before, that Christ was the Son of God?

Answ. Answ. Yes, they knew it in part by his former Miracles: but their knowledg and faith in this Point was further confirmed by this Miracle.

Observ. 1 1. Observ. In that the Disciples, and others with them, are not only affected with fear and reverence at the sight of this Miracle; but do also take occasion to acknowledg and magnifie the Divine power of Christ, who was able to command the Wind and Sea; hence we learn, That we should not onely be affected in heart with fear and reverence of the great and miraculous works of God, but we should also shew and ex­press the same outwardly, by confessing and acknowledging the Almighty power of God, manifested in those his works. So before, Chap. 1. 27. when he cast out the Devil, they admired and acknowledged his Divine power. So Matth. 7. 54. How often doth David in the Book of Psalms take occasion to acknowledg and set forth the power of God manifested in his wonderful works? This he doth in many Psalms; To shew, that we, after his example also should the good occasions to do the like. Note, That this confession of the power of God, should not go alone, but be joyned with praise and glorifying of God for his wonderfull works.

Observ. 2 2. Observ. In that they said thus one to another, &c. We may observe, That Christians should take oc­casion to confer together with others touching the great works of God which they have seen, heard, or read of. Psal. 105. 2. Sing Psalms unto him, talk ye of all his wondrous works. See before, Chap. 1. Verse 27. This is a great means to stirr up our selves and others to be affected as we should be with the great works of God, and to praise and magnifie him for the same.

Finis Quarti Capitis.

CHAP. V.

Mark 5. 1, &c.‘And they came over to the other side, &c.’

IN this Chapter the Evangelist setteth down three speciall Miracles wrought by our Saviour Christ.

  • 1. The casting out of a Legion of Devils from one that was possessed with them, unto Vers. 11.
  • 2. The raising up of Jairus his daughter from death.
  • 3. The healing of the woman that had the bloody issue. And these two last Miracles are laid down from the 21 Verse, to the end of the Chapter; and one of them is interlaced by the way, in setting down the other.

Touching the first of these Miracles, it is recorded also by St. Matthew, Chap. 8. 28. and by St. Luke, though they differ in some Circumstances; Mark and Luke setting it down more largely, and Matthew more briefly and summarily.

Object. Object. There are two great differences between St. Matthew, and the other two Evangelists, in setting down this Miracle. One is, that St. Matthew mentioneth two that were possessed; whereas Mark and Luke speak but of one. The other is, that Matthew saith, the Miracle was wrought in the Countrey of the Gergesenes; whereas Mark and Luke say, in the Countrey of the Gadarenes.

Answ. Answ. Touching the first of these differences, we must know,

  • 1. That though Mark and Luke mention but one, yet they do not say, there was but one; and therefore they exclude not the other.
  • 2. The reason why they mention but one, is likely to be this; because this one was of greatest note and fame, and most commonly known: and therefore we see these two Evangelists are very large in describing him and his strange behaviour.

Touching the other difference in the name of the Countrey, we shall see by and by, how it is to be re­conciled.

Now in the History of this Miracle, we may consider four things:

  • 1. The Circumstances of it, Verse 1, &c. unto the 6th.
  • 2. The Antecedents going immediately before the Miracle, Vers. 6. &c. unto the 13.
  • 3. The Miracle it self, implyed in the beginning of the 13 Verse.
  • 4. The consequents of it, Verse 13, &c.

Touching the Circumstances, they are three in number.

  • 1. The place where the Miracle was wrought, In the Countrey of the Gadarens, on the other side of the Sea, Verse 1.
  • 2. The occasion of the Miracle, Our Saviour meeting with the man possessed, so soon as he was come out of the ship, Vers. 2.
  • 3. The person upon whom the Miracle was wrought. Described at large by sundry things. As,
    • 1. By his afflicted Estate; He had an unclean spirit.
    • 2. By the place of his ordinary abode, Verse 3. He had his abiding among the Tombs.
    • 3. By his wonderful and extraordinary strength, Verse 3, 4. 1. He could not be bound with chains: but having been often bound with chains and fetters, he brake them in pieces. 2. None could tame or master him.
  • 4. By his outragious and frantick behaviour, Alwayes, night and day, crying in the Mountains, and Tombs, and striking (or cuting) himself with stones, Verse 5.

They came over] Viz. Christ and his Disciples, with the rest of the people that accompanied them.

To the other side of the Sea] To that side of the Lake of Gennesareth, which was opposite to Galilee. So Luke 8. 26. The Region of the Gadarens over against Galilee.

Countrey of the Gadarens] Object. Matth. 8. 28. It is called the Countrey of the Gergesenes.

Answ. It is most likely, that one and the same Region had both these names; taken (as is probable) from two several Towns near joyning together in the Countrey: the one called Gadara; the other Gergesa; as the Learned write.

Observ. See here the diligence and forwardness of our Saviour, to do good in all places wheresoever he came. We have before heard of his preaching and working sundry Miracles in the Countrey of Galilee: Now here we find him working this Miracle in the Country of the Gadarenes. Before, he wrought a miracle on the Sea: now, on the Land again, &c. Thus wheresoever he became, he still took occasion to do good, Act. 10. 38. So should we after his example, in all places be doing good, and employ our selves in some duty or other of our general or particular Callings. But this hath been before observed.

The next Circumstance i [...], The occasion of the Miracle, Verse 2. The man possessed met with our Saviour, when he came out of the ship.

Quest. Quest. What moved him thus to come and meet with him, seeing the Devil cannot endure the society and presence of Christ?

Answ. Answ. Christ (no doubt) by his Divine power forced him to come and present himself to him, to the end he might dispossess him. And it is likely, that he did the rather thus force him to come and meet him, be­cause he was so outragious and frantick, that none durst meddle with him to bring him unto Christ.

Observ. Observ. This then sheweth us the absolute power which Christ Jesus our Lord hath over the Devil; that he hath him at his command and beck, and can force him by his Divine power to do what he pleaseth. He can make the Devil, being absent, to feel his power, so as he shall be forced to come and present himself (though against his will) before him, and to do homage to him, as we see he did at this time, Verse 6. So soon as he saw Jesus, he ran and worshipped him. But of this, there will be occasion to speak again afterward. So much briefly of the two first Circumstances.

The third followeth, which is the person upon whom this Miracle was wrought; namely, the party pos­sessed. Who is described, 1. By his present afflicted condition, He had an unclean spirit] Concerning this, see before, Chap. 1. Verse 23.

The second thing by which he is described, is the place of his abode, He had his dwelling among the Tombs] Or, among the graves. Luke 8. 27. He abode not in house. The meaning is, that the Devil possessing him▪ did force him to live among the Tombs, and not in any house.

Quest. Quest. Why did he thus force him to abide and dwell among the Tombs or graves?

Answ. Answ. 1. It is likely (as some think) that he did this, to the end that he might continually torment and affright the party possessed with the fear and horrour of death, whereof the Tombs would put him in mind day and night.

2. Some think, that he might nourish superstitious Opinions touching the Souls of the dead.

3. Because places of buriall where they made Tombs and Graves in those times, were desolate and for­lorn places, not inhabited nor frequented by men. For the Jews buried not their dead in their Cities, but without the City in the wide fields, and especially in desolate and waste places; as upon Mountains, &c. And this they did, lest they should be defiled with touching or coming near to dead Corpses. 2 King. 23. 16. Jo­siah found graves in the Mount. Now the Devil doth delight in such forlorn and desolate places, as may appear, Luke 8. 29. where it is said of this party possessed, that he was carried of the Devill into the Wilderness. And Matth. 12. 43. The unclean spirit being gone out of a man, is said to walk through dry places, seeking rest, &c. that is, through desert Wildernesses or Mountains.

Quest. Quest. Why doth the Devill haunt such solitary places?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because such places are of themselves apt to breed horrour of mind and fears in men: and the Devil doth delight in terrifying and affrighting men as much as may be.

2. Such solitary places are fit for the Devils temptations, in that they do not afford those helps and means of resisting him, which may be had in company. This was one reason why he took occasion to tempt our Saviour Christ in a desolate Wilderness, Matth. 4. And Gen. 3. 1. it seems most probable, that he temp­ted Eve being alone, and apart from her husband.

Observ. Observ. Seeing the Devil so much delighteth to haunt solitary places, as Mountains, Wildernesses, &c. as being fit for his temptations; it should teach us this Christian wisdome, not to give our selves too much to solitariness, nor to frequent desolate and forlorn places, further then we have a calling to do it, lest by this means we give that advantage to Satan to tempt us, which he so much seeketh. Eccles. 4. 10. Woe to him that is alone, when he falleth: for he hath not another to help him up.

Quest. Quest. Is it not fit for us sometimes to be solitary?

Answ. Answ. Yes, in some cases, when we have a calling to be alone, being to perform such duties of our ge­neral or particular callings, as cannot be conveniently performed in company: as when we are to give our selves to private prayer or meditation; as Isaac, Gen. 24. 63. and our Saviour Christ, Luke 5. 16. But we are not ordinarily and needlesly to sequester our selves from humane society; nor to give our selves too much, and without just cause to solitariness, lest we give advantage to Satan to set upon us by his temptati­ons, when we are helpless and least able to resist him. He hath great advantage to tempt us being alone, espe­cially to some sins, &c. Let us therefore rather frequent humane society, as occasion is offered; and espe­cially love and delight in the society and communion of the Saints, by means whereof we may be more and more strengthened and armed against Satans temptations.

Use. This confuteth the practice of Popish Eremites, who sequester themselves from humane society to live alone, and so lay themselves open the more to Satans temptation, &c. So much of the second thing by which the party possessed is described; namely, the place of his abode, which was among the Tombs.

Now followeth the third thing by which he is described, His wonderful strength, Vers. 3. & 4. No man could bind him, &c.

The reason of their often binding of him with chains and fetters, was to tame and keep him from doing hurt to himself and others, Matth. 8. 28. But such was his strength, that he brake all bonds and fetters, and would not suffer himself to be tamed and kept in order. Now this wonderfull power and strength is not to be ascribed to the man that was possessed, but to the Legion of Devils which were entred into him; which did thus manifest their great strength in him.

Observ. Observ. Here then we are to observe the great and wonderfull power and strength which the Devils have, and are able to shew forth, by Gods permission. Of this, see before, Chap. 3. Vers. 27.

The fourth and last thing by which the party possessed is described, is his frantick and outragious beha­viour, Verse 5. He cryed out alwayes night and day in the Mountains, &c. This crying out continually, and cut­ting of himself with stones, which is mentioned here, doth shew plainly, that he was not only bodily posses­sed with Devils, but also, that he was stricken in mind with madness and frenzy. Luke 8. 27. it is said, He ware no clothes; which is another evidence, that he behaved himself in all respects like a mad-man: And therefore Verse 15. of this Chapter, it is noted, that after he was dispossessed and cured, the people saw him sit both clothed, and in his right mind, &c. to shew, that before he was out of his right mind, and beside himself.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here then we see first, that the Devill by Gods permission may have power, not onely to enter into mens bodies to possess them, and to afflict and torture them; but also to distemper their minds, yea, to drive them into frenzie and madness. Thus he did unto those Lunatique persons (mentioned elsewhere by the Evangelists) whom our Saviour Christ cured; as Matth. 17. 15. and Matth. 4. 24. See also the exam­ple of Saul, 1 Sam. 16. 14.

Quest. Quest▪ How can the Devill distemper the mind, and cause frenzy or madness?

Answ. By troubling and distempering the naturall humours of the body, and by infecting or poysoning the blood, and so causing such diseases as do distemper the brain, and breed frenzie and madness.

Use. Use. See the great goodness and mercy of God toward us, restraining this power of the Devill, and not suffering him to exercise and shew it upon us as he might and would do, if the Lord should give him leave. It is Gods mercy to us, that he suffers not the Devill to strike our bodies with such fearful diseases, which might distemper our minds, and take the right use of our wits from us; yea, which might bring us to frenzy and madness, This would the Devill do, and he hath power to do it, if the Lord did not in mercy restrain him. Let us strive to be unfeignedly unthankfull unto him for this his mercy and goodness.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Devill's being in this party possessed, did cause him in his mad and frantick fits to cut & wound his own body with sharp stones; We may hence observe, That it is the Devil's property to cause men to offer violence, and to do hurt and mischief to their own bodies. Thus he tempted our Saviour Christ to cast himself down headlong from the Pinnacle of the Temple, that he might hurt and mayhm his own body. Thus also it is the Devill that tempteth some desperate persons to lay violent hands upon them­selves, and wilfully to take away their own bodily lives; as did Saul, Ahitophel, and Judas. Hence the De­vill is said to be a murderer, Joh. 8. 44. And Abaddon and Apollyon, that is, a destroyer, Revel. 9. 11. because he seeks the hurt and destruction not only of the souls of men, but also of their bodies.

Use 1 Use 1. Let this unnaturall sin of hurting and shewing cruelty to our own bodies be far from us: yea, let the very thought of it be far from us. Remember who it is, that tempteth men to this sin of self-murder, and of hurting and mayming our own bodies. It is the Devill, that murderer of souls and bodies, who thrust­eth men forward unto it. Learn therefore to detest all kinds and degrees of self-murder. And consider, that it is the worst of all kinds of Murder: The light of nature abhorreth it, Ephes. 5. No man ever hated his own flesh, but nourisheth and cherisheth it, &c. And Solomon saith, A good man is mercifull to his Beast. How much more to his own body?

Use 2 Use 2. See what to judge of the practice of Popish Fryers, cruelly whipping and scourging themselves in way of satisfaction for their sins: This practice is from Satan, not from God, who never required it at their hands.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Observe here the woful and miserable condition of this party possessed with Devils; in that the Devils being entred into him, and having gotten possession in him, did abuse him in such vile manner; not only torturing his body with pains, but also terrifying his mind, and distempering it with frenzy, causing him to behave himself as a mad-man, in going naked, in crying out day and night, and cutting himself with stones. Now this teacheth us, That it is a great and fearfull misery for any to be subject to the power and tyranny of the Devill. He is a most cruell and unmercifull Tyrant to those over whom he hath any power: and the case of such as are in bondage under him, is most wretched and miserable; worse then the case of the Israe­lites being in subjection under Pharaoh's Task-Masters: and worse than the case of those that are in bondage under the Turk at this day; or under any other cruel Tyrant upon Earth. This is true, both of those that are in bodily subjection, and of those also that are in spiritual bondage under the Devil.

Touching the first sort, which are those over whose bodies the Lord suffers the Devil to have power, whe­ther it be to enter into them, and to possess them, or otherwise to afflict them, we see how miserable their case is, and how unmercifully the Devil tyrannizeth over them. This is plain, by this example which we have in this Text; and Mark 9. 18. in him that had the dumb spirit, of whom it is said, that the Devill did tear him, and make him foam, and gnash his teeth and pine away. And Verse 22. oft-times he cast him into the fire and water to destroy him, &c. This also we see in Job, over whose body so soon as the Devill had power gi­ven him of God, he presently smote him with boyls, from the sole of his foot, to his crown, Job. 2. 7.

Touching the second sort, namely such as are in spirituall bondage under the Devill, (as all wicked men are) their case is much more wretched and miserable. For the Devill hath them, and holds them as in a snare, and leads them captive at his own will, 2 Tim. 2. ult. He entreth into their hearts by his wicked suggestions, as he did into the heart of Judas; and he worketh in them effectually and powerfully by his temptations, Ephes. 2. 2. thrusting them forward into all kind of fearful and dangerous sins, thereby seeking as a roaring [Page 253] Lion to devour their souls, that is, to bring them to utter destruction; yea, causing them to destroy their own souls by such sins, so far as lyeth in them. And in so doing, he doth them much more hurt, and dealeth much more cruelly with them, than if he did afflict and torture their bodies never so much, or cause them to hurt or wound their own bodies, as he did here to this party possessed. Thus then we see what a fearfull misery it is to be subject to the power of Satan.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. This should move us to pity those that are in subjection and slavery under the Devil, whether it be in bodily or spiritual subjection. Have compassion on them in their misety, as we pity the gally-slaves and prisoners living in slavery under the Turk. Such as are under Satan's power, are much more to be pitied. Who could have looked on this party possessed, without pity? And we are not only to pity them, but to shew our pity, by using the best means we can to have them delivered from this miserable servitude: especially by praying earnestly unto God to set them free.

Use 2 Use. 2. Such as are under Satan's power and tyranny, either in their bodies, or in their souls and conscien­ces, must use the means to come speedily out of their misery and woful estate. If God should give power unto the Devil over the bodies of any in these times, to possess them, or otherwise to afflict them, as he may do, and doth sometimes; in this case they ought to seek to God by prayer, that they may be delivered from the Devil's power; and not only to use their own prayers, but to crave the extraordinary prayers of the Church in their behalf. So also those that are in spiritual thraldom of soul & conscience under the Devil, they must use all means to be delivered; they must cry unto God by prayer to deliver them, even as the Israelites did, being in bondage under Pharaoh. And they must diligently frequent the publick Ministery, which is the ordinary means to deliver them. If one be taken prisoner by the Turks, What means and friends are used to ransome him? How much more shouldst thou use all possible means to be delivered from the power and tyranny of the Devill, which is far more fearful and cruel then the Turkish tyranny? Labour therefore to see and feel thy wofull bondage under Satan; and use all means to be freed from it. Cry unto God day and night to set thee free, and to assure thee by faith, that thou art redeemed and delivered by Christ Jesus from this spiritual bondage under Satan, in which thou art by nature inthralled.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Pray unto God to restrain the Devil's power and malice, and not to suffer him to tyrannize over our souls or bodies, as he desireth. Intreat we the Lord to rebuke him, and not to suffer him to have his will of us, or to exercise his tyrannical power over us.

Ʋse 4 Ʋse 4. Such as are free from the tyranny of Satan, to be truly thankful unto God for this unspeakable mercy, &c.

Mark 5. 6. &c.‘But when he saw Jesus afar off, he ran and worshipped him, &c. Sept. 24. 1620.

VVE have spoken of the Circumstances of this Miracle. Now we are to speak of certain Antecedents which went immediately before the working of it: which are two in number.

  • 1. The behaviour of the Devils in the party possessed, toward our Saviour Christ, Verse 6, 7, 8.
  • 2. A Conference between our Saviour Christ and them, Verse 9, &c. unto the 13th.

Touching the first, namely, the behaviour of the Devils in the party possessed, it stands in two things.

  • 1. In the outward action and gesture which they used, When they saw him afar off, they ran and worshipped him, Verse 6.
  • 2. In the words or speech which they used unto Christ. Where we may consider both the manner of their speaking, crying out with a loud voice: and the matter of their speech, consisting of 3. parts.
  • 1. An Expostulating with our Saviour, about the cause of his molesting them, What have we to do with thee?
  • 2. A Confession of Christ to be the Son of God.
  • 3. A Request made unto him, That he would swear unto them, by God, not to torment them. And this request is amplified, by setting down the cause or reason of it, Verse 8. Because he said unto him, Come out of the man, thou unclean spirit.

When he saw him, he ran and worshipped him] That is, the Devils in the party possessed, so soon as they per­ceived Christ coming toward them, made haste to adore Him. Luke 8. 28. He fell down before him.

Quest. Quest. What moved the Devills thus hastily to come and adore Christ?

Answ. Answ. It is likely they did this, partly by compulsion, being forced thereunto by the Divine power of Christ, which they now began to feel even before they came nigh him: And partly, of their own accord, hoping by this submission and outward obeysance, to obtain some favour at the hands of Christ, that they might not be cast out; as appeareth by their words used to him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here, that Christ Jesus the Lord hath absolute power and authority over the wicked Angels, and is able to force them to do homage, and to submit themselves to him as his slaves and vassals. If he had this power over them when he lived on earth in state of abasement, how much more now he sits at Gods right hand in heavenly glory? See this Point before, Cap. 1. Vers. 25.

Use 1 Use 1. This sheweth us the dignity and excellency of Christ's person: and must teach us highly to reve­rence him, and to yield all due homage and subjection to him. If the Devills fall down and worship before Christ, how much more ought we to serve him with reverence and fear? Even Kings and Rulers are to do this, Psal. 2. Kiss the son, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. It is matter of great comfort to the true Church, and all faithful Members of it, against all the power and malice of Satan, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further we learn here, That though the Devils do yield sometimes a kind of service and wor­ship unto Christ, yet they do not this in sincerity, but in hypocritical manner, either being forced and com­pelled thereunto by the power of Christ; or else for some sinister ends and respects: not ayming in their service at the glory of Christ, but at the accomplishment of their own devilish purposes, that under colour [Page 254] of doing some homage and reverence to Christ's Person, they may do the more hurt and mischief. Thus we see this Legion of Devills in the party possessed, fall down before Christ, and make shew of worshipping him; but they do all in Hypocrisy, partly compelled to it by Christ's power, and partly hoping by this means to obtain their wicked desire and purpose of Christ, that he would not cast them out of the party possessed, but that they might still hold possession in him. And such Hypocriticall counterfeit Service as this, is all that homage and worship which the Devils do at any time perform unto Christ.

Use 1 Use 1. See then a great difference between the service and obedience which the Devills yield to Christ, and that which the good Angells and Saints both in Heaven and on Earth do perform to him. The one is counterfeit, feyned, and Hypocriticall; the other is true and sincere. The wicked Angells serve and wor­ship Christ either by compulsion, being forced to it, and haled to it by violence against their wills, as Bears to the stake, (for if they might have their choice, they would do him no such homage at all, as sometimes they are constrained to do) or else if they do at any time make shew of serving or adoring the person of Christ willingly, yet it is alwayes for some sinister and wicked end and purpose which they therein aim at, and not out of any desire of honouring Christ. But on the other side, the good Angells, and Saints of God in Heaven and Earth, do serve and worship Christ in sincerity, with free and voluntary spirits, and aiming in their Service, at the Honour and Glory of Christ.

Use 2 Ʋse. 2. To teach us that it is not enough for us to adore and serve Christ Jesus our Lord (for so the De­vills do), but we must look to the manner of our service that it be not Hypocriticall and counterfeit, that it be not a forced Service, and that it be not for sinister ends and respects, as for Custome, or Fashion, or to gain credit thereby, because we would be accompted Religious, &c. (for such kind of worship as this, even the very Devills of Hell may, and do yield unto Christ): But we must see that the service we yield to Christ be unfeined, and such as he requires in his Word, both for matter and manner. We must look it be a free and voluntary worship. Psal. 110. 3. Christ's people are a voluntary people, as is there Prophesied. We are taught to Pray in the Lords Prayer, That we may do the will of God as it is done in Heaven by the Saints and Angells; that is, freely and chearfully, not by compulsion, as the Devills and wicked men do it. So again, in all the Service we perform to Christ, we must also see that our chief aim be at his Honour and Glo­ry, not at sinister ends or respects, as it is with the Devills in their Service. It must not be so with us, for then our service is no better then theirs. So much of the outward action or gesture of the Devils in this par­ty possessed, in that they ran to Christ and worshipped him.

Now follow the words or speeches which they used to him, ver. 7. He cryed with a loud voice, and said, what have I to do with thee, &c.

Observ. Observ. The Devill hath power not onely to enter into the bodies of men or other living Creatures, but also being in them, he can utter a voice in plain words which may be understood. Thus being in the Serpent he spake to Eve at the beginning, Gen. 3. See this observed before, chap. 1. 24.

He cryed out] This crying out, shewed their great vehemency and earnestness in their suit made unto Christ, which was that they might not be cast out, and withall their great fear of the power of Christ.

What have I to do with thee?] They expostulate with our Saviour about the cause of his molesting and trou­bling them, q. d. why shouldest thou molest and disquiet us, or go about to cast us out of our Possession? what cause is there why thou shouldest do it? See before upon chap. 1. ver. 24.

Jesus thou Son of the most high God] The reasons moving the Devill to confess Christ, see before, chap. 1. ver. 24.

I will that thou swear, &c.] That is, I intreat or desire thee earnestly to swear unto me. They adjure him, to the end they might be assured of that they requested of him.

That thou torment me not] They would have Christ swear not to torture them further by his Divine power, which they already began to feel, shewing how fearfull they were to feel his power in greater mea­sure.

Now there are two kinds of Torments which the Devills feared, and would have Christ swear not to put them unto.

  • 1. They feared to be cast out of the party possessed, and this was one torment to them, as appears by the verse following.
  • 2. They feared further, lest our Saviour should also throw them forthwith into the torments of Hell, which is called the Deep, Luke 8. 31. Both these degrees of torment they sued unto Christ not to afflict and vex them with. So much of the meaning.

Observ. Observ. What have I to do, &c.] See before, chap. 1. 24.

Jesus thou Son of the most high God.]

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see that there is a kind of Historicall Faith in the Devills themselves, whereby they do know the Doctrine of the Word, and do give a generall assent to the truth of it. They know and believe Christ to be the Son of God, and the true Messiah and Saviour of Mankind. So also they know and believe in general many other Doctrines taught and revealed in the Word of God. See this handled, chap. 1. ver. 24.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that the Devills do for sinister ends, and in Hypocrisy confess Christ to be the Son of God; Hence we learn, that therefore it is one property of the Devill to profess Christ, and the Do­ctrine of the Gospell in Hypocrisy for sinister ends and respects; as either because he is sometimes forced by the power of Christ to confess the truth, or else to bring the Truth into disgrace or suspition of falshood, in that he being the Father of lyes, giveth testimony to it, or for some other sinister end. Thus we find, that he often confessed Christ and the truth of the Gospell; but it was alwayes in gross Hypocrisy, aiming at sini­ster and evill ends; yea, in all his confessions, still he had some wicked and Devillish purpose.

Use. Ʋse. This should teach us to beware of Professing Christ and the Gospell for sinister ends; as for our own credit, gain, or preferment; or onely because the Laws of the Land enjoyn us so to do. Let not such by-re­spects move us to profess Christ and the Gospell. The Devills profess Christ for sinister respects in Hypo­crisy; and so do many Reprobates that shall never be saved, as we see in Judas, and in those mentioned, [Page 255] Matth. 7. 22. who shall at the last day say to Christ, Lord, Have not we by thy name Prophesied? &c. There­fore beware of professing Christ or his Truth in Hypocrisy. And know withall, that it is not enough to make outward Profession hereof in words (for so may wicked Reprobates, and the Devill himself do) but see that we profess Christ and his Truth in sincerity of Heart, aiming at his Glory therein, and not at sinister respects. See chap. 3. ver. 11.

Observ. It followeth. I will that thou swear, not to torment me]

Observ. In that they do not onely make sute to Christ, but would also have him swear unto them, not to torment them, by making them feel his Divine power; hence we may gather, that the Devills do stand in very great fear of Christ's power, and do by all means shun the apprehension and feeling of it. This we see here, and Luke 8. 28. they beseech Christ not to torment them. See chap. 1. ver. 23, 24.

Ver. 8. For he said unto him, Come out of the man, &c.] The Evangelist here giveth the reason why the De­vills [...]ued so earnestly to Christ not to torment them further by his power; namely, because our Saviour had commanded them to come out of the party possessed.

Observ. Observ. Here then we are taught, that where the Devill hath once gotten hold and Possession in any, he is very loath and unwilling to forego his hold, and to be cast out of his Possession. There is no greater torment to him then this. See this handled, chap. 1. ver. 26.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See how needfull it is in the case of bodily possession by the Devill, to go to God by Prayer, to cast him out; yea, to use extraordinary Prayer and Fasting in that case, as the Church hath used to do, &c. Mark 9. 29.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Take heed of giving Satan the least entrance into our hearts, and especially of suffering him to lodg and take possession there by his sinfull suggestions and temptations.

Use 3 Use. 3. Hence gather one speciall reason why the practice of true Repentance is so hard and difficult, be­cause by it the Devil is dispossessed and cast out of the Heart and Conscience of the sinner. Therefore 2 Tim. 2. ult. Such as Repent, are said to recover themselves out of the snare of the Devill. By true Repentance, the love of all sin is cast out of the Heart, that it bear no longer sway there as it did before; now sin being cast out, the Devill is cast out. And we must not think this will easily be done. Such as are in the Devil's snare, he will hold them as fast as is possible for him to do, that they may not break loose from him. Such as are his Captives and Prisoners, he will not easily let them go free; no, no, he will make them as sure to him­self as he can; he will like a cruell Jaylor lay as many Irons upon them as they can bear, that they may not escape; that is, he will clog their Consciences with the guilt of as many sins and more then they can bear, that so they may hardly, or not at all break loose from them. And if ever they break loose and escape from the Devil's power, yet it will be with much ado, not without much striving by earnest Prayer, and by many fears, sighs, &c. As the Turk at this day deals with the poor Captives taken in his Dominions, he holds them fast in Prison, and will not let them go without a great ransome paid for them. So the Devill deals with them that are his Captives; he lets them not go without a great ransome; he holds them so fast, that they can never escape, unless they pay well for it; it must cost them many a sigh, many a Heart-break, much anguish of Spirit, &c. before they can throughly repent of their many and great sins, and come to be assured of the pardon of them. Repentance then is no easy work to practise, but most hard and difficult to flesh and bloud; and such as can never be truly practised without speciall Grace from God. 2 Tim. 2. 25. God must give Repentance to the sinner, &c. Oh therefore take heed of delaying thy Repentance, and of going on in sin, presuming that thou mayest repent hereafter when thou wilt.

Mark 5. 9, &c.‘And he asked him, What is thy name, &c. Octob. 1. 1620.

VVEE have spoken of the first immediate antecedent of the Miracle; Namely, the behaviour of the Devills in the party possessed.

Now followeth the second, which is the conference between our Saviour Christ and them, ver. 9. unto ver. 13.

In which Consider,

  • 1. Our Saviour's questioning with them about their name, and their Answer to him; telling him that their name was Legion, and alledging a reason of that name assumed to themselves; viz. Because they were many, ver. 9.
  • 2. Consider a twofold request or sute made by them to our Saviour Christ.
    • 1. That he would not send them out of the Country, ver. 10.
    • 2. That he would suffer them to enter into a great heard of Swine, which were at that time feeding nigh the Mountains, ver. 11. 12.
  • 3. Our Saviour yielding to the latter of their requests, giving them leave to enter into the Swine, in the beginning of ver. 13.

And he asked, What is thy name?] Our Saviour speaketh as to one, but he hath relation to the whole Legi­on of Devills which were in the man. And he did not ask them their name because he was ignorant of it, but that by this means the people might take notice how great a multitude of Devils were entred into this one party, and consequently, that the greatness of the Miracle might more plainly appear, in that our Saviour by his Divine power cast out so many Devills at once.

My name is Legion] The word (Legion) is proper to the Wars, signifying amongst the Ancient Romans, a certain number of Armed Souldiers. Some write that it contained 12500. Souldiers; (as Varro de Ling. Lat. lib. 4. ut citatur à Lysero) but here it is put for an uncertain number, to signify a great Multi­tude.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we may see the extream malice and cruelty of the Devils against mankind, in that so many of them, even a Legion, did enter into one man at once to afflict and torment him in such cruel man­ner, [Page 256] as we have seen before. The like we read of Mary Magdalen, that she had been possessed with seven Devils, which our Saviour cast out of her, Luke 8. 2. See also, Matth. 12. 45. This shew, that not onely one wicked spirit at once doth lye in wait, and seek to do hurt and mischief to one man; but that many of them combine themselves together sometimes against one and the same person. And as many do seek to hurt mens bodies, so also sometimes tempt one, &c.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. This confureth that common Errour which hath been holden, That every one hath one good Angel, and one evill Angel attending on him: the one to protect and keep him, and to do him good; the other, to tempt him to sin, and to do him hurt. But this Opinion hath no ground from Scripture: for here we see, that not onely, one evil Angel, but many, even a Legion, sometimes attendeth on one man to assault and hurt him: And so, on the contrary, nothing hindereth, but that many good Angels may sometimes attend up­on one and the same person, as we see they did upon Christ, Matth. 4. 11. whereas another time only one was sent to comfort him, Luke 22. 43.

Use 2 Use 2. See how great cause there is for us continually to stand upon our guard, and to be continually watch­full against the assaults and temptations of the Devill and his wicked Angels, seeing there are so many of them sometimes lying in wait to tempt and to do hurt to one of us. And what is one of us against so many powerful enemies? Look therefore that every one of us be continually armed against them, and that we dai­ly watch and pray against their power and malice, seeing so many at once may set upon any one of us, if God permit them. If any of us were in such a place where he knew himself to be in the midst of many enemies that lay in wait for him, and sought to murder him, how wary would he be where he became? how close would he keep, that he be not taken? How much more should we be continually watchfull against the Devils, seeing so many of them may lye in wait for one of us? Surely they are so many in number, that if they were to be seen with our bodily eyes, the sight of them would terrifie and amaze us?

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Devils here take unto themselves the name of [Legion] which is a name proper to armed Souldiers in the Warrs; We may hence gather what their profession and practice is against mankind; namely this, that they do continually fight and warr against us; even against our souls and bodies: they are as so many Souldiers up in arms continually against us, and seeking to murder and destroy us. 1 Pet. 5. 8. The Devill is called an Adversary, &c. See also, Ephes. 6. 12.

Use 1 Use 1. See what a dangerous Warfare we are called to go through in this life, having all the Devills of Hell continually up in arms against us, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. It must move us, to shew our selves good Souldiers of Christ, continually keeping that spirituall armour about us, Ephes. 6. and daily fighting the Lords battels against these spirituall enemies. Seeing they are alwayes warring against us, we must daily fight against them by faith and prayer, and with the Sword of the Spirit the Word of God, and with all the rest of that our spiritual furniture.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further observe here, the unity and consent that is between the Devils to do hurt and mis­chief, in that so many of them (even a Legion) were combined and had conspired to enter into this one man. This sheweth, that though they be utter enemies to all true peace and unity, yet they have a kind of unity among them, whereby they agree all together to do hurt and mischief. Hence is it, that whereas these wicked spirits are very many in number, yet oftentimes the Scripture speaks of them as of one only; there­by to shew the unity and consent that is among them; that they all agree as one, to do hurt. So Verse 2. of this Chapter, the Evangelist speaketh of this Legion of Devils in the singular number, as if there had been but one unclean spirit in the man, because they all agreed together as one, to afflict and torture the party possessed.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See then, that all unity and concord is not good, but that only which is in doing well. Otherwise, the Devils and wicked agree in evil, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. How much more ought we to conspire and joyn together to do good, and to glorifie God in the duties of our general and particular callings, seeing the Devils conspire and joyn together to do evill and mischief?

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. The Devils have not bodies (as some have thought), for then so many at once could not be in one man: but being spirits, they might, &c.

It followeth, Verse 10, &c. The Evangelist layeth down a twofold Request made by the Devils unto our Saviour Christ.

The first whereof is, that he would not send them out of the Country, that is, out of the Country of the Gadarenes, where now they were.

Quest. He prayed him instantly, &c.] Quest. Why were they so earnest in this suit, not to be driven out of that Countrey?

Answ. Answ. It is most likely, that because they saw opportunity and occasion offered there of doing much hurt and mischief, therefore they were so unwilling to be driven thence, lest they should be hindred from doing the mischief which they desired. St. Luke (Chap. 8. Vers. 31.) saith, They be sought him, not to send them out into the Deep; that is, into Hell torments: Whence it appeareth, that they requested not only that they might not be driven out of that Countrey, where they saw opportunity to do more hurt; but also that they might not have that full measure of Hell-torments presently inflicted on them, which is prepared for them against the day of Judgment.

Observ. Observ. In that they instantly intreat, not to be driven out of the Country, where they had occasion and opportunity to do more hurt, We may observe how greedy the Devils are to do hurt and mischief, in that they cannot abide to be hindered from it: especially from doing hurt to the bodies and souls of men. If they see advantage and opportunity to destroy or hurt them, they are very loath to lose it; yea, it is most grievous unto them to be disappointed thereof. 1 Pet. 5. 8. The Devil is said to be as a roaring Lion, walking about seek­ing whom to devour. And Job 1. 7. he saith, He came from going to and fro in the Earth, and from walking up and down in it. This sheweth his earnest and greedy desire of doing hurt, in that he doth continually walk up and down and traverse the Earth, seeking and hunting after occasions of doing mischief.

Use 1. See then whom they are like, who give themselves over to commit sinne with greediness, as the [Page 257] Apostle speaketh, Ephes. 4. 19. they resemble the Devil himself, and of him they learn this greediness and eagerness in committing sin. A fearful thing it is to come to this pass, and to be thus given over of God to follow sin with such eager desire. And yet so it is with many, they are so greedy after sin, that they can­not endure to be hindred in their wicked practises. Prov. 4. 16. They sleep not except they have done mischief, &c.—They eat the bread of wickedness, and drink the Wine of violence. It is meat and drink and sleep to them to commit sin: and they are as loath to be hindred in their wicked practises, as to be kept from meat, drink, or sleep: Such as these were the Scribes and Pharisees, who compassed Sea and Land to make one Proselyte; and when he was made, they made him two-fold more the child of Hell than themselves, Matth. 23. 16.

Use 2 Use 2. Seeing the Devils are so greedy and earnest to do hurt, seeking all opportunities to that end, and being so loth to lose or forgoe any advantage or opportunity given them that way, this should move us much more to be earnest, and forward in taking all occasions and advantages to do good; and it should be most grievous unto us at any time to be hindred from doing good duties; and to be disappointed of any fit op­portunity of time or place to perform them. It should be grievous to be driven out of such places where we may do most good, and glorifie God most, &c. So much of the first Request made by the Devils to our Saviour Christ.

Now followeth their other Suit, Verse 11, 12. Where, 1. Is set down the occasion of their Request, Verse 11. which was this, That there was a great herd of swine feeding nigh the Mountains.

2. The Request it self, That he would send them to enter into the swine, Vers. 12.

—nigh to the Mountains] Luke 8. 32. It is said, They were feeding on the Hill. It is like the Herd was so great, that some were feeding about the Hill, and some upon it.

Quest. Quest. How came it to pass, that there were so many Swine in that Countrey, seeing it is most likely, that the Gadarenes were Jews. Now the Jews were forbidden to eat Swine, Levit. 11. and Deut. 14. Contra, Casaub. in Baron. Exerc. 13. Sect. 34. probat ex Josepho et Strabone Sadaram fuisse urbem Graecanicam.

Answ. Answ. 1. Though most of the Inhabitants might be Jews, yet it is likely there were Gentiles mingled amongst them in that Country. Vide Bezam, in Matth. 8. 30.

2. Though the Jews were forbidden to eat Swine, yet they were not forbidden to keep them. And some think they did keep them to sell, and for other uses. (See Winkellman on this place) Dubium hoc videtur, &c. Some think they kept them contrary to the Law; as they did many other things then contrary to the Law. Jansen. Lyserus. Gualter.

Quest. —send us into the Swine] Quest. Why did they desire to enter into the Swine?

Answ. Answ. 1. That they might destroy them: for the Devil is not only an enemy to mankind, but also to all other living creatures, seeking to destroy them: whence he hath his names of Abaddon and Apollyon given him, Revel. 9. 11.

2. They aymed not only at the destruction of the Swine, but chiefly at this, that by choking and killing them, they might move the owners of them, and the rest of the people of the Country to be discontented at our Saviour Christ, and to grow into dislike and hatred of him and his doctrine, because he gave the Devils leave to enter into the Swine. And even so we see it came to pass: for when they saw their Swine drowned, they grew into such dislike of our Saviour, that they would have him depart out of their Coasts; as we shall see afterward.

Observ. Observ. In that the Devils could not enter into the Herd of Swine, without asking leave of Christ, we learn, That though the Devill have great power to do hurt to men and other creatures, yet it is no absolute, but a limited power: he is potestas sub potestate; a power under another power; that is, under the power of God, by whom he is so limited and restrained, that he can do nothing without leave and permission from him. Thus we see, that he could not touch or hurt Job in his body or goods, further than the Lord gave him leave, Job 1. & 2. Chapters. As the Lord hath set bounds and doors for the Sea to keep it in, that it overflowes not the Earth, Job 38. 10. so also he hath set the Devil his bounds, which he cannot pass. See Revel. 20. 1.

Use 1 Use 1. This is for the great comfort of the faithful, against the power and malice of Satan: Though he have power to tempt them unto sin, and that sometimes with great violence and force; and though he may have power also to afflict them outwardly in their bodies or goods, (as he did Job) and to stir up great troubles against them: yet his power is not absolute, but limited by the Power of God and of Christ Jesus, so as he cannot do what he list against the faithful, but so much only as the Lord suffers him to do. If he could not without leave from Christ, enter into the Swine, much less can he do any thing against the bodies or souls of Gods Children, without leave from God. And it is certain, the Lord will never suffer him to hurt them sim­ply; that is to say, to hinder their salvation. He may give him leave to afflict their bodies, and to stirr up great outward troubles against them, to try and exercise them; and he may also give leave to him inwardly to assault their minds and hearts with forcible and grievous temptations: but he will never suffer him to tempt or try them above their strength, but will give an issue that they may at length escape from it: neither will he ever suffer the gates of Hell, that is, the power of the Devil, to prevail against their salvation. Though he desire to winnow the Saints; yet, &c. Luke 22.

Use 2 Use 2. Seeing the Devil can do nothing without Gods permission, let us daily pray unto the Lord to re­strain his power, that he may not do us that hurt in our bodies or souls or otherwise, as he desireth: especial­ly, that he may not prevail against us by his sinfull temptations. We are taught in the Lords Prayer, to pray, That the Lord will not lead us into temptation, &c. that is, that he will not give us over to the power of Satan, to be overcome of him when he tempteth us; but that he will restrain his power, and not suffer him to tempt us above our strength. So much of the twofold Request of the Devils unto our Saviour.

Now followeth his yielding to the latter of the Requests, in the beginning of the 13 Verse, Incontinently he gave them leave to enter into the Swine.

Quest. Quest. Wherefore did he permit them to have their will in entring into the Swine, and in drowning them in the Sea?

Answ. Answ. Not to satisfie their wicked desire, or to give them any contentment; but rather for these Rea­sons.

  • [Page 258]1. To shew his power over them, and that they could not do this without his permission.
  • 2. That by this means it might plainly appear how great a number of Devils was in the party possessed, in that being cast out, they entred into so great a number of Swine (being about 2000), and carried them all headlong into the Sea: and consequently, that this miracle of casting out such a multitude of Devils, might appear to be the greater.
  • 3. That by this means the fame of the miracle might spread the further.
  • 4. To try the affection of the Gadarens towards him, whether they would prefer their Swine before him; and to lay open their profaneness and covetousness, in that they would rather part with Christ, then with their Swine.
  • 5. Lastly, That he might justly punish such a profane people for their profaneness and wickedness, by suffering the Devils to destroy their Swine.

Observ. Observ. Here then we learn, That the Lord sometimes for just causes, doth suffer the Devill to have his will in doing such hurt as he desireth. He suffered him here to destroy the Gadarens Swine. He suffered him to afflict Job in his body, goods and Children most grievously. He suffered him to possess the bodies of ma­ny in our Saviour's time. He suffered him to bow the body of a believing woman for 18. years together, Luke 13. 16. So also the Lord suffers him often to hurt men not only in their bodies or goods, but also in their souls and consciences by his wicked suggestions and temptations drawing them to sin; as we see in the examples not only of Judas, and of Ananias and Sapphira, but of David himself, 1 Chron. 21. 1.

Quest. Quest. What are the causes for which God doth thus suffer the Devil to have his will in doing so much hurt?

Answ. Answ. The causes are two especially. 1. To shew his Wrath and Justice against the wicked, punishing them justly for their sins by this means, and using the Devil as an instrument to execute vengeance on them. This might be one reason why many were possessed in our Saviour's time.

2. He doth this for the good of his Children; partly chastising them by this means for their sins, and so humbling them, and causing them to renew their repentance: partly, exercising and trying their faith, pa­tience, and other graces which are in them, and so causing these graces to shine forth the more clearly in them; as we see in the example of Job.

Use. When Satan is permitted of God to hurt or afflict our selves or others any way, we must not look only at him who is the instrument, but chiefly at the providence of God, by whose permission Satan hath such power to do hurt: and in this case we must acknowledg, and magnifie either the just Judgment of God on the wicked; or else his goodness and mercy to his Children, in turning all the malice and power of Satan to their good, and to the furtherance of their salvation. Thus did Job, Chap. 1. When his Goods and Children were taken away by the Devil's means, he said, The Lord had taken them, &c.

Mark 5. 13, 14.‘Then the unclean spirit went out, &c. Octob. 8. 1620.

HItheirto of the Circumstances of the Miracle, and of certain Antecedents which went immediately before it.

Now the Evangelist setteth down the Miracle it self, and the consequents that followed after it, unto Verse 21.

The Miracle it self is briefly implyed in the beginning of the 13. Verse, in these words, The unclean spirits went out] Whereby is implyed, that they were cast out of the party possessed, by the power of Christ.

Observ. Observ. Here then we have an evidence and proof of the Godhead and Divine power of Christ, being able even with the words of his mouth to drive and force so many Devils (even a Legion) out of one man. But of this we have heard before often in handling other Miracles of Christ.

I proceed therefore to the consequents and effects of this Miracle, which are of 4. sorts.

  • 1. In the Devils; their entring into the swine, and violent carrying the whole Herd, (being in number about 2000) from a high bank into the Sea, and their choking them, Verse 13.
  • 2. In the Swine-herds; Their fleeing, and making report of the matter both in the City and Country, Verse 14.
  • 3. In the People of the Country.
    • 1. Their coming forth to see what was done, Verse 14. as also their coming to Jesus, and seeing of the party possessed sitting clothed, and in his right mind, after Christ had cast the devils out of him, Ver. 15.
    • 2. Their being affected with fear.
    • 3. The report of those that saw the Miracle, to the other which saw it not, Verse 16.
    • 4. Their request to Christ, That he would depart from their Coasts, Vers. 17.
  • 4. The last sort of Consequents or Effects, was in the man that had been possessed, Verse 18, &c. to the 21.

The Herd ran headlong into the Sea] There is some question among learned Interpreters, what Sea or Water is meant here? Most likely it is, that the Evangelist meaneth no other but the great Lake of Gennesareth, or Sea of Galilee (whereof we have before heard often); for this Lake or Pool joyned unto this Country of the Gadarens; and we heard, Verse 21. that our Saviour came over this Lake or Sea, to come into this Country. So much of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we may observe, That the evill Angels or Devils are reall Substances, and that they are not only evil or wicked qualities or affections which are in men; as envy, malice, pride, covetousness, &c. as some have foolishly thought. And this is likely to have been the errour of the Sadduces. Act. 23. 8. They said, there was neither Angel, nor Spirit: which shews, that they denyed the nature of the Angels, both good and bad, holding them to be no spiritual substances; therefore it is likely they thought them to [Page 259] be onely good and bad qualities or affections in the minds and hearts of men. But if the evill Angells were onely evill Affections, as Malice, Envy, &c. how could they be said here to have entred into the Swine? Can such Affections enter into brute Beasts? or can they be said properly to be in them? or to carry them headlong into the Sea?

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Devils entred into the Swine, being unclean creatures, as they were accounted under the Law (and as they still shew themselves to be in some respects, in that they delight so much in wallowing in the mire): Hence gather, what kind of persons they are whom the Devill entreth into, and in whom he delighteth to dwell and abide; namely, such as are like unto filthy Swine, defiling their Souls and bodies with filth of sin, and wallowing in the myre of it, 2 Pet. 2. 22. Such are fit for the Devil to enter into, and in such he loveth and desireth most to be, and to harbour himself. And the truth is, that he is already entred into all such, though not by bodily possession; yet, by his wicked suggestions and temptations, he is entred, and lodgeth in their Hearts, as he did in Judas and others.

Ʋse. Use. Take heed of making our selves like Swine, by delighting and wallowing in the mire and filth of any sin whatsoever. Any one sin being delighted and lived in without Repentance, will turn us into Swine, and make us fit for the Devill to enter into, and to remain and abide in us: Especially this is true of some sins, which are in their own nature more unclean and filthy then others; as Gluttony, Drunkenness, sins of the flesh, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the Devills being cast out of the body of this man, did presently enter into the Gada­rens Swine, and carryed them violently into the Sea, there choaking and drowning them; hence we learn, That the Devil is not onely an enemy to the persons of men, and to their Souls and bodies, but also to their goods and worldly substance, as their houses, corn, cattell, &c. seeking the destruction and spoyling of these by all means, if God give him leave. Thus he drowned the Gadarens Swine. And so he spoyled and robbed Job of his substance; for he sent the Sabaeans to take away his Oxen and Asses which were Plowing, and to slay his servants. He also used means to bring down fire from Heaven upon the sheep and Servants to con­sume them. He also sent the Caldaeans at another time to drive away the Camells, and to slay the Servants. And lastly, he raised that Wind which blew down the house, and killed Job's Children, Job 1.

Reason. Reas. The Devill seeks to destroy and spoil mens worldly goods and substance, that by this means he may urge and cause them to murmur or grow impatient and discontented against Gods Providence, who suffereth the Devill to have such power. This the Devill aimed at in seeking to spoil Job in his goods; he thought by this means to drive him to sin against God by impatiency; yea, he hoped to make him by this mea [...]s to curse God to his face, Job 1. 11. And so in this place the Devills sought to drown the Gadarens Swine, that he might cause them to murmur and be discontented at our Saviour Christ, and to use means to have him de­part out of their Coasts.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See what cause for us, not onely to commend our selves daily to Gods Protection, but also to crave his blessing upon the goods and substance which we possess, that it may not be given up into the Devil's hand and power, to be spoiled and made havock of, as he desireth.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. Be thankfull also unto God for restraining Satans power, and not suffering him to spoil us (as he desireth) in our goods and Substance, in our Houses, Corn, Cattell; especially in our Children and Servants, which are the principall part of our Substance. If the Devill had his will, he would throw our houses down upon u [...], or set them on fire over our heads, or burn up our Corn and Grass as it groweth, or drown our Cat­tell as he did the Gadarens Swine, or use means to murder our Children or Servants. Let us think well of this, and magnify the Lord's infinite goodness and mercy, not giving him leave so to spoil us in our goods and substan [...]e as he did Job.

Observ. 4 Observ 4. In that the Devil, so soon as they were entred into the Swine, do presently carry them head­long into the waters, and drown them: hence we may gather, how the Devill desireth to deal with those in­to whom he entreth and getteth possession, either in their bodies, or mind; he laboureth, if it be possible, to carry them headlong to destruction. Thus he dealt with those that were bodily possessed, as we may see in that example, Mark 9. 22. The Devill oft-times cast him into the fire, and into the waters to destroy him. So also he de [...]leth with those in whose Hearts and minds he gets possession by his Temptations; being en­tred into them, he labour to carry them, and thrust them on headlong, to eternal destruction of Soul and bo­dy. And this he doth by his violent and forcible tempting and drawing them to sin from time to time, whence he is said to work effectually in the Children of Disobedience, Ephes. 2. 2. Thus being entred into Judas, he thrust him forward with violence to betray Christ for money, and afterwards to despair and hang himself; and thus he carryed him headlong to everlasting destruction. So also he dealt with others; as with Anamas and Sapphira, Act. 5. Also with Saul, and Ahitophel, &c. Therefore he is said to be a Murderer from the beginning, Joh. 8. and he is called, a Destroyer, Rev. 9. 11.

Use. 1 Use 1. See the wofull misery of all such in whom the Devill gets possession, they are led captives at his Will, 2 Tim. 2. 26. till he bring them to destruction, if the Lord do not in Mercy deliver them from his power in due time. That which Solomon speaks of the young wanton which follows the entising Harlot, is true of those that follow the Devil's enticements, and are carryed of him to sin; they go as an Oxe to the slaughter, &c. Prov. 7. 22.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Pray therefore to the Lord to keep us from the power of Satan, and not to suffer him to enter or get possession in our bodies or Souls; especially in our Souls, lest if he once get hold in us, he carry us to destruction, as he did the Heard of Swine. Desire the Lord to restrain him, and not to give him power to en­ter into us by his Temptations. And be carefull by all good means to resist his Temptations, and not to give place to them, nor to give them the least entrance into our hearts by yielding to them. Think how dangerous it is for the Devil to get entrance into thy heart; if he once get into thee as into the Heard of Swine, he will labour with all his power to carry thee headlong to destruction.

So much of the first consequent of the Miracle, The Devills entring into the Swine, and drowning them in the Sea.

Mark 5. 14. ‘And they that fed the Swine, fled, and told it in the City, and in the Countrey. And they went out Octob. 15. 1620. to see what it was that was done.’

NOW to speak of the second Consequent or effect, which followed in the Swine-heards which kept the Swine, ver. 14. They fled and told it in the City and Countrey.

They fled] They were moved to flee through fear, with which they were stricken at the sight of so great a Miracle, when they saw the Legion of Devills cast out, and all their Heard of Swine suddenly drow­ned.

And told it in the City] It is likely the Evangelist meaneth the City Gadara (though he name it not) from which the people of the Countrey took their name, as hath bin shewed before.

Now here we may observe some things commendable in these Swine-heards, and some things discom­mendable.

Things commendable are these.

  • 1. That they seeing this great Miracle wrought by Christ, were moved with fear, which made them to flee.
  • 2. That being fled, they made report unto the people of the Countrey where they came, touching this Miracle.

Things discommendable in them are these.

  • 1. That they made no right use unto themselves of this Miracle of Christ, for they were not moved by it to acknowledg his Divine power, nor to believe in him, or imbrace his Doctrine, as they should have done.
  • 2. That they fled from Christ and shunned his presence; whereas they should have come to him, and have submitted themselves, and acknowledged his power.

From the things commendable in them, observe two points of Instruction.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That it is good for us to be affected and moved with fear at the great and Miraculous works of God. So chap. 2. 12. when they saw him that had the Palsy, miraculously cured, they were all amazed, and Glorified God. Psal. 40. 4. The Prophet having mentioned God's Miraculous work of delivering him from the horrible pit, and miry Clay (that is, from fearfull dangers and troubles) he addeth this, that Many shall see it, and fear: and trust in the Lord. So Psal. 52. 6. having mentioned Gods work of Judgment and Justice, against Doeg, he saith, The Righteous should see and fear, &c. Psal. 119. 120. I am afraid of thy Judgments; that is, of thy works of Justice and Judgment on the wicked. Thus when we see or take notice of Gods works of Creation and Providence, or of his great works of Justice or Mercy, we should be moved with fear and reverence of them; yet this must not be a meer servile fear onely, in regard of the Power or Justice of God shewed in his works, for so the Wicked fear and tremble at Gods great works. But our fear of Gods Power and Justice must be joyned with fear of him in regard of his Mercy, which must make us afraid to of­fend him by sin, as a good child feareth his Father, whom he is loath to offend in regard of his love to him.

Ʋse. Use. This condemneth their blockishness and hardness of Heart, who are little or not at all moved with fear or reverence of the great and Miraculous works of God, when they take notice of them. Some can see and hear of God's wonderfull works of Creation, and Government of the World, and of his Miraculous works of Justice and Mercy shewed on themselves and others, and scarce be moved with any fear or reve­rence at all; A sign of great hardness of heart. Such are worse then Pharaoh, Nebuchadnezzar, or Foelix, who trembled at the great works of God; and worse they are then the Scribes and Pharisees, who often were asto­nished at the beholding of Christ's wonderfull Miracles.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that these keepers of the Swine did make report of the Miracle to the people of the City and Country; we are in this to imitate them, viz. in taking all good occasions to acquaint others with the great and wonderful works of God which we have taken notice of. It is good for us to relate them unto others. Psal. 105. 2. Sing Psalms to God, talk ye of all his wondrous works. Psal. 64. 9. All men shall fear, and shall declare the work of the Lord, &c. Psal. 118. 17. I shall not dye, but live, and declare the works of the Lord. Thus Moses took occasion Exod. 18. 8. to relate to Jethro his Father in Law, the Miraculous deliverances of the Israelites, and his Judgments shewed upon Pharaoh. So should we take occasion to confer and speak of the great works of God unto others. This is a special means to stir up our selves and others, to be affected in heart (as we ought) with fear and reverence of such Miraculous works, and to cause us to make a good and right use of them.

Use. Use. This is for the reproof of such whose Tongues run over upon all occasions, with news, and reports of vain and unprofitable matters, or else with matters of the World; but they seldome or never speak to others in reverent manner of the Miraculous works of God, &c. A sign they are little affected with them.

From those things that are discommendable in the Swine-heards, we may also observe two points.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that they were moved with fear at the sight of this great Miracle; and yet they did not pro­fit by it, nor make any good use of it, for they were not moved by it to acknowledg Christ to be the Son of God, nor to believe in him: Hence we learn, that it is not enough for us to be moved with fear or asto­nishment at the great works of God (for so may the wicked and unbelievers be); but we must make a good and right use of such works of the Lord. We must be moved by them to acknowledg and magnify Gods Wisedome, Power, Justice, and other his Attributes manifested in his great Works. Again, when we see or hear of his works of Justice on the wicked, we are to learn thereby to fear him, and to take heed of pro­voking him by sin. So when we take notice of his extraordinary works of mercy towards our selves and others, we must by them be drawn to love him truly, and to yield all Conscionable obedience to his will.

Of this Point see before, chap. 1. 27.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that these Swine-keepers being moved with fear at the sight of this powerful Miracle, did not thereupon go to Christ and humble themselves, nor acknowledg his Divine power, nor profess their faith in him as they should have done, but fled from his presence, and ran away from him for fear of his power; Hence we may observe, what kind of fear of God it is, with which profane and wicked men are moved. It is not such a fear as doth drive them unto God, or cause them to come near to him: but it driveth them from God, causing them to shun his presence. It is like that fear which was in Adam and Eve after they had sinned: they durst not abide Gods presence, but ran from him, and hid themselves in the Garden, Gen. 3. 8. So Esay 33. 14. The sinners in Sion are afraid, fearfulness hath surprized tho hypocrites: Who among us shall dwell with the devouring fire? Who among us shall dwell with everlasting burnings? that is, How can we indure the presence of that God, whose wrath is like devouring fire? shewing, that the fear of the wicked towards God is such as makes them shun and abhor the presence of God, and desirous to flee from it. So at the day of Judgment, the Reprobates shall be taken with such fear as shall make them desirous (if it were possible) to be covered under the Hills from the face and presence of Christ. Such fear is also in the Devils, &c.

Reason. Reason. The fear of the wicked wherewith they fear God and Christ, cometh only from the consideration of his power and wrath against sin, whereof their consciences being guilty, they dare not come near God, but desire rather to go as far from his presence as is possible. Not that they can flee from him, or escape his wrath; but they desire and seek so to do by all means, and do sometimes foolishly perswade themselves that they may flee from God, and from his presence.

Object. Object. Luke 5. 8. It is said, Depart from me, &c.

Answ. Answ. It was not out of servile fear, but from true humility, &c.

Use. Ʋse. See then the great difference between the fear of God which is to be found in the wicked, and that fear of God which is in the godly: the wicked fear God only or chiefly because of his power and wrath; the apprehension of which driveth them from God, making them to shun his presence: It causeth them to go from God by despairing of his mercy, as Cain did: but the fear that is in the godly cometh not only from consideration of Gods Power and Justice, but is also joyned with an apprehension of his love and mer­cy, which therefore causeth them to come near unto God by faith, repentance, and obedience to his will. The fear of the wicked is a servile fear, like that of evill servants, which fear their masters only in respect of punishment, and therefore get as far out of their sight as may be: but the fear of the godly is a filial fear, such as is in a good Child toward his Father, who so feareth his anger, that he also is perswaded of his love, which makes him to love him again, and to be desirous to enjoy his presence. By this let us every one exa­mine our fear of God, whether it be such as it ought to be, &c. So much of the second Consequent of this Miracle, in the Keepers of the Swine.

Now followeth the third sort of Consequents, in the other people of the Countrey, from Verse 14. to the 18.

Now the Consequents in the People were 4. especially.

  • 1. Their coming out to see what was done, as also their coming to Jesus, and their beholding of him that had been possessed, sitting clothed and in his right mind.
  • 2. Their being moved with fear at the sight thereof, Verse 14, 15.
  • 3. The report of those that saw the Miracle, to them that saw it not, Verse 16.
  • 4. Their requesting of our Saviour to go out of their Coast, Verse 17.

They came out to see what was done] That they might be certified of the truth of the report which they heard of the Swine-herds.

And they saw him sit clothed, and in his right mind] This shews, that he was not only dispossessed and freed from the Legion of Devils, but also perfectly cured of that frenzy and madness with which the Devill had be­fore distracted him. And this sheweth the greatness of the Miracle, and it came to pass by Gods speciall providence, that so many of the people of the City and Country should come out to see it, and to be eye­witnesses of it: for by this means the Miracle became the more famous.

And they were afraid] This was only such a servile fear of Christ's power, as we heard of before in the Swine-herds; it was no true fear of Christ: for then it would have moved them to have made better use of this Miracle than they did.

They that saw it, told them what was done, &c.] That is, they that were present at the time of working the Miracle, related it unto the rest that were not then present.

Then they began to pray him to depart, &c.] St. Luke sayes, The whole multitude of the Country besought him to depart.

Quest. Quest. Why did they desire his departure?

Answ. Answ. St. Luke giveth the Reason, Chap. 8. 37. Because they were taken with a great fear.

Quest. Quest. What was it which they feared?

Answ. Answ. 1. It is likely they feared the Power and Majesty of Christ, which shined forth in this great Miracle.

2. They feared also the loss of more of their Swine, or other Cattel of theirs, if our Saviour should have continued in the Country longer, and have cast our more Devils there. And herein appeared the gross co­vetousness and profaneness of these Gadarenes, preferring their Swine and other Cattel, before the company and presence of Christ, who came to do good among them; yea, to offer to them the means of salvation by preaching to them, and by confirming his Doctrine with this Miracle: yet had they rather part with Christ, than lose their Swine or other Cattel.

Quest. Quest. Why did they pray or intreat him to be gone; and not rather persecute and drive him out of their Coasts, seeing they were much offended at him for the loss of their Swine?

Answ. Answ. They were so terrified with the Power and Majesty of Christ which he manifested by this Miracle, that they durst not deal roughly or violently with him, but rather by intreaty. So much of the meaning of these Verses.

Now here again in the practice of these Gadarens, some things are commendable; and some again dis­commendable.

Things commendable, are, 1. That they came out to see what was done, and came to Christ to take notice of this great Miracle.

2. That they were moved with fear at the sight of it.

3. They relate it one to another, Verse 16.

Things discommendable, are, 1. That though they came and saw what was done, and that the man was dispossessed, and perfectly cured, yet they do not thereupon acknowledg Christ's Power, or believe in him, or make any other good use of the Miracle as they should.

2. That they were so far from believing in Christ, and from imbracing his Doctrine, or profiting by his Miracle, that they desire to be rid of his company, praying him to depart, &c.

Now touching the Instructions to be gathered from these Verses, some of them have been before spoken of, upon the beginning of the 14. Verse: which I will here omit, and onely insist upon two or three Points not touched before.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that these Gadarens came forth, and came to Christ to see what Miracle he had wrought, this was well done, and we are herein to imitate them, in shewing our desire and forwardness to take special notice of the great and miraculous works of God; else we are worse than the Gadarens. Not that we should desire to see Miracles wrought, for novelties sake, or for other sinister respects, (as these Gadarens did) but that when the Lord doth bring to pass great and miraculous works, we should take speciall notice of them: yea, we should desire to be eye-witnesses of them if it may be. If the Lord at any time shew extraordinary works of Power, Justice, or Mercy, upon our selves or others, it is good for us, (if we may, and if occasion be offered) [...]o be eye-witnesses of them: or at least to take speciall notice of them otherwise by the report of others. This will be a speciall means to stirr us up to be affected with due fear and reverence of such ex­traordinary works of God, and to cause us also to make a right use of them.

Use. Use. This reproveth such a [...]ightly pass over the great works of God, little regarding to see, hear, or take any notice of them, though good [...]ccasion be offered them. These come behind the Gadarens, who were forward to come and see the great Miracle which Christ had wrought.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though the Gadarens came and saw how great a work Christ had wrought upon the party pos­sessed, yet they made no good use thereof: they were not moved by it to believe in Christ, &c. Hence observe this, That wicked and profane persons may see, and be eye-witnesses of the great and extraordinary works of God, and yet be never the better, nor make any good use of such works, but remain still as wicked as before. This we see in I haraoh, Nebuchadnezzar, and in the Scribe; and Pharisees; and here in the Ga­darens. So also in many of those which saw the Miracles wrought by the Apostles, and yet profited not by them at all.

Ʋse. Use. Rest not in the bare sight or taking notice of Gods wonderful works; but above all, be carefull so to lay them to heart, that we may make a holy use of them to our selves, and be the better for our taking notice of them. Learn by them to acknowledg and magnifie Gods Wisdom, Justice, Power, &c. and to fear and yield obedience to him more and more. The other Points to be observed from Verse 15. & 16. have been before spoken of.

It followeth, Verse 17. They began to pray him to depart, &c.] Doctr. Here observe the property of all profane and covetous worldlings, (such as the Gadarens) they prefer and esteem worldly and earthly com­modities before spiritual and heavenly benefits, before grace and salvation, and the means of them both, as the Word, Sacraments, &c. The Gadarens prefer their Swine before Christ's company, who came to offer salvation to them in the means of it, if they had had grace to perceive it: yet they would rather refuse and lose grace and salvation and Christ himself, than lose any more of their Swine or other Cattel. So Luke 14. they that were invited of the Lord unto his great Supper, they made excuses, and preferred their worldly commodities and businesses, as Farms, Oxen, &c. before that heavenly banquet prepared for them. So Matth. 19. 22. that covetous young man which came to Christ to know what he should do to have eternal life, yet being put to the tryal what he would do, he preferred his worldly possessions before eternal life. So Judas preferred the 30 pieces of silver before Christ himself, betraying him for love of the money. So Act. 16. 19. the masters of that Pythoness, preferred their worldly gain before the Doctrine of salvation preached by Paul and Silas. So also Demetrius, Act. 19. 25.

Use 1 Use 1. See then one mark of a covetous worldling: such a one makes more accompt of earthly commodi­ties, then of spiritual and heavenly blessings: he esteems worldly goods and commodities before spirituall graces; as Knowledg, Faith, Repentance: and before the means of these, as the Word and Sacraments, &c. He will rather want grace, then for go his worldly commodity; he will rather lose and be without the preaching of the Word, than lose a good Farm. Yea, such a one would with the Gadarenes sooner for go Christ himself, (if he were on earth) than their base swine or other worldly Commodities.

Use 2 Use 2. See how dangerous is the sin of covetousness, in that it causeth such as are addicted to it, to prefer earthly commodities before spirituall priviledges and blessings; even before grace and salvation, and before Christ himself. Take heed then of having our hearts taken up with this sin of covetousness, and ex­cessive love of the World, and of this Worlds goods, (as St. John calleth them); especially such must take heed of this sin, who have more abundance of the things of this life than others. Psal. 62. 10. If riches in­crease, set not your heart on them. On the contrary, labour to have our hearts more and more set upon spiritual and heavenly things, Col. 3. 2.

Remedies against Covetousness, see before upon Chap. 4. Verse 19.

Mark 5. 18, 19, 20. ‘And when he was come into the Ship, &c. Octob. 22. 1620.

IN these three Verses the Evangelist mentioneth the last sort of Consequents which fell out after the Mi­racle; namely, that which happened in the man that had bin possessed; That he requested of our Saviour that he might be with him. Where we have these particulars.

  • 1. The time when he made this request to him, When he was come into the ship.
  • 2. The matter of the request, That he might be with our Saviour, ver. 18.
  • 3. Our Saviour's Answer to his Petition, forbidding him to be with him, and commanding him to go home to his friends, and to shew them what great things the Lord had done for him, &c. ver. 19.
  • 4. His obedience yielded to the command of Christ, He Departed, and began to publish in Decapolis, &c.
  • 5. The effect which followed thereupon, All men did marvell.

When he was come into the Ship] That is, When he was returned into the ship out of the Gadarens Country with a purpose to Sail back again into Galilee, as we shall see, ver. 21.

That he might be with him] As his Disciple or Follower, to accompany him in his travells where he went to Preach and work Miracles; and he desired thus to follow Christ that he might hear his Teaching, and see more of his Miracles, as he had begun to do, for Luke 8. 35. it is said, He sate at Christ's Feat; which phrase of speech implyeth, that he submitted himself to Christ's Teaching, and was diligent to hear him. We find the same phrase used in like sense else-where. Luke 10. 39. And Act. 22. 3. And this request and desire of the man that was Possessed to be with Christ, argue [...]h that he had truly profited by Christ's Doctrine, and by this Miracle wrought upon himself, and that he was by means thereof Converted. This for the meaning of the words, ver. 18.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see a just Judgment inflicted by our Saviour Christ upon the Profane and Covetous Gadarens, for preferring their Swine before his company, and before the pretious means of Salvation, which he came to offer to them; for as they desired him to depart out of their Coasts, so he did indeed depart from them back again into Galilee; and as they contemned the means of Salvation which he came to offer to them; so by going from them thus suddenly, he justly deprived them of those means of Salvation which they set so light by: He would not cast Pearls to Swine. Whence we learn, that the Lord doth in Justice usually punish such as contemn the means of Salvation, by depriving them of those means, as the Ministry of the Word and Sacraments. It is just with God thus to punish the unthankfullness of such. This judg­ment our Saviour threatneth, Matth. 21. 43. The Kingdome of God shall be taken from you, and given to a Na­tion bringing forth better fruit, &c. Thus the Lord dealt with the Jews, for their great contempt of the Mini­stry of the Prophets sent unto them, he at length took away his Prophets, and left them destitute of Prophets for many years together, after their return from the Captivity in Babylongs unto the comming of John Baptist, and Christ. So Amos 8. 11. the Lord threatneth a Famine of his Word among the Israelites; the cause whereof was their former contempt of the Word. Act. 13. 46. When the Jews rejected the Doctrine of Sal­vation Preached to them, Paul and Barnabas left them, and turned themselves to Preach to the Gentiles, and that by the Commandment of God. Revel. 2. 5. Ephesus is threatned to have their Candlestick removed; that is, to have the true Church taken away, and the Gospel and other means of Salvation removed from them; and this was for their contempt of those means, in that their love to them was decayed. And we see by ex­perience at this day, the just Judgment of God upon that City, and divers other Cities, which in the Apo­stles dayes, had the Gospell amongst them, but for their contempt thereof, they have bin long since depri­ved thereof, and so continue at this day; as the City of Rome, Corinth, Thessalonica, &c.

Use. Use. This is a warning for all such as have the means of Salvation, the Ministry of the Word, and Sacra­ments, &c. amongst then, and offered to them, to beware how they contemn or reject them, lest God's just Judgment take away his Kingdome from them, and bestow it on others that shall better regard and make use of such pretious means of Salvation. This concerneth us in this Land and Kingdom to think upon; we have had the means of Salvation for many years continued to us, but great and fearfull hath bin, and is the con­tempt of the Word and Sacraments in the greatest part of the people of this Land. Justly then may we fear the removall of our Candlestick, unless we speedily repent of this sin, and for time to come, have the means of Salvation in higher accompt, and make better use thereof, then the greatest part have hitherto done. Yea, this concerneth every particular Congregation in this Land, which enjoyeth the Word Preached, and the Sa­craments, to beware of contemning or setting light by these means of Salvation, lest the Lord remove them. If any people shall be so prophane and unthankfull to Christ for offering them the means of Salvation, that they will with the Gadarens shew manifest contempt of Christ, by contemning his Ministers for the Word which they Preach, and even wishing that Christ were gone from their Coasts; that is, that the Faithfull Ministers of Christ were further off, and that they were rid of so much Preaching. If any people should (I say) be of this mind, let them take heed and fear lest Christ Jesus the Lord, do indeed depart out of their Coasts; that is, take away his Faithfull Pastors, and remove his Word from them, and send them a fearfull Famine of it in stead of a Plenty. Therefore while we have means of Salvation, make use of them. Seek the Lord while he may be found, &c. Esay 55.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the party which was possessed having seen this great Miracle wrought upon himself, and heard his teaching also (as is most probable) and having begun to profit well thereby, doth now desire to be with Christ, that he may hear him still, and see more of his Miracles; Hence we learn, that such as do tru­ly profit by the means of Salvation vouchsafed to them, will still desire to enjoy them, and be exceeding loath to part with them. This man chose rather to forsake his own Countrey and his Friends and Acquaintance, then to be deprived of Christ's company, and to lose the benefit of hearing him, and seeing his Miracle. Thus we heard chap. 4. ver. 36. of some that having heard Christ and tasted of the sweetness of his Doctrine, would not part with him, but accompanied him in little ships when he passed over the Sea of Galilee, that they might still hear him. So all that have truly tasted of the Spirituall sweetness of the Word and Sacra­ments, [Page 264] and other means of Salvation, will desire them more and more. 1 Pet. 2. 2. As new born Babes desire the sincere Milk of the Word, &c.—If so be ye have tasted that the Lord is Gracious. So the Woman of Sama­ria, Joh. 4. having had conference with Christ, and beginning to profit by the Instructions she had from him, did shew her self desirous to be further instructed of him; and ver. 40. the other Samaritans which were brought to Christ by her means, when they began to be touched with a lively feeling of the power of Christ's Doctrine, shewed themselves desirous to hear him longer, and therefore besought him that he would tarry with them.

See this point also, chap. 1. 37.

Use 1 Use 1. This convinceth such not to have truly profited by the means of Salvation, as the Ministry of the Word and Sacraments, who have little or no desire to enjoy them still. A sign they never truly felt the sa­ving power and vertue of these Ordinances of God in their own Souls and Consciences; for if they had, they could not but still desire and seek after them more and more. If they had truly tasted the sweetness of this sincere Milk of the Word, they would as much desire it still, as the new born Babe desireth the Milk of the Mothers Breasts, they would not be satisfied without it.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Examine what desire is in us to the means of Salvation which we enjoy; Do we still desire to en­joy them; Do we more and more thirst after the Word and Sacraments, the longer we have them? Do we still desire to be with Christ? that is, to live where we may enjoy the Word and Sacraments of Christ, in profitable and comfortable manner. This shews, that we have in some measure profited by these means of Salvation already. But if we care not for the continuance of these means of Salvation, but could be con­tent to be without them; and the longer we have them, the less desire we have to them; this is a fearful sign that we are yet never the better or nearer to Salvation for all the good means we have had, that we never yet felt the saving power and vertue of the means in our selves. So much of the request of the man which had bin possessed, unto our Saviour Christ, that he might be with him.

Now followeth our Saviour's answer to his Petition, ver. 19. He would not suffer him, but said to him, Go home to thy Friends, &c.

Where we have to Consider, 1. A Prohibition, forbidding him to stay with him.

2. A command or injunction, willing him to go home, and shew his friends, &c.

Where consider, 1. The persons whom he should make acquainted with this Miracle, His Friends at home.

2. What he should acquaint them with.

  • 1. What great things the Lord had done for him.
  • 2. That he had mercy on them. And this Mercy of God is mentioned as the cause and ground of those great things which he had done for him.

Jesus would not suffer him, &c.]

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Why would not our Saviour have him follow him, but go home to his Friends, and acquaint them with the matter?

Answ. Answ. Because he knew that more good would come of publishing the Miracle to his friends, then of his following Christ; therefore though both were good, yet he would have him do that which at this time might make most for Gods Glory. By following Christ, he should have benefited himself onely, but by publishing the Miracle to others, he might be a means to do good to them also.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. To what end would he have him go tell his Friends of it?

Answ. Answ. 1. Thereby to testify and shew his thankfulness unto Christ for casting the Devills out of him, and for restoring him to soundness of mind, being before Frantick and Distracted.

2. That by acquainting his Friends herewith, he might be a means to draw them unto Christ, and to move them to believe in him, and imbrace his Doctrine, as himself did.

Object. Object. At some other times our Saviour forbad such as were Miraculously cured to publish his Miracles, as chap. 1. 44. and ver. 43. of this Chapter.

Answ. Answ. His meaning was not simply to forbid them to speak of his Miracles to others (for they were wrought to that end that they might be known, and that they might win credit to the person and Doctrine of Christ) but he would not have them rashly to publish them, but with due consideration of the time and place when and where they spake of them, and of the persons to whom; he would not have them speak of his Mi­racles, or publish them unseasonably, when it might do hurt by hindering the course of his Ministry; nor to such persons as were more likely to cavill at his Miracles then to profit by them, as the Scribes and Pharisees. Therefore on the other side, we see here, that though our Saviour bid this man go tell his friends of the Mi­racle; yet he doth not bid him speak of it to all whom he should meet with; not to such as were more like­ly to cavil at it, than to reap good by it.

The Lord hath done to thee] Our Saviour, though himself had wrought this Miracle, yet he ascribeth it not to himself directly, but to the Lord. So Luke 8. 39. Go shew what great things God hath done unto thee. And by speaking thus, he doth not exclude himself from being the Author and worker of the Miracle (for he knew himself to be God, equall with the Father, and the Holy Ghost) but to shew that in some respect he was but as the Minister of God in working of this Miracle; namely, in regard of his humane nature, and in respect of his Ministerial Office, unto which he was appointed of God the Father.

Quest. Quest. Why doth not our Saviour bid him tell them plainly that Himself was that God who had done these things for him?

Answ. Answ. This people being yet very rude and ignorant, and such as were never instructed in the Doctrine of Christ's God-head, therefore our Saviour thought them not fit to have this high point of Doctrine taught them suddenly, and at the first, but by degrees afterwards, when fitter opportunity should serve. He would first have them taught easier points, and afterwards this higher point of Doctrine: He would first have them taught that he was a speciall Messenger and Minister sent from God, and then by degrees afterwards to learn, that he was the Son of God himself. So much in way of clearing the sense of the words.

Would not suffer him, &c.] Observ. In that our Saviour would rather have him go publish the Miracle to [Page 265] his friends, than to follow him at this time; because the former of these duties was most necessary at this time; hence gather, That when the question is of two good duties which should be performed, if they cannot both be done at the same time, we must omit that which is less necessary, and do that which is more neces­sary and weighty, and which maketh most for the glory of God. Luke 9. 59. when our Saviour bade one Fol­low him, and he desired first to go bury his father; here were two good duties to be done: One was, to follow Christ to preach the Gospel: The other, to go bury his Father: but because the following of Christ was the most necessary and weighty, therefore our Saviour bids him Let burial of the dead alone, and go preach the Kingdom of God. So when our Saviour called Andrew and Peter, James and John to be his Disciples, when he found them busie in fishing and mending nets: here were two good duties needful to be done: one was, to follow Christ: the other, to follow their ordinary Calling of fishing. But the former being at that time most necessary, therefore they did that, and omitted the other, as we heard, Chap. 1.

So must we do in like cases: when two good duties are needful to be done, if both cannot be done at the same time, we must do that which is most necessary at that time, and omit the other. For example, if at that hour and time of the day, which we should set apart for private prayer, some other duty of our particu­lar Calling do offer it self to be performed, (if it be not a work of extraordinary and present necessity to be done) we ought in this case to omit it, and to perform the other duty of prayer, being more weighty and necessary, remembring that Precept of our Saviour, Matth. 6. 33. Seek first the Kingdom of God, and his righ­teousness.

So upon the Sabbath, when we should serve God by Religious Duties publike and private, if the same day there fall out some business or work of our ordinary Calling needful to be done, yet if it be not a work of present necessity, but such as may well enough be let alone till the next day, we are in this case rather to omit it, and to perform those Religious Duties of the Sabbath which are more necessary.

Again, if at the same time there be occasion offered to perform two several Religious duties, the one pub­like, the other private; we ought in this case to perform the publike duty as most necessary, omitting the private as less necessary at that time: Which reproveth the practise of those, who stay at home to read or pray privately, when they should be present in the Church to pray and hear the Word in the publike Con­gregation: such also who coming into the Congregation after that the publike Exercises are begun, do be­take themselves to private prayer alone by themselves, when they should joyn with the rest in publike Du­ties.

It followeth in the words, Go home to thy friends, and shew them, &c.] Observ. In that our Saviour bids him acquaint his friends at home with the Miracle, that so he might move and perswade them by this means to believe in Christ, We learn this, That as we should be careful and ready to further the spiritual good and salvation of others, so especially of those that are most near and dear to us, and to whom we are in speciall manner bound; as those of our Families, and our kindred, and special acquaintance. Joh. 1. 41. Andrew ha­ving found Christ, brought his brother Peter to him. Act. 10. 24. Cornelius waiting for Peter to come and preach in his house, had called together his kinsmen and near friends, to hear him. Gen. 18. 19. The Lord himself commends Abraham for commanding his children and his houshold to keep the way of the Lord.

Use. Use. To reprove such as are negligent and careless of furthering those in the way of salvation, whom they ought chiefly to help forward in that way: as their near friends, kindred, and those of their own family, as their Wives, Children, Servants, &c. They are not carefull to instruct and teach them in the way and means of salvation, out of the Word of God: not careful to exhort, and stir them up to good duties, nor to admo­nish them in due manner for their good, when they offend and do amiss; but leave them to themselves to take care for their own souls. But if he be worse than an Infidell, that doth not take care and provide for his own, and those of his family, in temporal things of this life, how great is the sin of those that are careless of the spiritual good and salvation of their nearest friends, and of their family? What then shall become of those that hinder the salvation of their friends, &c? So much of the persons to whom he should publish the matter.

Now followeth the matter it self which he should shew them.

  • 1. What great things the Lord had done to him; namely, in delivering him from the misery in which he was before.
  • 2. That he had shewed mercy on him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. We should acquaint others with the great mercies and favours of God, which he hath bestowed on us: we should take occasion to shew to others what great things the Lord hath done for us; what bles­sings he hath bestowed on us in our souls and bodies; and what evils and miseries he hath delivered us from. Thus David, Psal. 66. 16. Come and hear, all ye that fear God, and I will declare what he hath done for my soul. And this was commendable in that blind man whom our Saviour miraculously cured, Joh. 9. that he did pub­lish unto others the great benefits bestowed on him, as appeareth, Verse 11. So should we, as occasion is offered, make known to others the great mercies which God hath shewed us.

Reas. 1 Reasons. 1. This is a speciall means of testifying our thankfulness unto God for such mercies and bles­sings, and to stirr up others and our selves to glorifie and praise him for the same.

2. It is a means also to move and perswade others to trust in the Lords mercy, and to depend on him for the like favours and blessings by our example. To this end Paul doth openly publish the great mercy of Christ in pardoning his great sins, and calling him to be a Minister of the Gospel, that by the example of Christ's mercy to him, others might be encouraged to believe on him to everlasting life. See 1 Tim. 1. 16.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Reproof of such as having received great and extraordinary favours from God, and wonderfull de­liverances, yet bury them in silence, and never acquaint others with them, though they have never so fit oc­casion offered. This argues unthankfulness in them towards God, and that their hearts are not touched with so lively a feeling of such extraordinary mercies of God, as they should be.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. What great things the Lord hath done, &c.] See here the great humility of our Saviour Christ, attributing the glory of this great Miracle unto God, and not directly taking it to himself, as he might justly [Page 266] have done. Now by this he would teach us much more to ascribe unto God all the glory for those good works or duties which we are inabled to perform at any time; as knowing, that all our sufficiency and abi­lity to do good, is from him alone, and not from our selves: and that of our selves we cannot think a thought, as the Apostle sayes, 2 Cor. 3. 5. much less do a good work. So Paul acknowledgeth, 1 Cor. 15. 10. I laboured more then they all: yet not I, but the grace of God with me, &c. If our Saviour Christ, who wrought Miracles by his own power, did yet attribute the glory of them to God, and not to himself directly as he was man, much more ought we to give God the glory of all the good which we do, seeing we do it not by our own strength or ability, but by that which we have from God.

And hath had mercy on thee] Observ. Gods mercy is the cause moving him to bestow all blessings and be­nefits upon us. This is true of spiritual blessings which concern salvation. Tit. 3. 5. According to his mercy he saved us, &c. So also of temporal blessings and deliverances, all flow from the mercy of God. Gen. 33. 11. God hath dealt graciously (or mercifully) with me, and I have enough, saith Jacob. Psal. 136. The Prophet reckoneth up sundry great blessings and deliverances vouchsafed of God unto the Israelites, and in every Verse of that Psalm, doth magnifie Gods mercy as the cause of them all. Phil. 2. 27. Epaphroditus was sick nigh unto death, but God had mercy on him, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. This overthroweth all merit on our part; and proveth, against the Papists, that we do not deserve any blessing or good thing at the hands of God, much less eternal life the greatest of all blessings, seeing the free mercy of God towards us, is the only cause moving him to bestow all blessings spirituall and temporall upon us: Mercy on God's part, and Merit on ours, cannot stand together.

Use. 2 Ʋse 2. To stir us up to acknowledg and magnifie the Lords free mercy to us in all blessings which we enjoy, and in all deliverances which he vouchsafeth to us. And seeing there is nothing in us of our selves to move him to do so great things for us, let us strive unto the greater thankfulness, &c.

Ʋse 3 Verse 20. So he departed, and began to publish, &c.] Here is set down his obedience to Christ's com­mand.

In Decapolis] This is thought to be part of Coelosyria or Trachonitis, bordering to Syria, so called, from 10 chief Cities which were in it; as there was a part of Syria called Pentapolis, from 5. Cities. Luke 8. 39. He published it throughout all the City, that is, the City Gadara; for of that City himself was, as may appear, Luke 8. 27. and therefore it is likely, that Gadara was in Decapolis. (vide Bezam in Luc. 8. 39.)

Observ. Observ. This party which had been possessed, being commanded of Christ to go and publish his own miraculous deliverance, did herein obey Christ readily and chearfully, not making any excuses or delayes. So ought we to yield chearful obedience to all Christ's Commandements without delayes or excuses. Of this, see before, Chap. 4. 36.

And all did mervail] The effect which followed upon his publishing this Miracle, All that heard of it were stricken with admiration. And though this be no sure evidence of their Conversion; yet it might make way as a preparative to the future conversion of some of them at least.

Observ. Observ. We should be moved with admiration at the great Works of God; yet so, as we rest not in this alone, but be careful and strive to make a holy and right use of them: otherwise, we are never the better for admiring them.

Mark 5. 21, 22.‘And when Jesus was come over again, &c. Octob. 29. 1620.

OF the first Miracle of our Saviour mentioned in this Chapter, we have heard; namely, his casting out of the Legion of Devils from him that was possessed with them. Now in the rest of the Chapter the Evangelist setteth down the History of two other Miracles wrought by Christ. The one is, The raising up of Jairus his Daughter, being dead. The other is, The healing of a Woman which had a bloody Issue 12. years. And the History of these two Miracles is intermingled, the one with the other: for in relating the Miracle of raising Jairus his daughter, the Evangelist by the way doth interlace or insert the other Miracle of healing the Woman of her bloody-Issue.

In the whole History of both Miracles, consider three things.

  • 1. Certain Antecedents which went before them both, yet with more special relation to one of them; namely, the raising of Jairus daughter, from Verse 21, to the 25.
  • 2. The Miracle of curing the Womans Issue of blood, unto Verse 35.
  • 3. The prosecuting and finishing of the story of the other Miracle of raising the daughter of Jairus, unto the end of the Chapter.

The Antecedents are these,

  • 1. Our Saviour's coming over again into Galilee by Ship.
  • 2. The Concourse of the people to him, being near unto the Sea, Verse 21.
  • 3. The coming of Jairus unto Christ, and falling down before him, Verse 22.
  • 4. The suit or Request made by him unto Christ for his sick daughter, Verse 23.
  • 5. Our Saviour yielding to his suit, in going with him: which is amplified by an accident which fell out by the way; the people followed and thronged him, Verse 24.

To the other side] That is, being returned out of the Gadarens Countrey, into the Countrey of Galilee, from whence he had before sailed over the Sea of Galilee, as we heard, Verse 21. The Gadarens having unthank­fully rejected him, and desired him to go out of their Coasts, he left them, and by Ship returned over the Sea of Galilee, and so came back again into Galilee where before he had preached and wrought so many Mi­racles. Matth. 9. 1. it said, He came into his own City; that is to say, into Capernaum, the chief City in Ga­lilee, which was near unto the Sea-side; and in which our Saviour had his dwelling house, as we have before heard. See Matth. 4. 13.

Quest. Quest. Why did he return into Galilee, and come to Capernaum again?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because it was the place where his ordinary dwelling was.

2. Because it was a populous City, where he saw opportunity of doing the more good by his Doctrine and Miracles, which was the reason that he so much conversed there; whence that City is said to have bin lifted up to Heaven, Matth. 11. 23.

3. Principally, because he had a special Calling to converse in Galilee above other parts of Judaea, and there to Preach and work most of his Miracles, for so it was Prophesied that he should, as St. Matthew sheweth, chap. 4. 13. &c.

Observ. Observ. Ministers of the Word may from hence learn, that their care and desire should be to live in those places, and amongst that people where they have a special Calling to live and converse, and where they may do most good; and that is, with their own people, of whom they have speciall charge. Though they are not to imitate Christ in going up and down ordinarily from place to place to Preach (because they have no such Calling to Preach in sundry places as he had): yet in this they ought to follow him; that as he, though he sometimes Preached, and wrought Miracles in other places, yet chiefly and principally, he was careful to reside in Galilee, and at Capernaum, because he had a special Calling so to do (as himself sheweth plainly, chap. 1. 38. Luke 4. 43.). So ought all Pastors and Ministers now a dayes to be carefull there to live and reside, and there to bestow their Ministerial pains, where they are tyed by their Calling to live, and to be­stow their Labours; and that is, with their own proper Flock and charge. 1 Pet. 5. 2. Feed the Flock of God which is among you, &c. And if at any time they be for a time necessarily hindred by some urgent occasions to be from their people, yet they should desire with the first opportunity to return to them again; as our Sa­viour here returned as soon as might be to Galilee, after his absence from thence. So much of the first Ante­cedent, Our Saviour's return by Ship into Galilee.

The second followeth; which is, the great concourse of the people unto him; which is amplified by the place where they flocked to him, It was near unto the Sea; that is, to the Sea of Galilee, near unto which, the City Capernaum stood, where our Saviour now was. See Matth. 4. 13.

Much People gathered unto him] Being moved thereunto by the great fame of his Doctrine and Miracles, which grew more and more. Luke 8. 40. The People received him, for they all waited for him; that is, for his comming back from the Gadarens Countrey. And this shews how desirous they were of his return, and to enjoy his company and Presence again at Capernaum; one reason whereof was (no doubt) because he had now bin absent from them for a time. Now seeing this Multitude come together, and waiting for Christ's comming, it is likely that some of them came with a sincere mind and Affection, and to a good end, even to profit by Christ's Teaching and Miracles, though others came for sinister ends, either out of curiosity to see and hear novelties, or else to cavill and except against Christ, as the Scribes and Pharisees usually did.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. From this forwardness of the people of Capernaum to come to meet with Christ, and to assem­ble to him to hear him, and to see his Miracles at his return from the Gadarens; we learn, that we should af­ter their example be ready and forward to repair duely to those places where we may enjoy the publick means of Salvation; as the Ministry of the Word and Sacraments; namely, to the Assemblies of the Saints and people of God. Thither we should flock and assemble together duely to meet with Christ, and to have his company, and to enjoy his holy Ordinances, for there hath he promised to be, Matth. 18. 20. Of this see before, chap. 2. 2.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the people of Capernaum having for a time wanted Christ's Presence, and bin deprived of the benefit of his Doctrine and Miracles, did now the more earnestly desire and long for his comming, this may teach us, that the want of the Ordinary means of Salvation for a time (when we are forced to be without them) should the more kindle and inflame our love and desire unto those means. Thus David being for a time banished from God's House, so as he could not enjoy the publick Ordinances of God as he had done, this want of them made him the more vehemently to thirst after the enjoying of them again, as we see, Psal. 42. and Psal. 84. And thu [...] it will be with all that bear true love to the means of Salvation; this their love and desire to them is the more kindled, if they be at any time hindered and kept from the means.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Examine our love to the Word and Sacraments and other means of Salvation by this. Do we thirst after them the more, after that we have bin for some time forced to be without them? This shews our love to them to be unfeined. But if we come to want them, and not desire them the more, this argues our want of true love unto them. 1 Pet. 2. 2. As new born Babes desire the milk of the Word. Now Babes being restrai­ned from the Breast, desire it the more.

It followeth, ver. 22. The third Antecedent, viz. Jairus his comming to Christ, and falling down before him.

Where consider, 1. The description of the person comming; 1. By his Office and Dignity, being one of the Rulers of the Synagogue. 2. By his name, Jairus.

2. The Gesture used by him when he came to Christ; He fell down at his Feet when he saw him.

One of the Rulers of the Synagogue] The Jews had Synagogues (as we have Churches), in which they assem­bled on the Sabbath dayes to perform the publick worship of God. And as there were some appointed to be publick Teachers in the Synagogues, to read and expound the Law to the people every Sabbath, Act. 15. 21. (of which sort were the Scribes and Pharisees, Matth. 23. 2.) so there were also some special persons who had Authority to govern the publick meetings, and to see that all things were done orderly, and in due man­ner; and these are called Rulers of the Synagogues, which were the chief Ecclesiasticall Governours of the particular Churches or Congregations among the Jews; who are therefore called the Church, Matth. 18. 17. (sic Beza in hunc locum Marci). And it seemeth, that in some Cities, there were not onely one, but more of these Rulers of the Synagogues, as may appear by this place, and Act. 18. 8-17. there are two mentioned which were Rulers of the Synagogue at Corinth; Crispus, and Soslhenos.

Quest. Quest. What moved this Ruler of the Synagogue to come and seek to Christ for his sick daughter, seeing the Rulers were for the most part greatest enemies to Christ; as we may see, Luke 13. 14. The Ruler of the Synagogue answered with Indignation, when our Saviour healed one on the Sabbath. And Joh. 7. 48. Do any of the Rulers Believe in him?

Answ. Answ. Though the Rulers were enemies to Christ, and so it is likely this Ruler had bin heretofore, yet now being in great Affliction and heaviness for his onely daughter which lay sick at point of death, this cross did so work upon him, that he was moved to come and humble himself to Christ, and to seek help from him for his daughter. He had before heard of the fame of Christ's Doctrine and great Miracles (for he lived in Capernaum where our Saviour had often before Preached and wrought Miracles) yet he never came and sub­mitted himself unto him, till this Affliction moved him to do it.

Jairus] The Greek word [...]. seemeth to come from the Hebrew name Jair, which was an usuall name among the Israelites, as may appear, Deut. 3. 14. and Judg. 10. 3. and it signifies as much as enlight­ned, or enlightning, being derived from the Hebrew word Aor, which signifieth Light. So much of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this Ruler of the Synagogue being a man of great Dignity and Authority, came now to Christ, humbling himself, and sought to him to restore his Daughter Miraculously, being at the point of death, this argueth some degree and measure of Faith to be begun in him, whereby he believed that Christ was able to restore his Daughter Miraculously, and conceived also some hope that he would restore her: Here then we see, that although there be not many great men of the World usually called, and brought to the Faith of Christ, as the Apostle sheweth, 1 Cor. 1. 26. yet some great persons are effectually Called of God, and do come unto Christ. Such a one was that Centurion, whose Faith our Saviour so highly commended, Matth. 8. 10. and that Ruler or Noble-man mentioned Joh. 4. 46. So also the Deputy Sergius Paulus, Act. 13. and the Noble-men of Beraea, Act. 17. 11. and Dionysius the Areopagite, ver. ult. ejusdem Capitis.

Use. Use. Comfort for great Personages against the great Temptations which their high places and Callings are lyable unto, and against the manifold hinderances which they have to keep them from Grace and Salvation: though in these respects it be hard for such to attain to Grace and Salvation, yet not impossible; they are not simply excluded from it, because of their great Places and Dignities, but if they use the means to resist those great Temptations which they are subject to, and to break through and overcome those difficulties and hin­derances which they meet with in the way of Salvation, they may attain unto it aswell as meaner persons: God is no respecter of persons in the matter of giving Grace and Salvation, he respects not worldly great­ness or meanness of the person, riches or poverty, nobility or baseness of Birth; these do not of themselves simply commend or discommend any to God. As he doth not reject poor and mean persons onely for their poverty and meanness; so neither doth he reject great persons onely or simply for their greatness, but giveth Grace and Salvation freely to whom he pleaseth, without regard to the outward quality or condition of the person.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this Ruler of the Synagogue, who never before in his Prosperity came to Christ, being now in Affliction and heaviness for his onely Daughter, is moved by this cross to come and seek to Christ: See the benefit and good that comes by Affliction Sanctified, unto those that are exercised by it; it is often­times an occasion and means to drive men unto God for help and ease in their troubles, though before they did not seek to him; yea, though they were far estranged from him, and enemies to him (as this Ruler had bin before unto Christ, as is likely) yet when God visits them with some heavy cross, this many times so wor­keth on them, that it driveth them unto God to humble themselves, and to seek help from him. So this Ru­ler of the Synagogue, and that Noble-man, Joh. 4. 46. was moved by his sons dangerous sickness to go to Christ. So Hos. 5. 15. In their Affliction they will seek me early. So Esay 26. 16. Yea, Affliction is not onely a motive to move men to go unto God for help and deliverance in such times of distress, but it is oftentimes a means and occasion of the effectual Calling and Conversion of some unto God. So it was unto this Ruler of the Synagogue, and to that Noble-man, Joh. 4. So Job. 33. 19. The Sinner is chastened with pain upon his bed, &c. And then, ver. 26. He shall Pray unto God, and he will be favourable unto him, and he shall see his face with joy, &c. The meaning is, that the Lords chastisement shall be a means to bring him to true Repentance. This we see also in King Manasseh, 2 Chron. 33. 12. whose Affliction and Captivity was a means to turn him to God by true Repentance. Now when we say that Affliction is a means of the effectual Calling and Con­version of some, this must be understood with two cautions.

  • 1. That it is such a means as doth onely prepare men unto true Conversion, not such as doth effect and work Conversion, for that is done by the powerfull work of Gods Spirit inwardly, and by the Ministry of the Word, as the ordinary outward means.
  • 2. That Affliction is not simply of it self a means to the effectuall Calling of any, but so far forth as it is Sanctified to us of God; that is, so far forth as he giveth Grace to make a good and Holy use of it.

Use 1 Use 1. Hence gather, that Afflictions are not hurtful, but profitable to such as have Grace to make a right use of them, Psal. 119. 71. Good for me (sayes David) that I was Afflicted. And Lam. 3. 27. Good for a man to bear the yoke in his Youth. It is profitable and good in this respect among other, that it is a means to drive men to God, and to bring them near to him, and to seek to him by Prayer, and by Repentance and Humiliation of themselves under the mighty hand of God. It is a means to bring such unto God, who were strangers, and far off from him before, and to bring such nearer unto him, who are already called and come un­to him.

Use 2 Use 2. Be willing to be tryed and exercised with the Cross, and patiently submit to Gods hand Afflicting us at any time, seeing it is profitable for us, being a special means to drive us unto God, and to cause us to seek to him more earnestly and diligently then we do in Prosperity. So much of the description of the person which came to Christ.

Now follows the manner of his comming, in the reverent gesture used by him; When he saw Christ, he fell down at his feet.

This gesture he used, 1. In way of Religious adoration and reverence of Christ's person. Some indeed think he did it onely in way of civil reverence, as unto some great Prophet of God, as not knowing him as yet to be the Son of God; but although he was not throughly perswaded of Christ's God-head, yet no doubt but he had at least some weak perswasion that he had a Divine power to cure Diseases Miraculously, else he [Page 269] would not have gone to him for his daughter being at point of death, or rather dead already; as St. Matthew relateth it, Matth. 9. Therefore nothing hinders, but that he might use this gesture in way of religious re­verence to Christ, as to such a person whom he thought to be more than a meer man. See Matth. 9. 18.

2. He used this lowly gesture, to express and testifie the humility of his heart, and to acknowledg there­by his unweariness to receive this benefit from Christ, which he sued for.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. When we come before God to pray or to perform any other service, we ought to come with all due reverence and awfull respect to his Divine Majesty. Hebr. 12. 28. Let us have grace whereby we may so serve God, that we may please him with reverence and fear. This reverence must be both inward in the heart, reverently affected with Religious awe of Gods Majesty; and outwardly expressed by reverent gestures of the body when we come before God, and before Christ. Exod. 3. 5. Moses being in the presence of God, was commande, dn token of reverence, to put off the shoes from his feet. So Joshuah, Chap. 5. ult. So when we come into Gods presence in speciall manner; as to pray to him, to hear his Word, &c. our out­ward carriage and gestures must be reverent, expressing the inward fear and reverence of our hearts towards God, Eccles. 5. 1. Now though the Word of God doth not tye us simply to any one kind of gesture in the religious service of God; yet we are to use those gestures which are most reverent: as at Prayer, kneeling and standing are reverent gestures, and fittest to be used when we may conveniently use them, though we be not simply tyed to them only: So in hearing the Word, a reverent carriage of the body is to be used, Luke 10. Mary sate at Christ's feet to hear him. Esay 66. 5. Hear the Word of the Lord, ye that tremble at his Word.

Use. Use. This reproveth such as come unreverently into the presence of God to serve him: neither having their hearts affected with any awe of Gods Majesty, nor shewing any outward reverence as they ought. An earthly Prince would take it as a great contempt of his Person, if one of his Subjects should rush into his presence, and behave himself so rudely and unreverently before him, as many do when they come before God to serve him in the publike Congregation. But remember what is commanded even to Kings them­selves, Psal. 2. 11. Serve the Lord with fear, &c. How much more ought meaner persons to serve him with re­verence and fear?

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this Ruler of the Synagogue, by falling down at Christ's feet, expressed his humility, We learn, That such as would pray aright unto God, must come before him with humble hearts, touched with feeling of their vileness and unworthiness. See this handled, Chap. 1. 40.

Mark 5. 23, 24.‘And besought him greatly, &c. Nov. 12. 1620.

WEE have spoken of the three first Antecedents which went before those two Miracles of Christ mentioned in this latter part of the Chapter; namely,

  • 1. Of our Saviour's passing over by Ship to the other side into Galilee.
  • 2. Of the Concourse of the people to him, Verse 21.
  • 3. Of Jairus his coming to him, and humbling himself, by falling down before him, Verse 22. Now follow two other Antecedents of these Miracles, namely,

  • 1. The Suit or Request made by Jairus to our Saviour in behalf of his sick daughter, Verse 23.
  • 2. Our Saviour's yielding to his Request, in going with him: together with an accident which hap­pened by the way: in that, much people followed and thronged him, Verse. 24.

Touching the former of these, namely, Jairus his Suit or Petition unto Christ, the Evangelist layeth down two things.

  • 1. The manner of it; in that he besought Christ instantly, or greatly.
  • 2. The matter of it.
    • 1. That our Saviour would come to his little daughter lying dangerously sick, at point of death.
    • 2. That he would lay his hands on her, that she might be healed.
    • 3. A profession of his faith, whereby he was perswaded, That if our Saviour would come and lay his hands on her, she should live.

First to clear the sense of the words.

My little daughter] Luke 8. 42. she was his only daughter, and about 12 years of age; she was therefore the more dear to him, and he was the more tenderly affected towards her, and the more desirous to have her life continued.

lyeth at the point of death] Luke 8. 42. she lay a dying.

Object. Object. Matth. 9. 18. My Daughter is now dead.

Answ. Answ. 1. It is probable, that he used both these speeches to our Saviour distinctively, telling him, that either his daughter lay at the point of death, (as Mark and Luke saith) or rather that she was already dead, as St. Matthew saith: for seeing he left her at the point of death when he went forth from his own house, he could think no other but that she was dead, when he was come to Christ.

2. Some think that Jairus made two requests unto our Saviour at two several times: one at his first com­ming to him, That he would heal or cure his daughter, being at the point of death: the other afterwards, when he had heard by the Messengers which came from his house, that she was dead: and that this second request or suit was, That our Saviour would raise up his daughter being dead. Now they think, that Matthew setting down the History briefly, doth mention only this second Petition of Jairus, omitting the former.

Come and lay thy hands upon her] Luke 8. 41. he besought him to come into his house. Now by this he disco­vered the weakness of his faith; in that he thought it necessary for our Saviour to come to his house, and to lay his hands upon his daughter to heal her; as if he could not otherwise do it: whereas it was easie for him by his Divine power miraculously to cure her, being absent, even with a word spoken. And so thought the [Page 270] Centurion, Matth. 8. 8. which shews that his faith was much stronger then the faith of this Jairus.

That she may be healed] Id est, restored to life: for he thought her to be dead. [...], That she may be saved from death.

And she shall live] These words shew, That howsoever his faith was yet but weak, yet he had some degree of faith, whereby he was perswaded that Christ was able to restore her to life and health, if he would but come and lay his hands upon her. And as he was perswaded of the power of Christ, that he was able to heal her; so also there is no doubt, but he was perswaded of the goodness and mercy of Christ, that he was will­ing to restore her, and would indeed do it, if he saw it good for her to be restored to life. So much in way of clearing the words.

Besought him greatly] Or, Instantly and Earnestly.

Doctr. In our Suits and Requests unto God, we should be earnest and urgent with him to hear us, as this Jairus was with our Saviour Christ. So the woman of Canaan for her daughter, Matth. 15. she would take no denyall. Esay 62. 6. Ye that make mention of the Lord, give him no rest till he establish Jerusalem, &c. Jam. 5. 16. The fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much. To this purpose also is that comparison used by our Sa­viour, Luke 11. 5. touching him that is overcome by his friends importunity, to lend him three loaves at mid­night; by it our Saviour would teach us to be importunate with God in our prayers, and that this is the way to prevail with him. The Lord loveth such earnest and importunate suiters; he is not like to many great men, who love not to be importunately sued unto: but such earnest suiters are most pleasing to him, and he is most ready to hear them.

Now this earnestness in prayer consisteth in two things:

  • 1. In praying with a lively sense of our wants, and with earnest and longing desire to have them supplyed. Rom. 8. 26. The Spirit maketh requests for us with groanings unutterable. Thus David prayeth, Psal. 51.
  • 2. In persevering and holding out constantly in prayer, not fainting or giving over too soon: for he that quickly gives over, is not earnest in suing to the Lord. Col. 4. 2. Continue in prayer, and watch in the same. Luke 18. 1. Our Saviour spake a Parable, that men ought alwayes to pray, and not to wax faint, &c.

Use. This condemneth the cold suits and sleight prayers which many offer unto the Lord. Some pray without any feeling of their wants, or desire to have them supplyed: only content themselves with repeating the words of some prayer, without any affection of heart, or inward feeling of the want of that they ask of God: yea, some are so far from this, that they scarce understand the words which they use in prayer. This is far from earnest and fervent praying: neither is it possible, that such should pray earnestly, whose hearts are not touched with feeling of their wants, &c. The prayers of such are but lip-labour, and a taking of the Lords Name in vain, for which he will not hold them guiltless. Others pray by short fits, but do not con­stantly persevere in prayer; they faint and give over quickly: their prayers are nothing but some sudden wishes or flitting desires, quickly vanishing: they do not continue and watch in the duty of prayer, earn­estly solliciting and importuning the Lord. Such cold suiters must not look to speed in the Court of Hea­ven. So much of the manner of Jairus his suing to Christ for his daughter.

Now to speak of the matter of his request.

My little daughter lyeth at the point of death, I pray thee come, &c.] Observ. In that Jairus is so careful of his daughter in this dangerous sickness, seeking to Christ for her recovery; We may learn this, That it is the duty of such as have charge of others, to take care of them in time of sickness, using the best means they can for their health and recovery. This should Parents do for their children. Joh. 4. 46. That Noble-man went to Christ, and besought him to heal his sick son. So also Masters should do this for their servants; as the Centurion, Matth. 8. went to Christ for his sick-servant. These Examples may teach all Parents and Masters of Families, to be carefull of their Children and Servants in time of bodily sickness, and to use all good means (so far as lyeth in their power) for their health and recovery.

Quest. What means are they to use for them?

Answ. 1. They are to afford them the spiritual help of their prayers. Jam. 5. 16. Pray one for another (in time of sickness) that ye may be healed: especially Parents and Masters should do this for those of their charge.

2. They ought carefully to provide outward helps and means of good Dyet and Physick for their bodies, such as is needful for them at such times.

Reas. This is a work of mercy which we owe to all so far as lyes in our power, especially to those that are of our charge.

Use 1. This is for the just reproof those who are negligent and careless of using means for their children and servants in time of bodily sickness. They never once seek to God in prayer for them, as this Ruler of the Sy­nagogue sought to Christ for his sick daughter. As for providing for them necessary Dyet and Physick, they are also careless of this. Touching Physick, some think it needless and unprofitable, and therefore they will not seek to the Physitian for their sick children or servants, but leave them to God who is the best Phy­sitian, as they use to say. It is true indeed, that God is the best Physitian: for he is the authour and giver of health and life: but this is their ignorance, to think that God will give health ordinarily without the use of such good means as himself hath ordained and appointed us to use. He can give health without any means of Physick, Dyet, &c. But ordinarily he giveth it by the means; and therefore he will have us to use them for our selves and those of our charge, in time of sickness. Prov. 12. 10. A good man is merciful to his Beast: how much more to his Children and Servants?

Use 2. If such as have charge of others, ought to be carefull of the bodies of those of their charge in time of sickness; then much more ought they to take care for the sick and diseased souls of those that are of their charge; as Children and Servants, if they seem to be sick and diseased with sin, if they see them dangerously infected with the spiritual diseases of ignorance, unbelief, hardness of heart, stubbornness, disobedience to their Governours, &c. How carefull should they be in this case, to afford them the best spirituall Physick they can for their souls? how careful to pray for them, to instruct them, to admonish and reprove them in due manner? This is much more needfull than to provide Dyet and Physick for their sick bodies. See [Page 271] hen the wretched carelesness of some, who can see their children and Servants dangerously sick and disea­sed in their Souls and Consciences with sins of ignorance, stubbornness, lying, &c. yea, stark dead in such sins, and yet use no means to recover them, &c.

It followeth, And she shall live] These words testify his Faith, that he was perswaded our Saviour was able to heal and restore his Daughter to life. And this perswasion of Christ's power was a special ground of his hope and confidence to be heard in his Suit.

Observ. Observ. Such as come to God in Prayer to sue for any favour or blessing for themselves, or others, must come with this perswasion and assurance, that the Lord is able to grant their Petitions, and to give the things which they crave at his hands. Without this perswasion of Gods power to grant our requests, we can have no hope or confidence to be heard in them. Therefore in the Lords Prayer, after all the Petitions ended, we are taught to conclude with a Profession and acknowledgment of Gods power, Thine is the Kingdome, Power, &c. So Ephes. 3. 20. The Apostle having prayed for them, concludeth with an acknowledgment of Gods Almighty power, able to do above all that we can ask or think. So the Leper which came to Christ to be healed, was perswaded of his power, Mark 1. 40. If thou wilt, thou canst make me clean.

Use. Use. Labour then to be fully perswaded and assured of the Almighty power, and All-sufficiency of God, when we come to Pray to him. This will help and strengthen our Faith in Prayer. We must first be per­swaded of his power and ability to hear us, before we can be perswaded that he will hear us. Yet rest not onely in the perswasion of his power, but withall strive by Faith to apply to our selves those Merciful promi­ses whereby he hath assured us that he will hear us, and grant the things we ask so far as he seeth them good for us.

Ver. 24. And Jesus went with him, &c.] Though his Faith was but weak, yet our Saviour doth not reject him, or his sute and request, but doth readily yield unto it, and goeth with him to raise his Daughter from death.

Observ. Observ. Here then we learn that our Saviour Christ is ready and forward to hear and help such as seek un­to him in their necessities and afflictions; though their Faith be but weak, yet he doth not for this reject them, but is ready to hear and help them, if they seek to him in sincerity of heart. To this purpose is that Prophe­cy of him, Esay 42. 3. A bruised Reed shall he not break, nor quench the smoaking Flax; that is, He shall not reject or despise such as are weak in Faith. Thus Joh. 4. he was ready to hear and help that Noble-man who came to him for his sick Son, though his Faith was but weak. So Mark 9. 23. he was ready to hear the Father of that Child that was possessed with the dumb and deaf spirit, though his Faith was but weak.

Object. Object. Matth. 15. He put off the Woman of Canaan.

Answ. Answ. To try her Faith, &c.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. This should incourage us to come to Christ by Prayer in all our necessities and distresses, notwith­standing the weakness of our Faith. Know, and remember, that he doth not cast out such as come to him for help in their troubles and miseries, though their Faith be weak. It is not the measure of thy Faith, but the sincerity and soundness of it which he respecteth in thy Prayers which thou makest to him. He is near to such as call upon him in truth and sincerity of Heart, though their Faith be but weak and Feeble for the measure of it.

Use 2 Use. 2. We must imitate this mercifull nature and disposition of our Saviour Christ, in being ready and forward to help and relieve such as are in necessity or distress, when they seek to us, and make their case known to us; yea, though they do not seek to us, yet if we see and take notice that they stand in need of our help, we ought to be ready to help and succour them; for this the good Samaritane is commended, Luk. 10. 33. See Prov. 3. 27. and Job 31. 16.

And much People followed him, &c.] Out of a desire to see Christ's Miracles, every one strove to be fore­most and next unto Christ; and this was the cause of so great a throng and Press of people about him at this time. Now although many followed for sinister ends, either out of a vain curiosity to see novelties, and strange things done by our Saviour Christ, or else to cavill and take exception against him and his Miracles; yet some (no doubt) followed him for a good end; namely, to profit by his Miracles, and to have thir Faith confirmed by means of them, and of this number were his Disciples, who followed him among the rest, Matth. 9. 19.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. We are to imitate the zeal and forwardness of this people in following Christ, striving every one who shall be foremost in following him, as they did.

Quest. Quest. How shall we follow Christ, seeing he is not now upon Earth, but in Heaven?

Answ. Answ. Yet we are still to follow him sundry wayes.

  • 1. By Faith, Believing in him, and imbracing him as our onely Saviour and Redeemer.
  • 2. By Obedience to his will and Word in all things, conforming our selves to the rule of it in the whole course of our lives.
  • 3. By a sincere and constant Profession of the name of Christ; that is, of his Gospell and true Christian Religion. All these wayes we are to follow Christ; and not onely to follow him, but to be zealous and for­ward in following him, striving who shall be foremost herein, Matth. 11. 12. From the dayes of John Bap­tist untill the time of Christ's Preaching, the Kingdoms of Heaven suffered violence, and the violent took it by force. Luke 16. 16. The Kingdome of God was Preached, and every man Pressed into it. So should it be with us in these times; we should be so forward to follow Christ by Faith and obedience, and by Profession of the Gospell, that we should strive every one who should be foremost in these duties, and even violently Presse unto them.

Use. Use. This condemneth the great backwardness of the most in our times in following Christ. How far short come we of the zeal of those in John Baptist's time, who were so forward to believe and imbrace the Gospel, that they even violently pressed to it, every one desiring to be foremost in following Christ and the Gospell. But (alas) it is now far otherwise; the most do now rather draw back, and care not who go before them in following Christ; they are loath to seem forwarder then the common sort are; yea, some stick not to re­proach [Page 272] and speak evill of those that are zealous and forward in following Christ, and in Professing the Gospel.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. They thronged him] Here we see the truth of Christ's humane nature, and that he did also par­take in the Infirmities of it (though without sin) as weakness of body, pain, grief, &c. This appears, in that his body was subject to be Crushed and Pressed with the throng. Of this, see before, chap. 3. 9.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See also by this the great humility of our Saviour Christ, in that he thus suffered himself to be thronged of the Multitude: he did not proudly disdain them for comming too near him, nor yet thrust them back, or keep them off by force as he could have done, but he suffered even the common sort to come near him, yea, to throng him; which shews, that he did converse amongst men on earth in lowly and humble manner, without all shew of pride, or haughtiness. Well therefore might he say as he doth, Matth. 11. 29. Learn of me, for I am meek and lowly, &c. We are in this to imitate our Saviour Christ, in carrying our selves humbly towards our Brethren, being willing to converse familiarly, even with the meanest of them for their good; and not behaving our selves in such lofty and disdainfull manner, as some great persons are wont to do, as if they were loath that others should come near them, especially if they be of the meaner and poorer sort. Such come far short of the Humility of our Saviour Christ, who was content to keep company famili­arly with the common people, to do them good; and suffered them, not onely to come near him, but even to throng him.

Mark 5. 25, 26.‘And a certain Woman which had an Issue of Bloud twelve years, and had suffered Nov. 19. 1620. many things of many Physitians, &c.’

VVEE have spoken of the Antecedents of both the Miracles: Now it followeth to speak of the Mira­cles themselves.

And, first of the Miraculous healing of the Woman which had a bloudy Issue, which the Evangelist lay­eth down from the 25th verse, to the 35th. This Miracle happened by the way, to confirm the Faith of Jairus.

Now in the setting down of this Miracle, consider three things.

  • 1. A description of the person upon whom the Miracle was wrought.
    • 1. By her present Affliction in which she was, Diseased with an Issue of Bloud; which Disease is am­plified.
      • 1. By the long continuance, Twelve years, ver. 25.
      • 2. By the incurableness of it, ver. 26.
    • 2. She is described by her carriage towards Christ.
      • 1. Comming to him in the Press behind.
      • 2. Touching his Garment.

The second Principall matter to be considered, is the Miracle it self, set down, ver. 29.

The third thing is, the consequents or events which followed upon it, ver. 30, &c.

First to begin with the person on whom the Miracle was wrought.

A certain Woman] The Evangelists do not mention her name, nor of what City or Countrey she was. Euseb. Histor. lib. 7. cap. 17. saith, she came from the City called Caesarea Philippi, and that her house was there to be seen in his time; but this is uncertain. The Rhemists say she was a Gentile: but it seems pro­bable that she was rather a Jew then a Gentile, because this Miracle was wrought in Galilee, either in the Ci­ty of Capernaum, or near unto it. Now Galilee was inhabited chiefly by the Jews, though there were some Gentiles also mingled with them in some Cities.

Which had an Issue of Bloud] This is to be understood of such an Issue or Flux of bloud as is proper and pe­culiar to women. Of which are two kinds. The one natural, which happeneth to those that are in health at certain times; the other unnatural in such as are distempered and diseased in body, when the Flux or course of bloud is upon them too often, or too long. Of both these, read Levit. 15. ver. 19. &c. and ver. 25. &c. Now in this place the latter of them is meant, the unnatural Flux of Bloud, which is most likely to have bin continually upon this Woman. Vide Bezam, in Matth. 9. Et Piscator.

Twelve years] The long continuance of her Disease is mentioned to set forth the greatness of the Miracle, by which a disease of so long continuance was cured.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first take notice of the fruit and effect of sin bringing such misery upon Mankind, ma­king the bodies of men and women subject to manifold diseases, such as the disease here mentioned, and others before mentioned; as the Feaver, Leprosy, and Palsy, of all which we have before heard, how they were Miraculously cured by our Saviour, and chap. 1. ver. 34. we heard of sundry diseases cured by him at once. See this point inlarged upon that place, and the uses of it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Here also, women are admonished in special to take notice of the misery which the sin of the first woman brought upon her self, and all other women, in that it hath made their bodies subject to such di­seases as this here mentioned; viz. such unnatural Issues or Fluxes of Bloud, and the like Infirmities. And from hence all Christian Women should take occasion to be humbled, both for the sin of our first Parents, (the guilt and punishment of which reacheth to us also) and likewise for their own personal sins; remembring that such diseases as this, are the fruits of sin: whence it is, that this disease is called a Plague, or a scourge, ver. 29. to shew that it is of it self a punishment inflicted of God upon the Sex of Women for sin, yet so as it is sanctified unto good women, &c. So much of the disease.

Now followeth the continuance, Twelve years.]

Observ. Observ. Hence gather, that it pleaseth God to lay long and tedious Afflictions upon some of his Servants in this life; He holds them long under the Cross. The Israelites were many years oppressed in Egypt, and afterwards distressed in the Wilderness. The Jews were 70 years in Captivity, Joh. 5. 5. God doth often­times [Page 273] exercise his own Children with long afflictions both inward and outward. He holds some in inward distress of conscience for a long time. So David; as appears by his complaints, Psal. 77. 7. Will the Lord cast off for ever? And will he be favourable no more, &c? And Psal. 13. 1. How long wilt thou forget me, O Lord, &c? So also he holds his Children sometimes very long under outward afflictions, as long and tedious sickness of body, imprisonment, banishment, poverty, &c. Thus Davids outward troubles also were of long conti­nuance; he was punished all the day long, and chastened every morning, Psal. 73. 14. Many years together was he hated and persecuted by Saul, and kept from the enjoying of the Kingdom which God had promised him. Luke 13. 11. A daughter of Abraham was bowed of Satan in her body for eighteen years toge­ther.

Reason. Reasons why God exerciseth his Children and Servants with long afflictions.

  • 1. To manifest his great power, strengthening them to bear such long afflictions.
  • 2. To magnifie his mercy in delivering them at length out of them.
  • 3. That he may make through proof and tryall of their faith, patience, and other graces of his Spirit in them.
  • 4. To wean them from this World, and to stirup in them a longing for Heaven.
  • 5. To stir them up to sue unto God by prayer the more earnestly for deliverance.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Think not strange, if God shall exercise any of us with a long and tedious crosse, neither be dis­couraged at it. No new thing is befallen us in this case. God often dealeth thus even with such as are his own Children. It is therefore no evidence of Gods wrath, nor any sufficient reason to prove such a one to be out of his favour, whom he so holdeth for long time under the Crosse. God dealeth thus oftentimes with such whom in the mean time he loveth dearly.

Use 2 Use 2. Be well content to bear afflictions, though of long continuance; submitting herein to Gods Will, who knoweth it to be good and profitable for some to be holden long under his chastisement. This makes for Gods glory, and for the good of the party so afflicted. Long troubles, being sanctified of God to such as are exercised with them, do turn to the great good of such as are exercised by them, serving to humble them, and to bring them to a true sight of their sins; and likewise to try their faith and patience throughly, to with­draw their hearts from the world, &c. Therefore as we may truly say with David, It is good for us to be af­flicted; so also, that it is good sometimes for us to be long afflicted. A long and tedious affliction worketh that good upon the party afflicted, which a short tryall will not work.

It followeth, Verse 26. And had suffered many things, &c.] The Evangelist doth here further aggravate her Disease by the incurableness of it, the more to set forth the greatness of the Miracle.

This incurableness of the Disease, is aggravated by sundry Circumstances.

  • 1. In that she had sought and used the help of Physick for it, and yet was not healed.
  • 2. In that she had sought not to one, or a few, but to many Physitians, and yet was not the better.
  • 3. In that she had endured much hard and tedious Physick, and many painful Remedies or Medicines: she had suffered many things of the Physitians, and yet was not cured.
  • 4. In that she had spent all her substance, impoverishing her self by long and mcuh use of Physick, and yet could not be helped of the Disease.
  • 5. Lastly, In that by all the Physick and means she had used, she was so far from being the better, that she was the worser.

The words of this Verse being plain, we come to speak of the Instructions arising from it.

Observ. Observ. 1. In that this Woman being diseased in body sought to the Physitian, yea, to many Physitians for remedy, herein she did well; and this is not mentioned as a matter discommendable, but commendable in her: And it may teach us, That the means of Physick is not to be neglected of us in time of sickness, espe­cially in dangerous diseases of the body.

Object. Object. It is here said, That this woman was not the better but the worse, for all the Physick she had used and taken.

Answ. Answ. This is mentioned by the Evangelist, not to vilifie the means, nor to condemn or blame her for seeking to the Physitians; but to set forth the danger and incurableness of her disease, and so to shew the greatness of Christ's Miracle in curing it.

This Text therefore makes not against the use of Physick in sickness, but for the use of it, to commend it te us as necessary in that case.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. It is an Ordinance of God, appointed of him for the healing and curing of bodily diseases, so often as God seeth it good for the sick party to be healed: yea, it is a special gift and blessing which God hath bestowed for the good of mankind. As the extraordinary power of curing diseases miraculously, which the Apostles had, was the gift of God, 1 Cor. 12. 9. so also the ordinary power and faculty of curing diseases by ordinary means of Physick, is the gift of God. To this purpose it is truly said, Ecclus 38. 1, 2. (though the Book be Apocryphal) that God hath created the Physitian, and that the gift of healing cometh from the Most High. As God hath appointed meats and drinks for the ordinary nourishing of our bodies in time of health, so also wholsome Physick for the curing of our bodies in time of sickness: and as Meat and Drink is a remedy against hunger and thirst; so is Physick a remedy against sickness.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. God hath given speciall Physical Vertues unto Herbs and other Creatures, for the helping and curing of the diseases of mans body, as common experience teacheth: which shews, that the Lord would have us not to neglect such helps as we may have by Physick in time of sickness.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. The Calling of the Physitian, and the use of Physick, is plainly commended to us in Scripture; as Mar. 2. 17. by that speech of our Saviour, The whole have no need of the Physitian, but the sick: for though he speak there but by way of allusion and comparison, (his main purpose being to shew the necessity of spi­ritual Physick for the soul) yet the manner of speech implyeth also the necessity and profitableness of Physick for the bodies of such as are sick. To this purpose also is that, Col. 4. 14. where Paul maketh honourable men­tion of Luke the beloved Physitian. Hither also refer the Commandment given by the Prophet Esay to Heze­kiah, that notwithstanding he had a promise of the prolonging of his life, yet he should use a Physical means [Page 274] in this case, 2 King. 20. 7. Not that the Cure was wrought by that means, (for it was miraculous); but to com­mend to us the use of such means in sickness.

Use 1 Use 1. This discovereth the ignorance of such as think the use of Physick in sickness to be needless or un­profitable, because it doth not help all that use it, and some are the worse after using it. But by the same reason they may hold it needless and vain to use Meat and Drink, because some are not the better but the worse after using them. But know, though Physick do not alwayes help, yet it helpeth so often as God seeth it good for the sick party to be healed and recovered. We must remember, it is but a means under God, and that all the vertue and healing power of it is not from the Physitian, but from God alone. We must not condemn good things, because they are not available to all that use them.

Use 2 Use 2. This also is for the reproof of such as neglect seeking to the Physitian in time of sickness, when the case requireth it. Some stick not to say, They will rather dye, than take Physick, and God shall be their Physitian. This is a tempting of God, by neglect of the ordinary means sanctified of him for the recovery of health. Let them know, That as God forbiddeth us to kill, that is, to take away or hurt our own or others life; so on the contrary, he will have us to use the means of preserving life and health; and that such as wil­fully neglect those means, are accessary to their own sickness and death. And whereas they say, God shall be their Physitian, they must know, that as God is the author and preserver of health, so he doth it or­ninarily by means; which who so willingly neglect, cannot expect health and recovery from God.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that it is further said of this woman, that she was so careful and desirous of health, that she was content to suffer many things of the Physitians, and that she spent all she had upon Physick, to recover her health; hence gather, That the health of our bodies should be dear and pretious unto us: we should so highly esteem it, that we should be content to do and suffer much for the preservation of it, and for the re­covery of it in time of sickness: we should be willing to suffer hard things, and to use such means as are painful and tedious for the health of our bodies. We should also prefer it before worldly wealth, being content to part with that, for the recovery and maintenance of our health, as this woman did. See Job, chap. 2. ver. 4.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Bodily health is a special furtherance and help to us in the service of God, and in the perfor­mance of the duties of our Callings; and the want of it, is a great hinderance to us therein.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Health of body is such a blessing of God, as maketh all other outward blessings of this life more sweet and comfortable to us: and without which, they are all uncomfortable and tedious unto us: worldly wealth, honour, friends, children, yea life it self is uncomfortable without health of body.

Use 1 Use 1. See what cause then for us to honour the Physitian and his Calling, and to accompt well of the means of Physick in time of sickness, seeing it is sanctified of God for our good, and for the preserving of health and life, which should be so dear to us.

Use 2 Use 2. This reproveth such as shew too little respect of their bodily health. Though all desire health, yet all use not the means. Some are careless of the means to preserve it; as good Dyet, Physick, and the like means. Some would willingly have health, but they will not do or suffer any hard things for their healths sake; yea, though they be advised to it by the skilful Physitian, yet if he prescribe them strict Dyet or sharp Physick, (the nature of their Disease requiring it) they will not endure it. These discover great folly, in prefer­ing their present ease and contentment, before their future good and preservation of their bodily health. Others again, though they desire health, yet prefer their worldly goods and wealth before it; so niggardly and covetous, that they will not be at the cost bestow Physick upon themselves in time of sickness. All these may learn of this diseased Woman in this Text, to make more pretious account of this great blessing of God, the health of their bodies.

Use 3 Use 3. This doth also much more condemn such as use means to hurt and hinder the health of their bodies as bad dyet, surfetting, drunkenness, &c. by which many dangerous, noysome and incurable Diseases are bred and ingendred in the body; as Burning-Feavers, Dropsies, Pleurisies, &c. Insomuch; that we may well think, thut such Intemperance killeth more than the Sword.

Use 4 Use 4. If the natural health and welfare of our bodies should be so dear to us, much more pretious should the spiritual health of our souls be to us? How careful should we be to use all means for the obtaining and preserving of it? How careful to seek to spiritual Physitians? First and chiefly to Jesus Christ, who came to heal the broken-hearted: we should therefore seek to him by true faith and repentance, that by him we may be cured both of the guilt and corruption of sin, that it raign not in us. Then also we are to seek spirituall help and advice from the faithful Ministers of Christ, whom he hath appointed as his Deputies to prescribe us spiritual Physick for our souls out of his Word. Again, how willing should we be to receive and take hard and tedious Physick for the health of our souls, when it is prescribed us? How willing to take the painful Physick of repentance and mortification of our sinful lusts? How willing to swallow many bitter pills and potions of inward sighs, groans, and heart-breaks for our sins, that we may be cured of them? There be some who for the health of their bodies will take every moneth in the year (almost) a potion, or pill, or some unpleasant Physick: And shall not we be content to take hard Physick for the spiritual health of our souls? Again, in the last place, seeing the health of our bodies should be so dear to us, that we should prefer it before our worldly substance, as this woman did; how much more should we prefer the spirituall health and salvation of our souls before all this worlds goods? remembring what our Saviour hath said, What shall it profit a man to win the whole world, and to lose his soul? Matth. 16. 26.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that she was never the better, but rather the worse, notwithstanding she had suffered so much of many Physitians, hence we learn, That although Physick be a special gift and blessing of God, and not to be neglected in time of sickness when the case requires it, yet it is not of it self available to recover health, and preserve it, or to cure diseases, without the blessing of God giving vertue to it. It is only an outward means, whose vertue and efficacy is wholly from God, without whose blessing upon the use of it, it may be so far from doing good and healing the body, that it may hurt and distemper it more: as we see in the exam­ple of this woman. As it is in Meats and Drinks, though they be ordained of God for our nourishment, yet they do not nourish without his blessing: therefore if he break the staff of our bread, that is, take away the [Page 275] strength and vertue by which it should nourish, then we may eat and not be nourished: So it is in Physick, though it be ordained to heal the body, yet it cannot do good without the blessing of God giving vertue to it to heal.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. See the reason why Physick doth not alwayes help the sick: it is because God doth alwayes give vertue to it to heal and cure the diseased: he doth not alwayes see it good for the sick party to be recovered: no reason therefore to contemn the means, though it be not alwayes available, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Though we seek to Physitians in sickness, yet trust not in them (as Asa did, 2 Chron. 16. 11.) but in the Lord, who woundeth and healeth, Job 5. 18.

Use 3 Use 3. See how needfull to joyn Prayer to God with the use of Physick, that the Lord may give a blessing to it. If this were necessary, when the extraordinary gift of healing was in the Church, Jam. 5. 14. much more now. Seek not only to Physitians, as Asa, but to God in the first place.

Mark 5. 27, 28.‘When she had heard of Jesus, she came in the press, &c. Nov. 26. 1620.

INn this Miracle of curing the Woman which had the Bloody-Issue, we considered,

  • 1. The description of the person cured.
  • 2. The Miracle it self.
  • 3. The Consequents.

Touching the first of these, The person cured is described, 1. By her present affliction, being diseased with a bloudy-Issue 12 years: which Disease was incurable, notwithstanding she had suffered much of many Physitians, and had spent all she had on them, Verse 26.

2. She is described by her behaviour towards Christ, set down Verse 27. She came to him behind in the press, and touched his garment.

Touching her Disease, and the continuance and incurableness of it, we have spoken. Now to proceed to speak of her carriage unto Christ.

Where consider, 1. The Occasion of it, She had heard of Jesus.

2. The Behaviour it self, Her coming to Christ behind in the press, and touching his garments.

3. The Cause moving her so to do, For she said, If I may touch but his Clothes, I shall be whole.

When she had heard of Jesus] That is, of the fame of his Person and Miracles; and among the rest of his miraculous curing of incurable diseases, such as she now perceived hers to be: therefore finding no help by all the Physitians she had sought to, but being worse rather, she now was out of hope to be cured by mans art or help; and therefore having heard of the power of Christ manifested by his Miracles, she resolves to seek to him.

she came in the presse] For much people thronged him in the Way as he was going with Jairus; as we heard before, Verse 24.

she came behind, and touched his garment] Matthew and Luke say, the hemme or border of his gar­ment.

Quest. Quest. Why did she not come directly before the face of Christ, and pray him to cure her disease?

Answ. Answ. Some think the cause hereof, was the weakness of her faith, and that by this kind of carriage she shewed her self fearful and doubtfull, whether Christ would heal her or not: but if it were so, it is not likely that our Saviour would so highly commend her faith, as he doth afterward, Verse 34. telling her, That her faith had made her whole.

Therefore the true Reason why she came behind Christ to touch his garment, and not before his face to speak to him, I take to be this,

1. Because her disease was such as by the Ceremonial Law was accounted unclean, insomuch, that such as had it upon them, were for that time to be separate from the society of others, lest by touching them, they should be defiled; therefore she came behind Christ privately and secretly, lest if she had come openly, the people should have reproved her, and put her back from Christ, as being an unclean person, and not fit to come into company.

2. Her Disease being unclean, she was ashamed to acquaint our Saviour Christ with it openly before the people; therefore she chose rather to come behind Christ, and only to touch his Clothes, being by faith per­swaded, that if she could but do this, he was both able and willing to cure her.

For she said] Matth. 9. 21. She said within her self: That is, she resolved and rested perswaded in her own heart by faith.

Quest. If I may but touch his Clothes, I shall be whole] Quest. Why did she perswade her self she should be heal­ed by touching his garment?

Answ. Answ. Not that she thought the power and vertue of healing to be in his garments of themselves: But she was perswaded that such was his Divine power, that he could cure her by the touch of his garment. And in this she shewed some imperfection of faith, in that she thus far tyed the power of Christ to his garment, that she thought he could not or would not cure her without touching it. See Chap. 6. 56. This place ma­keth nothing for the Papists, who from hence would prove, That the reliques of the Saints departed, (as they call them) as their garments, bones, and such like, may have power and vertue to work Miracles, and consequently that such reliques are to be honoured with a kind of religious worship. So Bellarmine teacheth, De Eccles. Triumph. lib. 2. c. 2, 3. But this cannot be proved from hence.

For, 1. It is clear, That the garments of Christ had not any healing vertue in them, or power to work a miraculous cure, but this power and vertue came onely from Christ himself, as is said afterward, Verse 30. He knew that vertue was gone out of him, not out of his clothes. And if such vertue had been in his clothes, it would have healed some others (no doubt) as well as this Woman: for amongst so many people which touched and thronged Christ, it is likely that there were some others which were diseased in body.

2. Though there had bin such vertue in Christ's Garments to work a Miracle, yet it follows not, that the like is, or may be in the Garments or other reliques of the Saints; especially of such as are departed this life.

3. The Popish reliques being all or most of them counterfeit, are not likely to have any such vertue in them. So much in way of clearing the sense of the words in these two Verses.

Now to gather some Instructions from them.

First of the occasion of this Womans comming to touch Christ; which was the fame she had heard of him; that is, of his person and Miracles, by which he had hitherto sufficiently manifested himself to be the Son of God, and the true Messiah. The hearing of this fame of him, moved her to believe in him, though she had never yet seen him, or any Miracle of his, and not onely to believe in him, but to shew her Faith by comming to him thus to touch his garment, that she might be healed.

Observ. Observ. In that this Woman never Believed in Christ, nor shewed her Faith in him till she came to have some knowledg of him by the report which she heard: Hence we learn, that we must first have knowledg of Christ in some measure, before we can Believe in him, or shew forth any true fruits of Faith. Knowledg is the ground of Faith, and the beginning of it. Psal. 9. 10. They that know the name of God, will put their trust in it. Rom. 10. 14. How shall they Believe in him of whom they have not heard? Therefore Act. 8. 35. first Philip preached Jesus unto the Eunuch, and then the Eunuch came to Believe in him, ver. 37.

Use 1 Use 1. See then, that ignorant people must needs be void of true Faith in Christ, because they have no knowledg of him; either of his person, or of his office, as he is Mediator. Many have little or no knowledg of these things; they scarce know what or who Christ is, or what he hath done and suffered for them; they have scarce heard or read of these things in the Scriptures. How should such believe in him whom they yet know not aright?

Ʋse 2 Ʋse. 2. Labour for the true and sound knowledg of Christ as he is revealed in the Word, without which there can be no Faith in him. See then the absolute necessity of this knowledg of Christ, for all that would be saved by him. Joh. 17. 3. This is life eternall, &c. Therefore let us use all good means to attain to the knowledg of Christ, and to grow in it, that knowing him, we may believe in him, and that as we grow in knowledg, so we may increase in Faith. Be diligent in hearing the Doctrine of Christ taught in the publick Ministery, and search the Scriptures by private reading, for they testify of Christ. Joh. 5. 39. Paul accomp­ted all things but loss, and as dung for the excellent knowledg of Christ, Phil. 3. 8. So let us. So much of the occasion of this Womans comming to Christ to touch him.

Now to speak of her behaviour or Actions, in comming behind in the Press to him, and touching his Garment.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that she being diseased in body, and finding no help by all the Physitians she had sought to, doth now come and seek to Christ, using means to touch him, that she might be cured. Hence we may learn by her example, to seek unto Christ Jesus our Lord, as to the best Physitian in all our Diseases, whether bodi­ly or Spiritual.

1. Touching bodily diseases. In them we are not onely to use other means, as good Dyet, and Physick, as we have before heard, but we are chiefly to go to Christ by Prayer, for Patience, and for ease, and delive­rance; and withall, to labour by Faith to touch him, yea, to lay hold on him.

2. Touching the Spirituall diseases of our Souls, which are our sins: In the feeling of these we ought much more to go and seek to Christ by Prayer, that we may be healed in Conscience, both of the guilt of sin, by the merit of his sufferings and obedience, and also of the corruption of sin, by the power of his Spirit mor­tifying it, so far that it reign not in us. And as we are thus to seek to him by Prayer for the healing of these our Spiritual diseases; so withall, we must strive by the hand of true Faith to touch him, yea, to lay hold on him, that so we may feel vertue to come from him, for the curing of our diseased Souls and Consciences. To this end we must often remember this, that as Christ is the best Physitian for the body, so especially for the Soul and Conscience. Luke 4. 18. He came to heal the broken hearted. So Mark 2. 17. The whole have no need of the Physitian, &c. I came not to Call the Righteous, &c. Esay 53. 5. With his stripes we are healed; and ver. 4. He bare our sicknesses. Revel. 3. 18. He Professeth himself a Spiritual Physitian, to cure the Spi­ritual blindness of the Laodiceans.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. This condemneth the practice of such who in their bodily or Spirituall sicknesses, take wrong courses to find ease and deliverance, instead of going to Christ. Some in bodily sickness, go to Satan the ene­my of Christ, as they which seek to Wizzards, who work by the help of Satan. A heathenish practise, forbid­den to Gods people, Deut. 18. 14. Others, if their sickness be painfull, fall to murmuring, and impatient behaviour, thinking so to ease themselves, whereas on the contrary, this is the way to aggravate their pain. Others are so wicked as to break forth into cursing and swearing, in stead of seeking to Christ for help; like those, Revel. 16. 21. who, when the Angells poured out the Vial of God's Judgments upon the World, they Blasphemed the name of God, but repented not to give him Glory. So others in the Spiritual diseases of their Souls, feeling their sins to lye heavy upon their Consciences, in stead of going to Christ to be healed, betake themselves to merry company, or sports and recreations, so to put away the remembrance of their sins, and to stop the mouth of their accusing Consciences. But these are miserable comforters, and Physiti­ans of no value (as Job said of his Friends), not able to cure the Spirituall Diseases of the Soul and Con­science.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To exhort and stir us up every one to go to Christ, as the best Physitian in all bodily and Spirituall sicknesses, especially in the Diseases of our Souls, when we feel them distempered, and dangerously infected with sin. Remember who is the best Soul-Physitian, even Christ Jesus. Go to him by earnest Prayer, and strive by Faith to touch him (as this Woman did) that thou mayest be healed of the guilt and corruption of sin. Look not to be cured by him, unless thou go and seek to him by Prayer, and touch him by Faith. But if thou do this in sincerity of heart, know this, that he is able and willing to cure thee, though thy Spirituall Diseases be dangerous, and of long continuance, as this Womans bodily disease was. Though thou have had an unclean Issue of many sins running upon thee a long time (as she had an Issue of bloud for twelve [Page 277] years), yet if thou wilt but come to Christ by Prayer to be healed, and canst touch him by Faith; that is, lay hold upon the merit of his death and sufferings, and apply the same to thy self, thou shalt certainly be hea­led of thy sins: Make haste therefore to him, remembring that he calleth all such to him who feel themselves diseased in their Consciences with sin, Matth. 11. 28. Go to him, and lay open the diseases of thy Soul to him, praying him to heal thee, both of the guilt of thy sins, by the merit of his bloud applyed to thy Consci­ence, and also of the corruption of sin, by the powerfull efficacy of his Spirit, mortifying it, that it reign not in thee, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The Holy Ghost having wrought Faith in the Heart of this Woman, by the hearing of Christ's fame; this Faith did not lye hid in her heart, but shewed it self outwardly by some evident testimonies and effects of it, as by causing her to come unto Christ in the Press, and to seek to touch him: Whence we may learn, that where true Faith is in the Heart, it will not lye hid or buried there, but will shew and manifest it self by outward fruits and effects. 1 Thess. 1. 3. The Apostle mentioneth the works of Faith.

Quest. Quest. By what effects?

Answ. Answ. 1. By duties of obedience unto God, making us diligent and Conscionable in performance of them.

2. By dilige [...]ce in Spirituall exercises, especially in Prayer. I believed (saith David) therefore I spake, Psal. 116. 10. And Rom. 10. 10. With the Heart man Believeth to Righteousness, and with the mouth Confession is made to Salvation. So it will make us diligent in all other Spiritual exercises.

3. True Faith will shew it self also by all Duties of love to God and man. Gal. 5. 6. Faith worketh by love; not onely by the inward affection, but by the outward effects, and Duties of love; not onely to God, but to men, as by doing good to others, helping, relieving them, and being serviceable to them by love.

Use. Use. Examine what Faith is in our Hearts, by the outward fruits and testimonies of it in our life and pra­ctise. Look how diligent it makes us in duties of obedience to God in holy exercises of Prayer, &c. Ne­ver say there is Faith in thy Heart, if thou yield no obedience to God: Faith and a good Conscience must go together. So if thou seldome or never open thy mouth in Prayer to God, and in Confession of thy sins, and craving pardon for them. If thou believe in Christ, thou wilt shew thy Faith by comming to Christ in Prayer, &c. Look also whether thou manifest thy Faith by Duties of Love to thy brethren, as occasion is of­fered. If not, there is no true Faith in thee at all.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. It is further said, this woman came to Christ in the Press, or throng of people. Though she were a weak diseased Woman, by reason whereof, it was both a dangerous and difficult matter for her to get through so great a throng of people to touch Christ; yet such was the strength of her Faith, that she broke through this difficulty, and adventured through the Press unto Christ: From whence we may observe, that it is the nature of true Faith to break through and overcome such difficulties and impediments, as hinder us from comming to Christ, and from touching him, and laying hold on him for Salvation. As this Woman, believing in Christ, would not be hindered by the Press of People from comming to him to have her bodily disease cured, but she laboured to get through the Press to him; so true Faith will cause us to overcome and break through all difficulties and impediments, which would hinder our comming to Christ to seek Spiritual health and Salvation from him. 1 Joh. 5. 4. This is the Victory which overcommeth the World, even our Faith. By the [World], understand all things in the World which oppose our Salvation, and would hinder it; as the Devill, and wicked men his Instruments, and our own sins, &c. These Faith overcommeth, and suffers them not to hinder us from Salvation. Though the Devil by his Temptations, and our own manifold sins are like a great throng and press of people to hinder us from comming to Christ to touch him by Faith, that we may have our sins forgiven and be saved by him; yet true Faith will inable us to overcome and break through these and all other impediments, rather then we shall be hindered from Christ, to seek Salvation by him. Faith may for a time be somewhat daunted and discouraged, when it meets with such difficulties, but it will not be utterly dismayed by them, nor yield to them, but will at length overcome them.

Use 1 Use 1. See the power and efficacy of Faith. Hell Gates cannot prevail against it.

Use 2 Use 2. See what to do, that we may be able to break through and overcome all difficulties, and discourage­ments which we meet with in this World in the way to Salvation. Labour for Faith, and pray unto God to confirm it in us more and more. This is our Victory which overcommeth all enemies and impediments which would keep us from Christ, and hinder us from Salvation. This will make us break through the press to come to Christ, as this woman did. See the practice of Zachaeus, Luke 19. Contrariwise, if we want Faith, every little impediment which we meet with, will dismay and keep us back from Christ.

Mark 5. 27, 28, 29.‘When she had heard of Jesus, &c. Dec. 3. 1620.

IN the History of this Miracle, we considered,

  • 1. The Description of the person cured.
  • 2. The Miracle it self.
  • 3. The Consequents.

The person is described, 1. By her present Afflicted condition, being diseased with a bloudy Issue, &c. ver. 25, 26.

2. By her carriage towards Christ.

Where, 1. We considered the occasion of that her carriage, The fame she had heard of him.

2. The Behaviour it self.

  • 1. Her comming behind in the Press.
  • 2. Her touching of his Garment.
  • 3. The cause moving her so to come, and to touch his Garment. Because she said in her self, that is, re­solved [Page 278] in her Heart, that if she could but touch his Clothes, she should be whole, ver. 28.

Touching the occasion of her comming to Christ, we have already spoken, as also of her behaviour in com­ming behind in the press, and in touching his Garment.

Now to proceed to the cause moving her so to come, and to touch his Garment, For she said, If I may touch but his Clothes, &c.

Now in that she thus resolved in her self, this sheweth that she was indued with an excellent measure of Faith, being perswaded, that though she did not speak to Christ, nor he to her, and though he did not touch her, yet if she did but touch him, yea, but the hem of his Garment onely, she should be healed. And yet withall, she discovereth some imperfection and weakness in her Faith, in that she seemeth to tye the power of Christ unto outward means, as the touching of his Garment, as if she could not be cured without this, whereas he was able to cure her without any such means, onely by his Divine power. So much of the sense of the words, which were also explained the last day.

Now to gather some Instructions from them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this Woman did first resolve and determine in heart about her comming and touching of Christ's Garment, and about the ground and reason moving her so to do, and then having so resolved, she put this her purpose in execution: Hence we may learn, first to purpose and determine in our hearts advisedly concerning those good actions which we enterprise, and then to set about performance of them; especially we are to do this when we enterprise great and weighty matters. Prov. 20. 18. Every purpose is established by Counsell, and with good advice make war. The like may be said of all other Actions and enterprises, With good advice take them all in hand. First advise and consider well of them, and of the grounds and reasons upon which we take them in hand, and then take them in hand. Psal. 39. 1. David first said in his Heart, that he would bridle his tongue, and then he put that Duty in practice. So should we say in our Hearts, we will do this or that good Duty, and then set about it. So Psal. 119. 59. I thought on my wayes, and turned my Feet to thy Testimonies.

Ʋse. Use. This reproveth such as are rash and unadvised in their wayes, taking in hand weighty Actions and enterprises without Counsell and Advice taken in their Hearts before-hand. Thus some do rashly set about the Duties of God's worship, as Prayer, Hearing of the Word, and such like, without due premeditation go­ing before; contrary to the Precept of Solomon, Eccles. 5. 1, 2. Be not rash with thy mouth, and let not thy Heart be hasty to utter a word before God, &c. So others take in hand the Duties of their particular Callings, without advice and deliberation going before. God often punisheth such rashness with ill success, Prov. 15 22. Without Counsell, purposes are disappointed.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. As this Woman came behind Christ in the Press, and touched his Garment, thereby shewing her desire to be healed; so she brought Faith in her Heart, whereby she was resolved of the power and good­ness of Christ, that he could and would cure her if she touched him; so that as she touched his Garment with her hand, so withall she touched him in her Heart by Faith, applying his power and goodness to her self. Now this teacheth us, that such as come to Christ to be cured of their bodily or Spiritual diseases, must come with Faith in their Hearts, whereby they may touch Christ in a Spiritual manner; that is, apprehend, and apply to themselves his power and mercy for the healing of them. Thus in our bodily sicknesses, when we seek to Christ by Prayer for help, and ease, we must pray with Faith, else we cannot look to be heard, Jam. 5. 15. The Prayer of Faith shall save the sick, &c. Thus Mark 2. 5. It is said our Saviour saw the Faith of him that was sick of the Palsy, and of those that brought him to Christ. So also when we come to Christ to be cured of our sin, the Spiritual diseases of our Souls, we must bring Faith to apply his power and mercy to our selves for the curing of them, else we must not look to be healed. As the most skilfull Physitian for the body cannot cure such a one as will not or cannot take and apply the Physick given him; so Christ Jesus though a most powerful Physitian for the Soul, yet doth not cure any but such as by Faith apply to themselves the soveraign Medicine of his pretious bloud; that is, the merits of his death and obedience, which is that Spiritual Physick which he offereth to them. As it is said Hebr. 11. 6. He that commeth to God, must believe that he is, and that he is a rewarder of them that diligently seek him. So he that commeth to Christ, must come with Faith, &c. See Joh. 3. 14.

Use. Use. Labour then for true Faith, by which we may touch Christ in a Spiritual manner, applying to our selves his power and goodness for the curing of our bodily and Spiritual diseases, especially our Spiritual di­seases: think not to be cured in Soul of thy sins, unless thou have Faith to apply to thy self the soveraign Me­dicine of Christ's bloud. In vain for thee to come to Christ in Prayer, and to intreat him to heal thee of thy sins, if thou bring not Faith, whereby thou mayest Spiritually touch him, and receive Divine vertue from him for the healing of thee. Look therefore that thou come to him with a Believing Heart, as this Woman did; Pray unto God to work and increase this Faith in thee, and use all other good means to this end. So much Faith as thou hast to touch Christ, and to apply him to thy self; so much healing vertue thou shalt re­ceive from him, to cure thy diseased Soul and Conscience.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that this Woman shewed some weakness of Faith, in that she thought she could not be hea­led without the touching of Christ's garment; this teacheth us that the Faith of true Believers in this life is imperfect, and mingled with some unbelief. So was the Faith of him that brought his Child to Christ to be dispossessed of the Devil, Mark 9. 24. Lord, I believe, help thou mine unbelief. Yea, the Faith of the Apostles themselves was imperfect, Luke 17. 5. otherwise they would not have prayed to Christ to increase it.

Reason. Reas. The whole work of Sanctification is imperfect in this life; therefore every particular Sanctifying Grace is imperfect.

Use 1 Use 1. Labour to see and feel the weakness and imperfection of our Faith, how much it is assailed with doubtings, and distrustfulness of Gods power and mercy, and not onely to feel this, but to be grieved for it, yea, to lament and bewail it in our selves, and daily to strive against unbelief by Prayer, and Meditation of Gods promises in Christ.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See how needfull even for the best Christians to be diligent from time to time in the use of all good means ordained of God for the strengthening of their Faith; as the Word Preached, the use of the Sacraments and Prayer, &c.

Mark 5. 29.‘And straightway the Fountain of her bloud, &c. Dec. 10. 1620.

HItherto of the Description of the person upon whom the Miracle was wrought. Now followeth the Miracle it self, ver. 29. The fountain of her bloud was dryed up. And this is amplified,

  • 1. By the Circumstance of time, or speediness of the Miracle, straightway.
  • 2. By the truth and certainty of it, in that she felt in her body that she was healed of her Plague.

Straightway] So soon as she touched Christ's Garment with her hand, and Christ himself inwardly by Faith.

The fountain of her bloud was dryed up] That is, the unnatural Flux or Issue of Bloud with which she had been so long afflicted, was stopped, and so the cause of her disease taken away.

Healed of that Plague] or scourge; that is, of her disease, so called, to shew the nature of that disease; that, of it self, it was a fruit of sin, and a punishment inflicted for it. So much of the words.

Now to gather such Instructions as arise from them.

And first, from the Miracle it self, or the effect which followed upon the Womans touching of Christ. The fountain of er bloud dryed up, and she was healed.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. This Miracle of our Saviour in curing the Woman of an incurable disease without any means, onely by his Divine power, doth serve to confirm our Faith in the Article of Christ's Divine nature, proving him to be God. Of this often before. See chap. 1. ver. 42.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. Further, this Miracle serveth (even as the rest do) to prove this Jesus the Son of the Virgin Ma­ry, to be the Christ, or the true Messiah; that is to say, that person which was ordained of God from Everla­sting, and in time foretold by the Prophets, to be the Redeemer and Saviour of Mankind. This also is pro­ved and shewed before, chap. 1. 42. See for proof of it, Joh. 10. 25. and Matth. 11. 4.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This confuteth the Jews, who at this day continue obstinate in denyal of this, that Jesus is the Christ; and do expect another to come, which shall shew himself to be the true Messiah. But this, and all the rest of Christ's Miracles are so many Arguments to confute them. See then the fearfull obstinacy and blindness which is come on that Nation for their hainous sin in rejecting Christ, and in Crucifying him that was and is the Lord of Glory. See Rom. 11. 25.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. This must teach and move us to seek Salvation in and by this Jesus alone, and by no other name in Heaven or Earth, Act. 4. 12.

Doctr. 3 Doctr. 3. As our Saviour being on Earth had power to cure incurable diseases Miraculously; that is, with­out ordinary means: So he hath still the same power over all bodily diseases, to cure them either with, or without means, whensoever he will. Though he be no longer on earth to cure diseases Miraculously, yet being now in Heaven, he hath as great power as before over the diseases of mens bodies to heal them, even without means.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This may comfort us in time of dangerous sickness, though our disease be incurable, and such as can­not be healed by means of Physick, or by any Art of man; yet in this case remember the absolute power of Christ Jesus our Lord, who can cure and heal us without means, if he see it good for us: Where man's help faileth, there Christ's help beginneth. Seek to him therefore by prayer in this case, and rest on him by Faith, and he will do that which is for our good. Though we are not now to look that Christ should by his absolute power heal us Miraculously without means, neither are we to neglect the ordinary means; yet this i [...] our com­fort, that Christ's power is not tyed unto means, but is far above them, and able to help without them when­soever he pleaseth. See before, chap. 2. ver. 10.

Doct. 4 Doctr. 4. Lastly, in that our Saviour did by his Divine power Miraculously heal this Woman of her bodi­ly Disease, drying up the fountain of her bloudy Issue, by this he shewed himself to be such a person as is able to cure and heal the Spiritual diseases of our Souls, that is, our sin [...], by taking away the guilt of them by the merit of his bloud, and by mortifying the corruption of sin in us by his Spirit. The same power of Christ which was shewed in his Miraculous curing of bodily diseases, is also seen in curing us of our sin [...]; whence is that speech of our Saviour before to the Scribes, chap. 2. 9. Whether is it easier to say to the sick of the Palsy, thy sins are forgiven thee, or to say, Arise, take up thy bed and walk? And therefore also, Matth. 8. 17. the Evan­gelist from our Saviour's Miraculous curing of bodily diseases, doth gather, that he was that person who was foretold by the Prophet, Esay 53. 4. That he should bear our Spiritual sicknesses, that is, our sins, and that with his stripes we should be healed; that is, by the ment of his sufferings, our Souls should be healed of the guilt of our sins.

Use. Use. Seek then unto Christ Jesus as the onely Spiritual Physitian, able to heal us in Soul of our sins, if we do but come to him by Faith, as this Woman did, &c. But of this before, upon the two former Verses. So much of the Miracle it self.

Now it follows to speak of the amplification of it.

  • 1. By the speediness, straightway.
  • 2. By the certainty, She felt in her self, &c.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour did suddenly and instantly cure and stop this Issue of bloud so soon as she tou­ched him. This shews the greatness of his Divine power, being able in so short a space of time, even in a moment, to work so great a Miracle. So before, chap. 1. 31. so soon as he took Peter's Wives Mother by the hand, and lift her up, immediately the Feaver left her. And ver. 42. assoon as he said to the Leper, I will, be thou clean, immediately the Leprosy departed from him, &c. And this shews plainly, that this, and other like cure wrought by our Saviour, were truly Miraculous; that is, such as were not wrought by any natural helps [Page 280] or means, but onely by his Divine power, above and beyond the power of nature: the reason is, because our Saviour wrought these cures suddenly in an instant, whereas in such cures of Diseases as are wrought by natural means, there is alwayes some competent space of time required for the effecting of them. So much of the speediness of the Miracle.

Now followeth the certainty of it, She felt in her body, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that she did sensibly perceive and feel her self to be cured; this teacheth us the truth of this Miracle, that it was not a delusion, but a work really and truly done above and beyond the power of nature. See Joh. 9. 25. Of this see before, chap. 2. ver. 12.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The disease of this woman is here called a Plague, or a scourge, to teach us, that the diseases and sicknesses which are incident to men and womens bodies, are fruits of sin, and of themselves so many scourges or punishments inflicted on man for sin. See this before, chap. 3. ver. 10.

Mark 5. 30, 31.‘And Jesus immediately knowing, &c. Dec. 17. 1620.

NOw the Evangelist setteth down the consequents of this Miracle, which are two.

  • 1. The manifestation of the Miracle, which as yet was known onely to Christ himself, and to the Woman cured, ver. 30, 31, 32, 33.
  • 2. Our Saviour's comforting and incouraging of the woman, being stricken with fear, and much humbled, ver. 34.

Touching the first, the manifestation of the Miracle to the people, this is set forth by the means whereby it came to be made known.

The first means was Christ's enquiry made touching the person which had touched him, ver. 30.

The second was his looking about to see her, ver. 32.

The third was the Womans comming and relating the whole matter unto Christ before the people, ver. 33.

Touching the first means, which was Christ's enquiry after the Woman; the Evangelist mentioneth,

  • 1. The occasion or cause moving Christ to enquire and ask of her, viz. The knowledg which he had in him­self, that vertue was gone out of him.
  • 2. The manner of his making enquiry, He turned about, and asked after her.
  • 3. The matter enquired, Who had touched his Clothes?
  • 4. The impertinent answer of the Disciples to his question or demand, not understanding his meaning, and therefore seeming to marvail, and think strange of his enquiry, as appears by the words of their answer, ver. 31. Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, Who touched me?

Immediately] So soon as the woman was made whole, and felt her self to be so.

Knowing in himself that vertue had gone, &c.] By (vertue) understand here the Divine power of Christ's God-head, by which the woman was cured; and this is said to have gone out of him in regard of the Mira­culous effect which was wrought by it in the Woman. It did not go out of him locally (for Christ's divine power is every where present) but virtually, in regard of the efficacy of it, shewed in the Miraculous curing of the disease. Now when it is said, Christ knew that vertue was gone out of him; this must not be so taken, as if he knew not this till after the cure was wrought, for he knew it at the very time of working it, and be­fore also; for seeing it was wrought by that Divine power which was in himself, he could not therefore be ignorant what himself did in shewing forth his power by this Miraculous effect. Therefore the Evangelist speaketh thus of Christ, That he knew vertue was gone out, &c. onely to shew, that the Miracle was wrought by Christ's Divine power, and not by the womans touching of him, nor by any other means. So much of the meaning.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first the Papists are confured, who from this Miracle of the Woman cured by touching Christ's garments, would infer, that the reliques of the Saints departed, have power to work Miraculous cures, and therefore are to be worshipped with some degree of Religious Worship. But here the Evangelist telleth us plainly, that the power and vertue whereby the woman was cured was not in Christ's Garments, but in Christ himself; and that it was not conveyed locally from him to her by his Garments, but that he did im­mediately shew it by the Miraculous effect in the woman, &c. But of this I spake before.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, we learn here, that the Miracles of Christ were wrought onely by that Divine power and vertue which proceeded from himself immediately, and not by any other helps or means whatsoever. All the power and vertue by which he wrought Miracles was in himself, and from himself alone, and not in or from any means out of himself. Therefore it is said here, that the vertue by which this Woman was Miracu­lously cured, went out of Christ. So also Luke 6. 19. There went vertue out of him, and healed all the Di­seased which came to him and touched him. To this purpose it is that our Saviour saith, that He cast out De­vills by the Spirit of God, Matth. 12. 28. And by the finger of God, Luk. 11. 20. that is, by that Divine power which was in him as he was God, and not by the power or help of Satan (as the Scribes and Pharisees accused him) nor yet by any other means out of himself.

Use 1 Use 1. This proveth Christ to be true God, for none but God can work Miracles by his own proper power and vertue immediately. But of this upon the former verse.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See a difference in this between Christ's Miracles, and the Miracles wrought by the Prophets and Apostles; as by Eli [...]ah, Elisha, Peter, John, Paul, &c. These wrought Miracles, but not by their own pro­per power, not by any vertue from themselves, but onely by the power of God, and of Christ, which was af­ter a sort communicated to them for a time, as to Instruments by which it did work. So Act. 3. 12. and Act. 9. 34. But our Saviour wrought all his Miracles by his own proper power and Divine vertue, as it is here said.

Use 3 Use 3. This also shews the truth of Christ's Miracles, that they were indeed such works as were done above [Page 281] and beyond the power of nature, and without any natural helps or means; for they were wrought superna­turally by the immediate vertue and efficacy of Christ's God-head. Herein therefore they differed mani­festly from the false and lying wonders, which Satan and his instruments (as Magicians, and Sorcerers) do work: for these are not works above the power of nature, (though they may be above or contrary to the ordinary course of nature) but they are wrought by natural helps and means used by Satan.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that there came Divine vertue from Christ to heal this woman of her bodily disease, hence gather, That there is also sufficient Divine power and vertue in him to heal us of our sins, which are our spiri­tual diseases: The same vertue is shewed in both. Therefore he professeth himself to be our spiritual Physi­tian, Mar. 2. 17. The whole (saith he) have no need of the Physitian: I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance: and Luke 4. 18. He hath sent me to heal the broken-hearted: and Revel. 3. 18. He giveth Physical counsel to the Laodiceans to cure their spiritual blindness. This Point was observed before, in handling the 3. former Verses.

Use. Use. Seek to Christ Jesus to be cured in Soul and Conscience of our sins. Come to him and touch him by true faith as this diseased woman did, and thou shalt feel Divine vertue to come from him to heal thee of thy sins, both of the guilt, and of the corruption of them. Thou shalt feel his Divine power healing thee of the guilt of thy sins, by the merit of his Obedience and Sufferings applyed to thy Conscience by faith; and the same Divine power healing thee of the corruption of sin, that is, mortifying thy sinful lusts, that they may not raign in thee as they have done, and as they do in the wicked and unbelievers. Oh therefore, thou that feelest thy soul diseased with sin, make haste unto Christ to be cured by this Divine healing vertue that is in him: pray him to manifest it in thee; and withall, labour by some measure of faith to apply it to thy self, as this Woman did: then shalt thou most certainly be healed in soul by it, as she was in body. And let not the grievousness of thy diseases, that is, of thy sins, hinder thee from coming to Christ to be cured, but rather cause thee to make the more speed to him by faith: for be assured, there is vertue enough in him to heal thee of thy sins, though many and grievous, if thou do but see and feel them, and complain of them, and lay them open to him, and seek earnestly to him by the prayer of faith to be cured of them. Do this therefore, and do it speedily, without delay: As in a dangerous sickness of body, thou wouldst not dare to put off sending to the Physitian, lest it cost thee thy life: so much less must thou dare to delay the time in seek­ing to Christ to be healed of thy sins, lest it cost thee the losse of eternal life, and the salvation of thy soul. Be carefull therefore forthwith to seek to Christ to be healed of thy sins. The rather, because there is no other means or Physick in the world to cure thee, besides the Divine healing vertue that is in Christ Jesus: no power or vertue that is in any herb, pretious stone, or Mineral, can cure thee of thy sins: not all the Balm in Gilead; not any power or skill of Man or Angel, can cure thy diseased Conscience of one sin: Only this Divine vertue that is in Christ can do it: and therefore seek to him alone to be cured, and not to other vain helps and remedie. When thou feelest thy sins lye upon thy conscience, seek not (as many do) to be cured by merry company, or by following vain sports or recreations, nor by going to the bodily Physitian to purge Melancholy, (as if this alone would cure thee): all these are in this case Physitians of no value, (as Job said of his friends) therefore trust not to them, but go directly to Jesus Christ, to be healed by that Divine Vertue which is in him. So much of the Cause moving our Saviour to make enquiry after the Woman that had tou­ched him.

Now followeth the manner and matter of his Enquiry.

Touching the Manner, it is said, He turned about in the preasse. Now this he did (no doubt) chiefly to this end, that he might see the woman behind him; and, by looking upon her, might the more affect her, and move her to come forth in open sight of the people, and to make known the Miracle which was wrought in her. Of this we shall speak, upon Verse 32. where it is said, He looked round about to see her that had touched him.

Touching the Matter of his Enquiry, it is said, He asked who had touched his Clothes? He speaks not of the outward touching alone, but as it was joyned with inward touching by faith.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Did he not know, who it was that touched him?

Answ. Answ. Ye [...], he knew it well: for at the very time of her touching him, he shewed forth his Divine vertue and power, in curing her Disease. But he enquireth after her for other reasons.

  • 1. That by asking after her, he might move her to come forth, and shew openly what was done in her, that so the Miracle might be made known for the glory of God, and edifying of the people; as also for the confirming of the faith of Jairus the Ruler of the Synagogue, who was now going with Christ to visit his Daughter; as we have before heard.
  • 2. That by this means he might give her occasion to testifie her thankfulness for the benefit of health which she had now received from Christ.
  • 3. That she coming forth to testifie her thankfulness by declaring the Miracle, our Saviour might take oc­casion to commend her faith, as he did afterward, and to confirm and strengthen it, by encouraging and com­forting her.
  • 4. That by this his publike Enquiry, he might stir up the people about him to take special notice of the woman, and of the Miracle wrought upon her, when she should make it known before them.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why did not our Saviour himself publish the Miracle?

Answ. Answ. 1. To avoid all shew of vain-glory.

2. He would have the woman her self report it, that by this means, the people might be moved to give the more credit to the Miracle, hearing the party her self which was cured, to report it out of her own expe­rience.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Sometimes our Saviour forbade his Miracles to be published: Why then was he so carefull to have this made known?

Answ. Answ. He did not at any time simply forbid his Miracles to be made known: But, 1. Not rashly and un­advisedly. 2. Not unseasonably, when it might do hurt, by hindring his Ministery and Preaching. 3. Not to such persons as were more likely to cavil at them, than to profit by them; as the Scribes and Pharisees. [Page 282] But our Saviour saw it needful for this Miracle to be made known at this time, for the Reasons above-men­tioned.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here then we learn, That Christ's Miracles were wrought by him, not to the end they should be buried in silence, and kept secret, but that they might be manifested and made known: therefore himself was careful to have this Miracle made known. So at other times, as Verse 19. of this Chapter, he bade him that was dispossessed of the Legion of Devils, to go and tell his friends of it. And for this cause, the Mi­racles of Christ were not wrought in secret corners, but in open and publike places, and great Assemblies for the most part, that so they might be known and taken notice of. That which he speaketh of his Doctrine, Joh. 18. 20. is true of his Miracles. As he did not preach in secret, so neither did he work Miracles in secret, or in close corners; but in such places, where they might be known and taken notice of. And to this pur­pose asso it is, that the Evangelists were appointed to publish the Miracles of Christ in writing, so leaving them upon record to the end of the world.

Reasons why it was necessary and fit for Christ's Miracles to be manifested.

1. To prove him to be the Son of God, and the true Messiah, and so to confirm the faith of the Church in the Doctrine of Christ's Person and Office. Joh. 20. ult. These (Miracles) are written, that ye might believe Jesus to be the Christ the Sonne of God, &c. So Joh. 1. 25. The works which I do in my Father's Name, bear witness of me.

2. To confirm and seal the truth and certainty of the Doctrine of the Gospel preached by him: for this was one special end of the Miracles wrought by Christ and the Apostles. Hebr. 2. 4. The Gospel began at first to be preached by the Lord, and was confirmed to us by those that heard him, God bearing them witness with signs and wonders, and divers Miracles, &c. Therefore also this effect followed upon the Miracles of Christ, that by them the people were confirmed in the faith of his Divine Doctrine; as Mark 1. 27. What new do­ctrine is this? (say they) For with authority he commandeth the foul spirits, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See then how needful it is for us to be well acquainted with the Miracles of Christ, and therefore diligently to read the History of them recorded by the four Evangelists, that by reading and meditation of them, we may have our faith strengthened in the doctrine of the Gospel in general; and more especially in the doctrine of Christ's Person and Office. Besides many other profitable Instructions which we may learn from the Miracles of Christ.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See also how profitable and necessary it is for Ministers to take occasion in their publike Ministe­ry, to unfold and apply to the people the History of the Evangelists, in which Christ's Miracles are recorded and set down, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that he asketh, Who had touched him? thereby he implyeth, That he knew that the woman had touched him after a special manner both outwardly with her hand, and inwardly by faith, though she did this secretly: whence we may gather another evidence of Christ's Divine Nature, in that he knew and took notice of things done in secret: for this is a property of God, to see in secret, Matth. 6. 4.

Object. Object. Some meer men have had this priviledg, to know things done in secret; as Elisha, of whom it is said, That he told the King of Israel what the King of Syria did in his Bed-Chamber, 2 King. 6. 12: And 2 King. 5. 26. he knew what his servant Gehazi did in his absence. So Samuel was able to tell Saul what was in his heart, 1 Sam. 9. 19.

Answ. Answ. These did not, of themselves, or by their own power, know such secrets; but they were extraordi­narily revealed to them of God at special times. But our Saviour Christ knew such secrets of himself with­out any special or extraordinary revelation. This therefore proveth him to be God. So much of our Saviour Christ's Enquiry after the party that had touched him.

Mark 5. 31, &c.‘And his Disciples said unto him, &c. Decem. 24 1620.

NOw followeth the impertinent Answer which the Disciples made to his Demand. Verse 31. His Dis­ciples said to him, Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayst thou, Who touched me? Luke 8. 45. It is said, That Peter and they that were with him, said, Master, the multitude throng thee, &c. Now by this An­swer, Peter and the other Disciples shew plainly, That they did utterly mistake our Saviour, and did not un­derstand his meaning, when he asked, who had touched his clothes? for they thought he spake onely of an ordinary outward touching of his clothes, such as that was, whereby the common people which were about him, and thronged him, did touch him: whereas the truth is, he spake of a special and extraordinary touch­ing of his Clothes, which was accompanied with an inward and spirituall touching of his Person by faith. But this the Disciples understood not, and therefore they gave this impertinent answer to our Saviour's que­stion; by which they seem after a sort to blame and tax him, and to wonder at him for asking, who touched him; when the multitude did not only touch, but throng him. But herein they discovered both their own indiscretion and rashness, and also their ignorance.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Hence we learn, That even the best Christians (such as Christ's own Disciples) though they have a special measure of grace, yet are not without their imperfections and wants. See this handled before, Chap. 3. Verse 31. And it hath been often spoken of.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The Disciples testifie, That the multitude not only touched, but thronged Christ; and it is likely, that amongst so many, there were some besides this woman which had some bodily diseases or infirmi­ties; yet none were healed by Christ but only the woman: the reason is, because she only touched him by faith; whereas the rest touched him only outwardly. Hence then we may gather, That outward fellowship and society with Christ, doth not profit any, if there be not also a spiritual union and communion with him by faith. As this outward touching and thronging of Christ did not profit the multitude for the curing of their bodily infirmities, because they wanted faith whereby they should have touched him spiritually; so neither can any outward fellowship with Christ, nor any outward approaching to him, or touching of him, profit [Page 283] any to the Salvation of their Souls, if they want Faith to touch and apprehend Christ in a Spiritual manner, Luke 13. 26. Many who have eat and drank in Christ's presence on earth, and in whose streets he taught, yet shall at the last day be rejected of him, and shut out of his Kingdome, because they had onely outward fellowship, but no Spiritual union or conjunction by Faith with him.

Use. Use. This must teach us not to rest in any outward fellowship or Communion with Christ, as if this alone would avail us to Salvation. Think it not enough to come near unto Christ, and to touch him in an outward manner, (as this Multitude did); think it not enough to draw near to him in outward Profession of his Name and Gospel, and in outward performance of Religious Duties, of Prayer, Hearing his Word, receiving the Sacraments,) all this is but outward touching of Christ's Garment); but labour withall, and that chiefly, to come near him, yea, to touch and lay hold on him by true Faith; then shall we feel vertue to come from him to heal our Souls, and not otherwise. But more of this in the 34th Verse, when we come to it.

So much of the first means by which the Miracle was manifested; Namely, Christ's enquiry after the Wo­man which had touched him.

Now followeth the second means, which was his looking about upon her.

Ver. 32. He looked round about to see her that had done this thing] This he did partly to stir up the people to take special notice of the Miracle, and partly to stir up and move the Woman to come forth before him, and to declare the Miracle, thereby to testify her thankfullness for the benefit of health restored to her. And this shews, that the Woman of her self was too slack and backward to come and shew her thankfulness by decla­ring the Miracle; otherwise our Saviour needed not to ask after her, and to look about upon her, to put her in mind of this her duty.

Observ. Observ. By nature we are very slack and backward to shew our thankfullness to God for those blessings which he bestoweth on us. We are more forward in our great necessity and distress to come and seek to God for help and mercy, then we are to shew thankfullness when we have received mercies from him. So was this Woman. So also the Lepers cleansed by our Saviour, Luke 17. 17. though all the ten came to Christ, and prayed him to shew mercy on them; yet but one of them returned to give Glory to God. This our naturall backwardness to shew thankfulness unto God for his Mercies, we must here take notice of, and learn to be humbled for it, and to strive against it, using all good means to stir up our Hearts to this Duty of thank­fulness unto God for his manifold favours and blessings bestowed on us daily. So much of the second means of the manifestation of this Miracle; viz. our Saviour looking about upon the Woman, to put her in mind to come and shew her thankfulness by uttering the Miracle.

Now followeth the third and last means; namely, the womans comming before Christ, and declaring of the whole truth of the matter, ver. 33.

Where consider, 1. The manner of her comming.

  • 1. With great reverence, fearing and trembling, which is amplified by the cause; which was, that she knew what was done in her.
  • 2. With great Humility, expressed outwardly by falling down b [...]fore him.

2. Consider what she did, being come before Christ, She told him the whole truth.

Quest. Fearing and trembling] Quest. What moved her so to fear?

Answ. Answ. Some think the feared lest our Saviour should sharply reprove her for comming secretly to touch him, and to be cured of him, whereas she should rather have come more openly, that others might have taken notice of the Miracle, and have profited by it. But, I take it, the principall cause of her fear was,

1. The consideration of Christ's Divine power and Majesty shewed in this Miracle; and this reason of her fear, the Evangelist himself giveth in the next words, when he saith, she knew what was done in her] That is, she sensibly felt and perceived how great a Miracle Christ had wrought in curing her; and this moved her to tremble before him.

2. The consideration also of her own vileness and unworthiness, both in regard of her sins, as also of her outward condition, having hitherto bin a diseased woman for many years, and her disease such as by the Law was accompted unclean.

Observ. Observ. That when we are to come before God in any special manner, as to pray, or to give thanks to him, or to perform any special service to him, we are to come with all reverence and fear of his Divine Ma­jesty. See this point spoken of before, ver. 22. of this chap.

It followeth, Knowing what was done in her] This shews that it was a true Miracle, really and sensibly wrought, and not in shew onely. But of this see also before, ver. 29.

I proceed to the next words. She came and fell down before him] By this outward lowly gesture, she ex­pressed the inward humility of the Heart, that she was touched with an inward feeling of her own vileness and unworthiness.

Observ. Observ. By her example, we must learn how to carry our selves when we come before God to perform any special service to him. We are to come in humble and lowly manner; our hearts must be humbled in the sight and feeling of our own vileness and unworthiness, and this inward Humility must appear by our out­ward submission and lowly carriage of our selves in the presence of God. Thus Jairus a Ruler of the Syna­gogue, though a great man, yet came before Christ in humble manner, falling at his feet, as we heard be­fore, ver. 22. and the Leper kneeled to him, chap. 1. 40. yea he fell flat on his face before him, Luke 5. 12. By this outward humbling and abasing of themselves, they testified the inward Humiliation of their Hearts in the sense of their own unworthiness. And thus have the Faithfull used to come before God, with Hearts humbled in the sight and feeling of their own vileness, as Abraham, Gen. 18. 27. acknowledgeth before God, that he is but dust and ashes. And Job 40. 4. Behold (saith he) I am vile, &c. And Daniel, chap. 9. ver. 7. O Lord, Righteousness belongeth to thee, but unto us, confusion of Faces, &c. And thus ought we to come before God in humble manner, especially with Hearts inwardly humbled in the sight of our own unworthy­nesse.

Reason. Reas. God doth best accept of such as are humble and lowly in his sight, Esay 66. 2. To this man will I look, even to him that is poor and of a contrite Spirit, &c. yea, he delighteth in such, Esay 57. 15. Thus saith the [Page 284] high and lofty one—I dwell with him that is of an humble Spirit, to revive the Spirit of the humble, &c. and Jam. 4. 6. He giveth Grace to the humble.

Use 1 Use 1. This reproveth such as come before God to do special services to him, in the Pride and haughti­ness of their Hearts, puffed up with conceipts of their own goodness or worthiness. Thus that proud Pharisee came before God, Luke 18. He boasted of his good works. Thus the Papists at this day come be­fore God to Pray and perform other Services with an Opinion of their own merits, and good works, for which they hope to be the better accepted of God. But God rejecteth such, and their Services, as he did the proud Pharisee.

Use 2 Use. 2. When we are to come before God to do him speciall service, see that we come in lowly and hum­ble manner, especially labour to have thy Heart touched and humbled with the feeling of thy unworthiness and vileness in regard of thy sins; and let this thy inward Humility appear in thy outward lowly carriage in the sight and presence of God. Imitate herein the poor humbled Publican, Luke 18. 13. who by the lowli­ness of his Countenance and outward gesture, expressed the inward Humility of his Heart. The more hum­ble and low and vile thou art in thy own eyes, and the more thou art cast down in the sense of thy own sins and unworthiness, the more acceptable thou and thy Services are to God, and the more highly doth he esteem of thee. So much of the manner of this womans comming before Christ.

Now it follows to speak of that which she did, being come before him; namely, that she told him all the truth] Luke 8. 47. She declared for what cause she touched him, and how she was healed immediately. Now by this she testified her thankfulness to Christ for the benefit of health restored to her so Miraculously.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here then we learn by her example, that in all mercies and blessings which we receive from God, we ought to shew true thankfulness unto God. It becommeth the upright to be thankfull, Psal. 33. 1. 1 Thess. 5. 18. In all things give thanks.

Now our thankfulness must be both inward and outward.

1. Inward in the Heart, affected with unfeined desire of glorifying God, Psal. 103. 1. My Soul praise the Lord, and all that is within me, &c.

2. Outwardly testified and expressed.

  • 1. By free acknowledgment of Gods mercies to us, as this Woman did unto Christ.
  • 2. By yielding praise and Glory to God with our mouthes, when we have occasion to mention Gods Mercies to us. Thus have the Faithful used to do; especially David, in every Psalm almost.
  • 3. By shewing forth the fruits of true Repentance and Obedience to the will of God in the course of our lives; without this, all shew of thankfulness in word and tongue is Hypocrisy and Abomination before God. To such he will say, as he doth to the Hypocrite, Psal. 50. 16. What hast thou to do to take my Covenant in thy mouth, seeing thou hatest Instruction, and castest my words behind thee?

Use. Use. See then that we thus shew our true thankfulness to God for all his Mercies. This is the onely Tri­bute which he requireth for all that we receive and enjoy from his bounty and goodness; Let us therefore be carefull to render it him duely and conscionably, as becommeth us.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this woman did not onely shew her thankfulness to Christ by acknowledging this great blessing of health bestowed on her, but did also publish it openly before the people; we may gather, that it is fit for us in some cases, to acquaint others with the great mercies and blessings which we have received from God. See this observed before, ver. 19. of this chap.

Mark 5. 34.‘And he said unto her; Daughter, &c. Dec. 31. 1620.

HEre is laid down the second Consequent of the Miracle; which was our Saviour's comforting and in­couraging of the Woman, being much humbled and cast down with fear of Christ's Divine Majesty, and with the sight and feeling of her own unworthiness, as we heard out of the former Verse.

Now he doth incourage her three wayes.

  • 1. By calling her, Daughter.
  • 2. By commending her Faith, telling her that she was made whole by it.
  • 3. By assuring her by promise of the continuance and constant fruition of the benefit of health restored to her, in these words, Go in peace, and be whole of thy Plague.

Doctrines generally arising from the coherence of this verse with the former.

Observ. Observ. In that, this Woman being stricken with fear and trembling at the Divine Majesty of Christ, and greatly humbled before him in the sense of her own vileness; our Saviour doth thereupon incourage and comfort her: Hence we learn, that Christ Jesus is the raiser up and Comforter of such as are truly humbled before him in the fight of their own unworthiness and vileness in regard of their sins. Matth. 11. 28. Come unto me all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest, &c. Esay 42. 3. A bruised Reed shall he not break, &c. Luk. 4. 18. He hath sent me to heal the broken hearted.

Quest. Quest. How doth Christ comfort such as are so humbled?

Answ. Answ. 1. Outwardly, by his Word and Ministery of it; especially by the sweet and comfortable pro­mises of the Gospel applyed to them effectually. See Esay 50. 4.

2. By the inward consolations of his Spirit, speaking peace to their Consciences, and assuring them of his favour, and of the forgiveness of their sins.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To stay and comfort the Hearts of such as are much cast down before God in the feeling of their sins and unworthiness by reason of them, and cannot for the present conceive or feel any comfort, or assurance of Gods mercy and favour; yet let them not be utterly dismayed, or out of all hope of comfort; but wait still upon God, and upon Christ Jesus the Lord for comfort; for assuredly he that is the Comforter of all the humbled and broken hearted, will in due time raise up and comfort them with the feeling of his fa­vour, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. If we would have the Lord Jesus from Heaven to raise us up, and comfort u [...], we must then first see that we be truly humbled and cast down in his sight with the sense of our sins, and wretchedness of our selves. Jam. 4. 10. Humble your selves in the sight of the Lord, and he shall lift you up. If thou wouldst have Christ to give thee ease and rest, thou must first travel under the burden of thy sins: if thou wouldst have him to heal thee, thou must first be broken in heart, and bruised in conscience for thy many and great sins. So much of this general Observation from the coherence.

Now to speak more particularly of the words.

Daughter] He giveth her this title (of a daughter) thereby to testifie his loving affection toward her, which was such as is in a natural father toward his child: and by this also he implyeth that near spirituall union which was between himself and her, in respect of the bond of faith by which she wa knit unto him.

Observ. Observ. Here then we are to take notice of the strait and near union that is between Christ and all true Believers: they are as nearly united as natural Parents and Children; yea much nearer, in as much as the bond of grace is straiter than of nature. See this before, Chap. 3. 33, &c.

It followeth, Thy faith hath made thee whole] This is the second thing by which he doth encourage her: namely, by commending her faith. By faith, understand, not onely a general belief of Christ's power, that he was able to cure her; but also a particular and speciall applying of his power and mercy to her self, being perswaded, that he was both able and willing to cure her: as may be gathered out of the 20th Verse going before: where it is said, That she said, (that is, was perswaded in heart) that if she touched him, she should be whole.

Quest. Hath made thee whole] Quest. How can her faith be said to have made her whole, seeing it was the ver­tue which went out of Christ, that is, his Divine power which healed her, as we heard before, Verse 30.

Answ. Answ. The miraculous cure is here attributed to her faith, not as to the efficient cause, (for that was Christ's Divine vertue) but as to the instrumental cause or means by which she apprehended and applyed to her self that divine power of Christ by which she was healed.

Doctr. Doctr. Hence we may gather, That faith is the onely means and instrument by which we receive and ap­ply to our selves all benefits and good things which we have from Christ. As this Womans faith was the mean and instrument by which she came to receive bodily health from him: so it is also the only instrumen­tal cause or mean by which we receive all other benefits from Christ, which he bestoweth on u [...], or hath purchased for us.

The reason hereof is, because by faith alone we are united unto Christ himself: by it we receive him, Joh. 1. 12. and by it he comes to be joyned to us, yea, to dwell in us, Ephes. 3. 17. We are also married to him by faith, Hos. 2. 20. Therefore seeing it is by faith that we come to receive Christ, and to be united and joyned so near unto his person in a spiritual manner, hence it followes, that by the same faith we receive all benefits from Christ, which we have from him. Even as the Wife being by the marriage-bond [...]oyned to her Husband, comes by this means to have an interest in those things which are her Husbands; as his Ho­nour, Riches, &c. So we being by faith married to Christ, by the same faith also we come to have interest in all benefits of Christ which he hath procured for us.

Now the benefits which we have from Christ, and by his means, are of two sorts.

1. Spiritual, which concern our souls, and the life to come; as justification, forgiveness of sins, God's favour, and salvation it self. All these and the like we receive from Christ by faith. Rom. 3. 28. we are said to be justified by faith, &c. So Act. 13. 38. Through this man (that is, through Christ) is preached to you for­giveness of sins. See Mar. 2. 5. And by him all that believe are justified from all things. Joh. 3. 16. Whosoever believeth in him, shall not perish, but have everlasting life. See also, Mark 16. 16.

2. Temporal benefits, which concern this life; as bodily health, wealth, outward peace and prosperity. These also we may be said to receive from Christ, 1. In that we come to have true right and interest to them in him, and by him alone: for as in Adam we have lost our right unto these temporal blessings; so in Christ alone the second Adam we have our right to them restored, 1 Cor. 3. 22, 23. Rom. 8. 32. And this right we come to receive and enjoy from Christ only by faith: for we have it not, till we come to believe in him 2. In that by faith they are sanctified unto us, so as we have a comfortable use of them, and they turn to our good.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the excellency of this grace of faith, and that it is worthily called pretious faith, by the Apostle, 2 Pet. 1. 1. in that it is the only grace which uniteth us to Christ, and gives us interest to all benefits and good things which we have from Christ, whether spiritual or temporal: and by which we come to receive and enjoy them all: especially the excellency and pretiousness of this grace appeareth, in that it makes us partakers of the spiritual benefits of Christ, which concern salvation; as forgiveness of sins, God's favour, &c. These and all other spiritual blessings which are hid in Christ, as in a Treasury or Store-house of all sa­ving grace, they are from him conveyed to us, and we recive them and apply them to our selves onely by faith. This is the hand by which we lay hold on them all, and reach them unto our selves. It is the evidence by which we lay claim to them all, and by which we have assurance of them.

Use 2 Use 2. See the Happiness of all true Believers: By faith joyned to Christ, they do from Him receive all spiritual benefits, and true title to Temporal, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See also by this, the misery and wretched condition of all those that want faith: Such have no union with Christ, and consequently can receive no good or benefit to themselves from or by Christ. Though he be a Fountain, or rather an Ocean-Sea of saving graces, and of all good things, yet without faith it is im­possible for any to draw one drop of those living waters out of this Sea. Though all Treasures of Grace and Salvation be hid in Christ; yet without Faith none can receive one Mite or Farthing out of this rich Treasure. Though there be in Christ never so much Divine saving vertue, yet without Faith, none can ever receive and apply to themselves that vertue, nor be saved by it. Miserable then is thy case, whosoe­ver thou art, that wantest Faith; so long as thou remainest destitute of this Grace, thou art seperate from Christ, having no part or portion in him, nor in any saving Grace or benefit of his. And what though thou enjoy many outward blessings, as health, wealth, and prosperity? And what though thou have many good [Page 286] things in thee which are but gifts of nature, as natural Wit, Policy, &c. And what though thou live civilly and orderly before men, free from gross vices and sins? yea, what though thou do many good and Religious duties outwardly, as comming to the Church duly, Hearing the Word, receiving the Sacraments, &c. yet if all this while thou remain in unbelief, destitute of true Faith in Christ, thou art wretched and miserable, notwithstanding all the good things which thou otherwise enjoyest, and notwithstanding all the good duties which thou outwardly performest.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. Let all, that would have part in Christ, and receive any benefit or good thing from him, especially Spirituall and saving benefits; let such (I say) labour for some measure of true Faith, whereby to apply Christ and his benefits to themselves.

Quest. Quest. But how shall I attain to true Faith?

Answ. Answ. 1. Labour to see and feel thy want of it, and how miserable and wretched thou art without it, be­ing seperate from Christ, and be humbled in the sense hereof.

2. Get a hungring and thirsting desire after Faith in Christ; then thou hast a promise that thy desire shall be satisfied, Esay 44. 3. I will pour water upon the thirsty—I will pour my Spirit upon thy Seed, &c. that is, the Graces of his Spirit. Joh. 7. 37. If any man thirst, let him come unto me and drink, &c. yea, this desire God accepts for Faith it self, &c.

3. Be diligent in the use of the ordinary and principal means whereby God worketh Faith, viz. the pub­lick Ministry of the Word, Rom. 10. 17. Faith commeth by hearing, and hearing by the Word, &c. Gal. 3. 2. Received ye the Spirit by the works of the Law, or by the hearing of Faith Preached? that is, by hearing the Do­ctrine of Faith Preached. So much need as thou hast of Faith to apply Christ and his benefits to thy self, so much need hast thou of the Word Preached, being the ordinary means to work it in thee, therefore come to it often and diligently. No marvail if many be void of Faith, seeing they use not the means to get it; they care not for comming where it is to be had, to the publick Congregation where the Word of Faith is Preached, &c. So much of the second means by which our Saviour comforteth the Woman; namely, by commending her Faith.

Now followeth the third means, which is, by giving her assurance of the continuance of that benefit of health which he had bestowed on her; which is implyed by these words, Go in Peace, and be whole of thy Plague.

Go in Peace] This is a form of Salutation commonly used in those times; and by (Peace) they understood all prosperity and safety (according to the Phrase of the Hebrews) and so here our Saviour's meaning is, that the Woman should depart in safety, being free from fear of evil; that is, from fear of falling back into that disease from which she was now delivered.

And be whole of thy Plague] That is, be assured upon this my Word and Promise, that thou shalt continue whole of thy disease, which is here called a Plague or Scourge, as before, ver. 29. Now by this his Word and Promise our Saviour doth confirm and ratify to her this benefit of health, to the end that she might enjoy it with comfort, being thus assured thereof by Christ's own mouth.

Observ. Observ. Hence we may gather, that we cannot enjoy the blessings of God bestowed on us, with true com­fort and peace of Conscience, unless we have the Word and Promise of God to warrant the same unto us. This is true both of Spiritual and Temporal Blessings.

Touching Spiritual Blessings, as forgiveness of sins, Gods favour, Peace of Conscience, &c. we cannot have true comfort in the enjoying of these, but onely so far forth as we enjoy them by warrant from Gods pro­mise, who hath promised these and the like Spiritual blessings to the Faithfull in Christ. Therefore our Savi­viour when he forgave sins, did by his Word assure the party thereof, as Luke 7. 48. So also it is in tempo­rall blessing of this life; as bodily health, wealth, outward Peace, &c. we cannot comfortably enjoy these without some warrant from the Word of God. Our Saviour when he cured bodily diseases Miraculously, did sometimes assure the parties thereof by his express Word. Thus he assured this Woman, that she should hereafter enjoy her health. Thus also he assured the Leper that he should be cleansed, chap. 1. ver. 41. And thus he promised the two blind men, Matth. 9. 29. that it should be unto them according to their Faith. This shews that it is needfull for us to have the Word and promise of God to warrant unto us the comfortable use and enjoying of those benefits which we receive from him. Therefore Luke 1. 38. when God sent an An­gell to the Virgin Mary to promise unto her that great priviledge that she should conceive and bear Christ, she thus answered the Angel, Be it unto me according to thy Word; which shews, that she built all her hope and comfort for the enjoying of that great favour, upon the Word and promise of God delivered to her by the Angell.

Quest. Quest. Must we have a particular and express promise from God for every blessing which we receive and enjoy?

Answ. Answ. Not so, but we must have at least the general Word and promise of God, both for Spiritual and Temporal blessings.

For example, Though we have not a particular promise of Forgiveness of sins made expresly to every one of us by name; yet we must have this benefit warranted to us by the general promise of God, whereby he hath promised forgiveness of sins to all that truely Repent and believe in Christ. So for Temporal blessings, as Health, and outward Prosperity; though we have not particular and express promises of these things made to every one of us; yet we must enjoy them by vertue of Gods general promise, whereby he hath promised these things to the Faithfull, so far forth as is good for them, Psal. 34. 10.

Use. Use. Examine what Word and promise of God we have for all Spiritual and Temporal blessings which we enjoy. To this end look how we keep the conditions of Gods promises upon which they are made; Spirituall blessings are promised on condition of our Faith and Repentance: Temporall blessings upon condition of our obedience and Conscionable serving of God, 1 Tim. 4. 8. See that we keep these conditions.

Mark 5. 35, unto 40.‘While he yet spake, there came, &c. Jan. 7. 1620.

HAving spoken of the two first Miracles of our Saviour mentioned in this Chapter; Namely, the ca­sting out of the Legion of Devils, and the curing of the Womans bloudy Issue. We are now to speak of the third and last Miracle recorded in this Chapter, which is, the raising of the Daughter of Jairus the Ru­ler of the Synagogue, from death. The History of which Miracle having bin in part set down before, from Verse 22. unto the 25th Verse, is now prosecuted by the Evangelist, from the 35th Verse, to the end of the Chapter.

Where we are to Consider, 1. Some other special Antecedents of the Miracle, besides those before mentioned.

2. The Miracle it self, ver. 41, 42.

3. The Consequents of it, ver. 42, 43.

Touching the Antecedents, they are three in number.

  • 1. The news or report which was brought unto Jairus from some that came from his house, touching the decease of his daughter; together with the perswasion used by them unto him, not to trouble our Saviour any further about the raising of her from death, ver. 35.
  • 2. Our Saviour's incouraging and comforting of Jairus upon the hearing of that heavy news, lest he should be dismayed with it, ver. 36.
  • 3. His going with Jairus unto his house where his Daughter was newly departed.

Where consider, 1. The persons which he made choice of, to accompany him into the House, Verse 37.

2. His comming to the House, together with the accidents which happened and were done in the time of his being in the House, ver. 38, 39, 40.

While he yet spake] viz. to the Woman cured of the bloudy Issue; which shews, that the Antecedents of this Miracle followed immediately upon the Consequents of the former.

There came from the Ruler of the Synagogue] Jairus by name, as before, ver. 22.

Certain which said] Luk. 8. 49. There commeth one, &c. There was but one which did the Message, yet others accompanyed him; and it is likely these which came were his houshold Servants, or else some others which being at his House when his Daughter departed, did now come to him to bring this heavy news of her death.

Thy Daughter is dead, Why troublest thou? &c.] By these words they do not onely report to him the news of his Daughters decease, but withal, they go about to put him out of all hope to have her restored again to life, and therefore wish him not to trouble or molest our Saviour any further; that is, not to seek to him to restore his daughter to life, this being (as they ignorantly thought) a thing impossible to be done by our Savi­our, and therefore that it was in vain for Jairus to trouble him about it.

Now this was a great tryal unto Jairus to hear these words of the Messengers, reporting the death of his Daughter, and perswading him not to trouble Christ any further, there being no hope that he could restore her to life; this could not but be a great discouragement to him, and a means to shake his Faith dangerously, being but weak before.

[...], &c.] [...] signifies properly, to put one to the trouble of a long or [...]edious Journey Vide Boys. Annot. in Chrysost. Tom. 7. pag. 107. 3.

Observ. Observ. The Lord doth sometimes suffer the Faith of good Christians to be greatly assaulted with dis­couragements and temptations. So was the Faith of this Ruler of the Synagogue assaulted and tryed with this heavy Message which was brought to him. So the Faith of the Woman of Canaan, Matth. 15. 23. So the Faith of the Disciples, being in danger of drowning, Mark 4. 37. And the Faith of Peter in the like case, when he, walking on the Sea, began to sink, Matth. 14. See also Luke, 22. 31. where our Saviour telleth him, that Satan desired to fift or winnow him and the other Apostles, as Wheat; that is to say, greatly and powerfully to assault their Faith by his Temptations. Thus also was the Faith of David assaulted, Psal. 30. 7. Thou didst hide thy face (saith he unto God) and I was troubled. So also, Psal. 77. 3. I remembred God, and was troubled; I complained, and my spirit was overwhelmed.—ver. 7. Will the Lord cast off for ever? and will he be favourable no more, &c. So the Faith of Job, chap. 6. ver. 7. The Arrows of the Almighty are within me &c And job 13. 15. Though he slay me, yet will I trust in him.

Reasons. Reasons why God doth suffer the Faith of his Children to be assaulted with so great Temptations.

  • 1. For his own Glory that he may shew his power and mercy in strengthening and inabling them to bear so great assaults, his power being perfected in their weakness, 2 Cor. 12. 9.
  • 2. For the good of the parties so tryed.
    • 1. That by so great assaults their Faith being throughly tryed, the soundness of it may appear, and be manifested, both to themselves, and others, 1 Pet. 1. 7. Ye are now in heaviness through manifold Afflictions,—that the Tryall of your Faith being more pretious then Gold may be found to your praise and honour, &c. So [...]ob saith, that he being tryed of God, should come forth as the Gold.
    • 2. That such great assaults and tryalls of their Faith may be a means to humble them throughly in the sense of their own weakness, and to cause them earnestly to seek unto God for strength to withstand such as­saults.

Use 1 Use 1. Teacheth good Christians to look for such great discouragements and temptations outward and in­ward to assault their Faith, and to try it throughly; and therefore daily to prepare and arm themselve [...] to bear such assaults; and to this end, we must daily labour for more and more strength of Faith to resist such temptations, praying unto God to strengthen our Faith, and using all other good means to the same end.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse. 2. To comfort Gods children when they feel and meet with so great tryals to assault their Faith; [Page 288] they have no cause to be discouraged, for God usually dealeth thus with his Children, suffering their Faith oftentimes to be assaulted with great discouragements and temptations. And this he doth for his own glory, and their good, to humble them, and to make thorough proof and tryall of the soundness of their faith. And further let such know, That though the Lord suffers them to be tryed in great measure, yet not above their strength; but he will with the tryal make a way for them to escape, that they may be able to bear it. 1 Cor. 10. 13. And though Satan may winnow them, yet their faith shall not fail. Luke 22. The gates of Hell shall not pre­vail against it, Matth. 16. 18. So much of the first Antecedent of the Miracle; The news or report brought to Jairus, touching the death of his daughter.

Now followeth the second, which is, our Saviour's comforting of him upon the hearing of this news. Verse 36. As soon as Jesus heard the Word, &c.

Be not afraid] Fear not that there is no hope or possibility of the recovering and restoring of thy daughter to life again, though she be dead.

Onely believe] Rest perswaded by faith, that I being the Sonne of God, and so having Divine power, am able to raise thy daughter even from death. And by these words he implyeth, That the faith of Jairus was but weak as yet.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour perceiving the faith of Jairus to be weak, doth endeavour to comfort him, and to help his weak faith; bidding him not fear, &c. Hence we learn, That Christ Jesus our Lord is ready and forward to help and strengthen such as are weak in faith, Isai. 42. 3. A bruised reed shall he not break, &c. that is, he shall cherish and strengthen such as are weak in faith, and in other graces of the Spirit. Mar. 9. 23. he encourageth the father of the Child which was possessed, to believe, because he perceived his faith to be very weak as yet. And thus he helped and strengthened the faith of the Disciples, being in danger of drowning, Chap. 4. and the faith of Peter, Matth. 14. and Luke 22. 31. Therefore, Hebr. 4. 15. it is said, We have not such an High-Priest as cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities, but was in all things tempted like as we are, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Comfort for such as feel and complain of the weakness of their faith: Let them know and remem­ber, That Christ Jesus is most ready to strengthen their weak faith, and to help their unbelief: and he will do it, if they seek to him by prayer to have their faith increased; and carefully use all other good means to the same end. Thou therefore that feelest thy weakness of faith, come to him (as the Apostles did in like case), praying him to increase thy faith, Luke 17. with the father of that child, Mark 9. Say thus unto Christ, I believe, Lord, help thou mine unbelief. Then shalt thou assuredly find and feel, that he will not break the bruised reed, nor quench the smoaking flax: but he will by the powerfull work of his Spirit help and streng­then thy weak and feeble faith; and though it be never so weak, yet being true and unfeigned faith, he will not suffer it to fail: but that prayer which he made for Peter's faith, Luke 22. shall also be effectual for thy faith to keep it from failing; according to that, Joh. 17. 20.

Use 2 Use 2. This teacheth us also after Christ's example to be ready to help and strengthen those that are weak in faith. Rom. 14. 1. Him that is weak in faith, receive unto you, &c. that is, admit him willingly into your so­ciety, and use the best means to help and strengthen his weakness. So Luke 22. Peter is commanded to strengthen his brethren. This we must do after Christ's example. Rom. 15. 7. Receive ye one another, as Christ received us, to the glory of God. We must not therefore contemn or reject our weak brethren, whose faith is but as the smoking flax, but endeavour by all good means in our power to help and strengthen their faith; as by praying for them (as Christ did for Peter) by acquainting him with the abundant mercies of God in Christ, and with the comfortable promises of the Gospel, &c. See 1 Thess. 5. 14. Comfort the feeble-minded, support the weak, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the Circumstance of time; In that it is said, That as soon as Christ heard the Word that was spoken; that is, the heavy news which came to Jairus, and the words of discouragement which the Messengers used to him, forthwith he endeavoured to comfort him, hence Observe this, That our Saviour Christ is ready to comfort the faithful in the very time of their greatest temptations, when their faith is most of all assaulted and (as it were) shaken, by the force of temptations and tryals inward and outward; even then, when they have most need of help and comfort, Christ is ready to help and comfort them, and to streng­then their weak faith, when it is even ready to fail; when they are ready to fall and sink under the burden of the temptation, he is then ready to put under his hand, and to uphold them. Thus when Peter's faith was ready to fail, and himself ready to sink for fear, Christ upheld him, and strengthened his faith, Matth. 14. And so he helped the Disciples, and encouraged them at the very time when they were in danger of drown­ing; their faith being then greatly assaulted and shaken with that tryall.

Use. Use. Remember this, when we feel the greatest weakness of faith, and strongest temptations of Satan, or our own flesh, or the world assaulting us. When we are in such inward trouble and perplexity, that we are ready to yield, and to sink under the burden of our sins, and of Satan's temptations; then know, that Christ Jesus is at hand to assist and strengthen us, and to give us comfort. Think of this in the greatest tryals and temptations with which thy faith is assaulted; and when thou art in greatest extremity of inward and out­ward troubles, when thou feelest fightings within, and terrours without, (as the Apostle saith); and when thou hast most need of help and strength, and comfort from Christ, then will he not fail thee: If thou lift up thy heart to him, and seek to him by earnest prayer; be assured he will not then suffer thee to be tempted above that thou art able; but will, in due time, even in thy greatest need and extremity, make a way for thee to escape. He may defer his help till thou art in extremity, but then he will defer no longer, but will help and comfort thee in due time, even when thou hast greatest need of comfort, &c.

So much of the second Antecedent of the Miracle, Christ's comforting of Jairus, when he heard news of his daughters death.

Mark 5. 37, &c.‘And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter and James, &c. Jan. 14. 1620.

NOw followeth the third Antecedent: Which was, Our Saviour's going with Jairus unto his house, where his daughter was newly departed. But first the Evangelist mentioneth the company which he made choyce of to go with him into the House, Verse 37. He suffered no man to follow him, save Peter and James, &c.

To follow him] Viz. To enter into the house with him: for it is likely, that others besides these three Disciples, did accompany him till he came to the house; but he would have none but these three to go with him into the house. See Luke 8. 51.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Why did our Saviour take three Disciples with him when he went into the house?

Answ. Answ. That they might be sufficient Witnesses of the Miracle, according to the Law, Deut. 19. 15. That at the mouth of two or three Witnesses, a matter should be stablished.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why did he make choyce of these three Disciples here named among the rest?

Answ. Answ. Because they were chief among the Twelve Apostles, and in special favour and account with Christ; as appeareth by this, that at other special times also he made choyce of these above the rest to be his Companions; as Matth. 17. 1. at his Transfiguration he took these three with him as special Witnesses. So also Matth. 26. 37. In that bitter Agony of Soul which he suffered, he took these three with him as Witnesses thereof. And this is further confirmed, because in two of those places where the twelve Apostles are reckon­ed up, these three are reckoned first in order, as Mark 3. 16. and Act. 1. 13.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Why would our Saviour have no more to go into the house with him, but only these three?

Answ. Answ. This might be for these Reasons. 1. To avoid all shew of vain-glory: and to shew, that he sought not ambitiously after his own honour and praise: therefore he would not work this great Miracle publikely before all the people.

2. Lest the multitude thronging into the house, and making noyse and tumult, should hinder the conve­nient and orderly working of the Miracle. Therefore he also cast out the Mourners, Verse 40.

Now from this Example and practise of our Saviour in this case, we may learn some profitable In­structions.

Instruct. 1 Instruct. 1. In that our Saviour would have none but the three Disciples go with him into the house, (be­ing to work this Miracle) that so he might avoid the shew and suspition of vain-glory; This must teach us in all good actions and duties which we perform, to take heed of seeking vain-glory, and the praise of men: yea, to take heed of the shew of vain-glory, being fearful not to give others just occasion to suspect us there­of. Gal. 5. ult. Let us not be desirous of vain-glory, &c. It was the sin of the Scribes and Pharisees in our Sa­viour's time, to do good works, as to pray, fast, give alms, &c. that they might be seen of men, Matth. 6. Take heed it be not so with us. If it be, we have all the reward we are like to have from God, for doing so good duties for so evill and sinister an end, as our Saviour told those hypocrites in his time. Let us imitate our Saviour himself, who in all his actions, sought not his own glory and praise only, or chiefly, but the glory of his Father who sent him into the World. See Joh. 8. 50. & Joh. 7. 14. So let us in all our actions, and in all good duties which we perform toward God or Man, set Gods glory before our eyes as the chief end we aym at, and not our own praise or vain-glory.

Instr. 2 Instruct. 2. In that our Saviour entring into the house to work this great Miracle, would have none but these three Disciples to accompany him, lest the multitude thronging into the house with him, should by making noyse or tumult hinder the orderly working of the Miracle, hence we may learn, That when we are to go about performance of serious and weighty actions or duties, we should wisely prevent all occasions which may hinder us therein. So when we are to go about the duties of Gods worship, as prayer, hearing the Word, &c. we should be wise before-hand to remove those things which may hinder us in such duties; as worldly cares, idle and wandring thoughts, carnal lusts, &c. Jam. 1. 21. Lay apart all filthiness, and superfluity of naugh­tiness, and receive with meekness the engraffed Word, &c. So when we are to pray to God, we should remove hinderances. For this cause our Saviour used to withdraw himself from company, and to go alone when he was to pray, lest company should hinder him in that serious work. So Chap. 1. 35. In the morning, rising up a great while before day, he departed into a solitary place, and there prayed. So at other times also, as Luke 5. 16. He withdrew himself into a Wilderness to pray. So Peter, for the same cause, Act. 10. 9. being to pray, went up apon the house, &c. And Isaac went into the fields at eventide to pray or meditate, Gen. 24. 63. Hezekiah turned his face to the wall, Isai. 38. 2. that so he might be more private and free from distractions. So should we, when we are to pray, be careful to prevent all things that may distract or hinder us in that serious duty. So when we are to go about any other duty of Gods service, especially on the Sabbath day, being to go to the House of God to hear the Word, to receive the Sacrament, &c. first see that we remove hinderances, and shake them off. As our Saviour going to work this Miracle, shook off such company as might be a hinderance to him, and would not suffer them to go with him into the house: so when we are to enter Gods House, to perform solemn duties of his Worship, we must first shake off all hinderances; shake off worldly cares and businesses, carnal lusts, &c. rid our selves of these troublesome companions, suffer them not in any case to enter with us into the House of God: say to them as Christ did to Peter, when he went about to hinder him from suffering: Get thee behind me, (sayes he) thou art an offence to me. So let us say to every thing that may hinder us in the duties of Gods Worship: Get thee behind me, lest thou be an offence to me; that is, a hinderance in Gods Service. Gen. 35. 2. Jacob being upon Gods Commandment to go to Bethell to worship, did first purge his Family from Idols, lest they should hinder him, or those of his Family, in the worship of God, by drawing away their minds from it. So must we remove all hinderances when we are to go to wor­ship in Bethell; that is, in Gods House. And as in duties of Gods solemn worship, so in all other weighty duties which we go about, we should first wisely remove those occasions which may hinder us in them: And among other hinderances, we must shake off such Company as may hinder us. Gen. 22. 5. Abraham going to offer Isaac upon Gods Commandment, suffered neither his Wife, nor any of his Family besides Isaac, to go [Page 290] with him, lest out of their weakness they should disswade or hinder him any way from obeying God's Com­mandment. The like Wisedome is to be practised of us in like case; when we are to go about any weighty and serious duty which God requires of us, whether it be a Duty of God's special Worship, or some Duty of love or Mercy to our Neighbour, as giving to the poor Saints, visiting the sick, or the like duty; it is Wis­dome for us when we go about such Duties to shake off the company of such as are likely rather to hinder then to further us in them.

It followeth, ver. 38. And he commeth to the House of the Ruler, &c.] The Evangelist having shewed what company our Saviour made choice of, to go with him into the House of Jairus: Now he mentioneth his comming to the house, together with those things which fell out and were done, during the time of his abode there immediately before the working of the Miracle.

Now these accidents which fell out, were four in number. 1. That our Saviour comming to the house, saw there the tumult which was made by those which mourned solemnly for the death of the Maiden. 2. That being in the house, and seeing such tumult, he reproved the mourners for making so much stir and noise there; adding also a reason of his reproof, because the Damosell was not dead, but asleep, ver. 39. 3. That they hearing Christ's words and reproof, laughed him to scorn. 4. That our Saviour Christ, putting all those out of the house which made tumult there, and taking onely the Father and Mother of the Maiden and his three Disciples with him, entred into the room where the dead Corps of the Damosel was lying, ver. 40.

To speak of these things in their order.

And he commeth to the House of the Ruler] Herein he yielded to the request of Jairus which he had made to him before, when he came first to him; which was, that he would come and lay his hands on his sick daughter. He could have restored her to life without comming to her, onely by his Divine power, but he rather chose to come to the House to her, and to touch her, and speak to her (as he did afterwards ver. 41.) both for the confirmation of the weak Faith of Jairus, and also that the Miracle might be more apparant and manifest.

And seeth the Tumult] The noise and stir that was made by those that mourned. This mourning is menti­oned to shew the certainty of her death; and so the greatness of the Miracle.

And wayled greatly] Matth. 9. 23. There is mention made of Minstrells which were present also in the house at this solemn mourning; which shews, that it was a superstitious Custome then in use amongst the Jews at Funerals of the dead, to have a kind of mournfull Musick, the more to stir up the mourners to lament and bewail the dead. And this Superstition (no doubt) the Jews in those times had learned from the Heathen or Gentiles; among whom there were many Superstitious Customes in use at the Funerals of the dead, and among others this was one, that they used to hire Minstrels or Musitians, who by dolefull Musick might stir up the passion of grief in the Mourners. Vide Bezam in Matth. 9. 23. et Homer. Iliad. 24. in descriptione funeris Hectorie. Vide etiam Woweren. Amot. in Petron. pag. 351. Gell. l. 20. c. 2. et Meurs. de Funere. cap. 18. And this shews how great corruptions and abuses then reigned in the Church of the Jews, in that such hea­thenish Customes were in use among them, yea, amongst the chief of them, such as this Ruler of the Syna­gogue was, notwithstanding that the Law of God forbad expresly such Heathenish and Superstitious mour­ning for the dead, as appeareth, Levit. 19. 28. and Deut. 14. 1. Further we must here note, that when the Evangelist mentioneth not onely a tumult or great noise, but also great weeping and wailing, by all these words he doth imply an immoderate and excessive kind of mourning for the dead, after the manner of the Heathen.

Observ. Observ. Here then we learn, that it is a profane and Heathenish Custome and practice to mourn exces­sively for the dead. The Gentiles used thus to mou [...]n, as hath been before shewed, and as Paul sheweth plainly, 1 Thess. 4. 13. when he forbids Christians to sorrow for the dead, as those that have no hope; that is, as the Gentiles. See also, Gen. 50. 3. And the same may be gathered also from those places, Levit. 19. and Deut. 14. where Gods people are forbidden to make cuttings in their flesh for the dead, &c. after the Cu­stome of the Gentiles; for those cuttings of their flesh were tokens of immoderate mourning in use among the Heathen. And as this was used first by the profane Gentiles, so the Jews in our Saviour Christ's time had learned it of them, as the Evangelists do shew.

Now the reason why the Gentiles used thus excessively to mourn for the dead, was this; because, as the Apostle saith (1 Thess. 4. 13.) they had no hope: that is, they had no hope of the Resurrection of the dead, for they were ignorant of it, and therefore thought that the bodies of those that died, did perish forever, and should never be revived again to enjoy a better life: And hence it was that they mourned so immoderately for the dead.

Use. Use. This being a profane and Heathenish Custome to mourn immoderately for the dead, it must disswade all Christians from using it, lest they become like to the profane Gentiles herein. Gods people are often in Scripture forbidden to imitate the profane and Superstitious Customes of the Heathen, which knew not God nor his Word. So Levit. 18. 3. After the doings of the Land of Egypt shall ye not do; nor after the doings of the Land of Canaan—neither shall ye walk in their Ordinances. Ephes. 4. 17. This I say, and testify in the Lord—that ye walk not as other Gentiles, &c. Now as in other profane Customes we must not follow the Gentiles, so not in this of excessive and Superstitious mourning for the dead; but seeing we know out of the Word of God, that the dead shall rise again at the last day, we must learn to comfort our selves in the death of our friends, with this hope and assurance, that their bodies do not utterly perish in death, but that they shall be raised again in due time, and that if they be such as dyed well, and in the Faith of Christ, they shall, both in Soul and body together, be made partakers of a Heavenly and Eternal life at the last day. So much of the Tumult and great Mourning which was in the house of Jairus when our Saviour came into it.

It followeth, Ver. 39. And when he was come in, He saith to them, Why make ye this ado, and weep? &c.] That is, why make ye this tumult or confused noise with your excessive lamenting for the dead? By these words our Saviour doth reprove their Superstitious and immoderate mourning; And he addeth a reason of his reproof in the next words, The Damosell is not dead, but sleepeth.

Is not dead] That is, she is not irrecoverably dead, as you ignorantly suppose; not so dead as if there were no hope or possibility of her being raised to life again.

But she sleepeth] This our Saviour speaketh of her body, and that for two reasons. The first common to all that dye, who are said in Scripture to fall asleep, or to sleep, because bodily death is like unto natural sleep of the body. The second reason of this phrase used by our Saviour, was peculiar to the Damsell, who is said to be asleep, and not dead, because she was immediately to be awaked; that is, to be Miraculously rai­sed to life again by the power of Christ. Therefore he thus speaketh of her, partly to reprove their immo­derate mourning in the house, and partly to comfort Jairus by putting him in hope of the life of his daughter. So much of the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour comming to the house of Jairus, and perceiving their Superstitious and ex­cessive mourning for the dead, did reprove it in them; We learn from hence, that when we come occasio­nally into such places, where we see profane or Superstitious Customes used and practised, we should shew our dislike of them, either by reproving them, if we have a Calling to do it, (as our Saviour now had) or else some other way, Act. 17. 22. Paul being at Athens, and there perceiving their Superstitious and Idolatrous worshipping of an unknown God, did shew his dislike thereof by reproving it. So our Saviour comming in­to the Temple, and there finding a profane Custome of selling wares, and changing of Money, shewed his dislike by reproving and casting out thence the Buyers and Sellers, and Changers of Money, Joh. 2. 14. So if we come where profane Customes are used, we are some way or other to testify our dislike and detestation of them; either by reproving them if we have a Calling thereto, and see likelihood or hope of doing good by such a reproof, or else some other way; as either by a sad Countenance testifying our dislike of them; or else by departing quickly out of the places and companies where such abuses are practised.

Use. Use. This reproveth such as are so far from shewing dislike and detestation of such profane Customes in the places where they come, that they rather countenance and seem to approve of them by their carriage towards such as use them, either commending them, or joyning with them, or at least winking at them altogether, and taking no notice of them; yea, though they be gross or notorious abuses. But take heed of this countenan­cing, or seeming to allow of such sinfull practises in others, lest we be found accessary to them, Rom. 1. 32. The Apostle condemneth such as applaud the sins of others, or shew good liking of them. Contrà, Ephes. 5. 11. Have no fellowship with works of darkness, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour saith of the Damsel, that she was not dead, but onely asleep; we learn this, That bodily death is but as a sleep unto those that dye; for though this be here spoken of this young Maiden in a special respect, because she was presently after to be restored to life, yet it is in some sense true of all others that dye; I say, of all that dye, whether they be godly or wicked. Dan. 12. 2. Many of them that sleep in the dust of the Earth, shall awake, some to Everlasting life, some to everlasting contempt. Here, both the death of the Godly and wicked is resembled to a sleep: and elsewhere also in Scripture, the death of the wicked as well as of the Godly, is called a sleep. 1 King. 14. 20. Jeroboam slept with his Fathers, &c. and ver. last, the like is said of Rehoboam. And the reason why the death of all both Godly and Wicked is re­sembled to a sleep, is this, because all both godly and wicked shall be awaked again; that is, their bodies shall be raised again at the last day; the bodies of the godly to be partakers of everlasting life, and the bo­dies of the wicked to be cast into Hell torments. But it is especially true of the godly, who live and dye well, that death is to them as a sleep. So Joh. 11. 11. Our friend Lazarus sleepeth, &c. And Act. 7. ult. Ste­ven dying, is said to fall asleep. 1 Cor. 11. 30. Many are weak and sickly among you, and many sleep. And hence it was, that the Antient Greek Church called their places of Christian burial [...]; that is, Pla­ces to sleep in; according to that Esay 57. 2. They rest in their beds; that is, in their Graves.

Now the reason why the death of the Godly is called a sleep in Scripture, is this; because there is a fit re­semblance between it and natural sleep; which resemblance standeth chiefly in these things.

  • 1. In bodily sleep men rest from the labours of mind and body. So the Faithful dying in the Lord, are said to rest from their labours, Rev. 14.
  • 2. After natural sleep men use to awake again; so after death, the bodies of the Saints shall be awaked; that is, raised up again to life out of their Graves at the last day. And as it is easy to awake one in a natu­ral sleep, so is it much more easy with God by his Almighty power, to raise the dead at the last day.
  • 3. As after natural sleep the body and outward senses are more fresh and lively then before, so likewise af­ter that the bodies of the Saints, being dead, have for a time slept in their Graves as in beds, they shall awake and rise again at the last day in a far more excellent estate then they dyed in, being changed from corruption to incorruption, from Dishonour to Glory, from weakness to power, from natural to Spiritual bodies, as the Apostle sheweth, 1 Cor. 15. 42.
  • 4. As in natural sleep the body onely is said properly to sleep, not the Soul (the powers whereof work even in sleep in some sort, though not so perfectly as when we are waking): so in death, onely the bodies of the Saints do dye and lye down in the Graves, but their Souls return to God who gave them, Eccles. 12. 7. and they live with God even in death and after death.
  • 5. As sleep is sweet to them that are wearied with labour and travel (Eccles. 5. 12.), so also death is sweet and comfortable to the Faithfull, being wearied and turmoiled with sin, and with the manifold miseries of this life; therefore some have even desired death, as Eliah, 1 King. 19. 4. and Paul, Phil. 1.

Object. Object. Death is bitter and painfull even to the godly.

Answ. Answ. True, in it self it is so; But 1. The pains of it are mitigated, and sweetned to them by the comfortable feeling and apprehension of Gods love and mercy in Christ, and by the assured hope of eternal life, which they conceive in the midst of death. The sting of their death is pulled out, because they feel their sins forgiven, and themselves at peace with God in Christ. 2. Though the pangs which accompany death may be bitter, yet death it self is sweet to them, in that it freeth them from all sin and misery, and passeth them to a better and Heavenly life. So much of the Doctrine.

Use 1 Use 1. Seeing death is but a sleep, this affordeth an Argument to prove to us the general Resurrection of the bodies of all that dye. If they do but sleep in their graves, then there shall be a time of awaking them out of that sleep. See 1 Cor. 15.

Use 2 Use 2. Terrour to the Wicked and Reprobate dying in their sins. Seeing death is but a sleep, hence it followes, That their bodies must be hereafter awaked and raised out of their graves at the last day, and united again to their souls; that both Souls and Bodies together may be cast into Hell-Torments for ever. It were well for such, if their souls and bodies might utterly perish and be abolished by death (as the souls and bodies of brute Beasts); but it is not so: For their Souls after death go into Hell-Torments; and though their bodies for a time go to the Earth, yet at the last day they must (whether they will or no) be raised, to the end they may together with their souls, be cast to Hell.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. To encourage and comfort the godly against the fear of death. Remember, that death is to them but a sleep; yea, a sweet and comfortable sleep to such as dye well, and in the Lord. If thou dye in Christ, thou fallest asleep, as it were, in his Arms, and then shalt thou have a most comfortable waking at the last day: thy body shall then be awaked never to sleep again, nor to have any more need of sleep, nor yet of any earthly comforts, as meat, drink, &c. It shall also awake far more fresh, lively, and vigorous, and in a far more excellent condition then it fell asleep in death. Fear not then to fall into this sweet sleep of death, when thy time shall come. What weary Traveller or Labouring man is not willing when night cometh, to lye down in his bed, and there to fall asleep till next morning, that he may be fresh again to labour? So what good Christian wearied with the labours and troubles of this life, and with this tedious warfare and pilgri­mage which here we pass thorough, should not be willing and joyful, when the night of death cometh, to have his body go to the grave, as into a soft bed, there to sleep and rest till the Day of Judgment, that then he may awake fresh again, &c? Know then, if thou be a good Christian, and hast thy sins forgiven, end dyest in Christ, death is no death, but a sweet sleep to thee, &c. Thy body shall not be abolished or perish by death, but only fall asleep, that it may at length be awaked again in a far more excellent condition then it was in when it fell asleep: thy vile body shall then be changed, and made like unto the glorious body of Christ him­self, as the Apostle speaketh. As for thy Soul, that shall not sleep at all, no not in death, but shall for ever wake and live with God.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. To comfort us in the decease of Friends dying well and in the Lord. If we can be so perswaded of them, then is there no cause at all of mourning, but of rejoycing and thankfulness rather for them, that after their tedious Pilgrimage in this life, and after all the toylsome labours and miseries of it, they are at length fallen into so sound and sweet a sleep, and that they now rest in their beds, that is, in their graves. Never did they before in all their life sleep so sweetly: never was any bed so easie and comfortable to them as the grave. Cease then our mourning for them. Weep not for them, but for our selves, in regard of our loss of their Christian society, and especially for our sins, the procuring cause of that loss. And yet even in mourn­ing for the loss of our Christian friends, we must beware of excess, that we mourn not as those without hope: but remember, That though they are gone before us, yet we have not utterly lost them; Prae-misimus, non amisimus: If we be careful to live and dye well, as they have done before us, we shall meet with them again, and enjoy them at the last day in the general Resurrection. When our Friends, whose company we desire, are fallen into a natural sleep, though we cannot then converse with them, yet we hope we shall when they are awake again: So think of our Christian friends departed this life; though now while they sleep in their graves we have not their company, yet when they awake at the last day, we shall have it again, and much more comfortably then ever we had in this life.

Mark 5. 40, &c.‘And they laughed him to scorn, &c. Jan. 21. 1620.

THe Evangelist from the 38. Verse, to the 41, setteth down the Accidents which fell out in the house of Jairus immediately before our Saviour wrought the Miracle there. 1. That our Saviour coming to the house, found there a great stirr and tumult made by the Mourners assembled to solemnize the Funerals of the young Maid which was dead, Verse 38. 2. His reproving of that their tumult and superstitious mourning which they used; together with the Reason of his Reproof, because the Maid was not dead, but asleep, Verse 39. 3. Their derision or laughing him to scorn. 4. His putting of them all out of the house, and taking the Father and Mother of the Maid, together with his three Disciples before mentioned, and so entring into the Room where the dead Corps lay, Verse 40.

Now of the two former of these Accidents, I have spoken. The two latter follow.

And they laughed him to scorn] This is to be understood of the Ministrels and solemn mourners which were making tumult in the house, as we have before heard. These being reproved by our Saviour for their super­stitious mourning, and hearing him withall to say of the young Damsel, That she was not dead, but asleep, and not conceiving his meaning, were so far from hearkening to his reproof, or believing his words touching the dead party, that they laughed him to scorn. So the cause of their deriding him, was their ignorance, not understanding what he meant by those words, The Damosell is not dead, but sleepeth. Luke 8. 53. They laughed him to scorn, knowing that she was dead. They thought he had meant, that he was not truly dead, but only in a natural sleep, (though he meant far otherwise, as we have before heard); and therefore they so derided him. Now this their scoffing at our Saviour, is mentioned by the Evangelist, to shew that she was certainly dead, and so to set forth the greatness of the Miracle of Christ, in raising her to life again.

Observ. Observ. See here, That it is the property of ignorant and profane people, (such as these were) to deride and scoff at those good things which they understand not; especially at spiritual and heavenly matters. 2 Pet. 3. 3. There shall come in the last dayes, scoffers—saying, Where is the promise of his coming? The cause of this their scoffing, the Apostle mentioneth Verse 5. their wilfull ignorance in the doctrine of the second coming of Christ taught in the Scriptures. Act. 2. 13. some of the people when they heard the Apostles suddenly to speak divers Languages, mocked and said, They were full of new Wine. The reason was, because they were ignorant of the extraordinary and miraculous gift of Tongues, which was then poured forth upon the Apostles. So Act. 17. 32. The Ath [...]nians scoffed at Paul's Doctrine touching the Resurrection, because [Page 293] they were ignorant of it. The Reason hereof is given by the Apostle, 1 Cor. 2. 14. Spirituall things are foo­lishness to the naturall man, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See how dangerous it is to live in ignorance of the Word of God, and of those spiritual and hea­venly matters which are taught in it. This ignorance doth not only keep such from believing and imbra­cing the things revealed in the Word, but it makes them also apt and ready to deride and scoff at such hea­venly matters when they are taught, and when they hear of them by others: which how hainous a sin it is, may appear, in that it is in Scripture usually mentioned as a mark of notorious wicked men; as 2 Pet. 3. & Jude, 18 Verse, mockers—who should walk after their own ungodly lusts. And Psal. 1. 1. sitting in the seat of the scornfull, is mentioned as a high degree of sin. Now ignorance in the Word of God, where it raigneth, (especially obstinate and wilful ignorance) brings many to this height of sin, to be scoffers and scorners of the Word of God. Take heed then of living in ignorance of the Word of God: especially take heed of wilful ignorance, and of despising the means of knowledg, lest it bring thee at length to plain scoffing at Religion, and at the Word of God. On the contrary, use all means to come out of thy ignorant estate, and to attain to the sound knowledg of the Word. Read it, hear it read often in provate, according to that Precept of our Saviour, Joh. 5. 39. Heat it also upon all occasions in publike; and pray unto God to open the eyes of thy mind, that thou mayst be able to understand the Scriptures.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Beware of scoffing at good things spoken or done by others, lest thou bewray thy self either to be a blind and ignorant person in the Word of God; or else one that is openly profane and wicked (which is worse): for one of the two, or both, thou must needs be, if thou be a scoffer at good things in others.

Quest. It followeth, But when he had put them all out, &c.] Quest. Why did our Saviour thrust out the mourners, and suffer only the Father and Mother of the Damosel, with his three Disciples, to be with him at the working of the Miracle?

Answ. Answ. For the same reasons for which he would not suffer any to go into the house with him, but only his three Disciples: whereof see before.

He taketh the Father and the Mother of the Damosel] These he took with him, because the Miracle did most nearly concern them, in that it was to be wrought upon their own daughter, and in their own house. It was therefore fit they should be eye-witnesses, both that they might be the more stirred up to thankfulness for life restored to their daughter; and also might be the better able to restifie the truth of the Miracle to others afterward.

And them that were with him] That is, Peter, James, and John, which came with him into the house; as before, Verse 37.

Observ. Observ. Though the mourners scoffed at the words of our Saviour, when he said, The Damosel was not dead, &c. yet he regarded not their derision of him, neither suffered them to hinder him in that which he went about; but putting them all out of the house, he proceedeth to the working of the Miracle: To teach us, That when ignorant or profane persons deride or scorn us for speaking or doing well, we are not to re­gard their scoffs, not to be discouraged or hindered by them, in speaking or doing well: but we are to pro­ceed therein constantly as we have begun. Act. 2. 14. Though some of the ignorant people mocked at the Apostles, when they spake divers Languages; yet Peter is not thereby discouraged, but standeth up boldly, reproving and confuting them, and preacheth Christ to them. So the Prophets were mocked and scoffed at by the obstinate Jews; yet they were not discouraged, nor ceased from preaching; as we may see in the example of Isaiah, Chap. 50. 6. I gave my back to the smiters, and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair—therefore have I set my face as a flint, &c. Jer. 20. 7. So David, though scoffed at by Michael his Wife, for dancing before the Ark, was not thereby discouraged, but professeth, That he would be more vile, that he might honour God, 2 Sam. 6. 21. See also, Psal. 119. 51.

Use. Ʋse. Let us Arm our selves before-hand to bear reproaches and scoffs at the hands of the ignorant and profane, for well-doing, that so we may not be daunted with them when we meet with them. The rather, because we must look for such reproaches and scoffs more or less in the world, for speaking and doing well, Heb. 11. 36. There will still be some Ismaels to scoff at Isaac. If the Drunkards made songs of David, and if the Prophets and Apostles, and Christ himself were mocked at by the profane; Then look not thou wholly to escape this kind of persecution, as Paul calleth it, Gal. 4. 29. But so long as thou art scoffed or scorned of the profane and ignorant for well-doing, be not discouraged at all therewith: but learn by the example of Christ, and of the Prophets and Apostles, and other Saints, to despise and not regard such taunts and reproa­ches, 1 Pet. 4. 14. If ye be reproached for the Name of Christ, happy are ye, &c. Such reproaches and scoffs are but an easie and gentle Tryall and persecution, in comparison of fire and faggot, and sword, which the holy Martyrs suffered. If thou canst not bear the former, how wouldst thou bear the latter, if thou shouldst be put to it. So much of the Antecedents of the Miracle.

Now followeth the Miracle it self, Verse 41, 42. Where consider,

  • 1. The manner of working it; or the outward gesture and words used by our Saviour, He took the Damosel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha Cumi, &c.
  • 2. The Effect which followed upon those words, Straightway the Damsell arose and walked, &c. The Effect was, the restoring of her to life: which appeared by the outward signs of life, 1. Arising. 2. Walk­ing. And the reason of this walking is alledged, because she was of the age of 12 years; and therefore fit and able to walk.

He took the damsell by the hand] He could have raised her to life only by his Divine power, without using any such outward gesture, and without speaking to her: but he rather took her by the hand and spake to her, thereby to testifie his Power and Will to restore her to life; and that the Miracle might be the more appa­rently wrought, and the more special notice taken of it.

Talitha Cumi] The Evangelist doth mention the very words which our Saviour used, thereby to confirm the truth and certainty of the Miracle. And herein St. Mark is very accurate in setting down the very words used by our Saviour, to those on whom he wrought Miracles; as Mark 7. 34. he mentioneth the word Ephphatha, which he used at the curing of him that was deaf, and stammered in his speech.

The word (Talitha) is a Syriack word; which was the Language in which our Saviour spake, and the ordinary Language then in use among the Jews: for they did not speak pure Hebrew, but mixed with the Syrian or Chaldean Tongue. And this word (Talitha) signifieth a young Maid, or Damosel.

The other word (Cumi) is an Hebrew word, or both Hebrew and Syrian (as some think,) signifying, Arise. And the Evangelist mentioneth these Hebrew and Syriac words used by our Saviour; not as if there had been any vertue in the words of themselves to raise the dead; but to shew the wonderful Divine power of our Saviour, being able to raise the dead only by speaking these words. The words themselves did not work this by the bare sound of them, but our Saviour accompanying them with his Divine power, did make them effectual to raise the dead. So much of the words.

which is by Interpretation] This shews, that the Evangelist wrote in Greek.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here how powerful the Word of Christ is to work great and mighty Effects, whensoever he pleaseth to shew and manifest his Divine power by it; able to raise the dead: yea, those that are dead in sin. See Joh. 5. 25. See this handled before, Chap. 4. 39.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour by his Divine power did raise up from death this young Damosel, we learn, That he is absolute Lord over life and death. Act. 3. 15. He is called the Author or Prince of life: to shew, that he hath power to give life, and restore life to the dead, when it hath been taken away by death. There­fore also he is said to be a quickening Spirit, 1 Cor. 15. 45. He is also Lord over death, being able to van­quish and to abolish it, both for himself, as he did when he raised up himself from death: as also for all the faithful, for whom he hath vanquished death, and swallowed it up in victory, as the Apostle sheweth, 1 Cor. 15. 57.

Object. Object. Yet bodily death seizeth upon the faithful as well as others?

Answ. Answ. 1. Not upon their whole man, but only upon their bodies; as for their souls, they live in and after death, with God.

2. Though their bodies be subject to death, yet it is but for a time only, till the day of Judgment; for then Christ shall raise them up to life, and abolish death altogether, so as it shall never have any more power over them, Revel. 21. 4. Then there shall be no more death, &c.

Use. Use. This is matter of great comfort to the faithful. Christ their Head being absolute Lord of life, he can and will so order and dispose of life and death, that both shall work together for good to them, and help to further their happiness. 1 Cor. 3. 22. Life and death are yours, and ye are Christs, &c. So Paul, Phil. 1. 21. To me Christ is life, and death is gain. Again, this may comfort the faithful in midst of the greatest danger unto which their bodily life is subject: for Christ having power over life and death, is well able to keep them, and to preserve their lives in greatest danger of death: though they should be brought even to the graves mouth, or into the valley of the shadow of death, yet need they not fear: for Christ Jesus their Lord, is Lord of life and death; able to deliver and save them from the greatest danger of death: and he will do it, if it be good for them. Lastly, this may comfort them, even in death it self, to consider, That though death seize upon them, as well as upon the wicked and unbelievers, yet they shall not alwayes be holden under the power of death, but shall at the last day be delivered from it, and raised to life again. Christ is able to do it, as being absolute Lord of life and death, and he will do it in due time.

Object. Object. The bodies of the wicked also shall be then raised to life.

Answ. Answ. Not to be partakers of eternal life (as the godly shall); but to the end that both their souls and bo­dies may be for ever separated from God, and punished in Hell-Torments, which is the second death.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, in that it is said, That the Damosel being raised to life, did arise and walk; thereby shewing, that life was truly restored to her: this shews, that the Miracles of Christ were truly and really wrought, not in shew and appearance only. But of this we have spoken often before, in handling other Miracles.

It followeth, And they were astonished, &c.] Now the Evangelist setteth down two special Consequents of the Miracle.

The first is, the Effect wrought by it in the beholders: They were in great measure astonished.

The second is a two-fold Commandment or Charge given by our Saviour Christ unto them. 1. That they should not publish the Miracle. 2. That meat should be given to the damsel, Verse last.

Touching the first, In that they were so greatly astonished at the sight of this Miracle, this shewes the greatness and strangeness of it. Some think it was the greatest that Christ had hitherto wrought; and that this Damsel was the first which he raised from death: but it is rather likely, that the Widowes son of Naim, Luke 7. 11. was the first. Howsoever, this Damosel was one of the first, and the Miracle one of the grea­test and most admirable which Christ had yet wrought. Therefore no marvail if the beholders were so great­ly astonished with admiration.

Observ. Observ. Hence learn, That it is fit that we should be much affected with reverence and admiration of the extraordinary Works of God which we see or hear of. But this hath also been spoken of before.

Quest. Verse 43. And he charged them straightly, that none should know it] Quest. Why did he give this charge seeing his Miracles were wrought to the end they might be known; and he knew this Miracle could not be long hid?

Answ. Answ. 1. His meaning was not simply to forbid that any at all should be acquainted with it; but not any such as were unfit to be told of it, being not likely to make good use of it, but rather to cavil at it, and to grow more malitious and envious against Christ, as the Scribes and Pharisees, &c.

2. His purpose was not to restrain them from making it known at all: but he would not have it presently divulged and made common: 1. Lest the People by hearing of this great Miracle, should be moved too much to flock after him out of a vain curiosity and desire of novelties, and so should hinder his preaching. 2. Lest the People flocking after him upon the hearing of this Miracle, this should incense and enrage the Scribes and Pharisees against him, and so cause them to seek his death before the due time for it was come. 3. Because this was one of the greatest Miracles which he had hitherto wrought, which did most plainly and clearly prove and manifest his God-head, shewing him to be Lord of life and death: therefore he would [Page 295] not have it made commonly known to all at the first, but by little and little afterward in tract of time. For so it was ordained of God, that the Divine glory of Christ should not be manifested all at once on the sudden, but by certain degrees, untill his Resurrection, which was the time appointed for the full manifestation of it; as may appear, Matth. 17. 9.

Observ. Observ. Hence then we may gather, That every Truth is not fit to be uttered or published at every time, but in due time and season, when it may bring glory to God; and when we may do good by uttering and professing it. See this Point observed before, Chap. 1. 43.

And he commanded to give her meat] To shew, that she truly lived; and to shew the truth and certainty of the Miracle. But of this before. See Joh. 12. 2. & Act. 10. 41.

Finis Quinti Capitis.

CHAP. VI.

Mark 6. 1.‘And he departed thence, and came into his own Countrey, &c. Febr. 11. 1620.

THis Chapter containeth in it sundry speciall Histories. 1. Our Saviour Christ's Preaching in his own Countrey; unto Verse 7.

2. His sending forth of the Twelve Apostles to preach and work Miracles; from Verse 7. to the 14.

3. The Judgment and Opinion of Herod concerning Christ, when he heard of his fame: by occasion whereof, the Evangelist relateth also the history of the beheading of John Baptist; from Verse 14, unto the 30.

4. Our Saviour's withdrawing himself with his Disciples, into the Wilderness, to rest themselves: where nevertheless the people assembling to him, he took occasion to teach them, and to feed five thousand of them miraculously with five loaves and two fishes. This is set down from Verse 30, unto the 45.

5. His miraculous walking upon the Sea to his Disciples, and his helping them, being much troubled with difficult rowing in a storm; from Verse 45, unto 53.

6. Lastly, his coming into the Land of Gennesareth, and working sundry miraculous Cures of Diseases there; from Verse 53, to the end of the Chapter.

Touching the first of these, the Evangelist layeth down Four Things.

  • 1. Our Saviour's coming into his own Country, together with the persons which accompanied him, viz. his Disciples, Verse 1.
  • 2. His Preaching there in the Synagogue on the Sabbath day.
  • 3. The Effects which followed in the people upon his Preaching. Which Effects are three. 1. That many which heard him, were astonished. 2. They questioned among themselves about his Doctrine, Mi­racles, and Person, Verse 2, 3. Whence hath this man these things, &c? 3. They were offended in him.
  • 4. The Evangelist mentioneth certain Events or Consequents which followed upon their taking offence at him. 1. Our Saviour answereth for himself, and closely reproveth them for their unthankfulness, in being offended at him, and contemning his Person and Doctrine, shewing them the cause of this contempt: which was this, because he was now in his own Country, and among his own kindred, &c. and therefore the more subject to contempt, Verse 4. 2. He wrought but few Miracles there, but only cured a few sick per­sons, Verse 5. 3. He marvailed at their unbelief. 4. He went and preached in the Towns near about on every side, Verse 6.

And he departed thence] That is, from that part of Galilee where he was before, and where he had wrought the two former Miracles, in curing the Woman of her Bloody-Issue, and of raising Jairus his Daughter from death. See Chap. 5. 21.

And came into his own Countrey] That is, to the City Nazareth in Galilee, which is called his own Coun­trey or City, Luke 4. 23. 1. Because there he was conceived by his Mother, the Virgin Mary, as appear­eth, Luke 1. 26. 2. There his Parents, Joseph and Mary dwelt. Luke 2. 39. it is called their own City; and there also his Kindred dwelt; as may appear by that which is said Verse 3. of this Chapter. 3. There our Saviour himself dwelt with his Parents, and was trained up under them, being subject to them; as is said, Luke 2. 51. all the time that he lived a private life, till he took upon him his publike Office, which was about the space of 30. years. See Luke 4. 16. And hence it is, that he was so commonly called Jesus of Nazareth; as we heard before, Chap. 1. 24. Sometimes also Capernaum is called his own City, as Matth. 9. 1. but that is in another respect, namely, because there he dwelt after that he left Nazareth, Matth. 4. 13. and there also he preached much, and wrought very many Miracles. Vide Bezam in Matth. 13. 53.

Quest. Quest. Why did he now come to Nazareth his own City?

Answ. Answ. That he might do good there by his Doctrine and Miracles, as well as in other parts of Galilee: and the rather, because he had been conceived there, and brought up also there so many years, and there his Parents and Kindred dwelt; therefore he thought himself tyed in special manner to do good in that City.

Object. Object. But he knew before-hand, that his Countrymen would contemn his Doctrine, and take offence at his Person: as it came to pass, Verse 3.

Answ. Answ. Yet he would go and Preach, and work Miracles among them, to convince them of unthankful­ness, and to leave them without excuse, that they might not be able to say, That if he had come and preached [Page 296] to them, they would have Believed in him. It may be also, that some few of that City might be moved by his Doctrine and Miracles to Believe in him, though the greatest part of them were not.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see it is lawfull and good for us to esteem well of those places and Countreyes where we have received our first conception and birth, or have bin brought up, especially for some long time toge­ther; and we may carry a special affection to such places, in respect of those great benefits which we have received from God in them; yea, we have cause to shew our thankfulness for those benefits as occasion is of­fered, by shewing special love to our Countrey-men, and doing them good, &c. Thus our Saviour Christ ha­ving bin conceived and brought up at Nazareth many years, did therefore esteem well of that place, and shewed his good Affection to it, by taking occasion to come to it now, to do good there by his Miracles, and by his Doctrine, if they would have imbraced it, and not have unthankfully contemned it as they did. This we may learn from the Heathen, among whom the best were most loving and thankful to their Countrey. See also Rom. 9. 3.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Our Saviour was not ignorant before he came into his own Countrey, that they would unthank­fully contemn his Doctrine, and take offence at his person, and yet he did not forbear comming to Preach and work Miracles there, because he had a Calling so to do, to teach Ministers of the Word, that when they have a Calling to Preach the Word, and to do other Ministerial duties in any place, or to any people, they ought to do their duties, though their persons and Doctrine be contemned by that people. Such contempt and unthankfulness of the people must not hinder them, or discourage them in their duties. Ezek. 2. & 3. chap. the Prophet is commanded to go and Preach the Word to the Jews, and yet the Lord tells him before hand, That they would not hearken to him, as chap. 3. ver. 7. So Jerem. 1. 17-19. and Jerem. 20. 9.

Quest. Quest. To what end should a Minister Preach to such a people as contemn and reject his person and Do­ctrine?

Answ. Answ. 1. To discharge his duty and Conscience before God in that place and Calling in which God hath set him.

2. To convince the obstinacy and unthankfulness of such a people, and to leave them without excuse. So Ezek. 2. 5. Whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear—yet they shall know that there hath bin a Prophet among them.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Nazareth is called our Saviour's own Countrey where he was brought up and lived many years, and yet it was but a mean and obscure place, and contemptible in it self, as may appear by that contempti­ble speech of Nathaniel concerning it, Joh. 1. 46. Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? and though it be called a City, yet that proves it not to have bin any large City; for sometime in Scripture, small Towns or Villages are called Cities, as Bethlehem, Luke 2. 4. Joh. 7. 42. And St. Hierome (in locis Hebraicis) testifi­eth that in his time Nazareth was a small Village. Hence then we may learn, not to judge of mens persons and gifts by the mean place or Countrey where they have bin born or brought up; as to say or think, Such a one is of mean parts or gifts, because he was born or brought up in a mean or obscure place or Countrey, for God can bring excellent persons, and of rare gifts and Graces, out of mean and obscure Countreys; even Christ himself the most excellent person that ever lived on earth, was brought up at Nazareth, an obscure place, and there his Parents and kindred also lived. So Amos 1. 1. So Jeremy born at Anathoth a poor Vil­lage, Jer. 1. 1. Isai. 10. 30. It was the ignorance and errour of the Pharisees to comtemn Christ, because of the meanness of the Countrey of Galilee in which he lived, Joh. 7. 52. Search and look (say they to Nicodemus); for out of Galilee ariseth no Prophet. So also it was the sin of Julian that wicked Apostate to call Christ, the Galilean by way of contempt, as he did; and the sin of Tertullus to call the Christians Nazarens in way of contempt, in regard of the meanness contemptibleness of the City Nazareth, where Christ had bin brought up, Act. 24. 5. We must take heed we do not contemn or vilify good Christians because of the mean place or Countrey where they have been born or brought up, or where they live; but we must highly esteem and reverence them for those Spiritual Graces which we see in them, whatsoever their Countrey and place of their birth or education have been. Not but that there is difference in places and Countreyes, and one may be better then another to live in, especially in respect of the means of Grace, which are more plentifully to be had in some Countreyes then in other; but yet the Grace of God is not absolutely tyed or confined to one place or Countrey above another, but as the Wind bloweth where it listeth, &c.—so is every one that is born of the Spirit, Joh. 3. 8. And Act. 10. 35. In every Nation he that feareth God and worketh Righteousness, is accepted with him. (Et de Hierosolymis, et de Britannia, aequaliter patet Aula coelestis. Hieronym. Epist. 13.)

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Though Nazareth were but an obscure City, yet this is a great honour to it, that it was our Sa­viour Christ's own Countrey where he was brought up; which shews, that excellent and worthy persons for Spiritual gifts, do bring great honour and credit to the places and Countreys, or Cities, where they live, though otherwise they be mean and obscure places. Thus our Saviour by his birth and education; and by his life, Doctrine, and Miracles, made many places famous which were otherwise obscure, and of little note before; as Bethlehem, Capernaum, Nazareth, &c. So the poor Village Anathoth is made famous by the Pro­phet Jeremy. So Pathmos a little Island, is made famous to this day by St. John's living there and seeing those Heavenly Visions there revealed to him, Revel. 1. 9.

Use 1 Use 1. This must teach such as live in obscure and mean places, to labour so much the more to excell in Spiritual gifts. Then the obscurity of the place shall not at all vilify them, but they shall honour it.

Use 2 Use. 2. If we would live in places of note and truly famous and renowned, then make choice to live where good men and excellent Christians do live, &c. It is not Antiquity, Wealth, fair Building, &c. which make a place honourable, but eminent persons for Grace living there. So much of our Saviour's comming to Nazareth his own Countrey. Now withall the Evangelist mentioneth the persons which accompanied him.

His Disciples followed him] This is to be understood chiefly of the Twelve Apostles, whom he had before chosen to that Office, and appointed them to be with him; that is, to be his ordinary Companions and Fol­lowers wheresoever he became. Of this see before, chap. 3. 14. So much of our Saviour's comming to Na­zare [...]h, and of those that accompanied him thither.

Now it follows to speak of his Preaching there, which is amplified by two Circumstances. 1. The time, The Sabbath day. 2. The place, In the Synagogue.

When the Sabbath was come] By these words the Evangelist seemeth to imply, that he watched the opportu­nity of the Sabbath day, forbearing to teach publickly till that day came, and when it was come, then begin­ning to teach in publick.

In the Synagogue] which was the ordinary place in which the Jews used to assemble on the Sabbath for per­formance of publick duties of Gods Service, as hath bin before shewed. So that as our Saviour took the op­portunity of time, so also of the fittest place for his publick Teaching. Now the points of Instruction to be gathered from hence, see handled before, chap. 1. 21.

Mark 6. 2.‘And many hearing him were astonished, &c. Febr. 25. 1620.

HAving spoken of our Saviour's comming to Nazareth with his Disciples, and of his Preaching there in the Synagogue on the Sabbath-day: Now it follows to speak of the effects which followed upon his Preaching, which are three.

  • 1. That many who heard him, were astonished.
  • 2. That they testified their astonishment by their words; questioning among themselves. 1. About the excellency of his Doctrine, and greatness of his Miracles, From whence hath this man these things, &c. 2. A­bout the meanness and obscurity of his person, in regard of his education, Parentage, and Kindred, ver. 3. Is not this the Carpenter's, &c.
  • 3. That they were offended at him.

Touching the first of these effects; which was, the astonishment of many of the Hearers; the word ( [...]) doth signify, that they were stricken with great admiration at the hearing of Christ's Doctrine and manner of his Teaching; and yet they were not converted by it, for they were offended at his person. Now what Instructions may hence be gathered, see before upon chap. 1. ver. 22.

I proceed to the second effect, their questioning among themselves. 1. About the excellency of Christ's Doctrine and Miracles, ver. 2. 2. About the outward meanness of his person, ver. 3.

Touching the first. From whence hath this man these things?] q. d. How comes this mean and obscure person, of so mean education, Parentage and kindred, to be indued with these excellent gifts and abilities of Teaching and working Miracles? Thus they are driven to confess the excellency of his gifts, and yet they speak contemptibly of his person, in regard of his mean Parentage and education, for seeing they knew that he had bin trained up at Nazareth with Joseph his reputed Father, in the Trade of a Carpenter (as ap [...]ea­reth, ver. 3.) and not brought up to learning; therefore they wondred how he should attain to so excellent Knowledg, and so rare a gift of teaching.

What Wisdome is this?] By [Wisdome] understand that excellent Divine Knowledg and Gift which our Saviour Christ manifested in his Teaching.

Which is given unto him] These words do shew that they thought this extraordinary Wisdome and Know­ledg to be given unto him; but they knew not how or by what means. They thought God to be the Au­thour of such Gifts; but this was their blindness, that they conceived not how he should give such excellent Wisdome, without the help of humane Learning, which our Saviour wanted. See Joh. 7. 15.

That even such mighty works, &c.] By [mighty works] they mean the great and powerful Miracles wrought by our Saviour for confirmation of his Doctrine. And this they mention as another special cause of their astonishment and admiration, that so mean a person should be able not onely to Preach such Doctrine, and in so excellent manner, but also to seal the truth of that Doctrine by such powerfull Miracles. So much of the meaning of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that these Nazarites, the Countrey-men of Christ, do acknowledg and wonder at the excel­lent gifts which appeared in him, and yet they did not profit by his Doctrine or Miracles, but were offended at him (as it is said in the next verse). Hence we may learn, That men may acknowledg and wonder at the Spiritual gifts and Graces which they see to be in others, and yet themselves have never the more Grace, but be utterly void of all sanctifying and saving gifts of the Spirit. These Nazarites did all bear him wit­ness, and wondred at the gracious words which proceeded out of Christ's mouth. Luke 4. 22. and yet they were so far from Grace themselves, that they thrust Christ out of their City, and would also have thrown him headlong down from the Hill on which the City stood, ver. 29. So Joh. 7. 46. The Officers of the Pha­risees and chief Priests being sent to take Christ, having heard him Teach, confessed that never any man taught like him, thereby shewing their Admiration at his Doctrine and excellent manner of Teaching, and yet not­withstanding this their admiration and confession of the Grace that was in Christ, themselves were void of Grace, and so remained, for there is no mention of their Believing in him. So Act. 4. 13. The Rulers, Elders, and Scribes, did wonder at the Spiritual courage and boldness of Peter and John in Preaching the Word, and ver. 16. they could not deny but a notable Miracle was wrought by them; and yet they believed not their Doctrine, but forbad them to Preach any more in the name of Jesus.

Use 1 Use 1. See the excellency of those Spirituall Graces which shine forth in Gods faithfull Servants and Children, being such as doth many times force even those that are void of Grace, to acknowledg and ad­mire the same. This should cause us highly to esteem of these Graces, and to desire and seek after them.

Use 2 Ʋse. 2. See also that it is no sure mark of a true Convert, or good Christian, to acknowledg and wonder at the excellent Graces of Gods Spirit which appear in others; for so may they do who are profane, carnall, and utterly destitute of Gods Sanctifying Spirit; such as have no spark of Sanctified Knowledg, Faith, Zeal, Patience, may yet confess and wonder at these Graces in other good Christians: Such as cannot so much as speak ten words of Prayer to God with Faith and true feeling as they ought; yet may admire the gift o [...] Prayer in others. And so also other Graces of the Spirit: Therefore rest not in this, that thou canst admire [Page 298] and speak of the excellent graces and gifts of other holy Christians: for though it be good and commendable in it self so to do; yet it is not enough to prove thee to be a good Christian, unless thou find some measure of the same graces in thy self, and canst prove this by good evidence to thy own conscience out of the Word of God. It is good for thee to admire the graces that are in others; but stay not here: Labour withall to make a true and right use of others graces, by striving to imitate them; and labour more and more to feel the like graces in thy self, and to shew them forth toward others by the fruits of them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that Christ's Countrymen do wonder how such wisdom and excellent gifts should be given him, without the ordinary means and help of Education and training up in Schools of Learning, We may Observe, That it is the property of carnal men, to tye the gifts and graces of Gods Spirit unto outward helps and means; as if the Lord could not bestow such gifts, or work such graces by his Spirit, without such outward helps: Thus carnal men are wont ignorantly to imagine. See Joh. 7. 15. Therefore Act. 4. 13. the Rulers and Scribes wondred how Peter and John should preach with such boldness, seeing they were men un­learned, and ignorant: as if the Lord could not bestow such a gift in teaching, without the help of humane Learning. Thus natural men use to tye the gifts of Gods Spirit unto such outward helps and means: and therefore they contemn the graces of such as have had small means, &c.

Reas. 1 Reason. 1 Cor. 2. 14. The natural man receiveth not the things of Gods Spirit; for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned. Carnal men cannot judg of God's manner of working grace. See Joh. 3. 8.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Take heed we do not thus tye God unto outward means: we must not so think of God, and of the work of his Spirit, as carnal men use to do: as if he could not work grace without ordinary means. This is the blind judgment of carnal men; which therefore such as profess to be spiritual, must take heed of. And on the contrary we must know, That though ordinarily God worketh grace by means; yet not alwayes, but sometimes without means; to shew, that he is above all means, and not tyed unto them. Therefore some­times where the means are wanting, God worketh extraordinarily by his Spirit, giving eminent gifts with­out ordinary means. Thus albeit he usually brings men to knowledg of the Scriptures by reading; yet he gives a speciall measure of this knowledg to some that cannot read: so though he usually work faith by hearing the Word preached; yet sometimes without this means, either by reading, or some other way ex­traordinarily. So though the knowledg of Arts and Tongues be a great help to attain the gift of preaching; yet God can give this gift in an eminent measure to such as want that help; as he did to the Apostles, being unlearned Fishermen. And even in these times, though the study of humane Learning be an ordinary means to furnish men with ability to preach the Word; yet they are not alwayes the best Preachers, which have most helps of humane Learning: but sometimes God giveth more eminent gifts to one of mean learn­ing, then to another that is more learned: Which shews, that God is not tyed to means, in giving the graces of his Spirit: but doth freely bestow them where, and upon whom, and in what measure he will, either by means, or without means. Which must therefore teach us, as on the one side not to neglect the ordinary means of grace; so on the other side not to rest in them, nor to tye God unto them: but above all, to sue un­to him by prayer, to accompany the means with the powerful work of his Spirit, which may make them effe­ctual to work and increase his graces in us.

Use 2 Use 2. Despise not the graces which we see in others, because of the small or weak means they have had, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further; these men of Nazareth are driven to acknowledg the excellency of Christ's Do­ctrine, and the Divine power manifested in his Miracles; yea, they were astonished thereat: and yet for all this, they believed not in him, but were offended at him, as it is said in the next Verse: The reason where­of was, because they were exceedingly hardened in their natural blindness and infidelity, so as they could not see clearly into the truth of Christ's doctrine, nor believe in him, though they had most excellent and powerfull means to open their eyes, and to work faith in them. So that from hence we are taught, That so long as any remain hardened in their natural blindness and infidelity, no means will prevail to work faith or repentance in them; and to bring them to God, though the means used be in themselves never so powerfull and excellent: though Christ himself should preach to such, and work Miracles before their eyes, in such sort, as they should be forced with these Nazarites to confess his Divine Power and Wisdom, and to won­der at the same: yet if their hearts remain hardened in their natural blindness and infidelity, all this means would work no good upon them, to convert them. Thus Esay 6. 10. the Lord threatneth to make the heart of the people fat, and to make their ears heavy, and to shut their eyes; lest they should see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and understand with their hearts, and convert, and be healed. Which shews, That where hard­ness of heart reigneth, there the Word preached and heard cannot do good, or work true Conversion. Pharaoh's heart being hardened, no means would prevail to turn him to God: neither the Word and Mes­sage of God sent unto him by Moses, nor the Miracles which Moses wrought in his sight, nor yet all the Plagues sent of God upon him. The Scribes and Pharisees being hardened in their natural blindness and infidelity, no means would prevail to turn their hearts: neither Christ's powerfull preaching, nor his won­derfull Miracles so often wrought before them, nor any admonition or reproof of his, would do any good upon them; but all was in vain.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This shews us, how fearful a Judgment it is, for any to be given up of God to hardness of heart, and to their own natural blindness and infidelity: to be left and forsaken of God in these, it is a most fearful Judg­ment. This was worse then all the other Plagues sent up on Pharaoh: for the hardness of his heart was the cause of all the other Judgments: and the cause also that he profited not to repentance by them, nor by any other means used of God to turn his heart. And so it is the cause usually, that no means, though never so excel­lent, can prevail with many to work faith & true conversion in them: even because their hearts are so hardned, that they cannot repent, Rom. 2. 5. and that they cannot believe & imbrace Christ truly & effectually: therefore though they have never so excellent means to work faith and repentance in them: though they have the Word powerfully preached to them; though they be reproved, and exhorted in publike and private: and though God lay heavy Judgments upon them to humble them, and drive them to repentance, and bestow great mercies on [Page 299] them, to allure and draw them to him: yet all is in vain, because they remain still settled upon the lees of their ignorance, unbelief, and other sins, so as they cannot be removed thence by any means: but by their fearful hardness of heart they resist the Holy Ghost (as Stephen saith of the stiff-necked Jews, Act. 7. 51.) and all good means which the Spirit of God useth to work good upon them. This is a fearful estate to be in; and we are to pity and pray for such earnestly, that God may mollifie their hearts at length (if it be possible) and that he will work faith and repentance in them, that they may be saved.

Use 2 Use 2. This must teach us to pray unto God, not to give us up to hardness of heart, nor to leave us in our natural blindness and infidelity; lest all means of grace and salvation do become vain and unprofitable to us. More cause thou hast to pray against hardness of heart, than against all other temporal Judgments in this life. More cause then to pray against fire, sword, famine, pestilence, &c. None of these hurt so much, as hardness of heart. Above all Judgments and Plagues, therefore, desire the Lord to keep thee from this, which is the worst of all.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Lastly, This must move all, whose hearts God hath softened by his Spirit, and made them pliable to the means of grace and salvation, to be thankful for this unspeakable mercy. If God have taken away thy stony heart, and given thee a heart of flesh, fit to be wrought upon by the Ministery of the Word, and by other means of grace which God useth to gain thee to himself, and to bring thee to salvation; know, that this is an inestimable, favour of God to thee. He hath done much more for thee, than if he should have given thee all outward blessings which this World can afford. Therefore never think thou canst be thankfull enough to him, for delivering thee from the fearful Judgment of a hard heart, and for giving thee a heart pliable to the means of grace which himself hath used to call and convert thee.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. Hence gather, That the happiness of a people stands not in this, that they have the outward means of grace, though in excellent and plentiful measure: but in that they profit truly by the means, &c.

Mark 6. 3.‘Is not this the Carpenter? &c. March 4. 1620.

IN this Verse and the former, the Evangelist mentioneth the Effects of Christ's preaching at Nazareth.

1. That many hearers were astonished.

2. That they questioned and reasoned with themselves about him. 1. Touching the excellency of his Doctrine, and great Miracles. 2. Touching the outward meanness of his person, in respect, 1. Of his Education. 2. Parentage. And, 3. Kindred, Verse 3.

The third Effect was, That they were offended at him.

Of the first Effect, which was the astonishment of the hearers, we have spoken. In part also of the se­cond, namely, their reasoning about his Doctrine and Miracles, Verse 2.

Now we are to speak of their questioning also about the outward quality and condition of his Person.

Is not this the Carpenter?] Thus they speak in way of contempt of his Person, in regard of his mean Edu­cation, being trained up with Joseph his reputed Father, who was by Trade a Carpenter, as appeareth, Matth. 13. 55. And we must note, That they call him not only the Carpenter's son, (as Matthew hath it) but also the Carpenter. Is not this the Carpenter? (as Mark saith here): whereby they seem to imply plainly, That he had not only been brought up there at Nazareth with Joseph, being by Trade a Carpenter; but that he did also work with or under Joseph in that Trade: and this is confirmed by the words of Luke, Chap. 2. 15. where he sheweth, that he did not only go with his Parents Joseph and Mary to Nazareth to dwell there with them, but that, being there, he was subject or obedient to them. The word there used ( [...]) doth sig­nifie such subjection as is performed by Inferiours to Superiours in authority: as by Children to Parents, by Servants to their Masters, and the like. It implyes therefore, that he was obedient to them in all lawful and good things which they enjoyned him, or willed him to do by vertue of their authority over him as they were his Parents. Now among other things which they enjoyned him, there is no doubt but this was one, That he should not live idly and unprofitably, without a particular Calling wherein to employ himself: now we read not of any other particular calling or ordinary employment which he had in his younger years: for he was not trained up to learning, as appeareth, Joh. 7. 15. Neither did he take on him his publike Office of preach­ing and working Miracles till he was about 30 years of age: in the mean time, therefore, it is most probable, thar his Father Joseph would have him to work under him in his own Trade of a Carpenter, and that he was herein subject and obedient to Joseph. And so much the ancient Fathers of the Church many hundred years ago did gather from hence: Therefore Justin Martyr, one of the most ancient, living about 150 years after Christ, writeth of him, That he made Yokes and Ploughs. (Justin. in Dialog. cum Tryphone Judaeo.

Brother of James, &c.] That is, The Kinsman of James, &c. according to the phrase of the Hebrews, who used to call all Kinsmen, by the name of Brethren. See before, Chap. 3. 32.

James] There were two of the Twelve Apostles which were called by this name; James the son of Ze­bedeus, the brother of John; and James the son of Alpheus, called the Lord's brother, Gal. 1. 19. that is, the Kinsman of the Lord Jesus: and it seems he was the Cozen-german of Christ: for Mark 15. 40. it appears, that he and Joses were the sons of Mary: and Joh. 19. 25. the same Mary is mentioned as sister to the Virgin-Mary, Christ's Mother: and whereas she is there called the Wife of Cleophas, it is likely that Cleophas was her former Husband, and that she was afterward married to Alpheus, by whom she had this James and Joses, and also Simon and Juda. (See Mr. Perk on Gal. 1. 19.) Some think that Cleophas and Alpheus was one and the same, and that he had those two names, (Sic Jansen. Harmon. Evang. cap. 43. pag. 269. vide locum.) This James is also called James the less, Mar. 15. 40. in regard of his small stature of body, in respect of the other James, as some think. (So Lyser. Harmon. Evang. cap. 70. pag. 590.

And Joses] This was another son of the same Mary before mentioned, Mar. 15. 40. and brother to James: but he was none of the Apostles: yet no doubt but he was a Disciple of Christ, and a Believer in him.

And Juda and Simon] These two were of the number of the Twelve Apostles. Juda was the brother of James and Joses; and the Writer of the Epistle of Jude. See Jude, Verse 1. And he had two other names, Lebbeus, and Thaddeus, as appeareth by comparing together Matth. 10. 3. Mar. 3. 18. and Luke 6. 16. Touch­ing Simon, there were two Apostles bearing this name, Simon Peter, called also Cephas; and Simon the Ca­naanite, called also Simon Zelotes, who is here meant: and this was also another of Christ's Kinsmen, and natural brother to the three former; as is most likely.

And are not his Sisters with us] That is, his Kinswomen. Whose names are not mentioned here, or else­where in Scripture.

The words being thus explained, it may appear that this place maketh nothing for defence of their Er­rour, who have thought that the Virgin-Mary had other sons and daughters born of her, besides our Saviour Christ, and after him; because here is mention made of Christ's brethren and sisters: But we have heard how this is to be understood. Neither is it likely, that that holy Virgin would know any man carnally, after that she had conceived Christ in her Womb without the knowledg of man by the Divine power of the Holy Ghost overshadowing her: And that she had no other Children born of her besides our Saviour Christ, it may further appear, because, being upon the crosse, he commended the care and custody of her unto John the Apostle; which he would not have done, if she had had nay other Son or Child, to whose speciall care she might have been committed. See Joh. 19. 26. Therefore though we make not the perpetual Virginity of Christ's Mother, any Article of our faith; yet is it most fit for us to hold and maintain it for a truth, having so good ground for it: and the rather, because the Church hath alwayes held it as an undoubted truth: and Helvidius was charged by the Fathers as an Heretick for denying it. (Vide Hieronym. contra Helvid.) So much in way of clearing the sense of the words.

Now to come to the Instructions to be gathered from them.

Doctr. General Doctr. Here we see the wonderfull Humiliation of our Saviour Christ for our sakes: in that be­ing the Eternal Son of God, equal with God the Father and the Holy Ghost, in respect of his Divine Na­ture, he did for our sakes so far abase himself, as not only to take our Nature upon him, and to become a man like us in all things, except sin; but also to be born of the Virgin-Mary, a Woman of mean outward con­dition in the world, the espoused Wife of Joseph a Carpenter: and not only so, but to be brought up with Joseph, and under him in the mean Trade of a Carpenter, and to work at that Trade with his own hands. All this was a wonderfull abasement of Christ Jesus the Son of God for our sakes, and to do us good, that by his outward humiliation in this world, we might come to be exalted to spiritual honourand dignity; even to be the children of the Most High, and to be heirs of everlasting life: for this was the end of his abase­ment in respect of us. Phil. 2. 6. Being in the form of God, &c.—he made himself of no reputation, and took on him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men: and being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient unto the death, &c. Wherefore was all this, but that he might by his great hu­miliation exalt us? To this purpose also is that, 2 Cor. 8. 9. where the Apostle saith thus, Ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that though he was rich, yet for your sakes he became poor, that ye through his poverty might be rich.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This must teach us to be well content to be abased in this World for Christ's sake, seeing he for our sakes, and to do us good, refused not to take upon him so mean and low a Condition, we must not re­fuse for his glory's sake, and for the profession of his Name, to undergo any mean condition in this life, if he shall call us to it. As he stripped himself of his heavenly glory for a time for our sakes, laying it aside, and taking on him the nature of man, yea, the form of a servant, and was content to be born of a mean woman for outward estate in the world, and to live for many years in a mean and contemptible Trade, as these Na­zarites thought of it: so must we be willing, if need be, to be stripped for Christ's sake of all worldly ho­nour and wealth, and to suffer contempt, reproach, poverty, &c. if we shall be called thereunto for the pro­fession of Christ.

Use 2 Use 2. It must also move us to shew all humility towards our brethren in and for Christ's sake. Phil. 2. 5. Let this mind be in you which was in Christ Jesus, Who being in the form of God—made himself of no reputa­tion, &c. As he for our good and salvation, abased himself very far; so must we, by his example, learn to humble our selves toward our brethren: and for the furtherance of their spiritual good and salvation, to be content even to abase our selves to the doing of the meanest service of Christian love to them. Gal. 5. 13. By love serve one another.

Use 3 Use 3. This should also restrain in us all ambitious and covetous desires of worldly greatness, honour, wealth, &c. and make us well content to live in a poor and mean outward estate in this world, if we be call­ed to it, seeing our Saviour Christ himself was content so to do, &c. So much of this general Instruction from the words.

Now to speak of some other Instructions which more particularly arise from them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour is here called a Carpenter, because he lived in that calling with Joseph his reputed father for sundry years, before he took on him his publike Ministery, he doth teach us by his own ex­ample, That every Christian ought to have some particular, and speciall Calling or Trade of life in which to live and to labour with mind or body; and in which to glorifie God, and do good in the Church or Com­monwealth. Ephes. 4. 28. Let him that stole, steal no more, but labour in that which is good. Gen. 3. 19. In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread, &c. Yea, Adam before his Fall was appointed his Calling, which was, to dress the garden, Gen. 2. 15. So that it is the Ordinance of God both before and since the Fall of man, both in the times of the Old and New Testament, that every one should live and employ himself in some honest Calling, profitable to Church or Commonwealth. The Patriarchs were brought up to be Shepherds. So Moses, David, &c. Besides, great good comes of this employment of our selves in a Calling. For by this means, 1. We glorifie God, by yielding obedience to his Ordinance. 2. We procure much good to our selves, sundry wayes.

  • 1. By this means, and through the blessing of God upon our labour, we come to be furnished with neces­sary maintenance for this life. 1 Thess. 4. 11, 12. Work with your hands—that ye may have lack of nothing: [Page 301] yea, this is a means often to bring plenty, and to make us able to relieve others. See Ephes. 4. 28.
  • 2. By this means onely we come to have true interest to all blessings of this life; as meat, drink, ray­ment, &c. 2 Thess. 3. 12. We command such (that is, idle persons) that with quietness they work and eat their own bread. So that, if they labour not, it is not their own bread; they have no true right to it, because they use it contrary to Gods Ordinance, not labouring or doing any good in Church or Common-wealth for it. The like may be said of all other blessings of this life.
  • 3. Labour, in a good Calling, is a good means to humble our bodies, and to keep them in subjection, and consequently to quench and restrain sinfull motions and lusts in the mind and Heart; as, on the contrary, pampering the body with idleness, is a means to kindle and stir up such sinfull lusts. See 1 Cor. 9. the last verse.

Use 1 Use 1. This reproveth all idle persons, whether they be such as have no particular Callings, or such as live idly in them. Of the former sort are some Gentlemen, who spend all their time in eating, drinking, sleeping, and following sports, &c. But God hath not exempted them from labour in some Calling; And though they have Maintenance and living enough (and in that respect have no need of labour), yet in other respects God will have them labour in some Calling that is fit for them, that they may glorify God, and do good in Church or Common-wealth, and that they may have true right to the blessings of God which they enjoy. If our Saviour Christ laboured, why shoudl they live idly? Again, this condemneth the course used by common Beggars from door to door, a course flat contrary to Gods Ordinance. Again, this reproveth such as have a Calling, but live idly and negligently in it; and this is all one upon the matter, as if they had no Calling. All such idle persons of what sort soever do walk disorderly, 2 Thess. 3. 11. living in the ma­nifest breach of Gods Ordinance, unprofitable burdens of the Earth; neither can they be said to eat their own bread, or to wear their own Cloaths, or to have any true right to the use of any other Blessings of God in this life, but are usurpers of them; for which sin, God will one day call them to a straight accompt, and punish them if they repent not of it in time. And in the mean time also, the Curse of God hangs over the heads of such for their breach of his Ordinance, and for the loss and mis-spending of so much pretious time. Great is this sin of Idleness, and the cause of many other sins, as of Theft, Prodigality, Drunkenness, Un­cleanness, &c. Ezek. 16. 49. Abundance of Idleness was in Sodome. Therefore let all take heed of it, and such as have bin faulty, reform it in themselves.

Use 2 Use 2. See how necessary for all Christian Parents to look to it, that their Chrildren be trained up in some good and lawfull Calling, wherein they may afterwards live and employ themselves to Gods Glory, and to the good of the Church or Common-wealth. This they may learn of Joseph and Mary, training up our Sa­viour in his young years in a painfull Calling. So Jacob brought up his Sons to be Shepheards, &c. This education of Children in a good Calling, is as good to them as a Patrimony or Inheritance of Lands or goods, yea, better to them, for Lands and Goods may be lost or forfeited, or taken from them, or they driven from them by Banishment or Persecution, or Wars; but in such a case, if they have skill in a good Trade or Calling, and are fit and able to work in it, this they may stick to as a great help; yea, their Calling alone will maintain them wheresoever they live. On the contrary, the neglect of this duty of Parents in training up their Children in some good Calling, is the main cause that many Children idly brought up, prove so lend and Riotous, having no good employment; nor being fit for any, they fall to lend courses, Company-keeping, Gaming, Drunkenness, Theft, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that our Saviour lived in the Calling and Trade of a Carpenter, this commends unto us the lawfull and warrantable use of this and all such Handi-crafts or manual Trades practised amongst men; our Saviour by his own practice hath Sanctified the use of such manual Trades unto men; so that they may lawfully use and practice them; yea, they may have comfort in the use of them, so far forth as they use them well, and keep a good Conscience in the practice of them. And though some do wickedly abuse such Trades, yet this proves them not to be unlawfull or evill in themselves, neither is it a sufficient reason to condemn the use of them.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Again, in that our Saviour lived in this so mean a Calling; we may hence gather, That Re­ligion and Holiness may be practised in any lawfull Trade or Profession of life, though never so mean. Our Saviour led a most Religious and Sanctified life, yea, such a life as was without all stain of sin, and yet he li­ved sundry years in the mean Trade of a Carpenter. The Apostles lived Holily in the Trade of Fisher­men, which they used even after their Calling. Aquila and Priscilla, and Paul himself, practised Holiness in the Trade of Tent-making, Act. 18. 3. and Simon in the Trade of a Tanner, Act. 10. 6. yea, the Apostle requires that Servants should so live in that Calling, that they may adorn the Doctrine of God, &c. Tit. 2. 10.

Use. Ʋse. Comfort to good Christians that are trayned up to live in mean Callings; the meanness of their Calling in it self is no hinderance to them in the practice of Religion and Holiness; they may do this in the meanest Calling, as well as in the highest and most honourable, even in the Calling of a Servant, or of a Hus­bandman, or Daily Labourer, or in the Manuall Trade of Carpenter, or the like; thou mayest Glorify God, and work out thy own Salvation, and practice Holiness and Religion as well as in a higher Calling of a Magistrate, Minister, &c. And God doth accept of thee and thy service performed to him in a mean Cal­ling, if thou walk Conscionably in it, as well as if thou didst serve him in a higher Calling. Our Saviour glorified God, as well when he wrought Carpenter's work with Joseph his Father, as when he afterward preached and wrought Miracles: I say, he glorified God as well in the one as in the other, though not in the same degree and measure. So did Paul please God, as well when he was making Tents, as when he was Preaching; one of these works was as acceptable to God in the kind of it, as the other. Therefore, if thou live in a mean Calling, be not at all discouraged thereat, nor grow in dislike of it; but do the duties of it conscionably, and joyn the Service of God with the excercise of thy Calling, and thou mayest have comfort therein, and assurance that God accepteth of thee and thy Calling, and the duties which thou performest in it, as well as if it were a higher or more excellent Calling. So much of this, that the Nazarites ask of Christ, whether he were not the Carpenter?

Now, in the next place, whereas they call him the Son of Mary; we may observe and gather the truth of Christ's humane Nature, in that he was conceived and born of the holy Virgin his Mother; and therefore is said to have been made of a Woman, Gal. 4. 4. But I will not here insist upon this. Further, in that here are some of the Twelve Apostles mentioned amongst the kindred of Christ; as James, Simon, and Juda; this shews, that our Saviour carried a special Affection of love to his natural kindred; and this he shewed, by making choice of some of them to be of the number of his Apostles, gracing and honouring them with that high Calling and Dignity.

Observ. Observ. Hence gather, That it is good and lawful for us to carry a special affection of love to our natural kindred, and to esteem well of them: and to shew our love and good esteem of them, by yielding due ho­nour and respect to them so far as stands with their Calling and our own. Thus did our Saviour to these bre­thren of his, in choosing them to be of his Apostles. So Joh. 19. 26. hanging on the Crosse, he shewed his special care of his Mother, and love to her, in commending her to the Custody of his beloved Apostle. Thus also Paul expresseth a special affection to his natural Kinsmen the Israelites, Rom. 9. 3. in that he saith, he could even wish himself separate from Christ for the procuring of their Salvation, if it were possible. See also, Rom. 16. 11. And so it is good and fit for us to shew a special kind of love to our natural Kindred; yet one caution is here to be added, That this is to be understood chiefly of such Kindred of ours, as are Reli­gious and Holy persons, fearing God, such as these brethren of Christ were. To such we are to bear a speci­al Affection of love. But if they be profane and wicked, though we may love their persons, and desire their good and Salvation, and pray for them, and use other good means to bring them to God; yet we are not to shew such speciall love to them as we are to shew unto others, being truely Religious, though they be not of our kindred; neither are we to countenance our profane irreligious kindred in their sins, but to dis­countenance them rather, and to admonish and reprove them for the same, so far as our Calling reacheth. Again, though we may carry a special affection to our Religious kindred, so far forth as they are Religious; yet we must take heed we do not love or like of their Infirmities and Corruptions, nor slatter them therein, but rather to shew our dislike of them by admonishing them in Christian manner. So much of the second effect of our Saviour's Preaching at Nazareth; namely, their reasoning and questioning about his Doctrine and Miracles, and about the outward meanness of his person.

Now followeth the third and last effect. That they were offended at him] The word ( [...]) signi­fies properly to stumble at any thing that lyeth in our way where we are to go, and so by it to be stopped and hindred in our going or walking in that way. This the Evangelist applyeth to the Nazarites, shewing that they stumbled or took offence at the outward meanness of Christ's person, in regard of his education, Birth, and Kindred, taking occasion from thence to contemn and reject him and his Doctrine, and so by this out­ward meanness of Christ's education, Birth, and Kindred, as by a stumbling block in the way of Salvation, they were hindred from believing in him, and imbracing his Doctrine.

Observ Observ. Hence then we may learn, that it is the property of profane and carnal men to take occasion from the outward quality and condition of Gods Faithfull Messengers to contemn and reject the Message which they bring, and the Doctrine which they Teach. So did these profane people of Nazareth take occasion from Christ's mean Education, Parentage, and Kindred, to contemn and reject his Doctrine, though it were most excellent, as themselves were driven to confess. So also they did at another time before when he came and Preached to them, Luke 4. 22. So also the Jews, Joh. 7. 15. having heard him Preach, yet when they con­sidered his mean education, being not brought up to Learning, they marvelled at the matter, and thence took occasion to reject his Doctrine. See also, Act. 4. 13. The mean outward condition of Gods Faithfull Mini­sters i [...] often as a stumbling block, at which the World and Carnal men take offence, being moved thereby to contemn their Doctrine, and the Ministry of the Word it self, and so are hindred from Believing and embra­cing it to Salvation.

Reason. Reas. They judge of the Doctrine of the Word, and of the Ministry of it according to the outward appea­rance of the persons that Preach it, looking more at the persons of the Messengers, then at the Message it self; and therefore when they see the Ministers of God to be but ordinary men like themselves, in regard of outward quality and Condition; as Education, Birth, Parentage, Kindred, Wealth, &c. they hence take occasion to contemn and reject the Doctrine it self which they teach. And this is one great and main cause of the contempt of the Gospel, and of so little profiting by it in these our dayes.

Use. Use. Take heed we be not in this like unto the profane and wicked; beware of stumbling thus at the out­ward quality or condition of the persons of Gods Ministers sent unto us with the Word of Salvation; let not this be as a block in our way to hinder and keep us from believing and imbracing the Doctrine it self which they bring to us. Therefore let us turn our Eyes from the persons of Gods Ministers, and let us especially look at the Doctrine it self which they Preach to us, which if it be sound, and agreeable to the written Word of God, we are to imbrace and yield obedience to it, whatsoever the outward quality or Condition of the person be that Preacheth it; though he be but a mortall and frail man like our selves, and though he be a man of mean outward estate in the World, or of mean Parentage, Kindred, &c. The Heavenly Treasure of the Word of God is never the less worth, or less to be esteemed, though it come to us in Earthen Vessell [...], as the Apostle speaketh, 2 Cor. 4. 7. If a Message be sent to any of us from some great person, we look not so much at the person that brings it, as we do at the Message it self. So when Ministers of the Word Preach the Word of God to us, we must not so much have an eye to the outward quality of the persons that Preach, as to the Doctrine it self which they deliver; the excellency and Divine Authority whereof, must move us to imbrace and yield obedience to it.

Mark 6. 4, 5, 6. ‘But Jesus said unto them, &c. Mar. 11. 1620.

THe Evangelist having in the former Verse shewed, that the People of Nazareth took offence at Christ in regard of his mean Education, birth and kindred, and were hindred thereby from believing in him, and from imbracing his Doctrine: Now he setteth down the events which happened upon this their being offended.

1. Our Saviour closely reproveth them for taking offence at him; and for contemning and rejecting his person and doctrine, shewing them the cause of that contempt; which was this, That he was their Coun­tryman, who having heretofore lived and been brought up amongst them for sundry years together, was fa­miliarly known to them; and therefore they so contemned him: And that it was so, he proveth by a com­mon and general sentence or proverbial speech then in use (as it seemeth) in these words; A Prophet is not without honour, but in his own Countrey, &c. The summe whereof is this, That the true Prophets of God are usually most contemned, where they are most familiarly known: as among their own Countrymen, kin­dred, &c.

The second event is, That our Saviour being so contemned of his Countrymen, did work but few Miracles among them, Verse 5.

3. That he marvailed at their unbelief, Verse 6.

4. That he left them, and went round about the Villages teaching.

A Prophet] This word doth often signifie such extraordinary Teachers as were stirred up, and imme­diately called of God to teach the Church, and to foretell things to come. But here it is to be taken in a more large sense, for any ordinary Teacher or Minister of the Church lawfully called to that Office, either immediately of God, or mediately by the Church. Act. 15. 32. Judas and Silas are called Prophets; that is, Ministers or Teachers of the Church. So also we are to take the word, 1 Cor. 14. 32. The spirits of the Prophets are subject to the Prophets.

Is not without honour] Is not contemned and vilified, or dishonoured.

But in his own Countrey] In the place where he hath been born or brought up and lived.

In his own house] That is, in his own family; or among those of his natural Stock or Lineage; for so the word (house) is sometimes used; as 2 Sam. 7. 18. David thus speaketh, What am I, O God, and what is my house? &c. And Luke 1. 27. The Virgin Mary is said to be of the house of David; that is, of the natural race and posterity of David. Vide Bezam in hunc locum.

Now this proverbial sentence uttered here by our Saviour, is not so to be taken as if it were generally and absolutely true in all cases: for sometimes a Prophet of God may be dishonoured out of his own Countrey, among such as are strangers to him, and none of his familiar acquaintance or kindred: yea, this often com­meth to pass, as experience sheweth. And, on the other side, sometimes a Minister of God may be well respected and honoured even in his own Countrey, and among his kindred: and so it was with our Saviour himself: for although the most of these Nazarites his Countrymen did take offence at him; yet there is nothing against it, but that we may think some few of them at least did well respect him and his doctrine, and believe in him: which is the more probable, because it is said, Verse 5. That he wrought some Miracles among them: which it is likely he did for their sakes who did honour him, and believe in him. And though some of his Kindred also, did not so honour him as they should (as we heard, Chap. 3. 21. where they said of him, That he was beside himself) yet others of them did truly honour him, and believe in him: as those Kinsmen of his mentioned in the former Verse, James, Joses, &c. Therefore our Saviour's meaning here is to shew, not what comes alwayes to passe; but what most usually falleth out to the Teachers of the Church; that for the most part they are not so much contemned amongst any, as amongst their own Coun­trymen, Kindred, &c. So much of the sense of the words.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. Here then we learn, That good and faithfull Ministers of God are usually most subject to con­tempt and dishonour in the places where they are most familiarly known, as amongst their own Country­men, Kindred, or those of their own family. Our Saviour Christ had experience of this: for he was no where so little regarded, nor so much vilified as among his own Countrymen of Nazareth: as we see here, and Luke 4. Though he came twice to preach unto them; yet both times he was rejected of them: and not only so, but they thrust him out of their City the first time he came, and would have thrown him headlong down the Hill on which the City stood, Luke 4. 29. And as his Countrymen, so also some of his Kindred were apt to dishonour him; as may appear both by this place, and also Mark 3. 21. & Joh. 7. 5. In which respect that may be truly said of him, Joh. 1. 11. He came unto his own, and his own received him not. And this also we may see in some other Prophets and Ministers of God: As in Moses, who was dishonoured by his own brother and sister, Aaron and Miriam; as appeareth, Numb. 12. 1, 2. They spake against Moses—and said, Hath the Lord indeed spoken only by Moses? &c. So Jeremy was greatly dishonoured and abused by the Princes and People of the Jews his own Nation and Countrymen: whereas on the other side, he found speciall favour and kindness at the hands of Ebedmelech the Ethiopian, being a stranger, Jer. 38. 7. Daniel was more honoured by the Kings of Babylon and Persia, then in his own Country: 1 Thess. 2. 15. the Apostle saith of the Jews, That they killed their own Prophets. And Paul had no greater enemies then the Jews his own Countrymen; as appeareth in the History of the Acts: and 2 Cor. 11. 24. & 26. where he mentioneth in speciall manner the indignities and persecutions which he suffered at their hands.

Reas. 1 Reasons of this Doctrine. 1. Envy and emulation causeth men often to repine at the honour and prefer­ment of such as are and have been familiarly known to them, and perhaps also have been heretofore either their inferiours or equals. Hence some are ready to speak thus of their Pastors; Why should I respect him, or be taught by him? I knew him when he was thus and thus; when he was young, or poor, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Where Ministers do daily live and converse, they cannot but through humane frailty discover some infirmities; and so their infirmities being most known in such places, hence it is, that they are the more apt there to be despised.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. The daily presence and commonness of a benefit, is apt to breed a contempt and loathing of it; as we see in the Israelites loathing Manna, after it grew common and familiar to them. So it is with Mi­nisters of the Word, where they are commonly and familiarly known, there they are most apt to be con­temned: which is the cause that many are more affected to strange Preachers then to their own Pastor whom they hear ordinarily; though perhaps the other be of meaner gifts than their own Teacher.

Use 1 Use 1. See by this the great corruption of our nature Nature, causing us to contemn and loath those whom we ought in speciall manner to love and honour; namely, our own Pastors and Teachers set over us: espe­cially if they be our Countrymen, or of Natural kindred, or of ancient familiar acquaintance with us. Such as these we are chiefly bound to honour and respect, both because they are our Teachers, and also because they are near to us in regard of Country, Kindred, or familiar acquaintance: Therefore to contemn and disho­nour such as these to whom we are tyed by a double bond to honour them, this sheweth great corruption of Nature in us; and that this our corrupt Nature is flat contrary to the Will of God, provoking us to contemn and despise such whom the Lord would have us in singular manner to love and honour. Let us bewail this corruption of our Nature, and strive against it. It is a great sin to contemn or vilifie any faithfull Minister of God: greater to dishonour our own Pastors; especially if they be near to us in regard of Country, Kin­dred, &c. Take heed then we do not in these respects contemn our Teachers, for which we are the more to love and honour them and their Ministery. Take heed we do not the less esteem them, because they have been born or brought up near us, or amongst us, or because they have been commonly and familiarly known to us; or because they are of our kindred, or perhaps of the same house and family with us. Love and honour them not the less, but the more for this. Remember still, they are our Pastors and Teachers set over us of God: yea, they are given us of God as a special gift, Ephes. 4. 11. Now we must not less esteem the gifts of God, because they are common and familiar to us. We esteem well of the light of the Sun, though it be common; and so we do of fire and water, which are of daily use: much more should we esteem and honour our faithful Pastors, tho [...]gh they be common and familiarly known to us.

Use 2 Use 2. This is for the comfort of such faithful Ministers whose case this is: who being called to live and execute their Ministery among their own Countrymen or Kindred, are dishonoured or contemned by them that should most honour them. Such also as are contemned by those of their own house or family, may hence comfort themselves. It is no news, for the Prophets of God to be thus contemned in their own Coun­trey, of their own kindred, and in their own house; but it hath ever been so for the most part.

Use 3 Use 3. Hence also we may gather, That there is no cause why a faithfull Minister should greatly desire to live and exercise his Ministery in his own native Country, and among his Kindred; seeing it is most like­ly, that in such a place he shall be most subject to contempt. Therefore though he may live there, if he be called so to do; yet there is no cause why he should much desire and seek to live there, if he be not called thither; but rather to be thankful to God for providing better for him, in calling him to live where he may be more free from contempt, and so the more likely to do good by his Ministery.

Use 4 Use 4. Seeing a Minister is most apt to be contemned where he is most familiarly known, this should teach Ministers to be wise in conversing with their people, not making themselves common in every company, nor too familiar with all sorts of persons, lest this breed contempt of their persons, and of their Ministery (Facile contemnitur clericus, qui, ad prandium saepe vocatus, non recusat. Hieronym. Epist. 2. ad Nepotian.). Though it is good for a Minister to be friendly and familiar with his People in due time and place, and upon just occasion; yet it is not safe for him to be common in all companies, nor in leight and vain manner to converse with his People, nor so as to discover and lay open his infirmities before them, lest this lay him open to contempt. See Tit. 2. 15.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. In that our Saviour saith, A Prophet is not without honour but in his own Countrey, &c. thereby he secretly implyeth, That every good Prophet should not be without honour either in his own Country, or elsewhere, neither among his Kindred, nor among strangers. From thence therefore we learn, That honour and good respect is due unto Gods faithful Ministers wheresoever they live; both from their own Country­men and kindred and family, and from others also: yea, there is singular and special honour and reverence due to them. 1 Thess. 5. 13. Esteem them highly in love for their works sake. Yea, a double honour is due to such, 1 Tim. 5. 17. Let the Elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour, &c.

Reas. 1 Reasons hereof. 1. They are called spirituall fathers, 1 Cor. 4. 15. and therefore to be honoured as fathers, according to the express words of the 5th Commandment.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. They are Gods Messengers and Embassadours, 2 Cor. 5. therefore to be respected well for the Lord's sake who sends them. This moved the Galathians to receive Paul as an Angel; yea, as Christ him­self.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. This winneth reverence and authority to their Ministery, causing it to be the more regarded, and to become more profitable and effectuall: as on the contrary, if the person be contemned, this will lay open his Ministery to contempt.

Use. Use. This is for the reproof of all contemners of God's faithful Ministers. A common and raigning sin in these miserable times; in which the Lord's Prophets and Ministers are contemned of many, because they are Ministers, even for their Callings sake; for which the Lord would have them had in singular love and ho­nour. What doth this contempt threaten, but the taking away of Good Ministers from us, even as our Sa­viour being contemned at Nazareth, departed from them, as we shall see afterward. Surely this or some other like fearfull Judgment may such contemners look for. So much of the first Consequent or event of the Nazarites taking offence at Christ; namely, his secret reproof of them for the same.

Now followeth the second Event. Verse 5. And he could there do no mighty work &c.] That is, he could there work but few Miracles. Now this must not be so taken, as if the Evangelist implyed any weakness or unability in Christ to work many Miracles there: for he was able by his absolute Divine power to work as many there, as in other places. But it is said he could not work many there, because he would not: and he would not, because he saw it not fit to work many.

Quest. 1. Why would he not work many there?

Answ. Matth. 13. 58. Because of their unbelief.

Answ. This made them unfit to be partakers of Christ's Miracles. And that in two respects. 1. In that it made them unfit to apprehend and apply to themselves the Divine power of Christ for the Miraculous curing of their Diseases; for although such cures were wrought by Christ's power, yet he usually required Faith in such as were to be cured, whereby to apprehend his power, and to apply it to themselves; which Faith, see­ing these Nazarites wanted, they were unfit to be Miraculously healed. 2. Their unbelief made them also unfit to profit by Christ's Miracles, in that it kept them from imbracing his Doctrine, for the sealing where­of, all his Miracles were wrought. In these respects our Saviour thought it not fit to work many Miracles at Nazareth; and yet some few he did work there, as appeareth in the words following, when it is added, That he laid his hands upon a few sick folks, and healed them. And this he did, 1. To convince their unbe­lief and hardness of heart, and so to leave them without excuse, that their condemnation might appear to be Just, in that they had such Miracles wrought among them, and yet believed not. 2. It is likely also, that he wrought some Miracles for their sakes who did Believe; for though the most were offended at him, yet it is likely that some few might Believe. So much of the meaning of the words.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. In that our Saviour was hindred by their unbelief from working many Miracles at Nazareth: Hence gather, That unbelief is such a sin as keeps men from being partakers of the benefit of Christ, which he came to procure for men, and to bestow on them; as here, it kept the Nazarenes from being partakers of the excellent benefit of Christ's Miracles.

Now for the clearing of this point, know, that Christ's benefits are of two sorts. 1. Special saving be­nefits which accompany Salvation; as forgiveness of sins, God's favour, and eternal life. Now these Un­belief doth utterly exclude and debar men of; for they are promised and given onely to such as have Faith in Christ. See Act. 13. 38. Through this man is Preached unto you Forgiveness of sins, And by him, all that Believe, are justified. And Mark 16. 16. He that Believeth, and is Baptized, shall be saved; but he that Belie­veth not, shall be condemned.

The second sort of benefits of Christ, are common benefits and favours, which he bestoweth as well on the wicked and unbelievers, as on the Godly and Faithfull. As, 1. The outward means of Grace and Salvation; the Ministry of the Word and Sacraments, &c. 2. All Temporal blessings which concern this life onely; as bodily Health, Wealth, Liberty, outward Peace, and the like; for Christ is the Author and giver of all these. Now though unbelief do not alwayes hinder and keep men from partaking in these, yet sometimes it doth; the Lord justly punishing this sin by depriving such even of his common favours and mer­cies; as we see here, he punished the unbelief of these Nazarenes, by with-holding from them the benefit of his Miracles. And though the Lord do sometimes bestow some such benefits on unbelievers; yet unbelief keeps them from the true use and comfortable enjoying of them.

Use 1 Use 1. See how fearfull and dangerous is this sin of unbelief, or want of Faith in Christ, in that it hin­ders those that live in it from partaking in Christ's benefits, stopping that Fountain of Grace and goodness that is in Christ, and damming it up (as it were) that it cannot flow unto them. It excludes them utterly from all the saving benefits of Christ; as Forgiveness of sins, Justification, Redemption; &c. which shews the misery of all unbelievers, Joh. 3. 36. He that Believeth not the Son, shall not see life, but the Wrath of God abideth on him. Such live in a Damnable estate; yea, they are condemned already in respect of the certain­ty of their damnation, if they live and dye in unbelief. Again, as this sin deprives such of all saving bene­fits of Christ; so it sometimes hinders and keeps back temporall and common blessings from them: and even when they do partake in these, yet it makes them unfit to use such benefits aright, and keeps them from all true comfort in the enjoying of them.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Let all such take heed, and fear to continue in unbelief, and labour to attain some measure of true Faith in Christ, by which they may be made capable of all the benefits of Christ, Spiritual and Temporal, and fit to receive and enjoy them all with true peace and comfort; and without which Faith, they are uncapa­ble of Christ's benefits, and utterly unfit to partake in any of them. Never rest then till thou feel some de­gree of true Faith wrought in thee by the Spirit of God; that by this Faith thou mayest receive and put on Christ, and he may dwell in thy Heart; and then, if thou be once united to him by Faith, all benefits of his become thine, and thou art made partaker of them, and hast true Title to them. Use the means therefore to attain to this Faith, especially the frequent and Conscionable hearing of the Word, &c.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. In that our Saviour wrought some few Miracles at Nazareth for their sakes which did Believe, though the most Believed not: Hence gather, That the unbelief of some cannot prejudice others which Be­lieve, nor keep them from being partakers of Christ's benefits. Rom. 3. 3. The Apostle sheweth, that though some of the Jews▪ did not believe, yet their unbelief could not make the Faith of God to be without effect. By the Faith of God, understand his truth and fidelity, in performing his promises of Mercy and Salvation to the Faithfull. So the meaning is, that the unbelief of some could not hinder others which were believers from being partakers of that Grace and Salvation which God had promised to them in Christ. So that the Faithfull are sure to be partakers of Gods mercies in Christ, and of all benefits of Christ needfull to Salvati­on, notwithstanding the unbelief of the wicked and Reprobate.

Ʋse. Use. Comfort to true Believers living amongst unbelievers and wicked ones, void of Faith; the unbelief of such cannot prejudice their Faith, nor hinder them from being partakers of the Mercies of God, and benefits of Christ. So much of the second event or Consequent of the Nazarites being offended at Christ; namely, his working of so few Miracles there.

Now follow the two last events, ver. 6. The one, That he marvelled at their unbelief. The other, That He went round about the Villages Teaching.

He Marvailed at their unbelief] This is mentioned as the cause of his working so few Miracles there, be­cause their unbelief made them unfit to be partakers of his Miracles, the greatness of which their incredulity is here set forth, in that our Saviour is said to have wondred at it. Not that he did so wonder at it, as if he had bin ignorant of the cause of it (as men are wont to admire those things whereof they know not the cause or reason): for our Saviour, as he was God, knew well enough the cause of their unbelief to be the great hard­ness [Page 306] of Heart, unto which they were given over of God; but this must be understood of Christ according to his humane Nature onely; that as he was man, he considering their unbelief, did wonder at it, and by his admiration, shewed the greatness of that sin in them. And there was just cause for our Saviour thus to ad­mire the greatness of their incredulity, if we consider the excellent and most powerfull means which they had to work Faith in them; even the Preaching of Christ, and his Miracles wrought before their eyes, the excel­lency of both which, themselves were driven to confess, and yet these means did not work Faith in them; which shews, that they were exceedingly and strangely hardned in unbelief.

Doctr. Doctr. Here then observe this, That when any people or persons have excellent and powerfull means of Grace and Salvation vouchsafed them of God, and yet are not bettered by them, nor any saving Grace wrought in them by such means, this discovers great and extraordinary hardness of Heart in such, even such hardness of Heart as is to be admired and wondred at. This shewed great hardness of heart in the Scribes and Pharisees, in that they heard Christ's Doctrine, and saw his Miracles, which were powerfull means to work good on them, and yet they were not bettered by them. Therefore our Saviour was grieved for their hardness of heart, it was so great, as we heard, chap. 3. ver. 5. The like we may see in Judas, and Pharaoh; and in those Cities of Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Capernaum, which repented not, though Christ Preached and wrought most of his great Miracles amongst them, Matth. 11. 20. therefore our Saviour justly upbraided them with their impenitency.

Use. Use. See then what a fearfull thing it is for any to live unprofitably under excellent and powerfull means of Grace and Salvation; as to live where the Word is plentifully and powerfully Preached in publick, and where there is plentifull means of private Reading, Conference, and the like helps, and yet not to profit by such excellent means, not to be furthered in sound Knowledg of the Word, nor to have any measure of sa­ving Faith and Repentance wrought in them by such means. An evident sign of great hardness of Heart, and that such are setled upon the Lees of their ignorance, unbelief, and other sins, as the Prophet speaketh, Zephan. 1. 12. We are to pitty the case of such, and to pray for them, that God may soften their Hearts by his Spirit, that they may be fit to be wrought upon by the means of Salvation. And this must also admonish us to look to it that we be not in the number of such as live unprofitably under the excellent and pretious means of Salvation, lest we discover our selves to be given over of God unto great hardness of heart, which is a most fearfull Judgment, [...] have cause to pray against, more then against any Temporal Plague or Judgment, as we heard before, ver. 2.

It followeth, And he went round about the Villages, &c.] Because they of Nazareth conremned him, and rejected his Doctrine; therefore he departed from them, and went and Preached in other Villages near adjoyning round about them.

Observ. Observ. The Lord doth in Justice punish those that contemn the means of Salvation, and profit not by them, by taking away those means from them. See this handled, chap. 5. ver. 18.

Mark 6. 7.‘And he calleth unto him the Twelve, &c. Mar. 18. 1620.

NOW we are come unto the second principal part of this Chapter, in which the Evangelist layeth down the History of Christ's sending forth of his Twelve Apostles to Preach.

Where we have to consider, 1. The sending of them forth, with the diverse Circumstances of it, ver. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11.

2. Their obedience in going forth, and in performance of those duties of their Apostolicall Office which they were sent to perform, ver. 12, 13.

Touching the sending of them, we may consider, 1. The person sending, Christ; together with the Action of sending. 2. The persons sent, the Twelve Apostles. 3. The manner of sending them, Two and Two together. 4. The qualifying of them for the performance of the Embassage on which they were sent, He gave them power over unclean spirits. 5. The charge given them at the time of his sending them, verse 8. &c. The occasion of this sending forth of the Apostles, see Matth. 9. 36, &c. ad finem Ca­pitis.

He called them, and began to send them forth] Having before solemnly chosen and ordained them to this Office of Apostles, chap. 3. 14. Now he sendeth them to execute that Office. Having hitherto for some good space of time lived with Christ as his unseperable companions, seeing his Miracles, and being instructed of him in publick and private, and so by these means sufficiently prepared and fitted to execute the Office of Apostles; Now they are sent to execute it, by Preaching and working Miracles.

Quest. Quest. Whither were they sent to Preach?

Answ. Answ. The particular Towns or Villages are not named by the Evangelists; but it appeareth, Matth. 10. 5. that they were not sent to the Gentiles or Samaritanes, but to the Jews onely. The reason whereof was, because the due time appointed for the Calling of the Gentiles was not yet come, till after Christ's Ascension; for although our Saviour after his Resurrection gave them their general commission to Preach to all Nations, Matth. 28. 19. yet they were not to put it in execution till after his Ascension into Heaven, and not present­ly after his Ascention; for they were first to Preach unto the Jews, and then being rejected of them, to turn to the Gentiles, Act. 13. 46. Here then the Evangelist speaketh of our Saviour's first sending of them to the Jews to Preach to them, and to work Miracles among them.

Quest. Quest. Why did he not send them to Preach among the Jews?

Answ. Answ. That by their Preaching and Miracles they might stir up the Jews to believe in Christ, and to im­brace him as the true Messiah; therefore Matth. 10. 7. they are commanded as they went, to Preach, saying, The Kingdome of Heaven is at hand; that is, the true Messiah is come, and the manifestation of his Spiritual Kingdome, and Government in the Church is near upon fulfilling. This therefore was the principal end of their sending now, that they might thus stir up and move the people where they came, to imbrace and [Page 307] receive Christ as the true Messiah. And to the same end also were those seventy Disciples afterward sent forth, Luke 10. 1.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour Christ himself in his own person did call and send forth his Apostles to Preach; this sheweth one special priviledg which the Apostles had above all other Pastors and Ministers of the Church; they were immediately sent of Christ, receiving commandment from his own mouth to Preach; as here, and Matth. 28. 19. So also Paul (though none of the Twelve) was immediately Called and sent of Christ, Act. 26. 17. and Gal. 1. 1. Whereas all other Ministers of the New Testament are Called and sent immediately by the Church, receiving their Ordination from such as have Authority in it to ordain and send them. For this cause the Apostles are called by this name, because they were sent of Christ immedi­ately.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Hence gather the Infallible truth and certainty of the Doctrine of the Apostles, which they have left unto the Church in their writing, for that which they wrought, is the substance of that which they had before Preached; and that which they Preached, they were Called and sent of Christ himself immediately to Preach it: yea, they were not onely immediately sent of him to Preach it, but they also learned and recei­ved the substance of all that they taught, from his own mouth; and therefore they could not err, either in their Preaching or Writing of that Doctrine, or any part of it. This therefore must strengthen our Faith in Believing and embracing the Doctrine of the Apostles, as the Divine Truth, and immediate Doctrine of Christ himself, and cause us to yield obedience unto it, as we would obey the Voyce of Christ himself, if he did now speak to us on earth.

Use 2 Use. 2. Seeing it was the priviledg of the Apostles to be immediately sent of Christ: Hence it follows, that their Office and Calling ceased with them, and did not pass from them to others by succession; for although other Ministers succeed the Apostles as Ministers of the Church of the New Testament, yet not as Apostles. They succeed them in the Office of Preaching the Word, and Administring the Sacraments, but not in the Office of Apostles in generall, and absolutely; not in the special Priviledges by which the Apostles differed from other Ministers of the Church; as in their immediate Calling and sending, in the Infallible assistance of the Spirit, &c. Therefore it is a gross and absurd errour of the Papists, Teaching, that the Pope succeedeth Peter in his Apostolicall Office and Authority, and in the Infallible assistance of the Spirit, so as he cannot err in his consistory, when he sitteth Judicially to determine matters of Faith.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Apostles are sent of Christ before they go to Preach; we learn, that none ought to take upon them the Office of Preaching, or any other Ministerial Function in the Church, till they be duly and lawfully Called unto it. Rom. 10. 15. But of this, see before, Chapter, 3. Verse 14. and Chapter, 1. 3.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the Apostles were sent of Christ to Preach; We learn, how all Ministers lawfully Cal­led should be esteemed; namely, as the Embassadours or Messengers of Christ, 2 Cor. 5. 20. Paul giveth that Title to himself, and to Timothy whom he joyneth with himself in the beginning of that Epistle. And though ordinary Ministers of the Church be not immediately sent of Christ, as the Apostles were; yet they are Called and sent by that Authority of the Church which is derived from the Apostles, and so from Christ; for as they were immediately sent of Christ, so they afterwards Called and Ordained other Pastors and El­ders in the Church to succeed them, Act. 14. 23. And they being Ordained of the Apostles, did afterwards Ordain and send others; and so the power and Authority of Calling and sending Ministers being first con­ferred of Christ upon the Apostles, hath bin derived from them to the Church, in all ages since, unto this day; so as in this respect it may be truly said of all Ministers of the Church lawfully Called, that they are sent of Christ, and are to be taken and accompted as his special Messengers.

Use 1 Use 1. See then that Ministers of the Word and their Doctrine should be received with all due reverence and respect, even for his sake that sendeth them. This moved the Galathians to receive Paul as Christ himself, Gal. 4. 14. Especially their Doctrine is to be regarded, and Conscionably obeyed as the Message of Christ.

Use 2 Use 2. See that such as contemn the Ministers of Christ lawfully Called, or reject their Ministry, do con­temn Christ himself, Luke 10. 16. So much of the person sending the Apostles, together with the Action of sending them.

Now follow the persons sent.

The Twelve] That is, the Twelve Apostles, whose names we heard recited before, Chapter 3. Verse 16. where we shewed a probable reason why our Saviour chose this number of Twelve, and not more, or fewer.

Now we must here call to mind, that, among these 12, there was one wicked man numbred, Judas Iscariot, branded with this mark of infamy, that he betrayed Christ.

The reasons why Judas was chosen, see before, chap. 3.

Observ. Observ. Here then observe, that all Ministers of the Church, which have a lawfull outward Calling, are not good and Holy persons; but there are some profane and wicked, whom the Lord tolerateth and suffreth in the Church among the good Pastors, as he did Judas the Traytor among the Apostles, Joh. 6. 70. Have not I chosen you Twelve, and one of you is a Devill? So that they may be wicked men, yea very Devills Incar­nate, which the Lord may suffer to have place in the Church, and to have an outward Calling to bear Office in it. Such were the Scribes and Pharisees who sate in Moses Chair in our Saviour's time, Matth. 23. 2. and yet they were in their lives most wicked and vicious, as our Saviour sheweth in the same Chapter. See also Act. 20. 29.

Quest. Quest. Why doth the Lord suffer such wicked men to bear office in the Church?

Answ. Answ. 1. To shew that the efficacy of the Ministry doth not depend upon the worthiness of the persons, but upon the Ordinance of God, and upon the power of his Spirit accompanying the same.

2. For the Tryall of the Church, for such wicked men are as Wolves, not sparing the flock.

3. For the just punishment of such as contemn good Pastours.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. It must teach us not to marvail or be offended, though we sometimes see wicked men fill up the [Page 308] rooms of good Pastors in the Church. The Lord suffereth this for just causes. And let none from hence take occasion to contemn the Ministery it self, because of the vicious and wicked lives of some that live in that Calling. The wickedness of some persons sought to be no prejudice to the Calling it self.

Use 2 Use 2. This also teacheth us, That it is not alway safe for the people to follow the example of such as have an outward calling to be Teachers in the Church: for so may lend and wicked men have, whose life and practise is no way to be imitated, but to be abhorred and detested. If therefore there be any in the place of Ministers, who teach well and profitably, and yet are wicked in their lives, the precept of our Saviour is to be remembred and practised, who bids his Disciples to do as the Scribes and Pharisees taught, so far as their teaching was good and sound: but not to do after their works, because they said, and did not, Matth. 23. 3. So much of the Persons sent.

Now followeth the manner of Christ's sending them.

By two and two] That is, two in a company. Therefore also they are nominated by pairs or couples, Matth. 10. & Luke 6. So also Luke 10. 1. The 70 Disciples were sent two and two together.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour thus send them by couples?

Answ. Answ. 1. That they might one be helpfull to another in the duties of their Calling, strengthening, com­forting, and encouraging each other therein.

2. That they might testifie and shew their mutual consent in the Doctrine which they taught; and so this might procure and win credit and authority to their Doctrine.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Hence gather, That Ministers of the Word have need of mutual help, comfort, and encourage­ment one from another in the duties of their Calling. Therefore Paul often mentioneth his fellow-labourers and helpers in the Ministery; as Col. 4. 11. he saith of Aristarchus, Marcus, and Jesus called Justus, that they were his fellow-workers, or helpers, and a comfort to him. And for this cause it is likely, the Apostles after Christ's Ascension, had companions for the most part in their Travels when they preached in sundry places, Thus Peter and John were companions, Act. 3. Paul and Barnabas, Act. 13. Judas and Silas, Act. 15. 32. Paul and Timotheus, and Paul and Silas, Act. 16. Moses and Aaron joyned together, &c.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. The Work of the Ministery is a great and difficult Work; and therefore such as are called to labour in it, had need to be helpful one to another in it: it is a weighty and burdensome Calling, (Onus ipsis angelis formidandum, as Bernard sayes of it) therefore they had need help one another in bearing it.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. There are many discouragements and hinderances which Ministers must look to meet with in their Callings: and therefore they have great need of comfort and encouragement from one another.

Use. Use. To move all Ministers to be ready to help, comfort, and encourage their fellow Ministers in the du­ties of their Calling; and to be ready also to receive comfort and encouragement from others, as occasion is offered. As Reapers in a Harvest field encourage one another: so should such as labour in the Lord's Har­vest.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour sends the Apostles by two and two in a company, that so their consent in the Doctrine which they should preach, might win credit unto it; We may learn, That the unity, consent, and agreement of Ministers of the Church in one and the same substance of Christian doctrine, is of great force to procure credit and authority to that Doctrine, and to cause it to be the more readily im­braced of the hearers. This is the reason why Paul in his Epistles to the Churches, doth often joyn other faithful Ministers with him, as joynt-Witnesses of the same Truth and Doctrine which he delivereth to the Churches in writing; as 1 Thess. 1. 1. he joyneth Sylvanus and Timotheus with him; and so in other of his Epistles. Therefore also it was, That the Church of Hierusalem writing to the Church of Antioch about that Question touching the Jewish Ceremonies, did joyn all the Apostles and Elders together in the forefront of those Letters, Act. 15. 23. See Joh. 8. 17. and 2 Cor. 13. 1.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This must move all Ministers of the Church to labour much to maintain this unity and consent in true and sound Doctrine, between themselves and other Ministers in the Church; that so their doctrine may be of the more authority and credit with the people, and be the more readily imbraced and obeyed. For al­though the Doctrine and Truth of God be in it self of sufficient authority, and so hath no need of mans testi­mony, Joh. 5. 34. yet the consent of the Teachers of it is a forcible motive to move the hearers the sooner to imbrace it.

Use 2 Use 2. This also shews, That it is profitable for the people of God sometimes, when opportunity is offe­red, to hear not only their own Pastors, but also other Ministers of the Church: that so seeing an unity and consent between the Pastors of the Church in the same substance of doctrine, they may by this means be more confirmed in the Truth, and make the more conscience to imbrace and follow what is taught them. Though they may not have itching ears (as the Apostle speaketh), nor of vain curiosity, or for novelty sake get unto themselves a heap of Teachers; yet sometimes upon just and good occasion and opportunity, it is profitable for them to hear others beside their own Pastors, that by the consent of sundry godly leamed Teachers, they may be the more settled in the Truth. And this also shews withall, how good and profitable it is for Chri­stians to read not onely the Scriptures, (though principally them) but also other holy Treatises made and set forth by Learned and Judicious Divines and Teachers of the Church, that in their Writings they may see their consent in Doctrine, and so be the more firmly established in the truth of it.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, In that our Saviour sent forth the Apostles two and two together, that they might be a mutual help and comfort one to another, We may observe the great good and benefit that is in humane society and fellowship of Christians together: in that it is a means of affording mutuall help, comfort, and encouragement one to another in good Duties. Eccles. 4. 9. Two are better then one—For if they fall, the one will lift up his fellow: But woe to him that is alone, when he falleth; for he hath not another to help him up, &c. 1 Pet. 2. 17. Love the brotherhood, or brotherly fellowship. Act. 2. 44. The Christians in the Primitive Church had fellowship together.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This condemneth the practise of Popish Eremites, who separate themselves from humane society, to live alone, under pretence of being more free for heavenly contemplation, and for the service of God: but by this means they deprive themselves of the help and comfort of humane society, and separate them­selves [Page 309] from the outward fellowship and communion of the Saints, contrary to the Ordinance of God, and the practise of good Christians in all Ages of the Church.

Use 2 Use 2. Let us every one esteem well of humane society, and take the benefit of it, as occasion is offered: especially desire the fellowship of the Saints; that by it we may be encouraged in good duties, and com­forted also in our distresses. Heb. 10. 24. Let us consider one another, to provoke unto love, and to good works. How can we do this, if we refuse to come in company with our Brethren and fellow Christians, as occasion is offered? So much of the manner of sending forth the Apostles; Two and two.

Now to speak of our Saviour's qualifying or furnishing them with the gift of Miracles, for the better dis­charge of their weighty Embassage.

He gave them power over unclean spirits] That is, he gave them the extrordinary gift of working Miracles; Casting out Devils, being one principal kind of Miracles, is here named for all other kinds; as healing the sick, cleansing Lepers, raising the dead, Matth. 10. 8.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour confer this power of working Miracles upon the Apostles?

Answ. Answ. This was necessary in two respects. 1. To procure reverence to their persons, being otherwise men of mean outward condition in the world, unlearned Fishermen, and such like: therefore they would have been lyable to contempt, if they had not been qualified and indued with this rare gift of Miracles.

2. Principally it was necessary, for the confirming and sealing of the Divine truth of that Doctrine which they were to preach, and to win credit and authority unto it. For the Doctrine of faith in the Messiah now come and exhibited in the flesh, being as yet new and strange to the people of the Jews, they were hardly moved to imbrace it: and therefore the truth and certainty of it was needful to be extraordinarily ratified not only by Christ's own Miracle, but also by such as he wrought by his Apostles. See Joh. 20. 31. So much in way of clearing the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here an evident proof of the Godhead and Divine Nature of Christ; in that he was able being on earth, not only to work Miracles in his own Person, but also to confer on his Apostles that extraor­dinary gift and power of working Miracles, in casting out Devils, curing uncurable Diseases, raising the dead, &c. This is a manifest argument of his Godhead. For as it is proper to God alone to work true Mi­racles; so God alone can give the gift of working them unto men. This therefore must more and more con­firm our faith in the undoubted truth of Christ's Divine Nature, That he is the Son of God; and conse­quently a most Powerfull and All-sufficient Saviour to so many as by true faith lay hold on him unto Salva­tion.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. We further see here one other priviledg of the Apostles above all other Ministers of the Go­spel; in that they had the gift and power of working Miracles bestowed on them, for the sealing and ratify­ing of the Doctrine they preached; which gift other ordinary Ministers of the Church have not. Therefore 2 Cor. 12. 12. Paul saith, That Miracles are the signs of an Apostle: yet not peculiar only to the Apostles, but common to some other Believers in those times, Mar. 16. 17.

Quest. Quest. Why have not other ordinary Ministers of the Church this power of Miracles given them as the Apostles had?

Answ. Answ. Because it is not now needfull as then it was. The Doctrine of the Gospel when it first began to be preached, had need of such extraordinary confirmation: but now the Divine truth and certainty of it being already sufficiently sealed and ratified by those famous Miracles of Christ and his Apostles, and also by the constant testimony of the Church in all Ages since the Apostles, there is no further use or necessity of the gift of Miracles.

Further touching this gift of Miracles bestowed on the Apostles, we must observe two things.

1. That the power given them, was not any quality or vertue inherent in their persons: but it was the Divine power of Christ himself, which wrought Miracles by them, as by outward Instruments employed to that end. Therefore, to speak properly, the Apostles did not work Miracles by their own power, but Christ by them, and upon their faith and prayers made unto him. Act. 3. 12. Peter saith, Why look ye on us—as though by our own power we had made this man to walk—Verse 16. His Name, (that is, the Name or Power of Christ) through faith in his Name, hath made this man strong, &c. (See Stella upon Luke 9. 1. and Tho. Aquin. secunda secundae quaest. 178. act. 1.)

2. We are also to observe and know, That this power given to the Apostles, was not an absolute power inabling them to work all kind of Miracles whatsoever they would, or whensoever they would: For Matth. 17. 16. they could not cast out the Devil from him that was Lunatick. But they were enabled to work such Miracles only as made for the glory of God; and at such times only, when the working of them tended to his glory, and when they were thereunto moved by special and extraordinary instinct.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour sending forth his Apostles to preach and to work Miracles for the confirm­ing of their Doctrine, doth qualifie them with the gift of Miracles for that end, we may observe this, That such as are called of God to the performance of any great and weighty works, the Lord doth alwayes furnish them with sufficient gifts and abilities for the performance of such works. Moses being called to perform that great work of delivering the Israelites out of Egypt, from under the tyranny of Pharaoh, the Lord furnish­ed him with the power of working Miracles before Pharaoh, that by them Pharaoh might be moved to let Israel go, Exod. 4. Saul being called of God to be King of Israel, the Lord gave him another heart; that is, furnished him with new gifts of wisdom, courage, and such like, as were necessary for him in the Govern­ment of the Kingdom. 1 Sam. 10. 9. Sampson being called to deliver Israel from the Philistims, by per­forming works of great strength, the Lord indued him with extraordinary bodily strength, as we read in the Book of Judges. The Prophets being called of God to the great Work and Office of Preaching his Word, by denouncing Judgments against the wicked, and by comforting the true Church and faithfull people of God, the Lord furnished them with gifts answerable to the weightiness of that Calling. See Jer. 1. 9. So also the Apostles being called to the great work of Preaching the Gospel to all Nations, and of planting the first Christian Churches, they were furnished of Christ with the gift of Tongues, Act. 2. and with an extra­ordinary gift in teaching, and with the power and gift of Miracles to seal their Doctrine.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. By this all such as are Called to great places and Offices in Church and Common-wealth, and to performance of waighty duties in those places, may examine and know whether their Calling to those places be of God or not; for if it be, there is no doubt but they do find themselves furnished of God with a suffici­ency of gifts and Graces fit for discharge of those waighty duties which lye upon them: If not, let them not think they are Called of God. He sends no Minister to be a Preacher in the Church, but he gives him one Talent at least; neither doth he send or call any to be a Magistrate or Governour in the Common-wealth, but he giveth a sufficient measure of Wisdome, Experience, Courage, fit for such a place.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. This also may comfort those that find themselves Called of God to performance of great and waighty duties in the Church or Common-wealth; for as the Lord hath begun already to qualify them with sufficient gifts for discharge of those duties when they first entred upon them; so they may be assured, that he will also continue and increase those his gifts in them from time to time, if they Conscionably use and employ them to his Glory.

Mark 6. 8, 9, 10.‘And commanded them that they should take nothing, &c. Mar. 25. 1621.

IN the former Verse, we heard of our Saviour's sending forth the Twelve Apostles by two and two, and of his qualifying them with the gift of Miracles.

Now in the next place the Evangelist mentioneth the charge given them at the time of sending them; which is threefold.

  • 1. Touching Preparation for their Journey, that they should not make great preparation for it, but onely take such things with them as were of present and greatest necessity for them, ver. 8, 9. He commanded that they should take nothing for their Journey, save a staff onely, &c.
  • 2. Touching their lodging in their Journey; that they should not change it during the time of their abode in any one place, but into whatsoever house they first entred, they should there continue till they de­parted out of that place, ver. 10.
  • 3. Touching their carriage towards such as should refuse to give entertainment to them and their Do­ctrine, viz. that they should testify against them, by shaking off the dust of their Feet at their departure; and withall, our Saviour ratifieth that Testimony, by denouncing the fearfull Judgment of God against such contemners of them and their Doctrine, when he saith, It shall be easier for Sodome and Gomorrha in the day of Judgment, &c. ver. 11.

First, to speak of that part of the charge which concerneth their Preparation for the Journey.

He commanded that they should take nothing for their Journey] That is, that they should not be sollicitous or very carefull to provide or take with them many necessaries for their Journey, or to furnish themselves with great store of Provision for it; as of Victualls, Money, Apparell, Weapons of defence, and the like.

Save a staff onely,] That is, a walking-staff to use in the Journey.

No Scrip,] That is, no Bag, or Satchel, which the mean and poorer sort used to carry Victuals in for their Journey when they Travelled.

Bread,] Bread is put by a Synecdoche for all manner of Victualls, as it is often in other places of Scripture.

No Money in their Purse] or Brass in their Girdles (as the words are in the Originall), for they used then, not onely Gold and Silver, but Brass money also. And the learned do observe, that in Antient times they had Girdles made in such sort that they had purses in them, in which, such as travelled might carry their Money. Vide Rittershush. in Salvian. pag. 213, & 214. et Henr. Stephan. Thesaur. Tom. 1. col. 1410.

But be shod with Sandalls] These were a kind of Shooes in use in those times, in which they used to travell as may appear, Act. 12. 8. where the Angel bids Peter gird himself, and bind on his Sandals, and follow him. Vide Bezam. et Drusium in hunc locum Marci.

And not put on two Coats,] That is, not provide or carry change of Garments with them, to put on one af­ter another; for he doth not simply forbid them to wear two Coats, or two Garments at once, but to pro­vide change of Apparell to put on in their Journey. (Vide Bezam in locum.) Therefore it is said, Matth. 10. 10. Provide not two Coats, &c.

Object. Object. Matth. 10. 10. Provide not Shooes nor Staves. And Luke 9. 3. Take no Staves for your Jour­ney.

Answ. Answ. Our Saviour's purpose is not simply to forbid them the use of staves in their Journey, for it was ordinary then to Travell with a staff in their hands (as appeareth in Jacob, Gen. 32. 10. who saith, he passed over Jordan with his Staff; and by that Ceremony of eating the Passoever with staves in their hands like Travellers, Exod. 12.): Neither would he have them go bare-foot without any shooes at all, (as may be ga­thered by the express words of Mark, who saith, He commanded them to be shod with Sandals; but his mea­ning is, onely to forbid them to take much care, and to spend time in providing and furnishing themselves with staves and shooes for their Journey; but he would have them presently without delay to go forth, ta­king with them no other shooes than such as were already upon their feet, nor any other staves then such as they had already in their hands, or near about them. Vide Bezam. in Matth. 10. 9.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour thus forbid them to make great provision for their Journey?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because they were presently to set forth, he would not have them delay the time about provi­ding or caring for necessaries.

2. Because they were speedily, and in a short space of time (as is likely) to finish their Journey, and to accomplish this Embassage, and so to return again to Christ; therefore he would not have them be burden­ed or hindered in the Journey with carrying much Provision.

3. To shew that they were worthy and ought to receive stipend and maintenance from those to whom they Preached, Matth. 10. 10. The workman is worthy of his meat. And Luke 10. 7. The Labourer is worthy of his hire.

4. To Teach them to depend by Faith upon Gods Providence for their necessary maintenance, and not to distrust his Fatherly care of them. Therefore afterwards, Luke 22. 35. he asketh them, whether they lack­ed any thing when he sent them forth without purse, scrip, and shooes? and they answer, Nothing. So much of the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the Apostles being sent to Preach, are commanded of Christ not to take care, or make great Provision of necessaries for their Journey, nor to carry much Provision of money, victualls, Apparel, &c. with them, lest these should hinder them in their Journey, and in performance of their Embassage: From hence we may learn, That such as are Called of God to performance of great and waighty duties, must free themselves from such impediments as will hinder them in those duties; all such hinderances they must re­move and lay aside when they set about such duties. Thus Ministers of the Word being Called to Preach the Word, to administer the Sacraments, and to perform other waighty Duties belonging to their Calling, must be carefull to free themselves from all Impediments which may hinder them in those duties; as worldly bu­siness, cares of this life, and such like. So other Christians being called to hear the Word, to receive the Sa­craments, to Pray, and to perform such other serious duties of Gods Service, must remove all things which may hinder them therein. 1 Pet. 2. 1. Laying aside all Malice, Guile, Hypocrisies, Envyes, and Evill-speakings, as new born Babes, desire the sincere Milk of the Word, &c. So Jam. 1. 21. 1 Tim. 2. 8. Pray every where, lift­ing up holy hands without wrath and doubting; wrath and doubting are great hinderances to Prayer, which must be laid aside of those that go about that exercise. So being Called to Sanctify the Lord's Sabbath, and this being a waighty duty, we are to remove all things that may hinder us therein; all servile works of our Callings, worldly businesses, cares, and thoughts of the World, vain sports, &c. And for this cause we are bid to remember the Sabbath, to Sanctify it; that is, to think of it before it comes, that we may lay aside all such impediments before it commeth, which may hinder us in Sanctifying it.

Use 1 Use 1. This reproveth such as neglect or forget this care of removing hinderances when they go about such serious and waighty duties as God requires of them, and do willingly suffer themselves to be intangled and cumbred with impediments in the performance of such duties. Many never think of the Sabbath before it comes, nor have any care so to contrive and dispatch their worldly businesses on the six dayes, that they may be free on the Lords day; therefore when that day commeth, they have one worldly business or another to take them up, and hinder them in the Sanctifying of it; some Journey to go or ride, or some money to pay, or some other business. So also many comming on that day, or at other times to hear the Word, to Pray, to receive the Sacrament, &c. are not carefull first to unburthen themselves of such impediments as may hin­der them, as worldly cares, wandring thoughts, sinfull lusts and affections, and the like; but they come with their heads and hearts stuffed and full fraught with these, and they are so clogged and hindered by them, that they cannot in any profitable or comfortable manner perform those Holy duties, like the Jews in the Prophet's time, Ezek. 33. 31. who came and sate before him to hear the Word, but did not profit by hearing, because their Heart went after their Covetousness.

Use 2 Use 2. Let us remember and be carefull when we go about serious and waighty duties commanded of God, first to cast off and remove impediments, especially when we are to perform Religious duties of Gods Worship, publick and private; as Sanctifying the Sabbath, hearing the Word, Prayer, &c. Set not about these duties till thou have shaken off impediments. Lay aside worldly businesses, and the cares and thoughts of earthly things, and especially cast off thy sins and sinfull lusts by true Repentance, if thou have not yet done it; if thou hast done it heretofore, yet renew thy Repentance before thou come before God to perform the waighty duties of his Worship: Come not in thy sins, no not in any one known sin to the Word Preached, or to the Sacrament of the Lords Supper, or to Prayer, &c. lest all these holy duties and Services be turned into sin unto thee, and so instead of reaping good and comfort to thy own Soul by them, thou provoke God to bring his heavy wrath and Judgment on thee for abusing his holy Ordinances. Look to it therefore before thou go about these waighty duties, that thou cast off thy sins and all other impediments, that thou be not cum­bred and pestered with them in the performance of such duties. Gen. 35. 2. Jacob going up to Bethel, to wor­ship God, first purged his Family from the Idolls that were in it, lest they should hinder him or any of his Family in the worship of the true God. So when thou art to go to the House of God to serve him, or to perform any part of his private Worship in thy Family, first remove all that may hinder thee therein.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that our Saviour sends forth the Apostles in such poor and mean estate, without pro­vision of mony, victuall, &c. We may gather, that the best Christians may sometimes be Called to a mean and poor estate, in which they may be destitute even of necessaries for maintenance of this life. So Paul, 2 Cor. 11. 27. suffred Hunger, thirst, cold, and nakedness. And Phil. 4. 12. He had learned to suffer need. So those excellent persons mentioned Hebr. 11. 37. were destitute of necessary things for maintenance of this life; yea, Christ himself became poor for our sakes, 2 Cor. 8. 9.

Quest. Quest. Why doth the Lord call good Christians to suffer want of outward things?

Answ. Answ. 1. That his special Providence and Fatherly care of them, may the more appear in providing for them in the midst of their wants, when outward means fail them.

2. To try and exercise their Faith in depending on his Fatherly Providence in their wants.

3. To wean their hearts from love of Earthly things, and to stir up in them the greater love and desire of Spiritual and heavenly Riches.

Object. Ob [...]ect. Psal. 37. 25. David saith, he never saw the Righteous forsaken, nor their Seed begging Bread.

Answ. Answ. He doth not say he never saw them in want, or in a poor estate; but he never saw them forsaken of God, nor their Children forced to beg bread; that is, he saw them not in extream want or necessity utterly destitute of all means of life; but they had still a sufficiency.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. Comfort to good Christians being Called to live in a poor and mean Estate, destitute of that plen­ty of outward blessings of this life which some others enjoy; yet no cause for them to be discouraged with their wants or poverty; seeing it is no new or strange thing for the best Christians to be thus tryed and exer­cised. Besides that, the Lord doth so exercise them for their good, to teach them by Faith to depend on his Providence, and to withdraw their hearts from love of earthly things, and to raise their affections unto the [Page 312] things that are above Let them also know, That God will not forsake them in their wants; but provide for them as Christ did for his Apostles.

Use 2 Use 2. Prepare and arm our selves now in our plenty and prosperity for a time of want, if the Lord shall call us to it; as he may, we know not how soon: We are not priviledged from it above other good Christians. If Christ himself and his Apostles were tryed with poverty and want, and we profess to be their followers; Let us also prepare for this kind of tryall, if the Lord should please to send it us. Now the only way to arm our selves to bear this tryal, is to get faith in Gods providence, to depend on him in midst of the greatest want. Habbak 2. 4. The just shall live by his faith: He shall live by it, not only the spiritual life of grace, but even his temporal life after a sort shall be sustained by it; not only in time of plenty and prosperity, but especially in time of want and necessity, when outward helps and means of life do most fail him. Labour then for this faith, and for daily increase of it, by which thou mayst be able to cast thy care upon God in time of want, (if he call thee to it) and by which thou mayst be able to trust him without a pawn (as Luther sayes), that is, rest upon his bare Word and Promise, for provision of necessaries for thee, even then when thou art destitute of outward means and maintenance for this life.

Now follow one or two particular Observations out of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour sending forth the Apostles to preach, would not have them take care, or trouble themselves about providing necessaries for their journey, lest this should hinder them in their Mini­stery and Ambassage, we may hence gather, That it is not fit for Ministers of the Word to be cumbred and troubled with the affairs of this life; as with worldly cares or businesses. 2 Tim. 2. 4. No man that warreth intangleth himself with the affairs of this life, &c. He speaketh there of the spiritual warfare which Ministers of the Word are called unto.

Reason. Reason. This intangling themselves with the World and worldly affairs, is a means to distract their Minds, and to hinder them in the serious study and meditation of the Word of God, and in the duties of their Mi­nistery; unto which they should wholly consecrate themselves, according to that Precept of Paul to Timo­thy, 1 Tim. 4. 13. Give attendance to reading, to exhortation, to doctrine. And Verse 15. Meditate upon these things, give thy self wholly to them, &c. Ministers are to labour in the Word and Doctrine, 1 Tim. 5. 17. there­fore not to labour and toyl in following the world: for then this labour must needs hinder the other.

Quest. Quest. May not Ministers of the Word meddle at all with matters of the World, and of this life?

Answ. Answ. Yes, they may use the world, as well as other Christians, for their present necessity in this life; and they may and ought to take care to maintain themselves and such as depend on them (for that speech of the Apostle is general, 1 Tim. 5. 8. If any provide not for his own, and specially for those of his own house, he hath de­nyed the faith, &c.). But a Minister is not to intangle his Mind with immoderate cares about matters of this life, so as to hinder himself in the diligent reading and meditation of the Word of God, and in the study of other learning and knowledg necessary for him in his Ministery: neither is he so to give himself to follow­ing of the world as others do, whose Profession and Trade of life is to deal in matters of the World. He must not ordinarily spend his time in caring about earthly matters, or in worldly businesses and dealings, either for the providing of Maintenance for himself and his family, or otherwise: much less is he to drown himself in the world, and in worldly profits or pleasures, and to give himself over to these.

Object. Object. The Apostles used bodily labour about earthly matters, as Paul, Act. 18. 3. and other of the Apostles laboured in fishing, Joh. 21.

Answ. Answ. The case was extraordinary. For, 1. They had the extraordinary immediate assistance of the Spirit, by which they were inabled at all times to preach without the help of learning and study: and there­fore their manuall labour was no hinderance to them in their Ministery. It is not so with ordinary Ministers of the Church in these times.

2. Paul did it to prevent scandal, partly that the false Apostles might have no colour for their accusing him of covetousness; and partly, lest some should be hindred from imbracing the Gospel, because of the charge of allowing maintenance to the Preachers of it. See 2 Cor. 11. 12. & 1 Cor. 9. 12. & 18.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour sent forth the Twelve, without any provision for their Journey, that so they might receive maintenance from those to whom they preached, hence we learn, That it is the Ordinance of God, that Ministers of the Gospel should receive a sufficient maintenance from the people whom they are called to teach; and this maintenance is due to them for their pains and labour in the Ministery. 1 Cor. 9. 14. The Lord hath ordained, that they which preach the Gospel, should live of the Gospel. And this Point the Apostle prosecuteth at large in that Chapter, proving it by sundry strong Reasons. So Gal. 6. 6. Let him that is instructed in the Word, make him that hath instructed him partaker in all good things. And the equity of this doth appear by that which we have before shewed; namely, That the Lord would not have Ministers of the Word to be intangled and hindred with worldly cares and affairs of this life, but would have them to be free from those, that they may wholly give themselves to study, and to the duties of their Ministery publike and private: Now this they cannot do, if they be not allowed their maintenance from the people.

Use. Use. See then how unthankful are such people, who are backward or unwilling to allow and pay unto their Ministers (which labour among them in the Word) their due maintenance; either not paying it at all, or else not in due time when they stand in need of it for their maintenance; or else pay it grudgingly. Such sin against the Ordinance of God, and against the Law of common Equity (that the Labourer is worthy of his hier), yea, against the Law of Nature, which teacheth, That the brute Beast which laboureth should not be deprived of his meat which he earneth by his labour; as the Apostle sheweth, 1 Cor. 9. 9.

It followeth, Verse 10. And in what place soever] That is, into what Town or Village soever ye shall come in your Journey.

Ye enter into an house] Viz. To lodg and take your dyet there.

There abide] That is, continue to take your lodging there, and change it not by going to lodg in any other house.

Till ye depart from that place] That is, from that City or Village. See Luke 10. 7. where this Precept is more plainly given to the 70 Disciples, Go not from house to house.

Quest. Quest. Why are they forbidden to change their lodging?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because they were to make speed in this Journey and Ambassage, not tarrying long in any one City or Village; but so soon as they had preached the Gospel in one City, to depart to another: there­fore they were not to change their lodging, lest it should hinder their speed and haste in their Journey.

2. Lest if they should in so short a space of time as they tarried in any one City, change lodging, or go up and down from house to house, for lodging and entertainment, this might carry a shew of leightness, and inconstancy in them. Therefore to shew their gravity and constancy, as they were at first to be careful in the choyce of their lodging, that it should be in the houses of such as were worthy; that is, such as were godly and religious; or at least such of whom there was hope that they would entertain the Gospel, Matth. 10. 11. So, having once made choyce of a house to lodg in, they were to continue there to lodg, till their departure from that City. Vide Jans. analys.

Observ. Observ. Ministers of the Word must avoid all shew of leightness and inconstancy in their carriage, and strive on the contrary, for gravity, stayedness and constancy in their behaviour, and in conversing amongst their people. 1 Tim. 3. 4. The Apostle requireth gravity in the carriage of a Pastor or Minister of the Word in his private family, and towards his children: much more should he shew this in his publike carriage and conversation. This gravity and stayedness of carriage is a special means to win authority to the person of a Minister, and to his Doctrine and Ministery: and the contrary is a means to derogate from the authority of both, and to weaken it. Zephan. 3. 4. the false Prophets of Jerusalem are taxed for being leight or vain persons. Therefore the true Prophets of God must not be such.

Mark 6. 11.‘And whosoever shall not receive you, &c. April 1. 1621.

IN this Verse is laid down the third and last Branch of that Charge which our Saviour gave his Twelve Apostles, when he sent them forth to preach: which is, touching their carriage toward such as should re­fuse to give entertainment to them and their Doctrine; That they should declare or denounce the Judg­ment of God against such contemners, by shaking off the dust under their feet, for a testimony against them.

In the words, consider three things. 1. The manner how they should denounce the Judgment of God against contemners; viz. by the outward gesture of shaking off the dust under their feet.

2. The end why they should use that kind of gesture; For a testimony against them.

3. A confirmation or ratifying of that testimony, by a terrible threatening of Judgment against such contemners, uttered by our Saviour's own mouth, Verily I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Sodome, &c.

Whosoever shall not receive you] That is, give due entertainment to you as to my Messengers and Ministers, receiving you with due honour and respect.

Nor hear you] That is, so hear your Doctrine, as to believe, imbrace, and yield obedience unto it.

When ye depart thence] Out of that City, Town, or Village.

Shake off the dust under your feet] This outward gesture they are commanded to use, thereby to declare and testifie openly against them the haynousness of their sin, in rejecting the Apostles and their doctrine; and the wrath and Judgment of God against them for the same, as the words following do imply.

For a testimony against them] That is, to testifie against them the grievousness of their sin, and the Judg­ment of God hanging over them for the same.

Touching the gesture of shaking off dust, &c. Some do think it was then in common use among the Jews, when they would shew their detestation of such people or persons as were notoriously wicked and profane: to shew thereby, that they held such wicked persons for accursed, and such as it was not fit to have any communion with, no not so much as to touch the dust or earth upon which they trod, seeing it was after a sort inf [...]cted with the contagion of their sins. And no doubt but to this end our Saviour willed his Apostles to use this gesture against the contemners of their Doctrine, that by it they might shew their utter detesta­tion of them for that grievous sin; and that they held them as execrable before God, and therefore would have no communion with them, nor so much as carry away upon their feet the dust upon which such wicked persons had trodden.

Quest. Quest. Why doth not our Saviour bid them reprove their sin, and threaten Judgment against them in ex­press words; but onely wills them to do it by this outward sign or gesture?

Answ. Answ. It is most likely, that together with this gesture they also used words of reproof and threatening, (for to that end, no doubt, our Saviour in the end of this Verse, doth in expresse words threaten Judgment against such contemners, that his Apostles might afterward denounce the same against them. See Luke 10. 10.) but our Saviour would have them also to use this outward gesture, the more to aggravate the haynous­ness of their sin, and to strike them with greater terrour of God's Curse and Judgment.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. In that the Apostles are commanded to shake off the dust of their feet against such as did not receive them, nor imbrace their Doctrine, thereby to shew their detestation of that haynous sin of contemn­ing the Gospel and the Preachers of it; hence we learn, That when we see God dishonoured by great and haynous sins, we ought to testifie our utter dislike and detestation of such sins, some way or other.

As, 1. By our outward gestures and carriage. Thus did the Apostles here. So Act. 13. 51. Paul and Bar­nabas used the same gesture, to shew their detestation of such as raised persecution against them. And Act. 18. 6. Paul used the like gesture, in shaking his rayment against such as blasphemed and opposed his doctrine; And Nehem. 5. 13. he shook his lapp against such as cruelly oppressed their brethren by Usury, thereby shew­ing his detestation of that grievous sin. Hezekias, 2 King. 19. 1. hearing the blasphemy of Sennacherib King of Assyria, rent his clothes, in token of his detestation of that sin. By these examples we learn how to carry our selves when we see God dishonoured by great and haynous sins; even so as by our very gestures and outward carriage, we may shew our detestation of such sins; that we are tyed to do this by the very same [Page 314] gestures before mentioned; as shaking off the dust of our feet against the wicked, or by shaking our Gar­ments against them, or renting our Cloaths before them (for these gestures were used by the Faithfull Ser­vants of God in special and extraordinary cases) but it is fit for us to shew our hatred and detestation of such sins by some kind of outward gesture and carriage; either by a sad or angry countenance (such as our Saviour shewed against the Pharisee, Mark 3. 5.) or by departing out of the company of such wicked persons, or by some other like carriage.

2. Again, as we are to shew detestation of gross sins by our outward gestures, carriage, and counte­nance; so also by our words, plainly and sharply reproving such sins, and denouncing God's Judgments against them, so far forth as we have a lawfull Calling to do it; and when there is likelihood of doing good by it. Ephes. 5. 11. Have no fellowship with unfruitfull works of darkness, but rather reprove them.

Reasons of this Doctrine. 1. By this testifying of our dislike and detestation of such sins, we shew our love to God, and zeal for his Glory, in that we cannot endure to see or take notice of such high dishonour done to his holy name without shewing our hatred and detestation of it.

2. It is also a means to discountenance the wicked in such sins, and to further their Repentance, or at least to make them more unexcusable.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. This discovereth want of love to God, and of zeal for his Glory in such as can see and hear God dishonoured by great and grievous sins, as Drunkenness, Swearing, Blasphemy, Sabbath-breaking, and yet shew no dislike or detestation by word or gesture. How dwelleth the love of God in such? or what zeal is there in them for his Glory? Can that Child be said to love his Father, who can hear him or see him abused in word or deed, and not shew his dislike and detestation of it?

Use 2 Ʋse. 2. See how great is the sin of those, who instead of shewing hatred and detestation of such gross sins by which God is highly dishonoured, do rather shew good approbation and liking of them; countenancing, incouraging, or commending such as commit them, or defending and excusing such sins. Like those, Rom. 1. the last Verse. Who not onely commit grievous sins, but consent or are well-pleased with such as com­mit them.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Let all that profess love to God and zeal for his Glory, shew it when they see and take notice of such hainous sins by which he is highly dishonoured, testifying their hatred of such sins some way or other, so far as they have a Calling; either by plain words of reproof, or at least by their outward gesture, behavi­our, or countenance. We ought to shew our dislike and hatred even of the smallest sins in others, but espe­cially of great and grievous sins, tending highly to Gods dishonour.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. How much more ought we to detest and hate such gross sins in our selves, and to forsake and turn from them speedily by true Repentance, so many as are guilty of any such offences against God?

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. In that our Saviour would have his Apostles to shake off the dust of their feet against contem­ners of them, and their Doctrine, thereby to shew their utter detestation of such persons, that they held them to be odious and execrable in the sight of God, and therefore that it was not fit for them to have any communion with them, not so much as in carrying away the dust of their ground upon their shooes: Hence we learn, That the contempt of Gods Ministers, and especially of their Ministry and Doctrine, is an execra­ble and odious sin before God, such a sin as God himself in special manner detesteth, and will have his Faith­full Servants also to hate and abhor. How odious and detestable this sin is before God, doth appear by this place, and by Luke 10. 10. in that our Saviour commanded both the Twelve Apostles at this time, and the seventy Disciples afterward, in such solemn manner to testify their detestation of such contemners, and to threaten Gods fearfull Judgment against them by this gesture of shaking off the dust of their feet against them; whereas we do not read in Scripture of the like solemn manner of denouncing the Judgment of God against other hainous sins, as Adultery, Drunkenness, Theft, &c. which shews, that the contempt of the Word of God, and of his Messengers that bring it, is a most odious and detestable sin in his sight. And this also further appeareth, by the fearfull Judgments of God threatned against this sin, and actually infli­cted upon it, both in this life, and after this life, of which we shall hear more upon the latter words of this verse.

Reason. Reas. Why the contempt of Gods Ministers and their Doctrine is so odious before God. Because it is a contempt of his own Divine Majesty, who sendeth such Ministers, and is the Author of that Doctrine which they Preach. Luke 10. 16. He that despiseth you, despiseth me, &c. 1 Thess. 4. 8. He that despiseth these things which we write and Teach, despiseth not man, but God.

Quest. Quest. What is it to contemn the Ministers of God and their Doctrine?

Answ. Answ. To contemn them, is, not to give due honour and respect to them, or to deny maintenance to them. To contemn their Doctrine is, 1. Not to esteem it highly. 2. To be negligent in hearing it. 3. Not to im­brace and obey it.

Use 1 Use 1. See then that we are not to think it a small sin to be a contemner of God's Faithfull Ministers, and especially of the Word of God which they teach; not to give due honour, love, and respect to the persons of Gods Ministers, but to despise or set light by them, is not so small a sin as some think, but odious before God. But especially to contemn the Word of God Preached by them, must not be counted a small offence, neither is it so in Gods account, but a hainous and detestable sin in his sight. He accounts it a high con­tempt of his own Majesty, and therefore cannot but hate and detest all such as abominable before him who live in this sin; yea, he requireth that his Faithfull Servants should detest such contemners, and hold them as execrable, so far forth as they live in this sin.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Terrour to all such contemners of the Word of God and Ministers of it; let them consider their fearfull estate before God, so long as they live in this sin; either not esteeming it highly, or neglecting to hear the Word when they may, or not Believing and imbracing it in heart, or not obeying it in life and pra­ctice, so long as they live in any of these kinds of contempt of God's Word, they must know, they are odi­ous and detestable in his sight, his Soul loatheth and abhorreth them as persons execrable. Think of this well thou that art a contemner of the Word of God; if thou contemn his Word, he contemn's thee; if thou loath his Word, his Soul cannot but loath thee. Remember what was said to Saul, 1 Sam. 15. 23. Because [Page 311] thou hast rejected the Word of the Lord, he hath also rejected thee, &c. Fear then to continue in this sin, which is so hatefull and abominable before God: and let all that have bin guilty, repent of it speedily, and seriously, that God may pardon it unto them.

Use 3 Use 3. Seeing God doth abhor and detest the contempt of his Word and Messengers; this must move us also to hate and detest this sin, and such as live in it, so far forth as they are guilty of it; and especially the open and wilfull contemners of the Word; we should even shake off the dust of our feet against such; that is, shew our detestation of this sin in them. Seeing it is a sin odious to God, it should be so to us, and we should shew our hatred of it, by open or secret reproof of it, either in plain words (if we have a Calling to it) or by our contrary practice; and not onely so, but by abstaining also from the familiar society of such open and manifest contemners of the Word of God. If the Apostles were to detest the very dust of the Earth where such contemners of the Gospell had trampled, how much more should we refrain the familiari­ty of open contemners of the Word? Remember therefore how to carry our selves towards such. If we see any so profane as to live in open contempt and neglect of hearing the Word, or in open disobedience to it, or openly to speak in contempt of the Ministry of it; be not afraid to shew our hatred and detestation of this abominable sin in them some way or other. David hated such as were haters of God with a perfect ha­tred; so must we, such are all open and wilfull contemners of the Word of God, therefore we are to shew our hatred of them; that is, of this sin in them; for, as for their persons, we ought to love, and therefore to use all good means to reclaim them from this sin, and to bring them to Repentance.

Use 4 Ʋse. 4. If it be so hatefull a sin before God to be a contemner of his Word and Ministers, then how much more detestable to be an open and malitious Persecuter of Gods Ministers, by word or deed; and an open malitious enemy to the Ministry of the Word, directly opposing against it, and labouring to hinder the Preaching of it. How abominable is this sin before God? And all that are Guilty of it, how much have they to answer for?

Ʋse 5 Use. 5. If the contempt of Gods Ministers and their Doctrine be a sin so hatefull unto God, then on the contrary, there is no doubt but it is a thing most pleasing and acceptable before him, to love, and esteem well of his Faithfull Ministers, and their Doctrine, and to imbrace and yield conscionable obedience to the same. So Luke 10. 16. He that heareth you, heareth me, saith our Saviour. Let this move every one to honour and esteem Gods Faithfull Messengers, and especially to esteem highly of their Message and Doctrine, imbra­cing and yielding obedience to it.

Doctr. 3 Doctr. 3. In that our Saviour will have his Apostles to shake off the very dust of the earth upon which the wicked contemners of his Word had trodden, as being execrable and accursed: We may gather, That the sins of wicked men do pollute the very ground and earth upon which they tread, and bring the Curse of God upon it. Thus the sins of Corah, Dathan, and Abiram, brought Gods Curse upon the very ground on which they stood, causing it to open, and to swallow them up, Numb. 16. 31. And this is the cause that God doth sometimes curse the Earth with barrenness for the wickedness of the Inhabitants, Psal. 107. 33. And Je­rem. 12. 4. How long shall the Land mourn, and the hearbs of the field wither, for the wickedness of them that dwell therein? Jerem. 23. 10. Because of Swearing, the Land mourneth; the pleasant places of the Wildernesse are dry­ed up, &c.

Use. Use. See then how dangerous it is to live amongst the profane and wicked, who make no Conscience of sin, seeing the very Earth on which they walk is the worse for them, lying open to the Curse and Vengeance of God by reason of the wickedness of such Inhabitants. This should move all that truly fear God, and have care of their own good and safety, to take heed of setling their dwellings amongst wicked and ungodly peo­ple, and in such places where sin aboundeth; let them take heed they do not this (I say) without a speciall and warrantable Calling; yea, let us all take heed of keeping company, or conversing familiarly with the wicked; yea, even of comming where they are, or treading on the same Earth with them further than we have a lawfull Calling so to do, lest we lay our selves open to the Curse of God, which the sins of such pro­fane people do often bring upon the very Earth on which they live and walk. Eusebius reporteth out of Irenaeus, that St. John the Apostle comming into a Bathe to wash himself, and understanding that Cerinthus the wicked Heretick was there, he presently departed out of the Bathing-house, and willed those that were with him so to do, lest (saith he) the house fall upon us. Euseb. Hist. lib. 3. c. 22.

So much of the manner how our Saviour willeth his Apostles to denounce Judgment against such as con­temned them and their Doctrine; namely, by shaking off the dust of their feet.

Mark 6. 11.‘For a Testimony against them, &c.April 8. 1621.

NOw followeth the end for which they should use that gesture.

For a Testimony against them] That is, that by this gesture they might testify against them the great­ness and hainousness of their sin, and to convince them thereof, and consequently, to denounce the fearfull Judgment of God which should come upon them for the same, if they Repented not of it.

Doct. 1 Doctr. 1. In that our Saviour will have his Apostles to convince the Consciences of wicked contemners, by testifying against them the grievousness of their sin, and the Judgment of God like to fall upon them, be­fore this Judgment come to be executed upon them: Hence we may observe the manner and order of the Lord's proceeding to punish sinners for their sins; that he doth usually first convince their Consciences of their sins by some means or other, and giveth them warning before-hand of his Judgments like to fall upon them if they repent not: this the Lord doth usually before he do actually inflict punishment. Thus he con­vinced the old World by the Preaching of Noah, before he brought the Floud upon them; and the Jews by the Preaching of sundry Prophets, before he brought the Captivity on them; and the Ninevites by the Preaching of Jonah and Nahum, before he destroyed their City.

Reasons why the Lord dealeth thus. 1. That his Justice in proceeding against the wicked may more plain­ly appear.

2. That his mercy and goodness also toward sinners may be manifested, in that he doth not proceed in such rigour of justice against them as he might, but in Judgment remembreth mercy.

3. That by this means (if it be possible) such sinners may be humbled and brought to true repentance, or otherwise be left without all excuse.

Use 1 Use 1. Acknowledg and make right use of the Lord's just and merciful proceeding with us. Let it move us in time to turn to him, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This must teach all such as have a calling to punish sin in others, to imitate the Lord's just and mer­ciful proceeding herein; not inflicting actual punishment, till they have first by sufficient evidence and te­stimony convinced the consciences of such offenders, and given them warning of the punishment due to their offences. Thus ought Magistrates and Judges in the Commonwealth to proceed in executing punish­ment upon Malefactors: thus also should Parents and Masters proceed in ministring correction to children and servants; They should not strike before they speak (as some use to do), nor give correction before they have given warning; that is, before they have sufficiently admonished the offenders, and convinced them of their fault and offence by clear and evident proof.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. Further we learn here, That the Lord can make the very sensless creatures sufficient Witnesses to testifie against the sins of the wicked, and to convince their consciences thereof; even the dust of the earth shaken from the feet of the Apostles to be a witness against contemners of the Gospel. Esay 1. 2. The Heavens and Earth are called as Witnesses against the rebellious Jews. Hab. 2. 11. The stone out of the wall, and the timber shall cry against covetous oppressours. And James 5. 3. The very rust of their gold and silver shall be a witness against such.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Terrour to all wicked men, to consider how many witnesses the Lord hath ready to testifie against them, at the day of accompt, when he shall enter into Judgment with them for their sins; not onely the Devil, and their own conscience, but even the insensible Creatures shall the Lord stir up as Witnesses against them: the Earth upon which they have trampled, the ayr in which they have breathed, when they were about the practise of sin; yea, and all other insensible Creatures in Heaven and Earth shall rise in Judgment to testifie against them. The very Walls and Pillars of Churches shall witness against contemners of the Word. Therefore it shall be impossible for them to hide their sins, or to escape Gods fearful Judgment. Let this move all such speedily to repent of their sins, and to sue unto God in Christ for pardon of them, that being freed from the guilt of them, and reconciled to God, they need not fear the testimony which Satan, or their own conscience, or any of Gods Creatures can give against them at the day of Judgment. This is the way to stop the mouths of all these Witnesses.

Use 2 Use 2. Fear to offend and sin against God, though we might do it never so secretly, so as none but God and our conscience know of it: for God is greater then our conscience, and is able to convince it of sin, even by the testimony of dumb and sensless Creatures: he can give them a voyce sufficient to cry aloud against thy most secret sins both in this life, and at the day of Judgment. See Gen. 4. 10. So much of the end why our Saviour willeth his Apostles to shake off the dust of their feet before the contemners of them and their Doctrine; that it might be a witness against them.

Now to speak of the ratifying of that testimony, by a fearful threatening of Judgment denounced by our Saviour's own mouth against such contemners; in these words,

Verily I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Sodome, &c.] In which words, consider, 1. The manner of denouncing, with an Asseveration, Verily I say unto you. Which asseveration or earnest avouching of the matter, and that upon his own Word, and by his own Authority, doth shew the certainty of the Judg­ment threatned. Touching this kind of asseveration, see before, Chap. 3. 28.

2. Consider, the Matter, or Judgment threatned by our Saviour: which is amplified, 1. By the mea­sure or grievousness of it, set forth by comparing it with the Judgment to be inflicted upon Sodome and Gomorrha, and aggravating it above that, It shall be easier for Sodome, &c. 2. By the time, when it shall be fully executed; at the day of Judgment.

It shall be more tolerable for Sodome and Gomorrha] That is, The Condemnation, Judgment, or Punish­ment of the people of those Cities, shall be more easie to bear, and not so heavy and grievous as the punish­ment of those that contemned the Apostles and their Doctrine. The Cities [Sodome and Gomorrha] are named for the Inhabitants of them. And our Saviour compareth the Judgments which should come upon contemners of the Gospel, with the Judgment that shall be inflicted on the people of Sodom and Gomorrha at the day of Judgment; because in Scripture the people of those Cities are recorded and branded for hay­nous and grievous sinners; as Gen. 13. 13. They were exceedingly wicked before God: and Ezek. 16. 49. their grievous sins are particularly mentioned. And as the haynousness of their sins, so also the grievousnesse of Gods Judgment upon them for their sins, is in Scripture recorded in special manner, and set out as an extraordinary pattern of Gods speciall vengeance; as may appear Gen. 19. 24. where the extraordinary tem­poral Judgment of fire and brimstone, rained from Heaven upon them, is recorded; and Jude, Vers. 7. where they are said to be set forth as an Example of God's Judgment, suffering the vengeance of eternall fire. There­fore our Saviour, the more to aggravate the sin and punishment of contemners of the Gospel, doth make choyce of this special example of the Sodomites and Gomorrheans punishment, by comparison whereof, he doth set forth the grievousness of the other, shewing, that it shall not only be equal to the punishment of So­dome and Gomorrha; but that it shall exceed it in measure and greatness.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour threatne more grievous punishment to the contemners of the Apostles and their Doctrine, then to them of Sodom, &c?

Answ. Answ. Because their sin was greater and more haynous, than the sins of Sodom and Gomorrha. And that in these respects chiefly: 1. The Jews had more excellent means to work faith and repentance in them, and to bring them to salvation, than the Sodomites had. For they had the Gospel of Christ, and the Doctrine of Faith and Repentance plainly preached to them by the Apostles, and confirmed by Miracles. Whereas the Sodomites had neither the Gospel nor the Law preached to them, either by the Apostles, or by the Pro­phets. Therefore they shewed greater unthankfulness against God, than the Sodomites.

2. The sins of the Sodomites were committed against the Law only, and not directly against the written Law, (which was not given unto them, being Gentiles) but only against the Law of Nature: Whereas the sin of the Jews, in rejecting the Apostles and their doctrine, was directly against the Gospel; and so in that respect more haynous.

Mark 6. 11.‘Verily I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrha, &c. April 15. 1621.

Doctr. IN that our Saviour with his own mouth here denounceth so fearful a Judgment against such as should reject his Apostles and their Doctrine, We learn, That God will most sharply and severe­ly punish such as contemn his Word and faithfull Ministers. All that are guilty of this haynous sin, and do live and continue in it without repentance, must look for this, That the Lord will severely punish it in them. Heb. 2. 2. If the Word spoken by Angels were stedfast, and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward; How shall we escape (the Judgment of God), if we neglect so great salvation, which began at first to be spoken by the Lord, &c. So Heb. 12. 25. If they escaped not who refused him that spake on earth, (that is, Moses) much more shall not we escape, if we turn away from him that speaketh from Heaven. So Act. 13. 40. Paul sharply threateneth them of Antioch for this sin of contemning the Word; Beware (sayes he) lest that come upon you which is spoken of by the Prophets, Behold ye despisers, and wonder, and perish.

More particularly we must know, That the Lord will sharply punish the contempt of his Word and Mi­nisters, both in this life, and after this life.

1. In this life, with grievous temporal Judgments: for so he hath ever used to do; as appears by sundry Examples in Scripture. Thus the Old World, of the ungodly in Noah's time, which contemned his preach­ing, was drowned in that general Flood. Thus also the Lord most severely punished Pharaoh, Saul, and Ahab, with temporal Plagues and Judgments, for contemning and rejecting his Word sent to them, by Mo­ses, Samuel, and Eliah. Thus the people of the Jews were punished with 70 years Captivity in Babylon, for contemning the Word of the Lord and his Prophets; as appeareth, 2 Chron. 36. 16.

2. After this life in Hell, the Lord will most severely judge and punish the contemners of his Word, with eternal damnation of soul and body, and that in a very high degree and measure: even greater than that of Sodom and Gomorrha, as our Saviour here avoucheth and threateneth. So Matth. 11. 23. Capernaum for con­tempt of the Doctrine and Miracles of Christ, is threatened to be brought down to Hell it self.

Use 1 Use 1. Terrour to such as are guilty of this contempt of the Word of God, and faithful Ministers of it: their estate is fearfull, so long as they continue in this sin, the wrath of God abideth on them; his fearfull and heavy Judgments hang over their heads in this life, and after this life: they lye open unto them, and are in danger of them every day and hour: yea, these Judgments of God shall most certainly fall upon them, if they repent not speedily of this sin. Our Saviour himself hath not only said it with his own mouth, but sealed it with a vehement asseveration, Verily it shall be easier for Sodom, &c. Therefore let not contemners of the Word think to escape the Wrath and Judgment of God, if they continue in that sin: they shall cer­tainly find and feel to their cost, that the Lord will be true in his Word and Threatening denounced against them. Whosoever they be that live in contempt of the Word of God, and of the Ministery of it, let them not think to escape: though they be never so great in power, dignity, wealth; yet their greatness cannot exempt them from God's heavy wrath. The Lord hath severely punished the contempt of his Word in the greatest persons; even in Kings and Princes: as in Pharaoh, Saul, Ahab, &c. See Psal. 2. How much less shall meaner persons think to escape, if they be guilty of this sin, and live in it? Well, let all contemners of the Word of God think well of this. Such as esteem leightly of the Ministery of the Word, as if it were a matter needless; or that they might live without it well enough, and therefore do not desire to be in­structed in it; but are rather ready to say unto God with those, Job 21. 14. Depart from us, we desire not the knowledg of thy wayes. Such as think they have too much preaching; such as are careless and negligent in coming to hear the Word when it is taught; or make no conscience to believe, imbrace, and yield obedience to it: let all such contemners consider well of their own fearful estate before God, so long as they live in this grievous sin, that they are under the heavy wrath of God. Therefore let not such flatter themselves in their estate, though perhaps they may for a time enjoy outward prosperity: though the Lord let them alone in this sin for a while, yet let them be sure of it, that his heavy Judgment shall seize upon them to the full, if they repent not speedily. Though he suffer them for a time to contemn his Word, yea, to contemn his own Majesty by contemning his Word; yet he will not alwayes suffer them so to do, but will most severely judg them for this haynous sin. Let them therefore tremble to think hereof, and fear to continue in this their sin: but let them speedily and unseignedly repent of it, humbling themselves to God, and craving pardon for this sin; and for time to come, take heed of it. This true repentance for this haynous sin of contempt of the Word of God, is the only means and way to prevent his heavy wrath threamed against such contemners.

Use 2 Use 2. See what we in this Land may justly fear and look to come upon us, for the great and general con­tempt of the Word of God, and of his faithful Ministers, which is and hath been long a raigning and crying sin amongst us. For this sin alone, if there were no other abounding in this Land, we have cause to fear and expect some more heavy and grievous Judgment of God, than as yet we have self. For so the Lord hath used severely to punish whole Nations and Kingdoms for the contempt of this Word; as he did the Nation of the Jews for contemning the doctrine of the Prophets. Therefore as the Lord spared not them, so we must not look he should alwayes spare us, and let us go unpunished, if we repent not of this sin. God is still as just as he hath been, to revenge the contempt of his Word.

Use 3 Use 3. How much more fearful Judgment and Punishment in this life, and after this life, may those justly look for, who are not only contemners, but malitious and cruel enemies and persecuters of the Word of God and Ministers of it? How heavy shall the damnation of such be? If the punishment of contemners of the Word shall be more grievous and intolerable at the day of Judgment, than the punishment of Sodome [Page 318] and Gomorrha, then surely the Judgment of the open malicious enemies of the Gospell shall be much more intolerable at that day; and not onely at that day, but even in this life, the Lord will severely punish such; as we may see in the example of the Jews, after Christ's comming in the flesh, against whom our Saviour de­nounceth a most fearfull Judgment for this sin of cruelty to the Lords Prophets, Matth. 23. 34. Behold, I send unto you Prophets, and Wisemen, and Scribes; and some of them ye shall kill and Crucify, and some ye shall scourge in your Synagogue, and Persecute them from City to City, that upon you may come all the Righteous Bloud, &c. And ver. 37. O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the Prophets, &c. See then how much the Pope of Rome and his adherents have to answer for, who are so deep in this sin of Persecuting the Word of God, and the Faith­full Preachers and Professors of it, &c.

Use 4 Use. 4. Take heed every one that we be not guilty of this contempt of God's Word in any degree or kind, lest we provoke the Lord, and pull down his wrath upon our heads. And on the contrary, let us more and more love, and highly esteem his Word; and 1 Thess. 5. 20. Think even the feet of those beautiful, who bring to us the Gospell, Rom. 10. 15. Thus much in general of the Judgment here threatned against contem­ners of the Apostles and their Doctrine.

Now to speak of the amplifying of it. 1. By the measure of it, compared with the punishment of Sodome and Gomorrha. 2. By the Circumstance of time when this punishment shall be inflicted, at the Day of Judgment.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. In that our Saviour denounceth heavier Judgment and condemnation against the Jews, than against those of Sodome and Gomorrha, because the Jews had more excellent means to work Faith and Repen­tance in them, then the Sodomites and Gomorrheans; Hence gather, that such as have excellent and powerfull means of Grace and Salvation, if they make not good use of them, are lyable to more heavy condemnation, than such as have not so excellent means. Matth. 11. 21. Our Saviour sheweth, that the damnation of Tyre and Sidon, and of Sodome, which had not the Doctrine and Miracles of Christ among them, shall be more tolera­ble then the damnation of those Cities of Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Capernaum, where Christ Preached and wrought his chief Miracles, because they did not profit by those excellent means. So Luke 12. 47. That Servant which knew his Lords will, and yet did not according to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes: But he that knew it not, and did commit things worthy of stripes, shall be beaten with few stripes. Joh. 3. 19. This is the condemnation, that Light is come into the World, and men loved darkness rather then Light, &c. that is, this shall aggravate their Condemnation, because they have had so excellent means of Salvation, and yet made no use of them.

Reason of this Doctrine. Luke 12. 48. Unto whomsoever much is given, of him shall be much required. Eve­ry ones accompts shall be according to his receipts at the Lord's hand. Where the Lord giveth excellent means of Grace, there he requires so much the more excellent fruits of Grace; therefore, if such be not an­swerable in fruit to the means they have, their sin is the greater, and so their Condemnation more heavy and grievous.

Use 1 Use 1. Hence then it follows, that the happiness of a people, or of any person, doth not stand in this, that they have excellent means of Grace and Salvation; as the Word powerfully Preached to them, the Sa­craments duly administred, and such other means, publick and private, to bring them to knowledg, and to work Faith and Repentance in them; though they have these excellent and pretious means, yet this alone makes them not happy; for they may enjoy the means, and yet not profit by them, nor be the better for them, nor any thing the nearer unto Salvation for them; nay, they may be the further from it, and their condem­nation may be more heavy than if they had never had the means; this therefore is the happiness of a people, not to have the means, but to have and use them aright, and to profit by them unto Salvation: Let none therefore rest in this, that they live, or have lived under excellent outward means of Salvation, but look to it that they have truely profited by them, and that they bring forth fruits of Knowledg, Faith, Repentance, and newness of life, &c. answerable to the means they have had: otherwise those means shall rise in Judg­ment against them, and shall increase the measure of their just condemnation.

Use 2 Use 2. See then how dangerous it is for any to live unprofitably under good means of Grace and Salvati­on, not making any true saving use of them; this brings so much the heavier Condemnation upon all such. Take heed therefore of this fearfull and dangerous sin. Matth. 3. 10. Now is the Axe laid to the root of the Trees: Therefore every Tree which bringeth not forth good fruit, is hewen down and cast into the fire.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. Further we learn here, That there are degrees of Hellish torments appointed for the Reprobate after this life. It shall be easier or more tolerable for some then for others of the Reprobate; easier for So­dome and Gomorrha at the day of Judgment, then for the Jews who contemned and rejected the Gospell Preached to them. So Matth. 11. 22. Easier for Tyre and Sidon, then for Chorazin and Bethsaida, &c. Matth. 23. 14. The Scribes and Pharisees for devouring Widdows houses under pretense of long Prayers, shall re­ceive the greater damnation. Luke 12. 47. Some shall be beaten with many stripes, some with fewer. Though the least measure of torments in Hell shall be unspeakable and intolerable; yet the punishment of all and eve­ry one of the damned shall not be in the same measure, but in different measure.

Reason. Reason. The sins of the Reprobate are not all of one measure and degree, but some more hainous and grievous then other; therefore the Lord also in Justice will proportion their damnation and punishment to their sins. So it is said of Babylon, Revel. 18. 7. How much she hath glorified her self, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her.

Use 1 Use 1. Hence also gather, by proportion of contraries, that there shall be an inequality, and different de­grees of Glory among the Elect of God in Heaven, answerable to the different measures of Grace and San­ctification bestowed on them of God in this life. And this is plainly proved by that saying of Paul, 2. Cor. 9. 6. He that soweth sparingly, shall reap sparingly; and he that soweth bountifully, shall reap bountifully. (Vide stellam in Luk. 10. 14.)

Use 2 Use 2. This also serves for the terrour of such profane and dissolute wretches, who do not onely live in sin securely, but even in the most hainous and foul sins; as outragious Swearing, Blasphemy, brutish Drunkenness, Adultery, &c. such also as give themselves over to all kind of sin with greediness, heaping sin upon sin, ad­ding [Page 319] Drunkenness to thirst, as it is said, Deut. 29. 19. What do these but treasure up the more wrath to them­selves against the day of wrath, Rom. 2. For this is certain, the more deeply they here drink of the sweet and pleasant Cup of sin, the more deeply shall they drink of the bitter Cup of Gods everlasting wrath in Hell. So much sin as they have heaped up against God, so much Judgment and Damnation shall he heap upon them in the day of his wrath. Oh let such tremble at the thought of this. If the least measure of Hellish torments shall be easeless and endless, how intolerable shall the greatest measure be? Oh that our profane dissolute, and wicked livers would so think of this in time, that it might strike them with some remorse, and work Repentance in them; and not onely Repentance, but a great and extraordinary measure of Repen­tance and humiliation, for so many and foul sins as they have heaped up, lest otherwise the Lord do justly bring upon them a high degree and measure of Damnation in Hell, answerable to the greatness and foulness of their sins. So much of the measure of the Judgment threatned by our Saviour against contemners of the Gospell.

Now followeth the Circumstance of time, when this Judgment shall be fully executed on them.

In the day of Judgment] That is, at the last day of general Judgment, which Christ shall come to execute upon all the World.

Now our Saviour mentioneth that day of general Judgment for two Reasons.

  • 1. Becau [...]e then, and not before, the Reprobate shall receive their full and finall Judgment and punish­ment in Soul and body.
  • 2. To shew also, that although the contemners of the Gospell might possibly escape the Judgment of God in this life, yet most certainly the Judgment of Hell after this life should seize upon them to the full.

Doctr. Doctr. Here we are taught, that there is a day or time of general Judgment to come, in which the Lord shall bring upon wicked Reprobates that full measure of punishment which is due unto their sins, Act. 17. 31. God hath appointed a day wherein he will Judg the World in Righteousness, &c. Rom. 2. 5. This is called, the day of Wrath, and Revelation of the Righteous Judgment of God, who will render to every man according to his deeds—unto them that are contentious, and do not obey the truth, but obey unrighteousness, Indignation, and Wrath, &c. 2 Thess. 1. 7. There is a time to come, in which the Lord Jesus shall be revealed from Heaven with mighty Angels; In flaming fire, rendring vengeance on them that know not God, &c. So Matth. 25. There shall be a time, in which Christ shall say to the Reprobate on his left hand, Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, &c.

Reas. Reas. The Justice of God requireth this, that the wicked should be rewarded with such a measure of punishment as is proportionable to their sins, but this is not done in this life; for although the Lord do make them feel his wrath even in this life in some degree, yet not in such measure as is answerable to the desert of their sins; and sometimes in stead of punishing them according to the desert of their sins, he doth suffer them to enjoy much outward prosperity in this World: Therefore there must needs be a time to come after this life, in which they shall receive their full reward of punishment from the Lord, which shall be at the last day of Judgment, 2 Thess. 1. The Apostle himself alledgeth the Justice of God as a reason to prove that there is a time of general Judgment to come, wherein the wicked shall be rewarded with full punishment.

Quest. Quest. Do not the wicked receive sufficient punishment after death, when their Souls are cast into Hell torments?

Answ. Answ. No, this is not sufficient to satisfy God's Justice; which requireth, that as in this life they have sinned and dishonoured God both in Soul and body; so after this life they should receive deserved punish­ment in Soul and body together. Now this shall not be till the day of Judgment; at which their bodies be­ing raised, shall again be united to their Souls, to the end that in both they may be for ever punished in Hell torments. See 2 Cor. 5. 10.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. Let all wicked ones think of this, and tremble at the very hearing of the Judgment to come (as Foelix did, Act. 24. 25.) such as live and go on in their sins impenitently; they must know, that for all their sins, God will bring them to Judgment, Eccles. 11. 9. There is a time comming in which the Lord will call them to a most strait account for them, and reward them with such a measure of punishment as is answerable to the desert of their sins; and then shall they drink of the Cup of the Lords wrath, even to the very dregs. Therefore let them not presume or bless themselves in their ungodly wayes, though God spare them a while in this life, and suffer them for a time to prosper, and to escape Judgment; yet they shall not alwayes escape unpunished, 2 Pet. 2. 3. Their Judgment of long time lingreth not, and their damnation slumbreth not. Therefore though the sentence be not speedily executed upon them in this life for their evill works, yet let them not be secure, but know, that though the wrath of God be deferred in this life, yet it shall certainly come upon them at that great day of the Lords wrath, if they prevent it not by true and speedy Repentance. Then shall the Lord rain upon them snares, fire and brimstone, and an horrible Tempest, Psal. 11. 6. Though now it be fair weather with them, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Admonition to all such speedily to repent and turn unto God, that they may be saved, and may flee from that wrath and Judgment to come, Act. 17. 30. Now God commandeth all men every where to Repent. Because he hath appointed a day, &c. Therefore such as have lived in a wicked course, as Swea­rers, Drunkards, unclean Persons, &c. let them forthwith humble themselves truely unto God, and make their Peace with him that shall be their Judg at the last Day, to acquit or condemn them for ever. Now speedily let them do it, while they have time, and while God gives them space to Repent, before the day of Judgment come; yea, before death come, after which followeth Judgment, even the Judgment of ever­lasting condemnation to such as dye in their sins unrepented of: Let them Judg themselves (without delay) by true Repentance, that they may not be condemned of the Lord, 1 Cor. 11. 31. No way but this to escape that fearful Judgment to come.

Use 3 Use 3. See how little cause for the godly to stumble or be discouraged at the present prosperity of the wicked in this World, or to envy or fret at the same, seeing the Lord doth but reserve them unto the day of Judgment to be punished, 2 Pet. 2. 9. There is therefore more cause to lament and pity their case, then to [Page 320] envy at it; even as we pity the Ox going in a fat Pasture, when we remember, that he is but prepared for the slaughter: or as we would pity a Prisoner condemned to dye, if we should see him feasting and making merry over-night, and yet know that he were the next day to be executed.

Mark 6. 12.‘And they went out and preached, &c. April 22. 1621.

FRom the 7th Verse hitherto, we have heard of our Saviour Christ's sending forth of his Twelve Apostles to Preach; and of the divers Circumstances of his sending them.

Now the Evangelist mentioneth their obedience yielded to Christ's Commandment, in going forth as he appointed them, and in executing their Apostolicall Office and Function.

In the words consider two things. 1. Their going forth to execute their Office.

2. The execution of it, in two Branches or Parts of it. 1. Preaching. 2. Working Miracles; as cast­ing out Devils, &c. Verse 13.

They went out] Viz. Into the Towns and Villages of Judea: for so they were commanded, Matth. 10. 6. not to go to the Gentiles or Samaritanes, but to the Israelites. And Luke 9. 6. it is said, They departed and went through the Towns; that is, the Towns of Judea: and they went with a purpose to preach the Gospel of Christ to the Jews, and to confirm that Doctrine by Miracles, as they were commanded.

Doctr. Doctr. Hence learn, That such as are called of God to any special Office, Function, or Duty, and are qualified with gifts for the same, ought without delay to yield obedience to the calling of God, and to set about the performance of such duties as he requireth of them. Such as are called to the Office of the Mini­stery, and qualified with gifts for it, must without delay be obedient to that Calling, and set themselves about the performance of all Ministerial duties. Thus did the Apostles here; Being called to that Office, and sent of Christ to preach the Gospel to the Jews, and to confirm that Doctrine by Miracles, they do not make delayes or excuses, but forthwith (as they were commanded) they go to preach and work Miracles. Thus Paul being called to preach the Gospel to the Gentiles by the voyce of Christ speaking to him from Heaven, was not disobedient to that heavenly Vision, Act. 26. 19. and Gal. 1. 17. when it pleased God to call him, and to reveal his Son in him, that he might preach him among the Heathen, immediately he conferred not with flesh and blood: but did without delay set himself about the execution of that Apostolicall Office. So such as are called to be Magistrates and Governours in the Commonwealth, and qualified of God with gifts of wisdom, courage, &c. fitting for that Office, they are to obey the calling of God, and to set them­selves to the performance of the duties of good Magistrates. Joshuah being called to be the Captain and Governour of the People of Israel, to lead them over to Jordan, and to bring them into the Land of Canaan to take possession of it: and the Lord having also encouraged him, and qualified him for that great Office; he forthwith obeyeth the calling of God, commanding the Officers of the people to will the people to prepare for their passage over Jordan, Josh. 1. 10. To this purpose also, 1 Chron. 22. 16. David having first shewed his son Solomon, that God had called and appointed him to be King after him, and to build him a house, then he wills him to obey the calling of God, Arise, and be doing (saith he), and the Lord be with thee. So also such as are called to any other special Office or duty, as to be a Master or Governour of a fa­mily, to be a Parent, or Husband, or wise, &c. and being qualified of God with gifts fit for those callings, they must obey the calling of God without delay or excuse, and diligently and conscionably set about the duties required of them in their places. They must not sit still and do nothing, when the Lord calls them to do his work, and to execute his Will, but forthwith set themselves about the work allotted them. 1 Cor. 7. 17. As God hath distributed to every man, as the Lord hath called every one, so let him walk; that is, let him dili­gently employ himself in the duties of his particular calling.

Use. Use. This reproveth such as being called of God to speciall Offices or places in Church or Common­wealth, do neglect the duties required of them in those places; or make delayes or excuses to put off the per­formance of them. Such as being called to the Ministery, refuse to execute that Office, and the duties of it; or make delayes and excuses to put off the performance of Ministerial duties. Like him, Luke 9. 59. who being called to follow Christ, and to be a Preacher of the Gospel, delayed the time, desiring first to go bury his father. This was also a great infirmity in Moses, to make delayes and excuses, when he was called to go to Pharaoh to do the Lords Message; and for it the Lords anger was kindled against him. Exod. 4. 14 The like infirmity was in the Prophet Jeremy, Jer. 1. 6. and in Jonah, Chap. 1. 3. flying to Tarshish, when he was commanded to go preach against Nineveh. But as it is presumption for Ministers of the Word to run before they are sent; so it is disobedience against God not to go and preach and do other Ministerial duties when they are sent, and qualified with gifts fit for the Ministery. Here also others are reproved, who being called to any other place or office, wherein they should glorifie God and do him service, do neglect or omit the duties required of them in those places, or make delayes and excuses when they should perform them. So much of the Apostles going forth upon Christ's Command, to execute their Apostolical Office.

Now to speak of the parts of that Office which they executed. And first of their Preaching, which is amplified by the matter or object of it; the Doctrine which they preached, the doctrine of Repentance. They preached that men should repent.

First of the Ministerial act of Preaching; and then of the object or matter of it.

Doctr. Doctr. In that here is mention of the Apostles preaching of the Gospel; yea, it is mentioned in the first place as a main and principal part of their Apostolical Office; hence Observe the dignity and excel­lency of this Ministerial work of preaching. So excellent and worthy a work, that the Apostles themselves were exercised in it: yea, it was the principal part of their Office. 1 Cor. 1. 17. Paul sayes, Christ sent him not to baptize, but to preach the Gospel; that is, principally to preach the Gospel: yea, not onely the Apostles of Christ, but Christ himself being on earth, spent a good part of his life in this holy Function; as we have heard before, Chap. 1. Verse 14. which doth greatly set forth the dignity and excellency of this [Page 321] work. Therefore also Solomon, a King, thought it no disgrace, but rather an honour to himself to be called Ecclesiastes, or, The Preacher. Therefore also, 1 Cor. 14. 1. the Apostle bids us desire the gift of Prophecy above all other spiritual gifts.

Use 1 Use 1. See then, that none should think themselves too good or too great to be exercised in this work of the Ministery: though they be of never so great birth or wealth: it is no disparagement, but an honour to them, if they be called to be Preachers of the Word.

Use 2 Use 2. This should encourage Ministers of the Word to diligence and painfulness in this part of their Ministerial Office above all other, according to that strait charge given by Paul to Timothy, 2 Tim. 4. 1. The very excellency and dignity of the Office of preaching the Word, should stir them up to diligence therein.

Use 3 Use 3. Take heed of contemning this excellent work of the Ministery, & of thinking meanly of it. 1 Thess. 5. 20. Despise not Prophesying: but esteem highly of it, as a special gift bestowed of God upon the Church, for the good and salvation of it, Ephes. 4. 11. And esteem well not only of the Work or Office of Preaching it self, but even of the persons of Gods faithful Ministers for their works sake, 1 Thess. 5. 13. So much of the act of Preaching.

Now followeth the Matter or Doctrine which they Preached, [That men should repent] The Evangelist doth not here mention all the parts or branches of their doctrine: for they preached also the doctrine of the coming of the Messiah, (as they are expresly commanded, Matth. 10. 7.) and no doubt but they also preached the doctrine or faith in Christ, stirring up the people to believe in him. Luke 9. 6. They preached the Go­spel. Now the Gospel comprehends the doctrine of faith, as well as of repentance; yea, the doctrine of faith is the principal and most necessary part of the Gospel. Therefore when the Evangelist saith, They preached that men should repent; he speaketh by the figure Synecdoche, naming one special part or branch of their doctrine, for the whole Doctrine of the Gospel which they taught.

Quest. Quest. Why doth he mention the doctrine of Repentance, and not rather the doctrine of Faith?

Answ. Answ. Because (as it is most likely) the Apostles did in the first place teach and urge the Doctrine of Re­pentance unto the people, after the example of John Baptist, Matth. 3. 2. and of Christ himself, Matth. 4. 17. and Mark 1. 15.

The Reason whereof is likely to be this, Because howsoever Faith be the first Grace in order of Nature, and the Doctrine of Faith the principal Doctrine; yet Repentance is that Grace which doth first appear outwardly by the fruits of it; and by which the truth and soundness of Faith is also manifested.

Touching the word [ [...],] which is translated to Repent; it is such a word as doth properly signifie, to change ones Mind, or to become more wise then he was before: and so it serveth very fitly to expresse the nature and practise of true Repentance.

Now here, before we come to the particular Instructions to be gathered from the words, we have good occasion offered to speak somewhat in general touching the Nature and practise of Repentance. Concern­ing which, see before, Chap. 1. Verse 15.

Mark 6. 12, 13.‘And they went out, &c. May 6. 1621.

IN these Verses the Evangelist layeth doth down two Things. 1. The Apostles going forth upon the Command of Christ. 2. The execution of their Apostolical Office in Preaching and Working Mi­racles.

Of the first we have spoken. In part also of the second. Where we considered two parts of their Of­fice. 1. Preaching, Verse 12. 2. Working Miracles for confirmation of their Doctrine, Verse 13.

Touching the first, we also considered two things, 1. The Ministerial Act of Preaching. 2. The Ob­ject or Matter preached, That men should repent.

Of the Act we have spoken. In part also of the Object. Where the sense of the words being first cleared, we have begun to speak somewhat in general touching Repentance; shewing, 1. What it is. 2. The necessity of it. 3. Certain marks or signs to discern it by.

Now it remains, to speak also of some Motives to stir up to the practise of it: And then of the usuall Impediments which keep men from Repentance; which Impediments are to be removed. Of these Mo­tives to Repentance, and Hinderances of it, see before, Chap. 1. Verse 15.

Now after the general handling of this Doctrine, of Repentance, we are to gather one or two Points of Instruction which do more particularly arise from the words.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. In that the Evangelist here speaking of the Doctrine preached by the Apostles, doth mention only the doctrine of repentance, as one main part of that Doctrine which they taught; hence we learn this, That the doctrine of Repentance is one of the main and principal doctrines needfull to be taught in the Church. A doctrine of speciall use and necessity. A fundamentall doctrine. Heb. 6. 11. one of those Principles taught in the Primitive Church. Therefore it was the first doctrine preached by John Baptist and the Apostles, and by Christ himself. See Matth. 3. 2. & 4. 17. Mark 1. 15. and Luke 24. 47. The Apostles were to preach Repentance and Remission of sins, &c.

Reas. 1 Reasons. 1. The practise of Repentance is of absolute necessity for the attainment of forgiveness of sins and salvation, as we have before heard: therefore the doctrine of Repentance, must needs be of great use and necessity, seeing it cannot be rightly put in practise, if it be not first taught and known.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Repentance and the doctrine of it, is needful not only for some, but for all sorts of persons of all estates and conditions. Luke 24. 47. Repentance to be preached among all Nations. Some Doctrines are more peculiar for some sort of persons. Some most necessary for the Rich, some for the Poor; some for young, some for old; some for Ministers, some for the People; some for Magistrates, some for Subjects, &c. But Repentance being for sinners, (as our Saviour sayes, Matth. 9. 13. I came to call sinners to repen­tance) it is therefore a needful Doctrine for all sorts and degrees of persons living in the Church; none be­ing exempted from sin, none therefore but have need of repentance, and so of the Doctrine of it.

Object. Object. Luke 15. 7. There is more joy in heaven over one sinner that repenteth, than over ninety and nine just persons which need no repentance.

Answ. Answ. There are two kinds of Repentance, or degrees of it. 1. A general repentance, which is practi­sed by the sinner at his first Conversion; whereby of a wicked man he becomes good, and the child of God. And of this our Saviour there speaketh. And so it is true, that the righteous, that is, such as are already converted, and in state of grace, have no need of repentance; that is, of the first and general repentance, because they are already converted.

2. Particular repentance; which is a daily renewing of repentance for new and particular sins. And this is needful for all; even for such as are already converted.

Use 1 Use 1. This should move Ministers of the Word to take all good occasions to handle this doctrine of Re­pentance, and often to urge the practice of it unto their people. So do the Prophets and Apostles, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. To move the people also to desire often to hear this doctrine unfolded, seeing it is of so great use and necessity for all sorts of persons. They cannot be too well instructed in the nature of true repentance, nor be too often stirred up to the practise of it.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. Further we learn here, That repentance is a part of the Doctrine of the Gospel, not of the Law: for the Apostles at this time preached the Gospel, Luke 9. 6. So Luke 24. 47. Repentance is to be preached among all Nations; as a part of the Gospel. So Mark 1. 15. our Saviour himself is said to have preached repentance as a part of the Doctrine of the Gospel. And that Repentance is no part of the Law, may appear by these Reasons.

  • 1. The Law sheweth us our sins, and the curse of God due unto them; but doth not reveal or teach any remedy against sin. And though it be said to be our School-Master unto Christ, Gal. 3. 24. yet it is not so of it self directly, but indirectly and by consequent only; because shewing the sinner his sins, and the curse due unto them, it doth consequently shew him, that he cannot be saved by the works of the Law, and there­fore deriveth him to seek salvation in Christ revealed in the Gospel.
  • 2. The Law being the Ministery of death, 2 Cor. 3. 7. cannot teach repentance which is unto life and sal­vation; as it is said to be, Act. 11. 18. & 2 Cor. 7. 10.
  • 3. The Law revealeth nothing but the Justice and Wrath of God against sinners: but Repentance pre­supposeth mercy and forgiveness in God; which mercy and forgiveness is promised onely in the Gospel: therefore repentance is a doctrine of the Gospel, and not of the Law.

Use 1 Use 1. Hence gather, That the Doctrine of Repentance is not so sowr and sharp a doctrine as some think it to be, but rather very sweet and comfortable: for it is a part of the Gospel, which is called the glad tydings of salvation, the Gospel of peace, and the Word of life. Being therefore a part of the most sweet and comfort­able doctrine of the Gospel, it cannot be an uncomfortable, tedious, or grievous Doctrine. Indeed, the doctrine of Repentance in it self, is tedious and sharp to flesh and blood: but the bitterness is allayed by the sweet promises made to the penitent. How willing and glad then should we be to have this doctrine prea­ched to us?

Use 2 Use 2. Seeing repentance is required and taught in the Gospel, and not in the Law, this may comfort such weak Christians as are troubled and discouraged because of the weak measure of their repentance, and of the fruits thereof. Let them remember, That Repentance is an Evangelical Grace, commanded in the Go­spel; and that it doth not require absolute perfection (as the Law doth), but accepteth the sincere desire and endeavour after grace, for grace it self.

Verse 13. And they cast out many Devils, &c.] The Evangelist mentioneth two kinds of Miracles for all the rest which the Apostles wrought: for Matth. 10. 8. in their Commission or Charge, there is mention of more sorts than are here named. How far forth they had this gift or power of working Miracles, we have shewed before, Verse 7.

Anoynted with oyl, &c.] This is an outward rite or ceremony which the Apostles used in the Miraculous healing of the sick.

Concerning which, some questions are to be answered.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Upon what ground and warrant they used this rite, seeing it is not expresly mentioned in their Commission either by St. Mark in this Chapter, or by St. Matthew, Chap. 10.

Answ. Answ. Though it be not expresly named, yet it is included implicitely in that Commission, Matth. 10. 8. Heal the sick. For the Apostles practise in this matter is a sufficient proof to us, that they had Christ's com­mand and warrant for their practise. Therefore also, Jam. 5. 14. expresly enjoyneth the use of this ceremony to be continued in the Church, so long as the gift of miraculous healing should continue.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. To what end or use this anointing served.

Answ. Answ. Not to be a natural help or Physical means to cure the sick, (for then the Cures had not been mira­culous); but only as an outward sign and testimony of the miraculous healing of the sick: which outward sign was necessary for the helping and strengthening of the faith of such as were to be cured; assuring them, That as certainly as their bodies were anointed, so certainly health should be restored to him, so far as did make for Gods glory.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Why should they use this ceremony of anointing with oyl, rather then any other outward sign, to be a testimony of miraculous healing?

Answ. Answ. Because the use of Oyl was very common in that Countrey, as for other purposes, so for Medicine, to cure and heal the body diseased. Luke 10. 34. The Samaritan poured oyl and wine into the wounds of him that fell among theeves. See also Eccles. 10. 1. Therefore seeing oyl was used as a Medicinal thing, this ceremony of anointing with oyl, was fit to be used as an outward sign and testimony of the miraculous Cures which the Apostles wrought.

Quest. 4 Quest. 4. Whether they did anoint all whom they cured miraculously?

Answ. Answ. Not so: For we read of some cured only by the shadow of Peter, Act. 5. 15. some only by hand­kerchiefs and aprons which were brought to them from Paul's body, Act. 19. 12. It is also likely that some were cured only by touching or laying of hands upon them, as may appear, Mark 16. 18. They shall lay [Page 323] hands on the sick, and they shall recover. In these places we find no mention of Oyl, or anointing the sick Therefore no doubt but this was a free Ceremony permitted to the Apostles to use sometimes when they saw it fit and expedient; but not used alwayes, or to all the sick whom they cured.

Quest. 5 Quest. 5. Whether all that were anointed did recover?

Answ. Answ. This seemeth doubtfull and uncertain, yet it is probable that they did not all recover, but onely so many as it pleased God to restore.

  • 1. Because then the cure might seem to be tyed to the outward anointing, and to be wrought by it as by a natural means.
  • 2. Though the Apostles had power to heal the sick, and to work other Miracles; yet not when they would, but when it made for Gods glory. Therefore it may be they sometimes anointed the sick, and yet no Mira­culous cure followed.

Further we must know, that the Papists do alledg this place in defence of their Sacrament of extream Unction, as they call it, which the Popish Priests do at this day use unto such as are dangerously sick, An­nointing them with Oyl, that by this means they may be freed from the remainders of sin left in them, and that they may be comforted inwardly, and strengthened against the Temptations of Satan in the Agony of death. (Bellarmin. de extrem. Unct. cap. 8. Concil. Trid. Sess. 14. de extrem. Unct. cap. 2. pag. 135.)

Now they teach that this Anointing used by the Apostles was a preparative unto the Sacrament of extream Unction, and that the use of that Sacrament was afterwards more plainly taught and enjoyned by St. James, chap. 5. 14. But this cannot be, because there is no resemblance between this anointing used by the Apo­stles, and that Popish anointing; but great difference and contrariety, in these respects.

  • 1. This which the Apostles used, was a temporary Ceremony, to continue but for a time, onely so long as the gift of Miraculous healing continued in the Church; whereas the Papists teach, that their anointing is a perpetual Sacrament to continue in the Church.
  • 2. This anointing was used by the Apostles onely as a sign of the Miraculous cure of bodily diseases; but the Papists use their anointing as a means to purge the sick from the remainders of sin, and to give them Spi­ritual comfort and strength against Satan. Let them (if they can) shew that this anointing used by the Apo­stles, had any such use or end.
  • 3. This by the Apostles was used as a sign of the Miraculous curing of the sick, and of restoring of their health. But the Papists use it for the most part to such as are at point of death, and past hope of recovery; neither have they any such gift or power of Miraculous healing as the Apostles had. Indeed they pretend and boast of such a power, but are not able to shew or prove it. So much in way of opening and clearing these words.

Doct. Doctr. In that the Apostles confirmed and sealed the truth of their Doctrine by so many and powerfull Mi­racles, which the Lord wrought by them: Hence observe the Divine truth and certainty of the Doctrine of the Gospell Preached by the Apostles, and after left by them in writing unto the Church, for that which they wrote is the sum and substance of that they Preached; Now this Doctrine which they both Preached and wrote, must needs be the Divine Truth, and Doctrine of God, because it was not onely Preached by them, but also confirmed and ratified by such Miracles, as none but God himself could work by them. So Mark 16. ult. They went forth and Preached every where, the Lord working with them, and confirming the Word with Signes following. So also, Hebr. 2. 3. The Apostle proveth the certain truth of the Doctrine of the Gospell by this, That it was not onely Preached at first by Christ and the Apostles, but also confirmed by Miracles, God himself bearing witness to it with Signs and Wonders, and divers Miracles, &c. And it is a sufficient Argument (if there were no other) to prove the Doctrine of the Gospel to be of God, and from Heaven, seeing it was at first not onely Preached by Christ and the Apostles, but also sealed as it were from Heaven by such Divine Miracles.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See then also by this the truth and certainty of the Christian Faith and Religion which we profess and hold; and by the Profession and practice whereof, we hope and trust to be saved. This must needs be the true Faith, and the Religion of God himself, because it is agreeable to the Doctrine of the Gospel, and grounded upon it, and therefore hath the Seal of God set upon it, and the Testimony of God from Heaven going with it, to confirm it. Be thankfull to God that hath called us to the Knowledg and Profession of this true Religion, in which alone, Salvation is to be had; for there is no name in Heaven or Earth by which we can be saved, but onely by Jesus Christ, Act. 4. 12. and Christ is the sum of the Gospell, and the Gospell is the very foundation on which this Religion which we profess, is built; and it is such a Doctrine as hath bin confirmed from Heaven by Miracles, to be the onely saving truth of God, the onely word of life and Salvati­on. Oh then how thankfull should we be unto God for revealing to us the Knowledg of this Doctrine? Luther in his last Prayer upon his death-bed, gave special thanks to God for revealing the Knowledg of Christ unto him. So let us, both in life and death, shew thankfulness for this unspeakable benefit, that God hath revealed to us the knowledg of Christian Religion, and of the Gospel, and that he hath suffered us to be born and to live where this Religion and Gospell is professed and established. How if we had bin born among those Pagans in the West-Indies, or among Turks and Jews, or amongst the Papists who have corrup­ted and falsifyed the whole body and substance of the Gospell, and of true Christian Religion? How mise­rable were our case if we lived in such places, and amongst such people, sitting in darkness, and in the sha­dow of death, destitute of the true knowledg of Christ and the Gospell? Think seriously hereof, and be thankfull for this wonderfull mercy of God shewed to us, in calling us to the Knowledg and Profession of his Gospell, and of true Christian Religion grounded upon it. And let us not rest in a bare Profession of it, but indeavour to live answerably to it, gracing our Profession, and adorning true Religion and the Gospell of God, by Holiness of life. The Ancient Fathers (as Justin Martyr, and Tertullian, &c.) justified the Christian Religion against the Gentiles and Pagans, by alledging the holy lives of the Professors of it: so should we be able to justify the truth of our Religion, against Turks, Jews, Papists, &c. by the holiness of our lives, not living in such sins as raign amongst Turks, Jews, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. This must strengthen our Faith in the belief of this Doctrine of the Gospell, causing us to give ab­solute credence to it, as to the word of truth, and Doctrine of God, seeing it hath bin confirmed by so many Miracles: We must therefore beware of calling any part of this Doctrine into doubt or questi­on.

Use 3 Use 3. It must also move us to yield absolute obedience to the Doctrine of the Gospell, and to every part of it. Rom. 15. 18. Paul sayes, that Christ wrought mighty Signes and Wonders by him, that by that means the Gentiles might become obedient to his Doctrine.

Ʋse 4 Ʋse. 4. Lastly, it must move us also constantly to hold and maintain this Doctrine in Profession and Pra­ctice, and to stand in defence of it to the utmost of our power, both in life and death, as the Martyrs have done before us.

Mark 6. 14, 15, 16.‘And King Herod heard of him, &c. May, 27. 1621.

FRom this 14th Verse, unto ver. 30. is laid down the third principall part of this Chapter, which con­tains the History of King Herod's opinion touching Christ, when he heard of his fame: by occasion where­of also, the Evangelist digresseth to relate the History of the same Herod's beheading of John Baptist. The Judgment of Herod touching Christ, is laid down, ver. 14, 15, 16. The History of John's beheading, ver. 17. unto ver. 30.

Touching the first, Consider, 1. The occasion of his conceiving that opinion, which was, the fame he heard of Christ. 2. The erronious Opinion, or Judgment it self, manifested by his words, saying of Christ, that he was John Baptist risen from the dead, and that great works were wrought by him, ver. 14. 3. A further declaration of his Judgment of Christ, by comparing it with the different opinions of others concerning him. ver. 15, 16.

Touching the second: Consider, 1. The description of the person, by his name, Herod; and by his Office, a King. 2. The Intelligence which he had of Christ's fame, together with the reason or cause of it. He heard of him, for his name was spread abroad, or manifested.

King Herod] We read of three Herod's mentioned in the New Testament. The first mentioned Matth. 2. 1. in whose dayes our Saviour was born, Called Herod the Great, who was King of the Jews at that time. He cruelly Murthered all the Male-Children in Bethlehem, and the coasts of it, &c.

The second is this Herod here mentioned, called by Josephus, Herod Antipas, who was Son to the for­mer Herod. And this Herod is sometimes called a King, as here; and sometimes a Tetrarch, as Matth. 14. And Luke 9. 7. and Luke 3. 1. He is said to have bin Tetrarch of Galilee. Now a Tetrarch doth signify a Governour over a particular Province or Countrey; such a one was this Herod over the Countrey of Galilee. Vide Kemnit. Harm. cap. 16. And though he were not properly a King, because he had not an absolute Kingly power over the Galileans, but was himself subject to the Romane Emperour; yet because he was the chief Governour in that Country under the Emperour, therefore the people of that Countrey did commonly call and account him as their King, and so doth the Evangelist, herein conforming to the vulgar opinion, and to the common and ordinary title which the people gave to Herod.

The third Herod, is he that is mentioned Act. 12. who is called by Josephus, Agrippa; and said to have bin the Nephew, or Grand-child of Herod the Great. He was also a Tetrarch or Governour over the Jews. This was he that killed James the Apostle, and Imprisoned Peter to please the Jews, and afterwards dyed miserably, being eaten up of Worms for his Pride and ambition, as appeareth, Act. 12.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that here is mention made of Herod the King, or Tetrarch of Galilee, a wicked Son of a wick­ed Father, Herod the Great, (who caused the innocent young children to be Murthered, that so he might have put Christ to death, being newly born): Hence observe, that the children of wicked Parents are apt to fol­low the evill example of their Parents, and to be like unto them, living in the same sins; and therefore it is often so, that wicked Parents have also wicked children. I say often, because it is not alwayes so, but many times it is, if not for the most part. 1 King. 15. 26. Nadab did evill in the sight of the Lord, and walked in the way of his Father, [Jeroboam] and in his sin, wherewith he made Israel to sin. So, many other Kings of Israel, and some of Judah also, were wicked like their Fathers, though it was not so in all. Isai. 1. 4. The Prophet calls the rebellious Jews, a Seed of evill doers. And Matth. 3. 7. John Baptist calls the Pharisees and Sad­duces a generation of Vipers; to shew that they were wicked children of wicked Parents. So Act. 7. 51. Steven tells the hard-hearted Jews, that as their Fathers did resist the Holy Ghost, so did they.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. Children being trayned up with their Parents, and under them, at least in their young years, do by this means take the more notice of their Parents carriage and behaviour, and so are the more apt to tread in their steps.

2. Some sins of Parents are naturally hereditary unto their Children, propagated unto them by naturall Birth, in regard of the natural temper and constitution of the body, wherein children do usually resemble Parents, more or less, and by reason hereof, are the more apt to such sins as their Parents were given unto; such are the sins of Drunkenness, Uncleanness, &c.

3. God doth sometimes justly with-hold his Grace from the Children of wicked Parents, and so gives them over to such sins as their Parents lived in, that by this means he may punish the sins and wickedness of such Parents even in their Children.

Use 1 Use 1. Admonition to such Parents as have hitherto lived in a sinful course; in swearing, drunkenness, unchastity, &c. to repent speedily of such sins, and to turn unto God by a new life, lest if they go on in such sins, their children also become like them, or worse then themselves: and lest God in Justice punish them in their Children, by withholding his grace from them for the Parents sins. If the care of their owns souls alone, move not such to repentance; yet let the care of both their own and their childrens souls too, move and drive them to it speedily.

Use 2 Use 2. Let all Parents take heed of giving evil and wicked example to their children, lest they follow it, and take after them in the same sins which they are given unto. To this end often consider, how apt chil­dren are to follow Parents sins, especially such as they are most given to by Nature. How soon and easily will thy child learn of thee to swear, lye, to speak filthily, to delight in bad company? Oh therefore be­ware of giving such example to your children. Beware of infecting and poysoning their souls with the con­tagion of your own sins. If a man have a Plague-sore running upon him, will he not be careful that his chil­dren come not near him, lest they take the disease, and it cost them their lives? And wilt thou not be much more wary and fearful of infecting thy children with the contagion of thy sins, lest it cost them the life of their souls? Look to it then, that thou give them not the least ill example of sin, seeing it is so dangerous to poyson and infect them; and seeing they are so apt to suck their deadly poyson from thy evil example. How canst thou reprove sin in thy child, when thy self art guilty of the same or worse, and art not afraid to pra­ctise it even before the face of thy child? How should thy child regard thy reproof and admonition? It will never be. Therefore all Parents look to it, that ye do not only reprove sin in your children, but first re­form it in your selves, that so ye may reprove both by word and deed. And beware of sinning in the pre­sence of your children, or so as they come to knowledg of it, lest they take example by you, and lest they have cause hereafter to curse the day in which they were begotten and born of you.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Herod is here called a King: yet was he a wicked man, void of all Religion and Grace; a cruel murderer of John Baptist, (as we shall hear afterward in this Chapter) and an enemy to Christ, as ap­peareth, Luke 23. 11. which may teach us, That great men are not alwayes good and religious, nor yet the best friends or favourites of such as are Religious. 1 Cor. 1. 26. Not many mighty, or noble, are called, &c. Yea rather on the contrary, great men of the world for the most part are furthest from Religion, and greatest ene­mies to it, and to the Professors of it. So was Herod, Pilate, the High Priests, Scribes and Pharisees, the greatest enemies which Christ had upon earth. And so, Psal. 2. 2. it is prophesied, that the Kings and Rulers of the Earth should oppose against him.

Ʋse. Use. See then that it is not safe for us alwayes to follow the example of the greatest men: no not of Kings and Rulers of the earth, further then they do well, and follow the Word of God. But if they leave that, we must leave their example and practise. Joh. 7. 48. The Pharisees would tye the people to their own exam­ple, and to the example of the Rulers; but we must not be tyed to the example of such great ones, further than their example is good. So much of the person of Herod.

Now to speak of the Fame or Report which he heard of Christ.

He heard of him] Matth. 14. 1. He heard of the fame of Jesus; that is, of the fame of his Doctrine and Miracles. No doubt, but his servants, and those of his Court that were usually about him, did report this unto Herod, having either heard and seen Christ and his Miracles, or at least heard of him by others.

For his name was made manifest] Or, Spread abroad; partly by means of his own Doctrine and Miracles; and partly by the Doctrine and Miracles of his Apostles which he sent forth.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Herod had before this time imprisoned and beheaded John Baptist, as appeareth Verse 16. by his own words: yet he could not by this means stop the course of the Gospel, which John Preached: for John being cut off, and his Ministery stopped, our Saviour Christ groweth more and more famous even in Herod's Court, for his Preaching and Miracles: and not only himself, but his 12 Apostles also, whom he sent forth to preach. Whence we may observe this, That the Ministery of the Word cannot be utterly sup­pressed, nor the course of it altogether stopped by any power or means used against it. Though the Devill and wicked men rage against it, and against the Ministers of it: yet can they not prevail utterly to suppress it: but it will still have a course and passage, and will still prevail more and more, notwithstanding all oppo­sition of Devils or men against it. It may be for a time hindred, but it will afterward break forth and pre­vail again. It may be stopped in one place, but it will break out in another. 2 Tim. 2. 9. The Word of God is not bound. The Preachers and Professors of it may be bound and imprisoned, silenced, or put to death: but the Word it self and Ministery of it cannot be bound; that is, utterly silenced or suppressed: but it will still be free and at liberty to run the course which God hath appointed it to run. Act. 5. we read how the Apo­stles were imprisoned and persecuted: and yet soon after it is said, Act. 6. 7. The Word of God increased, and the number of Disciples multiplyed in Jerusalem greatly, &c. So Act. 12. Though Herod killed James, and im­prisoned Peter, yet Verse 24. it is said, The Word of God grew and multiplyed.

Reason. Reason. The Lord doth accompany his Word, and the Ministery of it, with his own Divine Power: he revealeth his own arm in it, and by it: which makes it powerful to prevail, and to find free passage amongst men, notwithstanding all opposition made against it. Prov. 21. 30. There is no wisdom, nor understanding, nor counsel against the Lord: and therefore there is no wisdom, or policy or practise of the Devil or wicked men, that can prevail against the Word of God, utterly to abolish or suppress it.

Use 1 Use 1. See then how vain are all attempts and practises of wicked men, yea, of the greatest men in the world, against the Word of God, and against the Preachers or Professors of it, persecuting them by word or deed, and raising troubles against them; all these their attempts are vain, and shall never prevail so far, as to suppress the Ministery of the Word, or to hinder the fruit of it altogether: but God will still shew himself powerful in the Ministery of his own Word; and will not suffer the course of it to be stopped by all the po­licies and practise of the Devil and wicked men against it. Let this discourage and daunt all enemies of the Word, and make them weary of plotting and practising any thing against the Ministery of the Word, or against those that preach or profess it; remembring, that in so doing they fight against God, who will be too strong for them, and will prevail against them, and punish them too most severely, if they repent not of this sin.

Ʋse. 2 Use 2. Comfort to Ministers of the Word, and to all sincere Professors of it. Though they see never so great opposition made by the Devil and wicked men against the Gospel of Christ: yet let them not fear that either the Gospel or Ministery of it shall ever be utterly abolished. Though all the World should conspire against it: yet still the Lord will give power to his Word, and make it prevail more and more; if not in one place, yet in another: and though for a little time he may suffer the free course of it to be hin­dred, [Page 326] yet he will soon after make it to run and be glorified again, as the Apostle speaketh, 2 Thess. 3. 1.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Our Saviour by preaching and working Miracles groweth famous, and that even in the Court of Herod: yet he sought not his own glory by his Doctrine and Miracles, but the glory of God his Father who sent him; as he saith, Joh. 7. 18. and 8. 49. Hence we learn, That the way to true honour even amongst men, is, to glorifie God by obedience to his will, and by doing the duties he requires of us, and to be far from seeking our own glory. Never was there any so far from ambitious seeking after vain-glory, as our Sa­viour was: never any so careful to glorifie God his Father: therefore his heavenly Father honoured him so­much even amongst men: for though he were despised of some, yet was he honourable and renowned among others. Here then we see the truth of that, 1 Sam. 2. 30. that God will honour such as honour him. The truth of this, see also in John the Baptist, Matth. 3. 5.

Use. Ʋse. Let this move us to be far from ambitious hunting after our own glory in the world; and above all, to seek Gods glory in all our wayes, walking diligently and faithfully in our Callings, and being conscionable in performance of all duties which he requires of us. This is the way to true honour before God and men. The less we seek our own honour and the more we seek Gods glory, the more will he honour us. So much of the Occasion of Herod's Opinion touching Christ.

Now followeth the erroneous Opinion or Judgment it self which he conceived of him; which is first laid down in the end of the 14. Verse; and afterward Verse 15. & 16. it is compared with the different opi­nions of others; whereby the Evangelist sheweth how firmly he was settled in it, in that he would not be removed from it, by any perswasions or reasons of those that were of different Opinions.

Touching the Opinion it self, it consists of a twofold Errour. 1. That he thought our Saviour to be John Baptist raised from the dead.

2. That he thought the great Miracles wrought by Christ, to have been wrought by John Baptist.

That John the Baptist was risen, &c.] It is not likely that Herod thought John to be risen in body, in such sort as we believe that the dead shall be raised at the last day with the same bodies in which they dyed: but he rather spake thus according to the common errour then holden by many touching the dead: namely, that the souls of the dead do after death enter into other new bodies, and so converse again upon earth. This was the opinion of many wise Philosophers among the Gentiles, as of Pythagoras, Plato, and others. And it is likely, that Herod and the Jews under his Government in our Saviour's time were tainted with this er­rour of the Gentiles. Vide Joseph. de Bell. Jud. lib. 2. cap. 7. where he writeth of the Pharisees, that they were of this opinion, That the souls of good men after death did passe into other bodies. Vide Bezam in Joh. 9. 2. contra Maldonat. in Matth. 14. 2.

Quest. Quest. What moved Herod to think that John was risen?

Answ. The guiltiness of his own Conscience. For being guilty of that grievous sin of murdering so in­nocent and holy a Prophet as John was, whom himself feared and reverenced for his holiness in his life­time, no doubt but his conscience did much accuse and trouble him for this sin, ever after the committing of it; and now hearing of the great Miracles wrought by our Saviour, and not knowing who he was that wrought them, his guilty conscience made him to fear, that John Baptist whom he had so cruelly murdered, was risen, and lived upon earth again, and wrought those Miracles, and that now he would either seek just revenge upon him, or at least that he would more powerfully and plainly reprove his sins, then ever before. And that it was the guilt of his own conscience, and the fear of John's person that moved him thus to think that he was risen from the dead, may appear, because Verse 16. he doth make mention of his beheading of John; and because Luke 9. 7. it is said, that he was perplexed, (or in great doubt) when it was said of some, that John was risen from the dead. Now this perplexity argueth the guiltiness of his Conscience, and the great fear which he was possessed with.

Object. Object. Luke 9. 7. It is said, He was perplexed, or in doubt, &c. How then is it here said by Mark, that he directly affirmed that John was risen?

Answ. Answ. It is most probable, that at first he was in great doubt, by reason of the different opinions of others touching Christ: but at last the guiltiness and terrour of his conscience made him resolve that it was indeed John Baptist.

Therefore great works are wrought by him] Though John in his life-time wrought no Miracle, Joh. 10. 41. yet Herod's guilty Conscience makes him fear that he is now grown more powerful than before, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see, that Herod did not only fear John being alive, (as we shall see Verse 20.) but even after he had put him to death: the consideration of John's innocency and holiness of life, doth strike him with fear and terrour in his Conscience. Whence we learn, That the innocency and uprightness of God's faithful servants, is of great power to strike terrour into their wicked enemies: and that not only whilest they are living, but even after the death of such servants of God. Thus the innocency of Abel did strike Cain with great terrour of Conscience for murdering him, and that even after Abel was dead. So the innocency of our Saviour Christ, bred great horrour and fear in Judas his conscience after he had betrayed him: the very remembrance of it was most terrible to him to think upon, Matth. 27. 4.

Reason. Reason. The consideration of the innocency of God's servants, doth greatly aggravate the haynousness of their sin, who any way wrong them or hurt them; and so striketh their conscience with the more terrour.

Use 1 Use 1. See how God's Servants may dismay their enemies. The best way to daunt and discourage them, is to walk in holiness and innocency of life. Labour to shew forth this innocency: Nothing is so terrible to the wicked, as the innocent and holy lives of Gods Saints, whom they maliciously oppose and persecute.

Use 2 Use 2. Beware of offering wrong to any innocent and holy Servant of God; lest thy conscience terrifie thee for it. Their innocency will be terrible to thee to think on, whether they be living or dead.

Mark 6. 14, &c.‘And he said, that John the Baptist was risen, &c. Jun. 3. 1621.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. IN that Herod's guilty Conscience maketh him to fear that John whom he had put to death is risen again; we may observe, that this is one effect and property of a guilty Conscience, to disquiet and vex the Heart with great terrors and fears; yea, of tentimes with vain fears, when there is no cause so to fear. There is a spirit of servile fear accompanying every guilty Conscience, Job 15. 21. A dread­full sound (or a sound of fears) is in his ears; that is, in the ears of the wicked. Isai. 57. 20. The wicked are like the troubled Sea, when it cannot rest, &c. No peace to them, &c. Deut. 28. 65. The Lord threatneth to give the wicked a trembling Heart. And Levit. 26. 36. to send faintness into their Hearts—that the sound of a shaken leaf should chase them. Thus it was with Cain, his guilty Conscience made him fear lest every one that met him, should slay him, Gen. 4. 14. So Prov. 28. 1. The wicked flee when no man pursueth.

Reason. Reason. The Conscience guilty of sin, doth apprehend God's wrath and just Judgment due unto sin, and this cannot but breed great terrours in the Heart. See this in Adam, Gen. 3. See it also in Foelix, Act. 24, 25.

Use 1 Use 1. See the miserable and uncomfortable estate of all wicked ones living in the guilt of their sins, with­out Repentance. They can have no true peace or comfort in their Consciences, but must needs be from time to time pursued and vexed with great terrours and fears. And though all the wicked do not for the present feel these terrours, because the Consciences of some are asleep or dead, and benummed, so as they have no feeling of the guilt of sin; yet hereafter, when God shall awake their Consciences, they shall feel grievous terrours, and even a Hell in their Consciences. Think of Cain, what a Hell he lived in, by reason of his guilty Conscience, continually terrifying and tormenting him. What comfort could he take in any thing in the World? See then, that the estate of the wicked in this life, is not to be envyed, but pittied rather; though they enjoy all outward prosperity, and live in never so much outward mirth and jollity, yet so long as they feel inwardly the terrours of a guilty Conscience, they are miserable.

Ʋse. 2 Ʋse 2. See the cursed fruit of sin which maketh the Conscience of the sinner guilty, and so breedeth and bringeth forth such fearfull terrours, which are the beginnings of Hell in the Conscience. Let this make all sin odious unto us. Had Cain known what terrours his sin would breed in him, he would have feared to com­mit it. So Herod, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. See what to do if we would be freed from such servile fears and terrours of Conscience as the wick­ed are vexed and pursued with. This will never be till the Conscience be cased of the guilt of sin, and be at peace with God. Never rest then, till this be done.

To this end. 1. Labour truly to feel thy sins and the hainousnes of them, and to have thy Heart broken with godly sorrow for them. 2. Then acknowledg them to God, and earnestly sue for pardon of them in Christ. 3. Labour by Faith to apply the merit of Christ's bloud to purge thy Conscience from the guilt of thy sins, for this onely will do it. Then being justified by Faith, thou shalt have peace towards God, and Peace in thy Conscience.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Herod having put John to death wrongfully, his Conscience did accuse and trouble him for this sin after he had committed it, even after the death of John; and it may be this was some good space of time after his death, though it is uncertain how long: Hence then we learn, That sin once committed, doth lye heavy upon the Conscience of the sinner, accusing and troubling it; yea, long after it is committed. Gen. 4. 7. The Lords tells Cain thus, If thou do not well, sin lyeth at the door; that is, the guilt of sin will lye at the door of thy Conscience, to accuse and trouble thee afterward. Gen. 42. 21. The sin of Joseph's Bre­thren in selling him into Egypt, troubled their Consciences long after. Job in his elder years, was troubled in Conscience for the sins of his youth, chap. 13. ver. 26. So David also, Psal. 25. 7. Remember not (saith he) the sins of my youth, &c. So the sin of Judas lay heavy on his Conscience after the committing of it; even so heavy, that it forced him to hang himself. And the like fearfull effect it sometimes bringeth forth in others who have committed great and grievoussins.

Use 1 Use 1. See a great difference between sin as it offereth it self to the sinner in time of the temptation, and as it commeth to the Conscience afterwards. In time of Temptation it doth perswade and allure the sin­ner by profit and pleasure; but afterward, being once committed, it doth accuse the Conscience, and put in endictments against the sinner to condemn him before the bar of Gods Judgment. See then the deceitful­ness of sin and Satan in tempting us, promising pleasures and profits to us, when they sollicite us to yield to them; but hiding from us the cursed fruit and effect which will follow; namely, the sting and torment which sin will leave behind it in the Conscience. Think well of this when thou art tempted to sin; that which now promiseth pleasure or profit, will indeed accuse and trouble, and torment thy Conscience after­ward; it will be bitterness in the end, though for the present thou may think it sweet. Prov. 23. 31. Look not on Wine red, &c.—At last it biteth like a Serpent, and stingeth like an Adder. Believe not therefore the per­swasions of Satan, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Take heed of committing sin, though never so much tempted and allured to it by Satan, or by the World, or our own corrupt nature, remembring this, that the guilt of it will lye at the door of thy Consci­ence afterward; yea, long time after the committing, it will check and accuse thee from time to time, night and day, not giving thee rest when once thy guilty Conscience is awaked. Sins of youth will accuse thee in old age, as they did Job and David, if they be not repented of; yea, sin committed will never cease accusing till it be repented of. The action is momentary, and the pleasure and profit; but the sting and torment of Conscience perpetual, till it be taken away by Repentance.

Ʋse 3 Use. 3. See that we have truely repented of sins long ago committed, even in youth, if we have not alrea­dy done it; better late then never. Otherwise never look to have sound and lasting peace in thy Consci­ence, but inward gripes and stings in it from time to time, till thou hast truely repented of such sins.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Further, from the particular kind of sin which troubled Herod's Conscience, in that it was for beheading John Baptist, as his own words imply, ver. 16. Hence we learn, that Murder, or shedding of In­nocent [Page 328] bloud is such a sin, as will lye heavy upon the Consciences of such as are guilty of it, breeding great terrour in them. How heavy lay it upon Cain's Conscience? Gen. 4. 13. My Iniquity is greater then I can bear. How heavy upon David's, Psal. 51. 14. Deliver me from bloud-guiltiness, &c. He nameth that above all his sins, because it so exceedingly troubled his Conscience. Vide Historiam Symmachi à Theodorico Gotho­rum rege occisi. apud Baron. Ann. 526. Num. 5. ex Procopio. So heavy doth this sin lye upon the Conscien­ces of some, that they are forced even to accuse themselves.

Reason. Reason. Murder is a most hainous sin, most odious unto God; it is a defacing of his Image, after which man is created; therefore appointed to be punished with death, Gen. 9. 6. Whoso sheddeth mans bloud, by man shall his bloud be shed; for in the Image of God made he man. And Numb. 35. 33. Bloud defileth the Land, and the Land cannot be cleansed of the Bloud that is shed therein, but by the bloud of him that shed it. Yea, if a Beast slew a man, he was by the Law of God to dye for it, Exod. 21. So hatefull is this sin of Murder unto God.

Use 1 Use 1. See the dead and seared Consciences of such as being guilty of this horrible crime, yet are scarse sensible of it, nor touched with remorse. But whensoever God shall awake their Conscience, oh how fearfull will this sin be unto them, what inward terrours will it work in them? in the mean time, they are worse then Herod, whose Conscience troubled him for this sin.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Abhor and detest this foul sin of Murder and shedding bloud; take heed of being any way accessa­ry to it, lest it lye heavy upon the Conscience afterward, as it will do most certainly: yea, take heed of all occasions of this fearfull sin; as quarrelling, fighting, malice, envy, desire of revenge, &c.

Mark 6. 14, 15, 16.‘It is John whom I beheaded, &c. June, 10. 1621.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. HErod's Conscience accuseth and terrifyeth him for his sin of murdering John Baptist; and yet he doth not truely repent of it; whence we may gather, That inward terrours and gripings of Conscience for sin, are no certain mark of true Repentance, for these may be in such as never re­pent; as here in Herod. So also in Cain, Saul, Judas. Their Consciences did accuse, trouble, and terrify them, after their sins committed, and yet no true Repentance followed thereupon.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. In true Repentance there must be a Godly sorrow for sin. But there may be gripings of Con­science, and yet the Heart so hardned, that it cannot be humbled with any such sorrow.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. In true Repentance, there must be a hatred of sin as it is sin; that is, in this respect chiefly, be­cause it is offensive to God, and forbidden by his holy Law; but this true hatred of sin doth not alwayes go with those inward gripings and terrours of Conscience which some do feel. For the Conscience of the wick­ed doth sometimes accuse and terrify them for sin, onely in regard of the punishment due unto it, which they stand in fear of; and not out of any true hatred of sin as it is offensive to God. This appeareth in Cain, who when his Conscience terrifyed him, doth complain of the greatness of his punishment, Gen. 4. 13. My pu­nishment is greater then I can bear; whereas on the contrary, David a true Penitent, Psal. 51. 4. complaineth not of the punishment, but of the greatness of his sin and offence against God, Against thee (saith he) onely have I sinned, &c.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. In true Repentance, there must be a turning from sin, or forsaking of it in heart and life. But there may be inward stings and terrours of Conscience in some, and yet no forsaking of their sins. Pharaoh's Conscience was smitten with terrour when God sent Plagues upon him; yet he did not forsake his sin. So Saul's Conscience accused and troubled him for persecuting David, as appeareth by his tears, and confession of his fault, and of David's Innocency, 1 Sam. 24. 16. yet he continued in his sin still.

Reas. 4 Reas. 4. A meer natural Conscience may and doth accuse for sin, Rom. 2. 15. Therefore such accusati­ons and checks of Conscience, are no infallible marks of Repentance, which is a work of Grace, and cannot be in a natural man.

Use 1 Use 1. How much less is there true Repentance in such as are come not so far as to feel those inward gri­pings and terrours of Conscience for their sins; but their Hearts remain so hardned, and their Consciences so dead, that they are not sensible of their great sins, but even past feeling, having Consciences seared with an hot Iron, as the Apostle saith; such Consciences as do not once check or accuse them, nor strike them with any terrour or fear of Gods wrath against sin: Or if they do at sometimes, yet it is but seldome; and when they feel such checks and terrours, they labour presently to smother them. These are worse then Herod, Cain, Judas, &c. But the less their sensless Conscience doth now trouble them, the more it will hereafter.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Let none deceive themselves thinking they have truely Repented, because their Conscience doth trouble and terrify them sometimes for their sins. If thou go no further, thou art yet as far from Repentance as Cain, Judas, Herod, &c. Rest not therefore in this, that thou sometime feelest inward accusations and terrours, and troubles in thy Conscience. These may come onely from fear of Hell and punishment; and they may be in a natural Conscience; yea, in a Reprobate Conscience. But labour further for a Conscience which may be touched with godly sorrow for sin, and with true hatred of it, and may be purged from the love of all sin. As it is with a sick body: if Physick taken do onely stir and trouble the bad humours, and not purge them, it is not the better, but the worse. So if the Conscience be onely troubled for sin, &c.

It followeth. ver. 15, 16. Others said, That it is Elias, &c.] Now the Evangelist compareth Herod's false opinion of Christ, with the false opinions of others who differed from him in Judgment. Where 1. He mentioneth the different conceipts of others, ver. 15. and then, ver. 16. he repeateth Herod's opi­nion, shewing how he was grounded in it, in that he would not be removed from it, though others about him were of different opinions.

Others said, it is Elias, &c.] Luke 9. 8. It was said of some, that Elias had appeared; and of others, that one of the old Prophets was risen again. By which words of Luke, compared with this place of Mark, it [Page 329] appeareth that there were three different Opinions of Christ besides that of Herod. 1. Of those that thought him to be Elias. 2. That he was one of the old Prophets risen again. 3. Or at least, That he was a Pro­phet not inferiour to those ancient Prophets. See the like diversity of opinions, Matth. 16. 14.

Touching the first Opinion, we must know, That the Jewes in our Saviour's time held this erroneous opinion of Elias the Prophet, that he was to return and live again upon earth in Person before the coming of the Messiah: which Errour they grounded upon that place of the Prophet, Mal. 4. 5. falsly interpreted: for whereas the Prophet meaneth, that John Baptist should come in the Spirit and power of Elias, as appear­eth, Matth. 17. 12. & Matth. 11. 14. Luke. 1. 17. they understood him to speak of Elias coming again in his own person: how that this was the conceipt of the Jews in our Saviour's time, appeareth not only by this, but by other places, as Joh. 1. 21. & Matth. 17. 10. And this Errour they hold also at this day, as Buxtorfius a learned man, who lived amongst them, testifieth. See his Book called Synag. Jud. cap. 2. and in sundry other places of that Book. See also Drusius in Joh. 1. 21.

Touching the second Opinion of those that thought him to be one of the old Prophets risen again; This they held, as it is likely, according to that heathenish Errour of the Gentiles, That the Souls of the dead do passe into other bodies, and so return to live on earth again, as before: with which Errour also Herod was infected; as we have heard before.

Touching the third Opinion, That he was only a great Prophet, not inferiour to the ancient famous Pro­phets; this also was a gross Errour: for Christ was more than a Prophet, and a far more excellent person than any of the old Prophets, being indeed the Son of God incarnate, and the true Messiah: but this which was the truth, neither Herod nor any of the rest did conceive or hold.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Hence gather, That the Devil is a great enemy to the true knowledg of Christ, labouring all that he can to keep men from it, and to hold them in ignorance of Christ, and in errours touching his Person and Office. This was (no doubt) one main cause of so many gross Errours which Herod and others held touching Christ: and that amongst them all, none held the truth. The Devil laboured to blind the eyes of their minds; that they might not see the truth. So it is said of him, 2 Cor. 4. 4. that he blinded the eyes of repro­bates, that the light of the glorious Gospel of Jesus Christ, who is the Image of God, should not shine unto them.

Object. Object. Mark 1. 24. and elsewhere, we read, that he confessed Christ to be the holy One of God, that is, the true Messiah: therefore it may seem that he is willing that others should know so much.

Answ. Answ. He made that profession of Christ in hypocrisie (as we have heard), not thereby to instruct others in the knowledg of Christ's Person and Office, nor to perswade them that he was the true Messiah: but ra­ther on the contrary, to bring the Person of Christ into disgrace and contempt, and to perswade the people that he was not indeed the true Messiah, because the Devil, the father of lyes, affirmed him so to be. So that his desire and purpose was no other but to hold the people in ignorance, errour, and doubting of Christ's Per­son and Office. And thus he hath still laboured in all Ages since, to stir up many errours and heresies con­cerning Christ's Person and Office. So at this day among the Papists.

Reas. 1 Reasons. 1. He knoweth well how dangerous a thing it is to be ignorant of Christ, or to erre in the do­ctrine of his Person or Office as he is Mediatour; forasmuch as there is no salvation to be had without the knowledg of Christ. Act. 4. 12. None other name under heaven given among men whereby we must be saved. Now none can be saved by him, but such as know him aright. Joh. 17. 3. This is life eternal, that they might know—Jesus Christ. Now the Devil seeks by all means to hinder mans salvation.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Devil beareth extream hatred and malice against Christ; knowing him to be his greatest and most deadly enemy, and enemy of his Kingdom of darkness: and therefore he labours to keep men in ignorance of Christ, that so not knowing him, they may not believe in him, nor be saved by him.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. The more the Devil laboureth and bestirreth himself to keep us in ignorance of Christ, and to hold us in erroneous conceits of his Person and Offices, the more careful had we need be in using all means to be well instructed and grounded in these Doctrines touching Christ, and to hold fast the truth of them, ta­king h [...]ed of all contrary Errours, such as are holden and maintained by the Church of Rome, and by the Lutherans. Remember, that it is life eternal to know Christ Jesus aright: therefore to be ignorant of him, or not to know him aright, how dangerous is it? This is death eternal, to be ignorant of Christ. Therefore let not Satan keep us in this dangerous kind of ignorance, but use all means to come out of it. Think no time too much, no pains or cost too great, to bestow in getting the excellent knowledg of Christ, for which Paul counted all things loss, &c. Phil. 3. 8. and 1 Cor. 2. 2. he sayes, he determined not to know any thing among them save Jesus Christ, &c. This knowledg is more worth than all other knowledg, wisdom and learning in the world: therefore seek it above all other; and be the more diligent in seeking it, because the Devil so la­boureth to hide it from us. It is not for nothing that he laboureth so much herein; but because he knoweth the excellency, pretiousness, and necessity of this knowledg of Christ for all that will be saved. Therefore as he useth all means to hinder us from it; so let us use all means to get it: Especially these: 1. Search the Scriptures which testifie of Christ, Joh. 5. 39. 2. Come diligently to the publike Ministery of the Word, by which Christ is plainly described and set forth to us, as the Apostle sheweth, Gal. 3. 1. 3. Pray unto God to reveal unto us the true and saving knowledg of his Son Christ Jesus. As none knoweth the Father but the Son, and he to whom the Son revealeth him, Matth. 11. 27. So, no man knoweth the Son but the Father, and he to whom the Father will reveal him. And here we must remember, not to rest onely in a bare historical and ge­neral knowledg of the Person and Offices of Christ, which wicked men and devils have; but labour for an effectual knowledg of faith, applying him and his benefits to our selves, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See whose Instruments they are, and by whom set awork, who any way hinder others from the sound knowledg of Christ, or to hold them in errours touching his Person or Office: even the Devil's In­struments and Factors they are in this. Such are the Papists, who barr the common people from reading the Scriptures which testifie of Christ. And whosoever they be among us, that any way discourage others from reading the Scriptures, or from frequenting the Word preached that they may learn Christ aright.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that here is mention of so many different Opinions of Christ, and yet all false and erroneous, We may hence gather, That howsoever there is but one truth in all matters of Religion which are question­able; [Page 330] yet there are manifold errours by which men may swerve from the truth. There is but one right way of truth laid out in the Word of God; but there are many crooked and by-paths found out by Satan, by which he leads men into errours, heresie, and false opinions. There is but one true Faith and Religion which is from God; but many false and counterfeit kinds of faith and religion, in which Satan laboureth to hold men: as at this day, the Religion of the Turks, Jews, Papists, Anabaptists, &c. all false Religions: and in the mean time, there is but one true Faith and Religion of Christ which we profess and know to be the truth.

Use. Use. See then how careful we had need be, to know and learn the sound truth in all matters needful to sal­vation, and to hold it fast when we have learned it, to buy the truth, and not to sell it again (as Solomon speak­eth, Prov. 23. 23.); we must be very careful hereof, because there being but one Truth, and manifold Er­rours and false Opinions in matters of Religion, it must needs be a matter of much difficulty to search out and hold that one truth amidst so many errours, and to walk with a right foot in that one true way, not turn­ing to the right or left, seeing there are so many crooked paths to turn us out of it. If a man be to travel a Way that hath many turnings, he will be the more fearful of losing his way, and the more careful to keep in it, and to be still enquiring of such as know it. So in matters of Religion, there being but one true and right way, we must be the more careful to know it, and to walk in it. To this end, we must be diligent in searching the Scriptures, in which the Lord hath plainly revealed all truths needful to salvation, and pray unto God, that he will by his good Spirit lead us into those truths.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, in that not only Herod himself, but the Jews also which lived under his Jurisdiction in Galilee, did hold such grosse and absurd Opinions of Christ, we may Observe, That such as depart from the Word of God, do usually run into grosse and absurd Errours in matters of Religion. This was the cause that these Galilean Jews under Herod did run into these gross errours touching Christ, that they did not keep themselves to the doctrine of the Prophets, which had plainly foretold both the time and manner of the Messiah's coming: therefore if they had kept them to those Prophecies, they could not have erred so grosly touching Christ; but they forsook those Prophecies, at least the true sense and meaning of them, and followed their own unwritten Traditions: and hence grew those absurd opinions which they held. So Mark 7. 8. our Saviour sheweth this to be the cause of the gross Errours of the Scribes and Pharisees both in judgment and practise, because they laid aside the Commandment of God, and held the Traditions of men, as washing of pots and cups, &c. So Jer. 8. 9. They have rejected the Word of the Lord: and what wisdom is in them? As if he should say, There can be no true wisdome or sound knowledg and judgment in them: but they must needs run into foolish and absurd errours. This also was the cause of the absurd Errours which the Sadduces held, that they did not keep themselves to the Scriptures. Matth. 22. 29. Ye do erre, (saith our Saviour to them) not knowing the Scriptures, &c. See Act. 23. 8. And what is the cause of the many grosse and absurd errours of the Papists at this day, but even this, That they keep not to the written Word, but lean rather to their unwritten Traditions, Popes Decrees, Testimonies of Fathers, Councels, &c. So, What led the Popish Schoolmen into such absurd Errours, but the leaving of the Scriptures, and giving themselves too much to the study of Philosophy?

Reas. 1 Reasons of this Doctrine. 1. The written Word of God is the only sure and perfect Rule of all truth in matters of Religion, and the touchstone to try it by. It is the Word of Truth, containing in it nothing but truth, without all mixture of errours: yea, it is truth it self, Joh. 17. 17. neither is any word or doctrine, or Opinion of man true, but that which is consonant to this Word of God: therefore to leave the Rule and Direction of this Word, must needs be the way to all absurd and gross Errours.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is just with God thus to punish the contempt of his Word in those that forsake the Rule of it, by giving them over to gross Errours. 2 Thess. 2. 10. Because they received not the love of the truth—For this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lye.

Ʋse. Use. If we would not be given over justly of God to gross and absurd Errours in matters of Religion, be­ware of leaving the Rule and Touchstone of Truth, which is the written Word of God: beware of contemn­ing it, and of neglecting to read it and meditate in it daily, and to hear it preached by God's Ministers. This neglect and contempt of the written Word, is the ready way to all errours, and even those that are most gross and dangerous. Hence come ten thousand evils or mischiefs (sayes Chrysostom. Praefat. in Epist. ad Rom.) even from ignorance of the Scriptures; hence have sprung a multitude of pernitious heresies, &c. And not to go further, we see it true at this day in many ignorant people, which neglect the reading of the Scriptures, and the hearing of them read and interpreted by others: for what absurd, and sensless opinions and errours do they run into? as to think, That Faith is a man's good meaning. That they may be saved by their good prayers and good deeds. That the Ten Commandements and Apostles Creed are Prayers. That a man may swear to any thing that is true. That it is no oath to swear by Faith, Troth, Mass, Fire, Bread, &c. That a man may repent when he will. That howsoever a man live; yet if upon his death-bed he do but say, Lord have mercy upon me, he is certainly saved. That there is too much preaching, and that a man need not go to so many Sermons, unless he could follow them better, &c. Whence come these swarms of foolish and absurd errours, but from the ignorance and contempt of the Scriptures which raigneth in many? most truly may it be said of them, as of the Sadduces, They erre, not knowing the Scriptures. Would we then be kept from such errours? Then give our selves more and more to the study of the Scriptures; searching them daily by private reading or hearing them read, and neglecting no opportunity of hearing them opened by publike teaching. This is the only way to come to sound knowledg of the truth, and to preserve us from gross er­rours, and all absurd and dangerous Opinions in matters of Religion.

Mark 6. 15.‘Others said, That it is Elias. And others said, That it is a Prophet, &c. June 24. 1621.

Observ. 4 LAstly, here we may learn, That the having of the Books of Scripture, and bare reading of them, is not sufficient to keep any from errours, so long as they conceive not the true sense [Page 331] of Scripture. The Jews in our Saviour's time had the Books of Moses and the Prophets, and read them; yet because they misunderstood them, therefore they erred so grosly touching the Person of Christ, and touching the coming of Elias, as we see here. So the Scribes and Pharisees had the Books of Scripture, and read them, and were very skilful in the letter of them: yet because they misunderstood them, they run into grosse Er­rours. So the Jews at this day have the Books of the Old Testament, but not understanding them, they hold many gross errours, and damnable heresies. So also the Papists, and other Hereticks.

Use. Ʋse. This teacheth us not to rest contented with the having and bare reading of the Scriptures, nor with the literal knowledg of them, as if this were enough to lead us into the truth, and to preserve us from errours. This alone is not sufficient, without the true understanding of the Scriptures. Labour therefore above all for this: and pray daily unto God to open thy Understanding to conceive his Word aright. Luke 24. 45. our Saviour opened the Understandings of his Disciples, that they might understand the Scriptures. So he must do unto thee; else thou shalt be never the better for reading the Scriptures, or hearing them read. Rest not then in bare reading: but remember the speech of Philip to the Eunuch, Act. 8. 30. Understandest thou what thou readest? If not, all thy reading is unprofitable: it cannot either ground thee in the truth, or preserve thee from errour. If an Englishman travelling by the way in France, and meeting with a Frenchman, should enquire the way, and he should give him good directions in the French Tongue; the Englishman not under­standing a word of it, were never the wiser, but might for all that lose his way. So though the Word of God give most excellent directions to guide thee in the right way to heaven; yet if thou understand not the lan­guage of it, what art thou the better? Though thou wert never so skilful in the letter, or Words, and couldst repeat whole Chapters or Books of Scripture by heart; yet if thou be ignorant of the true sense, and not able rightly to apply the same to thy self, thy literal knowledg is nothing worth. The Scriptures are still but as a sealed book unto thee; or as a rich treasure of gold locked up fast in a Chest, whereof a man hath no use. The Word of God consists not in the letters and syllables, but in the sense; if thou hast the former without the latter, thou hast but the shell of the Scriptures without the kernel, and the body without the soul and life of them. Labour therefore and use all good means to come to true understanding of the Scri­ptures; especially in all doctrines needful to salvation. To this end frequent the publick Ministery, and read the Scriptures with diligence and attention to the matter, more than to the words, and with an humble and teachable mind, denying thy own wisdom and carnal reason, and submitting thy self wholly to be taught of God. And joyn prayer unto God, that he which shutteth and no man openeth, and openeth and no man shutteth, may open thy Understanding to conceive his Word aright.

Verse 16. But when Herod heard, &c.] Here the Evangelist repeateth Herod's opinion of Christ, shewing how he was settled in it, and would not be otherwise perswaded, notwithstanding the different opinions of others. The cause of his being so rooted in this opinion, was his guilty Conscience, which did so accuse him for beheading John, and made him to fear that he was now risen more powerful than he was before, to reprove and convince him of sin. The main matters of Instruction which the words afford, have been hand­led upon the 14 Verse: Only one Point more we may here profitably observe.

Observ. Observ. In that Herod's Conscience accusing him for beheading John, he is so possessed with fear of John's being risen again, that he cannot be perswaded otherwise; we may here gather, That the terrours which sin breedeth in the conscience of the wicked, do take very fast hold on their Conscience, so as they cannot be shaken off so long as the guilt of their sins remaineth. There is no outward means available to cure a guilty conscience of those fears and terrours which sin causeth in it: no bodily Physick will do it; no mirth, recreation, or company: no help, advice, or perswasion of friends can do it. Herod (no doubt) was much perswaded by his Servants and Courtiers, and by some of the Jews, that John Baptist was not risen, and there­fore that he need not to fear him: yet we see his sin lying on his Conscience doth so terrifie him, that all their perswasions cannot cure him of that inward terrour, or set him free from it. The like we may see in Cain, though he removed his dwelling into the Land of Nod, Gen. 4. 16. wandring up and down; and though he be took himself to building, Verse 17. yet neither his wandring from place to place, nor his employment in building a City, could quiet his Conscience. So in Judas, Though he brought back and restored the 30 pieces of silver, and withall acknowledged his sin in betraying innocent blood, Matth. 27. 3. yet all this would not free his guilty Conscience from terrours, but they pursued him till he hanged himself. Isai. 57. 20. The wicked are like the troubled Sea which cannot rest.—There is no peace to them. No means or way to pacifie or quiet their troubled Consciences, and to free them from tormenting fears, so long as the guilt of sin lyeth upon them.

Use 1 Use 1. See the folly of the wicked, thinking to ease their Consciences of the terrours which sin hath bred in them, by outward earthly means; as by carnal mirth, recreations, company, following the world, &c. But alas, all these are Physitians of no value, to cure a guilty Conscience of fears and terrours caused in it by sin. Nothing in the world will do this but true repentance, and Christ's blood applyed by faith to purge the Con­science from guilt of sin. Let them therefore speedily use these remedies, if they desire to have their Con­science eased and cured.

Ʋse. 2 Use 2. See how dangerous it is to commit sin, and so to bring the guilt of it upon our Conscience, seeing it breedeth such terrours as are so hardly shaken off, leaveth such a sting as is so hardly pulled out, and maketh such a wound as is so hard to cure. How wary are we of such bodily diseases as are hard to cure, as the Pestilence, Dropsie, &c.

Mark 6. 17, 18, 19‘For Herod himself had sent forth and laid hold upon John, &c. July 1. 1621.

IN the three former Verses we have heard of the false and erroneous Opinion of Herod concerning our Saviour Christ, That he thought him to be John Baptist risen from the dead, whom he had formerly be­headed.

Now from this mention made of Herod's beheading of John, the Evangelist takes occasion to digress, to set down the history thereof more fully and largely.

Where, 1. He relateth the Antecedents, Occasions, or Preparatives going before it.

2. The fact it sef, Verse 27.

3. The Events or Consequents, Verse 28, 29.

The Occasions or Preparatives are of two sorts: 1. Remote or further off. 2. More near, which went but a little before John's beheading.

The more remote Occasion or Antecedent, was his Imprisonment, laid down, Verse 17, 18, 19, 20.

The more near Occasions are set down afterward, Verse 21, &c.

Touching John's Imprisonment, the Evangelist relateth two things principally. 1. The fact or sin of Herod, in sending forth, and taking and binding John in prison.

2. The impulsive cause moving thereunto; which was John's plain reproof of him for the sin of Incest commited. Where, 1. Is shewed the sin it self; which was Herod's incestuous Marriage with Herodias, his brother Philip's Wife, Verse 17. 2. John's Reproof of this sin in him, Verse 18. 3. The Effect of that Reproof in Herodias, Verse 19. Which was twofold, 1. That she thereupon had a quarrel against him. 2. That she was desirous to kill him. Which her malicious and bloody desire and purpose is am­plified by the hindering cause; which was her unability to accomplish it; she could not kill him. The reason whereof is shewed, Verse 20.

Observ. First of Herod's fact, in imprisoning John.

Observ. See here what reward the faithful Ministers of God have usually at the hands of the unthankfull world, for their faithfulness in their Ministery; even this, That they are for the same often wrongfully abu­sed, persecuted, and cruelly dealt withall. So was John Baptist imprisoned, and afterward put to death by Herod, for his faithfulness in reproving his incestuous Marriage. And so it hath been with other faithful Mi­nisters. Matth. 5. 12. So persecuted they the Prophets which were before you. Matth. 23. 34. Behold I send unto you Prophets and wise men, and Scribes, and of them ye shall kill and crucifie; and of them shall ye scourge in your Synagogues, and persecute from City to City. 2 Chron. 36. 16. The wicked Jews mocked the Messengers of God, and despised his words, and misused his Prophets, &c. Examples we have in Elijah, Michaiah, Jeremy, Daniel, Amos, &c. So also in the Apostles, and in Christ himself. This is the old enmity which hath been from the beginning between the seed of the woman, and of the Serpent. See also Joh. 3. 20. another main Reason of it.

Use 1 Use 1. Think it no new or strange thing, if in our times we see good & faithful Ministers unjustly troubled, persecuted, imprisoned, &c. by such as are in authority, and that even for the faithful discharge of their Mi­nistery. Be not offended hereat, nor think the worse of such for being thus troubled and persecuted, so long as they suffer not as evil-doers, but for discharge of their duties. Remember, it hath been thus usually in all Ages with the faithful Messengers of God. Therefore if we see it so with any now, be not offended at them, nor condemn them as evil-doers; but rather think the better of them, and reverence and esteem them the more for their faithfulness in their Ministery, for which they suffer such troubles: And let this move us also to pray for them, and to use all good means to help them out of their troubles.

Use 2 Use 2. Teacheth all faithful Ministers to prepare and arm themselves for troubles and persecutions in the world, and at the hands of the wicked: not looking to escape better than the Prophets, Apostles, and Christ himself have done before them. If every Christian which resolves to live godly in Christ Jesus, must suffer persecution, (as the Apostle saith, 2 Tim. 3. 12.) how much more every Minister of God, resolving to be faith­ful in his Ministery? Matth. 10. 24. The disciple is not above his Master, &c. If they have called the Master of the house Belzebub, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Again, it should comfort and encourage faithful Ministers to bear such troubles patiently, and not to be dismayed at them; seeing they suffer no other but what the most excellent Prophets and Ministers of God have gone through before them: only we must look to this, that we suffer not as evil-doers, but for well-doing, and for the faithful discharge of our Calling. Then have we cause to rejoyce, not to be dis­couraged, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. See the wretched blindness and corruption of our nature, causing us to hate and persecute such as are called and sent of God to do us good: yea, the greatest good, &c. Vide Conc. in Jacob. 5. 10.

So much of the Fact of Herod, Imprisoning John.

Now followeth the Impulsive cause; which was John's Reproof of his incestuous Marriage. And first of the sin it self, which was the marrying of Herodias, his brother Philip's Wife. The unlawfulness of this marriage is plainly shewed, Levit. 18. 16. where the uncovering of the nakedness of the brother's wife is ex­presly condemned. Levit. 20. 21. If a man take his brother's wife, it is an unclean thing, &c.

Object. Object. Deuter. 25. 5. If Brethren dwell together, and one of them dye, and have no child, the Wife of the dead shall not marry without, but her husband's brother shall go in unto her, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. That Law is to be understood not of marrying the Wife of any brother deceased, but of mar­rying the Wife of such a brother as deceased without children, as the words of the Text shew plainly. But Herod's brother Philip, if he were now dead, (as it is most likely he was, and as Josephus writeth of him, An­tiquit. lib. 18. cap. 6. et 7.) yet he dyed not without Issue: for Verse 22. of this Chapter, there is mention of the daughter of Herodias, which (no doubt) she had by her former husband Philip: therefore that Law gave no liberty at all to Herod to marry his brother wife, seeing his brother dyed not without Issue.

2. Some think that Law is to be understood not of the natural brother born of the same Parents; but ra­ther of the Cozen-german, or some other Kinsman nearest unto the party deceased: for so sometimes after the Hebrew phrase, Kinsmen are called Brethren. Sic Calvin. in locum.

3. Others rather understand it of natural brethren born of the same Parents, and that it was a special ex­ception of that general Law given, Levit. 18. which exception belonged peculiarly and only to the Israelites being granted to them upon special cause, viz. That when the elder brother dyed without seed, the name of the first-born might not be blotted out, but the Family might be preserved in that name, &c. And this was ceremonial, signifying typically Christ the first-born of God, &c. (See Mr. Perkins Oeconom. Chap. 5. pag. 677. Jun. in Deuter. 25. 5. Bucan. loc. com. pag. 118.

Observ. Observ. Here we learn, that Incestuous Marriages are unlawfull, and condemned in the Word of God, so John told Herod plainly, ver. 18. That it was not lawfull to have his brothers Wife. This was one kind of Incestuous Marriage. Other kinds see expresly named and forbidden, Levit. 18. In general, note here, that an Incestuous Marriage is that which is made between persons that are too near of kindred; that is to say, such as are within the degrees of kindred prohibited in that Chapter, Levit. 18. from whence we may ga­ther also, that not onely the degrees there named, but all other which are as near as those that are there na­med, are also by proportion condemned as unlawfull. Such Marriages were condemned even by the Hea­then themselves, as the Apostle employeth, 1 Cor. 5. 1. when he saith, That the Incest of him that had his Fathers Wife, is such a sin as was not named among the Gentiles; that is to say, not approved, but abhorred of the best of them, even by the light of Nature. Besides, the Word of God denounceth great and heavy punishments to be inflicted on such incestuous Marriages, as we may see, Levit. 20. 11, &c. where it is ap­pointed, that such as did so Marry, should be punished with death, and dye childless. The consideration of these things must move all Christians to abhor and take heed of such Incestuous Marriages. So much of the sin reproved.

Now followeth the reproof it self, ver. 18. John had said to Herod, It is not lawfull for thee, &c.] Whe­ther he reproved Herod in publick or in private, is not expressed. Some think it was in his publick tea­ching. But it seems more probable that it was in private, because he speaks to him so particularly, [It is not lawfull for thee, &c.] which it is not likely he would do in publick. Vide Kemnit.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here then we learn, That Ministers of the Word ought not to wink at sin in those of their Charge, nor to be silent at the committing of it; but to admonish and reprove the same as occasion is offered, in publike and private. This is a part of the Minister's Office, not only to Instruct, Exhort, and Comfort, such as have need of instruction, &c. but also to admonish, and reprove such as offend. Every Christian in his place is to do this, as just opportunity is offered, 1 Thess. 5. 14. much more therefore Ministers. 2 Tim. 4. 2. Preach the Word in season, &c. Reprove, rebuke, &c. Tit. 2. 15. Rebuke with all authority. Ezek. 3. The Watch­man must give the wicked warning to turn from sin, &c. or else their blood will be required at the Watch­man's hand.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, Ministers may learn here of John Baptist, to deal unpartially in admonishing and re­proving sin even in the greatest persons that are of their charge, and so far as they have a calling to do it. They must reprove sin not only in mean persons, but in the great ones; even in Kings, if they be called to do it, as John was to reprove Herod: for even Kings must be subject to the Word of God, and the Ministery of it, though they be far above the persons of Ministers in authority and power. Thus Elijah reproved Ahab the King of Israel, 1 King. 18. & 1 King. 21. Thus Nathan also reproved David, 2 Sam. 12. A Minister must not be a respecter of persons in his Ministery: but he must in this be like our Saviour Christ, who cared not for any man, nor regarded the persons of men, Matth. 22. 16. To this end he must labour to pray unto God for spiritual courage and constancy in discharge of this part of his duty; that he may not fear the faces of the greatest persons, but may boldly and freely reprove sin in them, Jer. 1. 8. Be not afraid of their faces: for I am with thee, &c. and Verse 10. See, I have this day set thee over Nations, and over Kingdoms, to root ou [...], and to pull down, &c. Ezek. 3. 8. Behold, I have made thy face strong against their faces, &c. As an adamant har­der then flint have I made thy forehead, &c. Ministers have need to pray unto God to arm them with such cou­rage, constancy and boldness of spirit.

Ʋse. Use. This teacheth even the greatest Persons to suffer the word of reproof and admonition at the hands of Gods Ministers, and not to think themselves too good, &c. How much more then should meaner persons submit to such reproof? &c. Psal. 141. 5.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Again, in that John did so plainly tell Herod, That it was not lawfull for him, &c. We may ga­ther, That such as have a Calling to reprove sin in others, should do it plainly and directly, shewing them their sin, and the danger of it by the Word of God, in such sort, as they may be in Conscience convinced of it, Levit. 19. 17. Thou shalt not hate thy Brother in thy Heart, but shalt plainly rebuke him, &c. Thus Eli [...]ah did plainly reprove Ahab; and Nathan, though he began with a Parable, yet at length told David plainly that he was the man. Note that this plain and direct manner of reproving, is then especially to be used, when we are to deal with obstinate offenders, which are much hardned in their sins, and hard to be reclai­med; such have most need to have their Consciences throughly convinced by such plain reproofs. But on the other side, if we be to deal with such whose Consciences are more tender and tractable, we may use sometimes a more close and covert kind of admonishing and reproving; as either by a general alledging of the words of Scripture, whereby the sin is condemned, and leaving them to the party himself to apply to his own Conscience, or else framing our reproof in the manner of an exhortation or instruction, thereby imply­ing an oblique or indirect reproof, which is the course prescribed by Paul in reproving an Elder, 1 Tim. 5. 1. Rebuke not an Elder, but intreat him as a Father. Yet we must alwayes be careful to use so much plainness in reproving, as may serve sufficiently to discover the sin reproved, unto the Conscience of the offender, and to convince him thereof by the Word of God.

Quest. Quest. Whether a Minister in publick reproof, may speak personally?

Answ. Answ. Not so; that should be done in private, not in publick. See Matth. 18. 15.

Object. Ob [...]ect. 1 Tim. 5. 20. Them that sin Rebuke before all, &c.

Answ. Answ. He speaks of publick crimes, whereof they were publickly convicted. See Beza.

Use. Use. This shews the fault of such as deal not plainly enough in admonition and reproof of others. Some are afraid of displeasing those whom they should reprove, and therefore are loath to deal plainly. They speak too generally and darkly, and too far off, as if they were not willing to touch the Conscience of the Offen­der. Such must remember, that Christian reproof is Spiritual Physick, or Chyrurgery. Now if the Physi­tian or Chyrurgion be afraid to come near or touch the Patient, how should he cure him? If he dare not touch the sore, how shall he launce it, and heal it? So here, &c. We must therefore not go about the bush, when we should admonish others of sin, but in love and meekness tell them of it plainly, so as to convince their Consciences, especially being to deal with such as are hardned in their sins; the more hard they are to [Page 334] be reclaimed, the more plainly and throughly we should deal in reproving such. Jude 23. Verse, Others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire. If we see one in present danger of burning, we do not think it enough to go round about him and look upon him, as if we were afraid to touch him, or speak to him: but we go di­rectly to him and pull him out of the fire. So here, &c. So much of the Reproof.

Now followes the Effect which it wrought in Herodias.

Verse 19. Therefore Herodias had a quarrell against him, &c.] Or, Laid wait against him, as some translate it: but the other Translation is better: for the word [ [...],] doth properly signifie, to bear an inward grudg or quarrell against another. (See Beza on this place, and Varinus in lexico.)

And would have killed him] Or desired to murder and put him to death by some means or other. The cause of all this her malice and malicious practise against him, was his plain reproof of Herod and her, for their incestuous marriage; which made her fear to be divorced, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see, that it is the property of the wicked and impenitent, to be so far from repenting of their sins when they are reproved for them, that they take occasion thereby to hate and persecute such as reprove them and oppose them in their sins. Thus Ahab hated Michaiah, because he did not prophesie good, but evil concerning him, 1 King. 22. 8. So Ahab and Jezabel hated Elijah, and persecuted him, seeking his life, because he plainly reproved their sins, 1 King. 19. Thus the Scribes and Pharisees, and other Jews hated our Saviour Christ for reproving their sins. Thus the Jews hated Stephen, Act. 7. 54. See also Amos 5. 10.

Reas. 1 Reasons. 1. Joh. 3. 20. Every one that doth evil, hateth the light, &c. that is, the light of the Word of God; and consequently all such as hold out this light of the Word to discover and convince their sins.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. They do love and delight in their sins. Job 20. 12. Wickedness is sweet in their mouths, they hide it under their tongues. They spare it, and forsake it not, but keep it still within their mouth. Ephes. 4. 19. They give themselves to sin with greediness, or with greedy desire. And therefore they must needs hate such as reprove their sins, or go about to hinder them in the practise of them.

Use 1 Use 1. See by this, and take notice of the great corruption and miserable blindness that is in us by Nature, causing us to hate and persecute such as would do us good, even the greatest good, that is to say, save our souls, by reproving our sins, that we may repent and be saved. What wretched unthankfulness is this? What wilful blindness, thus to be offended at those that would open our eyes? This shews, that we love darknesse more than light, Joh. 3. 19. This shews, that we are by Nature in a dead sleep of sin, in that we are so unwil­ling to be awaked. As it is with one that is very drowzie, and heavy asleep, he is angty at every thing that wakes him; if one do but jogg him, or hold the light of a candle before him, &c. So it is with a sinner by Nature sleeping in sin; he is apt to be offended at such as would awake him by reproof and admonition: yea, apt to hate and persecute such most maliciously. Let us bewail this great and fearful corruption of na­ture that is in men, which makes them so to hate and persecute their best friends; even such as seek their greatest good, and are sent of God unto them, to admonish and reprove them for their sins, and to bring them to repentance, and to pull them out of the snare of the Devil: yea, out of the fire of hell, that they may be eternally saved? Is not this wretched blindness and madness, to hate and persecute such as would do them so much good? It is the part of a frantick person, to be so far from taking the Physick given him by the Physitian to cure him, as to be angry at him that gives it, and to overthrow and break the glass which holds it: and not only so, but to fly in the face of the Physitian, and to lay violent hands upon him? So it is a spi­ritual madness or frenzie thus to hate and persecute our spiritual Physitians, the Lords faithful Ministers and others sent to cure us of our sins. It is the manner of wild Beasts, Lyons, Bears, &c. to be ready to fly in the faces, and to tear in pieces their keepers which feed them, and go about to tame them. So it is with every wicked man by nature, he is like a savage beast, &c. Let us therefore seriously think of this our miserable blindness and corruption of nature, and learn to be more and more humbled for it, and to bewail it.

Use 2 Use 2. To teach us not only to see and bewail this our natural corruption, but to labour and strive to re­form it: and to have it so mortified, that it do not break forth in us. If we be good Christians, we must have this natural corruption crucified in us. Look to it therefore, that it raign not in thee. It is for the wick­ed and impenitent to hate and persecute such as reprove their sins. Let it not be so with us. Let it be far from us to be so much as offended at such as reprove our sins, or any way go about to hinder us in them. Jam. 1. Be swift to hear, and slow to wrath. This we may fitly apply to the hearing of a Christian reproof given us. Be ready to hear, and obey it; and be far from wrath and anger against such as reprove us. Be not like this wicked Strumpet Herodias, which had a quarrel against John Baptist for reproving her. But on the contrary, let us have such in singular love, and be thankful to them who do Christianly admonish and reprove us, whe­ther they be our faithful Ministers or others.

Use 3 Use 3. This shews, That such as have a calling to reprove sin in others, and to set themselves against it, must not look for every ones good will: but they may look to meet with some such as Herod and Herodias to hate and persecute them, &c. The Prophets by reproving sin in the people, did purchase many enemies. Jer. 15. 10. Wo is me, my Mother, that thou hast born me a man of strife, and a man of contention to the whole earth, &c.

Mark 6. 19.‘Therefore Herodias had a quarrell against him, &c. July 8. 1621.

THe Evangelist sheweth a twofold Effect which John's Reproof of Herod did work in Herodias.

  • 1. That it provoked her to conceive and bear an inward grudg or quarrel against John.
  • 2. That it moved her not only to bear such a grudg against him in heart, but also to seek to kill him: and this her bloody desire and purpose is set forth further by the hindering cause; which was, her unability to execute that her malicious desire, she could not kill, though she much desired and sought to do it. The reason whereof is given in the next Verse.

Now from this Verse we have already observed one Point of Instruction, viz. That the wicked and im­penitent [Page 335] are so far from reforming their sins, when they are reproved for them, that they hate and persecute such as reprove their sins, and oppose against their wicked practises. This Point doth generally arise from all the former part of the Verse; in which is set down the malice and malicious and bloody purpose of He­rodias against John, for reproving Herod and her for their sin of Incest.

Now to gather some other Points more particularly from those two Effects which John's Reproof did work and bring forth in this wicked Woman. And first from this, That she did thereupon bear him an in­ward grudg, or had a quarrell against him; that is, she did not only conceive hatred against him, but carried a desire and purpose of revenge; as the words following also do shew.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here whose property it is to bear inward grudges and purposes of revenge against others, even the property of the wicked and ungodly; such as this unchast Adulteress Herodias was. It is noted in her, that she bare a malicious grudg and quarrell in heart against John. This was the sin of Cain; and of Esau, Gen. 27. 41. and of the Scribes and Pharisees against our Saviour Christ, Rom. 1. 29. Maliciousnesse and Wickedness are joyned in the Heathen.

Quest. Quest. May not a good man be tainted with this sin of inward malice and bearing grudg against others?

Answ. Answ. Yes, he may be tempted to this as well as other sins, and through infirmity yield to it for a time: but he will not live in this sin, nor suffer it to raign or bear sway in his heart, in such sort as it doth in the wick­ed, who give themselves over unto it willingly, and do live and continue in it without repentance: So doth not a good man. Ae may for a time through violence of the natural passion of anger or otherwise, be moved to take up a purpose of revenge, as David did against Nabal; but he cannot long hold it, but will lay it down, and be truly humbled for it before God.

Use 1 Use 1. See then what to think of such as live in this sin of malice and desire of revenge against others, bearing inward grudges and quarrels against their neighbours and brethren: such as stick not to use such speeches as these; That they will be even with their enemies; And they will sit on the skirts of such and such: And though they forgive, they will not forget, &c. expresly contrary to the precept given, Levit 19. 18. Thou shalt not avenge, nor be mindfull of a wrong (or bear any grudg) against the children of thy people. What is to be thought of such malicious persons, but that they discover themselves to be wicked and ungodly?

Use 2 Use 2. Seeing it is the property of the wicked to bear inward grudges and purposes of revenge against others; take heed we be not herein like them: beware of having inward quarrels in our hearts against such as wrong us, or whom we think to wrong us; and especially of carrying such quarrels and grudges long time against others, lest hereby we discover our selves to be in the number of the wicked. Prov. 24. 29. Say not, I will do so to him, as he hath done to me. Say not so either with thy mouth, or in thy heart. Jam. 5. 9. Grudg not one against another, lest ye be condemned, &c. Especially let us beware of bearing grudg against such as do not wrong us, but rather do us good, by admonishing us, and reproving our sins, &c. If we are bound to do good against evil, and to do good to our enemies, and to love them; how great shall our sin be, if we do evil, or desire or purpose evil against such as would do us good, even the greatest good? Let this therefore be far from every one of us.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that Herodias did first bear John an inward grudg in Heart before she sought means to kill him; Hence observe, where all sins take their beginning, even in the Heart and inner man: There they are first rooted, and grounded; and from thence they spring and break forth outwardly in the outward life and practice: first evill thoughts and affections are conceived and harboured in the Heart; and then afterward they break out into sinful Words, and wicked Actions. See this handled before, chap. 2. ver. 6.

It followeth, And would have killed him] The words seem to imply, not onely a desire or purpose to kill him (for so much was implyed in the former words) but also that she sought and used means to have him put to death; and this is the more probable, because in the next words it is added, that she could not kill him: which doth argue, that she used the best means she could to have him murdered, but was not able to effect her cruel purpose.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we may observe, that there are certain steps and degrees in the committing of sin, by which Satan doth tempt and draw men unto it. He doth not at first tempt unto the highest degree of sin, but first to a lower degree, and from thence, and by that, to a higher. Thus Herodias did not begin pre­sently at first with actual murdering of John, or with using means to kill him out-right; but first she con­ceived inward wrath and displeasure against him, and from that she proceeded to bear a grudg and revenge­full mind against him; and from thence to use means to kill him, if she had not bin hindered. So Cain first was angry at his brother Abel, and then bare him a grudg, and lastly murdered him actually, Gen. 4. So it is also in other sins. Josh. 7. 21. Achan first saw the Babylonish garment, then coveted it, and then stole it away. So David first cast his eye on Bathsheba, then was further tempted to lust after her unlawfully, and lastly to commit actual Adultery with her. Thus Eve at the beginning was tempted of the Devill, first to look on the pleasantness of the forbidden fruit, then to taste of it, then to eat it, and lastly to give of it to her Husband. Thus Peter was tempted first to go into the High-Priests Hall, and to warm himself there by the fire, and then to deny Christ again and again, yea, the third time, and not onely to deny him, but to for­swear him, Jam. 1. 14. Every one is tempted when he is drawn away by his own lust, and is entised. Then when Lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin, and sin being finished, &c. Here the Apostle setteth down the degrees of sin, by which men are usually tempted, and drawn to the committing of it. 2 Tim. 3. 13. Evill men shall wax worse and worse; that is, they shall proceed from one degree of sin unto another. This is a special Po­licy of Satan to tempt men unto sin by degrees. If he should at first tempt to the highest degree of sin, he knows that men would in likelihood abhor his wicked suggestions, and not yield to them; therefore he ra­ther insinuateth himself and his temptations by degrees, first tempting to lesser sins, then to greater; that he may be the more likely to prevail.

Use. Ʋse. See then, that it is a special Point of Christian wisdom to resist the beginnings of all sins unto which we are tempted. Look therefore that we do this at the first; That we be careful to withstand the first degrees of sins, lest if we yield at first, it grow upon us further and further. Give not place to Satan or to sin, but be careful at the very first arising of sinful motions, to resist them by all good means; by Prayer, by the Word [Page 336] of God, by Faith, &c. See 1 Pet. 2. 11. Labour to abhor and detest the first motions of every sin arising in thy heart, or suggested by Satan: Take heed of delighting in them, lest from delight thou be drawn to consent; and from consent to practise; and from practise to custom; and from custom to hardness of heart, &c. The first entrance into sin, is like a man's entring into the water in Summer-time to wash himself: at first he is fearful so much as to touch it with his feet: but the further he wadeth, the more bold he is, till at length he fears not to rinse himself over head and ears in it. So many, when they are first tempted to some sin, are fearful of it, and somewhat loath to yield to the Devil and their own lust; but if once they begin to yield, then they grow bolder and bolder in sin, and the Devil easily drawes them on from one degree to another. As it is in felling a Tree, the first cut or stroke makes way for the second and third, &c. till at last the Tree falleth. So it is in the Devil's temptations; The first blow or stroke that he giveth us, if it enter, makes way to the second, &c. Look to it then that thou keep off his strokes at first, that he enter not into thy heart. Be­ware of the beginnings and first degrees of sin to which he tempteth thee; lest he bring thee by them to the height of sin at length: for this he aymeth at. Take heed of yielding to rash anger and wrath, lest this grow in time to malice, and malice to desire of revenge, &c. Take heed of inward unchast thoughts, lest they breed in time unchast actions. Take heed of swearing lesser oaths, lest in time thou come to swear grea­ter: Take heed of the smallest breaches of the Sabbath, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that Herodias from bearing an inward grudg against John, did proceed to seek means to kill him, We learn, That inward malice and desire of revenge harboured in the heart, doth often make way unto actuall murder and shedding of blood, if it be not hindred and restrained. Thus Cain's inward malice and grudg against his brother, ended in actuall murdering of him. Thus Esau's hatred against Jacob, made him desire and purpose to kill him. Saul's malice against David, made him seek his life. So Jezabells against Elijah; and Haman's against the Jews; and the malice and grudg of the Scribes and Pharisees against Christ.

Use. Ʋse. See how dangerous then it is for any to conceive or harbour such malice and inward grudg of heart against others. Beware of it, seeing it is a step and degree unto the fearful sin of actual murder: yea, it is accounted before God a kind of murder. 1 Joh. 3. 15. He that hateth his brother is a man-slayer. Take heed then of giving this sin entrance into our hearts. Resist the beginnings of it; take heed of anger and wrath against others: especially of keeping our anger. Ira mater est odit. Salvian. Above all, take heed of hating others for Religion: which of all hatred is the worst and most deadly, &c. Contrà, freely forgive others, even our enemies, as we would be forgiven of God. See Matth. 6. 15.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See the extream malice of the wicked against Gods faithful Servants, causing them often to seek their blood. Such was the hatred of Cain against Abel, of Esau against Jacob, of Saul against David, of the Scribes and Pharisees against Christ, &c. Rev. 17. 6.

Reason. Rat. The Devil sets them awork, &c.

Use Use. Pray unto God to restrain the rage and malice of the wicked; and to deliver us from evill and un­reasonable men, 2 Thess. 3. 2.

It followeth, But she could not] Here is shewed the cause, which hindred Herodias from accomplishing her bloody purpose against John; namely, her unability to do that she desired. One reason whereof is shewed in the next Verse, because Herod kept John from her, &c. But the main and principal reason was this, That God himself did by his power and special providence so restrain the power and malice of this wicked woman, that she could not as yet have her will against John, though afterward she had, as we shall hear.

Observ. Observ. Though the wicked bear deadly malice oftentimes against God's Saints and Servants; yet the Lord doth by his power and special providence restrain their malice and power, that they cannot alwayes do that hurt and mischief unto Gods Servants which they desire to do. Sometimes indeed he permitteth them to annoy and hurt his servants in their bodies, goods and outward estate, for the greater and more through tryal of his servants, and for other just causes: but he doth not alwayes suffer them so to do, but often re­straineth and bridleth their power and malice, so as they cannot have their wills against his servants. Thus the Lord restrained the power and malice of Saul, that he could not take away the life of David, though he sought to do it. Thus he bridled the malice of Haman against the Nation of the Jews, that he could not root them out, though he laboured to do it. Thus he bridled the rage and malice of Sennacherib King of Assyria, against God and his people. 2 King. 19. 27. I know thy rage against me—Therefore I will put my hock into thy nose, and my bridle in thy lips, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort to the faithful Servants of God against the fury and rage of their most malicious and dead­ly enemies. They cannot do what they list against them, but that only which the Lord suffereth them to do; and he will suffer them to do nothing but that which shall in the end turn to the good and salvation of his servants. Though they may hate and persecute them even unto death; yet not a hair of their head shall perish without the Will of God. See Matth. 10. 29.

Use 2 Use 2. Be thankful unto God for his goodness and mercy to his Church and People, so restraining the malice of the wicked, that they cannot do them so much hurt and mischief as they would. If they might have their will, the Devil and wicked men would root out all the faithful servants of God from the earth. It is therefore the Lord's infinite mercy and goodness to us, that we are not consumed and cut off from the Land of the living by such wicked instruments of Satan.

Mark 6. 20.‘For Herod feared John, &c. July 15. 1621.

IN the former verse is shewed, that Herodias bearing inward grudg against John, would have killed him, but could not effect her bloudy purpose. Now the Evangelist in this verse, mentioneth a special reason why she could not kill him, and what hindered her; namely this, that Herod himself who had cast John in Prison, yet did so fear and reverence his person, because he was a Holy and Just man, that he would not suf­fer Herodias to put him to death, but kept him alive for a time, notwithstanding all her rage and malice against him. And withall, the Evangelist mentioneth not onely this speciall favour and kindness shewed by [Page 337] Herod unto the person of John, in keeping him safe from Herodias for a time, but also the good respect and liking which he shews to his Doctrine, in that he heard it gladly, and obeyed it also in part. This is the sum of the verse.

More particularly and distinctly, consider in it three things.

  • 1. Herod's fearing or reverencing of John's person.
  • 2. The ground or motive of it; Because he knew him to be a just and holy man.
  • 3. The manifestation of it by the effects. 1. Toward his person, keeping him from Herodias. 2. To­ward his Doctrine or Ministry. 1. In hearing him. 2. Hearing him gladly. 3. Doing many things.

General Doctrine from the whole Verse. In that Herod did so many good things and yet was but a wick­ed man; we may hence gather, That one may go very far in Religion and Christianity, and yet not be true­ly Religious, nor a sound Christian, but remain an Hypocrite and wicked man. Herod had many good things in him, and he did many good things; and yet neither had enough, nor did enough to prove him a good Christian. He bare a kind of love and liking, and reverence to Johns person and Doctrine, being willing and desirous to hear him, and ready to obey him in many things; and not onely so, but he shewed him special kindness and mercy in keeping him alive and safe, when Herodias would have killed him; and yet all this while Herod remained but an Hypocrite and wicked man, which shews that one may go very far in a shew of true Religion and Grace, and yet be void of it. See also for proof of this, Hebr. 6. 4. and Luke 8. 13. See also what hath bin said before of this point upon Mark 4. 16. But more particularly to open this point here.

There are three sorts of good things which may be found in a wicked man, or Hypocrite, which yet are not sufficient to prove him a sound Christian. The first respecteth the mind and understanding. The se­cond, the Heart and affections, The third, the outward life and Conversation.

Touching the first, the mind and understanding, a wicked man may be enlightened with a good measure of knowledg in the Word of God, and the Doctrine of it, so as to be able to speak and discourse readily of it to others, yea, to Preach it to others, as Judas did. Hebr. 6. 4. such as commit the sin against the Holy Ghost, are enlightened with knowledg. So Hebr. 10. 26. and 2 Pet. 2. 21. Some know the way of Righte­ousness, and yet fall away, &c.

Touching the second, which is, the Heart and affections, a wicked man may have his heart moved and stirred with some good affections, as a kind of love and desire to the Word of God, and a kind of joy and delight in it for a time. See for this Hebr. 6. and Luke 8. 13. and here, in the example of Herod. So also a wicked man may be affected with a kind of love and reverence to Gods Ministers, and to other good men, as we see also in Herod here. He may also have some other good affections, as a kind of love and desire after Heaven and Salvation, such as was in wicked Balaam, wishing to dye the death of the Righteous, &c. and Hebr. 6. 5. They are said to taste of the powers of the World to come. Again, a wicked man may be af­fected with a kind of legal sorrow and contrition for sin, in regard of the punishment due to it, as Judas; and yet for all this be a wicked man as he was.

Touching the third, which is, the outward conversation, a wicked man may bring forth many good fruits outwardly; he may perform sundry outward duties very good in themselves, and which may seem to be fruits of true Religion and sound Grace in the Heart, and yet are not so. For example, he may be conformable in all outward duties of Piety; as in comming to Church, hearing the Word, receiving Sacraments, &c. and in performance of private duties of Prayer in his Family, Reading, &c. for no doubt, but Judas being an Apostle, and so one of Christ's Family, used to joyn with his Master in private Prayer, aswell as the other Apostles. Again, he may do sundry good things which seem to be fruits of true Repentance, and yet are not; he may outwardly humble himself for sin, by looking sad and heavy, hanging down his head like a Bull­rush, and by fasting, as Ahab did; He may also confess his sins, even his particular sins, as Saul, and Ju­das did; yea further, he may reform some sins, and practise some good duties enjoyned, as it is here said of Herod, and yet for all this be still a wicked man, destitute of sound Grace.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See how many delude themselves, thinking, that because they have some good things in them, and do some good duties, therefore they are Christians good enough. Because they have knowledg, and some good affections, and come to Church, and hear the Word, and receive the Sacraments, &c. they think they are Religious enough. But such must remember that all these things may be found in Hypocrites and wicked men, such as shall never be saved if they continue so. Therefore it is not enough that these good things be in them, but they must look they be in them in truth and sincerity. Not enough that they have knowledg in the Word, but it must be effectuall to sanctify the Heart; not enough to have some good affections, as love to the Word, and joy in it, &c. but these must be sincere, unfeignned, and constant; not enough to perform good Duties, but to perform them in uprightness of Heart, otherwise all is in vain. Many who performed good Duties, and had good things in them, yet go to Hell.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Admonition to all that profess Christianity, not to rest in a shew of Religion, but to labour for the power of it in their Hearts; not to rest in any common gifts which may be in Reprobates or wicked men; nor in bare performance of any Duties which may be performed by such; but to labour for soundness of all gifts and Graces, and to perform all good duties in sincere and upright manner. Rest not in bare knowledg of the Word, but labour to have thy Heart sincerely affected to imbrace and obey the Doctrine of the Word and every part of it, so far as it hath bin revealed to thee. Rest not in this, that thou hast sometimes some good desires, and motions and affections in thy Heart, some desire and liking to the Word and the Ministry of it, some joy and delight in it, some desire after Heaven, &c. But above all, look these affections be sound and sincere in thee. To this end, 1. Look they be set on their right objects; see thou love and rejoyce in the Word for its own sake, because it is the Word of God, and a good and holy Word, &c. 2. Look thy af­fections be constant, and not onely by short and uncertain fits, now and then, comming and going. 3. Look that thou grow daily in good and holy affections, and not stand at a stay, or go backward, and decay in them. So also look to our outward actions, that we rest not in bare performance of good Duties; as Prayer, hearing, &c. but look above all, that we perform them in due manner, in Faith and obedience, and in sincerity of [Page 338] heart, aiming at Gods Glory, as the main end we shoot at in them all; otherwise we may perform them all, and yet be never the better Christians, never the nearer Salvation, but remain still in a damnable estate; we may fast, and Pray, &c. and yet be no better then the Pharisees; hear the Word, and yet be no better then Herod, and the stony ground; Preach the Word, and be no better then Judas; receive the Sacraments, and be no better then Simon Magus, &c. Oh therefore look to the uprightness of our hearts in all these and the like good Duties. In a word, remember, Not to rest in any common gift that may be in an Hypocrite or wicked man, nor in performance of any Duty which such a one may perform; but labour to get beyond all wicked men and Hypocrites, even the best of them, and the most formall, who make the best and most glit­tering show: content not thy self with this, that there are some good things in thee, or many good things in thee; nor with this, that thou doest many good Duties, good in themselves; but remember how far Hypo­crites and Reprobates may go in Christianity; that one may be almost a Christian, and yet not altogether a Christian; and that one may be near to the Kingdome of Heaven, and yet never come in it, Mark 12. 34. Therefore beware of resting in such good things as may be in such as come short of Heaven, lest we also come short of it. If a man having a long Journey to travell, and overtaking another that travelleth the same way, but not so far by many Miles, should keep even pace and company still with him whom he overtakes, he would never come to his Journeyes end; no more canst thou ever come to Heaven if thou wilt keep eaven pace and company with such as come short of Heaven, though they seem for a time to travell the same way.

Use 3 Use 3. See why it is hard for us to discern between formal Hypocrites, and sound Christians; viz. because an Hypocrite and wicked man may and doth sometimes so much resemble the sound Christian in many good things. The truth is, he may resemble him in all outward duties of Religion, yea, he may in some sort re­semble him in a shew and shadow of all Spiritual gifts and Graces of the Soul, as by a counterfeit Faith, false Repentance, &c. onely he cannot resemble him in the truth and sincerity of these Graces. As a cunning Painter may paint the colour of fire, but not the heat of it.

Use 4 Ʋse. 4. Think not strange if we see some fall away and discover their Hypocrisy and wickedness who have formerly made great shew of Religion. No marvail, seeing the wicked and Hypocrites may go so far in shew of Religion, and yet be unsound. If therefore such fall away, we may say of them, They went out from us, because they were not of us, &c. 1 Joh. 2. 19.

Now to speak more particularly of the words.

Herod feared John] By [fear] understand, inward reverence of Heart in Herod toward John, whereby he was moved to esteem well of him, and to shew much respect unto him, and to stand in a kind of awe of him. Ephes. 5. ult. Let the Wife see that she fear her Husband; that is, reverence him, &c.

Observ. Observ. Here we see that wicked men may shew good affections toward the Faithfull Ministers of God; they may love and reverence them after a sort, as Herod did John. So Act. 8. 13. Simon Magus shewed his affection and reverent respect of Philip, by wondring at the Miracles wrought by him, and by keeping company with him. So Nebuchadnezzar, though a wicked Tyrant, yet reverenced and honoured Daniel, chap. 2. ver. 46-48. He fell upon his face and worshipped him, &c.

Quest. Quest. What moveth wicked men thus to affect and reverence Gods faithfull Ministers?

Answ. Answ. 1. The consideration of the excellent gifts which they discern in them, especially natural gifts. These draw them into admiration, and so cause them to esteem and reverence them.

2. Some worldly good or benefit which they reap by the acquaintance or society of such Faithfull Mini­sters of God, &c.

3. The holy lives of Gods Faithfull Ministers, do cause the wicked to reverence them. For this, Herod feared John.

Use 1 Use 1. See then, that it is not enough to prove one a good Christian, to be well-affected to the Ministers of God, and to esteem and reverence their persons. Though in it self it be a good and commendable thing so to do, yet it is no infallible mark of a good Christian. Therefore rest not in this alone, that we are well-affe­cted to the persons of Gods Ministers, to love and reverence them; for, all this wicked men may do. But look that our affections toward Gods Ministers be sincere and unfeigned.

Quest. Quest. How shall we know this?

Answ. Answ. By these marks and evidences. 1. By the ground or motive which moveth us to affect them; which must be principally, the Dignity of their Calling and Ministry, being from God and his special Ordi­nance for our good. We must love and reverence them chiefly in this respect, that they are the Ministers and Messengers of God, sent unto us for our good and Salvation, to dispense to us the means of Salvation, the Word and Sacraments. Matth. 10. 41. He that receiveth a Prophet in the name of a Prophet, shall receive a Prophets reward. 1 Thess. 5. 12. Know them which labour among you—And esteem them very highly in love, for their works sake, &c. 2. By the unpartialness of our affection towards them, in respect of their Calling: as they are the Messengers and Ministers of God, we are to have them in equall love and esteem, and to re­verence them alike. We must not so love and reverence one Faithful Minister of God as to despise another. 3. By the constancy of our affection to them, loving and reverencing them constantly, at one time as well as another; in time of Adversity and trouble, as well as in Prosperity; when they reprove our sins, as well as when they give comfort.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what to think of such as come not so far as to love and reverence the Faithfull Ministers of God, but do contemn and despise them, yea, hate and persecute them. These are worse then Herod and other wicked men who have shewed some love and reverence to Gods Messengers. Therefore if these be con­demned, how much more the other if they repent not?

So much of Herod's reverencing of John.

Mark 6. 20. ‘Knowing that he was a just man, and an holy, &c. July 19. 1621.

NOw followeth the Motive moving him so to do, Because he knew him to be a just man, &c.] Righteous­nesse is twofold, 1. Imputed. 2. Inherent. And this again is twofold;

1. Legal, commanded in the Law; which is perfect and entire, both in regard of the parts and degrees of it. Now this was never found in any but in Christ, and in Adam before his fall: neither can it be in any meer man in this life.

1. Evangelical Justice, which is commanded in the Gospel. Which Righteousness is imperfect in this life; being nothing else but a sincere and constant endeavour to walk uprightly before God in all our wayes: which endeavour is accepted in Christ, instead of perfect righteousness. And this is that Justice here spo­ken of.

And holy] Not perfectly holy, but one that carefully and constantly endeavoured to live holy and upright­ly; as hath been said of Justice. Touching the difference between these two words, [Just, and Holy] we may refer the first to the duties of the second Table; and the latter to the duties of the first Table, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here the power and force of holiness and uprightness of life, striking the hearts of others with fear and reverence toward such as do so live. Nothing in the world doth procure so much reverence and awfull respect unto the persons of Gods Servants, as their holy and upright conversation. This made Job to be so much reverenced both of young and old, as he saith of himself, Job 29. 8. This made Samuel to be reverenced even of Saul himself, a wicked man; as we may see, 1 Sam. 13. 10. See also 1 Sam. 15. 30. This also made our Saviour Christ to be so much reverenced when he lived on earth, though he lived in poor estate; because he was in his life so holy, innocent, and free from sin. Therefore though some despised him, yet many did reverence him. See Matth. 27. 19. Pilate's Wife, &c. And we see here what moved wicked Herod to fear John, even the holinesse of his life.

Reason. Reason. God himself doth manifest his own glory and Majesty in the holily lives of his servants; making the Divine graces of his Spirit to shine forth in their lives; which being seen of others, do strike their hearts with reverence towards them. Psal. 14. 5. God is in the generation of the righteous.

Use 1 Use 1. See what is the best way for us to procure good esteem and respect from others, and to preserve our selves from contempt in the places and Callings wherein we live. The way is, to labour for holiness and uprightness of life, endeavouring alwayes to walk conscionably before God and Man in the duties of our ge­neral and particular Callings, manifesting the graces of Gods Spirit in us, and shewing forth the vertues of him that hath called us out of darkness, into his marvellous light. This our holy conversation shall be more powerful to win good respect and reverence to us in our places and Callings, and to preserve us from the contempt of men, then any other means which we can use. Labour therefore to shew forth the holiness and uprightness of our lives before God and Men. This shall make us not only honourable before God, (for those that honour him, he will honour, 1 Sam. 2. 30.) but also to be reverenced of men; and not only of good men, but even of the profane and wicked. Especially Ministers of the Word must labour to shew forth this holi­ness of life, thereby to maintain the credit and authority of their persons and Ministery, and to procure due reverence and respect to both. The Popish Church hath foolishly invented another way to make their Cler­gy reverenced, by furnishing their Popes, Cardinals, Bishops, &c. with worldly Pomp, Honours, Riches, sumptuous Apparel, great retinue of Servants, &c. But the best and only means to make a Minister of God reverenced in his place, is that prescribed by Paul, 1 Tim. 4. 12. Let no man despise thy youth: but be thou an example of the Believers in Word, in Conversation, in Charity, in Spirit, in Faith, in Purity.

Use 2 Use 2. Hence gather on the contrary, That loosness and profaness of life, doth lay open Christians to con­tempt and disgrace even before men; and not only their Persons, but even their Profession and Calling will by this means be vilified. So the loose lives of Ministers brings both their Persons and Calling into disgrace; even as the sin of Eli's sons caused the offerings of God to be abhorred, 1 Sam. 2.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Holiness and Justice must go together in a Christian. Duties of Piety towards God, and of Justice towards Man, must not be severed. God hath joyned them, &c. Luke 1. 75. Ephes. 4. 24. Tit. 2. 12. Two parts of God's Image.

Use. Use. Reproveth two sorts. 1. Such as are forward in Duties of the First Table, coming to Church, keeping the Sabbath outwardly, &c. but in dealings with men, unjust, covetous, &c. These lay open their hypocrisie.

2. Others deal justly with men, &c. but regard not the Sabbath, or God's worship. But take heed of se­parating them, &c. Act. 24. 16.

It followeth. And kept him] The word in the Original is [ [...],] which some translate Observed, or Reverenced him: but this reverence is implyed before; and the Greek word is seldom or never so used: but it doth most properly signifie preserving, or keeping safe: and so we are here to understand it, That Herod by the fear and reverence which he carried toward the person of John, was moved to keep or preserve him alive and safe from Herodias who desired to kill him. (See Kemnit. harm. cap. 31. pag. 199.)

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Hence then we may observe in the first place, that the wicked may sometimes not onely be affected with a kind of reverent respect and love to Gods servants, but they may also be moved to shew them special favours and kindnesses, they may be moved to do them good, and to defend them from the wrongs and injuries which others would do unto them. Gen. 39. 21. The keeper of Pharaoh's prison, though a profane Egyptian, yet shewed kindness to Joseph. So Gen. 33. 15. Esau shewed kindnesse to Jacob. So Nebuchadnezzar to Daniel, Dan. 6. 23. Pilate to our Saviour Christ, Matth. 27. and Festus to Paul, Act. 25. See also Act. 27. 3. & Act. 28. 2.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Let none think it a sufficient evidence of a good Christian, to shew some outward kindnesses to such as are good Christians: for this may a wicked man do, such as Herod, &c. Therefore rest not in this, That we can go thus far; but examine with what heart, mind and affection we perform such kindnesses unto such as fear God; whether we do it with sincere affection of heart toward them chiefly in this respect, because they are the faithful Servants and Children of God; and because the Lord himself will have us to love and do [Page 340] good to them above all others. Otherwise if we do them good, and shew them kindness for sinister and by­respects; as, because they are kind to us, or we hope to reap some worldly benefit by the kindness we shew them; then is it no sufficient evidence to prove us to be servants of God, though we can find in our hearts to shew kindness and favour to such. But remember, Matth. 10. ult. Whoso shall give to drink to one of these lit­tle ones a cup of cold water only in the name of a Disciple, shall not lose his reward.

Use 2 Use 2. To reprove such as shew no such favours at all to God's faithful Servants; to good Ministers, and godly Christians. These come short of Herod, and many other wicked men. Some wish well (as they say) to God's Servants, but do them no good, &c. Others are readier to shew kindness to the profane, than to such as fear God, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. This doth much condemn such, as instead of doing good, are ready to do hurt, and to offer wrong, to such as fear God, and serve him conscionably, persecuting them by word and deed, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that Herod being himself a wicked man, yet was a means to hinder Herodias for a time from the sin of murdering of John Baptist, We may learn, That such as are wicked in their own persons, may yet be a means to hinder and restrain others from committing sin. So Pilate, a wicked man, yet would have hindred the Jews from crucifying Christ. And Pilate's Wife, though a profane woman, yet used means to keep her husband from being accessory to the death of Christ, Matth. 27. So Act. 27. 43. The Centurion, a heathenish man, yet hindered his Souldiers from murdering Paul, and the other prisoners in the ship, when they were all in danger of drowning. Yea further; wicked men may hinder others from committing some sins, and yet them­selves may at another time fall into the very same sins from which they kept others. So did Herod and Pilate.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See then, that though we ought by all means in our power to hinder and keep others from commit­ing sin, yet this alone is not enough to prove us to be good Christians in our own persons: for wicked men may go thus far, as to hinder sin in others, and yet remain still wicked and sinful in themselves. Rest not therefore in this, that we have been a means to hinder or keep others from some sin or sins; but look to this in the first place, and chiefly, that we truly hate and reform sin in our own hearts and lives. First oppose thy self against sin in thy own person, before thou go about to hinder it in others. Josiah first reformed himself, and then his Kingdom. So David, Psal. 101. So let us, &c. Matth. 7. 5. Cast out the beam out of thine own eye, and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brothers eye. Especially let such look to this, who are called in spe­cial manner to restrain sin in others; as Magistrates, Ministers, Parents, Masters of Families, &c. As they must be careful by all good means to hinder sin in those under their Government: so they must first look to it, that they keep themselves from sin, and especially from those sins which they go about to hinder in others. Magistrates must beware of such sins as they punish in others. Ministers must beware of such sins as they re­prove in others. So Parents and Masters, &c. If thou reprove or correct thy child or servant for lying, swearing, Sabbath-breaking, &c. look to thy self, that thou be not guilty of the same sins.

Use 2 Use 2. This reproveth such as use no means to hinder sin in others. Such Magistrates as do not hinder sin in others, by inflicting just punishment upon evil doers: such Ministers who do not hinder sin in others by reproving the sins of their people, and denouncing Gods Judgments against them: Such Parents and Ma­sters as hindered not sin in others, by reproving and correcting children and servants when there is just cause. In a word, whosoever they be, that see others running into sin, or going on in sin, and using no means to hinder them, so far as lyeth in their power; these do in this respect come short of Herod and some other wicked men, who have used means to keep others from sin, though themselves have been wicked. They do also sin against the precept of the Apostle, Jude Verse 23. bidding us pull others out of the fire; that is, keep them from sin, and from the fire of hell, &c. and against that, Heb. 3. 13. and Levit. 19. 17.

Use 3 Use 3. It doth much more condemn such as are so far from hindering and keeping others from sin, that they are ready to entise and draw others to the committing of sin; as to drunkenness, uncleanness, &c. Yea, some stick not to provoke and encourage others to sin. This is the Devil's practise; and such are in this re­spect far worse than Herod, and some other wicked persons, who have been means to keep others from sin. Now if some be condemned who have kept others from sin; how great shall their condemnation be, (f they repent not) who provoke and stir up others unto sin?

Mark 6. 20.‘And when he heard him, &c. August 5. 1621.

TOuching the manifestation of Herod's affection to the person of John Baptist, we have spoken. Now we are to speak of the manifestation of his affection and love to his Ministery: which he manifested three wayes:

  • 1. By vouchsafing to hear him.
  • 2. By hearing him gladly. That is, willingly, cheerfully, joyfully.
  • 3. By doing many things when he heard him, or after he heard him; that is, by yielding obedience in part unto his Doctrine and Ministery, by refraining, or reforming some sins reproved by John; and by put­ting in practise some good duties required. Luke 13. 19. John reproved him not only for marrying his bro­ther's Wife, but for all other evils he had done. Now it is likely he reformed many other sins at the re­proof of John, though he did not reform his sin of Incest in marrying his brother's Wife.

Here then we see how far a wicked man may go in a shew of love and liking to the Word of God, and the Ministery of it; and yet be still a wicked man or an hypocrite.

Here are three steps or degrees of love and liking to the Word of God, which a wicked man may go: ac­cording to which three steps, we may hence gather three Points of Instruction.

  • 1. That wicked men may be outward hearers of the Word, and yet still be wicked.
  • 2. That they may be affected with a kind of joy and gladnesse in the Word and Ministery of it.
  • 3. That they may yield obedience to the Word in some things, yea in many things, and yet still remain wicked.

Touching the first point, it is easily proved and confirmed, not onely by this example of Herod hearing John Baptist, but also by other examples of such as have bin hearers of the Word, and yet were but Hypo­crites and wicked persons, Ezek. 33. 31. The rebellious Jews vouchsafed to come and sit before the Pro­phet, and to hear his words, but would not do them, &c. Matth. 13. In the Parable of the Sower, the three first sorts of Hearers do all go thus far, as to give the outward hearing to the Word. So Luke 13. 26. Some shall thus plead for themselves at the last day, That Christ had taught in their streets, and yet he shall then say unto them, I know you not, Depart from me ye workers of Iniquity. Many in our Saviour Christ's time did hear him teach, and yet were never the better, but remained still wicked and unreformed in their lives. So Act. 24. 24. Foelix heard Paul concerning the Faith in Christ.

Use 1 Use 1. See what to think of such as refuse to hear the Word Preached when they may, or are negligent and slack in comming to the publick Ministry of it, to lend their ears unto it; these come short of many wicked men and Hypocrites, who have vouchsafed to hear the Word, and have bin forward in the outward hearing; and yet have remained still wicked men and Reprobates. Now if many of those that have bin outward hearers, be condemned; then how much more such as refuse or are negligent in hearing the Word, if they repent not of this sin, and reform it in themselves?

Use 2 Ʋse. 2. Much more this condemneth such as are not onely themselves slack and negligent in comming to hear the Word, but do also discourage others from this duty, opening their mouthes to speak evill of such as are forward to hear Sermons, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use. 3. Seeing the wicked are sometimes forward to hear the Word, how much more should all those be forward in this duety, who profess to be Gods children and Servants, and to be good Christians, Jam. 1. 19. Let every one be swift to hear, Eccles. 5. 1. Be ready to hear. And Joh. 8. 47. He that is of God, heareth God's Word, &c. If we be not swift and forward to hear the Word Preached, the forwardness of some wicked men in this duty, shall shame us, and rise in Judgment against us.

Use 4 Use 4. Rest not in outward hearing of the Word, which wicked men and Reprobates may do; but remem­ber that caveat given by our Saviour Christ, Luke 8. 18. Take heed how ye hear. Look well unto the manner of our hearing, that we hear profitably and savingly.

Quest. Quest. How may we come to hear thus?

Answ. Answ. By practising some Rules before hearing, in hearing, and after we have heard.

1. Before we hear, we are carefully to prepare our selves to this duty, Eccless. 5. 1. Take heed to thy foot, &c. And Exod. 19. The people were to be Sanctifyed three dayes before they heard the Law deli­vered.

Now this Preparation stands chiefly in these three things. 1. In laying aside all impediments which may and do usually hinder us in profitable hearing; as worldly cares, wandring, and by-thoughts, and all carnall lusts and affections. 1 Pet. 2. 1. Laying aside all Malice and Guile, &c. As new born Babes desire the sincere Milk of the Word, &c. So Jam. 1. 2. In serious Meditation of the excellency and necessity of the Word Preached, being the ordinary means to work Faith, and to Regenerate and save us. 3. In going to God by private Prayer, intreating him to direct and assist us with his Spirit in performance of this duty.

2. In the time of hearing, these Rules are to be practised. 1. We are to use all diligent and reverent attention of mind and body unto that which is delivered. Mary sate at the feet of Christ to hear him, Luke 10. 39. and Luke 4. 20. The eyes of the People were fastned on him while he was Preaching. Now the better to stir us up to this reverent attention, we must remember in hearing to set our selves as in Gods presence, as Cornelius and his friends did, Act. 10. 33. 2. We must in hearing labour to receive the Word into our minds and memories, striving to understand it aright, and to treasure it up in our memories. 3. We must labour to be affected in heart with those things which are delivered, rejoycing in the Promises and com­forts, fearing and trembling at the reproofs and threatnings, &c. Esay 66. 5. Hear ye the Word of the Lord, ye that tremble at his Word. Josiah's Heart melted at the reading of the Law. Act. 8. 8. Great joy in Sama­ria when Philip Preached there. Luke 24. 32. the Hearts of the two Disciples burned in them, &c. 4. We must by Faith Believe and apply to our selves those things which are taught us out of the Word, that so the Word may be rooted and engrafted in us. Hebr. 4. 2. The Word which they heard did not profit them, not being mixed with Faith in them that heard it.

3. After we have heard the Word, we must practise these Rules. 1. We must labour to hold fast the Word, and not to let it slip from us, Hebr. 2. 1. We ought to give earnest heed to the things which we have heard, &c. And to this end, we must be carefull after hearing, to meditate by our selves, and confer with others about those things which we have heard, that we may call them to mind, and remember them the bet­ter; and search the Scriptures as the Beraeans did, Act. 17. 2. We must not onely keep the Word in our minds and memories, but also treasure it up safe in our hearts, with an unfeined purpose to practise it in our life, Psal. 119. 11. I have hid thy Word in my Heart, that I might not sin against thee. 3. We must make Conscience in our lives to practise and yield obedience to those things which have bin taught us out of the Word, Jam. 1. 22. Be ye doers of the Word, and not hearers onely, &c. Matth. 7. He that heareth of me these words, and doth the same, I will liken him to a wise man, &c. Luke 11. 28. Blessed are they that hear the Word of God, and keep it. So much of the first point of Instruction from the words.

Now followeth the second, That wicked men may be affected with a kind of joy and gladness in the Word of God and Ministery of it. Of this we heard before chap. 4. ver. 16. when we spake of those Hea­rers which are compared to the stony ground. See Joh. 5. 35. And Hebr. 6. 5.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Reproveth such as find no joy or gladness at all in the Word Preached; but it is rather irksome and grievous to them to hear it an hour or somewhat more. If the Preacher exceed his time but a little, they sit upon thorns, or else fall asleep, or think of other matters, &c. This shews they feel no joy in the Word, no sweetness or delight in it; for if they had but tasted how good the Word of God is, they could not but de­sire and love to hear it. See 1 Pet. 2. 2, 3. If they found or felt any joy in it, they could not be so soon weary of hearing it.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stir us up to labour for this, that our Hearts may be affected, with joy and gladness in the Word of God, and in the Ministry of it; that the Word of God may be our delight, and the joy of our hearts, as it was unto David. If the wicked and Reprobates may come thus far, as to rejoyce in the Word, how much more glad and joyfull should we be in it? If they can find sweetness and delight in it, how much more we? Labour therefore to conceive and feel this joy in the Word of God, and to express and shew it by our willingness, and desire to hear it often upon all good occasions, and by hearing it without weari­ness, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Rest not in this onely, that we can be affected with some joy in the Word Preached; for thus far wicked men and Hypocrites may go; but look that our joy in it be sound and sincere.

Quest. Quest. How shall we know it to be so?

Answ. Answ. 1. By the ground or motive moving us to rejoyce in the Word of God. If we rejoyce in it for its own sake, as it is the Word of God, and because it is a good and holy Word, and not for sinister re­spects; as for novelties sake, because the Doctrine of it seemeth new and strange to us; or out of some par­tial affection to the Preacher, in respect of his excellent gifts of Learning, Eloquence, &c. See Ezek. 33.

2. By the indifferency and unpartialness of this our Affection of joy in the Word; if our joy be indiffe­rently and unpartially carryed toward one part of the Word as well as another. If we can rejoyce not one­ly in the Promises, but in the Precepts, Reproofs, and Threatnings of the Word. If we can rejoyce in that part of the Word which doth reprove our sins, and cross our sinfull lusts, as well as in that which promiseth good, and Ministreth comfort to us. As Paul, Rom. 7. 22. found delight in the Law of God, though it crossed his natural corruption. Herod rejoyced in some part of the Word, but not in the Doctrine of the se­venth Commandment; therefore his joy was not sound.

3. By the constancy of our joy in the Word; if it be not onely now and then by fits, and for a time; but such as doth continue at all times more or less (for it is not felt at all times alike) and if it do also grow and increase, and not decay in time: this argues the soundness of it. Contrariwise, those Hearers that are re­sembled by the stony ground, do receive the Word with joy, but not with constant joy; for afterward they fall away in time of Persecution, and then all their joy in the Word is extinguished. So Joh. 5. 35. the Jews rejoyced in John's Ministry, but it was but for a season; therefore it was no sincere and sound joy, but Hypocritical and counterfeit.

Use 4 Use. 4. Marvail not, nor be offended, though we see some fall away from their love to the Word, and from their joy in it, who have for a time rejoyced in it; no Marvail, seeing their joy was never sound, it was but the joy of Hypocrites, and such as may be in the wicked and Reprobates, such as that of the Jews, Joh. 5. 35. So much of the second point of Instruction.

The third and last followeth, viz. That wicked men and Hypocrites may in part yield obedience to the Word of God; in some things they may obey the Word, and the Ministry of it; yea, in many things, as Herod did, and yet still be wicked as he was; they may refrain some sins forbidden, and practise some good duties commanded in the Word of God; and yet be wicked still. Saul a wicked man, yet did some good works agreeable to the Word of God, for he destroyed Witches and Wizzards out of the Land of Israel, 1 Sam. 28. and he fought the Lords Battels against the Philistims; and he did in some part obey the Word of God in destroying the Amalekites, though not fully and wholly as he should have done. 1 Sam. 15. So Jehu was obedient to the Word of God in destroying Ahab and his house, together with Baal and his Priests. 2 King. 9. and 10. chap. The Pharisees were conformable to the Law of God in many outward duties, as Fasting, Prayer, giving Alms, paying Tythes, &c. Though they failed in the manner of perfor­mance, and therefore were Hypocrites. So that young man which came unto Christ to know what he should do to be saved, Matth. 19. 20. He professeth that he had kept all the Commandments of the second Table from his youth up; that is to say, he had kept them in some sort outwardly, by doing some duties required, and by refraining the outward act of some sins forbidden, and yet he was but an Hypocrite.

Use 1 Use 1. See how some do deceive themselves, in thinking that they are good Christians, because in some things they conform themselves in outward obedience to the Word of God, doing some good duties requi­red, and refraining some sins forbidden; but this is not sufficient; for thus far may a wicked man, and an Hypocrite go.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Rest not in this, that we obey the Word, and conform to it in some things, or in many things, as Herod and other Hypocrites and wicked men have done; but look that our obedience be universall and entire to all and every part of the Word of God, so far as it hath bin made known unto us in the publick Mi­nistery or otherwise. This onely is true and sincere obedience, when we make Conscience of obeying God in all his Word; as David, Psal. 119. 6. Then shall I not be ashamed when I have respect unto all thy Com­mandments. And Josiah, 2 King. 23. 25. Turned to the Lord with all his heart—according to all the Law of Moses. So must we every one turn to God according to all and every part of his Word, making Conscience of all good duties required, and refraining and forsaking all sins forbidden.

Use 3 Use 3. Marvail not, though we see some fall away, who for a time have made shew of obedience and conformity in some things, or many things unto the Word of God; for so may Hypocrites and wicked men do, as we have heard.

Mark 6. 21, unto the 24.‘And when a convenient day was come, &c. Aug. 12. 1621.

HItherto from the 17 Verse, to this place, we have heard of the more remote Antecedent and Occasion of the beheading of John Baptist, viz. his imprisonment by Herod: We have also heard the cause of his Imprisonment, which was his plain reproving of Herod for his incestuous marriage with Herodias his brother's Wife. We have also heard, that for the same reproof, Herodias did bear grudg against John, and would have killed him, but that Herod himself, fearing and reverencing John's person, and liking well of his Ministery, did hinder Herodias from effecting her bloody purpose, and kept John alive in Prison for a time.

Now the Evangelist having thus mentioned John's Imprisonment as a remote occasion of his death and beheading, he proceedeth from the 21. Verse, unto the 27, in setting down some other more near Occa­sions and Antecedents which went before his death, and made way unto it. And these Occasions may be reduced unto three Heads.

  • 1. Herod's making of a Supper or Feast upon his Birth-day, to all the chief Persons and States under his Government, Verse 21.
  • 2. The Dancing of the Daughter of Herodias before Herod, and those that sate at Table with him at that Feast or Banquet.
  • 3. The Effects or Consequents which followed upon that Dancing, Verse 22, &c. unto the 27. Of which we shall hear afterward.

Touching the first Occasion, viz. Herod's Supper or Banquet, consider two things.

  • 1. The opportunity or fitness of time when that occasion was offered, When a convenient day was come.
  • 2. The Occasion it self, The making of the Banquet on his Birth-day, &c.

First of the opportunity of time. [When a convenient day was come] These words have relation unto the malicious and bloody purpose of Herodias, which she carried against John; implying thus much, That al­though she could not have her will of him at first, in putting him to death as she would have done, because Herod kept John alive, as we have heard before: yet she still bare an inward grudg against John, and there­fore watched and took this fit occasion and opportunity to seek his blood, when Herod was to make this solemn Feast upon his Birth-day for his Nobles and chief Estates of Galilee.

Observ. Observ. The diligence and forwardnesse of the wicked in committing sin; watching and taking the best opportunities and occasions for the accomplishing of their sinfull lusts and wicked purposes. Prov. 1. 11. The wicked say, Come, let us lay wait for blood, let us lurk privily for the innocent without cause. Rom. 3. 15. Feet swift to shed blood. Job 24. 14. The murderer rising with the light, killeth the poor and needy, &c. The eye also of the adulterer waiteth for the twilight, saying, No eye shall see me, &c. Esay 5. 11. Drunkards rise up ear­ly in the morning, &c. See Mich. 2. 1.

Use. Ʋse. How much more should we be wise and watchful to take all occasions of doing good, and of glori­fying God; otherwise the children of this world will appear to be wiser in their generation, than we who professe to be children of light: and that is a shame for us, to be lesse circumspect and diligent to do well, and to glorifie God, and to work out our own salvation, then the wicked are to commit sin, and to disho­nour God by accomplishing their sinful lusts. They are wise and watchful and diligent to go to Hell: and shall not we be much more wise and diligent to get heaven and salvation? Therefore let their diligence stir us up. As they watch all fit and convenient times to commit sin: so let us watch and take all opportu­nities of time for good duties; for prayer, reading, hearing the Word, &c. Ephes 5. 16. Redeeming the time, &c. Gal. 6. 10. As we have opportunity, let us do good unto all men, &c. Hebr. 3. 13. Exhort one another, while it is called to day. 2 Tim. 4. 2. Ministers are enjoyned to take all good occasions to preach the Word: and so by consequent should the people take all good occasions to hear the Word, &c.

So much of the opportunity of time, When Herod made his great Supper or Banquet.

Now followes the making of the Supper or Banquet it self, amplified by two Circumstances:

  • 1. The particular day or time when it was made, On his Birth-day.
  • 2. The persons invited, His Lords, high Captains, and chief Estates of Galilee.

On his Birth-day] He kept this solemn Feast as a memorial of his birth-day, in way of rejoycing and thankfulnesse as for it. And this was a Custome used not onely among the Gentiles, as Gen. 40. 20. (See Alexander ab Alexandr. Genial dierum, lib. 2. cap. 22. fol. 92. and Willet on Gen. 40. 20.) but also among Christians in the times of the Ancient Church; as may appear by the 51. & 52. Canons of the Councel of Laodicea, where the Christians are forbidden to keep Feasts on Wedding-dayes or Birth-dayes in the time of Lent, because that was a time appointed rather for Fasting: which argues, that at other times they might and did keep such Feasts. (See Centur. Magdeb. Cent. 4. Cap. 9. de Synod. Col. 837.) And this Custome of celebrating Birth-dayes, and making Feasts on them in way of rejoycing and thankfulnesse unto God for the benefit of our birth, is in it self a thing lawful and good: but it was abused among the Heathen, and [...]o it was here by Herod, using it as a day of riotous and excessive feasting, and of lascivious dancing: and which is worse, using it as an occasion of the horrible sin of murder, in cutting off the head of John Baptist upon thi [...] day.

To his Lords] Peers or Noblemen.

High Captains] The Greek word. [...], signifies properly such as were Captains over thousands, which were accounted high or chief Captains, or Colonels.

And Chief Estates] Or, Chief persons of Galilee. Galilee was one chief part of the Country of Judaea or Palestina, and it was the Dominion or Jurisdiction of Herod; for he is called Tetrarch of Galilee, Luke 3. 1.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we learn, That things good and lawful in themselves, may be, and are, oftentimes great­ly abused, and so become evill and sinfull to such as do so abuse them. To celebrate the memory of ou [...] [Page 344] Birthday with Feasting, in way of rejoycing and thankfulness to God, is a lawfull and good custome in it self: yet was this grosly abused by Herod, and so was unto him an occasion of much sin. So the Love-Feasts used in the Primitive Church. The Celebrating of the Nativity of Christ yearly, is in it self a lauda­ble Custome; yet may be and is greatly abused, &c. Meat, drink, apparell, sleep, recreations, &c. are in themselves lawful and good; yet are much abused by many, and so become evil and sinful. Rom. 14. 20. All things indeed are pure: but it is evill for that man who eateth with offence. To fare delicately, and to be richly apparelled, is lawfull at sometimes, and for some persons: yet delicate fare and rich clothing was abused by that rich glutton, Luke 16. Buying and felling, building and planting, marrying and giving in marriage are things lawful: yet these were abused as occasions of security in the dayes of Noah and Lot, Luke 17. To use Farms and Oxen, &c. is lawful; yet these may be abused, as we see, Luke 14. in those that were hindered by their Farms, Oxen, &c. from coming to the great Supper which the Lord prepared for them. And this is not only true of these earthly and temporal blessings and things of this life, but also of spiritual good things; as the holy Ordinances of God, and means of salvation, the Word, Sacraments, Prayer, &c. even these may be abused, and so become evil and sinful unto such as so abuse them. Thus the Pha­risees abused prayer, fasting, and outward keeping the Sabbath, &c. Judas abused preaching; Simon Magus abused the Sacrament of Baptism. The Jews in the Prophet Esay's time abused the Sacrifices, &c. Esay. 1.

Ʋse. Use. Look to our selves in the use of indifferent and lawful things; that we beware of abusing them unto sin, or as occasions of sin, lest they be turned into sin unto us. The best things we do, and the best things we use, may be turned into sin unto us, if we abuse them. Our meat, drink, sleep, &c. Our Table may be­come a snare and stumbling block to us: yea, the best and most holy duties we perform, may become sinful to us. Our very prayers, &c. Look therefore that we do not only refrain and avoid things simply evill and unlawful; but that we be careful to use good things well and lawfully. The Law is good (saith the Apostle) if a man use it lawfully: so it may be said of all good and lawful things; they are good, if we use them well and lawfully: otherwise evil and sinful to us, whatsoever they be in themselves.

Now that we may use good things lawfully, observe these Rules:

  • 1. Use them upon good ground and warrant from the Word of God; so far forth only as we have allow­ance from it for the use of them. 1 Tim. 4. 5. Every creature is good, being sanctified by the Word.
  • 2. Use them in due manner. 1. In faith, being perswaded that God accepteth our persons in Christ, and consequently accepteth and is well pleased with those things which we do. Rom. 14. ult. Whatsoever is not of faith, is sin. 2. In way of true and sincere obedience to the Will of God, who hath ordained for us the use of all good and lawful things.
  • 3. Use all good things to the right end, viz. God's glory, the good of our brethren, and the furtherance of the salvation of our own souls, 1 Cor. 10. 31.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that this Banquet or Feast made by Herod on his birth-day, is here mentioned as one special occasion of the beheading of John Baptist; hence we may Observe, That Feasting and Banquet­ing though it be lawful in it self, being well used, yet being abused, it is an occasion of much sin. So was this Banquet of Herod. So was the feast of Nabal an occasion of his being drunken, 1 Sam. 25. 36. So was the feast of Belshazzar an occasion of profaning the holy Vessels of the Temple, and of praising and extolling the Idols of gold and silver, of brass and iron, &c. Dan. 5. 1. Therefore Job 1. 5. that holy man feared, lest his sons and daughters had sinned and cursed God in their hearts, in time of their feasting. 1 Cor. 11. 21. the Love-Feasts, which in the Primitive Church were used before the receiving of the Lords Supper, though at first they were well used, yet afterward being abused, were an occasion of drunkenness, and of pro­faning the Sacrament, and therefore the Apostle would have them removed. See also Jude, Verse 12. 1 Pet. 4. 3. the Apostle joyneth banquettings and revellings and other sins together; to shew, that banquetting is often an occasion of riotous behaviour, and of other sins.

Use. Use. See then by this, that although we may sometimes use moderate feasting in sober and Christian man­ner; yet we had need be very watchful over our selves in the use of it, lest it prove an occasion of sin unto us. Such things as are lawful, and yet very apt to be abused, must be the more warily and circumspectly used, lest we offend God in the use of them. Now feasting is one of these, therefore look to our selves, and to our own hearts in the use of it, that we keep within due bounds of Christian sobriety, and that we use it in the fear of God, and not feed our selves without fear, as is said of those who abused the Love-Feasts, Jude, Vers. 12. If we be to deal with such things as are good for some use, yet dangerous to meddle with, and easie to be abused, as Gun-powder, Brimstone, Quick-silver, &c. we are wary how we use them, lest we do hurt with them: so here in the use of feasting, though it be in it self lawful sometimes, yet being so apt to be abused, we had need look to our selves how we use it, lest we do more hurt than good with it. Now that we may use it aright, some Rules are to be practised, of which see before, Chap. 2. Verse 15.

So much of the first occasion of beheading of John, viz. Herod's Banquet made on his birth-day, &c.

Now followeth the second, which was the Dancing of the young Daughter of Herodias before Herod and his Nobles at that Banquet.

Verse 22. The daughter of the said Herodias] She is not named by the Evangelists, neither is it plainly ex­pressed of what quality & disposition she was; yet it may be gathered from the Text, That she was a wanton and lascivious Damsel, like unto her mother, in that she was so immodest and impudent as to come in and dance before Herod and all the company sitting at Table with him at a publick feast and meeting, and that only to please Herod and his company: this must needs argue an immodest leight and wanton carriage and behaviour in a young Virgin or Damsel. Josephus calleth this Damsel, Salome. Vide Bezam in hunc lo­cum.

She came in and danced] This she did (no doubt) by the appointment of her mother Herodias, whose de­villish plot and policy this was, that, her daughter pleasing Herod with her wanton dancing, she might obtain of him that favour to have John beheaded.

Observ. Here we learn, That immodest and wanton Dancing, is both a sin, and an occasion of other sins usually. That it is a sin, is impyed in the Text, because it is noted as an immodest and impudent practice [Page 345] in this young Damsel, to come in and dance before so many at a publike Feast, to please and give carnall contentment to Herod and his Nobles. So also, it is noted as a sin in the Idolatrous Israelites in Aaron's time, Exod. 32. 6. & 1 Cor. 10. 7. That they sate down to eat and drink, and rose up to play; that is, to Dance: for that is the play there spoken of, as may appear, Verse 19. And it is likely, that it was a wanton and lascivious kind of dancing, such as the Heathen Idolaters used at the Feasts made to their Idols. (See Dr. Willet on Exod. 32. 6.) And the unlawfulness of such wanton dancing, may further appear by the words of the Apostle Peter, 1 Pet. 4. 3. where among other sins, he condemneth Revellings: Now the Greek word [ [...]] there used, doth signifie both revelling or riotous banquetting, and also lascivious dauncing. Vipe H. Ste­phan. Thesaurum Linguae. Graecae.)

Now further, that such wanton dancing is an occasion of sin, may also most clearly appear out of this present Text: for it is mentioned here as a speciall occasion both of Herod's rash promise and oath given to this Damsel, and also of the cruel and bloody murdering of John Baptist. And as it is the occasion of other sins, so more especially of the sins of the flesh, adultery, fornication, and such other uncleannesse: therefore, 1 Pet. 4. 3. lasciviousness and revellings or dancing, are fitly joyned together.

Now by wanton and immodest dancing, I understand, first, and principally, the mixt dancing of men and women, or of young men and Maids, together in wanton undecent manner, as it is commonly used now adayes in some places.

Secondly, All dancing which is accompanied with any wanton, lascivious, or unseemly gestures, (tend­ing to stir up unclean thoughts and lusts in the heart) though it be used by men alone, or women alone. For it may be, that this dauncing of the daughter Herodias was by her self alone; yet because it was in the company and presence of so many men, and after a wanton and lascivious manner, therefore it was a lasci­vious and wanton kind of Dancing.

Ʋse. Use. To admonish all Christians to refrain and take heed of this sin, and occasion of sin, viz. wanton and immodest dancing. To this end, consider these Reasons to disswade from all use of it.

  • 1. There is great appearance of evill in those wanton and unseemly paces and gestures used by such dancers: for all or most parts of the body are abused unto wanton dalliance: Now this is flat against the precept, 1 Thess. 5. 22. Abstain from all appearance of evill.
  • 2. It is contrary to Christian sobriety and modesty which should be shewed forth by us in all our car­riage.
  • 3. The use of such dancing is against that Precept of the Apostle, Phil. 4. 8. where he enjoyns Christians to think on such things as are of good report, and to do them.

Now this immodest Dancing is not a matter of good, but of ill report; being much abused, and known to be an occasion of much sin in those places where it is much used. Besides, that it is condemned by all good Divines both ancient and of later times. The Fathers, as Austin and Chrysostome speak much against it: Especially Chrysostom, who hath written whole Homilies against it, especially upon occasion of this dancing of Herodiasses Daughter; and he hath many sharp speeches against it. The ancient Councels al­so condemn it; as the Councel of Laodicea, Anno 364. Can. 53. forbiddeth Christians to dance at mar­riages. Late Divines also condemn it. Peter Martyr saith, That mixt dancing of men and women together is not to be suffered (loc. Com. Class. 2. cap. 2. de Choreis. pag. 340.) And not onely Christian Writers, but even the Heathen themselves have condemned it: as Cicero in Orat. pro Murenâ. Nemo saltat sobrius, nisi forte insanit, &c.

Object. Object. Miriam danced, Exod. 15. and David before the Ark, 2 Sam. 6.

Answ. Answ. It was far from any wanton or immodest dancing. For, 1. Men and women did not dance toge­ther, but apart by themselves.

2. That dancing was used in way of testifying their spiritual and holy rejoycing. Miriam's dancing was accompanied with a spiritual song of thanksgiving: and David by his holy dancing testified his [...]oy for the return of the Ark of God. Therefore these special examples are no Warrant at all for defence or excuse of that wanton and lascivious dauncing commonly used in many places.

Mark 6. 21.‘And when a convenient day, &c. Aug. 26. 1621.

FRom the 21 Verse unto the 27, the Evangelist mentioneth certain Occasions and Preparatives which went immediately before the beheading of John Baptist. Which occasions we reduced to these three Heads.

  • 1. Herod's making a Feast on his birth-day to his Nobles, &c.
  • 2. The dancing of Herodiasses daughter before Herod at that Banquet.
  • 3. The Effects or Consequents which followed upon her Dancing before him.

Of the two first we have spoken. Now we proceed to the third, which is, The Effects which followed upon the Dancing of that wanton Damsel.

The Effects are, 1. By her wanton Dancing, she pleased Herod, and those that sate at Table with him.

2. Herod thereupon makes a rash promise to reward her with whatsoever she would ask, though to the half of his Kingdom, and confirms his promise with an Oath, Verse 22, 23.

3. The Maid being advised by her Mother, makes request for John Baptist's head to be given and pre­sented to her in a platter at the Feast, Verse 25.

4. Herod though unwilling of himself, yet for his Oaths sake, and for their sakes who sate at Table with him, yieldeth to her request, and immediately sends an Executioner to behead John in the prison, &c. Verse 26, 27.

She pleased Herod and them that sate with him] That is, by her lascivious and immodest dancing, she gave car­nal contentment unto their unchast minds.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here one fruit of leight and wanton dancing, it serves to breed carnal delight and pleasure [Page 345] in the minds of the beholders; and to stir up unchast lusts and affections in them. Those unseemly and im­modest gestures used in such kind of dancing, what are they but the very bellows which seem to kindle un­clean lusts in the hearts of such as behold them. Therefore 1 Pet. 4. 3. the Apostle condemning the sin of re­velling or riotous banquetting, and under the same word [ [...],] which is in the Original, taxing also lasci­vious dancing, (as we have heard before) he doth therewithall joyn lasciviousness and lusts; to shew, that these commonly do accompany wanton and leight dancing, and are stirred up by it. And common experience proveth the truth of this: for we see, that such leight dancing is oftentimes an occasion not onely of stirring up unchast thoughts and desires in the beholders, but also an occasion of unchast and unclean acts of adultery, fornication, &c.

Use Use. Let this move all professing Christianity, to refrain this unseemly and unlawfull exercise; and not only to refrain the exercise or practice, but even the beholding of it in others, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further we may here observe, how dangerous it is for any to take delight in beholding such Objects as may be an occasion of sin unto them; as wanton dancing of others, especially mixt dancing of men and women together: so also all wanton gestures or dalliance used either in dancing, or out of dancing: also lascivious Pictures and Stage-Playes, in which there are many sorts of unseemly and sinfull gestures re­presented to the eyes of the beholders. The beholding of such sinful objects, is a great occasion of sin: and therefore dangerous it is, for any to take delight in seeing and beholding them. Herod's delighting to behold this wanton dancing, was an occasion of stirring up unchast thoughts and lusts in him; an occasion also of his rash vow made unto the Damosel: yea, an occasion of the cruel beheading of John. So David's delight in beholding Bathsheba washing of her self, was the occasion of his fearful fall by adultery with her. So, Gen. 6. 2. The sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair, &c. and 2 Pet. 2. 14. the Apostle condemneth such as have eyes full of adultery, who cannot cease to sin, &c.

Use. Use. See what cause we have to pray with David, Psal. 119. 37. Turn away mine eyes from beholding vanity: and with Job to make a covenant with our eyes, not to look on sinful objects, Job 31. 1. remembring that it it is the property of a good man to shut his eyes from seeing evill, Esay 33. 15.

So much of the first Effect of the Dancing of Herodiasses Daughter.

The second followeth; which was Herod's rash promise made to her, to reward her with whatsoever she would ask, &c. Where, 1. Consider the promise it self, with the large extent of it, That he would give her whatsoever she would ask, though it were to the half of his Kingdom.

2. The Confirmation or sealing of his promise with an Oath.

Touching the large promise which he maketh her, it doth discover in him, 1. Great rashness, in that he doth so unadvisedly promise whatsoever she would ask without limitation or exception, not considering that she might perhaps ask something which was unlawful, as indeed she did.

2. Great folly and madness, in that he doth not stick to promise half the value of his Kingdom as a reward for her leight and wanton Dancing.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. This rash and unadvised promise of Herod, being mentioned as an occasion of the beheading of John, we may hence gather, how dangerous it is to make rash and unadvised promises: such promises are often an occasion of shame to those that make them. So was this to Herod; for by it he tyed himself to yield to the wicked motion and request of Herodias and her daughter, in putting John to death.

Now that is a rash promise, 1. Which is made without due consideration of the lawfulnesse and expe­diency of the thing promised. Such was the promise of Reuben to his father Jacob, That if he did not bring back Ben [...]amin, he would let him slay his two sons; not considering how unlawfull and wicked a thing it was for him to make such a covenant, and for his father to require it of him. See Gen. 42. 37. Such also was this promise made by Herod.

2. That is a rash promise, which is made without consideration of his ability to perform it who doth make the promise. As to promise payment of another's debt beyond his ability. Rash suretiship. See Prov. 6. 1. So to promise any thing beyond our power. Lawful promises must be of things in our own power.

3. That which is made without reference and submission to Gods providence, permitting us to perform what we promise and purpose to do. Condemned by the Apostle, Jam. 4. 13. Go to now ye that say, To day, or to morrow, we will go into such a City, &c. For that ye ought to say, If the Lord will, &c.

4. That is a rash promise, which is made without deliberate purpose and resolution to perform that which is promised, if it be a thing lawfull, and in our power.

Use 1 Use 1. Take heed of insnaring our selves by such rash and unadvised promises to others. And that which Solomon warneth us of in making Vowes to God, Eccles. 5. 6. Let us also remember in the promises we make unto men, viz. That we suffer not our mouth to cause our flesh to sin. Some are so rash, they care not what they promise, though it be never so unlawful or beyond their power to perform. Such promises are occasions of many sins; as of lying, Covenant-breaking, and other sins. Remember therefore in all our promises, to be well advised and circumspect, duly considering and weighing with our selves the lawfulnesse of that we promise, and our own ability to perform it, &c. And in things doubtful promise conditionally.

Quest. Quest. How far are we tyed to performance of rash promises?

Answ. Answ. 1. If they be of things unlawful, we sin in making them, but are not tyed to keep them: yea, we are bound in conscience not to keep them.

2. If of things lawfull, though it was our sin to promise rashly; yet having promised, we must make conscience to perform.

Quest. Quest. But what if the performance of it will be some hinderance or dammage to me?

Answ. Answ. In this case, if thy brother to whom the promise was made, will release thee, it is well, and thou art free; and it is good for thee to use all good means to this end, as Solomon adviseth in the case of rash Suretiship, Prov. 6. 3. But if he will not release thee, thou must perform thy promise, though it prove to thy hinderance. See Psal. 15.

Use 2 Use 2. Much more dangerous then is it for us to make rash promises or vows unto God, either of things unlawful, or not in our power, as the Papists do, vowing voluntary poverty, single life, &c. Such also as [Page 346] do insnare their own consciences, by making rash vowes to God of things lawful, without due considera­tion of their own strength and ability to perform what they vow to God. Contrary to that precept, Eccles. 5. 2.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that Herod promiseth to reward her with half his Kingdom for pleasing him with her dan­cing, hence observe, How much wicked men are addicted to their sinful lusts, and what great accompt they make of them, in that they are content, for the satisfying of them, to be at great cost and charges. They are content to buy the satisfying of their carnal lusts and affections at a dear rate. Herod will give half his King­dome to have his carnal mind pleased and delighted with lascivious dancing. Jam. 4. 3. the Apostle men­tioneth some voluptuous livers, who were so addicted to their pleasures, that they consumed and spent the good blessings of God upon them which they had received of him. See Luke 16. 19. Exod. 32. 3. the Israe­lites were content to part with their golden ear-rings for the satisfying of their idolatrous lust. So Ezek. 16. 17. the Idolatrous Jews took their fair Jewels of gold and silver, and made themselves images of men, to commit whoredome with them. And Hos. 2. 8. the Israelites bestowed their silver and gold upon Baal. Ex­perience shews the truth of this Point. What cost do many bestow upon their lusts of pride, voluptuousness, &c. upon gorgeous apparell, gaming, gluttony, &c. Some stick not to spend all they have upon these, &c.

Ʋse. Use. How much more pretious account should we make of God's glory and worship, and of the salvation of our own souls, and the means of it; being content to be at great cost for the furtherance of Gods glory and worship, and for the furtherance of our salvation, and for the enjoying of the means of it? shall the wicked be so prodigal in bestowing cost on their wicked lusts; and shall not we be bountiful to give to good and holy uses, as to the maintenance of God's worship, the relief of God's Saints, &c. shall we be niggardly and sparing this way, as some are, who think all lost and mis-spent that is spent this way? Be it far from us. It is an utter shame for us to be more niggardly in giving to good uses, than the wicked are in bestowing upon their lusts. Therefore let it not be so with us. But as they are bountiful in giving to the sa­tisfaction of their lusts, so let us be much more forward and liberal in giving to the maintenance of God's glory and worship, and to the procuring and enjoying of the means of our own salvation.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, in that Herod discovereth such extream folly and madnesse, in promising to give this wanton Damosel whatsoever she would ask, though to the half of his Kingdom, and that onely for her dan­cing before him; We may see the cursed fruit and effect of sin and sinful lusts in such as are given over unto them; that they do even besot them and make them foolish, depriving them of sound reason and judgment. Hos. 4. 11. Whoredome and wine take away the heart. Rom. 1. 28. God gave them up to a reprobate mind, or to a mind void of judgment, to do things not convenient: and Verse 21. Their foolish heart was darkened. 1 Tim. 6. 9. They that will be rich fall into many foolish and hurtfull lusts, &c. Luc. 12 The rich fool, &c. Hence also it is, that wicked men in Scripture are so often called fools, and the Apostle calls them unreasonable, or absurd men, 2 Thess. 3. 2. See Prov. 7. 22. touching whoredom; and Prov. 23. 35. touching drunkennesse. Solomon the wisest of men, yet how was he besotted with the love of women. So Sampson.

Use. Use. See then how fearful a thing it is to be given over unto sin, or to any sinful lust. This is even the high­way to extream folly and madnesse. For nothing doth so much besot the heart and mind of man as wicked and sinful lusts where they do raign and bear sway. Experience sheweth the truth of this in such as are given over to the sins of covetousnesse, uncleannesse, drunkennesse, &c.

Object. But many wicked men are very wise and politick in worldly matters.

Answ. It is true, they may be in some things wise; but in some other things commonly they are very sottish and foolish; especially in the eager pursuit of their wicked lusts, for the satisfying of which, they care not what they do, what pains they take, what cost they be at: they will venture bodies and goods, yea, and their souls too, rather then be hindered in satisfying their lusts; wherein, how great folly and madnesse do they shew and discover?

Oh therefore pray unto God, not to give thee up to thy own sinful lusts and affections to be led and sway­ed by them, lest these take away thy heart, and deprive thee of sound reason and judgment. And beware of giving over thy self to such foolish and sottish lusts, but resist them by all means, and labour daily more and more to crucifie thy flesh with the lusts of it, that they may not raign in thee. Remember the cursed effect which such wicked lusts will bring forth, if thou yield and give way to them, and be led by them: they will bereave thee of sound reason and judgment. They will not only bring destruction upon thy soul and body after this life, but even in this life present they will hurt and annoy thy mind and understanding, by darkening and blinding it, so as thou shalt become foolish and sottish, not only in spiritual and heavenly matters, but even in matters of the world, as we see here that Herod shewed himself to be. So much of the promise made by Herod to the Damsel.

Now followeth the sealing of it with an Oath,

He sware unto her, &c.] Observ. In that Herod doth not onely promise to give her whatsoever she asked to the half of his Kingdom, without any limitation, thereby binding himself to give her that which was un­lawful to give if she should ask it; but doth also seal this unlawful promise with a solemn oath, hence we may observe, That it is an ungodly and wicked practice for any to bind themselves by oath to do that which is unlawful or sinful. This is noted by the Evangelist as the sin of wicked Herod, to bind himself by oath to performance of an unlawful promise. And it was the sin of Jehoram King of Israel, to swear to cut off the head of Elisha, 2 King. 6. 31. It was also the sin of David in heat of passion, to swear to be revenged on Nabal, 1 Sam. 25. 22. This is a high degree of taking God's Name in vain. For what is it else but a calling of him as a witness to the committing of sin, and so to make him a patron and allower of it? Great is the sin of such, whether they break or keep their oath. If they break it, they abuse God's Name by swearing rashly. If they keep it, their sin is much greater; as in Herod.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See then the wickedness of such who stick not to swear to the doing or committing of things unlaw­full. If they be wronged, they will swear in their anger to be revenged, &c. This is to bind themselves to commit sin. And if it be a sin to swear leightly or rashly to a truth, or to the doing of that which is lawful; how much greater sin to swear to that which is unlawfull and wicked? The other is light and vain swearing, but this is more fitly called, Wicked and ungodly swearing.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse. 2. Beware of this wicked kind of swearing, as that which is evill and unlawfull. A great sin it is to promise or purpose to commit sin; how much greater to bind our selves to it by Oath, calling God to witness as an approver of our sin, Deut. 28. 58. We should fear this great and fearfull name, The Lord our God. The very thought of his name should fear us from sin, and not bind us unto sin.

Mark 6. 24, &c.‘And she went forth, and said to her Mother, &c. Sept. 2. 1621.

OF the two first Effects or Consequents of the Dancing of Herodias's Daughter before Herod, we have spoken; namely, of her pleasing of Herod, and of his rash promise made, to give her what she would ask, &c.

Now follows the third Consequent of that Dancing; namely, the sute or Petition which the Damsel made unto Herod for the head of John Baptist to be given her in a Platter at the time of the Feast, laid down, ver. 24, 25.

Where we have to consider two things. 1. The preparation unto the putting up of her sute, She was first advised by her Mother.

2. The putting up of the sute it self.

Touching the Preparation, consider two things. 1. Her asking counsell of her Mother, She went forth and said to her Mother, What shall I ask? 2. The advice given by her Mother, She willed her to ask the head of John Baptist.

Touching the putting up of this sute, consider two things. 1. The manner of putting up and urging her sute to Herod, with great haste; She came in, straightway, with haste unto the King. And in the words following, she desired to have her sute granted by and by.

2. The matter of her Petition; That he would give her the head of John Baptist in a Platter.

She went forth] These words shew that Herodias was not present at the Table with Herod and his Nobles at the Feast, but that she was in some other room or part of the House where the Banquet was made. And it seems to have bin the custome of those times, for men and Women to Feast and Banquet apart in severall rooms, and not together in the same place. Dan. 5. 10. When Belshazzar made his great Feast, the Queen was not present at first in the same place where the King and his Nobles were, but she came afterward into the Banquetting hou [...]e. See also, Hest. 1. 9.

Quest. Quest. Why did she ask advice?

Answ. Answ. Because Herod having made so large a promise, it was therefore a great question whether she should ask the head of John or not?

Observ. Observ. Though this Damsell were but a leight and wanton Daughter of an Adulterous Mother, and though in the main matter of her sute to Herod she shewed a wicked and bloudy mind against John in re­quiring his head, &c. yet this is commendable in her, that in this doubt and question, touching the matter to be requested of Herod, she did first consult with her Mother before she would put up her Petition. Whence we may gather, that even the light of nature doth teach wicked children thus far to honour their Parents, as to be willing to be ruled and guided by their advice and counsell, in all weighty matters which do concern their good. How much more ought this to move all children professing the fear of God, to shew this honour to their Parents in being guided by them and their advice in such serious matters as do nearly concern their good. As for example; In the matter of their Marriage, and in the choice of their particular Calling and Condition of life. Isaac and Jacob were both ruled by their Parents in the choice of their Wives, as we may see, Gen. 24. and Gen. 28. And our Saviour Christ himself was ruled by his Parents, Joseph and Mary in the choice of his Calling, to live in the Trade of a Carpenter for many years.

Caution. Caution. Children to follow Parents advice onely so far as it is agreeable to the Word of God, not in things unlawfull, &c. Ephes. 6. 1. Obey Parents in the Lord.

Use. Use. See how great is the sin of those unnaturall Children which refuse to be advised by their own Parents in such weighty and serious matters as do concern them; as in the matter of Marriage, and in choice of their Calling, &c. They will be their own guides and counsellors, despising the counsell of their Parents, &c. These sin not onely against the Word of God, but even against the light of Nature. It was the sin of wick­ed and profane Esau, that he would not be ruled by his Parents in the choice of his Wife; but he took Wives of the Hittites, which were a grief of mind to his Parents, Gen. 26. 34. Let all children take heed of this sin lest God punish it in them, as he often doth by sending his curse upon such Marriages as are made without Parents consent or advice. So much of the Damsells asking counsell of her Mother touching the Pe­tition which she was to make unto Herod.

Now followeth the advice which was given her by her Mother.

She willed her to ask the head of John Baptist] That is, to desire of Herod that John might be beheaded, and that his head might be brought and presented unto her in a Charger: for so much may be gathered by compa­ring the words following in the next verse, with Matth. 14. 8. where it is said, that she was instructed of her Mother to ask John's head in a Charger. She might have counselled her daughter to ask some rich gift, or great matter of wealth and preferment, either for her daughter, or for herself; but such was her Malice and grudg against John, that having this opportunity offered, to have him put to death, she rather adviseth her daughter to ask this then any other favour, gift, or preferment whatsoever.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we may observe, that wicked and ungodly Parents are apt to give wicked and lend counsell to their Children, and to teach them wickedness. In stead of giving them good Counsell and In­struction, they give them such as is evil and wicked. In stead of bringing up their Children in Instruction and Information of the Lord, (as good Parents ought to do, Ephes. 6. 4.) they train them up, and teach them to serve the Devill, and to commit sin. This (no doubt) was one cause that the Children and Posterity of Cain proved so wicked and ungodly, because they were so ill taught of their Father. And this also was the cause [Page 347] that those 42. young children were so graceless as to mock the good Prophet Elisha, by calling him bald­pate, because they were so taught and instructed by their Parents, 2 King. 2. 23.

Reason. Reas. Wicked Parents have a desire that their Children should be like them, and resemble them in qua­lities and properties; therefore they use means by lend counsell and evill Instruction to make them like unto themselves.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See one cause why the Children of wicked Parents do for the most part prove wicked and ungodly like their Parents, even because such Parents are usually so ready to infect and Poyson their Children with lend and wicked counsell and instruction. As they hurt and infect them by ill example, so also by wicked counsell and advice. See then that it is a great Judgment of God upon Children to be born of wicked Parents and to be trayned up under them; such Children are in great danger to learn wickedness and lendness of their Parents. For although Religion and Grace commeth not by Inheritance; yet sin and wickedness doth come by Inheritance from Parents to Children. And though God do sometimes call some Children of wick­ed Parents to be partakers of his Grace; yet most often and usually the Children of such lend Parents do prove wicked like themselves; and it is Gods special and extraordinary mercy to such Children, if they prove good and Gracious.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing it is the property of wicked Parents to hurt and infect their children with contagion of sin, by their wicked counsel and instruction, let all Christian Parents take heed of this giving ill counsel and in­struction to children. Beware of teaching them, or counselling them to commit sin. This they will do too soon without any teaching: for it is natural to them: take heed therefore of thrusting them forward to it by counsel or instruction. It is a most wicked thing in Parents to teach their children to lye, to swear, to speak filthily, &c. or to encourage or counsel them to these or the like sins. Yet such Parents are to be found. But let them take heed. For if it be a sin in Parents not to teach their children good things, not to give them good counsel; then how much greater sin to poyson them with wicked counsel. And if it be a sin not to restrain and keep them back from sin by all good means; then how much greater sin to thrust them for­ward to sin? Therefore let all Parents professing the fear of God, take heed of this fearful and dangerous sin of giving wicked counsel to their children: And on the contrary, let them be careful to give them good and religious counsel and instruction; especially to teach them the true knowledg and fear of God: and to counsel and encourage them to the service of God, and to the practise of all holy and good duties. So did David and Bathsheba to Solomon, as we see, 1 Chron. 28. 9. & Prov. 31.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is the Property of the malicious, eagerly to thirst after revenge. So Lamech, Gen. 4. 24. Esau, Gen. 27. 41. Jezabel, 1 King. 19. 2. Scribes and Pharisees thirst after revenge against Christ. So He­rodias, here.

Use. Use. Take heed of harbouring malice in heart, &c. An eye for an eye, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See the cruell and deadly hatred of the wicked against Gods Servants; never resting till it seek their blood. See also afterward upon Chap. 11. Verse 18. This was before handled, Verse 19. So much therefore shall serve, touching the preparation going before the Suit or Petition made by Herodiasses Daughter unto Herod; in that she took advice of her Mother who counselled her to ask the head of John Baptist.

Now we proceed to the 25. Verse, in which is laid down her sute unto Herod. And first to speak of the manner of putting up her Petition, She came in, straightway with great haste, &c.

Quest. Quest. Why did she make such haste?

Answ. Answ. No doubt but she was advised and stirred up by her Mother so to do, lest if she delayed time, Herod's mind should change, or grow cold in the matter which he had promised, and so she should be dis­appointed of her hope and desire. Therefore also it is said in the words following, That she desired John's head to be given her by and by.

Observ. Observ. Here we learn, That the wicked are very forward and diligent in practising sin, delaying no time, but hastening the matter with all speed that may be, &c. See this handled before, Chap. 3. Verse 6.

I proceed from the manner of her coming to put up her sute, unto the matter of her Petition; which is, that Herod would give her the head of John Baptist in a charger. A most wicked, cruel and bloody request, which yet she is not ashamed to make by the devilish advice and instigation of her mother.

Quest. Quest. Why was not Herodias content to have John beheaded, but desires further to have his head brought in presently in a platter or charger to the banquet?

Answ. Answ. 1. For the greater certainty of the matter, that the head of John being brought to her daughter, and so to her, she might have sight of it, and so be sure that he was put to death.

2. That so she might have occasion to insult openly over John being dead, whom she so much hated be­ing alive.

3. She would have his head brought in and presented as a dish at Herod's Feast, that it might be exposed to the derision of those that were present at the banquet.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here how apt Children are by Nature to follow wicked counsel and advice given them by their Parents. There is no sin so haynous and foul, but they are ready to put in practise, if their own Pa­rents counsel and stirr them up unto it. This wanton Minion is not ashamed to ask of Herod the cruell murdering of John Baptist, at the motion and instigation of her Mother.

Use. Use. Admonition to all Parents to beware therefore how they give wicked and lend counsel to their Children, lest they quickly and easily be perswaded to put it in practice. But of this before, suffi­ciently.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further we learn here, That the wicked make but a leight matter of sin, yea of great and grie­vous sins: as murdering the innocent Servants of God, and such other sins. Herodias and her Daughter make but a leight matter of the beheading of John Baptist; even a matter of sport and delight. Therefore they would not onely have him beheaded, but his head being cut off, to be brought in a platter as a dish to help furnish Herod's Banquet; that so being presented at the banquet in this manner, it might be matter of [Page 347] sport and delight to Herodias and her daughter; and matter of derision to all that were present at the ban­quet. Thus they make but a mockery and sport of this fearful sin of murdering the Innocent, and of in­sulting over him in cruel manner being murdered. Prov. 10. 23. It is a sport to a fool to do mischief. And Prov. 14. 9. Fools make a mock at sin. An example of this we have in Abner and Joab, who accounted it but a play or sport for their Souldiers to skirmish before them, and to murder each other cruelly, 2 Sam. 2. 14. Thus some now adayes make but a leight matter of some sins, as drunkenness, fornication, swearing, filthy communication, &c.

Use. Use. Let this be far from us, to make leight of sin, especially of such haynous sins. That which deserves hell-fire, and cannot be purged by any means, but by the blood of Christ Jesus the Son of God, is not to be accounted a leight matter, or a matter of sport or delight. We should even tremble at the thought of sin. It is matter of mourning, not of delight and sporting.

Mark 6. 26.‘And the King was exceeding sorry, &c. Sept. 9. 1621.

IN this Verse is laid down the fourth and last Effect or Consequent which followed upon the dancing of Herodiasses Daughter before Herod, at the Feast which he made on his Birth-day, viz. His yielding to grant her sute made unto him for the head of John Baptist to be given her in a charger. Though this were a most wicked and bloody sute, yet Herod is so wicked as to yield to it, and to grant her Petition.

In the words consider, 1. The manner of his yielding to her sute. It was very unwillingly; as appeareth, in that it is said, He was exceeding sorry that he must yield to it.

2. The causes moving him to yield unto it. 1. The respect he had to his Oath. 2. The respect he had to those that were at Table with him.

The King was exceeding sorry] So the word [ [...]] doth signifie. So Matth. 26. 38. My soul is exceeding sorrowfull to death.

Quest. Quest. What moved Herod to be so sorry?

Answ. Answ. For that he had made so rash a Promise, and sealed it by Oath, whereby he thought himself bound to put to death so innocent and holy a man as John, and one whom he so much reverenced for his holiness, as we heard before, Verse 20. Now this sorrow shews that Herod felt a combate in himself, &c.

Yet for his Oaths sake] Because he had not only promised, but taken a solemn oath, therefore he pretended a kind of religious care to keep his oath, and not to break it.

And for their sakes which sate with him] That is, to please and satisfie them, that they might think well of him, and might not judge him either leight and inconstant, or profane and irreligious in breaking his oath and promise.

So much of the sense of the words. The Instructions follow.

First of the manner of granting her sute. It was very unwillingly; with much sorrow conceived in mind, for that he thought himself so far tyed to grant so wicked a request, that he could not deny it.

Observ. Observ. Hence gather, That the wicked do sometimes feel in themselves an inward combat and strife, and a reluctation against the sins they are tempted unto, before they yield unto them. They are inwardly troubled and perplexed in mind and conscience about the sins they are tempted unto, and much grieved for that they are tempted and sollicited to them. So was Herod here. And the like combat did Pilate feel, before he yield­ed to condemn Christ to death; as may appear, Matth. 7. 21. &c. He shews himself exceeding loath to give sentence on him, using all the means he could to shun it: and at length before he yields to do it, he first wash­eth his hands before the multitude, to testifie himself to be clear from the blood of Christ, &c. which shews, how greatly he was troubled about the shedding of it. We may see the like also in Pilate's Wife, though a profane heathenish woman, yet, Verse 19. it is said, she suffered many things in a dream because of Christ, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Hence gather, That though it be a good thing in it self for us to feel an inward combat and strife against sin, when we are tempted unto it; yet this is no sure or infallible sign of a regenerate person, or of true sanctifying grace: for there is such a combat and reluctation against sin even in the wicked sometimes before the committing of sin. Therefore rest not in this, That we feel some such combat and reluctation, and some inward trouble and perplexity of mind and conscience when we are tempted to sin: but examine what kind of combat it is, whether such as may be in the wicked, or such as is only in the regenerate and true Children of God. For there is a kind of inward combat in them both, before they yield to sin.

Quest. Quest. How to know the combat that is in the regenerate before they yield to sin, from that which is in the wicked?

Answ. Answ. By the special differences between them.

1. They differ in the Original cause and ground from which they arise. For the conflict that is in the Regenerate, ariseth from the sanctifying Grace of Gods Spirit in them, which maketh resistance against sin­full temptations, causing them to be troubled and grieved at them, &c. See Gal. 5. 17. But the combat and strife in the wicked ariseth from the light of naturall reason, and of a naturall Conscience opposing against sinfull Temptations. This light of reason, and of the natural Conscience which is in the wicked, doth dis­cover unto them the unlawfullness and hainousness of some sins unto which they are tempted, and doth check and reprove them for the same. And hence doth arise the combat which they feel in themselves before the committing of sin.

2. They differ in the moving cause: For that which moveth the Regenerate (or rather the Spirit of God in them) to make resistance against sinfull Temptations, and to be troubled and grieved for them, is, the true love and fear of God; and, a true hatred of sin, as it is offensive to God, and a breach of his holy Law, as in Joseph, Gen. 39. But that which moveth the wicked and unregenerate Conscience to resist sinfull motions, and to check and reprove for them, is onely or chiefly the servile fear of Gods wrath, and of the punish­ments following sin; as, horrour of Conscience, shame before men, Hell-fire, &c. As for the love of God and the true hatred of sin, these do not move or trouble them when they are tempted to sin: Nay, rather on [Page 348] the contrary they do love the sins unto which they are tempted, and for which their naturall Conscience checks and troubles them; and they hate the Law of God in their heart, wishing that there were no such Law, that so they might sin freely, and without danger of punishment: whereas the Regenerate, on the other side, do love the Law of God, and hate the sins forbidden by it, not wishing that there were no Law of God, but that they had no corruption of sin rebelling against that Law.

By these marks of difference let us examine and try what manner of combat it is which we feel, when we are tempted to sin. And rest not in such a strife and conflict as may be in the wicked; but look it be a true Spiritual combat between flesh and Spirit, such as is in the Regenerate.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See what to think of such as feel no combat or strife at all in themselves, when they are tempted unto sin; no reluctation or resistance against sinfull motions and suggestions of Satan, and of their own flesh; but they easily and quickly yield and give consent to such sins, without any resistance, without any inward trouble, grief, fear, &c. They feel not these when they are tempted to sin: they can yield to sin without any trouble or check of Conscience; yea, to great and grievous sins; they can swallow such sins without any trouble or touch of Conscience; they feel not so much as the check or sting of a naturall Conscience to trou­ble and vex them for sin; much less the check of a renewed and sanctified Conscience. These have dead Consciences, so hardned in sin, that they are even past all feeling of sin, and therefore commit sin with gree­diness, Ephes. 4. 19. so far from being troubled or grieved when they are tempted to sin, that they rejoyce and delight in sin, and are glad when they are tempted to it, and have occasion offered to practise it, and to fulfill their wicked lusts, &c. Fearfull is the state of such, worse then Herod, Pilate, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though the wicked do sometimes feel an inward combat and reluctation against sin in their Conscience when they are tempted to it, yet they oftentimes yield to those sins unto which they are tempted contrary to the light of their Conscience, and notwithstanding all the checks of it felt within them. So did Herod, as we see here. So also Pilate. So Judas, though his Conscience told him that Christ was Innocent, yet he yields to Satan, tempting him to betray him even against his Conscience.

Reason. Reas. They are servants to sin and Satan, &c.

Quest. Quest. Do not Gods Children also sometimes yield to the committing of some sins against their Consci­ence checking them?

Answ. Answ. Yes, but not so as the wicked; for the wicked do yield full consent of heart to the sins unto which they are tempted, with love and delight, notwithstanding the inward gripes and checks of Consci­ence: But the godly do not so, they do not give full consent of heart to any sin unto which they are tempted, but onely in part, and with some reluctation of Heart and Conscience against the sin; yea, with some hatred of it, even then when they yield to it. So it was with Paul, Rom. 7. and with Peter, denying Christ, &c.

Quest. Quest. May not the wicked also feel some reluctation against sin in yielding to it, or in committing of it?

Answ. Answ. Yes, their naturall Conscience may check them for it, and cause them to be troubled and grieved; but yet there is no true hatred of the sin in their hearts, but rather a love and liking to it, and a desire to commit it.

Use. Ʋse. Beware of this yielding to sin against our Conscience, after it hath checked and troubled us, when we are tempted to it. Take heed how we stop our ears against the voice and cry of our Conscience, when it telleth us, and cryeth aloud to us, that this or that is a sin which we are about to commit, or are tempted unto. For this is a fearfull thing, and the high way to great and fearfull hardness of Heart; for no sins do so wound the Conscience, and harden the Heart as those that are yielded to against our own knowledg, and Con­science.

Take heed therefore of yielding to the temptations of sin or Satan against thy Conscience; especially of giving full consent with love and delight in such sins as thy Conscience doth condemn, &c.

So much of the manner of Herod's yielding to the Damsels sute; In that he was much grieved for it.

Now it followes, to speak of the Motives moving him to yield. The first is his Oath.

For his Oaths sake] Observ, 1. It is the property of hypocrites, under shew and pretence of Religion, to practise sin and wickedness. Herod under pretence of a Religious care to keep his Oath, yields to the beheading of John. For though there could be no true Religion in the keeping of an unlawfull oath: yet in Herod's foolish and ignorant opinion, this was a matter of Religion: and so under colour hereof, he clo [...]eth and excuseth his sin of beheading John. Matth. 23. 14. The Scribes and Pharisees devoured Widows houses under pretence of long prayers. So Mark 7. 11. under pretence of keeping an unlawful oath, they refused to relieve and help Natural Parents. So Balaam, Numb. 22. & 23. Chap. under colour of Religion, cur­sed the people of God for hire. So the Papists at this day, under pretence of Religion, murder Princes, &c. So under pretence of holiness, they forbid Priests marriage, and so force some to live in fornica­tion.

Use. Use. Take heed of this grosse hypocrisie, in practising sin under colour of Religion or holines [...]. This doth exceedingly aggravate any sin, when Religion is abused as a cloak or excuse for it. Dissembled Holi­nesse, is double Iniquity; and shall have double Punishment. See Matth. 23. 14.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. If Herod made such scruple of an unlawful Oath, much more should we of a lawful Oath, &c. See Chap. 7. Ver. 11.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Hypocrites do make scruple of small matters, and in the mean time make no conscience of grosse and haynous sins. Herod makes scruple of breaking his Oath, (which was not onely lawfull, but ne­cessary for him to do) but he makes no conscience of murdering the innocent. Matth. 23. 23. The Scribes and Pharisees made scruple of paying Tythe Mint, Annise, and Cummin, (though some think they had no Commandment in the Law of God for such Tythes, but onely their own tradition. See Drusius on the place) but they neglected the weighty matters of the Law of God, as Judgment, Mercy, and Faith. They strained at a Gnatt, and swallowed a Camell. So also they made scruple of eating with unwashen [Page 348] hands, but no conscience of the grosse sins, of hypocrisie, oppression, covetousnesse, &c.

Use. Use. Let this hypocrisie be far from us, to make sins of those which are no sins, but things lawfull or indifferent, when in the mean time we make no sins of those which are foul and enormous. To make scruple of things lawful, is to be just over-much: and to make no scruple of grosse sins, this is to be wicked over-much: both which are condemned by Solomon, Eccles. 7. 16. Therefore on the other side, in things lawful and indifferent, let us use our liberty without scandal to others: but in the sins condemned in the Word of God, here let us make conscience to hate and refrain them: here we cannot be too scrupulous or precise and strict: though they be never so small sins in comparison, &c. How much more conscience is to be made of greater, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Here also we see how unlawful and hurtful it is to keep or perform unlawful Vows or Promi­ses, though confirmed by oath. Herod's keeping his unlawful oath and promise, is the cause of the murder of John Baptist. Such Oaths and Vows are better broken then kept. As it is a sin to make them; so a dou­ble sin to keep them. An oath must not be a bond to tye us to sin, &c.

So much of the first Motive moving Herod to grant the Petition of the Damsel: which was, the respect he had to his Oath.

Now followeth the second, which was the respect he had to those that sate at Table with him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Hypocrites and wicked men are more careful to please men, and to procure favour from them, than to please God, and to be approved of him. So Herod here. So the Scribes and Pharisees did all their works to be seen of men, and that they might be approved of men, not regarding in the mean time to approve themselves unto God. See Matth. 6. and Matth. 23. So the wicked and unbelieving Jews sought honour one from another, and did not seek the honour that cometh of God only, Joh. 5. 44. So Joh. 12. 42. those Rulers believed Christ to be the Messiah; yet durst not confesse him: for they loved the praise of men, more than the praise of God.

Use. Ʋse. Let it not be so with us: but on the contrary, let us look to this in the first place, That we glorifie and please God, by keeping a good conscience in all our wayes; and then in the next place to seek the fa­vour and approbation of men, only so far as it may stand with the pleasing of God. Otherwise, if we cannot please men, but with the displeasing of God, better in this case to displease all men in the world, than to sin against God. Here we must not regard the displeasure of men, when by pleasing of men we are in danger to offend and displease God. Therefore in all our wayes, look first and chiefly to this, that we approve our selves to God, seeking his favour and allowance of all that we do, who must be our Judge, to whom we must one day give account of all our wayes. Men shall not be our Judges, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here also how dangerous a thing it is to be given to ambition and desire of vain-glory, and of pleasing men. This causeth men to yield to the committing of great and grievous sins, and that some­times even against their own knowledg and conscience. Thus Herod, being desirous of vain-glory, and of the praise and commendation of his Nobles which sate with him at his banquet, yieldeth to put John to death, contrary to the light of his own conscience. So, that other Herod, Act. 12. 3. having first killed James with the sword, because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded to take Peter also. No doubt but his conscience told him it was a sin to put to death two such innocent and holy persons: yet he was so carried away with ambition, and desire of the Jews favour and commendation, that he yielded to do it even against his Con­science. So Felix, Act. 24. 27. willing to shew the Jews a pleasure, left Paul bound when he went out of his Office. It is most likely, that his conscience told him, that Paul was wrongfully imprisoned: and yet he was so ambitious of the Jews favour, that to please them, he left him in prison when he might have deli­vered him.

Use. Use. Beware then of this ambitious seeking to please men, and to procure favour and credit with them, lest it draw us to the committing of grievous sins against God, and even against the light and testimony of our conscience. Do we not see in daily experience, how this ambition and desire of mens favour, and of credit and reputation in the world, carrieth men head long into fearful sins against their Conscience? Are there not many, who to procure favour and credit with men, stick not to make shipwrack of a good conscience before God? Yea, for the pleasing of men, especially of great men, many stick not to dishonour God, and wound their own Consciences with fearful sins. They will lye, swear, dissemble, deal falsly, flatter; yea, they will yield to any sin, and practise any wickedness, and all to this end, that they may get favour and credit with men, and that they may be well accounted of in the world: if they come in company, they will do as others do, though it be never so unlawful or wicked which they do, that so they may be well spoken of, and accounted good fellowes, kind men, &c, Such forget what is said, Luke 16. 26. Wo to you when all men shall speak well of you. Well, let us look to it, that we do not so hunt after mens favour and commendation, as to purchase it with shipwrack of conscience. Such credit with men is dearly bought, which is purchased with the loss of God's favour, and wounding of our own Conscience.

Mark 6. 27. 28, 29. ‘And immediately the King sent an Executioner, and commanded his Head to be brought, and Sept. 16. 1621. he went and beheaded him in the Prison: And brought his head in a Charger, and gave it to the Damsell, and the Damsell gave it to her Mother: And when his Disciples heard of it, they came and took up his Corps, and laid it in a Tomb.’

HItherto we have heard the Occasions and Preparatives going before the beheading of John Baptist. Now the Evangelist setteth down the Fact it self, Ver. 27. And the Consequents of it, Ver. 28, & 29.

Touching the beheading of John, the Evangelist mentioneth three things especially.

  • 1. The time when Herod caused him to be beheaded, Immediately.
  • 2. The manner and means of effecting it, He sent an Executioner, and commanded his Head to be brought; and he went and beheaded him.
  • 3. The place where, In Prison.

From the Circumstance of time: Observe, The diligence and forwardness of the Wicked in committing sin, &c. Of this before, Ver. 25. Touching the manner of executing this Cruell murder of John;

He sent an Executioner,] The word in the Originall signifieth one that was of the King's Guard, which was near about him; one of his ordinary Followers: whereby it seems that it was the custom of Kings and great Rulers in those times, to imploy some one of their Guard or ordinary Followers and Servants in doing such executions of Death upon Malefactors.

In Prison.] This shews how cruelly and unjustly Herod dealt with John, in Commanding him to be put to Death presently, and that in the Prison it self where he lay bound, so that he neither came to his answer in any publick place of Justice, nor was suffered to plead his own Cause, or speak for his innocency; neither had he in the Prison any of his Disciples or others present with him to Minister any comfort to him at his Death.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here how the Faithfull Ministers of God are often rewarded in the World for their Faith­fulness in their Ministery; they are for this Cause not onely hated of the Wicked, but most unjustly and cru­elly used: yea, persecuted even unto Death. Of this before, Ver. 17.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the joynt consideration both of the manner of John's beheading, and of the place where he suffered, in that he was beheaded as a Malefactor by one of the Kings Guard, and that in the Prison after a most vile, base, and ignominious sort: Hence observe, That God doth sometimes permit his dear Servants not onely to be put to Death by the Wicked, but even to base and ignominious kinds of Death. Thus Ste­phen was stoned to Death, And Hebr. 11. 37. some were stoned, some sawed asunder, some slain with the Sword. So we read in the Histories of the Church of sundry kinds of reproachfull Deaths, suffered by the Martyrs, both in the Primitive Church, and afterward in latter times. And our Saviour Christ himself suffered the most ignominious and accursed Death on the Crosse.

Use 1 Use 1. See then that we are not to judge any to be wicked or out of favour with God, because they dye some base and ignominious kind of Death. Such as have lived well, and in the fear of God, cannot but dye in the favour of God, and be happy after Death, whatsoever kind of Death they dye; Psal. 116. 15. Pre­tious in the sight of the Lord, is the Death of his Saints. Though the World and wicked Men think basely of such when they dye, because somtimes they are put to base and reproachful kinds of Death; as to be Stoned, Beheaded, Burned, &c. yet the Lord doth not so think of them, but hath them in precious accompt.

Ʋse. 2 Use 2. Comfort to the Faithfull, if God Call them to suffer any vile or opprobrious kind of Death: Let them know, they are never the lesse in favour with him, never the more miserable, never the further from Salvation, because they dye in such a base manner; but they are most blessed and happy if they live well, and dye in the Lord, what kind of Death soever they dye, though never so ignominious or contemptible in it self, Revel. 14. 13. Many of God's dear Children have dyed such kinds of Death: The basest Death that is, to a good Christian is no other but a passage to Heaven, to a better and eternall Life. So much of the be­heading of John.

Now follow the Consequents of it, which are two especially.

  • 1. The Ignominy and Disgrace offered unto his Head, being taken off: The Executioner brought it in a Charger, and gave it to the Damsell, and the Damsell to her Mother, Ver. 28.
  • 2. The honour done to the Corps of John by his own Disciples: When they heard of his Death, they came and took up his Corps, and laid it in a Tomb.

Touching the former of these, It is said, The Executioner brought his Head in a Charger,] This was a most cruell and bloody Fact; not onely to cut off the Head of John, but also to bring it in a Platter, as a Dish to help to furnish Herod's Feast; and that presently after it was cut off, even before it had done bleeding, as is likely: This (I say) was a most cruell and unmercifull Fact; and it was a bloody and ruefull Spectacle to behold.

And he gave it to the Damsell, and the Damsell, &c.] This also shews the cruell minds, and hard hearts of Herodias and her Daughter, in that they are so far from being moved with any pity towards John after he is Be­headed, that they delight themselves with the beholding of his Head, yet bleeding afresh in the Platter; yea, they make a scorn and derision of his Head, being thus brought in at the Feast, and given from one to another.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here how fearfull a thing it is for any to be hardned in fin, and to be given over of God unto it, as Herodias and her Daughter were: such are so far from being touched with the feeling of sin, or with any remorse for it, that they can even delight themselves with sin; yea, with the fowlest and most hainous sins, making but a sport of them. But of this I spake before, Ver. 25.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further we may here observe, that it is the property of the Wicked to exercise cruelty not onely against the Living, but even against the Dead: So did Herod and Herodias here against John. So did the Papists in Queen Marie's Raign, in taking up the Dead bones of Bucer and Fagius at Cambridge, and [Page 350] burning them to ashes after they had been burned in their Graves for certain years. So also they took up the bones of Peter Martyr's wife, and buryed them in a Dunghill.

Use. Learn we to detest such savage and inhumane cruelty, which even the light of nature condemneth; and let it move us to abhorr the Religion of the Papists, which maintaineth and practiseth such Barbarous cruelty.

Object. Object. 2 King. 23. 16. Josiah burned the bones of the Idolatrous Priests upon the Altar, &c.

Answ. Answ. He had a speciall Warrant from God; for the Man of God had foretold that he should do it, 1 King. 13. 2. otherwise it had not bin warrantable for him to do it.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See here the wonderfull patience and long-suffering of God towards the Wicked, suffering them sometimes to proceed so far in their rage and malice against his Faithfull Servants, and so to exercise the extreamest cruelty that may be against them. The Lord doth not alwayes presently thunder against such cruell Enemies of his Saints as he might do, but for a time lets them alone, and patiently endureth their extream cruelty against his Servants. Thus he suffered wicked Cain cruelly to murder his Brother Abel: He suffered the Egyptians cruelly to oppresse his People. He suffered the Prophets, Apostles, and Mar­tyrs to be cruelly put to Death; yea, Christ himself, &c.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. To admire this patience of the Lord towards the Wicked, &c. See Rom. 9. 22.

Use. 2 Use 2. Hence gather, That he will much more shew patience and long-suffering toward his own Servants and Children, bearing much with them, and not presently proceed to chastise them sharply for their sins, though they provoke him daily by manifold sins of ignorance, infirmity, and presumption. Seeing he bea­reth with such horrible sins in the Wicked, much more &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Be not Dismayed, though we see wicked Men exercise great cruelty against God's Servants: Here remember the patience of God which he sheweth even toward the Wicked, and let it move the Saints of God with patience to possesse their Souls; knowing this, that though the Lord suffer them a while, yet he will not alwayes suffer them; but will at length proceed in wrath and Judgment against them, to revenge the Cause of the Saints. The rod of the ungodly shall not rest on the lot of the righteous, &c. Psal. 125. Though Herod and Herodias prevailed thus against John by God's sufferance, yet at length God punished them; for they both Dyed miserably in Banishment. Joseph. Antiq. Lib. 18. Cap. 9: Euseb. l. 9. c. 11. So much of the first Consequent of the beheading of John, which was the ignominy and reproach offered unto him be­ing Dead.

Now followeth the second Consequent, Ver. 29. The honour done to his dead Corps by his Disciples; When they heard of his Death, they came and took up his Corps and laid it in a Tomb. Now by this they testified and approved their love and thankfulness to their Master: And this is the more commendable, be­cause it is likely, they did it not without some Danger to themselves: for if it should have been known to Herodias, no doubt, but she would have stirred up the wrath and fury of Herod against them. How they obtained the dead Corps, whether by intreaty from Herod, or whether they took it up where it was cast forth out of the Prison, is not expressed; neither is the place of his bury all mentioned, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we learn, That such as have reaped Spirituall good and profit by others, do owe speciall thankfulness unto them; and this thankfulness they ought to shew towards such by the Fruits of it, in doing Duties of love to them: and that not onely in their Life-time, but even after they are Dead. John's Disciples having profited by his Ministery, do think themselves bound to shew all love and thankfulnesse to him both Living and Dead: and therefore as they loved him being alive, so now being dead they forsake him not, but continue their love, and shew it even to his dead Corps by giving it an honourable buryall. In like manner all that have received Spirituall good by others, do owe speciall love, and all fruits of love and mercy to such in way of thankfull recompence. This every People oweth to their Pastors, by whom they have profited in Knowledge, Faith, Repentance, &c. So also Children to their Parents, Servants to their Ma­sters, Wife to Husband, &c. 2 King. 2. Elisha testified his thankfulness to Eliah his Master, both by his constant cleaving to him, and following him while he was on Earth; and also by rending his Clothes in to­ken of mourning for him, and by bewayling the loss of him when he saw him taken up into Heaven from him by a fiery Chariot: Acts, 16. Lydia, and the Jaylor being converted by the Ministery of Paul, shewed their thankfulness to him for the same, by entertaining him in their Houses: In like manner did Martha shew her thankfulness to Christ, Luke, 10. Gal. 6. 6. Let him that is taught in the Word, &c. Philem. Ver. 19. Paul gives Philemon to understand that he owed himself to him, in way of thankfulness for the Spirituall good he had reaped by his Ministery.

Ʋse. Use. This reproveth such as are unthankfull to those by whom they have reaped Spirituall profit; Such People as are unthankfull to their Ministers by whom they have been instructed, shewing little or no love at all to them, either Living or Dead, making no conscience to yield them their due Maintenance, and to re­compence them with carnall things of this Life for the Spirituall things which they reap by their means. So also Children are here reproved, who are unthankfull to Parents for bringing them up in Instruction, &c. Ser­vants unthankfull to Religious Masters, &c. Of all unthankfulnesse, this is the worst, to be unthankfull for the Spirituall good we reap by others: Therefore, if it be a shame to be unthankfull for Worldly kindnesses, how much more, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is a Duty of love and mercy which we owe to our Christian Friends departed this Life, to be carefull to bury them in good and decent manner, and with such honour and respect as is fitting to their persons. John's Disciples do not only bury the dead Trunks or Corps of their Master, but they lay it in a Tomb or Monument, as the word ( [...]) signifieth; which was an honourable and respectfull Buryall. So the holy Patriarchs were very carefull both of their own decent Buriall, and of the Buriall of their Friends. Abraham buryed Sarah, Gen. 23. 19. Jacob's sons buryed their Father, Gen. 50. 13. and Joseph took spe­ciall order for his Bones to be carryed out of Aegypt, and to be buryed in the Land of Canaan, Ver. 25. of the same Chapter: So Joseph of Arimathea and Nicodemus had speciall care of the honourable Buriall of our Saviour Christ. So also the Women which came to his Sepulcher with purpose to embalm him. See Matth. 28. Luke, 24. John, 19. & 20. So Acts, 8. 2. Steven was carryed to Buriall by Devour and Religious Men.

Reasons why it is fit to bury the dead in decent manner with due honour, especially such as have lived well and religiously, are these;

  • 1. The bodies of such as dye are to be raised up again at the last day, and to be re-united to their Souls; therefore, to shew that we believe the generall Resurrection of the Dead, it is fit we should be carefull of the decent Buriall of the Dead. This was one speciall Reason moving the Pa­triarchs, in the Old Testament, to be so carefull of their own Buriall and of the Buriall of their Friends.
  • 2. The bodies of the Faithfull, whilst they live, are the Temples of the Holy Ghost; therefore even when they are dead, they are not to be despised, but to be respectfully used, and to be honoured with seemly Burial.
  • 3. The want of Burial is threatned as a Curse against the wicked; as we see Jer. 22. 19. Jehoiakim shall be buried with the burial of an Ass, drawn and cast forth beyond the Gates of Jerusalem. Therefore on the con­trary, it is a Blessing and favour of God to any to be well and honourably buried; which should move us to be careful so to bury our Christian Friends.
  • 4. God hath appointed that Dust should return to Dust, Gen. 3. 19.

Use. To move us to have a care of this work of Mercy and Love to the dead, in affording them seemly Buriall: especially such as have lived holily and religiously. Yet in Buriall of the Dead remember two Cautions:

  • 1. Take heed of excessive Pomp and Ostentation; and of superfluous Solemnities about Burials.
  • 2. Take heed also of superstitious Ceremonies, such as are used by the Papists in burying their dead; as superstitious ringing of Bells, &c. as if such Ceremonies were available to the dead. We must be far from such ignorant conceipts; and know that (as Austin saies) the Solemnities used about burial of the dead are Vivorum solatia, potius quàm subsidia Mortuorum.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Though John Baptist was vilifyed and disgraced by Herod, and by Herodias and her Daughter, in his life time, and at his death, and immediately after his death; yet God did provide that after his death he should have an honourable burial: Whence observe, that God doth take special care of the good Name and Credit of his faithful Servants, even after they are dead and gone. Though he suffer them to undergo much Ignominy and Disgrace at the hands of the wicked, in their life time, or in their death, or after death; yet he doth also provide that they should be honoured after death, and that their good Name shall live and continue: Prov. 10. 7. The memory of the just is blessed, euen after death. Psal. 112. 6. The Righteous shall be in everlasting remembrance. Matth. 23. 29. The Lord did provide that even the wicked Jewes should garnish the Sepulchres of the Prophets, whom their Ancestors had ignominiously put to death. The Martyrs were most reproachfully used in their life, and at their death; yet now their Memory is honoura­ble.

Use. Ʋse. See here Comfort to the godly against all Reproaches which they suffer in life or death.

Mark 6. 30, &c.‘And the Apostles gathered themselves, &c. Sept. 23. 1621.

OF the three first general parts of this Chapter, you have heard.

  • 1. Of our Saviour's coming, and preaching at Nazareth to his own Country-men, and how they entertained him.
  • 2. Of his sending forth his twelve Apostles to preach and work Miracles.
  • 3. Of Herod's Opinion touching Christ, thinking him to be John Baptist risen from death; by occasion whereof you have also heard the whole History of the imprisoning and beheading of John.

Now we are come to the fourth principal part of the Chapter: In which the Evangelist recordeth our Sa­viour's withdrawing himself with his Disciples into a desert place, as also his preaching there, and woking the great Miracle of feeding five thousand men with five Loaves and two Fishes: Laid down from Ver. 30. unto Ver. 45.

In all which Verses consider two things.

  • 1. Our Saviour going apart, and taking his Disciples with him into the Desert: Unto the thirty fourth Verse.
  • 2. What he did being there.
    • 1. He preached to the People Ver. 34.
    • 2. He wrought the Miracle, &c. Ver. 35.

Touching his departure or going apart, 5. things are laid down.

  • 1. The occasion of it, which was the Apostles assembling to Christ after their Return, and relating to him their Labours in preaching and working Miracles, Ver. 30. This was one special Occasion of our Sa­viour's going apart, that so his Apostles, being now wearied with their Ministeriall labours, might have some rest.
  • 2. The Evangelist mentioneth our Saviour's calling of his Apostles apart with him into the Desert, there to rest awhile.
  • 3. The Reason of his calling them into the Desert: Because they had no leisure to eat their Meat, by rea­son of the multitude of commers and goers, Ver. 31.
  • 4. Their departure together by Ship privately, Ver. 32.
  • 5. The Event which hapned thereupon: The People seeing them depart, and many knowing our Saviour, they ran thither before, out of all Cities to meet him, and came together to him, Ver. 33.

To begin with the first thing; The occasion of their going apart into the Desert, which was the Apostles assembling, and relating to him their pains in preaching and working Miracles, Ver. 30. Where is mentio­ned,

  • 1. Their Assembling to him.
  • [Page 352] 2. The Report made to him of all their labours, what they had done and taught.

The Apostles gathered themselves, &c.] We heard before in this Chapter of his sending them forth to preach, and of their Obedience in going forth, and in preaching, &c. Now, the Evangelist, having digressed to set down Herod's Opinion of Christ, and the History of John's beheading, doth return again to speak of the A­postles, and to shew what they did after their Return back from doing that Embassage, about which their Master had sent them. Being returned, they gather all together unto Christ, and relate to him what they had done and taught by his Command and Appointment.

They gathered together,] For before in their journey they were dispersed asunder, being sent forth by two and two, as we heard.

And told Him all things, &c.] This they did, not as if He were ignorant, &c. but to ap­prove unto him their Diligence and Faithfulnesse in discharge of the Embassage on which he had sent them. Therefore they come and give him an Accompt what they had done; and it may be, he had appointed them so to do.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Ministers ought so to carry themselves in discharge of their Calling and Ministry, that they may approve their diligence and faithfulness unto Christ, who hath called them to that Office: This they are to aim at especially. Isa. 49. 4. The Prophet had so carried himself in his Ministry that he was able to say, His work was with his God: And though Israel were not gathered, yet he should be glorious in the eyes of the Lord, &c. So Paul in his Ministry was most careful to approve himself to God; 2 Cor. 2. 17. As of Sincerity, as of God, in the sight of God, speak we in Christ. 1 Thes. 2. 4. As we are allowed of God, &c. not as pleasing men but God, who tryeth our hearts. 2 Tim. 2. 4. No man that warreth intangleth himself, &c. that he may please him that hath chosen him to be a Souldier.

Quest. Quest. What must Ministers do that they may approve their Ministry to God, so as to give a comfortable accompt to him?

Answ. Answ. They must, above all other things, seek God's Glory and the Salvation of the People committed to them; not their own praise, or profit, or to please men, &c. Now, as this is true of Ministers, so of all Christias in their places; they must in all duties of their Callings, seek God's Glory, and to approve themselves to Christ.

Use. Use. This reproveth such Ministers, or other Christians, who in discharge of their Callings and Duties make not this their principal care, to glorify and please God, and to approve themselves to Christ: But they seek their own Glory or Gain, and the pleasing of men. But remember that of Galath. 1. 10.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further observe here, that Ministers ought so faithfully and conscionably to do the duties of their Calling, that they may be able to give a good and comfortable accompt thereof unto Christ, who hath en oyned them those duties. Hebr. 13. 17. They watch for your Souls, as they that must give accompt, &c. Therefore Paul charged Timothy before Christ who shall judge the quick and the dead, to be diligent in Preaching, 2 Tim 4. 1. And so he professeth of himself, 2 Cor. 5. 10. We must all appear before the Judg­ment-Seat of Christ, &c. Knowing therefore the terrour of the Lord, we perswade men, &c.

And as this is true of Ministers, so of all Christians; that they must so faithfully and conscionably do the Duties of their Callings, that they may with comfort give accompt thereof to God. Eccless. 12. 13. Fear God, and keep his Commandments, &c. For God will bring every work into Judgment, &c. So Job 31. 13. If I despised the cause of my Man-servant, &c. What then shall I do when God riseth up &c?

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This reproveth such as seldom or never think of the Accompt they must give unto Christ for per­formance of their duties; this makes them so negligent, unfaithful, and unconscionable in serving God in their places.

Use 2 Use 2. Let us often think of our accompt to be given for the faithful discharge of all duties of our Cal­lings, that this may make us faithful and conscionable in them. Remember, that as God hath enjoyned us good duties in our Callings, so he will look for an accompt from us how we have performed them, how di­ligently, how faithfully, &c. Think often and seriously of this, and let it move us so to do all good duties, that we may have comfort in the performance of them, and afterward; and that we may be able with com­fort to give accompt unto God of our faithfulness and sincerity in them. Rest not in the work done, but look that we so perform every good duty in sincerity and uprightness of heart, as before God, that we may hereafter comfortably give accompt to him how we have performed it. It is not enough for a Ser­vant to do his work enjoyned him; but he must do it as his Master hath appointed, and so as he may give a good Accompt of it to his Master: So we must do Christ's work, &c.

So much of the Apostles relating unto Christ their labours in Preaching and Working Miracles, men­tioned by the Evangelist as an occasion of Christ's withdrawing himself and his Apostles into the Desert to rest themselves.

Now the next thing in the words to be considered is, Our Saviour's calling his Disciples apart into the Desert.

He said unto them, Come ye your selves apart, &c.] As if he had said, I will not onely go apart my self, but I think it fit also for you to go with me, that ye may for a time rest your selves after your jourey and labours in Preaching, &c.

Into a desert place,] What Desert this was St. Luke doth more plainly express, Luke 9. 10. He saith it was the Desert of the City called Bethsaida; so called (as 'tis likely) because it was neer unto Bethsaida, or because it did lye over against Bethsaida, on the other side of the Water: See Ver. 45. Somethink this Desert lay on the further side of the Lake of Gennesareth, or Sea of Galilee; that is, on the East side of that Lake in respect of Galilee, and that it lay over against the City of Bethsaida, so as the Desert was at one side of the Lake, and the City on the other side, because Joh. 6. 1. it is said, our Saviour going into this Desert went over the Sea of Galilee, and because Ver. 45. of this Chapter, he being in this Desert with his Disciples is said to constrain them to pass over by Ship, to the other side, unto Bethsaida. Sic Jansen. Lyser. & Adri­chom. Sed contr à Beza, in Joh. 6. 1. et Casaub. Annot. in Mat. 14. 22. et in Mar. 6. 45. quorum sententia veri­similior.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see, That the Lord Jesus doth not require of his Servants continuall and uncessant labour in the Duties of their Callings, but doth allow them some times of rest and refreshing after labour and wearinesse. Our Saviour knowing that his Apostles had now laboured, and were much wearyed with their Journey, and with preaching and working Miracles, he willeth them to come a-part with him to rest them­selves a while in the Desart. For this Cause also, our Saviour himself sometimes being much wearyed with the labours of preaching and working Miracles in Publick, did use to withdraw himself, that he might for a time be private to rest and refresh himself. And Joh. 4. 6. being wearyed with his Journey, he sat on the Well; which shews, that it is also lawfull for us after wearynesse and labour to take some times of Rest: Therefore, as God hath made the Day-time fit for labour, so the Night for rest and sleep: Psal. 104. 23. The Sun ariseth, &c. Man goeth forth to his Work and Labour untill the Evening: Therefore also God hath so ordained, that there should be one Day in Seven, in which both Man and Beast should rest from the ordinary labours which they indure upon the other Six Dayes: Deut. 5. 14. Thou shalt not do any Work, &c. (on the Sab­bath)—That thy Man-Servant, and thy Maid-Servant, may rest as well as thou.

Reas. Reas. The Lord in his wisdom knoweth, that our Bodies being naturally frail and weak, cannot long in­dure without some rest and refreshing; continuall labour would soon waste and spend naturall strength: Therefore he alloweth rest after labour: Psal. 103. 14. The Lord knoweth our frame, he remembreth that we are Dust.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See the goodness and mercy of the Lord towards us, in that he hath compassion on our frailty, and doth not require of us (as he might) continuall and uncessant labour and pains, lest by it we should be speedi­ly worn out and spent in his Service, and so be disabled from serving him any longer: but he rather allow­eth us times of rest, that so being refreshed therewith, we may be able to hold out in his Service. Let this stirr us up to thankfulness, and to be the more chearfull and ready to take pains in serving God in our Callings, to the uttermost of our strength at all due times, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To move us willingly to allow some times of rest unto our own Servants which do our Work, other­wise we are more cruell to them than God is to us: Some think Servants never do enough, they are never willing they should rest and refresh themselves, scarce when Night cometh, &c. but they even weare them out with continuall Labour, &c. God doth not so deal with us. Christ pittied his Disciples being weary, but some have no pity on their Servants wearyed with Labour, not so much as on their Beasts, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See by this the lawfulness of honest Recreations, for the refreshing of Mind and Body after weariness with the Labours of our Callings; especially for such, whose Callings are most painfull and tedious, and do most spend and waste naturall strength of Mind and Body, &c. yet such Recreations must be used moderate­ly, and in due time; not on the Lord's Day, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. Let us so imploy ourselves in the Labours of our Callings, that withall we deny not to our selves due times of rest and refreshing which God alloweth: So labour in our Callings, that we may continue to labour in them. So serve God, that we may serve him as long as may be; As he forbids us idlenesse, and will have us to labour; so on the other side, he will not have have us wittingly and willingly to overthrow the natural health and strength of our Bodies, and so as to make our selves unfit to do the Duties of our Callings: As the former is a sin against the eighth Commandement, so is the latter against the sixth Commandement; Therefore take heed of both. See Exod. 18. 18. Jethro blameth Moses for wearing himself out with conti­nual labour, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that he calls them a-part into the Desart to rest but for a while, thereby implying that they were soon after to return again to labour in the Duties which concerned them: Hence gather, That though the Lord allow his Servants rest and respit for a time from their Labours, yet he will not have them spend too much time in such rest and refreshing of themselves; much less quite to give over their Callings: but he will have them after a while to return again to them, and that in due time. Therefore our Saviour himself, though sometimes he retired himself to rest in private, yet it was not long but he returned to the Duties of his Calling; and, even in the time of his being private, He imployed himself in prayer and heavenly medi­tations.

Reas. Reas. The end of all lawfull rest and recreation, is, to make us fitter and more able for the labours of our Callings; therefore after such rest, we are to return speedily to our Callings again: As sawce is used to sharpen the stomach, &c. So rest and recreation, &c. Or as a whet-stone to sharpen an edge-tool, &c.

Use. Use. This reproveth such as spend too much time in Rest and Recreation after Labour; they recreate so much and so long, that they forget to return to labour in due time: Some make a trade of Recreation, spen­ding as much or more time in it, than they do in their labours of their Calling, which is utterly unlawfull; yea, unlawfull to spend half so much time in Recreation as in the Labours of our Calling; these must take up the chief of our time. I mean, the Labours of ours generall and particular Callings together, &c. The Mower must not spend half the Day in whetting, &c. no more must we spend half our time, or a great part of it in Recreation, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, we learn here, That Rest and Recreation should follow Weariness and Labour in our Callings: when our Saviour saw his Apostles wearyed with Ministeriall pains, He would have them rest. As Physick is for the Sick, and Meat and Drink for the Hungry and Thirsty; so Rest and Recreation for such as are wearyed with labour in their Callings.

Use. Use. It reproveth such as take Rest, and use Recreation when they have no need of it, before they have wearyed themselves with labour in their Callings: As if one in perfect health should take Physick, &c. Some begin the Day with Recreation, which is unfit. It should be begun rather with the Service of God by prayer, &c. and with Duties of our particular Calling. It followeth,

For there were many coming, &c.] The reason why our Saviour would have the Apostles come a-part into the Desart to rest was, because there was such concourse of People in the place where now they were, that they could take no rest, nor so much as have leasure to eat.

Many coming and going,] Viz. To our Saviour Christ, flocking to Him to hear Him, and to be partakers of his Miracles.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. This great forwardness of the People in resorting to Christ to hear Him, must stirr us up to like diligence and forwardness in repayring and flocking to the publick Ordinances of God; as the Mini­stery of the Word and Sacrament, &c. But of this we have heard often, and we shall hear of it again, Ver. 33.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See how earnest and diligent our Saviour was in teaching and working Miracles; so diligent, that he suffers himself and his Disciples for a time to be hindred from taking meat in their hunger: Such diligence should we use in good Duties of our Callings, especially in weighty Duties of God's Service, &c. See before, Chap. 3. 20. It followeth,

Ver. 32 And they Departed, &c.

Here the Evangelist setteth down the departure or going apart of our Saviour and his Apostles into the Desart.

They depared by Ship] Joh. 6. 1. It is said, He went over the Sea of Galilee, which is the Sea of Tibe­rias. Some think He went not over the main Sea or Lake, but onely over a narrow Place or Arm of that Sea: But it seems more probable, that he went crosse the Lake.

Privately, To avoid the concourse of the Multitude.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour now passe over by Water into the Desart?

Answ. 1 Answ. 1. That his Disciples might there rest after their Journey and Labours, as we have heard before.

2. That himself also being wearyed with Labour, might have some rest and respite.

3. St. Matthew giveth also another reason, Matth. 14. 13. where he saith, That our Saviour having heard of the beheading of John, did there upon depart by Ship, &c. which argues, that he did now go a-part into this private place in the Desart, that so he might escape the fury of Herod, lest after he had beheaded John, he should also proceed to seek his life also: But of this I will say no more, because St. Mark doth not mention it.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour being wearyed with the labour of teaching the People and of working Mira­cles, doth now withdraw himself to rest in the Desart of Bethsaida; this sheweth us the truth of his Humane Nature, in that he was subject to humane infirmities, though without sin: He was subject to weariness, and had need of rest as we have in our weariness; so also he was subject to hunger and thrist, and had need of Meat and Drink to satisfie him. So also he was subject to pain and grief of Mind and Body, &c. But this Point hath been before spoken of. See Chap. 3. Ver. 9.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Comfort to Us in our Infirmities, Pains, Griefs, &c. Christ himself having tasted of them, is the better able and more willing to Comfort, Help, and Succour us in all these: Hebr. 2. 17. In all things it becom­eth him to be made like his Brethren, that he might be a mercifull High Priest. So Hebr. 4. 14. We have not an High Priest which cannot be touched, &c.

Mark 6. 33, 34.‘And the People saw them departing, and many knew him, and ran a foot thither out of all Cities, Sept. 30. 1621. and outwent them, and came together unto Him: And Jesus, when he came out, saw much People, and was moved with compassion toward them, because they were as sheep not having a Shepheard; and he began to teach them many things.’

FRom the 30, Ver. unto the 45. the Evangelist recordeth two things especially.

  • 1. Our Saviour's departure with his Apostles into the Desart of Bethsaida, there to rest.
  • 2. What he did being there.

Touching the first, He layeth down five things chiefly.

  • 1. The occasion, which was the report made by the Apostles to Him of their Labours, in preaching and working Miracles, Ver. 30.
  • 2. Our Saviour's Calling them a-part in the Desart to rest awhile, Ver. 31.
  • 3. The reason of his Calling them a-part thither, because there were so many Commers and Goers, &c.
  • 4. Their departure or going by Ship privately into the Desart, Ver. 32.
  • 5. Lastly, The event or consequent, Ver. 33. The People saw them, &c. Of the four first we have spoken.

Now in the next place we are to speak of the fifth and last, which is the event which happened upon their departure into the Desart of Bethsaida, viz. That the People seeing them depart, and many of them know­ing Christ, they ran before on foot out of all Cities, to the place whither he went by Ship, and coming thi­ther, assembled to Him: Now this shews the wonderfull alacrity, diligence, and forwardnesse of the Peo­ple in following Christ; which is amplyfied here by sundry Circumstances: As

  • 1. That they went on foot to meet with Him.
  • 2. That they ran on foot, and that so fast, that they out-went the Ship which carryed our Saviour and his Disciples.
  • 3. That they went out of all Cities.
  • 4. That being come to the place whither our Saviour went, they assembled there unto Him.

Now although it be said, Joh. 6. 2. That they were moved by the sight of his Miracles thus to follow Him, yet, no doubt, but some of them also were moved with love and desire also of his Doctrine, and there­fore forward to flock to Him, and to be partakers both of his Doctrine and Miracles, and to profit by them.

Many knew Him,] This shews, That even the common People took speciall notice of our Saviour Christ, as an extraordinary and eminent Person, by reason of his excellent Doctrine, and manner of teaching, and his great Miracles which he had formerly wrought. The People taking notice of these things, were there­by moved thus to flock after him.

They ran on foot, &c.]

Quest. Quest. How is it said they ran on foot into the Desert, seeing it was said in the former Verse, that our Sa­viour and his Disciples went thither by Ship?

Answ. Answ. This might be well enough: For it seems there were two wayes leading to this Desert of Bethsaida, The one nearest and most direct by water, over the Lake of Gennesareth, or some part of it; and this way our Saviour and his Disciples went by Ship: The other, further about by Land; and this way the People went, wanting means to go the other way by Ship.

Observ. Observ. The forwardness of this People to flock unto Christ, to hear him, and to see his Miracles; must teach us like forwardness and diligence in repairing duly to the Publick Ordinances of Christ, and means of Salvation, viz. The Ministry of the Word and Sacraments. As these were forward to flock after Christ himself, to hear him, and to see his Miracles, that they might profit by them in Knowledge, Faith, &c. So we must be no less forward now to resort to the publick place of God's worship, where Christ is pre­sent in his Ministers to speak and preach unto us, and to give us the Sacraments. We must spare no pains or diligence in repairing to these Ordinances of Christ, &c. See this spoken of before, Chap. 2. Ver. 2.

Now this our forwardness must be shewed by these fruits and Evidences.

  • 1. By taking all opportunities of repairing to these Ordinances of God, omitting none willingly; 2 Tim. 4. 2. if Ministers be charged to preach in season and out of season, then People must come to hear, &c. Thi [...] is redeeming of time, Ephes. 5. To day, hear the Voice of Christ, Heb. 3.
  • 2. By our care and wisdom in preventing such things as may hinder us in repairing to the publick means, as worldly business, &c. especially on the Sabbath day; and to this end remembring it before it come, that we may so dispose of our worldly Affairs on the other six dayes, that they hinder us not on the Sabbath from repairing duly to the publick worship of God.
  • 3. By taking pains to come to the publick Ordinances, being content to go far, yea, though the weather and way be tedious; Psal. 84. 6. They go through the Vally of Baca, &c. that is, through a tedious way. The Queen of Sheba came far to hear the Wisdom of Solomon; How much more should we be content to go far to hear Christ in his Ministers, &c.
  • 4. By being careful to come early and in due time to the Publick Ordinances, and to this end rising early, on the Sabbath-day especially, the better to prepare our selves to come to the Church in time; yea, striving who shall be foremost. If the wicked rise early to follow sin, and strive who shall be foremost, &c. This People (as we see here) ran before on foot, and made such speed, that they came to the place (where Christ was to come) before him.

Use 1 Use 1. To reprove and shame the negligence and backwardness of many amongst us, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stir us up to more zeal and forwardness hereafter in resorting to the House of God, to be parta­kers of his holy Ordinances, the Word and Sacraments, &c.

To this end,

  • 1. Consider the excellency and necessity of these Ordinances, being the onely ordinary and principall means sanctified of God to work and encrease all Grace in us, and to save our Souls, &c.
  • 2. Labour for true love to these Ordinances, such as was in David, and in Job, Chap. 23. 12. This will cause us to delight in them, and to taste and rellish spiritual sweetness in them, and then we shall hunger and thirst after them, &c. 1 Pet. 2. 2. Desire the sincere Milk of the Word, &c. If ye have tasted, &c.

Hitherto of our Saviour's going apart with his Disciples into the Desert of Bethsaida, and of the People's flocking thither to meet with him there.

Now, in the next place, the Evangelist sheweth how our Saviour was employed there; for although it is likely that he withdrew himself thither, to rest himself awhile as well as his Disciples (as we have heard), yet the People flocking thither to him so fast, did not suffer him to rest or refresh himself long, if he rested at all, as appears by that which followeth.

Now the Employment of our Saviour in this Desert was two-fold:

  • 1. In preaching to the People which were assembled to him, Ver. 34.
  • 2. In confirming his Doctrine by the great Miracle of feeding so many thousands with five Loavs and two Fishes, from Ver. 35. to 45.

Touching the former, consider three things:

  • 1. The occasion of his Preaching there; When he came out, he saw much People.
  • 2. The ground or cause moving him to preach to them, which was his compassion with which he was mo­ved towards them, because they were as sheep without a Shepherd.
  • 3. The Preaching it self, He began to teach them many things.

Touching the occasion, it was the multitude of People which he saw to be assembled: See ver. 44. how many they were.

When he came out] that is, either out of the Ship in which he and his Disciples had passed over the Sea of Galilee; or else, out of some private House or other Place, whither he had retired himself to rest.

Observ. Observ. See here that Ministers should take all good occasions and Opportunities of doing good to the People of God by their Ministry. Our Saviour though he had now need of rest, yet seeing much People as­sembled, he takes occasion to preach to them; yea, to preach many things, &c. See this handled before Chap. 2. ver. 2.

I proceed to the ground or cause of his Preaching, viz. That Pity and Compassion with which he was mo­ved towards the People, &c. Where

  • 1. Consider his Affection toward them, He was moved with Compassion, &c.
  • 2. The ground or cause of his Affection, Because they were as sheep, &c.

Moved with Compassion,] The word in the original doth signify great or tender compassion and pity, when the Bowels do inwardly yearn with grief for others.

As sheep without a Shepherd,] This is spoken to shew the miserable condition of the People of the Jewes in our Saviour Christ's time; that they were destitute of spiritual Pastors and Teachers which should have governed and fed them with spirituall food, especially with the wholsome Doctrine of the Word of God. Therefore our Saviour resembled them to silly sheep, not able to govern themselves, or to make shift for food or pasture for themselves, and yet wanting a Shepherd to govern and feed them. And in this comparison he seemeth to allude unto that place, Ezek. 34. 5. where the Lord complaineth that his People were as sheep scattered, because there was no Shepherd.

Quest. Quest. How is it said, The People of the Jewes, in our Saviour's time, were Sheep without a Shep­herd, seeing they had many Priests, Levites, Scribes, and Pharisees, to be their Pastors and Teachers, Mat. 23. 2.

Answ. Answ. Though these did occupy the room, and stood in place of Pastors, having an outward Calling to be Teachers of the People; yet our Saviour Christ accompts them as no Pastors, for these Rea­sons.

  • 1. Because they were ignorant and unskilful to teach the People, therefore our Saviour calls them blind Guides, Mat. 23. and the blind Leaders of the blind.
  • 2. Because they were idle and negligent in feeding and teaching the People committed to them, like those Shepherds Ezech. 34. who fed themselves, and not the flock of God: yea, they rather devoured the flock like Wolves than fed them as good Pastors, Mat. 7. 1.
  • 3. Because, though some did teach the People, yet they taught them not the sound truth and pure Do­ctrine of the written Word, but mingled it with their own foolish and superstitious Traditions. Besides that, they did corrupt and pervert the true meaning of the Scriptures, with their false glosses and expositions, as our Saviour sheweth against them, Mat. 5. See also Mark 7. So much for Answer to this Question, and in way of clearing the sense of the words.

Now to the Observations.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour was touched with the Affection of pity and compassion towards this Peo­ple; we gather, that he was subject unto natural and humane Passions and Affections, as Grief, Sorrow, Joy, Fear, &c. He was not without such humane Affections, but touched with them, and sen­sible of them in Himself. So Chap. 3. 5. He was moved with two Affections at once, Anger and Grief. So Matth. 26. His Soul was heavy, &c. and Hebr. 5. 7. the Apostle mentioneth his natural Fear of Death.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This proveth unto us the truth of his humane Nature, of which we have often heard before.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. It shews the lawfulness of these natural humane Affections, and that it is not required of us to be without them, as if they were in themselves sinful, (for then they should not have been in Christ,) but we are onely to look that we moderate our selves in them. See Chap. 3. 5.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here the merciful nature and disposition of our Saviour Christ, toward such as are in misery or necessity. He is ready to pity them in their miseries and wants, whether bodily or spiritual, especially in their spiritual necessities, as we see here. So Chap. 1. Ver. 41. He was moved with compassion toward the Leper, and Matth. 15. 32. Matth. 20. 34. Luke 19. 41. Hebr. 2. 17. He is said to be a mercifull High-Priest: And as when he lived on Earth he was full of compassion and mercy, so is he still; especially toward his faith­ful Servants.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Here is great Comfort to the Faithful in all necessities and miseries of Soul and Body which they suffer in this life; Christ their Saviour hath a fellow-feeling with them (after a sort) in all their miseries and afflictions, and is most ready to help, comfort, and deliver them: In all their troubles he is troubled, &c. Therefore Act. 9. 4. he saith, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou Me?

Use 2 Use 2. This teacheth us and must move us, after the Example of Christ, to put on bowels of Mercy and Pity towards others that are in necessity and misery, bodily or spiritual; especially in their spirituall necessities. Jude 22. ver. Have compassion of some, &c. Col. 3. 12. Put on bowels of mercy, &c. See Chap. 1. Ver. 41. So much of the Affection of our Saviour towards the People.

Now follows the ground or cause of his compassion towards them; Because they were as sheep having no Shep­herd.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Hence gather, that it is a great misery for People to be destitute of able, faithful, and conscio­nable Pastors and Teachers to feed them with spiritual food of the Word and Sacraments. The case of such is to be pitied and lamented; Matth. 4. 16. Such People are said to sit in darkness, and in the region and sha­dow of Death. See Ezek. 34. 5. Therefore also the want of faithful and able Pastors in the Church is in Scripture mentioned as a grievous Judgment, Hos. 3. 4. The Children of Israel shall abide many dayes without a Sacrifice and without an Ephod; that is, without Priests to offer Sacrifice for them, and to instruct them in the Law: And Chap. 9. 7. The dayes of Visitation are come, &c. The Prophet is a fool; the Spiritual man is madd. Rev. 2. 5. I will remove thy Candlestick. See afterward, upon Chap. 14. Ver. 27.

Reason of this Doctrine, why it is a misery for People to be without faithful Pastors. Where such Pastors are wanting, there the Ministry of the Word and Sacraments must needs be wanting; and where this is wan­ting, the ordinary means of Grace and Salvation is wanting; and therefore such a People must needs be in a miserable case: Prov. 26. Where Vision faileth the People perish. Matth. 21. 43. The Ministry of the Word is called, The Kingdom of God, because it is the only ordinary means to bring men to his Kingdom; therefore such as are without Ministers to preach the Word to them faithfully, how shall they come to Gods Kingdom? Eph. 4. 11. Christ hath ordained Pastors and Teachers for the building up of the Saints in Grace, till they come to meet all together in God's heavenly Kingdom. How shall they be thus built up that want such faith­full Pastors? The Ministry of the Word and Sacraments is the spirituall Food of the People's Souls whereby they should be nourished to eternal life. Therefore such Souls as want it, are in danger to be star­ved.

Use 1 Use. 1. See the blockish Ignorance and Security of such as want able and conscionable Pastors, and yet feel not this want, nor complain of it. If they have one that doth but read Prayers to them, &c. they think [Page 357] they are well enough, though he be either not able or not willing to open and apply the Scriptures to them, nor to feed them in due manner with the spiritual food of the Word and Sacraments. A sign they know not the necessity of a faithful Ministry, nor what it is to want it. If they should live where they could have no Provision for the body, no meat or drink to sustain them, no cloaths to cover them, &c. they would soon feel and complain of those wants; but they can want food for their Souls, and neither feel nor complain of it. Though their Souls be in danger to be starved to death for want of spirituall Instruction, &c. But the less they feel this want and misery, the more grievous and dangerous it is, and the more pitifull is their Es­tate.

Use 2 Use 2. It should move us to pity and lament the case of such People as are destitute of able and consciona­ble Pastors to feed their Souls: We pity such as being hungry or thirsty, want Meat and Drink to satisfy them; and such as being sick, want a Physitian or Physick to help them; And shall we see and hear of a Peo­ple wanting spiritual Food and Physick for their Souls, and not be moved with compassion? Let us not be so unmerciful to the Souls of others, but be moved to pity their distressed case, and to pray unto God to give them Pastors after his own heart to feed them, &c. Jer. 3. 15. Mat. 9. The Harvest is great and Labourers few; Pray therefore to the Lord of the Harvest to send Labourers, &c. Especially such as are in place of Authori­ty, should have pity on such as are destitute of able and faithful Pastors, and take order that they may be pro­vided of such.

Use 1 Use 3. To stir up such to thankfulness unto God, who live under the Ministry of able and conscionable Pas­tors, which feed them in season and out of season with wholsom Food of the Word and Sacraments. Great is the happiness of such a People if they can see it, and make use of this extraordinary favour of God. If it be a miserable and pitiful estate for People to want a faithful Pastor, then it must needs be a great Priviledge for a People to live under such a Pastor: Matth. 11. Capernaum is said to be lifted up to Heaven, because it enjoyed the Ministry of Christ. And yet let none think themselves happy in this only, that they live under good Pastors, unless they be careful to profit by their Ministry; yea, their case is so much the worse, as ap­pears in those Cities of Corazin, Bethsaida, Capernaum, &c. Matth. 11.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further we learn here, that idle, negligent, and unfaithful Pastors are no Pastors before God, and in the account of Christ. Therefore though the Jewes had many Teachers in his time, as Scribes, Phari­sees, &c. yet he accounts the People as Sheep without a Shepherd: Though before men, such may go for Pastors or Ministers in the Church, because they have an outward Calling by men, yet in God's account they are but as dumb Doggs, Isa. 56. and Idol-shepherds, Zach. 11. 17. yea, as ravening Wolves which devour the Flock in stead of feeding it, Act. 20. 29.

Use. Ʋse. See by this what to think of all the rabble of Popish Cardinals, Bishops, Priests, Monks; yea, of the Pope himself: These stand in the rooms and places of Pastors and Teachers in that Church; but the truth is, they are no Pastors before God, but Wolves devouring and making havock of Christ's Flock. The like also may be said of all unable, negligent, and unconscionable Ministers in our Church. We have therefore great cause to pray unto God for the removal of such. It followeth,

And He began to teach them many things.] See Luke 9. 11. Our Saviour did not onely pity the People in their necessity and misery, being destitute of faithful Pastors, but he doth withal relieve and help take by ta­king occasion to teach them himself.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is not enough for us to have compassion on others in their spiritual miseries and necessities, but we must shew our pity and mercy by relieving and helping them, to our ability: Not enough to pity such as are ignorant, but we must shew our pity by instructing them: Not enough to pity those that are in distress of Conscience, but shew pity by ministring a word of comfort to them in season: Not enough to pity such as live in their sins, but shew pity by admonishing them, and labouring to bring them to Repentance. Jude ver. 22. Have compassion on some, &c. And others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire. So 1 Thes. 5. 14. We desire you, Brethren, admonish them that are out of order, comfort the feeble minded, &c. Especially Ministers of the Word must shew mercy and pity to the Souls of their People committed to them, by relieving and helping them in their spiritual necessities, instructing the ignorant, admonishing the disorderly, comfor­ting the distressed, &c.

Use. Use. Reproveth the verbal and barren mercy that is in some who say they pity the case of such and such that are ignorant, or live in their sins without Repentance, &c. but use no means to help them in their spiritual miseries, but let them alone in them. Such may talk of Mercy, as they do, but there is no true mercy in them, so long as they shew it not by the fruits and effects of mercy to the Souls of others: Jam. 3. Wisdom from above is full of Mercy and good Fruits: Mercy and fruits of mercy cannot be separated. If one should see an­other in bodily necessity and misery, as Hunger, Thirst, Nakedness, Poverty, &c. and should say, I pity such a one, and yet use no means to help him though it be in his Power, what mercy were this? yea, rather what cruelty were it? So it is not mercy but cruelty to the Souls of others, to say, we pity them, and yet not to help them, if it lye in our power.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. He taught them many things,] Because he saw much people assembled, and that they shewed their earnest desire of teaching, by their forwardness in coming to hear him, therefore he took the more pains in giving them a large Sermon. Whence observe, that the forwardness of the People in coming to the publick Ministry, and in shewing their desire of profiting, should incourage Ministers to take the more pains, and to be the more diligent in Teaching, &c. See Matth. 5. 1. The Reason is, because the more forward the People shew themselves, the more hope there is of doing good by the Ministry of Pastors.

Ʋse. Ʋse. See how the People may best encourage their Pastors to be diligent and painful in their Calling; even by their own forwardness to come to the Publick Ordinances, and care to profit by them.

Mark 6. 35, &c. unto 45.‘And when the Day was now far spent, &c. Octob. 7. 1621.

IN the former Verse the Evangelist mentioned the first part of our Saviour's employment in the Desart of Bethsaida, which was his Preaching there unto the People which assembled to Him.

Now from the 35, to the 45, Ver. he setteth down the second part of his employment in that Desart; namely, the working of a great Miracle there, by feeding five thousand Men, besides Women and Children, with five Loaves and two Fishes: This Miracle is recorded by all the Evangelists. In the story of this Mira­cle, consider three things.

  • 1. The time when it was wrought, implyed in the first words of the 35, Ver. When the Day was now far spent.
  • 2. The Antecedents or Occasions of the Miracle which went before it, unto Ver. 41.
  • 3. The Miracle it self, and manner of working it, Ver. 41, 42, 43, 44.

Touching the Circumstance of time, When the Day was far spent.] See Matth. 14. 15. This is noted by the Evangelist as the particular time of the Day in which the Apostles came to Christ, to speak to him to send away the People to provide themselves Victualls in the Country and Villages round about, because they were now hungry, and had nothing there in the Wilderness to eat, as the words following do shew. And presently upon this motion made by the Disciples unto Christ, he took occasion to work this Miracle; so that these words do not onely shew the time of the Disciples coming and making the motion unto Christ to send away the People, but also the time of his working the Miracle.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here the great zeal and forwardness of the People to hear our Saviour, and to see his Miracles, in that they did not only flock unto Him into the Desart on foot, but were content to hold out and continue with Him so long to hear Him, even all the Day, till it was neer to Night. This must teach us to shew the like zeal and forwardnesse, not onely in coming duly to the publick Ordinances of God, as the Word and Sacra­ments, but also in being content to hold out and continue in hearing the Word and receiving the Sacrament, and be willing and glad to bestow much time in these holy Exercises: Matth. 15. 32. Our Saviour saies, The People had continued with Him three Dayes, &c. Act. 20. 7. The People of Troas were content to hear Paul till Mid-night.

Observ. 2 Use. This reproveth such as are so soon weary of the publick Exercises of Religion and God's Worship, that if the Minister do but exceed his ordinary time a little, they begin to sit on thorns, &c. This shews lit­tle love to the Word and Sacrament, &c.

Use. Observ. 2. In that our Saviour, though he knew the People's want at this time, that they were hungry, and had not wherewith to satisfie themselves; yet he doth not presently supply their necessity by this Miracle, but deferreth it long, even till it was almost Night: Hence gather, That it pleaseth the Lord sometimes long to defer the helping and supplying of his Servants in their outward necessities, suffering them not onely to be in want of outward means and provision for sustenance of this Life, but to be in great want, and to be brought into great straights and distresses before he help them; For so it was with this People which followed Christ: They were not onely in want of Provision of Meat and Drink, but in great and extream want, be­ing: Wilderness, where no provision of Meat was to be had, and that even when it was neer Night. Thus our Saviour, who could sooner have relieved them, did let them alone till they were brought into a great straight for want of Victualls to satisfie their Bodily hunger. So Matth. 15. 32. He suffered the People to be with Him three Days, and to be in great want of Meat before he provided for them by Miracle. So the Lord suffered Elijah to be driven into a Wilderness, where he suffered hunger, and had no means to relieve him, till he provided for him extraordinarily, 1 King. 19. 5. So he suffered David to be driven into the Wilderness of Judah, where he had neither Meat nor Drink for a time, Psal. 63. 1. So the Israelites, Psal. 107. 5. were hungry and thirsty in the Wildernesse, till their Soul fainted in them. Reasons of this Doctrine.

  • 1. The Lord thus suffereth his Servants to be in great want before He help and relieve them, that so He may exercise and try their Faith and Patience thoroughly, to see how they will depend on his Providence, and how patiently they will bear their wants and necessities; and withall, to teach them thus to depend on Him.
  • 2. He doth suffer them to be in great want somtimes, before he supply their necessities; that so his Power and Goodness may the more be manifested in helping and providing for them extraordinarily in their greatest extremities.

Use. Use. Comfort to such as fear God, in all outward wants and necessities of this Life; though they should be brought into never so great straights for want of outward things of this life to maintain them, and though God should long defer to help and provide for them: yet let them not be discouraged, or cast away their confi­dence and trust in Him, but still wait on his providence, and cast their burden and care on Him, assuring themselves, that he careth for them, and will in due time shew it, when they have most need of his help for supply of their wants. So much of the time when this Miracle was wrought by our Saviour.

Now to speak of the Antecedents or Occasions of it, which are two.

  • 1. His Disciples coming to Him, and moving Him to send away the multitude into the Country and Vil­lages round about to buy them Bread, Ver. 35, & 36.
  • 2. A further Conference which thereupon followed between our Saviour Christ and his Disciples, touch­ing the feeding of the Multitude, Ver. 37, &c. unto the 41.

Touching the first, Consider in the words three things.

  • 1. The preparation unto the motion made by the Disciple, They came unto Christ.
  • 2. The matter it self which they moved to Him, To send away the People, &c.
  • 3. The Grounds and Reasons of their Motion.
    • 1. Because it was a desert Place.
    • 2. The time far spent.
    • 3. They had nothing to eat.

My meaning is not to insist upon every one of these Particulars propounded, but to gather some matter of instruction from the words in generall.

Now in this Fact of the Disciples coming to Christ, and making to Him this motion of sending away the People, there is something commendable and good; and something discommendable and evil, wherein they bewray their weakness and infirmity. That which is Commendable, is their compassion towards the People in their necessity, and want of Provision of Victualls to satisfie Bodily hunger, and the desire and care to have them provided for; for this end they made this motion unto Christ, to let them depart to provide for themselves in due time. That which is Discommendable and evil in them, is the weakness of their Faith which they discover,

1. By being overmuch carefull and sollicitious for Provision of ordinary means to satifie the Peoples hun­ger, making no mention (in the mean time) of the extraordinary power of Christ, by which he was able to provide for them miraculously. And that they were faulty herein may appear by the Answer of our Saviour Christ to them, Matth. 14. 16. where he tells them, That there was no need for the People to go away; thereby implying, That he was able to feed them miraculously, even in the Wilderness: And therefore, that his Disciples were to blame to think that there was a necessity of sending away the People, as if they could not otherwise be provided for, by the extraordinary Power of Christ. And this weaknesse of Faith they do afterward more plainly discover, Ver. 37. in asking our Saviour by way of admiration, Whether they should go and buy 200 penny worth of bread to feed the People with? which argues, that they were not so resolved and perswaded (as was fit) touching the extraordinary divine Power of Christ, that he was able to feed them miraculously, with far lesse Provision then 200 penny-worth of Bread.

2. They shew weakness of Faith, by seeming to doubt of Christ's care and providence for the People; other­wise what need they come and admonish Him to send them away? as if he knew not what was fit, &c. They should rather have referred it wholly to Him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. From that which is Commendable in the Disciples, viz. their compassion and care of the Multitude in their necessity: We learn, That Christians should be compassionate and mercifull toward others that are in outward necessities and miseries of this Life. They should have a fellow feeling with them in such necessities; and this compassion they must also shew by taking care of those in their necessities. So Job (Chap. 29. & 31.) was full of compassion and mercy to the Poor, and such as were in outward misery and necessity: Luke, 10. 33. The good Samaritan had compassion, and took care of him that fell among Theeves, and was stripped naked, and left wounded by them: So ought we to be moved with compassion towards such as suffer hunger, thrist, nakedness, poverty, &c.

Reas. Reasons. 1. God is mercifull to us in our necessities, not onely Spirituall, but Bodily; supplying our daily wants in things of this Life: therefore, we also must shew like compassion to our Brethren, &c. Luke, 6. 36. Be mercifull as your Heavenly Father is mercifull.

2. Christ Jesus living on Earth was full of compassion toward such as were in outward necessity and misery. See Matth. 15. 32. And he is still a mercifull High Priest, Hebr. 2. 17.

3. We professe to be fellow Members of Christ's Mysticall Body, the Church; therefore, as it is in the Naturall Body: If one member suffer, all will suffer with it, &c. 1 Cor. 12. 26. So it should be among us; if others be in want and misery, we are to be touched with a fellow-feeling of their miseries, and take care of them.

4. It is the mark and property of God's Children to be mercifull, ut suprà: Psal. 112. and Isa. 57. 1. Jam. 3. 17. Col. 3. 12. As the Elect of God, &c. Contrà, The mercies of the wicked are cruell.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To reprove such as are so hard-hearted and cruell, that they can see and hear of others in outward ne­cessity and misery, in Hunger, Thirst, Nakedness, Pain, Sickness, &c. and yet not be moved with any fel­low-feeling towards them, or take any care of them. If themselves live in plenty and prosperity, they regard not how it is with others: Like those, Amos, 6. 6. who living at ease themselves, &c. were not moved with sor­row for the affliction of Joseph, much lesse did they relieve and help their Brethren in affliction: Many such there are now a-dayes.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Let us every one be exhorted to put on the Bowels of compassion toward such as are in outward and bodily necessity, and to shew our compassion by caring for them, and helping them by our power: Especi­ally the poor Saints of God which truly fear him. Shew mercy to all, but chiefly to such as are of the Houshold of Faith, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. If we ought to shew pity to others in their bodily necessities, then much more in their spirituall wants and miseries, &c. But of this before, Ver. 34.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From that which is discommendable in the Disciples, viz. The weakness of their Faith, attri­buting too much to ordinary means, without looking at the Divine Power and Providence of Christ: we may gather, That there are infirmities and imperfections even in the best of Christians. The Apostles them­selves do here discover some weaknesse of Faith, in doubting of Christ's Power and Providence, for the fee­ding of the People in the Desart, or at least in not so depending and resting upon it as they should have done. Of this Point see before, Chap. 3. Ver. 31.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. A desert Place, time far spent, and nothing to eat.] See here the zeal and forwardness of the Peo­ple to hear Christ, content to go long Fasting in the Wilderness, &c. They prefer Spirituall food before Cor­porall: So should we, Job, 23. 12. So much of the first occasion of the Miracle. The motion made by the Disciples unto Christ to send away the multitude, &c.

Mark 6. 37, 38, 39, 40. ‘And he answered, and said unto them, Give ye them to eat; And they said unto him, Shall Oct. 21. 1621. we go and buy two hundred penny-worth of Bread, and give them to eat? He said anto them, How many loaves have ye? Go and see. And when they knew, they say, Five, and two Fishes: And he commanded them to make all sit down by Companies upon the green Grasse: And they sate down in ranks by hundreds and by fifties.’

NOw followeth the second occasion, which was, the Conference which thereupon happened between our Saviour and the Disciples touching the feeding of the Multitude, Ver. 37, &c. In which are sun­dry Passages between them.

  • 1. Our Saviour's reply to their motion, Bidding them give the People to eat.
  • 2. Their answer to Him, Shall we go and buy two hundred penny-worth of Bread &c?
  • 3. Our Saviour's second reply unto them, demanding of them what Provision they had, How many loaves? Go and see.
  • 4. Their second answer, Certifying him of the number of the Loaves and Fishes which they had, Ver. 38.
  • 5. Lastly, His third reply unto them, Willing them to make the People sit down by Companies, &c. Where,
    • 1. Is mentioned his Command or Injunction, Ver. 33.
    • 2. The Event or Execution, Ver. 40. They sate down in ranks, &c.

First to Clear the words, &c.

Give ye them to eat,] Though he knew they had not near Provision enough to feed so many; yet he wills them to give them what they had, that so putting them in mind of the insufficiency of the means and scanti­nesse of Provision, he might stir them up to think of his Divine Power, whereby he was able to make that small store sufficient for so many.

Shall we go buy two hundred penny-worth, &c?] This they speak by way of admiration, wondering how it was possible for so many to be fed with so small Provision or Victuals; and implying that they thought it an impossible thing for them to give such a multitude sufficient to eat, &c.

Object. Object. Joh. 6. 5. Our Saviour said unto Philip, Whence shall we buy Bread that these may eat? And this he said to prove him, &c. And hereunto Philip answered, Two hundred penny-worth of Bread is not sufficient, &c.

Answ. Answ. It is probable, That when our Saviour bade the Disciples give unto the Multitude to eat; they made this answer, which St. Mark setteth down: And then afterward our Saviour took occasion to move that question to Philip which St. John mentioneth, and Philip returned that answer which the same Evanglist setteth down. So that there is no contrariety between the Evangelists, but they affoard mutuall help each to other in setting down the Story, one mentioning that which the other leaveth out.

Two hundred penny-worth,] This is not to be understood after our ordinary accompt and estimation of money; but according to the Roman accompt, which was in use among the Jews in our Saviour's time: Now the Roman penny, signified by the word ( [...]) is thought by the learned to have been as much in value as 7 d. ob. with us, so that after this accompt two hundred pence will amount to the sum of 6 l. 5 s. But this I leave as uncertain. However it be, it is clear that the Disciples by this question do imply, that they thought it an impossible thing to feed so great a Multitude with so small Provision of Victualls as they had or were able to make. And herein they shewed the weakness of their Faith, in that they do not in this case rhink of Christ's Divine Power, &c.

How many Loaves have ye?] This he demanded, not that he was ignorant of it, but to put them in mind of the small store of Provision which they had, and so to give them occasion to think of his Divine Power, that he was able to make it sufficient for the feeding of the multitude. And withall, he puts them in mind of their small Provision, that so the Miracle which he intended to work, might afterward appear to them to be the greater.

When they knew, they said, Five, &c.] Joh. 6. 8. It is said, That Andrew, one of the Disciples told Christ, that there was there present a young lad, who had five barley Loaves and two small Fishes, &c. But there is no contra­riety between the Evangelists: For it is likely, that Andrew spake this in the name of all the rest. And whereas it is said, That a young lad had the Loaves and Fishes: It is likely, that either the Disciples bought them of the Lad, or else, that the Lad was one that did follow Christ and the Apostles, attending on them, and carrying the Loaves and Fishes after them. (Vide Musculum in Johan. 6.)

He commanded them to sit down by Companies,] This he did for sundry Reasons.

  • 1. To the end that all things might be done orderly, and in seemly manner.
  • 2. That the number of the People being orderly set might distinctly appear, and so the greatnesse of the Miracle might be the more manifest.
  • 3. That by this means he might put both the Disciples and the Multitude in hope of a Miracle to be wrought in feeding so many with so small Provision of Meat; and so by this means they might be prepared to profit the more by the Miracle.

Upon the green Grasse,] Joh. 6. 16. Much Grasse.

They sate down by Rowes,] Or Ranks, as the Borders or Beds in a Garden: For so much the words in the Originall do imply.

Object. By Hundreds and by Fifties,] Object. Luke, 9. 14. Make them sit down by Fifties in a Company.

Answ. Answ. No contradiction in this, for it was like, that in some companies were but Fifty, and in other a hundred; so that Mark doth mention the manner of setting all the Companies: And Luke mentioneth the manner of setting some Companies onely, omitting the rest. Hitherto in way of clearing the words.

Now to gather some Instructions from them.

First, One or two generall Observations.

Observ. 1. In that our Saviour by this conference doth prepare the minds of his Disciples, and stir them up to think of his divine Power, before the work of this great Miracle; that so, being thus prepared, they might profit the more by it, when they should see it wrought: Hence gather, that by Nature, of our selves, we are utterly unfit and unable to reap true fruit and profit by the means of Grace and Salvation which God bestow­eth on us: We are unfit of our selves to profit by the works of God, or by his Word and Sacraments, or any other means which he useth to work or increase Grace in us: Hebr. 5. 11. We are by nature dull of Hearing; that is, unfit to conceive, &c. So also by Nature we are unfit to reap spiritual fruit by the Sacra­ments, and by all other means used of God to further us in Grace; unfit to profit by the Works of God.

Reason. Reason. By Nature there is in us a great deal of sinfull Corruption, which hindereth the powerfull and effectuall working of the means of Grace. Much Ignorance, Unbelief, Hardness of Heart, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Labour to see and bewail our own natural Indisposition and Unfitness to profit by the meanes of Grace, vouchsafed us of God. We shall never be fit, till we feel our Unfitness.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Pray unto God to fit and prepare us to profit by his Ordinances and means of Grace, before we come to be partakers of them: There is great need so to do, if we consider how unfit we are of our selves. Be careful also to use all other good means of preparing our selves when we come to the Word and Sacra­ments. Remove and cast off hinderances, as worldly cares, sinful lusts, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Our Saviour Christ hath much ado to bring his own Disciples to think of his Divine Power and Providence for the feeding of this great multitude, when there was so little Provision for them; therefore we see, he useth many means to strengthen their Faith. First he bids them give the Peo­ple to eat: Then he bids them go see what Provision they had: And lastly, he commands them to make all the multitude sit down. Hence gather, that it is a very hard thing for Christians to believe and rest upon God's Power and Providence for the maintenance of this life, in the want of means, or when they see small means. This practise of Faith is very difficult even for the best Christians, and much more for others: we see how hard it was for the Israelites to rest upon God's Providence while they journied through the Wilder­ness, and wanted Meat and Drink: How often did they discover their Unbelief and Distrust by murmuring, &c. Psal. 78. 19. They spake against God, and said, Can God furnish a Table in the Wilderness? So the Disci­ples of Christ could hardly believe that Christ would prepare a Table in the Wilderness; their minds ran upon the small means which they had, but five Loaves, &c. See. Joh. 6. 9. Therefore they are very hardly brought to think of Christ's Power and Providence, for the working of a Miracle to pro­vide for the Multitude extraordinarily. And so it is with us all, by Nature; our hearts are so much addicted and glewed to the outward means, that we very hardly are brought to rely upon God in the want of them.

Ʋse. Use. See how needful it is for us daily to labour and pray unto God for strength of Faith, whereby we may rest upon God, even in the want of means, if God shall try us therewith. Now while we have suffici­ent Provision of Meat, Drink, Raiment, &c. it is an easy matter to trust on God's Power and provident care over us. But if the Lord should leave us destitute of the means, we should then find it a most difficult thing to rest on him, and to trust him on his bare word without a Pawn (as Luther speaks). Therefore now while we have the means, labour and pray for Faith, and for encrease of it, that if means shall be taken from any of us, we may then be able to live by Faith in the want of means. The more difficult this practice of Faith is, the more we must labour to attain unto it; and daily inure our selves unto it.

Helps to this practise of Faith.

  • 1. Think often of the Almighty Power of God, farr above all means, and therefore able to work without them. He is able to do above all that we can ask or think, Ephes. 3.
  • 2. Meditate of the Promises of God made to the faithfull, depending on him for things of this life. Psal. 55. 22. Cast thy burden on the Lord, and he shall sustain thee, &c. 1 Pet. 5. 7. Cast your care on Him, for He careth for you. Hebr. 13. 5. He hath said, I will never leave thee, &c. Psal. 34. The Lions suffer hun­ger, &c.
  • 3. Remember the Examples of such as have been provided for extraordinarily, in the want of means; as the Israelites in the Wilderness, fed with Quails and Manna from Heaven, and satisfied with Water out of the Rock. Elijah fed by Ravens: So the Widdow of Sarepta, &c. 1 King 17. And this Multitude here fed by Christ miraculously. Now, the Lord's Arm is not shortned or weakned; therefore though we are not now to look for Miracles, yet we are by Faith to rest on God in the greatest want of things of this life, &c.

Particular Observations from the words.

Observ. Give ye them to eat,] Observ. That it is not enough for us to be moved with pity towards such as are in necessity and want of things of this life, and to take care that they may be relieved, but we our selves must be ready to relieve and help them so far as we are able, yea, beyond our ability sometimes, in extraordinary cases; as when we see them in extream necessity, like to perish for want. See 2 Cor. 8. 3. The Disciples took pi­ty on the Multitude in their hunger, and were careful to have them dismissed to provide for themselves; this was well, but not enough: For our Saviour will have them also to relieve and help them with their own Pro­vision of meat; and though it were little enough for themselves, yet in this extraordinary case, he commands them to impart thereof to the Multitude. Jam. 2. 15. If a Brother or Sister be naked and destitute of daily food, and one of you say unto them, Depart in peace, be you warmed and filled; notwithstanding ye give them not those things which are needfull to the body, What doth it profit. Psal. 37. 21. The Righteous sheweth mercy, and giveth: and ver. 26. He is ever mercifull, and lendeth. So Psal. 112. Jam. 3. 16. Wisdom from above is full of mercy and of good fruits: Not only of mercy, but of fruits of mercy.

Reas. Reas. God's Mercy toward us is fruitful in helping, relieving, and doing good. So must ours be to our Brethren.

Ʋse 1. Reproveth the fruitlesse and barren Mercy which is in some; who can pity the necessities of o­thers, and perhaps also take care sometimes to have them relieved by others, but themselves do nothing to­wards the helping of them: They pity the poor, and hungry, and naked, &c. but do not give or lend freely to them; they do not feed or cloath them, What profit is there in such mercy? It is indeed no true Mercy, if it be not fruitful in doing good.

Use 2 Use 2. Let us not only labour for merciful hearts, but be ready to shew fruits of mercy to such as are in ne­cessity; Remember what is said 1. Joh. 3. 17. Whoso hath this World's good, &c.

Shall we go and buy two hundred penny-worth &c?] Here they shew their Infirmity and Weaknesse of Faith.

Observ. Observ. The best Christians are not without some Infirmities and sinful Corruptions. But of this before, Ver. 36.

It followeth, Ver. 38. How many Leaves &c?] Here we see how small Provision of Victuals our Savi­our and his Disciples had with them in the Wilderness; Only five Loaves and two little Fishes to feed him and his twelve Apostles: neither was their fare dainty, but Barley-Loavs and Fish.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. This teacheth us the practice of Sobriety and Temperance in our Diet, and in use of Meats and Drinks for our Nourishment; and not to exceed measure in the quantity or quality of our Meats and Drinks, or in the times of receiving them. Tit. 2. 11. The Grace of God hath appeared, &c. teaching us to live soberly. Rom. 13. 13. Walk honestly as in the day time, not in surfetting and drunkenness, &c. Luke 21. 34. Take heed lest at any at any time your hearts be overcharged with Surfetting and Drunkennesse, &c. Prov. 23. 1. When thou sittest to eat with a Ruler, consider diligently what is before thee, and put a knife to thy throat, &c. that is, La­bour to mortify and restrain thy inordinate Appetite. Examples of this we have in John Baptist, feeding up­on Locusts and wild Hony, which was the ordinary fare to be had in the Wilderness where he preached, as we heard in the first Chapter. Also in Timothy, who used to drink water, 1 Tim. 5. 23.

Rules for practise of Sobriety in Meats and Drinks; See before laid down in Chap. 1. Ver. 6.

Use. Use. To condemn the riot and excess of our times; especially in some great Persons, who never think their Tables furnished with variety enough: Yet Christ Jesus, the Lord of Heaven and Earth, was content with Barley-bread and Fish, to feed himself, and his followers the twelve Apostles; though the Earth were his: How great difference between his fare and the sumptuous Diet of many great Ones now adaies? Such forget that fulness of Bread was one of the great sins of Sodom; and sumptuous faring every day, one of the sins of the rich Glutton, who was afterward tormented in Hell, and could not get a drop of water to cool his tongue, much less to quench his thirst, Luke 16.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here that our Saviour was most frugal and sober in his Diet, and yet we know he was accu­sed to be a Glutton and a Wine-bibber: Whence we may learn, that though we endeavour to live never so holily and innocently, never so soberly and justly in this World; yet we must look to be slandered and falsly accused of the wicked. If Christ himself could not escape the scourge of the tongue, much less we. Therefore prepare for it, and comfort your selves by the Example of Christ, who (though he were without all spot of sin) was accused as a great Sinner, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, in that our Saviour Christ and his Disciples had so little Provision before hand, this shews that they were not over-careful or sollicitous to provide for themselves bodily food for time to come: Not that it is unlawful for us to care for and provide Food, Raiment, &c. for time to come; but that we should not be immoderately careful. Matth. 6. 25. Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat or drink; nor for your body, what ye shall put on, &c. and Ver. 34. Take no thought for the morrow, &c. Therefore Luke 11. 3. we are taught to pray for daily Bread, day by day, or for the day; to teach us not to care immode­rately for provision in this life for time to come, but rather to rest contented with that which is sufficient to keep him from day to day. For though it be lawful to use a moderate care for time to come, (for our Savi­our himself had a bagge which Judas did bear, in which provision was kept for himself and his Dis­ciples, Joh. 13. 29.) yet it is unfit and unlawful to burden our selves with immoderate cares for time to come.

Now, that is immoderate care,

  • 1. When men take care for abundance and superfluity to maintain them or theirs hereafter; never thinking they have enough before-hand. We have no Warrant for this; for we are to care onely for daily Bread; that is, for a sufficiency to maintain us and ours in our Callings: and Deut. 17. it is forbidden the King to multiply Silver.
  • 2. When men do so oppress their hearts and minds with worldly cares for time to come, that they make themselves unfit for spiritual duties, or hinder themselves in performance of them, Luke 21. 34. Let not your hearts be overcharged with cares, &c. lest the day of Judgment come on you unawares. This is [...], distract­ing care, dividing the heart, &c. forbidden Matth. 6. (ut suprà.)
  • 3. When men do so take care and thought for time to come, that they distrust God's Providence and care for them.
  • 4. When they trouble themselves for the present, with caring for those things which may well enough be cared for afterward, which our Saviour forbiddeth, Matth. 6. the last Verse, Care not for to Morrow.

Use. Use. Beware then of this immoderate and distracting care of provision for this life, for time to come; And to this end labour by Faith to rest on God's Fatherly Providence.

It followeth. Ver. 39, 40. And he commanded to make all sit down, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour, for good order and comliness sake, will have all the multitude sit down in ranks, &c. This may teach us in all our Actions to observe decency and good order. It is not enough that we do things good and lawfull, but we must also do them orderly and decently as becometh Christians: 1 Cor. 14. 33. God is not the God of Confusion, &c. but of Order and Decency. Therefore he will have us ob­serve it in all our Actions and behaviour; in the duties of our Callings, in our eating, drinking, wearing of Apparel, Recreations, &c. How much more in religious duties of his Service, especially in publick? See 1 Cor. 14. ult.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though our Saviour commanded that which was against reason, viz. That so great a multitude should sit down to be fed with so few Loaves, &c. yet the Disciples and the Multitude do yield ready Obe­dience: Hence learn, that we are to yield ready and willing Obedience to the Lord's Commandments, though they seem never so contrary to natural Reason. Thus did Abraham, Gen. 22. when he was com­manded to go and sacrifice Isaac: So Gen. 12. when bid to forsake his Country. Thus did Peter, Luke 5. 5. when Christ bid him let down the Nets for a draught of Fishes, after they had laboured all night and taken no­thing. Thus did the two Disciples who were sent to the Village over against them, to fetch the Ass and the Colt for our Saviour to ride into Jerusalem, Matth. 21.

Reas. Reas. The Lord hath absolute power to command us, his Creatures, without giving a reason. He is not tyed to give a reason of his Commandments, neither doth he alwaies give us a reason of them: Not that he commands any thing without good reason, but that the reason of his Commandments is not alwaies made known to us, neither can we see or know it alwaies. Therefore in this case it is our duty to yield absolute O­bedience even against our own reason: His Will is reason sufficient, &c. being the rule of all Justice. There­fore we must rest in it alone.

Use 1 Use 1. This reproveth such as examine all the Commandments of God by natural reason, and are not willing to yield Obedience, further than they can see and comprehend by their own shallow reason, why the Lord enjoyneth such and such duties to be practised. This is to tye God and his Will to our own Rea­son, which must be far from us. It is free for him to command things above humane Reason; yea, sometimes contrary to it. It is in vain therefore to seek a naturall reason of every of his Command­ments.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This must move us to deny our natural Reason and Understanding, yea, to tread it under foot, when it would hinder us in yielding Obedience to the Will of God, and of Christ. It is enough that this or that is commanded of God, and that it is his Will we should do it, though, to our Reason, it may seem ab­surd or ridiculous. Here we must shut up the eyes of Reason, and go blind-fold (as it were) to do the Will of God. Though we are not to yield Caecam Obedientiam to mens Precepts, yet to the Will of God we must.

Ʋse 4. How much more should we cheerfully obey God in those Commandments whereof we see a plain and manifest reason.

Mark 6. 41, &c. to 45.‘And he took the five Loaves, &c. Novem. 4. 1621.

HItherto of the time when this Miracle was wrought, and of the occasions of it.

Now the Evangelist setteth down the Miracle it self, together with the manner of the working it. Where consider three things.

  • 1. Certain outward Actions performed by our Saviour, Ver. 41.
  • 2. The effects or events thereupon following, Ver. 42, 43.
  • 3. The greatnesse of the Miracle, set forth by the great Number of Persons fed by meanes of it, Ver. 44.

The Actions of our Saviour in working the Miracle, are three especially:

  • 1. His taking the five Loaves and the two Fishes of the Disciples.
  • 2. His blessing them; Amplified by the manner or outward gestures used, He looked up to Hea­ven.
  • 3. His breaking and distributing the five Loaves and the two Fishes to his Disciples, and to the Multi­tude.

The Events which hereupon followed were two especially:

  • 1. All did eat, and were satisfied, Ver. 42.
  • 2. They took up twelve Baskets full of Fragments, Ver. 43.

The great number of Persons fed, is mentioned Ver. 44.

He took the five Loaves, &c.] He could have willed his Disciples to break and distribute the Loaves, and to divide the Fishes among the People; but he made choice rather first to take the Loaves and Fishes into his own hands from the hands of the Disciples, and solemnly to bless them, and then to distribute them, &c.

  • 1. To shew and teach both the Disciples and the People that this Miracle was to be wrought onely by his own Divine Power; without which, so few Loaves and Fishes could not be made sufficient to feed so many.
  • 2. That the Miracle might be more evident and apparent to the Disciples, and to the People: For, in that Christ took the Loaves and Fishes being so few and small, and yet, having taken them into his hands and broken the Loaves, &c. they became sufficient for all the Multitude, this made the Miracle more apparent and sensible to the beholders.

Observ. Observ. Hence gather, That it was the Divine Power of Christ alone by which this great Miracle was wrought. This was it which made this small Provision serve for the satisfying of so many thousands. Had not Christ accompanied the small means by his Divine Power, it could not possibly have been done: Impos­sible it was for the Disciples to make those few Loavs and Fishes sufficient; therefore Christ takes them from them into his own hands, to shew that he must work upon them by his Divine Power, or else the People could not be all fed.

And this is true of all other Miracles of Christ, that they were wrought only by his own proper Power, as he was God, and not by any other Power, help, or means whatsoever. Therefore Mat. 17. 17. he commands the Lunatick Child to be brought to him; to shew that the Devil must be cast out by his own Power, or else he could not be cast out.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This teacheth us to attribute all the Glory of Christ's Miracles to him alone, and to no other. Here­in his Miracles differed from the Miracles wrought by the Prophets and Apostles; they wrought Miracles, not by their own Power, but as Instruments employed of God, &c. but Christ did all by his own Power.

But I proceed to the second principall Action of Christ, viz. His blessing the Loaves and Fishes. Am­plyfied by the manner or gesture used therein, He looked up to Heaven.

He Blessed,] This implyes two things.

  • 1. Thanksgiving. See Joh. 6. 11.
  • 2. That he prayed unto his Father for a blessing to be given to the Loaves and Fishes which he was about to distribute: And it is likely, that he prayed not onely for an ordinary blessing, but also for an extraordi­nary, viz. That those few Loaves and Fishes might be so multiplyed, that they might be sufficient for so many.

Thus the word [Blessed] is sometimes used in Scripture, to signifie Petition or Prayer for a blessing from God, Gen. 48. 20. Jacob blessed the sons of Joseph, that is, prayed for them: Numb. 6. 23. The Priests were to bless the People, &c.

Quest. Quest. How did Christ pray, and give thanks to God his Father, seeing Himself was God equall with the Father?

Answ. Answ. Though he which prayed was God, yet he prayed and gave thanks not in his God-head, or ac­cording to it, but in and according to his Humane Nature. (See Muscul. on Joh. 6. 11.)

Observ. Observ. See here, that we are not to take and use the good Creatures of God for our nourishment and sustenance of this Life, without Prayer and Thanksgiving unto God for them; blessing and praising Him for the use and benefit of them, and praying for a blessing upon them, and upon us in the use of them. If our Saviour Christ used to do this being the Son of God, &c. (as we see he did both here and Mark 8. 6, 7. and Matth. 26. 26. and Luke 24. 30.); then how much more ought we to do it? If he that was Lord of all Creatures, and had Power of himself to bless them and make them nourishable, did yet give thanks for the Meat and Drink he received, and pray to his heavenly Father for a blessing on them; How much more ought we, &c. 1 Sam. 9. 13. It was the custom of Samuel to bless the Sacrifice before the People did eat of it, at the times of the solemn Feasts which they sometimes made after the Sacrifices. Which argues, That it was the custom amongst God's People not to eat their Meat without Thanksgiving and Prayer to God: The like custom was used in the Apostles times, as we see by Paul's practice, Act. 27. 35. And it was continued in the Church after the Apostles times, as Tertullian witnesseth, in these words; Non priùs discumbitur quàm oratio ad Deum praegustetur. (Vide Magdeburg. Cent. 3. Cap. 6. Col. 142.)

Reas. Reasons. Why it is fit for Christians to use Prayer and Thanksgiving when they receive their Meat and Drink:

  • 1. We are commanded to Eat and Drink to the Glory of God, 1 Cor. 10. 31. Which that we may do the better; it is fit and requisite that we give solemn thanks to God at the receiving of our Food, and that we pray for Grace to use the Creatures to his Glory, &c.
  • 2. We receive all Meat and Drinks from the hands of God: He is the Author and Giver of all Bodily Food. This Jacob acknowledged, Gen. 48. 15. The God which fed me all my Life long, &c. He it is that filleth our hearts with Food and Gladnesse, Act. 14. 17. Therefore it is fit we do by thanksgiving at our Meat, acknowledge Him as the Giver of it, and blesse his name for his goodness toward us. If the eyes of all living Creatures wait on God for their Meat, &c. Psal. 145. 15. much more should we, &c.
  • 3. By Prayer and Thanksgiving the Creatures are sanctified to us, 1 Tim. 4. 4. that is, by this means we come to use them in holy and lawfull manner; as having right and interest to them by the mercy of God in Christ, in that we do not presume to take them without his leave; but first asking him leave (as it were) by Prayer, &c.
  • 4. Without the blessing of God, the Creatures have no Power or Vertue to nourish and do us good: Hag. 1. 6. Ye eat, and have not enough, &c. Therefore the blessing of God is called the Staff of Bread, Ezek. 4. & 5. Chap. and Levit. 26. Therefore when we take our bodily Food, we have need to go to God by Prayer for his blessing on it, that it may have strength and vertue to nourish, &c.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See the brutish profaness of such as sit down to Eat and Drink, and rise up again without a word of Thanksgiving or Prayer to God; yea, they do not so much as lift up their hearts to God in Prayer or Thanksgiving for their Meat and Drink which they receive: But like greedy Vultures or Kites, seize upon their Meat and Drink, as upon a Prey, never looking or thinking whence it cometh: or like Swine eating Acorns, and never looking up to the Tree from whence they fall; or like Oxen, devouring their Fodder, and never regarding him that gives it them. In such brutish sort many fall to their Meat without blessing their Tables by Prayer, &c. A most ignorant and profane Custom, utterly unfit to be heard of among Christi­ans, professing the knowledge and fear of God: What are such profane Persons, but wrongfull Usurpers of God's Creatures which they take and use for their nourishment, having no right to them, but laying violent hands on them without leave from God the Author, &c. If one of us should take and use another Man's Goods, as his Cattle, Corn, &c. and never ask him leave; how great a wrong were it? no better then Theft, and such a one might have an Action in Law against us, &c. So for any to take the Creatures of God, and to feed on them without his leave, it is a high injury to his Majesty, it is robbery against God, and he may and will have an Action against such, &c.

Use. 2 Use 2. Let all remember and be carefull to sanctifie to themselves their Meat and Drink by Prayer and Thanksgiving. I say, All, both Rich and Poor, Men and Women, Masters and Servants, &c. For this Duty is most neglected by Servants, and by the Poorer sort, as if they were exempted from it: Contrariwise they in some respect have more especiall Cause to be thankfull for their Meat, because they are not so well able to provide for themselves as the Richer sort: and therefore they are in more speciall manner bound to God for providing for them. And besides, their store of Provision being but small, it is the more needfull for them to pray for a blessing on it, that it may be sufficient to nourish them, &c. So much of the Action of Christ in blessing the Loaves, &c.

Now followeth the Gesture which He used in blessing them.

He looketh up to Heaven,] This Gesture our Saviour most commonly used in praying, as we may see, Joh. 11. 41. and Joh. 17. 1. and Mar. 7. 34. So Stephen, Act. 7. 55. yet our Saviour did not alwayes use it. See Matth. 26. 39.

Quest. Quest. Why did He use this Gesture at this time?

Answ. Answ. 1. To shew to whom He prayed and gave thanks, even to his Heavenly Father.

2. To testifie His confidence and assurance to be heard of His Father, as Joh. 11. 42. I know that thou hearest me alwayes, &c. This lifting up the eyes and face to Heaven, is a token of great boldness and confi­dence in prayer: Job, 22. 26. Thou shalt lift up thy face unto God: Thou shalt make prayer to Him, and he shall hear thee, &c. So Steven, Act. 7. 55.

3. Our Saviour looked up to Heaven, to shew that His heart and affections were wholly fixed there in his prayer.

4. To shew from whence he had Power to work so great a Miracle as this was, even from Heaven; that is, from God his Father, who communicated this Power unto Him as He was Man, and as He was Medi­ator.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In prayer we should use such outward Gestures as may most fittly serve to expresse the inward disposition, and holy affections of our Heart and Soul: Though we be not in Scripture tyed to any one kind of outward Gesture (because sundry kinds have been used both by our Saviour Christ, and by other Saints and Servants of God); yet all Gestures which we use in prayer, should be such as may fittly expresse the Holy and Heavenly disposition of our Hearts in prayer: 1 Tim. 2. 8. I will that men pray—lifting up holy hands, &c. thereby to testifie and expresse the inward holinesse of their Hearts before God: Lam. 3. 41. Let us lift up our heart with our hands to God in the Heavens. Thus in prayer we are sometimes to lift up our hands and eyes to Heaven ward, thereby to testifie our heavenly affections, to shew that our hearts are raised up to Heaven immeditation, &c. as also to testifie our Spirituall boldnesse and confidence which we sometimes feel in prayer. Sometimes again, it may be more fit for us to cast down our eyes, as the Publican did, Luke, 18. 13. To testifie our Humility, and the sense of our Vilenesse before God in regard of our sins. So, to express the inward fear and reverence of our hearts towards God; it is fit for us to use the most reverent out­ward Gestures, as kneeling or standing whensoever we may conveniently use these Gestures. And as at all times we should be careful to use such Gestures in prayer, as may best expresse the holy and reverent disposition of our hearts; so especially when we pray in Company with others: and above all, in the publick Congregation, in which all things must be done most decently and orderly. If one be to put up a Petition to an Earthly Prince, he will by his very countenance labour to express his heart, &c.

Ʋse. Use. For just reproof of such as care not how they behave themselves outwardly in prayer to God, not regar­ding whether they use such Gestures as may expresse their holy, heavenly, and reverent disposition of heart and mind; but carry themselves unreverently, loosely, carelesly, &c. An evident signe, their hearts are not upright in prayer, for then it would appear in the outward carriage of the Body and all the parts of it, &c. More touching the outward Gesture in prayer: See before, Chap. 1. Ver. 40.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour lifted up his eyes to Heaven in praying, thereby shewing that his thoughts and affections were there setled, &c. Hence gather, That we also in prayer should labour to have our thoughts and affections raised up to Heaven, and to have them fixed there upon God our Heavenly Father, and upon his fatherly Goodness, Grace and Mercy, as also upon his infinite Power, Justice, &c. So Lam. 3. 41. Let us lift up our heart, &c. Act. 10. 10. Peter was so ravished with heavenly affections in prayer, that presently upon his praying, he fell into a trance, &c.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. It reproveth such as come to speak to God in prayer, with hearts and minds groveling on the Earth: taken up and distracted with wandring thoughts, and carnall affections about Earthly and Worldly matters: These hinder the force and power of such prayers. Besides that, it is a great profanation of God's Name, so to draw neer to Him with the lips, when the heart is far off from Him; In vain do such worship God.

Quest. Quest. Are not God's Children sometimes troubled and hindered in their prayers with Earthly Cogitati­ons, &c?

Answ. Answ. Yes, but they are truly humbled and grieved for them, and do strive against them by all good means: Not so the profane and wicked, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. When we are to pray, be carefull to prepare our hearts by withdrawing them from the Earth and Earthly things; and raising them to Heaven in meditation of God, and his heavenly Glory, Power, Wisdom, Justice, Mercy, &c. So David, Psal. 57. My heart is fixed, &c. So much, of our Saviour's blessing the Loaves and Fishes.

Now followeth the last principall Action performed by Him, viz. His breaking and distributing the Loaves to his Disciples, and his dividing the Fishes among them All.

He brake the Loaves,] This he did, that he might distribute them being broken: And this was according to the common Custom then used among the Jews, for their Loaves were made broad and thin, so as they might most conveniently be broken. Hence breaking of Bread is put for Eating and Drinking, as Luke, 24. 35. and Act. 2. 46.

And gave them to his Disciples, &c.] He did not give them to the People with his own hands, but to his Disciples, that they might distribute to the People; which he did (no doubt) to this end, That the Miracle by this means might be the more apparent and sensible both to the Disciples and to the Multitude, and that they might take the more speciall notice of it.

And the two Fishes he divided among them all.] This doth much augment the greatness of the Miracle, in that he did not onely divide the five Loaves, but the two little Fishes also, among so many.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How could so small a number of Loaves and Fishes be divided and distributed to so great a Multitude?

Answ. Answ. In the breaking and distributing they were exceedingly multiplyed and increased, not in number but in quantity and substance, by the Divine Power of Christ; the five Loaves being but small ordinary Loaves at first, were by the Power of Christ made to grow and increase to a far greater quantity, and the two Fishes though small at first, were made to grow to a great quantity, much like as we see Fruit upon a Tree (as Apples, Figgs, &c.) very small first and afterwards grown to a far greater size; or as we see Living Creatures, as Fish, Birds, &c. small at first, and afterward grown much bigger: So was it here. Yet with this difference, That whereas ordinarily the Fruit of Trees and of Living Creatures doth grow to big­ger quantity in long tract of time, these Loaves and Fishes were suddenly multiplyed, and made to grow by the Power of Christ. Further, let us here note, That it is most probable, that this multiplication and growth of the Loaves and Fishes, was not onely in Christ's own hands, but also in the hands of the Disciples, and of the Multitude, that so the Miracle might be the more sensible and apparent unto them all.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How appears it that the Loaves and Fishes were thus multiplyed in quantity?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because the whole Multitude did eat, and were fully satisfied.

2. Because so many Baskets of Fragments were afterward taken up.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Why did not our Saviour quench their hunger, and take it away without Meat, or else give extra­ordinary Vertue to the small quantity which they had to satisfie them all?

Answ. Answ. He could have done so, but he rather multiplyed the Loaves and Fishes, that so the Miracle might be the more sensible and apparent.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see an evidence of Christ's Divine Nature and God-head, in that he was able to mul­tiply the Loaves and Fishes miraculously without means, by creating and adding a new quantity and substance unto them, and that suddenly in the time of breaking and distributing them. As it is proper to God onely to create all Creatures at first, so also to multiply them being created; as we may see, Gen. 1. where it ap­pears that he gave Vertue to all living Creatures to increase and multiply. And if none but God can cause all living Creatures to multiply ordinarily and by ordinary and naturall means; much lesse can any but God multiply dead and insensible Creatures (such as these Loaves and dead Fishes were) without any means: This therefore is a manifest proof of Christ's God-head. But of this we have spoken often before in handling other of his Miracles.

Object. Object. 2 King. 4. The Prophet Elisha did cause the Widdow's Pot of Oyl to multiply extraordinarily, insomuch that it filled many other Vessels: And he also fed a hundred Men with twenty Barley Loaves and some ears of Corn.

Answ. Answ. He did not work these Miracles by his own Power, but it was the Divine Power of God which wrought them; The Prophet was onely an Instrument employed of God therein. But our Saviour multiply­ed the Loaves and Fishes by his own Power, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, observe here, That Christ Jesus, as He is God, hath Power extraordinarily and mi­raculously to multiply the smallest store of Provision and outward means which we have, to maintain and preserve our Bodily Life. Though we have never so little means of maintenance; as Food, Rayment, and other necessaries for the sustaining of us: yet Christ by his Divine Power is able to multiply them extraordi­narily and miraculously (if he see cause). So here, and Mark 8. he multiplyed seven Loaves, and a few small Fishes, so as they became sufficient to feed four thousand Men. The like examples of God's extraor­dinary Power we read of, 1 King. 17. in multiplying the small quantity of Oyl which the widdow of Sa­repta had in a Cruse, and of the Meal which she had in a Barrel, and 2 King. 4. in multiplying the other widdows Pot of Oyl, and in multiplying the twenty barley Loaves with which Elisha fed a hundred Men.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Comfort to the poorest Christians, who have never so small means of Provision for this Life; as Food, Rayment, &c. yet let them by Faith rest on the Power and Providence of Christ: He that multiply­ed the five Loaves, &c. is able still to multiply their store, though never so small; and he will do it even mi­raculously (if he see cause), rather than they shall want a sufficiency. His Arm is not shortned, therefore, rest on him by Faith, though the means thou hast be never so small; yea, though no means for the present, &c. Christ is Lord of all Creatures, and far above all Means, able to create them, and to multiply them extraordi­narily. Though we are not now to look for miraculous provision of means, yet this Power of Christ must be the proper stay of our Faith in the want of ordinary means, when we cannot of our selves provide them.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. If Christ have Power extraordinarily to multiply the means which we have for maintenance of our Life, then also he is able to give a blessing to the means which we have, that they may have vertue and strength to do us good, and to nourish and sustain our Life. It is the same Divine Power of Christ which is able to do both these, and therefore as in want of means, we are to rest on his Power for the multiplying of the small store we have; so, when we have the means in more plenty, we are yet to seek unto him, and to wait on the same Power of his, to give a blessing to the means we have, &c.

Mark 6. 41, 42, 43, 44.‘And they took up twelve Baskets full of the Fragments, and of the Fishes: And they Nov. 11. 1621. that did eat of the Loaves, were about five thousand men, &c.

IN these Verses the Evangelist layeth down two things chiefly.

  • 1. Our Saviour's working the Miracle of the Loaves and Fishes, Ver. 41, 42, 43.
  • 2. The greatness of the Miracle, Ver. 44. Touching the former, two things are set down.
    • 1. Certain outward Actions performed by our Saviour, Ver. 41.
    • 2. The Events or Consequents of these Actions, Ver. 42, & 43. Of the Actions of Christ, we have heard before. Now to speak of the Events, which are two.
      • 1. That our Saviour having broken and distributed the Loaves, and divided the two Fishes among them all, They did all eat, and were filled, Ver. 42.
      • 2. They took up twelve Baskets full of Fragments, &c. Ver. 43.

They did eat and were filled,] This is spoken to shew,

  • 1. The truth and certainty of the Miracle; for seeing all did eat and were satisfied, this shews that there was no fraud or delusion at all used by our Saviour, but that the Miracle was really and truly wrought, because all the whole multitude were truly and really fed, and had their hunger quenched.
  • 2. To shew the greatness of the Miracle, in that so great a multitude were all fed with so little meat: and not onely fed, but satisfied fully, &c. If some had not been hungry, and so had not eaten, or in eating had not been satisfied, the Miracle had not been so great, &c.

Observ. Observ. In that this People, following Christ to hear him, were thus miraculously fed and satisfied with bodily Food by our Saviour Christ; we may hence gather, that such as do carefully and conscionably seek things spiritual and heavenly, shall not want earthly things for maintenance of this life, but the Lord will suf­ficiently provide for them: Matth. 6. 33. Seek ye first the Kingdom of God, and his Righteousness, and all these things (that is, all earthly Blessings needful) shall be added unto you. 1 Tim. 4. 8. Godliness hath promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come. When Solomon asked of God a wise and understanding Heart to govern his People well, the Lord gave him also therewithall Riches and Honour, 1 King. 3. So those that seek after Spirituall and Heavenly Gifts, and those things which belong to the Life to come, God will undoubtedly give to such a sufficiency for the maintenance of this present Life.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. God hath promised this, and therefore he will do it.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. By this means he doth reward the care and pains which we bestow on heavenly things, by giving us earthly Blessings of this life in competent measure.

Quest. Quest. May not such as most carefully seek spiritual and heavenly things, be sometimes in want of earthly Blessings of this life?

Answ. Answ. Yes, they may for a time; as this People were in want of Food in the Wilderness, and we read of David, Paul, Lazarus, &c. who suffered want of earthly Blessings for a time: But though God, for a time, do try them with want, for exercise of their Faith, Patience, &c. Yet

  • 1. He doth not usually suffer them to be in extremity of want, utterly destitute of all help and means to maintain life: Psal. 37. 25. David never saw the Righteous forsaken, &c.
  • 2. He doth not suffer them to be too long in want, but so long only as he seeth it good for them; and in due time he supplieth their wants, either by ordinary or extraordinary means.
  • 3. In midst of their want the Lord gives them such inward comfort and contentment in the feeling of his favour, and in the assurance of his Blessing upon the small portion they have, that it is better unto them than riches or abundance of the wicked, Psal. 37. 16. A little that a righteous man hath, is better than the riches of many wicked.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute the blind Judgment of the World and carnal men, who think that zeal and forwardness in Religion, and in duties of God's service, is the way to beggery and want: But here we see the contrary, viz. That such as carefully seek heavenly things shall not be unprovided of earthly things, so far as is good for them.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This is singular comfort to all that diligently seek heavenly things, as God's Glory, and their own Salvation, in the careful use of all good means for attainment of it. Let such know, that God hath given his Promise to provide for them, things of this life, and by his Promise hath annexed the Blessings of this life, as appurtenances unto Heaven and Eternal Life, which he hath also promised them in Christ, and which he will in due time perform unto them. Therefore, if they believe his Promise for Eternal Life, much more for Preservation of this Life. He that hath promised them Eternall Life, will he not give them a sufficiency for this Life? He that hath promised to save their Souls, believing in Christ, will He not provide for their Bodies in this Life? Rom. 8. 32. He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all: How shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?

Use 3 Use 3. See how to be sure of a sufficiency for this life present, or at least of comfort in our want, &c. First seek God's Kingdom, and that eternal life to come, in the conscionable use of the means; then shall earthly Blessings be also added unto us: Not that we are in the mean time to neglect the means of providing earth­ly maintenance for our selves and ours; but that we must chiefly and principally seek spirituall and heaven­ly things. Joh. 6. 27. Labour not for the Meat which perisheth, but for that which endureth to everlasting life, &c.

So much of the first Event or Consequent of Christ's Actions in taking, blessing, and distributing the Loavs, &c. viz. That the Multitude did all eat and were filled.

Now followeth the second Event: viz. That they took up twelve Baskets, &c.] This is spoken of the twelve Disciples or Apostles of Christ; for our Saviour commanded them to gather up the Fragments remai­ning, Joh. 6. 12.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour will them so to do?

Answ. Answ. 1. To teach them frugality in saving the good Creatures of God which were left, that they might not perish or be lost, but preserved and kept for time to come, either to refresh Him and His Disciples when they should be hungry again, or else to be given to the Poor. See Joh. 6. 12.

2. To set forth both the truth and certainty, and also the greatness of the Miracle; in that the Loavs and Fishes were so multiplied by the Power of Christ, that they became not only sufficient to satisfy all that great Multitude, but more than sufficient; insomuch that twelve Baskets full of fragments were left, which (no doubt) was a greater quantity than there was at first of the Loavs and Fishes.

3. That these Fragments remaining might be as Monuments of so great a Miracle, to preserve the memory of it the longer; therefore our Saviour would have them carefully gathered up and kept for a time.

4. That, by this means, even such as were absent from the Miracle might take notice of it.

Quest. Quest. Why were there just twelve Baskets of Fragments remaining, and not more or less?

Answ. Answ. That the number being answerable to the number of the Apostles, they might all by this means be moved to take the more special notice of the greatness of the Miracle.

Observ. Observ. See here that Christians should be frugal and thrifty in saving and preserving the good gifts and Creatures of God, bestowed on them; not prodigally and lavishly wasting and spending the good Blessings of God serving for maintenance of this life, nor yet suffering them to perish or be lost through carelessness, but carefully preserving such things as may be preserved, and storing them up for time to come, when there is no use or necessity of them for the present. This our Saviour teacheth, by willing his Disciples so carefully to gather up the Fragments remaining; and the Disciples teach us the same by their Obedience to Christ's Commandment. The like Frugality was practised by Joseph, Gen. 41. 48. who, in the seven plentiful years, stored up the Over-plus of Corn in Aegypt, against the seven years of Famine which were to come. To this purpose also Solomon Prov. 6. 6. teacheth, by the example of the Ant or Pismire, that it is good wisdom to store up Provision for time to come: Not that it is fit for any, out of niggardly Covetousness to spare or hoard up for time to come, that whereof himself, or such as depend on him, have need for the time present; but such things as may for the present be well spared, and whereof there is no present use, we should preserve them in store, for time to come.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This reproveth the prodigal lavishness of many, who care not how they waste and superfluously mispend the gifts of God serving for maintenance of this life. How many Gluttons and Drunkards have we in our times, whose God is their Belly, whose glory is their shame (as the Apostle speaks of them), who stick not to powre Meat and Drink into their bodies, when they have enough (and sometimes too much already); eating and drinking so long till they are ready to vomit up their Morsels and their Drink again, in most bru­tish manner? What is this but prodigal wasting the good gifts and Creatures of God, which might at such times much better be spared? What a fearful reckoning have such to give up to God for this abuse and wasting his gifts? Let them even tremble to think of it. How far are they from the practice of Christ, who would not have so much as the broken pieces of Bread and Fish to be lost or perish? What will they answer to Christ at the day of Judgment for abusing and wasting so much Meat and Drink by Gluttony and Drunken­ness? Well, let them in time repent of this grievous sin, &c. Others there are also here reproved, who if they have enough means for present to maintain them, Meat and Drink enough, Apparel enough, &c. never regard or care to save or store up any thing for time to come, though they might do it never so well and con­veniently. Though they have superfluity and more than enough for the present, yet they will save nothing for hereafter, but spend and waste their Meat, Drink, Apparel, Mony, &c. in lavish manner, they care not how. Such prodigal wasting, besides that it is offensive to God, is also a means to bring many that have good Estates in the World to beggery and want, and so to great misery.

Quest. Quest. May we not do with our own as we list?

Answ. Answ. In no wise: God hath made us Stewards (not absolute Lords) of his Blessings, that we should use and employ them to his Glory, and to the good and relief of others, and to the necessary maintenance of our selves and those that depend on us. Therefore what we can well spare for the present from necessary uses, we are not carelesly and prodigally to waste it, but to save and preserve it for time to come, partly for the benefit of our selves and such as belong to us, and partly for other charitable uses, as for the relief of the poor, &c.

Ʋse. 2 Use 2. If we ought to be frugal in temporal things of this life, in saving such things as may for the present be spared, and not suffering them to be lost, &c. then much more ought we to be frugal and thrifty in spiri­tual things, being careful to make good use of all the spiritual means of Salvation, as the Ministry of the Word and Sacraments, reading of the Scriptures and other good books, Conference, &c. We should beware of losing or mispending any of these means of our spiritual Nourishment, and be careful to make use of them all as occasion is offered; yea even of the meanest of them. We should nor willingly lose, no not the Frag­ments, that is, we should not contemn or neglect the weakest means of our spiritual life, when we may have and enjoy them. As bodily Wealth (saies Chrysostom) is encreased by not neglecting the smallest gains, so spi­ritual, &c. (Serm. 2. ad Theod. lapsum.)

It followeth. And they that had eaten, &c.] The Evangelist here mentioneth expresly the number of the men which were fed, besides Women and Children, (which no doubt were also a great number,) thereby to set out the greatness of the Miracle. This will appear by comparing the great number of People fed, with the small number and quantity of Loaves and Fishes, with which they were fed: The People were 5000 besides Women and Children; The Loaves but 5, and the Fishes but 2, and those but small: Now, suppose one of the five Loaves to be divided among 1000 persons, how small a portion (think we) would arise for every one? Suppose also one little Fish to be divided among 2500 men, how small a Portion would be for every one? And then how should the Women and Children also be fed? 2 King. 4. it is recorded as a great Miracle for Elisha to feed an hundred men with twenty Loaves and a few ears of Corn. How much greater Miracle was this of our Saviour Christ, to feed 5000 men, besides Women and Children with five Loavs and two Fishes?

The Greatness of this Miracle may further appear by two special Effects of it in the People, which are mentioned Joh. 6. 14, 15.

The first was, that hereupon the Jewes concluded certainly that he was the Messiah, promised and foretold by the Prophets.

The second was, that upon sight of this Miracle, they would have come and taken him by force to make him their King, if he had not prevented them by going apart into a Mountain.

Observ. Observ. This Miracle being so great and wonderful doth the more plainly set out and manifest to us the divine Power of Christ, proving him to be the Son of God, and the true Messiah or Saviour of the World. And so it serves in special manner to establish and strengthen our Faith to believe in him, and to trust perfect­ly on him, as a most powerful and all-sufficient Saviour, able perfectly to save all that come unto him and lay hold on him by Faith. But of this before. Hitherto of the literal sense of this Miracle wrought by Christ.

Now to speak somewhat in brief, touching the mystical or allegorical sense which may be gathered from it. We must know therefore that our Saviour by this miraculous feeding of the bodies of so many thousands with corporal Food, did testify and shew himself to be that Person who only is able to feed the Souls of men with spiritual Food unto eternal Life. For the same divine Power is manifested in both these, viz. In feeding the bodies of men miraculously, and in feeding their Souls spiritually unto Life eter­nal.

Observ. Observ. Here then we are taught, that Christ Jesus the Son of God alone is the spiritual Pastor and Feeder of men's Souls with that spiritual Food which must nourish them to eternal Life: 1 Pet. 2. 25. he is called the Shepherd or Pastor of our Souls. Joh. 6. 27. Labour not for Meat which perisheth, but for that which endureth to everlasting Life, which the Son of Man shall give unto you, &c. Therefore also in the same Chapter he siath, that He is the true Bread of Life coming down from Heaven, and giving life to the World, Ver. 33. And Ver. 35. he saith, that he which cometh to him shall not hunger, &c. This was testi­fied by the Manna, &c.

Quest. Quest. How doth Christ feed the Souls of men spiritually unto Life eternal?

Answ. Answ. 1. By the merit of his Death and Sufferings indured for us in his humane Nature, whereby he hath purchased both the spiritual Life of Grace, and also that eternal Life of Glory for the Elect. Joh. 6. 51. The Bread that I will give is my Flesh, (that is, my whole humane Nature, Soul and Body) which I will give for the life of the World. And Ver. 55. My Flesh is Meat indeed, and my Blood is Drink indeed: Hereof the Sacra­ment of the Lord's Supper is a Pledge and Seal to the faithful.

2. By the Power and Efficacy of his Divine Spirit working in them all spirituall and saving Graces, as Faith, Repentance, &c. which Graces are in Scripture compared unto Me [...]t and Drink: as Joh. 6. 27. Labour for Meat which perisheth not, &c. And Joh. 4. 10. our Saviour tells the Woman of Samaria, that he was able to give her living Water; that is, the saving gifts of his Spirit, &c. So Isa. 55. 1. Hoe, every one that thirsteth, &c.

3. By the outward Ministry of the Word and Sacraments, which are the ordinary means of our spirituall Nourishment, being ordained of Christ to this end, to work and encrease Grace in us, and so to feed and nourish us to eternal life: In which respect the Word and Sacraments of Christ are resembled unto bodily Food, as 1 Pet. 2. 2. Desire the sincere Milk of the Word, &c. And 1 Cor. 10. 3. The Sacraments of the Israelites are called their spiritual Meat and Drink.

Obj Ob [...]ect. Ministers of the Word are in this sense Pastors and Feeders of mens Souls with the Word and Sa­craments.

Answ. Answ. They have only a ministerial Power to distribute these means of spiritual Nourishment; but Christ alone is able to make them effectual to nourish spiritually, &c.

Ʋse 1. See then the miserable condition of all that are without Christ, having no Union with him by Faith, such cannot be spiritually fed by him unto eternal Life, (Faith being the only means by which we receive spi­ritual Nourishment from Christ,) therefore miserable is the case of all Unbelievers. Being destitute of Faith they are destitute of Christ; and being destitute of him, they are destitute of all spirituall Nourishment, whereby their Souls should be fed to everlasting life; therefore their Souls must needs be famish­ed unto everlasting Death, if they continue in that case, living and dying without Faith in Christ, &c. Though they have never so much Provision of Meat for the Body; yet if Souls be not fed, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See where to seek spiritual Food and Nourishment of our Souls: Seek it in Christ, and from him; He only is the Bread of Life; He only can give us the Meat which perisheth not, and those living waters of saving Grace, which shall never be dried up in us. Labour therefore truly to hunger and thirst after this spiritual Food, and seek to Christ to be fed of him with it: Pray unto him daily to feed our Souls; Say unto him as the Jews did, Joh. 6. 34. Lord, evermore give us this Bread. Desire him to give us Faith whereby to feed on him, that is, on the merit and efficacy of his Death, &c. unto eternal life. Pray him also to work in us all other saving Graces, &c. Neither must we only desire and pray him thus to feed us spiritually, but we must withal willingly submit our selves to be fed of him, resorting duly to the outward means of our spiri­tual Nourishment, as the Ministry of the Word and Sacraments. To come to these is to come to Christ's Table; yea, to be fed by him at his own Table. And what a Priviledge is this? How great a favour do we count it if a great man invite us to his own Table? Behold, Christ Jesus, the Son of God, inviteth thee to his Table to be spiritually fed by his Word and Sacraments, and wilt thou not come cheerfully? Take heed thou refuse not, lest for this contempt he do for ever barr thee from tasting of the spirituall and hea­venly dainties, which he hath prepared, as he did those that refused to come being invited to his great Sup­per, Luke 14.

Mark 6. 45, &c. to 53.‘And straightway he constrained his Disciples, to go into the Ship, and to go over to the othe Nov. 18. 1621. side before unto Bethsaida, &c.’

THe Evangelist having from the 35. ver. hitherto laid down the History of that great Miracle of Christ, which he wrought in the Wilderness of Bethsaida, in feeding 5000 men, beside Women and Children, with five Barley-Loavs and two little Fishes.

Now, in these Verses, he layeth down two other Miracles of Christ, which he wrought the night follow­ing upon the Sea of Galilee, which two Miracles he wrought together, about the same time of the night, one immediately after the other.

The one of these Miracles was, His walking upon the Sea to his Disciples, as they were rowing in a ship upon the waters, and were greatly troubled in rowing by reason of a tempestuous wind which arose against them.

The other Miracle which immediately followed the former, was, his stilling or appeasing that tempest of Wind suddenly, so soon as he was come up into the Ship to them. And the History of these two Miracles is the fifth generall part of this Chapter. In the History of these Miracles consider,

  • 1. The Antecedents going before them, Ver. 45, & 46.
  • 2. The speciall occasions of them, set down, Ver. 47, & 48.
  • 3. The Miracles themselves, Ver. 48, & 51.
  • 4. The Effects and Consequents, Ver. 49, 50, 51, 52.

Touching the Antecedents, they are three.

  • 1. Our Saviour's forcing his Disciples to take Ship, and to go over the Sea of Galilee before him to Bethsaida.
  • 2. His dismissing of the People.
  • 3. His withdrawing himself into a Mountain to pray.

And straightway] That is, immediately after he had wrought the former Miracle of the Loaves and Fishes.

He caused his Disciples, &c.] The words are better translated thus; He constrained or forced his Disciples to get into the Ship: And yet, though unwilling at first, they do at length obey Christ, &c. This shews, that they were unwilling to part with Christ, and to passe over the Sea without him.

And to go before to the other side] Not directly crossing over the main Sea of Galilee, but only an Arm of it. See before, Ver. 31. 32.

Ʋnto Bethsaida,] This was one of the chief Cities of Galilee, called the City of Andrew and Peter, Joh. 1. 44. of which City also Philip is there said to have bin: In which City Christ wrought many Miracles, as may be gathered from Matth. 11. 21. See Mark 8. 22.

Object. Object. Joh. 6. 17.—Towards Capernaum.

Answ. Answ. Bethsaida was in their way to Capernaum; so they came first to it, and then to Capernaum.

In the words consider two things.

  • 1. Christ's dismissing his Disciples to Bethsaida.
  • 2. The manner, by Constraint.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour urge his Disciples thus to leave him, and to go over by Ship alone to Beth­saida?

Answ. Answ. 1. That this departure by Ship without Christ, might make way to the Miracles which he now in­tended to work; for he foresaw (as he was God) and appointed also what should happen to them in this their passage by Sea, viz. that when they were in the midst of the Sea, a Storm should arise which should greatly trouble and hinder them in Rowing, and also prove dangerous to them, if he did not by his Divine Power help them. This (I say) our Saviour did foresee and ordain before hand that it should be so; and therefore of purpose causeth them to take Ship alone by themselves without him, that so being by the way brought into such trouble and danger, he might have fit occasion to shew his Divine Power by walking to them on the Sea, and stilling the Tempest of Wind.

2. He sent them away alone, that so being upon the Sea brought into great trouble and danger, their Faith might be tryed and exercised; and so they might learn more and more to depend and rest on Christ's Power and Providence in all troubles and dangers.

Observ. Observ. In that Christ sends his Disciples away by Ship over the Sea, where he knew they would be in trou­ble and danger by reason of a Storm arising in the Night, &c. Hence gather, That the troubles and afflicti­ons of the Faithfull do come unto them and upon them by the speciall Will and Providence of God. They come not on them by Chance or Fortune, but by the Providence of God, directing them unto them, and leading them, as it were, by the hand into troubles: Matth. 10. 29. A Sparrow cannot light on the ground without your Father: How much less can any trouble befall God's Children without his Will? Therefore Ver. 30. it is said, That all the hairs of their head are numbred: 1 Thess. 3. 3. Ordained to afflictions: 1 Pet. 4. ult. said to suffer according to the will of God. Whatsoever the means and instruments of afflicting God's Children be, yet still the Author and efficient cause of their troubles, is God, who appointeth and directeth those troubles unto them by his own Will and Providence, permitting and ordering the means, &c. There­fore, though Joseph's Brethren were the means of his troubles, in selling him into Aegypt, yet he saith, That God had brought him thither, Gen. 45. 5. And though Satan, and the Caldeans and Sabeans, &c. were the instruments and means of afflicting Job, yet he acknowledgeth that all was from God; Job 1. The Lord hath given, and the Lord hath taken, &c.

Object. Object. The afflictions of the Wicked are also from God.

Answ. Answ. True, but yet with great difference.

For, 1. The afflictions of the Wicked come from him as from an angry Judge, punishing them in his wrath: but the troubles of the Faithfull come from God, as from a loving and mercifull Father in Christ.

2. The afflictions of the Wicked are properly punishments of sin for satisfaction of God's Justice, not so the afflictions of the Godly, but onely Chastisements and Tryalls for their good, for Christ hath payed the price of their sins, &c.

3. The Lord doth moderate the afflictions of his Children, and temper this bitter Cup according to their strength; not suffering them to be tryed beyond that they are able, &c. Not so the afflictions of the Wicked.

4. The afflictions of the Godly come usually from a more speciall and immediate providence of God, than the afflictions of the Wicked. Though he sometimes use means in afflicting both sorts, yet he doth in more speciall manner, appoint, order, and dispose of the means of afflicting his own Servants, than he doth the means of punishing the Wicked. He gives over the Wicked to the Hands and Power of Satan; not so his Children, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To teach us patience in all troubles, quietly and obediently to submit our selves to bear every Crosse which befalls us; yea, willingly and chearfully to take up our Crosse, seeing it is the Lord's hand that imposeth it on us: Say as our Saviour himself doth, Joh. 18. 11. Shall I not drink of the Cup which my Father hath given me? This is a part of the obedience we owe to God our Maker, in whose hands we are as the Clay in the hands of the Potter. Therefore there is no resistance to be made against his hand, no, not so much as in word or thought. I was dumb (saies David) because thou, O Lord diddest it, &c. As the Clay (saith Chryso­stom) followes the hands of the Potter, and suffers it self to be shaped and formed how he will: so Man must follow God wheresoever and whithersoever he will have him go, and whatsoever Crosse he layeth on him, he must take it with thankfulness, not once speaking against it, &c. (Chrysost. Serm. 1. ad Stagiriam Monach.) Yea whatsoever kind of Crosse or trouble it be which we feel, we must patiently submit to God; not to be our own Carvers to choose our Crosse, but take that which is imposed, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Fret not against the means and instruments of our troubles, as Satan, or wicked and unreasonable men, &c. (when we meet with such) as if these were the chief Causes; but remember, who it is that per­mitteth these to afflict us, &c. It is God that sends such Shimei's to curse us, &c. And though they wrong and abuse us, yet God doth us no wrong in Chastising us for our sins; therefore humble our selves under his hand, and be patient: Bite not at the stone, as the Dogg doth. Say not (as some use to do) if such a one had not bin, or if this or that had not bin, I had missed this Crosse, &c. but look to God's providence, who disposed and determined all, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Singular comfort to the Godly in all troubles; remember they come not by Chance, nor by the will of Satan, or of wicked Men, &c. but we suffer according to the Will of God, who hath appointed all that we suffer; with the time, manner, meanes, and end of it; not the least trouble, but is ordained of God, not the least pang, &c. Therefore be not moved or discouraged. See 1 Thess. 3. We are not left of God to the Power and Will of Satan, or of wicked Men; they cannot do to us what they list, but what God permitteth and hath appointed, and that for our good, &c. This moved Job to take all so patiently, &c. And so it will Comfort us in every trouble, if we can see God imposing it on us, and leading us by the hand into it. Con­trarily, if we bring troubles upon our selves by our rashness, folly and indiscretion; no such comfort to be felt in them, &c. So much of our Saviour's sending away his Disciples by Ship over to Beth­saida.

Now to speak of the manner of dismissing them, viz. by Constraint.

He constrained them, &c.] Not that he forced their Wills, but that of unwilling he made them willing.

Quest. Why were they at first so loth to take Ship without Christ's Company?

Quest. Answ. 1. Because his society was very amiable, sweet, and comfortable to them, as they had hitherto found by experience: therefore, unwilling they were to part from him, though but for a time.

Answ. 2. It seemed a matter against reason for him to stay behind alone in a desert place, especially when Night drew on so neer; therefore they were unwilling to leave him there.

3. They knew there was in that place no other Ship or Boat, besides that one in which they were to passe over (as may appear, Joh. 6. 22.) and therefore they would have had him go over with them in the same Ship.

4. It may be also that they were fearfull to passe over without him, lest, if a Storm should arise, they should be in danger. For seeing they had bin before in danger of drowning upon the same Sea, when they had Christ with them (as we read, Chap. 4.) much more might they now fear the worst, if they should passe over alone without him; especially in the night-time, as this was.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here, that by nature the best of us are very slack and backward to yield obedience to the Will of Christ, especially in such things as are opposite to our naturall Reason, Will and Affections: In such Com­mandements of Christ we have much ado to yield obedience, and are very hardly brought unto it. Though we have the express Word and Commandement of Christ, yet when the things commanded are contrary to our reason and will, &c. we draw back, and are loath to obey Christ's Will. We are by nature so wedded and addicted to our own reason, will and affections; that we find it exceeding hard to Captivate them in obe­dience to the Will of Christ as we ought. This we see here in the Apostles of Christ, being so loath to leave him, &c. notwithstanding that he would have them so to do. So before we heard, that when he bade them give the Multitude to eat, because it seemed against reason to give so small a quantity of meat as they had to so many thousand People; therefore they shewed backwardness and unwillingness, &c. So Joh. 13. 8. when he offered to wash Peter's feet, because it seemed against reason, Peter refused, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Labour to see and bewayl this our naturall Corruption, which makes us so unfit to obey Christ's Will; yea, so rebellious against it: So doth Paul, Rom. 7.

Use 2 Use 2. Pray unto Christ to subdue this Corruption of our Nature, and to frame us by the Power of his Spirit to more willing and chearfull obedience to his Will, even in things most contrary to our own reason and will, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Disciples though at first unwilling, yet do at length obey Christ's Will even against reason, &c. Hence learn our own Duty, viz. To yield absolute obedience to the Will of Christ, though never so contrary to naturall reason, and to our own naturall will and affections. We must in this case deny and renounce our own reason, will and affections; and subject them wholly to the Will of Christ. This is even one of the first Lessons to be learned in the School of Christ, to deny our selves. If any will be my Disciple (saith Christ) let him deny himself, &c. Matth. 16. 24. See more of this Point before, Ver. 39. of of this Chapter. So much of our Saviour's sending his Disciples over before him by Ship to Bethsaida.

Now we are to speak of his sending away the multitude also.

Quest. Quest. Why did he send them away?

Answ. Answ. 1. That he might be private alone by himself, and so might conveniently withdraw himself to Prayer.

2. That he might prevent and hinder the inconsiderate zeal of the People; who would have taken him by force, and made him their King upon sight of the former great Miracle of the Loaves. See for this, Joh. 6. 15. Though the People did well in acknowledging him to be the Messiah, yet it was their errour to think he should be a Temporall King: therefore he refused this honour, to shew that his Kingdom was not of this World, Joh. 18. Besides, this might have bin an occasion of sedition if he should have yielded to the People; therefore to avoid all occasion and shew of such sedition and rebellion, he sent away the Mul­titude, &c.

Observ. Observ. Learn here by Christ's example, That we must be far from usurping and seeking such Honour, Dignity, and Preferment in the World as belongs not to us; so far, that we must not accept of such Honour if it be offered or put upon us unjustly by others. Our Saviour, because the Honour of a Temporall earthly Kingdom and Regiment did not belong to him as he was Man in the State of his humiliation on Earth, there­fore he utterly refused this Honour. So John Baptist would by no means be accompted the Messiah, Joh. 1. 20. So Paul and Barnabas, Act. 14. 14. utterly detested the practice of those of Lystra, who would have offered Sacrifice to him and Barnabas, as unto gods. Chrysostom hid himself, that he might not be made Bi­shop, &c. So far was he from ambitious seeking that Honour, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. This condemns the Pride and Ambition of many, who like Diotrephes, love to have preheminence over others in Church or Common-wealth. The sin of the Scribes and Pharisees, was, to affect greater Titles than were fit for them, &c. The sin of our first Parents, to be like God, &c. The sin of Corah, Dathan and Abiram, to usurp against Moses and Aaron. The sin of Baruch, Jer. 45. 5. that he sought great things for himself. And this ambitious seeking after such Honour as belongs not to us, is the very bane of Church and Common-wealth; one speciall badge of Antichrist, &c. 2 Thess. 2.

Ʋse. 2 Use 2. Let us every one be content with our present Estate, as Paul had learned to be, Phil. 4. 11. and cast off all ambitious desires, &c. So David, Psal. 131. So much of the second Antecedent of the two Mi­racles of Christ mentioned afterward, viz. His dismissing the Multitude.

Mark 6. 46.‘And when he had sent them away, he departed into a Mountain to pray.Nov. 25. 1621.

NOw followeth the third, which was, His withdrawing himself into a Mountain to pray, Ver. 46. when he had sent them away, he departed, &c. In the words consider three things.

  • 1. The Circumstance of Time when he withdrew himself, After he had sent away his Disciples and the Mul­titude.
  • 2. The place whither he withdrew himself, Into a Mountain.
  • 3. The end of his secession or work performed there, Prayer.

When he had sent them away] Viz. His Disciples and the Multitude: This he did first, that he might not be hindered (by their presence) from withdrawing himself to Prayer.

Into a Mountain] What Mountain is not expressed by the Evangelists, but it was some Mountain or Hill in the Wilderness of Bethsaida, not far from the place where Christ had wrought the Miracle of the Loaves.

Quest. Quest. Why did he retire himself into this Mountain?

Answ. Answ. Because it was a solitary place, fittest for private prayer; therefore that he might with more free­dom and quietness, and without distraction pray, he withdrew himself thither.

To pray,] Here some Questions may be moved.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How is Christ said to pray unto God, seeing himself was God, &c.

Answ. Answ. He Prayed,

  • 1. As Man, and in his Humane Nature. Vide infrà, Ver. 41.
  • 2. As Mediator and Intercessor between God and Man. And so he prayed according to both Natures, though in Humane Nature onely.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Had he any need to pray in regard of himself?

Answ. Answ. As God, he had no need; for so he could not want any thing, being the Fountain of all perfection, and of all good things. But in respect of his Humane Nature he had need to pray, and did pray even for himself. The reason is, because he did partake not onely in our Nature, but in the Infirmities of our Nature, such as were meerly naturall and without sin; as Hunger, Thirst, Weariness, Pain, Grief, &c. therefore he had need to pray for supply of strength to bear and overcome these naturall weaknesses. Thus Hebr. 5. 7. He is said to have prayed with strong cryes and tears to his heavenly Father, when he was troubled with na­turall fear of Death. Note, that he had no such cause or need to pray for himself, as we have; no need to pray in regard of any sinfull infirmity or corruption, &c. (Vide Bezam Homil. 5. de Pass. p. 88.)

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Why did he now give himself to Prayer?

Answ. Answ. Thereby to prepare himself to the working of those great Miracles which follow, viz. His walking on the Sea, and stilling the tempest of the Wind, &c.

Quest. 4 Quest. 4. What was the matter of his Prayer?

Answ. Answ. Uncertain, because not expressed. In generall, we may be sure, that it was most excellent and heavenly; far beyond the prayers of all men that ever were, are, or shall be. In particular, it is probable, that among other things he prayed,

  • 1. For strength and assistance to be given to his humane nature, for the better performance of all Duties of his publick Office and Ministery, as he was Mediator.
  • 2. For a blessing upon his Ministery, that his Preaching and Miracles might be more and more effectu­all for those ends unto which they were ordained of his heavenly Father, viz. for the calling and confir­ming of the Elect, and for the convincing and condemning of the Reprobate, &c.
  • 3. He gave thanks for the good which had bin done hitherto by his Doctrine and Miracles.
  • 4. He prayed for his Disciples, that they might be confirmed in Grace, and for the People, that they [Page 373] might profit by his Teaching and Miracles. These things, and such like (no doubt), were the matter of our Saviour Christ's most divine and heavenly Prayer at this time.

Observ. Observ. General. In that our Saviour, being to pray, is so careful to remove all hinderances, as the Com­pany of the Disciples, and of the Multitude, and to use all good helps and furtherances, as the privateness of the place, &c. Hence we may gather, that Prayer is a Duty not easily performed, but hard and difficult to per­form in due manner. Of this see before, Chap. 1. Ver. 35.

Particular Observations follow.

First, from the Circumstance of time; When he had sent them away.] Observe, That before we give our selves to Prayer we should carefully remove such things as may hinder us in the Duty. Our Saviour being to pray privately, first sends away his Disciples and the multitude, &c. So we being to pray, must remove all that may hinder us. As

  • 1. Worldly cares and thoughts of earthly things.
  • 2. Inordinate and distempered Passions of Anger, Wrath, Malice, Envy, &c. 1 Tim. 2. 8. Pray, lifting up pure hands without wrath, &c. Mark 11. 25. When ye stand and pray, forgive, &c.
  • 3. All kind of sins, and sinful Lusts must be cast off, and laid aside by true Repentance: As David Psal. 26. 6. saith, he would first wash his hands in Innocency, and then compass God's Altar: So must we, &c. Psal. 66. 18. If I regard Wickedness in my heart, the Lord will not hear me. Joh. 9. 31. God heareth not sinners. Therefore Isa. 1. 15. God would not hear them though they made many Prayers, because their hands were full of Blood. The more difficult to pray well, the more care to remove all these impediments.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. For reproof of such as are not careful as they should be to prevent such hinderances in Prayer. Some go to Prayer with heads full of worldly business, and cares of this life: Some with hearts and minds distem­pered with Passions of Wrath, Bitterness, Malice, &c. Some with guilt of some sin or sins lying on their con­science, not yet truly repented of. No marvail if such pray without Feeling, without Fervency, without Comfort. How should they pray aright, when no care to prevent hinderances of this excellent Duty? In vain do they worship God, drawing near him with their lips, their heart being far from him, Isa. 29. Nay further, such Prayers are hateful and abominable to God; a high Prophanation of his Name, for which he will not hold them guiltless.

Use 2 Use 2. See then, that before we give our selves to this exercise of Prayer, we do as our Saviour here did; that is, remove all that may hinder; send away the multitude, the multitude of worldly cares and thoughts that are apt to swarm about us, and in our heads at such times; send away also and shake off all distempered Passions and sinful Lusts, &c. Let none of these troublesome companions stay with us, when we should set our selves apart to pray unto God, &c.

It followeth. He went into a Mountain,] because it was a private place, where he might be freest from Distractions, &c.

Observ. Observ. We have need to use all good helps and means to further us in the Duty of Prayer. If our Savi­our Christ, though he had a most admirable gift in Prayer above all men that ever were, and to whom it was nothing so hard as to us, &c. yet had need to use the best helps, as the privateness of the Place, and silence of the Night, &c. How much more have we need to use all possible helps to further us in this Exer­cise?

Now the helps are these especially,

  • 1. Make choice of the best and fittest times and places for private Prayer, when and where we may be most free from outward occasions of Distraction and Hinderances. Thus our Saviour used to do, as here, and at other times, Chap. 1. Ver. 35. In the Morning, a great while before day, He went out into a solitary Place, and there prayed. So Luke 5. 16. He withdrew himself into the Wilderness, and prayed. So Peter Act. 10. 9. went up on the House top, &c. So Isa. 38. 2. Hezekiah turned his face to the Wall, &c. Gen. 24. 63. Isaac went into the fields alone in the Evening. David prayed much in the night.
  • 2. Be careful at all times to keep our hearts and minds in due temper, free from inordinate Passions of Wrath, Bitterness, &c.
  • 3. Before Pra yer, use some holy Meditation concerning the Nature and Properties of God, as his Power, Wisdom, Holiness, Justice, Mercy, &c. or touching our own vileness, &c. To this end also it is good to read some portion of the Word of God, if we may conveniently do it, before Prayer.
  • 4. Use watchfulness over our hearts and minds both before Prayer and in Prayer, labouring to cast out, and to keep out, idle, vain, and worldly thoughts, and carnal Affections, and Lusts, &c. This Watchfulness is a special help unto Prayer, and therefore often joyned with it in Scripture, as Matth. 26. 41. Watch and pray lest ye fall into temptation, &c. 1 Pet. 4. 7. Be sober and watching unto Prayer, Ephes. 6. 18. Pray alwaies with all manner of Prayer, and watch thereunto.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Let us then be exhorted carefully to use all these and the like helps to further us in performance of this hard and difficult exercise of Prayer. To this end, often think of the difficulty of it, and of our unfitness and unability to perform it in any good sort: Rom. 8. 26. We know not what we should pray as we ought, &c. The reason why many pray so coldly, and with so little Feeling, Faith, and Comfort, is, because they use not all good means to help themselves in this duty. So much of the place whither our Saviour with-drew himself.

Now to speak of the Duty there performed, which was Prayer.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour Christ, though in regard of himself he had nothing so much need of Prayer as we have, yet did use to give himself to it, and to this end did set apart special times, as we see here; Hence gather, that we ought much more to be diligent in this exercise of Prayer, and for this end to set apart special hours and times, and that daily. But of this I shall have occasion to speak more the next Sabbath (God wil­ling), upon 1 Thes. 5. 17.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This reproveth such as are negligent in this duty of private Prayer, seldom or never acquainting themselves with God, or laying open to him their special and personal wants, &c. Some indeed use to say their Prayers (as they speak), that is, to rehearse the bare words of the Lord's Prayer, &c. but [Page 374] scarce understand one Petition aright, much less pray with any true Faith, Feeling, or good Affecti­on, &c.

Ʋse. 2 Use 2. Let us be here stirred up to diligence in this duty, upon all occasions daily. Remember that 1 Thes. 5. 17. Pray without ceasing, that is, upon all occasions constantly. So Rom. 12. 12. and Luke 18. 1. Shall Christ Jesus, the Son of God, be so diligent in this Exercise, and shall we be slack? Consider the Excellency of the Duty, and how profitable and comfortable, it is being conscionably performed: If so much good be gotten and fruit reaped by the society of some worthy man, how much more by conversing with God in frequent Prayer? (Chrysostom. in Psal. 4.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour gave himself to Prayer, thereby to prepare himself to the working of those Miracles which follow; Hence learn, that Prayer should be used as a Preparative unto great and weighty Duties. See before, Chap. 1. 35.

Mark 6. 47, &c. to 53.‘And when Even was come, &c. Decem. 2. 1621.

OF the Antecedents going before these two Miracles of Christ (mentioned in these Verses) you have heard, out of the two former Verses.

Now, the next main thing to be considered in this History is, The speciall Occasions of working the Mi­racles.

Where, 1. The Evangelist mentioneth the Circumstance of time, when these occasions hapned; When Even was come.

2. The Occasions themselves, which are two:

  • 1. The Absence of our Saviour from his Disciples, and the Distance of place which was between them. They being in the Ship, in the middest of the Sea, and He remaining behind alone upon the Land.
  • 2. The great trouble and danger in which they were in Christ's absence, He saw them troubled (or toyled) in rowing the Ship, for the Wind was against them.

When Even was come,] Object. Joh. 5, 16. it is said, that when Even was come, the Disciples went down into the Sea, and took Ship, &c. How then is it here said by Mark, that when Even was come, the Ship was in the middest of the Sea?

Answ. 1. Some think that John useth a recapitulation, or [...], briefly mentioning that which was done before, as if it had been done afterward. Sic Jansen.

2. It may be further answered, that the Jews reckoned two parts of the Evening. The first, beginning about the ninth hour of the day as they called it, that is, about three of the Clock, or the third hour after Noon (as we reckon), (at what time it is thought that the Evening-Sacrifices did begin,) and this they ac­compted as part of the Evening, because about that hour the day begins to decline, and to draw toward an end. The second part of the Evening they reckoned, from about the time of the Sun's going down till it was dark. These two parts of the Evening it is likely are meant, Exod. 12. 6. where it is said, the Passover should be killed between two Evenings, (for so it is in the Original,) that is, between two parts of the Eve­ning: (See Willet in locum, et Junium, et Casaub. contr à Baron. pag. 473. Beza in Mar. 15. 25.) Now it is likely that St. John speaks of the first part of the Evening, and St. Mark here of the second part. (Sic Lyse­rus.) Howsoever, it is most likely that it was now near unto night, because we heard before Ver. 35. that the day was far spent, when Christ wrought the Miracle of the Loavs, after which he sent over his Disciples to Bethsaida by ship (as we have also heard): Now some time must be allowed for that their departure, and then there must also be more time allowed for their rowing of the Ship, before they could get so far as into the middest of the Sea.

Now this Circumstance of time is added, the more to set out the forlorn and afflicted estate of the Disci­ples, being now absent from Christ, and farr distant from him; and not only so, but in great trouble and danger by reason of the Storm, and all this when Night was now coming upon them. This (I say) doth much aggravate their Affliction, and so it shews how great and urgent cause and occasion there was for our Saviour to work the Miracles ensuing; that is, to walk on the Sea to them, and to help and deliver them by laying the storm.

Observ. Observ. Hence gather, That the very Circumstance of time doth sometimes aggravate a Cross or Afflic­tion, and make it more tedious and grievous than otherwise it would be if it came at another time. More grievous it was for Christ's Disciples to want his Company, and to be in danger and trouble on the Sea, when it was near night, than if it had been in the Morning, &c. So every Crosse is more tedious at some time than at another; in the Night than in the Day time; in Winter than in Summer: Therefore Mat. 24. Pray that your flight be not in the Winter, &c. So a Cross is more grievous in old Age than in time of Youth, &c.

The Reason is, because such times are of themselves more tedious and uncomfortable then other times, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To teach us to be the more humbled under God's hand, when he afflicteth us in evil and tedi­ous times, as in the Night-time, in Winter, &c. He doth it to make our Affliction the heavier, that so He may the more throughly try and humble us. Therefore we must take such Trials the more to heart.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how fit then 'tis for us to observe God's Providence, in disposing of the particular times of all Afflictions which befall us.

Use 3 Use 3. If the Lord send us Crosses in good and comfortable times, be thankful to him; for in this he deals mercifully with us: It is by his special Providence that it so falleth out. Consider how much worse and more grievous this or that Affliction would be to thee, if it hapned at a worse time, &c. Therefore be the more patient also, &c. So much of the Circumstance of time when the occasion of these Miracles hapned.

Now follow the occasions themselves. The first whereof is, The absence of Christ from his Disciples being alone on the Land, while they were in the midst of the Sea rowing in the Ship or Boat.

Observ. Observ. Here observe, That the Faithfull do not alwayes in this Life-time enjoy the comfortable presence of Christ, but are sometimes deprived of it, at least in regard of their own sense and feeling. As it was with the Disciples of Christ, in respect of his bodily presence and company while he lived on Earth, they did not alwayes enjoy it: So it is still with all the Faithfull in respect of his spirituall presence by his Divine Grace and Mercy; they do not at all times feel and apprehend this comfortable presence of his Grace. I say, they do not alwayes feel it, because he is still present with them by his Grace and Favour, though he do not at all times manifest his presence by the comfortable effects and tokens of it, which is the cause that they do not alwayes feel him present with them. As it was with David, he did not alwaies feel the comfortable presence of God's favour, but sometimes complaines of the contrary; as may appear, Psal. 13. 1. And Psal. 77. 7. so it is with all the Faithfull in regard of the comfortable feeling of Christ's presence with them by his Grace and favour, and by the comfortable working of his Spirit in them, they do not alwayes feel him thus present, but sometimes they feel and complain of his absence. So doth the Church often in the Song of Solomon, as we may see, Chap. 3. 1. where she saies, That she sought her beloved, (that is, Christ) and could not find him, &c. And Chap. 5. Ver. 6. she complains, That He had withdrawn himself, and was gone, &c. See also Chap. 6. Ver. 1.

Quest. Quest. Why doth Christ absent himself, that is, seem to absent himself from the Faithfull sometimes?

Answ. Answ. 1. To try and exercise their Faith, that he may prove how they will rest and depend on him, even contrary to their present sense and feeling, and to teach them so to do.

2. To teach them to make pretious accompt of the feeling of his comfortable presence and favour, using all good means to retain it, and being wary and carefull not to lose it, and be deprived of it.

3. To stir us up with greater earnestness and diligence to seek after him and his presence, to recover the feeling of it, when we have for a time lost it.

Use. Use. Comfort to good Christians feeling and complaining of Christ's absence from them, that they cannot so feel him dwelling in their hearts by Faith, nor so comfortably working in them by his Spirit, as they have formerly done. Let them not in this case be discouraged, but remember, that Christ Jesus doth oftentimes thus deal with his most Faithfull Disciples and Followers, absenting himself from them for a time, for the tryall and exercise of their Faith, and for other good ends which are good and profitable to them: And with­all, let them know, That though he seem absent for a time, in that he with-holds the comfortable signs and effects of his presence; yet the truth is, He is not absent from them, but is still with them, and shall be to the end of the World, as he hath promised, Matth. 28. the last Ver. Therefore let them call to mind former times wherein he shewed himself present, and by faith and patience wait for his comfortable return; for if ever he were truly and sensibly present with them by his speciall Grace, certain it is, he will return at length. In the mean time we must not onely wait for him by Faith, even against feeling, but also earnestly desire and long for his return, and by prayer seek unto him to return, and to shew himself comfortably present with us again, &c. So much of the first speciall occasion of the Miracles.

Now follows the second, which was, the trouble and danger in which the Disciples were in Christ's absence, and in which he perceived them to be, viz. that they were greatly troubled in rowing, by reason of a con­trary Wind risen against them. In the words consider two things.

  • 1. The speciall notice which our Saviour took of his Disciples being in trouble and danger on the Sea, He saw them troubled, &c.
  • 2. The trouble and distress it self, They were toyled in rowing, &c.

He saw them] Though they saw not him (as is likely), neither did they think that he being farr distant in place, took any notice of them; yet the truth was, he did see and take notice of them, and of their distresses, &c.

Observ. Observ. That Christ Jesus doth take speciall notice of the Troubles and Distresses of the Faithfull at all times, even then when he seems least to regard them, yet he still taketh speciall notice of their afflicted estate. So we heard before, Chap. 4. that when they were in danger of drowning upon the Sea, though he were asleep at that time, yet as he was God he took notice and speciall care of them at the self same time to save them from drowning. When the Israelites were in bondage in Aegypt so many years, the Lord seemed to have forgotten, and not to take notice of their distress; yet even then he saw and took speciall notice of their affliction: Exod. 3. 7. I have surely seen the affliction of my People, &c.—for I know their sorrows. When David was so long persecuted by Saul, and driven up and down from place to place, the Lord might seem to take no notice of his Troubles and Banishment; yet it was not so, for even then he counted all his wanderings, and kept a Register of his tears; as appeareth, Psal. 56. 8. So when Jonah was so long in the Whale's belly, &c.

Use. Use. Singular comfort to us in all Troubles and Distresses, even then when God seemeth to be absent, and to have forgotten us, and to take no notice of us; yet even then let us know that he doth take notice of us and our troubles: The eye of his speciall providence is then upon us (if we be his Children), he seeth and knoweth all that we suffer outwardly or inwardly; every Sickness, Pain, Grief, Reproach, Slander, Persecution, &c. He is an eye-witness of all, though we see not him alwayes in our troubles; that is, we do not sensibly feel him present with us to comfort, strengthen, and deliver us: yet he seeth us and all that we suffer, and not onely seeth it, but is carefull and ready to help and deliver us in the due time which himself hath appoint­ted. So much of the speciall notice which our Saviour took of his Disciples being in distresse.

Now to speak of the Distresse it self.

They were toyled in rowing,] Or greatly troubled and afflicted in rowing, as the word ( [...]) doth imply.

Wind was contrary to them,] Joh. 6. 18. It appears that it was a great or rough and boysterous Wind which made the Sea to rise: And Matth. 14. 24. the Ship was tossed with the Waves. By all which it appear­eth plainly, that they were now in gteat trouble and danger, if Christ had not helped them miraculously, &c. and this affliction was the more grievous because it was in the dark time of the Night, Joh. 6. 17.

Observ. Observ. See here in the Disciples of Christ a lively Image of the true Church of Christ, and all faithful Members of it in this Life. The Disciples of Christ in the dark time of the Night are rowing in the midst of the Sea with great difficulty and danger, being forced to labour and struggle against the rough Sea, and against the storm of Wind, &c. Thus is it with the true Church, and all the faithfull in this Life; as they are sayling through the troublesome and dangerous Sea of this World, they meet with many stormes of troubles and afflictions, with which they are fain to strive and labour exceedingly to break thorough and overcome them: Joh. 16. 33. In the World ye shall have affliction. Acts 14. 22. We must through much tri­bulation enter, &c. 2 Tim. 3. 12. All that will live godlily in Christ Jesus, shall suffer persecution. Psal. 34. 19. Many are the afflictions of the Righteous, &c. Revel. 7. 14. These are they which come out of great tribulation, &c. Hereof we have also a most lively Image in Noah's Ark, which was a Type of the Church: Now as that was tossed with the Waves of the Flood, and beaten with Storms of Wind and Weather; So it is with the true Church of Christ on Earth, it is tossed and beaten with many Waves and Storms of affliction: Isa. 54. 11. Oh thou afflicted, tossed with tempest, and not comforted, &c. It is spoken of the Church of the Gentiles, which should be called and gathered unto Christ.

Now the troubles of the Faithfull in this Life are of two sorts.

  • 1. Outward, which they suffer in their outward Man and outward Estate; in their Bodies, Goods, good Name, &c. These are a great part of the Portion which God allotteth to his Saints in this Life; as we may see in the examples of Job, David, Paul; and the rest of the Faithfull mentioned in Scripture. How many such outward afflictions doth Paul reckon up which he suffered? 2 Cor. 6. & 11. Chapters. Many such outward Storms doth Satan and the World stirr up against the true Church, &c.
  • 2. Inward troubles, which they suffer in their Souls and Consciences, partly by reason of Satan's temp­tations with which he assaulteth them, and partly by reason of the burthen of their sins lying heavy on their Consciences, together with the inward apprehension of God's wrath against them for the same which they do sometimes feel and complain of, as we see in Job, Chap. 6. And in David, in sundry places of the Psalms, as Psal. 38, &c.

Reasons. Reasons. Why the true Church of Christ in this Life is exercised with so many and great troubles: See be­fore, Chap. 4. Ver. 37.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute the Papists, who teach that Worldly and Temporall prosperity is a mark of the true Church: But the contrary is true according to Scripture, viz. That the condition of the true Church in this Life is an afflicted condition, full of troubles, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See what all Members of the true Church must look for upon Earth, not a Life of ease and rest, nor a calm and quiet Estate; but to meet with many and great troubles; with many contrary Winds and Storms of outward and inward afflictions to rise against us, with which we must strive and struggle from time to time; we shall have fightings within, and terrours without, as Paul had: If we will be Christ's true Di­sciples, we must look for many strivings and wrestlings with Satan, with the World, and with Wicked Men, and with our own Sins and Corruptions. As it was with David, Psal. 42. 7. One deep called unto another, &c. so must it be with us; we must look for one trouble to follow another, one grief to succeed another, &c. Therefore make accompt of such Storms to rise against our Ship, such Euroclydon's to beat against it; and prepare, and arm our selves before hand, that we be not dismayed when we meet with such Storms; but that we may be able by Faith and Patience to stand against them, and to over come them. To this end, daily pray for strength to bear such troubles, and to out-wrestle them, &c. For certain it is, we shall meet with them in one kind or other. Though God do not afflict all the Faithfull Members of the Church in the same mea­sure, nor in the same kind; yet he doth try and exercise them with many troubles in one kind or other. A foolish thing therefore it is for any of us to think we can be good and sound Christians, and yet to scape trou­bles, to feel no Storms, &c. or to feel but few: It cannot be. Through many tribulations we must enter into God's Kingdom; it must be so, If we will Raign with Christ, we must first suffer with him in this Life, and be consecrated through affliction as He our Head was. This life-time is not the time of rest, but of labour and pains; not the time to be Crowned, but the time to fight and strive for the Crown of Glory to come: Our life here is a warfare, yea, a continuall warfare, in which no rest or quietness is to be looked for: no peace or truce, but daily fightings and skirmishings with many enemies and troubles; the end of one conflict is but the beginning of another: Though there be much comfort in the life of a Christian, yet many troubles al­so and discouragements must we meet withall in our Christian Course. Oh therefore let us every one daily strengthen and arm our selves to bear and overcome them, else we shall soon be danted when we meet with them as many have been, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Comfort to such good Christians as do meet with many storms of troubles raised against them by Satan, the World, &c. no cause to be discouraged, for so it is and must be with all Christ's true Disciples. God hath so ordained, and it is for our good, that we are in this Life exercised with many troubles; no cause then to be discouraged, or to mislike our estate, because we meet with many such Storms, &c. But rather on the contrary, there is much more cause to suspect our estate not to be good before God, if we feel no troubles or oppositions against us by the World and Satan, &c.

Mark 6. 48.‘And about the fourth watch of the Night he cometh unto them, walking upon the Sea, and would have Decem. 9. 1621. passed by them.’

OF the Antecedents and Occasions of the two Miracles of Christ wrought on the Sea of Galilee, we have heard before: Next we are to speak of the Miracles themselves, and of the Consequents or Effects which followed upon them.

And first of the first Miracle, and the Consequents of it, Ver. 48, 49, 50.

Afterward of the second Miracle, and the Consequents, Ver. 51, 52.

Touching the first Miracle, which was Christ's walking on the Sea to his Disciples: Consider three things.

  • 1. The Circumstance of Time, About the fourth watch of the Night.
  • 2. The Miraculous Act it Self, He came to them walking, &c.
  • 3. The Manner of his walking towards them, which was in such sort, That he made shew of passing by them.

About the fourth watch, &c.] In antient times they divided the Night into four equall parts or quarters (as they did the Day-time), which they called Watches, because it was their usuall Custom to appoint severall Watchmen for every one of those four parts of the Night, to succeed one another in keeping Watch for the safety of their Towns and Cities. The first and second Watch lasted from the Evening to Mid-night, and the third and fourth Watch from Mid-night to the Morning, or break of Day. (Vide Bezam. in Matth. 14. 25.) See also Luke 12. 38. So then the Evangelist, here affirming that it was the fourth Warch of the Night when Christ came to his Disciples, doth imply, that it was very long before he came to help and save them in this trouble and danger, that he let them alone in it very long: For it appears by that which went before, that the Storm began to arise, and they to be troubled with rowing the Ship, even in the Evening; and from that time till the fourth Watch of the Night, which must needs be toward the Morning, Christ deferred his coming; so that it seems they were troubled, and in danger the greatest part of the Night.

Observ. Observ. Hence observe, That the Lord doth often deferr a long time to help and deliver his faithfull Ser­vants in their troubles. So our Saviour (before Chap. 4. 37.) did let the Disciples alone, and deferred long to save them from drowning, for he slept till they waked him, and that was so long till the Ship was almost sunk with the Waves beating into it. Thus the Lord suffered the Israelites to be long in bondage under Pharoah before he delivered them: And Act. 7. 6. it is said, The seed of Abraham was to so journ in a strange Land, and to be in bondage, and to be evil-intreated for the space of four hundred years before the Lord would de­liver them, and give them Possession of the promised Land of Canaan. See Gen. 15. 13. So the deliverance of the Jews out of Babylon was long deferred, even seventy years. So the Lord suffered David to be a long time persecuted by Saul before he delivered him. And, Psal. 69. 3. he saith, his eyes fayled with waiting on God to be delivered out of his great troubles. Thus Jonah was three Days and three Nights in the Whale's belly, before God caused the Fish to cast him up again. And as this is true of outward troubles, so also of inward distress of conscience and of the inner man, that the Lord often suffers his Servants to be long exerci­sed with it, before he deliver them. Gen. 32. 24. Jacob wrestled with the Angel, that is, with Christ himself; till break of Day. And Paul, buffetted by Satan, prayed thrice before he could be delivered, 2 Cor. 12. 8.

Reasons. Reasons. Why the Lord so long deferreth to help his Servants in trouble.

  • 1. That he may make thorough proof and tryall of their Faith and Patience, how they will depend on him, and how willingly and obediently they will submit to his hand afflicting them though very long.
  • 2. That his Power and Goodness may be the more manifested by delivering them at length in their greatest extremity, and when their case seems most desperate.
  • 3. That deliverance being so long deferred, may be the more welcome to them when it cometh, and so may stirr up to the more thankfulness for it.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See what need of Faith for God's Children; yea, of strong Faith, whereby to rest on God for deliverance out of troubles, though it be long deferred. Therefore Hab. 2. 3. the Prophet having said, That the Vision (of the Judgment of God on the Caldeans, and of the deliverance of God's People,) was for an appointed time, and that it was to tarry a while before it was to be fulfilled, he thereupon addeth, Ver. 4. That the just shall live by Faith, that is, in the mean time till they were delivered, &c. A very hard thing it is to live by Faith, and to rest on God in trouble, when it is very long ere he deliver us. Labour then, and pray for Faith; yea, for more and more strength of Faith to rest on God in long troubles, and not to cast away our confidence and hope of deliverance, though it be deferred never so long: Esay 28. 16. He that believeth will not make haste: He will stay the Lord's leasure, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See also how great need we have of Christian patience, Hebr. 10. 36. yea, not onely of patience, but of long patience, whereby to submit obediently and constantly to the bearing of every Crosse and Tryall sent on us of God, though he hold us never so long under it. An easie matter to be patient for a little while in trouble, but when trouble continueth long, when the Lord doth long hold us under the Rod, and doth nor remove or mitigate his hand, here is the patience of the Saints; that is, the greatest tryall of their patience: Here it is a most difficult thing to continue our patience and obedience, and not to repine, grudge, murmur, or use any unlawfull means to help and ease our selves. Oh therefore! let us in this Case labour for constant patience: Let it have Her perfect work, &c. Jam. 1. 4.

Use 3 Use 3. This is for the comfort of God's Children, when they are long holden under a Crosse or Tryall, be­fore God come unto them by deliverance. Let them not think this strange, nor be at all discouraged, much less cast away their confidence in God's promise of deliverance, nor their patience; but remember, that God doth often thus deal with his faithfull Servants, letting them alone very long in the midst of their troubles, not coming to them by deliverance, but seeming to forget them, &c. And this he doth for speciall reasons, as we have heard before, both in respect of his own glory, and of their good and profit; that being long trai­ned up in the School of affliction, they may profit the more in sound knowledge of God, Faith, Repentance, Patience, and all saving graces. Therefore no cause for us to faint or be dismayed, though God should long deferr to help and deliver us in our troubles, outward or inward: though he tarry never so long, yet come he will at length most certainly to give deliverance in the due appointed time, when it shall be best for us: Hebr. 10. 37. Yet a little while, and he that shall come will come, and will not tarry: Though he may tarry a while, or long, yet not alwayes, &c. In the mean time we must live by Faith, and Hope, and Patience; not limitting God any time for our deliverance, but leaving that to his wisdom, &c. So much of the Circumstance of Time.

Now to speak of the miraculous Act of Christ, in walking on the Sea to his Disciples, Walking upon the Sea,]

Quest. Quest. How could this be, seeing his humane body being naturally heavy, as the bodies of other men are, must needs be apt to sink of it self?

Answ. Answ. The Divine Power of Christ's God-head did bear up his body miraculously above the Waters, not suffering it to sink, and withal the same Power of Christ did alter the nature and property of the waters, that whereas naturally they are apt to swallow up and sink all heavy bodies, they did now on the contrary help to bear up the body of Christ, so as he walked as safely on the top of them, as if he had walked upon a way paved with stone.

Here the Papists and Lutherans the better to establish their Doctrine of Transubstantiation and Consub­stantiation, and to prove that his body may be miraculously in diverse places at once, do affirm, that Christ in walking on the Sea did miraculously change and alter the natural property of his body, making it of a hea­vy body to become light, &c. Now, if Christ could do this, then (say they) by the same reason, he can make his body be present in divers places at once, contrary to the natural property of it. But this is easily confuted: For,

  • 1. We deny this, that Christ, in walking on the Sea, did alter the natural condition or property of his bo­dy, (for then it should not have remained a true humane body:) but the Miracle consisted, partly in the bear­ing up of his body, by the Power of his God-head, that it should not sink, and partly in making the waters firm and solid underneath his feet to bear him up; so that the change and alteration was in the waters, and not in Christ's body.
  • Observ. 1 2, Though we should grant that Christ did here work a Miracle in changing the naturall Pro­perty of his body (which is false); yet let them prove, if they can, that he doth the like in the Sacra­ment.

Observ. 1. See an evidence of Christ's God-head bearing up his humane body, that it did not sink and cau­sing the waters to be as firm land underneath his feet.

Object. Object. Peter also did walk on the waters to Christ, Mat. 14.

Answ. Answ. Not by his own power, but by the Power of Christ commanding him to come to Him on the Sea: This appears, in that so soon as Christ began but a little to withdraw his powerful help, Peter began presently to sink, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that Christ walked on the Sea as upon the Land, causing it to bear him up; We learn, that he is absolute Lord over the dead and sensless Creatures, such as the Sea is; he hath absolute Power over such Creatures, to command and over-rule them, and to make them obedient to his Will. See this Point spo­ken of before in Ver. 39. of the fourth Chapter, where Christ rebuked the Wind and Sea, shewing his Power over them, &c.

This Power of Christ is manifested sundry wayes:

  • 1. By altering the natural properties of the insensible Creatures, and causing them to work against Na­ture when it pleaseth him; as here he changed the nature and property of the waters, causing them to bear up his body. So at his death he caused the Vail of the Temple to rent, the Earth to quake, the Rocks to cleave asunder, and the Graves to open, Matth. 27. 51. See also Luke 19. 40. and Joh. 20. 19. The doors opened, &c.
  • 2. By making even such dead Creatures obedient to his Word and Command, and to his Will, as in the fourth Chapter He rebuked the Wind and the Sea, and made them still. So afterward in this Chapter, Ver. 51. when He came into the Ship to his Disciples, he made the storm of Wind presently to cease.
  • 3. By turning one Creature into another, as Water into Wine, Joh. 2.
  • 4. By multiplying the Creatures extraordinarily without means, as he multiplied the five Loavs and two Fishes, as we heard before.
  • 5. By employing them as Instruments and Means of effecting His Will, either in punishing the Wicked, or in comforting and doing good to the Godly, which fear his Name. See Chap. 4. Ver. 39.
  • 6. Lastly, in changing the quality and condition of these insensible Creatures, at the last day, from Cor­ruption to Incorruption; for there shall be new Heavens and a new Earth. Christ shall at that day mani­fest his Dominion over the Heavens, and Earth, and Sea, and the other insensible Creatures, by purging them with fire, 2 Pet. 3. 12, 13. Rev. 6. 14. The Heavens departed as a scroul rolled together, and every Mountain and Island was moved out of their places.

Now Christ hath this power over the insensible Creatures by a two-fold right.

  • 1. Of Creation, as he is God, &c. Col. 1. 16. By him were all things created, &c.
  • 2. Of free donation or gift from God the Father, as he is Mediator, Matth. 28. 18. All power is given to me in Heaven, and on Earth.

Use 1 Use 1. Terrour to the wicked Enemies of Christ and his Church: Seeing he hath all Creatures at com­mand, even those without life, and can use them as Instruments of his Vengeance; against such wicked one, how terrible will he shew himself to them if they repent not speedily? Psal. 2. He shall speak to them in his wrath, &c. He shall crush them with a Rod of Iron, &c. See before, in the 39th. Verse of Chap. 4.

Use. 2 Use 2. Great comfort to the Godly truly fearing God, and believing in Christ; these being Christ's Friends,, he will make all Creatures work and conspire together for their Good, and Protection, and Com­fort, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Learn to fear him truly, that is, to fear offending him by sin, who hath such Power even over the dead Creatures, to command and use them at his pleasure. Jer. 5. 22. Fear ye not me, saith the Lord? Will ye not tremble at my presence, which have placed the Sand for the bound of the Sea by a perpetuall Decree, that it can­not pass, &c. Here therefore remember that in Psal. 4. Tremble and sin not. It is a fearful thing to provoke Christ to wrath by sin, seeing he is of such power to punish us; seeing he can muster all Creatures in Heaven and Earth against us, if he please. Rather let us kiss the Son lest he be angry, &c. If his wrath be kindled but a little, &c. Psal. 2.

Ʋse 4. Seeing the very sensless Creatures are all under the Power of Christ, being at his Command to do his Will; Let this move us much more to submit our selves to His Power and VVill in all things, by doing and suffering all that he will have us to do or suffer; yea, though it be against Nature and natural Reason, &c. The dead Creatures obey Christ, even contrary to their Nature. And shall not we? &c.

Use 5 Use. 5. Hence gather, that he hath also power over mens Hearts and Consciences (which are by nature dead in sin) to give them life, even the life of Grace by the Power of his Spirit. He can also work on our hearts to make them obedient and pliable to his Will in all things. Pray him therefore to do this more and more.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, from Christ's walking on the Sea, we learn, That as he is in general Lord of all insen­sible Creature, so in particular he is absolute Lord over the Sea and all other waters, having power to com­mand and to use them at his pleasure. Revel. 10. 2. John saw another mighty Angel come down from Heaven, cloathed with a Cloud, and a Rain-bow upon his Head, &c. And he set his right foot upon the Sea, and his left on the Earth. This Angel was Christ himself; and by setting his foot on the Sea he shewed his power over it, &c. Psal. 72. 8. His Dominton shall be from Sea to Sea. This Power he manifested by dividing the red Sea, and the River jordan, whilst the Israelites passed over, as we read Exod. 14. and Josh. 3. So also by stilling the Waves of the Sea when they were rough, Chap. 4. and in this place now in hand: This Power also he shewed at another time, by causing such a multitude of Fish in the waters to come into the Apostles Net, Luke 5. This shewed him to be Lord of the Sea, and of all Creatures in it. Therefore also before his second coming the Sea shall roar, Luke 21. 25.

The Reason of this Power of Christ over the Sea is, because he created it at first, and set the due bounds of it, shutting it up with doors and barrs, (as it is Job 38.) that it should not overflow the Earth, Psal. 95. The Sea is his and he made it, &c. See Prov. 8. 27.

Use 1 Use. 1. See whom they sin against who any way abuse the Seas, as Pirates and Robbers by Sea, and all that use the Seas, and make Voyages over them, for evill and wicked ends; as the Pharisees compassing Sea and Land to make Proselytes, &c. Matth. 23. And the Jesuites at this day; also covetous Mer­chants, &c. These sin against Christ, the Lord High-Admiral of the Seas, and He will punish them.

Use 2 Use 2. Comfort to such as have a lawful Calling to use the Seas, and to live upon them, as Marriners, Soul­diers, Merchants, &c. If they serve Christ conscionably in those Callings, and seek his honour, he being Lord of the Seas will make them serviceable unto them as they are unto him; and he will bless and protect them in those Callings upon the Sea, as well as on the Land. And this may comfort them, and all good Christi­ans, against dangers which they are subject to upon the Sea or other Waters, when they have a Calling to tra­vel or pass over them. Christ, the Lord of the Sea and Waters is able to protect them, and will protect them so far as shall be good for them. He that kept Paul and his Company in that dangerous Voyage to Rome, Act. 27. He will also keep us in greatest dangers by Sea and Water; yet so, as we beware of casting our selves upon Danger, and of committing our selves to the Sea or other Waters without a lawfull Cal­ling.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. Admonition for all that have a Calling to use the Seas and to travel by Water, above all things to seek Christ's favour and protection, and his Blessing, to guide and prosper them in their Voyages and busi­nesses by Sea, that they may have good success in them. As Marriners and Sea-men desire the Lord Admi­ral's Letters for their Protection and safe Passage by Sea, so much more should they seek and sue to Christ, the High-Admiral of all the Seas in the World, for his Protection in their Voyages: The rather, because all Travel and business by Sea is so full of hazard, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. Such as have been preserved from drowning or any danger by Water ought to be thankful to Christ, the Lord of the Water: He that kept himself from sinking into the Waters, and saved Peter and the other Disciples from drowning, the same it is that saveth us and ours in like danger. Therefore be thankful to him, and look not at the means, but at Christ's Power and Providence. So much of our Saviour's miraculous walk­ing on the Sea.

Now follows the manner of his walking and coming toward his Disciples, in that he so came toward them as if he would have passed by them.

He would have passed, &c.] that is, He made shew of passing by them.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Why did he so?

Answ. Answ. That though he drew toward them, yet they might not discern at first who he was, but might rather think him to be a Spirit, as it is said afterward that they thought him to be.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why did he now carry himself so strangely toward them?

Answ. Answ. For the further tryal and exercise of their Faith in this their great trouble and distress.

Observ. Observ. That the Lord doth sometimes shew himself strange to his faithful Servants in their troubles, hi­ding his face, favour, and presence from them, and making as if he were not near them, nor did at all regard them, when yet he is very near at hand, and ready to help them. Psal. 13. 1. David complaineth, How long wilt thou hide thy face from me? So our Saviour carried himself strangely toward the Woman of Canaan, Matth. 15. when she besought him for her afflicted Daughter, he answered her not a word at first, though his purpose was to grant her suit. Thus Lam. 3. 8. the Prophet complaineth in the name of the Church and People of God, that when they were in great Affliction the Lord did shew himself strange by shutting out their Prayers, and not seeming to regard them, and Ver. 44. Thou hast covered thy self (say they) with a Cloud that our Prayer should not pass thorough. He seemed not to regard their Afflictions or Prayers for deliverance, and yet he did regard them.

Reasons. Reas. 1. The Lord dealeth thus for the thorough-trial and exercise of the Faith and Patience of his Servants in such Distresses.

2. To stir them up the more earnestly to pray and seek to him for help and comfort in such troubles. As a natural Father or Mother will sometimes shew themselves strange toward their Children, to stir them up the more to seek to them, and to depend on them.

Ʋse. Use. Here is Comfort to the Godly in greatest troubles, when in the middest of them the Lord hideth Himself, and his Favour and Presence, and estrangeth himself from us, as if He took no care of us. This is but for our further Trial, and for our Good, to provoke us to more earnest seeking His Face, &c. And though for a time He seem never so strange to us, and to be farr from us, yet even then He is near unto us, and his Face doth shine upon us, as we shall perceive and feel afterward in due time.

Mark 6. 49,-53.‘And when they saw him walking, &c. Dec. 23. 1621.

OF the first Miracle of Christ wrought upon the Sea we have heard; namely, his walking upon the Sea to come to his Disciples.

Now in the next place we are to speak of the Effects and Consequents of that Miracle; which were these three.

  • 1. The Errour of the Disciples conceived touching Christ's Person upon sight of his walking on the waters. They did thereupon suppose him to be a Spirit.
  • 2. The great trouble and fear with which they were perplexed upon sight of his walking upon the Waters, which is amplifyed by the Effect of it; causing them to cryout.
  • 3. Our Saviour's comforting them against that fear; and that two wayes:
    • 1. By word; talking with them, bidding them be of good comfort, and certifying them who he was, and willing them not to be afraid.
    • 2. By his deed and practise; by going up unto them into the Ship, &c.

They supposed it was a Spirit,] that is, an evill or wicked Spirit, or Devil, appearing unto them in a visible Shape or Likeness. So much is here signifyed by the word [ [...]]. Vide Bezam in Matth. 14.

Quest. Quest. What moved them thus erroneously to think of Christ?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because they saw him walk upon the top of the waters, which they thought none could do but a Spirit; that is, either a good or evil Angel. That this was one principal occasion of their false sup­position the words do shew, when it is said, that when they saw him walking on the Sea, they supposed, &c.

2. It was in the dark time of the night, in which (for the most part) the Devil is wont most often to appear visibly; that being a solitary, fearful, and uncomfortable time of it self, and so fittest for the Devil's purpose, when he appeareth to breed terror in those to whom he appeareth.

3. It is likely also that their former trouble and fear in which they were, by reason of the storm which in­dangered the Ship, did so disturb their minds, and astonish their senses, for the time, that they were the more apt at the same time to fear and believe an Apparition of the Devil, and so this was a great means to con­firm them in this false Imagination.

Quest. Quest. Why did not our Saviour prevent this erroneous conceipt in them, by making himself plainly known to them sooner, or by opening their eyes clearly to discern Him, as He could have done?

Answ. Answ. He suffered them to be thus deluded for their good:

  • 1. That by this fearful Apparition of the Devil (as they conceived of it), their Faith might be the more throughly tryed and exercised.
  • 2. That the Weakness of it might be discovered unto them, and they more humbled in the sense there­of, &c.
  • 3. That perceiving their error afterward, and finding Christ their Master to be so near unto them, they might be the more joyful and thankful.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see, that the Apostles themselves, in supposing Christ to be a Spirit, did take it for granted that the Devil (by God's permission) can and doth sometimes assume and take to himself some out­ward visible shape, and in such shape appeareth unto some Persons, at some times, for some wicked end and purpose; as either to tempt them unto some sin or sins, or to hurt them in their bodies or otherwise, or to terrify and affright them, &c. That the Devil could and did in those times thus appear, the Disciples of Christ were perswaded of, else they would never have thus erred in supposing Christ himself walking on the Sea to be the Apparition of an evil Spirit. See also Luke 24. 37. And as they were thus perswaded, so no doubt but this perswasion and opinion they had taken up by good warrant from the written Word of God. And that it was a true and sound Opinion which they held touching this Power and Practise of the Devil; neither is there any thing either in this or any other Text of Scripture, against the Truth of this Perswasion of the Apostles, but on the contrary we have diverse Examples for Confirmation of it. For thus the Devil at the beginning took to himself the body of the Serpent, and in it appeared to Eve, and tempted her, Gen. 3. So 1 Sam. 28. The Devil, being set on work by the Witch of Endor, counterfeited the bo­dily Shape of Samuel, and appeared in it unto Saul. And thus it is most probable in the Judgment of the best Divines, that the Devil, when he tempted Christ, did come and appear to Him in a bodily shape either of a Man, or some other, Mat. 4. (See Beza on Mat. 14. 26.)

Use 1 Use 1. To confute the Errour of such as deny this manifest Truth confirmed not onely by the Word of God, but also by experience, and by the Testimonies of sundry Witches, which, having been convicted of this Crime, have with their own mouths confessed, that the Devil hath usually appeared to them in bodily Shapes, &c. Vide Remig. Daemonolat. l. 1. c. 7. et 23. And though these visible Apparitions of Satan be not common with us in this Country in which we live, yet in some other Countries they are much more com­mon.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing the Devil hath power by God's permission to appear visibly unto some persons, to tempt them to sin, or to terrifie and affright them, or otherwise to do them hurt and mischief: this must admonish us every one to be the more carefull to walk in the true fear of God, and to arm our selves daily by Faith, and by Prayer and Watchfulness, against this powerfull and politick enemy of our Souls and Bodies: Pray unto God daily to restrain his power and malice, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Be thankful to God for not suffering the Devil (as he might) to come in visible manner to tempt and affright us, &c. It is God's mercy to restrain him from this. Yet be not secure, but know, that although he come not visibly, yet he comes invisibly to us daily to tempt us unto sin by wicked suggestions, which is no less dangerous than if he visibly appeared, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Here we see further, That the Apostles thought that the Devil might visibly appear, not onely to the wicked and unbelievers, but even to good Christians, such as themselves were; else they could not thus have erred, and mistaken Christ for an apparition of Satan: neither is it to be doubted, but that by God's sufferance Satan may thus appear even to the Godly, as well as to the Wicked: If he thus appeared unto Christ, Matth. 4. why not unto good Christians? And if unto Eve in the State of Innocency, why not to a Child of God now in the state of Grace? Therefore such are not privileged from such apparitions of Satan. Yet neverthelesse it is probable, That he doth more frequently and usually appear so to wicked and ungodly Persons.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Again, in that the Disciples of Christ were deceived in judging Christ to be an evil Spirit ap­pearing to them: Hence we may gather, That it is easie for men to be deceived in discerning and judging of the visible apparitions of Satan: It is easie for the outward senses to be deceived, and for the mind to err in jugding of such Apparitions; easie for men to think they see such Apparitions of Satan, when they do not. If the Apostles of Christ were deceived thus, how much more may we? especially men are apt to be deceived in judging of such Satanicall Apparitions, in the night, and at such times as their minds are disturbed and distempered with fear, (as the Disciple were at this time): as also when they are otherwise distempered with some bodily disease arising from the corrupt humour of Melancholy: For it is the nature of such Melancholick Disease to distemper the mind and outward senses, and so to cause many false and vain imaginations to arise in the minds of such as are so distempered. Hence it is, That sometimes they are falsly perswaded that they see such Apparitions of Satan, when indeed they do not see them. Here then let us learn, not to give too much credit to our minds and outward senses, if at any time they perswade us that we see such Apparitions of Satan; especially at such times as our minds and senses are distempered with fear, or with some bodily Di­sease or otherwise: For although it is not impossible for the Devil so to appear to us in visible shape if God suffer him (as hath bin said before), yet we are not lightly or easily to believe our own imagination in such Cases, but upon very good ground and reason. And we are to give the less credit to our outward senses in this Case; because the Devil himself hath power also sometimes by God's sufferance to delude our senses, causing us to think we see or hear that which we do not see or hear, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that the Disciples eyes being blinded with the darkness of the Night, did mistake Christ for an evil Spirit: Hence gather, That it is much more dangerous for any to have the eyes of their mind blinded and darkened with ignorance of Christ and of his Word; for such must needs run into gross and dangerous er­rous concerning Christ. The Disciples not being able to discern and see Christ with their bodily eyes, thought him to be an evil Spirit walking on the Waters; even so it is with all that have the eyes of their minds blinded with ignorance, that they do not know Christ, or understand the Doctrine of Christ in the Gospel; such persons run into absurd and gross errors touching Christ. Thus we heard before, Ver. 15. of this Chap­ter, that the ignorance of Christ's person, was the cause of so many erroneous and absurd opinions holden by Herod and the [...]ews concerning him; some thinking him to be John Baptist, some to be Eliah, &c. So in all Ages, ignorance of Christ hath bin the cause of grosse errors or heresies which have bin holden of him, as by the Arians, and other ancient Hereticks. So at this Day, the ignorance of Christ which raigneth among the Papists, is the cause of many absurd and grosse errors which they hold concerning Christ. This also is true of many ignorant People amongst us, that by reason of their ignorance of Christ and of his Word, they do run into many grosse and foolish errors and opinions concerning Christ.

Use. Use. Admonition to all ignorant Persons to take heed of continuing in that estate, and to use all means speedily to come to the true knowledge of Christ in some measure; This being the onely way to preserve them from dangerous and damnable errors touching Christ. On the contrary, so long as they live in ignorance, they are in danger of all errors and heresies touching Christ, &c. So much of the first effect and consequent of Christ's walking on the Sea, viz. that the Disciples supposed it had bin a Spirit.

Now followeth the second, which was, the great fear with which they were troubled at the sight of him; which is amplyfied by the effect of it, in that it made them to cry out.

They all saw him and were troubled,] That is, greatly astonished and perplexed with fear of Christ, whom they falsly supposed to be an evil Spirit appearing to them to terrifie and affright them, or to do them hurt otherwise: Matth. 14. They cryed out for fear.

Now this fear and trouble proceeded from the imperfection and weakness of their Faith, ut suprà, Chap. 4 When they were in danger of drowning, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That there are imperfections and weaknesses of grace in the best Christians, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That even good Christians are apt to be too fearfull and timorous in times of danger; yea though it be but supposed danger, as this was, &c. See these two Points handled before, Chap. 4. Ver. 38.

Mark 6. 50.‘Be of good Cheer, it is I, be not afraid. Jan. 6. 1621.

Observ. 3 OBserv. 3. That it is naturall unto men to be fearfull of the visible Apparitions of Satan, insomuch that even the Godly and faithfull Servants of God are very apt to be troubled with fear at the sight of such [Page 382] Apparitions; yea, though they be not reall, but feigned and imaginary; as we see here in the Disciples be­ing stricken with great fear at the sight of Christ, supposing they had seen an evil Spirit. The like we read of them, Luke 24. 37. when Christ came suddenly and stood in the midst of them, they were terrified and affrighted, supposing that they had seen a Spirit. Now if such Apparitions be terrible to the Godly, how much more to the Wicked?

Reasons. 1 Reasons. 1. The manner of the Devil's visible appearing, is in it self fearful for the most part, in that he doth most commonly appear in deformed and ugly shapes, and in the Night-time, and in solitary and forlorn places, &c.

2. The consideration of the nature and naturall properties of the Devil makes his Apparitions fearfull to men, in that he is a Spirit of so great power and subtilty; and therefore able by God's permission to do much hurt unto us. Besides that, he is also at deadly emnity and hatred against all mankind, seeking their destruction and confusion by all means possible.

3. Because it hath bin proved and found in experience, that the Devil sometimes appearing in some per­sons, and in some places, hath done much hurt and mischief, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See how unfit it is for any to frequent or live in such places as are known to be haunted with wicked Spirits; seeing the best Christians are apt to be troubled and perplexed with fear at the Apparitions of Satan: therefore they had need be carefull to avoid occasions of being stricken with such fears and terrors, lest they tempt God, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See what need for us to arm our selves against this fear of the Devil's Apparitions, using all good remedies against it: To this end,

  • 1. Labour for true Faith in Christ, that being in him reconciled to God, and assured of his love and fa­vour, we may not fear any power or malice of Satan appearing, or not appearing to us. It is either want of Faith, or weakness of Faith that makes us over-fearfull of Satan and his Apparitions, as we may see here in the Apostles themselves: The more Faith, the less fear of Satan, &c.
  • 2. Consider God's speciall providence and protection, promised to such as fear him in the midst of all dangers; Read Psal. 91. nothing can befall them, but that which shall turn to their good and salvation. Therefore, though the Lord should suffer Satan at any time to hurt them in their bodies in this Life, yet Hell Gates shall not prevail against their Salvation in the Life to come.
  • 3. Consider that the good Angels do pitch their Tents round about us, if we truly fear God, Psal. 34. and he hath given them speciall charge over us to keep us in all our wayes, &c. Psal. 91.
  • 4. Remember, that all the power and malice of the Devil is limitted and restrained by the power of God, &c.
  • 5. Pray unto God for Spirituall courage, that we may not be dismayed with fear of Satanicall Appariti­ons, if the Lord should suffer him so to appear or present himself unto any of us, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Further we see here, that the Disciples of Christ are brought into many troubles at once; for they are alone in the Ship in the midst of the Sea in the Night-time, and they are toyled in rowing, and in danger of drowning by reason of the Wind being against them; and besides all this, at the same time they are terrified with the Apparition of an evil Spirit, as they falsly supposed: Hence then we learn, That the Lord doth sometimes exercise his Servants with many troubles at one and the same time, both outward and inward Tryalls. So Paul, 2 Cor. 7. 5.—troubled on every side; without fightings, within fears: 1 Pet. 1. 6. Ye are now in heaviness through manifold temptations. Examples of this we have also in David, who sometimes mentioneth many troubles at once upon himself, as we may see in the Book of Psalms: Psal. 144. 7. He prayes to be delivered out of great or many Waters. So Psal. 42. 7. One deep calleth another, &c. But especially in Job, who at the same time was afflicted in his Body, Goods, Children, Friends, and by his own Wife; and therefore in one place he speaketh of Changes, and Armies of troubles or sorrows which were sent of God against him. See also the example of Jacob, Gen. 32.

Reasons. Reasons. The Lord doth this.

  • 1. For the more thorough tryal of the Faith and Patience of his Servants, and that by this means these graces in them may be more cleerly manifested; as we see in Job.
  • 2. That many troubles coming upon them at once, it may be a means throughly and deeply to humble them under God's hand in the sense of their sins, which are the procuring of such troubles.
  • 3. That the goodness and mercy of God may be the more seen and manifested in delivering them out of so many troubles being at once upon them.

Use 1 Ʋse. 1. Comfort to the Godly when they are exercised with many troubles at once; God deals no other­wise with thee, than he doth often deal with other his deer Children and Servants. Therefore no cause for us in this case to be dismayed, or to doubt of God's favour, or fear his wrath to be against us, because he layeth many troubles at once upon us, for he doth all in love to us, and for our good that we may be thorough­ly tryed and humbled, &c. He seeth what is best for us, he seeth that one or few troubles at once is not enough to try and humble us so thoroughly as is fit: therefore he layeth many at once upon us of diverse kinds and natures; some outward, some inward, &c. Think of this, and be patient and well contented to sub­mit to the hand of God, though he chastise thee many wayes at once; and know that he is able, and will in due time deliver thee out of all troubles, though thou be compassed about with never so many: Job 5. 19. He shall deliver thee in six troubles; yea, in seven there shall no evil touch thee: Psal. 34. Many are the troubles of the Righteous, but out of them all, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Prepare and Arm our selves before hand to meet with many and sundry kinds of troubles in this World outward and inward; in our Bodies, Goods, good Name, Friends, &c. to have many waves of affliction to go over us at once, if God see it good for us, as oftentimes he doth. Look therefore for Chan­ges, and Troopes of sorrows and troubles to come upon us at once, as they did against Job, David, Paul, &c. This is sometimes needfull and profitable for us: 1 Pet. 1. 6. If need require, ye are in manifold afflictions, &c. We have much sin, and many corruptions; therefore great need of many fiery Tryalls to purge this drosse out of us, that being purged and refined with the fire of many afflictions, we may come forth as the Gold, [Page 383] as Job speaketh of himself. There is a gr [...]at deal of Pride, and much hardness of heart in us; many troubles therefore are needful at once to humble and soften our hearts, &c.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. Lastly, Observe here, that when our Saviour was now ready to deliver the Disciples, then their troubles grew to the highest pitch; Hen [...] we may learn, that oftentimes the troubles of the Faithful are then greatest when deliverance is nearest at ha [...]. Thus it was with the Israelites in Aegypt; when their delive­rance was at hand then was their misery all bondage greatest, Exod. 5. So the Jews in Hezekiah's time, when they were in greatest distress and da [...]er to be destroyed of the Assyrians, then was the destruction of their Enemies and their deliverance near [...]st at hand, See Isa. 37. 3. So Jonah: So Paul, 2 Cor. 1. 8. when he despaired of life, and had the S [...]ntence of Death in himself, then God delivered him from so great a Death. So, towards the end of the World, when Christ's second coming, to give full deliverance to the Church, shall draw near then shall the troubles of the Church increase. See Matth. 24. 9.

Reas. Reas. The Lord suffereth the troubles of his Servants then to grow and encrease to the highest mea­sure, when deliverance is nearest, that so His Power and Goodness may the more appear, in sending Deliverance suddenly and unexpectedly, when his Servants are in greatest extremity, and their case most des­perate.

Use. Use. Great Comfort for the Godly when their troubles grow and encrease to greatest hight and measure; There is no cause [...]hen to be dismaied or out of hope, but rather to conceive the more hope and confidence in God, that he will not be long ere he deliver [...]em when they are brought into so great straits; for it is a true saying, that, Our greatest Extremity is God's best Opportunity; when our troubles grow greatest, and our case most desperate and forlorn in regard of all outward helps and means, then is the Lord usually most near at hand and ready to help us. A little before Day-break the darkness encreaseth; so a little before the light of de­liverance is coming, the darkness of troubles encreaseth often and groweth more and more fearful and dismal. Therefore, as when toward Morning we perceive greater darkness, we are not sorry but glad that the Dawning is so near at hand; so here, &c. To the godly ariseth light in darkness, even in the greatest darkness of trou­bles, &c.

So much of the second Consequent of our Saviour's miraculo [...]s Walking on the Sea, viz. The great fear with which the Disciples were troubled at the sight of him, supposing they had seen an evill Spi­rit.

Now followeth the third and last Consequent of the same Miracle, viz. Our Saviour's comforting of his Disciples against their great fear:

  • 1. By Word, incouraging and strengthning them against their fear.
  • 2. By Deed, going up into the Ship unto them, Ver. 51.

In his words of Comfort consider two things:

  • 1. The Manifestation of himself unto them, telling them who he was, It is I.
  • 2. His encouraging of them; and that two waies,
    • 1. By exhorting them to be of good Comfort.
    • 2. By disswading them from fear.

Be of good cheer,] or, of good Comfort; or, be bold and confident as the word in the Originall signi­fieth.

It is I,] By this familiar kind of speech our Saviour made himself known unto his Disciples; for they having so long followed him and lived with him, did (no doubt) know him by his Voice and manner of Speech; and therefore whereas Peter Matth. 14. 28. though he heard Christ speak, yet seemed still to make some doubt whether it were he or no, this is to be imputed to the weakness of his Faith, and greatness of his present fear, in which both he and the other Disciples were, before Christ spake to them. (Vide Calvin. in locum.) Further we must here note, that our Saviour doth thus manifest himself and his presence, to the end that the consideration of his presence might be a special ground of comfort to them in their great fear and trouble.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour, having long absented and hid himself from his Disciples in their great trouble, doth now at length make himself known, and manifest his presence, for their help and com­fort; Hence we learn, that although the Lord do for a time, yea for long time, hide himself (as it were) in the troubles of his Servants, and seem absent from them; yet he will at length in due time appear again, and shew himself present for their help and comfort. When the Israelites were in grievous bondage under Pha­roah, the Lord seemed for a time to be absent, and to hide himself from them, but at length he is said to come down to deliver them, Ezod. 3. 8. The Lord sometimes seemed to hide himself from David in his troubles as he complaineth Psal. 13. 1. and else-where; yet at length he manifested his presence by helping and comforting him. When the Jews were seventy years in Captivity in Babylon, the Lord seemed to absent and hide Himself from them; yet at length he returned and shewed his presence by delivering them: Isa. 54. 7. For a small Moment have I forsaken thee; but with great Mercyes will I gather thee. In a little Wrath I hid my Face from thee for a Moment; but with everlasting Kindness will I have Mercy on thee, &c.

Use. Use. This is Comfort to the Godly in all troubles and afflictions: when they continue long, and the Lord seems absent, and to hide his Favour and Presence; yet labour by Faith to depend on Him, and wait for his Return to help and comfort us, after the time that He hath afflicted us: He may hide his Face for a time, but he will at length appear and shew himself marvailous in our Deliverance, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That the consideration of Christ's presence with us in our troubles is, and ought to be, a speci­al ground of Comfort to us in the same; therefore our Saviour, for the incouragement of his Disciples in their trouble and fear, tells them who he was, thereby intimating his presence, that he was at hand to help and deliver them; and for this cause also he afterward went up into the Ship to them, Ver. 51. Now if his bodily presence were so comfortable to his Disciples in these their troubles, much more comfortable to the [Page 384] Faithful is his spiritual presence, whereby he is present with th [...] in all their troubles by his Divine Power, Providence, and Mercy, to assist and strengthen them, and to comfort and deliver them. Therefore Matth. 28. ult. sending forth his Apostles to teach and baptize, and m [...]ving how many troubles they should meet with in execution of that their Ministry, he promiseth them for their comfort that he will be with them al­wayes unto the end of the World. For this cause also when Pa [...] was in great trouble and danger at Jerusa­lem, the Lord himself came and stood by him in the night to [...]mfort and encourage him. See Act. 23. 11.

Use 1 Use 1. See how to comfort and encourage our selves agai [...] all fears, terrours, and doubts, in time of trouble and danger, outward or inward; look at Christ's pre [...]nce with us, and labour by Faith to believe and be perswaded of it. To this end consider what promise he hath made to be present with us in the greatest troubles; Isa. 43. 2. Fear not, for I have redeemed the, &c. When thou passest through the Waters, I will be with thee, &c. So Psal. 91. 15. I will be with him in trouble &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Pray unto our Lord Jesus Christ to shew himself pre [...]ent with us in all our troubles, fears, and dan­gers: Then we shall not be dismaied nor out of heart, &c. So much of our Saviour's manifesting himself to them, &c.

Now to speak of his other words of comfort and encouragement, Be of good cheer, be not afraid.]

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. He doth not sharply rebuke them for their over-much fear, as he might have done; but bea­reth with them, and in mercy comforteth them against ther fear: Hence gather, that he is a meek, gentle, and merciful Saviour toward all his faithful Ones; willing to bear with their Infirmities, and ready to help and comfort them against the same, Heb. 2. 17. A merciful High-Priest, &c. Heb. 5. 15. Not such a one as cannot be touched with the feeling of our Infirmities, &c. Isa. 42. 3. A [...]ruised Reed shall be not break, and the smoaking Flax shall he not quench, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Here is great Comfort to the Faithfull, agains [...] their Infirmities and Fr [...]lties: If they see and feel them, and be truly humbled for them, and do constan [...]y strive against them, then let them not be dis­couraged; for they have such a Saviour as will not deal [...]oughly and sharply win them for their Frailties and Corruptions; He will not rebu [...]e or chastise them in Wrath for them, but will rather bear with them in Meeknesse, and in Mer [...]y help and succour them, and comfort them against their Infirmities, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. This teacheth us how to [...]eal with our Brethren which sin of Infirmity; not to censure or reprove them over-sharply, but in meekness and mercy to support them, and help to bear their burthen, herein follow­ing the practise of our Saviour Christ, Mat. 11. Learn of me, for I am me [...]k, &c. Rom. 14. 1. Rom. 15. 1. Gal. 6. 1.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, In that our Saviour doth here comfort his Disciples in their fear, by the words of his own mouth, bidding them be of good cheer, and not to fear; Hence we may observe, that the word of Christ is a special and singular means to stay and comfort the heart against fear in times of danger. As this was true of Christ's lively Voice, when he was upon Earth, that it was very comfortable to his Disciples in this their great fear, and in the danger which they supposed; So is it no lesse true of the written Word of Christ, being by Faith apylyed unto the Conscience, that it is very effectual to comfort and encourage the Faithfull against all Fears and Terrours in time of greatest Distresse and Dan­ger.

Reas. Reas. This Word of Christ doth assure the Faithful of his special Protection of them in the midst of grea­test dangers; and this must needs be a special means to stay and comfort their hearts against fear in such dangers.

Use. Use. See how to comfort our selves against such fears as we are apt to be troubled with, in times of dan­ger; see that we be well acquainted with the Word of Christ, and labour by Faith to apply it to our selves, for comfort in such cases. Hearken to the voice of Christ's Word speaking comfort, &c. So much of our Saviour's comforting of his Disciples by word.

Now it followeth to speak of his Comforting them by Deed, Going up unto them into the Ship.] This he did to the end that, by enjoying his company and presence, they might be the more encouraged and comforted against their fear and danger in which they were before. Hence we learn, that Christ's presence is a great comfort to the Faithful in all troubles and dangers. But of this before.

Mark 6. 51, 52.‘And the Wind ceased, &c. Jan. 20. 1621.

OF Christ's miraculcus walking on the Sea, and the Consequents of that Miracle, we have spo­ken.

Now, in these two Verses, is laid down another Miracle, wrought by our Saviour about the same time; namely, His miraculous stilling of the Tempest of Wind which was risen on the Sea. Where consider two things:

  • 1. The Miracle it self.
  • 2. The Consequent of it.

Touching the former, the Points of Instruction to be gathered from it have been before handled, in speak­ing of the former Miracle.

To proceed therefore to the Consequent of this and the former Miracle (for it is to be referred unto both) it is laid down in these words, They were sore amazed in themselves, and wondred. Now this amazement and wonder is amplified,

  • 1. By the measure or greatness, They were sore amazed beyond measure, &c.
  • 2. By the Causes of it;
    • 1. More near; The want of due consideration of the Miracle of the Loavs, formerly wrought.
    • 2. By the remore cause thereof, viz. The hardness of their hearts.

They were sore amazed,] Or astonished with great fear and admiration of the great and strange Miracles wrought by Christ in walking upon the Sea, and stilling the Wind; unto which also are to be added two other Miracles wrought by Him about the same time. One of which was, that he inabled Peter to walk upon the Sea, Matth. 14. The other was, that the Ship being now in the midst of the Sea, or not far from the midst, (for they had rowed but 25 or 30 furlongs when Christ came to them, Joh. 6. 19.) our Saviour caused it to come suddenly to the Land or Shore, as appeareth, Joh. 6. 21. So that here were four severall Miracles wrought together by our Saviour, all which joyntly considered, no marvail if they were stricken with very great fear and admiration.

Now in this their amazement and admiration, something is Commendable, and something Discommenda­ble. It is Commendable that they were affected with admiration, and reverent fear of these great and mira­culous works of Christ. It is Discommendable that they did exceed due measure in this astonishment and admiration of the Miracles themselves, without due consideration of Christ's Divine Power, by which they were wrought, notwithstanding that this Power had been clearly manifested but a little before in that great Miracle of the Loaves and Fishes.

Object. Object. Matth. 14. 33. They that were in the Ship came and worshipped him, and confessed him to be the Son of God, &c. Therefore it seems that they did sufficiently consider and acknowledge Christ's Divine Power, &c.

Answ. Answ. It is most likely, that they did not at first make that confession, but after they had better considered of the matter. At first they were overmuch astonished with wonder at the strangeness of the Miracles, yet at length upon better consideration they came to Christ, and confessed his Divine Power.

They considered not the Miracle of the Loaves,] This is not so to be taken, as if they did not or had not at all considered or thought of that great Miracle: For it is not likely, that Christ's own Disciples were so block­ish and sensless as to passe over so great a Miracle without any consideration or notice taken of it at all, but the meaning is, that they had not yet so seriously and throughly considered of that great Miracle as they should have done; they had not so considered it, as to take speciall notice of Christ's Divine Power manifested by it, nor so as to be moved by consideration of it, to acknowledge and believe stedfastly that his Power, as they ought to have done.

Heart was hardened,] By [heart] understand,

  • 1. Their minds and understandings. So the word is used, Rom. 2. 15.
  • 2. Principally their Wills and Affections, so taken often in Scripture. Both these are said to be,

Hardened,] That is, 1. Their minds were blinded with ignorance, dullness and blockishness, so as they were not fit to conceive and understand, so throughly as was fit, Christ's Power, &c.

2. Their hearts and affections were so hardned in unbelief, that they were not fit to believe and acknow­ledge (as they ought) the same Divine Power of Christ. The word in the Originall is a Metaphor from the brawn of the hand, which is without sense, implying that their hearts were not so sensible as they should be of Christ's Power, &c. Hardness of heart is two-fold.

  • 1. Such as is in the Wicked, &c.
  • 2. In the Godly, &c. This latter, is here meant. So much of the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 They were sore amazed, &c.] Observ. 1. It is good for us to be much affected and moved with admiration and fear of the great and extraordinary Works of God. See before, Chap. 4. 41. and Chap. 2. 12. David in the Psalms doth often admire God's great works of Creation and Providence, &c. See also Job 37. 1.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. We must not so be carryed away with astonishment and admiration at the works of God, as to forget or not duly to consider, and seriously think of his Divine Power and Providence by which they are wrought and come to passe. Herein the Disciples of Christ were now faulty, and therefore in this we are not to imitate them, but rather by their example to learn to be the more watchfull against this fault and cor­ruption, which makes us apt to be too much taken up with admiration and astonishment at the great works of God, without due consideration and meditation of the Power and Providence of God by which they are wrought. On the contrary we must so be moved with admiration and reverence of such extraordinary works of God, that we take speciall notice of his Power and Providence manifested in them, and believe and ac­knowledge the same. But to proceed.

Observ. For they considered not, &c.] Observ. By nature we are all very slow, backward, and unfit to understand and consider aright of the great works of God, which we see or hear of, so to consider them as to make use of them, &c. If Christ's Disciples were thus slow of heart to conceive, and duly to consider of Christ' [...] Mira­cles, how much more is this true of others, &c. Now how slow and backward they were to consider aright of Christ's Miracles, may appear both in this place, and also Mark 8. 17. where our Saviour doth reprove them for not remembring and making use as they should have done of the two great Miracles, in multiplying the Loaves and Fishes at severall times. This also we may see in the Israelites, Psal. 106. 13. They soon forgat the works of God: And in the Jews, Isa. 5. 12. of whom it is said, That they regarded not the Work of the Lord, nor considered the operation of his hands.

Ʋse. Use. Labour every one to see this our naturall corruption, which makes us so unfit to consider aright, and to make use of the great works of God; and not onely to see it, but to be humbled for it, and to strive against it, praying unto God to give us hearts and minds more duly and seriously to consider of his great works which we see or hear of, and to make good use of them, especially of his extraordinary and miraculous works. So David professeth that he would: Psal. 77. 11, 12. I will remember the works of the Lord, surely I will remember thy wonders of old: I will meditate of all thy Works, and talk of thy Doings. Now it must not be a bare remembrance or meditation of God's great and extraordinary Works, but it must be joyned with a desire and care to make a good and holy use of them; learning by his works of Power and Justice to fear Him, and by his works of Mercy to love Him, and to express our love by our conscionable obedience to His Will, &c. It followeth,

For their heart was hardned,] Observ. 1. Hence gather, That hardness of heart is a main cause hindring the ftuit and profit which we should reap by the means of Grace, as the Word, Sacraments, Works of God, &c. The hardnesse of the Disciples hearts was the cause that they did not duly consider of Christ's Miracles sometimes, nor make such good use of them as they should have done. So Mark 8. 17. Have ye your heart yet hardned? And do you not remember? when I brake the five Loaves, &c. And as this is true of Christ's Disciples, who were Believers; so much more true is it of the Wicked and Unbelievers. What was the cause that Pharoah did not so lay the Judgments of God to heart as he should have done, nor so profit by them, and by the Messages sent to him by Moses, but the hardnesse of his heart? This kept him from true Repentance. So, what was it that made the Ministry of the Prophet Esay unprofitable to the Jews, but their hardness of heart? Isa. 6. 9. Go tell this People, hear indeed, but understand not, &c. Make the heart of this People fat, &c. So, what hindred the Scribes and Pharisees from profiting by Christ's Doctrine and Miracles, but the hardness of their hearrs? as may appear, Mark 3. 5. We may also see this in the examples of Cain and Judas, though the Lord used means to bring them to Repentance, yet the hardness of their hearts kept them from profiting by the means.

Reas. Reas. Hardness of heart makes such persons unfit to be wrought upon by the means of Grace which the Lord useth towards them; it makes them insensible of the Word, Sacrament, Works of God, &c. yea, it makes them to resist, and fight against the means of Grace; as Stephen saith of the Jews, Act. 7. 51. Ye stiff-necked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, ye do alwayes resist the Holy Ghost, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the cause that many profit so little by so great and plentifull means of Grace; the fault is not in the means, but in the hardness of heart which is in such, making them utterly unfit to be wrought upon by the means, and to profit by them. Hence it is, That many who hear the Word, and receive the Sacraments often, &c. yet are little or nothing the better, but remain still in ignorance, unbelief, impenitency, &c. because of the hardness of their hearts which so possesseth them, that they cannot repent or believe, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See how dangerous and fearfull it is, to have our hearts hardned in ignorance, unbelief, and other sinfull corruptions. This makes all means of Grace uneffectuall and unprofitable to us; at least it hinders from profiting in such measure as we should and might, otherwise: Therefore take heed of such hardnesse of heart, using all means to be preserved from it. Of which see before, Chap. 3. Ver. 5.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further observe here, in that the Evangelist chargeth Christ's Disciples with hardnesse of heart, that therefore there may be and is even in good Christians (yea in the best) some degree of hardnesse of heart. So Mark 8. 17. our Saviour reproveth their hardness of heart. And Mark 16. 14. He upbraided them with their unbelief, and hardness of heart.

Reas. Reas. The work of Grace and Sanctification in the Regenerate, is imperfect in this Life; they are but in part renewed; the corruption of sin is but in part mortified in them: therefore, as other sins and corruptions, so this of hardnesse of heart may and doth remain in them in some degree, even after Regeneration.

Quest. Quest. What difference is between that hardnesse of heart which is in the Regenerate, and that which is in the Wicked?

Answ. Answ. 1. The Regenerate do in some measure see and feel their own hardness of heart, whereas the un­regenerate have little or no feeling of it for the most part. See Ephes. 4. 19. and 1 Tim. 4. 2.

2. The Godly do not onely feel, but are unfeignedly grieved and humbled for their own hardness of heart; so are not the Wicked.

3. The Godly do hate and constantly strive against it, using all good means to be rid of it, and to have their hearts softened more and more; not so the Wicked, who bear with themselves, and willingly go on in hardness of heart; yea, they willingly harden their own hearts. See Rom. 2. 5.

4. In a word, hardnesse of heart in the Godly is a sin of infirmity, but in the Wicked it is a raigning sin, bearing sway, and prevailing in them.

Use 1 Use 1. Admonition to the best Christians, to labour more and more to see and bewayl their own hardnesse of heart; hating it, and striving against it by all means, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Comfort to such as feel and complain of their own hardness of heart, hating and striving against it in themselves by all means. If it be thus with them, they need not be discouraged, seeing there is some hardness of heart even in the best Christians, &c.

Mark 6. 53,-56.‘And when they had passed over, they came into the Land of Genesareth, and drew to the shore: And when they were come out of the Ship, straightway they knew Him: And ran thorow that whole Region round Jan. 27. 1621. about, and began to carry about in beds those that were sick, where they heard he was: And whithersoever he entred into Villages, or Cities, or Country, they laid the sick in the Streets, and besought him that they might touch if it were but the border of his Garment: and as many as touched him were made whole.’

HEre is laid down the sixth and last principall part of this Chapter, viz. The History of Christ's coming into the Country of Genesareth, and His working of sundry miraculous Cures of Diseases there: The sum is this. Our Saviour coming with his Disciples into the Land of Genesareth, the People of that Country did presently, upon his arrivall there, take speciall notice of Him, and thereupon took order speedily that the sick Folk throughout the Country should be presented unto Him; and withall, they beseech Him, that they might onely touch the border of his Garment, thereby testifying their Faith in Him, and so many as thus touched him were miraculously healed. Where, consider two things.

  • 1. Our Saviour's coming with his Disciples into the Land of Genesareth.
  • 2. The Miracles which He wrought there, for confirmation of this Doctrine. Touching the first.

When they had passed over,] That is, over the Sea of Galilee, or Lake of Genesareth, when the former Miracles were wrought.

They] That is, Christ and his Disciples, and the rest that were with them in the same Ship.

came into the Land of Genesareth,] This Genesareth was one part or Region of the Country of Galilee, where our Saviour so much conversed; bordering unto the Sea of Galilee, or Lake of Genesareth, on the West side of the Lake; and from hence it was called the Lake of Genesareth, as Luke 5. 1. It was a very fair, pleasant, and fruitfull Country; as Josephus and Hegesippus report of it. (Vide Adrichon. Descript. Terrae Sanctae.) And so much the very name implyeth: For Genesareth being a Chaldean or Syrian word, doth signifie as much as the Garden of Princes, or a princely Garden. (See Drus. Comment. prior in Voces Novi. Testam.)

They drew to the Shore.] Here is an Hysteresis. For they drew to the Shore, and came out of the Ship, before they came into the Country.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Bodily Sicknesses and Diseases come by God's providence, and not onely or chiefly by second causes or means, as by contagion, or infection of the Ayr, or by bad Dyet, &c. For here we see, that even in the Land of Genesareth a very pleasant Country, and sweet Ayre (as is most likely); yet there were many sick and diseased People, &c. And experience shews this to be true in other Places: not that there is no difference to be made of Places and Countryes, in regard of healthfulness or unhealthfulness; but that Health and Sick­nesse are not to ascribed only or chiefly to such secondary causes and means, but chiefly to God's providence, who is above all second Causes, disposing of them as pleaseth Him, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Our Saviour cometh to Genesareth not by request of the Inhabitants of the Country, nor being sent for, or by the perswasion of his Disciples or others; but of his own accord, and free good will to this People, that he might do good amongst them, and unto them by his Miracles, and also by his Doctrine: (for though there be no mention made of his Preaching, yet it is most likely that he joyned some instruction and teaching with his Miracles, as he used to do in other Places.) Hence then we may gather, That it is the free Grace and Mercy of Christ that moveth Him to bestow the means of Grace and Salvation upon any People or Nation, and not any merit or desert in them above others: Psal. 147. 19. He shewed his Word unto Jacob, his Statutes and his Judgment unto Israel: He hath not dealt so with any Nation, &c. Isa. 65. 1. I am found of them that sought me not; I said, behold me, behold me, unto a Nation that was not called by my Name: Jam. 1. 18. Of his own will begat he us, with the word of Truth, &c.

Ʋse. Use. To stir up those unto all possible thankfulness to God, who do enjoy the ordinary means of Salvation; as the Ministery of the Word, Sacrament, &c. considering that it is the Lord's free Grace and Mercy alone which hath moved Him to bestow these pretious means upon them, which he hath denyed unto many others. This doth neerly concern us in this Land, and us particularly of this Congregation, who by God's meer grace and goodness do enjoy these means of our Salvation, which some others, yea, many others do want: not that we are better then others by nature, or have deserved that Christ Jesus should thus come unto us by his Ordinances; but because it hath so pleased him onely of his unspeakable grace and mercy to do us this good. Oh let us think seriously of it! and strive to shew our true thankfulness by bringing forth Fruits answerable to the means we have: Luke 10. 21. Our Saviour giveth solemn thanks to his Father, for that of his meer good pleasure he had hid the means of Salvation from some, and revealed them to others: so should we much more be thankfull for our selves, &c. No reason can be given, why it sometimes raineth upon one place and not on another, and why the Sun shineth upon one and not upon another, but onely the providence of God. So here, &c. So much of our Saviour's coming with his Disciples into the Land of Genesareth.

Now follow the Miracles which he there wrought in curing sundry diseased persons which were brought to him. Where, consider two things.

  • 1. The occasion of the miraculous Cures.
  • 2. The Cures themselves.

The occasion (or impulsive cause) was the Faith of the People, which is set forth.

  • 1. By the Ground of it; Their knowledge of Christ so soon as he was come out of the Ship into the Land, Ver. 54.
  • 2. By the outward Fruits of it, viz. Their works of Charity and Mercy.
    • 1. In taking care to bring and present the Sick unto Him to be healed.
    • 2. Beseeching Christ that they might touch the border of his Garment, to the end they might be Cured.

First, Of the Ground of their Faith, When they were come out of the Ship, straightway they knew Him,] That is, they acknowledged and took speciall notice of Him, as of an eminent Person, and extraordinary Pro het sent from God, having Divine Power to cure Diseases miraculously. For thus they conceived of Christ.

Quest. Quest. How came they thus to know Him?

Answ. Answ. 1. By the Fame of his Doctrine which he had Preached, and of the Miracles which he had formerly wrought in other places not far off; as in Capernaum, Bethsaida, Tiberias, &c.

2. And it may be also (yea it is very probable) that some of them had before heard him Teach, and seen his great Miracles in other places bordering near unto them.

Observ. Observ. Knowledge of Christ, is the Ground of all true Faith in Christ; we must first know Him in some measure, before we can come to believe in Him aright. So this People of Genesareth first came to know Christ in some measure by His former Preaching and Miracles: whence they gathered, That He was an ex­traordinary Prophet coming from God, and having Power to work miraculous Cures of Diseases, because he had done so formerly: whence also they gathered, That He was not onely able, but willing and ready to cure the Sick, if they were brought unto Him, and if suit were made unto Him in their behalf. Thus their Faith in Christ's Power and Mercy was grounded upon the knowledge which they had of his Power and Mer­cy shewed unto others, &c. Of this Point see before, Chap. 5. 27. It followeth,

Ver. 55. And they ran through, &c.

Here the Evangelist sets out their Faith by the outward Fruits and Testimonies of it, viz. By a two-fold work of Charity.

  • [Page 388]1. Their care to present their sick Friends and Neighbours unto Christ.
  • 2. Their sute made unto him on their behalf; that they might touch but the border, &c.

Touching the first, viz. Their presenting of the sick unto Christ: It is amplifyed by two things chief­ly.

  • 1. By their pains and diligence shewed therein: In that they ran through the whole Country, and began to carry the sick in their beds, and to lay them in the streets wheresoever Christ came.
  • 2. By their Wisdom, in taking the best opportunities of time and place; Of time, in that they brought the sick to Christ speedily, so soon as he came into the Country: Of place, in that they laid the sick before him in the streets and open places, where he was to come, and where they might most conveniently come at him, and he might most conveniently take notice of them, and heal them miraculously.

To carry about in beds,] This was according to the Custom of that Country, in which they used to lay the sick upon small Beds or Couches, which were so made that they might be conveniently carried up and down from place to place. See before, Chap. 2. Ver. 3. & 11. and Luke 5. 19.

In the streets,] Or open and publick Market-places, as the word in the Original doth signify. So much of the sense of the words.

Now most of the Points of Instruction to be gathered from them, (as also from the words following to the end of the Chapter,) have been before handled; and therefore I will go over them the more briefly.

Observe in general. In that this People of Genesareth do testify their Faith in Christ, by the fruits of love and mercy to their sick Friends and Neighbours; Hence gather, that true Faith will shew it self in fruits of Love to others that have need of the fruits of our Love: Gal. 5. 6. Faith worketh by Love. 1 Tim. 1. 5. Charity proceeds and flows from Faith unfeigned.

Reas. Reas. Such as are by Faith perswaded of God's Love and Mercy in Christ, cannot but love God again, and their Brother in and for God; and so they cannot but be ready to shew fruits of Love to their Brother, for the Lord's sake.

Ʋse. Use. Examine the soundness of our Faith by our true Love and fruits of our Love and Mercy to others. 'Tis in vain to profess Faith in Christ, if we shew it not by Love to our Brethren. Jam. 2. 14. What doth it profit though a man say he hath Faith, and hath not Works? Can Faith save him? If a Brother or Sister be naked, and destitute of daily Food, and one of you say, Depart in peace, &c. notwithstanding ye give them not; What doth it pro­fit?

Particular Observations. 1. In that this People shew their Love by bringing the sick unto Christ to be healed, we learn, that it is a duty of Love and Mercy which we owe to such as are in misery and affliction, to afford them our best help and succour, whether it be in outward or inward Affliction.

  • 1. In outward, as in bodily Sickness, Pain, Poverty, &c. we are to use all good means for the helping, easing, and comforting of them.
  • 2. In inward Affliction of Mind and Conscience, by reason of sinlying heavy upon them; We are in this case especially to be helpful to them all that we can. Especially we are to afford our help to those that are most near and dear to us, to whom God hath tyed us by some special bond of Alliance, Kindred, neer Acquain­tance, &c. Prov. 17. 17. A Friend loveth at all times, a Brother is born for Adversity. Job 6. 14. To him that is afflicted pity should be shewed from his Friend.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. We profess to be fellow-Members of the same mystical body of Christ, which is the Church; And therefore as in the naturall Body the severall Members have care one for another, to help each other; so should it be between Christians. See 1 Cor. 12. 25. So Paul, 2 Cor. 11. 29. Who is weak and I am not weak▪

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. We our selves are subject to like Afflictions: Hebr. 13. 3. Remember them which suffer Adversity, as being your selves in the Body. Therefore as we would be glad of help from others, so should we be willing to assist others.

Quest. Quest. How are we to help such as are in misery and affliction?

Answ. Answ. 1. By our Prayers unto God to give them Strength, Patience, Deliverance, and to sanctify to them all their troubles, &c. As this People of Genesareth besought Christ for the sick, as is said afterward, Jam. 5. 16. Pray one for another that ye may he healed: So, in all other Afflictions of our Brethren and Sisters, we should strive with them by our Prayers to God for them. David did this for his Enemies, Psal. 35. 13. How much more should we for our Friends? &c. As in our Saviour's time, the friends of the sick, and of such as were in other miseries, brought and led them to Christ with their hands and arms; so should we pre­sent the afflicted estate of our Brethren unto Christ, by our Prayers, &c.

2. We are to help the afflicted by comforting and strengthning them in their troubles, that they may be better able to bear them in due manner with Patience, Contentedness, &c. Isa. 35. 3. Strengthen [...] hands, and comfort the feeble knees. Say to them that are of a fearfull heart, Be strong, fear not, &c. 1 Th [...] ▪ 5. [...]4. Comfort the feeble-minded. And to this end we are to visit and come to such as are in Affliction, [...] is offered, Mat. 25. When I was sick, and in prison, ye visited me, &c.

3. We are to help the afflicted by our best Advise, Counsel, and Instruction; advising and teaching them the best we can how to bear their troubles, and how to make use of them.

4. We are to provide for them the best outward means of comfort and help which are in our power, so far as our Calling requireth, especially for those to whom we are in special manner obliged: So in time of sick­ness we are to provide for them necessary Physick and Diet, &c. As the friends of the sick brought them to Christ, and besought him for them, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Reproof of such as shew little or no Love or Mercy to others in Affliction outward or inward: If themselves be well, and in ease, health, and prosperity, let others sink or swim, &c. But woe to such, Amos 6. 6. Some know not how to pray for themselves in trouble, much less for others. Others come not at their friends and neighbours in sickness, and other distresses, to comfort them, or to instruct or advise them, &c. Like Swallows which are with us in the Spring and Summer, but leave us in Winter. See Job 6. 15. My [Page 389] Brethren dealt deceitfully as a Brook, &c. Others have no care to provide outward helps and comfort for such as are in misery, as in sickness, &c. not for those of their Charge, and of their own Families, as Husbands, Wives, Children, Servants; No care, so much as to send to the Physitian for them, till they be past Recovery. More merciful they are to their beast, if it be sick, than to their sick Children, Ser­vants, &c. How dwelleth the Love of God in such as shew so little Love and Mercy to others? How should they look to find mercy with God and with men in their own miseries, when they shew none to others? Such do verify that of Solomon, The mercies of the wicked are cruell, Prov.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Let us be moved to shew more Love and Mercy to such as are in misery and Affliction, remembring that we our selves are in the body, and therefore liable to like miseries, &c. As therefore we would find help in our own troubles, so let us help and comfort others as we are able, by our Prayers to God, by our Ad­vice and Counsel, &c. Remember, that Friend and Brother is born for Adversity.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this People were so diligent, and took such pains to run through the Country, and to bring the sick in their beds unto Christ; Observe, that true Christian Love is diligent and painfull in doing Duties and Services of love to others, as occasion is offered. See this before, Chap. 2. 3.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that they took the Opportunities of time and place, to bring and present the sick unto Christ, we may learn, That we ought wisely to observe and take the best opportunities of helping and doing good to such as are in misery and distress: We are to watch the fittest time to help and comfort such; now the fittest time is, when they have most need of us, and when we may do them most good. So these Genesarites took the opportunity of time to carry their sick friends to Christ, so soon as he came into their Country, because then there was good occasion and means offered for the healing of them. Gal 6. 10. As we have Opportunity, let us do good unto all, &c. Isa. 50. 4. The Lord hath given me the tongue of the learned, that I should know how to speak a word in season to him that is weary, &c. Prov. 3. 28. Say not to thy Neighbour, Go, and come again, and to Morrow I will give thee, when thou hast it by thee. So also we should observe the fittest places, where we may most conveniently, and with least hinderance, help and do good to such as are in Di­stress.

Use. Ʋse. Remember to take the best Opportunities of doing good, and shewing mercy to such as are in misery.

Now further observe here, that although these Genesarites are to be commended for their Faith in Christ, and for their Charity, in being so carefull to bring their sick unto him to be healed; yet in this they seem faulty, that they were not so forward to seek to Christ for spiritual Blessings; as for spiritual Instruction, Comfort, Pardon of sin, &c. for the Evangelist makes no mention of their seeking these or the like spiritual benefits from Christ, either for themselves or their friends.

Observ. Observ. Hence gather, That it is naturall to us of our selves to prefer and seek earthly and corporal bene­fits and good things above heavenly and spirituall. See this before observed in the 32. Verse of the second Chapter.

So much of the first work of Charity which this People performed for their sick folk; namely, their car­rying them unto Christ to be healed.

Now followed their second work of Charity and fruit of their Faith, viz. Their Prayer unto Christ, be­seeching him that they might but touch the border &c.] This sute or request is to be understood, not only of those that brought and laid the sick before Christ, but also of the sick Persons themselves; for as they which brought them besought Christ to heal them by the touch of his Garment, so no doubt but the sick Persons prayed and sought unto him for this benefit for themselves. Now whereas they beseech him to heal them by the touch of his Garment, some think it is spoken to shew the weakness of their Faith, as if they tyed the power and vertue of Christ to the outward touching: But it is rather spoken in commendation of their Faith, to shew that they believed the Power and Mercy of Christ to be so great, that he was able and willing to cure them, even by this weak means of touching only the border of his Garment, though they used no other means: And yet withal the words do imply some Imperfection in their Faith, in that they seem to ascribe too much to the outward touching, as if without this they could not be cured; one cause whereof might be, that they had heard of others so cured before, as namely, that Woman which had the bloody Issue, whereof we heard Chap. 5. In this respect therefore the Faith of these came short of the Faith of that Centurion Mat. 8. 8. who was perswaded, that Christ could heal his sick Servant onely by speaking the word, without any such touching as is here mentioned.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that they besought Christ to touch his Garment, that they might be healed of their sick­nesses; We learn what is to be done by us in all Afflictions of our own and others, viz. That we should go and seek to God by the Prayer of Faith, as these sought to Christ: Among other means and helps to be used in trouble and distress, this of Prayer is one main and principal, not to be neglected. See before Chap. 1. Ver. 40.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that they so much desire to touch Christ's Garment, as if they could not otherwise be hea­led, we may observe and take notice of our natural Infirmity and Corruption, which makes us apt to tye and restrain the Power and Grace of God unto outward means, in the bestowing of his Blessings upon us, whether temporal or spiritual. As for example, in temporal benefits, we are apt to think that he cannot give health to the sick without the outward means of Physick: This was Asa's Sin, who therefore in his Disease sought to the Physitians, and not to God, 2 Chron. 16. 12. So we are apt to think that the Lord cannot nourish and sustain our bodies without ordinary means of Food, which was the sin of the Israelites in the Wilderness, who are therefore said to have limited God, Psal. 78. 41. So in spiritual Blessings, we are apt to tye God unto outward helps and means; as to think he cannot save us without the merit of our own good works, as the Papists imagine; that he cannot give Grace without the outward Sacrament of Baptism, when it cannot be conveniently had, &c.

Use. Use. Take heed of thus limiting the Power and Grace of God unto outward means; not that we should neglect the means, but we are so to use them, as not to trust in them, or to tye God unto them, but know that he is above all means, and can work without them, in case they cannot be had, &c.

It followeth. And as many as touched him, &c.

Observ. Observ. Though there was some Imperfection in their Faith, yet because they came to him in sincerity of heart to be healed, he pardoneth and passeth by their Infirmities, and vouchsafeth readily and willingly to cure them; which shewes him to be a most gracious, gentle, and merciful Saviour, ready to pardon and to bear with the Infirmities of such whose hearts are upright, which is matter of unspeakable comfort to such weak Christians, &c. See before, Ver. 50. Other Observations to be gathered hence, see also before, Chap. 5. Ver. 29.

Finis Sexti Capitis.

CHAP. VII.

Mark 7. 1, 2.‘Then came together unto him the Pharisees, and certain of the Scribes which came from Jerusalem. And when they saw some of his Disciples eat Bread with defiled (that is to say, with unwashen) hands, they found Febr. 3. 1621. fault.’

THis Chapter consisteth of two principal parts.

The first is a Conference or Disputation of our Saviour Christ with the Scribes and Pharisees, about their superstitious Observation of Jewish Traditions; unto Ver. 24.

The second is the History of two Miracles wrought by our Saviour, viz. The casting of a De­vil out of the Daughter of the Syrophoenician Woman; and the curing of one that was deaf, and had an impe­diment in his Speech: from Ver. 24. unto the end of the Chapter.

In the first part consider two things:

  • 1. The Disputation it self, unto Ver. 14.
  • 2. What followed upon it, from Ver. 14. to 24.

  • 1. The Scribes and Pharisees cavilling and taking exception against Christ's Disciples, for eating Bread with unwashen hands.
  • 2. Our Saviour's Answer thereunto, reproving and confuting them.

Touching the first, Consider

  • 1. The Persons that took Exception; described,
    • 1. By their Office and Calling, Pharisees and Scribes.
    • 2. By the place from whence they came, Jerusalem.
    • 3. By the manner of their coming, All together. ver. 1.
  • 2. Consider the occasion and matter of their Exception; they found fault because they saw Christ's Dis­ciples eat with unwashed hands, ver. 2.
  • 3. The reason of their exception, taken from the superstitious practise and custom of the Pharisees and Jews, about outward washings, ver. 3, 4.
  • 4. The manner of their cavilling and finding fault; they come to Christ himself, and demand why his Disciples keep not the tradition of the Elders, but eat with unwashen hands? thereby accusing them as trans­gressors of that Tradition, Ver. 5.

First of the Persons.

Pharisees] Of these before, Chap. 2. Ver. 24, They were a Sect among the Jews, professing great strictnesse and austerity of life, &c. There were great multitudes of these: Josephus saies there were 6000 in his time.

Scribes] Of these see before, Chap. 1. Ver. 22. and Chap. 2. 6. They were Expounders of the Law of Moses, in the literal Knowledge whereof they excelled; therefore called Lawyers, and Doctors of the Law, &c.

Quest. Quest. What difference between Pharisees and Scribes?

Answ. Answ. 1. The Pharisees were a Sect among the Jews, Act. 15. 5. differing in Opinion from other Sects. See Act. 23. 8. whereas Scribes is a Name of Office, and not of a Sect.

2. The Pharisees were more exact and curious Expounders of the Law, according to Tradition; whereas the Scribes were more plain and literal. Drus. de tribus Sectis, Lib. 3. cap. 13.

3. The Pharisees were most strict and austere in their outward life and conversation, Act. 26. 5. It is called, The strictest Sect, &c. But the Scribes were accompted most learned, 1 Cor. 1. 20. (Vide Drus. de tribus Sectis Jud. lib. 2.)

Observ. Observ. That such as for their place and Calling should be greatest Friends and Favourers of Christ and his followers, they are often greatest Enemies, and readiest to oppose against them. These Scribes and Pharisees were by their Office and Calling chief Teachers in the Church, and they were not of the common sort of Teachers, but rather of the principal and choisest, as is most likely, because they were of Hierusalem, the chief City in Judea: These therefore, in regard of their great place and Calling, should have been most for­ward to honour Christ, and to shew favour and friendship to his Disciples and Followers; but we see, that on the contrary, they of all others were most malicious and envious against Christ and his Disciples, shewing their Malice by un [...]ust cavilling at the Disciples, and accusing them to their Master as profane Persons, for [Page 391] eating Bread with unwashen hands. See before, Chap. 2. Ver. 6. and Ver. 24. See also Chap. 3. Ver. 6, & 22. Psal. 2. Kings and Rulers conspire against the Lord's anointed. The Stone, refused of the Builders, &c. Act. 4. 11. even of the Master-Builders; as Scribes, Pharisees, Elders, High-Priests, &c. See Ver. 5, & 6. of that Chapter. Who were they that opposed against Jeremy and Daniel, but the Rulers, Priests, &c?

Use 1 Use 1. See how unfit it is to tye our selves to the example of great Men in the Church, in matters of Religion; not safe alwayes to follow them, for so we may with them become the worst enemies that Christ and his Church hath. It is a foolish thing to alledge the example of great men, for excuse or defence of unwarranta­ble practices; like those, Joh. 7. 48. as if great men were alwayes good: Contrà, they are often the worst, and most dangerous enemies of Christ and his Church, &c. 1 Cor. 1. 28. Not many wise, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Admonition to great men in high place in the Church, to use and imploy their great Dignity, Pla­ces, and Offices, to the honour of Christ, and good of his Church. And to this end, pray unto God to give them speciall Grace so to use their great Places and Offices; lest otherwise they abuse them to the great hurt and danger of the Church, and dishonour of Christ. It behooveth us also to pray for our Rulers and Governours in Church and Common-wealth, &c. Now follows the place whence these Pharisees and Scribes came.

From Jerusalem,] The chief and mother-City of Judea, which was a good long way distant from Galilee, where our Saviour Christ and his Disciples now were. See Joh. 7. 1.

Observ. Observ. In that they came so far a Journey to shew their malice, in cavilling at Christ and his Disciples; we may observe, What pains the Wicked take to accomplish evil and wicked ends. So Chap. 3. Ver. 22. The Scribes came from Hierusalem to accuse Christ falsly, &c. Mat. 23. 15. Woe to you Scribes and Pharisees, Hypocrites, for ye compass Sea and Land to make one Proselyte, &c. Rom. 3. 15. Feet swift to shed blood: Prov. 1. 16. Their feet run to evil, &c. Isa. 5. 11. Drunkards rise up early, &c. Paul before his Conversion travelled from Hierusalem to Damascus, with Letters to bring the Christians bound thither, Acts 9. Ezra 4. 23. Rehum and Shimshai, and their Companions travelled from Samaria to Jerusalem, to hinder the Building, &c. Hence it is, That committing of sin is compared to plowing and sowing, which are painfull works, Job 4. 8. and the Wicked are called workers of iniquity; yea, they are said to travail with iniquity, as a Woman travaileth in Child-bearing, Psal. 7. 14.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Iniquity is sweet unto them, Job 20. 12. Therefore they take pains to satisfie their wicked lusts: Prov. 4. 16. They cannot sleep, except they have done mischief, &c. They eat the bread of Wickedness, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Devil (whose Servants they are) setteth them awork, and stirreth them up to take such pains, &c. See this in Judas, Joh. 13. 27, 30.

Use 1 Use 1. See the wretched folly and madness of such wicked Ones, not onely committing sin willingly, and so (as much as lyes in them) damning their own Souls, but also taking pains to go to Hell; yea, taking pains to treasure up greater measure of wrath, and to bring on themselves swifter and heavier damnation. These are the Devils Martyrs, suffering much for his sake, and in his Service, &c. See how justly the Wicked are called fools and mad men in Scripture; As Paul saith of himself, Acts 26. 11. Let such take notice of this their extream folly and madness, and desire of God to give them eyes to see, and hearts to repent of it. And let us take heed of being like them, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing the Wicked take such pains in the Devil's service, and in practise of sin: How much more pains should we willingly take in God's service and practise of good Duties? If they travell, and ride, and run so far for evil pruposes, as to be at profane Meetings, or to follow unjust Suits in Law against others, &c. How much more should we be content to travell far to good Meetings, especially to the Publick Assemblies to hear the Word, &c. Queen of Sheba, &c. Shall the Wicked labour more in working out their own condem­nation and in increasing the measure of it, than we in working out our own Salvation? Shall they take more pains to go to Hell, then we to come to Heaven? what a shame is this, &c.

They came together, &c.] Observ. See here the unity and consent that is among the Wicked, joyning toge­ther in practise of sin, &c. See before, Chap. 3. Ver. 6. Psal. 2. 2. The Kings and Rulers take Counsell toge­ther, &c. Prov. 1. 11. The Wicked combine together, and say, Come let us lay wait for blood, &c. So much of the persons which cavilled at Christ's Disciples.

Now followes the occasion and matter of their cavill and exception, When they saw some of his Disciples eat bread with defiled hands, &c.

Eat bread] By the figure Synechdoche [Bread] is put for all other kinds of food and means of nourishment. So Luke 14. 1. He went into the House of a chief Pharisee to eat bread, &c.

With defiled hands,] In the Originall it is, with common hands, which signifies as much as defiled or pol­luted. So Acts 10. 14. I have never eaten anything common or unclean: which manner of Speech was pro­per to the Jews, being taken from those meats which were not in use among them: For inasmuch as they were not permitted to eat of all sorts of meats, but by the Law of God were restrained and limited to some kinds onely, Levit. 11. therefore such meats as were permitted, they accompted after a sort Holy, and Sanctified in a peculiar manner; and the other they called and accompted common and unclean, because they were com­mon to all Nations, and such as did eat of them were Legally unclean; that is, in the accompt of the Law.

Common hands] That is, not sanctified by washing before meat, after they had bin imployed about com­mon matters, &c.

They found fault,] Or reproved them as Offenders against the Tradition of the Elders. And it seems they did first blame the Disciples to their faces directly, and afterward accuse them to Christ their Master, as appeareth, Ver. 5.

Quest. Quest. Whether the Disciples did well or ill, in eating with hands unwashed, in presence of the Scribes and Pharisees?

Answ. Answ. They did well, for they herein followed their Master, who did so in like case at another time; as appeareth, Luke 11. 38. where being invited to Dine with a Pharisee, he sat down without washing his hands.

Quest. Quest. Are we not to forbear our Liberty in use of things indifferent, rather than give offence?

Answ. Answ. Yes, if it be in the presence, or with the knowledge of weak Christians, who out of ignorance or weakness of Judgment and Conscience, are otherwise perswaded than our selves; but not before such as do obstinately err in Judgment: Now such as these were the Scribes and Pharisees, therefore before them it was better for the Disciples of Christ to use their Liberty, than to forbear it; that so by the lawfull use of it they might convince and reprove their obstinacy and superstition, and not confirm them in it; therefore here was an offence unjustly taken, not justly given. So much in way of opening the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that these Scribes and Pharisees, coming from Hierusalem into Galilee, to cavill and find fault with Christ and his Disciples, could find no matter of reproof against them for any manifest sin; as for pro­phaning the Sabbath, or for Swearing, Covetousness, Idleness, &c. but are fain to cavill at them onely for not washing their hands before meat, a thing indifferent and lawfull; This argues the uprightness and innocency of Life which was both in Christ himself, and in his Disciples, that they walked so uprightly and unblamably, that their greatest enemies could find no just matter of reproof against them. Which must teach us in like manner to endeavour to walk so unblamably before men, that the Wicked may have no just cause of opening their mouths against us for any manifest or known sin: Phil. 2. 15. That ye may be blamless and harmeless (or sincere) without rebuke in the midst of a crooked and perverse Nation, &c. 1 Pet. 2. 15. So is the will of God, that with well-doing ye may put to silence the ignorance of foolish men. David carryed himself so uprightly, that Saul, his deadly enemy could find no just matter of accusation against him, but was forced to acknowledge him to be more righteous than himself; as appeareth, 1 Sam. 24. 17. Daniel also carryed himself so as the Babylonian Princes could find no just matter to accuse him of, though they sought it; onely they were forced (having nothing else against him) to accuse him for praying three times a Day to his God. See Dan. 6. The Christi­ans in Tertullians time lived so holily and uprightly, that though they were falsly accused of grosse Crimes; as Murder, Incest, Treason against the Roman Emperour, &c. Yet upon diligent enquiry and examination of them, the worst they could prove against them, was, that they used in the morning before Day to meet together to sing Psalms of praise to the honour of Christ, and to bind themselves by solemn Oath or Vow not to committ sin, &c. (Vide Tertull. Apologet. 2. & Plin. Epist. Lib. 10. Epist. 97.) Thus let us after the ex­amples of these be carefull to walk so uprightly and unblamably in our whole Life, that we may stop the mouths of the prophane, who desire to speak evil of us; and that our very enemies may have nothing, or at least no just matter to accuse us of; and that if they will needs speak evil of us, yet they may be forced to do it unjustly, that is to say, for well-doing. Then shall we have comfort in our own consciences, though we be evil spoken of, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here the property of malice, which is to make faults in others where none are, charging and accusing them wrongfully, as guilty of sin when it is not so. Thus did these Scribes and Pharisees charge Christ's Disciples, and blame them as prophane Persons, because they are with unwashen hands, when they were indeed never the more prophane or irreligious for this. So before, Chap. 2. 24. they accused them as Breakers of the Sabbath, &c. And so they often laid grievous Crimes to our Saviour himself, whereof he was not guilty; sometime charging him as a Blasphemer, sometime as a Drunkard and Glutton, sometime as a Friend of Publicans and Sinners, sometime as one that wrought Miracles by help of the Devil, &c. And all this was out of their malice and envy against Him. See this before observed, Chap. 2. Ver. 24.

Ʋse. Use. Take heed of this malicious practise, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, we see here the Hypocrisie of these Scribes and Pharisees, in that they could so soon espye and reprove a small fault (if it had been any at all) in Christ's Disciples; yet in the mean time could not see or reform their own great and grosse sins; as malice and envy against Christ, superstition and will­worship, &c. Whence observe the property of Hypocrits, which is, to be curiously prying into the small faults of others; yea, to be so quick-sighted, as to see faults where none are, and so uncharitable as to censure others for tryfles, when in the mean time they cannot or will not see and reform far greater Sinnes in themselves: Matth. 7. 3. Why beholdest thou the mote in thy Brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Ver. 5. Thou Hypocrite, first cast out the beam, &c.

Use. Use. Take heed of this grosse Hypocrisie in prying so narrowly into the faults of others, neglecting our own. On the contrary, turn our eyes back upon our selves first, then shall we see so much amisse in our selves, so many corruptions and sins bearing sway and unmortified, that we shall neither have leisure nor will to pry into others, much lesse uncharitably to censure them. Remember, it is Hypocrit's guise to be quick-sighted in others sins, and put-blind in taking notice of our own; as on the contrary, the most sincere Christian is ever most busie in censuring and reforming his own corruptions, and most sparing and favourable to others: Psal. 101. David first reformed himself, then his Family and Kingdom. So let us begin at Home first with our own corrupt, proud, profane, unclean, covetous hearts, &c.

Mark 7. 3, 4, 5.‘For the Pharisees, and all the Jews, except they wash their hands oft, eat not, holding the tradition Feb. 10. 1621. of the Elders: And when they come from Market, except they wash, they eat not. And many other things there be, which they have received to hold, as the washing of Cups, and Pots, brazen Vessels, and of Tables: Then the Pharisees and Scribes asked Him, Why walk not thy Disciples according to the tradition of the Elders, but eat with unwashen hands?’

OF the Persons that took exception at our Saviour Christ's Disciple, and found fault with them, as with profane Persons, as also of the occasion of their exception and cavill, which was their eating with un­washen hands, you have heard before. Now the next thing set down by the Evangelist, is the cause and rea­son why these Scribes and Pharisees blamed the Disciples for eating with unwashen hands, which is laid down, Ver. 3, & 4. being taken from the superstitious custom, and practise of the Pharisees and Jews which they had taken up and used about externall washings.

In the words, consider two things;

  • 1. Their Superstitious practise.
  • 2. The Ground of their practise, viz. The tradition of the Elders.

Touching their practise, it consisteth in two things.

  • 1. That they were very curious in washing their hands before Meat.
  • 2. That they used also sundry other kinds of Superstitious washings, of all such Vessels and Instruments as were imployed about their Meats and Drinks, and the receiving of them; as the washing of Cups, Pots, &c. Ver. 4.

Pharisees, and all the Jews,] This shews how generally this Superstition prevailed, and was practised; not onely by the Pharisees (though especially by them, being the straitest Sect), but also by the common sort of the Jews. Vide etiam Jos. Scalig. Elench. Serarii. Cap. 7.

Except they wash oft,] Or diligently and carefully, as the word ( [...]) in the Original doth signifie. (Vi­de Annot. Casaub. in locum.) Now this is added to shew how curious they were in this superstitious washing of hands when they did eat. Some for ( [...]) do read ( [...]) and translate it often, and so think that it implyes that they used to wash not onely once before Meat, but often, even in the time of eating. And that this was their custom; it is probable by the words of Matth. 15. ver. 2. where they blame our Saviour's Disciples thus, They wash not when they eat. But I rather follow the common reading of the Text in the Originall, which seemeth best and safest, and is also very significant. Vide Drus. de 3. Sectis. Lib. 2. c. 15.

And when they were come from the Market, &c.] He mentioneth one particular time, and speciall case among other in which they were so curious in washing hands before Meat, viz. whensoever they returned home from the publick and common Market-Places; The reason was, because in the Markets they had occasion to buy and sell, and to have other traffick and dealings with sundry sorts of persons (not onely Jews but Gentiles also sometimes), and therefore they thought themselves in great danger of being defiled by coming near, and touching such things and persons as by the Ceremoniall Law were then accompted unclean: therefore re­turning from Market, they were so carefull to wash before they would eat.

Except they wash,] [...].] Some think this signifies more then washing of hands, viz. The washing of their whole Bodies: whence the Pharisees are called [...], by Justin Martyr. Sic Beza. Vide Danaei Quaest. 29. p. 118. & Bezam in Joh. 2. 6. & in hunc locum.

Washing of Cups, &c.] The Evangelist reckoneth up sundry Vessels which were used about receiving of Meats and Drinks, the more to set out their foolish Superstition, in that they were fearfull of being defiled, not onely by eating with unwashen hands; but also by touching any thing that was unclean in the time of eating and drinking.

Beds] Or Tables, for in those times they used to eat their meat sitting or lying upon Beds, which were so placed, that they might conveniently eat their Meat upon them: And hence it is, That they used to take their solemn Meals in upper Rooms or Chambers where those Beds did stand, Mark 14. 15. Christ and his Disciples did eat the Passover-Supper in a large upper Chamber, furnished and prepared to that end. (Vide Bezam in locum; & in Matth. 26. 20.)

Quest. Quest. Was it not lawfull and commendable in these Pharisees, and other Jews to wash their hands before Eating, and especially when they came from Market, and also to wash their Tables and Vessels which were imployed about their Meat and Drink?

Answ. Answ. Yes, these Customs were not of themselves simply unlawfull or discommendable, if they had used these washings onely in a civil respect, in way of civil decency, &c. But to use them as they did, was unlawfull.

For, 1. They used them with a Superstitious opinion of holiness and Religion, which they placed or put in such Washings, thinking themselves the more holy and acceptable before God because of them, and that without them they must needs be unclean and abominable in his sight: and therefore they accompted Christ and his Disciples as unholy and prophane for not washing before Meat.

2. They used these Washings with an opinion of absolute necessity, as if they had been absolutely com­manded of God, either as parts of his religious Worship, or as helps to it; and therefore could not without sin be omitted, whereas the truth is, the Lord had not Commanded them any such outward Washings to be used necessarily in way of Religion and Holiness; but the use of them was onely grounded upon their un­written tradition received from their Elders, without warrant from the Word of God.

Quest. Quest. From whence did they take occasion to bring in this Tradition or Custom?

Answ. Answ. From those Ceremoniall Washings required in the Law of God, mentioned Hebr. 9. 10. and Levit. 15. and Numb. 19. 15, &c. For the Lord having commanded certain Rites of external Washing for such as were Legally unclean, either by touching any thing or person which by the Law was accompted unclean, or by any other way or means were defiled; Hence the superstitious Jews took occasion to bring in, and to use many other sorts of outward Washings, which were not commanded of God, atleast not commanded to be so used as they used them. So much in way of clearing the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the Evangelist gives this reason why these Scribes and Pharisees censured Christ's Disci­ples for Eating with unwashen hands, because it was their generall Custom to wash when they did eat; This shews, that as they were superstitiously affected to this Washing, so they desired to tye others to their su­perstitious custom and practise in this behalf. Whence observe, That it is the manner of Hypocrites to tye others to their own practise and example in matters of Religion, and to censure all uncharitably which do not conform to them, even in the smallest matters of practise. This made the Pharisees so apt to censure Christ and his Disciples at other times, because they did not conform to their practise. So Chap. 2. Ver. 24. they found fault with the Disciples for not being so strict and curious in observing the outward Ceremony of the Sabbath, as themselves would seem to be, because they plucked a few ears of Corn on the Sabbath, notwith­standing that it was in a case of necessity also, being to refresh them being very hungry. So Ver. 18. of the same Chapter, the Disciples of the Pharisees censured Christ's Disciples for not fasting so oft as themselves, [Page 394] and the Disciples of John did: Luke 11. 38. The Pharisee marvailed that Christ washed not before Dinner as himself did.

Reas. Reas. Hypocrisy is usually accompanied with much pride and self-conceipt, which causeth such Hypocrites so to please themselves in their own wayes and courses, that they are apt to think and desire that all others should be tyed unto them. See Luke 18. how that proud Pharisee pleased himself in his own wayes, I am not as others, &c. I fast twice a Week, &c.

Use. Use. Take heed of this Pride and Hypocrisy, which makes men so desirous to tye all to their own Exam­ple, and to censure such as will not be or are not like them in Practice. The rather beware of it, because it is a Corruption very natural, not onely to gross Hypocrites (such as the Pharisees), but even to some good Christians, as may appear in John's Disciples joyning with the Disciples of the Pharisees in censuring Christ's Disciples for not Fasting so oft as themselves did, Chap. 2. 18. For there is some degree of natural Pride even in the best, which makes them too much in love with their own waies, though they be not alwaies good, nor such as it were fit for others to walk after them and to tread in their steps. Labour to see this Pride in our selves, and to strive against it, and on the contrary to be low in our own eyes, thinking meanly of our selvs and our own wayes, and not desiring to tye others to follow us in every thing we do; especially in small mat­ters, and things in their own Nature indifferent, and much less in things evil and unlawful, &c. Great diffe­rence is in the Consciences of men, &c. See Rom. 14.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, we see here another property of Hypocrites, which is this, that they put Religion and Holiness in outward Rites, Ceremonies, and superstitious Observations, and think that by performance of these they become holy and acceptable before God. These Scribes and Pharisees attributed holiness to these external washings of hands before Meat, and to the washing of Cups, Pots, &c. And the more careful they were of these, the more holy they thought themselves, as if the cleaner their hands were, and the Vessels which they are and drunk in, the cleaner and purer their hearts had been before God. So Matth. 23. 25. Wo to you Scribes and Pharisees, Hypocrites, for ye make clean the outside of the Cup, and of the Platter, &c. So also they put Religion and Holiness in wearing broad Phylacteries, and in enlarging the borders of their Garments, ver. 5. of the same Chapter. So Matth. 6. 16. It was the property of Hypocrites to put Religion in the outward gesture and countenance, which they used in time of Fasting, therefore they looked sad, and disfigured their faces, &c. So Isa. 59. the Hypocriticall Jewes thought they pleased God by hanging down their heads like Bul-rushes when they fasted. So the Papists put Holinesse in many outward Ceremo­nies, &c.

Use. Use. Take heed of this fond hypocritical conceipt, to think that Religion and Holiness consisteth in such outward Rites and Customes, or that the bare Observance of them doth please God, or commend us to him; 1 Cor. 8. 8. Meat commendeth us not to God. No more doth any outward thing, or outward Ceremony or Rite of it self, further than it is commanded of God, and joyned with inward Holiness and Uprightness of heart in such as keep and observe it. Rom. 14. 17. The Kingdom of God is not Meat and Drink, but Righteous­ness, Peace, &c. For he that in these things serveth Christ is acceptable to God.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Again in that the Scribes and Pharisees, being great Masters and Teachers in the Jewish Church, were so foolishly superstitious as to busy themselves, and to trouble others, about such trifles and pet­ty Customs, as the washing of hands before Meat, and washing of Cups, Pots, Tables, &c. Hence observe, that superstition makes wise men become foolish, absurd, and childish, in busying and troubling themselves and others about very trifles and toyes, not worth speaking of, much less worthy of so much pains, and care, and trouble, as they bestow on them. Therefore our Saviour calls the Pharisees Fools, for being so curious about cleansing their Cups and Platters, Luke 11. 40.

Thus we see among the Papists, how the great Doctors and Masters in that Church of Rome, as their Popes, Cardinals, Bishops, &c. do busy and trouble themselves and others about a number of babish toyes and childish Ceremonies, as Crosses, Holy-Water, Beads, baptizing of Bells, hallowing of Churches and Church-yards, Mitres, Monks-hoods, &c. So in their idolatrous Masses, how many foolish Ceremonies have they? So in the Sacrament of Baptism, &c. See how superstition doth besott and infatuate such as are given over unto it, making them so foolish, and childish, and so troublesome to themselves and others, without cause, for matters of nothing, &c. Physitians say, it is one symptome of a Frenzy in a man, to begin to busy himself much about trifles, as in picking up Strawes, &c. So it is a mark of such as are become foolish and frantick in Superstition, to busy and trouble themselves about such toyish Ceremonies as the Papists do, &c. So much of the superstitious Practice of these Scribes and Phari­sees.

Now follows the Ground of their Practice, which was, The Tradition of their Elders, which they held fast and maintained: So in the fourth Verse, many other things they have reteined to hold; that is, by Tradition from the Elders.

Holding] [...] signifies properly, Holding fast, even by force and strength: (Vide Bezam in locum.) So that this word implies, That they were greatly addicted to this Tradition.

Tradition,] This word is taken two wayes in Scripture:

  • 1. Sometimes, to signify some Doctrine of God, first taught and delivered to the Church by word of mouth, and afterwards written and set down in Scripture by the Pen-men of it, as 2 Thess. 2. 15. Hold the Traditions which ye have been taught, whether by Word, or by our Epistle.
  • 2. Sometimes it signifies, Such humane Ordinances as are not expresly written or prescribed in the Word of God, but onely delivered from Man to Man, by word of mouth, or otherwise. And these are of two sorts:
    • 1. Such as are agreeable to the written Word, and have warrant from it, though not expresly, yet by Con­sequent. So 1 Cor. 11. 2.
    • 2. Such as are not agreeable to the written Word, nor have any Ground in it, or Warrant from it: Such was this Jewish Tradition here spoken of, and many other which they kept and observed. See the 8th. Verse.

Of the Elders,] That is, Of their ancient Fathers and Predecessours, which had been Teachers in the Jew­ish Church: Mat. 5. 21, Such as were of old time, that is, ancient Teachers in the Church of the Jews, viz. Scribes, Pharisees, &c.

So much of the sense of the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that here is mention made of a Jewish unwritten Tradition, touching external washing of hands, which Tradition the superstitious Ancestors of the Jews had brought in, and these Scribes and Pharisees did maintain and hold as necessary to be observed; This teacheth us whose property it is to add unto the written Word of God, by bringing into the Church any Doctrine [...], Decree [...], and Ordinances, not prescribed or warranted in the written Word: It is the manner and property of superstitious Hypocrites to bring in such unwritten Ordinance [...] and Constitutions into the Church; such Hypocrites were these Scribes and Pharisees which brought in and maintained so stifly this, and sundry other unwritten Tradition. So, afterward in this Chapter, our Saviour ver. 8. & 13. tells them of many such like unwarrantable Practices they used, which were grounded onely upon Tradition; and ver. 11. he mentioneth and reproveth in particular an unwarran­table Tradition and Doctrine of theirs, touching the duty of Children to their Parents: So Mat. 5. and Mat. 23. our Saviour reproveth and confuteth sundry other unwritten Traditions of theirs, both in matter of Doctrine and of Practice.

Use. Use. See then what to judge of the Popish Church, which bringe [...]h in so many unwritten Traditions and Ordinances, beside the Authority, yea contrary to the Authority and Prescript of the written Word. This proves them to be a superstitious Company, resembling the Scribes and Pharisees; yea, the very Children of those Jewish Fathers, &c. But of this we shall have fitter occasion to speak, upon the seventh and eighth Verses.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, in that these Scribes and Pharisees grounded their superstitious washings upon the tra­dition and authority of their Ancestors, whose Doctrine and Practice herein they followed; This shews us that it is the manner of superstitious Persons to be greatly addicted to the Opinions and Practise of their Ancestors and Fore-fathers, in matters of Religion, and to ground their own opinion and practise thereupon. This we may see in that woman of Samaria, who though upon Conference with Christ she acknowledged him as a great Prophet, yet discovers her superstitious affection to the place where her Ancestors had served God, Joh. 4. 20. Our Fathers worshipped in this Mountain, &c. So many Papists now adaies plead this as one of the best Arguments they have to defend their Religion, that their Ancestors were of that Religion, &c. So also some ignorant superstitious People amongst us are ready to plead the Practice of their Fore-Fathers for maintenance of some profane and superstitious Customs, as for using vain sports upon the Sabbath, for ringing Bells superstitiously at Burials with opinion of profiting the dead, for keeping Revels or other Feasts upon the Sabbath, &c. But we must know, that the Example of Fore-Fathers is of it self no sufficient War­rant or Rule for us to walk by, further than their Example and Practise is good and warrantable by the word of God; Isa. 8. 20. To the Law and to the Testimony, &c. and 2 Pet. 1. 19. We have a sure Word, &c. This rule of God's word must we square our lives by, and not by Example of men that have gone before us: A­gain, we must consider, in this case, what kind of Persons our Fathers and Ancestors were, and whether fit to be followed of us. It may be they were ignorant, superstitious, &c. Shall we then follow them? so the blind being led by the blind may fall both into the ditch; Again, suppose our Fore-Fathers were religious and holy, yet it follows not that we are to imitate them in all that they did; they might in some things do amiss, of Ignorance or Frailty, &c. Hitherto of the reason of the Scribes and Pharisees exception taken against Christ's Disciples, for eating with unwashen hands, which Reason is drawn (as we have heard) from the superstitious Custome and Practice of the Jews; grounded on the Tradition of their El­ders.

Now in the next place, to speak of the manner of their urging the foresaid Cavill and Exception against the Disciples, set down Ver. 5. Where the Evangelist shews the manner of their cavilling and excepting, in that they came to Christ himself, and accused his Disciples unto him as Transgressours of the Tradition of the Elders, for eating with unwashen hands: Which Accusation they urge unto Christ by way of Question, de­manding why his Disciples walked not according to the Tradition of the Elders, &c. Which Question or Demand hath the force of a sharp Reproof and vehement Accusation, directed not onely against the Disci­ples but also (and especially) against Christ their Master, whereby they plainly tax and blame him for not teach­ing his Disciples both by Word and Example to be more careful to keep the Tradition of their Elders: And this they did, to the end that by this means they might bring Reproach and Ignominy upon the Person of Christ & his Doctrine, as if he were himself profane, and allowed his Disclples to be profane Contemners of the Elders Tradition.

Observ. Observ. Here we see, that it is the manner of the wicked Enemies of Christian Religion to take occasion from the faults and sins of Professors, to open their mouths against the Religion and Gospel which they do pro­fess, yea against God and Christ himself, whose Religion it is; thus turning all the faults of Professours to the disgrace of Religion, and to the dishonour of God himself, and of Christ whose Religion it is. 2 Sam. 12. 14. From David's sin the Enemies of God took occasion to blaspheme: and Rom. 2. 24. The Name of God (saith the Apostle) is blasphemed among the Gentiles through you: Yea, the profane and wicked do not onely take occasion from the known and manifest faults and sins of Professors, but even from such Actions of theirs as are not faulty or sinful indeed (but onely in their conceipt surmized so to be), even from lawful Actions of Professors, if they do but falsly judge them to be faulty; though they be not so, yet they sometimes take oc­casion to open their mouths against God and against Religion: As we see here, though Christ's Disciples were not indeed faulty, but onely falsly judged to be so, yet even hence the Scribes and Pharisees took occa­sion to accuse Christ himself, and secretly to tax and blame the Gospel it self, and the Doctrine which Christ preached, and which the Disciples borh preached and professed, in that they, being followers of Christ, and Professors of his Name and Doctrine, were so profane and irreligious (as they thought them to be) in their lives, as not to wash when they did eat. So Chap. 2. Why do thy Disciples do that which is not lawfull on the Sabbath? &c.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This being so, that the enemies of Religion are wont to turn the faults of Professors to the discre­dit of Religion, and to the dishonour of God, and of Christ himself; This must admonish all that professe Re­ligion, to beware of giving the least occasion to the enemies of Religion, to open their mouths against Christ and the Gospel. Take heed therefore of all sin, and of looseness, and profaness of Life; yea, take heed of the very shew and appearance of sin, lest our looseness of life ttun to the great dishonour of God, and dis­credit of the Gospel of Christ. And on the contrary, See that our conversation be such as becometh the Gospel, Phil. 1. 27.

Mark 7. 6.‘And he answered and said unto them, Well hathEsaias Prophesied of you Hypocrites, as it is written, Feb. 17. 1621. This People honoureth me with their Lips, but their Heart is far from me.’

HItherto of the Cavill and Exception of the Pharisees and Scribes of Jerusalem against our Saviour Christ's Disciples for eating with common, that is, unwashen hands. Now followeth our Saviour's Answer unto them, in which he reproveth and condemneth their Hypocrisie, Superstition, and Will-worship; with which they thought to please God, when indeed they highly displeased him. Forasmuch as their reproof and accusation of Christ's Disciples was unjust and frivolous, therefore our Saviour doth not stand to defend or excuse his Disciples, but rather turneth a contrary just reproof upon the Scribes and Pharisees, convincing and charging them as guilty of far greater Crimes than that which they charged his Disciples with. In the words consider two things.

  • 1. The manner of our Saviour's reproving them, viz. very sharply; Calling them Hypocrites.
  • 2. The matter of the Reproof, which is grounded on the testimony and authority of the Prophet Esay, charging the antient Jews of his time, with their Hypocriticall and superstitious worshiping of God; which testimony our Saviour doth fitly apply to these Hypocriticall and Superstitious Scribes and Pharisees in his time.

Hypocrites,] That is, gross and notorious Dissemblers with God, making outward shew and profession of Holiness and Religion, but denying the Power of it in their hearts. The word ( [...]) doth properly signifie one that takes upon him the person of another, making shew of being that Person which indeed he is not, as Stage-Players use to do upon the Stage: And from hence it is borrowed and applyed, to note out such counterfeit Professors of Religion, which make shew of that Religion and Holiness which is not in them. Now there are two kinds or degrees of Hypocrisie.

  • 1. More close and hidden in the heart; when there is not in the heart that degree and measure of holiness and uprightness which is professed, and which either the person himself professing Religion, or others are perswaded to be in him; and this may be and is more or less even in the best Christians.
  • 2. More open manifest and gross Hypocrisie, when any make great and fair shew outwardly of Religion and Holiness, and yet have in them no truth and soundness of such Religion in any degree or measure at all, but on the contrary are profane and wicked in heart and life; And such gross Hypocrites were the Scribes and Pharisees. So then by this Name or Title of (Hypocrites) our Saviour doth brand them here as notorious wicked men, sharply convincing and reproving them for the same; which he doth the rather because they were not onely Hypocrites, but obstinate and malitious Hypocrites, &c.

Observ. Observ. See how Ministers should deal with gross and notorious Offenders, they are not to favour or spare them in their sin [...], much less to sooth and flatter them, but rather plainly and sharply to reprove them for their profane and wicked Courses, especially such as shew themselves malicious and obstinate Offenders, such as will not be reclaimed by more mild and gentle admonitions: Tit. 1. 10. There are many unruly and vain­talkers and deceivers, &c. Ver. 13. Wherefore rebuke them sharply, &c. Esay 1. 10. The Prophet calls the rebellious Jews, Princes of Sodom, &c. Matth. 3. John Baptist Calls the Pharisees and Sadduces, A ge­neration of Vipers: Acts 23. 3. Paul calls Ananias, whited Wall, for causing him to be unjustly smitten on the mouth: Matth. 23. How often doth our Saviour call the Scribes and Pharisees, Hypocrites, and blind Guides, &c.

But I proceed to the matter of our Saviour's reproof, which is grounded on the testimony of the Prophet Esay. In the words of the Text, consider three things;

  • 1. The manner of alledging and grounding the Testimony, with a Preface, commending and approving it as a fit testimony to convince these Scribes and Pharisees, Surely well hath Isaiah Prophesied of you.
  • 2. The testimony it self, in these words, This People honoureth me with their Lips, &c. But they worship me in vain, &c.
  • 3. The applying of the testimony to the plain and direct convincing of these Scribes and Pharisees, for their contempt of the written Word of God, and their superstitious observing of traditions of Men, &c. Ver. 8. Because they thought meanly of our Saviour, therefore he presseth them with the Authority of a fa­mous Prophet whom they had in great accompt.

Observ. Observ. In Generall, In that our Saviour grounds his reproof of the Scribes and Pharisees upon the written testimony of the Prophet Esay, the more powerfully to convince them; Hence gather, That such as have a Calling to reprove sin in others, should ground their reproofs and admonitions upon the written Word of God, drawing the matter of their Reproofs from thence, and so applying it to the parties offending, 2 Tim. 3. 16. The Scripture is profitable for Reproof and Correction, &c. Joh. 5. 45. Our Saviour reproving the Jews infidelity, grounds that his reproof upon the writing of Moses, telling them, that he did not accuse them, but Moses did accuse them, &c. Act. 13. 41. Paul reproveth those of Antioch (which contemned the Gospel) in the words of the Prophet Habakuk, Behold, ye Despisers, and wonder and perish, &c. Jam. 4. 5. The Apostle reproveth and condemneth the sin of envy, by testimony of Scripture alledged against it. See Col. 3. 16.

Reasons. Reasons. Why necessary to reprove sin by Authority from the Word of God.

  • 1. That so the Offender may see himself reproved of God himself, and not of Man onely; and so may be moved to yield more conscionable obedience to the reproof.
  • 2. The Word of God alone is powerfull, and able so to convince the conscience of the Sinner, as to work in him true remorse and repentance: Hebr. 4. 12. The Word of God is quick and powerfull, sharper then any two edged Sword. See also 1 Cor. 14. 24.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Let the Ministers of the Word, and all that are called to reprove sin in others, remember this rule in giving Christian reproof or admonition, viz. To do it by Authority from the Word of God, though not alwayes needfull to do it in the very words of Scripture; yet it must needs be done by warrant from the Scrip­ture, from whence the matter of the reproof is to be drawn. And it is also good (when it may be done con­veniently) to use the very words of Scripture in reproving sin, that so the Offender may more plainly see him­self reproved of God, &c.

Use. 2 Use 2. See how necessary for all that have Calling to admonish and reprove others for sin, to be well ex­ercised in the Scriptures, that the Word of God dwelling in them richly, they may out of the same be able to admonish and reprove others. Especially Ministers of the Word had need to be mighty in the Scriptures, as Apollos, that out of them they may be able to convince the Wicked, &c. Yet not they onely, but other Christians. So much of this generall Observation from this, that our Saviour convinceth the Pharisees and Scribes by testimony of Scripture.

Now to speak of the Particulars in the words.

And first of the manner of alledging the testimony of the Prophet, viz. with a preface, commending the same, as well fitting to the Scribes and Pharisees, against whom it is alledged.

Quest. Surely, well hath Esay prophesied of you,] Quest. How is it said, That Esay prophesied this of them, seeing he lived many hundred years before them, and therefore knew them not?

Answ. Answ. 1. Though he lived long before them, yet might he by the Spirit of prophesie foresee their fu­ture estate and condition, that they would prove like unto their Ancestors which lived in the Prophets time, that is say, Hypocriticall and Superstitious.

2. He is said to have Prophesied of them, because though he preached and wrote long before their time; yet this Prophesie did concern them, and was to be applyed to them for their just reproof, in as much as they were guilty of the same sins which the Prophet reproved in the antient Jews of his own time.

As it is written,] The place of Esay, where it is written, is Chap. 29. 13. But of the place and testimony it self, I will speak afterward, God willing.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour doth commend and shew his approbation of this testimony of the Prophet Esay, which he alledgeth against the Scribes and Pharisees, that so it might carry the more credit and sway with them, and be the more powerfull to convince their consciences: Hence gather, That it is good for Ministers of the Word in alledging testimonies and places of Scripture for confirmation or illustration of those Points which they deliver, to give some speciall places of Scripture which are fit for those purposes un­to which they are alledged; and especially when they are such places as are of great use for the People, and do very nearly concern them to take speciall notice of. Not that the Word of God in it self hath need of Man's testimony or commendation (for it hath Authority from God alone, whose Word it is); but because the testimony and commendation of Men (especially such as are of eminent Gifts and Places in the Church) is sometimes a good motive unto others the sooner and more readily to imbrace the Doctrine of the Word of God. The like may be said of alledging the testimonies of humane Writers, when there is just and fit occasion offered to alledge any such (as sometimes there may be); it is good in alledging them to give some commen­dation of the testimony that is alledged, or of the Author of it, that so it may carry the more credit and autho­rity with those that hear it alledged. So Paul Tit. 1. 13. alledging the testimony of the Heathen Poet Epimenides against the Cretians, saith of it, This witness is true.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further we learn, That the Doctrine of the written Word of God concerneth not onely such as lived in the times when the severall Books of Scripture were first written, but even all others that were to be born, and to live afterward unto the end of the World. Our Saviour here tells the Scribes and Pharisees, that Esay Prophecyed of them, &c. Rom. 15. 4. Whatsoever things were written afore time, were written for our Learning, &c. Rom. 4. 23. The Apostle alledging that Text, Gen. 15. touching the Lord's imputing of Righteousnesse to Abraham, saith, That it was not written for his sake alone, but for us also, to whom it shall be imputed if we believe on Him, &c. So 1 Cor. 10. 11. having mentioned the examples of God's Judgments upon the old Israelites, recorded in the Books of Exodus and of Numbers, he added this: Now all these things happened to them for our examples, and are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the World are come. See Hos. 8. 12. As the antient Satutes of the Land which are yet in force, did not onely bind those in whose time they were inacted, but us, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse. 1. To confute the Anabaptists, who reject the Books of the Old Testament, as if they concerned not us in these Times; contrary to the expresse testimonies of Scriptures, before alledged, and contrary to that, 2 Tim. 3. 16. All Scripture, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See how needfull for Christians in all Ages, and for Us in these Times to be well acquainted with the Doctrine of the Word of God, and to have it dwell in us richly in all Wisdom, &c. Col. 3. 16. Seeing it doth as neerly concern us to know, believe, and practise this Doctrine, as it did those which li­ved at the very time when it was first Preached and Written. Here then we must be stirred up to the dili­gent use of all good mean [...], whereby we may come to be grounded in sound knowledge of the Scriptures, espe­cially to attend diligently on the publick Ministery, and to joyn therewith private searching of the Scriptures, &c. Hearing and reading of the Word, is as necessary for us now in these Times as ever it was for any that have lived before us since the Scriptures were first written; and the Doctrine of it now as neerly concerns us to know, believe, and practise, as it did them. Let none be so ignorant or profane, as to think that the Pre­cepts, Examples, Reproofs, &c. recorded in Scripture do not concern them, because written so long ago: By these thou must one Day be Judged as well as they.

Use 3 Use 3. This must teach us in hearing the Word Preached, to apply all that is taught unto our selves; every Instruction, Exhortation, Precept, Reproof, Threatning, Promise, &c. labouring to make some use of all to our own Souls, for the beating down of sin in us, and the building up of us in Grace, towards God's hea­venly Kingdom; remembring, that every Text and Portion of Scripture handled, doth neerly concern us as well as those in whose time it was written. So also in reading or hearing the Word read, we are to apply and make use of all that is read, to further us in sound knowledge and Christian practises, remembring that all Scripture is profitable and necessary as well for us now as in former times; and that whatsoever is written aforetime, is written for our Learning, &c. So much of the manner of alledging this testimony of the Pro­phet Esay against the Scribes and Pharisees.

Now follows the matter or substance of the Testimony, which contains a sharp censure or reproof of the Jewes in the Prophet's time, and of these Scribes and Pharisees in our Saviour's time, for two speciall sinnes.

  • 1. Hypocrisie, in that they made great shew of outward worship, but no conscience of inward: They honoured God with their Lips, when their Heart was far from Him.
  • 2. Superstition and Will-worship, in that they taught for Doctrines the Commandements of Men; where also this their Superstitious Will-worship is further set out by the adjunct or property of it; in that they are said, To worship God in vain.

This People] This is literally to be understood of those antient Jews which lived in the Prophet Esay's time; but prophetically, and by way of application, it is to be referred also unto these Hypocriticall Pharisees and Scribes, which our Saviour here taxeth.

Honoureth me] That is, serveth and worshippeth me: The effect put for the cause, because such as serve God aright, do thereby honour Him; he accepting that service as an honour done unto Him. Yet here we must not understand any true and upright serving or honouring of God, but such as was in shew and appea­rance onely, q. d. This People seemeth to honour me, or maketh great shew, &c.

With Lips,] That is, with the body and outward Man: It is spoken by the figure Synechdoche, whereby a part is put for the whole; the Lips named for all parts of the Body, with which Service is outwardly per­formed unto God: the reason is, because the principall parts of outward worship are performed with the Mouth and Lips.

Quest. Quest. Doth the Prophet here condemn the outward serving of God with the Body?

Answ. Answ. Not simply or absolutely (for God requireth that as well as inward worship), but so far forth only as this externall worship was severed from the internall of the heart, as the words following shew.

But their Heart is far, &c.] Isa. 29. 13. The words are these, They have removed their Hearts far from me. But there is no difference in the sense, onely St. Mark alledgeth them somewhat more briefly than they are found in the Prophet.

Now by [Heart] understand the Inner-man, which is sometime called the Soul and Spirit, comprehending all the faculties and powers thereof; as the Understanding, Will, Affections, &c. 1 Pet. 3. 4. called the hidden man of the heart.

Is far from me,] That is, from yielding any true honour, service, or obedience unto me. So much of the sense of the words.

Doctr. Doctr. Hence we may learn this Point of Instruction, That it is the property of Hypocrites to make great shew of honouring God by outward service of the Body, when in the mean time they are not carefull to give him the inward worship of their Hearts and Souls: They draw near to God with the outward man, but their in­ner-man is far estranged from Him: Thus it was with the Hypocriticall Jews in the Prophet Esay's time, as he justly complained. So Ezek. 33. 31. they were forward to come and sit before the Prophet, and to hear him with outward ears, but their hearts went after covetousness. So the Scribes and Pharisees in our Saviour's time were forward in outward Duties of Religion, and of God's worship; as Prayer, Fasting, out­ward sanctification of the Sabbath, &c. but their hearts were far estranged from God, and were not upright be­fore him in performance of those Duties: therefore our Saviour here reproveth this their Hypocriticall serving of God by this testimony of the Prophet Esay: Matth. 23. 27. Woe to you Scribes and Pharisees, Hypocrites, for ye are like unto whited Sepulchers, which indeed appear beautifull outward, but are within full of dead mens bones, and all uncleanness: Even so, ye also, &c. Luke 18. That proud Pharisee which went up to the Temple to pray, was forward in the outward worship of God, honouring God with his Lips by Prayer and Thanksgi­ving, but his Heart was far from God, being carryed away with pride, and self-conceipt of his own Righteous­nesse, and therefore he was not justified before God. Cain offered Sacrifice, but not his Heart to God: Judas drew neer to God in outward Duties of his worship; as in Preaching, Prayer, hearing Christ, and joyning with him at the eating of the Passover; but his Heart was far from God, being drawn away with the sin of Covetousnesse. See Joh. 13. 27. So Simon Magus drew neer to God outwardly, by receiving the Sacrament of Baptism, and by making some outward profession of Religion; but his heart was not right in the sight of God, but in the gall of bitterness, &c. See Acts 8. 12, 21. See Matth. 21. 28. the Parable of the two sons, one whereof said, he would go work in the Vineyard, but went not.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The chief care of Hypocrites is to please Men, and to win credit and praise from Men; not to please God, or to approve themselves to Him: therefore they are carefull to seem Religious in the outward Duties of God's worship, but no conscience do they make of the inward and spirituall worship of the heart, whereof God alone taketh notice. Thus the Pharisees did all religious Duties to be seen and approved of Men, as our Saviour sheweth, Matth. 6. which made them to rest onely in outward Duties, never giving their hearts to God: Luke 16. 15. Ye are they which justifie your Selves before men, but God knoweth your hearts; q. d. He knoweth that your hearts are not upright before him, but Hypocriticall and Wicked.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. They think God is pleased with outward Service of it self, therefore they rest in that a­lone.

Use 1 Use 1. See then, that outward conformity in religious Duties of God's worship is not enough to make one a good Christian, or to prove him to be such a one; for gross Hypocrites, such as the Scribes and Phari­sees [Page 399] were, may be forward in outward Duties of God's Worship; they may draw near to God with their bodies and outward man; they may come to the Church, hear the Word, receive the Sacraments, pray, sing Psalms, &c. and yet be gross Hypocrites, having hearts far removed from God: Yea, (which is more) ma­ny that have been forward in outward duties of God's Worship, shall at the last day be shut out of God's Kingdom. See Mat. 7. 22.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See by this how many Hypocriticall Pharisaicall Worshippers of God there are in these our times.

  • 1. Papists, whose Religion and Worshipping of God is meerly external, consisting onely in outward Rites, Ceremonies, and Gestures performed with the Body; as in crossing themselves, in outward Numbring of Prayers upon Beads, in Kneeling before Images, in Hearing the Masse, &c. In Praying in an unknown Tongue. But as for the inward spirituall Worship of God, they regard it not, &c.
  • 2. Many formal Protestants, who content themselves with outward performance of religious duties of God's Worship, as outward hearing, Prayer, receiving Sacraments, &c. in the mean time making no Consci­ence of giving God the spiritual Worship of the heart.
  • 3. Many ignorant People, who think they serve God very well if they do but say over the words of2 the Lord's Prayer, the Creed, &c. though without all Understanding and Affection. What are all these but Pharisaical Worshippers, drawing near to God with their bodies, when their Souls and Spirits are far remo­ved from him?

Use 3 Ʋse 3. This admonisheth us all to take heed we be not like Hypocrites and Pharisees, contenting our selves with bare outward performance of Duties of God's Worship, with-holding the inward Service of our Hearts and Spirits from him: Rest not in outward formal Devotion and serving of God with the body, as if this were enough or as much as God requireth and looketh for; but look we joyn therewith the inward spi­ritual Worship of our Hearts and Souls: Hebr. 10. 22. Let us draw neer with a true heart, in full assu­rance of Faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evill Conscience, &c. Rom. 1. 9. Whom I serve with my Spirit, &c. 1 Cor. 14. 15. I will pray and sing with spirit, &c. Ephes. 5. 19. Make melody in hearts, &c. So David, Psal. 103. 1. and Mary, Luke 1.

Motives hereunto. 1. God is a Spirit, and therefore requireth such spiritual Worship as is suitable to his Nature, Joh. 4. 24. and Ver. 23. The Father seeketh such to worship him. Prov. 23. 26. My Son, give me thy Heart. Though the Lord require the Service of the whole Man, yet principally that of the Heart.

2. The Law of God (in which his Worship is commanded) is a spiritual Law, binding the inner man as well as the outward to obey and serve God, Rom. 7. 14.

3. God hath created, and Christ hath redeemed our whole Man, our Souls as well as bodies; therefore serve him in both, 1 Cor. 6.

4. All outward Worship, without inward and spiritual, is so far from pleasing God that it is hateful and abominable unto him. It is loathsom and stinking in his Nostrils, like Cain's Sacrifice, and those of the Jews, Isa. 1. As in time of the Law, if any offered for Sacrifice any Beast that was lame or blind, it was odious to God; so now, if any offer this lame Service of the outward man, without inward, it is loathsom to God.

Mark 7. 7.‘But they worship me in vain, &c. Feb. 24. 1621.

VVEE have heard that our Saviour, in his Answer to the malicious Cavil of the Scribes and Pharisees against his Disciples, doth reprove and convince them by the Authority and Testimony of the Pro­phet Esay; where we have three things to consider:

  • 1. The manner of alledging that Testimony, with a Preface commending it as a fit Testimony to convince them; Well hath Esaias &c.
  • 2. The Testimony it self, or matter and substance of it, in these words, This People honoureth me with lips, &c.
  • 3. The Application of it unto the Scribes and Pharisees, for the plain and direct convincing of them, Ver. 8.

Of the manner of alledging the Testimony, I have spoken the last Sabbath; and in part, of the Testimony, which (as I shewed you) contains in it a sharp Censure or Reproof, which the Prophet passeth upon the Jews of his time for two sins:

  • 1. Their gross Hypocrisy in the Service of God, Honouring him with lips, &c.
  • 2. Their Superstition and Will-Worship, in that they worshipped God after their own Traditions, and not after the Rule of his Word.

Of the former sin, I have spoken.

Now to speak of the latter, in these words, But they worship me in vain, &c. Where consider these two things:

  • 1. The sin reproved or censured, Superstition and Will-worship, in these words, They worship me, teaching for Doctrines the Commandments of men.
  • 2. The Amplification of this their Superstitious Worship by the Adjunct or Property of it, in that it was a vain and unprofitable kind of Worship; In vain do they worship me.

Touching their sin of Superstition, it was two-fold.

  • 1. In Doctrine, They taught the Precepts of men for Doctrines.
  • 2. In Life and Practise, They worshipped God according to those Precepts of men which they taught.

Before I speak of these particulars, it is needful to answer a doubt which may arise touching the difference between the words of this Testimony of the Prophet, as they are found Isa. 29. 13. (from whence our Savi­our citeth them), and as they are here mentioned by the Evangelist. We must know therefore, that howso­ever in the words there is some small difference, yet (if it be well considered) there is no difference in the main matter and substance of the Testimony: only our Saviour in alledging it doth further open and explain the Prophets meaning.

Touching the differences in the words, One is, that whereas the Prophet saith, Their fear was taught by Pre­cepts of men; our Saviour here saith, They worship him, teaching for Doctrines mens Precepts. But the sense is all one in substance; for by fear the Prophet understandeth the Worship of God in general, putting a part for the whole, by a Synechdoche.

Another difference is, that our Saviour here addeth the word [ [...]] in the Original, which signifies, In vain; But this is no addition to the matter and substance of the Testimony, but only an opening and ex­plaining of that which the Prophet darkly implyeth: For although he do not say expresly, that their Fearing or Worshipping of God was vain; yet by reproving it, he doth sufficiently imply that it was vain.

Observ. Observ. Here we may see, that in alledging Scripture, it is lawful sometimes to swarve from the express words of the Text, so that there be no swarving from the matter and sense of those places that are alledged. Though we may not add any thing to the matter and sense of Holy Scripture; yet it is lawful sometimes in the alledging of a place of Scripture to add some words in way of Exposition of that which is alledged, &c. yea, it is sometimes necessary and profitable to do this, &c. See Mat. 4. 10.

But to come to the particular handling of those things which have been before propounded to speak of, out of the words.

And first of the sin reproved by the Prophet, viz. Their Superstition, which is two-fold:

  • 1. In Doctrine.
  • 2. In Life and practise (as hath been before said).

And the former of these was the ground and cause of the latter: Their superstitious Practice in Wor­shipping God after mens Traditions, was built upon their superstitious Doctrine, in that they taught mens Precepts, &c.

Teaching for Doctrines.] That is, in stead of true and sound Doctrines, warranted by the written Word of God.

The Commandments of men,] That is, unwritten Traditions, Customs, and Ordinances of men, devised without warrant from the Word of God.

Observ. Observ. In that their corrupt and superstitious Doctrine and Teaching of humane Traditions in stead of sound Doctrine, is mentioned here as the Ground and Cause of their superstitious Worshipping of God; Hence observe, That the teaching of corrupt and unsound Doctrines in the Church is a main cause of unlawful and sinful Practices. This was one great cause of many sins reigning amongst the People of the Jews, in the times of the Old Testament, because the Priest taught them amiss, and the false Prophets misled them by erroneous Doctrine: Isa. 9. 16. The Leaders of this People cause them to err, and they that are led of them are destroyed. Jer. 50. 6. My People have been lost sheep, their Shepherds have caused them to go astray, &c. See Matth. 15. 14. Se in our Saviour's time, one main Cause of great Sins and Corruptions in life, which reigned among the Jews, was this, That the Scribes and Pharisees were so corrupt and unsound in their Doctrine, as may appear Mat. 5. So among the Papists at this day, the corrupt Doctrine taught in that Church is the cause of so great profaness and wickedness of life, as is seen among them.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. See then how dangerous it is for such as are called to be Teachers in the Church, to teach or bring into the Church any corrupt or unsound Doctrines, not warrantable by the Word of God. This opens a gapp to Sin, and unlawful Practices: Let all Ministers therefore beware of this, remembring, that Matth. 5. 19. whosoever shall break one of the least Commandments, and teach men so, shall be called the least in the Kingdom of Heaven. Corrupt Teachers sow the Seed from whence all evil fruits of profane and wicked life do spring.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Admonition to Christians to beware of the Leaven of corrupt Doctrine, lest by it they be drawn to errour in Practice: Therefore try all things, &c. 1 Thess. 5. 20.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Such as have sound Doctrine of the Word taught them ought to be thankful. So much of their Su­perstition in Doctrine.

Now to speak of their Superstitious Practice: They worshipped God according to humane Precepts.

Doctr. Doctr. Here observe, that it is the property of superstitious Hypocrites to serve and worship God after the Precepts of men, and not after the Word of God; making humane Traditions, Customs, and Ordinan­ces, the Rule of God's Worship, and not his own Word. So did the old hypocritical Jews in the Prophet Esay's time, as we see here: and Isa. 1. 12. it appears that they worshipped God, not in such sort as he re­quired, but after their own Will, and Superstitious Customs; therefore he saith to them, in way of Reproof, when ye come to appear before me, who hath required this at your hands, to tread my Courts? So the Scribes and Pharisees and other superstitious Jews, in our Saviour's time, worshipped God after the Tradition of their Ancestors, and not after the Rule of the Word of God: So our Saviour here chargeth them, that in God's Worship they followed not the Doctrine of the written Word, but their own and their Ancestors unwritten Precepts. Col. 2. 20. The Apostle reproveth some in that Church for burdening themselves with humane Traditions in the Worship of God; telling them, That there is onely a Shew of Wisdom, but no true Wisdom in the Observation of such Precepts of men, without Warrant from the Word of God.

Reas. Reas. 1. Such superstitious Hypocrites are more careful to please men than God, and more careful to be approved of men than of God; therefore they rather make mens Precepts and Ordinances the Rule of their serving God, than the Word of God.

2. They rest only in the outward Worship of God; and because in that alone they find no true content­ment, nor sound comfort and peace of Conscience, therefore they forge and devise to themselves other wayes and means of worshipping God (not prescribed of him in his Word), that so in them they may (if it be possi­ble) find contentment.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See what to judge of the Papists at this day, worshipping God after their own Devices and un­written Traditions, Canons of Councils, Pope's Decrees, &c. and not after the Prescript of the written Word of God; they herein discover themselves to be superstitious Hypocrites, like to these Jews reproved by the Prophet, and like to the Scribes and Pharisees here reproved by our Saviour Christ. The Scribes and Pharisees will never dy, so long as the Papists live, whose Children and Followers they are in Superstition and Will-worship; for what is all their Worship but superstitious Will-worship, devised by man, and brought in by mans Authority, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Take we heed of this hypocritical superstitious Worshipping of God, after mens Precepts, and after our own Will and Inventions; and see that we make the Word of God the onely Rule of his Worship But more of this in the next Point.

Quest. Quest. Is it not lawful for the Church to ordain some things in the outward Worship of God, without ex­press Warrant from the Word?

Answ. Answ. Yes, for outward Order and decency, (concerning which the written Word doth not give parti­cular, but onely general Rules, as we may see 1 Cor. 14. ult.) but it hath no Power to ordain any thing to be observed as a part of God's Worship, nor yet with opinion of absolute necessity, as if it could in no case be omitted without sin. Therefore, albeit we may follow the Ordinances of the Church touching out­ward order and decency in the Worship of God; yet not in any necessary part or matter of his Worship, further than we have warrant from the written Word. So much of the sin of Superstition and Will-worship reproved by the Prophet in the Jews of his time.

Now this their Will-worship is further set out by the Adjunct or Property of it; in that it is said to be a vain kind of worshipping of God.

They worship me in vain,] that is, to no end or purpose; no fruit or profit comes thereof; no honour to my Name; no Peace or Comfort to their own Souls; but rather on the contrary, they much dishonour me, and hurt their own Souls, by such kind of Worship; for it seems to be spoken by the figure called [ [...]] whereby more is implied than expressed, q. d. their manner of Worshipping me is not onely unprofitable but hurtful; not only not pleasing to me, but higly offensive, &c.

Doctr. Doctr. Hence then we learn, that all Service and Worship which is offered to God according to Man's Will and Ordinances, and not according to the Rule of God's own Word is vain and unprofitable Service; such as whereof no good or fruit cometh; no honour or glory to God; no spiritual profit, comfort, or peace to the Souls of such as give unto God such Will-worship; but on the contrary, such Worship and Service is very dishonourable to God, provoking his just wrath against such persons, and very hurtful and dangerous to their own Souls. Isa. 1. 13. Bring no more vain Oblations, &c. Their Sacrifices are called vain Oblations because they were not in such manner offered as God required, but according to their own Will and supersti­tious Custom. Eccles. 5. 1. Such as offer Sacrifice otherwise than God hath commanded, are said to offer the Sacrifice of fools, because their Sacrifice is neither pleasing to God nor profitable to themselves. See Mal. 1. 7, &c. Prov. 15. 8. The Sacrifice of the wicked is Abomination of the Lord: so is all service perfor­med to God otherwise then he hath commanded in his Word. Therefore Col. 2. the last Verse, the Apostle condemneth Will-worship, as a Sin, and consequently as dishonourable to God, and hurtful and dangerous to such as are guilty of it. 1 Sam. 13. 13. When Saul offered Sacrifice of his own head, without warrant from God, Samuel tells him he had done foolishly, &c. So Chap. 15. when he spared the best of the Ama­lekites Sheep and Oxen to offer in Sacrifice to God, because he did this of his own head contrary to God's Commandment, he is sharply reproved of Samuel. Matth. 6. Hypocrites-praying and fasting to be seen of men, have their Reward; that is all they are like to have, which shews how vain and unprofitable such services were unto them.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. God's own Will revealed in his Word is the only Rule of all Worship to be performed unto him. Deut. 12. 32. Whatsoever I command you, observe to do it; thou shalt not add thereto, nor diminish from it. Contrà, Ver. 8. Ye shall not do every one what is right in his own eyes.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Whatsoever Worship is performed to God according to Man's Will, and not by warrant from the Word of God, it cannot be performed in Faith, and so it cannot please God, Heb. 11. 6. but it is sin, and offensive to God, Rom. 14. ult.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. See how many vain Worshippers of God there are, which come here to be reproved:

1. Papists, whose whole Religion and Service of God is nothing but Superstition and Will-worship of their own devising, and after the Precepts of men, not after the Rule of God's Word. How many vain Ce­remonies and Rites do they observe in the Worship of God, which are grounded only upon unwritten Tra­ditions and Popish Decrees, having no Warrant at all from the Word of God? See then what vain Wor­shippers they are, and that the Popish Religion is a vain and unprofitable Religion to live in; not pleasing to God, but offensive to him; not profitable, not comfortable to the Souls and Consciences of such as profess it, but on the contrary, most hurtful and dangerous unto them. Let this move us more and more to grow in hatred and detestation of that Antichristian Religion, &c. which is such as will never give peace of Conscience, or true contentment in life or death.

2. This also discovers many, even in our own Church, to be vain Worshippers of God, because though they do after a sort worship God, yet it is not in such sort as God himself requireth in his Word, but after their own Will and Fancy. Such are those ignorant Persons, who serve God only with their good meaning, and with their good dealing, or with babling over the words of the Creed, or ten Commandments, in stead of Prayers; What is all this but Will-worship? So also all such as perform outward Worship to God, otherwise than he hath commanded, resting onely in the work done, never caring in what manner it be done, or with what sincerity of heart, mind, and affection, &c. What is this but vain and unprofitable serving of God, such [Page 402] as can never bring honour to God, nor true peace or comfort to the Soul and Conscience of any that perfor­meth it? Of all such it may be justly said, In vain they worship God; And the Lord may say to them, as to those Jews Isa. 1. Bring no more vain Oblations.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. If we would not serve God in vain, but so as to be accepted of him, and so as to bring true Peace, Comfort, and Happiness to our own Souls in this life, and after this life, then see here what we must do; We must beware of making our own Will or Fancy, or any humane Ordinances, Customs, or Traditions of men the Rule of our worshipping of God; but see that we make God's own Will revealed in his Word, the Rule and Ground of his Worship. To this we must keep close without swarving either to the right hand or to the left: As God in his Word commands us to worship him, so he there prescribes how he will be worshipped, and not otherwise. As an earthly Master looketh that his Servant shall not onely do his Work, but in such manner and Order as he requireth; So Rom. 12. 1. Give up your Bodies in reasonable Service,—and prove what is the acceptable Will of God: Deny our own Will, and do God's Will, &c.

Mark 7. 8, 9.‘For ye lay the Commandment of God apart, &c. March 3. 1621.

VVEE have heard how our Saviour alledgeth the Testimony of the Prophet Esay, for the reproof of the Scribes and Pharisees.

Now, in the 8th. Verse, he doth more directly apply that Testimony against them, and shew how it did touch them, in as much as they were guilty of the same sin of Superstition which the Prophet reproved in the Jews of his time; and not onely so, but they were also guilty of a further Sin, even the Contempt of the Word and Commandment of God, which latter Sin seems to be mentioned as a fruit of the for­mer.

Then in Ver. 9. the same reproof is repeated and further pressed against them, as we shall see when we come unto it.

Touching the eighth Verse, it contains a Reproof or Censure of the Scribes and Pharisees for two Sins:

1. Contempt of the Word of God, in these words; Ye lay the Commandment of God apart.

2. Superstitious Observation of humane Traditions, which is laid down, 1. Generally, Ye observe the Tradition of men. 2. More particularly,

  • 1. By instancing in some particular Traditions which they observed, as the washing of Pots and Cups, &c.
  • 2. By mentioning the great number of such other Traditions which they observed.

Ye lay apart,] Or let go, the Commandment of God; that is, Ye contemn and set leight by the written Word of God, making little or no Conscience of yielding Obedience unto it.

Ye observe] Or hold fast; It is the same word which was used before in the third Verse, which implyes a very strict and curious observing of their Traditions, and that they were greatly addicted to them.

Tradition of men,] That is, humane Ordinances, Decrees, and Customs which they had received from their superstitious Ancestors, not grounded on the written Word; as before, ver. 3.

As the washing of Pots, &c.] He instanceth in these particulars for the more plain and direct convincing of their Consciences, and withal to aggravate their sin, in that they neglecting the Word of God, yet were so strict in observing such small and trifling Customs as these.

And many other, &c.] This also is added by our Saviour, to set out their grosse Superstition, in that they did not only observe superstitious Customs, but so great a number of them; therefore this is again repeated, Ver. 13. So much of the sense of the words.

Now to the matter of Instruction: And first to speak of the two sins here reproved in the Scribes and Pha­risees, viz. Contempt of God's Word, and superstitious Observation of mens Traditions. Of the latter we have spoken before.

Here I will only observe one Point of Instruction from this, that our Saviour joyneth these two sins together in them, viz. Contempt of the Word of God, and superstitious Observations of humane Ordinances; and the former as a fruit or consequent of the latter: This may teach us, that superstitious affecting and observing of humane Ordinances and Decrees or Customs without warrant from the Word, is commonly joyned with Neg­lect and Contempt of the Word of God, and drawes the same with it. The more men are addicted to the superstitious keeping of mens Ordinances and Customs, having no ground in the Word, the more negligent and careless they are in obeying the Word of God. So it was with the old superstitious Jews in the time of the Prophets. So it was also with the Scribes and Pharisees in our Saviour's time, as we see here by censuring them not only as superstitious Observers of mens Traditions, but also as profane Contemners of God's Com­mandments. And it is clear by other places of the Evangelists, both how curious and strict they were on the one side in observing their Traditions, and how negligent and unconscionable in Obedience to the Word of God. They were precise in washing hands before meat, and in washing when they came from Market, &c. (as we have before heard) in many such superstitious Observations; but in the mean time they cast behind them the Word of God, living in manifest and gross sins, condemned in it, as in Hypocrisy, Malice, Cove­tousness, Extortion, Swearing, &c. Mat. 23. 23. Ye tythe Mint, Annise, and Cummin, (which, it is likely, were not tythable by the Law, but only by Tradition. See Drus. in locum.) and have omitted the weightier matters of the Law, Judgment, Mercy, and Faith. Vide etiam Bezam in loc.) So it is with the Papists at this day: As they are very curious in observing their superstitious Traditions and Customs, grounded on mens Authority with­out warrant from the Word, so they are as negligent in keeping the Precepts of the Word of God. As they highly account of their Traditions, Pope's Decrees, &c. so they have the Word of God in as little accompt, making leight of the Scriptures, and speaking contemptibly of them, as even the more learned sort of them are not ashamed to do.

Reason. Reason. No man can serve two Masters (as our Saviour saith in another Case, Matth. 6. 24.) for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else hold to the one and despise the other. We cannot serve God, and obey his Word conscionably; if we become Servants of Men, by tying our selves to their Authority, and to their Traditions and Customs without warrant from the Word of God: but the more love and honour is given to Men's Preceps, the more is withdrawen from the precepts of God in his Word. See Ver. 9. & Ver. 13. of this Chapter.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See one main cause of such contempt of the Word of God, in many in our times, and of so little love, reverence, and obedience yielded unto it: The reason is, that many are so much addicted to humane Ordinances, and superstitious Customs of their Elders, and forefathers brought into the Church without warrant from the Word of God: This Superstition draws with it contempt of the Word of God. So in the Papists, and so in some ignorant Protestants, who are exceedingly addicted to keeping of old superstitious Cu­stoms devised and brought up by men without warrant from the Word of God, and in the mean time can bear with themselves and others, in some gross and manifest sins, plainly condemned in the Word of God; as Swearing, Sabbath-breaking, Covetousness, Usury, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See how dangerous and hurtfull a sin, superstition is in the Church of God, and in Professors of Religion, in that it is so prejudiciall to the Word of God, and to the Love, Reverence, and Obedience due to the same, drawing men's hearts away from it, and causing them to contemn and set leight by it, which is a high sin and contempt against God himself, which he will not suffer unpunished if it be not in time repen­ted of. Take heed therefore of such superstitious affecting men's Traditions and Customs further than they have warrant from the Word of God; and on the contrary, learn highly to esteem of the Word of God above all humane Ordinances, Traditions, and Customs whatsoever which have not warrant from thence.

Use 3 Use 3. See how to free the Word of God from contempt, &c. Abandon all superstition, &c. This con­cerns such as are in Authority: yet all should pray for it. So much of the sins here charged upon the Scribes and Pharisees by our Saviour Christ, viz. Contempt of God's Command, and superstitious observing of mens Traditions.

Now to speak of our Saviour's Description of the Traditions which they observed.

  • 1. By some particular kinds of them named for the rest.
  • 2. By the great number of others not-named.

From the first: In that our Saviour, reproving their Superstition, doth not onely touch it in generall, but in­stanceth in some particular traditions which they superstitiously observed, that so he may more plainly and directly convince them: Hence observe, That in reproving sin it is not enough to speak generally and dark­ly, but it is needfull to deal particularly and plainly with the consciences of Offenders; plainly and particu­larly discovering unto them such sins as are needfull to be reproved in them, and shewing the hainnousness of them: not enough to tell the Offender of his sin in generall tearms, but to instance in the particular kind of sin or sins that have need to be reproved in him: Levit. 19. 17. Thou shalt not hate thy Brother in heart, but shalt in any wise rebuke thy Neighbour, or, thou shalt plainly rebuke him, or freely; (as Junius translates it.) Thus plainly and directly dealt the Prophet Nathan with David, telling him that he was the man, 2 Sam. 12. and Elijah with Ahab telling him that it was he that troubled Israel, 1 King. 18. And John Baptist with Herod, telling him that it was not lawfull to have his Brother's wife, as we have heard in the former Chapter of this Gospel.

Reason. Reason. This plain and particular dealing in reproof of sin, is most effectuall to convince the conscience of the Offender, and to strike it with remorse: Acts 2. 36, 37. when Peter told the Jews plainly, that they had crucified the Lord Jesus, then began they to be pricked in their hearts.

Use. Use. This should teach all that have a Calling to reprove sin in others, not to deal too generally and far off, as if they feared to touch the conscience of the Offender, but rather plainly and particularly shewing him his sin by the Word of God. But especially this plain and particular manner of reproving, is to be used toward obstinate Offenders, hardned in sin, &c. See more of this Point, upon Chap. 6. Ver. 18. It follow­eth.

And many other such things ye do,] That is, ye are superstitious in observing many the like humane traditi­ons, not grounded on the Word of God.

Observ. Observ. It is the property of superstition to multiply humane Traditions, Customs, and Observations of men's devising without warrant from the Word of God: Col. 2. 20. Why are ye subject to Ordinances, or bur­dened with Traditions (as some translate the Words); As touch not, taste not, handle not. The Apostle im­plyeth the multitude of traditions which the false Apostles had imposed on them. So the Scribes and Phari­sees, and other superstitious Jews in our Saviour's time had a multitude of humane unwritten traditions which they observed. So we heard before, Ver. 4. of their sundry kinds of superstitious washings of Hands, Cups, Pots, Tables, &c. So Matth. 23. They made broad their Phylacteries, &c. Ver. 4. They paid Tythe of Mint, Annise, &c. Ver. 23. This also we see most plainly verified in the Popish Church at this Day, which hath multiplyed so many superstitious Ceremonies, and humane Customs and Observations in the worship of God, that they are almost without number, and without end. What is all their Religion, but even a huge heap of Ceremonies devised by men without warrant from the Word? Their Masse, what is it but even a Masse of idle Ceremonies? So in the Sacrament of Baptism, they have a great number of frivolous Rites to be ob­served, which are grounded onely upon mens Tradition, and not upon the Word of God. St. Austin in his time complained of the multitude of humane Traditions and Ceremonies brought into the Church, with which (as he saith) the Church was so burdened, that the condition of the Jews was more tolerable than of Christians. (Epist. 119. ad Januar. pag. 664.) How much more, if he were now alive, would he take up this complaint of the multitude of Traditions and Ceremonies in the Popish Church?

Use 1 Use 1. See how hurtful and dangerous it is to give way to Superstition at first, in bringing in, or suffering to be brought into the Church any Traditions, Customs, or Ceremonies devised by men, without warrant from the Word; for these being but few at first, will still be apt to grow and multiply to a greater number, till [Page 404] they become a great burden to the Church. As all sin is fruitfull of it self, apt to multiply, and to spread it self further, even without end; if it be not timely resisted: So is the sin of Superstition and Will-worship, &c. Therefore such as have authority in the Church, had need to be very carefull and wary how they suffer such Superstition to spring up in the Church, or to set footing in it, lest it grow and get ground more and more.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Seeing superstitious Persons are so zealous in Superstition, as to burden themselves with so many superstitious Ceremonies devised by men: How much more zealous should we be in obeying the expresse Word of God? They think they never do enough in obedience to mens Traditions: So should we in God's Service, &c. It followeth,

Ver. 9. And he said unto them, full well ye reject, &c.

Here is a repetition, and a further pressing of our Saviour's former reproof and censure passed against the Scribes and Pharisees of Jerusalem. In which he doth charge and accuse them not onely with contempt of God's Commandement, and superstitious observation of mens Traditions, but also with a higher degree of sin, viz. That they preferred their own Traditions before the Word of God, rejecting the Command of God, that they might observe their own Tradition. And this is first generally and briefly urged in this 9th. Ver. and then more particularly and largely proved against them in the Verses following by an instance or example gi­ven of two speciall precepts of the Word of God touching the Duty of Children to Parents, both which they made void or frustrate by their own Tradition which they preferred before them. In the words of this 9th. Ver. consider two things.

  • 1. The manner of our Saviour's charging and accusing them, viz. with an Ironicall kind of Speech, where­by he speaketh one thing in words, and intendeth the contrary; for he seemeth to commend them, when indeed his purpose and scope is sharply to reprove them. Full well ye reject the Command of God, &c. q. d. ye do grosly offend and sin in so doing, and it is a shame for you, &c.
  • 2. The matter of his reproof or accusation against them, That they rejected God's Commandement, that they might observe their own tradition.

Full well ye reject, &c.] Quest. Doth not this and the like ironicall Speeches come within the compasse of lying or dissembling?

Answ. Answ. Not so: for lying and dissembling Speech is when one doth not onely speak otherwise then the truth is, but with a purpose to deceive or delude either the party to whom he speaketh, or others. But in these Ironicall figurative Speeches it is not so, for though one thing be spoken, and another meant; yet there is no purpose of deceiving or deluding others: neither is there any danger of their being deceived, because the words are so spoken, as that the meaning and purpose of the Speaker doth easily appear to all that hear him.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour here by this sharp Irony or taunting Speech, doth deride the grosse superstiti­on of the Scribes and Pharisees: We may hence gather, That it is lawfull to deride and scoff at the sinnes and unlawfull practises of others, especially at the grosse and notorious sins of the Wicked and Ungodly. Thus Elijah derided the grosse folly of the Worshippers of Baal, 1 King. 18. 27. Bidding them cry aloud to him, for, it may be, he was talking, or pursuing, or in a journey, or asleep, &c. So Isa. 44. the Pro­phet derideth the extream folly of Idolaters, in worshipping graven and molten Images. See the places. Yet some Cautions are to be observed for the lawfull use of such Ironicall reproofs of sin.

  • 1. They must proceed from a holy and upright affection in such as use them, viz. from zeal of God's glory, and hatred of sin, and not from private malice or a revengefull mind against the person repro­ved.
  • 2. They must tend to the right end, viz. God's glory; and the good of the party reproved, that by such a sharp and taunting Reproof, he may (if it be possible) be brought to be ashamed of his sin, and to be touched with remorse for it, as also to grow in dislike and true hatred of it: not the disgrace of the person is to be sought, but the disgrace of the sin reproved, and the reformation of the person.
  • 3. Such taunts and Ironies are to be used against sin in due manner; that is to say, after a grave and seri­ous manner, not with shew of lightness or vanity.

Object. Object. Ephes. 5. 4. Jesting is condemned as a sin, &c.

Answ. Answ. The Apostle here speaketh of vain, foolish, and offensive jesting; such as tends to no good end or use for edification: But on the contrary, either to the disgrace of other persons, or otherwise to the just offence of good Christians, or hardening of the Wicked in their profane mirth. But he doth not simply condemn all Jesting.

As, 1. Not that which stands in uttering some witty and pleasant Speeches for lawfull Recreation, with­out hurt or offence to any.

2. Neither this kind of grave and serious reproving of sin by ironicall or taunting Speech. So much of the manner of our Saviour's reproving them.

Now follows the matter with which he chargeth them, That they rejected, &c.

Ye reject] That is, ye abrogate or make of no force or authority, as is said afterward, Ver. 13. Ye take away from it all force and authority by your grosse contempt and disobedience shewed against it.

The commandement of God] That is, his written Word, by a Synechdoche, one part of the Word being named instead of all, as in the former Verse.

That ye may observe, &c.] The sense of these words may appear by that which hath been spoken upon the former, &c.

Observ. Observ. That it is the property of superstitious Hypocrits to preferr the observation of humane Traditions and Ordinances, before the obedience of the Word of God; and to choose rather to sin against the precepts of the written Word, then to omitt or neglect such humane unwritten Ordinances. So it was with the Scribes and Pharisees, they were far more carefull to obey the traditions of their Elders then the written Word of God, as we have heard before sufficiently. See Matth. 23. 23. See also Matth. 5. how they made more ac­compt of the corrupt glosses and expositions of the Law which they had received by tradition from their El­ders, [Page 405] then they did of the expresse and plain words of the Law of God. So the Papists at this Day are in this also, directly the Disciples and followers of the Scribes and Pharises, for they make more conscience of obey­ing the Popes Decrees, Canons of the Councills (and especially of the late Councill of Trent,) and other written traditions and Doctrines of men (which go for currant in that Church) than they do to yield obedience to the written Word of God: And they accompt it a greater sin to break those their traditions, then to trans­gresse the manifest precepts of the Word of God, for example; They accompt it a greater sin for one to eat Flesh in time of Lent, or upon Good-Friday, forbidden by Popish Canons, than to lye, swear, or commit some other grosse sin against the expresse Word of God; So, it is a greater sin with them to work upon some Holiday of theirs, than to profane the Lord's Sabbath: A greater sin also they make it for their Popish Priests to enter into the state of Marriage (which by the Word of God is lawfull and honourable among all Men, Heb. 13.) than to commit the sin of Fornication, &c.

Use. Use. Take we heed of this grosse Superstition and Hypocrisie, in preferring Men's Traditions and Ordi­nances before the Word of God; lest we become like the Scribes and Pharisees, and the superstitious Pa­pists. And remember what is said, Acts 4. 19. Whether it be right in the sight of God, to hearken unto Men more than unto God, judge ye. All humane Ordinances, Traditions, and Doctrines must bow and stoop to the Authority of the Word of God; and we must make more conscience and obedience to one sentence of the Book of God, than to all Writings of Men, Testimonies of Fathers, or Decrees of Councills.

Mark 7. 10.‘For Moses said, Honour thy Father, &c. Mar. 10. 1621.

IN the former Verse our Saviour charged the Scribes and Pharisees of Jerusalem, for preferring their own unwritten Tradition before the written Word, rejecting the Commandement of God, &c.

Now in this 10th. ver. and the three next following, he proveth the Crime of which he accused them, by an example or instance which he giveth of two particular precepts of the Word of God, which they rejected and disannulled by their Tradition.

Where, 1. Our Saviour layeth down or alledgeth the precepts of the Word of God, which he chargeth them to abrogate, Ver. 10.

2. He layeth down their contrary unwritten Tradition, which they opposed against the written Word, Ver. 11, 12, 13. Where he shews how they abrogate God's Word by that Tradition.

Touching the alledging of the precepts of the written Word of God (in which our Saviour instanceth) we are to consider two things.

  • 1. The manner of alledging them, viz. the name of Moses, the Pen-man of those Books of Scripture out of which the precepts are cited; Moses said, &c.
  • 2. The matter and substance of the precepts, which are two in number.

The first, Being a precept of the Morall Law, even the Words of the fifth Commandement, recorded Exod. 20. 12. Deut. 5. 16. Honour thy Father and thy Mother.

The second, Being a precept or Ordinance of the Judiciall Law (which was the Law of punishments for Breakers of the Morall Law) enjoyning the penalty of Death to be inflicted on such Children as did break the fifth Commandement, (and that in a high degree) by cursing or speaking evil of their Patrents, in these words, Whosoever shall speak evil, &c. which Judiciall Law is found written, Exod. 21. 17. and Levit. 20. 9.

First, Of the manner of alledging these precepts of the Law of God.

Quest. Quest. Where did he say it?

Answ. Answ. In his written Books before mentioned.

Moses said,] So saith our Evangelist here. Yet Matthew 15. 4. it is said, God Commanded, &c. The reason is, because Moses was imployed of God as his Instrument and Secretary in writing of the Law, and whatsoever he wrote; and in writing delivered to the Church (in those Books of his before mentioned) he wrote it by Authority received from God himself, and that immediately. St. Mark ascri­beth that to Moses which St. Mathew attributeth to God, that he might commend to the Church the Divine Authority of the Books of Moses.

Observ. Observ. Here take notice of the Divine Authority of the Books of Holy Scripture, that though they were written by Men as Instruments imployed of God in that service; yet they contain no other but the Divine and Heavenly Doctrine of God himself. So that what Moses wrote in his five Books which we have, it is the Doctrine and Writing of God: Hos. 8. 12. I have written to him (that is, to Ephraim) the great things of my Law, &c. So all that is written in the rest of the sacred Books of the Old and New Testament, is no other but the very Word and Doctrine of God himself, Acts 1. 16. The Holy Ghost spake by the mouth of David in the Book of Psalms. The reason is, because all the Pen-men of Scripture wrote those Books of Scripture by immediate extraordinary direction and assistance of the Spirit of God, instructing them infallibly both in the matter and manner of Writing: 2 Tim. 3. 16. All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, &c. 2 Pet. 1. 21. Prophecy came not in old time by the will of man, but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.

Quest. Quest. How to know and be assured that the Scriptures were written by immediate Divine inspiration, and consequently that they contain the Doctrine and the Word of God himself?

Answ. Answ. The main and principall means to be assured hereof, is by the inward infallible testimony of the Holy Ghost in the consciences of Men, especially of the Elect of God, when they read the Scriptures, or hear them read, or preached. This inward testimony of the Spirit is the onely means, abled undoubtedly, to perswade the conscience that the Scriptures are the Word of God. If no man can say, that Jesus is the Lord, but by the Holy Ghost, 1 Cor. 12. 3. Then much less can any come undoubtedly to be perswaded that the whole Scripture is the Word of God, but by inward testimony of the Spirit sealing it to his heart. Now this Testimony is especially found and felt in those that do unfeignedly desire and endeavour to obey the Will [Page 406] of God revealed in his Word: Joh. 7. 17. If any man will do his Will, he shall know of the Doctrine whether it be of God, &c. But, besides this inward testimony of the Spirit, there are also sundry other proofs and evidences which may be drawn from the Scriptures themselves, which are sufficient to convince the conscience of any (not willfully blind), that the Doctrine of the Scripture is the Word of God, so as they cannot in conscience deny it; though otherwise they have not Grace to yield obedience to it as the Word of God. I will not speak of all, but of some of the principall of those evidences, by which our consciences may be settled in the truth of this weighty Point, and by which we may be armed against profane Atheists, and all that deny or call in question the authority of the Scriptures. The proofs are these, which I will but briefly touch.

1. The Power and Efficacy of the Scriptures in working on the inward Souls and Consciences of men, both to humble them in the sight and sense of their sins, and to raise them up and comfort them being humbled. No Writings or Doctrine of Man hath like Power; Hebr. 4. 12. The Word of God is quick and powerfull, &c. See also 1 Cor. 14. 25.

2. The Antiquity of the Scriptures; for the Books of Moses are more antient then any humane Writings, setting down the Originall and first History of things done from the beginning of the World; which other Writers either knew not at all, or borrowed them from Moses, and corrupted them with many Fables and untruths.

3. The wonderfull Harmony and Consent that is found to be in the Books of Scripture among themselves, though they were Written by sundry persons at sundry times, and in different Ages of the World: And though there be some shew of difference or contrariety in words sometimes; yet all such places as seem to differ and to be at jarr, are sufficiently reconciled by those of the Church, who have laboured there­in.

4. The fulfilling of the Prophesies found in Scripture in their due and appointed times, even unto this very Age in which we live: For example; The Israelites going into Aegypt, and being delivered thence again, and coming into Canaan: The seventy years Captivity of the Jews, and their deliverance by Cyrus (who is also named by the Prophet above a hundred years before he was born, Isa. 45. 1.) So also the time and man­ner of Christ's coming in the Flesh; the calling of the Gentiles, destruction of Hierusalem, revealing of Antichrists, &c. All these, and many other things foretold in Scripture are already fulfilled, and other things are daily more and more accomplished as they are foretold.

5. The unpartiall dealing of the Writers of Scripture, not sparing their dearest frineds nor themselves, in setting down their faults and frailties. Moses recordeth his own sins, and the sins of Aaron and Miriam his Brother and Sister. So David, Paul, &c.

6. The admirable providence of God seen in the preservation of all the Books of Scripture in all Ages hitherto, notwithstanding the means used by Tyrants and Persecuters to abolish them.

7. The manner of Style in which the Scriptures are Written, which is full of Divine Majesty, though ex­pressed in plain words for the most part; being such a Style as none could ever, or can at this day, expresse by imitation: And though some of those which wrote the Apocryphall Books, as Ecclesiasticus, &c. did much strive unto it, yet they came far short thereof.

8. Lastly, The constancy and resoluteness of so many Martyrs in all Ages, suffering for the Profession of the Doctrine of the Scriptures; even to the shedding of their Blood, and losse of their Lives; yea, they suffe­red most exquisite torments, &c.

Now by these evidences of the Authority of the Scriptures being drawn from the Scriptures themselves, we may see the error of Papists, teaching that the authority of the Scripture dependeth on the testimony of the Church, without which (they say) we cannot know them to be the Word of God. But this is false, for although we deny not but that the testimony of the Church approving the severall Books of Scripture, and de­claring them to be of Divine Authority, is of great force to confirm and settle our perswasion of the same Di­vine Authority of them; yet we see it is clear by that which hath been spoken, that there is sufficient light of Divine Authority and Majesty shining in the Scriptures themselves, to prove and manifest them to be of God, even without the testimony of the Church.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See how great is the sin of such as contemn or set leight by the Scriptures, or have not the Doctrine of them in high accompt; as Papists, and other profane persons, &c. 1 Thess. 4. 8. He that despiseth (those things which we write) despiseth not Man, but God.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See the truth and certainty of Christian Religion, being grounded on the Doctrine of the Scrip­tures, which is from God himself given by immediate inspiration. This should stablish us more and more in the constant profession and practice of this onely true Religion in Life and Death.

Use 3 Use 3. To teach us highly to esteem and reverence the sacred Scriptures above all Books in the World, as being most excellent in regard of the Divine and heavenly matter and manner of writing, being indited by the Spirit of God, and after a sort written as it were with his own finger, &c.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. To stir up and provoke our diligence in the study of this Book of God, by reading and meditation in it Day and Night, as it is, Psal. 1. Joh. 5. 39. Search the Scriptures, &c. Col. 3. 16. Let the Word of God dwell in you richly, &c. This Book alone is able to make us wise to Salvation, to give wisdom to the simple. It is the Letter of the Creator to the Creature, as Gregory said of it. If we read other Writings of holy and learned men with such delight, how much more should we never be weary of reading and studying this Book of God, &c. And if we be so delighted with reading a Friend's Letter, &c. So much of our Saviour's man­ner of alledging the two precepts of the Law of God, in that he alledgeth them under the name of Moses, the Pen-man of the Law, thereby to commend to us the Divine Authority of the Books of Moses.

Now to speak of the matter of the Precepts. And first of the first, which is precept of the Morall Law, being the very Words of the fifth Commandement.

Honour thy Father and Mother]. In the words are two things Contained;

  • 1. A Duty enjoyned, which is to yield Honour.
  • 2. The Persons to whom, To Father and Mother.

The Commandement (as it is set down by Moses, Exod. 20. and Deut. 5.) is of very large extent, com­prehending the Duties of all Inferiors toward Superiors, and by consequence also the Duties of all Superiors towards Inferiors (as I have heretofore shewed you when I interpreted the Commandements at large unto you); but I will not here take the words in that large sense, but speak of them onely so far as they concern the Duties of Children towards their naturall Parents, according to the expresse and proper signification of the words, and according to the scope of our Saviour's alledging them in this place.

By [Honour,] understand all Duties which are required of Children toward their Naturall Parents; one Principall is named for all: and this fitly named, because all other Duties ought to come from an honoura­ble respect, and reverent affection toward Parents, and to be joyned therewith, in regard of the Authority given of God unto Parents over their Children.

By [Father and Mother,] understand naturall Parents: And both are named, to shew that Honour must be performed to both; as well to the Mother as to the Father, and that she ought not to be despised, or lesse honoured in regard of her Sex being the weaker Vessel. Yet the Father is first named, to shew his pre­heminence over the Mother; both in regard of Sex, and in regard of Authority, being the Head of his Wife, and so to be honoured and respected in the first place by the Child or Children of them both.

Object. Object. Matth. 23, 9. Call no man Father upon Earth, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. That is to say, in that sense and respect as we call God our Father; who is so by Creation, and by Regeneration, and Adoption in Christ: and whose Authority over us his Children is absolute, as well in respect of our Soul and Conscience, as of our Body and outward Man.

2. Our Saviour there reproveth the Ambition of Scribes and Pharisees, affecting such honourable Titles out of Vain-glory. Therefore our Saviour meaneth that we should call none Father in such sort as the Phari­sees desired to be called Fathers, &c. that is to say, in way of flattery or soothing them up, and feeding their Ambitious humour. So much of the sense of the words.

Now to the matter to be handled out of them. And first of the Duty of Children, which is to honour their Parents, understanding by Honour (as hath bin said) all Duties which they owe to Parents, which Duties may be referred unto four generall Heads. 1. Love, 2. Reverence, 3. Obedience, 4. Thankfullness. Of these in order, distinctly.

The first is Love; not an ordinary, but an entire and speciall kind of Love to Parents, as being most near and dear unto them by bond of Nature; in that from them Children do receive their Beeing. The light of Nature teacheth this, as our Saviour Christ seemeth to imply, Matth. 10. 37. A speciall example we have in Joseph toward his Father Jacob; How many wayes did he expresse his great love unto him? As by inqui­ring after him so carefully when he had been long absent from him, by desiring to see him again, and to have him come into Aegypt to dwell with him; And when he was coming, he expressed his love by going to meet him in the Way, and by falling on his neck and weeping, &c. So also by visiting him in Sicknesse. See Gen. 43. 45, & 46, 48. Chapters. And this love must shew it self in all Fruits and Duties of love, that is to say, in doing them all the good they can in respect of their Souls and Bodies, in helping and comforting them in their necessities and distresses, (if need require, and as they are able), and all other wayes; as in bearing with their infirmities, and covering them, &c. so did Sem and Japheth: Gal. 5. 13. By Love serve one another; Much more should Children thus be serviceable to Parents by Love. As they look that Parents should shew love to them, so they again to Parents; for love deserveth love, &c.

Use. Use. It reproveth some unnaturall Children, which shew little or no love to their own Parents, but are unkind, froward, and churlish toward them; so far from doing all good to them, that they can scarce give them a kind word of their mouth; yea, some do shew hatred and despight against their Parents, because they re­prove or correct them, and will not let them have their Will. Monsters in nature they are rather than Christian Children, unworthy the name of Children, &c. The Apostle reckoneth want of Naturall affection amongst the grossest sins, Rom. 1. 31. and 2 Tim. 3. 3. And as in all others it is a hanious sin, so especially in Chil­dren. Let such as have been guilty, repent, &c.

The second Duty of Children to Parents is Reverence, or reverent awe and respect towards them; which is twofold, Inward and Outward.

  • 1. Inward reverence in heart, being affected and disposed with all due regard toward them, and with high estimation of them: Levit. 19. 3. Ye shall fear every one his Mother and Father: Gen. 27. 12. Jacob did so fear and reverence his Father, that he was unwilling to adventure his displeasure, though it were to gain the Blessing, and though he were advised to it by his Mother.
  • 2. Outward, in reverent and dutifull Speech and behaviour, expressing thereby the inward reverence of their hearts.
  • 1. Touching Speech, They are to shew reverence, partly by speaking humbly, dutifully, and mildly un­to them being present upon all occasions; and partly by speaking reverently and respectfully of them being absent.
  • 2. Touching the rest of their behaviour and gestures, they must therein also shew all due reverence; as by uncovering the Head, bowing the knee, and other parts of the Body, rising up before them, going to meet them, being silent in their presence, or sparing in speech, &c. Joseph, though a great Ruler in Aegypt, and his Father in want, and at his finding; yet when he was coming to him, went forth in his Charet to meet him, &c. Gen. 46. 29. And Gen. 48. 12. when he had presented his two Sons to be Blessed of him, he bow­ed himself with his face to the Earth: 1 Reg. 2. 19. Solomon, though a great King, yet did great reverence to his Mother Bathsheba, rising up to meet her, and bowing himself to her, and causing a seat to be set for her at his right hand.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To reprove much unreverent carriage of Children toward Parents: A raigning sin in many Chil­dren, which either know not what duty and reverence is due to Parents, or at lest make not conscience of performing it as they ought.

Touching inward fear and reverence of heart, how many are void of it, despising their Parents in heart, and thinking meanly or basely of them; especially if they be aged, or poor in estate, or have some infirmities, [Page 408] &c. Great is the sin of such, despising those out of whose Loyns and Bowells they proceeded, and from whom they received their conception, birth, and first beeing: To despise Parents, is to despise the Image of God shining in their Authority and Preheminence. A sin which God hath severely punished, one of the sins for which the Jews suffered the seventy years Captivity in Babylon: Ezech. 12. 7. In thee have they set light by Father and Mother, &c.

Touching outward Reverence; How little appeareth in many Children, either in Speech or Cestures? Touching Speech, some care not how malepertly and sawcily they speak to their Parents, as if they were their fellows and equalls, talking to them as if one Neighbour were talking to another, and not like a Child to Father or Mother. Some are worse, who stick not to deride and mock their own Parents, and to lay open their infirmities to others, like cursed Cham, Gen. 9. 22. But let them remember the sentence given against them by the mouth of God: Prov. 30. 17. The eye that mocketh his Father, and despiseth to obey his Mother, the Ra­vens of the Valley shall pick it out, and young Eagles shall eat it: Others stick not to revile and rayl at their Pa­rents. But of this I shall have occasion to speak upon the words following. As for other behaviour, how unreverent is it in many Children? scarce uncovering their Heads, bowing, or rising up to them, &c. but be­having themselves unreverently, proudly, or scornfully in their looks, countenance, and otherwise toward their Parents. Parents also are faulty in suffering it.

Object. Object. I reverence them in heart.

Answ. Answ. Not enough to say so, unless it appear in thy behaviour. If one should say, he reverenceth the King, and yet not shew it outwardly, would this serve the turn? Well, let all such undutifull Children take notice of their sin, and be truly humbled for it. Though their Parents be dead and gone whom they de­spised: yet beware of living in this without repentance, lest it pull down the judgment of God upon them, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Let all Children for time to come make conscience of reverent carriage toward Parents, both in­wardly in heart, and in all outward behaviour as becometh them, and beware of the lest contempt of them. To this end, let them often look at God's Commandement, requiring honour to be given to Parents; and withall, think how much thou art bound to reverence them, out of whose Loyns and Bowels thou art come into the World. Therefore though thy Parents be poor or aged, and shew infirmities; yet still they are thy Parents, and so to be feared and reverenced: therefore look thou do it now while they are living, lest if thou contemn or disdain them, it trouble thy conscience afterward when they shall be dead and gone.

Use 3 Use 3. Admonition to Parents, so to carry themselves that they may preserve their Authority, and not lay themselves open to contempt of their own Children. To this end, they must walk wisely and religiously to­ward their Children, being careful to train them up in instruction and information of the Lord, Eph. 6. 4. and to go before them by holy example: This is a great means to move reverence in their Children toward them. And they must take heed on the other side of foolish, vain, and loose behaviour before their Children, especi­ally when they are young, lest this breed contempt, &c.

Mark 7. 10.‘And who so curseth Father or Mother, let him dye the Death. Mar. 17. 1621.

THe third Duty of Children to Parents, is obedience: Ephes. 6. 1. Children, obey your Parents in the Lord, &c. So Col. 3. 20. This obedience consisteth in sundry things: But especially in these five.

1. In submitting to Parents instruction and teaching: As Parents are to bring them up in good nuture and instruction, so Children are to yield themselves willingly and gladly to be instructed, shewing themselves teachable: Prov. 13. 1. A wise son heareth his Fathers instruction. Contrarily, Prov. 15. 5. A fool despiseth his Fathers instruction. See also Prov. 1. 8.

2. In obeying the Precepts and Will of their Parents in things lawfull and indifferent, Jer. 35. The Re­chabites being forbidden of their Father to build Houses, plant Vineyards, or drink Wine, &c. obeyed there­in, and are commended and rewarded of God for their obedience. Isaac shewed obedience to his Father Abraham, in suffering himself to be bound, and laid on the Altar for a Sacrifice. Our Saviour Christ himself was also subject to his Parents, Luke 2. 51.

3. In submitting patiently to the Reproofs and Corrections of Parents, and in being carefull to reforme the faults for which they are either reproved or corrected: yea, though they should reprove or correct unjustly; yet Children ought not to refuse or rebell against them. Though this seem tedious, and against stomack; yet seeing God requires it, Children must shew obedience even to unjust reproof and correction. Touching Reproof, Prov. 15. 5. He that regardeth his Father's reproof is wise: Et contrá, Prov. 13. 1. Solomon makes it the property of an undutifull scorner not to hear his Father's rebuke. Therefore every good Child must thence learn on the contrary to hear and obey their Parents rebukes: Numb. 12. 14. The Lord saies thus of Miriam, If her Father had but spit in her face, should she not be ashamed seven Dayes? By which Speech he implyeth, That if a Parent shew a signe of displeasure against the Child for any fault, it is fit the Child should not one­ly take it patiently, but shew himself also ashamed thereat. Touching Correction, Hebr. 12. 9. We have had Fathers of our Flesh, which corrected us, and we gave them reverence, &c. A Duty of Parents to correct Children when there is cause; therefore Childrens Duty is to sumbit unto it, as being for their own good: A means (through the Blessing of God) to reform vice and sin in them; yea, to deliver their Souls from Hell, Prov. 23. 14.

4. In yielding to their Parents Will and Appointment, for choyce of their Particular Callings. As Pa­rents are to take order, and see that their Children live not idly without a Calling, but that they be trained up in some honest and lawfull Calling, wherein to do good in Church or Common-wealth: So Children are will­ingly to be guided by Parents therein, and to take upon them that Calling which their Parents appoint them unto, so that it be a lawful Calling in it self, and they fit for it. Our Saviour himself therein submitted to Joseph and Mary, living under them in the Trade of a Carpenter, Mark 6. 3. So the Patriarchs were Shepheards [Page 409] by the Appointment of Jacob their Father. So David, before he was called to the Kingdom, was a Keep­er of Sheep by the Appointment of Jesse his Father. See 1 Sam. 16. the 11th. Verse compared with the 19th.

5. Lastly, The Obedience of Children stands in being directed and ruled by their Parents in the matter of their Marriage, when they come to years fit for Marriage, and are willing or desirous to en [...]er into that estate. The choice of a fit Husband or Wife being a very serious and weighty matter, and such as doth very nearly concern the good of the Child, therefore in this matter all Children are to be guided by their Parents, and not to presume without their Will and Consent to enter into the state of Marriage. Parents by the Law of God have power to dispose of their Children in Marriage: 1 Cor. 7. 38. The Father is said to give his Virgin in Marriage. Deut. 7. 3. Thou shalt not give thy Daughter to the Canaanites, &c. Exod. 22. 17. There is a Law, that he which defloured a Maid should marry her, but not without her Father's Consent. Isaac, at the Age of forty years, was at his Father's choice for a Wife: And so Jacob was sent by Isaac his Father to Laban's House or Family to take a Wife thence, Gen. 28. 2 Sam. 13. 13. Thamar saith to her Brother Ammon, The King will not deny me to thee. The Heathen knew this by the light of Nature. See Gen. 34. 3. in Sichem. It is also decreed by all Laws, Civil, Canon, &c. The Papists require it. Concil. Trid.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Children are a part of the Goods and Substance of their Parents, over which they have power to dispose of them, as of other of their Substance: Exod. 21. 7. The Jews might, by the Law, sell their Chil­dren to become Servants to others, according to the Custom of those times. And it seems that the Devil took this for granted, that Job's Children were part of his Substance and Possessions; and therefore having power given him over his Goods and Possessions, he slew his Children. Psal. 127. 3. An heritage of (or from) the Lord.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. By Marriage Children are called to leave their Parents after a sort: Gen. 2. 24. For this cause shall a man leave his Father and Mother, &c. Therefore it is fit that this leaving of Parents should be with their consent.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. By Marriage the power of Parents over the Child is in some sort passed over to the Husband or Wife; and is it fit it should be so passed over without Parents consent?

Here two or three Questions are needful to be briefly resoved:

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Whether a Parent may urge or compell his Child to marry, against the Child's Affecti­on.

Answ. Answ. He may not, because without free consent of the parties to be married there can be no lawful Mar­riage, this consent being of the Essence of Marriage: yet a Parent may command or require his Child to marry in some case, and the Child ought not, without weighty and just cause, to refuse.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. May a Parent restrain or keep his Child from Marriage?

Answ. Answ. He may keep him from this or that Marriage in particular, with such or such a Party, for some just cause; but not from Marriage in generall and absolutely: Especially, in case the Child desire it as a Remedy against the Sin of Incontinency, the avoiding whereof is the one End of Marriage, 1 Cor. 7. 2.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. May the Parents dissolve a Contract of Marriage, secretly made between two parties without Parents consent?

Answ. Ans. Yes, By the Law of God they have power either to ratify or to make such a Contract void, Exo. 22. 17. Yea, Num. 30. 6. the Father may make void a religious Vow, made by the Child without Parents consent, much more therefore a Promise of Marriage. See then what is to be thought of Marriages made up without or against Parents consent. Though they are in some sort tolerated or allowed by Man's Law in some Churches, yet by the Law of God they cannot be justified. (See Mr. Gouge of Domestical Duties, Treat. 5. Sect. 16. pag. 448. and Mr. Perkins on Gal. 4. 1, 2.)

Use. Ʋse. This reproveth many rebellious and disobedient Children, 2 Tim. 3. 2. One sin of the last and pe­rillous times foretold, verified in these our times. Some refuse and cast off Parents Instruction; which is one cause of so great ignorance and profaness in many Children, as the negligence of some Parents in giv­ing Instruction is another cause, &c. Samuel taught his Children well (no doubt), being himself so holy a man, yet because they obeyed not Instruction, they were wicked, and loved Bribes, 1 Sam. 8. So David's Children, as Amnon and Absolon, &c. Touching Reproof and Correction, many shew nothing but stubbornness and rebel­lion against both, not induring either of them, nor suffering themselves to be ruled, but doing what they list: Children of Belial they may be fitly called, which signifies properly such as will not bear the yoak of subjecti­on. Others shew no obedience in choice of their Calling, but they will be their own carvers: Some bind themselves Apprentices to Trades without their Parents consent: Some travel into other Countries to seek their fortunes, &c. much like the Prodigal Son, &c. These often fall to lewd courses, and bring great grief to Parents.

In matter of Marriage how many are disobedient? Some make up secret Matches of their own heads, without so much as the Knowledge of their Parents; yea, some take Wives that are a grief of hearts to Pa­rents, like Esau, Gen. 26. the last Verse. No marvail if God bless not such Marriages, but his Curse fol­loweth them usually in one kind or other. Well, Let all disobedient Children know the heinousness of their sin, being Rebellion against God himself, whose Authority is contemned in the contempt of Parents Authority: If to obey Parents be so well pleasing to God, Col. 3. 20. then to disobey them must needs be highly offensive to him. See Deut. 21. 18. where the stubborn and disobedient Son, which would not be ruled or reformed, is appointed to be stoned to death. How hath God punished disobedient Children? Consider the Exam­ples of some, as Absolon, and Ely's Sons, 1 Sam. 2. 25. they hearkned not to the Reproof of their Father, because the Lord would slay them. Let all disobedient Children ever remember it, and repent of this sin, and fear such disobedience to Parents Admonition, Reproofs, &c. And on the contrary, as they desire God should bless and prosper them, so let them look to it, that they honour Parents by Obedience to them in all good and lawfull things; yea, though they be hard and difficult, or mean and base to perform; yet [Page 410] refuse not: Shall Christ be subject to his Parents, and wilt not thou to thine?

The fourth and last Duty of Children to Parents, is Thankfulness, or thankfull recompencing of them for all the Love, Care, and Pains bestowed on them, by their Parents, in their Education, &c. and for all the good they have received from and by their Parents. 1 Tim. 5. 4. Let them learn to shew piety at home, and to requite their Parents, for that is good and acceptable before God. Now this Thankfulness must be shewed two wayes especially:

1. By helping, relieving, and comforting them in their necessities and distresses, in poverty and want, in sickness, in Old-Age, &c. Gen. 47. 12. Joseph nourished his Father in his Old-Age being in want. So Ruth 4. 15. it is said of Obed, the Grand-child or Nephew of Naomi, that he should be the Restorer of her Life, and the Nourisher of her Old-Age: and Ruth 2. 18. Ruth relieved her Mother with the Corn which she had gleaned in the field of Boaz. Joh. 19. 27. Our Saviour Christ at his death took special care for the wel-fare of his Mother, and therefore commended her to the care of his beloved Disciple John. The light of Nature teacheth the Equity of this, that Parents having begotten and brought forth Children, and having been at such care, cost, and pains in their Education and Maintenance, that therefore they should be cared for, helped, and succoured of their Children, when they come to be aged, or to be in any necessity or distress. The Heathen by the light of Nature saw this; yea, some brute Creatures do practise it: The Stork nourish­eth her Dam, being old.

2. Children are to shew Thankfulness by praying for their Parents, commending their necessities to God, both bodily and spiritual, and craving a supply of them, desiring him also to give them strength against their Infirmities, &c. 1 Tim. 2. Prayer is to be made for all in Authority; therefore for Parents by Children: They are many wayes bound to do this for their Parents; and they desire that Parents should pray for them.

Ʋse. Use. This reproveth and shameth many unthankful unnatural Children, which make not Conscience of these Duties of Thankfulness. Some, in stead of succouring Parents in Old-Age, and in necessity, do cast them off, and let them shift for themselves. How cruel and hard-hearted are such? Is this their requital of all their Parents care, pains, and cost bestowed on them? &c. worse they are than brute Beasts: The light of Nature condemns them, and the Heathen shall rise in Judgment against them, if they repent not. Others relieve their Parents grudgingly, and unwillingly; and they plead many vain excuses for neglect of this Duty, as that they have a Charge of their own, or that their Parents are burdensom, or less might serve them, &c. Others, again are worse than the former, who in stead of helping and nourishing Parents in Old-Age, &c. are means to shorten their lives by churlish usage of them, or by vexing and grieving them by their lewd and wicked life, so bringing the gray-heads of Parents with sorrow to their graves. Others wish and hope for Parents death, that they may enjoy their Goods; much like profane Esau, Shortly the dayes of mourn­ing (saith he) for my Father will come, &c. Others spend and waste that prodigally, with which they should relieve and cherish Parents in Old-Age, &c. As for praying for Parents, many Children scarce think of it, and some know not how to do it, or that it is their duty, &c. They can talk of their Parents Necessities or Infirmities, but scarce ever in their lives did they send up one hearty Prayer to God for supply or help of them. Well, Let all that have been or are guilty, take notice of their sin, and unfeignedly and speedily re­pent hereof, and for time to come beware of such unnatural Unthankfulness toward their Parents, which is commonly the sin of lewd and ungracious Children, &c. So much of the duties of Children to Parents com­prised here under the Word Honour.

Now a word or two of the Persons to whom it is due, viz. Father and Mother.

Observ. Observ. Children owe all the duties above-mentioned unto both their Parents, to Father and Mother: Therefore both are distinctly named, not only in these words of the fifth Commandment, but also in sundry other places, especially in the Proverbs, as Chap. 23. 22. Hearken to thy Father that begat thee, and despise not thy Mother when she is old. Levit. 1. 3. Ye shall fear every one his Mother and his Father; where the Mother is first named, because she is most subject to contempt, usually. Gen. 28. 7. Jacob obeyed his Father and his Mother.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. Children are most nearly bound by bond of Nature to both Parents for their natural life and beeing, whereof they are Instruments under God.

2. The care and pains of both Parents in bringing forth and trayning up Children is exceeding great, and so great that it seems doubtful which is greatest, whether of Father or Mother: Therefore Children ought to honour them both. Yet so as the Father is to have the pre-eminence in this honour and in all duties, as being the chief in regard of Sex and of Authority over the Mother and Children both.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Reproof of such Children as are partial in doing Duties to Parents, so honouring one that they des­pise the other. Some respect their Mother only or chiefly, because she cockereth and pleaseth them too much; in the mean time not caring for their Father, &c. Others are careful to please their Father, and to shew du­ty to him, but none to their Mother; and this fault is more common than the former: Some Children even when they are young, so soon as they are out of the shell, learn to despise their Mothers, and to cast off their Authority; Such must remember the places before mentioned, Lev. 19. and Prov. 23.

Use 2 Use 2. Admonition to both Parents so to carry themselves toward their Children, and to each other, that they may preserve their Authority over their Children, and that their Children may be moved to honour both as well as one. To this End, both Parents must be careful to maintain each others Authority; and especially Fathers to maintain the Mothers Authority, that she be not despised of her Children; and she must beware of fond and foolish cockering of Children, lest she bring herself into contempt. So much of the first Precept here alledged out of the Books of Moses, which is a Precept of the moral Law, touching the Duty of Children to Parents.

Now followeth the second Precept, which is of the Judiciall Law, touching a grievous penalty to be in­flicted upon such as break the aforesaid Commandment of the Morall Law, in these words; Who­soever shall speak evil &c. This severe Law of Punishment our Saviour addeth, to aggravate the sin of the Pharisees.

In the words are two things contained: 1. The Sin or Breach of the Moral Law, appointed to be punish­ed: Speaking evill of Parents. 2. The Penalty it self, Such ought to dy the death.

Who so shall speak evill,] Not every kind of evill Speech is here meant, but especially two kinds.

1. Cursing and banning Speeches uttered against Parents, wishing or desiring some evil or mischief to be­fall them; as to wish the Pox or Plague to take them, &c. And therefore the words are well translated thus, Whosoever curseth Father or Mother, &c.

2. Railing or reviling Speeches, uttered against Parents, giving them vile or odious Names or Title [...], in way of Contempt and Disgrace of their Persons. Both these kinds of evil Speaking seem to be implyed by the Hebrew Word [Killel] which is used, Exod. 21. and Lev. 20. from whence our Saviour citeth these words.

Let him dye the Death] that is, Let him most certainly be put to death for it by the Authority of the Ma­gistrate. It is an Hebraism, implying the certain performance of the matter spoken of. Therefore it is not said, Let him dy, but, Let him dy the Death.

Quest. Quest. Was the penalty of death to be inflicted on all such Children as did in any sort curse or rail upon their Parents?

Answ. Answ. There are two kinds of cursing and reviling Speech:

1. Such as is uttered in sudden passon of Wrath and unadvised Anger; for which the party uttering it, is perhaps touched with sorrow so soon as that distempered Passion is over. Now some think the Law is not to be understood of this.

2. Such as is uttered deliberately and advisedly, being also joyned with obstinate and wilful Contempt of Parents: This I take to be here meant, either onely or chiefly. (See Calvin in Pentateuch. and Dr. Willet in Exod. 21. 17.) The word Killel, used by Moses, is derived from Kalal, which signifies properly to con­temn, vilify, and set at nought another, which argues that the Law speaketh of such cursing and reviling as is joyned with great contempt and vilifying of Parents, Deut. 27. 16. Cursed be he that setteth leight by his Fa­ther or Mother, &c. And especially it is to be understood of such contempt as is joyned with Obstinacy and Wilfulness. As Deut. 21. 18. not every disobedient Child was to be stoned to Death, but such a one as was stubborn and wilful in disobedience, persisting therein without Reformation: so here I take it, that the pe­nalty of Death is denounced, not against every reviling word uttered by a Child against Parents, but against such as is joyned with some Obstinacy and wilful Contempt.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is a most grievous sin in Children to curse or revile their Parents: This appears by the grie­vous Punishment appointed by the Law of God for such, viz. The penalty of Death: For all sins appoint­ed to be thus punished are very heinous, as Murder, Adultery, Blasphemy, &c. Prov. 30. 11. Solomon there reckoning up four sorts of gross and notorious Offenders, setteth those in the first place who curse their Fa­ther, and bless not their Mother. So Deut. 27. 16. they which set leight by Parents are reckoned among the cursed Crew of heinous Offenders. See also Isa. 45. 10.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. It is a sin against the light of Nature, and therefore condemned by the Heathen.

2. It is a high contempt of God, and dishonour to his Majesty, forasmuch as his Image and Glory shineth in the Authority of Parents over Children.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Terrour unto such cursed and lewd Children as are or have been guilty of this heinous sin of cur­sing or reviling their own Parents. If any such be among you, (as I wish there be not) let them take notice of their grievous and capital Sin, and be moved to humble themselves to God speedily, and in great mea­sure for it; a slight Repentance will not serve for so grievous a sin, &c. And let all Children hereafter fear to revile or curse their Parents; yea, let them beware of all Contempt of Parents, though it be but in thought, lest it make way to reviling words: Eccles. 10. 20. Curse not the King, no not in thy thought, &c. So it may be said of Parents.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. If it be so grievous a sin to curse or revile natural Parents, how much more fearful and hideous a sin is it for any to curse or blaspheme the Name of God their heavenly Father; and if cursing of Parents be to be punished with death, how much more doth Blasphemy of the Name of God worthily deserve this pe­nalty? See Levit. 24.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here what Punishment should by the Law of God be inflicted on such wicked Children as stick not to revile or curse their own Parents, and that maliciously and wilfully: They ought to be put to death for this heinous sin: So the Law of God expresly injoyneth, Exod. 21. & Lev. 20. Yea, it is not only said, Such a one shall be put to death; but, He shall surely be put to death, and his blood shall be upon him; and our Sa­viour here ratifieth this judicial Law. This also is implied by that of Solomon, Prov. 20. 20. Who so curseth Father or Mother, his Lamp shall be put out in obscure darkness. and Prov. 30. 17. The eye that mocketh at his Father, &c. the Ravens of the Vally shall pick it out.

Reas. Reas. The Justice of God requireth, that such as maliciously and wilfully revile and curse those by whose means they have received life and Beeing, and the natural faculty of Speech, should for this sin be deprived of life and beeing, and so have all use of their tongues taken from them.

Use 1 Use. 1. See then what to think of such wretched and ungracious Children, who are guilty of this Sin. They are unworthy to live upon the face of the Earth, to see the light, or breathe in the Aire, if they be so wicked as to curse or revile those by whose means they came first to enjoy this life, and to see the light of the Sun, &c. Worthy they are to have their tongues cut out of their heads, yea to have their whole bodies deprived of life & sense, by the sword and power of the Magistrate: And though in some Churches, the Law of man and Power of the Magistrate doth not so take hold (as it should do) of such lewd Children, to cut them off by death; yet let them not presume of impunity: for the Lord himself can and will in this case take vengeance into his own hands, and bring them by some means or other to an untimely death in this World; and in the World to come punish them with everlasting death, if they do not speedily repent in great measure for so heinous and unnatu­ral a sin as this is.

Use 2 Use 2. This should move us to wish and desire of God, that this Law may take place and be executed in this Church, for the terrour of all such ungracious Children: See B. Babington on Exod. 21. 15. where he mentioneth the Testimony of a good Writer (as he saith) who saw one put to death in the Church of Tigurine who had cursed and reviled his Mother.

Mark 7. 11. ‘But ye say, If a man shall say to his Father and Mother, It is Corban, that is to say, a Gift, by what­soever Mar. 24. 1621. thou mightest be profited by me: He shall be free.

OUr Saviour in the 9th. Verse charged the Scribes and Pharisees with the sin of rejecting God's Com­mandement, for the keeping of their own Tradition. Then from the 10th. Verse unto the 14th. he proveth that they did so by an example or instance given of two particular Precepts of the Law of God, which they by their Tradition did make Voyd.

And, 1. He alledgeth those Precepts of the Law of God, Ver. 10.

2. He setteth down their contrary Tradition by which they abrogated the Law of God, shewing how by it they made voyd the Precepts of God's written Law, Ver. 11, 12, 13.

And, 1. He setteth down that particular Tradition by which they abrogated the foresaid Precepts of the Law.

2. Sundry other Traditions, Ver. 13. Of the Precepts of the Law of God alledged by our Saviour, Ver. 10. I have spoken.

Now I am to speak of his alledging the contrary Tradition of the Scribes and Pharisees, &c. Where we are to consider.

  • 1. The Tradition it self, alledged Ver, 11.
  • 2. The hurtfull and dangerous Effects and Consequents of that Tradition. Which are two,
    • 1. That by it they hindred Children from doing Duty to Parents, Ver. 12.
    • 2. That by it they made the Word of God of none Effect, Ver. 13.

Touching the alledging of their Tradition; Consider,

  • 1. The maner of alledging, in these words; But ye say.
  • 2. The matter or substance of it, If a man say to his Father, &c.

From the manner; Observe, That it is the property of false and corrupt Teachers to crosse and contradict the plain and expresse Doctrine of the Scriptures, and the written Word of God, So did these Scribes and Pharisees: Whereas Moses (or rather God himself by Moses) saith, Honour thy Father and Mother, &c. They on the contrary taught, that in some case Children were not bound to honour Parents. So Matth. 5. 43. the corrupt Teachers among the Jews taught that it was lawfull to hate their Enemies, by which Doctrine they plainly crossed the Doctrine of the Law of God, forbidding not onely hatred of Friends, but even of Ene­mies; as may appear by comparing Levit. 19. 17. with Deut. 23. 7. So at this Day the Popish Teachers do by their corrupt and false Doctrines crosse and contradict the written Word of God. For example, the Word of God saith, Marriage is honourable in all, &c. Hebr. 13. But they say, It is not honourable in Mini­sters of the Church, but unlawfull: The Word of God saith, Every Creature of God is good, being received with Thanksgiving, 1 Tim. 4. 4. And again, Eat whatsoever is sold in the Shambles, 1 Cor. 10. 25. But they say, It is a sin to eat Flesh-meat upon some Dayes, and at some Times, &c. Christ at the Institution of the Lord's Supper, said, Drink ye all of this: But they say, The common People need not Drink of the Sacra­mentall Cup, but onely the Priest.

Ʋse. Use. See how to know false and corrupt Teachers from true and sound, examine their Doctrine by the Scriptures, (according to the rule prescribed, 1 Thess. 5. Try all things,) and see whether it agree therewith, or whether it do crosse or contradict any plain and manifest place of Scripture: If it do, reject that Doctrine as unsound, &c. Note here, that it is a mark of false Teachers not only to cross the manifest Words of Scrip­ture, but to contradict the true sense of any place of Scripture, though they may seem to agree with the Words. See Matth. 5. how the Jewish Teachers delivered the words of the Law, but crossed and perverted the true meaning: So do the Papists also. But to come to the Tradition it self, which these Scribes and Pharisees taught, If a man shall say, &c.

Corban] This is an Hebrew or Syriack word, which signifieth a Gift, as it is interpreted in this Text; yet not any kind of Gift, but properly a Gift given to God; that is, something hallowed and consecrated to God in speciall manner, in way of religious Devotion: as, in time of the Law, the Sacrifice, Tythes, first-Fruits, &c. (Vide Drus. Comment. in voces Novi Testam. in voce Corban.) And hence is derived another word Corbana or Corbanas, used by the Evangelist, Matth. 27. 6. to signifie the common Treasury of the Temple, in which were kept those holy things or gifts which were consecrated to God, that is, to holy uses. Fur­ther we are to know that the words of this Verse are in themselves somewhat dark and difficult in the Origi­nall Greek Text, and learned men do not at all Interpret them alike. Some translate them thus, It is Corban, that is to say, a Gift, by whatsoever thou mightest be profited by me. And they take them to be a protesta­tion or profession made by the Jewish Children to their Parents, in way of excusing themselves for not helping and relieving them in their necessity; And they thus expound them.

It is Corban,] Or, a Gift; that is, it is already given and consecrated to God and to his Service, or to other Religious uses.

By whatsoever, &c.] That is, so much of my worldly Goods or Substance as I could spare otherwise to help thee in thy necessity: q. d. I cannot help or relieve thee, because I have already given all I can spare unto God; that is, to Religious uses. Now those that thus expound the words, do think that it was the Tradition or Doctrine of the Pharisees, that in this Case Children were not tyed to relieve Parents, if they could thus plead, that they had already given that to God with which they should relieve them. Now this Interpretation I will not reject utterly, because it is the most common received exposition, and the words of the Text (as I think) may bear it well enough. But there are some other learned and judicious Divines which think the words should be translated otherwise, in this manner.

By Corban,] That is to say, by the Gift; If thou be profited by me in any thing whatsoever, or if thou have any profit whatsoever by me. And they think that the words do contain a solemn Oath, or a solemn Vow bound with an Oath, which wicked Children sometimes used in their rage and anger against their Parents, Swearing and Vowing that they should have no profit by them; that is, they would do them no good, nor [Page 413] afford them any help or relief. And they Interpret the words particularly in this sort.

By Corban,] Q. D. I swear by Corban, that is, by the holy Gift consecrated to God.

If thou be profited by me, &c.] Q. D. Thou shalt have no profit by me at all; For so much the words may imply, being an imperfect Sentence uttered by those wicked Children in rage against their Parents; in which something more is to be understood then they expressed, viz. These or the like words; Let me be accursed, or, Let God destroy me: For the Jews used to bind themselves under some such Curse to the keeping of all their solemn Oaths and Vows. (See for this, Act. 23. 14.) And this manner of speaking in their so­lemn Oaths was (as it seemeth) taken up amongst them after the phrase of Scripture, where the like is used: As Gen. 14. 23. Abraham sware to the King of Sodom; If I take from thee a thred, or shoo-latchet, &c. that is, I will not take from thee, &c. So Gen. 11. 23. Abimelech saith thus unto Abraham, Swear unto me, If thou shalt deal falsly, or lye unto me, &c. that is, that thou wilt not, &c. Yea, this manner of Speech is used in the Oath of God himself, Hebr. 3. 11, 18.

Now this Interpretation of the words I take to be the best, and most probable; And that for these Rea­sons.

1. Philo, an antient learned Jew who lived about Christ's time, doth testify, That it was the manner of some wicked persons among the Jews to use such kind of wicked Oaths in their rage and anger against others; that is, to swear that such or such a one should have no profit by them. (See Philo Jud. de specialib. legib. Decalogi. Pag. 595). Now it is likely, that he was well acquainted with the Customs and manners of his own Nation, &c.

2. It appeareth by the words of our Saviour, Matth. 23. 18. that it was accompted a very solemn and great Oath among the Jews to swear by the Gift offered upon the Altar, for so they were taught; that to swear by the Altar was nothing, but he that sweareth by the Gift, &c. is a Debter, that is, he us bound to keep his Oath; for that I take to be the meaning. It is therefore very probable, That this kind of Oath taken by the Gift offered to God upon the Altar, is here meant.

3. Josephus, another antient learned Jew saith, that the very word Corban (which St. Mark here setteth down) was used as a solemn Oath among the Jews, and that no other Nation used it but they. (See Joseph. Contra Apion. Lib. 1. Pag. 1047.) See also Dr. Raynold's Conference with Hart. Cap. 7. Divis. 4. Pag. 268. where the like testimony is cited by him out of the Jewish Talmud.

4. It is the Doctrine of the Jewish Talmud, that a man is bound to Honour his Father and Mother, unless he Vow the contrary. (See Dr. Raynold's Ibid.) See also Ar. Montanus in Matth. 15. (Vide etiam Drus. de 3. Sectis Jud. Lib. 2. Cap. 17.) Now touching the last words in the end of this Verse,

He shall be free.] Though they be not expressed in the Orginall, yet they are implyed, and must be un­derstood to make up the full sense of the words: For our Saviour's purpose is to shew, That this was the cor­rupt and wicked Doctrine of the Pharises, That if a Child had once taken this solemn Oath by Corban, that he would not do his Parents Good, then he was free; that is, not guilty of sin; though he refused to do them good, or help them: And that this is the scope of the words, may appear by the words following in the next Verse. And hitherto of the sense of the words.

In which being thus opened, we may consider two things.

  • 1. A case of Conscience supposed by the Scribes and Pharisees, touching Children's relieving Parents in their necessity. The Case or Question is, whether if a Child had sworn, or solemnly vowed not to help his Parents, he were tyed to help them.
  • 2. Their Resolution of the Case or Question, by their Doctrine, viz. That in this Case the Child was not tyed to relieve his Father or Mother, but was free from sin, in refusing to do them Good. Touching the first.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here how great sins and abuses raigned among the Jews in our Saviour's time, as open pro­fanation of the name of God by unlawfull and wicked Oaths and Vowes, binding themselves by such Oaths to the committing of sin, and omission of necessary Duties commanded in the Law of God, as the relief of their own Parents; I say, these grosse corruptions were now raigning amongst this People, being not onely practised by the Common sort, but also allowed and maintained by the Scribes and Pharisees, the Teachers of the Church; and yet for all this, God had his Church at the same time, even amongst these wicked Jews: And therefore our Saviour Christ notwithstanding these great corruptions in Life and Doctrine, did not separate himself, nor command his Disciples to separate from this Church of the Jews in respect of communicating with them in the publick Ordinances and Worship of God; as the Ministery of the Word, &c. But He and his Disciples usually resorted to the publick Synagogues of the Jews; yea, He commanded his Disciples to hear the Scribes and Pharisees sitting in Moses Chayr, Matth. 25. Which manifestly proveth, That there may be a true Church of God even in such places where some, yea, many grosse sins and corruptions do raign and bear sway, and that there is no warrant for any to separate from a particular Church, because of such abu­ses and corruptions in it: Which therefore condemneth the practise of the Brownists separating from our Church, because of the Corruptions in it, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Learn here, that it is the property of wicked and ungodly persons (such as these Jews here spo­ken of) to vow and swear unto things evil and unlawfull, as to the omission of some necessary Duty comman­ded of God, or to the commission of any sin forbidden of God in his Word. This is to bind themselves by an Oath to the dishonouring and provoking of God by sin, which is a most wicked practice, being a gross and hanious abuse of an Oath or Vow, and a high degree of taking God's name in vain, for which he hath said, he will not hold such guiltlesse. See more of this Point, before Chap. 6. 23.

Use. Use. See the grievous sin of such as stick not to vow or swear sometimes to do that which is in it self a sin, as to be revenged on enemie, &c. or on the other side to swear or vow the omission of good Duties; as that they will not have dealing again with one that hath wronged them, that they will never do good to their Enemy, that they will not come to such a Church, or hear such a Preacher again, because he hath perhaps touched their conscience for some sin which they will not forsake: Yea, though one should in sudden passion of anger, make such a Vow or Oath; yet would not this excuse it from being a most hanious sin.

Observ. Observ. 3. In that it was wrath and anger conveived against Parents (as it is most likely) that moved the Children thus wickedly to swear that they should have no profit by them: Hence observe, How great and dangerous a sin, rash anger and wrath is, in that it is the Cause of other hainous and grievous sins; as of disho­nour, and open contempt of Parents: yea, of vowing and swearing not to do them Good, &c. These were­grievous sins; yet it seems that these wicked Children made nothing of them, when they were once inraged with anger against their Parents for some discontentment given: Prov. 29. 22. A furious man aboundeth in transgression: Full of anger, full of sin. Especially this is true of extream and outragious anger, which is nothing else but a short fury or madnesse, as the Heathen man could say, Prov. 27. 4. Wrath is cruel, and anger is outragious: Experience shews what grievous sins this raging anger is often the Cause of: Is it not the Cause of wicked cursing, swearing, and of bitter rayling at others? Is is not the Cause many times of contenti­on, quarrelling, fighting, wounding; yea, of actual murder? Was it not so in Can's anger? Gen. 4. See Prov. 26. 18. Yea, how have some good men been overcome of this raging passion, and by it thrust forward to very grie­vous sins? See this in David, who being suddenly inraged against Nabal, vowed his Death, and the Death of all his Family, 2 Sam. 2. 5. In a word, what sin (almost) is so grievous, but one that is thus inraged with furious anger, is ready to fall into, being tempted to it in his anger? Such a one is a fit subject for the Devil to work upon; and he may at that time, in the midst of his rage, fasten any sin upon him, and drive him head-long into it.

Reason. Reason. This furious passion doth exceedingly distemper the whole man, both inward and outward. It distempers the mind, bereaving a man of all judgment, and use of reason for the time: It distempers the memory, making him forget himself, and his Place and Duty to God and Man; yea, it expelleth all thought of God, and of good things. As it distempers the inner man, so also the Body, and every part and member of it, making them fit Instruments of sin, &c.

Use. Admonition to all to take heed of this hurtfull and dangerous sin of anger, and especially of furious wrath; being the Cause of so many other grievous sins, and laying a man open so wide to the Devil's temptati­ons: Especially beware of custom in this sin, which is exceeding hardly left. If all occasions of sin must be shunned, then this, as one great occasion. Remedies against sinfull anger.

1. Remove the causes and occasions of it; as pride of heart, self-love, waywardness, niceness and curiosity in small and tryfling matters, needless prying into the lives of others, familiarity with angry persons: Especi­ally labour to mortify the sin of pride in our selves, &c.

2. Labour by all means to resist and stay the first motions of sinfull anger arising in us: either by lifting the heart to God, desiring his Grace to repell this passion; or by calling to mind some place of Scripture condem­ning this sin; or by departing out of the company where we are, if there be no other way. Howsoever it be, be sure in this case not to be sudden in doing or speaking any thing in the midst of our passion, but stay a time till the mind be settled, and in better temper; Take heed of multiplying words, &c.

3. Often think of the hurtfulness and dangerousness of this sin, being the cause of so many other sins: Think also how unbeseeming it is for Christians, who should shew all meeknesse and patience toward others, &c.

4. Lastly, Such as find themselves given to rash anger, let them daily pray against it, desiring God to mortify in them this sinfull passion, &c. So much of the case of Conscience supposed by the Scribes and Pharisees, touching such Children as had in their rage and anger sworn that their Parents should have no profit by them.

Now to speak of their Resolution given of this Case and Question, which was this, that in this Case a Child was not tyed to Honour his Parents by doing them Good; but was free from sin, though he refused so to Honour them. That this was their resolution of the Case, may appear by these last words of the Verse; [He is free, or, shall be free.] And the same is further declared in the next Verse, as we shall hear when we come unto it. Now the ground of this their corrupt Doctrine was a grosse error holden by them touching an Oath, for they held that an Oath once solemnly taken, did absolutely bind the party that had taken it to the perfor­mance of what he had sworn, though it were a thing in it self unlawfull: yea, they put great Religion in the keeping of a Oath, though it were taken to do that which was evil and sinfull. See Matth. 5. 33. where our Saviour sheweth, That it was the Doctrine of the Jewish Teachers, that men were very strictly bound to keep their Oaths; which indeed is true of all lawfull Oaths, but not of unlawfull.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see that the Scribes and Pharisees under colour of religious keeping of an Oath once taken, did excuse and allow of the sin of Children in dishonouring Parents; which shews us, That it is the property of Hypocrits and wicked Persons (such as these Pharisees were) to maintain and defend sin in themselves and others, under pretence and shew of Religion and Conscience, See before, Chap. 6. 26.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that these Scribes and Pharisees did by their Doctrine free Children from Duty to Parents, in case they had sworn not to help or profit them: We may learn, That it is the property of corrupt Teachers in the Church to teach Doctrines of Liberty and Freedom for practise of sin which God hath forbidden, and for omission of Duties commanded. They give Liberty for practise of sin, where God hath given none; letting loose the Rains and Bridle to sin, where God would have it held in strait. Thus did the Scribes and Pharisees, they taught many licentious Doctrines, opening a wide Gap unto sin: as we may see, Matth. 5. For example, they taught that it was lawfull for a Man to put away his Wife by divorce for small matters; That it was lawfull to swear in ordinary Communication, if a Man did not forswear. That it was lawfull to seek private revenge, requiring an eye for an eye: That it was lawfull for a Man to hate his Enemies, so that he loved his Friends, &c.

Use. Use. See then a Rule or Touch-stone, by which to try and know the corrupt Doctrine of false Teachers; Look whether their Doctrine tend to liberty in sin and unlawfull practises, or to the omission of necessary Duties commanded of God. If it do, it is corrupt and unsound Doctrine, and to be rejected, and taken heed of; such are many Doctrines of the Church of Rome, as their Doctrine of tolerating Fornication under penalty of money; their Doctrine of Pope's pardons granted for money to forgive sins, not onely past, [Page 415] but for many years to come; Their Doctrine of Equivocation, of exempting their Clergy-Men from Subjecti­on to the Civil Power of Magistrates. Such also is the Doctrine of those which deny the morality of the Sabbath; On the contrary, that Doctrine which tends to the restraint and beating down of sin, is good and sound, and to be imbraced.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. If the Scribes and Pharisees made such accompt of an unlawfull Oath, that they would by no means have it broken by Children; no, not if they had sworn against their own Parents: much more ac­compt should be made of a lawfull Oath taken to do things lawfull and good. How great care should every one have to keep such an Oath? Psal. 15. 4. It is said to be one mark of him that shall be saved, that having taken an Oath, he keeps it, though it be to his hinderance. Therefore, great and fearfull is the sin of those, who having taken lawfull Oaths, make no conscience to keep them; such little think how fearfull the sin of perjury is, by which they lay themselves open to the Curse of God, unto which every one binds over himself by taking an Oath, if he do not conscionably perform what he hath sworn unto, being a matter in it self law­full to be done.

Mark 7. 12, 13.‘And ye suffer him no more to do ought for his Father and Mother: Making the Word of Mar. 31. 1622. God of none effect through your tradition, which ye have delivered: and many such like things do ye.’

IN the former Verse our Saviour alledged the corrupt Tradition or Doctrine of the Scribes and Pharisees concerning the Duty of Children to Parents in helping them in their necessities, viz. That in case a Child had sworn, or rashly vowed, that his Father or Mother should have no profit by them, then he was not tyed in conscience to relieve them, but was free from guilt of sinne, though he refused to do them Good.

Now in these two Verses he further sheweth the hurtfull and dangerous Effects and Consequents of this their corrupt and wicked Doctrine: Which Effects are two,

  • 1. That by this Doctrine they hindred the Child from doing good, or affording help to his Parents when he had thus sworn the contrary, Ver. 12.
  • 2. That by this Tradition they made Voyd the Word of God, Ver. 13.

Then in the end of that Verse he briefly chargeth them with sundry other corrupt Traditions which they maintained; besides the former, of exempting Children from Duty to Parents.

Ye suffer him no more, &c.] It may be, they did not plainly or flatly forbid the Child in this Case to do Good to his Parents, but because by their corrupt Doctrine they gave liberty to a Child to refuse to relieve his Parents (when he had sworn the contrary); therefore they are said, Not to suffer him to do ought for them.

To do ought] That is, to do any good, or afford any help or profit to his Parents, or any relief in their ne­cessities: Where note, that our Saviour imputeth the sin of such an undutisull Child to the Scribes and Phari­sees, as the causes of it by their Licentious Doctrine, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here first we may gather, That corrupt Doctrine is the cause of corruption and wickedness in Life and Practise. The Scribes and Pharisees by their wicked Doctrine exempting Children from helping Parents, were the cause of Childrens neglecting that Duty to their Parents. But of this see before, Ver. 7.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Such as give liberty in sin to others, may be truly said to be the Causes of all those sins in which they give such liberty; whether it be in omission of Good, or in commission of that which is Evil and Un­lawful. Thus the Scribes and Pharisees by their corrupt Doctrine and wicked Life, giving liberty to others in sin, are said to hinder them from entring into the Kingdom of Heaven, Matth. 23. 13. See Isa. 9. 16. Jer. 50. 6. Thus it is often said in the Book of Kings, That Jeroboam the son of Nebat made Israel to sin, be­cause by setting up two Golden Calves in Dan and Bethel, he gave them liberty to commit Idolatry in sacri­ficing to those Calves. See 1 Kings. 12. 28.

Reason. Reason. Such as give liberty in sin to others, do thereby encourage and hearten them unto those sins in which they allow them Liberty; yea, they do upon the matter provoke and stirr them up unto such sins, Jer. 23. 14. The Prophets of Jerusalem by their wicked Life, and corrupt Doctrine giving liberty in sin, are said, To strengthen the hands of evil Doers, &c.

Now liberty in sin is given to others two wayes:

  • 1. By word, when any, do in plain and expresse words allow sin in others, or teach them to sin, or perswade them to it, &c.
  • 2. By example, when any living loosely or wickedly, do by their ill example encourage others to sin, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See how great is the sin of those that any way give liberty in sin to others; by this means they en­courage them to sin, and strengthen their hands in wickedness; and so they are the causes of sin in others, and guilty of the same sins unto which they so encourage them: and so they have not onely their own sins to an­swer unto God for, but also the sins of others, &c.

Use. 2 Use 2. Admonition to all of us, to beware how we at any time give the least liberty to others in sin, either for practise of evil, or omission of good Duties commanded; lest we become causes of others sins, and so be­come accessary to them; and guilty of the same sins unto which we encourage others, by giving them the least liberty in such or such sins. For such is our corrupt Nature, so prone and forward, and eagerly carryed after sin of it self, that we are apt to take liberty, even where none is given; and therefore much more if li­berty be given by others. Beware therefore of opening the least [...]ap unto others to let in sin; if we do, it will quickly make entrance: Especially such as are in place of Government, and Preheminence over others must look to do this; as Magistrates, Ministers, Parents, &c. Magistrates to beware of giving liberty in sin to their Subjects, either by ordaining such Laws as give liberty in sin, or by not executing such Laws as are made for restraint of sin. Ministers to beware of giving liberty in sin, either by preaching Doctrines of [Page 416] liberty, or by loose and wicked Life. So Parents and Masters of Families are to take heed of giving liberty to Children and Servants in practise of any sin; as Lying, Swearing, Sabbath-breaking, &c. or in omission of good Duties; as Prayer, Reading, coming to Church duly, &c. Think well of it, how apt every one is to take unlawfull liberty, and how dangerous therefore for us to give it. As thou must beware of taking such li­berty thy self, so also of giving it to others; especially to those under thy Government. If thou give them liberty to sin, thou art the cause of their sin, and becomest accessary and guilty of their Blood, if they perish in their sin, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, in that our Saviour here reproveth the Scribes and Pharisees, for that they hindred Chil­dren from doing good to Parents; that is, from helping them with the things of this Life in their necessity: Hence gather, That it is the Duty of all Children thus to do good, and to afford help and succour to their own Parents being in necessity, according to their utmost ability: This is a part of that honour which they owe to their Parents. See this before spoken of, upon Ver. 10. It followeth,

Ver. 13. Making the Word of God of none effect, &c.

This is a second evil, and mischievous effect of the former corrupt Doctrine and Tradition of the Pharisees, that by it they made voyd the Word of God. And the effect followeth necessarily upon the former, for by hindring Children from doing good to Parents, they made voyd the Word of God, which commandeth Children to honour Parents by doing good to them.

The Word of God] Our Saviour meaneth that part of the Word of God which requireth Children's Duty to Parents, especially the words of the fifth Commandement, before alledged Ver. 10.

Of none effect,] The word [ [...],] in the Original doth signifie to make void, or of no Force or Autho­rity; as Laws which are abrogated by the Power of Princes and Magistrates, do no longer bind the Subjects to Obedience. Not that these Scribes and Pharisees by their Tradition could simply take away Authority from the Word, (for the Authority thereof in it self cannot be made voyd by any Man or Angel) but because so far as lay in them, they did make it voyd by drawing it into contempt, and giving liberty to others to sin against it.

Observ. Observ. Learn here the hurtfull and dangerous effect that follows upon the bringing in of corrupt Doctrines and Traditions in the Church, devised by Men without warrant from the Word of God. Such Traditions and Doctrines of Men do greatly derogate from the Authority of the Word of God, and make it void after a sort: though not in it self, yet in respect of men, who take occasion from such corrupt Doctrines and Tra­ditions of men, to contemn the Word of God, and to take liberty in sinning against it. Thus the Traditi­ons of the Scribes and Pharisees in our Saviour's time brought the Word of God into contempt and neglect; as we may see here: And Matth. 5. and Matth. 23. where our Saviour sheweth how by their corrupt Doctrines and Traditions, they made void the Word of God, perverting the true sense thereof, and so giving liberty to sin against it. See before, Ver. 8, 9. Thus the Popish Traditions and corrupt Doctrines at this Day maintained in the Church of Rome, do derogate from the Authority of the written Word of God, and make it void. The Pope's Decrees and Canons, what do they else but make void the Canon of the Scriptures? Their unwritten Traditions, what do they but abrogate the written Word of God in sundry things? This may be shewed in many Instances. The Word of God teacheth Marriage to be honourable in all, &c. and that to avoid Fornication, every one should have his Wife. This Doctrine of the Scriptures the Papists do make void, by forbidding marriage to their Priests: So the Scriptures teach that there is no difference to be put in meats, in regard of Holinesse and Religion, but that every Creature of God is good: This they make void by teaching that it is a matter of Religion and Conscience to abstain from fleshly meat at certain times. The Scripture teacheth that we should pray to God alone; This they make void by their manifold prayers to Saints departed. The Scripture teacheth Christ alone to be our Mediatour, both of Redemption and Intercession: This they make void by making Saints Intercessors. The Scripture teacheth Christ to be the onely Head of the Church; This they abrogate by their Doctrine of the Pope's Supremacy. The Scripture teacheth, That every Soul should be Subject to the higher Powers; This they abrogate by exemp­ting their Pope and popish Clergy from subjection to the Civil Power of Princes and Magistrates. Lastly, To instance in the same kind as our Saviour doth here against the Pharisees: Whereas the Word of God com­mands Children to honour their Parents, The Papists teach, That if the Child have vowed a Monasticall life, he is exempted from Duty to Parents. See Rhemists Annot. on Matth. 8. 22.

Use. Use. Admonition, 1. To all Ministers of the Word, to beware of bringing into the Church any false or corrupt Doctrines of their own or others devising, without warrant from the Word of God; lest they bring the Word of God into contempt, and make void the Authority of it so far as lies in them.

2. This should move such as are in chief place of Authority in the Church, to take heed of suffering such corrupt Traditions and Doctrines to be brought into the Church. It followeth,

And many such like things do ye.] That is, many such other corrupt and erroneous Traditions and Doctrines ye teach and maintain, contrary to the written Word of God. See before, Ver. 8.

Observ. Observ. Where corrupt and false Doctrine once is admitted and brought into the Church by corrupt Teachers, there it is apt to grow and spread it self further and further, one errour begetting and bringing forth another, till at length they grow to a great number. See Col. 2. 20, 21. how the false Apostles brought in one corrupt Tradition in the neck of another, as it were. First, They taught that it was not lawful to eat some kind of meats, then that they might not taste them, then that they might not handle them, nor touch them, &c. 2 Tim. 2. 17. The Doctrine of corrupt Teachers compared to a Canker, which is a spreading Disease, fretting and eating further and further into the skin and flesh of the Body. This we see most plainly at this Day in the Popish Church, in which those errors and corruptions in Doctrine, which at first were but few in comparison, are now grown and multiplyed to a great multitude; insomuch that all the Doctrine of that Church is in a manner nothing but a heap of Errors and Heresies.

Use. Use. See then how carefull the Governours and Teachers of the Church of God had need to be in resisting the first beginnings of errors and false Doctrine springing up in the Church, &c.

Mark 7. 14. ‘Then he called the whole multitude unto him, and said unto them, Hearken unto me every one of you, and April, 7. 1622. understand.’

HItherto in this Chapter we have heard of the disputation between Christ and the Scribes and Pharisees of Jerusalem, about the observation of Jewish Traditions; how they cavilled at Christ's Disciples for eating with unwashen hands, and how He answered their Cavil, and sharply reproved them for their grosse Hypocrisie and Superstition.

Now from the 14 ver. to the 24. the Evangelist sheweth what followed upon the former disputation be­tween them, viz. Two Consequents.

1. That our Saviour having thus rebuked the Scribes and Pharisees, did not vouchsafe further conference with them; but leaving them turned his Speech to the Multitude, taking occasion from the former Cavil of the Scribes and Pharisees, to instruct them in a necessary and profitable Point of Christian Doctrine, viz. Touching the cause of Spirituall pollution and uncleanness before God, that it is not any outward thing, or any thing from without a man, which, entring into him, can or doth of it self make him unclean before God, but that the true cause of such Spirituall pollution is from within, coming out of man himself: And because it is a necessary and weighty Point, he stirs up their attention unto it. This is the sum of the first Consequent laid down, Ver. 14, 15, 16.

The second Consequent was this, That our Saviour having thus instructed the multitude publickly, with­drew himself into a private House, where his Disciples asking further about the matter before taught to the multitude; he took occasion to reprove them for their ignorance; and withall, to instruct them more fully in the foresaid Doctrine which he had taught the multitude, Ver. 17, &c. unto the 24.

Touching the first Consequent, viz. Our Saviour his taking occasion to instruct the multitude, &c. Consider two things.

  • 1. The preparation used before his teaching of the People; He called them all unto Him.
  • 2. The sum of that which he delivered to them, consisting of three Branches.
    • 1. A preface, stirring up their attention, &c. Ver. 14.
    • 2. The matter of Doctrine taught, That there is nothing without a man that can defile him, &c. Ver. 15.
    • 3. The Conclusion of his Doctrine, Stirring up their attention again, Ver. 16.

He called the whole multitude unto Him,] Hence some gather, That the multitude was not present with our Saviour before, when he reproved the Scribes and Pharisees so sharply, but that he reproved them privately by themselves, and afterward called the People unto Him. But it is more probable, That some of the Peo­ple were present before, if not all; and that he reproved the Scribes and Pharisees openly, in the hearing of the People, at least of some of them: But now he is said to Call them all to Him, either because he called the residue to him which were not present before; or else, because he called them to come neer about him to hear him more conveniently.

Quest. Quest. Why did he now turn his Speech from the Scribes and Pharisees to the Common People?

Answ. Answ. Because he knew the Scribes and Pharisees to be obstinate and willfull Contemners of Him and his Doctrine, and that they were proud and self-conceited Hypocrites, which would not submit to his teaching; and therefore that they were not teachable, or fit to be instructed of Him: Therefore he leaves them in their obstinacy, and directs himself rather to the Common People whom he saw to be more tractable and teach­able.

Observ. Observ. Here observe the just and heavy Judgment of God which he usually brings upon such as are will­full Contemners of the means of Salvation, as the Ministery of the Word, Sacraments, &c. It is just with the Lord to with-hold or take from such these pretious means. Because these Scribes and Pharisees willfully contemned and rejected Christ's Doctrine at other times, therefore now though he reprove them, yet he will not vouchsafe to instruct them; because they would not at other times learn of Him, therefore now he will not teach them, but leaves them in their obstinacy and willfull blindnesse, and turns to the Common People to instruct them. He would not give holy things to such Doggs, nor cast such Pearls to Swine, &c. See be­fore, Chap. 5. 18.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 1. See how fearful and dangerous it is for any to be willful Contemners of the Ministry of the Word, when they enjoy it, or have it offered to them; saying with those in Job, (Chap. 21. 14.) Depart from us, we desire not the Knowledge of thy wayes, &c. Or with those, Amos 2. 12. and Mich. 2. 6. bidding the Pro­phets not to Prophesie unto them, &c. It is just with God to deprive such of these means of Salvation for their unthankfulness, and he will do it if they repent not speedily of this hainous sin. Oh then let every People and Person beware of obstinacy and wilfull contempt of the Ministery of the Word, and other means of Salvation! lest they be taken from them, and they left to themselves to perish in their own willfull blind­nesse and hardnesse of heart. Of all kind of contempt of the Word, beware of willfull contempt; lest if thou willfully reject Instruction when thou mayest have it, the Lord afterward deny it unto thee, and so thou live and dye, and perish for ever in thy willfull blindness: Hos. 4. 6. The Lord threatneth the Priests, That because they rejected Knowledge, He would reject them, &c. So will he say to thee, If thou be a Contemner of Instruction; If thou wilt not learn of Christ, he will not teach thee; If thou wilt not learn of his Ministers, thou shalt not learn of them; for he will either take them away, or their Ministery from thee, or make it unprofitable to thee, so as it shall do thee no good; giving thee over to such blindness and hardness of heart, that all that is preached to thee shall be (as if it were) spoken in Parables, or in a strange Language, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Make use of the means while we have them; Seek the Lord while He may be found, &c. Isa. 55. See Cant. 5.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour perceiving the Common People to be more teachable than the proud Phari­sees, doth therefore turn and apply Himself to instruct them rather then the Pharisees: We learn, That Christ Jesus our Lord is most ready to teach such as are most teachable; that is, ready, willing, and fit to learn [Page 418] of him Spirituall and Heavenly matters. Therefore he usually passed over the obstinate and refractary Scribes and Pharisees, which scorned to be taught of Him, and applyed himself rather to instruct either his own Dis­ciples or the Common People, which were more tractable and teachable than the Scribes and Pharisees. So here, and at other times: Psal. 25. 9. The Meek and Humble will he teach his way. The reason is, because such are most teachable: As, on the contrary, such as are proud and high-minded, are unfit to be taught of Christ. Therefore Jam. 4. 6. God is said, To resist the Proud, and to give grace to the Humble. To this pur­pose also is that, Isa. 66. 5. Hear the Word of the Lord, ye that tremble at his Word, &c. How forward was our Saviour to instruct the Woman of Samaria, because she was teachable, Joh. 4.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See the cause why many are left, and given over of Christ in their naturall ignorance and blindness, remaining still in it, notwithstanding the plentifull outward means of instruction which they have: The rea­son is, because they have not humble, meek, and teachable minds; but are puffed up with conceipt of their own knowledge, thinking that they know enough already, and therefore desire not further instruction, but contemn the means of it, that is, the Ministery of the Word, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. If we would be taught of Christ, and desire that he should freely and readily reveal unto us the heavenly Mysteries of his Wlll; then let us shew our selves tractable and teachable; that is, willing and de­sirous to be taught of Him.

Quest. Quest. How can we be taught of Him being now in Heaven?

Answ. Answ. Though He teach not now on Earth in His own Person, yet He teacheth the Church still by His Pastors and Ministers which He gave unto the Church when He ascended, Ephes. 4. Therefore in submit­ting to be taught of them, we submit to Christ's teaching, Luke 10. He that heareth you heareth me, &c. Let every one therefore shew themselves willing and desirous to learn of Christ's Ministers, especially of their own peculiar Pastor: And to this end pray unto Christ Jesus to give us teachable minds, desire him to give us a mind to know Him and his Will; and withall, labour for humble hearts and minds, touched with sense of our Naturall blindness: then shall we be fit Schollars for the School of Christ, whereas on the other side, if we be proud, and swell with conceipt of our own knowledge, Christ will shut us out from his School, as he did the self-conceited Scribes and Pharisees. Oh then labour and pray for an humble heart and mind, willing and desirous to learn of Christ's Ministers! Then he will shew himself ready to teach thee, not onely by the outward teaching of his Word, but also by the inward teaching of his Spirit, making the other effectuall to thee. Deny thine own carnall wisdom, and seek to Christ, who is the eternall Wisdom of God the Father to enlighten and teach thee: 1 Cor. 3. 18. If any seem to be wise, let him become a fool that he may be wise. The more thou art humbled in the sight of thine own Naturall folly and ignorance in heavenly matters, the fitter Schollar thou art for Christ, and the sooner will he teach thee the knowledge of his Will in matters of Salvation. Humble thy self therefore even at the feet of Christ (as Mary did, Luke 10.) to learn of him in the Ministery of the Word, &c. Hunger and thirst after heavenly knowledge, then Christ will satisfie thee.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that he called the whole multitude unto him to be instructed: we may hence gather, That it concerneth all sorts of persons to hear the Word and Doctrine of Christ, and to be instructed therein; of whatsoever Age, Sex, Condition, &c. they be: whether Young or Old, Men or Women, Rich or Poor, &c. Therefore in the words following it is said, He bids them all hearken unto Him. When the Law was to be gi­ven, all the People were to be assembled to the Mount Sinai, to hear and take notice of it, Exod. 19. And so Josiah read the Book of the Law in the audience of all the People, small and great, 2 King. 23. See also Deut. 31. 11, 12. Now if all must take notice of the Doctrine of the Law, then how much more of the Doctrine of Christ revealed in the Gospel, whether it be read or preached to us. Let none therefore think themselves exempted from coming to hear the Word of Christ, &c. So much of the preparation going before our Saviour's teaching, in that he called the People to him.

Now follows the sum of that which he delivered to him. And first to speak of the Preface to his Doctrine; in these words, Hearken every one to me and understand. Where he stirs them up unto two Duties.

  • 1. To give diligent attention unto his Doctrine.
  • 2. To labour in hearing to understand what he should teach them.

Hearken to me, &c.] Observ. See here, By nature of our selves we are slow, backward, and negligent in hearkening to the Doctrine of Christ; and therefore have great need to be quickened and stirred up unto at­tention and diligence in hearing the same upon all occasions. Experience teacheth this to be so, not onely in the common sort, but even in the better sort of hearers: For how dull, and sluggish, and negligent are we apt to be in hearing the Word, either apt to be overtaken with sleep as Eutychus was (when Paul continued preaching so long, Acts 20.) or else apt to grow dull and neligent, and to slack our attention, or to give way to idle and wandering thoughts of matters of the World in time of hearing.

Use 1 Use 1. See what need for Ministers to use all good means to quicken and stir up the attention of the Peo­ple, and to keep it from being slacked: And therefore not to deliver the Word in too cold a manner, but ra­ther with as much heat of affection, and with as great power and life of the Spirit as may be; and withall, to take occasion sometimes to admonish their hearers to be attentive, as our Saviour used to do in his teaching See before, Chap. 4. 9.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See also how carefull Hearers should be to use all good means to help and further their own atten­tion to the Word, &c. So much of the first Duty unto which our Saviour stirreth up his Hearers: Namely, to give diligent attention unto Him.

Now followeth the second, which is, (to understand) that is, to labour and strive so to attend to his Doctrine, as to conceive and apprehend it aright in their minds.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here that by nature we are hard to conceive and understand spiritual and heavenly matters, such as Christ teacheth in his Word; For otherwise what needed he thus to stir up this People to hear with understanding? Hebr. 5. 11. Ye are dull of hearing; that is, slow and hard to conceive spirituall Doctrines which were taught them: 1 Cor. 2. 14. The naturall man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishnesse unto him; neither can he know them, &c. How hard was Nicodemus (though a Pharisee and great [Page 419] Master in Israel) to conceive the Doctrine of Regeneration? Joh. 3. 4. So the Woman of Samaria (Joh. 4.) hardly conceiveth Christ speaking to her of the Spirituall Water of Life; yea, Christ's own Disciples, how hard were they to conceive the Doctrine of Christ? as we heard before, Chap. 4. 10, & 13. verses. And we shall hear again, Ver. 17, & 18. of this present Chapter.

Reason. Reason. By nature our minds are darkned with blindnesse and ignorance in the matters of God. See Eph. 4. 18. and Eph. 5. 8.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Labour every one to see, and to be humbled for this our natural blindnesse, which makes us so hard and slow to understand the Doctrines of the Word, and Mysteries of God's Kingdom: other things we can better conceive as matters of this World, and things naturall and civil, but Spirituall and heavenly matters taught in the Scriptures are Riddles to us. See Matth. 16. 3.

Use 2 Use 2. See how needfull for us to pray unto God daily to open our understandings, that we may be able to conceive the Mysteries of his Will revealed in his Word. This we must remember to do, especially when we come to hear the Word of God: So also in private reading of the Scriptures, we had need to lift up our hearts in prayer to God to enlighten our understandings, &c.

Use 3 Use. 3. See how needfull for Ministers of the Word to labour in teaching, to make things plain to the Hear­ers; remembring how hard it is for us by nature to conceive such heavenly Mysteryes. See Chap. 4. Ver. 11.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour joyneth these two together, Hear and understand; We may learn one pro­perty required in a good and profitable Hearer of the Word, which is this, That he must hear with understan­ding, not resting in the bare hearing of the sound of words; but labouring and using all means to conceive and understand the matter which is taught: Matth. 13. 23. The fruitfull Hearer is said, To hear the Word, and to understand it, &c. As on the contrary, the first sort of unprofitable Hearers are said not to understand the Word, &c. Ver. 19. 2 Tim. 2. 7. Consider what I say, and the Lord give thee understanding in all things.

Reason. Reason. 1. Without understanding of the Word, the heart cannot be affected with it; and so it cannot be effectuall or profitable. It must first enter into the mind, before it can enter into the heart.

2. Without understanding, there can be no Faith to apply the Doctrine taught; and so it cannot profit, Heb. 4. 2.

3. There can be no conscionable obedience yielded to the Word preached, if it be not understood, Joh. 13. 17.

Use 1 Use. 1. See the folly of such as rest in bare hearing of the Word, without any care or endeavour to understand what is taught unto them; who look onely at the voice of the Preacher, whether it speak aloud or no, and rest in the very sound of words uttered; but conceive no more of the matters delivered, than if they were delivered in a strange Language: And yet they think they serve God well enough in coming to Church, and onely lending outward ears in this manner to the Prayer, as if the very outward work done were enough to please God, and to profit and save their Souls, wherein they miserably deceive their own Souls, &c.

Use 3 Use 2. Rest not in the hearing, but labour in hearing to understand what is taught, that so we may be affected in heart to believe and imbrace the Doctrine of the Word.

And to this end, 1. Remember to pray unto God before we come to hear the Word, that He may er­lighten our minds by his Spirit to conceive his Word aright. See Psal. 119. 18.

2. Be diligent and attentive in the time of hearing, observing diligently the particular Text of Scripture handled, and how it is devided, and the sense opened; together with the several Points of Instruction thence gathered: observing also how the Doctrines are proved by other Scriptures, or by reasons from Scripture, and how applyed: Acts 16. 14. The Lord opened the heart of Lydia, that she attended to those things which Paul spake. This diligent attention in hearing, is a singular help to the understanding of what is delivered, and therefore our Saviour in this place joyneth these two together; Hearken and Understand.

3. Be carefull to read the Scriptures in private, Joh. 5. 39. that ye may not be strangers in the Book of God, but well acquainted with the History of it, and with the Phrase and Style of the Scriptures: Col. 3. 16. Let the Word of God dwell in you richly, &c.

4. Let such as are most ignorant labour to ground themselves in the knowledge of the main Principles of Christian Religion, by reading and learning some godly Catechism. This is a great help to the understanding of Sermons; and the want of it, is a main hinderance to the Fruit which might otherwise be reaped by the Word preached: Hebr. 5. 11, 12. They were dull of hearing; Because they were not well seen in the first prin­ciples of the Word of God.

5. Lastly, If we would come to understand the Doctrines of the Word preached to us, then be sure we make conscience of practising so much as we know and understand already: A most excellent means to come to more and more understanding in the word of God: Psal. 25. 14. The secret of the Lord is with them that fear him, and he will shew them his Covenant: or make it known to them. Joh. 7. 17. If any man will do his Will, he shall know of the Doctrine, &c. See also Joh. 8. 31, 32.

Mark 7. 15, 16, 17, 18.‘There is nothing from without a man, that entring into him can defile him; but the things April, 14. 1622. which come out of him, those are they that defile the man: If any man hath ears to hear, let him hear.’

THe Evangelist from the 14th. Ver. to the 17. sheweth how our Saviour having sharply reproved the Scribes and Pharisees, took occasion to turn his Speech from them to the Common People, and to In­struct them in a necessary Point of Doctrine, touching the true cause of Spirituall pollution and uncleannesse before God, that it is not from without, but from within the man. The occasion of which Doctrine was the cavil of the Scribes and Pharisees against Christ's Disciples for eating with unwashen hands, as if that had de­filed them before God, &c.

In the words we considered two things:

  • 1. The preparation unto Christ's teaching; He called them all to Him.
  • 2. The teaching it self, or the sum of that; He spake to them: Consisting of three Branches.
    • 1. A preface, stirring them up to hearken diligently to him, and to be carefull to understand his Doctrine.
    • 2. The Doctrine it self laid down, Ver. 15.
    • 3. The conclusion of his Speech, stirring them up again to attention, Ver. 16.

Of the preparation to his teaching I have spoken, as also of the preface to his Doctrine. In the next place follows the Doctrine it self, Ver. 15. touching the Cause of Spirituall uncleannesse before God. Which is laid down,

  • 1. Negatively, by shewing what is not the Cause; Not any thing from without the man.
  • 2. Positively, by shewing what was the Cause; The things which come out of man.

But these things I deferr to speak of, untill I come to the 18th. verse, &c. where our Saviour doth more fully handle this Doctrine, and open it to his Disciples. It followeth,

Ver. 16. If any man hath ears, &c.

But of this see before, Chap. 4. Ver. 9. I proceed therefore to the 17, & 18, verses. Our Saviour having first instructed the Common People in publick and openly, touching the cause of spirituall un­cleannesse; now takes occasion in private more fully and largely to open the same Doctrine to his Dis­ciples.

Where consider, 1. The place where he took occasion to Instruct them; In a private House, whither he retired at this time for the refreshing of himself (as it is likely) after his former labour, in publick teaching and working of Miracles.

2. The occasion of his opening the Doctrine to his Disciples; which was, their questioning with him about the matter.

3. The manner of his instructing them, joyning a sharp reproof therewith for their ignorance and dull­ness; i [...] not conceiving his former words uttered to the multitude, Ver. 18. Are ye so without understanding also? Do ye not perceive, &c.

4. The Doctrine it self, which he more fully and plainly unfoldeth to them, from the end of the 18th. Ver. unto the 24.

Touching the first, which is, the place where he taught them.

In a private House] What House; is not expressed, and therefore uncertain; neither is it needfull to enquire.

From the People,] This shews, That he now left the multitude, that he might be private for a time to re­fresh himself with his Disciples.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See the Truth of Christ's Humane Nature, in that he was subject to weariness, and had need of refreshing after Labour, &c. Of this before sundry times.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is lawful for us, after Christ's example, being much wearyed with the Labours of our Callings, to take occasion of refreshing our selves for a time, that so we may again return to our Callings with more alacrity, &c. See before, Chap. 6. Ver. 31.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See here the diligence of our Saviour in teaching his Disciples not onely in publick, but in pri­vate, on all occasions, &c. which is a pattern for all Ministers to follow in their Ministery. See Acts 20. the example of Paul, and 2 Tim. 4. 1. the charge which he gives to Timothy.

Ʋse. Use. People to be forward to learn of their Pastors upon all good occasions, as well in private as in publick, &c. Mal. 2. 7. The Priests Lips should keep knowledge, and they should seek the Law at his mouth, &c. Christ's Disciples used often to seek instruction from him in private. So much of the place where our Saviour took occasion now to teach his Disciples.

The next thing to be considered, is the occasion given him thus to teach them; which was their question moved unto him about the matter of Doctrine before delivered in publick to the multitude.

His Disciples] Matth. 15. 15. It is said, That Peter said unto him, Declare unto us this Parable: There­fore it is likely, That either Peter did first request this of him, and afterward the other Disciples; or else (which is most likely) that he spake to Christ in the name of all the rest, as he used to do at other times.

Concerning the Parable,] Touching the signification of this word see before, Chap. 4. ver. 2. Here it sig­nifies a dark or obscure Speech, Sentence, or Doctrine, such as this of our Saviour seemed unto the Disciples; albeit in it self it was not very dark or obscure, but rather plain and evident, if they had marked it well, and had been so fit to conceive it as they should have been. This therefore shews how hard and slow they were to conceive such Doctrines as this, and how justly he reproved them, as we shall see in the words fol­lowing: And yet withal they discover great humility and desire of Knowledge of the Truth, in that they ac­knowledge their Ignorance by coming to ask.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here how great dulness and slowness of capacity there is, even in the best Christians, to conceive spiritual and heavenly matters when they are taught them: Christ's own Disciples bewrayed great weakness this way, at this and other times. So Chap. 8. 16. So Luke 18. 4. See before, on the 14th. Verse of this Chapter.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Comfort to us when we feel and complain of Ignorance and Dulness, &c. so that we be humbled for it, and strive against it by Prayer.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The best should not be ashamed to acknowledge their own Ignorance in spiritual matters to such as are able to teach them, that so they may be better informed and instructed. Such was the humility of Christ's Disciple [...] that they stick not here to acknowledge their own Ignorance and Dulness of capacity, to the end that they might be further instructed of their Master; yea, they stick not to shame themselves: For it might justly seem a shame for them not to understand such plain Doctrine as Christ taught to the common ignorant Multitude, and yet this shame hinders them not from coming to Christ to ask the meaning of his [Page 421] Doctrine. They rather choose to be accounted dull and slow of capacity, than to remain ignorant of Christ's Doctrine: They stick not to profess their own blindness, that so they may have Christ their Master to lead them in the right way, &c. So at other times often they used to come to Him, and to seek Knowledge and Direction in spiritual matters, thereby acknowledging their own Ignorance and weakness of Understanding. So Chap. 4. Ver. 10. So Matth. 24. 3. This also was commendable in Nicodemus, who though he were a great Pharisee, and a Master in Israel, yet was not ashamed to come to learn of Christ, Joh. 3. 1, 2. Indeed he discovered his timorousness in coming by night, but withall he shewed Humility in coming to learn of Christ. So Act. 8. 34. the Eunuch, though a great man, yet is not ashamed to confess his Ignorance, that he might learn of Philip.

Use 1 Use 1. Reproveth such as deprive themselves of so much spiritual Knowledge and Instruction, which they might reap by others who excell them in gifts, because they are ashamed and unwilling to bewray their own Ignorance by asking and enquiring of others; choosing rather to remain ignorant of many necessary Points of Knowledge, and unre [...]olved in many needful Questions and Cases of Conscience, than by asking or seek­ing Resolution to discover their Ignorance: As if a Traveller should rather willingly go on in a wrong way, than by Enquiry to be directed into the right way by one that is more skilful or better acquainted therewith than himself. The cause of this unwillingness to bewray Ignorance is Pride of heart, which must therefore be resisted.

Use. 2 Use 2. Be not ashamed to acknowledge our Ignorance in heavenly matters, that we may learn of such as are able to teach us that we know not. Though Ignorance in it self be shamefull, yet it is no Shame to acknowledge it with desire of Instruction, &c. Besides, it is much better to bear Shame, than to remain still in Ignorance, to the hurt and danger of our Souls. Labour therefore for Humility of heart, and for true Desire and Love of spiritual Knowledge; then no Shame will keep thee from seeking after it.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Here also learn, That it is commendable in Christians to move profitable Questions unto their Teachers or others, either touching those Points of Doctrine which have been taught them publiquely, or touching other spiritual matters, such as seem obscure and dark unto them, that so they may receive further Resolution in them, and come to understand them better. Thus did Christ's Disciples here and at other times: Thus did the Jews take occasion from Peter's Sermon to enquire and ask of him and the other Apostles, what they should do, Act. 2. 37. So Act. 16. 30. the Jailour being converted, asketh of Paul and Silas what he must do to be saved: So Act. 8. the Eunuch questioned with Philip about the meaning of a place of Scripture in the Prophecy of Isaiah. This should incourage Christians to take occasion thus to move profita­ble Questions one to another, and especially to their Pastors touching spiritual and heavenly matters, and par­ticularly touching the Doctrines of the Word which they have been publickly taught; especially this is fit to be done upon the Sabbath day, after they have heard the Word. Contrary to the practise of many, who are forward to conferr and question with others about matters of the World, but seldom or never move questi­ons about spiritual matters, no not on the Sabbath day; but so soon as they are out of the Church, fall to confe­rence about worldly business, Reckonings, Payment of money, Corn, Cattell, &c. forgetting what is said, Isa. 58. 13. So much of the occasion of Christ's instructing his Disciples, viz. their questioning with him about his Doctrine formerly delivered.

Now followeth the manner of his instructing them; which was this, that he joyned Reproof with Instruc­tion; first reproving them, and that somewhat sharply, for their Ignorance and Dulness to conceive his Doctrine, and then opening the same Doctrine to them more fully and plainly.

Ver. 18. And he said unto them, Are ye so without Understanding also? Do ye not perceive, &c.]

These Interrogatories or Questions do imply a sharp Reproof of them, q. d. It is strange that not onely the Scribes and Pharisees, or the common People, but you also who have been better instructed by me should yet be ignorant and unskilful in this Doctrine, and so uncapable of it; it is therefore a great fault and infir­mity in you.

Object. Object. Seeing they came so humbly to learn, this sharp Reproof might discourage them to learn of him at other times.

Answ. Answ. Our Saviour knew them to be unfeigned lovers of the Truth, and therefore that they would suffer his Reproof though sharp.

Observ. Observ. See here that the best Christians, having most excellent graces, yet are not to be winked at and spared in their infirmities and faults, but to be plainly admonished, and (if need be) sharply reproved by such as have a Calling to do it. Though Christ's Disciples were excellent Christians, yet he used not to forbear reproving them for such things as were amiss in them, but plainly and sometimes sharply rebuked them, as here, and at other times. See before Chap. 4. 13. and Chap. 8. ver. 17, & 33. he sharply rebuked Peter for presuming to find fault with him, for that he said he must suffer death, &c. See also Luke 24. 25. So Paul reproved Peter to his face, Gal. 2. 11.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. It is dangerous for any to be let alone in their sins without Reproof of Admonition; though they be good Christians, and have excellent Graces, yet being winked at and spared in their sins, this may harden them therein, and so keep them from renewing their Repentance. Hebr. 3. 13. Exhort one another daily, &c. lest any be hardned through deceitfulness of sin. So it may be said, Admonish and reprove one ano­ther, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The sins of good Christians are in some respect more heinous and dishonourable to God, than the sins of the wicked, because they having more Grace given them than many others, God looks for the more obedience from them; and besides the sins of such, if they come to be known of others, do bring great Reproach upon Religion it self, and upon the Name of God, which they profess: 2 Sam. 12. 14 Rom. 2. 24. Therefore of all other they have least need to be spared and let alone in their Sins, &c.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. A wise and Christian Reproof or Admonition is most likely to do good, and to prevail with a good Christian, for the reclaiming and reforming of him; therefore it is most fit to reprove and admonish such above all other: Prov. 17. 10. A Reproof entreth more into a wise man, than an hundred stripes into a Fool.

Use 1 Use 1. This should move such as have a Calling to reprove Sin in others, not to forbear or spare such as offend, though they be never so good, and indued with excellent graces, but plainly to deal with them by a seasonable and wise Reproof or Admonition, as occasion is offered: Lev. 19. 17. Thou shalt not hate thy Brother in heart; thou shalt in any wise rebuke thy Neighbour, and not suffer sin upon him. Especially this concerneth such as have special charge of others being in place of pre-eminence and authority over them; as Ministers, Pa­rents, Masters, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. This should move even the best Christians willingly to submit themselves to be admonished or re­proved by others having a Calling to do it; yea, to be glad and thankful for it, as proceeding from love, and being very profitable and necessary for them. So David, Psal. 141. 5. Let the Righteous smite me, it shall be a kindness; and let him reprove me, it shall be an excellent Oyl, &c. It is an Argument of a sincere and upright heart to be willing to be admonished or reproved for a fault: Oh therefore labour for this willingness, and the rather because it is a matter hard to practise, even for the best Christians. Very hard we are by Nature to bear a Christian Reproof patiently, and humbly to submit to it, and to profit by it; but if thou canst do it conscionably, it is an evidence of much Grace, and may greatly comfort thee. Pray therefore unto God for an humble Spirit, which will make thee willing to be admonished, &c. And think not, that because God hath bestowed good gifts and graces on thee, therefore thou shouldst be winked at and spared in some fault or sin of thine which thou art loath to leave: The more Grace God hath given thee, the more heinous in this respect is thy sin and offence, as hath been said, and therefore the more needful for thee to be admonished, and the more willingly and gladly shouldst thou submit unto it.

Mark 7. 17, 18, 19.‘And when He was entred into the House from the People, his Disciples asked him concerning the April, 21. 1622. Parable.’

IN the three former Verses the Evangelist shewed how our Saviour took occasion publiquely to instruct the common people in a necessary Point of Doctrine, touching the true cause of spiritual Uncleanness, that it is not any thing which being without a man doth enter into him, but that which being within him doth pro­ceed out of him.

Now, from the seventeenth Verse to the four and twentieth, he sheweth how our Saviour having first taught this Doctrine briefly, and somewhat obscurely to the People in publick, did take occasion at the request of his Disciples to open the same Doctrine more fully and plainly to his Disciples in private. Where I propoun­ded 4 principal things to be considered in the words of the Text.

  • 1. The place where Christ did thus open and explain this Doctrine to his Disciples; It was in a private House, whither he entred apart from the common People.
  • 2. The occasion of his opening the Doctrine to them: Their questioning with him about the meaning of the Doctrine which he had in publick delivered to the People, Ver. 17.
  • 3. The manner of his instructing them, in that he joins Reproof with Instruction; first rebuking them for their Ignorance in not conceiving his Doctrine, and then instructing them, &c.
  • 4. The matter or substance of Doctrine which he more fully delivereth to them than he had done be­fore to the multirude. This is laid down, Ver. 18, &c. to the 24th.

Touching the Circumstances of Christ's teaching them, namely the place, and occasion, and manner of it, you heard the last day.

Now, in the next place, I am to speak of the Teaching it self, or the matter of Doctrine which he so plain­ly and fully openeth unto them.

Observ. Observe generally from the whole Context: That the forwardness of People to learn and profit by the Ministry is a great incouragement to faithful Pastors to be the more forward and diligent in their Ministry, stirring them up, and setting an edge upon them to take the more pains in teaching the oftner, in season and out of season, &c. 2 Tim. 4. 2. and in teaching them, more fully and plentifully powring out unto them the rich treasures of the Word of God, &c. Our Saviour seeing the forwardness of his Disciples to learn of Him, and their desire of Instruction and love of the Truth, He thence takes occasion to enlarge himself in teaching them much more fully than he had done the People before, speaking particularly and largely of those things which he had before touched but generally and briefly: So at other times. See Chap. 4. ver. 2.

Use. Use. See how a People may encourage and quicken their Pastors to pains and diligence in their Ministry; even by their zeal and forwardness to profit by their Teaching, Heb. 13. 17. Obey them that have the Rule over you, for they watch for your Souls, that they may do it with joy, &c.

Now to speak more particularly of the matter of Doctrine here taught by our Saviour unto his Disciples, which is touching the cause of spirituall Uncleannesse, which our Saviour layeth down two wayes.

  • 1. Negatively, shewing what is not the Cause: Not any thing which from without entreth into a man, Ver. 18, 14.
  • 2. Positively, shewing what is the true Cause: That which cometh out of a man, Ver. 20, &c.

Touching the first; our Saviour doth first propound and lay down the Matter or Doctrine it self in the end of the 18th. verse.

2. The proof and confirmation of it, Ver. 19.

Whatsoever from without entreth, &c.] This is to be understood of Meats and Drinks, which being from without a man, are said to enter into him; when he doth by eating and drinking receive them into his mouth and stomack for the nourishment of his Body: That this is the sense of the words, doth plainly appear by the words following in the next Verse; as also by the scope of our Saviour, which is to confute the grosse error of the Scribes and Pharisees, who taught that eating with unwashen hands doth defile a man before God; because the hands being unclean, or not duly washed, did (as they thought) make the Meat which they did [Page 423] eat unclean; and that being unclean did pollute the person, and make him unholy before God. Contrary to this, our Saviour affirmeth, That whatsoever Meat enters into a man's body (it cannot defile him); that is, make him spiritually unclean or loathsome before God: There is a twofold uncleanness.

  • 1. Outward and Bodily.
  • 2. Inward and Spirituall of the Soul, caused onely by sin; here spoken of.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How doth our Saviour affirm this, seeing some kinds of Meat were forbidden by the Ceremonial Law which was yet in use, being not abrogated till the Death of Christ? See Levit. 11. Now to eat such meats forbidden, was a sin: Ergo, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. Some think that our Saviour here speaketh onely of such Meats as were permitted by the Cere­moniall Law.

2. But the words may be understood of all Meats which are now lawfull and fit to be eaten. For howsoe­ver some were then forbidden; yet this made them not all unclean in their own Nature, but onely in respect of the prohibition laid upon him.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Some eat and drink excessively unto Gluttony and Drunkennesse. Are not such defiled by the Meat and Drink which entereth into their Bodies?

Answ. Answ. Not simply by the Meats or Drinks considered in their own nature, but by the abuse of them unto such sins, &c.

Doctr. Doctr. Here then we are taught, That Meats and Drinks received and taken into the Body, do not of them­selves pollute those before God, who receive and use them: they do not of themselves make the person which useth them Spiritually unclean, unholy, or sinfull before God. I say of themselves, in respect of their own nature, or in respect of the simple and naked use of them; though otherwise in respect of the abuse of them unto sin (as hath been said), they may be said to pollute such as so abuse them.

As, 1. When they are abused to excesse in Gluttony, &c. or to make us unfit for good Duties.

2. When used unseasonably, when God calls to Fasting, Isa. 22.

3. With Scandall of the Weak, 1 Cor. 8.

Reason. Reason. All Meats and Drinks are of themselves pure and clean in the sight of God, being well and law­fully used: Rom. 14. 14. I know, and am perswaded, that there is nothing unclean of it self, &c. 1 Tim. 4. 4. Every Creature of God is good, and nothing to be refused, if it be received with Thanksgiving: Tit. 1. 15. To the pure all things are pure: 1 Cor. 10. 25. Whatsoever is sold in the Shambles eat, &c.

Object. Object. Acts 15. 20. The Apostles determined that the Christian Gentiles should abstain from things strangled, and from Blood.

Answ. Answ. This was not a perpetuall Ordinance to continue for ever, but onely for a time; neither did they forbid the eating of Blood, and things strangled simply as unclean before God of themselves, but onely in respect of the offence which the weak Jews being then newly converted to Christianity, were like to take at the Gentiles if they should have eaten such things as had been formerly forbidden to the Jews by the Ce­remoniall Law.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This manifestly overthroweth the Popish Doctrine and practise of abstaining from some kinds of Meat, as Flesh, &c. at some set times, holding it a sin before God to eat or taste such Meats at such times; as if in themselves they were unholy and unclean, and did defile the conscience before God. This is a Pha­risaicall Doctrine, directly contrary to the Doctrine of Christ in this place; Contrary also to that, Acts 10. 15. yea, it is a Doctrine of Devils, 1 Tim. 4. 1, 3.

Object. Object. They say they do not hold any Meats unclean of themselves (as the Manichees did), but onely in respect of the Churches prohibition, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. The like may be said for the Jewish opinion of unclean Meats: For it is most likely, That they did not judge the Meats forbidden in the Law to be simply unclean of their own nature, but onely in respect of the prohibition of the Law, &c.

2. Let them shew what Authority the Church hath from the Word of God, simply to forbid the eating of certain kinds of Meat at certain times as evil and sinfull before God?

Quest. Quest. Hath not the Christian Magistrate Power to restrain the eating of Flesh on certain Dayes?

Answ. Answ. Yes, for a civil end and respect, tending to the good of the Common-wealth: as for the mainte­nance of the breed of Cattell, and of the Fisherman's Trade, &c. but not for any Religious end or respect, as if Flesh were at any time unclean or unlawful before God to be eaten.

Use 2 Use 2. If the bare use of Meats and Drinks do not make the person unclean before God; then on the con­trary, the forbearing or abstinence either from all Meat and Drink for a time, or from some kind of Meat or Drink doth not make any more holy before God: 1 Cor. 8. 8. Meat commendeth us not to God: for neither if we eat, are we the better: neither if we eat not, are we the worse. Rom. 14. 17. The Kingdom of God is not Meat or Drink, &c. See then by this, That the outward exercise of Fasting, though it be an excellent religious Work and Duty, and of great necessity to be used in some extraordinary Cases; yet the outward abstinence of it self alone doth not commend the person to God, but only so far forth as it is holily and conscionably used in due manner, and to the true and right end, &c. The Pharisees fasted, yet never the holier before God, &c.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. If Meats and Drinks which are from without, and enter into man's body do not defile him before God; then by the same reason, no other outward thing being in it self lawfull or indifferent, can defile such as use the same; not Apparrel, not lawful Recreation, not Physick, &c. Therefore we may lawfully use all these in due time and place moderately, and without offence of the weak: neither are we rashly to censure others for the use of such outward indifferent things, or judge them unclean or unholy for the use of them. See Col. 2. 16. and Rom. 14. So much of the Point of Doctrine propounded and avouched by our Saviour, That whatsoever Meat or Drink from without entreth, &c.

Now follows the Proof hereof, Ver. 19. Because it entereth not into his heart, &c. In which words he proveth, That Meat entring into the Body cannot defile a man; by a reason taken from the place whither Meat which is eaten goeth: which is shewed,

  • [Page 424]1. Negatively, whither it goes not: It enters not to the heart.
  • 2. Affirmatively, whither it doth go.
    • 1. Into the Belly.
    • 2. From thence to the Draught; which is also amplyfied by the end or use, for which this passage of Meat from the Belly to the Draught serveth, viz. for the purging of the Meats themselves. The reason stands thus, That which goeth not to the proper place or seat of spirituall uncleanness, which is the Heart; that can­not make a man spiritually unclean: But Meat eaten doth not go to the Heart, &c. but into the Belly, &c. There­fore it cannot defile the person before God.

It entreth not into his Heart] By Heart understand the whole inner man, which is sometime called the Soul or Spirit of man, comprehending in a large sense all the principall faculties of the Soul; as the Mind, Will, Affections, and Conscience. See 1 Pet. 3. 4.

It entreth not] That is, it doth not reach or extend to the defiling of the inner-man.

Quest. But into the Belly, &c.] Quest. How is it said, That all Meat entring into the Body goeth into the Belly, and from thence into the Draught, seeing part of it doth not come into the Belly, but being perfitly digested, it doth turn to good Blood, and to the nourishment of the whole Body, as Physitians teach?

Answ. Answ. Our Saviour speaks not of the whole matter and substance of Meat received into the Body; but of that part onely which being impurer than the rest, is by the naturall heat of the stomack and liver separated from the rest, as unfit for nourishment: And this impure, gross, and superfluous part of Meat eaten, is said here, To go into the Belly, and so into the Draught; that is, into the place of Excrements.

Purging all Meats?] This is added, to shew to what end the Body doth naturally expell the Superfluities and Excrements which come of Meat, viz. That by this means all Meats eaten may be purged; that is, the im­pure and gross part of them may be separated from the rest, and conveyed out of the Body, that so the Body may not be annoyed or defiled therewith. And this makes the more plainly for confutation of the Pharisees, who thought that Meats eaten with unwashen hands did defile men: Against this, our Saviour here affirmeth, That whatsoever uncleanness is in Meats, it doth not stay in a man, but is purged out by the Draught, and therefore cannot defile the person: q. d. That which stayes not in a man, doth not defile him: But meat eaten, stayes not, &c. Ergo, &c. So much of the sense of the words.

Now to gather some Instructions from them.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour brings this reason to prove that Meats do not defile a man, because they reach not the heart or inner-man: Hence we may gather, That nothing defiles the person, or makes him loathsome or odious before God, but that which defileth the inner-man; the Heart, Mind and Conscience, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Nothing defileth the person before God but sin, this onely makes a man loathsome and unclean in God's sight: For He is of purer eyes then to behold sin, &c. Hab. 1. 13. Now all sin is originally seated in the heart and inner-man, that is the Root and Fountain whence it springeth and proceedeth, and floweth forth to the outward man; as we shall see more fully afterward. Sin doth first and principally defile the Heart and Soul of Man, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. God looketh chiefly at the Heart and Inner-man, and as that is affected and disposed, so he ac­counteth of the whole person; If the Heart be pure and upright before him, if the Conscience be purged from the guilt and corruption of sin that it raign not, then God accepts the person in Christ as holy and pure. As on the contrary, if the Heart be unclean, God abhorreth the Person as unclean, &c.

Object. Object. Then it may seem lawfull to defile the Body with sin, so that the Heart be kept pure.

Answ. Answ. The Heart cannot be pure if the Body be defiled with sin.

For, 1. All corruption of Sin cometh first from the Heart.

2. Such Sins as are practised with the Body, do bring the guilt of sin upon the Conscience, and so defile the Inner-man.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See how carefull we should be to keep our Hearts from the defilements of Sin, that no wicked lust may raign there, that no root of bitterness spring up in our Hearts to defile us; then we shall keep our Persons holy and pure before God: though not perfectly, yet so far as is possible in this Life, and so as God in Christ will accept and accompt us as holy and pure before him. Remember then the Counsell of Solomon, Prov. 4. 23. Keep thy Heart with all diligence, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Comfort to such as are carefull thus to keep their Hearts and Spirits pure and upright before God, free from the Dominion of Sin and wicked Lusts. Outward uncleannesse cannot make them loathsome or odious to God, though they should be infected and polluted with never so loathsome Diseases in the Body, &c.

Mark 7. 19.‘Because it entreth not into his Heart, but into the Belly, and goeth out into the Draught, purging all April, 28. 1622. Meats?’

OBserv. 2. See here one reason, why the use of such outward things as are in themselves unlawfull or in­different, cannot defile a Man, or make him loathsome before God; The reason is, because such things do not in their use reach or extend to the inner-man; they touch not the Heart and Conscience, much lesse defile the same: and therefore cannot defile the person before God.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See then that it is a weakness of Judgment in any to make scruple of conscience, touching the use of outward things, being lawfull and indifferent in their own nature, as if the bare use of them could de­file a man before God, which cannot be, seeing they reach not to the inner-man, but onely to the body: In­deed the abuse of them toucheth and defileth the inner-man as well as the outward, and therefore we ought to make conscience of that, but not to fear or shun the use of them altogether.

Use 2 Use 2. Take heed of condemning any as wicked or profane before God, onely for the using of such Meats, and such Drinks, Apparrel, &c. I say for the using of them, so it be in lawfull manner or measure, &c. for otherwise, if any abuse them to sin, we may so judge of their practise as there is apparant cause. So much [Page 425] of the place whither the Meat which is eaten goeth not, viz. That it entreth not into the Heart.

Now to speak of the place whither it goeth.

1. Into the Belly] Which is (as we know) that part of the Body which contains the Bowels and Entralls of Man, which are the Receptacles or Vessels receiving the gross superfluous and impure part of Meats, which being there turned into Excrements, are from thence purged into the Draught.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The wisdom of God shewed in the frame of Man's Body, ordaining every part for necessary ends and uses; as the Belly to receive the Meats which are eaten, and to purge away the superfluities of them into the Draught: 1 Cor. 6. 13. Meats for the Belly, and the Belly for Meats. There is not the meanest or basest part of the Body but is created for necessary use, and such as tends to the good of the whole: 1 Cor. 12. 21. The Eye cannot say to the Hand, I have no need of thee: nor again, the Head to the Feet, &c. Nay, much more those members which seem more feeble, are necessary, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Admire and magnifie this wisdom of God shewed in the very naturall frame of our Bodies, and in the necessary ends and uses for which every part and member serveth.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how it should be in the body of the Church, there should be no unprofitable Member, but even the meanest should so live as to further the good of the whole. See 1 Cor. 12. 25.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here that howsoever the Belly serveth for necessary use in Man's body, yet it is for such use as is base and vile in comparison of most of the other parts of the body; for the Belly is as it were the Sink of the body, which receiveth the impure and gross superfluities of our Meat and turneth that to Excrements, and so purgeth them away into the draught. Therefore in this respect it is one of the basest and most con­temptible parts of the body; which I note to shew the vile and base sin of such as serve their own bellies, as all intemperate Gluttons and Drunkards do, whose chief care and study is to please and satisfy their bellies with Meats and Drinks; and for this end will spare no time, cost, or pains: Phil. 3. 19. Whose End is Dam­nation, whose God is their Belly, &c. See also Rom. 16. 18. These serve and worship as their God, one of the basest and vilest parts of their own bodies, as if they were born for no other end but to eat and drink, &c. which is a most brutish kind of life.

Use. Use. Learn to detest such swinish Intemperance, Gluttony, Drunkenness: Remember how base a thing it is to serve the belly, and to make it our God, which of it self is the sink and puddle of the whole body, &c. It was a base kind of Idolatry in the Aegyptians to worship brute Beasts, as Oxen, Goats, Crocodiles; yea, Cats and Doggs, (as it is reported of them by learned Writers.) So for a man to make his Belly his God, &c.

So much of the first and immediate place within the body whither the Meat which is eaten goeth, viz. To the belly.

Now to speak somewhat also of the more remote place without the body to which the Meat goeth, From the belly into the draught.

Observ. Observ. See here the end and issue of all Meats and Drinks received into the body; As they pass to the Belly first, so they stay not there, but are from thence expelled into the Draught or place of Excrements; This is the end and issue of all Meats and Drinks, though never so delicate and costly, &c. yet they come to the Belly, and from thence are sent out into the Draught, though not the whole substance of Meats and Drinks, (for some part turns to Nourishment, and is united with the Substance of the whole body,) yet a great part of all Meats and Drinks have this end: Joh. 6. 27. Meat that perisheth.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This discovers the folly of Papists, putting Holiness in some kind of Meats above other, as in Fish above Flesh; and putting difference in Meats in regard of Religion and Holiness, as if one kind were more holy than another, whereas all Meats though never so different in kind or nature when they enter into the body, yet in their issue go to the same place, even to the Draught.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See also how foolish and base a thing it is for any to set their heart upon Meats and Drinks, taking thought what to eat, what to drink, &c. Mat. 6. making this their chief care or one of the chiefest, how to please and content their intemperate appetites with delicate Fare, costly Wine, &c. All which though not wholly, yet in a great part must go out into the Draught and Dunghill. Let this move us to moderate our selves in the use of Meats and Drinks, putting the Knife to our throat, &c. (as Solomon adviseth, Prov. 23. 2.) and take heed of setting our heart upon such perishing things. Though we may use them as good Creatures of God in themselves, for our Nourishment and moderate refreshing; yet if we consi­der the base and loathsom end and issue of them, as they come from our bodies, how great madness is it to be in love with them? &c.

It followeth. Purging all Meats,] In the original Text this is directly spoken of the Meat it self which entreth into the body; but it is to be understood with relation to the passage, or conveyance of Meat out of the Belly into the Draught; and so the sense is, that this is a means serving to purge the Meats themselves, and consequently the body also (into which they are received), from that impure and gross part of them which is turned into Corruption and Excrements, that so this foul Corruption may not be a burden or annoyance to the whole body.

Observ. Observ. See here the natural Impurity and Uncleanness of our bodies, being not onely impure in them­selves, but also turning part of the Meat we eat into Corruption and filthiness, which must be purged into the Draught, or else the health and life of the body cannot be maintained. The cause of this natural Unclean­ness of Man's body is Sin; the Corruption whereof, being in every one by Nature, is such and so foul, that it doth pollute and infect not onely the Soul but the Body; as we shall see afterward more plainly. For before that sin entred into the World by Adam's Fall, there was no such foulness or corruption in Man's body, &c.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. This may teach us how unfit it is to pamper and make too much of our bodies, being so impure and loathsom within as they are, turning the very Meat we eat into filthiness and corruption, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This should pull down all Pride conceived in respect of the natural feature, comliness or complexion of the body: Think what a foul Sink of Corruption is in our bodies naturally, which must be purged daily. It were enough to humble us, if we consider that our bodies are but dust and earth; but this is more, that they are foul and filthy earth. See Judg. 3. 22.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. See how willing we should be when God calleth us to death, to lay down and put off this cor­rupt and foul carcase of ours, that it may return to the Earth, & [...] and withal what cause we have to long for the general Resurrection, in which our vile bodies shall be changed, and made like to the glorious body of Christ, Phil. 3. 21.

Mark 7. 20, &c.‘And He said, That which cometh out of the Man, that defileth the Man. May 5. 1622.

IN the two former Verses our Saviour shewed what is not the cause of spirituall Uncleannesse be­fore God; Not the Meat which entreth into Man's Body: which He also confirmeth by a Rea­son taken from the place whither Meat eaten goeth, Not to the Heart, but to the Belly, and so into the Draught, &c.

Now from the 20th. Verse unto the 24th. he sheweth what is the true cause of spiritual Pollution: what it is that maketh a man Unclean before God; namely, that which cometh out of a man, even the sin that com­eth from the heart.

This Point of Doctrine our Saviour teacheth his Disciples here: And

  • 1. He doth propound it briefly and generally, Ver. 20.
  • 2. He doth more largely and particularly open and unfold the same, Ver. 21, &c.

That which cometh out of the Man] that is, The Sin or Sins which come from within a Man; that is, from the Heart or inner Man, taking their beginning there, and from thence flowing forth and spreading to the out­ward Man, and to the outward Conversation. That this is the sense of the words, appeareth plainly by the words following in the next Verse, where it is said, that, From within out of the Heart proceed evill thoughts, &c.

Defileth the Man,] that is, Maketh the Person spiritually unclean, foul, and loathsom in the sight of God. See before, Ver. 18.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That sin is the true cause of all spiritual Uncleanness of the Person before God. This is it that makes the whole Person, both Soul and body, foul and loathsom in God's accompt: Hence it is so often called Filthiness, as Prov. 30. 12. Ezek. 36. 25. 2 Cor. 7. 1. Jam. 1. 21. to shew that it is the onely cause of all spirituall foulnesse and filthinesse before God. Hence also it is, that the Wicked are in Scripture resembled to such things as are most foul and loathsom; as to unclean Lepers, to the Black-Moor, Jer. 13. 23. to filthy Swine, to Doggs, &c. Zephan. 3. 1. Wo to her (that is, to Jerusalem) that is filthy and polluted, &c.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. It is most opposite to the pure and holy Nature of God, Psal. 5. 4, 5. Thou art not a God that hath pleasure in Wickedness, &c. Thou hatest all Workers of Iniquity. Hab. 1. 13. Thou art of purer Eyes than to behold evill, and canst not look on Iniquity, &c.

2. It makes men like unto the Devil, that foul and unclean Spirit, (as he is called in Scrip­ture,) causing them to bear his Image: Therefore Judas is called a Devill, Joh. 6. 70. As God's Image stands in Holinesse and Righteousnesse; so the Devill's in Sin and Wickednesse. Now that which makes a man most unlike God, and most like to Satan, must needs make him foul and loathsom before God.

3. It makes the best Actions and Duties (performed by such as live in sin) to be abhorred of God: See Isa. 1. 13, 14, 15. Note; that when we say, Sin makes the Person unclean before God, this is to be un­derstood of sin in its own nature, as a breach of God's Law; and so far as it is lived and continued in without Repentance; not as it comes to be repented of, and so to be pardoned in Christ to some Persons, for so it de­files not the Person, but of it self it doth, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See how loathsom and detestable all sin should be unto us, and how we should shun it, as we do things most foul and loathsom; yea, much more than any other thing that is filthy and unclean, there being nothing in the World so foul and filthy as sin is, no Leprosy or other loathsom Disease of the Body, no Dung or Filth of the Earth, no venemous Creature, no brute Beast so unclean and filthy as sin is in it self: Other Uncleanness may defile the Body, or make a Man loathsom to men, but sin defileth Soul and Body, and makes the whole Man odious and detestable before God. Oh then, how should we detest it? Rom. 12. Abhor­ring evill, &c. the word [ [...]] signifies, to hate it like Hell: Ephes. 5. 3. Let not Sin be once named among you, &c. Jude ver. 23. Hate the Garment spotted by the Flesh. Shun not onely manifest and gross sins, but abhor all occasions of sin, yea all appearance of evil, &c. Remember this when thou art tempted to sin, how odious it is unto God, how foul in his sight, making thee more loathsom before Him, than any outward filthiness can be to men; and let this consideration keep thee from yielding to the temptation; yea, cause thee to abhor all motions of Sin, &c. Think how wary we use to be of defiling our bodies with outward un­cleanness: How do we shun the Infection of the Plague, and other noisom Diseases? How do we fly from Toads, Snake [...], and other foul and venemous Creatures? yea, in our Meats and Drinks how curious are we? If but a little Uncleanness be in our Cups or Platters, we are ready to loath our Meat, &c. And shall we not much more loath and abhor sin, and fly from the Infection of it? What folly and madness is this, to be so wary of defiling our Bodies, (yea, our Garments with a little spot,) and in the mean time, to make nothing of tumbling our Souls in the mire of filthy sins? What folly is it to fly the sting or venome of a Toad or Snake which can infect and sting onely the body, and not to shun Sin, which will poyson the Soul, and leave a ve­nemous sting in the Conscience? Oh, be not thus foolish, but learn, above all venemous, noisome, and filthy things, to abhor and shun Sin; And pray for a Heart to loath and detest it. The rather, because the true hatred of Sin, as it is offensive and odious to God, is a speciall Mark and Evidence of a sanctified Heart.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See the wretched and fearful condition of all wicked ones, which love and delight in Sin, commit­ting it even with greediness, and drinking Iniquity like Water, (as it is said in the book of Job) like Swine loving and delighting in the mire, &c. These are odious and loathsome unto God: Psal. 5. God hateth all [Page 427] workers of Iniquity: Yea, he abhorreth all Duties and Services performed by them, though never so good in themselves: Prov. 15. 8. The Sacrifice of the Wicked is abomination to the Lord: So their Prayers, &c. And what a misery is this to live in such an estate, wherein not onely their Persons but also their best Works are odi­ous unto God? Indeed they sometimes promise themselves the love and favour of God, but herein they delude their own Souls; for so long as they live in Sin, his Soul abhorreth them and all their Services. No outward filthiness is so loathsome and odious to us, as the Wicked are unto God: Let them therefore fear to continue in their sins, and make haste out of them, turning unto God by true Repentance, while God calls them to it, offering them Grace and Mercy, &c.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. See the shameless wickedness of some, who do not onely love and delight in their sins, but even glory in them; in their Swearing, filthy Speech, Drunkennesse, Adultery, &c. Isa. 3. 9. They declare their Sins as Sodom, woe unto them, &c. This is to glory in their shame, and in that which makes them most foul and odious before God; which is a high degree of Sin, and a sign of great and fearfull hardness of heart: Let every one beware of it, &c.

Ʋse 4 Use. 4. See what we must do, if we would be clean and pure in God's accompt, that our persons may be accepted, and all our Works and Services pleasing to him; and that he may not loath us, but take delight in us: See that we be purged from the defilements of sin, and that we know and feel our selves so to be. Not per­fectly purged from all corruption of Sin (which is impossible in this Life): But,

1. Labour to be purged from the guilt of our Sins by the Blood of Christ, which is that precious Fountain opened of God for sin and for uncleanness, &c. Zach. 13. 1. Labour by true Faith to apply to thy Conscience the merit of Christ's Sufferings, &c.

2. Labour also by true Repentance to purge our selves from the corruption of all known sins, so as they may not raign in us: Isa. 1. 16. Wash you, make you clean, &c. Jam. 4. 8. Cleanse your hands ye Sinners, &c. Such as were never yet washed by true Repentance, let them forthwith set about this Work: and such as have formerly repented, yet must they daily purge themselves more and more from all filthynesse of the Flesh and Spirit, 2 Cor. 7. As our Bodies and Garments gather filth daily, and have need of often Washing: So much more our Souls and Consciences, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That all sin cometh originally and first from the Heart and Inner-man, there it first taketh root; and thence it springeth and floweth forth to the outward Man, and to the outward Life and Conversation. So ver. 21. it is said, That out of the Heart proceed evil Thoughts, Adulteries, &c. The Heart and Inner-man is the first seat and subject of Sin, where it first takes place and sets footing, as it were; that is first tainted and defiled with the corruption of Sin, and from thence it spreadeth to the outward man: Gen. 6. 5. God saw that the wickednesse of man was great, &c. and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was onely evil continually: Psal. 14. 1. The Fool hath said in his heart, there is no God: they are corrupt, they have done abomi­nable works, &c. See also Matth. 12. 24. Jam. 3. 14. If ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not, &c. Josh. 7. 21. Achan first coveted the wedge of Gold, &c. in his heart, and then stole them away. So Micah 2. 2. They covet Fields, and take them by violence, &c. The sin of Judas began in his heart, whither Sa­tan entred, and put into him the thought of betraying Christ, Joh. 13. 2. So the sin of Ananias and Sapphira began at the heart: Acts 5. 3. Why hath Satan filled thy heart, &c. See Prov. 6. 12, 13, 14.—Jam. 1. 14. Every one is tempted, when he is drawn away of his lust and entised: Then when lust hath conceived, &c. The first conception of sin is in the heart.

Reason. Reason. There sin begins where the love of sin begins, &c.

Use. 1 Use 1. See how watchful we had need to be over our hearts, looking narrowly to them, that they be not entised or drawn away with love and delight in any sin: Prov. 4. 23. Keep thy heart with all diligence, &c. Great need have we so do, seeing it is the very fountain of all sins from whence they first begin to flow. If Christians must watch over their whole man, and over all their ways, then much more over their hearts: If David had need to pray, Set a Watch, O Lord, before my mouth, and keep the door of my Lips, &c. Psal. 141. 3. How much more need have every one of us to pray thus; Set a Watch, O Lord, before my heart, and keep the door of it, &c. And as we are thus to pray unto God to keep the door of our Hearts, so must we our selvs give all diligence to watch them, and keep them constantly that sin enter not into them. When a Town or City is besieged, where is the Watch usually set but at the Gates of the City, where the Enemy is most likely to assay to enter? So we that are daily besieged of the Devil's temptations, and of our own sinfull lusts which fight against our Souls; Where should we keep our Watch especially but over our own Hearts? See then that we do so indeed: the rather, because our Hearts are naturally so corrupt and deceiptfull; so apt to be drawn away with the love of sin, and to yield to Satan, and to betray us into his hand; we cannot therefore look too narrowly to them; we cannot too often sift and try them how they stand affected: Let us therefore do it daily. If a man have a false and untrusty Servants, which is apt to pilfer from him, or to be negligent in his business, or one that is fugitive, and apt to run away rather then be kept to work: How narrowly will he look to him and have an eye to him, and call him to accompt every day? So must we deal with our hearts which are unfaithfull, false, fugitive Servants to God and us; apt to play false with us; apt to be running away from God and from our Selves (after a sort), and to be gadding after the Devil, and after Sin, and after the Va­nities of this World, &c. Nihil in nobis est corde fugacius, quod à nobis taties recedit, quoties per pravas cogita­tiones defluit. Gregor. de curâ Pastor. pag. 141. Oh therefore have an eye to thy wandring, fugitive, false heart! Look to it constantly, and labour to keep it from running after sin and sinfull lusts, and from yielding to the Devil's temptations. Call thy heart to accompt, and reckon with it every day before thou sleep, &c. It is the Counsell of Chrysostom, Comment. in Psal. 4.

Ʋse 1 Use 2. See how to keep our selves from practise of Sin in Word and Deed. Labour and use all means to resist the first motions of it, arising in our hearts, or cast into them by Satan. Abhorr them at the first, and labour to quench and kill them in the first rising, by lifting up the heart to God in prayer, or by some good meditation, or by calling to mind some sentence of Scripture, condemning the sin thou art tempted un [...]o. By some good means or other, labour to put off and resist the first motions of sin in thy heart; beware of be­ing delighted with them, and especially of consenting to them: Eph. 4. 27. Give not place to the Devil. If [Page 428] thou give place never so little to sin, or any sinfull motion stirring in thy heart, then thou givest place to Satan; and if he get once into thy heart, as into the heart of Judas, he will soon thrust thee forward to the practise of sin in Word and Deed. Resist him therefore at the first, by abhorring the first motions of every sin which he suggesteth, and which spring from thy own corrupt heart: This is a most soveraign preservative against sin, thus to withstand it at the first arising in the heart. Oh that we would so carefully put it in practise as we ought! How many sins would it keep us from, into which (for want of this) we many times dangerously fall, to the dishonour of God, and wounding of our consciences, &c? Look back into our own lives, and into the lives of others; and see how many sins we and they might have escaped, by resisting the first motions of them in the heart. If Achan and Judas, &c. had done thus, they had not fallen as they did. So if David, Peter, &c.

Use 3 Use. 3. Seeing all sin begins at the heart, and cometh thence; This may teach us, where to begin the pra­ctise of Repentance, and reformation of our Lives, even at the heart where sin first beginneth: Jer. 4. 14. Wash thy heart from wickedness, O Jerusalem, that thou mayest be saved, &c. Eph. 4. 22. Put off the Old man, &c. And be renewed in the spirit of your mind. So Rom. 12. 2. and Acts 8. 22. Peter bidding Simon Magus to repent, wills him to pray that the thought of his heart might be forgiven, if it were possible. Here there­fore, at the heart and inner-man must Repentance begin, it it be true and sound: The fountain of sin must be cleansed, else the streams issuing thence can never be pure or clean. The root of Sin must be plucked up out of the heart, else the branches and boughes (as it were) will not dye or wither: Labour therefore first to have the love of all Sin purged out of our hearts, pray unto God with David, Psal. 51. to create in us clean Hearts, &c. Seek to him who hath promised to give us new hearts, &c. Ezek. 36. 26. Never think we can reform our Lives till our Hearts be first changed and reformed: Many therefore take a wrong course, in go­ing about to restrain Sin in their outward practise, and in the mean time have their Hearts unreformed. These put off their old skin with the Snake, but do not change their nature; therefore though for a time they seem to be reformed outwardly, yet afterward they fall back again into their old sins, returning with the Dogg to their Vomit, &c. Therefore let none begin the practise of Repentance at the outward man, but at the heart, where sin beginneth: Go first to the root and fountain of it, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. To confute such as say, Though they swear, lye, speak filthily, &c. yet their hearts are good: Con­tra, Matth. 12. 34.

So much of the generall propounding of the Doctrine here taught by our Saviour, touching the cause of spirituall Uncleanness, &c.

Mark 7. 21.‘For from within, out of the heart of Man, proceed evil thoughts, Adulteries, Fornications, Mur­ders. May, 12. 1622.

NOw followeth the more particular and large unfolding of it, Ver. 21, &c. to the 24. where our Saviour mentioneth sundry particular sins by name which do come from within a man, out of the heart, and do defile him before God. In the words consider,

  • 1. The Fountain and Root whence all sin floweth, From within, out of the Heart.
  • 2. Sundry particular streams of sin, or branches (as it were) which issue and spring thence, distinctly re­ckoned up by our Saviour, being 13 in number: Evil thoughts, Adulteries, &c.
  • 3. A repetition of that which our Saviour before avouched touching these sins, viz. That they come from within; together with an application of this to his present purpose, which is to prove that the cause of spiritual uncleannesse before God is from within a man: Therefore he addeth, That these sins before named which come from within, do defile a man.

Touching the first thing in the words, which is, the Root or Fountain of Sin, we have before spoken.

I proceed therefore to the second; Namely, the particular Sins named and instanced in by our Saviour; Evil thoughts, &c. He doth not reckon up all Sins which come from the Heart (for there are an infinite num­ber), but he nameth these, being some of the principall, instead of all the rest. Before I speak particularly of them, Let us first observe one Point generally from the words.

Observ. Oserv. In that here are so many foul sins and iniquities recited, most of them in the plural number, all which (and many more) do come from the Heart, and defile a man before God: Let us take notice of the great corrup­tion and wickednesse of man's heart by nature, and that it is of it self, a filthy sink and puddle of Sin; yea, of all manner of Sins. A Cage of unclean Birds, a Sea of filthiness; the Seeds of all Sins being naturally sowen in man's Heart since the Fall of Adam. There is a spawn of all manner of Sins naturally conceived in the Heart, from which are brought forth innumerable Sins, as a venemous and cursed Brood: That which St. James saith of the Tongue, Jam. 3. 6. That it is Fire, a world of Iniquity, &c. is much more true of man's corrupt Heart by Nature, without the sanctifying Grace of God renewing and changing it, and purging it from this naturall filthiness and corruption of Sin: Gen. 6. 5. Every imagination of the thoughts, &c. Jer. 17. 9. The heart is deceitfull above all things, and desperately wicked: who can know it?

Use 1 Use 1. Labour to see and bewayl this great corruption of our own Hearts, being such a Sink and dunghill of sin and filthiness. To this end, examine and view our hearts of ten in the Glasse of the Law of God; this will discover to us the filthiness of our hearts, and the Sea of corruption that is in them. Especially, examine our hearts by the first, and by the last Commandement of the Morall Law, which are more spirituall then the rest, and go neerest to the ransacking of the heart. And we must deal thoroughly in searching out the corruptions of our hearts, remembring how deceitfull they are, and how hard it is to know them: Many do not feel, or complain of the filthiness and corruption of their hearts, because they never yet ransacked their hearts by the Law of God.

Use 2 Use 2. See what need for us to get our hearts purged and cleansed from this sink and puddle of Sin which is in them, and not onely to have them once purged or begun to be purged, but to labour in the daily purging of them more and more. To this end, consider often what a deal of filthiness, and how many Sins are to be purged out thence.

Quest. Quest. How may we get our hearts purged?

Answ. Answ. 1. By the power and efficacy of God's sanctifying Spirit, which in this respect is in Scripture compared sometimes to Water, sometimes to Fire, in regard of the purging vertue of it, able to cleanse the foulest heart from the filth of sin so as it shall no longer reigne and bear sway there as it did be­fore, &c. Pray therefore unto God to baptize and wash thy Heart with the Holy Ghost, and with Fire.

2. By the Ministry of the Word, which is also in this respect compared unto fire, Jer. 23. because it is of force to purge the heart from the Corruption of sin, yea to consume and waste it more and more: Therefore come diligently to the Word preached, which is powerful and mighty in operation to work upon the heart, and to cleanse and purge it.

3. Get true Faith, apprehending God's saving Love and Mercy in Christ, pardoning thy sins, &c. This will work in thee a hatred of all sin, and a care to purge thy heart from it daily. Act. 15. 9. God purified the hearts of the Gentiles by Faith.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. See by this how great a work is the Work of Regeneration and Sanctification, whereby the heart must be purged from such a World of wickedness, and Sea of filthiness: This is such a Work as is not easily done, or suddenly in short time, but very hardly, and in much Tract of time. The whole time of our life is too little for the doing of it throughly: Such a Work it is, as no Creature, Man, or Angel can perform, but God onely, by the Divine Power of his Spirit: He must poure clean water upon us, &c. Ezek. 36. 25. Without this purging fire and water of his Spirit, all the water in the Sea will not wash thy heart from Wickedness; all the Nitre and Soap in the World will not purge it from one sin, much less from so many as are in it by Nature. Do not therefore think thou canst wash thy own heart from sin when thou list, and thereupon put off thy Repentance till death, or Old-Age: But go speedily unto God, and seek to him earnestly to purge and cleanse thy heart. So much in general of these manifold sins and corruptions which are said to come out of the heart.

Now further my purpose is to take occasion here to speak something particularly touching the severall Sins here named; yet I intend not any large or full Treatise of them, but onely to speak so much as shall be most needful.

  • 1. I will shew the nature and kinds of the sins so far as shall be needful.
  • 2. Some Remedies.

Before I speak of the particular sins, note here that they may be distinguished two wayes:

  • 1. In regard of the Object: And so some sins are more directly against God, forbidden in the first table of the ten Commandments, as Blasphemy, Pride, &c. Some more directly against Man or our Neighbour, forbidden in the second Table, as Adultery, Fornication, &c.
  • 2. They may be distinguished in regard of the extent of them: For some are more general sins, as evil thoughts, wickedness, foolishness: Some more particular, as Adultery, Fornication, &c. But to speak of them in order, as they lye in the Text: 1. Of the first,

Evill thoughts,] By which we are to understand in general all sorts of corrupt and sinfull Motions arising in the Heart or inner Man: which may be distinguished (in regard of the Object of them) into two sorts.

  • 1. Such as are most directly against God, condemned in the first Table of the Moral Law; as motions of Atheism, Infidelity, Distrust of God's Mercy, blasphemous thoughts, &c.
  • 2. Such as are more directly against our Neighbour, forbidden in the second Table, as motions and thoughts of Covetousness, Malice, Envy, &c. Now both these kinds of evil thoughts are here to be under­stood: Further, these corrupt motions of the heart may be distinguished (in regard of the nature or degrees of them) into two sorts.
  • 1. Such as are joyned with actuall consent of Heart and Will, yielding unto them. See Mat. 5. 28.
  • 2. Such as arise in the Heart, and do spring from our corrupt Nature, yet are not consented unto by the Will, but resisted upon the rising of them: Now these also are in themselves evil and sinful as well as the for­mer, though not in the same degree.

Reasons. Reason. 1. Because they come from corrupt Nature, as Fruits.

2. Because they are against the Law of God, and breaches of it. See Rom. 7. 7. Now both these degrees of evil Motions may here be understood.

Now to lay down some Remedies against evil thoughts.

1. Bring our thoughts in Subjection to God and His Word, as well as our words and Actions. See 2 Cor. 10. 5. Do not think that Thought is free before God, &c. Every Thought is to be conceived in Obe­dience to God.

2. Meditate often of God's Omniscience, that he knoweth all things perfectly, and therefore our hearts, and all the thoughts, and motions, and affections of them, Hebr. 4. 13. All things are naked and open, &c. He is called The Searcher of the Heart and Reins, Jer. 17. 10. Psal. 139. 2. Thou understandest my thought afar off. Let this consideration move us to take heed of harbouring any evil, or wicked Thought, or sinful Lust in our Hearts, seeing God takes notice of every evill Thought, and He is of pure Eyes, Habbak. 1. If we refrain sin in Word and outward Action in the sight of men, especially of good men: How much more, &c.

3. Labour to have our hearts constantly taken up with good thoughts and affections, either concerning spi­ritual and heavenly matters, as God, his Word, Worship, &c. or concerning the Duties of our particu­lar Callings; that so, by this means, evil Thoughts may be shut out, or at least restrained and kept under, that they bear not sway in our hearts. Phil. 4. 8. Whatsoever things are true; whatsoever things are honest, &c. think on these things; Especially give our selves to meditate on spiritual and heavenly things, upon all good occasions: Lift up our hearts often unto God, as David, Psal. 25. 1. Have our conversation daily in Heaven by holy and heavenly Thoughts, Meditations, and Affections. This will be a singular means to with­draw our hearts and minds from evill and sinfull Thoughts; yea, to expel such Thoughts out of our minds &c.

[Page 430] 4. Keep diligent watch over our outward senses, as our Eyes, Ears, &c. which are as Windows and Doors by which evill Thoughts enter into our hearts: Job 31. 1. I made a Covenant with mine Eyes, &c. So much of the first sin which comes out of the heart.

The second is, Adulteries,] Sometimes put for all sins of the Flesh, as in the seventh Commandment. The word doth properly signify that sin of Incontinency which is committed by Persons that are marryed, or be­trothed for Marriage, at least one of them: I say, married or betrothed, because the Law of God appoints one and the same punishment of death to be inflicted on him that defileth a betrothed Damosel, and upon him that defileth a married Wife, Deut. 22. 22, 23.

Now Adultery is of two sorts:

  • 1. Inward, of the heart, when the heart, mind, or will is delighted with adulterous thoughts, or yieldeth consent to them, Mat. 5. 28. Whosoever lusteth after a Woman, &c.
  • 2. Outward, which is expressed in outward speeches, gestures, or practice, 2 Pet. 2. 14. Having Eyes full of Adultery, &c. Now both these kinds of Adultery may here be understood: yet most properly the latter; because it is said to proceed out of the heart.

General Remedies against all sins of the Flesh.

First, Avoid all occasions of these sins: As

  • 1. Idleness; This occasioned such filthy sins in Sodom: See Ezek. 18. 49. And it was the occasion of Da­vid's Fall into this sin of Adultery, 2 Sam. 11. 2.
  • 2. Pampering of the body with intemperate and excessive Meats annd Drinks: This also was in the So­domites, Ezek. 16. So Prov. 23. 31, &c. Look not on the Wine in the Cup, &c. Thine Eyes shall look upon a strange Woman, &c. Jer. 5. 8. They were as fed Horses in the Morning; every one neighed after his Neighbour's Wife.
  • 3. The Company of unchast Persons: Joseph would not be in the company of Potiphar's Wife, Gen. 39. Prov. 5. 8. Remove thy way far from the strange Woman, and come not nigh the Door of her House.
  • 4. Garish and wanton Attire.
  • 5. Obscene and filthy Communication.
  • 6. Wanton Gestures, Eyes full of Adultery, &c.

The second generall Remedy against sins of the Flesh. Get the true fear of God in our hearts, and make Conscience of all our wayes before him. Then he will keep us from such sins: See Eccles. 7. 26.

Thirdly, Love and Delight in the Word of God. Prov. 2. 10. compared with the 16th. Verse, When Wisdom enters into thy heart, and Knowledge is pleasant to thy Soul; Discretion shall preserve thee, &c. to deliver thee from the strange Woman.

Fourthly, Be diligent and constant in all spiritual exercises of Prayer, Meditation in the Word, Hear­ing, Reading, &c. These are the means to nourish the graces of God in us, and to quench and kill unclean Lusts.

Fifthly, Beat down our bodies, (as Paul did his, 1 Cor. 9. ult.) and bring them in subjection by sparing di­et; yea, (if need be) by fasting and extraordinary humiliation.

Sixthly and lastly, Joyn Prayer unto God, to give us chastity of mind and body, that we may possess our Vessels in Sanctification and Honour, as the Apostle exhorteth 1 Thes. 4. 4.

Particular Remedies against this sin of Adultery.

First, Consider the grievousness of this Sin, which may appear,

1. By the nature of it in it self, being a breach and violation of the solemn Covenant of Marriage, Prov. 2. 17. called, The Covenant of God; both because it is made before God solemnly, and also unto God, as well as to the Yoke-fellow. If therefore it be a great sin to break an ordinary Covenant, Promise, or Vow, &c.

2. By the grievous Punishment appointed by the Law of God for it, which is the penalty of death, See Deut. 22. and Levit. 20. 10. and Joh. 8. The Pharisees knew this.

3. By the dangerous Effects of it, being hurtful and mischievous many wayes, and to many Persons at once: For the Adulterer sinneth against many at once.

1. Against himself, and hurts himself most of all, pulling down the heavy Curse and Judgments of God upon himself and all that belongs to him, and that both in this life and after this life.

In this life he brings the Curse of God,

  • 1. Upon his body and goods, Prov. 5. 11. He consumeth his Flesh and Body: This Sin breedeth noisome and incurable Diseases in the body oftentimes, and that even in great Personages: and Job 31. 12. it is a fire to root out a man's encrease; yea, it brings one to a Morsel of Bread, Prov. 6. 26.
  • 2. Upon his good Name, great Infamy, &c. Prov. 6. 33. A wound and dishonour shall he get, and his Re­proach shall not be wiped away.
  • 3. Upon his Soul and Conscience, hardning his heart exceedingly, and taking away all feeling of Grace, breeding also great terrour of Conscience, &c. Hos. 4. 11. Whoredom and Wine take away the heart: There­fore 'tis hard to repent of this sin. See Prov. 2. 19.

After this life he pulls down the everlasting Curse of God upon himself for ever in Hell. Hebr. 13. 4. Adulterers God will judge. 1 Cor. 6. 9. They shall not inherit God's Kingdom. See also Prov. 6. 32.

2. He sins against the Soul and Body of the Party with whom he commits Adultery.

3. Against the other Parties Yoke-fellow, and his own, if they be both married; breaking the Co­venant of Marriage with the one, and offering great injury and wrong to the other, for which he can never make satisfaction.

4. Against the Child begotten in Adultery, bringing perpetuall Reproach upon it. See Deut. 23. 2.

[Page 431] 5. Lastly, Against all his own and the other Partie's Children, if they have other Children; bringing in a bastardly brood among them. Let these considerations move every one to an utter hatred of this so foul a sin.

The second Remedy: Let all married Persons labour to preserve and encrease true Marriage-Love be­tween themselves and their own Yoke-fellows: This will shut out all unchast adulterous Love to others, &c. Prov. 5. 18. Rejoyce with the Wife of thy youth, let her be as the loving Hind and pleasant Roe; let her Breasts satisfy thee at all times, and be thou ravished alwayes with her Love: To live in state of Marriage will not keep from Adultery, if there be not true Marriage-Love.

Mark 7. 21, &c.‘For from within out of the Heart, &c. May, 19. 1622.

THe third Sin to be spoken of, is Fornications,] which word is in Scripture used diversly.

1. Sometimes to Comprehend generally in a large sense all Sins of the Flesh: As, Rom. 1. 29. and 1 Cor. 6. 18.

2. Sometimes it is put for the sin of Adultery, properly so called; that is, for breach of Chastity by mar­ryed Persons: as, Matth. 5. 32. Whosoever shall put away his Wife, saving for the cause of Fornication, &c.

3. In a strict and most proper sense it is used to signify incontinency of single persons, or unmarried: Thus we are to take it, whensoever we find it named with Adultery, as in this place and elsewhere. Reme­dies against this Sin.

  • 1. Generall, against all Sins of the Flesh: Vide suprà.
  • 2. Speciall, against Fornication.

First, Consider the greatness of the Sin; for though this Sin be not so hainous as the former, yet it is also a grievous Sin; as may appear by these Reasons.

1. It is a Sin directly against the Body, as the Apostle saith, 1 Cor. 6. 18. That is to say, Such a Sin as doth not only bring guilt upon the Soul and Conscience, and so lay open the person to the curse of God; but it doth also after a speciall manner pollute and defile the Body: In that by this Sin the Body is made, not onely an Instrument of Sin (as in many other Sins), but also the immediate seat and subject of Sin, &c. (Vide Bezam in locum.) Note that this is also true of Adultery, &c.

2. It pulls down heavy Judgments of God upon such as are guilty, and do live in it; both in this life, and after this life: Hebr. 13. 4. Whoremongers and Adulterers God will judge. It is one of the Sins which shut men out of God's Kingdom, 1 Cor. 6. 9. and Gal. 5. 19. compared with 21. See before what Judg­ments follow the Sin of Adultery, the like do often follow this Sin of Fornication, though not in like mea­sure and degree, because this Sin is not so hainous as that is.

3. This Sin of it self is a great Judgment inflicted of God upon such as ate given up to it, for it is often a punishment of other great Sins: Hos. 4. 13. Because of their Idolatry, their Daughters should be given up to commit whoredome, &c.

4. This Sin bringeth guilt of Sin upon two persons at once, and so indangereth both their Souls everlasting­ly without Repentance. In which respect it is much more hainous and dangerous than those sins which are committed by one alone, and hard to repent of, &c.

The second peculiar and speciall remedy against Fornication, is that which God himself hath provided and sanctified for such single persons, as finding themselves called of God, and fit to enter into that estate: 1 Cor. 7. 2. To avoid Fornication, let every man have his Wife, &c.

The next Sin, is Murthers,] This word is used in Scripture to signifie not only actuall killing or taking away man's Life, but also all cruelty and hard dealing towards the persons of men, and all means and occasi­ons tendring to the hurt of men's persons, or to the taking away of Life. More particularly this Sin may be distinguished (in respect of the persons against whom it is committed) into two kinds.

The first is, That which is committed against the persons of others.

The second is, Against a man's own person; Called Self-murder. To speak something of both these.

Touching murder against others, it is of two kinds.

The first is, inward murther of the Heart.

The second is outward, in the externall carriage and practise.

Of inward Murther, there are especially four kinds or degrees.

  • 1. Rash anger, Matth. 5. 22. Whosoever is angry with his Brother without cause, &c.
  • 2. Hatred or malice, which is a continued and inveterate anger; 1 Joh. 3. 15. Whoso hateth his Brother is a Murtherer.
  • 3. Envy, for this makes way often to actuall Murther; therefore these two are joyned together, Rom. 1. 29. Gal. 5. 21.
  • 4. Desire of Revenge; for a revengefull mind is a murdering mind, &c.

Outward Murther way be committed three wayes especially:

  • 1. In using disdainfull or despitefull gestures towards others, expressing the malice and despite of the heart against them, Matth. 5. 22. Whosoever shall say to his Brother, Racha, &c. It is a word of disdain uttered with scornfull Gesture, as the Learned observe. So Acts 7. 54. the Jews gnashed with their teeth against Stephen.
  • 2. In words, by rayling, reviling, and bitter Speeches; Prov. 12. 18. There is that speaketh words like the peircings of a Sword: Matth. 5. 22. Whosoever shall say to his Brother, Thou Fool, &c. Also by scoffing words, as Ismael, Michal, and the Children mocking Elisha, &c.
  • 3. In Action or Deed, and that two wayes:
    • 1. By striking, hurting, or maiming the Body of another. See Levit. 24. 19.
    • 2. By actuall killing, and taking away the Life of another; and this is the highest degree of murther [Page 432] against others, and a fearfull and grievous Sin: yea, a crying Sin calling to God, and to the Magistrate under God for Vengeance, being appointed by the Law of God to be punished with Death, and that without ta­king any ransom or satisfaction. See Gen. 9. 6. and Numb. 35. 30.

The second kind of murther is, That which is committed against a man's own person; And that two wayes.

  • 1. Directly, by taking away his own Life; as Saul, Ahitophel, and Judas did: which is a more fearfull and dangerous sin than killing of another, both in that it is more against the light of nature, and also because such a one dying in Sin, cuts himself from Repentance, the remedy against Sin.
  • 2. Indirectly, by taking any course, or using any means whereby his own life is indirectly hurt or shortned; as, immoderate grief and care, intemperance, surfetting, &c. neglect of good Dyet and Physick, &c. Reme­dies against all kinds of murther and cruelty against others and our selves, but especially against the highest degrees of it, as actuall killing, &c. are these;
  • 1. Consider the hainousness of the Sin being most odious unto God; and making the person guilty, odious unto Him; as appears in that our Saviour here reckons it among the Sins which defile the person, &c. So Psal. 5. 6. He will abhorr the bloody man. And it must need be so, because it is a Sin so contrary to the Nature of God, who is a God of mercy; and such a Sin it is as makes a man like unto Satan: Who is said to be a Murtherer from the beginning, Joh. 8. 44.
  • 2. Look at the grievous Judgments of God which follow this Sin: In this Life, Gods punisheth Murderers and cruell Persons usually with great hardness of heart, till their consciences be awaked, and then with as great horrour of Conscience, as we see in Cain; and in Judas, who being but accessary to shedding of inno­cent Blood, was by the terrour of his conscience driven also to murder himself, Matth. 27. God doth also usu­ally punish Murderers in their Bodies with untimely and violent Deaths; a [...] appears in Abimelech, Judg. 9. in Ahab and Jesabel, 1 King. 22. and 2 King. 9. Also in Joab, 1 King. 2. And though Cain were suffered to live; yet better it had been for him to dye, then to live so miserably as he did, being cast out from God's presence: Seldom doth a Murderer go in peace to his Grave: yea, sometimes God also revengeth this Sin upon the Children and Posterity of such; as upon the sons of Ahab, and upon Joab's House. See 2 Sam. 3. 29.
  • 3. Avoid all causes and occasions of Murther and Cruelty: as rash anger, malice, fighting, quarrelling, drunken-fellowship and meetings, &c.
  • 4. Pray unto God to keep us from this sin, and from all degrees of it; and to give us meek, merciful, and loving hearts, &c.
Mark 7. 22.‘Thefts, Covetousness, Wickedness, Deceit, Lasciviousness, an evil eye, Blasphemy, Pride, Foolish­nesse. May, 26. 1622.

THe fifth sin named by our Saviour is Thefts,] which doth properly signifie close or privy taking away of that which is anothers: But in Scripture it is used in a more large sense, to comprehend and note out all un [...]ust and unlawfull wayes and means of getting goods from others, and of inriching our selves; forbidden in the eighth Commandement: And so we are here to take it.

Now for the kinds of it, we must know it is of two sorts, Publick and Private.

Publick Theft, is the withdrawing or with-holding of publick or common Goods which pertain to many: and it is either robbing of the Church, or robbing of the Common-wealth. Robbing of the Church (which is called Sacriledge) is when any taketh away or with-holdeth from the Church of God any part of the Goods of it, serving for maintenance of God's Worship, and when such Goods are put to private uses: Prov. 20. 25. It is a snare to the man, who devoureth that which is Holy, &c. This is said to be robbing of God himself, Mal. 3. 8. Robbing of the Common-wealth is, when the common Goods of a Kingdom or Common-wealth, or City, are converted to private uses. As if one that is in publick Office, robb the Common Treasury of a Kingdom or City, &c. This publick Theft is so much the greater and more hainous Sin, by how much the more persons are wronged and hurt by it.

Private Theft, is that which is committed against private or particular Persons: And it is of two sorts.

The first is open and manifest by force and power, taking away or with-holding the Goods of others, or any way oppressing them forcibly and openly; of which there are divers kinds: As these especially,

  • 1. Robbing by the High-way side, or by the Sea; As the Sabeans, Job 1. Elies sons, 1 Sam. 2.
  • 2. Stealing away men's Children, &c.
  • 3. Open oppression of the Poor by the Rich and Wealthy, Prov. 22. 22.
  • 4. Unjust and forcible with-holding of the Goods of others, as of Money or Goods borrowed: Psal. 37. 21. The Wicked borroweth, and payeth not again.

So also the with-holding of Goods committed to our Trust, as Goods of Fatherlesse Children, &c. Also the with-holding of Hirelings Wages. A crying Sin, whether it be by force or fraud, Jam. 5. 4. Deut. 24. 14. Thou shalt not oppress an hired Servant, &c. At his day thou shalt give him his hire, neither shall the Sun go down upon it, &c. Also to with-hold Goods ill gotten by Fraud, Usury, &c. and not to make restitution to such as have been wronged, being known; or if they be not known, then to the Church or Poor, &c.

The second kind of private Theft is secret and fraudulent, which is closely practised, so as the party wronged doth not perceive it (for the time at least), but thinks himself well dealt withall. And this also is committed sundry wayes: As by close pilfering from others, by fraud in Bargaining, &c. by Usury, &c. But more of these afterward in handling the Sin of Deceipt; for here our Saviour speaketh chiefly of open and manifest Theft. Remedies against this Sin of Theft and Unjustice, especially against open Theft, Robbe­ry, and Oppression of others, are these; To Consider,

1. The greatness of the Sin; being one of those which defile the person before God, making a man odious [Page 433] unto God, as our Saviour here sheweth. The Scripture makes it a Degree of Murder: Isa. 1. 15. Your hands are full of Blood; that is, of cruel oppression and unjustice one against another. So Hab. 2. 12. Woe to him that buildeth a Town with Blood, &c. Nahum 3. 1.

2. Consider the Judgments of God denounced against this Sin, and inflicted on it in this Life, and after this Life. It is a crying Sin, [...]am. 5. 4. Zephan. 3. 1. Woe to the oppressing (or robbing) City. See also Prov. 22. 23. 1 Cor. 6. 10. Theeves shall not Inherit the Kingdom of God; yea, in this Life God severely punisheth robbery and oppression. How did God take Vengeance on Ahab and Jesabel for getting away Naboth' [...] Vineyard? Prov. 21. 7. The robbery of the Wicked shall destroy them, &c. Zach. 5. 4. we read of a Flying Roul, &c.

3. Consider the nature of all Wealth gotten by theft and unjustice, How vain and unprofitable is it? Prov. 10. 2. Treasures of Wickedness profit nothing; yea, they are very hurtful, having God's curse following them; which makes them as a Fire consuming the rest of a man's substance. Seldom doth the Oppressor or Thief long enjoy Wealth so gotten: Job 20. 15. He hath swallowed down Riches, and he shall vomit them up again, &c.

4. Oppose against all theft and unjustice, that excellent rule of equity and justice: Matth. 7. 12. What­soever ye would have men do to you, &c.

5. Lastly, Take heed of all Causes and Occasions of Theft, Robbery, &c.

As, 1. Covetousness, which is the mother of all unjustice and theft: See Micah 2. 2. They covet Fields, and take them by violence: and Houses, and take them away, &c. So Achan, Hos. 7. 21.

2. Idleness, Eph. 4. 28. Let him that stole, steal no more; but labour, &c.

3. Prodigality and riotous spending, &c. which brings want, and so gives occasion to thee very, &c.

The sixth Sin which cometh out of the heart, is Covetousness,] which is nothing else but an inordinate love and desire of worldly Wealth or Riches. Now inordinate love and desire of Wealth is that which hath these properties.

  • 1. When Wealth is sought in the first place as the chief Good, before Spirituall and Heavenly Riches. Contrary to that, Matth. 6. 33. Seek first the Kingdom of God, &c.
  • 2. When it is sought too eagerly and earnestly, with over greedy desire, resolving that they will be Rich, though it be by unjust means: 1 Tim. 6. 10. They that will be rich do fall into temptations, &c.
  • 3. When abundance, and superfluity of Wealth is sought, and more than is necessay.

For the understanding of this we must know, That Wealth may be said to be necessary for a man, in two respects:

1. In respect of his person, when it is sufficient to maintain him in health and strength of Body, for better performance of the Duties of his calling: And this is to be weighed according to the difference of men's bo­dies, some requiring more than others, &c.

2. In respect of a man's Calling and Condition of Life; and so, that is said to be necessary, which is meet and fit to maintain a man according to the Dignity of his particular Place and Calling wherein God hath set him. And [...]o, more is necessary for men of some Callings than of other; more for a Prince than for a sub­ject; more for a publick, than for a private person; more for a marryed person, than for one that lives sin­gle, &c. Further, when we speak of necessary Wealth, this is to be understood, not onely of that which is for the present time necessary, but to be extended al [...]o to that which may be, and is likely hereafter to be ne­cessary for the maintenance of a man's self, and those that depend on him in due and convenient sort, 1 Tim. 5. 8. If any provide not for his own, &c. 2 Cor. 12. 14. Parents should lay up for their Children. Now so much as is any of these wayes necessary, may be sought by lawfull and good means; but whatsoever is more then thus necessary, is to be accompted superfluous abundance, and may not be sought or desired of us. Which may appear by these Reasons.

  • 1. Kings themselves are forbidden to seek aboundance of Riches, more than is necessary for them in their Places, &c. Deut. 17. 17.
  • 2. We are taught to pray for no more but daily Bread; that is, for so much means or maintenance for this Life as is needfull from day to day; And so the Prophet prayeth, Prov. 30. 8. Feed me with Food con­venient for me. Therefore we have no warrant to seek or labour for abundance.
  • 3. To seek or desire abundance, is a fruit of infidelity and distrust of God's providence; and therefore a Sin, &c. So much of the nature of Covetousness; what it is.

Now there are two Degrees of this Sin.

The first inward in the heart, affecting, loving, and desiring Wealth over-much: And this may be, and is often, in Poor men as well as in Rich; when they esteem too highly of Wealth, counting such as have it the onely happy men, &c.

2. Outward, in covetous practises; whereof there are two sorts especially.

1. Greedy raking and scraping after things of this Life, whether necessary or superfluous; for even in over greedy seeking of necessaries, there may be Covetousness practised: if they be sought by unlawful means, or with too eager desire and love of them, or with neglect of better and heavenly riches. See Matth. 6. how many reasons our Saviour brings against this greedy seeking of Earthy things.

2. Niggardly pinching and sparing more then is fit both from himself and from others. From himself, in not affording himself the comfortable use of his own Wealth, which is one of the evils which Solomon saw un­der the Sun: Eccles. 6. 2. A man to whom God hath given Riches, &c. but not power to eat thereof, &c. From others, in refusing or being backward to help and relieve others with any part of his Wealth, thinking all lost that is bestowed that way.

Remedies against Covetousness.

First, Consider the dangerousness of this Sin, which may appear by sundry Reasons.

1. In that it is the cause of many other Sins; yea, the cause or occasion of all, or the most Sins that are: 1 Tim. 6. 10. Love of money is the root of all evil. The cause of all Un [...]u [...]tice and Oppression, as in the Scribes and Pharisees; The cause of Bribery and Extortion; The cause of Cruelty and Murder; as in Ahab and in Judas: The cause of Lying and Deceipt, as in Gehazi the Servant of Elisha: And in Trades, the cause of [Page 434] great contentions and strifes among men, and of malicious troubling and suing each other; The cause also of neglect of God's Worship, and of breach of the Sabbath, &c. Besides manifold other sins which spring from this bitter Root.

2. The greatness of the sin may appear by the dangerous effects of it: In that it is such a Sin as withdraws the heart from God, causing a man to set his love on his Wealth more then on God and his Glory and Wor­ship, and to put his confidence in it: Whence it is, that it is said to be Idolatry, Eph. 5. 5. Again, this sin hindreth and choaketh all good things in men: Matth. 13. It choaks the fruit of the Word; And so all other good things, Judas had excellent Gifts, yet all marred by his Covetousness.

3. It is a sin which is very hard to repent of, as appears by daily experience in such as are given much unto it: How do they please themselves in it? how hardly are they brought to leave it? yea, rather it grows up­on them like an insatiable thirst, as in a Dropsie, &c. yea, even in old age, when many other sins leave men, this stirketh closer, and is more rooted in the heart. Hence is it that our Saviour saith, That it is harder for a [covetous] rich man to be saved, then for a Camell to go through the eye of a needle, Matth. 19.

Second Remedy: Consider the nature of all Wealth, how vain, transitory and unprofitable it is; Called uncertain Riches, 1 Tim. 6. 17. Prov. 23. They take wings and flye away: unable they are of themselves to help or do good to a man: Luke 12. 15. Our life stands not in abundance. Wealth cannot lengthen a man's life, it cannot give ease in pain, Health in Sickness, or Life when Death cometh; it cannot deliver in the evil Day: Prov. 11. 4. Riches profit not in the day of Wrath: Ezek. 7. 19. They shall cast their Silver and Gold in the Streets, &c. Nay, on the contrary, Riches are rather hurtful; through our corruption, proving snares, &c.

3. Labour for Contentedness with our present estate in the World whatsoever it be, more or lesse, knowing that God seeth it to be the best for us: Hebr. 13. 5. Let your Conversation be without Covetousness, and be content with such things as ye have, &c. So Paul, Phil. 4. 11. I have learned, &c. If we have but Food and Rayment, let us be therewith content. The mean and competent estate is best and safest for a Christian, &c.

4. Labour for true love and desire of spiritual and heavenly Riches and Treasures, which will keep us from setting our hearts on earthly Riches: Matth. 6. First seek the Kingdom of God, &c. Col. 3. 1. Set your affections on things above, &c. Desire and seek Knowledge, Faith, Repentance, God's favour, &c. Then wilt thou con­temn Earthly things as Dung, &c.

5. Lastly, Pray and labour for true Faith in thy heart, whereby to rest on God's speciall care and provi­dence over us for things of this Life. This will cut off covetous Cares and Desires, and quench them, &c. He that giveth Christ and Heaven, will He not give Earthly things to his Children? He knoweth our wants, and hath speciall care of all his. See Matth. 6. If he feed the young Ravens, cloath the Grasse of the Field, &c. Therefore, 1 Pet. 5. 7. Cast all your care on Him, &c. Heb. 13. He hath said, I will not fayl, &c. Psal. 24. 1. The Earth is the Lord's, &c.

Object. Object. I have a great Charge of Wife, Children, &c. And the Times are hard, and worse may come here­after, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. Charge of Wife and Children is no excuse at all for Covetousness; A moderate care onely is to be used, and lawfull means to provide for our selves and those that belong to us, leaving the successe to God, whose Blessing, and not our care, brings Wealth, &c.

2. God is able to provide for thy Children as well as for thee, and will do it if thou depend on Him by Faith, and walk before him in obedience to his Will, &c. Psal. 37. 25. I have been Young, and now am Old; yet never saw I the Righteous forsaken, nor their Seed begging Bread.

3. He is also able to provide for us and ours in the hardest Times that can come: How did he provide for Elijah in the time of Famine? And for David in the Wilderness?

The seventh Sin coming out of the Heart, is Wickedness,] which cannot here be meant generally of all kinds of Wickedness or Sin, for then it should be the same with the other sins named before and after it: It must there­fore be understood of some special kind of sin and wickedness. The word [...], here used by the Evangelist doth come of [...], which signifies properly one that takes pains in practise of Sin, exercising himself there­in diligently, and consequently one that is hardned in a sinfull course, willfully going on in it. Therefore it is so often in Scripture attributed to the Devill, whose continuall labour and practise is to commit Sin, doing nothing else. See Matth. 5. 37. Matth. 6. 13. Eph. 6. 12. So then by [Wickedness] I take it, we are most properly to understand here, an obstinate and wilfull going on in a course and practise of Sin; when a man gives himself to commit Sin willingly, and with greediness, delighting in it, and making a Trade of it, &c. Called working of Iniquity and Sin, Psal. 6. 8. And committing of Sin: 1 Joh. 3. 8. He that committeth Sin is of the Devil: Called also plowing and sowing Iniquity, Job 4. 8.

Remedies against this.

1. Consider how hainous and grievous a Sin this is, for one to harden himself in a wicked course, and to go on in practise of Sin, &c. This is a high degree of Sin; yea, one of the highest; called, standing in the way of Sinners, Psal. 1. 1. It is the peculiar property and mark of the Devil's Children, 1 Joh. 3. 8. shewing them to be destitute of all sanctifying grace of God's Spirit. This is the proper difference between the Godly and Wicked: They both do fall into Sin; but the Wicked onely do work wickedness, &c.

2. Consider how fearfull and dangerous it is for any to be an obstinate Worker of Iniquity; in that this pulleth down upon such most certain and heavy Judgments of God in this Life, and after this Life: Psal. 11. 6. Upon the Wicked God shall rain Snares, Fire, and Brimstone; and an horrible tempest, &c. Psal. 68. 21. He will would the hairy Scapl of him that goeth on still in his Trespasses: Rom. 2. 5. Such are said, To treasure up wrath to themselves against the day of wrath, &c. Luke 13. 27. Depart from me all ye Workers of Iniquity. It is not sin, but continuance in sin, and obstinate going on in it without Repentance, that bring swift Damnation on the Wicked: Jam. 1. 15. Sin when it is finished bringeth forth Death.

3. Beware of custom in Sin; yea, in any known Sin: For this will harden the Heart, and so bring a man to this obstinate Wickednesse, to be a greedy Worker of Iniquity.

Mark 7. 23. ‘All these things come from within, and defile the man. June, 2, 1622.

THe eighth Sin, is Deceipt,] Fraud or Guil; whereof there are two sorts: 1. Towards God. 2. To­wards Man.

Towards God, is that Deceipt or Guil, whereby one maketh outward shew or profession of Religion and Holiness, but is not answerable in Deed and in Truth to that shew which is made, but cometh short there­of; having a false and unsound heart towards God: Psal. 32. 1. Blessed is he, whose Iniquity is forgiven, &c. and in whose spirit is no guil. This is the same with Hypocrisy towards God.

Towards Man, Deceipt or Guil is, That cunning craft and subtilty whereby one makes shew of love and good dealing towards others; yet under pretence hereof hideth malice and unjust dealings: of this the Apostle speaketh, 1 Pet. 2. 1. Laying aside all Guil and Hypocrisy, &c. And this is principally meant in this place; This Deceipt or Guil towards Men is twofold:

1. Inward of the Heart, when there is a heart and a heart (as the Scripture speaketh), that is, a double or hollow heart in one man towards another. See Psal. 12. 2. A common sin in this dissembling Age where­in we live.

2. Outward in dissembling Speech, and fraudulent practises one towards another. Touching dissembling Speech it is, when one speaks fair to another, and pretends love, but intends the contrary in heart: Psal. 55. 21. The words of his mouth were smoother then Butter, but War was in his heart; his words were softer then Oyl, yet were they drawn Swords. And this also is a very common and raigning sin in our times, insomuch that we may use the words of the Prophet: Jer. 9. 4. Take heed every one of his Neighbour, and trust not in any Brother. For—they will deceive every one his Neighbour, and will not speak the Truth; they have taught their Tongues to speak lies, &c. Touching deceitfull practises toward Men, they are sundry and manifold: Some in the matter of Bargaining and mutuall Contracts; and some out of such Contracts. In Bargaining and Contracts deceipt is practised sundry wayes; I will but briefly mention the principall, especially in Buying and Selling.

  • 1. Selling that which is naught and counterfeit for good, or mingling good and bad Wares together, so as the bad is not perceived, and in concealing the faults of that which is sold.
  • 2. Selling at too high a rate, inhauncing prices for more than the Commodity in equity and conscience is worth.
  • 3. Giving day for payment, that the price may be inhaunced; which is selling of time, no better then Usury.
  • 4. Ingrossing of Wares and commodites, That they may sell at their own prices; unto which, referr Mo­nopolies.
  • 5. Using false weights, &c. Abomination to the Lord, Prov. 11. 1. Hither also referr the deceipt used by the Buyer, as when he vilifieth the Commodity, that he may buy it for lesse than he thinks it worth, &c. See Prov. 20. 14.

Out of Bargains and Contracts, deceipt is practised also by using any kind of craft or cunning to cousen others of any part of the Goods or Substance which belongs to them.

Remedies against this sin of Deceipt or Guil.

  • 1. Consider that it is a sin odious unto God: Psal. 5. 6. The Lord will abhorr the deceitfull man. Therefore it is here reckoned among the Sins which defile a man; that is, make the person and all that he doth loath­some and odious before God.
  • 2. Consider that it is one of the sins of the profane Heathen or Gentiles which knew not God: Rom. 1. 29. They were full of deceipt. Therefore how unfit is it for Christians to be such?
  • 3. It is one specially property and mark of the wicked, to be given to deceipt, guil, and dissembling. See Psal. 12. 2. and Psal. 55. 21. As on the contrary, The wisdom that is from above, is said to be without Hypo­crisie, Jam. 3. 17.
  • 4. Look at the Judgment of God threatned against this sin; 1 Thess. 4. 6. The Lord is the avenger of all Fraud, &c. Micah 6. 11. Shall I count them pure with the wicked Ballances, and with the Bagg of deceitfull Weights, &c. Ver. 13. Therefore I will make thee sick in smiting thee, in making thee desolate, &c.
  • 5. Lastly, Pray unto God to purge out of our hearts all guil and dissimulation toward others, and to give us single and sincere hearts, and open and plain hearts towards our Brethren, &c.

The ninth Sin named here by our Saviour, is by some called Uncleanness; but the word [ [...],] is better translated Lasciviousness or wantonness, which is a Sin against Chastity condemned in the seventh Comman­dement. And it doth properly imply and note out the outward shew and profession (as it were) of inconti­nency, by unchast or wanton carriage and behaviour. For the more full conceiving whereof, we must know that this lasciviousness or wantonnesse doth outwardly shew it self three wayes especially.

  • 1. In unchast or lascivious Speech or wanton words, Called filthinesse, or filthy Speech, Ephes. 5. 4.
  • 2. In obscene Gestures of the whole Body, or of any part of it, as by eyes full of Adultery, 2 Pet. 2. 14. Also by wanton dalliance, kissing, imbracing, &c. Also by lascivious dancing of mixt Companies of Men and Women, &c.
  • 3. In wanton and garish Apparrell, serving to stirr up unchast thoughts and affections in others, and in them­selves that wear it.

Remedies against this Sin. Touching generall preservatives against all sins of the Flesh, I spake before in handling the sin of Adultery: Here I will onely set down some speciall remedies against this sin of Wanton­nesse.

1. Consider the foulness of the Sin in it self, being one of those which make the person unclean and loath­some before God, as our Saviour here sheweth: Besides, the foulness of it may appear hence, in that it makes way to those foul and hainous sins of actuall Fornication and Adultery before named.

2. Consider the severe and grievous Judgment of God threatned against this Sin: 1 Cor. 6. 9. Wantonness or effeminate persons shall not Inherit the Kingdom of God. And Gal. 5. 19. lasciviousness is reckoned among those works of the Flesh; which whoso worketh, shall not Inherit the Kingdom of God.

[Page 436] 3. Labour to mortify all unchast thoughts and affections in our hearts, pray unto God to crucifie them in us by the power of his sanctifying Spirit, and use all other good means for the subduing of them in us. Then there will be no outward unchast or wanton behaviour in words, gestures, &c. All such Lasciviousness comes out of the heart (as our Saviour here teacheth); therefore first get they heart purged from filthy Lusts, &c.

4. Shun all company of such as are given to lascivious and wanton carriage, lest we learn their wayes, and become like them. This is a sin quickly learned by ill company, therefore take heed of it.

The tenth Sin here named, is An evil Eye,] which Phrase of Speech is in Scripture used two wayes, or in a twofold sense:

1. To note out the sin of Covetousnesse, or of niggardly sparing: Prov. 23. 6. Eat not the Bread of him that hath an evill Eye, &c. that is, a covetous or niggardly Eye. So Prov. 28. 22. He that hasteth to be rich hath an evill Eye, &c. Contrarily Prov. 22. 9. He that hath a good (or bountifull) Eye, shall be blessed, &c.

2. To signify and note out the Sin of Envy: As Mat. 20. 15. Is thine Eye evill because I am good? that is, Art thou envious &c. So here we are to take it. Now the sin of Envy is called an evill Eye by a Metony­my of the Effect put for the Cause; an evil Eye put for Envy, because Envy doth much shew and manifest it self in the outward face or countenance, and especially by the Eyes, even as other evil and sinful Affections also do thus discover themselves by the cast of the Eyes.

Quest. What is the Sin of Envy?

Answ. Nothing else but a discontentedness, grieving or repining at the good or prosperity of others, cal­led Fretting against others, Psal. 37. 1. Examples of it we have in Cain envying his Brother Abell, be­cause he was better accepted of God than himself. Also in Joseph's Brethren, envying him because his Father loved him so much: See Act. 7. 9. So in Saul, envying David, because the women gave greater praise to him than to Saul: See 1 Sam. 18. So in the Priests and Elders of the Jews envying Christ for the excellent parts and gifts that were in him, and for his great Miracles which he wrought. See Mat. 27. 18.

Remedies against this Sin.

  • 1. Consider that it is a Work of the Flesh, arguing such as live in it to be carnal and wicked men; Gal. 5. 21. It is numbred among those cursed fruits of the Flesh: and 1 Cor. 3. 3. Whereas there is among you Envying, and Strife, and Divisions, are ye not carnall, &c. Jam. 4. 5. The Spirit that dwelleth in us lusteth to envy; that is to say, The natural corrupt Spirit of man is very prone to this Sin.
  • 2. Consider the foulness of the Sin before God, being one of those which are here said to defile a man in God's sight and accompt, making the Person that lives in it odious to God; and it must needs be a Sin very hateful to God, because it tends so much as it doth to the dishonour of his Name: For to envy or repine at the good of others which God hath bestowed on them, what is it else but a controlling of the heavenly Wis­dom and Providence of God?
  • 3. Consider the just and severe Judgment of God against this Sin in this life and after this life. In this life, God makes this Sin to be a great torment and punishment to it self, and to the envious Person, Prov. 14. 30. Envy is the Rottenness of the Bones, it wasteth the Body, &c. Job 5. 2. Envy stayeth the foolish and silly Ones: In this respect this sin is said to be the most just of all other sins, because it takes Vengeance on the Person that lives in it. After this life, God will punish it in Hell, if it be not in time repented of, Gal. 5. 21. Such as do the Works of the Flesh shall not inherit God's Kingdom.
  • 4. Consider, that envy at others Prosperity is in Scripture threatned as a Curse against the wicked, Psal. 112. 9, 10. The Horn of the Righteous shall be exalted with honour: The Wicked shall see it, and be grieved, he shall gnash with his Teeth and melt away, &c.
  • 5. Get true Christian Love into our hearts, and labour to abound in it more and more; for this will cause us to rejoyce in the good of others as in our own good, and not to repine at it: 1 Cor. 13. 4. Charity envyeth not.
  • 6. Lastly, Labour to remove the main Cause of Envy, as Pride, and desire of Vain-Glory: Pray unto God to mortify in us these carnal Lusts, and to give us true Humility; then shall we be kept from envying others good. Seldom see we an humble man envious, nor a proud man without Envy. See Jam. 4. 5, 6. and Gal. 5. 26.

The eleventh Sin is Blasphemy,] or, Evil-speaking, as the word may be translated; for it properly signi­fies any evill, hurtful, or reproachful Speech in general, whether against God or Man. But more particularly, it is in Scripture used two wayes:

1. Sometimes to signify such Speech as tends to the reproach and dishonour of God, either directly or indirectly: Thus it is most usually taken in Scripture, for Blasphemy against God, whereof there are sundry kinds, especially these.

  • 1. When any Speech is uttered which tends to the reproach of the Nature and Essence of God, or of any Person in the Trinity, either derogating or taking from God what is due unto him, or else attributing unto him any thing which is unfit or agreeth not unto his Majesty. Thus Pharoah blasphemed Exod. 5. 2. when he asked Who is the Lord? &c. Thus the Jews blasphemed, in calling Christ a Samaritan, and affirming that he had a Devill, &c. So Julian, calling him The Galilean.
  • 2. When any of the essential Attributes of God are denied, or contemptibly spoken of, as his Wisdom, Power, Justice, &c. See 2 King. 7. 19.
  • 3. When his proper Names and Titles are reproached by Word or Speech; as either by using them leight­ly and vainly without due Reverence, or by swearing leightly or prophanely by any of them.
  • 4. When any of his Works are reproachfully spoken of, as his Works of Justice, Mercy, Creation, Pro­vidence, &c.
  • 5. When his holy Ordinances, as his Word, Sacraments, &c. are reproached any way in words.

Secondly, The word Blasphemy in Scripture is sometimes referred unto men, and is used to signify such evill Speech as tends to the hurt and disgrace of the Persons of men, and to the Impeachment of their good name any way: Tit. 3. 2. Speak evill of no man; The Greek word is, [...]. See 1 Pet. 2. 1. Jam. 4. 11.

Now of this kind of Blasphemy against men, there are especially three kinds.

  • 1. Railing and reviling Speech, which is a Degree of Murder, as we have heard before.
  • 2. Scoffing and taunting Speeches, uttered either privily or openly, to the disgrace and vilifying of others Persons: The Sin of profane Ismael, called Persecution, Gal. 4. 29.
  • 3. Slandering and backbiting of others, either by raising false Reports of others to the taking away of their good name, or by uttering a truth with a mind to disgrace the person of another. See 1 Sam. 24. 10. 1 Sam. 22. 9. in Doeg. Levit. 19. 16. Thou shalt not walk about with Tales, &c. This is called whispering Rom. 1. 29. one sin condemned in those Heathen.

Now all these kinds of Blasphemy or evill Speaking both against God and Man may here be under­stood.

Remedies against this Sin:

  • 1. General, against all kinds of it.
  • 2. Special, against the distinct kinds of it.

General Remedies. 1. Consider, that our tongues are given us to bless God and Man, and not to blas­pheme, &c. See Jam. 3. 2. Pray unto God to set a watch before our mouths, &c. as David doth, Psal. 141.

Special Remedies. First, To keep us from Blasphemy against God:

  • 1. Consider the heinousness of the Sin, tending so directly to the Dishonour of God; hence it was that this Sin was by the Law of God to be punished with death, Levit. 24. 16. This Sin was so odious to the Jews that they did forbear to name it, and therefore used the Name of Blessing in stead of Blaspheming. See 1 King. 21. 10.
  • 2. Look at the grievous Judgments of God inflicted upon Blasphemers of his Name, as upon Pharoah, the Jews, Julian, &c.
  • 3. Labour for the true fear of God in our hearts, which will cause us to sanctify the Name of God in our words, and to abhor and tremble at the very thought of blasphemous Speeches.

Secondly, To keep us from evil-speaking against men.

  • 1. Consider how great a hurt and wrong it is to hurt another in his good Name, which is and ought to be most dear and precious to every one. This is such a wrong as can very hardly, or not at all, be satisfied for: It is far worse than to rob a man of his Mony, Wealth, &c. because in this case Re­stitution is more easily made: Besides that, a man's Goods are nothing so dear to him as his good Name.
  • 2. Consider how unwilling we are that others should speak ill of us, and how much we desire to be well-spoken of. Therefore as we would have others speak of us, so speak of them, &c.
  • 3. Take away the causes of evil-speaking, as Malice, Envy, rash and uncharitable suspitions of others, &c.
  • 4. Labour for true Love in our hearts, which will cause us to think and speak the best of others.

The twelfth sin is Pride,] which is two-fold.

  • 1. Against God.
  • 2. Against Man.

Pride against God is, that haughtiness or loftiness of heart and mind, whereby a man is lifted up in a high conceipt of his own Goodness, Excellency, or Greatness before God: This was in Pharoah, Exod. 5. Who is the Lord, &c. and in the Scribes and Pharisees who justified themselves before God. So also in the Papists at this day.

Pride against Man is, when there is a high conceipt of our selves, joyned with contempt or vilifying of others: as in that proud Pharisee, Luke 18. Both these kinds of Pride may here be understood.

Further know, that howsoever Pride be properly the sin of the heart, yet it doth also outwardly discover it self, in outward carriage, as by lofty gesture, high looks, garish Apparel, &c.

Remedies against this Sin.

  • 1. Consider the odiousness of the sin before God and Man. Prov. 16. 5. All that are proud in heart are an Abom [...]nation to the Lord: yea, the Lord is a professed Enemy to such; Jam. 4. 6. He resisteth the Proud, &c.
  • 2. Consider that there is no Goodness or Excellency in us by Nature, of our selves, but all we have is from God alone: 1 Cor. 4. 7. What hast thou that thou didst not receive, &c.
  • 3. Consider how many others go beyond us in the best gifts both of Nature and of Grace; and let this keep down Pride in us.
  • 4. Look at our own great and manifold Sins and Corruptions; that this may break our hearts, and humble them before God, and then we shall be humble also towards our Brethren: See the Example of the Publi­can, Luke 18.
  • 5. Consider that this sin of Pride bearing sway makes men utterly unfit for God's heavenly Kingdom, and uncapable of it. Mar. 10. 15. we must receive the Kingdom of God as little Children, else we cannot enter into it. Luke 3. 5. Every Mountain and Hill must be brought low, &c.
  • 6. Pray unto God to mortify all Pride of heart in us, and to work and increase in us true Humility, &c.

The thirteenth and last sin is, Foolishness,] There are two kinds of Folly or Foolishness.

1. In matters of the World and of this life, which is opposite to worldly Wisdom; This may be called worldly Folly or Foolishness, which is not meant in this place.

2. In matters of God, which are spiritual and heavenly, which concern God's Glory and our own Salva­tion, and the means of it, set down in the Word of God; when a man is blind and ignorant in these things, and not able to discern or judge of them aright: 1 Cor. 2. 14. The naturall man receiveth not the things of God, &c. This is spiritual Folly, opposite to spiritual Wisdom which is from above, Jam. 3. This was in Nicode­mus, Joh. 3. though he were a great Pharisee, and a man of worldly wisdom enough, yet in the Doctrine of [Page 438] Regeneration he was most foolish and ignorant, not able to conceive it. This is that Foolishness here spoken of by our Saviour.

Remedies against it.

  • 1. Labour to see our own natural Ignorance, Blindness, and Foolishness in matters of God, how unable and unfit we are to conceive and judge of them, &c. Tit. 3. 3. We our selves were in time past foolish, &c. This sight of our Folly is a preparative-means to the attaining of true spiritual Wisdom.
  • 2. Consider how hurtful and dangerous this spiritual Folly is: This is one of the sins which defile a man before God, so that this alone (if there were no other sin in thee) is enough to make thee odious to God, yea, to condemn thee.
  • 3. Consider, that spiritual Folly and Ignorance is one sin of the profane Gentiles, Rom. 1. 31. therefore a shame it is for Christians to live in it.
  • 4. Give our selves to the diligent study and meditation of the Word of God, which giveth Wisdom to the simple, Psal. 19. and is able to make us wise to Salvation, 2 Tim. 3. 15.
  • 5. Pray unto God for the Spirit of Wisdom to understand and judge of heavenly matters, &c. So much of these particular sins mentioned by our Saviour.

Now followeth Ver. 23. Where our Saviour repeateth that which he before affirmed touching sin in gene­ral, and applyeth it to all these particular sins, affirming that they come out of the heart, and do defile a man. But these things have been before spoken of.

Mark 7. 24.&c.‘And from thence he arose, &c. June, 9. 1622.

HItherto of the first general part of this Chapter, in which we have heard of the Disputation of our Savi­our Christ with the Scribes and Pharisees of Jerusalem about humane Traditions, as also of the Con­sequents of that Disputation, viz. that our Saviour thereupon took occasion to instruct, first the common People,, and then his own Disciples, in a special Point of Christian Doctrine, touching the cause of spiritual Uncleanness before God, That it is not any thing from without a man which entring into his body can defile him before God, but that the Sins which come from within a man, even out of his heart, do defile him before God.

Now follows the second general part of the Chapter, which contains the History of two special Miracles wrought by our Saviour Christ; One in the borders of Tyre and Sidon, the other in Galilee near to the Sea of Galilee, or Lake of Gennesare [...]h.

The first Miracle is, The casting out of an unclean Spirit or Devil out of the Daughter of a certain Wo­man which was a Gentile, and of the Country of Syro-phoenicia: This is recorded from the 24th. to the 31. Verse.

The second is, The miraculous curing of one that was deaf and had a great Impediment in his Speech, set down from Ver. 31. to the End of the Chapter.

Touching the former Miracle, the sum of that which is recorded by the Evangelist is this, That our Saviour Christ departing from the Country of Gennesareth into the borders of Tyre and Sidon, and being there earnest­ly sued unto by a certain Woman of Syro-phoenicia to cast out the Devil out of her Daughter, did at first refuse to grant her sute, yet at length, being further sollicited by her, he yielded thereunto, and by his divine Power did cast the unclean Spirit out of her Daughter.

More particularly consider three things:

  • 1. The Place where the Miracle was wrought, In the borders of Tyre and Sidon, Ver. 24.
  • 2. The Occasion and moving cause of it, which was the sute or Request of the Woman unto Christ in be­half of her Daughter, Ver. 25. 26.
  • 3. The Manner and Order of Christ's proceeding to work the Miracle; in that he doth not forthwith up­on her first sute work the Miracle, but at first refuseth; yet afterward, upon her further importuning him, yieldeth to her request in casting out the unclean Spirit out of the Damosel which was possessed. This is set down Ver. 27, 28, 29, 30.

Touching the place where the Miracle was wrought, the Evangelist setteth down three things.

  • 1. Our Saviour's departure thither out of the Country or place where he was before.
  • 2. His secession or with-drawing himself into a private house in those coasts, and that in such private man­ner that he would have had none to know of it.
  • 3. The Issue or Event of this his private retiring, That though he desired so much to be private and un­known, yet he could not be hid.

Touching the first of these, His departure, &c.

From thence he arose,] that is From the Place or Country where he was, viz. the Country or Land of Gen­nesareth. See before, Chap. 6. 53.

Into the borders of Tyre and Sidon,] that is, into the coasts of those Cities, or the Region and Country joy­ning unto them, or bordering upon them.

Tyre and Sidon,] Two chief and principal Cities of the Country of Phoenicia which bordered on the West-side of Judea, they were very rich and populous Cities by reason that they stood by the Sea side, so as all kind of Merchandise might conveniently be brought in to them, and carried out from them to other Coun­tries: See Isa. 23. and Ezek. 26. 27. and 28. Our Saviour came near unto these Cities, but came not to them, because they were Cities of the Gentiles, unto which he was not sent to preach, but to the Jews onely, as himself testifyeth, Mat. 15. 24. being therefore called the Minister of the Circumcision, Rom. 15. 8.

Quest. Quest. Why did he now depart into these coasts of Tyre and Sidon?

Answ. Answ. 1. One reason moving him so to do (as is most likely) was the Unthankfulness of the People of the Jews in the Country of Gennesareth and thereabouts, and especially of the Scribes and Pharisees, in that they [Page 439] did not give so good entertainment to Christ and his Doctrine as was fit, neither did they profit by it as they ought, but rather took exceptions and were offended at it, as is plainly said of the Pharisees, Matth. 15. 12. therefore our Saviour now departs from them, and leavs them in their obstinate and wilful blindnesse, and goeth to the borders of the Gentiles, fulfilling that in his own practice which he had by Word en [...]oy­ned his Disciples, viz. to let those obstinate Pharisees alone, and to give them over as blind leaders of the blind. See Mat. 15. 14.

2. He now left the parts of Judea where he had before so much conversed, and went to the utmost Bor­ders of the Country, even very near to the Cities of the Gentiles, that so this his departure and coming so near to the Gentiles might be as a preparative unto the future rejection of the Jews, and general calling of the Gentiles which was to follow after his Ascention into Heaven. Therefore now by his own practise he puts his Disciples in mind of the calling of the Gentiles, and teacheth them what they were afterward to do when he should have ascended, viz. That when the Jews should reject their Doctrine, they should turn to the Gentiles, and preach to them; as we see it came to passe, Act. 13. 46.

3. He withdrew himself into these parts, that being there, he might retire himself into some private place, there to rest and refresh himself and his Disciples after their former Labours and Travels: And therefore in the words following it is said, That he entred into a House, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour upon the unthankfulnesse of the Jews, and especially of the Scribes and Pharisees contemning Him and his Doctrine, and taking offence at it, doth leave them, and gives over teach­ing and instructing them any further: We are to take notice of the just Judgment of God upon profane and wilfull Contemners of the means of Grace and Salvation when they are offered to them; that in thi [...] Case God useth to deprive such of those precious means, and to give them over to their own wilfull Blind­nesse, &c. See this point before, Verse 14. of this Chapter, and Chap. 5. 18.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Our Saviour came very near to the Cities of Tyre and Sidon, yet entred not into them to preach or work Miracles there; Hence observe, That Christ Jesus may come near unto a People by his Ordinances, and by the means of Salvation, and yet never come unto them or among them, Mark 12. 34. He may send his Ministers and his Word and Sacraments near unto some People, or Country, or City, &c. and yet not send them unto such a People, &c. As the Sun sometimes shineth near unto some Field, and yet not upon that Field: So Christ, the Sun of Righteousnesse (as he is called, Mal. 4.) doth sometimes shine near to a People by the light of his Word, Sacraments, &c. and yet not shine upon them. And as the Rain sometimes falleth near unto a Field, perhaps in the very next Field on the other side of the Hedge, and yet not upon that Field: So doth Christ send the Rain and Showres of his Word very near to some People, and yet not upon them. See Acts 16. 6, 7. Paul and Silas went through Phrygia and Galatia, &c. but were forbidden to preach in Asia and Bithynia, which were hard by.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Christ doth this to shew the absolute freedom and liberty of his saving Grace and Mercy to mankind, that he is not tyed to bestow it on all, but on whom he pleaseth, and where he pleaseth: there­fore he giveth not so much as the outward means to all, but to some onely passing-by other [...], though he come near unto them. That which he speaketh of God the Father, Luke 10. 21. is as true of himself as he is God, That he doth reveal the means of Salvation to some, and hide them from other; because so it seemeth good in his sight. The Wind bloweth where it listeth: So Christ sendeth the Blasts of his Word where he pleas­eth. See Rom. 9. 18.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. That by this means such People may be the more without excuse, and so their condemnation the more just, in that they have had the means of Salvation come very near to them; even so near, that if they would they might have taken hold of them, and made use of them, and yet they have not so done.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Learn to be moved with pitty towards such People and Congregations, as have the means of Salva­tion come near to them, and yet not among them or with them; especially if withall we see them carelesse of seeking and repairing to such means as are near unto them, never regarding to lay hold on them, or make any use of them, nor to get them home to themselves, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. How are such People bound to thankfulness, who have Christ and his Ordinances, and means of Salvation not onely near unto them, but with them, and in the midst of them. If it be a heavy Judgment to a People when Christ comes near them, but not unto them (as in truth it is), then it is unspeakable Favour and Mercy of God to a People, when he sends his Word and Sacraments not only near to a People, but even home to them, &c. Oh let every such People acknowledge and be thankful for so infinite a mercy as this is! And withall, take heed they rest not in this only, that they have the outward means of Salvation among them, but see that they make right use of them, and labour to profit by them; for else they are never the happyer for enjoying the means; never the nearer to Salvation: Nay, they are the more miserable, and the heavier shall be their condemnation; for these means shall one Day rise in Judgment against them. See Luke 10. 11. Think it not enough that Christ cometh to us by his Word and Ministers, &c. unless we profit by them. Many have had the means long, and yet are never the better; but like the Fish which swimm continually in the salt Sea, and yet are not at all seasoned, but still as fresh as before: miserable is the state of such, better for them never to have heard the sound of Christ's Voice among them, &c. It followeth,

And He entred into an House] What House this was, is not expressed, but it was (no doubt) in some pri­vate place of the Country; because it is said, He would have none to know of his going in thither.

He would have no man know, &c.] This is to be understood of Christ's humane Will, as He was Man; for otherwise, as he was God, he could not will or desire this, That no man should know of his going into the House: For he knew that he should not be hid, but that his entrance into the House would be known to this Woman, and that the knowledge of it would move her to come to him (as she did) to seek help for her Daughter.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour enter so privately into this House?

Answ. Answ. 1. That being there in private with his Disciples, he might for a time rest and refresh himself after his former Labours in travelling, preaching, and working sundry Miracles.

2. To avoid all shew of Ambition and Vain-glory at his first coming into these Coasts, where he had not [Page 440] been before, neither was much known among them; therefore he would not openly and publickly shew him­self, lest his malicious enemies should charge him with Ambition, and desire of Vain-glory.

3. It is probable also, That because he knew, the time appointed for the Calling of the Genetiles was not yet come; and he was sent to preach to the Jews and not to the Gentiles: therefore being now in the Bor­ders of the Gentiles, and so near unto some Cities of their's, he did forbear to preach and work Miracles in such open and publick manner as he used to do in other Regions of Judea, and rather kept himself private du­ring his abode in these Coasts. (See Jansen.)

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The truth of Christ's humane Nature, and that he was subject to humane Infirmities, such as were meerly naturall, and not sinfull; as wearinesse, pain, hunger, thirst, &c. appeareth here, in that he had need of rest and refreshing, being wearied with the Labours of his Calling, and therefore betook him­self to this private House, &c. See before, Chap. 6. ver. 32.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is both lawful and fit for Christians after Christ's own example to take occasion of rest and refreshing their Minds and Bodies for a time, being wearied with the Labours of their Callings. See Chap. 6. ver. 31.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that it is said of Christ here, That he would have none to know, &c. We may gather, That as there are two different Natures in Christ's person, viz. The Divine, and the Humane Natures: So also there are two different or diverse Wills in Christ; the one as he is God, whereby he absolutely willeth all things which come to pass, though not so as to approve of them all; yet at least to permit them. The other is his humane Will, as he is Man; whereby he willed some things, and in some respects, which yet did not come to pass, neither was it his Will (as he was God) that they should come to passe. For example, as he was God, his absolute Will and Desire was to dye in his humane Nature for man's Redemption; But as he was Man, his Will and Desire was in some respect not to dye; I say, in some respect, because he did not simply desire or will (as Man) not to dye (for even as he was Man he dyed willingly): but only so far forth as Death was the destruction of Nature, and a violent separation of Soul and Body asunder; so he abhorred it, and was willing to be freed from it; yet conditionally also, if it might have stood with his Father's Will. See Matth. 26. 39. So here, the Will of Christ as God, was, that this Woman should know of his coming in­to the House, &c. But as he was Man, his Will and Desire was, That none should know of his coming thi­ther. Note, that though these two Wills in Christ are diverse, yet not contrary to each other, but one is sub­ordinate to the other; His Humane Will being subject to his Divine Will, and both of them being in them­selves just and good. Indeed they are in some respect contrary sometimes; namely, in respect of the object or things willed, but they are not simply or absolutely opposite or contrary; because though the things willed are contrary, yet they are not willed in the same respect, but in different respects, and upon different Grounds and Reasons. So here, Christ as God willed that his entring into the House might be known; but as Man he willed not to have it known: here are two contrary things willed, yet not in one and the same respect, but in different respects, and upon different Grounds and Reasons, and both just and good. He would have his entring into the House known, that so this Woman seeking to him for her Daughter, he might have occasion to manifest his Divine Glory by this Miracle. On the other side, he would not have his going into the House known, that so he might be private there for a time to refresh himself, &c. as hath been shewed.

Ʋse. Use. To confute those old Hereticks called Monothelits, who deny this truth; holding that the Will of Christ both as he is God, and as he is Man, is one and the same Will, not differing in nature or substance, &c. This Heresy was condemned in the sixt general Council holden at Constantinople about the the year 678. It followeth.

But he could not be hid] That is, he could not enter so privately into the House, but that he must needs be known of some to have gone in thither. The reason hereof was, because his Fame and Renown was so great as it was in all places and parts of Judea, even in these which were most remote and neerest to the Gentiles. And though Christ himself had not been before in these Coasts, yet many which dwelt in those Coasts had before resorted unto him to other places to hear his Doctrine, and to see his Miracles, as appeareth, Mark 3. 8. and Luke 6. 17.

He could not, &c.] This is not to be understood of his absolute Power, but that he could not be hid by those means which then he pleased to use.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour who was so far from all ambition and desire of vain-glory, that he sought nothing but the glory of his Heavenly Father which sent him; yet was so Famous and Renowned in all Places where he came: We may observe, That the way to true Honour is, not to seek our own Honour, but the Glory of God in the course of our Life, and in all Duties of our generall and particular Callings. See Chap. 6. Ver. 14.

Mark 7. 25, &c.‘For a certain Woman, whose young Daughter had an unclean Spirit, heard of him, and came and June, 16. 1622. fell at his Feet, &c.’

TOuching the Places where this Miracle was wrought, you have before heard. Now in the next place I am to speak of the impulsive Cause, moving our Saviour to work it; which was the sute made unto him by a certain Woman of Syrophoenicia in behalf of her Daughter, intreating him to cast the Devil out of her, set down Ver. 25. 26. Where we have these particulars to consider:

  • 1. The Person suing unto Christ, described.
    • 1. By her Sex, A certain Woman.
    • 2. By her outward Profession, A Greek, or Gentile.
    • 3. By her Country, Syrophoenicia.
  • 2. Consider the Occasions or impulsive Causes of her sute.
    • 1. The afflicted estate of her Daughter, having an unclean Spirit.
    • 2. The Fame she had heard of Christ.
    • [Page 441] 3. Consider the manner of her coming, and putting up this sute to Christ; In most humble sort, abasing her self at his Feet.
    • 4. The matter of her sute, That he would cast out, &c.

First of the Description of the Person: And first of her Sex.

A certain Woman] Though she was of the weaker Sex (as the Woman is said to be in Scripture); yet there was a great measure and strength of Faith in her, as appeareth, Matth. 15. 28.

Observ. Observ. The Lord sometimes giveth great measure of Grace, and strength of Faith to the weaker Sex, even to Women which are called the weaker Vessels: 1 Pet. 3. 7. So before Chap. 5. 34. our Saviour commen­ded the Faith of the Woman which came to him to be cured of her bloody Issue. And in Scripture we find examples recorded of sundry excellent Women indued with a great measure and strength of Faith and other Graces; As Sarah, Debora, Hannah, Hester, Mary Magdalene, Martha, Lydia, Dorcas, &c. And espe­cially the blessed Virgin, the Mother of Christ: Therefore also Paul in his Epistles doth mention and com­mend sundry Women for the Graces which were in them. See Rom. 16. and Phil. 4. 3. So Hebr. 11. not onely Men, but Women are commended for the strength of their Faith, as Sarah, Rahab, &c. And ver. 34. By Faith, some out of weaknesse were made strong, &c. Women received their Dead, raised to Life again, &c. yea, the Lord oftentimes gives greater measure of Grace to Women than he doth to Men. So Chap. 5. that Woman which had the bloody Issue shewed far greater Faith than Jairus the Ruler of the Synagogue. So Abigail far excelled Nabal her Husband in the Grace of Wisdom and Discretion, &c.

Reason. Reason. 2 Cor. 12. 9, The power of God is made perfect in weakness, &c.

Use. Use. Comfort to faithful and religious Women against the infirmities incident to their Sex. Though they be naturally the weaker Sex, yet if they conscionably use the means to get supernatural strength of Faith, Courage, Widsom, &c. the Lord will give these to them as soon as to Men. Let them therefore labour to be strong Men in graces of Faith, Wisdom, spirituall Courage, &c. Revel. 12. 5. The Woman travelling, brought forth a male Child. Such should all the Children of the Church labour to be, though not by natural Sex, yet by supernatural strength of Faith, &c. The next thing by which this Woman is described, is her outward pro­fession, being a Gentile, and her Country, being of Syrophoenicia. I will handle both these together.

A Greek] That is, a Gentile by outward profession. See Gal. 3. 28. one that formerly professed the Religion of the Greeks; that is, of the Pagans and Heathen, which lived in ignorance of the true God, and of his Word, and of the right manner of his Worship; being without God in the World, and strangers from the Common-wealth of Israel, Eph. 2. I say, she had formerly professed and lived in this blind and profane Religion of the Gentiles, though now she had (no doubt) renounced that Heathenish profession, and had be­gun to joyn her self to the People of the Jews, among whom was the Church of God at that time.

A Syrophoenician by Nation] That is, one that was born and lived in the Country of Syrophoenicia, which is so called (as is most probable), because Phoenicia was part of the Country of Syria, or else (as others think) because it bordered unto Syria.

Object. Object. Matth. 15. 22. She is called a Woman of Canaan, &c.

Answ. Answ. It is most probable (as the learned observe), That the same Country had both these names, and that it was called by the Hebrews and Jews the Land of Canaan, and by the Greeks Phoenicia: And this Canaan or Phoenicia was the Sea Coast of Syria, in which stood the Cities of Tyre and Sidon before mention­ed: Numb. 13. 29. The Spies brought word to Moses, That the Cananites dwelt by the Sea, and by the Coast of Jordan: And Judg. 1. 31, 32. it may appear that the Cananites dwelt either in Sidon, or near un­to it. Now Sidon was a City of Phoenicia, as hath bin before shewed, and is agreed upon by all the learned. (See Purchas his Pilgrim. p. 87. and Scultet. Annot. in Matth. & Marcum. Cap. 43.) Therefore it is most probable, That this Woman was of the Race and Stock of those cursed Canaanites which were yet remaining in that part of Syria, notwithstanding the People of God were commanded utterly to root them out.

Now the Evangelist doth mention her profession that she was a Gentile, and her Country, that she was a Syrophoenician or Cananite, thereby to commend the singular Grace and Mercy of God in calling her out of that grosse blindness and profaness in which she had formerly lived, and in revealing Christ unto her, and giving her Faith to believe in him.

Quest. Quest. How could she come to know Christ, and to believe in him, seeing she was a Gentile and a Cana­anite, which lived out of the visible Church among Pagans, &c. not having the Word of God among them to instruct them?

Answ. Answ. Though she were a Gentile and Canaanite; yet it is most likely, That many Jews also lived amongst the Cananites or Phoenicians in this Country, and were mingled with them. See Judg. 1. 31, 32. There­fore from the Jews she might learn the Doctrine of the Messiah taught in the Writings of Moses and the Pro­phets. (See Matth. 5. 22.) and so might be moved to believe in him; Besides, she had heard of the Fame of his divine Doctrine and great Miracles, as we shall see afterward more plainly, by which she was also moved to imbrace him as the true Messiah.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this Woman being a Gentile, was called to believe in Christ; and, coming to Him by Faith, did obtain this great benefit of having her Daughter freed from the tyranny of the Devil; and not onely this Temporall benefit, but even all Spirituall blessings which concerned her Salvation (as we are not to doubt): Hence gather, That Christ Jesus came into the World for the good and benefit not onely of Jews, but Gentiles; to be a Temporall and Spirituall Saviour and Deliverer of the Gentiles as well as the Jews, to de­liver them from all misery; especially from sin and from the power of Satan, &c. For this was implyed also by the deliverance of this Woman's Daughter from being possessed of the Devil: Luke 2. 31. Christ is called the Salvation prepared of God before all People, A Light to enlighten the Gentiles, and the Glory of his People Israel. For although Christ himself did not in his own person preach the Gospel to the Gentiles, (be­cause the due time for calling them was not yet come,) neither did he as yet generally extend his saving Grace towards them: yet by his mercy vouchsafed to this Woman, he did before hand shew and declare, That the Gentiles should afterward be more generally called, and brought to believe in him, and so reap the benefit of Salvation by him. The like we may gather from the example of the Centurion, Matth. 8. As [Page 442] the Sun before it arise in the Morning, doth cast up some beams of his light above the face of the Earth; so Christ Jesus, the Sun of Righteousness (Mal. 4.), before he was to shine forth by the full brightness of his Grace to the Gentiles, did first give some hope hereof, by letting some beams of that his Grace shine to some few of the Gentiles.

Ʋse. Use. This is for the comfort of us, who are of the Gentiles, to assure us, that if we labour by true Faith to imbrace and believe in Christ, we shall be partakers of the saving benefits of his Incarnation and death as well as the Jews, He hath broken down the partition-wall, Ephes. 2. 14. Yea, these benefits of Christ do now more peculiarly belong to us than to them; in that they are and have been a long time rejected of God, and cast off for their infidelity and contempt of Christ, and we which are Gentiles are by the unspeakable mercy of God, ingraffed into the Church in their room and stead, as the Apostle sheweth, Rom. 11.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this Woman, having formerly lived in profane Gentilism, was by the Mercy of God called out of that blindness and profaness to believe in Christ, and shewed her Faith thus by coming to Christ for her afflicted Daughter; we may observe, that the Lord doth sometimes effectually call, and work true Faith and saving Grace in such as have formerly lived in greatest Ignorance, Blindness, and Profaness of life. Thus Abraham was called to the true Knowledge of God, and indued with Faith, whereas before, he and his Parents had lived in gross Blindness and Idolatry, Josh. 24. 2. And we have sundry Examples in Scripture of such as have been called out of heathenish Ignorance and Profaness, and indued with true saving Faith; as Rahab the Harlot of Jericho; Naaman the Syrian; Ruth the Moabitesse; the Centurion, mentioned Matth. 8. Cornelius, Act. 10. &c. To this purpose also is that Prophecy, Isa. 9. 2. The People that walked in Darkness have seen a great Light; They that dwelt in the Land of the Shadow of Death, upon them hath the Light shined.

Reason. Reason. The Lord doth this to magnify and set out the riches of his Grace, in calling and shewing Mercy to such as are by Nature plunged in the deepest misery. See Ephes. 2. 4, 5.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To teach us not to despair of the Calling and Conversion of such as yet live in greatest blindnesse and profaness; yea, though they be such as live out of the visible Church, as Jews, Turks, Pagans, Hereticks, Papists, &c. though they yet live in Aegyptian darkness of Ignorance, and in grossest Profaness, Superstition, or Idolatry; without God, without Christ, without the Word of God, &c. yet God may hereafter call them, or some of them, out of this their misery, and shine to them by the light of his saving Grace in Christ. He that at the beginning caused Light to shine out of Darkness, is able to send the light of his Word and Spi­rit, where yet there is nothing but black and thick darkness of Ignorance, Sin, and Profaness. Therefore let us pity and pray for such People and Persons as do yet fit in spiritual Darkness and in the Region of Death, desiring the Lord to shine unto them by the light of his Grace, &c. So much of the Description of the Person which made sute unto Christ.

In the next place, I am to speak of the occasions or causes moving her to make her sute to Christ. The first whereof was the great Affliction laid upon her Daughter, being possessed with an unclean Spirit. Where we have two things expressed:

  • 1. The Affliction it self, Her Daughter was possessed of a Devill.
  • 2. A Description of the Devil by his Nature or Property, An Unclean Spirit.

Whose young Daughter had an Unclean Spirit,] that is, Was bodily possessed by a wicked Spirit or Devill, which was entred into her body, holding possession there, and grievously afflicting and tormenting her, as may appear Matth. 15. 22. Now this was a most heavy and grievous trial and affliction both to the Daughter and to the Mother; for she could not but out of natural Affection be greatly touched with fellow-feeling of this misery of her Daughter; and so much the more because her Daughter was young and little, and so the more weak and unfit to bear so grievous an Affliction; therefore her bowels of pity could not but yearn the more towards this her little Daughter: And this is the more probable, because naturally the Affection of Mothers to Children of their own Womb is known to be so exceeding great and vehement, being greater usu­ally than the affection of Fathers. Besides, this Affliction was in it self extraordinary and very heavy and grie­vous: It had been a grievous thing, if her little Daughter had been taken and visited with some dangerous Sickness or Disease in her body: but for her to be possessed of a Devil; yea, to be grievously racked and tor­mented of the Devill in her body; this was a far more grievous and heavy case: yea, this was (no doubt) more grievous to her than it would have been to see her Daughter taken away by death. She might justly wish her rather dead and buried (if it were the Will of God), than to be so given up of God to the Tyranny of the Devil to be so tormented of him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this Woman being a Believer in Christ was tried and exercised with this heavy Afflicti­on, we may learn, that the Lord useth to lay very heavy and grievous afflictions and troubles upon his own Children and Servants: Psal. 34. 19. Many (or great) are the troubles of the Righteous. Heb. 12. 6. The Lord scourgeth every Son whom he receiveth: that Phrase implyeth a sharp and grievous Chastisement. How many Examples have we of this in Scripture? Time will not suffer to mention half of them; therefore only to touch a few in stead of all. Who hath not heard of the many and grievous Afflictions of Job, both inward and out­ward in his Body, Goods, Wife, Children, yea, and in his Soul and Conscience too? So how grievous trou­bles did the Lord lay upon Joseph, David, Jeremy, Jonah, Lazarus, Paul, and many others of his most ex­cellent Servants mentioned in Scripture? In a word, Whom do we read of among all the Generation of the Righteous whom the Lord did not one time or other exercise with grievous Crosses and Afflictions in one kind or another, though not all in like measure? Hebr. 11. We have a Cloud of witnesses to confirm this Point to us.

Many Reasons why the Lord thus grievously afflicteth his own Children. The principall whereof are these:

  • 1. To make them conformable to Christ Jesus, their Head and Saviour, who was a man of sorrows, conse­crated through many and grievous Afflictions, &c.
  • 2. To make thorough-proof and trial of his own Graces in them, especially their Faith, Hope, and Pati­ence; and to manifest the truth and soundness of these graces in them. So saith Job, Thou hast tried me, and I [Page 443] shall come forth as the Gold: And hence it is, that Afflictions in Scripture are so often called Tentations or Trials. See Deut. 8. 2.
  • 3. To humble them for sin, and to bring them to a thorough-sight of it, and withal to cause them to renew their Repentance for such sins into which they have fallen after their Calling through Ignorance, Infirmity, or Presumption. This we see in Joseph's Brethren, and in David, Psal. 119. 67. Before I was afflicted I went astray, &c.
  • 4. To restrain and keep them back from sin for time to come, making them more wary and fearful of it, because they have so much smarted for it: Job 33. 16. He sealeth the Instruction (or Correction) of Man, that he may withdraw him from his (evil) purpose, and hide Pride from him: He keepeth back his Soul from the Pit, &c.
  • 5. To wean their hearts from the World, and to stir up in them a sighing and longing after Heaven, and that blessed rest which there is prepared for them, in which all tears shall be wiped from their eyes, and all troubles shall cease, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. Take heed how we censure any to be wicked, or out of God's favour, because we see or hear that they have grievous Afflictions laid on them by the hand of God; for so we may condemn [...]ob, David, and the whole Generation of the just; yea, Christ himself: But know this, that one may be exercised with sharp and grievous troubles, and yet be dearly beloved of God, and in high favour with him: So was [...]ob, David, &c. Heb. 12. Whom the Lord loveth he chastiseth, &c. yea, he doth it out of his Love, and for their great good.

Use. 2 Use 2. This may greatly comfort God's Children, when they meet with sharp and grievous troubles im­posed on them of God: There is no cause for them to be discouraged or faint under them, seeing God deals no worse with them than he hath done with his most excellent Saints and Servants formerly, who have drunk as deep of this bitter Cup as themselves. Therefore think not strange though God try and exercise us with grievous troubles inward or outward. This is no new thing for the Lord thus sharply to chastise his own in this life; but it is the ancient course which he hath alwayes used to take with them. See 1 Pet. 4. 12. Consi­der also that the Lord doth thus sharply chastize us for our great good.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. It must teach all God's Children to make accompt before-hand of taking up their Cross, and to prepare and arm themselves to bear troubles; yea, heavy and grievous Afflictions. Now in time of peace and prosperity, prepare for the evil day; and, while it is calm, prepare for storms hereafter to arise and beat against us; else we shall never be able to bear it when it comes upon us, but must needs faint in the day of Adversity, and sink under the burden of the Cross. Oh, therefore let us now before-hand think of troubles which may come, and make them present to us, and arm our selves with Faith and Patience to bear them when they shall come. Especially labour for Faith in God's speciall Love and Mercy to us in Christ, forgiving our sins and accepting us as his Children; that, being assured hereof, we may patiently and obediently submit to his hand in the most grievous trials which he layeth on us; then shall we say with Job, Though he kill me, I will trust in him. Hab. 2. The just shall live by Faith. This is true, espe­cially of the time of Affliction, when God's hand is most heavy on us: Faith will sustain and comfort us in the greatest and heaviest troubles that can come. On the other side, without Faith the leightest Affliction will dismay us, and cause Impatiency: Pray therefore for more and more strength of Faith against the evill day; the want of this is the cause that we are so unfit to bear crosses when they come, especially heavy and grie­vous trials, that either we faint under them, or grow to inward murmuring or impatiency, or to use un­lawfull means to come out of trouble, &c. Again, if we would be fit to bear grievous Affliction, when they shall come, let us now in the mean time enure and frame our selves to the patient suffering of lesser trou­bles, &c.

Mark 7. 25.‘For a certain Woman, whose young Daughter had an unclean Spirit, &c. June 23. 1622.

Observ. 2 OBserv. 2. In that this heavy Affliction, laid upon this Woman, is here mentioned as the cause moving her to come and seek to Christ for her Daughter; we may learn, that Afflictions sanctified are excel­lent means to stir up and quicken to Prayer and earnest seeking of God. Hos. 5. 15. In their Affliction they will seek me early. Isa. 26. 16. Lord, in trouble have they visited thee; they powred out a Prayer when thy chastening was upon them Job 33. 26. The Sinner that is chastened of God upon his Bed, shall then pray unto God, &c. Exam­ple, Manasseh, 2 Chron. 33. The Saints of God have never been so forward and diligent in Prayer, never so fervent in it, as in time of greatest trouble. So David being in the deep cryed unto the Lord, Psal. 130. 1. and at other times often. So Hezekiah in his dangerous sickness, Isa. 38. Jonah in the Whale' [...] belly: Jeremy in the Dungeon, &c. Lam. 3. The Israelites, Psal. 107. See before in the 22. and 23. Verses of the fifth Chapter.

Use 1 Use 1. See by this how good and profitable it is for God's Children to be exercised with many and great troubles; in that these being sanctified are such excellent means to quicken unto that Duty, unto which by Nature, and of themselves, they are so dull, heavy, and backward; that is, to the exercise of Prayer. Le [...] us then be willing to suffer troubles, if it be but to stir us up to this excellent Duty: Our own experience will teach us, that we never are so diligent or fervent in this Exercise as when we are under the Cross; never pray we with such Faith, Feeling, &c. On the other side, when all goes well with us, how dull, negligent, and careless are we apt to grow in Prayer?

Ʋse 2 Use 2. By this learn to know whether our afflictions be sanctified unto us or no; viz. if they stir up and quicken us to more earnest seeking of God by Prayer; if they drive us nearer to God, it is a sign that we make some good and holy use of our troubles, not otherwise.

Quest. Quest. But may not Affliction drive a wicked man [...]t God by Prayer?

Answ. Answ. Extremity of trouble, pain, or grief, may force him to cry out unto God in words; it may wring from him words of Prayer, but it doth not make him pray unto God conscionably, with true Faith, or any comfortable hope or assurance to be heard. See Hos. 7. 14.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that it is said, This Woman's Daughter was possessed with an unclean Spirit: We are taught, That the Devil by God's sufferance may have power over the Bodies of Men, and Women, or Children, to enter into them; and being in them to afflict and torment them, as he did this young Damsell; yea, he may have power over the Bodies of the Saints and Faithfull, and of their Children; as he had over Job and his Children, and over this faithfull Womans Daughter. But of this see before, Chap. 1. Ver. 23.

An unclean Spirit] Touching this attribute given to the Devil. See also Chap. 1. 23.

Mark 7. 25.—‘Heard of Him, and came and fell at His feet. June, 30. 1622.

THe second Occasion moving this Woman to come to Christ, and to make this sute for her Daughter, was the Fame which she had heard of Christ.

Heard of Him] That is, of the excellency of his Person, and of his divine Doctrine, and great Miracles which he had formerly wrought in other places and parts of Judea; the Fame and Report whereof (as it is likely) was brought unto her by such as had formerly travailed from these Coasts of Tyre and Sidon into those parts of Galilee and Judea, where our Saviour had preached and wrought Miracles, there to hear him, and to be partakers of his Miracles; (as may appear, Chap. 3. 8. and Luke 6. 17.) Now this Fame which she heard of Him, moved her to believe that he was that Messiah promised and foretold in the Writings of Moses and the Prophets; in the which it is likely she had bin before instructed in some measure by the Jews which lived amongst the Gentiles in these Coasts of Tyre and Sidon, as hath bin before shewed: Now being thus perswaded that he was the Messiah, and that he was able and willing to cast the Devil out of her Daughter, she was thereupon moved to come and sue unto him for help.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this Woman first heard of Christ, and by hearing report of him, came to some know­ledge of him, before she believed in him, and testified her Faith by coming to sue unto him for her Daugh­ter: Hence observe, that, Knowledge of Christ must go before true Faith in Christ, in order of Nature, as the Ground and Motive of it. See before Chap. 5. 27.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That the knowledge and perswasion of God's power and goodness, that he is able and willing to hear and grant our sutes; must be the Ground and Motive of all the prayers we make unto Him. This Woman by the Fame she had heard of Christ, came to know and to be perswaded that He was the Messiah; and therefore able and willing to hear and grant her sute, and this moves her to come and sue to Him for her afflicted Daughter. Therefore also in the Preface of the Lord's Prayer we are taught to use these words, Our Father which art in Heaven, which words do imply both our perswasion of the goodnesse and mercy of God, in that we Call him our Father; and likewise our perswasion of his Power, in that we acknowledge him to be in Heaven; so by this preface, we are taught, That in praying to God we must be perswaded of his Power that He is able to hear us, and of his Grace and Mercy that He is ready and willing to hear us, and the perswa­sion of both these must move us to pray to Him.

Reason. Reason. True prayer must be made in Faith: Rom. 10. 14. How shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? Now Faith perswadeth us both of God's power, That He is able to do abundantly above all that we can ask or think, and also of his goodness and mercy, that he is willing and ready to give us those things we ask, so far as stands with his Glory, and our Good and Salvation.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Labour for this knowledg and perswasion of Faith, touching the Power and Goodness of God, that He is both able and willing to hear our prayers, and to grant the Petition we ask of Him, that so this may quicken and stirr us up to pray unto Him in our necessities. Now of the first of these it is easie to be perswaded, and every one will yield that God is able to grant our Requests; but the difficulty is, to be perswaded that He is also willing to grant them so far as is good for us. This therefore thou must especially labour and strive by Faith to believe: And to this end often meditate of the gracious promises of God, which He hath in his Word made to such as call upon Him in truth of Heart, and be assured that He will make them good unto thee, if thou so pray unto Him. See Hebr. 11. 6. So much of the Occasions moving this Woman to come and sue to Christ or her Daughter. In the next place I am to speak of the manner of her coming to put up this her sute; She fell at his feet] This Gesture she used:

  • 1. In way of religious reverence and adoration of the Person of Christ, whom she believed to be more then a Man, even the Son of God, &c.
  • 2. To testifie and expresse the inward Humility of her Heart, and the sense of her own vilenesse and unworthinesse to receive so great a favour from Christ as she asked of Him. See before, Chap. 5. 22.

Observ. Observ. Such as come to God in prayer, must come in most humble and reverent manner before Him. See Chap. 1. Ver. 40. Twofold humility requisite:

  • 1. Inward in Heart, touched with lively feeling of our unworthiness, &c.
  • 2. Outward, in Carriage and Gestures of the Body.

It followeth. She besought him that he would cast out the Devil, &c. By this sute she shewed her compassi­on of her Child being in this misery, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here in the example of this Woman, what Christians should do, what course they should take in all Afflictions and Distresses, wherewith the Lord tryeth them either in their own persons, or in those that belong unto them, and are dear unto them; The best remedy and means to be used, is to go unto God, and to seek to him by the prayer of Faith, desiring help, comfort, and deliverance out of such troubles. See before, Chap. 1. Ver. 40.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Parents may learn of this Woman to take speciall care of their Children being in misery and distresse, shewing pitty on them, and using the best means to help them out of their miseries. Thus did this Syrophoenician Woman in coming and suing to Christ by prayer of Faith to cast the Devil out her Daugh­ter. So Jairus for his Daughter lying at point of Death, Chap. 5. 23. So that Noble man for his son, Joh. 4. 47. So the Shunamite, 2 King. 4. 1 Tim. 5. 8. If any provide not for his own, and especially for those of his own House; he hath denyed the Faith, and is worse then an Infidel. Especially he that provides not for them in time [Page 445] of affliction, when they have most need of care and provision. This is true of Bodily and Spirituall mise­ries.

1. In bodily Miseries and Afflictions, as Sicknesses, Pain, danger of Death, &c. Parents are to pitty and take care of their Children, using the best means they can for their help and comfort; as good Dyet, Physick, &c. joyning prayer also with the use of these.

2. In spirituall miseries of their Souls; when Children are spiritually sick of sin, and diseased with the deadly Maladies of sin, and when they are under the power of Satan ruling in their Hearts, and holding possession in them by his temptations, &c. In these Cases Parents ought especially to pitty and take care of their own Children, to help and relieve them by all means which they can use; as by admonition, reproof, correction, prayer for them, &c.

Reasons. 1. The light of nature teacheth Parents to have this care and compassion of their own Children in all their miseries: The very Heathen knew it, and practised; yea, brute Beasts by naturall instinct do pra­ctise it.

2. The Miseries and Afflictions of the Child are in some sort the Parents own Afflictions, and so should be accompted by them. Therefore Matth. 15. 22. this Woman prayed Christ to have mercy on her self: Have mercy on me, &c.

3. God sometimes smiteth the Child for the Parents sin, 1 King. 17. 18. The widdow of Sarepta acknow­ledgeth the Sickness and Death of her son to be as a Chastisement sent upon her for her own sin.

Use. Ʋse. For reproof of such unnaturall Parents, who take no such care and pitty of their Children in their miseries, when God's hand is upon them; but let them alone, using no such means as is fit to help and relieve them. Some are so carelesse as not to seek to the Physitian for their sick Child, but let it alone to sink or swim, &c. Others seek onely to the Physitian, and use other outward helps and means, but seek not to God by prayer for his blessing on the means. Others are pittifull to their Children in their bodily miseries, as Sickness, Pain, Lameness, &c. but shew no compassion, nor take any care to help them out of Spirituall miseries. Though deadly sick of sin, yet use no means of admonition, correction, prayer, &c. Though spi­ritually possessed of Satan, &c.

Mark 7. 27, &c.‘But Jesus said unto Her, &c. July, 7. 1622.

OF the place where this Miracle was wrought you have heard, as also of the Occasion or Cause moving Christ to work it, which was the earnest sute of the Woman whose Daughter was possessed of a De­vil. Now followeth the order and manner of our Saviour's proceeding in granting her sute, and working the Miracle; in that he did not at first yield to her sute, but put her off, and seemed utterly to deny and refuse to hear her: yet at length being further importuned by her, he yielded to her request in dispossessing her Daughter of the Devil. In the words, consider four things.

  • 1. Christ's answer to her sute, Ver. 27. Let the Children first be filled, &c.
  • 2. Her reply unto him, taking occasion from his words to prosecute her sute, Ver. 28. She answered and said, Yes, Lord, yet the Doggs under the Table, &c.
  • 3. Our Saviour's second answer, comforting her, and assuring her that the Devil was indeed cast out of her Daughter, Ver. 29.
  • 4. The Issue and Event which followed, Ver. 30. When she was come to her House, she found the Devil gone out, &c.

Touching the first, our Saviour doth not presently grant her sute, but seemeth utterly to reject it; alledg­ing a twofold reason of his denyall.

1. From the Circumstance of the Time, in that the Jews were first to be made partakers of the benefits of Christ the Messiah before the Gentiles; therefore seeing the time appointed for the generall Calling of the Gentiles, and for the making of them partakers of Christ and his benefits was not yet come: Hence our Saviour reasoneth against this Woman, That she being a Gentile was not yet to reap this benefit by him. This is implyed in these words, Let the Children first be filled.

2. From the inconvenience and unfitness of the matter which she requested; In that it was not meet or fit for him to take the Childrens Bread, and to cast it to Doggs; that is, to bestow the Benefits of the Messiah upon her, being a Gentile which belonged peculiarly to the Jews. Now further to clear the sense of the words.

Quest. Quest. Why did not our Saviour at first hear this Woman, and grant her sute, but put her off, and thus reason and argue against her, seeing she was so forward to come unto him for her help, and testified her Faith in cry­ing earnestly to Him; and seeing he used at other times to be so ready to hear and help such as came and prayed and sought to him. It may therefore seem strange that he should now be so backward to hear and grant her Petition, and this might in all likelyhood greatly discourage her being but a young Christian newly con­verted, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. Our Saviour knew well (as he was God) the strength and soundness of her Faith, that she would not by this means be discouraged, but rather stirred up to be the more importunate with him.

2. He thus rejected her at first, that by this means he might throughly exercise and try her Faith, that so the strength and soundness of it might by this great tryall be the more clearly manifested both to her self for her comfort; and to others for their example, to encourage them to shew forth the like constancy of Faith.

Let the Children] That is, the People of the Jews so called, because they were at that time the onely People whom God had chosen, and outwardly called and adopted unto Himself to be His Church and People, to know and worship Him aright; and with whom He had Covenanted to be their God, to blesse them with Temporall and Spirituall Blessings of this Life, and the Life to come: Rom. 9. 4. To them did pertain the Adoption, and the Glory, and the Covenants, and the giving of the Law, and the service of God, and the Promises: Exod. 4. 22. Israel is my Son, my first born: Matth. 8. 12. Called children of the Kingdom; that is, Members of the Visible Church of God upon Earth.

First be filled,] that is, Fed and satisfied with the benefits of the Messiah; called afterward, The Childrens Bread.

It is not meet] fit, or convenient; or, It is not good or lawful: for so much seems to be implyed. Sic Beza in Mat. 15. 26.

Childrens Bread,] that is, The benefits of the Messiah, whether spiritual or temporal, and particularly this benefit of his Doctrine and Miracles.

Bread] is in Scripture put by the figure Syneshdoche for all Blessings of this Life (as in the fourth Pe­tition of the Lord's Prayer, Give us this day, our daily Bread,) but here we are to take it more largely, for all benefits spiritual and temporal, which Christ, the Messiah, came to bestow upon Mankind; and be­cause he came to bestow them first and peculiarly upon the Jews, therefore they are here called, The Childrens Bread.

And to cast it to Doggs,] For understanding of this, know that this name of Dogg is in Scripture diversly used.

  • 1. Sometimes it is used to note out wicked and ungodly Persons, resembling the nature and properties of Dogs by their sins. So Matth. 6. 7. Give not that which is holy to Dogs; that is, to notorious and obstinate wicked Persons. Phil. 3. 2. False Teachers are called Dogs. So Isa. 56. 10. Negligent and unconscionable Pastors are so called. See Rev. 22. 15.
  • 2. Sometimes it signifies any vile, base, or object Person; of base condition and accompt: 1 Sam. 17. 43. Goliah saidtto David, Am I a Dog? &c. 2 Sam. 16. 9. Simei is called a dead Dog.
  • 3. Sometimes it is used to signify such profane People or Persons as live out of the true visible Church of God, having no Communion with it; as the Gentiles did in our Saviour's time. So here it is to be taken to signify the profane Gentiles which lived out of the Church of God: And they are fitly called Dogs by our Saviour Christ.
    • 1. Because they were accompred base and abject People before God, and so also the Jews, the People of God, esteemed them; calling them the Uncircumcision, in way of reproach and contempt, as may appear, Eph. 2. 11.
    • 2. Because they were also profane and wicked in the accompt of God, and of His Peo­ple.
    • 3. Because they were excluded from the fellowship of God's Church, as Dogs use to be shut out of their Masters Houses. So much of the sense of the words in this Verse.

Now to the Instructions: And first I will gather some Points which arise generally from the whole Verse.

1. General Observation. In that our Saviour being earnestly sued unto by this Woman to help her Daugh­ter out of this misery in which she was, doth at first deny and refuse to hear and grant her request, though he purposed at length to grant it; we learn, that the Lord doth not alwayes at first grant the Petitions which his Children ask of him in Prayer, but delaieth for a time, and seemeth not to hear or regard their Prayers, but even to stop his ears against them, though he purpose in due time to hear them. Thus he dealt with David; therefore Psal. 69. 3. he saith, he was weary of crying, his throat was dried, and his eyes failed, while he wait­ed for his God. See Psal. 22. 1, 2. So the Church complaineth, Lam. 3. 8. When I cry and shout, he shutteth out my Prayer. and Ver. 44. Thou hast covered thy self with a Cloud, that our Prayer should not pass through. So Paul besought the Lord thrice, and yet was not heard in that which he desired, 2 Cor. 12. 8. See Cant. 5. 6.

Reasons why the Lord thus deferreth to hear.

  • 1. To try and exercise the Faith and Patience of his Servant [...], in depending and waiting on him for the good things they ask, though it be long ere they receive and enjoy them.
  • 2. To stir up and quicken them to constancy and fervency in Prayer, not fainting or growing cold, though they be not presently or quickly heard.

Use 1 Use 1. Great comfort to such of God's Children as do not presently or forthwith feel and find the fruit, effect, and comfort of their Prayers, in receiving the good things they have sued for; yea, though they have long sought unto him for some Blessing or Mercy, or for removal of some evil, and yet the Lord seemeth deaf to all their Supplications, to shut out all their Prayers, &c. yet no cause is there to be discouraged, much less to faint or give over their sute, seeing the Lord usually thus dealeth with his dearest Servants, deferring to grant their sutes for trial and exercise of their Faith and Patience, and to quicken them to more earnestness and constancy in the Duty. Therefore faint not, but hold out in thy sutes to God, waiting patiently on him for the accomplishment of all thy desires, being assured that he will at length satisfy them so far as it shall be for thy good. In the mean time, learn, not to prescribe the Lord any time when he shall hear thy Prayers; He knoweth best the fittest time; leave it therefore to him, and be not over-hasty to have thy desires satisfied. He that believeth will not make haste, Isa. 28. 16. but will stay and wait the Lord's time and leasure, knowing that though he deferr a while, yea a long time, yet he will most certainly hear at length; though not in giv­ing the very thing thou desirest, yet at least in giving that which is as good, or better for thee. Though he yet make shew as if he would never grant thy requests, yet he hath a purpose undoubtedly to grant them in due time, and perhaps very speedily, this very day, or the next, &c. He made shew to this Woman as if he would never grant her sute, and yet we see he granted it by and by after upon her further importuning him.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what need of Faith we have, and of long Patience, to hold out and persevere in the duty of Pray­er, seeing the Lord useth so to defer and put off the sutes of his Children, and that sometimes very long. Heb. 10. 36. Ye have need of Patience. So also of Faith, to depend and rest on God for the accomplishment of our desires in Prayer, else never shall we be able to persevere in Prayer: Pray therefore, and labour for these graces more and more.

Observ. 2. In that our Saviour maketh so strange of this Woman's sute made to him in her Daughter's Af­fliction, seeming as if he would not help and deliver her, and yet had a purpose soon after to help her; we [Page 447] may learn this, that the Lord doth sometimes shew himself strange toward his Children in their troubles, making shew as if he did not regard them, or would not help and deliver them, when at the same time he is purposed speedily to help them. See before Chap. 6. 48. Thus the Lord seemed not to regard the Israelites in their bondage in Aegypt, but suffered it to grow greater; and yet even then was he minded speedily to de­liver them. So David, Psal. 22. 1. compared with v. 22. &c. So when Jonah seemed to be cast out from God's sight, his deliverance was at hand.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See here how many wayes, and how mightily the Faith of this Woman was tried and exerci­sed: This may appear by comparing this Verse with Matth. 15. 23, unto the 27th. It was a great trial to her Faith, to have her young Daughter possessed of a Devil. But this made it much greater, that when she came to Christ for hlep, he was so far from hearing and granting her request, that he vouchsafed not to answer her a word at first. Yet was not this all, for there are sundry other circumstances expressed by the Evange­lists, which do shew how wonderfully her Faith was assaulted; for our Saviour did not onely refuse at first to speak to her, but when he did speak, he gave her none but words of great discouragement; first telling her plainly, that he was not sent but to the lost sheep of the House of Israel, that is, to the Jews; therefore not to her, being a Gentile and not a Jew. Then when she further urged her sute in most humble and reverent manner, he answered, as we see in this Verse, giving her no more comfort than before; nay, rather much grea­ter discomfort, in that he doth argue or plead against her, shewing Reasons why he could not grant her Re­quest, and seeming withal to blame and reprove her for asking that which was not fit for him to give; yea, not onely so, but reproaching her also with the name of a Dogg, &c. Hence observe, That the Lord doth use to exercise the Faith of his Children in this life with many and great trials and oppositions. And these are of two sorts:

1. Outward Afflictions in Body, Goods, good Name, Friends, &c. with these the Lord useth great­ly to try and exercise the Faith of his Children, as we see in the Examples of Job, David, and many others in Scripture. See Heb. 11. 36.

2. Inward tryal, which are of two sorts:

1. Such as the Lord suffereth Satan to exercise the Faith of his Children with, Luke 22. 31. Satan hath desired you, to sift you as Wheat, &c. that is, greatly to try and assault your Faith. Thus the Lord tryed Paul's Faith, by the Messenger of Satan buffeting him, 2 Cor. 12. 17.

2. Such trials wherewith the Lord himself doth oftentimes immediately from himself exercise his Chil­drens Faith; for thus he doth often oppose himself directly against their Faith, and wrestle with it and with them inwardly, (as he did with Jacob, Gen. 32. 22.) causing them inwardly to feel the burden of their sins and the terrours of his wrath; which is the greatest and most fearful of all trials. Thus he tried David, Job, He­zekiah. And thus our Saviour Christ here tryed the Faith of this Woman, opposing it directly, and fighting against it (as it were) by Reasons and Arguments, pleading against her, &c.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. That their Faith being thus greatly assaulted, the soundness of it may more clearly shine forth to themselve and others.

2. That this through-trial of their Faith may be found to their eternal praise, honour and, glory at the day of Christ, 1 Pet. 1. 7.

3. That the wonderful Power of God may be glorified, strengthning them to bear so great Assaults.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To make accompt of this, that our Faith must be greatly tryed and assaulted with many difficulties and oppositions outward and inward; sometimes by outward crosses lying heavy on us, sometimes by Satan tempting us to distrust, &c. sometimes by God himself wrastling with us, and seeming to fight against our Faith; yea, sometimes we must look to feel all these assaults at once to be made against our Faith: therefore prepare and arm our selves before-hand daily to fight this good fight of Faith, 1 Tim. 6. 12. As it is a good fight, so it is a very great fight, even the greatest that can be endured in this life. Far more difficult and dangerous than any bodily fight or warfare against bodily Enemies. Ephes. 6. 12. We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against Principalities and Powers, &c. yea, sometimes against God himself, as Jacob did, &c. See how truly our life is said in Scripture to be a Warfare, and we to be Souldiers, &c. Therefore look not for a life of ease, nor think it an easy matter to be a good Christian; no, we must endure hardness, as it is said 2 Tim. 2. 3. Our Faith must endure many and great combats outward and inward; fightings within, and terrours without, as Paul felt. Therefore daily prepare and arm our selves to fight this great fight of Faith, lest when we meet with so great Enemies and Oppositions, we be dismayed.

Quest. Quest. How shall we prepare and arm our selves?

Answ. Answ. 1. Pray unto God daily for more and more strength of Faith, whereby we may be able to with­stand so many and great assaults as we must look for; Pray as the Apostles did unto Christ, Lord increase our Faith: and with him Mark 9. I believe, Lord help my Unbelief. Joyn also Prayer to the use of other good means for the strengthning of our Faith, as diligent hearing of the Word, reading of the Scriptures, meditation on the Promises of the Gospel, &c.

2. See that our Faith be true and sound Faith, not fained and counterfeit. If it be true and sound, effec­tually apprehending God's Mercy in Christ, &c. then it will be able to hold out, and to endure all Oppo­sitions. But if it be a counterfeit Shadow of Faith; if it be but a carnal Presumption or vain Imagination, or a temporary Faith, it will never hold out against so great trials as must be indured. Ephes. 6. 16. It is said to be our Shield whereby we must quench all the fiery darts of Satan. Look therefore it be not a broken Shield, but firm and sound, such as may bear off the greatest blows which Satan can give us by his Temptations, &c. To this end, often examine our Faith by the Word of God, that we may know it to be a Shield of Proof.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Comfort to the faithful, meeting with great and manifold assaults made against their Faith, when they are not onely tryed with outward Afflictions, but also much exercised with inward trials and oppositions of Satan; yea, when they feel God himself wrestling against them, and shewing himself as an enemy to them: Yet let them not be dismaied, or cast away their Faith and Confidence in God, and in his Mercy, knowing this, that it is no News for the Faith of God's Children to be thus mightily assaulted on every [Page 448] side; but it hath ever been so: yea, it it for their good to be thus tryed and exercised, &c. And withall, Let them know, That howsoever their Faith may be greatly tryed and assaulted; yet if it be sound, it shall never be overthrown: It may be shaken dangerously, but never quite overturned; Satan may winnow them, but not utterly and finally vanquish their Faith: Hell Gates cannot prevayl against it, Matth. 16. Yea, though God Himself sometimes seem to fight against them, yet as He assaulteth them with one hand or arm (as it were); so will He strengthen them with other, so as they shall in the end prevail as Jacob did, &c. Gen. 32. 24, 25.

Mark 7. 27.‘But Jesus said unto her, Let the Children first be filled: For it is not meet to take the Childrens Bread, July, 14. 1622. and cast it unto Doggs.’

OF the generall Instructions to be gathered from the 27. Ver. we have spoken. Now to proceed to such Observations as do more particularly arise from the words.

And first to speak of the former part of the Verse, in which is laid down the first Reason alledged by our Saviour, why He refused to grant the Petition of this Woman for her Daughter; which Reason is taken from the Circumstance of Time, in which she made her Petition to Him, which was the time appointed for the outward Calling of the Jews by the Doctrine and Miracles of Christ, who were first to be Called, and first to be made partakers of the Benefits of Christ, before the Gentiles, the time of whose Calling was not yet come, &c. This is implyed in these Words, Let the Children first be filled. The sense of them hath been ope­ned before. Now therefore to gather some matter of Instruction from them.

Quest. Quest. If the time of the Calling of the Gentiles was not yet come, and that the Jews were first to partake in Christ's Benefits; then why was this Woman being a Gentile so soon Called, and made partaker of Christ's Benefits?

Answ. Answ. Though the time of the generall Calling of the Gentiles was not yet come; yet this hindred not but that some particular Gentiles, as this Woman, and some few other might be Called, and made partakers of Christ and his Benefits, before some of the Jews.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we see, That it was the peculiar Priviledge of the People of the Jews, that they were first to be Called outwardly by the Doctrine and Miracles of Christ, and first to be made partakers outwardly of the Benefit of Christ's Doctrine and Miracles; and as it were to be fed or filled with that Bread before the Gentiles: Matth. 15. 24. I am not sent, but to the lost Sheep of the House of Israel; that is, first and chiefly to them: Rom. 15. 8. He is called a Minister of the Circumcision; that is, of the People of the Jews which were Circumcised: Joh. 1. 11. He came to his own, and his own received him not.

Use. Use. Hence gather, That such as are first in regard of outward Priviledges and Favours of God which con­cern Salvation, may be last in regard of reaping true Fruit of and Benefit by such Priviledges. So were the Jews, they were first made partakers outwardly of Christ's Doctrine and Miracles, they had these means of Salvation first offered to them before the Gentiles; yet because they made not such use of them as they should have done; but contemned and rejected Christ, and his Doctrine and Miracles, therefore they were last in reaping Fruit by Christ, and by his Doctrine and Miracles; in this they came behind many of the Gen­tiles: Joh. 1. 11. He came to his own, and his own received him not. Though some received Him, yet the greatest part rejected Him, and did not profit by his Preaching and Miracles. So also afterward in the Apo­stles Dayes, the Gentiles were more forward to embrace the Gospel than the Jews. See Acts 13. 48. So at this Day, we see the same verified, in that the Jews do still remain in obstinate blindness, refusing to im­brace Christ and his Cospel, which yet is imbraced daily by other Nations. This verifies that of our Savi­our: Matth. 19. ver. ult. Many that are first shall be last, and the last shall be first. Which must therefore teach us not to rest in this, that we go before others in some outward Priviledges which concern Salvation, as in having the outward means of Salvation, as the Ministery of the Word and Sacrament amongst us: But see that we make true and right use of them, least otherwise, if we contemn the means, and live unprofitably under them; others which have not had the like means, or not so soon as we, do go before us into the Kingdom of Heaven. The Scribes and Pharisees were before the common sort of People in regard of out­ward Priviledges, as in respect of their outward Dignity and Calling, being teachers of the Church; yet the Publicans and Harlots went before them into the Kingdom of Heaven. So it may be with us, if we make not good use of the means of Salvation which we enjoy above many others, &c. Besides that, for our contempt of the means, God may justly take them from us as He did from the Jews, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this also is mentioned here as a prerogative of the Jews, that they were in our Saviour's time the Children of God in regard of outward Adoption, to be his People above other Nations, and in re­gard of outward Interest and Title to God's Covenant which He made with Abraham and his Seed, &c. Hence we may Learn, That it is a great Priviledge and Benefit for any People or Persons to be Children of God in regard of outward Adoption and Calling, and in regard of outward right and title to God's Covenant of Grace which He hath made with Mankind in Christ: Rom. 9. 4. It is reckoned as a great Honour and Priviledge of the Jews, that to them pertained the Adoption, and the Glory, and the Covenants, &c. See also Exod. 4. 22. and Exod. 19. 5. Ye shall be a peculiar Treasure to me above all People, &c. Matth. 8. 12. Called Children of the Kingdom.

Quest. Quest. What is it to be outwardly within God's Covenant, or to be outwardly Adopted as his Chil­dren?

Answ. Answ. Nothing else but to be a member of the visible Church of God; that is, one of that number which are outwardly Called, and do professe the Name of God, and his true Religion and Worship; for with such onely God doth make his Covenant, To be their God, to bless them and to save them, so far forth as they keep the Conditions of the Covenant which He requireth of them, that is to say, so far forth as they believe in Christ, repent of their sins, and bring forth Fruits of Repentance, and new Obedience in their Lives. God doth not make his Covenant of Grace with all the World, but onely with His Church which are out­wardly [Page 449] Called to know and professe his Name, and to Worship and serve him aright according to his Word: Now all that are in this number may be said to be outwardly within the Covenant of God, and to be out­wardly Adopted as his Children, though otherwise many of them be not truly and indeed within the Cove­nant in regard of being partakers of the Fruit and Benefit of it, nor yet truly the Children of God by Faith in Christ. Now that it is a great Benefit to be outwardly Adopted of God, and within his Covenant, may appear by reason: Because all Temporall and Spirituall Blessings, promised in God's Covenant, do belong onely to such as are of the visible Church, and so within the Tenour of the Covenant; and not to those out of the Covenant.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Be thankfull unto God for his great Favour and Priviledge which He hath vouchsafed us, viz. to be Born, and live in the Bosome of the visible Church, and so to be within His Covenant, &c. A wonder­ful Favour and Mercy of God! a wonderful Prerogative thus to be the Adopted People of God, and Children of the Covenant, and of the Kingdom. It is not so with all Nations; nay, there are many Nations and Peo­ples in the World which have no part in the Adoption and Covenant of God, &c. Seeing then it is no common Favour, Let us be the more thankfull unto God for it, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See how much greater Priviledge it must needs be, to be indeed and in truth the Adopted Chil­dren of God by Faith in Christ, and truly within the Covenant, partaking in the Fruit and Effect of it; that is, in the saving Blessings promised in it: Joh. 1. 12. As many as received Him, to them gave He Priviledge to be the Sons of God, &c. 1 Joh. 3. 1. Behold, what love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the Sons of God, &c. Rom. 8. 12. If Children of God, then also Heirs of God, &c. Labour therefore above all for true Faith in Christ, by which alone we are made Sons and Daughters of God. Gal. 3. 26.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. If it be such a Priviledge to be outwardly within the Covenant, then it is a great blessing to be born of Religious Parents. See 1 Cor. 7. 14. Parents therefore should labour to be Religious, that their Chil­dren may be within the Covenant. So much of the first Reason used by our Saviour, why He denyed to grant this Womans sute for her afflicted Daughter; taken from the Circumstance of the Time, in that the time was not yet come in which the Gentiles were to be generally Called and made partakers of Christ's Be­nefits.

Now followeth the second Reason, taken from the inconvenience or unlawfulness of the thing she asked. It is not meet to take the Childrens Bread, &c. The sense of the words is before cleared.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. If it were not meet, for the Benefit of Christ's Doctrine or Miracles to be imparted to the Gen­tiles, why then did our Saviour afterward bestow the benefit of this Miracle upon this Woman?

Answ. Answ. This which our Saviour here affirmeth, is not generally or absolutely to be understood of all the Gentiles, as if it were unfit for any of them to partake in any Benefit of Christ as yet: but it is to be un­derstood of the greatest part of the Gentiles, that it was not fit for Christ's Benefits to be communicated to them, because the time appointed for the general Calling of them was not yet come. But in the mean time this hindred not, but that some particular persons among the Gentiles might be partakers of the Benefits of Christ.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why doth our Saviour call and accompt her as a Dogg, seeing she was now a Believer?

Answ. Answ. He calleth her so, not in respect of her present, but in respect of her former condition before her Calling; and this He doth for the great tryall and exercise of her Faith.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That the proper Previledges and Rights of the Church of God ought not to be made common to such as are none of the Church, but excluded from it: Childrens Bread not to be cast to Doggs. This is true of all Priviledges of the Church, but especially of such as are Spirituall, and do concern Salvation: As,

1. The ordinary means of Salvation, the Ministery of the Word and Sacraments, &c. These being the proper Rights of the Church, are not to be made common to those that are out of the Church: Matth. 7. 6. Give not holy things to Doggs, &c.

Quest. Quest. May not the Ministry of the Word and Sacrament be imparted at all to such as are out of the Church; as to Turks, Jews, Pagans, open Hereticks, &c?

Answ. Answ. The Word may be imparted to them so far forth as to instruct them, and to convince them of their ignorance, errour, and sins; but not to give them comfort or hope of Salvation, so long as they remain out of the Church, and refuse to joyn themselves unto it in profession and practise. As for the Sacraments, they are not at all to be communicated to such as are out of the visible Church, so long as they remain so.

2. The saving Benefits of Christ (purchased by His Death and Obedience) being peculiar to the Church, are therefore not to be made common to such as are out of the Church; as the benefits of forgiveness of Sins, Justification, Salvation, &c. These are not to be applyed to such as are out of the Church, &c.

Reason. Reason. This is a great wrong and injury to the Church of God, to make the Priviledges and Rights of it common to those that are out of the Church: It is Sacriledge or Church-robbery, &c.

Use. Use. Admonition to such as have Authority committed to them of God for the dispensing and bestowing of the Churches Rights and Priviledges, to take heed of making them common to such as are out of the Church; for this is to profane and abuse those holy Priviledges, and to robb the Church of her Right: This chiefly con­cerneth Ministers of the Word, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour giveth the name or title of Doggs unto the Gentiles, to note out their wretch­ed and miserable Estate and Condition in that they were excluded from the society and fellowship of the Church of God: Hence we may gather, That it is a great misery to be excluded and shut out from the visi­ble Church and People of God, having no Communion with them. Our Saviour here resembleth such unto Doggs shut out of the Doors of their Masters Houses: Psal. 120. 5. Woe is me, that I sojourn in Mesech; that I dwell in the Tents of Kedar: Ephes. 2. 12. It is reckoned as a part of the misery of the Gentiles before their Calling, That they were aliens from the Common-wealth of Israel.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Such as are excluded from fellowship with God, and with Christ Himself, Eph. 2. they have no Spi­rituall Communion with God, nor Union with Christ by Faith; and so no Right or Interest in God's speciall Favour or Mercy, which He communicateth to His Church onely; nor any title to the saving Benefits of Christ, which also belongs to the Church only.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. They are excluded from the true Worship of God and all ordinary means of Salvation, which are to be had only in the Church. See Psal. 147. 19.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. They can have no assurance of God's Protection and Defence of them against bodily and spiri­tual evils and dangers; for this Protection is promised onely to the Church. See Isa. 4. 5, 6.

Reas. 4 Reas. 4. They can have no benefit by the society of God's People; nor reap any spirituall Good or Comfort by their good Example, Prayers, Admonition, Counsell, and other fruits of Christian Love.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Learn to pity such as live out of the Church, as Turks, Jews, Infidels, Papists, &c. and pray for their Conversion, that they may be joyned to the Church of God; especially for the Jews, the ancient People of God, of whose Conversion and Restauration to the Church we have a plain Prediction, Rom. 11.

Use 2 Use 2. This reproveth the folly of such as care not for the society of God's People, but despise the Com­munion of Saints, willingly separating themselves from the Church of God, making choice rather to live amongst the prophane and wicked, &c. These bring misery upon themselves: They excommunicate themselvs, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To accompt it (on the contrary) our great happiness, that we are not born nor constrained to live in the Tents of Kedar or Mesech, but in the bosom of the Church where God is known and worshipped aright, where we enjoy the means of Salvation, and the benefit and comfort of the Communion of Saints, &c. whereas the Lord might have suffered us to be born and live amongst Turks, Heathens, Infidels, &c. Oh that we could so value this priviledge and happiness as it deserveth, and be so thankful for it as we should. If the Philosopher was thankful for that he was born in Greece, where Philosophy and Learning flourished, and not among the rude Barbarians; How much more should we be thankful for this, that we are born and live in the true Church of God, and in the Common-wealth of Israel, where we may have fellow­ship with God and his People? Let this move us to love and delight in the society of God's People, as David did, Psal. 16. 3. especially in the publick Assemblies of them, as he also did, Psal. 84. Moses for­sook Pharoah's Court, and all the honours and pleasures of Aegypt, that he might live amongst the afflicted and despised People of God, Hebr. 11. 24. But take heed that we content not our selves only with an out­ward Communion with God's Church and People, (which a number of Hypocrites and wicked ones have,) rest not onely in coming to Church, receiving the Sacraments with them, &c. but labour above all to have true spiritual Union with the faithful Members of Christ; See thou be a lively Member of that Body whereof Christ is Head, and that thou receive spiritual life from him, that thou be a living Branch of him, the true Vine; that thou do not onely live amongst God's People, but that thou be one of them in deed and truth, a Child of the same heavenly Father, led by one and the same Spirit with them, &c. else thy outward fellow­ship with the Church shall do thee no good at all.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour gives so base and vile a Name to the profane and wicked Gentiles, calling them Dogs; Hence observe, that all profane and wicked Persons are vile and base in God's accompt, and so to be esteemed of us: 1 Sam. 17. 36. David likeneth Goliah, the uncircumcised Philistine, to the Lion and Bear which he had formerly slain: and it is usuall with the Holy Ghost in Scripture, to resemble the wicked unto base and vile Creatures, as to Dogs, Swine, Wolves, Foxes, Vipers, &c. thereby to note out their vile, base, and abject Condition before God. Therefore also Job compareth such base wicked men with the Dogs of his Flock, Job 30. 1. Psal. 15. 4. The wicked is called, A vile Person. Dan. 11. 11. Antiochus, a vile man.

Use 1 Use 1. To beat down the Pride of all such wicked ones, and to move them to repent of their Sins, and to humble themselves before God, in the sense of their own Vilenesse and Basenesse; Yea, though they be never so great Persons in the World, yet if they be profane and wicked, God accounts them as Dogs, Swine, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse. 2. See the vileness and odiousness of Sin, making the wicked which live in it, so vile and base in God's accompt, like Dogs, Swine, &c. Nothing in the World makes men so vile and contemp­tible before God; yea, so odious to God and Man, as Sin doth. Let this make all Sin odious to us.

Ʋse 3 Use. 3. Learn to contemn and set light by such profane and wicked ones, so far forth as they are wicked, li­ving in open, gross, and manifest sins without Repentance: Seeing God esteems basely of them, as of Dogs, &c. so may and ought the Children and Servants of God, Psal. 15. In whose eyes a vile Person is contemned. Prov. 29. 27. The wicked man is an abomination to the just. 2 King. 3. 14. Elisha would not so much as look toward wicked Jehoram, for his own sake, though he were a King.

Quest. Quest. May we contemn such as are in Authority? as Magistrates, Ministers, &c.

Answ. Answ. So far as they are wicked they are to be contemned, though in respect of their Calling and Autho­rity (which is from God), due Honour and Reverence is to be yielded to them. Let us then despise the Wicked whom God abhorreth, and shew our contempt of them, by separating from the society of such base and abject Persons, no better in God's accompt than Dogs, &c. How unfit is it for such as profess to be God's Children to associate themselves with such? When a man seeth a Serpent or Snake, his heart riseth against it; So should we shun the wicked. Psal. 6. Depart from me ye Workers of Iniqui­ty, &c.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. See how little cause there is for God's Children to regard any contempt or reproach cast upon them by the wicked. Who regards the snarling of a Dogg, or grunting of a Swine against him?

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. We see here, that although our Saviour had a full purpose speedily to give comfort and delive­rance to this Woman, yet he doth a little before her deliverance more and more augment her Affliction: It was a great triall to have her Daughter possessed of a Devil, and much greater, that in this Affliction Christ refused to hear and help her; yea, giveth Reasons why it was not fit for him to grant her sute. But behold, here is yet a further Triall and Affliction, that Christ doth seem to reproach her with the odious Name of a Dogg, &c. Hence then we may learn, that the Afflictions of God's Children and Servants do [Page 451] many times grow greater and greater when their deliverance is neerest. See the fiftieth Verse of the sixth Chapter.

Mark 7. 28.‘And she answered and said unto him, Yes Lord, yet the Dogs under the table eat of the Childrens July, 21. 1622. Crums.’

IN the former Verse we heard our Saviour's Answer to the sute and Petition of the Woman of Syrophoenicia in behalf of her afflicted Daughter; in which he denied to grant her Request.

Now followeth her Reply unto that Answer of Christ, in which she sheweth a great measure of Faith, in that she was not discouraged with the words of Christ, though they seemed to tend wholly to the discomfort of her; but she is so far from being dismaied with his denial of her sute, and so far from giving it over, and from casting away her confidence in the power and goodness of Christ, that she takes occasion, even from the words of his deniall, to renew and further to urge her sute unto him, &c. Herein (I say) she shewed an excellent and singular degree and measure of Faith; and therefore our Saviour Mat. 15. 28. upon this her Reply unto him, doth break out into this high commendation of her Faith, saying, Oh Woman, great is thy Faith.

In the words consider two things.

1. A concession or granting of the truth of Christ's words and Answer given unto her; Truth Lord, or Yes Lord: q. d. I acknowledge my self to be of my self by Nature a Dogg, that is, a profane Gentile, &c. and that it is not fit for the benefits of the Messiah, being in some sort peculiar to the Jews, to be as yet made common to the Gentiles, forasmuch as the time of the generall calling of them is not yet come.

2. A limitation or restraint of the sense of Christ's words, shewing how they were to be understood, viz. not absolutely and generally, but with some exception; That although it was fit the Jews should first be filled, that is, plentifully fed with the spiritual Bread (as it were) of Christ's benefits; and though it was unfit for this Bread to be as yet cast to the Dogs, that is, made common to all or the greater part of the Gentiles; yet this hindred not, but that the Gentiles might in some measure taste of this Bread of Christ's Doctrine and Miracles, and that some few of them at least might be refreshed with the Childrens Crums, which they suf­fered to fall under the Table; that is, reap fruit and benefit by Christ's Doctrine and Miracles which the Jews so much contemned and set light by.

Observ. Observ. In the first part of the Reply, in that she doth acknowledge her self to be a Dog, that is, a profane Gentile by Nature, and in respect of her former condition before her Calling, hereby she discovereth a great measure of Humility; From whence therefore we may learn, that true Faith is alwaies accompanied with Humility, and where the greatest measure of Faith is, there is ever most Humility: As the Faith of this Wo­man was eminent, so her Humility. See this in other Examples, Abraham, a man of great Faith, even the Father of the Faithful, was a man of great Humility, Gen. 18. I am but dust and ashes, &c. Job, a man of great Faith, as appeareth Chap, 13. 15. Though he kill me I will trust in him, &c. and withal a man of great Humility, Chap. 40. 4. Behold, I am vile, &c. So that Centurion, Matth. 8. whose Faith is so highly com­mended by our Saviour, how great also was his Humility? he thought himself unworthy that Christ should come under his Roof, &c. So that sinful Woman, Luke 7. 38. as she shewed great Faith in Christ by the abundant fruits of love to him; so also great Humility in washing his feet with her tears, &c. So Paul, a Man of extraordinary Faith, and likewise of great Humility: 1 Cor. 15. 9. I am the least of the Apo­stles, &c.

Reason. Reason. True Faith apprehends the Mercy of God in Christ, for pardon of Sin, and for the Salvation of the Soul; and the more this saving Mercy of God is felt, the more Feeling there must needs be, on the con­trary, of our sins and misery by Nature without this Mercy: Now, this true sense of our misery cannot but work great Humility in the heart. See this in Paul, 1 Tim. 1. 13.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See what to judge of proud and haughty Persons, puffed up with conceipt and opinion of their own goodness, excellency, &c. like that Pharisee, Luke 18. exalting himself before God, and despising the poor humble Publican. Such as this proud Pharisee (in whom such Pride and Self-conceit reigneth and beareth sway) are destitute of all true Faith; for if that were in them, it would work a sense of their sins and misery by Nature, and so humble them before God and towards their Brethren; it would pull down all high conceipts of themselvs: See then that the Papists, those proud Phari [...]aical Justiciaries, cannot have true Faith, no more can any that are like them; They may think they have it, and boast of it; but the truth is, they are void of it: Pride cannot stand with Faith. See Hab. 2. 4.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how to know an eminent Christian for Faith, look how humbly he carries himself before God and towards his Brethren; if he shew humility, it is an evideence of much Faith, and of an eminent Christi­an: On the contrary, if he shew little or no Humility, let him profess what he will, and have never so good gifts in some kind; yet he cannot be an eminent Christian, unless he excel in Humility; yea, if he want all Humility he wants all Grace, and so is no good Christian at all, &c. The most excellent Christian is he that most resembleth Christ; and he is most like Christ that is most humble: Matth. 11. Learn of me, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Examine our Faith, and the measure of it, by our true Humility before God and towards our Bre­thren. Would'st thou know whether thou hast true Faith? Look what Humility it hath wrought in thee, what sense and feeling of thy own Sin and misery by Nature without Christ; what deniall of thy self, and of all thy own Goodnesse, Holinesse, Excellency in thy self, &c. So, Would'st thou know what mea­sure of Faith is wrought in thee? Look how much Humility is in thy heart, and in all thy carriage before God and Men.

Use 4 Use 4. Seeing true Humility is a companion and evidence of Faith, let us every one labour more and more for this Grace, and for encrease of it in our hearts, and to shew it forth in all our carriage; that so we may [Page 452] hereby approve our Faith: Col. 3. 12. As the Elect of God, put on humblenesse of mind, &c. 1 Pet. 5. 5. Be Cloathed with Humility. A most singular Ornament to the Soul of a Christian, more beautifying it than the richest Garments do the Body, &c.

Helps for the attaining of this Grace, and for increase of it.

  • 1. Pray unto God to work and increase it in us Daily; it is a Fruit of his sanctifying Spirit, &c.
  • 2. Come duly to the Ministery of the Word, which is powerfull to cast down imaginations, and every high thing, &c. 2 Cor. 10. 4.
  • 3. Labour more and more for true sense of our own Sins and Corruptions, that this may beat down proud thoughts in us, &c.
  • 4. Consider what excellent Promises are made to the Humble: Psal. 25. God will teach them, and guide them in his wayes: 1 Pet. 5. and Jam. 4. God giveth Grace to such: Esay 57. 15. The Lord dwelleth with such: Esay 66. 2. To him will I look, that is poor and of a contrite Spirit, &c.

Look at the example of Christ himself, the most perfect pattern of all true Humility, expressing it in all his Carriage, Matth. 11. So much of the first part of her reply to Christ.

Now followeth the second in these words; Yet the Doggs under the Table, &c. The sense and meaning of them is sufficiently cleared before. I come therefore to such Instructions as may arise from them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this Woman doth not give over her sute to Christ, but is more importunate with Him; though He refused at first to hear her, and delayed to grant her Request; yea, made shew as if he would ne­ver grant it: Hence learn, What is to be done of us, when God delayeth to hear our prayers; that is, to grant our sutes and supplications made unto Him in our Necessities or Distresses; we must not thereupon give over, or faint in prayer, but be rather stirred up to perseverance and greater fervency in prayer, earnestly solliciting the Lord still, and giving Him no rest till He hear us. As Jacob wrestling with the Lord, Gen. 32. 26. would not let Him go till He blessed him: So should not we let the Lord go (as it were), but keep fast hold on Him by Faith in prayer till he hear us, and give us that we ask. Herein we are to imitate that importunate widdow, Luke 18. who never left solliciting the unjust Judge till he granted her sute: There­fore Ver. 1. our Saviour taught that Parable, to the end, That we should not faint in prayer: We are also here­in to imitate that importunate Friend, Luke 11. 8. who would take no denyall of his Friend in his necessity. In like manner should we follow the Lord constantly and earnestly with our Prayers for supply of our necessi­ties, and for obtaining of all good things needfull, and for removall of evils; not fainting or growing weary of praying to him when he delayes to hear us; but the more he seems to stop his ears against us, and to shut out our prayers, the lowder must we cry unto Him; the more He seems to shut and barr up the Doors of mercy against us, the harder should we knock, that he may open to us; the more he seems to flye from us, the more should we follow him, &c. This is a holy kind of boldness, very pleasing to God: He loveth such importunate Suters, he is not like unto some great Persons which will not endure to be urged with Sutes: but he desireth and liketh best of such are most instant with him in prayer. And this is one end (as we have heard before), why he doth not hear at first, but often seemeth deaf to our prayers, and delayeth long to grant our Sutes, that he may by this delay stirr us up to be the more earnest and importunate with him.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To reprove the weakness of such as are ready to faint in prayer, and to give over seeking to Him, casting away all hope of obtaining their desires, because he delayeth to hear them. But this is for want of Faith to defend and wait on God, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Faith of this Woman was exercised with many and great Tryalls and Afflictions at once which might have discouraged her (if she had not been sound in Faith), and yet we see she is not dis­couraged, neither doth her Faith fail, but holdeth out against all tryalls and discouragements: Hence ga­ther, That true Faith, though it may be greatly tryed and exercised with many and great temptations and afflictions; yet it cannot be utterly vanquished and overcome of those temptations, but will hold out in all tryalls, and against all discouragements, and labour to overcome them, till at length it get the upper hand. The Faith of true Believers may indeed be dangerously shaken by tryals and temptations, but not utterly overturned or wholly vanquished; that is, the Power and Life of it cannot be abolished or extinguished in them by the greatest assaults and temptations that can be raised against them. The sensible working of Faith may also be hindred in them for a time, but not wholly and altogether: Luke 22. 31. Simon, Simon, Satan hath desired you, to sift you as Wheat: But I have prayed for thee, that thy Faithfail not. Hebr. 11. 33. The Apostle men­tioneth sundry whose Faith was greatly tryed and exercised with grievous afflictions and distresses, yet could not be vanquished by those Afflictions; but on the contrary, by the power and strength of Faith they overcame all those grievous Tryalls. Jacob's Faith was wonderfully Tryed and Assaulted, when the Lord himself did wrestle with him; yet it was not vanquished, but by it at length he prevailed with God, and obtained a Blessing from him: Hos. 12. 3. By his strength (that is, by strength of his Faith) he had power with God, &c. So the Faith of Job, David, &c.

Reason. Reason. As true Faith is first wrought in the Heart of Believers by the Spirit of God, so it is ever after preserved in them by the Almighty power of God strengthening them to persevere in it. See 1 Pet. 1. 5.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See a difference between the true saving Faith of God's Elect, and that counterfeit temporary Faith of Hypocrites: This may be and is extinguished in time of Tryall and Temptation, as appeareth, Luke 8. 13. Not so the Faith of true Believers; no Temptations, no Afflictions can abolish or extinguish it, or cause it to fail, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Singular comfort to true Believers against all Tryalls and Oppositions, with which they and their Faith may or can be assaulted, whether outward Troubles and Afflictions, or inward Temptations of Satan, or wrestling with God Himself: None of all these shall ever be able to vanquish their Faith, that is, wholly to extinguish the Life of it, or wholly to hinder the working of it in them, if it be a true and sound Faith. I say, if it be a true and sound Faith, though it be but in weak measure; yet it is invincible, and shall never be utterly vanquished or overthrown by any Tryalls or Temptations, nor by any Difficulties or Discourage­ments which they meet with in this World: 1 Joh. 5. 4. This is the Victory which overcometh the World, even our Faith: Eph. 6. 16. Our Shield to quench all the fiery Darts of Satan, &c. Matth. 16. The Gates of Hell shall not prevail against such as are built upon Christ by true Faith.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that this Woman being in great Distress and Affliction, and her Affliction and Trouble growing hitherto greater and greater (as we heard before); yet her Faith is so far from being quenched or extinguish­ed by these Troubles, that it doth rather grow and increase in her, expressing the powerfull work of it in her more and more: Hence observe, That the Tryalls and Afflictions which God layeth on his Children are so far from quenching the work of Faith in them, that they are means rather to stir up and increase the life and powerfull working of it in them; causing them to lay surer and faster hold upon God's Mercy, and to cleave closer unto Him, &c. So this Woman, the more Christ seems to discourage her, and to add Affliction to her Affliction, the faster hold she layeth upon him and his power and mercy, &c. Hence it is, That the Faith of God's Servants never worketh so powerfully as in midst of their greatest Troubles and Afflictions. So the Faith of Abraham in that great Tryall, when he was commanded to sacrifice his only Son Isaac, Gen. 22. Hebr. 11. 7. So the Faith of Job in his greatest Troubles did most shew it self, as Chap. 13. 15. when he said, Though ye kill me, &c. See also Job 19. 25. So the Faith of David, of Jonah, &c. and of those Be­lievers mentioned, Hebr. 11. So Paul, 2 Cor. 12. 10. True Faith is in this respect like to the Hearb Ca­momill, which the more it is trodden upon, the sweeter it smelleth, and the more it flourisheth; or like spices, which being bruised in the Morter, have the stronger scent and taste, &c.

Rat. Rat. In Affliction there is most use of Faith, and most matter and occasion for it it to work upon.

Use. Use. See how profitable are Afflictions being sanctified to us; in that they are means to stir up the work of Faith, and to quicken the life of it in us. In time of prosperity Faith is apt to lye (as it were) dead or asleep in us, but Afflictions do awake and revive it, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. When she saith, The Doggs under the Table eat, &c. She implyeth her desire to be partaker at least of some small portion and part of the Benefits of Christ the Messiah: That if it were not meet for her to be fed at his Table with his Children, yet, &c. Whence we may observe, That God's Children do highly prize even the smallest favours and mercies of God, and do earnestly thirst after the same; especially after Spiri­tuall favours and mercies which concern Salvation: Psal. 48. 10. David was content to be a Door-Keeper in the House of God: Luke 15. 19. The Prodigall when he repented, was content to be under his Father, but as an hired Servant. So the Faithfull are even glad of the Crums falling from Christ's Table; glad of the least part and portion of Spirituall food given them in the Ministery of the Word and Sacraments.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See the great Sin of such as contemn and set light by the greatest and most excellent Favours of God in plentifull manner and measure offered unto them; as the plentifull preaching of the Word, and use of the Sacraments, &c. Not esteeming, not regarding to be partakers of these pretious means of Salvation; loathing this heavenly food, which many other hungry Souls of good Christians in other places would be right glad of; yea, of the very Crums which fall from that Table at which they are fed, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Let us shew our high estimation and accompt even of the smallest Favours and Mercies of God, by hungring and thristing after them, especially after Spirituall Blessings; as the means of Salvation, &c. Though we are to desire these in the most plentifull measure that may be, yet we are to be glad and thankfull for the least measure and portion of them bestowed on us, and make use of the same.

Mark 7. 29, 30.‘And He said unto her, For this saying, go thy way, the Devil is gone out of thy Daughter: And July, 28. 1622. when she was come to her House, she found the Devil gone out, and her Daughter laid upon the Bed.’

FRom the 27 Verse unto the 31, the Evangelist doth set down the manner and order of our Saviour Christ his proceeding to work this Miracle of the Sute and Prayer of the Woman of Syrophoenicia, viz. That he did not presently upon her first praying and suing to him work the Miracle, but at first denyed to do it; and yet afterward being further importuned by him he yielded to her, and wrought this great Miracle by the Pow­er of his God-head, casting the Devil out of her Daughter. In the words are four things contained,

  • 1. Christ's Answer to the Sute and Supplication of the Woman, denying to grant her Request, and yielding Reasons of his denyall, Ver. 27.
  • 2. Her Reply unto Him, taking advantage from his own words to renue and prosecute her prayer to Him, Ver. 28.
  • 3. Christ's second Answer or Reply unto her, comforting her, and assuring her that her earnest Petition was granted, and that the Devil was cast out, &c. Ver. 29.
  • 4. The Issue and Consequent of Christ's word, That she coming home to her House, found it as he had said, &c. Of the two first I have formerly spoken. Now to speak of the two last.

And first of Christ's Reply or Answer unto the former words of the Woman, by which she had testified the strength of her Faith, in that she was so far from being daunted by his denyall of her sute at first, that she took occasion from the very words of his denyall to renew her supplication. The Reply or Answer of our Saviour unto her in this Case, is set down, Ver. 29. For this saying, &c.

In which words consider two things:

1. The impulsive Cause, moving our Saviour to work the Miracle: And his comfortable Answer, to assure her thereof, which was the excellent measure of Faith, testified and manifested by her words:

For this saying] That is, forasmuch as thou hast plainly testified and shewed forth the strength of thy Faith in me by these thy words, Declaring manifestly that thou dost by true Faith believe in me, and rest thy self thus upon my Power and Mercy for the obtaining of this Miracle, &c.

2. The comfort which he Ministred to her, which is amplyifed:

  • 1. By the manner of it, when he bids her go away; that is, depart home to her own House in peace, and with comfort.
  • 2. By the matter of it; The Devil is gone out, &c.

Touching the first, The motive or impulsive Cause moving Christ to work this Miracle, &c. which was her Faith testified by her words unto Christ.

Quest. 1. What kind of Faith it was which was in her, and which she testified by her words; whether [Page 454] onely a general belief of Christ's Power for the working of the Miracle, or whether a true justifying Faith, particularly apprehending the Grace and Mercy of Christ, not onely for the obtaining of this Miracle for her Daughter, but also for the Forgiveness of her own Sins, and Salvation of her Soul?

Answ. Answ. It is probable that it was a true justifying Faith. Vide Paraeum in Resp. ad Bellarmin, de Justitiâ, lib. 1 c. 8.

  • 1. Because our Saviour doth so highly commend it, Mat. 15.
  • 2. Because he saith unto her, Be it unto thee as thou wilt; thereby implying, that he did not onely bestow on her the benefit of this Miracle, but whatsoever other benefit or good thing she desired for Soul or Body, which he would not have done if she had not been indued with a true justifying Faith.
  • 3. This also may appear by the great strength of her Faith, withstanding so many and great oppositions and discouragements, as we have heard before; which it could never have done if it had been onely a gene­ral Belief.

Quest. Quest. 2. How far forth was this her Faith a Motive to move our Saviour to work the Miracle?

Answ. Answ. Not by any merit or meritorious vertue in it, as if she had thereby deserved at Christ's hands to have the benefit of this Miracle bestowed upon her; but onely as it was a means qualifying and making her fit to be partaker of this benefit, and an instrumental cause or means of apprehending and applying to her self the power and goodness of Christ, for the obtaining of this Miracle.

Observ. Observ. Hence then observe, That it is onely true Faith in Christ Jesus which maketh a Christian capable of all the benefits of Christ, which he came to bestow upon Mankind; it is that Grace which qualifieth a Christian to receive all such benefits from Christ, and likewise the Instrument by which he comes to receive and apply them unto himself. Our Saviour therefore tells this Woman, that because of her Faith which she had testified and shewed forth, he bestowed the benefit of this Miracle upon her; implying, that it was her Faith which made her capable and fit to receive and be partaker of this benefit, and that without Faith she had not been fit to be partaker thereof. So Chap. 2. 5. when Jesus saw the Faith of the sick of the Pal [...]y, he cured him. So Chap. 5. 34. he said to the Woman which had the bloody Issue, Thy Faith hath made thee whole. Matth. 8. 13. to the Centurion, As thou hast believed, so be it done unto thee. So Matth. 9. 28. Now this is true, not onely of temporal benefits and blessings of this life, as bodily health, &c. such as these mira­culously received from Christ when he was on Earth; but it is especially true of spiritual and saving bene­fits of Christ, that a Christian is made capable of them by Faith alone. See more of this Point, and the uses of it, Chap. 5. 34. So much of the cause moving our Saviour to work this Miracle, and by his own words to assure her thereof for her comfort.

Now to go on to the words of comfort which he giveth her, Go thy way, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour, having for a time refused to hear and grant the sute of this Woman, doth now at length give her comfortable assurance that he had heard her; we learn, that although the Lord may seem for a time not to hear or regard the Prayers of his Servants in their necessities and distress, yet at length he doth hear and grant their Petitions, so far as is good for them. I say, so far as is good for them, because sometimes they ask such things as he seeth not to be good or meet for them, and in that case he doth not grant them that very thing which they ask, but somthing else in stead thereof, which he seeth to be better for them. Thus he dealt with Paul, 2 Cor. 12. 9. when being buffeted with the messenger of Satan, he had prayed thrice, that is, often, to the Lord for removal of that grievous temptation, the Lord did shew that he heard his Prayer at length, though not by giving that which he asked, which was deliverance from that temptation; yet by giving him sufficiency of grace and strength to bear it, and not to be overcome of it. But whenso­ever God's Servants do pray unto him for such things as he seeth to be good and meet for them, though he may for a time seem not to hear or regard their sutes, yet he will at length hear and satisfy their desires. The Israelites being in bondage under Pharoah, and crying to the Lord for help, though they were not heard at first, nor for a long time, yet at length the Lord heard and delivered them. So David though he sometimes prayed long to the Lord in his distress before he was heard, yet at length the Lord did shew that he heard him: Psal. 22. 2. he complaineth that he was not heard, yet afterward, ver. 24. he sheweth that the Lord had heard him. So Jeremy, Lam. 3. 8. complaineth that the Lord did shut out his Prayer, and yet ver. 56. he saith, the Lord had heard his Voice.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The Lord hath made gracious promises to hear the Prayes and Supplications of his Servants, Psal. 50. 15. Call upon me in the day of trouble, and I will deliver thee, &c. Matth. 7. Ask and ye shall have, seek &c. Therefore he cannot but in due time perform these his own gracious promises, he is faithful to accom­plish them, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is the special property of God, to hear Prayers, Psal. 65. 2. Oh thou that hearest Prayers, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort to the faithful, when having prayed and sought to God for some special favour or Blessing, as for deliverance out of some trouble and distress, yet the Lord seemeth deaf to their Supplications; yea, though they have very long prayed: And yet he seemeth to cover himself with a Cloud, and to shut out their Prayers. Yet let them be assured, there is a time coming in which he will hear and help them, and fulfill their desires so far as is good for them, &c. In the mean time they must wait on him by Faith, and with Patience, resting on his Promises, and not making too much haste to have their Petitions gran­ted.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stirr up God's Children to constancy and perseverance in Prayer, though they do not at first, or for long time (perhaps), find the fruit and confort of their Prayers. This must be so far from discouraging them, that it must provoke and excite them to perseverance in Prayer, and cause them to be more and more instant and importunate with the Lord, Luke 18. 1. for assuredly, if they thus continue in Prayer, and follow God with their earnest sutes from time to time, though he long defer to hear, yet he will hear at length; though for a time he stop his ears, and shut out their Prayers, yet he will at length shew that his ears are open to them; though for a time he seem to shut the door and gate of mercy, yet he will at length set it wide open, if thou continue knocking at it, &c. Yea, the longer he defers to hear, the more abundantly and liberally will he at length give unto thee that which thou hast long sued for; he will even open the fountain and treasury of his Grace and Mercy to thee, as he did to this Woman.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. This faithful Woman was tried and exercised for a time with many and great trials and afflicti­ons, both outward and inward. It was a heavy outward Affliction to her, that her young Daughter was given over to the Devil's Tyranny, to be possessed and miserably vexed of him: And it was no less grievous an affliction to her mind and Conscience, that when she came and prayed to Christ to help her, he not onely refused to hear her, but pleaded against her, and seemed also to speak contemptibly and reproachfully of her (as we have heard). And yet here we see, that in the end the Lord gives a happy and comfortable end and issue to all these her troubles; for our Saviour assureth her, that her Prayer is heard, and her Daughter deliver­ed from the Power of the Devil. Hence then we learn, that howsoever the Lord doth use to try and exercise his Children with many and great troubles inward and outward, yet he doth in the end deliver them, and give them a happy and comfortable issue out of their troubles: Psal. 34. 19. Many are the Afflicti­ons of the Righteous, but the Lord delivereth him out of them all. 1 Cor. 10. 13. God is faithful, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able, but will with the Temptation make away to escape, &c. Jam. 5. 11. Ye have heard of the Patience of Job, and have seen the end of the Lord, &c. 2 Pet. 2. 9. The Lord knoweth how to deliver the Godly out of Temptations, &c. Many Examples of this we find in Scripture, as in Joseph, Job, Da­vid, Jeremy, Daniel, Jonah, Paul, &c. All these greatly tryed with Affliction, yet were all in the end deli­vered, and found a happy issue, &c.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. The Lord hath promised thus to deliver his Children in due time out of their troubles, Psal. 91. 15. I will be with him in trouble, I will deliver him, &c. Psal. 50. Call upon me in the day of trouble, I will deli­ver thee.

2. It makes for the Glory of God, even for the Glory of his Power, Mercy, and Faithfulness, to give a comfortable issue to the troubles of his Servants according to his promise; therefore, his own Glory being most pretious unto him, he cannot but deliver them.

3. He hath also respect herein to his Children's Infirmity; not alwayes holding them under the Crosse, lest through natural Infirmity they should faint, and be discouraged in their troubles, or grow to Impatiency and murmuring, or be moved to use unlawful means to help and deliver themselves. Psal. 125. 3. The Rod of the wicked shall not rest upon the Lot of the Righteous, lest the Righteous put forth their hands unto Iniquity. See also 1 Cor. 10. 13.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Great comfort to the faithful in all trials and afflictions with which the Lord exerciseth them, though they seem never so tedious and grievous for the present, and though never so long continued; this is their comfort, that they shall not alwaies be holden under the Cross, the Rod of God shall not alwaie rest upon them, but they shall in time be delivered; there is a time set and appointed of God for their delive­rance, and for the happy issue and end of their troubles; and though this time be never so long deferred, yet come it shall at length, and they shall have deliverance, Hebr. 10. He that shall come, will come, &c. In the mean time, we must wait upon God by Faith, Hope, and Patience, resting and building upon his Promise, which he is faithful to perform, and will in due time perform sooner or latter, by one means or another; ei­ther by removing the cross it self, or by mitigating the sharpness of it, or by giving Strength and Patience to bear it; For there are many wayes of delivering, and many kinds of God's deliverance. It is our Ignorance to dream but of one kind, which is, the removal of the Evil or Affliction it self which we suffer; whereas the Lord hath other wayes to deliver, which are or may be as good and better for us: Though he take not away the cross it self, yet if he deliver thee from the sharpness of it, if he deliver thee from murmuring and impa­tiency, and from fainting and sinking under the burden of thy Cross, these are great deliverances, and the Lord herein doth much for thee. Besides, he will also in the end take away the Affliction it self, and free thee from it, if not in thy life time, yet at the end of life, by death, which shall put an end to all troubles and miseries of the godly, Revel. 14. 13. Blessed are the dead, they rest from their labours, &c. This being so, it should comfort us in all troubles, and keep us from fainting and being weary in our minds, and from cast­ing away our hope and confidence in God: Hebr. 12. My Son, faint not when thou art rebuked of the Lord. There is no cause why we should faint or be discouraged, no, not in the most grievous trials, and of longest continuance: though the Lord should hold thee never so long under the Rod, yet, remember that he hath promised deliverance in due time, and it makes for his honour and glory to deliver thee; therefore he can­not but do it in due time, though it be never so long first. In the mean time, live by Faith, and make not too much haste out of trouble, till the Lord please to make a way for thee. Isa. 28. He that believeth will not make haste. Prescribe not God any time when to deliver thee, or means or manner how to deliver thee, but refer all this to his wisdom, who knoweth the fittest time, and the best way and means, &c. He know­eth when we have been exercised and tryed enough in the fire of Affliction: As the Gold-smith knoweth best when to put in the Gold into the fining pot, and when to take it out, &c. so the Lord knoweth best how long to keep his Children in the fiery trial, that they may at length come forth as the Gold, as [...]ob saith of himself.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. As this may comfort the faithful in all troubles, though never so long and tedious; so also it ought to work patience in them, yea, constant patience in the longest and most tedious trials outward and inward. Consider this, That though our troubles should continue never so long, yet they shall not alwayes continue, but God hath promised to put an end to them, and to give a happy issue out of them in due time. Therefore possess our souls with patience, and let patience have a perfect work in us, Jam. 1. Many can be pati­ent for a while in troubles, but if God's hand continue long upon them, they are ready to repine and mur­mur in heart, and to shew outward impatiency: But labour for constant patience, even when our Afflictions continue long, being resolved of this, that the Lord will at length give a blessed end and issue, and it may be sooner than we think, or at such time as we least look for it; even then when he seemeth farthest from de­livering us, he may be neerest at hand to give comfort and deliverance. So it was with this Woman; and so it may be with us: Therefore in the mean time, let this move us with all constancy of patience to submit unto the hand of God. So much of the Answer or Reply of Christ unto this Woman, comforting her, and assuring her that her Petition was granted.

Now followeth the Event or Consequent which followed upon this his Answer, Ver. 30. When she was gone [Page 456] to her House, &c. In which words are two things contained. 1. The miraculous effect which followed up­on Christ's words, That the Devil was by his divine Power cast out of the young Child. 2. The truth and certainty of the Miracle manifested by a speciall evidence, proof, or signe of it, which was this, That the Child was found lying upon a Bed, that is to say, lying quiet and still upon it, being now freed from the tyran­ny and vexation of the Devil; and yet withall, being much weakened in Body with former pains and tortures with which the Devil had racked her, in which respect it was needfull for the Child to be laid upon a Bed to rest. Now to the points of Instruction here to be observed: And first from the Miracle it self.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. A plain evidence and proof of Christ's divine Nature and God-head, in that by the Power thereof he cast out the Devil out of this young Damsell, in which he had before gotten hold and possession of her Body, &c. But this hath been often observed before in other Miracles of Christ.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further we learn here, That Christ Jesus our Lord hath absolute Power and Authority over the Devil or Satan, being able to vanquish his Power, and over-rule and master him as he list, and as it pleas­eth him. See before, Chap. 1. Ver. 25, 26.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. From the evidence of this Miracle, in that it is said, She found her Daughter dispossessed lying on the bed without any such rackings and tortures as she had before indured: We may hence gather the truth and certainty of Christ's Miracle which he wrought, That they were works truly and really wrought by his di­vine Power, above the Power of Nature; not done onely in shew and appearance, but in deed and in truth, &c. See before, Chap. 2. 12.

Mark 7. 31, 32.‘And again, departing from the Coasts of Tyre and Sidon, he came unto the Sea of Galilee, tho­row Aug. 4. 1622. the midst of the Coasts of Decapolis: And they bring unto him one that was Deaf, and had an impedi­ment in his Speech: and they beseech him to put his hand upon him.’

FRom the twenty fourth Verse to the end of this Chapter the Evangelist setteth down the History of two Miracles of Christ. The one wrought in the Coasts of Tyre and Sidon, which was the casting of the Devil out of the Syrophoenician Woman's Daughter. The other wrought beside the Sea of Galilee, which was the Curing of one that was Deaf, and had an impediment in his Speech; giving unto him the use of his Hea­ring and of his Speech. Of the former Miracle you have heard. Now we are to come to the latter, which is set down from Ver. 31, &c. Where consider these particulars recorded.

  • 1. The Occasions of the Miracle, which are two.
    • 1. Our Saviour's departure from the Coasts of Tyre and Sidon, &c. Ver. 31.
    • 2. A twofold work of Mercy performed by the Friends of him that was Deaf and Dumb.
      • 1. That they brought him unto Christ.
      • 2. That they besought Christ to put his Hands upon him, Ver. 32.
  • 2. The manner of Christ's working this Miracle, laid down Ver. 33, 34. He took him aside, &c.
  • 3. The Miracle it self, Ver. 35.
  • 4. The Consequents of it, Ver. 36, & 37.

First, touching the Place, and our Saviour's going or departing thither, &c.

Departing from the Coasts of Tyre and Sidon] Where He had wrought the former Miracle, as we have heard. See before:

He came unto the Sea of Galilee] That is, the Lake of Gennesareth; whereof we have heard before.

Through the midst of the Coasts of Decapolis] Touching the Country of Decapolis: See before, Chap. 5. 20. (See also Kemnit. Prolegom. in Harmon. Evangelist. Cap. 6. pag. 47.) Et Danae Quaest. 33. in Marcum.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour now leave the Coasts of Tyre and Sidon, and go again to the Sea of Galilee?

Answ. Answ. Though the Cause be not expressed, yet it is most probable, That it was for these Reasons.

1. Because he was Called and Appointed of God his heavenly Father to be the Minister of the Circum­cision, Rom. 15. That is, of the Jews; And was sent to the lost Sheep of the House of Israel, Matth. 15. There­fore though He went for a little time into the Borders of the Gentiles, yet He stayed not long there (as is likely), but now returned again into the inner part of Judea, joyning to the Sea of Galilee, that so he might keep himself within the Bounds and Limits of his Calling.

2. He left the Coasts of Tyre and Sidon, That so, by his departure from them, depriving them of all fur­ther benefit of his presence and ministery, He might justly punish the unthankfulness of the People of those Coasts, which (as it is likely) did not so esteem and make use of his presence and ministery whilst he was with them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Ministers may here learn of Christ himself, To make conscience of executing their Ministe­riall Office and Function in such places where God Calleth and Appointeth them to execute the same, that is to say, amongst that People, and in that particular Congregation which they are Called to teach, and the care and charge of whose Souls is committed unto them, &c. This hath been before observed.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is just with the Lord to deprive such People and Persons of the means of Salvation, who contemn the same, and make not good use of them while they do enjoy them. See this also before observed. I proceed to the occasion of the Miracle, which was a twofold Work of Mercy performed by the Friends of the Deaf and Dumb man, viz. Their bringing him to Christ, and their beseeching Christ to Cure him by put­ting his hands on him.

Where, 1. Consider the person unto whom they shew mercy, described by his present Misery or Afflicti­on laid on him by the hand of God, being Deaf, and having an Impediment in his Speech.

2. The works of Mercy which they performed toward him, in bringing him to Christ to be cured, and beseeching Him, &c.

One that was Deaf] Whether he were born Deaf, is not expressed; and it is rather likely, That this Deaf­ness was accidentall, coming upon him, either through Age, or otherwise laid upon him by the hand of God: For if he had been born Deaf, then he must needs also have been altogether Dumb, whereas it is not [Page 457] said, That he was altother Dumb, but that he had an impediment in his Speech. Some think he was striken of the Devil with this Deafnesse, and impediment of Speech; But if it were so, it is likely the Evangelist would not have concealed it.

Had an Impediment in his Speech] Or a difficulty of speaking. It is likely, it was not a small or ordinary Impediment or difficulty of speaking, such as is in those that have stammering Tongues, or are slow of Speech; but rather a great and extraordinary Impediment, which so hindred him, that he could not utter any plain words so as to be understood of others, but onely a confused noyse or sound of words.

Object. Object. Ver. 37. The People say of Christ, That he made the Dumb to speak.

Answ. Answ. 1. It is spoken vulgarly, after the common manner of Speech, whereby such as have a difficulty of speaking, are said to be dumb.

2. Or else, because our Saviour at that time Cured others that were altogether Dumb, as may appear, Matth. 15. 30. Now this Deafness and difficulty of Speech is mentioned as a great misery and affliction, and so it was: For, 1. By this means, he was deprived of outward communion and fellowship with God by prayer, and hearing the Word of God. 2. Deprived also of that comfort and benefit which otherwise he might have had by the society of Men, and especially of the society of God.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here the cursed Fruit and Effect of Sin, which hath brought such evils and miseries upon man's Body; as Deafness, Dumbness, Blindness, &c. Sin is the Root and originall Cause of these infir­mities and miseries unto which man's Body is subject since the Fall of Adam: Sin is that which provoketh God thus to deprive some of the use of their Naturall senses; as Hearing, Seeing, Feeling, Smelling, &c. As Death entred into the World by Sin, Rom. 5. 12. So all Diseases and Infirmities of man's Body: For before the Fall of Adam our Bodies were not subject to any such Infirmities, neither should they ever have been, if Man had not sinned against God: Hence it is, That our Saviour when he Cured such as were Di­seased in Body, did also pronounce forgiveness of Sins to them upon their Faith, as to the sick of the Palsy, Chap. 2. And for this Cause also when he Cured that impotent man which lay at the Pool of Bethesda, Joh. 5. He bid him go away and sin no more, lest a worse Infirmity or Disease should come upon him. And 1 Cor. 11. 30. For this Cause, that is, for the sin of profaning the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper many are weak and sick, &c. Luke 1. 20. Zachary was stricken dumb for his unbelief.

Object. Object. Joh. 9. 3. It is said of the blind man, That neither he nor his Parents had sinned, &c.

Answ. Answ. Our Saviour there speaketh not of the Originall and procuring Cause of his blindness (which was sin), but of the speciall end which the Lord aimed at in afflicting upon him that Disease or Infirmity of Blind­nesse, which was the manifestation of the work of God, that is, of the divine Power and Glory of Christ's God-head, in Curing him miraculously.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Learn to grow in hatred and detestation of Sin, which is so offensive to God, provoking him thus to punish and chastise men in their Bodies with such Diseases and Infirmities; as Deafnesse, Dumbnesse, &c. This must move us to hate all sin, yea the very occasions of it, even the Garment unspotted, &c. Jude ver. 23. And shew our utter hatred, by our care and conscience to shun it in life and practise. Remember the cursed Effects of it, that it doth not onely bring Death and Destruction upon the Soul, but it is also the Root and Cause of all miseries, diseases, and infirmities of the Body, making our Bodies lyable to all manner of such Infirmities and Maladies, and capable of them. This is that which provoketh God to take away from some the use of their Senses and Speech, and the use of the limbs and parts of their Bodies: As the Magistrate or Civil Judge sometimes proceedeth against some kind of Malefactors, being guilty of grosse and notorious Crimes; causing such to lose their Ears, or to have their right Hands cut off, or Tongues to be cut out of their Heads (as the manner is in some Countries): So the Lord in Justice proceedeth against men for sin, &c. See then that sin is the most hurtfull and pernicious enemy to Soul and Body, poysoning and infecting both; killing and destroying the Soul, maiming the Body, depriving it of the use of naturall Sense, Speech, &c. and in the end bringing Death upon it. Therefore as we desire and wish the good of our Souls and Bodies, take heed of Sin, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what use to make of such Judgments and Chastisements laid upon men in their Bodies, when we see or hear of such as are stricken with Deafness, Dumbness, Blindness; with losse of their limbs, or of the use of them, &c. Look not onely at these outward miseries in themselves, but above all, take occasion to think of Sin, the Root and Cause of them all: Look at these infirmities and miseries as so many Badges and Tokens of God's wrath and justice against Sin: And hence take occasion to meditate of the hainousnesse of Sin, provoking God thus to Chastise men in their Bodies. For although the Lord do not alwayes lay such infirmities and miseries upon men, as punishments to satisfie his Justice and Wrath (as he doth upon the Wicked), but sometimes for tryall of his own Children; yet it is true, that Sin is alwayes the first Ori­ginall and procuring Cause, or the deserving Cause of all such miseries, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. See what is to be done of such as are Chastised of God in their Bodies with such Diseases and In­fimities; as deprivation, or losse of their outward senses; as Hearing, Sight, &c. or of Speech, &c. Learn to be humbled for their Sins, and to repent and turn unto God, seeking pardon and peace in Christ; that so by this means, either the Lord may be moved to restore their Bodies again to health and soundness, or to sanctifie unto them all such infirmities and miseries, that they may turn to their Good, and that they may have true comfort in them, &c. So David, Psal. 32. & 38.

Use 4 Use 4. Beware of abusing our bodily senses, or any part of our Body to Sin, lest God take it from us, or the use of it, &c. Better to want Ears or Tongues, than to abuse them, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the bodily misery of this party which was thus stricken by the Hand of God with Deaf­ness, and a kind of Dumbness or difficulty of Speech; We may take occasion to meditate of the Spirituall misery of our Souls by Nature without Christ, and without the sanctifying Grace of his Spirit. For as it was with this man in respect of his bodily sense or Hearing, and use of Speech, that he was deprived there­of; So it is with every one of us by Nature in respect of our Souls, that we are spiritually Deaf; that is, unfit and unable to hear the Voice of God, and of his Word (as we ought) speaking unto us in the ministry of it; unfit also to hear and obey the Voice of God's Spirit speaking inwardly to our Hearts and Consci­ences, [Page 458] and stirring up good and holy motions there; So also we are by Nature spiritually dumb, having an impediment in our Speech; yea, stark dumb when we should either speak of spiritual and heavenly matters to the edifying of others, or when we should speak to God in Prayer and Thanksgiving. Labour to see this our spiritual Deafness and Dumbness by Nature in spiritual and heavenly matters, and to be humbled for it; that whereas we have ears quick enough and open enough to hear all other matters of the World; yet we are deaf to hear spiritual matters, as the Doctrine of God's holy Word: and not onely naturally deaf and dull to hear such things; but many also are wilfully deaf like the Adder, stopping her ears against the voice of the Charmer. And so whereas our tongues are quick and nimble to talk of earthly matters, we are tongue­tyed and dumb when we should speak to God in Prayer, or speak unto others for Edification. So much of the outward misery of this party, which moved his friends to shew mercy towards him.

Now follow the works of mercy and love which they performed unto him and for him. 1. They brought him to Christ to be cured.

2. They beseech Christ to put his hands upon him; that is, to heal or cure him of his deafness and dumb­ness, by putting his hands upon him. The outward gesture of putting hands upon him (which was often used by our Saviour at other times in working miraculous cures,) is here put for the miraculous cure it self. But they bewray in themselves some weakness of Faith, in that they seem to limit the power of Christ to this gesture of imposing hands upon the deaf man, as if he could not otherwise cure him, whereas that Centurion Mat. 8. believed, that if he did but speak the word, &c.

Observ. Observ. It is the duty of Christians to be moved with compassion and pity toward such as are in outward affliction or misery, as bodily sickness, pain, deafness, dumbness, blindness, lameness, poverty, &c. and not only to be inwardly moved with compassion toward such, but also to shew mercy by the fruits and ef­fects of it toward them, by helping, relieving, and comforting them, and doing them all good that may be. Job 6. 14. To him that is afflicted, pity should be shewed of his friend. Rom. 12. 15. Weep with them that weep. Jam. 3. 17. The Wisdom that is from above is full of Mercy and good fruits; not onely of Mercy, but of the fruits of Mercy. Job 29. 15. He was eyes to the blind, and feet to the lame: and Paul saith, Who is weak and I am not weak? 2 Cor. 11. 29. And at the last day, the Elect shall be commended and rewarded of Christ, for shew­ing mercy to him, that is, to his faithful Members in their bodily afflictions and miseries; for feeding them being hungry, for giving drink to them being thirsty, for visiting and comforting them in Prison and Sick­ness.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. We profess to be fellow-Members of Christ's body, which is the true Church and People of God; therefore, as in the natural body there is a fellow-feeling in all the Members toward each other, and one is ready to help and relieve another being pained, or distressed, or weak; so must it be among the Mem­bers of the Church, &c. See 1 Cor. 12. 25.

2. We our selves are likewise in the body, and therefore subject to like Infirmities, Diseases, Miseries: Therefore as we would have others pity and shew mercy to us, so should we, &c. Heb. 13. 3. Remember them which suffer Adversity, as being your selves in the body.

Use 1 Use 1. To condemn such as are not affected with any fellow-feeling of the outward bodily miseries of others: So long as themselves are well, in outward health, ease, and in soundness of body, having the use of their senses, lims, &c. they regard not how it is with others; though they see and hear of others that are in sickness and pain, or which are stricken with loss of lims, or loss of senses, &c. they take it not at all to heart, they are not moved with pity towards them, so hard-hearted they are; no more moved with grief for others bodily miseries, nor with compassion on them, than if they did not at all concern them. Amos 6. 1, 6. A wo denounced against such as lived at ease and in pleasure, and were not grieved for the affliction of Joseph. It was one sin of the Heathen, to be unmercifull, Rom. 1. 3. A sign that such are no lively Members of Christ's Body the Church, because they are not touched with compassion of the miseries of their fellow-Members. Again, this convinceth such as profess Mercy and Pity in words toward such as are in bodily miseries, but shew it not by fruits of Mercy; by relieving, comforting, praying for them, &c. This is barren and fruit­less Mercy, like that mentioned Jam. 2. 16. Remember, Jam. 2. 13. He shall have Judgment without mercy that hath shewed no mercy.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how great is the sin of those, that instead of pitying and shewing mercy to such as are in out­ward affliction and misery, do rather shew cruelty, adding affliction to their affliction: Such are they who by their undiscreet carriage do vex and grieve the minds of the afflicted, and so add sorrow to such as are alrea­dy afflicted. In this Job's friends were faulty; and Phil. 1. 16. Paul's Enemies: Such also as when they see others stricken with loss of senses or limms, with Deafness, Blindness, Lameness, &c. in stead of pittying and comforting them, do not stick to deride and scoff at them, and otherwise to abuse them; a Sin condem­ned expresly by the Law of God, Levit. 19. 14. Thou shalt not curse the deaf, nor put a stumbling-block before the blind. Deut. 27. 18. Such also as oppress the poor, grinding their faces, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To move and stir us up to shew mercy and pity toward such as are in outward affliction, as fellow-Members of Christ's Body the Church, we must shew compassion upon others when the hand of God is upon them, either in their bodies by Sickness, Pain, Deafness, Dumbness, Blindness, &c. or in their outward estate by Poverty and Want. We must pity them in heart; and not onely so, but shew mercy on them by fruits of Love and Mercy, being ready to help, comfort, pray for them, &c. Cast not off others in their Af­flictions, when there is most need of help, Prov. 17. 17. Remember, thou thy self art also in the body, and lia­ble to the same or like miseries; therefore, as thou would'st find mercy, so shew it to others, Col. 3. 12. As the Elect of God, put on bowels of mercy, &c. Luke 6. 36. Be mercifull, as your heavenly Father is mercifull. It is a special evidence and mark of a Child of God to be of a merciful nature and disposition toward such as are in misery, &c. Oh therefore labour for it, and put upon us the miseries of our Brethren and Sisters; set our selves in their room, &c. even then, when our selves are in health, ease, prosperity. This is hard to flesh and blood.

Use 4 Use 4. How much more ought we to pity and shew mercy to such as are in spiritual miseries; as those whose Souls and Consciences are diseased with sin and sinful lusts, as Unbelief, Hardness of heart, Pride, Co­vetousness, [Page 459] &c. Such also as are spiritually deaf, and unfit to hear the Voice of God sounding in the Ministry of his Word; spiritually dumb, or tongue-tyed, not able to speak to God in Prayer; spiritually blind, &c. spiritually poor, &c. Oh pity such, and shew mercy on them in these fearful spiritual miseries; be ready to help them out of them, by Christian Admonition, Instruction, Comfort, Prayer, &c.

It followeth. And they beseech him &c.

Observ. Observ. One special work of mercy and love, which we owe to such as are in misery and affliction, is, To seek to God and unto Christ by prayer for them; commending their case to God, desiring the Lord to san­ctify their Afflictions to them, to give them comfort, patience, and deliverance in due time, &c. This we are to do in all miseries of others, whether corporal or spiritual. 2. In bodily miseries, as Sickness, Pain, &c. Jam. 5. In sickness acknowledge your faults one to another, and pray one for another. David did this for his Enemies, Psal. 35. 13. When they were sick I humbled my Soul with Fasting, and my Prayer was turned into my own bosom: How much more should we do it for our Friends, Neighbours, &c. especially for such as we are tyed to by special bond of Nature, Duty, Acquaintance, &c. Hebr. 13. 3. Remember such as are afflicted, &c. that is, by Prayer: Matth. 8. the Centurion came and besought Christ to heal his sick Servant. So Jai­rus sought to him instantly for his Daughter, being at Point of Death, Mark 5. 2. In spirituall miseries of others; yea, in these chiefly and principally: When we hear and know of such as are in inward di­stress of Conscience, or have sick Souls diseased with Sin, or are spiritually deaf, dumb, blind, &c. we are to remember such in our sutes to God.

Ʋse. Reproof of such as neglect or forget to perform this Christian Duty of Prayer for such as are in mise­ry and affliction. Some can give their friends good counsel and advice for their bodies and outward estate, when they are in bodily sickness, pain, &c. but they either forget or neglect to go unto God in Prayer for them, which is the best and most necessary of all Duties of Love and Mercy, to be performed for our friends in affliction. Others use nothing but a few formal words of Prayer for such as are in misery and distress, as God help them, God comfort them, &c. but never send up to God any feeling affectionate Prayer for them, &c. others are so far from performing this Work of Mercy for such as are in distress, that they know not how to perform it, either for themselvs or others, in any good manner.

Mark 7. 33, 24.‘And He took him aside from the multitude, and put his fingers into his Ears, and He spit, and Aug. 11. 1622. touched his tongue; And looking up to Heaven, He sighed, and saith unto him, Ephphata, that is, Be ope­ned.’

OF the occasions of this Miracle of Christ I have spoken.

Now followeth the Manner and Order of his working it: Concerning which two things are set down. 1. His preparation to the working of it, He took him aside from the multitude. 2. His behaviour at the time of working it; consisting

1. In certain Actions and Gestures which he used: 1. Putting his fingers into his Ears. 2. Spitting, and touching his tongue with the Spittle. 3. Looking up to Heaven. 4. Sighing.

2. In the word which he added unto the foresaid Actions and Gestures, having so put his fingers into his Ears, &c. He said unto him, Ephphata; that is, Be opened.

Touching the first of these, viz. his taking the deaf man aside from the multitude, it may be demanded why or for what cause he did thus?

Answ. 1. To avoid all shew of Ambition and Vain-glory, to shew that he sought not his own Glory, but the Glory of God, in working this Miracle. 2. That he might not be hindered by the throng of the multi­tude, in the orderly working of the Miracle.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In performance of all good works and duties, we ought to take heed of ambitious desire of our own Vain-glory; yea, we should be far from the very shew and appearance of it. See this before observed, Chap. 5. Ver. 37.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. When we go about the performance of weighty and serious good duties, we should withdraw our selves from hinderances and impediments. See also for this, Chap. 5. 37. So much of Christ's preparation used before he wrought the Miracle.

Now follow the Actions and Gestures used in working the same, or immediately before the working of it. The two first I will speak of and handle joyntly together, viz. the actions of putting his fingers into his Ears, and of spitting and touching his tongue.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour use these, seeing his bare Word and Power was sufficient alone to work the Miracle?

Answ. Answ. He used these outward actions or gestures not as means for the effecting of the miraculous cure, as if the healing vertue were in the Spittle, (for that was effected onely by his Word and Divine Power) but as outward signs and testimonies or pledges of his Divine Power and gracious good Will to cure the deaf and dumb man; and that for the helping and strengthning of the Faith of the Person that was to be cured, and of those that brought him to Christ. He put his fingers into the ears of the party, to shew that he had power to restore unto him, or to bestow on him, the use of his Hearing; and that it was his Will to do it. So also he touched his tongue with Spittle, to shew his Power and Will to bestow on him the free use of his Speech.

Now, upon this place the Papists would ground one of their foolish Ceremonies, used in administring [...]he Sacrament of Baptism: For from Christ's practice in spitting and touching the tongue of the deaf and dumb man, they have drawn their Ceremony of touching the ears and nostrils of the party to be baptized with the Spittle of the Popish Priest, which they do in imitation of Christ; that as he in healing the body used Spittle; so likewise the use of Spittle by the Priest may be a means to heal the Soul of the party bap­tized. (See the Rhemists on this place.) But here is no ground for this foolish absurd Ceremony, there being many and wide differences between Christ's using of it and their using of it: For 1. Christ used this [Page 460] Ceremony, there being many and wide differences between Christ's using of it and their using of it. For, 1. Christ used this Ceremony of spittle extraordinarily in the working of a Miracle by his divine Power, whereas they use it ordinarily in the Sacrament of Baptism. 2. Christ used it onely as a signe of miracu­lous healing of the Body; The Popish Priests use it as an effectual means of healing the Soul, and as a means to conjure and cast out the Devil out of the party to be baptized, for it is a part of their solemn Exorcisms used before Baptism. 3. Christ used it to one that was of years, they to Infants. 4. He touched onely the Tongue of him that was half dumb, whereas the Popish Priests use to touch the Ears and Nostrills, &c. But to leave them, and to come to the Instructions from our selves.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here how hard and slow we are by Nature to believe and apply to our selves the saving Pow­er and Mercy of God, and of Christ for the helping of our Bodies, or for the curing and saving of our Souls; else what need our Saviour to have used these Gestures: Labour to see this our naturall unbelief, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See the great Goodness and Mercy of Christ toward such as are weak in Faith, not onely bea­ring with their weakness, and not rejecting them for it, but also using the best means to help and strengthen their Faith, and to cherish it in them: Esay 42. 3. A bruised Reed shall he not break, &c. that is, he shall not extinguish, but cherish the least measure of true Faith, and other sanctifying Graces in the Faithfull. Thus he used means to help the weak Faith of Thomas the Apostle: Joh. 20. 27. bidding him to behold his Hands, and to put his own hands into Christ's side, &c. So Matth. 14. he helped and strengthened the weak Faith of Peter and the other Disciples being in danger of drowning on the Sea. Hence it is, That he hath ordained the Ministery of his Word, and the use of the Sacraments for the helping and strengthening of such as are weak in Faith.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort for such as do feel and complain of the weakness of their Faith, and are truly grieved and humbled for it; Let them not be discouraged. Christ is so far from rejecting them or their Faith because of the weakness thereof, that he is ready and willing by all means to help, comfort, and cherish it in them; and to this end hath he appointed excellent means; as the Ministery of the Word and Sacraments, &c. which if we conscionably use, we shall find and feel them effectuall through the gracious working of his Spi­rit to help and strengthen our Faith.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what is fit to be done of all such as find and feel such weaknesse of Faith in themselves, if they would have it confirmed in them; seek unto Jesus Christ the Authour and Finisher of our Faith (as he is called, Hebr. 12.) and pray unto Him to help and strengthen thy Faith, to settle thy Heart more and more in a stedfast belief of God's Promises, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Let all Christians imitate Christ himself, in being carefull by all good means to help and strengthen the weak Faith of the Brethren and Sisters in Christ, by praying for them, by comforting them out of the Word of God against their Sins, and the Temptations of Satan; by acquainting them with the infinite Mercy of God, and with his most gracious Promises made to penitent Sinners, &c. Especially Ministers of the Word should do this: Luke 22. 32. Peter being Converted, must strengthen his Brethren in Faith: Isa. 35. 3. Strengthen the weak Hands, and confirm the feeble Knees, &c. Herein follow Christ. See Isa. 50. 4. Rom. 14. 1. So much of the two first Actions or Gestures used by our Saviour in working this Miracu­lous Cure. Now follow the other two, viz. His looking up to Heaven, and his sighing.

Touching the first, His looking up to Heaven] This Gesture is used. 1. To shew and testifie from whence he received the divine Power and Gift of miraculous healing, even from Heaven; that is, from God him­self. 2. To shew that he prayed unto God his heavenly Father for the benefit of this miraculous Cure to be bestowed on this man, that he might have the use of his Hearing, and of his Speech, &c. For although as he was God, he was equal with God the Father, and had this Power of working Miracles of himself, and so had no need to pray to his Father for it; yet as he was Man, and as he was Mediatour, he was Inferior to God the Father, and so he received this Power and Gift of working Miracles from his Father, and in this respect He now prayed unto God his Father, that by his divine Power the benefit of this Miraculous Cure might be bestowed upon this party. So at other times he used to pray unto God for Power and Assistance in the working of other Miracles, as Joh. 11. 41.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See what is to be done of us for the obtaining of any Blessing, Spirituall and Temporall, which we desire for our selves or others; we are to look up to Heaven for it, that is, to seek unto God by prayer of Faith for it; If Christ himself did this, &c. This is the best way to obtain what we desire and want for Soul or Body, for our selves or others: Jam. 1. 5. If any lack Wisdom, let him ask of God, &c. So in the want of all other good things, Spirituall and Temporall. If any want Knowledge, Faith, &c. If any want Health, Wealth, &c. Let him go to God by prayer. So if any be in trouble, and desire deliverance or comfort, &c. See Isa. 17. 7. So also in the wants and necessities of others we are to look up to Heaven, seeking to God by prayer of Faith: Jam. 5. 16. Pray one for another, that ye may be healed, &c.

Rat. 1 Rat. 1. All good Gifts and Blessings come from above, even from God: Jam. 1. 17. Therefore seek to Him for them. &c.

Rat. 2 Rat. 2. Prayer is the means sanctified unto us of God, for the obtaining of all Blessings needfull for our selves and others: Matth. 7. 7. Ask and ye shall have, &c.

Rat. 3 Rat. 3. All living Creatures, even brute Beasts, Fowls, &c. in their kinds, do look up (after a sort) to God for supply of their wants: Psal. 145. 15. The eyes of all look unto Thee, or wait upon Thee, &c. The young Ravens cry unto God, and seek their meat from him, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the Cause why many wanting Temporall and Spirituall Blessings, have not their wants supply­ed. They use not the means, they look not up to God, they seek not to him by prayer Daily: Jam. 4. 2. They have not, because they ask not, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Remember and be carefull in all wants of Temporall and Spirituall good things, to look unto God by Faith, and to seek to him by prayer. Then will He give us the good things we desire, so far as shall be good for us, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The blessing of bodily Health is from God, &c.

He sighed] In Token and Testimony of inward Grief and compassion, with which he was moved in him­self [Page 461] for the misery and affliction laid upon this Deaf and Dumb man by the Hand of God, and especially in respect of that corruption of sin which was in him, and was the Originall Cause and Root of this misery.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here the truth of Christ's Humane Nature, in that he was subject to such infirmities of Man, as are meerly Naturall and not Sinful; as to be inwardly affected with Grief, and to shew it by sighing, &c. But of this often before.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Christ Jesus our Lord is a mercifull and compassionate Saviour unto his Elect, being touched with feeling of their miseries; and with grief for them when he was upon Earth in state of Humiliation. See Joh. 11. 33. And though he, being now Glorified in Heaven, is not subject to the passions of Grief, Sorrow, &c. as he was subject unto upon Earth; yet he is still a mercifull and compassionate Saviour, tenderly and mercifully affected towards the Faithfull in all their miseries of Soul and Body; being ready to help and relieve them therein, and to comfort and deliver them out of their miseries in due time: Hebr. 4. 15. we have not an High Priest which cannot be touched with feeling of our Infirmities, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See how great hardness of heart possesseth us by nature, in that we are not touched with feeling of our own sins and miseries, which caused Christ himself to Grieve, and Sigh, and groan inwardly when he was on Earth, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Comfort to God's Children against all Miseries and Afflictions; yea, against all Sins and Cor­ruptions remaining in them. Remember that Christ Jesus is to them a mercifull and Compassionate Savi­our, &c.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. Let us every one after Christ's example learn to be affected with Grief and Compassion for the miseries of our Brethren and Sisters, &c. But of this, the last Day.

Mark 7. 33. 34, 35.‘And he took him aside from the multitude, and put his fingers into his Ears; and he spit, and Aug. 18. 1622. touched his Tongue: And looking up to Heaven, he sighed, and saith unto him, Ephphatha, that is, Be ope­ned: And straightway his Ears were opened, and the string of his Tongue was loosed, and he spake plain.’

IN these Verses the Evangelist setteth down the manner of Christ's working this Miracle, and the Miracle it self. Touching the manner, two things are laid down.

  • 1. His preparation to the working of it; Taking the Deaf and Dumb man aside from the multitude.
  • 2. His Behaviour or Carriage at the time of working it.

Of his preparation I have spoken: In part also, of his manner of carriage in working the Miracle: which carriage stands in two things.

  • 1. In certain outward Actions or Gestures used: As putting his Fingers into the Ears of the Deaf, &c.
  • 2. In his powerfull Word added to the foresaid Actions; Saying unto him, Ephphatha; that is, Be opened. Touching the Gestures and Actions we have spoken. Now to speak of the Word which he added.

Ephphatha] A Syriack word, which signifies as much as, Be thou opened; as the Evangelist himself doth interpret it. It is derived from the Hebrew word [Pathach] which signifies to open.

Quest. Quest. Why doth he add this word unto the former Actions and Gestures, seeing he could have Cured the Deaf and Dumb without speaking any such word unto him?

Answ. Answ. To shew that howsoever he pleased to use those outward Actions, of putting Fingers into his Ears, and touching his Tongue, &c. as Signs and Testimonies of his Power and Will to Cure the Deaf and Dumb; yet there was no vertue or efficacy in those Actions of themselves to Cure him, but that all the healing Power and Vertue was from Christ himself as he was God: therefore he doth not only put his Fingers into the ears of the Deaf, and touch his Tongue with spittle, thereby to shew & testifie his Power and Will to Cure him; but with­all, he addeth this word uttered with his own mouth, thereby to shew that this Miracle must be wrought by his own divine Power, which Power he manifested & shewed forth by this his Word. Note that this word of Christ was used by him, not only as a bare Figure and Testimony of his Power and Will to work this miraculous Cure, but also as an effectuall means by which he wrought the Miracle; and therefore although he had before used those Gestures of putting his Fingers into the ears of the Deaf, and of touching his Tongue: Yet the miracu­lous effect followed not till he added his Word, which shews that the Miracle was not wrought by means of those former Gestures used, but by means of the Word added unto them; not that there was any Power or Ver­tue in the syllables, or bare sound of the word [Ephphatha] of it self (for it was a common ordinary word in the Syrian Language which our Saviour Christ and the Jews then commonly spake), but because it pleased our Sa­viour by the uttering of this word to shew and manifest his divine Power for the effecting of this Miracle. Further observe, That these words, Be thou opened; are to be referred both to the opening of the ears of him that was Deaf, and also to the opening of his mouth, or loosing of the string of his tongue; to shew, that both the use of his Hearing, and also of his Speech, should be miraculously restored unto him by the Power of Christ.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour doth use his Word as a means whereby to manifest his divine Power in wor­king this Miracle: We may hence learn, That Christ is able to work great and wonderfull effects by means of his Word: Hebr. 4. 12. Mighty in operation. Now the Word of Christ is twofold. 1. That word which He uttered immediately with His own Voice when He lived upon Earth, either in preaching or otherwise. 2. The written Word of Christ, which is contained in the Books of the Old and New Testa­ment, which is as truly called the Word of Christ, as that which He spake upon Earth with His own mouth; because it was written by Authority from Christ, and by infallible assistance of his divine Spirit. Now it is true of both these parts or kinds of the Word of Christ, that he was and is able by them to work great and wonderful Effects. Touching his immediate Word uttered with his own mouth being upon Earth, it is clear by this, and sundry other places of the Evangelists, how great effects He wrought by it; sometimes by it curing in­curable Diseases miraculously; sometimes casting out Devils; sometimes stilling the Winds and the Sea; sometimes astonishing those that heard him Preach; sometimes striking terrour into his Enemies, and cau­sing them to fall backward to the Ground, as we may see, Joh. 18. 6. And touching his written Word, [Page 462] it is also true, that by it he is able to work and doth daily work no less powerful and mighty Effects than he did upon Earth, by the immediate words of his Mouth. Indeed he doth not now work such extraordinary Miracles upon men's bodies in curing diseases, casting out Devils, &c. by his written Word, as he did being on Earth by his own lively Voice; but yet he doth by his written Word work such Effects upon mens souls and consciences, as are no less powerful and wonderful in themselves than those Miracles were which he wrought being upon Earth, but rather more powerful and miraculous.

Quest. Quest. What are the powerfull Effects which Christ worketh upon mens Souls and Consciences by his written Word?

Answ. Answ. They are of two sorts: 1. Such as he worketh in the Elect. 2. Such as he worketh in the Reprobate and Wicked.

In the Elect he doth by his Word work sundry powerful Effects; especially these, 1. By it he beateth down the Power and Dominion of Sin and sinful lusts in them, 2 Cor. 10. 4. The Sword of the Spirit, Ephes. 6. 2. He subdueth and over-throweth the Kingdom of Satan in them, casting him out of their Souls and Consciences, and not suffering him there to hold possession. Luke 10. 18. by the Preaching of the Word Satan is said to fall from Heaven like Lightning: See Act. 26. 18. 3. He sets up his own Kingdom of Grace in the Hearts and Consciences of men; working Faith, Repentance, Regeneration, and all saving graces in them. Rom. 10. 17. Faith is by hearing, &c. 1 Pet. 1. 23. it is called, The immortall Seed of our new Birth. 4. He saveth his Elect by it: Rom. 1. 16. The Gospel is the power of God to Salvation, &c. Jam. 1. 21 Able to save your Souls.

In the Reprobate also Christ worketh powerful Effects by his written Word. 1. Convincing their con­sciences of Sin by it, and so making them more inexcusable. 2. Striking terrour into their Consciences, as we see in Foelix, trembling at the Word preached by Paul, Act. 24. 25. 3. Hardning their hearts more and more by his just Judgment, and so giving them up to a reprobate sense. Here observe, That Christ worketh these mighty Effects by his Word, not simply considered as it is written and set down by the Pro­phets and Apostles in the Books of Scripture, but chiefly and principally by the Ministry of this Word, being truly opened, and effectually applyed to mens Consciences, by the Preaching of his faithful Ministers. The Reason whereof is this, Because Christ hath ordained this Ministry and Preaching of the Word to be the onely ordinary and principal means for the working of all the fore-named Effects both in the Elect and Reprobate.

Use 1 Use 1. This commends unto us the excellency of the Word of Christ, and of the Ministry thereof, in that it is a means by which Christ doth usually work such powerful and wonderful Effects upon mens Souls and Consciences, beating down the power of Sin and Satan in them, working Faith, Repentance, &c. This should stir up all Ministers to be diligent in Preaching this Word, and all Christians to be forward and swift to hear it on all occasions. Especially such as feel the Power of sin and of Satan bearing sway in their hearts and Consciences; Let such come diligently to the Word preached, which is able by the Power of Christ's Spirit accompanying it to cast down these strong holds.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Labour to find and feel in our selves the saving Power of Christ's Divine Spirit manifested in and by the Ministry of his Word, beating down the Power of all Sin in us, mortifying and crucifying our sinfull lusts, overthrowing the Kingdom of Satan in us, working Faith, Repentance, Regeneration, &c. making us, of sinful men to become new Creatures. For certain it is, if thou do not feel this saving Power and Vertue of the Word of Christ in thee, thou must needs feel a contrary Power in it and by it, to convince and harden thee more and more; one way or other it will work powerfully upon thy Soul and Conscience; one way or other Christ will shew his Divine Power in thee by the Ministry of his Word; either he will make it pow­erful to soften or to harden thy heart; it is a Hammer, (Jer. 23.) and therefore by it Christ will either break thy stony heart in pieces, or else make it harder (like the Smith's Anvil) by often striking upon it: It shall be either the savour of death unto death, or the savour of life unto life unto thee. It cannot be preached in vain, nor heard of thee in vain; but some powerful effect or other it alwayes worketh in all that are hearers of it: Look to thy self therefore what effects it worketh in thee. So much of the manner of Christ's work­ing this Miracle.

Now followeth the Miracle it self, Ver. 35. And straightway his ears were opened, &c. In the words are two things contained:

First, The miraculous Effects which followed upon the word of Christ uttered to the deaf and dumb man, which Effects are two. 1. That his ears were opened,] that is, The faculty and use of Hearing was restored to him. 2. That the string of his tongue was loosed,] that is, The Impediment of his Speech was taken away, or the difficulty of it removed; and this is proved by a further Effect and Consequent, viz. That he spake plain,] that is, he was enabled to speak with ease and freedom of Tongue, or, he came to have and en­joy the true and right use of his Speech: And this argueth, that he was not stark dumb before, &c. Us su­prà.

The second thing in the words is, The amplification of these miraculous Effects by the Circumstance of time, or the speedy and suddain accomplishment of them: In that they were straightway fulfilled; that is, so soon as ever Christ had used those gestures of putting his fingers into the Ears of the deaf, and touching his Tongue, &c. and had thereunto added his powerful Word. And this is added, to shew the truth and cer­tainty of the Miracle, and the more to set out the greatness of Christ's Power.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1 Here is another proof of Christ's God-head, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Here we learn, That our Saviour Christ, as he is God, hath absolute Power and Authority over all diseases and infirmities of Man's body, being able to cure and heal them, and to restore the body to per­fect health and soundness again; yea, he can do this miraculously and extraordinarily, without ordinary means of Physick; onely by his Divine Power immediately. Thus being upon Earth, in the state of Hu­miliation, he was able miraculously to cure such as were deaf and dumb (as we see here), or to cure such as were born blind, and to cure all the most incurable diseases, as Leprosies, Feavers, Palsies, bloody-Issues in Women, &c. Now, if he had this Power being on Earth, then he hath still the same Power being ex­alted [Page 463] to Heavenly Glory, &c. his Arm is not shortned or weakned, but rather strengthned by his advance­ment to the right hand of God, &c. See more of this Point, and the uses of it, Chap. 2. ver. 12. And Chap. 5. Ver. 29.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour did thus miraculously cure this man of his bodily Deafness and Dumbness, restoring to him the use of his Hearing and Speech; Hence gather, that he onely is able to cure such as are spiritually deaf and dumb: The same Divine Power is seen in both. See Matth. 8. 17. Such as are un­able and unfit to hear spirituall and heavenly matters (as the Word of God, and the Doctrines of it) who have deaf hearts and consciences, unfit to hear, that is, to believe and to obey the Word of God; Christ alone is able to open the deaf hearts of such, by the Power of his Divine Spirit enabling them to believe and imbrace the Word of God, and to yield obedience to it. Thus he opened the heart of Lydia (which before was deaf), making her fit to attend to Paul's Doctrine, and to embrace and obey the same, Act. 16. So also such as are spiritually dumb; that is, unfit and unable to speak of spiritual and heavenly matters to the Glory of God, and to the edifying of others; Christ alone can unty the string of their tongues, that is, en­able and teach them by his Spirit how to speak to God's Glory and the edifying of others; he onely can furnish them both with matter and words to speak graciously. So also such as are unable to speak unto God by Prayer, Christ alone can open both their hearts and mouths to pray aright unto God. Therefore Luke 11. 1. his Disciples desired him to teach them how to pray; and David Psal. 51. 15. prayeth to the Lord to open his lips, that his mouth might shew forth his praise. Thus it is Christ Jesus alone which can and doth cure and heal such as are spiritually deaf and dumb. And therefore Isa. 35. 5. it is prophecied, that in the Kingdom of Christ, that is, in the flourishing estate of the Church of Christ, in the times of the Gospel, the Ears of the deaf shall be unstopped, and the Tongue of the dumb shall sing, &c. which is to be under­stood, not onely of the restoring and curing of such as should be taken or possessed with bodily deafness and dumbness, but of such especially as should be spiritually deaf and dumb. Now, How should these be cu­red but by the Divine Power and Spirit of Christ, which he should manifest in and by the Preaching of the Gospel?

Use. Use. See what is to be done of those that are spiritually deaf and dumb, (as we are all by Nature more or less,) Let them go and seek unto Christ Jesus, who miraculously opened the ears of the deaf and the mouths of the dumb when he was upon earth: Pray unto him to bore the ears of thy heart, that thou mayest be fit to hear, that is, to believe and obey his Word; and pray him to loose the string of thy tongue, that thou mayest be able and fit to speak to him in Prayer, and to speak to his Glory and the edifying of others: Pray with David, Open thou my lips, &c. If he do but touch thy heart and tongue with the finger of his Spi­rit, and say but Ephphatha unto thee, that is, Do but will that thy heart be opened, and thy tongue loosed, it shall be done; but without the Divine Power of his Spirit it can never be done.

Straightway his eyes were opened, &c.]

Observ. Observe the truth and certainty of this Miracle; that it was wrought immediately by the Divine Power of Christ as he was God, and not by any natural or ordinary means whatsoever; for then it could not have been wrought thus suddenly and speedily so soon as ever Christ had uttered the word Ephphatha; for in all cures of the body, which are wrought by means, there is some space of time required for the means to shew their natural Power and Vertue to effect the cure. But it was not so here, which therefore proveth it to be truly miraculous, and serveth to strengthen our Faith in the Divine Power and God-head of Christ, and in the truth of the Doctrine of Christ, which was sealed from Heaven by this and many the like Mira­cles.

Mark 7. 36, 37.‘And he charged them that they should tell no man; but the more he charged them, so much Aug. 25. 1622. the more a great deal they published it: And were beyond measure astonished, saying, He hath done all things well, he maketh both the deaf to hear, and the dumb to speak.’

IN these two last Verses of this Chapter, the Evangelist layeth down the Consequents of the Miracle of Christ, wrought upon him that was deaf and half-dumb: The Consequents are these four.

  • 1. The charge given by our Saviour unto the party cured, and to those that brought him to Christ, that they should not divulge the Miracle.
  • 2. Their disobedience to his charge, and violating of his Precept; in that the more straightly he had char­ged them not to make known the Miracle, the more a great deal they published it.
  • 3. The cause moving them so to divulge it. Their great and unmeasurable Astonishment at the Mi­racle.
  • 4. An Effect of that astonishment which it produced in them: It moved them to give an honourable Testimony of this and all other works of Christ, approving and commending the same; saying, He hath done all things well, &c.

That they should tell no man,] This is not so to be understood, as if Christ would have this Miracle utterly suppressed and buried in silence, (for he knew that this could not be,) but his meaning and purpose was, 1. To forbid them to speak of it rashly and unadvisedly, without due consideration of Circumstances of time, place, and persons; when, where, and to whom they did speak of it. 2. To forbid them to make it com­monly known to all or most of those they should meet with; not to such as were not likely to make good use thereof, but rather to take offence thereat and at Christ himself, and his Doctrine, as the malicious Scribes and Pharisees, and such like obstinate enemies of Christ; but if they made it known to any, it should be to such as were like to make good use of the Miracle.

Quest. Quest. Why would not our Saviour have this Miracle divulged abroad, or made commonly known to others?

Answ. Answ. 1. To avoid all shew of ambition and desire of Vain-glory.

[Page 464] 2. Lest the common People being too much addicted to his Miracles, should too much flock after him for them, and so hinder and interrupt him in his Ministery and Preaching; which was a work of greater neces­sity and use for the People. See Chap. 1. Ver. 45.

3. Because the time appointed of God for the more clear and full manifestation of Christ's God-head and divine Glory was not yet come, for he was in the state of his humiliation and abasement, and so was to con­tinue, and to be more and more abased, untill the time of his glorious Resurrection from Death. And in the mean time though the Glory of his God-head was in some sort and degree manifested to his Disciples, and some few others by the Miracles which he wrought; yet it was not to be so fully and clearly manifested, nor so generally and commonly as it was after his Resurrection. This was a main and principall reason why our Saviour so often gave Charge that his Miracles should not presently or forthwith be divulged. See before, Chap. 1. Ver. 44.

4. That it might be fullfilled which was spoken: Esay 43. 2. That he should not cry, &c. See Matth. 12. 17. and Junius his Analysis on that place.

Observ. 1. In doing good Duties of our Callings, we must be far from the very shew of Ambition and Vain-glory, &c. Of this before, Ver. 33.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Ministers to learn here from Christ's example, to be very wise and carefull to prevent all occa­sions and impediments that may any way hinder or interrupt them in their Ministeriall Duties, especially in the Duty of preaching the Word. Christ was so carefull of this, That he would not have his great Mira­cles too commonly known and talked of abroad amongst the People, lest they flocking after him for Mira­cles should hinder his Preaching. Now if he were so carefull and watchfull to prevent all that might hinder and disturb his Ministery, how much more need have ordinary Pastors and Teachers to watch against all oc­casions which may hinder or disturb them in the Duties of their Ministery? Many such hinderances and di­sturbances shall we be sure to meet with, if we be not wise and wary before hand to prevent them. The Devil and wicked men bestirr themselves daily to hinder us in our Ministery: Zach. 3. 1. When Joshua the High Priest stood before the Lord to Minister in his Office, Satan stood at his right hand to resist him, &c. So will he stand at our right hand, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour forbad this Miracle to be made known, because the time was not yet come in which the Glory of his God-head proved by his Miracles should be clearly and fully manifested, hereby he teacheth us to be far from desiring or seeking any Honour or Glory to our selves, which doth not belong unto us, or which doth not as yet belong unto us, or is not meet and fit for us at this or that time. Yea, though such honour be offered or tendred to us by others, we are not to accept or take it to our selves, but refuse and reject it if we know it be not due unto us, or not justly and seasonably given to us. Though the People were forward to publish abroad Christ's Miracles, thereby to make him Famous and Honourable in all places; yet he forbad them, and refused this Honour, because it was not as yet meet and fit for him, nor sutable to his present state of humiliation. So John Baptist would by no means accept the honour of being accompted the Messiah, because it belonged not unto him. See Joh. 1. 20.

Use. Use. To check and reprove the Ambition and Pride of many, who greedily desire and accept of such Ho­nour as belongs not to them, nor is meet or fit for them, or justly deserved by them, &c. So much of the first Consequent of the Miracle, Christ's charge given unto them not to divulge it.

Now followeth the second Consequent, viz. Their disobedience to the precept of Christ, in that the more he Charged them, the more a great deal they published it.

Quest. Quest. Whether did they well in this publishing of it contrary to his Commandement?

Answ. Answ. It is likely, That they intended well in it, thinking thereby to honour Christ, and to make him the more Famous and Renowned in the places where they divulged it; For it is said afterward, that they were greatly astonished at the Miracles, and that they acknowledged that he had done all things well, &c. which argues, that they approved well of him and of the Miracle wrought by him, and therefore no doubt but they published it out of good will to Christ, and under pretence of honouring him; yet neverthelesse because they did herein transgress the Commandement of Christ, it must needs be a fault and sin in them. The Instructions to be gathered hence: See before, Chap. 1. Ver. 45.

The third Consequent of the Miracle followeth; which is, the cause moving them so to publish it contra­ry to Christ's Commandement; namely, their great astonishment, &c. Now here is something commen­dable and good, and something discommendable and evil: It is commendable in them, that they were much affected and moved with admiration of this great Miracle of Christ. But it was discommendable, That they seem to have exceeded due measure in this their admiration and astonishment, for so it is said, They were astonished beyond measure, &c.

Quest. Quest. How did they exceed measure herein?

Answ. Answ. In that they were too much carryed away, and rapt with admiration of the Work or Miracle it self, and did not so duly and seriously consider and take notice of the divine Power of Christ by which it was wrought. The points of Instruction to be observed hence, see before, Chap. 6. 51. Chap. 1. 27. Chap. 2. 12, &c.

Observ. 1 The fourth and last Consequent of the Miracle, is the effect which that great astonishment brought forth in them, causing them to give so good testimony of all the works of Christ, That he had done all well, &c. And this is spoken in commendation of them, that they were not onely moved with admiration at the Miracle, but that they brake forth into this testimony of it, and all the other Miracles of Christ, approving and com­mending them.

Observ. 1. It is fit for us when we take notice of the great and wonderfull works of God, not onely to be affected in Heart with reverence and admiration of them, but also to testifie the same in words (as occasion is offered), by giving honourable testimony of such works of God, acknowledging and magnifying the same. So did this People here give testimony of this Miracle of Christ, commending and extolling the same: So David in the Book of Psalms often breaketh forth into praise and commendation of the great works of God. See Psal. 19. Psal. 111. Psal. 118. &c. And he often exhorteth others also to do the like. So Elihu, Job 36. & 37. Chapters.

Reason. Reason. This is a speciall honour unto God himself (and so he accompteth it) when we speak honourably and respectfully of his works, praising and magnifying the same.

Use. Ʋse. To reprove such as bury the great and extraordinary works of God in silence, or else speak not of them with such Honour, Reverence, and Respect as is due unto them, &c. A sign they are not affected in Heart with such due reverence and admiration of them as is fit, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour Christ did so live and carry himself in his Calling and Ministery upon Earth, that he procured and had the good word and testimony of men; yea, of the common People, who commen­ded him for doing all things well, &c. Hence we are to learn by this example to endeavour so to walk and live in our Places and Callings, That we may procure and have the good testimony and approbation of men for our good Conversation; and not onely the good testimony of the better sort, but of all so far as is possible: Rom. 12. 17. Provide things honest in the sight of all men: Phil. 4. 8. Whatsoever things are true, honest, &c. and of good report. If there be any vertue, and praise, &c. 1 Tim. 3. 7. A Bishop should have good report even from without; so every Christian. As we are first and principally to approve our Life and Conversa­tion to God, so we are not to neglect or contemn the good opinion and approbation of Men, so far as it may be had and procured with the keeping of a good Conscience. Now the good testimony and approbation of Men is procured two wayes especially. 1. By walking innocently and uprightly, endeavouring to have alwayes a good conscience towards God and Man, as Paul did, Acts 24. 16. And this innocent and up­right walking stands partly in avoiding all known and manifest sins, and partly in conscionable practise of all good and holy Duties required of us in the Word of God. 2. By a wise and circumspect walking to­wards all Men, even toward those that are without; that is, the profane and wicked: Col. 4. 5. Not giving just occasion of offence to such; not that we can walk either so innocently or so wisely as Christ did, but that we must endeavour it as far as is possible, &c.

Use. Ʋse. For reproof of such as walk scandalously and offensively before men, living in grosse and manifest sins, and making no conscience of good Duties required in the Word of God, in so much that they justly open the mouths of others against them to speak evil of them, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. That which is here spoken chiefly of the Miracles of Christ, that he did them all well, is true in the largest sense of all other actions of his Life upon Earth, that he did them all well; yea, perfitly well, not failing any way either in the matter or manner of doing: All his Works and Actions were most perfitly good, just, and holy; without mixture of sin in any of them, not only his Miracles, but his preaching, praying, conference, keeping the Sabbath, &c. Joh. 8. 46. Which of you convinceth me of sin? He fullfilled all Righ­teousnesse, and all Obedience due to both Tables of the Morall Law, and likewise to the Ceremoniall Law: Rom. 10. 4. Christ is the end (that is, the perfection or full accomplishment) of the Law for Righteousnesse, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Comfort to true Believers against their manifold imperfections and faylings in their life and Actions, and in the obedience required of them to the Law of God. Though we cannot do all things well, but in many things we all offend, Jam. 3. 2. yea, we do nothing perfitly well, but our best Actions and Duties are as menstruous Clowts mingled with much Corruption; yet this is our great comfort, that Christ our Head and Saviour being on Earth did all things well; yea, perfitly well, performing all perfit and full obedience to the Law of God, and that for us, that we being by Faith ingrafted into him, may by his perfit active Obe­dience and Righteousness be justified before God. See Rom. 10. 4.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Seeing Christ did all things well (as the People here freely acknowledge), and yet at other times he was charged and accused by others as an evil Doer; as a Friend of Sinners, as a Drunkard and Glutton, as one that had a Devil, &c. This may teach all Christians that though they live never so uprightly and in­nocently; yet they must look to be evil spoken of, and to be unjustly charged and slandered as evil Doers. Therefore when this comes so to pass, we are not to be discouraged; onely look to this, That we so walk and live, that we give not just occasion to the profane and wicked to open their mouthes against us, &c.

Finis Septimi Capitis.

CHAP. VIII.

Mark 8. 1, unto the 10.‘In those Dayes the Multitude being very great, and having nothing to eat, Jesus called his Sept. 15. 1622. Disciples unto him, and said unto them, &c.’

THE principall parts of this Chapter are these:

  • 1. Our Saviour himself miraculously feeding of 4000 with seven Loaves and a few Fishes, from Verse 1. unto the 10.
  • 2. His Answer to the Pharisees questioning with Him, and tempting Him by seeking of him a Sign from Heaven, from Verse 10. unto the 14.
  • 3. His Admonition given to his Disciples to take heed of the leaven of the Pharisees and of Herod, toge­ther with his reproof of them for misunderstanding that his Admonition, from Verse 14. to the 22.
  • 4. His miraculous Curing of a blind man near to the Town of Bethsaida, from Verse 22. unto the 27.
  • 5. His questioning with his Disciples touching the opinion of the People, and touching their own opinion of his person; together with their Answer thereunto, Verse 27, &c. unto 31.
  • 6. The foretelling of his Passion and Resurrection, Verse 31, &c. to the 34.
  • [Page 466] 7. Lastly, A sum of Doctrine delivered by our Saviour to his Disciples and the Common People, Ver. 34. to the end of the Chapter.

Touching the first, The miraculous feeding of 4000 &c. we may consider, 1. The Circumstances of the Miracle, Ver. 1. unto the 6th. Verse. 2. The Miracle it self, or the manner of working it, Ver. 6, 7, 8, 9.

The Circumstances are three. 1. The time when it was wrought, In those dayes; that is, about the same time in which he cured the deaf and dumb man, at the Sea of Galilee, mentioned in the latter part of the for­mer Chapter. See Matth. 15. 32. 2. The Occasion of it, The People's want of Food; which is ampli­fied by the greatness of the Multitude which were in this want: The Multitude being very great, &c. Ver. 1. 3. A special Antecedent or Preparative going before the Miracle, and making way unto it, viz. The Con­ference of Christ with his Disciples about the People's great want and distress; and about the supply of their want by using some means of ministring food unto them, Ver. 2, 3, 4, 5.

Touching the first Circumstance, viz. The time when this Miracle was wrought; I will not insist upon it, because there is no matter of great moment to be plainly gathered thence for our Instru­ction.

Observ. Observ. Onely we may observe the unwearied pains and diligence of our Saviour, in doing good by his Miracles to the People, in that he wrought so many Miracles at or about one and the same time; for having before cured him that was deaf and dumb, and many others also which were lame, blind, &c. as may appear Matth. 15. 30. yet he is not weary of doing good; but unto all the former Miracles which he had wrought at this time, he addeth this also of feeding the whole Multitude miraculously. See Ver. 2. He had spent three dayes &c. This must teach us after his Example to be painful and diligent in doing good to others, and in shewing Love and Mercy to them according to our abilities, and as occasion is offered, Gal. 6. 9. Let us not be weary of well-doing, &c. True Love is laborious and diligent in doing good to others Souls and bodies at all times, upon all occasions, &c. 1 Thess. 1. 3. The Apostle mentioneth their Labour of Love.

Touching the second Circumstance, The Occasion of this Miracle: The People's want of Food, amplifi­ed by the number of the People being very great.

Having nothing to eat,] that is, No Provision of Food or Victuals to satisfy their hunger.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour took occasion from their want of Food to work this Miracle for the supply of their want, and relief of their necessity; Hence observe, that we should after his Example take occasion from the miseries and necessities of others to shew our love and mercy, in helping and relieving them as we are able. The consideration of their necessities, whether bodily or spiritual, should provoke and stirr up our Love and Mercy to help and relieve them. Gal. 6. 10. As we have Opportunity let us do good to all, &c. that is, as occasion is offered us by others wants and necessities. Isa. 58. 7. Is not this the Fast that I have chosen? when thou seest the naked that thou cover him, &c.

Reason. Reas. This is one cause why the Lord doth suffer others to be in misery and necessity; that so from their want we might take occasion to shew our Love and Mercy in relieving them: Their necessity is our best op­portunity of doing them good.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See then how fit it is for us to take special notice of the miseries of others, both bodily and spiritu­all; for else how can we take occasion by them to shew our love and mercy in relieving them? See then how fit it is to visit and go unto such as are in misery or want, in sickness, pain, poverty, &c. Exod. 2. 11. Moses being grown up went out to his Brethren and looked on their burthens: And Mat. 25. the Elect shall be com­mended and rewarded at the last day, for visiting and coming unto Christ's faithful Members, being sick and in prison.

Use 2 Use 2. Reproof of such as are not moved by consideration of others miseries and wants to help and re­lieve them, being able; but neglect and let slip such good occasions of shewing their Love and Mercy to others. This shews want of true Love and Mercy, whose property it is to take all good occasions of doing good to others.

Use 3 Use 3. This shews the great sin of those who take occasion, from others necessities and miseries, to insult over or upbraid them.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. To stir us up to take special notice of others wants and miseries, both bodily and spiritual, and from thence to take occasion of comforting and relieving them, as we are able. Seest thou another in po­verty and want, and art able to supply his want? Take occasion to shew thy love in helping him. Seest thou another suffer Hunger, Thirst, Nakedness? Take occasion, as thou art able, to supply him with Meat, Drink, and Raiment. Seest thou one that is in sickness, pain, &c? Take occasion to comfort him, to pray for him, &c. So in spiritual necessities of others, &c. See Mark 6. 34.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the greatness of the Multitude (which wanted Food) is mentioned, the more to ampli­fy and set out the greatness and weightiness of this occasion which moved our Saviour to work this Miracle; Hence gather, that the greater and more weighty occasion is offered us, the more careful and forward should we be at any time to do good to others. The greater multitude of People were now in want of Food, the more careful was our Saviour to work a Miracle for the relieving of them. So at other times, the greater oc­casions were offered him of doing good, either by his Miracles or Doctrine, the more careful and forward was he to do good. Matth. 13. 2. when great Multitudes were gathered unto him, he took occasion to speak many things to them in Parables: And Mark 3. 20. we heard, that when a great multitude came together to hear him, and to be partakers of his Miracles, he was so forward to take that special occasion of doing them good, that he suffered himself and his Disciples to be hindred from eating their Meat. The like zeal and forwardness should we shew in doing good, when such special and extraordinary occasions are offe­red us.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Further, Note here the forwardness of the People in coming unto Christ, in so great a multi­tude, to be partakers of his Doctrine and Miracles: For although many (as it is likely) came more for love of his Miracles than of his Doctrine; yet, no doubt but many also came out of love of his Doctrine, and with desire to profit by it; for otherwise our Saviour would not so commend their zeal and forwardness which [Page 467] they shewed in coming so far to him, and continuing so long with him, as he doth afterward. But more of this hereafter. So much of the occasion of Christ's working this Miracle, which was the want of Food, in which this great multitude of people was.

Now followeth the special Antecedent or Preparative which went before the Miracle, viz. The confe­rence of Christ with his Disciples, about the People's want, and the relieving of them. Where 1. Is laid down the Preparation to this Conference, which was his calling of his Disciples unto him: But this I will not insist upon. This was done, that they might conveniently hear him, and to stir up their Attention. 2. The Conference it self, which consisteth of four parts.

  • 1. Our Saviour's first words or Speech used unto them, professing his compassion towards the People in regard of their necessity and want of Food, and his Unwillingness to send them away Fasting, in regard of the hurt and danger that might ensue thereof, ver. 2, 3.
  • 2. Their Answer unto Christ's Speech, doubting and demanding how and by what means so great a multi­tude could be provided for, and satisfied with Food, in the Wilderness? Ver. 4.
  • 3. His Reply unto them, demanding how many loavs they had? Ver. 5.
  • 4. Their Answer, certifying him of the number, Seven.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour thus call his Disciples to him, and confer with them, before he wrought the Miracle?

Answ. Answ. Thereby the better to prepare and fit them to be meet partakers of the Miracle which he was about to work, and to profit by it, by stirring up their hearts and minds both to think seriously of the People's want of Food, and to be affected therewith (as himself was); and also to think of his Divine Power, which he had formerly shewed by the like Miracle, as we heard in the sixth Chapter; by which Power he was also now able to feed the People miraculously, as he had done before. See the thirty fifth Verse of the sixth Chap­ter, &c.

Touching the first part of the Conference, viz. Christ's first words or speech unto his Disciples, we may consider in it two things:

1. A profession of his tender care and compassion over the People.

2. The Grounds or Motives moving him to this Compassion; which are two, 1. The necessity of the People, wanting provision of Food, having nothing to eat: which is amplified by the continuance of time, how long they had been with him, and had been in want of Food, even three dayes. 2. The hurt and dan­ger which might ensue, if he should send them home Fasting; that is, unfed or unsatisfied with Food; they would be in danger to faint by the way, viz. through excessive weakness and weariness, caused by such long Fasting. And the Reason of this danger is given in the words following, Because many of them came from far; therefore having a long way to return home again, there was the more danger and likelihood of fainting by the way, in their return.

I have Compassion,] The word in the Original signifieth very tender compassion and pity, such as is in na­tural Fathers or Mothers towards their Children, for whom their Bowels yearn inwardly with grief, if they see them in any misery.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Our Saviour Christ perceiving the forwardness of the People to come unto him, and to stay long with him to hear him, and to be partakers of his Miracles; he shews his forwardness to care and pro­vide for them in their necessity, even before they take care for themselves, and therefore, before they seek to him, and before his Disciples put him in mind of the People's want, (as they did Chap. 6.) he first takes occasion to testify his compassion on them, and his care to feed them in their hunger: Whence we may ob­serve how ready and forward the Lord is to care and provide for his Servants and Children in temporal things of this life, being careful for themselves, pittying them when they pity not themselves; providing for supply of their wants before they use means to provide for themselves, preventing them with his Blessings in tem­poral things, bestowing them upon them before they ask or seek for them by Prayer. Psal. 31. 3. David saith, the Lord prevented him with the Blessings of Goodness. As a kind loving Father takes care of his Child before it care for it self, when it is young; yea, when it is asleep; so the Lord &c.

Ʋse. Use. Great comfort to the faithful Servants of God and Followers of Christ; For if he be so carefull of them, to supply their wants in temporal Blessings, even before they care or use means for themselves: If he provide for them when they are too slack in providing for themselves; then how much more, when they are provident, and moderately careful for themselves? And if he many times bestow Blessings of this life upon them, and supply their wants before they ask or seek to him by Prayer; how much more will he do it, if they seek and Pray unto him, &c. Therefore fear not want or poverty, hunger, or thirst, &c. So long as thou art carefull to follow Christ and his Word, and art diligent and Conscionable in serving Him, he will pro­vide for thee in Temporal things of this life, if thou first and principally seek Spiritual and Heavenly. Matth. 6. 33. Seek first the Kingdome, &c. Thou mayest be in some want for a time; yea, perhaps a long time; but the Lord will not suffer thee to want any thing that is good for thee, Psal. 84. 11. but he will in due time supply thy want; yea, perhaps when thou least thinkest of it, and art least carefull, he will pre­vent thee with his fatherly Care and Mercy, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Christ Jesus our Lord is a very mercifull Saviour and High Priest towards his Faithfull Ser­vants and Followers, being in any necessity or misery, ready to pitty them, and to shew compassion upon them in their miseries. So Chap. 1. 41. But this hath been often before observed. See the sixth Chapter, Ver. 34.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort to us in all miseries, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Imitate Christ in being merciful. So much of our Saviour's tender Compassion toward this Peo­ple.

Now to speak of the Grounds of his Compassion. And 1. Of the first, viz. The People's want of food, amplified by the continuance of time in which they had been with Christ, even three dayes.

Quest. Quest. Whether it be likely that the People did eat nothing at all for the space of these three whole dayes?

Answ. Answ. 1. In that hot Country of Judea, their appetite unto Meat being less than it is usually in colder Countryes; therefore it is likely, That they were able to Fast much longer than we are able in this colder Country.

2. It is also probable, as some think, That this People were not wholly, and altogether fasting all this time, but that they (or some of them at least) did eat some thing in the space of those three Dayes, though it is like it was not much; howsoever it be, no doubt but at this time when Christ spake these words, they had been very long fasting, or else he needed not to fear lest they should faint by the way as they returned home to their Houses.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the Peoples want of Food was one cause moving Christ to have compassion on them, and to shew it by working this Miracle: Hence gather, That the Necessities and Miseries of others should move us to pitty and compassion towards them, and cause us to shew it by Fruits of Mercy in helping and relieving them: Job 6. 14. To him that is afflicted, pitty should be shewed from his Friend: Rom. 12. 15. Weep with them that weep. But of this before, sufficiently.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The zeal and forwardness of the People, not onely in coming to Christ to hear Him, &c. and that far off, but also continuing with Him so long, even three Dayes, and that fasting: Hence learn to imitate their zeal and forwardness in taking pains to come unto the holy Ordinances of Christ and means of Salvation; as the Ministery of the Word, Sacraments, &c. being content to come far (if need be), and to continue long at holy Exercises (if occasion be offered); yea, to be content sometimes (if need require) to forbear our ordinary Food, or to break our sleep, rather than deprive our selves of the benefit of the Word and Sacrament when we may enjoy them, especially upon the Lord's Sabbaths. The Queen of Sheba came from far to hear the Wisdom of Salomon, Matth. 12. 42. how much more should we come far to hear the Word of Christ, able to make us wise unto Salvation? Psal. 84. 6. The People of God were content to take tedious Journyes, and to passe through dry and thirsty places to come to the place of God's Worship: so should we be content to do the like: Acts 20. 7. The Disciples at Troas were content to hold out very long in hearing Paul, even when he continued his Preaching till Mid-night. See more of this Point, Chap. 2. 2. and Chap. 6. 33.

It followeth, Ver. 3. If I send them away Fasting, &c.

Observ. Observ. See the tender care which the Lord hath over the Bodies of his Servants and Followers, to pro­vide for them all necessaries for bodily sustenance and comfort, and to prevent all hurts and inconveniences that may come unto them. Our Saviour is very carefull here, That the Bodies of these which followed Him might not faint, or be over weak and weary by the Way: Matth. 6. 30. If God cloath the Grasse of Field, &c. shall He not much more cloath you? Matth. 10. 30. The very hairs of your Head are numbred See Mark 6. 31.

Reason. Reason 1. The bodies of the Faithfull are God's Creatures, the work of his Hands; therefore He takes care of them, &c.

2. They are redeemed by Him from the Power of Sin and Satan, and from Hell, &c.

3. They are the Temples of the Holy Ghost, &c. 1 Cor. 6. 19.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Great comfort to us against all bodily wants, and against bodily evils and dangers unto which we are of our selves lyable and subject. If we be true Disciples and Followers of Christ, carefully and consci­onably serving Him, He takes speciall care and charge even of our Bodies, and of every part of them, even of the hairs of our Head: He is carefull to provide for us, and to bestow on us all things needfull for our bodily Life, and carefull to prevent those evils and dangers which may come unto our Bodies (so far as He seeth it good for us to escape them) insomuch that not a hair of our Heads can perish without his Will and Providence. Therefore cast our care on Him, who careth for us, even for our Bodies, which are precious unto Him, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. How much more doth He take care of our Souls to provide for them all things needfull to Salva­tion, to feed them especially with his Word and Sacraments, and to comfort and strengthen them by his Spirit, that they may hold out and not faint in the way unto Heaven and Salvation.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. Seeing the Lord is so carefull, even of the Bodies of his Servants; This must teach them to be also carefull of the good of their own Bodies, to maintain and preserve the health, strength, and life of them by all good means; and to prevent those evils and dangers which may happen to them. Though we are chiefly to have care of our Souls, yet not to neglect our Bodies, lest we tempt God, and provoke Him also to cast off the care of them: Though He have the chief care, yet He will have us also to use the means, &c.

For divers of them came from far] Observe the zeal and forwardness of the People in coming so far to hear Christ, &c. Of this before.

Ver. 4, 5. And his Disciples answered him, &c.

The sense of these words may appear by that which was before spoken upon the 6 chap. from the 35, ver unto the 39. And the Instructions to be gathered hence were likewise there handled.

Ver. 6, 7, 8, 9. And he commanded the People to sit down, &c.

In these Verses he laid down the Miracle it self: The meaning of the words, and the Instructions to be learned from them may appear, from that which was before spoken of the like Miracle, Chap. 6. Ver. 39, &c. The difference between this and that former Miracle of the Loaves stands in this, That there a greater number was fed with a smaller quantity of Food, that is to say, 5000 persons with five Loaves and two Fishes; and a greater quantity of Fragments was left, even twelve Baskets full. Whereas here we see that there was a greater quantity of Food to feed a lesse number of persons, even seven Loaves and a few Fishes to feed 4000, and yet a lesse quantity of Fragments was left, but seven Baskets full. The reason hereof was two­fold. 1. That the quality of the Miracles might be fitted to the present Times and Occasions; there­fore there was now more store of Provision, and a less number of People to be fed than before, he therefore fitteth the Miracle to the present Time and Occasion. 2. That by this means our Saviour might shew the absolute freedom of his divine Power, That he was not at all tyed unto the means in working these Mira­cles, but that his Power was above the means, and that he could have fed them without any means or provision of Bread or Fish at all; if it had so pleased him.

Observ. Observ. The Power and Providence of God, in blessing our Food unto us, is far above the means of Food, and is not at all tyed unto it, or to the quantity of it; but it is all one, and as easie with him (if he please) to sustain and nourish us with a small quantity of Food, as with a greater quantity. It is not the out­ward means of Meat and Drink that of it self nourisheth us, but the blessing of God giving vertue to it, &c. Matth. 4. 4. Man liveth not by Bread alone, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Comfort to such as have but small provision of Food, God is able to bless it, and make it sufficient, &c. Though they are not now to expect Miracles, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Such as have most means, not to rest in them, but to seek to God for his Blessing, &c.

Mark 8. 10, 11.‘And straightway he entred into a Ship with his Disciples, and came into the parts of Dalmanutha: Sept. 22. 1622. And the Pharisees came forth, and began to question with him, seeking of him a Sign from Heaven, tempting Him.’

OF the first principall matter contained in this Chapter you have heard, viz. Our Saviour's miraculous feeding of 4000 with seven Loaves and a few Fishes. Now followeth the second, which is his An­swer made to the Pharisees questioning with him, and tempting him by seeking of him a Sign from Heaven, laid down from the 10 Ver. to the 14. Where consider four things;

  • 1. The Occasion of the Pharisees coming to Christ, to question with him, and to seek from him a Sign, &c. Our Saviour's departure by Ship with his Disciples from the Place where he was before, into the parts of Dalmanutha, Ver. 10.
  • 2. The Pharisee coming to him, and their questioning with him, and tempting him by seeking from him a Sign from Heaven, Ver. 11.
  • 3. Christ's Answer unto them, laid down Ver. 12. He sighed deeply, &c.
  • 4. What followed upon his Answer, Ver. 13. He left them, &c.

Touching the Occasion of their coming to question with him, &c. which was his going into the parts of Dalmanutha; We may in the words consider four things. 1. His departure into those Parts. 2. The manner how, or means of his passage, By Ship. 3. The time, Straightway] That is, so soon as he had wrought the former Miracle of the Loaves and Fishes, and had sent away the People, Ver. 9. 4. His Com­panions in this Journey or Passage, His Disciples.

Into the Parts of Dalmanutha] Matth. 15. ult. It is said, He went into the Coasts of Magdala. But the diffe­rence between the Evangelists is easily reconciled: For either the place had two names, or else (which is more probable) both these places Dalmanutha and Magdala were near together; and so Christ coming into the Coasts of the one, may be said to come also into the Borders of the other at the same time. Whether this Dalmanutha were a Town or Village, or whether it were the name of some particular Region and Country in Judea, is not expressed; neither is it expressed in what particular part of Judea or Galilee it was, onely it appears to have been situated on the other side of the Sea of Galilee (near unto which our Saviour was be­fore), because it is said, He went by Ship into these parts of Dalmanutha.

Quest. Quest. Why did He now depart thither?

Answ. Answ. Because He knew himself Called and Sent of his heavenly Father not onely to do good by his Miracles and Doctrine in the place where he was before (wh [...]ch was near the Sea of Galilee), but al [...]o to [...]ee [...] with the malicious Pharisees and Sadduces in those Coast of Dalmanutha, and there to an [...]we [...] their [...]licio [...] Cavils and Questions, and to reprove their Malice and Hypocrisie in going about to te [...]pt hi [...] by seeking of him a Sign from Heaven. Thus also at other times he used to remove and travell from pl [...]ce to [...]l [...]ce, sometimes to preach and work Miracles, and somtime for other good ends; not rashly without a Calling but by vertue of his Calling, being sent of his heavenly Father to that end. See Chap. 1. 38.

Observ. Observ. We should not take Journeys, or remove and travell from place to place without a Calling and Warrant from God. Our Saviour in all his Travells and Journeys from place to place, by Sea and Land, had respect to the Calling which he had from his heavenly Father; and he never went or ournyed to or [...]rom any place, either to preach or work Miracles, or for any other end, but by vertue of his Callings. So Chap. 1. 38. Let us go into the next Towns that I may preach there also, for therefore came I forth. Neither did he undertake any Journey, but at the same time in which it was appointed of his Father that he should go it, as we [...]ay see, Joh. 7. 8. he would not go up to Jerusalem to the Feast of Tabernacles [...]o soon as his Kinsfolks would have him, because the due time appointed for his going up thither was not come. Herein we are to follow his example, not undertaking Journeys, or travelling at any time to or from any place without a lawfull Calling and Warrant from God. As, for all our Actions and Enterprizes we must have a Calling and Wa [...] rant; so, for our Journyes. As the Israelites journyed by direction of the Cloud and Pillar of Fire; So, &c. Now we have a Calling from God for them, when we undertake them by good Warrant from the written Word of God; that is to say, upon just and lawfull Grounds and Causes, and for good and right ends; as for the Glory of God, and for the procuring of some good to our selves or others.

Reason. Reason. Unlesse we be sure of a Calling and Warrant from God for the undertaking of all Journyes, we cannot expect his blessing and protection in them, neither can we with comfort pray unto him for the same as is fit we should: Psal. 91. 11. He giveth his Angel charge to keep us in our wayes; that is, so long as we walk within compass of a lawfull Calling; But if we go out of these our wayes, we exclude our selves f [...]o [...] God's protection.

Use. Use. For reproof of such as rashly and unadvisedly take Journyes, and travell about from place to place without Warrant from God in his Word. Some for idle and vain purposes, upon triffling occasions taking Journeys; yea, sometimes long Journeys, and spending much time in them: Some for evil and unlaw [...]l [...] ends, &c. How should such expect a blessing from God, and that he should prosper and protect them in such unwarrantable Journeys or removings, &c. So much of our Saviour's departure into the Coast [...] o [...] Dalmanutha. The next thing to be considered, is the manner or means of his departure, He entered in [...]o a Ship, &c.

Observ. Observ. See here the lawfulness of travelling by Water, in Ships or Boats, as our Saviour and his Disci­ples often did, as we have heard: Provided alwaies that we take such Voyages or Journeys by Water, upon just and lawful causes, and for good and warrantable ends and purposes, as hath been before said of Journeys in general.

And further, touching Journeys by Sea or other Waters, remember two Cautions or Rules: 1. That we are not rashly and needlesly to undertake them in doubtful and dangerous times; as in stormy weather, &c. Our Saviour never travelled by Water when he might go as conveniently by Land; no more should we, in regard of the danger of travelling by Water (which is greater ordinarily than in going by Land); but es­pecially in dangerous times and unseasonable weather, lest we tempt God, by casting our selves upon need­less danger. 2. As we are to sanctify our other Journeys by Prayer to God for his Blessing and Protecti­on, so especially our Journeys and passages by Water, in regard of greater dangers which we are liable unto ordinarily by Water, than upon the Land.

The next thing to be spoken of is, the Circumstance of time when our Saviour came into the parts of Dal­manutha; Straightway.

Observ. Observ. See here how careful our Saviour was of redeeming time; that is, of laying hold upon the present time and occasion, for the going of his Journey, unto which he knew himself called: He did not delay or trifle away the time, nor mispend an hour or minute of this time allotted for his Voyage, but takes ship pre­sently without further delay. Which may teach us how carefull we ought in like manner to be of the good employment of the time given and allotted us of God, for performance of the duties of our general and par­tticular Callings; and what precious accompt we should make to spend it well, not trifling it away, nor mispending good hours, but bestowing them well, to the Glory of God and good of others, and furtherance of our own Salvation. Herein follow Christ, who never mispent an hour, nor a minute of time: So are we commanded Ephes. 5. 16. to redeem the time, that is, to buy it out (as it were) from vain and unfruitful em­ployments, and to bestow it well and profitably. It is a great Mercy of God to give us time for the doing of good works and duties: Revel. 2. 21. it is mentioned as a Mercy of God to the wicked Woman Jesabel, that he gave her time or space to repent. So is it a great mercy in him to give us time and space to repent, to hear his Word, to pray, to read, to sanctify his Sabbaths, &c. Oh let us lay hold on these occasions, and redeem such precious dayes and hours, lest one day we wish we had. Gal. 6. 10. As we have time or opportu­nity, let us do good, &c. Now is the acceptable time; now is the day of Salvation: Therefore to day, while it is called to day, harden not your hearts, &c.

Ʋse. Ʋse. See the great sin of those who make so little accompt of precious time, trifling it away, and mispen­ding and wasting it in idleness or unprofitable courses; spending whole dayes, yea, whole weeks in vain and unfruitful courses; in hawking, hunting, and other vain sports: Yea, not onely spending time unprofitably and vainly, but wickedly and sinfully, in Drunkenness and Gluttony. How shall these give an accompt to God hereafter of the good emploiment of their time?

So much of the time, Straightway.

Now to speak somewhat also of Christ's companions in his journey, His Disciples. He entred into a ship with his Disciples.

Observ. Observ. See here that the Apostles of Christ were his ordinary companions and associates, living and con­versing with him on Earth, and accompanying him in all his travels, and journying from place to place; whe­ther it were to preach, or work Miracles, or for other ends. This was one special priviledge of the twelve A­postles above all other Ministers of the Gospel.

Use. Use. To strengthen our Faith in the truth and certainty of that Doctrine of the Gospel which the Apostles have left to the Church in their Writings: For seeing they did not onely see Christ in the Flesh, but also were his ordinary companions upon Earth, living with him ordinarily, and both hearing his Teaching in publick and private, and also seeing his Conversation, they were the better able to write and testify what they had both heard and seen. See Luke 1. 2. and 1 Joh. 1. 1. So much of the occasion of the Pharisees coming to question with Christ, and to ask a Sign from Heaven.

Now to speak of their practise in coming to him: where consider,

1. The Persons which came to Christ to question with him, The Pharisees.

2. Their practice or behaviour toward Christ, laid down in three things: 1. In coming forth. 2. In questioning with him. 3. In seeking of him a Sign from Heaven.

Touching the Persons; They were Pharisees, which was the name of a special and eminent Sect among the Jews (as we have had occasion often before to shew), many of which were by Office also publick Teach­ers in the Synagogues of the Jews, though not all of them. And they were of all other Sects among the Jews the most strict and streight Sect, for profession and outward shew of Religion and Holiness (as we have heard before); and yet many of them, if not the most, were gross and notorious Hypocrites, and greatest ene­mies to Christ: such were these here mentioned. See before, in the first Verse of the seventh Chapter. Matth. 16. 1. The Sadduces joyned with them; another Sect among the Jews, differing in Opinion, Act. 23. 8.

Observ. Observ. Such as make great profession and outward shew of Religion and Holiness are not alwayes good and sound Christians; but many times gross and notorious Hypocrites, and Enemies of Christ: Such were the Pharisees and Scribes in our Saviour's time, who therefore are so sharply reproved by him, for making clean the out-side of the Cup and Platter, whereas within they were full of Extortion and Excess; and for that they were like painted Sepulchres: See Matth. 23. 25, &c. How frequent and forward were they in outward religious duties of Fasting, Prayer, keeping the Sabbath, &c. and yet gross Hypocrites, doing all these to be seen of men, out of desire of vain-Glory, &c. See a Pattern of them all in that one Pharisee mentioned in the Parable, Luke 18. Such a formal Hypocrite was Judas among the Apostles. Such were the hypocritical Jews in the Prophet Esay's time, as may appear in the first, and fifty eighth Chapters of Isaiah.

Use. Use. Rest not in an outward shew and profession of Religion and Holiness (which may be in gross and damnable Hypocrites), but labour above all for truth and soundness of Grace, and for the Power of Religion in our hearts, renewing us, and making us new Creatures. 2 Tim. 3. 5. it is the Sin of these last times, That many have a Form of Godliness, but deny the Power of it: Take heed it be not so with thee, lest thou be excluded from Heaven with those Matth. 7. 22. So much of the Persons which came to question with Christ.

Now to speak of their practise.

They came forth,] This manner of Speech implyeth that they came forth of set purpose unto Christ, to question with him, &c. Therefore it is not said, they met with him occasionally or by chance (as we say), but they came forth, or went out, of purpose to meet with him, and to question with him: which shews their readiness and forwardness, yea their eager desire they had to shew their malice against Christ, in tempting him by seeking a Sign, &c. in that they took such pains to make a Journey of purpose to the place where Christ now was; and it may be that some of them (if not all) came a good long way to meet with him, and yet all this pains was taken for an evil and wicked end and purpose.

Observ. The wicked are very forward and diligent in practising Sin, and in accomplishing their wicked desires and purposes. See before, on the first Verse of Chap. 7. So much of their coming forth to meet with Christ.

Mark 8. 11.‘And the Pharisees came forth, and began to question with him, seeking of him a Sign from Heaven Octob. 6. 1622. tempting him.’

THE next thing to be considered is, Their questioning with him.

They began to question with him,] that is, To reason and debate some matters with him, by asking Questions and propounding doubts to him, requiring his Answers.

Quest. Quest. What did they question with him about?

Answ. Answ. Most likely it was about his Person and Calling, Who he was? and Whether he were indeed the true Messiah, promised and sent from God, as he made shew to be, and as some others held him to be? Also, By what Power and Authority he preached and wrought so many great and miraculous Works. These or the like doubts and Questions (it is likely) they moved unto him. Especially they questioned with him about his Calling, Whether he were called and sent immediately from God; for if he were, then they would have him shew and prove it to them by some new and extraordinary Sign or Miracle from Heaven. Now this and the like Questions they moved to him, not of a true desire of being instructed by him, nor with un­feigned purpose of believing in him, if he could prove himself to be sent from God; but onely to tempt him, as is said afterward.

Observ. Observ. It is the manner of Hypocrites to reason and move doubts and Questi­ons about matters of Religion, but without any true desire or purpose of embracing or putting in practice those things that are taught and shewed them by others. Joh. 1. 19. the Jews sent Priests and Le­vites unto John Baptist, to ask of him whether he were the Christ, or Elias, &c. and yet, when John had resol­ved them, they did not believe in Christ. And Isa. 58. 2. They seek me daily, and delight to know my wayes, they ask of me the Ordinances of Justice, &c. and yet these Hypocrites had no true desire or care to yield Obe­dience to the Word of God which they enquired after. So Jerem. 42. 3. they would have the Prophet pray unto the Lord to shew them the way in which they should walk, and the thing that they should do; and withal they made great shew of a willingness and desire to do what should be required of them, Ver. 5, 6. and yet afterward, when the Prophet had shewed them the Will of God, the very same Persons refuse to obey it. See Chap. 43. ver. 2. And daily experience may shew the truth of this. For we see that many will come to the Ministers of God to move Questions and Cases of Conscience, and yet have no purpose to practise or embrace what is shewed them, but rather to do still as they list, whatsoever Answer or Resoluti­on be given to their doubts. For Example, Some will move such Questions as these: Whether it be law­full to put Money to Usury? Whether lawfull to sell some kind of wares on the Sabbath? Whether lawfull to play at mixt games of Cards and Dice? Whether mixt dancing of Men and Women together, be lawful? Whether lawful for Gentlemen or others to keep impropriate Parsonages, where there is not a sufficient maintenance left or provided for the Minister? Whether it be necessary for Masters of Families to have pri­vate Prayers with their Families twice a day, &c. These and the like Questions many will move, but if such an Answer be given as liketh them not, they go away sorrowful, like that young man Mat. 19. which shews them to be unwilling to put in practise the things that are taught them, if they do any way cross their corrupt nature and disposition. For this is indeed our nature, to desire that the Word of God should fit our carnal desires and affections; and therefore, if it cross and restrain them, we are loath to be obedient.

Use 1 Use 1. Take heed of coming to the Ministers of God, or to others, to move Questions of Religion with an hypocriticall mind and purpose; and see that we bring teachable minds and hearts, desirous not onely to know but to practise what is shewed and taught us; else come not at all. David prayeth thus to God, Psal. 119. 33. Teach me the way of thy Statutes, and I shall keep it unto the end. So should we, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. If some that are but Hypocrites may be and are sometimes desirous of Knowledge, and forward to ask Questions in matters of Religion; then how are such to be blamed, who go not so far as to be inquisi­tive after Knowledge, or to ask any Questions of Religion, or of the Word of God. These are in this re­spect worse than the other, and come short of them. So much of their questioning or disputing with Christ about his Person and Calling.

Now, in the next place, we are to speak of their sute or petition made unto Christ; which was, that he would shew a Sign from Heaven; which is amplified by the manner of their seeking, or by the end of their seeking such a Sign, viz. To tempt him.

A Sign from Heaven,] The word [Sign] doth properly imply some outward sensible thing, by which some [Page 472] other thing is signified, represented, or brought to remembrance. But in Scripture it is sometimes used▪ to signifie an extraordinary Sign or Miracle properly so called, because, by it the divine Power of God, and his divine Attributes; as Wisdom, Justice, Mercy, &c. are in speciall manner signified and declared unto Men. So Mark 16. 20. The Lord working with them, and confirming the Word with Signs following: So here. Now further by a Miracle from Heaven, they understand (no doubt) some more speciall and extraordinary Miracle than any that Christ had yet wrought; even such a one as might appear to be shewed immedi­ately (as it were) from Heaven. And they seem to have relation in this sute unto some of those Miracles which the Lord wrought in the times of the Old Testament; as the raining down of Manna, the sending of Fire from Heaven, the staying of the Course of the Sun in the Firmament, &c. Some such Miracle as these they would have Christ now work at their Motion and Sute, thereby to prove himself to be the Messiah, and to be sent from God, if he were so indeed and in truth, That so they might believe in him, and imbrace his Doctrine; for so (no doubt) they pretended that they would; though, the truth was, they did not unfained­ly intend it, but onely to tempt him.

Tempting him] To tempt, doth properly signifie to make tryall or proof of any thing. And Men are said to tempt God or Christ, when they make vain and needless proof or tryall of any of the divine Attributes of God or of Christ; as his Wisdom, Power, Justice, &c. to see whether he be so powerfull, just, &c. as the Scriptures do make him to be. See Psal, 95. 9. So here the Pharisees are said to tempt Christ; that is, to make vain and needless proof of Christ's Power and Will, whether he were able and willing to work such an extraordinary Miracle as they would have him; that so if either he could not or did not at their Request shew some such immediate Sign from Heaven, they might have some colour of just exception against him; as if he had not wrought his former Miracles by any divine Power, but rather by the help of Satan, or by some other counterfeit means; and therefore that he was not indeed the Messiah, or sent from God, but a Deceiver, &c.

Quest. Quest. Whether it is simply unlawfull to ask a Sign or Miracle?

Answ. Answ. No: but needlessly, and for an evil end, &c. otherwise it is lawful, in some extraordinary Case; as Gideon, Judg. 6. and Hezekiah, 2 King. 20. Seeking a Sign, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The property of Hypocrits, is not to believe the Doctrine and Truth of God without extraordina­ry Signs and Miracles to confirm it. These Pharisees will not believe Christ's Doctrine, unless he shew a Sign from Heaven, that is, work a new and extraordinary Miracle greater than all his former Miracles. So also Matth. 12. 38. Certain of the Scribes and Pharisees said, Master, we would see a Sign of thee. So Joh. 6. 30. What Sign shewest thou, That we may see and believe thee? what dost thou work? Our Fathers did eat Manna, &c. q. d. They had this Sign from Heaven to confirm their Faith, being fed from Heaven, &c. Thus wicked Herod would see some Miracle wrought by Christ before he would believe in him, Luke 23. 8. Joh. 4. 48. Except ye see Signs and Wonders ye will not believe. So 1 Cor. 1. 22. The Jews require a Sign, &c. So the Papists at this Day will not believe the truth of that Doctrine and Religion which is taught in our Churches, unless we can confirm it by some new Miracles, such as they pretend to confirm theirs by. For this they alledge as one reason against the truth of our Doctrine, because it hath not been of late years confirmed by Mira­cles, as they falsly pretend that theirs hath been. Herein they are directly like the hypocriticall Jews and Pharisees: But our Answer to them is this, that the Doctrine which we teach, being the same in substance with that which was taught by Christ and the Apostles, it hath been long ago sufficiently sealed by those Miracles which were wrought by Christ and his Apostles, neither hath it now any need to be further confirmed by new Miracles: Indeed if we should broach any new Doctrine, it were fit we should be put to shew by what Signs from Heaven it hath been confirmed; but seeing we teach none but the old Truth so long ago sealed from Heaven, there is no reason we should be urged to prove the truth of it by new Miracles: It is enough that we prove our Doctrine by the written Word to be the same with the Doctrine of Christ and the Apostles. As for Miracles, we say now with St. Austin, Quisquis adhuc prodigia quaerit, ipse prodigium est. Miracula praeterita tibi sufficere debent, &c. Gerson cited by Gerard. Harm. de pass. pag. 429.

Use. Use. Be not like such Hypocrites as the Pharisees and Papists, in seeking or desiring new Miracles for confirmation of the old Truth; but rest in the testimony of God given unto it in his written Word: Rom. 10. 6. Say not, Who shall ascend into Heaven? that is, to bring Christ down from above. Or, who shall descend into the Deep? that is, to bring up Christ again from the Dead. The Word is nigh thee, even in thy mouth and in thy heart, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. These Pharisees had seen, or at least heard of many Miracles of Christ which He had wrought before; it is likely also, that they, or some of them, had heard him teach, or at least heard of his Doctrine, which might have moved them to believe in Him; but they contemned his former Miracles and Doctrine, and they seek a new Miracle to move them to believe: Hence we learn another mark and property of Hypo­crites, which is this, That they neglect and contemn the present and ordinary means of Grace and Salvation which thy do for the present enjoy, and curiously seek after other extraordinary means which they have not. See those places before alledged, 1 Cor. 1. 22. Joh. 6. 30. See also Joh. 2. 18. What sign shewest thou, see­ing thou dost these things? He had then newly wrought a great Miracle in casting out the Buyers and Sellers from the Temple; yet they passe over that Miracle, and require some other greater, &c. Thus some in our times contemn and neglect the present ordinary means of Salvation which they enjoy, and seek other extra­ordinary means which cannot be had. Some contemn the preaching and Preachers which they have, and the administration of the Sacraments which they may enjoy; they care not for, nor make any good use of them as they should, but they must have other kind of Preachers of other extraordinary Gifts, of another Calling and Ordination, and they desire another kind of Preaching than that they have already; they would also have the Sacraments otherwise administred: 2 Tim. 4. 3. They have itching ears. The Anabaptists neg­lect the Scriptures, and seek after Revelations. The Brownists also are very faulty in this kind; refusing and contemning the ordinary Ministery of the Word and Sacraments which is to be had in this our Church, and curiously seeking after another kind of Ministery after their own fancy. Again, there are others to be found who are so profane and wicked as to contemn and vilify the ordinary Ministery of Man which God hath ordained in the Church; and they think the preaching of the Word by Men like themselves, is a weak or foolish means, and unable to work Faith, and to save them; but they think if God himself would speak to [Page 473] them, or an Angel from Heaven, this were a better means; like the Friends of that rich Glutton, Luke 16. of whom he was perswaded that they would believe if one came from the Dead unto them. But let us take take heed of this curiosity, and new-fangled humour of Hypocrites, in neglecting the present and ordinary means of Grace and Salvation which we enjoy, and curiously seeking after other extraordinary means which cannot be had, or are not fit to be had, being not appointed or sanctified of God. But on the contrary, Let us be carefull and conscionable in the use of those ordinary means sanctified of God which we do enjoy, labouring to profit more and more by them, without seeking such as are extraordinary, &c.

Tempting him] Observ. 1. In that these Pharisees pretended a desire to believe in Christ, and to imbrace his Doctrine, if they could see it confirmed from Heaven by some new Miracle; and yet they had no such purpose, but onely to tempt Christ, that they might have some matter of exception against him, to accuse him as a Deceiver, &c. Hence observe, That it is a practise of Hypocrites to cloath and cover their wicked ends and purposes under religious shews and pretences. See Chap. 6. 26. and Matth. 23. 14. The Scribes and Pharisees under pretence of long prayers devoured Widows Houses. Jesabel under pretence of a religious Fast, plot­ted the murdering of innocent Naboth, 1 King. 22. 9. Judas under pretence of love to Christ betrayed him with a Kisse. So Prov. 7. 14. the whorish Woman under pretence of Religion, in offering Sacrifices, and paying her Vows, covereth over her wicked purpose of enticing the young man to the sin of Whoredome.

Use. Use. Take heed of this practise of Hypocrites, &c. No sins more dishonourable to God than such as are cloaked over with a Vizzard of Holiness and Religion. It is a taking of God's Name in vain, to abuse the profession of Religion, as a Cloak for sin, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that it is here mentioned as the sin of these wicked Pharisees, That they came to tempt Christ; to tempt Him, that is, to make needless Tryall of his Power, &c. Hence gather, That it is a wicked and sinful practise for any to tempt the Lord; that is, to make unlawful and needless proof of his divine Attributes; as Power, Providence, Justice, Mercy, or the like: Deut. 6. 16. Ye shall not tempt the Lord your God, as ye tempted him in Massah. It is mentioned in Scripture often, as the sin of wicked persons: Such were these Pharisees, such were the rebellious Israelites which tempted God in the Desart so often; which shews, That it is a wicked practise: yea, it is a sin greatly provoking the Lord, and grieving his Spirit: Hebr. 3. 8. As in the Provocation, in the day of Temptation, &c. Now more particularly this sin of tempting God is committed three wayes especially. 1. By limiting and restraining the Power, Providence, Justice or Mercy of God, unto ordinary means and second Causes, tying God unto them, as if without them he could not or would not perform those things which He hath in his Word promised to the Godly, or threatned against the Wicked. The sin of those Israelites, Psal. 78. 41. They tempted God, and limited the Holy One of Israel: And, how they did limit Him, see Ver. 19, 20. they tyed his Providence to ordinary means, thinking that he could not provide for them sufficient means of Food in the Wilderness. Can God (say they) furnish a Table, &c. Can he give Bread, &c? So these here did in their thoughts limit the Power of Christ, supposing that he could not work such a Miracle as they desired. 2. By neglecting the ordinary means appointed of God for the good and preservation of our Souls and Bodies, and relying upon God's extraordinary Power and Providence to provide for us. This is that unto which the Devil tempted our Saviour, Matth. 4. 7. he would have him to neglect the ordinary way of coming down from the Pinacle of the Temple, and by casting himself down to rely upon God's extraordinary protection. Thus for a Man to neglect his Calling, and the ordinary means of providing for himself and his Family, and to look that God should provide for him and his extraordinarily, is a tempting of God. For a man wilfully to cast himself upon dangers, and to look that God should save him from hurt, is a tempting of God. So in Spirituall matters which concern the Soul, for a man to neglect the ordinary means of reading and hearing (as the Anabaptists), and yet look for extraordinary illumination, is to tempt God. So for Men to neglect the ordinary means of Salvation, as the Ministery of the Word and Sacraments, and the getting and keeping of Faith and a good Conscience, &c. looking that God should save them extraordinarily, this is a most dangerous tempting of God; and so in like Cases. 3. By living and going on in any sin contrary to the Word of God, thereby making proof of God's Power and Justice, and of his patience, whether he can and will pun­ish such and such sins, or whether he will still forbear and wink at them: Malachi 3. 15. They that work Wickedness are set up, and they that tempt God are delivered. There, Workers of Wickedness, and Tempters of God are put for the same; to shew, that all Workers of Wickedness are Tempters of God, making need­less and dangerous proof of God's justice, patience, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. Terrour to all that are guilty of this great and dangerous sin of tempting the Lord in any kind. They must know, it is a hainous sin, highly offensive to God, and justly provoking his wrath against them, as we heard before: And we see how severely God punished this sin in the Israelits: 1 Cor. 10. They were destroyed of the Destroyer: And Hebr. 3. the Lord for this sin did swear in his wrath, That they should not enter into his Rest. Yet is this sin very common, and many such Tempters of God are to be found amongst us. But let them be admonished to repent of this sin, and to take heed of it for time to come.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Let all take heed of this sin of tempting God, by making unlawfull tryall of his Power, Provi­dence, Justice, &c. And to this end, take away the cause and root of this Sin, which is unbelief, and doub­ting of God's Power, Providence, &c. This was the cause of the Israelites tempting of God, Psal. 78. They doubted in their Hearts of his Power and Providence, whether he could and would prepare a Table for them in the Wilderness: And Ver. 22. they believed not in God, nor trusted in his Salvation. Labour therefore on the contrary for true Faith, to be throughly perswaded of God's infinite Power, Providence, Justice, Mercy, &c. This will keep us from tempting him, &c.

Mark 8. 12, 13.‘And he sighed deeply in his Spirit, &c. Octob. 13. 1622.

VVEE have before heard of the Pharisees practise in coming to Christ, and questioning with him about his Person and Calling, and seeking of him a Sign from Heaven; that is, some new and extraordinary Miracle to be wrought by him, in which the divine Power of God might be manifested (as it [Page 474] were) immediately from Heaven. Now followeth our Saviour's Answer made to their Request or Petition, Ver. 12. together with the Consequents of it, Ver. 13.

Touching the Answer made by our Saviour, the Evangelist setteth down two things. 1. The preparati­on unto it, in the speciall Gesture used by our Saviour, He sighed deeply in his Spirit. 2. The matter of the Answer consisting of two parts. 1. A reproof of them for seeking a Sign, in these words, Why doth this Generation seek a Sign? 2. An absolute denyall of their Sute, refusing to work such a Miracle as they re­quested, in these words; Verily, I say unto you, There shall no sign be given, &c. First, of the preparation to his Answer: Where consider three things. 1. The Gesture or Action, He sighed. 2. The manner of his Sighing. [1. In Spirit. [2. Deeply.

Sighed deeply] Or groaned from within, being moved with a great and extraordinary measure of grief and sorrow conceived in his Heart and Mind.

In Spirit] That is, from his inner man, from his humane So [...]l and Mind. So Joh. 11. 33. He groaned in Spirit.

Quest. Quest. What was the Cause of so great Grief in Him?

Answ. Answ. The consideration of the grosse Hypocrisy and fearfull obstinacy and hardness of Heart which he discerned in the Pharisees, and which they discovered by coming to tempt him thus by seeking a new Sign or Miracle from Heaven. Especially he was grieved, and he thus deeply sighed for their obstinacy and will­ful persisting in Unbelief, and standing out against Christ and his Doctrine, contrary to the light of their own Conscience; for although he had formerly wrought many and great Miracles, which were sufficient to convince their Consciences, that He was either the Son of God and the Messiah, or at least a Person sent from God: yet for all this they did not receive his Person, nor believe or embrace His Doctrine; but maliciously and wilfully rejected both. Therefore they sinned not of Ignorance or Infirmity, but against Knowledge and maliciously, &c. which may appear by his very sharp Reproof of them, Matth. 16. calling them Hypocrites, and a wicked and adulterous Generation; which He would not have done if they had offended through weakness, &c. Therefore that sharp Reproof argues that they were obstinate­ly wicked and malicious against Christ, contrary to Knowledge, and consequently incurable, so long as they remained so; which was the main cause that our Saviour did so inwardly grieve in Spirit, and deeply sigh for them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That our Saviour Christ, living on Earth, was subject to like humane and natural Passions as we are, onely without Sin, Hebr. 4. 15. He was subject in his Humane Soul to Passions of Grief, Sorrow, Joy, Fear, Anger, &c. Here he is said to have sighed in his Spirit; that is, out of the inward grief of his Soul. So Joh. 11. 33. He groaned in Spirit. Matth. 26. 38. My Soul is exceeding sorrowful, unto death: Therefore also he wept for Lazarus, Joh. 11. and over Jerusalem, Luke 19▪ 41. Contra, Luke 10. 21. He rejoyced in Spi­rit, &c. Hebr. 5. 7. mention is made of his fearing of death.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Hence gather the truth of his humane Nature.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Seeing Christ was subject to humane natural passions of Grief, Fear, &c. Hence gather, That these Affections are not in themselves evil or sinful; but onely so far forth as they are immoderate, or are set upon evil and unfit Objects: Otherwise they are lawful and good, and we may and ought to be moved with such naturall Affections, when just cause is offered, so it be moderately. God doth not require that we should be as sensless Stoicks, void of humane Affections, but that we moderate and rectify them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The sins of others should be matter and cause of great sorrow unto us, causing us to mourn and sigh for them when we see or take notice of them. So did our Saviour here, and Chap. 3. He mourned for their hardness of heart. So Luke 19. 41. he wept over Jerusalem for the sins of the Inhabitants. Psal. 119. 136. David saith, Rivers of waters run down mine eyes, because they keep not thy Law. 2 Pet. 2. 8. Righteous Lot dwelling among the Sodomites, in seeing and hearing vexed his Soul, &c. See Ezek. 9. 4. Jerem. 9. 1. the Prophet wisheth that his Head were waters, and his Eyes a Fountain of tears, that he might weep day and night for the sins of the Jews, and for the Judgment of God coming upon them for the same: Elijah so grieved for the sins of his time, that he was weary of his life, 1 King. 19. 4.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The sins of others are offensive to God, and dishonourable to his Name; therefore they should be matter of grief to us, otherwise we shew no true Love to God or Zeal for his Glory, if we can see or hear him offended, and not be grieved.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The sins of others are most hurtful and dangerous to those Persons which are guilty, and do live in them, bringing destruction of Soul and body upon them, if they repent not in time; therefore we should, by grieving for them, shew our true Love to the Persons, and our desire and care of their good.

Use 1 Use 1. For reproof of such as are not moved with grief for others sins, though they see, hear, and take notice of them, they take them not to heart to mourn or sigh for them; but pass them over leightly, and can speak of them without any testimony or sign of grief; yea, with delight, and in way of merriment to make sport for themselves and others; yea, though they be foul and heinous sins, as Drunkenness, Uncleanness, or the like sins committed by others; they can talk pleasantly and merrily of them. Is this to be grieved and to sigh for others sins? Is this their love to God, and zeal for his Glory? How dwelleth the love of God in thee, if thou canst see or hear him offended, and not be grieved? Again, How dwells the Love of thy Brother's Soul in thee, if thou canst see or hear that he lives in a known Sin, and not mourn and grieve for him? This there­fore shews want of true love to God and to thy Brother. Some can grieve and be sorry for the outward miseries, crosses, and afflictions of others that are their friends, but do not grieve for their sins, which yet are the causes of all other miseries, and hurt them much more than any outward crosse.

Use 2 Use 2. Labour for hearts to be affected with grief for the sins of others, that when we see or hear God to be dishonoured and offended, we may shew our love to him, and our zeal for his Glory, by mourning and grieving for such sins whereby He is dishonoured. To this end labour more & more for the true love of God, and for true hatred of all sin in our hearts, then we cannot but be grieved for it; especially for those sins [Page 475] that are most heinous and offensive to God, as swearing, profaning of the Sabbath, Drunkenness, Fornicati­on, &c. which are the common and reigning sins of the times; which when we consider and think of seri­ously, what cause have we to wish our eyes a fountain of tears, &c. as Jeremy did? Again, Let us labour for true love to the Souls of others; then we cannot but grieve for their sins, which are so h [...]rtful and dange­rous to them, &c. We may not sigh against others, Jam. 5. 9. but we ought to sigh for the Sins of o­thers.

Use 3 Use 3. If we ought to grieve and sigh for others sins, then how much more for our own sins, every one of us? How should our hearts smite us for our own sins, by which we have so much offended God? Yea, how should our hearts be broken, and melt with godly sorrow, which causeth Repentance unto Salvation never to be repented of? Here should our sorrow for sin begin; first at our own Sins, taking them to heart, and deep­ly sighing and mourning for them; and then we cannot but mourn and grieve also (in the next place) for the sins of others, whether they be friends or enemies. Remember then and look to this, that first and princi­pally thou sigh and grieve for thy own sins, and then for others withal: If there be cause to sigh deeply for others sins, how much more deeply for our own? If there be cause of shedding rivers of tears for other sins, then have we need of a Sea of tears to be powred out for our own. So much of the action or gesture of our Saviour, that he sighed.

Now to speak of the manner of it, In his Spirit.

Observ. Observ. It is not enough to make outward shew of grieving for others sins, but we ought truly and from the heart to be affected with sorrow for them. 2 Pet. 2. 8. Lot vexed his Soul, &c. So Jeremiah Chap. 13. ver. 17. saith, My Soul shall weep in secret for your Pride. So our Saviour here sighed in Spirit for the sins of these Pharisees.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Reproof of such as can say they are sorry for the sins and falls of others, which they see or hear of, when yet they are not truly grieved from the Heart and Soul for them, though they formally use such words of course: Nay, some are worse, who will speak of the sins of others to their disgrace, making shew of sorrow for them, when the truth is, they are rather glad thereof, because they are their Enemies, whose disgrace they seek, and therefore rejoyce at their Fall; and yet stick not to say and pretend, that they are sorry for them: What is this but gross lying and dissembling? Take heed of it therefore, and see that we do not only pretend grief for others sins, which we see or hear of, but that we be indeed grieved in Heart and Soul for them.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. And if our sorrow for the sins of others must not be in outward shew only, but from the Heart and Soul; then also our sorrow for our own sins ought much more to be from the Heart, and to begin there: Joel 2. Rent your Heart, and not your Garments.

Now followeth the second thing in the manner of our Saviour's sighing, He sighed deeply.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The heinousness and grievousness of Sin in its own Nature, and how highly offensive to God, and hurtful and dangerous to the Sinner; in that it was matter of so great grief unto our Saviour, causing him to sigh; yea, to sigh or groan in his Spirit deeply for it. More particularly, the heinousness of Sin may appear by these Reasons.

1. From the Object of it, being an Offence and Provocation to the infinite God.

2. By the fearful and dangerous Effects of it, pulling down the wrath and curse of God upon men in this life, and after this life; and being the true cause of all miseries temporal and eternal, unto which Man's Na­ture is subject: Rom. 6. ult. the Wages of Sin is death. So all other miseries are the Wages of it. Rom. 2. 8. Indignation and wrath, tribulation and anguish upon every Soul that doth evill.

3. By the difficulty of making satisfaction to God's Justice for it, and taking away the guilt and punishment of it; in that it could by no other means be done, but by the bitter death and sufferings of Christ Jesus the Son of God, who must dy, and suffer the wrath of God in Soul and body (which made his Soul heavy to death, and caused him to sweat drops of Blood), or else sin could not be taken away. This doth wonderfully ag­gravate the heinousness of it.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the profaness of such as make so leight a matter of sin, trifling and dallying with it, as if it were no such heinous matter, Prov. 10. 23. It is a sport to a Fool to do mischief: and Prov. 14. 9. Fools make a mock of Sin. So do many now a-dayes at some sins, as swearing, drunkenness, fornication, &c. But what a wretched thing is this to make leight of that which is so heinous and highly offensive to God, so dangerous to the Soul of the Sinner, and so hard to be forgiven and taken away: Wilt thou jest with that which was matter of deep sighing unto Christ, and should be so to thee? Wilt thou laugh at that which should cause thee to mourn and weep? Dost thou make so leight of that which made the Soul of Christ heavy to death, and for­ced drops of Blood from his body? Take heed thereof, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Learn so to esteem and accompt of sin as it deserveth, as a matter most heinous & grievous before God, highly offensive to his Majesty, and most pernicious to our Souls; as a matter of sorrow and grief, not to be thought upon without sighing; yea, deep sighing, &c. Learn thus to accompt of all sin, whether our own or others sins; especially our own. So far we must be from making leight of sin in our selves or other, that we should not think of it without grief, nor without loathing and detestation: We should also fear and tremble at the very motions of sin, when we are tempted unto it.

Mark 8. 12, 13.‘And he sighed deeply in his Spirit, &c. Octob. 20. 1622.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. IN that our Saviour did so deeply sigh, and shew so great sorrow for these Pharisees, in re­gard of their obstinate persisting in Unbelief, and their malicious tempting him, contrary to [...]heir own Knowledge and Conscience; Hence gather, that obstinate and wilful persisting and going on in sin against Knowledge and Light of Conscience, is a very heinous and grievous sin before God; such a sin as is greatly to be lamented and grieved for, in such as are guilty of it. Therefore our Saviour here so deeply sighed, &c. And Chap. 3. 5. he mourned for the hardness of their Hearts; that is to say, because they [Page 476] wilfully hardned their own hearts, in opposing him maliciously against the light of their own Conscience. Num. 15. 30. this is said to be sinning with a high hand.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. This sin comes very near unto the sin against the Holy Ghost; one degree whereof is a wilfull sinning against the light of Knowledge received. Heb. 10. 26.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is for the most part the sin of such as are incurable and incorrigible in their sins, of whose Re­pentance there is little or no hope, Rom. 2. 5.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. Fearful Judgments are threatned against this sin, as Deut. 29. 19. God will not spare such. Rom. 2. 5. They treasure up wrath, &c. Heb. 10. 27. Fearful looking for Judgment, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the fearful and dangerous estate of such obstinate and wilfull Offenders, which wittingly and wilfully, against their own Knowledge and Conscience, go on in sin, and harden themselves in a wicked course. Their case is to be greatly lamented and pityed, as being very dangerous and almost desperate, unless God shew special and extraordinary Mercy in turning their hearts, and calling them to Repentance. In the mean time they come near to that unpardonable Sin, and so are near to the very brink of the pit of Hell, and ready to fall into it, except God in great Mercy keep them from it. Let such as have been guil­ty, take it to Heart, and speedily be humbled, and repent if it be possible, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Of all Sins, beware of this obstinate and wilfull sinning ag [...]inst conscience; and especially of per­sisting and going on in such a wilfull Course. This is that which will bring heavy and swift Damnation upon such as are guilty of it, and so continue without Repentance.

Remedies against it: 1. Pray unto God to keep us from this fearfull and high degree of Sinning wilfully against Conscience: Psal. 19. 13. David prayes to God to keep him from presumptuous sins, &c. So should we, to be kept from obstinate Sinning against light of Conscience, with a high deg [...]ee of presumptuous Sins.

2. Consider the hainous Nature of this Sin, and God's heavy Judgments, &c.

3. Take heed of custom in Sin, which hardneth the Heart, and at length brings to wilfull sinning and go­ing on against Conscience.

4. Beware of smoothering the light of thy Conscience, or going against it in the smallest matters; but in all things follow the light of thy Conscience directed by the Word of God: So much of the preparation unto our Saviour's Answer to the Pharisees Petition, seeking of him a Sign from Heaven.

Now followeth the Answer it self, consisting of two parts. 1. A Reproof of them for seeking a Sign. 2. A flat denyall of their Request, telling them, That no such Sign should be given; no such new Miracle be wrought as they would have: And this denyall is confirmed by a vehement asseveration, Verely, I say, &c.

Why doth this Generation seek, &c.] These words are a sharp reproof of them for coming to him in such a sort as they did to tempt him by seeking of him a Sign from Heaven, q. d. There is no reason why you should come to me and demand a new Miracle for confirmation of my Calling and Ministry, seeing I have already wrought so many Miracles which are sufficient to prove my Calling, that I am come from God, &c. And therefore you are greatly to blame, and it is a great and hainous sin in you thus maliciously and wickedly to tempt me contrary to the light of your own Conscience, &c.

This Generation] i. e. These wicked hypocritical Pharisees & Sadduces which are the Of-spring and Posterity of wicked Parents and Ancestors, being like unto them, and resembling them in Wickedness. So much this kind of Speech implyeth, when he doth not say, why do these Men? but why doth this Generation, &c? implying, that they were not onely wicked themselves, but came of sinfull Parents and Ancestors; which he mentioneth, the more to aggravate their wickednesse, and to shew one cause of it, viz. the wickedness of their Ancestors. See Matth. 16. 4. Note that, though his purpose be to speak to the Pharisees, and to reprove them; yet he speaketh not directly in the first person to them, but indirectly (as it were) in the third person; He saith not, why do You seek a Sign? But, why doth this Generation, &c? And this he doth to shew the more contempt of them, in regard of their Hypocrisy and Wickednesse; therefore as if they were unworthy to be answered or spoken to, he seemeth to turn himself from them, and to direct his Speech to his Disciples, or to some others present.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Not enough to be grieved for others sins, but we ought also to shew our dislike and hatred of them, by reproving them as occasion is offered, and so far as our Calling requireth. So did our Saviour here, not onely sigh for the Pharisees, but reprove their Wickednesse plainly. So Lot living in Sodom, did not onely vex his Soul with grief for their fil [...]hy Conversation, but (no doubt) he did also reprove it as occa­sion was offered, as may [...]ppear, Gen. 19. 7. where he prayes the wicked Sodomites not to do so wickedly, as to abuse those which were in his House; which was a secret and indirect reproof. So Jeremy was not onely much grieved for the Sins of his time, but he also reproved them. So Eliah in his time, &c.

Reasons. Reasons 1. It is a testimony of our true love to God, and zeal for his Glory, to shew our hatred of Sin, by reproving it as our Calling requireth.

2. It is a Fruit and Testimony of love to the Soul of our Brother or Neighbour offending, to admonish and reprove him for sin: Levit. 19. 17. Thou shalt not hate thy Brother in heart, but in any wise rebuke him, and not suffer sin upon him.

3. It is a speciall means to bring the Offender to the sight of his sin, and to strike him with remorse, and so to gain him to Repentance, Matth. 18. 15. or if not a means to gain him, yet at least to convince him and leave him without excuse.

Quest. Quest. When have we a Calling to reprove sin in others?

Answ. Answ. Whensoever there is hope or likelihood of doing good by such reproof. And this is especially in two Cases.

1. When the Offenders are of our speciall Charge, being under our Authority and Government. And therefore all that are set in place of Authority over others, have in this respect a Calling to reprove sin in those, under their Government: Magistrates in their Subjects, Ministers in their People, Parents in their Chil­dren, &c. Especially Ministers, of whose Office it is a speciall part to reprove sin in their People publickly and privately, &c. 2 Tim. 4. 2. Reprove, Rebuke, &c.

2. When the parties offending are tractable, and likely enough to bear a Christian reproof well, and to profit [Page 477] by it; for ought we know or can discern to the contrary: In this Case a Christian may reprove sin in another, though he be not of his speciall Charge, or under his Government, but his equall; yea, perhaps his Superior, when good occasion is offered.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Reproof of such as neglect this Duty when occasion is offered, and their Calling and Place requi­reth performance of it. As some are too forward and rash in taking upon them to reprove without a Calling, and do much hurt; so others on the contrary are altogether negligent and careless of the Duty, being called to it.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See the great sin of those that instead of reproving, do applaud sin in others, and encourage them therein, &c. and so strengthen the hands of the Wicked, hindring them from Repentance: How much have they to answer for?

Use 3 Ʋse 3. Let us every one, as our Calling requireth, make conscience of this Duty of love to others; and to this end consider the Reasons before mentioned, &c.

Rules to be observed in reproving sins of others. 1. For the matter of our Reproof. 2. For the manner. For the matter and ground of it, it must be out of the Word of God. See before, Chap. 7. 6.

For the manner. 1. In love to the person, out of a desire of his good and reformation, &c.

2. With a spirit of meekness, bearing with the Offender, and forbearing him as much as is possible, and not growing into passion and bitterness against the person: 2 Tim. 2. 24. The Servant of the Lord must not strive, but be gentle to all men.—Instructing those in meeknesse that oppose themselves, &c. Especially toward such as offend of infirmity, this meekness is to be shewed: Gal. 6. 1. If any be overtaken in a fault; you that are Spirituall, restore such a one in the spirit of meekness, &c.

3. With wisdom and discretion, which must be shewed by observing all due Circumstances in reproving. As, 1. The fittest time; when we see the party offending most tractable and fittest to be wrought upon, &c. striking while the Iron is hot, as we say. 2. The fittest place: as, for publick reproof, publick places; for private reproof, private places. So Matth. 18. 15. Contrà, 1 Tim. 5. 20. 3. Observing the diffe­rent disposition of the persons reproved. Some are obstinate and stubborn, who are more roundly and sharp­ly to be dealt with: Others are tractable, who are more gently to be admonished: Jude ver. 22. Have compassion on some, putting difference; and others save with fear, &c. 4. The difference of sins; fowl and hainous sins are more sharply to be censured, and more deeply to be taxed than lesser faults; Sins of presump­tion and against knowledge, than Sins of ignorance and infirmity, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. Such as offend should be willing to be reproved; yea, accompt it a Benefit, as David did, Psal. 141. Let the Righteous smite me, &c.

Mark 8. 12, 33.‘Why doth this Generation seek after a Sign, &c? Octob. 27. 1622.

Observ. 2 OBserv. 2. It is a Sin for any to require new Signs and Miracles for confirmation of that Doctrine which hath been already sufficiently confirmed by Miracles; yea, it is such a Sin as deserveth a sharp Re­proof and Censure. And therefore, see here how justly we may Reprove and Censure the Papists for re­quiring of us new Miracles to confirm our Doctrine, which is the same with the Doctrine of Christ, &c. How justly may we say of them therefore, as Christ doth of the Pharisees and Sadduces, Why doth this Genera­tion seek, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. This Generation] Hence learn, That the Children and Posterity of wicked Parents are apt by Nature to resemble their Parents and Ancestors in wickedness, and do oftentimes prove like unto them. So these Pharisees; Deut. 32. 5. Moses saies of the Israelites, That they were a perverse and crooked Generation. Esay 1. 4. A seed of evil Doers, corrupt Children, &c. Esay 57. 3. Matth. 3. 7. John Baptist calls the Pharisees and Sadduces, A Generation of Vipers. And Acts 7. 51. Stephen tells the Jews, That as their Fathers had re­sisted the Holy Chost, so did They, &c. 1 King. 15. 26. Nadab walked in the sins of Jeroboam his Father. And so did other wicked Kings of Israel in the sins of their Fathers: Matth. 23. 31. Ye are witnesses to your selves, that ye are the Children of those that killed the Prophets. Fill ye up then the measure of your Fathers.

Reason. Reasons. 1. Sin is hereditary by Nature, coming from Parents to Children by naturall Birth. There­fore, Gen. 5. 3. Adam is said, To beget a Son in his own Image, &c. that is, corrupted with sin like himself. Neither is thi [...] true of Originall Sin (which all do receive from their Parents by naturall Birth), but of some actuall Sins also, which are apt to be derived by Naturall Birth from Parents to Children, viz. Such Sins as are occasioned by the Naturall temper and complexion of Body: which because Children do receive from Parents; therefore withall, they receive a Naturall inclination to like Sins as their Parents were given to, For example sake, Sins of the Flesh; Drunkenness, Pride, Wracthfulness, &c.

2. Children are very apt to follow their Parents and Ancestors example, out of the Naturall affliction they carry to them, and because they live and converse much with them, &c.

3. God doth sometimes punish wicked Parents, by with-holding and denying Grace to the Children, and so giving them up to their Parents Sins.

Use 1 Use 1. Hence gather, That it is in it self a Judgment, to be born of wicked Parents, because such Children are in so great danger of being infected with the contagion of their Parents Sins by Naturall Birth, and by Example, &c. Yet it is such a Judgment as doth not absolutely prejudice or hinder such Children from Salvation: For many are saved and preserved from the contagion of Parents wickednesse by the speciall Mercy of God. Yet it behoves such Children to be humbled, not onely for their own, but for their Parents and Ancestors Sins: Dan. 9. 16. He Confesseth the sins of their Fathers, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See then that on the contrary, it is a great Mercy and Blessing of God to come of religious and god­ly Parents, in that such Children are not in such danger of being poysoned with the corruption and example of Parents Sins: Besides that, they have by this means speciall interest in God's Covenant of Grace made to the Faithfull and their Seed, &c. Let such therefore be truly thankfull, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Admonition to all Parents to repent of their Sins, and to beware of giving ill example to their [Page 478] Children, considering how apt they are to follow them. How soon do they learn of Parents to swear, to lye, to speak filthily, to pilfer and steal, to be touchy, froward, &c. Take heed then of giving such wicked Example; Endanger not thine own Soul and the Souls of thy Children together, lest hereafter they have cause to curse the day in which they were begotten or born of thee. Leave not the cursed Inheritance and Patrimony of Sin to thy Child; but, on the contrary, labour for the true fear of God in thy heart, and shew it by giving a holy and religious Example to thy Children, that they may be Heirs of thy Graces, not of thy sins.

So much of the first part of Christ's Answer to the Pharisees.

Now followeth the second, His denial of their sute: Where 1. Consider the manner of denying, with an Asseveration, &c. 2. The matter or denial it self, There shall no Sign be given, &c.

Verily, I say unto you,] Observ. It is lawful sometimes to use more than bare and naked assertions or de­nials in our Speech to others, adding some such earnest Asseveration; as, Verily, truly, or in truth, &c. Provided that it be not commonly or ordinarily; but in serious matters, and of much weight and moment, which we deny or affirm: Otherwise, in common matters, Yea and Nay must suffice, Mat. 5. 37. See before, Chap. 3. ver. 28.

There shall be no Sign given, &c.]

Quest. 1 Quest. How is it said, no Sign should be given them, seeing Mat. 16. it is said, No Sign but that of the Prophet Jonas; that is to say, The great Miracle of Christ's Resurrection from the dead upon the third day, figured in the rising of Jonas out of the Whale's Belly?

Answ. Answ. The meaning here is this, Not that no Sign at all should be given; but 1. That no such Sign or Miracle as they would have.

2. No Miracle at all should be wrought at their motion and sute, or to gratify them, or to do them good, because they were not fit to receive good by any, &c. As for that Miracle of Christ's Resurrection figu­red in Jonas, it was not given at their sute, or for their sakes, or to do them any good; but to con­vince them of Christ's God-head, and so to condemn them, and leave them without excuse for not believ­ing in him.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why is it said, No Sign should be given but that of Jonas, seeing our Saviour did, after this Conference with the Pharisees, work many other Miracles?

Answ. Answ. They were not wrought at their motion or sute, nor yet for their good (who, being wilful Con­temners, were not likely to profit by them, neither did they), but they were wrought by our Saviour of his own accord and Will, by vertue of his Calling, and for the good of them, who were fit to make use of them.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Why would not our Saviour work such a new Miracle as they would have, at their Request; seeing he might by that means have shewed his Power, for the convincing of those Pharisees, and for confir­mation of his Disciples Faith?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because it was needless at this time for him to work any such Miracle, seeing he had before wrought so many, and some of them but newly, which were sufficient both to convince the Pharisees, and to confirm his own Disciples. 2. Because they sought such a Miracle for an evill end, viz. to tempt Him, &c. as we have heard before; Therefore he would not grant their sute, lest he should by yielding to them seem to favour them, and so harden and confirm them in their Hypocrisy and Unbelief. 3. Be­cause He saw they were wilful Contemners of his Doctrine and Miracles; and therefore not likely to profit by such a Miracle, but rather to abuse it to the dishonour of God, by cavilling or taking exception at it, &c.

Observ.] Observ. That the Ordinances of God, and means of Grace and Salvation, ought not wittingly and wil­lingly to be given or tendred to such as are not likely to profit by them, but rather to profane and abuse them, to the dishonour of God and their own greater damnation: For example; not to obstinate and open Contemners, nor to profane scoffers at holy things, &c. To such as these we ought not willingly and wit­tingly to offer or tender the holy Ordinances of God, as the Word, Sacraments, or other holy Rights and Priviledges of the Church, and means of Salvation: Matth. 7. 6. Give not that which is holy unto Dogs; neither cast your Pearls before Swine, &c. Our Saviour would not give a Miracle (which was ordained for confirmation of the Faith of God's Elect,) to these obstinate Pharisees, &c. No more should the Word or Sacraments be given or offered to such as openly and wilfully contemn them, or scoff at them, so long as they remain such.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. These Ordinances are the peculiar Rights of the Church; therefore not to be made com­mon to such open and wilful Contemners, who either are or ought to be shut out of the Church by Excom­munication They are the Childrens Bread, therefore not to be given to Doggs, &c. See before, on the 27th Verse of the 7th. Chapter.

2. It is a high dishonour to God, and disgrace to his holy Ordinances, to be tendered to such as are more likely to abuse them by further contempt, than to profit by them.

Use. Ʋse. Admonition to all Christians to take heed of giving holy things to such profane Dogs and wilfull Contemners. This chiefly concerneth Ministers of the Word, to whom is committed the dispensation of the Word and Sacraments: Yet in some sort also it concerns other Christians to beware of profaning holy things, by offering them rashly to such open wilful Contemners; as, holy Instructions, holy Exhortations, Admonitions out of the Word, &c.

Ver. 13. And He left them, &c.] Here is shewed what followed upon our Saviour's Answer to the Pharisees: He, perceiving their Obstinacy, that they wilfully blinded and hardned themselves in Un­belief, doth leave them to their own hardness of Heart, not using any further means of Admonition, or In­struction, or the like, to do them good.

He departed to the other side,] that is, To thher side of the Se a of Galilee, opposite to the parts of Dal­manutha where he was before.

Observ. Observ. The just Judgment of God upon obstinate wicked men, which do willingly and wilfully go on in sin, hardning themselves therein against the light of their own Conscience. The Lord doth usually give over such, and leave them to their own hardness of heart, and to finall Impenitency. Isa. 6. 9, 10. Go and tell this People, Hear ye indeed, but understand not; See ye indeed, but perceive not: Make the Heart of this Peo­ple fat, &c. Thus Pharoah hardning his own heart wilfully, the Lord in Justice gave him up further and further to be hardned. So, those profane Gentiles, Rom. 1. 21. because, they knowing God in some sort by the light of Nature, and by the Creation of the World, yet did not glorify him as God, but contrary to the light of their natural Conscience lived in gross Idolatry, therefore God gave them up to vile affections, and to a reprobate mind, Ver. 26, 28.

Use. Ʋse. See how fearful and dangerous a thing it is for any thus wilfully to harden themselves in sin against the light of their Conscience. Take heed of it, lest God in Justice give thee over to be further and further hardned; yea, to final Impenitency.

Mark 8. 14.‘Now the Disciples had forgotten to take Bread, neither had they in the Ship with them more than one Jan. 9. 1624. Loaf.’

HAving heretofore begun to interpret unto you this Gospel of St. Mark, in the After-noon; and being forced for a time to lay aside the same: Now my purpose is (God willing) to proceed where I for­merly left off, and to handle this portion of Scripture in the Morning, which I did at first begin to handle in the Afternoon.

Of the two first principal parts of this Chapter, I have formerly spoken unto you, viz. 1. Of our Saviour's miraculous feeding of four thousand Persons with seven Loavs and a few Fishes, from the first Verse to the tenth. 2. Of his Answer made to the Pharisees questioning with him, and tempting him, by seeking of him an extraordinary Sign from Heaven: from the tenth Verse to this fourteenth Verse.

Sequitur tertia pars Capitis. An Admonition to his Disciples to take heed of the Leaven of the Pharisees, and of Herod, together with a reproof of their dulness and Ignorance in mis-conceiving his Admonition: from this Ver. 14. to the 22.

Where 1. Consider the occasion of our Saviour's giviving them this Admonition, viz. Their forget­ting to take sufficient provision of Bread with them for their Voyage or Journey, before they set forth from the parts of Dalmanutha, from whence they were now sailing over the Sea of Galilee; by reason of which for­getfulness, the store of Bread which they now had with them in the Ship was very small, having but one Loaf left them, Ver. 14.

2. The Admonition it self, Ver. 15. He charged them, &c.

3. Their Dulnesse and Ignorance shewed in mis-conceiving his Admonition, which they discovered by their words uttered in reasoning among themselves, saying thus, It is because we have no Bread, in the 16th. Verse.

4. Our Saviour's sharp Reproof of that their Dulness and Ignorance, Ver. 17, &c.

Of the first, The Occasion.

The Disciples had forgotten, &c.] What the cause was of this their forgetfulness to take sufficient Provision of Bread with them, as they had need, and as their custom was to do at other times, is not expressed; but most likely it is, that the chief cause (besides the natural defect of memory) was their great and earnest care and desire of following and accompanying Christ in this Journey, that they might not be left behind or be parted from Him, no not for a small time, but might keep constantly with Him to hear his Doctrine, and see his great Miracles for confirmation of their Faith. This zeal and earnestness in following Christ did (no doubt) so take up and possess their minds and thoughts, that it made them at this time to forget to take more Provision of Bread with them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here in Christ's Disciples an Example of great zeal and forwardness in holy and Christian duties, in that they were so earnest in following Christ, and to be partakers of his Doctrine, Miracles, and private Conference, and were in their minds so taken up therewith that they forgot and neglected their or­dinary Food; they forgot to provide Bread sufficient for them before they took Ship to go over the Sea of Galilee with Christ. This teacheth us our Duty, after their Example, not onely to do good and Christian duties which God requireth of us, but also to be zealous, earnest, and forward in performing them: Tit. 2. 9. Zealous of good works. So in Hearing of the Word, Prayer, Reading, Meditation, &c. it is not enough that we do these duties, but we ought to be very earnest, forward, and diligent in performance of them; our hearts should be taken up with the care and earnest desire of performing them. Thus it was with Christ's Disciples here: They were so taken up with earnest desire and care to follow Christ, that they forgot an or­dinary business which they had to do, which was to provide and take Bread sufficient with them to serve them in their Journey. The like zeal and earnest affection should be in us in performance of holy and Christian Duties, whereby God is glorified, and our selves and others edified toward his heavenly Kingdom. We should be so earnest and diligent in them, that our hearts and minds should be greatly possessed and ta­ken up with desire and care to perform them. 1 Tim. 4. 15. Meditate upon these things, give thy self wholly to them: or, Be thou in these things; that is, Be wholly taken up with them. Our Saviour was sometimes so earnest in teaching the People, and so taken up therewith, that he neglected his meat, as we see Joh. 4. 31. So the People were sometimes so zealous and earnest to hear him and see his Miracles, that they were con­tent to go long hungry to that end; Mat. 15. 32. They continued with him three dayes, Fasting in the Wilderness. Jam. 1. 19. Be swift to hear.

Use 2 Use 1. To reprove the coldness and negligence of many in performance of holy duties, who have no ear­nest care or desire at all to such duties, nor shew any zeal or forwardness in them; but are careless and neg­ligent [Page 480] of such Duties; as Prayer, Hearing, Reading, &c. Their Hearts and Minds are not taken up with love and desire of holy Exercises: How far from the zeal of Christ's Disciples!

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To stir us up to this zealous care and forwardness in performance of all Holy and Religious Du­ties, our Hearts and Minds must be taken up with them: To this end labour to love and delight in all such Holy Duties of God's Service; as Prayer, Hearing God's Word, Reading, &c. and to find true comfort and sweetness in them: then this will inflame us with great zeal and earnestness to perform them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The Disciples here were far from distracting and troubling their minds with immoderate care of Earthly things, insomuch that out of a desire to follow Christ, they neglected and forgot to take Provision of Bread with them, though they had but one Loaf left; which should teach us, after their example, that we ought not to trouble or distract our minds with immoderate care of things of this Life; as Meat, Drink, Raiment, means to live upon, &c. for time to come. Christians should be far from this immoderate care of Earthly things; I say, from immoderate care, because there is a moderate care of these things, which is both lawfull and necessary for Christians, whereby they are to be carefull in using all good means for provision of things needfull for this Life. This care is commended to us, Prov. 6. 6. in the example of the Ant or Pismire which provideth in Summer against Winter. But Christians must not distract their minds with immoderate care of things of this Life: Matth. 6. 25. Take no thought for your Life, what ye shall Eat, or what ye shall Drink; nor yet for your Body, what ye shall put on, &c. In the Lord's Prayer, we are taught to pray but for our Daily Bread.

Now that is immoderate care, 1. When we trouble and disquiet our selves for the present with caring for such things as might as well or better be cared and provided for, hereafter. 2. When we so distract our minds with cares of this Life, that we are hindred thereby from caring for things Spiritually and Heavenly. Forbidden, Luke 31. 34. Take heed your hearts be not overcharged with cares of this Life, &c. 3. When we not onely care to use the means of providing for this Life, but also trouble our selves, and are too much sol­licitous about the issue and success of the means which should be left to God. 4. When our care is joy­ned with distrust of God's providence.

Ʋse. Use. For admonition to us, to take heed of this immoderate and distracting care of Earthly things for this Life, using all means to free our minds from it; and so much the more, because it is so Naturall unto us to be Earthly minded, and to savour the things of this Life more than Spirituall and Heavenly: Whence it is, That our Saviour Matth. 6. is fain to use so many Reasons to disswade us from this sin: Phil. 4. 6. Be care­full for nothing.

Remedies against immoderate caring for things of this Life for time to come. 1. Look at God's spe­ciall providence and fatherly care over us even for things of this Life so far as is good for us; and labour by Faith to rest on his Providence for all things needfull for this Life, committing the issue and successe of all means used by us to his Blessing. Consider that he knoweth what we have need of, Matth. 6. 32. and not onely so, but takes speciall care to provide for us as for his Children and Servants, 1 Pet. 5. 7. Cast all your care on him, for he careth for you: Psal. 55. 22. Cast thy burden upon the Lord, and he shall sustain thee, &c. All immoderate care of Earthly things comes from infidelity, and distrust of God's Providence; there­fore labour for Faith, and to live by it at all times, even in times of want, &c. 2. Consider God's care and providence over other Creatures: He feedeth the young Ravens, cloatheth the Lillyes and the Grasse: How much more us his Children? See Matth. 6. 3. See that our chief care be for things Spiritual and Heavenly, Matth. 6. 33. Col. 3. 1. Seek things that are above, &c. This will keep us from immoderate care of Earthly things. 4. Consider the hurt and danger that comes of this immoderate and distracting care of Earthly things. It so oppresseth and taketh up the mind, that it cannot be free or fit to care for things Spiritu­all and Heavenly. It quencheth and abateth our love and desire of Heavenly things; It choketh and hindreth the Fruit of God's Word in us, Matth. 13. 22. 5. This immoderate care of Earthly things is the sin of the Heathen, which know not God or his Word. Ergo, unfit for Christians to live in it: Matth. 6. 32. After all these things do the Gentiles seek. 6. Consider the vanity, shortness, and uncertainty of this Life, Jam. 4. 14. Ye know not what shall be to Morrow: For what is your Life? even a Vapour, &c. What folly then to care so much for maintenance of this short and transitory Life? what folly to care immoderately for to Mor­row, when we know not whether we shall live till to Morrow? 7. Consider what is said, Matth. 6. ult. Sufficient unto the Day is the evil of it.

Mark 8. 15.‘And he charged them, saying, Take heed, beware of the leaven of the Pharisees, and of the leaven of Herod. Jan. 16. 1624.

IN the former Verse we heard the Occasion of our Saviour's admonishing his Disciples to beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Herod, which was, their forgetting to take provision of Bread with them into the Ship, when they set forth from the Coasts of Dalmanutha, to pass over the Sea of Galilee. Now in this Verse is set down to us the Admonition it self: He charged them, saying, Take heed, beware of the leaven, &c. Where we may consider:

  • 1. The matter of the Admonition, To take heed of the leaven of the Pharisees and of Herod.
  • 2. The manner of giving this Admonition, with a strait Charge, and with a double Cavear or Caution; Take heed, and beware.

The leaven of the Pharisees, &c.] This is not to be understood, in proper sense or literally, of the leavened Bread of the Pharisees (for this was the errour of Christ's Disciples so to understand his words, as we shall see afterward): but it is to be understood Metaphorically of the corrupt and unsound Doctrine of the Phari­sees which they taught, as appeareth, Matth. 16. 12. where it is thus truly and rightly expounded by the Disciples, though at first they conceived Christ's words otherwise. Then (it is said) they understood that he bad them not beware of the leaven of Bread, but of the Doctrine of the Pharisees and Sadduces.

Quest. Quest. What corrupt and unsound Doctrine did the Pharisees teach?

Answ. Answ. They corrupted and depraved the true sense of the Morall Law by their false Glosses and Interpre­tations; as appeareth, Matth. 5. where our Saviour both discovereth the corrupt expositions of the Law given in old time by the Jewish Teachers (unto which the Pharisees in our Saviour's time censented); and withall, confuteth the same, and giveth the true sense of the Law in sundry Commandements thereof. Be­sides, they did also add unto the true and sound Doctrine of the written Word, many unwritten Doctrines and Traditions of their own, partly vain, idle, and superfluous; and partly superstitious and wicked, not onely beside the Word of God, but even contrary unto it; which Doctrines and Traditions they stiffly maintained to be of equall Authority with the written Law of God; yea, in some Cases they preferred them before the same, making void the Commandements of God through their own traditions, as we may see, Matth. 15. and Matth. 23. and as we heard before, Chap. 7. of this Gospel.

Object. Object. Matth. 23. 3. Our Saviour bids his Disciples and the Multitude to observe and do all that the Scribes and Pharisees Command them, &c. Therefore it seems they taught the Truth and sound Do­ctrine.

Answ. Answ. It is true, That they did indeed teach many things which were true and sound, and agreeable to the written Word of God in the Law and Prophets; and therefore our Saviour's meaning there is, not that they should generally and absolutely follow their Doctrine in all things whatsoever they taught: But in all such things as they taught truly and soundly, in all things which they taught agreeable to the Doctrine of Moses, in whose Chair they sate. But because they did also together with true Doctrine mingle a great deal of corrupt and erroneous Doctrine; therefore our Saviour in this place warneth his Disciples to take heed thereof.

Now this corrupt Doctrine of the Pharisees is here called Leaven, and thereunto compared in regard of the likeness between them, to set out the Nature and evil effects of this corrupt Doctrine, by which it resem­bleth Leaven, as in other respects, so especially in this, That as leaven is not onely sowre and tart of it self, but it is apt also to convey and spread the sowreness of it into the whole Lump of Dough, till it be all sowred therewith: 1 Cor. 5. 7. Gal. 5. 9. So this Doctrine of the Pharisees was not onely evil and corrupt in it self, but apt to spread the corruption and contagion of it further and further to the infecting of others therewith.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour speak so obscurely, &c?

Answ. Answ. That from their misconceiving him, he might take occasion to discover to them their ignorance and infidelity, for which he afterward reproveth them.

And of the leaven of Herod] It is somewhat doubtfull what is meant by this, Matth. 16. 6. The Sadduces are named instead of Herod, whereupon some think that Herod did joyn himself to the Sect and Opinions of the Sadduces; and so that the leaven of Herod is the same with the leaven of the Sadduces, noting out the corrupt Doctrines and Opinions which the Sadduces held: the chief of which are mentioned: Acts 23. 8. That they held no Resurrection, nor Angel, &c. Others do, with more probability, think that by the lea­ven of Herod, is meant here the erroneous Doctrine and Opinions of the Sect called the Herodians, (of whom we heard before, Chap. 3. Ver. 6.) who were a peculiar Sect by themselves, differing in opinion from the Pharisees and Sadduces. Who were called Herodians from Herod King of the Jews, because among other opi­nions, they held this (as is restified by Epiphanius) that Herod was the Messiah, because he was King of the Jews, and a Jew born, and lived about the same time when the Jews expected the Messiah. Howsoever it be, no doubt but our Saviour meaneth some corrupt and erroneous Doctrine or Opinions held and maintained, either by Herod himself, or else by the Sect of the Herodians which were his Followers and Adherents. Vide Gerrard. Harm. Evang. Cap. 154. Pag. 1105. &c. Ubi diversam sententiam tuetur.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour from their want of Bread took occasion to speak to them of the leavened Do­ctrine of the Pharisees, &c. and to teach them spiritual Wisdom in shunning the same: Hence gather, That from Earthly and Temporal things of this Life, we should take occasion to confer and speak to others of things Spirituall and Heavenly. So our Saviour often used to do: Joh. 4. 10. From the Water of the Well of Jacob, he took occasion to tell the Woman of Samaria of the Spirituall Water of Life, and to stir her up to thirst after it. So Joh. 6. 27. from the five Loaves of Bread with which he had fed 5000, he took occasion to speak unto the People of the Spirituall and Heavenly Food, and to stir them up to seek after it. Herein let us imitate our Saviour, taking occasion from Earthly things, to think and speak of Spirituall and Heaven­ly: From Earthly and Bodily Food to speak and confer of Spirituall; from Bodily Raiment to confer of the Garments of Grace; from Bodily Armour to speak of the Spirituall Armour of God, Ephes. 6. From our Earthly Houses to talk and speak to one another of our House not made with Hands, but eternall in the Heavens; from the Grasse and Flowers of the Field, to speak of our Mortality, &c. Thus we shall shew our selves to be Heavenly minded, and to have our Conversation there, even while we live on Earth: Phil. 3. 20. Besides, we shall by this means more and more stir up our Thoughts and Affections to the love and desire of things Spirituall and Heavenly. This also will be a means to furnish us from time to time with plentifull matter of holy conference, so as we shall never want matter in this kind to confer of.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Here we see that there hath been in all Ages of the Church corrupt and erroneous Teachers, who have laboured by their Errors and false Doctrine to corrupt and deprave the true and sound Doctrine of the Word of God. Such were the Pharisees, Sadduces, and Herodians in our Saviour's time; who by their leaven of corrupt Doctrine, infected and sowred the true Doctrine of the Law and Prophets: So in times of the Old Testament were many false Prophets. So in the Apostles Dayes, were false Apostles and other corrupt Teachers both among the Jews and Gentiles: 1 Pet. 21. There were false Prophets among the People, even as there shall be false Teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable Heresies, &c. Such false Teacher were Hymenaeus and Philetus, mentioned by Paul, 2 Tim. 2. 17. Besides many other in the Apostles Dayes. Such were the Jewish Teachers which urged the necessity of Circumcision, and the keeping of other Cere­monies of Moses's Law after the Death of Christ. Such were the Nicolaitans, Revel. 2. 6. which held Fornication no Sin: Such were Ebion and Cerinthus, who denyed the God-head of Christ, as is testified in the Ecclesiasticall History. So in all the succeeding Ages after the Apostles; both of antient and later times [Page 482] the Church was troubled with many corrupt and Heretical Teachers, as Arrians, Pelagians, Manichees, &c. Austin reckoneth up ninety several Heresies, &c. So in this Age and time wherein we live, there are many corrupt and Heretical Teachers, as Papists, Anabaptists, Arminians, &c. which labour to spread the Leaven of their Errours, &c.

Reason. Reason. God hath decreed to permit and suffer it thus to be for just causes: As first for the just Judgment and Punishment of the wicked and Reprobates; that they may by the Doctrine of false Teach­ers be led into damnable Errours, and so be justly condemned, if they repent not, 2 Thess. 2. 10. Se­condly, For the trial of the Elect, and that such as are approved of God may be known, 1 Cor. 11. 19. There must be Heresies, &c. Deut. 13. 3.

Use 1 Use. 1. Teacheth us not to think strange, nor to stumble or be offended thereat, when in these our times we see and hear of so many corrupt, false, and erroneous Teachers in the Church or out of it, as Pa­pists, Anabaptists, Lutherans, Armintans, &c. Thus it hath been in all former Ages of the Church, and God hath appointed to suffer it so to be for the causes and ends before mentioned. Therefore no cause to be offended hereat, or to grow in suspicion or dislike of the true Religion, because there are so many Sects of false Teachers which labour to corrupt the same.

Use 2 Use 2. See what need there is for God's People in all Ages to be well grounded and setled in the sound Knowledge and Belief of the truth, lest otherwise they be plucked away with the Errours and false Doctrines of corrupt Teachers, and fall from their own stedfaastness in the true Faith and Religion of Christ: So we in this Age and time of the Church. See also what need to be very wary and circumspect in shunning all cor­rupt and erroneous Doctrines. But of this more in the next Point.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. That it is the duty of Christians, carefully to shun and avoid all corrupt and erroneous Doct­rines and erroneous Opinions of men, in matters of Religion which are either contrary to the Word of God, or not grounded upon the same. Our Saviour warns his Disciples to take heed of the Leaven of the Phari­sees and of Herod; that is, to reject their corrupt Doctrine and Opinions, and to be far from believing or embracing the same either in Judgment or Practise. So Deut. 13. 1. If there arise among you a Prophet, and say, Let us go after other Gods; Thou shalt not hearken to the words of that Prophet. So Matth. 7. 15. Beware of false Prephets. It is to be understood not so much of shunning their Per [...]ons (though they are also to be avoided), as of shunning their false Doctrine. Hebr. 13. 9. Be not carried about with diverse and strange Do­ctrines. 2 Pet. 3. 17, Seeing ye know these things before, beware lest ye also be led away with the Errour of the Wic­ked, &c. Matth. 24. 4. Take heed no man deceive you, &c. 2 Joh. 10. ver. If any come, and bring not this Do­ctrine, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Erroneous and false Doctrine is odious to God, Revel. 2. 15. Christ sayes, He hateth the Doctrine of the Nicolaitans: Therefore such Doctrine should be hateful to us; and we are to shew our hatred by careful shunning the same.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. There is great danger in embracing erroneous Doctrine; for this draws men into Errours in life and practice, and so is a main cause of Sin and Wickedness of life. Hence it is, that corrupt and here­tical Teachers have alwayes for the most part been men of profane and wicked life. So the Pharisees and Sadduces in our Saviour's times. So afterward, the Nicolaitans, Arrians, &c. So the Papists at this day.

Quest. Quest. How far are we to shun corrupt Doctrine?

Answ. Answ. 1. So as not to embrace or consent to it, either in Judgment, Affection, or Practice. 2. So as to oppose our selves against it by all means, so far as our Calling will warrant us; especially Ministers.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. For reproof of such as are so farr from this careful shunning of Errours and false Doctrine, that they are ready to believe and embrace such corrupt and erroneous Doctrine and Opinions; especially, if those Errours be taught or holden by such men as are of great place and Learning, or by such whose Persons they af­fect or esteem highly of; or agree to corrupt Nature, &c. Many are so weak and unstable in matters of Faith and Religion, that like Children they are ready to be tossed to and fro with every wind of false Doct­rine and corrupt Opinions of men, which they hear or take notice of; especially if those Errours or Opini­ons seem plausible, and carry some shew of truth, then they soon embrace them, and rashly give consent to them, without further trial and examination of them by the Word of God.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To exhort and stir us up to the conscionable practise of this Duty, viz. Carefully to shun and a­void all corrupt and erroneous Doctrines of men in matters of Religion; and to be far from embracing or consenting to them, either in our Judgment or practice, though they seem never so plausible, and carry shew of truth; yea, the more plausible they are, the more dangerous, and so the more to be taken heed of. It is not enough for us to receive and hold the truth in matters of Religion, but we must also reject and renounce all errours contrary to the same; yea, hate and detest such errours, and keep our selves by all means from being seduced by them. Especially shun the errours of our own times, as the Doctrine of Popery, Armi­nianism, &c.

Helps to further us in this Duty of shunning erroneous Doctrines and Opinions, and to keep us from em­bracing or consenting to them. 1. Pray unto God to lead us by his Spirit into all truth, and to preserve and keep us from Errours and false Doctrine. Seek to him also for the Spirit of Judgment and Discretion, whereby we may be enabled to discern things that differ, as the Apostle speaketh Phil. 1. 10. 2. La­bour to be well grounded and stablished in the sound truth of the Word of God; but especially in the principles of Christian Religion. To this end, use all good means, as diligent hearing of the Word, read­ing of the Scripture, and other sound and orthodox Treatises, Conference with such as are of sound Judg­ment, &c. Matth. 22. 29. Ye do err, not knowing the Scriptures, &c. 3. Labour not onely for sound Knowledge of the Word of God, but withal see that we do entertain the Love of the truth in our hearts, lest otherwise God do justly give us up to believe lies and errours. 2 Thes. 2. 10. Because they received not the love of the Truth,—For this cause God shall send them strong Delusions to believe a Lie. 4. Make con­science to practise all known truths which we have learned out of the Word of God: This is a good means to be preserved from Errours and false Doctrine. 1 Tim. 1. 19. Paul bids him hold Faith (that is, he Do­ctrine [Page 483] of Faith) and a good Conscience together; The latter being a help to the former: And therefore he addeth, that Hymenaeus and Alexander, having put away a good Conscience, made Shipwrack of Faith. 5. Try and examine all Doctrines and Opinions of men by the Touch-stone of the Word of God, before we embrace them for currant. Be not too hasty in receiving or embracing any Doctrine or Opinion till we have first ex­amined it by the written Word; especially, if it be a new Doctrine which we have not before heard, or if it seem in any sort to cross or contradict any Principle of Religion or other known truth wherein we have been formerly instructed. 1 Thes. 5. 21. Prove all things, hold fast that which is good. 1 Joh. 4. 1. Believe not every Spirit, but try the Spirits, whether they are of God, &c.

Mark 8. 16.‘And He charged them, &c. Jan. 23. 1624.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. IN that our Saviour directeth this Admonition to his Disciples or Apostles, whom he had be­fore called to the Office of the Ministry, Chap. 3. ver. 14. Hence we may gather, that as all Christians, so especially Ministers of the Word are to be careful to shun the Leaven of false Doctrine, and erroneous Opinions in matters of Religion, and to take heed of being infected therewith. Act. 20. 30. Paul ha­ving told the Elders of Ephesus that false Teachers should spring up even amongst them, bids them therefore to watch; that is, not onely to be diligent in their Ministerial Office of teaching sound Doctrine, but also in shunning the false Doctrine of those corrupt Teachers, and opposing themselves against the same. So 1 Tim. 6. 5. he warns Timothy to withdraw himself from false and corrupt Teachers; which is to be understood not onely of shunning their Persons, but especially of avoiding the Infection of their Doctrine.

Reason. Reason. Ministers have a Calling to instruct others in the sound truth of the Word of God, and to pre­serve them from the Poison of Errours and corrupt Doctrine to the utmost of their Power; which they can­not be fit to do, if themselves be infected with errours and Leaven of false Doctrine; and therefore they must by all means shun and avoid the same.

Use. Use. See how unfit and dangerous for Ministers of the Word who are called to teach unto others sound and wholesom Doctrine, to be corrupt in their own Judgment, and infected with Leaven of Errours: How shall they lead others in the way of truth, and keep them from Errour; Blind Guides! And if the blind lead the blind, both will fall into the ditch, &c.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. In that our Saviour warns them to take heed of the Leaven of the Pharisees, and of Herod, which were Persons of great place and authority; Hence we may learn, that we are to shun Errours, and false Doctrine, though they have never so great Patrons, which hold and maintain them. They are never the bet­ter or less hurtful for this, but rather the more dangerous, when they are maintained and upheld by men of great place or accompt in the Church or Common-wealth; for then the common People are the sooner seduced by them. Therefore such Errours and Doctrines are the more to be taken heed of. Gal. 1. 8. Though we, or an Angel from Heaven, preach any other Gospel unto you, than that which we have preached, let him be accursed. Many of those old Heresies which sprung up in the Church in the times of the ancient Fathers had great Patrons and Defenders; yet the godly Fathers, and other good Christians, did not embrace those Errours, but utterly rejected and renounced them. The Heresy of Arrius was maintained not onely by many learned Bishops of the East and West; but also by some of the Emperours themselves, as Constantius, Valens, &c. (Vide Magd. Cent. 4. c. 5. col. 324.)

Use 1 Use 1. To convince the folly of such as think they may safely follow any Doctrine or Opinion in matters of Religion, if they can alledge some Persons of great place, or of great Learning who have holden or do hold and maintain the same, though otherwise they can shew no good ground or warrant from the Word of God for that they hold. As if great men were priviledged from Errour, or as if it were safe to err with them, in case they do err. Here we see the contrary: For the Pharisees and Sadduces were men of great Authority and accompt among the Jews; and yet our Saviour shews they were not free from Errours in Doctrine and Opi­nion, but greatly corrupted with the Leaven of such Errours, and that it was not safe but dangerous to err with them; for which cause he chargeth and warneth his Disciples to beware of their Leaven, notwithstand­ing their greatness and Authority in the Church at that time. The like may be said of the Scribes, and of the Elders and High Priests in our Saviour's time, who were all men of great place and authority, and yet they erred most dangerously both in Judgment and practice, in that they condemned Christ to death, and there­fore it was not safe, but very fearful and dangerous to joyn with them (as many then did) in that their wick­ed Errour and Practice. It is not therefore safe, but dangerous, to err with great men: Errour in Doctrine or Opinion drawes on Errour in life and practice. Now it is dangerous to sin with great Persons, therefore dangerous to err with them.

Use 2 Use 2. Admonisheth us to beware of embracing or liking the better of any erroneous Doctrine or Opinion of men in matter of Religion, because of the greatness of the Persons that do hold or maintain the same; but learn to reject and detest all Errours and corrupt Doctrines, though they have never so great Patrons or De­fenders: To this end, in all Doctrines and Opinions of men, look not at the Persons that teach or main­tain them; but upon what good Ground and Warrant from the Word of God they do teach and hold them.

Observ. 6 Observ. 6. In that our Saviour compareth the corrupt Doctrine of the Pharisees and Herodians unto Lea­ven; which is of a spreading and infectious Nature (as hath been shewed); Hence we learn, that corrupt Doctrine and erroneous Opinions of false Teachers are of a contagious and infectious Nature, apt to spread their contagion and corruption further and further: 2 Tim. 2. 17. the Doctrine of Hymenaeus and Philetus and other corrupt Teachers is compared to a Canker or Gangrene, which is a fretting or eating disease which spreadeth further and further in the body; so likewise their corrupt Doctrine (as the Apostle saith, Ver. 16.) will encrease to more Ungodliness. That which Tertullus said falsly and unjustly of Paul in regard of his Doctrine, That he was a pestilent fellow, Act. 24. 5. may truly be said of all false and corrupt Teachers: They are pestilent fellows, and their Doctrine is of a pestilent and infectious Nature, &c. The truth of this [Page 484] we may see in those old Heresies which sprung up in the Church heretofore in the Times of the Antient Fa­thers: with the leaven of which, though at first, but some one or few persons were tained; yet afterward by degrees the Contagion spread further and further to the infecting of many; yea, of whole Countries. Thus the Arian Heresy did at first infect onely Arius himself, and some few in the Country of Alexandria; but afterwards the leaven of it spread so far, that the greater part of the World was infected with the same. (In­gemit totus orbis, & miratus est, se factum Arianum. Hieronym.) So the Doctrine of Pelagius and other Here­ticks, though at first it infected but some few; yet afterward it spread very far, to the corrupting of great Multitudes. The like we may observe in those errors, with which the Church is at this Day infected; as Popery, Anabaptism, Lutheranism, Armianism, &c. The leaven of these at first did infect but few in comparison, but afterwards spread further and further, and so is apt to do still. And daily experience shews how apt any error or false Doctrine once broached, is to spread it self further. It is like the Cloud which appeared to Elijah's Servant, 1 King. 18. 44. which at first was but about the breadth of a mans hand, but soon after it overspead the whole Heavens. Modicus error in principio, in fine maximus. Luther.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See what cause for us carefully to shun and avoid the Corruption of Errors and false Doctrine, and to beware of being tainted therewith, seeing it is of such a Contagious Nature. As we carefully shun Conta­gious Diseases, so should we no less avoid the Contagion of Errors, &c. But of this before.

Use 2 Use 2. See by this how dangerous it is for any to be the first Broachers or Setters on Foot of Errors or false Doctrine, seeing when it is one broached, it is so apt to run, and to spread it self further and further. Take heed therefore of being the first Authors and Bringers in of Errors of false Doctrine. This concerns all, but especially Ministers, That they beware of sowing the Seed of any corrupt Doctrine, lest it spring up quickly, and grow too fast, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. See how needfull it is to resist and withstand Errors and false Doctrine betimes, even when it first begins to be broached or set on Foot, lest otherwise if it be at first received and get Head, it do by degrees grow and spread further and further, till it can be very hardly or not at all resisted: Therefore it behoveth us every one in our Places to withstand Errors at the first; but chiefly this concerns those that are in Place of Authority. As Magistrates to resist Errors and false Doctrine at first by their Authority, forbidding and re­straining them from being taught: And all Pastors and Ministers to withstand such Errors and false Do­ctrine at first, by convincing and confuting the same out of the Word of God; and by labouring more and more in their Ministery to maintain true and sound Doctrine, and to establish the People therein. This is the best way to withstand Errors and false Doctrine, to crush it the Head, when it first beginneth to spring up. This leaven is betimes and at the first to be purged out, before it spread too far, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. This also shews how dangerous it is for us to converse familiarly and needlesly with such as are corrupted in their Judgment with the leaven of Errors or false Doctrine; as Papists, Arminians, &c. lest we be infected with the Contagion of their Errors, and sowred with their leaven, Take heed therefore, &c. In Scrip [...]ure we are bid not onely to shun Errors and false Doctrine, but also the false Teachers themselves, as Matth. 7. 15. 2 Joh. ver. 10. 1 Tim. 6. 5. Constantius the Emperour, by the company of an Arian Presby­ter was seduced to that Heresy. Now followeth, The manner of admonishing with a strait Charge, &c.

He charged them] Or straitly commanded them: This he did by his absolute Authority, &c.

Take heed, beware] That i [...], take great heed to your selves, That ye be not infected with the leaven of their corrupt Doctrine. This repetition or doubling of the Admonition, was the more to quicken and stir up their care and heedfulnes in shunning the corrupt Doctrine and Opinion of the Pharisees and Hero­dians, in regard of the great danger they were in otherwise to be tainted with that leaven.

Observ. Observ. Christians have need to use great care, diligence, and heedfulness in avoiding the leaven of cor­rupt Teachers; that is, their erroneous and false Doctrine by which they labour to infect others. There­fore our Saviour warneth his Disciples with a double Caveat, and gives them also a strait charge to keep themselves from the corrupt Doctrine, and erroneous Opinion of the Pharisees and of Herod. So Paul Acts 20. 28. warns the Elders of Ephesus again and again, not onely to take heed to themselves and to their Flocks (in regard of false Teachers which should arise among them), but also to watch against such. So Phil. 3. 2. Beware of Doggs, beware of evil Workers, beware of the Concision.

Reason. Reason. There is great danger of being infected with this leaven of corrupt Doctrine and erroneous Opi­nions of Men, and that in sundry Respects:

As, 1. In regard of the corruption of our Nature, which makes us prone and forward to imbrace Errors rather than Truth, and to Drink them in: No Dough being so apt to take leaven, as we by Nature to im­brace Errors.

2. In regard of the great craft and subtilty of false Teachers to insinuate themselves and their errors into us: 2 Cor. 11. 13. Deceiptfull Workers. Eph. 4. 14. Compared to Teachers at Dice-play.

3. In the regard of the subtilty and cunning of Satan (whose Workmen and Ministers false Teachers are, 2 Cor. 11, 15.) who laboureth all he can to spread the leaven of Errors and false Doctrine further and further.

Ʋse. Use. For Admonition to us, to use all care, diligence, and watchfulness over our selves, that we be not seduced or drawen away with errors and corrupt Doctrine of false Teachers; especially to look to our selves in regard of the errors and corruptions in Doctrine which are rife in these our Times; as the hereticall Do­ctrines of Papists, the errors of the Lutherans, Arminians, Anabaptists, Brownists, and the like. Great cause of heedfullness and watchfullness, That we may be preserved from the leaven of so many corrupt and erroneous Doctrines which at this Day are taught and maintained by false Teachers; and that whether we consider our Naturall proneness to believe and imbrace Errors rather than Truth, or whether we consider the great cunning and deceiptfulness of false Teachers to seduce, or the subtilty of Satan who sets them on work, &c. In all these Respects we had need be very wary in shunning the leaven of corrupt Doctrines. If Christ's own Disciples had need to be so wary, and were so straitly charged and warned; then we much more, who are in greater danger to be seduced. Therefore let us be admonished to look well to our selves in this behalf: To this end, remember and put in practise the means before prescribed to keep us from being [Page 485] seduced by errors: Pray unto God for Spirituall Wisdom, &c. Labour to be grounded in the Truth; Search the Scriptures; Try all Doctrines and Opinions by the written Word, &c.

Mark 8. 16.‘And they reasoned among themselves, &c. Jan. 30. 1624.

IN the former Verse ye heard of our Saviour's serious admonition given to his Disciples, To take heed of the leaven of the Pharisees and of Herod, or the Herodians, and carefully to shun the same.

Now in this 16 Verse the Evangelist noteth the ignorance and infirmity of the Disciples, in misconceiving the former admonition; which they discover by their words uttered, in reasoning together about the matter: They reasoned among themselves, saying; It is, Because we have no Bread. By which words, it appeareth how much they were mistaken in Interpreting Christ's words. For whereas his meaning was (as we have heard), to warm them of the corrupt Doctrine and erroneous Opinions of the Pharisees and Herod; they so under­stand him, as if his purpose were to warn them, that in this their present necessity and want of Bread, they should not seek to the Pharisees or to Herod, or the Herodians for Bread, nor to eat Bread at their Tables, forasmuch as they were the professed Enemies of Christ; but that they should rather be content to faint and suffer Hunger, than to seek for Bread to such profane and wicked Enemies of Christ.

Now although this at first sight may seem a plausible construction of Christ's words (especially considering what is said, second Epist. Joh. ver. 10. touching the forbearance of all outward communion with false Teachers): Yet it is clear by our Saviour's sharp Reproof of them in the Verses following, That they were greatly to blame, and very faulty in so understanding him. And the greatness of their fault and infirmity may better appear, if we consider the Grounds and Originall Causes of this their misconstruction of Christ's words: Namely,

1. Their earthly mindedness, being too apt to have their minds run upon things of this Life, and to be over-carefull for them; especially now when they perceived their present want of Bread, which Earthliness of mind hindred them from raising their minds to the Spirituall understanding of Christ's words.

2. Their infidelity and distrust of Christ's care in providing for them in this their want of Bread, which made them fearfull that they should be in great distresse for want of it, especially in the Wilderness or De­sart place whither they were now going by Ship. And this moved them so to understand the words of Christ, as if he warned them, that notwithstanding the great distresse they were like to be in for want of Bread; yet they should not for all that eat of the Bread of the Pharisees or Herodians.

Now this infidelity and distrustfulness of Christ's Care and Providence in their present want, must needs be a great fault and infirmity in them at this time, considering the excellent means they had hitherto to con­firm their Faith; as Christ's Sermons, and Conference from time to time, and his Miracles; especially those two late Miracles which he had wrought in feeding not onely them, but so many thousands besides of the Peo­ple with so few Loaves and Fishes, as we heard, Chap. 6. and in the beginning of this Chapter. And hence it is, That our Saviour doth so sharply reprove them for this their infidelity or weakness of Faith, as being the main Cause of their misconceiving him: as we may see, Matth. 16. 8. He said unto them, O ye of little Faith, why reason ye among your Selves, because ye have brought no Bread?

Generall Doctr. That the best Christians in this life are not free from infirmities and sinfull corruptions, but are tainted with them. Christ's own Disciples do here discover sundry Infirmities and Corruptions, as ignorance and dulness to conceive Christ's admonition, earthliness of mind, infidelity, &c. So at other time also. See this Point handled, Chap. 3. 31.

Particular Observ. 1. In that the Disciples misconceived Christ's admonition: We learn this, That we are all by Nature very dull and hard to conceive things Spirituall and Heavenly, which concern God's Glo­ry, and our Spiritual Good, when they are taught or shewed unto us. 'Tis true of all sorts of persons by Na­ture, even of good Christians, renewed and sanctified by Grace; yet so far forth as they are in part unre­newed, they are dull and hard to conceive Spirituall and Heavenly things; as the Doctrine of the Word of God, and the Heavenly Truths contained in it. Christ's own Disciples were hard to conceive many things which he taught them in his Sermons, and private Conference. So Chap. 4. 10. we heard that they were not able to conceive the Parable of the Sower, touching the divers sorts of Hearers of the Word, till he had Interpreted the same unto them. So at others times, as Matth. 15. 16. where he reproveth Peter and the rest for their ignorance and dulness to conceive his Doctrine; saying, Are ye without understanding? So Luke 18. 34. Though he plainly foretold them of his future Passion, Death, and Resurrection; yet it is said, They understood none of these things, and this saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things that were spoken. So Hebr. 5. 11. the Apostle tells the Faithful, That they were dull of hearing; that is, slow and hard to conceive the Doctrine of Christ which he was to teach them. Now if this be true of good Christians already in part sanctified and enlightned by the Spirit of God; how much more of such as are yet wholly unregenerate? 1 Cor. 2. 14. The naturall man receiveth not the things of God, neither can he know them, &c. See this in Nicode­mus, a chief Pharisee, and a Master in Israel; yet how hard was he to conceive the Doctrine of Regenera­tion? Joh. 8.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The minds and understanding of all men by Nature, are blinded and darkened with ignorance in matters of God. This is one part of Originall sin which is in all by Nature: Eph. 4. 18. Gentiles by na­ture have their Cogitations darkened with ignorance, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The knowledge which the best Christians in this Life have in Spirituall things is imperfect, and mingled with much ignorance: 1 Cor. 13. 9. We know in part. This Reason concerneth the Regenerate onely.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 1. Teacheth us every one to labour to see and feel our Naturall Blindness and Dulness to conceive things Spirituall and heavenly taught us in the Word of God, or by his Ministers out of the same. We are not so hard by a great deal to conceive Earthly matters of this Life, as to understand Spirituall and Heavenly. In Earthly matters many are quick and nimble to conceive them, but in things Spirituall which concern God's [Page 486] Glory, and our spiritual Good & Salvation, how hard and slow are we to conceive and understand them? yea, the best of us, and such whose minds are in some measure enlightned to see them, yet so far forth as we are still in part unrenewed, how blind are our minds in the things of God? How slow and hard to conceive them? What Mysteries and Riddles do they seem unto us? yea, to such as have best wits, and are quickest of apprehension in other matters, yet how dull and hard is it to conceive spiritual things? &c. Labour more and more to see, and to be humbled for this our natural blindness in matters of God, that it may move us ut­terly to deny our own wisdom and natural reason in conceiving of things spiritual and heavenly. Learn to empty thy self of all Opinion of thy own natural Wit, Wisdom, &c. as utterly unfit to conceive the things of God, and of his Kingdom. He that would be wise here, must first become a Fool in himself; yea, such as have most Knowledge in these spiritual things, must yet see and acknowledge their Ignorance, and be humbled for it more and more.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what need there is for us to pray unto God to enlighten our minds to conceive the things that con­cern his Glory and our spiritual good, as they are revealed in his Word. So David, Psal. 119. 18. Open thou mine eyes, that I may behold wondrous things out of thy Law. Without this enlightning of God's Spirit, all other means are vain: It is the Spirit of God alone that can reveal unto us the things of God, and help us to conceive them, 1 Cor. 2. 10. The Spirit searcheth all things, &c. Seek then to God by daily Prayer for the Illumination of his Spirit. Pray to him that hath the Key of David, &c. Seek to Christ for Eye-salve, Rev. 3. 18.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See how needful it is for Pastors and Ministers of the Church to teach the spiritual and heavenly Doctrines of the Word with as much plainness and evidence of the Spirit as is possible; yea, to strive unto this plainness in Teaching, considering how dull of hearing the best are: And the People to desire this plain Preaching as best for them.

Mark 8. 16.‘And they reasoned among themselves, saying, It is because we have no Bread. Feb. 6. 1624.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. THat it is a natural corruption, even in good Christians and such as are indued with Grace, to be too earthly minded; that is, to have their hearts and minds sometimes too much ta­ken up with cares and thoughts about temporal things of this life, as Meat, Drink, Apparel, &c. especially in time of scarcity or want of outward means. Christ's Disciples here do discover this corruption in themselves, in that their minds run so much upon their want of Bread, that this hinders them from the right understand­ing of Christ's Admonition: For although a little before (as we have heard) they did shew great zeal and care of things spiritual and heavenly, in that they were so earnest in following Christ, that they neglected and forgot to take their ordinary provision of Bread with them in the Ship, wherein they shewed themselves to be at that time far from immoderate and distracting care for time to come for things of this life; yet now on the other side, when they come to see themselves in want of Bread, they shew their natural Corruption and Infirmity in being too careful and sollicitous touching their Provision of Bread, how they should do in this necessity and want of Bread. Now all their mind is of their Bread, and therefore when Christ did but speak of the Leaven of the Pharisees and of Herod, they presently conclude that he spake of their leavened Bread, that they should take heed of eating thereof: They think all that sounds that way must needs be meant of Bread, and therefore they cannot devise any other meaning of Christ's words. They did not so little think of Bread before, as now they think too much of it, when they perceive themselvs to be in present want. Thus it is sometimes with the [...]est Christians, they are apt through Infirmity and natural Corruption to be too much taken up in mind with sollicitous cares and thoughts about temporal things of this life. This was Marthaes fault, for which our Saviour blameth her, Luke 10. 41. Martha, Martha, Thou art carefull and troubled about many things, &c. So the Disciples at other times: And hence it is that Matth. 6. our Saviour useth so many rea­sons to disswade them from this immoderate carring for earthly things; because he knew them to be prone and apt to it of themselves. So the Apostle (Col. 3. 2.) exhorteth the faithful not to set their minds on earthly things, thereby implying that they were apt so to do by nature.

Use 1 Use 1. Labour to see and feel in our selves this natural corruption which makes us so prone to be earthly-minded, and to be so much taken up with cares and thoughts about things for this life: And withal learn to be humbled for this corruption, and to check and blame our selves for it.

Use 2 Use 2. See what need there is for all Christians (even the best) to take heed of this earthliness of mind, and of being too careful and sollicitous about matters of this life; and what cause there is for us to labour and strive against this natural corruption: The more natural it is to us, the more strive against it. Not that it is simply unlawful for us to take care or thought for things of this life. See Prov. 6. 6. but that we must be­ware of having our hearts and minds too much taken up with them, so as to distract and hinder us in caring for better things, which are spiritual and heavenly, Luke 21. 34. Take heed lest your hearts be over-charged with cares of this life, &c.

Remedies against this immoderate care of earthly things, see before upon Ver. 14. and Matth. 6. Es­pecially labour on the contrary to have our hearts and minds chiefly set upon things spiritual and heavenly; pray also unto God more and more to wean our hearts from the love of this World, and things that are in it; then our minds will not run so much upon them, as now they do. Consider also how unfit it is for such as profess to be Citizens of Heaven to have hearts glewed to earthly things, &c. It is the property of the wicked, to mind earthly things, Phil. 3. 19.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the Disciples being now in want of Bread did begin through weakness of Faith to di­strust and doubt of Christ's care and providence over them, and out of this infidelity and distrust did thus reason with themselves; Hence we learn, that in want of outward means for this life, the best Christians are apt through weakness of Faith to distrust God's care and providence over them. This was the Disciples fault at this time, as appeareth Matth. 16. 8. (as we have before heard). So at other times they discovered the like weakness of Faith in time of outward want. So Joh. 6. they doubted whether themselves and the multitude could possibly be fed in the Wilderness with so small a quantity of Victuals as they then had. This is not [Page 487] sufficient, &c. And by the words of Andrew ver. 9. There is a Lad here which hath five Loavs and two small Fishes; But what are they among so many? This also we see in the Israelites, (some of which no doubt were God's faithful People,) who being in the Wilderness destitute of outward means, did through Unbelief doubt and distrust of God's Providence, Psal. 78. 10. Can God furnish a Table in the Wilderness?

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See by this how hard a thing it is for any in want of outward means to believe and rest upon God's Providence for things of this life, in that the best Saints and Children of God themselves are so apt in this case to shew weakness of Faith, &c. Now, if it be so hard for such to rely upon God's Providence in want of means, how much more for others who have no Faith at all: Experience may teach us the difficulty of this practise of Faith in want, or in scarcity of outward means; how hard then it is to rest on God, and upon his bare Word and Promise to be provided for, though we see not how. In time of plenty, and while we enjoy the ordinary means, then it is easy to believe God's Promise, and to rest on him; but if he try us with want, here is the difficulty, to trust and to rely upon him to be provided for extraordinarily: Which therefore shews, what need we have not onely of Faith, but of a great measure of Faith, to believe and rest upon God's Providence in time of want, and that we had need to use all possible means to attain to this Faith, and to have it confir­med in us.

Use 2 Use 2. Teacheth us to labour and strive by all means against this Infidelity and Distrust of God's Provi­dence in times of want; and so much the more, because it is a Sin and Corruption so natural to us all, even to the best Christians, who are apt to be tainted with it in some degree (as we have heard), therefore must we the more labour and take pains in the use of all good means to cure and redress this Infirmity and Corruption in us.

Remedies against distrust of God's Providence, in want of outward means for this life. 1. Pray un­to God to give us Faith, whereby to rest on him and his Providence, casting our care and burthen on Him at all times; especially in time of necessity, when outward helps and means do most fail us: And pray also for more strength of Faith. 2. Consider what is said Matth. 6. 32. that our heavenly Father knoweth our wants; yea, he taketh special notice of them all, and therefore being our Father in Christ, and we his Chil­dren, he will not leave or forsake us in our wants; but supply us in due time with a sufficiency, and so far as is good for us, Psal. 34. 3. Consider God's Promise made to us, that he will provide for us, and not fail or for­sake us in our greatest wants, Hebr. 13. 5. he hath said, I will never leave thee nor forsake thee, &c. Psal. 55. 22. Cast thy burthen upon the Lord, and He shall sustain thee, &c. Psal. 37. 19. In time of Famine they shall have enough. 4. Look at God's Power, being All-mighty and All-sufficient to make good his Promise, and to provide for us in our greatest extremity; if not by ordinary means, yet by extraordinary. His Power is above all means: He can do above all we ask or think, Ephes. 3. And though we are not now to desire or look for Miracles, yet God's Arm is not shortned. 5. Look at the Examples of such as God hath provided for extraordinarily, in their greatest necessity, when they have relyed on Him; as Elijah, in the Wilderness, fed by Ravens: And the Widdow of Sarepta, 1 King. 17. The People which followed Christ in the Wilderness fed by him miraculously (ut suprà audivimus).

Mark 8. 17, 18, 19, 20, 21.‘And when Jesus knew it, He saith unto them, Why reason ye because ye have no Febr. 20. 1624. Bread? &c.

THE Evangelist having, in the Verse going before, mentioned the great fault and infirmity of the Disci­ples, in misconceiving Christ's admonition given them touching the shunning of the corrupt Doctrine and Opinions of the Pharisees and Herodians: Now, in these Verses, he setteth down at large our Saviour's sharp Reproof of his Disciples Infirmity. And because they offended many wayes, and discovered sundry faults and corruptions (as we heard upon the former Verse), therefore our Saviour doth now particularly touch and reprove sundry corruptions and infirmities in them. In the words consider two things:

  • 1. The ground of our Saviour's Reproof, which was the notice taken of their fault and Infirmity, discove­red by their private reasoning together.
  • 2. The Reproof it self, He saith unto them, Why reason ye? &c.

When Jesus knew it,] that is, Perceived and took notice of their private Reasonings together, &c.

Quest. Quest. How came He to know their private Reasonings together?

Answ. Answ. By the power and wisdom of his Divine Spirit, as he was God; in which respect all their words and thoughts were naked and open unto his sight.

Observ. Observ. See here an evidence of Christ's God-head, in that he knew and was privy to the private words and speeches uttered by his Disciples in reasoning together by themselves; yea, he was privy to their very thoughts and affections, taking notice of the inward and secret corruptions of their hearts, as of their Ignorance, Infidelity, &c. as appeareth by the words of this Reproof which followeth. A plain proof unto them and us, that he was not only Man, but God, having the properties of the Divine Nature in himself, as to know the heart, and to understand all secrets, &c. This property of the God-head he discovered also at sundry other times: So before, in the eighth Verse of the second Chapter, it is said, He perceived in his Spirit the private Reasonings of the Scribes against him. Joh. 2. 24. He knew all men, and needed not that any should testify of man; for he knew what was in man. See also Joh. 21. 17. But I will not insist on this, because it hath been often observed.

Object. Object. Elisha knew the words uttered by the King of Syria in his Bed-Chamber, 2 King. 6. 12.

Answ. Answ. Not of himself, but by Revelation from God.

Now followeth the Reproof it self, which our Saviour urgeth unto them by way of questioning and expo­stulating with them, touching those things wherein they were faulty, that so he may set the sharper edge up­on his Reproof, to make it work the more upon them: And because (as hath been said) they were many wayes faulty, therefore he doth reprove their several faults and corruptions. More particularly four special faults and corruptions.

  • [Page 488]1. Their Infidelity and Distrust, discovered by this private Reasoning about want of Bread. Why reason ye, &c.
  • 2. Their Ignorance, Dulness, or Stupidity of mind to conceive the spiritual meaning of his former admo­nition given them, Perceive ye not yet, &c. which Reproof is further urged again, in the eighteenth Verse, Having eyes see ye not, &c? And again, in the 21. Verse, He said unto them, How is it that ye do not under­stand?
  • 3. Their hardness of heart, Ver. 17. Have ye your heart hardned?
  • 4. Their forgetfulness of the two former Miracles of Christ, so lately wrought in feeding 5000 Persons with 5. Loavs at one time, and 4000 with 7. Loavs at another time, Ver. 18. Do ye not remember, when I brake the five Loavs? &c.

Before I speak of the particular faults reproved, first we may gather some matter of Instruction from Christ's Reproof in general.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That we are not to let others alone in their Corruptions and Sins, but to admonish and reprove them for the same as occasion is offered, and so far as our Calling will warrant us. Our Saviour perceiving his Disciples to be faulty, and to offend by ignorance, infidelity, &c. lets them not alone in these Sins and Corruptions, but admonisheth and reproveth them, and that sharply according to the nature and quality of their offences. So at other times he used to do, as Chap. 4. Ver. 40. when they were too fearfull of being drowned in the Storm, he reproveth their timorousness and infidelity; saying, Why are ye so fearfull? How is it that ye have no Faith? So Matth. 15. 16. he reproved them for being so dull and hard to conceive his Doctrine; saying, Are ye also yet without understanding, &c? So Luke 24. 25. he reproved the ignorance and infidelity of the two Disciples which journyed to Emmaus: O Fools, and slow of heart (saith he) to believe all that the Prophets have spoken, &c. So Matth. 16. 23. he sharply reproved Peter for going about to dis­swade him from going up to Hierusalem to suffer Death. Now by this his own practice he would teach us our Duty, not to let others alone in their Sins and Corruptions (though they be faults of ignorance or infirmi­ty) nor altogether to wreak at them, but carefully to admonish them; yea, and reprove them sharply (if need be) for the same: Matth. 18. 15. If thy Brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault, &c. Ephes. 5. 11. Have no fellowship, &c. but reprove them: 1 Tim. 5. 14. Warn them that are unruly.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. It is a duty of Christian love thus to admonish our Brethren of their Corruptions: Levit. 19. 17. Thou shalt not hate thy Brother in thy heart; Thou shalt in any wise rebuke thy Neighbour, and not suffer sin upon him.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is a good means to reform and redress the Corruptions that are in others, &c. A means to bring them to more thorough sight of their sins, and so to humble them, and to cause them to renew their Repen­tance. Therefore Matth. 18. 15. If he hear thee, thou hast gained thy Brother.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. Such as do not admonish others, do become guilty of their Blood, Ezek. 3.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Whether are we to reprove all Faults and Corruptions which we see or know to be in others?

Answ. Answ. Not so: for some smaller and lesser Infirmities may be covered and passed over in love; namely, such as the party offending is already much humbled for in himself, and such as are not openly offensive or scandalous to others: 1 Pet. 4. 8. Love shall cover a multitude of Sins. And Prov. 19. 11. It is a mans Glory (sometimes) to pass over a Transgression.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Whether doth this duty of Admonishing and Reproving of Sin in others concern all Chri­stians?

Answ. Answ. Yes: it is a duty binding all to performance as occasion is offered, and within compass of their Cal­ling. And therefore the Precepts given in the Word of God touching practise of this Duty, do run gene­rally and indefinitely, as we have heard before. Yet chiefly and principally this Duty is required of such as have speciall Charge of others; as Ministers, Parents, Masters of Families, Husbands, &c.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. When or in what Case have all Christians a Calling to reprove sin in others?

Answ. Answ. Whensoever there is likelyhood or hope of doing good by such an Admonition or Reproof, when there is hope of Glorifying God, or of doing good to the party offending, which may the better appear and be known by weighing all Circumstances of Time, Place, and Person; when, where, and to whom the Ad­monition is to be given.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To condemn the great neglect of this so necessary and profitable a Duty of Admonishing and Re­proving sin in others. A Duty much neglected among Christians now a-dayes, and that not onely by the common sort, but even by some of the better sort; some are so far from conscionable practice of this Christian Duty, that they know not how to perform it in any sort as is fit: others think it is a Duty that concerns them not, but put it off to Ministers. Some can talk of others Faults and Corruptions, and censure them behind their backs, but have not the charity to Admonish them, &c. Men have vain excuses to hinder them in this Duty. They are afraid they shall be counted medlers or busie-bodies, or that it will not be well taken, or that they shall lose a Friend, and purchase ill will to themselves: And so under pretence of these or the like excuses, they suffer others to go on in known and manifest sins, using no means to reclaim or reform them (as they should do) by Christian Reproof or Admonition. They suffer the guilt of sin to remain upon the conscience of their Brother for want of love and care to tell him of his fault and offence in due manner: Contrary to that, Levit. 19. 17. Thou shalt not suffer sin upon thy Neighbour. This great neglect of the duty of Admoni­tion and Reproof, is one main cause of so many grosse Corruptions and scandalous Sins remaining unreformed in many Christians now a-dayes. A great cause of the abounding of sin amongst us.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To stir us up to make Conscience of this Christian Duty of love to others, as occasion shall be offered, viz. of admonishing and reproving sin in others, not suffering our Brethren to go on in known and manifest sins, but using means to reclaim them; admonishing them of their offences, and reproving them (if need be) thereby to bring them to a sight of their Sins, and to true Repentance. And here we must not suffer small matters to hinder us in performance of this Duty: Eccles. 11. 4. He that regardeth the Winds shall not Sow, and he that regardeth the Clouds shall not Reap: Especially such as have charge of others Souls: as Ministers, Parents, Masters, &c.

Rules to be observed for the right performance of this Duty of admonishing and reproving Sin in others. 1. The matter of reproof is to be taken out of the Word of God, or to be grounded on the same, Col. 3. 16. 2. It is to be done out of love and compassion to the Soul of our Brother; that is, out of a true and unfained desire of his Good and Salvation, and with mercy and pitty towards him in regard of his sin, and not out of spleen & malice: Lev. 19. Thou shalt not hate thy Brother, &c. But rebuke him, &c. Jude ver. 22. Have compassion of some, &c. 3. It is to be done with the spirit of meekness or mildness toward such as are reproved, especially toward our weak Brethren which offend or fall through infirmity: Gal. 6. 1. Brethren, if a man be overtaken in a fault; ye which are Spirituall, restore such a one in the spirit of Meekness, &c. Neither is this Meekness in reproof and admonition to be shewed onely toward our Brethren, but even toward all sorts of persons offending, and having need of reproof; so far forth as they are tractable and willing to be reclaimed: Tit. 3. 2. Shewing all meekness to all men; and 2 Tim. 2. 24. The Servant of the Lord must not strive, but be gentle to all Men, &c.—In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves, &c. But otherwise, if the par­ty offending be stubborn and obstinate in his sin, he is rather to be terrified with a sharp and severe reproof, than to be dealt withall in this mild and gentle manner. 4. With wisdom and discretion, which must be shewed: 1. In observing due Circumstances of Time, Place, and Persons in ministring Reproof. 1. We are to observe and take the fittest time, when the party offending seemeth most tractable, and fittest to take an Admonition in good part, striking (as we say) when the Iron is hot: Prov. 15. 23. A word spoken in season, how good is it? Herein Abigail shewed her wisdom, in that she would not tell her Husband Na­ball of his fault, and of the danger which he thereby brought upon Himself and his whole House, while he was in his Drunken fit, but let it alone till next morning, when the Wine was gone out of him, 1 Sam. 25. 36. 2. We are to observe the fittest place for Admonition and Reproof of others sins: private offences are to be reproved in private places; publick and open Crimes in more open place so far as they are openly known and scandalous, and so far as we have a Calling to reprove them: 1 Tim. 5. 20. Them that sin, re­buke before all, &c. that is, such as sin in open and publick manner to the generall scandall of others. 3. We are to observe wisely the quality and disposition of the persons to be reproved. Some are of a more soft, gentle, and tractable Nature; These are the more mildly and gently to be dealt withall: Others are of a more sharp and stubborn disposition, who are more sharply to be reproved, that this may humble them: Jude ver. 22. Of some have Compassion, making a difference. And others save with fear, pulling them out of the Fire, &c. Tit. 3. 13. Rebuke them sharply. Again, some are Persons of higher Place and Degree; as our Superiours in Authority, or in Age, or Gifts. These are to be admonished with due reverence and respect to their Degree and Place; others are of meaner Degree, as our Equals and Inferiors. These we may in more familiar and plain manner Admonish: 1 Tim. 5. 1. Rebuke not an Elder, but intreat him as a Father; and the younger Men as Brethren. The elder Women as Mothers, the younger as Sisters with all purity. 2. This wisdom and discretion must also be shewed, in fitting our Reproof to the nature and quality of the offences to be re­proved. Some are smaller faults, or sins of infirmity, which are more mildly to be reprooved. Others are more hainous Offences or Crimes, or sins of presumption, or joyned with obstinacy, which are more sharp­ly and severely to be reproved.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Seeing it is a Duty required of Christians to admonish and reprove sin in others; This must teach all such as offend to be willing to be admonished, and to submit themselves to a just Reproof, being given out of the Word of God, or agreeable to the same; not spurning against it, or bearing spleen or conceiving dislike of such as tell us plainly of our Corruptions (as many are wont), but willingly imbracing such Christi­an Reproofs, and making a holy and right use of them; and striving to be thankfull to such as faithfully Admonish us, and to love and like them the better, &c. So David, Psal. 141. 5. Let the Righteous smite me, &c. Yea, though the party reproving or admonishing do fail in the manner of doing it; yet if the matter be just and good, and we know our selves faulty, we are willingly and conscionably to submit thereunto. See Prov. 25. 12.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though the Disciples were very faulty, and discovered sundry great Corruptions and Infir­mities; yet our Saviour doth not for these Infirmities reject or cast them off, but beareth with them, and useth means by this Reproof to cure and redresse their Infirmities: Whence we may learn, That Christ Jesus our Lord is a gracious and mercifull Lord and Saviour toward his Faithfull Servants, not casting them off for their Infirmities and Corruptions, though many and great; but bearing with them patiently, and using all good means to cure and heal those Infirmities which he seeth to be in them. Thus he dealt here with hi [...] Disciples, and so at sundry other times: So before, Chap. 4. Ver. 40. though they shewed great weak­nesse of Faith, when they were in danger of being drowned; yet he did not for this re [...]ect them, but mildly reproved them. So Matth. 26. when in the time of his agony in the Garden, Peter, James, and John were so sleepy and sluggish, that they could not watch with him one hour (which was a great weakness in them); yet he doth not thereupon cast them off, &c. So Joh. 20. 27. though Thomas shewed great weak­nesse of Faith; yet, &c. Therefore Hebr. 2. 17. he is called a mercifull High Priest: And Chap. 4. 15. we have not an High Priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our Infirmities. Therefore also Esay 42. 3. it is prophesied of him, That he should not break a bruised Reed, nor quench the smoking Flax; that is, He should not cast off such as are weak in Grace, but cherish the smallest measure of Grace where it is sound and sincere.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Great comfort to good Christians feeling and complaining of their sinfull Infirmities and Corrup­tions; as ignorance, infidelity, hardness of heart, weakness of obedience, dullness and deadness of heart in good Duties. Though they feel in themselves these and many other great Corruptions, yet so long as they are truly humbled for them, and constantly strive against them, and so long as their Hearts are upright before God, unfeignedly desiring to serve Him better, and to be rid of those Corruptions and Infirmities; Christ Jesus their mercifull High Priest will not reject or cast them off for their Infirmities, but bear with them, cherishing that weak measure of Faith and other Graces which is in them, and using means to purge out the Corrup­tion of sin from them more and more. So far also is Christ their Saviour from rejecting his faithfull Servants because of their weaknesses and corruptions, that he is ready to give them comfort and strength against them more and more by the Power of his Spirit.

Use 2 Use 2. Teacheth us after Christ's example to bear with the Corruptions and Infirmities of our Brethren; not rashly censuring them, or casting them off for such Infirmities, though great, but forbearing them in love and pittying them; yea, helping them all we can to bear their burden, and cherishing the smallest measure of Grace in them, Rom. 15. 1. Gal. 6. 2. Eph. 4. 2. Help them by Instruction, Consolation, Prayer, &c.

Mark 8. 17, &c.‘And when Jesus knew it, &c. Feb. 27. 1624.

OF Christ's reproving his Disciples in generall, I have spoken. It followeth, To speak of the particu­lar Faults and Corruptions which He reproveth in them, being four in number:

  • 1. Their weakness of Faith, discovered by their distrustfull reasoning together, because of their present want of Bread: Why reason ye, because ye have no Bread? Ver. 17.
  • 2. Their Ignorance, Dulness, or Stupidity of mind in being so hard to conceive the true meaning of Christ's Admonition: which Reproof is laid down in these words, Ver. 17. Perceive ye not yet, neither under­stand? And then it is repeated, Ver. 18. Having Eyes see ye not? and having Ears hear ye not? And again, Ver. 21. It is further urged, He said unto them, How is it that ye do not understand?
  • 3. Their hardness of Heart: In the end of the 17 ver. Have ye your Heart yet hardned?
  • 4. Their forgetfulness of the two late Miracles of the Loaves, which He had wrought but a little before for the helping and strengthening of their Faith; which two Miracles therefore he takes occasion in his questi­oning with them to bring to their minds again in these words, Ver. 18, 19, 20. Do ye not remember when I brake the five Loaves among five Thousand, &c.

Of the first, Their weakness of Faith discovered by their distrustfull reasoning together, &c. of this I spake before, Ver. 16.

Of the second, Their ignorance and dulness to conceive his Admonition given them, touching the shun­ning of the leaven or corrupt Doctrine of the Pharisees and Herod; The Reproof is first briefly propounded in these words, Ver. 17. Perceive ye not yet, neither understand? and afterward repeated and further urged, Ver. 18. & 21. (Ut suprà dictum.) First I open the words, and then come to the matter of Instruction.

Perceive ye not, neither understand?] q. d. Are ye yet so blind and ignorant? Are ye yet so dull and hard to conceive my Admonition and Instruction, and the true end and use of my Miracles wrought before you? Further, this their dulness and ignorance is here amplyfied by the Circumstance of the time, in the word [yet] when he saith, Do ye not [yet] perceive, &c. q. d. Notwithstand ye have formerly and hitherto had so great means to enlighten your minds, as my publick teaching, and private conference and instruction; yet do you remain so blind and ignorant? How great a fault and corruption is this in you?

To go on in the words, Ver. 18. Having Eyes see ye not, &c. Here He doth repeat the same Reproof in other words; and withall, doth further amplyfie the fault, and sin reproved (viz. their ignorance in Spiri­tuall matters) by consideration of their Naturall Capacity and fitness to conceive things naturall and earthly, In that they had eyes and see not; that is, not onely outward senses, but also inward naturall wit, reason, and understanding to conceive earthly matters; and yet they could not understand things Spirituall, such as this Doctrine was: By (Eyes and Ears) understand not only outward bodily senses, but inward naturall wit, reason and understanding, &c. The other words which follow Ver. 21. are plain, and need no further opening; Therefore I proceed to the Instructions. Touching the Fault or Corruption here reproved (namely, their naturall blindness and dulness to conceive Christ's Admonition, I spake before, Ver. 16. Now therefore I will onely observe some other Points of Instruction, from the words hitherto explained.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour doth amplyfie or set out the greatness of their sin of ignorance and dulness to conceive his Doctrine by the Circumstance of Time, implyed in the word [yet], Do ye not [yet] per­ceive, &c. that is so say, after you have had so great means, and that so long a time to enlighten your minds, &c. Hence gather, That this doth much aggravate the sins of any, when they live and continue in such sins, notwithstanding the means they have had to reform those sins in them, and to draw them out of them. Therefore our Saviour doth here reprove his Disciples not so much for being ignorant, as for being [yet] igno­rant; that is, after they had had, so long time, so excellent means to instruct and enlighten them. So in the words following, Are ye yet hardned? q. d. notwithstanding the means you have had to mollifie and soften your Hearts, &c. So Matth. 15. 16. Are ye also yet without understanding? that is, after so much means of instruction which ye have had: Joh. 14. 9. Matth. 11. 20. By this our Saviour aggravateth the Sins of Corazin, Bethsaida and Capernaum; that they remained in unbelief, and in other sins notwithstanding the ex­cellent means they had to work Faith and Repentance in them; Namely, the Doctrine and Miracles of Christ. By this also he doth aggravate the sin of the wicked Jews, because he himself came unto them, be­ing sent from God to speak unto them, and by his preaching to call them to Repentance, and yet they conti­nued in their sins: Joh. 15. 22. If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin, but now they have no cloak for their sin.

Use. Use. For Admonition to all such as have enjoyed or do enjoy the means of Grace vouchsafed of God to call them out of their Sins, and to work Reformation of life in them, that they be carefull to profit by those excellent and precious means; as by the ministery of the Word and Sacraments, &c. Let all that enjoy these means, not rest in the outward enjoying of them; but see that they profit by them, as they ought, in sound Knowledge, in Faith, Repentance, &c. For otherwise this shall not a little aggravate their sin, that they have had so excellent and powerfull means to call them out of their ignorance, infidelity and profanness, &c. and yet they live still in these sins without Reformation, being never the better for all the means which God hath used to do them good. Great is the sin of such, who live thus unfruitfully & unprofitably under the means of Grace and Salvation: The more means thou hast had to call thee out of thy Naturall ignorance and infi­delity, and to work Repentance and Reformation of life in thee, the greater thy condemnation if these means prevail not with thee: Joh. 3. 19. This is the condemnation, that Light is come into the World, and men loved Darkness rather than Light, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the 18 Verse: In that our Saviour amplyfieth their ignorance in spirituall matters by their contrary ability to conceive earthly things, in that they had Eyes and Ears, yet did neither see nor hear; that is, they had Naturall reason and capacity of mind to conceive Earthly matters, and yet were not fit to conceive things Spirituall: Hence we may learn, That men may have good Natu­rall understanding to conceive of Naturall things, and earthly matters; and yet be blind and dull to con­ceive things Spirituall and Heavenly. This is to have Eyes and not to see, and to have Ears and yet not to hear: If it were thus with Christ's Disciples, how much more is it true of meer Naturall Men, who have no Light at all of God's sanctifying Spirit in them? Nicodemus Joh. 3. had (no doubt) Naturall wit and capacity enough to conceive earthly matters, and yet how blind and dull was he to conceive the Doctrine of Regene­ration? So Matth. 16. 3. our Saviour tells the Pharisees, That they had Naturall skill and knowledge in the seasons of Weather, but no Spirituall understanding to discern of the Signs and Miracles which did go before, and accompany and follow his coming in the Flesh: They could discern the face of the Sky, but not the Signs of the Times: Experience shews, That many who excell in Naturall wit and capacity; are yet very blind, dull, and hard to conceive things of God and his Kingdom.

Use. Use. See then that Naturall wit and understanding, though never so excellent, is no sufficient help to the conceiving of things Spirituall and Heavenly, which concern God's Glory and our Salvation, being revealed in the Word of God: 1 Cor. 2. 14. The naturall man receiveth not the things of God's Spirit, for they are foolishness unto him, neither can he know them, &c. that is, by the help of Naturall reason and understanding onely: Which must therefore teach such as have good Naturall Gifts of wit, reason, and naturall capacity; yet not to rely upon these for the understanding of things spirituall which concern God's Kingdom, but to deny their own Naturall wit and understanding in the matters of God and of his Word; and to seek to him for the supernaturall Light of his holy Spirit to clear the Eyes of their Mind and Judgment to discern of these spirituall and heavenly matters: He that will be wise here, must become a Fool in himself that he may be truly wise.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour doth not onely reprove the ignorance of his Disciples, but doth also repeat and urge this Reproof unto them again and again in other words, Ver. 18, and Ver. 21. Hence we may learn, That it is necessary and fit sometimes for such as have a Calling to reprove sin in others, not onely to reprove or admonish such as have need of Reproof, but also to urge and presse such a reproof, that so it may the more work upon the conscience of the party reproved. This urging and pressing of a Reproof sets a sharper edge upon it; that it may enter the more deeply, and leave the deeper impression in the conscience of the Offender. Especially this is needfull for Ministers of the Word in their publick Ministery, not only to reprove sin; but to urge and presse such Reproofs and Admonitions as occasion is offered, and according to the nature and quality of the sins reproved: Eccles. 12. 11. The words of the Wise are as Goads, and as Nails fastened by the Masters of Assemblies, &c. A hard Heart is that which hath little or no feeling of sin, nor of the means of Grace used of God to work Repentance and Reformation. Note here further, That there are two Kinds or Degrees of hardness of Heart:

  • 1. A totall hardness of Heart not felt or perceived at all: This is onely in the wicked, as in Pharoah, Ephes. 4. 19.
  • 2. When there is some sense of sin, but not in that measure and degree as should be. And of this our Saviour here speaks.

It followeth, The third fault or sin reproved by our Saviour in his Disciples, viz. Their hardness of heart, (In fine versus 17.) Have ye your hearts yet hardned?] That is, Are you grounded and settled in ignorance and unbelief, that ye are not yet sensible of these Corruptions in your selves, nor affected with my Doctrine and Miracles as ye should be? [By heart] understand the inner-man, especially the Will and Affections.

Observ. Hardned] The word [ [...]] is derived from [...], signifying properly the thick skin or brawn of a man's Hand which by long use of labour doth become insensible, which being in Scripture applyed to the Heart of Man, doth signifie such a Heart as through custom and continuance in sin, is become insensible, ha­ving little or no feeling of sin, or of the means used of God to bring to sight and feeling of sin.

Ʋse 1 Observ. There may be and is some degree of hardness of Heart even in good Christians, as here in Christ's Disciples, they were not only tainted with some degree of ignorance and unbelief; but they were also in some sort hardned in these corruptions, they were not so sensible as they should have been of these corruptions, nor so affected with the means used to reform them, as became Christ's Doctrine, &c. Not that they were not at all sensible of their corruptions, but not in that measure and degree as they should have been. So Mark 6. 52. They considered not the Miracle of the Loaves, for their heart was hardned. So Chap. 16. 14. He up­brayded them with unbelief and hardness of heart. Usuall causes of this hardness of Heart in the godly. 1. Some sin or other committed, and not soundly repented of; especially if it were against knowledge. This har­dened David after his Fall, so as it was long ere he came to thorough-humiliation. 2. Custom in sin, 3. Negligence or coldness in good Duties, publick or private; as Hearing, Reading, Prayer, Conference, Hebr. 3. 13. There are two kinds of hardness of Heart. 1. Naturall. 2. Voluntary, and contracted by custom in sin, &c. Both these are in the godly in some degree; yet great difference between this hard­ness in the godly and in the wicked. 1. The wicked are totally hardned (ut suprà); not so the godly. 2. The wicked do either not feel this hardness, or not mourn for it truly, and strive against it, &c.

Use 1. Comfort to such as do feel and complain of hardness of Heart, that they are not so sensible of their sins as they should be, &c. being also truly humbled for it in themselves, and striving against it all they can; no cause to be discouraged, seeing it may be and is thus sometimes with the best Christians and Saints of God.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See here what cause even for good Christians to labour more and more to see and feel their own hardness of Heart; that is so say, their Naturall deadness and dulness of Heart, which makes them so in­sensible of their sins and corruptions, that they cannot be touched with such a feeling of them as is fit, nor be humbled for them in such a measure and degree as they ought to be, nor so affected with the means used of God to humble them; as his Judgments, Mercies, Ministery of the Word, &c. Thus it is sometimes even [Page 492] with good Christians; yea, with the best; which therefore the best must labour to see and bewail in them­selves, and daily to mourn for this Naturall hardness of Heart which remaineth in them, even after their effectual Calling. If our Saviour Mark 3. 5. were grieved for the hardness of heart which he perceived in the wicked Scribes and Pharisees; How much more are we to mourn for the hardness of our own? To this end, consider the danger of this sin, in that it is such a hinderance to the practice of Repentance, (Rom. 2. 5.) and to the daily renewing of our Repentance, and to our profiting by the means of Grace.

Use 3 Use 3. This must move all good Christians daily to labour and strive against this natural hardness of heart, which is so apt to be in them; using all good means to resist and subdue it in themselvs by degrees, that it may not reign in them as in the wicked.

Remedies to cure this hardness of heart in us by degrees. 1. Pray unto God to cure it in us by the work of his Spirit, more and more to soften our hearts, working in them more and more feeling of our sins and godly sorrow for them, and to make our hearts pliable to the means, &c. He hath promised to take away our stony hearts, Ezek. 36. 26. and he onely can and will do it more and more, if we unfeignedly seek to him. 2. Diligently and conscionably attend on the publick Ministry of the Word: This is a Hammer to break and bruise the stoniness of our hearts more and more, Jer. 23. 29. Josiah's heart melted at the reading of the Law, 2 King. 22. How much more powerful shall we find the Word preached to melt our hearts with godly sorrow for our sins. 3. Be diligent and constant in all other religious Exercises publick and pri­vate, which tend to the softning of our hearts, as in receiving the Lord's Supper, in private Reading and Meditation of the Word, Conference, &c. Hebr. 3. 13.

Now followeth the fourth and last particular fault or infirmity reproved here by our Saviour in his Disci­ples, viz. their forgetfulness of the two great Miracles of the Loaves which he had lately wrought, to strengthen their Faith in God's Providence for things of this life, Ver. 18, 19, 20. And therefore he doth blame and reprove this their forgetfulness of those two Miracles, as a main cause of that infidelity and distrust of God's providence which now they had discovered by their private reasoning together in their want of Bread, withal he now puts them in mind again of those Miracles, and of some particular Circumstan­ces, &c.

Observ. Observ. Here then we learn, that it is a natural fault and corruption in us to be too forgetful of the great works which God hath wrought for our good and benefit; whether for our temporal or spiritual good; whe­ther works of Justice or of Mercy, we are by Nature very apt to forget such great and wonderful works of his, wrought for us. Christ's Disciples were faulty in too soon forgetting his Miracles lately wrought, which should yet have been fresh in their memories, but it was not so with them; and this was the cause that they reaped so little fruit by these Miracles, and that their Faith was not so strengthned by them as it should have been. Now, if it were so with Christ's Disciples, much more are we apt to forget the Works of God, wrought for our good, and to passe them over without making that good Use we should of them. This was the Sin of the Israelites, Psal. 78. 11. They forgat the Works of God, and Wonders which he had shewed them.

Use 1 Use 1. See one cause why we make so little use of God's great Works: This hindered the Disciples of Christ here from profiting by his Miracles, because they so soon forgot them.

Use 2 Use 2. For admonition to us to take heed of this fault and corruption (which is so natural even to the best), namely, That we do not too soon forget the great Works of God which he hath wrought for us; as his Work of Creation, his Work of our Redemption by Christ, the Work of his Providence in ordering and disposing all things for our good, his Works of Justice and Mercy shewed upon our selves and others, &c. These Works of God we must beware we do not too soon let slip out of our minds, but on the contrary we must be very careful to keep them in mind; for otherwise, how shall we make use and profit by them as we ought, if we do not carefully treasure them up in our minds and memories? Deut. 4. 9. Take heed to thy self, and keep thy Soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thy heart all the dayes of thy life, &c. The more natural it is unto us to be forgetful of God's great and excellent Works wrought for us, the more careful must we be to keep them in remembrance; and not onely so, but to make a holy and right use of them all: Especially such works as he hath done lately for us, these should be most fresh in our me­mory. The Lord hath of late years wrought many great Works for us in this Land; he hath bestowed many Blessings spiritual and temporal on us; wrought many deliverances for us, &c. These we must not too soon forget (as we are apt to do), but carefully remember and make a right use of them.

Mark 8. 22, &c.‘And he cometh to Bethsaida,and they bring a blind man unto him, and besought him to touch March 6. 1624. him: &c.

HAving finished the 3d. principal part of this Chapter, containing Christ's admonition to his Disciples to shun the Leaven of the Pharisees and Herod, together with his sharp Reproof of them for misconcei­ving the same:

Now we are come to the fourth part of the Chapter: In which the Evangelist recordeth a special Miracle wrought by our Saviour neer unto the Town of Bethsaida, in curing a Blind man who was brought unto him. This Miracle is recorded onely by Mark, and not by any other Evangelist. Where consider, 1. The Occasions of the Miracle, Ver. 22. Our Saviour's coming to Bethsaida, &c. and the bringing of the blind man, &c. 2. A special Antecedent or Preparative which went before the working of it, viz. our Savi­our's taking the blind man by the hand, and leading him out of the Town, in the beginning of Ver. 23. 3. The manner and order of proceeding, used by Christ in working the Miracle; That he spit on the eyes of the blind, &c. Ver. 23, 24, 25. 4. The Miracle it self, in the end of the 25th. Verse, He was restored to perfect sight. 5. The Consequent that followed upon the Miracle; our Saviour sent him that was cured home to his own House, charging him neither to go into the Town, nor to tell it to any in the Town, Ver. 26.

Of the first. The Occasions of the Miracle: 1. Our Saviour's coming to Bethsaida. 2. The bringing of a blind man unto him. 3. The sute and request made unto him in behalf of the blind man by those that brought him, They besought him to touch him.

He cometh to Bethsaida,] Of this Town see before, Chap. 6. ver. 45. It was a Town of Galilee where our Saviour had before wrought sundry Miracles, as may be gathered from Matth. 11. 20. where it is said, he upbraided those Cities where most of his mighty Works were done, because they repented nor. Among which Cities, Bethsaida was one there named, Ver. 21. whence it may also appear, that although our Saviour had wrought so many Miracles, and also preached and taught often in this City or Town (as is likely), yet the Inhabitants did not profit thereby unto true Repentance, but unthankfully and obstinately contemned his Doctrine and Miracles; and therefore he there denounceth a wo against them; yea, he passeth Sentence of eternal Damnation in Hell against them, telling them that it should be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon in the day of Judgment, than for them.

Quest. Quest. Why then did our Saviour now vouchsafe to come again to this unthankful City, seeing he had be­fore passed Sentence of Damnation upon the People of it; and therefore it may seem, there could be no hope or possibility of doing them good by his presence, or by his Doctrine, or by this or any other Miracle which he should work among them, or near unto them?

Answ. Answ. That Wo and Sentence of Damnation is not to be understood generally of all the Inhabitants of this Town of Bethsaida, but rather of the greater part, or of the chief Inhabitants, viz. of so many as should still remain and continue in Unbelief and Impenitency. And therefore this hindred not but that there might be hope of the Conversion of some of them: In which respect our Saviour now vouchsafed to come again to this Town, both to preach there (as is likely), and also to work this Miracle, though not in the Town, yet near unto it; that so by these means at least some of the Inhabitants might be moved to repent and believe in him.

Observ. Observ. The former Unthankfulness of this People of Bethsaida, and their great contempt of Christ's Doctrine and Miracles, did not hinder him from coming again to this Town to do them good by his Teach­ing and Miracles; and though the greater part (as is likely) were so obstinate, that there was no hope of their Repentance; yet his care is to use the best means to call some at the least. This may teach Ministers of the Word, not to suffer the untowardness or unthankfulness of their People to hinder or discourage them from do­ing their Duty in Preaching the Word to them, and in using all good means to gain them to the Lord (if it may be). Though they shew never so great contempt of the Ministry; yea, though they should shew themselves obstinate, and to be wilful Contemners of the means of Grace, so as there may seem little or no hope of doing good upon them; yet ought not a Minister of God in this case utterly to cast off such, or to give over using means to call and gain them to Repentance; but with much patience to suffer their unto­wardness and unthankfulness, and still to continue his care and pains in using the best means both by his pub­lick Teaching, and otherwise by private Admonition, and good example of life, to do them good, proving if God at any time will give them Repentance, 2 Tim. 2. 25. Yea, although when a Minister of God hath long time laboured and done all he can to do his People good, yet the greatest part reject the means of their own salvation so as there may seem to be little or no hope of their amendment; yet ought a faithful Pastor with patience to suffer their unthankfulness, and constantly to go on in his Ministry, in hope to do good unto others which are more tractable, and do profit by the means: as Paul, 2 Tim. 2. 10. I endure all things for the Elects sake, &c. So must we, for the Elects sake, that they may obtain Salvation by our means, suffer the untowardness and wilfull contempt of the wicked and reprobate. Ibi aequanimiter portandi sunt ma­li, ubi aliqui reperiuntur boni, saith an ancient Writer. (Ivo Carnot. Epist. 26. ex Gregorio apud Gratia­num.)

Now followeth the second special occasion of Christ's working this Miracle, viz. The bringing of the blind man unto him while he was in the Town: Who they were that brought or led him to Christ, is not ex­pressed; it is most likely they were of his near friends or acquaintance, who performed this work of charity and mercy to him, in leading him to Christ, he being blind, and so unfit to go and to find out Christ of him­self.

Quest. Quest. What moved them to bring him to Christ?

Answ. Answ. No doubt but the fame they had heard of his former Miracles, or else the sight of some of them did move them to believe and rest perswaded of Christ's power and willingness to cure him, if he were brought unto him; and therefore in compassion to the blind man they afford him this help to bring and conduct him to Christ, to be cured of his blindness.

Observ. Observ. That it is the duty of Christians to shew Mercy and Compassion toward such as are in outward misery or affliction, being ready to help and relieve them therein. See this Point handled before, Chap. 7. Ver. 32.

Mark 8. 22, &c.‘And he cometh to Bethsaida,and they bring a blind man unto him, and besought him to touch Mar. 27. 1625. him: &c.

NOw followeth the third special Occasion of the Miracle, Their sute or request made to Christ, in behalf of this blind man.

They besought him to touch him,] that is, by touching to heal or cure him of this Blindness, for that is their meaning. The outward gesture of touching is put for the cure it self. So before, Chap. 7. Ver. 32. They besought him to put his hands but upon the deaf and dumb man; that is, by this means to cure him: And in this Request no doubt but the blind man himself joyned with them.

Now this Prayer or Request put up unto Christ by them, is an evident Argument of their Faith, that they did believe that Christ was able and willing to cure him, being sought unto; for else they would never have [Page 494] come and sought to him. For as the Apostle saith, 2 Cor. 4. 13. We believe, and therefore speak: And Rom. 10. 14. which shews, That where there is no Faith in the Heart, there can be no speaking by prayer unto God or unto Christ. But withall, they discover much weaknesse in their Faith, in that they seem to tye Christ's Power unto outward means; as to the outward touching of the blind man with his hands, as if with­out this he could not cure and restore him to sight.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is the duty of all Christians to help one another by their prayers in time of Distresse and Affliction. To seek to God for others as well as for themselves, and to commend the afflicted estate of others to God in prayer: This we may hence learn from those which brought this blind man to Christ, in that they did not onely conduct him to Christ, but being come, they sought or prayed unto Christ for him, that he might be cured of his blindness. See this Point before handled on Chap. 7. Ver. 32. and Jam. 5. 16.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that both the Friends of the blind man which brought him to Christ, and also the blind man himself (as is not to be doubted) did shew their Faith by seeking to Christ for help in this distressed Case: We hence learn, That where there is any measure of true Faith in the Heart, it cannot but break forth and shew it self by Prayer, and Calling on God in our own and others necessities. Thus David in his Affliction believed, and therefore spake to God by Prayer, Psal. 116. 10. So Paul, 2 Cor. 4. 3. we be­lieve, and therefore speak: Wheresoever there is a Spirit of Faith (as the Apostle there saies), there is also a Spirit of Prayer to Call upon God. Therefore Jam. 5. 15. it is called the Prayer of Faith, because it is an inseparable Effect and Consequent of Faith flowing from it, Jude ver. 20. Building up your selves in your most holy Faith, and praying in the Holy Ghost.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Faith is not an idle Grace, but operative, and working where it is, 1 Thess. 1. 3. and among other effects which it worketh, this is one speciall one, That it brings forth Prayer in us.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. True Faith perswadeth us of God's Power and Ability to hear and help us in all Necessities and Distresses; and this moveth us to seek to Him by Prayer. This moved Christ himself to pray in his Agony: Mark 14. 16. Abba, Father, all things are possible to thee, take away this Cup, &c. The Leper, Matth. 8. 2. Thou caust make me clean.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. Faith perswades us of God's willingness and readiness to hear and help us, in regard of his Goodness and Mercy, as also of his Promise; and this cannot but move us to seek to Him by prayer in our own and others Necessities and Miseries: Hos. 6. 1. Come let us return to the Lord, for he hath torn us, and he will heal us; he hath smitten, and he will bind us up. After two Dayes will he revive us, &c. When we are perswaded that he is rich unto all that Call upon him, this moveth us to Call upon him for our selves and others.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To examine our selves by this what true Faith is in our Hearts: Look how conscionable and fre­quent we are in the Duty of Prayer and Calling upon God in our own and others Necessities and Distresses. If we truly believe God's Power and Goodness, and be perswaded of the Truth of his Promise to hear and help us in our Troubles, to relieve us in our Wants, &c. this cannot but inlarge our Hearts, and open our Mouths to speak to God by prayer in all our Necessities, and in the Necessities of others. Contrà, if we have no Hearts to call upon God, nor Mouths to speak to him by prayer for our selves and others, this argues want of Faith. Let men say and professe never so much that they believe God's power and readiness to help them in all their Necessities; yet if they seldom or never use to seek to him, and to call on him by prayer, it is certain, That either they want Faith, or their Faith is very weak. For if they were effectually perswaded of God's Power and Will to help and relieve them, and of the Truth of his Promise, they could not but often go and seek to him by prayer. See then that we shew our Faith by this excellent Fruit of it, viz. by frequent calling upon God in our own and others Necessities, &c. we must not onely believe, but speak to [...]od by prayer of Faith, especially in our greatest Necessities and Troubles. Our Wants and Miseries should stir us up to frequent and earnest calling upon God, thereby to shew and testifie our Faith, that we believe and rest upon him for help, comfort, and relief. Necessity drives men sometimes to crave help and relief even of their Enemies, when they are perswaded of their power to help them. How much more ought our Necessities to drive us to God by prayer? Else how do we shew our selves to believe and be perswaded of hi [...] power and readiness to help us? The Child that is perswaded of his Father's love, and doth rest and rely upon him for all necessaries of this Life, he will often come to his Father to crave and ask of him such things as he wanteth. So here, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Though the Faith of this blind man and of those that brought him to Christ was but weak and imperfect, as appears by their tying of Christ's Power to the outward touching; yet our Saviour doth not re [...]ect them, but granteth their request, and did perfitly cure the blind man: Whence we may learn, That weakness of Faith, if it be true and sound, doth not hinder any from receiving good and benefit by Christ; but Christ doth communicate himself and his benefits to such as are weak in Faith. As here he vouchsafed the benefit of this miraculous Cure to this blind man, though himself and his Friends which brought him to Christ shewed much weakness of Faith: though their Faith was imperfect, yet the blind was perfitly cured. So Mark 9. 24. though the Father of the Child possessed with a dumb and deaf Spirit were but weak in Faith; yet our Saviour granted his Request in casting the Devil out of his son. This is also true of Spirituall bene­fit which Christ doth bestow upon us, and hath purchased for us; as forgiveness of sins, justification, &c. weakness of Faith (so it be sincere and sound) doth not exclude any from being partakers of these benefits, but even the smallest and weakest measure of Faith makes a Christian capable, yea, actually partaker, of them all. Though our Faith be but as a grain of Mustardseed; yet it is sufficient to receive and apply Christ with all his spirituall Benefits, and to make us partakers of his unsearchable Riches: Matth. 5. 6. Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after Righteousnesse, for they shall be filled: Rev. 21. 6. I will give to him that is athirst of the Fountain of the Water of Life freely. When Moses lifted up the brazen Serpent in the Wilder­ne [...]s, which was a Type of Christ's being lifted on the Cross (Joh. 3.) Such as had but a weak eye-sight; yet by looking upon that brazen Serpent were cured of the sting of fiery Serpents. So though a Christian have but a weak eye of Faith to look at Christ crucified; yet being true Faith, it is sufficient to receive and ap­ply all the saving benefits of Christs death to himself.

Use. Great comfort to such Christians as feel and complain of the weaknesse of their Faith; no cause for such to be discouraged. For if their Faith be true and sound, the small or weak measure cannot shut them out from Christ's benefits, but it is sufficient to give them interest in all; yea, to give them actuall possession of Christ himself. So ready is he to communicate himself and his benefits to us, that he suffereth himself to be received and enjoyed even of such as have but a very weak and feeble hand of Faith to lay hold on him. For as a weak hand is a true hand, and may truly lay hold upon that thing which it reacheth after, so our Faith, though very weak and feeble; yet may be true Faith, and truly apprehend Christ to Justification and Salvation. A man may draw Water out of a deep Well or Fountain with a small Bucket or other Vessel; so may we draw Waters of Life out of Christ the Fountain of Life and Salvation, though the Vessel of our Faith be but small, &c. Yet we must not rest content with a weak Faith, but labour for increase daily. The property of true Faith is to grow, &c.

Mark 8. 23, &c.‘And he took the blind man by the hand, &c. April, 3. 1625.

OF the occasion of this Miracle ye have heard, versu priori, viz. 1. Our Saviour's coming to Beth­saida. 2. The bringing of the blind man unto him. 2. Their Sute or Request made to Christ for him.

Now the next principall matter set down by the Evangelist is a speciall preparative used by our Saviour before the working of this Miracle, viz. His taking of the blind man by the hand, and leading him out of the Town.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Why did he thus lead him out of the Town before he cured him, and not rather work this Mi­racle in the Town, that so the whole Town might have taken notice of it?

Answ. Answ. Some think the reason was, because the People of this Town had formerly shewed such incredulity and unthankfulness in rejecting Christ's Doctrine and Miracles, and not profiting by them; therefore he now refused to work any more Miracles there. But then it is likely, That he would not have come again at all unto this Town, nor have wrought this Miracle near unto it. Therefore I take the true causes to be these.

  • 1. To avoid all shew of Ambition, and desire of Vain-Glory.
  • 2. To prevent the concourse and flocking of the Multitude about him, which might have been a distur­bance and hinderance to him in working the Miracle; therefore that he might with more freedom and lesse distraction proceed in the quiet and orderly wo [...]king of it, he withdrew the blind man out of the Town into some more private place.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why did he take him by the hand and lead him himself, and not appoint others to lead him, as he might have done?

Answ. Answ. 1. To shew his goodnesse and mercy towards the blind man, and how ready, willing, and for­ward he was to cure and heal him.

2. To shew his Humility, that he did not proudly scorn or disdain him in his Misery and Affliction, but was content to abase and submit himself to do any mean Office in way of helping and relieving him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That in all Actions and Duties which we take in hand and perform, we ought to be far from Ambitious desire, and seeking after Vain-glory and praise from Men. So was our Saviour Christ, as we see here, and at other times, Joh. 5. 41. and Joh. 8. 50. I seek not mine own Glory, &c. Herein we must imitate Him: Gal. 5. ult. Let us not be desirous of Vain-glory, &c. 1 Thess. 2. 6. Paul professeth that he sought not Glory from men in his ministry. Yea, we are to shun all shew and appearance of such Ambition and desire of Vain-glory in our Actions.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. This ambitious seeking of our own Praise is a main hinderance to the conscionable seeking of God's Glory and Honour, which ought to be the main scope of all our Actions.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is a fruit of Pride, and therefore a sin to be abhorred and taken heed of.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. The property of Hypocrites is to hunt after Vain-glory, as the Pharisees Matth. 6. 2.

Reas. 4 Reas. 4. It cannot stand with true Faith: Joh. 5. 44. How can ye believe, when ye receive Glory one from another, &c. where Pride and Ambition raigneth in the Heart, there can be no truth or soundnesse of Faith. For Faith causeth us to deny our selves, and to give all Glory to God, &c.

Object. Object. Phil. 4. 8. If there be any Vertue or Praise, think on these things, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. By [Praise] understand such things as are Praise-worthy; as religious and vertuous Actions. These we should be carefull and diligent to perform, that so we may deserve most praise and commendation from God and Men; not that we should ambitiously hunt after Vain-glory or Praise from Men, especially from the common multitude, &c.

2. Not all seeking of Praise condemned, so it be just and for well-doing. But seeking Vain-glory: which is, 1. When we seek praise for evil things, or for good things that are not in us. 2. From unfit persons; as the profane sort or multitude. 3. When we onely or chiefly seek our own praise, and not God's Glory principally.

Use. Use. For admonition to us, to beware of this ambitious hunting and seeking after vain-glory and praise of men in our Actings, especially in good Duties; as in Duties of God's Worship; as Preaching, Prayer, frequenting Sermons, Reading, &c. So also in works of Mercy, as giving Alms to the Poor, &c. Take heed of seeking our selves and our own glory in performance of these and the like Duties, lest we be like the hypocriticall Pharisees, and those Rulers mentioned, Joh. 12. 43. Who loved the praise of Men more than the praise of God. If it be so with us, we have our Reward, as our Saviour saith of the Pharisees, Matth. 6. Contrà, see that in all our Actions we seek God's Glory chiefly and principally, and that we be much more carefull to approve our wayes and works to God then to Men. This is the way to have true comfort in performance of every good Duty, when in sincerity of heart we therein aim at God's Glory, and seek not our selves, &c. We must be the more watchfull against this Pride and Ambition, because it is natural unto us, sticking so close to us, and being apt to defile our best Actions, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Our Saviour being to work this Miracle in curing the blind man, doth first lead him out of the Town into a more private place, lest the concourse and throng of People should disturb and hinder Him in working this miraculous cure; Hence we learn, that when we are to perform or do enterprise any serious and weighty Actions or Duties, we are wisely and carefully to prevent all impediments that may hinder and disturb us in such actions. (See Chap. 5. ver. 37. and Chap. 7. 33.) Thus our Saviour used to do when he was about to work his great Miracles. So, when He betook himself to private Prayer, he used to go apart from company, as Chap. 1. 35. and Mat. 26. 38. So should we when we go about weighty Duties, as duties of Prayer, Hearing, Reading, &c. carefully withdraw our selves from all occasions that may disturb or hinder us. (Vide suprà, in Cap. 5. & 7.)

Use. Ʋse. For Reproof of such as are not careful and wise to prevent and shake off such impediments as may hinder and distract them in weighty duties, as Prayer, Hearing, sanctifying the Sabbath, &c. Hence it is, that in performance of these Duties they find so many occasions and meanes to disturb and hinder them, so as they cannot, with such fruit and comfort, perform those Duties as otherwise they might.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour, being sought unto for this blind man, did presently take him by the hand and lead him to the place where he intended to cure him, thereby shewing his readiness to cure him; Hence we learn, that Christ Jesus our Lord is a gratious and merciful Lord and Saviour, most ready and forward to help and shew mercy to such as seek unto him in their necessities and miseries, either bodily or spiritual. Hebr. 2. 17. he is called a mercifull High-Priest. How ready was he at all times, when he lived upon earth, to help such as sought to him in their miseries, or were brought unto him by others? How ready to cure the blind, lame, deaf, and all that were diseased or possessed with Devils, when he was sought unto for them, never putting back any? Luke 4. 40. All they that had any sick, brought them unto him, and he laid his hands on every one of them, and healed them. He was no sooner sought to, but presently He shewed Mercy, Matth. 8. ver. 7.

Object. 1 Object. 1. Matth. 15. He seemed very backward and unwilling to hear the Woman of Canaan for her Daughter, &c.

Answ. Answ. That was onely for trial and exercise of her Faith, and to manifest the same for example of others: Not that he was unwilling or backward to shew Mercy, but as willing and forward as ever, though he did not at first shew it. Neither is he now less ready and forward to help and shew mercy to such as seek to him in their own or others necessities, miseries, or distresses.

Object. 2 Object. 2. Joh. 11. 6. Being sent for to Lazarus in his sickness, he stayed two dayes, &c.

Answ. Answ. That was to the end, that Lazarus being dead, the Glory of God might be manifested in raising him.

Use 1 Use 1. For comfort to us in all our miseries and distresses: we have a merciful High-Priest and Saviour, most willing and ready to hear, help, and relieve us, if we seek unto him. He is not hard but easy to be in­treated of us, ready to hear us calling upon him; yea, before we call on him, Isa. 65. 24. He is ready to take us by the hand, that is, to help and comfort us in our troubles, and in due time to deliver us: which should therefore encourage us to go and seek unto him by the Prayer of Faith in all our necessities and distres­ses; yea, to go boldly and cheerfully to the Throne of Grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find Grace to help in time of need, Hebr. 4. 16. We must not judge of that Grace and Mercy that is in Christ according to that scant measure and degree of mercy which is in men; but know, that he aboundeth in mercy, and is most ready to pour it out upon such as seek to him in their miseries.

Use 2 Use 2. Teacheth us after Christ's example to be ready and forward to shew mercy and to help such as are in misery and distress. But of this I spake upon the former Verse.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. See here a singular pattern of humility in our Saviour, shewed toward this blind man, in that he vouchsafed with his own hands to take and lead him along through the Town of Bethsaida in the sight of the People: So at other times he shewed the like humility in doing mean Offices of Love and Mercy to such as had need of his help; as in vouchsafing to touch and lay his hands upon such as had loathsom diseases, as Lepers, &c. (as we heard, Chap. 1.) And Ver. 31. he took Peter's Wive's Mother by the hand, and lifted her up upon her bed of sickness. And Chap. 7. 33. he disdained not to put his fingers into the ears of him that was dumb and deaf. Joh. 13. He washed his Disciples feet. This teacheth us in like manner to humble and abase our selves towards our Brethren, not proudly disdaining or contemning them, but submitting our selves to do the meanest Office of Love and Mercy in way of helping and doing them good as occasion is of­fered, Gal. 5. 13. By love serve one another. So Paul himself humbled himself toward others to do them good. 1 Cor. 9. 19. Though I be free from all men, yet have I made my self Servant unto all, that I might gain the more.

Ʋse. Use. To reprove such as do proudly and disdainfully refuse to do mean Offices of Love and Works of Mercy to others who have need of them, as in bodily sickness, or to the blind, lame, &c. thinking it a dispa­ragement and disgrace to them to come near to the sick and diseased, to touch them, or to do other mean offices in way of helping and succouring them. But is it more disparagement to thee than it was to Christ Jesus to touch the sick and diseased, to take them by the hand, and to do other duties of Love and Mercy, though never so mean and base? Take heed of this proud and scornful disdaining of others, especially in their miseries. And, on the contrary, learn by our Saviour Christ's example to humble and abase our selves toward our Brethren and Sisters, being ready to do the meanest Office of Love and Mercy for their help and relief.

Now followeth the manner and order of working this Miracle.

Mark 8. 23, 24, 25. ‘And He took the blind man, &c. April, 24. 1625.

IN the History of this Miracle there are five principal matters set down by the Evangelist. 1. The Occasions of it, Ver. 22. Our Saviour's coming to Bethsaida, &c. 2. A Preparative used before it by our Saviour, viz. his taking the blind man by the hand, and leading him out of the Town, in the begin­ning of Ver. 23. 3. The Manner and order of his working the Miracle, He spit on his eyes, and put his hands, &c. 4. The Miracle it self, in the end of the 25th. Verse, He was restored and saw every man very clearly. 5. The Consequent, Ver. 26. He sent him away to his House, &c. Of the two first of these, I have before spoken.

Now followeth the third, which is, The manner and order of Christ's working this miraculous cure on the blind man. Concerning which, two things especially are to be considered of us: 1. That in working it he used certain outward actions and gestures, as spitting on his eyes, and touching or putting his hands on him twice, &c. 2. That He did not work this cure all at once, or on the suddain (as his usual manner was ar other times), but by degrees. For upon the first touching of his eyes, and putting of Spittle on them, he began in part to recover his sight, which afterward upon our Saviour's second touching, was perfectly resto­red to him.

Of the first. When He had spit on his eyes,] that is, put Spittle upon his eyes with his hands, as the next words do imply.

And put his hands upon him,] that is, Touched the eyes of the blind with his hands.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Why did he use these outward actions, seeing he could have cured him without them, onely by his word spoken; yea, without speaking any word, onely by his immediate Power?

Answ. Answ. That by these outward Actions he might the more plainly and sensibly declare and shew both his Power and Goodness, that he was able and willing to cure this blind man. And herein he had respect to the weakness of the Faith of the blind man, and of those that brought him unto Him; therefore he u [...]ed these outward actions and gestures as special signs, testimonies, and pledges of his Divine Power and Goodness, for the greater confirmation of their Faith.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Was there any natural Vertue or Power in the Spittle of Christ, or in his hands, to give sight to the blind?

Answ. Answ. Not so: but he used Spittle and Imposition of his hands onely as outward signs and tokens of his Power and Mercy shewed in curing the blind; As for the Power and Vertue of the miraculous cu­ring, it was not in the humane Nature of Christ, nor in any part of his humane Body, much less in the Spittle proceeding from his mouth, but it was wholly and onely in the Divine Nature or God-head of Christ.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Why did He use so weak and unlikely a means as the Spittle of his mouth in curing the eyes of the blind?

Answ. Answ. The more to set forth the greatness of his divine Power, being able to work so great an Effect by so weak means; yea, to work above and contrary to ordinary means.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That by nature we are very slow and hard to believe and rest on Christ's Power and Goodness for help and deliverance in our Necessities and Miseries. Thus it was with this blind man, and those that brought him to Christ; else our Saviour needed not to have used these outward helps to strengthen their Faith; as outward touching, and putting spittle on his eyes. Thus also it was with the Father of him that was possessed with a Devil, Chap. 9. 24. he was said to believe, and rest on Christ's Power and Goodness for the curing of his son; and therefore as he professed his Faith, so withall he complained of his unbelief. Yea, thus it was with Christ's own Disclples many times when they were in trouble or danger, they were very hard to believe and rest upon Christ's Power and Goodness to help them. So Mat. 8. when they were in danger of drowning, &c. So Mat. 14. when Peter was bid to come upon the Water to Christ, and the Wind began to be boystrous, he was afraid, &c. So the Israelites, Psal. 78. 19. Can God furnish a Table, &c.

Ʋse. Use. Labour every one to see and feel this natural corruption and unbelief, which makes us so slow and hard to believe and rest on Christ's Power and Goodness to help and relieve us in our Necessities and Mise­ries. Experience may teach us this, how hard we find it in our times of trouble, or danger, or necessity and want, to rest on the Power and Goodness of God and of Christ for help and deliverance: How apt are we then to distrust and doubt hereof? As every other practice of Faith is hard to our corrupt nature, so this, to rest throughly perswaded of God's Power and Mercy to help and relieve us in our Necessities and Distres­ses. Labour to see and bewail this our naturall infidelity, and be humbled for it; and let it move us daily to pray against it, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The Goodness and Mercy of Christ Jesus our Lord toward such as are yet but weak in Faith, that he doth not onely bear with their weak Faith, not rejecting and casting them off for the same; but is also careful to use means to confirm, & strengthen their weak Faith. So here he useth this outward touching of the eyes of the blind, and the putting of spittle on them as outward Signs and Pledges of his Power and Will to cure him, that by these outward means his Faith and the Faith of those that brought him unto him might be strengthened. (See before, Chap. 7. 33.)

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The great Power of Christ, being able to work great matters, and wonderfull effects by weak means. To cure the blind man by putting spittle, &c. So in his other Miracles, 2 Cor. 12. 9. By poor unlearned Fishermen he converted the World, &c. Vide pag. sequent. 1 Cor. 1. 21. By foolishness of preaching he saves us: So the Sacraments are weak means in appearance, yet in them Christ's Power is mani­fested.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Terrour to wicked enemies of Christ: He can confound them by weak means, 1 Cor. 1. 27. As Pharoah, plagued by Frogs, Lice, &c. Psal. 3. 9. Thou shalt break them with a Rod of Iron, thou shalt dash them in pieces like a Potters Vessel.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Comfort to the godly at all times, specially in Troubles and Distresses, when most weak and un­able [Page 498] to help themselves; then flye to Christ's Almighty Power, &c. Though we be weak to bear Crosses, to resist Temptations, &c.

Use 3. Despise not the Word preached or Sacraments, &c. Phil. 4. 13.

Mark 8. 24.‘And he looked up, and said, I see Men as Trees, walking. May, 1. 1625.

NOw followeth the manner of Christ's proceeding in restoring this blind man to his sight, That he did it not all at once, or perfitly at first, but by degrees: First, giving a dim and dark sight, whereby he was able to see Men as they walked; yet so as he could not distinguish them from Trees, but by their wal­king, and afterward giving him a clear and perfit sight.

Asked him if he saw ought?] This Question he asked, not because he was ignorant whether he saw any thing or not (for he knew well enough that his sight was in part restored to him): But,

  • 1. To stir up the blind man himself to the more serious consideration of this Miracle, and of the manner of Christ's working the same.
  • 2. That by the confession of the blind man others also might be stirred up to take the more speciall notice of the manner of working this Miracle.

I see men as Trees walking] His meaning was, That he had as yet but a dim and obscure sight, whereby he onely saw Men walking up and down; yet so as he could not discern them from Trees in form and shape, but onely by their walking.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour work this miraculous cure on the blind man by degrees, and not suddenly, or at once, as his usuall manner was in other Miracles?

Answ. Answ. 1. To shew himself to be an absolute and free Agent and Worker in all his Miracles, that he was not tyed to any particular means or manner or order of working, but that he wrought by a free, and absolute, and unlimited Power; therefore he wrought not all his Miracles after the same manner and order; but di­versly, as he saw to be most fit for the glory of God and edifying of the People.

2. That by this means he might the more try and exercise the Faith and Patience of the blind man. There­fore he did not perfitly restore his sight at first, but put him in hope thereof by giving him first a dim and ob­scure sight, to try how he would depend and wait patiently on him for further recovery of his sight.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The Lord's manner of dealing with us, in helping and delivering us out of those Miseries and Troubles which for present we are in, and giving us comfort after them. That he doth not alwayes give deliverance and comfort all at once, or on the sudden (though he be well able so to do), but rather by de­grees: First beginning our deliverance, and afterward perfiting it: First putting us in hope of deliverance, and then giving actuall deliverance out of Bodily and Spiritual evils: First giving us a glimpse of com­fort, and then comforting us more fully, as he did here to this blind man. And this he doth for the better tryal and exercising of our Faith, Hope, and Patience in such Troubles and Miseries which we suffer. The deliverance of the Israelites out of Aegypt was not all at once accomplished, but by degrees. First Moses is sent unto Pharoah with a charge from God to let them go; then Pharoah refusing is plagued of God many wayes, and at length he is forced to send them away, David was not suddenly and at once delivered from Saul, and advanced to the Kingdom of Israel, but by degrees, and in tract of time. And thus we find it by experience, That God doth not alwayes give us full deliverance and comfort at once, and suddenly in our Troubles and Afflictions; as in bodily sickness, pain, heaviness of mind, &c. But he gives it us by degrees: Frist some glimpse of comfort, and putting us in hope of deliverance before he fully accomplish it.

Use. Use. Teacheth us not alwayes to look for perfit deliverance and comfort in our Troubles to be sent unto us at once and suddenly, nor to be discouraged if we be not fully delivered at first; but thankfully accept and be content with any small beginnings and hopes of deliverance, and with that glimpse of comfort which the Lord shall give us, resting on him by Faith, and waiting by hope and patience for more full accomplish­ment thereof, either in this Life or after this Life. The comfort which God doth send us in our Troubles, is sometimes like the Cloud which appeared to Elijah's Servant, which at first was but small like a man's hand, &c. 1 King. 18.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In the restoring of this blind man to his bodily eye-sight, we have a shaddow and resemblance of the Lords manner of dealing with those that are spiritually blind in the matters of God, that when he doth enlighten such with the saving knowledge of his Will; he doth it not all at once and suddenly, but by cer­tain steps and degrees dispelling the Clouds of darkness and ignorance from their minds. The Apostles themselves were not enlightned at once, or suddenly at their first calling, with the greatest measure of know­ledge, but by degrees: Therefore they were for a time ignorant of many things which afterward were re­vealed to them, as the Doctrine of Christ's Death and Resurrection, &c. Paul at his conversion was not sud­denly and at once enlightened with so great a measure of knowledge as afterward when Ananias was sent to baptize him, Acts 9. 17. for then he was filled with the Gifts of the Spirit. The Woman of Samaria, Joh. 4. by talking with Christ, came to be enlightned to know Christ by degrees, and not all at once. First he gives her a glimpse of himself, and then more clearly reveals himself unto her: Acts 18. 26. Apollos though mighty in the Scriptures, yet had need to be further instructed by Aquila and Priscilla.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See then that we are not to look for the greatest measure of spiritual knowledge and understanding in young Christians newly called, but to accept and to cherish in them small beginnings of knowledge, not despising or rejecting them because they are yet ignorant in many things which our selves happily do un­derstand.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Teacheth such as are in some measure enlightned with the true spiritual knowledge and understan­ding of God and his Will revealed in his Word, touching their Salvation and the means of it; not to rest contented with that measure of knowledge at first revealed to them (as if they knew enough already); but labour and use all good means to attain to further degree of illumination in the things of God: 2 Pet. 3. 18. Grow in Grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour, &c. To this end, attend diligently on the [Page 499] ministry of the Word, desiring the sincere Milk of it, that thou mayest grow thereby, 1 Pet. 2. 2. See by the way what continuall need of hearing the Word, &c. Search the Scriptures also daily by private reading, and pray unto God more and more to enlighten thy mind with saving knowledge of his Will. So David often prayeth. So Paul for the Churches to whom he writeth; as Ephes. 1. and Phil. 1. If it be true sancti­fied knowledge, the more we have received, the more we will thirst after it. Some think they have know­ledge enough, that they see enough, though their eyes be but half opened, &c.

Now followeth the Miracle it self, in the end of Ver. 25. He was restored, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In this Miracle we have an evidence and proof of Christ's God-head, and consequently that he is the true Messiah and Saviour of the World, foretold by the Prophets, &c. This appears in that he was able to cure bodily Diseases and Infirmities without natural and ordinary means; yea, above and contrary to na­ture, which is proper to God alone to do. To strengthen our Faith in the Truth of Christ's God-head, and that he was and is our onely true Messiah and Saviour ordained and sent of God to work our Salvation, and actually to bestow it upon all his Elect. And therefore to seek Salvation in him onely, who being not only Man but God; is able perfitly to save all such as come unto God by him, Hebr. 7. 25. But of this often before.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour thus miraculously cured the bodily eyes of this blind man; hereby he decla­red himself to be that person who is able and doth enlighten the minds of such as are spiritually blind and ig­norant in the matters of God which concern his Glory, and their own Salvation. For the same divine Power which Christ manifested in the miraculou [...] curing of the bodily eyes of the blind, he doth shew also in the spi­ritual enlightening of such as are blind in spiritual and heavenly matters. So that here we learn, That as Christ Jesus the Son of God did miraculously cure such as were blind of their bodily eyes while he lived on Earth; so it is he alone that can and doth cure and heal us of our spiritual blindness of mind, enlightening us by his Spirit to see and know things spirituall and heavenly: Isa. 35. 5. In the Kingdom of Christ the eyes of the blind shall be opened; that is, not onely the bodily eyes of the blind, but much more the spiritual eye [...] of their minds, &c. And who shall open them but Christ himself? Therefore Mal. 4. 2. he is Called the Sun of Righteousness, who shall arise to all that fear God's Name: Joh. 1. 9. He is that true light which enlighteneth every man that cometh into the World; that is to say, all the Elect which are enlightened with true spirituall and saving knowledge of God: Therefore also it is said, Ephes. 5. 14. Awake thou that sleepest, &c. and Christ shall give thee light: Luke 24. 45. He opened the understanding of his Disciples, &c. Act. 16. He opened the heart of Lydia to attend to the Doctrine of Paul, and to conceive it aright: Rev. 3. 7. He is said to have the Key of David, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See what we are by nature without the Spirit of Christ enlightening us, even blind and ignorant in matters of God; Having our Cogitations darkned, through the ignorance that is in us, Ephes. 4. 18. Yea, we are darkness it self, Ephes. 5. 8. We sit in darkness and in the shadow of Death, Isa. 9. 2. Not able to see or understand the things which concern God's Glory, or our eternal Peace; But they are hid from our eyes. 1 Cor. 2. 24. The naturall man receiveth not the things of God, neither can he know them, &c. How blind was Nicode­mus, though a Master in Israel, before he was instructed of Christ, and further enlightned? Joh. 3. Labour to see and bewail this thy naturall blindness of mind in things of God without Christ, and to be truly hum­bled for it. This is far worse, and more to be lamented than any outward bodily blindness, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Comfort to such as do truly feel and complain of their naturall ignorance, blindness, and dullness of mind to conceive things spirituall. Remember who it is that enlighteneth the minds of such as are ignorant in the matters of God, even the same person who miraculously opened the bodily eyes of the blind while he was upon Earth. And he is well able to give the light of spirituall knowlegde and understanding to such as are most blind and ignorant and hard to conceive heavenly matters, and he will do it if we use the means.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. Teacheth us to seek to Christ the true light and Sun of Righteousness to enlighten us more and more by his divine Spirit, opening the eyes of our minds to see the things which concern God's Glory, and our Salvation being revealed in his Word; unless he do it, it will never be done. Till he enlighten us, we sit in Darkness, &c. Seek to him therefore by prayer for his Spirit to open our blind eyes, &c. He onely hath that spiritual Eye-salve, Rev. 3. 18. therefore seek to him to be anointed therewith that we may see: withall, be diligent in the use of all other means whereby he hath appointed to enlighten us; especially the publick Ministery of the Word, ordained to this end, Acts 26. 18. So much of the Miracle it self.

Now followeth the Event or Consequent: He forbid him two things; 1. To publish the Miracle. 2. To go into the Town, least it should be an occasion, &c.

Verse 26. And he sent him away to his House, &c. Note here, that our Saviour's purpose was not simply and absolutely to forbid this man to speak of this Miracle (for his Miracles being wrought for confirmation of his Doctrine, and to prove the truth of his God-head, and so that he was the true Messiah: It was therefore necessary that they should be known to some, and therefore he permitted some that were cured by him to tell it to their Friends privately, (as Chap. 5. 19. him that was dispossessed of the Legion of Devils); but he forbad him to tell it to any in the Town; that is, to make it publickly or commonly known to those in the Town,) at this time being unfit and inconvenient. Touching the Causes and Reasons why our Saviour did usually forbid this and other his Miracles to be commonly divulged; I have had occasion before to speak. The principal are these.

1. Because one chief end and use of all his Miracles was to declare and manifest the Truth and Glory of his God-head, that he was the Son of God. Now this glory of his divine Nature was not yet to be fully and clearly manifested, because he was yet in the state of his Humiliation, in which his God-head was for a time to lye hid after a sort, and not fully to shew it self till the time of his Resurrection. See Mat. 17. 9.

2. The publishing of his Miracles, and making of them commonly known at this time, would have been a means to draw the multitude in all places after him, and to cause them to come so fast unto him for new mi­racles, that it would have greatly hindered his Ministry and Preaching, which was more necessary for the [Page 500] People, Cap. 1. ult. when the Leper cured by him had rashly published that Miracle, contrary to his com­mand, the People thereupon came so thick upon him, that he could no more openly enter into the City to preach, but was fain to be without in desert places.

3. To avoid all shew of ambition and desire of Vain-glory, in respect of himself as he was Man.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The truth of God is not to be published, professed, or made known by us unto others out of due time and season: Though it be a truth in it self necessary and profitable to be known, yet we are not to utter and make it known unseasonably; that is to say, at such time as the publishing of it is like to do hurt, and to tend to God's dishonour, or to the prejudice and disgrace of the truth it self. The History of this great Miracle, wrought by our Saviour upon this blind man was a part of God's truth, and such a truth as was in it self necessary and profitable to be known; yet our Saviour forbids the same to be published openly and commonly at this unfit and unseasonable time when it was like to do more hurt than good if it should have been made common and publick forthwith. To teach us, that although we ought to be ready to publish the truth of God to others, both the truth of his Word and of his Works, so far as we have a calling to do it; yet we ought not to do it out of due time and season, when more hurt than good is like to come thereof: In this case we are rather to glorify God by a wise and discreet silence and concealment of some part of the truth, at least for a time, till better and more fit occasion be offered for the uttering or publishing of it unto others: Eccles. 3. 7. There is a time to keep silence, and a time to speak. For example, when we are in the presence and company of such persons as are not fit to hear the truth of God professed or published, nor likely to profit by it, as before malicious open enemies and scoffers at the truth either of the Word or Works of God; here silence is best, and by it we more glorify God at such a time, than by a rash and unseasonable uttering or pro­fessing of the truth. Thus our Saviour himself, though at all fit and seasonable times he was ready to profess and give testimony to the truth, and that even before the enemies of it, (when there was hope of doing good thereby,) yet at other times he was silent and refused to answer and to publish the truth; as we see Matth. 26. 63. being falsly accused before the High-Priest, he held his peace: So before Pilate, being again accu­sed by the chief Priests and Elders, He answered nothing: So Luke 23. 9. Mat. 27. 12. before Herod. The like Wisdom is to be used by us in concealing the truth of God, sometimes before such as are not like to reap good by it, but rather to dishonour God the more. For we are not to give holy things to Dogs, &c. Matth. 7. ver. 6.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To reprove such as do rashly utter or make profession of the truth of God, either out of his Word, or concerning his Works at unseasonable times, or before unfit Persons, which tends to God's dishonour and to the hurt and prejudice of the truth it self. Therefore take heed of this rashness and indiscretion, and learn to make choice of the fittest times to profess and make known to others the truth of God so far as we have a calling so to do, that God may be glorifyed, and our selves and others edifyed thereby. (See before Chap. 1. 44.) Though we must never deny or conceal the truth of God's Word or Works, when we have a Calling to profess or publish the same; yet all truths are not to be uttered or professed at all times, but then onely when it makes for God's Glory. Prov. 15. 23. A word spoken in season, how good is it? So Prov. 25. 11.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour forbids him so much as to go into the Town of Bethsaida again, lest that should occasion him to publish the Miracle there, contrary to his command: We may learn a Point of Christian Wisdom to be practised by us, which is, not only to refrain that which is evil and unlawful, but also to shun and take heed of the very occasions of evil, whereby we are in danger to be tempted, allured, or drawn to do that which is unfit and unlawful for us; as to shun the society and company of the wicked and profane, to hate the Garment spotted with the Flesh, Jude ver. 23. Prov. 23. 20. Be not amongst Wine-bibbers, &c. Prov. 22. 24. Make no friendship with the angry man, lest thou learn his wayes, &c. Come not in such places where we shall have occasions to draw and tempt us to evil, and to do contrary to Christ's Commandment, &c. Be careful to shun all occasions of sin, especially of such sins as we are most in danger of, &c. If thou be in dan­ger of being tempted to the sin of Unchastity, make a Covenant with thy eyes, as Job 31. 1. and take heed of society with such as are of unchast or wanton behaviour, Prov. 5. 8. Come not nigh the House of the strange Woman. The not practising of this wisdom in shunning the occasions, is one cause that many fall so often dan­gerously; yea, after they have repented or made shew of it, yet return to their vomit, because there is no care to shun occasions of those sins they have been given unto.

Mark 8. 27.‘And Jesus went out, and his Disciples, into the Towns of Cesarea Philippi; and by the way he asked May, 15. 1625. his Disciples, &c.

HAving finished the fourth principal part of this Chapter, touching the Miracle wrought in restoring a blind man unto his sight, near to the Town of Bethsaida.

Now we are come unto the fifth part, in which the Evangelist recordeth unto us a special Conference which our Saviour had with his Disciples by the way as he journeyed to the Towns of Cesarea Philippi, touch­ing the opinion and perswasion which the common People and themselves had of his Person. This is set down from this 27. to Ver. 31. Where consider four things:

1. The Occasion of this Conference; Our Saviour's going forth with his Disciples to the Towns of Ce­sarea Philippi.

2. The place where he had this Conference with them; It was by the way as they travelled thither.

3. The Conference it self, consisting of two parts: 1. A two-fold Question or Demand of our Sa­viour to his Disciples, touching himself or his Person. 1. What was the Common People's Opinion of Him, Whom do men say that I am? 2. What was their own perswasion, Ver. 29. Whom say ye that I am?

2. The Answer of his Disciples to this two-fold demand.

To the former they answer, That some of the People held him to be John Baptist; some, to be Elias; Others, one of the Prophets.

To the latter, Peter, in all their name [...], answereth; That their belief and perswasion was, That He was the Christ.

4. Consider the Event or Consequent of this Conference, He charged them to tell no man of Him, in the 30th. Verse.

Of the first. Jesus went out,] viz. from the coasts of Bethsaida in Galilee, near unto which he wrought the former Miracle upon the blind man.

And his Disciples,] that is, His twelve Apostles, either all or most of them (as is likely), for it is not ex­pressed how many of them did now accompany him. These he had before called to the Office of Apostles, ordaining them to be with him, (as we heard Chap. 3. 14.) that is, to be his ordinary companions and fol­lowers in all his Travels upon earth, when he went to preach and work Miracles; that by the frequent and ordinary hearing of his Doctrine, and sight of his Miracles, they might be throughly grounded in the Know­ledge and Faith of his Person and Office, as he was the true Messiah and Saviour of the World, and so might be fitted and prepared for the execution of their Apostolical Function in the time appointed, which was after his Ascension into Heaven. By this we see the cause why our Saviour took his Disciples with him at this time, as he usually did in his other travels: But besides, there was also at this time another peculiar cause, which was this, that he might by the way confer and question with them touching himself, as we have heard, and shall hear more afterward.

Into the Towns,] or Villages: Mat. 15. Into the Coasts, &c. that is, into the Region or Country border­ing near unto Cesarea Philippi, and to the Towns or Villages in those coasts.

Cesarea Philippi,] This was a Town or City of Phoenicia, standing in the confines or borders of Syria and Judea. Some write that it was inhabited, partly by the Syrians which were Gentiles, and partly by the Jews, by reason it stood upon the very borders of Judea. (Sic Jansen. ex Joseph. lib. 2. de bello Judaico.) It was cal­led Cesarea from Caesar the Romane Emperour, under whose power and Jurisdiction that whole Country then was: And it was called Cesarea Philippi, to distinguish it from another Cesarea built by Herod the Great, near to the Mediterranean Sea (as Josephus writeth); whereas this Cesarea, here spoken of, was built by Phi­lip the Tetrarch of Iturea, Brother to Herod Tetrach of Galilee, (See Luke 3. 1.) as the same Josephus witnes­seth, Antiq. lib. 18. cap. 3. from which Philip it took the name of Cesarea Philippi. Touching the cause mo­ving our Saviour now to go with his Disciples into the Coasts of Cesarea Philippi, though it be not expressed, yet there is no doubt but it was for these ends and reasons chiefly: 1. That he might take occasion there to do good by his Preaching as he had done in other places. This may appear, because in the 34th. Verse of this Chapter there is mention made of his Calling the People together with his Disciples, and teaching them, which it is most likely he did in these coasts of Cesarea Philippi. 2. That he might by the way have opportunity privately to examine and instruct his Disciples in the Knowledge of his own Person, and to confirm their Faith in the same.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here the great pains and diligence of our Saviour in his Ministerial Office and Function, taking all occasions and opportunities of time and place to do good by his Preaching and Miracle [...], travelling with his Disciples from place to place, and from one part of the Country of Judea and Galilee to another, as occasion was offered, and labouring in all places to do good where he had a Calling to preach. Act. 10. 38. He went about, doing good, &c. which is a pattern for all Ministers of the Word, to teach them to use the like pains and diligence in their ministerial Office, labouring to do all the good they can both by publick Teach­ing and by private Instruction, Admonition, Consolation of the afflicted, &c. watching all opportunities of doing good in their places both publickly and privately. Not that Ministers should now travel up and down from place to place to preach, as our Saviour and the Apostles did (for they had an extraordinary Calling so to do), but that every Pastor, in that place unto which God hath called him, ought to be diligent and painful in execution of his Ministry, and to watch all occasions of doing good to that People whom he is called to teach. Thus did Paul, Act. 20. 18. &c. and so he chargeth Timothy, 2 Tim. 4. 2. to preach the Word in season and out of season, &c. And Ver. 5. Wa [...]ch thou in all things, do the work of an Evangelist, make full proof of thy Ministry.

Use. Ʋse. To teach the People of God to be painful and diligent in attending on the Ministry of their Past­ors, and to watch all opportunities of receiving good by their labours, making good use of them. So Act. 10. 33. But of this before, Chap. 1. 21.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Disciples of Christ did now accompany him in his journey to the coasts of Cesarea Philippi (as at other times they did usually); we are to take notice of one special Prerogative of the twelve Apostles, in which they differed from all other Ministers of the Gospel, and had pre-eminence above them; namely this, That they were called to live with Christ, here upon Earth, and to be with him and converse with him daily, accompanying him in all his travels and journeys to preach and to work Miracles; being ordinary hearers of his most excellent and heavenly Doctrine, and Eye-witnesses of his powerful Miracles; being ad­mitted also ordinarily to private Conference and Prayer with him. So before, Chap. 3. ver. 14. He ordained twelve that they should be with him. Joh. 15. 27. Ye have been with me from the beginning. See this Point before, Chap. 1. ver. 16, &c.

Ʋse. Use. To strengthen our Faith in the Doctrine of the Gospel contained in the writings of the Apostles, as­suring us of the truth and certainty thereof: for the Apostles living and conversing with Christ upon earth, re­ceived the substance of this Doctrine from his own mouth, and what they learned of him they either wrote themselves or delivered unto others to write, as appeareth Luke 1. 2.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. From the place whither our Saviour now went to preach, being the coasts of Cesarea Philippi, which bordered near to the Gentiles, we may gather, that he was ordained and came into the World to be the Saviour of the Gentiles as well as of the Jews. For although he did not preach in his own Person among the Gentiles, but to the Jews onely, (for he was the Minister of Circumcision, Rom. 15. 8. and was sent to the lost Sheep of the House of Israel, Matth. 15. 24.) yet nevertheless he did sometimes in his travels come very near unto the Cities of the Gentiles, as here, and Chap. 7. 24. He came into the borders of Tyre and Sidon, Ci­ties of the Gentiles, to preach and work Miracles. Now by this He did declare and testify, that although he [Page 502] was not called to preach to the Gentiles, neither was the due time yet come in which the means of Salva­tion was to be revealed to them (for that was to be done after his Ascention into Heaven by the Apostles preaching); yet that he was ordained and sent to be a Saviour to the Gentiles as well as to the Jews, and that it was his will and purpose hereafter to reveal unto them the means of Salvation, though the due time was not yet come. Interim, by coming so near to the Gentiles in his own person, he did put them in hope of his coming nearer to them afterward by the Ministery of his Apostles. See before, Chap. 7. Ver. 24, &c.

Now followeth the place where our Saviour had this conference with his Disciples touching the opinion which themselves and others had of his person. It was by the way as they travelled into the Coasts of Cesa­rea Philippi.

Observ. Observ. That we should take all good occasions and opportunities of Time and Place to confer with others touching spiritual and heavenly matters. Thus did our Saviour here take the opportunity of conferring with his Disciples touching the belief and perswasion they had of his own person, as he travelled with them by the way. So at other times when he was alone with them, he used to take occasion to confer and talk with them of holy matters; either asking them questions about matters of religion, or taking occasion to instruct them in such things as they were yet ignorant of. In the like manner the Disciples themselves used often to take occasion to confer with Christ their Master, by asking him questions touching spiritually and heavenly matters, and seeking instruction and resolution of their doubts from him. So Mark 4. 10. when he was alone, they that were about him with the Twelve asked him the meaning of the Parable of the Sower. And ver. 34. when they were alone, he expounded all things to his Disciples: Matth. 24. 3. As our Saviour sat upon the Mount of Olives, the Disciples came to him privately, to confer with him about the time of the destruction of the Tem­ple, and end of the World. To teach us that we ought in like manner to take all occasions and opportunities of Time and Place to confer with others touching holy and spiritual matters: Deut. 6. 6. These words shall be in thy heart, &c. Thou shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine House, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou lyest down, and when thou risest up. Luke 24. 14. The two Disciples journeying from Jerusalem to Emmaus, took occasion by the way to talk together about the Resurrection of Christ, and the manner of it, which they had then newly heard of, though they did not yet believe the same. So Acts 8. 30. Philip took occasion by the instinct of the Spirit to joyn himself in conference with the Eunuch as he rode by the way in his Chariot, questioning with him about the meaning of a place of Scripture in the Prophet Esay, which the Eunuch was then reading in his Chariot; whereupon the Eunuch himself took occasion also further to reason and confer with Philip about the same.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. For reproof of such as neglect good opportunities of holy conference with others in private, having little or no care or desire to take such occasions offered. Many are forward to confer and talk of worldly matters, omitting no opportunity to talk of their Farms, Money, Commodities, Corn, Cattel, &c. never well but when they are reasoning about these, willing to take all occasions to talk of them. But they can find no time or but very little for holy and religious conference; matters of the World thrust it out, &c. The cause is, Ignorance in many, and in others want of Grace in the heart; for out of the aboundance of the heart, &c. Others are worse then the former; For instead of holy conference, they give themselves to vain and idle talk; or else (which is yet worse) to profane and wicked conference, or to filthy and rotten communication, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To exhort and stir us up to watch all good opportunities of Time and Place for holy and spirituall conference one with another in our Journyes as we travail by the way with others: In our Houses, and at our Tables, at meetings of Friends together, to spend some of the time at least in holy conference and reasoning together of holy matters, and asking profitable questions of the meaning of some place of Scripture, or some case of conscience, &c. So also when men are at their work, and labour in the Fields or else-where, they may sometimes take occasion to confer with those that labour with them about some spiritual matters, &c.

Motives to take all good occasions for holy conference with others. 1. It is mentioned in Scripture as one special property of the godly: Mal. 3. 16. Then they that feared the Lord spake often one to another, &c. 2. God himself doth take special notice of such holy conference, and is well pleased with it: Mal. 3. The Lord harkened and heard it, and a Book of Remembrance was written before him for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon his Name; And they shall be mine, saith the Lord, &c. Luke 24. While the two Disci­ples were talking together, &c. Christ joyned himself, &c. 3. Consider the singular fruit and profit to be reaped by such holy Conference, it being a special means not onely to increase knowledge, but also to build us up, and to further us in holy practise: Hebr. 10. 24. Let us consider one another to provoke unto love, and to good works. Not forsaking the Assembling, &c.—but exhorting one another, &c. It is also a means to prevent sin in our selves and others; especially some dangerous sins; as apostacy, security, hardness of heart, &c. Hebr. 3. 12. Take heed lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily—lest any be hardned, &c. It is also a means to strengthen and comfort one another in all Troubles and Distresses outward and inward: 1 Thess. 5. 11. Comfort your selves together, and edifie one another, as ye do. Now followeth the Conference it self.

Mark 8. 27, 28.‘And Jesus went out, and his Disciples, into the Towns of Cesarea Philippi; and by the way he asked his Disciples, saying unto them, Whom do men say that I am? And they answered, John the Baptist: May, 22. 1625. but some say, Elias: and others, one of the Prophets.’

IN these two Verses, and the two next that follow is laid down by the Evangelist a Conference which our Saviour had with his Disciples, touching their own and others opinion of his Person. In the words are four things set down, as ye have heard.

  • 1. The occasion of the Conference: Our Saviour's going out with his Disciples into the Towns of Cesarea Philippi.
  • [Page 503] 2. The Time and Place when and where it was had; By the way.
  • 3. The Conference it self.
  • 4. The Event or Consequent, Ver. 30. Of the two first ye have heard.

Now followeth the Conference it self, which consisteth of two parts. 1. A twofold Question or De­mand of our Saviour moved to his Disciples touching himself. 2. Their twofold Answer thereunto.

The first Question is touching the common People's opinion of Him; Whom do men say that I am? Where­unto the Disciples Answer is, That some said, he was John the Baptist; some, that he was Elias; and others, that he was one of the Prophets, ver. 28.

The second Demand or Question is, what the Disciples own opinion was of Christ; whereunto Peter in all their Names answereth, Confessing him to be the Christ, ver. 29. To speak of the words in order as they lye. And first of our Saviour's first Demand, and their Answer to it.

Whom do men say that I am?] That is, What do the common sort of men, or the common People think and speak of me? So St. Luke expoundeth it, Luke 9. 18. whom say the People that I am? which shews, That our Saviour did not here enquire of his Disciples what the Scribes and Pharisees and such like of great Place and Accompt did speak or think of him, for he knew that they were his open malicious and professed Ene­mies, holding such gross and absurd and openly blasphemous Opinions of him, as had no colour at all of Truth; as that he was a Blasphemer, a friend of Publicans and Sinners, that he had a Devil, &c. There­fore hepasseth over the censure of these as not worthy to be mentioned, and he asketh onely what the common and meaner sort of People said of him, who had some honourable opinion of him, though erroneous.

Quest. Quest. Wherefore did our Saviour thus enquire of his Disciples what others spake and thought of him, see­ing he was not ignorant hereof before he asked? Joh. 2. 25.

Answ. Answ. He did not ask this out of any ambitious desire of vain-glory from men, or as if he depended upon the common Peoples Opinion or Speeches of him (for he received not mans testimony touching his Per­son or Calling, as he professeth, Joh. 5. 34.) but he moved this Question to them for other Ends and Reasons. As,

  • 1. That by consideration of the false and erroneous Opinions which others held of him, he might the better take occasion to confirm his Disciples in the true Faith which they had conceived of his Person, which was the main end of all this Conference with them, as may appear, Matth. 16.
  • 2. That by putting them in mind of the gross errours which others held of him, he might stir them up to bless God for revealing to them the true knowledge of his Person, and for giving them Faith to believe in him: Matth. 16. 17. Blessed art thou Simon, &c.—Flesh and Blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father, &c.
  • 3. That he might by this Question admonish them to take heed of those erroneous Opinions which others held of him.

Observ. Observ. It is needful for Christians not onely to be gounded in the sound Knowledge of the Truth in matters of Religion; but also to take notice of those Errours and corrupt Opinions which are holden con­trary to the Truth. Therefore our Saviour here examineth his Disciples not onely touching the Truth which themselves did hold, but also touching the erroneous Opinions which others held of him; thereby shewing, That it was needful for them not onely to know and believe the Truth, but also to take notice of the contrary Errours maintained by others against the Truth. Therefore in Scripture not onely the true Doctrine of God is laid down, but also contrary Errours and false Doctrine discovered: As for Example, The Errours of the Sadduces denying the Resurrection, Matth. 22. 23. and affirming that there is neither Angel nor Spirit, Acts 22. 8. So also the Errour of Hymenaeus and Philetus affirming the Resurrection to be past already: 2 Tim. 2. 18. So also the devilish Doctrines of those false Teachers of those latter Times prophesied of, 1 Tim. 4. 3. which should forbid Marriage, and command to abstain from Meats, &c. These and the like Errours and false Doctrines of Men, contrary to the Truth, should not have been thus particularly mentioned in Scripture, if it were not needful and profitable for Christians to know and be acquainted with them. There­fore also we are bid to try the Spirits of false Teachers, 1 Joh. 4. 1. which we cannot do without taking no­tice of those false Doctrines which they teach and hold.

Reason. Reason. Christians ought carefully to shun and avoid all erroneous Opinions and Doctrines contrary to the Truth (as we have heard before, ver. 15. of this Chapter,) which they cannot well do, unless they do know and take notice of those erroneous Opinions. Note, that this is not so to be understood as if Christi­ans must of necessity know and be acquainted in particular with all Errours and corrupt Opinions which have been, or are holden against the Truth (for that cannot possibly be) but that it is fit and necessary for all Christians (so far forth as they have means) to know and be acquainted in some measure with the principall and fundamentall Errours which are holden by others against the Truth, in such Points and Doctrines of Faith as are of necessity to be believed unto Salvation. And especially Christians have need to be acquainted with the Errours of their own Times, with which they are most in danger to be infected. So the Apostles were well acquainted with the Errours and Heresies of their own Times. So the Christians of the antient Church in the Ages succeeding the Apostles. So we in these Times have most need to take notice of the Errours and Heresies now raigning, and most dangerous; as the Errours of the Turks, Jews, Papists, Luthe­rans, Anabaptists, &c. Further note, That as it is needfull and profitable for all Christians, so especially for Pastors and Ministers of the Word to be not onely grounded in the Truth, but also to know and take no­tice of the contrary Errours and false Doctrines, that so they may not onely themselves shun and avoid such Errours, but also to be able to discover and confute them, and to teach others to avoid them: Tit. 1. 9. A Bishop or Pastor must not onely hold fast the faithfull Word,—but be able also to convince the gainsayers.

Use. Use. See how needfull for all Christians to be furnished with a good measure of knowledge in the Word of God, that so by the Light thereof they may be able not onely to know and understand the truth in all Doctrines needfull to Salvation; but also to discern and take notice in some measure of the contrary Errours and false Doctrines holden against the Truth, and to shun and avoid the same. They had not need to be strangers in the Scriptures, nor yet to content themselves with a small and slender knowledge therein; but to labour [Page 504] that the Word of God may dwell in them plenteously in all Wisdom, Col. 3. 16. They had not need to be Babes in Knowledge, or unskilful in the Word of Righteousness, but to have their senses exercised in the Scriptures, to discern good and evill, to discern both truth and falshood by the light of the written Word, Hebr. 5. 13. This therefore should stir up all sorts of Christians to the searching of the Scriptures, and dili­dent study of the Word of God, that they may not onely be grounded in knowledge of the Truth, but able al­so to discern and avoid such damnable Errours and Heresies as are contrary to the truth, and which tend to the overthrow of it. Especially Ministers of the Word had need be well-studied in the Scriptures, and to be mighty in them as Apollos was, Act. 18. 24. else how shall they, not only hold the Truth and teach it to others but also be able to discover and confute Errours and false Doctrine, and to teach others how to shun and avoid the same: He must be a Scribe well-instructed to the Kingdom of Heaven, Mat. 13. 52.

Now followeth the Answer of the Disciples: They answered, John the Baptist; but some say, Elias; and others, One of the Prophets.

They mention three several erroneous Opinions which were holden of Christ: The first, of those that thought him to be John the Baptist: The second, of those that thought him to be Elias the Prophet: The 3d. of those that held him to be one of the other old Prophets risen again, Luke 9. 19. Besides these, there is also a fourth Opinion added Mat. 16. of those that held him to be the Prophet Jeremy. But I will here speak only of the three former, mentioned by St. Mark.

1. Some held him to be John Baptist,] Of this Opinion was Herod the Tetrarch of Galilee, as we heard before, Chap. 6. for he having not long before beheaded John in Prison, and afterward hearing of the Mira­cles wrought by Christ, did out of the guiltiness of his Conscience begin to be perplexed, and to fear that John Baptist was risen again from the dead, and did those mighty Works: And of the same Opinion were others also, as appeareth Luke 9. 7. He was perplexed, because it was said of some, that John was risen from the dead, &c.

2. Some said, He was Elias,] they thought that Elias the Prophet who was so long before taken up into Heaven was now returned to live upon Earth again, Luke 9. 8. It was said of some, that Elias had appeared. For the better understanding hereof, know, that the Jews, and particularly the Scribes in our Saviour's time, held this opinion of Elias the Prophet, that he was to return in Person, and to live upon the Earth again, be­fore the coming of the Messiah. Matth. 17. 10. Why say the Scribes, that Elias must first came? and Joh. 1. 21. They asked John Baptist whether he were Elias? If he were not the Christ? Now this erroneous conceipt was grounded upon a false exposition of a place of Scripture, Mal. 4. 5. (See before, Chap. 6. 14, 15, &c.) The same errour they still hold at this day.

3. Others said, He was one of the Prophets,] that is, one of the old Prophets risen again (ut suprà dict­um.)

Now, in what sense or how some of the People did think Christ to be John Baptist risen again; and others, that he was one of the old Prophets risen again, is somewhat doubtful. But it seems most probable, that the Jews in our Saviour's time were infected with that heathenish Errour of Pythagor as, Plato, and other Philoso­phers of the Gentiles, which they held touching the transmigration of Souls, that the Souls of men dying do pass from one body into another and so come to live upon Earth again after death in other new bodies. (Vide suprà Cap. 6. ver. 14. &c.) And this is the more probable, because the Jews are reported by their own Authors to hold the like opinion at this very day, viz. that every man is born three several times, and so that his Soul comes to live in three severall bodies, one after another. (See Purchas his Pilgrimage, page 182.)

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That there have been in all Ages of the Church sundry different Sects and maintainers of He­resies and corrupt Opinions in matters of Religion: Though there hath been alwayes and is but one truth, yet are sundry Errours and corrupt Opinions held against the truth. Thus in our Saviour's time there were sundry different Sects, as the Pharisees, Sadduces, and Herodians; all differing in Opinion, and holding opposite Errours: The Pharisees held many corrupt Traditions, contrary to the written Word of God, by which they made void the Word of God so far as lay in them, as we heard before, Chap. 7. The Sadduces denyed the Resurrection, and held that there is neither Angel nor Spirit, wherein they differed from the Pharisees, Act. 23. 8. which was the cause of great dissension between those two Sects, as appeareth Ver. 7. The He­rodians were another Sect differing from both the former, who held Herod the Great to be the Messiah, as we heard before, Ver. 15. of this Chapter: Yea, there were in our Saviour's time sundry different Sects and erroneous Opinions touching one and the same matter of Faith; as here wee see, that touching the Person of Christ there were sundry different Opinions, and all false and erroneous: Some holding him to be John Baptist, some Elias, &c. So was it in the Apostles dayes afterward; there were sundry different Sects and Errours maintained against the truth in matters of Religion, as those Jews which held a necessity of Circum­cision, and other Ceremonies, after the death of Christ; also the Sect of the Nicolaitans, holding Fornicati­on to be no Sin, who are mentioned Rev. 2. 6. Also Ebion and Cerinthus with their Followers, who denied the God-head of Christ: Also those that followed Simon Magus the Sorcerer in the City of Samaria, hold­ing him to be some extraordinary great Person, and to be indued with Divine Power. See Act. 8. 10. So afterward in succeeding Ages, How many different Sects and Followers of corrupt Opinions in Religi­on do we read of, in the times of the ancient Fathers? St. Austin, in his Book De Haeresibus, reckoneth up the Errours of 90 several Sects or kinds of Hereticks, which had been in severall Ages, from the Apostles dayes until his own time. So in these times of ours there are also many different Sects, and maintainers of corrupt Opinions in matters of Religion, as Turks, Jews, Papists, Lutherans, Anabaptists, &c.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. God hath decreed to permit such different Heresies and Errours to be holden, for the better trial and proof of his Elect: 1 Cor. 11. 19. There must be Heresies, that they which are approved may be made manifest among you.

2. The Devil laboureth in all Ages to sow the Seeds of manifold Errours and corrupt Opinions in the minds of men, that he may hinder them from believing and embracing the sound truth of God; He labours to blind their eyes, that they may not see the Truth, 2 Cor. 4. 4. Therefore such corrupt Opinions and Heresies are [Page 505] called Doctrines of Devils, to shew that the Devil is the Author of them, 1 Tim. 4. 2.

Use 1 Use 1. To teach us not to think strange or be offended at it, though we see it be thus at this day; that there are so many different Sects in the Church, and so many Heresies and corrupt Opinions holden by men in matters of Religion, contrary to the Truth. For thus it hath ever been: And God hath appointed for just causes to suffer it so to be; and so it will be, so long as the Devil by God's permission hath Power to blind the eyes of men, and to lead them into Errours and Heresies, contrary to the true and sound Doctrine or the Word of God.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See the folly and ignorance of such as look that there should be in these times a general unity and consent in Opinion among all sorts in the matter of Religion; and because there is not so, but there are so many different Sects and Opinions of men, opposite one to the other, and most of them opposite to the true Christian Religion which we profess; therefore some hence take occasion to call into Question the truth and soundness of our Religion, and are doubtful what to profess; yea, some stick not to say, they will profess no Religion till there be fewer Sects and Opinions, and till they see all agree better: In the mean time they think it best to follow their own business, and to let matters of Religion alone. But let such know, that if they expect that all should be of one Opinion in matters of Religion, they expect that which never was, nor will be while the World standeth. And so if they will profess no Religion till all agree in one, they will never make any Profession at all, and then let them never look to be saved at all. For as with the Heart man believeth unto Righteousness, so with the mouth Confession must be made unto Salvation, Rom. 10. 10.

Use 3 Use 3. See what need there is for us to be well and thoroughly grounded in the Knowledge and Belief of the sound truth and Doctrine of God taught in his Word, and to have our hearts and minds stablished and settled therein; lest otherwise we be seduced and drawn away from the truth, and plucked away with some of those manifold Errours which are holden in these times against the truth: 2 Pet. 3. 17. Beware, lest ye being led away with the Errour of the Wicked, fall from your own stedfastness; But grow in Grace, and in the Knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ, &c. If we be not well grounded, and stablished in the present Truth and Religi­on which we profess, How shall we be able to hold and maintain it constantly both in Judgment and Pra­ctice, amidst so many Errours and corrupt Opinions now a-dayes holden against the Truth? We had not need to be as Children tossed to and fro and carried about with every wind of Doctrine by the sleight of men, &c. as the Apostle speaketh, Eph. 4. 4. but we had need to be men of Age and ripe years in Under­standing and Judgment able to discern the truth in matters of Religion that are questionable, and firmly to hold and maintain the same in the midst of all Errours, Heresies, and corrupt Opinions of men by which it is opposed.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That Ignorance of the Scriptures is a main cause of the Errours and absurd Opinions which are holden by men in matters of Religion. The ignorance and misunderstanding of that one place of Scrip­ture, Mal. 4. touching the coming of John Baptist in the Spirit and Power of Elias, was the cause of the Er­rour which the Jews in our Saviour's time held, touching the coming of the Prophet Elias to live again up­on Earth in Person, as we have before heard: And so no doubt but their Ignorance in the Scriptures was the main cause of all those other gross Errours which diverse of them held touching the Person of Christ; that He was John Baptist, or Elias, or one of the other old Prophets. So also of that heathenish Errour touching the Souls of men, that in death they pass into other bodyes, and so come to live again upon Earth: The like may be said of all other Errours and absurd Opinions of men, which have been or which are at this day hold­en in matters of Religion, Ignorance of the Holy Scriptures is a main cause of them: Matth. 22. 29. Ye err, not knowing the Scriptures, &c. Thus Chrysostom in his time complaineth (Praefat. in Epist. ad Rom.) that hence have come innumerable evils, even from the Ignorance of the Scriptures; Hence have sprung a multitude of pernicious Heresies, &c. So in our times, whence come so many gross and absurd Errours, holden by Papists, Anabaptists, Brownists, &c. but from Ignorance of the Scriptures? So, whence come those many foolish and erroneous Opinions of ignorant People in our own Church, but from Ignorance of the Scriptures?

Use 1 Use 1. To condemn the wicked practice of the Church of Rome, in barring the common People from the free Use and Reading of the Scriptures, and so nuzzling them up in gross Ignorance of the Word of God, whereby they are led into all manner of erroneous and absurd Opinions: Yea, some of them have not been ashamed to commend this Ignorance in the common People, affirming it t [...] be the Mother of Devotion. Con­tra, here we learn, that it is the Mother of all gross and absurd Errours, Heresies, and corrupt Opinions of men in matters of Religion.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See how dangerous for Christians to be ignorant in the Scriptures: Such do lye open to all man­ner of Errours, Heresies, and corrupt Opinions, being in danger to be infected with the Poyson of them, and to be seduced by them, easily plucked away from the Truth, ready to imbrace any Errour or Heresy, though never so gross, absurd, or foolish; as Popery, Anabaptism, Brownism, &c. They are like clean Paper up­on which one may write any thing. So upon such persons, being ignorant in the Scriptures, any gross or ab­surd Errour, or Hereticall opinion, may be fastened or imprinted; like Wax which may be Printed with any Seal, &c. How many such are there even amongst us, who are ignorant in the book of God, having little or no sound Knowledg of the Scriptures, no not of the main and principal points of Christian Religion, there taught and set down? The Scriptures are as a sealed Book unto them. No mervail if such ignorant Peo­ple hold many gross Errours and absurd Opinions, contrary to the Word of God; no mervail if they have many superstitious and popish conceipts, from which they cannot be weaned, so long as they live in gross Ignorance of the Scriptures, by the Knowledge where of their minds should be enlightned to see and discern such Errours that they might avoid them.

Use 3 Use 3. Teacheth us what to do if we would be kept and preserved from Errours and corrupt Opinions in Religion: Labour for sound knowledge in the Scriptures, which are the onely perfect rule and direction to lead us into all truth, and to discover Errours to us, and so to keep us from being seduced by them, &c. To this end come duly to the publick Ministry, attending upon it on all occasions; search the Scriptures also daily in private, Joh. 5. 39. and pray unto God to open our Understandings, &c. See Luke 24. 45.

Mark 8. 29, 30. ‘And he said unto them, But whom say ye that I am, &c? May, 29. 1625.

OF our Saviour's first Question moved to his Disciples touching the Opinions which others held of Him, ye have heard, and of their Answer thereunto.

Now followeth his second Demand touching their own Opinion and Perswasion; But whom say ye that I am?] And their Answer to it, Peter answered, Thou art the Christ.

Having before examined them touching the erroneous Opinions of the People, and they having told him what the People held of him; He doth not here rest, but further questioneth with them about their Faith and Perswasion of Him, thereby implying that although it was good for them to take notice what others held of Him; yet that they were not to rest therein, but to look chiefly to themselves and their own Faith touching his Person. In the word [Ye] there is an Emphasis; q. d. True it is, that others do hold such erroneous Opinions of me, That I am either John Baptist risen, or Elias, &c. But this is nothing to you, who have had better means to know me, and to be grounded in the true Faith of my Person. Therefore let me know what Ye say, &c.] ye that are my Disciples and Followers, and so have been for a good time hitherto, living and conversing with me, hearing my Doctrine, seeing my Miracles, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here is a good ground and warrant for the use and practice of Catechising; that is, of instru­cting those of our Charge by way of examination, and questioning with them in points of Christian Religion, and requiring Answers of them. Our Saviour here did examine his Disciples, and catechise them in a main point of Religion touching his Person, what they did believe concerning Him. This teacheth the necessity and profitablenesse of this exercise of Catechising those of our Charge, by examining or asking questions of them in matters of Religion, especially in the main and fundamentall points of it. See then how fit for all that have charge of others Souls diligently and constantly to use this kind of instruction and teaching of those of their charge, by examining or asking Questions, and requiring Answers of them in the main and most ne­cessary points of Christian Religion. For Ministers to use this kind of Catechising and Instruction of their People, especially of the ignoranter sort, by demanding Questions, and requiring and hearing their Answers touching the Knowledge and Faith which they have in the grounds of Christian Religion; and that both in publick and private, as occasion is offered. Touching publick Catechising by Ministers in the Congrega­tion, it is a most antient exercise used in all Ages of the Church, as might be further shewed: but I will not here insist upon it. Touching private Examining and Catechising by Question, &c. it is also very profitable to be used by Ministers, as occasion is offered: Acts 8. 30. Philip did question with the Eunuch about the meaning of a speciall place of Scripture which he was reading privately, as he rode in his Chariot. Neither is this Exercise of private Examining and Catechising those of our charge to be used onely by Mini­sters of the Word, but also by all that have charge of others Soul: as by Parents, and Masters of Families, &c. Deut. 6. 7. Thou shalt teach these words diligently to (or, whet them upon) thy Children, &c. This can­not be better done than by often examining them touching the knowledge they have of the Word of God, and taking occasion thereby further and further to instruct them. The Houses of antient Christians in the Apo­stles times were called Churches, because they had such Religious Exercises used in them, as were used in the solemn Meetings of the Church; among which Catechising was one.

Ʋse. Use. To commend to us the diligent and constant practice of this exercise of Catechising and examining those of our charge in the main Points of Christian Religion, and to stir us hereunto. Ministers to use this exercise both in publick and private, as occasion is offered. So Parents and Masters of Families to set apart some time to perform this Duty in their private Houses, to examine and ask questions of their Children and Servants, touching grounds of Religion, &c. This is a very profitable course both for the grounding of your Children and Servants in the knowledge of Christian Religion, as also to stir them up to labour more and more for further growth therein, by discovering their wants and weakness of knowledge unto them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That in matters of Religion we are not to rest or rely upon the Faith or Opinions of others, or to tye our selves thereunto: but look to this, That we our selves do believe and hold the sound Truth agree­able to the Word of God. Our Saviour asketh his Disciples not onely what opinions others held of Him, but what themselves did believe and were perswaded of, in this matter; But whom say ye that I am? Hab. 2. 4. The just shall live by his Faith; that is, by his own Faith. Every one must have a Faith of his own, where­by to believe and be perswaded in himself of the Truth in all matters of Faith and Religion, and whereby to rest and rely upon God, and the truth of his Word and Promises in all Times and Estates: Rom. 14. 5. The Apostle having mentioned the different opinions of Men touching the use of things indifferent, concludeth thus, Let every one be fully perswaded in his own mind.

Reason. Reason. We cannot be justified and saved by the Faith of others, but every one must be justified and saved by his own Faith (ut suprà, Hab. 2.) Ergo, every one must have a true Faith of his own and in himself. See Rom. 1. 12.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. To confute the Popish Doctrine of implicit Faith, that it is sufficient to Salvation, to believe as the Church believeth, though a man have no particular Knowledge or distinct Faith of his own. This Faith is commended and justified by some Popish Writers, as sufficient to answer the Devil's temptations, and to help a man to understand the Scripture and to discern true Doctrine from false. Thus Staphylus commen­ded the implicit Faith of a certain Colliar, who lying at point of Death, and being tempted by the Devil touching his Faith, answered that he did believe and dye in the Faith of the Church; and being again asked what was the Faith of the Church, That Faith (said he) that I believe in: By this Faith (saith Staphylus) the Devil was put to flight. (See White, Of the Church, part 1. pag. 6.)

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To convince those amongst us, who tye their Faith and Opinion in matters of religion to the Faith and Opinion of others; especially of such as are in great Place and Authority in the Church or Common­wealth, or in accompt for Learning. The main thing they look at is, what such and such great Men do hold, [Page 507] what Faith and Religion they are of, &c. In the mean time never labouring, nor being carefull to examine and try the Opinions of others by the touch-stone of the Scriptures; nor yet to get a true and sound Faith of their own, whereby to know, believe, and rest perswaded of the Truth in all necessary points of Faith and Religion: Hence it is, That they are so wavering and uncertain in their Opinions in matters of Religion; so unsetled in the Faith, being ready to be carryed about with every wind of Doctrine, and to be seduced by false Teachers, because they have no certain Faith of their own grounded upon sound know­ledge of the Word of God; but they rest in others Opinions, not trying the Spirits as they should, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To admonish and teach us not to leane too much to the opinion and judgment of others in matters of Faith and Religion, nor to rest in the Faith of others without warrant from the Word of God; but to labour above all to have in our selves a true and sound Faith of our own, grounded upon the Word of God in all necessary points of Christian Religion. Though men of great Place hold such and such opinions in Religion, yet we are not to tye our selves to their Opinions further than we have warrant from the Word of God, but we are to look that our selves do believe and hold the sound Truth. Though Herod himself were of opinion that Christ was John Baptist risen from the Dead; yet our Saviour here shews, That he would not have his Disci­ples build their Faith upon his Example, but to look that themselves did hold the Truth in this point of Faith touching his person. No more must we rely upon others opinion in matters of Faith, but have a true and sound Faith of our own, which must not be built upon Men, but upon the Word of God. I deny not, but that we are to reverence the Opinion and Judgment of such as are of Authority and Accompt in the Church for their Learning and Piety; but yet we are not to tye our selves to their Opinion in all things, but to look that our Faith be grounded on the Word of God. Whatsoever others hold or think in this or that point of Religion is nothing to us to build our Faith upon, further than it hath warrant from the Word of God, but we must look that our selves do hold the Truth, and that our own Opinion and Faith be such as is agreeable to the Word of God, and hath warrant from the same.

Use 4 Use 4. See here again how needfull it is for all Christians to be well grounded in the sound knowledge of the Word of God, and to have it dwell richly in us, &c. For knowledge is the ground and beginning of Faith, or rather a part of it: and therefore if every one of us must have a true and sound Faith of our own to believe, and be perswaded of all necessary points of Christian Religion taught in the Word of God; then must we also have a true and sound knowledge of our own, in all needfull Doctrines of Faith revealed and taught in the Word of God: Hence it is, That Knowledge is put for Faith sometimes in Scripture, as Joh. 17. 3. This is life eternall, to know thee the onely true God, and Jesus Christ, &c.

Mark 8. 29.‘And he saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am? Peter answereth, and saith unto him, Thou June, 12. 1625. art the Christ.’

NOw followeth the Answer of Peter in the name of the rest of the Disciples; Peter answereth, and saith unto him, Thou art the Christ? That Peter made this Answer not for himself onely but for all the rest, is proved, Joh. 6. 69. Where we have two things set down to consider.

  • 1. The person who made this Answer for all the rest, Peter.
  • 2. The Answer it self, containing in it an excellent confession of the Faith of the Apostles touching the Person and Office of Christ, Thou art the Christ?

Of the first, The person answering and uttering this Confession, Peter.]

Quest. Quest. Why did he answer and speak for all the residue of the Apostles?

Answ. Answ. 1. This is by some imputed to his great zeal and fervency of Spirit, which made him more for­ward than any of the rest to speak at this and other times.

2. But the principal Reason (as is most probable) was this, That he was the chief of the 12 Apostles in Au­thority and Accompt among them, and that partly in regard of his excellent Gifts above the rest, and partly in regard he was the most antient in time & standing, being the first that was called to the Apostleship, as may be gathered from Joh. 1. 42. For although Andrew first followed Christ, yet Peter was the first to whom Christ promised the Apostleship, which was implyed by giving him the new Name of Cephas. (See Dr. Raynold's Conference, Cap. 5. Divis. 3. pag. 176.) For which cause also he is first named, Matth. 10. 2. Mark 3. 16. Now in regard of this Preheminence of Authority and Estimation which Peter had among the other Apostles; It is most like, That they gave unto him the primacy of order in speaking; to be (as it were) the mouth of all the rest at this and other times.

Observ. Observ. That although the Apostles of Christ were all equall in Ministeriall Power; that is, in the Power and Office of preaching, administring Sacraments, and of binding and loosing by that Power of the Keys committed unto Peter, and under his name unto them all, Matth. 16. 19. Yet notwithstanding, there was among them some difference of Order and Place, as also of Authority and Estimation of one above another in regard of excellency of Gifts, and priority of Calling to the Office of Apostles; and in these Respects Peter had the Preheminence above the rest: As here we see, in that he was as the Mouth of the rest to speak for them all, and to utter, in all their names, this excellent confession of Christ. So Joh. 6. 68. when he said to the Twelve, Will ye go away? Simon Peter answered for, &c. So at other times also.

Quest. Quest. Doth not this make for the Papists, teaching Peter to have been Supream Head of the Apostles and of the wole Church; and that the Pope of Rome, being his Successor, hath the like supream Power and Sove­raignty over the whole Church throughout the World?

Answ. Answ. Nothing less: For 1. There is a main difference between this Primacy of Order, and Pre-emi­nence of Authority and Gifts, which we grant that Peter had above the other eleven Apostles; and between that Supremacy or Soveraignty of commanding Power or Jurisdiction which they challenge unto Peter above the other Apostles.

2. Though it could be proved (which yet can never be), that Peter had such a Supremacy of commanding and ruling Power given over the other Apostles; yet this makes nothing for proof of the Pope's Supremacy [Page 508] over the whole Church, unless they can prove by Scripture, that the Pope is the true and lawful Successor of Peter, in all such pre-eminence of Power which they suppose him to have had over the rest of the Apostles; but this they can never do, neither are the best learned of them able to alledge any one place of Scripture for proof of this Succession.

Now followeth the Answer it self, or Confession of the Apostles Faith uttered by Peter in all their names: Thou art the Christ,] Matth. 16. 16. these words are added, The Son of the living God. Luke 9. 20. only these words are set down, The Christ of God. But my purpose is to speak of this Confession, onely so far forth as it is here set down by St. Mark.

Thou art the Christ,] or that Christ, or the Christ of God (as Luke hath the words), that is to say, The an­ointed of God; namely, that special and singular Person who art ordained of God to be the onely Media­tor, and to be the Redeemer and Saviour of Man-kind. The word [Christ] which is a Greek word origi­nally is the same in signification with the Hebrew Messiah, and both signify one that is anointed, Joh. 1. 41. Now, this Name is given to our Saviour, to note out his special Calling from God to the Office of a Media­tor betwixt God and Us, and that by allusion to the ancient custom, among the Jews and other Nations, of anointing those with Oyl who were solemnly called to any great Office in Church or Common-wealth, as to the Office of Priests, Prophets, and Kings. So Aaron and his Sons were anointed and consecrated to the Office of Priest hood, Exod. 29. and 30th. Chapters. So Elisha was anointed to his Prophetical Office, and Jehu to his Kingly Office, 1 King. 19. 16. and so the other Kings of Judah and Israel. This solemn anoin­ting with Oyl was used to all these, thereby to signify their solemn Calling and appointment to those several Offices, as also their qualification with gifts fir for discharge of those Offices and Callings. In like sort, our Saviour is called, The Christ, and the Messiah, or Anointed of God; not in regard of any outward anoin­ting with material Oyl, but to note out unto us his spiritual Anointing or Calling to the Office of a Media­tor between God and Us, whereby he is solemnly called and appointed of God to this Office, and to all the parts of it; namely, to be the onely High-Priest, Prophet, and King of his Church.

In the words consider two things: 1. The act or duty of Confession. 2. The matter confessed by them, That Jesus is the Christ. Of the first.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the Disciples, being demanded of Christ touching their Faith and Perswasion of his Person, do readily make Answer by the mouth of Peter, giving an accompt of their Faith; We learn, that it is our duty to be ready and forward to give accompt of our Knowledge, Faith, and Perswasion in matters of Religion to any that have a Calling to demand or require the same of us: 1 Pet. 3. 15. Be ready alwayes to give an Answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you, &c. See Act. 8. 31. This es­pecially concerneth such as are under the Power and Authority of others, that they ought to be ready to give accompt of their Faith to such as have Authority to require the same of them: For example, It is the duty of the Flock and People to be ready to give accompt of their Faith to their own Pastors, when they do lawfully and in due sort require it of them; as in the excercise of catechizing, by asking Questions of the younger sort, and of such as are most ignorant. As it is the Ministers duty at fit times thus to catechize the more ig­norant sort; by demanding Questions of them touching the Principles of Religion, and to require of them an accompt of their Faith and Knowledge; so it is the duty of such as are fit and have need to be catechized, to be ready to give an Answer, and to render an accompt of their Faith to their Pastor. So likewise Chil­dren and Servants should shew like readiness to give an accompt of their Faith to their Parents and Masters demanding it of them in the private exercise of catechizing in the Family. So, when any Christian is called before a civil Magistrate, and lawfully required to give an accompt of his Faith, he is to do it with all readi­ness; yea, though it should be before wicked and unjust Magistrates which abuse their Authority to the op­pressing and persecuting of the Saints of God. Thus the Apostles being called before Rulers, and being demanded of their Faith, did readily make Answer and give accompt thereof. So the Martyrs also.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. By this readiness to give accompt of our Faith to such as lawfully demand it of us, we do glorify the Name of God in giving Testimony to his truth which we believe: 1 Pet. 3. 15. Sanctify the Lord, &c.

2. By this means also we do edify others, encouraging them by our example to shew like readiness in gi­ving accompt of their Faith when they are thereunto required.

Ʋse. Ʋse. For reproof of such as are backward and unwilling to give a reason or accompt of their Faith to others having power to demand it of them. The fault of many of the younger sort in this and other Con­gregations, that they are backward to come to the publick exercise of Catechizing, and to answer their Pastor when he requireth of them an accompt of their Faith, by demanding of them necessary and profitable Quest­ions of Catechism. Some think this is a disgrace to them: Contrarily, it is an honour to them to be called to do this Service to God, for the glorifying of God and edifying of others. The like backwardness is in many Children and Servants to be catechized by their Parents and Masters privately in the Family, and to give an accompt of their Faith by answering such Questions as are demanded of them: It is no mervail if such remain grosly ignorant in matters of Religion, even in the most common and easy Principles of it, see­ing they refuse the means of being better instructed. Besides that, hereby they greatly dishonour God, and shew contempt of the Authority of those that are set over them in place of Government. Again, this also reproveth such as being called before such as are in place of publick Authority to give an Accompt of their Faith and Religion, do refuse to do it either through shame or fear of Mens displeasure, or do for these or the like causes dissemble their Faith and Religion. A great dishonour to God and betraying of his Truth.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Disciples did here make outward Confession of their Faith unto Christ requiring them so to do; we learn, that true Faith must not lye hid in our hearts, but it must be outwardly confessed to others and before others, as occasion is offered, and so often as we are thereunto called: Rom. 10. 10. With the heart man believeth unto Righteousness, and with the mouth Confession is made unto Salvation. 2 Cor. 4. 13. We having the same Spirit of Faith, according as it is written, I believed and therefore have I spoken, we also believe and [Page 509] therefore speak. Mat. 10. 32. Whosoever shall confess me before men, him will I also confess before my Father which is in Heaven: But whosover shall deny me, &c. For this cause (Hebr. 3. 1.) Christ is called the Apostle and High-Priest of our Profession, to shew that we are not onely to believe in him by Faith, but also to make out­ward Profession of this Faith before men, when we are thereunto called. 1 Joh. 4. 15. Whosoever shall con­fess that Jesus is the Son of God, God dwelleth in him and he in God. Thus have the Saints of God used to make outward Confession of their Faith before men when they had a Calling so to do, Mark 9. 24. So the Apostles, being brought before Authority, confessed their Faith, as Paul before Agrippa and Festus, Act. 26. So the Martyrs, as Steven and others that followed him; whence they were also by the ancient Fathers called Confessours; yea, Christ himself before Pontius Pilate witnessed a good Confession, 1 Tim. 6. 13.

Quest. Quest. When are we called to make outward Confession of our Faith before men?

Answ. Answ. 1. When such as have Authority over us do demand of us an Accompt of our Faith, (ut suprà dictum.)

2. At other times when there is hope and likelihood of glorifying God, and edifying others thereby; for otherwise it is better to be silent than to make any such outward Profession: As if it be before malicious pro­fessed enemies and scoffers at Religion, here is no fit time or place to make Profession of our Faith; but we more glorify God by silence: Mat. 7. 6. We are forbidden to cast Pearls before Swine, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To reprove such as fail in this excellent and necessary duty of making outward Confession of their Faith before others, as occasion is offered. Some think they may keep their Religion and Faith to them­selves, and need not make any outward Profession of it to others; but here we see the contrary: It is not enough to believe with the heart, but there must be also Confession with the mouth. Others are afraid to confess their Faith in Christ before such as are Enemies of Religion, lest it endanger their liberty, goods, or life. This was the Sin of Peter into which he fell through infirmity, denying and forswearing Christ to save his own life: The like have others done in time of Persecution. Others are ashamed to make Confession of their Faith before men, lest it be some disgrace or discredit to them: See Joh. 12. 42. Let such consider what our Saviour saith in the last Verse of this Chapter, Whosoever shall be ashamed of me and of my words, in this sinfull Generation, of him shall the Son of Man be ashamed when he cometh in the Glory of his Father with the holy Angels. Others are ignorant, and know not how to make Profession of Christ, or of their Faith, when it is demanded.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To exhort us to make Conscience of this Christian duty of confessing and professing our Faith be­fore men, so often as good occasion is offered, and we have a Calling to it; yea, though it be with hazard of our goods, liberty, or life it self, in case we should be called before such as are the professed enemies of the Go [...]pel and of Christ; yet we must not shrink from our Profession for fear of their displeasure, or of any Pu­nishment they can impose on us, but we must witness a good Confession.

Rules for the right performance of this Duty of outward confessing our Faith. 1. It is to be done with Christian wisdom and discretion, observing due circumstances of time, place, and fit Persons before whom we do it. 2. To be done with spiritual boldness and freedom of Speech, not being daunted or dismayed herein by the faces of men that are enemies of the Truth, though never so great: Examples of this courage and boldness we have in sundry of the Martyrs. 3. This Confession must come from inward truth and sincerity of heart, aiming at God's Glory and the good of others; it must not be in Hypocrisy, aiming at our own praise, credit, or advantage. 4. It must be done with the Spirit of meeknesse and mildnesse; and not in distempered Passion or heat of Contention. 5. It must be with fear and reverence of the Ma [...]esty of God, before whom we stand, and with reverent regard of his truth which we make profession of, 1 Pet. 3. 15. with meekness and fear.

Mark 8. 29.‘And Peter answereth and saith unto him, Thou art the Christ. [...]une 19. 1625.

NOw followeth the matter confessed, Thou art the Christ.]

Doct. 1 Doctr. 1. That Jesus, the son of the Virgin Mary, is the Christ, or true Messiah; that is to say, that special and singular Person ordained of God to be the Mediator between God and Us, and to be the Redeemer and Saviour of Mankind. This is the main truth believed and professed here by Peter for the rest of the Apostles.

Thou art the Christ,] that is to say, Thou, who hast avouched thy self before, to be the Son of man, (for so our Saviour did, Matth. 16. 13. Whom say the People that I the Son of man am?) art the true Christ o [...] Messiah▪ ordained and sent of god to execute the Office of a Mediator, in redeeming and saving Mankind. The same truth also they had before this time made Profession of, Joh. 6. 69. We believe and are sure that thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God. Yea, this some of them did believe and profess at the time when they were first called to be Christ's Disciples; as may appear, Joh. 1. 41. Andrew, so soon as he began to follow Christ, finding his Brother Peter, tells him thus, We have found the Messiah, which is, being interpreted, the Christ. And it is even the main scope of the four Evangelist, in writing the History of Christ, to prove this Point, That Jesus is the Christ or true Messiah: Joh. 20. 31. These things are written, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ, &c. This was also clearly testifyed by all the Miracles of Christ, Joh. 10. 25. The works that I do in my Father's Name, bear witness of me. See Mat. 11. 4.

Reason. Reason. All things foretold by the Prophets, in the Old Testament touching the true Messiah, are fulfilled in this Jesus, Act. 10. 43. as may appear by considering some of the principal matters prophecyed of him before-hand, which are these: 1. Touching the Person of the Messiah, That he should be both God and Man in one Person, foretold Isa. 7. 14. His name Emmanuel implieth this signification, God with us; that is, God in our Flesh or Nature. 2. The Birth of the Messiah, or his coming in the Flesh with the Circumstances of it, as the time, place, manner, &c. are foretold by the Prophets: His Birth, Isa. 7. 14. [Page 510] Behold, a Virgin shall conceive and bear a Son, &c. and Isa. 9. 6. To us a Child is born, &c. The time of his Birth foretold by Jacob, Gen. 49. 10. The Scepter shall not depart from Judah, till Shiloh come; that is, The Scepter of Government shall not be taken away from the Jews till the Messiah come; which implyes, that when that Scepter should depart, then they should look for the Messiah. So the place of his Birth, that it should be at Bethlehem, Mich. 5. 2. 3. The Death and Sufferings of the Messiah are foretold, together with the time and manner of them; as we may see, Psal. 22. Isa. 53. Dan. 9. 4. His Glorification which followed his Death and Sufferings, with the severall Degrees of it, viz. His Resurrection, Psal. 16. Thou wilt not leave my Soul in Grave, &c. His Ascention, Psal. 68. 18. He ascended up on High, &c. His sitting at the right hand of God, Psal. 110. The Lord said to my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, &c.

Now all these things, foretold by the Prophets touching the Messiah, are every one fulfilled in this Jesus the Son of the Virgin Mary; as may easily appear by comparing the Places and Predictions of the Prophets be­fore mentioned, with the History of the four Evangelists, in which all those things are plainly fulfilled in this Jesus. But I will not further insist upon the clearing of it.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. To convince the blind and obstinate Jews at this Day, denying this Jesus to be the Christ or true Messiah promised and foretold by the Prophets, notwithstanding that they have the Books of the old Testa­ment, and do daily read the things foretold by the Prophets touching the person of the Messiah, and touching his Birth, and time of his coming, &c. and seeing them to be fulfilled in this Jesus the son of Mary, yet believe not that he is the true Messiah; but look for another yet to come; yea, notwithstanding that themselves are driven to confesse that that time is expired many hundred years ago, wherein the Prophets foretold he should come: yet for all this they remain still obstinate in their wilfull blindnesse and unbelief, unto which they are justly given up of God: Rom. 11. 25. Blindnesse (or hardnesse) is happened to Israel, un­till the fulnesse of the Gentiles be come in. We are to pity them, and to pray unto God for them; that the Vail may be taken from their Eyes, and that they may be converted to believe in this Jesus the onely Messiah, that they may be saved by him. The rather we are to do this, because God hath not for ever shut them up in Unbelief, but for a time, as the Apostle sheweth in the same place, Rom. 11. therefore we are to be the more earnest with God in prayer, to call and convert them to the Faith of Christ in that due time which he hath appointed.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Teacheth us to receive and imbrace this Jesus by Faith, as the onely true Messiah ordained and sent of God, and to seek Redemption and Salvation in him alone; renouncing all other false means of Sal­vation, as those which the Papists have brought in; as mediation of Angels and Saints-departed, which they joyn with Christ: also merit of good Works, humane Satisfactions, Popes Pardons, &c. remembring what is said, Acts 4. 12. There is no Name under Heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved; but onely by this Jesus the Son of the Virgin Mary, and the true Messiah. Therefore seek forgiveness of Sins and Salva­tion in this Jesus, in this Christ alone, in whom it is hid, and who is the onely Fountain of Life and Salva­tion: Joh. 5. 11. This is the Record, That God hath given to us eternall Life, and this Life is in his Son; that is, in this Jesus Christ, who is not onely the Son of Man, but also the very naturall and eternall Son of God.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. Further from this speciall Title given here unto our Saviour being called the Christ, or the anointed of God, in regard of his speciall calling to the Office of Mediatour: We learn, That Christ Jesus the Son of God did not take upon Him his Office of Mediatour, to be the High Priest, Prophet, and King of the Church without a Calling from God, but He was spiritually anointed and called of God unto this Office: Isa. 61. 1. The Lord hath anointed me to preach good tydings unto the meek; He hath sent me to bind up the broken-hearted, &c. Hebr. 5. 5. Christ glorified not himself to be an High Priest; but he that said unto him, Thou art my Son, &c.

Now this spirituall anointing or calling Christ to his Office of Mediatour includeth two things in it.

1. The solemn Consecrating of him to this Office in God's eternall purpose: Joh. 6. 27. Him hath God the Father sealed: 1 Pet. 1. 20. Said to be fore-ordained before the foundation of the World. Note that this is to be understood of Christ, not as He is God, but as He is Mediatour, God-and-Man; for so He is inferiour to God the Father, and so he is said to be ordained of Him to this Office of Mediatour.

The second thing contained in this anointing and calling of Christ, is the qualifying or furnishing of him with perfection of all Graces needfull for discharge of this Office of a Mediatour, and that not onely as he is God, but even in his humane Nature: Psal. 45. 7. God, thy God, hath anointed thee with Oyl of Gladness above thy fellows: Isa. 61. 1. The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because the Lord hath anointed me, &c. Acts 10. 38.—anointed with the Holy Ghost and Power. Joh. 3. 34. The Spirit given him not by measure.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Seeing Christ Jesus took not his Office of Mediatourship upon Him without a calling, but was an­nointed of God unto it: This teacheth us, not to undertake any Office or Function in Church and Common­wealth, nor to thrust our selves into any weighty Action or Business whatsoever without a calling from God: Hebr. 5. 4. No man takes this honour to himself, (that is, the Office of Priest-hood in time of the Law) but he that is called of God, as Aaron. So in these Times none may take upon him the weighty Office of the Mini­stery, nor thrust himself into it under any pretence whatsoever without a calling from God. None may run before he is sent: Rom. 10. 15. How shall they preach except they be sent? The like may be said of the Office of Magistracy, and of all other weighty Offices, Functions, or Actions in Church and Common­wealth; not any of them to be undertaken without a calling from God. If our Saviour Christ waited for his Calling from God to the Office of a Mediatour, much more ought we every one to wait for a calling from God to every Office, Function, and weighty Action we take in hand.

Now that we may be sure we have a calling from God; Where two things are especially to be seen unto.

  • 1. That the Office, Function, or Action we take upon us be in it self lawfull and warrantable by the Word of God; for else God doth not call us to it, unlesse it be such as tend some way to his Glory, or to the good of others and our selves, &c.
  • 2. That we find our selves furnished in some measure with such Gifts and Graces as are needfull for the [Page 511] discharge of such Offices, or performance of such Actions as we take in hand. So he that takes upon him, or enters into the Function of the Ministery, must first feel this inward calling from God, that he i [...] qualified with competent Gifts of Knowledge, Utterance, &c. So in undertaking any other Office, Function, or Action, &c. Then may we have comfort, and expect God's blessing and protection, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Christ being called and anointed of God to the Office of Mediatour: Hence we may gather, That all that he hath done and suffered for us in the execution of his Office, is pleasing and acceptable to God; and by consequent effectuall for our Salvation, in as much as it was done by vertue of his Calling, and in way of obedience to the Will of God, who ordained him to this Office: Ephes. 5. 2. He hath given himself for us an Offering and Sacrifice to God, for a sweet smelling savour: Phil. 2. 8. He became obedient unto Death, &c. which is a matter of great comfort to true Believers, that Christ hath not only dyed and suffered for our Sins, and fulfilled the Law for us, and wrought all things needfull for our Salvation; but that he being called and ordained of God to do and suffer all these things for us, therefore God cannot but accept them as done in obedience to his Will. This makes the Death and Sufferings of Christ, and all his Obedience acceptable to God his Father, and available for us; This makes it effectuall to procure pardon of Sins, Justification, and Salvation for us; because all that He did and suffered, was in obedience to the Will of God, and to his Decree and Purpose, who from everlasting ordained him to this Office of a Mediatour, and sent Him in time into the World to execute the same. Otherwise, if Christ had taken upon Him to be our Mediatour without a calling from God; if He had not dyed and suffered for us in way of obedience to his Father's Will, his Death had not been accepted as a Sacrifice propitiatory for our Sins, neither could we have been justified or saved by it.

Use 3 Use 3. In that our Saviour is called the Christ, or anointed of God, not onely in regard of his being con­secrated to the Office of Mediatour: but also in regard of being furnished with perfection of all Graces needfull for execution of that Office: This further reacheth us, That Christ Jesus is a most able, sufficient, and perfit Saviour unto all his faithfull People, being furnished with all sufficiency of Gifts and Graces need­full to make Him a perfit Saviour: Hebr. 7. 25. He is able to save to the utmost those that come unto God by Him, &c. He is able not only to begin, but to finish and accomplish the work of our Salvation. Able to merit and purchase our Salvation, not onely by dying and suffering the Curse due to our Sins, but also by overcoming Death, and the Curse of God which he declared by rising again from the Dead. Able to fulfill the Law for us, as being perfitly righteous and holy in his own person. Able to vanquish Satan, and to tread him under our feet: Able to strengthen us against his Temptations, to kill and crucifie the Power of Sin in us, &c. In a word, able to give us eternall Life, and to bring us to it through all difficulties and impedi­ments whatsoever: Joh. 10. 10. I am come that they might have Life, and that they might have it abundantly; that is, fully and perfitly. Therefore Col. 2. 10. the Faithfull are said, to be compleat in Him, &c. This al­so is matter of great comfort to us against our own weaknesse and unability to save our selves, or to do any thing at all towards our own Salvation. This is enough, That Christ being anointed of God with perfection of all Graces fit for a Mediatour, is able perfitly to save us: Therefore let us deny our selves, and renounce all that is in our selves, and seek Salvation in Him alone, who is the anointed of God, and a perfit and com­pleat Saviour. Strive by Faith to lay hold on Him, and to trust perfectly on Him for our Salvation, and all the degrees and means of it.

Now here I might further take occasion to speak of the particular parts of Christ's Office as He is Medi­atour; namely, of His Priest-hood, and of his Propheticall and Kingly Office; all which are implyed under this Name and Title of [Christ] which is here given unto Him. But I have not long since handled these parts of Christ's Office upon the Creed: therefore I will not here insist upon them.

Now followeth, Verse 30. And he charged them that they should tell no man, &c, Here is set down the Issue or Consequent of the former Conference between Christ and his Disciples, and of that confession which they made of Him. They Consequent is this, That our Saviour straitghly charged them to tell no man of Him,] That is, not to make known to others this Truth which they had confessed of Him; namely, That He was the Son of God and true Messiah: Matth. 16. 20. He charged them that they should tell no man that He was Je­sus the Christ. Now this is not so to be understood as if he would have this truth wholly concealed, and not to be made known at all; but that they should not divulge or make it commonly and openly known at this time.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour forbid them to publish it at this time?

Answ. Answ. 1. The main reason was this, because the time appointed for Christ's glorification was not yet come, he was now in the state of his Humiliation; and he was yet farther to be abased, being shortly to dye; yea, to suffer the shamefull Death of the Crosse. In the mean time the Glory and Majesty of his God­head and the Excellency of his Person was to be concealed and hid till the time of his Resurrection, which was the beginning of his Glorification. He was first to suffer, and so to enter into his Glory: Luke 24. First to be abased before he was to be exalted in Glory. This reason is plainly implyed: Luke 9. 21. He strait­ly charged them to tell no man, &c. Saying, The Son of Man must suffer many things, and be re [...]ected of the Elders, &c. and to be slain, and rise again the third Day, q. d. Now is no time for you to speak openly of the glory and excellency of my Person, that I am the Son of God, &c. This sutes not with this time of my abasement; for I must yet be more abased even to Death, and then afterward I am to declare my glory by rising from the Dead the third Day. And then after my Resurrection shall be a fitter time than now is, for you to publish this Truth which ye have confessed touching my person, that I am the Son of God, &c. This also was one main cause why our Saviour so often forbad his Miracles to be published and made commonly known, because the Glory of his God-head which appeared in his Miracles, was not to be fully manifested till after his Re­surrection. And for this cause also Chap. 9. Ver. 9. he forbad his Disciples to tell abroad the glorious man­ner of his transfiguration in the Mount, till after he should be risen from the Dead.

2. Another reason may be this, because the publishing hereof at this time was not like to do good, but much hurt rather. For, 1. This would have moved many to take the greater offence at the Crosse of Christ; if it should have been openly published that he was the Son of God, and yet soon he should be so [Page 512] abased and suffer the reproachful death of the Cross. 2. If the Truth and Glory of his God-head should have been made openly known, this might have hindred his death, for none would have dared to put him to death, 1 Cor. 2. 8. Sic Piscator & Catrwr. in Harm. et Musculus in Mat. 16.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The Truth and Doctrine of God is not to be published or openly professed by us out of due time and season, when it may do hurt, but in fit and convenient time, when God may be glorifyed by the publishing of it. See this Point before observed, Ver. 26.

Observ. 2. See here that our Saviour was far from an bitious seeking his own Glory, out of due time or before the due time appointed of God for his Glorification. By the Apostles publishing of this Truth (that he was the Son of God and the true Messiah), he might have purchased great Glory; yet he would not have it published because the time was not yet come in which his Glory was to be clearly manifested: In then ean time he is content to live in a base and contemptible estate. To teach us not to seek our own glory, honour, or credit amongst men out of due time, or before the time appointed of God to give us honour, (either in this life, or after this life at the day of Christ.) We are not then to seek honour or credit with men, when God calls us rather to uffer contempt and reproach for his name's sake, but we must be willing and well con­tent for a time to be abased and despised in the World, till the time come in which the Lord doth think fit to exalt and give us honour; we must wait for this time, and not prevent it by seeking honour, and advance our selves before the due time. Joh. 7. 6. when the Kinsmen of our Saviour would have him go into udea, there to make himself famous by his Miracles, he answereth them, My time is not yet come, &c. that is, the due time appointed for clear manifestation of my Glory is not come.

Ʋse. Use. For reproof of such as ambitiously seek their own honour out of due time, at such time as God calls them to suffer contempt, and to be humbled and abased in the World. It was the fault of Baruch, Jer. 45. 5. that he sought great things for himself at such a time as the Lord had appointed to humble him by great trial [...]. The fault also of Zebedees Children and their Mother, that they ambitiously sought their own honour out of due time; namely, when they should rather have thought of suffering affliction and reproach with Christ, a [...] he doth imply in his Answer to them, when he tells them, they should drink of the same Cup with him, &c. that is, of the Cup of Affliction and Reproach, Mat. 20. 20. We must take heed of this untimely seeking of our own Glory; waiting till the time come which God hath appointed to honour us either in this life or af­ter this life, if we be his Children: In the mean time be willing to be abased, 1 Pet. 5. 6. Humble your selves that God may exalt you in due time.

Mark 8. 31.‘And He began to teach them, that the Son of Man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the June 26. 1625. Elders, &c.

IN this Verse and the two next, is laid down the sixth principal part of this Chapter in which our Saviour taketh occasion to foretell unto his Disciples his Passion and Resurrection, which were after to be fulfil­led.

In the words consider: 1. The Prediction it self, or foretelling of his Passion and Resurrection, in this Verse. 2. The manner of his foretelling it, in the beginning of the next Verse, He spake it openly. 3. The Consequents that followed thereupon. 1. Peter took him and began to rebuke him. 2. Our Saviour turning about and looking on his Disciples, rebuked Peter.

Of the first. There are two parts of the Prediction or Prophecy of Christ touching himself. The first, touching his Passion. The second touching his Resurrection.

In the former we may again consider, 1. The Prediction or foretelling of this Passion, That he was to suffer.

2. The Person who was to suffer these things, which was himself, whom He calleth the Son of Man.

3. The necessity of this Suffering, in that it is said, He must suffer.

4. The Passion it self. Foretold, 1. Generally, He must suffer many things. 2. Particularly, in two kinds: 1. Re ected, 2. Killed. Of the first.

He began to teach them,] that is, to foreshew or foretell unto his Disciples touching himself: And it is not said simply that He taught them, but He began to teach them; the reason whereof is, because our Saviour did not onely this once foretell his Disciples of his Passion and Resurrection, but at sundry times, repeating the same matter unto them, and putting them in mind of it again and again afterwards, as may appear Cap. 9. 31. and Cap. 10. 33.

Quest. Quest. 1. Wherefore, or to what end, did our Saviour foretell unto his Disciples his Passion?

Answ. Answ. 1. To prevent that scandall or offence which otherwise they might have taken at his death and sufferings, if these things should have suddenly and unexpectedly hapned to him, after they had confessed him to be the Son of God and true Messiah; therefore He gives them notice and warning before-hand of his Sufferings, that they might not think strange to see him that was the Son of the living God to be reproached and put to death by wicked men; and that they should not think He suffered these things out of weakness, &c. therefore he shew that He knew of all before-hand.

2. The better also to fit and prepare them to the bearing of that great trial and affliction which was to hap­pen unto them by occasion of his death and suffering. See Mat. 26. 31. Joh. 16. 20.

3. To correct an Errour which the Jews and Christ's Disciples had conceived touching an earthly King­dom of Christ, which (as they dreamed) should be accompanied with outward Glory and prosperity in this World, (as may appear, Mat. 20. 21. and Act. 1. 6.) Therefore our Saviour to draw them out of this Errour, tells them before-hand, that his Kingdom stood not in outward pomp and glory in this World, but that it must be accompanyed with ignominy and baseness, and with suffering many things.

Quest. Quest. 2. Why did our Saviour at this time, and not before, foretel his Disciples of his Sufferings?

Answ. Answ. 1. To shew one reason why he forbad them before, to publish that truth which they had confessed touching his Person, that he was the Son of God, &c. because being afterward to be so much abased in his [Page 513] Sufferings and Death, it was not fit the Glory of his God-head should be publickly and openly professed till the time of his sufferings and abasement was past; that is, till his Resurrection, which was the due time for the clear manifesting of his Glory, as we heard upon the former Verse.

2. Because it was necessary that the Disciples Faith should first be throughly confirmed in the truth of his God-head before he did plainly foretell them of his Passion, lest otherwise the hearing of his Sufferings and Death should have caused them to doubt and waver in this Point of Faith. Therefore they having now new­ly confessed him to be the Son of God, and he having confirmed them in this Faith by approving and com­mending that their Confession, now was the fittest time for him to begin plainly to teach them the Doctrine of his Sufferings: Till now they were not fit to hear this Doctrine, because not sufficiently confirmed in the Faith of his God-head.

Observ. 1 Obs [...]rv. 1. Here is an evidence and proof of Christ's God-head or Divine Nature; in that He did of himself foresee and know before hand things which were to come, as if they were already present, and was able to fore­tell them; namely, his own Death and Sufferings, with the manner and circumstances of it, as that it should be a reproachfull Death: that he should be rejected and despised at the time of his Death, and by what per­sons he should be so rejected, by the Elders, &c. Also the very place, where he should suffer, which was at Hierusalem, &c. Math. 16. 21. All these things our Saviour did of himself know before hand, and was able to prophesie of them certainly and particularly before they were fulfilled. And this he did by the divine Power of his God-head; for it is proper to God onely to know and foretell things to come of himself, and without Revelation from any other; all things being present to God, whether they be thing past or to come. This therefore must strengthen our Faith touching the God-head of Christ.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That our Saviour Christ suffered and dyed for us willingly, and of his own accord; not by compulsion, or being drawn to it against his Will. This may appear hence, in that he knew before hand that he was to dye and suffer, and the very Place and persons that should be the Instruments of his Death; namely, the Elders, chief Priests, &c. and was able to foretell these things, and yet for all this he did not go about at this or any time afterward to escape these Sufferings, or to save himself from Death (as he could have done as easily as he did foretell it); therefore also though he knew that Hierusalem was the place where he was to Suffer; yet did not he refuse to go up thither, but rather made haste both to the Place and Time ap­pointed for his Suffering: Mark 10. 32. As they went up to Hierusalem, Jesus went before them, &c. to shew his forwardness: Luke 22. 15. With desire have I desired to eat this Passover with you before I suffer, Luke 12. 55. Therefore also Joh. 18. 1, 2. though he knew that Judas was appointed to betray him, and that the same Judas knew the Garden whither he was wont so much to resort; yet he did not refrain going thither a little before his Passion, but entered in there with his Disciples. And being there when Judas and his com­pany came to take him, he shewed himself not unwilling, but willing to be apprehended: For he went out to meet them, and when they told him that they sought for Jesus of Nazareth: He answered, I am He, ver. 5. See also Joh. 14. 31. To this purpo [...]e also is that which our Saviour speaketh, Joh. 10. 18. No man taketh (my Life) from me, but I lay it down of my self; I have power to lay it down, &c. (For this cause also he rebuked Peter so sharply for disswading him from it, as we shall hear afterward.) He could have prayed to his Father for more than twelve Legions of Angels to rescue him, yet would not, Matth. 26. 53. thereby shewing his willingnesse and readinesse to dye and suffer for us; and hereof he gave evident Signs also at the very time of his Death, as that he dyed sooner than those that were Crucified used to do: for when the Souldiers came to break his Legs (as the Custom was) he was dead before they could do it, whereupon Pilate marvailed that he was so soon dead. Also, in that it is said, Joh. 19. 30. That he bowed his Head, and gave up the Ghost; which shewed his willingnesse to dye. Therefore also he is said to have given himself to Death, &c. to offer himself, &c. Tit. 2. 14.

Object. Object. He prayes afterward (Chap. 14. Ver. 35.) that if it were possible, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. It was a Conditionall prayer, If it might stand with God's Will.

2. He prayes not simply that he might not taste of the Cup, but that it might passe from him, &c. Matth. 26. 39. See afterward upon Chap. 14. Ver. 35.

3. There might be and was in our Saviour (as he was Man) some Natural loathness to suffer that cursed Death, as it was an enemy to Nature. It is no sin, by a meer natural fear to abhorr Death: But when he look­ed higher at God's Will, &c. See Dr. Field.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See by this the unspeakable love of Christ unto us, and his earnest desire of our Salvation; in that he not onely dyed and suffered for us, but also did so willingly, readily, and chearfully undergo all his Sufferings; in that he did so willingly drink of that bitter Cup of the Wrath and Curse of God for us: Joh. 15. 13. Greater love hath no man then this, that a man lay down his Life for his Friends; that is, dye willingly for them, &c. This is that infinite love of Christ which passeth Knowledge, Ephes. 3. 19. which he manifested by dying and suffering for us so willingly. Therefore Ephes. 5. 2. Walk in love as Christ hath loved us, and gave himself for us, &c. Now this must draw our Hearts to love him truly again who hath so loved us, and to shew our love by our obedience to his Will; and by seeking his Glory above all things in the World. As our Salvation hath been dear and pretious to him, so must his Glory be to us, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. This is also matter of endlesse comfort to Us and all the Faithful, in that Christ's Death and Suffe­ring, being voluntary and freely undergone by him are therefore acceptable to God, and consequently availa­ble to justify and save Us, which otherwise they could not have been. Therefore, Ephes. 5. 2. He gave himself for us an Offering and a Sacrifice to God for a sweet smelling savour. Why was his Death a Sacrifice so pleasing unto God? because he willingly gave himself, &c. If it had not been a free Will-offering, it had not been accepted, neither could have been a propitiation for us: hereupon depends the Efficacy and Merit of Christ's Death and Sufferings, that he dyed willingly, and in way of obedience to God his Father, and so his Death and Sufferings were accepted for us. If he had dyed and suffered a hundred times; yet if his Sufferings had not been a Sacrifice pleasing to God, they could have done us no good, nor ever have reconciled us to God, &c. And they could not have been pleasing to God, if not voluntary, &c. See Hebr. 10. 10. compared with Psal. 40. 8.

Use 3 Use 3. Christ having been so willing and ready of his own accord to dy and suffer for us; this teacheth us our duty, which is, to be in like manner ready and willing to suffer any thing, even death it self for his sake. As he willingly for our sakes suffered death; yea, that most shameful and cursed death, so we must willing­ly suffer any thing in this life for his sake, as reproach, shame, loss of Goods, Friends, Liberty, and life it self, if we shall be called to it; as Paul, Act. 21. 13. So did the Apostles, Act. 5. 41. They rejoyced that they were counted worthy, &c. So the Martyrs suffered willingly for Christ.

Use 4 Ʋse 4. We should willingly part with our sins for his sake, Tit. 2. 14.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour foretelleth his Disciples of his death and sufferings, thereby to prepare and arm them before-hand to the bearing of that grievous trial and affliction which was to happen unto them by occasion of his death: Hence we learn, that Christians have need to be prepared and armed before-hand to bear trials and afflictions as they ought, when they come upon them, whether they be outward or inward tri­als. Matth. 26. 41. Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation; that is, prepare and arm your selves be­fore-hand by Prayer and Watchfulness against the time of trial, that ye be not over-come of it. Ephess. 6. 13. Take unto you the whole Armour of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evill day, and having done all to stand. Joh. 16. 1. These things have I spoken, that ye should not be offended, They shall put you out of the Synagogues, &c.

Reason. It is a very hard and difficult matter to bear crosses and afflictions well as we ought, which can­not be done without special Grace of God enabling us: Phil. 1. 29. Unto you it is given to suffer for the Name of Christ: Therefore we had need be well prepared and armed before-hand.

Use 1 Use 1. See by this how needfull for Ministers of the Word often to teach the Doctrine of the Cross; in­structing their people touching the necessity of Afflictions, and touching the nature, uses, and ends of them; and in the helps and means to bear them as they ought. Thus doth our Saviour often put his Disciples in mind of the Cross and Afflictions which they should suffer; as verse 34. of this Chapter, Whosoever will come after me, let him—take up his Cross and follow me. So at other times. So the Apostles also do often teach this Doctrine of the Cross; As Paul and Barnabas, Act. 14. 22. taught the Disciples at Lystra, Iconi­um, and Antioch, that We must, through much Tribulation, enter into the Kingdome of God. So Paul, in all his Epistles. So 2 Tim. 3. 12. All that will live Godly, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. For Admonition to stir us up daily to prepare and arm our selves before-hand for times of tryall, and for the bearing of Crosses and Afflictions, inward and outward. The not doing of this, is the cause that many are so unfit and unable to bear troubles when they come; and that they are so soon dismayed and discouraged, casting away their hope and confidence in God, being not able to comfort themselves in God, as they should do in the midst of their troubles, but are ready to despair of help from God, and to fall to mur­muring and impatiency: All this is for want of being well armed and prepared before-hand to bear trials. Therefore let every one of us look that we daily prepare and arm our selvs for the bearing of crosses and trou­bles when they shall come, and for greater trials than we have as yet felt.

Quest. Quest. How may we prepare and arm our selves?

Answ. Answ. 1. Labour to be well instructed in the Doctrine of the Cross, touching the necessity of it for all that will live godly; touching the ends and uses to be made of Afflictions, and the excellent fruit that com­eth of them being sanctifyed to us and patiently suffered.

2. Often meditate and think of troubles before they come, accompt of them, and making them present to us in Meditation, even before they come. This is to take up our crosse daily, as we are required to do, Luke 9. 23.

3. Get true Faith in Christ whereby to be assured of God's Love, and that all crosses and trials shall work for our good, and shall have a happy and comfortable issue: Then we shall be in some measure able to hold out in time of trial, Hab. 2. The just live by Faith; especially in time of trial, and under the Crosse. This is our Victory, which makes us more than Conquerours, &c. By Faith the Saints have endured the greatest trials, Heb. 11.

4. Daily pray unto God to fit and prepare us for the evil day and time of trial, seeking to him for spiri­tual strength, courage, patience, &c. as Paul for the Colossians, Chap. 1. v. 11.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. See here the Wisdom of our Saviour in dispensing the mysteries of Faith, in that he doth here­in apply himself to the ability and capacity of his Disciples, not plainly telling them of his Passion and death (which was yet a great Mystery to them, and very hard to be conceived and believed), until such time as he had first confirmed their Faith touching his Person, that they might be the better able to hear of this strange and mystical Doctrine of his Death and Sufferings. The like is noted of him before, as we heard Chap. 4. 33. that He preached the Word to his Disciples as they were able to hear it. This Wisdom of our Saviour is to be imitated of Ministers of the Word in their Teaching: They are to apply themselves unto the ability and capacity of their Hearers, both in the manner and matter of their Doctrine, not teaching high and diffi­cult mysteries of Faith at the first, to such as by reason of their Ignorance and weakness of Judgment are un­capable of them; but first labouring to inform their Minds and Judgments with easier and more plain Points of Faith, that so they may afterward be more fit to hear and understand higher and harder Do­ctrines. Thus Paul, 1 Cor. 3. 2. I have fed you with Milk and not with strong Meat; for hitherto ye were not able to bear it, neither yet now are ye able. So Hebr. 5. 12. When, for the time, ye ought to be Teachers, ye have need that one teach you again the first principles, and are become such as have need of Milk, and not of strong Meat.

Mark 7. 31.‘And He began to teach them, that the Son of Man must suffer many things, and be rejected of July 3. 1625. the Elders, &c.

NOW followeth the Person whose Sufferings our Saviour here foretelleth, viz. Himself; described by this Title:

The Son of Man] Touching which Title, see before, Chap. 2. 28. It is a title which our Saviour doth of­ten give unto himself in the History of the Evangelists, thereby to note out unto us his humane Nature, and to distinguish it from his God-head.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How doth he call himself the Son of Man, seeing he was not begotten of Man, but conceived and born of a Virgin without the knowledge of a Man, &c?

Answ. By [Man] we are to understand Mankind indefinitely, and so this Word implyeth both Sexes; as well the Woman as the Man. And so Christ being conceived and born of a Woman, though a Virgin, and not knowing Man, is neverthelesse truly called the Son of Man, because he was conceived and born of Man­kind; that is, of the Race and Stock of Adam.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why doth our Saviour in this place call himself by this title, implying his humane Nature?

Answ. Answ. To teach his Disciples that although he was indeed the Son of God, as they had now newly con­fessed him to be; yet he was not to suffer as he was God, but as he was Man, in his humane Nature.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The truth of Christ's Man-hood or humane Nature, that as he is the true and eternal Son of God, so also true and very Man, partaker of the same Nature with us. Called here the Son of Man, to shew that he was conceived and born of Mankind; that is, of the Virgin Mary, and consequently was true Man: 1 Tim. 2. 5. He is called the man Christ Jesus: Hebr. 2. 14. He took part of Flesh and Blood with the rest of the Children of God.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How did Christ being the Son of God become true Man?

Answ. Answ. By assuming or taking unto himself the Nature of Man, and by uniting it with his God-head in one and the same Person: Joh. 1. 14. Hebr. 2. 16. He took on him the Seed of Abraham: Phil. 2. 7. He took upon him the form of a Servant, and was made in likeness (or habit) of Men, &c. Touching Christ's Incarnation. See Mr. Perkins on Gal. pag. 315. Here we are to note two things. 1. That he took not a part, but the whole Nature of Man; that is, a true humane Soul and Body, together with all the essential properties and faculties of both. 2. That he took not onely the substance of our Nature, but also the infirmities thereof; as to be Hungry, Thirsty, Weary; to suffer pain, grief of mind, &c. Yet not any sinful Infirmities, but such onely as were meerly Natural, or Consequents of man's Nature, and not tainted with sin.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. When did Christ the Son of God become Man.

Answ. Answ. When the Humane Nature was perfectly conceived in the Womb of the Virgin Mary. Then began this great work of Christ's Incarnation.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Why was it needful that Christ should be true Man as well as God?

Answ. Answ. 1. That in man's Nature he might dye and suffer the Wrath of God, and whole Curse due to our Sins, which otherwise being God onely he could never have done, Hebr. 2. 14.

2. Because it was requisite that God's Justice should be satisfied for Sin in the same Nature which had offended.

3. It was fit that the Mediatour, who was to reconcile God and Man, should pertake in the Natures of both Parties to be reconciled.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute such as deny, or any way corrupt this Doctrine touching the truth of Christ's humane Nature. As, 1. Those old Hereticks which opposed this Doctrine, and troubled the Church with their Errours. For Example, Apollinaris, who held that Christ took not the whole Nature of Man, but a humane Body onely, without a Soul, and that the God-head was instead of a Soul to the Man-hood. Also Eutyches, who confounded the two Natures of Christ and their properties, &c. Also Apelles and the Manichees, who denyed the truth of Christ's humane Body, and held him to have an aerial or imaginary Body, &c. 2. All corrupt Teacher [...] of late Times and at this Day, who by their Doctrine do any way oppose this Truth; as the Papist [...], who by their Doctrine of the real presence of Christ's Body in the Sacraments do overthrow one of the properties of his humane Nature, which is to be but in one place present at once. So the Luthe­rans or Ubiquitaries teaching Christ's humane Nature to be in all places by vertue of the personal union, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See here in Christ a wonderful pattern of Humility, even the greatest that ever was; in that he be­ing the Son of God equal with the Father and Holy Ghost, and being the Lord of Glory from everlasting, did in time so far abase himself as to become Man, by taking on him our vile and base Nature, and that into the unity of his Person, that so in this our Nature he might dye and suffer for us, &c. That he should come from Heaven and be made Flesh, and live upon Earth as Man, in the true shape and fashion of a Man; yea, in the form of a Servant (as the Apostle speaketh, Phil. 2.); and yet all the while be the Son of God, and Lord of Glory: Behold, here is the greatest humility and abasement that ever was of any person, which is for our Example, to teach u [...] to humble our selves before God, and one towards another, as the true Disciples of Christ: Phil. 2. 5. Let the same mind be in you that was in Christ, &c. Labour therefore for this Grace of true humility after Christ's Example: Matth. 11. 29. Learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart. The more humility, the more like we are unto Christ: The very character and mark of a true Christian, as on the contrary, Pride is the mark of a wicked Man and a Hypocrite, such as the proud Pharisees were; yea, it is the character of the Devil, 1 Tim. 3. 6. Therefore pray and labour for true humility that thou mayst be like unto Christ: 1 Pet. 2. 5. Cloath (or deck) your selves with humility, &c. This Grace should adorn the whole life and behaviour of a Christian; strive therefore to shew it forth in all our carriage before God, and one towards another; abase your selves for the good of others, Gal. 5. 13. The rather because it is a Grace so necessary for a Christian, that without it a man is not fit for the Kingdom of Heaven: Matth. 18. 3. Except ye be converted, and become as little Children, ye shall not enter into the Kingdom of Heaven: Luke 3. 5. Every Mountain and Hill must be brought low, &c. Humility is all in all in a Christian. The first, second, third thing, &c. (as Austin saith.)

Use 3 Use 3. By this we may see how and by what means we, that are by nature so far separate and estranged from God by our Sins, may come to have accesse unto God and Communion with him; namely, by means of Christ's humane Nature which he hath taken upon him to the end that he might in it dye and suffer for our Sins, and so reconcile us to God: Ephes. 2. 8. By him we have access unto the Father; that is, by Christ incarnate, or made man: 1 Tim. 2. 5. There is one Mediatour between God and Us, even the Man Christ [Page 516] Jesus; that is, Christ the Son of God being made true Man, that in our Nature he might reconcile Us to God. This he could never have done, if he had not become true Man, and the Son of Man, as here he calls him­self. Therefore without this humane Nature of Christ, we could never have had fellowship with God, or peace with Him; For by nature we are enemies to God and he to us, and our sins are as a Wall of separation to keep us from him: Onely by Faith in the mediation of Christ incarnate, and made Man, we come to be reconciled, and to have entrance to God and into his favour. By nature God and We are far estranged and divided asunder; yea, there is an infinite distance between Us: But in Christ's humane Nature we meet together, and have near Communion. Of our selves by Nature we dare not so much as look towards God and his Majesty, who is a consuming fire to Sinners; yet in Christ being made Man, we may by Faith behold the Face and Glory of God with unspeakable joy and comfort. Let us then labour thus to do: In our prayers let us set the Man Christ Jesus; or Christ the Son of Man before us, and between God and us; and through him alone look at God, and call upon him with confidence to be heard; yea, in all our thoughts of God, set Christ incarnate between Him and Us: Look at God through the Humane Nature of Christ, in which we come to be reconciled to God, and without which there is no comfort to be found of us in God; but the least thought of him, out of Christ, God and Man, breeds horrour and amazement.

Use 4 Use 4. Comfort in all afflictions and miseries of this life which our nature is subject to, in that Christ, par­taking in the same Nature, and having had experience of the Infirmities of it, is the more able and willing to help and succour us, Hebr. 2. 17. Hebr. 4. 15. If one come to visit a man that is sick of a grievous dis­ease, who hath himself formerly been afflicted with the same disease, he will shew more compassion than 20 others who have not felt the like: So here, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That although Christ Jesus was the Son of God, yet he dyed and suffered for us not as God, but as Man or in his Humane Nature: Therefore himself saith here, The Son of Man must suffer, &c. 1 Pet. 3. 18. Christ suffered for our sins, being put to death in the Flesh. Phil. 2. 8. Being found in fashion of a man, He humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, &c. For this cause it was necessary (as we heard before), that he should become Man, that he might in this our Nature dy and suffer, and that God's Justice might be satisfied for sin in the same Nature which offended.

Note two things here for the understanding of this Point. 1. That though Christ died and suffered according to his humane Nature onely, yet this his humane Nature was personally united with his God-head, and so remained at the very time of his death and sufferings; whence it follows, that though he did not suf­fer as God, yet he that dyed and suffered was God at the very instant of his death and sufferings. 2. That though He suffered onely in his humane Nature, yet He is our Mediator according to both his Natures, as God and Man in one Person: In his Humane Nature He dyed and suffered, and wrought the Work of our Redemption; But his God-head did sustain his Man-hood in all his Sufferings, and gave vertue and efficacy to the same to make them meritorious for us. See Heb. 9. 14. and Act. 20. 28.

Use 1 Use 1. To strengthen our Faith in the merits and vertue of Christ's Death and Sufferings, assuring us that God's Justice is satisfyed, and we are thereby justifyed and freed from our sins, and the Curse of God due unto them; in as much as Christ hath not onely suffered the wrath of God and punishment of sins, but hath suffered it in our Nature which He took upon him; that is, in his humane Soul and Body: So that now the price of our Redemption is paid, and God's Justice is satisfyed, in the same Nature in which we have sin­ned and offended God. Therefore there is now no Condemnation to us being in Christ, Rom. 8. 1. Christ ha­ving in our Nature suffered the whole Curse and Punishment due to our sins, God cannot but accept of these his Sufferings as a full satisfaction for all our sins; so that now there remaineth no more Curse or Punishment properly for us to suffer in our Souls or Bodies, in this life or after this life; but we are delivered and freed from all, not onely from the eternal Curse and Punishment of Hell, but also from the Curse and sting of bo­dily death, and from all temporal Afflictionsas as they are Curses and Punishments of Sin: In Christ the na­ture of them is changed to us, that of Curses and Punishments they are become Fatherly Chastisements and Trials for our good.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Christ having suffered in his Humane Nature; Hence we may gather, that He will shew himself a merciful High-Priest to us in our Sufferings, ready to help and succour us in all our afflictions and miseries which we suffer in this life, in as much as himself had experience of Suffering the like in our Nature: Heb. 2. 17. It behooved him to be made like unto his Brethren in all things, that he might be a mercifull High-Priest. For in that he himself hath suffered, being tempted, He is able to succour them that are tempted. Here is great comfort to us in all our necessities and miseries.

Mark 8. 31.‘The Son of Man must suffer many things, &c.

NOW followeth the necessity of Christ's Sufferings, which he foretelleth in these words, The Son of Man July 10. 1625. must suffer]

This necessity is to be understood in three respects. (Vide Paraeumin Matth. 26. 54.) 1. Of God's eternal decree and purpose ordaining it, Luke 22. 22. Truly, the Son of Man goeth as it was determined, &c. He is said to be delivered to death by the determinate Counsell and fore-knowledge of God: That this Counsel of God might be fulfilled, He must suffer. 2. Of the Predictions of the Prophets in the Old Testament, foretelling the Death and Sufferings of Christ; therefore He must suffer, that those Prophecies might be fulfilled: Luke 24. 46. Thus it is written, and thus it behooved Christ to suffer, &c. 3. Of the Work of our Redemption, which could by no other means be effected, but by the Sufferings of Christ. Joh. 3. 14. As Moses lifted up the Serpent, so the Son of Man must be lifted up, that whosoever believeth in him shoul not perish, &c. For though it be granted, that God by his absolute Power could have saved us by some other means; yet this was the onely means which in his eternal wisdom he saw to be best and fittest to declare at once both perfect Justice and Mercy.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. If there were such a necessity of Christ's Sufferings, then how is it true that he suffered willing­ly, as before we heard?

Answ. Answ. This necessity was onely of Consequence in respect of God's Decree and the Prediction of the Prophets, and of Man's Redemption (as we have heard), but no necessity of Compulsion in respect of Christ; who as He knew before-hand what was the purpose of God, and the Predictions of the Prophets, concerning his Sufferings, so he was most willing to have the Counsel of God and Word of the Prophets to be fulfilled in him.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Doth not the necessity of Christ's Sufferings excuse the sin of those that were the instrumental causes of his Sufferings, as Judas, Pilate, the Jews, the chief Priests, &c.

Answ. Answ. Nothing less; Because they herein had no respect at all to God's Decree, or the Predictions of the Prophets, or the Work of Man's Redemption, to be effected by Christ's Sufferings, but for sinister causes and ends they sought his death: Judas betrayed him for love of Money; the Jews out of envy and malice proceeded against him; Pilate, to please the Jews, condemned him, &c. Therefore Act. 2. 23. Peter tells the Jews, that though Christ were delivered up to death by the Counsel of God, yet they had by wicked hands taken, and crucified, and slain him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That all things decreed or purposed of God from everlasting, and foretold in his Word, must of necessity be fulfilled. So here, it is said that Christ must suffer, because so God had appointed, and so it was foretold by the Prophets. That all things decreed of God must come to pass, is proved, Isa. 46. 10. My Counsell shall stand, and I will do all my pleasure. Eph. 1. 11. He worketh all things after the Counsell of his Will. So also, whatsoever he hath in his Word foretold must of necessity come to pass; Mat. 24. 35. Heaven and Earth shall pass away, but my Word shall not pass away.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. God is unchangeable both in himself and in his Decree and Word, Mal. 3. 6. I am the Lord, I change not. Therefore whatsoever he hath decreed in his Counsel, and foretold in his Word, must of ne­cessity come to pass.

God is Almighty, and therefore able to effect whatsoever he hath purposed in his Decrees, or foretold in his Word.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Terrour to the wicked, living in sin without Repentance: God hath decreed from everlasting to execute his fearful wrath upon such, in which re [...]pect they are said to be ordained to Condemnation, Jude, Ver. 3. And he hath also in his Word threatned and foretold those heavy Judgments which shall come upon them, as that he will rain snares, fire and brimstone, and an horrible tempest upon such, Psal. 11. 6. Now therefore, God having both decreed these Judgments, and ordained them in his eternal purpose, to come up­on all impenitent Sinners, and having also in his Word foretold and threatned the same; Hence it followes that all such Judgments decreed and threatned must of necessity be fulfilled upon such wicked and impeni­tent Sinners, going on, and living and dying in their Sins. See the certainty of the condemnation of such wicked ones, if they do not speedily repent, and flee from the wrath to come. In the mean time their Judgment slumbreth not.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Matter of great comfort to the godly, in that all Blessings and good things which God hath purpo­sed in his eternal Counsel, and for [...]old and promised in his Word, must of necessity come to pass: He ha­ving decreed to give them eternal [...] after this, they cannot miss or be deprived of it; in which respect i [...] is said, that the Crown of Righteousness is laid up for them, and that heavenly Inheritance is said to be reser­ved for them, 1 Pet. 1. So He, having in his Word promised many other blessings and good things unto them, as forgivness of Sins, comfort and deliverance in troubles, stength against temptations, protection in all dangers, &c. therefore all these must be fulfilled to them. So He hath promised and foretold in his Word the Resurrection of our bodies, and to unite them again to our Souls at the last day; and therefore this must be accomplished. This must strengthen our Faith to rest upon God for the fulfilling of all good things which He hath purposed and promised to us in his Word.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. See one main cause and reason, why all that will godly in Christ Jesus must in this life suffer ma­ny troubles and afflictions, in one kind or other; because God hath ordained them thereunto, 1 Thess. 3. 3. and He hath foretold as much in his Word, and therefore it must be so. As Christ must suffer, and so enter into Glory, because so God hath ordained, and it was foretold by the Prophets; so must we, through many tribulations, enter into the Kingdom of Heaven, because of God hath ordained, and said it in his Word: This therefore should teach us patiently to bear all such troubles, seeing it must be so; submitting willingly to God's Decree, and to his Word. So did Christ, Mat. 26. 54.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that there was a necessity of Christ's Suffering, not onely in regard of God's Decree, and the Prediction of the Prophets; but also in respect of the accomplishing of the Work of our Redemption, which could by no other means be effected: Hence observe the greatness and excellency of this Work of our Redemption, together with the dissiculty of it, in that it is such a Wo [...]k as could by no other means be ef­fected, but by the Death and Sufferings of Christ Jesus the Son of God. He being by nature the eternal Son of God, must take our Nature, and become the Son of Man; and, being made Man, He must also dy, and suffer the Wrath of God and cursed death of the Cross, else not possible for us to be saved. See here how great and excellent is this Work of our Redemption, far exceeding the Work of our Creation. This must stir us up to all possible thankfulness to God all the dayes of our life, for this wonderfull Work of our Re­demption by the Death and Sufferings of Christ, which is the blessing of all blessings unto us: A Blessing not easily purchased for us; it cost no small price, no less than the precious Blood of Christ, the Son of God, 1 Pet. 1. 19. Oh how thankful then ought we to be, for this unspeakable benefit? If the Angels did sing Glory to God, Luke 2. for Man's Redemption: How much more ought we to blesse and praise God all the dayes of our life for the same. To this end, think often what we are without this Redemp­tion; think of the miserable bondage we are in by Nature, that this may provoke us to Thankfulnesse.

Mark 8. 31. ‘And he began to teach them, &c. July, 17. 1625.

NOw followeth the Sufferings themselves, which our Saviour foretelleth.

1. Generally, He must suffer many things.

2. Particularly, in two kinds of Sufferings. 1. He must be rejected, &c. 2. He must be Killed.

Of the first, Suffer many things] That is, manifold Evils, M [...]series, and Punishments which were to be laid upon him for our Sins; especially about the time of his Death. Here is occasion to speak of the Doctrine of Christ's Passion in General. An Article of our Faith.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How could He Suffer, being God?

Answ. Answ. This was answered before, &c.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. What were those manifold Evils which He was to Suffer for Us?

Answ. Answ. They were of two kinds. 1. External or Outward. 2. Inward: First, Bodily pains, which He was put unto many wayes, as by being bound with Cords; being scourged by Pilate's appointment, being Buffetted by the High Priest's Servant; being Crowned with Thorns; being stretched out, and nailed on the Crosse, and so hanging there for the space of sundry hours, even till he dyed. Also by Suffering thirst while he hung upon the Crosse, and by drinking Gall and Vinegar in his thirst. 2. Hither also refer the pangs of bodily Death which he was at length to Suffer. Of which we shall hear more afterward. 3. The great ignominy, contempt, and reproach, which was cast upon him by mockings, revilings, slanders, and false accusations of the Jews; as also by dying the Death of the Crosse, which was in it self so shamefull and ac­cursed. See Hebr. 12. 2.

2. Internal, which he was to Suffer in his Soul; namely, the apprehension of God's heavy Wrath and Curse due to our Sins; which should make his Soul heavy unto Death, as we see it did, Matth. 26. 38. and which should also cause him to sweat great drops of Blood, and to stand in need of an Angel to strengthen him, as appeareth, Luke 22. 43, 44. which also should cause him to cry out upon the Crosse in that lamen­table manner; My God, My God, why hast thou, &c. This Esay foretold, Chap. 53. 10. His Soul an Offering for sinne.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Wherefore, or to what end, was our Saviour to suffer all these evils?

Answ. Answ. That he might thereby make satisfaction to God for our Sins, and so both free us from the guilt and punishment due to them, and also reconcile us unto God: Rom. 4. 25. Delivered for our Offences, &c. 1 Pet. 3. 18. Christ hath once suffered for Sins, the just for the unjust, that he might bring us unto God.

Quest. 4 Quest. 4. How could these Sufferings of Christ for a short time be a satisfaction to God for the eternal Curse due to our Sins?

Answ. Answ. By reason of the dignity of the Person, because he that suffered was the Son of God, which gave infinite vertue and merit to his passion: Hebr. 9. 14. Through the etern [...] Spirit offered himself to God, &c.

Quest. 5 Quest. 5. How did it stand with God's Justice to lay the punish [...]nt of our Sins upon Christ being innocent?

Answ. Answ. Because he did voluntarily become our Pledge or Surety to God, undertaking the payment of our Debt of punishment for Sin, Hebr. 7. 22. As if one freely becomes Surety for payment of another man's Debt; it is no injustice to require the Debt of him: So here, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the infinite love of Christ in being willing to suffer for our sins, &c. (But of this before.)

Use 2 Use 2. See here the hainousnesse of sin, how offensive it is to God, and hard to be forgiven, and satisfacti­on to be made unto God for the same; in that Christ Jesus the Son of God must not onely become Man, but in his humane nature suffer so many and grievous things, and that for this end, to satisfie God's Justice for our Sins, and so to justifie and save us from the guilt and punishment of the same: 1 Pet. 3. 18. This was the cause of all his bitter Passion, which shews the hainousnesse of Sin, in that nothing could satisfie God's Justice for it but the Sufferings of Christ the Son of God. This was the onely price sufficient to sa­tisfie God for our Debt of Sin and Punishment, even the Blood of Christ; that is, his bloody Death and Sufferings. No laver to purge away the foulnesse of Sin but this blood of Christ, which is that Fountain ope­ned for Sin and Uncleannesse, Zach. 13. 1. There was no Sacrifice sufficient to appease God's anger, and to procure pardon of Sins and God's Favour; but the Sacrifice of Christ, offering himself to God in his Death and Sufferings. This shews the hainousness of Sin, how odious and offensive it is to God, and how hard to be pardoned and taken away by forgivenesse, and for the Sinner to be reconciled to God, in that this could never have been done but by the bitter and grievous Sufferings of Christ. Sin is easily, and soon committed; but not easily pardoned and the guilt and punishment taken away, but with great difficulty: No way in the World to effect it, but the Sufferings of Christ the Son of God. And he must not onely suffer some, or few evils and punishments of Sin for us, but many bitter and grievous things he must endure, in his Body, in his Soul, in his good Name, &c. (ut suprà dictum) Think of thi [...] all such as make leight of Sin; Prov. 14. 9. Fools make a mock at Sin. And Prov. 10. 23. It is a sport to a Fool to do mischief. Thus do many make but a sport of Swearing, Lying, filthy Speaking, Drunkennesse, Sabbath-breaking, &c. As if it were a leight matter to offend God, and provoke his infinite Wrath against us; or as if it were a small mat­ter for which Christ the Son of God must Dye and Suffer so many and grievous things as we have heard. To sport or dally with sin, or to make leight of it; what is it else but to vilify Christ's Sufferings, and to tram­ple under Feet his precious Blood? If it be a small matter to commit sin, then was it but a small matter for the Son of God to become Man, and, in our Nature, to Dye and Suffer so great bodily Pains and Griefs, so great Reproach, and such bitter anguish of Soul arising from sense of God's Wrath. Then also was it a small matter for him to sweat drops of Blood, and to cry out, My God, My God, &c. But if these were fearfull and grievous things which Christ suffered for Sin, and if it were a great and wonderfull things that he who was the Son of God should suffer them; then it is no small matter to commit sin, but most hainous and grievous before God. Take heed therefore of making leight thereof, and learn to fear and tremble at the very mo­tions of it arising in our Hearts, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Seeing Christ was to Suffer and did Suffer so many grievous things for our Sins: This serveth to hum­ble us with godly sorrow for our sins, and to cause us to mourn and be grieved for the same, as being the cause of Christ's Sufferings. Have we not cause to mourn for that which was the cause of all those evils and mise­ries which he suffered for us? Labour for this godly sorrow for oursins, to have our Hearts broken and hum­bled with it; and that by medita [...]ion of Christ's bitter Passion which he was to endure and did indure for our sins: Zach. 12. 10. It is said, That when the Lord shall powre out on the House of David the Spirit of Grace and Supplications, they shall look on him whom they have pierced, and mourn for him as one mourneth for his onely son, &c. This Prophecy must be verified of us: If we will approve our selves to be members of God's true Church, and partakers of the Spirit of Grace promised to it, then must we look at Christ whom we have pier­ced and wounded by our sins, and be moved thereby to mourn for our sins with a great measure of godly sor­row; yea, to be in bitternesse, &c. To mourn as one mourneth for his onely Son. Labour and pray unto God for this godly sorrow and con [...]ition of Heart for thy sins by which thou hast offended God; let this sorrow ex­ceed all other, &c. Consider often how many bitter things Christ Jesus thy Saviour was fain to Suffer for thy sins: Look often at his bitter Passion by the Eye of Faith, that it may break and melt thy Heart into tears of true Repentance. Shall Christ Jesus the Son of God be taken and bound as a Malefactor? Shall he be whipped, buffetted, spit upon, mocked, reviled, nailed to the Crosse; and suffer Death it self, and all for thy sins? and wilt not thou grieve for them? Shall he sweat drops of Blood for thy sins, and wilt not thou shed tears for them? Shall they make his Soul heavy to Death, and wilt not thou mourn and be in heavinesse for them? If it be so, it shews great hardnesse of Heart in thee. Therefore pray against it, and labour to have thy Heart softened with godly sorrow for thy sins, by meditation of those many and grievous things which Christ suffe­red for them, &c.

Use 4 Ʋse 4. To be matter of endlesse comfort to us against our sins, and the fear of God's Wrath and Curse. For seeing the end of Christ's Suffering was to satisfie God's Justice for our sins, and so to free us from the guilt and punishment of them, and consequently to bring us into God's favour: Hence it follows, That so many of us as are Believers in Christ, are by the merit of his Sufferings delivered from the guilt and pun­ishment of our Sins: So as now there is no condemnation to us being in Christ Jesus, &c. Rom. 8. 1. Christ having once Suffered for our Sins the whole Wrath and Curse of God due to rhem, there remains no more Curse or Punishment of sin properly for us to Suffer. He hath paid the full price of our Sins to God by his Sufferings, even to the utmost farthing: Therefore God neither can nor will require it of us again: Therefore our Saviour being upon the Cross, said, It is finished; to shew, That he had accomplished and was immediately by his Death to accomplish all that he was to Suffer for our Sins. Great comfort to us, That Christ having Suffered so many things (as is here said) thatis, all Curses and Punishments due to our Sins; we are by thi [...] means absolutely justified and freed from them, we are not only delivered from eternall condemnation, but also from all Temporal Afflictions and Miseries of this Life, so far as they are Curses and Punishments of Sin properly, &c.

Use 5 Use 5. Seeing our Saviour Christ was content to suffer so many Miseries and Punishments for us: This must teach us willingly to Suffer many hard and grievous things in this Life for his sake, who hath Suffered so much for us. But of this before, upon the first words of this Verse.

Mark 8. 31.‘And he began to teach them, &c. July, 31. 1625.

IN these words our Saviour foretelleth his Disciples of his Passion and Resurrection.

Touching his Passion the Evangelist setteth down four things. 1. The Prediction it self. 2. The Person, who was to Suffer; The Son of Man. 3. The Necessity, He must Suffer. 4. The Passion it self. Of the three former I have spoken: In part also of the fourth and last, viz. The Passion it self, which our Saviour foretelleth. 1. Generally, That he was to Suffer many things. 2. More particularly in two kinds of Sufferings. 1. Rejection at the hands of the Elders, Chief Priests and Scribes. 2. Bodily Death. Of his Sufferings in general I have spoken.

Now followeth the particular Sufferings. He must be rejected of the Elders, &c. Where consider two things. 1. The matter it self, which he was to Suffer, Rejection or Contempt. 2. The Persons by whom he should be rejected. Being of three sorts, described by their severall Offices and Callings. A [...], 1. Elders. 2. Chief Priests. 3. Scribes.

And be re [...]ected] Or disallowed; that is, contemned, despised, and cast off as a base, vile, and unworthy person.

Of the Elders] This is not a name of Age in this place, but of Office and Authority; signifying those civil Judges or Magistrates among the Jews, who had Power to Judge of civil Causes and Controversies per­taining to the Common-wealth. Of which sort of Elders or Magistrates they had some in every City: es­pecially in Jerusalem their chief City they had a Colledge, or set Company and Society of these civil Judges or Elders, being seventy in number, which were called their Sanhedrim, as the Rabbies do testifie, &c. Some­times called Elders of the People, as Matth. 26. 3. Because (as some think) they were chosen out of all the Tribe [...] to distinguish them from other Ecclesiastical Judges or Officers which were chosen only out of the Tribe of Levi. Vide Bezam in Matth. 26. 59. See also Godwin's Antiq. of the Jews, pag. 233. And they were called Elders, because they were chosen out of the elder and graver sort of Men in every Tribe, who were fittest to bear Office in the Common-wealth. Touching the first Institution of these Elders, see Num. 11. 16. See Goodwins Antiq. of the Jews. Lib. 5. Cap. 4.

And of the chief Priests] There were three sorts of Priests among the Jews in our Saviour's time.

  • 1. The High Priest, such as Aaron was; and after him the first born Sons of himself and his Posterity, to whom the High Priest-hood was tyed successively.
  • 2. The Chief Priests next to the Place and Authority to the High Priest, which Chief Priests were those, who were Heads or Chief of those several Orders of Priests Instituted by David, 1 Chron. 24 Called Pries [...]s of the second Order, 2 King. 23. 4. And Chief of the Priests, Ezra 8. 24. Matth. 2. 4. Hero [...] gathered [Page 520] all the Chief Priests and Scribes of the People together, &c. (Vide Bezam in locum.)
  • 3. The common sorts of Priests. Here the two sorts are spoken of.

Scribes] Of these often before. They were Ecclesiasticall Officers among the Jews, who by their Office were to expound and interpret the Law of God unto the People in their publick Synagogues; in which re­spect they are sometimes called Lawyers or Expounders of the Law.

Observ. Observ. That one principal part of Christ's Sufferings which He was to undergo and did suffer for us, was, great contempt and disgrace at the hands of men; to be rejected and despised of men; to be counted as a vile and base Person. This was prophecyed of Him, Psal. 22. 6. I am a Worm and no Man; a reproach of men, and despised of the People. Isa. 53. 3. He is despised and rejected of men; and accordingly it was fulfilled afterward. 1 Pet. 2. 4. He is said to be a Stone disallowed of men. Great was the contempt and disgrace which our Saviour suffered at the hands of men both in his life time, and at his death: In his life time, He was contemned and disgraced by the Scribes and Pharisees and other wicked Jews, who rejected and cast him off, as a base and vile Person; yea, as a notorious wicked Person, as appears by the reproachful Terms they gave unto him, calling him a Blasphemer, a Glutton and Wine-bibber, a friend of Publicans and Sin­ners, a Samaritan, and one that had a Devil. But especially at the time of his death He suffered great con­tempt and disgrace, as when he was taken as a Malefactor, and brought before Authority, and there falsly ac­cused; when he was mocked and derided of his Enemies, spit upon, buffeted on the face, whipped, crowned with thorns in derision: Also when Barrabbas a Murderer was preferred before him; which was so great an Indignity, that Peter doth in particular lay it to the Consciences of the Jews, Act. 3. 14. Ye denied the Holy One and the just, and desired a Murderer to be granted unto you. Lastly, He was greatly contem­ned and disgraced by men in the very manner and kind of Death which He was put unto, being cruci­fyed; which was a most base, vile, and accursed Death: Hebr. 12. 2. He endured the Crosse, despising the shame.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See how far our Saviour abased himself for us, in that he being the Son of God, and Lord of Life and Glory, was nevertheless content for our good and Salvation so far to submit himself, as to be contemned, vilified, and disgraced by mortal men; yea, by wicked men, such as the Scribes and Pharisees, chief Priests, Elders, &c. This should teach us willingly to abase our selves to suffer the greatest contempt and disgrace in this World, for his Name and Glory's sake.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See also the unspeakable Love of Christ to us, in being content for our sakes to be so much despised and rejected of men; which therefore must stir us up to thankfulness, and affect our hearts with true Love to him again, and cause us to express it in obedience to his Will.

Use 3 Use 3. Teacheth us, what we must look for and make accompt of, if we will be Christ's Disciples, even to suffer great contempt and disgrace in this World, and at the hands of men; to be basely and vilely estee­med of by men; to be rejected and set at nought, as Christ was before us: We must be conformable to Christ our Head in this part of his Sufferings as well as in other parts of it. Thus it was with the Apostles, as Paul testifieth, 1 Cor. 4. 13. they were defamed, and made as the filth of the World, and the Of-scouring of all things, &c. So must we make account to be in base and vile accompt in the World, if we will professe Christ, &c. Therefore also we are to prepare and arm our selves daily to bear this contempt and disgrace at the hands of men, for the Name of Christ; praying unto God, and labouring for Christian courage and re­solution to go on constantly in the Profession of Christ and the Gospel, and in the zealous practice of Christi­an Religion, notwith standing all the contempt and disgrace which is cast upon us by men of this World. And so much the rather we must thus arm our selves against this trial, because it is no easy matter, but hard to our Nature, to bear such contempt and disgrace in the World, for the Name of Christ.

Use 4 Ʋse 4. To comfort us against all contempt and disgrace which we meet with in the World, at the hands of men, for the Name of Christ, or for well-doing; and to encourage us patiently to bear the same: What though thou be rejected and despised of men, or basely esteemed? Christ, thy Head and Saviour, was so re­jected and despised before thee. He hath gone before thee in this kind of Suffering, leaving thee an ex­ample to follow his steps. Therefore be content to follow Him: The Disciple is not above his Master. If they have called the Master of the House, Beelzebub; how much more will they so reproach and disgrace the Servants?

Now follow the Persons by whom our Saviour was to be rejected; The Elders, Chief-Priests, and Scribes.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That those Persons, who by their Place, Calling, and Authority in Church or Common-wealth, should be the greatest friends of Christ, and favourers of Christian Religion, are oftentimes the greatest Ene­mies of Christ and of Religion. Such were these Elders, Chief-Priests, and Scribes, who being men of Place and Authority in Church and Common-wealth, ought to have used their Authority to the favouring, counte­nancing, and defending of Christ and his Doctrine; but they on the contrary abused it, to the contem­ning and disgracing of him; yea, to the putting of him to death, as appears in the words following. Act. 4. 11. Peter tells the High-Priests, Elders, and Scribes being assembled, that Christ was the Stone set at nought by them who were the Builders; that is, who by their Place and Calling, ought to have been Builders of the Church, and friends and favourers of Christ the chief Corner-stone in the building, but they were no­thing less; they rejected Christ, the precious Corner-stone, and were rather Destroyers than Builders of the Church. So the Scribes and Pharisees should by their Place and Calling have been among the chief friends and favourers of Christ; but we see the contrary, how they were his most malicious and deadly Enemies. So Herod and Pilate, &c. Psal. 2. 2. The Kings of the Earth set themselves, and the Rulers take Counsel together against the Lord, and against his Anointed. These should have stood for Christ above all other; but they were his main Adversaries. Act. 17. 18. when Paul came to Athens, and disputed there, and taught Christ; the learned Philosophers, who should have been most forward to embrace the Doctrine of Christ, were greatest Ene­mies to it.

Use 1 Use 1. See that it is not safe for us to tye our practice to the Examples of men of great Place and Authori­ty in Church or Common-wealth, lest by this means we become Enemies to Christ and his Religion, as men [Page 521] of great place are oftentimes. By following the example and practice of great men of the World, we may come to reject and despise Christ, as they oftentimes do: If the Apostles of Christ, or others Disciples and Believers in him, had followed the Example of the great ones, as the Scribes, Pharisees, Elders, Chief-Priests, &c. they had never believed in Christ, nor embraced his Doctrine; but on the contrary had proved his dan­gerous enemies. So, if Athanasius had followed the other Bishops, or the Emperour, &c. In Queen Ma­ry's dayes, if the Martyrs had taken example by many great men then living, as by Popish Bishops, Doctors, &c. they had persecuted Christ and the Gospel in the Professors and Preachers of it, as those great men did. See therefore the folly of such as make the example and practice of great men the Rule of their life, as if it were alwayes safe to follow such: Here we see the contrary; for such great ones, are oftentimes the great­est enemies of Christ and of the Gospel. Therefore take heed of following them further than they follow Christ and his Word.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To shew what need there is for us to pray unto God for such as are in Authority and Place above us in the Church and Common-wealth, as for our Magistrates and Ministers; that God may put his true fear in their hearts, and make them truly religious, that so they may be friends and not enemies of Christ and of the Gospel. See what cause we have to pray that they may use their Authority and Dignity to the help and fur­therance of Christ's Kingdom, and not to the hinderance thereof: 1 Tim. 2. 2. I exhort, that Prayers be made for Kings, and for all that are in Authority, that we may lead a quiet and peaceable life in all Godlinesse and Honesty. Such great ones, if they be not religious, and friends to Christ and to Religion, then are they usual­ly the most dangerous enemies of Christ and of Religion; and therefore there i [...] great cause to pray for them that they may be religious, and that they may use their authority, credit, honour, wealth, learning, &c. to the glory of Christ, and good of his Church, and furtherance of his Gospel.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That there is no Calling, Office, or Dignity, though never so high amongst men, that can or doth exempt those that are called to it from Errour in judgment or practice. Though these which rejected Christ were men of high Place and Authority, yet they erred dangerously in refusing and rejecting Christ. So the Pharisees, and High-Priests themselves: Yea, the Apostles themselves were not simply and absolute­ly priviledged from Errour by their outward Calling and Office, but so far onely as they were immediately & infallibly assisted by the Holy Ghost in the execution of their Office, (as in Preaching and writing the Scrip­tures they were;) therefore in other matters wherein they were not guided by the infallible assistance of the Spirit, they were subject to Errour: Act. 1. 6. at the Ascension of Christ, they dreamed still of an earthly King­dom; and Act. 10. 14. Peter was ignorant that the Ceremonial Law, touching the distinction of clean and unclean Creatures, was abrogated by the death of Christ. See Perk. in Gal. 2. 4.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute the fond Opinion of the Papists, touching their Pope's being exempted from Errour in matters of Faith, by vertue of his Papal Office and Function: But let them shew any ground of Scripture to prove that his Office doth priviledge him from Errour more than the Office of these Elders, Chief-Priests, and Scribes did exempt them from Errour.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To teach us not to build our Faith upon mens Opinion or Judgment, though they be of never so high Place, Authority, or Calling in the Church; but upon the Word of God.

Mark 8. 31.‘And be killed, &c. Aug. 7. 1625.

NOW followeth the second particular kind of Suffering foretold by our Saviour, viz. His Death: that He must be killed,] or put to death: An Article of our Faith. For the opening of which, some Questions are to be answered.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How could he be killed or put to death, being the Son of God?

Answ. Answ. He was put to death according to his Humane Nature, as He was Man, 1 Pet. 3. 18. Put to death in the Flesh: Yet he that dyed was God, and that at the very time of his death; for the personal Union be­twixt the God-head and Man-hood of Christ was not dissolved, but continued still even in the instant of his Death, and after it.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. What kind of Death was our Saviour to be put unto?

Answ. Answ. To the death of the Cross; that is, to be crucified or nailed alive to the Cross, and there to hang until He was dead. This appeareth by the History of the Evangelists, who do particularly declare the man­ner of his crucifying: Joh. 3. 14. As Moses lift up the Serpent in the Wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lif­ted up; that is, upon the Cross at the time of his Death. Now, the reason why He was to suffer this kind of death, was this; that it might appear that he was made a Curse for us by imputation, in taking upon him the guilt and punishment of our sins: Therefore he was to dy the death of the Cross, which was an accursed kind of death, not only in the Opinion and accompt of men, but even by the Law of God, as appeareth Deut. 21. 23. and Gal. 3. 13. where it is said, that Christ was made a Curse for us; for it is written, Cursed is every one that hangeth on a Tree.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Was our Saviour to suffer nothing but bodily pains at the time of his Death?

Answ. Answ. Yes: He was withal to suffer the wrath and curse of God due to our sins in his Soul; yea, the pangs of the second death, such as were answerable and equivalent to the very pains of Hell; which was the cause that He so cried out upon the Cross, My God, My God, Why hast thou forsaken me, Matth. 27. 46.

Quest. 4 Quest. 4. Wherefore, or to what end was He to be slain or put to death, and to suffer withal the Curse of God in his Soul?

Answ. Answ. 1. That by this means He might make satisfaction to God for our sins, and the sins of all God's Elect People, and so might free us from the Guilt and Punishment of our Sins both temporal and eternal. Rom. 4. 25. He was delivered (to death) for our Offences, &c. 1 Cor. 15. 3. He dyed for our Sins, according to the Scriptures.

2. That by death He might destroy the Devill, that is, vanquish his Power and Tyranny, which He had over us by reason of our sins, and so deliver us from the same, Heb. 2. 14.

3. That He might take away the Sting and Curse of bodily death, and free us from the same, 1 Cor. 15. 55.

Quest. 1 Quest. 5. How could Christ's bodily Death, and his Suffering of God's Wrath for a short time satisfie God's Justice for the eternall punishment due to our Sins?

Answ. Answ. Because it was the Death and Sufferings of him that was not onely Man, but God, Acts 20. 28. This dignity of the Person Dying and Suffering, gave infinite vertue and efficacy to his Death and Suffe­ring. For it was a greater matter for the Son of God to Dye and Suffer God's Wrath, though but for a little time, than for all Men and Angels to have suffered it for ever.

Now follow the Uses of this Doctrine touching Christ's Death.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. In that Christ must be killed or put to Death, even ro the Cursed Death of the Crosse, and that for our sins, to satisfie God's Justice for them: Hence we are taught the cursed nature and effect of sin in it self, in that it is the meritorious and procuring cause of Death, it brings forth Death as the proper fruit and effect of it: Rom. 6. 23. The wages of Sin is Death. And Jam. 1. 15. Sin being finished, bringeth forth Death. Therefore also Sins are in Scripture called dead Works, because they do of themselves naturally bring forth Death: This we see in Christ, who though he had no sin of his own; yet because he took on him the guilt of our sins by imputation, he became subject to Death, and was of necessity to be killed or put to Death, and not an ordinary Death, but to the cursed Death of the Crosse; yea, he must also Suffer the very pangs of the second Death in his Soul, and all for Sin. See what a deadly thing sin is, being the Originall Cause and Fountain of Death, even of Temporall and Eternal Death; both which it doth necessary bring either upon us, or upon Christ for us. Learn by this, to fear and talk of sin as the most deadly and dangerous evil in the World; as we naturally fear and shun Death, so much more sin the cause and Fountain of Death. And to this end labour more and more for true hatred of all sin in our hearts, that we may detest it as we do Death; yea, as we hate and detest Hell it self, Rom. 12. 9. [...], signifies to hate it like Hell. How do we hate and abhorr poyson, because it is deadly? How do we fear and shun deadly Diseases, as the Pestilence, &c! Much more cause is there to hate and avoid sin, which is more deadly to the Soul than any poyson, or disease to the Body. Think of this, when thou art tempted to any Sin, that it will bring Death of Soul and Body, &c. Prov. 14. 12. There is a way which seemeth right unto a man: but the end thereof are the wayes of Death.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See the unspeakable love of Christ to us manifested in this, That he was content and willing to suffer Death for our Redemption; yea, the shameful Death of the Crosse, together with the infinite Wrath and Curse of God, accompanying the same: Joh. 15. 13. Greater love than this hath no man, that a man lay down his Life for his Friends: Rom. 5. 7. Scarcely for a Righteous man will one dye, &c. But God commendeth his love to us, in that while we were yet Sinners Christ dyed for us. This must draw our love to Christ again, &c. Of this see before, where I spake of Christ's willingnesse to Dye and Suffer for us.

Use 3 Use 3. The Death of Christ doth afford matter of unspeakable comfort to all true Believers; and that three wayes. 1. Against guilt of our Sins, and the fear of God's Wrath and Curse due to them: all which being fully satisfied for, and taken away by the merit of Christ's Death; there is now no condemnation to us being in Christ, Rom. 8. 1. We may now say with the Apostle, ver. 33. of the same Chapter, Who shall Condemn? It is Christ that Dyed, &c. Christ by his Death hath paid a Counter-price to God's Justice for all our Sins, and so fre [...]d us from the guilt and punishment due to them. He hath freed and delivered us from that eter­nall Wrath to come, and from the Power of the second Death: And not onely so, but from all Temporall Afflictions as they are punishments properly, or penall satisfactions for sin; so as now they are but fatherly Chastisements and Tryalls sent upon us, for our good, &c. 2. Against the Power and Tyranny of Satan which he doth exercise over us in our naturall estate, as we are out of Christ; and that by reason of the guilt of our Sins. For so long as we are in the guilt of our Sins, we are lyable to the Wrath and Justice of God; and consequently we are under the Power of Satan, as the Executioner of God's Justice. But now Christ having by his Death taken away our Sins, and made satisfaction to God's Justice; by the same means he hath also delivered us from the Power of the Devil, so that now he hath no longer any such Power over us to execute God's Wrath upon us as before he had. He hath no such Power to execute God's Wrath and Justice upon us for our Sins, as he hath over the wicked: God may use him as an Instrument to afflict us for Tryall, as he did Job; but not to execute his Wrath and Justice upon us for Sin. Before, he had Power of Death, Tem­porall and eternall, and to infflict it as a Curse; not so now. 3. Against the fear of bodily Death, in that Christ by his Death hath taken away the guilt and punishment of our Sins, and so pulled out the sting of Death, and abolished the Curse that did before cleave unto it: So that now we need not fear Death, as the wicked and such as are out of Christ have cause to do; but willingly imbrace it as a Blessing, and passage to Life eter­nall, Revel. 14. 13. We know that an Adder or Snake so long as the sting remains in it, is to be feared: but if we be sure the sting be once pulled out, it is no longer to be feared, &c. So it is here: Christ having by his Death taken away the guilt of our Sins, and reconciled us to God, he hath by this means plucked out the sting of Death for us, that we may now no longer fear it as a Curse, but entertain it joyfully and comfortably as the Saints of God have done; as Simeon, Paul, and the holy Martyrs, &c. See then here one main ground and comfort in Death, and against the terrour of it; even the consideration of Christ's Death, who dyed for this very end to deliver us from the guilt of our Sins, and so from all slavish fear of Death, Hebr. 2. 15.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. Seeing Christ was killed or put to Death for our Sins: This ought to teach and move us to labour daily to dye unto Sin, and to have the Power of it crucified and killed in us by vertue of his Death applyed to our Consciences by Faith and by his Divine Spirit: Rom. 6. The Apostle urgeth this at large and many wayes upon us: Ver. 3. Know ye not that we are baptized into the Death of Christ, &c? And Ver. 6. Our old man is crucified with him, that the body of Sin might be destroyed, &c. and ver. 10, 11. This is one end of Christ's Death, That by the Power and Vertue of it, sin might be killed in us. Labour therefore more and more to feel this Divine Power of his Death, as a strong corrasive to eat out and consume the corruption of sin, and all sinfull Lusts in us daily, &c.

Mark 8. 31. ‘And he began to teach them, &c. Aug. 14. 1625.

OF our Saviour's prediction, or foretelling of his Passion ye have heard.

Now followeth the foretelling of his Resurrction, That after three Dayes he must rise again.

Quest. Quest. Why did he foretell his Disciples of his Resurrection as well as of his Passion?

Answ. Answ. 1. To prevent that offence which otherwise they might have taken at the hearing of his Death and Sufferings, lest the hearing of it should make them begin to doubt of the Truth of his [...]od-head, which they had before confessed: therefore to strengthen their Faith, he tells them that, though he should Dye and Suffer, yet he should rise again by the power of his God-head within three dayes.

2. To comfort them also against that sorrow and heavinesse which he knew they would conceive at the hearing of his Death, &c.

Observ. Observe the order of Christ's two-fold estate of humiliation and exaltation; that, was to go before this. He was first to be abased by Dying and Suffering, and then to be exalted by rising again: Luke 24. 26. Ought not Christ first to Suffer, and so to enter into his Glory? Phil. 2. 8. He humbled himself, and became obe­dient unto Death, &c. wherefore God also highly exalted him, &c. See also 1 Pet. 1. 11.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See how it must be with all the Faithfull members of Christ, even as it was with Christ the Head. They must be conformable to Him: As he was first to be abased in the World by suffering Reproach and Contempt, and Death it self at the hands of Men; so must every Believer in Christ, first be abased by mani­fold Sufferings, by great Contempt, by many Troubles and Afflictions; yea, by Death it self, before he can be advanced to the Glory of the Life to come. As Christ our Head was consecrated through Affliction, Hebr. 2. 10. so must we through many Tribulations enter into the Kingdom of Heaven, Acts 14. 12. Therefore Revel. 1. 9. St. John writeth thus, I John your Companion in Tribulation, and in the Kingdom, &c. First in Tribulation, then in the Kingdom of Christ. This therefore we must make sure Accompt of before hand, to suffer Afflictions and Abasement in the World; yea, Death it self, if we will attain to heavenly Life and Glory: Therefore let us prepare our selves before hand for it; if we desire to be Glorified with Christ, we must first Suffer with Him. If we will be advanced with Him, we must first be abased with Him in this World. If we will rise again to Life and Glory with Him, we must first be content to Dye with Him, &c. We must first wear a Crown of Thorns, &c. See Rom. 8. 17.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To comfort the Godly and Faithfull against all Abasement which they meet with in this World, against all Afflictions and Reproaches which they Suffer, and against Death it self. These are the way by which Christ himself passed and entred into Glory: yea, all the Saints of God have gone thi [...] way before us to hea­venly Glory. Therefore no cause to be discouraged, but to rejoyce, being assured that after humiliation God will exalt us, &c.

Now followeth to speak more particularly of the words. In which two things are contained. 1. The Resurrection of our Saviour which he foretelleth, He must rise again. 2. The Time when, AfterAfter three Dayes.

He must rise again] Viz. From the Dead; And this is to be understood of his humane Nature, for his God-head could neither dye nor rise again. Therefore, as he dyed according to his humane Nature (as we heard before) so he rose from Death according to the same Nature. Neither is it to be understood of his whole humane Nature, but of his Body: For his Soul dyed not, and therefore did not rise from Death. Now for the further opening of the words, and of the Doctrine of Christ's Resurrection, certain Questi­ons are to be Answered.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. By what power Christ's Body was to be raised from Death?

Answ. Answ. By the power of his God-head: 1 Pet. 3. 18. Quickened by the Spirit; that is, by his God-head. Joh. 10. 18. I have power to lay down (my Life) and power to take it up again. This was the power of his God-head.

Object. Object. God the Father, is said, to have raised up Christ, Ephes. 1. 20.

Answ. Answ. It is the same Divine Power which is in the Father and Son, by which Christ was raised: Joh. 5. 19. Whatsoever the Father doth, the same doth the Son also. The raising of Christ is the Joynt-work of all three Persons, though sometimes attributed to the Father as being the first Person in order of Beeing and Working.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. With what Body was Christ to be raised from Death?

Answ. Answ. With the same Body for substance which died and was buried: Luke 24. 39. Behold my Hands and my Feet; that it is I my self, &c. I say, with the same Body for substance; because it was al [...]ered in quality from what it was before. For whereas before it was a meer natural Body, now it was become a spiritual Body (as the Apostle calleth the bodies of the Saints in the Resurrection, 1 Cor. 15. 44.) that is, a supernaturall or heavenly Body, which was now freed from all naturall Infirmities, as from pain, weariness, h [...]ger and thirst, &c. and was withall endued with more heavenly qualities and properties than before; yet so as it was still a true Body, &c.

Object. Object. Acts 10. 41. He did Eat and Drink with his Disciples after his Resurrection.

Answ. Answ. Not for the necessity of Nature, but to confirm the Faith of his Disciples and Us in the Truth of his Resurrection.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Why was it needfull for Christ to rise again from the Dead?

Answ. Answ. For these Reasons. 1. That the Scripture might be fulfilled which foretold this: 1 Cor. 15. 4. He rose again according to the Scriptures. His Resurrection was foretold, Psal. 16. 9. My Flesh shall rest in hope; For thou wilt not leave my Soul in Hell; (or in the Grave; or, among the Dead, &c.)

That as by his Death and Sufferings he made satisfaction to God for our sins, and so freed us from the guilt and punishment of them, and from the power of Satan: So by his rising again, he might openly declare and manifest the vertue of his Death, that by it he had fully satisfied for our sins, and procured pardon and reconciliation with God for us: Rom. 4. ult. He was delivered for our sins, and rose again for our justification; that is, to declare that we were justified and reconciled to God by his Death. Therefore, Contra, 1 Cor. 15. 17. If Christ be not raised, we are yet in our Sins.

3. To declare himself to be the Son of God, Rom. 1. 4. He was declared to be the Son of God with Power,—by the Resurrection from the dead.

4. That his Resurrection might make way to those other degrees of his Glorification which followed; namely, to his ascension, and sitting at God's right hand, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To prove unto us the Truth of Christ's God-head, and to confirm our Faith therein, Rom. 1. 4. He was declared to be the Son of God with Power,—by the Resurrection from the dead. To this very end our Saviour here foretelleth his Resurrection, to confirm the Faith of his Disciples touching his God-head. (Ut suprà dictum.)

Use 2 Use 2. To be matter of unspeakable comfort to the faithful, having part in Christ's Death and Resurrecti­on; in that He was not onely to dy and suffer for them, but also to rise again by the Power of his God­head: thereby to declare and manifest the vertue and efficacy of his Death and Sufferings; that thereby He had made full satisfaction to God for all their sins, and so freed them from the Guilt and Punishment of the same. As if one be Surety for another's debt, and be cast into Prison for it, if afterward he be let out of Pri­son, this argues that he hath paid the debt, or some way made satisfaction to the Creditor: So here, Christ being our Surety, and being cast into the Prison of Death and the Grave, for our debt of Sin and Punishment; when afterwards He came out of this Prison, by rising again the third day, hereby He declared and shewed to all the World, that he had fully discharged our whole debt to God by his Death and Sufferings, even to the uttermost Farthing, and so had fully satisfied for our sins, and freed us from the Guilt and Pu­nishment of them all. For if any one of the sins of the Elect had not been satisfied for, Christ could not have risen again, but must still have been holden in the Prison of Death and the Grave: But now, by coming out of this Prison, He declared, that all our sins are taken away, and we justified from them, and reconciled to God; so that now we need not fear the Guilt of our sins, or the Wrath of God due to them, nor the sting of bodily death, nor the Power of Satan, &c. but in Christ's Resurrection we may triumph over all these Ene­mies of our Salvation, as the Apostle doth Rom. 8. 33. Who shall lay any thing to the charge of God's Elect? It is God that justifieth, Who is he that condemneth? It is Christ that dyed; yea rather, that is risen again, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To confirm our Faith touching the certainty of our own Resurrection unto life eternal at the last day; to assure us, that though our bodies dy and come to the Grave, and to dust and rottenness, yet shall they be raised again to life; yea, to a better life, which is everlasting in Heaven, and that by vertue of Christ's Resurrection. For, as he that is our Head was not onely to dy, but to rise again from death for us; so we that are his Members, though we dy, yet shall we at the last day be most certainly raised to life again, by ver­tue of Christ's Resurrection: He was to be raised as the first-fruits of the dead, 1 Cor. 15. 20. therefore, He being now actually risen, we, and all the whole Harvest of God's Elect and faithful People, shall follow in our time. For Christ did not rise again as a private but as a publick Person, as our common Head and Savi­our, to draw all us up from the Grave after him at the last day; Ephes. 2. 6. we are said to be raised up to­gether with Him, viz. in regard of certain hope and assurance of our future Resurrection. See what comfort here is to us against fear of death now in this grievous time of Mortality: Labour by Faith to apply it to our selves, that we may be able to say with Job, cap. 19. 25. I know that my Redeemer liveth,—And though Worms destroy this Body, yet in my Flesh shall I see God, whom I shall see for my self, &c. Though the Resurrec­tion of our bodies be a matter above reason, and so hard to believe; yet, when we look at the Resurrection of Christ our Head, this should strengthen our Faith and Hope touching our own Resurrection.

Use 4 Use 4. The Doctrine of Christ's Resurrection serveth to teach us a special Christian duty; which is, to labour by vertue of his bodily Resurrection to rise spirirually from the death of sin to the life of Grace. Paul's care was to know Christ, and the Power of his Resurrection, Phil. 3. 10. that is, to feel the vertue of it rai­sing him from the death of Sin to the life of Grace. So must we labour to feel the same Power and Vertue of Christ's Resurrection in us, to quicken us with the life of Grace. Now this Power of Christ's Resurrec­tion flows principally from the Divine Spirit of Christ, as he is God, which Spirit of Christ doth quicken us with the new and spiritual life of Grace, and that by means of the Resurrection of Christ applyed to our con­sciences by Faith: Pray then unto Christ to give us to feel this quickning Spirit of his, raising us up from the Death and Grave of Sin to the Life of Holiness and Righteousness, and that by vertue of his own bodily Re­surrection. It is not enough to know the History of Christ's Resurrection, but pray unto Christ to make us feel the vertue of his Resurrection: Meditate on Christ's Resurrection not historically only, but experimen­tally and feelingly, so as to feel our selves spiritually risen with him, Col. 3. 1. If ye be risen with Christ, seek the things that are above, &c. This is the first Resurrection, which whosoever is partaker of, is blessed; for the second death shall have no power over him, Rev. 20. 6. It is sealed to us in Baptism by rising out of the wa­ter, or by wiping it away: Rom. 6. 4. We are buried with Christ by Baptism into his Death, that like as Christ was raised from the dead, so we should walk in Newness of life. Now followeth the time when our Saviour saith, He must rise again from death.

After three dayes,] or within three dayes, as some translate and read the words, and that rightly according to the sense. For it must not be understood of three whole dayes fully complete and ended; for Christ was not so long to continue dead, but part of three dayes onely, or rather one whole day and part of two other, as may appear out of the History of his Death and Resurrection set down by the four Evangelists. For He dyed upon the day before the Jews Sabbath, which day is the same with our Friday, and He was buried the same day toward the Evening: Luke 23. 54. The day of his buriall was the Preparation of the Sabbath, (that is, the day before the Sabbath,) and the Sabbath drew on. Now the time of his Resurrection was early in the Morning on the day after the Jews Sabbath, which they called the first day of the Week, being the same with that which we now call Sunday or the Lord's day, and is the day which we keep for our Christian Sabbath. So then by these things laid together it may appear that our Saviour was not dead three whole dayes, but one whole day and part of two other; and therefore when it is here said, He must rise again after three dayes, it must not be understood of three whole dayes fully ended, but of three dayes begun; that he rose within the space of three dayes, that is to say, upon the third day after his death and burial.

Object. Object. Matth. 12. 40. As Jonas was three Dayes and three Nights, &c. So shall the Son of Man be three Dayes and three Nights in the heart of the Earth.

Answ. Answ. It is spoken figuratively by a Synecdoche, the whole being put for a part: Three Days for part of three Dayes. And whereas it is said, He should be also three Nights in the Earth; it is to be understood according to the Jews Accompt; who by a Day did understand usually a naturall Day, consisting of twenty four hours, and so comprehending both Day and Night. Therefore our Saviour being part of three Dayes in the Grave, is said, to be three Nights also in the Grave (though indeed he was but two Nights in it), because the Night belonged to the Day, and was reckoned as a part of it.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Why was our Saviour to rise from Death so soon, viz. upon the third day after his Death?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because this was the time prefigured long before in the Type of Jonas, his being three dayes in the belly of the Whale, ut supra dictum.

2. That he might not in his Body see corruption in the Grave by longer continuance there. For so it was prophesied of him, Psal. 16. 9.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why was He not to rise sooner, before the third Day?

Answ. Answ. Partly to fulfill the Type of Jonas, partly to shew and confirm the truth and certainty of his Death; and consequently the more to set forth the Glory of his Resurrection.

Observ. Observ. See here the Ground and Reason of the change and alteration of the Jewish Sabbath (which was upon our Saturday) into that which we now keep for our Christian Sabbath. The reason is, because this Day on which we keep our Sabbath, was the Day on which our Saviour Christ did rise from Death, being the third Day after his Death, as hath been shewed. Therefore it is called the Lord's Day, Rev. 1. 10. be­cause the Lord Jesus rose again from Death upon this Day. Now because the work of our Redemption, the accomplishment whereof was manifested by Christ's Resurrection, was a greater and more excellent work than the work of Creation (in remembrance whereof the Jews kept their Sabbath); therefore the Apostles by direction and warrant from Christ changed the Day of the Jews Sabbath into that which we now keep. See then what conscience we should make of sanctifying this Day unto the Lord, in remembrance of the glorious Resurrection of Christ, and of the work of our Redemption, &c. See more of this Point upon the Creed, and upon the fourth Commandement lately handled.

Mark 8. 32.‘And he spake that Saying openly, &c. Aug. 21. 1625.

TOuching our Saviour's foretelling his Disciples of his future Passion and Resurrection, ye have heard in the former Verse. Now in the beginning of this Verse is set down the manner of his foretelling these things. And then in the latter part of the Verse, and in the Verse following is mentioned the Event or Consequents following thereupon, which are two.

  • 1. Peter's carriage towards Christ; Taking him aside, and beginning to reprove him, hoc versu.
  • 2. Christ's carriage toward Peter again, as also toward the other Disciples; When he had turned about, and looked on his Disciples, &c. ver. following.

First, Touching the manner of Christ's foretelling his Passion, &c.

He spake that saying openly] That is, plainly, expresly, and directly affirming that he must suffer many things, &c. and not obscurely or darkly foretelling or speaking of these things unto them, as formerly he had done, as we see in other places: Joh. 2. 14. The Son of Man must be lifted up, &c. This was a dark fore­telling of his Death. So Joh. 2. 19. Destroy this Temple, (that is, the Temple of my Body by Death) and in three Dayes I will raise it up. And Matth. 12. 40. As Jonas was three Dayes and three Nights, &c. In these plaecs he darkly spake of his Death and Resurrection, but now more plainly and expresly.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Why did he now so plainly foretell these things, &c?

Answ. Answ. Because though he had formerly spoken of them, yet his Disciples did not yet conceive or under­stand this Doctrine of his Passion, Death, and Resurrection; by reason it was a high and mysticall Doctrine which seemed unto them to be against reason, that he being the Son of God should Dye and Suffer, &c. And that he who was the Messiah and Saviour of others, should not save himself from Death. Therefore this Doctrine being so hard for them to conceive, and they being yet so ignorant in it, our Saviour now doth more plainly teach it them than ever before, that so they might conceive it the better, and take the more spe­ciall notice of it, and to be the better prepared and armed against the scandall of the Crosse.

Object. Object. They remained still ignorant here, even after this plain teaching; as appears in Peter, who after this, would have perswaded Christ that he should not Suffer, as we shall see out of the words immediately follow­ing: yea, Luke 9. 45. Luke 18. 34. though our Saviour foretold them of these things two or three times af­ter this; yet they understood him not. Therefore it may seem, That this his plain teaching and foretelling of his Passion and Resurrection, was in vain in respect of his Disciples.

Answ. Answ. This followeth not. 1. Because, though they did not yet comprehend the Mystery of his Death and Resurrection, and the reason of it; yet they did in some measure conceive his words, and believe them also to be true; for they were exceedingly grieved to hear him speak the same afterward, Matth. 17. 23.

2. Though for the present they understood not his meaning fully; yet these Predictions of his passion and Resurrection did long after come into their minds, and so did confirm their Faith the more, when they saw all fulfilled as he had foretold.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why did he not before this time speak to them plainly of his Passion and Resurrection?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because this Doctrine was to be revealed by Degrees, and not all at once, or at the first, unto them.

2. Because they were not fit to hear this Doctrine plainly taught till now; that is to say, till after our Saviour had sufficiently confirmed their Faith in his Person, that he was the Christ, and the Son of God, as they had immediately before confessed him to be.

Observ. 1. How hard we are by Nature to conceive and understand the Mysteries of Faith revealed in the [Page 526] Gospel touching Christ and our Salvation by him. They are as Riddles to us by Nature, before our minds be enlightened by God's Sprit to conceive them. See this here in Christ's own Disciples: Though he had often before spoken to them and others in their hearing, of his Death and Resurrection; yet they understood not these things, but were still ignorant of them; insomuch that he is now fain more plainly than ever before to speak to them of these things: yea, though he did now speak so plainly, yet for all that, they did not con­ceive his meaning, as appears by Peter's going about after this to perswade Him that He should not Suffer: And therefore our Saviour was fain after all this, again and again to teach them this self-same Doctrine, as may appear, Chap. 9. 31. and Chap. 10. 33. And yet after all this they were still ignorant herein, ut suprà dictum est: 1 Cor. 2. 14. The natural man receiveth not the things of God, &c. How hard was Nicodemus, though a chief Pharisee and Ruler to conceive the Doctrine of Regeneration? Joh. 3. The Woman of Sa­maria, Joh. 4. Therefore Hebr. 5. 11. the Apostle tells them, the things he was to speak touching Christ were hard to be uttered, because they were dull of hearing.

Ʋse. Use See before, upon ver. 16.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Here Ministers are taught their Duty, how to carry themselves in the exercise of their ministe­riall Function of preaching, viz. That in dispensing the hidden Mysteries of Faith, they are to labour to teach them with plainnesse and evidence of the Spirit; remembring that these Doctrines of Faith are My­steries to the naturall man; yea, hard for the Regenerate to conceive: And therefore they had need the more to labour for evidence and plainnesse in teaching such Mysteries. So our Saviour here, &c. This plainnesse Paul used in teaching of these Mysteries: 1 Cor. 2. 4. My speech and preaching was not with enti­sing words of mans Wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit, and of Power. This kind of teaching is most ne­cessary and profitable for the People, and therefore they also should desire it. So much of the manner of Christ's foretelling his Passion and Resurrection to his Disciples.

Now followeth, the Event or Consequents: And 1. The carriage of Peter towards our Saviour, set down in the latter part of this Verse.

And Peter took Him] That is, took Him aside or apart from the rest of the Disciples. 1. That he might the more freely and boldly speak unto Him, and admonish Him of this matter being alone; and that our Sa­viour might the sooner hearken unto Him, and be perswaded by Him. 2. It is also likely, That he did this out of reverence to the Person of Christ, that he might not seem to disparage Him by an open rebuke be­fore others.

And began to rebuke Him] That is, to blame or find fault with Him for affirming that he must Dye and Suffer so many things, &c. For this was the matter for which he blamed him, as appeareth by his words to Christ: Matth. 16. 22. He began to rebuke him; saying, Be it far from thee, Lord: This shall not be unto thee; that is, be it far from thee, to Dye and Suffer so many things, &c. or, God-forbid that thou shouldst suffer Death, &c. for so the words may be translated. (See Scultet. Observat. in Matth. Cap. 48.)

Now although this Reprehension of Peter thus given by him to Christ, did proceed from a good intent and meaning, and partly from his love and good will to Christ his Master (as there is no doubt), being loath and unwilling to hear of Christ's Death and Sufferings; yet neverthelesse in this Action of reproving Christ, he did greatly sin and offend, as is plain by that sharp and severe reproof which our Saviour gives him for it, in the Verse following.

Quest. Quest. How or wherein did Peter offend in this reproving of Christ?

Answ. Answ. 1. In taking upon him to blame or find fault with Christ himself, whom he had so newly confessed to be the Son of God: whence he should have concluded, That he that was the Son of God could not erre or be faulty, either in doing or speaking any thing amisse: Therefore in that he did not stick to blame and charge Christ as faulty, this was great rashnesse, folly, and presumption in him. He should rather have fur­ther questioned with Christ touching that which he doubted of, or he should have dealt with him by way of humble intreaty, and not by way of reproof.

2. In opposing his own Opinion and Judgment against the expresse words of Christ. For whereas he had directly affirmed that he wa [...] to suffer many things; yea, that he must Suffer, &c. notwithstanding all this, Peter sticks not to affirm the contrary, This shall not be unto thee; whereas he should have rested absolutely in the bare words of Christ. This savoured of naturall pride, &c.

3. In giving perverse and evil Counsell [...]o our Saviour, perswading Him not to Do and Suffer that which he had affirmed that He ought to Do and Suffer, viz. To go up to Jerusalme, &c. Such Counsell, as, if it had been imbraced, the work of our Redemption had been hindred!

Quest. Quest. What were the Causes of this grosse fault and sin of Peter?

Answ. Answ. 1. His ignorance in the Mystery of Christ's Death and Sufferings, and of the causes and reasons thereof. For although Christ had now plainly told him and the rest of the Disciples that He must Dye and Suffer; yet Peter neither could nor did yet conceive how it could stand with the truth of Christ's God-head, and excellency of his Person to Dye and Suffer so many and grievous things.

2. Another cause was that grosse Errour of the Jews then holden (with which the Apostles also were tain­ted), That the Messiah should have an Earthly Kingdom accompanyed with outward Glory and Prosperity, which therefore Peter could not see how it could stand with that great abasement by Dying and Suffering, which our Saviour foretold them of. See Matth. 20. 21. in the sons of Zebedee. And Acts 1. 6.

3. A naturall loathness and unwillingness which was in Peter (as also in the other Disciples), to hear of the Crosse and Afflictions which they might well think would be occasioned to them by the Death and Suffe­rings of Christ their Master.

4. Too much carnall love and desire of Christ's bodily presence, which made him loath to hear of his be­ing taken away by Death, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That the best Saints of God in this Life are tainted with sinfull Infirmities and Corruptions; with many and great Corruptions. Peter himself an Apostle of Christ; yea, one of the most eminent Apostles for Zeal and other Graces: yet how many and great Corruptions did he discover in this one Action of reproving Christ at this time? See this Point handled before, Chap. 3. Ver. 31.

Quest. Quest. Why doth the Lord suffer such corruptions to remain in his Saints and Children after their effectu­all Calling?

Answ. Answ. For these Reasons:

  • 1. To humble them in the sense and feeling of these corruptions, and to keep them from being puffed up with Pride in respect of the Graces in them; 2 Cor. 12. 7. Lest he should be exalted above measure by Revela­tions, a Thorn was given him in the Flesh, &c.
  • 2. That they may have matter in themselves with which to be continually exercised, in fighting and stri­ving against their corruptions and infirmities.
  • 3. To wean them from the love of this World, and of this present life, and to stir up in them a longing after the life to come, in which they shall be perfectly sanctified and freed from this body of sinfull Corruption, Rom. 7. 24. O wretched man, Who shall deliver me, &c?

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That Ignorance in some main Points and Doctrines of Faith for a time may stand with sancti­fying Grace, in such as are effectually called, or that such as are effectually called and sanctified may for a time be ignorant in some main and principal Doctrines of Faith and Christian Religion: As here Peter, though a chosen and sanctified Apostle, yet was ignorant of the Doctrine of Christ's Death and Passion, as appeareth by his blaming of Christ, for affirming that he must dy and suffer. So likewise the other Apostles were ig­norant of this Doctrine, and of his Resurrection, and so continued long time after this; as may appear Luke 18. 34. yea, till the very time of the fulfilling of them, as we have heard before. See more of this before, Chap. 4. 10. and afterward, Chap. 9. 10. and Joh. 20. 9.

Ʋse. Use. Comfort to such Christians as are yet but weak in Knowledge, so that their hearts be upright, and that they make conscience of practising those things they do already know. God will in due time reveal to them a greater light of Knowledge in all Points and Doctrines needful to Salvation; He will by his sanctifying Spirit lead them into all necessary truth, so that they conscionably use the means to grow in Knowledge: The Apostles themselves were for a time ignorant of sundry main Doctrines of Faith; but afterward, they were clearly revealed to them.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. [...]n that Peter took our Saviour aside to reprove him, thereby shewing a reverent respect to his Person, (although he otherwise greatly offended in the Reproof it self,) this is commendable in him: And hence we may learn how to carry our selves, if at any time we be to give a Christian Admonition to our Su­periours, viz. to do it with due respect and reverence to the Person in regard of his preheminence above us; 1 Tim. 5. 1. Rebuke not an Elder, but entreat him as a Father, &c. Though we may admonish a Superiour of a fault in some Cases, yet not in the same manner as we do an inferiour or equal; but with a reverent regard to his place and dignity, we are in this case to minister such an admonition in such manner and with such Cir­cumstances as may stand with the dignity and place of the Person admonished.

Mark 8. 33.‘But when He had turned about, &c. Aug. 28. 1625.

IN the end of the former Verse ye heard of Peter's carriage toward our Saviour, upon the hearing of that Prophecy which our Saviour had uttered touching his own Passion and Resurrection; viz. That thereup­on Peter, being yet ignorant of the mystery of Christ's Passion and Death, and dreaming of an earthly King­dom of Christ, (which he thought could not stand with such ignominious and base Sufferings,) did not onely go about to petswade our Saviour not to go up to Jerusalem to dy and suffer there, but also did so far persume is to reprove and blame Christ for affirming (as he had done) that he must go up to Jerusalem, and there dy and suffer.

Now, in this Verse, the Evangelist setteth down the carriage of our Saviour on the other side, both toward Peter and the other Disciples in this case: Which carriage of our Saviour stands in two things. 1. That he turned about and looked on his Disciples. 2. That he rebuked Peter, &c. Of the first.

Quest. Quest. Why did He use this gesture of turning about and looking on his Disciples?

Answ. Answ. To shew that they were all faulty as well as Peter, in being so hard to understand and believe the Doctrine of his Passion, and so loth to hear it, and desirous to disswade him from his purpose of dying and suffering; and therefore that he would have them all to think themselves reproved in Peter, and to make good use of this Reproof, though directed to Peter in special.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That it is our duty to make good use of such Reproofs and Admonitions as are given and direc­ted to others in our hearing; especially if we be guilty of the same fault which is reproved in others, we are then to think our selves reproved in others, and to lay it to heart as if the Reproof had been directly given to us: 1 Tim. 5. 20. Them that sin rebuke before all, that others also may fear: that is, such whose sins are open and publick rebuke openly, that others being present may make use thereof. So, in the publick Ministry, though some Reproof or Admonitions may be intended peculiarly against some special Persons; yet all others that are present ought to make use thereof, so far forth as they are guilty of the same or the like Sins; they are to think themselves reproved in others, and as well as any other in the Congregation. For whatsoever is thus spoken by the Minister publickly in way of Reproof of any Sin, though it may sometimes be intended chiefly against some special Persons known or suspected to be guilty of that Sin, yet it is to be accompted as spoken to all, and to be made use of by all. So in more private Admonitions and Reproofs, when any one Person is reproved in the presence of others (as sometimes it is requisite), and that either by a Pastor or Minister of the Church, or by a Parent, or Master of a Family, or other Christian having a Calling to reprove, all that are present should make use of it; especially, if they know themselves guilty of the same or like Offence.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Further, we may here learn, that private Admonition or Reproof may be given not onely in words, but sometimes also by the outward gesture or countenance of him that is called to reprove. This is a real Reproof, and ought to be made use of by the Persons reproved, as well as that Reproof which is given in express words. Our Saviour here reproved his Disciples by his very gesture of turning about and looking on [Page 528] them, and he would have them make use of this secret real Reproof as well as of that which he gave to Peter in plain words. So, when Peter had sinned in denying Christ, our Saviour turned and looked upon him, Luke 22. 61. and so by his gesture and countenance gave him a real Admonition, and Peter made use of it; for thereupon he remembred the Word of Christ, &c. and so went out and wept bitterly for his Sin. So Mark 3. 5. he rebuked the Pharisees by looking round about on them with anger. It is not alwayes necessary in private Admonition or Reproof to give it in direct and plain words; but sometimes it may perhaps be as well or better done covertly and indirectly by some gesture; as by an angry or sad countenance, testifying our dislike of the Sin to be reproved. And even such a Reproof is not to be contemned, but a good use to be made of it by the party reproved.

Now followeth the second thing in the carriage of our Saviour toward Peter, viz. That he rebuked or sharp­ly reproved him.

Where are two things set down by the Evangelist. 1. The Reproof it self, Herebuked Peter, saying, Get thee behind me Satan.

2. The special cause and reason of the Reproof, alledged by our Saviour to Peter in these words, For thou savourest not the things of God.

Get thee behind me] or avoid, or get thee from me: These are words of detestation, arguing the great­ness of Peter's sin, and our Saviour's utter dislike and detestation of the same. The very same words which he used to the Devil himself tempting him to fall down and worship him, Luke 4. 8. Get thee behind me Satan: whereby appeareth how sharp and severe a Reproof our Saviour now gave unto Peter by these words, more sharp than ever he had done before for any fault.

Quest. Quest. Why did he now so sharply reprove him, and shew his detestation?

Answ. Answ. Because the Sin of Peter was very great, not onely in presuming so rashly to blame or rebuke Christ himself as faulty; but also in going about to disswade and hinder him from dying and suffering, and conse­quently from fulfilling the purpose and Will of God in the Work of our Redemption. Therefore Peter's sin being heinous, and tending so greatly to the dishonour of God, and to the hinderance of the Work of our Re­demption, our Saviour doth thus sharply reprove him for it, thereby to discover to him the Greatnesse of his Sin, and to strike him with greater remorse of Conscience, that he might truly and seriously repent of it.

Satan,] This is an Hebrew word which signifieth an Adversary or Enemy: And it is one of the proper Names of the Devil, which is often in Scripture given unto him to set forth his wicked nature and property, viz. That he is the most malicious Adversary and Enemy of God, and of Christ, and of Man's Salvation. See before, Chap. 1. ver. 13.

Now our Saviour here gives this title to Peter for two causes. 1. To shew that in this Action of dis­swading and going about to hinder Christ from suffering, he did oppose himself as an Enemy against God, against Christ, and against the Salvation of Mankind, and therefore herein did play the part of Satan, and do the Office of the Devil. 2. It is also probable, that although Peter was tempted and drawn by the Cor­ruption of his own heart to this Sin of presuming so rashly to blame Christ himself, and to disswade him from suffering, yet the Devil withal did insinuate himself in this Action, by some means stirring up and provoking Peter to this rashnesse and presumption; and therefore our Saviour might also call him Satan, to shew that herein he was an Instrument of Satan, being set on work or stirred up by him to give him this pernicious Counsel.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That good intentions and meanings will not serve to justify or excuse unlawful Actions. Pe­ter's intent and meaning was good in rebuking Christ, and disswading him from his purpose of Suffering, yet for all that our Saviour sharply reproveth his Fact. Saul's intention was good in taking upon him to offer Sacrifice in Samuel's absence, yet this excuse served him not; but he is sharply reproved by Samuel for that Action, 1 Sam. 13. 13. Thou hast done foolishly, thou hast not kept &c. So Chap. 15. ver. 21. he pretended a good meaning in himself and the People for the justifying of his Sin, in sparing the best of the Amalekites Cattel for Sacrifice, yet that excuse served not. So Uzzah had a good intention in staying the Ark when the Oxen did shake it, yet that excuse him not; for notwithstanding his good meaning the Lord smote him with present death for that sin, 2 Sam. 6. 7. So those that rashly did publish the Miracles of Christ wrought up­on them, contrary to his Commandment; they might have a good meaning in it, yet that excused them not from sin.

Reason. Reason. God requires that in all our Actions we do not onely aim at a good end, but also have good warrant from his Word for the Action it self; we must not follow our good meaning, but his Will, Deut. 12. 8, 32. Rom. 12. 2.

Use 1 Use 1. To convince the folly of such as have nothing to plead for excuse of their unlawful and unwarranta­ble Actions or rash Speeche [...], but their good intention, that they meant well; and this they think sufficient to justify themselves. Here we see the contrary, That a good meaning is not enough to justify or make good our Actions further than we have ground and warrant for them out of the Word of God. He will not be ser­ved with good meanings, but by obedience to his Will revealed in his Word. This is the Rule we are to walk by, and not our own Will, purpose, or good intention. There be many in Hell which had good mea­ning, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. For admonition, not to rest in good intentions or meaning in our Actions, as if this would bear us out in them, but first to see that we have good ground from the Word of God for them; otherwise, we may sin grievously notwithstanding all good meanings. We must in every action not onely aim at a right end, but withal have a good ground and warrant for the lawfulness of the action it self, else it is no action of Faith, and so it must needs be a sin, Rom. 14. at the last Verse. We must not onely mean well, but do well; that is, be sure our Actions be justifiable by the Word of God, else we can have no comfort in them, though our intention be never so good: which shews also how needful it is for every one to have competent Knowledge of the Will of God revealed in his Word, for the guiding of us in all the actions of our life; and therefore to come duly to hear the Word, and to search the Scriptures in private, that we may prove what is the good and acceptable Will of God, Rom. 12. 2.

Mark 8. 33. ‘And when He had turned about, &c. Sept. 4. 1625.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. THe duty of such as are in Authority over others, and have charge of them, not to let them alone in those sins or corruptions which they take notice of to be in them, but to admonish and reprove them for the same. Our Saviour here taking notice of the sin of Peter his Disciple, doth not wink at it, but plainly and sharply reprove it in him. So at other times, when He discerned either him or his other Disciples to be faulty, He used to reprove them; as we have often heard before. (See ver. 17. hu us capitis.) So ought all that have Authority and Charge of others Souls, to reprove such sins as they take notice of in those of their Charge. Especially this concerneth Ministers of the Church, not to wink at the sins of their People committed to their Charge; but duly to admonish and reprove the same both in their publick Mini­stery, and also in private, as occasion is offered. Touching our publick Ministery, it is one main part of the execution of it, to reprove sin in our People: Esay 58. 1. Cry aloud, &c,—shew my People [...]heir Transgres­sion, &c. 2. Tim. 4. 2. Preach the Word,—reprove, rebuke, &c. So also in private, it is the duty of Ministers to admonish those of their Charge, and reprove sin in them. Acts 20. 20. Paul at Ephesus taught them not onely in publick, but in private from House to House, testifying Repentance both to [...]ews and Greeks; which he could not do, without reproving their Sins.

Now as this Duty concerneth Ministers, so also all others that are in place of Government, and have Charge of others; as Magistrates, Parents, Masters of Families, &c. Ephes. 6. 4. Parents to bring up Chil­dren in admonition of the Lord. So also Masters to reprove sin in their Servants, as Elisha did his lying Servant Gehazi, 2 King. 5. 26.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Such as have Char [...]e of others are bound to use all good means to reform sin in those of their Charge. Now admonition and reproof duly given is one speciall means sanctified of God to this end: Matth. 8. 15. If thy Brother trespasse against thee, go and tell him his fault, &c.—If he hear thee, thou hast gained thy Brother. A means to bring the Offender to sight of his sin, and to work remorse and repen­tance.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. If such as have Charge of others do let them alone in their sins, and not admonish them; they become accessary to those sins, and guilty of the blood of their Souls, if they perish in them for want of ad­monition. See Ezek. 3. 18. True, not onely of Ministers, but of Parents, Masters, &c. who neglect to warn their Children and Servants of sin.

Use 1 Use 1. To condemn the great neglect of this necessary Duty in many that have Charge of others, who are not careful to reprove sin in those of their Charge, but let them alone to go on in them without Reformation, &c. The fault of many Ministers, that they do not reprove sin in their People, in publick and private; but think it enough to instruct them in their Duties, as if it were not as necessary a part of their Ministery also to reprove sin, &c. No marvail if the People living under such Pastors be profane and loose in Life, gi­ven to swearing, drunkennesse, profanesse of the Sabbath. A main cause hereof i [...] the Minister's neglect to reprove such sins in them. How will such Pastors clear themselves from being guilty of the blood of Souls, if the People perish in their sins for want of admonition. Again, as this duty is much neglected by Ministers; [...]o also by many Parents, and Masters of Families, &c. who let their Children, Servants, and those of their Family run on in known sins, without reproving or admonishing them. One great cause of such profaness and wickedness now adayes raigning in many Children and Servants, that they are given to swearing, lying, breaking the Sabbath, filthy speaking, disobedience to Parents and Masters, &c. Parents and Masters are the cau [...]e, who do not reprove such sins in those under their Government. Much have they to answer to God, not onely for their own sins, but for sins of their Children, Servants, &c. Guilty of their Blood, if they go on still and perish in such sins wherein they have suffered them without Reproof. Let them fear lest God punish both them, and their Children and Servants for such sins remaining unreformed through their default. How did he punish good Eli, for not reproving his wicked son▪ so shar [...]ly as he should have done.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Admonition for all that have Authority and Charge over others, to make conscience of this Duty of reproving sin in those of their Charge; as Ministers, Parents, &c. Though this be a Duty which bind­eth all Christians in some Cases, yet especially such as have special Charge of others, &c. Consider the Rea­sons before alledged, &c.

Now because it is no easie but a hard Duty to perform aright, and so as to do good; therefore here some rules are to be observed in reproving sin in others, especially in those of our Charge. See these rules be­fore prescribed, ver. 17. hu us capitis.

Use 3 Use 3. If it be the duty of such as are in Authority, and have Charge of others, to reprove sin in those of their Charg: Then this also teachech all that are under the Charge and [...]overnment of others willingly to suffer the Word of Reproof, and to submit thereunto and to make a holy and right use thereof, shewing them­selves ready to reform what is amisse; yea, to be glad and thankful to such as reprove them: If David being a King, &c. Psal. 141. 5.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Though Peter were a Disciple and holy Apostle of Christ, and consequently very near and dear to Christ, even as the other Disciples were (as appears in that He calleth them His Friends, Joh. 15. 14.) yet He doth not forbear to reprove, and that sharply: Hence we may learn, That such as have a Calling to reprove sin in others, ought not herein to spare or forbear their dearest Friends, but to reprove them, and that sharply, &c. Our Saviour used often at other times to reprove sin not onely in Peter, but in the other Disci­ples also, though He loved them dearly. So Job did not forbear to reprove his Wife, though dear to him, Job 2. 10. Paul sharply reproved the Galathians, Chap. 3. 1. and yet they were as dear to him as Children to a Mother, Chap. 4. 19. So He rebuked Peter to his face, though His fellow Disciple, Gal. 2. 11.

Reason. Reason. It is a duty of love, and therefore to be performed toward our dearest Friends: Levit. 19. 17. Thou shalt not hate thy Brother in thine heart, thou shalt in any wise rebuke thy Neighbour, &c. q. d. Though he be thy Brother or Neighbour beloved of thee, yet thou must not spare, or let him alone in his sin, but reprove him: Prov. 27. 6. Faithfull are the wounds of a Friend; that is, the sharp reproofs of a Friend. Therefore [Page 530] a faithfull Friend is to shew his faithfulness by giving such wounds to his Friend when there is cause.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See how faulty some are in performance of this Duty of reproving sin in others. Some deal par­tially, being forward to reprove and tax the faults of their Enemies: but as for their Friends, and such as they affect, they can pass over and wink at greater faults in them and never admonish or reprove them for the same; yea, though they be such as they have a Calling to reprove, being of their Charge; as their Children, Servants, or others under their Government; yet they suffer sin upon them without Reproof, like unto Eli, 1 Sam. 3. 13. and David, 1 King. 1. 61. They are loth to reprove sin in their Friends for fear of offen­ding or displeasing them, lest they make their Friends become their Enemies. But let such take heed how under such pretences they neglect so necessary a duty of love, as Christian Admonition and Reproof is: How did God punish David and Eli for this? The more love we profess to any, the farther we should be from winking at their faults, and especially from flattering and soothing them therein, and the more careful should we be to deal plainly and faithfully with them by Reproof.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See also that one Christian friend should be willing to be reproved by another when there is cause, and not to take it amisse; but in good part as a token of true love, and not of hatred, &c.

Mark 8. 33.‘And when He had turned about, &c.Sept. 11. 1625.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. SEE how far we ought to be from hearkening to the Counsell of such as go about to hinder us from our duty, or to entise us to sin, so far, That we are to shew utter dislike and detestation of the same, and of the persons that give us such Counsell. Yea, though they be our near Friends, and though they do it under some fair pretence: yet if they go about by their Counsell either to hinder us in doing good, or to entise us to evil, we are utterly to re [...]ect their Counsell; yea, to abhorr and detest the same: Prov. 19. 27. Cease, my Son, to hear the Instruction that causeth to erre from the words of Knowledge, Our Saviour de­tested the Devils counsell, perswading him to Worship Him, Matth. 4. 10. Acts 21. 13. When Paul's Companions and the Bre [...]r [...]n of Caesarea advised and besought Him, not to go up to Hierusalem, because it was foretold by Agabus, That He should there Suffer great Troubles, Paul utterly rejected their Counsell; yea, reproved them for using such persw [...]sions to him in a matter which he knew to be contrary to the Will and Appointment of God. So our Saviour detested Peter's Counsell, &c. Thus when any go about by evil Counsell, either to entise us to evil, or to hinder us from good Duties, we are to reject and detest such Coun­sell, and those that give it; yea, though they be our Friends, and do it under a good pretence.

Reason. Reason. By this we are to shew our true love to God, and zeal for his Glory, viz. by abhorring the Counsell of such as go about to draw us away from God, or to entise us to sin against Him.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To reprove such as are so far from detesting such evil counsell given them by others, that they are ready to hearken to the same, their ears are open to it. They are easily perswaded by such as entise them to sin, or disswade and discourage them from well-doing. Like unto Eve, who was soon perswaded by the Devil to disobey God in eating of the forbidden Fruit. No marvail if such run into many grosse sins, so long as they are so ready to hearken to such as entise them to sin. No marvail if they neglect many good Duties, seeing they have their ears open to the counsell of such as go about to hinder them in such Duties.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To admonish us, eve [...]y one to take heed of hearkning to the evil counsell of such as would draw us away from our Duty to God, or allure us to sin against Him; yea, to be so far from in bracing such counsell, as to shew our utter dislike and detestation of it; yea, though it be tendered to us by our dearest Friends, and under a good pretence, yet we are not to give it the hearing. We are to stop our ears against these Syren-Songs, by which others go about to allure us to sin, or to draw away from our obedience to God.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. In that our Saviour calls Peter Satan, because he went about to hinder him from yielding obe­dience to the Will of God in Suffering for Us: We may learn this, That such as go about by evil counsell and perswasions to hinder u [...] from obeying God, or to urge us to sin against Him, are herein Instruments of Satan, being set on work by him, and doing his Office. As the Serpent tempting Eve was the Devil's In­strument, and therefore he is said, To have been a Murderer from the beginning, Joh. 8. 44. So all such as go about any way to entise us to sin, or to draw us from our Duty to God, are Instruments of Satan, and Factors for him: 2 Cor. 11. 3. The Apostle feared lest as the Serpent beguiled Eve by subtilty; &c. So the Devil by means of his Instruments the false Apostles should draw them away from the Gospel. Therefore also ver. 15. those false Apostles are called the Ministers of Satan: Ephes. 6. 12. In fighting against sinfull Temptations, we are said to wrestle not onely against Flesh and Blood; that is, against men who go about to tempt us to sin, but chiefly against Principalities, &c. that is, against the Devils or wicked Spirits which set men awork to Tempt us: Luke 22. 31. Our Saviour foretelling Peter of his Fall, saith, That Satan should winnow him; that is, tempt him to deny Christ: yet this was done by the Damosel, and others which came to Peter, and charged him to be one of Christ's Followers, Matth. 26. Therefore they were Satan's Instruments herein.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See how great a sin it is to go about to disswade or hinder others from good Duties, or to entise them to sin: This is to play the Devil's part, to do his Office; yea, to be his Instrument, &c. Take heed therefore of this Sanaticall practise, let not the Devil employ thee as hi [...] Factor to Deal or Trade for him, in drawing others to sin, or in discouraging or hindring them from well-doing. The Devil is the Tempter by Office: therefore, if thou be a Tempter, thou art like him, and dost his work, &c. Think of it, such as entise others to the Ale-house, (Hab. 2. 15.) or to break the Sabbath, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See what cause there is for us utterly to reject and detest the counsell and perswasions of such as disswade us from good Duties, or entise us to Sin; seeing they are herein the Devil's Instruments, employ­ed by him. Therefore as we should not hearken to the Devil himself, but detest and flee from him, if he should appear to us in visible shape to tempt us; so neither to let us give Ear to evil Counsellors, but rather say to them as Christ here did to Peter, Get thee behind me Satan, &c. Mr. Latimer being before his Death tempted to recant and deny the Truth, by one who refused to tell him his name, would not hear him, but thus [Page 531] replyed to him, Well (saies he) Christ hath named thee in that saying, Get thee behind me, Satan. Psal. 1. 1. Blessed is he that walketh not in the Counsell of the Ungodly. Let the Counsel of the Wicked be far from us, as Job 21. 16.

Observ. 6 Observ. 6. Lastly, in that our Saviour is so offended, and takes it so heinously at Peter's hand, that he should go about to hinder him from suffering, (as appeareth more plainly Matth. 16. 23.) we are to take notice of the unspeakable love of Christ to us, and of his earnest desire and care to accomplish the Work of our Redemption and Salvation by his Death and Sufferings. So great was his love, and so vehement his de­sire of purchasing our Salvation though with his own Death and Sufferings, that he would not endure to be hindered in this Work: He would not with patience hear Peter speak against it. Therefore also Joh. 18. 11. when he would have delivered Christ by the Sword, our Saviour blamed him, and commanded him to put up his Sword, saying, The Cup which my Father hath given me, shall I not drink it? So at other times he shewed his earnest and vehement desire of accomplishing the Work of our Salvation by his Death and Sufferings; Luke 12. 50. I have a Baptism to be baptized with (meaning his Death), and how am I streightned (or pained) till it be accomplished. And Luke 22. 15. With desire have I desired to eat this Pass-over with you before I suffer. This Love of Christ was so much the greater by how much more bitter and grievous his Sufferings were, than Peter could or did conceive.

Use. Ʋse. Teacheth us to labour more and more to be affected with this infinite Love of Christ, that it may stir us up to true thankfulness unto him for the same; and that it may draw our hearts to love him truly again and with our chiefest love, expressing it by our earnest and vehement desire of glorifying him by all duties of obedience in our lives. As he shewed his love to us by a zealous care and vehement desire of working our Salvation by his own death and bitter Suffering; so must we shew our love to him, by our zeal for his Glory and vehement desire of advancing the same. As he would not with patience endure any to hinder him in the Work of our Redemption, but shewed himself greatly offended at them; so must we at such as would hin­der us in seeking his Glory.

Mark 8. 33.‘But when he had turned about, &c. Octob. 2. 1625.

OF our Saviour's sharp manner of reproving Peter, for disswading him from Suffering, ye have already heard.

Now followeth the Cause or Reason of his Reproof, or the matter for which he reproved him, in these words, For thou savourest not, &c. In which words our Saviour discovereth unto Peter the cause and fountain of his gross Errour and Sin before committed, in presuming so rashly to blame our Saviour for affirming that he must dy and suffer many things; as also in going about, by his perverse and carnal Counsel, to disswade our Saviour from suffering. The cause of all this Errour and Sin of Peter was this, That his heart and mind was carnally and not spiritually affected. This our Saviour here implyeth by telling him, that he savoured not the things that were of God, &c.

By the things that are of God understand such things as are pleasing and acceptable to God, and agreeable to his Will, such as God willeth, approveth, and liketh of; things spiritual and heavenly, which concern God's Glory, and the spiritual good and Salvation of his Church.

Thou savourest not] or tastest, or relishest not: Some translate it, Thou understandest not; and so the word [ [...]] is sometimes taken. But here the former Translation seemeth best, as most fully expressing our Saviour's meaning. There is a two-fold savouring or relishing of any thing. 1. Outward, with the bo­dily Taste; this is not here spoken of. 2. Inward, with the heart, mind, and affections; this here is meant: q. d. Thy heart, mind, and affections are not so affected with a true understanding and feeling of the spiritual things of God, as they ought to be.

But the things that are of men,] that is, Such things as are pleasing and acceptable to Man's corrupt Na­ture; with which Man's corrupt Nature is most affected, and which it chiefly loveth, desireth, and seeketh after, called carnal things or things of the Flesh, Rom. 8. 5. They that are after the Flesh, do mind the things of the Flesh.

Now, these carnal things of men are of two sorts. 1. Such as are simply evill, as all corrupt and sinfull Lusts of the Flesh: (those reckoned up Gal. 5. 19.) 2. Such as are good, lawful, or indifferent in them­selves, yet do becom evil and sinful, when they are too much affected, and sought after. Such are all earthly and temporal thing [...] of this life, which please and give contentment to the Flesh and outward man, as outward ease, peace, wealth, honour, and prosperity.

Now, both these may here be meant; for Peter's heart and mind did too much savour and relish of them both. 1. He was too much addicted to the corrupt lusts and affections of his own Heart, too apt to be led by the same, too apt to lean unto his own carnal and corrupt Reason and Will, though contrary to the Will of God, 2. He was also too much affected with the love and desire of earthly and temporal things of this life, as outward ease, peace, prosperity, and freedom from the cross, &c. And therefore he went about to dis­swade our Saviour from his purpose of dying and suffering.

Quest. Quest. Whether did Peter's heart and mind wholly and altogether savour and relish of carnal things, and not at all of the things of God?

Answ. Answ. Not so: But this is spoken by our Saviour to shew, 1. That he did too much mind and affect carnal thing, and was too little affected with spiritual. 2. That in this particular matter of going about by evil Counsel to disswade and hinder our Saviour from suffering, he shewed himself to be more carnally than spiritually affected.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The best Saints of God in this life are in part carnally minded and affected, even after their Calling and Regeneration. Their hearts and minds do still savour and relish in part of carnal things, plea­sing to corrupt nature: Thus was it with Peter himself here, he savoured the things of men in this particular [Page 532] of disswading Christ from suffering. So the other Disciples also were herein carnally affected as well as Pe­ter, as appears by our Saviour's looking on them when he reproved Peter, as we heard before: And thus it is with others of the Saints; their minds and affections are in part set upon things carnal, and affected there­with; that is, with those things which are pleasing to corrupt Nature, as profits and pleasures of this life, and the satisfying of their own corrupt Lusts. Their minds are apt to conceive and think of these carnal things too much, and their hearts to be too much affected with love and desire after them. So at other times the Disciples of Christ shewed themselves carnally minded. So when they disputed by the way, who should be the greatest, Mark 9. 34. So the Sons of Zebedee, in ambitious desiring of worldly honour in Christ's earthly Kingdom which they dreamed of, Matth. 20. 21. So Luke 9. 54. when they lusted after revenge to have fire sent from Heaven upon the Samaritans. So at other times when their hearts and minds were so much taken up with the care and thought of earthly things, as about provision of Bread, as we heard Ver. 16. of this Chapter. 1 Cor. 3. 3. The Corinthians, though Believers, and in part sanctified Christians, yet were in part carnally minded and affected, being too much given to Envy, Strife, and Divisions among them­selves.

Reason. Reason. The Saints of God are but in part renewed and sanctified in this life, they are still in part carnal, as Paul confesseth himself to be, Rom. 7. 4. and therefore their minds and affections must needs be in part car­nal, and set upon carnal things.

Use 1 Use 1. For Admonition to the best Christians to labour more and more to see and feel in themselves this carnality and earthliness of Mind and Affection; and not only so, but to be daily humbled and grieved for the same, lamenting and bewayling it in themselves; as Paul doth the corruption of his Nature, Rom. 7. 24.

Use 2 Use 2. To comfort such Christians as do feel and complain of their carnal and earthly thoughts and affecti­ons, and are humbled for the same, striving also and labouring to resist and subdue them in themselves; there is no cause then to be discouraged, or to fear their estate before God, because of such carnal Affections which they often feel in themselves; For the best Saints of God are in part tainted with such. The best Saints have minds and hearts savouring of earthly and carnal things more or less, especially at some particular times and seasons.

Use 3 Use 3. See what need the best of us have daily to labour in mortifying all carnal lusts and affections in our selves, Col. 3. 5. Mortify your members which are on Earth, &c. and Gal. 5. 24. They that are Christ's, have crucified the Flesh with the affections and lusts. This must be done more and more daily. Consider what is said Rom. 8. 6. To be carnally minded, is death.

Helps and means to do this.

  • 1. Pray unto God for his sanctifying Spirit which by the Power of it may more and more crucify these corrupt lusts and affections in us: Rom. 8. 13. If through the Spirit ye mortify the deeds of the body, &c. onely the divine Power of God's Spirit can mortify these carnal lusts.
  • 2. Attend diligently and conscionably upon the Publick Ministry of the Word, which is the Sword of the Spirit to slay these carnal affections in us more and more; Heb. 4. 12. It is a quick and powerfull Word, sharper than any two-edged Sword, &c. 2 Cor. 10. 5. Mighty through God to cast down Imaginations, &c. and to bring into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ.
  • 3. Give our selves more and more to the private study and meditation of the Word of God, the better to mortify these carnal Lusts and Affections. Psal. 1. Ama scientiam Scripturarum, & carnis vitia non ama­bis. Hieron.

Use 4 Use 4. See what cause for the best Christians to watch over themselves, and especially over their hearts, in regard of the occasions of Sin; seeing their hearts and minds are in part carnal, and so apt to be affected with carnal things, pleasing to corrupt Nature. How careful had we need be, to keep our hearts with all dili­gence, Prov. 4. 23. and to avoid all occasions of being drawn away to love and liking of earthly and carnall things.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour here alledgeth this as the cause of Peter's loathnesse and unwillingnesse to hear of Christ's Death and Sufferings, and consequently of those troubles which were like to come upon himself and the other Disciples at the time of his Suffering, viz. because he did savour of carnal and earthly things; Hence learn what is one main cause why we are by nature so loath and unwilling to undergo and bear the Cross and Afflictions; namely, because we naturally savour of carnal things; that is, of such things as are pleasing to corrupt Nature, and to Flesh and Blood: Now, Nature desireth outward ease, rest, and peace, and therefore abhorreth and shunneth the Cross and troubles. Peter was unwilling to hear of suffer­ing troubles, because his heart and mind was too much set upon the thought and desire of earthly and tempo­ral things pleasing to Man's Nature: So the other Disciples also, they dreamed of an earthly Kingdom of Christ, which (as they thought) should be accompanied with outward peace and prosperity, as we see Matth. 20. 21. and this was a main cause of their unwillingness and backwardness to hear either of their own or of Christ's Sufferings. Therefore Mat. 26. 41. our Saviour, admonishing his Disciples of their unwillingness to suffer troubles, tells them the cause, viz. the weakness of their Flesh; because corrupt Nature desired ease, quietness, and freedom from the Cross, and they were too much tainted with this natural corruption, and sa­voured of it; which made them so loath to undergo troubles.

Use. Use. Teacheth us what to do, if we would be willing and ready to bear such crosses and troubles as it shall please the Lord to to try us with; then, labour first to have our carnal and earthly Affections mortified in us more and more; to be be less carnal and earthly minded; to savour less, &c. Labour to have hearts with­drawn from too much care, love, and desire of earthly things, pleasing to corrupt Nature. So long as our hearts and minds are too much upon these carnal things; so long as we savour the things that are pleasing to Man's corrupt Nature, we shall never be willing to bear crosses; for Nature it self abhorreth the crosse and suffering of troubles. Therefore first thou must labour to have this corruption of Nature mortifyed in thee: Thou must learn to deny thy self, that is, thy own corrupt Nature, Will, Affections, Desires; and then thou wilt willingly take up thy Cross. So in the following Verse of this Chapter, Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his Cross, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour here makes such an opposition between savouring of things of God, and sa­vouring of things of Men: We may further learn, That one of these is an enemy and hinderance to the other; that is to say, the minding of carnall and earthly things, pleasing to our corrupt Nature, is a main enemy and hinderance to us in the minding and affecting of things spirituall and heavenly which are pleasing and accep­table to God: Rom. 8. 7. The carnall mind is Emnity against God, for it is not subject to the Law of God, neither indeed can be. Phil. 3. 19, 20. The Apostle makes an opposition between minding of earthly things, and having of our Conversation in Heaven; to shew that the former is a hinderance to the latter. So also Col. 3. 2. Set your affection on things Above, and not on things on Earth. Gal. 5. 17. The Flesh lusteth against the Spi­rit, &c. and these two are contrary, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the cause that many are so little affected with things spirituall and heavenly, viz. because they mind and affect earthly and carnall things over much.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See how dangerous a thing it is to have our hearts and minds too much affected with carnall and earthly things, pleasing to corrupt Nature; as with love and desire of earthly profits, pleasures and content­ments, or with love of sin and desire of satisfying our sinful Lusts. This cannot but be a main hinderance to us in the loving, desiring, and seeking after things spirituall and heavenly; as in seeking God's Glory, in doing his Will, and in seeking our own Salvation with the means of it. And the more we affect and savour of these carnall things, the less we must needs savour of spirituall and heavenly. Therefore take heed of this dangerous Sin of affecting, loving, and desiring of earthly and carnal things of this World, &c. Pray daily unto God to keep us from it, and to mortifie these carnall Lusts in us.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. See here a difference between such as are spirituall and such as are carnall; between the re­generate and the unregenerate; the former do savour the things of God, that is, spirituall and heavenly things; they do chiefly mind and affect these things: Contrà, the latter sort do savour the things of men; that is, earthly and carnall things, which are pleasing to corrupt Nature, &c. Peter, so far as he was spirituall, did savour the things of God; but so far forth as he was carnall, the things of Men, as in this particular of disswading Christ from Suffering, &c. So that, in one and the same person of Peter diversly considered, we may take notice of this difference between the spirituall and carnall man: Rom. 8. 5. They that are after the Flesh, do mind the things of the Flesh: but they that are after the Spirit, the things of the Spirit: Joh. 3. 31. He that is of the Earth, is Earthly, and speaketh of the Earth.

Ʋse. Use. By this mark of difference we may examine our selves, and come to know whether we be spirituall or carnall: Look what things we most savour of, look what things our hearts or minds run most upon, and are most taken up withall ordinarily and daily; if things spirituall and heavenly, which concern God's Glo­ry and Worship, and the doing of his Will, and the attainment of the Life to come; this argues us to be Spirituall, and that we are born from above. Contrà, if our hearts and minds savour most, and be most af­fected and taken up with earthly and carnall things, with care and desire to satisfie our corrupt Lusts, and with love and desire of earthly profits, pleasures, and contentments of this World, &c. This shews us to be carnall. Let every one try himself throughly by this, whether he be a spiritual or carnall man; one of the two thou must needs be, for there are but two sorts of persons in the World; the one Spirituall, and born from Above; the other carnall, born of the Flesh and from Beneath: therefore look to thy self, and examine, to which of these sorts thou dost belong; whether thou be in the number of those that are spirituall, or of those that are carnall, &c.

Mark 8. 34.‘And when He had called the People unto Him, &c. Octob. 16. 1625.

VVEE are now come to the seventh and last generall part or portion of this Chapter, which reacheth from this 34th Verse to the end of the Chapter. In which is set down by the Evangelist the sum and [...] of that Doctrine of the Crosse, or of suffering Afflictions which our Saviour now took occasion to teach [...] to his Disciples, and to the rest of the People being present with them. Having imme­diately [...]fore Prophesied unto the Disciples of his own Death and Sufferings: Now the better to arm them and others against the scandall of the Crosse; He takes occasion to declare both to them and the People that were present, the necessity of suffering the Crosse and Afflictions for all that will be his true Disciples. And this he doth the more to reprove the weakness of Peter and the other Disciples, who were so lo [...]h to hear of the Crosse and of Suffering (as I have before shewed), insomuch that Peter went about to disswade Christ from Suffering. Therefore now our Saviour tells both him and the rest, that it was not onely needfull for him to Suffer, but for them also, and for all that will be his true Disciples.

Now this Doctrine of our Saviour touching the bearing of the Crosse, is first propounded and laid down in this 34th Verse, and then it is further urged and inforced in the following Verses. In this Verse consider two things. 1. The persons before whom, and unto whom our Saviour taught and delivered this Do­ctrine of the Crosse, viz. His Disciples, and the rest of the People whom He called together for that end, that they might hear and be instructed in this Doctrine. 2. The Doctrine it self, being laid down by way of a general Precept or Admonition given [...]o all that will be Christ's Followers; in which He enjoyneth them to deny themselves, and to take up their Crosse and so to follow him.

Of the first, The persons unto whom, and in whose hearing our Saviour delivered th [...]s Doctrine touching the bearing of Afflictions. They were not onely his Disciples, but also together with them all the residue of common People then and there present; whom therefore our Saviour is said to have called together: Luke 9. 23. He said to them all, If any man will come after me, &c.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour now call all the People unto Him, together with his Disciples, to hear this Doctrine of suffering the Crosse?

Answ. Answ. Because it was a general Doctrine which concerned not onely the Disciples, but all others who took upon them the Profession of Christ, and made shew of following him, and of being his Disciples, as this People did, whom now he called to him. Before, when he spake of his own Sufferings, he spake onely to his [Page 534] Disciples, because they were most fit to hear that: But now speaking of the Crosse in generall, He called All, &c.

Observ. Observ. The Doctrine of bearing the Crosse, or of suffering Afflictions in this Life is necessary and pro­fitable for all sorts of Christians to know and be well instructed in. Therefore our Saviour called all the People together with his Disciples, when he was to deliver this Doctrine; and he taught it to them all in a general and publick manner. For this cause the Apostles also taught this Doctrine of the Cross to the several Churches planted by them, as being a Doctrine which concerned, and was needful for all Churches and Christians to be instructed in: Acts 14. 22. Paul and Barnabas coming to Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch, taught them this among other Doctrines; That we must through much Tribulation enter into the Kingdom of God. And Paul usually, in all or most of his Epistles instructeth those to whom he writeth, in this Doctrine of bea­ring the Cross, teaching them the necessity and profit of Afflictions, and exhorting them to patient suffering of them, &c.

Reason. Reason. This Doctrine of the Cross is of general use for all sorts of Christians, because all that will live godly in Christ shall Suffer, &c. 2 Tim. 3. 12. Ergo, all have need to be instructed in it.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See how fit it is for Ministers of the Word often to teach this Doctrine in publick to their People, and much to urge and insist upon it as occasion is offered; inasmuch as it is a Doctrine of so generall use and necessity for all sorts of Christians. Some other Doctrines of the Word of God there are, which howsoever they are very necessary for some sort of persons; yet not altogether so necessary for some others. But this Doctrine of the Cross is one of those Points which are of great use and necessity for all sorts of Christi­ans, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. To stir up every one of us to labour and use all good means to come to know and be well acquainted with this Doctrine of the Cross, touching the necessity of it for all Christians, touching the end and use of Afflictions, &c. To this end, come duly to the publick Ministery of the Word, and search the Scriptures in private, which will instruct us in this knowledge to the full. Pray also unto God for the wisdom of his Spirit, which may teach us the necessity and right use of the Crosse, and how to bear the same: Jam. 1. 5. If any lack wisdom (that is, the true knowledge how to bear Afflictions patiently), let him ask of God, &c. Phil. 3. 10. Paul accounted all things as Dung, that he might know the Fellowship of Christs Sufferings. The want of this knowledge, and right understanding of the Doctrine and use of the Crosse, is the cause why many are so unfit to bear Afflictions patiently and comfortably, and to profit by the same, as they ought. There­fore let every one labour more and more to be instructed throughly in this Doctrine; and so much the rather, because as it is a very necessary Point of Knowledge, so it is a Lesson not easily, but hardly learned, and more hardly practised. We must therefore bestow the more care and pains in learning it.

Now followeth the Doctrine it self, which our Saviour here teacheth to his Disciples and the People, which Doctrine he delivereth by way of a generall precept or admonition given to all that will be his true Disciples or Followers, willing them to deny themselves, &c. In which precept certain speciall Duties of great weight and moment are enjoyned by our Saviour unto all Christians that profess his Name. The Duties are of two sorts. 1. General and Principall, which is, To come after or to follow him. 2. More particular and less principal, being subordinate to the former, and required as helps to the same. And these are two▪ 1. To deny themselves. 2. To take up their Cross.

Whosoever will come after me] Or, follow me; that is, whosoever is desirous to shew himself a true Servant and Disciple of mine, by imitating my example, and practising those things wherein I have gone before him: Luke 14. 27. Whosoever doth not bear his Cross, and come after me, cannot be my Disciple: that is, he cannot shew himself to be my true Disciple by following or imitating my example and practise. See also Joh. 12. 26. Christians are said to imitate or follow Christ two wayes. 1. In respect of his Doctrine, by belie­ving and professing the same. 2. In respect of his Life and Practise, by conforming themselves thereun­to. And this latter seemeth here to be chiefly intended.

Will] Hence the Papists would prove their Doctrine of Free-Will: But our Saviour saith not, that any hath this Will of himself to follow Christ; but to shew that none can truly follow him, but such as are wil­ling, &c.

Doctr. Doctr. That Christians ought to be imitaters or followers of Christ's example and practise, conforming themselves thereunto in the course of their Lives, and in all their Carriage. This our Saviour doth here take for granted, that all that profess his Name should follow him in Life and Practise; and therefore also in the end of his Verse he directly enjoyneth it as a Duty: Matth. 10. 38. He that taketh not up his Cross, and followeth after me, is not worthy of me: Joh. 12. 26. If any man serve me, let him follow me; that is, if he professe to be my Servant, let him shew it by imitating my Example and Practice: 1 Cor. 11. 1. Paul professeth him­self a Follower of Christ in life and practise, which shews it to be the Duty of all other Christians, &c. 1 Joh. 2. 6.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Christ is their Lord and Master, and they his Disciples and Servants: Ergo. Joh. 13. 14. If I your Lord and Master have washed your Feet, ye also ought to wash one anothers Feet. For I have given you an Example, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. He is their chief Captain and Leader in the spirituall Warfare of this Life, Hebr. 2. 10. Ergo, as good Souldiers they are to follow his Example.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. He is the chief Shepheard, and they the Sheep, Ergo. Joh. 10. 4. The true Shepheard goeth be­fore the Sheep, and they follow him.

Reas. 4 Reas. 4. The example of Christ is most excellent and perfit, above the examples of all Men and Angels; and therefore most worthy to be followed. See Joh. 8. 12.

Quest. Quest. How far forth are Christians to imitate Christ in practice?

Answ. Answ. Not generally and absolutely in all things which he hath done before us. For there are some things in his practice, which we cannot imitare.

As, 1. The actions of his God-head, as his Miracles, his forgiving of sins, &c.

2. Those actions which were proper to him as our Mediator, as to dye for man's sin, to rise again by his own [Page 535] Power; also to fulfil the Law perfectly, and so to be free from all sin. But we are to imitate him so far as he hath gone before us, and propound his practice as a pattern for us to follow; as namely, in the practice of those heavenly Graces and Vertues which were in him, and in performance of all holy duties of Obedience to God in our lives.

More particularly, we are to imitate him in the practice and shewing forth of these Graces and Vertues in special:

  • 1. In his Innocency and Uprightness of life before God and Men: For he so carried himself, that he was able to say, Which of you convinceth me of Sin? Joh. 8. 46. Not that we can be free from all sin in pra­ctice, as He was; but that we ought to walk so, as to be free from gross and known sins before men, so as men cannot convince us to live in any known sin unreformed.
  • 2. In the graces of Humility and Meekness: Matth. 11. 29. Learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart. Phil. 2. 5. Let this mind be in you which was in Christ, &c. who humbled himself, Ver. 8.
  • 3. In the patient suffering of all Afflictions imposed on him of God, and of all injuries done unto him by men. 1 Pet. 2. 21. Christ suffered for us, leaving us an example, that we should follow his steps.
  • 4. In the practice of Love toward others: Ephes. 5. 2. Walk in love, as Christ hath loved us. &c. Joh. 15. 12. This is my Command, that ye love one another, as I have loved you. Therefore Joh. 13. 15. when he had shewed his Love and Humility both at once, by washing his Disciples feet, He tells them, He had given them an Example, that they should do as he had done to them. In these and the like graces we are to follow Christ's example; not that we can in that degree practise them as he did, but we are to set them before us as our pat­tern, striving so far as is possible to follow the same.

Use 1 Use 1. For Reproof of such as profess to be Christians, and yet are not careful to conform their life to the example and practice of Christ, nor to make Christ's practice their Rule of life to walk by, as they should; but follow other crooked Rules, and evil examples and patterns of life. Some follow the sway of their own corrupt lusts, walking after them, and taking care to satisfy and fulfil them; like those, Jude ver. 18. They fol­low their lusts of Pride, Ambition, Covetousness, Wrath, Malice, &c. Others follow Satan and his wicked sug­gestions, yielding to him as Slaves and Servants to do his Will, conforming themselves to his Will, and not to the Will or Example of Christ. Others follow the course of this World, fashioning themselves unto it, that is, to the examples and practice of profane men in the World, especially if they be men of great place or ac­compt. These be the Rules and Parterns of life, by which the greatest part of such as profess to be Christians do now a-daies walk. As for Christ's example, which is the pattern of all patterns, it is least of all followed by them: This appears by their manner of life and practice, having no likeness or resemblance to the practice and behaviour of Christ Jesus when he lived on Earth, but being quite contrary to the same. He walked ho­lily, uprightly, and unblamably before God and Men; they walk profanely, unconscionably, &c. He shew­ed himself most humble and meek in his carriage, they discover Pride and Wrathfulness, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. To exhort us every one who profess Christ, to make his excellent Example and practice the Rule of our life, striving to imitate and follow the same in all the course and carriage of our life. Set his Example be­fore us daily to imitate. Look at the Holiness, Uprightne [...]s, and Innocency of his whole life and actions, stri­ving to follow him and to tread in his holy steps; Look at those excellent heavenly Graces of Love, Humi­lity, Meekness, Patience, &c. which shined forth in all his carriage, and labour to express and shew forth the like graces and vertues in our carriage. Labour more and more to be like unto Christ, and conformable to him, our Head and Saviour; to resemble him in the manner of our life and carriage, and our thoughts, words, and actions: We must endeavour so to live, that Christ may appear to live in us; so to carry our selves, that the Image of Christ may appear in our behaviour, that it may appear whose Disciples we are: In the Primi­tive Church, the Christians were known by mutual loving, &c. Whom should the Servants and Disciples imitate but their Master? Whom should Souldiers imitate but their Captain? &c. Great benefit will come of this, by propounding to our selves Christ's example to follow; for by this means we shall still see how short we come of our pattern, and so be humbled for our wants, and provoked and stirred up daily to labour to grow in all heavenly graces and vertues.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. See by this how needful it is for us to know and be well acquainted with the life and actions of Christ our Saviour, and with his manner of carriage and conversation amongst men, while he lived upon Earth: For else, how shall we follow his Example, and conform our life unto his? Therefore search the Scriptures, which testify of Christ; and especially the History of the four Evangelists, in which the whole course and tenure of Christ's life is recorded and set before us. We willingly read the lives of the Saints and Martyrs, that we may be stirred up to imitate them; How much more, the life of Christ Jesus, the Son of God?

Mark 8. 34.‘He said unto them, Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his Cross, and Octob. 23. 1625. follow me.’

OF the general and principal duty enjoyned here by our Saviour to all Christians, ye have heard; viz.

That they should come after him, or follow him.

Quest. 2 Now I am to speak of the more particular and less principal duties, which he requireth of every Christian as helps to the former; which duties are two. 1. The denial of our selves. 2. The taking up of our Cross.

Answ. Of the first. Let him deny himself,] The word [ [...]] signifies, utterly to deny or renounce. Now this is not so to be taken, as if our Saviour required that a man should in words deny himself to be that he is, or feign himself to be another Person than he is; for this cannot be done without lying or dissembling, which being a Sin, our Saviour was far from enjoyning any to practise it. But it is a figurative Speech, implying nothing else but an utter contemning, rejecting, and forsaking of a Man's self: The like Phrase is used Tit. 2. 12. it is said, The Grace of God teacheth us to deny Ungodliness, &c. that is, utterly to reject, forsake, and cast off Ungodliness and worldly lusts.

Quest. Quest. How can a man be said to reject or forsake himself? This seemeth impossible.

Answ. Answ. It is not to be understood of contemning, rejecting, or forsaking a Man's own Person or Nature simply considered; but in comparison of following Christ, and so far forth as himself or his own Nature may be a hinderance to him in the Duty of following Christ.

There are two things to be considered in the Person of a Man: 1. The Substance and Being of his Na­ture, viz. His Soul and Body, with the Union of them, and all faculties. 2. The Corruption of his Na­ture, which is in every power and faculty, as in Mind, Will, &c. Both these, here comprehended under this word [Himself], are to be renounced, though not in like manner: The corruption of Nature, simply; and the Substance, in some sort; that is, in comparison of the Duty of following Christ, &c. (as we have heard before).

Doctr. Doctr. So many as will be Christ's Disciples and followers must utterly contemn, reject, and forsake them­selves, that is, their own nature and the corruption of it; so far forth as it is or may be any hinderance to them in following Christ, and yielding obedience to his Will.

  • 1. They must in some sort deny and forsake the very Substance and Being of their Nature; that is, con­temn, neglect, and not regard their natural Life and Being, in comparison of their duty to Christ in following him, &c. yea, they must hate their own Souls and Bodies in this respect: Luke 14. 26. If any come to me, and hate not his Father, Mother, Wife, &c. yea, and his own life also, he cannot be my Disciple.
  • 2. They must deny and renounce the Corruption of their Nature, yea, of their whole Nature, as being a main enemy and hinderance unto them in following Christ. As 1. Their own carnal Reason and Un­derstanding: This they must renounce and forsake, captivating and subduing it to the Word of God; 1 Cor.
  • 3. 18. If any man among you seemeth to be wise in this World, let him become a Fool, &c. 2. Their own cor­rupt Wills, being opposite to the Will of God: These they must also utterly deny and renounce, that they may become subject to the Will of God. If Christ Jesus did deny his Humane Will (though not tainted with Sin), submitting it to the Will of his Father, Luke 22. 42. much more ought we to renounce our cor­rupt Wills, &c. 3. All sinful Lusts and Affections of their own Flesh; as Pride, Self-love, Ambition, Covetousness, carnal Love of earthly things, sinful Wrath, Envy, &c. Tit. 2. 12. The Grace of God teacheth to deny worldly Lusts, &c. Gal. 5. 24. They that are Christ's, have crucified the Flesh, with the affections and lusts.
  • 4. Their own bodies, and the several parts and Members of them, so far as they are tainted with sin, and weapons of niquity, by curbing and restraining them from the practice of Sin; Rom. 8. 13. If ye mortify the deeds of the body by the Spirit, ye shall live.

Quest. Quest. How are Christians to renounce and forsake this corruption of their Natures?

Answ. Answ This is to be done three wayes especially.

  • 1. In Opinion and Judgment; by condemning it, and themselves for it, as guilty of God's Wrath and Curse: Rom. 7. 24. Paul calls it a body of Death.
  • 2. In Heart and Affection; by hating, loathing, and detesting this natural corruption of the whole Man, Rom. 7. Paul hated the evill which he did; therefore much more his natural corruption being the cause and fountain of that evil.
  • 3. In life and practice; by labouring daily to have this corruption mortified in us, as by Prayer, and by the Word of God applied: Col. 3. 5. Mortify your members which are on Earth, &c. and Eph. 4. 22. Put off the old Man which is corrupt, &c.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. Christ Jesus, our Head and Saviour, did deny himself for our sakes; He contemned and re­jected his own life and laid it down for us. He renounced also his own humane Will, so far as it differed from the Will of his Father, submitting it wholly to the Will of God in the Work of our Redemption; there­fore all that will be his true Disciples, must herein follow him.

2. Nature is a great enemy and hinderance to every Christian in doing the Will of God, and conse­quently in following Christ; especially corrupt Nature, Rom. 8. 7. The carnal mind is enmity against God, &c.

3. Such as will be Christ's Disciples must wholly give up themselves in obedience to the Will of Christ But this they cannot do unless they first renounce and forsake themselves, and their own Will.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See by this how hard a matter it is to be a good Christian and true Disciple of Christ in practice: Though it is easy to make Profession hereof, yet how hard and difficult to be such a one indeed; Esse Christi­anum grande, non videri. Hieron. This may appear by the difficulty of this one Christian Duty here required of all that will be Christ's true Disciples, viz. The denial of themselves; that is, the utter contemning, re­jecting, and forsaking of themselves and their own Nature, and of all that is in them by Nature, so far as it may be a hinderance to them in following Christ. How hard and difficult a thing is this to practise? So difficult, that it seems to the natural man impossible; and so it is indeed without the Grace of God enabling us to do it. It is a hard matter for a Christian to renounce the World, with the profits and pleasures of it; hard to forsake Houses, Lands, Goods, Wife, Children, &c. hard to leave a Man's own Country, as Abra­ham did: But this is above all difficulties, for a man to deny and forsake himself, and to go out of himself, to hate his own life, to put off himself and his own Nature, to renounce his own Reason, Will, and Affections, and to crucify them, &c. Oh, how hard a thing is this to practise? It is a hard duty which our Saviour en­joyneth Matth. 5. 29. that if our right Eye offend us, we should pluck it out; if our right hand, we should cut it off and cast it from us, &c. But this is much more difficult, for the whole Man to be cut off from himself; for a man to forsake and part with himself, &c. If we were onely to put off and change our Skin, with the Snake, yet this were both difficult and dangerous: How much more then to put off and change our whole Nature? How hard for the Black-moor to change his Skin, and the Leopard his Spots? much more for a natural man to deny himself and his own Nature, &c. Never can he do it of himself, without the speciall Grace of God. See then that it is not (as some think) an easy matter to be a Christian; as if no more were required but to be outwardly baptized, to make outward Profession, to come to Church, &c. Do not so de­ceive thine own Soul: Thou must deny thy self; thou must utterly renounce and forsake thy self, &c. And if this one duty be so hardly practised; How hard is it to perform both this and all other required? Therefore make off security, and work out Salvation with fear, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To convince many not to be Christ's true Disciples, what ever they professe; because they never yet practised this duty of denying themselves; that is, of rejecting and forsaking themselves and their corrupt Nature, &c. So far are many from this, That they know not what it meaneth, but it is a very Riddle, and a Mystery to them. Others are so far from renouncing and forsaking themselves and their own Nature, that they highly esteem of themselves, and are in love with their own Natures, pleasing themselves therein; puffed up with pride, because of natural parts, &c. So far also from mortifying and crucifying their sinful Lusts, that they take care to satisfy them. So far from denying and renouncing their own carnall reason and corrupt wills, that they are wholly wedded and addicted to them, &c. How unfit are these to be Christ's Disci­ples? How far from following him by true denyall of themselves? Some again, deny their corrupt Nature in some things, but not in all. Some carnall Lusts they renounce, but not all, &c. Contra, Col. 3. Mor­tifie your Members, &c. that is, all the parts of the old man and body of sin.

Use 3 Use 3. To stir up all that profess to be Christ's Followers, to the conscionable practise of this Christian Duty of contemning, renouncing, and utter forsaking of our selves and our corrupt Nature, and all that is pleasing to it, so far as it is, or may be any hinderance to us in following Christ, and in seeking his Glory, and being obedient to his Will. A duty hard and difficult, but most excellent and necessary; so necessary, that without it, impossible it is to be a good Christian; impossible to follow Christ as a true Disciple without this denyall of thy self. The first Lesson to be learned in the School of Christ: If thou wilt follow him and serve him, and be obedient to his Will, thou must forsake not onely the World, and thy Goods, Friends, &c. but thy Self, and go out of thy self; thou must renounce thy own Reason, Will, Affections, and crucify them. Thou must contemn and despise thy self, and be out of love with thy self and thine own Nature; yea, thou must hate thy self and thine own Life; yea, thy own Soul and Body in comparison of doing the Will of Christ. Labour every one to practise this excellent Duty in some measure: The more hard it is, the more care and pains to be bestowed in it. The difficulty must not discourage us, but quicken our diligence and pains, &c.

Helps to the practise of it. 1. Labour to see and feel the corruption of our own Nature, how great it is, and how opposite and contrary to the Will of God; hindering us from obeying it, and from following Christ. This will humble us, and teach us to deny and renounce our selves, &c. 2. Pray unto God to teach and enable us by his sanctifying Spirit, to deny and forsake our selves and our corrupt Nature; our car­nall Reason, Wills and Affections, &c. Without this help of the Spirit we can never do it, of our selves we can never do it, Nature cannot help us to resist or subdue Nature; onely the Grace and Power of God's sanctifying Spirit. See Rom. 8. 13. This is a Lesson which no Master can teach us but the Spirit of God: No School to learn it in, but the School of Christ: No helps of Nature, or humane learning sufficient to instruct us in the practise of it, &c. 3. Attend diligently on the publick Ministery of the Word of God, which i [...] the most powerfull outward means to humble us in sight of Naturall corruption; and to teach us to deny and renounce the same: withall, give our selves to the private study of this Word of God, which is the only Word and Doctrine that teacheth the practise of this Duty. No Word or Doctrine of Man; no Books of humane Learning; not all the Writings of Heathen Philosophers can teach us the denyall of our selves, and of our corrupt Nature. The Philosophers extolled and magnified Nature, &c. onely the Word of God teacheth and perswadeth us utterly to renounce and resist it as an enemy to Grace, and to the doing of God's Will, &c. 4. Let us exercise and inure our selves by degrees to this Duty: First, Learning to deny our selves, and to renounce and resist our Naturall Mind, Wills, and Affections in smaller matters; as in the ordinary use of outward things of this Life; as Meat, Drink, Apparrell, Recreations, &c. In things lawfull, learn to curb and restrain our Reason, Will and Affections. Then we shall be the better able by degrees to renounce our selves in greater matters, and in things simply evil and unlawfull. 5. Begin betimes to practise this deny­all and forsaking of our selves, even in young Age, before we be too long settled upon the Lees of our cor­rupt Nature; before our Hearts, Minds, and Wills be hardened through custom of sin.

Mark 8. 34.‘And take up his Cross, and follow me.=Octob. 30. 1625.

NOW followeth the second particular Duty enjoyned as a help to the following of Christ, viz. The taking up of our Crosse.

And take up his Cross, &c.] [By the Cross] understand all Afflictions and Miseries of this Life, together with bodily Death, being the last and greatest of all Outward and Temporall Afflictions to which a good Christian is subject in this World. Our Saviour calleth all these Miseries and Afflictions by the name of the [Cross], alluding therein to the manner and kind of his own Death, which he was to Suffer upon the Cross; and withall, to imply thereby the conformity and fellowship of the Faithfull with Christ in his Suffe­rings.

To take up the Cross] Signifyes not onely to undergo or suffer Afflictions, but willingly to submit and yield himself to the bearing and suffering of them. It is an allusion to the custom of those Malefactors who were crucified or put to the Death of the Crosse. Their manner was, first to take that woodden Crosse, and bear it on their Shoulders to the place of Execution, and then to be hanged upon it, and nailed to it alive. Thus our Saviour himself did take up and bear his own Crosse some part of the way, to the place where he was to Suffer, and when through weaknesse he could carry it no further, they compelled Simon of Cyrene to bear it after him and for him, Luke 23. 26.

Now when our Saviour saith not, The Cross, but, his Cross] This is, to note out those particular Troubles and Afflictions which the Lord doth peculiarly allott or appoint unto every good Christian to Suffer.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. By comparing this Duty of taking up our Crosse with the former denying of our selves, and by considering the order in which our Saviour requireth them, viz. That we first deny our selves, and then take up our Crosse: Hence we are taught, That the denyall of our selves; that is, the renouncing and forsaking of our own Nature, and the corruption of it, is required as a necessary help and means to further us in the bea­ring [Page 538] of the Cross and Afflictions imposed on Us of God, without which we can never take up our Cross; that is, willingly, contentedly, or patiently submit our selves to the bearing of Troubles. Therefore our Saviour first requires the denyall of our selves, and then the taking up of our Cross; to shew, That this lat­ter cannot be done till the former be first practised; that, is a necessary preparative making way to this: Luke 14. 26. If any come to me, and hate not his own Life, he cannot be my Disciple; that is, if he do not first learn to renounce and utterly reject himself; yea, to hate his own Person and Life in some sort, &c. And then he addeth, ver. 27. And whosoever doth not bear his Cross, &c. Therefore he must first hate himself, before he can be fit to bear his Crosse.

Reason. Reason. Our Nature of it self doth abhorr and shun the Cross, and suffering of Afflictions, as we heard before in Peter, who was so loth to hear of his own and of Christ's Sufferings, that he would have disswaded our Saviour from Suffering Death. Ergo, we must first renounce our own Nature, and especially the cor­ruption of it, before we can be fit to Suffer the Cross. Christ himself (as Man) did abhorr Death as an enemy to Nature, and therefore was fain to deny and renounce his Naturall humane Will (though not sinfull), that he might submit himself to the Will of his heavenly Father in Suffering for us. How much more have we need to deny our corrupt Nature and Will, &c. before we can be fit to Suffer the Cross imposed on Us of God?

Use 1 Use 1. See one main cause that many are so unfit and unable to bear Crosses and Troubles of this Life. It is, because they never yet learned truly to deny or forsake themselves; that is, utterly to contemn, reject, and despise their own Nature, and the corruption of it; and to fit themselves against it to mortify the same. They have not learned yet to renounce their own Naturall Reason, Will and Affections, and to captivate them to the Will of God; nor to despise their own Bodies and Life in comparison of being obedient and subject to the Will of God: Hence is it, That in Sickness and other Troubles they are so unwilling to under­go them, and so impatient and discontented, so apt to repine and murmur against God's Hand, &c. It can­not be otherwise, till thou hast denyed thy self, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See the great necessity of practising the former Duty of denying our selves. For, seeing all Christi­ans must be exercised with the Cross; yea, with many and great Troubles (as we shall hear afterward), and seeing we cannot be fit to take up our Cross; that is, willingly and patiently to submit to God's Hand affli­cting us: therefore it must needs be a matter of great necessity for every one of us to learn and practise that excellent Duty of renouncing and forsaking our selves, and our own corrupt Nature. This must we do, if ever we desire to be fit or able to bear Crosses and Troubles willingly, contentedly, patiently; we shall never do this, till we first deny and renounce our Naturall Reason, Will, Affections; then shall we submit to God's Will in suffering all that He layeth upon us, and not otherwise. Yea, not only must we deny the corruption of our Nature, but Nature it self in some sort; we must despise, yea, hate our own Life, &c.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. That all such as will be Christ's true Disciples and Followers, must suffer the Cross; that is, undergo many and great Troubles and Afflictions in this Life. This our Saviour here takes for granted, when he enjoyneth all that will follow him to take up their Cross; that is, willingly to submit to the bearing of it: by this he presupposeth that every one must bear it, and that this cannot be avoided, Joh. 16. 33. Luke 14. 27. Whosoever doth not bear his Cross, and come after me, cannot be my Disciple: 2 Tim. 3. 12. All that will live godlily in Christ Jesus, shall suffer persecution: Phil. 1. 29. Unto you it is given in the behalf of Christ, not onely to believe on him, but also to suffer for his sake.

Now these Afflictions are of two sorts. 1. Outward: in Body, Goods, good Name, &c. Sickness, Pain, Losses, Reproaches, Slanders, &c. 2. Inward: in Soul and Conscience, caused by sense of God's Wrath, and Satans Temptations, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. God hath so ordained, That all good Christians shall in this Life be exercised with the Crosse and Afflictions: 1 Thess. 3. 3. We are appointed thereunto, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Christ our Head hath gone before us by his example, in Suffering many and grievous Afflictions for our sakes; and therefore we must follow herein: Esay 53. 3. He was a Man of sorrows. And ver. 7. He was Oppressed and Afflicted, &c. Now the members must be herein conformable to the Head, Rom. 8. 29. So here it is said, We must take up our Cross and follow him.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. Afflictions of this Life are the way to the heavenly Kingdom: Ergo, all that will follow Christ, and be partakers with him of that Kingdom, must follow him by this way: Acts 14. 22. We must through much Tribulation enter into the Kingdom of God.

Reas. 4 Reas. 4. The Life of a good Christian in this World is a Warfare; that is, a continuall fighting with ma­ny and powerfull enemies of our Salvation; as Satan, the World, and our own flesh: all which do stirr up continuall Troubles against us: Ergo, we cannot in this Life be without many Troubles and Afflictions. As the Life of a Souldier in Wars, &c. 2 Tim. 2. 3. Suffer hardness (or affliction) as a good Souldier, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To confute such as think they may be good Christians, and yet live a Life of ease and peace, free from Troubles and Affliction; But this is impossible. As the Sea cannot be at rest without Waves, so neither can the Life of a good Christian be without Troubles; It is a Warfare, and therefore must needs be full of Troubles, &c. Therefore, if thou wilt be a Follower of Christ, never promise thy self a peaceable, quiet, or easy Life; for in so doing, thou shalt but deceive thy self. This is all one, as if a Souldier going to the Wars should promise himself Peace and continuall Truce with the Enemy, &c. Or as if a Marriner commit­ting himself to the Sea for a long Journey, should promise himself nothing but fair Weather, and a Calm Sea, and that he should meet with no Waves or Storms to beat against his Ship, &c. what folly were this? Much more for a good Christian to promise himself a Life of ease and rest here on Earth, &c. This is to pro­mise our selves, that which God hath not promised us; and that is but to deceive our selves.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See what is to be done of us, if we professe to be in the number of Christ's true Disciples. Make accompt before hand to meet with many and great Troubles in this Life; and withall, prepare and arm our selves to undergo the same. Cast thy Accompts before hand, what the profession of Christ will cost thee, like a wise Builder, &c. as it is, Luke 14. 28. It is good wisdom to prepare before hand for that which must come. If we will be good Christians, the Cross must come to us, and we must come to it; yea, we must [Page 539] come under it and bear it, every one of us in our time and measure; yea, we must endure not one or few, but many and grievous troubles both outward and inward, &c. Fightings without, terrours within. Without bea­ring the cross we cannot be Christ's Disciples, we cannot follow him, nor be like unto him, or conformable to him, our Head: If we follow him, we must go the same way which he is gone before us, which is the way of the cross. He first suffered, and so entred into Glory; so must we through many tribulations enter into God's Kingdom: If we will live godly in Christ Jesus, we shall be sure to suffer many and great trou­bles in one kind or other; yea, in many and sundry kinds, in our bodies, goods, and outward estate, in our good Name, in our Conscience, &c. we must look for troubles to be stirred up against us by Satan, by the World, by Enemies, by Friends, &c. we must look for publick calamities and troubles, and for private Af­flictions in our Families, in our own Persons, &c. (Christianus, Crucianus; as Luther saith.) Therefore let us every one make accompt of the cross, and of many troubles in this life; yea, let us daily prepare and arm our selves for the bearing of them when they come; even now, in time of prosperity.

Quest. Quest. How should we prepare our selves for the bearing of Afflictions?

Answ. Answ. 1. By often and serious meditation of the Cross, and of troubles before they come; thinking with our selves before-hand, and fore-casting what troubles may come upon us, and making them present to us in meditation before they be present. By this means we shall come to be the better acquainted with the Cross, and so to bear it the more patiently: When we have often thought upon it before-hand, it will seem the lesse new and strange to us when it cometh upon us. For this cause our Saviour Joh. 18. ult. telleth his Disciples before-hand, that in the World they shall have tribulation; that so they might meditate and think of it be­fore-hand, and so be the better prepared to suffer it when it should come. One cause why many are so unfit to bear Crosses when they come, is, because they have not premeditated and thought of them before they came; therefore the novelty and strangeness of those troubles doth much daunt and dismay them.

2. By frequent and often Prayer unto God, to fit and prepare us, and to strengthen and enable us by the Power of his Spirit to bear those crosses and troubles which he shall please to lay upon us. He onely that sends the cross can fit and enable us to bear it. Seek to him therefore often by Prayer to this end. Mat. 26. 41. Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation, &c. yea, our Saviour himself did by Prayer prepare him­self to his Passion. The more frequent in Prayer, the better shall we be armed to bear all troubles, so as not to be overcome or vanquished by them. Ephes. 6. the Apostle having willed them in the thirteenth Verse, to arm themselves against the evill day, that they might stand fast; then in the 18. Verse, he exhorts them to pray alwaies, &c.

3. By labouring more and more to furnish our selves with those spiritual graces, which are especially need­ful to prepare and arm us for the bearing of troubles. As 1. with spiritual Wisdom and Knowledge out of the Word of God, how to bear afflictions aright. Jam. 1. 5. If any lack Wisdom let him ask of God; we must pray for this Wisdom, and use all other means to attain to it; as diligent attendance on the publick Ministry, private study of the Scriptures, &c. 2. We must labour more and more to feel in our selves a true justifying Faith, whereby to apprehend and apply to our selves the love and mercy of God, pardoning our sins, and accepting us as his Children in Christ. This will perswade us, that God doth afflict us in love, and that all troubles shall work for our good, Rom. 8. And this will comfort and enable us to bear them. 1 Joh. 5. 4. this is the Victory that overcometh the World, even our Faith. This strengthneth us against all evils and afflictions which oppose themselves against us in this life, making us more than conquerours, &c. By this Faith, the sting of all miseries and afflictions, and of death it self, is pulled out, viz. the guilt of our sins; by it also we are assured, that God himself is with us according to his promise in all troubles to assist and strengthen us, and to deliver us in due time. Hebr. 11. 35. the Saints of God by Faith were enabled to bear and overcom most grievous afflictions: They were tortured, not accepting deliverance, &c. Others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings. Faith is the ground of Patience, Hebr. 6. 12. 3. We must get true Christian Patience, by which we may be enabled quietly and obediently to suffer all trials and afflictions im­posed on us of God; Hebr. 10. 36. Ye have need of Patience, &c. This is a main and principal part of that spiritual furniture by which we must be armed to bear the cross: It is a Grace which we never have use of but in time of Affliction; Here is the patience of the Saints, Rev. 13. 10. then is the onely trial of it; and with­out this grace it is impossible to bear any trial or affliction as we ought. Therefore pray and labour for it by all means. 4. We must get spiritual strength and courage of mind, that we be not daunted or dismayed too much with troubles when they come upon us, though heavy and grievous. Paul prayeth for the Colossi­ans, cap. 1. 11. that they might be strengthned with all Might, through God's glorious Power: So must we pray for our selves, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. To comfort good Christians when they meet with the cross; that is, with many troubles in this life, outward and inward, &c. There is no cause to be discouraged, nor to fear or doubt their own estate be­fore God, as if they were not beloved of God because he layeth so many crosses upon them; but on the con­trary, they are to know, that these Afflictions may and do stand with the love of God towards his Children, Hebr. 12. 6. Whom the Lord loveth, he chasteneth, &c. Besides, there is a necessity of suffering many troubles for all Christ's true Disciples: It must be so; God hath ordained them to it, and Christ their Head and Savi­our hath gone before them by his own Example, and hath foretold that so it must be with us. And these ma­nifold troubles of this life are the very way to the heavenly Kingdom, by which we must pass if ever we come unto it: Therefore, meeting with many troubles and crosses, be of good comfort, so far forth as we suffer them in the way of well-doing; this is a good sign that we are in the right way to eternal life, which is a streight and narrow way, and full of troubles; it is not an easy or pleasant way, but tedious and troublesom to walk in, away stopped with thorns, Hos. 2. 6.

Mark 8. 34. ‘He said unto them, Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his Cross, and fol­low Nov. 6. 1625. me.’

Doctr. 3 Doctr. 3. THat it is the duty of Christians not onely to bear the cross; that is to say, all Afflictions imposed on them of God, but also willingly and cheerfully to submit themselves to the suffering of them. This is implyed by the Phrase of taking up our cross, which signifieth, willingly to yield our selves to the bearing of it: Though we are not wilfully to bring troubles upon our selves, or crosses of our own making, yet we are willingly, readily, and with cheerfulness to submit our selves to the bearing of those which the Lord doth lay upon us, and call us to suffer. Matth. 11. 29. Take my yoke upon you, &c. that is, The yoke of Obedience and Subjection to Christ, not onely in doing his Will, but also in suffering the cross which he imposeth on them: Take it upon you, that is, willingly and cheerfully submit unto it; Jam. 1. 2. Count it all joy when ye fall into diverse tentations. Col. 1. 11. Paul prayeth that they may be strengthned with Might,—unto patience and long-suffering with joyfulness; that is, with great willingness and cheerfulnesse of heart and mind.

Reason. Reason. The Suffering of the cross is a part of that Obedience and Subjection which we ow unto God, Hebr. 5. 8. Christ learned Obedience by the things which he suffered. Now, true Obedience must be vo­luntary and cheerful, else it is not accepted of God: Therefore, as the Apostle brings in Christ, saying thus unto God, Heb. 10. 7. Lo, I come to do thy Will. So we must say concerning this passive Obedience which we ow to God; Lo, I come to suffer thy Will.

Now, this willingness and cheerfulness in suffering troubles must not only be in the heart, but it must also be outwardly expressed, as occasion is offered: 1. By our cheerful and comfortable carriage in time of Affliction, Rom. 5. 3. We glory in tribulation. 2 Cor. 7. 4. 2. By blessing and praising God in time of trou­ble, as well as in prosperity, as Job did; and 1 Thess. 5. 18. In every thing give thanks: Not that we are to give thanks for Afflictions, simply considered in their own Nature, as fruits of Sin (for so they are evil and to be abhorred); but that we are to bless God for his Fatherly care and providence, in sending and disposing all troubles for our good.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See here again, how hard a matter it is to be a good Christian in practice: For, as the former duty of denying our selves is very hard and difficult to practise (as we have heard), so also is this of bearing the cross; especially, this willing and cheerful suffering of all troubles imposed on us of God; this voluntary yielding and resigning up our selves to the Will of God in suffering all Afflictions; yea, the most sharp and grievous: Oh, how hard is this to Flesh and Blood? How hard to Nature? which of it self abhorreth and shunneth the cross as an enemy to it, (as we see in Christ himself, whose humane Nature (though without sin) yet shunned death, Hebr. 5.) Now, if it were so hard and tedious to Christ's Nature to suffer; How much more to our corrupt Nature, to yield to the Cross, and to take it up and bear it cheerfully? Hebr. 12. 11. No chastening for the present seemeth joyous, but grievous: The voluntary suffering of Afflictions is not only a thing hard and difficult (or rather impossible) to the meer natural man, but also to the very Saints of God, being in part regenerate: Therefore even they do sometimes discover great unwillingness and loathness to take up the cross, as we heard before in Peter, and as we see Joh. 21. 18. When thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird and carry thee whither thou wouldest not. Now then, this duty of taking up our cross being so hard and difficult, as well as the former of denying our selves; both these together must needs be much more hard to practise. And if these two be so difficult, then how much more hard to practise all other Christian duties? See then that it is no easy matter, but very hard, to be a Christian indeed; that is, to live the life of a good and sound Christian; which must cause us to shake off security, and with fear and trembling to work out our Salvation, (as hath been before shewed.)

Object. Object. Matth. 11. 30. Christ saith, his yoak is easy, &c. and 1 Joh. 5. 3. His Commandments are not grie­vous.

Answ. Answ. To the regenerate man, so far forth as he is regenerate and sanctified, Christ's yoak is easy; be­cause the Spirit of God dwelling in him doth enable him to bear this yoak, making that become easy and plea­sant, which in it self is so hard: In this sense also the Commandments of God are said, not to be grievous. But in respect of our corrupt Nature (which of it self rebelleth against the Will of God), Christ's yoak is not easy but very hard to bear; and that not onely to the meer natural man void of Grace, but even to the Saints of God, so far as they are in part unsanctified; the Spirit is ready, but the Flesh weak.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. For Reproof of such as suffer crosses, but it is unwillingly and against stomack, with much repining, murmuring, and impatiency under the hand of God. They draw back, and are loath to yield their necks to this yoak of Afflictions; especially, such as have not been used to this yoak, nor acquainted with it formerly. How loath and unwilling are such to take it upon them? This appears by their murmuring and discontented Speeches, and by other impatient behaviour in sickness, and other crosses, &c. yea, some are so impatient and unwilling to suffer, that they stick not to use unlawful means to be delivered out of trouble; they will seek to Wizzards (that is, to the Devil), if they be taken with a strange sickness; all their care and desire is to be out of troubles. This shews how loath and unwilling many are to bear the hand of God in time of affliction: Such may be said to bear crosses, but not to take up their cross; they suffer it, but it is sore against their wills, because they cannot be rid of it, Their patience is perforce, and so no true patience; no better than the patience of the Devils and damned in Hell, who suffer misery and torment against their Wills, being forced to it: So these &c. like rebellious Children suffering the Rod. Such patience God accepts not, because it is not joyned with willing obedience and submission to his hand, as it ought to be; nay, it is nothing else but Rebellion and Disobedience against God, which, as it is offensive to God, so also hurtful to the Persons themselves, who thus rebell against God, and shew such unwillingness and impatiency: For by this means they aggravate their own crosses, making the burthen of them much heavier than it would be; yea, they add Affliction to their own Affliction; and so by suffering unwillingly, they suffer two crosses in stead of one. [Page 541] God hath laid one upon them, and they lay another and a worse upon themselves: Think of this all such as are so unwilling to bear Crosses patiently, &c. that it may humble them for this Rebellion against God's hand, and cause them to take heed of it, and to strive against it for time to come; especially seeing it is not only dishonourable to God, but also hurtful to themselves, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To exhort and stir up to this willing and chearfull submission of our selves to the bearing of all Crosses and Troubles imposed on us by the hand of God. Not onely to bear our Cross, but to take it up and bear it; that is, willingly, contentedly, and chearfully to bear it. This is true Christian patience, and ac­ceptable to God; when we suffer willingly, in way of ready and chearfull obedience to his Will, and not by compulsion thereunto. The matter is not what we Suffer, but how we Suffer; whether willingly, and in way of free Obedience to the Will of God. This is all in all in the bearing of Crosses, to bear them willing­ly and contentedly; not as a tedious burden laid upon us, but rather as a sweet and pleasant yoke put upon us. Labour then for this willingness and chearfulness of heart and mind, in suffering all Afflictions: This is acceptable to God, and will bring comfort to our selves in Suffering; and without this, there can be no true comfort in bearing the Cross, till we come to bear it willingly and chearfully in way of obedience to God. This is the way to sweeten this bitter Cup of Afflictions, the way to make this burden leight, and this yoke of Christ easy to us. As, contrà, when we Suffer unwillingly, and with murmuring and impatiency; this doth aggravate the Cross, &c. The more willingly we suffer, the more leight and easy is the Cross unto us, and the less tedious and grievous, &c. Let us then labour for this Willingness, &c.

Helps to further us in the willing and chearfull Suffering of Afflictions. 1. Pray unto God to enable us hereunto, to frame our Hearts to this willing and chearfull submission of our selves to his Will in all Trou­bles which come upon us. 2. Labour by Faith to feel and be perswaded of the pardon of our Sins, and of God's love and favour to us in Christ, that he doth accept us as his Children in him. Then withall, we shall be perswaded, That he doth Afflict us in love, and for our good and profit, Rom. 8. 28. And this will make us willingly to submit to his hand; yea, it will make us chearful and joyful in our Troubles: Rom. 5. 1. Being justfied by Faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ.—And ver. 3. we rejoyce (or glory) in Tribulations, &c. 3. Look at God's special Hand and Providence directing all Crosses and Troubles unto us, and that for our good. He it is that layeth the Cross upon us, and shall we not then wil­lingly yield our selves to bear it? Whatsoever be the instruments or means of our Trouble, God is still the Authour, who ordereth and disposeth all for our good. Therefore submit willingly and chearfully to his Will and Appointment: This made our Saviour Christ willing to Suffer: Joh. 18. 11. The Cup which my Fa­ther hath given me, shall I not Drink it? 1 Cor. 11. 32. When we are judged, we are chastened of the Lord, &c. 4. Set before us the example of Christ, who hath suffered the Cross before us, and that willingly; he hath ta­ken it up before us. He hath not onely suffered all those Miseries and Afflictions in Soul and Body which he was appointed of his heavenly Father to Suffer, and that for our sakes: but he hath willingly and chearfully suffered them, in way of voluntary obedience to the Will of God: Phil. 2. 8. He became obedient unto Death, &c. He laid down his Life willingly for us, &c. Luke 12. 50. This must move us after his example willingly to submit our selves to the bearing of all Afflictions of this Life, and Death it self when God shall call us there­unto. Shall we not be willing and glad to follow Christ in Suffering? Shall not his taking up the Cross before us make us the willinger so to do? Shall we not willingly drink of this Cup, which he hath drunk so deep of before us? Especially seeing he Suffered to this end, that he might sanctify the Cross unto us, that it might become good and comfortable to us; Besides that, Christ by Suffering the Cross before us in his own Person, hath by this means brought great Honour and Dignity to the Cross, and to such Afflictions as he Suffered, Quum Christus ipse crucem et supplicia passus sit, tantum pretium illis accessit, ut nemo ejusmodi pati dignus sit, &c. (Luther Serm. de 10. Leprosis.) We are therefore now to count it an honour and priviledge to be afflicted as Christ was, &c. Phil. 3. 10. Paul counted all to be dung, that he might have fellowship with Christ in his Sufferings, &c. See Acts 5. 41. 5. Look at the Examples of the Saints and Faithfull, who have so willingly and chearfully taken up the Crosse before us; that is, yielded themselves to the obedient suffering of all Tryalls and Afflictions imposed on them by the hand of God; yea, they have rejoyced and gloryed in their Tribulations, as Paul testifieth of himself and other Believers, Rom. 5. (ut supra): Acts 5. 41. Hebr. 10. 34. Ye took joyfully the spoyling of your Goods, &c. And Hebr. 11. 35. They were tortured, not accepting deliverance, &c. So willing they were to Suffer. So the blessed Martyrs in all Ages, how wil­lingly and joyfully did they submit themselves to the Fire and to the Sword, &c. Some kissed and imbraced the Stake, &c. others sung Psalms, &c. Having these Presidents before us, how willingly and gladly should we submit our selves to the bearing of all Crosses and Afflictions which the Lord calleth us to Suffer, &c. 6. Lastly, Consider how gainful and profitable the Cross is being sanctified unto us. Though Afflictions be for the present irksome and tedious; yet all work for our good, even for our spirituall Good and Salvati­on: Psal. 119. 71. It is good for me that I have been afflicted, &c.

Now Afflictions are good and profitable for us many wayes. As, 1. To humble us in sight of our Sins. 2. To mortifie the corruption of Sin, and to purge it out of us more and more. 3. To stirr us up to pray­er. 4. To wean us from the World, &c. 5. To teach us Christian wisdom and experience, &c. Est tribulatio tam nobis necessaria quam vita ipsa; imo magis necessaria, multo (que) utilior, quam universae totius mundi opes & dignitates, &c. (Luther in Psal. 118.) Now then the Cross being so gainfull and profitable for us, how willing should we be to take it up and bear it: yea, though it be tedious to the Flesh, yet, &c. As we willingly take bitter portions and pills of the Physitian for our Bodily health, and we willingly Suffer the Chirurgion to cut and lance us, &c. So here, Hebr. 12. 11. No chastening for present seemeth to be joyous, but grievous; nevertheless, afterward it yieldeth the peaceable fruit of Righteousness, &c.

Mark 8. 34. ‘And take up his Cross, and follow me. Nov. 20. 1625.

Doctr. 4. IN that our Saviour saith, His Cross; that is to say, those particular kinds of Afflictions which God hath allotted unto Him: Hence we are taught, That Christians must not onely be willing to suffer the Cross, but also to suffer those particular kinds of Tryalls and Afflictions which God hath appointed, and doth think fit to exercise them withall. We must take up our own Cross, and bear it willingly. So Luke 14. 27. Whosoever doth not bear his Cross, cannot be my Disciple. As God hath appointed to exercise his Saints and Servants with the Cross in this Life; so he hath appointed with what particular kinds of Troubles to exercise every one. See 1 Thess. 3. 3. And therefore he will have us to shew our obedience to his Will, not onely in suffering Afflictions imposed on us; but also in being content to suffer particular kinds of Tri­alls and Afflictions which he hath allotted unto every one of us. We must not choose our own Cross, nor be our own Carvers herein; but stand to God's choyce and allowance, in taking upon us that Cross which he thinks fit to lay upon us: So have the Saints of God done, as David, 2 Sam. 15. 26. Job, Chap. 1. 2. Jeremiah, Chap. 10. 19.

Reason. Reason. The Lord doth best know what Cross and Affliction is fittest and most necessary, and profitable for every one to humble them, to wean them from the World, and to mortifie their sinfull Lusts, &c. And therefore he will have every one of us stand to His choice for the particular Crosses which we are to Suffer. As the sick Patient is not to choose his own Physick, but willingly to take that which the wise and skillful Phy­sician thinks best for his Disease. So here, &c. The Child that is to be corrected, must not choose his Rod, but leave it to his Father, &c.

Ʋse. Use. To reprove our Natural Corruption, which makes us desire to be our own Choosers in the matter of bearing the Cross; being unwilling to Suffer any Crosse or Affliction, but such as our selves like well of: Hence it is, That in time of Trouble we repine, murmur, and are discontented not so much at this, that God doth afflict us; as that he doth afflict us in this or that kind, otherwise than we would have him. This doth cause many in their Troubles, to wish that God would lay any other Crosse upon them rather than that which is upon them; and they think they could bear any better than that. The poor man wisheth any other Cross rather than Poverty, the sick man on the other side thinks he could better bear Poverty than the pain of Sick­nesse: He that hath a long and lingring Sicknesse, wisheth for a more sharp fit so it might be short; Contra, another feeling a sharp and violent sicknesse, though but a little time, wisheth rather a longer, so it were less painful: Marryed persons think they could bear any Crosses better than the Troubles of the marryed Life; Contrà, Single persons think they could bear any Crosses better than those which they meet with in the Single Life. Thus we are by Nature apt to dislike our own Crosse which God layeth upon us for the present, and to be unwilling to bear it; and to desire to choose our own Crosses and Troubles. But this is our corruption and weakness, and herein, besides that we are guilty of disobedience against God, we are also our own ene­mies; for if God should leave us to our selves to choose our own Crosses, it is certain that we should choose worse for our selves than the Lord himself doth. We should rather choose that kind of Tryall and Affliction which is hurtfull and dangerous for us, than that which is most profitable and good for us. There­fore leave the matter to God, who knoweth best what is good and fit for every one of us: And let us shew our willing and chearfull obedience not onely in Suffering, but in Suffering what He will have us Suffer. Think thy present Affliction ever the best for thee, and therefore willingly submit to the bearing of it: This is to take up thine own Cross, &c. Look not at other's Crosses, nor wish them rather than thine own: but take up thine own; and, to this end, labour for a good opinion of it. Be perswaded, That it is the best and fittest for us of all other; because the Lord doth lay it upon us, who knoweth best, &c. Matth. 6. Our hea­venly Father knoweth what we have need of, not onely what Blessings, but what Crosses, &c. Submit to his Will in thy particular Cross whatever it be: Whether Outward or Inward; whether in Body by Sickness, or in good Name, &c. Say, this is my Cross, and I will bear it: Our Cross is that which God layeth on us, not that we desire, or put upon our selves, &c.

Mark 8. 35.‘For whosoever will save his Life, &c. Nov. 27. 1625.

IN the former Verse our Saviour required this as a Duty at the hands of all that will be his true Disciples, that they should take up their Crosse; that is, willingly submit themselves to the suffering of all Afflicti­ons and Miseries of this Life imposed on them of God; yea, and of Death it self, and that for his sake, when­soever they should be called thereunto.

Now he doth in this 35th Verse lay down two forcible Reasons to perswade Christians to be willing to lay down their Lives, and to Suffer Death for the Name of Christ, in case they be called unto it. The first is taken from the great hurt and danger, or punishment threatned by our Saviour against such as refuse to lay down their Lives for his sake; And on the contrary, do desire and seek to save their own Lives, though it be with the denyall or forsaking of Christ and the Gospel. The punishment denounced against such, is, that they shall lose their Lives which they think to save: Whosoever will save his Life, shall lose it. The second Reason is taken from the contrary great Benefit and Reward promised by our Saviour, to such as are content to lay down their Lives for his sake and the Gospel's, when they are called to it. The Reward promised, is, That such shall save their own Lives; In these words, But whosoever shall lose his Life for my sake, &c.

General Observation: That it is no easie matter, but very hard for a Christian to lay down his Life, or to Suffer Death willingly for the Name of Christ, and profession of the Gospel. Therefore our Saviour is fain to use such strong and forcible Reasons here to perswade us unto it, not contenting himself to enjoyn the ge­nerall Duty of taking up of the Crosse, but urging and pressing this Branch of it by these Reasons, to shew the difficulty and hardnesse of practising it. As it is hard to Suffer any Tryal or Affliction for the Name of Christ; so especially this Tryall by Death, and by the losse of our bodily Lives; of all Crosses to be taken up for the Name of Christ, this is the hardest to take up. Therefore Luke 14. 26. our Saviour speaking of [Page 543] sundry things dear to us, which are to be denied and forsaken for Christ's sake, nameth the forsaking of Life in the last place, as hardest of all. If any man (saies he) come unto me, and hate not his Father and Mother, Wife and Children, &c. yea, and his own Life also, he cannot be my Disciple: Hence it is, that not onely the wicked, but even the Saints of God have sometimes been loath and unwilling to lay down their lives for Christ, as Peter, Joh. 21. 18. So some of the Martyrs for a time, &c.

Reason. Reason. 1. Bodily life is dear and precious to us by Nature above all other temporal and earthly blessings enjoyed in this World; Job 2. 4. Satan knew this, that Skin for skin, yea, all that a man hath will he give for his life. Therefore it must needs be hard for a Christian to overcome this natural love of life, and to be content to part with it for Christ's sake.

2. Death is terrible and fearful to us by Nature; Flesh and Blood of it self doth abhor and shun it; yea, not onely corrupt Nature, but pure Nature shunneth death as an enemy to it, as we see in Christ himself, praying that the cup of death might pass from him, &c. Therefore it must needs be very hard for a Christi­an to overcome this natural fear of death, and to be willing for Christ's sake to undergo it.

Use 1 Use 1. See here again the truth of that we heard before on the former Verse, That it is a hard matter to be a good Christian in life and practice: For he that will be so indeed, must make accompt to lose his own bo­dily life, that is, to lay it down and part with it for Christ's sake and the Gospel's, if he be thereunto called of God; yea, before he be called to do it actually, he must do it first in heart and affection, and that daily: He must dy daily for Christ, and his Name's sake (as Paul speaketh), 1 Cor. 15. 31. Now this is no easy thing to do, but very hard and difficult, as we have heard: To hate our own lives in comparison of Christ, and daily to put our life in our hands for his sake, &c. Oh, how hard a thing is to Nature? So hard, that Nature can never do it of it self, neither can it be done without the special gift and grace of God enabling us to it: Phil. 1. 29. To you it is given in behalf of Christ,—to suffer for his sake. See therefore how ma­ny do deceive themselves, in thinking it an easy matter to be a good Christian. (Vide supra.)

Use 2 Use 2. See what need there is for us daily to fit and prepare our selves for performance of this difficult du­ty, viz. the suffering of bodily death, for the Name and Profession of Christ, to lay down our lives for his sake, if we shall at any time be called to it; as we may be, and must make accompt to be, if God see it good and necessary for his Glory, and the furtherance of our own and others Salvation. Therefore let us daily fit and prepare our selves unto this great work: As we must prepare for other lesser trials and afflictions, so especi­ally for this, the greatest of all other. This is the trial of all trials; the cross of all crosses, when God calls us to dy for the Name of Christ, or to give testimony to his truth. This is most properly to take up our cross as Christ did; for he took up and did bear the cross on which he was immediately after to dy for us, &c. So must we daily prepare to take up our dying Cross, or the Cross and Affliction of Death, for his Name's sake. Hard it is to take up the Cross in our life-time by Sickness, Poverty, Disgrace, Loss of Goods, Friends, &c. but all this is nothing to this taking up our Cross in death and by death for Christ's sake and the Gospel's. Therefore if there be great need to prepare daily to bear other trials; how much more to endure this? Therefore be careful hereof; and, because of our selves we cannot do it, seek to God by Prayer, and use all other good helps to enable us. But more of this afterward.

Now, to speak more particularly of the words.

Whosoever will save his life,] that is, Whosoever shall desire or seek to preserve his bodily life from danger, and shall refuse to hazard or lay it down for my sake, or for the Profession of my Name and Gospel, when he shall be called thereunto; and will rather deny me, &c. That this is the meaning, may appear by that which followeth: Our Saviour doth not simply condemn the care of preserving our bodily life, (for this care is ne­cessary, and it is a sin to neglect it,) but his purpose is to condemn the inordinate and preposterous care of pre­serving bodily life; when it is preferred before the seeking of Christ's Glory by Obedience to his Will, and by Profession of his Name and Gospel.

He shall lose it,] that is, He shall forfeit and deprive himself of life; yet, not onely of his bodily life (al­though he shall at length be deprived of that also, forasmuch as it is appointed for men once to dy, Hebr. 9. 27.) but he shall lose and be deprived of that eternal life of Soul and Body which God hath prepared in Hea­ven for his Elect.

Note, that this threatning of the loss of eternal life is not to be understood absolutely, but with the condi­tion or exception of Repentance, (as all other like threatnings found in Scripture;) that is to say, unless such a one do afterward repent of this sin of preferring the safety of his own life before the honour of Christ, and the Obedience which he oweth to his Will.

Doct. Doctr. That such as desire or seek to save the temporal life of their bodies with the denial of Christ or of his Word, or do refuse to part with their bodily lives, when they are called so to do for the Profession of Christ and the Gospel, they are in danger to lose and to be deprived of eternal life. The manifest Doctrine of this place lying plain in these words, Whosoever will save his life, shall lose it; that is, Whosoever seeketh to save or keep his bodily life from danger, by the denial of Christ, &c. shall be deprived of life eternal. The same Doctrine is taught else-where by our Saviour, as Matth. 10. 39. He that findeth his life shall lose it; that is, He that seeks to find it, or thinks to find or save it, by the denial of Christ, when he should lose it by confes­sing him: And Ver. 33. Whosoever shall deny me before men (though it be for the saving of his life), him will I also deny before my Father which is in Heaven. So Joh. 12. 25. He that loveth his life, shall lose it; viz. He that loveth it too much and inordinately, so as he will rather deny Christ or His Word, than part with his life, &c.

Reason. Reason. 1. It is a great Sin against God, and dishonour to Christ, for any to prefer the safety of their bo­dily lives before his Glory and the Profession of his Name. Now, all sin deserves eternal death, and conse­quently the loss of eternal life.

2. The Justice of God requires, that such as refuse to part with their temporall Life in this World for Christ's sake, should be deprived of eternal life in the World to come, unlesse they speedily repent for this Errour.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See how fearful and dangerous for any to deny Christ or his Truth, or any part of it for the saving of their bodily Lives in time of Persecution or otherwise. No small sin, but hainous and grievous; a dam­nable sin, such as is like to cost them dear who commit it, unless they truly and in time repent of it. It shall cost them the loss of Heaven, and of eternal Life, as our Saviour here threatneth: This was the sin of Peter, which through infirmity he fell into; and it had cost him the loss of eternal Life, if he had not repented of it with bitter tears. The like sin have many other fallen into in time of Persecution for the Gospel, both in anti­ent and latter Times of the Church. So in Queen Maries Reigh, though many lost their Lives for Christ and the Gospel; yet divers others did for the saving of their Lives either deny or dissemble the Truth when they were called to confesse the same before the Enemies of it. Let us by these and the like Examples be moved to fear and take heed of this dangerous sin of preferring our bodily Lives, before the profession of Christ and the Gospel: Let us beware of seeking or going about to save our Temporall Life by denyall of Christ or of the Gospel, or of any part of the Truth of God at such time as we are called to profess it. Though we may seek the safety of our bodily Life by all lawful means, yet not by unlawful; not by denying Christ or his Word, or by refusing to confesse the same when we are thereunto called. Then we must contemn our Lives, yea, lose a hundred Lives if we had them, &c. Therefore take heed of so doing, consider the danger that will follow: This is the way to hazzard, yea, to lose the eternal life and happinesse of our Souls and Bodies in Heaven. Be not so foolish therefore as to adventure so great a loss for so small a gain, to hazzard eternal Life for this Temporal Life, &c. He were a foolish Marchant, who would adventure the losse of a thousand pounds for a Commodity not worth a hundred pence. So here, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See how such deceive themselves, who think to do good to themselves, and to provide for their own welfare and happinesse by denying or not confessing Christ or his Truth when they are thereunto called, thereby to save their bodily Lives. For the Truth is, They are here in their own greatest Enemies, doing themselves the greatest hurt that may be, and providing worst for themselves of all other. For to gain a Tem­poral Life for a short time, they deprive themselves of eternal Life; to escape Temporal Death of the Body, they bring upon themselves eternal Death of Soul and Body in Hell. Thus by seeking to save their Life by unlawful and sinful means, they lose it; and by seeking to escape Death, they run into it.

Now followeth the second Reason used by our Saviour to perswade Christians to take up their Cross in Death, or by dying or laying down their Lives for Christ's sake; which is taken from the great Benefit or Reward promised to all such as do so, in these words, But whosoever shall lose his Life for my sake, &c. The meaning;

Whosoever shall lose his Life] That is, shall be content and willing to part with the Temporal Life of his Body, or to be deprived of it.

For my sake] That is, For my Glory, and for profession of my Name.

And for the Gospel's sake] That is, for the profession of the Gospel, and in defence and maintenance of the truth of it.

By the [Gospel] understand the Doctrine of eternal Life and Salvation preached by Christ himself in his own Person upon E [...]th, and commanded by him to be preached afterward by his Apostles and other Ministers of the Church to the end of the World.

The same shall save it] That is, he shall not onely recover again his bodily life at the Day of generall Re­surrection, but shall also be partaker of eternal life of Soul and Body in my heavenly Kingdom.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is the Duty of all good Christians to be content to lose and part with their bodily Lives for the Name of Christ, and profession of the Gospel, whensoever God calls them so to do. This is the Duty which our Saviour here commendeth, and unto the practise whereof he perswadeth all Christians by promising a great Reward to such as do it, viz. Eternall Life. So in other places also he requireth this as a Duty at the hands of Christians: Luke 14. 26. If any come to me, and hate not his Father, Mother, &c.—yea, and his own Life also, he cannot be my Disciple. Not that he must simply hate his Life, but in comparison of Christ, and so as to be willing for his sake to part with it. See also ver. 33. Example of this in Peter, Luke 22. 33. Lord, I am ready to go with thee to Prison and Death. And though he failed in performance of what he pro­fessed; yet it is enough to shew that he thought it his Duty to dye for Christ. So Paul, Acts 21. 13. Rev. 12. 11. They loved not their lives unto the Death. This hath also been practised by sundry Saints and Martyrs in all Ages of the Christian Church; which shews, They thought it to be their Duty. The Apostles, Stephen, Justin Martyr, Cyprian, &c. And the Martyrs of latter times.

Quest. Quest. When is a Christian called of God to part with his bodily Life for the profession of Christ and the Gospel?

Answ. Answ. When the case so standeth, That he cannot retain or keep his Life in safety without denyal of Christ or of the Gospel, or without concealing or dissembling of some part of the Truth and Doctrine of Christ at such time as he is called to confesse the same. As in time of Persecution, if one be called before Authority, and required to deny Christ or the Gospel under pain of the losse of his Life, or to confesse any part of the Truth of the Gospel with the hazzard of his Life. Thus were the Martyrs in all Ages called to part with their Lives for the profession of Christ and of the Gospel. And in like case it is the duty of all Christians willingly to forgo their Lives for Christ and the Gospels sake.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The Glory of Christ ought to be more dear and pretious to us than our own Lives. Now by pro­fessing Christ and the Gospel, we glorify the Name of Christ: Ergo, for this professions sake, &c. Acts 20. 24.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Christ himself was content to lose and part with his bodily Life for our sakes, thereby to work our Redemption and Salvation: Joh. 10. 15. I lay down my Life for the Sheep. Ergo.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. Examples of the Saints and Martyrs (Vide supra.)

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See here again how hard it is to be a good Christian in practise. For how hard is this, To lay down our Lives for Christ and the Gospel, &c? (Vide Supra, the general Doctrine.)

Use 2 Use 2. Teacheth us not to be too much in love with this Temporal Life of our Bodies, nor to set our Hearts upon it; but to use and enjoy it, and all things of this Life as if we used them not: Seeing we must part with [Page 545] this Life for the Name of Christ, and profession of the Gospel, whensoever we shall be thereunto called. Now this we can never do, so long as our Hearts be too much set upon this Life: Therefore take heed here­of, Matth. 6. 25. Take no thought for your Life, &c. Remember, that if we will be Christ's Disciples, we must hate our Lives, &c. No cause to be in love with this Life, being so vain and transitory; yea, so wretch­ed and miserable, full of Troubles, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To examine our selves whether we be truly willing and content to part with our Life for Christ, &c. Are we content to part with all things of this Life, &c?

Use 4 Use 4. To move us every one to prepare and arm our selves before hand for the practise of this Duty, viz. to part with our own bodily Lives for the profession of Christ and his Gospel, if we shall at any time be called so to do, as we know not but we may. Though now we enjoy our Lives in peace, together with the free profession of Christ and the Gospel; yet Times may alter, and God may call us to hazzard our Lives; yea, to lose them for the Name of Christ, as the Martyrs did, &c. Therefore good wisdom it is to provide for the worst that may come, and to fit and stirr up our selves before hand to lay down our Lives for Christ's sake and the Gospel's, if we be called to it. And so much the rather we had need thus to prepare, forasmuch as this is so hard and difficult a matter to put in practise, &c. (Vide, supra, the second use of the general Do­ctrine from this Verse.) Therefore labour daily to fit and prepare our selves to take up our Crosse in Death, and by Death, as well as in our Life time, for the Name of Christ, &c.

That we may be the better prepared, use these Helps. 1. Pray unto God daily to fit and prepare us to this great and difficult work, if he shall call us to perform it. Seek to him for spirituall strength to enable us for Christian courage and resolution of Heart, that we may not be dismayed with fear of Death; but that we may be able to vanquish this fear (which is so natural to us), and willingly to lay down our Lives for the Name of Christ, &c. 2. Labour for true Faith to be assured of the pardon of our Sins, and of God's love and favour in Christ. Then the sting of Death being taken away, we shall not fear it, but willingly Suffer it for Christ, &c. 3. Get true love of Christ in our Hearts: This will constrain us to professe his Name and Gospel even with losse of our Lives. To this end, labour for true feeling of his infinite Love shewed to us in laying down his Life for us, &c. 4. Labour to be well grounded in the certain hope of the Resur­rection of our bodies unto Life at the last Day. 5. Lastly, Look at the Reward of eternal Life promi­sed. But of this afterward in the next Observation.

Use 5 Use 5. If it be our Duty to lose and part with our bodily Lives for the profession of Christ and the Gospel, how then much more to part with all other things of this Life which are but accessaries to it; as Goods, Lands, Houses, Liberty, Country, Friends, Children, &c. See Luke 14. 26. And ver. 33. Whosoever he be of you th [...]t for sakes not all he hath, he cannot be my Disciple.

Mark 8. 35.‘For whosoever will save his Life, &c. Dec. 4. 1625.

Observ. 2. SUch as are content to lose and part with their Temporal Life for the profession of Christ and of the Gospel, shall receive the Reward of eternall Life after this: Matth. 10. 39. He that loseth his Life for my sake shall find it. Joh. 12. 25. He that loseth his Life in this World, shall keep it unto life Eternall. Revel. 2. 10. To the Church of Smyrna: Be thou faithfull unto Death, and I will give thee the Crown of Life. If such as forsake House, or Lands, or Friends for Christ's Name, shall hereafter receive the Inheritance of Eternal Life, Matth. 19. 29. much more such as forsake Life, &c.

Caution. Caution. Though they shall receive the Reward of Eternal Life, yet they do not merit or deserve the same at the Hands of God, by suffering Death for Christ's sake and the Gospels (as Papists teach that the Martyrs do); but this Reward shall be freely given them by vertue of God's Promise in Christ. It shall not be gi­ven for the Dignity of Martyrdom, or for the merit of Suffering; but because the Martyrs are in Christ, shewing their Faith in Him, by suffering for his Name and Gospel.

Reason. Reason. Such as lay down their Lives for Christ, do thereby honour Him and his Truth: Therefore He will honour and reward them not onely in this Life, but especially after this life with Eternal Life and Glory hereafter.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the happy and blessed estate of such as Suffer Death for the Cause of Religion; that is, for the Name of Christ, or for profession of the Gospel. That which is spoken in generall of such as suffer Perse­cution in this World for the Name of Christ, Matth. 5. 12. the same is true of such as Suffer Death for the Name of Christ or the Gospel, That great is their Reward in Heaven. They are sure to be partakers after this Life of that eternall Life and Glory of God's heavenly Kingdom: If they be blessed and happy, who suffer smaller Afflictions and Trialls in this Life for the profession of Christ and the Gospel: As 1 Pet. 4. 14. If ye be reproached for the Name of Christ, happy are ye, &c. Then much more blessed are they who suffer Death it self, the greatest of all outward Trialls for Christ's sake and the Gospels. If they be blessed which dye in the Lord, Rev. 14. 13. because their Works (that is, the Reward of their Works) doth follow them; then much more happy are those which dye not onely in the Lord, but for the Lord. The World doth use to judge them miserable, who suffer Death of the Body, though it be for Christ's sake, &c. because such are deprived of the benefit of this present Life, and of all Earthly things here enjoyed: but the Word of God doth call and accompt such to be most happy and blessed; because in stead of this Temporal Life they are made partakers of a heavenly and eternal Life in God's Kingdom. Therefore let us so esteem and accompt of all the holy Martyrs who have thus suffered Death for Christ's Name and Gospel, that they are most happy and blessed in their Life and Death; yea, whatsoever kind of Death they dyed, though never so pain­full, &c. This hinders not their happinesse, but they are now Crowned with eternal Life and Glory as the Reward of their Suffering. Therefore great cause have we to bless God for the Faith, constancy and pa­tience which he gave to the Martyrs in suffering Death for the Name of Christ, and for Testimony of his Truth, in that they are by this means translated out of this wretched Life, and made partakers of so blessed a condition in God's heavenly Kingdom.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See here a forcible motive to move and encourage us willingly to suffer Death, or to part with our bodily Lives for the profession of Christ and of the Gospel, if at any time we shall be called of God unto it. Consider the excellent and blessed Reward promised to us for so doing, viz. the Reward of eternal Life and Glory in Heaven after this Life ended. An eternal weight of Glory, A Crown of Life shall be given us: So we shall gain much more then we lose, by losing this Temporal Life we shall gain eternal Life: This losse shall be no losse to us, but the greatest gain that may be. If to dye any Death be a gain to the Saints, Phil. 1. 21. then much more to dye for Christ or the Gospel. No Death indeed, but an exchange of Tem­poral Life for Eternal, of Earthly for Heavenly. A gainful exchange, as of Copper for Gold, &c. We lose not our Lives, but lend them to the Lord for a time, to receive them with advantage. Think well of this excellent Reward of eternal life promised to such as lay down and lose their Temporal lives for Christ's cause and the Gospel's; that it may encourage us to do it willingly, if God call us thereunto. Moses in suffering Affliction with God's People, had respect to the recompence of Reward, Hebr. 11. 26. So must we, if we would willingly suffer Death for the Name of Christ, or for the Gospel, we must look beyond Death, at the joy set before us; as Christ did, Hebr. 12. 2. This will make us willingly to part with this Life, and to imbrace Death for Christ's sake, &c. When Stephen was ready to Suffer Death for the Name of Christ, he looked up stedfastly into Heaven, and saw the Glory of God, and Jesus standing on the Right hand of God. So must we by Faith labour to do, &c. This will comfort, and encourage us against Death, and cause us wil­lingly to lay down our lives for Christ, &c. Thus have the Martyrs comforted themselves at the time of their Death, with the hope of eternal life which they expected after this Life. Mr. Bradford to his fellow Martyr; Be of good comfort, saies he, we shall have a merry Supper with the Lord this Night, &c. Saunders kissing the Stake, said, Welcome everlasting Life. John Noyes kissing the Stake also, said to his fellow Martyrs, We shall not lose our Lives in this Fire, but change them for a better, and for Coals have Pearls, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Our Saviour doth not say, Whosoever shall lose his Life, &c. But whosoever shall lose it for my sake, &c. Here we are taught, That it is not simply the suffering of Death, or of any other affliction which hath the Reward of eternal Life promised unto it: but it is suffering in a good cause, which shall be so Rewar­ded. Not all that suffer shall be partakers of eternal Life, but such as suffer for well-doing, for professing Christ and the Gospel, and for giving testimony to the Truth of God: 1 Pet. 4. 16. If any man suffer as a Chri­stian, let him not be ashamed, but glorifie God, &c. Matth. 10. 39. He that loseth his Life for my sake, shall find it. Martyrem facit, non poena sed causa. Cyprian. Though a man could suffer not one, but many Deaths; yet if it be not in a good Cause, as in way of well-doing, and for the keeping of a good conscience; he is never the nearer to eternal Life: 1 Cor. 13. 3. Though I give my Body to be burned, and have not love, it pro­fiteth me nothing; that is, if I do it not out of true love to God and Man, and to a right end; as, for the glorifi­ing of God by constant profession of his Truth, or otherwise.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See what to judge of such as suffer Death in evil Causes, or for evil ends; as either for vain-glo­ry, as the Heathen to shew contempt of Death and Fortitude of mind; or in defence of errour or sin, as Hereticks. Donatists, Papists, &c. No promise of Reward to such, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See that if we would by suffering Afflictions, or Death it self gain eternal Life; it is not enough that we suffer, but we must see it be in a good Cause; as in the cause of Christ, or of the Gospel, for professi­on of the Truth, or otherwise for the keeping of a good conscience. This is the main thing to be looked to in Suffering: The matter is not what we Suffer, but for what cause, and to what end, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. For my sake and the Gospel's] In that our Saviour joyneth these two together [Himself and the Gospels] as one and the same cause of loving Life, and of Suffering Death: Hence we may gather, That to Suffer Death for the Gospel of Christ, is to Suffer it for Christ himself: And that these two causes of Suffering Death are one and the same in effect and substance, neither can they be divided or severed one from the other. He that loseth his Life for Christ's sake, loseth it for the Gospel's; and he that loseth it for the Gospel's, loseth it for Christ's. Therefore our Saviour here joyneth these two together, as one and the same in substance; For my sake and the Gospels. So Revel. 2. 13. To the Church of Pergamus: Thou holdest fast my Name, and hast not denyed my Faith, in the dayes wherein Antipas my Martyr was slain among you, &c.

My Name] That is, The profession of Me.

My Faith] That is, My Doctrine of Faith.

Reason. There is a near affinity and special relation between Christ and the Gospel, and that in three respects. 1. In that Christ, as He is God, is the Authour and efficient cause of the Doctrine of the Gos­pel. It is not a Doctrine devised by Men or Angels, but proceeding from God the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, as from a Fountain. 2. In that Christ, as Mediatour, doth reveal this Doctrine from the bosom of his Father. See Joh. 1. 17, 18. 3. In that Christ is the main substance and matter of the Gospel, which is contained in it. The whole Doctrine of the Gospel is concerning Christ directly or indirectly, either concerning his Person and Office, or concerning the Benefits we have by Him, or the means of applying Him, &c.

Use. Use. To be a motive and encouragement unto us willingly to lay down our Lives, and to suffer Death, not onely for Christ's sake, but also for the profession of his Word and Gospel; to seal and confirm the Truth of it, even with the loss of our Lives, if we shall be called so to do, as the Martyrs have been. To encourage and move us hereunto, let us know and consider, That in laying down our Lives for the Gospel, we do lay them down for Christ himself, whose Gospel it is, and who is himself not onely the Authour and Revealer, but also the substance of this Divine and heavenly Doctrine of Salvation. Therefore, if we would willingly dye for Christ's sake, let us as willingly dye for the Gospel's sake, and for the profession of it: Remem­ber how Christ doth in this place promise the Reward of eternal Life not onely to such as lose this Temporal Life for His sake, but also to such as lose it for his Word and Gospel's sake. And let this move us to be wil­ling to part with our Lives not onely for Christ's sake, but also for the Gospel's sake; especially seeing it is so, that in suffering for the Gospel, we do suffer for Christ also, &c.

Now, that we may be able and willing thus to lay down our lives (if need be) in defence of the Gospel [Page 547] of Christ, we must daily prepare and arm our selves for the practice hereof. To this end, 1. Labour to be well grounded in the sound Knowledge of this Doctrine of the Gospel; using all good means to this end, as diligent hearing of this Doctrine preached to us, diligent searching of the Scriptures, that the Word of Christ may dwell in us richly, Col. 3. 16. 2. Labour by true Faith to believe and be perswaded of the divine truth and certainty of this Doctrine of Christ; and not onely so, but to apply the same unto our selvs particularly for our comfort: Then we shall be moved to stand out unto the death in defence of it. 3. La­bour to entertain the true love of the Gospel and Doctrine of Christ in our hearts; else we shall never be content to lay down our lives in the defence and maintenance of it, &c. Such as esteem so little of this Word and Doctrine of Christ, and have so little love and desire to it, how would they be content to dy in defence of it?

Mark 8. 36, 37.‘For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole World, and lose his own Soul? Or Jan. 1. 1625. what shall a man give in exchange for his Soul?’

IN the beginning of the former Verse, our Saviour shewed the great hurt and danger which cometh of seeking to save the temporal life of our bodies, by denying Christ, or his truth and Gospel, or by not con­fessing the same when we are thereunto called: That such as so do, shall forfeit or lose the eternal Life and Salvation of their own Souls and Bodies. And this he used as one Reason to perswade Christians to part with their bodily lives for Christ's sake and the Gospel's.

Now, in these two next Verses he confirmeth his Reason, by shewing further how great a loss and dam­mage it is for a man to lose or be deprived of the eternal Life of his Soul; which he sheweth, 1. By comparing this losse with the gain of the whole World, and shewing it to be greater, in the 36th. Verse, What shall it profit a man, &c. 2. By shewing the irrecoverableness of this losse, or the impossibility of redeeming the losse of a man's Soul by any way or means, in the 37th. Verse, Or what shall a man give in exchange &c.

What shall it profit a man?] What good shall it do him? What benefit shall it be to him? q. d. None at all. This Interrogation hath the force of an earnest Negation.

If he shall gain the whole World,] This is not so to be taken as if it were possible for any one man to gain the Right and Possession of all the World; but it is an Hyperbole, by which more is spoken than is to be understood: q. d. If he shall gain or get unto himself never so much; even the whole World, if it were possible.

By the World, understand (metonymicè) all temporal good things in this present World, which may be any way helpful to a man, or do him any good, as profits, pleasures, honours, &c. 1 Joh. 2. 15. Love not the World, nor the things that are in the World, &c. Ver. 16. All that is in the World, the Lust of the Flesh, the Lust of the Eyes, and the Pride of Life.

And lose his own Soul,] that is, If he shall be deprived of the eternal Life and Salvation of his Soul in God's heavenly Kingdom; or if he shall fail or come short thereof. Note here also, that the Soul being the princi­pal part of man is by a Synechdoche named for the whole Person consisting of Soul and Body: Therefore Luke 9. 25. it is said, If he lose himself.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. That the eternal Life and Salvation of Man's Soul in God's heavenly Kingdom, is a matter of great worth and excellency: A Blessing of great value and price, if it be rightly estimated. This appears here, in that our Saviour doth prefer it before the gain of this whole World, and of all the good in it; affir­ming, that the gain of all that is in the World will not countervail the loss of one Soul. 1 Pet. 1. 8. This is reckoned as the greatest Blessing which the Faithful have by believing in Christ, that by this means they receive the end of their Faith, even the Salvation of their Souls. Therefore also the Apostle, the more to set forth the ex­cellency and worth of this benefit, doth call it there the end of our Faith: For if Faith be a precious Grace, as it is called 2 Pet. 1. 1. being but the means of attaining to Salvation; how much more precious is Salvation it self, being the end of our Faith?

Now, the Worth and Excellency of the Salvation of Man's Soul may further appear by these following Reasons.

1. By the excellency and dignity of the Soul of man in its own Nature, in that it is a spiritual Substance and immortal, never dying or perishing as the Souls of Brute-beasts do, but living for ever, even after the death of the body. And this excellency of the Soul is confirmed by the manner and order which God himself observed in creating the Soul of the first man; in that he did not make it of the dust of the earth (as he did the Body), but made it of nothing, breathing it immediately from himself, to shew that it is of a more divine Nature than the Body, Gen. 2. 7. Vide Chrysost. in Psal. 48. pag. 668.

2. By the excellency of that estate and condition, whereof the Soul of Man being saved is made partaker after this life in Heaven, which is an estate of perfect happiness: Set forth in Scripture by most excellent Names and Titles; it is called, a Crown of Life, and a Kingdom: 1 Pet. 1. 4. An Inheritance immor­tall, undefiled, &c. 2 Cor. 4. 17. An eternall weight of Glory. 1 Cor. 2. 9. Eye hath not seen, nor Ear heard, &c.

3. By the excellent and precious means ordained of God for the procuring and working of the Salvation of Man's Soul, viz. The precious Blood of Christ, the Son of God; that is to say, his precious Death and Sufferings. 1 Pet. 1. 18. Ye were not redeemed with corruptible things, as Silver and Gold, &c. but with the precious Blood of Christ. Psal. 49. 8. If the Redemption of bodily life be so precious, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See how excellent and precious a Work it is for any to be an instrument or means of saving the Souls of men: The Salvation of Man's Soul being a matter so excellent and precious, such as are a means to procure this benefit to others, must needs do a Work most excellent and precious in God's accompt: Jam. 5. ult. He which converteth a Sinner from the Errour of his way, shall save a Soul from Death, &c. This is reckoned as a great and excellent Work: which shews the dignity and excellency of the Minister's Calling, 1 Tim. 3. 1. [Page 548] being conversant about the saving of mens Souls, as the proper Object of it. Hebr. 13. 17. They watch for your Souls, &c. It sheweth also how excellent a Work it is for any Christian to be an instrument of saving the Soul of another, by Instruction, Admonition, Prayer, &c. a Work most acceptable to God. Therefore a singular Reward is promised in Heaven to such, Dan. 12. 3. They that turn many to Righteousness, shall shine as the stars, for ever and ever. How should this in encourage both Ministers and others to all care, pains, and diligence in the performance of this most excellent Work of saving Souls, &c. especially such as have charge of others. To save one Soul is a greater and more excellent Work than to save many bodies of men; more than to save a whole City or Country from the Fire and Sword of an Enemy: Therefore have a care to pluck others Souls out of the fire of Hell, Jude 33. ver.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how great a sin it is to hinder the Salvation of Souls, as by discouraging others in a good and Christian course, by mockings, slanders, or any other Persecution in word or deed; also by enticing others to sin, or encouraging them therein by word or example: Act. 15. 24. the Jewish Teachers are said to sub­vert Souls by teaching a necessity of Circumcision, &c. Also by giving offence to the weak by abuse of our Christian liberty in indifferent things, either grieving their Consciences, or emboldning them by our practice to do things against their Conscience. This is to lay a stumbling-block before them, in the way of Salvati­on? yea, to destroy their Souls, so much as lies in us: Rom. 14. 15. Destroy not him with thy Meat for whom Christ dyed. Take heed then how we do, any of these wayes, or any other way, hinder the Salvation of others. Souls, lest we become guilty of a heinous and grievous Sin: To hinder the Salvation of one Soul is to hin­der that which is more worth than all the World, &c. This is the Devil's Work, Who goes about as a roaring Lion, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Hence gather, that it is no easy matter, but hard and difficult, to obtain eternal Life and the Salva­tion of our own Souls; for all excellent and precious things are hard to obtain. Now, the Salvation of our Souls is a matter of great worth and excellency; a precious benefit more worth than all this World: There­fore we must not look to attain to it easily, but with much hardness and difficulty. Some indeed think it an easy matter to go to Heaven, and to have their Souls saved: They think, if they be outwardly baptized, and come to Church, and make an outward Profession to be Christians, this will bring them to Heaven; but on the contrary, Matth. 7. 21. Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter, &c. Others think, that if they live never so profanely, yet if upon their Death-beds they can have but an houres respite to call to God for mercy, they shall have their Souls saved without any further difficulty. But let none thus deceive them­selves: The Salvation of our Souls being a matter so excellent and precious, more worth than all this World, let us not dream of obtaining it so easily. No, no, it will cost us a great deal of care, pains, and labour before we attain to it: Here then we are to be quickned and stirred up to shake off all security and sloathfulness in the wayes of God, and to work out our Salvation with fear and trembling, as the Apostle willeth Phil. 2. 12. Give diligence to make our Calling and Election sure, 2 Pet. 1. 10. Strive to enter in at the streight Gate, &c. Luke 13. 24. The difficulty must not discourage us, but quicken our care and diligence to obtain this preci­ous benefit, the Salvation of our Souls: And to this end we are often to think of the great and invaluable worth and excellency of this Blessing, the Salvation of our Souls; that it is the Blessing of all Blessings, more worth to us than all that is in this World, if we could have and enjoy it as our own. What pains do we take to get but a little portion or piece of this World, a little wealth, a little worldly preferment? &c. (Quantis sudoribus haereditas cassa expetitur? minori pretio Christi Margaritum emi possit, Hier.) What care and pains do men take to save their bodies from danger; yea, to save their goods being in danger of losing by fire? And wilt thou not take much more care and pains to save thy Soul? This is a thousand times more worth than thy body and goods; yea, than all that is in this World.

Use 4 Use 4. See here matter of great comfort to the faithful, knowing and being assured that they shall be parta­kers after this life, of this most excellent and precious benefit, the Salvation of their Souls. For this is such a benefit as is more worth than all this World; and shall be better to them, than all the profits, pleasures, and honours of this World, if they could enjoy them. Oh then how great comfort is this unto true Believers, against all afflictions and miseries which they suffer in this World? as against poverty, disgrace, and con­tempt: What though they enjoy but a small portion of things of this life, as of Wealth, Honour, &c. yea, what though they suffer many troubles? This is enough, that they are assured of the Salvation of their Souls, which is more worth and better to them than all that this World can afford. 1 Pet. 1. 7. The Apostle shews how the believing Jews being then in great Affliction did rejoyce and comfort themselves with this assurance, that after this life they should receive the end of their Faith, even the Salvation of their Souls.

Mark 8. 36, 37.‘For what shall it profit a man, &c. Janu. 8. 1625.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. THat it is a great and invaluable loss for a man to lose himself or his own Soul; that is, to be deprived of the eternal Salvation of his Soul, or to fail and come short thereof. Such a loss as the gain of this whole World cannot countervail or make amends for: 2 Joh. 8. ver. Look to your selves, that we lose not those things which we have wrought, but that we receive a full reward; that is, the Reward of eternal Life and Salvation of our Souls: whereby the Apostle implieth, that to lose this Reward of eter­nal life is a great loss, even the greatest that may be; for which cause he warneth us to look well to our selves, that we bring not this great loss and dammage upon our selves. So Hebr. 4. 1. Let us fear, lest a Promise be­ing left us of entring into his Rest; (that is, into that eternal and heavenly Rest of our Souls in God's Kingdom) any of you should seem to come short of it. Let us fear, &c. which shews it to be a grievous loss to come short of Heaven. A matter to be feared greatly.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. The salvation of our Souls is a great and inestimable Blessing, more worth than all this World (ut supra dictum): Ergo, To lose this, must needs be a great and invaluable loss: Revel. 3. 11. Christ saies to Philadelphia, Let none take thy Crown from thee.

2. He that loseth eternal life, and the Salvation of his Soul, doth lose God's favour, and all Communion with God for ever; he is for ever seperate from God: 2 Thess. 1. 9. The Wicked in Hell shall be punished with everlasting destruction, from the presence of the Lord, &c. Now, to lose God himself, and to be for ever sepera­ted from his favour and presence, must needs be an incomparable loss.

3. He loseth Christ, and is seperate from him, Mat. 25. 41.

4. Such as lose eternal life are also seperated for ever from the society of the blessed Angels and Saints in Heaven, and deprived of all Communion with them, which must needs be an unspeakable loss, Luke 13. 28. There shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth, when ye shall see Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, and all the Prophets in the Kingdom of God, and you your selves thrust out.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See by this the fearful security and hardness of heart with which many are possessed; who though they be in danger of this great and invaluable loss of their own Souls, yet are not sensible of it, or of the great­ness thereof, but make leight of it. Such are they who live and go on securely in their sins without Repen­tance, whereby they do (as much as lies in them) destroy and cast away their own Souls, and yet have no fee­ling of their own misery and fearful estate, their hearts not touched with any fear of this great and fearful loss of their own Souls, nor with any grief and sorrow for the same, but they go on carelesly in a sinful course, spending their daies in carnal mirth and jollity, as if they were in a good and safe estate, as if they were in no danger at all to lose their own Souls. Other worldly losses they are sensible of, as loss of Goods, Friends, worldly Preferment, &c. But as for the loss of their Souls, whereof they are in so great and apparent danger, by continuance in sin, this they have no sense or feeling of; they fear it not, they suspect it not, they grieve not for it; much less have they care to prevent this fearful and dangerous loss of their Souls: Though this loss be never so imminent and ready to come upon them, though their Souls be almost in Hell already, yet they go on without sense of this danger. But the less sensible they are of this loss of their own Souls, the greater and more certain is the danger they are in; the less sensible of their misery and wretched estate, the greater is their misery: which should move us therefore to lament and pity the state and condition of all such secure and impenitent Sinners, who thus endanger their own Souls, and hazard the loss of them, by continuance in sin. If we pity the case of such as suffer some great worldly loss, as the loss of some dear friend by death, or the loss of their houses or goods by Fire, or by Theeves, &c. because they are like to be undone by this means: Oh, how much more ought we to pity and lament such as are in danger to lose themselves and their own Souls for ever? &c. Let us be affected with the woful case of such, and not onely pity them, but shew our pity, by praying for them, that God may open their eyes to see their own misery and danger which they are in, and [...]o make them sensible of the great and incomparable losse of their own Souls, which they are like to bring upon themselves if they continue in their Sins; that the serious consideration hereof may move them to speedy Repentance.

Use 2 Use 2. To shew the folly and madness of such as do adventure this great and invaluable loss of their own Souls for the gaining of small matters: Such as adventure to commit Sin, and so hazard the Salvation of their Souls for the gaining of a little worldly profit, or for the enjoying of some short pleasure or delight: Such as deny Christ, to save bodily life, &c. Such as stick not to lye, swear, forswear, or to deal falsly and un [...]ustly, so it be to enrich themselves: Such also who will profane the Sabbath by buying and selling of wares or other­wise, for a little worldly gain and profit. How foolish are these to adventure so great a loss as the etern [...]l loss of their own Souls, for so small a gain and advantage as i [...] to be gotten by the temporal profits and plea­sures of this life? Penny-wise and Pound-foolish. He were a foolish Merchant who would venture the lo [...]s of a thousand pounds, for the gaining of some small trifle not worth a thousand pence; So here, &c. There is no comparison to be made between the price and value of our own souls, and the value of these earthly and temporal profits and pleasures of this life: There is no proportion between the invaluable and infinite loss of the one, and the small and trifling gain of the other.

Object. Object. Though we commit Sin for worldly gain, &c. yet we purpose to repent, and so to save our Souls.

Answ. Answ. This were somewhat, if it were in thine own Power to repent: But it is nothing so, God must give it thee; and he may justly deny it thee, if thou sin presumptuously: Take heed therefore, &c. Besides, if thou do repent, yet how bitter and grievous will the remembrance of thy Sin be unto thee?

Use 3 Use 3. Teacheth us to be wise and careful above all things to prevent this great and inestimable loss of our own Souls, and to take heed we bring it not upon our selves, either by neglecting the means of our Salvation, as the Ministry of the Word, Sacraments, Prayer, Practice of Repentance, &c. or by using means to dest [...]oy and cast away our own Souls, as by the practice of sin, & living in it, or by yielding to the temptations of Sa­tan, &c. On the contrary, abstain from fleshly lusts which fight against the Soul, 1 Pet. 2. 11. Resist the Devil, who goeth about as a roaring Lion, seeking to devour our Souls: Take heed of doing any thing whereby to endanger the Salvation of our own Souls, or to bring upon our selves this great and inco [...]parable loss of our Souls. In worldly matters, we are very saving and thrifty, very careful to prevent all losses and hinderances, even the smallest: Oh, how much more careful had we need be to save our own Soul, and to prevent this invaluable and infinite loss of them? This is the loss of all losses; greater than the loss of all this World, if we could lose it. There is no loss to be compared with this of our Souls; all other are nothing to it. Labour to be truly sensible of the greatness of this loss; that it may make us careful above all things to prevent the same, and on the contrary, to use all possible means for the saving of our Souls. Then no world­ly loss can hurt us, or undo us: Job lost all he had in this World, yet was not undone, because he lost not his Soul, but that was safe still.

Mark 8. 36, 37. ‘But what shall it profit a Man, &c. Jan. 15. 1625.

Doctr. 3 Doctr. 3. THat all the Temporal good in this World, if it could be gained, cannot help or do good to him that loseth his Soul; that is, to him that is deprived of the eternal Salvation of his Soul after this Life: What shall it profit a man (saies our Saviour), if he gain the whole World, &c. Job 27. 8. What is the hope of the Hypocrite, though he hath gained, when God taketh away his Soul? q. d. What is he the better for all the worldly Goods he hath gained, in case that he lose his Soul? What good did profane Esau's messe of pottage do him? what good did all his worldly Wealth and Honour do him, when he had not onely sold his Birth-right, but withall had lost his Title to Heaven, whereof his Birth-right was a Pledge? Gen. 25. What profit was it to that rich Fool, Luke 12. to have so much Goods laid up in store, and to have his Barns full of Corn, when his Soul was taken from him? What good did Judas his money do him which he got by betraying Christ, when for this he lost his own Soul, &c?

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. He that loseth the salvation of his Soul, loseth all communion with God, being for ever depri­ved of his favour and presence (as hath been shewed before); and so, not enjoying God, all that is in this World can do him no good.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. He that loseth his Soul, is sure to live in everlasting Torments of Hell after this Life; and what good then can all that is in this World do him? What good did all the rich Glutton's Wealth, rich Appar­rel, and dainty Fare do him, when his Soul after Death was in Hell Torments? Luke 16. All the Wealth he had could not then help or ease him; It could not purchase one drop of Water to cool his Tongue: Prov. 11. 4. Riches profit not in the Day of Wrath.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See here the fearful estate of the Wicked and Reprobate after this Life, who suffer the loss of their own Souls: All that is in this World can do them no good, nor afford them any help or comfort. Though in this Life they have enjoyed Wealth, Honour, fair Lands, goodly Houses, &c. yet after Death, and when their Souls are in Hell torments, they shall have no benefit or comfort. No help by any thing which they formerly enjoyed in this World: In their Life time these outward Earthly things were their chief comfort and delight: but when they are in Hell, all these shall forsake them; and no longer stand them in stead, or be able to help, comfort, or ease them at all. They shall not have so much as a drop of Water to cool or refresh them in midst of those everlasting Flames, not so much as any light of the Sun, or of any the smallest Starr to comfort them, &c. So fearfull and uncomfortable shall their estate be. Let such think of this, who now live in sin without Repentance, destroying and casting away their own Souls, so much as lyes in them: And let it move them to Repent, that they may be saved, and not come unto that fearful estate of the Reprobate after this Life.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Admonition to us, to beware of hazzarding our Souls, and the eternal Salvation of them any way for the gaining of things of this World; as worldly Honours, Pleasures, Profits, Wealth, &c. Take heed of seeking these with the hazzard and losse of our own Souls, either by neglecting the means of our Salvation, publick or private, or by doing any thing whereby to endanger the Salvation of our Souls; as by committing sin, or making shipwrack of a good conscience: Take heed of hazzarding our Souls, though we might thereby gain or purchase to our selves never so much Honour, Preferment, Wealth, Pleasure, &c. Take heed of buying any of these at so dear a rate, as the price of our own Souls. Remember what is here said by our Sa­viour, What shall it profit a man, if he gain the whole World and lose his Soul? Think of this, when we are temp­ted to any sin by the hope of worldly profits, preferments, pleasures, &c. when the Devil propoundeth these to allure us, as he did the Kingdoms of the World to our Saviour. Then think with thy self, what good shall these things do thee, with the loss of thy Soul? What shall it profit to get Honour, Wealth, Credit, &c. in this Life, and after this Life to go to Hell? To gain this World, and to lose that which is to come? To gain this World, and to lose our selves; yea, to lose God and Christ, &c.

Doctr. 4 Doctr. 4. In that our Saviour joyneth these two together; The gaining of this World, and the losing of a man's Soul, and mentions the former as an occasion of the latter: We may hence gather, That the desire and seeking of the profits and good things of this World, is hurtful and dangerous to the Soul, hazzarding the eternal Salvation of it. Especially when these worldly things are sought over-much, or by unlawful means. 1 Tim. 6. 9. They that will be Rich, fall into temptation and a snare, and into many foolish and noysom Lusts, which drown men in destruction and perdition, &c. Luke 8. 14. Riches and Pleasures of this Life (that is, the inordinate love of them) are as Thorns choaking and hindring the saving Fruit of the Word in those that hear it.

Reason. Reason. The love of these Earthly things doth steal away the Heart from God, and hinder our desire and care of things spiritual and heavenly, which concern the Salvation of our Souls. See Matth. 6. 24.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See how dangerous to abound much in things of this World; as in Profits, Pleasures, Honours, &c. For none are so apt to love and desire things too much, as those who enjoy them in most plenty. There­fore Psal. 62. 10. If Riches increase, set not your heart, &c. Now to set our Heart on these things of the World, is very dangerous to the Salvation of our Souls. Therefore Prov. 23. 4. Labour not to be Rich.

Use 2 Use 2. For admonition to us to beware of desiring and seeking too much after things of this World; as Honour, Riches, Pleasures, &c. Though we may enjoy and use them, yet set not our Hearts upon any of them, lest they draw us away from God, and from love of his Word and Worship; and quench our love and desire to heavenly things, and so prove dangerous enemies and hinderances to the Salvation of our Souls. See then that we use this World and all things in it as if we used them not, 1 Cor. 7. 31. To this end, con­sider the vanity and uncertainty of all these things of the World, &c.

Now followeth, Ver. 37. Or, what shall a man give, &c? Here our Saviour doth further shew how great a loss it is for a man to lose his own Soul; namely, by the irrecoverableness of this Loss, in that it is im­possible by any means to redeem a man's Soul from Destruction, or to recover it again being once lost: withall, our Saviour confirmeth what he said, That the gain of the whole World is no profit to him that loseth his Soul, because there is nothing in the World sufficient to redeem the Soul.

What shall a man give in exchange, &c?] That is, what is there in the World which a Man can give as a sufficient price or ransom to redeem his Soul from eternal Death and Destruction in Hell, when it is once lost or cast away? q. d. There is nothing in the World which a man can give as a Ransom to deliver his Soul, or to redeem or buy it out from eternal Death. Our Saviour seemeth to have Relation to the antient custom of such as were taken Captive by their Enemies in time of War, who were wont to give some price or ransom to redeem their bodily Life from the Enemie's power. As if our Saviour should have said, Though a man that is taken Captive by his Enemies in time of War, may give a sufficient Ransom for his bodily Life, &c. yet no man can possibly give a Ransom sufficient to redeem his Soul from eternal Destruction in Hell.

Doctr. Doctr. The Soul of Man being once lost and deprived of Salvation after this Life, can by no means in the World be redeemed or recovered from Destruction. No ransom or price to be given for Redemption of it: Though a man had all the Wealth and Substance in this World to give, yet not sufficient to Ransom his Soul from Hell, when it is once cast into that place of torments, and delivered up for ever to the Power of the Devil. As no man can by worldly Wealth redeem his Brother from bodily Death, or purchase immor­tality for him on Earth, Psal. 49. 7. So no man can redeem his own Soul from eternal Death by any world­ly wealth or means whatsoever. When the Soul of that rich Glutton Luke 16. was in Hell torments, all the Wealth he had in this World could not redeem or deliver him out of that place of torment, nor so much as procure or purchase any ease or release for him.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute the gross errour of the Papists teaching, that Souls may be redeemed from the pains of Purgatory (which they imagine to be in a part of Hell) by money given to Massing Priests, to say or sing Masses and Dirges for such Souls departed this Life. Here we see the contrary, That the Soul being once lost or deprived of Salvation, and being once cast into Hell-torments, it is impossible to deliver it thence by any means in the World. There is no money, or any thing else, to be given as a Ransom for it.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how dangerous then it is for any to deferr the practise of Repentance in this Life, putting it off from time to time, and going on in sin securely. For without Repentance their Souls cannot be saved, but must needs perish and be cast to Hell after this Life, Luke 13. 3. and being once in Hell, there is no reco­very of them from thence; no Redemption from that infernal pit by any means in the World. Now there is no time for Repentance, but the time of this Life: which being so uncertain as it is, how dangerous must it needs be to deferr this practise of Repentance for the saving of thy Soul, &c. How many are now in Hell, who would give all the World if it were in their power to redeem their Souls from those torments, or to purchase but one hours space to live on Earth again, that they might repent, and be saved?

Use 3 Use 3. See how careful we had need be in time of this Life to prevent this irrecoverable losse of our Souls, and to use all means for the saving of them; forasmuch as being once lost and deprived of Salvation after this Life, there is no possible means to recover or save them again; No ransom to be given unto God for Redemption of them from Hell. If a man be in danger to suffer some such worldly loss as he thinks he shall never be able to recover: how careful will he be to prevent that loss in due time? So here, let us be much more now in this Life-time to prevent the loss of our Souls, which being once lost after this Life, can never be recovered or saved. Oh then let us now be careful and conscionable in use of all good means for the saving of our Souls! Now is the acceptable Time, the day of Grace and Salvation, as the Apostle speaketh. Now let us get Faith and Repentance, and all saving Graces: Now attend on the Ministery of the Word of Life and Salvation, &c. Now work out our Salvation with fear and trembling, &c. Now is the time either to save or to lose our Souls for ever. Hoc momentum est unde pendet aeternitas. If now we lose or for­feit our Souls either by neglecting the means of Salvation, or by continuance in sin without Repentance; there is no redemption or recovery of them from Hell after this Life, &c.

Mark 8. 38.‘Whosoever therefore shall be ashamed of Me, &c. Janu. 22. 1625.

IN the 35th Verse (as we have heard) our Saviour threatened the loss of eternal Life to such as go about to save their bodily Life, by denying Christ and the Gospel, or by refusing to confess the same being called thereunto. Then ver. 36, 37. he shewed how great and inestimable a loss it is, for a man to lose eternal Life, or the Salvation of his own Soul; so great, that the gain of all that is in this World cannot counter­vail it.

Now in this last Verse of the Chapter he further and more plainly sheweth and confirmeth that which he before had more obscurely implyed, viz. That it is a very dangerous thing to deny, or not to confess Christ and the Gospel, when a Christian is called so to do. This our Saviour now confirmeth by adding another threatning unto that former which he delivered ver. 35. against such as do not confess Christ and the Gospel, but are ashamed so to do, when they are thereunto called. For he doth here threaten that himself will be ashamed of such at his second coming to Judgment. In the words, two things to be considered.

  • 1. The persons against whom our Saviour denounceth this threatning, All such as are ashamed of him in this adulterous and sinfull Generation.
  • 2. The commination or threatening it self, That the Son of Man shall be ashamed of them when He cometh in Glo­ry, &c.

In the former part which concerneth the persons, there are two things. 1. A description of them by the sin whereof they are guilty, and for which our Saviour denounceth this threatening against them; They are such as are ashamed of Him and his Words.

2. An amplification of that Sin, by the occasion of it: The adulterous and sinfull Generation, amongst whom they live.

Whosoever shall be ashamed of me] That is, whosever shall be ashamed to make outward profession of Me, or of my Name before Men, when he shall be called thereunto. Whosoever shall forbear or refuse to confesse me before Men, being thereunto moved by fear of worldly shame, reproach, or disgrace.

And of my Words] That is, of that divine Truth and Doctrine of the Gospel, which I have hitherto [Page 552] taught or shall hereafter teach and deliver to the Church for instruction of it, either by my self, or by my A­postles and other Ministers. He doth not say, my Word, but [my words] in the plural number, thereby to imply the diverse and sundry Doctrines which he had formerly taught them, and was hereafter to teach and deliver to his Church.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That it is the duty of Christians to make outward Profession of Christ before men, as occasion is offered, and whensoever they are thereunto called. It is not enough to believe in Christ with the heart, and to embrace him as our Saviour; but we must also confess him outwardly before men, and profess our Faith in him: We must not be ashamed thus to do, whensoever good occasion is offered, and we are called to do it. Our Saviour threatens that he will be ashamed of such at the day of Judgment, who are ashamed of him before men in this World; that is, do (for fear of shame or reproach in the World) refuse to confess his Name be­fore men, which shews it to be a Duty required of all Christians, to make outward Profession of Christ before men, so often as they are called so to do. Matth. 10. 32. Whosoever shall confess me before men, him will I also confess before my Father, &c. Hebr. 3. 1. Christ is called the Apostle and High-Priest of our Profession, be­cause we are not onely to believe in him, but also to make outward Profession of him before men. Thus have the Saints and faithful Christians done: Thus the Apostles, (ut supra, Ver. 29.) See 1 Tim. 6. 12. So the blessed Martyrs, both of ancient and latter times, as Steven, and those that followed him; whence in the Pri­mitive Church some were called Confessors.

Reason. Reason. By this outward Profession of Christ before men we do glorify God and Christ, in giving testimo­ny to his Name, 1 Pet. 3. 15.

2. By this also we do edify others, encouraging them by our example to make the like Profession of Christ's Name.

Quest. Quest. When are we called of God to make this outward Profession of Christ before men?

Answ. Answ. There are two kinds of outward confessing of Christ.

1. Verbal or vocal, by word of mouth; when we acknowledge Christ to be the true Messiah and our on­ly Saviour, and profess that we believe in him, and rest on him for Salvation: Rom. 10. 10. With the mouth Confession is made unto Salvation. 2 Cor. 4. 13. I believed, and therefore have I spoken, &c. Now, thus we are called to profess Christ, whensoever we see hope or likelihood of glorifying God, and of edifying others by our Profession; as, if it be before or unto such as are likely to reap good thereby: For otherwise, if it before open malicious enemies and scoffers at Religion, silence is better; Matth. 7. 6. Cast not pearls before Swine. But if there be hope of doing good, then we are called of God, &c. 1 Pet. 3. 15. Be ready alwaies to give an Answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope, &c. Especially, we are to do this, when such as have Authority over us do require an accompt of our Faith. See Mat. 10. 18.

2. Real Confession of Christ, in life and practice: And this is either Active or Passive. 1. Active, in our whole conversation and carriage before men, when we so demean our selves, that we really declare and testify our Faith in Christ: Tit. 3. 8. Such as have believed in God, must be carefull to maintain good Works, &c. And thus we are at all times called to profess Christ before men; Matth. 5. 16. Let your light so shine before men, &c. 2. Passive Confession, when we declare and testify our Faith in Christ by suffering any Afflic­tion or Death it self, for his Name, as did the Martyrs: Whence also they were called Martyrs and Confes­sours, by way of excellence, Act. 22. 20. And thus we are called of God to confess Christ, so often as we are called to suffer any thing for his Name.

Use 1 Use 1. See how needful it is for all Christians to have sufficient Knowledge in the Doctrine of Christ's per­son, Office, &c. out of the Scriptures: For else how shall they be able to confess or make Profession of him aright, when they are thereunto called? yea, they must have more than bare Knowledge, viz. Faith, which presup­poseth Knowledge, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. For Reproof of such as fail or come short in this Duty of professing Christ before men. Some are so ignorant, they know not how to make Profession of Christ, and of their Faith in him: Some have no Faith, and therefore cannot profess it: Some think they may keep their Faith to themselves, and need not professe Christ before men. On the contrary, Rom. 10. 10. (ut supra,) there is an absolute necessity, &c. Some dare not confess Christ before men, for fear of trouble or danger to themselves: Therefore in time of Perse­cution for the Gospel, they deny or dissemble their Faith, to save their goods, liberty, lives, &c. So did Pe­ter out of Infirmity. So have many Hypocrites and Temporizers, done in time of Persecution, &c. How dangerous is this seeing our Saviour threatens to deny such before his Father, &c. Mat. 10. 33. Others con­fess Christ in word, and deny him in life and practice, like those, Tit. 1. 16. who profess they knew God, but in Works deny him, being abominable, disobedient, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To stir us up to the conscionable practice of this Duty of confessing Christ, and our Faith in him, before men upon all occasions when we are thereunto called; and that not onely in words, but also really by t [...]e actions and carriage of our life; yea, thus we are daily and continually to confess Christ, &c. So also by suffering for his Name, if we be called to it at any time. And that we may thus make Profession of Christ, we must pray unto God to enab [...]e us by his Spirit: For no man can say, that Jesus is the Lord, but by the ho­ly Ghost, 1 Cor. 12. 3.

Rule [...] for the right performance of this duty of confessing Christ before men; especially, for vocal Con­fession in words, see before, Ver. 29.

Mark 8. 38.‘Whosoever therefore shall be ashamed of me, and of my words, in this adulterous and sinfull Gene­ration, Jan. 29. 1625. &c.’

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. THat it is our duty not onely to profess Christ, but also his Word and Doctrine, before men. It is not enough to believe and embrace the truth of it in heart, but we must make out­ward Profession of it before men, as occasion is offered, when it makes for God's Glory and the edifying of others: Confession of Christ and of his truth must go together, and not be severed. Therefore our Saviour [Page 553] here threatens, that he will be ashamed not onely of such as do not confess him, but also of such as do not confess his words before men, to shew that he requires the Confession of both: Therefore also before, Ver. 35. where he spake of suffering death for the Profession of his Name, he joins the Gospel with himself; Whoso­ever shall lose his life for my sake and the Gospel's, &c. Rev. 2. 13. The Church of Pergamus is commended for holding fast his Name, and for not denying his Faith; that is, the Doctrine of Faith.

Quest. Quest. How are we to make outward Profession of the Word or Doctrine of Christ before men?

Answ. Answ. 1. By a vocal or verbal confession and acknowledgment of the truth of Christ's Word, and giving testimony to the same before men, when we have a calling so to do: And not onely by acknowledging and testifying the truth, but also speaking in defence and maintenance of the same against the enemies thereof, Jude 3. ver.

2. By a real Profession of the Truth and Doctrine of Christ in our life and practice; and that both by do­ing and suffering: 1. By doing, that is, by yielding conscionable obedience to the Word of Christ, and framing our lives by the Rule of it; Phil. 1. 27. Let your Conversation be as becometh the Gospel of Christ, &c. 2. By suffering, in defence of the Truth and Doctrine of Christ, as the Martyrs have done in all Ages. Rev. 6. 9. John saw under the Altar the Souls of them that were slain for the Word of God, and for the testimony which they held.

Use 1 Use 1. See how needful it is for all Christians to be well grounded in the sound Knowledge of Christ's Word and Doctrine: For else how shall we be able to make outward Profession thereof before men, both by word of mouth, and by the actions of our life; yea, by suffering for it, &c. Col. 3. 16. Let the Word of Christ dwell in you richly, &c. To this end, be diligent in hearing this Word, search the Scriptures by private read­ing, and pray unto God to open our Understandings, &c. Seek to him who hath the Key of David.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To reprove such as fail in this duty of professing the Word and Doctrine of Christ before men: Some are so ignorant, that they know not how to make Profession of it: Some think it enough to know and under­stand the Doctrine of the Gospel, to believe the truth of it, and to hold and maintain it in Judgment, though they make no outward Profession of it. Some are afraid to make outward Profession of the Gospel, lest they be ill thought of, or ill spoken of, by the Enemies of the Gospel; or lest they bring themselves into trouble or danger of losing their goods, liberty, or lives. Therefore in time of Persecution they deny or dissemble the truth; yea, sometimes abjure it, rather than they will bring themselves into danger. Others profess the Doctrine of Christ in word and tongue, but deny it in life and practice, living in gross and known sins, contra­ry to the Word of Christ. To such Hypocrites the Lord may say, as he doth Psal. 50. 6. What hast thou to do, to declare my Statutes, &c. Magna profectò insania non credere Evangelio, &c. sed longè major insania, si de Evangelii veritate non dubitas, vivere tamen quasi de ejus falsitate non dubitares. Picus Mirand. Epist. ad Nepotem suum, pag. 342.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. To exhort to the conscionable practice of this duty of making outward Profession of the Word of Christ. Think it not enough to know this Doctrine, and to believe it in heart, but be ready to make out­ward Profession of it, to the glory of God, and edifying of others: Be ready to acknowledge the divine Truth and Doctrine of Christ, and to give testimony unto it before men, and that freely and boldly; yea, to stand forth in the defence of this Truth against the Enemies of it; and not onely in time of peace, but also in time of trouble and persecution, even with the hazard and loss of our goods, liberty, and lives. No trou­bles or dangers must make us shrink from the Profession of the Truth and Doctrine of Christ, but we must stand to it and hold it fast even to the death, as the blessed Martyrs did. We must glorify God, not onely by believing his truth, but also by professing it before men: Neither must it be onely a verbal Profession, but re­al in our life and practice, by conscionable obedience yielded to the Word of Christ; yea, not onely by an active Obedience, but also by a passive; by suffering for testimony of the truth; yea, dying for it (if need be), and sealing it with our Blood.

Use 4 Use 4. See that we are not to blame or censure any for speaking of the Word of Christ, and professing it before others, so they do it in due manner, wisely, seasonably, with reverence, to edification of others, &c. It is a duty required of them so to do: Therefore take heed of censuring them for it as Hypocrites; but on the contrary, commend and encourage them.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. That it is a great fault and sin in Christians to be ashamed of professing Christ or his Truth before men, when they are thereunto called. This appears in that our Saviour threatens that he will be ashamed of such at his second coming: Therefore Paul gives special warning to Timothy to take heed of this Sin of being asha­med of the testimony of the Lord; that is, of the Profession and Preaching of the Gospel before men, 2 Tim. 1. 8. Be not thou ashamed &c. This was the sin of Nicodemus, that he was ashamed to profess Christ openly before men, and therefore he came to him in the night lest he should be seen, Joh. 3. 2. It was also the Sin of those Rulers mentioned Joh. 12. 42. who believed on Christ, but durst not confess him, lest they should be shamed by being put out of the Synagogue: For they loved the praise of men, &c. and this is there noted as a great fault and sin in them.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. To make outward profession of Christ and his Word before men, is a especial duty required of all Christians, as we have before heard. Therefore to be ashamed to do it is a great sin.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is a great dishonour to Christ, and disgrace to his Word and Doctrine for any to be ashamed of professing Him or his Word before Men, and consequently a great sin. As for a Souldier to be ashamed of his Captains, or a Servant of his Master, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To reprove such as are guilty of this sin of being ashamed of professing Christ or his Word be­fore Men; Some are afraid they shall be mocked, or counted Puritans, &c. No small or leight sin, but hainous. Our Saviour threatens to be ashamed of such at the Day of Judgment: This sin alone therefore is enough to condemn a man at that Day, if it be not repented of. Such also are reproved here, who are asha­med to give accompt of Faith, being required by such as have Authority over them; as by Pastors, Parents, &c. Such of younger sort, who are ashamed to answer questions of Carechism, &c. Such also as are ashamed to pray, read, conferr of the Scriptures before others, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. For admonition to take heed of this great sin of being ashamed of Christ and his Word before [Page 554] Men. Let not fear of worldly shame hinder us in this Duty of professing Christ, and the Gospel of Christ before Men, when we are called so to do. Be content to suffer any shame or disgrace in the World rather then deny Christ, or not confess Him and his Truth, &c.

Remedies against this Sin. 1. Consider the dignity and excellency of Christ and of his Word, how worthy they are to be professed by us. The dignity of Christ in that he is the Son of God and true Messiah, our onely Saviour and Redeemer, &c. The dignity of the Word of Christ, in that it is the onely Word of Life, and Doctrine of Salvation, &c. Therefore it is no shame, but a great honour to be a professour of Christ and of the Gospel. If it be an honour for the Servant of some Noble man or Prince to profess his Master's name; much more for a Christian, &c. Paul Gloryed in the Cross of Christ, Gal. 6. 14. that is, in the profession of Christ Crucified. And he often calls himself a Servant of Jesus Christ. 2. Look at the exam­ples of the Saints and Faithful, who have not been ashamed of professing Christ and his Word before men, when they were called to it: Paul, Rom. 1. 16. I am not ashamed of the Gospel, &c. David, Psal. 119. 46. not ashamed to speak of God's Testimonies before Kings. The Martrys were not ashamed to confesse Christ and his Truth before their Adversaries. These we must imitate, not being ashamed to profess Christ and his Word; yea, to suffer for this profession, if need be: 1 Pet. 4. 16. If any suffer as a Christian, let him not be ashamed, but Glorifie God in this behalf. 3. Consider that Christ our Saviour was not ashamed to dye and suffer the wrath of God, and cursed Death of the Crosse for our sins: Hebr. 12. 2. He endured the Cross, despising the shame, &c. Therefore we are not to be ashamed to confesse Him and his Truth, though with hazzard of Life, &c. Despise all shame that may be cast on us for the Name of Christ. 4. The Wicked are not ashamed to commit sin, they are not ashamed to deny and dishonour Christ and his Truth: Esay 3. 9. They declare their sins, and hide them not, &c. And shall we be ashamed of professing Christ and his Truth both by Word and Deed, &c? 5. Lastly, Consider the danger of being ashamed to confesse Christ or his Truth, He will be ashamed of such at his second coming, &c. But of this afterward.

Mark 8. 38.‘Whosoever therefore shall be ashamed of Me, &c. Febr. 5. 1625.

NOW followeth the occasion of this sin of being ashamed of Christ, &c. The profane and wicked People or Persons amongst which they lived. Described by a twofold property or attribute. 1. Adul­terous Generation. 2. Sinfull. The meaning,

In this Adulterous Generation, &c.] Or amongst this Adulterous Generation: He seemeth principally to understand the wicked Nation of the Jews, as they were at that Time; especially the Scribes and Pharisees, with such other, who were greatest Enemies of Christ and the Gospel. The more probable, because he had before called them thus: Matth. 12. 39. An evil and adulterous Generation seeketh a Sign, &c. So the words contain a sharp reproof of the Jews indirectly: yet this is further to be extended to all other profane and wicked Nations or People, amongst which the Disciples of Christ, or any other good Christians, should live at any Time.

Generation] Put here for a Naturall Stock, Progeny, or Posterity.

Adulterous Generation] That is, a degenerate, spurious, or bastardly Brood or Progeny, such as were not the true and lawfull Posterity of those, whose Posterity they professed and boasted themselves to be; that is to say, of Abraham, Israel, and the other Patriarchs and Fathers in the old Testament: Joh. 8. 39. They boasted, That Abraham was their Father. Therefore our Saviour here to convince their Hypocrisie, calls them an Adulterous Generation; that is, a bastardly Brood: to shew, That although they were by natural Birth descended of Abraham and the other holy Fathers; yet they were not the true and lawful Posterity of those Ancestors in regard of spirituall Birth, because they did not walk in the steps of the Faith of Abraham and the Fathers, but were Unbelievers, neither did they do the Works of Abraham; that is, they lived not holily and uprightly as he did, but profanely and wickedly; therefore he calls them a sinfull Generation. So Joh. 8. 39. If ye were Abrahams Children, ye would do the Works of Abraham. And he does not call them Adulterous Children, but an Adulterous and sinfull Generation; implying, that not onely themselves, but their next and immediate Parents and Ancestors were degenerated, &c.

And sinfull] [...]; not onely tainted with corruption of sin, but full of sin; polluted with many and grosse sins, and living in the same without Repentance. This is added to explain the former Title [Adul­terous] shewing why they were not the true spirituall Children of Abraham, but rather a bastardly Brood; because they were not holy and religious in Life as was Abraham, but profane and wicked.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. When we have occasion to speak or make mention of the sins of gross and notorious Offen­ders; we are not to speak too favourably of them, but rather to censure them sharply as they deserve. Not to excuse or lessen, but rather to aggravate them. So our Saviour here being to speak of the wicked Jews, speaks not favourably, but calls them an Adulterous and sinfull Generation, a wicked and bastardly Brood, &c. So at other times, as Matth. 16. 4. So Matth. 7. 6. He calls them obstinate Contemners and Scoffers at Religion, Doggs and Swine. He calls Judas Devil. See 2 Pet. 2. how sharply the Apostle censureth those wicked false Teachers and Seducers, calling them brute Beasts, Wells without water, Clouds carryed with a Tempest, &c. So Jude Epist. ver. 12. Fruitless Trees, twice dead, &c. Raging Waves of the Sea, foming out their own shame, wandring Stars, &c. Thus when we have occasion and are called to speak of gross or notori­ous wicked persons, we are not to favour or spare them; but to censure their open and manifest sins as they deserve, thereby to testifie our own detestation of them, and make them odious to others. Especially this concern Ministers of the Word in their publick Ministery, when they have occasion to speak of the sins of grosse Offenders; not to mention them, or reprove them too favourably, but sharply to censure them, especi­ally obstinate Offenders, &c.

Use. Use. This condemns the practice of such as are wont to excuse, minse, or colour-over grosse and notorious sins of others, when they have occasion to speak of them; especially if the Offenders be their Friends, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is a great occasion of sin, to live amongst such People or Persons as are profane and wicked. Living in midst of an Adulterous and sinfull Generation, is mentioned here by our Saviour as one occasion of being ashamed to confess him and his word before men. See Joh. 12. 42. True of all sins, both of com­mission and omission: Living and conversing amongst the wicked, is a great occasion to move such as so live both to do that which is evil, and also to neglect and omit good Duties. Living in Sodom was afterward an occasion unto Lot's Daughters of committing the sin of incest with their Father. Joseph's living among the profane Egyptians in Pharoah's Court, was an occasion to him of using that profane Oath or asseveration, By the life of Pharoah. The Israelites living so long among the Idolatrous Egyptians, was an occasion to them of making a Golden Calf, &c. Peter's coming into the High-Priests Hall, and standing amongst that pro­fane Company, and warming him by the same fire, was the occasion of his dangerous sin of denying Christ, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. We are by Nature apt to follow and be led by evil example of others, with whom we live and converse: Prov. 22. 24. Go not with a furious man, lest thou learn his wayes, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Sin is of a contagious Nature, apt to spread the infection of it to those that live amongst the wicked; like a Leprosie, or other contagious Disease. Like leaven, 1 Cor. 5. 6. A little leaven leaveneth the whole Lump.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See how dangerous for any to make choice to live and converse amongst the profane and wicked Thus do many young Gentlemen and others, who travail beyond the Seas, and live in forrain Countries among Papists and other profane Persons and People without a lawful Calling, onely to see Fashions, &c. Hence is it, That many of them return home infected with popery or profanesse. Such also offend in this kind, who being to choose a place for their Dwelling, do willingly plant themselves in profane places where sin aboundeth, and where they are like to have little or no company but of profane persons, &c. How dan­gerous is this, experience teacheth: For do we not see how by this means some that have been zealous and forward in Religion, have fallen away, and waxed cold or lukewarm in religious Duties; and have also been drawn into the practice of gross sins, &c. Take heed therefore, it is a tempting of God, thus to cast thy self upon so great an occasion of sin. David lamented his misery, That he was forced to dwell among the profane, Psal. 120. 5. And wilt thou bring this misery and danger upon thy self willingly?

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See what need for such as are called to live amongst profane and wicked Persons or People, to walk wisely and circumspectly in regard of this great occasion of sin, that they be not drawn away by it: Col. 4. 5. Walk in wisdom toward them that are without. As those that live amongst such as are infected with the Plague, or other contagious Diseases; have need to walk warily, lest they take the infection. So here, such as live amongst the profane that are infected with the Plague or Leprose of gross sins; had need be watchfull over their wayes, lest they be infected by the society of such, and drawn away either to the love and liking of their sins, or to the neglect and omission of good Duties. He that walks among snares and pit-falls, had need to look to his Feet; so he that lives among the wicked, &c. Ezek. 2. 6. The Prophet compares them to Briars and Thorns, which are so apt to lay hold, and to prick such as come near them. Also to Scorpions, which will sting such as come near them.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. For admonition to all that profess to be God's Servants, to shun the society of the profane and wicked of this World as much as is possible, and to separate from the same, lest their society be an occa­sion of sin unto them: 2 Cor. 6. 17. Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing, &c. Revel. 18. 4. Come out of her (that is, out of Babylon) my People, that ye be not parta­kers of her sins, &c. Not that we can wholly separate from the wicked (for then we must go out of the World), but as much as is possible; so far, that we do not willingly and without a calling use their company, or live among them.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. It is no sufficient excuse for Sin, or for omission of good Duties, that such as are guilty of the same, do live amongst wicked and sinfull Persons or People. No excuse for being ashamed of Christ and his Word, though we live in an Adulterous and sinfull Generation. No excuse for Peter to deny Christ, though he were amongst the Enemies of Christ in the High-Priests Hall. No excuse for Nicodemus to be ashamed to come to Christ in the Day-time, because he lived amongst the wicked Jews which were Christ's Enemie [...]. No excuse for those Rulers Joh. 12. 42. to be afraid of confessing Christ, because they lived among the wicked Pharisees. The like may be said of other sins, it is no excuse, or just defence for them, that such as commit them or live in them, do live amongst profane and wicked Persons or People which are given to the like sins.

Reason. Reason. The Saints and People of God are forbidden to imitate the sins of the wicked, though they live amongst them: Levit. 18. 3. After the doings of the Land of Aegypt wherein ye dwelt, shall ye not do; and after the doings of the Land of Canaan whither I bring you, shall ye not do, &c. Rom. 12. 2. Be not conformed to this World; though ye live amongst the profane of the World, yet live not like them, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To consute such as think this a good Plea in defence of their sins, or for omission of good Duties; because they live amongst such Persons or People who are given to the like sins, &c. This is the best excuse and colour which many have to defend their unlawful practices or omission of religious Duties, because others among whom they live do the like. But these Fig-leaves will not cover their nakednesse; This excuse will stand them in no stead, when God shall enter into Judgment with them for their sins, and for neglect of good Dutie [...]. Such must know, That the evil example of the wicked and profane with whom they live, is no allowance for them to follow the same: but on the contrary, God requireth them to separate from the wicked, if not in regard of place; yet in manner of life and practise. Thus Peter exhorted the believing Jews to save themselves from that untoward Generation amongst whom they lived, Acts 2. 40.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See that God's Servants and People must not onely refrain sin, and practise good Duties, so long as they live amongst such as are like themselves; but even then when they are called to live amongst the pro­fane and wicked: Phil. 2. 15. That ye may be blamless and harmless, the Sons of God without rebuke in the midst of a crooked and perverse Nation, among whom ye shine as Lights, &c. Thus did Noah, living amidst the profane People of the old World: Thus Lot among the Sodomites: Joseph among the Egyptians; Daniel in [Page 556] Babylon, &c. It is an easy matter for a Christian to refrain Sin, and to practise good Duties, living amongst good Christians: but this is the difficulty, and herein stands the praise of a Christian, to live holily amongst the profane, &c.

Mark 8. 38.‘Adulterous and Sinfull Generation, &c. Febr. 12. 1625.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. THat all are not holy and religious Persons or People which are by Natural Birth descended of holy Parents or Ancestors, but many which spring from such Ancestors are profane and wicked, degenerating from the Religion of their Ancestors. Such were these wicked Jews, though they were the Posterity of holy Abraham by Natural Birth; yet they were an Adulterous and Sinfull Generation. They were not Abraham's Children spiritually, because not like him in Faith and Holiness of Life; but most unlike him, and therefore a bastardly Brood: yea, Children of the Devil, Joh. 8. 44. So Rom. 9. 6. They are not all Israel which are of Israel: Neither because they are the seed of Abraham, are they all Children, &c. See Ezek. 16. 3. Many religious Parents have had profane Children. Adam had wicked Cain, Abraham had Ismael, Isaac, Esau; David; Absolon, Ammon and Adonijah.

Reason. Reason. Religion and sanctifying Grace is not hereditary by Nature; it is not ex traduce, not propaga­ted by Naturall Birth from Parents to Children: but it is freely given of God to whom he pleaseth: Joh. 3. 8. The Wind bloweth where it listeth, &c. So is every one that is born of the Spirit. Non nascimur, sed renasci­mur Christiani. Hieron.

Object. Object. 1 Cor. 7. 14. The Children of such Parents whereof but one is a Believer, are said to be holy: And Rom. 11. 16. Si radix sancta, &c. If the Root be holy, &c.

Answ. Answ. Those places do not speak of the Grace of true Sanctification, which is proper to God's Elect on­ly; but of outward Holiness, whereby the Children of believing Parents are reputed to be within the Cove­nant of God, which He hath made with the Faithfull and their Seed, viz. in regard of outward Right and Interest which they have in that Covenant, and in the Sacrament of Baptism, which is a Seal of it.

Use 1 Use 1. To admonish and teach us not to presume too much upon the religion or holiness of our Parents or Ancestors, as if this were enough to make or prove us to be religious; think not so, lest we deceive our selves. For Religion and true Holiness comes not by Inheritance or Naturall Birth, but from the Grace of God freely bestowed, &c. as we have before heard. It is indeed a great Benefit and comfort to be born or descended from holy Parents or Ancestors in some respects; as in regard of that Title which we have by this means to God's Covenant, as also in regard of the holy example which such Parents have left unto us for imitation. But yet take heed of resting, onely in this Religion and Holiness of our Ancestors or Parents, and let it be our chief care to imitate the Faith, Religion, and Holiness of such Parents and Ancestors; that we may be their Children, not onely after the Flesh, but spiritually descended of them. This is in­deed to be the true and legitimate Children of such Parents, else are we but a bastardly and adulterous Seed, &c. Never boast of thy religious Ancestors or Parents, or think the better of thy self for this; unless thou be carefull to follow their religious example, and to be like them. Else if thou degenerate and forsake the Religion and Zeal of thy Ancestors; it is no benefit to thee to have had such, but their zeal and holiness of Life shall be a witness against thee, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Teacheth religious Parents to be carefull so to train up their Children that they may be like unto them in Religion and Grace, that they may not onely be their Children after the Flesh, but Spiritually; by Grace, as well as by Nature: and that they prove not an adulterous or bastardly Brood in regard of spirituall Birth and Descent, as otherwise they may and will do. To this end, such Parents must teach and instruct their Children in the true knowledge and fear of God, and be carefull to reclaim them from sin by due ad­monition, correction, &c. as also to go before them by holy example of Life, that as they have been Instru­ments of their Natural Birth, so they may be also of their Regeneration. They must remember, That though themselves be religious; yet they do not convey Religion or Grace to their Children by Natural Genera­tion: but must use other means sanctified of God to this end, as hath been said.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. In that he calls them a sinful Generation, implying that not only themselves, but their next and immediate Parents and Ancestors were wicked, and that they followed the wickedness of those Ancestors: Hence we may learn, That sin and wickedness is apt to be conveyed or propagated from Parents to Children and Posterity, by Natural Birth. See before, ver. 12. of this Chapter.

Mark 8. 38.—‘Of him also shall the Son of Man be ashamed, &c. Febr. 26. 1625.

NOW followeth the commination or threatening it self, denounced here by our Saviour against such as are ashamed to confess Him and his Word before Men, viz. That he will be ashamed of such when he shall come in his Glory, &c. In these words, consider;

  • 1. The Person denouncing this threatening, who also shall execute the Judgment threatned: The Son of Man, Christ himself, who uttered these words.
  • 2. The Judgment threatned by Him, That he will be ashamed at his coming, of all such as are ashamed of him and his Word in this World.
  • 3. A description of his coming, by the glorious and excellent manner of it, set forth in two things.
    • 1. The kind of Glory in which He shall come, In the Glory of his Father.
    • 2. By the company that shall attend on him, The Angels.

Of the first, The Son of Man] Of this Title which our Saviour here gives to himself, see before, ver. 31. Hujus Capitis.

Quest. Quest. Why did He in this Place so call himself?

Answ. Answ. The more to set forth the Glory of his God-head, which should be manifested at his second com­ming, [Page 557] by opposing it against that mean and base estate wherein He now lived on Earth as Man; and conse­quently to shew, That there was no cause for any to be ashamed of him, though he were the Son of Man, and lived as yet in so mean a condition.

Now followeth the Judgment denounced by our Saviour against such as are ashamed of Him and his Word before Men in this World, That he will be ashamed of him at his coming.

Shall be ashamed] That is, He shall not acknowledge or take him for one of his Elect Saints or Servants; but shall utterly refuse, reject, and cast him off among the Wicked and Reprobate. A figurative Speech, spoken of Christ after the manner of men for our Capacity: Not that Christ shall then be subject to any shame, or be affected with it; but, that he shall so carry himself towards such as have been ashamed of him, as men are wont to do towards those of whose company or acquaintance they are ashamed; that is to say, that he will not acknowledge them as his, but utterly refuse and reject them. Note, that this threatning is to be understood with exception of Repentance.

When he cometh] That is, when he shall come: praesens pro futuro. To shew the certainty of it. There is a twofold coming of Christ mentioned in Scripture. 1. His first coming in Humility; that is, in a low, base, and mean estate; when he was incarnate, taking our Nature upon him, and coming to live here upon Earth for a time in a poor and mean estate: Joh. 1. 11. He came to his own, &c. And ver. 14. The Word was made Flesh, and dwelt among us, &c. 2. His second coming in Glory and Majesty at the last Day to Judge the Word: The manner of this Judgment is set down Matth. 25. 31, &c. Hebr. 9. ult. To them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto Salvation. And this second appearance or com­ing is meant in this place.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See how fearfull and dangerous a sin it is, for any to be ashamed of the outward profession of Christ or of his Word and Doctrine before Men; that is, for fear of worldly shame or reproach, to forbear or refuse to confesse Christ or his Truth before Men, when they have a Calling so to do. This is a fearfull and dangerous sin, in that our Saviour here threatneth to be ashamed of such, that is, utterly to reject and re­nounce them at his second coming, and that before all Men and Angels in the World: Matth. 10. 33. Who­soever shall deny me before Men, him will I deny before my Father which is in Heaven. Now to be ashamed to confess Christ, is, upon the matter, to deny him by one kind of denial. See also 2 Tim. 2. 12. If such as have professed Christ in Hypocrisy, shall be rejected of him at the last Day; as appeareth, Matth. 7. 23. then much more such as have made no profession at all of his Name and Truth, but have been ashamed to pro­fesse it.

Use 1 Use 1. Terrour to such as are guilty of this sin of being ashamed of professing Christ or his Word, in any kind or degree. Not a small or leight matter (as some accompt it), but most fearfull and dangerous. This sin alone without Repentance enough to condemn such at the day of Judgment: If it be a small matter to be denyed and rejected of Christ Jesus the Son of God at that great and fearfull Day of Judgment, then is it a small matter to be ashamed in this World of professing Christ or his Truth. Contra, if it be a fearful thing to be renounced of Christ at his Glorious coming; then, &c. Think of this, all such as are or have been asha­med to make outward profession of Christ and his Word before Men; lest they should be mocked or re­proached with the Name of Puritans, &c. Such also of the younger sort, who are ashamed to come to Cate­chising in the Afternoon, and to give accompt of their Faith by answering the Questions of Catechism de­manded of them. But of these I spake something before. Let all such as have been guilty of this Sin, re­pent of it, and take heed for time to come of being ashamed of professing Christ or his Word before Men, whensoever they are called so to do.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See here what need for us to arm our selves against the fear of worldly shame and reproach before Men in the cause of Christ and of the Gospel, that we be not dismayed with this fear, nor hindred by it from making profession of Christ and his Word; lest, if we be, Christ himself be hereafter ashamed of us at his second coming in Glory. We must therefore pray and labour for spirituall courage, and zeal for the Glory of Christ, that we may freely and boldly make profession of his Name and Truth before Men, not fearing any shame or reproach that can be brought upon them for the same. Remember, 1 Pet. 4. 14. If ye be re­proached for the Name of Christ, happy are ye; for the Spirit of Glory, and of God resteth upon you, &c. Contrà, Consider the danger of not professing Christ and the Gospel for fear of shame and disgrace in this World, that this is the way to move Christ to be ashamed of us; that is, utterly to deny and renounce us for ever at the last Day; yea, to send us to Hell with that fearfull and irrevocable sentence, Go ye cursed, &c. Think how fearfull a thing this will be, and let it move us to contemn all wordly shame that may be cast upon us for the profession of Christ and his Word, &c. Better to endure all the shame in the World, than to be denyed of Christ at the last Day.

Mark 8. 38.‘When he cometh in the Glory of his Father, with the holy Angels, Mar. 26. 1625.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. VVHen he cometh,] Hence we learn, that there is a second coming of Christ in Glory to Judge the World, which is hereafter to be fulfilled; when he shall come, to pass Sentence of absolution or of condemnation for ever, upon all persons in the World, and to execute the same accordingly: Matth. 25. 31. When the Son of Man shall come in his Glory, &c. Then shall He sit upon the throne of his Glory. Act. 1. 11. This same Jesus which is taken up from you into Heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into Heaven. This is an Article of our Faith, which needs no further proof: But for the opening of it, some Questions are to be resolved.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. From whence shall Christ Jesus come at the last day?

Answ. Answ. From the third Heaven; where now he sits at the right hand of God, in equall Glory with God the Father and the Holy Ghost. So it is said in the Creed, From thence he shall come &c. that is, from the right hand of God in Heaven, where now he is. Where note, by the way also, that this coming of Christ is properly to be understood of his humane Nature, and not of his God-head: His Humane Nature is said most [Page 558] properly to be now in Heaven, because it is there onely, and not any where else; whereas his God-head being every where, cannot be said to remove, or to come or go from one place to another, but filleth all pla­ces: Yet he that cometh shall be God as well as Man in the same Person.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Whither, or to what place shall Christ come, and where shall he execute the last Judg­ment?

Answ. Answ This is not particularly or expresly determined in Scripture, and therefore we are not curiously to search after it. This is sufficient, that it is said Matth. 24. 30. that He shall be seen coming in the Clouds of hea­ven: and 1 Thess. 4. 17. the Elect shall be caught up to meet him in the Air: whence it may probably be gathe­red, that the place whither Christ shall come, and where he shall fit in Judgment, shall be in some part of the Air which is above us, and where the Clouds are; yet not so far from the Earth but that he may be seen and discerned of those that shall be upon the Earth.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. When shall the time be of Christ's second coming to Judgment?

Answ. Answ. The particular time, that is to say, the Day, Moneth, Year, or particular Age of Man is not re­vealed of God, but is altogether uncertain and unknown to Men and Angels; yea, to Christ himself, as He is Man (though as God he cannot but know it): Mark 13. 32. Of that day and hour knoweth no Man, no, not the Angels which are in Heaven; neither the Son, but the Father. See Act. 1. 7. But the time is not like to be far off, but rather near at hand, because most of the Signs foretold in Scripture, as fore-runners of it, are alrea­dy accomplished.

Use 1 Use 1. To convince such as deny or oppose this Truth and Doctrine of Christ's second coming to Judg­ment. Some plainly and directly deny it in words, 2 Pet. 3. 3. There shall come in the last daies Scoffers, &c. saying, Where is the Promise of his coming? &c. Others deny it in heart, not believing the Truth of it. Others deny it in life and practice, by walking after their wicked Lusts, and living so as if there were no such coming of Christ unto Judgment to be expected. How many such are there amongst us in these times, who, though in words they profess this Article of the Creed, That Christ shall come from Heaven to judge the quick and dead; yet in heart and life deny it, by living and going on in their sins without Repen­tance, as if they should never come unto Judgment, like those Amos 6. 3. who put far off from them the evill day, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Terrour to the wicked and impenitent living in their Sins without Repentance, Swearers, Drun­kards, Sabbath-breakers, Contemners of Religion, and Scoffers at it, unclean Adulterers, Enemies of Christ, &c. Christ shall come in flaming fire to render vengeance to such, 2 Thess. 1. 8. How shall they be able to stand before Christ at his coming to judge them, and to pass Sentence of Condemnation upon them; say­ing, Go ye cursed, &c. Where shall the ungodly then appear? Who shall plead for them before Christ, the Judge of all the World? How shall they stand in that Judgment?

Object. Object. That day of Christ's coming to Judgment may be far off, and we hope to have time enough to re­pent hereafter.

Answ. Answ. Though the time of Christ's coming to general Judgment should be deferred, (which is uncer­tain to us,) yet how soon may he come to thee by death, which shall be the day of particular Judgment to thee? and as that leavs thee, so shall the day of Judgment find thee. Do we not see in experience of late in sundry Examples not far from us, but hard by us, and even amongst us, how suddenly some are cut off by death, &c. I wish that our profane livers may duly lay it to heart, and be warned to turn from their Sins while God gives them space to repent, that they may stand before Christ at his coming: Otherwise, if God's Patience lead thee not to Repentance, thou dost treasure up wrath to thy self against the day of Wrath, &c. Rom. 2. 4.

Use 3 Use 3. Comfort to the godly and faithful, in that there is a time in which Christ their Saviour shall come in Glory to judge them: I say, to judge them; not with the Judgment of Condemnation (as he shall the wicked), but with the Judgment of Absolution, acquitting them for ever from the Guilt and Punishment of their sins, delivering them from all evils and miseries whatsoever, which they were subject to in this life; wiping away all tears from their eyes, and giving unto them eternal Rest and Glory in his heavenly Kingdom. 2 Thess. 1. 6. It is a righteous thing with God to recompence tribulation to them that trouble you; and to you, who are troubled, Rest with us, when the Lord Jesus shall be revealed from Heaven, &c. What a comfort is this to us in the midst of all the troubles of this life, in the midst of all wrongs and abuses offered us by wicked men? That Christ our Saviour is shortly coming to right our cause, and give us final and perfect deliverance? There­fore Jam. 5. 8. Be patient, stablish your hearts, for the coming of the Lord draweth nigh. Though Christ's second coming shall be dreadful to the wicked, yet it will be most comfortable to the godly: Luke 21. 28. Look up, and lift up your heads, for your Redemption draweth nigh. Act. 3. 19. it is called a time of refreshing from the presence of the Lord.

Use 4 Use 4. To teach us certainly to expect and look for this second coming of Christ to Judgment: As we profess to believe it as an Article of our Faith, so shew our Faith by living in continuall expectation of the day and time of Christ's coming; making it present oftentimes to us before it cometh, as that ancient Fa­ther, who, whatsoever he was doing, still thought he heard the last Trumpet sounding in his Ears, and these words, Arise ye dead, and come to Judgment. Luke 12. 35. Let your loins be girded,—And your selves like men that wait for the Lord, when he will return from the Wedding. Phil. 3. 20. Our Conversation is in Heaven, from whence we look for the Saviour, &c. If all Creatures do earnestly expect and wait for this coming of Christ, as appeareth, Rom. 8. 19. much more ought we; especially, seeing it is said Hebr. 9. in the last Ver. that to such as look for him, He shall appear the second time unto Salvation. And so much the rather must we live in expectation of Christ's second coming, because the time of his coming is uncertain, and yet is not like to be far off: Mark 13. 36. Watch, for ye know not when the Master of the House cometh, &c. Great good comes of this continual expecting of Christ's coming to Judgment. For this will cause us to shake off secu­rity, and to be the more watchful and careful to prepare our selves unto the coming of Christ. On the con­trary, Mat. 24. 48. Because the evill Servant said in his heart, My Lord delaieth his coming, he begins to smite his fellow Servants, &c.

Use 5. To move us to prepare our selves unto this second coming of Christ to Judgment, that we may be ready to meet him, and able to stand before him with comfort at that day, 2 Pet. 3. 14. Be diligent, that ye may be found of him in peace, without spot and blameless.

Quest. Quest. How shall we prepare our selves to Christ's coming?

Answ. Answ. 1. Get Faith in Christ, that we may be found in him, not having our own Righteousness, but his imputed to us, whereby we may stand before God at that day, Phil. 3. 9. Get this Oyl in our Lamps to meet our Bridegroom.

2. See that we repent of our sins; so many as have not done it to do it speedily without delay, judging themselves that they be not judged of the Lord at his coming, 1 Cor. 11. 31. and such as have repented alrea­dy, to renew their Repentance daily. Act. 17. 30. Now God commandeth all men every where to repent: Because he hath appointed a day, &c. So Act. 3. 19.

3. Walk conscionably before God, in the duties of our general and particular Callings, that the Lord may find us well imployed at his coming: Mat. 24. 46. Blessed is that Servant whom his Lord, when he cometh, shall find so doing. Act. 24. 15. Paul, looking for the general Resurrection, endeavoured alwaies to have a Consci­ence void of offence toward God and Man.

Mark 8. 38.‘When he cometh in the Glory of his Father, with the holy Angels. Mar. 12. 1625.

NOW followeth the Description of Christ's second coming, by the manner of it: In two things, 1. In the Glory of his Father. 2. With the holy Angels.

In the Glory of his Father,] that is, with the same Glory or Divine Majesty which is originally and prima­rily in God the Father, as the Fountain of the God-head, and which Christ, as he is the Son, and as he is the Mediator, doth receive from the Father. He is called the Father of Christ in regard of eternal Generation, by which He was begotten of the Substance of the Father, and received the beginning of his Person from Him.

Object. Object. Luke 9. 26. it is called his own Glory.

Answ. Answ. The Reason of that is, because as he is God, or in respect of his God-head simply considered, He hath this Glory and Majesty from himself. See Joh. 17. 5.

With the holy Angels,] that is, Being accompanied with the good Angels, as his Ministers, Servants, or Attendants.

They are called Holy, to set forth the excellency of their Nature, and to distinguish them from evil Angels or Devils, which are unholy, and therefore are called Unclean Spirits. There is a two-fold Holiness: 1. In­created and infinite, which is in God onely, One of his essential Attributes. 2. Created, which is in elect Angels and Men, which they receive from God, and he worketh it in them.

Now, this created Holiness is also two-fold: 1. Imperfect, which is in some measure begun to be wrought in the Saints in this life: The Grace of Sanctification, whereby God's Image lost in Adam is in part restored in them. 2. Perfect Holiness and purity, both in regard of the parts and degrees of it, with­out all imperfection or mixture of Sin, which is the elect Angels by Creation, and with which, Man also was at first created, and which shall be in all the Saints after this life in Heaven: And this is here meant, when the Angels are called holy.

Doct. General Doctrine. That the second coming of Christ to Judgment shall be in most glorious manner; full of divine Glory and Majesty: It is here said, He shall come in the Glory of his Father, and with the Holy Angels: So elsewhere the glorious manner of his coming is set forth, Matth. 24. 30. They shall see the Son of Man coming in the Clouds of Heaven, with Power and great Glory. Mat. 25. 31. When the Son of Man shall come in his Glory, and all the holy Angels with him, &c.

More particularly, That the second coming of Christ shall be glorious in these respects.

1. In respect of that infinite Glory and Majesty of Christ himself, which he shall then manifest in his own Person, being the same Glory which is in God the Father, as is here said: And if at the time of his transfi­guration on Mount Tabor, his face did shine as the Sun, Mat. 17. 2. then, how glorious shall he be in his se­cond coming from Heaven?

2. In respect of his glorious Attendants which shall then accompany him, and wait on him, viz. the good Angels, being most excellent and glorious Creatures, full of Brightness and Majesty: And not onely some of those glorious Angels shall then attend on him, but all his Angels, being an innumerable Company and Troop: Matth. 25. 31. All the holy Angels shall come with him. Jude, 14. ver. Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of his Saints; that is, of holy Angels. Dan. 7. 10. Now, if the face and presence of one An­gel be so glorious, that the best of the Saints on Earth have been astonished at the sight thereof; then, how much more glorious shall the presence of all those innumerable Angels be, which shall attend upon Christ at his coming? See Mat. 28. 3.

3. In respect of that glorious throne or seat of Majesty upon which Christ shall sit at his coming, Mat. 25. 31. He shall sit upon the Throne of his Glory. Now, although it is uncertain what the matter or form of this Throne shall be, yet this is certain that it shall be such as is answerable to the Glory and Majesty of Christ himself, who shall sit upon it.

4. In respect of those glorious and powerful effects which his coming shall bring forth immediately and suddenly, and wherewith it shall be accompanied. As 1. The consuming and purging of the World by fire, 2 Pet. 3. 10. The Heavens shall pass away with great noise, and the Elements shall melt with fervent heat, the Earth also with Works therein shall be burnt up. 2. The raising of the dead, and summoning them to Judg­ment, by that mighty Voice of Christ, or Trumpet of God, which shall be founded by the Arch-angel, 1 Thes. 4. 16. 3. The administration or execution of general Judgment upon the whole World, which shall be by Christ himself. See Mat. 25. 31, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See the great and wonderful difference between the first and second coming of Christ. That was in poor, humble, and base manner; being born in a Stable, and laid in the Manger, &c. But his second coming shall be with unspeakable Glory and Majesty, &c. This difference is to be the rather observed, be­cause it sets forth to us the unspeakable love of Christ, in abasing himself so far for us in his first coming; As also the wonderful Glory and Majesty of his second coming.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See that Christ's coming at the last day must needs be most terrible and fearful to the wicked, who shall then be found in their sins and out of Christ, in as much as it shall be so full of Glory and Majesty. 2 Cor. 5. 11. The last Judgment is called, The terrour of the Lord, because Christ's coming to execute that Judg­ment shall be so dreadfull to the Wicked: Luke 21. 26. Mens hearts shall fail them, for fear of those things which shall come on the Earth; that is, the hearts of the wicked especially. Therefore also Revel. 6. 15. Even the Kings of the Earth, and Great men, and Rich men, and chief Captains, and Mighty men, &c. shall hide themselves in Dens and Rocks; and shall say to the Mountains and Rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the Throne, &c. If the appearing of Christ upon Mount Sinai at the giving of the Law was so terri­ble to God's People, that they were not able to endure the sight of that Glory: how much more terrible shall his Glorious coming at the last Day be unto the Wicked, when he cometh to condemn them, and to cast them to Hell for breach of his Law? How terrible a sight shall it be unto such at that Day to see Christ suddenly breaking forth of the Heavens, and coming in the Clouds with innumerable Angels, &c. To see him sit on his fiery Throne to Judge them, to see Heaven and Earth on a light fire round about them, &c. To hear the dreadful sound of the last Trumpet. Let all that now live in their sins think seriously hereof, and be moved speedily to turn from their sins unto the Lord, that they may be forgiven; and that they may not with terrour and amazement, but with comfort, behold that unspeakable Glory of Christ at his com­ming.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. Matter of comfort to the Godly and Faithfull: For they shall partake with Christ in that won­derfull and unspeakable Glory wherein he shall come at the last Day: Col. 3. 4. We shall appear with him in Glory. He shall not onely be very Glorious in himself, but shall impart his Glory to the Saints: 2 Thess. 1. 10. He shall come to be Glorified in his Saints, and to be admired in all them that believe: 1 Joh. 3. 2. We know that when he shall appear, we shall be like him, &c. Phil. 3. 21. He shall change our vile Body, that it may be fashioned like unto his Glorious Body, &c. The more Glorious and full of Majesty Christ our Head and Saviour shall be at that Day, the more Glory and Honour shall we then receive with him and from him, and the more excellent and blessed shall our estate and condition be: 1 Pet. 1. 7. The Faith of the Saints being tryed by Afflictions in this Life, shall be found to their Praise, Honour and Glory, at the appearing of Jesus Christ. Even as when a Prince or Noble man doth vouchsafe to espouse or betroth himself to a Wife of some meaner rank or place; when the Marriage-Day cometh, the more glorious and excellent the Bridgroom is in himself, or in his Apparrel and Attendants, &c. the more honour it is for the Bride also. So here, &c. How should this comfort us against all contempt and disgrace cast upon us in this World for the Name of Christ, when we consider that unspeakable Glory and Honour which Christ shall put upon us at the last Day; he will not then be ashamed of us, but will acknowledge and honour us before his heavenly Father and all his An­gels.

Use 4 Use 4. See how little cause for us to be ashamed of the profession of Christ, or his Truth before Men in this World; yea, though before the greatest Monarchs, &c. Seeing Christ whom we now professe shall come at the last Day in such wonderful Glory, and that to this end, to reward all those with eternal Life and Glo­ry in his Kingdom, who have in this Life sincerely professed his Name. Think of this, and let it arm us against all fear of shame and disgrace in this World for the profession of Christ, and cause us to despise it, that so we may be honoured of Christ in the day of his Glorious coming. Now follow the particular In­structions from the words.

In the Glory of his Father] Observ. 1. That Christ is true God, and of one and the same Divine Nature and Essence with God the Father: For if he have the same Glory, then also is he partaker of the same Nature and Beeing: Phil. 2. 6. Being in the form of God, he thought it no robbery to be equal with God. But of this often before.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That there is a distinction of Persons in the God-head. Though there is but one God, and one Divine Nature and Essence; yet this one Nature is distinguished into several Persons: There is the Father, who is the first Person; and there is the Son, the second Persion, who is partaker of one and the same Glory with the Father, as our Saviour himself here sheweth. So also there is the Holy Ghost, the third Person in the God-head, as appeareth by other places of Scriptures, although he be not here expresly named: 1 Joh. 5. 7. There are three which bear Record in Heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost; and these three are one. Note, that though these three Persons be truly and really distinguished one from the other, and have distinct and incommunicable properties by which they differ, so as the Father is not the Son, or the Son the Father, &c. yet they are not divided or separated one from the other, but are most nearly united toge­ther within themselves, being all but one and the same Nature and Essence. But I will not here insist further upon this.

Use. Use. To confirm our Faith in this Mystery and Doctrine of the distinction of Persons in the God-head, and to teach us how to conceive of God in our prayers and other Worship which we perform unto him; namely, as one God in Essence and Nature, distinguished into three persons, &c. Thus labour to think of God, yet withall, take heed of troubling and distracting of our thoughts in time of prayer or other religious Duties, with curious speculations about this distinction of Persons in the Trinity, lest it hinder our Affe­ctions in prayer, &c.

It followeth, With the holy Angels] Observ. The excellent nature and quality of the good Angels, that they are most holy and pure Creatures, perfectly holy and free from all spot of Sin, and that by vertue of their first Creation: Acts 10. 22. Cornelius was warned from God by an holy Angel. Therefore they are sometimes called Saints. Deut. 33. 2. The Lord (at the giving of the Law) came from Mount Sinai,—he came with ten thousands of Saints, &c. So Jude, ver. 14. For this cause they used to appear in white Apparrel, to shew the purity of their Nature, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the excellent state of the Saints after this Life, Eph. 5. 27. like the Angels, free from sin, &c. Matth. 22. 30. Long for that estate, to be rid of Sin. So Paul, Rom. 7. 24.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See the excellency and dignity of the Saints of God in this Life, in that they have these holy An­gels to attend upon them for their good, and to protect them from evil: Hebr. 1. ult. Are they not all mini­string Spirits, sent forth to Minister for them, who shall be Heirs of Salvation? See Psal. 34. And Psal. 91 Great comfort to the Godly against the contempt of the World, &c. Psal. 16. The excellent of the Earth.

Use 3 Use 3. Teacheth us to imitate this holiness and purity of the Angels, striving to resemble and become like unto them in some measure, even in this Life, that so we may be perfectly like unto them after this Life in Heaven, which otherwise we cannot be; we must first be Saints on Earth, before we can be Saints in Heaven. Labour therefore to know and feel our selves in some measure truly sanctified in this Life, and to shew forth the Fruits of Sanctification in our Lives, purging our Hearts and Lives more and more from the corruption of Sin: 2 Cor. 7. 1. Let us cleanse our selves from all Filthinesse of Flesh and Spirit, perfecting Holinesse, &c. The more we do this, the nearer we come to the holy Nature and Life of the Angels in Heaven: We pray that we may do God's Will on Earth, as it is done in Heaven by the holy Angels and Saints; and this is one principall part of the Will of God, that we should hate sin, and be holy in all manner of Conversation: 1 Thess. 4. 3. This is the Will of God, even your Sanctification, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. For admonition to look to our outward carriage and behaviour at all times, that it be holy and reli­gious, forasmuch as we are before the Angels of God, which pitch their Tents round about us, and do take notice of our outward behaviour what it is. Now they being so perfectly holy and pure, cannot but hate all sin and profaness in word and deed; therefore take heed of such carriage, lest we grieve and offend the holy Angels. They are said to rejoice in the conversion of a Sinner, therefore they are grieved to see sin commit­ted, &c. Take heed therefore of all profaness in word and deed, be careful to carry our selves in all holy and seemly manner, considering that the Angels of God which are perfectly holy and pure, do continually behold our outward Conversation. If we could with bodily eyes see those glorious Creatures, the holy An­gels which encamp about us, how would their presence curb us from Sin? and cause us in all holy and reve­rent manner to carry our selves wheresoever we become. Now it is as certain, That they are about us, and do take notice of our wayes, as if we did see them in bodily shapes: Therefore, look to our behaviour be­fore them, &c. Especially in the publick Congregation, where they are in special manner present to behold what is done: 1 Cor. 11. 10. Women must be decently covered, because of the Angels.

Finis Octavi Capitis.

CHAP. IX.

Mark 9. 1.‘And he said unto them, Verily I say unto you, that there be some of them that stand here, which shall Mar. 19. 1625. not taste of Death, till they have seen the Kingdom of God come with Power.’

THE principall parts of this Chapter are these. 1. The History of our Saviour Christ's trans­figuration before certain of his Disciples in the Mount, unto ver. 14.

2. His miraculous casting of the Devil out of a Child that was possessed, from ver. 14. to the 30.

3. His foretelling of his Passion and Resurrection to his Disciples from ver. 30. to the 33.

4. His private teaching of the Doctrine of humility to his Disciples, from ver. 33. to 38.

5. Lastly, A further discourse which he made to his Disciples, teaching them sundry other points of Christian Doctrine and Practice, from ver. 38. ad finem Capitis.

Concerning the first, The Evangelist mentioneth, 1. Our Saviour's prediction or foretelling of his transfiguration, ver. 1. 2. The actual accomplishment of it, ver. 2, &c.

And he said unto them, &c.] These words have dependance upon the latter end of the former Chapter, being the conclusion of that excellent Speech or Doctrine delivered by our Saviour unto his Disciples and the Multitude, touching the bearing of the Crosse in this Life for Christ's sake. For having taught them the necessity of the Crosse, and used forcible Reasons to move them to take it up for his Name's sake, and pro­fession of his Truth; and having for their better encouragement thereunto mentioned his Glorious coming at the last Day, and that to this end, to give reward to such as have suffered for the profession of his Name (as appeareth by comparing the last Verse of the former Chapter with Matth. 16. 27.) Now the better to con­firm their Faith touching the certainty of that his Glorious coming at the last Day, (notwithstanding the deferring it) he doth in these words assure them that some of his Disciples there present should ere long see an extraordinary and sensible Representation of that his Glorious coming; namely, at the time of his trans­figuration in the Mount.

Where, 1. Consider the manner of our Saviour's foretelling the Glory of his Transfiguration, with an ear­nest Asseveration; Verily I say unto you.

2. The matter foretold by Him, That some of those which stood there should not taste of Death, &c.

Of the first, And he said unto them, Verily I say unto you] Touching this Asseveration, see before, Chap. 3. 27.

Observ. 1. It is lawful sometimes to use such vehement or earnest Asseverations to confirm the Truth of that [Page 562] we speak, so it be not too commonly, nor in leight matters, but in matters of weight, &c. See Chap. 8. Ver. 12.

Use. Ʋse. Reproveth the too common and frequent use of such obtestations, even in trivial matters; which is an abuse of them. Contra, Mat. 5. 37.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. A difference between our Saviour Christ's teaching, and the Teaching of all other Ministers of the Church, whether Prophets, Apostles, or other Pastors: He taught in his own Name, and by his own Au­thority, as Lord of his own Doctrine. Therefore he used this Preface often, I say unto you: But all other Teachers teach in the Name of another; that is to say, in the Name of God, or of Christ, and by Authority from him. See more Chap. 3. 28.

Of the second. The matter it self foretold by our Saviour, in these words, There be some of them that stand here, &c.

First I will open the meaning of the words, being somewhat obscure.

Some of them that stand here] that is, Some of Christ's twelve Apostles or Disciples which were there pre­sent with the Multitude, and before our Saviour when he uttered these words. Now, how many of his Dis­ciples, and who they were that are here meant we shall hear in the following Verse, viz. Peter, James, and John, who saw Christ's Transfiguration.

Shall not taste of Death,] that is, Shall not dy, or depart this life by bodily death; Shall not feel or have experience of Death. It is a Metaphorical Speech borrowed from the Hebrews, who were wont to compare Afflictions, and Death it self, to some bitter Potion or Cup of Drink; and the feeling of such Afflictions and pains of Death, to the drinking or tasting of such a Cup. So here, and else-where; Heb. 2. 9. that Christ should taste death for every man. So Joh. 8. 52. Thou sayest, If a man keep my Saying, he shall never taste of Death.

Till they have seen] The meaning is, they should see it while they were alive in this World, or, being in this life; and there is more to be understood than is expressed, viz. that they should not onely see it before they dyed, but even out of hand, or shortly, within a few dayes, as appeareth in the following Verse, After six daies &c.

The Kingdom of God come with Power.] These words are diversly interpreted: Some, by the Kingdom of God, understand the Preaching of the Gospel to all Nations, after Christ's Ascension into Heaven, and upon the sending of the Holy Ghost in that extraordinary manner, Act. 2. And in this sense, the Kingdom of God is sometimes taken. Now further, by the coming of God's Kingdom with Power, the same Interpre­ters do understand the manifestation of God's wonderful Power in the Preaching of the Gospel to all Nati­ons. But if the words be taken in this sense, they do not seem to have so plain a coherence with the former words of Christ, in the end of the former Chapter. Therefore other learned Interpreters do refer the words unto the glorious Transfiguration of Christ, which the Evangelist recordeth in the Verses immediately fol­lowing. And so, by the Kingdom of God, they understand nothing else but the Kingly Glory and Majesty of Christ himself, the Son of God, and true Messiah; and by the coming of this Kingdom with Power, they understand to be meant, the powerful manifestation of that Glory of Christ which was soon after to be fulfil­led at the time of his Transfiguration in the Mount. And this I take to be the meaning of the words, for these Reasons.

  • 1. Because in this sense they agree well with the words immediately going before, in the last Verse of the former Chapter: And Matth. 16. 27. where our Saviour mentioned his glorious coming to Judgment at the last day, whereof his Transfiguration was a special shadow and resemblance.
  • 2. Because immediately after these words all the Evangelists, do set down the story of Christ's Transfigu­ration.
  • 3. Because 2 Pet. 1. 16. the Apostle who was one of the three that saw it, making mention of the Transfi­guration of Christ, doth speak of it in like manner as our Saviour himself doth in this place; calling it, The Power and coming of the Lord Jesus Christ.

In the words thus explained consider these particulars: 1. The Persons of whom our Saviour fore­telleth this, That they should see the Glory of his Transfiguration; Some of his Disciples that stood there. 2. What they should see; The Kingdom of God come with Power. 3. The time when they should see this, Before they dyed: They shall not taste of Death till they have seen &c.

Touching the Persons we shall hear more particularly out of the Verse following: Therefore I defer to speak of them, till we come to that place.

Now followeth the matter it self which they should see accomplished shortly, The coming of God's King­dom with Power: Where are two things expressed. 1. That they should see the Kingdom of God come; that is, The sensible manifestation of Christ's Glory and Majesty, at the time of his Transfiguration 2. The manner of declaring or manifesting that his Glory with Power.

Observ. 1 Of the first. Observ. 1. Though the Glory and Majesty of Christ's God-head did for the most part ly hid under the Veil of his Flesh, during the time of his Humiliation upon Earth; that is to say, until his Resur­rection: yet even in that time of his Humiliation, he did sufficiently manifest that his Divine Glory, as occasion was offered: So here he tells his Disciples and the rest of the People present, that his divine Glory and Majesty should shortly be so clearly and sensibly manifested at his Transfiguration, that some of his Dis­ciples should see the manifestation of it with their bodily eyes: And so they did afterward, as we shall hear in the following Verse. So, at many other times, he manifested the Glory of his God-head by his powerful Miracles, which could by no other means be wrought but by the immediate finger of God. Luke 11. 20. If I, with the finger of God, cast out Devils, &c. Therefore Joh. 11. 4. Lazarus his Sickness is said to have been to this end, that the Son of God might be glorified thereby; that is, That the Glory of Christ's God-head might be manifested by the Miracle of raising him from death.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To strengthen our Faith in the truth of Christ's God-head, and consequently, that he is the true Mes­siah, and our onely powerful and sufficient Saviour; and therefore we must seek Salvation in and through him alone, &c

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The certainty of the glorious coming of Christ, at the last day, to Judgment; in that our Savi­our, for proof hereof, doth foretell his Disciples that some of them should see a visible and sensible Represen­tation of that his glorious coming, at the time of his Transfiguration upon the Mount. Therefore, as cer­tainly as Christ's Glory and Majesty was manifested in his Transfiguration, and that in the view of some of his chief Disciples, as Eye-witnesses; so certainly shall he come at the last day to Judgment, and that with unspeakable Glory and Majesty, in the view of all the World. Mat. 24. 30. Then shall all Tribes of the Earth see the Son of Man coming in the Clouds of Heaven, with Power and great Glory: Therefore he is said to come al­ready, Jude, ver. 14. But of this before, upon the last Verse of the former Chapter.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. For terror to the wicked, He shall come to condemn and cast them to Hell, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Comfort to the godly and faithful, He shall come to give them perfect rest from all miseries and troubles, and to reward them with that immortal Crown of life, &c.

Object. Object. The time of his coming is deferred, and we know not how long it may be.

Answ. Answ. Yet his coming by Death cannot be far, and that shall set us free, &c.

It followeth. With Power,] or, in powerful manner.

Observ. Observ. That the great and wonderful Power of God was manifested in the Transfiguration of Christ up­on the Mount: 2 Pet. 1. 16. We have not followed cunningly devised Fables, when we made known to you the Power and Coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. He speaks of the coming of Christ in his Transfiguration, and of the Pow­er of God manifested therein; as appeareth, Ver. 18.

Now, the great Power of God appeared, at the time of the Tran figuration of Christ, in two respects.

1. In the Transfiguration it self; that is to say, in the miraculous and suddain transforming or changing of his face and garments into such a glorious form and colour: For his face on the suddain did shine as bright as the Sun in the Firmament, as is testified Matth. 17. 2. His garments also on the suddain became as white as the Light, as the same Evangelist witnesseth; or, as white as the Snow; and so as no fuller on Earth could white them, as St. Mark saith in Ver. 3. of this Chapter. Herein was shewed the wonderful Power of God and of Christ himself.

2. In respect of the Circumstances of his Transfiguration. As 1. In the Persons which miracu­lously and extraordinarily appeared in the Mount with our Saviour, which were Moses and Elias, who dyed long before; yet now by the Almighty Power of God they were caused to appear upon Earth visibly, and to talk with Christ. 2. In the terrour or fear with which the three Disciples, Peter, James, and John, were stricken, at the sight of Christ's Glory; which fear did so astonish Peter, that he knew not what he said, Luke 9. 33. 3. In the extraordinary Cloud which suddenly came and over-shadowed the three Disciples. 4. In the Voice of God the Father, uttered from Heaven (in the hearing of the Disciples) concerning Christ, This is my beloved Son, hear him. 5. Lastly, in the suddain miraculous vanishing of Moses and Elias, and leaving Christ and the three Disciples alone upon the Mount, Ver. 8. of this Chapter.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. If the coming of Christ, in his Transfiguration on the earthly Mount, were in such powerful man­ner; how much more shall the great Power of God be manifested in his last coming from Heaven in the Clouds, with all his Angels, to execute the last Judgment. Mat. 24. 30. They shall see the Son of Man coming in the Clouds of Heaven with Power and Glory: But of this also before sufficiently. It makes for the terrour of the Wicked and comfort of the Godly.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See by this the excellency of that glorious Vision or Apparition of Christ, in his Transfiguration on the Mount (whereof we shall here more out of the Verses immediately following), in that such a miracu­lous Power of God, and of Christ himself, was sensibly declared in it. Therefore 2 Pet. 1. 17. the Apostle speaking of the Glory of God manifested at that time, calls it The excellent Glory. Which must stir us up to the more attentive and serious consideration of the History of Christ's Transfiguration, as it is set down by the E­vangelists; as also to be the more diligent in hearkning to the Doctrine of it, when it shall be opened to us, that so we may reap the more profit and edification by it.

Mark 9. 1.‘There be some of them which stand here, which shall not taste of Death, till they have seen the Kingdom of God come with Power. Mar. 26. 1626.

NOW followeth the Time when they should see the Kingly Glory and Majesty of Christ the Messiah ma­nifested in his Transfiguration, viz. Before their death, or while they were alive; They should not taste of Death, till they had seen &c. that is, they should see it shortly, even within few daies after, as appeareth in the following Verse.

Quest. Quest. Why doth he mention the time how soon they should see the manifestation of his Glory?

Answ. Answ. The more to strengthen the Faith of his Disciples, touching the truth and certainty of his glorious coming to Judgment at the last day, (whereof he spake before, Ver. ult. of the former Chapter,) and to pre­vent that offence which they might take at the delaying of the time of that his second coming. Therefore he tells them, that although the time of the actual accomplishment of that promise of his second coming should be deferred, yet they should out of hand or shortly see it in some sort fulfilled; namely, in a special type or resemblance thereof which should be in his Transfiguration.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The goodness and mercy of our Saviour toward his Disciples, in that he doth not reject them because of the weakness of their Faith, but is careful and useth means to confirm and strengthen it. (See be­fore Chap. 8. 17, &c. and Chap. 4. 40. &c.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Shall not taste of Death, till they have seen, &c.] Hereby our Saviour implyeth, that after they had seen this Transfiguration, they should taste of Death, in the time appointed of God: This he presuppo­seth; whence we may learn, that even the faithful Saints and Servants of God are subject to bodily death, and shall at length in their due time taste and have experience of it. As they cannot by before the time ap­pointed of God, so when that time cometh they must and shall certainly taste of Death: This is true of all the Saints and faithful, even of the best and most excellent. Christ's own Disciples, yea, the most eminent and [Page 564] chief of them for Grace; as Peter, James and John, (who are here particularly meant) must at length come unto Death: Joh. 21. 19. Our Saviour foretells Peter of his Death, and the manner of it. And 2 Pet. 1. 14. he prophesies of his own Death, Shortly I must put off this my Tabernacle, even as our Lord Jesus hath shewed me. Touching the Death of James, we read Acts 12. 2. that Herod put him to Death: And touch­ing John, although some have erroneously imagined that he should not dye at all, but remain alive till Christ's second coming, grounding this their errour upon those words of our Saviour, Joh. 21. 22. yet that the contra­ry is true, may appear not onely by the words of John himself, ver. 23. of the same Chapter, and by our Savi­our's words in this place: but also by the testimony of sundry antient Writers of the Church, who report that he dyed and was buried at Ephesus about a hundred years after the Birth of Christ. Now as it is true of these three Disciples of Christ here spoken of, that in their due times they tasted of Death: So is it also true of the rest of Christ's Disciples and of all the Saints of God mentioned in Scripture, that as they lived unto the time appointed of God; so when that time was come, they dyed or tasted of Death. So all the holy Patriarchs, Prophets, religious Kings of Israel and Judah lived and dyed, &c. So all the Saints in the new Testament: Esay 57. 1. The Righteous perisheth,—and mercifull men are taken away, &c. viz. By Death they are taken away from the Earth.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Bodily Death is the common condition appointed of God for all men to pass thorough: Hebr. 9. 27. It is appointed unto men (that is, unto all men) once to dye. Therefore, it is appointed for the Saints of God, as well as others: Job 30. 23. I know that thou wilt bring me to Death, and to the House appointed for all living.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Saints of God are tainted with the corruption of sin as well as others: Therefore, they as well as others are lyable to Death, as the wages of sin: Rom. 5. 12. Death passed upon all men, for that all have sinned.

Object. 1 Object. 1. Joh. 8. 51. If a man keep my saying, he shall never see Death.

Answ. Answ. It is to be understood of eternal Death, not of Temporall.

Object. 2 Object. 2. Henoch and Eliah dyed not, but were taken away from Earth to Heaven extraordinarily: Hebr. 11. 5. Henoch was translated, that he should not see Death: Eliah taken up to Heaven in a fiery Chariot, &c. 2 King. 2. 11.

Answ. Answ. These were extraordinary and speciall Examples to whom the Lord for speciall causes did vouch­safe this Priviledge; which therefore makes nothing against the general and ordinary course which God doth take with all other his Saints, viz. To bring them unto Death, and to cause them to taste of it, every one in their time.

Object. 3 Object. 3. 1 Cor. 15. 51. We shall not all sleep: but we shall all be changed.

Answ. Answ. That change of the Saints (found alive at Christ's second coming) shall be in stead of Death unto them.

Quest. Quest. why doth not the Lord abolish Temporal Death as well as eternal unto his Saints, and wholly free them from the former as well as from the latter, seeing he hath Power so to do?

Answ. Answ. The Lord will have Temporal Death to remain, and that his Saints and Children shall taste of it (as well as others) for these Reasons.

  • 1. That they may be conformable to Christ their Head, who first tasted of Death, and so was Crowned with Glory, Hebr. 2. 9.
  • 2. To humble them the more in the sense of their sins, which are the meritorious and procuring cause of Death in them.
  • 3. The Lord hath thought it fit that as Sin brought Death into the World, so Death should carry Sin out of the World. That his Saints should be freed from all remnants of sinful corruption by means of Death.

Use 1 Use 1. For admonition to the Saints and Faithful as well as others to make accompt of Death, and to pre­pare and fit themselves to undergo and taste of it; make a vertue of necessity. Seeing they must dye, there­fore daily prepare to do this great and last work of a Christian: Job 14. 14. All the Dayes of my appointed Time will I wait, till my change come.

Object. Object. The Saints and Faithful cannot but be fit and well prepared for Death: Therefore, this admoni­tion is needless, &c.

Answ. Answ. There are Degrees of fitness and preparedness for Death: And, though all true Believers are in some measure prepared for it, yet because this their preparation is mingled with much weaknesse and imper­fection; therefore they have need daily to fit and prepare themselves for Death in a farther degree and measure.

Quest. Quest. How is this to be done?

Answ. Answ. 1. By frequent and often meditation of Death, and of the necessity of it by God's Ordinance, &c. Deut. 32. 29. Oh that they were wise,—that they would consider their latter end. This is called numbring of our Dayes, Psal. 90. 12. So teach us to number our Dayes, &c. make Death present to us by meditation before it come.

2. By often meditation of those Grounds of comfort which the Word of God affordeth to the Saints against Death. As, 1. The Death of Christ, whereby he hath satisfied for their sins, and so taken away the sting and curse of their Death; so as now it is not hurtful to them, nor to be feared at all: 1 Cor. 15. 55. O Death where is thy sting, &c! 2. The blessed estate and condition of the Saints immediately after Death, resting from their Labours, &c. Rev. 14. 13. Their Souls carryed by the Angels into Abraham bosom, &c. 3. The Resurrection of our Bodies which we hope, and certainly look for, at the last Day, &c.

3. By daily renewing their Faith and Repentance, that so they may be more and more assured of the pardon of their sins, and peace with God in Christ, and so that they shall dye in the Lord, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. A motive to us to be willing to dye, and to encourage us thereunto, whensoever the Lord shall call us to it: seeing Death is such a condition and estate as the Saints of God as well as others must come unto, and passe through: A cup which they all have, or must taste of, in due time. And shall we then refuse to [Page 565] taste of it together with them? Shall we desire to be exempted from the common condition of all the Saints and Servants of God which have gone before us, or shall follow after us? How unfit and unequal a thing were this? Let us therefore labour willingly and chearfully to do that which all the Saints of God either have done before us, or must do after us; that is, to dye or taste of Death when our time shall come. What though Death be painful in it self, and tedious to Nature? yet remember, that the pains of Death are no other but such as the dear Saints and Children of God have suffered and tasted of before us, or must do after us? And shall we then fear them or be dismayed at them? In the pains of any Sickness or Disease, it is a great com­fort to us, if one tell u [...], he hath suffered the same or the like pain before us; especially if he be a good man that hath indured it before us. So here, &c. Besides, the Death of the Godly usually is nothing so painful as of the Wicked, because the bitterness thereof is sweetned to them by the comfortable feeling of the par­don of their sins, and of God's love in Christ, &c. as also with hope of the Life to come.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. To comfort us in the Death of our Christian Friends, Children, &c. They are gone the same way that all the Saints of God are gone before them, or must go after them. Therefore, if we have any good Ground whereupon to perswade our selves, that they have dyed well, and in the Lord; Death cannot make them miserable, but happy, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. From this manner of Speech used by our Saviour [They shall not taste of Death]: we may ga­ther, That although the Saints of God (as well as others) must dye or come unto Death: yet they shall but taste of it. They shall not drink of thi [...] bitter Cup to the bottom or dreggs, but leightly sip of it, as it were; that is, have some leight feeling and experience of the pain of it. Besides, though they do dye, yet they shall not remain under the Power of Death, nor continue in the state of it for ever, but shall be raised again to Life; yea, to an eternal and most blessed and glorious Life, at the last Day. Though they must taste of the Cup of Death, yet they shall not be drunken with it (as the wicked shall be); that is, overcome of it, or overwhelmed by it; but it shall passe from them as it did from Christ. Therefore the Death of the Saints is called a Sleep; and, they are said, To rest in their Graves as in Beds for a Night; that is, for a short time, till the Day of Resurrection.

Use 1 Use 1. See a difference between the Saints of God, and the wicked in their Death. The wicked drink deep of the Cup of Death, even to the dreggs; so as to be overcome and swallowed up of it. But the godly do onely taste leigthly of Death, and so as they scarce feel the bitterness of it in comparison of the wicked. The bitternesse of Death is past to them, even before they dye: Again, the wicked remain in Death, being passed from Temporal Death to Eternal; not so the godly, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Comfort to the Godly and Faithful against Death; consider, that though Death be in it self bitter and grievous to Flesh and Blood: yet they shall not feel the pains of it in extermity, or in great measure, but rather leightly and moderately: they shall but leightly taste of this bitter Cup, and that for their good, and furtherance of their eternal happiness after this Life. The pains of Death shall be mitigated to them by the feeling of God's love and mercy towards them in the midst of Death, and with hope and assurance of eter­nal Life; which shall make Death so sweet, that it shall seem no Death unto them. Besides, they shall have but a sho [...]t taste or feeling of Death: Though they dye, they shall not continue in Death, nor under the Power of it, but their Bodies shall be raised to Life again at the last Day; and in the mean time their Souls immediately after Death do live with God in his heavenly Kingdom.

Mark 9. 2.‘And after six Dayes, Jesus taketh with him Peter, and James, and John, and leadeth them up into aApril, 16. 1626. high Mountain apart by themselves: and he was transfigured before them.’

IN the former Verse (as we heard) our Saviour darkly foretold the Glory of his Transfiguration, which was shortly after to be manifested to some of his Disciples then present with him. Now in the next place the Evangelist recordeth the actual fulfilling of that glorious transfiguration of Christ, setting down the History of it, ver. 2, &c. Which History is the more excellent, because it doth set forth before us alively representation of the divine Glory and Majesty of Christ's God-head, together with the excellency of that blessed estate of the Saints in Heaven after this Life, in which they shall more fully see Christ's Glory, and be partakers in it. Amplitudinem & majestatem hujus historiae neminem puto mortalium concipere animo, nedum linguâ exprimere posse, (saith Musculus upon this place). Which being so, we are to attend the more diligently to the matter of Do­ctrine which shall be taught us out of this excellent History, and to be the more affected with it. Now in this History we have sundry things to consider, as they are set down by the Evangelist.

  • 1. The circumstance of Time, when this transfiguration of Christ happened; After six Dayes.
  • 2. The persons chosen by our Saviour to be present with him at the time of his Transfiguration, as witnesses of it; Peter, James and John, whom he took with him.
  • 3. The place where he was transfigured, A high Mountain, into which he led up those three Disciples apart.
  • 4. The transfiguration it self, set down, partly in fine ver. 2. and partly, ver. 3. He was tranfigured before them, And his Rayment became shining, &c.
  • 5. Some special accidents or circumstances which happened at the time of his Transfiguration, and did accompany the same, set down to u [...], ver. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.
  • 6. The Consequents which fell out immediately after this Transfiguration of our Saviour, which are set down, ver. 9, &c.

Of the first, After six Dayes] These words have relation to the time or day in which our Saviour utter­eth those words mentioned in the former Verse, That some there standing should not taste, &c. q. d. Six dayes after that he had spoken those words to his Disciples and others then present.

Object. Luke 9. 28. It is said, It was about eight Dayes, &c.

Answ. Though there be some disagreement in shew between the Evangelists, yet none at all in truth and substance. For St. Luke mentioning eight dayes, includeth both the day upon which our Saviour uttered [Page 566] the former words in the first Verse, and also the day of his Transfiguration; whereas Matthew and Mark do speak onely of the six dayes which came between the day of his uttering these words in the first Verse, and the day of his Transfiguration. And hence it is, that Luke doth not say, it was fully eight daies, but about an eight daies after, &c. Thus we see how the Evangelists do give light one to another, which shews how necessa­ry and profitable it is to compare them together in the reading of any particular History recorded by all or di­verse of them. Now, this circumstance of time is expressed by the Evangelist, the more to confirm the truth and certainty of this History of Christ's Transfiguration, and to stablish our Faith therein.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour did so speedily fulfil that which he foretold and promised to his Disciples in the first Verse, touching the manifestation of his Divine Glory and Majesty; we may see how careful and for­ward he is to perform whatsoever good he hath promised to his faithful Servants, and that in due time: He doth not delay the time too long for performance of his promises, but hasteth to the fulfilling of them every one in their due time; 2 Pet. 3. 9. The Lord is not slack concerning his Promise, as some men count slacknesse, &c. This is true not onely of the Promise of his second coming to Judgment, (which is there meant by the Apo­stle), but of all other his Promises made to his Church and Servants, whether of spiritual or of temporal Blessings and benefits. The Lord is not slack or backward to perform and make them good, but very for­ward and ready; yea, he doth hasten the performance of them as soon as may be; that is, so soon as ever he seeth a fit time and season for accomplishment of them, so soon as ever it makes for his Glory and our good. He will not defer one day or hour longer than is fit.

Ʋse. Use. To strengthen our Faith touching the certain accomplishment of all promises which Christ hath made unto us in his Word; to assure us, that they shall be fulfilled intheir due time: As some of them, yea many of them, are already fulfilled; so shall all the rest be in due time. For example, the Promise of his second coming; the Promise of the Resurrection of our bodies at the last day; and of eternal life, &c. the Promise of deliverance out of all troubles and afflictions of this life, &c. Though the accomplishment of these be for a time deferred, and though the time seem long to us, and the Lord seem slack in performance of these Promises; yet it is not so, for he is very careful and mindful to perform what he hath promised, yea, he hasteneth as soon as may be to perform it; and the onely cause and reason why he delayeth, is, because the due and fittest time is not yet come, and therefore it is not good for us yet to see the accomplishment of his Promises; if it were, we should see it, and so soon as shall be good and fit for us, we shall see all fulfilled without further delay. Hab. 2. 3. The Vision is for an appointed time, but at last it shall speak, and not lie; though it tarry, wait; for a shall surely come, and shall not stay. In the mean time, we must live by Faith and Hope, waiting for the accomplishment of all that Christ hath promised; not making too much haste, nor limiting him to any time.

Now follow the Persons chosen by our Saviour to be present as witnesses of his Transfiguration, He taketh with him, Peter, James, and John.]

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Why did he take these with him?

Answ. Answ. To be special Eye-witnesses of the Glory of his Transfiguration, who might afterward certainly acquaint others therewith: Therefore Ver. 2. it is said, He was transfigured before them.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why did he take three Disciples, and no more, nor fewer with him?

Answ. Answ. Because this was a sufficient and fit number to testify the truth of the matter, and it was agreeable to that Law, Deut. 17. 6. whereby it was ordained, that by the Mouth of two or three Witnesses, the truth should be cleared and resolved in a doubtful case; as when one was questioned for some crime deserving death.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Why did he make choice of these three Disciples, and not of any other among the twelve?

Answ. Answ. Because these were the chief and most eminent for gifts and authority among all the 12 Apostles. Gal. 2. 9. James, Cephas, and John, seemed to be Pillars, &c. although that James there mentioned, is not the same with this here spoken of, but another of the Apostles of the same Name: This James here mentio­ned was the Son of Zebedeus, and Brother to John, who was slain by Herod, Act. 12. and therefore was not alive when Paul went up to Jerusalem to confer with the Apostles about his Ministry. Therefore that James which he mentioneth Gal. 2. 9. was James the Son of Alpheus the Kinsman of Christ. But that these Three here mentioned were the most eminent and chief among the twelve Apostles, may appear; because not on­ly at this, but at other times, our Saviour used to take these three with him, when he went about the perfor­mance of extraordinary and serious matters in private. So when he went into the House of Jairus, a Ruler of the Synagogue, to raise up his Daughter to life, he took these three with him, (as we heard Chap. 5. 37.) So at the time of his bitter agony in the Garden, he took these three onely with him, when he went to pray pri­vately, Mat. 26. 37.

Quest. 4 Quest. 4. Why did he not suffer all his Disciples, and the rest then present, to be Eye-witnesses of his glo­rious Transfiguration?

Answ. Answ. Because the due time for the general and publick manifestation of his Divine Glory was not yet come, nor should be, till after his Resurrection: Therefore his Transfiguration was to be performed in this private manner, onely in the presence of these three Disciples.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See the truth and certainty of this History of Christ's glorious Transfiguration on the Mount, being confirmed by the Testimony of three of the chief and principal Apostles, as Eye-witnesses thereof. Therefore 2 Pet. 1. 16. the Apostle speaking of this Transfiguration of Christ, saith thus, We have not follow­ed cunningly devised Fables, when we made known to you the Power and Coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but we were Eye-witnesses of his Majesty. And afterward Ver. 18. he saies, they heard the Voice of God the Father uttered from Heaven at the time of this Transfiguration of Christ; so that they were both Eye and Ear-witnesses of his Transfiguration: which shews the truth and certainty of it, and must serve to confirm our Faith therein; and so much the rather, because this History doth contain excellent matter of Instruction and Comfort for the true Church and faithful Servants of Christ, as we shall hear afterward, God willing.

Observ. 2. Our Saviour chose none to be with him to see the Glory of his Transfiguration, but such as were of the number of his true and faithful Disciple [...], as Peter, James, and John; for which cause Judas Isca­riot [Page 567] was none of the three: Hence we learn, what kind of Persons they are, who shall see the heavenly Glory of Christ in the life to come, viz. none but such as are Christ's true Disciples in this life, none but true Believers and sanctified Persons, such as do not onely make outward Profession of Christ's Name, but do truly believe in him, and shew their Faith by holiness of life. These onely shall see the Divine Glory and Majesty of Christ in Heaven hereafter, and not onely see it, but be partakers of it: Joh. 17. 24. Father, I will, that they also whom thou hast given me, be with me where I am, that they may behold my Glory which thou hast given me, &c. Mat. 5. 8. Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God. Heb. 12. 14. Without holiness no man shall see the Lord. Therefore Heaven is called the Inheritance of the Saints, Col. 1. 12. to shew that none shall be Partakers of it, nor see the Glory of God, or of Christ there, but the Saints and faithful. As none but Believers and Saints were admitted of Christ to behold his Glory in the earthly Mount, (which is therefore called the Holy Mount, 2 Pet. 1. 18.) So none but the Saints and faithful shall be admitted to see Christ's Glory in the heavenly Mount.

Use 1 Use 1. See how many deceive themselves, who vainly hope and perswade themselves that they shall come to Heaven hereafter, and there see Christ in glory, though as yet they be not in the number of Christ's true Disciples, though they be as yet no true Believers or sanctified Persons; but, on the contrary, are utterly void of true Faith, and profane in life: Some live in gross Ignorance of the Word of God, and of the very grounds of Christian Religion, having no sound Knowledge of Christ, and therefore can have no true Faith in him. Others live in gross and manifest sins and corruptions unreformed, in swearing, drunkenness, unclean­ness, covetousness, &c. and yet hope for Heaven, and to see Christ's Glory there hereafter. But deceive not thine own Soul: For, if no profane or unsanctified Person might go with Christ up to the earthly Mount to see him there transfigured; how much less shalt thou, being a profane Person, and living in thy sins be ad­mitted to see Christ's Glory in the heavenly Mount? No unclean thing shall ever come into that holy City, the new Jerusalem, Rev. 21. 27.

Use 2 Use 2. See here the Profaness of such as reproach others with the Name of Puritan. Let them know that if ever they look to see Christ's Glory in the Heavenly Mount, themselves must be Puritans, &c. See 1 Joh. 3. 3.

Use 3 Use 3. If we would know and be assured, that we shall hereafter see and be partakers of Christ's Glory in Heaven, labour first in this life to be joyned to him by true Faith, that we may feel him dwelling in our hearts by Faith, and to shew forth this Faith by the fruits of it in Holiness of life. If we would be received up into that heavenly Mount, whither he is ascended before us, there to behold his divine and heavenly Glory, and to partake in it with the rest of the Saints; let us look to it, that we be in the number of his true Disciples, that is, of his faithful Saints and Servants, such as these three were whom Christ took with him into the earthly Mount, to see his excellent Glory: Labour above all things in the World for some measure of true Faith and Sanctification, to make our Calling and Election sure, &c. 2 Pet. 1. 10, 11.

Now followeth the Place where our Saviour was transfigured, An high Mountain, into which he led up his three Disciples, apart by themselves: What Mountain this was, is not expressed by the Evangelists; but the most received Opinion of Interpreters is, that it was the Mount Tabor, mentioned Judg. 4. 6. which was in the Country of Galilee, and in the border or coast of of the Tribe of Zebulun, (as Hierom writeth, in locis Hae­braicis.) And this is the more probable; 1. Because our Saviour conversed much in Galilee, and it is probable he was now in that Region or Country. 2. Because the Evangelists affirm that it was an high Mountain, and so doth Hierom testify of the Mount Tabor, that it was mira rotunditate sublimis. (Vide Mal­donat. cui incertum videtur.) Vide potius Casaub. contra Baron. Exerc. 15. Ann. 33. Num. 29.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour lead them up into this Mountain apart?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because he intended to give himself to private Prayer, thereby to fit and prepare himself to his Transfiguration, for which a private place was fittest: Luke 9. 28. He went up into a Mountain to pray: viz. that there he might be private with his three Disciples, and free from distractions. So at other times, when he intended to pray privately, he used to go apart into some private Mountain or Hill, as Mark 6. 46. and Luk [...] 6. 12.

2. That the Disciples might also be free from all distractions that might hinder them, either in Prayer, or in the fight and beholding of Christ's Glory.

3. The Mountain being a remote, solitary, and private place, was fittest for this private manifestation of Christ's Glory before the three Disciples, that so no others besides might see it done.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. When we go about the performance of weighty and serious duties, we should withdraw out selves from all occasions that may hinder or disturb us therein; especially, when we go about holy and spiritu­al actions and duties; as our Saviour now, being to give himself to Prayer, and withall intending to comfort his Disciples by revealing to them this extraordinary and miraculous Vision or Apparition of his heavenly Glory; he therefore withdrawes himself from all company except three of his Disciples, and goes apart with them alone into a private solitary Mountain, where no unfit company, or other outward occasions, might hin­der or disturb him. So when we go about religious duties of God's Worship publick or private, we are first to separate and free our selves from hinderances; we must ascend up above them, and leave them below us, when we are to pray, read, hear the Word, &c. (See before, on the 37th. Verse of Chap. 5.) The not doing of this is one main cause that we often find so many hinderances and distractions in performance of such duties.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. We are not onely to separate our selves from hinderances, but also to use all helps and means to further us in the performance of holy and spiritual exercises, as Prayer, Meditation, Reading, Hearing, &c. Our Saviour here did not onely withdraw himself from company, but made choice of the fittest and most convenient place where to pray with his Disciples, and to manifest his Glory to them, that the opportunity of the place might be a furtherance to himself and them in those heavenly exercises. Now, if our Saviour had need thus to do, much more we, &c. to take the fittest time and place; also to use due Preparation before we set about such holy duties, and Watchfulnesse in performing them. See before, on the Ver. 46. of the 6th Chapter.

Reason. Reason. We are of our selves very unfit and untoward to all spirituall Duties, and therefore had need to use of all good helps to further us in performance of them.

Use. See the cause why many perform holy and religious Duties with so little fruit and comfort; because they are not carefull to use all good helps and means to further them therein, &c.

Mark 9. 2, 3.‘And he was Transfigured before them: And his Raiment became shining, &c. April, 23. 1626.

NOw followeth the Transfiguration it self. 1. Generally and briefly propounded, together with the persons before whom or in whose sight it was done; He was Transfigured before them.

2. More particularly amplified by one speciall Adjunct or Circumstance of it; The shining and perfect whiteness of his Garments; which whiteness is amplified.

1. By comparison to Snow. 2. By comparison to Cloth, purged and whited by the Fuller's Art.

He was Transfigured] Or transformed and changed in the figure or shape of his Body; the former shape which he had before was altered and changed into a far more excellent and glorious shape or figure: Luke 9. 29. As he prayed, the fashion of his countenance was altered: And Matth. 17. 2. His face did shine as the Sun.

Now touching this Transfiguration or change of his shape, some things are to be remembred for the better conceiving of it. 1. That it happened while he was at prayer, Luke 9. 29. 2. That it was not a change or alteration of the nature or substance of his Body, as if that were turned into a Spirit or spiritual sub­stance, for it remained still a true humane Body with the same nature and essentiall properties which it had be­fore, but it was onely an alteration of the outward quality and condition of his Body; that is, of the colour, shape, or outward form and visage of it from that which it was before: that, whereas before it was of an ordi­nary colour and outward shape, like the bodies of other men; now it became most excellent, bright, and glo­rious to behold; even as bright as the Sun, &c. 3. That although this change was not in the essentiall form or substance of Christ's body, yet it was a true, real, and sensible change and alteration of the quality of his body; and not in imagination, or in shew and appearance only: Luke 9. 29. It is not said, The fashi­on of his countenance seemed to be altered, but, it was altered. And ver. 32. The Disciples saw his Glory. There­fore, it was visible, &c. 4. That although this wonderfull change and alteration appeared chiefly in his face, as being the most conspicuous part of his body; yet it is probable, That it was more or less throughout all the outward parts of his Body, and from thence the brightness and glory was derived to his Garments, shining through the same, as is said afterward. 5. That this change was not perpetual, or long to endure: but for a short time onely (though it is not expressed how long); that is to say, during some part of that time in which Christ and his three Disciples were abiding in the Mount: for this Glory ceased before they came down again from the Mount.

Object. Object. Matth. 17. 9. Called a Vision.

Answ. Answ. Yet it might be really done, as Acts 10. 3.

Before them] That is, in the presence and sight of those three Disciples before mentioned, &c. viz. Pe­ter, James and John.

It followeth, Ver. 3. And his Raiment became shining, &c.] This is added the more to amplifie and set forth the excellent brightness, and heavenly Glory of Christ's body in which he now appeared to the three Disciples. Brightness and Light are in Scripture put for heavenly glory and happiness, 1 Tim. 6. 16. So also the colour of white; (Therefore, the Angels used so to appear: Contrà, blackness and darkness signi­fies misery of Hell); which was so great, that it shined through all his Garments, making them also to shine most bright; and to appear perfectly white as the Snow, and whiter than any Fuller upon Earth can make any Cloth with Water and Fulling-Earth. Note, that this perfect whiteness and glittering was not in the Garments of themselves, but in the body of Christ, and thence derived to his Clothes, &c. As the Sun which enlighten the Ayr.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How, or by what means was this perfect whitenesse and brightnesse caused in the Body and Garments of Christ?

Answ. Answ. By the divine Power and Majesty of his God-head now manifesting it self extraordinarily for the time, not onely in his humane Soul (as at other times); but also in his Body and Garments. Before this time, the Glory of his God-head did hide and cover it self under the vail of his humane Flesh or Body, (even as the brightness of the Sun beams is sometimes covered under a dark Cloud); but now this Glory of his God-head did for a time extraordinarily and wonderfully shew and manifest it self outwardly, even to the bodily sight and view of the Disciples.

Object. Object. 2 Pet. 1. 17. He received this Glory from God the Father.

Answ. Answ. As he was Mediatour, he received it from the Father; but as God, he had it in himself, &c.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Whether did the Disciples now see the God-head it self, or divine Nature of Christ?

Answ. Answ. Not so: (for the God-head cannot be seen with bodily eyes, Joh. 1. 18.) but they saw an out­ward sensible effect of the God-head, or a true symbolicall Sign and Representation of it, viz. the outward brightness and glory which appeared in his Body and Garments, and especially in his Face. A symbolicall sight, like that of Moses, when he saw the back parts of God, Exod. 33. 23.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Wherefore, or to what end was Christ now transfigured, and the shape of his Body and Gar­ments thus gloriously changed before his three Disciples?

Answ. Answ. 1. To prove and manifest the Truth of his God-head, and that he was the Messiah; and to con­firm their Faith therein: For which cause also that heavenly Voice was uttered from God the Father at the time of this Transfiguration of Christ, This is my beloved Son, hear him, ver. 7.

2. The better to arm them against that scandall or offence which they might take at his Crosse; that is, at this Death and Sufferings, whereof he had a little foretold them, as we heard, Chap. 8. ver. 31. lest they should think he dyed of weakness or willingly; and not rather because it was the Will of his Father that he [Page 569] should suffer for man's Redemption: therefore he now manifested his divine Power and Glory of his God-head, to shew, that he was as well able if he would, and if it might stand with the Will of God his Father, to save himself from Death, as he was to manifest his heavenly Glory at this time in this wonderfull manner. Therefore, no cause for them to take offence at his Sufferings, or thereupon to doubt of his Person, whether he were the Son of God and true Messiah: but that they ought undoubtedly to believe him so to be, notwith­standing his Death and Sufferings which must after be fulfilled. For though he should dye and Suffer, yet not unwillingly, or of weaknesse, but to fulfill the Counsell and Will of God his Father touching man's Redemp­tion: And besides, though he dyed; yet should he not remain in Death, but raise himself by the Power of his God-head, &c.

3. To confirm their Faith touching the certainty of his glorious coming to Judgment at the last Day, and of that heavenly reward which he would then give them for all their sufferings for his Name, and so to com­fort them against the Cross, &c.

4. To comfort them with hope and assurance of that blessed state of the Saints in Heaven after this Life, in which they should more perfectly see his Glory.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this Glory of Christ in his Transfiguration was revealed to him, and to the three Dis­ciples while they were at prayer in the Mount (as we have heard): we may observe and learn, The excellent Fruit and Benefit to be reaped by being conversant in the duty of prayer. This is a speciall means whereby God doth reveal himself and his Glory to his Saints, and a speciall means whereby the Saints of God do usually attain to a more clear sight and knowledge of divine and heavenly things: Hence it is, That we read in Scripture, that the Lord hath so often revealed himself and his Will in speciall and extraordinary manner, to such as have been exercised in prayer; as to Damel, Chap. 9. ver. 21. while he was speaking to God in prayer, the Angel Gabriel is sent to him to touch him, and to inform him both of the deliverance of the Jews out of Captivity, and of the Coming and Death of the Messiah, &c. So Acts 10. 3. Cornelius being in prayer, had an Angel sent to him, &c. So ver. 9, 10. Peter at prayer, fell into a Trance, and saw Heaven opened, &c. So Acts 9. 12. while Paul was at prayer, Ananias was sent to him to put his hands on him, and to open his eyes, and to baptize him. And experience may teach this unto the Saints of God, that prayer is a speciall means to obtain from God the sight and knowldge of his Glory, and of his heavenly Will; and that the Lord doth never so clearly and comfortably reveal himself and his glory to them, nor the knowledge and experience of things spirituall and heavenly, as he doth by means of prayer, and oftentimes in the very time of their prayers.

Use. Ʋse. To encourage us to be frequent and diligent in this excellent duty of prayer upon all occasions, not onely in publick, or in company with others; but also in private: Ephes. 6. 18. Pray alwayes, with all manner of prayer, &c. that so by this means the Lord may be pleased to reveal himself and his glory, and his heavenly Will to us more and more; that by frequency and constancy in this holy exercise, we may come to have nearer communion with God, and to see his Glory: yea, to partake in it after a sort in this Life. As Christ by prayer received this heavenly Glory from his Father, which made his face to shine as the Sun: So by this holy and heavenly exercise, we shall be in some sort tranfigured, or changed into that glorious Im­age of God; by it we shall obtain more and more heavenly Wisdom and Knowledge of God, which will make our faces to shine, as the face of Stephen did like the face of an Angel, Acts 6. 15. or as the face of Moses after he had been with God in Mount Sinai, Exod. 34. Eccles. 8. 1. The wisdom of a man maketh his face to shine, &c. True of heavenly Wisdom, which is obtained by prayer, Jam. 1. 5. Not that we are now to expect such extraordinary Visions or Revelations from God in prayer, or that Angels should be sent in visible shapes to us, as they have been to many heretofore in the beginning of the Church: but, because the Lord doth still reveal Himself, and his Will, and his heavenly Glory to his Saints in and by this holy ex­ercise of prayer. To quicken and stirr us up unto it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From this brightness and glory of Christ's Face and Garments which appeared in his Transfi­guration, we may have a manifest proof and evidence of his God-head or divine Nature, that he was not onely true Man, but true God in one and the same Person. For this outward Glory of his humane Body was nothing but an effect and sensible Sign and Token of the divine Essence of his God-head, nothing but a little beam issuing or proceeding from the body or sustance of that uncreated Sun, viz. the God-head of Christ. Therefore as the created Sun in the firmament is known and discerned by the beams of it: So here, &c. As this God-head of Christ was proved by all his Miracles (as we have often heard before); so also by this his Glorious Transfiguration which may likewise be reckoned amongst his Miracles. But having of­ten spoken of this point before, I will not here insist on it.

Mark 9. 3.‘And his Raiment became shining, &c.May, 7. 1626.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. FRom this Glory of Christ which appeared in his Transfiguration, we may gather the great­ness and excellency of that Glory and Majesty which now he hath, and enjoyeth in Heaven at the Right hand of God, which also he shall manifest in his second coming at the last Day. If the Glory which he shewed in the Earthly Mount were so great, that it made his Face shine as the Sun, and his Gar­ments to become as perfectly white as the Snow, and as the Light; how much more Glorious is he now being in heaven, not onely as he is God, but in humane Nature, &c? His face doth now far exceed the bright­ness of the Sun, and of all the Starrs, joyned together in one. (See this Point further opened, ver. 6. In­fra.) Note here, that the Glory of Christ's which was manifested in his Transfiguration, is the same in na­ture and substance with that Glory and Majesty which he hath now in Heaven, even in his humane Nature: onely it differeth in these Respects.

  • 1. In the measure and degree of it; for that Glory which he hath now in Heaven, is in a far more excel­lent degree than that which was shewed on the Earthly Mount.
  • 2. In time or continuance; the Glory of his Transfiguration was but for a little time, but that in Heaven is for ever to endure.
  • [Page 570] 3. In the quality or condition of the subject in which this Glory is: For, whereas the subject of this Glory of his Transfiguration was the body of Christ, being then corruptible and mortal; the subject of that heaven­ly Glory which now he hath, is the same body of Christ, being incorruptible and immortal. (Vidt Stellam in hunc locum. Et Tho. Aquin. pars tertia, Quest. 45. Art. 2.)

Ʋse. Ʋse. If the Glory and Majesty of Christ, now in Heaven, be so great and excellent; then this further tea­cheth us, that the Glory of the Saints in Heaven after this life shall be very great and most excellent: For they shall partake in Christ's Glory, and be like unto him; and not onely in our Souls, but in our bodies. Phil. 3. 21. He shall change our vile body, that it may be fashioned like unto his glorious body. Col. 3. 4. When Christ shall appear, we shall appear with him in Glory. And 1 Joh. 3. 2. We know, that when He shall appear we shall be like him. 1 Cor. 15. 42. As his face and whole body now in Heaven shineth as the Sun, yea far above the brightness of the Sun; so shall the bodies of every one of the Saints after this life. Matth. 13. 43. Then shall the righteous shine as the Sun, in the Kingdom of their Father. Dan. 12. 3. They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the Firmament, and they that turn many to Righteousness, as the Stars for ever and ever. The meanest of the Saints shall partake with Christ after this life, in the same heavenly Glory which he now hath; in the same (I say) for quality and kind, though not for degree and measure; and yet every one of the Saints shall receive an unspeakable measure of Glory, an eternal weight of Glory, as Paul calleth it, even as great a measure as every one shall be capable of: which being so, how great comfort is this for the Saints and all true Believers?

1. To comfort them against all reproach, contempt, and disgrace, which here they suffer in this World for Christ's Name and the Gospel. When we are reproached or contemned for Christ's sake, remember the Glory which he shall put upon us after this life, when we shall be like him in Glory, &c.

2. To comfort the faithful against all miseries, imperfections, and infirmities, which their bodies are subject to in this life, as bodily Sickness, Weakness, Infirmities of old Age, Blindness, Deafness, Lameness, Defor­mities. Remember the time in which our bodies shall be freed from all these, and not onely so, but be per­fectly glorified, as Christ's body now is.

3. To comfort the Saints against death and the corruption of the Grave: Though our bodies dy, and turn to rottenness and dust, yet they shall rise again, and be made like to the glorious body of Christ; they shall be perfectly and gloriously transfigured, as his body was; they shall shine as the Sun, &c. Who would not be willing to dy, that his corruptible body may thus be changed? Who would not have such a body as Christ now had in his Transfiguration, shining like the Sun, glistering like the light.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that our Saviour was thus gloriously transfigured, not onely in the presence and company of his three Disciples which were with him, but also in their sight and view, as the words [before them] do im­ply: We may further learn the excellent state and condition of the glorified Saints in Heaven, how it shall be with them in that life to come, viz. That they shall not onely be with Christ, enjoying immediate society with him, Luke 23. 43. Rev. 14. 4. but also shall see and be Eye-witnesses of his divine Glory and Majesty, Joh. 17. 24. As the three Disciples did sensibly behold the Glory of Christ in this earthly Mount (for they did see his face shining like the Sun, and garments glistring, &c.) So shall the Saintes in Heaven much more sensi­bly, and more fully and clearly see Christ's heavenly Glory, and not onely the Glory of his humane Nature, but even of his divine Nature, so far as is possible: We shall see him as he is, 1 Joh. 3. 2. We shall see him face to face, 1 Cor. 13. 12. and not onely with the eyes of their Mind and Understanding (which shall then be perfectly opened), but even with their bodily eyes they shall see Christ: though not the very essence of his God-head, yet the sensible effects and evidences thereof manifested in his Humane Nature. Job 19. 26. I shall see God in my Flesh, &c. and Matth. 5. 8. Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See by this the excellency and blessedness of that estate of the Saints after this life, wherein they shall not onely be with Christ, immediately joyned to him, in whose presence is fulness of joy, &c. Psal. 16. but shall also see and behold his unspeakable Glory, in the sight whereof consisteth true happiness. If it were so excellent and glorious a sight to behold Christ transfigured in the earthly Mount, his face shining as the Sun, &c. that Peter desired to dwell there; how much more blessed a sight shall it be for the Saints in Hea­ven to see the face and heavenly Glory of Christ, even with bodily eyes, to see him as he is, &c. This is mat­ter of unspeakable comfort to the Saints of God, and true Believers, having hope and assurance to be parta­kers hereafter of that blessed estate in Heaven, where they shall not onely be with Christ, and follow him wheresoever he goes; but shall also see him face to face, and behold his unspeakable Glory and Majesty, the very first sight whereof shall ravish their hearts with unutterable Joy and Comfort. It was a great joy and comfort to Simeon to see Christ come in the Flesh, &c. This may comfort them against all miseries and trou­bles of this life, which they suffer for the Name of Christ, and for well-doing. To remember the time where­in they shall not onely be freed from all these miseries, but also shall be with Christ, and live and reign with him, beholding his face, enjoying his blessed presence continually, &c. Think of this in midst of all trou­bles and afflictions of this life: Rom. 8. 17. If we suffer with Christ, we shall be glorified with Him. If we be with him upon the Crosse, we shall also be transfigured with him in the heavenly Mount.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See that there is no cause at all why the Saints of God should be unwilling or loath to dy and de­part this life when their time cometh; but, on the contrary, that they should rather be most willing and desi­rous to depart hence, that they may be with Christ, and see his glorious face and presence in Heaven. So Paul Phil. 1. 23. Having a desire to depart, and to be with Christ, which is far better, &c. and 2 Cor. 5. 8. We are confi­dent and willing rather to be absent from the body, and to be present with the Lord.

Use 3 Use 3. To stir up every one to labour to know and be assured that he shall be partaker after this life of that blessed estate of the Saints, in which he shall be for ever with Christ, and see his heavenly Glory. Else what good shall it do thee to know, that there is such an estate of Glory and Happiness to be enjoyed by others, if thy self have no part in it? Therefore labour above all things in the World to know and be assured that af­ter this life thou shalt be with Christ, and see his face in heavenly glory: 2 Pet. 1. 10. Give diligence to make your Calling and Election sure, &c. For so an entrance shall be ministred, &c. ver. 11. To this end, 1. Purge [Page 571] thy self from the poll [...]on of sin by true Repentance, and labour for true sanctification of heart and life, Mat. [...] 8, none but the p [...] in heart shall see God and Christ in heavenly Glory. All profane Persons living [...]d continuing in sin [...]hout Repentance, shall be shut out from Heaven, and from Christ's presence: As [...]ne but holy and sanc [...]fied Persons were with him in the earthly Mount to see the Glory of his Transfigu­ [...]tion; so, much less [...]all any other be with him, or see his Glory in Heaven. 2. Labour for true Faith, [...] be assured of pardo [...] [...]f thy sins, and of God's favour in Christ, that thou art accepted in him as righteous [...]nd holy, though in t [...]y self sinful: Then, being justified by Faith in Christ, thou art sure to be glorified with [...]im, Rom. 8. 30. Th [...] must first be joyned to Christ by Faith in this life, before thou canst be joyned to him by [...]mmediate sight in [...]aven.

Mark 9. 4.‘And there appeared unto them Elias withMoses, &c. May. 14. 1626.

HAvi [...]g spoken the glorious manner of Christ's Transfiguration before his three Disciples: Now we are in the [...]xt place, to speak of those special accidents which happened at the time of his Transfi­guration, [...] Adjuns which accompanied it, by which the Glory and Majesty of it is further set forth un­to us.

The first is, The [...]traordinary Apparition of Moses and Elias with our Saviour, and their Conference with him, Ver. [...]. which amplified also by the Effect in Peter, viz. That upon sight of the wonderful Glory of Christ, an [...] of Mose [...]nd Elias with him, he was moved to use these words to our Saviour, Master, it is good for us &c. Ve [...]. 5.

The second is, Th [...] suddain coming of a Cloud, which over-shadowed them, together with a voice uttered out of the Clo [...]d, sayi [...], This is my beloved Son, &c. Ver. 7.

Of the first▪ The appearing of Moses and Elias, and their talking with Christ. 1. Of their Apparition. 2. Of their C [...]nferenc [...] with Christ.

There appea [...]d unto [...]hem Elias with Moses,] or, Elias with Moses was seen of them, as the words may be translated, [...], &c. Luke 9. 31. it is added, that they appeared in Glory; that is, in glo­rious manner, being c [...]othed or apparelled (as it were) with heavenly Brightness and Majesty; as Christ him­self was.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Whether did they appear truly and really in their own Persons, that is, with their own Souls and Bodies, or o [...]ely in a Vision or Traunce?

Answ. Answ. I take [...]t, there is no doubt to be made, but that they did really appear, and were visibly and corpo­rally seen of Ch [...]st, and of the three Disciples. Sic Calvin, Maldonat. &c.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. [...]he words of the Evangelists do seem plainly to argue so much; especially the words of Luke in the 30th. Ver [...]e of the ninth Chapter, who saith, There talked with him two men, which were Moses and Elias. and Ver. 32. it [...]s said, that the Disciples being awaked from sleep, did see Christ's Glory, and two men standing with Him.

2. It is most likely, (and the words of the Evangelists seem to imply,) that they appeared in the same manner, and with such Glory, as Christ appeared: Now He appeared really and truly in his own Person, and with his own Soul and Body glorified for the time, and therefore it is most probable that Moses and Elias appeared in like manner.

3. Otherwise, if they had been seen of the Disciples onely in imagination, or onely in a vision or traunce, it had not been so powerful and effectual a proof and evidence of the future Glory of Christ and of his King­dom, as now it was being really done.

Object. Object. Mat. 17. 9. it is called a Vision.

Answ. Answ The same thing may be done in Vision, and yet really and truly done. So the Angel's appearing to Cornelius Act. 10. 3. was in a Vision, and yet he truly appeared. See also Luke 24. 22. See also Piscat. in Mat. 17.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How, or by what means did Moses and Elias thus gloriously appear with Christ at this time?

Answ. Answ. By the almighty Power of God, working this extraordinarily and miraculously.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. From whence came the Souls and Bodies of these two at this time?

Answ. Answ. Their Souls came from Heaven, where they had long before rested in glory and happiness, but now they were brought down from thence extraordinarily by the Power of God. But touching their bodies there is a difference between Moses and Elias; for, seeing Moses dyed and was buried (though in a place unknown), it is therefore most likely that his body was now extraordinarily raised to life, and re-united to his Soul by the Power of God: But, as for Elias, seeing the Scripture saith, He dyed not, but was taken up to Heaven extraordinarily in a fiery Chariot, 2 King. 2. 11. therefore it is probable, that not onely his Soul, but his Body also, was now brought down from Heaven.

Quest. 4 Quest. 4. Wherefore, or to what end, were two such excellent Persons now caused by the Power of God to appear on the Mount with Christ?

Answ. Answ. 1. That they might be special Witnesses (together with the Disciples) of the Glory of Christ's Transfiguration, the more to confirm the certainty thereof: As there were three earthly, so also two heavenly Witnesses present to testify the same. 2. The more fully to set forth the heavenly Glory and Majesty of Christ, not onely in his own Person, but also in the Persons of these two glorious Attendants. Even as earth­ly Kings are wont to manifest their Glory and Majesty, not onely in their own Persons, but also in their Ser­vants which attend upon them.

Quest. 5 Quest. 5. Why did these two (viz. Moses and Elias) appear with Christ, and not any other of the Saints departed?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because these two were very eminent and famous among the Saints of God which lived in the times of the old Testament, before Christ's coming in the Flesh, and therefore the more fit to be present now as Witnesses of Christ's Glory.

2. Moses being the Giver of the Law, and Elias one of the most famous Prophets, and one that was also a great Restorer of the Law, being corrupted in his Time); therefore these two now appeared with Christ thereby to testify and shew the mutuall consent and agreement between Christ, and b [...]ween the Doctrine o [...] the Law and Prophets; and that he was no enemy to the Law or Prophets, as s [...]e falsly charged him to be.

3. To shew that he was the main end and scope of the Law and Prophets, and of the speciall Person, eve [...] the true Messiah; which was chiefly prefigured in the Law, and foretold by the Prop [...]et.

4. To confute the Errour of those amongst the People, who falsly supposed our Sav [...]u [...] Christ to be Elias or one of the other antient famous Prophets risen again; as we heard before, Chap. 6. a [...]d Chap. 8.

5. These two while they lived on Earth, having fasted 40 dayes, did see the Glo [...] of God in Moun [...] Horeb, and there spake with God also. Therefore these now appeared with Christ in hi [...] Transfiguration a [...] ­ter he had also fasted 40 dayes, &c. Vide Jansen. Harmon.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here we are taught, That Christ Jesus is the onely true Messiah or Anoin [...]d of God; the only Saviour of the World, who was typified or shadowed by Moses in the Law, and fore [...]ld by the Prophets in the times of the old Testament. Therefore Moses and Elias now came from Heave, and [...]ppeared in Glory with Christ in the Mount, to testify this very thing: The same is also taught us e [...]e-where in expresse places of the new Testament, Joh. 1. 45. Philip tells Nathaniel, We have found him o [...] whom Moses in the Law, and in the Prophets did write: Acts 10. 43. Peter saies, To him give all the Prophetwitness, that through his Name, whosoever believeth in him shall receive remission of Sins. And Rom. 3. 21. [...]ur Justi [...]ication by Christ, is said, To be witnessed by the Law and the Prophets. All the Sacifices of the La [...] did typically fore­shew this Jesus to be the Christ. So did the Prophets in their Sermons and Writings, by fore [...]elling those things which were to be fulfilled in him and by him; as his Incarnation and Birth, wit [...] the particular time, place, and manner of it. Also his Death and Sufferings, &c. his Glory that should follow. See 1 Pet. 1. 11.

Use. Use. To teach us to imbrace him as the onely Messiah, seeking Salvation in and by him [...]one: Acts 4. 12. There is none other Name under Heaven given among Men whereby we must be saved. To t [...]is end, was the History of the Gospel written by the Evangelists to prove this Jesus to be the Messiah and [...]o move us to be­lieve in him for the obtaining of eternall Life: Joh. 20. 31. These things are written that ye [...] [...]ight believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye might have Life through his None.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Disciples now being on the Mount in the time of Christ's Transfiguration (which was a shadow and glimpse of the Life to come) did enjoy not onely the company of Christ, and sight of his Glory; but also the company and sight of Moses and Elias being glorifyed Saints: Hence we learn, That in that heavenly Life to come the Saints of God shall not only have the company and society [...]f Christ, but also the society of all the glorifyed Saints; yea, of the best and most excellent of them, such as Moses, Elias, &c. This shall be one part of the happiness of that state of the Saints in Heaven: Matth. 8. 11 Many shall come from East and West, and shall sit down with Abraham, Isaac and Jacob; in the Kingdom of Heaven: Luke 16. Lazarus after Death was carryed into Abraham's bosom; that is, into Heaven, there to live in most near society with Abraham, and the rest of the Saints in Glory. Therefore also Hebr. 12. 23. the Faithfull are said, To be come (or joyned) to the Spirits of just men made perfect in Heaven; because as they are joyned to them in this Life by faith and hope, so shall they be much more nearly joyned to them after this Life by im­mediate sight and fellowship. Hence also is that phrase of Speech used in the old Testament, touching the Saints departing this Life: They are said, To be gathered unto their People; that is, to the rest of the Saints in Heaven. So Abraham, Gen. 25. 8. And Isaac, Gen. 35. 29.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort to the Godly in this Life, living amongst the profane and wicked, whose company is tedi­ous and grievous to them, vexing their righteous Souls from day to day; as the company of the Sodomites did the Soul of Lot. This is no small Affliction to the Saints of God in this Life, that they are forced to come in bad company; yea, to live amongst such as are profane and wicked, who do nothing but vex and grieve them partly with their sins and wicked practises which they cannot but see and hear of, and partly with those re­proaches and others injuries and abuses which they offer unto them. No small Affliction was it to the Prophet that Bryars and Thorns were with him, and that he must dwell among Scorpions, as the Lord tells him, Ezek. 2. 6. And David cries out, Psal. 120. 5. Woe is me, that I sojourn in Mesech, that I dwell in the Tents of Kedar; my Soul hath long dwelt with him that hateth peace. But here is comfort for the Saints, who are thus vexed, grieved, and molested in this Life with such bad company; that after this Life they shall be freed from all such tedious companions, and shall have better company to live with, even the company of all the blessed and glorious Saints of God in Heaven; the company of the holy Patriarchs, Prophets, Apostles, Martyrs of Christ, &c. whose company shall be most delightfull and comfortable to them, and not at all re­dious or troublesome: though they live with them never so long (even for ever), yet shall they not grow weary of their society (as here we are apt to be weary of the best company after long continuance together); but the longer they shall live together, the more shall they desire and delight to be together, &c.

Use 2. This also affords comfort to the Faithfull at the time of their Death, when they must part with all Earthly Friends and Acquaintance, who have been near and dear unto them, and whose company they have delighted in formerly: when they must part with Husband, Wife, Children, Kindred, dearest Friends, &c. Then let them remember, that they are going to better company, to the blessed company and communion of Saints in Heaven; to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Moses, Elias, &c. They leave their Earthly Friends for a time, but shall find better Friends and Company in Heaven; there they shall find not onely God and Christ, and the holy Angels, but all the glorious Saints of God, &c. Such Friends as shall joyfully receive them into everlasting habitations.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. To stirr us up every one to labour and use all means to be partakers of that blessed estate and con­dition after this Life in Heaven, in which we shall enjoy not onely the company and fellowship of Christ, but also of all the Saints; being immediately joyned to them in place, and living and raigning with them in the same heavenly Kingdom and Glory. What a blessed thing shall it be to live for ever in such company? [Page 573] If the company and communion of the Saints on Earth be so sweet and comfortable as it is; If it be so com­fortable to converse and keep company familiarly with some one or few of the true Saints and Servants [...]o God, that we think our selves in Heaven while we are with them, and while we have communion with them in prayer, conference, &c. though but for a little time; how much more sweet and comfortable shall it be to enjoy the communion and fellowship of the Saints in Heaven for ever? Oh then, labour every one to know and be assured by Faith, that we shall have part in that blessed state of the Life to come; and consequently that we shall be immediately joyned to that blessed and glorious company of the Saints in Heaven. To this end, see that we be first truly joyned to the true Church and Saints of God on Earth; I say, truly joyned to them, not in place or outward society, or in outward profession onely, but in deed and truth; that is, that we be joyned unto them by true Faith in Christ our common Head and Saviour, and by true communion with them in all other sanctifying Graces of the Spirit of Christ; as love, humility, meekness, patience, ho­liness of Life, &c. Then shall we most certainly be joyned to the Saints in Heaven, if first we be thus joyned and knit unto them in true fellowship on Earth. Therefore Hebr. 12. 22. the Apostle tells the Faithfull, That they were already come or joyned to the heavenly Hierusalem, and to the Spirits of just men made per­fect▪ because they were in this Life knit and joyned to the true Church by Faith and Love, and by the bond of one and the same sanctifying Spirit, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. This should move us to delight in the company of the Saints here on Earth, seeing these are the com­pany we shall have in Heaven. So David, Psal. 16. We should love them more, who shall be with us for ever, than those who shall be with us in this Life onely. Ambros.

Mark 9. 4.‘And they were talking with Jesus. May, 21. 1626.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. THough Moses and Elias did now appear on Earth; yet were they still in Glory, and so ap­peared, (as St. Luke saith, Chap. 9. ver. 31.) though they were brought down from Heaven for a time, yet they were not stripped or disrobed (no not for a moment) of that Glory which they enjoyed before in Heaven: Whence we learn, That the glory and blessedness of the Saints after this Life is such as they being once partakers of, can never lose or be deprived of it again; no, not for a time, nor a moment: but it shall for ever continue with them, and they for ever enjoy it without ceasing or intermission. It follows them, and accompanies them inseparably, wheresoever they go or come; not onely in Heaven, but out of Heaven: if it please the Lord at any time to remove them hence for a time, as now he did Moses and Elias; they were still in glory and happiness, and could not be severed from it. They were in Heaven, though out of Heaven; because they were not, neither could possibly be deprived of their heavenly Glory: The same is true of the glory and happiness of all other Saints of God after this Life. It is such as cannot be separated from them, such as they can never lose or be deprived of, such as hath no intermission or ceasing, but continueth for ever. Hence eternall Life is called an incorruptible Crown, and an Inheritance that fadeth not away; and a Kingdom that cannot be moved or shaken, Hebr. 12. 28. The Glory of this Life to come, is in Scrip­ture compared to a rich Robe, or royal Garment of a King (as in the Revelations, Chap. 6, & 7.) And it is such a Robe or Garment as being once put on, shall never be put off again; such a Crown as shall never be taken from their Heads, &c. As the Wicked and Reprobate after this Life being once in Hell torments, can ne­ver come out of that wofull estate; yea, though they could come out of Hell, yet not out of misery and tor­ment, &c. So here, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort to Saints in this Life, who know they shall be partakers, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See by this the excellency of that blessedness and glory of the Life to come, being such as can never be lost or taken from those that once enjoy it; such as shall continue for ever, and never cease or have the least intermission. This is true happiness indeed, and none but this: How should this stir us up to labour, and to use all pains and diligence to attain to that excellent estate of blessedness after this Life; which being once had, shall for ever continue with us, and never be lost or taken from us. All outward things of this Life are subject to losse, and shall be taken from us, or we from them; all Honour, Glory, Pomp, Rich­es, Pleasures of this Life shall fade and wither, and come to nothing at length. Onely the glory and bless­edness of the Saints in Heaven is a durable everlasting estate, which shall never cease or fade away, &c. but continue, and be for ever enjoyed of those that are once partakers of it. Let us then bestow less care and pains in seeking after the vain and transitory things of this Life, and let our chief care and labour be for Hea­ven and the Life to come, to obtain that Glory which can never be lost, that Crown which is incorruptible, &c. Here we have no continuing City, let us seek one to come, as the Apostle saith; and not only seek it, but in the first place, and with our chief care and pains: First seek the Kingdom of God, &c. Matth. 6. 33. What pains do worldly men take to get themselves a durable and settled estate in Lands or Goods of this Life? how do they labour and sweat for these things? Let us be content to take much more pains for the Life to come, which is an estate that shall never fail us, but continue with us for ever. Let us then work out our Salvation (as the Apostle willeth us), let us strive to enter in at the straight Gare, as our Saviour warneth us, Luke 13. The rather, because many shall strive and not be able; because they strive not enough, or not in due time, or not in due manner, and by the right way and means. See then that we strive as we ought; by true Repentance of our sins, taking pains to mortify our wicked Lusts daily. And by true Faith in Christ, fight the good fight of Faith, and so lay hold on eternal Life: strive also by patient Suffering of the Crosse and all Afflictions of this Life, though never so painfull and tedious for the Name of Christ, and for obtaining of that incorruptible Crown of Glory in the Life to come. Heaven is worth our pains, &c. It is an everlasting Reward, which shall never cease, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. If the Body of Moses were now raised to Life by the Power of God, and united to his Soul (as it seems probable that it was), that so he might appear with Christ in the Mount in his own Soul and Bo­dy: then here is one proof and evidence to confirm our Faith touching the Resurrection of our bodies to eter­nall Life and Glory at the last Day. The same Power of God which raised the Body of Moses to Life, [Page 574] and re-united the same to his Soul, after he had been dead so many hundreds of years, can also quicken and raise our bodies, and joyn them to our Souls again at the last day, &c. But I will not insist upon this.

Now followeth the Conference of Moses and Elias with Christ, while they appeared with him in the Mount.

They were talking with Jesus,] What they talked of, is particularly expressed by Luke, Chap. 9. ver. 31. That they spake of his decease (or death) which he should accomplish at Hierusalem; that is, they fore-told or prophesied unto Christ touching his Death and Sufferings, which he was afterward to suffer at Hieru­salem.

Quest. Quest. Why did they now foretell his Death and Sufferings, seeing our Saviour himself had plainly fore­told the same before, unto his Disciples, as we heard in the former Chapter, ver. 31.

Answ. Answ. The more to confirm the Disciples Faith touching the truth and certainty of his Death and Suffe­rings, and the better to arm them against the scandal and offence which otherwise they might afterwards take when they should see him, whom they had confessed to be the Son of God, to dy and suffer; therefore, be­sides his own testimony foretelling his Sufferings (as we heard before), here is also added another extraordi­nary testimony beyond all exception; even the testimony of Moses and Elias, brought down from Heaven to testify before-hand of the Death and Sufferings of Christ, because the Disciples were hard to conceive and believe that he who was the Son of God and Saviour of others should himself be subject to death, and they were very apt to be offended hereat, as we heard before in Peter, Chap. 8. 32. Therefore, to prevent this of­fence as much as might be, and to strengthen their Faith the more, it was appointed of God that Moses and Elias, appearing now in heavenly Glory with Christ in the Mount, should in their Conference wit him give testimony of his future Death and Sufferings. Where also it is to be observed, that it seems probable this Con­ference was in the hearing of the three Disciples being present, because it was for the strengthning of their Faith, and not to teach or inform our Saviour himself touching his own Death, which he knew well enough before.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the Disciples were so hard to conceive and believe the Doctrine of Christ's Death and Sufferings, that they must be often told of it, and now Moses and Elias must come down from Heaven to testi­fy it again to them; We learn, that by Nature, and of our selves, we are very slow and hard to conceive and be­lieve the mysteries of Christian Faith and Doctrine, taught in the Gospel concerning Christ, as concerning his Person and Office; concerning his Death and Sufferings, and our Salvation by it, &c. Also concerning the necessity of the Cross and Afflictions in this life for all Christ's Disciples, that through many tribulations we must enter into the Kingdom of God, &c. How hard are we by Nature to conceive and understand these and such like mysteries of Christian Faith, and much more to believe and apply them effectually and savingly to our selves? So hard, that we cannot with once or twice teaching learn and embrace these Doctrines as we should, but we have need to be often taught the same over and over again; yea, we have need not onely of earthly, but even of heavenly Teachers to instruct us in these mysteries; we had need of Moses and Elias to come from Heaven (if it were possible) to teach us these things, as here they did unto Christ's Disciples on the Mount. Luke 24. 25. O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the Prophets have spoken: Ought not Christ to have suffered these things, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See what need we have to be often taught and instructed in these hidden mysteries of God's King­dom, which are above humane reason, and therefore so hard for us to conceive and believe; We have need of precept upon precept, line unto line, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what need both for Ministers and People to joyn Prayer unto God with all their preaching and hearing, that the Lord may by his Spirit enlighten our minds and open our hearts (as the heart of Lydia), to conceive and believe these heavenly mysteries of God's Kingdom.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that Moses and Elias appearing with Christ in glory did talk with him about his Death and Sufferings to be fulfilled afterward, and that in the hearing of the Disciples; We learn further, that in the life to come we shall not onely enjoy the company, but the Conference of the Saints, and especially of Christ himself; we shall not onely be with him, but we shall also speak with him, and hear him speak to us, though not after an earthly manner; yet after a far more excellent and heavenly manner. So also with the Saints in Heaven we shall have Conference in heavenly manner.

Reason. Reason. We shall have true bodies, consisting of all the parts and members of them, and among other parts, we shall have our tongues and lips which are instruments of Speech, and our ears which are instruments of Hearing: Now, these parts of the body may seem to be in vain, and to serve for no use in Heaven, if it were so, that there should be no use at all of Speech, or of hearing others speak unto us. Therefore it seems most probable that we shall in some sort both speak and confer with the Saints of God, and with Christ him­self as he is man, and hear them also speaking to us in that heavenly life. But if any ask, in what manner we shall speak or talk with Christ, and with the Saints in Glory, or what Language they and we shall speak, these are curious and unprofitable Questions, in which the Scripture is altogether silent; and therefore letting them pass, our chief care must be to use the means to be partaker of that heavenly life, in which we shall have ex­perience of those things which now we cannot fully know or comprehend.

Object. Object. 1 Cor. 13. 8. Tongues shall cease after this life.

Answ. Answ. That is, the gift of speaking diverse Languages which is now given to the Church, and serves as a help to the Ministry of the Word, shall cease, because the Ministry it self shall cease; but this doth not prove that there shall be no use at all of any kind of Speech.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. This again commends to us the excellency of that heavenly life which is to come, and should stir us up earnestly to desire and labour to be partakers of it; that in it we may enjoy not onely the heavenly company of Christ, and all the Saints in Glory, but also may have Speech and Conference with them in a heavenly manner: What a blessed thing shall this be? How great comfort and contentment shall we find in it? What a blessed thing was it for Peter, James, and John to stand by and hear the Conference between Christ and Moses and Elias, now in the Mount appearing in Glory? How much more, to hear Christ speak [Page 575] in Heaven, and to speak with him and the glorious Saints there; with Abraham, Moses, Elias, David, &c. If the Queen of Sheba came so far to hear the Wisdom of Solomon, and judged his Servants so happy which stood before him to hear him speak, 1 King. 10. how much greater happiness shall it be for us to stand be­fore Christ, and to hear him and speak with him in Heaven? It was a great Priviledge which the Apostles and others had, who saw Christ upon Earth; and heard his conference, and the gracious words which pro­ceeded from him: but this is a far greater to live with him, and have conference with him in Heaven. Let us then labour and use all means to attain to that blessed and glorious condition of the Life to come, &c. Dost thou desire to see Christ, and to conferr and speak with him, and with the Saints departed this Life? Labour to come to Heaven, there thou shalt speak with them and hear them, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This also should move us to love and desire holy conference in this Life with the Saints of God, and especially with Christ himself, to conferr with him by prayer and meditation; by often reading and hearing his Word in which he speaks to us from Heaven. The more we delight now to conferr with him in this sort, the more likely it is, That he will admit us hereafter to conference with him in his heavenly Kingdom.

Mark 9. 5, 6.‘And Peter answered and said unto Jesus, &c. Jan. 4. 1626.

IN the former Verse we heard of one speciall Adjunct or Circumstance which accompanyed the glorious Transfiguration of Christ, viz. the Apparition of Moses and Elias with Christ in Glory, and their Con­ference with him.

Now in the next place the Evangelist setteth down the Effect which the sight of Christ's Glory, and of the glorious appearing of Moses and Elias with him, did work in Peter, who was one of the three Disciples now present with Christ at the time of his Transfiguration. The Effect was this, That hereupon Peter be­ing affected with much joy and delight in beholding that heavenly Glory of Christ, and of Moses and Elias appearing and talking with him, did take occasion by words to express and testify to our Saviour his affection to the place where now they were, and saw that Glory; and to shew his earnest desire to continue there; yea, to dwell there: for which cause he makes a motion unto Christ touching the building of 3 Tabernacles for him, and for Moses, and for Elias, to dwell in there in the Mount.

Where, 1. Consider the Words or Speech used by Peter unto our Saviour; Master, It is good for us to be here, &c. ver. 5.

2. A twofold Cause or Reason alledged by the Evangelist, why Peter did so speak, or use such words to our Saviour. 1. Because he wist not what to say. 2. Because both he and the other two Disciples were sore afraid, ver. 6.

Peter answered, &c.] It is likely, That the other two Disciples then present (viz. James and John) were in like manner affected as Peter was, with that Glorious sight; but Peter spake for himself and the other two, as being the most fervent in affection, and the readiest and forwardest to speak both at this and other times.

Answered] That is, he spake or uttered the words following. Answering, put for speaking, by an Hebraism; Prov. 16. 1. The Answer (or Speech) of the Tongue is from the Lord.

And said unto Jesus] Luke 9. 33. It appeareth, that Peter spake these words to our Saviour at such time as Moses and Elias were in departing away from Christ; which argues, That he was very loth and unwilling they should depart; and therefore out of an earnest desire to have them stay and continue still with Christ, and with himself and his fellow Disciples in the Mount, uttered these words. In the same place of Luke it appears further, That the Disciples a little before were fallen asleep, either by reason it was in the night­time (as is probable), or by reason our Saviour was long in prayer: Then afterward awaking, they saw Christ in Glory, &c.

Good for us to be here] That is, It is a joyfull, pleasant, and delightfull thing for us to continue and abide in this place, together with thy self, and with Moses and Elias; that we may still see and behold thy heavenly Glory, and the Glory of Moses and Elias.

Quest. Quest. How could it be a joy and delight to be there, seeing, it is said, ver. 6. That they were sore afraid?

Answ. Answ. Both stand together: For though the sight of Christ's Glory did astonish them; yet the excellency of that glorious sight, together with the presence of Moses and Elias, affected them with great delight and joy.

And let us make three Tabernacles, &c.] By these words he sheweth his earnest desire of continuing still in that place, and that Christ himself with Moses and Elias should continue there in Glory. Therefore he makes a motion unto Christ touching the building of three Tabernacles there, One for Christ, one for Mose, and one for Elias, to dwell in upon the Mount, Matth. 17. 4. If thou wilt, let us make here three Tabernacle, &c. A Tabernacle is nothing else but a Tent or Booth, which is suddenly, or in short time built or set up for any to dwell in, or to remain or abide in for some time; that by it they may be defended from extremities of heat and cold, and from the annoyance and injuries of Wind and Weather: Such Tabernacles or Tents Peter would have to be suddenly built, or set up for Christ and for Moses, &c. Therefore he does not men­tion the building of great or strong Houses, which was a matter could not be so soon done as he desi [...]ed.

Now whereas he doth not desire that one Tabernacle onely should be built for them all, but three severall ones: The reason hereof may be this, because he thought it not meet or convenient for three such excellent and worthy Persons to have but one Tent or Pavilion to dwell or abide under. Therefore he would have three Tents built; and the rather, (as it is likely) to the end, that himself and the other two Disciples then present, might the more conveniently dwell and remain with Christ in his peculiar Tent or Tabernacle. Further we must here note, That although it was a good and commendable thing in Peter to be affected with joy and delight in the presence and company of Christ, and of Moses and Elias, in the Mount, and with the sight and beholding their Glory, and to desire the society of Christ and the Saints: yet in uttering these words he failed, and was faulty many wayes; yea, he committed grosse Errours and Absurdities.

[Page 576] 1. He was faulty in desiring that our Saviour should continue and dwell there in the Mount in Glory, and not depart thence any more. But how unfit and inconvenient had this been? 1. By this means our Saviour should have been hindred in the course of his Ministery; that is, in the execution of his publick Of­fice of preaching and working Miracles in other places, as he was appointed of his heavenly Father. 2. By this means the work of our Redemption had been hindred; for if he had continued still in that heavenly Glory in the Mount, then could he not have gone up to Hierusalem to Dye and Suffer there; neither would any man living have ever dared to lay hands on him, or to put him to Death, if he should still have continued in this heavenly Glory and Majesty in which he now appeared. 3. This was also flat contrary to that which both our Saviour himself, and also Moses and Elias had a little before foretold concerning him, viz. That he must Dye and Suffer at Hierusalem.

2. He erred grosly in desiring that Moses and Elias, being glorified Saints of Heaven, should not onely appear on Earth with Christ for a little time (as now they had done); but should also take up their dwelling upon Earth again, and so utterly forsake their heavenly Mansions in which they had hitherto lived so many hundreds of years. This was impossible, for so they should have lost and been deprived of the blessed sight and immediate presence of God in the third Heavens which hitherto they had so long enjoyed. He should rather have desired to go up to Heaven with them, than that they should stay on Earth with him.

3. He erred, in supposing that either Christ, or Moses, or Elias remaining in such heavenly Glory as now they appeared in upon the Mount, could stand in need of earthly Houses or Tents to dwell in, and to cover and defend them from the injuries of the Sun or Ayr.

4. He seemeth faulty also in comparing and equalling Moses and Elias, which were but Servants, with Christ himself their Lord and Master; for he motions the building of severall Tabernacles for them all three alike, and without difference.

Thus we see how many Errours and Absurdities Peter committed, and how great corruption and weak­nesse he discovered in this one Speech here uttered to our Saviour. One Question yet remans for the clea­ing of the words.

Quest. Quest. How Peter knew Moses and Elias now appearing in Glory, and could call them by their Names, seeing he never saw them before?

Answ. Answ. It is probable, That he knew them either by the conference which passed between Christ and them; or else by speciall and extraordinary Revelation from God some other way. Vide Calvin in locum.

Now follow the Instructions from the words. And, 1. From that which was good and commen­dable in Peter. 2. From those things wherein he failed and was faulty. Of the first.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that Peter was affected with such joy and delight in the presence and company of Christ, and of Moses and Elias appearing with him; and at the sight of that heavenly Glory in which they appeared, that all his desire was to stay and continue there in the Mount, and to build Tabernacles, &c. Hence we may gather, That the state and condition of the Saints in Heaven after this Life shall be a most joyfull, delight­full, and comfortable condition to be in; so full of joy and contentment, that they which are once partakers of it, shall desire above all things to continue in it, and never to come out of it, or to part with it. If it were thus with Peter and the other two Disciples on the earthly Mount when they had but a little taste, and saw but a little glimpse of that Life to come: How much more with the Saints in Heaven, when they shall fully enjoy that blessed condition? If they conceived so great delight and contentment in the bare sight of Christ's heavenly Glory, and of the Glory of Moses and Elias, that they desired to dwell there with them; how much greater contentment shall the Saints in Heaven find and feel, when they shall in their own persons be made partakers of that heavenly Glory? If they felt such joy and delight in the sight and beholding of the Glory of Christ, and of Moses and Elias; notwithstanding that they were at the same time astonished with some fear at the sight hereof: how much joy and delight shall the Saints in Heaven feel, being then freed from all fear and astonishment?

Now that the state of the Saints in Heaven shall be full of joy, delight, and contentment to those that en­joy it; and such an estate as they shall still be in love with, and desire to enjoy, may thus be-further proved. 1. By the excellent and comfortable Names and Titles given unto it in Scripture; It is sometimes called by the name of Joy, Matth. 25. 21. Enter into thy Master's Joy; where also note the greatness of it, in that it is not said, That joy should enter into him, but he into it: It is called also fulness of Joy, Psal. 16. 11. It is called sometimes a Crown, and a Kingdom; and an eternall weight of Glory, an incorruptible Inheritance, &c. All which are joyfull and comfortable Names and Titles, which argue great and unspeakable joy, comfort, and contentment to be in that estate. It is called also eternall Life for the same cause; Life being a joyful, sweet, and comfortable thing; which every one desireth naturally, and which we are never weary of, but desire still to enjoy it. So that heavenly Life, &c. Heaven is called a Paradise, &c. Rev. 21. compared to a rich City, whose Street is of Gold, and Walls and Gates of Pearls. 2. This is proved by those excellent Priviledges and Benefits which the Saints shall enjoy in that Life to come; which are of two sorts. 1. Freedom from all evils and miseries of this Life which do here grieve or discontent them. 2. Fruition of all good which may any way bring joy, delight, and contentment to them.

Of the first. They shall be freed, 1. From all corruption of Sin, which now is burdensome and grievous to them, Eph. 5. 27. 2. From all Troubles and Afflictions of this Life, Rev. 21. 4. All tears shall be wiped from their Eyes. 3. From subjection and power of Death. 4. From all Satan's Temptations.

Of the second. They shall enjoy all good things which may bring joy, and comfort them. As, 1. The immediate sight and presence of God and of Christ Jesus, who shall be all in all to them; In whose presence is fulness of joy, &c. They shall see him as he is, 1 Joh. 3. 2. And face to face, 1 Cor. 13. 12. 2. The society of all the blessed Angels and Saints glorified: Matth. 8. 11. They shall sit down with Abraham, &c. (ut suprà audivimus.) 3. Perfection of all heavenly Gifts, both in Soul and Body: 1 Cor. 13. 10. In Soul they shall be indued with perfect Knowledge, Wisdom, Love, Holiness, &c. In Body, with all glorious qua­lities; as perfect beauty, brightness, strength, agility, &c. Phil. 3. 21. He shall change our vile Body, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. The estate of the Saints in Heaven after this Life being so full of delight and contentment to those that enjoy it; This should draw our love and affection to it, causing us earnestly to desire and long after it above all other estates and conditions in this World. We naturally desire those things in this World, which we think will bring us most joy, delight and contentment: Let us then above all things desire and long after Heaven and the Life to come, which will give us more delight and contentment then all this World can afford us. That is the onely delightfull and comfortable condition, most amiable, and most to be desired in it self; in comparison whereof all Earthly things are to be despised as utterly unworthy of our love or desire. The best estate in this World either of Wealth, Honour, &c. is mingled with some grievances and discontentments; which will make us weary of it in time. Onely Heaven and the Life to come is such an estate as hath in it such full contentment and delight, that when we shall once enjoy it, we shall still desire to enjoy it; and say, It is good being here, we shall never be weary of it, &c. If David so much desired to dwell in God's House, &c. Psal. 27. 4. Labour we then for Hearts to desire and long after that joyfull and most comfortable estate of the Life to come. The rather, because none shall be partakers of it, but such as de­sire and thirst after it in this Life: Rev. 21. 6. I will give unto him that is athirst, of the Fountain of the Wa­ter of Life freely. This desire hath been in the Saints of God, as in Paul and others: 2 Cor. 5. 2. In this we groan earnestly, desiring to be clothed upon with our House, which is from Heaven. Yea, all Creatures in their kind do groan and sigh after that joyfull and comfortable estate of the Saints after this Life, Rom. 8. 22. much more ought we, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To move us every one to labour and seek above all things to have part in that blessed and joyfull condition of the Saints in Heaven, to get good assurance hereof unto our own Souls. Else what profit is it to know there is such a joyful and comfortable estate, so full of delight and contentment, &c. Our chief care and labour therefore must be, to have our part therein; Matth. 6. 33. First seek the Kingdom of God, &c. Luke 13. 24. Strive to enter in at the straight Gate, &c. 2 Pet. 1. 10. Give diligence to make your Calling and Election sure, &c. For so an entrance shall be, &c. To this end, often remember and think of the excel­lency of that state and condition of the Saints in Heaven; how full of joy, delight, and contentment? how much to be desired? such as we shall never be weary of; such as shall have no matter of grief or discontent­ment in it, &c. And let this consideration stirr up our diligence to work out our Salvation: who would not take pains for such a blessed estate? to be partaker of so much joy, delight, &c. as no Heart can now con­ceive. What, though there be many hard Works and Duties to be performed of such as shall come to Hea­ven; as, the denyal of our selves, the mortifying our Lusts, the taking up of our Cross, &c. Remember still, that Heaven is worth our pains. Remember what a good place it is, what a blessed estate; how full of joy, delight, &c. How good it shall be to be there, &c.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. For comfort to all that know and have assurance of their part in that blessed and joyfull condition of the Saints in Heaven. 1. This may comfort them against all Miseries and Troubles of this Life, against all Crosses and Afflictions, against all occasions of grief, sorrow, and discontentment which we here meet with in this World. In midst of all, remember that joy, delight, and contentment which we believe and hope for in the Life to come. This will sweeten all bitter Crosses and Troubles of this Life; this will comfort and chear up amidst all discomforts: 2 Cor. 4. 17. Our light affliction which is but for a moment, &c. In all Crosses and Troubles of this Life, look beyond them, and thorough them at the joy and comfort of the Life to come. So did Moses, Hebr. 11. 26. So Christ himself, Hebr. 12. 2. For the joy that was set be­fore him he endured the Cross, &c. Here we meet with such and so many grievances and troubles, that they make us weary of Life, and of being in this World. Now then comfort our selves with hope of our heavenly Estate and Life, in which we shall find such full delight and contentment, that we shall never be weary of it, but still desire to be in it, &c. 2. This affords comfort to the Saints of God against the fear of Death, and against our Naturall lothness and unwillingness to part with this earthly Life and Condition. Consider that blessed estate which follows, The Death of the Saints dying in the Lord, Rev. 14. 13. An estate which shall afford such fulness of joy, delight, and contentment; that they shall never be weary of it, but for ever de­sire to be in it, &c. Labour by Faith to be perswaded hereof; then wilt thou say with Paul, Phil. 1. 23. I desire to depart, and to be with Christ; which is far better, or best of all. And with Simeon, Luke 2. 29. Lord, now lettest thou thy Servant depart in peace, &c. Labour then by Faith to believe and be perswaded of that joy­full and blessed estate in Heaven, which we shall be partakers of after Death; look beyond Death at Hea­ven, and the Life to come; fix the eyes of our Faith upon that Heaven of joy set before us. If we can tru­ly see and behold but even a glimpse of it; if we can see it but (as it were) with one eye of our Faith, or as we do sometimes the light of the Sun through a small crevis: This sight will so ravish our hearts with joy and comfort, that it will swallow up all the terrours and discomforts of Death.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Peter was so affected and taken up with delight in beholding the heavenly Glory of Christ, and of Moses and Elias; that out of desire to dwell in that place, he doth forget all other earthly delights and contentments which he had formerly found in other places or persons, &c. as in the company of his fellow Disciples, or other Friends and Kindred; yea, of his own Brother Andrew: he makes no mention of any of these; but, forgetting and neglecting them, all his desire and care now is to abide still in the holy Mount with Christ, and with Moses and Elias, to enjoy still the blessed sight of their heavenly Glory: Hence we may gather, That it shall much more be thus with the glorified Saints in Heaven; that is to say, That the joy and delight which they shall feel in the fruition of that blessed estate shall so take them up, that they shall wholly forget all earthly delights and contentments which they have enjoyed in this Life; as in Wealth, Ho­nour, outward and carnall society of Friends, Kindred, &c. Husband, Wife, Children, &c.

Use. Use. Teacheth us not to set our Hearts too much upon any such earthly delights, comforts, or contentments in this World, nor to make too much accompt of them, seeing all these shall be quite forgotten in the Life to come; as if they had never been at all, they shall be swallowed up in that heavenly delight, &c. 1 Joh. 2. 15. Love not the World, nor the things that are in the World, &c. Then a reason is given, ver. 17. The World passeth away, and the Lusts thereof; that is, all things in the World which are usually desired or lusted after: all worldly delights and contentments passe away, and come to nothing. And as they shall perish in them­selves; [Page 578] so shall they be all forgotten of us in that heavenly life to come. Therefore, set not our hearts upon them, but use them as if we used them not: 1 Cor. 7. 29. They that have Wives, let them be as though they had none;—they that rejoyce as if they rejoyced not; and they that buy as if they possessed not, &c. We must now in this life begin to wean our hearts from these earthly delights and contentments: Seeing they shall all cease and be forgotten of us in the life to come, let us now learn by degrees to forget and neglect them; and, on the contrary, to set our hearts chiefly upon spiritual and heavenly delights and comforts, which shall continue with us in Heaven. Delight in God, and his Worship and Service; in the comforts of his Word; in the society of the Saints, &c. These delights shall never cease or be forgotten of us, but shall for ever continue with us in that life to come.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that Peter knew Moses and Elias, and calleth them by their names, though he had never seen them before; Hence we may gather (at least probably), that the Saints in Heaven shall mutually know and take notice one of another; yea, of such as they never knew before. For if in this short taste or glimpse of the heavenly life, which was now vouchsafed to Peter and the other two Disciples, the Lord did reveal unto them the Knowledge of those heavenly Saints which they had never seen or lived with before; then no doubt but when the Saints shall fully enjoy that heavenly Life and Glory, they shall much more have this mutuall Knowledge of one another revealed and discovered unto them.

Reason. Reason. The Knowledge of the Saints shall then be fully perfected: 1 Cor. 13. 12. Now I know in part; but then shall I know, even as I am known. This is true, not onely of the Knowledge of God, but also of that Knowledge which the Saints have one of another, and generally of all such Knowledge as they have in this life, which doth any way make for their good and comfort: All such Knowledge of theirs shall be perfected in Heaven. Therefore, seeing they know one another here, and have comfort hereby; much more shall they in Heaven, &c. Yea, it is most probable, they shall there know such as they never knew in this life.

Take this Caution. Though they shall know one another, yet not in an earthly manner, but in a heavenly; that is, in a far more excellent and comfortable manner than now we know one another.

Use 1 Use 1. Comfort to the godly in their own death, and in the death of their Christian friends dying in the Lord. Though they part with them for a time, and lose the sight and company of them; yet they shall come to see and know them again in Heaven, and that after a more excellent and more comfortable manner, &c. Luther talked with his friends of this matter, and herewith comforted himself, the same Night in which he dyed.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See what to do if we desire to know and be acquainted personally with those excellent Saints of God, who have lived and dyed before us; as the Patriarchs, Prophets, Apostles, Martyrs, Fathers of the Church, &c. Labour so to live in this World, that we may go to Heaven after this life. There we shall see and know them, &c.

Mark 9. 5.‘It is good to be here, &c. June 11. 1626.

NOW follow Instructions to be gathered from those things wherein Peter failed and was faulty in utte­ring these words to our Saviour.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that Peter, being delighted with beholding the Glory of Christ, was desirous to stay in the earthly Mount, and there to dwell with Christ, and with Moses and Elias in earthly Tabernacles, thinking himself happy and blessed if he might so do: Hence we may take notice of a natural corruption and fault which is in us, that we are naturally apt to desire and seek true happiness and contentment here upon Earth, and in earthly things, not heavenly as we should do. Peter desired and sought happiness in the earthly Mount, &c. So we naturally seek true joy and happiness in the fruition of earthly delights and contentments; as, in Wealth, Honour, fair Houses, pleasant Dwellings, the company of earthly Friends, &c. Phil. 3. 19. the Apostle speaks of some that mind earthly things; that is, set their hearts on them, and place their happiness in them. This is true of us all by Nature, even of the best (so far as they are in part unsanctified), that we mind earthly things, and are apt to desire and seek happiness and true contentment in them, neglecting spiri­tual and heavenly. Psal. 4. 6. There be many that say, Who will shew us any good? that is, help us to the enjoy­ing of any worldly good or earthly contentment, as worldly Profit, Wealth, Pleasure, &c. which shews that men do naturally accompt these earthly things the chief good, and so seek to be happy by enjoying the same. So that rich Fool (Luke 12. 19.) placed the happiness and contentment of his Soul in this, That he had much goods laid up for many years, &c. This is also true of the Saints of God, that so far forth as they are natural and carnal they are apt to seek happiness in earthly things. It was the fault and corruption of Christ's Disciples to dream of an earthly Kingdom of Christ, wherein they hoped and desired to live with him in earthly Glory and prosperity; whence was that Petition of the Sons of Zebedee and their Mother to Christ, Matth. 20. 21. So it is with the best of us by Nature; we seek to be happy on earth; we say, It is good being here; that is, to enjoy Wealth, Honour, Friends, Pleasures, &c. Our hearts are naturally glewed to the earth and earthly things: These onely we savour and relish by Nature. Joh. 3. 31. He that is of the Earth, is earthly, &c. So we are all by Nature: we seek that contentment on Earth which should be sought in Heaven; and in the Crea­ture, which should be sought in God the Creator.

Use. Ʋse. Teacheth us every one to lament and bewail this natural corruption in our selves, this earthliness of mind and affection. Let us be humbled and grieved for it unfeignedly: for that we are so apt to affect these earthly things here below, as worldly Wealth, Lands, Houses, earthly Delights, &c. so apt to seek happiness and contentment in these; to build Tabernacles here. Learn to be more and more humbled for this cor­ruption of Nature, which makes us so earthly minded, and so unfit to be heavenly minded. And let us not on­ly be humbled for this corruption and fault in our selves, but labour and strive against it, praying unto God to mortify our earthly affections, and to make us more heavenly minded; that we may seek things that are above, and not things on Earth, as the Apostle exhorteth, Col. 3. 1, 2. that we may not seek true happiness [Page 579] here on Earth, but in Heaven; not in the Creatures, but in the Creator. The Heathen Philosophers dream­ed of true felicity to be enjoyed on Earth: But we must not so imagine, but seek it in life to come. Indeed there is a kind of happiness to be enjoyed of a Christian in this life, consisting not in outward earthly content­ments, but in the pardon of our sins, in feeling of God's favour, and inward peace of conscience; but the cheif part of our happiness is reserved for us in Heaven after this life, consisting in immediate sight and fellowship with God. Therefore learn to desire and seek this above all: As for this World, wean our hearts from it daily. Remember, Christians must be crucified and dead to the World.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Peter desires to enjoy happiness and glory with Christ, and with Moses and Elias on the Mount, before the due time appointed; that is to say, before he had been abased and suffered Afflictions in this World, as our Saviour had foretold that he must do. Hence we may observe another great fault and corrup­tion which is in us by Nature, viz. That we are too hasty in seeking to enjoy glory and happiness with Christ, and with the Saints, before we have been humbled with them, and before we have suffered with them in thi [...] life. As we are apt to seek true glory and happiness in a wrong place; that is to say, to seek it on Earth, which should be sought in Heaven: so we are apt to seek it out of due time; that is, before the time appointed of God, before we have been fitted and prepared to it by suffering Afflictions: We desire to tri­umph before we have fought any battle, to receive the Crown before we have finished our course, to reap in joy before we have sowed in tears.

Reason. Reason. We do by Nature abhor and shun the cross, and love our own ease and contentment, &c.

Ʋse. Use. To strive against this natural corruption, which makes us so loath to undergo the cross, and so desirous to enjoy happiness and glory before we have suffered and without suffering Afflictions. This is an untimely and praeposterous desire, proceeding from self-love; therefore to be resisted in our selves by all means: See th [...]n that we do resist and labour to mortify this corruption in our selves. On the contrary, be content first to suffer with Christ, before we be glorified with him: This is the right order. He was first to suffer, and then to enter into Glory, Luke 24. 26. so must we. The Disciple is not above his Master, &c. Act. 14. 22. we must through much tribulation enter into the Kingdom of God. We must first go forth and weep, bearing preci­ous Seed, before we can return with joy and bring our sheavs with us, Psal. 126. ult. See Rev. 1. 9.

Mark 9. 6.‘He wist not what to say, &c. June 18. 1626.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. PEter, though a holy Apostle, yet so far forth as he followed his own carnal Reason and Af­fection in judging and speaking of this heaxenly Glory of Christ, and of Moses and Eli­as, which now he saw; he did judge and speak of the same ignorantly and erroneously, discovering sundry Errours and Absurdities in those words uttered by him; as in thinking that Christ might continue still and dwell in the Mount in his heavenly Glory, and that Moses and Elias might dwell there with him, and that they had need of three Tabernacles, &c. Now, from hence we may gather this, That by Nature and so far as we are led by natural Reason or Affection, we are utterly unfit either to conceive and judge of things spiritual and heavenly, or to speak of them in due manner; yea, so far are we from speaking aright of them, that (on the contrary) we are apt to speak ignorantly, erroneously, and very absurdly of them. So Peter here, touching the heavenly Glory of Christ, &c. he spake he knew not what. So the Sons of Zebedee tou­ching the Kingdom of Christ, Matth. 20. (Ut supra.) So Nicodemus, touching the Doctrine of Regenera­tion, Joh. 3. So the Sadduces, touching the Resurrection and life to come, Matth. 22. 28. 1 Cor. 2. 14. The Naturall man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God, for they are Foolishness unto him.

Use 1 Use 1. See the cause and reason why many conceive and speak so absurdly and foolishly of spiritual and heavenly matters; as concerning God and his Nature and Properties; concerning the meaning of the Scrip­tures; concerning the Doctrine of Justification, Regeneration, &c. Many who are able to judge and speak well and wisely of earthly matters, of matters of this life; yet are not able to conceive aright of things spiritual and heavenly, nor to speak of them in any good sort, but they conceive and speak of them ignorantly and er­roneously; yea, grosly and absurdly oftentimes. The Reason hereof is, because they conceive and speak of these heavenly matters, according to the light of their own natural Reason or carnal Affections, which are blind guides to direct them. Therefore they run into such gross Errours and Absurdities.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Teacheth us not to follow the light of our natural Reason or sway of our carnal Affections in judg­ing or speaking of the things of God; that is, of things spiritual and heavenly, which concern his Glory and our own Salvation; but in these matters utterly to deny and renounce our own natural Reason and Affections, as being not onely unable to help us in conceiving and speaking of things spiritual and heavenly, but also ene­mies and hinderances to us in the same: We must become fools that we may be wise, &c. On the con­trary, we are to follow the rule and direction of the Word of God, and to pray unto him daily for the light of his sanctifying Spirit to direct and enable us to speak and judge aright of all spiritual and heavenly mat­ters.

Now followeth Ver. 6. For he wist not what to say, &c.

Here is a two-fold Reason alledged by the Evangelist why Peter spoke in such manner to our Saviour. 1. Because He wist not what to say. 2. Because himself and the other two Disciples were sore afraid. And this latter Reason doth back the former.

He wist not what to say,] or, as it may be translated, He knew not what to say; Luke 9. 33. Not knowing what he said. The meaning is, to shew that Peter did speak those former words to Christ not out of sound rea­son or settled Judgment, but unadvisedly, and in a suddain Passion of fear, with which he was distempered; he spake as a man in an Ecstasy, astonished with fear, which did so trouble and distract his mind and thoughts that he spake he knew not what, or, he knew not what to speak.

For they were sore afraid,] or, greatly afraid; or, astonished and rapt out of themselves with fear; that is to say, both Peter himself and the other two Disciples, James and John, then present.

Quest. Quest. What was the cause of this great fear, with which these three Disciples were so astonished?

Answ. Answ. There was a two-fold Cause hereof; The first, Without them. The second, Within them.

The cause without them, was, The greatness and strangeness of that heavenly Glory and Majesty of Christ, and of Moses and Elias in which they now appeared; 2 Pet. 1. 17. called excellent or magnificent Glory.

The cause within them, was, 1. The weakness of their Faith, being not so firmly perswaded as they should have been of God's power, and speciall mercy and protection to defend and keep them in all dangers.

2. The corruption of sin remaining in them in some degree after their Calling and Regeneration.

Observ. He wist not what to say] Observe the hurt and inconvenience that cometh of immoderate and excessive fear in such as are overcome of it. It doth greatly disturb and trouble the mind and senses, hindring the use of reason and sound judgment, and causeth men to do things without and against reason; yea, to speak and do they know not what, or wherefore, as here we see in Peter. So before, we heard Chap. 6. ver. 49. that the Disciples being distracted with fear of being drowned, did by reason of this fear falsly suppose our Sa­viour to have been an evil Spirit or Devil, when they saw him in the night time walking upon the Sea.

Use. Use. This should move us to strive against this passion of immoderate fear, and to resist it by all good means, that we be not overcome of it; lest it so disturb and trouble us, that we become unfit to do or speak any thing well and in due manner: yea, lest it cause us to speak and do things contrary to sound reason and judg­ment; yea, contrary to religion and good conscience (as sometimes it doth.) 1. To this end, pray unto God for strength of Faith to believe, and be perswaded of his speciall favour and protection in the midst of all dangers and occasions of fear whatsoever: for it is want or weakness of Faith, that makes us timorous and fearfull in times of danger; as our Saviour shews, Chap. 4. ver. 40. 2. Be carefull to keep a good conscience in all our wayes before God and Man: This will make us bold and couragious, and not so apt to be overcome of immoderate fear at any time: Prov. 28. 1. The Righteous are bold as a Lyon.

It followeth, For they were sore afraid] Observ. 1. There are infirmities and sinfull corruptions in the best Saints of God, which are left in them after Regeneration. So here, Peter and the other two Disciples discove­red the weakness of their Faith, and that they were tainted with remnants of sin, in that they were so astoni­shed with fear at the sight of Christ's Glory, &c. If their Faith had not been mingled with some weakness; and if they had not been tainted with some guilt and corruption of sin in their consciences, they would not have been so astonished with fear upon this occasion. But of this Point often before: See Chap. 3. 31.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The greatness and excellency of that Glory and Majesty of Christ, which he hath now in Hea­ven at the right hand of God; and in which he shall come from thence at the last Day to Judge the World. For if this Glory in which he appeared on the earthly Mount were so great and wonderfull, that the three Disciples were astonished with fear at the sight of it; how much greater is that Glory and Majesty of Christ, whereof he is now partaker in Heaven, &c? Phil. 2. 9. God hath highly exalted him, and given him a Name above every Name, &c. Ephes. 1. 20. God hath set him at his own right hand, in the heavenly places: Far above all Principality, and Power, and Might, and Dominion; and every Name that is named, &c. Hebr. 2. 9. This Glory of Christ which he hath now in Heaven, is two-fold. 1. The Glory of his God-head, 2. Of his Man-hood.

Concerning the first, The Glory of his God-head is the same with the Glory of God the Father and of the holy Ghost; and consequently it is infinite and incomprehensible, even as the God-head it self is: This infinite Glory and Majesty of Christ's God-head did hide it self for a time under the vail of his humane Flesh, while he lived on Earth in a low and base condition; but now it doth fully and clearly manifest it self both in Heaven and from Heaven. Especially it shall be manifested from thence at the last Day, in his second coming to Judgment.

Concerning the second; The Glory of his humane Nature stands in two things especially: 1. In the full perfection of all supernaturall and heavenly Gifts, whereof he is now partaker as he is Man, and that in his whole humane Nature, both Soul and Body. His Soul is qualified and indued with perfect Knowledg, Wisdom, Holiness; and all other heavenly Graces above all Men and Angels. His Body is immortall, in­corruptible, full of beauty, and unspeakable brightness and glory; having no need of earthly means to sustain it; as Meat, Drink, Apparrel, &c. 2. In a soverain Power and Authority which he hath even as man over all Creatures, Men and Angels, Matth. 28. All Power is given to me in Heaven and Earth, &c. Sic suprà. Phil. 2. and Ephes. 1.

Note two things here, touching the Glory of Christ's humane Nature now in Heaven. 1. That though it be very great and unspeakable, and above the Glory of all Men and Angels; yet it is not infinite, (as the Glory of his God-head is) but finite.

Reason. Reason. The humane Nature it self is finite, and therefore not capable of infinite Glory.

2. That this Glory, though very great; yet doth not take away the true properties of his humane Nature: as to be circumscribed in place, to be but in one place at once; to be visible, sensible, &c. Against the ubi­quitaries, &c. Thus we see the greatness of that Glory and Majesty which Christ hath now in Heaven; and the same shall he shew and manifest at the last Day.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Terrour to the Wicked and Impenitent, who shall be found in their sins at the last Day, and shall then be forced to see and behold that infinite and unspeakable Majesty of Christ's coming in the Clouds to Judge and Condemn them for their Sins; yea, to cast them into Hell. How shall they be able to behold that Glory of Christ, or to stand before it? where shall they then appear, when he shall appear in such un­speakable Glory to Judge and Condemn them for their Sins? If the Glory of Christ upon the earthly Mount were so great, that the holy Disciples could not behold it without fear and astonishment: Oh how terrible shall the sight of his Glory and Majesty be to the Wicked at the last Day, &c? No marvail, if then they call to the Mountains to cover them from the presence of Christ, &c. Revel. 6. Let this move them now to repent, that they may see Christ's Glory with comfort.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Great comfort to the Godly and Faithfull, who after this Life, and especially at the last Day, shall not onely see and behold that unspeakable Glory of Christ which he hath now in Heaven (and that without [Page 581] any fear or astonishment at all), but they shall also be partakers with him in the same Glory, though not in the same degree, &c. See 2 Thess. 1. 10. But of this before, upon ver. 2, 3.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. Teacheth us to be affected in heart with due fear and reverence toward the person of Christ, now exalted in Heaven to so great and unspeakable Glory. And to shew it outwardly by humble and reverent carriage before him in all Duties of his Worship: Psal. 2. 11. Even Kings and Rulers must serve him with fear, &c. And kisse the Son, &c. Phil. 2. 10. At the Name of Jesus every knee to bow, &c. that is, to yield all reverent subjection to Christ's Person now glorified in Heaven. Not to do reverence to the very syllables of this Name [Jesus], &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Hence also gather the greatness and excellency of that Glory which the Saints of God are par­takers of in Heaven after this Life: For if the Glory of Moses and Elias in which they now appeared on Earth were so great, that the Disciples were astonished at the sight of it; how much greater (shall we think) is that Glory which not onely Moses and Elias, but all the other Saints are partakers of in Heaven? For although that glory in which Moses and Elias appeared on Earth was the same for nature and substance with that which now they and the rest of the Saints have in Heaven; yet no doubt but it was inferior to it in measure and de­gree: Therefore if the former were so excellent, much more the latter. But of this also before, ver. 2, 3.

Mark 9. 7, 8.‘And there was a Cloud, &c. June, 25. 1626.

VVEE have before heard of one speciall Accident which happened at the time of the Glorious Transfiguration of our Saviour Christ on the Mount, viz. The extraordinary and miraculous Ap­parition of Moses and Elias in Glory with him, and their Conference with him about his Death and Suffe­rings to be fulfilled afterward at Hierusalem. We have also heard of the Effect which these things wrought in Peter, That upon sight of Christ's Glory, and of the Glory of Moses and Elias, and upon hearing their Conference, he was so affected to the place, that he desired to dwell there still with Christ, and with Moses and Elias, &c.

Now in the next place, the Evangelist in this 7th and 8th Verse setteth down another extraordinary Acci­dent which happened at the time of Christ's Transfiguration, and did accompany the same, the more to set fo [...]h the Glory of it, viz. The apparition of a Cloud which out-shadowed them, together with a Voice uttered, &c.

Where consider three things, 1. The Apparition of the Cloud, &c.

2. A speciall Adjunct or Circumstance accompanying that Apparition. A heavenly Voice uttered or sounded forth through that Cloud; saying, This is my beloved son, hear him.

3. The Event or Issue which followed, viz. That Moses and Elias being taken out of their sight upon the sud­den, ver. 8. the Disciples saw Christ left alone with them in the Mount.

Of the first. There was a Cloud, &c.] Matth. 17. 5. It is said, to be a bright Cloud, or full of Light [ [...]]; yet not so bright or lightsome, but that it was mixed with some obscurity: For it is said, to have over­shadowed them.

Now this was no naturall or ordinary Cloud, such as are commonly ingendered in the Ayr above us; but extraordinary and supernatural, being suddenly created by the Power of God, and caused to appear, Matth. 17. 5. While Peter yet spake, a Cloud overshadowed them; which shews how suddenly it appeared, and so af­terward it did as suddenly vanish out of sight.

Which overshadowed them] Some referr this word [Them] onely to Moses and Elias; but I take it, the words are to be referred also to Christ himself, and likewise to the three Disciples. That this Cloud did overshadow them all in some sort, and for a time, at the first appearing of it; yet so, as at length it did in spe­ciall manner overshadow Moses and Elias; namely, by inclosing and compassing them about, and so separa­ting them from Christ, and taking them away out of the Disciples sight: Luke 9. 34. They feared, as they entered into the Cloud; that is, the Disciples feared, when they saw Moses and Elias enter into the Cloud, and ready to be taken out of their sight.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Wherefore, or to what end was this extraordinary and miraculous Cloud now sent and caused to appear over Christ, and those that were with him in the Mount?

Answ. Answ. For sundry Causes or Ends. 1. That it might be a sensible Sign and Token of the extraordina­ry presence of God; that is, of God the Father: and to shew whose Voice it was that was immediately utter­ed out of this Cloud, that so they might hear it with more attention and reverence. So at other times God used to testify and manifest his presence, by causing some speciall and extraordinary Cloud to appear sensi­bly; as at the giving of the Law on Mount Sinai, Exod. 19. 16. And when Solomon had builded the Tem­ple, the Lord shewed his speciall presence there, by the filling the House with a Cloud, 1 King. 8. 10. See Psal. 97. 2.

2. That by means of this Cloud appearing, that heavenly Voice of God the Father which was now im­mediately to be uttered touching Christ, might the more easily be uttered and sounded forth in the hearing of the Disciples.

3. That by this Cloud, Moses and Elias might be suddenly taken away, and conveyed out of the Disciples sight, (ut suprà dictum.)

4. This Cloud was sent to cover and hide the unspeakable Glory of God the Father, and of Christ, and of Moses and Elias from the sight of the Disciples, lest otherwise their eyes should be too much dazled, and their minds too much astonished with the beholding thereof.

5. Lastly, It is probable, That this Cloud was sent to curb and restrain the Disciples from too curious prying into that heavenly Glory of Christ and of the Saints, further then was fit for them as yet to do. There­fore as they saw not the first beginning of Christ's Glorious Transfiguration, nor the manner of the first appea­ring of Moses and Elias (for they were then fallen asleep, as hath been shewed before); so neither were they [Page 582] suffered to see the particular manner of the ceasing of Christ's Glory, nor of the departure of Moses and Elias, by reason of this Cloud over-shadowing them.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why did God the Father now testify his presence by a bright or shining Cloud, seeing at other times the Lord used rather to appear in a dark or black Cloud; as at the giving of the Law on Mount Sinai, &c.

Answ. Answ. Because this bright and glorious Cloud was most suitable to the present occasion; that is, to the glo­rious Transfiguration of Christ.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See the great Power of God, That he is able not onely to work by ordinary means, but also to create new and extraordinary means and instruments for the effecting and manifesting of his Will. As here he created this Cloud extraordinarily, &c. And thus he doth in two cases: 1. In shewing mercy to his Church and People. See Exod. 13. 21. So he created the Manna and Quailes in the Wilder­nesse. 2. In punishing the wicked. So he created new Instruments of Vengeance upon Pharoah, Ex­od. 9. and 10.

Use 1 Use 1. Terrour to the wicked, living in their sins without Repentance: They shall feel the wonderful Power of God executing Wrath and Justice upon them in this life, and after this life: Hebr. 10. 31. it is a fearfull thing to fall into the hands of the living God. And Psal. 90. 11. Who knoweth the power of thine Anger? &c. God is able to make new Creatures to be Instruments of his Vengeance upon the Wicked, as he did in punishing Pharoah, &c. Let this move such now to repent.

Use 2 Use 2. Comfort to the godly at all times, but especially in times of trouble and distress outward or inward. The Lord being of such wonderful Power is able to help, strengthen, and deliver them, either by means or without means: If ordinary means fail, he can create new and extraordinary, &c. Think of this Almighty Power of God in our greatest distresses, and by Faith rest on it for help, comfort, deliverance▪ So Dan. 3. 17. Our God is able, &c. Ephes. 3. 20. Above all we ask or think. So our Saviour himself, Mark 14. 36. Father, all things are possible to thee, &c.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. Teacheth us to fear offending this God who is of so great and wonderful Power to punish Sinners, Psal. 4, 4. Tremble and sin not. Luke 12. 4. Fear not them that can kill the body, —but him that hath power to cast into Hell. If we fear to displease a mortal man whose breath is in his Nostrils, because he is perhaps a man of Power or Authority: How much more ought we to fear and stand in awe of the living God, to beware of offending him by Sin, who is so powerful to punish us, able to muster all Creatures against us; yea, to make new Creatures as Instruments of his Wrath. Jer. 10. 6, 7.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though God the Father did now sensibly manifest his presence in the Mount with Christ, and those that were with him, and did speak to them audibly; yet he did not appear in any distinct form or shape either of Man, or any other living Creature: but onely testified and declared his presence by a bright Cloud over-shadowing Christ and those that were with him. Whence we may gather, that neither the [...]od-head it self, not the Persons in Trinity, can be expressed or resembed by any outward form or shape of Man or of any Creature; and therefore, that we ought not to frame or make to our selves any Image or Picture, to ex­press the Nature of God, or of any Person in the God-head. Isa. 40. 18. To whom will ye liken God? Or what likeness will ye compare unto him? For this very cause, when the Lord did sensibly appear or manifest his pre­sence unto men, he did usually forbear to appear in any visible shape or form; thereby to teach us, that he would not have us to frame to our selves any Image or Shape of any Creature, thereby to resemble either the Nature and Essence of God, or any Person in Trinity. So Deut. 4. 15. Take good heed to your selves, (for ye saw no similitude on the day that the Lord spake to you in Horeb, &c.) lest ye corrupt your selves, and make you a graven Image, the similitude of any figure, the likeness of Male or Female, &c. So also at this time of Christ's Transfiguration, God the Father, manifesting his presence, did not appear in any visible form or shape, but onely shewed his presence by a miraculous Cloud; to shew, that the Persons in Trinity cannot be expressed by any visible shape, neither ought we at any time to go about to express or resemble them by any such form or shape.

Object. Object. God hath appeared to men in visible forms or shapes; as to Abraham, in the form of a Man, Gen. 18. and to Jacob, when he wrestled with him, Gen. 32. 24. So to Daniel, in Vision he appeared in the form of an ancient King sitting on his Throne, Dan. 7. 9. and Mat. 3. the Holy Ghost descended on Christ at his Baptism in the shape of a Dove.

Answ. Answ. 1. Those shapes or forms were not assumed or used to express the Nature and Essence of God, or the Persons in Trinity; but onely as symbolical Tokens of God's presence for that time in which he so appeared.

2. Though God himself may appear in what form he pleaseth at some times, and for special causes; yet we may not so resemble or express him by any Image, because he hath forbidden us so to do, as in the second Commandment, and else-where in his Word.

Ʋse. Use. See by this the gross sin of the Papists, presuming to make and use Images and Pictures of the Tri­nity; as of God the Father, in the shape of an old man; of the Holy Ghost, in the form of a Dove; So also they make Images of Christ to express his Person, and for religious Adoration.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. This Cloud being sent to cover and hide the Divine Glory of Christ, and the Glory of Moses and Elias, from the Disciples sight, and so to curb and restrain them from curious searching and prying into that Glory, further than was fit for them: This may teach us, that we ought not curiously to search or pry in­to the Knowledge of those things which God hath hid from us, and which are not fit for us to know and be acquainted with in this life; but we must be content to be ignorant of them. It is a learned Ignorance which becometh us. For example, We are not too curiously to search into the Nature and Essence of God, or distinction of Persons, or into the Decree and Counsel of God, to find out the causes of it; or into the Glory and Majesty of God or of Christ, or into the Nature and Quality of that heavenly life to come, &c. I say, we are not too curiously to search into these things, or to desire to look or pry into them, further than is fit for us; that is to say, further than we have light and warrant from the Word of God: So far as we have ground from it, we may and ought to search after these things; but we must not be wise above that which is [Page 583] written, 1 Cor. 4. 6. We must not desire to understand above that which is meet to understand, but to be wise unto sobriety, Rom. 12. 3. To this end, remember what is said, Deut. 29. Secret things belong unto the Lord our God; but those things which are revealed belong unto us, and to our Children for ever, &c. For this cause, Exod. 19. 21. at the giving of the Law on Mount Sinai, the People were straitly charged not to come too near the Mountain to gaze; that is, curiously to pry or look into the Glory of God then appearing in the Mount. No more must we come too near the Majesty of God, to gaze or pry into those secrets which he hath hid from us; but we must keep within the bounds he hath set us in his written Word.

Mark 9. 7.‘And there was a Cloud that over-shadowed them; and a Voice came out of the Cloud, saying, This is July 2. 1626. my beloved Son, hear him.’

NOW followeth the special Adjunct or Circumstance which accompanied the former miraculous Appa­rition of the Cloud, &c. viz. The heavenly Voice uttered out of that Cloud.

Where 1. Consider the manner of uttering this Voice, It came out of the Cloud. 2. The matter it self, uttered or spoken by it, This is my beloved Son, hear him.

Of the first. A Voice] This was the Voice of God the Father, the first Person in Trinity; as may ap­pear, partly by the words uttered, in which he calleth Christ, His Son, This is my beloved Son, &c. and partly by 2 Pet. 1. 17. where it is said plainly, That he received from God the Father Honour and Glory, when there came such a Voice to him.

Came out of the Cloud,] that is, It was uttered or sounded from Heaven through the Cloud, and that in sen­sible manner; so as it was plainly heard of the three Disciples, unto whom it was especially directed. 2 Pet. 1. 18. This Voice which came from Heaven we heard, when we were with him in the holy Mount. Now, whether this Voice were uttered by the immediate Power of God, or by the Ministry of some Angel (as sometimes the Lord used to speak unto men); is not expressed, and therefore uncertain; although it seems probable, that it came immediately from God: 2 Pet. 1. 17. it is said to come from the excellent Glory. (See Dr. Willet on Exod. 19. 19.)

Quest. Quest. Why was this Voice of God the Father uttered through the Cloud, and not directly and immedi­ately from Heaven?

Answ. Answ. That the Disciples might be the better able to hear it, without being too much astonished and over-whelmed with fear. Therefore the Cloud was caused to come between them and the glorious presence of God, to mitigate the terrour of his presence, and of the Voice which was uttered by him: For, if they were so astonished at the hearing of this Voice (notwithstanding that it was conveyed to them through the Cloud) that they fell on their faces to the ground, Mat. 17. 6. how much more would they have been terrified, if they had directly and immediately seen the Majesty of God, and heard his Voice from Heaven, without any Cloud coming between?

Observ. Observ. See here the goodness and mercy of God toward his Saints in this life, in that he doth reveal and manifest his Will to them, in such sort as they are capable thereof, and by such wayes and means as they are able to bear: Herein he graciously stoopeth to our Infirmity. Hence it is, that the Lord, in revealing Him­self and his Will to his Saints, hath not used to appear and speak to them immediately and directly from Hea­ven, (for then they could not have endured either the sight of his Glory, or to hear his terrible Voice,) but his manner hath been to instruct and teach them mediately; that is to say, by some instrumental cause or mean, either ordinary or extraordinary, coming between himself and them: As for example, either by the Ministry of Man (as he doth ordinarily), or else by the Ministry of Angels appearing and speaking in his Name (as he did often, both in the Old and New Testament), or else by extraordinary Visions and Dreams sent unto men, or else by manifesting his presence by some sensible Sign and Token, and so speaking unto men, as he did here unto the Disciples out of the Cloud: So at the giving of the Law, he spake unto Moses and the People out of a thick Cloud, Exod. 20. And though it be said Exod. 33. 11. that God spake to Moses face to face, &c. yet that is not so to be taken, as if he had spoken to him directly and immediately, or as if he had shewed him his immediate face and presence, (for no Man could see that, upon Earth, and live, as the Lord himself telleth Moses in Ver. 20. of the same Chapter,) but it is meant onely of the familiar manner of God' [...] speak­ing and revealing of himself unto him. Now, the Cause and Reason why the Lord hath used thus mediately to reveal himself to men, and not immediately, is this, that so they might not be too much astonished with fear at the fight of his Glory, or hearing of his Voice; but that they might be able to hear and understand his Will revealed to them. And, by this, he hath in all Ages shewed his great mercy and goodness toward his Church and People, in the manner of revealing his Will to them; in that he hath therein condescended and stooped to their weakness, teaching and instructing them in such manner and by such means as they were able to bear: And although the Lord did at some special times manifest himself more immediately, and in more terrible and fearful manner than at other times; yet it was alwayes in such sort, as they were enabled (in some mea­sure at least) to hear his Voice, and to understand his Will. Now, as this mercy and goodness of God, in stooping to our weakness, hath alwayes appeared in the extraordinary and more immediate Apparitions of God, and Revelations of his Will to his People; so especially it doth appear in the ordinary manner and means of revealing his Will to us; namely, in the Ministry of his Word, in which he doth so familiarly and plainly speak unto us, not by Angels, nor in extraordinary Visions or Dreams, nor by miraculous Clouds ap­pearing in terrible manner; but by the Voice of mortall men like unto our selves, which is such a kind of Teaching as is of all other most plain, familiar, and easy for us to conceive and understand, and whereof we are most capable, and best able to profit by it. Therefore let us thankfully acknowledge this, as a great and unspeakable mercy of God to us, that he doth not onely teach us, and reveal his Will unto us, in the things which concern our Salvation; but doth also apply himself to our Weakness in the manner and means of teach­ing us, being such as we are best able to bear. If God himself should come from Heaven, and immediately appear to us in his infinite Glory, and speak to us by his own immediate Voice, it would strike us dead to the [Page 584] Earth; See Exod, 20. 19. Yea, if he should but send his glorious Angels to speak to us, how terrible would their Voice and Presence be unto us? Or, if he should appear in a miraculous Cloud, and so speak to us as now he did to the three Disciples in Mount Tabor, how would it astonish us? But now, seeing it is the Lord's Mercy to speak in so plain, mild, and familiar manner to us, by the Ministry of men like our selves; How thankful should we be, and how gladly should we hear his Voice thus speaking to us for our good, and how highly should we esteem of this Ordinance of God in the Ministry of his Word by men? So likewise of Ministers &c.

Now followeth the matter it self, which was uttered or spoken by the Voice which came out of the Cloud, This is my beloved Son, hear him.

General Observation. That there is a distinction of Persons in the God-head, though but one Essence: God the Father, the first Person, did utter this Voice: And Christ the Son, the second Person, being present also, was that Person concerning whom the Voice spake.

In which words are two things contained.

1. A special Testimony given of the Person of Christ, This is my beloved Son. 2. A speciall Precept or Commandment given unto the Disciples in respect of Christ, To hear him.

Of the first. This is my beloved Son,] Matth. 17. 5. these words are added, In whom I am well pleased.] But my purpose is to speak onely of the words set down by Mark. Here note, that this testimony of Christ's Person, that he is the Son of God, was given from Heaven, not for Christ's own sake, or in respect of him (for he had no need at all to be taught this truth touching his own Person, nor to be confirmed in it), but this Testimony was given for the Disciples sakes, being now present with Christ; that by this means their Faith might be confirmed in the truth of Christ's Person, that he was the Son of God. So Joh. 12. 30. at another time a little before his Passion, when the like Voice was sounded from Heaven touching Christ, our Saviour himself tells his Disciples, that the Voice came not because of him, but for their sakes.

Object. Object. The Disciples did already believe Christ to be the Son of God, and Peter in the name of all the rest had a little before confessed him so to be, as we heard Chap. 8. ver. 29. and as it appeareth Mat. 16. 16. There­fore this Testimony from Heaven may seem needless.

Answ. Answ. Though they did already believe Christ to be the Son of God; yet it was no needless thing, but very necessary for them to be yet further confirmed in this truth. 1. Because their Faith was as yet but weak, and so had need of further strengthning; especially, seeing they were appointed to be special Witnes­ses of this truth afterward to others. 2. This truth of Christ's Person, that he is the Son of God, is a main and principal Point of Doctrine taught in the Gospel, of great necessity to be known and believed unto Salvation; and therefore they had need to be throughly stablished in the belief of it. 3. Though they did already believe Christ to be the glorious Son of God; yet, because he was not long afterward to be great­ly abased, and to suffer death as a man, yea the shameful death of the Cross: Therefore, lest when they should see this come to pass, they should begin to doubt of his Person, whether he were indeed the Son of God, it was needful for their Faith to be yet further stablished herein by this Voice of God himself from Heaven; that so they might be the better armed against that great scandal and offence which otherwise they would have taken at his Cross and Sufferings.

But to come to the words of this Testimony, touching Christ's Person. In them are two things contained. 1. That he is the Son of God. 2. That he is his beloved Son.

Of the first. How Christ is said to be the Son of God, see before, Chap. 1. Ver. 1. viz. not by Creation, as the Angels; nor by Adoption, as true Believers in Christ: but by natural Generation; because he was begotten of God the Father from Eternity. Therefore Joh. 5. 18. he called God his own Father, [...]. So Rom. 8. 32.

Quest. Quest. How was Christ, the Son of God, begotten of God the Father from everlasting?

Answ. Answ. This is a high mystery of Faith, impossible to be fully conceived or uttered; yet, that we may in some measure conceive of it aright, we must know, that Christ is said to be begotten of God the Father, be­cause he did from everlasting receive the beginning of his Person from the Father, after an unspeakable man­ner. I say, he received the beginning of his Person from the Father, not the beginning of his Essence or Di­vine Nature; for that he hath of himself and from himself, as well as the Father. He is God of himself, but he hath the beginning of his Person from the Father; so that he is begotten of the Father, not as he is God simply, but as he is the Son.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The truth of Christ's God-head; that he is not onely true Man, but true and very God in one and the same Person; yea, equal with God the Father, in respect of his Divine Nature and Essence. See this Point proved Chap. 1. ver. 1.

Use 1 Use 1. To strengthen our Faith in this main Point of Doctrine, and Article of Christian Faith, touching Christ's God-head, and to move us to hold and maintain the same against all Hereticks, who have denied or opposed it either in ancient or latter times. In the ancient times of the Church, near unto the Age of the A­postles, this Doctrine was greatly opposed by sundry wicked and blasphemous Hereticks, as Ebion, Cerinthus, Arrius, &c. who stirred up great troubles and bloody persecutions against the true Church, for maintaining this truth of Christ's God-head, and eternal Generation from the Father: And it is God's great mercy to us in these times, that the Church is not troubled with such dangerous Hereticks as heretofore, for which it be­hoveth us to be thankful.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Hence gather, That he is that true Messiah foretold by the Prophets, and appointed of God to be our Saviour, in that he is both God and Man in one and the same Person. For such a one was the true Messiah to be, and so was he described by the Prophets, as Isa. 9. 6. To us a Child is born, &c. His Name called Wonderfull, Counsellor, the mighty God, &c. And Isa. 7. 14. He must be Immanuel, God with us; that is, God incarnate, &c.

Now then, this Jesus, the Son of the Virgin Mary being such a person as is both God and Man; this proves him to be the true and onely Messiah, or Christ ordained of God to be our Saviour and Redeemer; The sum of the Gospel is, that Jesus is the Christ: Joh. 20. ult. These are written that ye might believe that Jesus [Page 585] is the Christ, the Son of God, &c. We must therefore imbrace him alone, as our onely Saviour; seeking Sal­vation in him alone, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. See the cause why the Death and Sufferings of Christ, though but short; yet have sufficient Power and Vertue in them to satisfie God's Justice for the eternall punishment of our Sins, and to procure and pur­chase God's favour and eternall Life for us: namely, because of the dignity of his Person that Dyed and Suffered for us, being the Son of God, and God himself, &c. See Hebr. 9. 14. called precious Blood. The Blood of God, Acts 20. 28.

Use 4 Use 4. Teacheth us further, That Christ is a most powerfull and sufficient Saviour, &c. See Chap. 1. ver. 1.

Mark 9. 7, 8.‘And there was a Cloud, &c. Aug. 6. 1626.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. CHrist being the Naturall Son of God by eternall Generation; by this we may see how such as are by Nature Children of Wrath, do come to be Adopted and made the Children of God: namely, by believing in Christ the Naturall Son of God; This is the way, and there is none other: Joh. 1. 12. As many as received him, to them gave he power to become the Sons of God, even to them that believe on his Name. And Ephes. 1. 5. we are said, To be predestinated unto the Adoption of Children by Jesus Christ, &c. Gal. 3. 26. Ye are all Children of God by Faith in Jesus Christ.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. By Faith in Christ, true Believers are most nearly united and joyned to Christ in a spirituall manner. They become one with him, and he with them; They become Members of his Body, Flesh and Bones, Ephes. 5. 30. Therefore they cannot but have one and the same heavenly Father with him, they can­not but be his Brethren: Rom. 8. 29. He is said, To be the first-born among many Brethren.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. By Faith, Believers do apprehend and apply Christ's Righteousness, whereby they are justified before God; and being justified, they are also adopted as Children, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See what is to be done of all such as are yet in their Naturall estate, and out of Christ. Labour for true Faith whereby to believe in Christ, and so to become one with him; that in him thou mayst be ac­cepted, and as righteous adopted as the Child of God. Thou must first be joyned by Faith to him, that is the Natural Son, before thou caust be an adopted Child of God by Grace. Labour then for some measure of this Faith in Christ the Son of God, that in him thou mayest also be accepted as the Child of God by Adop­tion. To this end, thou must have a true feeling of thy Naturall misery without Christ, that in thy self thou art a Child of Wrath: and not to only feel this, but to be truly humbled for it, &c. Then thou must hun­ger and thirst after Christ and his Righteousnesse, and God hath promised to satisfie thee therewith, Matth. 5. 6. This very hungring and thirsting after Christ, is accepted of God as a degree of Faith; and upon this Faith he will accept thee in Christ as his Child. Then being the Child of God, thou art also sure to be an Heir of his heavenly Kingdom: Rom. 8. 17. If we be Children, then Heirs; Heirs of God, and Joynt-Heirs with Christ, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Comfort to true Believers; being by Faith joyned to Christ the Naturall Son, they must needs be Children by Grace and Adoption: As certainly as Christ is the Naturall Son of God, so certainly art thou his adopted Child, &c. no cause to doubt our Adoption, built on a sure Foundation. Now how great a priviledge is this to be a Child of God? the greatest in the World, 1 Joh. 3. 1.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that Christ our Saviour is the true and naturall Son of God; we may hence take notice of the unspeakable love of God shewed to us, and to the rest of his true Church and faithfull People; and the great desire and care he had of our Salvation, in that he appointed his own Son to be our Redeemer and Sa­viour: yea, gave this his Naturall Son unto Death; yea, to the most shamefull and cursed Death of the Cross, to the end that we might be redeemed and saved: Rom. 5. 8. God commendeth his love towards us; in that while we were yet Sinners, Christ dyed for us: 1 Joh. 4. 9. In this was manifested the love of God towards us; be­cause that God sent his onely begotten Son into the World, that we may live through him. See Ephes. 2. 7. This giving and sending of Christ to be our Saviour, and that by his Death, doth highly commend and set out the infinite love of God to us; and doth plainly shew how dear and pretious our Salvation was unto him. If Abraham shewed his great love to God in not sparing his own and onely son Isaac, but being ready to Sa­crifice him upon God's Commandment, Gen. 22. how much greater love hath God himself shewed to us, in not sparing his onely begotten Son for our sakes, but giving him to Death for our sins, &c? And so much the greater is this love of God to us, if we consider how unworthy we were of it, being his enemies by Na­ture, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To draw our hearts to the true love of God, who hath so loved us, as to give his Son to redeem us, &c. And not only to love God, but even with our chiefest love. To love him above all things in the World, preferring Him and his Glory above all; and seeking his Glory above those things which are most dear and precious to us. As our Salvation hath been dear and pretious to him, so must his Glory be to us: Be con­tent to do or suffer any thing for his sake, to part with any thing, &c. To this end, labour to be truly sensible of his unspeakable love to us in Christ; which he hath shewed in giving his own Son for our Salvation: yea, his onely Son; yea, his beloved Son, as he is here also called, &c. Pray therefore unto God to shed the sense of his love abroad in our hearts (as the Apostle speaketh), and to make us feel it by Faith. Then it will inflame our hearts with true love to God again, and cause us to shew and express it by all possible means. The true love of God will never kindle in our hearts of, it self (for we are by Nature most averse from it); but it must come from God himself, who is Love, and the Fountain of it: 1 Joh. 4. 19. We love him, because he loved us first.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To stirr us up unto true thankfulness to God, for this his unspeakable and infinite love shewed to us, in giving Christ his own proper and naturall Son to be our Redeemer; yea, to suffer Death for our Re­demption, &c. The greater this love of God is, the greater measure of thankfulness must we endeavour to shew for the same. And this thankfulness must not be onely in Word and Tongue, but in Deed in and [Page 586] Truth. Reall thankfulness expressed in our Lives, by consecrating our Souls and Bodies wholly to the obe­dience of God's Will, Rom. 12. 1. This is true thankfulness for the unspeakable love of God shewed in gi­ving his own Son to be our Saviour: Labour to shew such thankfulness all the dayes of our Life. To this end, often think of the greatness and incomprehensible measure of this Love of God to us: Think of the un­speakable length, breadth, heighth, and depth of it; consider also how free and undeserved it was on our part; how unworthy we were of it, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. A forcible motive to us, to love one another, and earnestly to desire and seek the Salvation of each other: 1 Joh. 4. 11. If God so loved us, (as to send his Son to be a propitiation for our Sins) we ought also to love one another. Seeing God hath so loved us, and been so desirous and carefull of our Salvation, as not to spare his own Son, but to give him to Death for us: how should this affect our hearts with love to our Brethren, and cause us earnestly to desire to seek their Good and Salvation? And to this end, to be content and willing to part with that which is most dear and pretious to us in this World; (yea, with our Lives) if thereby we may procure and further the Salvation of our Brother's Soul: 1 Joh. 3. 16. Hereby perceive we the love of God, because he laid down his Life for us; and we ought to lay down our Lives for the Brethren. Labour to be sensible of God's love to us: The more we feel his love to us in Christ, the more shall we be affected to love our Brethren. John, the beloved Disciple, writeth most of Love, &c.

Mark 9. 7, 8.‘This is my beloved Son, &c. Aug. 13. 1626.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. SEE here the greatness and fearfulnesse of our misery by Nature, in regard of our Sins, and the punishment due unto them; in as much as Christ Jesus the Naturall Son of God was fain to come from Heaven, and to take our Nature on him; yea, in our Nature to Dye and Suffer the Wrath of God for us, that so we might be delivered from Sin and Condemnation. This shews the greatness of our Naturall misery and difficulty of the work of our Redemption, in that it could by no means be wrought, but by the Incarnation and Death of the Son of God. See 1 Pet. 1. 18, 19. And Rom. 8. 3. Suppose one to have committed some grievous offence against an earthly King, and that no person could appease the King's Wrath but his own Son; yea, that the Kings Son himself could not make satisfaction, or deliver the Offender unless he will in his own person suffer the punishment due for the Offender: Should we not think such an Offender to be in a wretched case, and that his offence and crime were most hainous? So here, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To humble us before God in the sense of our Naturall misery by reason of our Sins, and the curse of God due unto them, and to break our hearts with godly sorrow for the same. To this end, often think of the greatness of our misery, from which we could by no means be delivered; but by the Death and Suffe­rings of Christ the Son of God: Think of the hainousnesse and foulnesse of our Sins, for which we could by no means be purged, but by the precious Blood of the Son of God; no other Fountain to cleanse us from it. No Sacrifice to appease God's Wrath, but the offering up of Christ himself, the Son of God in his Death: Neither thousands of Rams, nor ten thousands of Rivers of Oyl, &c. Mich. 6. 7.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stirr up such unto a great measure of Thankfulness, who know and feel themselves delivered from that fearfull misery, and that by such a means, &c.

Now follows the second thing contained in the words, viz. That Christ is the beloved Son of God.

This is my beloved Son] The word [ [...]] doth signifie one that is dearly or entirely beloved. Sic Kemnit. Harm. Lib. 2. Cap. 17. pag. 22.) So that hereby is noted out a speciall and singular love of God the Father unto Christ his Son. See before, Chap. 1. ver. 11.

Doctr. Christ Jesus the Son of God is in speciall and singular manner beloved of God the Father: Esay 42. 1. Behold, mine Elect in whom my Soul delighteth: Matth. 17. 5. In whom I am well pleased: Col. 1. 13. Called the Son of his love. Typified in Solomon, who was called [...]edidiah, 2 Sam. 12. 25. which signifies, the beloved of the Lord.

Now the greatness of this love of God the Father unto Christ may appear, 1. By the eternity of it: Joh. 17. 24. Thou hast loved me before the Foundation of the World. To be understood of Christ, not onely as God, but as Mediatour; because from eternity he chose and ordained him to that Office, &c. 2. By the speciall Effects of it manifested toward the Person of Christ. 1. By conferring on the humane Na­ture of Christ, perfection of all Gifts and Graces above Men and Angels: Psal. 45. 7. God, thy God, hath anointed thee with the Oyl of gladness above thy Fellows: Joh. 3. 34. God giveth not the Spirit by measure to him. 2. By committing unto him absolute Power and Authority over all Creatures in the World, and especially over the true Church, to Rule and Govern it: Joh. 3. 35. The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into his Hands. 3. By advancing the Person of Christ unto fulness of Glory with himself in the third Heavens: Joh. 17. 24. That they may behold the Glory which thou hast given me; for thou lovedst me before the Foundation of the World. Phil. 2. 9.

Use 1 Use 1. See here again the unspeakable love of God to us, in giving not onely his Son, but his most dearly beloved Son unto Death for our Salvation.

Use 2 Use 2. See the Ground and Cause of all that love wherewith God the Father doth imbrace his Saints and Faithfull Children in Christ: namely, that speciall and singular love which he beareth first unto Christ him­self: Ephes. 1. 6. He hath made us accepted in the Beloved; that is, in Christ, who is in speciall manner be­loved of God the Father: Joh. 17. ult. I have declared to them thy Name, &c. That the love wherewith thou hast loved me, may be in them, &c. that is, toward them. So that God's love is first towards Christ, and then in him, and for his sake, towards all Believers in Christ. See then the certainty of God's love to us, if we be true Believers; in that it is built upon so sure a Ground, viz. His love to Christ which is most certain, and cannot fail or cease to be at any time. Great comfort to us: though in our selves by Nature we are odious to God by reason of our sins; yet in Christ we are sure of his love; yea, of his speciall and singular love (such as he beareth to Christ himself), so as he may as soon hate Christ or cease to love him, as he can [Page 587] hate or cease to love us, being so nearly knit unto Christ as we are; yea, being one with him, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. See what is to be done of all that would be partakers of God's speciall love and favour, and con­sequently be assured of pardon of their sins and eternall life; they must labour for true Faith in Christ the Son of his love; that so in him, and for his sake they may be accepted and beloved of God. By Nature we are enemies of God, and he our enemy; we are odious and hatefull to him by reason of our sins. Now there is no way to be reconciled to him, and to recover his love and favour but by Christ, who is the beloved Son in whom onely he is well pleased with Sinners. Labour then for true Faith in Christ, that thou mayst in him be accepted and beloved of God: To this end, labour first to be humbled in the sense of thy sins, which make thee odious to God, causing hatred & enmity between him and thee. Then being sensible of thy sins, and truly humbled for the same; this will drive thee to Christ, causing thee to hunger and thirst after his Merits, and to strive by Faith to lay hold on him, that so in him thou mayst be received into God's love and favour.

Use 4 Now being thus beloved of God in Christ, we are most happy and blessed; for God's love in Christ is the Fountain of all good, and of all blessings Spiritual and Temporall which come from God to us. His love to us in Christ is not barren or fruitless, but most fruitful; He cannot but shew his love to us continually, by doing us good; by caring and providing for us all Necessaries for Soul and Body, by supplying all our wants: we cannot want that is good for us, Psal. 34. As an earthly Father loving his Child, &c.

Use 4. A ground of Faith to us in all prayers, which we make to God in the Name and Mediation of Christ; and by vertue of that Intercession which he now maketh for us in Heaven. For seeing God the Father doth so dearly love Christ, he neither can nor will deny him any thing which he requesteth for us; neither will he deny us any thing that is good for us, which we request in the Name & for the Merits and Intercession of Christ. As therefore it is no small comfort to one having a suit to the King, if he have a Friend in the Court to speak for him; especially if he have the King's principall favourite on his side: So here, &c.

Mark 9. 7.‘Hear Him. Aug. 20. 1626.

NOW followeth the second thing contained in these words uttered by the Voice of God the Father from Heaven, touching Christ, viz. The Precept or Commandment given to the Disciples, to hear him.

Now these words seem to have Relation unto that place, Deut. 18. 15. where the Lord promiseth by Moses that he will in time to come raise up unto his Church a great and eminent Prophet, like unto Moses, and withal requireth that his People should hearken to the teaching of that Prophet; yea, he threatneth to require it of every one that shall refuse to hear him, Ver. 19. Now this Prophet was Christ himself, the true Messiah, who was a long time after to come in the Flesh, and in his own Person upon Earth, to execute the Office of a Prophet or Teacher in the Church; and therefore God the Father speaking here from Heaven touching Christ, willeth the Disciples to hear him; thereby implying, that he was indeed that great speciall Prophet and Teacher of the Church, who was so long before promised to be sent or raised up to teach the Church; and therefore, seeing he was now actually sent, they ought to hear him.

Hear] This word is in Scripture used diversly; especially in a two-fold sense. 1. To signify an outward hearing or hearkning with our bodily ears. So Mat. 13. 9. Who hath ears to hear, let him hear. 2. To signify that Obedience which is yielded to those things which we hear with our outward ears; when we so hear as to yield Obedience to that which is taught or spoken to us. So 1 Sam. 15. 22. To obey is better than Sa­crifice, and to hearken is better than the Fat of Rams.

Now, in this place, we are to take it both these wayes; though especially in the latter sense: quasi di­ceret, So hear him with your outward ears, that withall ye do yield Obedience to that which he shall teach you.

Him,] that i [...], Christ, the Son of God, who was spoken of expresly in the words going before. And in this word [Him] there is an Emphasis to be marked: For by it, Christ is in special manner distinguished, not onely from Moses and Elias (who had a little before appeared with him in the Mount), but also from all other Prophets and Teachers of the Church, and is preferred before them all. So the meaning is, that they should not onely hear and obey Christ, and his Teaching; but they must hear him as a speciall and eminent Prophet and Teacher sent from God; yea, as the Son of God and true Messiah himself, who was the chief and head of all Prophets and Teachers in the Church, and to be heard and obeyed above them all.

Quest. Quest. Why are the Disciples enjoyned to hear and yield Obedience to Christ's Teaching, seeing they had already done so.

Answ. Answ. 1. To correct Peter's Errour, in being so desirous to have Moses and Elias to continue and dwell there with them in the Mount, and withal to comfort him for their departure. For by these words is impli­ed, that Christ's company was much more to be desired than the company of Moses and Elias, and that there was more to be learned of him than by the Teaching or Conference of Moses and Elias; yea, that his Teach­ing alone was sufficient without Moses and Elias: And therefore both Peter and his fellows are bid to heark­en to Christ alone, as their best and principal Teacher.

2. Though they had already heard, and begun to obey, Christ's Doctrine; yet they are willed still to do the same; that is, to persevere and continue so to do; and the rather, because his Doctrine was not easy, but hard to be obeyed, as being contrary to flesh and blood, and an enemy to corrupt Nature; as, the Doctrine of the Cross, and of denying themselvs, &c. which he taught them a little before.

The words being thus opened, we may from them gather two Points of Instruction. 1. That Christ Je­sus, the Son of God, is the chief and principal Prophet or Teacher of the Church. 2. That all Christians ought to hear and obey his Teaching.

Of the first. That Christ is the chief and principal Doctor or Teacher of the Church; this is here impli­ed, when the Disciples are bid to hear him, in special manner, and as a special Teacher sent of God; yea, as [Page 588] the chief of all Teachers in the Church. And this is one special part of Christ's Office, as Mediator: That he is called and appointed of God, viz. to be the chief Prophet and Teacher of his Church: Therefore he is cal­led, the Word, called also Prophet; yea, set forth as the most eminent of all Prophets, Deut. 18. 15. and Act. 3. 22. To this purpose also is that Mat. 23. 8. One is your Master, even Christ, &c. Hebr. 13. 20. called The great Pastor of the Church.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. He onely hath absolute Power and Authority to teach in his own Name, as being Lord of his own Doctrine; for which cause he used in his ordinary Teaching (while he lived on Earth) to speak thus, Verily, I say unto you, &c. to shew that he spake and taught in his own Name, and by his own Authority. Here­in he excelleth all other Teachers in the Church, who are to teach in the Name of God and of Christ, not in their own names.

Object. Object. Joh. 7. 16. My Doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me.

Answ. Answ. He doth not deny simply and absolutely that it was his own Doctrine: But 1. That it was not his onely, but withal the Doctrine of God his Father, who sent him. 2. Not his Doctrine, as he was Man, but as he was God, and as Mediator: Not a humane, but a divine Doctrine.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. He is the most able and sufficient of all other Teachers in the Church, being furnished with the greatest measure of gifts and graces, above all other Teachers: Joh. 3. 34. God giveth him the Spirit not by mea­sure. Col. 2. 3. In him are hid all Treasures of Wisdom and Knowledge. He is called by the Name of Wisdom, Prov. 8. & 9.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. He hath Power to ordain and send all other Pastors and Teachers of the Church: Ephes. 4. 11. When he ascended &c. he gave some Apostles, some Prophets, &c.

Reas. 4 Reas. 4. He onely by the Power of his Spirit maketh the Doctrine and Ministry of other Teachers effe­ctuall.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Wherein stands this Teaching of Christ?

Answ. Answ. In making known to his Chuich the Will of God in all things needful to Salvation: Joh. 1. 18. No man hath seen God at any time, &c. The onely begotten Son—hath declared him. Joh. 15. 15. All things that I have heard of my Father, I have made known unto you. Joh. 16. 13. He promiseth his Spirit, who should guide them into all truth.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How doth He execute this Office of Teaching the Church?

Answ. Answ. Two wayes:

1. Outwardly, by his Word, and the Ministry of it; and that both in his own Person, while he lived on Earth, and also by all those Pastors and Ministers which he calleth and sendeth to teach and instruct the Church from time to time, and that in all Ages of the Church: Their Teaching is his Teaching, in as much as they teach and preach in his Name, and by Authority from him. He spake by the mouth of all the Prophets in the Old Testament, as by Noah, 1 Pet. 3. 19. and by the Apostles, 2 Cor. 13. 3. 2. Inwardly, by his divine Spirit enlightning the minds of the Elect, and inclining their hearts to embrace and yield obedience to that which is taught: Thus he opened the Understanding of the Disciples, (Luke 24. 45.) that they might under­stand the Scriptures: And Act. 16. 14. he opened the heart of Lydia.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See God's special love to his Church, and his care of the good and Salvation of it; in that he hath not onely given his Son to merit and work our Salvation as our Priest, but also hath called and appointed him, as our Prophet, to teach us, and to reveal and make known to us the means of our Salvation: Other­wise, we could never have come to know the Counsel and Will of God touching our Salvation, if he had not sent his own Son out of his bosom to declare it to us. As none but he could work our Salvation, so none but he could reveal unto us the means of obtaining it. This should stir us up to thankfulness to God for this great mercy, in sending his own Son to be our Prophet and Teacher, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See here the great priviledge of the true Church and Elect People of God, in that they have Christ himself, the Son of God to be their chief Doctor and Teacher, to instruct them in the way and means of Sal­vation. They cannot but be well and sufficiently taught, who have such a Teacher: 1 Joh. 6. 45. They shall be all taught of God. Who is so able to teach them, and so willing and faithful in discharge of his Office; Therefore they shall not be left in ignorance of any one Truth necessary to Salvation, but Christ will reveal to them the whole Counsell of God, so far as is needfull to Salvation, if they seek to him in the use of the means; as prayer, hearing his Word, &c. Comfort to such as feel their ignorance, as yet in many things: Christ is able and willing to teach them.

Use 3 Use 3. Christ being the chief and principal Teacher of the Church; this shews, how far forth we are to hear and obey the Doctrine of all other Pastors and Teachers in the Church; namely, so far onely as it agreeth with the Word and Doctrine of Christ the chief Pastor, and no further. So far as the Voice of Christ sound­eth in them, we are to hearken and yield obedience to it, and no further.

Use 4 Use 4. Seeing Christ is the chief and principal Teacher of the Church; this must move us not to rest in man's teaching, which is onely outward: but above all to desire and seek to Christ to teach us, not onely out­wardly by his Word, but inwardly by his Spirit, &c. To enlighten our Minds, to open our Hearts: without this, all outward teaching is vain, &c. In caelo cathedram habet, qui corda docet.

Use 5 Use 5. See what need for all Ministers of the Word not only to teach their People committed to them; but withall, to seek by prayer unto Christ the chief Pastor and Teacher, to joyn the inward teaching of his Spirit with their outward Ministery; without this, all their labour is lost and in vain. Paul may plant, &c.

Mark 9. 7.‘This is my beloved Son: hear him. Aug. 27. 1626.

OF the second. That it is the Duty of all Christians to hear Christ's Teaching, and to yield obedience to the same. This Point is a consequent of the former; for if Christ be the chief Prophet and Teacher of the Church, then ought all that professe to be of the Church to hear and obey his Teaching; and that in the first place, and above all other Teachers in the Church.

Now this Doctrine consisteth of two parts or branches, which are severally to be handled. 1. That it is the Duty of Christians to hear Christ's Teaching, or to hear him as their chief Teacher. 2. That they ought not onely to hear him, but to yield obedience to his teaching.

Of the first. It is proved not onely by this place, where the Disciples are commanded from Heaven to hear Christ; but also by other like places of Scripture, as Deut. 18. 15. (ut suprà) Prov. 8. 6. Solomon bringeth in Christ under the Name of Wisdom, exhorting all men to hear his teaching. So Hebr. 3. 7. The Holy Ghost saith, To Day, if ye will hear his Voyce, harden not your Hearts, &c. And Hebr. 12. 25. See that ye refuse not him that speaketh, &c.

Quest. Quest. How can we now hear Christ, seeing he is in Heaven, and we on Earth?

Answ. Answ. Though he be in Heaven, yet from thence he speaketh to us, and teacheth us two wayes.

1. By his written Word set down in the Scriptures; for this is the Voice of Christ; though the Prophets and Apostles were the pen-men of Scripture, yet Christ speaketh in them and by them unto us: 2 Cor. 13. 3. Since ye seek a proof of Christ speaking in me, &c. The Scriptures are the Letter of the Creatour to the Creature. Gregory. As one Friend speaks to another by Letter, &c.

2. By his Faithfull Ministers lawfully called, and sent to instruct and teach us in his Name. By these Christ himself speaketh to us, and in hearing them we hear him: Luke 10. 16. He that heareth you, heareth me, &c. 1 Pet. 3. 19. He preached by Noah, unto those that were disobedient in the Dayes of Noah, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To reprove such as do not vouchsafe to hear Christ speaking to them, and teaching them by his Word and Ministers, but are slack and negligent this way. Though he vouchsafe to speak to them from Hea­ven by his Word, and by his Ministers; yet they refuse to hear or hearken to his Voice: They have no care to read the Scriptures, in which the Voice of Christ soundeth; no care to come duly and constant­ly to hear the Word of Christ preached by his Ministers, but absent themselves willingly when they might and ought to come: even upon the Sabbath-Day, how negligent are many this way? Some come in the Fore­noon, not in the Afternoon; once a Day they think sufficient: Others come but once a Fortnight or Month, yea, perhaps some but once in a quarter of a year, or not so often, &c. They are content to hear Christ some­times when they are at leisure, and can conveniently do it; but not constantly so often as he speaketh and ut­tereth his heavenly Voice in the Ministery of his Word. They think much to be tyed to this, and therefore take liberty when they list to turn away their ears from Christ; yea, to stop them against his Voice, sounding in the Ministery of his Word, like unto the deaf Adder stopping her ears, and refusing to hearken to the voice of the Charmer, &c. If they be not at leisure, or have no mind to come to the Church; he may speak to the Winds, or to the Ayr, or to the Walls of the Church for them, they have no ears to lend him; and so if others were of the same minds, he should have no Hearers at all.

Object. Object. God-forbid I should refuse to hear Christ, this is far from me; If he would come from Heaven and preach to me, I would never misse hearing him.

Answ. Answ. 1. In refusing to hear Christ's Ambassadors and Ministers, thou refusest to hear him: Luke 10. 16. He that despiseth you despiseth me, &c.

2. Whatsoever thou pretendest for thy negligence; it is certain, that if thou make no conscience to hear Christ's Ministers, sent to speak to thee in his Name; thou wouldst also be as careless in hearing▪ Christ him­self, if he were now upon Earth. As it is said, Luke 16. ult. That such as would not hear Moses and the Pro­phets, neither would they be perswaded, though one should rise from the Dead to teach them. So here, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To exhort and stirr us up to the conscionable practice of this duty of hearing Christ speaking to us, and teaching us by his Word and Ministers. To this end, search the Scriptures diligently by private rea­ding, and come duly and constantly to the publike Ministery of the Word, &c.

Motives hereunto, 1. God's Commandment, enjoyning us to hear his Son Christ (ut supra.) 2. Con­sider the fearfull Judgment threatned against all such as refuse to hear Christ: Deut. 18. 18, 19. I will raise them up a Prophet, &c. And whosoever will not hearken to my words, which he shall speak in my Name, I will re­quire it of him: Acts 3. 23. Every Soul which will not hear that Prophet, shall be destroyed from among the People. 3. It is the property of Christ's true Disciples and Followers to hear Him and his Word: Joh. 10. 27. My Sheep hear my Voyce. And Joh. 8. 47. He that is of God, heareth God's Word, &c.

Of the second. That it is the Duty of Christians not onely to hear Christ teaching them by his Word and Ministers, but also to yield due obedience to his Doctrine; they must not onely be outward Hearers, but obedient Hearers of Christ. This is proved not onely by those places before alledged for confirmation of the former Point (in which by outward hearing, obedience also is implyed), but also by other places of Scripture more plain and express to this purpose: Matth. 7. 24. Whosoever heareth these Sayings of mine, and doth them, I will liken him to a wise man, who built his House upon a Rock, &c. Luke 8. 15. Those Hearers of the Word which are resembled by the good Ground, are such as with an honest and good heart, having heard the Word, keep it, and bring forth fruit with patience.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Obedience is the end of all outward hearing and knowledge: Deut. 5. 1. Hear, O Israel, the Statutes and Judgments which I speak in your cars this Day, that ye may keep and do them.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The promise of Blessedness is made, not to such as hear Christ's Word and Doctrine, but to such as yield true obedience to the same. Joh. 13. 17. If ye know these things, happy are ye if ye do them: Luke 11. 28. Blessed are they that hear the Word of God, and keep it.

Now in this obedience to Christ's Doctrine, some speciall properties are required.

1. It must come from Faith, believing that our persons are accepted in Christ, &c. Hebr. 11. 6. Rom. 16. 26.

2. It must be the obedience of the whole Man, both inward and outward. 1. Inward, of the heart, which stands in believing and embracing the Doctrine of Christ, and in submitting our inward Man to it, viz. Our Minds, Wills, Affections, Conscience. Rom. 6. 17. Ye have obeyed from the heart that Form of Doctrine which was delivered to you. 2. Outward Obedience, standing in a conformity of the outward Man, and of all our outward carriage to the Doctrine and Teaching of Christ.

3. It must be Universal; not to some, but to all parts of the Doctrine of Christ, taught us in his Word, and by [Page 590] the Ministers of it: Act. 3. 22. Him shall ye hear in all things what soever he shall say unto you. Though our Obe­dience cannot be entire and perfect in this life, in regard of the measure and degree of it; yet, in regard of the parts of it, it must be entire. 4. It must be constant, extending it self to the whole course of our lives; Not for a time onely, or now and then by fitts; not to be measured by one or two good Actions; but by the constant course of our life: Joh. 8. 31. If ye continue in my Word, then are ye my Disciples indeed.

Use 1 Use 1. To reprove such as are outward Hearers of Christ's Word and Doctrine, but make little or no Con­science to yield Obedience to the same. There are many such, who give Christ and his Ministers the hear­ing, and this is all; for in life and practice they do as they list, walking after their Lusts, and going on in their old Sins without Reformation; like those Ezek. 33. 31. who came and sate before the Propher, and heard his words, but would not do them; for their heart went after Covetousness. Many live quite contrary to that which is taught them by Christ in his Word, as if they knew a better way to Heaven. Others yield some kind of Obedience to Christ's Doctrine, but not such as they ought; no true and sincere Obedience. Some yield outward Obedience in their Words, Actions, and outward Behaviour, but no true inward subjection of Heart, Mind, and Conscience: They obey not from the heart, but onely shew some outward conformity to the Word of Christ; which is gross Hypocrisy, and hateful to Christ. Others obey Christ in some things, but not in all parts of his Word, like Herod: So far as this Obedience will stand with their carnal Lusts, and with their worldly profits and pleasures, they are content to yield it; but when the Word of Christ doth cross them, or cut them short in those things which they so much affect; here they withdraw their Obedience. Others yield Obedience to the Doctrine of Christ for a time, but are not constant therein: They begin a good course, but hold not out in it: They begin in the Spirit, and end in the Flesh. Such there be too ma­ny, who having for a time made shew of Obedience to the Word of Christ, afterwards fall away and embrace this World with Demas, &c. Like the stony ground, they receive the Word of Christ with joy at the first, and bring forth fruit for a time, but because they have no root, they fall away. Thus among many that are outward Hearers of Christ and his Doctrine, how few do yield true Obedience to it? Now, what are such the better for their outward Hearing of Christ? Nothing at all: They reap no true good by it: They are never the nearer to Salvation: Their estate before God never the better; nay, it is the worse, because the more means of Teaching they have had, if they be not answerable in Obedience, the greater is their sin and condemnation, Joh. 15. 22. Think of it, thou that art an outward Hearer of Christ's Word and hast perhaps been so for a long time, but makest no conscience of yielding true Obedience to it: Thou mayest for all this be a gross Hypocrite, yea, a reprobate. Judas was an outward Hearer of Christ, and yet went to Hell. So Luke 13. 25, 26. Many of those in whose streets Christ hath preached, shall be shut out of Heaven at the last day.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To exhort and stir us up not to rest in outward hearing of Christ's Doctrine; but above all to make Conscience of yielding Obedience to the same. Remember, that this is the end of all Christ's Teaching, and of all our hearing of his Word and Doctrine preached by his Ministers, that we should yield Obedience to that we hear: In this stands our happiness, and without this all our Hearing is but lost labour. If we be not Doers of the Word of Christ, but Hearers onely, we deceive our selves, Jam. 1. 32. See therefore that we joyn Obedience with our Hearing: and look also to the manner and kind of our Obedience, that it be such as it ought to be; that it be of the whole Man, not onely outward but inward, of Heart, Soul, and Consci­ence; that it be universall to all parts of the Word and Doctrine of Christ, not to some onely; that it be constant &c.

Now further, that we may be obedient Hearers of Christ, two duties are necessary to be practised. 1. To remove those impediments which may hinder us from Obedience to Christ's Word and Doctrine. 2. To use the best helps and means to further us in Obedience to the same.

Of the first. The hindrances to be removed are these. 1. All corrupt and sinful lusts in generall: These we must labour to cast off by true Repentance, and to have them truly mortified in us: Jam. 1. 21. Lay apart all filthiness, and superfluity of naughtiness, and receive with meekness the ingrafted Word, &c. And then Ver. 22. Be ye Doers of the Word, and not Hearers onely. 2. More particularly some special Lusts and Sins are to be cast off and removed, that they hinder not our Obedience of Christ.

1. Unbelief, and doubting of the truth of that Doctrine which Christ teacheth us by his Word and Mini­sters: This keeps from Obedience; Heb. 4. 2. the Word preached did nor profit them because not mix­ed with Faith, &c. Therefore labour and strive against this sin of Unbelief in our selves, which is so natural to us: On the contrary, strive for a thorough-perswasion of the truth of all that Christ teacheth us in his Word, &c.

2. Hardness of heart, when the heart is so hardned through custom and continuance in sin, that it hath lit­tle or no sense and feeling of sin, or of the Word of Christ, which doth condemn and forbid sin: It is a main hindrance to keep us from Obedience to the Doctrine of Christ. For, so long as the heart is so hardned, it is utterly unfit to be wrought upon by the Word and Teaching of Christ: Isa. 6. 10. Make the heart of this People fat, &c. This hindred the Scribes and Pharisees from Obedience to Christ's Teaching, because their hearts were so hardned in Unbelief, and other sins, &c. Therefore, if we would be obedient to Christ's Doc­trine, labour and strive against this hardness of heart, to have it removed and taken away. And pray unto God to give us soft hearts, pliable to the Word of Christ.

3. Covetousness and Worldliness of mind is another main hindrance unto that true Obedience which we should yield to the Doctrine of Christ: Ezek. 33. 31. Their heart went after Covetousness: And Matth. 13. 22. care of this World and deceitfulness of riches, are as Thorns choaking the Word, &c. Take heed then of harbouring this gross and dangerous sin of Covetousness in heart, and of too much worldly cares and thoughts, lest they choak the fruit of Christ's Doctrine in thy heart, and keep thee from Obedience to it. Pray with David, Psal. 119. 36.

4. Love of earthly pleasures and delights: Luke 8. 14. Pleasures are one kind of Thorns choaking the fruit of the Word. Take heed then of too much loving and affecting of these worldly delights, lest they take up the heart, and with-draw it from love and delight in the Word of Christ, and so hinder our Obedience to it. Beware of loving Pleasures more than God and his Word.

Of the second. We are to use these Helps to further us in obedience to the Doctrine of Christ. 1. Con­sider the excellency of Christ's Doctrine which he teacheth by his Ministers; the Doctrine of the Gospel Word of Life and Salvation, most worthy to be obeyed. Labour therefore to be perswaded of it. 2. Deny our selves; that is, our carnal Minds, Understanding, Will, Affections; for these are contrary to the Word of God: Matth. 16. 24. If any will come after me, &c. 3. Look to the right manner of our hearing this Doctrine of Christ, for upon this doth our obedience to it much depend. Now for the due and right hea­ring of Christ's Word and Doctrine, that we may so hear it, as to yield obedience; sundry things are requi­fite, especially these. 1. That we hear it with understanding and Judgment, striving to conceive, and rightly to judge and discern of the truth of those things which Christ Jesus doth teach us out of his Word, and by his Ministers: Joh. 10. 4. Christ's Sheep know his Voice. Contra, Matth. 13. 19. Those Hearers resem­bled by the High-way, profit not, because they hear it without understanding. 2. That we hear it with affection of Heart, labouring to be truly and rightly affected with the matter taught us; to be humbled at the Reproofs, to fear and tremble at the Threatnings, to rejoice in the Promises and Comforts of the Word of Christ, &c. Luke 24. 32. Did not our hearts burn within us, &c. Acts 2. 37. Their hearts were pricked at Peter's Sermon. Labour to be thus affected in heart with the Doctrine of Christ, and not onely for the present in time of hearing, but afterward constantly: This will stir us up to obedience, and, without this, no obedience. 3. That we hear it with humility of heart: when thou comest to hear Christ teaching thee out of his Word, bring an humble heart touched with sense of thy sins and unworthinesse before God. This will make thee teachable and tractable to the Word of Christ, and then obedience will follow. 4. That we hear and receive it with meekness; that is, with mildness and gentleness of heart to bear the admoniti­ons and reproofs of it, without being offended or discontented thereat: Jam. 1. 21. Receive with meek­ness, &c. 5. Labour in hearing to apply unto our selves every part of the Doctrine taught; for Instructi­on, Admonition, Humiliation, Comfort, &c. This is to mingle the Word with Faith, that it may profit us. 6. We must so hear Christ, as to treasure up his Word in our Hearts; that so we may make use of it in Life and Practise: Psal. 119. 11. Daivd hid the Word of God in his heart. 7. Lastly, Joyn prayer unto Christ, to teach us inwardly, and to frame us to obedience, &c. Luke 2. 19.

It followeth, Ver. 8. The Issue or Event that followed upon the former miraculous appearing of that bright Cloud, and the Voice uttered from Heaven touching Christ. Hereupon the three Disciples suddenly looking round about them, perceived Moses and Elias to be taken away, and that Jesus was left alone with them in the Mount. So Luke 9. 36. When the Voyce was past, Jesus was found alone, &c.

Quest. Quest. Why was Moses and Elias taken away in the Cloud, and Christ now left alone with his three Disciples?

Answ. Answ. To shew, that Christ alone, and none but he was that great and principall Prophet and Teacher of the Church, who was to be heard and obeyed in all that he should teach unto them. Therefore, though Moses and Elias had before appeared for a little time, that by their presence and conference they might give testimony to Christ that he was the true Messiah; yet now at length so soon as God the Father from Hea­ven had testifyed that Christ was his beloved Son, and commanded them to hear him: presently Christ was found alone in the Mount with the three Disciples, thereby to shew, that they ought not onely to hear and obey him as their chief Prophet and Teacher; but him alone, and none besides him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That Christ Jesus the Son of God is not onely our chief Prophet and Teacher, but that he on­ly, and none besides him hath this Office, and this Power, and Authority from God the Father to be the chief and absolute Teacher of the Church. He hath no Companions or Partners with him in his propheticall Of­fice as Mediatour. Therefore, when this Voice came from Heaven commanding to hear him as our Prophet and Teacher; immediately upon the uttering of it he was left alone in the Mount, Moses and Elias being ta­ken away; to shew, that he is alone in his propheticall Office of being the chief and absolute Teacher of the Church: having absolute Power and Authority immediately from God the Father, to be the Prophet and Teacher of the Church; and that herein neither Moses nor Elias, nor any other have any fellowship or part­nership with him: Matth. 23. 8. One is your Master, &c.

Use. Ʋse. See then, that although we may and ought to hear and obey other Pastors and Teachers of the Church, being lawfully called and sent in Christ's Name to teach and reveal to us the Will of [...]od in those things which concern our Salvation; yet we are to hear and obey Christ alone, and enquire of him as our chief and absolute Teacher, who onely hath the chief and absolute Power of teaching the Church in his own Name, and by his own Authority, committed to him immediately from God the Father. Therefore we are to hear and obey him alone absolutely, and in all things whatsoever he teacheth; but other Teachers onely so far as they teach in his Name, and agreeably to his Word and Doctrine, and no farther.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here, that although Peter and the other two Disciples did find great delight and content­ment in the sight and presence of Moses and Elias, appearing in Glory with Christ at his Transfiguration; yet they enjoyed this delight and contentment but a little while: For here we see, That Peter had no sooner testified his great joy and delight in the company of Moses and Elias, but immediately after they were upon the sudden taken away from him, and the Glory of Christ also ceased; and so there wa [...] a sudden and speedy end of all that Glorious sight, wherein he and his fellow Disciples took such delight: Whence we may ob­serve, That although the Saints of God may and do enjoy some outward delights and contentments in this World; yet not for any long time, but rather for a small and short space of time for the most part. The outward delights and contentments which the Lord doth suffer his Saints to enjoy in this Life, are for the most part of no long continuance, but short and momentany, and such as are oftentimes suddenly taken from them. The Toubles and Afflictions of God's Saints in this Life, are usually of long continuance; but their delights and contents for the most part short, and quickly vanishing. As it is with Souldier [...], &c.

Ʋse. Use. To teach and move the Saints not to set hearts upon any earthly delights here enjoyed; as upon Friends, Children, House, Lands, &c. which are all but of short continuance: Therefore, so to be u [...]ed, as if we used them not, daily preparing to part with them: 1 Cor. 7. 29. The time is short. Therefore, such a [...] have Wives, to be as if they had none; they that rejoyce, as if they rejoyced not, &c. On the contrary, set [Page 592] your Hearts upon inward spirituall delights which continue for ever.

Mark 9. 9.‘And as they came down from the Mountain, he charged them that they should tell no man what things they Sept. 3. 1626. had seen, till the Son of Man was risen from the dead.’

HItherto ye have heard the excellent History of our Saviour Christ's glorious Transfiguration opened to you, from the 2d verse of this Chapter to the 8th verse. Now, in the next place, the Evangelist setteth down two speciall Consequents that followed immediately after it.

1. The charge given by our Saviour to the three Disciples touching the concealing of that Vision till after the time of his Resurrection, together with their obedience yielded to that charge, ver. 9, 10.

2. A Question moved by the same three Disciples to our Saviour touching the coming of Elias, and his Answer to it, ver. 11, 12, 13. 1. The Charge given, ver. 9. 2. Their Obedience, ver. 10.

Of the first. Consider, 1. The time when the Charge given was, As they came down from the Mountain.

2. The Charge or Command it self, That they should tell no man what things they had seen.

3. The time how long they must conceal those things, Till after his Resurrection.

4. A Description of his Person, by this speciall Title; Son of Man, &c.

Of the first. As they came down from the Mountain] That is, from that Mountain upon which our Saviour had been so gloriously Transfigured a little before in the sight of the three Disciples, which is most probably thought to have been the Mount Tabor in Galilee (ut supra dictum.) This coming down of Christ with the three Disciples from this Mount, was (no doubt) immediately after the ceasing of that wonderfull Glory of his Transfiguration: For that Glory ceased while they were upon the Mount, whereupon Christ came down from thence, and the Disciples with him; and by the way as they came down, he gave them this Charge.

Observ. Observ. His care to prevent that Errour and Sin in them, which otherwise they would have run into by un­timely publishing of the matter. Therefore he speedily without delay gives them this Charge.

Of the second. He charged] Or straightly commanded them: So the Word in the Originall signifieth.

That they should tell no man] Not that they were simply forbidden to speak at all, or to any person whatso­ever touching the Transfiguration of Christ. For they were to this end taken up with Christ into the Mount, as witnesses of his Transfiguration, that afterward they might declare the same to others. But, 1. They are forbidden to speak of it rashly and unadvisedly, without due consideration of Circumstances of Time, Place, Persons, &c. 2. Not to publish or make it commonly known where they came, as yet, untill the due time should come for the publishing of it, viz. After his Resurrection from the Dead, (ut sequi­tur.)

What things they had seen] That is, the glorious Vision of Christ's Transfiguration before mentioned, toge­ther with the speciall Adjuncts and Circumstances thereof; as the Apparition of Moses and Elias from Hea­ven with Him, as also of the bright Cloud, &c.

Quest. Why would not our Saviour have his glorious Transfiguration published forth with or immedi­ately?

Answ. Because one main end of his Transfiguration was to prove and manifest the Truth of his God-head; that he was not onely Man, but the Son of God, and consequently the true Messiah. Now the due time ap­pointed of God for the publike manifestation of his God-head was not yet come; for He was yet in the state of his Humiliation, and so was to continue for a time.

Now the time of his Humiliation was no fit time for the publishing of the Doctrine of his God-head and Divine Glory: That Doctrine was not sutable to the state and condition of his Humiliation, in which the Glory of his God-head was to lye hid and covered for a time under the Vail of his humane Flesh.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. This would have caused many to take the greater offence at the Cross and Sufferings of Christ, and so to doubt of his Person if they should first have heard it publikely and openly professed that He was the Son of God, and yet soon after should have seen Him put to Death; yea, to the shamefull Death of the Cross.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The publishing or making known of Christ's God-head and Divine Glory at that time, might have been a means to hinder the execution of God's counsell and purpose touching the Death of Christ, and work of our Redemption: For if it should have been made commonly known that He was the Son of God, who would have dared to put Him to Death? See 1 Cor. 2. 8. (Vide supra, Chap. 8. ver. 30.)

Quest. Quest. Why doth He charge them not to publish the Glory of his Transfiguration till after his Resur­rection?

Answ. Answ. Because that was the due time appointed for the publick and open manifestation of his Divine Glory: Rom. 1. 4. He was declared to be the Son of God with Power,—by the Resurrection from the Dead. His Resurrection was the first step of his Glorification, therefore that time fittest to publish the Glory of his Transfiguration; then it was most likely to be believed and imbraced.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That although we ought never to deny or conceal the Truth or Doctrine of God, when we have a Calling to professe or make it known to others; yet all Truths are not to be uttered at all times, but then onely when it makes for God's Glory, and the good of others. There is a time in which it is better to conceal and hide the Truth (or some part of it at least) from others, then to utter or make it known. (See before, Chap. 8. 26.) Acts 17. 16. Paul did not presently, at first coming to Athens, preach against their Idolatry, but concealed that Doctrine for a time. And 2 Cor. 12. 2. he concealed that Vision fourteeen years.

Quest. Quest. When is it fit for us rather to conceal then to publish or professe the Truth of God to others?

Answ. Answ. When the case so stands (so far as we can judge) that the uttering or professing of the Truth is not likely to do good, but rather hurt, viz. when the uttering of it tends to the dishonour of God, or hurt of others; or to the prejudice or disgrace of the Truth it self.

As, 1. If it be before obstinate, malicious enemies of Religion, or scoffers at the Truth; known to be such, &c. Math. 7. 6. Give not holy things to Doggs, &c. Before such persons silence is better then profes­sion of the Truth. See before (Chap. 8. 26.)

2. At any other time, when the Truth being uttered and made known, is not like to be imbraced; but rather rejected of those to whom it is uttered.

3. If it be such a time in which that truth which is to be uttered, is not necessary; For all Truths are not necessary at all times, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. For reproof of such as do rashly and unadvisedly utter or make known the Truth to others out of due time and season; either before such persons as are not fit to hear it, or at such time as there is no hope or likelihood of doing good thereby: Such do more hurt then good by such unseasonable publishing of the Truth. So did those that rashly, and out of due time published the Miracles of Christ; for by that means they hindred His preaching, and inraged His enemies the more against Him.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See then, that as it is our duty to publish and make known the truth of God unto others, so we are wisely to observe the due and fit time for the doing hereof; not publishing the truth at such time when it may do hurt, but when it is like to do good; at such time as God may be glorified, and others edified thereby. See Prov. 15. 23. and Prov. 25. 11. And Eccles. 8. 5. A Wise man's heart discerneth both time and judgment; that is, he doth wisely discern and judge of the fittest time for the doing of every thing: This wisdom and discre­tion must we labour for, and pray unto God to give it us.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though our Saviour might have purchased to himself great honour and glory, by the publishing of the Glory of his Transfiguration; yet, because the due time for it was not yet come, he would not suffer it to be published as yet; which teacheth us, that we ought not to seek our own honour and glory in this World, out of due time, or too soon, before the time appointed of God; but we must be content to wait till that time, &c. (See Chap. 8. 30.)

Use 1 Use 1. For reproof of such as do ambitiously seek glory and honour in this World before the time appoin­ted, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See by this, that it is unfit for us (if we be good Christians) to seek much honour or glory to our selves, in the time of this life: For this is to seek it too soon, and before the time appointed of God. This life-time is not the time appointed of God for honouring and glorifying of his Saints and Children, but rather for their humiliation and abasement. After this life is the time for them to be honoured and glorified, when they have first been abased in this World 1 Pet. 1. 7. That the triall of your Faith, &c.—might be found unto praise, honour, and glory, at the appearing of Jesus Christ. As it was with Christ, so with us; It was appoint­ed for him first to suffer and be abased, and so to enter into Glory, Luke 24. 26. so for us. Therefore wait for honour and glory, till the due time appointed for it, till the time after this life. In the mean time, in this life, be content to be abased, contemned, despised of men for the Name of Christ, that thou mayest hereafter be exalted and honoured of God, in due time.

Now followeth the time how long he chargeth them to conceal those things which they had seen, viz. Till after he should be risen from the dead. This shews that he did not absolutely forbid them to publish the glo­ry of his Transfiguration; but onely for a time, till after he were risen, &c. Therefore after his Resurrection they might and ought to publish it, and so Peter did as we see 2 Pet. 1. 16.

Quest. Quest. Why not before his Resurrection?

Answ. Answ. See the Answer before, in the former page.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here the undoubted certainty of Christ's Resurrection from the dead, even before it was ful­filled: For here he takes it for granted, that he should not onely suffer death in the due time appointed, but also rise again from death, and that speedily, even the third day after his death, (ut supra praedixer at, cap. 8. 31.) The certainty may appear by these Reasons.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. It was decreed of God long before, even from everlasting. Luke 24. 46. Thus it behooved Christ to suffer and to rise from the dead the third day.

2. It was fore-told by the Prophets, as by David, in the Person of Christ, Psal. 16. 9. My Flesh shall rest in hope, &c. Typified also in Jonah, Mat. 12. 40.

3. Fore-told also by our Saviour himself often before it was fulfilled. So we heard, Chap. 8. 31. and here. So afterward in this Chapter, Ver. 31. and again Chap. 10. 34.

Use. Use. If Christ's Resurrection were so certain before it was fulfilled, much more now after it is fulfilled: This may strengthen our Faith in this Article of Christ's Resurrection, &c. the rather because this Faith of Christ's Resurrection is propria Christianorum; for Turks and Jews believe the death of Christ, onely Christi­ans believe Him to be risen: And upon this also depends all the comfort we have by the death of Christ. See Chap. 8. 31.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That the divine Glory and Majesty of Christ's Person, as he is God, was not to be manifested suddenly, or all at once, but by certain steps and degrees; first more obscurely, and then more clearly and o­penly. The more obscure manifestation of the Glory of his God-head was, 1. By his miracles, both les­ser and greater. 2. By the forced Confession of the Devils themselves, who confessed him to be the Son of God. 3. By the private Confession of the Disciples of Christ, as we heard before, on Ver. 29. of the 8. Chapter. 4. By the glorious Vision of his Transfiguration, shewed privately in the Mount to three of his Disciples; as we have heard before, in this Chapter. The more clear, open, and publick manifestation of his Divine Glory was at the time of his Resurrection from the dead, and afterward in his Ascension into Heaven, Rom. 1. 4. Therefore our Saviour here forbids them to publish the Glory of his Transfiguration, till after his Resurrection.

Reason. Reas. To the end that the Doctrine of his God-head and Truth of his Person, that he was the Messiah might the more easily be believed and embraced.

Ʋse. Ʋse. See the Reason why our Saviour so often forbade his Miracles to be publickly or openly made known, by those upon whom they were wrought; Because the Glory of his God-head was to be manifested by degrees, and that but obscurely, till his Resurrection, &c. For the same cause also he forbad his Disciples [Page 794] to make it known that he was the Son of God, as they confessed him to be, in the thirtieth Verse of the 8th. Chapter.

Now followeth the Title which he gives unto himself, The Son of Man.] Of this see before, in Ver. 31. of Chap. 8.

Mark 9. 10.‘And they kept that saying with themselves; questioning one with another, what the rising from the dead Octob. 15. 1626. should mean.’

HEre is laid down the Obedience yielded by the three Disciples unto the former charge given them by our Saviour touching the concealing of his Transfiguration till after his Resurrection.

Where 1. Their Obedience in concealing the matter, They kept that saying, &c. 2. The Amplificati­on of it by a special Adjunct or Circumstance which accompanied their concealment thereof; They questio­ned one with another, what the rising from the dead should mean.

They kept that saying, &c.] They concealed both the charge given them by Christ, and also the Vision of his Transfiguration, which he charged them to conceal. Luke 9. 36. They kept it close (viz. his Transfiguration) and told no man in those dayes any of those things which they had seen. (Beza sic. [...], Hanc rem.) The mat­ter before spoken of, referring not onely to Christ's charge given them immediately before, but also to the whole History of his Transfiguration▪ before set down: That saying or Speech is put for that matter, after the Hebrew manner of speaking.

They kept it] [...] signifies properly, to hold or keep a thing by force, with labour and pains; to shew, How hard it was for them, so long to conceal this matter. Sic Beza.

Observ. Observ. The Duty of Christ's true Disciples and Servants is to yield Obedience to his Precepts and Com­mandments doing those things he requireth, and refraining those which he forbiddeth. Thus did these three Disciples here obey Christ's Charge and Command given them touching the concealing of the Vision of his Transfiguration: As it is the duty of every Servant to obey the Commandments of his Master, so of Christ's Servants to obey his Precepts. On the contrary, Luke 6. 46. Why call ye me Lord, Lord, and do not the things which I say? Mat. 7. 24. Mat. 28. 19, 20. Go teach all Nations, &c. teaching them to observe whatsoever I have commanded you.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. For Reproof of such as profess themselves to be Christ's Disciples and Servants, and yet do not yield Obedience to his Precepts and Commandments; but on the contrary, do that which is flat contrary to his Commandment: For Example, He commands them to repent of their sins, that they may be forgiven, Luke 24. 47. but they go on still in them without Repentance. He commands them not to swear at all, &c. Matth. 5. yet they live in the Sin of profane and customary Swearing, &c. He commands them to forgive and love their Enemies, and not to seek private revenge; but rather to suffer two injuries than to requite one with the like; but their practice is quite contrary: So far are they from forgiving and loving their Enemies, that they will not put up the least wrong, but seek revenge, and go to Law for trifles, taking malicious cour­ses against others. Again, Christ commands them to seek God's Kingdom and Righteousness in the first place, Matth. 6. 33. On the contrary, they seek this World, and the profits and pleasures of it first. He commands them to deny themselves, and to take up their Cross willingly, &c. Contra, their care is to satisfy their corrupt lusts; and as for the Cross, they abhor and shun nothing more; shewing nothing but unwilling­ness and impatiency.

Use 2 Use 2. To exhort and stir up all that profess to be Christ's Disciples, to make Conscience of Obedience to his Commandments. His Servants we are to whom we obey (as the Apostle saith), therefore if thou be a true Servant of Christ, shew it by thy Obedience to his Will and Commandments, by doing what he commands thee in his Word, and by forbearing to do what he forbids thee: Else never profess to be Christ's Disciple or Servant. It is gross Hypocrisy to call him Lord, and not to do what he commandeth. Take heed of this therefore, and as we call Christ, our Lord and Master; so be careful to shew our selves to be his true Servants by obeying his Will and Commandments.

Now further, in this our Obedience to the Commandments of Christ, some special properties are requisite, that it may be such as it ought to be.

1. It must be a free and voluntary Obedience; not forced, or by compulsion, for that is not accepted of Christ, Now; that it may be free and voluntary, it must proceed from true Love to Christ himself; it must be the Obedience of Love: Joh. 21. 15. Peter, lovest thou me? Then feed my Lambs, &c. 2. It must be an entire or universal Obedience to all the Commandments of Christ, even to such as are most hard and diffi­cult; to such as are most contrary to our Nature, and to our corrupt Wills and Affections, as in denying our selves and mortifying our lusts; in taking up our Cross; in forgiving and loving Enemies, &c. The three Disciples here obeyed Christ's Command, though in a matter hard and difficult; for so it was (as we heard before) to conceal and keep to themselves the glorious Vision of Christ's Transfiguration, and that for so long a time, even till after his Resurrection.

Ʋse. Use. See how needful it is for us to be well-instructed in the Word of Christ, that we may know what he commandeth us; else how can we yield Obedience unto him? Therefore, search the Scriptures which testi­fy of Christ, and come diligently to the publick hearing of his Word.

Now followeth the amplification of the Disciples Obedience in concealing the matter, by a speciall Cir­cumstance accompanying the same, viz. Their questtoning one with another, &c.

Questioning one with another,] or, Debating or disputing the matter between themselves, by mutual Questi­ons and Conference.

What the rising from the dead should mean,] This is not to be understood of the general Resurrection from the dead at the last day; for it is not likely that the Apostles were ignorant of that, seeing that other ordinary Disciples of Christ did know and believe it, (as Martha, Joh. 11. 24.) but it is to be restrained to the Resur­rection of Christ, whereof he made mention to them immediately before. About this they questioned and [Page 595] reasoned together what it should mean; whereby is discovered their great ignorance and dulness to conceive this Doctrine of Christ's Resurrection, notwithstanding that he had so plainly foretold them of it; as we heard, Chap. 8. ver. 31.

Quest. Quest. What was the cause or reason of this their dullness and harduess to conceive this matter of Christ's Resurrection?

Answ. Answ. Because his Resurrection did presuppose his Death (for he could not rise from Death unless he first Dyed); now they could not yet conceive or comprehend how it was possible or likely, that he who was the Son of God and true Messiah, that must save others, should himself suffer Death at the hands of Men. Be­sides that, the Death and Resurrection of Christ could not stand or agree with that Earthly and Temporall Kingdom of the Messiah, which the Disciples, as yet, erroneously supposed and dreamed of, which made the matter so much the harder for them to believe.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the Disciples were so hard to conceive the Truth and Doctrine of Christ's Resurrecti­on; we may learn this, That even the best Christians are by Nature, and of themselves hard to conceive and understand the Mysteries of Faith, and Doctrines of Christ taught in the Gospel. (See before, Chap. 8. ver. 32. and ver. 16.) Luke 18. 34. Though he plainly foretold his Disciples of his Passion and Resurrection; yet it is said, They understood none of these things: and this saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things that were spoken. See Hebr. 5. 11.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The Doctrines of Faith touching Christ and our Salvation by him are above humane reason, and therefore hard to be conceived of us by Nature. Such are the Doctrines of Christ's Incarnation, Death, Resurrection, &c. Hence the Gospel is called a Mystery, 1 Tim. 3. 16.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. There is much ignorance left in the Saints of God in this Life, after their effectuall calling and enlightning by the Spirit of God: 1 Cor. 13. 9. We know but in part.

Use 1 Use 1. To move the best Christians to labour to see, and to be humbled for this their Naturall dulness and hardness to conceive the Doctrines of Christ taught in the Gospel, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what need for us to pray unto God for his Spirit to enlighten our minds to conceive the myste­ries of Faith revealed in the Gospel, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See how needfull for Ministers of the Gospel to strive unto plainness and evidence of the Spirit, in teaching the Doctrine of Christ.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That true Faith and sanctifying Grace in this Life may stand with ignorance in some Points of Christian Faith, at least for a time: The Apostles of Christ, though effectually called and sanctified; yet were ignorant for a time of some main and necessary Points of Christians Faith; as of Christ's Death and Resurrection (as here we see), and in this ignorance they continued till the Death and Resurrection of Christ were fulfilled. So those Women who came to imbalm Christ's Body, &c. they were also igno­rant of the nature and quality of Christ's Kingdom, as He was the Messiah, supposing it to be an earthly Kingdom, &c. as appeareth, Acts 1. 6. Ignorant also they were of the Calling of the Gentiles; and that the distinction of Clean and Unclean was taken away by Christ's coming; as we see in Peter, Acts 10. 14. Acts 18. 25. Apollos was a Believer, and a sanctified Person; and yet was ignorant in some Points of the Doctrine of Christ, having need to be more fully instructed therein by Aquila and Priscilla.

Use. Ʋse. To comfort such Christians as are weak and defective in knowledge of the Word of God, and of the Doctrines of Christian Religion taught therein: Though they be ignorant as yet in some necessary Points of Faith, yet if they have but some degree of knowledge in those Points that are fundamentall, and most necessary to Salvation, and do make conscience to practice those things they know already: there may be true sanctifying grace in them, and consequently they may be good & sound Christians. Nevertheless, this must not make any secure or careless of getting more knowledge in the Word of God: But on the contrary, they must use all good means to grow therein. See Perk. Tom. 1. pag. 128. And pag. 597. touching implicit Faith.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the Disciples being ignorant of Christ's Resurrection, did question and reason to­gether about the same: We may gather, That it is a good and profitable course for Christians to confer and reason together by mutuall questioning one with another about those Points of Christian Religion, whereof they are yet ignorant or doubtfull. A speciall means to increase knowledge, and to come to further resolu­tion in matters of Faith: Thus did the three Disciples in this place. So Luke 24. the two Disciples that journyed from Jerusalem to Emmaus, talked and reasoned together by the way touching the Resurrection of Christ, and the thing which happened at the time of it. So the Woman of Samaria conferred and questi­oned with her Acquaintants in the City concerning Christ, whether he were not the Messiah, &c. Joh. 4. 29.

Ʋse. Use. To move and perswade us to inure and accustom our selvs to this practise of conferring and reasoning together, and mutuall questioning one with another upon all good occasions touching matters of Faith and Religion; especially touching those Points which we are yet ignorant of, or doubtful and unresolved in them: Great is the profit and benefit of such conference, especially for the increase of our knowledge, and setling of our Judgment in matters of Faith and Religion. For experience teacheth, that as in all Arts and Trades they are usually the most expert and skilfull, who use most to conferr with others, and to ask questions about the mystery of their Trade: So also it is in Christian Religion, they are usually the most skilfull, and best grounded in sound knowledge there, who are most forward and frequent in conference with others about the same. Besides that, such holy conference is a speciall means to shut out and banish profane, idle, and un­profitable conference, &c. See then that it is a matter to be lamented now adayes, that such religiou [...] con­ference is so little used among Christians; and that in stead thereof, the greatest part give themselves wholly either to talk of the World, or else to worse communication; yea, even upon the Sabbath-day, &c.

Mark 9. 11. ‘And they asked him; saying, Why say the Scribes that Elias must first come? Octob. 29. 1626.

OF the first Consequent of Christ's Transfiguration ye have heard; The charge given by Him to the three Disciples to conceal the matter till after his Resurrection, together with their obedience, &c.

Now followeth the second Consequent, viz. A Question moved by the same three Disciples to Him concerning the Opinion or Doctrine of the Scribes touching the coming of Elias, and our Saviour's Answer to their Question laid down ver. 11, 12, 13.

  • 1. To speak of his Disciples Question, ver. 11.
  • 2. Of Christ's Answer, ver. 12, 13.

Of the first. They asked him; saying, Why say the Scribes, &c?] The occasion of this their Question seems to be two-fold.

1. Our Saviour having many wayes testified and proved himself to be the Son of God and true Messiah; and the Apostles themselves having also before confessed him so to be, hereupon they wondered how the Doctrine of the Scribes could be true, that Elias should come and live again upon Earth in his own person be­fore the coming of the Messiah; and therefore they move this Question to be resolved further: q. d. If thou be the true Messiah, as thou hast sufficiently declared thy self, and as we believe and have confessed thee to be; then why is not Elias yet come again to live here on Earth, according to the Doctrine of the Scribes?

A second occasion of their moving this Question (as appeareth, Matth. 17. ver. 9, 10.) was this, That our Saviour immediately before had made mention of his Resurrection from the Dead, as a matter not long after to be fulfilled.

Now although they did not yet comprehend the mystery of his Resurrection, but were ignorant thereof (as we heard before, ver. 10.) yet it is most likely, that from the words of Christ they gathered, that at the time of his Resurrection the Glory and Majesty of his Kingdom should begin to be more fully manifested: now because the Scribes taught and held that Elias was first to come and live on Earth again in person before the coming and manifestation of the Kingdom of the Messiah, therefore they demand of Christ, How this Doctrine and Opinion of the Scribes could stand with those words, which he had newly uttered touching the manifestation of his Kingdom and Glory at the time of his Resurrection?

Quest. Quest. But why did not the Disciples before this time move this Question to Christ, seeing they did be­fore this believe him to be the Messiah; and he had also before told them of his Resurrection, which was to be shortly fulfilled?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because now by the Transfiguration of Christ they were more certified then before, that he was the true Messiah; and therefore did the more doubt of the Doctrine of the Scribes touching the coming of Elias.

2. Because they were now newly put in mind of this doubt, by the sudden appearing and vanishing away again of Elias at the time of Christ's Transfiguration. Note that, though this Opinion be attributed to the Scribes as chief Teachers; yet it was the common errour of the Jews.

The Scribes] Touching these see before, who they were, &c. viz. One sort of those who were Authorized and Called to the publick Office of Reading and Expounding the Law of God to the Jews in their Syna­gogues, called sometimes Lawyers. See Chap. 1. 22. and Chap. 7. 1.

That Elias must first come] That is, return to live upon Earth again in his own person, before the coming of the Messiah; and not onely that he must come and live on Earth again, but that he should at his coming be a means to restore the corrupt state of the Church: for this also the Scribes taught, as may appear by Christ's Answer to the Question of the Disciples.

Now this erroneous Doctrine and Opinion of the Scribes was grounded upon the mis-understanding of that place of the Prophet Malachi, Chap. 4. ver. 5, 6. where the Lord promiseth to send Eli [...]ah the Prophet be­fore the great and dreadfull Day of the Lord, &c. Which Prophecy, the Scribes understood literally of the coming of Elias in his own person again; whereas it is meant of John Baptist, who should be the fore-run­ner of Christ, and should come in the Spirit and Power of Elias: as is said, Luke 1. 17. and as our Saviour himself doth interpret the place after, as we shall hear. See also Matth. 11. 14. Like to this errour of the Scribes, is that of Papists touching the coming of Henoch and Elias three years and an half before the end of the World. Grounded upon the false interpretation of that place, Rev. 11. 3.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That Christians may be well grounded in the true Faith and Doctrine of Christ, and yet not able to answer such doubts and difficulties as may arise, or be objected by enemies against the Truth. As here the Disciples of Christ were grounded in the truth of Christ's Person and Office, being throughly per­swaded that he was the true Messiah; and yet they were not able to answer to the contrary Objections of the Scribes, nor to convince or disprove their Errors. This is matter of comfort for such as do hold the sound Truth in main matters of Faith and Religion by warrant from the Word of God (being able from thence to prove the same); though they be not able by reason of their ignorance of some places of Scripture to answer and confute the contrary Doubts & Objections which do arise, or which are alledged against the Truth by Hereticks and Sectaries; as Papists, Anabaptists, Brownists, &c. Though it is a matter necessary to Salvation, for every Christian to understand and believe the Truth in fundamental points of Faith: yet is it not of like necessity for every one to be able to confute the contrary Errours, or to answer all contrary Doubts and Objections of others against the Truth. Ignorance in the main and fundamentall Truths and positive Doctrines of Faith, doth prejudice the Salvation of a Christian; but unability to answer and confute all contrary Errours and Objections, is not prejudicial to the Salvation of any. And yet nevertheless, this hinders not but that every Christian should labour for as much knowledge in the Scriptures as is possible; that so he may not only hold the Truth, but be able also (in some measure at least) to answer and confute the contrary Errours, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Disciples, being doubtful in this matter, and not able to resolve themselves do pro­pound their Doubt unto Christ, their Master, to be resolved by him, not trusting herein to their own Wit, Knowledge, or Judgment; we may hence gather, what is fit for us to do in such Questions, Doubts, or [Page 597] Controversies of Faith and Religion, wherein we are not able to resolve our selves, viz. To propound them unto others that have more Knowledge and Judgment than our selves, and to seek Resolution from them; but especially we are to seek to Christ, that is, to his Word and Ministers: Malach. 2. 7. The Priests lips should keep Knowledge, and they should seek the Law at his Mouth, &c. The Disciples used to go to Christ for Resolution in their Doubts in matters of Faith, whensoever they could not resolve themselves: As Chap. 4. 10. when they could not understand his Parables, they went to him in private, and asked him the meaning of them. So Mat. 24. 3. when they were doubtful about the time of the Destruction of Jerusalem, and of Christ's coming, and the end of the World, they propounded their doubts to Christ. So should we in all our doubts seek to Christ, that is, to his written Word, &c. withal, seek to him by Prayer.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the Scribes, being men of great place and Office amongst the Jews, did hold and teach this grosse Errour touching the personal coming of Elias; we learn, that no outward Calling or Office in the Church, though never so great, doth priviledge or exempt men from Errours in matters of Faith and Religi­on; but such as are of highest Place and Calling in the Church may erre and have erred in matters of Faith. So the Scribes and Pharisees, though men of great Place and Calling in the Church of the Jews, in our Savi­our's time, yet were tainted with many gross and dangerous Errours in matters of Faith; in so much that our Saviour was fain to warn his Disciples to beware of the Leaven of their Errours. Ut supra, Chap. 8. 15. They erred grosly in their Expositions of the Law; as may appear Mat. 7. 5. and Matth. 23. They erred also as grosly in their Opinions of Christ, of his Doctrine and Miracles, as we have often heard before. So also did the High-Priests, and chief Priests, insomuch as they all conspired together with the other Jews to put Christ to death, Joh. 11. 47. Neither is this true onely of those which were open Enemies of Christ; but even of the Apostles themselves: For, although as Apostles, in execution of their Office of Preaching and Writing the Books of the New Testament, they could not erre, being immediately inspired by the Holy Ghost; yet, in the particular matters of Faith, when they were left to themselves, and not enlightned or gui­ded by the Holy Ghost, they were subject to Errour and did erre grosly: As for example, In supposing Christ's Kingdom to be earthly, accompanied with temporal Glory and Prosperity, (as appeareth, Act. 1. 6.) it was the common Errour of all the Apostles. So Act. 10. 14. Peter himself erred in a matter of Faith touch­ing the Calling of the Gentiles, and touching the abrogating of the ceremonial Law about the distinction of clean and unclean meats. And if it were thus with the Apostles, how much more with all their Successours, &c. Hence is it that the most excellent of the ancient Fathers which were of highest place and dignity in the Church had every one their Errours. So those of latter times, Luther, Calvin, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To convince the Pride and Arrogancy of the Pope of Rome, holding himself to be priviledged from Errour in matters of Faith by vertue of his Office: But herein he doth arrogate to himself a Priviledge above all Bishops and Pastors of the Church that ever were before him, yea, above the Apostles themselves; and that without all ground from the Word of God, yea contrary to the same.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. For admonition to such as are of highest Place and Calling in the Church, not to presume too much upon the dignity of their Calling, as if this could exempt them from Errour in matters of Faith; but be hum­ble-minded, and to pray and seek to God continually for the light and direction of his Holy S [...]irit, to lead them into all necessary truth, and to preserve them from contrary Errours: For otherwise, if God leave them to themselves, they may fall into as gross and dangerous Errours as any other, &c.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. This must teach us not to tye our selves to the Judgment or Opinions of men in matters of Faith; not to build our Faith and Religion upon men, though of never so high Place, Calling, or Office in the Church (forasmuch as no outward Calling or Office can exempt any man from Errour), but to build our Faith and Religion only upon the written Word of God, which is the Word of Truth, and cannot deceive or lead us into Errour.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that the ground and cause of this Errour of the Scribes was their mis-understanding of that place of the Prophet Malachy, before alledged; hence we are taught, what is one main cause of all Errours and corrupt Opinions of men, in matters of Faith, viz. The Ignorance or mis­conceiving of the true sense of the Scriptures. See this handled, Chap. 8. 28.

Mark 9. 12.‘And he answered and told them, Eliasverily cometh first, &c. Nov. 19. 1626.

IN this Verse and the next, is laid down our Saviour's Answer to the Question of the three Disciples pro­pounded to him in the former Verse touching the Opinion and Doctrine of the Scribes conce [...]ning the coming of Elias, before the coming and manifestation of the Kingdom of the Messiah. In which Answer our Saviour resolveth the doubt moved by the Disciples, and withal discovereth and confuteth the Errour of the Scribes.

The Answer consisteth of three parts. 1. A Concession or granting of that to be in some sort true which the Scribes taught touching the coming of Elias, that he was indeed to come before the Messiah.

2. A further declaration or shewing both of the end of Elias his coming, or what he should do at his com­ing, He should restore all things: And also what he should suffer, or what ill entertainment he should find in the World at his coming; namely, that he should suffer such abuses at the hands of wicked men, as Christ himself was to suffer according to the Scriptures.

3. A plain discovery and confutation of the Errour of the Scribes, teaching and holding that Elias was not yet come, &c. This our Saviour confuteth by avouching that he was already come, and had suf­fered, &c.

Of the first. He answered and told them, &c.] Though the Disciples, in moving the former Question dis­covered much Ignorance and Weakness, yet our Saviour beareth with them, and gently answereth them, shew­ing himself ready and forward to resolve and satisfy them in the matter they doubted of.

Elias verily cometh first,] q. d. It is true in some sense which the Scribes say, and I grant it to be so, as the Prophet Malachi fore-told, that Elias ought indeed to come first; that is, before the coming of the Messiah. [Page 598] Here note, that our Saviour doth not speak of Elias in that sense as the Scribes did, in affirming that he was to come before the Messiah: For the Scribes understood this of the coming of the Prophet Elias himself in his own Person, to live upon Earth again; but our Saviour, under the Name of Elias understandeth John Baptist, the Fore-runner or Harbinger of Christ, (even as the Propet Malachi also doth Chap. 4. 5. before alledg­ed,) calling him by the Name of Elias, and affirming that this Elias, that is to say, John Baptist ought indeed to come before the Messiah. That this is our Saviour's meaning, is plain and clear Matth. 17. 13. where it is expresly affirmed by the Evangelist, that the Disciples understood our Saviour's words in this sense, viz. That he did not speak of Elias himself in his own Person, but of John Baptist, whom he called by the Name of Elias. So also Mat. 11. 14. All the Prophets and the Law prophesied till John: And if ye will receive it, this is Elias which was for to come.

Quest. Quest. Why doth the Prophet Malachi, in the place before alledged, and our Saviour in this place, call John Baptist by the Name of Elias?

Answ. Answ. This Name is given to John in regard of the resemblance and likeness that was between him and Elias in sundry things.

As 1. In excellency of gifts and graces of the Spirit, in which John Baptist resembled Elias; in which respect it is said Luke 1. 17. that he should go before the Lord, in the Spirit and Power of Elias: Especially, John resembled Elias in his great and fervent Zeal for God's Glory; for as Elias was zealous for the Lord of Hosts, 1 King. 19. 10. and testified his Zeal by reproving Sin, and setting himself against it even in the highest Per­sons, as in King Ahab, and [...]esabell his Wife; so also did John shew his fervent zeal in like manner by repro­ving sin plainly in the greatest Persons; as not only in the Pharisees and Sadduces which came to his Baptism, but also in Herod himself, and Herodias his Wife.

2. John resembled Elias in this, that as Elias living in a very corrupt Age of the Church, wa [...] a special In­strument and means of reforming the abuse and corruptions reigning in those times, and of restoring the de­cayed state of Religion; so also John Baptist was stirred up of God in very corrupt times of the Church, and was appointed as a special means of restoring the corrupt and decayed state thereof, as appeare [...]h by the words immediately following this Text.

3. John resembled Elias in the manner of his outward Life and Conversation amongst men, viz. In the strictness and austerity of it, and particularly in his very Diet and Apparel. As Elias was a man of a strict and spare Diet, as may appear 1 King. 19. 6. so was John also; for his Meat was Locusts and wild-Hony: And as Elias was cloathed in a hairy Garment, in which respect he is said to be a rough or hairy man, and was girt with a Girdle of Leather, 2 King. 1. 8. so also was John Baptist cloathed with Camel's haire, and had a Girdle of a skin about his Loyns, as we heard, Chap. 1. Again, as Elias lived for a time in the Wilderness, whither he was forced to fly for his life, being persecuted by Jesabel; so likewise John Baptist both lived and preached in the Wilderness of Judea, as we heard, Chap. 1.

4. Lastly, as Elias was hated and persecuted by Ahab and Jesabel, and suffered much at their hands for his zeal and faithfulness in his Ministry; so also did John suffer much for the same cause, being hated of Herodias, and imprisoned and put to death by Herod.

Now further, when it is said here; that Elias, that is to say, John Baptist was not onely to come, but to come first: This is to be understood in respect or relation to the time of Christ's Birth or coming into [...]he World, that John was to come before him in time; that is to say, to be born, and to live on Earth before Ch [...]ist, for the space of six Months, (as appeareth, Luke 1. 26. & 36.) as also to exercise his Ministeriall Office of Preaching and Baptising some space of time before Christ himself.

Quest. Quest. Wherefore, or to what end was John Baptist appointed to come before Christ; that is, to be born and to preach before him?

Answ. Answ. That he might be as a Harbinger to prepare the way for Christ; that is, by his Preaching and Mi­nistry to fit and prepare the People of God among the Jews to embrace Christ, a [...] the true Messiah, and to stir them up to believe in him at his coming, Mal▪ 3. 1. Behold, I send my Messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me, &c. So Isa 40. 3. and Luke 1. 17. Now follow Instructions.

General Observation. Our Saviour's readiness to answer the Question and Doubt moved to him by the Disciples touch [...]ng the Doctrine of the Scribes concerning Elias his coming before the Messiah; This should teach us in like manner to be ready and forward to resolve and answer the doubts of others in matters of Faith, or cases of Conscience which they put unto us, so far as we are able, and as occasion is offered: Especially, such as have charge of others Souls, as Ministers of the Word, Parents, Masters of Families, &c. These espe­cially should be ready and forward to resolve and satisfy those of their charge in such Doubts and Questions of Faith and Religion, as they do move unto them, for the better informing of their Judgments, and satisfy­ing of their Consciences. And they are also to do this with mildness of Spirit, bearing with the Ignorance and Weakness of tho [...]e under their charge, as our Saviour did here with his Disciples, &c. Now this shews withal how needful it is for such as have charge of others Souls, to be well-grounded in the sound Knowledg [...] of the Word of God, and especially in the main Points of Christian Religion, that so they might be able (in some measure at least) to resolve th [...] Minds and Consciences of those under their charge in such matters of [...]aith as [...]hey are doubtful in, and desire resolution of. Mal. 2. 7. The Priests lips should preserve Knowledge, &c. So Parents and Masters of Families should be men of Knowledge, &c. So Hu [...]bands ought to dwell with their Wives as men of Knowledge, 1 Pet. 3. 7. See also 1 Cor. 14. 35. Now follow particular In­structions.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Our Saviour yieldeth and granteth so much as was true and agreeable to the Scripture in the Doctrine of the Scribes, viz. That Elias was to come before him, and onely denyeth and confuteth that which was erron [...]ous in their Doctrine; which was this, that they understood the Prophecy of Malachi touching the coming of Elias, to be meant of his coming in Person, &c. This teacheth us how to carry our selves toward Hereticks and false Teachers, in opposing their Errours: That we are so to set our selves against their Errours and Corruptions in Doctrine, that we do not withall deny any part of the Truth which is holden by them; but we are willingly and readily to yield and consent unto them, so far as they hold any [Page 599] Truth, and onely to deny and oppose their Errors: Thus are we to deal at this Day in opposing the Errours of Papists, Lutherans, Anabaptists, Brownists, &c. And to this end, we must labour for knowledge and sound judgment in the Word of God, and in matters of Faith and Religion taught therein; that so we may be able to put difference between the Truth holden by false Teachers, and between those Errours which they mingle with it: and so to imbrace the one, and to deny and oppose the other to the utmost of our Power.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here the dignity and excellency of Christ's Person, even in his first coming and state of Humiliation, in that Elias, that is to say, John Baptist was first to come: and did come before him, as a Harbinger to prepare the way for his coming, and to stir up the People to give due entertaintment to him at his coming. Herein appeared the greatness and excellency of Christ's Person; for this is the manner of Kings and Princes, when they remove or go to any place, to send Harbingers before them, to make known their coming, and to prepare due Lodging and Entertainment for them. Thus did our Saviour Christ, the King of Kings, and Lord of Lords, at his first coming into the World, send John Baptist in the Spirit and Power of Elias, to prepare his way before him, &c. which shews, the excellency of Christ's Person, even in his first coming into the World: for although the manner of his Birth and Coming was in other respects very mean and base; yet in this it was honourable and royall, like the coming of a King, in that he had his Harbinger to go before him, to prepare for his coming and entertainment, &c. This dignity of Christ's person, John Baptist himself (who was his Harbinger) doth acknowledge and professe, a we heard, Chap. 1. 7. There cometh one after me, who is Mightier then I; whose latchet of his Shoos I am not worthy to stoop down and unloose. Now if Christ were so excellent a Person in his first coming, and state of Humiliation; How much more excellent and honourable is he now, being exalted to the right hand of God in Heaven? (See more of this Point before, Chap. 1. ver. 2, & 7.)

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Here we are taught one Priviledge of John Baptist, above all other Ministers of the Church, viz. That he onely of all other was called and appointed to be the Harbinger of Christ, to go before his face, and to prepare the way for him in the hearts of the People of God. This is John Baptist's peculiar privi­ledge above all other Ministers, both of the old and new Testament: In respect of this, Matth. 11. 9. he is said to be more then a Prophet; that is, more excellent then any of the Prophets of the old Testament that lived before him, not simply, in regard of his person; but in regard of his peculiar Office and Calling which he had, to be the fore-runner of Christ. And ver. 11. of this Chapter, in this respect it i [...] said further, That among them that are born of Women, there hath not risen a greater then John Baptist; that is to say, a grea­ter Prophet: as it is expounded, Luke 7. 28.

Quest. Quest. How then is that to be understood which followeth in the same place, That the least in the King­dom of Heaven is greater then he?

Answ. Answ. By the least in the Kingdom of Heaven, is meant, the least Minister in the Gospel that should be Called and Sent of God after the time of the clear manifestation of Christ's Kingdom and Glory; that is to say, after Christ's Resurrection and Ascention into Heaven. Now the least or meanest of such Ministers of the Gospel, is said to be greater then John Baptist, not simply in regard of his person, but in respect of the clear and evident manner of preaching Christ; for whereas John, going before Christ, did not onely preach him that was to come, and to dye and rise again for us afterward: The Apostles and other Ministers, who lived after the fulfilling of all these things, were therefore able to preach Christ more plainly and fully than John Baptist did or could do.

Mark 9. 12.‘And restoreth all things, &c. Dec. 10. 1626.

NOw followeth the second part of Christ's Answer to his Disciples Question, &c. which contains a fur­ther Declaration of that which was to be done and suffered by Elias; that is to say, by John Baptist at his coming.

  • 1. He shews what he should do, He should restore all things.
  • 2. What he should Suffer, such abuses and hard measure as Christ himself was to Suffer. This is implyed (as we shall hear) in the words following: And how it is written, or, as it is written of the Son of Man, &c.

Of the first. And restoreth all things] Matth. 17. 11. He shall restore all things, or set all things in order. The meaning is, that it was appointed of God, and foretold by the Prophets; not onely that John Baptist should-come before Christ, but also that at his coming he should be a speciall instrument and means of resto­ring the corrupted and disordered state of the Church, and of reforming such abuses as should raign in it at his coming. And this is one speciall reason (as we have heard before) why John Baptist is here called Elias and resembled unto him; because as Elias in his time was stirred up to be a speciall Restorer of Religion and true Worship of God, and a means to reform the corrupt state of the Church: So was John Baptist also ap­pointed to be another Elias (as it were) in respect of this restoring the corrupted state of the Church, and of true Religion in his time.

Now further, when it is said here, that Elias, that is, John Baptist coming in the Spirit and Power of Elias, was to restore all things: This is not so to be understood as if John should perfectly accomplish this restauration or reformation of the Church (for that was to be effected by Christ himself at his coming and af­terward), but that John should be an instrument and means to begin, and to make way for this reformation, which was afterward to be more fully accomplished by Christ himself.

Quest. Quest. How, or by what means was John Baptist at his coming, to begin and make way unto this excellent work of restoring the corrupt and disordered state of the Church?

Answ. Answ. Two wayes, 1. By his Doctrine and Ministery.

2. By his example of Life and Practice.

Of the first. He was to be a means of reforming the Church by his Doctrine sundry wayes. 1. By his [Page 600] zealous and sharp reproving of sin in all sorts, especially in such as were the chief Authours of abuses and corruptions; as in the Pharisees and Sadduces; yea, in King Herod himself, &c. 2. By preaching the Doctrine of Repentance, and Reformation of Life to all sorts of persons that had need thereof; as may ap­pear, Matth. 3. 2. and Luke 3. 10, &c. Also Luke 1. 17. 3. By preaching Christ; that is, ex­horting and stirring up the People to imbrace him as the onely true Messiah; and to believe in him, who should come after him to perfect the Reformation of the Church. See Joh. 1. 29, 30.

Of the second. He was to be a means of reforming the Church by the holy example of his Life, in being a speciall and extraordinary pattern of the practise of Repentance and Mortification; for so he was, in regard of strictness and moderation in Dyet, Apparrel, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The state and condition of the visible Church of God upon Earth, is oftentimes tain­ted with great corruptions and disorders; which do get in it, and bear sway in it for a time: so it hath great need of Reformation. Thus was it with the Church of the Jews in John Baptist's time and before; many and great abuses and corruptions were then raigning in it, even in all estates and degrees, as in the Pharisees and Sadduces, Matth. 3. 7. All things almost were out of order, otherwise there had been no need of John Baptist to restore all things. See Luke 3. 10, &c. Where John admonisheth all sorts of People to re­form their Lives; as the common People, the Publicans, the Souldiers: So afterward in our Saviour Christ's time and the Apostles dayes, there remained many and great corruptions in the same Church, notwithstan­ding the Reformation begun by John's Ministery. The chief Teachers and Governours of the Church were very corrupt, both in Doctrine and Life; as the Priests, Scribes, and Pharisees, &c. There were also great corruptions then in the very calling of the Officers and Governours of the Church; the High-Priests Office was become annuall, Joh. 11. 49. whereas by the Law of God it ought to continue in the same person till his Death; yea, some think there were two High-Priests together at the same time, viz. Annas and Caiphas, who did execute the Office by course, Luke 3. 2. (Beza in loc. Vide Scalig. prolegom. in Euseb. qui putat unum tantùm fuisse summum sacerdotem, alterum verò vicarium ejus.) Scribes and Pharisees should all have been of the Tribe of Levi, Deut. 33. 10. On the contrary, Paul and his Father, Acts 23. 6. Phil. 3. 5. were of Benjamin.

Now the Teachers and Governours being so corrupt, there is no doubt but the common People were lit­tle better. So in Elias his time, the Church of God among the Israelties was grown to a very corrupt state and condition. The King had set up Idolatry, and pulled down the true Worship of God, and slain the true Prophets of God; the People were generally corrupted, and fallen away. See 1 King. 19. 14. how Elias compaineth of their Apostacy. So in the Prophet Esay's time, the Church of God among the Jews was grown full of corruptions, Esay 1. 10. The Rulers were Rulers of Sodom, and the People were People of Gomorrah. So afterward in the Prophet Jeremiah's time, a little before the Captivity, there were many and great Corruptions and Disorders grown in the Church, Jer. 6. 13. So in the times since Christ, the Church hath often times been tainted with many and great Corruptions, having great need of restoring: As in the time of the generall prevailing of the Arian Heresie. So afterward in the time of Pope Gregory the seventh, about the year 1073. which was the time of the loosing of Satan, and from thence till Luther's time.

Causes of such Corruptions and Disorders in the Church. 1. Satan, the Arch-enemy of the true Church, who labours continually to corrupt the Church, and to bring it out of order, that so he may hinder Christ's Kingdom: Matth. 13. 39. He is that enemy that soweth tares in the Field of the Church; He stirreth up and sets on work wicked men as his Instruments to bring in abuses and disorders into the Church. 2. Wicked men themselves are the Devil's Instruments, who are willing to be set on work by him; and do labour to do hurt in the Church by bringing in such corruptions and abuses. 3. The negligence of such as are Governours in the Church, in not opposing themselves against such abuses and corruptions in the first rising and spiringing up of them.

Quest. Quest. Why doth the Lord suffer so many and great corruptions to grow up in the Church?

Answ. Answ. 1. For the tryall and manifestation of his Elect and Faithfull People, to distinguish them from Hypocrites and wicked Ones; in that they do not yield and consent to those corruptions (as the Wicked do), but oppose themselves against them: 1 Cor. 11. 19. There must be Heresies, that they that are approved among you may be known.

2. To shew his Power and goodness in preserving his Elect People in the midst of such corruptions and abuses, that they be not drawn away by them.

3. To execute his just Judgment upon the Wicked and Reprobate, (who are willing to be seduced) in giving them up to themselves, and so suffering them to be drawn away with the sins and abuses of the times See 2 Thess. 2. 11, 12.

Use 1 Use 1. See then that there may be a true Church, where many and great corruptions and disorders do raign; and therefore that such corruptions are no sufficient cause why we should separate from the true Church, or refuse to communicate therewith in the holy Ordinances of God; as in publick Ministery of the Word, Sa­craments, Prayer, &c. This is to be remembred against the Brownists, who separate from our Church, be­cause of the abuses and corruptions in it.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This proves against the Papists, that the true Church on Earth is not alwayes gloriously visible; that is to say, in regard of the outward beauty and glory of it. For sometimes it is so deformed and defaced with corruption, that scarce any good outward form or face of a Church can be discerned. So in the times before mentioned, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To teach us not to think strange, or to stumble at it; if in these times the Church of God in some Places and Countries be tainted with many and great abuses: yea, though it be so with this Church wherein we live, for this is no new thing. It hath been often so in former Ages, and with other visible Churches of God upon Earth; therefore wonder not if it be so now, but know that God doth for just causes permit it so to be, as hath been shewed. Withall, let this be our care, to take heed we be not tainted with the corrupti­ons and abuses now raigning in the Church; remembring that warning of the Apostle: 2 Pet. 3. 17. Be­ware lest ye being led away with the Errour of the Wicked, fall from your own stedfastnesse, On the contrary, we [Page 601] are by all means in our severall places, to set our selves against the common corruptions and abuses of the times, and of the Church wherein we live. Magistrates by their Power and Authority, Ministers by their Doctrine and Ministery; all Christians by our prayers to seek reformation of the abuses raigning in the Church, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The special Care and Providence of God over his true Church for the good thereof, in that he hath, in the most corrupt times, used to stir up some special and extraordinary Persons to be Instruments of re­forming the Church, and of restoring the decayed state of it. So here, he sent John Baptist to restore those things which were out of Order in the Church at that time: So, after him our Saviour Christ himself was cal­led and sent of God to perfect the Reformation begun by John's Ministry. So Elias the Prophet was extra­ordinarily stirred up of God, to be a means of reforming the great Abuses and Corruptions then reigning in the Church which was among the Israelites. So, in the time of the Arrian Heresy, God stirred up Athana­sius, Basil, Ambrose, Hierom, and other worthy Fathers of the Church to be means of reforming the Errouts and Abuses then reigning in the Church. So of latter times, when the darkness of Popery did most prevail, God stirred up Wickliff, John Husse, Hierom of Prague, Luther, &c. to be Instruments of restoring the Church by their Preaching and Writings.

Use 1 Use 1. To move us thankfully to acknowledge this provident care of the Lord for his Church, and to bless his Name for it.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Hence gather hope, that the Lord may and will in due time stir up some special Persons in these corrupt times, wherein we live to be Instruments of restoring the decayed state of the Church, and of refor­ming those Abuses and Disorders which reign amongst us: Seeing the Lord hath heretofore used thus to do in the most corrupt times of the Church, there is hope that he will do so now in due time, though as yet he do defer to do it; which should therefore encourage us earnestly to seek to God by Prayer to this end, entreat­ing him to take the Reformation of his Church into his hands at length, and to stir up some speciall Persons that may be as Instruments to bring this to pass. There is great need for us so to do, if we consider the cor­rupt state of the Church at this time; how many and great Corruptions, Abuses, and Disorders do now reign in it, and that in all estates and Degrees, in Magistrates, Ministers, People of all sorts, &c. Oh, what need have we now of some Elias, or John Baptist, to be called and sent of God to reform the Abuses in our Church, to restore things out of Order, &c. So many and great are the Abuses and Corruptions amongst us, that it is unlikely they will be reformed by ordinary means; and therefore we have need earnestly to wish and daily pray unto God to use some extraordinary means to effect it; to stir up some special and extraordinary Per­sons to be instruments and means of reforming the corrupt state of the Church, &c. Let us then daily sollicite the Lord by our Prayers to this end; yea, every one of us. Though it be not in our Power to reform the Church, yet is it in our Power to pray unto God for Reformation of it, and it is our bounden Duty so to do, &c. And to the end the Lord may be moved to stir up some special instruments and means of reforming the Church in general, let us every one be careful first to reform our Selves in particular, and next our Families, as particular Churches.

Mark 9. 12.‘It is written of the Son of Man, that he must suffer many things, &c. Dec. 17. 1626.

NOW followeth what Elias, that is, John Baptist, was to suffer at his coming: This our Saviour shews by comparing his Sufferings with His own which himself was likewise to suffer, according to the Scrip­tures. Where consider two things.

1. Our Saviour's express mentioning or fore-telling of his own Sufferings which he was appointed to suffer not long after, and that according to the Scriptures, in these words, And as it is written of the Son of Man, that he should suffer, &c.

2. A secret intimating or implying of the like things which John Baptist was also appointed to suffer; which though it be not expressed in the words, yet is it to be understood, or else the Sentence is imperfect; q. d. As it is written that the Son of Man (that is, my self) should suffer many things: So likewise is it ap­pointed of God, that John Baptist, my Harbinger or Servant, should be evil entreated, and suffer much hard measure in the World, at his coming. (Vide Gualter. et Jansen. in loc,)

As it is written,] that is, Fore-told in the Writings or Books of the Prophets in the Old Testament.

Quest. Quest. Where, or in what Books of the Prophets was this fore-told?

Answ. Answ. In sundry places, but specially in these: Dan. 9. 26. The Messiah shall be slain or cut off. Isa. 53. throughout the Chapter; He was wounded for our Transgressions; He was bruised for our Imquities; Oppressed and afflicted; He was brought as a Sheep to the slaughter; He was cut off from the Land of the Living; He hath powred out his Soul unto Death, &c. Psal. 22. the very particular manner of his Sufferings was fore-told, Ver. 14. I am powred out like Water, and all my Bones are out of joynt. Ver. 16. They pierced my hands and my feet; I may tell all my Bones, &c. They part my Garments among them, &c.

Son of Man,] that is, Christ himself: This Title He gives himself in respect of his Humane Na­ture, &c.

That he should suffer many things,] that is, Many Afflictions, Miseries, and Punishments laid upon him of God, with many Abuses, Wrongs, and Indignities at the hands of men, and that for the sins of Mankind. (See Chap. 8. ver. 31.)

And be set at nought,] [...], that is, be greatly contemned, vilified, and made nothing of. In the words consider,

1. The Person who was to suffer, The Son of Man. 2. The Sufferings of Christ fore-told by him. 3. The Proof or Confirmation of them by Testimony of Scripture. Of the first I have often spoken before, lately upon Ver. 9.

Observ. 1 Of the second. Observ. 1. The Sufferings of Christ Jesus our Saviour, which he was to suffer for the sins of Mankind, were not one or few, but manifold: Many miseries and punishments were imposed, on him of God, [Page 602] and many abuses and indignities offered him by men, and all for our sakes. Thus was it written of him before­hand by the Prophets, to shew that it was so ordained of God. Touching these manifold Sufferings of Christ, see some Questions answered before, Chap. 8. 31.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See by this the heinousness of our Sins, how offensive to God, and hard to be taken away, and God's Wrath appeased; in that Christ Jesus, the Son of God, must not onely suffer, but so many things. (Vide Chap. 8. 31.)

Use 2 Use 2. To humble us with godly sorrow, &c. (Vide ibid.)

Mark 9. 12.‘And be set at nought. Dec. 24. 1626.

Doct. Doctr. THat one great and principal part of Christ's Sufferings which he was to endure for us, was the great Contempt, Ignominy, and Disgrace amongst men, which he was appointed to suffer. So it is reckoned here, and particularly named as a main part of his Sufferings; yea, this only among all his manifold Sufferings is named, to shew the greatness of it. So in other places. (See before, on Chap. 8. Ver. 31.)

Ʋse. Use. See that it is no easy matter to suffer contempt and disgrace in this World and at the hands of men for Christ's sake, but a hard and grievous triall. One chief part of Christ's Sufferings was to be set at nought. If so hard for him to bear, how much more for us, &c. See Hebr. 11. 36, 37. and 1 Cor. 4. 13. Experience proves this to be hard to Nature; for many can better bear pain, loss of goods, &c. than reproaches, mock­ings, &c. Other Uses see before, Chap. 8. 31.

Now followeth the Proof or Confirmation of Christ's Sufferings by Testimony of Scripture, being fore­told by the Prophets: As it is written, &c.]

Quest. Quest. Where, or in what Books of the Prophets is this written?

Answ. Answ. Vide suprà.

Quest. Quest. Why were the Sufferings of Christ fore-told in the Writings of the Prophets so long before?

Answ. Answ. For these Reasons.

1. That the faithful, who should live at the time of Christ's coming in the Flesh and of his suffering, when they did see these things fulfilled in Christ Jesus alone, might thereupon be moved to believe undoubtedly that he was the true Messiah, and should not look for any other.

2. To teach the Church of God among the Jews what manner of Redeemer and Saviour their Messiah was appointed to be; namely, a spiritual Redeemer and Deliverer, not a temporal King coming in earthly Pomp and Glory; not one that should by force of Arms or external Power deliver them from their Enemies; but such a Redeemer as should save and deliver them from their Sins and the Wrath of God, by suffering death and the greatest contempt and abasement for them.

3. To the end, that when they should see Christ Jesus to suffer these things at the hands of the High-Priests and Pilate, &c. they should not be offended, in as much as he suffered nothing but what was fore-told by the Prophets long before.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The truth and certainty of the Article of Christ's Sufferings; forasmuch as all that he was to suffer was fore-told by the Prophets, and therefore was of necessity to be fulfilled in due time; for other­wise the Predictions of the Prophets should have been found false; but this was impossible in as much as they spake and wrote by the immediate direction and infallible assistance of the Holy Ghost. Therefore it was a matter of necessity in this respect, that Christ should suffer, because otherwise the Prophecies that went before of his Sufferings could not be fulfilled; and this was one special cause why he suffered and was to suffer so many things, that so the Scriptures of the Prophets might be fulfilled, Luke 24. 26. And therefore the Evan­gelists, in setting down the History of the several parts of Christ's Sufferings, do often alledge this cause, that the Scripture might be fulfilled: And for the same cause, though our Saviour had power to have saved himself from death, yet he would not: See Matth. 26. 53, 54. Now, as it was necessary in this respect, that Christ should suffer, because otherwise the Prophecies going before of him could not be fulfilled; so it is as certain that he did in due time actually suffer, as appeareth by the History of the Evangelists, recording the same unto us; which therefore, being compared with the Writings of the Prophets, ought generally to con­firm our Faith in this Article and Doctrine of Christ's Sufferings. Otherwise, that Reproof of Christ Luke 24. 26. will take hold of us; O Fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the Prophets have spoken &c. There­fore labour undoubtedly to believe and rest assured of the Truth of Christ's Sufferings, and of the necessity of them, in regard of the fulfilling of the Prophecies which went before of him: The rather, because this Arti­cle of Christ's Sufferings is the ground of all true comfort against our sins and fear of God's Wrath. For to this end suffered he to make satisfaction to God for our sins, and so deliver us from the guilt and punishment due unto them, as we have heard before.

Mark 9. 12.‘That he must suffer many things, &c. Januar. 7. 1626.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. HEnce gather, that whatsoever Christ suffered or was to suffer for us, it was ordained & ap­pointed of God before-hand, and that it was agreeable to the Counsel and Will of God; for otherwise he would not have in spired and moved the Prophets to fore-tell these Sufferings of Christ, so long before. This therefore shews that it was the Purpose and Will of God, that Christ Jesus his Son should dye and suffer so many things for us: So it is expresly said Act. 2. 23. that he was delivered to death by the determinate Counsel and fore-Knowledge of God. Now, this maketh greatly for our Comfort; For if Christ suffered according to the Counsel and Will of God, then we need not doubt but his Death and Suffe­rings were acceptable and pleasing to God, and consequently effectual to redeem and save us from our sins, and to pacify the Wrath of God towards us: Therefore Ephes. 5. 2. it is said, that Christ gave himself for us [Page 603] an Offering and Sacrifice to God for a sweet smelling savour. The Sufferings of Christ were an acceptable Sacri­fice to God; The reason was, because this Sacrifice was offered according to the Will of God; and Christ Suffered all that he Suffered by his appointment: as appears by this, that God did by his Prophets fore-tell long before whatsoever Christ was to Suffer. Think of this for our comfort, That as Christ hath Suffered many things for us; so he Suffered all according to the Counsell and Will of God, who did fore-tell all those Sufferings long before by his Prophets: and therefore we may be assured, that God could not but ac­cept of the Sufferings of Christ as a satisfaction and full price for our sins. Our comfort stands not simply in the Sufferings of Christ; but in this, that his Sufferings are accepted of God for us, &c. So much of Christ's own Sufferings which himself here expresly mentioneth and fore-telleth.

Now further, by this express mention of his own Sufferings which were to come, he doth hereby secretly imply that in like manner Elias, that is, John Baptist was to Suffer much at his coming; that is, many Abuses and Indignities at the hands of men: And so much is here to be understood by us (though it be not expressed in the Words), for otherwise the sentence seemeth to be imperfect. And by comparing this place of St. Mark, with that Matth. 17. 12. it may appear that our Saviour's purpose in these words was so to compare his own Sufferings and the Sufferings of John together, as to exemplify and prove the one by the other mutually; that is to say, not onely to confirm the Truth of John's Sufferings by example of his own: but also on the other side, to confirm the truth and certainty of his own Sufferings to come, by example of John's Sufferings which were already past. (Jansen. in locum ex Beda.)

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. There must be a conformity and likeness between Christ himself and his faithfull Servants, in Suffering many Afflictions and Miseries in this Life, it is so ordained of God: Our Saviour here implyeth, that as it was written in the Prophets that himself should Suffer many things; so also it was ordained and ap­pointed of God, that John Baptist his faithfull Servant and Harbinger should Suffer in like sort many Abu­ses and Indignities in the World at the hands of wicked men. The same is true of all other faithfull Servants of Christ, that as in other things they must be conformable to the Image of Christ, their Lord and Master: So in this particular of suffering and induring many and great Afflictions and Tryalls in this World, Rom. 8. 39. He that will be Christ's Disciple, must take up his Crosse and follow him; as we have heard, Chap. 8. 34. 1 Pet. 2. 21. Christ in Suffering left us an example, that we should follow his Steps. His Suffering was not onely meritorious, but exemplary; not onely to merit forgiveness of Sins and Salvation for us, but also to be a president of Suffering to us; to shew, that as he Suffered many Afflictions and Miseries for us: So must we be like unto him in Suffering many Crosses, Afflictions, and Tryalls in this World for his sake. The true members of Christ must be conformable to him, their Head; As he Suffered many things before he en­tred into Glory, so must they. Therefore Revel. 1. 9. John professeth himself to be a Companion with the rest of the Faithfull in the Kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ; and not onely in his Kingdom, but in his patience: that is, in the patient Suffering of such Afflictions, as Christ himself Suffered before him.

Use 1 Use 1. See then that if we will be Christ's true Disciples and Servants indeed and truth, as we professe to be; we must make accompt to Suffer many Afflictions and Miseries in this World, as Christ, our Master hath done before us: We must follow him, and be like unto him in Suffering the Crosse, if ever we look to be like him in Glory. Let us therefore prepare and arm our selves daily for the bearing of the Crosse; yea, for the Suffering of many Troubles and Afflictions after the example of Christ our Head: prepare to un­dergo many Abuses, Wrongs, and Indignities in the World as he hath done before thee. To this end, pray and labour for true faith, patience, and Christian courage; without which Graces thou canst never be able to Suffer so many Afflictions and Tryalls as thou must make accompt to Suffer in this World.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This is a ground of comfort and patience to us, to move us willingly and contentedly to take up our Crosse; that is, to submit our selves to the bearing of Troubles and Afflictions in this Life: Seeing it is so ordained of God, and therefore necessary and fit that by this means we should be conformable to Christ our Head, which we should by all means desire to be. Therefore if thou be a good Christian, never be dis­mayed with thy Troubles, nor unwilling to bear them; but rather rejoyce and comfort thy self in them all, with the example of Christ. The more Troubles thou Sufferest, the better; the more like thou art to Christ, who was a man of sorrows: 1 Pet. 4. 12, 13. Think not strange concerning the fiery Tryall, &c. But rejoyce in as much as ye are partakers of Christ's Sufferings, &c. In all thy Troubles thou art a sharer with Christ himself, be glad of this: Phil. 3. 10. Paul counted all things Dung,—that he might know the fellowship of Christ's Sufferings, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. By comparing these words with the former, in that our Saviour having said, that John Baptist should restore all things: now intimateth that he should suffer many abuses and indignities at the hands of [...]en: Hence we may gather, That such as are called of God to be Instruments of restoring the Church, and of reforming abuses in it, do usually meet with many Troubles and Afflictions in the pe [...]formance of that work of restoring and reforming the Church. Thus John Baptist being called and sent to be as a Reforme [...] of the corrupt state of the Church in his time, was appointed also to suffer; and did suffer many Trou­bles in the course of his Ministery, and in accomplishing that work of Reformation which wa [...] to be done by him. So the true Elias in his time, as he was a speciall means of Reforming Religion and the corrupt state of the Church; So in performance hereof, he suffered many things; great Troubles and Persecutions were stirred up against him by Ahab and Jesabel, and by the Idolatrous Israelites, 1 King. 19. Being threat­ned by Jesabel, he was forced to fly into a Wilderness for safety of his Life, to live there for a time; where he grew weary of his Life, as appeareth, ver. 4. And ver. 14. he saies, They sought his life to take it away. So our Saviour Christ and his Apostles, who were also called to be Reformers of the Church, did suffer many things in performance of this work. So in the Ages since the Apostle [...], such Christian Magistrates▪ and such Pastors and Ministers of the Church as have been stirred up to be Reformers of Religion, and [...]f the corrupt state of the Church in their time; have in accomplishing that work, suffered many and great Trou­bles and Afflictions. Constantine the Great, the first Christian Emperour of Rome, and the first Restore: of Religion, and of the decayed state of the Church in his time; did go through many Troubles, as appeareth [Page 604] in the History of Eusebius. So Athanasius, and others who withstood the Arian Heresy, and laboured the Reformation of the Church in their times, &c. So Luther, Melanthon, Calvin, &c. So Queen Elizabeth of late Famous memory here in England, &c.

Use. Ʋse. See that all Christian Magistrates, faithfull Ministers, and other good Christians who in their Places and Callings do labour to reform abuses and disorders in the Church, must make accompt in so doing to meet with many Troubles and Afflictions: For thus it hath been usually with those who have most laboured and sought the Reformation of the Church in their times. They have suffered much for this cause; great oppositions have been made against them by the Devil and his wicked Instruments; great Troubles and Persecutions have been raised against them, to hinder them in that excellent work of Reforming the Church. There­fore every one that in his place sets himself against the abuses of the times, and seeks the Reformation of dis­orders in the Church, whether he be Magistrate, Minister, or other Christian; let him look to meet with many Oppositions and Troubles; let him be sure the Devil and his Instruments will stir against him, and labour to discourage him all they can. The Devil knows well, that such as seek to reform Abuses and Dis­orders in the Church, do hinder his Kingdom; therefore he stirs against them, &c.

Mark 9. 13.‘But I say unto you, that Elias is indeed come, and they have done unto him whatsoever they listed, as Jan. 14. 1626. it is written of him.’

THE third and last part of Christ's Answer to his three Disciples touching the coming of Elias; which contains a discovery and confutation of the Errour of the Scribes, who held that the Prophecy of Ma­lachi touching the coming of Elias, was to be understood of the coming of Elias the Prophet in his own per­son, to live on Earth again before the coming of the Messiah; and consequently, that that Prophecy was not yet fulfilled, nor Elias as yet come.

Now this grosse Errour our Saviour here discovereth and confuteth by avouching the contrary Truth, viz. That Elias was already come, &c.

In the words consider, 1. The manner of our Saviour's avouching this matter against the Scribes, In his own Name and Authority; I say unto you.

2. The matter avouched concerning Elias or John Baptist, which is two-fold.

  • 1. Touching his coming, That he was already come.
  • 2. Touching those things which he was to Suffer at his coming, They had already done to him whatsoever they listed.
  • 3. The Ground or Reason of the coming of John Baptist, viz. The Prophecy of the Scripture which went before of it, As it is written of Him.

Of the first. Observe a difference between the manner of Christ's teaching while he lived on Earth, and the teaching of all other Pastors and Teachers of the Church, whether in the old or new Testament. In that Christ taught in his own Name, as being Lord of his own Doctrine; whereas all other Teachers teach in the Name and by the Authority of another, viz. In the Name of God and of Christ, who calls them and sends them to teach. Of this see before, Chap. 3. ver. 26.

Of the second. The matter here avouched or affirmed by our Saviour touching Elias; that is, John Baptist.

  • 1. That he was indeed come already.
  • 2. That they had done unto him, &c.

Elias] Not Elias the Prophet in his own proper person, but John Baptist, who is called Elias by the Prophet Malachi; because he was to come in the Spirit and Power of Elias, and to resemble him sundry wayes; as we have before heard.

Is indeed come] Hath been already sent of God into the World, or hath already been born and lived in the World, and hath executed his ministeriall Office of preaching and baptizing; and hath also begun the work of restoring the corrupt state of the Church, as was appointed for him to do. More is to be understood than is expressed.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour doth here discover and confute the Errour of the Scribes touching Elias his coming, by avouching the quite contrary unto that which they taught: Hence we may learn, That it is the duty of Pastors and Teachers of the Church, not onely to teach true and sound Doctrine; but also to discover and confute the contrary Errours and corrupt Doctrines of false Teachers. So did our Saviour Christ confute the Errours of the Scribes and Pharisees, as Matth. 5. Their corrupt expositions of the Law. So the Apostles by their preaching and writings did confute the Errours and corrupt Doctrines of false Teachers, And to do this, is one speciall part of the Office of all Pastors and Ministers of the Church: Tit. 1. 9. They must be able, not onely to exhort by sound Doctrine, but also to convince the Gain-sayers: And to stop the mouths of false Teachers, as it is said afterward, ver. 11.

Ʋse. Use. See how needfull for Ministers of the Word to be men of Knowledge and Judgment, able not only to teach the Truth, but to discover and confute contrary Errours by the Word of God: They had need to be like Apollos, Acts 18. 24. mighty in the Scriptures; and to be furnished also with necessary helps of Hu­mane learning, &c.

It followeth. And they have done unto him, &c.]

They] That is, his wicked Enemies; especially Herod and Herodias his Wife, together with the wicked Jews, who (no doubt) were also consenting to those things which were done unto John Baptist.

Have done unto him whatsoever they listed] They have offered such Abuses, Wrongs, and Indignities unto him as themselves pleased; following herein the sway and swing of their own malicious Wills, and outragious Lusts; and desiring to satisfie and fulfill the same.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. What things in particular were those which John Baptist's Enemies did unto him for the satisfy­ing of their own wicked Lusts?

Answ. Answ. They hated and persecuted him; yea, Herod caused him to be apprehended and imprisoned as a Malefactor; and at last to be beheaded in the Prison on a sudden, without being brought to any publike Hearing (which was contrary to all equity and justice); and all this they did unto him for his faithfull dis­charge of his Ministery, especially for his plain and bold reproving of Herod for his sin of incest, in marry­ing with his Brother's Wife; as we have before heard, Chap. 6.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How is it said, They did unto him what they listed; seeing all they did was before decreed and appointed of God?

Answ. Answ. Because they herein had no respect at all to the Counsell and Will of God, but onely to the satis­fying of their own wicked Lusts.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here what reward the faithfull Ministers of God have usually received in the World, and at the hands of Men for their diligence and faithfulnesse in their Ministery; even this, That they have been hated, abused, and persecuted even unto Death for the same. See before, Chap. 6. 17.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That the Lord doth sometimes permit the Wicked and Ungodly to have their Wills, and to satisfie their own wicked Lusts in abusing his faithfull Servants. So here, he Suffered Herod and Herodias to do what they listed unto John Bapist; not onely in Imprisoning him wongfully, but also in putting him to Death being innocent. So he Suffered the Idolatrous and wicked Israelites to have their Wills of the Prophets which were sent unto them, in putting them to the Sword, as Elias complaineth: 1 King. 19. 14, The Children of Israel have forsaken thy Covenant, thrown down thy Altars, and slain thy Prophets with the Sword, &c. So he Suffered the wicked Jews also to abuse & persecute the Prophets, which were sent unto them, even unto Death: 2 Chron. 36. 16. They mocked the Messengers of God,—and misused the Prophets, &c. And Matth. 23. 37. our Saviour reproveth Hierusalem for killing the Prophets: and stoning them which were sent unto Her, &c. All this the Lord suffered them to do unto his holy Prophets. So also he permitted the wicked Jews and Gentiles to have their Wills in abusing and persecuting the Apostles, yea, and Christ himself even unto Death. So Hebr. 11. 36. the Lord suffered the wicked Enemies of his Church to have their Will of those Saints and faithfull Servants of his there mentioned; in mocking, scourging, and im­prisoning them: as also in putting them to sundry kinds of cruell Deaths: Some were stoned, some sawed asunder, some slain with the Sword, &c. This also we may see in the examples of the blessed Martyrs in all Ages, how the Lord suffered their wicked Enemies to have their Wills in abusing and putting them to Death; yea, to sundry kinds of most cruell Deaths. So in the first ten persecutions under the Heathenish Emperours of Rome; so of latter years, as here in England in the reign of Queen Mary, &c.

Quest. Quest. Why doth the Lord suffer the Wicked thus to have their Wills on his Servants, in abusing and putting them to Death?

Answ. Answ. 1. For the greater tryall and exercise of the Faith and Patience of his Saints by this means. So Hebr. 11. 36. They had tryall of cruell mockings, scourgings, and of bonds and imprisonments, &c.

2. That by this means, the sins of the wicked Enemies of the Church being increased, and come to their full measure, the justice of God may be the more manifested in their deserved condemnation: Matth. 23. 32. Fill ye the measure of your Fathers.—And ver. 34. I send unto you Prophets, wise Men, and Scribes; and some of them ye shall kill and crucify, and some ye shall scourge, &c. That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon Earth, from the blood of Abel to the blood of Zacharias, &c.

Here note and remember two Cautions. 1. That although the Lord do suffer the Wicked to have their Wills of his faithfull Servants, yet not absolutely and simply to do what they list unto them; but so far onely as he seeth it to be good and necessary for manifestation of his own Glory, and tryall of his Saints; and no further. 2. That it is to be understood only of the bodies, and outward estate of God's Saints in this Life; that in this respect the Wicked are permitted to have their Wills of them: but not in respect of their Souls, or their spirituall estate. They cannot touch them here.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To teach us not to think strange, or be offended, if at this day we see it to be thus, that the Lord do suffer Wicked and Ungodly men to have their Wills in abusing, disgracing, persecuting his Saints and faithfull Servants even unto Death: This is no new thing, but that which hath been in former Ages. Therefore we must not think strange of it, nor be at all dismayed therewith; but rest in the Will of God, who permitteth this for just causes, both in respect of his Glory, and the good of his Church: Yea, though this be our own case at any time; though the Lord suffer Wicked and Ungodly men at any time to have their Wills of us in abusing, mocking, slandering, persecuting us by Word or Deed; yea, though he should suffer such to persecute us even unto Death, as the Martyrs: yet have we no cause to be dismayed, but to be of good comfort, when we consider that the Lord herein dealeth with us no otherwise then he hath done formerly with others of his most excellent Saints and Servants; as the Prophets, Apostles, Martyrs; yea, Christ him­self. Therefore in this case, submit to God's Will with patience and contentedness; and remember withall for our comfort that though God may suffer the Wicked in some sort to have their Will of us: yet not abso­lutely to do what they list to us, but so much only as the Lord thinketh fit to suffer, and no more; and though they may have some Power over our bodies or outward estate by God's permission, yet none at all over our Souls, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See that we are not to judge any to be rejected or forsaken of God, though they be much abused, disgraced, and persecuted by the Wicked in this Life. For God often permitteth the Wicked thus to have their Wills of his dearest Saints and Servants in respect of their bodies and outward estate, &c. And if we should so judge, we should condemn the holy Prophets, Apostles, Martyrs; yea, Christ himself.

Observ. 3. See here the extream rage and malice of the Wicked against the true Saints and Servants of God, in that they do not onely hate them, and set themselves against them as Enemies, but also do desire and seek to have their Wills of them; that is, to satisfy their own malicious Minds and Wills, in abusing and wrong­ing them all manner of wayes, so far as God permitteth them. They do not desire or care to do what is just and equall to them, but what is pleasing to their own malicious Wills; to do even what they list unto them: that is, to spend the utmost of their malice upon them and against them. Thus Herod and Herodias did even what they listed to John Baptist, they even fulfilled their own malicious Wills against him and upon him, in [Page 606] imprisoning and putting him to Death: Psal. 12. 4. David's Enemies resolve with themselves, that with their Tongues they will prevail against him, &c. So the wicked Jews, though they could all edge no just cause unto Pilate, why our Saviour should be condemned and crucified; yet, to satisfie their own malicious Wills against him, they would needs have it done, that by this means they might wreck their malice and envy upon him to the full: So the persecutors of the Church, &c. And such is the malice and outrage of the wicked often against the Saints of God, that they desire nothing more than to satisfie their own malicious Minds and Wills, by offering unto them the greatest wrongs and abuses which they are any way able.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This should move us to acknowledge and magnify the goodness of God, in curbing and restraining this extream rage and malice of the Wicked against his Saints, and not suffering it so far to break out as other­wise it would. It is God's great mercy to set bounds and limits to this malice of the Wicked, which of it self is boundless, having no measure. For although the Lord do suffer the Wicked sometimes to satisfie their own Wills, and malicious Desires and Purposes against his faithfull Servants: yet he doth not alwayes suffer this, neither doth he at any time absolutely give up his Servants unto the malicious Will of their Enemies; but he so limiteth and restraineth the malice of the Wicked, that they go no further in shewing the same against his Saints, than he doth think good to permit and suffer them. Were it not for this mercy of God in restrai­ning the outragious malice of the Wicked, they would soon devour, and utterly root out the true Church of God from the face of the Earth: Let us therefore bless God, and be truly thankfull for this his goodnesse and mercy.

Now followeth the Ground or Reason of John Baptist's coming, viz. The testimony of the Scriptures which fore-told it.

As it is written of him] That is, As it was fore-told or testifyed before of him in the writings of the Pro­phets in the old Testament. Now these words seem to have relation chiefly to the coming of Elias or John Baptist, mentioned by our Saviour in the first words of this verse, and not so much unto those things which he had suffered at the hands of his wicked Enemies. For we do not read in the Prophets of any expresse mention made of the Sufferings of John Baptist which he should suffer at his coming, but his coming we find to be expresly foretold by the Prophet Malachi, Chap. 4. 5. Behold, I will send you Elijah the Prophet, &c. that is, John Baptist in the Spirit and Power of Elias, &c.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour here affirmeth that the Prophecy of Malachi touching the coming of Elias or John Baptist was already fulfilled and accomplished, that John Baptist was indeed come, and had fulfilled his Ministery as was written of him, &c. Hence gather, That the Scriptures are the true and undoubted Word of God, and not Men's writings only: Inasmuch as the Prophesies contained in them concerning things to come, have been truly and certainly fulfilled in their due time, though many hundred years after; as here the Prophecy of John Baptist his coming before Christ, &c. So also the Prophecy of Christ's coming in the Flesh, and of his Sufferings: The Prophecy of calling the Gentiles by the preaching of the Gospel: The Prophecy of the Jews Captivity in Babylon, and of their Deliverance by means of Cyrus, King of Persia after seventy years: The Prophecy also of the Destruction of Hierusalem and the Temple by the Romans, fore-told by our Saviour, Matth. 24. All these, and many other have been already fulfilled in their due time, though long after they were fore-told; which is one speciall evidence to prove the Scriptures to be the true and undoubted Word of God, indited by his Spirit; for none but God himself could fore-tell those things which are fore-told in Scripture, and which have been hitherto fulfilled so certainly in their due time. This therefore must strengthen our Faith in this main Point touching the truth of the Scriptures to be the very Word of God himself, and cause us undoubtedly to believe all things contained in them. And in particular, it serves to strengthen our Faith touching the fulfilling of those Prophesies of Scripture, which are yet unful­ [...]lled; as namely, touching the calling of the Jews; the destruction of Antichrist; the generall Resurrecti­on of Bodies; and coming of Christ at the last Day to Judgment, &c.

Mark 9. 14, 15.‘And when He came to his Disciples, &c. Janu. 28. 1626.

HEre followeth the second general part of this Chapter, containing the History of a great Miracle wrought by our Saviour in curing a lunatick Child, and in casting the Devil out of the same Child being possessed therewith. This History is laid down from the 14. to the 30. verse of this Chapter. In which we have to consider three things.

  • 1. The Antecedents or Occasions of this great Miracle which went before, and made way unto it, ver. 25.
  • 2. The manner of our Saviour's proceeding in the working of the Miracle, ver. 26, 27.
  • 3. The Event or Consequent which followed, ver. 28, 29.

Of the first. The occasions of the Miracle are sundry. 1. Our Saviour's returning or coming back to his Disciples after his Transfiguration in the Mount, together with some speciall Events or Accidents which happened at his return; as that he found a great Multitude with his Disciples, and the Scribes questioning with them, &c. ver. 14, 15. 2. His questioning with the Scribes touching the matter about which he found them disputing or reasoning with his Disciples, ver. 16. 3. The suit or supplication made unto Christ by the Father of the lunatick and possessed Child, together with Christ's Answer, ver. 17, 18, 19. 4. The conference of our Saviour Christ with the Father about his Son, ver. 21, &c.

Of the second. Christ's return to his Disciples, &c. 1. I will speak of his return or coming unto them. 2. Of the Accidents which were at his coming.

When he came to his Disciples] This is not to be understood of all his Disciples (for three of them, viz. Peter, James, and John were with him before); but of those other nine which were left behind by our Savi­our when he went a part into the Mountain to be Transfigured: now he returneth to them again, either to the place where he left them, or else to some other place (as is likely) where he had appointed them to wait for his return: Luke 9. 39. The time is expressed, That it was the next Day, when they were come down from the [Page 607] Hill; that is so say, the next Day after his Transfiguration, and after that they were come down from the Mount on which he wa [...] Transfigured; whence it may be gathered, That he stayed all the night before with his three Disciples, either in the Mount where he had been Transfigured, or else in some other private place near adjoyning. (Vide Jansen.) Hinc verò colligit Stella, Transfigurationem noctu factam fuisse. (Vide Stellam in Luc. 9. 37.) Vide etiam Caietanum in locum.

Quest. Quest. Wherefore did our Saviour at this time return to his other Disciples?

Answ. Answ. For a two-fold end: 1. That in that place he might take occasion to work this great Miracle for confirmation of his Doctrine. 2. That he might help and comfort his Disciples being at this time in great trouble and distress. For. 1. They were not able by reason of their weakness of Faith, to cast out the Devil from the lunatick and possessed Child, as they had endeavoured to do; which (do doubt) was a matter which greatly perplexed their mind [...], for they could not but fear that this would tend to the great disgrace not only of themselves, but of Christ their Master, and so bring both their Persons and Doctrine into contempt with the People. 2. This trouble was further aggravated by the malice of the Scribes, the enemies of Christ, who when they saw that in Christ's absence his Disciples could not cast out the Devil, did hereupon take occa­sion to reason and dispute against the Disciples, and to cavil and take exception against them for not being able to work that Miracle, which they had assayed to do; as appeareth by the words following in this verse.

Observ. Observ. Christ's provident care over his true Church and faithfull Servants in time of their Troubles and Distresses, in that howsoever he suffer them to come into great Troubles, and for a time doth absent himself: He doth not utterly leave or forsake them therein, but doth in due time or seasonably appear and shew himself for their help and deliverance. Though for a time he seem to forget them, yet at length in due time, and when they have most need of his help he doth use to manifest his presence with them. So here, he took occa­sion at this time especially to return to his Disciples; and suddenly to shew his presence amongst them, to help and comfort them being in great trouble and perplexity, as we have heard. (See before, Chap. 4. 39. and Chap. 6. 50.) So we heard, Chap. 6. 48. That when they were in great trouble and danger, having toyled a great part of the Night to row against the Wind in a storm; he suddenly came walking on the Sea to help them in their greatest Distresse, and in the fittest time that could be wished of them.

Now followeth the special Events or Accidents which fell out at our Saviour's return, or coming again to his Disciples: They are three especially. That he saw a great Multitude gathered together about his Disci­ples. 2. That he found the Scribes questioning with them. 3. The behaviour of the multitude or com­mon People towards Christ at his coming, So soon as they see him, they were amazed, &c.

Of the first. He saw a great Multitude about them] The occasion of this concourse of People flocking about Christ's Disciples at this time, was (no doubt) the fame and report which they had heard both of their Doctrine formerly preached in publike, and also of the Miracles wrought by them; especially at the time of their first sending forth to preach and to work Miracles, as we have heard before, Chap. 3. 13, &c. and as it appeareth, Matth. 10. and Luke 9. The fame of this their former preaching, and working of so great Mi­racles, did (as it is likely) move the People at this time to gather together about them in so great number, that so they might both hear their teaching and conference, and also see the Miracles wrought by them; and particularly this Miracle of casting the Devil out of this lunatick and possessed Child which the Disciples went about to do, but could not effect it. Now although it is probable, That a great part of this People did thus flock unto Christ's Disciples for sinister respects; as for Novelties-sake, out of vain curiosity; or to ca­vil at their Doctrine and Miracles, &c. yet it is also likely, that many of them came with a good affection and desire to reap some spirituall good and profit by the Doctrine taught, and by the Miracles which should be wrought by the Disciples: And this is the more probable, because it is said verse following, That this Multitude testified their good affection to Christ himself, by running to him, and saluting him presently upon his com­ing: It is therefore probable, that they were also well-affected to the Disciples of Christ for their Master's sake.

Observ. Observ. The forwardness of this People in flocking to Christ's Disciples to hear their teaching, and to be eye-witnesses of the Miracles wrought by them for confirmation of their Doctrine, ought stir up us to [...]he like diligence and forwardness in repairing to the publike Ordinances of God; as to the publike Ministery and Sacraments, and to publike prayer in the Congregation upon all occasions; especially upon the Lord's Day, &c. otherwise the zeal of this People shall rise up in Judgment against us for our coldness and slackness in this duty. (See before, Chap. 2. ver. 1. 2.)

Scribes] Were such as were called to publike Office of expounding the Law in the Synagogue of the Jews, (ut saepe dictum.)

It followeth, And the Scribes] It is probable also that the Pharisees joyned with the Scribes, &c.

Questioning with them] That is, reasoning or disputing with the Disciples of Christ. What it was that they disputed or reasoned with them about, may appear by that which followeth, ver. 16. 17, 18. For when our Saviour asked the Scribes what it was about which they questioned with his Disciples, presently one of the company who was Father of the possessed Child made answer, That he had brought his Child to be healed, and to have the Devil cast out of him, and that Christ's Disciples being requested to do it, were not able; which shews, That the matter which the Scribes debated with the Disciples was, concerning their unabi­lity to cast the Devil out of the possessed Child; as also touching the cause and reason why they could not do it: About these things they questioned with them. Now the scope and end of all this disputation of the Scribes with the Disciples, was (doubtlesse) this, That they might, in the absence of Christ, convince and disgrace the Disciples before the Multitude; for that they had made tryall to cast out the Devil, and could not do it. By this means they went about to prove against the Disciples, that they had not the Divine Gift or Power of working Miracles conferred on them (as they professed to have); but that all the Miracles for­merly wrought by them, were wrought rather by the help of the Devil: This they (no doubt) laboured to prove against the Disciples, and to perswade all the People as much; that so they might bring both the Dis­ciples themselves and their Doctrine, as also Christ himself and the Gospel, into contempt and disgrace with the People.

Mark 9. 14. ‘And when He came to his Disciples, &c. Febr. 4. 1626.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. THat such, as for their Place and Calling in the Church, ought to be the chief Friends and Favourers of Christ, and of his faithfull Servants; are oftentimes the greatest Eenemies of Christ and his Servants, and so do shew themselves. So here the Scribes and Pharisees, who should have been foremost in defending and countenancing the Disciples of Christ, in their Master's absence, and in excu­sing this their defect and fayling at this time in the working of this Miracle; these were on the contrary most forward of all others to oppose them, reasoning and disputing against them; and cavilling at them for this matter, thereby to disgrace both them and their Doctrine, and also Christ their Master, before the People: the common People did not onely oppose themselves, but the Scribes. So at other times also, these Scribes and Pharisees were foremost in opposing Christ and his Disciples, &c. See this Point before handled, Chap. 7. ver. 1.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that these Scribes watched this time to sett upon Christ's Disciples, by reasoning and dis­puting with them when Christ was absent; that so in the absence of their Master, they being destitute of his help, might be the more easily convinced and disgraced, and that before all the People: Hence observe the craft and policy of the wicked Enemies of Christ and his Truth, That they seek all advantages against the faithfull Servants of Christ, and against the Truth and Doctrine it self which they profess; they watch all oc­casions to bring both the Gospel it self and such as professe it into contempt and disgrace. They neglect no opportunity of doing this, they omitt no occasion or advantage which may further them herein: Hence it is, That they use to oppose and set themselves against the professors of the Truth at such times, especially when they are weakest and most unable to defend their own cause, and the cause of the Gospel: Hence also it is, That they use commonly to bend their malice and forces against such persons in the Church, as are weakest and least able to withstand them; as here, the Scribes and Pharisees did not set upon Christ to dispute with him, but upon his Disciples, (in his absence) whom they perceived to be as yet but weak in knowledge, and therefore not so well able to answer or confute their Cavils and Objections. So false Teachers, as Pa­pists, Anabaptists, &c. are wont to set upon the weakest, &c. 2 Tim. 3. 6. This craft and policy the Enemies of Christ and of his Church have learned of the Devil, their Master, who sets them on work: for so he useth to take advange from the weakness of those whom he tempteth, and from the time and place when and where he assaulteth them. Thus he set upon Eve first, being the weakest, and that when she was alone, Gen. 3. And so he set upon our Saviour when he was alone in the Wilderness, and his Body much weakened with fasting fourty dayes, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To teach us to walk wisely and circumspectly toward those that are without, Col. 4. 5. that is, to­ward the wicked Enemies of Christ and his Truth: so as we be carefull not to give them any advantage to bring us or the Doctrine and Truth which we professe into disgrace. To this end, take heed of discovering or laying open our own infirmities and weaknesses before such Enemies of the Gospel, lest they take occa­sion hereby to disgrace both us and our profession, and the Gospel it self. The more politick they are to seek advantages, the more wise must we be to prevent them, and not to give advantage.

Use 2 Use 2. This must also teach us to be no less wise and politick, but rather much more in taking all advantages and opportunities to defend the Truth and Doctrine of Christ; and the professours and maintainers of it, against all the wicked Adversaries thereof. This is a good and Christian policy and wisdom to be laboured for, and practised of us: If the Devil and his Instruments be so cunning and politick in seeking all advan­tage to oppose and hinder the Truth, and to disgrace the professors of it; much more ought we to be wise in seeking all advantages to maintain the same, in watching all opportunities of time and Place to speak in de­fence of good Men, and good Causes, &c. Then to speak for the Truth and Religion of Christ, and for professors of it; when we may do most good, and win most credit to the same.

Mark 9. 15.‘And straightway all the People, when they beheld him, were greatly amazed, and running to him, Febr. 11. 1626. saluted him.’

THE third speciall Accident which fell out at our Saviour's return or coming again to his Disciples: The behaviour of the common People towards him.

And, 1. Is shewed, how they were affected at his coming, That so soon as they saw, they were greatly amazed.

2. Their outward carriage towards him, That they ran to him, and saluted him.

Of the first. They were greatly amazed] Or astonished with admiration at the sight of him.

Quest. Quest. What was the cause of this admiration and astonishment in the People?

Answ. Answ. Some think there was some brightnesse yet remaining and shining in his face after his late Trans­figuration, which did astonish the People; even as the face of Moses did shine before the People after his talking with God in the Mount, Exod. 34. 35. But this is uncertain, whether it were so now with Christ; although it may seem not altogether unlikely. But it is more probable as others think, That this astonishment of the People was caused by the suddenness and unexpectednesse of Christ's coming unto his Disciples, and to the Multitude, assembled at this time; that they were stricken with great admiration & astonishment to see him come, and to appear to them so suddenly and unexpectedly, whereas (it is likely) they knew not before where he was, nor from whence he now came: It is also likely, That they were the more astonished; because he came so fitly, and in such due season to help his Disciples in working the Miracle upon the possessed Child, and to defend them against the Cavils of the Scribes; as if he knew before-hand in what trouble and distresse his Disciples were, as indeed he did.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The Lord doth many times afford very sudden and unexpected help, comfort, and deliverance to his faithfull Servants being in trouble; insomuch that themselves and others taking notice thereof, are [Page 609] even astonished with admiration and wonder at it. So here, Christ came and appeared to help and comfort his Disciples being in trouble; He came (I say) to help and deliver them so suddenly and unexpectedly, that the Multitude then present, were amazed with wonder at the sight of it: So also were the Disciples them­selves, as is likely. So before, Chap. 6. ver. 51. when they were in great trouble and danger upon the Wa­ter in a Storm, and in the night-time; he came so suddenly to help them, and to lay the Storm, That themselves were amazed beyond measure, and wondered thereat. So Joh. 21. 4. So Acts 12. 16. Peter being imprisoned, and in danger of being put to Death, the Lord did deliver him so suddenly and unexpectedly, that the Dis­ciples were astonished at the sight of him, being come out of the Prison.

Use. Use. To comfort and stay the minds of the godly in the midst of greatest Troubles and Distresses when they see no hope or likelihood in humane reason that they shall be helped or delivered; when they see no means of deliverance, but all things seem to make against them: For even then, when they least expect deliverance or comfort, then may the Lord suddenly vouchsafe it to them; when they least expect or think of his coming to help and deliver them, then may he come to them by deliverance. Thus hath he often done, and useth to do unto his Saints and Children in midst of their greatest Troubles, suddenly and unexpectedly to reveal comfort to them: Psal. 112. 4. To the upright ariseth light in darkenss. As a little before break of Day, when the darknesse is greatest, then suddenly the dawning begins to break up. So here, &c. Or as it com­eth sometimes to passe, that in the midst of a very dark and gloomy Day, the light of the Sun breaketh forth through the Clouds suddenly.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is good for us to be affected with admiration at those sudden and strange Accidents which fall out by God's speciall providence, and whereof we take notice: As when any unexpected mercy or deli­verance happeneth to any, or when any sudden or strange Judgment befalleth another; These and the like strange and unwonted Accidents we are not to pass over leightly, but to be affected with admiration of them; yet so as we rest not in them: but withall, make a holy use of them, &c. (See Chap. 6. ver. 51.)

Now followeth the second part of their behaviour, They ran unto him, and saluted him] Luke 9. 37. It is said, Great Multitudes met him: whence it may be gathered, That they did not stay till he came unto them; but that so soon as they espyed him coming, they ran to meet with him by the way, and so meeting with him, saluted him, thereby shewing their gladness for his coming.

Now by this carriage and behaviour toward Christ, this common People testified both their love and good will, and also their reverent respect towards him; their love, in being so forward to salute him; which shewed them to be glad of his coming: and their reverent respect, in running to meet him by the way.

Quest. Quest. What moved the People to shew such love and respect unto Christ?

Answ. Answ. There might be sundry causes to move them: especially two.

1. The excellent Gifts and Graces which appear to be in him: as his singular Knowledge and Wisdom, his zeal for God's Glory, his excellent Gift in teaching them, and working Miracles, &c. These, and the like Graces which were in our Saviour Christ; this People having formerly discerned and taking notice of, either by their own experience, or by report from others, were hereby moved to love and reverence him.

2. The holiness and uprightness which appeared in the Life and Conversation of our Saviour: This also moved the People so much to love and reverence him. And although they did not yet know or believe him to be the Son of God, but conceived him to be a meer man (as in outward appearance he seemed); yet they could not but think him to be some great and excellent Prophet, sent of God to instruct and teach them in hea­venly knowledge, and to confirm his Doctrine by Miracles.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. From the example and practice of this common People here shewing so much love and reve­rence unto Christ, (whom they conceived to be a speciall Prophet of God sent unto them); we may hence learn a two-fold Duty which the People of God owe to the faithfull Messengers and Ministers of God, es­pecially to their own Pastors. 1. The duty of Love, to imbrace them with the affection of true and un­fained Love; yea, with a speciall and singular Love, in regard of the great and extraordinary good which they reap by their Ministery: 1 Thess. 5. 12. We beseech you, Brethren, to know them which labour among you, and are over you, &c. And to esteem them very highly in love for their works sake, &c. This love they are to shew by the true Fruits and Testimonies of it; as by speaking well of them, and doing them all the good they can; by defending their good Name against the slanders of others, &c. by loving and delighting in their society and company, and not shuning them as strangers, as the manner of some is: This People were glad at the very sight of Christ, &c. 2. The duty of reverence and due respect to their Pastors and Mi­nisters, esteeming well of them in their heart, and shewing it by outward testimonies, required by the Apostle: 1 Tim. 5. 17. The Elders that Rule well are worthy of double honour, especially such as labour in the Word and Doctrine. Gal. 4. 14. They received Paul as an Angel; yea, as Christ himself. The People here shewed their reverent respect to Christ, by going to meet him as he was coming.

Use. Use. To reprove such as fail and come short in these Duties toward the faithfull Ministers of God, especi­ally toward their own Pastors. Touching the duty of Love, how great failing is there in many now adayes? Some being so far from shewing speciall and singular love to their own Pastor, that they scarce shew him or­dinary or common love; will scarce do him an ordinary kindness without grudging: they carry themselves as strangers to him, scarce vouchsafing to speak to him, &c. others shew love for a time, but not constant­ly; so long as they may gain by their Ministery, no longer. Others, instead of love, bear hatred and grudge against their Minister, because he admonisheth them of their sins. So for the other duty of reverence and due respect to God's Ministers, how many also fail in this? Do not many contemn and set leight by their Ministers, even by such as labour amongst them in the Word and Doctrine, whom they ought to esteem highly of, and to accompt them worthy of all honour, &c. yet they stick not to think and speak sleightly of them as of ordinary persons; yea, to despise and reproach them to their faces, quite forgetting that of our Saviour Christ, Luke 10. 15. He that despiseth you, despiseth me, &c. Let such as are guilty of this sin, take notice of it, and be truly humbled, and repent of it; lest otherwise the contempt of the Minister's person, do at length and by degree bring them to a contempt and lothing of his Doctrine and Ministery, and then little hope will there be of their profiting by the same.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here also in Christ's example, the duty of all Pastors and Ministers of the Church, viz. to endeavour so to carry themselves, both in their Doctrine and Ministery, as also in their Life and Conver­sation, that they may procure truel love and reverence from their People. Thus did our Saviour while he li­ved on Earth, so carry himself both in his publike Ministery, and in his whole Life and Conversation; that he was both loved and reverenced of the People, as here we see: So likewise ought all God's Ministers. And to this end, they must not onely be diligent and faithfull in their Ministery; but withall, labour to go be­fore their People by the holy example of their own Life and Practice. This is the best, and onely way to procure both love and reverence from their People; and to maintain the authority and credit both of their Persons and of their Ministery, which every Minister of God ought most carefully to do: 1 Tim. 4. 12. Let no man despise thy youth; but be thou an example of the Believers, in Word, in Conversation, in Charity, in Spi­rit, in Faith, in Purity. Thus did John Baptist maintain the credit of his Ministery, and procure both love and reverence even from Herod himself, Mark 6. 20. Herod feared John, knowing that he was a just man, and an holy, &c. and heard him gladly.

It followeth, Ver. 16. And he asked the Scribes, &c.]

The second speciall or principall occasion of the Miracle following, is, Our Saviour's questioning with the Scribes about the matter or cause of the disputation between them and his Disciples. For he, finding the Scribes disputing or reasoning with his Disciples, turned himself to them, expostulating thus with them:

What question ye with them?] That is, what is the matter that ye are disputing or debating with my Disci­ples? Some read the words thus, What question ye among your selves? And if we so read them, they are to be understood a spoken both to the Scribes and to the Disciples; though chiefly to the Scribes: But the for­mer reading seemeth best and fittest, and therefore I follow that.

Now our Saviour did not ask this Question of the Scribes, as if he were ignorant of the matter, (for he knew well enough before he asked, what it was which they were debating with his Disciples;) but for other cause and ends. As, 1. That he might hereby shew that he took upon him the defence of his Disciples, and of their just cause, and of the Truth and Gospel it self, against the cavils of the Scribes. 2. That he might by this Question convince and reprove the Scribes, and put them to silence. 3. That he might give occasion to the Father of the possessed Child to make suit to him for his Child, as he doth verse following, and so make way unto the working of the Miracle.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That we ought to be ready on all good occasions to speak in defence of the truth of God, and of his faithfull Servants which profess and maintain the Truth against the Enemies thereof. Thus our Saviour Christ at this time was ready and forward to speak in defence of his Disciples, and of the Truth it self which the Scribes laboured to oppose and disgrace. So at other times, when the Scribes and Pharisees cavilled and took exceptions wongfully against his Disciples, labouring to disgrace both them and the Gospel it self which they professed: our Saviour took upon him their defence, and was forward to speak in their just cause. So be­fore we heard, Chap. 2. 25. when they cavilled at them for plucking ears of Corn on the Sabbath to quench their present hunger, Christ spake in their defence, &c. So in the same Chapter, ver. 19, &c. when they took exceptions at his Disciples for not fasting as John's Disciples did, he answers for them. In like manner ought we to be ready on all occasions to speak in defence of the Truth, and of such as professe the same, when we see them and the Truth it self to be opposed by the adversa [...]ies thereof; as by false Teachers, Hereticks, Papists, Anabaptists, &c. Thus did the blessed Martyrs: By this we shew zeal for God's Glory. Especially this Duty is required of such as are in publike Place, and Authority in the Church; as of Magistrates and Ministers of the Church. These above all other should be forward to speak in defence of the Truth, and of the true faithfull Servants of God which professe it, when they see them to be opposed by the wicked Ene­mies of the Truth: 2 Cor. 13. 8. Paul saies, We can do nothing against the Truth, but for the Truth: which shews, what is the duty of all Pastors and Ministers of the Church; viz. To stand for maintenance of the Truth; and therefore to be ready and forward to speak in defence of it, when occasion is offered. This was co [...]endable in Gamaliel, though a Pharisee; and as yet no true friend to the Gospel: when the Apostles and their Doctrine was opposed and persecuted by the High-Priest and Council of the Jew, insomuch that they conspired together to put the Apostles to Death for preaching; then did Gamaliel stand up and speak in defence of the Apostles, although he did not so thoroughly defend their cause as he should have done, Acts 5. 34.

Use. Use. For reproof of such as are slack and backward to speak in defence of God's Truth, and of his faithfull Servants professing the same; when they see them opposed, or like to be disgraced by wicked men: and in ste [...]d hereof, do by their silence betray the Truth and professors of it into the hands of wicked Enemies and Adversaries: What is this but to betray the cause of God? yea, what is it else in effect and upon the mat­ter, but (secretly and indirectly at the least) to deny the Truth of God; when, being called to profess it, and to speak in defence of it and of the Professors of it, they are silent, and hold their peace. See 2 Tim. 4. 16. Let every one take heed of such untimely silence in the cause of God and of his Truth; remember that fearfull threatning of our Saviour, Matth. 20. 33. Whosoever shall deny me before men, &c. Now this is one kind of denyall of Christ, when we see his Truth and Gospel, and the Professors of it opposed and dis­graced by the Wicked, and do not open our mouths in the just defence both of them and the Truth. Take heed of being guilty herein; and on the contrary, pray for zeal and courage to stand for the Truth of God, and to open our mouths in defence of it, when we shall be called to do it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour did thus expostulate with the Scribes, not onely in way of defending his Disciples and the Gospel it self (which the Scribes went about to disgrace); but also for the better convin­cing and reproving of the Scribes, and to stop their mouths: Hence we may learn, That it is our duty not onely to maintain and defend the Truth of God; but also to use the best means we can for the convincing and stopping of the mouths of such as are Enemies to the Truth: Especially this concerneth Mi­nisters of the Word. But of this see before, upon ver. 13.

Mark 9. 17, 18:‘And one of the Multitude answered and said, Master, I have brought unto thee my Son, which Febr. 18. 1626. hath a dumb Spirit: &c.

OF the two first occasions of the Miracle, we have heard before, viz.

  • 1. Of our Saviour Christ's returning back, and coming again to those nine Disciples of his whom he left behind him, when he went into the Mount to be transfigured.
  • 2. Of his Question or Demand put unto the Scribes touching the matter or cause about which he found them disputing with his Disciples.

Now followeth the third occasion of the Miracle, viz. The sure or supplication made unto Christ, by the Father of the Child that was possessed with the Devil, in behalf of his Child; which sute and request he put up unto Christ in way of Answer to that Question moved by our Saviour unto the Scribes, in the former Verse: For he asking the Scribes what was the matter about which they were then reasoning or debating with his Disciples, and both the Scribes and the Disciples being hereupon silent, and answering nothing (as it seemeth), presently the Father of the possessed Child being much affected with his Child's case, makes haste to speak and to make sute to our Saviour in behalf of his Child; and withal by way of Answer unto Chri [...]t's Question moved to the Scribes, doth imply what the matter was, about which they disputed with the Disci­ples; namely, about the casting of the Devil out of his Child, which he saith he had sought to the Disciples to do, and they could not effect it.

Now, in this sute or supplication, put up here unto Christ by this party in the behalf of his afflicted Child, two things are to be considered:

1. The manner of his speaking, In humble and reverent manner, expressed by this honourable title which he gives to Christ, calling him Master.

2. The matter of his Speech or Supplication, which consisteth of two parts: 1. He doth acquaint our Saviour that he had brought unto Him his Son. 2. He useth a two-fold Motive unto Christ to shew mer­cy on his Child; 1. From the grievous Misery and Affliction of his Child, which he layeth open unto Christ, certifying him that he had a Devil, and relating the pitiful manner of the Devil's taking and torment­ing him. 2. From the unability of the Disciples to cast out the Devil, in that he had sought to them to do it, and they were not able.

Of the first. The manner of his speaking; Master,] or, Lord, Matth. 17. 15. A title of honour and reverence, by which he testifieth his Humility and Reverence toward the Person of Christ: Matth. 17. 14. it is said, he fell upon his Knees before Christ; which it is likely he did, not onely in way of civil reverence, but as a Token of some religious honour and worship which he shewed toward the Person of Christ: For although it is probable, that he was not yet throughly instructed in the God-head of Christ; yet it is likely that he did in part believe it, being perswaded that he was more than a meer man, and that he had a Di­vine Power and Ability to work Miracles; for otherwise he would not have thus made sute to Him for his Child.

Observ. Observ. In that the Father of this possessed Child, though not as yet throughly instructed in the God-head of Christ, but in part onely believing it and being perswaded of his Divine Power, did nevertheless behave himself in such humble and reverent manner before Christ, when he made sute to him for his Child; Hence we may learn, that we ought much more to carry our selves in all humble and reverent manner in time of Prayer, whensoever we put up our sutes and supplications unto God, and unto Christ being now in Heaven, &c. Our hearts must be inwardly affected with due reverence of the Majesty of God and of Christ, in time of Prayer; and we are also to expresse it by outward reverence in our words and gesture [...], &c. But of this I spake lately upon the Preface of the Lord's Prayer. (See also before, in Ver. 40. of Chap. 1. and Chap. 7. Ver. 25.)

Now followeth the matter or substance of the Speech and Supplication of this party unto Christ for his afflicted Child: Wherein he acquainteth our Saviour that he had brought unto Him his Son.

I have brought unto thee my Son,] His meaning is, that he had brought him to some place near to or not far off from the place where Christ now was; for he had not yet brought him before Christ, or into his sight and presence, as may aappear by that which followeth, Ver. 19, 20. Luke 9. 38. he calls him his onely Child, whereby he doth amplify the matter, aggravating his own sorrow, the more to move our Saviour to shew mer­cy to the Child, being not only his Son, but his onely Son; yea, his onely Child, as is probable: Matth. 17. 15. Lord, have mercy upon my Son, &c.

Observ. Observ. Parents ought not only to be affected with the outward bodily Afflictions and Miseries of their Children, but also to take special care of them, using the best means for their help and relief; as in sickness, pain, necessity, &c. So did the Father of this possessed Child, as he was much affected with grief and com­passion toward his Child (as appears by his manner of speaking to Christ); so he shewed his care in bring­ing him to Christ, and making sute to him to dispossess and heal him. See before, on the 26th Verse of the 7th Chapter.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. For reproof of such unnatural Parents, who are not so affected with the outward miseries of their Children, as they should be; neither are they careful in using means for their relief and help, but let them alone in their miseries, neglecting the means appointed of God for their Childrens good. Some are so hard-hearted as to see their Children lye sick and in pain, and will scarce be at the trouble and cost to send to the Physitian for them; nor to the Chirurgion, when their Children are lame or impotent, &c. Others can see their Children to be in want of necessary Food or Rayment, and have little care to provide for them as is fit, and according to their ability and means: Yea, some Parents are worse, who, in stead of using means for the help and relief of their Children in such miseries, do add affliction to the affliction of their Children, by unjust provoking and grieving their Children in their sickness, weakness, &c. How unnaturall are such Parents? Worse than brute Beasts in this respect: Let such know, that this want of natural Affe­ction is condemned by the Apostle, Rom. 1. 31. among the sins of the profane Heathen, and therefore should be far from Christians.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. If Parents ought to be affected with the bodily Afflictions of their Children, and to use the best means for their help and relief therein; then how much more in their spiritual Miseries and Necessities, &c. (Se chap. 5. 23, 24.)

Now followeth the Motives and Reasons which the father of this child useth to move our Saviour to take pitty of his child. And, 1. He alledgeth the lamentable affliction and misery in which his child now was, being possessed with a Devil; which misery of this child he further amplyfieth, and layeth open to Christ in the verse following, by relating the particular manner of the Devils taking and tormenting of his child by fits, and at certain times.

Who hath a dumb Spirit] His meaning is, That he was bodily possessed with an evil Spirit, or with a Devil which was entred into him, and held possession of the powers of his body. (See before, chap. 1. 23. how the Devil is said to enter into Men): Which also had stricken the child with dumbness, depriving him of the use of his Speech; for which cause he was called a dumb Spirit: And ver. 25. he is called a Dumb and Deaf Spirit; which shews, That this evil Spirit being entred, and having gotten possession in the body of the child, had also stricken it both Dumb and Deaf: Matth. 17. 15. He is said to be lunatick: now lu­natick persons are such as are stricken in their senses, or taken with some kind of frenzy or madnesse at certain times of the Moon; whence they are called Lunaticks from the latine word Luna, signifying the Moon: and such lunatick fits do proceed from the distemper of the blood, and naturall humours of the Body. Hence therefore it may be gathered, That this child was not onely possessed with a Devil, which made him both Dumb and Deaf, but also that he was distempered with a lunacy, or kind of madness, which took him by fits at certain times of the Moon, and was caused partly by the distemper of the natural humours of the hody, and partly by the Devil's power stirring up, and working upon those humors of the Body.

Now followeth the Points of Instruction, in which (as also in those that are to be gathered from the residue of the History of this Miracle) I purpose to be the more brief, because many of them I have had occasion before to speak of in handling the like Miracles of our Saviour.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That the Devil by God's permission hath Power really to enter into the Bodies of mankind; that is to say, into the bodies of Men, Women, or Children; and to hold possession in them, working and moving in them at his Will and Pleasure: yea, in the Bodies of good men and women, and of the children of such. So he entred into the body of this child, and held possession in it. So in the bodies of many others, especially in our Saviour Christ's time, and in the dayes of the Apostles, in which times the Lord did permit and suffer the Devil to have this Power more commonly and ordinarily than now he doth; and that for speciall cause, that there might be the more occasion for our Saviour Christ and his Apostles, and some others also who had the gift of working Miracles, to exercise & shew forth the same in the casting out of Devils from such as were possessed, and that for the confirmation of the Doctrine of the Gospel. And although this possession of mens bodies by the Devil was most frequent and usuall in those times of our Saviour Christ and the Apostles; yet in the Times and Ages succeeding, even unto this Day the Devil hath sometimes had and exercised this Power over the bodies of men by God's permission, as may appear in Histories of the Church. (See before upon chap. 1. ver. 23.)

Use. Use. See what cause for us to be thankfull unto God, for that he hath appointed us to live in this age of the Church, in which this Power of the Devil is much restrained; so as he doth not so commonly exercise and shew it as heretofore, and for that the Lord hath hitherto kept us and ours from this Power of the Devil, not giving up our bodies to be possessed of him. Especially, we shall find cause to be thankfull to God for [...]his mercy, if we consider that our sins do deserve that he should even now give up us and ours to this Power of Satan, as he did so many of the Jews in our Saviour's time: our sins as are great as theirs, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this evil Spirit which was in the Child, is called a dumb Spirit; because he had stricken the Child with dumbness, depriving him of the use of his Speech: Hence we learn, That the Devil hath Power by God's permission not only to enter into the bodies of men or children, and to possesse them; but also being in them to annoy and hurt the powers and faculties of nature in them, hindring the operation and working of them: he hath power to strike them in their bodily senses, and to deprive them of the use of them and their Speech, &c. But of this there will be more fit occasion to speak afterward, ver. 25.

It followeth, Ver. 18. And wheresoever he taketh him, &c.] Here the father of this possessed and lunatick child doth further lay open unto our Saviour the wofull misery and affliction of this child, by relating the par­ticular manner and circumstances of the Devil's taking and tormenting of him by fits, and at certain times, shewing how cruelly he used to torture the child.

Wheresoever he taketh him] That is, in what place, or at what time soever, the evil Spirit doth enter into the childs body, &c.

Now by these words it may appear, That the Devil did not keep a continuall hold or possession in the childs body; but that he used to take him, or sieze upon him by fits, entring into him (as is probable) at some certain times of the Moon; and so bringing his lunatick fits upon him, and then departing from him again for a time: And this is further confirmed by the words of our Saviour, ver. 25. Charging the evil Spirit to come out of the Child, and not to enter any more into him; which argues, That the Devil had formerly used to enter into him again and again, after his departure out of him.

He teareth him] Or renteth his body, or breaketh him in pieces, as it were; as the word [ [...]] doth signify. So Luke 9. 39. He is said to bruise him, which are Metaphoricall Speeches, used to express the grievous pain and torment which the Devil did put this child unto, Matth. 17. he is said to be sore vexed.

And he fometh and gnasheth, &c.] These Effects which used to follow upon the Devil's tormenting the child in his fits, are also mentioned by the father of the possessed child, the more to amplify and set forth the ex­tremity of pain which his child suffered in his fits; and consequently, the wofull misery and affliction of the child, and so to move our Saviour the more unto pity and compassion towards him.

Now because these Effects of foming at the mouth, and gnashing with the teeth, as also that which is af­terward mentioned, ver. 22. Of his casting him into the Fire, and into the Water; are usuall Effects and Symp­toms of the Disease which is called the Falling-Sicknesse; therefore some are of opinion, That this child [Page 613] was stricken with that Disease, and that by the power of the Devil. But this I leave as a matter uncer­tain.

And he pineth away] This is also added to shew the extremity of pain and torment which the Devil put this child unto, in his fits: which pain and torture was so great, That therewith the body of the child, and the natural strength of it, did wast and consume away by degrees.

Mark 9. 18.‘And I spake to thy Disciples, that they should cast him out, and they could not. Febr. 25. 1626.

Observ. 1 NOw follow the Instructions. Observ. 1. That the Devil hath power not onely to enter into the bo­die of men or children, and to hold possession in them; but also being in them to afflict and torment them with grievous pains and tortures, to tear and rend their bowels, and other parts of their Bodies; to rack their joynts, to cause in them strange convulsions of the sinewes, &c. Thus he tortured and racked this child with such extremity of pain, That he caused him to some at the mouth, to gnash with his teeth; yea, by these tortures and pains he caused the naturall strength of the child's body to wast, and brought him into a kind of consumption. Yea further, the Devil hath power by God's sufferance not onely to torture the bo­dies of such as are possessed by them, but also to cause them to afflict and torture themselves, as we heard be­fore, Chap. 5. ver. 5. The man that was possessed with a Legion of Devils, did cut and wound himself with sharp stones in the mountains where he was abiding.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Here also we are to take notice of the extream hatred and malice of the Devil which he beareth against us, and against all mankind; in that he seeketh by all means to do hurt and mischief not onely to our Souls, but to our Bodies, as he did here to the Body of this Child, by tearing and renting it, &c. But of this I shall have more fit occasion to speak afterward upon the 22. verse.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the Devil, being entred into the body of this Child, and possessing the same, did deal so cruelly and unmercifully with it, racking and tormenting it with such extremity of pain, &c. we may learn, That it is one peculiar property of the Devil to be cruel and unmercifull; yea, to delight in the exercising of cruelty upon such as are under his Power and Tyranny: yea, he causeth them sometimes to use cruelty to themselves, as we have heard, chap. 5. ver. 5. Therefore, Joh. 8. 44. The Devil is said to be a Murderer, yea, to have been so from the beginning; for all cruelty is a degree and kind of murder. This cruelty the Devil practiseth both against the Bodies and Souls of Men. Against their bodies, by racking and tormenting them with grievous pains, or causing them to torment themselves (as we have heard). But especially against the Soul [...] of men, the Devil delighteth to practise cruelty and murder: This he doth by continuall labouring and seeking by his wicked Suggestions and Temptations to draw men to Sin, and so to destroy their Souls: 1 Pet. 5. 8. As a roaring Lyon he walketh about, seeking whom he may devour. Yea further, the Devil is so delightfull in cruelty, That he desires to exercise it not onely upon Men, but even upon brute Beasts; as up­on Job's Cattel, in burning them up: and upon the herd of Swine, in carrying them violently into the Water, and drowning them, (ut suprà, chap. 5.)

Use 1 Use 1. See what to think and judge of such persons as are given to cruelty, and unmerciful dealing with others; they do resemble Satan, and are like unto him, who is the Father of all Murderers and cruel Persons. This is true not onely of such as shew cruelty to the Bodies of others; by striking, hurting, maiming, or kill­ing out-right; but also of such as cruelly oppresse others in their outward estate, as of rich men, grinding the faces of the poor, &c. Masters which deal cruelly with Servants, by unmercifull correction, excessive la­bours, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To move us to abhorr and detest all cruelty and unmercifull dealing against others, as the Devils peculiar sin wherein he delighteth; let it then be far from us to imitate him herein. As we abhorr the Devil, so abhorr the Devil's proper sins, as this of cruelty and unmercifulness. Take heed of all kinds and de­grees of it, and of all occasions of it; as rash-anger, wrath, &c. not onely of actuall murder, or hurting others bodies; but of all other cruell and hard-dealing with others any way. Take heed of cruell oppression of others in bargaining or otherwise, especially of oppressing the poor, and dealing hardly with them. Take heed of cruel u [...]age of Servants or Children by unmercifull correction, or by wearing out Servants with un­reaso [...]ble and hard Labour, &c. Remember, whose property it is to delight in cruelty, the Devil's property; and the mark of the wicked man, whose very mercies are cruell, Prov. 12. 10. On the contrary, labour as the Elect of God, to put on bowels of mercy, &c. Col. 3. 12. By this we resemble God: Luke 6. 36. Be mercifull as your (heavenly) Father is mercifull. By this also we resemble God's Children, who are said to be mercifull men, Esay 57. 1.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. That it is a most lamentable and grievous misery and affliction for any to have their Bodies gi­ven up of God unto the Power and Tyranny of the Devil, either to be possessed by him, or to be afflicted and tormented, or any way abused by him. This we may see here in the example of this Party, who was posses­sed with the Devil, and given up into his hands; his case was most wretched and lamentable. It was a grie­vous affliction to have his body possessed by the Devil that foul Spirit, though he had but onely entred into him at time, and had not stirred or moved in him to torment him or put him to any pain: but that the Devil being in him, should rent and tear his body, racking and torturing it so grievously, That with the very extre­mity of pain, He fomed at the mouth; yea, that in his fits he threw him to the Ground, and made him lye and wallow there foming and gnashing with his teeth, and did pine and wast away as in a consumption, &c. what a lamentable case was this? what a pittifull and rufull spectacle to behold? And yet this was not all, for the Devil also used in his fits to cast him by violence oftentimes into the fire, and oftentimes into the Wa-ter to destroy him, as is said afterward. Neither was this all; for besides all this before mentioned, the De­vil had stricken him both dumb and deaf, so as he could neither speak to make known his own misery, nor hear o [...]hers speak to him for his comfort, which did exceedingly aggravate his misery. And last of all, this also did not a little augment the same, that he had been so long a time in this wofull distresse, even from his Childhood or Infancy (as some read it, ver. 21.) he being now a youth or young man of some age or years [Page 614] (as is probable), so that it is like he was for sundry years in this miserable case. So that this example alone is enough (if there were no other in all the Scripture) to shew to us what a lamentable and grievous misery it is for any to have their Bodies given up of God (though but for a time) into the power of the Devil to be abused by him. But the same may further appear to us by other like examples of such as were possessed in our Saviour's time: (See before, chap. 5. 1, &c.) See it also in Job's example, who though he were not possessed by the Devil; yet so soon as God did but give Satan leave to strike him in his Body, we see into what a lamentable case he soon brought him; smiting him all over with boiles from the sole of the Foot to the crown of his Head: So as Job was fain to sit down among the ashes, and to scrape himself with a pot­sheard, Job 2. 7, 8.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the hainousness & grievousness of sin, how offensive and odious it is to God; in that it hath made our Bodies lyable and subject to the Devils Power and Tyranny to be so abused, racked, and tortured in this lamentable sort. Sin is the Original cause and fountain of all this misery to which the Bodies of men are sub [...]ect in this Life by reason of Satan's Power and Tyranny over them, whensoever the Lord doth give up the bodies of any into his Power. This wofull misery is come upon mankind as a just punishment for sin, and were it not for sin, the Devil should never have had any such power or leave from God, either to enter into mens Bodies by possession, or any other way to afflict and torment them in thi [...] lamentable manner, as he did here unto this child or young man that was possessed. This being so, it must work and increase in us more and more a true hatred and detestation of all sin, both in our selves and others, especially in our selves; and cause us to shew the same by our care to refrain sin, and all occasions of it, &c. If we have cause to abhorr the Devil as our most malicious and cruel Enemy, then much more to detest sin as the cause of all his enmity, and of all that Power and Tyranny which the Lord permitteth him to have over mens bodies at any time.

Use 2 Use 2. See again, what cause for us to be thankful unto God for his unspeakable mercy, in not giving up our bodies, or the bodies of our Children, or others which are dear to us, into the hands of the Devil, to be abused, afflicted, or tormented by him in such woful and pitiful manner, as this party was. Especially, if we consider the desert of our sins, that for them God might most justly deliver up our bodies to Satan's pow­er in this fearfull manner, &c. How then are we bound to God for not doing this? how are we to blesse his Name, for that he doth rather correct us with his own hand by bodily Sicknesse or otherwise, than give us up into the Devil's hands to be punished, &c. As it is a token of a fathers love to his child, and care of his good, that he doth not appoint some cruel or hard-hearted servant to correct his son for his fault; but he doth it with his own hands, &c. So here, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. See also what cause there is for us daily to commit our selves, and those that belong unto us to God's special protection, praying him to keep us and ours not onely in our Souls, but in our bodies from the Pow­er of Satan, and not to give up our bodies into his hands, to be abused at his Will and Pleasure: Seeing it is so grievous an affliction and misery to have our bodies subjected under the Devil's Power; pray him to keep us from this wretched misery, and not lay this heavy affliction upon us, though our sins deserve it.

Use 4 Use 4. Hence gather, That it is a far more grievous misery for any to be in spiritual sub [...]ection and bon­dage under the Power of Satan in respect of their Souls and Consciences. This is far a more lamentable case, than to be in bodily subjection to the Devil's Power. And yet thus it is with all such as live in sin, and in their natural estate; they are under the Power of Satan, they are spiritually possessed of him in their Hearts and Consciences; he holdeth them at his Will, as in a snare, 2 Tim. 2. ult. He is entred into them, as once he entred into the heart of Judas; and he worketh in them effectually by his wicked Suggestions and Temptations, drawing them to sin, and holding them under the Power of it, and consequently under the wrath and curse of God: He deals with the Souls and Consciences of such, as he did here with the body of this possessed young man. He carries them headlong to the practice of sin, and so doth cast their Souls into the fire of Hell, even as he did violently throw the body of this party into the Fire and into the Water. And as he did re [...] and tear the body of this party with grievous pains, causing him to fome and gnash his teeth, &c. So doth he rack and torment the Consciences of wicked men with inward gripings and terrours, and makes their Consciences to fome and gnash within them, as it were. And as he did deprive this party of his bo­dily senses, striking him both dumb and deaf: So doth he bereave the wicked of their spiritual senses, strik­ing them with spirituall dumbness and deafness, &c. so as they can neither pray nor speak a word to God's Glory, or Edification of others, nor yet hear God speak unto them by his Word as they ought, &c. See then the wofull misery of all such as are thus spiritually possessed of Satan, and under his Power in their Souls and Consciences; which should move all such to labour for a true feeling of this their own lamenta­ble condition, and to use all means speedily to be delivered from this spirituall Power of Satan; especially to come duly to the publike Ministery of the Word, which is the ordinary means to cast down the holds of sin in them, and to deliver them from the Power of Satan, &c. And it should also move us to pitty and pray for such: If we should see one bodily possessed by the Devil, and so tormented as this party was; would not our bowels yearn? Much more then, &c. See before, chap. 5. 1, &c.

Mark 9. 18.‘And I spake to thy Disciples, that they should cast him out, and they could not. March, 4. 1626.

HItherto of the first Argument or Motive used by the father of this possessed young man, to move our Saviour to shew mercy on him, taken from the lamentable misery in which he was.

Now follows the second Motive from the unability of the Disciples, to cast the Devil out of him, not­withstanding that he had sought unto them to do it.

I spake to thy Disciples] The reason why he first sought to the Disciples, was, because Christ himself was at that time absent.

And they could not] Hence it is probable, That they did attempt the casting out of the Devil; but could not do it, &c.

The cause of this unability in the Disciples was, partly their own Weakness of Faith, Matth. 17. 20. and partly the Unbelief of the Father, and of the Nation of Jews; especially of the Scribes and Pharisees, in the following Verse.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That although the Apostles of Christ had the extraordinary Gift and Power of working Mira­cles conferred on them by Christ, for the sealing of their Doctrine (as we heard before, Chap. 6. 7.); yet they could not exercise this Power at all times whensoever they would; but then onely when it was expedient, when it made for God's Glory and Edification of the People, and when they were thereunto moved by spe­cial instinct. Sometimes it was not expedient, neither did it make for God's Glory, that they should exer­cise the Power and Gift of Miracles; and sometimes also they were hindred by their own Unbelief, or by the Unbelief of others, from working those Miracles which they attempted; as at this time they were, as appeareth, Matth. 17. 20. and in this Chapter afterward. Hence also we may gather by the way, That this Gift of working Miracles was not any Power or Vertue inherent in their own Persons (for then they migh [...] have exercised it at all times when they would), but it was the divine Power of God and of Christ himself, which did work in them and by them, as by Instruments. So Peter professeth plainly, Act. 3. 12. Why look ye on us, as though by our own Power we had made this man to walk, &c. But ver. 16. The Name of Christ had made this man strong, &c. (See before Chap. 6. 7.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Disciples were hindred and disabled by their own Unbelief and Weakness of Faith, that they could not at this time work this Miracle in casting the Devil out of the possessed party; we learn, that Unbelief or Weakness of Faith is a sin very hurtful and dangerous to the true Saints and Servants of God, hindring and depriving them of most excellent priviledges and benefits which otherwise they might en­joy. So here, the Disciples by their Unbelief deprived themselves for a time of that rare and extraordinary gift of working Miracles, utterly disabling themselves for the exercise thereof. More particularly, the Saints of God do by their Unbelief hinder and deprive themselves of two sorts of benefits or priviledges. 1. Of inward and spiritual priviledges which concern the good of their Souls and the life to come, as of the com­fortable feeling of God's favour, and of that measure of inward peace of Conscience, and spirituall Joy, which they might and should otherwise enjoy, if they had more strength of Faith: Hence it is, that David sometimes felt so little inward peace and comfort, and on the contrary, so great inward trouble and discom­fort within himself, as he complaineth Psal. 42. and Psal. 77. The cause hereof was the Weakness of his Faith, even as himself implyeth plainly, Psal. 77. 10. when he saith, This is mine Infirmity. Thus also it wa [...] with Jonah, Chap. 2. ver. 4, 7. being in the Whale's Belly, through Weakness of Faith his Soul fainted within him for a time, and he thought himself to be cast out of God' [...] sight. 2. The Saints of God by Unbelief do oftentimes deprive themselves of those outward and corporal benefits and priviledges which otherwise they might enjoy, as of that measure and degree of outward peace and prosperity, God's Protection and Blessing in things of this life, which they might otherwise en [...]oy; yea, they may and do sometimes wholly deprive themselves of these or some of these Blessings through their own Unbelief. Numb. 20. 12. Moses and Aaron by their Unbelief deprived themselves of the great benefit of coming into the promised Land of Canaan to dwell in it. And Isa. 7. 9. the Lord threatens his People the Jews, that if they would not believe his Word and Promise given for their deliverance from their enemies, they should not be established; that is, they should not enjoy the benefir of outward security and safety from those enemies, but should be depri­ved of the same. See also Joh. 11. 40. Exemplum Marthae.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the Father of this possessed young man, having first brought his Son to the Disciples to be dispossessed, and they not being able to help him, yet did not forthwith despair of help, nor yet give over the use of further means; but hereupon made sute unto Christ himself, &c. Hence we may learn, that we ough [...] not to be dismayed, much less to despair or distrust of help and deliverance in our distresses: Though w [...] have used some good means for help, and yet it doth not succeed, but we miss and fail of our desire, being as far from deliverance as before; in this case, we are not to cast away our hope and confidence in God, but still to wait on him in the use of further means, committing the success thereof unto him in Prayer; yea, when all humane helps fail us, yet still are we to depend on him, and to fly to him by Faith and Prayer in our grea­test necessities and distresses, even as the Father of this possessed Child, when he could have no help from the Disciples went to Christ himself, &c. So must we, when men fail us, go to God and depend on him, &c. Thus are we to do both in outward and inward distresses: In outward and bodily afflictions, as sickness, pain, &c. when we have sought to the Physitian and he cannot help us at first, yet are we not to despair of help, or distrust God for our recovery, but still depend on him, and use further means if they be to be had; and [...]f all means fail, yet we are to fly to God, and by Faith to depend on him for help, who will in due [...] ei­ther restore us to health (if he see it good for us), or else sanctify our sickness and fit u [...] for death. An Ex­ample of this in that Woman which had the bloody Issue for twelve years, Chap. 5. 26. though she had sough [...] to divers Physitians, and had spent all she had on them, and was nothing better, but the worse rather; yet did she not cast away her hope and trust in God, but used further means, in going to Christ to be healed. See also Joh. 5. So should we in our bodily afflictions, &c. So also in our inward and spiritual distresses, as in trouble of Conscience through the burden of our sins; though we have sought comfort from men, yea, from the most excellent Pastors and Ministers of God, and yet cannot attain to it; we must not despair of com­fort, but continue still constant in the use of means; as hearing of the Word, Reading, Confe [...]ence, &c. and in the use of these still depend on God for comfort, Cant. 3. 1, 2, 3. The Church being in inward distre [...]s through want of the present feeling of Christ's Love, and having sought Christ (whom she had lost for a time), that i [...], used means to recover he former feeling of his Love; and not finding him at first, yet did she continue seek­ing till she found him, &c. And though we find no comfort by other means, yet still continue our Prayer to God, intreating him to send the Comforter, even his holy Spirit into our hearts at length, which may give us comfort, and may ease our Consciences, and heal our wounded Spirits, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. For Reproof of such, who being in any trouble or distress outward or inward, and having at first used some means for help and deliverance; if hereupon they do not find present help and ease, and be not presently delivered, they forthwith begin to distrust God, and to cast away their hope and confidence in him, [Page 616] and withal they give over the use of further means; as if it were in vain, when they are not helped at first; or, as if God had cast off all care of them, and would not deliver them at all, because he doth it not at first, and so soon as they desire: Thus do many in bodily sickness, when they have sought unto Physitians and are not helped at first, &c. This shews either want of Faith, or great Weakness thereof, in such as do thus quick­ly cast away their Confidence in God, and give over the use of means, because he doth not help and deliver them out of trouble upon their first using of the means: And in so doing they greatly dishonour God, both by distrusting of his Power and Goodness for their deliverance, as also by neglect of those means which he hath ordained.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. For Admonition, to take heed of being too soon dismayed or out of heart in our troubles, when we have used means, and are not at first delivered: Take heed of distrusting God in this case, or of giving over the use of means; and, on the contrary, labour by Faith still to depend upon God, and constan [...]ly to trust in him, and to wait on him in the use of means, even so long, until the due time come, in which he hath ap­pointed to deliver us; remembring what is said, Isa. 28. 16. that he which believeth, will not make haste. And when all outward helps and means fail us, then fly to God alone by Prayer of Faith, and rest on his extraor­dinary Power, &c. who will in due time, and so far as shall be good, send us help, &c. Do th [...]s in thy out­ward and inward distresses.

Reason. Reason. By this sin of Unbelief, the Saints of God do greatly dishonour and offend God, in that they do hereby call into Question his Almighty Power, Goodness, Truth in his Promises, &c. and therefore it is [...]ust with God for this sin to correct and chastize them with loss of some excellent favours and priviledges which otherwise they might enjoy, or which sometime happily they have enjoyed.

Ʋse. Use. See by this, what cause there is for every good Christian to resist and strive against this sin of Unbelief [...]n themselves, seeing it is a sin so hurtful and pre [...]udicial to them, being a means to deprive and hinder them from the enjoying of so many and great priviledges and benefits both spiritual and corporal, which otherwise they might enjoy. Think of this, thou that art a Child of God, how hurtful and dangerous this sin of Un­belief or Weakness of Faith is; how great hurt and inconveniences it doth often bring upon the Saints and Servants of God, robbing them of many excellent priviledges and benefits which they might otherwise enjoy; [...]s the comfortable feeling of God's favour, inward comfort and peace, &c. besides the loss of many tem­poral Blessings of this life; as outward Peace, Prosperity, and God's Protection in times of danger, &c. Therefore beware of harbouring or favouring this sin in thy heart; give not way to it, but by all means re [...]st it in thy self; Pray against it daily and earnestly, even as the Father of this possessed young man doth af­terward as we shall hear Ver. 24. and use all other good means to subdue this sin in thy self; come duly to publick Ministry, meditate on Promises, &c. Think how dishonourable a thing it is unto God, for thee to doubt of hi [...] Word or Promises made unto thee touching spiritual or temporal Blessings, or not to believe and rest upon them in such sort as he requireth: therefore take heed of this sin, lest for the same, God in Ju­stice do correct thee with the loss or want of many excellent favours priviledges and comforts in this life, which otherwise thou mightest enjoy. Contrariwise, pray and labour daily for more encrease and strength of Faith, whereby to believe in God, and in his Word and Promises; that so, thou honouring God by Faith and stedfast belief of his Word, he may honour thee by bestowing on thee and continuing to thee all those excellent benefits and priviledges which belong unto his true Saints and Servants, both in this life and in the life to come.

Mark 9. 19.‘He answereth him and saith, O faithless Generation, &c. Mar. 11. 1626.

IN the two former Verses we heard of the sute or supplication made unto our Saviour Christ, by the Father of the possessed Child, in behalf of his Son.

Now, in this 19th. Verse, the Evangelist setteth down the Answer of our Saviour unto that his sute, which consisteth of two parts:

  • 1. A sharp Reproof of the Incredulity or Unbelief of the Nation or People of the Jews; O faithlesse Generation, &c.
  • 2. A Precept or Command given to the Father of the possessed Child, and to others which stood by, to bring the Child unto him.

Of the first. He 1. Propounds his Reproof briefly, calling them a faithless Generation; yea, crying ou [...] against them for Unbelief, O faithless &c. 2. He further urgeth his Reproof, by a vehement or earnest expostulating with them; in these words, How long shall I be with you, &c.

Of the first. He answereth him,] that is, The Father of the possessed Child or young man. Now, this An­swer is so directed to him, that in it our Saviour takes occasion also to reprove others for their Incredulity; even the whole Nation of the Jews, as the words following shew.

O faithless Generation,] By these words our Saviour Christ understandeth the Nation and People of the Jews in his time, (who were a faithless or incredulous People for the most part, not believing in Christ or his Doctrine, but rejecting the same); but especially he aimeth at the Scribes and Pharisees, who were most of all tainted with the sin of Unbelief, and did obstinately persist in the same, which also they had now newly testified and shewed by their malicious opposing of Christ's Disciples, and going about to dilgrace both them and their Doctrine, because they failed in working this Miracle upon the party possessed: And he calls them a Generation of faithless People, to shew that they followed their Ancestors in this sin of Unbelief. Now, in this Reproof, as our Saviour doth most directly tax the Nation of the Jews in general, and especially the ob­stinate and malicious Scribes and Pharisees for their gross Unbelief; so withal he seemeth indirectly and co­vertly to blame and find fault with the Father of the possessed Child, yea, and with his own Di [...]ciples like­wise for that weakness of Faith which he perceived and knew to be in them at this time.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour at this time so sharply reprove the Nation of the Jews, especially, for the [Page 617] Scribes and Pharisee [...]; and in some sort also the Father of the Child, and his Disciples, for this particular sin of Unbelief above other sins, seeing they were tainted with many other Sins as well as this?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because this was a main and principall sin which they were now guilty of, and one chief cause and root (as it were) from whence other sins, with which they were tainted, did spring and flow.

2. Because this Sin of Unbelief was the main impediment which had hitherto hindred the working of the Miracle by the Disciples.

Quest. Quest. How did Unbelief hinder the Miracles?

Answ. Answ. Sundry wayes: 1. In respect of the Scribes and Pharisees, and other unbelieving Jew;s who being void of all true Faith, yea, Enemies of Christ, &c. were unworthy to behold the Miracle, and unfit to profit by it.

2. In respect of the father of the child, who by reason of weak Faith, was not as yet capable of this great benefit which he sought for his Son; and therefore the Lord did with-hold it from him a while longer.

3. In respect of the Disciples themselves (as we have heard in the former verse) who by weakness of Faith disabled themselves, &c.

How long shall I be with you, &c?] A further urging of his Reproof, where he amplifieth their sin of Un­belief, &c.

The words being explained, consider in them these Particulars in order; 1. The person reproving, our Saviour Christ. 2. The manner of reproving, being sharp and vehement by way of Rhetoricall excla­mation; O faithless; &c. 3. The persons reproved; viz. 1. The Nation of the Jews, and especially the Scribes and Pharisees; Called a Generation of faithless People. 2. The father of the possessed child, and the Disciples also, who are in some sort here taxed and blamed for weakness of Faith. 3. The special Sin for which they are reproved, Unbelief. 4. The amplification of their Sin. 1. By the means which he had so long used to reform it in them, in that he had so long conversed with them, and exercised his Mini­stery, &c. 2. By his patience towards them, &c.

Observ. Of the first. Observ. In that our Saviour Christ perceiving the obstinate incredulity of the Jews in his time, and especially of the Scribes and Pharisees; doth not wink at it, or let them alone in this sin without Ad [...]onition or Reproof: but having fit occasion, and being thereunto called by vertue of his ministeriall Office, he doth plainly reprove them for the same, calling them a faithless Generation: Hence gather, That it is one speciall part of the duty of all Pastors and Ministers of the Church, to reprove sin in others; that is to say, in those of their charge; and that upon all good occasions offered, both publikely and privately, &c. (See before, chap. 8. 33.)

Of the second. The manner of our Saviour's reproving of the incredulous Jews, &c. in sharp and ve [...]ement manner, crying out against them for their unbelief, O faithless, &c. yea, further he calls them a perverse Generation, Matth. 17. 17.

Observ. Observ. That it is sometimes fit and necessary for Ministers of the Word, to use sharpness and severity in reproving the sins of those under their charge: Though they are not alwayes to do this, but rather on the contrary, to use mildness in reproving sin so far forth as that is most likely to prevail (as it is usually, and for most part with such as are tractable); yet sometimes, yea oftentimes it is both necessary and fit for them to deal more sha [...]ply and severely: Tit. 1. 13. Rebuke them sharply, &c. 1 Cor. 4. 21. Shall I come unto you with a Rod, or in love, &c. By the Rod, he meaneth sharp and severe reproof, which he intimateth to be [...]on [...]imes necessary for him to use: And so is it for all other Ministers of God.

Quest. Quest. When is this sharpness to be used by Ministers in reproving sin?

Answ. Answ. 1. When they are to deal against gross and hainous Crimes or Sins, very offensive to God, or scandalous to Men: Then is it fit to reprove sharply, that by this means the Offenders may be the more deeply touched in conscience, and humbled for such sin [...].

2. When they are to deal with perverse, obstinate, and stubborn Offenders, who obstinately persist in their sins without any re [...]orse of conscience, or humiliation at all. These are to be terrified with sharp and severe reproofs, that this may either humble them, or else convince and leave them without excuse: Jude ver. 22. Have compassion of some, making a difference: And others save with fear, &c. Thus our Saviour now dealing against the obstinate and malicious Scribes and Pharisees, useth this sharp reproof, crying out against them, That they were a faithless, and perverse or crooked Generation, &c.

Of the third. The persons here reproved by our Saviour. 1. The Scribes and Pharisees with other un­believing Jews, who were so far from believing in Christ, that they were enemies to Him and his Doctrine, maliciously opposing the same; who therefore he calleth a faithless Generation. 2. The father of the posses­sed son; as also Christ's own Disciples, who though they were not desti [...]ute of true Faith; yet were at this time weak in Faith, and for this cause are in some sort touched by this Reproof. First, of the first sort o [...] Persons.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour spareth not the Scribes and Pharisees, though men of great Place and Ac­count amongst the Jews, being publike Officers and Teachers in the Church, &c. but reproveth them sharply for their gross unbelief: Hence gather, That Ministers of the Word may and ought to reprove sin (as oc­casion is offered) even in the greatest persons that are of their charge, not sparing or favouring them, not winking at them in their sins, more than at the meanest sort of persons committed to their Charge. How often doth our Saviour reprove sin not only in the common People, but also in the Scribes and Pharisees? as Matth. 23. and else-where often. (See before, chap. 6. ver. 17, 18, &c.)

Observ. 1 Observ. 2. From the manner of our Saviour's speaking here unto the Scribes and Pharisees, and other un­believing Jews, in that he doth not call them a faithless People, or faithless Persons, but a Generation of faith­less People, thereby alluding to their wicked Parents or Ancestors, whom they resembled in unbelief: Hence we learn, That the Children and Posterity of wicked Parents and Ancestors are apt to resemble their Parents and Ancestors, and to become like unto them, &c. (See chap. 8. ver. 12.)

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour in this reproof of the Nation of the Jews, and especially of the of Scribes [Page 618] and Pharisees for unbelief; doth also indirectly and closely tax and blame the father of the possessed child; yea, and his own Disciples too, for their weakness of Faith: Hence learn, That it is profitable and neces­sary for the true Saints and Servants of God to be admonished of their Corruptions and sinful Infirmities with which they are tainted; yea, to be reproved for the same by such as have a Calling to do it. Our Saviour Christ often used to reprove not only gross sins in the Scribes and Pharisees, and such like profane and wicked persons; but also the Corruptions and sinful Infirmities of his own Disciples: As their spiritual blindness and dulness to conceive of heavenly matters, unbelief, hardness of heart, &c. (as we have often heard before.) So Paul writing to the Saints and Faithfull in the Church of Corinth, yet forbeareth not to blame and reprove them for their great Corruptions and Infirmities with which they were tainted; as for their envying, strife, and divisions which were amongst them, 1 Cor. 3. 3. which shews, That it is necessary and fit for the true Saints of God to be admonished and reproved for their Corruptions and Infirmities, as occasion is offe­red, and by such as have a Calling to do it.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. This is one speciall means to humble them in the sight and feeling of their own Corruptions, causing them often to renew their Repentance, and move them to strive more and more to mortify and sub­due the same in themselves.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Sins of God's Children are very dishonourable to God, bringing scandal and disgrace upon Religion: Therefore, great need for them to be admonished.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See then, that both Ministers of the Word, and all such as have charge of others; as Parents, Ma­sters, &c. ought to be careful on all occasions not onely to reprove sin in such as are profane and wicked, but also in such as they are perswaded to be good Christians, and the true Saints and Children of God; not to bear with such, or let them alone in their Corruptions, but to admonish them of the same; yea, plainly and sharply to reprove them, if need be: especially if they be such Corruptions as they do perceive them too much to favour and bear with in themselves.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To move the Saints and Children of God (even the best of them) to be willing and desirous to be admonished and told of their Corruptions, and sinfull Infirmities upon all occasions, by such as have a Calling to do it; yea, to be glad and thankful for this as for a great kindness and work of charity performed towards them. So David, Psal. 141. 5. Let the Righteous smite me, it shall be a kindnesse: and let him re­prove me, it shall be an excellent Oyl, &c. One mark of a sincere heart before God, is, to be willing and glad to be admonished of a fault or corruption, and to submit to the same, and make use of it; as the contrary is the mark of an Hypocrite: Prov. 9. 8. Reprove not a scorner, lest he hate thee: (but) rebuke a wise man, and he will love thee.

Now followeth, the Sin for which our Saviour reproveth both the Scribes and Pharisees, and also his own Disciples (in some sort), together with the father of the possessed child; viz. The sin of Unbelief.

Mark 9. 19.‘He answereth him and saith, O faithless Generation, &c. April, 1. 1627.

IN this Answer of Christ to the father of the possessed child, two things are contained.

  • 1. A sharp Reproof both of him and his Disciples; but especially of the Scribes and Pharisees, with other unbelieving Jews for their incredulity; O faithless Generation, how long, &c.
  • 2. A precept or command, touching the bringing of the possessed child unto him.

In the Reproof five things to be considered, 1. The person reproving, our Saviour Christ. 2. The manner of reproving, which is sharp and vehement, &c. 3. The persons reproved, both the father of the child, and the Disciples themselves, and especially the obstinate Scribes and Pharisees, &c. 4. The speciall sin for which they are reproved, Unbelief. 5. The amplification of this sin.

  • 1. By the means which had been used to reform it in them, and to work Faith; In that Christ himself had so long lived and conversed with them, and exercised his ministery among them, implyed in these words; How long shall I be with you?
  • 2. By his great patience and long-suffering towards them; How long shall I suffer you? Touching the three first Points ye have heard already.

Now followeth the fourth, The sin for which our Saviour reproveth the father of the possessed son, and of his own Disciples, and especially the Scribes and Pharisees; viz. The sin of unbelief: He calls them a faithless Generation. The meaning before shewed.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That unbelief in Christ and in his Word and Doctrine, is no small sin; but hainous and grie­vous. This appeareth in that our Saviour here so sharply reproveth this sin in the father of the possessed child, and in his own Disciples, and especially in the Scribes and Pharisees; crying out against them for the same, O faithlesse Generation: Rev. 21. 8. Unbelievers are reckoned amongst notorious Offenders; as with the abominable, and Murderers, and Whoremongers, Sorcerers, &c. Heb. 3. 12. Take heed lest there be in any an evil heart of unbelief, &c. This is one main sin which makes an evil heart.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. It is a sin very dishonourable to God and unto Christ; for by it men call the truth of God into question, and make him a lyar: 1 Joh. 5. 10. He that believeth not God, hath made him a lyar; because he believeth not the Record which God gave of his Son.

Reas. 2 Reas. [...]2. It is a sin very hurtfull and dangerous to the persons that live in it; And that two wayes.

1. It hindreth and keepeth many blessings and good things both Spirituall and Temporall from them, which otherwise they might enjoy. It hinders them from the pardon of their sins in Christ, and from God's favour, from inward peace of conscience, &c. So also from many blessings of this Life; yea, God's Chil­dren: It kept Moses and Aaron with many others of the People of Israel from entring into the promi­sed Land of Canaan: Heb. 2. 10. They could not enter in, because of unbelief. So it hindred the father of this child from the benefit of having his son dispossessed of the Devil.

2. It provoketh the Lord to bring on them many and grievous Judgments; yea, layeth them open to all Judgments of God, both Temporall and Eternall: For so long as they do not believe in Christ, they can­not [Page 619] have their sin forgiven, but remain in the guilt of them, and so are lyable to all Judgments of God: Joh. 3. 36. He that believeth not in the Son, shall not see Life; but the Wrath of God abideth on him: Mark 16. 16. He that believeth not, shall be damned. And Revel. 21. 8. Ʋnbelievers shall have part in the Lake, &c.

Now there are two kinds or degrees of Unbelief. 1. That which is in the wicked and unregenerate, who are wholly destitute of Faith; and in whose hearts unbelief reigneth and beareth sway, excluding all true Faith. Such was the unbelief of the Scribes and Pharisees, and other wicked Jews here reproved so sharply by our Saviour. 2. That which is in the Saints and Children of God after their Calling and Re­generation, who though they have some measure of Faith; yet it is mingled with the contrary sin of unbelief, which they resist and strive against; and so it is no reigning sin, but a sin of infirmity in them: A weakness of Faith rather then a want of it. Such was the unbelief of the father of this possessed child, and of Christ's own Disciples at this time, for which our Saviour also taxeth them in this Reproof.

Now although both these kinds of unbelief are in themselves great and grievous sins; yet the first kind is the most grievous and dangerous, and therefore of that I speak principally in this place.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Terrour to such as are guilty of this sin of unbelief, and do live in it; suffering it to reign and bear sway in their hearts, being void of all true Faith in Christ, and in his Word: having no Faith at all whereby either to believe in Christ, and to rest on him for Salvation, or to believe and apply unto themselves his Word and Doctrine. Many such there be: As, 1. Ignorant persons, having no sound knowledge of Christ, or of his Word and Doctrine; but, being grosly ignorant, and to seek in the very first grounds of Christian Religion, impossible it is that these should have any true Faith in Christ, or in his Word; for knowledge is the ground of Faith. So long therefore as ignorance reigns in them, Unbelieving must needs reign in them. 2. All profane and wicked persons, who live in gross and notorious sins unrepented of; as swearing, profana­tion of the Sabbath, contempt of God's Worship and Ordinances; Drunkenness, Covetousness, &c. where such sins reign, there unbelief must needs reign; for Faith and wicked Life cannot stand together. There­fore although such persons do profess never so much that they know God, and believe in Christ and his Word; yet in their works they deny him, being abominable and disobedient, &c. Tit. 1. 16. 3. All close and for­mall Hypocrites, who have a kind of temporary Faith, whereby they do in some sort believe and perswade themselves, That Christ is their Saviour, that the Word of Christ is true, and that the Promises of the Gos­pel do belong to them, that they shall be partakers of eternal Life, &c. But this is not rue or sound Faith grounded on the Word of God, or wrought in them by the Ministery of the same: but a carnall presumpti­on or vain imagination taken up of themselves, with which they delude their own Souls. So that these also are to be reckoned in the number of Unbelievers.

Now fearfull is the state and condition of all these sorts of Unbelievers; for they live in a most hainous and grievous sin, highly dishonourable to God, and most hurtful and dangerous to themselves; hindring and depriving them of those blessings both Spirituall and Temporall, which the Lord hath promised to his Chil­dren, and laying them open to the Wrath and Judgments of God, both in this Life, and after this Life. Let all such think of this, who have hitherto lived in this fearfull and damnable sin of Unbelief; and let it move them speedily to repent of this hainous and grievous sin, labouring to come out of it, and using all means to have the Grace of true Faith wrought in them; especially to come duly to the publike Ministery of the Word, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how much they are bound to be thankfull unto God, in whose hearts he hath begun the work of Faith. The more fearfull and dangerous the sin of Unblief is, the more excellent and pretious is the Grace of Faith. Therefore called precious Faith, 2 Pet. 1. 1. yea, said to be much more precious then Gold, 1 Pet. 1. 7. Let this stirr up those to bless God, and to be in great measure thankfull unto him, who do feel this work of Faith begun in them; the rather, because it is not a common Work or common Grace. For all men have not Faith, 2 Thess. 3. 2. Neither is it a Grace which we could ever attain to of our selves, if the Lord did not work it in us, Matth. 16. 17. Christ tells Peter, That Flesh and Blood had not revealed it unto him, but his Father which is in Heaven.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour reproveth them for this particular sin of Unbelief, because it was a hin­drance to the Disciples in casting the Devil out of the possessed child: Hence we learn, That Unbelief is such a sin as is an enemy and hindrance to the works of God which he is about to work for the good of men. As here, the Unbelief of Christ's Disciples, and of the father of the child, and chiefly of the Scribes and Pha­risees, was a hinderance and stop to this miraculous work of mercy which was to be performed to the possessed child, in casting the Devil out of him. So at other times the unbelief of the People did hinder the Miracles of Christ, especially upon whom the Miracles should have been wrought: Matth. 13. 58. He did not many mighty works there (that is, at Nazareth) because of their unbelief. See Numb. 20.

Caution. Caution. This is not so to be understood, as if unbelief or any other sin could absolutely hinder the Power of god in working such works of mercy as he is about to work for the good of men: but, because by unbelief Men do dishonour God, and so become unworthy to be partakers of such works of mercy, and unfit also to profit by them.

Use. Use. See then, that if we would not hinder the Lord in working works of mercy for us, or for the good of his whole Church; we must take heed of provoking and dishonouring him by our unbelief, &c.

Now followeth the amplification of their sin of unbelief (by way of expostulating with them):

  • 1. By the means which had been used to reform it in them; in that he had so long time been with them, and exercised his publike Ministery in preaching and working Miracles amongst them; How long shall I be with you?
  • 2. By his patience and long-suffering towards them, in bearing with their incredulity and other sins so long a time, though it was tedious and grievous to him; How long shall I suffer you?

Withall, by these words he seemeth to threaten his departure from them ere it were long, and that he would not alwayes suffer or bear with them as he had hitherto done; and in the mean time he shews how much he was grieved and offended at their untowardness and perversness.

Of the first. How long shall I be with you?]

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. This doth greatly aggravate and encrease the sins of any People or Persons, when they persist and continue in them notwithstanding the means which they have had to reform them. See before, Chap. 8. ver. 17.

Use 1 Use 1. See that the blessedness of a People doth not stand simply in this, That they enjoy the outward means of Grace, as the Ministry of the Word, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Admonition to such as enjoy the means, to fear and take heed of living un-reformed under those means.

Mark 9. 19.‘How long shall I suffer you? Bring him unto me. April 8. 1627.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. SUch as do not profit by the means of Grace and Salvation vouchsafed to them of God, are in danger to lose and be deprived of those means. So our Saviour here seemeth to threa­ten the unbelieving Jews, and especially the Scribes and Pharisees; that, although he had been long with them, and had exercised his Ministry amongst them, yet because they did not profit by his Doctrine and Mi­racles, but remained still in Unbelief; therefore he would ere long depart from them, and so they should lose the benefit of his Preaching and Miracles, as indeed it came to pass not long after. How long shall I be with you? q. d. not very long, seeing you make no better use of my presence and Ministry, but do still persist in in your Unbelief, notwithstanding all the means you have had so long to work Faith in you, &c. therefore do not think you shall still enjoy these means, but be sure they shall at length be taken from you. So Matth. 21. 43. he threatneth them, that the Kingdom of God should be taken from them, and given to a Nation bringing forth the fruits thereof; that is, the Ministry of the Word, which is the principal means of advan­cing God's Kingdom of Grace amongst them should be taken from them, because they had lived unfruitfully under it. So Rev. 2. 5. Christ threatens Ephesus to remove their Candlestick, if they do not repen [...] at his warning, and do first Works. See Isa. 5. 5.

Ʋse. Use. For Admonition to us to take heed of living unprofitably under the means of Grace and Salvation which we do by God's Mercy enjoy, viz. The Ministry of the Word and Sacraments, lest for our contempt and unthankfulness the Lord take them from us, as he may justly do. Christ hath been long with us in this Land, and in this place by the Ministry of his Word and Sacraments, and he is yet with us: But if we make not use of his presence, if we profit not by these precious means of Grace, but provoke and grieve him by our contempt of his Ordinances, and by our unthankfulness and unfruitfulness under the means, he will grow weary of us, and we may justly fear his departure. Therefore think it not enough that we have the means, but above all, see that we profit by them, bringing forth true fruits of Faith, and Repentance, answerable to the means we have, that so they may be continued to us: Joh. 12. 35. Yet a little while is the Light with you; walk while ye have the Light, lest darkness come upon you, &c.

It followeth. How long shall I suffer you?]

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The great Patience and Long-Suffering of Christ Jesus our Lord, which he shewed toward Sinners, while he lived on Earth; in bearing with the sins of those with whom he lived, and forbearing them so much and long, though they did provoke and grieve him by their sins: Yet he did not presently cast them off, or give over the use of means to do them good; much less did he forthwith shew his Wrath and Justice against them, as he could have done being God, but he did with great patience and forbearance suf­fer them. This Patience he shewed not onely towards his own Disciples and others which believed in him (as the Father of this possessed Child), bearing with their great Infirmitie [...] and Corruptions which many times they discovered; but also toward the unbelieving Jews, yea, toward the obstinate and malicous Scribes and Pharisees, as here we see. And as he shewed this Patience toward Sinners while he lived on Earth in the state of Humiliation, so even now that he is at the right hand of God in heavenly Glory, he doth still mani­fest his great Patience and Long-Suffering toward such as provoke and offend him by their sins, bearing with them much and long, and not presently proceeding in wrath against them, but sparing them and using means to bring them to Repentance if it may be; to this end calling and sending his Ministers to admonish them both publickly and privately, and shewing many other mercies to them, thereby to gain them to Repentance: 2 Pet. 3. 9. The Lord is not slack concerning his Promise, &c. but is long-suffering to us ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to Repentance.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To comfort such Sinners as are humbled for their sins, and do hate and strive against their own corruptions. Christ Jesus will not reject and cast them off for their sins, though many and grievous, for he is full of Patience and Long-suffering toward Sinners; even toward the wicked and ungodly: much more to­ward his Saints and faithfull Servants, who feel and complain of their corruptions, and are truly humbled and broken in heart for them, &c. He will not correct for every fault, not so soon as we offend; but bear with us, and spare us, as a man spareth his Son, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To teach us, after Christ's Example, to shew Patience and Long-Suffering toward Sinners with whom we live, bearing with their untowardness and corruptions as much as may be, (yet without flattery and soothing of them;) not rejecting and casting them off presently, or so soon as we see or perceive great sins or corruptions to be in them, as if no hope of their Conversion or Reformation; but patiently suffering them for a time, yea, for long time (if need be), and using all good means to gain them to Repentance. Especial­ly, Ministers of the Word are to practise this Patience toward Sinners, in bearing much and long with the corruptions and untowardness of their People, &c. and using all means to reclaim and reform them if it be possible, and so long as there is hope, 2 Tim. 2. 24. the Servant of the Lord must not strive, but be gentle to­ward all, and patient in forbearing even wicked and ungodly men, and using means to do them good. So cap. 4. 2. Exhort with all Long-suffering, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The more Patience and Long-Suffering the Lord doth shew toward Sinners, the greater are their Sins, if they continue in them notwithstanding his Patience: If they do not make use of his Patience [Page 621] and Forbearance, being thereby moved to repent and forsake their sins, but do persist in them still; this doth exceedingly aggravate the Sins of such. Thus our Saviour here aggravateth the Unbelief of the Jews by his long Patience toward them, which yet had not wrought Repentance or Reformation in them. So Act. 13. 18. the Sins of the Israelites are aggravated by this, that for the space of forty years the Lord suffered their evill and corrupt manners in the Wilderness. So 1 Pet. 3. 20. the sins of the old World in Noah's time are aggra­vated, because the Long-Suffering of God waited for their Repentance, and yet they repented not. So Rom. 2. 4. Despisest thou the Riches of his goodness and forbearance? &c.

Reason. Reason. This is a great contempt of the Lord, and abuse of his Patience, when any do persist in their sins obstinately notwithstanding his forbearance of them.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See that there is no cause for any to flatter or sooth themselves in their sins, or to grow more secure, because the Lord is or hath been patient towards them, forbearing to shew his wrath against them for their sins, and suffering them to prosper in them: For, the more patience the Lord hath shewed and doth shew for a time, in sparing them, and bearing with their sins, the more hainous are their Sins, and heavy their Judg­ments, if they persist in their sins, notwithstanding the Lord's Patience toward them. The more patient the Lord is toward them, the more are they without excuse, if his forbearance move them not to Repentance: And the longer the Lord deferreth to strike, the heavier will his stroak be when it cometh on them, if it be not by speedy Repentance prevented.

Use 2 Use 2. For Admonition to all sorts of Sinners to beware of abusing the Patience and Long-suffering of the Lord, by continuance in sin, notwithstanding his Patience and forbearance of them; lest his Patience be­ing abused be turned into fury and fierce wrath. Therefore, on the contrary, let it be thy care to profit by the Lord's great Patience toward thee, and to make right use of it, being moved thereby to turn unto God from thy sins, and that speedily, while he giveth time and space to repent: Rom. 2. 4. The Patience and Good­nesse of God leadeth thee to Repentance: And 2 Pet. 3. 15. Account that the Long-Suffering of the Lord is Salva­tion. Otherwise, if thou do not make this use of the Lord's Patience toward thee, be sure of this, that although he suffer thee for a time, yet will he not alwaies bear with thee, though he spare thee for a time; yet not al­wayes, but his just wrath and fury shall at length break out the more fiercely against thee, by how much the more he hath born with thee, and by how much the more thou hast abused his Patience. Psal. 50. 21, 22. These things hast thou done, and I kept silence; thou thoughtest I was such a one as thy self, but I will reprove thee, &c. Now, consider this, ye that forget God, lest I tear you in pieces, &c. See Luke 13. 9. The barren Figg-Tree.

Now followeth the second part of Christ's Answer; His Commandment given touching the possessed Child, that he should be brought unto him.

Bring him unto me,] viz. That he might be dispossessed and healed. Now, al [...]hough our Saviour directed these words in generall to those that stood by, yet more especially to the Father of the Child, whom the matter chiefly concerned, and at whose request he did now prepare himself to the working of this Miracle. See Luke 9. 41.

Quest. Quest. Why doth he will them to bring the Child unto him, seeing he could have cast out the Devil, and have healed the Child being absent, as he did the Syrophoenician Woman's Daughter. See before, Chap. 7. Ver. 30.

Answ. Answ. That so the Miracle, being wrought in publick before the People, might be the more taken notice of by all that were present, and so do the more good, winning greater Authority to Christ and his Doct­rine.

Observ. Observ. Though our Saviour did shew himself much grieved and offended at the Incredulity of the Jews, and at the Weakness of Faith which was in the Father of the possessed Child, and in his own Disciples, and therefore did sharply reprove them for the same; yet this doth not hinder him from doing good to them and amongst them, by working of this Miracle, but he shews himself ready and forward to perform this Work of Mercy to the Child, and therefore bids them bring him unto him that he might heal him: Hence we may learn, that although we may and ought to be grieved and offended at the sin [...] and corruptions of those with whom we live, yet this must not hinder us from doing good, or shewing mercy to the Persons themselves, but we must be ready to do them all the good we can, as occasion is offered. So our Saviour here, and at other times, though he were much offended at the sins of the Jews, and especially of the Scribes and Phari­sees; yet was he ready to do them good by his Doctrine and Miracles, so far forth as they were capable of good thereby. So Chap. 3. 5. he looked about angerly upon the Scribes and Pharisees, being grieved for the hardness of their hearts; and yet he did vouchsafe to work a Miracle before them immediately, by curing him that had the withered hand. This must teach us, after his Example, so to be offended and displeased at the sins of others, that withal we be not the more backward, but rather the more forward and ready to do good and shew mercy to the parties against whose sins we are offended: And by this we may try our Anger against others, whether it be holy and good, or whether it be carnal and sinful. If it do not hinder us [...] any duty of Love and Mercy to the party offending us, but rather stirs us up the more to desire and [...] good; this shews it to be holy Anger. Contra, if it hinder us or cause us to be the more backward or un­willing to do good to the party, it is carnal and sinful Anger. Therefore take heed of such anger and displea­sure against others, and labour to have all our anger joyned with love, and to proceed from love to the Persons offending, that so it may make us never the less careful, but rather the more forward to do all the good we can both to their Souls and Bodies.

Mark 9. 20.‘And they brought him unto Him; and when he saw him, straightway the Spirit tare him, and he fell April, 15. 1626. on the ground, and wallowed, foming.’

IN the former Verse, our Saviour Christ commanded the Father of the possessed Child, and others that were present, to bring the Child unto him, that he might at the sute of his Father dispossess him of the Devil.

Now in this 20. verse the Evangelist mentions the bringing of the possessed child unto Christ upon his Commandment, together with the Event or Consequent happening thereupon, viz. That upon the sight of Christ, presently the Devil did cast the child into a sharp and grievous fit of possession, tormenting and abu­sing him in a pitifull manner; When he saw him, straightway the Spirit tare him, &c. First, to speak of their bringing of the child to Christ.

They brought him unto him] To be understood of the father of the Child, assisted (as it seemeth) by some other Friends that were present; who being willed by our Saviour to bring the child unto him, that being present he might cast the Devil out of him, they shew themselves ready and forward to perform this work of mercy.

Observ. Observ. That we ought to be ready and forward to perform works of mercy, to and for such as are in misery and affliction, taking all occasions and opportunities to afford unto them our help and relief as we are able: Rom. 12. 8. Mercy to be shewed with chearfulness. Especially to such as we are nearly tyed unto, by speciall bond of Nature, Kindred, Acquaintance. So here, the father and other friends of the possessed child do shew their readiness to perform this work of mercy for the child in bringing him to Christ, taking occasion to do it without delay so soon as they were willed: Job 6. 14. To him that is afflicted, pity should be shewed from his friend. And Prov. 17. 17. A brother is born for adversity: Gal. 6. 10. As we have opportunity, let us do good to all, &c.

Use. Ʋse. Let us then be ready and forward on all occasions thus to afford our help and relief to such as are in misery and affliction, either outward or inward. Especially to those whom God hath knit unto us by any speciall bond, and to such as are most near and dear to us any way, and to such as are of our charge; as Wife, Children, Servants, &c. And that we may shew our selves thus ready to help them, we must put on the bowels [...]of mercy towards them; labouring to be truly sensible of their miseries, and to be affected with them as if they were our own: Rom. 12. 15. Weep with them that weep: Jam. 3. 17. The Wisdom from above is full of mercy, &c.

Now followeth the Event or Consequent which happened upon their bringing of the child unto Christ. So soon as he saw Christ, the Devil cast him into a grievous fit, &c.

When he saw him] So soon as the possessed child or the evil Spirit in him did behold Christ: Luke 9. 42. It is said, This happened as he was yet coming to Christ; which shews the Devil's eagerness and greedy desire to torment the child.

Straightway the Spirit tare him] Or rent his Body; that is, racked and tortured it with most grievous pains: as before we heard, ver. 18. that he used so to do in his ordinary fits; But it is likely, That this was an extraordinary fit, and more sharp and grievous than they used to be.

And he fell on the Ground] Luke 9. 42. It is said, The Devil threw him down.

And wallowed, foming] This shews the lamentable manner of the Devil's abusing the body of the child, in that he did not onely cast him violently to the Ground; but also kept him or held him there, causing him to lye wallowing and tumbling on the Ground as half dead, and foming at the mouth through extremity of pain.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. What speciall cause was there of the Devil's tormenting him with this sharp and cruel fit at this time?

Answ. Answ. It is most probable, That upon the sight of Christ, he began to apprehend and feel his Divine Power, and so suspect that he should now be dispossessed of his hold; therefore fearing that his time of possession should now be but short, he laboured to shew his rage and cruelty so much the more, so long as Christ suffered him.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why did our Saviour Christ suffer the Devil even in his presence thus cruelly to torment and abuse the body of the child, seeing he could have hindred it?

Answ. Answ. Not of weakness, nor because he was delighted in beholding it.

But, 1. For the greater tryall and exercise of the Faith of the father of this child; therefore he doth not only deferr to cast out the Devil, but suffereth him to shew greater rage and cruelty than ever before.

2. That by this means the extremity of the Devil's rage and tyranny, and the lamentable misery of the child might be the more taken notice of by all the People present; and consequently the greatness of the Miracle wrought afterwards by Christ, might the more evidently appear to the Glory of God, confirmation of the Truth, and convincing of the Enemies thereof, especially the Scribes and Pharisees.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. One property of the Devil, is, That when he is resisted, and begins to fear that he shall shortly lose or be deprived of his Kingdom and Power which he hath and exerciseth over men; then doth he use to shew his rage and malice so much the more, against such as are under his Power. So here, when our Savi­our did but begin to set Himself and his Power against the Devil which was in this Child; presently the evil Spirit did rage the more both against the child by casting him into a grievous fit, and also against Christ him­self, by tormenting the child even in his presence, and (as it were) in despite of him, so far as Christ suffe­red him. So afterward we shall hear, that when Christ rebuked, and commanded him to come out of the child, and not to re-enter; he thereupon raged the more, tormenting and racking the Body of the child so grievously, That he had almost killed him. So at other times, when our Saviour went about to cast him out of the Bodies of such as were possessed; the Devil perceiving that he was like to be cast out, and lose his possession, did hereupon shew his malice the more in torturing the bodies before he went out of them. In like manner he dealeth with such as are Spiritually possessed by him: For when they do by the Power of Christ resist his inward Suggestions and Temptations, and so he begins to fear that he shall lose his posses­sion of their hearts; thereupon he groweth the more malicious and out-ragious against them, labouring to molest and vex them so much the more with all kind of Temptations, both inward and outward: Revel. 12. 12. After the Battle fought between Michael and the Dragon; that is, between Christ and Satan: the Devil having been resisted by the Power of Christ, and being by the same Power thrown down from Heaven to Earth, thereupon he had great wrath, knowing that he had but a short time.

Use. Use. See the cause why Christians do usually feel so great Assaults and Temptations of Satan about the [Page 623] time of their first Conversion, when they first set themselves seriously about the practice of Repentance, and begin to come out of Satan's Kingdom and Snare. The reason is, because then the Power and Grace of Christ begins to shew it self in them; which Satan perceiving, begins to fear that he shall be cast out shortly, and lose his Dominion and Power which he hath formerly exercised in them; and therefore he so rageth against them by more fierce and violent Temptations than ever before, that so he may hold them still under his Tyranny. And hence it is also, That he useth at such times to stirr up all the outward trouble he can against such persons, thereby to dismay and hinder them in the practice of Repentance, and to keep them from turning to God. No cause for such to be dismayed with these Temptations and Troubles with which Satan doth at that time above all other, usually molest and trouble them. No cause to think the worse of thy estate before God, but rather the better, and to comfort thy self: For it argues, That the divine Power and sanctifying Grace of God doth begin to shew it self in thee, and to make resistance against Satan; and that he begins to feel himself resisted and incountred by a contrary Power within thee, which makes him to fear the losse of his Kingdom and Possession in thee: therefore he so rageth and bestirreth himself to hinder the work of Conversion in thee, that so he may not be cast out, &c. Therefore be not thereby discouraged, but rather fight and strive the more couragiously against him, as being assured of Victory at length: For great­er is he that is in thee, than he that is in the World, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That the Faithfull do not alwaies find present help or deliverance out of their Troubles, so soon as they have sought unto God by prayer for it: but sometimes in stead of deliverance, their Afflictions grow more sharp and grievous than before. Thus was it here with the father of the possessed child, being a Believer; though he had sought to Christ by prayer for his child to have the Devil cast out of him, yet was he so far from being presently delivered, that, on the contrary, Christ suffered the Devil to torment and afflict the child worse then before. So the Lord dealeth often with others of his Children. When the Peo­ple of Israel were afflicted with cruel bondage in Aegypt: there is no doubt but that the Godly amongst them did at the first beginning of that Affliction, seek to God by prayer for deliverance; and yet they were so far from being forth-with delivered, that their bondage grew more and more heavy and grievous for a time, Exod. 1.

Reason. Reason. The Lord doth permit this: 1. For the great Tryal and exercise of the Faith and Patience of his Saints and Children. 2. The more to manifest his own Power, Goodness, and Mercy in delivering them when they are in greatest Distress and Misery.

Use. Use. To stay and comfort the minds of the Godly, when they feel it to be thus with them, that although they have prayed and sought to God in their Troubles; yet they are not presently delivered or helped, but their Afflictions do rather increase and grow more and more sharp and grievous than before. If this be thy case, yet be not dismayed, nor cast away thy hope or confidence in God: but labour still to trust in him, and rely upon his Word & Promise for deliverance in due time: yea though in the mean time thy Troubles increase and multiply upon thee; know that all this makes for God's Glory, and thy Good: For the more through tryall and manifestation of his Graces in thee, &c. And that his Power and Goodness may the more cleerly shine forth in delivering thee when thou art in greatest Distresse, or seest least hope or sign of deliverance. Thy greatest extremity is God's best opportunity to shew his mercy in helping thee, and making a way for thee to escape out of thy Troubles.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Miserable condition of such as are under Satan's Power, &c. Of this before, ver. 18.

Mark 9. 21, 22.‘And he asked his father, How long is it ago since this came unto him? And he said, Of a child, April, 22. 1627. &c.’

HItherto of the three first Antecedents or Preparatives which went before this Miracle which Christ wrought upon the possessed and lunatick child, viz.

  • 1. Our Saviour's coming back again to his Disciples after his Transfigurarion, together with those Acci­dents which thereupon immediately happened, ver. 14, 15.
  • 2. His questioning with the Scribes, about the matter whereof he found them disputing with his Disci­ples, ver. 16.
  • 3. The Suit or Supplication of the father of the child unto Christ in behalf of his son, together with Christ's Answer, and what followed thereupon, ver. 17, 18, 19, 20.

Now the Evangelist setteth down another speciall Antecedent which went before the Miracle, and made way to it, viz. A Conference between Christ and the Father of the child, which consisteth of four parts: 1. A Question moved by our Saviour to the Father of the child touching the time, How long his son had been in that case? 2. The Answer of the father of the child unto that Question, ver. 21, 22. 3. Christ's Reply unto him, ver. 23. 4. The Answer of the father unto that Reply, ver. 24.

Of the first part. And he asked his father, How long is it ago, &c? Here at first it may seem strange, That our Saviour Christ [...]eeing the child to be in such a miserable case, and having also been so earnestly sought unto by the father of the child to shew mercy on him; should yet make further delayes, and instead of dis­possessing and healing the child, should stand questioning thus about the time, How long he had been so, &c. which might seem impertinent and unseasonable at this time; As if one coming to quench a House on Fire, should not set to his helping hand presently, but stand questioning, how the Fire came, or how long it had continued, &c. But all this was done, and this delay made by our Saviour for just and good causes; part­ly for the more thorough tryall and exercise of the Faith of this father of the child: and partly that by this means the long continuance of this heavy affliction and misery of the child, and co [...]sequently, the griev­ousness thereof, being by the father's answer made known, the greatness of the Miracle and of Christ's Pow­er therein shewed, might the more appear.

Now further, whereas ou [...] Saviour doth ask this Question, How long this child had been in this case? This was not because he was ignorant hereof before he asked (for by his divine Spirit, as he was God, he [Page 624] knew it already), but hereby to give occasion to the father of the child to relate the matter; to this end, That both himself might be the more affected with the grievousness of his sons misery being of so long con­tinuance, and also that by this means the power and goodness of Christ might the more appear in helping and delivering him at last; and so the weak Faith of the father might be the more confirmed, when he should afterward see his son delivered from so grievous an affliction which had been so long upon him.

Observ. Observ. The Lord doth sometimes delay and put off the deliverance of his Children and Servants out of their Troubles. Though he have a purpose to deliver them (and that not long after perhaps), yet he doth in the mean time delay and put off the time of deliverance, holding them still under the Cross, and suffering their Afflictions to continue still either in their own persons, or in such as belong unto them; yea, even then when their Afflictions do grow more and more sharp and grievous, yet still he doth make delayes: Thus our Saviour dealt with this father of the child possessed. Though he saw his child more and more tormented by the Devil, which could not but more increase the Affliction and Grief of the father; yet for all this he doth make further delayes, by asking this question of him about the time, How long, &c. So we heard, chap. 7. how he delayed and put off the Woman of Canaan or Syrophoenicia, and would not at first help and deliver her Daughter. Thus David being in distresse, complaineth, That his throat was dry with crying and calling to God for help; which shews, That the Lord did not hear or deliver him at first, but made long de­layes. See Psal. 69. 3. I am weary of my crying, my throat is dryed: mine eyes of fail, while I wait for my God.

Ʋse. Use. Teacheth us not to think strange, or be discouraged in our Afflictions, when the Lord doth delay and put off our deliverance, holding us still under the Crosse and in our Troubles: yea, even then when they grow greatest, and most heavy upon us; for this is no new things, but his usuall dealing with his Children; and it is all for our good. Therefore he makes delayes, not because he is delighted with our Miseries or Afflictions, not yet because he hath no care of us, or pity towards us; but because the due time is not yet come for deliverance. He sees it best for thee to have thy faith and patience further tryed and exercised, and that thou be yet more humbled under his hand. Therefore be content with his Will, and rest in it; waiting still on him, without making too much haste out of trouble. Remember, Esay 28. 16. He that believes, shall not make haste. Though the Lord deferr for a time, yet he will not alwayes delay his help and deliverance: Yet a little while, and he that shall come, will come, and will not tarry, Hebr. 10. 37. In the mean time, The Just shall live by Faith, &c.

Now followeth the Answer of the father of the child to Christ's Question which consists of three parts. 1. A brief resolution of the Question moved to him touching the time how long his son had been so vexed by the Devil; He answers, That he had been so from his Child-hood. 2. A further declaration of the griev­ous misery and affliction of the child, by shewing the dangers into the which the Devil had often brought him, by casting him into Fire and into the Water. 3. A renewing of his former Suit and Supplication unto Christ to shew mercy on him and his child, ver. 22.

Of the first part. And he said, Of a child] Or, from his child-hood or infancy. Now this by the way shews that this possessed party was no child for the present, but rather a Youth or young man of some years.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this young man had this heavy affliction laid upon him by the hand of God even from his child-hood, or when he was yet a child; this shews, That even in his child-hood he was tainted with the corruption of sin (for otherwise it had not stood with God's justice thus to correct him): whence there­fore we may gather, That even young children are naturally tainted with the corruption of sin, and by rea­son thereof lyable and subject to Temporall Afflictions and Chastisements; yea, to eternall Judgment and Condemnation in themselves: Gen. 8. 21. Every Imagination of mans heart is evil from his youth; yea, not onely children, but Infants in their first Conception and Birth are tainted with the corruption of Originall sin, and so lyable by nature unto the Wrath and Judgments of God: Psal. 51. 5. David confesseth, That he was shapen and conceived in Iniquity by his Mother: Rom. 5. 14. Death reigned from Adam to Moses, even over them that had not sinned after the similitude of Adam's Transgression, &c. that i [...], over Infants and young Children, who had not actually sinned; yet were guilty of Originall sin, and defiled with it. And this we see by daily experience to be true, in that Infants and young Children, as well as elder People are chastised by the hand of God with bodily sicknesses and pains, and with Death it self; which shews them to be tain­ted with guilt and corruption of sin, which makes them lyable to such Judgments of God.

Quest. Quest. How come young Children to be thus tainted with sin, and so lyable to God's Wrath and Judg­ment?

Answ. Answ. By reason of Adam's Fall and Transgression, by which he made both himself and all his Posterity guilty of sin, and lyable to the curse of God; and so from Adam, this corruption of sin and lyablenesse to God's Wrath is derived to all mankind by naturall Birth or Descent, by which means even Children and Infants do receive it from their Parents. So Rom. 5. 12. By one man sin entred into the World, and Death by sin, &c.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See by this the cause why young Children or Infants have need of the Sacrament of Baptism to be administred to them, viz. because being naturally defiled with Guilt and Corruption of original sin and lia­ble to God's wrath and Judgments, they have therefore need to be washed and purged from their sins by the Blood of Christ, sealed by the Water in Baptism, &c. Which therefore ought to stir up all Parents to be care­ful to procure this Sacrament for their Children; and that in due time, not delaying it too long for worldly respects, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See what cause for Parents to be humbled and repent not only for their own sins but also for the sins of their Children, confessing and craving pardon of them in Christ; that so they may be forgiven them, and that by this means they may be delivered from the Wrath and Curse of God, at least from eternal Wrath, and from temporal Judgments, so far as is good for them, that they may either be with-holden from them, or sanc­tified unto them to work for their good.

Use 3 Use 3. This should also move Parents to use all good means whereby the natural Corruption of sin may come to be mortified in their Children, and purged out of them more and more, and whereby the contrary [Page 625] work of Grace may be wrought in them; that as they have been Instruments of their natural Birth in sin, and so made them Children of Wrath, so they may be the means of their Regeneration or new Birth. To this end, they ought to be most careful to train them up religiously, in the true Knowledge and Fear of God, using all means to reform sin in them, and to further the Work of Grace in them; as frequent Instruction, Admo­nition, due and moderate Correction, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Lord did lay this heavy Affliction upon this Child being very young, even in his Infancy (as is probable), whereas he passed over and spared many other, not onely Children, but elder Peo­ple, who were as much and more polluted with sin; the cause or reason of this the Lord's dealing is secret; neither is it expressed here by the Evangelist, as being known to God onely: From whence therefore we may learn thus much, that the wayes and proceedings which God doth use with men in executing his Judgments upon them in this life, are oftentimes secret and hidden from us, in respect of the Causes and Reasons of them We neither do nor can alwayes know or comprehend the Causes or Reasons moving the Lord to execute such or such temporal Judgments upon men or Children in this life, but the causes are many times secret to us, and known onely to God himself: Rom. 11. 33. How unsearchable are the Judgments of God, and his wayes past finding out? So far as the Lord doth manifest the causes and reasons of his Judgments upon men, either in his Word, or by his Works, and by the outward events which happen, we may know them; but because he doth not alwayes so manifest them, therefore they are not alwayes known to us, but sometimes secret and un­searchable. Note here, that this is not to be understood of the original or meritorious cause of God's Judg­ments, (for that is alwayes known to be sin,) but especially of the final causes or ends which the Lord aimeth at in such Judgments. These are oftentimes secret and unsearchable unto us.

Use. Use. This teacheth us not too curiously to search into the causes, reasons, or ends which the Lord aimeth at in those temporal Judgments or Chastisements which he inflicteth either upon us or others in this life, (espe­cially if they be strange or unwonted Judgments;) but we are rather to admire and religiously to adore them, and withal to endeavour to make a holy use of them. For this we must know, that although the causes of God's Judgments are sometimes secret, yet are they alwayes just, and therefore we must hereof rest assured, without curious searching after the secret wayes of God; remembring what is said Deut. 29. 29. Secret things belong unto the Lord our God, &c. Such secret things are the wayes and dealings of God, in respect of his Judgments which he often inflicteth upon men in this life, and therefore not too curiously to be pryed into by us, or rashly to be censured or spoken of, but rather in religious silence to be adored and reverenced. The Lord doth many times inflict strange and unwonted Judgments and Afflictions upon Men, Women, and Children, in this life; such as we can give no probable reason of, why the Lord should so deal with them rather than with others; here then we must remember not to be curious in searching after the secret causes and ends which the Lord aimeth at in such Judgments, but to rest in his most just proceedings in all his Judg­ments, making the best and most religious use of them unto our selves.

Mark 9. 22.‘And oft times it hath cast him into the fire, and into the Waters, to destroy him; but if thou canst do April, 29. 1627.any thing, &c.

NOW followeth the further declaration and amplification of his Child's misery by acquainting our Sa­viour into how great perils and dangers of death the Devil had often brought the Child, by casting him into the Fire and Water to destroy or kill him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The deadly hatred and malice of the Devil against mankind, in that he desireth and seeketh not onely the hurt and annoyances, but also the utter ruine and destruction of those over whom he hath any Power. (See Chap. 1. Ver. 23.) Joh. 8. 44. A Murderer from the beginning. Rev. 9. 11. called Abaddon and Apolly [...]n, which signifieth a Destroyer; much more true of the Devil. This deadly malice he sheweth both against the Bodies and Souls of men, seeking the utter destruction of both.

1. He seeks to destroy and murder the bodies of men by temporal or bodily death so far as God doth permit and suffer him; as here he did to this Child, and to Job's Children and Servants, Job. 1.

2. He seeks also, and that principally, the eternal Destruction of mens Souls and Bodies together in Hell: He seeks nothing so much to cast their bodies into the Fire or Water to burn or drown them, as he doth to cast both their bodies and souls into the fire and pit of Hell, there to be burned and drowned everlastingly. And this he doth by his wicked and sinful suggestions; and temptations, labouring continually to entise men unto sin, and so to bring them to eternal destruction. 1 Pet. 5. 8. As a roaring Lion, &c. He is called The Tempter, 1 Thes. 3. 5.

Use 1 Use 1. See what cause there is for us to be watchful at all times against this our deadly Enemy, the De­vil; and against his Temptations, walking circumspectly in all our wayes, and carefully looking to our selves that we give him not the least advantage to tempt and draw us to sin, and so to the destruction of our Soul and Bodies: The more he seeketh to do this, the more watchful must we be over our selves, the more wary of giving him any advantage against us; Ephes. 4. 27. Give not place to the Devill; that is, Give him no ad­vantage or occasion to draw us to sin by his Temptations; which may be done many wayes, as, by yielding to the first motions of any sin arising in our hearts, and not resisting them at first; or by casting our selves upon the occasions of sin, as evil Company, Idleness, &c. or by negligence in good Duries; or by loosnesse in our outward Carriage, thereby discovering the inward Corruptions of our hearts, and so laying our selves open to Satan our deadly Enemy. All these take heed of, and look to thy self in all thy wayes, that thou give no advantage to the Tempter to tempt thee to sin, and so to murder and devour thy Soul, as he desireth and seeketh by all means, and at all times, and at all places: He goeth about as a roaring Lion; Therefore look to him, and to thy self, and all thy wayes; especially, to thy heart, that thou keep it with all diligence as Solomon exhorteth in the Proverbs: See thou be daily armed against him with Faith, Prayer, the Word of God, &c. If thou didst certainly know, that thou hast an Enemy which did seek thy bodily life, and did ly in wait secretly to murder thee; How wary and fearful would it make thee to be, where thou becomest, how [Page 626] thou ca [...]iest thy self, thou wouldst carry some weapon about thee, &c. How much more cause hast thou to walk circumspectly at all times, in all places, seeing it is so certain that Satan, the deadly Enemy of thy Soul and Body lyeth in wait continually to tempt thee to sin, and so to devoure thy Soul in eternal destruction. See 1 Pet. 5. 8.

Use 2 Use 2. This should teach us not to hearken or yield to the faire or friendly perswasions of Satan, whereby he e [...]tiseth us to sin, under pretence of good Will (as he did to our first Parents), by suggesting to our minds the Profit, Pleasure, or Content which sin will bring to us. For, whatsoever he pretend, the Truth is, he doth intend nothing else but the devouring of our Souls: He is a Liar and a Murderer from the beginning; Therefore, trust him not, though he seem to speak never so faire to thy heart, &c. (See in Ver. 23. of the first Chapter),

Use 3 Use 3. See what cause there is for us daily to commit our selvs, and such as belong to us, unto God's special Protection by Prayer, that he may keep us from the power and malice of this our deadly Enemy, which daily goeth about and laboureth to destroy and Murder our Souls and Bodies.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though the Devil had often cast this Child into the Fire and Water, desiring and seeking to destroy it; yet it appears that he could never do it, (the Lord restraining his Power, and preserving the Child from destruction): Hence we learn, that although the Devil's Power and Malice against Mankind be very great, yet it is limited and restrained by the over-ruling Power of God, so as he cannot do so much hurt as he desireth, but so much only as the Lord suffereth him. (See before, Chap. 5. ver. 12.)

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To comfort the Godly against the malice and power of Satan, &c. (See before, the 12th. Verse of Chap. 5.)

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This should also cause us to bless God for his Goodness and Mercy in curbing and restraining the Power and Malice of Satan, that he cannot do us so much hurt and mischief as he would. If he might have his Will, he would not suffer us or ours to live an hour, but would use some means to murder us, and to de­stroy our Bodies; he would devour our Souls, &c. How then are we bound to God for restraining his pow­er. (See Chap. 1. 23.)

Now followeth the third part of the Answer of the Father unto Christ's Question or Demand, viz. The renewing of his former sute unto Christ for his Son; that he would shew mercy on him and help him out of that misery.

But if thou canst do anything, &c.] Having further declared and laid open unto Christ the misery of his Child, in that the Devil had so often cast him into the Fire and Water, &c. Now suddainly he breaketh off all further discourse touching that matter, as being tedious and grievous to him to speak or think of, (and as one that was impatient of further delay, and desirous to have his Son speedily healed, if it might be,) he now takes occasion to renew his earnest Sute and Prayer unto Christ, saying, But if thou canst do any thing, &c. Now, in that he speaketh thus doubtfully touching Christ's Power, (If thou canst &c.) this was out of the Weakness of Faith. For although he was not quite destitute of Faith, but had some Seed thereof sowen in his heart, by which he did in some measure believe, and had some perswasion of Christ's Power and Ability to help his Child, (for otherwise he would never have brought his Child to him, nor made any sute at all to him to cast the Devil out of him,) yet notwithstanding, it appeareth by these words, (as also by that which followeth, Ver. 24.) that this his Faith was as yet very weak and feeble, being joyned with much doubting and wavering.

Quest. Quest What was the Cause or Occasion of this Weakness of Faith and doubtfulness in him, touching the Power of Christ?

Answ. Answ. There might be sundry occasions of it. As 1. The Consideration of the grievousness and long continuance of his Son's misery and affliction.

2. The Unability of the Disciples to cast out the Devil, though he had sought to them to do it.

3. Our Saviour's delaying of the time so long before he did help and deliver the Child.

4. That hitherto his Child was so far from being helped, that he grew rather worse, the Devil torment­ing him more grievously than before, and that in the presence of Christ. All these considerations laid to­gether were (no doubt) so many main hinderances to the Faith of this man, and occasions of his doubtfulness and wavering in belief of Christ's Power.

Have Compassion on us, &c.] he joyns himself with his Son, as accounting his Affliction to be his own.

Now, in the words consider two things: 1. The manner of renewing his Sute and Prayer to Christ; with much Weakness of Faith, discovered by his doubtful speaking of Christ's Power, If thou canst, &c. 2. The Petition or Request it self, which he maketh to Christ; that he would have Compassion on him and his Son, and help them, viz. by casting the Devil out of him.

Of the first. Observ. That the Saints and Children of God do sometimes pray with much weakness of Faith; their Faith in Prayer is not alwaies strong or powerful, but oftentimes very weak, and joyned with much doubting and wavering, especially in time of trouble and distress. So here, the Father of the possessed Child prayes to Christ, but with much weakness of Faith. Psal. 77. 1. David prayed earnestly to God in his trouble, and yet Ver. 7, &c. it appears that he felt much weakness of Faith at that time.

Ʋse. Use. See that there is no cause for us to be discouraged, though we feel much Weakness of Faith in our Prayers; especially, when we are in trouble and distress inward or outward; for thus it is oftentimes with other Saints and Children of God, yea, with the best of them: Neither doth this Weakness of Faith hinder our Prayers from being accepted of God, or from prevailing with him; as we see also in this Example of the Father of this Child, whose Prayer was accepted of Christ, and prevailed with him, though joyned with great Weakness of Faith. It is not the strength or measure of Faith, but the truth and sincerity of it, that maketh our Prayers acceptable and available with God; neither doth he hear us for the worthiness of our Faith, but for his Promise sake, and for the Merit and Intercession of Christ especially. Therefore though thou feel much Weakness of Faith in Prayer, be not out of heart or discouraged in the duty; but be constant in it, assu­ring thy self that God doth hear and accept thee in Christ, for his Promise sake, notwithstanding the Weak­ness and Imperfection of thy Faith: Onely see thou do not approve of thine own Infidelity or Doubtings, [Page 627] but resist them by all means, and labour daily for more strength of Faith in prayer: Jam. 1. 6. Let him that asketh Wisdom of God, ask in Faith, nothing wavering, &c. that is, let him not in his prayer give way to wavering or doubting, so as to suffer it to prevail over his Faith; but let him resist and strive against such wavering in prayer.

Observ. 1 Of the second. Observ. 1. In that this father of the child doth not give over his Suit and Supplication to Christ, but doth now renew the same again; though our Saviour did not help and deliver his child at first, but delayed the matter: Hence we are taught, not to give over praying and seeking to God in our Troubles and Distresses, but to persevere therein constantly, renewing our requests with the more fervency. when we are not helped or delivered at first. (See before, chap. 7. ver. 28.) Rom. 12. 12. Continue instantly in pray­er, especially in time of trouble. So Ephes. 6. 18. Watch thereunto with all perseverance, &c. Thus have the Saints of God done in their Troubles. Though they have not been helped or delivered upon their first praying to God, no nor for long time; yet have they not fainted in prayer, but have continued and perse­vered, renewing their requests with the greater fervency. Thus David being in trouble, and having pray­ed and sought to God for help; though the Lord did not help him at first, but delayed long; yet did he not give over praying, but continued, and renewed his requests: as we may see, Psal. 13. Psal. 69. 3. So Lam. 3. 44. The Church being in affliction, complaineth that God did not hear or help them at first, but co­vered himself with a Cloud, that their prayer should not pass thorough; and yet they continued still praying unto him, as appeareth in that Chapter: 2 Cor. 12. 8. Paul being in inward distress, buffetted by the Messenger of Satan, prayed thrice; that is, often unto God for removall of that affliction: though he were not delivered upon his first or second prayer; yet he gave not over, but persevered constantly.

Ʋse. Use. To stir us up unto this perseverance in prayer to God in time of our Troubles, though we be not helped at first, &c. (See before, chap. 7. ver. 28.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Have compassion upon us, &c.] It is the Lord's free mercy and compassion, that must move him to help and deliver us out of our troubles and miseries which we are in at any time: therefore this father of the child first prayeth unto Christ to have mercy or compassion upon him and his son, and then to help them. It is not any goodness or worthiness at all in us that can move the Lord to help and deliver us, but onely his free mercy and compassion toward us: Therefore the Saints of God have used this as the best argument to move the Lord to help and deliver them, even his own merciful nature and disposition toward such as are in misery. So David, Psal. 57. 1. Be mercifull unto me, O God, be mercifull unto me, for my Soul trusteth in thee; yea, in the shadow of thy wings will I make my refuge, till these Calamities be over-past. So Psal. 69. 13. In the multitude of thy mercy hear me, in the truth of thy Salvation: Deliver me out of the mire, and let me not sink, &c.

Ʋse. Use. Teacheth us in all our Distresses and Miseries outward and inward, to deny our selves, and to fly to this gracious mercy of God, praying him for his own own mercies-sake to help and deliver us: Psal. 25. 11. For thy Name-sake, pardon my Iniquity; that is, for thy mercies-sake. See also ver. 16. Turn thee, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Help us] In that he joyneth himself with his child in this petition to Christ; we learn, That Parents should accompt the miseries and afflictions of their children as their own miseries; and so to be af­fected with them, praying for them, and using all other good means for their help and deliverance, as they would do for themselves. So the Woman of Canaan, Matth. 15. 22. when she would have Christ to cast the Devil out of her Daughter, prayeth him to have mercy upon her self: And ver. 25. She came and Worshipped; saying, Lord, help me. So David, 2 Sam. 12. 22. Who can tell whether God will be gracious to me, that the child may live? Children are not onely near and dear to their Parents, but a part of them (as it were) in that they do receive their natural life and beeing from them; and therefore when any Parent doth see God's hand upon his child by any affliction; as sickness, pain, &c. he should acknowledge that God doth correct him in his child, and accordingly should be affected with his child's affliction as his own: the rather, because the Lord may and doth oftentimes visit the sins of the Parents upon their Children, as he threatneth in the second Commandment, which moved the Widow of Zarephath, 1 King. 17. 18. presently to apprehend and acknowledge her own sins, when God did smite her child with Death.

Mark 9. 23.‘Jesus said unto him, If thou canst believe, &c. May, 6. 1627.

THE third part of the Conference between our Saviour Christ and the father of the Lunatick child; viz. Our Saviour's Reply unto that Answer which the father of the child made unto his Question touch­ing the time, How long his child had been in that case, as we heard in the two former verses. The Answer of the father was, That his son had been so from a child, or from his infancy: And withall, in hi [...] Answer he took occasion (as we have heard) both to lay open further unto Christ the misery of his child, [...]d also to renew his earnest suit and prayer for the dispossessing and healing of him.

Now to that prayer or petition our Saviour here replyeth, yielding and promising that his petition might and should be granted; conditionally, that he could believe: and for confirmation hereof, he takes occasion further to set out the Power and Vertue of Faith, affirming that all things are possible unto him that believeth. In the words two things are contained:

  • 1. The condition which our Saviour requireth of this man, for the obtaining of his request and prayer for his son; viz. That he should believe; If thou canst believe.
  • 2. A further declaration of the Power and Efficacy of true Faith; in that he saith, All things are possible, &c.

Of the first. If thou canst believe] That is, by true Faith rest perswaded of my Power, and willingnesse or readinesse to help thy son by working this Miracle upon him. Here note, That our Saviour doth not speak properly of justifying Faith, or of Faith as it doth justify; that is to say, as it doth apprehend the main pro­mise of the Gospel, touching forgiveness of Sins and Salvation by Christ: but of that Faith which is by Di­vines called the Faith of Miracles, which is no [...]hing else but a belief of the Divine Power of God or of [Page 628] Christ, for the effecting of some miraculous work: And yet our Saviour doth not here exclude justifying Faith, but include it rather, especially in the words following; forasmuch as it is one and the same Faith in general, by which true Believers do apply the promise of remission of Sins and Salvation, and by which they do believe the Power of God for the effecting of some miraculous work: onely it is distinguished in regard of the object; for the general object of Faith is the whole word of God, and every Divine Truth re­vealed. And there is no doubt but the father of this child did in some measure believe both, though but weakly as yet. Fides [...]ustificans & fides Miraculorum est eadem genere, non specie. Paraeus de Justif. lib. 1. cap. 5. pag. 87.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour speak thus conditionally or doubtfully, If thou canst believe, &c. seeing he was not ignorant that he did already in some measure believe?

Answ. Answ. 1. To put him in mind of the weakness of his Faith, and to stirr him up to labour and strive for more strength of Faith, as we see he did presently hereupon, ver. 24.

2. Because in his prayer or petition he spake doubtfully of Christ's Power, If thou canst do any thing, &c. thereby seeming to impure the matter unto some weakness in Christ, if his child were not healed; therefore our Saviour answers him with this conditional Speech, touching his own Faith; saying, If thou canst believe, thereby implying, That the onely cause that could hinder the working of this Miracle upon the child, was the weakness of his own Faith; and not any unability or weakness in Christ himself.

Note further, That when our Saviour saith, If thou canst believe] Here seemeth to be an Eclipsis or de­fect of something which is to be supplyed to make the sentence full, q. d. If thou canst believe, that which thou desirest shall be done for thee. (See Piscator in locum.)

All things are possible, &c.] The more to stirr up and strengthen the Faith of this father of the child, our Saviour takes occasion to set out unto him the excellency and power of Faith.

Now these words are not so to be understood, as if Faith did inable the Believer to do all things of himself, or by his own power: but that it is a means by which the Believer is inabled to procure or obtain all things to be done for him, by the Power of God. (See Piscator and Marlorat in locum.) Neither is it to be under­stood of all things simply and absolutely, but of all such things as are agreeable to God's revealed Will; and do make for his Glory, and for the good of the Believer. All such things are possible to the Believer; that is, the Believer is able by Faith to procure or obtain them to be done for him by the Power of God.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. When we want any blessing or benefit which we desire, and are hindred and kept from enjoying it longer than we desired; the fault is not in the Lord, but in our selves: either because we want Faith to believe God's Power and Goodness towards us, or because we do not so earnestly pray and seek to him for such Blessings as we should, or by reason of some other sin which remains unreformed in us, and so doth hinder and keep us from enjoying such or such Blessings which we desire. The father of this Lunatick-child seemeth in the former verse to lay the fault upon Christ himself, imputing the matter to some weakness in him, if his child should not be healed: but our Saviour here plainly tells him, that the fault was in himself; even the weakness of his own Faith, which therefore he useth means to stirr up and strengthen. This shews where the fault is, when we do at any time want any Blessing which we desire for our selves or those which belong to us; as our Children, Friends, &c. It i [...] not in God, but in our selves: Mark 6. 5, 6. Our Saviour could do but few great work [...] at Nazareth, because of their unbelief. So that the fault was in themselves, not in him; that they had no more benefit by his Miracle [...]: Jam. 4. 2. Ye have not, because ye ask not, &c. q. d. The fault is in your selves, that ye want many blessings which ye might enjoy: Jer. 5. 25. Your sins have with-holden good things from you.

Use. Ʋse. This must teach us in the want of any blessing or benefit which we desire, to be far from blaming the Lord, as if he wanted power or will to do us good; and to lay all the fault upon our selves, in regard of our unbelief, negligence in prayer, or other sins which hinder good things from us. Think not that the Lord's arm is shortned, or his bowels of mercy shut up; but look into thy self, what sin there is to hinder the Lord's Power and Goodness toward thee.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here what condition is required on our part, to make us capable and fit to be partakers of those benefits and blessings which we stand in need of, and which the Lord hath promised, or purposeth to bestow upon us, viz. The condition of Faith, that we do believe the Power and Goodness of God toward us, and the truth of his Word and Promise made unto us. Our Saviour here purposing and promising to the father of the Lunatick child this great benefit of the miraculous healing of his child, doth first require Faith on his part, that he should believe and rest upon the Power and Goodness of Christ for the obtaining of this which he desired. So at other times he used in like case to require Faith of such as were to be partakers of the benefit of his Miracles, as Matth. 9. 28. of the two blind men; Believe ye that I am able to do this? So when the Lord promiseth any special benefit to his Church or People, he requireth Faith on their part to be­lieve it: 2 Chron. 20. 20. Jehosaphat to his People, Believe in the Lord your God, so shall ye be established, &c. On the contrary, Isa. 7. 9. If ye will not believe, ye shall not be established.

Now as this is true of outward and Temporall benefits of this Life, so much more of Spirituall blessings which concern the Life to come; as remission of Sins, Justification, and eternall Life; that as God hath promised these unto us in Christ: So [...]e requireth the condition of Faith on our part, that we should believe and rest upon his Word and Promises, and upon his Power, Goodness, and Truth for performance of his Promises; and without this Faith we are not capable of the blessings promised: Hence it is, That all such Promises of Spirituall blessings in Christ are made upon condition of our Faith: Acts 13. 38. Paul tells those of Antioch, That through Christ was preached to them forgiveness of Sins: And by him all that believe were justified, &c. And Joh. 3. 16. God gave his onely begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him, should not pe­rish, &c. So Mark 16. 16. He that believeth, and is Baptized, &c. Acts 16. 31. Believe in the Lord Jesus, and thou shalt be saved and thy House.

Use 1 Use 1. See that such as want Faith, are not capable of any blessings or benefits which God hath promised in his Word, neither have they any right or title to them; no, not to the Temporall blessings of this Life; as Health, Wealth, Prosperity, &c. (for though they enjoy these; yet not as blessings, but as curses rather) [Page 629] much less have they any right or title to any spirituall or saving benefit of Christ; as pardon of sins, God's favour, &c. nor any part in these: nay, they are not so much as capable of any of them: which therefore shews the misery and wretched estate of all Unbelievers, which are yet destitute of true Faith.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what to do, if we would be partakers of those benefits, both Spiritual and Temporal which we desire and stand in need of, and which the Lord hath in his Word promised to his Elect. Labour to perform the condition required on ourpart, viz. by true Faith to believe and rest upon the Word and Promises of God, and upon the Power and Godness of God for the receiving and enjoying of all such blessings and good things as he hath promised, and we stand in need of. This is the condition that must qualify us, and make us capable of all the blessings of God, Spirituall and Temporall; and without it, we are not fit to receive or enjoy any of them, no, not the least of them as they are blessings, much less those great and inesti­mable blessings which concern Salvation: we are by Nature as empty Vessels, and infidelity stops us up that which cannot receive any Grace; Faith opens our mouths, &c. Therefore as thou desirest to be a partaker of these and all other blessings of God, which he hath made promise of; so look, thou have some measure of true Faith to believe and apply his Promises, and to rest on his Almighty Power and Goodnesse for the enjoy­ing of all blessings needfull for the Soul and Body. Never rest, till thou feel this Faith begun in thy heart; use all means to attain to it: Labour first to feel thy want of Faith by Nature, and how miserable thou art with­out it, having no true communion with God or Christ, nor any true title to any blessing promised of God in his Word, &c. Then get a hungring and thirsting desire after this Faith (for God will powre his Spirit up­on the thristy, Esay 44. 3.) withall, see thou attend conscionably upon the principall means sanctified of God to work Faith, viz. The ministery of the Word, Rom. 10. 17. Be a frequent and diligent Hearer of this Word of Faith, then God will bless his own Ordinance to thee for the working of Faith in thy heart. This also concerneth such as have Faith already, to stirr them up to labour for further growth and increase thereof, that by this means they may become more and more capable and fit to be partakers of all blessings which God hath promised, and they stand in need of. But of this growth of Faith, we shall have occasion to speak more upon the verse following.

It followeth, All things are possible, &c.]

Observ. Observ. The great Power and Efficacy of true Faith, that it is a means to procure and obtain all good things at the hands of God which stand with his Will, and do make for the benefit and good of the Believer. It prevails with God to set on work his Power for the doing and effecting of whatsoever makes for his own Glory, and for the Good and Salvation of the Believer. There is nothing so hard to be done, but Faith is able to procure it to be done by the Almighty Power of God for the Believers sake; no blessing so hard to be obtained at the hands of God, but Faith can obtain it for the Believer, so far as is good for him, and stands with the Will of God: yea, it is a powerfull means for the obtaining not onely of ordinary favours, but also of extraordinary and miraculous Benefits and Priviledges at the hands of God, and that both Spirituall and Temporall. Touching Spirituall, it is a means to obtain pardon of sin, and God's favour, justification, and eternall Life at the hands of God: For all these are in Scripture promised to such as believe, as we have heard before. Touching temporall Favours and Priviledges of this Life, there is none so great or hard to be obtained, but Faith is able to procure for the Believers good: Hebr. 11. The Apostle reckoneth up sundry great and excellent Benefits which Believers obtained at the hands of God by means of Faith, as that by it the Israelites obtained safe passage through the Red-Sea, as on dry Land, ver. 19. So ver. 33. By Faith they sub­dued Kingdoms, obtained the Promises of God, stopped mouths of Lyon, quenched violence of Fire, &c. And ver. 35. Women received their Dead raised to Life again, &c. By Faith, the Apostles of Christ obtained the extra­ordinary Power and Gift of Miracles in those times; as of healing the Sick, raising the Dead, casting out Devils, &c. And by the same Faith they should have been inabled to work other Miracles besides those they did work, if it had made for God's Glory: Matth. 17. 20. Verily I say unto you, If ye have Faith as a grain of Mustard-seed, ye shall say unto this Mountain, remove hence, &c. and it shall remove; and nothing shall be im­possible unto you. So Luke 17. 6.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. By Faith, a Believer doth honour God; believing his Word, Power, &c. Therefore God doth honour him, 1 Sam. 2. 30.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It helpeth and inableth us to pray unto God earnestly and effectually in all our Necessities, and so to obtain all things of God which tend to his Glory and our Good: Jam. 5. 16. The effectuall fervent prayer of a righteous man prevaileth much; that is, the prayer of Faith, as he calls it before, ver. 15. Oratio fidei omnipotens. Luther.

Ʋse. 1 Ʋse 1. See the excellency of this Grace of true Faith, worthily called precious Faith, 2 Pet. 1. 1. in that it is so powerfull and effectuall to prevail with God for the obtaining not onely of some, but of all Blessings and Benefits needfull and profitable for us. By Faith Jacob wrestled and prevailed with God, and obtained a blessing, Gen. 32. 28, 29. And by this, as by a powerfull instrument or means we prevail with God for the obtaining of all blessings, Spirituall and Temporall; especially Spirituall: This makes all things possible to be obtained for us at the hands of God; yea, by it we do actually come to receive from God whatsoever is good for us. The hand of our Souls by which we lay hold upon all the blessings of God, and reach them to our selves, though they be never so hard to be obtained, though they be never so far removed from us, &c. A strange and wonderfull Instrument or Engine it is, by which we are inabled to reach up to Heaven, and to pull down from thence all things which we stand in need of; all blessings and good things, all deliverances from evil, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. For the comfort of all true Believers, who are indued with any measure of this excellent and power­full Gift of Faith, which is able to work so great matters, and to prevail so much with God: Great is the Priviledge and Happiness of such as are partakers of this Grace; for having Faith, they either have or may have all things in Heaven and Earth that are good and necessary for them. All Spirituall blessings; as pardon of Sins, God's favour, &c. All Temporall blessings of this Life; as Health, Wealth, and outward Prospe­rity so far as is good and fit for them, and so far as stands with the Will of God: 1 Cor. 3. 22. All things are yours, and ye are Christ's, &c. (Hieronym. Fideli homini totus mundus divitiarum est.)

Object. Object. But do we not see that the Faithfull do want many good things in this Life, especially Temporall things, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. They want nothing that is good and profitable for them, to further their Happinesse and Salva­tion: Psal. 34. 10. They that seek the Lord, shall not want any good thing.

2. If they do want any Blessing, it is their own fault; because they do not stirr up and exercise their Faith in depending upon God, and praying to him so often and earnestly as they should.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See what cause for us to labour for this excellent Grace of Faith, as we were before exhorted, &c.

Mark 9. 24.‘And straightway the Father of the Child cryed out, and said, &c. May 13. 1627.

IN this verse and the three next going before (as ye have heard), is laid down to us a Conference holden between our Saviour Christ and the Father of the Lunatick Child; which Conference consisteth of four parts:

  • 1. A Question moved by our Saviour to the Father of the Child, How long his Son had been in that case.
  • 2. The Answer of the Father, in which he doth not onely certify our Saviour how long his Son had been so, even from his Childhood or Infancy; but withall takes occasion further to lay open the misery of his Child, and to renew his earnest sute and supplication unto Christ for his Son.
  • 3. Our Saviour's Reply, which he made to that Answer, and particularly to the Petition or Sute made to Him by the Father of the Child. In which Reply, he doth seem to yield and grant his Request, conditio­nally, that he could believe; that is, by Faith rest perswaded of his divine Power and Mercy, and depend on it for the working of this Miracle on his Child.
  • 4. The Answer of the Father of the Child unto that Reply of Christ.

Touching the three first parts of this Conference I have spoken already.

Now followeth the fourth and last, which is set down in this 24th. Verse now read: viz. The Answer made by the Father of the Child unto Christ's Reply in the former Verse, requiring Faith of him to believe his Power and Mercy, if he would have this Miracle wrought for his Child. To this he now answereth in these words, which do contain in them nothing else but an earnest Prayer or Supplication made by the Father of the Child unto our Saviour Christ, in which as he doth make open Profession of his Faith, so withall he prayeth for further encrease of it.

In the words consider three things: 1. The time when he made this Prayer to Christ, Straightway; that is, immediately upon those words of our Saviour used to him in the former Verse, in which he assured him, that If he could believe, all things were possible, &c.

2. The manner of his praying or making Supplication to Christ, which consisteth in two things: 1. His earnestness, in that it is said, He cryed out. 2. His great Humiliation in himself, testified by his tears or weeping.

3. The matter of his Prayer, consisting of two parts: 1. A Profession of his Faith in Christ, Lord, I believe. 2. A Petition or Request unto Christ to help his Unbelief.

Of the first. The time; Straightway,] This shews his readiness and forwardness to express and testify his Faith by this Prayer; therefore he delayeth no time, but presently upon our Saviour's words, requiring Faith of him, he takes occasion both to profess his Faith, and to pray for encrease of it.

Observ. Observ. True Faith causeth those in whom it is, to be ready and forward in the duty of Prayer, and seeking to God upon all occasions, omitting no opportunity of putting up their sutes to God; especially in time of trouble and distress. So here the Father of this possessed Child, having Faith in his heart, was thereby stir­red up to be thus forward to make this earnest Prayer unto Christ, so soon as ever our Saviour did give him oc­casion so to do; Straightway he cryed unto him, &c. And as here he was forward to pray for himself, so we have heard before how forward he was to make sute unto Christ for his afflicted Child; and that not onely once, but he renewed his sute again for him with greater earnestness, Ver. 22. It was his Faith (though as yet but weak) that stirred him up to this readiness and forwardness to pray and seek to Christ both for himself and for his Child, in this time of his distress. So David, Psal. 116. 10. I believed, therefore did I speak; I was greatly afflicted, &c. His Faith stirred him up to pray in his troubles. So 2 Chron. 20. 6. this moved Jehosa­phat to be so forward to pray unto God in time of his distress, because he did by Faith rest upon God for help and deliverance, as appeareth Ver. 12.

Use. Use. By this we may examine and try what true Faith is in our hearts. Look whether we be ready and for­ward on all occasions to pray to God in our necessities; especially in time of trouble. If it be so, this argues Faith in our hearts, which stirreth us up hereunto; but if we be negligent in Prayer, especially in time of our Affliction, this argues want or great Weakness of Faith. Therefore think it not enough to profess that thou hast Faith to believe God's Power and Goodness toward thee, and to rest on his Promises; but shew it by forwardness on all occasions to seek to him in Prayer. A Child that is perswaded of his Father's Love, will seek to him, &c. So here, Faith in the heart opens the mouth in Prayer.

Now followeth the manner of his praying; with fervency and earnestness.

He cryed out,] viz. With a loud Voice. Now by this he expressed the inward vehemency and earnest­ness of his heart and affections in this his Prayer.

Observ. Observ. One property required in true Prayer, is, that it ought to be earnest, and expressed by outward Signs and Testimonies thereof, as occasion is offered; as by lifting up the Voice or Hands, &c. Jam. 5. 16. The effect­uall fervent Prayer of a Righteous man availeth much. Such have the Prayers of the Saints used to be; as here, of this Father of the lunatick Child. So of Moses, Exod. 14. 15. Why criest thou unto me? Of David, who often in the Psalms mentions his crying unto God by Prayer, shewing his vehemency and earnestness there­in, Psal. 18. 6. In my distress I called upon the Lord, and cried unto my God. So the Prayer of Hannah, [Page 631] 1 Sam. 1. 15. she saith, she had powred out her Soul before the Lord. Our Saviour Christ Heb. 5. 7. with strong Cries, &c.

Now to the end our Prayers may be [...]ervent, three things especially are required.

1. A lively sense and feeling of our wants and miseries.

2. From this feeling of our wants, must arise in our hearts an earnest and vehement desire and longing to have our wants supplied, and to obtain the things we ask of God: Rom. 8. 26. The Spirit maketh requests for us with groanings (or sighs) not to be uttered. This hath made the Saints of God to pray so [...]ervently, even the sense of their wants, causing in them a vehement desire to obtain the things which they prayed for; as Da­vid, in the 51. Psalm, feeling his sins, and the want of pardon, earnestly desiring it, prayeth most earnestly for the same.

3. To make our Prayers [...]ervent, there is required perseverance and continuance in the Duty or Exercise of Prayer, not fainting or giving over our Sutes and Supplications too soon; for he that presently giveth over, is not [...]ervent in Prayer: We must therefore hold out constantly in the duty; not onely praying, but solliciting and importuning the Lord again and again in our Prayers for those things we desire, especially for great and extraordinary Mercies and Blessings: Luke 18. 1. Our Saviour spake a Parable to them, that men ought alwayes to pray and not [...]aint, &c. Eph. 6. 18. Pray alwayes, and watch unto it with all perseverance, &c See Isa. 62. 6. Ye that make mention of the Lord, keep not silence, and give him no rest till he establish and make Je­rusalem a Praise in the Earth.

Use 1 Use 1. This condemneth the cold and negligent Prayers of many, being made without any such [...]ervency of heart as should be in them. Many make but a Lip-labour of this Duty, using words of Prayer without any true feeling of their Wants, or earnest desire to have them supplied; yea, there are many which do not so much as understand the words which themselves use in Prayer, much less do they pray with any true fee­ling or earnest affection of heart: Others pray with some feeling and desire of that they ask, but it is very cold and negligent: Others do too soon [...]aint and give over their Sutes unto God; they pray now and then for a short fitt or so; but are not instant or importunate with the Lord. It is no mervail if such cold and sleight Prayers do prevail little or nothing at all with the Lord: Such cold Suiters must not look to speed in the Court of Heaven. How should God be affected with thy Prayers, when thou thy self art so little affected with them? How should the Lord regard thy Prayers, when thou thy self dost so little regard them?

Use 2 Use 2. To stir us up to labour for this [...]ervency of Heart and Affections in Prayer. And to this end let us strive for a true inward feeling of our Wants and Miseries, and for an earnest desire after the things we ask of God. This will make us pray [...]ervently and earnestly unto the Lord. This will make us not onely to call upon God, but even to cry unto him not so much with the Voice of our Mouth as of our Heart. This will also cause us to persevere and hold out in our Prayers, being instant and importunate with the Lord to grant our Requests: And then may we hope to prevail; for such importunate Suiters he loveth. He is not like unto some great men, who love not to be too much importuned or troubled with Petitions; but He loveth to be importuned and followed with our Sutes and Supplications, and that with earnestness: It is no trouble to him, but a delight rather; and such [...]ervent Prayers are best pleasing to him, and most powerful to prevail with him.

The second thing to be considered, in the manner of the Prayer here made unto Christ by the Father of the Lunatick Child, is, that it was accompanied with much Humiliation in himself, expressed by tears.

He cryed, and said with tears,] These Tears (no doubt) proceeded from the inward sorrow of his heart, whereby he was deeply touched and much humbled in himself for his Unbelief, which our Saviour had put him in mind of, in the former Verse; which therefore he prayeth against so earnestly in the words following. And this sin of Unbelief, which now most troubled him, did (no doubt) bring to remembrance other sins of his, and so caused the greater sorrow in him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That true Faith is alwayes joyned with sorrow and humiliation for Sin, causing those in whom it is to be much humbled and cast down in themselves with grief for their sins, and to mourn for the same with godly sorrow unto Repentance. 2 Cor. 7. 9. this sorrow was in the Corinthians, who were Believers; and it is alwayes joyned with true Faith, being an inseparable Effect of it. So in that sinful Woman, Luke 7. as she had Faith, (as appeareth Ver. 50.) so this Faith caused her to mourn and weep for her sins abundantly, Ver. 38, So Zech. 12. 10. I will poure on the House of David, &c. the Spirit of Grace and Supplications, and they shall look upon me whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for him, &c. that is, they shall look on Christ by Faith, and thereupon shall mourn for their sins by which they have pierced him, See Hos. 12. 4. Exemplum Jacobi.

Reason. Reason. True Faith doth apprehend and apply God's Mercy and Goodness toward the Sinner, and so causeth him to mourn and grieve for offending so gracious and merciful a God.

Use. Use. To examine our Faith by this special fruit and companion of it, viz. Godly sorrow and Humiliation of Heart for our sins. Look whether we be humbled and cast down before God in sight of our sins; whe­ther we feel our hearts broken and melted with godly sorrow and grief for them; especially, for those sins by which we have most dishonoured God, and that not so much in regard of the punishment and misery which follows sin, as that we have offended God, our gracious Father. If it be thus with us, this argues true Faith in our hearts, that we do in some measure truly believe and apprehend God's Mercy towards us in Christ, which makes us so to grieve for offending him. On the contrary, if our hearts be not yet truly humbled and broken with godly sorrow for our sins, there is no true Faith in us as yet, whatsoever we say or profess to the contrary. It cannot be that Faith should be in a heart that is not truly humbled for sin: Faith and Repen­tance alwayes go together, and a believing heart is alwayes a broken and contrite heart, truly touched and humbled with grief for sin. Therefore let every one of us look to it, and examine our Faith by this infallible mark and sign of it, viz. This true sorrow and humiliation of heart for our sins. Every one can say he hath Faith, but this is not enough, 2 Cor. 13. 5. we are bid to examine our selves, whether we be in the Faith, &c. especially, this is to be done at this time, now we are to come to the Lord's Table. Faith is one of the prin­cipal [Page 632] Graces which we are to examine our selves for, before we come to this Sacrament (as we heard lately upon, 1 Cor. 11. 28.) And here is one special mark to try and know it by; look to thy self then, now thou comest to the Sacrament, whether thou be truly humbled and grieved for thy sins, &c. If so, it argues some true Faith begun in thy heart: Otherwise, if not thus humbled and broken in heart, never think thou hast any true Faith, or that thou art fit to be partaker of the Sacrament: Presume not therefore to intrude into this holy marriage Feast without a wedding Garment. Some are so far from true sorrow for their sins, that they are not yet come to true sight of them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this father of the possessed child was grieved especially for his sin of Unbelief (as ap­peareth by the words following): we may gather, That where there is true Faith, there is alwayes grief and sorrow for the contrary sin of Unbelief which is mingled with Faith. Faith being imperfect, even in the best Christian in this Life; and being joyned with the contrary sin of Unbelief, which doth continually resist and oppose Faith: This cannot but cause greive and sorrow in the heart of the Believer, it cannot but cause him to mourn and grieve for the weakness of his Faith, and for that it is so much opposed and hindred by the enemy thereof, which is Unbelief.

Use. Use. Here then see another special mark and sign whereby to examine and try our Faith whether it be true and sound, not counterfeit: Look what grief of heart we feel for the weakness of our Faith, and for the con­trary sin of Unbelief, which opposeth and hindreth our Faith. It is a good sign of the presence of any Grace in the heart, when the contrary sin or corruption is not onely felt and perceived, but lamented and grieved for. This argues, that sin not to be a reigning sin, but of infirmity; because the party in whom it is, doth not allow or like of it in himself, but on the contrary doth mourn and grieve for it.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the inward sorrow of heart which was in this party did express it self outwardly by tears; we may learn, That when the heart is truly touched and humbled with sorrow for Sin, it will shew it self also outwardly by some Signs and Testimonies thereof, as occasion is offered; as by tears or weeping, or by a sad and heavy countenance, or some other way: Luke 18. 13. The humbled Publican standing far off, would not so much as lift up his eyes to Heaven; but smote upon his Breast, &c. Luke 7. The Woman which washed Christ's feet with her tears, &c.

Quest. Quest. Whether outward tears be of absolute necessity in true humiliation for sin?

Answ. Answ. Not so: for there may be true humiliation of heart with dry eyes, and some are naturally of so dry a constitution of Body, that they can very hardly or not at all draw forth tears: yet I take it, that in great and extraordinary humiliation for sin, tears do usually follow more or less.

Mark 9. 24.‘And straightway the Father of the Child cryed out, and said, &c. May, 20. 1627.

THese words (as ye have heard) contain an earnest prayer or supplication of the father of the Lunatick child, which he offered up to our Saviour Christ for himself; In which prayer three things were pro­pounded to consider:

1. The time when, or how soon he made this prayer; straightway after our Saviour had in the former verse promised to grant his petition for his son upon condition of his Faith.

2. The manner of his praying.

1. With earnestness, Crying out.

2. With much humiliation, Expressed by tears.

3. The matter of his prayer, containing two things: 1. A profession of his Faith, Lord, I believe. 2. A petition for help against his Unbelief. Of the two first Points I have spoken, viz. The circumstance of time, and manner of his praying. Now followeth the matter. And first the profession of his Faith.

Lord, I believe] Our Saviour requiring in the former verse that he should believe; that is, by true Faith rest upon his Power and Goodness for the working of this Miracle in casting the Devil out of his son: here-upon feeling some Faith in his own heart, though but weak as yet, he now takes occasion to profess this his Faith unto Christ. And this confession (no doubt) he maketh out of a true feeling of the Work of Faith be­gun in his heart.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Wheresoever true Faith is in any measure wrought, there it is sensibly felt and perceived by those in whom it is, so as by experience they do know, and are able truly to professe that they do believe; yea, though his Faith be but newly begun in them, and as yet very weak: yet upon tryall and examination of their own hearts, they do find and feel it in themselves, and are able truly to professe it. So here, the fa­ther of the Lunatick child, though Faith was but newly conceived in his heart, and as yet very weak; yet, be­ing occasioned by the former words of Christ to examine his heart, he doth there find and feel it in some mea­sure, and is able truly to profess it, to be in him: 2 Cor. 4. 13. The Apostle saith, We believe, and therefore speak: which shews, That himself and other true Believers do know know and feel their own Faith, and are able out of true knowledge and experience to profess it to others: 2 Tim. 1. 12. I know whom I have believed, &c. If he knew whom he had believed, then he must needs know his own Faith by which he did be­lieve.

Now this Point must be understood with some exception or limitation: For although true Faith is felt and known of those in whom it is; yet not at all times: for sometimes it may and doth lye hid, and is not perceived by those in whom it is. As, 1. At or about the time of a Christians first Calling or Conversi­on, when Faith is in the seed or first conception, as it were. In this case sometimes it is so weak, and in so small a degree, That it is hardly or not at all perceived by the Believer: As the faculty of reason in an Infant, &c. 2. In time of some great inward tryall and temptation, when Faith is much assailed with contrary doubtings and unbelief; which do sometimes so prevail against it for a time, that it is not for the present felt or perceived by those in whom it is: as in Job, David, &c. 3. At such time as a Christian hath been or is negligent in searching and examining his own heart to find out his Faith, and come to the feeling and discerning of it: In this case, it often lyeth hid, and is not sensibly perceived for the present. But at all [Page 633] other times ordinarily he that hath true Faith in his heart in any measure, doth know and feel that he hath it, and can truly affirm and profess the same.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute the Papist's teaching, that a Christian in this Life cannot by an ordinary Faith, without special Revelation, know or be assured that he is in the state of saving-Grace. But if it be so that every true Believer either doth or may know and feel without extraordinary Revelation, his own Faith; then may he know and be assured, That he is in the state of Grace and Salvation.

Use 2 Use 2. This should teach us not to rest in a bare opinion or profession of Faith (as many do), but (2 Cor. 13. 5.) to examine our hearts what experimental knowledg and feeling we have of that Faith which we profess or think to be in us. If none at all, then is there no Faith in thee; for where true Faith is, it is alwayes felt and sensibly perceived by the person that hath it more or less, and at one time or other; as all saving-Grace: So Faith is of the nature of fire or light, which cannot be altogether hid or smoothered so as it be not perceived. A Christian cannot have Faith in his heart, and not feel it more or less one time or other, at least when he doth enter into a thorough search and tryall of his heart to find out and discover it. See then that thou so do, not thinking it enough to have Faith; but labour to feel it in thy self, and the work of it, for it is a working Grace, 1 Thess. 1. 3. without this, no comfort in having it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. True Faith ought not to lye hid or buried in the heart, but to shew it self by outward professi­on with the mouth, as occasion is offered. (See before, chap. 8. ver. 29.)

Ʋse. Use. See by this the truth and soundness of our Faith: Look whether we be ready and forward on all good occasions to profess and testify our Faith outwardly to the Glory of God, and Edification of others by our example. If no care or conscience to do this at due times, and when thou art called, and mayst do good thereby, then is there no Faith in thee. Now followeth his petition for increase of his Faith.

Help thou my Unbelief] That is, Do thou by thy Divine Power confirm and strengthen my weak Faith: For so by [Unbelief] he doth understand, not a totall want of Faith (for then he should contradict and confute himself by denying what he had before professed touching his Faith) but a weak, feeble, and imperfect Faith which he yet felt in himself; not such Unbelief as did prevail against Faith, but such as was resisted and opposed by Faith.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. True Faith may stand with some degree of the contrary sin of Unbelief; yea, it is allwayes joyned with it: as it was with this party, so with all other Believers, Faith and Unbelief are mixed together in them. Even in the Apostles themselves, as appeareth by our Saviour's reproving them for their weak­ness of Faith: Matth. 8. 26. O ye of little Faith: Yea, in Peter himself, Matth. 14. 31. And hence it was, That they prayed unto Christ to increase their Faith, Luke 17. 5. which they needed not to have done, if it had not been weak, and mingled with some Unbelief. This also we may [...]ee in David, Psal. 77. And in Jonah, chap. 2.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. This confuteth the erroneous and groundless opinion of some, who teach and hold, That the the Faith of a good Christian in this Life may be and is free from all doubtings and unbelief. But if it were so, then perfection of Grace should be in this Life contrary to that of the Apostle: 1 Cor. 13. 9. We know in part, and prophesy in part. Now if the knowledge of the best be imperfect in this Life; then also the Faith of the best is imperfect, and so shall be till the Life to come. Besides, if the Faith of true Believers could be so perfect in this Life, as to be free from all doubtings and unbelief; then should there be no need of the Ministery of the Word, or Sacrament, or Prayer, to confirm and strengt [...] the Faith of such.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To comfort such weak Christians as feel and complain of much [...]nbelief and doubtings in them­selves touching God's favour, and pardon of their sins, &c. no cause for such to be discouraged, or to con­clude, That therefore they have no Faith at all. For thus it hath been alwayes with the best Saints of God in this Life; their Faith hath been imperfect, and mingled with infidelity, doubtings, and distrustfulness of God's Power, Goodness, and Mercy toward them; and thus is it still with the best Christians, and so will be during this Life. As every sanctifying Grace is imperfect in the Saints of God, and mingled with the contrary sin and corruption during this Life, so is this Grace of Faith. Therefore never be dismayed, be­cause of the weakness of thy Faith; for it may be true and saving Faith, though it be weak, and joyned with much Unbelief. A true Believer in this Life is not such a one as hath no unbelief or doubtings in him, but one that doth feel and complain of his unbelief; mourning for it, and striving against it. If there­fore it be thus with thee, comfort thy self, notwithstanding all the doubtings and unbelief with which thy Faith is assayled.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Where true Faith is, though but weak; there is a carefull striving against the contrary sin of Unbelief, together with an earnest desire and endeavour by all means to grow in Faith. So here, in this father of the Lunatick child, though his Faith was weak; yet, being true Faith, it was joyned with a striving against Unbelief, and care to have his Faith increased; and therefore he prayes unto Christ to help his Un­belief. So in the Apostles, Luke 17. 5. Though they were yet weak in Faith; yet there was in them a care to resist unbelief, and to pray for increase of Faith. So in David, Psal. 77. 10. and Psal. 42. 5. In Jonah, chap. 2.

Use 1 Use 1. To examine our Faith by this: Look whether we daily labour and strive against the contrary sin of Unbelief, and doubtings of God's favour, and of his Word and Promises; and whether it be our earnest de­sire and care to use all good means whereby to grow in Faith, and to have our hearts more and more settled in the belief of God's Power and Mercy, and of his Word and Promises made to us in Christ; whether we carefully and conscionably use the means appointed of God to increase and confirm our Faith; as the hearing, reading, and meditation of the Word of God, the frequent use of the Lord's Supper, Prayer, &c. Dost thou desire the sincere Milk of the Word, &c. If it be thus with thee, it argues Faith to be begun it thee; and though it may be yet but weak and feeble, yet that it is a true and saving Faith. On the contrary, if no such striving against unbelief and doubtings; no care or conscience of using the means for increase of thy Faith; no love to the ministery of the Word; no desire or care to come often to the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper, but art negligent this way (as many of you shewed your selves to be the last Sabbath): If no care to seek unto God by daily prayer for the strengthening of thy Faith, and for the helping of thy Unbelief; this [Page 634] argues want of true Faith in thee, and that thou art as yet utterly destitute of this precious Grace. For if it were in thee in any measure, though never so weak; it would shew it self by resisting the contrary sin of Unbelief by all means, and by causing in thee a most earnest desire and endeavour daily to grow and increase in Faith. As it is with all sanctifying Graces of the Spirit of God; so with Faith, it is of a growing Na­ture: like the grain of Mustard-seed, which though very small at first in the seed; yet groweth by degrees to a tall Tree, &c. Like the Cloud which appeared to Elijah, small at first, like an hand-breadth, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what to think of such as say, They have alwayes believed, and never doubted of their Salvation; a sign they never truly believed. For true Faith is not onely joyned with a feeling of Unbelief and doubtings; but with resistance, and striving against it, &c. A true Speech, He that never doubted, never truly be­lieved.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that he prayes to Christ for increase of Faith: we may gather, That true Faith is the Gift of God or of Christ, and that not onely in regard of the first beginning, but also of the increase of it: Ephes. 2. 8. By Grace ye are saved through Faith, and that not of your selves; It is the Gift of God: Hebr. 12. 2. Christ is said to be both the Authour and Finisher of our Faith.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This must teach us what to do, when we feel the weakness of Faith; seek to him that is the Au­thour and Finisher of our Faith, to perfect his own work begun in us: Pray with the Disciples, Luke 17. 5. Lord, increase our Faith.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To comfort us against the weakness and imperfection of our Faith, when we consider whose work it is to confirm our Faith; even the work of God and of Christ himself, who is Almighty; and therefore able to strengthen our Faith, though never so weak. He that hath begun the work, both can and will perfect it unto the Day of Christ, Phil. 1. He will not quench the smoaking Flax, &c. Isa. 42.

Mark 9. 25, 26, 27.‘When Jesus saw that the People came running together, &c. May, 27. 1627.

HItherto of the Antecedents of the Miracle which made way unto it. Now followeth the Miracle it self, with the manner of our Saviour's working of the same: Concerning which, three things are set down:

  • 1. Our Saviour's reproving and charging of the Devil to go out of the child, ver. 25.
  • 2. The miraculous Effect which thereupon followed, The evil Spirit came out of him; together with the manner of his coming out, He cryed, and rent the body of the child grievously; insomuch that the child be­came as one dead, &c. ver. 26.
  • 3. Our Saviour Christ's restoring and recovering the child, ver. 27. Jesus took him by the hand, &c.

Of the first. Consider, 1. The circumstance of Time, when our Saviour charged the Devil to come out of the child; When he saw the People came running, &c.

2. The manner of his charging them, With a sharp Rebuke.

3. The Charge it self; He said unto him, Thou dumb and deaf Spirit, I charge thee come out of him, &c.

Of the first. When Jesus saw the People came running together] This the People did (no doubt) out of their earnest desire and expectation to see the Event of the matter, and what would be done by our Saviour: And it is probable, That our Saviour to [...] this opportunity to work the Miracle, to the end, that the People so earnest­ly exprecting the issue of the matter might be the more affected with the Miracle when they should see it wrought, and so might profit the more by it.

Observ. Observ. The wisdom of our Saviour Christ in watching the fittest Seasons and Times for the working of his Miracles, when they might do most good, and edifie the People most of all by confirming the Truth of his Doctrine. He did not alwaies work his Miracles so soon as he was sought to, or desired; but sometimes delayed the matter for some space of time, waiting for the fittest time and occasion. So now he did, being fought to by the Father of this Child, &c. So Joh. 11. 6. being sought unto to visit Lazarus being sick, he delayed two dayes before he went, &c. See also Joh. 7. 6. This wisdom of our Saviour we are to imi­tate, in watching the best opportunities of time to do good Duties either of piety to God, or of charity or mercy toward our Brethren: Gal. 6. 10. As we have opportunity, let us do good to all, &c. Ephes. 5. 15. Walk circumpectly, not as fools, but as wise: Redeeming the time, &c.

Now followeth the manner of our Saviour's charging the evil Spirit to go out of the Child, with a sharp rebuke or threatning, for so the word [ [...]] doth signifie; whereby our Saviour (no doubt) expressed and testified his indignation and displeasure against this evil Spirit for his malice and cruelty against the child; for which cause also he doth upbraid him in the words following with the names of dumb and deaf Spirit. In verbis duo consideranda.

  • 1. The person rebuked, evil Spirit: Described by his property, called the foul Spirit.
  • 2. The Rebuke it self.

Of the first. Foul Spirit] (See chap. 1. ver. 23.) The wicked Angels or Devils are often in the Gospel so called, to distinguish them from the good Angels, which are pure and holy Spirits; Mark 8. ult. and withall, to set forth their nature and property in themselves, that they are most impure Creatures, polluted with the corruption and contagion of sin; for whereas they were by their first Creation holy and undefiled Spirits (as the good Angels now are), they kept not their first estate, (Jude ver. 6.) but fell from God by sin, and so became most polluted Creatures, and that both in regard of that corruption with which their whole nature is defiled ever since their Fall; and also in regard of those actuall sins in the practice whereof they have and do continually live; as lying, murder, &c. whence it is, That they are called evil and wieked Spirits, as Ephes. 6. 12. And Joh. 8. 44. The Devil is said to be a Lyar and Murderer from the beginning. And as they are thus unclean and polluted with sin in themselves; so also they labour to defile all the Creatures of God, but especially mankind, by tempting them unto sin, that they may become like unto themselves.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Hence gather the foulness and filthiness of sin in it self, that it is a most foul and unclean thing, in that it hath made the Devil himself (who by Creation was an Angel of light, holy and pure,) to become so foul and unclean a Spirit as now he is. It is sin alone that hath bereaved him of his original purity, and hath brought all that filthiness upon him with which he is now polluted: This hath made him, of a holy Spi­rit, to become an unclean Spirit; which therefore shews the foul Nature of sin, that it is a most impure and unclean thing in it self; for which cause it is in Scripture called Uncleanness and Filthiness, Zechar. 13. 1. A Fountain shall be opened to the House of David, for Sin and for Uncleanness. And 2 Cor. 7. 1. Let us cleanse our selves from all filthiness of the Flesh and Spirit, &c. Yea, sin is the most foul, filthy, and unclean thing in the World, and the cause of all Uncleanness and filthiness that is in any of the Creatures. The wicked are compared to loathsom and filthy Creatures, as to Swine, Dogs, &c. More particularly, the foulness of Sin may appear by these Reasons.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. It is most opposite and contrary to the most holy and pure Nature of God, and most odious and loathsom unto his Majesty, Hab. 1. 13.

2. It doth defile not onely the Devils but Mankind also, yea, all the Creatures of God since the Fall of Angels and Men; for by reason of Man's sin, the visible Heavens and Earth with all Creatures in them are subject to vanity and corruption, Rom. 8. 20.

3. It defileth not onely the bodies of men, but their very Souls and Consciences: Tit. 1. 15. to the wick­ed nothing is clean, but their minds and consciences are defiled.

4. It defileth not onely the Persons by whom it is committed, but the very places where it is committed; as the Land, Cities, and Houses where the wicked do live, Num. 35. 33. Blood defileth the Land. And Zeph. 3. 1. Hierusalem is called a filthy and polluted City, &c.

5. No means to purge and take away the filth of Sin, but the precious Blood of Christ, the Son of God: The onely Fountain opened for sin, Zech. 13. 1.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the Profaness of such as make leight of Sin, being bold to commit sin, and so to defile their own Souls and Bodies; yea, many there be who love and delight in the practice of sin, following it with greedi­ness, like Swine wallowing in the mire; yea, worse than Swine, or any other Beasts. Such as those that delight in Drunkenness, Swearing, Cursing, Profanation of the Sabbath, &c. What spiritual folly and mad­ness is this to love and delight in that which is so foul and filthy a thing, even filthiness it self, &c. yet some are worse than the former, who not onely love and delight in the filthiness of sin, but also glory and boast of their sins, which is to glory in their own shame and filthiness.

Use 2 Use 2. This should cause in us a true hatred, loathing, and detestation of all sin, being so foul, odious, and filthy a thing as it is in the sight of God; even the most loathsom thing in the World, polluting and defiling the Devil, and making him so foul a Spirit; and not onely him, but Mankind, and all the Creatures of God, since Man's Fall, &c. How ought we to loath and detest that which is so foul and unclean, and the cause of so much Uncleanness and Filthiness in the Creatures of God? This should cause us to hate and loath Sin with the greatest hatred, above all things in the World, and to shew our true hatred by our careful avoiding it, and all occasions of it: Jude, ver. 23. Hate the very Garment spotted with the Flesh. Ephes. 5. 3. As for Fornication, Covetousness, &c. let them not be once named. Shewing how far we should hate and shun sin, so far as not to name or mention it without detestation. We naturally loath and abhor all outward Filthinesse and Uncleanness whatsoever, as, stinking Myre or Dirt, noysom Carrion, loathsom Diseases in Man or Beast; how much more shoul we loath and abhor sin, which is more foul and odious before God than any outward filthiness in the World? How careful should we be to keep our selves from the defilements of all sin in our thoughts, words, and actions of our life? We are very careful to keep our bodies clean and pure; yea, our very Germents, and the Cups and Platters we drink and eat our meat in, and the smallest defilement in these is offensive to us. Oh how much more shoul we keep our Souls and Conscience from being defiled with guilt and contagion of sin, which is much more hurtful and dangerous, and harder to be purged away, than any outward defilement of the Body or Garments, or of the Cup and Platter, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. This should also teach us to refrain and shun the company and society of such as love and delight in Sin, lest we be defiled and infected with the contagion of their sins and wickedness: 2 Cor. 6. 17. Come out from among them, and touch not the unclean thing, &c. If we know one to be infected with the Plague, or some other noysom Disease, how careful are we to shun his company? Much more should we be to shun the society of profane Persons, &c. Prov. 23. 20. Be not amongst Wine-bibbers, or riotous Eaters of Flesh, &c. Eph. 5. Have no fellowship with unfruitful works of darkness, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See that such as do defile themselves with practice of sin, living and continuing in it without Repentance, do resemble the Devil himself, and are like unto him, who is in Scripture called a foul and un­clean Spirit, for this very Reason, because he doth continually practise sin, and defile himself therewith. Therefore, such as do thus live in sin, defling their Souls and Bodies therewith, do hereby make themselves like unto Satan, that unclean and foul Spirit, expressing his Image, as Children do of their Parents: Joh. 8. 44. Ye are of your Father the Devil, &c. Zach. 13. 2. the false Prophet is called an unclean Spirit, because he doth resemble the Devil in wickedness.

Ʋse. Use. To admonish every one of us to take heed of defiling our selvs with sin, and especially of living and continuing in it, lest we discover and shew our selves to be like unto Satan, that foul Spirit, and lest we shew our selves to be his Children, by expressing his Image in our life and practice. Contra, labour and strive un­to holiness and purity in all our carriage and conversation, that we may shew forth the Image of God, and so approve our selve to be his Children.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Seeing the Devil is such an unclean and foul Spirit, this teacheth us, That we should abhor all Communion and Fellowship with him, having nothing to do with him lest [...]e do pollute and defile us with the contagion of his own filthiness: Especially, this should cause us to abhor and detest all his wicked sug­gestions and temptations, which he doth at any time offer to our minds, and by which he laboureth to entise us to sin. All such wicked motions we are to abhor, as coming from Satan, the unclean Spirit, and to shew our detestation of them by resisting them at first, and labouring to repel them and cast them out of our minds, [Page 636] not reasoning or parlying with the Devil (as Eve did), lest we be deceived by him as she was: Jam. 4. 7. Resist the Devil, and he shall flee from you. And Ephes. 4. 27. Give not place to the Devill; viz. by yielding to his suggestions, &c. Remember who is the Author of such sinful motions arising in our minds, even Satan that soul and unclean Spirit. Now such as the cause is, such must the effects needs be: Satan being so [...]oul a Spirit, his suggestions and temptations must needs be foul and unclean; and therefore as we profess hatred against the Devil himself, so shew it by abhorring and resisting his suggestions and temptations, and not yielding to the same. Some say they hate the Devil, and think they have nothing to do with him, because he doth not appear to them in bodily shape; but the Truth is, if thou love and embrace his sinful motions which he suggesteth to thee and givest entertainment to them; thou dost not truly hate him, but rather lovest and likest well of him, and thou hast to do with him, though he appear not to thee in a bodily shape. Therefore take heed and beware of loving or being delighted at any time with such evil motions and suggestions of this foul Spirit; and on the contrary, labour by all means to resist them, as by Faith, Prayer, and by the Word of God. And do this betimes, even at the very first offering and suggesting of such evil motions, before they settle in they heart and mind; for then will it be much harder to cast them out.

Now followeth the Rebuke it self, with which our Saviour rebuked the Devil, which was sharp and severe as the original Word here used doth imply, and as hath been shewed before. And by this sharp rebuke our Saviour shewed his indignation and displeasure against the foul Spirit.

Observ. Observ. The love and goodness of Christ Jesus toward Mankind, in that he doth for our sakes so sharply rebuke or reprove the Devil, which is the main Enemy of Mankind, and shew himself offended at him for his malice and rage against us: So here, by this sharp rebuking of the foul Spirit in this Child, he shewed his indignation and displeasure against him for his malice and cruelty shewed hitherto against the Child. This shews how much Christ is grieved for the miseries of Mankind, and how much he desireth our good and happiness, in that he doth shew himself so much grieved and offended at the Devil for seeking our hurt and destruction.

Now, as this Love and Mercy of Christ doth in some sort extend to Mankind in general; so, more espe­cially, it reacheth to his Saints and faithful People, for whose sakes especially he doth use to rebuke Satan their Enemy for his malice against them. Zech. 13. 1, 2. when Satan stood at the right hand of Joshua the High-Priest to resist and hinder him in the execution of his Office, it is said, The Lord said unto Satan, the Lord re­buke thee, &c. that is, Christ, as Mediatour, prayed unto God to rebuke or reprove the Devil for his malice shewed against the Lord's faithful Minister. And this shews the singular Love of Christ to his faithful Ser­vants, and care which he hath of their good, in that he shews himself such an Enemy to the Devil being their main Enemy. And if it be mentioned Psal. 105. 14. as a Token of God's special Love to his Church, that He reproved Kings for their sakes; much more is it an evidence of his Love and Mercy to his Saints and Ser­vants, that he doth reprove and rebuke the Devil himself for their sakes, who is a far more potent and dange­rous Enemy to the Church of Christ than any Kings of the Earth can be.

Use. Ʋse. The consideration of this special love and goodness of Christ toward Mankind, especially to his Church and faithful Servants, testified by his rebuking of Satan their Enemy, and shewing himself grieved and offended at him for his malice against them; I say, the consideration hereof is matter of great comfort to us all times, but especially in such miseries and troubles as are stirred up against us, either by Satan or his Instruments: For we may assure our selves that Christ Jesus our Saviour is affected with our miseries, and much offended at Satan and his Instruments for his rage and malice against us, and he will in due time shew himself so to be, by rebuking both Satan and his wicked Instruments, though not in words (as he did now rebuke the Devil in this possessed Child), yet really by curbing and restraining their power and malice; yea, by executing his just wrath and vengeance upon them for the same.

Mark 9. 25, 26, 27.‘Saying unto him, Thou dumb and deaf Spirit, I charge thee come out of him, and enter no more June, 3. 1627. into him. &c.

NOW followeth the matter of the Charger or Commandment which our Saviour now laid upon the foul Spirit which was in the Child; He said unto him, Thou dumb and deaf Spirit, I charge thee come out of him, &c.

Where 1. Consider the Names or Titles of reproach which he giveth to the Devil by way of upbraiding or reproving of him, calling him the dumb and deaf Spirit.

2. The Charge it self.

Of the first. Thou dumb and deaf Spirit,] These Titles he giveth unto the Devil in regard of those mali­cious and cruell Effects which he had wrought in the Child; not onely entring into his body, and possessing it by fits and at certain times, but also striking the Child and disabling him in his outward Senses and natural Powers of his body, so as he had no use of them, bereaving him both of the faculty of Speech and of the sense of Hearing.

Observ. Observ. That by God's permission the Devil hath Power not onely to enter into the bodies of Men, Wo­men, or Children, and to holy possession of them; but also to annoy and hurt the powers and faculties of Na­ture in them, and to hinder the operation of them. He hath power to strike men with the loss of their bodi­ly Senses; as Hearing, Seeing, &c. and to take from them the faculty of Speech, as here he did unto this Child. Matth. 12. 22. They brought unto him one possessed with a Devill, blind and dumb; and he healed him, &c. Luke 11. 14. He was casting out a Devill, and it was dumb: And when the Devill was gone out, the dumb spake, &c. which shews plainly that the Devil was the cause of that dumbness in the party that was possessed. So Luke 13. 11. mention is made of a Woman which had a Spirit of Infirmity, and was so bowed and made crooked in her body by Satan, for eighteen years, that she could not stand or go upright notwithstanding the use of means.

Use. Use. See how we are bound to bless God, and to be thankfull for his mercy in not suffering Satan to have this Power over us or ours, to strike us in our senses, or in other naturall powers of our bodies; and to take from us the use of them, as he would do, if the Lord did not restrain him. If he might have his will, he would strike us deaf, that we should not hear the Word of God to our comfort or edification; or dumb, that we be not able to speak a word to God's Glory, or Edification of others in Prayer, Thanksgiving, or otherwise; or he would strike us blind, that we might not behold the Glory of God in his Creatures to our comfort. Therefore seeing it is by God's mercy that we do enjoy the benefit of our senses, and that we are not by Sa­tan's malice bereft of them: let us be truly thankful unto God, and shew it by using our senses, and all the powers of our bodies to his Glory, in the practice of those holy Duties which he requireth of us.

Now followeth the Charge or Commandment it self, which our Saviour layeth upon the Devil; which is two-fold:

  • 1. To come out of the Child.
  • 2. To enter no more into him.

I charge thee] Or straightly Command thee: By this our Saviour testified his absolute Power and Autho­rity over the foul Spirit.

And enter no more, &c.] Because the Devil had formerly used to take the child by fits at certain times (as we have heard) entring into him again and again, and that sundry times after he was departed out of him; therefore our Saviour not onely chargeth him to depart out, but withall forbiddeth him to enter any more in­to him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That Christ hath absolute Power and Authority over the evil Angels or Devils, to command and over-rule them as he pleaseth. This Power he shewed even while he lived upon Earth in state of Hu­miliation, by commanding or charging evil Spirits to go out of such as were bodily possessed by them, as here we see he did, and at other times. The same Power of Christ over the Devils doth further appear by this, That when they were cast out, they could not enter into the herd of Swine without his permission, chap. 5.

Now if while he lived on Earth in state of Humiliation, he had this Power and Authority over the De­vil; then much more now that he is exalted to the right hand of God in Heaven: Phil. 2. 9. God hath highly exalted him, and given him a Name which is above every Name; That at the Name of Jesus every knee should bow, &c. Col. 2. 10. He is called the Head of all Principality and Power, viz. In regard of Pre-hemi­nence, Power, and Authority over all Angels, both good and evil. (See Marlorat.) And this Power and Authority over the Devils, Christ doth now manifest two wayes especially: 1. By curbing and restraining their power and malice, not suffering them to do so much hurt as they desire; either unto mankind, or to other creatures. See Rev. 20. 2. 2. By using and employing them as Instruments to execute his Will, either in punishing the Wicked, or in chastising his own Servants for their tryall.

Use 1 Use 1. Hence gather the Truth of Christ's God-head, In that he hath absolute Power and Authority over the Devils themselves, to command and over-rule them, and to curb and restrain their power and malice against mankind, &c. This is proper to God onely, and therefore proveth Christ Jesus to be not only true Man, but true God also in one and the same Person. But of this often before.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Comfort to the Faithfull against all the power and malice of Satan, &c. whereby he laboureth to hurt and hinder their Salvation. (See chap. 1. 25.)

Use 3 Use 3. Terrour to the wicked Enemies of Christ: For he can and will use the evil Angels as Instruments of his Wrath and Vengeance against such.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. And enter no more, &c.] That the Devil being cast out of his hold in man, doth earnestly desire and seek to enter again, and to recover his hold and possession of those which have formerly been un­der his Power and Tyranny. If it were not so, our Saviour needed not to have charged him so straightly here, not to enter again into this child: Matth. 12. 44. The unclean Spirit being gone out of a man, walketh through dry places, seeking rest, &c. Then he saith, I will return into my House from whence I came out, &c. And as this is true of such as are bodily possessed by Satan, so also of such as are spiritually possessed by him in their own Souls and Consciences; in whose hearts and consciences he holdeth possession by sin, and by his sinful temptations (as he doth in all mens hearts by Nature): I say, it is true of such, That when Satan is by the Power of God cast out of their hearts; that is, when God giveth them Repentance to come out of the snare of the Devil (as the Apostle speaketh, 2 Tim. 2. 25.) in this case, the Devil will labour all that he can to en­ter in again, and to recover his former possession in their hearts, if it be possible. Like Pharoah, who when the Israelites were escaped out of Aegypt, made haste after them with a great Army to bring them back to their former bondage again.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the cause why such as are newly called and converted from the Power of Satan to God's King­dom, do usually feel so great Assaults and Temptations of Satan molesting and troubling them. It is because the Devil being by repentance and true conversion cast out of their hearts, doth desire and seek by all means to re-enter and get possession of them again; he seeks to return to his former House. No cause then for such to be discouraged, but rather to be of good comfort; for this argues that they are escaped out of the Devil's snare, because he so much laboureth to bring them under his Power again. It is a sign, that Satan doth not hold possession in their hearts; for if he did, he would then be more quiet, and not molest and trouble them so much: For when the strong man armed, keepeth his Palace, his Gods are in peace, Luke 11. 21.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See that such as feel Satan to be cast out of their hearts, and that they are by repentance delivered from his snare; yet must not grow secure or careless of themselves, as if there were no further danger: but on the contrary, they ought to be very watchful over themselves, and against Satan's temptations; for he will assay and labour still to enter again, and to get a new possession in their hearts by some sin or other. Besides, many do falsly think that Satan is cast out of their hearts, when it is not so indeed: but he onely seemeth to depart or go our of them for a time, when they make shew of Repentance, by some outward reformation only, but are not truly converted and changed in heart: Now in this case, there is not onely danger of the De­vil's returning again to his old House, but of his holding surer possession there then ever before; and so that [Page 638] the last state of such back-sliding Christians will be worse then their first, as our Saviour sheweth, Matth. 12. 45.

It followeth, ver. 26. The miraculous Effect which followed upon Christ's charge, The Spirit cryed, &c. Where two things to be considered.

  • 1. The evil Spirit's departure out of the child, being forced by the Power of Christ.
  • 2. The manner of his going out, in that he cryed out, and rent him sore, &c. which renting or tearing of the child is amplified by the effect which followed; The child was as one dead, &c.

The Spirit cryed] By this he shewed his unwillingness to depart, and how much he was vexed and grieved, that he must yield up his possession. (See before, chap. 1. 26.)

And rent him sore] That is, grievously racked and tormented the body of the child, in his going out. And by this also he shewed how unwilling he was to be cast out; therefore feeling the Power of Christ, he maketh all the resistance he can, and when he seeth that he must yield, he sheweth the utmost of his malice at the last.

And he was as one dead, &c.] This shews the extream malice and cruelty of the Devil shewed now against this child, in that he so grievously racked his body, and so afflicted and weakened it, that the child seemed to be at the Point of Death. And thus far our Saviour suffer'd the Devil to proceed in malice and cruelty against the child, that so his Power and Goodnesse might the more appear in the sudden restoring of him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour by his powerful Word and Command, forced the Devil to go out of this child, and to yield up his former possession: This again teacheth us the truth and certainty of Christ's God-head, for it is not in the power of Man or any Creature to cast the Devil out of the bodies of such as are posses­sed by him, but it is the proper work of God to do this: Luke 11. 22. When Satan, like a strong man armed keepeth possession of his Palace, a stronger then he must come upon him and over-come him, &c. or else he can­not be dispossessed: Now it is God onely who is stronger then Satan, and able to cast him out. Therefore seeing Christ did this, it proveth him to be true God; and so this serveth to strengthen our Faith touching his Person and Office, that he is not onely Man, but God; and consequently, the true and onely Messiah promised to be our Redeemer and Saviour. But of this before.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the manner of his going out, in that he shewed such unwillingness by crying out, and renting the body of the child, &c. we are taught, That where the Devil hath once gotten hold or possession for a time, he is very loth and unwilling to be dispossessed or cast out thence; and therefore striveth all that he can to keep his hold. See before, chap. 1. 26. and chap. 5. 8.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The property of Satan, That being resisted, and perceiving that he must shortly be cast out of his hold and possession, he useth to shew his malice and tyranny so much the more against such as are under his power. (See before, ver. 20.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 4. The extream cruelty and tyranny of the Devil which he doth exercise against such as are under his power, in that he did not only torment and afflict this child but with most bitter and grievous pains, even unto Death it self, if the Lord had not hindred and prevented it by his Power. But of this before, ver. 18, & 22.

It followeth, ver. 27. Jesus took him by the hand, &c.] Though our Saviour did suffer the Devil so griev­ously to afflict and torture the child in going out, that he was even at the Point of Death; yet he did not suffer him to have his will in murdering the child as he desired: but the child being in this extremity, he presently affordeth his help, by restoring the child to his former strength and soundness of body, and that not by degrees, but suddenly and miraculously, as appeareth by the words; for he did but take him by the hand and lift him up, and presently he arose, being perfectly whole and sound: Matth. 17. 18. The child was cured from that very hour.

Now in that he took him by the hand, &c. whereas he could have healed him by his bare word spoken: this he did the more to presse his goodness and mercy toward the child, and the more to strengthen the weak Faith of the father of the child.

Observ. Observ. That when we are in greatest extremity and misery, then oftentimes the Lord's help and delive­rance is nearest at hand, when it seems to be farthest off, &c. Our greatest extremity is his best opportunity to save and deliver us out of any trouble, misery, or danger whatsoever; either bodily or spirituall. When this child was so grievously afflicted by the Devil, that it was at very point of Death, then presently doth our Saviour Christ restore him to health and strength of body. When the bondage and affliction of the Israelites in Aegypt was greatest, then did the Lord visit them in mercy, and deliver them. When Jonah had been three dayes in the Whale's belly, and there appeared little or no hope of deliverance, but it seemed farthest off, then was it nearest. So before, Mark 6. 48. when the Disciples were rowing on the Sea, in a storm by night, and in greatest danger, then Christ shewed himself suddenly present to help and save them: 2 Cor. 1. 10. when the Apostle was pressed out of measure in Asia, so that he dispaired of Life, &c. then God delivered him from so great a Death, &c. As a little before break of Day in the Morning, it useth many times to grow very dark; and then when the Day-light seems to be farthest off, then it is nearest: So here, &c. Psal. 112. To the Righteous ariseth Light in Darkness.

Use. Use. To comfort and stay our minds from fainting or being discouraged in our greatest extremities and distresses of mind or body, or both: when our troubles and miseries grow greatest, and most heavy and grievous upon us; and when in the Judgment of reason, there seemeth least hope of deliverance, then may it be nearest; yea, then it is most likely to be near at hand. For God useth to suffer his Childrens miseries and troubles to come to the highest pitch and extremity oftentimes, before he help and deliver them. There­fore labour in this case by Faith to depend and wait on God for deliverance, even then when thou art in the greatest darkness of affliction; and be perswaded, That comfort may be then nearest, when in reason it seem­eth farthest off, &c.

Mark 9. 28. ‘And when he was come into the House, his Disciples asked him privately, Why could not we cast him June, 10. 1627. out?’

HItherto of the Antecedents of the Miracle wrought by our Saviour upon the lunatick and possessed Child, as also of the Miracle it self.

Now followeth the Event or Consequent of it; viz. The Disciples questioning with our Saviour in pri­vate afterward, touching the cause why they could not cast out the Devil from this Child, as they had assayed to do, together with Christ's Answer to their Question, Ver. 28, 29. First of their Question.

When he was come into the House,] that is, Into some private House, where he was no [...] alone or private with his Disciples: What House or whose it was, is not expressed by the Evangelists. They took this op­portunity of time and place, as fittest to move this Question to their Master, when he was in private, being then free from the publick employments of his Ministry, at which time also they might most freely and bold­ly propound their doubt unto him.

Why could not we &c?] The extraordinary gift or power of casting out Devils, and of working other Mira­cles, being formerly conferred upon the Disciples by our Saviour Christ, (as appeareth, Cap. 3. ver. 15. supra.) and they having also formerly exercised this power and gift, and finding themselves for the present to be de­prived of that gift, or at least disabled from the exercise of it, they could not but mervail much hereat, and withal were very doubtful and suspicious what should be the cause; and not being able to resolve themselves herein, they now seek to Christ, their Lord and Master, for resolution. And although they could not move this Question to our Saviour without acknowledgment of their own weakness, in not being able to work the Miracle, which might seem to be a disparagement to them, yet this hindred them not from propounding their Doubt unto him.

In the words consider two things: 1. The Question moved by the Disciples unto Christ, touching the cause, &c. 2. The time and place when and where it was moved, In a private House.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That in all Doubts and Questions, or Cases of Conscience, wherein we are not able to resolve our selves, we should carefully seek to such as are able to resolve and teach us; as, to the faithful Ministers of God, or other able Christians. (See before, Ver. 11. hujus Capitis.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See how forward we should be when occasion is offered to propound our doubts and cases of Conscience to others, and to seek resolution from such as are able to inform us better; so forward should we be herein, that we should not suffer fear of shame or disgrace to hinder us from so doing; Though the Dis­ciples at this time could not but be ashamed of their weakness and unability to work the Miracle; yet this hindred them not from coming to Christ in private to seek resolution from him in the matter they doubted of. Act. 8. 34. the Eunuch though a man of great place and authority, yet was not ashamed to enquire of Philip touching the meaning of a place of Scripture. See Act. 18. 26.

Use. Use. See the fault of those who are ashamed to propound or open their doubts or cases of Conscience unto others, to seek resolution from them therein, thinking that it is or may be some disgrace to them; but it is no disgrace at all to learn any good thing of those that are able and fit to teach us: Therefore, such as are asha­med to ask Questions in Religion, and to move cases of Conscience to those that are able to resolve them, are herein their own Enemies, depriving themselves of that benefit of Knowledge and Comfort which they might by that means reap by others.

Of the second. The time and place when and where they moved this Question to Christ, viz. When he was come into the House they asked him privately, &c.

Observ. Observ. We should take the best opportunities of time and place to confer with others, and to seek Instru­ction and Resolution in those things we doubt of in matters of Religion, and in questions and cases of Con­science. We should make choice of such times to enquire and learn of others, when they are most free and at liberty to instruct and resolve us, and when we may with most convenience seek to them and learn of them. The Disciples used to come to Christ in private to be resolved in their doubts, and to learn those things they were yet ignorant of: And Act. 8. 31. when Philip joyned himself near to the Chariot of the Eunuch, and hearing him read the Prophet Esay, asked of him whether he understood what he read; hereup­on the Eunuch took the opportunity of time and place to seek further Instruction from Philip. 1 Cor. 14. 35. If Women will learn, let them ask their Husbands at home, &c. that being the fittest time and place for them to confer with their Husbands for private Instruction.

Mark 9. 29.‘And he said unto them, This kind can come forth&c. June 17. 1627.

NOW followeth Christ's Answer to the Disciples Question, Ver. 29. And he said unto them, this kind can come forth &c.

Here St. Mark, according to his accustomed briefness, mentioneth onely the latter cause, omitting the former.

This kind] viz. of evil Spirits or Devils.

Quest. Quest. What kind doth our Saviour mean?

Answ. Answ. Some think he understandeth that particular kind of Devils which usually possessed lunatick Per­sons, such as this Child was. But it is more probable, that he meaneth rather in general, such a kind of Devils as is most malicious, cruel, and outragious, and withal such as by God's permission hath for long time held possession in the bodies of those into whom they are entred, such as this evil Spirit was, with which this Child was possessed even from his Infancy.

Can come forth by nothing but by Prayer, &c.] that is, cannot be dispossessed or cast out by any other means, without Prayer and Fasting.

By Prayer] understand extraordinary and most fervent Prayer, proceeding from fervent Faith; as ap­peareth [Page 640] in that our Saviour joyneth Fasting with it, as a help to stir up the fervency of it.

By Fasting] Understand a religious Fasting, which is an Abstinence or refraining from bodily Food and other Comforts of this life for a time, for the better stirring up of us to fervency in Prayer: But more of this, afterward.

By comparing this place of Mark with Matth. 17. 20. 21. it may appear that our Saviour in this his An­swer to the Disciples, did alledge a two-fold cause why they could not cast out the Devil.

1. Their Unbelief, or Weakness of Faith.

2. The difficulty of casting out this kind of Devil, being such as could not not be cast out without Prayer and Fasting; which, because the Disciples either could not conveniently or did not at this time use, they could not cast out the Devil. The difficulty of casting out this kind of evil Spirits, is set forth by two things: 1. By their Nature and Quality, This kind. 2. By the extraordinary means required to cast them out, viz. Prayer, amplified by the Adjunct, Fasting.

Quest. Quest. Our Saviour Matth. 17. 20. requireth onely Faith in them for the working of the greatest Mira­cles: why then doth he now affirm that this kind of Devils could not be cast out without prayer and fast­ing?

Answ. Answ. In requiring Faith, he doth not exclude prayer, but include it as an inseperable effect of Faith, and a special means to excite and stir it up the more. And because he speaketh here of a most malicious kind of Devils which were so hard to be cast out; therefore he requireth not onely prayer, but extraordinary and most fervent prayer, joyned with fasting: thereby implying what kind of Faith was required, viz. A powerfull and effectuall Faith, &c. In the words consider two things.

  • 1. The distinct nature of this evil Spirit, being so malicious, &c.
  • 2. The means required to cast him out: Prayer; not ordinary, but extraordinary, with fasting.

Observ. 1 Of the first. Observ. 1. Hence gather, That although the evil Angels or Devils are all of them most wicked and malicious Enemies of mankind; yet some of them do exceed others in malice and wickedness, at least they do more exercise and shew their wickedness and malice by God's permission and sufferance. As there is difference of Power and Authority amongst the Devils (for there is Beelzebub the Prince of Devils, and there are others that are his Underlings, or Inferior Vassalls and Slaves): So it is probable also, That there is a difference amongst them in regard of malice and wickedness. Though in themselves, they are all alike malicious; yet God doth more restrain this malice in some than in others: Matth. 12. 45. The unclean Spirit being gone out of a man, and afterwards seeking to enter in again: is said, to take with him seven other Spirits more wicked then himself, &c. (Vide Lys. Harmon.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Where the Devil hath held possession for long time, he is so much the more hardly dispossessed and cast out. So here, having possessed the body of this child from his Infancy, he could not be cast out by the Disciples without prayer and fasting: True also of such, as have been Spiritually possessed by him for long time, who have long lived in Sin, &c. Jer. 13. 23.

Ʋse. Use. Beware of custom in Sin, &c.

Of the second. The means of casting out this kind, Prayer, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Our Saviour shews here, That prayer unto God was necessary to have been used by the Disci­ples for the effecting of this Miracle, in casting the Devil out of the Lunatick child: whence we may ga­ther, That although the Apostles of Christ had the Power and Gift of Miracles; as of casting out Devils, curing Diseases miraculously, &c. yet they had not this Power or Gift of themselves, neither was it by any power of their own that they did work such Miracles (for then they might have wrought them without the help of prayer), but it was the Power of God, and Christ himself that wrought by them as by Instruments only and no otherwise: Luke 10. 17. The seventy returned again with joy; saying, Lord, even the Devils are subject to us through thy Name. And Acts 3. 12. Peter said unto the People, Why look ye so earnestly on us, as though by our own Power or Holinesse we had made this man to walk? The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob,—hath glorified his Son Jesus, &c. And ver. 16. His Name hath made this man strong, &c. And this shews a main difference between the Miracles of Christ, and those which were wrought by the Apostles or Disciples of Christ. The Miracles of Christ were wrought in his own Name, and by his own proper Power as he was God; but the Miracles which the Apostles wrought, were not effected by their own power, or in their own name; but in the Name, and by the Power of Christ: and therefore it was needfull for them to in­vocate, or call upon the Name of Christ in working of those Miracles which were effected by them; yea, some­times it was needful for them to use extraordinary and solemn prayer with fasting, in the casting out of some kind of Devils from the possessed, as our Saviour here telleth them.

Object. Object. Our Saviour himself did sometimes use prayer in the working of his Miracles, as Joh. 11. 41. in the rasing of Lazarus from Death: Therefore, it may seem that he had not power of himself, &c.

Answ. Answ. This follows not: For he prayed as Man and as Mediator, and so, in respect of his humane Na­ture it is true, that he had no power to work Miracles; yet as he was God, he had power of himself, and so he wrought that and all other this Miracles. (Vid [...] Bezam in locum.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The power and efficacy of true prayer, that it is a means to effect great matters, and to pro­cure and obtain great and extraordinary blessings and benefits at the hands of God for our selves and others. A means to obtain at the hands of God the extraordinary Power and Gift of casting out Devils from the possessed; yea, of the worst sort of Devils, and such as have held possession for longest time: Jam. 5. 16. The effectuall fervent prayer of a Righteous man availeth much; which the Apostle proveth there by the example of Elias, who both shut up and opened Heaven by his prayer. And it may further appear by sundry exam­ples in Scripture of the Saints of God, who by prayer have prevailed with God for the obtaining of great and extraordinary matters for themselves and others: Hos. 12. 4. Jacob by prayer and supplication wrest­led and prevailed with God, for the obtaining of his speciall favour and blessing. At the prayer of Joshuah the Sun in the Firmament stood still, while the People of God obtained Victory over their Enemies, Josh. 10. 12. By the prayer of Moses the Israelites were delivered at the Red-Sea, Exod. 14. And Exod. 17. by his prayer they prevailed against Amalek: Acts 12. By the Churche's prayer Peter was miraculously de­livered out of Prison by an Angel.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. It is a duty commanded of God, therefore most pleasing to him; and he hath also joyned his promise.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is a work of Gods own Spirit in his Children, Rom. 8. 26.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. It is offered up to God in the Name of Christ, &c. Rev. 8. 3.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To encourage us to be fervent, diligent, and conscionable in this exercise of prayer, both publike and private; seeing it is of so great power and force with God to effect so great matters, and to obtain such great and extraordinary benefits and deliverances. This should make us forward on all occasions, and in all our necessities, and in the necessities and distresses of others, to go unto God by prayer: Phil. 4. 6. In no­thing be carefull, but in every thing by prayer and supplication with Thanksgiving let your Request be made known to God. If no hope to prevail with God, it were in vain to pray and seek to him; but now, that we see how powerfull and effectuall it is with him to obtain the greatest blessings for our selves and others: how should this encourage us to be frequent in this Duty on all occasions. Therefore to quicken our dulness and sluggish­ness to this Duty, let us often think of the power and efficacy of true prayer made in Faith, feeling, and truth of heart, though with much weakness and imperfection; that such prayer though weak in it self, and as it comes from us: yet as it is a duty commanded of God, and a work of his own Spirit in us, so it is most powerfull to prevail with him for the greatest blessings or deliverances which we or othersstand in need of.

Quest. Quest. But if prayer be so effectual with God, how is it that the Children of God do pray much and long for some blessings; and yet do not obtain the same, at least not in long time?

Answ. Answ. 1. Though they do not alwaies obtain that they ask, yet their prayers are effectual, and do prevail to obtain some thing else which is better for them.

2. Whereas he deferreth long to grant their petitions sometimes; this is not because he is not moved with their prayers, but to exercise their Faith, and stir them up to more fervency in prayer.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. This should move us earnestly to desire and crave the help of our prayers in others Necessities and Distresses, especially the prayers of the Saints and Faithfull. Thus doth Paul often in his Epistles crave the prayers of the Churches for himself: And Job 42. 8. The Lord himself bids Job's Friends go to him, that he might pray for them, &c. Remember here what is said, Jam. 5. 16. The prayer of a Righteous man availeth much, &c.

Now in that fasting is here added unto prayer as a help and furtherance to it, to make it more effectuall: before I come to the particular Instructions from the words, here is occasion to speak something in general toughing this exercise of religious fasting; but because this was handled at large not long since, when we were called to celebrate the last publike Fast; therefore I will now speak but briefly of it. 1. Shewing what a religious Fast is. 2. The Causes of it.

Of the first. It is a voluntary abstinence from bodily Food, and other comforts of this Life for a time to a religious end. Where note four things especially: 1. That it is an abstinence from bodily Food, viz. a totall abstinence for a time: against the Papists, who make it to consist onely in choice of meats, as in abstain­ing from Flesh, and eating Fish: On the contrary, Hester 4. 10. She requireth the Jews neither to eat nor drink for three dayes space, during the Fast. 2. It is not onely a refraining of bodily Food, but of other outward delights and comforts of this Life; as of brave and costly Apparrel, Recreations, &c. There­fore in ancient Times the People of God used in time of their religious Fasts to lay aside their best Apparrel, and to put on Sackcloth, &c. See 2 Sam. 12. David's practice. 3. It is a voluntary abstinence, free­ly and voluntarily taken up and used by the People of God, upon special and extraordinary occasions; not forced upon them by compulsion, as amongst the Papists, who impose the outward abstinence as a matter of absolute necessity, at sett and ordinary times, holding the contrary a mortal sin, &c. 4. Such an absti­nence as is so used to a religious end and purpose, viz. as a help and furtherance to us in the more zealous and devout performance of some religious Duties of God's Service; as prayer, hearing the Word of God, practice of Repentance, and humiliation of our selves for Sin, &c. Now a religious Fast is either publike or private, &c.

Of the second. The causes of taking up and using this religious exercise of Fasting, are three especially: 1. Some grievous sin, or sins of our own or others, for which we have need to sue earnestly unto God for pardon: 1 Sam. 7. 6. The Israelites having provoked God by Idolatry, kept a publike Fast. So Nehem. 9. 1. 2. Some grievous Calamity or Judgment of God which is either upon us, or justly feared to come upon us, or upon the whole Land for our Sins; which we desire to have removed or turned away: Joel 1. & 2. chapters, The Jews are called to publike Fasting, to turn away the Judgments of Famine and Sword threatned against them. So the Ninivites, Jonah 3. when the Lord threatned Destruction against their City, &c. 3. Some great and extraordinary blessing which we or the whole Church doth stand in need of, Dan. 9. to obtain deliverance from Captivity, &c. Ezra 8. 21. To obtain a prosperous Voyage in their return, &c. So here, our Saviour shews, that for the obtaining the extraordinary Power of casting out De­vils; fasting was necessary for his Disciples. Now followeth the particular Instructions from the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That for the obtaining of great and extraordinary benefits and blessings from the hands of God; not onely prayer is necessary, but also special and extraordinary prayer joyned with great and extraordinary fervency and earnestness; yea, prayer joyned with fasting as a help and furtherance to it, the better to stir up the fervency thereof. Such is the prayer here required by our Saviour in the Disciples, for the obtaining of this extraordinary Gift and Power of casting out this worst kind of Devils from the possessed. So Jam. 5. 16. The effectuall fervent prayer of a Righteous man, &c. And this may appear by that which we have heard before touching the causes of a religious fasting, in that one special cause thereof is, for the obtaining of such great and extraordinary blessings as we or others do stand in need of.

Ʋse. Use. See what we are to do in this case, if at any time we do feel the want of any great and extraordinary blessing, either Spiritual or Temporal; viz. To betake our selves not onely to the exercise of prayer, but to extraordinary and most fervent prayer; yea, to joyn prayer with fasting, therewith as a means to humble us the more, and to quicken and stir up to greater fervency in prayer for the obtaining of such great blessings as [Page 642] we stand in need of. To this end, labour to be touched with lively feeling of our want of such blessings as we sue for, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here the excellency of the exercise of religious fasting, being rightly used; in that it is a special help and furtherance to us in the duty of prayer, serving to stir us up unto the greater fervency therein, and so to make our prayers the more effectual and powerful to prevail with God for the obtaining of those things which we sue for: whence it is, That prayer and fasting are so often joyned together in Scripture, to shew that fasting is a special help unto fervency in prayer. Therefore we find them so often joyned toge­ther: As Luke 2. 37. Anna served God in the Temple with fastings and prayers Night and Day: Acts 10. 30. Cornelius joyned them together: 1 Cor. 5. 7. Man and Wife are sometimes to refrain the society of the marriage Bed, that they may the more freely give themselves to fasting and prayer. So in many other places fasting is joyned with prayer as a special help and furtherance to the more fervent and zealous performance of it. And for this cause some of the antient Fathers do call fasting the wing of prayer, by which it doth the more swiftly and forcibly ascend up to Heaven, and come before the Lord, to prevail with him.

Reason. Reason. The outward abstinence from bodily Food and other Comforts of this life, is a means to affect us the more with the sense and feeling of our wants, and to make us pray with greater feeling and fervency. And as Fasting is a help to Prayer, so also to all other duties of God's Worship.

Ʋse. Use. This should encourage and move us to take up and use this excellent religious Exercise of Fasting, joyning it with Prayer and other Duties of God's Worship, so often as God doth give us just cause or occasion, either publickly or privately; not doubting of the good issue and success thereof, being rightly performed in truth of heart.

Mark 9. 30, 31.‘And they departed thence, and passed intoGalilee, and he would not that any man should know it. June 24. 1627. For he taught his Disciples, and said unto them, The Son of Man is delivered into the hands of men, and they shall kill him, &c.

HItherto of the second general part of this Chapter, viz. The History of the Miracle wrought by our Sa­viour upon the lunatick possessed Child, in casting the Devil out of him, and healing him.

Now followeth the third part of the Chapter, laid down in these Verses, which contain in them our Savi­our Christ's Prediction or Fore-telling unto his Disciples of his future Passion and Resurrection, which was not long after to be fulfilled. This he foretold them before, in the 31. Verse of Chap. 8. and now he doth it again.

In the words, three things are contained:

  • 1. The Occasion of this Prediction, or Repetition of the Doctrine of Christ's Passion and Resurrection, viz. His departure with his Disciples from the place where he wrought the former Miracle, and his private Passage with them through the Country of Galilee, Ver. 30.
  • 2. The Prediction it self, Ver. 31.
  • 3. The Effect or Consequent in the Disciples, They understood not that saying, &c. Ver. 32.

Of the first. They departed thence,] that is, From the place where he wrought the former Miracle. What place in particular it was, is not expressed; but by the Circumstances of the Story it seems probable that it was in or about the Coasts of Caesarea Philippi, whither Christ and his Disciples came, Chap. 8. Ver. 27. The Reason of his departure thence now was, that he might withdraw himself from the Multitude, and be private with this Disciples to instruct them.

Passed through Galilee,] This lay between Caesarea Philppi and Capernaum, whither our Saviour now went, as appeareth in the 33d. Verse, which was the cause that in going to Capernaum, they passed through Galilee.

And he would not that any man should know it,] Not that he could or did go so privately, that none at all did know or take any notice of his passing that way with his Disciples (for that is not likely), but that they went as privately as might be, at least so as they were not commonly or openly taken notice of.

Quest. Quest Why did he go thus privately with his Disciples through Galilee?

Answ. Answ. 1. Lest the concourse and flocking of the People about him for Miracles (especially in Galilee, where he was so much known) should b [...] a hinderance to him in his intended journey to Capernaum, whither he was now going, and from thence toward Jerusalem, where he was not long after to suffer Death.

2. That going thus privately with his Disciples, He might be the more free and at liberty to confer [...] with them, and to instruct them privately in those things which were needful for him to teach them, and particularly in the Doctrine of his Passion and Resurrection, which he took occasion now to teach and fore-tell unto them, in the following Verse.

Quest. Quest. Why did he not rather teach this Doctrine of his Passion and Resurrection publickly before all the People?

Answ. Answ. Because the due time for publishing of this Doctrine was not yet come; for this was not to be done till after the fulfilling of his Passion and Resurrection.

In the words consider two things: 1. Our Saviour's departure with his Disciples from the Coasts of Cesarea Philippi (as is probable), and their passage or journeying through Galilee. 2. Their private manner of going; so as he would not have it known.

Of the first. Observ. That our Saviour was not alwayes employed in the publick duties of his Ministry, in Preaching and confirming his Doctrine by Miracles; but sometimes he did with-draw himself from the Multitude, that he might do good in private by instructing his Disciples, comforting and admonishing them as occasion served. So here: Which must teach Ministers of the Word their duty, viz. to be careful not only to do good by their publick Ministry, by Preaching the Word, and administring the Sacraments duly; but [Page 643] also by private Prayer, taken in instructing the ignorant as occasion serveth, in admonishing the disorderly, comforting the distressed, &c. herein imitating Paul, Act. 20. 20.

Observ. Of the second. Observ. The wisdom and care of our Saviour to prevent such impediments as might now hinder him either in his intended journey to Capernaum, or in the private duty of instructing his Disciples; in that, to this end, he doth not onely withdraw himself from the Multitude and throng of People which was about him before, but also is careful to depart and go very privately (so as none should know it) through Ga­lilee. Which should teach us the like Wisdom and care, to prevent (as much as may be) all occasions which may hinder us at any time in the performance of good duties, either of our general Callings, as we are Christians, viz. in duties of Religion towards God; or duties of Charity and Mercy to our Neighbour, &c. (See Chap. 5. 37.) For this cause, we are bid to remember the Sabbath day before it comes, so as to prevent all things that may hinder us in sanctifying the day: So in all other Christian duties we should be careful before­hand to prevent hinderances. In matters which concern our own worldly profit or pleasure, we are very careful this way: If at any time we do set apart some day or time for the doing of something which is for our profit or pleasure; if it be but to go a Journey upon pleasure, how careful are we before-hand, so to order our business, that nothing may hinder or frustrate our purpose when the time cometh? How much more careful should we be thus to prevent hinderances, when we are to perform any religious or Christian Duties which God requireth of us?

Now followeth the Prediction it self, Ver. 31. in which our Saviour fore-telleth unto his Disciples his future Passion and Resurrection. Of this I will here speak but briefly, because we had occasion to handle the same more at large before, Chap. 8. 31. 1. Of the Prediction of his Passion. 2. Then of his Resur­rection.

Of the first. He taught his Disciples, and said, &c.] Why He did fore-tell his Passion, see in Ver. 31. of Chap. 8.

Quest. Quest. Why doth he now again teach them the Doctrine of his Passion, and fore-tell it unto them, seeing he had done it so plainly not long before? as we heard Chap. 8. 31.

Answ. Answ. Because they were so hard to conceive and believe this Doctrine of his Sufferings, partly by reason of their naturall aversness from the Cross, and partly by reason of that Errour and prejudicate Opinion which they held, and was so rooted in them, touching the temporal Kingdom of Christ. Therefore to wean them from this erroneous conceipt by degrees, he doth again and again put them in mind of his Death and Sufferings before-hand.

Now, from this that our Saviour did thus fore-tell his Passion before-hand, some general Instructions may be gathered. (See before, Chap. 8. 31.)

More particularly in this Prediction of his Sufferings, consider two things in the words.

  • 1. The Person whose Sufferings he fore-telleth, viz. Himself, described by this usual Title, The Son of Man.
  • 2. The Passion or Sufferings themselves which he fore-telleth, set down in two parts or kinds of them. 1. His delivering up into the hands of men. 2. His Death, That they should kill him, &c.

Of the first. The Person, The Son of Man] See Chap. 8. 31.

Of the second. The Sufferings themselves; He is delivered &c.] that is, He shall certainly be delivered or given up shortly, to be falsly accused, condemned, and put to death as a Malefactor.

Into the hands of men,] that is, Into the power of wicked men, such as the Enemies of Christ were, who were the causes and instruments of his Death. So the word [Men] is sometimes taken in Scripture, to sig­nify evill or wicked men: 1 Cor. 3. 3. Where as there is among you Envying, &c. are ye not carnall, and walk as men?

Quest. Quest. By whom, and into whose hands or power, was Christ to be delivered or given up as a Male­factor, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. By Judas, one of his own Disciples, betraying him into the hands of the Jews for thirty pie­ces of Silver, Matth. 26. 14. Judas went and covenanted with the Chief Priests to betray him for thirty pieces of Silver.

2. By the Jewish Officers and Rulers; who, having him in their hands, delivered him up unto the Gen­tiles, that is, to the Power and Authority of the Romans to be crucified: Matth. 20. 18. The Son of Man shall be betrayed unto the Chief Priests and Scribes, &c. And they shall deliver him to the Gentiles, to mock, scourge, and crucify him. And Mat. 27. 2. They, having bound him, led him away, and delivered him to Pontius Pilare the Roman Governour.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that Christ Jesus, the Son of God, was thus to be delivered into the hands of men as a Ma­lefactor to be condemned and put to death, and all for our sakes, and in our room and stead: This teacheth us, what our estate is by Nature, and in our selves, in regard of our sins, viz. That we are all Malefactors, guilty of such Crimes and Offences as do deserve death; yea, eternal death of Soul and Body, and therefore that we are worthy to be given up and delivered as Malefactors, not into the hands of men, but into the pow­er of the Devil himself, the Executioner of God's Wrath and Justice to be for ever punished and tormented in Hell. Ephes. 2. 3. by Nature we are said to be Children of Wrath; that is, such as have by our sins de­served the Wrath and Curse of God, and to be delivered up into the hands of Satan, as the Executioner of God's Wrath. If it were not so, Christ should never have been given up as a Malefactor into the hands of men, to be condemned and punished with death: This he suffered not for himself (for he was guiltless and innocent), but for us, and in our room and stead. In all this he was our Surety or Pledge, taking upon him, by God's Appointment and his own free Will, the Guilt of our sins, and so bearing our sorrows and the whole Punishment due to our sins. Therefore, when we hear that he was thus delivered as a Malefactor to be punished, &c. we are in him to consider and behold our selves, and the desert of our sins; and in the sight and feeling hereof to be truly humbled before God, mourning for our sins, which were the cause of Christ's being delivered into the hands of men, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that it is mentioned here as one special part of the Sufferings of Christ our Saviour, that he [Page 644] was to be delivered into the hands and power of wicked men, his enemies, to be abused by them at their plea­sure; that is, to be unjustly accused, condemned, punished as a Malefactor: And we may learn, That it is a great affliction and tryall to be delivered or given up into the hands of wicked men, to be abused at their will and pleasure. For this cause David desired, That he might not fall into the hand of man; that is, into the power of wicked men, his enemies, to be vanquished and put to the sword by them: 2 Sam. 24. 14. And our Saviour Matth. 10. 17. warneth his Disciples, To beware of men, because they would deliver them up to the Councills, and they would scourge them in their Synagogues, &c. And 2 Thess. 3. 2. Paul desires them to pray for him, That he might be delivered from unreasonable and wicked men. Better it is in some respects to be given up to the teeth of wild Beasts, as Daniel and Ignatius were, and as the antient custom was to deal with some Malefactors, than to be given up into the power of wicked men. For wild Beasts are less malici­ous and cruell in their kind than wicked men are: Prov. 12. 10. The tender mercies of the Wicked are cruell. (Homo homini lupus.)

Ʋse. Ʋse. See what cause for us to pray unto God (if it be his will) to keep from us this grievous affliction and tryall, and not to bring it upon us; not to give us up, or to suffer us to be given up into the hands of wicked men to be abused, or to be unjustly and cruelly dealt withall by them: at least not to leave us absolutely to their will and pleasure, but to curb and restrain their power and malice against us. The more cause have we thus to pray at this time, considering that our sins, and the sins of this Land do justly deserve this heavy pu­nishment and affliction, to be delivered into the hands of wicked men, our enemies, and the enemies of God and of his Church; and the Lord seemeth to threaten us at this time with this Judgment, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See what we may look for, if we be Christ's true Disciples, even to be thus dealt with as he was, to suffer this which he suffered before us; viz. To be betrayed and delivered up into the hands of our malicious and wicked enemies (if God see it good thus to exercise us): yea, not onely so, but to be betray­ed, and perfidiously dealt withall, even by such as are near or dear unto us, and do professe love and friend­ship to us. If this were done to Christ our Head, then may it be done to us his members; yea, much more to us, and we may look for it. The Disciple is not herein above his Master; Luke 21. 16. Ye shall be be­trayed both by Parents, and Brethren, and Kins-folks, and Friends; and some of you shall they cause to be put to Death. And this was verified in sundry of the blessed Martyrs, both of antient and latter times, who were thus betrayed and delivered into the hands of their cruell and malicious Persecutors, and that by their own Friends, Kindred, and near Acquaintance. The like may be our case, if the Lord see good thus to try us; which therefore must move us before hand to prepare and arm our selves with faith, patience, and Christian courage, to bear this grievous Tryall, as we shall find it to be (no doubt) if ever it happen unto us as it hath done to Christ, and to many of the Saints and Faithful that have lived before us. Pray therefore unto the Lord to furnish us with such Graces whereby we may be inabled to bear this Tryall; that we may not be dis­mayed by it in our Christian profession.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Here is also matter of comfort for Us and all the Faithful, if at any time this do befall us, that we be betrayed or delivered up into the hands of men; yea, of wicked men, and our malicious enemies, and that by such as profess outward friendship to us: In this case, let us remember the example of Christ him­self, our Head and Saviour; not thinking much to be so perfidiously dealt withall in this kind, as he was be­fore us. It is the Speech of an antient Father, Voluit Christus deseri, voluit prodi, voluit ab Apostolo suo tradi; ut tu, cum sis desertus à socio, proditus ab amico, moderatè feras. (Ambros. in Luc.)

Mark 9. 30, 31, 32.‘And they departed thence, &c. July, 1. 1627.

THese words contain our Saviour's prediction or foretelling of his future Passion and Resurrection to his Disciples; where three things have been propounded to consider:

  • 1. The occasion of the prediction, His departure with his Disciples from the place where he wrought the former miracle, and his private passage through Galilee with them, ver. 30.
  • 2. The prediction it self, ver. 31.
  • 3. The effect in the Disciples, ver. 32. They understood not that saying, &c.

Of the first. The occasion. I have already spoken last day.

Of the second. The prediction itself. 1. He foretelleth his Passion. 2. His Resurrection. Touching his Passion or Sufferings, two things to be considered. 1. The person, who was to Suffer; viz. Himself; whom he calleth the Son of Man. 2. The Sufferings themselves. Of the former I spake lately, upon ver. 9. Touching the latter, they are set down by the parts or kinds of them, being two.

  • 1. That he should be delivered into the hands of Men.
  • 2. That he should be put to Death by them. Of the first I spake the last Sabbath. Now followeth the second part of his Sufferings foretold, viz. His Death.

And they shall kill him] Of this see before, chap. 8. ver. 31.

Now followeth the foretelling of his Resurrection upon the third day, which is also handled before, chap. 8. 31. To proceed therefore to the 32. ver. where is laid down the effect which followed in the Disciples, which was two-fold.

  • 1. That they understood not that saying] That is, the Doctrine of Christ's Passion and Resurrection which he taught them.
  • 2. That they were afraid to ask him. Touching the first. See Luke 9. 45.

Object. Object. Matth. 17. 23. It is said, They were exceeding sory, upon his foretelling his Death. Now if they understood not what he meant, Why should they be striken with sorrow upon his words?

Answ. Answ. No doubt, but they understood the words themselves uttered by our Saviour (for they are plain and easy to be conceived), but they understood not the matter it self throughly; that is to say, the mystery of his Death: how he that was the Son of God and true Messiah (as they had confessed him to be) should dye or be put to death; much less did they conceive fully the mystery of his Resurrection, how he being dead should rise again the third day after.

Quest. Quest. What was the cause of this their ignorance, that they could not conceive this mystical Doctrine of Christ's Death and Resurrection?

Answ. Answ. There was a three-fold Cause especially: 1. Their natural blindness and dulness to conceive these mysteries of Faith.

2. That erroneous and prejudicate opinion which they had conceived, and were so much rooted in, touch­ing a Temporal and Earthly Kingdom of Christ, as we have often heard before.

3. Their natural unwillingness to hear of Troubles, which they might well conceive would befall them, when Christ should Suffer.

Observ. Observ. Even the best Christians are by nature and of themselves hard to conceive and understand the my­steries of Faith, and Doctrines of the Gospel; as touching Christ's Person and Office, and our Salvation by him, &c. Especially such Doctrines as are most contrary to natural reason, and our carnal affections, as the Doctrine of the Cross, &c. See before, ver. 10. of this Chapter, and chap. 8. ver. 16.

Now followeth the second Effect or Consequent in the Disciples. They were afraid to ask him] Viz. Touch­ing the meaning of his words, and of the Doctrine which he had now taught them concerning his future Death and Resurrection.

Quest. Quest. What was the cause of this fear in them?

Answ. Answ. 1. They feared shame and disgrace by acknowledging their ignorance.

2. They feared, lest for this their ignorance and blindness in the Doctrine of Christ's Passion and Resur­rection, they should be sharply taxed and reproved by Christ, their Master; even as Peter had been not long before for the like ignorance, discovered in going about to disswade Christ from Suffering, chap. 8. ver. 33. And herein they discovered their great infirmity, in that they would rather remain still in ignorance, then suffer shame or reproach for their ignorance.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The preposterous fear of getting shame and disgrace by acknowledgment of our ignorance, is one great hinderance to the gaining of more knowledge by the instruction of others in things spiritual and heavenly. This hindred the Disciples from being further and better instructed by Christ at this time in the mystery of his Death and Resurrection, because they were afraid of shaming themselves by acknowledging their ignorance, &c. And experience shews this to be true in many amongst us, who being ashamed to be­wray their ignorance by asking profitable questions about matters of Religion, or the Word of God, either of their own Pastors, or of other Christians; do thereby deprive themselves of a great deal of Christian knowledge and instruction which they might receive from others. But let us take heed of this preposterous and vain fear of shame or disgrace by bewraying our ignorance in asking questions, or seeking instruction from others in the things of God and of his Word. For the truth is, this is no shame at all; but a shame it is to continue in ignorance, blindness, and errours for want of seeking knowledge, when we have the means vouchsafed us of God.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here how backward, loth, and unwilling we are by nature to be admonished and reproved for our faults and corruptions; yea, how backward even good Christians and the Saints of God are to suffer the word of Reproof, in that Christ's Disciples were so afraid of being reproved by him for their ignorance; that they would rather continue in it, than acknowledge it, and seek to him for further instruction at this time. See 2 Chron. 16. 10.

Now if this be true of good Christians, such as Christ's Disciples; much more of others being void of sanctifying Grace: Hence it is, That men are so apt to hate and dislike such as reprove their Sins: Amos 5. 10. They hate him that rebuketh in the Gate, &c. And for this cause Ahab hated Elijah and Michajah, because they told him of his Sins, &c. And Gal. 4. 16. The Galathians thought Paul to be their enemy, because he reproved the corruptions amongst them in Doctrine and Life. And experience shews the truth of this, how backward and unwilling men are to be admonished and reproved for their sins; so backward, that many shun the very company and sight of such as have a Calling to reprove them: And some refuse to come to their own Pastor, if he send for them to admonish them in private of some offence or misdemeaner committed by them.

Now the chief causes of this unwillingness to be reproved, are these: 1. The natural love of sin which is in men, which makes them loth to leave and forsake their sins; and therefore unwilling to be reproved for the same. See Job 20. 12. 2. Natural pride and self-conceipt, which makes men think so well of them­selves, as if they were too good to be admonished of their corruptions, and reproved for them by such as have a calling to do it: Prov. 9. 8. Reprove not a scorner, lest he hate thee. Now scornfulness and pride usually go together: Prov. 21. 24. Proud and haughty scorner, &c. 3. Close Hypocrisy, when men are desirous to harbour and cherish still in themselves some one or more darling sins, for which therefore they are unwilling to be reproved, as Herod, Mark 6.

Ʋse. Use. Labour every one to see and bewail this great corruption in our selves, in that we are by nature so backward and unwilling to be admonished of our corruptions, and to have our sins reproved; though it be for our good, and though it be by such as have a special Calling to reprove or admonish us: This shews the miserable blindness and corruption of our nature, in that we are not onely corrupted with sin, but unwilling to be cured and healed of this corruption; unwilling to be admonished and reproved, and so to be brought to the sight and feeling of our sins, and to true repentance. As if one that is sick of a dangerous Disease should shun the Physitian; yea, hate and dislike him for his desire to minister wholesome Physick to him, &c. Let us lament this corruption of nature, which makes us so loth to have our sins reproved, and be more and more humbled for it; withall, we must strive against it, and against the causes of it; especially against Pride and Hypocrisy: On the contrary, pray and labour for true humility and sincerity of heart; Then we shall say with David, Psal. 141. 5. Let the Righteous smite me, &c.

Mark 9. 33, 34. ‘And he came to Capernaum, and being in the House, he asked them, What was it that ye dispu­ted July 8. 1627. among your selves by the way? &c.

HEre beginneth the fourth principal part of this Chapter, reaching from this place to the 38. Verse. In which our Saviour teacheth his Disciples the practice of true Humility, in abasing themselves one to­ward another, in way of seeking the good of each other.

Where two things are set down by the Evangelist: 1. The Occasion of his Teaching them this pract­ice of Humility, viz. A Controversy arising privately between them, as they went by the way to Caperna­um, about Preheminence or Primacy, who should be the chief, Ver. 33, 34. 2. The Doctrine or Teaching it self, together with the manner of his Teaching them, Ver. 35, 36, 37.

Of the first. The Occasion, viz. The Controversy which arose among them, who should be chief of them. In recording this, the Evangelist doth first set down the means used by our Saviour to discover and bring to light that private Controversy or Disputation which they had by the way about Preheminence, viz. His que­stioning with them about the matter whereof they had disputed or reasoned by the way. And then he menti­ons the Controversy it self.

In these two Verses more particularly consider these four things: 1. The Place where our Saviour moved this Question to them, In a private House at Capernaum, whither he now came with his Disciples. 2. The Question it self which he demanded of them; What it was they disputed by the way, &c. 3. The Effect in the Disciples, They were put to silence. 4. The Cause or Reason of their silence; Because by the way they had disputed, &c.

Of the first. He came to Capernaum,] See before, Chap. 1. Ver. 21. the chief City in Galilee where our Saviour had much conversed formerly, preaching and working Miracles there; yea, he had his dwelling after a sort, as appeareth Mat. 4. 13. and Mat. 9. 1. called, his City.

Being in the House,] Some think it was in Peter's House, where he used to lodge in that Town, see Mark 1. 29. (Sic Maldonat. in hunc locum.) What House is not expressed; whether the same in which he used com­monly to dwell or abide, or some other; neither is it needful to enquire. Now our Saviour made choice of this place, being in a private House, to question with his Disciples about this matter, as being fittest for this private Conference.

Observ. Observ. Such as have a Calling to admonish or reprove others for sin, and to instruct them in the wayes of God, ought to take the fittest opportunities of time and place, to give admonition or instruction to those of their charge, as Ministers, Parents, &c. viz. at such times and in such places, when and where they are likely to do most good by their Instructions and Admonitions. For Example; for publick Admonition or Instruction, they should make choice of publick times and places. 1 Tim. 5. 20. Them that sin, rebuke before all; that is, such as do openly offend before all, or are publickly known or convicted Offen­ders. But on the contrary, for giving of private Admonition or Instruction private places are fittest, Matth. 18. 15. If thy Brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone, &c.

Now followeth the Question it self which our Saviour demanded of his Disciples, viz. What it was which they had reasoned of by the way? This he asked of them, not because he was ignorant of what they disputed by the way (for he knew it well enough before, yea, he perceived the very thoughts of their hearts at that time, as it is said, Luke 9. 47.) but the better to convince their Consciences of that great fault and Sin of Ambition which they discovered by disputing about Primacy, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The Truth of Christ's God-head, in that he knew both the thoughts and words uttered by his Disciples in disputing about Primacy, though he did not hear them reasoning about it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See what course is fit to be taken by such as have a desire to reform sin in others that are of their Charge. They should first use means to bring the Offenders to the true sight of their sins, and feeling of them, that by this means they may be humbled and stirred up to Repentance. To this end, they ought to admonish and put them in mind of their sins, and to sift and examine their Consciences, so far as may be by the Word of God applyed unto them for the better convincing of them, and discovering of their Sins to them.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Let us take this course to reform sin in others; especially in those of our charge. First shew them their sins out of the Word of God, and convince their Conscience by some good means: Then reprove them and exhort to Repentance and Reformation of life.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The Lenity and Patience of our Saviour toward his Disciples; in that he doth not sharply re­prove them (as he might have done) for their great Corruption in seeking Preheminence one above another; much less doth he reject or cast them off for this Offence: but he dealeth gently and mildly with them, only questioning with them about the matter, to bring them to the sight of their sin, and then teaching and exhor­ting them to the contrary practice, Ver. 35. Now this should teach us after his example to shew like gen­tleness and patience toward Sinners, &c.

Now followeth the Effect which followed in the Disciples; They held their peace,]

Quest. Quest. What was the cause of their silence?

Answ. Answ. Being guilty in their Consciences, that they had much offended by their ambitious and foolish dis­putation about Preheminence one above another, they were ashamed in themselves, and afraid to confess the matter, lest they should be reproved of Christ, and so be put to more open shame. This appears by the words following.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. One Effect of sin committed, is, that it brings shame upon the Offenders: 1. The Guilt of it being felt and perceived, doth smite them with inward shame and confusion before God in their Consci­ences. So in the Disciples here. So in Adam and Eve at the first: Rom. 6. 21. What fruit had ye then in those things whereof ye are now ashamed? 2. It brings outward shame and disgrace upon the Sinner before Men and Angels; and that both temporal in this life, and eternal after this life in Hell, if it be not repen­ted of.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the wickedness of such as do not only commit Sin, but even glory in it, or boast of it; as if it were a Grace or an Ornament to them to swear, drink excessively, profane the Sabbath, &c. This is to glory in their shame: For Sin is the cause of shame and confusion before God, and in the Conscience; and so they shall find it by woful experience to be, whensoever God shall awake their sleeping Conscience, and bring them to sight of their sins, and the more they now glory in sin, the more shame and confusion shall it bring forth in their Consciences hereafter.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This should be as a curb or bridle to restrain and keep us from committing Sin, and from defiling our Consciences with the guilt of it; when we consider the Effect and Fruit which it will bring forth here­after; that is to say, shame and confusion both inward of Conscience, and also outward shame; yea, ever­lasting shame and confusion in Hell, if it be not repented of.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Disciples, being touched with shame for their sin; do hide and conceal the matter, not coming to a plain and direct Confession of their fault (as they should have done), we learn this, that by Nature we are very backward and unwilling to confess and acknowledge our sins and corruptions which we are guilty of; and, on the contrary, we are desirous to hide and cover the same. This we see here in Christ's Disciples, and in our first Parents, how loth they were to acknowledge their Offence, and how they labou­red to cloak and cover the same, by putting off the fault from one to another; the Man laid the fault upon his Wife, and she upon the Serpent, &c. Thus David also for a time did hide his sin in silence, Psal. 32. 3. and was loth to lay it open by confession to God. Now, if it be thus with the Saints of God, how much more with the Wicked? It is no mervail if they be backward and unwilling to acknowledge their sins, and desirous to hide them both from God and Men. This is natural to us all, that although we are forward to commit sin, yet we are backward to confess it unto God or unto Men, when we are called so to do. Though we are not ashamed to sin, yet we are ashamed to confess our sins plainly to God or Men: Experience shews this to be true in those that have so many excuses and pretences to colour over and to cloak and hide their sins and corruptions, rather than they will come to a plain Confession of them, when they are admonished or re­proved.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See how great Enemies we are by Nature to our own spiritual good and salvation; in that we are so backward and loth to lay open our sins and corruptions unto God and Men by Confession, that so they may be pardoned: As if one that hath a deadly wound, or dangerous Disease should be unwilling to make it known to the Physitian or Surgeon, that it might be cured, and should seek rather to hide and cover it; were not such a one his own Enemy? yea, were he not accessory to his own death, if he should dy of that Wound or Disease?

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To move us to labour and strive against this natural backwardness and unwillingness to confess our sins unto God and Men, and on the contrary to be ready and forward on all occasions to lay them open by Confession, both unto God first and principally, and then also unto men so far as is fit, and so far forth as we have by them given offence or scandal to men. To this end, consider both the danger of hiding our sins and the contrary benefit and good that comes of confessing them: Prov. 28. 13. He that covereth his sins shall not prosper, but he that confesseth and forsaketh them shall have Mercy. 1 Joh. 1. 9. If we confess our sins, he is faith­full and just to forgive us our sins, &c. Imitate Job herein, who protesteth that he did not cover his Trans­gressions, as Adam, by hiding his Iniquity in his bosom.

Now followeth the fourth and last thing in the words, viz. The Cause or Reason of their silence: For by the way they had disputed, &c. The Cause was, the fault and sin which they knew themselves guilty of, in disputing by the way about Primacy or Preheminence one above another: The guiltiness of their Conscience made them ashamed, and did strike them with silence.

They disputed] or, reasoned and debated the matter between themselves: This shews the greatness of their fault and sin; in that they did not only conceive ambitious thoughts of Preheminence one above ano­ther, but did also utter these thoughts by disputing and contending in words one with another about the matter.

Who should be the greatest,] that is, Which of them should be chief in honour and dignity above the rest, and should have the highest place of Authority or Office under him, at such time as he should take upon him the Glory and Majesty of his Kingdom, as he was Messiah, and should begin to exercise and shew forth the same. For the conceiving hereof, we must know that which we have often he [...]rd before, that the Disciples of Christ, though they were in part taught and instructed in the Doctrine of Christ's Person and Office, and did believe him to be the Son of God and true Messiah; yet they were still tainted with that common Er­rour of the rest of the Jews, touching an earthly and temporal Kingdom of the Messiah, accompanied with worldly honour and prosperity; such a Kingdom of Christ they still dreamed of, and imagined to themselves, in which they supposed that they should have distinct Places, Offices, or Dignities, one above another after the manner of earthly Kingdoms.

Object. Object. Matth. 18. 1. It is said, They came and asked Him, Who was greatest in the Kingdom of Heaven? that is, in the Kingdom of the Messiah, or in the Church under his Government: Whereby it may seem that they did think his Kingdom should be heavenly and not earthly.

Answ. Answ. They call it the Kingdom of Heaven after the Example of Christ himself, whom they had often heard to call it so before, and that because they thought it to be divine and spiritual; yet so as withal, they supposed that this Kingdom should be exercised upon Earth, and that after the manner of earthly and tempo­ral Kingdoms, in which there are distinct places of honour, and Offices one above another under the King; and therefore they now reasoned upon this supposition, which of them should have the chief place of Ho­nour and Dignity here on Earth. (Vide Jansen. in locum.) And it is likely, that they took occasion thus to do from some special outward favours which Christ had formerly shewed to some of them above the rest; as to Peter, James, and John, in taking them onely with him when he healed Jair us his Daughter, Chap. 5. and when he went up into the Mount to be transfigured: Hereupon they gathered, that some of them should be preferred before others in Dignity and place, when he should take upon him the publick Administration of his Kingdom.

Quest. Quest. What moved them at this time to think and reason about this matter?

Answ. Answ. Most probable it is, That they took occasion so to do from the words of Christ newly uttered before unto them, ver. 31. touching his rising from Death upon the third day. For although they did not understand the mystery of his Death or Resurrection; yet it is probable, that they gathered thus much from his words, That at the time of his Resurrection (which was not long after to be fulfilled) he should begin to shew forth the Glory of his Kingdom. And therefore hearing him speak of this, they took occasion to reason among themselves, which of them should be chief in honour and dignity at that time, when he should take upon him the administration of his Kingdom. (Vide Jansen.)

Observ. 1. That there are corruptions and sinful infirmities in the best Saints of God upon Earth; as here in Christ's Disciples, who were tainted with the sins of ambition which they now discovered by this reasoning and contending, Who should be chief amongst them in this World. (This was handled before, chap. 3. 31. and chap. 8. 16, & 32.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The ambitious desire of vain-glory and honour in the World, and of Pre-heminence above others is very natural unto men; yea, to the best Christians and Saints of God: And if to them, then much more unto others void of sanctifying Grace. Christ's own Disciples were tempted to this sin (as we see here) and much tainted with this corrruption; the same they discovered at other times. So Mark 10. 35. James and John the sons of Zebedee came in unto him, desiring him that they might have the chief places of honour about Him in the Glory of his Kingdom, which they then also supposed to be Earthly and Temporal in this World. Luke 22. 24. There was a strif [...]e among them, which should be the greatest. And as Christ's Disciples, so other Christians; and all men by nature are very prone unto this sin of ambition and desire of vain-glory, and pre-heminence above others in this World: Hence it is, That we are so much dehorted and disswaded from this sin in Scripture: Phil. 2. 3. Let nothing be done through strife or vain-glory, &c. And Gal. 5. 26. Let us not be desirous of vain-glory, &c. which shews, That by nature we are very apt to desire and seek after vain-glory and honour in this World: Else such dehortations were needless, &c.

Use. Use. See what cause for every one to labour and strive against this corruption, and sin of ambition being so natural to us as it is: The more natural it is to us, and the more prone we are unto it; the more are we to strive against it in our selves, using all means to mortifie it in us.

Remedies against this sin: 1. Take away the causes of it, viz. pride and self-love, resist and strive against these: On the contrary, labour for true humility of heart, that thou mayst say with David, Psal. 131. 3. Lord, my heart is not haughty, &c. neither do I exercise my self in matters too high for me. Think better of others then our selves, Phil. 2. 3. The want of this humility is one main cause of so much ambition, &c. 2. Consider that precept, given us by the Apostle, Rom. 12. 10. In giving honour, prefer one another; and strive to the practice of it, being so far from seeking honour and pre-heminence above others, that one the contrary, we honour others above our selves, and be more forward to give then to take honour. 3. The evil and dangerous effects of this sin; as strife and envy, which proceed from it: Gal. 5. 26. Let us not be de­sirous of vain-glory, provoking one another, envying one another: Phil. 2. 3. Contention and vain-glory are joyned together, to shew that the latter is the cause of the former. 4. That where the sin of ambition reigneth in the heart, there can be no truth of Religion or Grace: Joh. 5. 44. How can ye believe, which receive honour one of another, and seek not the honour that cometh from God only? 5. Consider that of our Saviour, Matth. 23. 12. Whosoever exalteth himself, shall be abased, &c. 6. It is the property of wicked men to be ambitious; This sin reigns in such, as in Human, Absolon, Pharisees, Diotrephes, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the Apostles of Christ were tainted with this sin of Ambition, and desire of Vain-glory and Pre-heminence one above another: we may gather, That as other Christians, so especially Ministers of the Word, and such as are called to the Office of ruling the Church, are very apt to be tempted unto the sin of Ambition, and desire of worldly honour and pre-heminence one above another. We have heard be­fore how often Christ's Apostles did discover this corruption and sin in themselves, even at three severall times; which shews, how apt the Ministers of the Church above all others are to be tainted with this sin of Ambition. For which cause our Saviour Matth. 20. 26. doth in speciall manner, and most straightly for­bid it unto his Disciples. The Princes of the Gentiles exercise Dominion over them, &c. But it shall not be so among you, &c. Our Saviour well knew before hand how apt his Apostles, and other Pastors and Gover­nours of the Church would be, ambitiously to affect and seek Pre-heminence and Glory in the World, and one above another. The Scribes and Pharisees were by Office Teachers of the Church, and how full of Am­bition were they? So Diotrephes 3 Joh. ver. 9. being a Minister of the Church (as is most probable), lo­ved to have the Pre-heminence amongst his fellow-Ministers; yea, he sought Pre-heminence above Paul himself. So in the Ages following after the Apostles, it may appear by the Histories of the Church, how much the antient Pastors and Bishops of the Church were tainted with this sin of Ambition; what striving was there amongst them for primacy? what contention for the chief seats in general Councils? And at this day, experience teacheth how apt this sin of Ambition is to bear sway in the Pastors and Governours of the Church, and how great hurt this one sin hath done in the Church, &c.

Reason. Reason. Ambition is a fruit of Pride, which is occasioned by the Gifts of God: in which, because Pastors of the Church do excell others; therefore, &c. 1 Cor. 8. 1. Knowledge puffeth up.

Use. Use. Of all others, especially Ministers ought to watch against this sin in themselves.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Against the Papists, That the Disciples as yet did neither know or acknowledge any primacy of Peter above the rest of the Apostles in respect of Power and Authority; neither had our Saviour formerly taught them any such matter, or promised to Peter any such primacy (as the Papists do falsly gather from those words of our Saviour spoken to Peter, Matth. 16. 18. Thou art Peter, and upon this Rock will I build my Church, &c.) for then the Disciples would not have disputed this matter who should be chief of them in his Kingdom. Therefore this debating of the matter, shews plainly that they did as yet know of no such pri­macy of Peter above the rest, for then the controversy had been ended between them. (See Cartwr. answ. to Rhem. on Matth. 18. 1.)

Mark 9. 35. ‘And he sate down, and called the Twelve, &c. Aug. 5. 1627.

IN the two former Verses we heard of the occasion of our Saviour's Teaching the Doctrine of Humility to his Disciples in a private house at Capernaum, viz. A controversy and disputation arising between them by the way as they Journeyed to Capernaum, touching Primacy or preheminence one above another, which of them should be chief, or have highest place of Honour under Christ in his Kingdome: which they igno­rantly supposed that it should be administred on earth, and in some respects▪ after the manner of earthly King­domes in this World.

Now in the next place, the Evangelist setteth down the Doctrine it self, viz. the Doctrine of true Humi­lity, which our Saviour upon this occasion taught his Disciples.

Where, 1. Consider the Preparation which he used before he taught them; which stood in two things, 1. The outward gesture used by him, He sate down to teach them. 2. In calling unto him his Twelve Apo­stles or Disciples.

2. The Teaching it self, or matter taught by him, viz. the Doctrine and practice of Humility, which he teacheth them two wayes. 1. By way of Precept, ver. 35. 2. By a reall Type or example of a young Child which he took in his Arms and set before them, &c. ver. 36, 37.

First of his Preparation used before he taught.

He sate down] This he did after the custome of those times, which was to teach sitting, and after his usual manner at other times, when he did purposely and in solemn manner addres himself to teach either his Dis­ciples or others of the people; especially at the times of his publick Preaching, as Matth. 5. 1. and Luke 4. 20. And sometimes also in his private teaching he used the same gesture and Preparation, when he w [...]s in any special manner to teach and instruct his Disciples in some very weighty matter or point of Doctrine, such as this was, touching the practise of true humility, which he was now minded to instruct his Disciples in; and therefore he sate down before he began to teach them, shewing thereby that he was now minded to instruct them in this matter not slightly or negligently, but carefully, diligently, and throughly, as being a matter of great use and necessity for them to learn; where, by the way also it seems very probable, that [...]ee­ing our Saviour did now sit down in this solemn manner before he began to teach this Doctrine to his Disci­ples, that therefore in teaching it he did use many more words then are expressed by the Evangelists, whose manner is not to set down the Sermons or Doctrine of Christ at large, but onely the brief sum and substance o [...] that he taught.

Observ. Observ. That the Doctrine of Humility is a Doctrine of great weight and necessity for Christians to be taught and instructed in, and that not slightly or negligently, but carefully and diligently; for which cau [...] our Saviou [...] being to teach this Doctrine now unto his Disciples, did in solemn manner sit down, and so pre­pare himself to teach it; and we shall see how carefully and diligently he taught them this matter, not onely by word of mouth, or by Precept, as in this verse, but also by a special and extraordinary gesture and exam­ple which he set before them of a young Child, &c. What doth all this shew, but that our Saviour held this Doctrine and practise of Humility which he was now about to teach, to be a very serious and weighty matter, and of great necessity for his Disciples to learn.

Reason. Reas. Humility is the very ground and foundation of true Religion and Christianity, without which we cannot be Christ's true Disciples. The first Lesson to be learned in his School being this, to deny our [...]elves, as we heard before, chap. 8. which cannot be without true Humility; yea, this is such a Grace, wi [...]hou [...] which we are unfit for the Kingdome of Heaven, Matth. 18. 3. Verily I say unto you, except ye be Converted, and become as little Children, ye shall not enter into the Kingdome of Heaven. A Grace which our Saviour did in special manner teach by his own example while he lived on Earth, Matth. 11. Learn of me, for I am lowly, &c.

Use. Use. See then how carefull Ministers of the Word should be to teach this Doctrine of Humility not slight­ly, but diligently; not seldome, but often to urge and press the same; as al [...]o how carefull every Christian should be to learn, and be well and throughly instructed in this Doctrine and true practice of Humility, be­ing a matter of so great weight and necessity, and yet so hard (as it is) to be learned; so contrary to corrupt nature, &c.

The second thing in his Preparation. He called unto him the Twelve] This he did, 1. That by thi [...] mean [...] he might the better admonish and stir them up to diligent attention, and serious consideration of tho [...]e things which he was about to speak and do. 2. Because they were all faul [...]y, and tainted with Pride and A [...]biti­ous desire of preheminence one above another, as they shewed themselves to be by their private dis [...]uta­ [...]ion about Primacy, in the former verse; and so all had need to be adn onished of that sin, and to be taught the contrary practice of true Humility, therefore he calls them all to him.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See that all such as are guilty of sin, and have need of [...]race, or of further growth in Grace, should be ready and forward to hear the Word of Christ, whereby their sins may be reproved, and they sti [...] ­red up to the practice of the contrary Grace, and of all good Christian Dutie; which therefore shew [...]how needfull it is for all sorts of Christians to be he [...]rers of the Word and Doctrine of Christ; yea, to be for­ward to hear it on all occasions; forasmuch as all are guilty of sin more or less, yea, of many corruptions, and all have need of Grace, at least of further growth therein. Therefore all have need to be hearers of Christ's Word and Doctrine Preached by his Ministers; even the best Christians [...]ust be forward to hear it, even such as have greatest Knowledg, and greatest measure of Grace already, &c. 1 Pet. 2. 2. As new born Babes desire the sincere milk of the Word, that ye may grow thereby.

Now followeth the Matter it self which our Saviour now taught unto his Twelve Disciples being thus called together unto him, viz. the doctrine of true humility; which first he teacheth them by way of pre­cept in this Verse.

If any desire to be first] That is, do desire, and seek true honour, preheminence, and dignity above others. For the better conceiving hereof, know, That these words are two wayes interpreted. Some take them to con­tain [Page 654] a threa [...]ening of punishment to such as do ambitiously seek preheminence above others in this world; That such shall by the just Judgment of God be greatly abased, and be made of no account, even as servants unto all others: And this is true in it self, that it shall be so. But I take it not to be the proper meaning of these words: But rather, that they do contain an Admonition or Precept of our Saviour Christ; by which he sheweth what is to be done, or what course is to be taken by every one that doth desire and seek true ho­nour and dignity, viz. That he must abase and humble himself even below or beneath all others in his own opinion and account of himself, and in his behaviour and practise towards others. So Matth. 20. 26, 27.

The same shall be last of all] Or, let him be last of all. For so some do translate the words, (as Beza, Jansen. &c.) and that I take to be the best translation of them.

Let him be last of all] That is to say, Let him become the lowest, meanest, and basest of all other men in his own estimation and account; and in his behaviour and practise towards all others let him shew it.

And servant unto all] A further Expositson of the former words, shewing what it is to become the last of all; namely, to submit himself so far both in his opinion of himself, and in his carriage and practise toward others, as to make himself even a servant unto others, though not simply and absolutely, yet in so [...]e respect; namely, in way of seeking and procuring the good of others by all means, not refusing or disdaining to do the meanest duty or service of love for the good of others. (See also Mar. 10. 43, 44, 45. for confirmation of this Exposition.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour purposing to reform the sin of ambition in his Disciples, in seeking prehe­minence one above another, doth to this end teach the contrary practise of humbling and abasing themselves one towards another, &c. hence we may gather, That it is a good remedy and means to reform any sin or corruption in our selves, to labour and strive to the practi [...]e of the contrary grace or vertue. Hence it is, that in Scripture oftentimes where we are dehorted from any vice or sin, we are in the same place immediately exhorted to the practice of the contrary Vertue or good Duty. So Ephes. 5. 25. Putting away lying, speak every man truth with his neighbour. And, Verse 29. Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth, but that which is good to the use of edifying, that it may minister grace to the hearers. And Verse 31, 32. Let all bitternesse and wrath, and anger, &c. be put away from you, with all malice. And be ye kind one to another, tender-hearted, forgiving one another, &c. Rom. 12. 16. Mind not high things, but condescend to men of low estate. 1 Thess. 4. 3, 4. This is the Will of God, even your sanctification, that you should abstain from fornication. That every one of you should know how to possess his vessell in sanctification and honour. Hebr. 13. 5. Let your conversation be without co­vetousnesse, and be content with such things as ye have. Thus where the practise of any sin is condemned, we are strired up to put in practise the contrary grace and vertue; to shew, that the latter is a remedy against the for­mer. As in bodily diseases, contraria contrariis curantur, &c. So here.

Ʋse. Use. Let us then use this remedy and means for the better subduing and mortifying of such sins and cor­ruptions as we feel in our selves, strive by all means unto the practise of such Christian Graces and Vertues, as are most opposite and contrary to the sins we are given unto. If thou be given to covetousnesse, to anger, pride, impatiency, uncleannesse, &c. labour and pray for contrary graces to these sins. To this end, take spiritual notice of thy personal sins, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The best way for a Christian to attain unto true honour, dignity, and preferment above others, is by the practise of true humility, in humbling and abasing our selves in this world. The way to be first in true honour and dignity, is to become last by humility; that is, to make our selves the lowest and meanest, by practice of true humility. Prov. 15. 33. Before honour, goeth humility; and Matth. 23. 12. He that humbleth himself shall be exal [...]ed: and Luke 14. 7. To this purpose our Saviour put [...]orth a Parable to those which chose the highest rooms at the Feast, When thou art bidden to a wedding, [...]it not down in the highest room, but in the lowest, that thou mayst after be advanced by the Master of the Feast. Then he addeth that sentence again, Verse 11. For whosoever exalieth himself, shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be exal [...]ed: which shews, That true humility is the way to true honour and preferment. Now this is true of all true ho­nour and preferment both in this world, and in that which is to come. Example in Abigail, 1 Sam. 25. 41. So in Joseph, Dan [...]el, David. True humiliation and abasement of our selves in this world, is the way unto it.

Now this humiliation is twofold. 1. Before God, and towards God; whereby we must be abased and cast down before God in [...]ight of our sins and unworthiness. Jam. 4. 10. Humble your selves in the sight of the Lord, and he shall lift you up.

2. Towards men; whereby we must humble and submit our selves towards our brethren, and towards all men with whom we live, Ephes. 5. 21. and that both inwardly in our hearts, by esteeming meanly of our selves in comparison of others; and also outwardly by all humble and lowly carriage towards them in our words, gestures, and behaviour, Rom. 12. 16.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. All true honour and preferment is from God; even that which is attained to in this world, Psal. 75. 6. Promotion is neither from East nor West, &c. But God putteth down one, and setteth up ano­ther. Much more the honour of the world to come. Now God hath promised honour and preferment only to such as are first humbled truly. (ut suprà dictum.)

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. By abasing our selves, we honour God, and so he will honour us, as he promiseth, 1 Sam. 2. 30.

Use 2 Use 1. See how contrary the judgment of the world, and of carnal men is to the judgment of God, and of his Word. How different the wayes and thoughts of men are from the wayes of God. The Judgment and Opinion of the world is, That the onely way to get honour and preferment in this world, is, for a man to put forth himself, and ambitiously to seek after honour and advancement in the world. Contra, the Judgment of God in his Word is this, That the way to true honour both in this world, and the world to come, is by pra­ctice of humility: by humbling and abasing our selves not only before God, but even before men, and to­wards men; by making our selves the last of all others in our opinion and judgment, and by practice of hu­mility.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See also how strange and wonderful the wayes of God are toward his true Saints and people; in that he doth work by contraries in furthering their good and true happiness and salvation: bringing them to honour and dignity, by humility and abasement; to comfort, by discomfort and trouble; to life, through death; to Heaven, by Hell-gates, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. See by this what to do, if we desire to attain unto true honour and preferment above others, either in this world, or in that which is to come: Labour for true humility, and to shew it in our practise both to­wards God and Men. If thou wouldst have God to exalt thee, thou must first be humbled and abased in thy self. If thou wouldst be first in God's account, thou must be last in thy own account.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. How far we ought in humility to abase our selves towards others; even so far as to prefer others before our selves in our estimation and account, yea so far as to esteem our selves the last and meanest of all others. Phil. 2. 3. In lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves. Paul calls himself the the chief of sinners, 1 Tim. 1. 15. and, less than the least of all Saints, Ephes. 3. 8.

Quest. Quest. How can we truly judge or esteem our selves the last and meanest of all others, when we know the contrary, viz. that we do excell others in some gifts and graces?

Answ. Answ. We are not alwayes bound simply and absolutely, to think worse of our selves than of others: but in some respects. viz. 1. In respect of some gifts or graces natural or spirituall, in which others do excell us, or may excell us, for ought we know.

2. In respect of some speciall sins or infirmities which are in us, and from which others are free, or may be free, for ought we know. Therefore in comparing our selves with others, we are on the one side to look upon our own sins, wants, and imperfections, and so to be humbled in our selves, and to cast our selves down below others: and on the other side, we are in charity to cover and excuse the wants and sins of others so far as may be; and withall, to look upon the good things which are in them, and so to prefer them before our selves.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. To convince such as are so far from preferring others before themselves, and from being the last and meanest of all others in their own account and estimation, that, on the contrary, they prefer themselves before others, and are apt to think themselves better and more excellent than all others: like the proud Pha­risee, Luke 18. I am not as other men, &c. Such there are amongst us, who are apt to think the [...]r own gifts bet­ter than the gifts of others, and their own sins and infirmities to be lesse than others; and how short do these come of that humility which is required in Christians?

Use 2 Use 2. Labour for this property and practise of true humility, in abasing our selves so far towards our brethren, yea, towards all men, as to prefer them before our selves; in making our selves the last, and worst, and meanest of all others, though not simply in all respects, (because that cannot alwayes be done truly) yet in some respects at least, by comparing our sins and corruptions with their graces, and good things in them: also by aggravating the former, and magnifying the latter so far as may be; and so cast­ing our selves down below and beneath all othes in our opinion and account of our selves. The rather strive unto this, because it is so hard a matter to practise, being so contrary to flesh and blood, which lust­eth after pride and preheminence above others. Calvin. in Phil. 2. 3. Siquid in totá vitá difficile, hoc est in­primis, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Lastly, That Christians ought so far to abase themselves in humility towards others, as to be­come servants of others in duties of love; by submitting themselves to do the meanest office or duty of love for the good of others: especially their spiritual good and salvation. Gal. 5. 13. By love serve one an­other. So Paul himself, 1 Cor. 9. 19. though free from all men, yet made himself servant unto all, that he might gain the more: yea, Christ himself came not to be ministred unto, but to minister unto us for our good and salvation; which he did, in giving himself unto death for us, Mark 10. 45. And not onely at his death, but in his life-time upon earth he ministred as a servant unto his Disciples, in washing their feet, and wiping them with a towell, Joh. 13. thereby giving an example to them and us, not to refuse or disdain the meanest office or service to our brethren for their good.

Reason. Reason. We are to do service to Christ: now he hath put our brother in his stead, in this life, so as that which is done to him, is accounted as done to Christ himself: Therefore we are to do service to our neigh­bour by love.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To reprove such as disdain or think much to do any mean or base office of love to their brethren; especially to those of the meaner sort: As, to visit them in sicknesse or other distresse; to relieve and help them in their miseries and necessities, &c. Many think it a disparagement to them to stoop so low, as to per­form these and such like offices of love and mercy to others. But this shews want of true humility and cha­rity, which if it were in them, (at least in that degree as it should be) it would cause them to think no duty of love too mean or base for them to perform for the good of their brethren. Others, again, are all for themselves; so given to serve themselves and their own turn, to seek their own profit, &c. that they regard not to serve others by love. The common sin of these times.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. It must teach and move us willingly to humble and abase our selves so far towards others, as to make our selves their very servants in humility and love: being ready and forward at all times to do the meanest office and duty of love and mercy for the good of our brethren: especially, if it be to further the spiritual good and salvation of their souls. To this end, consider, that God hath created us and sent us in­to this world to this end, that we should not live to our selves, or serve our selves, and seek our own good onely: but that we should serve God in serving our brother and neighbour. See therefore that we make conscience so to do. Shall Christ Jesus the Son of God so far abase himself, as to become a servant to us for our good and salvation; and shall not we much more become one anothers servants in humility and love?

Mark 9. 36, 37. ‘And he took a Child, &c. Aug. 12. 1627.

IN the former Verse we heard how our Saviour did by way of Precept or Admonition, teach his Disciples the practice of true Humility; shewing what was to be done of them, if they desired to attain to true ho­nour and preferment above others, viz. That they must abase and humble themselves one below another by the practice of Humility, &c.

Now in these two next Verses he confirmeth the same Doctrine by a reall Type or example of humility, which he took occasion to set before their eyes, viz. the example of a young Child, which he took and set in the midst of them, that by beholding him, they might be the more moved and perswaded to labour and strive to the true practice of humility one towards another.

Quest. Quest. Why did he propound and set before them this example or pattern of Humility in the young Child?

Answ. Answ. Because he knew that it was the nature of man to be much more moved and affected with visible and [...]ensible example [...] set before them, than with bare words or Precepts onely, when they are to be taught any point of Christian Doctrine or practice; and therefore this Doctrine of Hu [...]ility being a Doctrine so needfull for them (as we have heard before) and yet so hard to practice; he doth teach it and urge it to them, not onely by Precept, but also by this visible example of a young Child set before them.

Observ. Observ. Hence gather the excellent use of the Sacraments of the Church, for the better confirming of our Faith in Christ; in that those sensible signs and Seals of Gods Covenant, being added to the Word, are more apt to affect us, then the bare Word and Doctrine of Christ alone. For by the Sacraments, the Do­ctrine of the Word is made sensible, not onely to our ears, but even to our eyes, hands, taste, &c. and so is the more apt to affect us, and to confirm Faith in us. Therefore here take notice of the goodness of God towards us; who, knowing how apt we are to be led by outward sense, and how hard we are to believe his Promises, unless we do after a sort outwardly see, and taste, and handle them (as it were); therefore he hath herein condescended to our weakness, in giving us not onely his Word, but also his Sacraments as outward sensible signs and seals of the truth of his Word, the more to help our Faith. Let us be truely thankfull for this mercy, and shew it by our reverent estimation of the Sacrament [...], and by our Religious and Conscionable use of them as occasion is offered.

Now more particularly in the words, consider two things. 1. Our Saviour's propounding or setting be­fore h [...] Disciples this lively pattern of humility in the young Child, which he took in his arms, &c. 2. His application of that example, or making use of it to his present purpose, for Instruction of his Disciples; In that he takes occasion thereby further to commend and urge unto them the practice of true humility, ver. 37.

Of the first: In propounding this example to them, he used a twofold action or gesture. 1. He took the child in his arms. 2. He set it in the midst of them.

He took a Child] It is most likely, it was some Child that was in the house where our Saviour and his Dis­ciples now were in Capernaum. Now he took the Child into his arms, as appeareth in the words following, which seem to be spoken by an [...]; the Evangelist mentioning that last, which was done first; for he did first take the Child in his arms, and then set him in the midst of them. Now in that it is said, he took him in his arms, this shews, it was but a small and young Child, and so he is Called [...], a little Child, Matth. 18. 2. yet not so little or young, but that (as it seemeth) he was able to stand, and to go alone; for in the s [...]me place of Matthew, it is said, that our Saviour called the Child unto him, and set him in the midst of them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Christ's special love and Affection to Mankind, which was so great, that he testified and shew­ed it even to young Children; as here, and at other times; by admitting them into his presence and com­pany, setting them beside him, Luk [...] 9. 47. taking them up into his arms, and putting his hands upon them, and blessing them, as cap. 10. 16. And ver. 14. he was much displeased with his Disciples for going about to [...]inder the young Children from being brought unto him. All this shews his great love and affection which he did bea [...] even unto little Children, much more unto man-kind in general; but especially, unto his true Church. This love to mankind, and especially to his Church, Christ Jesus shewed by manifold effects of it while he lived on Earth, but especially by laying down his life for us, Joh. 15. 13. So 1 Joh. 3. 16. Here­by perceive we the love of God, because he laid down his life for us. This is that incomprehensible love of Christ to us, which passeth Knowledg, &c. Ephes. 3. 18, 19.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. This should cause us to be truly thankfull unto Christ Jesus for this his entire love and affection to us, and to shew it by our true love to him again, as also by our zeal for his Glory, and Conscionable obe­dience to his will and Commandments in all things.

Use 2 Use 2. It should also move us to love one another with true and unfeigned love, even as Christ hath loved us; and to shew it by our mutual care of each others good and Salvation. And Ephes. 5. 2. Walk in Love, as Christ hath loved us, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The great humility and lowliness of mind which was in our Saviour Christ, and which he shew­ed in his carriage while he was on earth, not onely toward elder persons, but even toward little Children; i [...] that he did not disdain or contemn them, or their presence and company, but vouchsafed to be with them, [...]nd to suffer them to be with him, and to be near unto him; yea, to take them in his own arms. Though he wa [...] the Son of God, and Lord of Heaven and earth; yet did he not disdain thus to humble himself towards little Children, as occasion was offered. How truely might he say of himself as he doth, Matth. 11. 29. Learn of me, for I am lowly in Heart.

Use. Use. Herein we are to imitate the example of our blessed Saviour, by humbling our selves in heart, and in all our carriage, even toward the meanest persons, even toward Children, if occasion be offered. Some are so haughty and proud, that they disdain little Children, and will scarse look upon them, or take notice of them. How unlike are these unto our Saviour Christ, who so far humbled himself as to take little Children [Page 657] in his arms, and to set them beside him, &c. Let us cast off Pride, and labour to become like unto him in this practice of Humility. The rather, because this is one of those special Graces for which he hath propoun­ded himself a pattern unto us.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. I [...] that our Saviour took this young child, and set him before them as a pattern of Humility, the better to stir them up to the practice thereof; we may gather, that Christians ought to resemble, and be like unto young Children in the Grace of Humility, and in the practice thereof, Matth. 18. 3. Verily I say unto you, Except ye be Converted, and become as little Children, (viz. in Humility) ye shall not enter into the King­dome of Heaven. And ver. 4. Whosoever shall humble himself as this little Child, the same is greatest in the King­dome of Heaven. An example of this in David, Psal. 131. 1, 2. Lord, My Heart is not haughty, nor mine eyes lofty, &c. Surely I have behaved my self as a Child that is weaned from his Mother; my Soul is even as a weaned Child.

Quest. Quest. But are not Children tainted with Pride, as well as elder people?

Answ. Answ. Yes, they have in them by nature the seed of this sin of Pride as well as of other sins; but the sin of Pride doth nothing so much reign or shew it self in them (especially in young Children) as it doth in elder and grown persons. Therefore though Children are not wholly free from the root of Pride, nor yet perfect in Humility, yet in comparison of elder persons, they may be truely said to be very humble and free from Pride. Therefore in this Grace of Humility, and in the practice thereof, we ought to resemble them.

More particularly there are some special properties or effects of Humility, which do appear in young Children, and in which we ought to be like unto them.

  • 1. They are not so puffed up as elder people, with high conceipts of themselves, or of their own good parts and gifts; as beauty, comeliness of body, nobleness of Birth; and they do not think the better of themselves for these, neither do they boast of them. No more should we be puffed up with conceipt of our selves, or think too well of our selves because of any gifts in us, either natural or Spiritual, but think meanly of our selves; neither should we glory in them. 1 Cor. 4. 7. What hast thou that thou didst not receive: Now if thou didst receive it, why doest thou glory, &c.
  • 2. Young children are not apt to disdain or contemn others with whom they live, but to think as well of them, as of themselves; yea, though they be their inferiours. If the child of a King or Nobleman, and the child of a far meaner person live together for a time, the one will not disdain the other, but think well of him, and so carry himself as if he were his equall, and not his inferiour. No more ought we to disdain or despise our brethren with whom we live, though inferiour to us, but to think as well and better of them then of our selves. Rom. 12. 16. Mind not high things, but condescend to men of low estate. See Phil. 2. 3.
  • 3. Young Children are not ambitious in seeking after Vain-glory, neither are they much affected with praise or dispraise, honour or preheminence one above another, but are contented with their estate. So shold Christians be, Gal. 5. 26. Let us not be desirous of Vain-glory, &c. So David, Psal. 131.
  • 4. They are not given to strife and contention, which is another fruit of Pride, but are of a quiet and peaceable disposition; or if any strife arise between them, it is soon abated and ended. So should it be with us; we should be far from strife and debate, and in humility of heart desire and seek Peace and unity with others, Phil. 2. 2. Be of one accord, and of one mind; Let nothing be done through strife, &c.
  • 5. They are not given to envy against others (which is a fruit of pride), but rejoyce in each others good; which is the property of true humility. So should it be with us. Gal. 5. 26. Let us not provoke or envy one another.
  • 6. They are tractable to admonition and reproof, ready to submit unto it, and easily reclaimed from a fault. So should it be with us. As David, Psal. 141. Let the Righteous smite me, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To reprove such as are far from resembling young Children in humility, being most unlike unto them: many such there are who are full of Pride and Self-conceit of themselves and of their own parts and gifts; and shewing it by fruits of Pride, by contempt and disdain of others, by ambitious seeking after their own praise and glory, by contention and strife with others, by living in envy and malice against others, &c. Where such fruits of Pride do reign and bear sway, How can there be true Humility? and so, How can such be like unto little Children in humility, and consequently good Christians, and fit for the Kingdom of Heaven?

Use 2 Use 2. To stir us up every one to labour and use all means to attain to this excellent Grace of true Hu­mility, that by it we may become like unto Children; yea, to little Children, resembling them in the prac­tice of Humility, and in all the properties thereof; in thinking meanly of our selves and well of others, in being contented with our present estate and degree, and not ambitiously seeking after higher place or digni­ty than doth belong to us, &c. Consider the great necessity of this Grace of Humility, and that we should by it resemble little Children. Unlesse it be thus with us, we are unfit for the Kingdom of Heaven, and can never be partakers of it, Matth. 18. 3. (ut supra.) Contrà, (as is there shewed) the onely way to be great in that heavenly Kingdom, is first to become truly humble in our selves, as little children, &c.

Helps to attain to this humility. 1. Pray unto God, &c. 2. Labour for a sight of our sins and infirmi­ties, &c. 3. Look at Christ's example, Matth. 11. 19. 4. Excellent Promises made to such, Esay 57. 15. 1 Pet. 5. 5.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that our Saviour sets a little child before his Disciples to teach them humility; we may learn this, That we ought not to disdain or refuse to learn the practice of Religion and grace of the meanest Teach­ers; no, not of young Children: but we must be content to be set to School to them (as it were) to learn some Christian graces and vertues; as here the grace of humility: and in other places of Scripture we are called to learn of them the practice of innocency and freedom from malice, 1 Cor. 14. 20. of love and desire to the milk of the Word, &c. 1 Pet. 2. 2. yea, in Scripture we are set to School to the brute beasts▪ as to the Ox and Ass, Esay 1. 3. to the Fowls of the ayr; to the Lilies of the field, Matth. 6. to learn faith in God's providence, and to moderate our cares for things of this life. So to the Pismire, Prov. 6. 6. to learn diligence in our Calling, and provident care for time to come.

Ʋse. Ʋse. See then that we refuse not to learn the wayes of God, and the practice of Christian Duties, even of the meanest Teachers which God hath appointed to instruct us; no, not of our young Children, nor of brute beasts, Fowls of the ayr, grasse of the field, &c. all which in their kind may serve to instruct us in the know­ledg of God's Will, and obedience to it.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. In that our Saviour took this little Child and imbraced it in his arms; and did also set it be­side him, (as St. Luke saith, Luke 9. 47.) shewing thereby, his special affection unto it, and especially to such as do resemble such children in the grace of humility; hence we learn further, That Christ Jesus doth bear a special and singular affection of love unto such persons as are truly humble, and do herein resemble little Children. As the grace of humility is most acceptable and pleasing unto him; so all that are indued with it. John was the beloved Disciple of Christ above all the rest: And it seems probable, that one special grace for which he was so beloved, was his humility; and that he excelled in this grace, may appear by his modest and humble manner of writing of himself, Joh. 21. 24. Luke 7. 14. see what love and respect Christ shewed to that humble woman, who washed his feet with her tears, &c. preferring her before Simon the proud Pharisee, &c. See also Luke 18.

Reason. Reason. Humble persons do in special manner resemble Christ himself. Matth. 11. 29. Learn of me; for I am lowly: Therefore he cannot but affect them with singular love. Similitudo morum conciliat amicitiam; as Philosophers teach. So here, between Christ and humble Christians.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To comfort humble Christians, which feel this excellent grace wrought in themselves in any mea­sure. Though the world hate, despise, and trample them under foot, (as oftentimes it comes to passe) yet this is enough to comfort them, that they are beloved of Christ himself in special manner, and in high favour and account with him: Set this against all contempt of the world. See Esay 66. 2. To him will I look, &c. Esay 57. 15. He dwells with an humble spirit, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. If we desire to be interessed in the special love and favour of Christ Jesus the Son of God, our bles­sed Saviour; then labour for this excellent and pretious grace of true humility; by which we may become like unto such little children as he so lovingly imbraced in hi [...] arms: yea, by which we may resemble and shew forth the image of Christ himself. Then, the more like we are unto him, the more he must needs love and affect us, and the more he will shew his singular love to us by all fruits of it, as by communicating him­self to us, by revealing the secrets of his Will to us, &c. Psal. 25. 9. The meek (or humble) will he teach his way.

Use 3 Use 3. Hence gather on the contrary, That proud and haughty persons are hateful and abominable unto Christ Jesus. Prov. 16. 5. Every one that is proud in heart, is an abomination to the Lord. This hatred and de­testation of proud persons, our Saviour shewed, by opposing himself so much as he did both in his doctrine and practise, against the proud and self-conceited Pharisees. Luke 18. 9. He spake a Parable to certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised others, &c. So at others times, he sharply reproves them for their pride and hypocrisie, shewing his detestation of it.

Use 4 Use. 4. Seeing Christ our Saviour doth bear such affection to humble persons, this should also move us to have such in singular love and estimation in and for Christ's sake, &c. But of this more in the Verse follow­ing.

Mark 9. 36, 37.‘And he took a Child, &c. Aug. 19. 1627.

IN these two Verses the Evangelist shews how our Saviour took occasion to teach his Disciples the pra­ctise of humility by a reall type or example of a young Child which he called to him, took in his arms, and set before them.

Where, 1. is set down our Saviour's propounding of this example, In taking the young child, &c.

2. His applying of it to his purpose; in that he takes occasion thereby to commend and urge the practise of humility un [...]o his Disciples.

Of the former I have spoken. Now followeth the latter, viz. The application of the example of the young Child; In that our Saviour takes occasion from thence, to perswade and stirr up his Disciples to the practise of humility. This he doth, by shewing how dear and pretious in his account such Christians are, who do resemble little Children in humility: which he sheweth by this, That whatsoever love and respect is shewed u [...]to such, he taketh it as shewed unto himself. Whosoever shall receive one of such children in my Name, receiveth me. And this is further amplified by a comparison from the lesse to the greater; In that the love and respect which is shewed to humble persons, is not only shewed to Christ, but also to God the Father, who sent him. Whosoever shall receive me, receiveth not me, but him that sent me.

Whosoever shall receive] That is, perform any duty of love and good respect to such. One duty of love (viz. loving and respectful entertainment) is put for all other duties of love and respect.

One of such children] This is not to be understood properly of children in age, (although our Saviour would have them also to be lovingly and respectfully used, as we have heard before, and as he shewed by his own practise) but of such persons as do resemble and are like unto little children in the grace of humility. Verse 42. he saith on the contrary, Whosoever shall offend oneof these little ones that believe in me, &c. Now little chil­dren cannot be said properly to believe in Christ by actual faith.

In my Name] That is, for my sake; or for this cause, and in this respect, that he doth believe in me, and is my disciple, or doth belong to me: as it is explained, Verse 41.

Receiveth me] Sheweth the same love and respect unto me.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Christians ought not only to be truly humble in themselves, but also to shew special love and respect unto such as do resemble young children in humility. This our Saviour here teacheth us, in that he did not only set a young child before his disciples as a pattern of humility, to teach them to be as humble as children in themselves, but also taketh occasion withall to perswade and move them to receive such humble Christians in his name; that is, to shew all love, kindnesse, and good respect to them for his sake, affirming, that in so doing, they should shew love and respect to himself; yea, and to his hea­venly [Page 659] Father that sent him. This shews, that he would have his Disciples and all other good Christians, not only to be like unto children in them [...]elves by the grace of humility, but also to love and esteem well of such as are like children in humility, and to shew it by all fruits of love and good respect towards such.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. God himself sheweth special love and respect to such as are truly humble, Esay 66. 2. To him will I look that is of a poor and contrite spirit, &c. and Esay 57. 15. He professeth, that he doth dwell not only in heaven; but with him also that is of an humble and contrite spirit.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Christ Jesus our Saviour was not only truly humble in himself, but did also shew special love and respect unto such as were humble, when he lived on earth: as we heard upon the former Verse. Therefore we ought herein to follow his practise.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. Humble Christians do in special manner resemble Christ, Matth. 11. 29. Learn of me, &c. There­fore we ought to shew special love to such.

Use 1 Use 1. See how contrary the practise of the world is unto that which God requireth of us in his Word. For whereas the Lord requireth of us to shew special love, honour, and respect to humble Christians; it is so for the most part, that in the world none are more hated, despised, and set at naught, then such as are most humble, and most like unto children in thi [...] grace of humility, and in practise of it. None more contemned and vilified by the profane and common sort than these, who carry themselves most humbly and lowly, even as little children in their behaviour. See how contrary the practise of the world, and of the common sort of men in the world, is to the rule of Gods Word: which therefore must teach us to beware how we make the example of the world (that is, of the profane or common sort in the world) the rule of our practise, either in this, or in any other matter. Rom. 12. 2. Be not conformed to this world, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Let us not think it enough to be humble in our selves like little children, but withall see that we do shew special love and respect unto all humble Christians, who do truly resemble children in humility: and the more humble they shew themselve, the more let us shew our love and respect towards them, by all fruits and tokens of it; by receiving and entertaining them lovingly and respectfully, both into our com­pany, and into our houses, as occasion is offered: and by our readiness to help, relieve, and comfort such in their troubles, and by doing them all the good we can. Seeing they are so belov [...]d and respected of God himself and of Christ Jesus, let them be also loved and respected and honoured by us, and that in special manner: let us esteem them as the [...]ittest objects of our love and respect. Whom should we so much love and honour, as those whom God himself and Christ Jesus doth love and honour? Whom but such as are most like unto Christ himself? And who are th [...]se but humble Christians, who are most like unto little children in this grace? The rather, le [...] love and honour such, because they have so much need of our love and respect, being as they are for most part so apt to be despised and trampled under feet in the world; yea, the more they are con [...]emned in the world, the more ought we to love and honour them for the Lords sake, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That whatsoever duties of love and good respect we do perform toward good Christians be­ing believers in Christ, and truly humble, the same doth Christ Jesus accept as done unto himself. Whoso­ever shall receive one of such children, receiveht me, &c. So Matth. 10. 40. He that receiveth you, receiveth me, &c. And Matth. 25. 34, &c. Come ye blessed of my father, &c. For I was an hungred, and ye gave me meat; I was thirsty, and ye gave me drink &c. Verse 40. Ver [...]ly, I say [...]nto you, in as much as ye have done it to one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto Me.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. There is a most straight union between Christ and true believers. They are one with him, and he with them, 1 Cor. 12. 12. As between husband and wife; and as between the Vine and the Branches, &c. Joh. 15. 5.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Christ going up into heaven, did leave the Saints and faithful upon earth, as Deputies or Substi­tutes in his room and place, to the end that in them we might shew our love to him being absent. Matth. 26. 11. Ye have the poor alwayes with you, but me ye have not alwayes. Understand it chiefly of the poor Saints, and believers in Christ.

Use 1 Use 1. How should this perswade and move us to shew all love and respect to good and humble Christians, that so in them we may shew our love and respect unto Christ himself, and that he may so accept it. We profess much love and kindness to the Person of Christ Jesus, if he were now living upon earth again: let us shew the same to his faithful Members, and poor Saints, whom he hath here left in his room and place: Then we shew it unto him; and so doth he accept and take it at our hands. In them he still walketh and liveth upon earth, and amongst us. In them he cometh to us to crave help, relief, comfort, &c. Therefore such duties of love and mercy as we would gladly perform to him, if he were now with us in Person; such, and the same let us perform to his true Saints and faithful Members; to his little ones, that is, to all true humble Christians. Wouldst thou feed Christ being hungry, if he were on earth? Feed him in his Mem­bers. Wouldst thou give him drink, being thirsty? Wouldst thou visit him being sick or in distresse, &c. do all these duties as gladly to his poor Saints, to his little ones, that is, to humble Christians, which are the only true Christian [...]. Then will Christ take all these duties of love and mercy as done to himself, and so reward them at the last day, Matth. 25.

Use 2 Use 2. Hence gather on the contrary, That whatsoever wrongs and indignities are offered to good Chri­stians, Christ takes them as offered to himself. Zach. 2. 8. He that toucheth them, toucheth the apple of his eye. Act. 9. 4. Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? Take heed therefore, &c, 1 Cor. 8. 12.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In my Name, &c.] Hence gather, That the true ground and motive which should move us to shew love and respect to good Christians, is the Name of Christ which they professe; that is, for his sake, or in this respect, that they do believe in him, and belong to him; and because in so doing, they do honour Christ, and shew love to him. So Matth. 10. 41. He that receiveth a righteous man in the name of a righteous man, &c.

Use. Use. Rest not in this, That we shew kindness to good Christians (as if this proved us to be good Christians) but see that we do it in the Name of Christ; for his sake, whose Disciples they are, to whom they belong, &c. with sincere mind and affection, ayming at the glory of Christ. Else, hypocrites go as far. Herod shewed [...]ndness to John Baptist, Festus to Paul. But more of this, Verse 41.

Mark 9. 37. ‘And whosoever shall receive me, receiveth not me, but him that sent me. Aug. 26. 1627.

AND whosoever shall receive me] That is, shall shew love and good respect to me.

Receiveth not me] That is, not me onely. It is spoken by way of correction, and not simply or ab­solutely to be understood. H [...]c negatio non removet, sed corrigit (Erasm. Annot. in locum).

But him that sent me.] That is, God the Father, who sent Christ Jesus his Son into the World, to take up­on him the Office of a Mediator, and to perform the same. These words shall be further opened after­ward.

In these words thus explained, consider two things. 1. The amplification of that love and respect which is shewed unto Christ; in that such as receive him, are said to receive not onely him, but God the Father. 2. A Description of God the Father, by his action or work of sending Christ the Son.

Observ. O [...]serv. That in shewing love and respect unto good Christians, we shew love and respect not onely to Christ Jesus, but also to God the Father; yea, to all the persons in the Trinity, for the Holy Ghost is not excluded here. In receiving true humble Christians lovingly, we receive and give kind entertainment un­to God the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. The same is true of all other duties of love which we perform towards any good Christian; we perform it unto all the persons in the Trinity, and so it is accepted of God. Now how excellent an honour and priviledg is this, that we should be said in any sort to shew love and kind­ness to God himself, or to receive or give entertainment unto the Persons in the Trinity, to God the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost? If it were a great honour for Abraham and Lot to entertain Angells in their houses, as it is accounted, Hebr. 13. 2. how much greater to entertain the persons in the Trinity in our houses, &c. If we think our selves graced, and our houses the better for entertaining some Great man, how much more for receiving God himself; yea, all the persons in the Trinity?

Ʋse. Use. To perswade and move us to all readiness and forwardness in shewing our love and respect unto good Christians, which Believe in Christ, and profess his name, expressing our love to such by all fruits of it; as by receiving and entertaining such lovingly into our company and houses; by helping and comforting such in their troubles, relieving them in their necessities, doing them all the good we can, &c. knowing and remembring, that in extending these fruits of love to the Saints of God, and to good Christians, we do extend them to God himself, and to all the persons in the Trinity. If this were thought upon, how would it stir us up to be forward in shewing all love and honour to the Saints of God, and members of Christ, to those little ones which believe in him, that in so doing, we may shew our true love to God himself, and to all the persons in the Trinity. Here therefore we must turn our eyes from our Christian Brethren and Sisters, and look unto God himself, and unto the blessed Trinity of persons, to whom all that love and honour is perfor­med which we perform to the Saints of God. Thus if we do, it will move us to shew all the love and honour we can unto them; yea, though the persons be never so mean or poor in this World.

Of the second: The Description of God the Father, by the act of sending Christ.

But him that sent me] That is, God the Father, &c. For the opening of these words, two questions are to be answered.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How, or in what sense is God the Father said to send Christ the Son; or what is this sen­ding?

Answ. Answ. Nothing else but the Calling and appointing of Christ unto the Office of Mediation, both in the eternal Counsell and Decree of God the Father, and also by the manifestation thereof in time, viz. by sen­ding him into the World, to take our nature upon him, and to work the work of our Redemption. 1 Pet. 1. 10. He was fore-ordained before the foundation of the World, but made manifest in the last times, &c. And Joh. 10. 36. he sayes; The father had Sanctified, and sent him into the World.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How can the Father be said to send the Son, &c. seeing this sending doth imply a superiority of power, &c. Now there is no superiority or inferiority of Power or Authority amongst the persons in the Trinity, but they are all equall.

Answ. Answ. 1. C [...]r [...]st is to be considered of us two wayes. 1. As he is God, in respect of his Divine nature and essence; and so he is equall with God the Father. 2. As he is Mediatour, as God incarnate, or made man, and in respect of his Office: now thus he is inferiour unto the Father, and that by voluntary submissi­on of himself, to take on him this Office, and thus he [...]s said to be sent of God the Father. 2. The Calling or sending of Christ to be Mediator, is the joynt action of all the three persons, al [...]hough it is in Scripture at­tributed to God the Father, as being the first person in order of beeing, and of working.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That the love and honour that is shewed unto Gods Messengers which are sent of him unto us, is shewed unto God himself. Therefore our Saviour here sayes, That whosoever should receive him; that is, sh [...]w love and respect to him while he lived on earth, the same should be accounted to receive and honour God the Father who sent him into the World. Now that which Christ here speaketh of himself as he was a Messenger sent from God into the World, the same is true of all other Messengers of God which he sendeth unto us; that look what love, and respect, or honour we shew to them, the same we shew to God himself, who sends them unto us. Joh. 13. 20. Verily, verily, I say unto you, he that receiveth whomsoever I send, receiveth me; and he that receiveth me, receiveth him that sent me.

Use. Use. See then how carefull we should be to shew all due love and respect to Gods Messengers and Mini­sters sent unto us to do his Message, that is, to teach and reveal his will unto us; seeing the love and ho­nour we shew to them, is shewed unto God himself who sends them, and so doth the Lord himself accept and take it. As on the contrary, he takes it as a dishonour to himself, when his Messengers and Ministers are either hated, or dishonoured and despised, Luke 10. 16. He that despiseth you, despiseth me, &c. Take heed therefore of this reigning sin of these times; and on the contrary, remember and think often of that ex­hortation of the Apostle, 1 Thess. 5. 12. We beseech you Brethren to know them which labour among you, and are over you in the Lord, and admonish you; and to esteem them very highly in love for their works sake: and be at Peace among your selves.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That Christ Jesus our Saviour did not take upon him the Office of a Mediator of himself with­out a Calling; but he wa [...] Called and appointed thereunto of God the Father; he was sent of his Heaven­ly Father into the World to execute that Office. Joh. 6. 27. Him hath God the Father Sealed; that is, ap­pointed him to the Office of a Mediator. Hebr. 5. 5. Christ glorified not himself to be made an High Priest; but he that said unto him, Thou art my Son, &c. Joh. 8. 42. I proceeded forth, and came from God, neither came I of my self, but he sent me.

Use 1 Use 1. This teacheth us herein to follow Christ's example, not thrusting our selves into any Office, Cal­ling, or Action whatsoever, without a lawfull Calling and warrant from God himself; but first to be assu­red in our Consciences that we are thereunto designed and appointed of God. And this assurance must be in two things. 1. That the Calling, Office, or Action which we take upon us be in it self lawfull and good. 2. That we are thereunto lawfully Called and appointed, being qualified and fitted of God in some mea­sure with gifts for the same. Especially this is true of those Callings and Offices that are most weighty and important; as the Calling of the Ministry, that none ought to enter into it without warrant from God; that is, untill he find himself in some measure furnished with Gifts fit for that Calling, that so he may have the seal of his Calling in his own Conscience, &c. Then shall he be able to perform the Duties of that Calling with comfort, and to go therein with courage and constancy, notwithstanding all difficulties and troubles, and dangers, &c. He may look for Gods Protection, &c. So in every other Calling, Psal. 91. 11.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Hence gather, that God cannot but accept and be well pleased with all that Christ did and suffer­ed for us as Mediator, and in the work of our Redemtion, in that he did and suffered nothing, but by speci­all Calling and appointment from God his Father, who Ordained and sent him into the World for this end, to work our Redemption by dying and suffering for us; which being so, God could not but accept well of his death and sufferings, as a satisfaction for our sins, which is matter of great comfort to us, &c. See before upon ver. 12. of this Chapter.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The great and unspeakable love of God towards us, and care of our Salvation, in that he Cal­led and sent his Son Christ Jesus into the Word to be our Mediator, and to work the work of our Redemption. 1 Joh. 4. 9. In this was manifested the love of God towards us, because that God sent his onely Begotten Son into the World, that we might live through him. This Calling and sending of Christ to be our Mediator and Redeemer, doth exceedingly commend the love of God towards us; especially if we consider that he Ordained him to this Office from everlasting, before the Foundation of the World; even before we had sinned, or had Beeing, he provided a remedy for us against sin, to deliver us from it; and that such a remedy as this, even the sen­ding of his own and onely Son to dye for us, and that when we were sinners, being so far from desiring or de­serving this love, that we were his enemies. All this considered together, how doth it set out the greatness and infiniteness of Gods love unto us, and his most earnest care and desire of our Salvation, and that we should not perish in our sins; and it shews the truth of that which the Lord himself professeth of himself, Ezek. 33. 11. As I live, saith the Lord God, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that he turn from his way and live, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To work in us true love to God again, who hath so loved us, and shewed his love in sending his own Son to redeem us, being lost, and being his enemies, &c. If this be duely considered, it cannot chuse but draw our hearts to love the Lord again, and that not with an idle or barren love; but as his love was fruit­full to us, so it being felt in our hearts, it will cause us to shew our true love to him again, by the fruit of our obedience to his will; for this is the most excellent fruit and testimony of true love to God. 1 Joh. 5. 3. This is the love of God, that we keep his Commandments, &c. If thou wouldest be truely thankfull to God for his infinite love in sending Christ to be thy Saviour, shew it by Obedience to his blessed will, by thy care to glorify him in thy life and Conversation. And to this end, Pray for a true feeling of the length, breadth, depth, and height of God's love to thee in Christ; as the Apostle doth, Ephes. 3. 18.

Use 2 Use 2. This is matter of great comfort to all penitent sinners, that are truely humbled for their sins; to assure them, that God having Ordained and sent his own Son into the World to this very end, to Redeem and save such; therefore he neither can nor will reject such sinners as are truely humbled, and do come unto him to seek and crave Pardon and Mercy. How may this comfort such humbled sinners, who having offended God, and beginning to feel the burden of their sins, are afraid to come unto God for mercy? How should this encourage such to come unto him, and to seek unto him by Repentance, and by the Prayer of Faith for Pardon, &c. knowing that he desireth not the death of a sinner, but that he should repent and be saved; and this he hath sufficiently declared, by sending his own Son into the World to Redeem and save sinners, &c. Think of this seriously, and let not the greatness of thy sins hinder thee from comming to God for mercy. Though they be red as Crimson, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Seeing God hath so shewed his love to us, in sending his Son to Redeem us, this ought to move us to love one another truely, and to shew our love by seeking the good and Salvation of each other, 1 Joh. 4. 11. Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love one another.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. The greatness of our sins and misery by nature, in that God the Father saw no way to Redeem and deliver us, but by sending his own Son into the World, to take our nature on him, and to dye and suffer for our sins; for this was the very end of his being sent into the World, viz. to Redeem us from sin by the merits of his death. Rom. 8. 3. God sending his Son in the likeness of sinfull flesh, and for sin, &c. Now in that there was no other way or means for us to be delivered from our sins, and to be reconciled to God, but one­ly by the sending of Christ the Son of God to work our Redemption, and that by dying and suffring the wrath of God for us; this shews the hainousness and grievousness of our sins, and greatness of our misery, by nature, by reason of sin. Our sins were they which fetched Christ from Heaven, and caused him to be sent forth from the bosome of his Father into the World to take our nature upon him, yea, to dye and suffer for us.

Use. Use. Let us labour to see and feel this hainousness of our sins and greatness of misery in our selves; and in sight thereof to be truely humbled with godly sorrow; yea, to hate and detest our sins as the cause of all that misery, which Christ the Son of God was sent from Heaven to deliver us from. Especially, now we come [Page] [Page 660] [...] [Page 661] [...] [Page 662] to the Sacrament, in which is represented to us the death of Christ and work of Redemption which he was sent to perform: which should therefore put us in mind of our sins, and break our hearts with godly sorrow for them. Till we be thus humbled, we are not fit to be partakers of that redemption which Christ came to purchase for us, which is sealed in the Sacraments. He came to heal the broken-hearted, &c.

Mark 9. 38, 39, 40.‘And John answered him, saying, Master, &c. Sept. 2. 1627.

HAving finished the fourth principal part of this Chapter, in which our Saviour taught his Disciples the practice of humility, in a private house at Capernaum; Now we are come to the fifth and last part of the Chapter; in which the Evangelist layeth down sundry other Points of Christian doctrine, which our Sa­viour took occasion at the same time, (as is probable) to teach unto his Disciples.

But first the Evangelist setteth down a Conference which happened between our Saviour Christ, and John his Disciple, touching the fact of the disciples, in forbidding one, who cast out devils in the Name of Christ, and did not follow him.

In which Conference are two things contained. 1. The speech or words used by John unto Christ, Ver. 38. 2. Christ's answer unto them, Verse 39, 40.

In the first, consider two things. 1. The manner of John's speaking unto Christ, viz. In reverent man­ner, calling him Master; giving him this title in token of reverence.

2. The matter of his speech; containing a Narration or report of the fact of the Disciples, in forbidding him that cast out devils, &c. It is likely that John took occasion from Christ's former words, to relate this matter to him.

Observ. Observ. See how reverently John speaketh unto Christ, calling him by this honourable Title (Master,) thereby testifying his reverent respect of him: which may teach us our duty, viz. not onely to have our hearts inwardly affected with a religious fear and reverence of the Person of Christ Jesus now in heaven, but also to shew it by all outward tokens of reverence in our words, gestures, and whole behaviour towards him. And as at all times, so especially when we come before him at any time to perform any special reli­gious duty or service: as in Prayer, hearing his Word, receiving his Sacraments, &c. If the disciples were so reverently affected toward Christ living on earth with them in his state of humiliation; much more ought we now that he is exalted to the right hand of God in heaven. Psal. 2. 11. Even Kings and Judges of the earth are commanded to serve the Lord with fear and reverence [...]; and to kiss the son, that is, to perform all reve­rent subjection unto the Person of Christ, lest he be angry with them, &c.

Of the second, The matter of John's speech used unto Christ, viz. the Narration or Reporting unto him of his own and his fellow disciples fact, in forbidding one that cast out Devils in Christ's Name, &c. Which Narration consisteth of two parts. 1. Touching the party whom they saw casting out devils in Christ's Name; who is also further set forth by his outward profession or manner of life, negatively set down; He was one that did not follow Christ. 2. Touching their own behaviour or practice towards him, In that they did forbid him to cast out devils, &c. Together with the reason why they did so, Because he followed not Christ.

First, To open the meaning of the words.

We saw one casting out devils] Viz. From the bodies of such as were possessed. When they saw this done, is not expressed.

In thy Name] That is, by thy power and authority; and with invocation or calling on thy Name: for so those that did undertake the casting out of devils, used to do in imitation of the Apostles of Christ: as may be gathered from that place, Act. 19. 13. where certain Jewish Exorcists took upon them to call over them that had evil spirits, the name of the Lord Jesus, &c.

And he followeth not us] Luke 9. 49. it is said, He followeth not with us; that is, he doth not professe him­self to be one of thy disciples, nor shew it by forsaking all and following thee ordinarily and daily, as we do. Here note, That although this party did not as yet openly profess himself to be Christ's disciple; yet he was no direct enemy to Christ, but rather a friend and well-wisher to him and his doctrine: and it may be also one that had some degree of faith begun in him, though as yet but weak and imperfect: yet withall he wa [...] faulty, in not being so forward as he should have been in following Christ; that is, in making open profession of Christ's name, &c.

Quest. Quest. How could this party cast out devils in the Name of Christ, being none of his ordinary disciples, seeing ou [...] Saviour Christ gave this power only to his Twelve Apostles, (as we heard, Mark 3. 15.) and to the 70 Disciples sent forth afterward to preach, Luke 10. Verse 9. compared with Verse 16.

Answ. Answ. Though our Saviour did directly confer this power only upon his Apostles and other Disciples sent forth by him to preach the Gospel, yet nothing hinders but that he might permit and suffer some others also extraordinarily to exercise the same power or gift of casting out devils in the Name of Christ: and that to this end, that by this means the power and glory of Christ's Name might be the more manifested and spread further, and consequently the doctrine of the Gospel more confirmed. It is therefore most probable, that when the Apostles and the other 70 disciples being sent forth to preach the Gospel, did also cast out many devils by Invocation of Christ's Name, some others perceiving this, hearing of it, did in imitation of the Apostles, assay to do the like: and although they did this without a lawful calling, as having no such Commission from Christ to do it, as the Apostles had; yet it pleased God sometimes to give successe to their enterprise, so as upon their Invocation of Christ's Name over the parties possessed, the devils were indeed cast out. And thus we are to think of this party here mentioned; that although he had no warrant from Christ to undertake this enterprise of casting out devils; yet he undertaking it after the example of the Apostles, (and that perhaps with no evil mind or intention, but to a good end, viz. for the honour of Christ) it pleased God to give successe unto his enterprise, and to cast out devils by his means.

Observ. 1 Observ▪ 1. In that this party had no lawful calling or warrant from Christ to undertake the casting out of [Page 663] devils from the possessed, and yet he found successe in this enterprise; hence we learn, That the Lord may and doth sometimes give successe to such actions and enterprises as are good in themselves, though they be undertaken by such persons as have no lawful calling or warrant from God for the same.

For example: It may and doth please God sometimes to give a blessing and good successe to the Mini­stery of such a Pastor or Minister of the Church, as hath entred into that Office by unlawful means, or without a lawful calling and warrant from God. The Lord may neverthelesse do some good by the Ministery of such a one. So it is most likely there was good done by the teaching of the Scribes and Pharisees, so far forth as they taught the truth sitting in Moses his chair: for else our Saviour would not have allowed his disciples to hear them as he doth, Matth. 23. 3.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. See that successe in those actions we take in hand to perform, is not enough alone to prove them to be well and lawfully done, (yea, though they be actions good in themselves) unless withall we have a good and lawfull calling from God for the doing of them. Therefore judge not of the goodnesse of our actions only by the good successe we find in them: but look withall, that we have a good calling and war­rant from God, that is, from the Word of God, for every action and enterprise we take in hand to per­form. Then shall we have comfort in it, howsoever it succeed, whether well or ill. Contrary, if we un­dertake any action without a calling from God, though it succeed never so well, we cannot have true com­fort by performance thereof.

Use 2 Use 2. See why we ought not utterly to con [...]emn or reject the Ministery of such Pastors or Teachers in the Church, who enter not in by the door into the sheepfold, as good shepherds should do, but climb up some other way, as theeves and robbers; that is, come in by unlawful means, and without a good calling from God: because though they want the true and right calling from God; yet it may please God to give some blessing and successe to their Ministery for the advancement of his own glory some way or other, and for the good of his Church, and further propagation of his Gospel.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The great power of Christ which he being on earth, did manifest in the working of Miracles, not only by himself immediately, and in his own person: and by his Apostles and other Disciples whom he called and sent forth to preach, but also by others which were not of the number of his Disciples, (at least they did not profess themselves to be so) but were either unbelievers, or at least very weak and imperfect in faith: such as this party here mentioned; who though he were none of Christ's followers, yet when he did but invocate the Name of Christ over such as were possessed with Devils, by this means the Devils were cast out. Which shews the wonderful power of Christ manifested in these Miracles wrought by this party: for they were not wrought by him indeed, but by the Name and power of Christ called over such as were pos­sessed with Devils. So powerful was the Name of Christ being called upon, though by such as were weak in faith, that at the very hearing of it, the Devils themselves were forced to flee and depart out of the pos­sessed. Though this party were very weak in faith, (if he had any at all) yet this weaknesse hindered not the power of Christ from working mirculously by his means in those that were possessed with devils. Yea, so great was this power of Christ in working Miracles by his disciples and others, that sometimes he shewed it, in and by things without life and and sense; as by the very shadow of Peters body, Act. 5. 15. and by the handkerchiefs brought from Paul, Act. 19. 12. which were effectual through the Name of Christ both to cure diseases, and to cast out Devils.

Use 1 Use 1. Hence gather a certain argument to prove the Godhead of Christ, and to confirm our faith here­in, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Comfort to the faithful which believe in Christ's Name. His power being so great, he will use it for their good: to help and comfort them at all times; especially in time of affliction to strengthen them, and deliver them, if they call on his Name by Prayer, &c.

Mark 9. 38.‘And we forbade him, &c.Sept. 9. 1627.

NOw followeth the second part of that Narration or report which John maketh here unto Christ; which is concerning his own and his fellow disciples, forbidding this party to cast out devils in Christ's Name, together with the reason of their prohibition; because he followed not Christ.

Quest. And we forbade him] Quest. Why doth John make report of this unto Christ, which they had done in for­bidding him that cast out devils, &c.

Answ. Answ. By way of enquiry, to know the mind and Judgment of Christ, whether he would commend and approve of that they had done herein, yea or no.

Now by Christ's answer it doth appear, that he did not approve of that they had done, but disliked and blamed them for it; and consequently, that they did not well, but were faulty in this matter of prohibiting him that cast out devils, &c.

Quest. Quest. Wherein were they faulty, or how did they offend herein?

Answ. Answ. Sundry wayes. 1. They shewed rashness, in forbidding him of their own heads, before they consulted with Christ their Master, as they should have done.

2. They shewed their ignorance, in supposing that none could be true Disciples of Christ, nor be fit in­struments to work Miracles, but such as daily and continually followed Christ, and lived with him as them­selves did.

3. They discover the sin of ambition in themselves; In that they desire to have the preheminence above others which followed not Christ, in this gift of Miracles, and in the glory of it.

4. They shew their emulation and envy; In that they were grieved and discontented at this party for exercising this gift; and therefore they forbid him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That the best Saints of God in this life are tainted with sinful corruptions and infirmities. So here the Disciples of Christ, yea John himself, the beloved Disciple, discover sundry corruptions and infir­mities in this one action of prohibiting him that cast out devils in Christ's Name; as rashness, ignorance, am­bition, [Page 664] &c. But of this Point I have often spoken before. (See before, Verse 34.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The sin of emulation or envy against the gifts of God in others, is very naturall unto men; yea, to good men, and to the Saints of God, as we see here in Christ's Disciple, and in John himself, who re­pined and were discontented at the gift of Miracles in him that cast out Devills in Christ's name. Jam. 4. 5. Do ye think that the Scripture saith in vain? The spirit that dwelleth in us lusteth after envy. By the spirit that dwelleth in us, understand the corruption of nature which is in all men more or less; yea, in the Saints of God themselves, and which maketh them prone to the sin of envy against the gifts of God in others. It is one fruit of the flesh, Gal. 5. 21. Now the flesh is in all more or less, even in the Regenerate. Examples of this sin of envy against the gifts of others, we have in Scripture, both in the Unregenerate, and in the Rege­nerate. 1. In the Unregenerate, as in Saul envying David for the gift of Valour and Courage which was in him. In the Jews envying our Saviour Christ for the excellent gifts in him. 2. In the Regenerate, as in Aaron and Miriam, envying Moses for the gift of Prophecy which was in him, Num. 12. 2. In Joshuah, envying at the same gift of Prophecy in Eldad and Medad. Num. 11. 28, 29. In Joseph's Brethren, envy­ing him, &c. In the Disciples of John Baptist, envying Christ and his Disciples, Joh. 3. 26. By these and the like examples we see how true it is, that the Spirit that is in us naturally lusteth after envy.

Use. Use. See what need for every one of us (even the best) to take heed and watch against this sin of envy in our selves against the gifts of God bestowed upon others, whether natural or Spirituall gifts. The more natu­ral this sin is unto us, and the more our corrupt Spirit lusteth after it, the more ought we to take heed of it, and by all means to labour and strive to mortify this corruption and sinfull lust in our selves.

Remedies against this sin of envying at the gifts of others. 1. Consider the greatness of the sin, being a degree of Murder, and a cause of actuall Murder oftentimes; as in Cain, and in Saul; who envying David, sought his life. Rom. 1. 29. Envy and Murther joyned together. And Gal. 5. 21.

2. Take away the causes of this sin, which are Pride and self-love especially. Therefore Jam. 4. 5. The Apostle having first shewed that this sin of envy is naturall to us, then ver. 6. he dehorteth from Pride as the main cause of envy, and exhorteth to the contrary Grace of Humility. Strive then to mortify the sin of Pride and Self-love in thy self, if thou wouldst be kept from envying of others gifts.

3. That this envying at others gifts is a sin against Christian Charity; whose property is not to envy at the good of others, but on the contrary, to rejoyce and be thankfull for the same, 1 Cor. 13. 4.

4. Consider, that it is a Controlling of God's Wisedome and Providence in dispencing his gifts and Graces, when we grieve or are discontented at the gifts of others. This is to charge God foolishly. There­fore take heed of so doing. Contra [...]iwise, let us rejoyce and be thankfull to God for the gifts of others, as well as for those in our selves, as Charity bindeth us.

5. Consider how unjust a thing it is for us to envy, or grieve at such as never hurt us, onely because they are above us or equall to us in some gifts or other. As if one should envy another because the Sun shineth upon him, and not upon himself.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that they first forbad him, and then afterwards consult with Christ whether they had done well or no, whereas they should first have asked Counsell, &c. Hence we may take notice of the perverse and preposterous course which we are apt to take in the ordering of our life and practice; first doing that which is pleasing to our own corrupt nature, and then afterward consulting and advising with the Word of God, or with Gods Ministers or others, whether we have done well or no, or whether that we have done be lawfull and fit to be done, yea or no. This is the preposterous course which many take; first to practice what they think good, and what is pleasing to their corrupt nature, and then to consult whether it be good and lawfull which they have done. First they commit sin, and then enquire whether it be a sin or not? whereas on the contrary, they should first consult and enquire of God and his Word and Ministers what is lawfull, and then practice accordingly. The like sin are they also guilty of, who though they do first enquire or ask counsell of the Word of God or Ministers of it, before they practice; yet they resolve with themselves be­fore-hand to do as they list, whatsoever answer or resolution be given them, like the Jews, Jer. 42. who would have the Prophet ask Counsell of God whether they should still abide in their own Land, or go into Egypt for safety; and yet afterwards went into Egypt contrary to the answer of the Lord, given them by the Prophet. Thus do many now adayes, asking questions of God's Ministers about such and such things, whe­ther they be lawfull or not, and in the mean time resolving to do as they list, whatsoever answer be given them. Then if such an Answer be given them as is pleasing to their corrupt nature, they hereupon abuse the Word of God to the satisfying of their own corrupt lusts; but if otherwise, yet they still persist in their un­lawfull purpose.

Use. Use. For admonition to us, to take heed of both these kinds of sin in our practice; both of practising be­fore we consult and enquire of God or his Word, and also of resolving to do as we list after we have con­sulted and enquired. On the contrary let it be our care in all doubtfull matters of practice, first to enquire and ask counsell of God in his Word, (making it the man of our counsell, as David did) and then to follow that counsell and direction there given us. This is the true and right course to be observed by us, Jer. 6. 16. Stand and enquire for the old and good way, and then walk in it, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that they alledg this reason onely why they did forbid him, because he did not follow Christ as themselves did; we see another naturall corruption and fault which is in us, viz. that we are desirous to [...]ye others to our own example and practice in every thing; and that so far, as utterly to contemn and reject such a [...] do not conform to our practice and manner of life in every respect. This was the fault of the Dis­ciples here, that they blamed and condemned this party for using the name of Christ in casting out Devills, onely because he did not so follow Christ as themselves did, whereas this was no sufficient cause why they should so blame or condemn him. For it may be he did not so follow Christ as they did, because he had no such special Commandment to forsake all, and to follow him, as they had; and yet he might be a Believer in Christ, and might also make some kind of profession of Christ's Name. Therefore it was their fault to condemn or blame him, onely because he did not do as they did in every respect. And the same fault and offence we are naturally prone unto, viz. so to tye others to our own practice, as to condemn and censure [Page 665] all such as do not do as we do in all respects; yea, though they differ from us but in some smaller matters of practice, as in the use of some things in their own nature indifferent, &c. As if there were not a diffe­rence in the Consciences of men as touching such matters; or as if another man might not have a Calling and warrant from God in his Conscience to do otherwise then we do in some particular actions, &c. Let us therefore take heed of this uncharitable practice in censuring such as do not conform to our Judgment and practice in every thing. On the contrary, say with the apostle, Phil. 3. 15. Let us as many as be perfect be thus minded; and if in any thing ye be otherwise minded, God shall reveal even this unto you.

Mark 9. 39.‘But Jesus said, Forbid him not, &c. Sept. 16. 1627.

NOw followeth Christ's Answer, ver. 39, 40. consisting of two parts. 1. An admonition to the Dis­ciples not to forbid the party who cast out Devills in his Name. 2. A twofold reason alledged by him why they should not forbid him.

  • 1. Because it was unlikely that he who wrought Miracles in his name, should be an enemy unto him. And the unlikeliness hereof he proveth by this, that it was no easy matter, but hard rather, for any one that wrought a Miracle in his name to speak evill of him. There is no man, &c.
  • 2. Because such a one, being no direct Enemy unto Christ, was therefore on the contrary to be esteemed as a Friend and well-willer unto him, which he proveth by this proverbiall sentence, ver. 40. He that is not against us, is on our part.

Of the first, The Admonition, Not to forbid him.

Quest. 1 Forbid him not] Quest. 1. Why doth he will them not to forbid him, seeing they had already forbidden him before; as John affirmed, in the former verse.

Answ. Answ. His meaning is, they should not forbid him any more hereafter, nor yet any other that should at­tempt the like in the same manner.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. But why would not our Saviour have them to forbid him to do that which he had no lawful Cal­ling to do, as having no such Commission from Christ as the Disciples had to enterprise the casting out of Devills by Christ's name?

Answ. Answ. Not thereby to shew that he did simply allow of this his Action; but for two other causes. 1. Be­cause he knew that his Disciples did not in due manner forbid him, nor with a sincere mind and Affection, but out of emulation and envy against the party; neither had they any warrant from Christ to forbid him, but did it rashly of their own heads, as we heard before: therefore our Saviour now warns them not to forbid him any more in such sort. 2. Because our Saviour knew that this enterprise of casting out Devills in his Name by this party, did some way make for the glory of his name, and consequently for confirmation of the Gos­pell; and it may be also, the party himself did herein aim at these good ends; therefore although he under­took the matter without good warrant from Christ; yet he would not have him forbidden, or hindered therein by the Disciples, but tolerated, at least for a time, for the procuring of a greater good.

Quest. Quest. But was not this, to do evill that good might come of it?

Answ. Answ. No; It was onely a permission or toleration of good to be done for a time, though it were in ill manner, viz. by such a person as had no warrantable Calling to do it.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here how carefull and desirous we should be of the advancement of Christ's Glory, and of the good success of the Gospell; so desirous, that we should not repine or be discontented, but glad when the same is furthered by any means, or by any sort of persons: yea, though by such persons as have no good Calling to do that they do for the furtherance of the Gospell; yet if by this means the Gospell be furthered, and Christ's name glorified, we are not to be against it, but to be willing it should be so; yea, to be glad thereof. Not that we are to allow of such persons who do without a good Calling, or in any ill manner un­dertake to do any thing for the furtherance of the Gospell; but if by such persons it please God at any time to further the Gospell, and to convert and turn the ill means used by any to that end, to the good of the Gospell, and Glory of his own name, we are to rejoyce herein. This was Paul's mind and Affection, Phil. 1. 18. Though some Preached Christ of Envy, and some of contention, &c. (which they ought not to have done) yet because Christ was Preached, and this turned to the furtherance of the Gospell, he both did and would rejoyce therein. So here, though this party who cast out Devills in Christ's name, did it without a Calling; yet because this made to the honour of Christ's name, and confirmation of the Gospell, he would not have his Disciples envy at it, nor forbid it, but rather allow it, and rejoyce in it.

Ʋse. Use. How much more ought we to rejoyce when the Glory of Christ and of the Gospell is furthered by good means, and by such persons as have a good Calling to promote and further the same. In this ca [...]e we have a double cause of joy, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. We ought not presently to contemn or reject those who do that which is good in it self, though they fail in the manner of doing it, or in the means which they use for the effecting of it; but we are [...]a [...]er to tolerate and bear with their failings for a time, than to hinder the doing of any good by them. Our Sa­viour would not have his Disciples rashly to condemn this party whom they saw casting out Devills in Christ's name, though he failed in the manner of doing this, in undertaking it without Commission from Christ; but he would have them let him alone, and bear with him, at least for a time, because that which he did, tended to the glory of Christ, and good of the Gospel. The rather, because this party was no enemy, but a friend rather to Christ, and to the Gospell, and did that he did (as is most probable) of a good mind and intention, aiming at the glory of Christ, &c. Therefore he would not have his fact condemned or hindered by the Disciples, though he failed in the manner of doing it in some respect. So ought we to tolerate and bear with such persons who do good, and seek the Glory of Christ, and credit of the Gospell, though they fail in the manner of doing it, either through ignorance, or infirmity, not presently condemning or rejecting them and all the good they do, because of some failings in the manner of doing it. We must be glad of the least [Page 666] good done by others, and by all means cherish that good mind and affection which we see to be in them, though they fail in the manner or means of expressing it. Herein we must be like unto Christ Jesus our Sa­viour; of whom it was prophesied, that he should not break the bruised reed, nor quench the smoaking flax, Esay 42. 3. Onely here remember this, That as we are not rashly to condemn the good actions of others whose affection is upright, only because of some failings in the manner of performance: so withall, we are wisely and lovingly to admonish such of their failings, that they may reform the same; in the mean time exhorting and encouraging them still to persevere in the good which they have begun to do.

Now followeth the Reasons alledged by our Saviour, why he would not have them to forbid him.

The first whereof is this, because it was unlikely that he who wrought Miracles in his Name, should be an enemy unto him; it being hard for such a one to speak evil of him.

Can lightly speak evill, &c.] That is, easily speak evil of me. The meaning is, That it was no easie matter, but hard rather for such a one as had experience of the power of Christ helping him to work Miracles, to shew himself an enemy to Christ, by speaking evil of him; that is, by uttering any blasphemous or reproach­ful words, either touching Christ's Person or his doctrine.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour say, That such a one could not easily speak evil of him? &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. Because if he should so do, he should be convinced by the very matter it self whereof he did speak evil, in that so much good was done by the power and vertue of that Name of Christ which he spake evil of.

2. His own practise would confute him; in that he did invocate the Name of Christ over such as were possessed with devils, and yet did speak evil of Christ.

3. He should condemn himself as guilty of great unthankfulnesse against Christ, in speaking evil of him, by whom he had reaped so great a benefit and priviledg as the power of working Miracles.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is a great benefit and priviledg for any to feel and have experience in themselves of the Divine power and vertue of Christ working any good in them, or by their means; in that it is an effectual means to restrain and keep such persons from being enemies to Christ and the Gospel. 1 Cor. 12. 3. No man speaking by the Spirit of God, calleth Jesus accursed. It cannot be, that he who hath experience of the power of God's sanctifying Spirit in himself, should speak evil of Christ, whose Spirit it is which he feeleth in him­self.

Use. Use. See then what to do, if we desire to be preserved and kept from opposing our selves as enemies against Christ and the Gospel; let us labour to have experience and true feeling in our selves of the power and vertue of Christ working good in us, and by us; renewing and sanctifying us, and inabling us for per­formance of good and Christian duties required of us. Then if we once come truly to feel this divine power of Christ's sanctifying Spirit in us, it will so alter and change us, that although by nature we are enemies to Christ and the Gospel; yet we shall not be so any longer, but we shall on the contrary become friends to the same, standing for defence and maintenance of the honour of Christ and his Gospel.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is no easie matter, but rather hard and difficult, for any to speak evil of such persons by whom they have reaped or received much good and benefit: especially spiritual good. For if they should speak evil of such, their own conscience must needs convince and stop their mouths: besides that, they should al­so by this means plainly accuse and condemn themselves as very unthankful against such persons, by whom they had reaped so much good. Therefore in these respects it is not an easie matter for any to reproach, slander, or speak evil of such by whose means they have been partakers of great good. Not easie for a peo­ple to speak evil of their own Pastor and Minister, or of any other by whose Ministery they have been con­verted, or confirmed in grace; by whom they have gained much spiritual instruction, knowledg, comfort, &c. Not easie for Subjects to speak evil of their Magistrates and Governours, by means of whose Govern­ment they reap so great benefit: Not easie for Children to speak evil of Parents; Servants of their Masters, &c. For if they should, both their own conscience and others that hear them, must needs condemn them of un­thankfulnesse.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See then the unthankfulness and wickedness of such as having reaped great good and benefit by others, yet are not ashamed to speak evil of them; as, of their Ministers, Parents, &c. How unthankful and unnatural are these? worse than some brute beasts, who are mindful of benefits bestowed on them, and will not easily be drawn to hurt such as have done them good. The dogg will not bark against his Master that feedeth him, & [...]. Yet some men that profess to be Christians, stick not to open their mouths against such as have been, and are instruments of the greatest good that may be to them; even of saving their souls, &c. So some children stick not to speak evil of their own Parents, from whom they have received their being and education. Unnatural children, condemned by light of Nature, and much more by the Word of God. So some Servants are so ungrateful, as to speak evil of their Masters in whose service they have gotten much good, &c.

Use 3 Use 2. If it be so hard for any to speak evil of those by whom they have received much good: then it is much more hard to do evil unto such as have done us great good: yet even such ungrateful persons are to be found now adayes, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 3. See what to do, if we would keep others from speaking evil of us. Labour to do them all the good we can. Then they cannot lightly or easily speak evil of us; or if they do, they shall be convinced and condemned of their own consciences as unjust slanderers and most ungrateful persons against us. Be­sides that, the good we have done them shall be a testimony against them, to convince and stop their mouths.

Now followeth the second reason alledged by our Saviour, Why he would not have his Disciples forbid the party any more, who cast out devils in Christ's Name, viz. because he being no direct enemy to Christ, was to be esteemed a friend and well-willer unto him and his doctrine: which he proveth by this proverbial sen­tence, Verse 40. He that is not against us, is on our part.

He that is not against us] That is, Whosoever doth not shew himself to be a direct enemy to me and you, and to that doctrine which we teach and profess.

He is on our part] That is, he is a friend and well-willer to us and our doctrine, and is so to be esteemed, as one that standeth for us. Now this sentence is not to be understood generally and absolutely of all sorts of persons, (as if every one that doth not shew himself an open enemy unto Christ and the Gospel, were therefore indeed and truth a friend unto the same) but it is to be understood of such persons who do not one­ly not shew themselves direct enemies to Christ and the Gospel; but do also some way or other shew them­selves to be friends and favourers of the same, though perhaps not so openly or manifestly as they should do: These are to be accounted as friends to Christ and the Gospel.

Quest. Quest. How doth this sentence agree with that which our Saviour uttered at another time to the Pharisees, blasphemously charging him to cast out devils by Belzebub. He that is not with me, is against me, &c. Matth. 12. 30.

Answ. Answ. Well enough. 1. If we distinguish of the persons of whom our Saviour speaketh there and here. For there he speaketh of such as were in truth enemies of Christ, (as the Pharisees, or such like) and yet would make shew of being his friends or favourers, at least sometimes. But here he speaketh of such as are indeed friends and favourer [...] of Christ and the Gospel, and do some way or other shew and approve them­selves so to be, although perhaps as yet they are but weak and imperfect Christians, and therefore not so for­ward as they should be in the publick or open profession of Christ and the Gospel.

2. This sentence of our Saviour in this place is so far from contradicting that before uttered, Matth. 12. that it doth rather necessarily follow from the same, and so serveth to confirm it. For if every one that i [...] not with Christ, be against him: then on the contrary, it must needs follow, that every one who is not against Christ, is with him. So that by both Sentences, our Saviour implyeth this, that there is no mean or middle way between, being a friend, and being an enemy to him and the Gospel. He that is not a friend is an enemy; et contrà, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. How good and gracious a Lord and Master Christ Jesus is toward us his servants, in that he doth accept in good part of those duties and services which we perform unto him, though they be joyned with much weakness and imperfection. So here, This party who by invocation of Christ's Name, did cast out devils, being one that made some kind of profession of Christ and of his doctrine, (as is most probable) although he was not so zealous and forward in this profession, as he should have been: yet our Saviour did not for this cause reject him, but accepted of that weak and imperfect profession which he made, accounting him in the number of his disciples, and of those that were friends to him and his doctrine, &c. So he ac­cepted of Nicodemus his coming to him in the night-time, Joh. 3. Though it was a great weakness and im­perfection in him to make such a timorous profession of Christ, being ashamed to come to him in the day­time: yet our Saviour did not for this cause cast him off: but graciously conferred with him, and instructed him, &c.

Ʋse. Use. Great comfort to true and sincere hearted Christians. Though they feel many wants and imper­fections in their obedience and services which they perform to Christ: yet he will not reject them for the same, but doth graciously and mercifully accept of their weak endeavours in his service, so far forth as their hearts are upright before him, ayming at his glory in all that they do. In this case he accepteth the will for the deed in them. 2 Cor. 8. 12. Though we make but a weak and timorous profession of hi [...] Name; yet if it be in truth and sincerity, he accepteth it, and doth account us in the number of his disciples. Earthly Masters will not entertain or keep such a servant as is ashamed openly to acknowledg his Master before others. But Christ our heavenly Master is more gracious, in bearing with us, though we be ashamed often­times to profess him and his Word before men so openly and boldly as we should do. This may greatly comfort us against our weakness and timorousness in the profession of Christ; and against all the imperfecti­ons of our obedience to his Will. Onely take heed that we do not please our selves in these our wants and failings: but that we be daily humbled for them, and strive against them; labouring to grow more and more zealous in all duties of obedience and service unto Christ. Then may we have true comfort in the midst of all our failings and infirmities; when we consider what a gracious and merciful Lord we have, who doth so well accept of our imperfect services. This being thought upon, will comfort us both in life and death. Ambros. Non sic vixi ut vivere me pudeat; nec mori timeo, qua bonum Dominum habemus.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour saith, He that is not against him, is on his part; and consequently, that whosoever is not on his part, is against him; hence we may gather, That in Religion, and in the profession of Christ and the Gospel, there is no mean or middle sort of persons between friends and enemies of Christ: but all are either friends or enemies: He that is not the one, is the other. He that is not an enemy, is a friend to Christ and the Gospel: and on the contrary, he that is not a friend, must needs be an enemy. This is proved, by comparing this place with that, Matth. 12. 30.

Use. Use. See what to think of such as professe to be of no side in the matter of Religion: neither Papists, no [...] Protestants; neither with Christ, nor against him. This cannot be, and therefore the truth is, such Ne [...] ­trals are very enemies of Christ and of the Gospel. For one of the two they must needs be, either enemies or friends to Christ. But friends they are not, they do not stand for Christ: therefore they are against him. God alloweth no spectators in Religion. All are actors either on Christ's part, or against him. Let us then take heed of halting between two Opinions in Religion. If the Lord be God, follow him: but if Baal, then fol­low him; as Eliah warned the idolatrous people, 1 King. 18. 21. We read, Levit. 19. 19. that [...]ods people were forbidden in time of the Law, to sow their ground with mingled seed, and to wear a ga [...]ent of [...]n­nen and woollen; to shew, that the Lord would not have them to be of a mingled or linsey-woolsey Reli­gion; that is, of no Religion in truth, but rather enemies to it. And Revel. 3. 16. the Church of Laodicea is threatened for being luke-warm, neither hot nor cold in Religion. Take heed it be not so with any of us, lest the Lord do spew us out of his mouth. The Lord doth loath and detest such luke-warmnesse, and halt­ing in Religion. See therefore that we do not onely make shew to be no open or direct Enemies of Reli­gion and the Gospel: but that we do approve our selves to be true friends and favourers; yea, zealous and forward professors and maintainers of the same: for else, it is certain, that we are enemies and adversaries unto it, whatsoever shew or pretence we make of the contrary. There is no middle way between these two, as hath been shewed.

Mark 9. 41. ‘For whosoever shall give you a cup of water, &c. Sept. 23. 1627.

IN the three former Verses (as we have heard) the Evangelist mentioned a Conference between our Sa­viour Christ and his Disciple John, concerning the prohibiting of one whom they saw casting out Devils in Christ's Name. In which Conference, our Saviour forbade them to hinder that party, alledging reasons thereof, &c.

Now from this 41. Verse, to the end of the Chapter, the same Evangelist setteth down unto us some spe­cial Points of Doctrine or Instruction, which our Saviour took occasion to teach unto his Disciples at the same time, as is probable. Of which Points of Doctrine, we shall hear in their order as they lye in the residue of this Chapter.

The first Point of doctrine is touching works of Charity to be performed unto good Christians; which our Saviour commendeth by the reward which he promiseth to every one that doth perform such work, of cha­rity.

Verse 41. For whosoever shall give you a cup of water, &c.] Touching the particular dependance of these words on that which goes before, it seemeth most probable, that our Saviour having before, Verse 37. be­gun to commend unto his disciples the practice of love toward such good Christians as do resemble little children in humility, and then being interrupted by John's relating unto him the matter of him that cast out devils in his Name; now having made answer unto John, he returneth to speak again of the same matter which before he began to intreat of, Verse 37. touching the practice of love toward good Christians. (Sic Illyric.)

The words of this Verse, considered in themselves, do contain a commendation of the practice of love to good Christians, by an excellent promise of reward made unto such persons as shall perform any work of charity, though never so small unto such good Christians.

Where three things are to be considered. 1. The Persons to whom this promise is made Whosoever shall give you a cup of water to drink.

2. The Ground or Motive which should move them to perform this work of charity to Christ's Disci­ples, viz. the Name of Christ, and because they did belong to him.

3. The promise it self, Verily I say unto you, he shall not lose, &c.

Of the first, Whosoever shall give you a cup of water] That is, shall perform the least work or duty of love; one of the smallest and easiest duties of love, viz. the giving of a cup of water to drink unto one that is thirsty, being named instead of all other duties of charity. And our Saviour nameth this particular work of charity, in giving a cup of water, &c. because it was an usual and common courtesie to do this in those times, and in that hot Countrey of Judea, in which their common and ordinary drink was water, especially for the poorer sort.

To you] That is, to his Disciples, or to any other true believers and professours of his name, such as they were.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. To shew love and kindnesse to good Christians believing in Christ, and professing his Name, is a duty very acceptable and pleasing unto Christ. This may appear, in that he doth here promise a cer­tain reward unto any one that shall perform a work of charity to his disciples, or to any such as they were. This shews how well he doth esteem and accept of the duty of love shewed unto good Christians, Hebr. 13. 16.

Reason. Reason. The same love which is shewed to good Christians, is shewed unto Christ himself, (ut suprà, Verse 37. audivimus) therefore he must needs accept and be well pleased therewith.

Ʋse. Use. To perswade and move us to be ready and forward on all occasions to shew our love by fruits of it unto good Christians. Gal. 6. 10. As we have opportunity, let us do good unto all men, especially unto them who are of the houshold of faith. Consider what an acceptable thing it is unto Christ himself; and let this encourage us to the duty. A good servant is careful to do those works which are most pleasing to his Master; and he ought so to be. Tit. 2. 9. So should we be most carefull and forward in such duties as are most acceptable and pleasing to Christ our heavenly Master. Such is this duty of shewing love to good Christians which be­lieve in him, and professe his Name. A duty which he esteemeth as done unto himself, and therefore pro­miseth in speciall manner to reward it. Think hereof, to perswade and move us to forwardnesse in this duty. The rather, because there are many things which otherwise are apt to hinder and discourage us in this duty; as our own natural backwardnesse unto it, the decay of brotherly love in these last times, and the example of others, especially of the profane and common sort, who rather hate and persecute the Saints of God, than shew any love to them, &c. That these hinder us not in shewing love to the Saints and Servants of Christ, con­sider often what an acceptable service we do to Christ, in shewing love to such, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Christ Jesus doth well accept of the smallest duty of love shewed unto good Christians and to the Saints of God; though it be but the giving of a cup of water unto such, it is accepted of Christ: for else he would not promise a reward unto it, as here he doth. So Matth. 10. 42. Whosoever shall give to one of these little ones a cup of cold water only, &c. he shall in no wise lose his reward. Therefore also Mar. 12. 43. when in the Temple he saw the people casting in money into the treasury, (which money was partly intended for relief of the poor Saints) he commended the poor Widow which cast in but the value of a farthing: which shews how well he doth accept of the smallest fruit of charity shewed to the Saints of God.

Reason. Reason. Christ Jesus doth not esteem works of charity performed toward good Christians by the matter in or about which they are performed; but by the mind and affection of such as perform the same. Hence it is, that in case the affection be upright, he doth accept of the smallest fruit of love shewed to such.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See by this how dear and pretious good Christians are in the account of Christ: how dearly he doth love, and how highly he doth esteem of such; in that he doth so well accept of the smallest duty of love performed toward such: yea, not onely accepteth it, but promiseth to reward the same. This shews how dear suc [...] are unto him. Therefore he calls them his friends. Jo [...]. 15. 15. Henceforth I call you not servants, &c. [Page 669] but I have called you friends, &c. And else-where he calleth them Brethren, as Matth. 25. 40. Inasmuch as ye have done it to one of the least of these my Brethren, &c. Which being so, that good Christians are so dear unto Christ, they should also be so unto us; and as he doth highly esteem of such, so let us in like manner hold such in special reputation, as Paul saith of Epaphroditus, Phil. 2. 29.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. For the comfort of such as are of poor and mean estate in this Word, and so not able to perform any great works of Charity to the Saints of God, or good Christians. Though they be not rich, yet are they not to be discouraged in this duty of shewing love to the Saints, but to be incouraged to the same; forasmuch as Christ doth well accept, not onely of the greatest and most excellent works of Charity performed to his Saints and Servants, but even of the smallest and meanest fruits of love shewed unto them; yea, though it be but the bestowing of one Farthing on them, though but the giving of a Cup of water [...]nto them, in case they be able to do no more; so that it be done with a charitable mind and affection to the Saints of God. 2 Cor. 8. 12. If there be first a willing mind, it is accepted according to that a man hath, and not according to that he hath not. And there may be as great love shewed in a small matter (when there wants ability to perform more), as in a greater; as we see by our Saviour, commending that poor Widdows two Mites above all the rich gifts of the wealthier sort, Mark 12. 43.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See that none are exempted from performing works of Charity towards such as stand in need, especially to the Sain [...]s of God; no not the poorest and meanest in estate, for Christ doth accept, yea, and promiseth to reward the smallest work of Charity performed toward such, even the giving of a Cup of wa­ter, which may be done by the poorest Christian; which shews, that Christ would have, not onely the riche [...] sort, but even the poorest to be ready and forward to give Alms, and to shew fruits of love and mercy to the Saints of God.

Ʋse. Ʋse. See the ignorance and error of such as think themselves wholly exempted from this duty of giving Alms, &c. because they are poor, &c.

Mark 9. 41.‘Whosoever shall give you a Cup of Water to drink in my Name, &c. Sept. 30. 1627.

NOw followeth the ground or motive upon which they should give a cup of Water to Christ's Disciples viz. In his Name, and because they belonged to him.

In my Name] For my sake, or because ye are my Disciples; as the words following do shew, which are an Exposition of these, as was shewed before, ver. 37.

Because ye belong to Christ] That is, in this respect, or for this cause, that ye are the Disciples of Christ, Believing in him, and professing his Name and Doctrine.

Observ. Observ. The true and right ground and motive that should move us to shew love to good Christians is this, because they are such, even Christ's true Disciples and Servants, Believing in him, and Professing his Name; because they do belong to Christ, at least so far as we can judg, and are perswaded of them. So before, ver. 37. And Matth. 10. 41. He that receiveth a Righteous man in the name of a Righteous man, &c. Though there are other motives to move us to this duty of shewing love to good Christians; yet this is the chief and principal, in respect of the persons themselves towards whom we shew our love, viz. the conside­ration of this, that they are the true Disciples and faithfull Servants of Christ; and so that in shewing love to them, we do shew love to Christ himself.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See what to judg of that love which some do shew to good Christians for other sinister ends, or causes, chiefly, and principally; as for their own credit sake, because themselves would be accounted Pro­fessors, or because they reap some profit or benefit some way or other by such good Christians to whom they shew love and kindness. This is no true Christian brotherly love, but rather self-love, and therefore not accepted of Christ, neither can it bring true comfort to those that shew it.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To teach us not to rest in this, that we can or do perform duties of love unto the Saints of God, or to good Christians, as if this were sufficient to prove us to be good Christians; but examine upon what ground and motive we do perform such works of Charity, whether it be for this cause chiefly, that they are good Christians, and do belong to Christ; yea, though there were no outward wordly respect or reason to move us hereunto. If it be so, this argues true love, and that in shewing our love to them, we shew it to Christ himself, whose Disciples they are; and so we approve our selves also in the number of his true Disci­ples. Joh. 13. 35. By this shall all men know that ye are my Disciples, if ye have love one to another; that is, if we love such as are Christ's true Disciples; and we may know that we truely love them, if we love them chief­ly in this respect, that they are Christ's true Disciples, and not for other Worldly causes, nor for any cor­rupt or carnall respect whatsoever. On the other side, if we shew fruits of love to such for sinister respects, as for our credit sake, or because of some worldly benefit we reap by them; this is no acceptable service to Christ, neither can it prove us to be true Disciples of Christ. For even Hypocrites and Reprobates may go as far, as we see in the examples of Herod, shewing love to John Baptist, Mark 6. And in Festus shewing kindness to Paul, Act. 25. Pharaoh to Joseph, &c.

Now followeth the Promise it self; Verily, I say unto you, &c. First, to shew the meaning of the words.

Verily, &c.] This is an earnest or vehement Asseveration which our Saviour useth the more to confirm the truth and certainty of that which he speaketh and promiseth here. See before, Verse 1. and Chap. 3. Verse 28.

He shall not lose his reward] That is, he shall be sure to receive from God himself such a reward and re­compence as is meet and fit for him, and which the Lord hath appointed to give unto him. Now this and such like places of Scripture, the Papists do pervert and abuse for proof of their erronious Doctrine touching the merit of good works. For thus they reason from hence.

Object. Object. If good works shall be rewarded of God, then this reward is due to the Saints of God, and that for the merit of their works.

Answ. Answ. This doth not follow: for there is a twofold reward, as may be gathered from Rom. 4. 4. 1. That which is given of due debt in regard of the works which are performed, being deserved by the same. Now such a reward as this we never find promised in Scripture to the good works of the Saints. 2. That which is given by vertue of Gods free promise made in Christ, and that not unto the work, but to the worker; that is, to the person, being in Christ by Faith, and so is due, not by desert, but by free promise. And this is that kind of reward, which in this, and other places of Scripture, is promised to such as practise good works.

In the words, being cleared, consider two things. 1. The reward promised to such as perform any duty of love or mercy to Christ's Disciples. 2. The certainty of this reward; confirmed, 1. By the As­severation, Verily. 2. By the manner of propounding the Promise, He shall not lose his Reward.

Of the first. Observ. 1. That it is lawfull for us in the doing of good works, to look at the reward which God hath promised to such as perform the fame; for otherwise this reward should not be propounded and promised to us at all in Scripture, as we see it is in this and many other places. It is therefore lawfull for us by the eyes of Faith and hope to look at the reward promised in doing good works; and that to this end, that we may thereby be the more incouraged to the practice of such good works as God hath comman­ded us, and that in the practice of them we may be comforted against all difficulties and discouragements which we meet withall in the same. Therefore the Saints of God in the practise of good duties have had an eye to the recompence of reward promised; as Moses in the patient suffering of Afflictions with Gods peo­ple. Hebr. 11. 26. Abraham, Heb. 11. 10. So Paul. 2 Tim. 4. 7, 8. I have fought a good fight, I have fini­shed my course, &c. Hence forth is laid up for me a Crown of Righteousness, &c. So 2 Cor. 4. 18. yea, Christ himself, Hebr. 12. 2. For the joy that was set before him, &c. Though we must not be so mercenary as to pra­ctise good duties onely or chiefly for the reward promised, but rather out of love to God, which should constrain us, and conscience of our duty towards him; yet we may in the practise of good duties look at the reward, the better to encourage our selves therein, &c. As the Husbandman in Plowing and Sowing think­eth of his Harvest.

Use 1 Use. 1. To confute the slander of the Papists, who charge us to hold it unlawfull to do good works with respect unto the reward promised. See Rhemists upon Luke 14. 1. Hebr. 11. 26. Apoc. 3. 5.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Let us then by the eyes of Faith and hope, often look at this reward which God hath promised; especially the reward of eternall life, the better to encourage us in the practice of all good duties comman­ded us of God; as also to perswade us up to constancy and perseverance therein unto the end of our lives.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Such as do shew Charity and mercy toward the true Saints and Servants of God, shall be re­warded of the Lord himself for so doing. Though they do not by works of Charity deserve any reward at the hands of God; yet he will freely give unto them a reward and recompence for such works of mercy to his Saints; yea, for the smallest work of mercy performed to them. See Matth. 10. 4. He that recei­veth a Prophet in the name of a Prophet, shall receive a Prophets reward. Prov. 19. 17. He that hath pitty upon the Poor, lendeth unto the Lord; and that which he hath given will he pay him again. This is to be understood chiefly of shewing mercy to the poor Saints of God; whosoever doth so, lendeth to the Lord, and he will repay and recompence him for the same. Gal. 6. 9. Let us not be weary in well-doing (that is, in doing good to the Saints and houshold of Faith, as it is expounded in the Verse following) for in due season we shall reap, &c. that is, we shall receive a reward or recompence from God himself for all the good we do unto his Saints. 1 Cor. 9. 6. He that soweth bountifully, shall reap bountifully; that is, a bountifull reward from God for his liberality towards the Saints of God.

Quest. Quest. What reward shall such receive from God, who shew love and mercy to his Saints?

Answ. Answ. A twofold reward. 1. Temporary in this life, which God will give unto them, so far as shall be good for them, in blessing and prospering them so much the better in this world, and in their outward estate, by how much the more forward they are in shewing love and mercy to his Saints, Deut. 15. 10. Thou shalt give to thy poor Brother, and thine Heart shall not be grieved, &c. because that for this thing the Lord thy God shall blesse thee in all thy works, &c. Prov. 3. 9, 10. Gen. 12. 3. At least the Lord will reward them in this life, by giving them inward comfort in their Consciences, by the performance of such works of Charity to the Saints. 2. Eternal, after this life, in Heaven, Matth. 25. 34. compared with ver. 40. Christ shall say to those on his Right hand, Come ye Blessed, for I was an hungred, and ye gave me meat, &c. Then, ver. 40. In as much as ye have done it unto these my brethren, &c.

Use 1 Use. 1. Hence gather, that it can be no loss or hinderance to us to do good, and shew mercy to the Saints of God, or to be liberal and bountifull towards them any way within compass of our ability; forasmuch as God himself hath promised to reward and recompence us, either in this life or after this life, or both; and he will do it. Therefore it shall be rather a great gain and advantage unto us, that we have bin liberall and bountifull in shewing mercy to the Saints of God. Let such think of this, who are afraid it will be a hin­derance to them in their estate in this World, if they be liberall in works of mercy towards the Saints of God.

Use 2 Ʋse. 2. See here again how great encouragement we have to this duty of shewing love and mercy to the Saints of God, seeing the Lord himself will reward and recompence us for the same; and that, both in this life, either by blessing and prospering us so much the more in our outward estate, or by giving us inward comfort in our own Consciences, and also after this life, by giving unto us the reward and Crown of everla­sting life and Glory in his Heavenly Kingdome. Think of the greatness and excellency of this reward pro­mised of God, and which he himself will give unto us for all the love and mercy we shew to his Saints and Servants in this life, that it may perswade and move us to all readiness and forwardness herein. The rather because of the manifold hinderances and discouragements which we shall meet with to hinder us in the du­ties of love and mercy to the Saints of God against all which let us oppose this excellent reward which the Lord himself hath promised us for doing good, and shewing mercy to his Faithfull Servants. That we be not hindred by any inconveniencies or di [...]ficulties, let us often look at the blessed reward which we shall re­ceive [Page 671] of God himself for doing good to his Saints. Consider, that, in doing good to them, we do good to our selves, procuring to our selves a most excellent and blessed reward both here and hereafter in heaven; In giving to the poor Saints of God, we lend to the Lord himself; who will abundantly repay and recompence us; by shewing love and mercy to the Saints of God, we lay up treasures in Heaven, where neither Moth nor Canker corrupteth, &c. Matth. 6. 20. We make us bags which will not wax old, &c. Luke 12. 33. Though this consideration of the reward promised, be not the main or principal motive that should move us to shew love and mercy to the poor Saints of God, (for we ought to do it out of our love to God and to his Saints and children, though there were no reward promised); yet the Lord would have us to look at the reward which he hath promised, the better to perswade and stir us up to this duty which he requireth of us. He might have commanded it without promising any reward; and then we must have obeyed: much more now that he doth allure and draw us by the hope of so excellent a reward.

Now followeth the certainty of the reward here promised by our Saviour to such as perform the least work of charity or mercy to his true Disciples.

The certainty is implyed, 1. By the asseveration, Verily I say unto you.

2. By the manner of propounding the promise, He shall not lose, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though such Asseverations as this may be used sometimes, yet not leightly, vainly, or common­ly in small and trifling matters: but upon serious and weighty occasions: when some matter of weight is to be avouched by us. Thus our Saviour alwayes used this kind of asseveration, Verily, &c. which therefore condemns the practice of such as do so commonly and leightly use this or such like earnest asseverations; as, Verily, Truly, &c. when there is no necessity or weighty occasion to use the same. Contra, in our ordi­nary communication we should content our selves with Yea, and Nay, Matth. 5. 37.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See the difference between Christ's teaching, and the teaching of all others in the Church. He in his own Name immediately, &c. See before, Verse 1. of this Chapter.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The Reward which is promised and shall be given of God unto such as perform duties of love or mercy to his Saints, is most sure and certain unto them. They shall not lose it, or misse of it either in this life, or after this life in Heaven. This our Saviour avoucheth by his own testimony, putting the weight of his own authority upon it, and that with an earnest asseveration, Verily I say unto you, He shall not lose his re­ward. That which Solomon speaketh of the reward of good works in general, Prov. 11. 18. He that soweth righ [...]ousness, shall reap a sure reward, is true in particular of the reward that shall be given of God to such as perform works of charity or mercy to the Saints of God in this life. It is a sure and certain reward, which shall be most certainly given to them of God; neither can they lose or be deprived of it. God having pro­mised it unto them, he is most true and faithful in keeping promise; and withal of absolute power, able to perform what he hath promised.

Use. Use. To strengthen our faith and hope in this excellent reward promised to such as shew love and mercy to the Saints of God; and so to perswade and encourage us the more to forwardnesse in the works of charity and mercy to the Saints of God, and to good Christians, being assured of this both upon the promise of God, and restimony of Christ himself, sealed with an asseveration, and with his own immediate authority, that we shall not lose our reward. Therefore let us build upon this Word and Promise of Christ, and make sure account to be richly rewarded of God himself both in this life so far as shall be good for us, and espe­cially in Heaven with the crown of everlasting life, for all the love and mercy which we have shewed here to good Christians. Though as yet the reward be deferred, and in the judgment of carnal reason we see no­thing less than any sign of recompence, but all the liberality and kindness we have shewed to the Saints of God, seemeth to be utterly lost and cast away: yet labour by the eyes of faith to see the reward promised, and by assured hope, to wait for the obtaining of it in due time. In the mean time, remember that of the Apostle before mentioned, Let us not be weary of well-doing: For in due season we shall reap, &c.

Mark 9. 42.‘And whosoever shall offend one of these little ones, &c. Octob. 7. 1627.

VVE heard in the former Verse, how our Saviour commended the practice of love and mercy toward his true Disciples, by rpomising an excellent and most sure reward to all those who perform but the least work of charity to such. Now in this 42. Verse, he doth on the contrary threaten a grievous Judg­ment or Punishment against such as shall offend any that are good Christians, or his true Disciples.

Where consider, 1. The persons against whom this punishment is threatned; described by their sinne which they commit, and for which they are threatned, Whosoever shall offend, &c.

2. A description of the persons offended; which are good Christians, or Christ's true Disciples. 1. By the name or title given them, called, little ones. 2. By one special property, such as believe in Christ.

3. The Judgment or punishment threatned against those that shall offend such: Which punishment is set forth by a comparison from the less to the greater. Compared with the puinshment of such a one as is cast into the Sea to be drowned, and that with a milstone about his neck: and affirmed to be more grievous, It is better for him, &c.

First to clear the meaning of the words.

Whosoever shall offend] The word in the Original Text doth properly signifie to lay a stumbling block be­fore another, to cause him to stumble or fall, and so to hinder him from going on in his way. Now from hence it is borrowed and applyed oftentimes in Scripture to such as do use any means whereby to hinder or discourage others in their Christian course: Which is done two wayes.

1. By evil example of life, giving occasion to others of stumbling or falling into sin, and so hindring them in their Christian course, and in the way unto eternal life and salvation, either by doing things unlawfull, or by abuse of liberty in things indifferent. Rom. 14. 13. Judg this rather, that no man put a stumbling block or an occasion to fall in his brothers way. So 1 Cor. 8. ult. If meat do make my brother to offend, or scan­dalize him, &c.

[Page 672] 2. By any external wrongs, injuries, or abuses offered to others in word or deed, whereby they are offen­ded, hindred, or discouraged in their Christian course: And in this latter sense we are to take the word [offend] in this place. Sic Maldonat, Musculus, Winkelman, Chrysost. Enthym. &c. That this is the mean­ing, may appear by the opposition which is between these words of our Saviour, and those which went be­fore in the former Verse. For, having promised reward to such as shew love to good Christians, now on the contrary he threatneth Judgment against such as offer wrong or injury to such. But more plainly this oppo­sition is expressed, Matth. 18. 5, 6.

One of these little ones] This is not to be understood of children in age, but of such good Christians or true Disciples of Christ, as do resemble little children in the grace of true humility or lowliness of mind. So be­fore, Verse 37. And this to be the meaning, appears by the words following, in that they are said to be such as believe in Christ, which cannot be said properly of little children in age, who wanting knowledg and discretion, are not capable of actual faith; though they may have a seed of faith wrought in them secret­ly by the Holy Ghost.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour here mention this property of humility? &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. To commend it the more.

2. Because he knew that the humility of his disciples would expose them to contempt and injuries.

That believe in me] That is, do not onely believe me to be the true Messiah and Saviour of Mankind, but also do by true faith rest and rely upon me for eternal life and salvation. This is added, to set forth the dig­nity and excellency of Christ's true Disciples, and so to aggravate the sin of such as should contemn or abuse them.

It is better for him that a milstone were hanged, &c.] For the better understanding of these words, we must know, That St. Hierome writing upon that place, Matth. 18. 6. doth observe, That it was a custome among the ancient Jews, to put some Malefactors to this kind of death, viz. to [...]ye a great stone about them, and so to drown them in the water. And the like punishment was in use also among the Grecians, as Casaubon ob­serveth out of Diodorus Siculus, and Athanasius; for they used to put some Malefactors into a Vessell of Lead, and so to cast them into the water and drown them. (Casaub. Annot. in Matth. 18. 6.) This being so, it is very probable, that our Saviour here alludeth to this kind of punishment used for great offenders either among the Jews or other Nations: and his purpose and meaning is by this bodily punishment inflicted up­on malefactors in those times, to set forth the grievousnesse of the sin, and of that eternal Judgment and punishment in Hell, which shall be inflicted of God upon such as do offer wrong or injury to good Chri­stians.

It is better for him, &c.] That is, if he should have a milstone hanged about his neck, and so be drown­ed in the Sea, this punishment should be much more easie and tolerable for him, than that which he shall suffer in Hell for the sin of offending any good Christian, &c. See Jansen. and Luke 17. 2.

Now followeth the Instructions. 1. From the persons threatned, Whosoever shall offend, &c.

Observ. Observ. It is a very haynous and grievous sin for any to offend or scandalize good Christians, or the true Saints and Servants of God, by offering any outward wrong or injury unto them in word or deed. Our Sa­viour threatne [...]h a grievous punishment to be inflicted upon all such, even eternal punishment of soul and body in Hell, being far more grievous than any bodily punishment or temporal death whatsoever: which shews the grievousnesse of this sin of giving offence to the true Saints and servants of God, or of Christ Je­sus, by offering any wrong or injury to them in word or deed. Therefore, Matth. 18. 7. a Woe is denoun­ced by our Saviour against such as are the cause of such offences or scandals against good Christians. And Verse 10. of the same Chapter, he gives a caveat to take heed of despising his little ones; that is, of shewing contempt of any humble Christians that are his true disciples, by offering any wrong or abuse to them: to shew how great a sin it is so to do. Therefore also, Psal. 105. 14. It is said, The Lord did reprove even Kings for the hurt and wrong they did unto his Saints; and that he charged them not so much as to touch his anointed, &c. to shew how great a sin and offence to God it is, to offer wrong to such.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. To offer wrong or injury to the Saints of God, is to offer injury to the Lord himself, whose ser­vants they are, Zach. 2. 8. He that toucheth you, toucheth the apple of his eye. So 2 King. 19. 22. Sennacherib in reproaching Hezekiah, is said to have blasphemed against God himself. And Act. 9. 4. Christ chargeth Paul before his conversion, to have persecuted Him, in persecuting his Saints.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. We are commanded in Scripture, to shew speciall love to the Saints of God above all others. Gal. 6. 10. Let us do good to all: but especially to the houshold of faith: Therefore on the contrary, to do hurt to such, or to offer wrong and injury to them, must needs be a grievous sin.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the wickedness of such as make but leight of this sin of offending the Saints of God or good Christians by wrongs or abuses offered to them in word or deed, or both. Some are so profane, as to make it their pastime or sport to speak or do evil to the Saints of God; to reproach and slander them; to jest and mock at them, and to call them by reproachful names. Prov. 10. 23. It is a sport to a fool to do mischief, &c. But it will be no matter of sport, when such shall give account to God for this sin of abusing and scandali­zing his Saints and servants, when God shall enter into Judgment, and cast them to Hell for it.

Use 2 Use 2. For admonition to every one to fear and take heed of this haynous sin of offending the Saints of God and good Christians, by any outward wrong or injury offered to them in word or deed; yea, though it be in the least measure; though it be but by an evil word spoken against such: much more take heed of hurting or abusing such in deed. Take heed of shewing any hatred or enmity against the true Saints and ser­vants of God: Take heed of molesting, troubling, persecuting them by word or deed. Take heed of speak­ing or doing any thing against such unjustly, whereby to vex and grieve their minds, and so to discourage and hinder them in their holy and Christian course of life. Remember what a grievous sin it is thus to of­fend and scandalize the Saints and servants of God, and so to hinder or discourage them in well-doing by any wrong or abuse offered to them in word or deed. As it is a great sin to give just offence or scandal to any, by offering wrong or injury to them, or abusing them any way: so especially, to give cause of offence to the Saints and Servants of God, and to good Christians: of all offences and scandals, this is the greatest and [Page 673] worst kind; and therefore most of all to be feared and shunned. 1 Cor. 10. 32. Give none offence, neither to the Jews, nor to the Gentiles, nor to the Church of God. A grievous sin it is to offend and discourage any in well-doing, by offering wrongs or abuses to them; but especially, to do this to the Church of God; that is, to his true Saints and Servants, &c. especially such as are eminent for Graces, or special instruments of Gods glory, as Ministers, &c. This is a most hainous and grievous kind of offence and scandal: There­fore fear, and take heed of it by all means. Consider that the wrongs and injuries done against the Saints of God, are done against God, and against Christ himself, and so he taketh them. Consider also how we are bound in Conscience to love and honour such in highest degree above all others; and therefore to give of­fence to such by any wrong or abuse offered them in word or deed, must needs be a hainous and grievous sin before God: therefore see we be not guilty of it. And to this end, take heed of contemning or despising the Saints and Servants of God in our hearts, lest this contempt grow to dislike or hatred, and so break forth outwardly into open scandalls and offences against such in word and deed. Resist the beginnings of this sin; this is the way to be kept from it.

Mark 9. 42.‘And whosoever shall offend one of these little ones that Believe in me, it is better for him that a Mil­stone Octob. 14. 1627. were hanged about his neck, &c.’

NOw follow the persons against whom this sin is said to be committed, viz. good Christians; descri­bed, 1. By the name or title given them, they are called little ones. 2. By special property, such as Believe in Christ.

Of the first, One of these little ones.]

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is not said, whosoever shall offend these little ones; but, Whosoever shall offend one of these, &c. We learn, That it is a great sin before God to offer wrong or injury, and to give cause of offence to any one of his true Saints and Servants; yea, though it be the least or meanest of them. Matth. 18. 10. Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones, &c.

Use. Use. This doth serve further to aggravate the sin of offending or giving cause of scandall to the Saints of God; in that the Lord doth accompt it so great a sin to offend or wrong but one good Christian or true Ser­vant of his: How much greater sin is it then to give offence, or to offer wrong to many such?

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See the special care and Providence of the Lord over his true Saints and Servants, in that he takes notice of every one of them in particular; and of the particular wrongs and abuses offered unto them, threat­ning to punish such severely, who offer wrong, or give offence but to one of them; which shews how dear and pretious they are unto him, in that he takes care of every one of them in particular (and not onely of them all in generall) that they may not be wronged or abused, but that every one of them may be loved and honou­red. He is carefull of the good of every one of his Saints, and to preserve and keep them from evill. See Joh. 17. 12. Luke 15. 4. compared to one, that having a hundred sheep, if he lose but one, &c. As he knoweth them every one severally, and that by name, and where they dwell, and abide at any time; as we see Act. 10. 5, 6. so he takes particular notice of their estate and condition, of all their Afflictions, Miseries, and necessities, being ready to help and comfort them therein, and to deliver them in due time. Psal. 56. 8. Thou tellest my wandrings, &c. yea, the very hairs of their heads are numbred by him, Matth. 10. 30. He takes notice of all abuses and wrongs offered to any of them, and will right their causes, and punish their enemies.

Use. Use. Great comfort to the godly at all times, and in all estates, to consider this special and Fatherly care which the Lord hath of every one of them in particular, taking notice of them, and of their estate; of all their miseries and necessities, and ready to help and comfort them: Of all wrongs and abuses offered to them, being ready to right their cause, and to punish such as wrong or offend them any way. Think of this at all times if thou fearest God, and art his true servant. Especially in time of trouble and distress, and when thou dost meet with wrongs and abuses in the World, and at the hands of the wicked.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour calleth his true Disciples by the name of little ones, in regard of the Grace of true Humility, in which they resemble little Children: Hence we learn, that it is one special property of good Christians, and of true Saints of God to resemble and be like unto little Children in the Grace of true Humility and lowliness of mind. Therefore our Saviour calls them here by this title of little ones. So Matth. 18. 10. to shew that they are such as do resemble little Children in humility. Such a little one was David, Psal. 131. 1. Lord, My heart is not haughty, &c. I have behaved my self as a Child that is weaned from his Mo­ther. And thus it is with all true Christians more or less; they have this property in them, to resemble and be like to little Children, in respect of the Grace of true Humility. That even as little Children, though they be not perfect in Humility, nor yet wholly free from all corruption and stain of Pride; yet they are much more humble and lowly in mind, and in their carriage; and more free from Pride than elder persons, are for the most part. Even so it is with all true Christians, they do resemble little Children in the Grace of Hu­mility, and in being free from that degree of Pride which so much reigneth in others.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. All true Christians have in them the sanctifying Spirit of Christ, which doth mortify in them the power of all sinfull lusts, and in particular, the sin of Pride, that it reign not in them; and on the contrary, worketh in them the Grace of Humility, and so maketh them like little Children. Gal. 5. 24. They that are Christs, have crucified the flesh, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. True Christians do in some measure resemble Christ in those Graces which shined forth in him when he lived on earth. Now he was most humble and lowly in mind, and in his carriage; even as a Child in Humility; yea, more perfect in humility then any child can be. Therefore every good Christian being like unto him, must needs be as a child in humility.

Use 1 Use. 1. To convince many not to be good Christians, whatsoever they profess or think of themselves; be­cause they are not like unto little children in humility, not truly humble and lowly in heart as little children, [Page 674] neither do they express this humility in their outward carriage, looks, gestures, behaviour; they do not by their carriage shew themselves to be in the number of Christ's little ones; that is, of his true Disciples who resemble little Children in humility; but on the contrary, are full of Pride, haughtiness of Spirit, and Self­conceipt of themselves, and their own gifts, shewing it in their proud and lofty carriage of themselves be­fore God, and towards men. These are not small ones, or little ones, but rather great ones in their own con­ceit and opinion.

Use 2 Use 2. For examination to try and know whether we be indeed good Christians, and in the number of Christ's true Disciples and Servants, as we profess to be. Look whether we have this property in us, to be like unto little Children in true humility, whether we be humble in heart and mind, and whether we shew it in outward behaviour, resembling little children in lowly carriage. If it be thus with us, this shews us to be good Christians, and not otherwise. Therefore let us every one try our selves by this property of good Christians, whether we do truely resemble little children in humility. More particularly, consider some spe­cial marks or propert [...]es of humility which are in little Children, by which we may the better try and know whether we do resemble them herein or not.

1. Little Children are sensible of their own weakness and unability to go of themselves, or to help them­selves when they are very small and young; and therefore they seek to their Parents, and depend on them for help. Examine whether it be so with us, whether we be touched in heart with feeling of our own Spiri­tual weakness, and unability of our selves to walk in the wayes of God, and to do any good duty; and whe­ther we be sensible of our sins and corruptions, the cause of our Spiritual weakness, &c. and whether this feeling of our sins and infirmities, do drive us out of our selves unto God for help and assistance in all our wayes.

2. Little Children are not puffed up with high conceipts of themselves, or of their own gifts or good parts; as Beauty, Comeliness of body, &c. they think not the better of themselves for these, but are low in their own conceits. Examine whether it be so with us. Do we think meanly of our selves, notwithstanding the gifts of God bestowed on us, either gifts of nature, or Grace: yea, the more gifts we have received, the more humble are we, and low in our eyes. This shews humility.

3. Little Children do not disdain or contemn others with whom they live, but think well of them, though their in [...]eriours. Let the Child of a Nobleman, and of a Poor man be brought up together, and the one will not despise the other, but so carry himself, as if he were his equall in Birth. Is it so with us one towards another? Do we esteem well of others, though our inferiours? Do we condescend to them of low degree, as we are willed to do, Rom. 12. 16. See Phil. 2. 3. If it be so, it argues humility, and that herein we re­semble little Children.

4. Little Children are not ambitious after high Places, Honours, or Dignities, but are well content with their present Condition. Look whether it be so with us, whether in this property of humility we do resemble little Children, as David did, Psal. 131. 1. I do not exercise my self in things too high for me. So Paul, Phil. 4. 11.

5. Little Children are tractable to admonition, and easily reclaimed from a fault when they are told of it; there is no such stubbornness in them, or unwillingness to be admonished or reproved for a fault as is in elder persons. Look into our selves whether it be so with us. Are we tractable and willing to be admonished of our faults and corruptions, and ready to reform what is amiss? If so, it is an excellent sign of true humili­ty, and that we are like unto Children herein; As the contrary is a sign of Pride. See David's example, Psal. 141. Let the Righteous smite me, &c.

6. Little Children are not contentious, but of a peaceable disposition; or, if any strife arise between them, it is soon appeased and ended. Look whether we be like to Children in this. Do we hate strife, and in­deavour to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace? Ephes. 4. 3. Do we seek Peace and follow af­ter it? If we do, it is a good sign of humility, and that we resemble Children therein. For an humble dispo­sition is alwayes peaceable; as on the contrary, through Pride commeth contention, Prov. 13. 10.

Use 3 Use 3. For exhortation to stir us up to labour to find in our selves this excellent property of good Christi­ans; which is to resemble and be like unto little Children in the Grace of true humility, &c. See before, ver. 37.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that our Saviour speaking of the offences and wrongs which should be committed against his true Disciples, doth make mention of the humility of his Disciples, calling them little ones in regard of hu­mility, thereby to imply, that the more humble and lowly they were, the more apt they should be to be offen­ded, or scandalized by wrongs and abuses offered to them in the World: Hence we may gather, That the more humble and lowly the Saints of God are in their behaviour and carriage, the more apt they are to be scandalized by wrongs and abuses offered to them in the World. The more apt to be condemned and abused by profane men, &c. Their humility and lowliness of carriage, before God, and amongst men, is an occasion oftentimes to make them be the more contemned and abused by men of this World. The more humble Da­vid was, the more apt (no doubt) he was to be despised and wronged by Saul, and by Absolon his own Son. So the Disciples of Christ, the more humble in their carriage, and like unto little Children, the more subject they were to contempt and injuries in the World; to be hated, persecuted, imprisoned; yea, put to death for Christ's name. So the Martyrs, &c. Luke 18. The humble Publican was contemned and vilified by the proud Pharisee, and that so much the more (as is likely) because of his humble and lowly carriage. So those Believers, Hebr. 11. 37. as they did excel in humility, for true Faith, and true humility (alwayes go to­gether); so were they greatly contemned and abused in the World.

Use 1 Use. 1. See how contrary the practice of the Word is to the will of God! For whereas the Lord would have his Saints to be loved and honoured the more for their humility; on the contrary, the World takes oc­casion from their humble carriage, to contemn and abuse them the more. Take heed therefore how we con­form to the practice of the World in this or other matters.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how needfull for us if we profess to be in the number of Gods true Saints, to love and honour such Christians as are truely humble, and do shew it in their carriage. For the more apt the World is to con­temn [Page 675] and abuse such, the more ought we to honour and shew love to them. God will have such humble Christians to be greatly loved and honoured; and, Who shall love and honour them, if we do not; seeing the world doth rather dishonour them by all kind of contempt, wrongs, and abuses, offered to them?

Mark 9. 42.‘And whosoever shall offend, &c. Octob. 21. 1627.

THese words contain a threatening of a grievous Judgment or Punishment denounced by our Saviour against such as shall offer wrong or injury to his true Disciples. In which Threatening, are three things contained.

  • 1. The Persons against whom it is denounced; described by the sin which they commit and are guilty of: Such as shall offend Christ's Disciples.
  • 2. The Persons against whom the former sin should be committed, viz. good Christians; described two wayes. 1. By the Name or Title given them by our Saviour, in that he calls them, his little [...]nes. 2. By one special property; Such as believe in him.
  • 3. The Judgment it self threa [...]ned against any that shall offend such, Better for him that a milstone, &c.

Touching the first, I have spoken, viz. the persons threatned, &c. In part also, of the second, which is, the persons offended, viz. of the first thing by which they are here described: which is, the Name or Title given them; being called little ones.

Now followeth the second thing by which they are described, viz. Their special quality or property; in that they are said to be Believers in Christ.

That believe in me] That is, who do not only believe me to be the true Messiah, but do by faith rest on me onely for salvation: as the words were explained before.

But for more full opening of them, it is needful to speak something here briefly touching the nature of true justifying and saving faith, such as our Saviour here speaketh of: Which may thus be described (as ye have often been taught at other times). True faith is a grace of the Spirit, by which a Christian doth ap­prehend and apply Christ and his benefits to himself in particular.

  • 1. It is a grace of the Spirit.] That is, such as is wrought in us by the sanctifying Spirit of God: which is therefore called the Spirit of faith, 2 Cor. 4. 13. and Phil. 1. 29. To you it is given to believe on Christ, &c.
  • 2. Whereby a Christian doth apprehend and apply Christ, &c.] In this particular apprehension and ap­plication of Christ, stands the nature of faith chiefly; when we do not onely believe in general, that Christ is a Saviour, but do in particular apprehend him and believe him to be so unto us; as Paul, Gal. 2. 20. This is called receiving of Christ by faith, Joh. 1. 12. and is set forth, Joh. 6. by the phrase of eating the flesh of Christ, and drinking his blood, &c.
  • 3. Christ and his benefits.) That is to say, those spirituall and saving benefits which flow from his death and suffering, as, pardon of sin, justification, reconciliation with God, and eternal life. To shew, that faith doth apprehend Christ not barely or nakedly considered in respect of his Person; but clothed with these ex­cellent saving benefits purchased for us by his death and obedience.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That it is one special quality and property of all true Christians, to be indued with the grace of true Justifying faith, whereby they do believe in Christ; that is, apprehend and apply him particularly unto themselves, together with the benefits of his death; as, pardon of sin, &c. By this Property, our Saviour himself here describeth his true disciples, calling them such as do believe in him. So in many other places of the New Testament, they are called Believers, and faithfull ones: as Act. 4. 32. The multitude of Believers were of one heart, &c. Rom. 4. 11. Abraham is said to be the Father of Believers.

Reason. Reason. True Christians have a most near Union with Christ Jesus; as the Members with the Head, Ephes. 5. 30. As Branches with the Vine, Joh. 15. 5. They are one with Christ, and he with them. Now this can­not be without faith: by which therefore he is said to dwell in their hearts, Ephes. 3. 17. they are said to be in Christ, and he in them.

Note, That this Faith is not in all true Christians in the same degree: but in some weaker; in some stronger, &c.

Ʋse. Use. For Examination. To try and know whether we be true Christians, yea or no; by examining what true faith is in us, whereby to believe in Christ, and to apply unto our selves the benefits of his death and obedience. We must not rest in the bare name of Christians, or in the outward profession of Christian Re­ligion, in coming to Church, &c. but examine whether we be Christians indeed; what true Union we have with Christ by faith, &c. 2 Cor. 13. 5. Examine your selves whether ye be in the faith: Prove your selves. Know ye not your own selves, how that Jesus Christ is in you, &c. And because there is a false and counterfeit faith which is in many hypocrites, yea in reprobates, by which they in some sort believe and perswade them­selves, that Christ is their Saviour, and that they shall have their sins forgiven by the merits of his death, &c. Therefore let us try and examine the truth and sincetity of our faith by such marks and sings thereof as are set down in the Word of God; of which I spake very lately upon the beginning of the [...]reed. Here therefore I will but briefly touch this matter, contenting my self only with the mentioning of one special mark and pro­perty of true faith amongst the rest, by which we are to examine the truth of it, and that is this; Examine whether that faith by which we pro [...]ess to believe Christ to be our Saviour, and that our sins are or shall be forgiven by him, do cause and bring forth in us a true hatred of sin, and conscionable care to resist and strive against it in our selves. Act. 15. 9. By true faith the heart is purified, &c. Faith and Repentance are unseparable. So 1 Tim. 1. 5. Faith and a good conscience are joyned. Try thy self by this, &c. especially now we are to be partakers of the Sacrament of the Lords Supper, Faith being one of those graces especially required to make us fit partakers, yea, the chief of those graces; without which we cannot be good Chri­stians, or true members of Christ; and so can have no right to the Sacrament which is ordained for further confirmation of our faith, and to seal our further growth in Christ Jesus, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the phrase of believing in Christ, which is here used, implying not onely a particular [Page 676] apprehension and application of Christ and his benefits, but withall a resting and relying upon him for eter­nall life and salvation: hence we learn, That it is the nature of true faith to cause and inable Believers to rest and rely upon Christ as their only Saviour, and to depend on him by assured trust and confidence for the obtaining of salvation. This is properly to believe in Christ, or to believe on Christ; as it is sometimes tran­slated in the New Testament. Rom. 10. 11. Whosoever believeth on him shall not be ashamed. This is to rest and rely on him by confidence of heart for pardon of sins, justification, and eternal salvation. Called some­times trusting in Christ, Ephes. 1. 12. Psal. 2. ult. This trusting in Christ, or resting on him by confidence and affiance of heart for salvation, is alwayes joyned with true justifying faith, and is the proper work of faith, Ephes. 3. 12. In whom we have boldness and access with confidence by the faith of him. By true faith the Believer doth not only apprehend and apply Christ to himself, in particular, believing him to be his salvation: but withall, resteth on him for salvation, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See what to judg of the Popish faith which they profess and teach to be sufficient: which is no­thing but a general belief of the Word and Promises of the Gospel touching forgiveness of sins and salva­tion; without any particular trust, affiance, or confident resting upon Christ Jesus for Justification and sal­vation. This is not to believe in Christ, or to believe on Christ: and therefore their faith is no true faith, no [...] such as can justifie or save them.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. By this again we learn, To try and examine our faith, whether it be indeed a true justifying and saving faith. Examine whether it inables us in some measure to put our trust and confidence in Christ Jesus as our Saviour, and to rest and rely on him for Justification and eternal Salvation. If it be so, this shewes true faith. Otherwise, if thou canst not thus rely and rest upon Christ as thy Saviour and Redeemer, and trust on him by assured confidence of heart for pardon of sins, and for reconciliation with God, and eternal life; I say, if thou canst not do this in some measure, there is no true faith in thee as yet. For if thou didst truly and effectually believe and apprehend Christ to be thy Saviour, thou wouldst rest on him by faith for Justification and eternal salvation. Therefore examine thy heart diligently touching this property and work of faith, viz. this confident resting on Jesus Christ, &c. And if thou do not yet feel it, labour and strive unto this practice of faith; especially then when thou feelest the burden of thy sins, and fearest God's wrath: Then especially labour by faith to cast thy self upon Christ, and to rely on him for pardon of sins, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour joyneth these two Properties together in his disciples, 1. That they were little ones in humility. 2. That they were believers in him; hence we may gather, That true faith and true hu [...]lity go alwayes together in such as are good Christians: they are inseparably joyned as the cause and the effect, in every true Christian; faith being the cause, and humility the effect: and such an effect, as is never severed from the cause. See this in the Publican, Luke 18. he was both a true Believer, as appears, in that he went away justified, (which could not be without faith) and withall, he was very humble in him­self; as appeared by his carriage; looking downward, and standing far off, &c. So Luke 7. in that woman that washed Christ's feet with her tears, &c. Matth. 8. 8. the Centurion excelled in faith, and likewise in humi­lity, thinking himself unworthy that Christ should come under his roof, &c.

Reas. 1 Reasons. 1. There is a connexion of all sanctifying graces of the Spirit in the regenerate: especially of such as are fundamental and most necessary to salvation; so as he that hath one, hath all in some measure: Therefore he that hath faith, must needs have humility.

2. By true faith, the Believer doth apprehend God's mercy in Christ for the pardon of his sins; which cannot be without a true feeling of sin, and godly sorrow for it: which is the ground of true humi­lity.

3. Faith doth apprehend Justification by free grace and mercy of God, without any merit or worthiness in the person: and so causeth the Believer to deny himself and his own righteousness in the matter of his Justification, and so to be humble.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See here again how we may try and know true faith in our selves, viz. by this inseparable effect and companion of it, which is, true humility: if thou be truly humble and lowly in heart, and in thy whole [...]a [...]riage, even as a young child. And this argues thee to be a believer in Christ, and to be indued with some measure of true faith, which is the mother of humility, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. If we would be truly humble as little children, &c. (as we must be, if ever we come into the King­dome of Heaven) then labour first for the grace of true faith, to apprehend God's mercy in Christ Jesus for pardon of sins, &c. This will cause and bring forth in us true godly sorrow and grief for thy sins, and so work true humility: for a heart truly broken for sin, is alwayes an humble heart. True faith will cause thee to deny thy self, and all that is in thee, in the matter of thy Justification and Salvation; and make thee go and seek to Christ alone: and this will make thee truly humble, &c.

Now followeth the third and last thing to be spoken of in this Threatening denounced by our Saviour, against such as offend or wrong his true Disciples, viz. the grievous punishment threatned against such; set forth by comparison to the punishment of such malefactors as were wont to be drowned in the Sea with a stone about their neck, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The Lord will most severely judge and punish such as give offence to his Saints and servants by any wrong or injury offered unto them. As he will reward such as do good to his Saints, (as we heard before, in the Verse foregoing) so he will severely punish such as wrong them. This may appear, in that our Saviour here denounceth such a grievous threatening of Judgment against such, that it were better for one to have a milstone hanged about his neck, &c. This shews, that the Lord will severely punish and be revenged of all such as offer wrong to his true Servants: and that both in this life, and after this life.

1. In this life, with temporal Judgments. Gen. 12. 3. the Lord telleth Abraham, that he would curse such as cursed him. And we have Examples of the temporal Judgments of God inflicted in this life upon such as have wronged or abused his faithful Servants: and not only upon particular persons, but upon whole fami­lies; as upon Pharaoh and his house, for taking Abraham's wife from him wrongfully, Gen. 12. 17. So upon [Page 677] Abimelech King of Gerar, and his house, for the same sin, Gen. 20. 18. Therefore, Psal. 105. 14. it is said, He reproved Kings for their sakes, viz. not onely in words, but really, by plaguing and punishing them for his servants sakes; yea, upon whole Nations. Matth. 23. 35. Our Saviour threatens the Jews, that upon them should come all the righteous blood of God's servants that had been shed upon the earth, from the blood of Abel, unto the blood of Zacharias, &c. The Histories of the Church are full of examples in this kind, viz. of God's Judgments in this life upon the persecutors of his Saints, &c.

2. After this life, God will most severely punish such as offend and wrong his faithful servants, by eter­nal Judgment and damnation in Hell, if they repent not. This is chiefly implyed in this place, when our Saviour sayes, It were better for one to have a milstone, &c. Therefore also, Matth. 18. 7. a Woe is denounced against such as are the cause of such offences and injuries against the Saints of God. 2 Thess. 1. 6. It is a righteous thing with God to recompence tribulation to them that trouble you—when the Lord Jesus shall be revea­led from heaven with his mighty Angels, in flaming fire, &c. And if it be so, that the Reprobate shall be con­demned at the last day, for not doing good to the Saints of God, Matth. 25. 41. how much more for doing them hurt, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. This serves for the terrour of all such as are guilty of this sin of offending the Saints or Servants of God, by any wrongs, injuries, or abuses offered to them in word or deed. Let them know and be assured, that howsoever the Lord do for a time permit and suffer them to wrong or abuse his Servants: yet he will not alwayes suffer it; but will in due time most severely punish and be revenged on them, for all the wrongs they have offered to his servants. He hath threatened to do it, and it is just with him to do it: and there­fore he will most certainly do [...]st. The wrongs and abuses offered to his Saints and Servants, are so many indignities done against the Lord himself; and so doth he esteem them: and therefore cannot but severely judg and punish such both in this life, and after this life in Hell, who are guilty of this sin of offending and scandalizing his servants by such wrongs and abuses offered them. Think of this, you that are guilty of this sin; thou that hast any way wronged or abused the Saints and Servants of God, or any one of them, whether in word or deed. And examine whether thou hast been truly humbled, and repented of this grie­vous sin: if not, see thou do it speedily, lest the Lord do strike thee in his wrath with some grievous Judg­ment in this life, or else reserve thee for the Judgment of Hell, if thou repent not of this sin. Repentance is the only way to prevent and escape those Judgments which God hath in his Word threatned against this sin of offending his Saints and Servants, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. To comfort the true Saints and Servants of God when they are wronged or abused by profane or wicked men in this world; and cannot right their own cause, or have it righted by others; let them know, That although the Lord suffer this for a time, for tryall of his; yet he will at length take their cause into his own hands, and will not onely deliver them, but be revenged on their enemies. Psal. 125. 3. The rod of the wicked shall not rest upon the lot of the righteous, &c. With this the Apostle comforteth the Thessalonians, 2 Epist. Chap. 1. Ver. 6.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. See by this, that there is no cause for us to envy or fret at the outward prosperity of wicked men in this world, who are enemies to God's true Church, and faithfull servants, &c. But on the contrary, there is cause to pity such, in regard of the Wrath and Judgments of God which are to come upon them hereafter for this their sin of hating, persecuting, and abusing the Saints of God, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The grievousness of that Judgment and Punishment which the wicked and reprobate shall suffer in Hell after this life; in that it is said here by our Saviour, That it were better for one to have a mill­stone hanged about his neck, and to be drowned in the Sea, than to be guilty of the sin of scandalizing the Saints of God, and so by this sin to bring upon himself that eternall Judgment and Punishment in Hell: which shews, that the punishment of the damned in Hell shall be far more grievous, than any bodily pun­ishment in this life, yea, than death it self; yea, than the vilest and basest death: worse, than for a man to be drowned in the Sea with a Millstone about his neck, &c. For all punishments, torments, and miseries of this life, are but short, and for a little time: whereas that punishment and torment of the wicked in Hell, is everlasting, and shall never have end. Besides, all torments and miseries of this life, do touch the body onely or chiefly: whereas the torments of Hell shall seize both upon the souls and bodies of the damn­ed. Matth. 10. 28. Fear not them which kill the body, &c. but rather fear him that is able to destroy both soul and body in Hell. This shews, that the damnation and punishment of the wicked in Hell, is [...]uch more fearfull and grievous, than any bodily death which can be suffered in this world at the hands of men.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the wofull misery of all wicked and impenitent sinners, living in their sins without repen­tance, who must suffer this fearfull and most grievous punishment in Hell for their sins. What cause for such to weep and howl for the miseries that shall come upon them? How should this t [...]rrifie such, and move them to repentance? What cause for us to lament the case of such? If we pity such as are to be hanged, drowned, or burned, &c. Oh how much more such as live in sin, and are going the high-way to Hell. Pray for such, and use all means to gain them to repentance, that so they may be delivered from the wrath to come.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing the torments of Hell are worse than any bodily death or punishment of this life; this teacheth us how much we ought to fear and shun all sin; even so much, that we should rather suffer any bo­dily punishment: yea death it self, yea, the worst kind of death, than to commit sin; because sin being committed and lived in, will bring a worse kind of punishment: even eternal death of soul and body in Hell. This must cause us to resist sin even unto blood, as it is, Hebr. 12. 4. So did the Martyrs, &c.

Mark 9. 43, 44, unto ver. 49.‘And if thy hand offend thee, &c. Octob. 28. 1627.

IN the former verse our Saviour disswaded from the sin of giving offence unto true humble Christians, by threatning a grievous Judgment against those that offend any such by any wrong or abuse offered to them.

Now in these six Verses next following, he prescribeth a remedy against that and all other sins, viz. to avoid occasions of sin. From this kind of scandall our Saviour's purpose is to disswade his Disciples in this place: Therefore he doth here admonish and warn his Disciples (and that with great earnestness) carefully to shun and avoid such things as may be any occasion of sin unto them, and to remove and take them away; yea, though they be such things as are most dear unto them; even as their Hand, Foot, or Eye, &c. And the better to perswade them hereunto; he sheweth them both the good and benefit that will come unto them by this carefull avoiding and taking away of such occasions of sin, as also the great danger which will ensue on the contrary, if they do it not.

First, I will clear the meaning of the words, and then speak more particularly of the matters of Instructi­on contained in them.

If thy hand offend thee] By (hand) we are to understand here, not the hand of the body so called in proper sense; but any thing which is as near and dear unto us in this World, as our hand is; yea, as our right hand, Matth. 5. 29. So also afterward, ver. 45. and 47. by the foot and eye, understand whatsoever is as dear to us, as our foot or eye. A figurative speech, one sort of things near and dear to us, viz. these naturall parts and members of our body, being put for all other things near and dear to us.

Offend thee] Or cause thee to offend, or be any occasion unto thee of stumbling and falling into sin, and so of being hindred in thy Christian course. So that our Saviour speaks of another kind of offence then that he spake of in the former verse. There, of offence given to others by offering outward wrongs, &c. Here, touching offence which we our selves take by occasions of sin.

Cut it off] That is, remove and take it away, or separate it far from thee, though it be as much pain or grief to thee, as to have thy hand cut off. So ver. 45. and 47. A metaphor from Surgeons, who to save the whole body, being in danger, cut off some one member.

It is better for thee] It is a less evill or inconvenience, and a greater good unto thee.

To enter into life maimed] That is, with the loss or want of such things as are dear and pretious to thee in this World, to be made partaker of eternal life and glory in God's heavenly Kingdome. So afterward, ver. 45. and 47. Better to enter into the Kingdome of God with one eye, &c.

Then having two hands, to go into Hell] That is, then with the fruition and enjoying of these things which are dear to us in this World, to be cast into that estate or place of everlasting torments prepared for the wick­ed after this life.

Hell] The word [...] is Originally an Hebrew word, signifying the Valley of Himom; which was near to Jerusalem, where the Israelites imitating the Gentiles, did cruelly sacrifice their Children by fire to Idolls, Jer. 7. 31. and Josh. 15. 8. Hence translated to signify the place appointed for the eternall torments of Re­probates after this life.

Into the fire that never shall be quenched] This not to be understood properly of such material or natural fire as is in use amongst us, which is maintained by Wood or other such fewell, for such fire as this cannot work upon the Soul (as the fire of Hell shall do upon the Souls of the damned in Hell). It is therefore a Meta­pho [...]ical speech, whereby the torment and punishment of Hell is compared unto the burning of the body with material fire, in respect of the terribleness and grievousness of the pain, which of all bodily pains is most sen­sible and grievous. And it is said to be unquenchable fire, the more to aggravate the grievousness of that hellish torment, in that it shall never have end.

Where their Worm dyeth not] i. e. The worm of the damned Reprobates in Hell. Now for the conceiving of this, we must know, that in these words, our Saviour doth allude unto Esay 66. the last verse. Where the Lord himself speaking of the great slaughter and destruction that should be of the enemies of his Church, he saith, that the people of God shall go forth and see the Carcases of the slain; and that their worm shall not dye, nor their fire be quenched; that is to say, those worms which shall gnaw and feed on some of the Car­cases, shall not cease, but continue to feed on them till they be eaten up; and that fire with which others of their Carcases shall be burned (as the manner was) shall not go out, but continue burning till it hath consumed those Carcases. So in this place, when our Saviour speaking of the punishment of the damned in Hell, saith, that their Worm dyeth not, &c. his meaning is, hereby to set forth the grievousness of that punishment, by the continuance and eternity of it, viz. that the wrath and curse of God seizing upon them in Hell, shall be as a Worm never dying, which shall continue for ever gnawing upon their Souls and Consciences, and like unto a fire unquenchable, which shall never cease to burn and torment them. So afterward, ver. 46. and 48.

The words being explained, consider in them three things. 1. An admonition or warning given by our Saviour to his Disciples, to avoid occasions of sin, or to remove and seperate from themselves all such oc­casions of sin, though never so dear unto them; If thy hand offend thee, cut it off. So afterward, If thy foot, or eye offend thee, &c. 2. A reason enforcing the Admonition, from the benefit and good that will come of avoiding and cutting off such occasions of sin, in that it will be a means to further a Christian toward the at­tainment of eternal life; the greatness of which benefit our Saviour setteth forth by comparing it with the contrary danger that will ensue, if a Christian do not cut off such occasions of sin; He is in danger to be cast to Hell. Now our Saviour affirmed, that it is better for him to enter into life with the loss of those things which are dear and pretious to him in this World, then to go to Hell with the fruition and enjoying of such things as are dear and pretious to him in this World. 3. A description of the punishment of the wicked in Hell. 1. By the grievousness of it, compared to fire, and to a worm gnawing, &c. 2. By the continance, Their worm dyeth not, and the fire is never quenched.

Now these things are not onely propounded by our Saviour, but repeated and urged three several times; and that not in vain; but thereby to shew the weight and importance of the matter spoken of, and so to move us to yield the more to regard this admonition of our Saviour, and to yield obedience to it.

Now follow the Instructions to be gathered from the several parts of the Text before propounded.

First, from the admonition, If thine hand offend thee, cut it off. And ver. 45. and 47. If thy foot or eye offend thee, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That Christians ought to set themselves against the occasions of sin in themselves, being care­full to shun and avoid them, and to seperate themselves from the same; not onely to avoid sin it self, but the occasions of it; that is to say, whatsoever is or may be a stumbling block to them in the wayes of God occasioning or causing them either to commit that which is evill, or to omit or neglect any good duty which God requireth. Our Saviour warneth us here to cut off our hand or foot, and to pluck out our eye if it of­fend us; that is, to remove and put far from us every thing that is or may be in likelihood, an occasion unto us of stumbling and falling into sin. To shew how carefull we should be, not onely to shun sin, but the ve­ry occasions of it; that is, all provocations and means of enticing us to evill, or which may hinder us in our duty to God. Jud. ver. 23. Hate even the Garment spotted by the flesh; that is, shun all occasions of being in­fected with the contagion of sin; even as in time of the law, they were to shun the very garments of such as were tainted with the Leprosy, or otherwise legally unclean. See also 1 Thess. 5. 22. The Scripture not onely forbids particular sins, but the occasions, as of drunkenness, Prov. 23. 20. Of anger, Prov. 22. 24. Job 31. I made a Covenant with mine eyes, &c. David, Psal. 119. 37.

Now the occasions of sin which we are to resist and avoid, are sundry. 1. Our corrupt and sinfull lusts. These are great causes and occasions of entising and drawing us to actual sins. And therefore we ought care­fully to avoid these occasions of sin, which is done by using all means daily to mortify this corruption of na­ture and sinfull lusts in our selves; as Prayer, Meditation in the Word of God, &c. 1 Pet. 2. 11. Abstain from fleshly lusts which fight against the Soul. How do they fight against the Soul, but by drawing to actual sins. 2. All outward occasions of sin arising from our selves or others. As corrupt communication, 1 Cor. 15. 33. society with the profane and wicked, idleness or negligence in our Callings, &c. These and the like occasi­ons of sin we are to shun and avoid.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. We are by nature very prone to sin, as flax to take fire, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Sin is of a contagious nature, &c.

Use 1 Use. 1. Reproof of such as are not carefull to set themselves against occasions of sin, and to avoid and se­parate from them, but are negligent this way; no watchfullness over their hearts and wayes, but are secure and careless in shunning occasions of sin; as evill company, &c. Therefore they stumble and fall so dange­rously, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Much more to reprove such as willingly cast themselves upon occasions of sin, and seek after them, as evill company, Idleness, corrupt communication, &c. This is a tempting of God.

Use 3 Use 3. For exhortation to stirus up to set our selves not onely against sin, but against the occasions of it, carefully shunning and separating from them. To this end watch over our selves, &c. As Marriners on the Sea are carefull to avoid Rocks and Sands.

Mark 9. 43, &c.‘It is better for thee to enter into life maimed, &c. Nov. 4. 1627.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. VVEE ought to seperate from us such occasions of sin as are most dear and pretious to us; though as dear as one of our hands, feet, eyes, &c. yet we must part with them, and put them away, if they be occasions of sin to us.

Quest. Quest. What are those occasions of sin so dear to us, which we must part with?

Answ. Answ. Sundry, especially these. 1. Those corrupt lusts and affections of our heart, which are most na­turall and pleasing to us; we must labour to cut off these; that is, to subdue and mortify them by all means, by Watchfulness, Prayer, Meditation in the Word of God, &c. We must strive to mortify some special lusts, which are the chief occasions of sin in us above all other; as Pride, Self-love, Covetousness, &c. Col. 3. 5. Mortify your members which are on Earth, &c. Called members, because as dear to us as the mem­bers of our bodies.

2. The profits and pleasures of this life, though never so dear to us; yea, such as are lawfull, &c. These we must renounce and forsake, so far forth as they are any occasion of sin to us, or of hindring us in the pra­ctice of any duty which God requireth of us. Hebr. 11. 24. Moses forsook the profits, pleasures, and ho­nours of Egypt, rather than they should be occasions of sin to him, or hinder him from joyning with God's people in his true worship. So the Apostles forsook all their worldly possessions rather then they should hin­der them in following Christ; as Peter sayes, Matth. 19. 27. Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed thee, &c.

3. The society and company of earthly friends, though never so near or dear to us. These we must re­nounce and forsake so far forth as they are or may be occasions of sin to us, or a hinderance in good duties. Luke 14. 26. If any man come to me, and hate not his Father and Mother, and Wife and Children, and Brethren and Sisters, &c. he cannot be my Disciple. Not that a Christian should simply hate these his dear friends, but so far forth as they hinder him in his duty of following Christ, &c. Thus did the blessed Martyrs.

4. Our bodies and life it self; even these we must be content to part with, so far forth as the care of pre­serving them is an occasion of sin to us, or a hinderance in any duty which we owe to God. So Luke 14. 26. He that commeth to me, and hateth not his own life, &c. So the Martyrs. Hebr. 12. 4. Ye have not yet resisted unto bloud, striving against sin, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Sin is offensive and dishonourable to God; now we must rather part with those things that are most dear and pretious to us in this World, than dishonour or offend God.

Reas. 2 Reason 2. By every sin committed or fallen into, we do indanger the eternal salvation of our souls. Now what shall it profit us, to win this whole world, and lose our souls? Matth. 16. 26. Therefore we ought ra­ther to part with those things which are most dear to us in this world, than that they should be occasions of sin to us, and so of hazarding our souls, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See by this, in how great detestation we should have Sin: and how much we ought to fear and shun it: even so far should we hate and shun it, that we should rather forsake and part with such things as are most dear to us in this world, than to commit sin, or any way to offend God, &c. Rom. 12. 9. [...] &c. hating it as we do Hell.

Use 2 Use 2. See how hard it is to be a good Christian in practice: for such a one must forsake things most dear and pretious to him in this world, rather than to sin against God, or to be hindered, &c. in obe­dience to Christ. He must forsake profits and pleasures, dearest friends, &c. He must deny himself, crucifie his dearest lusts, &c. How hard is this to flesh and blood? how hard to corrupt Nature, which is so glewed to this world, and to earthly things, that it is most unwilling to forsake or part with them: yea, it is impos­sible unto Nature to do this. Impossible therefore by power or strength of nature to mortifie sin in our selves. There is required a supernatural power of grace to work this in a man, and to inable him to pra­ctise this Christian duty of resisting sin, and avoiding such occasions of sin as are most near and dear to him, &c. Mortification is called the crucifying of the old man, and of the flesh, a dying to sin, &c. And here it is called the cutting off a hand, &c. This shews the ignorance and folly of such as think it an easie matter to be a good Christian: nothing but to be baptized, and come to Church, and make an outward profession of Christ, &c. This indeed is easie, if no more were required: but here we see is a harder task required, viz. to resist and strive against occasions of sin, though never so near and dear to us: Yea, to cut them off, and wholly to separate our selves from them, &c. This thou must do, if thou wilt be a Christian indeed, and not in name only. Therefore dream not of going to Heaven easily (as many do), but know, thou must strive to enter in at the strait gate, Luke 13. 24. thou must take pains and suffer much in mortifying thy sinful lusts; in resisting sin, and the occasions of it, though never so dear to thee: thou must suffer, as it were, the cutting off thy hand, foot, &c. Which being so, that the practice of Christianity is so hard, difficult, and painfull; it must not discourage any from setting about it: but on the contrary, encourage every one to labour and take pains about it.

Use 3 Use 3. For Exhortation, To stir us up to the conscionable practice of this duty, viz. to labour and strive to cut off and separate from our selves those things which are most near and dear to us in this world, so far forth as they are or may be occasions of sin unto us. First and principally, let us labour in resisting and mor­tifying those sinful lusts and affections of our hearts, which are most natural, and most delightful and plea­sing to us; and which we are so loth to part with. Use all means to cut off this near and dear occasion and cause of sin: Pray unto God by the power of his Spirit, to mortifie and crucifie in us these sinful lusts which are so dear to us, and use all other means to resist and subdue them more and more; to cut off those hands and feet of thy corrupt heart, and to pluck out this eye of thy heart, that it offend thee not. So also thou must make conscience to cut off and separate from thee all outward occasions of sin, which are never so dear to thee: though as dear as thy hand, foot, yea, as thy right hand, &c. And though it be as painful or grie­vous to thee to part with them, as to part with thy right hand, or right eye, &c. yet must thou rather part with them, and utterly reject and forsake them, than be occasioned by them to sin against God, or to be hin­dered in obedience to his Will. In this case thou must part with all profits and pleasures of this life, though never so sweet unto thee. Thou must resist even unto blood, in striving against sin, &c. And to this end, la­bour and pray for grace to deny thy self, and thy corrupt Nature, and all that is near or dear to thee in this world; else thou wilt never be able to part with these, as thou must do, &c.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. If we must remove and separate from us those things which are so near and dear to us in this world, and so necessary and useful to us, as, our hands, feet, eyes; if they be occasions of sin to us: then much more ought we to be willing to part with such things as are lesse dear to us, and lesse necessary and useful, &c. such as we may better spare and be without: as, superfluous profits, pleasures, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The practice of Mortification in resisting and refraining sin, and the occasions of it, is not an easie work, but hard, difficult, and painful. Compared here to the cutting off of a member of the body, &c. not done without great pain and grief, called crucifying of the flesh, dying to sinne, circumcising of the heart, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See the cause, why so few true mortified Christians are to be found: so few truly dead to sin, having the power of sinful lusts killed and crucified in them, and shewing it in life, by refraining sin, and the occasions of it: It is, because it is so hard, difficult, and painfull a matter, &c. so contrary to Nature, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See the folly of such as think it easie to refrain sin, and occasions, and to resist their own lusts, &c. they think they can do this at any time when they will. Therefore they defer Repentance, &c. But take heed of this: for thou wilt not find it easie when it comes to point of practice; but most hard and painful, and even as the cutting off thy right hand, &c. Therefore set about it speedily: The sooner the better, and more easie to be done, &c.

Mark 9. 43.‘It is better for thee to enter into life maimed, &c. Nov. 18. 1627.

NOw followeth the second thing contained in the words, viz. The reason of the Admonition, whereby our Saviour inforceth it, in these words, It is better for thee to enter into life maimed, &c.

The Reason is twofold, or hath two branches. The first is taken from the benefit and good, that will come unto a Christian, by cutting off, and avoiding occasions of sin. This will be a means to further him to the attainment of life everlasting; the greatnesse of which benefit is amplified by comparison to the lesser good or benefit of enjoying those things which are dear to us in this life. Better to enter into life maymed, halt, [Page 681] or having but one eye, than to enjoy both hands, feet, &c. and to come short of eternal life.

The second is taken from the contrary evil and danger which is like to ensue, if a Christian be not care­ful to cut off such occasion [...] of sin; in that by this means he shall be in danger of going to Hell after this life: the greatnesse of which evil and danger is set forth, by comparison to the lesser evill of being depri­ved of such things as are dear to us in this life. Better it is to be maymed, halt, &c. than to go to Hell; that is, it is a lesse evil to lo [...]e or be deprived of such things as are as dear to us in this life, as our hands, feet, &c. than to go to Hell, &c. See the meaning of the words before explained.

Now follow the Instructions. 1. From the first branch of the Reason, Better to enter into life, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. There is an eternal life and state of glory to be enjoyed by the Saints of God after this life in heaven. This is presupposed here. And it is an Article of our faith, &c. Vide infrà, post 3. Observ.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The great benefit and good that cometh of being careful to keep our selves from sin, and the occasions of it; in that it is a means to further us toward the attainment of eternal life and salvation in God's Heavenly Kingdom. Our Saviour doth upon this ground warn every Christian here to take heed of the oc­casions of sin, because it is better by so doing to enter into life, or into the Kingdom of Heaven, as it is Ver [...]e 47. than by not doing it, to be in danger of Hell-fire. Whereby he plainly implyeth, That this care­full shunning of sin, and avoiding occasions of it, is a means to further Christians to the attainment of life eternal in God's heavenly Kingdom. Though we do not, by refraining sin, or the occasions of it, merit eter­nal life; yet this is one means appointed of God, whereby we are to come to eternal life, viz. by a con­scionable care to keep our selves from sin, and the occasions of it. Rom. 8. 13. If through the Spirit ye mortifie the deeds of the body, ye shall live. 1 Pet. 3. 10. He that will love life, and see good dayes, let him refrain his tongue from evill, &c.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. True Repentance is the way and means to obtain eternal life, God having promised it to such as turn from sins: in which respect it is called repentance unto life, Act. 11. 18. and, repentance to salvation, 2 Cor. 7. 10. Now to refrain sin, and the occasions of it, is one part of the practice of repentance, called mortification, or dying to sin: therefore we are, not only to be humbled for sin past, but to refain sin to come.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Sin is the main hinderance that keepeth men back, and hindreth them from being partakers of eternal life. Heb. 3. 19. They could not enter in, because of unbelief; either into the earthly or heavenly Canaan, Rev. 21. 27. Therefore to refrain sin, and the occasions of it, must needs be a help and furtherance to the Kingdom of Heaven.

Use. Use. This ought greatly to encourage us to the practice of this duty of mortification, in resisting and re­fraining sin, and the occasions of it; seeing so great good, will come of it: seeing it is the way and means to further us to eternal life. Therefore though the practice of mortification in refraining sin, and the occasions of it, be most painful and tedious to flesh and blood; yet be content to undergo and suffer it, in hope of that blessed reward of eternal life which is attained unto by this means. Therefore when thou feelest pain and grief in refraining sin, and mortifying thy sinful lusts; remember the reward promised of God to such as do this conscionably; even life eternal. Though it be painful to refrain sin, yet Heaven is worth all thy pains, and will fully recompence thee for the same. Thou must not think to dye without pain. Now to refrain a sin, and to resist and to subdue thy corrupt lusts, is to dye unto sin. Be content then to suffer the pains of this spiritual death, that by it thou mayst attain to everlasting life, &c. This death is the high-way to life; yea, to eternal life: and this pain and grief suffered in mortifying thy lusts, is the way to everlasting ease and comfort in God's Heavenly Kingdom.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See how great and excellent a blessing it is to be partaker of eternal life, or of the Kingdom of heaven after this; in that it is preferred here by our Saviour before the enjoying of those things which are most near and dear to us in this life; Better it is (saith our Saviour) to enter into life, and to be partaker of the Kingdom of God, being maymed, halt, &c. that is, with the losse or want of those things which are as dear to us as our hands, feet, &c. than to enjoy all these, and to be deprived of eternal life, or come short of it, and to go to Hell.

Now the greatness and excellency of this benefit of eternal life, may appear three wayes especially.

First, By the excellent Names and Titles given to it in Scripture; in that it is called by the name of life, yea, eternal life; a Crown of life and glory; a Kingdome. 2 Cor. 4. 17. eternal weight of glory. Compared to Paradise, &c.

Secondly, By the excellent Priviledges there to be enjoyed by the Saints of God: Which may be re­ferred to two Heads. 1. A freedom from all evils and miseries. 2. Fruition and enjoying of all good. Of the first, There shall be a freedom from these evils, especially. 1. From evil of sin, Ephes. 5. 27. The Church shall then be without spot or wrinckle, &c. 2. From all miseries and afflictions of this life, which are fruits of sin: from all pain, grief, sickness, poverty, &c. Revel. 21. 4. God shall wipe away all tears, and no more sorrow, crying, &c. 3. From bodily death. 4. From the Temptations of Satan, Rom. 16, 20.

The second main Priviledg there to be enjoyed, is a fruition of all good things which may make happy:

As, 1. The immediate and blessed sight of God, and fellowship with him; who shall be all in all to the Saints. 1 Cor. 13. 12. We shall see face to face. 1 Joh. 3. 2. As he is. This alone shall make happy. Matth. 5. B [...]essed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God.

2. Immediate fellowship with all the blessed Angels and Saints glorified, Matth. 8. 11. We shall sit down with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, in the Kingdom of Heaven. See Heb. 12. 22.

3. Perfection of all Gifts both of Soul and Body: Of Soul; as, perfect Wisdome, Knowledg, Holiness, Love of God and of the Saints, &c. 1 Cor. 13. 10. When that which is perfect is come, &c. Their bodies shall be changed and made like unto the glorious body of Christ, Phil. 3. 21.

4. Fulnesse of all true Joy and Contentment. Psal. 16. 11. In thy presence is fulnesse of joy, &c.

Thirdly, The excellency of this benefit of eternal life appeareth, by the continuance of it, and of those Priviledges there to be enjoyed; in that it shall be for ever, 1 Pet. 1. 4.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. The excellency of this great blessing of eternal life, should stir us up most earnestly to desire and seek after it, to have part in it: and in this life to get assurance hereof. Matth. 6. 33. First seek the Kingdom of God, &c. Joh. 6. 27. Labour not for the meat that perisheth; but for that which endureth to everlasting life, &c. Luke 13. 24. Strive to enter in at the strait gate, &c. Eternal life is no common benefit, &c. but peculiar to some onely, to Gods chosen, &c. Never rest till thou know and be assured of thy title to everlasting life; that thou shalt be partaker of it after this life. If in this life onely thou have hope, thou art most wretched. What benefit to know there is such an excellent and blessed life to come, unless thou be sure of thy part in it? Labour therefore for this assurance now in this life. To this end, repent truely of all thy sins, that they may be pardoned and done away by the mercy of God in Jesus Christ; and labour for true Faith in Christ, to be assured of Gods love and favour, and that thou art his child by Adoption, for then art thou sure to be an heir of his heavenly Kingdome, Rom. 8. If Children, then Heirs, &c. Then thou art already entred into the King­dome of heaven, in regard of certain hope. 2 Pet. 1. 10. Give diligence to make your Calling and Election sure, &c.—For so an entrance shall be Ministred unto you, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. The consideration of the greatness and excellency of this benefit and blessing of eternal life, ought to encourage us in well-doing; that is, in the conscionable practice of all good duties which God requireth of us in this life; yea, this should cause us not onely to do good duties, but to do them willingly and chear­fully; yea, to take pains in doing them. This should cause us to work out our Salvation with fear, &c. Phil. 2. 12. knowing that our labour is not in vain in the Lord, seeing there is such a blessed reward laid up for us, and promised us in the life to come. Think of this when we feel pain or difficulty in good duties; as in the practice of Repentance, in denying our selves, in taking up our Cross, &c. Look at the reward promised, which is eternal life, which is well worth all our pains (as hath bin said before). Though we can­not by good works merit heaven, neither ought we to do them onely or chiefly for the hope of reward; yet the consideration of that blessed reward should incourage us to diligence, pains, and chearfulness in God's ser­vice, and in all good duties, for to this end is the excellency of the life to come so commended and set forth to us in Scripture. The servant that hath a good and bountifull Master, that hath promised him a good reward for some special work which he hath enjoyned him, how chearfully will he work, what pains will he take? So ought we in hope of eternal life.

Use 3 Use 3. To comfort the Godly, 1. Against all miseries and afflictions of this life, though never so ma­ny and great; as pain, grief, sickness, poverty, disgrace, &c. Let them by eyes of Faith look at the blessed estate of the life to come which they hope for, in which they shall be free from all these miseries, and shall have all tears wiped away, &c. This will sweeten all Crosses, and give comfort in the midst of them; yea, cause thee to rejoyce in Tribulation, under the hope of that heavenly glory, as it is, Rom. 5. 2, 3. 2 Cor. 4. 17, 18. Our light afflictions but for a moment, work for us a far more exceeding and eternall weight of Glory, while we look not at things that are seen, &c. Therefore if thou wouldst find comfort, and be able to rejoyce, and be chearfull under the Cross, look beyond the Cross at heaven, &c. So did Moses, Hebr. 11. 26. yea, Christ himself, Hebr. 12. 2. 2. This serves to comfort the godly against the fear of death, by considering that it is no death to them properly, because it hath no sting or curse in it (their sins being forgiven in Christ), but a passage to that blessed and glorious life in Heaven, which shall never have end. 2 Cor. 5. 1. We know, that if this earthly, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. Seeing eternal life is so great and excellent a blessing, more excellent then the fruition of any thing in this World that is dear to us; this should make us willing and well content to part with those things which are most dear to us in this life, for the attaining of everlasting life, and rather than be hindered and kept from being partakers of it. Matth. 13. 44. The kingdome of Heaven is like to a Treasure hid in the field, the which when a man hath found, he hideth, &c. and selleth all he hath, and buyeth that field. And ver. 46. Like to a Pearl of great price, &c. Who would not be content to part with that which is worse, for the obtaining of that which is better? what wise man would not willingly part with Lead or Brass for Gold, or to give dust or pibble-stones, for Pearls? Eternal life doth as much excell things all in this life, though never so dear to us, as Gold doth Lead, or Pearls Pibble-stones. Therefore for the obtaining of eternall life, and rather than be deprived or come short of it, let us most willingly part with all things in this World, though most dear to us; as Riches, Profits, Pleasures, Friends, Liberty, yea, life it self; if the Lord call us to it at any time. Thus did the blessed Martyrs, whom we must herein follow, if the Lord shall put us to it as he did them. In the mean time, prepare daily to do that in heart and affection, which we must do actually in time to come, if the Lord call us to it. And to encourage us to it, remember that promise, Mark 10. 29. There is no man that hath left house, or Brethren, or Sisters, or Father, or Mother, or Wife, or Children, or Lands for my sake, and he Gospells,—But he shall receive an hundreth fold now in this time, &c. and in the World to come, Life ever­lasting.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That there is an estate of eternal life and glory to be expected and enjoyed by the Saints of God after this life, in heaven. I say, by the Saints of God, because it is not to be enjoyed by all, but onely by the Saints and Faithfull people of God, chosen to Salvation, who shew and testify their Faith by holiness of life. Col. 1. 12. Called the Inheritance of the Saints. Now that there is such an estate of eternal life to be expe­cted and enjoyed by the Saints after this life, is presupposed here in this place by our Saviour. And it is an Article of our Faith, and therefore I need not stand long in proving it; one or two places may suffice. Joh. 10. 28. My sheep hear my voice, &c. And I give unto them eternal life. Rom. 6. 21. Being made free from sin, and become Servants of God, ye have your fruit in Holinesse, and the end Everlasting Life. This Paul knew, and therewith comforted himself when he was near unto death. 2 Tim. 4. 8. See Matth. 25. 46.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To convince all prophane Atheists, who deny or doubt of this truth and Article of Faith, touching that eternal life and glory of the Saints which is to be enjoyed after this life. Many there be, who though they confess it in words, yet deny it in heart, and shew it in life and practise, by setting their hearts wholly, and onely, upon this present life, and upon those things which they here enjoy on earth; as worldly Profits, [...]arnal delights, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. To strengthen our Faith in belief of this Article or point of Doctrine, touching that eternal life which is to come, and which is to be expected and enjoyed after this life in heaven, by all and every one of the Saints of God; neither must we onely labour to believe and rest perswaded hereof; but also in life and practice shew that we believe it by setting our hearts chiefly on it, Col. 3. 1. as also by indeavouring to shew and approve our Faith by Repentance and holiness of life, as becommeth those which shall be parta­kers of that heavenly Inheritance, and to walk worthy of that Kingdome, Rev. 21. 27. 2 Tim. 2. 21. If any man purge himself, he shall be a Vessell unto honour, &c.

Mark 9. 43, &c.‘And if thy hand offend thee, cut it off, &c. Nov. 25. 1627.

THese Verses contain a serious and weighty admonition given by our Saviour to his Disciples, and to all Christians touching the avoiding and cutting off occasions of sin, though never so near or dear to them.

More particularly in the words, there are three things to be considered. 1. The admonition it self, If thy hand or foot offend thee, cut them off. If thy eye offend thee, pluck it out.

2. The reason enforcing the Admonition, in these words; It is better for the [...] to enter into life (or into the Kingdome of God) maimed, halt, and having but one eye; then having two hands, two feet, and two eyes, to go to Hell, and be cast into the fire that shall never be quenched.

3. A further description of the punishment and torment of the damned in Hell. 1. By the grievousness of it, being compared to fire, and to the gnawing of a worm. 2. By the continuance of it, being everlast­ing; in that it is said, their Worm dyeth not, &c.

Of the first, I have formerly spoken, viz. the Admonition it self. In part also of the Reason inforcing it; which is twofold, or hath two parts or branches. The first is taken from the great good and benefit which is like to come of the carefull removing and cutting off such occasions of sin as are most dear to us, in that this is a means to help and further us towards the attainment of everlasting life, the greatness of which bene­fit is amplified, by comparing it with the lesser benefit of enjoying those things which are dear to us in this life, and preferring it before the same. Better to enter into life, then to enjoy both hands, feet, eyes, &c. The second is taken from the contrary hurt and danger like to ensue, if we be not carefull to cut off such occasions of sin as are most dear to us; We shall be in danger to go to Hell, or to be cast to Hell, into the fire un­quenchable, the greatness of which evill and danger is also amplified by comparing it with the lesser evill of losing or being deprived of such things as are most dear to us in this life, as one of our hands, feet, &c. Bet­ter it is for thee to be maimed, halt, or to want one of thy eyes, then to go to Hell, &c. The meaning of the words was before shewed. I have also spoken of such points of Instruction as do arise from the first part of the Reason.

Now follow the Instructions from the second branch of it.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour saith, It is better to be deprived of one of our hands, feet, or eyes; that is, of things most dear to us in this life, then to go to Hell, &c. We are taught, that there is an estate and place of torment and punishment appointed for the wicked and Reprobates to suffer after this life ended. This is here presupposed, that there is a Hell, and a fire unquenchable into which the wicked shall be cast af­ter this life. Matth. 25. 41. Depart ye cursed into everlasting fire prepared for the Devill and his Angells. Esay, 30. ver. ult. Tophet is ordained of old, &c. It signifies literally, the Valley of Hinnom near to Jerusalem, where Idolaters used to burn their Children in Sacrifice to Molech; but Mystically it is put for the place and state of Hell torments; and this place and state is said to be ordained of old, &c. to shew the truth and certainty that there is such an estate, and place of torments after this life for the wicked. Luke 16. 23. The rich Glut­ton after death, was in Hell torments. Now where this place of eternal torments after this life shall be, whether in the Earth, or Ayre, &c. seeing it is not expresly taught in Scripture, we are not curiously to en­quire; but in stead hereof to be especially carefull, so to live in this World, that we may not come unto that place of torment after this life, but may escape and be delivered from it. In the mean time, it is enough for us to know and be assured by the Word of God, that there is such an estate of torment appointed for the wicked after this life, though we cannot determine of the particular place where they shall suffer it.

Ʋse. Use. To convince such profane Atheists, who deny this truth touching the punishment and torments of Hell prepared for the wicked after this life. Such Atheists there are many to be found, who though they confess in words, that there is a Hell and estate of torments for the wicked and reprobates after this life; yet deny it in heart, and shew that they deny it by their manner of life and conversation; living so profanely, loosly, and wickedly, without fear of God, or reverence of man, as if there were no Hell or place of tor­ment and punishment for sin, to be feared or suffered by them, or others, after this life. Like the old Sad­duces who denyed the Resurrection, and held there was neither Angell nor Spirit, &c. So these live as if they did Believe no Resurrection of the wicked to condemnation after this life, nor any Devills or Hell to torment and punish them for their sins. But these shall hereafter know and feel by wofull experience that there is indeed such a place of Hell-torments prepared for all ungodly and wicked livers, if they do not speedily turn to God by Repentance.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour useth this reason to move Christians to cut off and remove from themselves the occasions of sin, because otherwise they are in danger to go to Hell, or to be cast into Hell torments: Hence we learn, how fearfull and dangerous a thing it is for Christians to retain and keep unto themselves such things as are or may be occasions of sin to them, and not to remove and separate them far away from themselves. By this means they bring themselves [...]nto danger of Hell fire, and to be cast into those eter­nal torments of the wicked and Reprobates after this life. This our Saviour here implies, when he sayes, It is better to be maimed, halt, &c. That is, to suffer loss of things most dear to us, if they be occasions of sin to us, then with the retaining and keeping of these to go to Hell. This shews, that such as will not seperate from themselves such things as are occasions of sin, but will rather retain and keep them still unto themselves, do by this means bring themselves in danger of Hell fire. Thus Judas by retaining his [...]ast of cove [...]ousness, [Page 684] which was the main cause and occasion of his other sins, brought himself into danger of hell, and was actually thrown into it. Rom. 8. 13. If ye live after the flesh, ye shall dye. If ye retain and cherish your sinful lusts, &c.

Reason. Reason. Such as do not remove and put from them those things which are or may be occasions of sin unto them, do hereby lay themselves open to the temptations of sin and Satan, and so being in danger of falling into sinne, they are by consequent in danger of falling into hell, or of being cast into it. For sin being finished, and not repented of, brings eternal death and destruction in hell, Jam. 1. 15. and Revel. 21. 8. The fearful and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, &c. shall have their part in the Lake, &c.

Use. Use. See how careful it behoveth us to be of avoiding and separating far from us all occasions of sin; and how wary and fearful we should be of retaining and keeping to our selves, or having to do with, any thing that may be an occasion of sin unto us; lest by this means we lay our selves open to sin, and so bring our selves into danger of Hell. Let the greatness of this danger make us fearful of all occasions of sin, and cause us to watch against them most carefully, and by all means to cut them off, and cast them from us: yea, though they be things most near and dear to us. Consider, how fearfull and dangerous a thing it is, to retain such things as may be occasions of sin to us? how dangerous to retain and cherish our natural and sin­ful lusts, which are occasions of actual sins? How dangerous to have to do with any outward occasions of sin; as, evil company, idleness, corrupt communication, &c. no small or leight matter, but most fearfull and dangerous; laying us open to the temptations of sin, and so bringing us into danger of Hell-fire, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. That it is a far greater evil and misery, to be cast into Hell-torments after this life, than it is to lose or be deprived of such things as are most dear and pretious to us in this present life. Better to suffer losse of one of our hands, feet, or eyes; than to go to hell, &c. that is, it is a lesse evil, misery, or calamity. Matth. 16. 26. What is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Hence it followes, That it is a greater losse for a man to lose his soul, that is, to be cast into Hell, than it is to suffer losse of any thing in this world, though never so dear to him.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. The losse of such things as are dear to us in this world, doth onely touch the body and outward man with the outward estate thereof: whereas, the punishment and torments of Hell shall seize upon the whole man, both soul and body.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The losse of those things which are dear to us in this world, is but a temporal cross and affliction: but the misery and punishment of the damned in Hell is everlasting: as we shall hear afterward.

Use 1 Use 1. See the folly of those, who to prevent temporal losses of such things as are dear to them in this world, as, of goods, Lands, liberty, or life; do make shipwrack of faith, or of good conscience, and so ma­king themselves guilty of sin, do bring themselves into danger of hell-fire. What madnesse is this, for the avoiding of a less evil and danger, thus to run into a greater: for the avoiding of a temporal cross or affliction in this life, to bring upon themselves eternal misery after this life? These may be resembled to the Fish which leapeth out of the pan into the fire, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This should make us willing to lose and part with those things which are most dear to us in this world: as, profits, pleasures, wealth, friends, liberty, for the keeping of a good conscience, &c. rather than by committing sin, or doing that which is unlawful, to bring our selves in danger of being cast into hell, Matth. 10. 28. Fear not them which kill the body, &c. but rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in Hell: q. d. be not unwilling to part with your bodily lives, for the keeping of a good conscience, rather than by sinning against God, to indanger your souls to be cast into Hell for ever. Of evils of punishment or misery, we must chuse the least: Now, it is a far lesse evil to suffer loss of wealth, houses, Lands, liberty, l [...]fe it self, or any thing that is dear to us in this world, than it is to go to hell after this life, &c. Example of the Martyrs.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. From these words joyntly considered, in that our Saviour saith, It is better for one to enter into life maymed, &c. then having two hands, feet, or eyes, to go to Hell, &c. we may gather, That there are but two estates and conditions of men to be expected after this life, viz. eternal life in Gods heavenly Kingdom; and eternal death, or the estate of everlasting torment in Hell. And to one of these two estates and places, every one must come after this life. This our Saviour here doth imply and take for granted. Joh. 5. 28. The hour is coming, in which all that are in the graves shall hear his voyce: And shall come forth, they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life: and they that have done evill, to the resurrection of damnation. As there are but two sorts of men in the world, godly, and wicked. So, &c. Revel. 20. 15. Whosoever was not found written in the book of life, was cast into the lake of fire. Luke 16. In that Parable of the rich glutton and Lazarus, we may see the two­fold estate unto which all men go after this life; either into Abraham's bosome, or to Hell-torments.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To confute the Papists teaching and holding a third place and estate of men after this life, viz. the estate of such as suffer temporal pains or punishment in Purgatory, in way of satisfaction for their ve­nial sins, and in part also for their mortal sins. But here we may see there is no such third place or estate of men after this life. For if all go either to Heaven or to Hell; then none to Purgatory. If all be either made partakers of eternal life, or else cast into eternal torments in hell; then none go to suffer temporal pains in Purgatory, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. There being but two estates and places to which all must come, Heaven and Hell; See by this, how careful it behoveth us to be in the use of all good means in this life-time, whereby we may attain to the one, and escape the other? how careful should we be so to live and carry our selves in this world, that after this life we may be partakers of eternal life, and be delivered from hell and condemnation? How should this cause us to work out our salvation with fear and trembling, as the Apostle willeth us, Phil. 2. How should it move us to labour for true faith, repentance, and holinesse of life, that so we may be assured, that after this life, we shall be partakers of eternal life; and consequently, that we shall be delivered from the wrath to come, and from eternal damnation in hell: for certain it is, that one of these two estates, every one of us must come unto after this life. Oh then, give all diligence to make thy calling and election sure in this life, as the Apostle exhorteth, 2 Pet. 1. 10. that thou mayst in this life come to be assured, that thou shalt after this life be partaker of eternal life and glory in Gods heavenly Kingdom: for otherwise, it is most certain, thou must be cast [Page 685] into hell-torments for ever. There is no third place or estate for thee or any other to come unto after this life. Therefore look unto thy self, and be diligent to save thy soul eternally, &c. When a Town or City is like to be sacked by the enemies, and all the Inhabitants like to be massacred, except such as can by some means escape: Oh what shift will every one make to save his bodily life? that he may be in the number of those that escape, &c. How much more ought we to be careful and diligent in providing for the eternal sal­vation of our souls at that day of Judgment when all the world shall be ransacked, and every man, woman, and child in the world, either be eternally saved, or eternally damned, &c.

Mark 9. 43. unto the 49.‘And if thy hand offend thee, &c. Decem. 2. 1627.

NOw followeth the third and last thing contained in these Verses, viz. A description of the state and con­dition of the damned in Hell;

1. By the grievousness of the torment and punishment which they shall suffer there: which is set forth by a double comparison. 1. Unto the pain or punishment of such as have their bodies burned in the fire. 2. To the pain which those do suffer, who have worms gnawing upon their bodies being alive, in these words, Where their worm dyeth not. For although he doth allude to that place, Esay 66. ult. where the Prophet speaks of such worms as gnaw upon dead bodies: yet our Saviour from hence takes occasion to compare the torments of hell to the pain of worms gnawing on a living body.

2. By the continuance thereof; which shall be for ever. In that it is said, Their worm dyeth not, and the fire is never quenched. The meaning of the words, see before explained.

Now from the words, two Points of Instruction are to be gathered touching the state of the damned in hell after this life. 1. That the punishment and torment of hell prepared for the wicked and damned Re­probates, is most terrible and grievous to bear.

2. That it is everlasting, and without end.

In handling these two Points, I will first prove and clear the truth of them severally; and then make use of them both together.

Of the first, The grievousnesse of the torment and punishments of the damned in hell, may appear,

1. By the manner of speaking used in Scripture, to describe and set forth that misery and torment: in that it is described to us in most terrible manner; and set forth by comparison to such things as are most ter­rible and grievous: as in this place it is compared to the burning of the body with fire, which of all bodily pains is the most sensible and grievous: Also to the pain caused by worms gnawing on the body. It is else­where compared to burning with fire and brimstone. Rev. 21. 8. Hell is called the Lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: by way of allusion to the Lake of Sodom; which heretofore did burn with fire and brim­stone sent from heaven. The Scriptures also elsewhere do set forth the grievousness of that torment, by the grievous effects which it shall bring forth in the damned, viz. weeping, and gnashing of teeth, Matth. 8. 12. See also Esay 30. 33.

2. It may further appear, by considering wherein that misery and punishment shall consist, and in which it shall stand, viz. In two things especially.

1. In the losse and deprivation of all things which might make them happy, or add to their happinesse: as, 1. In the losse of the blessed sight and presence of God, and of Christ Je [...]us; yea, of the whole Trinity of persons. 2 Thess. 1. 9. The wicked shall be punished with everlasting destruction from the presence of the Lord, and from the glory of his power: and Matth. 25. 41. The Lord shall say unto them, Depart from me ye cursed, &c. 2. In the losse of the society and fellowship of all the blessed Angels and Saints glorified. Luke 13. 28. There shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth, when ye shall see Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and all the Prophets in the Kingdom of God, and your selves thrust out. 3. In the losse of that heavenly glory which the Saints shall be partakers of. 4. In the losse of that fulnesse and perfection of heavenly joyes which the Saints shall en­ter into after this life. Now all this is called poena damni.

The second main thing in which the misery and punishment of the damned in hell consisteth, is, the sen­sible feeling and apprehension of the wrath of God, which shall cause most exquisite and grievous pains and torments both in their souls and bodies: and in all the parts, powers, and faculties of both, both inward and outward. And this is called by the Schoolmen, Poena sensus. Where also is to be noted, That this pain and torment shall be such and so great, that it shall admit of no ease, mitigation, or intermission at all. Luke 16. the rich glutton being in hell-torments, could not have so much as one drop of water to cool his tongue. See Rev. 14. 11.

Lastly, The grievousnesse of the punishment of the wicked in hell may farther appear, and is much aggra­vated by some Circumstances accompanying the same: especially by these:

  • 1. By the condition of the place where they shall suffer it, viz. Hell it self, which is a place of extream darkness, and so most dismal, and uncomfortable. Matth. 8. 12. They shall be cast into utter darkness, &c. and Jude 13 Verse, To them is reserved the blacknesse of darkness for ever.
  • 2. By the company which they shall there have, being none but devils and damned Reprobates, Matth. 25. 41.
  • 3. By the continuance, or eternity, &c. But of this in the next Point.

Of the second, That the punishment and torment of the damned in hell shall be everlasting, is thus pro­ved. It is said here, that their worm dyeth not, and the fire never goeth out, but is unquenchable. So Matth. 25. 41. Depart ye cursed into everlasting fire, &c. Revel. 14. 11. It is said of those that worship the Beast, and receive his mark, that the smoak of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever. They shall be ever dying, and yet never dye. (Erit in eis mars sine morte, finis sine fine, defectus fine defectu. Dionys. Carthus. de 4. novissimis, Part. 3. Artic. 7.) Sic Bernard. p. 1719. sine morte morientur.

Reason. Reason 1. God himself who doth inflict this punishment on the damned in hell, is eternal; his power and Justice continue for ever: and consequently the torments of the wicked in hell must needs continue for [Page 686] ever. Esay 30. 33. The breath of the Lord like a st [...]eam of brimstone doth kindle the fire of Tophet.

Reas. 2 Reason 2. The sins of the wicked and damned in hell do never cease, but continue for ever. 1. In regard of the guilt of those sins which they committed in this life, and did not repent of them. The guilt of those sins remaineth for ever, because they never repented of them in this life; neither do they, or can they ever repent of them in hell. Vide Thom. in Supplem. 3. Part. q. 99. Artic. 1.

2. They do also live and continue in the practice of actual sins against God even in hell: as, in perpetual malice against God, in despair of his mercy, in envy against the glorified Saints, &c. Now therefore seeing they continue for ever in their sins; it is just with God to continue their torment and punishment for ever. Puniuntur in Dei aeterno, quià peccant in suo aete [...]no. Gregor. (vide Pic. Mirand. Apolog. pag. 154.)

Use 1 Use 1. For terrour unto all wicked men living and going on in sin without repentance: for if they con­tinne still in this course, they are sure hereafter to feel and have experience of those fearful and grievous tor­ments of hell. If they be so terrible now to think and speak of; how much more grievous shall they be to those that shall feel them, as all impenitent persons must needs do, who live and dye in their sins without true repentance. Is the pain of a Tooth so grievous, or burning of the little finger, &c? Oh how should this strike terrour into the hearts of all p [...]ofane and wicked livers; as, swearers, drunkards, fornicators, co­vetous worldlings, &c? And how should it perswade and move them to turn unto God from their sins by speedy repentance, that so they may escape and be delivered from those easeless and endless torments of hell? This is the onely way. Matth. 3. 7. O generation of Vipers, who hath warned you to flee from the wrath to come? [...]ring forth therefore fruits m [...]at for repentance. Vide historiam de Celeiae Comite, apud Ae [...]eam Sylvium. pag. 473.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See by this, that there is no cause for the Saints of God to envy the outward prosperity of wicked men in this world, forasmuch as they are but fatted up for the slaughter, and reserved for the Judgment to come: even to be cast into those unspeakable torments of hell after this life. Which being so, we have more cause to pity and [...]ment their case, than to fret at their prosperity.

Use 3 Use 3. By the grievousnesse of those pains and torments of hell prepared for the wicked and reprobates, we may see and take notice of the haynousnesse of sin, how offensive and odious it is unto God; in that he hath prepared such unspeakable torments in hell for the punishing of all such as commit sin and live in it without repentance. This shews the profaness of such as make leight of sin; as, of swearing, drunkenness, whoredom, Prov. 14. 9. Fools make a mock of sin. Let it not be so with us: but on the contrary, learn here to fear and tremble at sin as most offensive and odious to God, provoking him to punish the wicked with un­speakable and endlesse torment in hell. Oh then let us fear sin, and hate and detest it, even as we do hell it it self. Rom. 12. 9. [...], &c.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. See the extream folly and madness of all those who for the enjoying of the temporal profits or plea­sures of this life do adventure to commit sin, and to live in it without repentance, and so bring on them­selves that easelesie and endlesse torment and punishment in hell. How truly are all wicked men in Scrip­ture termed fools, and mad-men, as in the Proverbs of Solomon often, &c. And yet many such go for great wise men in the world. See how contrary the judgment of the world is, to the judgment of God in his Word. Such must remember what is said, Matth. 16. What shall it profit a man to win the whole world, &c.

Use 5 Use 5. The consideration of that terrible and grievous punishment and torment of hell prepared for the wicked, ought to serve as a curb or bridle to restrain us from sin, and to keep us from yielding to the tempta­tions of it; lest by committing [...]n, we endanger our souls and bodies to be cast into hell-torments. There­fore when we are tempted to any sin, and when the profit or pleasure of sin doth represent and offer it self to us, then remember the danger that will follow, that sin being sinished, will bring forth death, Jam. 1. 15. even eternal death and destruction. Withall consider, and think of the terriblenesse and grievousnesse of the torments of hell, being without ease or end: and let this curb and restrain us from sin, and make us afraid to yield to the temptations of it, or to the committing of any sin; lest we bring our selves in danger of those unspeakable and endless torments. Though we ought not to refrain sin only for fear of hell torments, but chiefly out of love to God, and fear of offending him; yet we ought also to be moved hereunto by the fear of those hellish torments prepared for all such as commit sin and live in it without repentance. See Mr. Perk. Tom. 1. pag. 463.

Object. Object. But I purpose to repent hereafter.

Answ. Answ. Presume not upon this: for it is not in thy power, but the special gift of God, 2 Tim. 2. 25. And it will be just with God to give thee up to final impenitency and hardnesse of heart, if thou sin presumptu­ously. Therefore if thou wouldst not be in danger of being cast into hell torments, learn to fear and make conscience of all sin, and beware of yielding to the temptario [...]s of it, though it promise never so much pro­fit, delight, &c. Against all this, oppose those unspeakable and endless torments of hell. And to this end, often meditate and think of them. It is Chrysostom's counsel unto Christians, often to meditate and think of hell torments, and to conser and talk hereof even at their Tables, &c. (See Chrysost. in 2 Thess. 1. Homil. 2.) Descendamus in infernum viventes, ne descendamus morientes. Bernard pag. 1719. [...] Chrysost. hom. 5. ad Pop. Antioch.

Ʋse 6 Use 6. This should make us willing to suffer any labour or pains in this life in the practice of repentance, that we may escape those unspeakable and endless pains of hell: So also to be at pains in other Christian du­ties; as, denying of our selves, and taking up the crosse, &c.

Use 7 Use 7. To stir up the Saints and Children of God unto true thankfulness to God for his unspeakable mer­cy in redeeming and delivering them from that unspeakable torment and misery of the damned in hell, and for giving them assurance hereof by faith in Christ, &c. Withall, it should cause them patiently to bear any affliction in this life, &c.

Mark 9. 49, 50. ‘For every one shall be salted with fire, &c. Dec. 16. 1627.

THese two last Verses of this Chapter (especially the former of them) have much difficulty and obscurity in them, both in regard of the coherence of them with that which goes before, as also in regard of the pro­per meaning of them in themselves.

Touching the coherence of them, we are not to be curious or over-much to trouble our selves. For the Evangelists themselves are not alwayes curious in the method and order of setting down the words and spee­ches uttered by our Saviour in his teaching; they do not alwayes set them down in the same order as he ut­tered them, nor mention them at the same time when they were uttered; but they content themselves with setting down the sum and principal heads of our Saviour's Doctrine in such order as it came to their minds, and as was thought most convenient for the Instruction of the Church. (Sic Maldonat.) And it is probable that these words of our Saviour here recorded by Mark, though mentioned in this place, yet were uttered by him before, viz. in his Sermon on the Mount, as may be gathered by comparing this place with Matth. 5. 13. And the like may be thought of Saint Luke's mentioning the words, Luke 14. 34. Now then to take these words by themselves, without in [...]isting upon any coherence of them with the former Verses; the scope and drift of our Saviour in them seemeth to be this; partly to commend unto his Disciples, and to all Christians the Ministery of the Word, or the Doctrine of the Gospell preached and applyed in the Ministe­ry of it; and partly to instruct his Apostles and other Ministers in some duties required of them, in respect of their Ministerial Office.

More particularly in the words, consider two things. For, 1. Our Saviour speaketh of the Ministery of the Word, or of the Doctrine of the Gospell Preached; shewing the nature, use, and end of it, by compa­ring it unto the Salt with which the Sacrifices of the Law were to be seasoned, before they were offered up to God, ver. 49. 2. He takes occasion in the verse following, to speak further touching Ministers themselves, and their Ministerial Calling and Gifts, under the name of Salt.

First, to begin with the 49th verse, in which is the greatest difficulty and obscurity, in regard of the words: which are therefore first to be explained.

For every one shall be salted with fire] These first words of the verse (in which the greatest difficulty is) may be read and translated two wayes.

1. After the usual manner as we have them in our Bibles; and so they seem to have some dependance upon that which goes before. But if we so read them, the sense of them is very obscure, and hard to be opened and well cleared, especially in regard of this phrase of being salted with fire, which is strange and unusual, the like being not found else-where in Scripture, as I take it. And hence it is, that divers exposi­tions are given of these words by Interpreters; yet all agreeing in this, that our Saviour doth allude unto the Ceremonial Law, of the Sacrifices set down Levit. 2. 13. wherein was commanded, That all Sacrifices should be seasoned with Salt; from whence our Saviour takes occasion to shew that in like sort all Christians must be seasoned with a kind of Spiritual salt, signified by that materiall salt of the Sacrifices. But then the question is, why our Saviour doth here add fire unto salt, and useth also this strange and unwonted manner of speak­ing (to be salted with fire.) This hath much troubled Interpreters upon this place. Now among sundry ex­positions of the words, given by such as read them in this manner, there are two more probable then the rest. The first, of those, who by fire and salt do understand afflictions of this life, with which every Christian must be purged and seasoned in this life, even as the burn [...] Sacrifices were first to be seasoned with salt, and then to be burnt in the fire. Sic Jun. Analys. The second exposition is of those, who by fire and salt, understand the power, vertue, and efficacy of the sanctifying Spirit of God, with which every Christian must be pur­ged from corruption of sin, and seasoned with contrary Grace, that he may be accepted of God; even as the Sacrifices were to be seasoned with salt, and burnt in the fire, that God might accept them. Sic Cartwr. Now although I do not simply reject these Interpretations, especially the latter; yet because they both seem to be too much forced, and especially because of the strangeness and unwontedness of this speech (to be salted with fire). Therefore I cannot but yield to the judgment of that learned man Joseph Scaliger, who in his An­notations on this place, is of opinion, that the words in the Original, should not be read thus, as they com­monly are, [...]; but rather thus, [...]; that is, every offering made by fire, or every burnt offering shall be salted, so referring the word fire, not to the persons of Christians, but to the Sacrifices of the Law. And this I probably take to be the true reading of the words. Now these first words of the verse being thus read, the whole verse is nothing but a plain alledging of the substance of that Law, Levit. 2. 13. touching the salting of the Sacrifices; as may appear by comparing the places toge­ther. As there, under the name of the Meat-offering, and other oblations are comprehended all Sacrifices of the Law whatsoever; so likewise here, by burnt-offering and Sacrifice, our Saviour meaneth all kind of offerings.

Salted with Salt] That is, it shall certainly be salted, or it shall be throughly seasoned. An Hebraism.

Quest. Quest. But to what end or purpose doth our Saviour here alledg this Law of salting the Sacrifices.

Answ. Answ. To shew what was one special thing signified by the same, viz. The nature and use of the Word and Doctrine of Christ Preached and applyed in the Ministry of it, that it is as salt to season Christians with­all; as also the necessity of it to season all Christians, that hereby they may be made acceptable to God, even as all the Sacrifices of the Law were to be seasoned with Salt, and so offered, or else they would not be accepted. Now that this is probably the scope and meaning of our Saviour, may appear by the verse fol­lowing, in which he doth more plainly compare the Ministry of the Word, or the Doctrine of the Word Preached unto Salt, as may appear by comparing these words with Matth. 5. 13. where he calleth his Apo­stles the salt of the Earth, in respect of their Ministerial office of Preaching the Gospel. The former reading and Interpretation of these words, I do submit to the judgment of the Church.

Now follow the [...]nstructions.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour here compareth Christians unto the Sacrifices offered unto God in time of [Page 688] the Law; Hence we learn, that Christians ought to be as Spiritual Sacrifices or Oblations offered up unto God in this life; yea, they ought to offer up themselves to God as such Sacrifices.

Quest. Quest. How are they to do this?

Answ. Answ. By separating themselves in heart and life from the World, and from the service of sin and Satan, and giving up themselves wholly in Soul and body to Gods service in this life. As the legal Sacrifices were separated from a common to a holy use. Rom. 12. 1. I beseech you brethren by the mercies of God, that ye pre­sent your bodies a living Sacrifice, holy, acceptable to God, which is your reasonable service. Therefore, Rev. 1. 6. It is said, Christ hath made us Priests unto God his Father, viz. to offer up our selves to God in Sacrifice. And 1 Pet. 2. 5. Ye are a holy Priest-hood to offer up Spiritual Sacrifices acceptable to God by Jesus Christ.

Quest. Quest. Is it in the power of Christians to do this of themselves?

Answ. Answ. No, but they are to endeavour and use the means, and so doing, God will enable them by his Spi­rit, &c.

Use 1 Use. 1. To answer the Papists cavilling at our Religion, because they say we have no Sacrifices, nor Priests to offer them to God, &c. Here we see the contrary, that every good Christian (as we teach) both is, and ought to be as a Spiritual Sacrifice offered to God in this life, and that by himself. Therefore, though we hold, that the Levitical Priesthood and Sacrifices being abolished by Christ, there are now no Sacrifices or Priests properly so called: Yet, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse. 2. To stir us up to make Conscience thus to offer and give up our selves as living Sacrifices to God, by renouncing the service of sin and Satan, and consecrating our selves wholly in Soul and body to God in obedience. Thus must thou do if thou wilt approve thy self to be a good Christian in deed. Thou must separate thy self wholly from this World, and service of sin and Satan, and so consecrate thy self to God by obedience to his Will, &c. To this end, consider that God is thy Creator and Redeemer, &c. Therefore glorify him in body and Spirit, 1 Cor. 6.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Ministry of the Word, or the Doctrine of the Word Preached, is resembled to the Salt of the legall Sacrifices, with which they were seasoned before they were offered to God, that so they might be accepted of him; Hence we learn the nature of the Word Preached, together with one main end and use for which it doth serve by Gods Ordnance, viz. to be as salt to season men for God, to make them favou­ry and acceptable to God, and fit for his use and service, that they may be offered up as pleasing Sacrifices to him. As the Salt cast upon the legall Sacrifices by the Priest, served to season the Sacrifices that they might be accepted of God. So the Ministry of the Word serveth to season Christians, &c. So in the verse following, our Saviour saith, that salt is good, that is, the Ministry of the Word, is good and profitable to this end, to sea­son men for Gods use, &c.

Quest. Quest. How is the Word of God Preached and applyed in the Ministery of it a means to season men for God, that they may become acceptable to him.

Answ. Answ. 1. By mortifying the corruption of sin in them, which makes them odious to God; and by subduing it so as it reign not in them; for as salt being put upon the flesh of the Sacrifices, did serve to dry up, and purge out superfluous moysture in them, and so to take away the ill taste of them. So is it the property and vertue of the Word Preached, to dry up and purge out of mens hearts and lives, the corruption of sin which makes them unsavoury and distastefull to God, for which cause also the Word of God is sometimes compared to fire, which hath likewise a purging vertue, Jer. 23. 29. and to a Sword which killeth the corruption of na­ture and sinfull lusts in us, Ephes. 6.

2. By working in them the contrary work of Grace and Sanctification, whereby the being renewed and changed throughout, and having God's Image of Holiness and Righteousness restored in them, do become ac­ceptable to God in Christ Jesus. Joh. 17. 17. Sanctify them with thy truth; thy Word is truth. 1 Pet. 1. 23. it is called the incorruptible seed of our new birth. For as salt being put upon the Sacrifices, did not onely dry up the ill humours, but also give unto them a good savour and rellish; so the Word Preached is a means not onely to purge out the corruption of sin from men, but also to renew and sanctify them, and so to make them savoury and pleasant (as it were) unto Gods own taste.

Answ. Quest. Hath the Word Preached this power and vertue of it self, thus to season men, and to make them acceptable to God?

Quest. Answ. No, but from the Sanctifying Spirit of God accompanying the outward Ministry. Rom. 15. 16. Paul Ministred the Gospell, that the Oblation of the Gentiles might be acceptable to God, being Sanctified by the Holy Ghost, Esai. 59. 21.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. See that by nature all men are unsavoury and distastefull to God; yea, odious and abominable to him before they be seasoned by the Word; even as the flesh, or other matter, of the Sacrifices being not [...]ea­soned with Salt, was abominable to God; so is it with every one by nature, by reason of the corruption of sin with which he is tainted; he is as odious to God and loathsome, as an unsalted Sacrifice, or as raw and unsavoury flesh or other meats are unto our taste. If it were not thus, what need were of this Salt of the Word of God to purge and season us? Labour therefore to see how loathsome thou art, and unsavoury to God by nature, in regard of thy sins; that being truely humbled in sight hereof, thou mayest be fit to be seasoned with this Spiritual salt of the Word of God applyed to thy Conscience in the Ministry of it.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See further by this the necessity of the Ministry of the Word; how needfull for all Christians, and how ill we can be without it; in that it is the onely outward means Sanctified and appointed of God for this excellent use, viz. to be as salt to season us for God, by purging out the corruption of our sinfull natures, and by renewing and Sanctifying us, that we may become savoury and pleasant unto Gods taste; that we may be­come acceptable Sacrifices unto him. This we cannot be, without this salt of Gods holy Word and Doctrine to season us, &c. Without this seasoning by the Word of God, we are loathsome and distastefull to God; yea, odious and abominable unto him. See how ill we can be without the Ministry of the Word to season us, and make us savoury and acceptable to God; as ill, and worse than we can be without salt in our houses to season our meats, &c. Which therefore shews the misery of all such people and Congregations as want this Spiritual salt of the Word Preached to season them, and make them acceptable Sacrifices to God: How shall [Page 689] such be seasoned for God? how shall the corruption of sin be dryed up and purged out of their hearts and lives? how shall they be renewed and sanctified, and so become savoury and pleasant to the taste of God himself, without this salt of the Word of God to season them, &c? They must needs be unsavoury: yea, rot and stink in their sins, &c. Oh then the blindnesse and sottishnesse of such as can be without this spirituall heavenly salt of the Word of God, and feel no want or misse of it, &c!

Use 3 Ʋse 3. See what is to be done of all such as do desire to be accepted of God as Spiritual sacrifices: they must labour to know and feel themselves spiritually seasoned for God, and made savoury for his taste (as it were) by this salt of the Word preached. To this end, they must not only be careful to settle their dwell­ings in such places where they may enjoy the Ministery of the Word, but also so to live under this Ordi­nance of God, that they may be indeed truly seasoned therewith; having the corruption of sin dryed up in them by this salt of the Ministery, and the work of sanctifying grace wrought in them, which may make them savoury and pleasant to the taste of God himself. Look to this every one of you: The rather, because all that do live under the Ministery of the Word, are not truly seasoned and made acceptable to God by the power and vertue of it: many are like the Fish which live in the Sea, and yet are as fresh as if they had never been there, &c. Therefore think it not enough to live in this Sea, or salt-pit of the Ministery: but see thou be truly seasoned by the divine power and vertue of it, purging out the corruption of sin from thee, and san­ctifying thee throughout, and giving the spiritual savour of grace to thee, that thou mayst be accepted of God. Labour to be truly seasoned by this salt of the Word. 1. In thy mind and understanding, being en­lightned by it to know the Will of God, &c. 2. In thy heart and affections; to have them purged and san­ctified by faith. 3. In thy whole life and practice, Col. 4. 6.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. This should teach Ministers so to preach the Word of God, that it may serve as salt to season men for God in a spiritual manner, and to make them savoury and acceptable to him, by drying up, and purging out of them the corruption of sin, and working in them the grace of true sanctification, which may give unto them a spiritual taste and relish, &c. Therefore they are not only to deliver general doctrines or truths of the Word: but to make particular application of them to the people to work upon their hearts, &c. Eccles. 12. 11. The words of the wise are as goads and nayls fastened, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the doctrine of the Word, and Ministery of it, is here compared unto salt, we may hence take notice of one other Property or Effect of it, in which it doth resemble salt, (besides that property of sea­soning before mentioned) namely this, That as salt being of a hot and dry temper is apt to bite and fret the raw skin or flesh of ones body, being applyed to it: So the Word of God preached and applyed to mens Con­sciences in the Ministery of it, is apt to fret and bite the corrupt Consciences of such as hear it; and to cause pain and grief in them: which is especially to be understood of the doctrine of the Law, discovering and re­proving the sins of men, and threatning the Judgments of God against the same: whereby the guilty Con­sciences of men are fretted and bitten (as it were). So Act. 2. the Jewes were pricked in heart at Peter's Sermon, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See the cause why men of corrupt Minds and Consciences are so apt to fret and fume against the Ministery of the Word and Ministers of it: It is because the Word doth first fret and bite them in their Consciences, &c. Therefore Ministers are not to think strange, or be discouraged hereat, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. This must teach all such as desire to be spiritually purged and seasoned for God by this salt of the Ministery, to be content and willing also to feel the fretting and biting vertue of it in their Consciences, &c. and patiently to endure the reproofs of it, &c. This salt of the Word must first bite and fret thee, before it can purge or season thee.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Though the Ceremonial Law be abolished by Christ's death in regard of use; yet here we may see that it is still needful and profitable for us to read, and be acquainted with the Ordinances of that Law set down in the Books of Moses, as touching the legal sacrifices, &c. because otherwise we cannot understand sundry places of the New Testament, in which there is allusion made to those Ceremonial Rites and Ordi­nances; as in this place, and many other, especially in the Epistle to the Hebrews. Which therefore confuteth such as think there is now no use at all of the Ceremonial Law, &c.

Mark 9. 50.‘Salt is good: but if the salt have lost his savour, &c. Januar. 6. 1627.

IN [...]he former Verse our Saviour shewed the nature and use of the Ministery of the Word, or of the Do­ctrine of the Gospel preached and applyed; as also the necessity of it, by comparing it with the salt used in th [...] legal Sacrifices to season them, that they might be acceptable to God.

Now in this Verse, he take [...] occasion from that which he spake before touching the Ministery of the Word, to sp [...]ak further to his Disciples touching the Ministers themselves, and touching their Ministerial gifts, and the u [...]e or exercise of them: and that by comparing Ministers unto salt, in regard of their Ministerial Office and [...]unction. For so (upon further meditation on this Text) I do take these words to be properly meant of M [...]nisters themselves, rather than of the Ministery or Doctrine preached by them: so that the word (Salt) is somewhat otherwise to be taken in this Verse, than in the former. There it signified the Doctrine or Mi [...]istery of the Word, here it signifies properly the Ministers themselves, yet not simply considered in regar [...] of their persons, but in regard of their Ministerial Calling and Office: in respect whereof chiefly they a [...]e here resembled unto salt. And that the words of this Verse are thus to be taken, may appear, by compa [...]ing them with Matth. 5. 13. and Luke 14. 34. where our Saviour doth plainly compare his Apostles unto s [...]lt, and affirmeth them to be the salt of the earth in respect of their Ministerial Office. And it is pro­bable, that he uttered those words at the same time, when he uttered these.

Now more particularly in the words of this Verse considered by themselves, (for so I purpose to handle them) there are three things contained.

1. A Commendation of good and faithful Ministers of the Gospel by their necessity and profitablenesse, and t [...]at under the name and title of salt; in these words, Salt is good.

[Page 690] 2. A declaration or shewing of the dangerous estate of such Ministers of the Gospel, who having made shew to be faithful for a time, do afterwards fall from their fidelity, and so lose their ability and fitnesse to season others with the doctrine of the Word; in that it is very hard for such to recover their former faithful­nesse, and so to become fit to season others as they ought to do by their Ministery: In these words, But if the salt have lost his savour, &c.

3. An Admonition or Precept given by our Saviour unto his Disciples or Apostles, touching the practice of a twofold duty, both respecting their Ministerial Office, and the execution of it. 1. To labour to retain and keep their Ministerial fidelity to season others with the Doctrine of the Word, Have salt in your selves. 2. To maintain brotherly unity and peace one with another, that by this means they might be the more furthered and helped forward in the faithful execution of their Ministery, Have peace, &c.

Salt is good] That is, the true and faithful Ministers of the Gospel lawfully called to this Office, (who are compared to Salt, in regard of their Ministerial Office, which is to season others with the doctrine of the Word) are necessary, profitable, and useful in the Church of God, in regard of their Persons and Ministery, and that especially for the spiritual seasoning of others with the doctrine of the Word, whereof our Saviour spake in the former Verse.

But if the salt have lost his saltnesse] If such as are called to the Office of Ministers in the Church, and have for a time made shew of faithfulnesse in their Ministery, do lose their fidelity in their Ministerial Office, and so become unprofitable and unfit to season others with the doctrine of the Word: even as salt is said to lose the saltness, when it loseth the natural acrimony, strength, and vertue of seasoning, &c.

Wherewith will you season it?] How or by what means shall such Ministers of the Word recover their for­mer faithfulness, ability and fitness to season others? q. d. This will be very hard for them to do; though not impossible. The residue of the words are explained afterward.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That good and faithful Ministers of the Gospel are necessary, profitable, and useful in the Church of God, in regard of their Ministery: Compared to salt here, which is a thing of great use and ne­cessity: and our Saviour affirmeth this Salt to be good; that is, That the Ministers of the Word are very necessary, useful, and profitable in the Church, &c. For this cause also they are elsewhere in Scripture com­pared unto other things which are of greatest use and necessity, and such as we cannot well be without: as to light, Matth. 5. 14. also to Watchmen, Ezek. to guides in the way, to shepherds, husbandmen, builders, &c. all very necessary and useful amongst men: to shew how good, necessary, and useful faithful Ministers are in the Church, in regard of their Ministerial Office and Function to which they are called.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. They were ordained and given of Christ as an especial gift unto his Church, when he ascended up to heaven, Ephes. 4. 11. He gave some to be Apostles, some to be Prophets, some to be Evangelists, some Pastors and Teachers, &c. Now we may be sure that Christ gave no needless, or unprofitable gift unto his Church, but such as he knew to be most needful and profitable for the good of the Church.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Their goodness and profitableness may appear, by considering the chief and principal ends and uses for which they are ordained in the Church; which are these:

  • 1. For the publick dispensation of the Word and Sacraments to the edification of the Church; and there­by to feed the flock of God committed to their charge, 1 Cor. 4. 1. called Stewards of the mysteries of God: and Ephes. 4. 11. Christ gave them for the work of the Ministery, &c.
  • 2. For the edification of the Church and People of God in private also; as, by private instruction of the ignorant, admonishing of the disorderly, comforting the afflicted, &c.
  • 3. To shine as Lights to their people, by the holy example of their lives; thereby to direct and lead them on in the right way unto eternal life. 1 Pet. 5. 3. To be ensamples to the flock.

Use 1 Use 1. To convince the ignorance and profaness of such as either see not, or acknowledg not any such goodness, necessity, or profitableness of good and faithful Ministers of the Word in the Church: they can see no such great use or necessity of them; but think them rather needless and unprofitable, and that they might well enough be without them and their Ministery too: and hence it is, that they can content them­selves to live under any Ministery whatsoever, though it be of never so ignorant, unsufficient, or negligent Pastors, not worthy the name of Pastors, &c. This is because either they know not, or acknowledg not the necessity and usefulness of faithful and conscionable Pastors. These have not yet learned this Lesson here taught by our Saviour, that salt is good; that is, That good and faithful Pastors and Ministers of the Word, are so good, profitable, and useful in the Church, that the Church can by no means be without them, &c. How great is the ignorance and profaness of such persons, &c!

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See by this the miserable condition of such People and Congregations as are destitute of fai [...]hful and conscionable Ministers of the Word: how shall such have the mysteries of God dispensed to then in publike? how shall their Souls be fed from time to time with the spiritual food of the Word and S [...]cra­ments? how shall they be instructed, admonished, comforted in their distresses, &c? They must nee [...]s sit in darkness and shadow of death, Esay 9. 2. Matth. 9. 36. our Saviour Christ when he saw the multitude, wa [...] mo­ved with compassion on them, because they were as scattered sheep without a shepherd. So should we pity and pray for such Congregations as are destitute of such faithful Pastors, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To stir up such People and Congregations unto true thankfulness to God, who do enjoy this great and unspeakable benefit of the Ministery of faithful and conscionable Pastors and Teachers of the Wor [...], &c. Matth. 11. 23. Capernaum lifted up to heaven by enjoying the Ministery of our Saviour Christ. As the peo­ple of Israel enjoying light in their dwellings, when there was darkness over all the rest of the Land of Egypt, Exod. 10. 23. were greatly bound to praise God; so are those Christian Congregations to whom the li [...]ht of the Gospel shineth by the Ministery of faithful Pastors, &c.

Use 4 Ʋse 4. See also what cause there is for such as do enjoy the Ministery of faithful Pastors, to lov [...] and esteem them for their works sake, seeing they are so necessary and profitable, and that they can so ill be [...]ith­out them, &c. See 1 Thess. 5. 12.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Ministers of the Gospel, in regard of their Ministerial Office, are compared here unto salt; even to the salt of the sacrifices mentioned in the former Verse, and that in regard of the se [...]son­ing [Page 691] vertue which salt hath to season those things that are salted with it; for which cause and respect chiefly it is here said to be good; that is, necessary, and profitable: hence we learn, That one main and principal end and use for which Ministers of the Word do serve, and are necessary and profitable in the Church, is or the spiritual seasoning of others with the doctrine of the Word: that they may be as salt to season the people of God by the power and vertue of their Ministery, and by the Word of God preached and applyed by them. In this respect chiefly they are here compared unto salt, and that in regard of the goodness and profitable­ness which salt hath in seasoning of such things as are salted with it.

Quest. Quest. How do Ministers of the Word serve to season others spiritually with the Doctrine of the Word?

Answ. Answ. Two wayes especially; As may appear by that which hath been before spoken upon the former Verse. 1. By mortifying and p [...]rging out the corruption of sin from the hearts and lives of men, by the power and efficacy of the Word preached. For as salt being applyed to the flesh of the Sacrifices, or to any other thing that is salted therewith, doth serve to dry up and purge out ill humours, &c. so the Ministers of the Word do by their Ministery or Doctrine serve as means to dry up and purge out the corruption of sinne from the hearts and lives of Christians.

2. By working the contrary graces of the sanctifying Spirit of God in men by means of the Word preach­ed and applyed by their Ministery; as, the graces of Knowledg, Faith, Repentance, Love, Humility, &c. with which graces Christians being seasoned, do become savoury and acceptable unto God. For even as salt doth not only purge out ill humours from meats salted, but also doth give a good savour or pleasant taste un­to them: So Ministers of the Word by their Ministery, are a means not only to purge out the corruption of sin from men; but also so to season them with contrary graces of the Spirit, that they may become savoury and pleasant unto God himself.

But because these things may be conceived by that which was spoken before upon the former Verse, touch­ing the end and use of the Ministery, &c. I will here add no more of this Point.

Now followeth the second thing in the words: The dangerous estate of such Ministers of the Gospel as do fall from their fidelity in their Ministery. But if the salt have lost his saltness, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Such as have made shew to be good and faithful Ministers of the Word, may and do some­times fall away, and become unfaithful, negligent, and unprofitable in their Ministerial Office: like unto unsavoury salt which hath lost the natural acrimony and seasoning vertue of it. This is here supposed and taken for granted by our Saviour, when he sayes, If the salt, &c. Thus Judas Iscariot having for a time made shew to be a true and faithful Apostle and Minister of the Gospel, did afterwards fall away, and beca [...]e a devil by apostacy, Joh. 6. 70. Revel. 9. 1. mention is made of a Star which fell from heaven, &c. by which is signified the Pastor or Bishop of the Church of Rome, who having once been as a Star in the Heavens for his fidelity in the Office of the Ministery, did afterwards fall away, and lose his light.

Quest. Quest. May such as have faith and are truly faithful fall from it? &c.

Answ. Answ. There is a twofold Apostacy, &c. 1. Total, &c. 2. In part, and in some degree for a time. The former is not incident to such as are truly faithful: but the latter, Rev. 2. 4.

Use. Use. Teacheth us not to marvail or think strange, much lesse to stumble or take offence at it, if in these times we see or hear of some such Pastors and Ministers of the Church, who having been faithful and dili­gent for a time in their Ministerial Office, (at least have made shew of faithfulness) do afterwards fall away, and become negligent and unprofitable in their Ministery, as unsavoury salt, &c. No new thing: but it hath been often so in former Ages of the Church, &c. Therefore take heed of suspecting or condemning all for some, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. How dangerous it is for Ministers of the Word, having for a time made shew of being faithful, diligent, and conscionable in their Ministerial Office, afterward to fall from their diligence and faithfulness, and so to become unprofitable and unfit to season others with their Ministery: the danger is this, that it is a very hard matter for such to recover their former fidelity and conscionable care in discharging their Mini­stery, and in seasoning others with the doctrine of the Word. They are herein l [...]ke unto salt, which having once lost the natural saltness or seasoning vertue, can never recover it again, but becomes utterly unprofit­able, and good for nothing but to be cast out, and trodden under feet of men. See Matth. 5. 13. and Luk. 14. 35.

The Experience of all Ages proves this to be true. For if we either look into the Scriptures, or into other Histories, we shall find very few examples (if any at all) of such Ministers of the Church, who having fallen away from their first fidelity, diligence, and conscionableness in their Ministery, did afterward repent and recover themselves, and become faithful again in their Office. And in these times, if we mark such as ha­ving been for a time Ministers of the Gospel amongst us, do afterwards fall away to Popery, or become negligent and unconscionable in their places; we shall see, that such do seldom or never repent and become truly faithful in their Ministery.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. Such Ministers do want Teachers to instruct and admonish them in such sort, as they do the people. They live not under the Ministery of other Pastors, as their own flock and people do under theirs; and so they want this ordinary and most powerful means to convert them, which private Christians do enjoy.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Word of God being unsavoury in them, with which they should be seasoned, there is no other ordinary means to recover them. As Salt having lost the saltnesse, there is nothing else with which it can be seasoned, &c.

Caution. Caution. This comparison is not so to be urged, as if it were impossible for a Minister of the Word, falling away from his first fidelity or diligence in his Ministery, afterward to repent and become faithfull: for there are some examples of such as have so done; as, in Peter, who by his dangerous fall in denying Christ, became unsavoury for a time: yet repented and recovered himself. The same is probably held by some Divines touching Demas, that although for a time he forsook Paul, and embraced the world, 2 Tim. 4. 10. yet did afterward repent and recover himself; and therefore is afterward reckoned by Paul among his fellow Labourers, Philem. 24. Verse.

Use 1 Use 1. See how needful for all Ministers of the Word carefully to look unto themselves, and to their Ministery, that they do not only begin, but also continue to be diligent, conscionable, and faithfull in exe­cution of it; lest, if they degenerate and fall from their diligence and faithfulness, they become like unto salt that hath lost the saltnesse, &c. 1 Tim. 4. 16. Take heed unto thy self, and unto the doctrine; continue in them: for in so doing thou shalt both save thy self, and them that hear thee.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See also what great cause there is for the flock and people to pray unto God for their Pastors and Ministers, that they may not fall away, but continue constant in the faithful discharge of their Ministery; lest if they lose their Ministerial saltness, they do become utterly unprofitable to the people, yea, hurtfull and dangerous by their evil example, &c.

Mark 9. 50.‘Have salt in your selves, &c. Janu. 13. 1627.

NOw followeth the third thing in the words, An Admonition or Precept given by our Saviour to his Apostles, touching the practice of a twofold duty respecting their Ministeriall Office.

The first, more directly, Have salt in your selves.

The second, Indirectly, and by consequent only, as a help to the former, Have peace one with another.

Have salt, &c.] Our Saviour having in the former part of this Verse compared Ministers of the Gospel unto salt, and withall shewed how dangerous it is for such to become unsavoury, that is, to [...]all from that d [...]ligence and faithfulnesse they have made shew of, and so to become unprofitable in their Ministery, and unfit to season others with the doctrine of the Gospel: Now in the next place for the preventing of the foresaid danger, he admonisheth his Apostles (who were called to the Ministerial Office) to be carefull to retain and keep in themselves that seasoning vertue which ought to be in them in regard of their Ministery; that is to say, that Ministerial care and faithfulnesse whereby they should continue profitable, and fit to season others.

So then, by salt, understand here that seasoning vertue which was in them in regard of that Ministerial care, conscience, and fidelity which they had hitherto shewed in seasoning others with the doctrine of the Gospel.

Th [...]s Salt of Ministerial faithfulnesse, he admonisheth or exhorteth them to have in themselves; that is, to be careful to hold, retain, and keep it constantly, as they had hitherto done; that, as they had begun to be profitable and fit to season others by their Ministery and Doctrine; so they might continue to be so still, even to [...]he end.

Having, is put here for retaining, holding, or constant keeping.

Doctr. Doctr. That it is not enough for Ministers of the Gospel to be diligent, conscionable, and faithful in sea­soning others by their Ministery and doctrine for a time, or to make shew for a time of such Ministerial faithfulnesse; but they must labour to hold out and continue constant in the faithfull and conscionable dis­charge of their Ministery, for the spiritual seasoning of others. They must not only be profitable in their Mi­nistery, or have a seasoning vertue in it for a time; but labour to hold and retain this salt in themselves, that is, in their Ministery, by continuing constantly diligent and faithful in it. 1 Tim. 4. 16. Take heed to thy self, and unto the doctrine: continue in them, &c. and 2 Tim. 4. 5. Fulfill thy Ministery, or, Make full proof of it; viz. by continuing constant in the faithful discharge of it. Col. 4. 17. Say to Archippus, Take heed to the Mi­nistery which thou hast received in the Lord, that thou fulfill it.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. Because it is so dangerous (as we heard before) for Ministers that have been faithful and pro­fitable for a time, or made shew of it, afterward to fall away, and become unprofitable and unsavoury.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. This is the way to approve themselves to be truly conscionable and faithful in seasoning others by their Ministery, when they do continue constant herein; whereas otherwise, if they fall from it, and give over their first care, diligence, and faithfulnesse, this gives just cause of suspition, that they were never truly faithful at all.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. Thi [...] is the way to obtain that blessed reward which God hath promised freely to give unto such Ministers of his Word as do continue faithful to the end. So Revel. 2. 10. To the Angel of the Church of Smyrna. Be thou faithfull unto the death, and I will give thee the crown of life.

Use. Use. To stir up Ministers of the Word to labour for this constancy and perseverance in their Ministerial care, diligence, and faithfulness for the spiritual seasoning of others with the doctrine of the Gospel; not thinking it enough to have salt in their Ministery, that is, to be profitable and savoury in it, and by it, for the sea [...]oning of others, but to hold and retain constantly this seasoning vertue of their Ministery, &c.

Help [...] or means to attain to this constant faithfulnesse in their Ministery.

  • 1. To look that they have a good calling and entrance into the Ministerial Office at the first: That they find themselves called of God, that is, qualified and furnished with some measure of gifts fit for the Mini­stery, &c. Then there is a good foundation laid for continuance in the faithful execution of his Office.
  • 2. To labour for sincerity and uprightnesse of heart in all Ministerial duties: seeking God's glory, and the edification of his Church and people above all worldly things.
  • 3. Earnest and daily prayer unto God, to give them the gift of perseverance and constancy in the faithful discharge of their Ministery.
  • 4. To [...]oyn a holy and conscionable life with diligence in their Ministery; being careful to practise those things which they teach unto others.

Now followeth the second Duty, whereof our Saviour admonisheth his Disciples, and unto which he ex­horteth them, that is, To have peace one with another] And this he seemeth to prescribe here as a help or means to further them in the practice of the former duty of continuing constantly faithful in their Ministerial Office of seasoning others with the doctrine of the Gospel. That they might do this the better, he willeth them to have peace one with another.

By Peace] Understand outward Peace, Unity, and Concord one with another.

To have peace one with another] Is to labour and be carefull to maintain and keep such outward peace, quiet­nesse and concord among themselves. Which duty our Saviour doth the rather admonish his Disciples of, in this place, because of the late strife and contention which did arise amongst them about primacy, as we heard ver. 34.

Now further, we are to know, that our Saviour doth give this Admonition or Precept to his Disciples, in two respects. 1. As they were Christians or Believers in Christ, and Professors of the Gospell. 2. As they were Apostles and Ministers of the Gospell. And although he seemeth chiefly to speak unto them here as unto Ministers of the Gospell; yet we are not to exclude, but include the other respect which he had to them as they were Christians professing the Gospell; which being so, in handling this Precept or duty, I will first speak of it as it concerneth all Christians, and then as it concerneth Ministers of the Word. And so here are two points of Instruction to be learned. 1. That it is the duty of all Christians to be carefull to maintain outward peace and brotherly concord and agreement one with another, or amongst themselves. 2. That, of all Christians, especially Ministers of the Gospell, ought to maintain brotherly peace and concord one with another, and with other Christians also.

Of the first; As they are to labour to have outward peace with all men so far as is possible, Rom. 12. 18. so especially one with another, Ephes. 4. 3. Endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of Peace. 2 Cor. 13. 11. Be of one mind, live in Peace, &c.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. They professe to be Children of the God of peace, and it is one special property and mark of such to be peace-makers, Matth. 5. 9. Jam. 3. 17. Wisdome from above, is peaceable.

2. It is one fruit of the Spirit, Gal. 5. 22. therefore all that professe to have the Sanctifying Spirit of Christ in them, must shew forth this fruit.

3. Christ Jesus when he was to ascend up to heaven, did in special manner commend this peace to his Disciples, Joh. 14. 27. Peace I leave with you, my Peace I give unto you, &c.

4. Christians profess to be fellow-Members of Christ's Mystical body; therefore, as in the natural body all the parts are at mutual peace and agreement, so here, &c.

5. They all look and hope to be partakers together of perfect and eternal peace in Heaven. Therefore fit for them to live peaceably together in this life.

Use 1, Use 1. For reproof of such as profess to be Christians, and yet have no conscionable care to maintain and keep this Brotherly unity, peace, and concord with their fellow Christians professing to be Children of the same Father, and members of the same body, &c. but on the contrary, are apt to live in jars, discord, and strife with others; apt to sow the seeds of contention and strife between themselves and their Christian brethren and Neighbours, by giving offence, and offering wrong to others in word or deed. How do these maintain brotherly peace and unity? How contrary is this to the profession of Christians, and to that which our Savi­our here enjoyneth to Christians? Others are so far from this care and desire which should be in them to maintain mutual peace between themselves and others, that they rather love and delight in private wars and contentions, as the Apostle calls them, Jam. 4. 1. very Make-bates, who like Salamanders, love to be in the fire of contention, and strife; never well, but when they are falling out or wrangling with one or other, or going to Law for trifling matters, &c. Psal. 120. 5. My Soul hath long dwelt with him that [...]ateth peace. A misery to live with such; yea, a Hell. Better to live with wild beasts, &c. As Chrysoft. sayes, Homil. 6. in Act. Apost. pag. 645. [...], &c. Let such know, that by this contenti­ous and unquiet disposition, they discover themselves to be nothing less then good Christians: nothing lesse then God's Children, who are of a peaceable disposition; on the contrary, they shew themselves to be pro­fane and carnal, 1 Cor. 3. 3. yea, Children of Satan, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. For exhortation to stir up and perswade us by all means to indeavour and strive to maintain this brotherly peace and concord between our selves and other Christians with whom we live; especially with good Christians and Saints of God, our fellow-members, &c. Consider the former Reasons to move us here­unto, especially that it is a mark of Gods Children, &c. Consider also the great benefit and good that com­meth of it, Psal. 133. 1. Behold how good and pleasant, &c. ver. ult. There God commanded a blessing and life for ever. Contrà, Jam. 3. 16.

Rules for maintenance and preservation of this outward peace between our selves and others. 1. La­bour for inward peaceablenesse and quietnesse of heart and mind toward others, to be peaceably and loving­ly affected towards our brethren with whom we live, 1 Pet. 3. 4. A meek and quiet Spirit is a thing much set by of God. 2. Inure and accustome our selves to live quietly and peaceably with others; and especially with those with whom we are called to have most near and ordinary society. On the contrary, take heed of accustoming thy self to debate, strife, contention in word or deed, lest it grow to such a habit in thee, as will hardly be broken off, &c. 3. Avoid all occasions of strife and debate; as the company and familiarity of such as are given to strife and contention, Prov. 22. 24. So also avoid other occasions; as uncharitable sus­pitions and surmises of others, rash censuring, hearkning to tale-bearers, hot or angry words, multiplying of words, clamorousness, &c. 4. Take not all occasion [...] given by others to contend, but passe them over, be carefull thus to resist and stop the beginnings of strife, Prov. 17. 14. Before the contention be medled with, leave off. If the flame be about to kindle, cast water upon it. If flint be stricken upon wool, it will send forth no sparks of fire, &c. 5. Yield some part of our right for peace sake, and rather then break this bo [...]d. So Abraham towards Lot, Gen. 13. 8. Jam. 3. 17. Peaceable and gentle, or of yielding disposition.

Of the second; That, of all other Christians, especially Ministers of the Gospell ought to be carefull to maintain outward peace and unity, both amongst themselves, and with other Christians. This our Saviour seemeth principally to urge upon his Disciples in this place; that they should have peace one with another, not onely as they were Christians, but as they were Ministers of the Gospell. So Paul gives the like Pre­cept unto Timothy, not onely as a Christian, but as a Minister, 2 Tim. 2. 22. Follow Peace with them that call on the Lord, &c. And ver. 24. The servant of the Lord must not strive, but be gentle unto all men, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. They are called to Preach the Gospell of peace, and they are by their Doctrine and Ministry to teach and perswade others to brotherly unity and peace; Therefore they themselves ought much more to be [Page 694] maintainers of this Peace, that so they may not onely by their Doctrine, but also by their life and example teach others to be peaceable.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The maintaining of Peace and unity amongst the Pastors and Ministers of the Church, is a means to further the work of the Ministery. For so long as there is mutual peace and brotherly agreement amongst them, they will be the more carefull and forward to joyn together, and help and incourage one another in all Ministerial duties. As it is with many workmen appointed to build up one and the same house; the bet­ter they agree one with another, the better the building goeth forward; on the contrary, if they be at odds, and disagree, this hinders the work. So here, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This should move all such as are called to this office of the Ministery, to make Conscience of this duty of maintaining outward peace and unity, both among themselves, and with other Christians; and espe­cially with those of their own charge; being carefull to teach them the practice of brotherly unity and peace, not onely by their Doctrine, but also by their example, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing the maintenance of peace and unity amongst Ministers of the Word is one means to further the work of the Ministry, this should move the people to pray for the Ministers of the Church, that they may live in unity and peace together, that so by this means the work of the Ministry may go forward the better.

Finis Noni Capitis.

CHAP. X.

Mark 10. 1.‘And he rose from thence, &c. Jan. 20. 1627.

THe principall matters Recorded by the Evangelist in this Chapter, are these.

  • 1. Our Saviour's disputation with the Pharisees about Divorcement of Wives, together with the conference he had with his Disciples touching the same matter, unto ver. 13.
  • 2. His gracious entertainment of the young children which were brought unto him, from thence to the 17th verse.
  • 3. The History of the Rich man who came to Christ to know what he should do for the obtaining of eter­nal life; from thence, to ver. 28.
  • 4. The answer which our Saviour made unto Peter, telling him, that he and his fellow Disciples had for­saken all they had to follow him; from thence, to ver. 32.
  • 5. A Repetition of his former Prediction of his future Passion; from thence, to ver. 35.
  • 6. His rejection or denyall of the ambitious sute made unto him by James and John the sons of Zebedaeus, touching the highest places of honour about him in the glory of his Kingdome, from thence, to the 46th verse.

Lastly, A Miraculous cure wrought by him in restoring blind Bartimaeus unto his sight; from thence, to the end of the Chapter.

Of the first. 1. Is set down his disputation with the Pharisees about Divorces. 2. His conference with his Disciples about the same, ver. 10, 11, 12.

In the story of his disputation with the Pharisees, two things are set down. 1. The Antecedents or occa­sions which made way to it, ver. 1. 2. The disputation it self, from ver. 2. to ver. 10.

The occasions are three. 1. Our Saviour's departure out of Galilce where he was before, and his com­ming into the coasts of Judea, which was the place where this disputation happened. And he rose, &c. 2. The concourse or flocking of the people unto our Saviour in that place. And the people resort unto him again. 3. His carefull and diligent instructing of them according to his wont. And as he was wont, &c.

And he rose from thence] From that part of Galilee where he was before, as may appear, Matth. 19. 1. where it is said, He departed from Galilee, and came into the coasts of Judaea.

And commeth into the Coasts of Judaea] This is to be understood of that part of the Countrey which was most properly so called; for otherwise the whole Countrey, then Inhabited by the Jews, is sometimes in a large sense called Judaea, including both Galilee and Samaria in it.

By the farther sid [...] of Jordan] Not, that Judaea was on the farther side of Jordan, in respect of Galilee (for both Judaea and Galil [...]e did lye on the same side of Jordan); but it is to be understood in respect of that part of the countrey which lay on the other side of Jordan; or else, that our Saviour in passing from Galilee to Judaea, took occasion to go over the River Jorda [...], and so passing through some part of the Countrey that lay be­yond the River, did come back over the same River again, and so went into the Coasts of Judaea. Vide Ca­sub. Annot. in hunc locum; et Bezam, et Maldonat. in Matth. 19. 1.

The reason of our Saviour's departure at this time from Galilee into the Coasts of Judea, was, That he might there do good by his Doctrine and Miracles, as he had done before in Galilee. Besides that, this was in his way to Jerusalem, whither he was now going as is probable. See Verse 32. hu [...]us Capitis.

Observ. Observ. The great labour and pains which our Saviour did take in the exercise of his Ministery while he was on earth; in that he travelled and journeyed (and that on foot usually in that hot Countrey) to so many places, and those oftentimes far distant, to preach the Gospel, and to work Miracles. This he could not do without much labour, pain, and weariness oftentimes. Joh. 4. 6. it is expresly said, that he was wearied with [Page 695] his journey from Judea to Samaria. And so no doubt but he was at many other times, &c. And that it is a wearisom and painful thing thus to travel many and long Journeys, especially on foot, may appear, in that Paul reckoneth journeyings amongst his afflictions, 2 Cor. 11. 26. In journeying often. And, Verse 27. he sayes, he was in weariness and painfulness. Yet our blessed Saviour refused not to suffer this pain and wearinesse in journeying from place to place, and that on foot, to preach and work Miracles for confirmation of his Do­ctrine, while he lived on earth: which should teach u [...] after his example to be content and willing to suffer pain and labour, even unto much weariness, in the duties of our calling, and of the service of God: know­ing, that this is Gods Ordinance, That every one of us should feel the burden of our calling, and the pain­fulness of it: and therefore by patient, contented, and chearful suffering of this pain and labour in duties of our callings, we do glorifie God by obedience to his Will. And withall, this reproveth the [...]ceness and delicateness of such as are loth and unwilling to take any pains in the duties of their Christian calling [...], or in Gods service: loth to do any more than may be done with ease, &c. In practice of sin they can take pains, to fulfill their wicked lusts; to serve the devil: but not to serve God in their callings faithfully and con­scionably, &c.

The second occasion making way to our Saviour's Disputation with the Pharisees, was the concourse of the people unto him in that place whither he now went, viz. in the Coasts of Judea.

The people resort unto him] Matth. 19. 2. Great multitudes followed him. To be partakers of his Doctrine and Miracles, which was the end of their coming to him, and following him in his journey. And although it is not likely, that all came with a sincere mind and affection to reap spiritual fruit and profit by his do­ctrine; but rather that a great part came for sinister ends; as, for novelty sake, or only to reap some tem­poral good by his Miracles, &c. yet no doubt but many did come out of love to his Person and Doctrine, and to profit by it.

Again] This is added, to shew that they had done the like before at other times; therefore it is said, they did so now again; the more to commend their zeal and forwardnesse in resorting to him.

Observ. Observe the zeal and forwardness of the people here in repairing or resorting to Christ, to be partakers of his Doctrine and Miracles, flocking unto him in great multitudes: Which should teach us our duty, viz. to shew the like zeal in frequenting and coming to the Ordinances of God upon all occasion [...]; especially to the Ministery of the Word, to hear Christ instructing us by his Ministers. (See before, Chap. 2. 2.)

Object. Ob [...]ect. If Christ Jesus were now on earth to preach to us, we would be forward to resort to him, &c.

Answ. Answ. By the same reason thou must be forward to hear his Ministers called and sent to teach in his Name. And it is certain, that if thou make not conscience to hear them, no more wouldst thou care for hearing Christ himself if he should come to preach on earth again, &c. Luke 16. 31. If they hear not Moses and the Prophets, &c.

The third occasion of the Disputation between our Saviour and the Pharisees, is, His diligent teaching of the people flocking unto him at this time: which is amplified by comparison to his former u [...]ual practice in the same kind; As he was wont, he taught them again.

As he was wont] According to his usual custom at other times upon like occasion, when there was any concourse of people to him.

He taught them again] Instructed them again (as formerly he had done) in the doctrine of the Gospel, by opening and applying it. Matth. 19. 2. it is said, He healed the people; that is, such as were brought to him, o [...] came to be healed. Which shews, that he joyned Miracles with his Doctrine for confirmation of it, as he used to do at other times.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The diligence and faithfulnesse of our Saviour, in execution of his Ministerial Office of preaching and instructing the people wheresoever he came; taking all occasion [...] to instruct them, and to do good by his Ministery: never omitting or neglecting to teach the people, when any opportunity was offered: but so often as they assembled unto him, and shewed their desire of instruction; so often he taught them. So here, it is said, the people resorting to him again, he taught them again; and that this was his usual custome and practice. Herein our Saviour is a pattern for all Ministers o [...] the Word to follow; even in this con­scionable care, diligence, and faithfulness in discharge of their Ministerial Office in every part of it; espe­cially in preaching the Word to the people committed to them, upon all fit occasions, so far as their abi [...]ry and strength of body will serve, omitting no opportunities of doing good by their Ministery. (See before, Chap. 1. 21. Chap. 2. 2. and Chap. 4. 1.)

Observ. 2, Observ. 2. In that the people resorting unto Christ again, moved him to teach them again, we may ga­ther, That the zeal and forwardness of a people to hear the Word of God, and to profit by the Ministery, is a means to provoke and stir up the faithful Pastor [...] and Ministers of God to be the more diligent and constant in teaching and instructing them upon all occasions. 1 Cor. 16. 8. Paul stayed the longer at E [...]h [...]sus, and was the more careful to do good there by his Ministery, because there was a great door and effectuall opened to him; that is, he perceived a great occasion of doing good to be offered, in regard of the zeal and forwardness of many to hear the Doctrine of the Gospel. On the contrary, it is a mean to discourage and hinder the zeal and diligence of Gods Ministers in their Ministerial Office, when they see the people cold, negligent, or backward in resorting to the Ordinances of God.

Use. Ʋse. See what is to be done of such people as do desire that the Pastors and Ministers set over them, should be diligent and constant in duties of their Ministery: especially in publike preaching of the Word in season and out of season, &c. They must then shew themselves zealous, forward, and diligent on all occasions to be partakers of the benefit of their Ministery, and to profit by it, that by this means they may exci [...]e and stir up the diligence, zeal, and faithfulness of their Pastors. If they would have their Ministers to teach them constantly, they must constantly shew themselves teachable, and desirous to be taught: if they would be con­stantly sed with this spiritual food of their souls, they must constantly shew and express their spiritual ap [...]e­tite in hungring and thirsting after it, &c. Some are apt to complain of the negligence of their Pastor [...] in teaching, when themselves are a great cause of it, by their coldness, negligence, and want of true zeal in hearing the Word on all occasions, &c.

As he was wont] Observ. Hence learn, That it should be the ordinary custome, and constant practice of Christians, to be exercised in the duties of their Callings; both of their general and particular callings; at all due times, and as occasion is offered, 1 Cor. 7. 17. Though they are not to do such duties customarily; that is, only for custome or fashion sake; yet they are to keep a constant custom and course in the duties of their callings, &c. not only exercising themselves therein now and then extraordinarily, &c. but it must be their ordinary custom and constant practice to be exercised in them. So should it be with Ministers in the duties of their Ministery; as preaching, &c. It was our Saviour's constant custom to teach the people on all occasions, as here we see: and Luke 4. 16. He came to Nazareth, and as his custome was, went into the Sy­nagogue on the Sabbath day, and stood up for to read, &c. So Paul at Thessalonica, as his manner was, went into a Synagogue of the Jews, and three Sabbath dayes reasoned with them out of the Scriptures, &c. Act. 17. 2. So should it be the ordinary and constant custom of all faithful Ministers to be exercised in preaching the Word, and other Ministerial duties, as occasion is offered; that it may not only be said of them, that they teach their people now and then; but that it is their constant custom so to do, &c. So likewise should it be with all other Christians in the duties both of their general and particular Callings; that is, in practice of all good duties which the Lord requireth of them in their several places: as, in duties of Prayer, hearing the Word, reading the Scriptures, governing their Families religiously, &c. they are not only to do these and the like duties now and then at some special times; but ordinarily, and constantly to be exercised in them, &c. that it may be said of them, That it is their usual custom to pray, read, ca [...]echise their Families, &c. and to walk conscionably in their particular Callings. 1 Tim. 4. 7. Exercise thy self unto godliness, that is, inure and ac­custome thy self ordinarily and daily to the practice of religious duties. &c.

Ʋse. Use. For reproof of such as are not constant in the duties of their general or particular Callings. Touch­ing duties of general Calling, prayer, reading, &c. many neglect them altogether; or else perform them now and then onely, by fits and starts at some special times, when they are in a good vein; but keep no constant or settled course therein: it is not their ordinary custom and practice to be exercised in Religious duties of prayer, reading, and hearing of the Word, sanctification of the Sabbath in publike and private, &c. but it is rather an extraordinary matter with them to perform these duties: so that when they do perform them, it cannot be said of them, that they do such and such Christian duties as they are wont to do, or ac­cording [...]o their custom, but rather contrary to their custom, or more than they use to do, &c. Others there be, who are as inconstant and unsettled in the duties of their particular Callings; either neglecting them altogether, and living idly and unprofitably in their places; or else taking liberty to neglect or omit them when they list, and to spend a great part of their pretious time in idle courses, in following the vanities of the world, or carnal delights and pleasures of this life, &c.

Mark 10. 2.‘And the Pharisees came to him, and asked him, Is it lawfull for a man to put away his Wife, &c. Ja [...]. 27. 1627.

OF the Antecedents or Occasions making way to the Disputation between our Saviour and the Phari­ [...]ees touching Divorce, we heard, Verse 1.

Now followeth the Disputation it self; from Verse 2. to the 10th. Which consists of 4. Parts.

  • 1. The question moved by them unto him touching this matter, Whether lawful for a man to put away his Wife, &c.
  • 2. His first brief answer to that question, by propounding another to them, Verse 3.
  • 3. Their Reply unto this answer of our Saviour, Verse 4.
  • 4. Our Saviour's second, and more full and large answer, and resolution of the matter questioned, Vers. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.

Of the first. Consider, 1. The persons that came and moved this Question, The Pharisees. 2. The Question it self. 3. The end for which they propounded it to our Saviour; which was, to tempt him.

The Pharisees came to him] This word [Pharisee] as ye have been often taught, is the name of a speciall Sect amongst the Jews in our Saviour's time; who professed great knowledg in the Scriptures, and extra­ordinary strictness in outward holiness of life, &c. (See before, Chap. 2. 24. & Chap. 7. 1.) Many of them were publick Teachers, Matth. 22. 2.

They came to him] What moved them now to come and to propound this Question to our Saviour by way of tempting him, is not expressed: but it is most likely, it was their envy against Christ, for that they saw the people flock so unto him, and that he taught them so often, and wrought so many Miracles, whereby his Name grew greater and greater, and their credit was diminished. Therefore they take this time when he was teaching the people, to come with this tempting question, thereby to entrap or en [...]are him, or to confound and disgrace him (if it might be) before all the people. So they would neither hear and [...]mbrace Christ's doctrine themselves, nor suffer others: neither enter into the Kingdom of God, nor permit others, &c. Matth. 23. 13.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that when as the common people flocked unto Christ to hear and learn of him, these Pha­risees came to tempt him by this question; hence observe, That oftentimes the common and meaner sort of people are more forward to imbrace the Gospel, and to profit by the Ministery of it, than men of greater and higher place and account in the world. Matth. 11. 5. it is said, the poor had the Gospel preached to them, because they were most forward to hear and receive it. See Joh. 7. 48. 1 Cor. 1. 26. Not many wise men after [...]he flesh, not many mighty, not many noble are called: But God hath chosen the foolish things to confound the wise; [...]e weak to confound the mighty; base things and despised, &c. See Luke 7. 29.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. God doth give his Grace freely, and without respect of persons; and therefore as soon, yea oftentimes sooner, to the poor and meaner sort, than to great ones, Jam. 2. 5.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The meaner sort have not so many, nor so great and dangerous impediments to hinder them from imbracing the Gospell, as the great ones have. For outward honour, dignity, and worldly greatness, is a [Page 697] dangerous snare and stumbling block to hinder men in the wayes of God, if it be not sanctified unto them.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. The meaner sort are not so full of worldly Wisdome and Policy, and so not so apt to cavil and object against the truth and simplicity of the Gospell, as greater men are apt to do.

Use 1 Use. 1. This may comfort Ministers of the Word if at any time they see that their Ministry is contemned, or little regarded by men of greatest place, Calling, Dignity, &c. and that few or none do profit by it, or shew zeal and forwardness in imbracing their Doctrine, besides the poorer and meaner sort. This is no new or strange thing, but such as hath and doth usually, and for the most part, come to pass. Therefore, a Faithfull Minister when he sees it to be so, that his Ministry doth good onely or chiefly to the poorer and meaner sort; and that few or none of the greater sort are Converted or Called by it, he is not to be troubled or discouraged at all hereat, but to go on chearfully in his Ministry, being glad and thankfull to God for the fruit of his labours in the poorer sort, though he see little or none at all in those of higher place or de­gree.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See, that poverty and meannesse in the World, is no hinderance to Religion, or to the imbra­cing of the Gospell, and so no means to keep such from the Kingdome of Heaven; but a furtherance ra­ther: which is matter of comfort to the poorer sort, not to be discouraged with their Poverty, nor to be dis­contented, or out of love with their estate, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See how little cause there is for Christians to affect or seek after worldly greatnesse, honour, or high places; seeing these are no help at all, but rather a hinderance to men in imbracing the Gospel, and in profiting by the Ministry of it. Great places have great temptations and snares accompanying them, where­by they are apt to be intangled and hindered in receiving the Gospell, and profiting by the Ministry of it, from which snares and impediments, the meaner sort are much more free. 1 Tim. 6. 9. They that will be Rich, fall into temptation, and a snare, &c. So also, they that will be honourable, or men of great place or ac­count in the World, &c. Which therefore should move us not to affect greatnesse in the World, but rather a moderate and mean estate, and to content our selves herewith.

Use 4 Use 4. To humble great men of the World, and pull down their Pride, teaching them to deny themselves and their worldly wealth, honour, greatnesse, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that these Pharisees, who by their great place, Calling, and accompt which they were in amongst the Jews, should have bin most forward to favour, countenance, and defend Christ and his Doctrine, they on the contrary, were most forward here to shew envy and malice against him, by tempting him with this intricate question, that so they might ensnare him, and so confound and disgrace him: Hence we learn, that such as for their high places, Calling and Dignity in the Church, should be the greatest friends and fa­vourers of Christ and the Gospell, they are oftentimes the greatest and most dangerous enemies of both. See before, chap. 7. ver. 1.

Of the second, the question it self. Is it lawfull for a man, &c.] They do not mean, whether it were lawfull to do this at all, or in any case; for in the case of Adultery, the matter was clear, that it was lawfull, and our Saviour had before taught as much, Matth. 5. 32. whereof it is likely they were not ignorant. But the meaning of their question is, whether it were lawfull for a man to put away his Wife for any other cause or causes, besides that of Adultery; and especially whether it were lawfull to do this for those common and ordinary causes of dislike and ha [...]red, for which the corrupt custome of the Jews was in those times to put away their Wives, as may appear, Matth. 5. 32. where our Saviour condemneth that practice. Now to this corrupt custome and practice then in use, the Pharisees do here allude, as may more plainly appear, Matth. 19. 3. whether the question is thus propounded, Where it were lawfull for a man to put away his Wife for every cause? That is, for every such common and ordinary cause or occasion of ha [...]red, dislike, or discontentment conceived against her, as the manner of the Jews was then to do; where we may see how far these Hypocritical Pharisees were swayed in their Judgment by that corrupt custome of the times where­in they lived, in that by this means, they were brought to make a question of this matter, which was in it self so gross and absurd, that they might well have bin ashamed to make any question at all of it. It may al­so be gathered from ver. 11. that in this question, there was another included, viz. whether after Divorce, the Husband might marry with another Wife, although this is not expressed by them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That gross Hypocrites and such as have no truth of Religion in them, but are enemies of it, may be, and are forward sometimes to ask questions about matters of Religion; such as have no good Con­science in themselves, may be ready to put questions and cases of Conscience to others. So these Pharisees to our Saviour here; and so at other times. Matth. 22. 17. they asked his Opinion, Whether it were lawfull to pay Tribute to Caesar or not? And ver. 23. The profane Sadduces came and asked him, Whose Wife that Woman should be in the Resurrection, who had bin married to seven brethren successively one after ano­ther? And ver. 35. one of the Scribes asked him, Which was the great Commandment of the Law? See Joh. 1. 19.

Use. Use. See by this, that although it is in it self a good and commendable thing in Christians to be forward in moving questions about matters of Religion (so that they be necessary and profitable questions), yet this is no infallible mark of a good or sound Christian; for even gross Hypocrites may do it, and do oftentimes. Therefore let none please themselves too much in this custome or practice of a king questions of the Mini­sters of God or others, touching matters of Religion; but look with what mind and affection thou dost pro­pound or move such questions or cases of Conscience, whether with an humble and teachable mind, desirous to learn, and to rest in such true and sound answers as are given thee out of the Word of God. Look at the intent and purpose of thy heart in moving such questions, whether thou do sincerely aim at the [...]lory of God, and Spiritual edification of thy self and others in the sound knowledg of Gods will, and Conscionable obe­dience to the same. If if be so, thou mayest have comfort by this thy forwardness to ask questions touching Religion and cases of Conscience, and not otherwise.

Observ. 2 Observ. [...]. That the common custome of the times in any sin or unlawfull practice, doth bring men at length to make question of the lawfulness of those things whereof no question ought to be made; yea, to [Page 698] think such sins to be no sins, &c. So here, the corrupt custome of the Jews in this unlawfull practice of put­ting away their Wives for every small occasion of dislike, did bring them at length to make question of the lawfulness of this practice; yea, to think it lawful: and therefore these Pharisees come and move this questi­on to our Saviour; and they so move it, as that they seem in their Judgment to incline (as no doubt but they did) unto the common Custome and practice then in use. Therefore Matth. 19. 7. they urge our Saviour with the Authority of Moses for the justifying of this unlawful practice. The like may be said of Polygamy, or the marrying of many Wives at once, which being in it self a sin, yet by common custome therein, the Fathers of the old Testament were brought to make question of the lawfulness of it; yea, to think it lawful, for so no doubt but they did; common custome breeding a common error, and the common error breeding a common ignorance in those that practised this sin. So Fornication among the Gentiles by common cu­stome, came not onely to be questioned whether lawfull, but to be holden as no sin. In the times of the Antient Fathers of th [...] Christian Church, there were sundry corrupt customes and practices in use, which by reason of the commonness of them, grew not onely to be questioned whether lawfull, but also to be holden and reputed so to be; as Praying for the dead, giving of the Communion to young Children, deferring of Baptism till sickness or old age, &c. So in our times there are many unlawfull and unwarrantable practises in use, which by reason of the common custome of the times, are grown now to be questioned as touching the lawfulness of them, whereas there ought to be no question of them; yea, not onely to be questioned, but to be holden lawfull. For example, the custome of profane swearing, especially of some common Oaths, as by Faith, Troth, &c. the Custome of drinking Healths, the practice of mixt dancing of men and women together, of usury, &c.

Ʋse. Use. See how dangerous it is for us to follow the common customes and practices of the times and places where we live, farther than they are good and warrantable. For by this means, we may soon be brought, not onely to err in practise, but also to be corrupted in Judgment; so as we shall begin to make question of the lawfulness of such things as are simply unlawfull, and whereof no question ought to be made at all; yea, we shall be so blinded and besotted, as to think some gross sins to be no sins, &c. Take heed therefore how we follow or lean too much to the common customes of the times, and of the common sort amongst whom we live; make not the custome of the times, or example of the multitude, but the Word of God the rule of thy life. Remember, Exod. 23. 2. Thou shalt not follow a multitude to do evill, &c. And Rom. 12. 2. Be not conformed to this World, &c. but prove what is the good, acceptable, and perfect will of God. Great is the force of evill custome, especially when it groweth common and ordinary amongst many, or the most part of men in the times and places where we live; it is able, not onely to pervert us in life and practice, but also to blind and be [...]ot us in Judgment, causing us to make question of the lawfulness of things utterly unlawfull, wicked, and sinfull; yea, to think sins to be no sins at length, when they are so commonly practised, &c. Such evill customes are like to Epidemical diseases, which, where they once begin to prevail, are apt to over-run all or most part of the people in those places; or like wild Fire, apt to lay hold on every thing that comes near it. Therefore let us beware of being infected with the contagion of such evill customes and practises, though ne­ver so common; Take heed this dangerous Wild-fire lay not hold on us: To this end, Pray unto God to keep us upright and blameless in these evill times, that we may separate our selves from the common corrup­tion that is in the World through lust, (as the Apostle saith); and that we may shine as Lights in the midst of a perverse Generation, amongst whom we live.

Of the third; The end these Pharisees aimed at in propounding this question unto Christ, To tempt him.

Tempting him] See before, chap. 8. 11. That is, in way of tempting, proving, or trying him; or, to the end they might prove and try what he would answer, and so by his answer, might some way or other ens [...]are and entrap him, if it might be; and that which way soever he answered, whether affirmatively, or negatively. For if he answered affirmatively, then he should contradict himself, and his former Doctrine, Matth. 5. 32. And besides, he might seem to be a Patron of sin, in defending the common abuse of Divorces amongst the Jews. If he answered negatively, then they thought they should have matter enough against him for see­ming to cross the Doctrine of Moses, as also for opposing himself against the common practice of the times, which they thought would bring him into hatred with the people.

Observ. 1 Observ 1. See here, that although Hypocrites and enemies of Religion may sometimes be forward to move questions touching matters of Religion, yet not with any good mind, or to any good end; but alwayes to some evill end and purpose, as either to tempt and prove others, and to ensnare or entrap them by their answers, and so to bring them into trouble, or into disgrace before men, as here the Pharisees: and Matth. 22. 15-35. See Luke 11. 54. And Joh. 8. 6. or else in way of ostentation, to make shew of their know­ledg in the Scriptures, or that they may seem Religious, &c. To some such evill end, they use to propound questions of Religion, or cases of Conscience to others; not with a mind to profit or to learn of others, or so as to rest in the true an [...]wers given according to the Word of God; but for such sinister ends before mentioned.

Use. Ʋse. For admonition to take heed it be not so with us, that we do not propound or move questions of Religion, or cases of Conscience to others, (whether to Ministers of the Word, or to other Christians) to such evill, corrupt, and sinister ends; as to try and prove others, or to entrap them, and bring them into trouble or disgrace (especially good men) nor yet to make shew of our knowledg. As it is a good and com­mendable thing to ask questions, and to move conference about such matters of Religion in due time, place, and manner; so it is an Hypocritical and wicked practice to do this with a corrupt mind, and to such evill ends and purposes as are before expressed. The better the practice of moving such questions of Religion is, the greater sin it is to abuse it, by making it a Cloak and cover under which to hide evill, corrupt, or malici­ous intentions and purposes. Therefore take heed of this Hypocritical practice; and let it be our care not onely to be ready and forward in asking questions of Religion, but especially to see we do it with a sincere mind and intention, with a desire either to learn, or to teach others, and instruct them in the true practice of Religion.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That it is the property of grosse hypocrites and wicked men, to hide evill intents and practi­ses under a shew and pretence of Religion. These Pharisees made shew of Religion and conscience, in coming to our Saviour, to put this case of conscience to him, Whether lawfull for a man, &c. but under this pretence they did hide a malicious intent and purpose to tempt our Saviour, and to entrap him by his answer to them. So at other times they used to cover and cloke their wicked purposes and practises with a shew of Religion and Holiness, Matth. 23. 14. Ye devour widows houses, and for a pre [...]ence make long prayers, &c. Thus wicked Balaam, Num. 23. 1, &c. under pretence of offering a solemn Sacrifice, and of going to consult with God, did hide his wicked purpose of cursing Gods people. Thus wicked Jezabel, 1 King. 21. under pre­tence of a Religious Fast, caused Naboth to be falsly accused and put to death, that Ahab might have his Vineyard.

Use. Use. Let this hypocritical and wicked practice be far from every one of us, who professe to be the true servants of God. Of all sins, take heed of those that are practised under pretence of holiness and Religion. Dissembled holiness, is double iniquity. It is a great sin and offence against God, to defraud or oppresse others, to speak evill of others, or to slander and backbite others, &c. to wreck our malice or wrath against others, these are every one of them great sins and offences against God: but never so offensive and disho­nourable to God, as when they are practised under a colour and shew of holiness, Religion, or zeal for Gods glory. For the more excellent a thing true Religion and Zeal is, the more haynous and odious is it before God, for any to abuse it as a cloke and cover for sin. Let every one therefore fear and take heed of this high degree of hypocrisie and wickedness, as being most odious to God and Man.

Mark 10. 3, 4.‘And he answered and said unto them, What did Moses command you? Febr. 3. 1627.

OF the first part of the Disputation between our Saviour and the Pharisees touching divorcement of Wives, we have heard, Verse 2. namely, of the question propounded by them unto our Saviour touch­ing this matter, Whether it were lawful for a man to put away his Wife, viz. for such small causes or occa­sions of dislike or discontent, for which the custome of the Jewes in those times was to put away their Wives.

Now followes the second part of the disputation, viz. our Saviour's answer to that question of the Phari­sees: which answer is made by way of propounding another question to him; demanding of them what Moses did command them touching this matter?

Verse 3. He answered and said unto them, What did Moses, &c.] That is, What is the written Law of Mo­ses, (or rather of God by Moses) touching divorcing or putting away of Wives? Now this question he ask­eth of them; not that he was ignorant of the Law of Moses touching this matter; but because they pro­pounded the question to tempt and entrap him, and so to bring him into disgrace and dislike, or hatred with the people: therefore to prevent this their malicious purpose, he doth not give them a direct answer pre­sently in his own name; but refers them for an answer to the Law of Moses; that is, to the authority of the Scriptures: and the rather, because they professed great knowledg in the Law of Moses, and that they did highly esteem of the same. And this he did also, to give occasion by this question to further conference and discussing of the matter.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour answer them at all, seeing he knew them to be grosse hypocrites and mali­cious enemies, and therefore (as it may seem) to be unworthy of an answer?

Answ. Answ. 1. To convince and stop their mouths, and lest by his silence he should give them occasion to insult over him, as if he either could not or durst not answer them; according to that of Solomon, Prov. 26. 5. Answer a fool according to his folly, lest he be wise in his own conceit.

2. For the better informing of the multitude, and of his own disciples being present, touching this mat­ter: and the rather, because his disciples were as yet to seek, and not thoroughly resolved in it; as appear­eth by their asking him again of it afterward in the house, Verse 10. Therefore our Saviour in answering these Pharisees, had not so much respect to them, as to the good and edification of his Disciples and the mul­titude who were teachable.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though it be not alwayes fit to answer profane and wicked men, which are open and known enemies of Religion, when they propound captio [...]s questions to us, about matters of Religion, onely to en­trap and ensnare us: (for sometimes silence is the best answer to such; as Solomon saith, Prov. 26. 4. Answer not a fool, &c: And our Saviour forbids us to give holy things to dogs, &c. Matth. 7.) yet sometimes it is ex­pedient and necessary to answer such, both for the convincing and stopping of their mouths, and also for the benefit and good of others, who perhaps are present at such times, and may reap good by our answers: and lastly, for the discharge of our own conscience, lest we should in such cases be wanting to the truth, in giving testimony unto it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour dealeth so wisely and circumspectly here in answering the captio [...]s que­stion of the Pharisees; not answering them directly in his own name, lest he should minister occasion of cavilling to them, but referring them to Moses Law for answer, asking what Moses commanded in this case [...] and so opposing their question with another question, the better to convince them; hence we are to learn the like wisdom and prudence, in framing our answers to such malicious and crafty enemies of Religion, if at any time they shall come upon us with such intricate, captious, and [...]nsnaring questions, seeking advan­tage against us, to bring us into trouble, or to bring us and the truth if self into disgrace. Here we must remember to be wise as Serpents in answering such malicious and politick enemies of the truth; and not onely in our answers, but in all our conference with such, to be careful and wise so to order it, that we give them no advantage against our selves or the truth it self. This wisdom our Saviour teacheth us here, by his manner of answering these Pharisees coming to tempt him with a question. So at other times, as Matth. 22. 21. when they went about to entangle him by the question of paying tribute to Caesar, he answered them so, as they could take no advantage; bidding them to give unto Caesar the things that were Caesars, &c. [Page 700] The like wisdom was practised by the Martyrs, when they were brought before authority, and their enemies went about to entrap them by captious questions, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour referreth these Pharisees here unto the written Law of Moses; that is, unto the Scriptures, for answer to their question; thereby he teacheth them and us, that the best means for the an­swering and deciding of all questions, doubts, or controversies about matters of Religion or Conscience, is to have recourse unto the Scriptures, or written Word of God, and there to seek resolution. This our Sa­viour here teacheth us. So Matth. 22. 31. when the Sadduces moved that question to him about the resur­rection, he asketh them, Whether they had not read that which God had spoken to them in his written Word touching that matter? So Luke 10. 26. when a certain Lawyer or Scribe stood and tempted him with this question, What he should do to inherit eternal life? He answered him thus, What is written in the Law? How readest thou? To this purpose is that, Esay 8. 20. To the Law, and to the Testimony, &c.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. The Scriptures are the onely absolute and perfect Rule, given of God, to direct us in all mat­ters of Christian faith and practice, 2 Tim. 3. 15. Able to make us wise unto salvation, through faith which is in Christ Jesus. And, in the Verse following, They are profitable for doctrine, for reproof, correction, instruction in righteousness: That the man of God may be perfect, &c. Therefore called Canonical, &c. Therefore in all doubts and questions of Religion, whether touching faith or practice, the best way to find resolution, is to have recourse to this Canon and Rule of the Scripture, and by it to examine and judge of the matters questioned.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Scriptures are the supream and highest Judge of all Controversies, as being the Voyce of God himself, from whose sentence there is no appeal to be made.

Use 1 Use 1. See what wrong the Church of Rome doth unto the Laity (as they call them) or Common people, in debarring them from reading the Scriptures; for in so doing, they shut them from the best and only means whereby they should seek resolution in all questions of Religion, and Cases of Conscience, which they are doubtful of at any time; and so keep them still in grosse ignorance, doubting, and suspence of mind and judgment touching those things which concern their own salvation. They are herein like unto those Lawyers or Scribes, Luke 11. 52. who took away the Key of knowledg, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To move us, in all doubts and questions of Religion, or Cases of Conscience, which do arise either in our selves, or between us and others, ever to have recourse unto the Scriptu [...]es, as the only Rule of faith and practice to direct, and the supream and infallible Judg to determine of all Doubts and Controver­sies of Religion and Conscience, needful to be decided and determined. Consult with these heavenly Oracles [...] God, as they are called, Rom. 3. 2. Make them the men of our counsel, as David did, Psal. 119. Thus did the Ancient Fathers of the Church, in all doubts and controversies of Faith arising; as Austin lib. 2. de [...]upt. et concup. ad Valer. cap. 33. This Controversie (saith he to Julian the Pelagian) depending between us, requireth a Judge; let Christ therefore judge, and let the Apostle Paul judg with him, &c. And here see, by the way, how needful it is for all Christians to be well acquainted with the Scriptures, and with the meaning of them: for otherwise, how shall they be able readily to have recourse to them for resolution in those matters of faith or practice which they are doubtful in at any time: which should therefore stir up all to search the Scriptures diligently, as our Saviour willeth the Jews, Joh. 5. 39. not contenting themselves with the literal knowledg of them, but seeki [...]g after the true sense and meaning of the Scriptures; that so they may be the better able by them to examine and judg of such doubts and questions as do arise touching Christian faith or practice.

Now followeth the third part of this Disputation between our Saviour and the Pharisees touching Divorce­ment, viz. their reply or answer unto our Saviour's former Demand, touching the Law of Moses in this case. To this they make answer, Verse 4. affirming, that Moses did permit or suffer the husband to w [...]te a Bill of Divorcement, and so to put away his Wife. This they affirm to be the Law of Moses touching divorcement of the Wife.

Now the particular Law of Moses, which they do alledg or allude unto, is that, Deut. 24. 1, &c. When a man hath taken a wife and married her, and it come to passe that she find no favour in his eyes, &c. then let him write her a Bill of Divorcement, and give it in her hand, and send her out of his house. This Law the Pharisees do al­ledg, thereby to justifie the common practice of the Jews then in use, which was to put away their Wives for leight causes, and particularly in the case of dislike or hatred conceived against them; as may appear, Matth. 19. 7. where they urge this Law of Moses to this effect unto our Saviour. But in alledging it to this end, they do pervert the true scope and meaning of this Law: which was not simply to approve or allow of such Divorces; but only to permit and tolerate such Divorces for a time, for the preventing of a greater evil (as we shall see afterward): For conceiving whereof, we must observe, That this Law of Moses, as it is set down, Deut. 24. doth consist of two parts.

1. A Permission or toleration of divorcement or putting away of the Wife in the case of dislike or hatred conceived against her for some uncleanness or filthinesse found in her, that is, for some [...]oul deformity, or other great fault which he findeth in her: (though it be not the sin of fornication or adultery; for of that, Moses doth not there speak) See Deut. 23. 14. In this case of hatred or dislike, the Law permitteth or tol­lerateth the sending away of the Wife out of his house; that is, the putting of her away from living with him as his Wife. See Matth. 19. 8.

2. A Precept or Commandment touching the manner of the husband's putting away his wife, viz. that he should first write her a Bill of Divorcement, and so put her away: So it is expresly said in the Law, Let him write her a Bill of divorcement, &c. which words are to be taken as a flat Precept, enjoyning the husband to do this.

Where, by the way, we are to observe the fraud and cunning of these Pharisees, in their manner of alledg­ing this Law of Moses; in that they do not distinguish these two parts of the Law (that is to say, the per­mission of divorcement, and the Precept touching the bill of divorcement) as they should have done: but they confound these two: sometimes calling both parts of the Law a permission, as here they do: and some­times calling both by the name of a Commandement, as they do, Matth. 19. 7. whereas this Law of Moses [Page 701] was neither a Permission simply, nor yet simply a Precept or Commandment; but partly a Permission, and partly a Precept or Commandment.

Further, touching this Law of Moses here mentioned and set down, Deut. 24. 1. some questions are to be resolved.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Wherefore Moses (or rather the Lord himself by Moses) did, by this Law, tolerate or permit Divorcement of the Wife in the forenamed case of dislike or hatred conceived against her?

Answ. Answ. Not thereby to allow or approve of such Divorces (for it was against the first institution of Marri­age, as our Saviour afterwards sheweth in ver. 6, 7, 8.) but for the preventing of a greater evill or mischief, viz. the hard and cruell dealing of Husbands with their Wives, as the times then were amongst the Jews. For such was the cruelty and hard-heartednesse of the Jewish Husbands against their Wives, (as some do af­firm) that when once they had conceived hatred against them, they would rather do them any hurt or mis­chief, (yea, though it were to the wilfull murthering of them) then they would live with them. And this may be gathered from the words of our Saviour himself, in the verse following, where he saith, That it was for the hardnesse of the Jews hearts, that Moses did give them that Law or Precept.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. What kind of Law was this of Moses touching Divorcement?

Answ. Answ. It was no Morall or perpetual Law to continue in force for ever, at least, not in regard of all the circumstances of it; but it was onely a Judicial, Civil, or Politick Law, given onely for the good and con­venient ordering of the Common-wealth of the Jews, and that for a time onely; that is to say, untill the time of Reformation, as it is called, Hebr. 9. 10. which was after the comming of Christ in the flesh; and therefore we see that our Saviour at his comming, though he did not quite abrogate this Law, in regard of the substance and equity of it; yet he did correct and amend it, or at least open and explain the true scope and meaning of it, further then ever it was before opened; by teaching it, not to be an absolute allowance of Di­vorcement in such cases of dislike and hatred conceived against the Wife, but onely a permission of it for a time, in regard of the hard-heartednesse of the Jews; and withall, by shewing expresly the unlawfulness of such Divorces, as he doth afterward, as we shall hear, ver. 9-11. of this Chapter.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Wherefore was the Husband commanded to give a writing or Bill of Divorcement to his Wife before he put her away?

Answ. Answ. It is most likely that the principal causes were these. 1. That by this Bill of Divorcement the Wife being the innocent party, might be saved harmless from being too much wronged and abused by her Husband. For she having the Bill of her Divorcement, to shew this was a testimony for her innocency: and besides, by it she being cleared from her former Husband, was at liberty by this toleration, before men to marry with another, as the words of the Law do shew, Deut. 24. 2. 2. That this might be a means to bri­dle and restrain such rigorous Husbands from that unlawfull practice of putting away their Wives in such ca­ses, when as they could not do it without giving them a Bill of Divorcement, which would also be a perpe­tual testimony, both against themselves, (to shew their hard dealing) and for their Wives, to clear their inno­cency. See Esay 50. 1.

So much in way of clearing these words of the Pharisees here alledging the Law of Moses touching Di­vorces.

Where, 1. Consider the persons alledging this Law, the Pharisees; They said, &c. 2. Their corrupt manner and end of alledging it, to justify unlawfull Divorces. 3. The Law it self.

Observ. Of the first. Observ. That gro [...]s Hypocrites, and profane or wicked men may have knowledg in the Scriptures, and be able to alledg the same readily. So these Pharisees here; they had literal knowledg in the Law of Moses, and could readily cite places out of the books of Moses. So at other times, as Joh. 8. 5. they alledg the Law of stoning such to death who were taken in Adultery. So the profane Sadduces who de­nyed the Resu [...]rection, and held there was neither Angell nor Spirit, Act. 23. yet could alledg Scripture, Matth. 22. 24. yea, the Devill himself, Matth. 4.

Use. Use. Teacheth us not to rest contented with the literal knowledg of the Scriptures; but withall to labour for the true understanding of the sense and meaning of the Scriptures, and especially for Sanctified hearts to imbrace and yield obedience to the Word of God; else we go no further then Hypocrites and Repro­bates, who may have great knowledg in the Letter and History of the Scripture; yea, they may also under­stand the meaning of them in a great measure; yea further, they may have some taste in their affections of the sweetness of God's Word, and yet be but Hypocrites and Reprobates, Hebr. 6. 5. Therefore above all, labour for the true sanctifying and saving knowledg of the Word of God, with a true feeling of the power and vertue thereof, renewing and changing our hearts. If this be not in thee, thou mayest perish, and go to Hell with all thy literal or speculative knowledg of the Scriptures. If it be onely in thy head, and not truely rooted in thy heart, &c.

Of the second. It is the property and manner of Hypocrites and wicked men to alledg Scripture for the justification of sin and unlawfull practices; and to this end, to pervert the true sense and meaning of the Scripture. So these Pharisees here do alledg this Law of Moses out of Deut. 24. to justify unlawful Divo [...] ­ces for small and light causes, then in use amongst the Jews; and to this end, the better to colour over the matter, and to hide the true meaning of the Law, they alledg the words of it in a perplexed and confused manner, sometimes calling the whole Law a permission; which was not so, but in part, an express Com­mandment; namely, in respect of the Bill of Divorcement to be given unto the Wife: and sometimes cal­ling it a Commandment, as Matth. 19. 7. whereas it was in part a permission or toleration onely, viz. in re­gard of the Divorces themselves.

And this hath bin an usual practice of wicked men in all ages, to alledg Scripture in defence of sin, both of their own sins, and of the sins of others in the times wherein they lived; and to this end, to pervert the true sense of the Scriptures alledged by [...]hem. Thus all profane Hereticks which have bin both in ancient, and latter times, have alledged Scripture in defence of their wicked Heresies, perverting the Scripture to that end. So the Arr [...]ans, Pelagians, Manichees, &c. in old time. So at this day, the Papis [...]s, Anabaptists, and such like. So amongst our selves, there are to be found now adayes such profane men, who are ready to al­ledg [Page 702] Scripture in excuse and defence of their own and others sins, perverting and wresting such Scriptures to this wicked end. So our covetous worldlings are wont to alledg for themselves the words of the Apostle. If any provide not for his own, &c. So our Sabbath-breakers can alledg, that the Sabbath was made for man, &c. Mark 2. So the Adulterer is ready to alledg the example of David, perverting it to a wicked end, even to the defence of that foul sin in himself, &c. This practice wicked men have learned of their Father the Devil, as we may see, Matth. 4. 6.

Ʋse. Use. For admonition to us, to take heed of this practice of wicked men in perverting and abusing the Scriptures, by alledging them in the defence or excuse of our own or others sins and unlawfull practices. This is a high degree of profaning God's name, and taking it in vain, which we are forbidden in the 3d Com­mandment, and for which the Lord there threatneth not to hold such guiltless, &c. Consider therefore the hainousness of the sin, with the danger of it, 2 Pet. 3. 16. They which do wrest the Scriptures, are said to do it unto their own destruction, especially such as wrest them to the defence of sin, &c.

Observ. 1 Of the third. Observ. 1. That some things may be tolerated for a time by the civill Laws of a Common­wealth, for the preventing of some greater mischief, which yet in themselves are not lawfull or warrantable by the Morall Law of God. Thus Divorces (in the case of extream hatred of the Husband against the Wife) though they were against the Moral Law, yet were tolerated for a time by this Politick or Judicial Law of Moses, to prevent a greater evill; namely, the cruel dealing of such Husbands with their Wives. So Poly­gamy, or marrying many Wives at once, being flat against the Moral Law, and first institution of Marriage, yet was in some sort tolerated by a Politick Law of Moses, as appeareth, Deut. 21. 15. for by the Law there set down, the son of the second Wife was accounted legitimate, and in case that he were the first born, he was not to be disinherited, but to have the right of the first born; that is, a double portion. And this tolera­tion was for the avoiding of some greater evill, which otherwise would have ensured. The like is to be thought of that Law, Deut. 23. 20. which permitted the Jews to practice usury towards strangers; that is, toward the profane Gentiles, as the Canaanites, &c. which yet was against the Moral Law of God. Unto this kind of Laws, we may refer our Law of Usury in this Land, touching 10 in the 100. (as heretofore it was) and 8. in the 100. (as now it is) which Law doth not allow or approve of so much, but rather permit or tolerate it for the preventing of greater usury. The like may be said of some other abuses which are or have been for a time tolerated in some Common-wealths, to prevent some greater mischiefs which would otherwise ensue. Here note, that although Christian Magistrates may in good Policy make such Laws, whereby for a time to tolerate some evills or abuses in the Common-wealth, for the preventing of greater mischiefs; yet it doth not follow, that therefore we may take Liberty by such Laws of men to practise such sins or abuses. The rea­son is, because the tolerating of them by such Politick Laws of the Common-wealth, doth not make them lawfull before God; neither ought we to make the civil Laws of men, but the Moral Law of God the rule of our life and practice: which shews what a vain excuse it is of our Usurers to plead the Law of the Land in defence of their practice, &c. So also of those that think they may go to Law for every small Trespass, &c. because the Law is open, &c. Also of such as make private contracts of Marrriage without Parents consent, because the Law of man ratifieth some such contracts.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that to the permission of Divorce, there was added by Moses a Precept or Commandment, [...]ouching the making and giving of a Bill of Divorce unto the Wife, thereby to curb and bridle the Husbands from this unjust practice of putting away their Wives: We may hence gather, that although this practice of unlawfull Divorces was for a time tolerated and winked at by this Law of Moses; yet it was never simply allowed of God, but alwayes offensive and displeasing unto him. And therefore, even by that very Law which did in some sort tolerate and permit such Divorces, he did sufficiently testify his dislike of the same.

Mark 10. 5.‘And Jesus answered and said unto them, &c. Febr. 10. 1627.

NOw followeth the fourth and last part of this disputation or conference between our Saviour and the Pharisees touching Divorcement, viz. our Saviour's more direct and full answer unto the Pharisees, touching the matter questioned. For whereas in the former verse they affirmed unto him that Moses in his Law did permit the Husband to write his Wife a Bill of Divorcement, and so to put her away in case that he had conceived great dislike and hatred against her for some fault found in her: To this our Saviour now answereth, and gives a more full resolution of the matter then before. And this his answer consisteth of three parts.

For, 1. Granting unto them that Moses did indeed permit Divorcement in the case before mentio­ned, he shews them the special cause and reason of that Law of Moses, why it was given; namely, for the hardness of their hearts.

2. He proveth the unlawfulness of such Divorcement, by the near union and conjunction which is between Man and Wife, by God's own Ordinance, even from the beginning; which he sheweth, by laying down the first institution of marriage out of Gen. 1, and 2. chap. And this he doth, ver. 6, 7, 8.

3. He doth from thence conclude the question, by a general Precept or Admonition touching the not se­parating of those things which God hath joyned, ver. 9.

For the hardnesse of your hearts] This is to be understood of the Nation and people of the Jews and Israe­lites in general, and especially of those which lived in Moses his time, and afterward. But our Saviour here chargeth these Pharisees also with the same sin, because they did imitate their Fore-fathers in this hard­ness of heart, as also because they took upon them to justify such unlawfull Divorces as were practised by the Jews by reason of such hardness of heart.

Quest. Quest. What is hardness of heart?

Answ. Answ. When the Heart is so confirmed and setled, or rooted in any sin, either by nature, or by custome [Page 703] and continuance in practice of it, or by both, that it doth become insensible of sin, having little or no fee­ling of it, and consequently uncapable of Repentance, and unfit to be reformed or reclaimed from sin. Sometimes called in Scripture, a fat or brawny heart. Esay 6. 10. Make the Heart of this people fat, &c. This hardness of heart was a sin very proper and peculiar unto the Nation of the Jews, both of ancient and latter times; for which therefore they are often reproved, both by Moses and the Prophets. Exod. 32. 9. The Lord said to Moses, I have seen this people, and behold, it is a stiff-necked people. Act. 7. 51. Steven tells them, they were stiff-necked, and uncircumcised in heart, &c. Now as they were a people whose hearts were hard­ned in many sins; so especially in some sins in particular, and above others; one of which was, the bit­ter hatred of husbands against their own Wives, insomuch that if they once conceived great dislike and ha­tred against them, they grew in time to be so hardned in this Malice, that they cared not what abuse they offered them, nor what cruelty they exercised against them; yea, though it were by wilfull murthering of them, as some Writers do testify of this people. And this is that special kind of hardness of heart which our Saviour here speaketh of, charging the Jews with it, and affirming it to be the special cause for which Moses gave a Law of toleration for Divorcing of the Wife in that case of hatred conceived by her husband against her, viz. for the better preventing of this cruel and unmercifull dealing of such malitious and hard­hearted Husbands toward their own Wives. And these words of our Saviour are a secret check and reproof to these Pharisees for their perverse alledging of Moses's Law, for the justifying of unlawfull Divorces for sleight causes, q. d. that Law of Moses is so far from excusing such Divorces practised amongst you, that it rather shews the wickednesse of your hearts, then the lawfulnesse of such Divorces, &c.

It followeth. He wrote you this Precept] That is, he gave you in writing this Politicall Law of toleration touching Divorcement in the case of the Husbands dislike of the Wife; which Law, our Saviour calleth a Precept, not because it was simply and absolutely so in regard of the Divorce if self (for so it was onely a permission, as hath bin shewed) but because it was in part a Precept or command; namely, in respect of giving the Bill of Divorcement to the Wife.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here the special cause moving the Lord by the Political Law of Moses to permit and tole­rate unlawfull Divorces for a time amongst the people of the Jews; the cause was, the cruelty and hard­heartedness of that people toward their own Wives, which was such, that when once they grew into hatred of them, they would rather murder them, or do them any mischief, than live with them; therefore to prevent this outragious and unnatural cruelty and bloudy dealing of the Husband with the Wife, the Lord did ra­ther for a time permit such hard-hearted and cruel Husbands to put away their Wives, by giving them a Bill of Divorce, than by tying them to live with them, to give occasion of such outrage and cruelty to be shewed by the Husband against the Wife; which therefore shews, that such unlawfull Divorces were never allowed of God, but onely tolerated for a time amongst that cruell and hard-hearted people, as a lesser evill to prevent and avoid a greater.

Quest. Quest. Why did not the Lord rather cure and quite take away this hard-heartedness and obstinate Malice of the Jewish Husbands against their Wives (as he could have done) then thus tolerate the same?

Answ. Answ. Though the Lord could have speedily cured and taken away this great evill; yet he did rather choose to tolerate and bear with it for a time, thereby to shew his Patience and long-suffering towards this obstinate people, and withall, to teach all Magistrates and Governours in the Church and Common-wealth, not to use too much rigour in their Government, but wisely to moderate and temper the same according to the disposition of those under their Government, tolerating some evills for a time (which they cannot at first reform), and that for the preventing of greater evills. Vide Jan. Analys. in Deuter. cap. 21. 15. et cap. 24. 1.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Here we see further how hainous and grievous a sin it is, and how offensive and odious unto God, for Husbands to deal hardly or cruelly and unmercifully with their own Wives, either by continuall afflicting and vexing them in their life time, or (which is most hainous and fearfull of all) by seeking the un­timely death of them, or being willingly accessary to the same; that this is a most hainous and grievous sin in any Husband, may appear by this, that for the preventing and avoiding hereof, God himself did appoint Moses by a Judicial or Politick Law to tolerate unlawfull Divorces as a lesser evill, which yet in it self was also a great evill and sin. Here then we may see, that although it is a great sin for Husbands to put away their Wives, or to seperate from them without just cause; and therefore, Mal. 2. 16. it is said, the Lord hateth putting away of the Wife; yet it is a more hainous and odious sin before God, for Hus­bands to deal cruelly with their own Wives, by continual and daily vexing and abusing them, and especially by seeking the death of them, or being willingly accessary to the same. For if all kinds and degrees of murder and cruelty be odious unto God; then especially that which is committed or practised against such as the Lord hath tyed us unto by nearest bond; now the Husband is by Gods Ordinance so nearly linked and joyned to the Wife, that they are to be accompted as one person (as we shall hear afterward). It is a hainous and odious sin for any to practise murder or cruelty against any of their near friends or kindred, espe­cially for the child to deal cruelly with his own Father or mother; but it is yet more hainous for the Hus­band to practise cruelty against his own Wife, who is dearer to him than his Parents. And as it is an un­natural sin for the child to be cruel and hard-hearted toward his Parents, so much more for the Husband to be so unto his own Wife, which is himself; and therefore in being cruel to his Wife, he is cruell and unmer­cifull to himself, which is most unnatural. Ephes. 5. 29. No man ever yet hated his own flesh, &c.

Ʋse. Ʋse. For admonition to all Husbands to fear and take heed of this most hainous and odious sin of cruelty, and unmercifull dealing against their own Wives, being a sin so unnatural, and so detestable before God. And to this end, they must be admonished withall, to take heed of that which is the usual cause of such cru­elty; and that is, the conceiving of hatred, dislike, or discontentment against their Wives, for any cause: and especially, they must take heed of harbouring and cherishing any such hatred or dislike in their hearts, lest in time it come to be so rooted in them, that it grow incurable, and lest it break forth at length into out­ragious, cruel, and unmercifull dealing against their Wives, as many times it doth. On the contrary, they must labour and pray unto God for true sanctified Marriage-love towards their Wives; that they may love [Page 704] them not for sinister respects; as for Beauty, Riches, Parentage, &c. but in the Lord, and then their love will be constant.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See here the patience and long-suffering of God which he sheweth even toward obstinate and hard-hearted sinners, in bearing with them for a time, and not proceeding so [...]uddenly and speedily against them in Wrath and Justice as he might. Thus we see here, how he did patiently tolerate and bear with this obstinate people of the Jews, in regard of their obstinatenesse in the sin of un [...]ust and hard dealing against their own wives: not presently proceeding in rigour of Justice against them for this unnaturall and odious sin (as he might have done), but rather tolerating the same in some sort for a time. And therefore he appoint­ed Moses to write them a Law of toleration, to permit such hard-hearted husbands rather to put away their Wives by divorce, than out of their obstinate malice to deal worse with them, either by continuall vexing them, and making them weary of their lives; or else by seeking their death. Herein appeareth the great patience of the Lord toward such obstinate, malicious, and hard-hearted husbands amongst the Jews. The like also he shews, in bearing with this obstinate people of the Jews in respect of other sins. Act. 13. 18. About the time of fourty years he suffered their manners in the wilderness; and Rom. 2. 4. the Apostle mentioneth the forbearance and long-suffering of God, even toward hard-hearted and impenitent sinners: and 1 Pet. 3. 20. The long-suffering of God waited for the repentance of those wicked people of the old world before the flood.

Use 1 Use 1. If the Lord be so patient toward the wicked and obstinate offenders, how much more will he shew great patience and forbearance toward his Saints and servants, being humbled and penitent for their sins; which should therefore comfort them against the fear of Gods wrath and displeasure towards them for their sins by which they more or lesse provoke him daily, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. This should teach and move us after Gods example, to shew as much patience as is possible even toward wicked and ungodly men with whom we live, in bearing with their obstinate malice and wicked­nesse, and with their perverse manners and disposition, that so, if it be possible, we may by this moderation of mind and forbearance of them, gain them to repentance, 2 Tim. 2. 24. The servant of the Lord must be gentle unto all men, and patient. As it is true of Ministers; so of every Christian. See Tit. 2. 2. especially, Such as are called to place of Government over others, must practise this patience and moderation of mind, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. This Patience and forbearance of God toward the wicked, should be a forcible motive to move and stir them up to speedy repentance and turning to the Lord from their sins; as the Apostle sheweth, Rom. 2. 4. Despisest thou the riches of his goodness, and forbearance, &c. not knowing that the goodness of God leadeth thee to repentance?

Mark 10. 5.‘And Jesus answered, and said unto them, For the hardness of your heart he wrote Febr. 17. 1627. you this Precept.’

NOw followeth the second part of our Saviour's answer, and resolution of the Pharisees Question, touch­ing divorcement, Verse 6, 7, 8. In which he proveth against them, the unlawfulness of such divorces as were permitted by Moses, by shewing the strait and in [...]issoluble bond and union which is between Man and W [...]fe, and that by Gods own Ordinance from the beginning: for the shewing whereof, he layeth down the first Institution of marriage out of Gen. 1. and 2. Chapters.

And touching this Institution of Marriage, he sheweth four things.

  • 1. The Time when it was instituted: From the beginning of the Creation.
  • 2. The Authour or Instituter of it, God himself, God made them, &c.
  • 3. The Institution it self, with the means of it: which was by creating them male and female.
  • 4. The speciall Decree or Sanction of God, which immediately upon the first Creation of Mankind, and Institution of Marriage, he did set down touching the duty of married persons, and touching the near and strait bond or union that should be between them, Verse 7, 8.

Of the first, The time, From the beginning of the Creation] that is, From the time when God did first create Mankind, or our first Parents, Adam and Eve.

Observ. Observ. See the Antiquity of the married estate, being instituted of God from the time of man's first crea­tion, at the beginning of the world; even so soon a [...] ever man was created, yea in the very Creation it self, (as we shall see afterward) before man had fallen, and while he was yet in the state of his innocency. This our Saviour plainly implyeth, and avoucheth out of Gen. 1. & 2. Chapters, where the story of it is set down. See Chap. 2. 22. where so soon as ever the woman was crea [...]ed, God brought her unto Adam to be his Wife.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This serves further to instruct us, both touching the necessity and excellency of the married estate: 1. The necessity may be gathered, in that it is so ancient. For if it had not been necessary and profitable for the good of mankind, it should not have been ordained so soon; even at the time of man's first creation. Now if it were necessary before the fall of man, when there was no sin; then much more now since the fall, as a remedy against the sin of fornication, 1 Cor. 7. 2.

2. The Excellency of this Ordinance of God, may also appear by this Antiquity of it, in that it is as an­cient as Mankind, and as the World it self (in a manner), having continued in the world ever since in all times and ages: but especially, in that it was instituted before man's fall, and in the time of his innocency. This antiquity of it doth not a little commend to us the excellency and dignity of it: and this is one reason why it is said to be honourable amongst all, Heb. 13. 4. This dignity of M [...]rriage we are to hold and maintain against all that are enemies to it: especially against the Papists, who do profanely vilifie and contemn this holy and excellent estate of marriage, speaking basely of it; calling it a carnal kind of life, &c.

Of the second. The first Author or Instituter of the married estate, God himself: who therefore is said here to have made them; that is, our first Parents, male and female, that so they might be fit for marriage, &c. (as we shall see afterward more fully.)

Observ. Observ. That God himself is the first Author and Ordainer of the married estate: hence it is, That God made mankind at the first both male and female; and so by creating both sexes, did institute marriage, in which they should both be united and joyned together in one. This also appeareth plainly, Gen. 2. 18. and 22. (ut suprà) And Mal. 2. 15. Did not he make one? that is, create and ordain one wife for one husband at the first, and so institute the estate of marriage? Therefore, Verse 9. What God hath joyned, let no man put asunder.

Quest. Quest. Wherefore, or to what end was Marriage instituted so soon, even at the time of man's first crea­tion, and before his fall, &c?

Answ. Answ. 1. For the mutual society, help, and comfort of Mankind; that is, both of the man, and of the woman. Therefore Gen. 2. 18. God having first created the man, said, It was not good for him to be alone; and therefore he determined to make him a help, &c.

2. That it might be a means for the propagation and increase of Mankind, Gen. 1. 28. After that the Lord had created them both male and female, it is said, He blessed them, saying, Be fruitfull and multiply, &c.

To these is now added a third end since the fall of man, viz. To be a remedy against the sin of fornica­tion.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This again doth commend and set forth to us the dignity and excellency of the married estate; in that it is from God himself, as the immediate and first Author and Ordainer of it; who ordaineth no­thing but that which is good, necessary, and profitable for mankind, and that both before and since the fall of Man. And this is another reason why Marriage is said to be honourable, &c. Heb. 13. in regard of the Author and Instituter of it, because it is a special Ordinance of God, instituted for the good of mankind. And this again condemns the blasphemy of the Papists in speaking evil of this holy Ordinance of God, and forbidding it unto Ministers of the Church, as if it were a prophane or unholy estate, and not fit for them that are called to that holy function. By this, the Papists shew themselves to be those seducing spirits pro­phesied of, 1 Tim. 4. 1. who should teach doctrines of devills,—forbidding to marry, &c. Verse 3.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To comfort married persons against the troubles of the married estate. God having ordained marriage, hath also ordained the troubles incident to it: and so in bearing them patiently, we obey his Will, &c.

Of the third. The Institution it self, implyed in these words, He made them male and female; So Gen. 1. 27. from whence our Saviour alledgeth these words, thereby to prove God to be the Author of marriage, &c. of the near bond, &c. The meaning is plain, viz. That God in the first creation of Mankind at the begin­ing, did not onely create or make Mankind by his Immediate and Almighty power (as he did other crea­tures) but also that he did create a double sex of Mankind, viz. the male and female sex; both man and wo­man kind. And this doth further appear, Gen. 2. Chap. where Moses doth more particularly set down the manner how God did create both these Sexes of Mankind; both the first man, and the first woman.

Touching the man, or male sex, that his body being first made of the dust of the earth, the Lord did im­mediately create his Soul of nothing, and infuse it into the body; which is signified by breathing into it the breath of life, Verse 7.

And touching the woman, or female sex, that in respect of her body she was made or framed out of one of the ribs of Adam after a miraculous and wonderful manner by the power of God: which being done, her Soul was also immediately created of God, and infused into the body so formed. Thus did the Lord make Mankind both male and female at the first.

Quest. Quest. How doth this creation of both Sexes prove or shew the Institution of Marriage?

Answ. Answ. Two wayes especially. 1. Because this was the end why they were created male and female, That they might be fit for marriage, and capable of it. And although God made also two Sexes of other living Creatures; as of Beasts, Birds, &c. yet that was not with any respect at all to marriage society, but onely for propagation sake. Therefore it is noted expresly touching Mankind, that they were created both male and female, Gen. 1. 27. but not so touching other living creatures.

2. In respect of the peculiar manner of the Womans creation, which was out of the rib of the man; to shew the near conjunction that should be between her and her husband in the married estate, viz. that she should be even as a part of him, and he of her, even two in one flesh. (ut postea videbimus.)

In the words explained, two things are contained. 1. The creation of Mankind. 2. The manner how God created them; He made them male and female.

Touching the first, I will not here speak at large, because it was lately han [...]led on the first Article of the Creed.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that God did create two Sexes of Mankind; that is, both the male and female sex, and that to this end, that they might be fit for the married estate, and thereby to ordain and institute marriage; hence we may gather, That marriage and the married estate is grounded upon the very nature and sex of man­kind which they received in their first creation. Therefore so soon as the woman was created, the Lord brought her to the man to be his wife, Gen. 2. which shews, that marriage, and the society of Man and Wife in the married estate was agreeable to the nature or natural sexes of Mankind, which they received in their first creation. For to this end were they so made, that they might be fit for marriage.

Use. Use. This shews, that the Church of Rome in forbidding marriage, and tying those by vow unto the single life, who have not the gift of continency, do sin against nature; and against the very end of man's creation. Utrum matrimonium sit de jure naturae. vid [...] Aquin. Supplem. 3. Part, q. 41. Art. 1.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that God is the Creator of both sexes, that is, both of man and woman; this teacheth us, That therefore both sexes are good, necessary, and profitable in their kinds, both the male and female sex of mankind; the one as well as the other. That which is said of all the creatures which God made, Gen. [...]. ult. That God saw every thing that he had made, and behold, it was very good: this must needs be true of Man­kind, being the principal of all the visible Creatures; and not only is it true of mankind in general, but of both sexes of Mankind, both male and female: and lest any should doubt of the goodness and profitablenes [...] of the woman or female sex, being the weaker of the two, the Lord himself did give testimony unto it even [Page 706] before she was created; by affirming, (as we have heard) that it was not good for man to be alone; and therefore that he would make him a help meet for him, &c.

Use. Use. This then doth reprove and condemn the profanesse of such as do speak evil of the sex of Women, calling them necessary evils, or by the like unfit and reproachful names; which is nothing else but to speak evil of Gods work of Creation, who made them both male and female, and consequently to controll his wisdom shewed in the Creation, which is no better than a degree of blasphemy.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Seeing God is the Creator of both Sexes of Mankind both male and female; hence we learn, That both sexes ought to glorifie and serve God their Creator in this life, by the conscionable practice of all such duties of obedience as he requireth of them; not only men, but women must do this; and not only women but men; both sexes alike. As God hath created both male and female of Mankind; so he will be obeyed and served by both; this being the end of their creation. Therefore, Psal. 148. 12. both young men and maidens are exhorted to praise the Lord their Creator: and Deut. 31. 12. The Lord commands by Mo­ses, that when the Law should be read, both men and women should be gathered together to hear it, and to learn to obey it. See 1 Cor. 11. This shews, that neither sex must think themselves exempted from the du­ties of Gods true worship and service in this life: neither the male nor female sex; neither men nor wo­men, under any colour or pretence whatsoever: but both alike and equally are bound in conscience to glo­rifie God their Creator by those duties of obedience and service which he requireth of them. And for either of them to deny this obedience and service to God, is in effect to deny him to be their Creator, and them­selves to be his creatures; which is wicked Atheism.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Seeing God in the first creation of Mankind did make two distinct sexes; that is to say, the male and female sex distinguished one from the other; hence we may further learn, That it is a great sin for any to go about to confound these two sexes which God would have distinguished, and which himself did distinguish in the first Creation of them. Now these Sexes may be confounded sundry wayes. As for ex­ample: By the practice of that unnatural sin of Sodomy, practised by the wicked Sodomites, (from whom it took the name) and by other of the profane Gentiles; as appeareth, Rom. 1. 26. Also by confounding the outward habit and apparel of both sexes; as when men do puton and wear womens apparel, or women mens apparel; which is abomination to the Lord, Deut. 22. 5. Or when men and women do so disguise themselves with strange fashions of apparel, that it is hard to know and discern men and women asunder by their ap­parel and habit. Now as the creation and distinction of both sexes was the work of God from the beginning; so this confusion of them, is the invention and practice of the devil: which hath been the cause and fountain of manifold grosse sins and abominations committed in the world. Which must therefore teach us to abhor and detest this practice of Satan, and all occasions and means which tend to the bringing in or maintaining of this confusion of sexes, which God will have to be distinguished.

Mark 10. 6, 7, 8.‘But from the beginning of the Creation, God made them male and female, &c. Febr. 24. 1627.

THese words do contain the second part of our Saviour's last and full answer, which he made to the Pha­risees Question touching divorcement.

In which he proveth the unlawfulnesse of such divorces as were permitted by Moses, by the near Union which is betwixt man and wife by Gods Ordinance from the beginning: for the shewing whereof, he layeth down the first Institution of Marriage: Concerning which, he sheweth four things.

  • 1. The Time when Marriage was [...]nstituted, From the beginning of the Creation.
  • 2. The Author of it, God himself.
  • 3. The means of instituting it; which was by creating Mankind both male and female.
  • 4. The speciall Decree of God, which he set down and pronounced immediately upon the creation, touch­ing the near Union that should be between man and wife in the married estate; That a man should leave his father, &c. Of the three first I have formerly spoken.

Now followeth the fourth, which is the Decree or Sanction of God, touching the near Union between married persons.

For this cause, &c.] These words our Saviour alledgeth out of Gen. 2. 24. where we find them uttered by Adam immediately after that the Lord had created the woman, and brought her unto him to be his Wife. Now our Saviour here alledgeth them as spoken or uttered by God himself, (as appeareth, Matth. 19. 5.) the reason whereof is, because Adam in uttering them did speak prophetically, and by speciall instinct and motion from God. So then the words contain in them God's own Decree and Ordinance set down and pronounced by Adam in the Name of God, touching the near Union that should be between married per­sons, &c. Of which Decree or Sanction of God, there are three parts.

The first is, touching the ground or cause of that near Union that should be between Man and Wife: im­plyed in the first words, For this cause.

The second is, Touching the duty of married persons, which they owe one to another, in respect of that near union betwixt them: implyed in these words, A man shall forsake his father, &c.

The third is, Touching the union it self, which should be between man and wife in the married estate; They should be two in one flesh, &c.

Of the first, For this cause] These words as they are uttered by Adam, through the immediate instinct of God himself, Gen. 2. 24. have relation unto that which goes before in that place; namely, to that near union or conjunction which Adam affirmeth to be between him and Eve his wife, in regard of the manner of her creation, being made of his own body, even of a rib taken out of him; in which respect he saith, she was bone of his bone, and flesh of his flesh, &c. Verse 23. whereupon he inferreth the words here alledged by our Saviour, Therefore, or for this cause; q. d. seeing this woman which the Lord hath given to be my Wife, is taken out of my own body, and so in regard of this manner of her creation, is so near unto me, that she is even a part of my self; therefore it is the Ordinance of God, that from henceforth, there shall be a most near and strait union between every man and his wife in the married estate.

Observ. Observ. That the Union betwixt man and Wife in the Married estate, is grounded upon that union which was between man and woman in their first Creation, in that the Woman was first created and made out of the body of the man, in respect whereof she was as a part of him, and so most nearly united unto him. And this is one reason why it is said afterward that man and wife should be two in one flesh, viz. in regard of this, that the first man and woman, though after their creation, they were two distinct persons; yet in their Cre­ation, they were but one after a sort, being both made out of one. Therefore also our Saviour having in the former verse mentioned Gods creating of them Male and Female; hereupon he presently alledgeth this de­cree of God touching the near union of Man and Wife in the marryed estate.

Use. Ʋse. See by this how great a sin it is for any to go about to dissolve or break the marriage bond and uni­on that is between Husband and Wife, by unjust and unlawfull Divorcement and separation of man and Wife one from the other (except in the case of Adultery). For this is a sin not onely against God's Ordi­nance and Institution of Marriage since the Creation of Mankind, but even against the Creation it self; by which God did make two out of one at the first, thereby most nearly uniting man and Wife in their first Cre­ation: Therefore to seek to break this union, is to sin against the first Creation of Man-kind, and to seek to abolish that naturall union by which God did tye and unite man and Wife together in their Creation. Now if this be so great a sin, for any to go about by unjust Divorcement to unty or break in sunder the Marriage bond, then how much more hainous is the sin of Adultery, either in the Husband, or in the Wife, by which the Marriage bond is actually broken and dissolved, and so that union quite frustrate and made void which God did make betwixt man and Wife in their first Creation.

Now followeth the second thing in the words, or second part of this Decree or Sanction of God, here alledged by our Saviour, viz. touching the special duty of man and Wife which by Gods Ordinance they owe and are to perform each to other, in respect of that near union which is between them; which duty is implyed in these words, A man shall leave his Father, &c.

First, to open the meaning.

A man] That is, every Husband.

Shall leave his Father and Mother] Shall forsake his natural Parents, and consequently, all other friends, kindred, and alliance, which are further off than Parents.

Quest. Quest. How doth this agree with the fifth Commandement, Honour thy Father and Mother, &c.

Answ. Answ. Well enough; for the Lord doth not here require a man simply and absolutely to forsake his Pa­rents, but comparatively, in regard of his Wife, and of that near conjunction that is and ought to be between him and her. Such a comparative speech is that of our Saviour Christ in another case, Luke 14. 26. If any man come to me, and hate not his Father and Mother, &c. not simply, but in comparison of his love to Christ, &c.

Now more particularly, this forsaking of a mans naturall Parents, in comparison of his Wife, is to be un­derstood in three respects principally. 1. In regard of the affection of love which he is to withdraw from his Parents, though not simply, yet in comparison of his Wife, loving her with a more special love than his Parents. 2. In regard of the duty of subjection and obedience to the power and authority of his Parents, from which subjection the Marryed man or Husband is in some sort freed after Marriage, though not absolute­ly, yet so far as that subjection is any hinderance to him in the duty of cleaving to his Wife; so that now he is more his own man then before, and more free from that kind of subjection to his Parents power unto which he was tyed before. 3. In regard of habitation or dwelling with his Parents in the same house or Family, unto which the Husband is no longer tyed as before, but may lawfully depart out of the house and Family of his Parents, to dwell apart with his Wife, and so to erect a Family of his own, if he so desire to do, and that it be most convenient for him, either in regard of his Spiritual or Temporal estate. See Psal. 45. 10. Here note, that this which is spoken of the Husbands forsaking of his Parents in comparison of his Wife, is by the same reason to be understood of the Wife, that she is in like manner to forsake her Parents in comparison of her Husband, and of that duty she oweth to him. So that here is implyed the duty of both marryed per­sons, both of the Husband and Wife.

It followeth, And shall cleave to his Wife] Or be glued unto her, as the word in the Original signifieth; that is, he shall be most nearly and inseparably [...]oyned to her, and so constantly keep himself in the marryed estate. And this also, though it be spoken expresly of the Husband, yet is to be understood also of the Wife, that she should most nearly and unseparably be joyned and keep her self unto her own Husband. The words thus opened, do contain in them a twofold duty required of married couples, in respect of that near union which is betwixt them by Gods Ordinance.

The first is, that they are to forsake their dearest friends; yea, their natural Parents in comparison of the duty of cleaving to their yoke-fellows in the married estate.

The second is, that they are most nearly and inseperably to keep themselves one to the other in the mar­ried estate.

Of the first.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here the most near and strait bond and union which by Gods Ordinance is and ought to be between man and Wife in the married estate; in that for the maintaining hereof, married persons are to for­sake all other their dearest friends; yea, their natural Parents in comparison of keeping themselves unto their own Husbands and Wives. Therefore if there be such a near union between other friends and kindred; as between natural brethren and sisters, and especially between Parents and Children; then how much more strait is the bond by which Husband and Wife are linked and knit together by Gods Ordinance. This is the straitest of all other Bonds of Nature, Affinity, and Kindred whatsoever. But more of this after­ward.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that marryed persons are to forsake their Parents in comparison of their husbands and wives, in respect of the affection of love; Hence we may gather, what kind of love it is that ought to be between man and wife, viz. not an ordinary or common kind of love, but a most near, entire, and singular love, an­swerable to that most near bond and union that is betwixt them. The mutual love of husband and wife ought [Page 708] to exceed the love that is between any other friends and kindred, though never so near, even the love of children to Parents, &c. For they are to forsake their own Parents in comparison of the affection they owe to their Yoke-fellows in Marriage. As they are more nearly bound to them by Gods Ordinance (being but one flesh); so they are to love them more entirely and intimately. Ephes. 5. 28. So ought men to love their Wives as their own bodies, &c. that is, most entirely and inwardly, as being a part of themselves. The like may be said of the Wife, that she is to love her husband as her own body. The love between man and Wife, ought to be such for quality as the love between Christ and the Church, as the Scripture teacheth. Now the love between Christ and the Church is a most near and entire kind of love. Ephes. 5. 25. Hus­bands love your Wives, as Christ loved the Church, &c. So great was the love of Christ to his Church, that he gave himself to death for it, to shew how dearly the Husband should love his Wife. So it may be said, Wives, love your Husbands, as the true Church loveth Christ, which is with a singular love, Cant. 2. 5. She is sick of love to him. So dearly should the wife love her husband. Prov. 5. 19. The husband should be ravisht with the love of his Wife at all times. So also should the wife with the love of her husband. Now this special, entire, and singular love between married couples, ought to appear and shew it self by the effects of it one toward another.

As, 1. By giving special honour and respect to each other. The husband is to yield a kind of honour and good respect to his wife. 1 Pet. 3. 7. and much more is the wife to yield special honour and reverent respect to her husband, as Sarah did to Abraham, calling him Lord, &c. See Ephes. 5. ult.

2. By a special and most tender care of each others good, being most desirous, ready, and forward to seek and procure the good of each others Soul and body. For thus it is between such as love dearly, Ephes. 5. 29. Every one by nature nourisheth and cherisheth his own flesh, even as Christ doth the Church. So should the husband tenderly cherish his wife, and the wife her husband.

3. By taking special comfort and delight in the society of each other. So Prov. 5. 18. Rejoyce with the Wife of thy Youth, &c. let her be as the loving Hind and pleasant Roe, let her Breasts satisfy thee at all times, &c. So al­so ought the wife to rejoyce in the society of her husband at all times.

Use 1 Use 1. For reproof of such married couples as do fail and come short of this entire and singular affection of love which they should bear and shew to each other. Many husbands and wives are so far from it, that they scarce shew ordinary and common love to their Yoke-fellows in Marriage; they shew as much, or more love to other friends or kindred, then to their own wives and husbands, flat contrary to Gods ordinance, who will have the husband and wife to be beloved of each other above all other friends whatsoever; yea, above their own Parents, &c. with a peerless love.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See how great is the sin of such husbands and wives, who in stead of bearing such entire and sin­gular love to each other, do on the contrary conceive and bear hatred against each other, and shew it by ma­licious or despightfull carriage one against another, in word, or deed; as by reviling words, or strokes, &c. shewing bitter wrath and malice, in stead of entire and most dear love to each other. How great is the sin of such? and how much have such husbands and wives to answer for unto God? how contrary is this to Gods Ordinance, who commands the husband to love his wife, and not to be bitter to her, Col. 3. 19. And by the same reason also requires and charges the wife to love her husband, and not to be bitter to him. What a wicked thing is it, there to shew bitter hatred, where God commands the highest degree of Love? let such repent, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To stir up all married couples to labour for this most near and entire affection of love to each other, and to shew it by all fruits and effects of it before mentioned. The husband and wife must not think it enough to love one another, but must strive to imbrace, and mutually to affect each other with a speciall and singu­lar love; so to love each other, as in comparison of this love, to forsake all other friends; yea, their own Parents, though never so dear unto them. Now that the husband and wife may thus love each other, they must pray unto God daily to work and increase this entire love between them, and to unite their hearts most nearly together; withall, they must often meditate, and think of that most strait bond and union which is be­tween them by Gods Ordinance, being two in one, &c. They must also inure and accustome themselves to shew and express this entire love one to another daily, by the effects and tokens of it: especially by rejoy­cing in each others society; and above all, by being carefull daily to joyn together in the Religious duties of Gods worship in the family; as Prayer, reading the Scriptures, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. See how needfull it is for single persons, being to enter into the married estate, to make choice of such husbands and wives as they may affect and love with this entire and dear affection, even above their Pa­rents, &c. and that not for a time onely (while it is honey-moneth, as we say) but constantly, even untill death; which therefore shews, how dangerous it is for any, aiming at wealth, or Parentage, or other by-re­spects, to match themselves with such whose persons they cannot truely and entirely affect above all others. The cause of great discontentments afterward in the married estate; yea, upon this oftentimes followeth a most uncomfortable and hellish life between the husband and wife.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that married persons are to forsake their Parents in comparison of their husbands and wives, in respect of that subjection unto the power of Par [...]nts whereunto they were tyed before Marriage; Hence we may gather, that Parents ought not to tye or bind their children after Marriage, to such a strait kind of subjection, obedience, o [...] service to them, as they were tyed unto before Marriage, so as thereby to hinder them in Matrimonial duties toward their husbands or wives, but they are freely to acknowledg such Children to be by Marriage exempted from that subjection under their power, unto which they were tyed before; I say, to be exempted and freed from that subjection, though not wholly or absolutely (for they are still bound to obey their Parents in all lawfull things), yet so far forth as that subjection is any hinderance to them in the performance of Marriage duties toward their husbands or wives. It is therefore a sin in Parents to tye their children, being married, to any such subjection or service to them, whereby they are hindered in perfor­mance of marriage-duties toward their husbands or wives: Neither can Parents tye or force their children, after Marriage, to live still with them in the same family, or house, further then they are willing so to do, or further then they may well and conveniently do it, without hinderance to them, either in Marriage-duties, or [Page 709] in the advancing of their own estate, either Spiritual, or Temporal; for (as we heard before) this is one respect in which the husband is to forsake his Parents in comparison of his Wife, viz. in respect of his habi­tation, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that married persons are to forsake their Parents, in regard of being exempted by marriage from that power and jurisdiction of Parents to which they were subject before, this teacheth us, how fit and equall a thing it is therefore for children not to enter into the married estate, or to make choyce of husbands or wives, without the consent of their Parents had thereunto; especially to their first marriage. For since by marriage the child is to be exempted from the Parents power and jurisdiction, and is dismissed (as it were) from his Parents family, is it fit that this should be done without the knowledg and consent of Parents themselves? Therefore as God hath ordained, that children when they marry shall forsake their Parents, to cleave to their Wives; so not to do this without their Parents consent. Therefore in Scripture, Parents are said to give their children in marriage, 1 Cor. 7. 38. The father is said to give his Virgin, &c. and Deut. 7. 3. Thy daughter thou shalt not give unto his son, (viz. to the son of the Canaanite); nor his daughter shalt thou take unto thy son. And this might be proved further by other places of Scripture. And it is confirmed by all good Laws of men: Which therefore shews the great sin of such children, who presume to make up secret Marriages or Contracts, without the consent of Parents, &c. No blessing from God to be expected on such marriages: but his curse rather; as usually it cometh to passe.

Mark 10. 7, 8.‘For this cause shall a man leave his father and mother, &c. March 2. 1627.

NOw followeth the second Duty of married persons here required, viz. cleaving to their own Wives and Husbands; that is, keeping themselves most nearly and inseparably joyned to them, &c.

Doctr. Doctr. That married Couples ought to keep themselves most nearly and inseparably joyned unto each other in the married estate: the husband to his wife, and wife to her husband. Rom. 7. 2. The woman which hath an husband, is bound by the Law to her husband, so long as he liveth, &c. So is the husband to the wife.

Quest. Quest. How are married couples to be joyned, and so to keep themselves inseparably each to other?

Answ. Answ. By conscionable practice of all marriage-duties one to another: but especially these. 1. By the duty of most near and entire love, whereof we heard before; having their hearts glued to each other firmly and inseparably.

2. By faithful and chast communicating of their bodies each to other, 1 Cor. 7. 4. The wife hath not power over her own body, but the husband; et contrà. This is called, the bed undefiled, Heb. 13. 4.

3. By the duty of cohabitation or dwelling together in the same house, 1 Pet. 3. 7. Husbands dwell with your Wives according to knowledg, &c. So also is the wife to dwell with her husband, 1 Cor. 7. 12. Though one of them be an unbeliever; yet they are to dwell together, and not to separate from each other. Neither is it enough for man and wife to dwell together in one house, but they are to desire and seek most near and familiar society together in the house, and that upon all occasions, excepting where is some weighty and just cause of separation or absence one from the other for a time, and that by mutual consent.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To reprove such husbands and wives as do not thus cleave inseparably one to the other by mutual performance of marriage duties: but on the contrary do divide and separate themselves from each other ei­ther in heart and affection, by withdrawing their love, and growing into hatred or dislike of each other; or else by outward separation of bodies; not keeping themselves to each other, but giving way to adulterous thoughts, &c. or in respect of habitation and dwelling. How unfit is this, and contrary to Gods Ordinance? Great is the sin of such husbands, and of such wives, as do give the first cause of such separation, and much have they to answer for unto God, if they repent not of this sin.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To exhort married couples to make conscience of this duty of mutual cleaving to each other, that is, of keeping themselves most nearly and inseparably joyned one to the other, by conscionable practice of all marriage duties each to other: especially by mutual love, and faithful communicating their bodies, and by dwelling together, and mutual rejoycing in each others society, &c. As there is a most near union be­tween them in respect of the marriage-bond, (as we shall see afterward); so must they labour to maintain and preserve this union, by mutual and conscionable practise of such marriage-duties, whereby they are to cleave inseparably one to the other in the married estate.

It followeth. And they twain shall be one flesh, &c.] The third and last part of the Sanction or Decree of God pronounced by Adam at the beginning, Gen. 2. 24. touching marriage and married persons, viz. touch­ing the near and strait union that should be between all married couples, that they should be two in one flesh; and this part of Gods Decree or Ordinance touching Marriage, is not onely alledged out of Gen. 2. but repeated, urged, and further confirmed by our Saviour's own sentence and testimony; when he saith, So then they are no more twain, &c.

They twain] That is, the husband and the wife being inseparably joyned to each other in Marriage. The word [twain, or two] is not in the Hebrew Text, Gen. 22. 4. but is added hereby our Saviour onely for ex­plication sake, being necessarily implyed, though not expressed in that place of Genesis.

shall be one flesh] Shall remain so nearly united together by the marriage-bond; that, although they are two distinct persons in themselves; yet in respect of marriage they shall be but as one man, and so to be esteem­ed and taken.

So then they are no more twain, &c.] These are our Saviour's own words, which he addeth in way of further ratifying and confirming the former Decree of God touching the near union betwixt man and wife: and that for the more plain and evident convincing of the Pharisees, who went about to justifie unlawful divorces practised among the Jews, contrary to this Decree of God.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See here what a strait and near union and conjunction there is, by Gods Ordinance, between man and wife in the [...]arried estate: so strait and near, that they are as two persons in one; or as one man [Page 710] made out of two. Thus doth God himself account them, and so will have us to esteem them. This De­cree did the Lord set down at the first Institution of Marriage, as our Saviour here sheweth: and the same is ratified by Christ himself. Hence is it, that the Scripture speaking of man and wife, doth sometime speak of them as of two, and sometimes as of one: to shew, that they are two in one. So Gen. 1. 27. God created man in his Image; in the Image of God created he him; male and female created he them. Therefore Ephes. 5. 28. So ought men to love their wives as their own bodies. He that loveth his wife, loveth himself. And again, Verse 29. No man ever hated his own flesh, &c. In the fourth Commandment, the Wife is not named, to shew, that she is comprehended in the husband.

Now more particularly, man and wife are one flesh, or one person. 1. In regard of the first Creation of Mankind, in that the woman was taken out of the man, as we have before heard; in which respect she was a part of him, and after a sort one and the same with him.

2. In respect of Gods speciall Decree and Ordinance pronounced by Adam immediately after the Crea­tion, as here we see confirmed also by Christ's own testimony.

3. In respect of the mutual communion of their bodies each to other in the married estate, and that by vertue of that right and interest which they have in each others body; as is shewed, 1 Cor. 7. 4. In this re­spect it is said, 1 Cor. 6. 16. that he which is joyned to an harlot, is one body with her: Much more then is the husband to be accounted as one body, or one person with his wife.

4. Lastly, This union is also confirmed by the Laws of men; which do suppose and take man and wife to be one and the same person.

Mark 10. 8.‘And they twain shall be one flesh: So then they are no more twain, but one flesh. March 9. 1627.

Use 1 Use 1. SEE by this, how unlawful it is for man and wife to be separated one from the other by divorce­ment, for any cause whatsoever, except the sin of adultery. What else is this, but to divide one and the same person into two; or to cut a man off from himself, and the wife from her self: which is not only flat against Gods Ordinance, who hath ordained man and wife to be two in one flesh; but also against nature. But more of this afterward upon Verse 11, 12.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. By this also we may judge of the haynousness and foulness of the sin of adultery, or incontinency of married persons, by which this most strait union betwixt man and wife is broken and dissolved; and so those who by Gods Ordinance, and by the Marriage-bond were made one of two, are now on the contrary of one made two again, directly contrary to Gods Ordinance, and the Institution of marriage. No sin but this of adultery, can, or doth dissolve the marriage-bond: no sin so directly contrary to marriage, and the Institution of God in it, as this of adultery; being a breach of the Marriage-Covenant, which is called the Covenant of God, Prov. 2. 17. yea, a sin against Nature, cutting a man off from himself, and the woman also that is guilty of it, from her self, &c. Job 31. 11. An heynous crime; yea, an iniquity to be punished by the [...]udges. A sin which by the Law of God was to be punished with death, Levit. 20. 10. A sin, which if men do spare, yet God will not, but will most severely [...]udge, Heb. 13. 14. Whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.

Use 3 Use 3. Seeing man and wife are so nearly united, that they are both as one person, this shews how unfit it is for married couples to live in debate, discord, or strife between themselves; and so to be divided one from the or [...]er. This is all one, as if one should be at strife and debate with himself, or fall out with him­self. And if a house divided against it self cannot stand, Matth. 12. 25. much lesse can one and the same person, being divided against himself, stand; that is, hold out or continue to prosper and thrive either in his worldly or spiritual estate. Contrà, the dissensions of man and wife do hinder the prosperity of themselves, and of the whole Family. As it is in a ship upon the Sea; if the Governours of it be at debate, all that sayl with them are in danger, &c. (Chrysostom's comparison, Homil. 56. in Genes. pag. 434.)

Use 4 Use 4. See further, how great a sin it is for man and wife to live in hatred and malice one against another: and to shew it by maliciou, hard, or cruel dealing one against another. This is as if one should hate and deal cruelly with himself: which is unnatural, and no better than self-murder. Ephes. 5. 29. No man ever ha­ted his own flesh, &c.

Use 5 Ʋse 5. Seeing there is such a strait bond between man and wife, that they are two in one person, this should be a f [...]cible motive unto all married couples, to cleave mutually to each other by practice of all mar­riage duties, (whereby this near union is pre [...]erved) especially by the mutual affection of love, and by all fruits of love; as doing good to each other, bearing with one anothers infirmities, &c. To this end, let the husband consider with himself, that in loving and doing good to his wife, he loveth and doth good to himself: in bearing with her infirmities, he beareth with his own: in cherishing her, he cherisheth himself: for they are not two, but one. So also the Wife is to consider, that in loving her husband, and doing him good, she doth good to her self, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that it is said, Two shall be one flesh; not three, four, or more, &c. we learn, That lawfull marriage is, and ought to be, between two persons only, and no more, viz. one man, and one woman. It is such a bond, as doth tye and unite only two persons and no more into one. This was Gods Ordinance in the first creation and institution of marriage, that it should be between one man, and one woman. Mal. 2. 15. Did not he make one? (that is, one wife for one husband,) yet had he the residue of the spirit, &c.

Ʋse. Use. This condemns the sin of Polygamy, or marrying of more Wives than one, or of more husbands than one at once: A sin directly against the first Institution of marriage; and condemned also by other spe­ciall Laws of God, given afterwards; as Deut. 17. 17. The King himself is forbidden to take many Wives; and generally, Levit. 18. 18. Thou shalt not take a Wife to her sister, or, one wife to another, &c. (vide Jun. in locu [...]s.)

Object. Object. Some of the Patriarchs and other holy men who lived in times of the Old Testament, did take many Wives; as Abraham, Jacob, &c.

Answ. Answ. This doth not prove it lawful. For it was a great sin in those holy men; which howsoever the Lord [Page 711] did for a time tolerate and bear with in them, to prevent a greater evill; yet he did never approve, but con­demn it, as being contrary to his own Law, and to the first institution of marriage. And the occasion of this grosse sin in those holy men was partly the common evill custom of those times, and partly the great and earnest desire which they had to multiply their seed and posterity, that so the promised Messias might come of their race and stock, if it might be.

It followeth, So then they are no more twain, &c.]

Observ. 1 1. Observ. The truth and certainty of that most strait union which is between man and wife in the matried estate; in that it is not onely grounded upon the first Crea­tion of mankind, and upon the Institution of God immediately after the Creation: but also ratified and confirmed by the authority and sentence of Christ Jesus pronounced with his own mouth: which therefore must teach all married persons to be the more carefull to preserve this union: and shews the great sin of such as any way break or disannull the same.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that it is said, They are no more two, &c. we may learn, that Marriage doth make a great change in the outward state and condition of married persons, from that which they were before: in that whereas before they were two persons, divided and seve [...]ed: now after marriage they become united and joyned in one; which is a great alteration. When two that were enemies, are reconciled and made friends, there is a great change. So when two that were before but common friends, do make some special league of amity, &c. When a father hath a child born to him, who had none before, there is a great change: for he becometh a Father, and there is a new union between him and his child, which was not before. So when one hath a brother or sister born, &c. But when a husband taketh a wife, there is a greater change made, in that there is a more strait union made between them, than any of the former unions. Before, they might be near­ly united by the bond of friendship or common love: but now much more nearly by the bond of marriage; which maketh a great change in their estate: causeth them of two, to become one person by Gods Ordi­nance. As Paul sayes of Onesimus the servant of Philemon, that being converted to the faith by his means, he was now no longer as a servant, but above a servant, even a brother beloved, &c. Philem. Verse 16. So may it be said of man and wife after marriage, They are now no longer as common friends, but above all friends, and nearer than any other friends or kindred, &c. In a word, no union maketh so great a change, as the union between man and wife, except onely the spiritual union between believers in Christ. See 1 Cor. 6. 17.

Use. Use. This shews, that as there is a great change in the state and condition of married persons after mar­riage, in regard of that most near union which by marriage is made between them: so ought there to be an answerable change in their behaviour and carriage. Their new estate requires a new manner of life and carriage of themselves; differing from their former carriage and life. Whereas before they behaved themselves as was fit for single persons, now they are to live as becometh married couples, and so to carry themselves, by the conscionable practice of such duties as are required of married persons. Before mar­riage, they carried themselves as two persons: now as one, by loving each other most dearly, even as they love themselves, by cherishing each other most tenderly; by dwelling together; by mutual communicating of their bodies, &c. by caring and providing for each other, &c. 1 Cor. 7. 34. There is difference between a wife and a Virgin, &c.

Mark 10. 9.‘What therefore God hath joyned together, let not man put asunder. Mar. 16. 1627.

OUr Saviour having shewed the special cause why Moses did permit or tolerate un [...]ust divorcement for a time unto the Jews, namely, because of the hardnesse of their hearts; and having withall shewed, that such Divorces were contrary to the first institution of marriage, by which the Lord himself did from the be­ginning appoint a most near and indissoluble union to be betwixt man and wife: Now from hence he infer­reth by way of Precept, this general Conclusion against the erroneous doctrine of the Pharisees, and corrupt practice of the Jews, viz. That which God hath joyned, let not man put asunder.

What God hath joyned] This is to be understood chiefly of man and wife, being joyned by Gods Ordi­nance in the married estate: yet so, as it is also further to be extended to all others persons or things what­soever, between which God hath appointed any inseparable union or conjunction to be.

Let not man put asunder] Let no man presume to divide or separate any such, either persons or things, which God hath by his Ordinance united.

The words thus explained, are to be considered two wayes: 1. As they respect the union which God hath made between man and wife, &c.

2. As they have relation to all other persons and things which God hath united.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. That God is the Authour of that Union which is between man and wife in the married estate. He joyneth man and wife in that estate. Therefore it is said here, What God hath joyned, &c. This we see in the first married couple that ever was, Gen. 2. 22. God himself did create the woman for the man, and then brought her unto him. And although he do not so immediately joyn all other married couples in that estate; yet he is still the Author of the Marriage-Union betwixt them: and may be said truly to joyn them together: and that for two Reasons.

1. Because Marriage it self in general is Gods Ordinance, as we heard before, Verse 6. Therefore he must needs be the Authour also of the marriage-union between man and wife. And this is one reason, why the Marriage-Covenant by which man and wife are united, is called the Covenant of God, Prov. 2. 17.

2. It is God only, by whose special providence, particular couples come to be joyned together in the married estate. He doth by his providence first bring them together: he it is that doth unite and draw their affections mutually to each other. In a word, whatsoever means are used towards the effecting of this union between married couples, it is God alone who blesseth the means, and giveth successe unto them: as we see plainly in the marriage accomplished between Isaac and Rebecca, Gen. 24. See Verse 50, 51. Therefore Abra­ham's servant, who was by him employed in making up that marriage, doth bless God for the successe he [Page 712] found in the matter, Verse 27. It is a true speech therefore, that Marriages are first made in heaven. See this also in the marriage between Boaz and Ruth.

Here note, That when we say, God is the Author of the marriage-union, this is to be understood only of the union between such persons as are lawfully and rightly joyned in marriage, according to Gods Ordi­nance, at least in regard of the substance of that which God in his Word requireth in a lawfull marriage. For otherwise, if any be joyned in marriage in unlawful manner, or by unlawful means; as, without consent of Parents, or with such as are within the degrees of kindred forbidden, Levit. 18. or by any other unlaw­ful means, God doth not joyn them together. But in all lawful marriages, it is God that doth joyn man and wife together.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See by this the dignity of the married estate, in that God himself is the Author and efficient cause of it, and of that near union which is between man and wife in that estate. But of this before, Verse 6.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how great a sin it is for any to break or dissolve this union between man and wife, or to give cause or occasion hereunto, as by the foul sin of adultery; or by ministring matter of strife and debate be­tween man and wife; whether this be done by the married couple themselves, or by others. This is to divide those whom God himself hath joyned; and so to sin directly against the Ordinance of God. Let every one therefore take heed they be not guilty of this sin.

Use 3 Use 3. Seeing it is God that joyneth man and wife in the married estate, This should teach married couples to look at God's hand and providence in their marriage, and in the uniting and joyning of them therein; often considering and remembring who it was that brought them together at first, and drew their affections one to the other, and gave success to the means used for the accomplishment of the Matrimoniall conjunction between them; that so this consideration may be a means more and more to unite their hearts in true marriage love, and to cause them to shew their love by all fruits of it: as by bearing with each others infirmities, &c. and by doing all Marriage-duties one to the other more conscionably. To this end they are often to remember, that they were not joyned together by chance, &c.

Use 4 Ʋse 4. See how fit for such as intend and desire to enter into the married estate, first to seek unto God by prayer, both that he may direct them to such parties as are fit for them to be joyned with in marriage; as also that he may unite their affections, &c. So Abraham's servant, Gen. 24. 12. Prov. 19. 14. A prudent wife is from the Lord: So is a prudent husband also.

Use 5 Use 5. This may comfort married persons against the troubles incident to the married estate: In that he who hath joyned them together in that estate, and called them to it, will enable them to bear and go tho­row the troubles and difficulties of it; and not only so, but sanctifie all unto them, causing them to work for their spiritual good, and to further them to heaven: which should therefore cause them with patience, contentedness, and chearfulness to bear those troubles, &c.

Doctr. 2 Doct. 2. That it is not in the power of man to untye or dissolve that union which God hath made betwixt man and wife in the married estate. Our Saviour here gives a general Precept and warning, that no man should presume to do it: to shew, that it is not in mans power; only God himself, who maketh this union, can dissolve it, either by the death of one, or both of the married parties: or in the case of adultery, by gi­ving liberty to the innocent party to be separated from the other by divorce, and to marry with an­other.

Ʋse. Use. To confute the Papists, teaching, That it is in the power of the Church (that is, of the Pope, as they mean it) to dissolve the marriage bond betwixt man and wife in some cases, and that out of the case of adul­tery (for in that case they hold, that the marriage bond is not dissolved): As for example; If the husband or the wife after marriage do make a religious Vow, (as they call it) that is to say, a Vow of perpetuall con­tinency, or that they will live a Monastical life; in this case they hold, That by reason of such a Vow made, the Church, or the Pope, hath power to make void the marriage bond between husband and wife. (Vide Concil. Trident. Sess. 24. Can. 4. et 6.) Herein the Pope discovereth himself to be that Antichrist fore­told by the Apostle, 2 Thess. 2. 4. not only in equalling himself with God, but exalting himself above God. For God hath not any where in his Word dispensed with the separation of man and wife, and dissolution of the marriage bond, except in the case of adultery: but the Pope doth dispense with it for other causes, and not for adultery. See how contrary he is to God. Vide Bellarm. de Monachis. lib. 2. c. 38.

Doctr. 3 Doctr. 3. In that our Saviour speaks generally here, not only of man and wife, but of all other persons and things which God hath joyned together, that man ought not to separate them; hence we learn, That it is a sin not only to separate man and wife, being joyned of God in the married estate, but also to sepa­rate any other persons or things whatsoever, which God hath appointed to be joyned together.

For example: It is a sin in any to separate between Christian brethren, or friends, &c. by causing strife and debate between them. One of the seven things which God in speciall manner hateth. Prov. 6. 19. Him that soweth discord among brethren. So also it is a sin to separate any of those things which God hath joyned, and will have to be joyned together. For this is to transgress the general Rule and Precept here delivered by our Saviour, That what God hath joyned, man may not put asunder. Now there are many who are guilty of this sin of separating the things which God hath joyned.

1. The Papists, in separating the God head from the Manhood of Christ in the Office of Mediation, hold­ing him to be Mediator only according to his humane nature, &c. Also in separating the bread from the wine in the Lords Supper.

2. Many also among our selves in our own Church, do sin against this Rule of our Saviour. For example, Such as do separate good works and holy life from the profession of faith, which God hath joyned. Contrà, Jam. 2. Such as separate Justification from Sanctification; or forgiveness of sins from repentance, (which God hath joyned) perswading themselves that their sins are forgiven, and themselves justified, though they live in sin, &c. Such also as do separate refraining of evil, from doing of good in the practice of repen­tance. Contra, Rom. 12. 9. Such as do separate the duties of the first Table of the Commandements, from duties of the second Table; Piety from Charity and Justice: Or on the contrary, whereas God hath joyned [Page 713] both together; in which respect the whole Law is said to be copulative, &c. Such also who do separate one part of the religious worship of God from the other: as, the outward worship from the inward; draw­ing near to God with lips, and hearts being far off, &c. or publick Prayers from the Ministery of the Word, in sanctifying the Sabbath. Also such as separate understanding from affection in performance of religious duties; such as separate the tongue from the heart, in speaking either to God or men. Such as separate duties of their general Calling, from duties of their particular Calling. Or on the contrary, such as separate Religion and Piety, from Civility and Courtesie in carriage. Such as separate Riches from Liberality and Bounty to the poor, &c. Contra, 1 Tim. 6. 18. All these and the like do offend against this Precept and Rule of our Saviour. Which must move us to look to our selves, that we be not guilty of this sin of dividing those things which God hath joyned: but that on the contrary, we be careful to maintain and keep that union which God hath made and appointed to be between all such persons and things as he hath by his Ordinance joyned together.

Mark 10. 10, 11, 12.‘And in the house, his Disciples asked him again of the same matter, &c. Mar. 23. 1627.

HItherto we have heard the publike Disputation of our Saviour with the Pharisees, touching the matter of divorcement, from the second Verse unto this place.

Now followeth his private Conference with his Disciples, in which he instructeth them further in the same matter, in the Verses now read.

Observ. Observ. That whereas he is contented only to answer and confute the obstinate Pharisees in publike, he doth afterwards in private more fully and plainly instruct his Disciples in the truth of this matter, as may ap­pear by comparing this place with Matth. 19. 10, 11. The reason whereof was, because the disciples were teachable and desirous to learn of him, whereas the Pharisees were wilfully ignorant. Whence we may gather, That Christ is most ready and forward to teach and instruct those in the knowledg of his Will, who are most teachable and desirous to learn of him. Therefore whereas he used in his publike teaching some­times purposely to hide his doctrine from the obstinate Pharisees, speaking to them in Parables, that hearing they might hear, and not understand, &c. On the other side, he used afterward in private more plainly, fully, and plentifully, to instruct his disciples, opening all his treasures of heavenly doctrine to them. So Matth. 13. 11. It is given to you, to know the mysteries of the Kingdom of heaven, but to them it is not given. Therefore also Verse 18. he bids them hear the Exposition of the Parable of the Sower. His Disciples being more teach­able and forward to learn than others, he was more forward to teach them than others; and therefore did teach them many things in private, which he did not open and reveal to others. See before, Chap. 9. 28, 29. And how forward our Saviour was to teach such as were teachable, we may see also in other examples: as of the woman of Samaria, Joh. 4.

Use. Use. See what we must do, if we desire to be taught and instructed of Christ; that is, to have him for­ward to send us faithful Pastors to teach us diligently and constantly, in season and out of season: and to vouchsafe us also the inward teaching of his Spirit, that we may profit by the outward: then must we la­bour and pray for teachable hearts and minds, desirous to learn and be instructed by the Word of Christ's Ministery; submitting our selves to the same conscionably. We must desire this milk of the Word, &c. 1 Pet. 2. 2. We must be like the dry ground in Summer time, which openeth it self to receive the showers of rain, &c. Esay 44. 3. I will pour water on him that is thirsty, &c.

Now to the particular handling of the words.

In this Conference between our Saviour and his Disciples, consider two things.

  • 1. The Disciples questioning with him in private about the matter, Verse 10.
  • 2. His answer unto them, Verse 11, 12. in which he plainly teacheth them the unlawfulness of such un­just divorces as were practised by the Jews out of the case of adultery, &c.

Of the first, consider two things: 1. The place where they questioned with our Saviour, or enquired further of him about this matter, In the house.

2. The enquiry it self, They asked him again, &c.

In the house] What house it was, is not expressed. It was some private house to which our Saviour with his disciples departed and went in after his former Disputation with the Pharisees.

[...]his Disciples] To be understood of the twelve Apostles; at least of so many of them as were with him at this time.

Asked him again] Enquired further of him, seeking to be further informed, and better resolved.

of the same matter] Viz. The matter of divorces for other causes besides adultery, permitted by Moses, and practised by the Jews in those times: whereof the Pharisees had before reasoned with him. This shews, that the disciples themselves were yet ignorant and unresolved about this matter, notwithstanding all that they had heard our Saviour speak unto the Pharisees about the same, and notwithstanding he had taught the same doctrine before, Matth. 5. 32. The reason was, because they were tainted with the common errour of the Jews touching divorces; and being also confirmed in that errour by long custome and tract of time, they could hardly be drawn out of it, or otherwise perswaded. This made them so hard to conceive and imbrace this doctrine of Christ, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See how hard it is even for good Christians not to be tainted with the common errours and corruptions of the times and places where they live; and how apt they are to be drawn away by them. Christ's own disciples (as we see here) were tainted in some sort with the erroneous opinion of the Jews touching the practice of unjust divorces between man and wife, for other causes then were allowable by the moral Law of God, and first institution of Marriage. So also they were tainted with some other common errours of the times, as with that erroneous conceit of the Jews touching a temporal and earthly Kingdom of the Messiah, &c. (as we have heard before) Chap. 9. 34. This we may see also in other examples of some of the Saints and faithful servants of God, who living in corrupt times and places, have been in some degree infected [Page] [Page 714] with the corruptions of the times. Joseph living in Aegypt, had learned too commonly to use that pro [...]ane kind of Oath or Asseveration, (as some think it to be) By the life of Pharaoh, Gen. 42. 15. The Israelites by living in Egypt, had learned to commit Idolatry with a Golden Calf.

Use. Use. This shews how needfull it is, even for the best to look well to themselves, and to be watchfull over their own hearts and wayes, that they be not drawn away by the common errors or corruptions of the times and places where they live; 2 Pet. 3. 17. Beware lest ye, being led away with the errour of the wicked, fall from your own stedfastness. On the contrary, we must flee the common corruption that is in the World through lust, 2 Pet. 1. 4▪ And labour to shine as Lights in the midst of a perverse Generation, Phil. 2. 15. Great is the force of evill example, and of the common customes and practises of the times, to draw away and in­fect even the better sort, like an Epidemicall disease, &c. Therefore had we need to look carefully to our selves, to escape the common contagion, and pray unto God to keep us upright in our wayes, that we fall not away.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Disciples were so hard to conceive and believe this Doctrine which our Saviour had taught, both at this time, and formerly also, Matth. 5. 32. touching the unlawfulness of such Divorcements as were commonly practi [...]ed amongst the Jews, because it was a Doctrine which was contrary to their erro­nious conceipt, and prejudicate opinion, and also to the custome of the times: this shews how hard it is for men to receive and imbrace such Truths and Doctrines of the Word of God, as are contrary to their corrupt and prejudicate Opinions, and especially if they be also contrary to the common custome of the times. Such Doctrines, though never so true and [...]ound, yet are hardly received and imbraced by men; yea, by the bet­ter sort, how much more then by the common sort; which shews how needful it is for such Truths and Doctrines to be often taught and urged again and again, by the Ministers of God, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the Disciples, being yet ignorant and unresolved in this matter of Divorces, are not ashamed to acknowledg their ignorance, by comming to enquire and ask further of Christ their Master tou­ching this matter; this is commendable in them, and should teach us, that shame should not hinder us from asking questions, or from enquiring of those who are able and [...]it to resolve us in matters of Religion, and cases of Conscience which we are yet ignorant or doubtfull in; but we should be forward to enquire and seek resolution from such. Thus the Disciples used to go to Christ in all their doubts. See before, chap. 4 10. and chap. 9. 11-28.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that they came to him privately, being in the house, when he was most free, and at liberty, to instruct and resolve them hereof; we are taught, to be wise in taking the fittest opportunities of time and place to propound our doubts, and to seek instruction from such as are [...]it and able to resolve and teach us, &c. See for this also before, chap. 4. 10. and chap. 9. 28.

Mark 10. 11, 12.‘And he saith unto them, Whosoever shall, &c. April, 27. 1628.

NOw followeth Christ's answer to his Disciples, ver. 11, 12. In which he sheweth the unlawfulness of such Divorces as were practised amongst the Jews for leight causes, or for any cause except Adultery, by the grievousness of the sin of such married persons as do in such sort, or for any such cause, besides Adultery, put away their own wives or husbands, and marry with others, affirming such to be guilty of the sin of Adul­tery.

And he sa [...]th unto them] That is, to his Disciples. Yet Matth. 19. 9. the words are set down, as if our Saviour had spoken them to the Pharisees; whence it may seem probable, that our Saviour did utter these, or like words, twice: first to the Pharisees in publick disputation with them, and then, again repeating and explaining the same to his Disciples in the private house.

Whosoever shall put away his Wife] viz. By giving her a Bill, or writing of Divorcement, and so [...]eparating himself wholly from her, for small or leight cause; yea, for any cause whatsoever, except for the sin of Adul­tery. That this is the meaning, appeareth, partly by the scope of our Saviour in these words, and partly by comparing this place with Matth. 19. 9. where our Saviour [...]aith thus, Whosoever shall put away his Wife, except it be for Fornication, &c. that is, for the sin of Incontinency committed by the wife after Marriage, which is properly the sin of Adultery.

And shall marry another] That is, after such a Divorcement or separation made from his own wife, shall joyn himself in marriage with another woman.

He committeth Adultery against her] That is, by such a second Marriage after such Divorcement from his first and lawfull wife, he doth make himself guilty of no less, or other sin than the sin of Adultery, and that against his first and onely lawfull wife, which he did unjustly put away. For the Marriage-bond remaining still between him and his first wife, notwithstanding such an unjust Divorce; hence it follows, That the se­cond wife which he joyneth himself to, is not his wife, but his harlot, and so that he is an Adulterer by this means against his first and lawfull wife.

And if a Woman shall put away her Husband] Shall separate her self wholly from her husband, or use means to be Divorced from him for any cause, except Adultery; as before was said of the husbands putting away his wife.

And be married to another] That is, to another man, or second husband, after such separation from her first lawfull husband.

She committeth Adultery] By such a second marriage, she becommeth an Adulteress against her first and onely lawfull husband, &c. as before was said of the husbands marrying after Divorce from his first wife.

Now from these words, the Papists would prove it to be unlawfull for such as are lawfully Divorced to marry again, during the life of the former husband or Wife, because our Saviour affirmeth such as do so marry again, to be guilty of Adultery, &c.

But for answer to them. 1. This is a manifest corrupting and perverting of the true sense of this place; for our Saviour doth not here speak of marrying again after lawfull Divorcement, but of marrying again af­ter unjust Divorcement or separation of man and wife; that is to say, for such leight causes for which Di­vorces were practised among the Jews, and for any cause except Adultery, as doth plainly appear, both by the main scope and drift of our Saviour in this place, which is to condemn such unjust Divorces practised by the Jews, for leight causes, and out of the case of Adultery; as also by comparing this place with Matth. 19. 9. and with Matth. 5. 32. Where our Saviour doth expresly mention that exception of the case of Adul­tery, as was said before.

2. This place is so far from proving it unlawfull for such as are lawfully Divorced for A [...]tery to marry again, that the contrary may be gathered from hence. For if it be a sin for the husband or wife to marry again after Divorcement for other causes, except Adultery; then it is no sin to marry again after Divorce­ment for Adultery. So that this place makes not for, but against this gross errour of the Papists; which er­rour touching restraint of Marriage after Divorcement, the Pope by his Canon-Law maintaineth, to the end that he may get the more money for granting dispensations to marry in such cases, as reverend Dr. Fulk ob­serveth, in his Confut. of Rhem. Testam. upon Matth. 5. 32. Now this, that marriage after Divorce for Adultery is lawfull, especially for the Innocent party, may further be proved by two Reasons.

  • 1. Because otherwise the innocent party should be punished for the others offence, &c.
  • 2. God hath ordained marriage for a remedy against incontinency for all persons, 1 Cor. 7. 2. See Perk on Matth. 5. 32.

The words being thus explained, and cleared from this corruption of the Papists; we may in them con­sider two things.

1. A twofold sin condemned by our Saviour in married couples. 1. Unjust Divorcement, or separa­tion of themselves one from the other for any cause, except Adultery. 2. Marrying again with others after such Divorcement.

The second thing in the words is, the censure passed by our Saviour upon this twofold sin, especially up­on the latter, and such as commit the same, affirming them to be guilty of Adultery against their former wife or husband, which they so unjustly put away, and marry with others afterward.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That it is utterly unlawfull for man and wife to be separated by Divorcement one from the other for small or leight causes; yea, for any cause whatsoever, excepting onely for the sin of Adultery com­mitted by either of them after marriage. The Doctrine of our Saviour in this place, condemns it as a great sin; yea, as the sin of Adultery in the husband to put away his wife, and in the wife to put away her husband by Divorcement, for leight causes, yea, for any cause, except Adultery.

For the clearing of this, two things are to be shewed. 1. That Divorcement is not simply unlawfull, or forbidden by the word of God, but permitted and allowed in some case, viz. in the case of Adultery. 2. That it is not Lawfull in any other case.

Of the first. It is presupposed by our Saviour here, that there may be a just cause of Divorcing man and wife a-sunder, viz. the sin of Adul [...]ery committed after marriage. That our Saviour takes this for granted, may amply appear both by the main scope of his words in this place, which was not to condemn all Divorce­ment, but that which was practised among the Jews for ordinary or leight causes; as upon discontent, ha­tred, &c. and especially by comparing this place of Mark with that Matth. 19. 9. where the exception of the case of Adultery is expressed. So also, Matth. 5. 32. So then in the case of Adultery, it is clear that Di­vorcement of man and Wife, is permitted, and lawfull.

Reason. Reas. Because this sin of Adultery doth directly violate and break the marriage-covenant made between man and Wife in their first Marriage, and so di [...]olve the Marriage-bond, Prov. 2. 17. The Adulteress is said to forsake the guide of her youth, and to forget the Covenant of her God; that is, the marriage-cove­nant, made with God and her husband.

Here two things are to be noted by us. 1. That although the sin of Adultery do break the marriage-co­venant, and so dissolve or untye the marriage-bond between man and wife; yet that covenant may again be renewed, and so the marriage-bond be re-united and made firm again by the mutual and free co [...]ent of both parties, upon the repentance and submission of the guilty person. And then in this case of reconc [...]lia [...]ion, though Divorcement be permitted as lawfull, yet is it not required as absolutely necessary. 2. That if in the case of Adultery, the innocent party do desire and seek to be Divorced from the other which hath [...]o of­fended; yet this is not to be done privately of his or her own head, but by publick order of Law, and by the consent and authority of the lawfull Magistrate.

Of the second, That Divorcement of man and wife, is unlawfull in any case, or for any other cause besides the sin of Adultery; this is also clear, both by the words of our Saviour in this [...]lace, being rightly under­stood, by comparing this place with Matth. 19. 9. as also by that other place, Matth. 5. 32. Wh [...]soever shall put away his Wife, saving for the cause of Fornication, causeth her to commit Adul [...]ery, &c. Here [...]e, that there may be other just causes of some kind of separation of man and wife for a ti [...]e; as in case [...]ne of the parties have some contagious disease: also in case that one of them grow [...]o malicious against the other, that it is not safe for them to dwell together, in regard of danger to the life of one of the parties: also, in case that in dwelling together, the one doth require of the other some unlawfull or intolerable conditions, and such as the other cannot with a good Conscience yield unto. In these cases there may be a separation between them, at least for a time; that is, so long as the just causes of separation do remain, but no totall or finall separation by Divorcement is by the Word of God permitted, but onely for Adultery.

Object. Object. 1 Cor. 7. 15. If the unbelieving depart, let him depart. A Brother or Sister is not under Bondage in such cases, &c.

Answ. Answ. The Apostle doth not there speak of Divorcement; that is, of voluntary putting away of the hus­band or wife by giving a Bill of Divorcement, but he speaks of the case of malicious and willfull desertion: when one of the married couple, being an unbeliever, that is, a Pagan, or Gentile, and the other a Believe [...], being after marriage conve [...]ted to the Christian Religion; the unbeliever doth forsake the believer by depar­ting [Page 716] from him or her, and obstinately refusing to dwell or live with the party forsaken, and that out of a ha­tred of the true Christian Religion: in this case, the Apostle sheweth, that the Believer is not in subjection, but at liberty to marry with another. Provided, that the Believer have first used all good means to gain the unbeliever to repentance, and to the true faith; and no means will succeed. Now in this case, the Believer doth not divorce himself, or seek to be divorced; but is a meer Patient, suffering himself to be un [...]ustly for­saken of the unbeliever. Therefore this place proves not, that there is any other just cause of divorcement besides Adultery.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Why should not some other kinds of sin, as, Idolatry, Witchcraft, Blasphemy, &c. being more haynous than Adultery, be just causes of divorcing man and wife, as well as Adultery?

Answ. Answ. Because none other sin whatsoever doth so directly violate the marriage-Covenant, and so dissolve the Marriage-bond, as Adultery doth.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. What need is there for divorcement to be permitted in the case of Adultery, seeing that sinne ought by the Law of God to be punished with death? Levit. 20. 10. Deut. 22. 22.

Answ. Answ. Because humane Laws are often too favourable unto this sin, not punishing it so severely as they should; therefore where that penalty of death is not inflicted through the defect of humane Laws or negli­gence of the Magistrate, there divorce is permitted, and may take place, if the innocent party desire and seek it by a lawful and orderly course.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See by this the haynousnesse of the sin of Adultery, properly so called, viz. the incontinency pra­ctised by married persons; in that it is of force to break and dissolve the most strait and near bond between man and wife, &c. See before, Verse 8.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Seeing the Word of God doth not permit or allow of divorcement or final separation between man and wife in any case, or for any cause except adultery: this should teach every Christian married couple, to be the more careful so to live together, and so to carry themselves one toward the other by mu­tual performance of all marriage-duties, that they may find true comfort and good contentment in each others society, and in dwelling and living together. Seeing they cannot, nor may not, be parted or separa­ted by divorcement, for any cause, except only for Adultery, which breaketh the Marriage-bond; therefore how needful for them to labour and pray for such true marriage-love and delight in each other, and to make conscience of all duties of love, &c. that they may not desire to be parted asunder, or have cause to desire it. Therefore as they ought to be exceeding careful to shun the foul sin of adultery, that so the mar­riage-bond may not be broken, but remain inviolable between them: so should they be no lesse careful so to live together, that they may have comfort in living together, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Seeing man and wife being once joyned in marriage, cannot afterward be separated untill death for any cause except for adultery; this should teach such as are hereafter to enter into the married estate, to be careful to make choyce of such persons to joyn themselves withall in the married estate, as they may truly love and affect, and so may live comfortably with them in that estate, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is unlawful for such as are unjustly divorced, that is, for any cause except adultery, to marry again during the life of their former wife, or husband: yea, It is a great sin so to do; even the sin of adul­tery, and they adulterers that practise it: So our Saviour here affirmeth expresly.

Reason. Reason. They break the Marriage-Covenant and bond, by joyning themselves with others besides their own lawful wife or husband: and this is adultery.

Ʋse. Use. Hence gather on the contrary, That after divorce for adultery, it is lawful to marry again; espe­cially for the innocent party: and for the other too, rather than live in fornication, &c. vide supra.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Contra Papists. committeth adultery against her, &c.] See here, that the adulterer sinneth against many persons at once. First against himself, that is, against his own soul and body: Then against the party with whom he committeth the sin: As also against her husband, if she have any living. And further, (as we see here) he sinneth also against his own lawful wife, by breaking his Marriage-Covenant with her. And as this is true of the adulterer, so of the adulteress. So that this sin of adultery is committed against four, or at least three persons at once: which shews the haynousness and detestableness of it, &c. Though single for­nication be a foul sin; yet adultery is in this respect much more foul and odious.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. And if a woman shall put away her husband, &c.] See here, that the wife hath equal power and right with the husband, as touching divorcement in the case of adultery; that is to say, she may as lawfully desire and seek to be divorced from her husband, as the husband from his wife for the sin of adultery. Pro­vided, that she do it in such a manner, and with such Christian modesty as becometh a wife, being forced or urged in that case to proceed against her own husband for a crime of this nature. 1 Cor. 7. 4. The wife hath as much power over her husband's body, as the husband over the wifes, by vertue of the Marriage-Co­venant. Therefore in case that Covenant be violated by adultery, she hath as much right to be separated from him, as he from her by divorcement.

Mark 10. 13, 14.‘And they brought young children to him, that he should touch them, and his Disciples May 4. 16 [...]8. rebuked those that brought them, &c.’

HItherto of the first part of this Chapter, viz. the Disputation of our Saviour in publike with certain of the Pharisees, touching Divorcement; together with his private Conference with his own Disciples about the same matter.

Now followeth the second part of the Chapter, from this 13. Verse, unto the 17. Verse. In which the Evangelist recordeth our Saviour's gracious entertaining and blessing of certain young Children which were btought unto him to that end; notwithstanding that his Disciples would have hindered them from being brought.

Where three things are to be considered. 1. The fact of those that brought the children to Christ, toge­ther with the end of it, They brought young children to him, &c.

2. The fact of the Disciples, Reproving those that brought them.

3. The carriage of our Saviour both toward his Disciples, and toward the children.

  • 1. Toward his disciples, He was displeased with them, and warned them, to suffer little children to come unto him, and not to forbid them: yielding a reason a hereof, because of such is the Kingdom of God.
  • 2. Toward the Children, He took them in his arms, &c.

Of the first, They] Who they were in particular that did this, is not expressed by the Evangelist: but most likely it is, they were the Parents or other nearest friends of the children: and it is also probable, that they were of the better and more religious sort of people, being well-affected to Christ's Person and Doctrine.

Brought young children to him] Or, Little children; yea, Infants: as they are called, Luke 18. 15. [...].

That he should teach them] That is, desiring him to touch them; or, to put his hands upon them; as it is, Matth. 19. 13. Yet this was not all they desired, but that he should also pray for them; as appeareth in the same place, Matth. 19. 13. And this latter seems to have been the chief end for which they brought their children unto him, and for which they desired him to touch them, or put his hands upon them. For this was the ancient custom and manner of blessing children; or of praying for them, viz. to do it with imposition of hands: and it was the custome for Parents to desire and seek to have their children in this manner blessed; by such persons as were their ancestors in years, and by such as were of eminent gifts and authority in the Church. Thus, Gen. 48. 12. Joseph brought his two sons Ephraim and Manasseh, to be blessed by Jacob his father in time of his sickness.

Quest. Quest. What moved the Parents of these Children thus to bring their children to Christ, and to desire that he should put his hands upon them, and pray for them?

Answ. Answ. No doubt but they were hereunto moved by the good opinion and perswasion they had of his per­swasion they had of his person, that he was both able and willing to do their children much good by his praying for them in this manner. For they having seen, or heard at least, that he had formerly done so much good to such as were of years, they hoped he would be no less forward to do good also to Infants and young children. And seeing he was so able and ready to cure the diseased, by touching them, and to cast out de­vils by his Word spoken; they perswaded themselves, that he was no less able and willing to do good al [...]o to the whole and sound by his prayers, and laying hands upon them: thereby to preserve them from bodily diseases, and from Satan's power: as also to obtain for them all needful blessings both bodily and spiritual; as, Forgiveness of sins, Gods favour, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The practice of these in bringing their children to Christ to be blessed of him, is commend­able, and should teach all Christian Parents to be carefull of the good of their children, to procure and seek it by all means; especially their spiritual good, that is to say, the salvation of their souls. They have not only charge of their own souls, but of their childrens, and so must take care of them: and thus they are to do, by using all means to further the spiritual good and salvation of their children: especially by being careful to bring and present their children unto Christ, (as these Parents did) to the end they may be blessed of him, especially with spiritual blessings, as, forgiveness of sins, the grace of regeneration, and eternal life, &c.

Quest. Quest. But how can Parents now bring their children to Christ to be blessed of him, seeing he is in Hea­ven, and they on Earth?

Answ. Answ. 1. Though he be in Heaven according to his humane nature, yet as God he is still on Earth, and present with his Church for the benefit and good of it, to the end of the world, Matth. 28. ult.

2. Christian Parents may, and ought, to bring their Children to Christ being now in heaven, sundry waies.

As, 1. By labouring to get true faith and the fear of God in their own hearts, that so their children be­ing within Gods Covenant, may have part in Christ, and in the saving benefits of his death. They must first see that themselves be truly brought unto Christ, before they can be fit to bring their Children to him.

2. By being careful to desire and seek the Sacrament of baptism for them, whereby their admission into the Church, and their first Planting, or engraffing into Christ by the grace of regeneration, is signified and sealed, Rom. 6. 5. Therefore Parents are to desire this Sacrament for their children so soon as may be con­veniently after they are born. I say, so soon as may be conveniently; that is, so soon as the Congregation shall publikely meet for the performance of other publike duties of Gods Worship, that so it may be done in most decent and orderly manner.

3. By often and earnest Prayer unto God for their children, that they may be renewed and sanctified by grace, and so become Gods adopted children in and thorough Christ Jesus, and consequently fellow-he is of his heavenly Kingdom.

4. By godly and religious education of them, bringing them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, Ephes. 6. 4. being careful from time to time to instruct them in the true knowledg of Christ, and of the means of salvation by him, giving them good counsel and exhortations, and going before them by holy example of life, using all means to further the work of grace in them, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. For reproof of all such Parents as are negligent or careless this way, in procuring and seeing the spiritual good of their children; and in bringing them unto Christ, to be blessed of him with spiritual bles­sings. Many have no care to bring themselves to Christ, or to come to him truly by faith and obedience to his Will, and that so their children may be in the Covenant, and partakers of Christ. And how many do neglect praying for their children; or if they do it, it is but formally, or now and then, not feelingly, ear­nestly, or constantly. Some also will pray for temporal blessings to be bestowed on their children; but not so often, or earnestly for spiritual. As for Christian education of their children, how much is it neglected? how few Parents are careful thus to bring their children to Christ by Religious Education? by Christian In­struction of them, by Christian exhortations, good example, &c. Nay, on the contrary, how many do wholly neglect these duties? suffering their children to live in gross ignorance and profaness of life, void of all [Page 718] Grace and true fear of God, &c. more carefull of their cattel, then of their Children; so Parents are so far from bringing their Children to Christ by Religious education, that, on the contrary, they rather keep them from Christ, or drive them away from him, and drive them unto the Devill (so much as lyes in them) by teaching and encouraging them to sin; as to lye, swear, break the Sabbath, by running after vain sports, &c. and by giving them ill example. How much have such to answer to God, &c. Vide Chrysost. tom. 6. orat. 16. ad patrem. fidelem.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. For exhortation to stir up all Parents to be carefull of the Spirituall good of their Children; espe­cially to bring them to Christ, &c. labouring first to know themselves to be within Gods Covenant; then seeking the Seal of the Covenant, the Sacrament of Baptism in due time for their Children after they are born; also to commend them to God in Prayer, yea, daily, &c. and by Religious education, to bring them to Christ, by Christian instruction in the Word of God, and grounds of Religion; also by Christian admoniti­on, exhortation, counsell, stirring them up to holy and Religious duties, labouring not onely to inform their minds, but to work it upon their hearts and affections, &c. Deut. 6. 7. And to do all this betimes unto their Children, even while they are young, that they may even suck in Piety with their Mothers Milk. Prov. 22. 6. Train up a Child in the way that he should go, and when he is old, he will not depart from it. 2 Tim. 3. 15. Timothy learned the Scriptures from a Child. Psal. 58. 3. The wicked are said to be estranged, and to go astray from God, even from their Mothers Womb, and as soon as they are born. On the contrary, we should labour to make our Children Religious, and to bring them to Christ as soon as they are born, so far as lyeth in us, &c. Much more then, afterward, when they come to more years, and discretion, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is probable that the Parents of these Children, being of the common sort of people, did not yet certainly know or believe Christ to be the Son of God, or true God, but onely were perswaded that he was some great Prophet and holy man of God, who had power from God to work Miracles, &c. and there­fore they thought his Prayers would be very effectual for their children, which moved them to desire the same; which may teach us, that we should desire and crave the Prayers of such persons as are of eminent gifts, and place in the Church, both for our selves, and for such as belong to us; as our children, friends, &c. especially in time of affliction and distress, when they have most need of others Prayers, as in bodily sickness, &c. Jam. 5. 16. The fervent Prayer of a Righteous man availeth much.

Use. Use. For reproof of such as shew so little desire of the Prayers of such as are eminent for their place or gifts, no not of their own Pastors in time of sickness, or in the sickness of their children; not so much as sending to the Minister, nor craving the help of his Prayers, &c.

Now followeth the fact of the Disciples.

They Rebuked those that brought them] Reproved them for bringing their young children to Christ to be touched by his hands, and prayed for.

Quest. Quest. Why did the Disciples thus reprove them?

Answ. Answ. It is probable that the reason moving them hereunto was this; That they thought it a thing unfit for Christ Jesus the Son of God, their Lord and Master, to be interrupted and troubled with such little chil­dren or Infants brought unto him, especially at such time as he was imployed in the serious and weighty duties of Preaching, and working Miracles for confirmation of his Doctrine. It may be also, they thought it some disparagement to the person of Christ, and consequently to themselves also, being his followers, to be trou­bled with this small and leight matter (as it seems they judged it) of putting his hands upon young Infants, and blessing them. Now in this reproof, the Disciples were very faulty and much to blame, as appeareth by our Saviour's great displeasure conceived against them for it, as also by his words thereupon uttered to them. They might perhaps intend well herein, but they did not go upon a good ground, but upon a false and erroni­ous supposition; neither were they well advised, but rash and inconsiderate in this action. They might here­in have a zeal of God, (as the Apostle sayes); but not according to knowledg, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The best Christians are not wholly priviledged, or exempted from errour, either in Judgment or practice, but are subject to errour in both. So were Christ's Disciples here in this matter of reproving and hindring those that brought young Children to Christ; and yet these Disciples were the best Christians then living upon earth. So before we heard, chap. 9. 38. they erred and offended in forbidding him that cast out Devills in Christ's name; yea, Peter himself, one of the chief Apostles, erred grosly before that time, in taking upon him to blame or rebuke Christ himself, for saying, That he must suffer death, &c. chap. 8. 32. So as other times also, both he and the rest discovered their errors, both in their Judgment and Practice, and that not onely before Christ's Ascension, but even afterward, when the Holy Ghost was sent upon them in a more full and plentifull measure; yet still they were subject to errour, both in Judgment and Practice, and so did err accordingly sometimes. Act. 10. 14. Peter did err in his Judgment touching the legall distincti­on of clean, and unclean beasts, and birds, taken away by the death of Christ. And Gal. 2. 11. he erred, and was justly reproved by Paul for his dissimulation, in conforming too much to the Jewish Ceremonies. Here note, that this is to be understood of the Apostles Judgment and Practice, as they were private persons, and in respect of their private carriage and conversation, for otherwise as they were Apostles, and in execution of the publick Office of Preaching the Gospell, and in writing the Scriptures of the New Testament, they neither could nor did err. Now if this be true of the Apostles, that they were not priviledged from errour, &c. much more of all other Christians, though of never so excellent gifts, or place in the Church, Rom. 3. 4. Let God be true, but every man a lyar. And Jam. 3. 2. In manythings we offend all.

Use 1 Use 1. To condemn the pride of Antichrist, the Pope of Rome, who arrogateth this priviledg to himself, to be free from errour, at least from Judicial determining of an errour in his Consistory as he is Pope. But this was the priviledg of the Apostles onely, not to err in that office; therefore not communicable to the Pope, who is no Apostle, nor any true successor of the Apostles in that Office, though he falsly claim so to be.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See by this, that we are not to tye our selves absolutely to the examples of others in matters of Re­ligion, either for matter of opinion or matter of practice; not to build our Faith or our Practice upon men (seeing the best are subject to errour) but upon the written Word of God, which is the fountain of all Di­vine [Page 719] truth, and free from all errour. As for mens Opinions and Practices, they are so far onely to be fol­lowed, as they agree with the Word of God. 1 Cor. 11. 1. Be ye followers of me, as I also am of Christ.

Use 3 Use 3. This should teach men of the best knowledg and gifts in the Church, not to trust too much to their own Judgment in matters of Religion, nor to be too confident in their own Opinions, but still to submit themselves to the tryall of the Word of God, searching the Scriptures from time to time to find out the truth, and to inform themselves better in all matters doubtfull and questionable, remembring that the best are subject to errour, even the Pastors and Ministers of the Church are to do this; and much more such as are of meaner place and gifts, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Here we see that the common sort of people which came unto Christ, and brought their Chil­dren to him, were in this matter of founder judgment, and did see the truth more clearly than the Apo­stles themselves; whence observe, that sometimes men of meaner gifts and place in the Church, may see the truth, and judg better in matters of Religion, then those of greater gifts and place. Joh. 3. 8. As the Wind bloweth where it listeth, &c. So doth the Lord give his Spirit of illumination, when, and to whom he plea­seth, to open their eyes, to see the truth in matters of Religion. Luke 10. 21. I thank thee, O Father, &c. that thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto Babes, &c. Joh. 7. 48. The common people saw Christ to be the Messiah, and believed in him, when the Pharisees and Rulers did [...]ot.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This must teach us, not to contemn the Judgment of the meanest Christian in matters of Religion, but to hearken to it, and be ruled by it so far as it is agreeable to the Word of God.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. This reproof of the Disciples could not chuse but be a great tryall to the Parents of these little Children, and a means to discourage and hinder them (if they would be hindered) in this good work of bringing their Children to Christ, in that their commendable practice was thus blamed, and condemned by such as were so near unto Christ. This may teach us, that we are to look for discouragements at the hands of others in good duties, yea, sometimes at the hands of such as are of eminent place and authority in the Church, who should rather encourage and further us in such duties. Cant. 5. 7. when the Church had lost the comfortable presence of Christ for a time, and did thereupon carefully and diligently seek after him to find him again; it is said, the watchmen of the City (which are the Ministers of the Church, who should have helped her to find Christ) meeting with her, did smite and wound her, and take away her vail. Thi [...] being so, it shews what need there is for us to be armed before-hand with courage and resolution in practice of good duties, lest otherwise we be daunted therein, if we meet with discouragements and opposition from others, especially from such as are of any eminent place in the Church; for we shall find this to be no small tryall; therefore great need have we to prepare for it, that we may bear and go through it, and not be discou­raged thereby, or hindered in well-doing. A man that is wife for the World, if he undertake some matter which he thinks will be greatly for his benefit, and do suspect that some or other will go about to oppose or hinder him, he will arm himself before-hand with a resolution not to be discouraged, &c. So should we, &c.

Mark 10. 14.‘But when Jesus saw it, &c. May, 11 1628.

OF the fact of those that brought their little Children to Christ to be blessed, or prayed for, we have heard; as also of the fact of Christ's Disciples, blaming or reproving such as brought them.

Now follows the carriage of our Saviour in this case, both toward his Disciples, and toward the little Children.

Touching his carriage towards his Disciples, two things are set down. 1. That when he saw it, He was much displeased. 2. That he shewed his displeasure by his words uttered to them, willing or commanding them to suffer little Children to come unto him, and not to forbid them, yielding a reason hereof, because, Of such is the Kingdome of God.

Of the first. He was much displeased] Or had indignation at the fact of the Disciples, in reproving such as brought the Children to him.

The cause of his great displeasure, was the greatnesse of the fault and offence of the Disciples in this rash and unadvised action of blaming those that brought the Children to Christ, whereby they did (as much as lay in them) both hinder the good of the Children, depriving them of the benefit of Christ's blessing and Prayers, and also discourage the Parents in that good work of charity and mercy to their Children. An [...] this fault of the Disciples was also the greater, because our Saviour not long before testified his love to little Children, by calling such a one to him, taking it in his arms, and setting it in the midst of them, as a pattern of humility, as we heard, chap. 9. 36.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That it is lawfull and fit for us to be offended and displeased at the sins of others, whereby they dishonour God. This is a good and holy kind of anger or indignation, which was in our Saviour Christ, as we see here; and chap. 3. 5. He looked angerly upon the Scribes and Pharisees, &c. It hath also been in other the best Saints of God, and is commended in them in Scripture. In Moses, Exod. 32. 19. when he saw the Israelites dishonour God by the Idolatrous Calf, his anger waxed hot, &c. In Nehemiah, chap. 5. 6. when he heard the cry of the poor, &c. In Paul, Act. 17. 16. his spirit stirred within him, &c. Ephes. 4. 26. Be angry, and sin not. To be understood of this lawfull and holy anger conceived against the sins or others, &c.

Reason. Reas. This kind of displeasure or indignation against the sins of others, is a part of that zeal for Gods glo­ry which is required to be in us; for, zeal is a mixt affection, consisting partly of grief for the sins of others, as in David, Psal. 119. 136. Rivers of waters run down my eyes, &c. and partly of indignation or displeasure against others sins.

Use 1 Use. 1. To condemn the want of this holy affection of anger and displeasure against the sins of others, in many Christians, yea, in the most. There is much carnall and sinfull anger in them, but little or no holy in­dignation against sin, when they see or heart that God is dishonoured by the sins of others; as by swearing, drunkennesse, profanation of the Lords Day, &c. their spirits are not stirred in them. If themselves be wronged or abused never so little, they can soon be moved to displeasure, yea, they can be hot as fire in their own cause, when the matter toucheth themselves; but in the cause of God, they are cold as Ice, not affected with it, they take it not to heart; which shews want of love to God, and of true zeal for his Glory. And if ever there were cause to complain of this want, surely now in these evill and declining times. For who is there now almost to be found like unto Elias, zealous for the Lord of Hosts, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To stir us up to labour for this good and holy kind of anger or displeasure against the sins of others, which was in our Saviour Christ, and hath been in other the best Saints of God; and seeing it is a part of that holy and Religious zeal for Gods glory which ought to be in us, and must be in every true child of God, 1. Pray unto God to work and increase in us this holy affection. 2. Labour for a true feeling and assu­rance of Gods love to us in Jesus Christ, that this may cause us truely to love him again, and to be zealous for his glory, being offended when he is dishonoured by the sins of others. 3. Labour to mortify all corrupt carnal, and sinfull anger in our selves, and in our own cause, which is a hinderance and enemy to this holy anger. Col. 3. 8. Put off all these, anger, wrath, malice, &c. Ephes. 4. 26.

Now lest we offend in our anger against the sins of others (as it is easy to do) these Rules or Cautions are to be remembred by us. 1. That our anger conceived against the sins of others must be upon good and suf­ficient ground; that is, upon notice taken of some manifest or known sin in others, not upon a bare suspition without good ground, neither must it be for trifles, but for some great offence to God. 2. Our anger must be so directed against the sin, that it be not against the person offending, unlesse it be with relation to the sin, and in that respect onely. We must here carefully distinguish between the person, and the sin. 3. Our displeasure must be joyned with love to the person against whom we are offended, neither must it hinder us in doing any duty of love to the party, but rather further us therein, as in praying for the party, in admonishing him, &c. Exod. 32. 32. Though Moses were angry at the peoples Idolatry, yet he prayed for them. 4. It must be joyned with sorrow and grief for the offence and dishonour of God. So Mark 3. 5. Our Saviour looked angerly upon them, mourning for the hardness of their hearts. 5. Our anger and displeasure must be moderate, not exceeding due measure, either in regard of the passion or affection it self, or in regard of the continuance of it, Ephes. 4. 26. Be angry, and sin not; Let not the Sun go down, &c. Neither must our anger be such as to distemper us, or make us unfit for good duties, either of God's worship, or of our particular Cal­lings, neither must it cause us to break out into any undecent behaviour. 6. Our displeasure against the sins of others, must be joyned with indignation also against our own sins, and that first and prin­cipally.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour was displeased at this fault and offence, even in his own Disciples, which were near and dear unto him; we may learn, that we should be offended and displeased at sin, even in our best friends, even in such as we most love and affect. We must not respect persons in our anger against sin, but be unpartial in it, being offended at sin wheresoever we find it, and in whatsoever persons, though in our dearest friends, kindted, acquaintance, &c. Our Saviour was offended at Peter himself, calling him Satan, Matth. 16. when he went about to perswade him that he should not suffer death. Moses was very angry at the people of Israel for their sin of Idolatry (as we heard) and yet he loved them so dearly, that he wished himself to be blotted out of God's Book (if it had been possible) rather than their sin should not be forgiven, Exod. 32. Job shewed himself offended at his own Wife, calling her foolish woman, Job 2. Love to our friends must be no hinderance to our holy anger and displeasure against their sins, but rather a help and fur­therance, for this affection ought to come from love to their persons, and to be joyned with it, (as we have heard) and so the more we love them, the more we should be affected with indignation against them when they dishonour God.

Use. Use. To reprove such as can be angry and displeased at sin in their enemies, or in strangers; but not in their friends, kindred, familiar acquaintance, &c. whom they love and affect. They can bear with grosse sins in such, and wink at them, and are not moved to displeasure. They can like and approve of the faults of such, and be well enough pleased with them; yea, they can commend and justify the faults of such, as if they were vertues, &c. But this is carnal love which hinders them from being displeased at the sins of those whom they affect; and it is also a plain argument that the anger they shew against the sins of others, whose persons they affect not, is also a carnal and sinfull anger, and nothing less than that true holy zeal and indignation against sin which should be in them. For if it were a holy anger, they would be moved against the same sins in their friends, as well as in their enemies.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour was not onely displeased, but much displeased or offended at his Disciples, for this fault and sin of hindering the little children from being brought to him; we may gather, that it is a great sin any way to hinder the Spiritual good and Salvation of Infants or little Children; yea, though it be unwittingly, or of ignorance, as it is probable this was done by the Disciples; much more then, to do it wil­lingly, or against knowledg. Christ is much offended still at such. Now the Salvation of young Children is hindered when the means of their Spiritual good and Salvation is neglected. As when they are kept or with­held from the Sacrament of Baptism; which by the way shews the sin of such Parents as do neglect, or defer it too long; and especially the sin of the Anabaptists, utterly denying that Sacrament to Infants, &c. Also, by Parents neglecting to pray for their Children, and to train them up Religiously so soon as they begin to have understanding, and to be capable of Instruction, &c. Great is the sin of such Parents who thus neglect the means of the Spiritual good and Salvation of their children, and so, as much as lies in them, do hinder their Salvation. They are Spiritual Murtherers of the Souls of their own Children. Let all Parents be admo­nished to take heed of this grievous sin, that they be not guilty of it.

Mark 10. 14. ‘But when Jesus saw it, he was much displeased, and said unto them, Suffer the little children May 18. 1628. to come unto me, and forbid them not: for of such is the Kingdom of God.’

HEre it followeth, how our Saviour shewed his displeasure, by his words to his Disciplas, commanding them to suffer little children, &c. This Commandment hath also the force of a reproof; whereby he bla­meth them for not suffering, but rather hindering the children from coming to him.

Where, 1. Consider the Precept or Commandment it self; which is given both affirmatively, Suffer little children to come unto me: and negatively, Forbid them not.

2. The Reason of the Commandment, why they should suffer little children to come to him, &c. Because of such is the Kingdom of God.

3. A confirmation of that reason, Verse 15.

Of the first, And said unto them] It is most probable that he spake these words to his Disciples publickly and openly before the rest of the people then present: so that as they had openly or publickly offended in reproving and hindering those that brought children to Christ; so he doth by these words publickly reprove them.

Suffer little children to come, &c. and forbid them not] He gives them a double Precept or Injunction; the one, affirmative; the other, negative; both to shew the weightiness of the matter enjoyned, and also to affect and move them the more to yield obedience, and to aggravate their fault and sin in going about to hinder such little children from coming to him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is fit for us not only to be inwardly moved with a holy anger and displeasure at the sins of others: but also to shew it outwardly by the signs and testimonies of his displeasure; as either by admonish­ing or reproving such as offend, so far as our Calling will permit: especially those of our charge; or at least by our outward gesture, and behaviour; as by a sad or angry countenance, as our Saviour did, Mar. 3. 5. looking angerly upon the Scribes, &c. or by departing out of the company. Some way or other it is fit for us to shew our dislike and indignation against the sins of others; especially against gross and notorious, or open sins, by which God is much dishonoured. It is not enough to be offended at such sins in others, but to shew our selves displeased. And this we are to do for a twofold end or reason. 1. To testifie hereby our zeal for Gods glory. 2. That by this means we may bring the parties offending, to the sight of their sins, and consequently to shame and repentance for the same, if it be possible.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Publick faults and offences may and ought to be publickly and openly reproved by such as have a calling thereunto. By publike offences, understand such as give publick scandal, &c. The disciples here, of­fending in publick, by hindering such as have brought their children to Christ, he did openly reprove them, and shew his displeasure against them for this sin before all the people then present. 1 Tim. 5. 20. Them that sin, rebuke before all, that others also may fear. He speaks of the Elders of the Church. Understand it of such as sin openly, or in publike and notorious manner. Gal. 2. 14. Paul reproved Peter openly, for his open dissi­mulation, &c. Yea, though the parties offending be of eminent place or dignity: yet if they give publick scandal, they may and ought to be publickly reproved by such as have a Calling to do it. Our Saviour did not spare his Disciples here, because of their dignity or Apostolical Office.

Use. Use. To confute such as think they may take liberty to sin openly, and so give publick scandal: and yet think much to be openly reproved for such sins, either by the Ministers of God, or other that have a calling to do it. They think they should rather be admonished privately, that so their good name and credit may be preserved. On the contrary, such are to know, that Gods glory is to be preferred before their credit: and therefor [...] if they sin openly, and give publick offence to others, they are openly to be reproved, though it tend never so much to their discredit, rather than by winking at such gross and scandalous sins, Gods Name be dishonoured, [...]nd the Gospel evil spoken of.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. It is the Will of Christ, that Infants or young children should be admitted to the Sacrament of Baptism: for this is one way of bringing them to Christ; as we have before heard. But of this more, upon the words following.

For of such is the Kingdom of God] The Kingdom of God is in the New Testament taken diversly. Not to speak of all the different acceptations of it; there are two very usual and common among the rest.

  • 1. When it signifies the state of grace in this life; in which God doth raign in his Elect by the power of his Word and Spirit. Rom. 14. 17. The Kingdom of God is righteousness, peace, &c.
  • 2. When it signifies that estate of glory and happiness prepared for the Elect of God in heaven after this life; in which God shall raign in them and with them for ever. Joh. 3. 3. The unrighteous shall not inherit the Kingdom of God. In this latter sense, we are to it take in this place.

Of such is the Kingdom, &c.] That is, Eternal life, or that estate of glory in Gods heavenly Kingdom, doth of right belong unto such as these young Infants or little children. He doth not say, Of these is the Kingdom of God, but, Of such, &c. Thereby implying, That this Kingdom of God, or state of eternal life in Hea­ven, doth belong not only to the Infants or little Children themselves, but also to such as do resemble and are like unto young children in disposition and qualities.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Infants or young Children born in the Visible Church, do belong to Gods heavenly Kingdom, and have right to eternal life, as well as elder persons. The doctrine of our Saviour in this place.

Reason. Reason. They are within the Covenant of God, which he hath made with the faithful and with their seed. Gen. 17. 7. God sayes to Abraham, I will establish my Covenant between me and thee, and thy seed after thee, &c. to be a God unto thee, and to thy seed after thee. And Act. 2. 39. The Promise is to you, and to your children: yea, to many generations; as in the second Commandment. Now if they be within Gods Covenant, then they have right to the Blessings promised in that Covenant; especially to eternal life, which is the chief of those blessings.

Caution. Caution. This is not so to be understood, as if all Infants born in the Church must needs be actually saved; but such only as belong to Gods Election of grace. Though all that are born in the Church have a kind of [Page 722] right to eternal life, in regard of being within the general Covenant of God; yet it followes not, that all have a true and absolute right, so as to be actually partakers thereof. Gods Election is free, and not tyed to all that are outwardly within the Covenant quoad nos. Therefore though we are to hope well of such as are born in the visible Church: yet, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. If Infants born in the Church, do belong to Gods Kingdom, and have right to eternal life by ver­tue of Gods Covenant; then hence it followes, that they have also right to the Sacrament of Baptism, be­being one of the seals of Gods Covenant, and such a seal as Infants are capable of, and a means to help and further them toward the Kingdom of heaven. Act. 2. 38. Peter brought this argument to move the Jews to be baptised together with their children, (for that also seems to be implyed) because the promise was to them, and to their children. (See Perk on Gal. 3. 27. pag. 305.)

This Truth we are to hold and maintain against the Anabaptists, who deny Baptism to Infants, because they want knowledg, and so cannot have actual faith; which is in Scripture required of those that were to be baptized; as Act. 8. 37. and elsewhere.

But to this we answer, That where actual faith is required of such as were baptized, it is to be understood of those who were of years of discretion at the time of their baptism, and so were capable of actuall faith. But as for Infants, born in the Church, it is sufficient to make them capable of Baptism, that they are within Gods Covenant as hath been shewed, &c.

And that Infants born in the visible Church, have right to Baptism, it may further appear two wayes.

  • 1. By the practice of the Apostles, baptizing sometimes whole Families, in which it is most probable, that there were some Infants or little children. See Act. 16.
  • 2. By the Sacrament of Circumcision in the Old Testament, which was by Gods Commandement to be received by Infants the eighth day after their birth, Gen. 17. 10. Now Baptism succeedeth in the room of Circumcision in these times of the New Testament, Col. 2. 11, 12. Therefore, &c.

Here note, That though Infants born in the Church, have right to Baptism, and ought to be Baptized; yet their salvation is not absolutely tyed to the outwatd Baptism: but they may be saved without it, in case they be prevented by death, &c. Necessitas duplex. 1. Praecepti. 2. Medii, &c. By the first, Baptism is necessary: Not absolutely, by the second, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See, that we are not to despise little Infants or Children born in the Church, but to esteem well of them, and to shew it by our loving and respectful usage of them, seeing they belong to Gods Covenant; yea, to his heavenly Kingdom, for ought we know, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To move Christian Parents to be careful of the Religious Education of their Children, that so they may be fit to be partakers of Gods Kingdom, seeing they have right to it in regard of Gods Covenant, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. Comfort to Christian Parents, when God takes away their Children in Infancy or young age, by death: they have cause to hope well of them; especially if themselves be believers.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour doth not say, Of these is the Kingdom of God, but Of such, &c. meaning not only Infants or little Children, but such also as do resemble young children in disposition and qualities; hence gather, that the Kingdom of heaven doth belong not only to young Children born in the Church, but also to such as resemble little children, and are like unto them in disposition and qualities, &c. But of this afterward, in the Verse following.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the estate of eternal life and glory in heaven, is here called the Kingdom of God, we are to take notice of the excellency of that estate of glory prepared for the Saints in heaven, being compared to a Kingdom, and called, The Kingdom of God, and, the Kingdom of heaven, in this and many other places of Scripture. But of this, see before, Chap. 9. 43, &c.

Mark 10. 15, 16.‘Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall not receive the Kingdom of God as a little child, May 25. 1628. he shall not enter therein, &c.’

OUr Saviour having alledged a Reason why his Disciples should not hinder little children from being brought to him, viz. because the Kingdom of heaven belongeth to such; that is, not only to children, but to such as are like unto them, &c.

Now, Verse 15. he further confirmeth the truth of that reason, viz. That Gods Kingdom belongeth to such as do resemble little children in qualities and properties. This he confirmeth, by shewing how great necessity there is for every one that would be partaker of Gods Kingdom, to become like unto a little child: in that none but such shall enter into that Kingdom: and this our Saviour avoucheth with his usual kind of Asseveration, Verily: adding also the weight of his own authority unto it, I say unto you: the more to confirm the truth and certainty of the matter.

In the words there are two things to be considered. 1. The manner of our Saviour's avouching or af­firming that which he speaketh here, Verily I say unto you.

2. The matter avouched; That whosoever shall not receive the Kingdom of God as a little child, &c.

Of the first, see before, Chap. 3. 28.

Of the second, By Kingdom of God, understand that estate of glory in the life to come, which God hath prepared for his Elect. As, in the former Verse, To receive the Kingdom of God, is, To be partaker of it after this life.

Whosoever shall not receive the Kingdom of God as a little child] That is, whosoever shall not in this life re­semble and become like unto a little Child or Infant in qualities and disposition, that so he may be fit to be partaker of Gods Kingdom after this life in Heaven.

He shall not enter therein] He shall never be made partaker of that estate of eternal life and glory in Gods heavenly Kingdom.

Doctr. 1. No [...]e shall be partakers of Gods heavenly Kingdom in the life to come, but such as are first qualified and become fit for it in this life. Our Saviour sayes here, That whosoever doth not receive the King­dome [Page 723] of God as a little Child; that is, whosoever doth not in this life become like unto a little child, that so he may be fit to receive the Kingdome of God, he shall not enter into it. Col. 1. 12. Giving thanks unto the Father, which hath made us meet to be partakers of the Inheritance of the Saints in Light. Thus it must be with all Christians that desire to be partakers of that heavenly Inheritance, they must first be made meet for it in this life.

Quest. Quest. How must Christians be qualified and fitted in this life for Gods heavenly Kingdome, &c?

Answ. Answ. By such Spiritual Graces as are requisite to make them fit.

We must first be partakers of the Kingdome of Grace: As, 1. By the Grace of Repentance and true Con­version from their sins unto God, Matth. 18. 3. Except ye be Converted, and become as little Children, &c. Called Repentance unto Salvation, 2 Cor. 7. 10. And Repentance unto life, Act. 11. 18.

2. By the Grace of effectual Calling, whereby they must be actually separated in heart, and in their course and manner of life from this World; that is, from the profane and wicked; and must be joyned to the true Church of Christ, and become subjects of his Kingdome of Grace, 2 Pet. 1. 10. Give diligence to make your Calling and Election sure, &c. For so an entrance shall be ministred to you, &c. Rom. 8. 30. Whom he Called, them he Justified and Glorified.

3. By the Grace of Justification applyed unto them by Faith, having their sins forgiven, and being ac­cepted of God as Righteous, by the perfect Righteousnesse of Christ applyed by faith. Rom. 8. 30. Whom he justified, them he glorified. Act. 26. 18. That they may receive forgivenesse of sins, and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.

4. By the Grace of true Sanctification, wrought in them by the Spirit of God, whereby the corruption of sin must be mortified, and the Image of God, standing in Holinesse and Righteousnesse, must be restored in them in part. Hebr. 12. 14. Without Holinesse, no man shall see the Lord. Rev. 21. 27.

More particularly, there are some special sanctifying Graces required to make us meet partakers of God's Kingdome, viz. such as make us like to little Children; but more of these in the next point of Do­ctrine.

Use. Ʋse. This teacheth us what to do, if we desire to know and be assured that we shall be partakers of God's heavenly Kingdome after this life; we must examine our selves, whether we be first qualified, and made fit for it, and capable of it in this life, in such sort as we have heard. Do we feel the work of Repentance and true Conversion from our sins unto God, wrought in us; have we truely left and forsaken our old sins, &c. Are we called and separated from the profane world in heart and life? not living after the course of this World, &c Ephes. 2. Do we by Faith feel our sins to be forgiven, and that we are in Christ accepted of God as Righteous, &c. Do we feel our selves in some measure sanctified by the Spirit of God; the corrup­tion of sin killed in us, and Gods Image of Holiness renewed in us, &c. If it be thus with thee, thou art a fit and meet person to receive the Kingdome of heaven; thou art capable of it, yea, thou shalt most certainly be partaker thereof actually. On the contrary, if thou be not thus fitted, prepared, and qualified for that King­dome in this life, never look to be partaker of it after this life. Thou must here make entrance, &c. 2 Pet. 1. See Mr. Hieron's Sermon, (upon Mark 10. 5.) called, The Minority of the Saints.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. See what is one part of that qualification and fitnesse required in all such as shall be partakers of Gods heavenly Kingdome, they must be qualified like unto little Children; they must resemble little Chil­dren in disposition and qualities. Our Saviour affirmeth here, That Whosoever receiveth not the Kingdome of God as a little Child, shall not enter therein. So in the former verse, Of such is the Kingdome of God. Matth. 18. 3. Except ye be Converted, and become as little Children, ye shall not enter into the Kingdome of Heaven,

Quest. Quest. In what qualities or properties especially, must such resemble little Children?

Answ. Answ. Not in all properties. 1. Not in ignorance, 1 Cor. 14. 20. 2. Not in inconstancy or varia­blenesse, Ephes. 4. 14. But in such Christian Graces and vertues, whereof they have a lively Image and ex­ample in little Children; especially in these properties.

  • 1. In Holinesse and Innocency of life, 1 Cor. 14. 20. In Maliciousnesse be Children.
  • 2. In true humility and lowlinesse of mind, thinking meanly of themselves, and well of others; yea, of their infetiours. Thus little children do. So David, Psal. 131. 1, 2. Lord, My heart is not haughty, mine eyes are not lofty, &c. Surely I have behaved my self as a Child that is weaned from his Mother, &c. Little Chil­dren do not mind high things, but have low conceipts of themselves, not swelling with Pride against others. If two little Children be together, one the child of a Rich man, the other of a Poor man, &c.
  • 3. In being void of malice and envy against others, and on the contrary, being of a loving and kind dispo­sition. Thus it is with little children, they do not malice, &c. they soon forgive wrongs, &c. And so must it be with Christians, 1 Pet. 2. 1. Laying aside all malice, guile, hypocrisies, envy, &c. As new born Babes, desire the sincere milk of the Word, &c.
  • 4. In being teachable and tractable towards God their heavenly Father, as little children are towards their earthly Parents. A little child is apt to be taught, and easily reclaimed from a fault, by admonition or cor­rection. So must it be with Christians, &c. Hebr. 12. 9. We have had Fathers of our flesh which corrected us, and we gave them reverence; shall we not much rather be in subjection to the Father of Spirits, and live?
  • 5. In being contented with their outward estate in the World, and not ambitiously or covetously seeking after higher or greater estates. The poor mans little child is as well contented with his estate, as the rich mans. So should it be with a Christian, as Paul, Phil. 4. 11. I have learned in whatsoever state I am, &c. there­with to be content. I know how to be abased, and how to abound, &c.
  • 6. In faithfull dependance upon God's providence, without distrustfull or distracting cares for things of this life. Little children depend upon their Parents for Provision of things necessary for them, as meat, drink, &c. The Infant hangs upon the Mothers breast, without taking further thought, &c. So must it be with Christians that look to be partakers of Gods Kingdome, they must herein resemble little children, Matth. 6. 31. Take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or what shall we drink? &c. For your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things.

Ʋse. Use. 1. See how to try and know whether we be fit for the Kingdome of Heaven, and capable of it, and [Page 724] whether we shall indeed be partakers of it after this life; examine whether we be as yet become like unto little Infants or young Children in those properties before set down. Thou that professest thy self to be a Christian, and hopest for eternal life, and a part in God's heavenly Kingdome, examine thy heart and life, look whether thou be fit for that Kingdome, and capable of it; canst thou receive it as a little child? dost thou feel thy self so converted, turned, and changed, that thou art indeed like unto a little child in disposition and qualities; in Innocency of life, humility, love, tractableness, contente dness with thy estate, &c. If it be thus with thee, it shews thee to be fit for the Kingdome of heaven, and shalt be indeed partaker of it. On the contrary, if thou be not yet like unto a young child in these properties and Christian Graces, thou art not capable of Gods Kingdome, &c. Try thy self therefore, and that diligently, and thorowly; com­pare thy self with such little children, to see how like, or unlike thou art unto them.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse. 2. See what we must do, if we desire to be fit for the Kingdome of heaven, and to be partakers of it; we must labour and strive to receive it as little children; that is, to become like unto little children in such Christian Graces and vertues, as they are a pattern and example of unto us; that so we may be fit to receive that Kingdome, and be capable of it, which otherwise we cannot be. Set this pattern before us often, which our Saviour here and elsewhere calls us to imitate. Look at the disposition and carriage of little children, how innocent and harmless they are, how humble and lowly in mind, how far from bearing malice and envy, how ready to forgive and forget wrongs done to them, how tractable to admonition and correction, how con­tented with their present estate, how far from distracting cares of the World, &c. Think how many excel­lent Graces and Christian vertues we may learn of them, and labour to become like unto them more and more in these and the like vertues. Pray unto God to convert and turnus, so as we may become like chil­dren in practice of such Christian Graces, whereof we have such a lively Image in little children; make this use of the society of children when we are with them. The more thou resemblest a little child in Inno­cency, in humility, contentedness, &c. the more fit thou art for the Kingdome of Heaven. Labour there­fore, and pray that thou mayest indeed be like unto a little child in these properties. Consider the absolute ne­cessity hereof, as our Saviour affirmeth here, and Matth. 18. 3.

Mark 10. 16.‘And he took them up in his arms, &c. June, 8. 1628.

Doctr. 3 Doctr. 3. SEE how great a change and alteration there must be in every Christian that desires and hopes to be saved; he must become like a little child in disposition and qualities, even when he is past a child in age and years, which cannot be without a great change and alteration. Therefore, Matth. 18. 3. Except ye be Converted, and become as little Children, &c. There must be a Conversion, turning, and changing of a Christian before he can be like a little child, and be fit for the Kingdome of Heaven; yea, there must be a great change. By nature we are not like unto little children in any Christian Grace or vertue. We do by nature resemble them in their vices and ill properties; as in Original sin, in naturall ignorance, inconstancy, &c. but not in the good properties and vertues, whereof they should be patterns to us. In these we do not resemble them by nature, and therefore we must be renewed and changed by Grace, and by the special work of Gods Spirit, before we can become like them, and so be fit for Gods Kingdome; and this change is so great, that it is in Scripture called a new birth, and a new Creation, Joh. 3. 5. Except a man be born again, &c. 2 Cor. 5. 17. If any man be in Christ, he is a new Creature. This change must be in the whole man, outward and inward; in the mind, will, affections, &c. And in the whole life and behavi­our, &c. See Esay 11.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. For the conviction and terrour of such as feel no such change in themselves from that which they have been formerly, but they remain the same they were, living in their old [...]ins, &c. yea, some are not asha­med to say, and boast that they are no changelings, but the same still. But know this, that there must not onely be a change in thee in this life, but a great change and alteration in thy whole man, and in thy life, &c. if ever thou be partaker of Gods Kingdome.

Use 2 Use 2. To examine our selves whether there be such a change wrought in us or no; whether we be chan­ged from those corrupt qualities and dispositions that are in us by nature, to holy and heavenly; to such qua­lities wherein we are to resemble little children, &c. as innocency, humility, &c. If so, then it shews us to belong to Gods Kingdome. On the contrary, if no such change, &c.

Now followeth, ver. 16. our Saviour's carriage toward the little children which were brought unto him, con­sisting in a threefold action performed toward them.

  • 1. He took them up in his arms.
  • 2. Put his hands upon them.
  • 3. Blessed them.

He took them up in his arms] Thereby testifying his love and good will towards them, and how well he did esteem of them.

Put his hands upon them] This gesture he used, 1. According to the ancient custome of blessing children, with imposition of hands, as we heard before, our of Gen. 48. 14. 2. At the request of the Parents of the children, who desired this of him; as we heard before, ver. 13. 3. The more to confirm the Faith of the Parents, by assuring them of his good will to the children, and of his readiness to do them good by his bles­ [...]ing and prayers for them.

And blessed them] This blessing of Christ doth imply two things. 1. That he prayed for them, or com­mended them to God in prayer, as the Parents desired him, Matth. 19. 13. And this he did as he was Man, and as he was Mediator. What he prayed for them in particular, is not expressed; but most likely it is, that he prayed especially for Spiritual blessings; as, for remission of sins, and for the Grace of Regenera­tion to be bestowed on these Infants, &c. 2. That he did really and actually confer upon them those Spiri­tual blessing which he prayed for. And this he did as he was God.

Now this example and practice of our Saviour, in laying his hands upon these children which were brought to him, and blessing them, the Papists, at least some of them, do alledg in defence of one of their counterfeit Sacraments; viz. the Sacrament of Confirmation, or Bishoping of Children, as it is called. For from hence they would prove it necessary for children having been baptized, to be brought afterward unto a Popish Bishop, that he may anoint them with oyl, and sign them with the Crosse upon their fore­heads, and so putting his hands upon them, pronounce certain words of blessing or prayer over them; that by this means they may be confirmed and strengthened in grace.

But for answer to them, 1. We deny not, but that the prayers of godly Bishops, or Pastors and Mini­sters of the Church, are good and profitable for young children, even as they are also for elder persons: but as for the prayers of Popish Bishops so made, no good to be expected by it.

2. We affirm, That this example and practice of our Saviour in this place, is no ground or warrant at all for the Popish manner of Bishoping of children.

For, 1. These children which were brought to Christ, and upon which he laid his hands and blessed them, were very young; yea, Infants, and not as yet baptized, as is most probable: so young, that they could not come to Christ of themselves, but were brought to him: whereas the Papists require children to be Confirmed a good time after Baptism, when they come to years of some discretion.

2. There is no likeness or comparison at all, but a wide difference between our Saviour Christ's blessing of these children, and the Popish Bishops blessing of children. For our Saviour being God as well as Man, did not only pray for the children, (as we have heard); but also really bless them, or command them to be bles­sed: so that in this respect, his blessing of them was not ordinary, but extraordinary, and not to be imi [...]ated. Besides, that our Saviour used no such superstitious Ceremonies of anointing, or signing with the cross, nor any such set form of words, as the Popish Bishops do.

Lastly, we affirm, That our Saviour Christ neither in this place, nor in any other of the New Testament, did ever institute any such Sacrament of Confirmation for children: neither did any of the Apostles either before or after Christ's Ascension, use imposition of hands upon children, as a Sacrament, or in any such man­ner as it is used by the Papists: and we urge them to prove the contrary, if they can.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The singular and special love of Christ which he shewed to little children, when he lived here upon earth; especially to the Children of religious Parents: such as these were: as here we see he shewed it, by taking them into his arms, putting his hands on them, &c. by tokens of love, and by his care and rea­diness to do them good. So at other times he shewed like love and good will to little children: as we heard before, Chap. 9. 36.

Use. Use. To teach us herein to imitate Christ; in shewing love and good respect to little children born in the Church; especially to children of religious Parents: being ready on all good occasions to manifest our love toward them by fruits and tokens of it: as by kind and respectful usage of them; and by readinesse to do them good, and to procure and further their good by all means; especially the spiritual good and salva­tion of their souls, by our prayers, instruction, religious education, &c. Especially this concerneth such as are Parents, and have children of their own; they of all other should shew love to their own, and others chil­dren: not a carnal love to their bodies only, but spiritual and Christian love to their souls, &c. not contemn­ing or disdaining little children, either their own, or others, as some do; but shewing special love and re­spect to them, &c. The rather, because such little children have more need of the fruits of our love, than elder persons; in that they are so weak and unable to help and do good to themselves.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See the great humility and lowliness of our Saviour Christ; in that he disdained not to take these little Infants into his own arms, &c. Of this, see before, Chap. 9. 36.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Here again we are confirmed in that truth which we heard before, viz. That Infants and young children born in the Church, do belong to Gods heavenly Kingdom, having right and title to it, so far as we can judge: and that by vertue of Gods Covenant made with the faithful and their seed. This our Saviour plainly shewed here by his carriage toward these children: not only testifying his special love and good will to them, by taking them into his arms; (which he would never have done, if he had not truly and indeed loved them); but also putting his hands upon them, and blessing them both by prayer, and by actual confer­ing on them the grace which he prayed for in their behalf. By all this he did really restifie the truth of that which before he avouched in words touching such little children: that unto them belongeth the Kingdom of God.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Lastly, That Prayer is a duty fit to be performed for and in the behalf of young children. This our Saviour [...]eacheth us, by his care and readiness to bless or pray for these children brought unto him to that end. And this Duty is the more needful to be performed for children, because they are unfit to pray for themselves. Which therefore should move us to be ready and forward to perform this duty for them, as occasion is offered. Especially Parents to do this themselves for their children daily; and to desire the prayers of others also for them: especially the prayers of the Pastors and Ministers of the Church, when their children are visited with sickness, &c. A duty wholly neglected by some Parents.

Mark 10. 17.‘And when he was gone forth into the way, there came one running, &c. June 15. 1628.

HEre beginneth the third part of this Chapter, which containeth the History of the rich man who came to Christ, to know what he must do for the obtaining of eternal life. Where two things are set down by the Evangelist.

  • 1. A Conference between our Saviour and that rich man, about the matter of eternal life; to Vers. 22.
  • 2. The Effect or Consequent of that Conference; from Verse 22. to the 28.

Of the first, Two things are set down to us. 1. The time and place when and where this Conference was between them; When our Saviour was gone forth into the Way.

2. The Conference it self: Which consisteth of four parts. 1. The rich man's question propounded to [Page 726] our Saviour, Verse 17. 2. Our Saviour's answer thereunto, Verse 18, 19. 3. The rich man's reply, Verse 20. 4. Our Saviour's answer unto that reply, Verse 21.

To begin with the 17. Verse. First to shew the meaning.

When he was gone forth into the Way] Viz. From the private house in which he was before, where his Dis­ciples had conference with him about the matter of divorcement; as we heard, Verse 10. and where it is also probable, that the young children were brought to him to be blessed or prayed for. See Matth. 9. 15. And Beza on this place.

There came one] Who, and what kind of person this was, may appear, by comparing the Evangelists toge­ther; who describe him by three Properties.

  • 1. That he was a young man, Matth. 19. 20.
  • 2. That he was a very rich man, having great possessions; So St. Mark, Verse 22. As also Matthew and Luke.
  • 3. That he was a Ruler, [...], a man of great authority amongst the Jews, Luke 18. 18.

Running] This shewed his great desire and forwardness to come unto Christ, and to demand that question of him, about the obtaining of eternal life. It was much, that he being a man of so great wealth and dignity, should so far forget and neglect his own dignity and place for the time, as not only to go unto Christ, but to run after him; and that in the high-way.

And kneeled to him] In token of civil honour and reverence to the Person of Christ; whom he took to be some great and extraordinary Prophet or Man of God: for it is not like that he did as yet know or believe him to be the Son of God; and therefore he did not kneel to him in way of Religious or Divine Worship.

Good Master] A Title of Honour which the Jews used in those times to give unto such as were esteemed as Prophets, or other principal Teachers in the Church. Matth. 23. 7. The Scribes and Pharisees were called by such Titles.

What shall I do] Matth. 19. 16. What good thing shall I do, &c. that is, What good works, or holy duties must I put in practise?

That I may inherit eternal life?] That I may by this means obtain and come to be partaker of that excel­lent reward of eternal life and glory in Heaven after this life: which shall be given as an Inheritance to all God, Children.

Now in this rich man thus propounding this Question to our Saviour, some things are Commendable, and to be imitated of us: and some things evil, and Discommendable.

Commendable it is, 1. That being ignorant, and to seek in this matter, he came to Christ to learn of him and rather of him, than of the Scribes and Pharisees which were in so great accompt for their teaching amongst the Jews in those times.

2. That he was so forward to come, Running after Christ.

3. That he came in such reverent and humble manner, Kneeling, &c.

4. That he came and moved this Question, out of a good intent and purpose, and with a mind and af­fection in some degree sincere, being desirous to learn of Christ: he did not move this question to tempt Christ, or to entrap him, as others used to do, and as that Lawyer or Scribe is said to have done, Luke 10. 25. but he came to Christ with a true desire to learn, and with a mind and affection in some degree sincere and unfeined; as may plainly appear by the manner and circumstances of his coming to Christ.

But the things evil and discommendable in him, are these.

  • 1. That he was tainted with an ignorant and erroneous opinion of his own goodness and righteousness in himself, and of obtaining eternal life by his own good works; as appears by his words, What shall I do, &c.
  • 2. That although he had some true desire to learn and be instructed, yet his heart was not so absolutely sincere and upright as it should have been; but was tainted with close hypocrisie lur [...]ing in it, which did hinder him from profiting as he should by Christ's teaching, and caused him to go away sorrowful, when our Saviour willed him to sell all, &c. But of this, more afterward.

Now followeth the Instructions. 1. From the time and place where our Saviour held this Conference with this rich man.

When he was gone forth into the way] Observ. The difference of our Saviour in the duties of his Calling and Ministery: taking all opportunities of time and place to do good amongst men, by publick Preaching and Miracles, and by private Conference in the house, by the way side, &c. Act. 10. 30. He went about doing good, &c. A pattern for us every one to imitate, in being diligent and painful in our Callings: Especially for Ministers of the Word in their Ministerial Function, &c.

Now followeth the Conference it self. And first the rich man's Question moved to our Saviour. Where consider two things.

1. The Description of the person that came and moved it. 1. By his earnest desire and forwardnesse to move it; in that he came running. 2. By his humble and reverent carriage. 1. Kneeling to Christ. 2. Call­ing him, good Master.

2. The Question it self, What shall I do, &c.

Of these in order. There came one, &c. But first from the quality of the person that came to Christ to move this question touching eternal life, something we may profitably learn.

Observ. 2 Observ. 1. In that he was a young man, as St. Matthew calleth him, this teacheth us, That young men, as well as elder persons, should enquire and seek after eternal life, and the means of it: They should begin betimes in youth to enquire and seek after the means to be saved, and how to come to heaven. Eccles. 12. [...] Remember thy Creator in the dayes of thy youth, while the evill dayes come not, &c. How are young men to re­member God their Creator in their youth? So as to be careful to serve and glorifie him betimes in this life, that they may be glorified of him in the life to come. Psal. 119. 9. Wherewithall shall a young man cleanse his way? &c. 1 Joh. 2. 14. I have written unto you young men, because ye are strong, and the Word of God abideth in you, and ye have overcome the wicked one. 2 Tim. 3. 15. From a child thou hast known the Scriptures, which are able to make thee wise unto Salvation, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute such as think it not so necessary or fit for young men to study the Scriptures, or to trou­ble themselves with thinking much of heaven, or the life to come, because they are young and lusty, and like to live many years; therefore more fit for them to follow the World, and to mind things of this life, and let old men alone to think of heaven, &c. A most ignorant and profane conceipt, flat contrary to the Word of God, which calleth upon young men as well as elder persons, to remember their Creator, and to mind hea­ven and the life to come.

Use 2 Use. 2. To stir up young men amongst us to imitate this young man, in being forward in their youth to enquire and seek after eternal life, and to use the means to attain to it. To this end, to study the book of God, and to come duely to hear the Word, that they may learn the way and means to be saved. Do this be­times, while thou art young; in the flower and strength of thy age remember thy Creator, and think seri­ously of heaven, and the life to come, using the means to attain unto it. Then thou art fittest, in regard of natural strength of body and mind; then best able to take pains in the service of God, and in working out thy own Salvation; then strongest to resist the Devill and thy sinfull lusts, &c. Do it therefore now, in time of thy chief strength and vigor, before the evill dayes of old age come. Let not the Devill or his instruments perswade thee to defer this main care of heaven, and the life to come, in hope of long life. For do we not see young men as well as elder persons taken away by death before our eyes; yea, by sudden death? How dangerous then is it for young men to put off this care of seeking heaven and the life to come? as if it were a leight matter, whereas it is the main thing of all to be cared for, and sought after by young and old; which being so, let every one begin betimes to take this care. Remember Luke 10. One thing is needfull. And Matth. 6. 33. Seek first the Kingdome of God, &c. Imitate this young man who was forward to come to en­quire after eternal life: the rather, because it is said afterward, Christ looked on him, and loved him. One cause was, for that he was so well affected in his youth.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this young man was also a man of great wealth, and of great authority or dignity, even a Ruler amongst the Jews; here is a pattern for great men in our times to imitate, in being forward to seek after heaven and the life to come, and to use the means to attain unto that life; else the zeal of this young Ruler shall one day witness against them. The wealth of Rich men, and honour and dignity of great men, should not hinder, but further, and stir them up to be the more heavenly minded, and to be the more carefull to seek heaven and the life to come, that so, as they are great in this World, they may also be great in that which is to come, even in the Kingdome of heaven. Therefore the Word of God calls upon great men, and Rich men in special, to mind things Spiritual and heavenly, and carefully to indeavour and seek after them. 1 Tim. 6. 17. Charge them that are Rich in this World, that they be not high minded, &c.—That they do good, be rich in good works, ready to distribute, &c. laying up for themselves in store a good foundation against time to come, that they may lay hold on eternall Life. See also Psal. 2. 10. Kings and Judges of the Earth are exhorted to get Spiritual wisdome to know and imbrace Christ, that they may be saved by him.

Now followeth the particular description of this young Ruler, as it is here set down by Saint Mark.

1. By his forwardness in comming to Christ, to move this question to him, He came running to him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. This should teach us like zeal and forwardness in seeking after Spiritual and heavenly know­ledg; that we should not onely desire and seek to be instructed in the wayes of God, and in the means of attaining to life eternal, but we should be affected with a zealous and earnest desire of such instruction; and we are to shew the same by our pains, diligence, and forwardness, in using all means to attain to this heaven­ly knowledg. For example, we are to shew our zeal and forwardness in comming to the publick Ministry of the Word, to be instructed by it. Ready to hear, Eccles. 5. 1. Swift to hear, Jam. 1. 19. Yea, we should not onely be forward our selves, but stir up others to like forwardness. Esay 2. 3. Many people shall say, Come, let us go up to the Mountain of the Lord, &c. [...]nd he will teach us of his wayes, &c. We are also to be zealous and forward in private searching of the Scriptures, which are able to make us wise unto Salvation, setting apart some time daily (if it be possible) to read some portion of the Word of God, for the better in­structing of us in the way and means of attaining to eternal life. Joh. 5. 39. Search the Scriptures, for in them ye think ye have eternal life, &c. The like zeal and forwardness we ought to shew in using all other means to attain to this excellent knowledg of eternall life, and the means to be partakers of it; as frequent and ear­nest prayer unto God, th [...]t he may open our eyes to see the things which concern our eternall [...]eace and Sal­vation. Also conference with others, thereby to gain more knowledg in the Word of God, and in the things which concern our own Salvation. Thus it is not enough that we desire and seek this knowledg of the things which concern our Salvation, and the life to come, but we are to be zealous, earnest, and forward herein; hungring and thirsting after this knowledg, above all other knowledg, and using all pains and diligence to at­tain unto it. Prov. 2. 3. If thou cryest after knowledg, &c. If thou seekest her as Silver, &c. Herein we are to imitate this young Ruler, who came running to Christ to enquire and learn of him, how to be saved. The like zeal and earnestnesse should we shew in seeking after this Spiritual and heavenly knowledg of the things which concern our Salvation.

Ʋse. Use. To reprove such as are so cold, slack, and negligent in seeking after this knowledg of the things which concern their Salvation, who have so little love or desire to the means of this knowledg, as to the publick Ministry of the Word, reading of the Scripture, Prayer, holy conference, &c. no [...]oy or delight in these duties, but they are rather irksome and tedious to them. Ignorant they are in the things which concern their Salvation (and which of all other they ought chiefly to know), and ignorant they are willing to be still, neglecting the means of knowledg; yea, saying unto the Lord, with those, Job 21. 14. Depart from us, we desire not the knowledg of thy wayes. This is a willfull ignorance, which is most damnable, Joh. 3. 19. How far do these come short of the zeal that was in this young man, who was carryed with such an eager and ear­nest desire to know and be instructed in the way and means of Salvation, that he came running to Christ to ask this question of him, &c. Other knowledg men greedily seek after, as knowledg of earthly matters, skill in their Trades, how to get wealth, &c. but no such desire to Spiritual and heavenly knowledg, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 3. In that this young man, though a great rich man, and a Ruler, was not ashamed to use this ge­sture of running to Christ, and that in the high way, which might seem to be a disparagement to his dignity, [Page 728] [...]nd greatnesse of his place; this may teach us, that we ought not to be ashamed of being zealous and for­ward in good and Religious duties, nor yet of seeming to be so; but we must shew our zeal and forwardness before others, as occasion is offered, though it bring some outward shame or disgrace to us in the World, and amongst men; yea, the greatest persons should not be ashamed, &c. 2 Sam. 6. David was not asha­med to shew his zeal before all the people, in dancing before the Ark in token of his Spiritual joy and thank­fulness for the return of it to Sion: yea, notwithstanding that Michol scoffed at him for it; yet, he profes­seth, that he would be yet more vile, &c. And Psal. 119. 46. he saith, He would speak of Gods testimonies be­fore Kings, and would not be ashamed.

Use. Use. For reproof of such as are ashamed to seem zealous or forward in the profession of Religion and Re­ligiou [...] dutie [...]; as Prayer, hearing the Word, holy conference, sanctifying the Sabbath, &c. thinking it will be a disgrace or disparagement to them in the World, &c. This was the fault of Nicodemus, Joh. 3. who being a Pharisee, and a Ruler of the Jews, was ashamed to come to Christ in the day time, &c. And many [...]uch Nicodemites we have now adayes, who have some kind of desire to be Religious, or to perform Religious duties, bu [...] are ashamed, and loath to seem too forward and zealous in such duties; loath to be seen and ta­ken notice of for frequenters of Sermons, or for using private Prayer [...], and Catechising, and reading of Scrip­ture in their Families, &c. But let such take heed how they prefer their own credit and reputation with men, before the glory of God, and doing of their duties which God requireth of them; and remember what our Saviour hath threatned against such as are ashamed of him before men, that he will be ashamed of them hereafter before his heavenly father, and the holy Angels, Mark 8. 38.

Now falloweth the humble and reverent gesture of this young man toward our Saviour.

  • 1. Kneeling unto him.
  • 2. Giving him this honourable title, Good Master.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See one duty which we owe to the Messengers and Ministers of God, sent to teach and instruct us in the wayes of God, viz. the duty of reverence and due respect of them, and that in regard of their Cal­ling and Ministerial Office. This young man, though he did not know or believe Christ to be the Son of God, but onely a meer man; yet because he took him to be a special Prophet sent from God, he shewed great reverence and respect towards him. In this we ought to imitate him, by shewing like reverence and respect to Gods Minister [...], called and sent to teach and instruct us in the wayes of God. We are to reve­rence them in heart, by esteeming well of them, and of their Ministery, and to shew it outwardly by respect­full carriage toward them. 1 Thess. 5. 13. Esteem them very highly in love, &c. 1 Tim. 5. 17. The Elders that rule well, are to be counted worthy of double honour, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In what manner we should come unto the Ministers of God, to learn and to be instructed by them in the wayes of God, and in the mean [...] of obtaining eternal life; we are to come unto them in humble manner, submitting our selves to be taught by them out of the Word of God. Thus did this young man come in submissive and humble manner to learn of Christ, whom [...]e took to be a special Prophet, or extraor­dinary teacher sent from God. This humility he shewed by his gesture of kneeling, &c. And although he was not so truely humble, nor in such a degree as he should have b [...]n, as appears by his not profiting so as he should have done by Christ's teaching, yet it is plain by his manner of comming, that he was in some de­gree humble and teachable, and that he came with a mind and pur [...]ose to submit to Christ's teaching. And herein we are to imitate him, in bringing an humble and teachable mind when we come unto the Ministers of God to be instructed by them out of hi [...] Word, whether in publick or private; especially when we come to hear them in publick. Jam. 1. 21. Receive with meekness the ingrafted Word, &c. This meekness includeth humility, as the ground and cause of it. Hebr. 13. 17. Obey them that have the over-sight, &c. and submit your selves, &c. To this end, we must labour to see our natural blindness in the things of God, and consequently, our want of teaching; that this may humble us, and cause us to deny our selves. Then shall we be likely to profit by the Ministry of the Word, and by the teaching of Gods Ministers.

Use. Use. See the cause why many come to hear the Ministers of God, and yet profit so little by their teaching; it is because they come not with humble hearts, sensible of their own ignorance, and want of Spiritual and hea­venly knowledg in the things of God, but they are puffed up with Pride, and conceipt of their own knowledg, thinking themselves a [...] wise as their teachers, if not wiser, and that the Minister can teach them nothing but what they know already. No hope that such should profit by the Ministry of the Word so long as they are [...]hus conceited of themselves. Psal. 25. 9. The meek will he guide in Judgment; and the meek will he teach his way.

Mark 10. 17.‘What shall I do to inherite eternal life.June, 22. 1628.

NOw followeth the question it self which this young Ruler propounded unto Christ, What shall I do to inherite, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that being ignorant and unresolved in this matter, touching the way of obtaining eternall life, he comes to Christ to be instructed, conceiving him to be a Pro [...]het and teacher sent of God; Hence we learn, what is to be done by such as find and feel their own i [...]norance in things Spiritual and heavenly, they are to seek instruction and resolution from others who are able and fit to teach them, especially from the Ministers of God, and chiefly from their own Pastors, and that both in publick and private. They are to come duely and diligently to hear them in publick, and to repair to them in private also (if need be) to pro­pound their doubts unto them, and to seek instruction from them. Mal. 2. 7. The Priests lips should pre­serve knowledg, and the people are to seek the Law from his mouth, &c. This is one principall means for the at­taining of further knowledg in heavenly things. See Act. 8. 34.

Use. Use. For reproof of such as are ignorant in things Spiritual and heavenly, and yet have no care to seek in­struction from such as are able and fit to teach them, especially from the Ministers of God; no desire or for­wardnesse [Page 729] to come to hear and learn of them in publick; no not of their own Pastors: but are slack and negligent this way, either absenting themselves when they see good, or coming into the Church when half, or more than half the publick Exercises are ended: Thus shewing manifest contempt of the publick Mini­stery. And for the most part, none are so faulty this [...]y, as those that are most ignorant in matters of Re­ligion, and in the Word of God, and so have most need o [...] instruction by the publike Ministery. Yet none so great contemners of it as they. Thus, as they are ignorant, so they are willi [...] still to be ignorant, &c. As for seeking to their Pastor in private for instruction; this they are furth [...] of all from: either because they disdain to learn of him, or because they are ashamed to bewray their ignorance: and so this want of true humility to learn, and the fear of shame in seeking instruction, keepeth them still in ignorance; and so through ignorance they run into grosse errours both in judgment and practice.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this young man (though rich and covetous too, yet) did not come to Christ with a que­stion about any matter of the world, but about the Kingdom of Heaven, how to obtain eternal life; this may teach us, what kind of questions are fittest for Christians to come to their Pastors and Ministers withall: not about earthly matters, or matters of this world; but about spirituall and heavenly matters, which concern the world to come, or the Kingdom of heaven.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This reproveth such as seldom or never repair to their Ministers in private, to confer with them, or to move any question to them, unlesse it be about matters of the World, to talk about their Tythes, &c. These are worse than this young man; who though he were rich and worldly: yet, &c. Contrà, Mal. 2. 7. They should seek the Law of God at their mouthes.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that this young man did not propound a question to our Saviour about any small or sleight matter, nor yet any curious question about some unprofitable or needlesse matter, but a very necessary and profitable question about a weighty matter; yea, the weightiest of all other; even about the ob [...]aining of eternal life and salvation; This teacheth us, what kind of questions about matters of Religion, we should propound and move to others, and especially to Gods Ministers in private conference: not curious or un­profitable questions; not about small and sleight matters not so needful to be enquired after: but about main matters of Religion and Christianity, which are most necessary and profitable to be known: not about cu­rious speculations to feed the understanding only; but rather about matters of practice to edifie the con­science. Such was the question moved by the Jaylor to Paul and Silas, Act. 16. 30. Sirs, What must I do to be saved? So Act. 2. 37.

Use. Use. This condemneth the custom and practice of some, who will ask questions of the Ministers of God and others touching matters of Religion, or of the Scriptures: but it is for most part about curious and needle [...]s matters, not so profitable or fit for them to enquire after: such questions as breed rather strife of words, than godly edifying in the faith, as the Apostle speaketh. Such curious and unprofitable questions, do spend that pretious time which should be bestowed in more profitable conference.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Lastly, in that he demandeth what he shall do, &c. implying, that he did erroneously think to obtain eternal life by the merit of his own good works; this teacheth us, That it is a natural errour and blind­nesse in men, to desire and hope to obtain eternal life by the merit of their own good works. So though this young man who came to Christ with this question. And this was a common errour amongst the Jews in those times. So Joh. 6. 28. when our Saviour bade them labour for the meat that endureth to everlasting life, &c. they make this answer, What shall we do that we might work the works of God? See also Rom. 9. 32. Yea, the Scribes themselves were tainted with this errour. Luke 10. 25. A certain Lawyer (or Scribe) stood up, and tempted him, saying, Master, What shall I do to wherit eternal life? So the Papists at this day are tain [...]ed with this gross Errour, holding Justification and Salvation by the merit of their own good works. And the ignorant people amongst us are sowred with this leaven of Popery: For if one ask them how they look to be saved, or to come to Heaven? Some are ready to answer, By their good prayers, or by their good meaning, or good ser­ving of God. Which are meer Popish conceits. So that it is true which Lu [...]her saith of us by Nature, Unus­quis (que) nostr [...]m gestat in si [...]u suo magnum Monachum, &c. We every one [...]rry a great Mo [...]k in our bosome; that is, We carry in our hearts a Popish conceit of our own merit of good works. (Vide Luther. Loc. Com. per Fabric. Class. 5. pag. 81.)

Reason. Reas [...]n. This conceit of obtaining life eternal by our good works, is a fruit of pride and self-love, which is a very natural sin to every one of us.

Use 1 Use 1. See one cause why so many are apt to be seduced and drawn away with the Popish Errours of Ju­stification by works, and of meriting eternal life by them. It is, because these errours do sute so well with man's corrupt Nature, and are so agreeable unto it, as nothing more: yea, the whole frame of the Popish faith and religion, is for the most part such as is agreeable and very pleasing to corrupt nature; by reason whereof it hath the more followers: whereas contrarily, the true Religion of Christ is an enemy to man's corrupt Nature, crossing and contradicting it: yea, teaching us to deny and crucifie it, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. For Admonition to us, to be so much the more careful to shun and take heed of this erroneous con­ceit and opinion of meriting eternal life by our good works: yea, to abhor and derest it as a grosse and damn­able errour. The more natural it is unto us, the more dangerous, and the more must we resist it, and take heed of it in our selves. We must labour every one to cast the Popish Monk out of our bo [...]om; that is, to abandon all Popish conceit [...] of our own goodnesse or righteousnesse, going out of our selves, and seeking salvation in and by the merits of Christ Jesus alone, trusting to obtain eternal life, not by the merit of our own works, though never so good, but by believing in him that justifieth the ungodly; that is, by the merit of Christ's death and obedience imputed to us of God, and applyed by faith.

Mark 10. 18, 19. ‘And Jesus said unto him, Why callest thou me good? &c. June 29. 1628.

NOw followeth Christ's Answer to the young man's Question: consisting of two parts.

1. An Expostulation with him about the title of [good] which he gave unto him; blaming him for it, Why callest thou me good? Together with a reason of that Reproof or Expostulation, his verbis. There is no man good but one, that is, God.

2. A Direction or Prescript given him by our Saviour, what he must do, if he did look to obtain eternal life by his good works; he must keep the Commandements of the Moral Law: unto which therefore he re­ferreth him; particularly instancing in the Commandements of the second Table, and appealing to his own knowledg of them, Verse 19. Thou knowest the Commandements; Do not commit adultery, Do not kill, &c.

Of the first part. Why callest thou me good?] He doth not absolutely or simply blame him for giving this title to him, (for it did of right belong to Christ) but in some respects, and for some special reasons.

1. Because he gave this title to him as unto a meer man, as he conceived him to be; and not as to the Son of God, and true God, as indeed he was: whereas this title, though it did agree and was due to him as he was man: yet not only as he was man, but chiefly and principally as he was God; as our Saviour plainly implyeth in the very next words, telling him, that there is none good but God: thereby intimating unto him his Godhead or Divine Nature; and shewing withall, that whereas he called him good, whom he con­ceived to be but a man: he should much rather know and acknowledg him to be God, and so give that title unto him. (Sic Jun, et Cartwr. in analys. Et alii.) Vide Zanch. in 2. Praec. pag. 359.

2. Because he perceived this young man to be too highly conceited both of his own and others external goodnesse and righteousnesse before men, not looking so much as he should at the inward power of Religion and grace in the heart; (as appeared both by his asking What good thing he should do to inherit eternal life, and perswading himself afterwards, that he had kept the Commandements; and also by giving the title of [good] unto Christ, whom he conceived to be but a meer man) therefore our Saviour checketh this erro­neous conceit in him at the very first, and labours to beat him from it, closely reproving him for his too much admiring and magnifying the external goodnesse and righteousnesse of men; and especially for being too much conceited of his own goodnesse and righteousnesse before men: and withall, admonishing him to be more humble in himself, and to ascribe goodnesse unto God rather, unto whom it doth most truly and pro­perly belong. (Sic. Bucer. Jansen.)

3. Some think it was [...]o teach us by his example, to be far from ambitious seeking of such titles of honour; therefore though this title of [good] did belong to him; yet because this young man did not rightly attribute it unto him, but out of an erroneous opinion of the outward goodnesse and righteousnesse of men; therefore our Saviour refuseth this title, putting it from himself, and teachi [...]g him to ascribe it rather unto God, to whom it did most truly belong.

There is no man good] This is to be understood according to the opinion which this young man had of Christ, supposing him to be a meer man. So the meaning is, there is no man good, that is, no meer man, such as thou conceivest me to be.

Object. Object. In some other places of Scripture, goodnesse is attributed unto men; as Luke 6. 45. A good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forth good, &c. And Act. 11. 24. Barnabas is said to be a good man, &c. So, Luke 23. 50. Joseph of Arimathea.

Answ. Answ. Distinguish of goodnesse. It is two-fold. 1. Absolute and perfect of it self in every respect and degree: And so no man is good, as our Saviour here affirmeth.

2. Imperfect goodnesse: when there is some degree of this quality or property of goodnesse; yet joyn­ed with contrary ev [...]l, and with some defect and imperfection. And this goodnesse is and may be truly ascribed unto some men; as in the places of Scripture before mentioned.

But one, that is, God] The word [one] is to be referred, not unto man, but unto God: and so the sense is, That God onely is good. Which is to be understood of that perfect and absolute goodnesse before mention­ed; That he alone is most absolutely and perfectly good of himself.

Now followeth the Instructions. And first from all the words joyntly considered.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour, perceiving this young man to be faulty in the ignorant and erroneous man­ner of giving this title of [Good Master] unto him, doth not let him alone in his ignorance and errour, but doth admonish him thereof, (at least closely) and so useth means to pull him out of that ignorance and er­rour; this teacheth us, that we ought not to let others alone in their ignorance and errours which we see them to be tainted with: but as occasion is offered, we should endeavour to pull them out of their ignoran [...] and errours, either by admonishing them thereof in words directly or indirectly, when we have a calling [...]o to do, especially such as are of our peculiar charge; or by our good example directing and instructing them; and by our prayers unto God, that he may draw them out of their ignorance and errours. See Levit. 10. 17. To this end, remember that of the Apostle James, Chap. 5. 19. Brethren, if any of you do erre from the truth, and one convert him; let him know, that he which converteth the sinner from the errour of his way, shall save a soul from death, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See the wisdome of our Saviour, in dealing with this young man by conference; in that he do [...]h apply himself to his disposition, and accordingly, frame his answer and speech to him, for the better discovering of his errour to himself. For perceiving him to be too highly conceited of the outward civili­ty, goodness, and righteousnesse of men, and especially of his own goodnesse and righteousnesse, he doth therefore so frame his answer, as to check this erroneous conceit in him, and to draw him from it, if it might be. Therefore he first blames him, for calling him good, whom he conceived to be but a meer man like him­self; taking occasion from his own words to put him in mind of his errour: then he tells him plainly withal, that there is no man good, &c. This wisdom should we practise in conferring with others; taking notice of their affection and disposition, and accordingly framing and fitting our speeches, so as may be best for their edification; so as to do them the most good we can. If we perceive them to be ignorant, we should so [Page 731] frame our speeches and answers, as to minister matter of Instruction to them. If we see them to be self-con­ceited, we should so speak as to humble them. If already humbled much, so speak, as to comfort them, &c. If their Consciences tender, so speak, as not to offend or grieve them justly, &c. Prov. 25. 11. A word fitly spoken (or upon his wheels) is like Apples of Gold in pictures of Silver. See Joh. 4. and Joh. 3. how our Savi­our dealeth in conference with the woman of Samaria, and Nicodemus. Paul with Agrippa, Act. 26.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See how far we should be from ambitious seeking of vain titles of honour from men; so far that we should not take to our selves all such titles given us by others, but rather modestly put them from us, and take occasion from thence, to give glory unto God for all the good that is in us. It was the sin of the Pharisees to affect such names and titles of honour; which therefore our Saviour warneth us to take heed of, Matth. 23. 8. Be not ye called Rabbi, &c. yea, though the titles given us be just, and such as do some way agree to us; yet we must not be too forward in taking them to our selves, especially if we perceive that others do give us such names or titles, upon a false ground or supposition, or in other manner than is fit; as in way of vain flattery or soothing us up, &c. In this case, refuse such titles of honour, and take occasion of giving glory to God, and of being humbled in our selves.

Now followeth the reason of our Saviour's reproof or expostulation with the young man for calling him good; in these words, There is no man good but one, that is, God. From which words, two Propositions or Points of Doctrine do arise.

  • 1. That there is no meer man that is absolutely and perfectly good of himself.
  • 2. That God alone is of himself absolutely and perfectly good. Of these two points in order.

Of the first two branches of the Doctrine. 1. That no meer man is good of himself. 2. That no man is absolutely or perfectly good. Both these to be proved or shewed severally.

Of the first. It may appear by this, that all the good in man is from God, whether natural or Spirituall good. 1. Natural, as man is God's creature, receiving his whole nature and being from God the Creator: Now all the goodness of the Creature is from the Creator alone, and not from it self. Gen. 1. ult. God saw all that he had made, and it was good, &c. Therefore the goodness of man is not of, or from himself, but from God alone. As he hath his nature and essence, so all the goodness of it from God his Creator. 2. All Spi­ritual goodness in man is from God, Jam. 1. 17. Phil. 2. 13. 2 Cor. 3. 5.

Of the second: proved, Eccles. 7. 20. There is not a just man upon Earth, that doth good and sinneth not; that is, none perfectly just or good, but all and every one tainted with evill and corruption of sin; and so the goodness that is in them being mingled with sin, is imperfect, Jam. 3. 2. True of all mankind since Adam's fall.

  • 1. Of the unregenerate, being yet in their natural estate, Rom. 3. 10. There is none Righteous, no not one, &c. ver. 12. None that doth good, &c.
  • 2. Of the Regenerate also, in whom there are still some remnants of the evill and corruption of sin after their Regeneration, and so the goodness and holiness that is in them, is imperfect. This Paul himself ac­knowledgeth, Rom. 7. 18. I know that in me (that is, in my flesh) dwelleth no good thing. The best of Gods Saints are not perfectly good in this life, but in part evill. Luke 11. 13. If ye being evill, know how to give good gifts unto your Children, &c. He speaks it to his own Disciples.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute two Jopish errours. 1. Touching Freewill, &c. 2. The state of perfection in this life which they teach; th [...]t some men indued with special Grace, may keep the Law of God perfectly; yea, do more then the Law requireth, &c. But if they could do so, they should be without sin, and perfectly good; the contrary whereof, our Saviour here teacheth. See Luke 17. 10. This also confuteth that per­fection which the An [...]aptists dream of in this life, holding that the Regenerate sin not at all, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Seeing no man is good of himself, but all the goodness of men both natural and Spiritual, is from God; this must teach us not to ascribe any goodness, excellency, or holiness to men simply of themselves; neither to o [...] selves, nor to others, but to acknowledg all to come from God as the authour and fountain. Though we may attribute goodness unto men in some sort, and call them by the name of good men, especi­ally the Sai [...]s of God; yet not so as if they were so in, and of themselves; nor so as to give the glory and praise of t [...] goodness unto the persons themselves, but to God alone. Much less are we to ascribe any goodness our selves simply, or give glory to our selves for any goodness in us; but denying our selves, to give glory to [...]od alone for all the good that is in us, whether of nature, or Grace, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. The consideration of this, that there is no goodnesse at all in us, either natural or Spiritual of our selves; [...]d that which is in us being so imperfect and mingled with so great evill and corruption of sin, should [...]ve to humble us before God in sight and feeling of our estate and condition in our selves, being em [...]ty ad void of all goodness in our selves, both natural and Spiritual; having nothing of our selves that is [...]ny w [...]y good, but all from God alone, even our natural life and being, (for in him we live, move, &c. A [...]t. 17. 28.) much more all Spiritual good, &c. but of our selves no good at all; not a good thought, or [...]rd. [...] Gen. 6. Every imagination of our heart is evill. How should this humble us before God, pul­ [...]ng dow [...] Pride, and teach us to deny our selves, and all conceipt of our selves, or any good in us, &c. Again, [...]is shou [...]d also humble us one toward another, when we consider what we are in, and of our selves, not one [...]f us go [...]d, or having so much as a spark of goodness of our selves; much less perfectly good, or free from in, bu [...] [...]n the contrary, all and every one of us tainted with much evill and corruption of sin, even the best of us by nature, and in our selves; all alike, and no difference, as the Apostle sayes, Rom. 3. All corrupt, &c. not one [...]hat doth good, no not one. Learn from hence not to swell with Pride against one another; not to contem [...] one another, &c. For who separateth thee, as the Apostle sayes, &c. 1 Cor. 4. 7.

Use 4 Use. [...]. Seeing no man is perfectly good in this life, but all tainted with the evill and corruption of sin, see the [...]use why all men in this life are subject to the evill of Affliction, misery, and troubles, more or less; none a [...]olutely or perfectly free from them. It is, because none are perfectly free from sin, &c. but all are tainted with it; the whole world lyeth in the evill of sin; therefore the whole world is full of Afflictions, trouble, calamities, &c. neither shall it ever be otherwise in this life, no not with the best Saints of God; they ca [...] never be perfectly happy, or free from misery or troubles, [...]ill they be perfectly good, and free [Page 732] from spot of sin, which shall never be till the life to come. Let us then make a vertue of necessity, and see­ing there is none of us perfectly good, but full of the evill and corruption of sin, be content and willing to suffer the evill of affliction, taking up our Cross, and following Christ. If he that had no sin of his own, but was perfectly good, did suffer so much for us; much more should we be moved to bear our Cross with Patience, considering the desert of our sins, Mich. 7. 9.

Use 5 Use. 5. Seeing there is no man perfectly good, but all are tainted with much evill of sin, no mervail if one man be so apt (as we see) to oppress, wrong, and hurt another in body, goods, good name, &c. no mar­vail if the world be so full of wrongs, injuries, and abuses offered by one man to another; so many oppres­sions under the Sun, &c. It is, because the World is full of men, and there is not one of all these perfectly good, or free from corruption of sin, but all are naught (though not in the same degree) and have much evil, and corruption of sin in them, which is the cause of such oppression, wrongs, and abuses offered by one to another. No marvail if one Wolf bite another. Homo homini lupus, &c. See Matth. 10. 17. Paul fought with beasts at Ephesus. Therefore let us so long as we live in this World, make account of wrongs and abu­ses to be offered us by men in word and deed; remembring amongst whom we live; amongst men, who are not perfectly good, no not one of them, but full of naughtiness and corruption, and therefore by nature apt to wrong and abuse others. See then the folly of such as say, They will not be wronged, &c. Such may go out of this world, and seek to live in another world (if they could) where there are no men but such as are perfectly good, and so no wrongs and injuries to be suffered. They had need to live in a world of Angells, not of men, &c.

Ʋse 6 Ʋse. 6. Lastly, Seeing there is no man perfectly good, but all are tainted with much evill and corrupti­on of sin; see what need we have of Patience, Meekness, and long-suffering, to bear with the evill and cor­rupt manners and disposition of those with whom we live, lest otherwise we be moved to impatiency, or pro­voked to inordinate passions unbeseeming us, &c. Haud minima portio patientiae et crucis est, experiri et ferre proximi molestos mores, &c. Luther postill. Major. fol. 17. A. Therefore Hebr. 10. Ye have need of Patience, &c. So have we of meekness and long-suffering. Pray therefore and labour for them, else is there no living for us in the World, or amongst men.

Mark 10. 18.‘And Jesus said unto him, Why callest thou me good? &c. July 6. 1628.

OUr Saviour's answer to the question moved to him by the young Ruler; consisting of two parts.

  • 1. An expostulation with him for calling him good, with a reason thereof; Because no man is good but one, &c.
  • 2. A prescription or direction, what to do if he look to be saved by his good works; He must keep the Commandments of the Moral Law, &c.

Of the first; The meaning was shewed before, and some matter of Instruction also handled; partly from the words in general, and partly from the latter words of the verse, which contain the reason of our Saviour's expostulation.

In which words are two propositions or points of Doctrine contained. 1. That no meer man is ab­solutely or perfectly good of himself. 2. That God onely is absolutely and perfectly good of him­self.

Of the first I have spoken before.

Now followeth the second; where first I will speak something of the goodness of God in general, and then come to the particular Doctrine gathered from the words. That God is good, may appear by sundry places of Scripture in which goodness is ascribed to him, as Psal. 34. 8. Taste and see that the Lord is good, &c. Exod. 33. 19. The Lord himself promiseth to make all his goodness pass before Moses, &c. a [...]d chap. 34. ver. 6. Abundant in goodness. Now God is good two wayes, or in two respects.

1. Essentially in himself, in respect of his own Nature and Essence; yea, thus he is not onel [...] good, but in the highest degree; yea, goodness it self. And this goodnesse doth imply and include in it [...]ree things especially.

  • 1. The absolute perfection of Gods Nature and Essence, or Beeing; which is such, as nothin [...] is wan­ting unto it, or defective in it; nothing can be added unto it to make it better. Now the Esse [...]ial good­ness of any thing doth consist in the perfection of the Nature and beeing of it. Therefore when [...]od is said to be Essentially good; this implyes the absolute perfection of his Nature, which maketh [...]m to be good.
  • 2. It implies further, the amiableness of his Nature; that he is of such a Nature and disposi [...]on as [...]s most amiable; that is, exceedingly to be loved and desired. For thus the Philosophers do truely define th [...] goodness of a thing to be that which maketh it amiable and desireable. ( [...]. Arist Ethic. 1.) So when God is said to be good, yea, goodness it self, this implyes that he is of such a nature and Essence, as is most amiable and desireable.
  • 3. It implies the kind and gracious Nature of God, Exod. 34. 6. and Tit. 3. 4. After that the kindnesse and love of God, &c.

2. God is good effectually towards his Creatures, and particularly to Mankind; in that he [...]oth com­municate his goodness; that is the perfection and amiableness of his Nature to them in some degee, Psal. 33. 5. And this goodness of God is twofold.

1. Common and general toward all Creatures, and consequently toward all man-kind, even to [...]he wick­ed and reprobate, whereby he doth bestow many common blessings upon them; as natural life, and beeing; he [...]lth, wealth, &c. Psal. 145. 9. The Lord is good to all. Psal. 104. 27. The eyes of all Creatures [...]ait upon him, &c. He openeth his hand, and they are filled with good.

2. His more special and peculiar goodness, which he sheweth toward his true Church and Faith [...]ll peo­ple, [Page 733] whom he blesseth with spiritual and saving blessings in Christ; enlightning them with saving knowledg of his Will, forgiving their sins, &c. Psal. 73. 1. Truly God is good to Israel, even to such as are of a clean heart. And Lam. 3. 25. The Lord is good unto them that wait for him, and to the soul that seeketh him.

Now followeth the particular doctrine contained in the words, That God alone is absolutely and perfectly good of himself.

Here are three things to be shewed. 1. That God is good of himself. 2. That he is absolutely and perfectly good. 3. That God alone, and none besides him, is absolutely and perfectly good.

Of the first. He hath his whole Nature and Being from himself; in which respect he is called Jehovah, and Ehjeh; or, I am, Exod. 3. 14. Now if he have his whole Nature and Essence from himself; then also all his essential Properties: as, his goodness, &c.

Of the second. That he is absolutely and perfectly good, may appear, 1. In that he is essentially good; yea, goodnesse it self, in the abstract; as we have heard.

2. In that there is no mixture of any evill at all in him. Psal. 5. 5. Evill shall not dwell with him. He is light, and in him is no darkness at all, 1 Joh. 1. 5.

3. In that he is also unchangeably good. Jam. 1. 17. Every good gift cometh from the Father of lights, with whom is no variableness, &c.

Of the third. That God alone, and none besides him, is thus perfectly and absolutely good of himself.

  • 1. He onely is good of himself; in that he alone hath his whole Nature and Being from himself: and consequently all essential properties of his Nature; whereof Goodnesse is one. Esay 43. 11. I, even I, am the Lord, and beside me there is no Saviour. Whereas, on the contrary, all the goodness that is in men, or in any creature, is not from or of themselves, but by participation from God.
  • 2. He only is absolutely and perfectly good, yea, goodnesse it self, without all mixture of evill whatso­ever: whereas all goodnesse of the creatures is mingled with some kind of evil; or at least with some kind of defect or imperfection.

Quest. Quest. Was not Adam and Eve perfectly good, before their fall? And are not the Angels still perfectly good?

Answ. Answ. Yes, with that perfection of goodnesse whereof they were and are capable, as creatures; but not with that highest degree of perfection which is in God the Creator. Yea, all Creatures were at first perfect­ly good in their kind, Gen. 1. ult. but not with such perfection as is in God himself. (Vide Polan. Syntag. [...]ag. 914. perfectio duplex. 1. Privativa. 2. Negativa.)

Use 1 Use 1. The consideration of this goodness of God, is matter of great comfort to the godly and faithfull at all times; but especially in time of affliction and distresse inward or outward. In the evil day; then remember and think of the goodness of the Lord, that is, of his kind and gracious Nature; especially toward his Saints and Servants which truly fear and serve him. For he being so full of goodness and loving kindness toward us, this may assure us, that out of his goodness and gracious Nature, he is ready to help, comfort, and strengthen us in all troubles, and in due time to deliver us. Thus David in time of a great inward conflict and temptation, did comfort himself with the goodnesse of God toward his people, Psal. 73. 1. Thus Jeremy, Lam. 3. 25. in the midst of the great afflictions of the Church, doth comfort himself and the faithful, The Lord (saith he) is good unto them that wait for him, &c. So Nahum. 1. 7. The Lord is good, a strong hold in the day of trouble, &c. The same goodness of God may comfort us in all distresses: In inward distresse of con­science, when we feel the burden of sin, and fear Gods wrath; then, if we can remember Gods unspeakable goodnesse and gracious Nature toward sinners; especially toward such as are humbled for their sins, &c. and how ready he is to pardon and forgive them; this will greatly comfort us. Psal. 25. 7. David prayes the Lord for his goodnesse sake, to pardon the sins of his youth. So in outward troubles and dangers; yea, in the hour of death, the meditation of Gods goodnesse may greatly comfort and encourage us: as it did Am­brose, who at the time of his death, used these words to his friends standing by him; Non sic vixi, ut me pu­deat inter vos vivere; nec mori timeo, quia bonum habemus Dominum. (Vide vitam Ambros. praefixam 1. Tom. operum, ipsius ad finem.)

Use 2 Ʋse 2. The consideration of Gods perfect and absolute goodnesse ought to teach and stir us up to the practice of sundry special duties to be performed towards him in respect of his goodnesse.

1. It should move us truly to love him, and that above all things, with our chiefest love, as being the chie­fest good, and most worthy of our love. We naturally love that which is good; at least, wihch we think to be good, though it be not so: How much more ought we to love God being the chief good: who is not only good, but goodnesse. To this end therefore let us often meditate and think of this goodnesse of God: Think of the excellency and perfection of his Nature in himself. Think of his amiable and gracious Nature. If the Heavens and earth be so beautiful; how much more he that made them? And if the house of God, and place of his worship be so amiable, as David saith, Psal. 84. 1. how much more he that dwelleth in that house? Which being so, let it draw our hearts to love the Lord above all things in the world: and not only to love him chiefly; but to shew our love to him by all excellent and eminent fruits of it: as, by preferring his glory before all things that are dear to us; being content for his sake (if need be) to part with all we have in this world, as the Disciples of Christ did, Matth. 19. 27. Also by desiring most near union and fellowship with the Lord both in this life, and after this life; to draw near to him by all means, as we desire to be united to those persons and things which we love. Also by shewing love to the Word and Or­dinances of God, and to his children and servants, &c.

2. The consideration of Gods absolute and perfect goodnesse should cause and move us truly to fear and reverence his blessed Name and Majesty; that is, so to stand in awe of him, at all times, as to be carefull not to offend or displease him by any sin, Psal. 4. Tremble, and sin not. This is the true fear of God, to fear, and avoid sin, as offensive to him. Prov. 16. 6. By the fear of the Lord men depart from evill. To this true fear of God, and conscionable care to refrain sin, we should be moved at all times, by consideration of the absolute and perfect goodnesse of God; when we consider his amiable and gracious Nature and Disposition in him­self, and towards us, &c. this should be as a bridle to restrain us from all sin which is offensive to him. If [Page] [Page 734] we so much fear and reverence the person of a good man; that we are careful not to do or speak any thing in his presence which may offend him; how much more should the consideration of Gods absolute goodnesse hold us back from sin? Let us then set our selves alwayes in his presence, &c.

3. Seeing God is absolutely and perfectly good, this should move us to put trust and confidence of heart in him; resting on him for all good things which we stand in need of for our souls and bodies. Psal. 34. 8. Taste and see that the Lord is good: blessed is the man that trusteth in him. So Psal. 36. 7. How excellent is thy loving kindness, O God: therefore the children of men put their trust under the shadow of thy wings. If we put trust in a good man, because we think him to be such; how much more in the living God being goodnesse it self; especially seeing he is not onely perfectly good in himself; but toward us also, being most ready to extend his goodnesse in fruits toward us his servants, &c. Labour then by faith thus to put trust in God for all good things needful: yea then, when outward means fail; and shew our confidence, by seeking to him, &c.

4. The consideration of Gods goodnesse, should stir us up daily to praise and magnifie his Name for this goodnesse. Psal. 106. 1. Praise ye the Lord, for he is good, &c. So Psal. 107. 1. and in other places of the Psalms. See Psal. 145. 7, 9.

Use 3 Use 3. Seeing God is absolutely and perfectly good, without all mixture of evil, &c. hence we may ga­ther, That he is not the author or cause of any evil in the world, simply considered as it is evil: but all evils in the world, whether of sin, or punishment, are either from the devil that evil One, (as the Scripture calleth him) or else from man's corruption. Touching the evil of sin, God is far from being any cause of it. Jam. 1. 13. God cannot be tempted with evill, neither tempteth he any man: But every man is tempted, when he is drawn away by his own lust, and entised, &c. See also, Eccles. 7. 29. Neither is God the cause of any evil of punishment, simply considered as it is evil, but with respect unto some good which he intendeth by it, and bringeth out of it: (so understand that, Amos 3. 6. Shall there be evill in a City, &c.) not that the Calamities or Judgments which the Lord inflicteth on Men or Cities, are simply evil as they come from God: but because in some respect they are evil, viz. as they are the fruit and effects of sin, being procured and deserved thereby. Now this being so, it must teach us, when any evil of punishment, judgment, or chastisement, doth happen unto us, not to impute the cause to God, nor to murmur against him, as if any thing simply evil could come from him: but to clear Gods Justice, and to accuse our selves and our sins as the only procuring and deserving cause of all such evils and miseries which befall us, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. Seeing God only is good of himself, and all goodnesse of men and other creatures is from him; this teacheth us, not to ascribe any goodnesse to men, whether it be to others, or to our selves, simply con­sidered of our selves; but to acknowledg all the goodnesse that is in us or others, to be from God alone, and to yield unto him the glory thereof. But of this before, in handling the former Point of Doctrine.

Use 5 Use 5. See what to do, when we reap any benefit, good, or comfort by men, or by any of the creatures; we are to blesse God, and be thankful to him especially, from whom all that good cometh. If men be kind and good to us; though we are not to be unthankful to them, yet we ought especially to blesse God for the kindnesse they shew to us. So 1 Sam. 25. 32. David blesseth God for the good he reaped by the good coun­sel of Abigail. So when we receive good and comfort by the use of any of Gods creatures, we are to blesse God, and be thankful to him; remembring, that he alone is good of himself, and that the goodnesse of the creatures is not from themselves, but from Him the Creator. See 1 Tim. 4. 4.

Mark 10. 19,‘Thou knowest the Commandements, Do not commit adultery, &c. July 13. 1628.

HEre followeth the second part of Christ's Answer to the young man's Question touching eternal life; which is a Direction or Prescription what he must do, if he look to obtain [...]eternal life by his own good works; he must then keep the Commandements of the Moral Law, unto which he therefore referreth him for further direction, appealing to his own knowledg of the Law, and instancing withall in the parti­cular Commandements of the second Table.

In the words consider two things. 1. Our Saviour's directing or sending of him to the Commandements of the Law: Thou knowest the Commandements.

2. His instancing in the particular Commandements of the second Table, Do not commit adultery, Do not kill, &c.

Of the first. Thou knowest, &c.] He appealeth to his own knowledg, as one that was not ignorant of the Law, but rather skilful in it; at least in the letter or literal knowledg of it: and having also (as is probable) some understanding in the sense and meaning of the Commandements; though not so truly or thoroughly conceiving the same as he should: as will afterward appear. Which by the way makes it the more proba­ble which some do suppose; that this young Ruler was of the sect of the Pharisees: for they were very skilful in the letter of the Law, though they greatly corrupted the sense of it by their false glosses, and un­written Traditions added thereunto.

Now the scope and purpose of our Saviour in these words, is to intimate unto him, what he must do, and what is required of him, if he desire or seek to obtain eternal life by his good works; viz. that then he must keep the Commandements of the Moral Law, and that fully and perfectly; for so he meaneth. So Matth. 19. 17. If thou wouldst enter into life, keep the Commandements; that is, perfectly. Therefore, Verse 21. If thou wilt be perfect, &c.

Now further, by this place the Papists would prove their Doctrine of the merit of good works; That good works done in state of grace, do merit eternal life by the worthinesse of them; because our Saviour referreth this young man to the keeping of the Commandements, for the obtaining of eternal life. (See Rhemists on this place.)

But the truth is, here is no ground at all for this doctrine of merits. For our Saviour doth not tell him, that by keeping the Commandements, he might or should merit or deserve eternal life to be given unto him: neither is that his meaning; but because he saw him to be tainted with the common errour of the Pharisees [Page 735] and other Jews in those times, who sought to be justified before God, and saved by keeping the Law of Moses; therefore he sends him to the Commandements of the Law, telling him, That if he look to be saved by keeping them, then he must keep them perfectly; that so he might by this means convince him of his unability to keep them perfectly, and consequently humble him in sight of his sins, causing him to go out of himself, and to seek salvation in Christ, if it might be: or otherwise, to leave him the more without ex­cuse.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. What is required of all such as desire or seek salvation by the merit of their own good works; they must yield perfect obedience to the Moral Law of God, and to every Commandement of it: or else they cannot by this means obtain eternal life. This young man demanding by what good works of his own he might obtain eternal life, our Saviour enjoyns him perfect obedience to the Law; intimating, that he could not be saved by his own works or obedience to the Law, unlesse he perform such obedience to it as is per­fect in every respect and degree. So Luke 10. 28. when a certain Scribe or Lawyer came to our Saviour with the like question, and our Saviour referred him to the Law, asking him, How he read there? and he there­upon rehearsed the summe of both Tables of the Commandements, 1. Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, with all thy soul, &c. 2. Thy Neighbour as thy self. Upon this our Saviour replyes thus unto him, This do, and thou shalt live.

Reason. Reason. This is the Condition of the Legal Covenant of Works, viz. perfect obedience to be yielded to the whole Law, and to every part of it; and that in the highest degree. So understand the tenure of this Covenant, Levit. 18. 5. Ye shall keep my Statutes, &c. which if a man do, he shall live in them. (As on the con­trary, the Condition of the Evangelical Covenant, is, Faith in Christ. Act. 16. 31. Believe in the Lord Jesus, and thou shalt be saved, &c.) Therefore such as look to be saved by the Legal Covenant, must keep the Con­dition of it; viz. perfect obedience to the whole Law in the highest degree, &c.

Use. Use. Hence gather, That it is impossible for any to be justified or saved by their own good works or inhe­rent righteousnesse: forasmuch at none can thus be saved, without perfect obedience yielded to the Law; which none is able to perform since Adam's fall. Therefore Gal. 3. 10. As many as are of the works of the Law, are under the curse: for it is written, Cursed is every one that continueth not in all things, &c. Which shews the misery of all such as seek Justification or salvation by their own good works; as Papists, and some igno­rant people in our Church, who think to be saved by their good meaning, good prayers, and good serving of God, &c. They seek salvation by such a way and means, as by which they can never attain to it; that is, by their own good works and obedience to Gods Commandements; which being imperfect, is so far from justifying or saving them, that on the contrary, it makes them lyable to the curse of God.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Are not good works then necessary to the attainment of Salvation?

Answ. Answ. Yes, as fruits and testimonies of our faith in Christ, shewing the truth and soundnesse of it; but not as meritorious causes of salvation. We cannot be saved without good works, though we be not saved by or for the dignity or worthinesse of them. Ephes. 2. 9. We are not saved by works, (as meritorious causes) &c. and yet, Verse 10. God hath ordained them for us to walk in. They are via Regni, &c. (Bernard.)

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why then is the Legal Covenant set down in Scripture, &c?

Answ. Answ. See Perkins on Gal. 3. 12.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. One use for which the Moral Law doth serve, is, To bring men to a sight of their sins and im­perfections, and so to humble them before God; especially such as were never yet thus humbled, nor brought to a true sight of their sins; but are pu [...]ed up with a conceit of their own goodnesse and righteousnesse in themselves. Our Saviour perceiving this young man to be thus conceited of himself, sends him to the Law, putting him in mind of that perfect obedience which it requireth of all that look to be justified or saved by their good works; that by this means he might bring him to a true sight of his sins, and humble him before God, if it might be. This was the end our Saviour aymed at, in referring him to the Commandements of the Law, and requiring him to keep them perfectly, if he would enter into life; that he might by this means dis­cover to him his sins, and the imperfection of his obedience to the Law: although the young man did not make so good use as he should have done, of our Saviour's Admonition, but stood still to justifie himself, as if he had already kept the Law perfectly, &c. Howsoever, by the scope and drift of our Saviour, in urging him to the obedience of the Law, thereby to humble him (if it might be) in sight of his sins and disobedience, we may see, that this is one special use of the Moral Law of God; for which it serveth, and is to be applyed unto men, viz. to bring them to sight of their sins, and so to humble them before God, in regard of their unability to keep this Law. Rom. 3. 20. By the Law is the knowledg of sin: and Rom. 7. 7. I had not known sin but by the Law. This use the Law hath, both in the regenerate and unregenerate; but especially in the un­regenerate, and such as are yet meer natural men, and never truly humbled, or brought to a true sight of their sins.

Use. Use. See then how fit and necessary it is for the Law to be preached and urged unto men by the Ministers of God; especially to such as are yet in their natural estate, and never yet humbled for their sins, nor brought to a true sight of them: but are rather puffed up with conceit and opinion of their own goodnesse and righ­teousnesse by Nature. To such the doctrine of the Law is most necessary: yea, first to be preached to them, before they can be fit to have the promises of the Gospel applyed to them. They must first have the Law urged and pressed to their conscience, to shew them their sins and misery by nature; how unable they are to keep the Law, and consequently to be justified or saved by their own righteousnesse and good works; and therefore to drive them out of themselves, to seek salvation by faith in Christ alone, &c. Then being thus by the Law truly humbled, &c. they are fit to hear the glad tydings of the Gospel; and never till then: which shews the folly and ignorance of such as would not have the Law preached; but the Gospel onely. These are their own enemies. And this is all one, as if a Chirurgion should first lay on a hea [...]ing plaister to skin over a wound or sore in the body, before he have searched the wound, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour appealeth to his knowledg, Thou knowest the Commandements, &c. we may learn, That Christians living in the Church, should not be ignorant of the Commandements of the Moral Law of God, but well acquainted with them: for else, they come short of this young man here. Neither [Page 736] ought we onely to know the words of the Ten Commandements, but also to be acquainted with the matter, and true meaning of them. And herein we should outstrip this young Ruler; who although he had some li­teral knowledg in the Law, and did also in some measure (no doubt) understand the meaning of the Com­mandements; yet not so truely or thorowly as he should have done, as appeareth, in that he thought he had kept them all from his youth; which he would never have supposed, if he had truely understood the meaning of the Law. Therefore in this, we ought not onely to be equall with him, but to go beyond him, in being carefull not onely to know and be familiarly acquainted with the words of the Law, but also in understan­ding the sense and meaning of the same. It is called the Moral Law of God, because it contains the perfect rule of life and manners, by which the Lord will have us to walk and live; and how can this be, if we be not well and familiarly acquainted with this rule? Therefore, Deut. 6. 7. &c. the Lord requires that his peo­ple should not onely teach his Commandements diligently to their Children, but also talk of them ordinarily and daily, as they sate in their houses, as they walked by the way, &c. And further, that they should also bind them for a sign upon their hands, and that they should be as frontlets between their eyes. And lastly, That they should write them upon the posts of their houses, and on their gates. All this was to teach them how familiarly they should be acquainted with the Commandments of the Law of God.

Use 1 Use. 1. For reproof of such as live in the Church, where the means of knowledg is, and yet are ignorant, and to seek in the Law of God; some of good years, being scarse able to rehearse the words of the ten Com­mandments; much less to conceive the true meaning of them; what sins are forbidden, what duties com­manded in the several Precepts of the Law; yea, notwithstanding so much and so long teaching as they have had in the Doctrine of the Commandments, &c. Many do busy themselves much about enquiring af­ter the Laws and Statutes of the Land: which though I do not simply blame, so it be done to a good end, and within the compass of their calling; yet this is the fault and sin of such, that they are more carefull to know the Laws of men which concern their welfare in this life onely, then they are to understand the Law of God, by which they must be judged at the last day.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how fit and necessary it is for the Doctrine of the Law, contained in the ten Commandments, to be much and often taught in the Church of God by the Ministers of it; and for the people of God to be diligent and conscionable in hearing and learning the same at all times, and upon all occasions. This is one principal part of the Doctrine of Catechism needfull to be taught often in our Church, and in all other Chri­stian Churches; yea, I doubt not but it is that part of Catechism which is of most general use for all sorts of Christians, especially in these corrupt and dissolute times, in which there is so much failing generally in matters of practice, and in Morall duties of Christianity, &c. which should therefore move all to be the more carefull to hear, learn, and be throughly acquainted with this Doctrine of the Commandments, and ne­ver to think that they have or can sufficiently profit therein.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that this Ruler, though a young man, did know and was well acquainted with the Law of God; this shews, that the younger as well as elder sort, ought to know and be acquainted with the Law of God. See Deut. 6. 7. and Psal. 119. 9.

Now followeth our Saviour's particular instancing in the Commandments of the second Table, concer­ning duties to man, or to our Neighbour. In these words, Do not commit▪ Adultery, Do not Kill, &c.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour give instance onely in the Commandments of the second Table concerning dutie [...] to our Neighbour, seeing the Commandments of the first Table touching our duty to God, are the chief and principal, &c?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because the obedience of the first Table is included in the obedience of the second Table, and presupposed by it, as the ground and cause of it. Love to our Neighbour being the sum of the second Ta­ble, presupposeth love to God, which is the sum of the first Table.

2. Because obedience to the second Table is an evidence and testimony of obedience to the first Table; Love to man is a fruit and testimony of love to God, shewing the truth and sincerity of it: whereas on the contrary, many Hypocrites do make great shew of obedience to the first Table in outward duties of Piety to­wards God, but fail in duties of charity and justice towards men commanded in the second Table. There­fore the Commandements of the second Table are fittest to try and discover an Hypocritical Professor (such as this young Ruler was) from a sound Christian; for which cause our Saviour urgeth the keeping of the Commandments of the second Table to this young man, when he would discover his Hypocrisy to him. Sic Calv. Jans. Analys.

3. The Commandments of the second Table being more plain and easy to be kept then those of the first Table, our Saviour giveth instance in these of the second Table, that so by convincing him to be guilty of breaking these which are easier, he might much more convince him as guilty in the other, which are much harder. Sic Ferus in Matth. 19.

Now in the manner of our Saviour's mentioning or alledging of these Commandments of the second Ta­ble, some things are to be noted by us.

  • 1. That he doth not set them down altogether in the same order as they are recorded by Moses, Exod. 20. and Deut. 5. but with some difference, as may be perceived by comparing those places of Moses with the Hi­story of the Evangelists. The reason is, because it was our Saviour's purpose chiefly, to presse the matter and substance of these Commandements to this young man, and not to stand curiously upon the order of them.
  • 2. That he doth first mention the Negative Commandments, which expresly forbid sin; as, Do not com­mit Adultery, Do not kill, &c. And then the Affirmative, en [...]oyning that which is good; as, Honour thy Fa­ther and Mother.
  • 3. He first mentioneth those which concern the duties we owe to our Neighbour in general; and then that which concerns the duties we owe to Superiours and Inferiours, more specially.
  • 4. That he omitteth the last Commandment of the second Table, which forbids the first motions of cove­ting against our Neighbour; the reason whereof may seem probably to be this, because the obedience of that last Commandment being more secret and hidden in the heart then any of the rest, was not so fit for the [Page 737] plain and evident convincing of this young man. Vide Jans. Analys. in Matth. 19.

Lastly, In stead of mentioning the last Commandment, he inserteth another particular Precept in way of explica [...]ion and further urging of one of the former Commandments; namely, the 8th Commandment, Of stealing. The words which he addeth, are these; Defraud not, or wrong not thy Neighbour in his good or outward estate; which is nothing else but a branch of the 8th Commandment. The reason of our Saviour's adding this, may seem to be; because this young Ruler being rich and covetous, failed most of all in obedi­ence to the 8th Commandment, as more plainly appeared afterward.

Now touching these Commandments of the second Table here mentioned by our Saviour; I purpose not to enter into particular or large handling of them in this place, or upon this occasion, as I might do; but to reserve this for my ordinary exercise of Catechising in the Afternoon; and the rather, because I am very short­ly to come unto this part of the Doctrine of Catechism in my ordinary course. Here therefore I will onely observe some things generally and briefly for our Instruction, from our Saviour's alledging of these particular Commandments in this place.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That one good way and means to convince and discover formall Hypocrites, or unsound Pro­fessors of Religion, which make a counterfeit shew of Religion in the duties of the first Table of the Com­mandements; I say, one good way to convince such, is to urge and press unto their Consciences the obedi­ence of the second Table, in duties of charity and Justice toward [...] men. Therefore our Saviour thus dealeth here with this young Ruler, the better to discover his close Hypocrisy. He being one that made shew of Re­ligion in outward duties of holiness and Piety towards God in the first Table; and yet wanted the truth and power of Religion in his heart. Our Saviour the better to convince him of his close Hypocrisy, and to dis­cover it to him, doth thus urge unto him the Commandment [...] of the second Table touching duties of Chari­ty and Justice towards men; to teach us, that this is the onely way to convince and discover such unsound Professors, &c. Which therefore teacheth Ministers of the Word, and all others who have charge of others Souls, as Parents, Masters of Families, &c. how to deal with such of their charge whom they have any cause to suspect of Hypocrisy, or unsoundness in the profession of Religion, and in performance of outward duties of Religion commanded in the first Table; they are to urge and press such with the obedience of the second Table, in duties of Charity, Mercy, and Just dealing towards men; this being a ready way and means to convince and humble them for their Hypocrisy and unsoundness in duties of Piety and Religion required in the first Table. And this also may teach every Professor of Religion, that is forward in duties of the first Table, how to try his own sincerity in those duties: let him examine his heart and life, what Conscience he maketh of duties of the second Table; if none at all, but doth live in known sins against the second Table of the Commandments, as in malice, envy, unjustice, fraud, oppression, &c. it is an evident argument that his heart is not upright in the duties of the first Table, whatsoever profession or shew he make, though never so glorious. For certain it is, which the Apostle affirmeth, 1 Joh. 4. 20. If a man say, I love God, and hateth his brother, he is a lyar; For he that loveth not his brother whom he hath seen, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour here in alledging these Commandments of the second Table to this young Ruler, doth especially urge that Commandement in which the young man most failed, viz. the 8th Comman­dement, of stealing; which condemns the sin of covetousness, with which this young man was so much tain­ted; therefore our Saviour doth not onely name that Commandement, but further presseth it by adding a clause or sentence in way of explication of it, in the words, Defraud not; This may teach us, that it is neces­sary and profitable for us to have those Precepts and Doctrines of the Word of God, most of all urged and pressed to us, against which we are most apt to fail and offend, that so by this means we may be the better convinced and more humbled for our failings and offences against such Precepts. See then that Ministers of the Word in teaching, should especially, and most often urge and press such Doctrines and Precepts of the Word of God, as they perceive or know their people most to fail in; and the people to be willing and desi­rous to have such Doctrines and duties especially, and most often urged to them, &c. The Ancient Fathers practised this course in Preaching, as Chrysostome, who in many Sermons together, one after another, doth sometimes urge some one duty which his hearers failed in, or else reprove some one sin which reigned amongst them; as the sin of Swearing, in his Homilies, ad pop. Antioch. in sundry Sermons together.

Mark 10. 20.‘And he answered and said unto him, All these have I observed, &c. July 27. 1628.

OF the two first parts of the conference between our Saviour and the young Ruler, we have heard be­fore. 1. Of his question moved to our Saviour, touching the obtaining of eternal life. 2. Of our Saviour's answer to that question, in which he referreth him to the Commandments of the Moral Law; imply­ing, that if he would be saved by his own works, he must keep the Law, and that perfectly.

Now followeth the third part of the Conference between them, viz. the young mans reply made to our Saviour's former answer; in which he professeth unto him, that he had hitherto kept all those Commande­ments of the second Table, (the obedience whereof our Saviour urged unto him) and that from his youth, ver. 20.

First, to clear the words.

Master] He gives him again this title of honour, in token of reverence to his person, as before, ver. 17.

All these] That is, all those Precepts of the second Table of the Law mentioned to him by our Saviour in the former verse.

Have I observed] carefully kept and obeyed.

From my youth] From the first beginning of my youth, or from my childhood; for he was as yet but a young man, as we have heard before. Vide Stellam in Luke 18.

Quest. Quest. Whether was this true or no which he professeth touching his keeping of the Commandments from his youth?

Answ. Answ. Yes, it was true in that sense as he understood his own words; viz. in regard of the outward ob­servance of the Commandements; that he had not lived in outward, manifest, or open breach of those Com­mandements of the second Table. He had bin no Adulterer, no Murderer, no Thief, &c. Thus far it was (no doubt) true which he affirmeth; neither did he lye or dissemble against his knowledg and Conscience, in saying, that he had thus far forth kept those Commandements; for then our Saviour would not have look­ed on him and loved him, as it is said in the next words that he did, but would rather have reproved him sharply. Neverthelesse, though this Profession which he maketh were thus far true in such sense as he meant, viz. in regard of some kind of outward keeping of the Commandments: yet if it be understood of that true and perfect obedience which the Law it self requireth; so it is false which he here Professeth, for he was far from this perfect keeping of the Law, as our Saviour afterward more plainly shewed him to be. Therefore he spake as he thought; yet that which he spake was false in it self, being grounded upon a twofold ignorance and errour in him.

  • 1. Upon an ignorant and erronious conceipt of his own goodness and righteousness, which he supposed to be much more perfect than it was.
  • 2. Upon ignorance of the true scope and meaning of the Law; which he supposed to require no more but outward obedience, which he having in some sort performed from his youth, he thought he had kept the Commandements from his youth.

Now although this ignorance and erronious conceipts were evill and discommendable in this young Ru­ler; yet here is something also good and commendable in him, which is implyed by these words, viz. his care, not onely to know the Commandements of the Law, but also to observe and keep them in some sort by outward obedience and conformity to them, and that from his youth. The words being cleared, there are two things which may be considered in them:

  • 1. His reverent manner of speaking to our Saviour, calling him Master.
  • 2. The matter of his speech or reply made to our Saviour's former answer. Of the first I have before spoken.

Of the second, First, I will speak of such Instructions as may be gathered from that which is good and commendable in this young man.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That outward obedience and conformity to the Law and Commandments of God, is a good and commendable thing in it self; yea, it is necessary, and required of God at our hands. This care of outward conformity to the Law, and of refraining the outward breaches of it, was good and commendable in this young man; our Saviour doth not blame him for it, or shew any dislike thereof; but on the contrary, immediately upon this Profession made of his outward observance of the Law; it is said, Jesus look­ing on him, loved him; which implies, that this conscionable care which was in the young man to keep the Commandements, though but outwardly, was one main cause of our Saviour's loving him. So that outward obedience and conformity to the Law of God in life and practice, is not evill, but good, commendable, and necessary in it self for all Christians. Though we are not to rest in this outward obedience, but above all to strive unto the inward and Spiritual; yet even the outward is necessary, and commanded of God. 1 Cor. 6. 20. Glorify God in your body and Spirit, &c. The Lord will have the obedience of the whole man; and therefore not onely of the inward, but also of the outward man. Rom. 12. 1. I beseech you by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living Sacrifice, &c.

Ʋse. Use. To convince such as make no Conscience of this outward obedience to the Law of God, but live in gross outward sins and breaches of the Commandements in their words and actions before men; openly pro­fane and wicked in life; swearers, drunkards, profaners of the Sabbath, &c. These come short of this young man, who yet came short of the Kingdome of Heaven; yea, they are worse than the Scribes and Pharisees, who were civilly honest, and outwardly conformable to the Law of God; and yet our Saviour saith, Except our Righteousness exceed theirs, &c. How unlikely, yea, impossible is it, that such should yield any true in­ward and Spiritual obedience to the Law of God? If they do not that which is easier, how shall they do that which is harder? yet how many are there who live in gross outward sins, and yet pretend that their hearts are good, &c. as if it were possible for the heart to be good, where the outward life and carriage is profane, loose, and wicked; as if a good Tree could bring forth evill fruits; or a pure Fountain send forth impure streams, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this young man had care to keep the Commandements (at least outwardly) even from his child-hood, and first beginning of his youth; this teacheth us, that it is a good and commendable thing in Christians, to begin betimes to yield obedience to the Law of God, even in their youth; yea, from their child-hood, so soon as ever they come to years of any understanding to conceive the meaning of the Law, &c. Psal. 119. 9. Wherewithall shall a young man cleanse his way, &c. Eccles. 12. 1. Remember thy Creator in the dayes of thy youth, &c. This is commended in Josiah, 2 Chron. 34. 3. In the eight year of his Reign, while he was yet young, he began to seek after God, &c. See more of this point before, ver. 17. So Obadiah, 1 King. 18. 12.

Use. Use. For reproof of such in our times, who are far from this timely care and forwardness to keep the Com­mandements of God in their youth; yea, from their childhood; but on the contrary, they defer this care till old age, &c. How few are there amongst us, who can say as this young man doth to Christ, touching the Commandements of God? These have I kept from my youth; nay, on the contrary, we have many which may more truely say; These have I broken, and lived in the breach of them from my youth and childhood. How few amongst us can say with good Obadiah, 1 King. 18. 12. I thy servant fear the Lord from my youth; on the contrary, how many may say more truely, that they have lived profanely, and without all true fear of God from their youth; yea, from their very childhood?

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that he sayes, All these have I kept, &c. This also was commendable in him, that he had bin carefull to obey and keep, not onely some of the Commandements of the second Table, but all of them, and no doubt but by the same reason he had also bin carefull according to his knowledg, of keeping the Com­mandements of the first Table (though he speak not here of them): which may teach us herein also to imi­tate [Page 739] him; viz. in being carefull to obey God in all his Commandements, and not in some only. True Obedience to Gods Commandements must be universal; to all his Commandements as well as to some. The only obedience which God requireth and accepteth, Deut. 5. 33. Ye shall walk in all the wayes which the Lord your God hath commanded you, &c. And David saith, Psal. 119. 6. Then shall I not be ashamed, &c. This obe­dience have the Saints of God yielded to the Law of God; as Josiah, 2 Reg. 23. 25. He turned to the Lord with all his heart, and according to all the Law of Moses. And Zachary and Elizabeth, (Luke 1. 6.) walked in all the Commandements of God without reproof.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To condemn that partial or half-obedience which many yield to the Commandements of God; to some of them, not to all. Thus Herod did many things at the preaching of John; but would not obey in the seventh Commandement: but lived in the sin of Incest, contrary to that Commandement, Mark 6. 20. Thus many hypocrites now adayes are content to yield a kind of obedience to God in some of his Comman­dements, but not in all. They refrain some sins, but not all that are forbidden in the Law of God. They practise some duties, but not all that are required. They keep some beloved and darling sin or sins still, as Herod did. So far as stands with their worldly profit, or carnal delight, they are content to obey God: but in those Commandements which do most directly crosse their corrupt nature, and sinful lusts, or do hinder their worldly profit and gain: in those they withdraw their obedience. But all this is hypocritical and counterfeit obedience, such as God accepteth not, but rather hateth and detesteth. Such therefore must re­member what is said, Jam. 2. 10. Whose keepeth the whole Law, and offendeth but in one point, is guilty of all. Such an union there is between all parts and Commandements of the Law of God, that one cannot be violated without the breach of all the rest; in as much as by the breach of one, the authority of God the Law-giver is contemned, as well as by the breach of all. Besides that, any one sin, or breach of any one Commande­ment of God, being lived in without repentance, is fearful and dangerous, being sufficient to condemn the sinner. Ezek. 18. 10. If he beget a son that is a robber, and a shedder of blood, and doth the like to any one of these things, &c. he shall surely dye, &c. As one leak in a ship upon the Sea is enough to sinck it, if not stopped; so one sin, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To stir up and move us to make conscience of yielding an universal and entire obedience unto God in all his Commandements: remembring, that he is the author and giver of the whole Law; and will be obeyed in the whole and every part: or else he will reject and abhor all our obedience. Therefore take heed of obeying God to halves; and think not to please him, or to have true comfort in thy own conscience by such hypocritical obedience. Take heed of bearing with thy self in the breach of any one Commande­ment of God: beware of cherishing the love of any one sin in thy heart. Contrà, as thou desirest truly to glorifie and please God by thy obedience to his Will, and to have true comfort thereby in thy own con­science: so look that it be an universal obedience to all and every Commandement of God.

Now further, from that which is evil and discommendable here in this young Ruler,

Observ. 2 Observ. 1. In thar he ignorantly and falsly supposeth that he had kept the Commandements well enough, because he had performed some kind of outward obedience to them; hence observe, That it is one property of formal and close hypocrites, to rest in outward conformity and obedience to the Law and Commande­ments of God, thinking that to be sufficient, without inward and spiritual obedience of the heart. Thus did the hypocritical Scribes and Pharisees; whom therefore our Saviour reproveth, Matth. 23. 25. Woe to you Scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites: for ye make clean the out-side of the cup and platter, &c. And Verse 28. like whited Sepulchres, ye outwardly appear righteous unto men, but within ye are full of hypocrisie and iniquity. See Luke 18. 11. And thus it is with all formal hypocrites, and unsound Christians, they are wont to rest in out­ward obedience and conformity to the Law of God, without any true conscionable care of the inward. Such are those foretold by the Apostle, 2 Tim. 3. 1, 5. In the last dayes perillous times shall come, &c. In which some shall have a form of godlinesse, but shall deny the power thereof. These are formal hypocrites, resting in outward obedience to the Law and Commandements of God, without the inward power and life of godlinesse. As the Papists do at this day.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. They are either ignorant, or at least do not duly consider of the true nature and property of the Law of God; viz. that it is a spiritual Law, reaching to the heart, conscience, and inward man, as well as to the outward. Rom. 7. 14. We know that the Law is spiritual, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Their only or chief care is to approve their wayes unto men; and not so much to obey and please God. Matth. 23. 5. Our Saviour sayes of the Scribes and Pharisees, All their works they do for to be seen of men. And Luke 16. 15. Ye are they which justifie your selves before men: but God knoweth your hearts.

Use 1 Use 1. See how many formal hypocrites are now adayes to be found in the Church; in that it is so com­mon a thing with men to rest in ourward obedience to the Law and Commandements of God, without care and conscience of the inward. How many are there, who think they keep the Law of God well enough, and are religious enough, if they refrain from outward grosse sins before men? and if they perform some outward duties of Religion towards God, and of charity to men: if they come to Church duly, hear the Word, re­ceive the Sacrament: and not only so, but use prayer in their Families: (though this is wholly neglected by a great many): If they have some care of the outward sanctifying of the Sabbath; and if withall they do per­form such outward duties of Charity and Justice toward men, as are required in the second Table of the Com­mandements; then they think all is well, and they rest in this outward conformity to the Law: in the mean time, making no conscience of inward and spiritual obedience to the same, but harbouring gross sins and cor­ruptions in their hearts, both against God and Man. Thus is it with many (if not with the greatest part) of such as bear the name of Christians now adayes: which shews, how great the number is of formal and close hypocrites; and how small the number is of sound Christians: and how true it is which the Scripture hath foretold touching these last and dangerous times in which we now live; that men should have an ou [...]ward form of godliness, denying the inward power and life of it, 2 Tim. 3. Formal hypocrisie is one of the raigning sins of these times; the Epidemical disease of Christians; yet fearful and dangerous: to be lamen­ted with a fountain of tears.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. For Admonition to every one of us, to take heed of this property of formal and close hypocrites; that we do not rest in outward conformity and obedience to the Law of God with the outward man, and in outward carriage; as if this were sufficient, and as much as God requireth: but above all, to make conscience of yielding the true inward obedience of the heart unto every Commandement of God: remembring, that the Law of God is spiritual, binding the heart and conscience; and that God himself is a Spirit, and will be obeyed in Spirit and Truth. The rather let us take heed of this formal hypocrisie, and resting in outward obe­dience to the Law of God, because it is a sin so naturall to us: and such a sin, as not only gross hypocrites are guilty of, but even good Christians are too much tainted with it. Therefore every one to strive against it: and on the contrary, to labour first and principally for the power of godliness, and to yield inward obe­dience of heart to the Law of God; together with outward obedience and conformity to the same.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this young man was too well conceited of his own righteousness, supposing that he had kept all the Commandements from his youth; when it was nothing so (as will appear afterward): this teach­eth us, That it is a natural corruption in men, to think too well of themselves, and their own goodnes [...] and righteousness before God. It was the fault of this young Ruler, and the common and general sin of the proud and self-conceited Pharisees; as we may see in him, Luke 18. 11. who thought himself better than other men, and better than the Publican; when he was indeed worse, &c. Luke 10. 29. when our Saviour bid the Scribe that came to him, keep the Commandements, if he would inherit eternal life; it is said, he was willing to justifie himself, &c. So are we all by Nature willing to justifie our selves before God; apt to have too great an opinion of our own goodness and righteousness. Rom. 10. 3. The Jews sought to establish their own righteousness, &c. Revel. 3. 17. The Church of Laodicea thought her self to be rich, and increased in goods, and to have need of nothing: and yet knew not that she was wretched, miserable, poor, blind, and naked. Thus the proud Papists at this day, think by their good works to be justified, and to merit heaven, &c. that they can also perfectly keep the Law, &c. So the Anabaptists, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See one cause why so many are apt to cleave unto the Popish Religion; because it teacheth men to have a good opinion of their own good works and inherent righteousness: which is a natural conceit; and so that Religion agreeing so well with the corruption of man's Nature, hath the more followers to em­brace it.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. The more natural it is unto us, to think too well of our own goodness and righteousness before God, the more must we labour and strive against this spirituall pride and self-conceit; using all means to mortifie and crucifie this opinion in our selves. The rather, because it is so pernicious and dangerous an enemy to grace: God having threatned to resist the proud, and promised his grace to the humble. Labour therefore for humility, to deny thy self, and to renounce and abandon all conceits of thy own righteous­nesse. On the contrary, learn to see and acknowledg thy sins and unrighteousnesse, &c. Esay 64. 6. Gal. 6. 3.

Mark 10. 21.‘Then Jesus beholding him, loved him, and said unto him, One thing thou lackest, &c. Aug. 3. 1628.

IN this Verse is contained the fourth and last part of the Conference between our Saviour, and that young Ruler which came to enquire of him touching eternal life, viz. our Saviour's Answer unto the young man's Reply made unto him in the former Verse, professing, That he had kept all the Commandements of the second Table, and that from his youth. To this our Saviour now answereth, in this 21. Verse.

But, 1. is set down the outward gesture and carriage of our Saviour used toward the young man; which is partly outward, He looked on him. Partly inward, He loved him. The former, a sign and testimony of the latter.

2. The Answer it self which he returned unto him. He said unto him, One thing thou lackest, &c.

Jesus beholding him, loved him] He shewed and testified his love and good will toward him by his loving or amiable countenance.

Quest. Quest. How could Christ love him, seeing he was a close hypocrite, and addicted to covetousnesse, as he afterward shewed himself to be, by going away sorrowful, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. It is not to be understood simply of love to his person; but of his love, liking, and approbation of those good things which he saw to be in him: as, his care to seek after eternal life, his reverent estima­tion of Christ's Person, his zeal and forwardness in the outward profession of Religion, and care to keep the Commandements (according to his knowledg of them) even from his youth: as also his teachableness, in that he asked, What more he lacked? Matth. 19.

In respect of these good and commendable properties which he saw to be in him, he is said to have look­ed lovingly upon him: though otherwise, as he was an hypocrite and covetous, he could not truly love his person, but did rather hate and abhor the same.

2. There is a two-fold love of Christ, 1. Common to all men, even to the profane and wicked, as they are men. This moved him to do good to all that came or were brought to him; curing them, &c. 2. Spe­cial to his Elect and faithful Disciples and Servants. Here the former is meant.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That even in meer natural and unregenerate men void of true grace, there may be some good and amiable qualities and properties found: such qualities, vertues, and good things, as may procure love from God and men; I say, not only from men, but from God, and from Christ Jesus the Son of God; that is to say, a kind of common and general love, such as our Saviour here shewed to this young Ruler for the good things he saw in him: as, for his religious care and forwardness not only to know, but to keep the Com­mandements of God from his Youth, yea, from his Childhood; his civill life and care to refrain gross sins; as also his tractableness and readiness to learn of Christ, &c. These and the like good, and amiable quali­ties, and Civill or Moral vertues may be, and often are, found in such as are but meer natural men, void of all truth of sanctifying grace, yea, in such as are profane and wicked. In some of the wicked Kings of Israel were some good things found; which were in themselves pleasing to God: as in Ahab, his outward humi­liation [Page 741] of himself by Fasting, &c. upon the Prophets threatning of him. 1 King. 21. 29. So in Jehu, there was a kind of zeal in Gods cause, in cutting off the whole Idolatrous house of Ahab. See 2 King. 10. 30. In the Scribes and Pharisees there were many civill vertues, and good things to be found; as their zeal and forwardness, and strictness in outward duties of Religion, and their care to refrain gross sins before men; as we may see by him, Luke 18. 11. In wicked Judas there were many good properties and vertues, else our Saviour would never have chosen him into the number of his Apostles. So in Herod, Mark 6. 20. yea, who knows not, that even amongst the Heathen were many which excelled in some Moral and civill ver­tues, of externall Justice, Temperance, Prudence, Fortitude, Chastity, &c. as Socrates, Cato, Aristides, Fa­bricius, &c. Rom. 2. 14. The Gentiles which have not the Law, do by nature the things contained in the Law, &c.

Use. Use. For admonition to all Christians and Professors of Religion to take heed of resting in this, that they have some good qualities, or vertues in them, which are amiable or praise-worthy in themselves before God and men; but above all, to labour for the true Sanctifying Grace of Gods Spirit, and for the power of Re­ligion and godliness, without which all their Morall or civill vertues, though never so good in themselves, shall do them no good at all. Though thou hast never so many good civill vertues, or amiable qualities, &c. yet if thy heart be not yet truely changed, and purged by Faith in Christ, thy person is odious to God; and all the good things and vertues in thee, though in themselves they be good and amiable, and such as God commandeth and alloweth for the matter of them; yet as they come from thee being out of Christ, they are no way pleasing, but abominable to God. Therefore first cleanse the Fountain, and make the Tree good, that the fruit may be truely good, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. We may bear a kind of love to the persons of natural and unregenerate men, void of true San­ctifying Grace; though not simply, as they are void of Grace; yet in respect of those common gifts, and good things which we see to be in them; as in regard of the good parts or gifts of nature which God hath bestowed on them; as sharpness of Wit, Memory, Strength, or Comeliness of body, &c. or in regard of their Learning or knowledg in Arts and Tongues; or in regard of those Moral or Civill vertues which are in them, &c. In these respects, and for these good things, or common gifts of God in them, we may love and affect them, though not with that speciall and singular love which we owe to the Saints of God; yet with an inferiour and common kind of love, in respect of the common gifts and graces of God which are in them.

Reason. Reas. We ought to love and esteem well of the gifts of God wheresoever we find and take notice of them, and therefore even in natural and unregenerate persons. See Jam. 1. 17. and in respect of these gifts and good things in them which come from God, we may be affected with a kind of love to them; and shew the same by tokens and testimonies thereof, as our Saviour did to this young man, by looking amiably upon him. Gal. 6. 10. Let us do good unto all, &c. Now doing of good is a fruit of love; therefore we are to shew a kind of love to all men; even to such as are but natural men, &c. 1 Pet. 2. 17. Honour (or esteem) all men. This cannot be without love, in respect of the good things that are in them: Samuel shewed much love to Saul, though a wicked man, by praying for him, and mourning for him, when for his sin of disobedience he was rejected of God from being King of Israel, 1 Sam. 15. 1. It grieved Samuel, and he cryed to the Lord all night. And though the Lord do blame Samuel for mourning for him, chap. 16. ver. 1. yet not simply for mourning, but for mourning so much and so long for him.

Caution. Caution. We are so to shew love to natural and unregenerate men for the good things in them, that with­all we be carefull not to shew any love or liking to their sins and corruptions, or to countenance them there­in. Distinguish between their persons, and the good things in them; and between their sins and corrup­tions.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. If our Saviour Christ loved this young man for his Religious care and forwardness to keep the Commandements of God from his youth; and though it were but an external obedience, as appeareth by comparing these words with the former; then on the contrary, he cannot but hate and abhor such as are care­less, negligent, and unconscionable this way. He cannot but hate such as are profane and wicked from their youth, &c. When any begin betimes to obey Gods Commandements even in their youth; this pro­cureth the love of Christ towards them, &c. As on the contrary, profaneness, and disobedience to Gods Commandements in young men and Children, is odious unto Christ, causing him to hate and abhor such.

Use 1 Use 1. Terrour to such as are profane and wicked even from their youth and childhood; like those, Psal. 58. 3. living in gross sins of disobedience against God's Commandements. Such are odious to Christ Je­sus, and he will shew his hatred by taking vengeance on them, if they repent not. See 2 King. 2. 24.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Parents to train up their Children in the fear of God, &c.

Now followeth the answer of our Saviour to the young mans former reply, ver. 20. which answer consist­eth of two parts.

  • 1. An admonition of him touching the defect or imperfection of his obedience to the Commandments; One thing thou lackest.
  • 2. A Precept or Injunction, in which he enjoyneth him certain duties to be practised, for further tryal of his obedience, and the better to discover to him the great defectiveness of it. The first duty is, to par [...] with all he had, upon Christ's command, for relief of the poor; Go sell all thou hast. 2. To come and fol­low Christ. 3. To take up the Cross.

One thing thou lackest] This is spoken in way of answer to those words of the young man to Christ, Matth. 19. 20. What lack I yet? To this, our Saviour now answers directly; telling him, that he was defective, and came short in one point of obedience to the Commandements, which he supposed himself to have kept hitherto.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. What was this one thing wherein he failed?

Answ. Answ. The true denyal of himself in renouncing and forsaking the sin of covetousness, and inordinate love of wordly wealth. This seems to be that which our Saviour chiefly aime that in telling him, that One [Page 742] thing he came short in. And this may appear, 1. By the means used by our Saviour to convince him of his sin of covetousness, and to discover it to him, in that he enjoyneth him to go sell all he had, &c. 2. By the event of the matter; in that he went away sad at that saying, ver. 22.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. But was there nothing else besides this one thing in which he failed?

Answ. Answ. Yes, many other things, but our Saviour mentioneth one especially, because it was the chief and principal in which he failed, and the cause of his other failings.

Observ. General Observation. Because the young man erred of ignorance in saying that he had kept the Comman­dements, and seemed tractable and desirous to be further instructed; therefore our Saviour doth not answer him roughly, or deal with him by sharp reproof (as he might have done) for his secret Pride and Hypocrisy of Heart; but in loving and gentle manner dealeth with him, admonishing him of his failing, and using means to discover the same to him. And this was our Saviour's usual manner to deal lovingly and gently with such as were tractable and teachable. Thus he dealt with Nicodemus, Joh. 3. and with the woman of Samaria. And thus is it Prophesied of him, Esay 42. 3. That a bruised Reed he should not break, &c.

Ʋse. Use. To teach us in like manner after Christ's example to deal lovingly and mildly in conference, and otherwise with such as do err of ignorance, and seem to be teachable, &c. not dismaying or terrifying them with too much roughness or sharpness in our manner of speaking to them in conference, or by any other harsh dealing with them. This sharpness and severity is indeed sometimes needfull, in dealing with obstinate of­fenders, being untractable; but with such as offend of ignorance, and shew themselves tractable, we are to deal mildly and gently; and not too roughly or harshly. Duci non trahi volunt homines: Unum spectemus, quo­modo lucrifaciamus animas Christo; et quomodo ipsi doceri vellemus, siquidem adhuc teneremur in tenebris, &c. (Oeco­lamssad. Epist. lib. 4. fol. 198. ad Farellum.) See Gal. 6. 1. This concerneth Ministers, and all others who have a Calling to teach, or admonish others, &c.

Observ. 1 Particular Observations. 1. See here how we are to deal in conference or otherwise with such persons as are tainted with Spiritual Pride, and self-conceipt of their own goodness, righteousness, or holiness; we are to admonish and put them in mind of their wants and imperfections of Grace, and of obedience to the will and Commandements of God, that by this means, they may (if it be possible) be brought to the sight of their imperfections, and be truely humbled for the same. Thus our Saviour here dealt with this self-con­ceited young man, who though he shewed himself in some sort teachable and tractable in some things, yet was he withall too well-conceited of his own righteousness and obedience to the Law of God, &c. Therefore our Saviour first tells him of his defect and imperfection, &c. using means to humble him truely, if it might be. Thus also he dealeth with the self-conceited Scribes and Pharisees, Matth. 23. 23. Ye Tythe Mint, &c. and Luke 16. 15. Ye justify your selves, but God knoweth your hearts. Thus should Ministers of the Word deal with such as they perceive to be self-conceited of their own Righteousness, or goodness, &c. they must not flatter, or sooth them up in this conceipt, but labour to humble them by putting them in mind of their wants and defects in Grace, and in obedience to Gods Commandments. This is most profitable for them, as the other is most hurtfull and dangerous.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that he puts him in mind of that one thing in which he was defective above all other; as be­ing his chief and principal fault; this teacheth us, that in admonishing those of our charge of their faults or imperfections; We should especially press unto their Conscience those things in which they are most faulty. Thus our Saviour, Matth. 5. and Matth. 23. doth reprove the Scribes and Pharisees, especially for such sins as did most reign in them. So also he used to admonish his Disciples, especially of such corrup­tions and sinfull infirmities as he knew them to be most guilty of; as of their ignorance and dulness to con­ceive Spiritual things, of their infidelity, hardness of heart, earthly mindedness, &c. As a wise and faithfull Ph [...]sitian is carefull to cure all the diseases which his sick Patient is infected with; but especially that which is the worst and most dangerous. So here, such as are called to be as Spiritual Physitians to the Souls of others, &c.

Mark 10. 21.‘Then Jesus beholding him, loved him, &c. Aug. 10. 1628.

IN this verse are two things contained, as ye heard the last day. 1. The special gesture and carriage of our Saviour toward the young Ruler; Beholding him, he loved him. 2. The answer which he made to the young man's reply in the former verse, professing that he had kept all the Commandements of the second Table from his youth.

To this our Saviour here answereth; and his answer consists of two parts. 1. An admonition of him touching that wherein he was yet defective, One thing thou lackest.

2. A Precept or injunction; in which he enjoyneth him the practice or performance of some special du­ties for further proof of his obedience, and the better to convince him of his failing. Go thy way, sell whatso­ever thou hast, &c.

Sell whatsoever thou hast] That is, all thy worldly goods and Possessions.

And give to the poor] Distribute that which thou makest of the sale of them to the relief of the poor.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Whether do these words of our Saviour contain an absolute Precept, binding the young man to sell all, &c?

Answ. Answ. The Papists teach and hold, That they are no absolute Precept binding him to do this for the ob­taining of eternal life, but onely an advice or counsell given him; whereby he counselleth him what to do, in case he did desire to attain to a special state of perfection in this life, and consequently to be partaker of an eminent degree of glory in the life to come. And so upon this place they would ground their erronious Doctrine touching the distinction of Legall precepts from Evangelical counsells of perfection, as they call them; holding this, that besides the general Precepts or Commandements of the Law, which bind all men there are also certain special Counsels of perfection given in the Gospell, which are above and beyond the [Page 743] perfection of the Law, and do not bind all men; but such onely as can and will put them in practice, &c. Such a counsel of perfection they say this is. See the Rhemists. But this erroneous conceit of theirs is easily consu [...]ed.

For, 1. The very words of the Text shew it to be a flat and absolute Precept; in that it runs in manner of a Precept of Commandement, and not of advice or counsel, Go thy way, sell whatsoever thou hast, and give to the poor.

2. If these words did contain a Counsel of perfection, and not a Commandement, then our Saviour should here contradict that which before he had said to this young man. For being demanded by him, What he must do for the obtaining of eternal life? he required of him nothing else but flat obedience to the Law: If therefore he should now give him a Counsel of perfection, requiring something of him above and be­yond that which the Law requireth, he should require more of him than he did before, and so contradict and crosse his own words and meaning.

3. Then our Saviour should not speak to the purpose here. For the young man did not demand how he might attain to an extraordinary state of perfection, and to an eminent degree of glory in heaven: but only what he must do for the obtaining of eternal life. Therefore our Saviour doth not here advi [...]e him a course for the attaining of such a state of perfection, &c. but enjoyns him a necessary duty to be practised by him, for the obtaining of eternal life.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How could our Saviour enjoyn this duty of selling all, &c. unto this young man, as a duty of obedience required in the Law, seeing the Moral Law doth not any where command this expresly?

Answ. Answ. Though it do not command a man expresly to sell all he hath, and to give to the poor; yet it doth command and require a man to love God above all, and his Neighbour as himself: and consequently to part with all he hath in the world for relief of his brother, in case that God or Christ command him so to do, and his brethrens necessity do require it. Therefore our Saviour might and did justly impose this duty upon him as a part of that obedience which the Law requires of him, being a rich man: and so much the rather, because the enjoyning of this duty did serve at this time as a special means to convince him of his close hy­pocrisie and covetousnesse.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Whether doth this Precept touching the selling of all, &c. bind other Christians, especially rich men, as well as this young man?

Answ. Answ. The Precepts of the Moral Law are of two sorts. 1. Some of them do bind not only all sorts of persons, but absolutely, and at all times: as, the Commandement of loving God above all; the Comman­dement of fearing God above all Creatures, &c. the Commandement of honouring Parents, &c.

2. Some of them are such as bind all sorts of persons, but not absolutely, nor at all times: but at some times, and in some cases onely.

Now this Precept here given to this young man by our Saviour, touching the se [...]ling of all, &c. is not of the former, but of the latter sort of Precepts; namely, of such as do in some sort bind all Christians, but yet not ab­solutely, or at all times: but with some limitation and exception, and in some cases only. For although every rich man is not simply bound to sell all he hath for relief of the poor: yet in some case he is bound to do it, viz. In case that God do in speciall manner command it, or the present and extream necessity of our bre­thren do require it of us. So here, our Saviour commanding it to this young man in a special case for tryal of his obedience, it did bind him: and so should it have done any other in the like case. See Luke 14. 33.

Further, the Papists do abuse these words of our Saviour, for the justifying of the practice of their Popish Monks, in forsaking all propriety in worldly wealth, and vowing voluntary poverty, that so they may enter into a Monastery, there to live in common, &c. which they hold to be a state of perfection, and meritorious, &c. (See the Rhemists on this place.)

Answ. 1. We have heard before, that this Precept of our Saviour was enjoyned to this young man in a special and extraordinary case, for proof of his obedience, and to convince him of his secret covetousnesse; and that howsoever it doth in some sort bind other Christians: yet not simply, nor at all times: but in some special and extraordinary cases only: and therefore is no warrant for the ordinary superstitious practise of Popish Monks, &c.

2. The profession which Popish Monks do make of voluntary poverty and forsaking all, is nothing for the most part but an hypocritical shew and pretence of poverty. And under this pretence they betake themselves to their Monasteries, where they are richly and plentifully fed and maintained, living also in Epicurean ease and idlenesse.

And thou shalt have treasure in heaven] Thou shalt receive the reward of eternal life in heaven, which shall be better to thee than all the earthly treasure and wealth which thou dost enjoy in this world.

And come and follow me] Betake thy self to be my true Disciple. See before, Chap. 8. 34.

Taking up the Crosse] Willingly submitting thy self to the bearing of all afflictions even unto death it self, for the profession of my Name. Of this also, see before, Chap. 8. 34.

In the words consider a threefold duty enjoyned by our Saviour to this young Ruler.

  • 1. To part with all his worldly wealth for relief of the poor, Go sell all, &c.
  • 2. To follow Christ, or become his Disciple.
  • 3. To take up the Crosse, &c.

Of the first. Consider two things. 1. The duty it self, Go thy way, sell whatsoever, &c. 2. The Reason enforcing it: from the reward promised to him by our Saviour, And thou shalt have trea­sure in Heaven.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See how far forth a Christian is called of God to possess and enjoy all worldly wealth in this life: not absolutely, as an absolute or perpetual owner of it, but with this condition, to part with it, at any time whensoever the Lord shall so require, as our Saviour did here of this young man. When God gives us wealth, he doth not make us absolute owners or possessours of it: but rather Stewards, or Tenants at will in it: allowing us to dispense and use it for a time to his glory, and then to resign and give it up again when­soever [Page 744] he shall call for it; that is, whensoever he shall please to take it from us, either immediately by his own hand, or by such means and instruments as he employeth to this end: yea, though it be never so sudden­ly, even at an hour or minutes warning. With this condition, and no otherwise, doth the Lord give us wealth; and with this condition he alloweth us to possesse and enjoy the same, and no further. With this condition God gave unto Job all his wealth; that he should part with it again, so soon as ever the Lord should call for it: so soon as ever he should permit the Devil, and the Caldeans and Sabeans to take it from him; as af [...]erward he did. The Apostles of Christ had some worldly wealth, (though not great) before their calling to be Christ's Disciples: and this wealth and substance was given them of God; they enjoyed it but with condition, to part with it so soon as Christ should call them, and bid them follow him; and so they did: as we see, Matth. 4. 20. And Verse 28. hujus Cap. they professe as much to Christ, Lo, we have left all, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. This must teach us not to set our hearts too much upon any worldly goods or substance enjoyed here on earth; seeing we have no absolute title or perpetual tenure in them: but conditional, and so uncer­tain, that we know not how soon or suddenly the Lord may call for his own, and take them from us again, as he gave them us at first 1 Tim. 6. 17. Rich men are to be charged not to trust in uncertain riches, &c. And Pro. 23. 5. Wilt thou set thine eyes upon that which is not? For riches certainly make themselves wings, they flye away as an Eagle toward heaven. This they do, whensoever God calls for them, or bids them to fly away; then they are gone, even as suddenly as an Eagle, that takes her flight, &c. Consider how many wayes God hath to take our goods from us: how many ca [...]ualties they are subject to; as, Moths, Theeves, Fire, Enemies, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing we possesse all worldly goods with this condition, to part with them at any time, when God shall require, or take them from us: this should move us daily to prepare our selves in affection and disposition of heart, to do that which we know not how soon God may call us to do actually; viz. to part with all or any part of our worldly goods: learn daily to wean thy heart from the love of them; to part: with them even before thou dost part with them. Remember, that with this condition thou dost possesse and enjoy them, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. How far the true love of God, and of our Neighbour, ought to prevail with us in this life even so far as to cause and move us to part with all our worldly wealth and substance, if need be; that is, when the glory of God, or the present necessity or good of our brethren requireth it. Our Saviour being minded to put this young Ruler to a thorough tryal, Whether he had kept the Commandements; and conse­quently, whether he did truly love God and his Neighbour, (which is the summ of the Law) he enjoyns him to shew his love to God and Man, by forsaking all, &c. implying, that this is needful in some cases, for the approving of our true love to God and to our Neighbour, viz. to part with all our worldly substance, for the glory of God, and good of our brother. Thus far should the love of God, and of our brother, prevail with us in some cases. Luke 14. 33. Whosoever he be of you, that forsaketh not all that he hath, he cannot be my Disciple. This is to be understood in some cases, when Gods glory, and the good of our brother requireth it. Thus have many of the Saints of God shewed their love to God and to their brethren: as the Apostles, Verse 28. of this Chapter, Lo, we have forsaken all, and have followed thee. So also the Martyrs, when they were called to give testimony to the truth of God, and so to glorifie God, and to confirm others in the truth by their example, they were so far carried with love to God, and desire of edifying and confirming their brethren in the truth, that they parted with all they had in this world: yea, not only with goods, but with life it self.

Reason. Reason. The true love of God, is, to love him above all other things in the world. Matth. 10. 37. He that loveth f [...]ther or mother more than me, is not worthy of me, &c. Now this we cannot do, unlesse we be con­tent to part with all we have for the advancement of his glory, and in obedience to his Will.

Again, we are required to love our Neighbour as our Selves; that is, as truly and un [...]eignedly as we love our selves: yea, and with the same or like degree of love which we bear to our selves. Now in loving our selves, that is, our own persons, we are content to part with all our goods, for the safety and preservation of our life and person, Job 2. 4. Skin for skin, &c. Therefore the love of our Neighbour also should so far pre­vail with us, as to make us willing to part with all we have for the good of our Neighbour's person.

Use 1 Use 1. See how hard a matter it is to practise true love to God and Man; and consequently, to be a good Christian; seeing it requires the forsaking of all we have in some cases, &c. Now this is not easie; but most hard to practise. Though easie to speak of; yet not so to practise, when a man is put to it indeed: as we see in this young man, He went away sorrowful when he was bid to do this: He was forward in other good duties; as in coming to Christ, &c. in performing outward obedience to the Commandements, and that from his youth: and it is probable, that there were many other good duties which he would have rea­dily performed, if our Saviour had enjoyned him: but this one of forsaking all he had; how hard was it to him, &c? See then the folly and ignorance of such as think it an easie matter to love God above all, and to love their Neighbour as themselves: and so to be a good Christian. Indeed, if Religion and Christianity consisted in words, it were easie; but it is nothing so: here are deeds required; and such a work and duty as is not easie, but most hard, yea, impossible to flesh and blood; even to part with all we have in this world, for the glory of God, and good of our brother, if need require, and we be called to it. See then what need there is for us every one to pray unto God for special grace and the assistance of his Spirit, to help us to do this, if shall at any time put us to it, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To conuince many to be void of the true love of God, and of their Neighbour, because they are so far far from being content to part with all they have for the glory of God, and good of their brethren, when need shall require, that they are loath and unwilling to part with some little portion of their goods, for the advancement of Gods glory, and good of their brethren: Such I mean, who are so backward and slack to give any part of their wealth to good and religious uses: as to the maintenance of Gods worship, to the re­lief of the poor, &c. It must be drawn or wrung from them by Law: as if all they contribute to such uses, were lost. How dwelleth the true love of God, and of their brethren, in such? 1 Joh. 3. 17.

Use 3 Use 3. See how to examine the truth and sincerity of our love to God, and to our brethren: look whether it so far prevail in our hearts, as to make us willing to part with all our worldly goods and substance, if need be, for the furtherance of Gods glory, and for the good of our brother's soul or body. If it be so, it argues true love to God and our Neighbour. On the contrary, if thou professe never so much love to God, and to thy Neighbour; yet if thou hast not learned to be in some measure content to part with all thou hast in this world, for the advancement of Gods glory, and the good of thy brother, if need shall require, thou hast cause to suspect thy love to God and Man to be a counterfeit love. Therefore [...]ift thine own heart thoroughly touching this matter. And know, that if thou must be content to lay down thy life for the glory of God, and good of thy brother, as the Apostle saith, 1 Joh. 3. 16. then much more to part with thy goods and substance in such a case, when the glory of God, and the good of thy brother doth require the same.

Mark 10. 21.‘Go thy way, sell whatsoever thou hast, and give to the poor, &c. Aug. 17. 1628.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. ONe special end and use unto which all rich men should employ their worldly wealth; is, for the relief and help of the poorer sort, and to supply their necessity. Therefore our Saviour doth not onely bid this young man to sell whatsoever he had, but to give thereof to the poor. 1 Tim. 6. 17. Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not high-minded, &c. That they do good, be rich in good works, ready to distribute, &c. One end why God doth give them their wealth, Deut. 15. 10. Thou shalt surely give to thy poor brother, &c. because that for this very thing the Lord thy God shall blesse thee in all thy works, &c. To this very end doth the Lord blesse one man with more wealth than another, that so he that hath most, might out of his abundance supply his brother's want. He doth not give it them, to keep it to them­selves only, &c. Heb. 13. 16. To do good, and to communicate, forget not, &c. This Precept is especially given to rich men. Prov. 3. 9. Honour the Lord with thy substance, &c. Now this is one way of honouring God with their riches, when rich men do employ and use them to the relief of the poorer sort. Thus it was in the Primitive Church, Act. 2. and Act. 4. the richer sort sold their possessions, and distributed to such as had need. Now although this selling of all their possessions, &c. was an extraordinary practice which the necessity of those times did require, and doth not bind rich men at all times to do the like; yet it binds them in like case to do the same: and howsoever, it shews what is one end and use to which rich men should employ and use their wealth, viz. to the relief of their poor brethren.

Use 1 Use 1. For reproof of such rich men, who are slack and backward to employ their wealth, or any part of it, to the relief of the poor: though they have great estates in the World, given them to this very end, that they should be the more liberal and helpful to their poor brethren and neighbours; yet are not forward this way: at least, nothing so forward as they should be, but backward and unwilling to give unto this use: and what they give, it is with grudging, and repining. How unthankful are these unto God; who having re­ceived all they have from God; yet are loth to give a little part of their wealth to him again, by distribu­ting it to the relief of their poor brethren.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See the great sin of those, who instead of employing their wealth to this religious end, that is, to the relief of their poor brethren; do employ it rather to evil and sinful uses: Some consume their wealth upon their lusts: spending it in riotous courses; as gaming, drinking, company-keeping, &c. whereby they disable themselves from giving to the poor. Some spend their substance in following suits in Law against their neighbours. And some bestow so much upon costly apparel above their degree, and upon rich fare, that they cannot give so much to the relief of the poor, as they might and should; like the rich glutton, Luke 16. who was clothed in purple, &c. and fared delicately every day: but was not careful to relieve poor Laza­rus. Great is the sin of such. Instead of honouring God with their wealth, they dishonour him.

Use 3 Use 3. To stir up such as have this Worlds goods, to employ them to this special and excellent use amongst other; even to the relief of their poor brethren, who stand in need of their help: reme [...]bring, that this is one special end for which their wealth is given them: not that they should spend it upon themselves only, or hoard it up unprofitably; but to relieve and succour such as are in want; especially the religious and honest poor. Rom. 12. 13. Distributing to the necessities of the Saints. Let the richer sort here be moved to do this, and that willingly, and chearfully: for God loveth a cheerful giver, as the Apostle saith, 2 Cor. 9. 7. To this end let such consider, That to therefore Christ hath left the poor on earth in his room, that the rich should shew their love to Him, in relieving them. Matth. 26. 11. The poor ye shall have alwayes with you; but me ye have not alwayes. Consider also the reward promised, Prov. 19. 17. He that hath pity upon the poor, lend­eth unto the Lord: and that which he hath given, will he pay him again, Matth. 10. 42. Matth. 25. Christ at the last day shall give the reward of eternal life to such as have in this life relieved him in his poor Saints. But of this afterward.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. How great care the Lord hath of the poor, that they be well provided for; that they have ne­cessary relief and succour afforded them; in that he requires the richer sort in some cases to part with all they have, rather than the poor shall perish, or do otherwise than well for want of necessaries. So here, He enjoyns this young man to sell all, and give it to the poor. Hence it is, that in the times of the Old Testa­ment, the Lotd gave sundry special Laws unto his people in behalf of the poor: as we may see, Levit. 25. the Law of the Jubilee, That every fiftieth year, every one's possession should return to him again, though he had sold it before. Also the Law of the redemption of Land sold by such as were waxen poor, Verse 25. of the same Chapter. The Law of Usury, forbidding to take it of the poor, Verse 35. The Law made for relief of the poor bond-man or servant sold for money, Verse 39. So Deut. 15. there is a Law, That every seventh year should be a year of release of all debts, to the poor. So Deut. 24. 19. there is a Law, That when they reap or cut down their harvest, if they forget a sheaf in the field, they should not go again to fetch it; but it should be left for the poor. And when they beat their Olive-Trees, they should not go over the boughes again. And when they gathered their grapes, they should not glean their Vineyard after­ward, &c. See Levit. 19. 9, 10. And hence it is also, that in the New Testament, Christ did by his [Page 746] Apostles ordain the special office of Deacons to take care of the poor, &c. Act. 6. 3.

Use 1 Use 1. This serves for comfort to the poor, especially to the Religious poor, in that the Lord himself doth take such special care of them, &c. They need not doubt but he will provide for them a sufficiency, if they can by Faith depend on him, in the use of good and lawfull means. He that commandeth men to be so carefull of the poor, will not himself be careless of them; but even then when they are neglected by men, will shew his Fatherly care in providing for them extraordinarily, rather then they shall want.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See how great a sin it is in any to oppress or wrong the poor and needy any way, grinding the fa­ces of such as are so dear to God, and of whom he is so carefull. This is a hainous sin, highly provoking God to punish such as are guilty of it. Prov. 22. 22. Rob not the poor, &c. See 1 Thess. 4. 6.

Use 3 Use 3. To move us after the example of God himself, to take special care of the poor; for relief, help and comfort of them in all their necessities and wants. Seeing they are so dear and pretious in Gods ac­count, let them be so to us. And let us shew our care of them by our forwardness, not onely in our own persons to relieve and help them; but also by provoking others hereunto. Now as this care of the poor doth concern all Christians that are any way able to relieve the poor; so especially those who bear any spe­cial office in Church or Common-wealth, and by vertue of their Offices, are in special manner bound to take care of the poor; as Magistrates by their Authority to take good order for relief of the poor; Ministers by their exhortation, counsell and directions given out of the Word of God to this end; for which we have the exam [...]le and practice of the Apostles going before us, Gal. 2. 10. And lastly, this doth also in speciall manner concern inferiour officers amongst us, to whom the care of the poor doth belong; as our Church-Wardens, and Overseers of the poor, as we call them; that they be diligent and conscionable in discharge of their Office and place, taking special care of the poor, that they do not want, but be sufficiently provided for, and relieved both in time of their health and sickness.

Now followeth the reason of the former duty, serving to enforce it; from the reward promised. And thou shalt have treasure in heaven.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is lawfull in the doing of good works, to look at the reward promised of God to such as do them, especially to the reward of eternal life in heaven. See before, chap. 9. 41.

Mark 10. 21.‘And thou shalt have treasure in Heaven, &c. Aug. 24. 1628.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. ALthough good works do not merit eternal life (as the Papists teach) yet eternal life is promised, and shall be given of God as a reward to such as do Conscionably practise and perform good works in this life. Our Saviour here promiseth eternall treasure in heaven if he will go sell all, and give to the poor; if he will Conscionably perform this work of Charity and Mercy, &c. Here I will first shew what are good works, and how to be performed. 2. Prove the point propounded.

Of the first; Good works are such works and duties of obedience as are commanded and allowed of God in his written Word, Deut. 12. 32. Whatsoever I command you, observe to do it; thou shalt not add thereto, nor diminish from it.

Now in the doing of good works, three things are required especially.

  • 1. That they be done in Faith; that is, by such persons as do know and truely believe themselves to be in Christ; and so that in him, both their persons and works are accepted of God. Hebr. 11. 6. Without Faith, impossible to please God. And Rom. 14. ult.
  • 2. That they be done in obedience to Gods will revealed in his Word, 1 Sam. 15. 2. To obey, is better then Sacrifice, &c.
  • 3. That they be done to the right end, which is the glory of God, 1 Cor. 10. 31. Whether ye eat or drink, &c. do all to the glory of God, &c.

Now for proof of the point; That eternall life is promised, and shall be given of God to such as do per­form such good works, and in this manner; it may appear by these places amongst others, Rom. 2. 7. To them who by patient continuance in well-doing, seek for glory, and honour, and immortality, shall be eternall life. 1 Tim. 4. 8. Godlinesse (which is nothing but the practice of good works) hath the promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to com. Revel. 22. 14. Blessed are they that do his Commandments, &c. See also Matth. 25. how Christ shall at the last day give eternal life to such as have performed works of mercy and charity to his Saints in this life.

Here note, That although eternal life be promised, and shall be given to those that do good works; yet not to the works themselves properly, nor for the worthiness of the works, but to the workers; that is, unto the persons of Believers, being in Christ, in whom onely, and for whose sake, eternal life is promised, and given to them.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See by this, that it is not in vain to serve God in this life, by conscionable practice of all such works and duties of obedience as he requireth, but that there is great fruit and profit herein, and a rich and plentifull reward laid up in heaven for all such. Psal. 18. ult. Verily there is fruit (or reward) for the Righte­ous, &c. And though this reward be not yet [...]een with bodily eyes, yet is it as certain as if already enjoyed. Contrary to the profane Opinion of such as think or say with those, Mal. 3. 14. It is vain to serve God, and what profit is it that we have kept his Ordinances, &c. Such shall hereafter see and know the contrary by wosull experience, when they shall at the last day see the godly made partakers of that blessed and heavenly reward after all their pains taken in God's service, and themselves for ever deprived of that reward of happiness, and in stead thereof, rewarded in Hell with eternal torments.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To encourage us to well-doing, and to take pains in the practice of good works, and in all duties which God requireth of us in this life, seeing there is so great a reward promised of God, and shall certainly be given unto us, though not for merit of our works; yet for his promise sake, and for the merit of Christ, &c. Matth. 5. 12. Our Saviour speaking of such as suffer for well-doing, saith, Great is their reward in Hea­ven. [Page 747] The same is true of all such as are carefull and take pains to glorify God in this life, by conscionable practice of good works; Great is their reward, &c. Think often of the greatness of that reward of eternall life promised to us in Christ after all our pains taken here in the service of God; and let this encourage us to take pains and diligence in all good and holy duties, and that chearfully and constantly, remembring that heaven is well worth our pains. 1 Cor. 15. ult. My beloved brethren, be ye stedfast, unmoveable, alwayes abounding in the work of the Lord, forasmuch as y [...]u know that your labour is not in vain in the Lord. This should move us to work out our Salvation, &c. as it is, Phil. 2. 12. and to give all diligence, &c. 2 Pet. 1. 10. What though some Christian duties be hard to practise; as Repentance, Morti [...]ication of our beloved lusts, deny­all of our selves, and taking up of our Cross, &c. The reward promised in heaven will pay for all, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The practice of liberality and bounty towards the poor, is one good work amongst other which shall be plentifully rewarded of God after this life in all those that do conscionably perform the same. I say, in those that do conscionably perform the same, because it is not every kind of liberality to the poor that shall be so rewarded of God, but that which is sincerely and conscionably practised as a fruit of Faith, and in way of obedience to Gods Commandement, aiming also at his glory therein. Such liberality to the poor shall be rewarded of God in the life to come. So our Saviour here promiseth to this young man, that if he will sell that he had, and give thereof to the Poor, he shall have treasure in heaven. Proved also by other places. Prov. 19. 17. He that hath pitty on the poor, lendeth to the Lord; and that which he hath given, will he pay him again. This recompence the Lord will make him, partly in this life, but especially in the life to come. Luke 14. 13, 14. When thou makest a feast, call the poor, &c. And thou shalt be blessed, for they cannot recompense thee, for thou shalt be recompensed at the Resurrection of the just. Especially this is true of bounty and liberality practised toward the godly and Religious poor, and to the Saints of God. See Matth. 25. how Christ shall at the last day give the reward of eternal life to such as have bin liberall to his poor Saints and servants. 2 Cor. 9. 6. He that soweth bountifully, &c.

Use. Ʋse. To stir up and encourage us to the practice of this liberality to the poor upon all occasions, being ready to relieve them in their necessities, by giving to them, and by lending to them freely, according to our abilities; and to do it of Conscience to God, &c. To this end we are to consider and think often of the rich reward promised of God to such as do in sincerity of heart, and out of Conscience toward God, shew their bounty toward the poor, especially to the poor Saints of God, &c. He hath promised to reward them even in this life with his favour and blessing; but much more in the life to come. Consider then, that that which we give or lend to the poor in their necessity, is not lost or cast away, but well-bestowed, and to our own best advantage. It is lent unto the Lord, who will repay it to the full; Let us then make the Lord our debtor, &c. It is but as seed sowen, the harvest whereof we shall plentifully reap hereafter. The husband­man casteth his seed willingly into the ground, because he knows, though it seem to be cast away, yet it is not so, but will spring up and bring him much fruit at the time of harvest, &c. So here, &c. Eccles. 11. 1. We are bid to cast our bread upon the waters, &c. that is, to give liberal Alms to the poor, as it i [...] expounded ver. 2. in hope of finding it again, though long after. Let us then be moved and stirred up here to this boun­ty to the poor, especially to the Religious poor, in assured hope of that rich heavenly reward which the Lord hath promised to us for the same. This is the way to have treasure in heaven, even durable and everlasting treasure. Therefore let it be our care, according to the counsell of our blessed Saviour, Matth. 6. 19. Not to lay up treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, &c. but to lay up treasures in heaven, &c. This is done by liberality to the poor, and especially to the Saints of God. Luke 12. 33. Sell that ye have, and give Alms; Provide your selves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the Heavens that faileth not, &c. Now as this concerneth all sorts of Christians, who are any way able to relieve and help the poor; so especially the richer sort, to whom God hath given the greatest plenty of worldly wealth; they of all other are to be stir­red up and encouraged to this bounty towards the poor, in hope of that heavenly reward promised of God. 1 Tim. 6. 17. &c. Charge them that are rich in this World, &c. that they do good, being rich in good works, ready to distribute, &c. Laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Lastly, In that eternal life is here called a treasure; learn the excellency of that estate of glory and happiness prepared for the Saints after this life: compared in Scripture to most excellent things; to a Crown and Kingdome, to life, to a treasure and great riches, Ephes. 1. 18. Riches of glory of his inheritance in the Saints. But of this, see before, chap. 9. ver. 43, &c.

Mark 10. 21.‘Come and follow me, &c. Aug. 21. 1628.

NOw followeth the second duty enjoyned by our Saviour to this young Ruler, viz. to come and follow him.

The meaning was in part shewed before, but for the more full clearing of it, we must know that this phrase or manner of speech, To follow Christ, is diversly used in the New Testament.

  • 1. Sometime in proper sense it signifieth to go after Christ with the fee [...] of the body, as Matth. 14. 13. the People followed him on foot, &c.
  • 2. Sometime it signifieth to imitate the example of Christ in life and practice, conforming our selves thereunto. 1 Cor. 11. 1. Be followers of me, as I am of Christ. So before, chap. 8. 34. Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, take up his Cross, and follow me.
  • 3. It signifies to become Christ's Disciple and servant in outward profession, taking him for his Lord and Master, and to shew this by his manner of life and carriage for time to come. So here.

Come and follow me] That is, resign or betake thy self to be my true Disciple and servant in outward pro­fession of my name and Doctrine, and shew it by thy manner of life for time to come; following me as my Disciple, &c. A speech borrowed from Schollers and servants, who use to follow and attend upon their Ma­sters and Teachers, thereby shewing themselves to be their servants or Schollers. One may be said to be [Page 748] Christ's disciple two wayes. 1. In outward profession of his Name and Truth. 2. In life and practice answerable.

Doctr. Doctr. See here what every one is called unto, who is called to be a Christian; he is called to be the disciple and servant of Christ, by outward profession of his Name, &c. and so to shew himself in his life and practice, 1 Cor. 7. 22.

There are two branches of this doctrine. 1. That every Christian is called to be the disciple and servant of Christ in outward profession of his Name and Doctrine.

2. That every Christian ought to shew and approve himself to be the true disciple and servant of Christ in life and practice.

Of the first. Thus proved, Matth. 10. 32. Whosoever shall confess me before men, him will I confess before my father, &c. This shews, that every Christian is called to this duty of confessing or professing the Name and Doctrine of Christ before men. Rom. 10. 10. With the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made to salvation.

Of the second, As a Christian [...] called to be Christ's disciple in outward profession at this Name and Truth; so also to shew and approve himself to be the disciple and servant of Christ in his life and practice: so carrying himself, as becometh the true disciple and servant of Christ, Joh. 12. 26.

Quest. Quest. How is a Christian to shew and approve himself a true disciple and servant of Christ in life and practice?

Answ. Answ. Sundry wayes: Especially these. 1. By renouncing the service of all other Lords and Masters, which are opposite to Christ, and may hinder him in his obedience to Christ: as the service of Sin, Satan, and the World, &c. This a Christian is called unto, and promiseth in his baptism.

2. By believing in Christ as his only absolute Lord and Saviour; and resting on him for salvation.

3. By yielding all conscionable obedience to his Will and Commandements, as a dutiful servant to his Master, Matth. 17. 5. Luke 6. 46. Why call ye me, Lord, Lord, and do not the things which I say?

4. By imitating the example and practice of Christ in those things wherein he hath propounded himself in his Word as a Pattern for us to follow. Joh. 13. 14. If I your Lord and Master have washed your feet, ye also ought to wash one anothers feet: For I have given you an example, &c. Matth. 11. 29. Learn of me: for I am meek and lowly, &c. So Paul, 1 Cor. 11. 1. Be followers of me, as I am of Christ, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See the great honour and dignity of a Christian even in this life; in that he is called to be the dis­ciple and servant of Christ Jesus in profession and practice: which is a most honourable Calling, and so ac­counted in Scripture; as 1 Cor. 7. 22. He that is called (to Christianity) being free, is Christ's servant. And the Apostles account it their honour to be Christ's servants; as Paul, Rom. 1. 1. and the other Apostles. To com­fort us against the contempt which is cast on us by the World for the Name and Profession of Christ, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To convince many amongst us, not to be answerable to their Christian Calling, and therefore not to be good Christians; because they do not shew themselves true Disciples and servants of Christ in pro­fession and practice.

Touching Profession of Christ's Name and Truth before men, some are ashamed of it; ashamed to speak of the Word of Christ, or make any profession of it before others, when they are called to it, and might there­by glorifie God, or do good to others. Such must remember, that Mark 8. 38. Whosoever shall be ashamed of me, and of my Words, &c.

Touching life and practice, how many are there who do thus shew and approve themselves to be Christ's true disciples and servants? how few that so carry themselves as becometh Christs Disciples, &c. Do not the greatest part rest in a bare outward profession of Christ's Name, and of being his disciples, without care or conscience of living answerably? How few, that have truly renounced the service of sin and sinful lusts, and of Satan and the World? Nay, on the contrary, they do still follow these, and obey them as their Lords and Masters: they walk after their lusts, and after Satan, &c. How few that do submit themselves rea­dily and willingly to Christ's teaching in his Word, and by his Ministers: Nay, on the contrary, they con­temn them, &c. How few also that yield true obedience and subjection to the Will and Command of Christ in their lives? How few that do imitate Christ's example in practise of those graces and vertues of love, humility, meekness, &c. wherein he hath propounded himself a pattern to us in his Word? This shews how few true disciples Christ hath now adayes, in that there are so few that do thus follow him, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To exhort and stir up every one of us, who are called to be Christians, and consequently to be Christ's true Disciples in profession and practice, to look unto it, that we be indeed answerable to this our calling; being careful to shew our selves to be true disciples and servants of Christ: and that not only in outward profession of his Name and Truth; but especially by our life and practise, carrying our selves as becometh the true disciples and servants of Christ. To this end, we must first truly renounce and forsake all other Lords and Masters which may hinder us in the service of Christ; as Sin, Satan, and the World. Then we must submit and yield our selves as tractable and obedient disciples and servants to Christ, yielding our selves to be taught by him: denying our selves and our own wills, to obey his; remembring that, Matth. 7. Not every one that saith, Lord, Lord, &c. Lastly, we must also shew our selves disciples of Christ, by our care to imitate his example in life and practice.

Mark 10. 21.‘Take up the Crosse, and follow me. Sept. 23. 1628.

NOw followeth the third and last Duty enjoyned by our Saviour to this young Ruler, viz. To take up the Crosse. The meaning of this also was shewed before. See Chap. 8. 34.

Doctr. 1. That every true disciple and follower of Christ, must make account of the Crosse; that is, to be tryed and exercised with afflictions in this life: yea, with many and great troubles, &c. Of this, see before, Chap. 8. 34.

Doctr. 2. It is the duty of every true disciple of Christ to submit himself patiently to the bea [...]ing of the [Page 749] Crosse; that is, of all afflictions which come upon him, or happen unto him in his Christian course. This our Saviour here requireth of this young Ruler; not onely to follow him, but to take up the Crosse, and so to follow him, or become his disciple. Which shew [...], That as every one that will be Christ's true disciple, must make account to be exercised with afflictions; so it is his duty to submit himself patiently to the bear­ing of them, when they come upon him. Hence it is, that we are often in Scripture exhorted to the practice of patience: which is nothing else but the patient submission of our selves to the bearing of afflictions. Rom. 12. 12. Be patient in tribulation. Jam. 5. 7. Be patient unto the coming of the Lord, &c.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. It is the duty of every disciple of Christ, to imitate the example of Christ, by practice of those Duties, in which he hath gone before them as a pattern. Now the patient bearing of the Crosse, is one spe­cial duty, in practice whereof, Christ hath gone before us. 1 Pet. 2. 21. Christ suffered for us, leaving us an example, &c. Therefore it is our duty herein to follow him: neither can we be his true disciples, unless we so do. Luke 14. 27. Whosoever doth not bear his Crosse, and come after me, cannot be my disciple.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Every Christian doth owe the duty of absolute subjection and obedience to the Will of God in all things. Jam. 4. 7. Submit your selves unto God. Now this is one part of that subjection to the Will of God, which we owe unto him; to submit our selves to the bearing of such afflictions as he layeth upon us. There­fore, &c.

Now further, in this patient submission of our selves to the Will of God, in bearing afflictions, there are some Properties required, that it may be accepted of God.

  • 1. It must be a free, voluntary, and willing submission of our selves; not forced, or by compulsion. This is implyed by taking up the Crosse, as we are required in this and other places. And this willingness must appear by our cheerful behaviour under the Crosse. Rom. 5. 3. We rejoyce (or glory) in tribulation, &c.
  • 2. It must be joyned with a calm and quiet disposition and carriage of the whole man, both inward and outward, in time of affliction; especially of the heart. Esay 30. 15. The Lord tells his people, that in time of their affliction, In quietness and confidence should be their strength. This is implyed by that holy silence of the heart and tongue which the Saints have used in their troubles: as David, Psal. 62. 1. My soul keepeth silence to God, or before him. And Psal. 39. 9. I was dumb, &c. because thou didst it.
  • 3. It must be a constant submission of our selves, not for a time only, but so long as our afflictions and troubles continue. Luke 9. 23. we are to take up our Crosse daily. Luke 21. 19. By your patience possess your souls.
  • 4. We must in suffering propound the right end to our selves, viz. the glory of God, who requires this obedience of us; not sinister ends or respects; as our own glory, or praise among men, &c.

The Uses of this Doctrine; see before, Chap. 8. 34.

Mark 10. 22.‘And he was sad at that saying, and went away grieved, &c. Sept. 28. 1628.

HItherto of the Conference between our Saviour, and the young Ruler which came unto him, to be in­structed in the way of obtaining eternal life.

Now the Evangelist sets down a two-fold event or consequent, which followed thereupon.

  • 1. That the young man was sad at Christ's saying, and went away grieved, &c. Verse 22.
  • 2. That our Saviour took occasion hereupon to instruct his Disciples touching the danger that is in posses­sing of much worldly wealth; in that it is so hard a matter for a rich man to be saved. From Verse 23. to 28.

The first Consequent, Verse 22. Consider two things. 1. The Effect wrought in the young man, by the former words of Christ, commanding him to sell all, and give to the poor, &c.

The Effect is twofold. 1. He was sad at that saying,] That is, he became very heavy and sorrowful, upon those words of our Saviour. The principal cause of which sadnesse and sorrow, was the inward and secret covetousnesse of his heart, which made him loth to part with his worldly wealth at the command of Christ. This appeareth by the Reason afterward alledged by the Evangelist, why he was so sad; because he had great possessions.

The second Effect wrought in him by the words of Christ, was, that hereupon he was moved to depart or go away heavy and sorrowful from our Saviour.

He went away grieved] By which departure from our Saviour, he plainly shewed his unwillingness to obey the Word of Christ, in parting with all he had, and following him as a disciple, &c. and consequently he discovered the covetousnesse and close hypocrisie of his heart, that he was not so truly religious and sound at heart, as he made shew to be at his first coming to Christ.

The second thing in the words to be considered, is the Reason alledged by the Evangelist, both of his being sad at Christ's saying, and also of his departure from Christ. viz. Because he had great possessions; that is, he abounded in worldly wealth, or was very rich; as is said of him, Luke 18. 23. q. d. His great wealth was the occasion of his covetousnesse, and that he was too much in love with this wealth, which made him loath to part with it, and therefore to go away grieved at the words of Christ.

Of the first. The twofold effect which the words of Christ wrought in this young man, He was sad, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this young man, who made so great a shew and profession of Religion before in com­ming to Christ to learn of him, and that in such humble and reverent manner; as also in professing that he had kept the Commandements from his youth: yet now doth discover the secret hypocrisie and unsoundness of his heart, in refusing to obey the Commandement of Christ, and going away sorrowful, &c. hence we learn, That one may go very far in an outward shew and profession of Religion, and yet not be a sound Chri­stian in heart, but a close hypocrite. Thus was it with the Pharisees in our Saviour's time, They went far in outward shews of Religion, in practice of sundry outward duties of Piety; as often prayer, much fasting, strict keeping of the Sabbath, &c. in which respects, they are said to be the strictest sort of all the Jews, Act. 26. 5. Thus also Judas Iscariot went far in a shew of Religion and Christianity, being one of Christ's 12. Disciples which followed him ordinarily, and professed his Name and Doctrine; yea, was a preacher of it, [Page 751] &c. and yet proved a grosse hypocri [...]e, yea, a Devil, Jo [...]. 6. 70. Thus H [...]rod, Mark 6. 20. went far in a shew of Religion, in reverencing the person of John Baptist, and keeping him for a time from the malice of Herodias, as also in yielding obedience in many things to the doctrine of John: and yet was all the while an hypocrite in heart. 2 Tim. 3. 5. it is prophe [...]ied of some in these last times, who shall have a form of godliness, but [...]ny the power thereof. Simon Mag [...]s, Act. 8. 13.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. The heart is deceitfull above all things, &c. Jer. 17. 9. Full of close and hidden corruption, which is not easily, but hardly discovered.

Reas. 2 Reason 2. An hypocrite may resemble a good Christian in practise of all external duties of Religion: and yet not in the inward truth and power of Religion in the heart. As a cunning Painter may paint the colour of fire, but not the internal vertue and heat of it, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To [...]each us not to be too credulous or forward to believe outward shews of Religion, in such as make great profession th [...]reof, no [...] to put too much confidence in them, till such time as we have had some proof and trial of their sincerity. As we ought not to be suspitious of others sincerity without cause, (for charity thinks not evill, 1 Cor. 13. 5.) so neither are we to be too credulous or confident of such as we have no good tryal or experience of. Joh. 2. 23. there is mention of some, who believed in the Name of Christ; that is, made shew and profession of believing in him: and yet it is said, he did not commit himself unto them, &c. No more should we commit our selves too far unto such as make an outward profession of Religion, till they have given some good proof of their sincerity therein. Matth. 10. 16. Our Saviour bids his disciples be wise as Serpents, &c. Now this is one point of Christian wisdom, not to be too credulous or confident of such as make a great outward shew of Religion and Christianity, before we have seen or heard of some good [...]ryal of their sincerity.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what cause there is for every one of us thoroughly to sift and ransack our own hearts, to find out the closest corners of hypocrisie in them; lest otherwise we deceive our selves (as well as others) with a shew and profession of Religion, being void of the truth and power of it. Let us then take heed of resting in any outward shew of Religion: and above all, labour for the inward power of godliness, by which we may outstrip and go beyond all formal hypocrites, To this end we are often to examine and try our own hearts touching our sincerity in the profession of Religion, that so we be not deceived in our selves; remembring, that a close hypocrite may go very far in an outward shew of Religion, and yet be still an hypocrite, &c.

Quest. Quest. How shall we try and know the sincerity of our hearts in outward profession of Religion?

Answ. Answ. By some marks of it. 1. If in this profession we propound and aym at a right end, Gods glory; not at sinister ends, as our own credit, profit, &c. In this the Pharisees failed.

2. If we rest not in bare profession, but make conscience to live answerably, and worthy of our Calling, Ephes. 4. 1. Phil. 1. 27.

3. If we make this profession constantly at all times, and in all places, whensoever it makes for God's glory: not at sometimes only, as some are wont, &c. In some companies ashamed, &c.

4. If resolved to do and suffer any thing which God calls us to, rather than give over our profession, Luke 14. 27, 33.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that he that came [...]unning to Christ at first, &c. now goes away from him sorrowful, refu­sing to do what was commanded him; we learn, That one may be very zealous and forward at first, and for a time in profession of Christ, and of Religion, and yet afterward grow cold, and fall quite away from that profession he hath once made. So did this young man, as is probable: so have many others also done. Luke 8. 13. Those hearers of the Word which are compared to the stony ground, are said to hear and receive the Word with joy, and to believe for a while; and yet afterward in time of tryall, they fall away. Joh. 5. 35. The Jews rejoyced in the light of John Baptist his Ministery, but it was but for a season. Judas Iscariot for a time was a forward disciple and professor of Christ, as well as the other Apostles; yet afterward fell quite away, and so discovered himself to be a devil, Joh. 6. 70. Apoc. 8. & 9. Chap. mention is made of Stars which fell from heaven, &c. And common experience proves this to be true in too many in these our times, &c.

Reason. Reason. The cause of this Apostacy and falling away of those who have for a time been forward and zea­lous professors of Religion, is their hypocrisie, and want of soundness and sincerity in profession of Religion [...] because their hearts are not upright in the profession of Religion; neither do they labour for the truth and power of Religion and godliness, but rest only in a shew of it.

Quest. Quest. May not a true and sincere Professour of Religion fall away from his first zeal and forwardness in Religion?

Answ. Answ. Yes, he may in part, and for a time; as we see in the Church of Ephesus, Revel. 2. 4. which though a true Church, yet left her first love for a time. And in Demas, who though he forsook Paul, and imbraced the World, 2 Tim. 4. 10. yet it is thought by some, that he afterward repented, because Paul doth afterward number him amongst good men, and his fellow-labourers, Philem. ver. 24. as Marcus, Aristarchus, Lucas. But a true and sound Professour neither can nor doth ever fall away wholly or finally from that zealous pro­fession of Religion which he hath once made, as the hypocrite doth.

Use 1 Use 1. This must teach us not to think strange, or take offence at it, when we see or hear in these times of some, who, having been zealous and forward Professours of Religion at first, and for a time, do afterward fall away. This is no new or strange thing; but such as hath often happened in other Ages of the Church. There have alwayes been some hypocrites in the Church, who have made shew of Religion for a time; and yet have afterward laid open their great hypocrisie, by falling from their first zeal in profession of Religion: of whom that of the Apostle is verified, 1 Joh. 2. 19. They went out from us, but they were not of us, &c. The examples of such must not cause us to stumble or waver in our profession: but though all should fall away, we must resolve to be constant, &c. neither must we for their sakes suspect or condemn all forward professors as hypocrites. Culpa paucorum non prae [...]udicat religioni.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. It must move all such as undertake the profession of Christianity, to labour, not so much for zeal and forwardnesse at first in the profession of Religion; as for perseverance and constancy therein, that they may hold out as they have begun. As he that is to run a race, doth not so much strive to run [...]ast at first, as [Page 751] to hold out. So, &c. This is all in all in a Christian. In Christians non quaeruntur initia, sed sinis, &c. as Hi [...] ­rome sayes. This perseverance is that unto which the Crown and reward of eternal life is promised, and without which it can never be obtained, Revel. 2. 10. Be faithfull to the death, &c. Match. 24. 13. He that endureth to the end, shall be saved. Labour then for this perseverance in the profession of Christ, and of Re­ligion. And to this end, see thy heart be sincere and upright in this profession, that thou aim at Gods glory therein, and not at sinister respects, as thine own credit, or profit, &c. First and principally, labour for truth and sincerity, and then for zeal and forwardness in profession of Christ and the Gospel. Then thou wilt not onely begin to be zealous for a time, but continue so unto the end. And that thou [...]yest so do, re­member also at thy first entrance into the profession of Christ, to cast thy accounts before-hand, with the wise builder, Luke 14. what it will cost thee, how many troubles and difficulties thou must endure, and go through, if thou wilt be Christ's true Disciple indeed. The not doing of this, is one main cause why so ma­ny have been zealous for a time, and afterwards grown cold in Religion; yea, have fallen quite away, begin­ning in the Spirit, and ending in the flesh, Gal. 3. 3.

Mark 10. 22.‘And he was sad at that saying, and went away grieved: for he had great possessions. Octob. 5. 1628.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. IN that the cause of this young mans sorrow and departure from Christ, and consequently of his refusing to obey Christ's Commandement in parting with all he had for relief of the poor, as also in following Christ, &c. was the secret covetousness of his heart, being too much in love with his Wealth, and so loath to part with it; Hence we learn, That covetousness, or inordinate love of Riches, is a main hinderance to men in obeying Christ, and in practise of such Christian duties as he requireth of us in his Word. Thus was it to this young man; and thus is it also to all others, in whom this sin reign­eth.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. This sin of covetousness doth so take up and possess the heart with cares and thoughts of the World, and about earthly things, that it cannot be free or fit to obey Christ in practise of such duties as he requireth.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Covetousness makes a man a servant to the World, and to his wealth; and so hinders him in obey­ing and serving Christ in the duties which he requireth. For a man cannot serve two such contrary Masters, Christ and Mammon, Matth. 6. 24.

More particularly, covetousness doth hinder men in the practise of two sorts of Christian duties required of us in the Word of Christ.

  • 1. In duties of Piety and Religion towards God in the first Table.
  • 2. In duties of Charity and Mercy towards men, in the second Table.

Of the first; It hinders men in duties of Religion; as Prayer, hearing, reading of the Word, sanctifying the Sabbath, &c. either keeping them from the practise of such duties, and causing them wholly to neglect or omit them, or else hindering the fruit and profit they should reap by performance of them. Luke 14. The love of Farms, Oxen, &c. hindered those that were invited to the Spiritual supper. Matth. 13. Love of ri­ches is one sort of thorns which choak the fruit of the Word in those that hear it. So Ezek. 33. 31. They came and sate before the Prophet, and heard his words, but would not do them, because their heart went after their covetous­ness. Judas was a hearer of Christ, yea, a Preacher of the Gospell, and yet this one sin of covetousness choak­ed all other good things in him.

Of the second; It doth also hinder men in duties of charity to men; as in giving, lending freely to the relief of the poor, in doing good, and helping such as are in misery, being content to part with all we have (if need be) for the good of our brethren, at least in affection and disposition of heart. No greater enemy and hinderance to these duties of charity and mercy than covetousness, making men backward to all such du­ties of charity, &c.

Use 1 Use. 1. See by this, the hainousness and danger of this sin of covetousness, in that it is so great an hinderance to a Christian in obeying Christ, and in practise of all Christian duties both of piety to God, and charity to men. A main enemy to the truth and power of Religion, and to the sincere profession and practise of Chri­stianity, stealing away the heart from God, and from his true worship and service, and causing it to be set up­on the world, and worldly wealth, upon the Creature instead of the Creator; for which cause it is called Idolatry, and the covetous person an Idolater, Ephes. 5. 5. Such a sin as is the cause and occasion of manifold other sins; as of unjustice, and oppression, of usury, of cruelty, and unmercifull dealing, of pride, envy, strife and contention, &c. 1 Tim. 6. 10. Root of all evill. In a word, such a sin as is a main hinderance to keep men from the Kingdome of heaven. Therefore reckoned in Scripture amongst such hainous sins as do in spe­cial manner exclude men from heaven and eternal life, as Ephes. 5. 5. No covetous person hath Inheritance, &c. And 1 Cor. 6. 10. The Covetous shall not inherit, &c. A wo denounced against it, Hab. 2. 9. which should cause us truely to hate and detest this sin, &c. as a most hainous and dangerous sin, not a small or leight sin, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. For admonition to every one of us, who desire to obey and serve Christ in practise of such Christian duties as are required of us in his Word, to take heed and beware of this dangerous sin of covetousness, as we are warned by our Saviour himself, Luke 12. 15. using all means to mortify this sin in our selves, and to be preserved and kept from it for time to come.

Remedies against this sin. 1. Pray unto God to mortify it in us, and to keep us from it, to wean our hearts from love of the World, and earthly things.

2. Labour by Faith to make God our portion and chief treasure; as David, Psal. 73. 26. God is my porti­on for ever; and ver. 25. Whom have I in heaven but thee, &c. To be assured of Gods love and favour in Christ, and truely to love him again above all things. Then we shall not be too much in love with earthly riches and treasure, or with any thing in this world, but we shall rather contemn and trample it under our feet as dung.

3. Set our hearts chiefly upon Spiritual and heavenly riches; labour first and principally to love and de­sire the riches of Grace here in this life, and of eternal life and glory in Gods heavenly Kingdome, Matth. 6. 33. Seek first the Kingdome of God and his Righteousness, &c. Col. 3. 2. Set your affections on things above, and not on things on earth. The more we love, affect, and seek these spiritual and heavenly riches, the less shall we care for earthly; the less shall we love and desire them; yea, the more we shall contemn them.

4. Consider the nature of all earthly riches, how vain and transitory they are, and of how short continu­ance; but this worlds goods, which concern onely this present momentary life, and may be taken from us, or we from them we know not how soon, or suddenly, Prov. 23. 5. They make themselves wings, and fly away as the Eagle. Called uncertain riches, 1 Tim. 6. 17. like a fugitive servant (as Chrysostome compa [...]es them) who is ready to be gone when we have most need of him. All but perishing su [...]stance, 1 Pet. 1. 7. Gold that perisheth. They perish with this life, yea, oftentimes before this life is ended; neither can we carry them out of the world with us. Hic acquiruntur, hic relinquuntur, as Ambrose sayes: Therefore not worth the loving or affecting over-much. Consider al [...]o, that even while we have them, they are vain and unprofitable of themselves; not able of themselves to help or do us good: they cannot preserve life, or keep off sick­nesse, or deliver us in the evil day. Luke 12. 15. life stands not in abundance. Ezek. 7. 19. They shall cast silver and gold in the streets, &c.

5. Consider, That worldly wealth and riches are so far from helping and doing us good of themselves; that on the contrary they often prove hurtful and dangerous to the po [...]essours: as snares to intangle and hin­der them in the wayes of God, and in the attainment of eternal life. 1 Tim. 6. 9. They that will be rich, fall into temptation and snares, &c. Instruments and occasions of many sins and wicked lusts: full of distraction, and disquietness of mind; piercing us thorough with many sorrows, &c.

6. Lastly, consider our condition in this world, as we are Christians: we are called, and profess to be as Pilgrims and strangers on earth, and that heaven is our Country, whither we are travelling, 1 Pet. 2. 11. I beseech you as Pilgrims, &c. Therefore, as Pilgrims and travellers in a strange Country do not set their hearts upon those things they meet with in their way, lest they hinder them in their journey; but use them onely for the present, and as if they used them not: So we, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. One Property and mark of a covetous man, addicted to worldly wealth, and too much in love with it, is, He is loth and unwilling to part with his wealth: it is a grief and sorrow unto him, to part with it; yea, though it be to good uses, and God calls him to it. So it was with this young man. And so it is with all covetous persons: as Nabal, 1 Sam. 25. how loth was he to part with any of his provision for relief of David and his followers, &c. how many excuses doth he make? So Ananias and his wife, Act. 5. were loth to part with all their worldly po [...]essions, when the present necessity of the Church required: and therefore they kept back part of the price when they had sold it, colouring it over with lying and dissembling. And com­ [...]on experience shews this to be true in all covetous and worldly-minded men; that it is tedious and grie­vous to them, to part with their worldly weal [...]h and substance: hence it is, that they are so backward to give to good uses, as to the poor, to the Church, &c. it must be wrung from them. Hence also it is, that they are so grieved, and take it so to heart, if they suffer any loss or hinderance in their outward estate; they think themselves undone. It is a death to them to part with their goods, &c.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. Tha [...] which a man is in love with, he is loth to pa [...] with: now the covetous man is in love with his wealth; yea, his love is chiefly set upon it.

Reas. 2 Reason 2. That wh [...]rein a man doth place his trust and confidence, that he must needs be loth to part with­all: Now the covetous man doth put trust in his wealth, relying upon it as the only or chief means of safe­ty, welfare, and happiness. Prov. 18. 11. The rich mans wealth is his strong City. And Luke 12. When the rich fool had his barns full, he thought himself safe.

Use 1 Use 1. See one means to know and discern a covetous man, viz. by this property and mark; by his loth­ness to part with his wealth: if he shew himself to be so by his backwardness to give to good uses; or by his grief and sorrow conceived and manifested when God calls him to forsake or part with his wealth, &c. The Tree is known by his fruit, &c. And this is one fruit of a covetous man, to be grieved when he should part with his wealth.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how to try and examine our selves touching this sin of covetousness, Whether we be tainted with it; and how far forth: whether it reign in our hearts, or no. Look whether we be loth, unwilling, and backward to forsake and part with ou [...] wealth, when God calls us to it: or when there is occasion for us to give to good uses; as to the poor, &c. If it be a great grief to thee, suspect thy heart of covetousnesse, &c. On the contrary, if thou be willing and content to part with thy worldly substance when God calls thee to do it; either by taking thy wealth, or some part of it from thee, by some casualty or loss; or by giving thee opportunities of employing thy wealth to good uses, &c. this argues, that the sin of covetousness doth not raign in thy heart.

Now followeth the cause or reason both of the young man's sorrow, and of his departure from Christ; ta­ken from the greatness of his wealth: For he had great possessions.

Observ. Observ. In that his great wealth is mentioned as the occasion of his covetousness and lothnesse to part with his wealth at Christ's command; hence we may gather, That worldly wealth is a great occasion of the sin of covetousness, and inordinate love of riches. So it was in this young man; and so it is in many other rich men; as common experience shews. Hence it is, that in Scripture rich men are sometimes put for covetous rich; as Verse 25. of this Chapter, It is easier for a Camel to go thorow the eye of a n [...]edle, than for a rich man, &c. So Jam. 5. 1. Go to, now, ye rich men, &c. Judas his bearing the bagg, was an occasion of his covetousnesse, Joh. 12.

Caution. Caution. This is not so to be understood, as if riches of themselves were the occasion or cause of covetous­nesse; but by reason of the corruption of Nature, being so prone and apt to love and affect worldly goods too much; and so much the more, by how much the more plenty and abundance of them is enjoyed.

Use 1 Use 1. See by this the great corruption of our Nature in our selves; in that we are so apt to pervert and abuse such things as are good in themselves, as occasions of sin: As, to abuse wealth and riches, which in [Page 753] themselves are blessings of God, as an occasion of covetousness, unjustice, and oppression of others: so to abuse spiritual gifts as an occasion of pride; prosperity as an occasion of security, &c. This is the great corruption of our Nature, which makes us turn those blessings and good things to Gods dishonour, which he hath given us to honour him withall. This corruption of our Nature we are to lament, and to be more and more humbled for it.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See how dangerous a thing it is to possess and enojoy great worldly wealth and riches, without the special grace of God given to a man, to use his riches well, and to the glory of God: forasmuch as other­wise they are such an occasion of the dangerous sin of covetousness, &c. But more of this afterward, in the Verse following.

Use 3 Use 3. For Admonition to every one of us, but especially to such as have store of this worlds goods, and do grow in wealth, to remember and practise that counsel given us by the Prophet David, Psal. 62. 10. If riches increase, set not your heart upon them. The more wealth, the more matter and occasion of covetousness, and the more we lye open unto it: and so the more need have we to be watchful against this sin, and to pray unto God to keep our hearts from being entised and drawn away by it. As they that have much flax or gun­powder in their houses, had need be very careful to keep fire from it: so a Christian who enjoyeth great store of worldly wealth, had need to look to his heart, that the natural corruption thereof do not, like wild-fire, take hold of his wealth and riches, and so kindle and break out into a dangerous [...]lame (as it were) of Co­vetousnesse.

Mark 10. 23, 24, 25.‘And Jesus looked round about, and saith unto hid Disciples, How hardly shall they Octob. 12. 1628. that have riches enter into the Kingdom of God, &c.?’

IN the former Verse the Evangelist (as we have heard) setteth down the first Consequent that followed up­on the Conference between our Saviour and the young Ruler touching the obtaining of life eternal, viz. The Effect which the words of Christ wrought in him; causing him to go away sorrowful, &c.

Now followeth the second Consequent of that Conference; which is this, That our Saviour hereupon took occasion to instruct his own Disciples touching the difficulty of rich mens entring into God's heaven­ly Kingdom; and consequently, touching the danger of worldly riches; from Verse 23, to 28.

Where consider, 1. The Doctrine it self which our Saviour taught his Disciples. 2. The Effect which the teaching of it wrought in them.

Of the first. The doctrine is, 1. Propounded or laid down briefly; together with the gesture used by our Saviour in propounding it, Verse 23. He looked round about, and saith to his Disciples, How hardly, &c.

2. It is repeated, and further expounded and cleared, Verse 24. by shewing of what so [...] or kind of rich men especially it is to be understood; viz. of such as trust in Riches. Jesus answereth and saith, Children, how hard is it for them that trust in riches, to enter into the Kingdom of God.

3. I [...] is further urged and pressed by an Argument taken from a comparison of the lesse to the greater: which is laid down by a proverbial kind of speech, Verse 25. It is easier for a Camel, &c.

Of the second. The Effect which this Doctrine wrought in the Disciples, is two-fold:

1. Great astonishment or admiration: which is mentioned more briefly in the beginning of the 24. Verse; and afterward repeated and amplified by the greatness of it. Astonished out of measure, &c.

The second Effect is, That hereupon they were moved to que [...]ion among themselves, Who then could be saved?

Un [...]o which quest [...]on or doubt, the Evangelist shews what answer our Saviour made, and how he resolved the matter, Verse 27.

To begin first with our Saviour's brief propounding of the Doctrine which he teacheth his Disciples, Verse 23.

Where consider three things. 1. The gesture used by our Saviour at the time of teaching this doctrine, He looked round about.

2. The Persons to whom he taught it, His Disciples.

3. The Matter or Doctrine it self, How hardly, &c.

Of the first, He looked round about] Viz. upon his Disciples: as the words following do imply. And Verse 27. it is expresly said so. Now this gesture he used (as is probable), the better to stir up their atten­tion, and to cause them to be the more affected with the Doctrine which he was about to teach them, as be­ing a matter of great weight and moment.

Observ. Observ. Even the best Christians are dull of hearing, Heb. 5. 11. that is, slothful and negligent in hearken­ing to the doctrine of Christ, when it is taught them either by Himself immediately, or by his Ministers: and not only so, but hard to conceive and understand that which is taught, and to be affected with it as they ought to be: Which shews how needful it is for the Ministers of God to use all good means to quicken and stir up both the attention and affections of their people in the time of teaching and hearing of the Word in publike, &c.

Now followeth the persons to whom he taught this doctrine, touching the difficulty of rich mens obtain­ing eternal life.

His Disciples] Or Apostles, which were his ordinary followers, and his special charge, as being his own family, as it were. These he was especially [...]are [...]ul to instruct upon all occasions in such spiritual and hea­venly doctrines as were needful for them to learn, the better to fit them for future execution of their Apo­stolical Office: and the rather, because they were, of all other his hearers, most teachable and forward to learn, most ready to submit to his doctrine.

Observ. Observ. Such as have charge of others, ought especially to be careful to instruct and teach those of their own charge in the doctrine of the Word of God, and in knowledg of heavenly things. So Ministers of the Word are chiefly to apply themselves and make conscience to feed their own flock which dependeth upon [Page 754] them, 1 Pet. 5. 2. So Christian Parents and Masters of Families, to instruct and catechise those of their fa­mily, and especially such as are most teachable and forward to learn; of all others, to be most ready and forward on all occasions, to teach such: as our Saviour was to instruct his own Disciples. See before, Verse 10, &c.

Now followeth the Matter or Doctrine it self which our Saviour now took occasion to teach his disciples; namely, touching the difficulty of rich mens entring into the Kingdom of God. This doctrine he propound­eth here by way of admiration, the more to set forth the difficulty.

How hardly, &c.] With how great difficulty: implying, that it is not without great and wonderful dif­ficulty.

They that have riches] Such as abound in worldly wealth; as this young man did.

Enter into the Kingdom of God] That is, Come to be partakers of eternal life and glory in Gods heavenly Kingdom after this life. Compare these words with Verse 17.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. That it is a very hard and difficult thing for rich men, who abound in worldly wealth, to be par­takers of eternal life in Gods heavenly Kingdom. This is plainly taught here by our Saviour, when he saith by way of admiration, How hardly shall they that have riches, &c. And again, Verse 25. It is easier for a Camel, &c. Hence it is, that in Scripture we read of so few rich men abounding in wealth, that were truly religious, and consequently saved: I say few, in comparison of the multitude and common sort of great and rich men of the world: especially in the times of the New Testament. 1 Cor. 1. 26. Not many mighty, not many noble are called, &c. On the contrary, Matth. 11. 5. The poor have the Gospel preached to them. And Jam. 2. 5. Hath not God chosen the poor of this world, rich in faith, and heirs of the Kingdom, &c. Such were the Disciples of Christ and other Believers, for the most part, in our Saviour's time. Poor and mean men; not of the greater or richer sort, Joh. 7. 48.

Reason. Reason. Rich men have many and great hinderances to keep them from eternal life; and that by reason of their wealth: yea, riches themselves are great and dangerous impediments, to hinder the owners and pos­sessours of them from God's Kingdom: though not simply of themselves; yet occasionally by reason of man's corruption, being so apt to abuse them, and so to be hindered by them, &c.

More particularly, Riches are apt to hinder their owners from the Kingdom of heaven, two wayes.

1. By being Instruments and occasions of sin unto them: yea, of many dangerous sins; as of pride, co­vetousness, unjustice, oppression, and many other like sins: all which sins are so many hinderances to keep rich men from the Kingdom of heaven. 1 Tim. 6. 9. They that will be rich, fall into temptation and a snare, and into many foolish and hurtfull lusts, which drown men in perdition and destruction.

2. By hindering them in the practice of those good and holy duties by which they should be helped and furthered towards the attainment of eternal life. Riches are apt to take up and possess the hearts and minds of rich men with cares and thoughts of the world; so as they cannot be free or fit to serve God by practise of good duties of prayer, hearing, and reading of the Word, Meditation, &c. and so to work out their own sal­vation. Matth. 6. 24. No man can serve two Masters, &c. Ye cannot serve God and Mammon. Luke 14. Those that were invited to the spiritual Supper, were hindered from coming to it, by the care of their Farms, Oxen, &c. And as Riches are an occasion of hindering men in the practice of holy and religious duties; so also they hinder the fruit and benefit which should be reaped by such holy duties. Matth. 13. 22. The care of this world, and deceitfulness of riches, choak the Word, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. Hence gather, That eternal life is not a common benefit which all shall be partakers of: for then it should not be hard, but easie for all sorts, and so for rich men as well as poor to attain unto it. Common thing [...] are easily attained to by all: but things hardly attained to, are usually rare, and such as but few do at­tain unto. Such a thing is eternal life; no common benefit belonging to all, but peculiar to some onely, and those the smallest number in comparison of the rest. Matth. 7. Strait is the gate, and narrow the way, &c. which being so, must stir up every one of us to strive the more to enter in at that strait gate; as our Saviour warneth us, Luke 13. being so much the more careful to work out our salvation with fear and trembling, Phil. 2. 12.

Use 2 Use 2. See here again, how dangerous a thing it is to be rich in this world; and to abound in wealth: unlesse God give special grace withall to use their wealth to Gods glory, and so as not to be hindered there­by in the way of salvation, &c. But of this before, upon the former Verse. See Luke 6. 24.

Use 3 Use 3. See how little cause there is for any to desire or seek much after worldly wealth and riches; seeing it is so hard a matter for rich men to be partakers of Gods heavenly Kingdom: and seeing riches are so great and dangerous occasions to hinder the owners and possessors of them from eternal life. Therefore we should follow the counsel given by Solomon, Prov. 23. 4. Labour not to be rich. Why should we desire or seek those things, which when we have them, are so far from doing us good, or making us happy, that on the contrary, they are like rather to prove dangerous snares and hinderances to keep us from the Kingdom of heaven? Why should we seek those things which are like to be occasions of sin unto us, and impediments to hinder us in all good and holy duties, &c. to steal away our hearts from God, to choak his Word in us, &c. No cause then to labour or travel to be rich: but on the contrary, rather great cause to desire and be contented with a poor or mean estate as best and safest. So we are taught in the Lords Prayer to ask no more but daily bread: and Prov. 30. 8. Agur thus prayeth, Give me neither poverty, nor riches: but feed me with food convenient for me. And 1 Tim, 6. 8. the Apostle saith, Having food and rayment, let us be therewith content.

Use 4 Ʋse 4. See what cause there is for Rich men to pray and labour for the special grace of Gods Spirit, where­by they may be enabled to overcome those great difficulties and impediments which are in their way to hin­der them from eternal life; that they may be preserved from those dangerous sins whereof riches are the usual occasions and instruments; and that they may not by them be hindered in the practice of those holy and religious duties, which are required of them for the attainment of life everlasting. Seeing it is so hard a matter for such rich men to be saved, as having so many and great hinderances by reason of their wealth; how needful is it for such, above all other men, to labour and strive to enter in at the strait gate, &c. using all good means for the attaining of eternal life: giving all diligence to make their Calling and Election sure, &c. [Page 755] 2 Pet. 1. 10. and to this end, daily to pray and seek to God for his special grace to enable them hereunto: without which they can never overcome those difficulties, or break thorough those impediments which they are sure to meet with in their Christian course, &c. Without this, a Camel may as soon go thorough the eye of a needle, &c.

Use 5 Use 5. Lastly, Seeing it is so hard for Rich men to be partakers of eternal life, and that by reason of their worldly Riches, which are so great occasions of sin, and impediments to hinder them in the way to God's Kingdom; this may comfort the poorer sort, and teach them the more contentedly and patiently to bear their poverty: forasmuch as they being free from those impediments with which rich men are more clogged and hindered in the way to eternal life, that way is not so strait and difficult unto them, as it is to the richer sort. See then, that if thou be poor in outward estate, there is no cause for thee to be discontented, or to repine at it; but rather to be glad and thankful to God, who hath freed thee fro [...] those dangerous snares and occasions of sin, which rich men are intangled with: and so he hath made the way to heaven much easier to thee, than otherwise it would have been &c. (Nondum ità pauper fui, quin, si hodie morindam, pauperiorem vol [...]issem. Oecol [...]mpad. Epist. lib. 4. fol. 201. Farello.)

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. In that our Saviour doth not say, It is impossible, but, How hardly, &c. hence we may gather, That although it be hard, yet not impossible for rich men to be made partakers of the Kingdom of Heaven: With men indeed it is impossible, but not with God; as our Saviour saith afterward, Verse 27. Hence it is, that in Scripture we read of some rich men, who were godly and religious, and consequently saved: I say, we read of some such, though not many in comparison of the multitude and greatest part of rich men. For example, Abraham and Lot, Gen. 13. 6. Their substance was so great, that they could not dwell toget [...]er: So [...]ob and some others in the Old Testament. And in the New, Zacheus, Joseph of Arimathea, the Centurion, Cornelius, Act. 10. Therefore, 1 Cor. 1. 26. it is not said, No great men are called; but, Not many, &c.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. Riches are not simply evil of themselves, neither do they of themselves hinder any from the Kingdom of God; but only occasionally, by reason of mens corruption abusing them. Otherwise, in them­selves they are blessings of God: as Solomon sayes, Prov. 10. 22. The blessing of God maketh rich, &c.

Reas. 2 Reason 2. God is no respecter of persons: that is, he doth not look at the outward sta [...]e or condition of any, whether poor or rich, in giving grace and salvation: out giveth them both freely and indifferently, ac­cording to his own good pleasure, as well to the rich, as to the poor, Rom. 2. 11.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. For the comfort of those rich men, who are truly religious and carefull to employ and use their riches well, honouring God with them, &c. such are not excluded from the grace and favour of God, not from the Kingdom of heaven, but in Christ have title to it, as well as the poorer [...]ort.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To teach us, that we are not rashly and uncharitably to censure or condemn all rich men simply, because of their wealth and riches, as if they were excluded absolutely from eternal life, and must need [...] go to hell. We are here taught the contrary by the manner of our Saviour's speaking: where his purpo [...]e be­ing to shew the difficulty of rich mens entring into the Kingdom of God: yet he so speaketh hereof, as that he doth plainly imply, that though it be hard, yet not impossible for such to be made partakers of eternal life.

Mark 10. 23,‘&c. And Jesus looked round about, &c. Octob. 19. 1628.

OF the brief propounding of the doctrine which our Saviour taught his Disciples, touching the danger of Riches, and difficulty of rich mens being saved, we have heard, Verse 23.

Now the next thing in the words is, the Effect which the propounding of this doctrine wrought in the disciples, vi [...]. Astonishment at his words; wondring at the strangeness of the Doctrine; in the beginning of the 24. Verse. But this I refer to speak of afterward, Verse 26. where it is again repeated and amplified by the greatness of it.

I proceed therefore to the latter part of the 24. Verse; in which our Saviour doth repeat and further ex­pound and clear his former doctrine touching the difficulty of rich mens entring into the Kingdom of God; by shewing of what sort of rich men it is especially to be understood, viz. of such as trust in riches. For the Disciples being astonished with admiration and wonder at the strangeness of the matter, that it should be so hard for rich men to be saved: therefore our Saviour doth add this further Exposition of the former doctrine, thereby to qualifie and mitigate the rigour and strictness of his former words, that they might not seem too harsh or incredible to them.

Jesus answereth again] This is an Hebraism; answering, is put for speaking. For here is no mention of any thing which the disciples said unto him: but only, that they were astonished at his former words: and hereupon it is said, that he answered or spake thus again to them.

Children] This title he gives them, to express his tender love and affection toward them: which was such as the love of a Father to his natural Children: yea, much greater. So [...]oh. 21. 5.

How hard] Or, difficult.

For them that trust in riches] For such as place the affiance or confidence of their hearts in worldly wealth; relying upon it as the only or chief means of their happiness, welfare, and safety.

Now by those that put confidence in wea [...] our Saviour here meaneth no other but covetous rich men, in whose hearts the inordinate love of worldly wealth doth reign, as it did in the heart of that young Ruler who came to learn of Christ, how to obtain eternal life; as we have heard before.

Such covetous rich men our Saviour here describeth by this property of trusting in their Riches.

  • 1. To shew, that rich men are very prone and apt by Nature to put trust and confidence in their wealth.
  • 2. Because the sin of covetousness, and this trusting in wealth, usually go together in rich men.

The words being thus explained, consider in them two things.

  • 1. The manner of our Saviour's speaking here to his Disciples, in loving manner, calling them, Chil­dren.
  • [Page 756] 2. The matter it self which he speaketh, How hard is [...]t for them, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The entire affection of love which Christ Jesus doth bear to all his true Disciples and ser­vants; that is, to all true Christians, believing in him, and professing his Name in truth and sincerity. He loveth them as a Father his Children: yea, more dearly, than a natural father can love his Children. Joh. 13. 1. Having loved his own which were in the world, he loved them unto the end. And Joh. 15. 15. He calleth them his friends. Matth. 12. 50. His sister, brother, and mother. Such is the love of Christ to true Believers, as the love of the husband to the wife: yea, much greater: and therefore it is in Scripture propounded as a sam­plar or pattern for the husband to follow in loving his Wife, Ephes. 5. Husbands, love your wives, as Christ loved the Church, and gave himself for it, &c. The greatness of the love of Christ to his Church and faithful servants, may further appear, by considering the fruits and effects of this love: especially that one most excellent effect above the rest, The giving of himself to death for them; and that when they were his ene­mies. Walk in love, as Christ loved us, and gave himself for us, &c. Joh. 15. 13. Greater love than this hath no man, that a man lay down his life for his friends.

Use 1 Use 1. Great Comfort to good Christians believing in Christ, and living answerably; in that they are so dear to Christ Jesus the Son of God; even as children to a father. He loving them as his children, will take care of them, and provide them all things needful for soul and body. Having given himself for them, he will not deny them any thing else that is in his power: and what is there that is not in his power, being both God and man, &c. He will also shew his love by bearing with their infirmities: not breaking the bruised reed, Esay 42. 3. by protecting them, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Seeing good Christians are so beloved of Christ, and dear to him, let them be so to us. His friends, our friends. His children, our brethren and sisters.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Such as have a calling to instruct others in the doctrine of God and of his Word, ought to do it in loving manner; expressing a fatherly affection toward those whom they are to teach. So Paul, 1 Thess. 2. 11. You know how we exhorted, and comforted, and charged every one of you, as a father his children. So should all Ministers strive to express like affection to their people in teaching them. So Parents and Masters of Families in teaching their children, servant, &c. Love is a great Doctor, or Teacher, as Chrysost. sayes, (Homil. 33. in 1 Cor. 13.) [...]. This kind of teaching in love, is most effectuall to move those that are taught to receive and embrace the doctrine taught.

Now followeth the Matter or Doctrine which our Saviour here repeateth and further cleareth to his Dis­ciples; How hardly shall such as trust, &c.

Doctr. 1 Doctr. 1. Of all rich men, it is especially hard for the covetous rich to be partakers of Gods Heavenly Kingdom. How hardly shall such as trust in riches enter, &c. that is, the covetous rich, whose property it i [...] to put confidence in their wealth, &c. So Verse 25. It is easier for a Camel, &c. 1 Tim. 6. 9. They that will be rich, fall into temptation, and a snare, and into sundry hurtfull lusts, which drown men in perdition, &c. Therefore very hard for the covetous rich to be saved: Yea, not only hard, but impossible, so long as they con­tinue in their sin of covetousness. 1 Cor. 6. 10. The Covetous shall not wherit the Kingdom of God, Ephes. 5. 3.

Reason. Reason. Why it is so hard for covetous rich men to be partakers of eternal life. Because it is hard for such to repent of the sin of covetousness, and to forsake it. Whence it is that, Jam. 5. 1. the Apostle doth not exhort such to repentance, (there being little hope of that) but rather denounceth the Judgment of God against them, saying, Go to, ye rich men, weep and howl for the miseries that shall come upon you, &c. He speaks of the covetous rich; as appeareth, Verse 3. where he taxeth them for their covetous hoarding up of trea­ [...]ure for the time to come.

Now it is hard for the covetous rich to repent of their sin, in these respects.

  • 1. Because it is the nature of this sin of covetousness to grow and increase in old age, when other sins decay in men.
  • 2. Because no repentance, without forsaking sin. Now this the covetous rich man is most hardly drawn to do.
  • 3. The covetous have many excuses to cloak and defend their sin: as, that riches are the blessings of God: that they have a great charge depending on them: as, wife, children, &c. He that provides not for his own, &c. That hard times may come, &c. (Now, Nemo pericul [...]sius peccat, quam qui peccata defendit: as Primasius [...]ayes)

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See whereunto we are to impute the difficulty of rich mens being saved: not so much to riches themselves, which are not evil simply, &c. as to the corruption of mans nature; so apt to abuse them, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See again the haynousness and danger of the sin of covetousness; whereof we heard before, Ver. 22. in that it is so hard a matter for covetous rich men (of all other rich men) to be saved: yea, impossible, so long as they continue covetous, and repent not truly of their sin. And this being also so hard a sin to repent of &c. This shews how fearful and dangerous it is to be tainted with this sin of covetousness, and especially for one to have it reign in his heart, &c. to have this sin rooted in him, &c. How hard for such a one to re­pent and be partaker of eternal life? Yea, how impossible without the special grace of God, &c. It is easier for a Camel to go thorough the eye of a needle, &c. This should move every one to fear and take heed of this sin; especially rich men to pray against it, as David, Psal. 119. 36. Incline my heart to thy testimonies; and not to covetousness: and to use all other good means, whereby to be [...]reserved from this dangerous sin. A sin not to be na [...]ed amongst Christians, Ephes. 5. 3. And therefore of all others, especially professours of Religion should take heed and beware of it; yea, of the very shew and suspition of it; that they be not justly suspect­ed or noted for it. 1 Cor. 5. 11. If any man that is called a brother, be covetous, keep not company with such a one, no, not to eat.

Doctr. 2 Doctr. 2. In that our Saviour, having before shewed how hardly such as have riches are, saved now here applyes this especially to such covetous rich men as trust in their riches: hence gather, That rich men are naturally prone and apt to put trust and confidence of heart in their worldly wealth; to rest and rely on it as the only or chief means of their happiness, welfare, and safety; especially covetous rich men: of which [Page 757] our Saviour here speaks. Prov. 10. 15. A rich man's wealth is his strong City. Psal. 49. 6. They that trust in wealth, and boast in the multitude of their riches. So are rich men for the most part apt to do. Therefore, 1 Tim. 6. 17. Charge rich men, not to trust in uncertain riches, &c. What need this charge, if they were not very apt thus to offend? Example, Luke 12. in that rich fool, who when his barns were full, and he had much goods laid up, thought himself safe. Hence, is covetousness called Idolatry; because rich men (who for most part are covetous) are apt to withdraw the confidence of their hearts from God, and to place it in their wealth.

Reason. Reason. This reposing of trust in Riches, is the ground and cause of covetousness, &c. Therefore these go together in rich men, as the cause and the effect.

Use 1 Use 1. See again the truth of that we heard before, Verse 22. that it is dangerous to be rich in this world, without the special grace of God inabling a man to use his riches to Gods glory, &c. otherwise, rich men are in danger to have their hearts drawn away, not onely to covetousness, but to put trust in their wealth and riches; and so to become guilty of the sin of Idolatry. This is one dangerous sin unto which rich men are apt to be tempted, viz. carnal confidence in the creatures, instead of the Creator. Besides many other dangerous sins unto which rich men do lye open, as we have heard before: which shews the danger of world­ly riches. Therefore, Luke 6. 24. Woe to you that are rich, &c. It is not said any where in Scripture, Woe to the poor, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. For admonition to rich men, to take heed of this sin of trusting in worldly wealth; watching over their own hearts to this end. The more natural it is to them, and the more prone they are unto it, the more must they watch against this sin. Especially then, when riches increase: Then they must take heed of setting their heart upon them, by putting confidence in them, Psal. 62. 10. Then are they in most danger to be tempt­ed to this sin: as we see in the example of him, Luke 12.

Neither doth this concern only rich men; but all sorts of Christians, even the poorer and meaner sort: forasmuch as this is a common corruption which is natural to all and every one of us, to be apt to put trust [...] and confidence in these outward things of the world: as in worldly wealth and substance which we enjoy▪ thinking our selves safe and happy in them, be it more or less. All of us are Idolaters in this kind, &c. There­fore have we every one need to watch against this sin, and to take heed of it.

Remedies against this carnal confidence in wordly goods.

  • 1. To pray unto God, to keep us from this sin
  • 2. Labour by faith to make God our trust and confidence: to rest and rely upon his power, mercy, and goodness for all good things we stand in need of; and for deliverance out of evils; Then we shall not trust in these earthly things. Confidence in the Creator, will not stand with confidence in the creature. 1 Tim 6. 17. Trust not in riches, but in the living God, &c.
  • 3. Consider the vanity and uncertainty of worldly wealth, 1 Tim. 6. 17. Trust not in uncertain riches; like a broken reed; or Spiders web: like a fugitive servant. Chrysost. Who would trust in that which will de­ceive him, and cannot help him, or do him good of it self? Luke 12. 15. A man's life consisteth not in abundance &c. Riches avail not in the day of wrath, Prov. 11. 4. Psal. 49. 6. They that trust in wealth, &c. yet none of them can redeem his brother, &c.
  • 4. Consider the greatness of this sin, of putting trust in worldly goods: no less than Idolatry; highly of­fensive and dishonourable to God. The sin of wicked and ungodly men. Psal. 49. They trust in their wealth, &c. and Psal. 52. 7. Lo, this is the man, that made not God his strength, but trusted in the abundance of his riches, and strengthened himself in his wickednesse.
  • 5. Lastly, Consider the danger of this sin; being threatned with the Judgment of God. Prov. 11. 28. He that trusteth in his riches, shall fall. And in this place our Saviour shew [...] the great danger of it; when he sayes, How hardly shall they that trust in Riches, enter into the Kingdom of God?

Verse 25. Now followeth a further confirmation of the former doctrine of our Saviour, touching the danger of riches, and the difficulty of the salvation of rich men; especially of covetous rich men, who trust in riches; of which he spake in the former Verse. This doctrine he now confirmeth by a proverbial speech or sentence, containing an Argument from the less to the greater.

It is easier for a Camel, &c.] Some think it should be translated rather a Cable-rope: (So The [...]phylact, Stella, Calvin. &c.) but the other Translation may well enough stand: and it comes to one and the same effect in regard of the sense; being a proverbial speech (such as is likely to have been then in use among the Jews) used to express a thing either impossible, or very hard to be done. As if one should say in like case. It is easier to remove a Mountain. So our Saviour useth this kind of speech here, though not to express an im­possibility. (Vide Bezam in locum. et Drus. Observ. lib. 1. c. 11.) yet a great difficulty in the matter. See Luke 18. 24, 25.

For a rich man] That is, a covetous rich man, and such a one as trusteth in his wealth; as in the fore­going Verse. But our Saviour speaks of a rich man in general, and simply; to shew thereby the danger of riches, by reason of man's corruption, being so apt to be abused to covetousness and carnal confidence in them.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour here again repeateth and urgeth the third time that doctrine before taught, touching the danger of worldly riches; hence Ministers of the Word may learn, That it is necessary and profitable for them sometimes not only to propound briefly the doctrines which they teach; but also to re­peat, and urge them further unto the people: yea, again and again to press them; that so they may the more affect the hearers, and leave the deeper impression in them: Especially such Points of Instruction as are of great moment, and very useful and necessary to be known and practised: and such also as are contrary to man's corrupt Nature, and to natural reason, (as this doctrine taught by our Saviour, touching the danger of riches, &c.) Such Points have need to be urged again and again in teaching. Eccles. 12. 11. The words of the wise are as goads and nails fastened by the Masters of the Assemblies, &c.

Mark 10. 26. ‘And they were astonished out of measure, &c. Octob. 26. 1628.

HItherto of the Doctrine it self which our Saviour Christ taught his Disciples, touching the difficulty of the Salvation of rich men, especially of the covetous rich.

Now followeth the effect which this Doctrine wrought in the Disciples, which is twofold.

  • 1. That they were hereat astonished; that is, affected with great admiration and wonder. This is men­tioned in the beginning of ver. 24. and again repeated and amplified by the greatness of it, ver. 26. They were astonished out of measure.
  • 2. They hereupon moved this doubt or question among themselves privately, and apart from Christ; Who then could be saved?

Of the first, Their astonishment or admiration at Christ's words and Doctrine.

Ver. 26. They were astonished at his words] That is, at the very propounding of that Doctrine touching the great difficulty of rich mens being saved, which he implyed, by saying, How hardly, &c. Then our Saviour repeating, and further urging this Doctrine, ver. 25. and that more peremptorily then before; affirming it to be easier for a Camell, &c. whereby the Disciples conceived him to teach, not onely a difficulty, but an impossibility of the Salvation of rich men, especially of covetous rich men: hereupon it is said, they grew much more astonished then before, ver. 26.

Quest. Quest. What was the cause of all this their astonishment and admiration at Christ's words?

Answ. Answ. The newness and strangeness of the Doctrine, being such as they had not heard him teach before, at least, not in this plain and peremptory manner; and besides, it being a Doctrine which seemed contrary to carnal reason, and contrary to the common opinion of the World, and of carnal men, who are apt to think rich men to be the onely happy men, and most in favour with God, because they enjoy much wealth and prosperity in this World. Now our Saviour teaching the quite contrary, hereat the Disciples themselves, being in part carnal, and as yet ignorant in this matter, and being herein led too much by carnal reason and affection, they are thus astonished with admiration and wonder at the matter.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The Doctrine of Christ touching the danger of riches, and the difficulty of the Salvation of rich men, is a Doctrine strange and incredible to carnal reason; and so it seemeth to all that are led by natu­ral reason. Thus it seemed here to Christ's own Disciples, so far forth as they judged according to carnall reason; and so it seemeth to all others so judging. Natural reason is apt to esteem highly of riches, and of such as possess them, as the onely happy men, and most in favour with God, and consequently most likely to go to heaven; therefore on the contrary, it must needs seem strange and incredible to natural men, and to such as judg according to carnal reason, that it should be so hard for rich men to be partakers of the Kingdome of Heaven. As there are many truths and Doctrines of the Word of God, which are contrary to natural reason, and therefore seem strange to it; so this is one of them, &c.

Use. Use. See the cause why this Doctrine and truth touching the danger of riches, and difficulty of the Sal­vation of rich men is so hardly believed and entertained in the World, especially by carnal men. It is be­cause it is a Doctrine contrary to natural reason, and seemeth strange unto it. If it so seemed to Christ's Dis­ciple [...] so far as they were led by reason; and if they were so hard to believe it, much more others, who are wholly led by natural reason, or at least have not such a measure of the Spirit to enlighten them, as the Apo­stles had. Hence it is, that although men do give us the hearing when we Preach this Doctrine touching the d [...]nger of riches, &c. yet they still retain a good opinion, and high estimation of riches, and of such as possess them, as appears plainly in their practise, by their greedy seeking after the wealth of this World, and toyling for it; which shews how hardly men are perswaded of the danger of riches, or of the difficulty of rich mens going to heaven. Here we may complain with the Prophet, Who hath heard our report? Esay 53. When we Preach this Doctrine now adayes, some are ready to say, as the Philosophers at Athens did when Paul Preached to them Jesus, and the Resurrection, Act. 17. 19. May we not know what this new Doctrine is? For thou bringest certain strange things to our ears, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though they were much astonished at the strangeness of this Doctrine of Christ; yet they do not reject or refuse to believe it, but rather yield to the truth of it without contradiction: onely hereupon they move a doubt among themselves, touching the small number of those who then are like to be saved: they do not depart from Christ as the young man did, &c. Now this teacheth us in like manner not to deny, or reject any truth or Doctrine taught us out of the Word of God, though it seem never so strange or incredi­ble in natural reason; yea, contrary to reason; but on the contrary, to believe and imbrace it as the truth of God, and to yield obedience to it. We must here deny our reason, and captivate it to the Word of God, 1 Cor. 3. 18. If any among you seemeth Wise, &c. let him become a fool, that he may be Wise. We must here (as Luther sayes) clausis oculis ingredi tenebras fidei; that is, shut up the eyes of our reason, and so enter into the dark mysteries of Faith. Hebr. 11. 1. Faith is the evidence of things not seen; that is, not discerned, either with bodily eyes, or with the eye of reason or natural understanding. There are many truths taught in the Word of God, which are strange and incredible to natural reason, as being above natural reason, and contra­ry to it; as that there are three persons in one God-head; that Christ being the Son of God, became true man, and yet remained true God still as before in one person; that he was born of a Virgin; that we are ju­stified before God, by the Righteousness of Christ imputed to us; that our bodies should be raised to life at the last day, &c. These and such like truths we must by Faith absolutely believe and imbrace upon the bare word and testimony of God, though they seem never so strange and incredible to natural reason. This is the obedience of Faith, as it is called, Rom. 16. 26. which must be yielded to the Word of God absolutely, even in those things which are against reason.

Now followeth the second effect which the Doctrine of Christ wrought in his Disciples: Their question or doubt hereupon moved amongst themselves; Who then could be saved?

Saying among themselves] That is, speaking thus one to another in private conference by themselves, and out of the hearing of Christ. Though they do not reject the Doctrine of Christ, yet they are troubled at it, and thereupon move this doubt.

Who then can be saved] q. d. If it be so hard a matter for rich men, and especially for such as are covetous and do repose confidence in wealth, to be p [...]rtakers of eternal life, (as our Saviour had before affirmed and avouched again and again) then who can be saved; which is not so to be taken, as if they hereupon conclu­ded, that none at all could then be saved; but that it was likely then, that very few could be saved. So Esay 53. 1. Who hath believed our report? not that none believed, but that very few.

Who] Some think they speak here of rich men onely; q. d. what rich men, &c? But the words run gene­rally in all the Evangelists; and therefore it seems fittest to understand them generally, and indefinitely of all men, and not of rich men onely, though principally of rich men.

Quest. Quest. Why do they speak generally of all men, seeing our Saviour before spake onely of rich men, espe­cially of covetous rich, that it is hard for such to enter, &c. seeing the number of the rich is less than of the poor.

Answ. Answ. Because, that although all men are not rich, but many poor, (yea, the greater part); yet all men are by nature covetous, and apt to set their hearts on wealth, reposing trust in it, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The sins of covetousness, and carnal confidence in riches, are common to all men by nature, more or less; not to rich men onely (though especially to them) but even to the poorer and meaner sort. Touching covetousness, Jer. 6. 13. From the least to the greatest, they were every one given to covetousness, &c. The commonness of the sin, shews how natural it is to all sorts, Phil. 2. 2. and Col. 3. 5. It is reckoned as one of the members of the body of sin, which is in all men by nature, and hath need of mortifying. There­fore also, Luke 12. 15. when one of the company requested our Saviour to speak to his brother to divide the inheritance with him, thereby discovering a covetous mind; our Saviour took occasion from thence to give a general admonition to all the company, to beware of covetousness, thereby shewing, that it is such a sin as all sorts are apt to be tainted with by nature. The same is also true of carnall confidence, and trust­ing in worldly weal [...]h; which is the very ground and cause of covetousness, and therefore must needs be na­tural to all men, even as the sin of covetousness is. Though the seeds of all sins are in all men by nature; yet some sins are more natural then others: Such are these of covetousness, and trusting in Riches, &c.

Reason. Reas. All men by nature are earthly minded; that is, apt to love and affect the things of this World, and such as are en [...]oyed here on earth. Joh. 3. 31. He that is of the earth, is earthly, &c. So we are all by nature, and therefore all by nature are apt to the sin of covetousness, and to carnal confidence in earthly goods and substance.

Object. Object. Some good men have been thought to be free from the sin of covetousness, at least they have thought themselves to be so; as Luther, who in hi [...] writings, speaking of the manifold temptations which he had, doth acknowledg, that he was tempted to all sins, except covetousness, &c.

Answ. Answ. His meaning (not his word [...] in strict sense) is to be taken: not that he was not at all tempted to that sin, or had no natural inclination to it; but that he was not so much inclined to it, or tempted to it, as to other sins.

Use 1 Use. 1. See the ignorance of such as think none covetous but rich men. So the poor are apt to think, and themselves to be free, &c. but here we are taught the contrary, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how needfull it is for all sorts to repent of these sins of covetousness, and carnal confidence in worldly wealth, not onely for rich men, but even for the poor, &c. seeing all are tainted with them by na­ture; yea, seeing they are more natural to most men, than many other sins are; therefore this should move all to repent of these sins in special, &c. How needfull for every one to examine his heart and conscience, to find out these sins in himself, and to be humbled with godly sorrow for them: How needfull to crave and sue earnestly for pardon of them in Christ, that they may be forgiven, and not imputed unto him. How carefull should every one be to mortify these worldly lusts of covetousness and trusting in riches, using all good means to have the power and strength of them subdued in himself? So every Christian is exhorted to do, Col. 3. 5. Mortify your members which are on earth, &c. amongst which, covetousness is one of the chief and principal. Seeing this is a sin so natural to all, and such as all men are very prone and apt to be tainted with; therefore all and every one, high and low, rich and poor, must strive against it in themselves by all means; as Prayer, Meditation of the Word, and hearing of it, &c. especially such as find themselves most inclinable to this sin; and most of all rich men, and those that grow in wealth; remembring still, and never forgetting that admonition, Psal. 62. 10. If riches encrease, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the Disciples by this question moved among themselves, do shew themselves sollicitous, and carefull for the Salvation of others, and desirous of it, aswell as their own; and therefore are troubled to think how few are like to be saved, especially of the richer sort (if it were so as our Saviour before avou­ched; that it was easier for a Camel, &c.

Hence we learn, That Christians ought not onely to be sollicitous and carefull about their own Salvation, but also for the Salvation of others. So earnestly should we desire the Salvation of others as well as our own, that we should take thought for it, &c. This was in Moses, Exod. 32. 32. In Paul for the Jews, Rom. 9. 3. So desirous and carefull was he of their Salvation, that if God might so be glorified, he could wish himself separate from Christ for them; and chap. 10. 1. his hearts desire and Prayer to God for them was, That they might be saved. The like care of others Salvation should be in every Christian, Phil. 2. 4 Lock not every one on his own things, &c. Be not onely carefull of your own Salvation, but also of the good and Salvation of others. Now further this sollicitous care about the Salvation of others Souls, must shew it self by a diligent use of all good means to further their Salvation, &c.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. It is the property of true Charity not to seek her own things, 1 Cor. 13. 5. that is, not one­ly her own good, but the good of others, especially their Spiritual good and Salvation.

2. We are fellow-members of the s [...]me body of Christ, at least in profession; and therefore as in the na­tural body, the men bers have a natural care of the mutual good of each other; so should we, &c. 1 Cor. 12. 25.

3. In the Lords Prayer, we are taught to pray for the comming of Gods Kingdome; therefore we are to be carefull of the Salvation of others, as well as of our own, that by this means Gods Kingdome may be enlarged.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. For reproof of such as have little or no care of the Salvation of others, but are rather carelesse thereof. Many trouble not themselves or their thoughts at all about this matter; much less do they take any pains, or use means to further others to the Kingdome of heaven; but let the Souls of others sink or swim, all is one to them; like unto Cain, who asked, whether he was his brothers keeper? What is to be thought of such? surely this, that themselves are not likely to be saved, if they continue thus careless of the Salvation of others, and do not repent of this sin. I cannot believe (saith Chrysostome) that it is possible for that man to be saved who doth not labour to procure and further the Salvation of his Neighbour. Chrysost. de Sacerdot. lib. 6. A Christian cannot go to heaven alone, but must needs labour to dr [...]w others with him.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To exhort every one of us to this sollicitous care for the Salvation of others, and to shew it by our pains and diligence in the use of all good means to further others to the Kingdome of heaven; as Prayer, Instruction, Admonition, &c. The Lord will not have us go to heaven alone, but to draw others, &c. espe­cially such as have charge of others, ought to shew this care; as Ministers of the Word, Parents, Masters of Families, &c. Paul sayes, the care of all the Churches came upon him daily, 2 Cor. 11. 28.

Mark 10. 27.‘And Jesus looking upon them, saith, With men it is impossible, but not with God, &c. Nov. 9. 1628.

IN the former Verse we heard, that when our Saviour taught his Disciples how exceeding difficult a mat­ter it is for rich men, and especially the covetous rich, putting trust in riches, to be saved: hereupon the Disciples being astonished at the strangeness of his doctrine: and considering with themselves how com­mon and natural to all men the sin of covetousness is, moved this question or doubt among themselves, Who then could be saved? implying the small number of such as were like to be saved, (especially of the richer sort) if it were so, &c.

Now in this 27. Verse, the Evangelist shews how our Saviour took occasion to answer and resolve this doubt, which the Disciples had privately moved amongst themselves. And because (as it seems) they so con­ceived our Saviour, as if he taught it to be not only hard, but simply impossible for the cove [...]ous rich to be saved: therefore to correct this errour in them, he now teacheth more plainly how far it is impossible, and how far possible, for such covetous rich men to be saved: that it is impossible to men, but not to God, &c.

In the words consider two things. 1. The gesture used by our Saviour towards his Disciples, at the time of uttering these words to them.

He looked on them] As before, Verse 23. By this gesture intimating to them, that as God he knew their private conference and reasoning about the matter, though he were not present with them to hear it.

2. The words themselves, which he uttered to his disciples: consisting of two parts. 1. He shews how far, and in what respect it is impossible for covetous rich men to be saved: even as it is for a Camel to go through a needles eye, viz. With men; that is, in respect of mans power. 2. He shews how and in what respect it is not impossible, but possible for such to be saved; namely, With God; that is, in respect of the divine power of God: and hereof he gives the Reason, in the last words of the Verse, from Gods Omni­potency. Because with God all things are possible.

First of the gesture used by our Saviour, Looking on them, &c.

Observ. Observ. An evidence and proof of Christ's God-head, in that he being absent, and out of the hearing of the disciple [...], when they moved that question, Who then could be saved? yet knew and was privy to the words they spake, and the conference they had among themselves. This was by the power and vertue of his Divine Spirit as he was God: by which he knew all things, even things done and spoken out of his [...]ight and hear­ing: yea, the very thoughts of his Disciples, and of all other men. See before, upon Chap. 8. 17. and Joh 21. 17. where Peter confesseth unto him, thus, Lord, thou knowest all things, &c.

Of the second. The words themselves here uttered by our Saviour to his disciples, With men it is impos­sible, &c.

Object. Object. It may seem, that our Saviour sayes no more here of covetous rich men, then may be said of such as are tainted with any other sin, and do live in it: For in respect of man's power it is also impossible for any sinner to be saved: and on the other side, it is true, that by the power of God, other sinners as well as the covetous may be saved.

Answ. Answ. 1. There are degrees of impossibility with men, or in respect of man's power, according to the different causes of it, or impediments concurring to hinder that which is impossible from being effected; and so that is said to be less impossible, which hath [...]ewer causes, or less impediments, to hinder the effecting of it, and yet hinderances enough to make it simply impossible to be done: on the other side, that is said to be more impossible, which hath more or greater causes to hinder the effecting of it. Now of this latter kind of impossibility our Saviour here speaketh; when he sayes, It is impossible, in respect of man's power, for covetous rich men to be saved; meaning, that it is not only impossible, but in a special manner, and high degree of impossibility, in regard of the many and great impediments which hinder the salvation of such in respect of man's power: in regard whereof, it is more impossible for the covetous to be saved, than for sundry other kinds or sorts of sinners, which live in other sins.

[...]. Whereas our Saviour sayes, That by the power of God it is not impossible, but possible for covetous rich men to be saved; although the same may be said also of such as live in other sins less haynous and dan­gerous, then covetousness; yet with some difference: For, being spoken of such as live in other sins less dangerous, it is to be understood according to Gods ordinary power: but being spoken of such as have the sin of covetousness raigning in them, it is to be understood of God's special and extraordinary power, which he manifesteth in the salvation of such, whensoever they are saved.

Now follow the Instructions from the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Against the Papists, That man hath no natural power of free-will of himself, to help forward [Page 761] his own conversion and salvation: for if he had, then it should not be impossible, but possible with men, for a covetous rich man to be saved; he should then have power to save himself after a sort; at least to begin the work of his own salvation: and so it should not be simply impossible for such a one to be saved by man's power; contrary to the express doctrine of our Saviour in this place. Rom. 9. 16. It is not of him that willeth, nor of him that runneth, &c. 2 Cor. 3. 5. We are not sufficient of our selves to think any thing as of our selves, &c. Jer. 10. 23. The way of man is not in himself, &c.

Object. Object. Phil. 2. 12. We are bid to work out our own salvation, &c. Therefore it may seem that it is in our power to do it.

Answ. Answ. This followes not; the Apostle's meaning is, That we should use all good means appointed of God for the furthering of our own salvation: not that we can do this of our selves, (for he addeth in the next words, that it is God that worketh in us both to will and to do, &c.); but to shew what we ought to endeavour to do so far as lyeth in us, and so to stir us up to seek to God for his power to inable us to do that which we cannot of our selves.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It being impossible in regard of man's power for covetous rich men to be saved, yea, in spe­cial manner and high degree impossible; that is, more hard and impossible, than for some other; yea, than for sundry other kinds of sinners: This teacheth us, what is to be done by all covetous rich men of the world, (who are addicted to this sin) if they desire to repent of this sin, and to have their souls saved; they must deny themselves, and utterly renounce all power and ability of their own in the practise of repentance, and in the matter of procuring and working out their own Salvation, as being utterly unable of themselves to do any thing towards it, they must go out of themselves, and seek to God for his speciall Grace, and for the power of his Spirit to work true Repentance in them unto Salvation, &c. to mortify in them this dangerous sin of covetousness. If this be needfull for all sorts of sinners, living in their sins and natural estate, to deny their own power, and to fly to Gods power and Grace for the working of Repentance in them, and for the saving of their Souls; then much more needfull for such as are addicted to the sin of covetousness, being so dangerous a sin, (as we have heard before) and so hard to be repented of and forsaken. If David had need to go out of himself, and to seek to God to mortify this sin in him, Psal. 119. 36. Incline my heart to thy te­stimonies, and not to covetousness. How much more needfull is this for such as are much more tainted with this sin then David was, in whom it doth yet reign and bear sway, &c. Here then every one that knows himself addicted to this sin, must be admonished to deny himself, and all power of his own for the mortifying of this wicked lust of covetousness in himself, and to flye to Gods power and Grace for the effecting hereof; praying earnestly for it, remembring, that with men it is impossible.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. See that Ministers of the Word are not to think strange or be discouraged, if by their ministry they can do but little good usually, or for the most part upon covetous worldlings; but notwithstanding all the pains they take, both by their publick and private admonitions or exhortations to mo [...]e them to repen­tance and forsaking of their sin of covetousness, yet they still continue in it unreformed. In this case a Mi­nister of the Word must remember what is here said by our Saviour, that with men it is not onely hard, but impossible for such as are addicted to the sin of covetousness, to repent and be saved. Therefore it is not in the Ministers power (though he have never so excellent gifts, and be never so diligent in his place) to work repentance in the heart of a covetous worldling, and so to save the Soul of such a one; but it is God alone that can and must do this, or else it will never be done, so exceeding hard is it for such as are given to this sin to repent and be saved. Therefore if a faithfull Minister do see that he can do little or no good upon such covetous and worldly minded men, by all the pains he taketh in his Ministry; he is not to mervail, much less to be discouraged in his Calling hereby; but to go on in it constantly, using the best means he is able for the gaining of such to repentance, and committing the success to God by Prayer.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. That in respect of God, there is a possibility of the repentance and Salvation of great and grie­vous sinners; even of such as have lived, or do yet live in gross and notorious sins; yea, in fearfull and dangerous sins, such as the sin of covetousness is; whereof our Saviour sayes here, that even for such as live in this sin, there is possibility of Salvation with God. The like may be said of other gross and hainous sins, that though it be hard for such as live in them to repent and be saved, yet not impossible with God, but pos­sible; yea easy, in respect of his absolute power. Hence it is, that in Scripture God doth call and invite, not onely such as are guilty of small sins, but even great offenders to repentance, that they may be saved; which he would never do, if there were no possibility with him of the Salvation of such. So Esay 1. 18. Though your sins be as Scarlet, &c. Jer. 3. 1. Thou hast played the Harlot with many lovers, yet return again to me, saith the Lord. 2 Pet. 3. 9. He would have all come to repentance, not onely whose sins are less hai­nous, but even such as have lived in hainous and grievous sins. We have also examples in Scripture of the power of God manifested in the Conversion and Salvation of great sinners, as of Rahab, Manasseh, Mary Magdalen, Saul, the Thief upon the Cross, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. For the comfort of such as have lived in gross and hainous sins, to consider that it is in the power of God to give them Repentance unto Salvation not to be repented of; which should therefore encourage them to use the means, viz. to labour for the true [...]ight of their sins, and to be truely humbled, and in grea [...] measure, for such hainous sins whereof they have been guilty, suing to God for pardon in Jesus Christ, &c. yet this Doctrine must be no encouragement to any to embolden them to commit sin, and to defile their Con­sciences therewith, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Teaching us not to despair, or be out of hope of the Conversion and Salvation of such as do yet live in gross and hainous sins; but to remember, that with God it is possible to call and convert such, giving them repentance to come out of the snare of the Devill, and so making them meet to be partakers of his hea­venly Kingdome. Therefore we are accordingly to use all good means to further their Repentance, and Salvation; as Instruction, Admonition, Prayer for them, &c. proving if God at any time will give Repen­tance, even to such, &c. 2 Tim. 2.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. But not with God] The truth of that we heard before, ver. 23. that although it be very hard, yet not impossible for rich men to be partakers of eternal life and Salvation; yea further, that it is not impossi­ble [Page 762] for covetous rich men to be saved. Though this be exceeding hard, yea, utterly impossible in respect of mans power; yet not simply impossible in respect of Gods power, but possible to him, yea, easy to him (whensoever he pleaseth) to effect the Salvation of such, and to bring them to be partakers of his heavenly Kingdome.

Reason. Reas. He is able to renew and change the hearts of such covetous worldlings, and to work true repentance in them, that they may forsake their sin, and come out of this dangerous snare of the Devill. This we may see in the examples of Matthew the Publican, and Zachaeus, &c.

Use. Use. This being so, should teach us not to despair of the Repentance and Salvation of such rich men, or others, as are given to this sin of covetousness; but to use all means to reclaim them from that dangerous sin, and to further their true Repentance that they may be saved, remembring this which is here taught us; That though it be not in mans power, yet it is in the power of God to work a true change in the hearts of such, though never so much addicted to this sin by nature, custome, &c. Though this be a rare thing, and very sel­dome seen, yet sometimes it hath bin seen, and may be again, whensoever it pleaseth God to work this change in the heart of a covetous worldling. Therefore we are not to be out of all hope of the Conversion and Salvation of such a one, &c. God can make the Camel to passe through the Needles eye, though man cannot.

Mark 10. 27.‘For with God all things are possible. Nov. 16. 1628.

THe Reason by which our Saviour proveth it not to be impossible, in regard of God's power, for cove­tous rich men to be saved, is taken from Gods Omnipotency.

With God] In respect of the power of God. This is twofold. 1. Actual, and ordinary; whereby he is able to do whatsoever he will. Psal. 115. 3. Our God is in heaven, he hath done whatsoever he pleased.

2. Absolute, and extraordinary; whereby he is able to do not only what he willeth, but much more; yea, all things after a sort. Both these here are to be understood; especially the latter.

All things are possible] This is not to be understood simply and absolutely, but with a two-fold limitation.

1. Of such things as are agreeable to his Nature, and not contrary to it. Therefore here are to be exclu­ded things contrary to the Nature of God: as, to lie, to deny himself, &c. These God cannot do, Tit. 1. 2. 2 Tim. 2. 13.

Reason. Reason. They argue weakness, and not power. Therefore if he could do these, he should not be Al­mighty.

2. To be understood also of such things as do not imply contradiction: as, to make the same thing to be, and not to be, at the same time: the Sun to shine, and not to shine, &c. or the same thing to be both true and false at the same time, and in the same respect. This he cannot do; not for want of power, but because it is against the nature of the things themselves, which God hath put into them, which maketh them simply impossible.

Doctr. Doctr. Here we are taught the doctrine of Gods Omnipotency, or Almighty power; which is one of his principal Attributes, or essential Properties taught in Scripture, That God is of such power, as to be able to do not only all things which he willeth, but much more than he will; even all things simply and absolutely, which are not contrary to his Nature, nor do imply contradiction. All other things are possible to him. This almighty power is ascribed to God in many other places; as Mark 14. 36. Abba, Father, all things are possible to thee. So Job 42. 2. said to be Almighty, All-s [...]fficient, 2 Cor. 6. 18. & Gen. 17. 1. But being an Article of faith, viz. a branch of the first Article of the Creed, I will not stand to prove it further; but come rather to the Uses of it.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Matter of terrour to wicked and impenitent, who must feel this almighty power of God punish­ing them in this life, and after this life. Heb. 10. 31. It is a fearfull thing to fall into the hands of the living God. This may appear, by the fearful Judgments of God inflicted in this life on the wicked; as upon the old world, Sodom; Corah, and his Company; upon Pharaoh, Nebuchadnezzar, Judas, &c. And if so fearful in this life to feel God's power in taking vengeance; how much more after this life in Hell, and at the day of Judg­ment. Psal. 90. 1. Who knowes the power of thine anger, &c. It is unconceiveable: Only the wicked shall know and feel it so terrible, that they shall call on Mountains to cover them, &c. but no escaping of this power; no resistance. This should move such now to repent, that they may not feel Gods power and wrath, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Comfort to the godly; in that this power of God is ordained, and doth work for their good, and happiness, &c. As all the Attributes of God, so this of his Omnipotency doth and shall still work for the good of his Children; to protect and defend them against all evils and dangers, against all enemies; espe­cially against Satan, that the gates of hell prevail not, &c. 1 Joh. 4. 4. Greater is he that is in you, &c. This power serves to strengthen them against all temptations; to assist them in all troubles, and to deliver them; yea, when all helps and means fail, in greatest extremities, &c. In a word, by this power God doth make all things work for their good, and to further their happiness and salvation, Rom. 8. 28. all crosses, troubles, miseries of this life, &c. By this he doth strengthen them to perseverance in grace; till at last he bring them through all d [...]fficulties to his heavenly Kingdom. 1 Pet. 1. 5. kept by the power of God, through faith, &c. See Joh. 10. 27. & 17. 11.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. To strengthen our faith in prayer; considering, that God is not only willing and ready to hear us, as being our Father in Christ, but also able to give us that we ask, as being Almighty, with whom all things are possible; even those which seem to us most hard and difficult to be granted. Ephes. 3. 20. Able to do above all things we ask or think. Matth. 8. 2. Thou canst make me clean. Yea, Christ himself, Mark 14. 36. Abba, Fa­ther, all things are possible to thee, &c. In the conclusion of the Lords Prayer, For th [...]ne is the Kingdom, power, &c. Great comfort in our Prayers.

Ʋse 4 Ʋse 4. To strengthen our faith touching performance of all Gods Promises made to his Church and Chil­dren in Christ, whether of temporal or spiritual blessings. To consider, that he who hath promised, is able [Page 763] to perform and make good his Word. So Rom. 4. 21. Abraham staggered not, &c. but was strong in faith, being fully perswaded, &c. So we must by this almighty power of God labour to have our faith confirmed in Gods Promises, for performance in due time; yea, in such Promises as seem most hard to be performed, and most unlikely to reason, &c. as the promise of forgiveness of sins, resurrection of our bodies, and life everlasting. Promise of strength in temptation, that he will be with us in trouble; and that we shall not be tryed above our strength, &c. but delivered. Labour to believe this in greatest extremity: when we see no means of deliverance, then by faith rest in Gods power, to whom all things are possible; who can raise up means, or deliver without means. Dan. 3. 17. The three children, &c.

Ʋse 5 Ʋse 5. For Instruction in some speciall duties. 1. It must teach us to humble our selves under his mighty hand, as we are exhorted, 1 Pet. 5. 6. The consideration of Gods Almighty power must cause us to cast down our selves before him in sight of our sins at all times when we have occasion to think of his power; Especially when his hand is upon us by any cross or affliction, chastising us, &c.

2. It must teach us truly to fear God, being of such wonderful power, able to do all things: now the true fear of God is, so to stand in awe of him at all times, as to be afraid to offend him by sin; yea, by the least sin. Psal. 4. 4. Tremble, and sin not. Jer. 10. 6. Thy Name is great in might: Who would not fear thee, O King of Na­tions? How are earthly Princes feared, because of their great power to punish offenders; though they be but mortal men, whose breath is in their nostrils? How much more ought we to stand in awe of God's almighty power, &c. Luke 12. 4. Fear not them that kill the body, &c. Though we are not to fear God only for his power, but chiefly for his mercy and goodness, as it is, Psal. 130. 4: Yet, &c. Make not leight of any sin; but fear and tremble at the motions of it arising in our heart, &c.

3. It teacheth us what to do at such time as we feel weakness and unability in our selves to do or to suffer any thing in obedience to God, which he requireth of us. Seek to him that is Almighty, and All-sufficient; to whom all things are possible. Pray to him to help and enable us by the power of his Spirit, to do those duties which we cannot of our selves; to enable us for every good thought, word, and work. To this end labour to see and feel our unability in our selves for these things. 2 Cor. 3. 5. Not sufficient of our selves to think any thing, &c. but our sufficiency is from God. Therefore go out of our selves, and seek to him that is all power, and whose power is perfected in weakness, 2 Cor. 12. 9. Esay 40. 29. He gives power to the faint, &c. Seek to him for help in performance of all duties which he requireth of us, without which we can do nothing, especially in holy and religious duties of his worship, publick and private; as Prayer, hearing of his Word, Sanctification, Salvation, &c. So in all other Christian duties required, especially in such as are most hard, and contrary to nature; as in the practice of Repentance, and mortifying our lust [...], denyal of our selves, and taking up the Cross, &c. Pray with Paul, Col. 1. 11. That we may be strengthened with all might uccording to his glorious power, unto all Patience, &c. So in duties of our particular Callings, when we find weaknesse to go through them: Look up to God by Faith, and seek to him to whom all things are possi­ble, &c.

Mark 10. 28.‘Then Peter began to say unto him, &c. Nov. 23. 1628.

THe fourth part of this Chapter, which contains our Saviour's answer to Peter, making mention of his own and his fellow-Disciples obedience formerly shewed in forsaking all they had, and following Christ when they were at first called to be his Disciples, from ver. 28. to ver. 32.

Where, 1. Consider Peter's mentioning or making profession of their former fact, or obedience shewed, Peter began to say, &c. Lo, we have left all, &c. ver. 28.

2. Christ's answer made hereunto, which consisteth of two parts.

  • 1. A gracious promise of a rich reward to be given to all such as had forsaken any thing that was dear to them in this world for his sake and the Gospells; they should receive a hundred fold more in this life, &c. and in the world to come, eternal life, ver. 29, 30.
  • 2. An admonition or caveat to his Disciples touching the future Apostacy of some Hypocrites which had made fair shew, and bin forward Professors of Christ and the Gospell for a time; as also touching the Calling and conversion of others who had bin gross offenders, and seemed farthest off from the Kingdome of Christ. This admonition or caution is delivered in that general sentence uttered, ver. 31. Many that are first, &c.

Of the first. The end of Peters mentioning of this matter at this time was to demand and know, and be better resolved of Christ, what recompence they were like to have for their obedience shewed in forsaking all, and following him, Matth. 19. 27. What shall we have therefore?

The occasion was the former conference between our Saviour and the young Ruler touching the way of obtaining eternall life; in which conference our Saviour willed him to sell all, and give to the poor, and then promised him treasure in heaven, &c. Now the young man refusing to do this, and so losing the re­ward promised: hereupon Peter comparing himself and his fellow-Disciples with that young man; and their obedience in forsaking all to follow Christ, with his disobedience, in refusing to part with all at Christs command: From hence he concludeth, that as the young man by refusing to fell all, &c. deprived himself of the reward promised; so, on the contrary, they having obeyed Christ's command in parting with all they had to follow him, should certainly receive a great reward, and therefore he now takes occasion in his own and the other Disciples names to make mention of their former obedience in forsaking all, &c. and to de­mand of Christ, what reward or recompence they were like to have for so doing.

Then] That is, immediately after the former conference of our Saviour with the young Ruler touching the obtaining of eternal life, and with his Disciples upon that occasion, touching the danger of Riches, &c.

Peter] Speaking for and in the name of all the Disciples or Apostles of Christ, as he commonly used to do as being one of the chief of them in authority and gifts, and most forward of himself to speak first.

Began to say] Took occasion thus to speak unto Christ: and, it may be, he uttered many more words to him then the Evangelist doth set down, it being the manner of the Evangelists to record things briefly which were done or spoken by our Saviour and his Disciples.

Lo] or, Behold; A word used to stir up attention, when some great or extraordinary matter is spoken of, whereby Peter doth imply, that it was no small matter, but great and extraordinary, for them to forsake all, &c. and therefore he would have his Master Christ to take special notice of it, &c.

We have left all] That is, forsaken or parted with all our worldly goods and substance before enjoyed. See Matth. 4. 20. how they forsook their Nets, and their Ship, &c. And Luke 5. 28. See also more of this before, chap. 1. ver. 18. of this our Evangelist.

Object. Object. This place is abused by Papists, to justify the practice of Monks vowing voluntary poverty.

Answ. 1. The Disciples did not renounce all propriety in goods, &c.

Answ. 2. They did not vow poverty, &c.

And have followed thee] Have betaken our selves to be thy special Disciples, shewing our selves to be so by conversing and living with thee ordinarily, and by accompanying thee in all thy travells and journeyings to Preach and work Miracles.

In the words thus explained, consider two things. 1. The person speaking here in the name of all the Disciples, Peter. 2. The matter spoken or uttered by him unto our Saviour, which is a commemoration or mentioning unto him of their special obedience formerly shewed unto him, in two things.

  • 1. In forsaking all their worldly substance.
  • 2. In following him as his Disciples, and ordinary companions, upon his calling and commande­ment.

Of the first. From this and such like places where Peter spake for, and in the name of all the Disciples, the Papists would prove, that Peter had a Primacy or preheminence of Apostolical power and authority over the rest of the Apostles. But no such thing can be gathered from this or the like places of the Evangelist. For Peters speaking for the rest, and before the rest, usually, doth prove no more but a primacy of order in Peter above the rest, which was yielded to him by them (no doubt) in respect of his antiquity, being one of the first of them that was called; as may appear, Joh. 1. 41. as also in regard of his eminency of gifts, as zeal, boldness, or freedome of speech, and the like; now this kind of primacy of order, we deny not unto Peter, but willingly acknowledg it.

Of the second. Here is something good and commendable in Peter and the other Apostles, and to be imitated; and something evill and discommendable, and to be avoided by us. It is good and commenda­ble, that they had indeed (as they profess here) forsaken all their worldly substance, and followed Christ up­on his calling of them.

But it is evill and discommendable, 1. That they seem to be too well conceited of this their obedience shewed to Christ's commandment, in forsaking all, &c. In that they are so apt and forward here to speak of it, and make profession of it to Christ their Master, and that so long after it was done; and in such manner also as they do, using the word [Lo] or [Behold], implying that they thought they had herein performed a great and extraordinary work of obedience in this forsaking of all, &c.

2. That they are too sollicitous and carefull about the reward or recompence which should be given them by Christ for this their true obedience shewed in forsaking all, &c. yea, they seem to be very sollicitous, not so much about the reward which should be given them in heaven, as about that reward which they hoped for on earth, as may be gathered by Christ's answer to them. The reason whereof was this, that they still dreamed of an earthly Kingdome of Christ, in which they looked to enjoy some great worldly Prospe­rity.

3. They made too much haste to receive and be partakers of their reward before the due time appointed; before they had finished the course of their Ministry, and done all that was required of them to do; they would tr [...]umph before they had finished their warfare, &c.

Now follow the Instructions: And first, from that which was good and commendable in the Disciples, viz. their obedience to Christ's Call, in leaving all, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The power and force of Gods effectual calling in such as are partakers of it, in such as are ef­fectually called by the Word of God out of the world, &c. that it doth work powerfull effects in them, cau­sing and enabling them to yield obedience to the will of God in practise of such duties as are hard and diffi­cult. The Apostles of Christ being at first effectually called to believe in him, this calling was so powerfull in them, that it made them forsake all to follow Christ, which was a great matter, and very hard for them to do. This effectual calling of God doth work a great and extraordinary change in such as are so called; en­abling them to perform such duties of obedience to God as they could not do before, even great and extraor­dinary works of obedience, and such as are very hard and difficult, yea, impossible to flesh and bloud, and to corrupt nature; as to renounce the World, and to forsake their worldly goods for Christ's sake, to deny themselves, and to crucify their corrupt nature and sinfull l [...]sts, to take up their Cross willingly, &c. See this in examples of such as have bin effectually called of God. Abraham, Gen. 12. being called of God, and indued with Faith, did hereupon leave his own countrey and kindred, and went he knew not whither, Heb. 11. 8. By Faith he did all this. Elisha 1 King. 19. 20. being called of God by the means of Eliah, left his twelve yoke of Oxen with which he was plowing, and ran after Eliah, &c. Zacheus, Luke 19. being effectu­ally called by the word of Christ, this calling wrought so in him, that it made him not onely give over his for [...]er cour [...]e of life in which he practised oppression and extortion, but also to give half his goods to the poor, and to restore fourfold to such as had bin wronged by him. So Saul being effectually called by the voice of Christ from heaven, Act. 9. this calling so wrought in him, that of a cruel persecutor, he became a zealous Preacher of the Gospell.

Reas. The effectual calling of God is alwayes accompan [...]ed with the Divine power of his Spirit, which worketh those great and extraordinary effects which follow in such as are so called.

Use. By this we are to examine our selves, whether we be effectually called of God, and separated out [Page 765] of the World, and out of our natural estate. Look how powerfull this Calling is in us to work a true change in us, and to cause and enable us to yield obedience to God, and to his Word, even in such things as are most hard and difficult, in such as are contrary to nature, &c. as in denying our selves, and taking up our Cross to follow Christ, in renouncing the World, and love of earthly things, in forsaking all we have in heart and affection, for Christ's sake and the Gospells; so also in forgiving our enemies, and loving them, &c. If we can do these things in some measure, it is a sign that the effectual Calling of God is wrought in us, otherwise not. For it is a powerful Calling, which is wrought, not onely by his Word and the Ministry of it, but chiefly by his Divine Spirit, which doth powerfully change the heart, yea, create a new heart in us, and giveth us a new life, and new Spiritual strength, enabling us to do those things which before we could not do.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the example and practise of the Disciples of Christ in forsaking all they had to follow Christ upon his calling and command; We learn, that it is our duty also in like case to forsake and part with our worldly goods, yea, with all we have in the world for Christ's sake, and when he calls us to it. For although this fact of the Apostles was in some respects extraordinary, yet thus far it is to be imitated by us, that as they upon the word of Christ did part with all; so are we to do whensoever he shall call or require us so to do. There is a necessity of doing this when we are called to it, Luke 14. 33. Whosoever he be of you, that forsaketh not all he hath, he cannot be my Disciple.

Quest. Quest. When doth Christ call us to part with our worldly goods for his sake?

Answ. Answ. 1. When it makes for his glory and honour, and for the good and edification of his Church.

2. When the case so stands, that we cannot with a good Conscience keep and retain our worldly goods, but must either part with them, or else yield to the committing of some sin to the dishonour of Christ and of the Gospel. Thus the blessed Martyrs, when they were urged either to yield to Idolatry, Popery; o [...] else to part with their worldly goods, yea, and with their lives too; they rather chose to do this latter then the for­mer. Hebr. 10. 34. They took joyfully the spoiling of their goods, rather then they would forsake their Chri­stian Profession, or deny the truth.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See that it is not an easy matter to be a good Christian in practice, but hard and difficult, in that it is in some cases required of such a one to part with all he hath in this world for Christ's sake▪ which is not easily done, but is a matter very hard to flesh and bloud, yea, impossible to nature, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing we are to forsake our worldly goods, yea, all that we have for Christ, if he shall call us to it at any time, this should teach us in the mean time not to set our hearts upon these earthly things, or upon any worldly substance which we enjoy, but to use them so as if we used them not, and possessing them as if we possessed them not, remembring what was taught us before, ver. 21. of this chap. that we possesse all our worldly goods with this condition, to be content to part with them whensoever God shall call or require us so to do. Therefore no cause is there in the mean time to set our hearts upon them, or too much to affect them; for if we do, it will be but so much the more hard and grievous unto us to part with them, when the time shall come that we must so do.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse. 3. This must teach us daily to prepare and arm our selves to part with our worldly goods and sub­stance, yea, with all we have, if the Lord shall call us to it, for the advancement of his glory, or edification of his Church, or for the keeping of a good Conscience, or for all these together. Seeing we may be called thus to part with all for Christ's sake and the Gospels (though as yet we have not). Let us prepare before-hand to do it, viz. in affection and disposition of heart, to be ready, willing, and firmly resolved to part with house, Lands, Goods, all we have for the name of Christ, and for keeping of a good Conscience, as the Apostles and blessed Martyrs have done before us. We must first forsake all in heart and affection, be­fore we can do it actually. Therefore labour daily to do the former, to renounce the World in heart and affection, and pray unto the Lord to crucify our affections to it, that we may be dead to the World, and to the things in it even while we live, that so we may be willing and content (if need be) actually to forsake all in this World for Christ's sake, when he shall call us to it, either in our life time, or at the hour of death. We know not how soon we may be put to it, though as yet we enjoy our goods in peace. Do we not hear of our brethren in other Churches beyond the Seas, who have bin already put to it, &c?

Mark 10. 28.‘Lo, we have left all, and have followed thee. Nov. 30. 1628.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. ANd have followed thee] One priviledg of the Twelve Apostles of Christ above all other Ministers of the Gospel, was, That they were the ordinary companions and followers of Christ while he lived upon earth, accompanying him in his travells and journeyings to Preach and work Miracles, and conversing with him ordinarily. To this end he called them at first, bidding them to fol­low him, as Matth. 4. and Matth. 9. Mark 3. 14. He ordained them to be with him. Matth. 19. 28. Ye which have followed me, &c.

Reason. Reason. That by following Christ, and conversing with him, they might be fitted and prepared in time for their Apostolical Office, &c.

Ʋse. Use. To confirm our faith in the doctrine of the Gospel taught and delivered to the Church in writing by the Apostles; assuring us, that it is indeed the doctrine of Christ himself: which they received from his own mouth; in as much as it is delivered to us by such as lived with Christ, and were ear-witnesses of his doctrine, and beholders of his Miracles, by which it was confirmed. Luke 1. 2. They delivered them unto us, which from the beginning were eye-witnesses, and Ministers of the Word. This maketh much for the credit and au­thority of this doctrine of the Gospel. 1 Joh. 1. 1.

Now from that which is evil and discommendable here in Peter and the other Disciples,

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That the Saints of God in this life are not free from all corruption of sin, but are tainted with remnants of sin left in them after regeneration. The disciples of Christ do here discover the corruption of heir Nature, and some sinful infirmities, as we have heard; as spiritual pride, and a mercenary mind, &c. [Page 766] Jam. 3. 2. In many things we offend all. And Chap. 5. 17. Eliah himself was a man subject to passions, &c. Rom. 7. Paul complains of the corruption of sin dwelling in him after regeneration, &c. But of this often before. See Chap. 3. 31.

Use 1 Use 1. See the rashness of such as censure all for hypocrites, who do discover some sinful corruptions or infirmities, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Comfort to good Christians feeling and complaining of their sinful corruptions, so they be truly humbled for them, and daily strive against them, &c. From these they cannot be perfectly freed, till death free them, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. More particularly, here in Christ's Disciples, we are to take notice of some special corruptions which are natural to us all, even to the Saints of God, so far forth as they are in part unregenerate and car­nal.

As, 1. That by nature we are apt to think too well of our good works and obedience performed to God; to be too well conceited of our obedience, thinking better of it than it doth deserve, or that we have done more than indeed we have in the service of God; as we heard before of the young man, Verse 20. He thought he had kept the Commandements, &c. Even Christ's Disciples here do speak of their good works and obedience, with a kind of ambitious boasting, &c.

2. That we are by Nature apt, in our obedience and good works performed, to look too much at the re­ward or recompence to be given unto us for the same, either in this life, or after this life. So here the Dis­ciples. For to this end (as we have heard) they make mention of this their obedience, in forsaking all, &c. that they might know what Reward should be rendred to them for so doing. And this is a natural cor­ruption and fault in every one of us; too much to look at the reward of our good works and obedience to God's Will and Commandment, and to be too sollicitous about that reward. The Devil knew this, and therefore accused Job (though falsly) that he did not serve God for nought, but because he made an hedg about him, &c. Job 1. 9.

Reason. Reason. We are by Nature full of self-love, which makes us so apt to seek our own good and benefit more than Gods glory. Phil. 2. 21. All seek their own, and not that which is Jesus Christs. Not that it is simply un­lawful to look at the reward of our obedience; but that our fault is, to look too much at it; that is, only, or principally: which is mercenary obedience. Whereas we ought to obey and serve the Lord for his own sake, though there were no reward promised.

3. That we are also apt to be too hasty after the reward which God hath promised us for our obedience, in this life, and after this life. We are apt to desire it too soon, before the due time appointed. To desire our wages before we have done all our work; to triumph before the warfare be ended; to sit down and rest before we be come to our journeys end. Mark 10. 37. The sons of Zebedee were too hasty to be glorified with Christ; and therefore he puts them in mind of suffering; asking, Whether they could drink of the Cup, &c. Contrà, Esay 28. 16. He that believeth, shall not make haste.

Ʋse. Use. The more natural these corruptions are unto us, the more must we labour to see, and be humbled for them: and especially to resist and strive against them in our selves by all means; as by prayer, meditation in the Word of God, &c.

Mark 10. 29, 30.‘And Jesus answered and said, Verily, I say unto you, There is no that hath left house, or bre­thren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or Lands for my sake, and the Gospels, But he shall Dec. 7. 1628. receive an hundred fold, &c.’

IN the former Verse we heard, how Peter speaking in the name of all the Disciples, made profession unto our Saviour of their obedience, in forsaking all, and following him: which he did, to the end he might know what reward they should have for so doing.

Now the Evangelist setteth down Christ's answer unto Peter, professing their obedience, in forsaking all, &c. and demanding what reward should be given them.

The answer consists of two parts. 1. A promise of a rich reward which our Saviour maketh both to his Apostles, and to all others that had forsaken any thing that was dear to them in this world for his sake and the Gospels, Verse 29, 30.

2. A Prophetical Admonition touching the apostacy of some that had seemed forward at first in profes­sion of Christ, and touching the Calling and Conversion of others, who seemed farthest off from the King­dom of God, Verse 31.

Of the first part. The promise. Consider, 1. The manner of our Saviour's propounding it to Peter and the rest. 1. With his usual Asseveration, Verily. The more to confirm their faith in the promise, &c. 2. Avouching it in his own Name, and Authority, I say unto you.

2. The Matter, or Promise it self; in the words following. Of the first, we have often heard be­fore.

Of the second. The Promise it self. The sum is this, That whosoever he be that hath forsaken any thing that is dear to him in this world for Christ's sake and the Gospels, shall be richly and plentifully re­warded of God both in this life, and after this life.

First, I will explain the words.

There is no man] No Christian whatsoever, man or woman; of what estate, degree, or calling soever.

That hath left] Or forsaken, or been content to part with.

House, or brethren, &c.] That is, any thing whatsoever which was dear unto him in this world. Our Sa­viour mentioneth two sorts of things which are dear to men in this world. 1. Worldly goods and substance; as house, and Lands. 2. Worldly friends, that is, such as are enjoyed in this life: as brethren and sisters, Parents, Wife, Children. Under these two sorts comprehending all other things that are dear to a man in this world.

For my sake] 1. Out of love to me. 2. In obedience to my will, &c. 3. For the profession of my name, as it is, Matth. 19. 29.

And the Gospells] For the Profession of that Doctrine of life and Salvation which I have Preached, and confirmed by Miracles. This is added as a further explication of the former words, Luke 18. 29. It is said, for the Kingdome of God's sake; that is, for the obtaining of Gods heavenly Kingdome.

But he shall receive] In way of reward or recompence.

A hundred fold] That is, a rich and plentifull reward. A hundred fold; that is, manifold more in va­lue and worth then he hath forsaken or left; as Luke 18. 30. A certain number for an uncertain. The mea­ning is, he shall receive a reward far better then all he hath left or forsaken for Christ's sake, &c.

Now in this time] In the time of this life. This is not simply to be understood, but with condition, so far as shall be for his good.

Houses, and Brethren, and Sisters, &c.] By these words our Saviour implyeth, that such a one shall not one­ly be richly rewarded in this life, but even in the same kind in which he hath sustained loss; even in his goods and friends so forsaken, &c. which yet is not simply to be understood, but with some limitation and exception; as 1. So far as the Lord shall see it good for him. 2. Either in the same kind he shall be recom­pensed, or else in some other kind as good, and better then that which he hath left and forsaken, viz. by true comfort and contentment in this poor and desolate estate.

With Persecutions] By Persecutions, understand troubles raised by enemies of the Gospel. This may be taken two wayes.

  • 1. As an amplification of the promise, in that it shall be made good to him even in the midst of Persecu­tions which should be raised against him by enemies of the Gospell. Sic Calvin. Beza. Jansen.
  • 2. As a condition annexed to the promise, viz. that together with the reward promised, he should suffer persecutions or troubles, &c. which is added to prevent security in the Disciples, and us, lest we should up­on this promise expect all peace and prosperity, and no troubles; therefore our Saviour mentioneth these Persecutions, the better to arm us against the scandall of the Cross. (Sic Aret. Winkelman, Gualter. Lyser.) And this latter sense I take to be the fittest, which doth not exclude the former.

And in the World to come] In that estate and condition of the World which shall be after this life.

Eternall life] That is, he shall be partaker of that eternal estate of glory and happiness prepared for the Saints of God in heaven.

The words being thus cleared; consider in them three things.

  • 1. The persons to whom the promise is made by our Saviour, which are such as have forsaken any thing dear to them in this world for Christ's sake and the Gospells.
  • 2. Generality of the persons. There is no man, &c. but he shall, &c.
  • 3. The reward promised to them, being twofold.
    • 1. In this life, That they shall receive a hundred fold more in value then they have forsaken, yea, and in the same kind; as houses, brethren, &c. yet with this condition annexed, that they shall withall suffer Persecutions, &c.
    • 2. After this life they shall be rewarded with eternal glory and happiness in God's heavenly King­dome.
    • 3. The generality of the promise; There is no man, &c. but he shall receive, &c. Of these things in order.

Observ. General Observ. Though Peter and the other Disciples did at this time discover some corruptions and infirmities (as we heard upon the former verse) as conceitedness of their own obedience in forsaking all, &c. and a mercenary mind, in looking too much at their reward, &c. yet our Saviour knowing these to be but infirmities in them, doth not therefore reprove or censure them sharply for the same, (as he might have done) but covereth and passeth by them, bearing with them, and giving them a gratious answer, containing a pro­mise of great reward to be given to them, &c. which teacheth us, the gratious and mercifull nature and dis­position of Christ Jesus our Saviour toward his Saints and Servants, that he is ready to cover their infirmi­ties and corruptions, and to tolerate, and bear with them, and to pardon and forgive them, so far forth as they are humbled for them, not rejecting them for their weakness, &c.

Use. Use. Great comfort to the godly against their corruptions and infirmities, &c. Heb. 2. 17. and Esay 42. 3.

Now to speak of the particulars before propounded. And first of the persons to whom the promise is made. Such as have forsaken any thing that is dear to them in this World; as goods, friends, &c. for Christ's sake, &c.

Where there are two things to be considered. 1. The duty practised by such as our Saviour here speak­eth of, their forsaking of house, brethren, &c. 2. The grounds or motives moving them hereunto; For Christ's sake and the Gospells.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is a duty required of Christians, to forsake and part with such things as are most dear to them in this World, when the Lord calls them so to do. This our Saviour here takes for granted, in that he promiseth a reward to every one that hath forsaken either goods or friends, for his sake and the Gospells; that is to say, when he was called of God to do it for the profession of Christ and the Gospel. By this he implyeth plainly, that it is the duty of a Christian in such a case, to forsake the things which are dear to him in this World, viz. whensoever he is called of God so to do; yea, by propounding and promising so great a reward to such as do this, our Saviour doth in effect earnestly exhort and perswade Christians to do it when God calls them to it. This point was in part handled before in the foregoing verse, yet something more is here to be added. The truth of it may further appear, Luke 14. 33. Whosoever he be of you that for­saketh not all, &c. If all, then such things as are most dear to us must be forsaken, when God calls them to it: True of all things that are in this World dear to a Christian, not onely of worldly wealth and possessi­ons, and of all sorts of friends and kindred, as Parents, Brethren, and Sisters, Husband and Wife, Children, &c. but also of all other things which are any way dear to us, or beloved of us; as our earthly pleasures and [Page 768] desights, (yea such as are lawfull) and our liberty, yea, our life, &c. All or any of these must be forsaken if God call us to it.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. We are to love God above all things, even with our whole Soul and strength, Deut. 6. 5. and Matth. 10. 37. He that loveth Father or Mother more then me, is not worthy of me, &c. Therefore we are to part with things most dear to us, when God calleth us so to do.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Saints of God have done this before us, upon the calling of God; as Abraham left his Countrey and his kindred, when God required him so to do, Gen. 12. and went out he knew not whither, Hebr. 11. 8. Job was content to part with all he had, though never so dear to him in this World; not one­ly with his goods and substance, but with his children, when God took them away: Onely his Wife and some other friends were left unto him, who yet were rather crosses than comforts to him in his misery. The Apostles being called of Christ to follow him, forsook their former friends and goods, &c. as we heard in the former verse. Matth. 4. 22. The sons of Zebedee left not onely their Ship and Nets, but their Father in the Ship. The blessed Martyrs of ancient and latter times, being called of God to suffer for Christs cause and the Gospells, were content to part with the things most dear to them in this World; as their Goods, Friends, Parents, Children, Liberty, Lives. The same must every Christian do in like case.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. With this condition we possess and enjoy those things which are dear to us in this World, viz. to part with them when God doth call us hereunto. We are not absolute owners of our Goods, Friends, &c. but Tenants at will, &c. Therefore we must be content to part with them when God calls us to it.

Quest. Quest. When doth God call us to forsake the things that are most dear to us in this World?

Answ. Answ. There are two times in which he calls us to it. 1. In our life time. 2. At the hour of death.

Of the first. In our life time God calls us to do this in these cases.

1. When he takes from us such things as are dear to us, as our Goods, Friends, &c. either immediately by his own hand, or else by means. For example, when he takes from us our worldly goods and substance, or any part of it, either by his own immediate hand, or otherwise by means; as by Thieves and Robbers, or by fire or water, &c. or other casualties happening to us in our outward estate, as he did to Job. Then it is our duty willingly to forsake and part with those things which the Lord doth thus take from us, as Job did. Heb. 11. 34. So when God takes from us our friends by death, as Parents, Children, Wife, &c. or otherwise doth separate them from us, we ought willingly to part with them. It is reported of Luther, that when a daughter of his was sick, &c. he should say thus, Lord, thou knowest that I love this Child; yet if thou wilt take her, I am ready to give her thee with both arms.

2. Whensoever the glory of God, or good of our brethren and of the Church of God, requireth us to for­sake or part with any of those things which are dear to us in this world. Then God calls us to part with them, and that willingly. For example, when there is occasion for us to give of our goods to holy uses; as to the poor, or to the Church and maintainance of Gods worship. In this case God calls us to part with so much of our wealth as is necessary for the present occasion, and according to our ability and means, &c. And this is to honour God with our substance, as we are commanded, Prov. 3. 9.

3. When we cannot with a good Conscience retain and keep the things that are dear to us in the World, as our Goods, Friends, Children, &c. but we must either part with them, or else make ship-wrack of Con­science; as it was with the Martyrs, being urged to deny the truth, or to yield to Idolatry and Superstition, &c. In this case God calls us to forsake that is most dear to us.

Of the second. The second time in which God calls us to forsake the things that are dear to us in this World, is at the time of our death, when we are to leave and go out of this World; and consequently to forsake all things in it; for as we brought nothing into the World, so we can carry nothing with us out of it, as the Apostle sayes, 1 Tim. 6. 7.

The Uses of this Doctrine being the same in effect with those of the second Doctrine or Observations ga­thered from the former verse. See them there set down.

Mark 10. 29.‘There is no man that hath left House, or Brethren, &c. Dec. 14. 1628.

NOw follow the grounds or motives which moved them to forsake their goods, friends, &c. being for Christ's sake and the Gospells.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That it is not every forsaking of things dear to us in this World, which hath the promise of reward from Christ, but onely that which is practised upon the right grounds or motives moving us there­unto.

Now the principal grounds and motives are such as are here either expressed, or implyed by our Savi­our.

As, 1. The will and command of God, and of Christ, calling us to forsake our goods, friends, &c. and requiring us so to do. This moved the Apostles to forsake their Nets and Ship, and their Father, &c. Matth. 4.

2. The love we bear to Christ, and desire of advancing his glory by this means, Matth. 10. 39. He that loseth his life for my sake, shall find it. As the Apostle sayes in another case, 2 Cor. 5. 14. The love of Christ con­straineth us, &c. So here.

3. The love we bear to the Gospel of Christ, and desire of maintaining the truth and credit thereof. Mark 8. 35. Whosoever shall lose his life for my sake and the Gospells, the same shall save it.

Use 1 Use 1. See what to judg of such as forsake things dear to them in the World, as Goods, Friends, Liber­ty, Life; upon other false grounds and motives. These are to look for no reward from Christ.

As, 1. Popish Monks, who renounce all propriety in worldly goods, and vow voluntary Poverty, upon Opinion of meriting thereby, and of attaining to a state of perfection in this life. These have their reward, as our Saviour saith of the Pharisees in another case.

2. Such as riotously mispend their goods and substance to satisfy their lusts, and so bring poverty upon themselves, and upon such as depend on them. Worse than unbelievers, 1 Tim. 5. 8.

3. Such as are content to part with goods, friends, liberty, or life, in defence of errors and heretical opi­nions; as Donatists, Papists, Anabaptists, or the like, 1 Cor. 13. 3. If I give my body to be burned, and have not Charity, it profiteth me nothing.

4. Such as are moved by desire of vain-glory, and praise of men, to forsake things dear to them in the World; as goods, friends, or life it self. As some of the Heathen, who upon this ground and motive did renounce their goods and possessions, yea, their lives. So some are content to part with their goods, by gi­ving to the poor and other good uses, but it is more out of desire of vain glory and praise of men, than out of love to Christ or the Gospel. The sin of the Pharisees, and many Christians. These have all the reward al­ready, which they are like to have from God, which is none at all.

Use 2 Use 2. If we desire the reward here promised by Christ, see that we do not onely resolve to part with things most dear to us in this World, if we shall be called of God to it; but look that we take up this resolution upon the true and right grounds and motives, viz. upon the calling and command of Christ, and out of true love to Christ and the Gospel, and not for sinister ends or respects, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See how dear and pretious Christ and the Gospell should be unto us, how much we should love and esteem them; so dear, that we should for their sakes be content to forsake and part with things most dear to us in this World; as goods, friends, liberty, life it self. Therefore our Saviour here promiseth a great reward to such as have done this for his sake and the Gospells. Thus dear was Christ and the Gos­pel to the Apostles, as to Paul, Phil. 3. 8. I count all things but loss for knowledg of Christ, &c. for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung, &c. Act. 20. 24. Neither count I my life dear to me, &c. Thus dear was Christ and the Gospel to the Martyrs also. Revel. 12. 11. They loved not their lives un­to the death, but were content to part with them for testimony of the truth. Matth. 13. 44. The Kingdome of heaven is like to a treasure hid in the field, which when a man hath found, he hideth, &c. and for joy goeth and sel­leth all he hath, and buyeth that field. By Kingdome of Heaven, understand there, not onely the [...]aving Grace of Christ, but also the means of attaining this Grace, viz. the Ministry of the Gospel.

Use 1 Use. 1. See what to think of such as profess love to Christ, and to the Gospel, and yet are not willing to part with any thing that is dear to them in this World, for Christ or the Gospel; loath to part with their goods, friends, liberty, life, for Christ's sake, &c. yea, loath to part with a small matter, with a little profit, or pleasure, &c. with a little of their wealth for the enjoying of the Gospel, &c. They would have a cheap Gospel, but will rather part with Christ and the Gospel, than with these earthly things. Like the Gadarens who had rather part with Christ, than with their Swine. Like Esau, who for a mess of pottage sold his birthright. So long as they may enjoy Christ and the Gospell, together with their worldly profits, pleasures, outward peace, liberty, &c. they are willing to enjoy them, and are forward in professing Christ and the Gospel; but if it come once to forsaking of wealth, pleasures, friends, life, &c. then they draw back, and will rather lose Christ and the Gospel, then the things that are dear to them in this World. No true love in such, either to Christ, or to the Gospell; for then they would forsake all that is in the World for love of these.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Labour for this true love to Christ and the Gospell; which may make us willing and content to forsake and part with things most dear to us in the World for the Profession of Christ, and of the Gospell; and rather then to forsake and part with these. Then shall we have true comfort by profession of Christ and the Gospel. To this end, Pray unto God, to work in us this true love to Christ, and to his Word and Gospel, that we may highly esteem and prefer these above all things in this World that are most dear to us, remembring that, Matth. 10. 37. He that loveth Father or Mother, &c. more then me, is not worthy of me.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour joyneth himself and the Gospel together: Hence gather, that it is all one in effect to do or suffer any thing for Christ's sake, and to do or suffer it for the Gospells sake. Therefore our Saviour joyns himself and the Gospell, in setting down the grounds and causes that should move Christi­ans to forsake or suffer loss of things dear to them in this World. So before, chap. 8. ver. 35. Whosoever shall lose his life for my sake and the Gospells, the same shall save it.

Reason. Reas. There is a mutual relation, and near affinity betwixt Christ and the Gospel. For, 1. Christ is the Author of the Doctrine of the Gospell, as also the first publisher and revealer of this Doctrine from the bosome of his Father, Joh. 1. 17, 18.

2. He is also the chief and principal matter of the Gospel, 1 Cor. 1. 23. We Preach Christ Crucified, &c. So that in these respects it is truely called the Doctrine of Christ.

Ʋse. Use. This should encourage us to be ready and willing to do or suffer any thing which God shall call us to, for profession of the Gospell of Christ, and in defence of the truth thereof; as the Apostles, Martyrs, and other faithfull Christians have done; forasmuch as in doing or suffering any thing for the Gospell, we do and suffer it for Christ himself, whose Word and Doctrine it is, and he will reward us for it. Look what we would be willing to do or suffer for Christ's sake if he were now on earth, the same be willing to do and suffer in defence and maintainance of the Word and Doctrine of Christ.

Mark 10. 30.‘But he shall receive an hundredfold, &c. Dec. 28. 1628.

NOw followeth the generality of the persons to whom this promise of reward is made by our Saviour, viz. To all and every one that hath forsaken any thing that is dear to him in this World. There is no man that hath left house, &c. but he shall receive, &c.

Observ. Observ. That God is no respecter of persons in rewarding the good works and obedience of his Saints and servants; but he rewardeth all and every one that doth conscionably perform any good work in way of [Page 770] obedience to his will. Our Saviour here promiseth a reward to every one that hath in obedience to his will, and command forsaken any thing in this World that is dear unto him, &c. So Mark 8. 35. Whosoever shall lose his life for my sake, &c. Rom. 2. 10. There shall be glory, honour, and peace to every man that worketh good, to the Jew first, and also to the Gentile. Ver. 11. For there is no respect of persons with God. So 2 Cor. 5. 10. We must all appear before the Judgment seat of Christ, &c.

Ʋse. Use. To incourage all sorts of Christians to the doing of good works, and to the chearfull and consciona­ble performance of all duties of obedience which God requireth; seeing all and every one shall be rewar­ded that doth thus glorify God by obedience to his will; not one shall go unrewarded, no not he that hath done the least good work in obedience to God, though it be but the giving of a cup of cold Water to a Dis­ciple of Christ; that is, to a good Christian, Matth. 10. 42. Whosoever shall give to one of these little ones, &c. So here our Saviour promiseth a reward to every one that hath forsaken any thing for his sake; There is no man that hath left either house, or brethren, &c. He doth not say, that hath left all these, but any one of these, &c.

Now followeth (in the 3 [...]th verse) the reward it self which is here promised by our Saviour to such as have forsaken any thing dear to them in this World for his sake and the Gospells; which reward is two­fold.

  • 1. Temporary, to be received in this present life; He shall receive an hundred fold now in this time, houses, and brethren, &c.
  • 2. Eternal, to be received and enjoyed in the life to come; In the world to come, he shall receive eternall life.

Observ. 1 General Observ. 1. That in doing good works it is lawfull to look at the reward which God hath promi­sed to such as perform such works conscionably; otherwise our Saviour would not here propound and pro­mise a reward, both Temporal and Eternal, to such as forsake any thing for his sake, &c. See before, [...]ver. 21. of this chap. yea, it is not onely lawfull for us to have respect to the eternal reward in heaven, but also to the reward promised in this life.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The truth of that which the Apostle teacheth us, 1 Tim. 4. 8. That godliness is profitable to all things, having the promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come. The meaning is, that God hath promised great reward and recompence, both in this life, and that which is to come, to all such as are truely Religious, and do shew it, by exercising themselves in the practice of such good works and holy du­ties of obedience as God requireth of them. So our Saviour here promiseth both a Temporall and Eternall reward to such as glorify him by obedience to his will, and shew their Religious affection in forsaking things dear to them in this World for his sake and the Gospels. Psal. 112. 1. Blessed is the man that feareth the Lord, &c. his seed shall be mighty upon the earth, &c. and ver. 3. Wealth and Riches shall be in his house, and his Righteousness endureth for ever; that is, the fruit and reward of his Righteousness, &c. As also ver. 9. Prov. 3. 16. Solomon sayes of Wisdome (by which is meant the true knowledg and fear of God), That length of dayes is in her right hand; and in her left, Riches and Honour, &c. And ver. 18. She is a Tree of life to them that lay hold on her, &c.

Ʋse. Use. To provoke and stir up every one to labour for true piety and the fear of God in his heart, and to shew it in life, by Religious and Conscionable practice of all such duties as God requireth; seeing there is so great reward promised to such, both in this, and in the life to come. So that if we respect but our own good (next unto the glory of God), and if we desire to be truely happy and blessed, both in this life, and in the life to come, the onely way is to become truely Religious and zealous in the profession and practice of true piety.

Now follow the particular Instructions. And first from the temporary reward promised in this life to such as forsake any thing in this World for Christ and the Gospel.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Such as forsake or suffer loss of any thing in this World that is dear unto them, for Christ and the Gospells sake, shall be rewarded of God, even in this present life, so far as shall be good and fit for them. This our Saviour here promiseth. So 1 Tim. 4. 8. Piety hath promise of this life (as was said before). Now this is one work of piety, to forsake all in this world for Christ, &c. I say, so far as shall be good for them, because this is a temporal promise, which is with this condition to be understood, as all other promises of this life.

Quest. Quest. How shall such be rewarded of God in this life, who have suffered losse, or forsaken any thing for Christ, &c?

Answ. Answ. Two wayes especially. 1. By supplying their want of temporal things, with so much the grea­ter measure of spiritual gifts and graces needful to salvation: For example. The Lord will give unto them so much the more feeling and assurance of his love and favour, and of the pardon of their sins in Christ: so much the greater measure of faith, hope, patience, and of true comfort and contentment in their poor and desolate estate in this world. This we may see in the example of the Apostles; who forsaking their goods and friends upon Christ's calling, they were rewarded with so much the greater measure of all spiritual gifts of faith, patience, inward comfor [...] in their poor estate, &c. So the Martyrs, &c.

2. Such as forsake any thing for Christ, shall be rewarded of God in this life, with his blessing upon them in their outward estate, though never so mean and poor, or for [...]o [...] and desolate; whereby it shall be­come better and more comfortable unto them, than if they did still enjoy those things which they have for­saken for Christ, and the Gospel; according to that, Psal. 37. 16. A little that a righteous man hath, is better than the riches of the wicked.

Caution. Caution. This is not so to be understood, as if we could or did by forsaking any thing for Christ, deserve to be thus rewarded in this life; but that the Lord out of his free grace, and for his promise sake will give this reward to us.

Use. Use. To encourage us to this duty of forsaking and parting with things dear to us in this world for Christ and the Gospel, when God calls us to it; seeing there is so great reward promised us for so doing, even in this life, &c. This alone were sufficient, if no other were to be expected in the life to come.

Mark 10. 29, 30. ‘And Jesus answered and said, Verily I say unto you, There is no man that hath left house,—Jan. 18. 1628. for my sake, and the Gospels, But he shall receive an hundred fold, &c.’

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. SUch as suffer loss for Christ's sake and the Gospels, shall not only be rewarded of God in this life, but even in the same or like kind in which they have sustained losse, so far as the Lord shall see it good for them. Having forsaken or lost worldly goods, or friends, or children, &c. they shall re­ceive the same, or the like again by way of recompence. Abraham forsaking his own Countrey, friends, and Kindred, upon the calling of God, was recompenced again in the same or like kind afterward in this life: for God gave him another Country as good and better than his own; and other friends, instead of those he left and forsook: and he blessed him also with children, and with a great estate of wealth. Even Kings de­sired to make Leagues of friendship with him; as may appear, Gen. 14. & Gen. 21. Job having lost his goods, and children, was recompenced again in this life in the very same kind; as appeareth, Job the last Chapter. The Apostles having left and forsaken their own proper goods and friends, were also recompen­ced in the same kind again: for afterward, they were so well provided for in respect of maintenance, that they wanted nothing, Luke 22. 35. and, instead of their own houses, to lodg and dwell in, they had the hou­ses of all the faithful open unto them, to entertain them wheresoever they came. To this purpose it is re­ported by Theodoret, (Eccles. histor. lib. 3. cap. 15.) touching Valentinian, that having for the profession of Christ lost the dignity and honour of being a Tribune or Captain of Souldiers under the Emperour Julian the Apo­state, he was afterward recompenced in the like kind: that is to say, with a greater dignity and honour; even with the dignity of an Emperour.

Use. Ʋse. This again should encourage and move us with all readiness and chearfulness to forsake and part with such things as are dear to us in this world, when God calls us to it for the profession of Christ, and the Go­spel, seeing there is hope, that we shall not only be rewarded in this life, but even in the same or like kind, if the Lord see it good. Think of this, that though God call us to part with our goods, friends, children, &c. for a time; yet he can restore all to us again, either in the same, or in like kind: for the houses, or Lands we forsake, he can give us other houses, and Lands: for our friends and children, he can give us other friends and children, &c. And he will do it, if he see it to be good for us.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. An hundred fold, &c.] In that he promiseth not only a reward in the same kind, but much greater in value and worth, than that which they have forsaken; hence gather, That such as forsake or part with any thing for Christ and the Gospel, are so far from losing, or being hindered thereby, that they are great gainers by this means even in this life; receiving such a recompence, as is far better, and more in va­lue than all that they have forsaken. Yea, they are not only recompenced with more and better than they did forgo: but sometimes with better in the same kind; as we see in Job's example, who had twice so much cattle and goods given him as before: and in the Apostles, who for one house of their own which they for­sook, had the use of many other houses where they came: and in Valentinian, whose loss of his Tribunes place, was recompenced with the dignity and majesty of an Emperour, as we heard before. And although they be not recompenced with a reward better in the same kind, than that which they have lost or forsaken: yet at least with such as is better in some other kind. For example, if God do not give them a greater por­tion of worldly goods, friends, or children, than they had before: yet at least, he gives them a greater por­tion of his Spirit, and of the graces thereof, (as we have heard before) which is far more in value than all that they have forsaken.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To answer such as fear or doubt, that if they should forgo the things of this world for Christ's sake, &c. it would be a hinderance to them in this world, &c. On the contrary, here we see, that such gain more than they lose.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See again how ready we should be to forsake any thing for Christ; knowing that it shall be no losse, but great gain to us. Therefore be glad of such an opportunity offered us, whereby we may so much benefit and advantage our selves even in this world; and be most ready and forward to do that, by which we are sure to gain so much more than we lose; even an hundred fold, either in temporal blessings, or in spi­ritual graces, or in both.

Mark 10. 30.‘But he shall receive an hundred fold, now in this time, houses, and brethren, and sisters, Janu. 25. 1628. and mothers, and children, and lands, with persecutions, &c.’

IT followeth. With persecutions] That is, with troubles raised against him by the enemies of Christ, and of the Gospel, as the words were before explained. This is the Condition annexed here by our Saviour, to the promise of temporal reward in this life, which he maketh to such as f [...]rsake any thing for him and the Gospel.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That all temporal Promises of God touching blessings of this life, are made with the condi­tion of the Crosse annexed to them, and are so to be understood: that as God doth promise to bestow bles­sings and good things of this life upon his Saints and servants, so far as shall be fit: so also it is his Will, that they shall be tryed and exercised in this life with many crosses and troubles. This condition is here expressed by our Saviour; and Psal. 34. 9, 10, &c. compared with the 19. Verse. And though it be not in all other places of Scripture expressed, where we find promises of temporal blessings: yet is it alwayes to be understood in such promises. Hence it is, that as in Scripture there are many such promises of temporal bles­sings of this life made unto the Saints of God; so also there are many predictions of the Crosse and afflicti­ons to be suffered by the Saints: yea, by all the true Saints and children of God; as 2 Tim. 3. 12. All that will live godly, &c. Joh. 16. 33. In the world ye shall have tribulation, &c. and Act. 14. 22. We must through much tribulation enter, &c. and 1 Thess. 3. 3. we are said to be appointed unto afflictions. These predictions of the Crosse, being compared with the promises of temporal blessings, do shew how those promises are to be [Page 772] understood, viz. not absolutely, but with the condition of the Crosse annexed; and that they are so to be received and imbraced, and no otherwise.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See that the many and great afflictions which the Saints of God suffer in this life, are no hinde­rance at all to the truth of Gods promises of temporal blessings and prosperity made to his children; in as much as all such promises do include this condition of the Crosse.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See the folly of such Christians, who because the Lord hath in his Word made many excellent promises of temporal blessings to his Saints and servants, do hereupon promise to themselves a life of ease and outward prosperity, free from troubles, &c. As if God had not annexed the condition of the crosse to all his temporal promises of this life: or as if he had not as well ordained his true servants to the suffering of afflictions, as to the enjoying of temporal blessings in this life, &c. These do miserably deceive themselves; and separate things which God hath joyned, viz. the suffering of the crosse, and the enjoying of temporal blessings promised to Gods children in this life.

Use 3 Use 3. To teach us, That as we desire and hope to be partakers of the blessings and good things of this life, which God hath promised to his Saints and Children; so withall we remember with what condition these blessings are promised; namely, with the condition of suffering the Crosse and afflictions: and there­fore to make sure accompt of our portion in the crosses and troubles of this life, as well as in the blessings and good things promised of God; as well to taste of the bitterness, as of the sweetness of a Christians life in this world. God will have it so, and hath so decreed and appointed, that his dearest children in this life shall not enjoy all prosperity, and no troubles; or all comforts, and no crosses: but prosperity and adver­sity, comforts and crosses, mingled together, &c. Therefore as we daily receive blessings at the hands of God, and look for continuance of them according to the promises of God: so must we daily prepare for crosses and troubles to be suffered. Job. 2. 10. Shall we receive good at the hands of God, and not evill? Yea, the more blessings we receive, and enjoy, the more cause have we both to prepare for troubles, and also to bear them with patience and contentedness when they come.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. One kind of crosse or affliction which a Christian must make account to suffer in this life, is persecution, or troubles raised against him by wicked enemies of God and of his truth. This our Saviour here foretelleth unto his disciples. So also he doth elsewhere; as Joh. 15. 20. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you, &c. And 2 Tim. 3. 12. the Apostle affirmeth in general, That all that will live godly in Christ Jesus, shall suffer persecution. This the Saints of God have in all Ages suffered at the hands of wicked men; and so must make account to do unto the end of the world: that old enmity which God did at first put between the seed of the Woman, and of the Serpent, Gen. 3. 15. doth still continue, and will do to the end of the world. And this is the cause that wicked men being set on work by Satan, do out of that hatred and malice which they bear to the Saints of God, raise troubles against them. Which being so, Christians in all Ages must make account to suffer this kind of cross, viz. persecutions at the hands of wicked men.

More particularly, there are two kinds of Persecution which Christians must make account to suffer from wicked men.

The first is, in word, or the persecution of the tongue; whereby wicked men, and enemies of the truth, do speak evil of the Saints of God; either mocking and scoffing at them, or reviling them, or slandering and backbiting them. Gal. 4. 29. Ismael in mocking at Isaac, is said to have persecuted him.

The second kind of persecution is in Deed, or actual persecution; when wicked men do by malitious deeds or practices persecute or pursue the Saints of God, labouring to vex and molest them, and to stir up troubles against them. Thus Saul persecuted David, seeking his life, &c. and thus Paul before his Con­version, persecuted and wasted the true Church.

Both these kinds of Persecution good Christians must make account to suffer from wicked men: though not alwayes in the same degree, or manner.

Use 1 Use 1. Teacheth us to prepare and arm our selves before-hand for this kind of crosse and tryal, that we may be able to bear it when it cometh, viz. to be molested, vexed, and troubled by the malice of profane and wicked men, to be persecuted by them in word and deed, &c. Pray and labour for Patience and Chri­stian courage to bear this tryal, which is very grievous and hard to bear; as we shall find when it comes to tryall.

Use 2 Ʋse. 2. To comfort us when we meet with this kind of tryall, viz. persecution by wicked enemies of God, and of his truth; when such as these do stir up troubles against us, when they molest and vex us in word or deed, as by scoffs, slanders, &c. Let us not think strange, or be dismayed hereat: for this is that we must look for, and which hath alwayes bin the lot of Gods true and faithfull servants, thus to be persecuted and troubled by the wicked of this World, Act. 7. 52. Which of the Prophets have not your Fathers persecuted, &c. The seed of the Serpent hath alwayes bin an enemy to the Seed of the Woman, which is the true Church, and so will be to the end of the World. Here then is no cause of discouragement, but of comfort, so far forth as we suffer this persecution for the name of Christ, and for well-doing. Matth. 5. 10. &c. Blessed are they which are persecuted for Righteousness sake, for theirs is the Kingdome of Heaven, &c.

It followeth. And in the World to come eternal life.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though we cannot by good works merit eternal life (as the Papists falsly teach) yet eternal life is promised, and shall be given of God as a reward to such as do conscionably practise good works in this life, &c. Of this before, ver. 21.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Such as forsake things dear to them in this World for the profession of Christ and the Gospell shall not onely be rewarded of God in this present life, so far as the Lord sees it good for them (as we have heard before) but also in the life to come, with the reward of eternal life and glory in Gods heavenly King­dome. And this is the chief and principal reward promised to such by our Saviour in this place. So be­fore ver. 21. he promised the young Ruler, that if he would sell all, and give to the poor, he should have Treasure in heaven. And Joh. 12. 25. He that hateth his life, shall keep it unto Eternal life. Thus the Apo­stles forsaking all upon Christ's calling and command, were not onely rewarded in this life, but after this life in Heaven, where now they reign with Christ in his heavenly Kingdome, and so shall do, till the com­ming [Page 773] of Christ to Judgment, and from thenceforth for ever. See Matth. 19. 28. So the Martyrs.

Use 1 Use 1. See the truth of that before taught, that such as forsake or part with any thing in this World for Christ and the Gospell, are no losers thereby, but great gainers; and that not onely in this life, but especi­ally in that which is to come, as here we see. Therefore fear not loss or hinderance, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. To encourage and move us most willingly to practise this duty of forsaking and parting with things most dear to us in this World, whensoever we shall be called to it, seeing there is so great and excellent re­ward promised and shall be given us, not onely in this life, but in that which is to come. Heaven will pay for all our losses. Though we should lose all, as Job; or be put to forsake all as the Apostle [...] and Martyrs; yet we shall receive all again in heaven, yea, much more, and better then all that we have forsaken in this World. If in this present life we may be said to receive an hundred fold more then we have forsaken (as hath bin shewed before), how much more in heaven, &c. For what is all this World if it be compared with heaven, and the life to come, &c? Oh then, how ready and willing should we be to forsake all for Christ and the Gospell, in hope of so great reward in heaven. How willingly should we sell all to purchase this Treasure, and Pearl of eternal life, as we are taught in the Parable, Matth. 13. How gladly have the Saints of God parted with things dear to them in this World, upon the calling of God, in hope of this heavenly re­ward? Hebr. 10. 34. They suffered joyfully the spo [...]ling of their goods, looking for a better substance, &c. Abra­ham, Hebr. 11. 8. forsook his countrey in hope of a better Countrey and City in heaven. Moses, Hebr. 11. 26. forsook the honours and pleasures of Aegypt, having respect to the recompence of reward in Heaven. So should we, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The excellency of that estate of glory in Heaven, in that it is called by the name of life; yea, of eternal life, &c. But of this also before, ver. 21.

Mark 10. 31.‘But many that are first shall be last, and the last shall be first. Febr. 1. 1628.

HItherto of the first part of Christ's answer to Peter professing his own and fellow Disciples obedience in forsaking all and following Christ, in which our Saviour made an excellent promise of great reward, which shall be given, both in this life, and the life to come, unto such as have in this World forsaken any thing for his sake and the Gospells.

Now followeth the second part of his answer to Peter, in this verse; which contains a Prophetical admo­nition or caution given by our Saviour to his Disciples touching the future estate of sund [...]y professors of the Gospell.

This admonition or prediction is twofold. 1. Touching the Apostacy and backsliding of many, who at first, and for a time, had bin most forward in outward shew and prof [...]ssion of Christ and the Gospel, and so seemed to be nearest unto the Kingdome of God, and to eternal life, in regard of right and title to it. That such should fall away from their first profession, and so become last in the Kingdome of Heaven; Many that are first shall be last.

2. Touching the Calling and Conversion of others to the profession of Christ and the Gospel, and conse­quently to the participation of eternal life in Gods Kingdome, who as yet were hindmost in the profession of Christ, and so seemed farthest off from the Kingdome of Heaven. And the last shall be first.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour here give this prophetical admonition to his Disciples?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because Peter and the other Disciples were too well conceited of themselves, and their obedi­ence shewed in forsaking all, and following Christ, as we heard before, ver. 28. therefore our Saviour by this admonition, would teach them not to be too confident of themselves, and of their good beginnings, but to be humble minded.

2. By this admonition touching the Apostacy of such as had bin so forward, he would stir them up to con­stancy and perseverance in their Christian course, lest otherwise they lose their reward promised in the for­mer verse.

First to clear the meaning of the words.

Many that are first] Many of those who have begun well, and for the present, are most forward in out­ward shew and profession of Religion, and the Gospel, and consequently seem to be nearest to eternal life, and to the Kingdome of Heaven, and to have best right and title to that reward promised in the foregoing verse.

Shall be last] Shall afterward fall away, and give over their first good profession, discovering their Hypo­crisy and unsoundness, and so shall shew themselves to be last and h [...]ndmost of all, in regard of the truth and power of Religion and Christianity, and consequently, in regard of right and title to the Kingdome of hea­ven, from which they shall therefore be utterly excluded.

And the last] Such as are yet the most backward, or hindmost in outward profession of the Gospel, being not yet called thereunto, and so seem to be farthest off from eternal life, in regard of right and title to it.

Shall be first] Shall in time to come be called to the true and sincere profession of the Gospel, and shall shew themselves most forward therein, and consequently shall be first in the Kingdome of heaven; that is, partakers of it before those who in time past were before them in outward profession of Religion.

Now follow the Instructions from the words. And first, from the first part of Christ's admonition. Many that are first shall be last.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Such as are fore most in outward shew and profession of Religion, are not alwayes the best Christians, but sometimes Hypocrites, and so do shew themselves afterward to be. Our Saviour here speaks of some who being fore most in outward profession of Christianity, should afterward fall away, and so prove the last and hindmost in the truth and sincerity of Religion. The Scribes and Pharisees in our Saviour's time were fore most in shew of Religion, yet hindmost in truth and sincerity. 2 Tim. 3. 5. The Apostle fore­telleth of some in these last times, who should have a form of godliness, but should deny the power thereof.

Ʋse. Ʋse. This must teach us not to trust too much to an outward shew or profession of Religion, either in ou [...] selves, or in others; but to look at truth and sincerity, and to labour for it above all.

1. Take heed of trusting to an outward shew of Religion in our selves, which can do us no good, nor bring us any true comfort. This outward shew of Religion may be in Hypocrites, yea, in Reprobates, and such as shall be last in the Kingdome of Heaven; that is, shall never come there; yea, Hypocrites may go very far in this outward shew and profession of Religion, resembling the sound Christian in all outward du­ties and performances; as in comming to Church, hearing the Word, Prayer, &c. and yet still be Hypo­crites, and unsound Christians. Therefore rest not in any outward shew or appearance of Religion, though never so glorious and excellent, but above all, labour for inward truth and sincerity, and for the power of Re­ligion and Godliness, by which we may outstrip the most formal Hypocrite in the World, &c.

2. Take heed also of trusting too much unto a shew and profession of Religion in others, further then we see some good or probable evidence of sincerity in such as make profession. Otherwise, rely not too much upon such shews, neither put too much confidence in such Professors, till we have seen or heard of some trial of their sincerity, Joh. 2. 23. our Saviour would not commit himself to some who made shew of belie­ving in him. No more should we be too confident of such as make a fair shew in Religion, till there hath bin some tryall of their sincerity. In the mean time, we are to pray for their sincerity, and to exhort them unto it, as occasion is offered, and so far as our Christian calling bindeth us, especially those of our charge, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Such as begin well, and make a fair shew of Religion and Christianity for a time, do not al­wayes persevere constantly, but sometimes fall away from their first profession, and so discover their Hy­pocri [...]y; yea, oftentimes, &c. Our Saviour here foretelleth his Disciples of many, who being the chief and foremost for a time in profession of Religion, should afterward by their Apostacy become last and hind­most in the truth and power of Religion. Now as our Saviour here foretold it should be, so it hath [...]in in all ages of the Church since that time.

Examples. Judas among the Apostles, began well, and made a fair shew for a time; yet afterward fell away, and proved a Devill by Apostacy, Joh. 6. 70. See also ver. 66. The young Ruler (of whom we heard before in this Chapter) begun well, &c. yet at length went away sorrowfull from Christ, ver. 22. Joh. 5. 35. The Jews at first, and for a time, rejoyced in the Ministery of John Baptist, but afterward fell away from it. Luke 8. 13. Those hearers compared to the stony ground, receive the Word with joy for a time, yet afterward fall away in time of trial. 2 Tim. 4. 10. Demas for a time made a good profession, yet afterward forsook Paul, &c. (though some think he afterward repented, which is uncertain). So some others mentioned by Paul elsewhere, as 1 Tim. 1. 19. who having begun well, did afterward make ship­wrack of Faith, as Hymeneus and Alexander amongst the rest. Revel. 8. and 9th chap. there is mention of Stars falling from heaven, by which are meant such as shined for a time in the Church, &c. And expe­rience of all ages confirms this.

Reason. Reas. Perseverance is a gift proper to the elect of God; but all that begin well and make a good professi­on, are not in the number of the Elect, for many are called, but few are chosen, Matth. 20. 16. There­fore wicked men may be very forward in the outward, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. Teacheth us not so much to rejoyce and bless God for the good beginnings of others in Christia­nity, as to pray for their perseverance, and to exhort and encourage them hereunto. How needfull is this, see­ing so many fall away, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Seeing all that begin well, and make good profession at first, do not hold out, but some fall away, yea, many, even a great part of professors in all ages and times of the Church; this must teach us not to think strange or be offended, if we see it so in these times, and in this age wherein we live, that some Chri­stians, yea, many who have begun well, and made a fair shew in the Church for a time, do afterward fall away, and having shined like stars, do afterward lose their light, &c. This is no new or strange thing, but such as is here foretold by our Saviour, and which hath bin verified in all ages and times of the Church, and therefore no marvail if it be so now; espeically considering that these are the last and most declining times, of which it is Prophesied else where by our Saviour, Matth. 24. 12. That because Iniquity should abound, the love of many should wax cold, &c. yea, though we should see never so many fall away before us; this must not make us stagger in our profession, but we must still be resolute and constant therein. See more of this Use before, upon ver. 22.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. See that we are not to rest in good beginnings, or in any shew or profession of Religion made for a time; but above all to labour for perseverance and constancy in the profession of Christ, &c. (See more of this use also before upon ver. 22.) We must with Paul, forget those things which are behind, and reach forth to those things which are before, pressing toward the mark, for the price of the high calling of God, &c. Phil. 3. 13.

Use 4 Use 4. See how needfull to labour for truth and sincerity of Grace, that we may persevere and hold out, which else we shall never do. To get true Faith, that being built upon the rock.

Mark 10. 31.‘And the last shall be first. F [...]br. 22. 1628.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. IT is possible for some Christians to make so good a shew and profession of Religion before men, that they may seem to be first in the Kingdom of Heaven; that is, to have speciall right and title to it, and yet for all that, they may come short, and be excluded from that heavenly Kingdom. It is possible for men to be so forward in outward profession of Christ and the Gospel, and to make so fair a shew hereof, that they may seem before men to be Children of the Kingdom, and yet be shut out from it with the wicked and Reprobates. Such a fair shew did Judas make, that his fellow-Disciples thought him to belong to Christ's Kingdom, as well as themselves; and yet he was excluded from it, and went to his own place, Act. 1. 25. So those mentioned Luke 13. 28. who made so fair a shew and profession of Christ in this [Page 775] world, by conversing with him on the earth, and hearing his doctrine, that they did seem not only to others, but to themselves also to have right to the heavenly Kingdom: and yet for all this, our Saviour tells them, they shall hereafter see the Patriarchs and Prophets i [...] the Kingdom of God, and themselves thrust out. So Matth. 25. the five foolish Virgins were such as made a fair outward profession of Christ, as well as the wise: for they had lamps as well as the wise, and some oyl also in their lamps, though not sufficient; and they all went forth to meet the Bridegroom: and hereupon they seemed to be Children of the Bride-Chamber, as well as the wise, and yet they were afterward shut out. So Matth. 22. he that came to the Marriage-Feast without his Wedding-garment, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See how dangerous it is for Christians to rest in an outward shew and profession of Religion be­fore men, though never so glorious; seeing it is possible to go so far in outward shew and profession, that men may seem to belong to the Kingdom of Heaven, and yet never come into it, but be for ever shut out from it. Let us therefore take heed of resting in any outward shew of Religion, though never so plausible before men: and labour above all for the truth and power of saving grace in our hearts, that so we may not only seem unto men to have right to the Kingdom of heaven; but may indeed have true title unto it before God, and so may not be excluded from it. We must not here rest in the good opinion which men have of us, nor build our hope of eternal life hereupon: but labour for good assurance before God, and in our con­sciences, that we have true title to it, and shall undoubtedly be partakers of it. Without this inward assu­rance in our selves, we can have no true comfort, though all the world should think well of us, and judg us to be first in the Kingdom of Heaven; we may for all that prove to be last in it; that is, be utterly exclu­ded fro [...] it, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See that it is no common or easie matter to attain to true right and title to eternal life, much less to be actually partakers of it in heaven; seeing many that seem, in regard of outward profession of Religion, to have right unto it: yet have none in deed and truth, but shall be excluded from it. Which being so, must teach us to shake off security and carelesness in the profession of Religion, and to work out our salvation with fear and trembling, Phil. 2. 12. Giving all diligence to make our Calling and Election sure unto our selves, that so we may never fall, 2 Pet. 1. 10. Striving to enter in at the strait gate: because many shall strive, and not be able. Luke 13. 24.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. The danger of Apostacy or falling from that good profession which Christians have made; in that by this means they come to be last in the Kingdom of Heaven; that is, to be excluded from it. So Judas, and other like hypocrites. Luke 9. ult. No man having put his hand to the plough, and looking back, &c.

Reason. Reason. The promise of eternal life in God's Kingdom, is made to such as continue constant to the end in the profession of Christ and the Gospel. Matth. 24. 13. He that shall endure to the end, the same shall be saved. Therefore such as do not hold out to the end, but fall away, must needs be shut out from Gods King­dome.

Caution. Caution. This is not to be understood of every kind of Apostacy; for even the Elect and faithful children of God may, and do sometimes [...], all away in part, and for a time: leaving their first love, as the Church of Eph [...]su [...] did, Revel. 2. but it is to be understood of those who fall away wholly and finally from their first profession, and do not by repentance recover themselves.

Use. Use. Teacheth us to fear and take heed of this dangerous sin o [...] apostacy and falling away from our first good profession of Christ; lest by this means having been first in outward profession, we prove last in the Kingdom of Heaven. On the contrary, pray and labour for truth and sincerity of heart in our profession, that so we may persevere to the end.

Observ. 1 Now followeth the second part of Christ's Prophetical Admonition, &c. And the last shall be first] Observ. 1. God doth not call all his Elect at once, or at the same time to the knowledg and profession of Christ, and of the Gospel, but some sooner, some later. This may be gathered from these words; in that our Saviour mentioneth some that are last; that is, such as were not yet called, and therefore not so soon as others, but did live in ignorance and unbelief of the Gospel, and yet do belong to God, and to his King­dome. This shews, that all the Elect of God are not called at one and the same time, but some sooner, and some later: and that the calling of some is a long time deferred. This is taught more plainly and fully by our Saviour, Matth. 13. in the Parable of the housholder that hired Labourers to work in his Vineyard: some about the third hour, some about the sixth, some about the ninth, and some about the eleventh hour. See this in some Examples. The Jews were called before the Gentiles to the knowledg of the Gospel. Matth. 10. 5. The Apostles in their first sending forth, are bid to go first to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, &c. The Apostles themselves were not all called at once, but some sooner, some later. See Joh. 1. Andrew and Peter were first called, then Philip, &c. Some are called being young, as Timothy: others not till elder age. Some in the former part of their life: others, not till death; as the Theef on the Crosse, &c.

Ʋse. Use. See, that we are in charity to hope well of such as are yet uncalled, living in ignorance, and unbelief, &c. Though they be not yet called or inlightned, yet they may belong to Gods Election of grace, and may in time to come be called, &c. They may be Christ's sheep, though not as yet gathered into his fold. Joh. 10. 16. Other sheep I have, &c. Therefore we should pray and labour by all means to further the calling and Conversion of such, and to gain them to Christ by instruction, admonition, exhortation, &c. yea, though they be such as have lived long time in ignorance, profaness, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is possible for such as are for the present not only ignorant and uncalled, but most profane and wicked of all others, and are furthest off from the Kingdom of God, to be in time to come effectually called, and so become partakers of eternal life, before such as have made better shew: Such as are the very last and hindmost of all in the outward profession of Christ, and consequently seem to be last in the King­dom of Heaven, may come to be first, &c. Matth. 21. 31. Our Saviour tells the Priests and Elders of the Jews, that Publicans and Harlots went before them into the Kingdom of God. Examples, Zacheus, Mary Magdalen, &c.

Use. Use. This teacheth us not to despair of the conversion and salvation of great offenders, and such as are for [Page 776] the present most profane and wicked: but to conceive hope of their future calling, and in this hope to use all good means in our power to further their conversion and salvation, if it be possible; remembring, that James 5. ult. He which convereth a sinner from the errour of his way, shall save his soul, &c.

Mark 10. 32, 33, 34.‘And they were in the way going up to Jerusalem; and Jesus went before them, &c. March 1. 1628.

THe fifth part of this Chapter containing our Saviour's Prediction or foretelling of his future Passion and Resurrection, to his Disciples. Where three things are set down by the Evangelist.

1. The place where he foretold them of these things; which was in the way to Hierusalem: together with the occasion of his foretelling them, viz. his going or journeying with them in that way to Hierusalem. Which journey is further described by two Circumstances which accompanyed it. 1. By the order and manner of their going, That he we [...]t before, and they followed. 2. By a special accident which happened to the Disciples in the way, That they were stricken with great fear.

The second thing set down by the Evangelist, is the persons to whom our Saviour now foretold his Pas­sion and Resurrection; which were his twelve Apostles: together with the manner and circumstances of his doing it: 1. He took them apart. 2. He did it again, &c.

3. The Prediction it self, or Matter foretold; set down two wayes. 1. Generally, What things should happen to him. 2. More particularly, Verse 33.

And they were going up, &c.] To be understood of our Saviour and his twelve Disciples or Apostles, to­gether with some others also who were now present, and did accompany our Saviour in this journey, as is probable; and may be gathered by this, that it is said afterward, he took the twelve Disciples apart, which shews, that there were others also present with them the same time.

Further note, That this was our Saviour's last journey or going to Hierusalem, which happened not long before his death; and the main end of his going thither now was, that his Passion and Resurrection might there be accomplished: and therefore now by the way, he takes occasion to foretel his Disciples of his Pas­sion and Resurrection shortly to be fulfilled at Hierusalem.

Observ. Observ. The Wisdom of our Saviour, in observing and taking the fittest opportunities and occasions of time and place to instruct his Disciples in those things which were needful for them to know, as also to comfort and encourage them against the crosse and afflictions which He and they were afterward to suffer. So here, being in his last journey to Hierusalem, where he was to dye and suffer, and to rise again; he takes occasion by the way, to instruct them in those things which were to happen unto him; and withall, by this means to comfort and strengthen them against that time of trouble which was shortly to come upon them. Now this may teach Ministers of the Word, and all such as have charge of others souls, not only to be careful and di­ligent in instructing, comforting, and edifying those of their charge; but also to be wise and prudent in ob­serving the fittest times and occasions to do this, viz. when they may with most conveniency do it, and when those of their charge have most need of such instruction and comfort, and are most likely to profit by it. 2 Tim. 4. 2. Timothy is charged to preach the Word in season, and out of season, &c. and Act. 20. 18. Paul was with those of Ephesus at all seasons, to instruct them both publickly and privately. So Parents and Masters of Familie [...] should wisely observe and [...]ke the fittest occasions of time and place, to instruct, comfort, and edifie those of their charge; as wife, children, servants, &c. when they may most conveniently do it, and when there is most need, and most hope of doing good, &c. Prov. 15. 23. A word spoken in season, how good is it? and Prov. 25. 11. A word spoken upon his wheels, is like apples of gold, &c.

Now followeth the order and manner of our Saviour's going or journeying toward Hierusalem with his D [...]sciples.

Jesus went before them, and they followed] Now though it is most likely, that at other times also he used to go before them in the way: yet now in special above other times, this is noted in him by the Evangelist; because he was now going to the place where he was shortly to suffer; and because also (as it is probable) he did by this manner of going before them, expresse a speciall kind of alacrity and forwardnesse to go this Journey.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The readiness and willingness of our Saviour Christ to dye and suffer the wrath of God and punishment due to us for our sins; in that being now in his last journey to Hierusalem, where he knew he must shortly suffer, yet he shewed such extraordinary alacrity and cheerfulness in going before his Disciples, &c. See this Point before, Chap. 8. Verse 31. with the Uses of it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here a lively image and representation of Christ and his true Church in the order of their suffering the crosse and afflictions of this life, That Christ the Head goeth before, and the faithfull which are his Members do follow after in suffering, &c. 2. Pet. 2. 21. Christ suffered for us, leaving us an example, that we should follow his steps. Therefore also the faithful in suffering the Crosse, are said to fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ, &c. as Paul, Col. 1. 24.

Ʋse. Use. This should greatly comfort us in all troubles and afflictions which we are called to suffer in this life: when we consider that Christ the Son of God goeth before us as our Captain and Leader of this way of the Crosse, in which we are to walk to the Kingdom of Heaven. Oh then how willingly and chearfully should we follow. A good Souldier must follow his Captain abs (que) gemitu: so must a good Christian follow Christ in suffering the Crosse, without repining or grudging. Matth. 16. 24. If any will come after me, let him—take up his Cr [...]sse and follow me. We are not bid simply to take it up. Let us then do it willingly and ch [...]arfully; yea, think it an honour and great priviledg to go after Christ in the way to Hierusalem; in the way to the Crosse; to follow him to Golgotha, bearing the Cross after him, as Simon of Cyrene did. Quum Christ us ipse crucem et supplicim passus sit, tantum pret [...]m illis accessit, ut nemo hu [...]usmodi pati dignus sit, &c. Luther. Serm. de 10. Leprosis.

Mark 10. 32.‘And Jesus went before them, and they were amazed, &c. March 8. 1628.

IT followeth. And they were amazed, and afraid] Some understand the first of these words, of the Disciples being astonished with admiration or wondring at Christ's alacrity and sorwardness, in going before them to Jerusalem, the place of his suffering; but we may take both the words to be used by the Evangelist, to sig­nify one and the same thing, viz. the great fear with which they were amazed or astonished at this time, when they followed Christ in the way.

Quest. Quest. What was the cause of this fear in them?

Answ. Answ. Most likely that the cause was, the great perill and danger which they conceived both their Master Christ, and themselves also to be in, by going up to Jerusalem. For, 1. They knew that our Saviour had most malicious enemies there which sought his life, as may appear, Joh. 11. 8. where they disswade him from going into Judaea, and so to Jerusalem, because the Jews had formerly sought to stone him there.

2. They had before heard our Saviour foretell them of his suffering death at Jerusalem, Matth. 16. 21. Now although they did not as yet thorowly conceive that prediction of Christ, yet they did so far believe his words to be true, that hereupon they began now to be stricken with great fear, lest his life and their own too should be brought into great danger at Jerusalem, whither they were now going. At least they feared that some great troubles and distresses were like to come upon them, in case that Christ their Master should be put to death, as he had foretold them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is a natural Infirmity even in the Saints of God, that they are apt to be too timerous and fearful of the cross, and of outward troubles and dangers; and especially, when their lives are indangered. Christ's Disciples conceiving now that great troubles and dangers were like to come upon them at Jerusa­lem, whither they were going, do begin to be astonished with fear, notwithstanding that Christ was with them, and did go before them in the way. This shews how timerous and fearful, even the Saints of God are of troubles and dangers like to come upon them. So Matth. 8. 26. when they were in danger of drow­ning in the water, being in the Ship with him in a great tempest, they were stricken with great fear, Joh. 21. 18. Our Saviour tells Peter, that when he should be led forth to execution, he should be unwilling to go, and to suffer death; which is to be understood of his natural will, in regard of the infirmity of his flesh, which should make him fearful and unwilling to suffer such a violent death as he should be put unto. This fear caused all the Disciples to forsake Christ, and to fly when he was apprehended, Matth. 26. 56. and made Peter follow a far off. This also was the cause of Peters denial of him afterward. Matth. 26. 41. The Spirit is ready, but the flesh is weak. This natural weakness of the flesh, in fearing outward troubles and dangers, (and especially death) some of the Martyrs did feel at the first, and for a time, though afterward the Lord strengthened them to overcome it.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. See the cause and reason why, even the Saints of God themselves, as well as others, do by nature abhor and shun afflictions and death; and are very loath and unwilling to undergo and suffer them. It is because they do naturally fear such troubles and dangers through the infirmity and weakness of their flesh and corrupt nature, and this fear maketh them so much to shun that which they fear, and to be so loath to suffer it.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To comfort weak Christians at such time as they do feel in themselves such timerousness and fear­fullness of suffering troubles, and of going through dangers, and death it self. It is no otherwise with them then it hath bin and is with the best Saints of God, so far forth as they are in part unregenerate, and so have flesh as well as Spirit in them, &c. If Christ's Disciples having him with them, yet were so fearfull, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See what need for the best Christians to labour and strive against this natural weakness in themselves, viz. this timerousness and fear of the cross and outward troubles and dangers, and especially against fear of death, &c. What need to pray to God to strengthen them, and to use all means to resist and over­come this naturall timerousnesse, labouring for Faith in Gods mercy and protection; the onely reme­dy, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though they were amazed with fear, yet for all that, they follow Christ in the way to Jerusa­lem; which shews, that they did not give way to their timerousness, but resisted it, offering violence to themselves, rather then they would forsake Christ, or refuse to go with him to suffer; which teacheth us, that we are not to give way to our natural infirmity and timerousness in times of trouble and danger, but we must labour so to resist and overcome it, that it may not hinder us in obtaining Christ by following him, and taking up our Cross. Peter followed, though it were far off, when Christ was apprehended. We must here deny our selves, that we may take up our Cross and follow Christ, as it is Matth. 16. We must c [...]ucify our flesh and corrupt nature, offering violence to our selves, that we may obey and follow Christ in suffering the Cross and Afflictions, yea, death it self when we shall be called to it. Thus did some of the Ma [...]tyrs, when feeling themselves fearful of death at first, they did not give way to this timerousness, but resisted it, and laboured to overcome it by faith. So must we in like case; the rather, because this is the difference between the fear of the wicked, and the fear of Gods children in time of trouble and danger. The wicked give way to their fear, so as to be overcome of it, but the Saints of God do not so, but resist it by all means, la­bouring by faith and prayer to vanquish it in themselves, &c.

Mark 10. 32.‘And he took again the Twelve, and began to tell them, &c. Mar. 15. 1628.

NOw follow the persons to whom he foretold his Passion and Resurrection. His twelve Disciples or Apo­stles, together with the manner and circumstances of his foretelling these unto them.

  • 1. He took them apart, as is more plainly expressed, Matth. 20. 17.
  • [Page 778] 2. He did this again, notwithstanding that he had before foretold them these things in private, as we heard before, chap. 8. 31. and chap. 9. 31. yet now again the third time he doth take them aside to foretell them of the same things.

Quest. 1 Of the first. Quest. 1. Why did he foretell these things to his Twelve Disciples or Apostles in pri­vate?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because they were his most familiar friends, and nearest unto him, and about him, and therefore fittest to be made acquainted with such secrets, and private matters as these were at this time. Joh. 15. 15. I have called you friends, for all things that I have heard of my Father, I have made known unto you.

2. Because it concerned them most nearly to know these things.

  • 1. In that they were afterward to be special witnesses of his Passion and Resurrection, to testify and con­firm the truth of them to others.
  • 2. In that they were also in some sort to partake with him in his sufferings; For when the Shepheard was smitten, the Sheep were to be scattered, as he tells them afterward, Matth. 26. 31.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why did he not foretell these things also to all the rest that were with him in the way, or to his Disciples before them all?

Answ. Answ. Because the due time was not yet come for the publishing or divulging of his Passion and Resur­rection, which was not to be done till after these things were fulfilled. See Matth. 17. 9. compared with Luke 9. 31.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Why was it not fit for these things to be made commonly known before-hand?

Answ. Answ. 1. Because they would have seemed strange and incredible to the common people, who there­fore were not likely to conceive or believe these things, if they should have bin told them before hand. For if the Disciples themselves were so hard to conceive them, as we may see Luke 18. 34. then much more the common sort, &c.

2. Great hurt and inconvenience might have come of the divulging of Christ's death and sufferings before hand. For by this means the accomplishment of these might have bin hindered some way or other; or, otherwise, this might have bin a means to provoke and stir up his malicious enemies to hasten his death and passion before the due time; and so he should have bin accessary to his own death. Sic Calvin. et Maldo­nat.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The special care which our Saviour had of his twelve Disciples above all others, to instruct them in those things which were needfull for them to know, and to comfort and strengthen them against the Cross and troubles like to come upon them. They being his special charge, and nearest unto him, even of his own family as it were, he is especially carefull of their Spiritual good, to instruct, comfort, and edify them upon all occasions, and so to fit them for their Ministerial office, &c. This teacheth us, that although we should be ready to further the Spiritual good of all others, as occasion is offered; yet especially of those that are of our special charge, by instructing, comforting, and edifying them in Grace, &c. Ministers to in­struct and edify their own flock, Parents their children, &c. If he that is negligent in making bodily pro­vision for his own, and those of his Family hath denyed the Faith, &c. 1 Tim. 5. 8. how much greater is the sin of those that are not carefull of the Spiritual good of their own, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The wisdome of our Saviour in concealing the Doctrine of his Passion and Resurrection for a time from the common people, because the due time for the publishing of it was not come; neither were they as yet capable of these things, or likely to profit by them if they should have bin told of them before­hand. This must teach us like Wisdome, in not publishing all truths at all times, nor to all persons; but at such times when it may make for Gods glory, and to such persons as are likely to reap fruit and profit by the revealing of the truth to them. For as the publishing of the truth and Doctrine of God in due time doth much good, so the doing of this unseasonably doth much hurt many times, as we see in those who did indiscreetly and unseasonably publish the Miracles of Christ, whereby they hindered the free course of his Doctrine and Ministry.

Of the second. He took them again] though he had twice before told them plainly of these things, chap. 8. 31. and chap. 9. 31. yet now again the third time, &c.

Quest. Quest. Why did he now again take them aside to foretell them of his Passion and Resurrection?

Answ. Answ. Because he knew they were so hard to conceive and believe these things before-hand, as may ap­pear, Luke 18. 34. especially his death and sufferings, by reason that they did naturally abhor and shun the Cross, and did also still dream of an earthly kingdome of Christ (as we have heard); therefore he so often foretells them of these things, the better to imprint them in their minds, and to cause them in some measure to conceive and believe them. See before, chap. 9. 31.

Observ. Observ. How hard for us by nature to believe and imbrace the Doctrine of the Cross, or of suffering Af­flictions; yea, for the best Christians, such as Christ's Disciples, &c. We are loath to hear of it, and, when we hear this Doctrine, hard to receive and imbrace it as we ought. Therefore our Saviour is forced now the third time to tell his Disciples before-hand of his sufferings; and all too little to make them in any good sort to believe and imbrace this Doctrine. See before, chap. 8. 32. and Matth. 17. 23. They were excee­dingly grieved when he foretold them of his sufferings. We do all by nature abhor and shun the Cross, which makes us so unfit and uncapable of the Doctrine of the Cross.

Ʋse. Use. See how needfull for this Doctrine of the Cross to be often taught, and to be urged again and again to us; yea, upon all occasions, seeing we are so hard to receive and imbrace it, &c.

Mark 10. 32, 33, 34.—‘And began to tell them what things should happen unto him, Saying, Behold, Mar. 22. 1628. We go up to Jerusalem, &c.’

NOw followeth the Prediction it self, or matter which our Saviour foretelleth his Disciples of, set down, 1. generally, What things should happen to him. 2. More particularly, His Passion and Resurrection, Verse 33, 34.

Of the first. He began, &c.] Now again, &c.

What things should happen to him] What sufferings he should endure shortly at Hierusalem, whither he was now going; and his glorious Resurrection which should follow; as is shewed in the Verse following.

Observ. The truth of Christ's Godhead, in that he knew things to come of himself, and was able certainly and particularly to foretell the same, &c. Of this, see before, Chap. 8. 31.

Now followeth the particular setting down of the things foretold here by our Saviour to his Disciples, Verse 33, 34.

Where consider two things. 1. The manner of foretelling with a Note of Attention prefixed, Behold! the better to stir up their attention to that which he was now to speak to them.

2. The Matter it self, or the things which he foretelleth them of; which are two especially. 1. His Passion or sufferings shortly to be accomplished at Hierusalem, whither they were now going. 2. His ri­sing again from the dead on the third day.

Observ. Of the first. From the manner of foretelling; in the word, Behold] Observ. The best are apt to be too careless and negligent in hearkening to the Word and Doctrine of Christ, delivered by himself, or by his Ministers: yea, the best are dull of hearing, as the Apostle sayes of the Hebrews, Chap. 5. 11. that is, hard to conceive and understand the Word and Doctrine of Christ, as the Disciples were at this time; as appear­eth, Luke 18. 34. And therefore the best have need to be quickned and stirred up by all means, to attend diligently to the Word and Doctrine of Christ, whensoever it is taught and delivered to them by his Mini­sters, &c. Thus our Saviour here doth stir up the attention of his Disciples, by this word, Behold, &c.

Of the second. The matter it self: which he foretelleth to his Disciples. Which is two-fold. 1. His Passion or Sufferings at Hierusalem. 2. His Resurrection, &c.

Of the first, three things are set down or mentioned by our Saviour. 1. The place where he was to suffer, viz. Hierusalem; together with their going or journeying thither at this time. We go up to Hieru­salem.

2. The Person, who was to suffer; which was himself, whom he calleth, the Sonne of Man.

3. The Passion it self, or things which he was to suffer; which he mentioneth particularly: and they may be referred to three heads.

1. That which he was to suffer at the hands of Judas the Traytor: he was by him to be delivered, or to be betrayed, unto the chief Priests and Scribes.

2. That which he was to suffer at the hands of the chief Priests and Scribes, viz. two things especially. 1. He should by them be condemned to death. 2. He should by them be delivered to the Gentiles; that is, to Pilate and the Roman Souldiers.

3. Those things which he was to suffer at the hands of the Gentiles; that is, of Pilaete and the Roman Souldiers. Which are of two sorts. 1. Those things which he should suffer before his death; viz. sundry great indignities and shameful abuses; They shall mock him, scourge him, and spit upon him. 2. Death it self; unto which he should be put by them. They shall kill him. And then is added his resurrection, &c. But first to speak of the Prediction of his Passion.

Touching the Causes or Reasons moving our Saviour to foretel his Disciples of his suffering before-hand, see before, Chap. 8. Verse 31. The Instructions also to be gathered from hence. Vide ibidem. Vide etiam Stel­lam in Luc. 18. v. 31.

Mark 10. 33. 34.—‘And the Sonne of man shall be delivered unto the chief Priests, and unto the Mar. 29. 1629. Scribes; and they shall condemn him to death, &c.’

IT followeth, To speak of the particulars which he mentioneth in foretelling his Passion.

And first of the place, Hierusalem] The chief City of Judea, whither he and his Disciples were now going, and in the way thither, and that to this very end, that his sufferings might there be fulfilled very short­ly: Therefore he now mentions the place to them particularly, (as he had done also before, Matth. 16. 21.) together with their present journey or going thither; thereby to shew them the certainty of the matter, and that the time also was near, they being now in their way going thither; and that for this end, to suffer there. And all this, the better to prepare and to arm them before-hand against the time when his sufferings should indeed be fulfilled there.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. How far our Saviour was humbled for us; in that he did not only suffer the shamefull death of the Crosse for us, but also in such an open, publike, and conspicuous place as Hierusalem; in open view of the World.

Ʋse. Use. To make us willing and content to suffer any shame for him, though in open and publike view of Men. So did the Apostles, and Martyrs.

Now followeth the second thing, The Person who was to suffer. Himself, whom he calleth, the Son of man] Of which title, see before, Chap. 8. 31.

Then he telleth of the sufferings themselves. And first of that he was to suffer at the hands of Judas the Traytor. This is implyed, when he tells them, That he should be delivered, or betrayed (for so the word [...], may also be translated, as Matth. 20. 18.) unto the chief Priests, and to the Scribes,] This was to be done by Judas Iscariot, one of Christ's own Apostles, whom he chose to that special Office and Functi­on. [Page 780] But our Saviour (as it seems) did not at this time particularly name Judas unto them, or tell them who should betray him, but conceals this till afterward, viz. till the time f his eating his last Supper with them; which was but the very night before he was betrayed. And then, at that Supper, he took occasion (as the Evangelists do shew) to discover the Tray [...]or more plainly to them. See Joh. 13.

Unto the chief Priests and Scribes] Vide supra, Cap. 8. Ver. 31. There were three sorts of Priests in time of the Law.

  • 1. The High Priest; as Aaron, and those that succeeded him in that Office.
  • 2. The Chief Priests which were next in degree to the High-Priest; who were called Chief Priests, (as is most probable) because they were the chief and principal of their own Order: for, 1 Chron. 24. we read of 24 several Orders of Ranks of the Priests, instituted by David: and these continued thus distinguished till our Saviour's time, and afterward, as Josephus testifieth. Now it is most likely, that the chief of every one of those Orders, were called the Chief Priests: and these are they also (as it seems probable) who are called in Scripture, Priests of the second Order; as 2 King. 23. 4. Vide Scalig. Canon. Isagog.
  • 3. The common sort of Priests, which were of the lowest Rank or Degree, being compared with the High Priest, and with the chief Priests.

Here then we are to understand the second sort of Priests, yet so, as we are also to include the High Priest, which was at this time, Caiphas, who joyned with the other chief Priests in conspiring against Christ, and in covenanting with Judas to betray him unto them. Matth. 26. 3. compared with the 14 Verse.

And to the Scribes] These were another sor [...] of Ecclesias [...]ical Officers amongst the Jews in our Saviour's time, viz. such as were called and appointed to be publike Readers and Expounders of the Law of Moses in their Synagogues; whence they are sometimes called Lawyers, in the New Testament, &c. (as hath been before often shewed. See upon Chap. 1. 22. Chap. 2. 6. and Chap. 7. 1. These also were in the number of those wicked enemies of Christ, to whom he was betrayed by Judas; and with these chief Priests and Scribes, the Pharisees also, together with the Elders of the people, joyned then selves against Christ, as may appear, Matth. 26. 3. and Joh. 18. 3.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See what every true Christian who is a follower of Christ, may look for in this World, viz. to be falsly, and treacherously dealt withall by others: yea, by such as are near unto him, and do profess friend­ship toward him. Thus was it with Christ, he was betrayed by Judas, his own disciple, into the hands of the chief Priests and Scribes, and other his deadly enemies. Joh. 13. 18. He that did eat bread with him, did lift up his heel against him: and this was typified before in David, Psal. 41. 9. Mine own familiar friend, in whom I trusted, &c. and Psal. 55. 12. It was not an enemy that reproached me, &c. Now the Disciple is not above his Master. If therefore Christ the Head were thus perfidiously and treacherously dealt with by his own Disciple; then may the Members much more look for it. Especially seeing our Saviour hath also ex­presly foretold us, that it must be so. Matth. 10. 21. The brother shall deliver up the brother to death, and the fa­ther the child; and children shall rise up against Parents, and cause them to be put to death.

Thus was it with some of the Martyrs both of ancient and later times; as appeareth in the Histories of the Church: which therefore must teach us to look for the like treacherous dealing at the hands of others: yea, of those who are near to us, and do profess love and friendship to us: and we are not only to look for this, but to prepare and arm our selves before-hand to bear this heavy and grievous tryal: for so it is, and we shall find it to be, if ever it do befall us; even an intolerable affliction; as David sheweth, Psal. 55. If it had been mine enemy, then I could have born it, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See how to comfort our selves in this case, if at any time it shall be so with us, that we be be­trayed or falsly dealt with by others; yea, by our friends, or familiar acquaintance professing love to us. We are then to comfort our selves with the example of Christ himself, whose case this was: as also with the ex­amples of others of the Saints of God, who have been tryed in like kind; as David and others. There­fore if the same do befall us, we are not to be dismayed or discouraged, but to be of good comfort; and to take this affliction patiently and contentedly after the example of Christ Jesus our Head and Saviour, who was thus treacherously dealt withall by his own Disciple Judas, &c. Voluit Christus deseri, voluit prodi, vo­luit ab Apostolo tradi; ut tu cùm sis desertus à socio, proditus ab amico, moderate feras. Ambros. in Luc.

Now followeth the second part or branch of our Saviour Christ his sufferings, which he foretelleth his Dis­ciples of; which are those things which he was to suffer at the hands of the chief Priests and Scribes before­mentioned, together with the Pharisees and Elders joyning with them, They shall condemn him to death, &c.

Consider, 1. The things which he was to suffer; which are two. 1. He was to be condemned to death. 2. He was to be delivered to the Gentiles.

2. The Persons at whose hands, or from whom he was to suffer these things; the chief Priests and Scribes, &c.

They shall condemn him to death] This is not to be understood of the final and absolute condemning of Christ to death, by pronouncing absolute sentence of death against him: for that was not done by the Priests and Scribes: but by Pilate sitting in Judgment upon him in the Common-Hall or publike place of Judg­ment, as the Evangel [...]sts do shew: but it is to be understood of a former Judgment or Sentence of condem­nation, which was passed upon our Saviour in the house of Caiphas the High-Priest, and that by the great Council of the Jews, consisting of the chief Priests, Scribes, Pharisees, and Elders of the People; who did there with one consent condemn him as guilty of death. Matth. 26. 66. when the High Priest demanded of them, What they thought of him? They answered, He is guilty of death. This is the condemnation here spoken of by our Saviour.

And they shall deliver him to the Gentiles] That is, give him up afterward into the hands and power of the Romans, (who were Gentiles, or heathenish people) and particularly into the hands or power of Pontius Pi­late a Roman Judg, being the Deputy-Governour of the Jews under the Emperour of Rome; to the end that he might judicially condemn him to death, and then deliver him into the hands and power of the Roman [Page 781] Souldiers to be crucified: for thus it came to pass afterward; as the Evangelists do shew. See Matth. 27. 2. and Joh. 19.

Quest. Quest. Why was he thus delivered by the Priests, Scribes, and Elders of the Jews, unto Pilate and the Ro­man Souldiers being Gentiles: and not rather absolutely condemned and put to death by the authority of the Priests, Scribes, and Elders of the Jews?

Answ. Answ. Because the Jews, being at that time in subjection to the Romans, had no power permitted unto them, to put any to death for capital Crimes; as themselves plainly acknowledg unto Pilate, Joh. 18. 31. Therefore our Saviour being by them accused and condemned in their Council as guilty of Capital Crimes, as Blasphemy and Treason; therefore they did not proceed further against him themselves, but delivered him up to Pilate the Governour or Deputy of the Roman Emperour, &c. And this came to passe by the special providence of God, that by this means our Saviour might be put to the accursed death of the Crosse; which was a kind of death proper and peculiar to the Romans. See Joh. 18. 31, 32.

Mark 10. 33, 34.—‘And they shall condemn him to death, &c. April 5. 1629.

HEre followeth Instructions to be gathered. And first, from the first thing which our Saviour was to suffer at the hands of the chief Priests and Scribes, viz. They should condemn him in their solemn Council, as guilty of death.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Even such as are most innocent and harmless, may not only be falsly accused, but unjustly con­demned by wicked men, as guilty of those crimes from which they are free, yea, of grievous crimes deser­ving death; and not only by private persons, but even by publike authority: and yet be most innocent, &c. Thus was our Saviour Christ condemned by the Council of the chief Priests, Scribes and Pharisees, as wor­thy of death; and yet was the most innocent person that ever lived on earth; even the most immaculate Lamb of God, who knew no sin, &c. Thus was Joseph falsly accused by his Mistris of the crime of adul­tery, and was thereupon imprisoned, as if he had been guilty: and yet was most innocent, &c. Gen. 39. Thus also Daniel, Chap. 6. was unjustly accused and condemned to the Lyons Den, as one deserving death; and yet was innocent. Paul, Act. 25. 24. was judged unworthy to live; and that by the whole multitude of the Jews. Thus many others of the true Saints of God have been unjustly judged and condemned even by publike authority for such Crimes whereof they were not guilty. So the blessed Martyrs, &c.

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. Teacheth us not to mervail or take offence at it, if at this day we see or hear of the like exam­ples of such as are falsly accused, and unjustly condemned, and that by publike authority for such crimes as they are not guilty of; or to such punishment as they have no way deserved, &c. This is no new thing: but that which hath been often heretofore practised by Satan and his instruments against the true Servants of God, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To comfort us, if it should come to be our own case at any time, to be thus falsly accused, and unjustly condemned by others, for such crimes or offences as we are not guilty of: yea, though we should be so censured or condemned by such as are in publike authority: no cause for us to be dismayed; but to re­member the examples of the true Saints of God, yea of Christ himself, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Here, in our Saviour Christ's example, being condemned to death by sentence of the chief Priests and Scribes, and by the rest of the Council of the Jews; we may see our misery by nature in regard of our sins, that by our sins we have deserved to be condemned of God as guilty of death, as it is the curse of God; that is, not only of temporal, but of eternal death. For Christ when he was condemned to death by the sentence of the chief Priests and Scribes, and by the rest of the Councel of the Jews, did stand in our stead, as our pledg and surety. He suffered this for us, and not for himself, for he was innocent. Therefore in Christ's Person we are to behold our selves; and in his condemnation by the Councel of the Jews, we are to behold the desert of our sins, and what is due to us by nature, and by the Justice of God, viz. eter­nal condemnation of soul and body. Ephes. 2. 3. we are by nature children of wrath; liable to the curse of God, &c.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To humble us before God in the sight of our sins, by which we have deserved thus to be condemned of God, as guilty of eternal death. How should this humble us, and break our hearts with godly sorrow for our sins, causing us truly to mourn for them; as also to judge and condemn our selves for them, that we be not judged of the Lord: especially now, before we come to the Lord's Supper; as the Apostle warneth the Corinthians to do, 1 Cor. 11. 31. To this end, remember now, wherefore Christ the Son of God was con­demned to death as a guilty Malefactor, viz. to shew our guiltiness before God, &c. We are the Malefactors who have deserved death, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Hence also Believers in Christ may gather great comfort to themselves, and assurance touch­ing the pardon of their sins, and freedom from eternal condemnation; in that Christ the Son of God was condemned to death for them. For to this end was He condemned as guilty of death by wicked men, to shew, that all the Elect and faithful people of God should for the merit of his Death and Sufferings, be for ever absolved by the Sentence of God, from the guilt of all their sins, and from eternal death. So that now there is no condemnation to them being in Christ, &c. Rom. 8. 1.

Mark 10. 33, 34.—‘And shall deliver him to the Gentiles. And they shall mock him, and shall scourge him, April 12. 1629. and shall spit upon him, and shall kill him, and the third day he shall rise again.’

IT followeth. And shall deliver him to the Gentiles] The meaning was shewed before.

Observ. 1. That both Jews and Gentiles had a hand in the death and sufferings of Christ; being in­strumental causes and means of the same. See Act. 4. 27. which came to passe by God's special providence and permission, to the end it might appear, that both Jews and Gentiles being by nature wicked and sinful, [Page 782] (as they shewed themselves to be, in putting Christ the Sonne of God to death) have need of salvation by Christ; and that the salvation of all the Elect, whether Jews or Gentiles, is free, and of the meer grace of God; and not at all procured or deserved by any goodness in themselves, &c. To stir up all to thankful­nesse, &c.

Other Points of Instruction, see before, Chap. 9. Verse 31. upon those words, The Some of Man is deli­vered into the hands of men.

Now followeth the persons by whom he should be condemned to death, and delivered. To the Gentiles, viz. The chief Priests and Scribes, together with the rest of the Councel of the Jews assembled in the High Priests Hall, as hath bin before shewed. Here observe sundry points, the most of which are against the Papists.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That such as for their high place and calling in the Church, should be greatest friends of Christ, and should stand most for him, and his Doctrine, are oftentimes the greatest enemies he hath. So here, the chief Priests and Scribes, &c. See before, chap. 8. ver. 31.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That no calling or office in the Church, though never so high or excellent, can or doth privi­ledg men from errour in matters of Faith, or practice, &c. The Calling and Office of these chief Priests, Scribes, and other Rulers of the Jews was high and excellent in it self, yet they erred damnably in condem­ning Christ to death, &c. Therefore it is a fond conceit of Papists to hold the Pope or Bishop of Rome to be priviledged from error by his Papal office, &c. See before chap. 8. 31.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. That a general Council may err, yea, such a Council as is gathered and confirmed by lawfull Authority; as this whole Council of the Jews, consisting of the chief Priests, Scribes, &c. though gathered and confirmed by Authority of the High Priest himself, yet erred, &c. How much more may a Council ga­thered and confirmed by the Popes Authority err: And it is clear, that generall Councils (even such as have bin confirmed by the Bishop of Rome) have erred de facto; and the decrees of former Councills have bin con­demned by latter. Vide Whitaker. de Concil. pag. 614. &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Personal succession of Pastors and Ministers of the Church, is no infallible mark of the true Church. For these chief Priests, Scribes, and other Church-Officers, assembled in this Council which con­demned Christ, had personal succession. The High Priest and other chief Priests were the successors of Aa­ron, and of the other ancient Priests; and the Scribes and Pharisees sate in Moses his chair, succeeding him outwardly in place and office of teaching in the Church; and yet these were not the true Church, but the ene­mies of Christ, and of his true Church at that time, &c.

Now followeth the third part of branch of our Saviour Christ's sufferings, which he foretelleth to his Dis­ciples, viz. Those which he was to suffer at the hands of the Gentiles; that is to say, at the hands of Pilate, and the Romane Souldiers.

These are of two sorts. 1. The vile and shamefull abuses and indignities which they should offer and shew to him a little before his death, They should mock him, scourge him, and spit upon him. 2. Death it self, which they should inflict upon him.

Of the first. They shall mock him and scourge him, &c.]

They] That is, the Gentiles, Pilate and his Romane Souldiers, &c. The fulfilling of these things we may see afterward, in the History of this and the other Evangelists; how he was scourged by Pilate, and mocked and spit upon by the Souldiers. See Matth. 27. Mark 15. and the other Evangelists.

They shall mock him and spit upon him] This was to be done by the Souldiers.

Scourge him] This was to be done by Pilate.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See what is the reward due to every one of us for our sins, viz. shame and reproach; yea, the greatest shame and ignominy that may be in this life, and eternal shame and confusion in Hell. This ap­pears, in that our Saviour Christ taking our sins upon him, was to endure, and did endure so great shame and reproach; as to be mocked, scourged, &c. All this was for our sins, to shew, that shame and confusion be­fore God and men is due to us for our sins. Dan. 9. 8. To us belongeth confusion of face, &c. because we have sinned against thee. Hence it is, that shame and reproach hath used to follow sin as an unseperable fruit and consequent of it. So in our first Parents, so soon as they had sinned against God, they were stricken with shame, &c. Jer. 3. 25. We lye down in our shame, and our confusion covereth us, for we have sinned against the Lord our God, &c. Rom. 6. 21. What fruit had ye then in those things whereof ye are now ashamed? But espe­cially this shall appear at the last day, Dan. 12. 2. The wicked and Reprobate shall rise to everlasting shame and contempt.

Use 1 Use. 1. To humble us before God and men in the sight of our sins, deserving so great shame and reproach, as Christ the Son of God suffered for us. First and principally it should humble us before God, striking our hearts with godly sorrow; as in Ezra 9. 6. O my God, I am ashamed, and blush to lift up my face to thee my God, for our iniquities are increased, &c. Then also it should humble us before men, causing us to testify our grief and shame for our sins, so far forth as there is cause, and in case that we have by our sins given of­fence to men, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. See the profaneness of such as glory in their sins; by which they deserve the greatest shame and reproach before God and men, &c. Their glory is in their shame, Phil. 3. 19. The property of wicked re­probates, whose end is destruction, as the Apostle there sheweth. For the terrour of such as glory in swearing, drunkenness, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Hainousness of sin, the cause of all these vile abuses and indignities which Christ the Son of God was to suffer, and did suffer, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The great and unspeakable love of Christ to us, in being content so far to be abased, as to suffer such vile and shamefull abuses and indignities for us. As his love to us appeared in all his sufferings, so in this part of them after a special manner. For this was not the least part of his sufferings, but one of the grea­test rather; that he was thus vilified and abased for us; that he was content to empty himself of all glory, as it is, Phil. 2. 7. and to be thus vilified and abased, not onely to suffer death, but the shamefull death of the Cross; that is, to suffer that death, together with all the shame, reproach, and indignities which did ac­company [Page 783] that kind of death, Hebr. 12. 2. He endured the Cross, despising the shame, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To draw our hearts to love him truely again, who hath so loved us, and shewed his love by endu­ring so much shame and ignominy for us at the hands of men, yea, of wicked men, &c. Now the true love of Christ, is to love him above all things, Matth. 10. 37. He that loveth Father or Mother more then me, is not worthy of me, &c. This love we must shew by our obedience to his will, and preferring and seeking his glory before all things, though never so dear to us, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stir us up unto true thankfulness to Christ our Saviour for this his unspeakable love shewed, in abasing himself so far for us, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Seeing our Saviour Christ was to suffer, and did suffer for us so great shame, and such vile in­dignities and abuses at the hands of men, yea, of the profane Gentiles, such as Pilate, and his Souldiers, &c. this teacheth us to be content and willing (if need be, and if we be called to it) to suffer any shame and dis­grace in the World, or any vile and base usage at the hands of men, for the name of Christ, and profession of the Gospell. As he was thus abased for us, so must we be willing to be abased for him, &c. As we must take up the Cross, so also the shame of the Cross, and follow him, if we will be his true Disciples. Thus was it with the Apostles, 1 Cor. 4. 13. They were defamed, and made as the filth of the World, and off­scouring of all things, &c. Thus was it also with the blessed Martyrs. And so must we be willing it should be with us, if the Lord call us to it. No shame or abuse so great, which we should refuse for Christ; yea, we should count it our honour to be abased for him, &c.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. Lastly, see how to comfort our selves against all reproach and contempt cast upon us in the World, and against all abuses and indignities offered us by men, for the name of Christ, and for well-doing. In this case we are to comfort our selves with the example of Christ himself, who suffered so great shame, and so many and vile abuses at the hands of men, as to be mocked, scourged, spit upon, &c. and all for us. Remember this when thou art reproached, or abused for the name of Christ, or for well-doing; look then at Jesus the Author and finisher of our Faith, who for the joy set before him, despised the shame of the Cross, &c.

It followeth. And they shall kill him, &c.] Here I should speak of the second part of Christ's sufferings, which he was to suffer at the hands of the Gentiles; that is, of Pilate and the Romane Souldiers, viz. his death, that they should kill him. And then also I should speak of his Resurrection from death, upon the third day, which he foretelleth in the last words of the verse. But having spoken before of these things at large upon the 8th and 9th Chapters, ver. 32. I will not here insist on them, but omit speaking of them any further at this time.

Mark 10. 35, 36, 37.‘And James and John, the sons of Zebedee, come unto him, &c. April, 19. 1629.

THe sixth generall or principal part of this chapter now followeth; set down from this place, to ver. 46. It contains the History of our Saviours rejecting of the ambitious sute of James and John, the sons of Zebedee, which they put up unto him, desiring that they might sit, one at his right hand, the other at his left, in his glory.

Where consider, 1. The general propounding of their sute unto him, ver. 35.

2. Our Saviours demanding of them the particular matter of their request, ver. 36.

3. Their opening of the matter to him, ver. 37.

4. Christ's answer to their petition, together with his further conference with them upon this occasion, set down, ver. 38, 39, 40.

5. The event or consequent which followed upon the preferring of this ambitious sute by these two Dis­ciples, from ver. 41. to ver. 46.

Of the first. Consider, 1. The persons which preferred, or put up this sute to Christ; described, 1. by their names, James, and John. 2. By their Parentage, the sons of Zebedee. And though their Mother be not here named, yet by comparing Matth. 27. 56. with Mark 15. 40. it may appear that her name was Sa­lome, and that she was a good Woman, being one of those which followed Christ, and Ministred to him.

2. Consider the manner of their speaking to Christ, giving him a title of reverence, Master.

3. The matter it self, or general propounding of their sute, We would that thou shouldst do for us, &c.

Of the first, the persons, James and John] These two being brethren, were two of the chief of Christ's Apostles, and of special note amongst them, both in regard of their antiquity, being of those that were first called to be his Disciples, as we heard chap. 1. ver. 19. as also in regard of their special and eminent gifts, and powerfull Ministry, for which (as it is probable) our Saviour gave unto them that sirname of Boanerges, or Sons of Thunder, as we heard, chap. 3. 17. They were also in the number of those three that were most familiar with him, and near about him, at special and extraordinary times; as when he healed Jairus his daughter, chap. 5. and when he was transfigured in the Mount, chap. 9. 2. and in the time of his Agony in the Garden, a little before his death, Matth. 26. 37.

Object. Object. Matth. 20. 20. It is said, their Mother came with them, &c.

Answ. Answ. No difference in substance: for either she preferred the Petition in their names, or else she first moved the matter, and then they seconded her in it; so that it was indeed their sute properly. And therefore our Saviour directs his answer to them especially.

Observ. Observ. There are corruptions and sinfull infirmities in the best Saints of God in this life; So here, James and John, two of the best and chief Apostles of Christ, were tainted with Pride, Ambition, and Self-love, which they discovered by making this sute to Christ, that they might sit at his right and left hand in his Kingdome, &c. Of this see before, chap. 3. 31. and chap. 8. 32.

Now followeth the manner of their speaking to Christ, giving him the usual title of reverence, calling [Page 784] him Master. So also their Mother shewed reverence, adoring him, Matth. 20. 20.

Observ. Observ. This may teach us to be affected with reverence toward the person of Christ, when we are to speak to him in Prayer, and to shew it by all signs of reverence in our gestures and behaviour. If the Disciples did so reverence him living on earth in a poor and mean estate, how much more ought we, now he is at the right hand of God in heaven, &c.

Now followeth the matter it self, or general propounding of their sute.

We would that thou shouldst do for us, &c.] That is, we desire that thou shouldst grant unto us the Petition or request which we shall put up unto thee. Thus, by this general motion or request, they make way for the particular matter, which they intended to move unto him; wherein they deal politickly and wisely, lest otherwise, if they should at first have moved the matter plainly and directly, they should be denyed. There­fore they first desire a general grant of our Saviour, &c. The like Policy also they discovered, in employing their Mother to joyn with them in this sute, and to prefer the same for them, and in their names; for she be­ing a good Woman, and in favour with Christ, they hoped that she might the sooner prevail, &c.

Observ. Observ. There is corrupt and carnal Wisdome, even in the Saints of God by nature, whereby they are wise and politick for their own corrupt and carnal ends; that is, for the satisfying of their own lusts, and for the compassing of such things as are pleasing to their corrupt nature. So here in these two Disciples, this carnal Wisdome did shew it self in compassing their own ambitious desire of honour and preferment above their fellow-Disciples. So David shewed this carnal wisdome and Policy in compassing his sin of Adultery with Bethshaba, as we see 2 Sam. 11. This is called Wisdome of the flesh, Rom. 8. 7. And Jam. 3. 15. Earthly, sensual, and devillish Wisdome; which is not onely in the unregenerate and wicked, who are wholly carnal; but in some degree also in the Saints of God, who are in part spiritual, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See the great corruption of our Nature, which makes us not only love and desire that which is evil and sinful; but also teacheth us to be so wise and politick, in compassing our evil ends and purposes, &c. See and bewail this corruption of our nature, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. This must move every one of us (even the best) to take heed of this carnal wisdom and policy, in seeking after our own evil and sinful ends. The more prone we are to it by nature, the more natural this fleshly wisdom is unto us, the more must we take heed of it, labouring to mortifie it in our selves. This is to deny our selves, when we renounce our carnal wisdom; and become fools, that we may be wise, &c. 1 Cor. 3. 18. A dangerous thing to be wise and politick in committing sin, and satisfying our lusts, &c. On the contrary, labour to be wise to do well, and simple to that which is evil, Rom. 16. 19.

Vers. 36 It followeth, Verse 36. Our Saviour's demanding of them the particular Matter of their request.

He said unto them, What would ye, &c.] He knew well enough, as God, what was the matter; but he asketh them of it, thereby to give them occasion to open their sute plainly, that so he might from thence take occa­sion to reprove their ambition, and to teach them humility, as he doth afterward.

Observ. Observ. We are not rashly to tye our selves by promise to do things at the request of others, before we know what they are, good, or evil, as Herod, Mark 6.

Mark 10. 37.‘They said unto him, Grant unto us, that we may sit, one on thy right hand, and the other April 26. 1629. on thy left hand, in thy glory.’

Verse 37. THe particular offering of their sute unto Christ. Grant, that we may sit on thy right hand, &c.] Their meaning is, that they might have the two highest places of honour and dignity next unto himself. Their speech is borrowed from the custome of earthly Princes, who use to set those on their right hand, or on their left, whom they will honour with the highest dignity next to themselves.

And the occasion of this their sute seems to be that promise which our Saviour had made to them, and to the rest of the 12 Disciples but a little before, as may appear, Matth. 19. 28. where he promised, that they who had followed him in this life, should hereafter, at such time as he should be advanced to the throne of his glory, sit with him also upon twelve Thrones, &c.

In thy glory] Or, in thy Kingdom; as it is, Matth. 20. 21. that is, at such time as thou shalt be advanced to the glory and majesty of that Kingdom of thine, (which thou hast heretofore told us of) and shalt be in actual possession of it.

Here note, that by this Kingdom, and Glory, which they speak of, they understood an earthly, or tempo­ral Kingdom of this World: or at least such a Kingdom as should be administred after an earthly manner, and should be accompanied with such outward glory and prosperity, as the Kingdoms of this world are wont to be. Of such an earthly and temporal Kingdom of Christ, these two Disciples, together with the residue of the twelve, still dreamed, and did fancy it to themselves, not understanding as yet the nature and quality of Christs Kingdom, by reason they were tainted with the common Errour of the Jews, who supposed the Kingdom of the Messiah promised, to be an earthly Kingdom, &c.

That this is the meaning of these two Disciples in this place, may appear, partly by their words and man­ner of speaking, in that they desire they might sit with him in his Kingdom, one at his right hand, &c. And partly, by our Saviour's answer to this their Petition, whereof we shall hear afterward.

Now here is something commendable, and something discommendable in these two Disciples.

Commendable it is, that they do believe and acknowledg Christ's Kingdom and Glory, whereof he had told them, notwithstanding that they did not yet see it, but the contrary rather, in that he lived as yet in a mean, and base estate.

Discommendable it is in them, 1. That they are ignorant of the quality, or kind of Christ's Kingdom, supposing it to be an earthly or temporal Kingdom, &c.

2. That they do ambitiously desire and seek after the highest places of honour above their fellow-Disci­ples, &c.

Now follow the Instructions. 1. From that which is Commendable in them.

Observ. Observ. It is the property of true faith to believe things invisible; such things as are not seen or discern­ed for the present with bodily eyes, no nor yet by the eyes of natural reason, but are rather contrary to the same. These two Disciples did by faith believe Christ's Kingdom and glory, though they did not yet see it, but the contrary. Heb. 11. 1. Faith is the evidence of things not seen. It causeth us to rest upon the bare Word of God, for the accomplishment of all things which he hath spoken or promised, though for the present we do not see the same. Thus Abraham did believe he should have seed in his old age; though he saw it not, but the contrary, Rom. 4.

Use 1 Use 1. See the excellency and necessity of true faith, and how great use we have of it; especially in time of distress and tryal, and when God doth delay the accomplishment of his Word and Promises, as he doth often, &c. Then faith doth assure us of those things which we cannot see for the present: it makes things to come, present to us, in regard of certainty. For example, the resurrection of our bodies after death, eter­nal life in Gods Kingdom, deliverance out of present troubles, &c. Therefore as the Apostle sayes of Pa­tience, Heb. 10. 36. that we have need of it; so may it be said of Faith, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. By this, learn to examine what true faith we have. Canst thou believe things which are invisible? such things as thou canst not for the present see with bodily eyes, nor with eyes of natural reason, but are ra­ther against reason and sense? Canst thou rest on the Word and Promise of God, when thou seest nothing less than the accomplishment of it? yea, when thou seest the contrary, when all things for the present seem to be against it? Canst thou believe comfort and deliverance out of trouble, when thou seest it not? Canst thou believe health in sickness; life in death, &c? Canst thou believe and rest on Gods Promise for pardon of thy sins, when for the present thou canst not feel the same, but thy sins lye heavy on thy conscience? Canst thou believe Gods favour, when he seems for the present to be angry with thee, &c. This shews true faith to be in thee, which is the evidence of things not seen, &c. Therefore labour for this property and practice of Faith, to find and feel it in thy self.

2. From that which is evil and discommendable in these two Disciples.

Observ. Observ. In that they shew themselves ignorant of the nature and quality of Christ's Kingdom, &c. we may see, That ignorance in some Points of Faith, may stand with sanctifying grace in the Saints of God in this life; at least for a time, &c. See before, Chap. 8. 32. and Chap. 9. 10.

Use. Use. For the comfort of such Christians as are but weak in knowledg as yet, and to seek in many necessary Points of Doctrine revealed in Scripture: if this be not wilfull ignorance, but rather simple, for want of the means of knowledg, o [...]or want of time, they being but newly called and converted: then no cause is there for them to be discouraged hereat: for such ignorance may stand with true sanctifying grace, and with the truth and power of Religion in their hearts; as it did in the Apostles themselves, and other Disciples of Christ for a time. Only they must not rest in this ignorance, or allow it in themselves: but be humbled for it, and use the means to grow in the knowledg of God's Will: praying him to enlighten them, &c.

Mark 10. 37—‘That we may sit, one on thy right hand, and the other on thy left hand, &c. May 3. 1629.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. THat Ambition, or the inordinate desire of Worldly Honour and Dignity, unfit for us, is a sin very natural unto all men, even to the Saints of God: and if to them, much more to others. Now that it is natural to the Saints of God, so far forth as they are carnal, we may see in Christ's Disciples. They were tainted with this sin; as we see here in these sons of Zebedee; and both in them and the rest of the Disciples at other times. (See before, Chap. 9. 34.) So Aaron and Miriam, Numb. 12. 2. they shewed their ambition, in seeking to be equal in dignity with Moses. Yea, our first Parents, &c. Examples of it in wicked Absalom, Haman, the Pharisees, Diotrephes, 3 Ep. Joh. 9. verse.

That which the Apostle sayes of Diotrephes, is true of us all by Nature, who are all Diotrepheses.

The causes of this natural sin and corruption in us are these.

  • 1. Pride and high-mindedness, &c.
  • 2. Self-love, seeking our selves without respect to the good of others.

Ʋse. Use. See how needful for us every one to resist and strive against this corruption and sin in our selves; seeing it is so natural, and cleaveth so close even to the best, &c. The more natural this lust of ambition is to all; the more must every one of us labour to resist it in our selves. Hebr. 12. 1. we are bid to cast off, or lay aside the sin that hangeth so fast on, &c. such a sin is this of ambition, and desire of worldly honour and advance­ment above others: Labour we then to shake off this sin.

Remedies against it. 1. Resist and take away the causes of this sin; as pride, self-love, which are also so natural, and stick so close to every one of us, &c. On the contrary, labour for true humility, and self-denyal: shewing this humility, by preferring others before our selves; and being more forward to give ho­nour, than to receive it. Rom. 12. 10. In giving honour, prefer one another. See Psal. 131.

2. Consider the danger of this sin of Ambition; being an enemy and hinderance to faith: yea, such a sin, as cannot stand with faith. Joh. 5. 44. How can ye believe, &c. It is also the cause of other hurtful and dange­rous sins; as of wrath, strife, and envy. Gal. 5. 26. Let us not be desirous of vain-glory, provoking one another, and envying one another. Besides many other sins, which are occasioned by this sin; as, covetousness, unjustice, fraud, lying, dissembling, flattery, &c. For these are the common practises of such as are ambitious, and seek to climb to high honour, &c.

3. Consider what our Saviour Christ saith, Matth. 23. 12. Whosoever shall exalt himself, shall be brought low: and he that shall humble hemself, shall be exalted.

4. Consider the vanity of all worldly honour; how unprofitable, and uncertain, &c. 1 Joh. 2. 17. The world p [...]sseth away, and the lust of it. Examples in Haman, Nebuchadnezzar, and Herod.

Mark 10. 38, &c.‘But Jesus said unto them, Ye know not what ye ask, &c. May, 10. 1629.

NOw followeth our Saviour's answer to the Petition of the two Disciples, together with further confe­rence between them. His answer is twofold,

  • 1. More brief and obscure, ver. 38.
  • 2. More full and plain, ver. 39, 40.

Of the first. His more brief and obscure answer consisteth of two parts.

  • 1. An Admonition or reproof of them, for their ignorance shewed in preferring that suite to him; in these words, Ye know not what ye ask.
  • 2. A Question which he demands of them, the better to convince them of their ignorance and rashness in making that suite unto him; in these words, Can ye drink of the Cup, &c.

The Question is touching their partaking with him in his sufferings, Whether they were able and fit to suffer the same, or the like, &c?

Ye know not what ye ask] These words are uttered by our Saviour, in way of Admonition and Reproof of the two Disciples, and their Mother, for their fault and sin which they were guilty of, in preferring such an unfit Petition to Christ as they did. And by these words, our Saviour doth discover to them the cause or ground of their offence, viz. their ignorance, folly, and rashness, in that they did not know, or not duly con­sider either the nature and quality of Christ's Kingdom and Glory, that it was wholly spiritual, and heaven­ly, and not earthly or temporal, (such as the Kingdoms of this World are) neither did they know or consider duly their own estate and condition which they were called unto in this this World: which was rather to be abased by suffering much affliction, than to be advanced to worldly honour, &c. Therefore they asked they knew not what; that which was unfit for them to desire, and for him to grant. And this he urgeth as one reason of his denying their suite.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The Duty of such as have charge of others Souls, carefully to admonish and reprove those of their charge, when they do offend, and are faulty, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour here reproveth two of his best beloved Disciples, &c. Learn, that such as have a calling to reprove sin in others, must not herein spare their nearest or dearest friends, &c. See both these points before, chap. 8. 32.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Ignorance of the will of God in those things which we ought to know, is one great and usu­al cause of errour and sin in practise. The ignorance of these two Disciples touching the nature of Christ's Kingdome, &c. was the cause of their errour and sin committed, in putting up this ambitious sute to Christ, Matth. 22. 29. Our Saviour sayes to the Sadduces, Ye do err, not knowing the Scriptures, &c. Hence it is, that where ignorance reigneth, there usually other gross sins do reign. Hos. 4. 1, 2. No knowledg of God in the Land. Therefore, by swearing, and lying, and killing, &c. they break out, &c. Ephes. 4. 18. The Gentiles having their cogitations darkned and blinded with ignorance, gave themselves over to commit sin with gree­diness.

Use 1 Use 1. See the dangerous estate of ignorant persons, which have no competent knowledg or understan­ding of the will of God revealed in his Word. Their lives must needs be profane, and tainted with gross sins, and experience shews it to be so usually, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. To stir up all sorts to labour for sound knowledg of the will of God revealed in his Word, that by this means we may be the better preserved from erronious and sinfull practices. To this end, search the Scriptures, &c. Joh. 5. 39. and let the Word of God dwell in us richly, &c. Col. 3. 16.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that our Saviour urgeth this as one reason why he denyed their sute, because they asked they knew not what, viz. that which was unfit for them, &c. Hence gather, what is one cause why we do not alwayes speed in our sutes which we make to God in Prayer, viz. because we sometimes, yea, many times fail in the matter, or in the manner of our Prayers; either asking such things as are unlawfull, or unfit for us, or else asking in an evill manner, or to some evill end; because we pray ignorantly, or rashly and unad­visedly, asking we know not what, &c. Therefore the Lord denyeth our sutes oftentimes. Jam. 4. 3. Ye ask and receive not, because ye ask amiss, that ye may consume it on your lusts, &c. So now adayes, many ask evill things of God in prayer, and such as are unfit for them; as worldly Wealth, Honour, &c. or revenge against enemies, &c. or else they ask good things to an evil end, &c. to satisfy their carnal lusts. Therefore God denyeth their sutes.

Ʋse. 1 Use. 1. See what to do when we are not heard in our prayers, we are not to blame God, but to examine our selves for our failings in the matter or manner of our Prayers, and so lay the fault on our selves, where it is.

Use 2 Use 2. See what to do if we desire the Lord should hear and grant our sutes in Prayer: Look to the matter and manner of making our Prayers, that we ask not ignorantly or rashly we know not what, or how; but first that the matter of our sutes be such as is good and fit for us to ask, agreeable to the will of God; and that we also ask in due manner, and to a right end, to the glory of God, &c. To this end, the Lord's Prayer is pre­scribed us as our pattern, &c.

Mark 10. 38.‘Can ye drink of the Cup that I drink of? &c. May, 17. 1629.

IT followeth. Can ye drink of the Cup, &c.] The second part of Christs answer to their Petition, in which, the better to convince them of their ignorance and rashness, he demandeth a further question of them, touching their ability and fitness to partake with him in his passions or sufferings, which he was shortly to suffer.

Can ye drink of the Cup that I drink of?] This is a metaphorical speech, in which our Saviour compareth his death and Passion, and that measure of Afflictions and punishment which he was to suffer for us, unto a cup [Page 787] of Wine, or other drink, appointed for one to drink off. So Matth. 26. 39. O my Father! If it be possible, let this cup pass from me, &c. And Joh. 18. 11. The Cup which my Father hath given me, shall I not drink of? The same metaphor is used elsewhere in Scripture, especially in the old Testament, where the suffering of great afflictions is compared to the drinking of a cup, as Esay 51. 17. Awake, awake, stand up, O Jerusalem; which hast drunk at the hand of the Lord the Cup of his fury, &c. Note withal, that when in Scripture, Afflicti­ons are compared to a cup, and the suffering of them, to drinking of a cup; this doth note out a certain por­tion or measure of Afflictions to be suffered; for it seems to be a speech borrowed from the custome of an­cient times, in which at feasts and banquets, every one had his peculiar cup, and portion of Wine allotted unto him. So then our Saviour's meaning here is this, q. d. Can ye drink of the Cup, &c.] That is, are ye able or fit to suffer the same, or the like portion and measure of afflictions and miseries which I am shortly to suffer for you, and for the rest of mankind, and that by the appointment of God my Heavenly Father?

And be Baptized with the Baptism, &c.] Our Saviour doth not here speak of the Sacrament of Baptism, which he had formerly received at the hands of John the Baptist, Matth. 3. but he speaketh still of his Pas­sion and sufferings which were to come (as he did in the former words). And here he useth another Meta­phor to express his Passion or sufferings, in that he compareth it unto a Baptism. So Luke 12. 50. For con­ceiving whereof, we must know, that the Word, Baptism, or Baptizing, doth properly signify nothing else, but a dipping or drenching in water: whence it is in Scripture used, not onely to signify that special kind of dipping, or drenching of the body in Water which was in the Apostles times used in the Sacrament of Baptism, but also to note out any other kind of dipping or washing in Water. See Mark 7. 4. Now be­cause in Scripture great afflictions are compared unto deep waters, as Psal. 69. 1, 2. Save me, O God; for the Waters are come into my Soul, &c. therefore also, to be Baptized, doth sometimes signify to be drenched or drowned in great afflictions and miseries, &c. So here our Saviour calleth his Passion a Baptism, &c. q. d. Are ye able and fit to be dipped or drenched in those deep waters of afflction, pains, and miseries, in which I must shortly be drenched? &c.

Which I drink of, and which I am Baptized with,] He speaks in the time present, of that which was yet to come; to shew the certainty of his Passion, and that the time was at hand.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour demand this question of his two Disciples, Whether they were able to partake with him in the same or like afflictions, which he was to suffer?

Answ. Answ. 1. To reprove and correct their ambition, and desire of high honour and preferment, by putting them in mind of abasement, and of suffering afflictions with him.

2. To humble them in regard of their weakness and unability of themselves to suffer the Cross. There­fore he asketh them, whether they were able to drink of the cup, &c.

3. To convince their folly and rashness, in that they dreamed of being honoured with Christ, before they had suffered with him.

Observ: 1 Observ. 1. One good remedy or means to keep us from the sin of ambition, and inordinate desire of worldly honour and greatness, is to meditate and think before hand of the Cross and afflictions which we must make account to suffer in our Christian course, and to make it present to us before it come. Therefore our Saviour here, when his Disciples shewed their ambition, in desiring to sit at his right and left hand, &c. He presently to correct and cure this fault in them, puts them in mind of suffering with him, &c. Can ye drink of the Cup, &c.

Reason. Reas. Meditation of the Cross is a means to mortify Pride, and to humble us, &c. which should therefore move us often to meditate and think of the Cross, and troubles that are to come, that this may be a means to humble us, and to keep us from ambitious seeking and aspiring after worldly honour and greatness; espe­cially in these evill and dangerous times of the Church, in the which there is so great cause for us to expect and look for troubles and afflictions to come. Consider how unfit for us now to think of worldly honour, or greatness, or to seek after it, when God calls us rather to abasement and suffering, &c. as Jeremy said to Baruch in like case, Jer. 45. 4, 5. Behold, that which I have built, will I break down, and that which I have planted, will I pluck up, even this whole land. And seekest thou great things for thy self? Seek them not, for behold, I will bring evill upon all flesh, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That Christians must first suffer and be abased with Christ in this World, before they can look to be glorified with him in his Kingdome. This our Saviour here taketh for granted, in that the two Dis­ciples suing unto him to be advanced to honour and glory with him in his Kingdome, he presently asketh them whether they could first suffer with him, whether they could first drink of the cup of affliction with him, &c. thereby implying, that they must do this before they could be advanced with him to glory, Rom. 8. 17. If so be that we suffer with him, that we may be also glorified together. So 2 Tim. 2. 12. If we suffer, we shall also reign with him; not otherwise. Therefore Revel. 1. 9. I John your brother and companion in tribulation, and in the Kingdome and patience of Jesus Christ, &c.

Reason. Reas. The members must be conformable to the head; therefore, as he was first to suffer, and so to enter into glory, Luke 24. 26. So must we, &c. Act. 14. 22.

Use 1 Use. 1. See that such do deceive themselves, who hope to come to heaven, and to be glorified with Christ, and yet are unwilling to suffer afflictions and troubles in this life, but desire to live in ease, and in prosperi­ty and worldly honour, and promise to themselves such a life of ease, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what we must do, if we desire or hope to reign with Christ in the glory of his Kingdome, be content first to suffer, and be abased with him in this life, to take up our Cross and follow him. If we look to wear the Crown of glory, then first be content to wear the Crown of thorns with him, &c. And to this end, prepare and arm our selves daily for the Cross, &c. cast our accompts before hand, Luke 14.

Mark 10. 38. ‘Can ye drink of the Cup that I drink of? &c. May 24. 1629.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. IN that out Saviour asketh them, Whether they be able to drink of that Cup of affliction, which he was to drink of, &c. by this he implyeth the difficulty that is in suffering the Crosse and af­flictions of this life: that it is no easie matter, but hard for a Christian to do; yea, so hard, that we cannot do it of our selves; as our Saviour also here implyeth: but it must be given us of God. Phil. 1. 29. To you it is given in the behalf of Christ, not only to believe in him, but also to suffer for his sake.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. Afflictions are tedious and grievous to Nature: and therefore hard to bear. Heb. 12. 11. No chastening for the present seemeth joyous, but grievous, &c. By Nature we abhor and shun the crosse, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Whosoever will suffer affliction as he ought, must first deny himself; as we heard before, Chap. S. 34. Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, &c. Now this self-denyal is no easie matter. There­fore, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See that it is no easie thing to be a good Christian, but hard and difficult; forasmuch as every Christian is called to take up his crosse in this life, and so to follow Christ: which is a hard matter to do; contrary to Nature, &c. There is a bitter Cup of afflictions which every Christian must drink of as well as Christ: which will not easily be drunk, but with much ado. Hard Physick to be taken down, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. This should teach us to pray unto God, to inable us to do that which of our selves we cannot; that is, patiently and contentedly to suffer all troubles with which it pleaseth God to exercise us. Pray him to give us wisdom and patience to bear our crosse, yea, to take it up willingly, &c. James 1. 5. If any lack wis­dome, let him ask it of God; that is, wisdom to bear afflictions, &c. This wisdom we have not of our selves, but it must be given us from above, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See what need for us to prepare and arm our selves before-hand for the bearing of afflictions, see­ing it is so hard, yea impossible to flesh and blood, &c. The not doing of this, is the cause that many are so unfit to bear troubles when they come, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that the afflictions and punishments which Christ was to suffer for us, are compared to a Cup, which containeth a certain measure or quantity of Wine or other drink, appointed for one to drink of; hence gather, That there was a certain measure of afflictions and punishments, which our Saviour was ap­pointed of God his Father to suffer for us; and which he did accordingly suffer in the due time appointed. He had his peculiar Cup of afflictions allotted unto him to drink, Joh. 18. 11. and he did actually drink it for us, and that even to the bottom and dregs. As the Sufferings of Christ were decreed of God; so the measure of them, viz. That he should suffer the whole wrath and curse of God due unto us for our sins; that he should suffer the cursed death of the Crosse, together with all the miseries and afflictions accompanying the same. This was that Cup which he was appointed to drink of: and this he did actually drink of; and that not in part, but in full measure: even the whole Cup given him of his Heavenly Father to drink. There­fore upon the Crosse he said, It is finished.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute the Errour of such as hold, That the least thing that ever Christ did in his life for us, or the least part of his Sufferings, was sufficient to redeem us. On the contrary, here we see, that there was a certain measure of sufferings which he was appointed of God to suffer for us: and without the suffering of which, we could not be redeemed. True it is, that in regard of the dignity of Christ's Person, being the Son of God, the least part of his sufferings was sufficient; but not in respect of God's Counsel and Purpose: for it was not the dignity of Christ's Person simply considered; but the dignity of his Person in such and such Sufferings determined of God, which was to merit our Redemption, &c. If the least part of his Sufferings had been sufficient, then he had suffered all the rest in vain: which is absurd to think.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To comfort the faithful; In that Christ having suffered that full measure of punishment due to our sins which he was appointed to suffer, there remaineth no more curse or punishment properly for them to suffer; he having drunk the whole Cup of God's Wrath for us, we shall not so much as taste of it, &c.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. Lastly, In that Christ's Sufferings are compared to a Baptism, or drenching in deep waters; hence gather, The greatness and grievousness of those afflictions and punishments which he was to suffer, and did suffer for us: they are compared to deep waters, and he is said to be dipped or drenched in them; as David sayes of himself, Psal. 42. and Psal. 88. Esay 53. 5. He is said to be wounded for our transgressions, and bruised for our iniquities.

The grievousness of his Passion or Sufferings may appear, 1. If we consider what it was which he suf­fered, viz. the heavy wrath and curse of God due to our sins; that is to say, all those afflictions, miseries, and punishments which we must otherwise have suffered, if he had not suffered for us. Esay 53. 4. He bare our griefs, and carried our sorrows. Gal. 3. 13. He was made a curse for us.

2. If we consider the strange effects which the sense and feeling of Gods wrath and curse imposed on him for our sins, did cause and bring forth in him: as, 1. That grievous agony, felt in his soul a little before his death: which agony was caused partly by the great fear with which he was astonished; and partly by that grievoussorrow and heaviness of mind with which he was surprised. Mark 14. 33. He taketh with him Peter, and [...]ames, and John, and began to be sore amazed, and to be very heavy. 2. His earnest Prayer, that, if it were possi­ble, that Cup might passe from him. 3. His bloody sweat; and the sending of an Angel to comfort him, Luke 22. 4. His crying out upon the Crosse, as if he had been forsaken of God, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See by this, the haynousness of our sins, which were the cause of this grievous Baptism, with which Christ the Son of God was to be baptized: these were the cause of his being dipped and drenched so deep in the Sea of Gods wrath and curse, &c. which should therefore humble us, and break our hearts with godly sorrow for our sins, which were the cause of the bitter and grievous Sufferings of Christ the Son of God. Zach. 12. 10. They shall look on him whom they have pierced, and shall mourn for him, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See also the unspeakable love of Christ to us; in that he was content for us and our rede [...]ption to suffer so many and grievous things; to be baptized with this terrible and grievous baptism of his suffer­ings: [Page 789] yea, he desired it. Luke 12. 50. I have a baptism to be baptized with; and how am I straitned (or pained) till it be accomplished?

Ʋse 3 Use 3. This must move us to be content to suffer much for Christ in this World; even many and great troubles and afflictions, if need be. To be baptized in the Crosse (as it were) to be washed and rinsed in these waters of affliction: seeing he was content to receive this kind of Baptism for us: so should we for him, &c.

Mark 10. 39, 40.‘And they said unto him, We can. And Jesus said unto them, Ye shall indeed May 31. 1629. drink of the Cup that I drink of, &c.’

HItherto we have heard our Saviour's first Answer to the Petition of his two Disciples, which was more brief and obscure: consisting of two parts.

  • 1. A Reproof of their ignorance and rashness, in preferring such an unfit Petition to him.
  • 2. A Question demanded of them, Whether they were able to partake with him in suffering the Crosse and afflictions, &c.

Now upon occasion of that Question, the Evangelist setteth down a farther Conference between our Sa­viour and them, about the matter: in which Conference also is included our Saviour's second Answer to their Petition; which is more plain, direct, and full, than the former, as we shall see.

In the words consider two things. 1. The Disciple's answer to the former Question moved to them by our Saviour: which answer is affirmative. For he demanding, Whether they could drink of the Cup which he should drink of, &c? They answer, that they can.

2. Our Saviour's Reply to their answer; in which he doth withall give a more direct and full answer to their Petition before preferred to him, in these words, Jesus said unto them, Ye shall indeed drink of the Cup, &c. But to sit on my right hand, &c.

Of the first. And they said unto him, We can.] Although our Saviour did propound the Question to them obscurely in figurative speeches; yet they, perceiving what he mean [...], do answer directly: affirming, That they were able to drink of the Cup of the Crosse, &c. In which answer, there is something good and com­mendable; and something that is evil and discommendable.

That which is good and commendable, is their readiness and forwardness to partake with him in suffering the Crosse: which readiness they shew and discover by this, that when he asked them, Whether they could suffer with him; that is, whether they were able and fit to suffer with him: they do not hereupon shew any [...]ign of unwillingness to suffer with him: but on the contrary, they presently profess their ability to suffer with him; whereby they imply also their willingness, &c.

That which is evil and discommendable in their answer, is, That they discover too much confidence in themselves, and presumption of their own strength and ability to suffer the crosse; as if they could by their own power, or of themselves drink of that bitter Cup; when it was nothing so: but, all the ability they had, was from God, and from his Spirit strengthening them thereunto. In this respect therefore their answer is rash, and unadvised, when they are so ready to affirm, That they are able to drink of the same Cup with him, &c.

Now one cause (as is probable) of their forwardness thus to profess both their ability and willingness to suffer with him, was, the earnest desire they had by this means (if it might be) to obtain their Suite and Peti­tion at his hands.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. From that which is commendable here in the Disciples, viz. their readiness and willingnesse to suffer the crosse with Christ, &c. This teacheth us, that we should after their example be ready, willing, and forward to suffer the crosse and afflictions in this World for the Name of Christ, when we are called to it. Herein we are to imitate these two Disciples of Christ, who here profess and shew themselves forward to drink of the Cup of the Crosse, &c. The like forwardnesse Peter and the rest shewed also afterward. Luke 22. 33. Peter professeth himself ready to go with him both into prison, and to death. And Matth. 26. 35. they all professed, that if they should dye with him, they would not deny him. By these speeches, they shewed their willingnesse and readinesse of mind to suffer with him, and for him, when they should be called to i [...]. And although afterward when it came to tryal, they shewed much t [...]norousnesse and weaknesse in bearing the Crosse: yet it is clear, that there was in them a willing mind and affection to suffer with him: and this they shewed by their words unto Christ. The like readiness and willingness ought we to shew. This is taking up of our Crosse, &c

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. For reproof of such as are so backward and unwilling to suffer the crosse with Christ, and for his sake; so loth to yield their necks to this yoak; they abhor and shun troubles by all means: and all their desire is, to enjoy outward peace and freedom from the crosse. How can these be said to take up their crosse, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. Pray and labour for this willingnesse and readinesse to suffer with Christ, and for him, to drink of the Cup of the crosse with him, &c. and to shew this willingness on all occasions, when God shall call us to suffer for a good conscience. Seeing there is a necessity of this taking up our crosse, if we will be Christ's Disciples, make a vertue of this necessity, &c. Good wisdom to do that willingly, which we must do neces­sarily. This willingnesse is not from nature, but from grace. Matth. 26. 41. The Spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From that which is evill and discommendable in the Disciples here, viz. their confidence and presumption of their own strength to bear the Cross, &c. This teacheth us, that by nature we are apt to be too confident of our selves, and to presume too far on our own strength to bear the Cross. So were these two Disciples. So also was Peter afterward, in professing, that though all men should deny Christ, yet he would not; and both he and the rest, in professing that they would rather dye with him, then deny him; as we heard before. And that herein they were too confident of their own strength, appeared afterward by their [Page 790] timerousness, in that they all fled from him, and Peter himself denyed him. Now the cause of this confi­dence and presumption of our own strength is this; that we are ignorant of our selves, and of our own strength and ability to bear the Cross, supposing that we have much strength this way, when indeed we have none at all, but such as is given us of God. Phil. 1. 29.

Ʋse. Use. Take heed of this confidence in our selves, and presumption of our own strength for the bearing of the Cross. Multos impedit à firmitate, firmitatis praesumptio, sayes Austin, de verbis Dom. 6. 73. On the con­trary, learn to know our selves, and our own weakness, and unability to bear the least affliction as we ought, that this may cause us to deny our selves, and so to take up our Cross. The weaker we are in our own opi­nion, the stronger we are indeed to bear afflictions. Therefore renounce out own strength, and labour to be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might, Ephes. 6. 10.

Now followeth our Saviour's reply to their answer, in which is included his further and more full answer to their Petition. His reply consisteth of two parts.

  • 1. A concession or granting that they should indeed partake with him in his Passion; Ye shall indeed drink of the Cup, &c. ver. 39.
  • 2. The reason which he alledgeth of his denying their Petition; Because, to sit at his right hand, &c. was not his to give, &c. ver. 40.

Of the first. Ye shall indeed drink, &c.] Though they answered rashly, in saying, that they were able to drink of the same cup with him, &c. shewing too much confidence and presumption of their own strength; yet he doth not reprove them for it, but bearing with their infirmity, replyes to them in mild and gentle manner; and although he do not grant that to be true which they rashly affirmed of themselves, that they were able to drink of the same Cup, &c. yet he granteth, that they should indeed drink of it in some sort, and be in some sort Baptized with the Baptism wherewith he should be Baptized; that is, they should par­take with him in suffering the same or the like afflictions which he should suffer. And so it came to passe af­terward; for James was unjustly killed with the sword by Herod, Act. 12. 2. and although John did not dye a violent death, yet he suffered in his life time grievous afflictions and persecutions: for he, together with the other Apostles, was cruelly beaten or scourged by the Jews, Act. 5. 40. and afterward he was banished by the Emperour Domitian, into the Isle Patmos, for the Word of God, &c. Revel. 1. 9. where also he pro­fesseth himself to be a companion with Christ and the Church, in suffering tribulation. It is also reported by Hierome out of Tertullian, that being at Rome, he was put into a barrel of scalding hot Oyl, from the which he was miraculously delivered, comming out of it again more fresh and lively then he went in. Hiero­nym. lib. 1. contra Jovinian. cap. 14.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour doth deal here so mildly with his two Disciples, not reproving or censuring them so as he might for their rash answer, but beareth with their infirmity; this should teach us to shew like [...]eekness and gentleness in bearing with such as do offend of infirmity, not alwayes reproving or censuring them as they deserve, but sometimes passing over such infirmities, Prov. 19. 11. And when we do reprove or admonish such, to do it in mild and gentle manner. See Gal. 6. 1. We are to shew all [...]eekness to all men, Tit. 3. but especially to such as offend of infirmity.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour here granteth, that they should drink of the cup of the Cross with him, &c. thereby foretelling unto them the great afflictions which they should suffer; Hence we learn, that good Chri­stians must make account in this World to suffer the Cross, and afflictions; yea, many and great tryals, &c. not onely to drink of the cup of the Cross, but to be baptized in the deep waters of affliction, &c. For that which our Saviour saith of these two Disciples, James and John, is true of all other good Christians. Joh. 16. ult. In the World ye shall have Tribulation. This inheritance Christ left unto us, when he was to dye and go out of the World, 2 Tim. 3. 12. All that will live godly in Christ, &c. Act. 14. This must teach us to prepare for many and great troubles, (if we profess and resolve to be Christ's true Disciples) especially in these evill times of the Church, &c. cast our accompts what this profession of Christ will cost us, &c. Pre­pare for that which must come. Cristianus Crucianus, as Luther sayes.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. That in suffering the Cross, we are partners with Christ, in that we suffer the same, or the like which he suffered before us. Our Saviour tells these two Disciples that they should drink of the same cup, and be Baptized with the same Baptism with him. Revel. 1. 9. I John your companion in the Kingdome, and in the patience of Christ. It is called the Patience of Christ, because he suffered the like afflictions, and so was a partner with them. Therefore Paul mentions the fellowship of Christs sufferings, desiring to know, and have experience thereof, Phil. 3. 10. And hence it is, that the afflictions of the Saints and faithfull are said to be Christs afflictions, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See what an honour and dignity it is to suffer the Cross and Afflictions of this life, for Christ and the Gospell, in that herein we partake with Christ, we suffer with him, and he with us; we drink of the same cup, &c. Therefore as it is a great honour to drink of the same cup in which the King, or some other great man hath drank; so much more, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse. 2. To comfort and encourage us to the patient bearing of all afflictions for Christ, and for the kee­ping of a good Conscience, considering that herein we are companions and partners with Christ himself, the Son of God, drinking of the same cup, &c. Therefore, though it be a bitter cup, be content to drink of it, seeing Christ Jesus, the Son of God himself hath begun to us, &c. 1 Pet. 4. 12. Beloved, think it not strange concerning the fiery tryall, &c. But rejoyce, inasmuch as ye are partakers of Christ's sufferings, &c. So did Paul, Col. 1. 24. By suffering the Cross, we are made conformable to Christ our head, which we must be, and should earnestly desire to be, as Paul did, Phil. 3. 10. The more troubles the better, because the more like to Christ. And Rom. 8. 17. If we suffer with him, we shall be glorified with him.

Mark 10. 40. ‘But to sit on my right hand, &c.June, 14. 1629.

THe second part of our Saviours reply to his two Disciples answer unto that question which he deman­ded of them, ver. 38. Whether they could drink of the cup, and be baptized with the baptism of the Cross with him. To this they answered affirmatively, We can; whereupon he replyeth to them again, in this verse and the former. And his reply consisteth of two parts.

  • 1. A concession or granting, that they should indeed hereafter drink of that cup, and be baptized with that Baptism, &c.
  • 2. A plain rejecting or denying of their ambitious sute, before made to him, for the highest places next to him in his Kingdome, by way of rendring a reason, why he could not grant that their Petition. The rea­son is twofold alledged by him.
  • 1. From his own power, Authority, or Office; In that, to [...]it at his right and left hand, was not his to give.
  • 2. From the persons to whom that preferment did belong, being such onely for whom it was prepa­red.

To [...]it at my right hand, &c.] That is, to be advanced to the highest places or degrees of glory in my King­dome, as before, ver. 37.

Is not mine to give] This is not to be understood simply and absolutely, as if our Saviour denyed that he had any power or authority at all to give or bestow that preferment to the chief places in his Kingdome, but it is to be understood in some respects, and with some limitations.

  • 1. That it was not his to give in that sense and meaning, as the two Disciples desired it, who imagined and fancied to themselves a temporal, earthly, and worldly kind of honour and preferment above their fel­low Disciples in Christs Kingdome. Such a kind of preferment or honour was not his to give, because his Kingdome was not earthly or temporal, but Spiritual and heavenly; neither was he called or sent of God to give unto men such worldly honour or dignity above others.
  • 2. It was not in his power absolutely and of himself, as he was man, and as he was Mediator, to bestow those high degrees of glory in his heavenly Kingdome; but he was to do it by appointment from God his Father, and by authority received from him. So Luke 22. 29. I appoint you a Kingdome, as my Father hath appointed unto me.
  • 3. It was not in his power as to give it to whomsoever he would, but to those persons onely for whom it was ordained of God the Father, as the words following shew.

But it shall be given to them for whom it is prepared] That is, to those special and eminent persons amongst the elect of God, for whom it is ordained in the eternal decree and purpose of God.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is no part of Christ's Office, as he is Mediator, to confer or bestow worldly honour, digni­ties, or preferments upon men. He was not called or sent of God his Father to this end, neither came he to this end into the World. As his Kingdome is not of this World, Joh. 18. 36. so neither is it his Office or Calling as Mediator, to bestow worldly honours or dignities upon his subjects or followers. This he im­plyeth here, when the two Disciples suing to him for such kind of preferment in his Kingdome, as the Kings of this World use to advance their subjects and favourites unto; he tells them, it is not his to give. On the contrary, the office of Christ is to bestow Spiritual and heavenly dignities and preferments upon his sub­jects and servants; as the Grace of Regeneration and Adoption in this life; and after this life, eternal glo­ry in his heavenly Kingdome. Joh. 1. 12. As many as received him, to them gave he power (or priviledg) to be the sons of God, &c. And Joh. 10. 28. I give unto them eternall life.

Use 1 Use. 1. See one cause why good Christians are for the most part so little honoured and preferred in this World. It is because they are not of this World, but are subjects of Christs Kingdome, which is Spiritual and heavenly, not temporal or earthly; neither is it the Office of this heavenly King and Mediator of the Church, to give worldly honours to his subjects, but spiritual dignities.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Teacheth us, not to imbrace Christ, or the profession of the Gospel, in hope of worldly honour or preferment thereby; but rather with this condition, to suffer contempt and disgrace in this World, and to be in little or no accompt in it, remembring that Christs Kingdome is not of this World, neither is it his Calling or Office as he is Mediator, to advance his subjects to worldly honours, but to Spiritual and heavenly preferments; therefore seek these by the profession of Christ, and let the other go, &c. As he is God, he can give worldly honour to his Saints, and so doth sometimes; but as Mediator, it is not his Office, &c. nei­ther are we to believe in him, or profess his name with this condition.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though Christ as he is God, be equall with God the Father, in power and Authority; yet as he is man, and as he is Mediator, in respect of his Office, he is inferiour to the Father. So much he imply­eth here, when he saith, That it was not in his power of himself to give those high places of preferment in his Kingdome to any, but that they should be given to such onely for whom they were prepared, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. There shall be different degrees of glory of the Saints in Christs heavenly Kingdome. Some shall be preferred to higher places then other [...], to more excellent Mansions. This our Saviour doth not here deny; but granteth, and presupposeth, that some shall have the highest degrees of glory next him in his King­dome; and consequently, that others shall have inferiour degrees of glory next him in his Kingdome, and consequently that others shall have inferiour degrees of glory. Though all shall have a full and perfect mea­sure of glory and happiness, yet not all the same measure, but some more, some less, according as every one shall be capable of more or less. Proved by that one place sufficiently, 2 Cor. 9. 6. He that soweth sparingly, shall reap sparingly; but he that soweth bountifully, shall reap bountifully.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. There are diffe [...]ent degrees of punishment in Hell, Matth. 11. Easier for Tyre and Sidon, then for Choraz [...]n, &c. Therefore proportionably, there shall be different degrees of glory in heaven.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. There are degrees of Grace in the Saints of God in this life.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. Otherwise how shall the reward of eternal life be given to every one according to his works? as it is promised.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To excite and encourage us to the greater pains and diligence in Gods service, and in all holy du­ties of obedience which he requireth of us in this life, working out our Salvation with fear, as the Apostle ex­horteth, forasmuch as we know, Our labour is not in vain in the Lord; but the more pains we take in well-doing, and the more we glorify God in this life, the greater reward of glory shall be freely given us of God in the life to come.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. The glory of Christ's Kingdom shall not be given to all men, or to all sorts of persons: but only to the Elect of God, for whom it is ordained in God's eternal Counsel and Purpose. To those onely for whom it is prepared. For that which is here said of the highest degrees of that glory, is true of the glory it self in general, and absolutely; That it shall not be given to all, but only to the Elect and Saints of God, for whom it is appointed. Rom. 8. 30. Whom he did predestinate, call, and [...]ustifie; them he glorified. Hence it is, that eternal life, is called, the inheritance of the Saints, Col. 1. 12. to shew, that such only shall be partakers of it. And hence also it is, that the Elect are called Vessels of mercy, Rom. 9. and, vessels of honour, 2 Tim. 2. to shew, that they only shall be partakers of the saving mercy of God, and of the Heavenly glory of the life to come.

Use. Ʋse. See what need for us to give all diligence to make our Calling and Election sure, as we are exhort­ed, 2 Pet. 1. 10. that so we may be partakers of that heavenly glory of Christ's Kingdom, which shall not be given to all, but only to the Elect people of God, for whom it is ordained. Therefore never rest till we know our selves to be in the number of Gods elect people, chosen to eternal life, and to the glory of Christ's Kingdom. Now the way to know and be assured hereof, is, by labouring to find and feel our selves effe­ctually called and sanctified in heart and life, so as we are separated from the World in heart and affection, and do truly hate, shun, and strive against sin, making conscience to glorifie God by a holy and conscionable life. 2 Tim. 2. 21. If any man purge himself from these, (that is, from the society of profane men, and from the practice of sin) he shall be a vessel unto honour, sanctified, and meet for the Masters use, &c.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. The certainty of the glory of the Elect and Saints of God in Heaven; in that it is said to be prepared for them; that is, to be ordained for them in God's Decree and Purpose. Yea, not only the glory it self, but the different degrees of that glory which the several Saints of God shall there enjoy, are likewise pre­pared of God, as our Saviour here sheweth, and Joh. 14. 2. So Matth. 25. 34. Come ye blessed of my Father, inherit the Kingdom prepared for you, &c. 1 Pet. 1. 4. And it is said to be an in [...]eritance reserved in heaven for them. Col. 3. 3. Your life is hid with Christ in God.

Ʋse. Use. For comfort to the Saints and faithful, who know and feel themselves to be in this number of God's elect and chosen people; by assuring them, that although they are not yet in possession of that glory of the life to come, yet they shall most certainly be partakers of it in the due time appointed of God: God having prepared and appointed it for them, in his eternal Counsel and Purpose, this Counsel and Decree of his shall stand: and so they cannot fail or come short of that Heavenly glory which he hath appointed for them; but it is sure and certain to them. Great comfort to us and other Saints of God, Though all earthly things are un­certain to us; yet our Heavenly Inheritance is sure and certain, being prepared for us, and reserved for us in God's own keeping. Wicked men may take from us our goods, liberty, life: but neither they, nor their father the Devil can take Heaven from us: they cannot touch our Inheritance, which is ordained and reserved for us by God Himself.

Observ. 6 Observ. 6. By what right and title the Elect do obtain eternal life and glory in heaven, viz. by the free gift of God, who hath chosen them unto it. It shall be given them. Luke 12. 32. It is your Fathers pleasure to give you the Kingdom. Rom. 6. 23. The gift of God is eternal life.

Use 1 Use 1. To confute Popish Merit, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. To comfort us in respect of our unworthiness of that life and glory to come: Know, that we are not to believe or hope for it for our own worthiness, but upon the free gift of God, and Merits of Christ, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. To stir us up to thankfulness to God, who hath promised so freely to give us eternal life.

Mark 10. 41, 42, 43, 44.‘And when the Ten heard it, they began to be much displeased June 28. 1629. with James and John, &c.’

HItherto we have heard the Ambitious Sute preferred to our Saviour by James and John the sons of Ze­bedee; together with our Saviour's answer, and denyal of their sute.

Now followeth the Event or Consequent following hereupon, viz. Our Saviour's taking occasion further to instruct all his twelve Disciples in the practice of true humility, and disswading them from the sin of am­bition, in seeking after worldly dignity and preferment one above another.

Where, 1. Consider the occasion of our Saviour's instructing them in the practice of humility, &c. which was the offence or displeasure taken by the other ten Disciples against James and John, for preferring that ambitious sute to Christ, Verse 41. When the ten heard it, &c.

2. The Doctrine or teaching it self, Vers. 42. &c. us (que) ad 46.

Of the first. When the ten] That is, the other 10. Disciples or Apostles of Christ, which (as it seems) were present, or not far off, when the sons of Zebedee put up their Petition, and received the former nega­tive answer from Christ.

Heard it] Viz. The Pe [...]ition preferred by them, with Christ's Answer.

They began to be much displeased with James and John] Or to be moved with indignation against them; as the word [...], doth signifie: which shews, they took great offence and displeasure at them for that their ambition, in de [...]iring to be preferred above themselves.

Here note, That though there was just cause for the Ten to be offended or displeased at the other two for their ambition; yet even the ten were also very faulty, and much to blame herein; in that their displea­sure did not proceed from a true hatred and dislike of the sin of ambition in their fellow-Disciples, (as it [Page 793] should have done) but rather from the same, or the like carnal lust of ambition in themselves, which made them unwilling to have any preferred before them: as also from the sin of Envy, which caused them to be discontented at the other two for seeking to climb up above them in honour. And that they were thus faulty herein, may appear by that which followes immediately in the Text; in that our Saviour presently upon this, calls them all to him, and takes occasion to dehort them from ambition, and to teach them the practice of humility: which argues, that they were all at this time much tainted with the sin of ambi­tion.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The truth of that which we have often heard before, viz. that the best Saints of God in this life are tainted with sinful corruptions and infirmities. As here, Christ's Disciples discover a [...]bition, and envy one against another, which caused the ten to take offence at the other two, for desiring to be preferred above them, &c. Of this, see before.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. How natural the sin of ambition, and desire of honour and preferment above others, is even to good Christians, such as Christ's Disciples; in that they were all tainted with it, and shewed themselves so to be: not only the sons of Zebedee, as we have before heard; but also the other ten, as here we see: for else they would not have been so offended at James and John, for seeking to be advanced above them. This shews this sin of ambition to be very natural, even to the best Christians: and that it is a very general fault and corruption, with which all Christians are by nature tainted more or less.

Ʋse. Use. The more natural it is, the more are we to resist and strive against it by all good means, &c. See before, Verse 37. The rather, because it is a sin so hard to be mortified in us: a disease so hard to be cured in us; as we see here in the Disciples of Christ. For although our Saviour had before plainly reproved this sin in the sons of Zebedee, yet we see how soon the other 10 Disciples offended in the same kind, and stum­bled at the same stone again, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The great blindness and corruption of our Nature; in that we are more apt to see, and to be displeased at the faults and sins of others, then at our own sins: yea, we can be offended at the same sins in others, with which we our selves are tainted, and whereof we are guilty at the same time: as the 10. Dis­ciples here were offended at the ambition of James and John: and yet could not see or be truly displeased at their own ambition and envy at the same time. This shews how blind we are in seeing our own faults; and how partial in judging and censuring our own and others corruptions; in that we can be so much of­fended at others sins, and yet not at all displeased at our own as we should be. We can sooner see the more in our brothers eye, then the beam in our own, as our Saviour saith. We are like those Women called La­miae, whereof the Heathen Poets write, who when they went abroad, did put on their eyes: but being at home, put them off, and kept them in a box: so they could see all things abroad, but nothing at home. So is it with us by nature; we [...]re quick-sighted abroad in discerning others faults; but blind athome, in seeing our own. So also we are apt to censure and be displeased at others faults, and yet to bear with the same in our selves. But what saith the Apostle in this case, Rom. 2. 1. Thou art inexcusable, O man, whosoever thou art that judgest: for wherein thou judgest another, thou condemnest thy self: for thou that judgest, dost the same things.

Ʋse. Use. To take heed of this blind and partial dealing with our own and others sins; that we be not for­ward to see and be offended at others faults and corruptions, and in the mean time blind to see our own, and partial in bearing with them. Especially take heed of censuring and being offended at the same sins in others, whereof thou thy self art guilty at the same time. On the contrary, labour first to see thy own cor­ruptions, and to be truly displeased at them; and then, to be offended at others faults: First cast out the beam from thine own eye, &c. Begin at home to see and censure sin.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. The evil and mischievous effects of ambition which it causeth and bringeth forth.

1. It is a great cause of envy amongst men, causing them to repine and be discontented, when others are preferred before them. As here the 10 Disciples, when the other two did but desire to be preferred, &c.

2. It is one great cause of those offences and scandals which arise amongst men, whereby they are offen­ded and displeased one at another, when they see or hear of others preferred before them in honour and dig­nity. And hence also cometh strife and debate oftentimes, as here was like to have been, &c. Luke 23. 4. Thus was it also here with the 10 Disciples. Their ambitious minds caused them to be offended at the other two, &c. The like we may see in Joseph's brethren, who envied him, and were offended at him, because he was preferred before them by their Father. The cause was (doubtless) their ambitious minds, being un­willing to have any preferred before themselves. So Haman's ambition was the cause of his envy and dis­pleasure against Mordecai. Therefore, Gal. 5. 26. Let us not be desirous of vain-glory; prov [...]king and envying one another.

Use. See the hurt and danger of this sin of Ambition, in that it hath such dangerous effects: which should cause us the more to abhor this sin in our selves and others.

Mark 10. 42.‘But Jesus called them unto him, &c. July, 5. 1629.

NOw the Evangelist shews how our Saviour took occasion from the former indignation or displeasure of the 10 Disciples against James and John, to instruct them all in the practice of true humility, to dis­swade them from the sin of ambition. For he perceiving them to be all tainted with this sin of ambition, doth therefore take occasion to teach this Doctrine of humility to them all: for which cause he calls them together unto him.

In the words consider two things. 1. The Preparation used by our Saviour before he taught them this Doctrine; in that he called them unto him.

2. The Doctrine it self, delivered to them: consisting of two parts. 1. A Dehortation from ambitious seeking after dignity and preheminence one above another: which Dehortation he presseth upon them by example of the Rulers and great men amongst the Gentiles, who did affect great dignity and preheminence [Page 794] above others, whose example and practice he tells them, they must not follow. 2. A contrary exhortati­on to the practice of humility, in submitting themselves as servants one to another, which practice he urgeth upon them by his own example, which they ought to follow.

Of the first; The Preparative, His calling them unto him, which is especially to be understood of the ten Disciples, spoken of immediately before; who though they were present, and not far off before; yet now our Saviour calls them to come nearer unto him, together with the other two, which were James and John. Now he thus called them unto him, partly that they might the better hear what he should say unto them, and partly to stir them up to take the more notice, and to be the more affected with that which he was about to speak.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That our Saviour knew the secret indignation and displeasure which they conceived against J [...]mes and John; though there is no mention, that they shewed their displeasure by any outward sign o [...] to­ken. Besides, that they stood aloof from him at the time when they were so displeased; yet our Saviour taking notice of their envious thoughts, presently calls them to him, &c. Now this being so, is an evidence of the Godhead of Christ. But of this often before.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here again the mild and gentle dealing of our Saviour with these ten Disciples; in that he doth not sharply reprove them for their ambitious and envious thoughts one against another, as he might have done (they being so much faulty as they were) but calls them lovingly unto him, that he may in gentle man­ner dehort them from ambition, and stir them up to the practice of humility, &c. So should we bear with the infirmities of other [...], Rom. 15. 1. But of this also often before.

Now followeth the Doctrine or teaching it self. And first, His dehortation of them from ambitious de­siring and seeking of dignity and preheminence one above another, by example of the Rulers, and great men among the Gentiles, &c.

Where, 1. He alledgeth to them the example and practice of those Rulers and great ones amongst the Gentiles, appealing to their own knowledg touching the same. Ye know (saith he) that they which are ac­counted (or delight) to rule over the Gentiles, &c.

2. He applyeth it to his purpose, telling his Disciples, that it must not be so with them; At the beginning of ver. 43.

They which are accounted to rule, &c.] Or they which think good to rule; or which delight, or are well pleased to rule. This latter interpretation I take to be the best and fittest; the words in the Original being [...], which seemeth here to note out an ambitious affecting or desiring to bear rule, or to be in authority above others.

To rule] To exercise external and temporal authority over their subjects. And in these first words our Saviour seemeth to speak properly of the chief and highest Rulers or Magistrates amongst the Gentiles, viz. of their Kings and Princes, as in the words following, he speaketh rather of subordinate or inferiour Rulers. So Matth. 20. 25. Ye know, that the Princes of the Gentiles, &c. And Luke 22. 25. The Kings of the Gen­tiles, &c. Now by [Gentiles] understand here (as in other places of Scripture) all other Nations besides the Jews: so called, to distinguish them from the Nation of the Jews, being the onely peculiar people of God, in times of the old Testament, whereas all other Nations were profane, and excluded from Gods Covenant, Ephes. 2.

Quest. Quest. Why doth he alledg the Rulers of the Gentiles, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. Because the Jews then had no King, Soveraign, or civil Governour, &c.

2. Because the sin of ambition most reigned amongst the Gentile [...].

Exercise Lordship over them] That is, a soveraign power and authority in ruling over them.

And their great ones] Such as are next in greatness of power and authority, unto their Kings, Princes, or chief Rulers, for here he seems to speak of subordinate Magistrates and Governours, ut supra dictum. Note here, that our Saviour doth not condemn the use or exercise of civil Magistracy or Government amongst the Gentiles; but their ambitious affecting, desiring and seeking after such a dominion and Lordship over others. And he alledgeth this example, thereby to disswade his Disciples from this ambitious desire, as al­so to forbid his Apostles, being Ministers of the Gospell, to take upon them any such externall power as the civill Rulers did.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The light of nature teacheth the necessity and use of civil Magistracy and Government in the Common-Wealth. This appears, in that the very Heathen and Gentiles who were guided onely by the light of nature, had Rulers and Governours amongst them, who did exercise authority and power over them, neither doth our Saviour condemn this, but approve of it; yea, so agreeable to the light of nature, is the Of­fice and Authority of Magistrates in the Common-wealth, that we read of few or none of the heathen, though never so rude and barbarous, but they had some kind of Magistracy and Government amongst them. And herein the light of nature doth agree with the light and Doctrine of the Word of God, which also teacheth the necessity and use of Magistrates and Governours in the Common-wealth, justifying their authority to be from God. So Rom. 13. and elsewhere in Scripture.

Use. Use. To convince the gross errour of the Anabaptists, denying the use and necessity of civill Magistracy and Government, and holding that all Christians should be equal in power and authority, &c. which is con­futed by the light of nature, which taught the contrary, even unto the Heathen.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See also, that it is agreeable to the light of nature, that there should be different degrees of Ma­gistrates and Governours in the Common-wealth; some being the chief and highest, having soveraign pow­er, as Kings, Princes, &c. and others subordinate to the former. So it was even amongst the Heathen, as our Saviour here affirmeth; neither doth he blame these distinct orders of Magistrates and Rulers, but allow of the same as fit and necessary. And the same distinction of degrees of civil Governours is also grounded on the Word of God. See 1 Pet. 2. 13, 14.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Though it be lawfull for such as have a calling thereunto, to bear rule, and to exerci [...]e authori­ty over others in the Common-wealth; yet it is a sin in any, ambitiously to affect, desire, or seek after such places of Authority and Government. This was the sin of the Heathen Rulers, which our Saviour here ta [...] ­eth [Page 795] and reproveth in them: that they did not only exercise Lordship, &c. but they did delight and were well pleased, or took pleasure so to do, &c. that is, they ambitiously sought after those high places of authority and rule over others, &c.

Now this ambitious desiring and seeking after high places of authority, is, 1. When such as are not called of God, not fit for such places, do seek for them; not being qualified with gifts fit for discharge of them.

2. When men seek such places for evil and sinister ends; as to purchase to themselves worldly honour and greatness; and not ayming at Gods glory, &c.

3. When any do seek such high places or Offices by evil and unlawful means; as by fraud and unjust practises; by bribery, by flattery, &c. Examples, Absalom, Haman, &c.

It followeth. But so shall it not be, &c.) You shall not imitate the Rulers of the Gentiles, either in ambi­tious seeking of worldly honour and preheminence one above another; or in taking upon you to exercise any such external power or authority over one another, or over the Church of God, as the Civil Magistrates among the Gentiles do over their Subjects.

Note, That our Saviour here forbiddeth two things to his Disciples. 1. The ambitious desire and seek­ing of worldly honour and preheminence, &c. 2. The use and exercise of any such external power and authority, as the Civil Rulers of the Gentiles did exercise. This may appear, by comparing this place with Matth. 20. 25. and Luke 22. 25.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Christians ought not to imitate the profane Gentiles or Heathen, but to differ from them in life and practice; refraining those sins and evil practises which have been used, or for the present are used by them: and that for this reason, because they have been used by them: So here. This was forbidden to the people of God in times of the Old Testament; as Levit. 18. 3. Deut. 12. 30. So in the New Testament also, Matth. 6. 32. our Saviour upon this ground, dehorteth us from immoderate cares about worldly matters; because this was the sin of the Gentiles: and, 1 Thess. 4. 5. The Apostle tells them, It is the Will of God, that they should live holily, and not in the lust of concupiscence, as the Gentiles which know not God. So Verse 13.

Note, That we may in some things imitate the Gentiles, as in practise of such moral vertues as were in them: as temperance, justice, honouring of Parents, &c. But not in evil things, &c.

Use. Use. See how unfit it is for us in these times to retain and use such profane customs and practises as have been used by the Heathen or Pagans which knew not God; or to live in such sins as they lived in: which are recko [...]ed up, Rom. 1. 29. &c. and 1 Pet. 4. 2. As fornication, uncleanness, covetousness, maliciousness, &c. Drunkenness, revellings, mixt dancing of men and women together. Hither also refer such unlawful and offensive games as have been in much use amongst the Heathen, and were first devised by them: as Cards, Dice, &c. How unfit for us being Christians, to imitate the ignorant and profane Gentiles in these and such like practises, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. One sin of the Heathen, in which we are not to follow them, is the sin of ambition, or inordi­nate desire of worldly honour, and dignity above others. This is one special sin of the Gentiles, which we are to refrain and take heed of; and that for this reason amongst others, because it is a sin of the Heathen, whom we ought not to resemble or be like unto; but to differ from them: yea, to be contrary unto them in life and practice. Our Saviour here tells his Disciples, That the Rulers of the Gentiles did ambitiously affect Lordship and Dominion over others; but it must not be so with them: they must not herein be like unto those great men amongst the Heathen; but most unlike unto them, &c. Here then we may see one Motive to disswade us from this sin of ambition: yea, to cause us to abhor and de [...]est it in our selves and others, viz. because it is one of the sins of the Heathen and Gentiles, whom we ought not to imitate, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour speaketh this to his Apostles, whom he had called to be Ministers of the Church; hence gather, That of all Christians, especially Ministers of the Word must be far from ambitious desiring and seeking after worldly honour and preheminence above others. As this is a sin in all Christians, so especially in Ministers of the Church. The sin of the Scribes and Pharisees; and of Diotrephes, 3 Joh. 9. Verse, He loved to have the preheminence. Though Ministers of the Church may lawfully take that honour which is due unto them in respect of their Ministerial Office and Calling, (for the Elders that rule well, are worthy of double honour, 1 Tim. 5. 17.) yet they must be far from ambitious seeking after worldly honour, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Lastly, In that our Saviour doth not only forbid unto his Apostles being Ministers of the Church, the ambitious desire of worldly honour and preheminence above others; but also the very use and exercise of such external power or worldly government, as the Civil Rulers of the Commonwealth among the Gentiles did exercise; hence we learn, That it is unfit for Ministers of the Church to take upon them, or to exercise any external, temporal, or worldly power and authority in the Church of God; whether it be over one another, or whether it be over the Church of God committed to their charge. They are not to take upon them, or to exercise over one another, or over the Church of God, any such Dominion or Lordship as the Rulers of the Commonwealth did exercise over their Subjects; that is to say, any external, tempo [...]al, or worldly Dominion, &c. over the bodies, goods, or outward estate of others: but to content themselves with that spiritual power and authority committed to them in respect of the souls and consciences of men: which power con [...]isteth in the dispensing of the Word and Sacraments, and in the use and exercise of the spiritual discipline of the Church, &c. 1 Pet. 5. 2, 3. Feed the flock of God which is among you, taking oversight thereof, &c.—not as being Lords over Gods heritage, &c.

Use. Use. To condemn the practice of the Pope and of his Popish Clergy, usurping a tempo [...]all and externall power and jurisdiction over the Church of God, and over the Pastors and Ministers of the Church; flat con­trary to this prohibition of our Saviour given to his Apostles, and in them to all other Ministers of the Ghurch.

Mark 10. 43, 44, 45.—‘But whosoever will be great among you, shall be your Minister, &c. July 12. [...] 1629.

OUr Saviour having dehorted and disswaded his Disciples from the sin of Ambition, in seeking after worldly honour and preheminence one above another, by the example of the Rulers of the Gentiles, who affected such honour and preheminence above others: Now, on the contrary, he exhorteth them to the practice of true humility, in submitting themselves as servants one to another: and this he presseth upon them by his own example and practice.

Where, 1. Consider the exhortation it self, Verse 43, 44.

2. The Reason enforcing it: or Motive, so to submit themselves, &c. From his own practice, Verse 45.

Whosoever will be great among you] Whosoever desireth to be truly great and honorable, or eminent among you, viz. in God's accompt, and in the accompt and estimation of his true Church.

shall be your servant] Or, Let him be your servant; as it is, Matth. 20. 26. for the future tense of the Indica­tive, is put for the Imperative Mood, by an Hebraism; as it is oftentimes. The meaning is: Let him hum­bly submit himself to do the meanest duty or service to his fellow-Disciples, in way of procuring and fur­thering their good.

And whosoever will be chief, &c.] The same thing in effect is again pressed in other words by our Saviour, to shew the weightiness of the matter, and the more to affect and move the Disciples to obey his Admonition or Exhortation.

shall be servant of all] Or, Let him be servant of all. Note, That in these words our Saviour seemeth not-only to exhort his Disciples to the practice of humility towards one another: but withall, to intimate unto them the nature and quality of their Apostolical Office and Function unto which he had called them: and how they ought to carry themselves in execution of it: viz. as Ministers and servants unto the Church and People of God, in way of procuring the good of others. For having before forbidden them to usurp or take upon them any such temporal power and authority as the Magistrates and Rulers of the Gentiles did then exercise over their Subjects: Now, on the other side, he puts them in mind of the nature and quality of that Apostolical Office and Function in the Church, unto which he had called them; that it was a Ministery and service, rather than a dominion or Lordship, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That one good remedy and means to resist and reform any sin or corruption in our selves, is to strive to the practice of the contrary grace and vertue, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The only and best way to attain unto true honour and dignity, before God, and in the accompt of the Church of God, is, to humble and abase our selves, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. How far we ought to submit and humble our selves one towards another, or towards others, for their good: so far, as to become servants to them; being content to do any duty or service to them, though never so mean, for the procuring and furthering of their good, &c. (See these three first Observations be­fore, Chap. 9. Verse 35.)

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that our Saviour directs this Exhortation to his 12 Apostles, being Ministers of the Church; hence gather, That, of all other Christians, especially the Pastors and Ministers of the Church, ought to pra­ctise true humility, in submitting themselves, both one towards another, and towards all others in the Church of God. As they of all others should be farthest from ambitious aspiring to worldly honour, (as we heard before) so they should of all other be foremost in practice of true humility: being patterns of it to others: as in all other holiness of life, 1 Tim. 4. 12. So was Paul, Act. 20. 19. he served God with all humi­lity of mind, &c. and 1 Cor. 9. 19. He made himself servant to all, &c. 1 Tim. 3. 6. A Bishop or Pastor may not be a Novice in Christianity; lest he be puffed up with pride, &c. which shews, that a Minister should be far from pride; and on the contrary, should be eminent in the grace of humility.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. The nature and quality of that Office and Function to which all Pastors of the Church are call­ed: it is a Ministery and Service; not an outward Dominion or Lordship. They are not called to exercise such a Lordship in the Church, or over it; but to serve the Church by execution of their Ministerial Office. Act. 1. 17. the Office of the Apostles is called a Ministery: much more is this true of the Office of all other Pastors of the Church. Hence also they are called Ministers, 1 Cor. 4. 1. Let a man so account of us as of the Ministers of Christ, &c. and 1 Cor. 3. 5. Who is Paul? and who is Apollo? but Ministers by whom ye belie­ved, &c.

Ʋse. Use. See the pride and hypocrisie of the Pope, or Bishop of Rome, professing himself to be a Pastor of the Church, and calling himself Servant of God's servants; and yet refusing to carry himself as a true Minister or servant of the Church: refusing to do service to the Church, by execution of the Ministerial Office of a Pastor in preaching the Word, and administring the Sacraments, &c. And instead hereof, usurping an abso­lute dominion over the Church, both in things spiritual and temporal; taking upon him to make Laws bind­ing the conscience, &c. Thus he is in Name and Title a Servant of the Church; but indeed and truth car­rieth himself as an absolute Lord of the Church, exercising a tyrannical power and jurisdiction in and over the same.

It followeth. Verse 45. For even the Son of man, &c.] The reason to move them humbly to submit them­selves as servants one to another. From his own example and practice: who came into the world to this very end, not to be ministred unto, but to minister, &c. that is, to do service unto others for their good. An argument from the greater to the lesse. So this reason contains in it, the end of Christ's coming into the world: which was not to be ministred unto, but, &c.

Where, 1. Consider the Person that is said to have come: Himself; whom he calleth, the Son of Man.

2. The end of his coming: set down, 1. Negatively; shewing wherefore he came not; not to be mi­nistred unto. 2. Affirmatively, wherefore he came, to minister.

And this latter is confirmed, by mentioning one special kind of Ministery or service which he came to perform: which was the giving of his life, &c.

The Son of man] This Title he gives himself in respect of his humane nature, to shew the truth of it. But having often had occasion before to speak of it, I will not here insist on it.

Came] viz. Into the World. To be understood of his first comming in the flesh, when he was Incar­nate, taking our nature upon him, being first conceived in the Womb of the Virgin his Mother, and afterward born and brought forth into the World in the appointed time.

Not to be ministred unto] Or to be served, or to have service done unto him, by others.

Quest. Quest. How is this to be understood, seeing he was Ministred unto, and had service done to him in and after his first comming, both by his Disciples, who attended as servants on him; as also by others, as by those Religious Women who ministred to him with their substance, Matth. 27. 55. yea, the Angels ministred to him at his birth, and afterward at other times.

Answ. Answ. The words are not to be understood simply and absolutely, as if he had not come at all, or in any sort to be ministred unto, but comparatively; not so to be ministred unto, or attended on by great retinue of servants or followers to do him service, as earthly Kings, Princes, or other great men are wont to be atten­ded and served, such as he spake of before, ver. 42. He came not into the World as an earthly Prince or great man of state, to be gloriously attended upon, and ministred unto by many servants, &c.

But to minister] Or to do service unto others in humility and love, by submitting himself to do the Office and duty of a servant unto others, doing all duties of love, in way of procuring and furthering the good and Salvation of mankind.

Quest. Quest. How and when did he thus submit himself as a servant for the good of men?

Answ. Answ. 1. In his life time, while he lived on earth; by his readiness to do good to the Souls and bodies of men. To their Souls; partly by his publick Doctrine and Ministry amongst the Jews, for which cause he is called the Minister of Circumcision, Rom. 15. 8. and partly by his private Instructions, Admonitions, and Exhortations of others. To the bodies of men he did good upon all occasions, by his Miraculous healing of the sick, raising of the dead, and casting out of Devills from the possessed, as also by other ordinary duties of love which he performed to others, especially to his own Disciples, as by washing their feet, and wiping them with his own hands, Joh. 13.

2. At the time of his death, by dying and suffering the wrath and curse of God due to the sins of men, thereby to work their Redemption and Salvation, as is shewed in the words immediately following.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Christ's Kingdome is not of this World, Joh. 18. 36. not earthly or temporal, accompanied with outward pomp and glory, but spiritual and heavenly. He came not as an earthly King honourably atten­ded, &c. Zach. 9. 9.

Ʋse. Use. We are not to imbrace Christ, or profess the Gospel in hope of worldly preferment, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The manner of Christs first comming into the World in his Incarnation, or comming in the flesh; he did not come in outward pomp and state, as an earthly King or great man, to be honourably atten­ded by many servants and followers; but on the contrary, in a poor, low, and mean estate, not to be mini­stred unto, but rather to minister to others. In the form of a servant. The poor and mean manner of Christs birth and comming into the World, is recorded by the Evangelists, viz. that he was born of mean Parents, and in a mean place, which was Bethlehem; and not in any great or fair house of that Village, but in a com­mon Inn; yea, in the stable of the Inn, and was there fain to be laid in a Manger in stead of a Cradle, &c.

Reasons why he came into the World in this poor, low, and mean manner, and not in outward pomp and glory.

  • 1. That the Scripture might be fulfilled which foretold this, Psal. 22. Esay 53. 2. Joh. 18. 36.
  • 2. That from this low and mean estate he might afterward be advanced to so much the higher glory, Phil. 2. 7. He made himself of no reputation, &c. Therefore ver. 9. God hath highly exalted him, &c.
  • 3. That there might be the more manifest difference between his first comming in the flesh, and his se­cond comming to Judgment. Therefore he came at first in low and mean manner, but shall come at the last day in wonderfull glory and majesty.
  • 4. That by his own example and practice he might sanctify the poor and mean estate unto the faithfull in this life, that it might be good and comfortable for them.

Use 1 Use 1. For the comfort of such good Christians as are of poor and mean birth, and of mean estate in this World. So was Christ himself our head and Saviour. He came not into the World as a great man, in pomp, and state; neither did he live in the World in any great, rich, or honourable condition, but in a mean and contemptible estate, having not where to lay his head, &c. not so much as a house of his own to dwell in, &c. And he hath sanctified this poor and mean estate to all the faithfull, &c.

Use 2 Use. 2. Seeing Christ Jesus the Son of God was born, and came into the World not in any outward state or glory, but in a low and mean manner, not to be served, but to serve, &c. this should teach us not to af­fect or desire worldly greatness; as great Wealth, Honour, or high places in this World, but to be content with a low or mean estate, if God see it good for us, and rather to desire this then the other, that so we may come after Christ our head, and be herein like unto him.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. But to minister] See here how far Christ Jesus the Son of God did humble himself for the good and Salvation of mankind, even so far, as not onely to take mans nature upon him, but in it to become a Mi­nister or servant unto men after a sort, for their good, not refusing to do the meanest offices and duties of love unto men, while he lived on earth, in way of procuring and furthering the good and Salvation of the Souls and bodies of men, Phil. 2. 7. He took on him the form of a servant; yea, not onely the form, but the of­fice of a servant or Minister, so far forth as was needfull for the good of men, and especially for the good and Salvation of the Church, Luke 22. 27. I am amongst you as he that serveth.

Ʋse. Use. This must teach us after Christs example, to practice the like humility towards others, especially to­wards our brethren and fellow Christians, submitting our selves as Ministers and servants to them in love, not refusing to do the meanest duties of love to others in way of procuring and furthering the good and Sal­vation of their Souls and bodies. If the Son of God refused not to become a servant unto men, the Crea­tor to the Creatures, &c. how much lesse should we think much to become servants to our brethren in love? [Page 798] Joh. 13. 14. If I your Lord and Master have washed your feet, ye also ought to wash one anothers feet, &c.

Mark 10. 45.‘And to give his life a ransome for many. July, 19. 1629.

IT followeth. And to give his life, &c. In these words our Saviour further proveth, that he came rather to Minister or serve others, then to be Ministred unto or to be served, by instancing in one special kind of Ministry or service which he came to per [...]orm for men, viz. the giving of his life a ransome for many.

First, to open the meaning of the words. Where are three things to be considered.

  • 1. The special service which Christ came into the World to perform for us, or for mankind; To give his life for us.
  • 2. The end for which he gave his life; To be a ransome for us.
  • 3. The persons for whom he gave his life as a ransome; For many.

To give his life] Or his Soul. A metonymy of the cause for the effect. The Soul which is the cause of life, being put for life it self. Now this phrase of giving his life, doth imply a free and willing laying down of his life, and p [...]rting with it.

Aransome] Or price of Redemption, whereby to free and deliver such as were in captivity and bondage before, under sin and Satan.

For many] This is not to be understood of all mankind, but of the true Church, which are the elect or chosen people of God, appointed to Salvation in Gods eternal purpose; and in time effectually called, and indued with Faith, to believe in Christ, and so to apply the merits of his death to themselves. These are said to be many, because they are so in themselves; though in comparison of the Reprobate they are few.

Now follow the Instructions from the words. And first from the first thing contained in them, which is the special kind of Ministry or service which Christ came into the World to perform for us, viz. the giving of his life for us.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this was one main end of Christs Inca [...]ation, and of his first comming into the World in our nature, that the might give his life, or lay it down for us by suffering death; which otherwise he could not have done; this teacheth us the great necessity of his Incarnation and comming into the World, and how great a benefit the same was unto us, in that it was the means which made way to the death of Christ, and consequently to the work of our Redemption. The necessity appears, in that without this Incarnation, he could not have dyed or suffered for us. And the greatness of this benefit of Christs Incarnation, or com­ming in the flesh, appears by this, that it made way to the work of our Redemption by the death of Christ, Phil. 2. 7. He took on him the form of a servant, &c. And being found in fashion of a man, humbled himself to death, &c. Hence it was, that at the birth of Christ, when he came first into the World, the Angells them­selves did appear, and in solemn manner praise God for this benefit of Christs Incarnation, Luke 2. 13. How much more are we bound to be truely thankful to God for this great and unspeakable benefit of Christs Incar­nation, and comming into the World, for whose sakes it was that he was Incarnate, and came into the World. As it is in the Nicene Creed; Who for us men, and for our Salvation, came down from heaven, &c. This must stir us up to bless God, and to shew our true thankfulness for this great benefit, by reforming our lives, and giving up our selves in obedience to God all the dayes of our life. This is not to be done at one time of the year onely, as at the time of Christs Nativity, when we keep the memory of it, but at all times of the year, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See how far Christ the Son of God did abase himself, as a Minister or servant to us, and for our good and Salvation, even so far as to give his life, and to suffer death for us; which was the greatest Mi­nistry or service which he could possibly perform for us, Phil. 2. 7. He took upon him the form of a servant, &c. And he humbled himself to the death of the Cross, &c. Thus he became our servant, not onely in his life time, but in and by his death also, which was the greatest service that could possibly be performed for us.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. See by this the great and unspeakable love of Christ to us, and earnest desire of our Salvation, in that for the accomplishment thereof, he so far abased himself, as to serve and minister to us, not onely in his life, but in his death, by giving his life for our Redemption, &c. This was the highest degree of Christs love to us, and most excellent service of love which he performed for us. Joh. 15. 13. Greater love then this hath no man, that a man lay down his life, &c. To stir us up to thankfullness, &c. And to this end, to labour for true feeling of this love of Christ in our hearts, &c. Pray with Paul, Ephes. 3. Especially now we come to the Lords Table, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. This should cause us willingly to submit our selves to do this service unto Christ, which he hath aba­sed himself to do for us, viz. to give our lives for him; that is, for the profession of his name and truth (if need be) as he hath done for us. Thus did the blessed Martyrs. Revel. 12. 11. They loved not their lives unto the death, in giving testimony to the truth of Christ.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. See also how far we should submit our selves as servants to our brethren for Christs sake, so far as to give our lives for them, if it be to procure the good and Salvation of their Souls, 1 Joh. 3. 16.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. From the manner of speech [To give his life]; We learn, that Christ Jesus the Son of God did freely and willingly part with his life, and lay it down for us. He gave his life. Now gift is free, or else it is no gift properly. So elsewhere he is said to have given himself for us, Ephes. 5. 2. and to lay down his life for us, Joh. 10. 15. I lay down my life for my sheep. And ver. 18. No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of my self, &c. See before, chap. 8. ver. 31. the same point in effect handled, with the uses of it.

Now followeth the end of Christs giving his life. To be a Ransome or price of Redemption for us.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. By Nature we are all Captives and Bond-slaves, under the power of sin and Satan, else no need for Christ to ransome us.

1. We are Captives and slaves to sin. 2. To Satan.

To Sin, in three respects. 1. In regard of the guilt of it, with which we are all holden before God by Nature. Rom. 3. 19. By the Law every mouth is stopped, and all the world found guilty before God.

2. In respect of the corruption of sin and sinful lusts, which naturally raign in us, and over us. Joh. 8. 34. He that committeth sin, is the servant of sin: and Tit. 3. 3. We our selves in time past were disobedient, serving divers lusts, &c.

3. In respect of the punishment due to sin; which is the wrath and curse of God, both temporal and eternal, which we are liable unto. Ephes. 2. 3. We are by nature, children of wrath, &c.

To Satan we are also Captives and Slaves by Nature. 2 Tim. 2. ult. wicked men are said to be taken captive by him at his will. Now this is true, not only in regard of that power which the Devil hath over us in our natu­ral estate, to tempt us unto sin, and to cause us to yield to his temptations: in which respect he is said to work effectually in the children of disobedience, Ephes. 2. 2. but also in regard of that power he hath over us, as the executioner of God's Wrath and Justice, to inflict punishment upon us for our sins, especially the punishment of eternal death. Heb. 2. 14. the Devil is said to have the power of death; that is, power to inflict death, &c. and Verse 15. we are said by nature to be in bondage to him through fear of death.

Use. Use. This must teach and move every one to labour for a true sight and feeling of this our spiritual capti­vity and bondage by nature under sin and Satan; that we are under the power of these as cruel Lords and Tyrants: not only under the guilt and power of sin raigning in us; but liable to the wrath and curse of God: yea, to eternal death; and subject to Satan as the executioner of it, &c. Labour to see and know this our mi­serable bondage, out of the Word of God, which only can teach it us. And not only to see it, but to be truly sensible of it, and humbled in sight of it: and of the greatnesse of this bondage; being worse than any out­ward bodily slavery or captivity: worse than that of the Galley-slaves under the Turks, &c. Especially thou that didst never yet come truly to see and feel this thy spiritual slavery and bondage under sin and Satan: la­bour now to see and feel it: and pray unto God to open thine eyes to see it, &c. The rather, because, till thou come to this, thou wilt never truly desire or seek to be redeemed from it: neither canst thou have any part in this Redemption or deliverance by Christ. He is sent to proclaim liberty (and to purchase liberty) for the captives, &c. Not to all such; but to those that feel and groan under this captivity; sighing and crying to God, as the Israelites in Egypt, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The main end of Christ's laying down his life, and suffering of death, was to redeem and de­liver us from the spiritual bondage of sin and Satan, to which we were subject by Nature; and that by gi­ving this Ransom or Price for our Redemption.

Here two things are to be shewed. 1. That the end of Christ's death was to redeem and deliver us from the bondage of sin and Satan; from the guilt and punishment of sin, and from the power of Satan, &c.

2. That this Redemption was by paying a ransom or price for us.

Of the first, It is proved Tit. 2. 14. Who gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, &c. and Heb. 2. 14. He took part of flesh and blood, that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death, that is, the Devil. And deliver them, &c.

Of the second. That this Redemption was by paying a price; even the price of his own life, &c. is pro­ved, 1 Tim. 2. 6. He gave himself a ransome for all. Therefore also this deliverance is called a Redemption, which signifies properly such a deliverance as is obtained by payment of a price or ransom: and Christ is called our Redeemer: to shew, that he delivered us by paying a price; even the price of his own life, which he laid down: or the price of his own death which he suffered for us; or the price of his blood shed for us: for all these come to one and the same thing in effect. 1 Pet. 1. 18. Ye were redeemed, not with silver and gold, &c. but with the pretious blood of Christ, &c.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. To whom was this price paid by Christ; whether to God himself? or unto Satan, under whose power we were?

Answ. Answ. To God Himself; and not unto Satan.

Reason. Because we were properly Captives and Prisoners unto [...]od, and to his Justice, by our sins. As for Satan, though we were in some sort also his Captive, and under his power; yet not simply, or absolute­ly, but only so far forth as he is the Executioner of God's wrath, &c.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How was the payment of this price a means to free and deliver us from our spiritual bon­dage, &c?

Answ. Answ. Because by it there was a full satisfaction made to the Justice of God, for the guilt and punishment of our sins: and so we are delivered from the same, and consequently from the power and tyranny of Satan, as the Executioner of God's Justice.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. Seeing Christ dyed to redeem or ransom us from the power of sin and Satan, how is it that even the godly and faithful who have part in this Redemption, are still subject in this life to sin, and to the temp­tations of Satan, &c?

Answ. Answ. Because this Redemption is not in every respect perfect in this life, but incho [...]te, and begun, and not to be fully perfected till after this life. In the mean time, the faithful are in this life freed from sin, 1. In regard of the guilt of it; so as none of their sins are imputed to them of God, &c. 2. From the power and dominion of it, that it raign not in their mortal bodies, as it doth in the wicked. 3. From the eternal punishment of all their sins. 4. From the curse and sting of all temporall afflictions, and of death it self. They are also delivered from the power and tyranny of Satan, so far forth, that though he may tempt them, and sometimes cause them to yield to his temptations for a time: yet not so, as finally to vanquish or over­come them: neither are they any longer subject to him as he is the Executioner of God's Wrath and Justice on the wicked.

Use. Use. For unspeakable comfort to so many of us as truly feel and are sensible of our spiritual bondage under sin and Satan, labouring by faith to believe in Christ, and to lay hold o [...] the merits of his death. Let such consider and remember, to what end Christ the Son of God also did give his life, and suffer death: even to this end, that by payment of this counter-price to the Justice of God, he might fully satisfie for our sins; and so deliver and free us not only from the guilt and punishment of all our sins; but also from the power [Page 800] and dominion of s [...]n, and our sinful lusts, that we may be no longer captives and slaves to them: as also from the power and tyranny of Satan, in whose snare we were holden by Nature, and to whom we were subject as the Executioner of Gods wrath, &c. So that now we are no longer captives or slaves of sin and Satan: no longer subject to God's wrath and curse: but we are in Christ Jesus freed from all these; so as they can no longer hurt us, or hinder our salvation. We are the Lord's Free-men, 1 Cor. 7. And this is the best of all kinds of liberty and freedom; and a full and perfect freedom, so far as we are capable of it in this life. Joh. 8. 36. If the Son make you free, ye shall be free indeed. If it be a great benefit and comfort to a prisoner or cap­tive under the Turk, to be delivered and ran [...]omed from that bodily slavery: how much more to a child of God to be delivered and freed in Christ from this spiritual bondage? &c. How should this comfort us against our sins, against the fear of God's wrath, and against the power of Satan, &c. Think of this, now we come to the Lord's Supper, in which we are in special manner put in mind of this unspeakable benefit of our re­demption by Christ's death, &c. to strengthen our faith in God's promise of forgivenesse of sins and salva­tion by Christ; and to stir us up to thankfulnesse for the same, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Here also by comparing the end with the means; that is to say, our Redemption or Ransom­ing, with the death of Christ; we might observe the greatnesse of our spiritual bondage by Nature, and how hard it was for us to be delivered from the same; in that there was no way to effect this, but by the death of Christ the Son of God: no Ransom or Price would serve, but the giving of his life for us, &c. But I will not in [...]ist on this here.

It followeth. The persons for whom our Saviour came to give his life as a Ransom, not for all Mankind, but for many, viz. for the Elect of God, being many in number.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Christ Jesus did not give his life, or suffer death for the redemption of all Mankind simply, but for his true Church; that is, for his elect people, chosen and appointed to salvation in his eternal Coun­sel. These signified here by the word (many) as also in other places of Scripture; as Esay 53. ult. He bare the sin of many: and Matth. 26. 28. This is my blood of the New Testament, which is shed for many, &c. These many, are the true Church, &c. Joh. 10. 15. called the sheep of Christ, for whom he layeth down his life. See Ephes. 5. 25. True it is, that the death of Christ was in it self of sufficient merit and vertue to redeem all Mankind: but it was not intended by him, or in the counsel and purpose of God, as an effectual means to redeem all: but only the true Church; which are the Elect and faithful People of God.

Use 1 Use 1. To confu [...]e the Opinion of those, which hold an Universal Redemption of all Mankind by the death of Christ. On the contrary here we see, that Christ came into the world to give his life a Ransom, not for all, but for many, &c.

Object. 1 Object. 1. In some places of Scripture Christ is said to have dyed for all men; as 2 Cor. 5. 15. and Heb. 2. 9. he tasted of death for all men: and 1 Tim. 2. 6. He gave himself a ransom for all men.

Answ. Answ. By All, we are to understand not simply and absolutely all Mankind: but, 1. All the elect and faithful people of God, which are his true Church. 2. That he dyed for some of all [...]orts of men: as it is plain, that place in Timothy is so to be understood: not for the Elect Jews only, but also for the chosen of God among the Gentiles; for some of every Nation. So also, for some of every estate, degree, or calling of men; for Kings and Rulers, as well as for meaner persons: and for these, as well as the former.

Object. 2 Object. 2. 1 Joh. 2. 2. Christ is the propitiation for our sins; and not only for ours, but for the sins of the whole world.

Answ. Answ. The Apostles meaning is, That Christ was a propitiation not only for the sins of those Believers to whom he wrote, which then lived; but also for the sins of all other the elect and faithfull which should live to the end of the World.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. If we would know whether we be redeemed by Christ's death. To examine our selves, whether we be in the number of God's true Church, and chosen people, effectually called to faith in Christ. Now the way to know this, is, by the true fruits and effects of God's Election and effectual Calling, if we can find them in us; especially by one fruit amongst other: which is the grace of true sanctification, wrought in our hearts, and appearing in our lives. If thou feel an inward change in thy heart, from the love of sin, to the hatred of it: if thou make conscience to refrain all sin, and to walk before God in holinesse of life; this is a sign thou art one of God's Elect and true Church, &c. and consequen [...]ly in the number of those for whose Redemption Christ gave his life. 2 Tim. 2. 21. If a man purge himself, he shall be a vessel unto honour sanctified, &c. Ti [...]. 2. 14. Christ gave himself, that he might redeem us from iniquity, and purifie to himself, &c. See Esay 59. 20.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The true Church of God, which are his Elect and faithful people, though in comparison of the Reprobate and wicked which are out of the Church, they be but few: yet in themselves they are many, and a great number. So they are said to be here, and in other places of Scriptu [...]e. This Balaam himself did prophesie of, Numb. 23. 10. Who can tell the dust of Jacob, and the number of the fourth part of Israel? And Rev. 7. 9. the Elect and true Church are said to be a great multitude, which no man could number, &c.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To comfort all true Members of the Church, against that discouragement which may arise from the smallnesse of the number of God's Elect and faithful people. We must remember, that although in com­parison of the Reprobate and wicked, they are but a few, and as it were a handful (Christ's flock being a lit­tle flock); yet in themselves they are many, and a great number. Think of this for our comfort; especially when we see but a small number of the true Saints and faithful servants of God in the times or places where we live. For, there may be more than we see or know of: as in Elias his time it was, &c. And though there should be but few on Earth, yet there are many in Heaven, which all belong to one and the same Church, &c. Joh. 14. 2. In my Fathers house are many Mansions, &c. See Heb. 12. 23.

Mark 10. 46, 47. ‘And they came to Jericho, &c. Aug. 2. 1629.

THe seventh and last part of this Chapter, containing the story of our Saviour's miraculous restoring of blind Bartimeus to his sight. Where these particulars are recorded by the Evangelist.

1. The place where this Miracle was wrought; near unto Jericho.

2. The Witnesses present; His Disciples, and a great number of people.

3. A description of the person upon whom the Miracle was wrought. 1. By his name, Bartimeus: and by his Parentage, The son of Timeus. 2. By his bodily af [...]iction or misery, He was blind. 3. By his outward condition; He was poor: yea so poor, that he begged by the way-side. 4. The Antecedents and Preparatives, which went before the Miracle: which are set down from the 47, to the 51 Verse. Of which we shall hear afterward, 5. The Miracle it self, Vers. last.

Of the first, The Place. They came] Viz. Jesus and his Disciples; being now in their journey towards Jerusalem; (as before, Verse 32.)

To Jericho] This was one of the chief Cities or Towns of Judea, which belonged to the Tribe of Benja­min; as appeareth, Jos. 18. 21. which our Saviour now took in his way to Jerusalem. It stood between Je­rusalem and the River Jordan.

Object. And as he went out of Jericho] Object. Luke 18. 35. It is said, As he was come nigh to Jericho.

Answ. Answ. Some think that two distinct Miracles are recorded by Mark and Luke; wrought at several times: the one, as he went into the City, or a little before he came to it: and the other, as he went out of it. (Vide Glo [...]am Ill [...]rici in locum.) But this is not likely: forasmuch as the Evangelists do agree in so many parti­cular circumstances: it is therefore most likely, that it is one and the same Miracle, which is recorded by them both.

Now whereas Luke saith, As he was come nigh to Jericho; these words must be taken, not to note out the particular time when the Miracle was wrought (as if it had been wrought before our Saviour's entring into Jericho) but the place rather where it was wrought, viz. that it was near unto the Town. As for the time, that is more plainly set down by Matthew and Mark. (Vide Bucerum et Jansen. in locum.) Or else we may think (as Calvin doth) that the blind man first sought to Christ, before he entred the City: and being then delayed, or not heard for noise of the multitude, did again renew his sute as Christ went out of the City, and was then cuted. (Vide Calvin. et Mald [...]at. in locum.

Here follow the persons present as witnesses of the Miracle. 1. Christ's Disciples; who now accom­panied him in his journey, as they used to do at other times; as we have often heard before.

2. A great multitude of people] Which did also accompany or follow him at this time as he went out of the Town of Jericho. So Matth. 20. 29. A great multitude followed him. Now it is likely, that these were partly such as were of Jericho; and partly such as gathered to him from other places, to hear his doctrine, and to see and be partakers of his Miracles. And although it is not likely, that all followed him with sincere minds and affections, desirous to profit by his Doctrine and Miracles, but some for sinister respects: yet no doubt but many did follow him out of a good affection to his Person and Doctrine. And this shewes the great [...]ame of Christ at this time amongst the people of that Country which he had purchased to himself by his former Doctrine and Miracles, which drew so great a multitude of people after him at this time. This also shews, that this was a very publike Miracle, being wrought in the company and presence, not onely of all the Disciples, but of so great a multitude of people assembled, and that openly by the high-way side: whereas some other Miracles were wrought in private houses, and in the presence of some few only of his Disciples and others.

Observ. Observ. The zeal and forwardness of the multitude or common people in following Christ, and accom­panying him by the way, and in his journey, that so they might be partakers of his Doctrine and Miracles: which must teach us after their example, to shew like zeal and forwardness in following Christ, and keeping company with Him. Not that we can now follow him with the feet of our bodies here on earth, as this peo­ple did: but we are to follow and accompany him, by due and diligent frequenting of his publike Ordin [...]n­ces; as the Ministery of his Word and Sacraments, &c. in the publike meetings of the Church: being ready and forward upon all occasions to joyn in them with the rest of the Congregation: not forsaking the assem­blies of God's people, Heb. 10. 25. but loving and delighting in them at all times; as David, who was glad when others said unto him, We will go into the house of the Lord, &c. This is to follow Christ, and to keep com­pany with him; when we follow his faithful Pastors and Ministers, by diligent and conscionable attendance on their Ministery, &c. The like may be said also, of diligent searching of the Scriptures in private, which testifie of Christ, Joh. 5. 39. which is another way of keeping company with Christ, &c.

Use. Ʋse. To condemn the negligence and slackness of many amongst us in following Christ, and accompa­nying him in the use of his publike Ordinances. How careless are some in coming to the Ministry of the Word, and to the Sacraments, &c. suffering small matters to hinder them: yea, framing vain excuses to cloke their negligence and contempt of God's Ordinances: suffering matters of the world to hinder them: like those, Luke 14. who were invited to the great Supper. Some absent themselves when they see good: others come when half is done, &c. This shews want of true love to Christ, and zeal for his glory and worship.

Here followeth a description of the person, upon whom this Miracle was wrought.

1. By his Name, Bartimeus: and by his Parentage, the son of Timeus; which is also included in his name: for Bartimeus signifies the son of Timeus: (Bar, being an Hebrew or Syrian word, signifying [...] son) so Bar-Jona, the son of Jona; and Bariesus, Act. 13.

Quest. Quest. Why doth St. Mark here, and Luke, Chap. 18. mention but one blind man which was cured by our Saviour at this time; seeing Matth. 20. there is mention of two?

Answ. Answ. Mark and Luke do mention but one; not thereby to exclude the other: but because one of the [...] was of more special note, being more commonly known and taken notice of by the people in those parts [Page 802] for his blindness and poverty, and for that he used (as it seemeth) to sit begging in the High-way, and near to that great Town of Jerich [...]. And for this cause also it is likely, that St. Mark doth so particularly de­scribe him here, both by his own name, and by his fathers name. So before, chap. 5. 2. there was but one mentioned that was possessed with an unclean spirit (because that one was of greatest note), whereas Matth. 8. 28. two are mentioned.

2. He is described by his bodily affliction or misery, being blind. Whether he were so born, or whether he became blind by some other means, is not expressed; but he was incurably blind, for else, it had bin no Miracle of Christ to cure him.

Observ. Observ. The cursed fruit and effect of sin, in that it hath made our bodies subject to such Afflictions and miseries; as to blindness, deafness, lameness, and to manifold diseases and infirmities. See before, chap. 7. ver. 31, 32.

Now followeth the third and last thing by which he is described, viz. his outward condition; that he was very poor, yea, a beggar, One that sate by the high-way begging.

Quest. Quest. Whether was this a warrantable practice in him, to sit begging by the way side?

Answ. Answ. There are two sorts of beggars. 1. Such as being given to idleness, do make a common trade or practice of begging, thereby to maintain themselves in idleness.

2. Such as being not able or fit to labour, and being also very poor, and in present want, are forced to beg, or crave the alms of others. Now such a one it is probable that this blind man was; and therefore that in this case of his present and great necessity, it was not unlawfull for him to sit by the way-side to beg alms. Yet withall note, that this was a great abuse and disorder at this time in the Jews Common-wealth, that they did not better provide for relief of the poor, blind, and impotent, but suffered them to beg by the High-way; yea, forced them so to do, for want of due provision for them by other means. Contrary to the Law of God, Deut. 15. 4. whereby it was appointed, that they should take such order for relief of the poor, that there might be no common beggars, or any that were extreamly poor amongst them. Here then is no war­rant at all for the course or practice of common wandring beggars in our times, and amongst us: who have no lawfull Calling, but live in idleness, and make a Trade of begging from door to door, &c. These are unpro­fitable burthens of the earth, and very Thieves to the Common-wealth. And the suffering of them is a great and shamefull abuse and disorder amongst us, which such as are in Authority and Office ought by all means to labour to reform.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this man was not onely blind, but extreamly poor, forced to beg by the High-way, &c. and yet a believer in Christ (as we shall see afterward); this teacheth us, that God doth sometimes exercise his Saints and servants, not with one kind of affliction onely, but with divers at one and the same time, and those great and grievous afflictions. This we see in Job, David, Lazarus, Paul, &c. Psal. 34. 19. Many are the afflictions of the Righteous, &c.

Reason. Reas. The Lord doth it for the more through tryal of his Saints, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. Teacheth the godly to prepare for many and great troubles in this life, seeing God useth thus to deal with his Saints and Servants, &c. Good Wisdome to prepare for that which may come; yea, for that which must come, for Act. 14. 22. We must through much tribulation, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To comfort us, when God doth lay many afflictions at once upon us. Thus he hath done, and useth to do unto his own Saints and servants; Therefore we are not to be dismayed if it be so with us at any time, but to be of good comfort, Jam. 1. 2. Count it all joy when ye fall into divers temptations, knowing this, that the trying of your Faith, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The truth of that Jam. 2. 5. that God hath chosen the poor of this World, rich in Faith, &c. This appears, in that he doth call such effectually, and work Faith in them, as well as in the rich; yea, for the most part before the Rich. So it was in our Saviours time, Matth. 11. 5. The poor had the Gospell Preached to them. And in the Apostles times. 1 Cor. 1. 26. Not many mighty or noble are called, &c. There­fore not many Rich, &c. So here, God called this poor blind beggar to believe in Christ; yea, gave him a great measure of Faith, &c. So he called Lazarus, Luke 16.

Ʋse. Use. Comfort to the poorer sort, to consider, that God doth not respect persons in giving his Grace; nei­ther doth he reject the poor, or deny his Grace to them, because of their poverty; but gives his Grace to them freely, as well as to the Rich; yea, before the Rich oftentimes, &c. yea, to such as are extremly poor, &c.

Mark 10. 47.‘And when he heard that it was Jesus, &c. Aug. 9. 1629.

NOw followeth the 37th verse. The Antecedents or Preparatives which went before this Miracle wrought upon this blind man, and made way to the same. These are sundry.

  • 1. The means used by the blind man for the recovery of his sight, viz. His earnest Prayer or supplication to Christ passing by the way, ver. 47.
  • 2. The impediment or hinderance of his faith with which it was assailed, &c. In that many charged him to hold his peace.
  • 3. The strength of Faith which he shewed in overcomming that impediment, &c. In that he cryed the more, &c.
  • 4. The effects or consequents which followed hereupon. Of which we shall hear afterward, ver. 49, 50, 51.

Of the first. The means used by the blind man, &c. His supplication to Christ.

Where, 1. Consider the occasion of his sute and supplication. 2. The supplication it self. The occa­sion was; His hearing that Jesus passed by that way where he sate begging. When he heard that it was Je­sus, &c.

Jesus of Nazareth] So called, because he was brought up there.

Of Nazareth, &c.] Luke 18. 36. It is said, that hearing the multitude pass by, he asked what it meant, and they told him that Jesus passed by. Being blind, he could not see Christ, nor yet the multitude passing by; therefore hearing the noise of the multitude going along, he is inquisitive of the matter, and being told by them that Jesus was passing by, he presently hereupon cryes out, and makes supplication unto him, &c. Which shews, that there was some seed and beginning of Faith before wrought in his heart, which now took occasion to shew it self, by his earnest supplication to Christ, &c.

Observ. Observ. Wheresoever true Faith is, though but weak, and as yet but in the seed and beginning of it, yet it will take all occasions to shew and express it self by outward fruits and effects of it; as here, the Faith of this blind man being in his heart, took occasion, so soon as he heard that Jesus passed by, to cry unto him, &c. So 2 Cor. 4. 13. We having the same Spirit of Faith, as it is written; I believed, and therefore have I spoken, &c. Where true Faith is in the heart, it will shew it self outwardly in the Tongue and lips, by confession of sins and Prayer, and thanksgiving to God, on all occasions. So also by other outward fruits and effects, espe­cially by the practice of good works, and holiness of life. See Jam. 2. 18. As a good Tree cannot but bring forth good fruit in due season; So true Faith, &c.

Use. Use. See then how to know whether any true Faith be yet begun in our hearts; examine what care and forwardness is in us, upon all occasions to shew and express our Faith, by true outward fruits thereof; as by good works, and holiness of life; by frequent exercise of Prayer, &c. See more of these things, chap. 8. ver. 32.

Now followeth his earnest sute or supplication to Christ. Where consider two things.

  • 1. The manner of putting up his sute: With great earnestness, He cryed out, &c.
  • 2. The matter of his Prayer or supplication: Jesus thou Son of David, have mercy, &c.

Observ. General Observ. What we are to do in all afflictions and miseries which are upon us at any time; We are to seek and sue to God by prayer and supplication, for help, relief, and comfort, and for deliverance in due time. As this blind man in his poverty and blindness sought to Christ, &c. So we, &c. This is one remedy and means to be used in all troubles and miseries which we suffer; yea, it is the best outward means which we can use to find help, comfort, and deliverance. Jam. 5. 13. Is any among you afflicted, let him Pray. Psal. 50. 15. Call upon me in the day of trouble, &c. This is our best and onely refuge in all afflictions, to fly to God, and unto Christ Jesus the Son of God, for help, and relief. Prov. 18. 10. The name of the Lord is a strong Tower, &c. Thus have the Saints and Faithfull used to do in their afflictions and miseries, both outward and inward; as David, Hezekiah, Jonah, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. See the folly of such as being in affliction and misery, do neglect this excellent remedy and means of going to God in Prayer, and in stead hereof do betake themselves to other wayes and means of help and comfort. Some seek to ease and help themselves by impatiency, fretting, or unquiet behaviour in their trou­bles, which is so far from helping them, that it doth increase their misery. Others seek to men for help, as to the Physitian in sickness, &c. but not so careful to seek to God in Prayer, &c. Others seek to Satan, by go­ing to Witches or Wizzards, &c. as Saul to the Witch of Endor, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stir us up to the practice of this remedy and means in all our afflictions and miseries, whether outward or inward, viz. To seek to God and unto Christ by prayer, humbling our selves by confession of our sins, and craving pardon in Christ, and so intreating God for help, and deliverance. This is the onely way to quiet and settle our hearts, and to find ease and true comfort. Therefore being in trouble or misery; as sickness, pain, poverty, &c. sit not grieving, and disquieting thy life (for this will not help), but remember and be carefull in the first place, and above all, to go to God by Prayer and supplication: now God calls thee to it, and thy very afflictions which are upon thee, should quicken and stir thee up to the same, &c. And so much the more, in case thou hast in time of prosperity bin negligent this way, &c.

It followeth. To speak more particularly of this sute and supplication of the blind man to Christ. And first of the manner of it, which is with great fervency and earnestness, expressed by his crying out, &c. The cause was the present affliction and misery in which he was.

Observ. Observ. One fruit and effect which affliction and misery doth cause and bring forth in the Saints of God, is It stirs them up to fervency in Prayer, not onely to Pray and call upon God, but with the greater earnestness to cry unto him, &c. And the greater their afflictions are, the more apt they are to stir them up to this fer­vency in Prayer and supplication to God. Esay 26. 16. They poured out a Prayer, when thy chastening was upon them. So Hannah, 1 Sam. 1. 15. being in great affliction of mind, poured out her Soul to God. The Israe­lites in Aegypt cryed unto God for deliverance, being thereunto moved by their present affliction and mise­ry. So afterward in the Wilderness, being in misery, they sought earnestly to God, Psal. 107. They cryed unto him, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. See what need we have of afflictions, the better to quicken and stir us up to fervency in Prayer, be­ing apt to be so cold and negligent therein in time of our prosperity, &c. Good for us to be afflicted, as in many other respects, so in this, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how to know whether we do so profit by our afflictions as we should; Examine whether we be stirred up by them to fervency in Prayer, whether they cause us to cry unto God, &c. If troubles and miseries being upon thee, do not cause thee to pray with fervency, nothing will do it.

Now followeth the matter of his Prayer or supplication, consisting of two parts. 1. An Invocation of Christ, Jesus thou Son of David. 2. A Petition, Have mercy on me.

Of the first. Jesus thou Son of David] By giving him this title, he shews his Faith in Christs person, that he did believe him to be the true Messiah and Saviour of mankind promised in the old Testament, and fore­told by the Prophets; and consequently, that he was both able and willing to help and relieve him in his present misery, by restoring his sight unto him. Further, it is probable, that this was the common title by which the Messiah was usually called and known amongst the Jews in our Saviours time, as may appear by comparing this place with other places of the Evangelists, where the same title is given unto him, as Matth. 9. 27. and Matth. 15. 22. The reason is, because he was to be born of the seed and posterity of David, as [Page 804] was foretold by the Prophets. Jer. 23. 5. Behold, I will raise unto David a righteous branch, &c.

Quest. Quest. How came this blind man to know and believe that this Jesus was the Messias?

Answ. Answ. 1. By the fame of his Doctrine and Miracles which he had heard of.

2. By the special motion and instinct of the Spirit of God, working this faith in his heart.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. This poor blind beggar knew more of Christ's Person, than the Learned Scribes and Pharisees, and other great men amongst the Jews did at that time, viz. that he was the true Messias, &c. Which teach­eth us, That God doth sometimes reveal the mysteries of faith, or doctrine of Christ and of the Gospel, to poor and mean men, and hideth it from the great men of the World: yea, he doth often and usually thus. Luke 10. 21. I thank thee, O Father, (sayes our Saviour Christ) that thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent; and hast revealed them to babes, &c. This the Lord doth, to shew, that he is no respecter of persons in revealing the knowledg of his Will unto men.

Use 1 Use 1. See the reason why a poor or mean Christian may sometimes see more of the truth in matters of Faith and Religion, than others that are great men of the World: It is, because the Lord doth often reveal the mysteries of his Will to such mean persons; and doth hide the same from great ones, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Teacherh us not to despise or reject the judgment of the poorest or meanest Christian in matters of Faith and of Religion; but to embrace and esteem well thereof: seeing God may, and doth-sometimes reveal more to such a one, than he doth to men of great learning and accompt in the World.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Jesus the Son of the Virgin Mary is the Christ, or true Messiah and Saviour of the World pro­mised of God, and foretold by the Prophets in the Book of the Old Testament, in that he was born of the seed of David according to the flesh, Rom. 1. 3. as it was foretold by the Prophets, that the Messias should be. This we may learn here of the blind beggar, who truly believed and confessed him to be the Son of David in this sense. And this is the very summe of the History of the Gospel, for proof whereof, the four Evan­gelists have severally written the same: for confirmation whereof, all the Miracles of Christ were wrought. Joh. 20. 30. Many other signs truly did Jesus, &c. which are not written. But these are written, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ, &c.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To confirm our Faith in this truth touching the Person and Office of Christ, that he is the true Mes­sias, and only Saviour and Redeemer of Mankind; and to cause us to seek salvation in and by him alone, renouncing all other means; there being no Name under heaven given among men whereby we can be saved, but only the Name of Jesus, Act. 4. 12. But of this, often before.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that he calleth Christ, the Son of David, thereby professing his faith in him, That he belie­ved him to be the true Messiah, and consequently such a person as was both able and willing to grant his Pe­tition; hence we may learn, That in all prayers which we make to God, we must have faith to believe and be perswaded of God's power and goodness; that he is such a God as is both able and willing to hear and grant our requests, so far as is good for us. Heb. 11. 6. He that cometh to God, must believe that he is, and that he is a rewarder of them that diligently seek him. Therefore in the Preface of the Lord's Prayer, we are taught to say, Our Father, which art in Heaven, &c. By which words, we profess our faith both touching the power of God, t [...]at he is able to hear us, as being in Heaven: and touching his goodness or mercy, that he is willing and ready to hear us, as being our Father in Christ, &c.

This faith and perswasion of Gods power and goodness, we must labour to find and feel in our selves in all our prayers which we make to God; or else we can never pray with any true comfort, or confidence to be heard, and to receive the things we ask. Now that we may believe the power of God, that he is able to hear us, we must consider that he is All-mighty, and therefore able to do above all that we ask or think; as it is, Ephes. 3.

And that we may believe his goodnesse and mercy, that he is willing and ready to hear and help us, we must meditate of the greatness and riches of his mercy, and of his gracious promises which he hath made to such as call upon him in truth: as also touching the Merits and Worthiness of Christ, for whose sake he hath promised to hear us.

Now followeth his Petition. Have mercy upon me] He doth not at first express his particular Request, which was to have his sight restored to him; as he saith afterward, Verse 51. but he doth first in general intreat Christ to have mercy on him; that is, to shew his free and gracious pity and compassion on him, in helping and relieving him in his present misery. He doth not plead any merit or worthiness of his own: but acknowledging his misery, flyeth unto the mercy of Christ for help, grounding his faith here­upon.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The first and principal thing to be desired and sought of us in all afflictions and miseries, is God's free and gracious mercy; that we may be partakers of it, and that it may be extended toward us. The first thing which this poor blind man craves of Christ, is his mercy. So the Saints of God in their af­flictions and miseries have used in the first place to sue to God for his mercy. David, Psal. 4. 1. Have mercy upon me, and hear my prayer: and Psal. 57. 1. Be merciful unto me, O God, be merciful unto me: for my soul trust­eth in thee, &c. till these calamities be over-past.

Reason. Reason. God's free mercy is the ground and cause of all help, comfort, and deliverance, which we desire or expect from him in our troubles and miseries. As it is the cause and fountain of all blessings; so of deli­verance in trouble. Phil. 2. 27. Epaphroditus being sick, God had mercy on him, &c.

Use. Use. To stir us up to desire and seek this mercy of God in all our necessities and miseries; yea, in the first place, and above all other things, as the only remedy to help and cure us of all: and without which, we can never be truly helped or delivered. Therefore first and principally, pray and labour for God's mercy in Christ (who is the ground of it) to have part in it; that so this may move him to hear us in our prayers and to help and deliver us out of our troubles: or at least, to sanctifie them to us. Seek God's mercy more than outward ease, or deliverance: that being the cause of this, &c. And to this end, labour for a true sense of our misery and wretchedness in our selves: especially of our spiritual misery in regard of our sins, &c. that this may move the Lord to shew mercy, and to help and deliver us. Deny our selves, and all our own merits and worthiness; and fly to Gods mercy alone, as the ground of all our comfort, and hope of delive­rance in time of affliction and misery.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See whereupon we are to ground our faith and confidence to be heard in prayer, viz. upon God's free mercy and grace, who is ready to hear and help us in our necessities; not upon our own merits or worthiness. Dan. 9. 18. Not for our own righteousness, but for thy great mercies. So David, Psal. 51. 1. and the Publican, Luke 18. God be merciful to me a sinner.

Use 1 Use 1. To condemn Popish prayers made with opinion of Merit: like that proud Pharisee, Luke 18.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. Labour for the feeling and apprehension of God's free mercy toward us: that upon this we may build our faith and confidence in our prayers, &c. not upon any merit or worthiness in our selves, &c.

Mark 10. 48, 49, 50.‘And many charged him, that he should hold his peace, &c. Aug. 16. 1629.

OF the first Antecedent or Preparative going before this Miracle of Christ wrought upon the blind man, I have spoken, viz. of the means used by the blind man for recovery of his sight, viz. his Supplication to Christ for mercy.

Now followeth the second Preparative to the Miracle, viz. the outward impediment, by which his faith was opposed; in that the multitude charged him to hold his peace.

Many charged him, &c.] Luke 18. 39. it is said, They which went before, rebuked him, &c. This may seem strange, that such as followed Christ, and were desirous to partake in his Doctrine and Miracles, should go about to hinder this poor blind man from making sute to Christ for mercy. And there is no doubt but it was ignorantly and rashly done by them: although it is probable, that they might do it for a good end, viz. lest the clamour or crying out of the poor man should be some trouble or hinderance to Christ, being hasty in his journey. Now this was a great tryall to the blind man, and a great means to hinder and discourage him in his sute to Christ, if he would have been discouraged: especially seeing our Saviour was also silent, and gave him no answer at first to his Petition, which was another great discouragement to him, &c.

Observ. Observ. The Lord suffers the faith of his Saints to be opposed with great discouragements and hinderan­ces in this life; which are means to hinder and discourage them from believing in Christ, and from shew­ing their faith in prayer, by seeking and suing to him for help in their necessities and miseries. Thus the Lord suffered the faith of this poor blind man to be opposed with great difficulties and discouragements: partly from the multitude, forbidding him to cry after our Saviour: and partly from Christ himself, being silent at first, and seeming not to hear or regard his cry and supplication to him. Thus was it also with the faith of divers others that came to Christ for help and relief in their necessities, when he was on Earth; as the Woman of Canaan, Matth. 15. who coming to Christ for her Daughter, found no small discouragements to hinder her faith; but many and great: as that our Saviour at first answered her not a word; that he called her dogg, and told her, It was not fit to give the childrens bread to such: and the Disciples also desired Christ to send her away, &c. So the faith of those that brought the sick of the Palsie to Christ to be cured, was opposed with a great difficulty and discouragement: for the preasse was so great, that they could not come near to Christ, &c. as we heard, Chap. 2. 4. So the faith of those that brought their children to Christ to be blessed by him, was also opposed with a great discouragement; in that Christ's own Disciples did re­buke them for so doing; as we heard, Verse 13. of this Chapter. So the faith of Zacheus, Luke 19.

Reason. Reason. The Lord suffers the faith of Believers to be thus opposed, to the end it may by this means be throughly tryed and exercised, and so the strength and vertue of it may the more evidently appear.

More particularly, the Discouragements with which the Lord suffers the faith of his Saints to be opposed, are of two sorts.

First, Inward, arising from the inward corruption of their nature; which is a main enemy and hinderance to the work of faith in them.

Secondly, Outward; from outward causes and occasions. As, 1. From Satan; who useth all the means he can, to discourage and hinder us from believing in Christ. Luke 22. 31. Satan hath desired to winnow you, &c.

2. From the World, and from Men; who are oftentimes a means to hinder and discourage us in the pra­ctice of faith: as here we see in the multitude forbidding this blind man to cry unto Christ for mercy, &c. So Psal. 3. 2. David's Enemies said, There was no help for him in his God.

3. From God, or from Christ himself, after a sort; in that the Lord doth sometimes hide his face and favour for a time from his Children; and seems not to regard them or their prayers: but rather to be angry and offended at that time: which is the greatest difficulty and discouragement of all other, with which the faith of true Believers is, or can be at any time, opposed. Thus was the faith of Jacob opposed, when he wrestled with God himself, &c. So the faith of Job, David, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. This teacheth us, and all Believers in Christ, to make accompt to have our faith opposed with many and great discouragements and hinderances: and to prepare and arm our selves before-hand to meet with such discouragements. Praying daily for more strength of faith, to overcome and break through all dif­ficulties and impediments, that we be not dismayed by them, or hindered in the practice of faith, or in any part of our Christian course: but that we may with courage and resolution break through all impediments; fighting the good fight of faith, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To comfort us, when we meet with many or great Discouragements to hinder us from believing in Christ, and from shewing our faith in prayer, by seeking to him in our necessities and distresses: Though we find discouragements within us, from our own corrupt and unbelieving hearts: and without us, stir [...]ed up by Satan and the World: yea, though God himself seem to discourage us, by hiding his face, and seem­ing deaf to our prayers; yet no cause is there for us to cast away our faith or confidence: for this is God's usual dealing with his Saints and Servants. to suffer their faith to be thus opposed with great difficulties, dis­couragements, and hinderances in this life, &c.

Now followeth the third Preparative to the Miracle, viz. the strength of Faith shewed by this blind man, [Page 806] in breaking through the former discouragement; in that it is said, He cryed so much the more earnestly un­to Christ, saying, Jesus thou Son of David, &c.

Observ. Observ. The nature of true Faith, that the more it is opposed by difficulties and discouragements, the more it groweth and worketh. So far is it from being vanquished by opposition, &c. (See before, chap. 7. ver. 28.) Like the Palm-tree, which, the more waight is hung upon it, the more it groweth; or like fire, which the more it is pen't up, the more it striveth to break out.

Use 1 Use 1. See the excellency of this Grace of true Faith in Gods children, in that it is not discouraged or overcome by any difficulties or discouragements in apprehending Christ, and the promises of God in him; but resisteth and overcommeth all. 1 Joh. 5. 4. The victory which overcommeth the World. An invincible Grace. Our shield which quencheth all fiery darts of Satan, &c. called pretious Faith, &c. more pretious then Gold, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse. 2. By this, try whether our Faith be true Faith; examine, whether by it we can resist and break through discouragements and hinderances which we meet with in our Christian course; and whether it be so far from being vanquished in time of tryal, and opposition, that it rather groweth and worketh more power­fully and effectually in us.

Now followeth the fourth Preparative to the Miracle, viz. the effects and consequents which followed upon the blind mans renewing of his sute to Christ.

The consequents are these. 1. Our Saviours standing still to hearken unto him, as also his commanding him to be called unto him.

2. The peoples calling of him, and encouraging him to go to Christ, ver. 49.

3. The blind mans readiness and forwardness shewed in going to Christ, He cast away his garment, rose, &c. ver. 50.

4. Our Saviours answer to his sute and supplication made before unto him, demanding what he would have him do for him?

5. The blind mans answer to that demand, expressing his particular request; which was, that he might have his sight restored to him, ver. 51.

Of the first. And Jesus stood still] Though at first he seemed not to hear or regard his cry and supplication to him; yet now upon the redoubling of his sute with so much earnestness, he standeth still, shewing hereby his readiness to hear and grant his sute.

And commanded him to be called] Though he could have wrought the Miracle upon him being absent, as he did upon the Centurions servant, Matth. 8. and the Rulers Son, Joh. 4. yet he rather calls him unto him, to the end, that by this means the Miracle might be the more openly taken notice of.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though the Lord do not at first hear our Prayers made to him in our necessities and distresses, but seem deaf unto them; yet if we persevere in seeking to him, he will at length shew that he heareth and regardeth us. Thus did our Saviour to this poor blind beggar. See before, chap. 7. ver. 29, 30.

Mark 10. 49.‘And they call the blind man, &c. Aug. 23. 1629.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. THe power and efficacy of Faith, and of true Prayer of Faith, is, that it doth much move the Lord, and prevail very far with him for the obtaining of his favour and good will to­wards us, and of those blessings we stand in need of; yea, for the obtaining of great and extraordinary bles­sings, such as this was, which this blind man sued unto Christ for, even the Miraculous restoring of his sight to him. Though this was a great and extraordinary mercy; yet upon his earnest supplication, our Saviour is so moved, that he suddenly stands still on the way where he was going in haste, and shews himself ready to hear and grant his sute, and therefore commands him to be called to him. See how powerfull with the Lord the true Prayer of Faith is; of what force it is to move him to hear and help us in our necessities, Jam. 5. 16. The fervent Prayer of a Righteous man availeth much, &c. Now it cannot be the Prayer of a Righte­ous man, much less fervent, unless it be made in Faith. Therefore also, ver. 15. The Prayer of Faith shall save the sick, &c. Examples of this power and efficacy of the Prayer of Faith. Jacob wrestling with God, Hos. 12. 3. The Prayer of Moses so prevailed with God, that, so long as he held up his hands to God, Israel had the victory over Amalek, &c. Exod. 17. The Prayer of Eliah was of such power with God, that by it he first obtained of God, that there should be no rain for three years and a half, and then praying again, he ob­tained rain, &c. Jam. 5. At the Prayer of Joshua the Sun stood still in the firmament till Israel had the vi­ctory of their enemies, Josh. 10. Upon the Prayers of Paul and Silas, Act. 16. they were miraculously de­livered out of Prison. So Peter also, upon the Prayers of the Church, Act. 12.

Use 1 Use. 1. To encourage us to diligence and constancy in this duty of Praye [...], and calling upon God in all our necessities, and especially to labour for true Faith in our hearts, to believe that God in Christ accepteth our Prayers, and is both able and willing to hear us for his promise sake, &c. this Faith is that which gives strength and life to our Prayers. Labour therefore for it, and shew it by frequency and constancy in Prayer upon all occasions; remembring how powerfull the true Prayer of Faith is with God, what force it hath to move him to hear and help us in our necessities, and to obtain at his hands the greatest blessings for Soul and body. By it we wrestle with God, and prevail, &c. It is never made in vain, but is alwayes effectual, either for the obtaining of that we desire, or else of something else which is better for us. He alwayes hears us, ei­ther ad voluntatem, or ad salutem. Hence it is, that we are so often in Scripture exhorted to diligence and constancy in this exercise, as Ephes. 6. 18. Pray alwayes, with all Prayer and supplication in the Spirit, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. This should also move us to desire and crave the faithfull Prayers of Gods servants for us; see­ing the Prayer of Faith is so effectual to prevail with God. Paul doth often desire the Churches to pray for him; yea, to strive with God by Prayer for him, Rom. 15. 30. Now if he had need of the Prayers of others, much more We, &c.

Now followeth the second effect or consequent. And they call the blind man, &c.] Some think this to be [Page 807] understood of the twelve Disciples or Apostles of Christ which were present, that they onely did call the blind man, and encourage him to go to Christ in hope of obtaining his sute; but nothing hinders, but that we may understand it also of the multitude or common-people (which were now with Christ), at least of some of them; that although at first they went about to discourage the blind man in his sute, yet now perceiving that our Saviour stood still, and began to hearken to him, and gave command that he should be called to him, they change their minds, and do presently call and encourage him to go to Christ, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though the Lord do for a time suffer the Faith of his Saints and Servants to be tryed and ex­ercised with great difficulties and discouragements, which discourage them in the practice of Faith, and in Prayer to God, &c. yet he will not alwayes suffer this, but will in due time remove and take away those dis­couragements, and in stead thereof send means of great comfort and incouragement to confirm and streng­then their Faith. 1 Cor. 10. 13. God is Faithfull, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able, but will with the temptation make a way to escape, &c. yea, the Lord can and will, (if he see it good) turn and change those things which before were means of discouragement to them, to become means of comfort and encouragement to them. As here, he so provided, that those who at first did hinder and discourage this blind man, by forbidding him to cry unto Christ for mercy, should soon after comfort and encourage him to go to Christ, &c. Like Job's friends, who at first discouraged him, were afterward a comfort to him, Job 42. 11.

Use. Use. This must teach us not to be dismayed, or to cast away our Faith and confidence in Gods mercy in time of tryal, nor to faint in Prayer, though we meet with never so great difficulties and discouragements, but to persist and persevere still in the practice of Faith and Prayer to God, knowing that he will at length and in due time remove all difficulties and discouragements which hinder our Faith, and will send means of comfort to us, to strengthen our faith so much the more, by how much the more it hath bin for a time op­posed.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Such as have bin a means to discourage and hinder others in good duties, when they come to see their fault and offence in so doing, ought to be so much the more carefull for time to come, to encourage and further those in well-doing, whom before they have hindered. So here, those who at first did forbid the blind man to cry unto our Saviour, now they comfort and encourage him, &c. Paul having before his Conversion Persecuted the Church, and so hindred men from believing and professing Christ, afterward was the more zealous in Preaching Christ, &c.

Now followeth the third consequent; The ready obedience performed by the blind man to the command of Christ, calling him unto him.

Casting away his Garment, he rose, &c.] He cast off his garment, that it might not hinder him in making speed to Christ; which shews his readiness and forwardness, and what haste he made to Christ, out of the earnest desire he had to obtain his sute; that is, to have his [...]ight restored to him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. How ready and forward we should be in going to Christo for help and relief in our necessities and miseries, whensoever he calls us to come unto him. We ought most readily and willingly to go unto him by Faith, and by Prayer, for help and relief in all our necessities, and that without delay, even then when he calleth and requireth us to come unto him. Thus did this blind man; and thus ought we to do, after his example. Now Christ doth call us to come unto him at all times, whensoever we are in distress or misery, outward or inward, of mind or body; whensoever we stand in need of help and comfort from him; but especially then, when we are in greatest necessity or misery, when our necessities and miseries do most of all press us, then especially doth Christ Jesus the Son of God call us to come unto him for help, comfort, and deliverance. So when we are inwardly distressed in Conscience, feeling the burthen of our sins, and Gods wrath, Matth. 11. 28. Come unto me all ye that labour, &c. And I will give you rest, &c. So in outward trou­bles and necessities, he calls us to come to him by Faith and Prayer, for help and relief, promising to give it us, Matth. 7. 7. Ask and it shall be given you, &c. Therefore at all such times, we are most readily to go un­to him by Faith and Prayer for help and relief; yea, to make haste unto him, as this blind man did with the feet of his body; so we with the feet of our hearts and affections, &c.

Use. Use. For reproof of such as are slack and negligent in going to Christ by Faith and Prayer for help and relief in their necessity. Being in misery, they use other means for help and comfort; they seek to men, they send for their friends, or to the Physitian in sickness, &c. relying upon these means, but have not hearts to go and seek to Christ; at least, they are not so ready and forward to do this as they should be; they do not make such haste to God, and unto Christ by Prayer, as they should, doing this in the first place; but they delay and put off this most necessary duty of Prayer, by which they should go to Christ for help, relief, and comfort in all necessities and miseries of Soul and body. Though he graciously call and invite them to come unto him at all times, and in all their wants, &c. yet they are slack and negligent in going and seeking to him, delaying time, and neglecting opportunities of seeking and finding help and comfort in their miseries, &c. Oh how great enemies are these unto themselves, who being called by Christ the Son of God to come unto him for help in all necessities and troubles, refuse to go unto him, &c. As he saith in another case, Joh. 5. 40. Ye will not come to me that ye might have life.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that being called to come to Christ, he casteth off his garment, that it might not hinder him in making speed to him. Hence we may learn, that when Christ calls us to him, or requires the perfor­mance of any duty of obedience, we are to shake off all impediments which may hinder our obedience to the will and command of Christ. For example, Christ calls and commands us to believe in him, and to pro­fess his name and truth, yea, to suffer for it (if need be); he calls us to deny our selves, and to take up our Cross and follow him; he calls us to love our enemies, to forgive such as wrong us, &c. Now then, to the end we may in these things obey his will, we must shake off all impediments which may hinder us there­in.

Quest. Quest. What impediments are we to shake off especially?

Answ. Answ. 1. The corruption of our nature which hangeth so fast on us, and is a clog to hinder us in obedi­ence to Christ. This we must daily labour to cast off, using all good means to mortify it in our selves, that [Page 808] it may not hinder us in obedience to Christ. Heb. 12. 1. Let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, &c.

2. The inordinate love of this World, and of the things that are in it; as profits, pleasures, &c. This is a main enemy and hinderance to us in obeying Christ. Therefore we must labour to cast it off; striving to be crucified and dead to the World, and to use it as if we used it not, 1 Cor. 7.

3. We must renounce and shake off the society of profane and carnal men in the world, whether they be enemies, or friends in shew: yet if carnal and profane, we must take heed of familiar and needlesse society with them, lest they hinder us in our obedience to Christ in those Duties which he requireth of us. As David sayes, Psal. 119. 115. Depart from me ye evil doers: for I will keep the Commandements of my God. So must we say, &c.

Ʋse. Use. To reprove such Christians as are not careful to shake off those impediments which may hinder them in obedience to Christ in the Duties which he requireth of them. No care to cast off the corruption of their nature, and their natural and sinful lusts, which are such clogs to hinder them in the wayes of Christ: but they rather foster and cherish those lusts in themselves, giving way to them, and taking thought to satisfie them. Neither are they careful to renounce the love of the World, and of the profits and pleasures of it; but rather give themselves over to these, which are as snares to inta [...]gle and hinder them in their obedience to Christ, &c. Neither do they forsake and cast off the society of profane and carnal men: but rather desire and seek after the company and familiarity of such, which are a means to hinder them in obedience to the Will of Christ. No mervail, if such perform so little obedience to Christ in those duties which he requireth of them; seeing they have no care to cast off those impediments which may hinder them in this obedience which they owe to Christ.

Mark 10. 51, 52.‘And Jesus answered, and said unto him, What wilt thou that I should do unto thee? The blind Aug. 30. 1629. man said unto him, Lord, that I might receive my sight. And Jesus said unto him, Go thy way, thy faith hath made thee whole: and immediately he received his sight, and followed Jesus in the way.’

TOuching the Effects and Consequents which followed upon the blind man's renewing of his Sute to Christ with more earnestness than before, we have in part heard before.

  • 1. That hereupon our Saviour stood still, and commanded him to be called to him.
  • 2. That those that were present, did upon Christ's command call the blind man, and also comfort and encourage him to go to Christ,
  • 3. That hereupon the blind man shewed great readiness and forwardness in going to Christ, Casting away his garment, &c.

Now in the next place, Verse 51. the blind man being come to Christ; the Evangelist shews, what our Saviour said unto him in way of answer to his former Sute and Supplication for mercy, viz. that he demand­ed of him, What he would have him to do unto him? that is, What was the particular mercy which he de­sired he should shew unto him. Whereupon followes the blind man's answer to that Demand of Christ: in which he doth open, and express the particular matter of his Sute unto him: which was this, That he might receive his sight; that is, be miraculously cured of his blindness, and obtain the benefit of his sight, by the Divine power of Christ.

Of the first. Our Saviour doth demand what was the particular matter he would have him do for him: not that he was ignorant what the matter was (for he knew well enough by his Divine Spirit), but hereby to give occasion to the blind man to open his particular sute or request: and withall, to encourage and move him so to do; that so by this means, others which were present, might take the more special notice both of the Di­vine power and goodness of Christ, which he shewed immediately, in granting his request; that is to say, in curing him miraculously of his blindness, Verse ult. But not to insist upon this;

Here followeth the blind man's Answer to Christ. In which he now at last, having this occasion given him by our Saviour, expresseth what was the particular thing which he desired, viz. That he might by him be cured of his blindnesse, &c. And to the end he may the more move our Saviour, and prevail with him for this ex­traordinary mercy; he doth in earnest and affectionate manner express his Petition: as appeareth by the re­verent title he gives to Christ, calling him, Lord.

Observ. 1. If this poor beggar sued so earnestly to Christ being on earth, to be cured of his bodily blind­ness, and to obtain the benefit of his sight; how much more ought we to seek and sue to Christ now being in Heaven, to be cured of our spiritual blindness and ignorance in the things of God; and to have the eyes of our minds enlightned by his Spirit, to see and perceive spiritual and heavenly things which concern God's glory, and our own salvation? For look how much greater an affliction and misery it is to be spiritually blind, than to be blind in body: and look how much greater benefit it is, to have our minds enlightned with the saving knowledg of God, and of his Will revealed in his Word, than to enjoy our bodily eye-sight: so much more earnestly ought we to seek and sue to Christ Jesus the Son of God, to be cured of our spirituall blindness, &c. than this poor man did, to be cured of his bodily blindness. Oh then, let us do so every one of us; especially such as are most blind and ignorant in the things of God; that is, in things spiritual and heaven­ly, &c. and were never yet cured by Christ of this blindness: nay, never yet had the eyes of their minds truly [...]nlightned by the Spirit of Christ, to see and know those things which concern their eternal peace and salva­tion: let such above all others be stirred up here by the example of this poor blind man, to seek and sue to Christ to be cured of their spiritual blindness, and to have their minds enlightned, as he did to have his bodily eyes opened, &c. How often doth David in the Psalms pray to God to open the eyes of his mind, and to enlighten him with true knowledg of his Will? as Psal. 119. 18. Open thou mine eyes, that I may behold wondrous things out of thy Law: and Verse 33. Teach me, O Lord, the way of thy Statutes, &c. and Verse 34. Give me understanding, and I shall keep thy Law. So let every ore of us pray and sue to God, and to Christ Jesus the Son of God, often and daily to open the eyes of our minds and understandings, to see and know [Page 809] the things of God revealed in his Word, &c. For he only can do it. He that opened the bodily eyes of this blind man; he only can cure us of our spiritual blindness, &c. He it is that must anoint the eyes of the mind with that spiritual eye-salve mentioned Rev. 3. 18. Therefore, 1 Joh. 2. 27. it is said, The anointing which ye have received abideth in you, and shall teach you all things, &c. We have not this anointing from our selves: but must receive i [...] from Christ. Therefore also, Joh. 1. 9. he is said to be that light which lighteth every man that cometh into the world; that is, every one of God's Elect which comes to be enlightned; and Mal. 4. 2. He is called the Sun of righteousnesse, who giveth light to such as sit in spiritual darkness of ignorance, &c.

This being so, let every one that is yet ignorant and blind in the things of God, seek and sue to Jesus Christ this Sun of righteousness to be enlightened, and ro be cured of his spiritual blindnesse, &c. And to this end, labour first to see and be sensible of thine own blindness and ignorance by nature in the things of God; that thou dost sit in darknesse, and in the shadow of death (as the Scripture saith of such as live in igno­rance of God, and of the means of salvation): yea, that thou art very darknesse it self; as the Apostle sayes of the Ephesians, Chap. 5. And think what a misery this is; far worse than to be blind in body. That blind­nesse is nothing to this. Therefore let this consideration drive thee to Christ, and cause thee to call and cry most earnestly to him to cure thee, &c.

Here followeth, Verse 52. the Miracle it self. Where, 1. Consider the manner of our Saviour's work­ing it; or the means used by him in the working of it, viz. the uttering of these words of comfort to the blind man, Go thy way; thy faith hath made thee whole. Whither also is to be referred the outward action, of touching the eyes of both the blind men, which were at this time cured, Matth. 20. 34.

2. The miraculous Effect which followed in this blind man; Immediately he received his sight.

3. Another Effect which this caused and brought forth in him, viz. his thankfulness to Christ for the be­nefit of this Miracle: which he testified by following Jesus in the way.

Of the first. Our Saviour in curing him of his blindnesse, did use these words here mentioned, as also the outward touching of his eyes: not that he could not have wrought the Miracle without these; but the more to confirm the faith of the blind man, as also the faith of his Disciples and others which were pre­sent.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour used no other means here in curing this blind man, but only his bare word spoken, together with the outward action of touching his eyes; which yet was no means or cause in it self of the Miracle, but a sign only, &c, hence gather, the Divine power of Christ, and consequently the truth of his God-head; in that he was able to work this miraculous cure above and beyond the power of nature, and that without any natural or ordinary means, but only by speaking the word, and touching the eyes of the blind, &c. This seemeth to confirm our faith in the Person of Christ; that he is not only true man, but true God also in one and the same person: and consequently, the only true Messiah: the confirmation of which truth, was one main end of all the Miracles of Christ, Joh. 20. 31. But of this often before.

Now more particularly touching the words of comfort which our Saviour here useth to the blind man, they consist of two parts.

  • 1. He bids him go his way; that is, to depart in peace; and with this comfort and assurance, That his Petition was now granted; and that he should indeed be cured of his blindness.
  • 2. He doth for his further comfort, commend his faith, as the instrumental cause or mean by which he came to be made whole: that is, to receive and be partaker of this miraculous cure of his blindnesse; Thy faith, &c. Upon the first I will not insist.

Of the second, Thy faith] Whereby thou dost believe me to be the true Messiah; and that I am both able and willing to cure thee of thy blindnesse.

Hath made thee whole] This is not to be understood, as if he were cured by the power or vertue of his faith, either as the efficient cause, or as the meritorious cause deserving this at the hands of Christ, (for the cure was wrought only by the power of Christ, and that freely of his meer grace and mercy) but he ascribes it to the faith of the blind man. 1. Because it was the instrumental cause or means by which he did apprehend the power and goodnesse of Christ, for the obtaining of this miraculous cure. 2. Because it was also a Mo­tive to move Christ the rather to cure him; though no meritorious cause of the cure.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Whether was this faith of the blind man a true justifying faith, apprehending Christ's mercy for pardon of his sins, &c? or only a belief of his power and mercy for the obtaining of this Miracle?

Answ. Answ. It is most probable, that he was indued with a justifying faith; at least with some seed or begin­ings of it sowen in his heart, and wrought in him by the Spirit of Christ: and this is the more probable, be­cause it is said afterward, that he followed Christ in the way, in token of his thankfulnesse for this benefit, expressing his faith by that special fruit of it, &c. Yet our Saviour doth not seem here to speak of his faith, as it did justifie him: but as it was an instrument by which he apprehended Christ's power and mercy for the working of this Miracle upon him.

Where note, by the way, That it is one and the same faith by which the Saints of God do believe God's mercy for the pardon of their sins and justification: and by which they do also believe the power and good­nesse of God, and of Christ, for the obtaining of all other blessings needful, whether spirituall, or temporall. These are not two kinds of faith, but distinct acts of one and the same faith in true Believers.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How did our Saviour know that this blind man had faith; seeing it is an inward grace, hid in the heart?

Answ. Answ. 1. He knew it by his Divine Spirit, as he was God, Joh. 2. 25. He knew what was in man.

2. He knew it also by the outward fruits of faith appearing in him: as, his earnest prayer and supplication to him; and calling him the Son of David: and by his forwardnesse to come unto him when he was called; casting off his garment, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. True faith is the only instrumental cause and means by which we receive and come to be par­takers of all the benefits of Christ, which he came to bestow upon Mankind, and especially upon his Church and Elect people; whether they be temporal, or spiritual benefits, &c. For there is the same reason of both sorts: And that which is said here of this outward corporal benefit which this blind man was by faith made [Page 810] partaker of; is true of all other blessings and benefits of Christ, which he came to bestow upon us, and upon his true Church; Faith is the mean by which we come to receive and enjoy them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour doth take such special notice of this Faith of the blind man, which he knew to be in his heart, and is so ready to commend it; yea, to reward it with this Miracle: Hence gather, that Christ Jesus the Son of God, doth take special notice of all the sanctifying Graces which are in the hearts of his Saints and servants, and not onely so, but doth greatly like and approve of them, &c.

Now followeth the Miraculous effect which followed in the blind man upon the former words of Christ. Immediately he received his sight] That is, he was forthwith Miraculously cured of his blindness, and obtai­ned the benefit of his sight by the Divine power of Christ.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The truth and certainty of this Miracle of Christ, that it was not wrought in shew and appea­rance onely, but in deed and truth; for the blind man was actually, really, and truely cured of his blindness, and restored to his sight. So the Evangelist doth testify, that he did receive his sight. And this is confirmed, in that hereupon he followed Jesus in the way. Our Saviour did not delude him with vain words or shews, but really and truely cured him by his Divine power. And herein the true Miracles of Christ do differ from the false and lying wonders of Satan and his Instruments, which either are such works as are not truely and really done, but in shew and appearance onely (as the Miracles wrought by the Magicians of Egypt, Exod. 7.) or if they be really done, yet not above and beyond the power of nature, but by some naturall helps and means.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The greatness of this Miracle, in that it was wrought so suddenly, and in so short a time, viz. immediately upon the words of Christ, and upon his touching of the eyes of the blind, which is an eviden of Christs divine power manifested herein, &c. The like we may see in most of his other Miracles, though not in all, for in working some he took time; yet not for want of power, &c. See before, chap. 8. ver. 23. 24, &c.

It followeth. And he followed Jesus in the way] Luke 18. 43. He followed him, glorifying God. Having re­ceived this great and extraordinary benefit: in token of thankfulness to Christ, he forthwith joyned him­self to the rest of the company which followed Christ, glorifying God before them all.

Observ. Observ. We owe the duty of thankfulness to God and unto Christ for all blessings and benefits which we receive and enjoy at any time by his goodness and mercy; especially for great and extraordinary benefits vouchsafed us, such as this here, bestowed on this poor man. For these especially we are bound to be truely thankfull unto God, and so for all other benefits received, of what nature or kind soever, Spiritual or Tempo­ral, 1 Thess. 5. 18. In every thing give thanks, for this is the will of God in Christ Jesus, &c. This we are taught here by the example of this poor blind man, who receiving from Christ the benefit of this Miraculous cure, shewed his thankfulness by following Christ, and glorifying God before all that were present. So al­so by the examples of others who received the like benefits from Christ when he was on earth; as in Peter's Wives Mother before, chap. 1. ver. 31. who being cured of her Feaver, shewed her thankfullness presently, by ministring to Christ and his Disciples. So also in one of those ten Lepers cleansed, Luke 17. who re­turned to shew his thankfulness. The like might be shewed by sundry other examples of the best Saints and servants of God, who upon the receiving of any blessings from God, whether bodily or Spiritual, have shew­ed their thankfulness to God; which shews, that they thought themselves tyed and bound to this duty.

Now this true thankfulness which we owe to God for benefits received, is twofold. 1. Inward, in the heart, for here true thankfulness beginneth. Therefore David, Psal. 108. 1. O God, my heart is fixed (or pre­pared) I will sing and give praise. This inward thankfulness of the heart stands in an inward feeling of the greatness and excellency of the blessings which we enjoy, and especially of the love and favour of God from whence they flow unto us, together with an earnest desire of glorifying God for the same.

2. Outward thanksgiving to be expressed before men upon all occasions, and that both in our words, and also in our life and actions. In our words, by breaking forth into words of Praise and Thanksgiving to God, offering the Calves of our lips in sacrifice to him, Hos. 14. 2. and Hebr. 13. 15. The fruit of our lips. In the actions of our life; yea, in the whole course and carriage of it, by giving up our selves wholly in obedi­ence to the will of God, and being carefull to glorify him in all our wayes, Rom. 12. 1. I beseech you by the mercies of God, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To reprove such as make little or no Conscience of this duty of thankfulness which they owe to God for those blessings they receive from him, &c. Many such to be found, for unthankfulness to God is a com­mon and raigning sin amongst us. How few are so affected in heart as they should be with feeling Gods mercies and blessings, and with true desire of glorifying him for the same. Hence it is, that many do so sel­dome break forth with tongue and lips into the praising and magnifying of Gods name, or if they do, it is but in formal customary manner, and from the teeth outward, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stir us up to conscionable performance of this duty of thankfulness which we owe to God, and unto Christ for all blessings, &c.

Motives hereunto. 1. This is all which God requireth of us in way of recompence for his blessings be­stowed on us, and all that we can give unto him, Psal. 116. What shall I render to the Lord, &c.

2. It is a duty very pleasing and acceptable to God, and with which he is much delighted; accounting it as a special honour done to his name, Psal. 50. 23. He that offereth praise, glorifieth me. And hence it is, that our Saviour so commendeth that one Leper which returned to give thanks, Luke 17.

3. It is a duty proper and peculiar to the Saints of God, and most comely and fit for them to perform, Psal. 33. 1. Praise is comely for the upright. Hypocrites will pray and desire blessings, when they want, but not so forward to return thanks, as we see in those nine Lepers, Luke 17.

CHAP. XI.

Mark 11. 1, 2, 3.‘And when they came nigh to Jerusalem, &c. Sept. 13. 1629.

THe parts of this Chapter are five. 1. Our Saviour's solemn manner of riding into Jerusalem, to ver. 1 [...].

2. His cursing of the barren Fig-tree, which had nothing but leaves upon it, from ver. 12. to ver. 15.

3. His purging of the Temple from the abuses which he found in it, by casting out the buyers and sellers from thence, overthrowing the Tables of the Money-changers, and seats of such as sold Doves; and not suf­fering so much as a profane or common-vessell to be carried through the Temple, from ver. 15. to ver. 20.

4. His exhorting of his Disciples to true Faith, and the practice of it, and to shew it in the exercise of Prayer, &c. from ver. 20. to ver. 27.

5. His answer to the chief Priests, Scribes and Elders, questioning him about his Calling and Authority which he had to do those things which he did in the Temple, from ver. 27. to the end of the Chapter.

Of the first. The same story is recorded by all the other Evangelists, Matth. 21. Luke 19. and Joh. 12.

In this story, consider two things. 1. The preparation used by our Saviour before his riding into Jeru­salem, to ver. 7.

2. The manner of his riding and entring into the City, from ver. 7. to ver. 11.

Of the first. The Preparation was this; that our Saviour and his Disciples being now come nigh to Jeru­salem, he sent two of his Disciples to a Village not far off, to fetch from thence a young Ass-Colt, which they should find there ready tyed, and to bring the same unto him, which they accordingly did.

More particularly in this part of the story, consider, 1. Christs sending of the Disciples, &c. 2. Their obedience in going, &c.

Of the first. Consider these particulars. 1. The time when he sent them; which was, when they were come nigh to Jerusalem, unto Bethphage, and Bethany, at the Mount of Olives. Where also is implyed, the place where he now was, and from whence he sent his two Disciples, viz. at the Mount of Olives, near unto Bethphage and Bethany.

2. The persons whom he sent; Two of his Disciples.

3. The manner of his sending them, or the charge and Instructions which he gives them at the time of sending them.

  • 1. He appoints them the place whither they should go; To the Village over against them.
  • 2. He tells them, that assoon as they entred, they should there find a Colt tyed, on which never any man sate.
  • 3. He bids them loose the Colt, and bring him to him.
  • 4. He instructeth them what to answer, in case that any should question them for taking away the Colt. They should say, The Lord hath need of him.

Lastly, He tells them what should follow, viz. that hereupon, the party should dismiss the Colt unto them.

First, to clear the sense of the words.

When they came nigh to Jerusalem] This was the chief City of Judaea (as we have often heard before) whi­ther our Saviour and his Disciples were now going, as we heard, chap. 10. ver. 32. and where he was within a few dayes after to suffer.

Unto Bethphage and Bethany] These were two Towns or Villages not far from Jerusalem. Bethphage was very near to the Mount of Olives, standing at the very foot of the Mount, as some Writers affirm: And that it was very near the Mount, is implyed, Matth. 21. 1. where it is said, When they came to Bethphage unto the Mount of Olives. Now this Mount was but a Sabbath-dayes journey from Jerusalem, Act. 1. 12. which was no great distance, some think about a mile; some think, more. Vide Suidam: et Bezam, et Drusium, in Act. 1. 12. Joseph. Antiq. lib. 20. cap. 6. Tremell. in Syr. versionem. Act. 1. 12. It was called the Mount of Olives, or Mount Olivet, because it was a place full of Olive-trees growing there. For [...], the word used Act. 1. 12. signifyeth Olivetum; a place where many Olives grow.

Now touching Bethany, that was also not far from the Mount of Olives, though it was not so near it as Bethphage was; neither was Bethany very far from Jerusalem, being but 15 furlongs off from it; which was about some two Miles, Joh. 11. 18. Vide Gerard. Harm. Evang. cap. 160. pag. 474.

He sendeth forth two of his Disciples] Who these were, is not expressed, neither is it needfull to enquire much. Some think they were the same two whom he afterward sent into the City, to prepare the Passover for him; that is to say, Peter and John, as appeareth, Luke 22. 8. which is not improbable. (Why he sent two rather than one, Vide Stellam in Luc. 19. et Gerard. in Harmon. Evang.)

Go into the Village over against you] What Village this was, is not expressed; but it was some Village not far off, which stood right over against the Mount of Olives, where our Saviour and his Disciples now were; and some think that it stood so as it might be seen from the Mount of Olives, and that our Saviour shewed it his Disciples when he spake the words to them; which is also probable. Vide Bezam in Matth▪ 21. 2.

Ye shall find a Colt tyed] So also, Luke 19.

Object. Object. Matth. 21. it is said, An Asse, and a Colt with her.

Resp. Resp. This difference is easily reconciled. For the meaning is, that they should find there both an Asse, and a Colt or Foal of the Asse, and should bring them both to him: and so they did. But because our Sa­viour did intend to ride upon the Colt only, and not upon the Asse: therefore Mark and Luke do mention only the Colt. (Vide Bucer. in Evang. Joh. 12. 14. Vide etiam Jude 10, et 12. et Jansen.) Now alrhough it be called a Colt, and did accompany the Damm; yet we must suppose it was of such age and bignesse, that it was sufficient to carry one riding upon it.

Object. Object. Matth. 21. 5. it is said, Upon an Asse and Colt.

Answ. Answ. A Syllepsis; as Matth. 27. 44. and Matth. 26. 8.

Quest. Quest. How did he know that they should find an Asse, and young Colt tyed in that Village, being absent from the place?

Answ. Answ. By his Divine Spirit, as he was God, he knew it. For so he knew all things, and nothing was hid from him.

It followeth. Whereon never man sate] Which was never before ridden upon by any.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour make choyce of such a Colt, or young Asse, to ride upon, which had never before been ridden upon?

Answ. Answ. 1. The more to manifest his Divine power, in causing such a young untamed Colt, which had ne­ver been sate upon, to become subject to him, and fit to be rid upon so suddenly.

2. This was also suitable to the dignity of a King, which our Saviour now took upon him, after a sort, in this solemn action of riding into the City of Hierusalem; as we shall see afterward. I say, this was agree­able to the Dignity of Christ, as a King; yea, the King of Kings: that he should ride upon a Beast, on which never any had ridden before him. (Sic Aret. et Jansen.)

Quest. Loose him, and bring him] Quest. Did not this carry a shew of Theft; for the Disciples to take away the Colt in this manner, without asking leave of the Owner?

Answ. Answ. No; because He did not appoint them to take him away privily, without knowledg of the Owner; nor yet by open violence against the will of the Owner: but he tells them, That the Lord had need of him.

If any say unto you, &c.] This he speaks by way of prevention, because he knew it would so come to pass: therefore he instructs them what to answer; and assures them, that thereupon the Owners would dismiss the Colt with them.

Say, That the Lord hath need of him] This is all which he wills them to say, in way of answer and satis­faction, viz. That their Lord and Master, Christ Jesus, had need of the Colt. Whereby he implyes, the Divine Power and Authority which he had over the Minds and Wills of men, to make them subject to his Will; in that he doth assure his Disciples, that only upon the speaking of these words, the Owner would willingly send away the Colt. But of this afterward, Verse 6.

Now followeth matter of Instruction from these three first Verses, thus explained.

Observ. Observ. Two special Properties of the Divine Nature or Godhead of Christ, which he manifested here in this sending of his two Disciples.

  • 1. His Divine Knowledg, or Omniscience.
  • 2. His Divine Power, or Omnipotency.

Of the first. The Divine Knowledg or Omniscience of Christ. This he manifested here two wayes.

1. In that he knew and took notice of things done in his absence, or in places far distant from him: as, that there was an Asse and a Colt which stood tyed in the Village over against the Mount Olivet: and that the Disciples should there find them at this time. So at other times he manifested the same Divine Know­ledg: As, Joh. 1. 48. He saw and knew Nathaneel being absent, while he was under the fig-tree: where­upon Nathaneel confesseth him to be the Son of God. So before, Chap. 9. 33. He knew the private disputa­tion and strife of the Disciples about Primacy; though he were absent. So Joh. 4. 18. he knew that the Wo­man of Samaria had five Husbands, &c. Thus he knew things done in his absence: yea, in all places, though never so private, &c. And this is proper to God only. So afterward, Mark 14. 13. He knew that his two Disciples should meet one bearing a Pitcher, &c.

Object. Ob [...]ect. 2 King. 6. 12. Elisha knew what the King of Syria spake in his Bed-Chamber. So, Chap. 5. Verse 26. he knew where his Servant Gehazi had been, when he went back to take gifts of Naaman the Syrian.

Answ. Answ. The Prophet knew these things by revelation from God: but our Saviour Christ did of himself know things done his absence, yea, in all places, though never so private or secret.

The second thing in which our Saviour here manifested his Divine Knowledg and Omniscience, is this; That he knew things which were to come, as well as things past or present: which is a Divine Property; as Esay 41. 23. Shew the things that are to come, that we may know that ye are gods, &c.

Now that our Saviour knew things to come, and that certainly as if they were past or present; we see here. For he knew that the Disciples should find the Asse and Colt tyed, so soon as they came into the Village: he knew also before-hand, that the owner would question them for loosing the As [...]e and Colt. And lastly, he knew, that upon the Disciples answering and telling him, that the Lord had need of them, the owner would let them go. These things our Saviour knew before-hand, and could foretell them certainly to his Disciples: which sheweth, that he had a Divine fore-knowledg of things to come. The same he shewed also at other times; by foretelling things to come most truly and certainly, as if they were past or present. Thus he knew before-hand, and foretold, that the two Disciples whom he sent to prepare the Passeover for him, should meet a man in the City bearing a Pitcher of water, Mark 14. 13. He knew, and foretold, that Judas should betray him: That Peter should deny him thrice, &c. That Hierusalem and the Temple should be destroyed by the Romans, &c. Matth. 24. Thus he shewed himself to be true God, by his certain knowledg of things to come.

Object. 1 Object. 1. The Prophets did foretell things to come. Therefore, this proveth not Christ to be God.

Answ. Answ. They did it by revelation from God, and not of themselves. But it is proper to God alone, of Himself, and by his own power to know and foretell things to come: and thus did our Saviour Christ in this place, and at other times.

Object. 2 Ob [...]ect. 2. The Devil himself knoweth some things to come, and can foretell them; as, 1 Sam. 28. 19. he foretelleth Saul, that he and his people should be delivered into the hands of the Philistims; and that he and his sons should dye the next day.

Answ. Answ. The Devil doth not know or foretell things to come, of himself: but either by some kind of re­velation from God, or by help of the Scriptures, and the Prophecies found there, which he taketh notice of; or else, by the help and means of natural causes: in respect whereof some things which are to come, may be said to be present after a sort, viz. in their causes. See Mr. Perk Treatise of Witchcraft, pag. 617. And thus not only the Devil, but men ordinarily may, and do, know and foretell some things which are to come, viz. such things as are already present in their causes. Thus Astronomers do foretel the Eclipses of the Sun and Moon: and thus our Saviour sayes of the Pharise [...]s, Matth. 16. that by the face of the Sky they could foretell what Weather would be, &c.

Of the second. The Divine power of Christ. This he shewed here, 1. In making choyce of a young Asse or Colt to ride upon, which never had been rid upon before; He sends his Disciples for a Colt for him to ride on, upon which never any man had sate before: and upon the same he did afterwards ride into Hierusalem; as appeareth, Verse 7. He sate upon him.

Now by this he shewed his Divine Power which he had over all the Creatures, even over the brutish and unreasonable Creatures, to rule and over-rule them, and to make them serviceable to his Will; and that miraculously, and contrary to the ordinary course of Nature: for so was this; that a young untamed Colt, which had never been ridden upon before, should now suddenly become fit for him to ride upon, &c. The like Divine power over the Creatures, in causing them to be subject and serviceable to him against the course of Nature, our Saviour manifested at other times, as when he did walk upon the waters, causing them to bear up his body, contrary to nature, &c. So when he suddenly and miraculously turned water into Wine at the Marriage-Feast, Joh. 2.

2. He shewed his Divine Power in causing the owner of the Asse and Colt to let them go. But of this afterward, Verse 6.

Thus we see these two Divine Properties of the Godhead, amongst other, which were in Christ, being on Earth, viz. his Divine Knowledg and Power, &c. Now as these were in him, being on Earth in state of hu­miliation: so much more now he is exalted to the right hand of God in Heaven. Now he doth much more clearly manifest the same.

General Use. To strengthen our faith in the Person of Christ; assuring us, that he was and is true God, as well as Man, in one Person; and consequently that he is a most Powerful and All-sufficient Saviour. Heb. 7. 25. He is able to save them to the uttermost, which come unto God by him, &c. But of this, often before.

More Particular Uses, from the particular Properties of the Divine Nature in Christ mentioned before.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. In that Christ Jesus our Lord and Saviour whom we serve, and by whom we hope to be saved, is such a Person, as doth know all things; even things done in his absence, and in places far remote and distant from him; (I mean, from his humane Nature which is now in Heaven only): yea, he knoweth what is done in all places, though never so private or secret: This must teach us to look to our selves, and to our carriage in all places wheresoever we live, or become; that we walk holily, uprightly, and conscionably in all our wayes, watching over our thoughts, words, and actions at all times, and in all places, though never so secret: knowing and remembring still, that we are in the sight and presence of Christ Jesus the Son of God, who seeth all our wayes, and what our carriage is in all places, in publike, and in private; at home, and abroad: in our beds; at our tables, &c. Psal. 139. 7. Whither shall I go from thy Spirit, &c. and Heb. 4. 13. All things are naked and opened unto the eyes of him with whom we have to do.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To comfort us in all afflictions and miseries, which we suffer at any time, or in any place where we live. In that Christ Jesus the Son of God seeth and taketh notice of all we suffer; of all our troubles, &c. Though we suffer in private, and so as men take no notice; yet Christ the Son of God doth, and is ready to help, comfort, and deliver us, &c.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. Seeing Christ Jesus our Saviour had this Divine Property being on earth, and hath still, to fore­know things to come; and that of himself, and by his own Divine Spirit: yea, most certainly and infallibly to know and foretell such things as are to come: this seemeth to strengthen our faith, touching the truth and certainty of those Prophecyes which are revealed in the New Testament, in the Writings of the Apostles and Evangelists, and are yet unfullfilled: to assure us, that they shall all be fullfilled in due time. For example, the Prophecy of the Calling of the Jews; of the destruction of Antichrist; of the general Resurrection, and last Judgment; and of the Life to come, &c. These things are foretold in the Writings of the Apostles; who received them by revelation from Christ the Son of God: and he being God as well as Man, had a Divine and Infallible knowledg of things to come; yea, of all things to come: and therefore of these which are thus foretold in Scripture: which must cause us undoubtedly to believe the same, as if we saw them already full­filled.

Ʋse 4 Use 4. From the second Property of the Godhead or Divine Nature in Christ; which is his divine power: in that he hath absolute power over all Creatures; even over the sensless and unreasonable creatures, to rule and make them subject to his Will, and that contrary to the course of Nature: This serveth partly for the terrour of wicked men, being enemies of Christ and of his Church. And partly, for comfort to the godly, &c.

  • 1. For terrour of wicked men, &c. In that Christ Jesus having such absolute power over the creatures, both can and will employ them as Instruments of his wrath against his enemies, &c.
  • 2. For comfort to the godly: assuring them, That he having such power over the Creatures, will cause them all to work and conspire together for the good and comfort of his Saints: yea, contrary to their nature, Rom. 8. 28.
Mark 11. 4, 5, 6, 7. ‘And they went their way, and found the Colt tyed, &c. Sept. 20. 1629.

IN the three first Verses of this Chapter, we heard of Christ's preparation to his riding into Jerusalem, in sending forth two of his Disciples to a Village over against them, to fetch from thence a young Colt, ne­ver ridden upon before, &c. together with the particular charge and Instructions which he gave them at the time of sending them forth.

Now followeth the obedience of the two Disciples to Christ's charge and commandment given them. Their obedience consisteth in a threefold action performed by them.

  • 1. In going to the place whither he appointed them, ver. 4. They went their way. Where also is mentio­ [...]ed the event or consequent which followed; That they found the Colt tyed by the dore without, &c.
  • 2. In loosing the Colt, which is also amplified by the event or consequent of it, viz. That certain of them which stood there, questioned with them, why they loosed the Colt; whereunto, when the Disciples answered as Je­sus had appointed them, hereupon they let them go, ver. 5, 6.
  • 3. In bringing the Colt to Jesus for him to ride upon; which is also amplified by another special fact of theirs ensuing hereupon, by which they testified their love, and desire of honouring Christ; In that they cast their garments on the Colt for him to ride upon.

And they went their way] Though the matter enjoyned them was such as might seem absurd and ridiculous in common reason; yea, to carry danger with it, in that it might bring them into suspition of Theft; yet they do not make any question or objection against it, but readily obey Christ's command in going, &c. do­ing as he appointed them.

And found the Colt tyed, &c.] This shews the truth of that which our Saviour foretold them, when he sent them forth, ver. 2. and how certainly he knew the same before-hand; in that all came to pass as he had said, Luke 19. 32. They found even as he had said unto them.

Tyed by the door without] That is, by the door or gate of the house, or stable of the owner, as is most pro­bable.

In a place where two wayes met] Hence some do gather, that the Asse and Colt stood tyed there on pur­pose to be hired out to Passengers travelling that way, (Winkelman, in locum.) which seems not impro­bable.

Now all this seems to be added by the Evangelist. 1. To shew how easy it was for the Disciples to find the Asse and Colt by Christ's direction; in that they need not seek far, but found them ready tyed, even at the door of the house or stable, and that close by the high-way; yea, a common road way.

2. To shew also the readiness and boldness of the Disciples in executing Christ's command, in that they adventured to go to the very door of the house or stable of the owner, and that openly, by a publick High-way side, to take away the Ass and Colt, &c. yea, in the very presence of the owner, and others standing by, as the words following shew.

And certain of them that stood there] Who these were, may be gathered from Luke 19. 33. where it is said, they were the owners; which must so be understood, either that the Asse and Colt did belong to more then one man by some common right, or rather (as seems most likely) that the Evangelist by the figure Syllepsis; mentioneth owners, (though there was but one) because others were present, and joyned with the owner in questioning the fact of the Disciples.

And they said unto them, even as Jesus had commanded] viz. That the Lord had need of the Colt, or present use for him, to ride upon him into the City.

And they let them go] They readily dismissed the Disciples, permitting them to take away the Ass and Colt with them, and to carry the same to Christ.

Quest. Quest. What moved the owner and the rest so readily to dismiss the Colt, &c.

Answ. Answ. The Divine power of Christ's Spirit, extraordinarily inclining their wills, and perswading them so to do.

And they brought the Colt, &c. and cast their Garments on him] That is, upon the Colt, as Luke 19. 35. un­derstand it of their upper Garments.

Object. Object. Matth. 21. It is said, They put their Cloathes upon them; that is, upon the Asse and Colt.

Answ. Answ. It is not so to be understood, as if they had indeed put their Cloaths upon them both; but as be­fore we heard, that when, Matth. 21. he is said to ride upon the Ass, and Foal of the Ass, because the Foal or Colt was accompanied with the Ass, being the Dame of it; so also by the same figure Syllepsis, it is said, the Disciples put their Cloaths upon the Ass and Colt, because they put them upon the Colt which was ac­companied with the Ass. See Maldonat. in Matth. 21.

Now this the Disciples did (no doubt) out of their love, and reverent respect unto Christ their Master, that he might ride in the more decent and honourable manner. And it is most likely that they were here­unto moved by some special instinct of the Spirit of Christ thus to honour him at this time; and the rather, that by their example they might stir up others which were present in like manner to honour him. But of this afterward.

Now follow the Instructions from the words thus cleared. 1. From the obedience of the two Disciples to Christs command.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that they obey him in doing that which in it self seemed absurd, and against reason; Hence learn, That we are to yield obedience to the will and command of Christ Jesus the Son of God, even in things that are against humane reason. Thus did the Disciples, not onely at this, but at other times also. As before, chap. 1. 18. when he first called them to be his Disciples, enjoyning them to forsake their present Calling and profession of life; yea, and their goods and friends; this seemed absurd in humane reason, yet they obeyed. So afterward, chap. 6. 7. when he sent them forth to Preach and to work Miracles in his name, without any Provision of money, or change of cloaths, &c. This seemed contrary to reason, and yet they [Page 815] obeyed. So Luke 5. 5. when Peter and his fellows, having laboured all night in fishing, and caught nothing (the night being the best time for fishing in that hot countrey), and our Saviour willed them to let down their nets once again; This seemed absurd in reason, yet, at the word of Christ, they did it. Now in these practises we are to follow them, if we will shew our selves true Disciples of Christ, viz. In obeying the word and command of Christ, even in such things as seem contrary to humane reason. Not onely in things agreeable to reason, but in things contrary to it.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. We are required to hear and obey him in all things which he commandeth us, Act. 3. 22. and that under pain of being destroyed from among his people, if we do not so. If in all things, then in things opposite to humane reason, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. True obedience to the word and command of Christ, is that which comes from Faith; therefore called the obedience of Faith, Rom. 16. 26. Now it is the property of Faith to believe things above, and contrary to, humane reason, Heb. 11. 1. The evidence of things not seen. It may be understood of things not seen by humane reason. Therefore it is also the property of true obedience to the Word of Christ that it must not onely be in things agreeable to reason; but even in things above, or contrary to reason.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. See how hard it is to be a good Christian, or true Disciple of Christ, seeing such a one must not onely obey the will and Word of Christ in some things, as in such as are agreeable to reason, but in all things, even in such as are opposite and contrary to reason. Now this is no easy matter to do, but very hard, foras­much as we are all apt to follow our own natural reason, and to be guided by it in our practice; yea, we are much addicted and wedded to it. Rom. 8. 5. They that are after the flesh, do mind (or savour) the things of the flesh. Thus we do all by nature. Now the Wisdome of the flesh is enmity against God, as ver. 7. of the same Chapter. Therefore in obeying Christ, we must deny our reason, and go against it, which is hard to do.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. Labour for this true obedience of Faith; that is, to yield obedience to the word and command of Christ, not onely in things agreeable to reason, but in things contrary to it, as many things are which Christ doth command us in his Word. For example, he commands us to love, not onely our friends, but enemies, to do good against evill, to forgive wrongs, and not to seek revenge, but to suffer two injuries, rather than seek to requite one. He commands us to deny our selves, and to take up our Cross and follow him. He commands us to forsake our goods, friends, and life it self for his sake and the Gospells, &c. Now all these are things against nature, and natural reason, and to a natural man seem most absurd and ridiculous; yet must we in all these (if need be) yield obedience to the word and command of Christ, if we will indeed approve our selves to be his true Disciples. We must not in these cases hearken to reason, nor consult with flesh and bloud, but renounce our carnal reason, yea, trample it underfoot, that we may obey the word of Christ, and be subject to it. We must bring our natural imaginations into captivity, to the obedience of Christ, 2 Cor. 10. 5. we must here become fools that we may be wise, 1 Cor. 3. 18. we must deny our own carnall Wis­dome and reason, that we may be obedient to the will of Christ, (which is our true Wisdome) even in things contrary to reason, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the two Disciples being plainly and expresly commanded by Christ to go, &c. do not move any question or doubt, nor object any thing (as they might have done) against that which he enjoyned them, though it was a matter against reason; neither do they demand any reason, &c. but do simply and absolutely yield obedience therein: Hence learn, that we are simply and absolutely to obey Christ in such things as he doth plainly and expresly require of us in his Word, without moving any doubts or objection [...] of carnal reason against the same; and without demanding any reason of such things as are enjoyned us; we are to rest in the will of Christ, which is and ought to be reason enough to us for the doing of any thing which he requireth; though otherwise it seem never so contrary to our own natural and carnall reason. As Luther sayes of Faith, that we must clausis oculis ingredi tenebras Fidei; so may it be said of obedience to the Word of Christ, &c. Which serves for reproof of such, who when they are taught and urged to the practice of any duty which Christ doth expresly command and require of them in his Word; especially if it be hard and difficult, and such as doth cross the corruption of their nature; they are full of questions and doubts, arising from natural reason, and many carnal objections they have against that which is taught and required of them, to hinder them in obedience to the Word of Christ. But this is an evill and dangerous sign of Hypo­crisy, to be so forward to move doubts and objections of carnal reason against that which is plainly taught and enjoyned us in the Word of Christ. Let every one take heed of it, and know that this is nothing else, but to lay snares and stumbling blocks in thy own way to hinder thee in obedience to the Word of Christ, to which thou art bound to yield absolute obedience, &c. So much of the obedience of the two Disciples to Christ's command, in going to fetch the Asses Colt, &c.

Now further, from the readinesse and willingnesse of the owner to let the Colt go, upon the words of the Disciples, &c. ver. 6.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Another evidence and proof of the Divine power of Christ, whereof we heard before in part, upon the three first verses, viz. this, that he had absolute power over the minds and wills of men while he was on earth, to move and incline them which way it pleased him. Thus he did here by the power of his Divine Spirit so work upon the mind and will of the owner of the Colt, that he caused him willingly to dis­miss the same unto him, so soon as the Disciples did but tell him, that the Lord had need of him. For as i [...] was the immediate power of God which moved the Egyptians so willingly to lend their Jewells, &c. to the Is­raelites departing out of Egypt, Exod. 12. So was it here the immediate work of Christ's Divine Spirit, to move the owner of the Colt to lend him so willingly to Christ, upon the bare word of the two Disci­ple [...], &c. The same Divine power over the minds and wills of men, our Saviour shewed at other times, as Mark 14. 15. In causing the good man of the house, so readily to offer them a convenient chamber in his house for our Saviour and his Disciples to eat the Passover. So in causing the Disciples (when they were first called) to leave their Callings, and their goods, and friends, to follow Christ, as we heard before, Mark 1. and Matth. 9. 9. He caused Levi to give over his office of a Publican, and immediately to fol­low him. See this also in his [...]udden converting of the Thief upon the Cross, &c. So in causing the Offi­cers [Page 816] of the High Priests upon his bare word spoken, to let the Disciples go away without danger, when their Master was apprehended, Joh. 18. 8.

Now as our Saviour had this power over the minds and wills of men, while he lived on Earth in the state of humiliation; so now much more, since his Ascension into Heaven, there to sit at the right hand of God, he hath the same power. This power he shewed in the Conversion of Saul, Act. 19. and of Lydia, Act. 16.

Use 1 Use 1. To confirm our faith in the truth of Christ's Godhead, &c. But of this before, upon the former Verses.

Use 2 Use. 2. Seeing Christ Jesus the Son of God hath absolute power over the Minds and Wills of men, to in­cline and move them, and to turn and change them as he pleaseth: this may teach us not to despair of the conversion and repentance of such as do yet live in ignorance and unbelief; yea, in grosse sins: for Christ Jesus the Lord can turn and change their hearts and Minds, as he did the hearts of those whom he called and converted being on earth; as of Zacheus, Mary Magdalen, &c. And as he turned the hearts of others after his Ascension; as of Saul, Act. 9. and of Lydia, and the Jaylor, Act. 16. Therefore though we see some men yet to live in ignorance and profaness of life, we should not be out of all hope of them; but rather use all good means to further their conversion: as instruction, admonition, prayer, &c. proving if at any time, God will give them repentance, 2 Tim. 2. 25.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. This may comfort a good Christian in two cases. 1. When he is opposed by malitious or wick­ed enemies, which obstinately set themselves against him, and that for well-doing. If it be thus with thee, that thou art opposed by obstinate and malitious enemies, which molest, trouble, and vex thee from time to time: yet be not discouraged, but bear it patiently and contentedly; remembring, That Christ Jesus the Son of God, whom thou servest, and whose Name thou professest, hath power over the hearts and minds of all men, turning them as the Rivers of water; and therefore can turn and change the minds of thy most ma­litious enemies, to become thy friends: and he will do it, if thou conscionably serve and please him. Prov. 16. 7. When a man's wayes please the Lord, he maketh even his enemies to be at peace with him.

2. This may also comfort a good Christian which is in outward poverty and want, and hath none for the present to help or relieve him: yet Christ Jesus can, and will, in due time, incline and move the hearts of some to help thee: yea, perhaps, of such as are yet most backward that way. For he hath all mens hearts in his hands.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the owner of the Colt, and those that were with him, did so readily and willingly let the Colt go, so soon as they were but told that Christ the Lord had need of him; hence learn by their exam­ple, That we ought readily and willingly to part with any thing we have in this world for Christ's sake, and unto him, whensoever he requires it of us, or doth stand in need thereof. In this case, we are to deny him nothing, but to yield him whatsoever we have or enjoy in this world, when he stands in need of it, or hath use [...]or it; and doth shew himself so to have.

Quest. Quest. Doth Christ Jesus the Son of God now stand in need of any thing which we have or enjoy in this World?

Answ. Answ. Not simply in respect of himself, or his own Person, as if he were any way defective without us, (for he is in himself most perfect, full, and compleat) but he may be said to stand in need of such things as we have, when the case so stands, that by parting with any thing we have, we may honour and serve him any way, by advancing his Kingdom and glory, or by furthering the Gospel, or by doing good to others; espe­cially to the Church of Christ, &c. In this case, Christ may be said to stand in need of those things which we possess in this world; as of our Goods, Lands, Houses, yea, of our bodies and lives, &c. when there is just cause or occasion for us to part with these for the honour of Christ. Therefore he hath need of our goods, when there is cause and occasion for us to give or lend to the poor; especially to the Saints of God, and houshold of faith. For in so doing, we lend unto the Lord, Prov. 19. 19. Therefore we are readily and willingly to do it. So when there is occasion for us to give to other good uses; as to the Church, or main­tenance of the Ministery, &c. Then Christ hath need of our money, &c. So he hath need of our houses; when there is occasion for us to receive and entertain in them such as fear God: he hath need of our Appar­rel, when there is occasion for us to cloath the naked: of our meat and drink, when there is occasion to feed the hungry, and give drink to the thirsty. So Christ hath need of our Goods, Lands, yea of our Bodies and Lives also, when he calls us to part with these for the profession of the Gospel; as he did the Martyrs: and therefore in this case (if it should befall us) we ought willingly to part with all for Christ: yea, there is a necessity hereof, if we will be Christ's true Disciples. Luke 14. 33. Whosoever he be of you that forsakes not all he hath, he cannot be my Disciple. Again, Christ Jesus hath sometimes need of our friends, children, &c. and that is, whensoever he thinks good to take them from us by death: in which case we must therefore be con­tent to forgo them, because the Lord hath need of them, &c.

Reason. Reason. By this we shew true love to Christ, when willing to part with any thing we have for his sake, Matth. 10. 37. Luke 14. 20.

Use 1 Use 1. See what to think of such as profess Christ, and the Gospel; and yet are not willing to part with the things they possess in this world for Christ's sake: and when he hath need of them, and requireth them so to do. Though Christ send to them by his Ministers, telling them, That he hath need of their money and wealth, to give to the poor, or to the maintenance of the Ministery, &c. yet they refuse to part with it: they will not give or lend it to Christ; or if they do, it is unwillingly, with grudging, &c. It must be wrung from them, &c. no true Disciples of Christ, as it is to be feared; neither do they bear true love to Christ: for then they would think nothing too dear for him, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To stir us up to this willingnesse and readinesse to part with any thing we possess in this world for Christ, and when he hath need of it; denying him nothing which we have, but giving and lending all or any thing we have to him; who hath denyed us nothing which we stood in need of, but hath given him­self for us, and to us, to redeem and save us, being lost in our selves: and that not being desired of us, but of his own accord: yea, when we were his enemies, &c. Therefore we owe our selves to him, and all we have, &c.

Ʋse 3 Ʋse 3. See how unfit for us to set our hearts upon things of this world which here we possess and enjoy; as goods, lands, money, friends, or life it self; seeing we must willingly forgo these, whensoever the Lord hath need of them: which we can never do, if our hearts be glued to them. Therefore labour daily to be crucified and dead to the world, and so to use all earthly things, as if we used them not, 1 Cor. 7.

Now further, Verse 7. in that the Disciples did not only bring the Colt to Jesus for him to ride upon, but were also so ready and forward to cast their garments upon him, that so they might honour him in this his riding to Hierusalem; hence I might observe, That we ought to be ready and forward in performing all due honour unto Christ. But of this afterward, upon the Verses following.

Mark 11. 7, 8, 9, 10.—‘And he sate upon him. And many spread their garments in the way, &c Sept. 27. 1629.

HItherto of our Saviour's Preparation used before his solemn riding to Hierusalem; in sending forth two of his Disciples to the Village over against them, to fetch from thence a Colt or young Asse for him to ride on, &c. together with the obedience of the Disciples in going and bringing the Colt unto him.

Now followeth his solemn and triumphant manner of riding to the City, and his entring into it. His riding to the City, is set down from the 7th Verse, to the 11th. His entring into the City, and into the Temple, is set down, Verse 11.

Of the first. The manner of his riding, &c. This is set forth two wayes. 1. By the Meanness or Base­ness of it. 2. By the Honourableness and excellency or glory of it.

The baseness of it is set forth in these Circumstances. 1. That he rode not upon any brave Horse or Steed, after the manner of great men, but upon a young Asse-Colt.

2. In that he rode upon a borrowed Colt, having none of his own to ride upon.

3. In that the Colt was not furnished with any rich Trappings or other Furniture; no, no [...] so much as with a Saddle, (as it seemeth) in that the Disciples, instead thereof, were fain to cast their garments upon the Colt for him to ride on.

4. In that his company or followers which attended on him, were not any great men: but only his twelve Disciples, and others of the common sort of people, which were now with him in his journey.

The Honourable or Glorious manner of his riding, is set forth in two things especially.

1. In that he rode upon such a young Asse or Colt, as never any had ridden upon before (ut suprà.)

2. In that so great honour was done unto him at the time of his riding; and that by two sorts of persons:

1. By his own Disciples; who honoured him, by putting off their garments, and casting them upon the Colt on which their Lord was to ride. Whereunto also is to be added, That they did with their own hands set him upon the Colt; as appeareth, Matth. 21.

2. By the common people or multitude which now followed him. These did honour him two wayes. 1. By their Deeds. 2. By their Words.

In their Deeds two wayes. 1. By spreading their garments in the High-way where he was to ride. 2. By cutting down branches of Trees, and strewing them in the way, Verse 8.

In their words they honoured him; by that joyful and triumphant Acclamation, or Congratulation of him; crying, Hosanna, &c. Verse 9, 10.

First to clear the sense of the words, Verse 7, 8. He sate upon him] That is, upon the young Asse or Colt, which the Disciples had brought to him by his appointment. Some think he rode upon both, successively: first upon the one: and then upon the other. Vide Scaliger. Annot. in Joh. 12. 15. See also, Zach. 9. 9. Matth. 21. 7. it is said, the Disciples set him upon them; that is, upon the Colt being accompanied with the Asse which was the Damme of it; which they did in way of honouring of him the more; (ut suprà dictum) [...]. Matth. 21. 7.

Quest. Quest. Seeing our Saviour had hitherto used to travel on foot to preach and work Miracles, Why did he now take occasion to ride to Hierusalem, especially seeing he was already come on foot so near to the City?

Answ. Answ. 1. That the Prophecy of Zachary might be fulfilled in him, Zach. 9. 9. as St. Matthew affirmeth, Matth. 21. 4. All this was done, that it might be fullfilled which was spoken by the Prophet, saying, Tell ye the daugh­ter of Sion: Behold, thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an Asse, &c.

2. That by the solemn and triumphant manner of his riding into the City now a little before his Passion, he might shew some evident sign or token of his Divine glory, and Kingdom, and approve himself to be the Messiah: thereby both to confirm the faith of his Disciples; as also to convince and leave without excuse, such as refuse to believe in him. (Sic Jansen. Calvin. &c.)

Verse 8. And many spread their garments in the way] These were of the common people which now follow­ed Christ, and were well affected to him; who did this in t [...]ken and testimony of the royal dignity of Christ: that they did acknowledg him to be their King. For this kind of Honour hath been used to be done unto Kings and Princes, viz. for men to cast their garments or other clothes on the ground for them to ride or go upon. (See Gerard. in Harmon. Evang. (ex Plutarcho in Catone Utic.) pag. 289.) The like honour was done to Jehu, when he was anointed King of Israel, 2 King. 9. 12. They put their garments under him to sit upon, and blew the Trumpets, saying, Jehu is King. So here the common people spreading their garments in the way for Christ to ride upon, did thereby acknowledg him to be their King: and therefore, Verse 10. they say, Blessed be the Kingdom of our Father David, &c. and Joh. 12. 13 Blessed is the King of Israel, &c.

Others cut down branches of Trees, and strawed them, &c.] This also was another token and testimony of the royal honour which they performed to him. What branches they were, is not expressed: but it is most pro­bable, they were of Palm-Tree [...], Olive-Trees, and such like, whereof there was plen [...]y thereabouts. And Joh. 12. 13. it is said, that such as came from Hierusalem at this time to meet our Saviour on the way, took branches of Palm-Trees, &c. Signs of Victory, used to be carried in triumphs. See Rom. 7. 9.

Quest. Quest. What moved the common people to perform this extraordinary honour to Christ at this time, by spreading their garments in the way, and strawing branches of trees, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. It is probable they were in part moved so to do by the example of the Disciples, who first be­gun to honour him, by putting their Clothes upon the Colt whereon he was to ride.

2. They were moved to it by considering of his great Miracles, especially that of raising Lazarus. See Luke 19. 37. and Joh. 12. 18.

3. They were (no doubt) principally moved thereunto by the special instinct of the Spirit of Christ; to the end, that by this means the glory and honour of his Kingdome might be manifested. Hence it is, that even the very children cryed Hosanna to him in the Temple, Matth. 21. 15. The words following, ver. 9. 10. shall be explained afterward.

Now follow the Instructions from the words explained.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. That Christ Jesus the Son of the Virgin Mary, born at Bethlehem, and brought up at Naza­reth, is the true and onely Messiah and Saviour of Mankind, promised of God, and foretold by the Prophets. This may appear, in that the Prophecy of Zachary which he foretold of the true Messiah 500 years before, or thereabouts; was here fulfilled in this Jesus of Nazareth, viz. that he should after the manner of a King ride into Jerusalem upon the Foal of an Ass, &c. Therefore this is noted as one cause why our Saviour did now ride in this manner to Jerusalem, that the Prophecy of Zachary might be fulfilled in him, Matth. 21. 4. ut suprà. Which as it serveth to convince the Jews at this day, who deny this Jesus to be the Messiah, and do expect another to come; so it serves to strengthen our Faith in this Jesus, as in the true and onely Mes­siah, and to cause us by Faith to believe, and rest on him onely for Salvation. Tertullian in Apologet. sayes, The Christians were called Asinarii by the Heathen, in contempt; because their Saviour rode upon an Ass, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That Christ Jesus the Son of God, and true Messiah is a King, and hath a Kingdome, or King­ly power and Authority belonging to him. This appeareth here, in that he did now ride into Jerusalem with a kind of regal pomp and state as a King, and was in his riding by the way, honoured as a King, both by the Disciples, and by the people casting their garments in the way, &c. All this was done by the speci­al providence of God, thereby to shew and manifest that Christ Jesus was; and is indeed a King, and hath a Kingdome belonging to him. Therefore also ver. 10. They cryed before and after him, Blessed be the King­dome of our Father David, &c. and Joh. 12. 13. Blessed is the King of Israel, &c. Therefore also, Joh. 18. 37. being asked by Pilate whether he were a King, he confessed it plainly, and denyed it not. And he is often in Scripture, both in the Old and New Testament, called a King, and said to have a Kingdome, 1 Tim. 6. 15. King of Kings, &c.

Now Christ's Kingdome is twofold. 1. General, which he exerciseth over the whole World, ruling and Governing all Creatures by his Divine power and providence, as he is God. The Kingdome of his power.

2. Special; which as Mediator he exerciseth over his true Church, or chosen people appointed to Sal­vation, by which he ruleth and reigneth over them for their Spiritual good and Salvation, Psal. 2. 6. I have set my King upon my holy Hill of Sion. And Luke 1. 33. He shall reign over the house of Jacob, &c. that is, over the Church. Now this special Kingdome over the Church is that which we here speak of principally, for this was it which was now manifested by Christ's triumphant riding into Jerusalem. Zach. 9. 9. Tell the daughter of Sion, thy King commeth unto thee, &c.

Further, this Kingdome of Christ over his Church is twofold. 1. His Kingdome of Grace, which he exerciseth in this life, ruling and reigning in and over his Elect, by the power of his Word and Spirit.

2. His Kingdome of glory, by which he shall reign in and with his Saints in Heaven after this life.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See the Dignity of Christs person, in that he is a King; yea, the King of Kings, and Lord of Lords, the onely Potentate, &c. having a supream Kingly power and authority over all the World, and espe­cially over his Church, &c. Which should cause us to be affected with all fear and reverence towards this King, and to shew it in our reverent carriage towards him at all times, especially when we come before him, to perform Religious worship to him in publick or private, Psal. 2. 11. Serve the Lord with fear, &c. Kiss the Son lest he be angry, &c. yea, the greatest persons, even Kings and Rulers are commanded to shew this reverence to Christ, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See also by this the dignity of every true Christian which is a Believer in Christ; for such a one is most nearly united to Christ, being one with Christ, and Christ with him; and so Christ being a King, yea, the King of Kings: Hence it must needs follow, that such as are so nearly joyned to him, are partakers also of this royal dignity. Therefore they are called a royal Priesthood, 1 Pet. 2. 9. and Revel. 1. 6. Christ is said to have made us Kings and Priests unto God his Father. Therefore also, Revel. 4. 4. The 24 Elders are said to have Crowns of Gold on their heads, to shew that they are Kings, and shall reign as Kings with Christ in his heavenly Kingdome hereafter. Now this may comfort a good Christian against all contempt which is cast upon him in this World, &c.

Use 3 Use. 3. Seeing Christ Jesus the Son of God is a King, and hath a Kingdome, or Kingly power over all the World, but especially in and over his Church; this must teach us, and all that live in the Church, and profess to be members of it, to acknowledg and take Ch [...]ist for our Soveraign King and Governour, and to shew that we do so, by yielding all due honour, subjection and obedience unto him, &c. But more of this afterward.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that the royal honour done to Christ here, was accompanied with such outward poverty, meanness, and baseness in some respects; as that, he rode upon an Ass-Colt, and that none of his own, but a borrowed one, and without any rich furniture or trappings, and was accompanied with none but persons of mean and low degree, &c. Hence we learn, that Christ's Kingdome is not of this World, Joh. 18. 36. as the Kingdoms of earthly Princes; but it is wholly Spiritual and heavenly, consisting in a Spiritual power and Government over mens Soul [...] and Conscience [...]. This he shewed also at other times, as Joh. 6. 15. Luke 12. 14. and Joh. 8. But of this before, often. See chap. 10. ver. 45.

Mark 11. 8.‘And others cut down branches of the Trees, &c. Octob. 4. 1629.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. FRom the example and practice of the Disciples, and of the multitude, in performing such great honour to Christ, we are taught our duty; which is, that we ought to yield all due honour unto Christ Jesus the Son of God. If he were to be honoured when he was upon earth, in sta [...]e of his humiliation, much more now he is at the right hand of God in heaven. Joh. 5. 22. God the Father hath committed all Judgment to the Son. That all men should honour the Son, even as they honour the Father, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. He is our absolute Lord and Master; and it is the duty of Servants to honour their Masters, Mal. 1. 6. A son honoureth his Father, and a servant his Master, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. He is our Soveraign King, and Ruler, who hath power to rule over us, &c. (as we have heard be­fore).

Quest. Quest. How are we to honour Christ Jesus the Son of God, being now in heaven?

Answ. Answ. Sundry wayes, especially these. 1. By believing in him, and resting on him alone as our onely Mediator and Redeemer, for the pardon of our sins, and for eternal life. By this we honour him; as on the contrary, Joh. 8. 49. the unbelieving Jews dishonoured him.

2. By confessing his name and truth before men, whensoever it may make for his glory, 1 Pet. 3. 15. Sanctify the Lord in your hearts, and be ready alwayes to give an answer, &c. Matth. 10. 32. Whosoever shall con­fess me before men, &c.

3. By fearing and reverencing the person of Christ, being now in heaven; and shewing it by all reve­rent carriage towards him, and before him at all times, &c. (ut supra audivimus) Phil. 2. 10. At the name of Jesus ought every knee to bow, &c.

4. By yielding all due subjection and obedience to the will of Christ revealed in his Word, and that with the whole man, both inward and outward, Matth. 17. 5. we are commanded from heaven to hear him; that is, to yield all obedience to him. And Matth. 11. 29. he requires us to take his yoke upon us, which is the yoke of obedience to his will in all things.

Lastly, by honouring his Saints and servants, and especially his faithful Ministers sent unto us in his name, Luke 10. 16. He that heareth you, heareth me, &c. See before chap. 9. 37.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. To reprove such amongst us who do not thus honour Christ as they should, but rather dishonour him. Sundry sorts there are who fail in this duty of honouring Christ. 1. Ignorant persons, who are grosly ignorant in the Word of God, and Doctrine of Christ, &c. These cannot have Faith, and so cannot honour Christ by believing and trusting on him for pardon of sins, &c.

2. Such as profess to have Faith in their hearts, but are ashamed or afraid to confess Christ and his truth before men; and therefore do either deny, or conceal the truth, or part of it, when they are called to make profession of it, to the honour of Christ. On the contrary, Rom. 10. 10. With the heart man believeth to Righ­teousness, and with the mouth confession is made to Salvation.

3. Such as shew not due reverence to the person of Christ, but carry themselves unreverently before him, when they come to hear his Word; or in prayer, reading publick or private, &c.

4. Such as live in [...]in unrepented of; yea, in gross sins unreformed, contrary to the Word of Christ, &c.

5. Such as dishonour or despise the Saints and Servants of Christ, and his faithfull Ministers; or do not so honour and esteem them as they ought, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To exhort and stir us up to make Conscience of this duty of honouring Christ Jesus, &c. yea, of performing all due honour unto him, as to our onely Lord and Saviour; as to our King, &c. Consider what cause there is for us so to do, and how worthy he is of all honour which we can possibly shew and per­form unto him.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. It is not enough to honour Christ; but we ought to be zealous, earnest, and forward in this duty of honouring him. Thus were the Disciples and the common people here. The Disciples shewed their zeal, not onely in bringing the Colt to Christ, but also in setting him upon him with their own hands, and in putting their Cloathes upon him for him to ride upon.

The common people shewed their zeal also many wayes, as by spreading their Garments in the way where he was to ride; by cutting down boughs, and strawing them before him, and by crying Hosanna, &c.

All this shews how zealous and forward we should be in honouring Christ. If these were so zealous in honouring him being on earth, much more ought we now that he is in heaven, &c. Gal. 4. 18. It is good to be zealously affected alwayes in a good thing. Now what better thing can be, then for Christians to ho­nour Christ Jesus their Lord and Saviour? Therefore must we not onely do it; but be zealous, earnest, and forward in doing it. Therefore Rom. 12. 11. the Apostle doth fitly joyn these two Precepts together; Be fervent in spirit, and serving the Lord; to shew, that we ought to honour and serve the Lord with zeal and fer­vency of spirit.

More particularly we are to shew this zeal and earnestness in honouring Christ by these effects of it, which the Disciples and common people here expressed: As, 1. By our pains and diligence in doing all duties of honour and service to Christ; not being idle, sloathfull, or negligent therein. How diligent and painfull were the Disciples and the rest of the people here in doing all duties whereby they might honour Christ, as in casting their garments on the Colt, and spreading them in the way; and others in cutting down branches, &c. every one striving who should be foremost in honouring him?

2. By abasing and vilifying our selves in way of honouring Christ, as they here did, for they put off their very garments from their backs, and cast them in the High-way for Christ to ride over, &c. which was a ma­nifest abasing of themselves, to honour Christ.

3. By preferring the honour of Christ before the things which are near or dear to us in this world; and being content in way of honouring him, to part with any thing we have: as the Disciples and the people here stripped themselves from their clothes; yea, cast them in the High-way, to honour Christ, &c. So should we think nothing too dear to part with for the honour of Christ.

Ʋse. Ʋse. Th [...]s condemn [...] the want of this zeal and earnestness in the duty of honouring Christ, yea, the cold­nesse, negligence, and slackness that is in many Christians, yea, in the most, now adayes. How few have we that are truly zealous for the honour of Christ? How few that are earnest, and forward in honouring him by faith, by free and bold profession of his Name before men, by obedience to his Will, and by honouring his Saints and Servants? Many are zealous in other matters; as in seeking their own honour and credit, and in pursuit of their profits, and pleasures. Here they spare no pains, neglect no time, &c. but in honour­ing Christ, they are cold, or luke-warm, like the Church of Laodicea, Revel. 3. They will take no pains in those duties by which they may honour Christ; [...]ey will be at no cost, or at as little as may be, for the ho­nour of Christ: they will not part with things dear to them for his sake: But on the contrary, like the Ga­darens, prefer swine before Christ: they will not abase themselves, that they may honour Christ, &c. Where is the zeal of such which they should shew in doing honour to Christ? Where is their love to Christ? How far short do these come of the zeal that was here in the Disciples and in the multitude, &c. Such as have hitherto been faulty this way, are here to take notice of their sin; that is, of their coldness, negligence, and slackness in seeking the honour of Christ, and in doing honour to him: and for time to come, labour and pray for true zeal for the honour of Christ. Think it not enough to do some good duties in way of honour­ing him; but to be truly zealous, earnest, and forward in doing the same. This zeal doth exceedingly com­mend all good works, and Christian duties; and without it, they are not praise-worthy, nor accepted of God.

Observ. 6 Observ. 6. From the persons who did all this honour to Christ, viz. the Disciples, who were poor and mean men in outward estate: and the common people, who were of low degree: not the Scribes, Phari­sees, or Rulers, &c. (for these were enemies and hinderers of this honour done to Christ; as appeareth, Matth. 21. 15.) Hence we learn, that usually and for most part, the poorer and meaner sort are more zealous and forward in honouring Christ, than the great men of the world. Thus it was here: and at other times, Joh. 7. 48. Have any of the Rulers, or of the Pharisees believed on him? But this people, who knoweth not the Law, &c.

Reason. Reason. It pleaseth God usually to call the meaner sort to the knowledg of Christ, and of the Gospel; and to give them faith: rather than to the great ones of the World. Luke 10. 21. Thou hast hid these things from the wise, and revealed them to babes, &c. 1 Cor. 1. 26. Ye see your calling, how that not many wise after the flesh, not many mighty, &c. and Jam. 2. 5. Hath not God chosen the poor of this world, rich in faith, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To answer such as object against the true professours of Christ, and of the Gospel, the outward poverty, meanness, or baseness of such as make this profession. Thus do the Papists, and others now adayes: as if this were any good argument; or any prejudice to the truth of Religion, or to the professours of it, that many or most of them are men of mean estate and degree in the World. On the contrary, this maketh ra­ther for the truth, and for the zealous professours of it; inasmuch as it hath been so usually, and for the most part, in all Ages and times of the Gospel. In our Saviour's time the poor received the Gospel. So in the Apo­stles times, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how unfit it is to tye our selves to the example of great men in matters of Religion: yea, how dangerous; seeing they are usually less zealous and forward to honour Christ, than the poorer sort: yea, they are often the greatest enemies and hinderers of the Honour and Glory of Christ, &c.

Mark 11. 9, 10.‘And they that went before, and they that followed, cryed, saying, Hosanna, &c. Octob. 11. 1629.

THe Evangelist having shewed how the common people honoured Christ by their Deeds; some in cast­ing their garments in the way, and others in cutting down branches of Trees, and strawing them: Now he shews further, how they honoured him in their words, viz. by a joyful and triumphant Acclamation or crying out, which they used before and after him, as he rode on the way. They that went before, and they that followed, cryed, saying, Hosanna, &c.

Where consider, 1. The persons that made this solemn Acclamation. Those that went before, and those that followed,] That is to say, the common people who now accompanied Christ in the way: some of which went before him, and some followed after him; so as he rode in the midst between them in a kind of Royal or Kingly state.

2. The Acclamation or crying it self, which the people used.

3. The matter of their cry, or words uttered, &c. Hosanna: Blessed be he, &c.

Of the first. The persons who thus honoured Christ; I have spoken of these before. Therefore I pro­ceed to the Acclamation it self.

They cryed] With a loud voyce; as may be gathered from Luke 19. 37. The multitude of Disciples rejoyced and praised God with a loud voyce. Which shews their zeal and earnestness in this duty of honouring Christ. The same also appeareth by their repetition of the word Hosanna. But of this before.

Now followeth the words which they uttered in this Acclamation or crying out before and after Christ. First to open the meaning.

Hosanna] This is an Hebrew word, signifying as much as, Save, I pray thee; or, Save, I beseech thee. It is compounded of two other words, viz. Hoshiah; which signifies, Save: and Na, or Anna, which signifies, I pray thee. So it includes a prayer, or Petition of the people: wherein they desire and pray to God to save, preserve, and keep the person of Christ, their King and Messiah; for so they did now conceive and acknow­ledg him to be.

Further note, That this word Hosanna, together with the words immediately following, is all edged and taken out of Psal. 118. 25. where the people upon the day of the installing of David into the Kingdom, use this solemn Prayer, Save now, I beseech thee, O Lord, &c. Where, in the Hebrew Text, the words are these, Anna Jehovah Hoshiah Na. Now because, as the Learned do observe, this word [Hosanna] being taken out of that place of the Psalm, was a word which was afterward taken up▪ and commonly used by the people of God in their publick and solemn prayers or thanksgivings which they used upon the day of their Feast of Ta­bernacles; when they were by the Law of God to carry branches of Palm-Trees, Willows, &c. Levit. 23. 40. in token of their publick joy: therefore the Evangelists do not translate the word into the language wherein they wrote; but set it down in Hebrew, as it was commonly known and used by the people. Hence also it is, that the Jews at this day when they keep their Feast of Tabernacles, do still use this word, Ho­sanna, in their publick and solemn forms of prayer of thanksgiving. Buxtorf. Synagog. Jud. pag. 361.

Here note further, that this word Hosanna, (as it was [...]ramonly used at this and other times by the Jews) is not only a word of Prayer or Petition: but also of [...]ublick joy and thanksgiving for some great be­nefit, &c. So here it seems to be used. Luke 19. 30. The multitude of Disciples rejoyced and praised God, &c. Vide Jansen. Harm.

Blessed is he that cometh, &c.] Or, Blessed be he that cometh, &c. as it is translated out of the Hebrew, Psal. 118. 26. It seems to be a form of Prayer or Petition, (as the former word Hosanna) in which they pray and desire, that Christ their King and Messiah may be blessed of God; that is, that he may be a happy and pro­sperous King in himself, and unto them. And this they did, after the usual custom of Subjects, who have used at the publick Inauguration or installing of their Kings, to make such solemn prayers for them; As, for Solomon, 1 King. 1. 39. See also, 1 Sam. 10. 24.

He that cometh in the name of the Lord] That is, the true Messiah and King of the Church, who was to come. See Luke 7. 19. who is said to come unto them in the Name of the Lord, because he came being sent with power and authority from God.

Blessed be the Kingdom of our Father David] Let the Kingdom of the Messiah which was peculiarly pro­mised to our father David, and in which he succeedeth David, be happy and prosperous. See 2 Sam. 7. 16. and Esay 9. 7. Jer. 23. 5. Luke 1. 32. Vide etiam Gerard. in Harmon. Evang. part. 1. pag. 311. They call Da­vid, their father, because being Jews, they were of the posterity of David. As, for the same reason, they called Abraham, their father, because they were of his seed and posterity. See Gerard. Harm.

Which cometh in the Name of the Lord] Which is now revealed and manifested with power and authority from God.

Hosanna] They repeat this word again, the better to express their zeal and earnestness in this prayer, for the safety and prosperity of their King and his Kingdom.

In the highest] These words are added, to shew, to whom they directed this their prayer, viz. to God, who dwelleth in the highest Heavens. So Psal. 118. 25. Save, I beseech thee, O Lord, &c. See Psal. 148. 1.

The words being thus explained, we are in them to take notice of some things which are Commendable in this people: and some things Discommendable.

Commendable it is, 1. That they acknowledg Christ to be the true Messiah which was to come.

2. That they acknowledg him to be their King; and such a King as came unto them with authority from God.

3. That they congratulate his coming: shewing their joy and thankfulness, by crying Hosanna to him.

4. That they shew their love and affection both to the Person of Christ, and also to his Kingdom; in praying for the safety and prosperi [...]y of both.

On the contrary, that which is Discommendable, and wherein they fail, is this;

  • 1. That they shew themselves ignorant of the Godhead of Christ, and do suppose him to be a meer man, viz. a Prophet of God sent unto them, as Matth. 21. 11. and therefore they pray for him as for one that was man, and not God: whereas, if they had believed him to be God, they would rather have prayed to him, than for him.
  • 2. That they suppose Christ the Messias to be an earthly King; and his Kingdom to be a temporal King­dom of this World: for this was the common errour of the Jews at this time when our Saviour lived on Earth.

General Instructions from the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that this people having before honoured Christ by their actions or deeds, in casting their garments in the way, and cutting down branches of Trees, &c. do now also honour him in their words by this solemn Acclamation, or crying to him Hosanna, &c. thereby expressing both their solemn joy and thankful­nesse for his coming: as also their desire and prayer for the safety and prosperity of him and his Kingdom; hence gather, That it is our duty to honour Christ Jesus the Son of God; not only in our actions, or outward practice; but also by our words and speech: we must be ready to employ our tongues as well as hands, in honouring him.

Now we honour Christ in our words, 1. By free and bold profession of his Name and Truth before men, whensoever we are called so to do, and when it makes for the glory and honour of Christ,; yea, though it be before enemies of the truth, and with hazard and danger to our selves. Thus this people do here boldly confesse Christ to be the Messiah and King of the Church; even before the Scribes and Pharisees, as ap­peareth, Luke 19. 39. and that notwithstanding that it was agreed before by such as were in authority among the Jews, That whosoever did confesse him to be the Christ, should be excommunicated, Joh. 9. 22. But of this way of honouring Christ, we have before heard, Verse 7, 8.

2. We honour Christ in our words, by calling upon his Name, together with the Father and Holy Ghost; offering up our Petitions and thanksgivings to him daily, and upon all occasions.

3. By holy and religious Conference touching the Person of Christ; and his Office as he is our Media­tour; as also touching the benefits we have by him: And touching the Word of Christ, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See we make conscience thus to honour Christ in our words, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See the great sin of such as dishonour Christ the Son of God in their words and speech; either by denying or concealing his truth, &c. or by neglect or abuse of prayer: or by profane speech of Christ or his Word. Also by swearing, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this common people do alledg these words, Hosanna, &c. out of Psal. 118. making use of it at this time in honouring Christ, &c. we may see by this, that even the common people among the Jews at this time, were well acquainted with the knowledg of the Scriptures, and did use to read and exercise themselves therein: so as they could all [...]dg the words and sentences of the same as occasion was offered; yea, the very Children had learned to cr [...] Hosanna, as appeareth, Matth. 21. 15. This teacheth us, that all sorts of persons in the Church, yea, eve [...] the common and meaner sort, should exercise themselves in read­ing and searching the Scriptures, that they may be acquainted with the same; and grounded in the know­ledg of them. Joh. 5. 39. Search the Scriptures, &c. and Col. 3. 16. Let the Word of Christ dwell in you rich­ly, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See the sin of the Popish Church, barring the common people from reading the Scriptures, and so nuzzling them in ignorance and blindness, &c. Hence come all evils (saith Chrysostom) from ignorance of the Scriptures: the cause of all errours and sins, in judgment and practice.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To stir up all sorts among us to diligent study of the Scriptures; yea, daily to exercise themselves therein, that they may be able to make use of the same on all occasions offered. Hieron. Arator manu stivam tenens, Davidicum aliquod canit.

Here followeth more particular Instructions from the words of this publick and solemn Acclamation or Cry of the People, before and after Christ.

Now the words contain in them two things. 1. A joyful or triumphant Gratulation, or Well-coming of Christ the Messiah and King of the Church, now coming in his Kingdom; that is, manifesting the glory of it by his manner of riding into the City of Hierusalem. This Gratulation is implyed in the word Hosanna, twice repeated: which (as we have shewed before) is not only a word of Prayer; but also of publick Joy and Gratulation, or Thanksgiving, &c.

The second thing contained in the words, is, a form of publick Prayer or Petition, which the people make unto God for the Person and Kingdom of Christ the Messiah. 1. For his Person, in these words, Ho­sanna, Blessed be he that cometh, &c. Hosanna in the highest. 2. For his Kingdom, in these words, Blessed be the Kingdom of our Father David, &c.

Of the first. The joyful Gratulation, &c.

Observ. Observ. We ought to rejoyce and be thankful unto God for the coming of Christ the Messiah unto us, and for the manifestation of his Kingdom and glory amongst us at any time, whensoever we take notice hereof. And not only so; but we are to shew and express our joy and thankfulness by all outward signs and tokens of it. So did the people here, by crying Hosanna to Christ, as he came riding into Hierusalem. Zach. 9. 9. Rejoyce, O Daughter of Zion, &c. Thy King cometh unto thee.

Of the second. The Prayer for the Person and Kingdom of Christ. 1. The prayer for the Person of Christ: In it are three things expressed.

  • 1. The matter of their Petition, what it is they desire or pray for; viz. The safety and prosperity or hap­piness of their Messiah and King; in these words, Hosanna, blessed be he, &c.
  • 2. The Person for whom they pray and desire this, viz. Christ the Messiah and King of the Church; He that cometh in the Name of the Lord.
  • 3. To whom they make this Prayer, viz. To him that dwelleth in the highest Heavens, that is, to God.

Quest. Quest. How may Christ be said to come to us, and to manifest his Kingdom amongst us; seeing he is now in Heaven, &c?

Answ. Answ. He may be said to come unto us, when he doth give unto us his Word and Sacraments; sending his Messengers and Ministers to us to preach. In these, and by these, he cometh to us. And we are to rejoyce and be thankful for his coming thus unto us. Act. 8. 8. when the Gospel was first preached in Samaria by Philip, it is said, There was great joy in that City. So likewise the Kingdom of Christ may be said to come unto us, when the Gospel of the Kingdom cometh and is preached to us; as Luke 10. 9. when our Saviour sent forth his 70 Disciples to preach the Gospel to the Cities of Judea, he bade them tell those to whom they came, That the Kingdom, of God was come nigh unto them. But especially, the Kingdom of Christ, is then manifested amongst us, when the Ministery of his Word and Gospel hath good success, working effectually for the Conversion of souls, and for the confirming of such as are already called. When the Word of God doth run, or hath free course, and is glorified; as it is said, 2 Thess. 3. 1. Therefore whensoever we see it to be so, we ought greatly to rejoyce, and to be truly thankful to God, expressing our joy and thankfulnesse by all signs and tokens of it. We have then cause to cry, Hosanna, Blessed is he that cometh, &c. Blessed be the King­dome, &c.

In the second Petition, we pray for the coming of Christ's Kingdom. Therefore rejoyce and be thank­ful when it cometh.

Ʋse. Use. See the sin of those, who are so far from shewing joy and thankfulnesse for the coming of Christ, and for the manifestation of his Kingdom amongst us by the Ministery of his Word; that they think it ra­ther a burden, and are apt to grow weary of Christ's presence; and could be content he should depart from them again.

Mark 11. 10.‘Blessed be the Kingdom of our Father David, &c. Octob. 18. 1629.

HEre followeth the second thing contained in the words of this Acclamation, viz. A form of publick Prayer conceived and uttered by the people for the Person and Kingdom of Christ the Messiah. And, 1. Of their Prayer for the Person of Christ; in these words, Hosanna, blessed be he that cometh, &c. Where three things are to be considered, &c. ut suprà.

1. Touching the matter of their Petition, what it is they desire or pray for, viz. the safety and prosperity of Christ their King and Messiah; Hosa [...]na, Blessed be he, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Here take notice of the ignorance and common errour of the Jews, touching the person of Christ. They were ignorant of his God-head, not yet knowing him to be the natural Son of God, but sup­posing him onely to be a great and extraordinary Prophet sent from God, such as they conceived the Messiah should be; yet such a Prophet as was onely man, and not God. So Matth. 21. 11. ut supra. Hence it is, that they do here cry Hosanna to him, &c. praying unto God to save, bless, and prosper him; which they would not have done, if they had believed him to be true and very God, for then they would rather have Prayed unto him, &c. Vide Jansen. Harm. in Joh. 1. 49.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though they were ignorant of Christ's person, yet b [...]cause they cryed Hosanna to him with a good affection, and true desire of honouring him, therefore he di [...] accept of this honour, and did not reject or refuse it; to teach us, that where there is an upright affection and true desire of honouring Christ, he doth accept of the same, though it be joyned with ignorance in some circumstances of that honour which we perform unto him. If we do not err in the substance of that honour or service which we perform unto him, but onely in the manner or circumstances, he is ready to pardon this ignorance, and to accept of the true and sincere affection of our hearts, untill such time as he shall reveal further knowledg to us.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that they shew their love to Christs person in praying for him, though it were ignorantly; Hence we may learn, that we ought to shew and express our love to Christ, not by praying for him, who hath no need of our Prayers, but by other fruits of love; shewed by the effects of it, as occasion is offered. If this people shewed such affection to Christ, supposing him to be onely a great Prophet, or man of God sent to them, as their Messiah and Saviour; how much more ought we, who know and believe him to be the natural Son of God, as well as man, &c. Not enough for us to be affected in heart with love unto him, but we must express it by all fruits of love outwardly, &c. This is true love to Christ.

Quest. Quest. How, or by what fruits? &c.

Answ. Answ. By these especially. 1. By love to his Word and Ordinances, to his Sacraments, Sabbaths, &c. rejoycing and delighting in these, &c. loving to hear his Word, to read it, &c. calling the Sabbath our de­light, Esay 58.

2. By love to his Saints and Servants, to his Faithfull members, which believe in him, and shew their Faith by holiness of life, doing good to these above all other, Matth. 18. 5. Whosoever shall receive one such lit­tle one in my name, receiveth me, &c.

3. By love to his Faithfull Ministers sent to us to Preach his Word to us, &c. Luke 10. He that receiveth you, receiveth me, &c. The Galathians would have plucked out their eyes for Paul, &c.

4. By yielding obedience to his will in all things which he requireth of us, being carefull to glorify him in our Callings, Joh. 14. 15. If ye love me, keep my Commandments, and Joh. 21. 15. Peter lovest thou me, &c. Feed my sheep, &c.

Use. Use. To condemn the Hypocrisy of such as profess love to Christ, but shew it not in life and practice by true fruits thereof. They shew no love to his Word and Ordinances; no delight, but are rather weary of the Sabbath, and wish it past, that they may return to their worldly business, Amos 8. 5. They shew no love to the Saints and Servants of Christ, but rather despise, reproach, yea, hate them for their profession sake, &c. So also the Faithfull Ministers of Christ. As for obedience to the will of Christ, they are far from it. On the contrary, they live in gross sins against the Word of Christ. This is no better love to Christ then that of Judas, who at once kissed and betrayed him. As if one should say, he loves the King, and yet practise Treason. Qui diligit regem, diligit legem.

Now followeth the person for whom they pray; Their Messiah and King: Described, 1. By his pre­sent comming, or manifestation of himself unto them at this time, as their King and Messiah; He that com­meth.

2. By the Divine Authority with which he is said to come; In the name of the Lord.

Observ. 1 Of the first. Observ. 1. That the true Messiah promised of God, and foretold by the Prophets, is al­ready come, and manifested in the World, and to the Church; and that Jesus of Nazareth is that true Mes­siah. This the common people here do truely and rightly acknowledg, when they say, Blessed is he that com­meth, &c. that is, he which now doth reveal and manifest himself to us, as the true and onely Messiah, and King of the Church, by his manner of riding to Jerusalem, &c. The same is acknowledged, Joh. 1. by three of the Disciples severally at their first Calling. By Andrew, ver. 41. We have found the Messiah, &c. By Philip, ver. 45. We have found him of whom Moses and the Prophets did write, Jesus of Nazareth, &c. By Na­thaniel, ver. 49. Rabbi, thou art the Son of God, thou art the King of Israel. This also is acknowledged by the Woman of Samaria, Joh. 4. 29. Come see a man which told me all that ever I did. Is not this the Christ? yea, this our Saviour himself did plainly avouch and testify of himself unto her, ver. 26. of the same chapter. And that this Jesus alone is the true Messiah which was to come, may appear by this, that all things foretold by the Prophets concerning the person and comming of the Messiah, are fulfilled in this Jesus of Nazareth, as the Evangelists do plainly shew, Act. 10. 43. To him give all the Prophets witness, &c. Here then we are resolved of that great question which John Baptist sent his Disciples unto Christ to be resolved of, Luke 7. 19. Art thou he that should come, or look we for another? Here we are resolved, that it is he indeed which was to come, and which is already come and manifested to be the true Messiah. And to confirm our Faith in this point, the whole History of the Gospel was written by the Evangelists, Joh. 20. 31. These are written that ye might believe, &c.

Mark 11. 9. ‘Blessed is he that commeth in the name of the Lord. Oct [...]b. 25. 1629.

Observ. OF the second. Observ. By what authority Christ Jesus took upon him the Office of Messiah, and the administration of it, professing and shewing himself to be the Messiah, when he was on earth. It was not by his own authority, but by authority from God, who called and appointed him to this Office. This al­so the common people do here truly acknowledg, in saying, Blessed is he that commeth in the name of the Lord; that is, with power and authority received from God. And this our Saviour himself doth testify of himself, Joh. 5. 43. I am come in my Fathers name, and ye receive me not, &c. and Joh. 10. 36. he sayes, that God the Father Sanctified him, and sent him into the World; and Hebr. 5. 5. the Apostle sayes, he did not glorify himself to be an High-Priest, &c. but he that said unto him, Thou art my Son, &c. The very name [Messiah] doth also imply thus much.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. How can Christ be said to receive power and Authority from God, seeing himself is true God?

Answ. Answ. Consider Christ two wayes. 1. As he is God, or in respect of his divine nature simply, and so he is equall with God the Father, and doth call and appoint himself to the Office of Mediator.

2. As he is Mediator, God and man; and so he is inferiour to God the Father, and doth receive authori­ty from him to be the Messiah.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. When did Christ receive this authority and Calling from God to be the Messiah?

Answ. Answ. From everlasting, in the eternal counsell of God, appointing him unto it, Joh. 6. 27. Him hath God the Father sealed. and 1 Pet. 1. 20. For [...]ordained before the Foundation of the World.

Use 1 Use. 1. Hence gather, that God cannot but accept well of all that Christ Jesus did and suffered for us, be­ing on earth, by vertue of his Office, and in execution of the same; and consequently, that it is available for us to work our Redemption and Salvation, seeing he did nothing for us as our Messiah and annointed King and Medi [...]tor, but by vertue of a Calling from God, and so doing all in way of obedience to the will of God, it is accepted of him, and available for us. True of his whole obedience performed for us, both active and passive; as his death, sufferings, and fulfilling the Law for us, seeing he came not in his own name to per­form these things for us, but in the name of God, being called, and sent of him; therefore God accepted, and doth accept of all that he did or suffered for us, being on earth, so as it is available to work our Redemp­tion, to justify us, to reconcile us to God, &c. which is matter of great comfort to us, so many as are true b [...]lievers in Christ; that he is not onely come into the World, and hath taken upon him to be our Messiah, that is, ou [...] anointed King, Priest, and Prophet, to dye and suffer for us, to rise again, and ascend to hea­ven for us, &c. but he did all this by a Calling and Authority from God, and so all is accepted of God for us, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use. 2. Seeing Christ the Son of God, and true Messiah, took not his Office upon him without a Calling from God; but being sent of God, this may teach all such as take upon them any great or weighty Office in the Church or Common-wealth; as the Office of a Magistrate, or Minister of the Word, not to do it with­out a Calling and warrant from God, but to expect Gods Calling, and to labour to know and feel themselves to be called and sent of God, being qualified with gifts fit for those Offices, &c. that so it may be said of them, that they come not in their own name, but in the name of the Lord, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See how we ought to receive Christ Jesus our Messiah and Saviour comming to us; with all Religi­ou [...] reverence, and obedience unto him, as being called and sent from God unto us, comming to us in the name of the Lord. See Luke 10. 16. He is not onely our Messiah and King, but such a one as is called and s [...]nt from God unto us, yea, he is the Son of God, &c. See Mark 12. 6.

Now followeth the third thing to be considered in this publick and solemn prayer conceived by the people here for the person of their King and Messiah, viz. to whom they direct this Prayer, and that is to him that is in the highest; that is, to God, dwelling in the highest Heavens. Hos [...]nna, O thou that art in the highest!

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. To whom we are to direct all Prayers which we conceive and make, either for our selves, or o [...]hers, viz. To God alone, to him that is in the highest Heavens; not to Saints or Angells in heaven, which are Creatures, but to God the Creator, and absolute Lord of heaven, &c. This is taught us in the Preface of the Lords Prayer, when we are bid to say, Our Father which art in heaven, &c. And Psal. 65. 2. O thou that hearest Prayers, to thee shall all flesh come. and Psal. 50. 15. Call upon me in the day of trouble, &c.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. Prayer is a part of Divine worship; therefore to be performed to God onely, and not to any Creature.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. It is a work of Faith; now we are to believe and put our trust in God onely, Rom. 10. 14. How shall they c [...]ll on him in wh [...]m they have not believed.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. God onely knoweth all our wants, and is able to supply them, and to hear and help us praying un­to him, Ephes. 3. Able to do above all that we ask or think, &c.

Use. Use. To co [...]ute Popish Prayers, made to Angells or Saints departed, as to the Virgin Mary, &c. For which they have no word or example in Scripture to warrant the same. Besides that, it is flat idolatry, to communicate the Religious worship of God unto Creatures, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. That although God is every where present by the general presence of his essence, power, and providence; yet he doth in most especial manner, dwell and abide in the highest, or third Heavens. This is also taught us in the Preface of the Lords Prayer; Our Father which art in heaven. Therefore Heaven is said to be his Throne, as Esay 66. 1.

Reason. Reason. Because there, and from thence he doth especially manifest his Divine power, glory, and Maje­sty. Rom. 1. 18. The wrath of God is said to be revealed from heaven against the wicked. Therefore 1 King. 8. 30. Solomon prayes God to hea [...], the prayers of his people, in heaven; that is, to declare and shew from heaven that [...]e heareth them.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. This should teach us to labour to be heavenly minded, raising our thoughts and affections to hea­ven, where God is, our Heavenly Father: desiring the life to come, to be with God; where our treasure [Page 825] is, there should our heart be, taking all occasions to meditate of the life to come, and to be affected there­with. This is to have our conversation in heaven, Phil. 3. 20. especially, when we come before God to pray, or perform any other religious service, our thoughts should not be groveling on earth, &c. Let us lift up our heart with our hands to God in the Heavens.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To be affected with fear and reverence of God's Majesty at all times; especially when we pray, or perform any other service to him; seeing God is in Heaven: and therefore full of Majesty: Shew all re­verence, Eccles. 5. 2.

Now followeth the second part of this publick prayer of the people: which is for the prosperity and good success of the Kingdom of their Messiah; in these words, Blessed be the Kingdom of our Father David, &c. Where are two things to be considered, 1. What they desire or pray for, viz. the prosperity of Christ's Kingdom, Blessed be the Kingdom, &c.

2. A Description of this Kingdom. 1. By the Person to whom it was first promised long before; viz. David their father. The Kingdom of our father David. 2. By the present coming or manifestation of it; Which cometh, &c. 3. By the Divine power and authority, with which it is said to come; In the name of the Lord.

Of the first. Observ. It is our duty to desire and pray for the happinesse and prosperity of Christ's King­dome. This we may learn here from the multitude or common people, praying, that the Kingdom of the Messiah might be blessed: Though they were as yet ignorant of the Nature of Christ's Kingdom, supposing it to be a temporal Kingdom (as hath been shewed before); yet this is commendable, and to be imitated in them, that they desire and pray for the happiness and prosperity of this Kingdom of the Messiah. In this there­fore we are to follow them, viz. in desiring and praying for the happinesse and prosperity of the Kingdom of Christ the true Messiah.

Here shew three things. 1. What we here understand by Christ's Kingdom.

2. Wherein the happinesse and prosperity of it standeth.

3. To prove the Doctrine propounded; viz That we are to desire and pray, &c.

Of the first. By the Kingdom of Christ, we understand here that spiritual Power and Government which he doth exercise in and over his true Church and elect people in this World. I say, in this world, because here we speak properly of the Kingdom of Grace, which Christ doth exercise over his Church in this life, ruling and raigning over it, by the power of his Word and Spirit. This is that Kingdom of Christ, the prosperity whereof we are to pray for. As for the Kingdom of Glory, by which Christ shall raign in and with his Saints after this life, though we are also to pray for that in some sort; viz. for the accomplishment of it in due time: yet we cannot be said properly to pray for the happiness or prosperity of it, because that King­dome cannot but be happy and prosperous; neither is there any thing that can hinder the happinesse and prosperity of it, when the due time shall come for the accomplishment of it.

Of the second. The prosperity and happiness of Christ's Kingdom, stands in two things especially.

1. In the plentiful revelation of those means which are ordained of God for the erecting and establishing of Christ's Kingdom. As, 1. The publick Ministery of the Word and Sacraments. 2. The calling and sending forth of faithful Pastors to preach the Word, and administer the Sacraments. 3. The calling and sending of Christian Magistrates, who by their authority may take order for the erecting and establishing of the publick Ministery in the Church. 4. Christian Schools of Learning, which are the Seminaries and Nur­series of the Church, to furnish it with able Ministers. Now when God doth in a good and plentiful man­ner reveal or send these means to us, which seem to advance Christ's Kingdom; then may his Kingdom be said to prosper.

2. The Prosperity of Christ's Kingdom stands further, and that principally, in the happy fruit and success of those means which the Church enjoyeth, and which tend to the advancement of Christ's Kingdom. There­fore when the Word of God is not only preached, and that ple [...]tifully; and the Sacraments duly admini­stred: but these Ordinances of Christ do work effectually in the h [...]arts of the people, to call and conver [...] many unto God, and to confirm such as are called; when the Word of God hath a free course, and is glo­rified, 2 Thess. 3. 1. when God blesseth the labours of his faithful Ministers, making them effectuall to do much good in the Church. So when he blesseth the endeavours of Christian Magistrates, and Christian Schools, &c. to be a furtherance to Christ's Kingdom; Then doth Christ's Kingdom prosper.

Of the third. The proof of the Point propounded; viz. That we are to desire and pray for this happiness and prosperity of Christ's Kingdom: This we are taught in the second Petition of the Lord's Prayer, Thy Kingdom come. And elsewhere we a [...]e taught to pray for the means of advancing Christ's Kingdom: as, for the Ministery of the Word, 2 Thess. 3. 1. Bre [...]hren, pray for us, that the Word of the Lord may have free course, and be glorified, &c. For the faithful Ministers of it, that their number may be increased. Matth. 9. 38. Pray ye the Lord of the harvest, that he will send forth Labourers, &c. So for Christian Magistrates, that they may by their authority further Christ's Kingdom. 1 Tim. 2. 1, 2. Pray for Kings, &c. that we may (under them) lead a peaceable life in all godliness and honesty. Now to pray for these means of advancing Christ's Kingdom, is to pray for the Prosperity of his Kingdom.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. We all profess to be Subjects of Christ's Kingdom: Now it is the duty of all Subjects to pray for the prosperity of that Kingdom to which they belong. Therefore, &c.

Reas. 2 Reason 2. In the Prosperity of Christ's Kingdom, our own prosperity and happinesse doth consist. The more his Kingdom is advanced in and by the means thereof; the better it is for us, we being a part of this Kingdom, and Subjects of it. Therefore if the Jews were commanded to pray for the prosperity of Babylon; because in the peace thereof they should have peace, Jer. 29. 7. Much more, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. To reprove such as neglect or forget to pray for the prosperity and success of Christ's Kingdom So long as themselves prosper and thrive in the World, they care not much what becomes of Christ's King­dom, whether it prospe [...] or no: neither are they affected with desire thereof, or moved to pray unto God for it. These are no true Subjects of Christ's Kingdom: for then they could not but earnestly desire and pray for the good and prosperity of it, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To stir us up every one to be affected with true desire of the happinesse and prosperity of Christ's Kingdom; and to shew it by often and earnest praying unto God for the same; and for all the means of advancing and furthering Christ's Kingdom: as, the Ministery of the Word, and faithful Ministers of it, religious Magistrates, &c. Thus shew our selves to be true Subjects of Christ's Kingdom, true Children of the Church, &c. especially in these times, in which there are so many enemies and hinderances to hinder the prosperity of Christ's Kingdom: as Papists, Atheists, and other wicked enemies of the Church; which as instruments of Satan oppose themselves against Christ's Kingdom, &c. Now therefore (if ever) we had need daily to pray unto God for the prosperity and success of Christ's Kingdom, &c.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. If we be to pray for the prosperity of Christ's Kingdom; then also to labour and use all means in our practice, to further the prosperity thereof. Answerable to our prayers, must our practice be; in labour­ing by all means to further the happinesse of Christ's Kingdom, every one in our places, and so far as lyeth in us. Every one to further the Ministery of the Word, and the fruit and successe of it; encouraging one another to the diligent hearing of it; and helping one another to profit by it: by mutual admonitions, and exhortations, and by good example, &c. Also to give all good encouragement to the faithful Ministers of God, to do their duties with joy, and not with grief, &c.

Ʋse 4 Ʋse 4. If we be to desire and pray for the prosperity of Christ's Kingdom, then we are also to rejoyce and be thankful to God, when we see his Kingdom flourish and prosper: when there is plenty of the means tending to the advancement of Christ's Kingdom amongst us. and in other places; when there is plenty of preaching, and store of faithful Ministers to feed the Flock of God committed to them: when there are ma­ny zealous Magistrates: And especially, when we see that God doth blesse these means, and make them effectual for the erecting and establishing of Christ's Kingdom amongst men: when the Word of God hath free course in the hearts of men: when by means of it, the Lord doth adde unto the Church daily, such as shall be saved, &c. All this ought to be matter of great joy and thankfulness unto us.

Mark 11. 10.‘Blessed be the Kingdom of our Father David, that cometh in the Name of the Lord, Nov. 1. 1629. Hosanna in the Highest.’

NOw followeth the Description of the Kingdom of the Messiah for which they pray. Described, 1. By the Person to whom it was first promised of God, and that long before; viz. David their Father. There­fore they call it, The Kingdom of their Father David.

Observ. Observ. The truth and faithfulness of God, in performing all Promises which he hath made to his Church, and to his faithful servants: Though he delay the performance of them for a time; yea, for long time, (as he doth often); yet at length, in the due time appointed, he doth certainly accomplish all his Promises. Thus we see here, that although the Promise made to David touching the Kingdom of the Messiah, (who was to come of his Seed) was deferred for many hundred years: yet now at length it was fulfilled in this Jesus of Nazareth, who now rode in triumph into Hierusalem: thereby shewing himself to be that King and Mes­siah, who was to come of the seed of David. Heb. 10. 23. God is faithfull who hath promised. We may see this in other examples. Though God did long defer the accomplishment of the promise of delivering the Israelites out of Egypt; yet at length in due time he performed it. So the promise of the Jews deliverance from Captivity in Babylon; though deferred 70 years, &c. The promise made to Abraham being 70. years old, touching a son, was deferred till he was an hundred years old: yet then it was performed. So the promise to David, that he should be King of Israel, though long deferred: yet, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To comfort and stay our minds, when we see the performance of God's promises made to us and to his Church, to be long delayed: yet not to be discouraged; but still to wait upon God by faith, hope, and patience, till he make good his Word: which he will most certainly do, in the due time appointed; as being most faithful and true in keeping his Word, &c. We must not make too much haste to have God's Promises fulfilled to us; nor limit him a time, &c. but wait on him till the time appointed. For example; He hath promised us deliverance in affliction: yet if it be long before he deliver us at any time, we must not cast away our hope, or patience; but live by faith, knowing, that yet a little while, and he that shall come, will come, and will not tarry. Heb. 10.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. To strengthen our faith touching those Promises of God, which he hath made to his Church, for the time to come; and which are yet to be fulfilled: as, the Promise of the Calling of the Jews, and destru­ction of Antichrist: the Promise of the Resurrection of our bodies, and life everlasting, &c.

Now followeth the second thing in the Description of the Kingdom of the Messiah; The present or glo­rious manifestation of it.

The Kingdom which cometh] Which is now gloriously revealed and manifested to us, &c.

Observ. Observ. Although the glory of Christ's Kingdom did lye hid for the most part in the time of his abasement on Earth: yet even then it was in some sort manifested at some special times: as now, by his solemn riding into Hierusalem as a King. So immediately after, by his driving of the buyers and sellers out of the Temple: yea, at the very time of his suffering, when he was in the greatest abasement; yet some glimpse of his Kingly glory appeared, even against the will of his enemies. As, when they put upon him a Scarlet Robe, and a Reed in his hand for a Scepter, and a crown of thorns on his head, &c. So when this Title was written over his head upon the Crosse, Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews, &c.

Use. Ʋse. To strengthen our faith in the Person of Christ, and touching his Office of Mediatour, that he is the only Messiah, and King of the Church, &c. And therefore to yield all due subjection and obedience unto him as to our absolute King and Soveraign. But of this, before.

Observ. It followeth. In the Name of the Lord] Observ. See here again the truth of that before observed; viz. That Christ Jesus did not take upon him his Office of Messiah, of himself; but by authority from God: be­ing called and appointed of God, to the administration of Justice. Therefore his Kingdom is said to come in the Name of the Lord.

Verse 11. And Jesus entred into Hierusalem, &c.] Hitherto of our Saviour's triumphant manner of riding to the City of Hierusalem. Now in this 11th Verse, the Evangelist doth mention his entrance into the City, and into the Temple; and what he did there, &c. The Particulars to be considered, are these.

  • 1. His entring into the City.
  • 2. His going into the Temple, the chief and principal place of the City.
  • 3. What he did, or how he carried himself being in the Temple; He looked round about upon all things.
  • 4. What he did afterward; viz. That when Even was come, he went out unto Bethany with the Twelve.

Of the first, Jesus entred into Hierusalem,] The meaning is, He rode into the City upon an Asse, in that solemn triumphant manner before described; accompanied with his Disciples: and the people both before and after him crying, Hosanna, &c. Where note, That although he had at sundry times before been at Hieru­salem, yet he never before entred or came into the City in this solemn manner, as now he did. The reason whereof, we have heard before. As for the ends of his coming now to Hierusalem, they will better appear by that which followes in the History of the Evangelist.

And into the Temple] This was the chief place of Note in the City; being the place of God's publick and most solemn Worship, unto which the Lord did then tye his presence in a peculiar manner, above other pla­ces: insomuch, that when they prayed in other places; yet they were to turn their faces toward the Temple at Hierusalem; as may appear, 1 King. 8. 29. and Dan. 6. 10. Therefore, Matth. 21. it is called, the Tem­ple of God; because it was the most solemn place appointed for Gods Worship. To this place our Saviour did now betake himself, so soon as he came into the City; as his usual manner was also at other times. Vide posteà, Verse 15. and Verse 27.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour go first into the Temple at this time?

Answ. Answ. 1. To shew, that his Kingdom was not of this World: that is, not a Temporal or Civil Power, or Government; but Spiritual and Ecclesiastical rather. Therefore though he came riding as a King into the City: yet being come into the City, he did not betake himself to the Tower of Sion, where the King's Palace was: neither did he go into the Common-Hall, or publick place of Civil Judgment: but he went into the Temple; to shew, that his Power and Authority did especially concern spiritual matters of the Church.

2. To shew, That his chief care was for the Church, and for Religion and God's worship; therefore he went first into the Temple, the place of God's Worship: that he might there take notice what was amiss, and might reform it, as he did afterward, Verse 15. by casting out thence the buyers and sellers, &c.

3. Because the Temple was the most publick and known place of all the City, much frequented by all sorts of people: therefore he went into this place above all other, where he might do most good by his Do­ctrine and Miracles. Matth. 21. 14. it is said, The blind and lame came to him in the Temple, and he healed them. Which some think, was upon this first day of his coming to Hierusalem. And Luke 19. 47. it is said, He taught daily in the Temple. Now he usually joyned Miracles with his publick Doctrine.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. See what should be the first and principal care of such as are in authority in the Church; viz. the care of the Church, and of Religion and the true worship of God: to look to the state of the Church, and of Religion, taking notice what is amiss therein, and labouring to reform the same to the utmost of their power: being careful by all means, and above all things, to procure the good of Gods Church; and to maintain and uphold the true Religion and pure worship of God in the places where they live. This should be the first and chief care of all Pastors and Ministers of the Church. Paul sayes, The care of all the Churches lay upon him, 2 Cor. 11. 28. This should also be the chief care of Christian Magistrates, to pro­cure the good of Gods Church, and of Religion, Esay 49. 23. to take notice of abuses raigning in the Church; and to set themselves against the same by their authority; providing for the maintence of Gods true wor­ship in all places under their jurisdiction. This they may also learn by the example of our Saviour Christ, in this place: for he came now into the Temple not only as a Pastor or Minister of the place, but also as a King and Magistrate, having a kind of external power to reform abuses in the Temple, by casting out the buyers and sellers, &c. And this care hath ever been in Religious Kings, and other inferiour Magistrates, to look first and principally to the good of the Church, and establishment of Religion and God's true Worship; and to reform abuses in it; as we see in the examples of David, Hezekiah, Josiah, &c. Psal. 122. 9. David pro­fesseth, that because of the House of the Lord, he would seek the good of Hierusalem. But I shall have oc­casion to speak more to this purpose, when we come to Verse 15.

Ʋse. Use. For reproof of such as being in authority, take little or no care of the Church, and state of Religion: but seek themselves and their own profits, preferments, credit, &c. Thus do many Ministers like those in Paul's time, Phil. 2. 21. All seek their own, and not that which is Jesus Christs. Thus also do many Magi­strates, being like unto Gallio, the Deputy of Achaia, who would meddle with no Church-matters, Act. 18. 15. If it be a question of words and names, and of your Law, &c. I will be no Judg of such matters.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. We should frequent and desire most to be in such places, where we may do most good in our Callings, &c.

Now followeth our Saviour's carriage in the Temple, He looked round about upon all things] Not to de­light his eyes with the outward beauty or building of the Temple: but especially to take notice of those things which were done in the Temple; how the service of God was there performed; how the Priests did their Offices: and what abuses and disorders were there practised: how that holy place was profaned by such as bought and sold there, &c. as we shall see afterward, Vers. 15. Even as a Master of a Family, having been for a time absent, and then returning home, and coming newly into his own house, looketh about, and taketh notice in what order things are in his house; and what is amiss, that he may reform it, &c. So now did our Saviour Christ, being the Lord and Master of the Temple, &c.

Here note further, That although the Evangelist in this place doth speak very briefly of our Saviour's actions and carriage in the Temple at this time, and upon this first day on which he came to Hierusalem: and there­fore he mentions only this gesture or action of our Saviour's looking about the Temple, &c. yet it is most likely, that he did other matters there also besides this, upon the same day; viz. that he spent a good part [Page 828] of the day in teaching the people, and perhaps also in working some Miracles, which usually were joyned with his publick Doctrine. Some think also, that his purging of the Temple from abuses, by casting out the buyers and sellers, was done upon this day: although he do not mention it till afterward, Verse 15. com­pared with Matth. 21. 12.

Observ. Observ. Such as have a calling to reform abuses and disorders in the Church, ought first to take notice of those abuses, what they are, and how they are to be reformed: not rashly, or unadvisedly enterprising this work of Reformation; but upon good advice and consideration, having first diligently searched and enqui­red after those abuses, and upon certain notice taken of them, to proceed to reformation. Our Saviour first looked round about on all things done in the Temple, to see what abuses were there, before he went about to purge them out. Now if he being the Son of God, and without sin, and therefore priviledged from all er­rour in practice, did thus warily proceed in reforming abuses in the Church: much more need is there for such as are but meer men, and therefore subject to errour, &c. Nehem. 13. 15. He first saw and took good no­tice of the profanation of the Sabbath in Jerusalem; and then proceeded to reformation. So Act. 17. Paul being at Athens, first took special notice of their Idolatry and superstitious practises: and then disputed and preached against the same, labouring by that means to reform those abuses. As a wise Master of a Family, being desirous to reform the disorders of his house, will first take diligent notice what is amiss, and how it may best be reformed. So ought such as are called to be reformers of the Church: as Christian Magistrates, and Ministers of the Church, &c. A wise and learned Physitian doth first take notice of the disease of his Patient, before he go about the cure of it. So here, &c.

Here followeth what our Saviour did after he had thus viewed all things in the Temple, and taken dili­gent notice of the abuses and disorders there; and after all his pains taken there that day in teaching the people, &c. The evening being now come, he went out into Bethany, being accompanied (as he was usual­ly) with his Twelve Disciples or Apostles. Matth. 21. 17. it is said, He went out into Bethany, and lodged there. Now this Bethany was a Town or Village near to the Mount of Oltves, and not far off from Jerusalem, viz. but 15. furlongs, as we heard upon the first Verse of this Chapter. Though some think, that not only one Village, but that whole Tract or Region of the Mount Olivet was so called. (Vide Bezam in Act. 1. 12.) Further, at this Town of Bethany, dwelt Lazarus, whom our Saviour so much loved, and whom he had a little before raised from death: here also dwelt Mary and Martha the two Sisters of Lazarus, Joh. 11. 1. Now these being of our Saviour's most familiar acquaintance, he used often to resort unto them. See Luke 10. 38. Joh. 12. 1. and it is most likely that he now lodged at their house all night.

Quest. Quest. Why did our Saviour now depart out of Hierusalem, and go with his Disciples into Bethany to lodg there?

Answ. Answ. 1. To avoid the malice of his enemies which sought his life, Luke 19. 47. lest by staying all night in the City, he should give them occasion or opportunity, to practise any thing against him before the due time appointed for his death and sufferings, which was now at hand.

2. That after his publick pains in the day-time, he might now at night rest and refresh himself in that private place, with his familiar friends, and with his 12 Disciples. And this was his usual manner, after his publick employments in the day-time, to retire or withdraw himself at night to some private place, to rest and refresh himself. So afterward, Ver. 19. And Luke 21. 37. In the day-time he was teaching in the Tem­ple and at night he went out and abode in the Mount of Olives. See Luke 22. 39.

3. That in this private place, he might be more free to give himself to private prayer, either alone, or with his Disciples; as his manner was at such times. Luke 6. 12. In those dayes he went out into a Mountain to pray, and continued all right in prayer to God.

4. To avoid all shew of Popularity, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. We ought not willingly to expose our selves, or our own lives, to the malice of wicked men, which seek to do us hurt or mischief: but carefully and wisely to shun their malice, and to prevent all occa­sions of provoking their fury against us. Our Saviour here would not lodg all night in Hierusalem, lest he should give occasion to his enemies to seek his life in the night-time (which they durst not do in the day-time, for fear of the common people); I say, lest they should seek his life before the due time, &c. So at other times, he carefully avoided their malice, when they sought to do him mischief. Matth. 10. 17. our Saviour bids us beware of men; that is, of the rage and malice of wicked men, seeking our hurt and destruction. And Rom. 12. 19. the Apostle bids us give place unto wrath; that is, to avoid occasions of provoking the wrath and fury of wicked men against us, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The pains and diligence of our Saviour in his Ministerial Office and Calling; in that he spent the whole day-time usually, even till Evening or Night came, in teaching the people, and in working Mi­racles, &c. and did not retire or rest himself till Night came. This must stir up us every one to take pains, and to use all diligence in the duties of our Callings; this being God's Ordinance at the beginning, that in the sweat of our face, &c. Gen. 3. and that he which labours not, should not eat, 2 Thess. 3. especially this should stir up Ministers of the Word to diligence in execution of their Office and Functio [...], after the example of our Blessed Saviour.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The truth of Christ's humane Nature; in that his Body was subject to weariness, and had need of rest and refreshing after labour, &c. See Joh. 4. 6. Being weary with travelling, he sate down on the Well of Jacob, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Lastly, That it is lawful and fit for us to rest and refresh our selves after the labours of our Callings, &c. As our Saviour did thus; so he alloweth us to do the like. And if he had need of such refreshing, much more we in some respect. Therefore also his Disciples as well as he, did now withdraw themselves to be private in Bethany, and there to rest themselves when Night was come. (See before, Chap. 6. 31.)

Mark 11. 12, 13, 14. ‘And on the morrow, when they were come from Bethany, &c. Nov. 15. 1629.

THese three Verses contain the second part of this Chapter, in which the Evangelist Recordeth the Histo­ry of our Saviour's cursing the barren Fig-tree, which bare onely leaves, and no fruit.

Where consider these particulars. 1. The time when this was done, viz. on the morrow, or next day after his triumphant riding into Jerusalem, mentioned before.

2. The place where, implyed in these words, When they were come from Bethany; that is, by the way as he and his Disciples were going back from Bethany to Jerusalem, Matth. 21. 18. As he entred into the City. And ver. 19. of the same Chapter, it is said, the Fig-tree was in the way as he went.

3. The occasions of his cursing the Fig-tree; which were three.

  • 1. His returning back from Bethany to Jerusalem.
  • 2. His being hungry, and so desirous to eat of the fruit of the tree.
  • 3. His taking notice of the tree afar off, having leaves upon it.
  • 4. The motive or cause moving him to curse it: because comming to it, and seeking fruit, he found no­thing on it but leaves; where also is mentioned the cause why it had no fruit, The time of Figs being not yet come.
  • 5. The malediction or curse it self which he denounced against it; No man eat fruit of thee hereaf­ter, &c.
  • 6. The persons present as witnesses, who heard him denounce the curse; His Disciples.

Touching the time and place I will not insist, but come to the occasions of our Saviour's cursing the Figg-Tree. The first whereof was, his returning back with his Disciples at this time from Bethany (where he lod­ged the night before), and his comming to Jerusalem again.

Quest. Quest. Wherefore did he now return back to Jerusalem again?

Answ. Answ. That it being the chief City, and so publick a place, he might there take occasion to do more good, both by his Doctrine, as also by some Miracles (as is probable) which usually, or for the most part were joy­ned with his publick Doctrine, Luke 19. 47. He taught daily in the Temple at Jerusalem.

Observ. Observ. The diligence and constancy of our Saviour in his Ministerial Office of Preaching and Teaching the people, and in working Miracles for confirmation of his Doctrine; in that although he had the night be­fore withdrawn himself with his Disciples from Jerusalem to Bethany, there to rest and refresh himself after his former dayes labour; yet now in the morning of the next day, he returneth back to Jerusalem again, there to be imployed again in his labour of teaching the people, &c. So he omitted no opportunity of time or place to do good by his Ministry, &c. Herein all Pastors and Ministers ought to imitate our Saviour in this pains, diligence, and constancy in execution of his Ministerial Office and Function. But of this often before. The nearer our Saviour drew to his death, the more diligent and frequent was he in Preaching.

Now followeth the second occasion; His being hungry by the way as he was going back from Bethany to Jerusalem. Now some think that this was not a true natural hunger, but rather feined, or voluntarily assu­med by our Saviour, to the end, he might from thence take occasion to seek fruit from the Fig-tree, and fin­ding none, to curse it. But we are rather to think that it was a true and natural hunger, because the Evange­lists do plainly affirm, that he was hungry, and not that he feigned himself hungry, or made shew of hunger, or voluntarily take on him this hunger, without any natural or ordinary cause foregoing.

Now we are not to depart from the proper and usual sense and signification of the words of Scripture, when there is no just or urgent cause so to do. Therefore seeing the word [hunger] doth properly and usually signify a true and natural hunger, we are so to take it in this place.

Quest. Quest. How came it to pass that our Saviour was hungry in the morning of the day?

Answ. Answ. 1. It is most probable that he being much imployed the day before, partly in his journey or riding to Jerusalem, and partly in the labour of teaching in the Temple, had little time that day to eat much, if any thing at all.

1. It is likely that he now came forth early in the morning from Bethany, and so was fasting as yet, so that he might well be hungry.

Observ. Observ. The truth of Christs humane nature, in that his body was subject to such natural infirmities as ours are subject to; as to suffer hunger, thirst, weariness, &c. But of this in part before, ver. 11. Joh. 4. 7. He was weary and thirsty in his journey. Matth. 4. After he had fasted fourty dayes and fourty nights, he felt hunger. Joh. 19. 28. Being upon the Cross, he thirsted. He took upon him not onely the substance of our nature; that is, a true humane Soul and body, but also the infirmities of our nature, while he was on earth in state of humiliation, viz. such as are meerly natural, and not sinfull, Hebr. 4. 15. In all things tempted as we are, yet without sin. And Hebr. 2. 14. He took part of flesh and bloud.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To confute those Hereticks which deny or oppose the truth of Christs humane nature, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See by this how far Christ Jesus the Son of God abased himself for us, and our Salvation, not onely to take our nature upon him, but also the infirmities of our nature, as to suffer natural hunger, thirst, weari­ness, pain of body, grief of mind, &c. In a word, so made like us in all things, except sin, &c. The greatest humility and abasement that ever was, set forth by the Apostle, Phil. 2. 6, 7. as a singular and most eminent pattern of humility for us to follow; which must therefore move every one of us to labour that the same mind may be in us, which was in Christ; that is, an humble and lowly mind and heart, abased in ourselves before God, and submitting our selves in all humility towards our Brethren, carrying our selves humbly to­wards them, abasing our selves to any, the meanest Office of love for the good of others, Gal. 5. 13. By love serve one another. Not to carry our selves so proudly and disdainfully towards our Brethren, as many do, but in all humble manner, as becommeth us, Matth. 11. Learn of me (saith our Saviour) for I am lowly, &c. And 1 Pet. 5. 5. All of you, be subject one to another, and be cloathed with humility; for God resisteth the proud, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. To comfort us in such infirmities and miseries as our nature is subject to; as bodily hunger, thirst, weariness, pain of body, grief of mind, &c. when we feel these, then to remember that Christ Jesus our [Page 830] Saviour in time of his humiliation on earth, felt and had experience of the same, and that to this end, that he might be the more ready and willing to help and comfort us, and to shew pitty on us, being pressed with such infirmities, &c. as Hebr. 2. 17. In all things it behoved him to be made like his brethren, that he might be a mercifull High-Priest, &c. A man that comes to comfort his friend in sickness, if himself have had experi­ence of the same grief, is so much the more willing and fit to comfort his friend, &c. So here, &c. This therefore serves to strengthen our Faith in the mercy of Christ Jesus our Saviour, assuring us, that he being now in heaven at Gods right hand, and so free from all infirmities; yet because he had heretofore experi­ence of our natural infirmities and miseries in time of his humiliation on earth; therefore he cannot but be the more pittifull towards us, &c.

Use 4 Use 4. A ground of patience also to us, willingly and contentedly to bear such infirmities and afflictions, when God calls us to it; as to suffer hunger, thirst, pain, weariness, &c. Seeing Christ suffered these be­fore us.

Now followeth the third occasion of our Saviours cursing the Fig-tree, viz. his espying of the tree afar off, having leaves upon it. It is likely, that although our Saviour espyed the Fig-tree as he went by the way, as Matth. 21. 19. yet that the Fig-tree grew somewhat out of the way which led from Bethany to Jerusalem, be­cause it is said, He saw it afar off; yet was it not so far off, but that he could see and discern it, and the leaves upon it, as he went by the way.

Now followeth the motive, or impulsive cause moving our Saviour to curse this Fig-tree, viz. his going to seek fruit upon it, and finding none but leaves onely. He came, if haply he might find, &c. where also is ad­ded the reason why he found no fruit, because the time for Figs was not yet.

The end of his going to seek fruit on it was, 1. To refresh himself in his hunger, if there had bin any fruit upon it. 2. That finding none upon it, he might hence take occasion to shew his Divine power in cursing the tree, and causing it suddenly to wither and dry up by the roots.

Quest. Quest. Did not our Saviour know before he went to the Tree, that there was no fruit, &c?

Answ. Answ. Yes, He could not be ignorant hereof as he was God (for so he knew all things, as Peter truly ac­knowledged, Joh. 21. 17.), but as man, or according to his humane nature simply considered, he might be ignorant hereof, and that without sin; for seeing the tree afar off, he discerned it to have leaves, but could not as he was man, with bodily eyes, discern whether it had any fruit or no upon it.

Quest. It followeth. For the time of Figs was not yet] Quest. Why then did our Saviour seek fruit upon it, and curse it for bearing none?

Answ. Answ. 1. Some think (as Calvin and Junius) that our Saviour seeing the Tree afar off (as the Text sayes), did not with bodily eyes discern it to be a Fig-tree, but took it for some other tree whose fruit might then be ripe.

2. But others answer thus, that the Fig-tree doth bear two kinds of fruit successively one after another; the first called grossi, or ficus praecoces, rathe-ripe Figs, which come forth first. The second called Caricae, or late-ripe Figs, which follow the other. See H [...]s. 9. 19. and Nah. 3. 12. Now the time for the first sort of Figs might be come, though not for the second sort. Therefore our Saviour cursed it, because it bare no fruit at all, neither of the first nor of the second sort. Vide Danaei quaest. in Marcum et Gerard. in Harmon. Evang. part. 1. pag. 643. Vide etiam Plin. Hist. lib. 15. 18. et lib. 13. c. 7. Cartwr. expos. in Harm. aliter re­spond.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour came and sought fruit upon this Fig-tree which was a Type of the Church or Synagogue of the Jews: Hence learn, what Christ Jesus the Son of God doth desire and look for at the hands of such as he hath outwardly called to be his Church and people, professing the true Religion, and en­joying the priviledges of a Church, and ordinary means of Salvation; as the Ministry of the Word and Sa­craments; He looks they should bring forth the true fruits of Religion and Grace answerable to the means they do enjoy. For example, the fruit of sound knowledg in the Word of God, especially in the Doctrine of the Gospel, the fruits of Faith, Repentance, and obedience to the will of God in all things required of us. These and the like spiritual fruits of Grace, Christ Jesus doth desire, and expect to come from all such as are outwardly called, and do profess to be his people. Esay 5. 2. The Lord having planted the Vine-yard of his Church, he looked it should bring forth Grapes, &c. This is also taught us by that Parable, Luke 13. 6. A certain man had a Fig-tree planted in his Vine-yard, and he came and sought fruit thereon, &c. And Matth. 21. by the Parable of the Vine-yard let out unto Husbandmen, to which husbandmen the Lord of the Vine-yard afterward sent his servants to receive of the fruit of his Vine-yard, &c.

Use 1 Use. 1. For reproof of such as are outwardly called, and do live in the visible Church, professing the true Religion, and enjoying the means of Grace and Salvation, and yet bring forth little or no fruits of Grace in life and practice; little or no fruits of sound Knowledg, Faith, Repentance, &c. Some are altogether barren and fruitless in the profession of Christ, and of the Gospell; like this barren Fig-tree, which had not one Fig to give Christ being hungry, though he came to it, and sought for Figs, &c. So these, though Christ Jesus have planted them outwardly in his Vine-yard, and given them the means of being fruitfull; and though he come and send his Ministers to seek fruit, shewing his earnest desire and hungring after it; yet they have none for him. Others bring forth some fruit, but not answerable to the means they have, not to the cost bestowed on them. These frustrate the desire and expectation of Christ, as this barren Fig-tree here did. How great is the unthankfulness and sin of such, in that they being called of God outwardly, and en­joying the means of Grace, yet bring forth no fruits thereof. What could the Lord have done more, &c. yet in stead of good fruit, they bring forth evill fruits, even the fruits of sin and profaneness in life and pra­ctice, &c. not fruits of the Spirit, but of the flesh, &c. not Grapes, but soure Grapes, as Esay 5. not good Figs, but corrupt and rotten, like those which Jeremy saw, &c.

Use 2 Use. 2. To stir up every one of us who are outwardly called to be the Church of Christ, or do live in the visible Church, enjoying the means of Grace, to look to it that we bring forth fruits of Grace answerable to the means we enjoy. If we profess to be Trees planted in the Lords Garden, or Vine-yard, see we be fruitfull Trees, not barren and fruitless. Hence it is, that in Scripture the godly are for the most part com­pared [Page 831] to fruitfull Trees; as to the Vine, Olive, Fig-tree, &c. not to barren or fruitless Trees, &c. to shew that Gods people ought to bring forth true fruits of Religion and Grace answerable to their profession, and to the means of Grace enjoyed by them. This is that which the Lord Jesus the great Master of the Vine­yard doth look for at our hands; yea, this he earnestly desireth, and therefore sends to us by his Ministers, to demand and require this fruit of us, &c. Oh therefore look to it, that we have some true fruit to yield unto Christ Jesus, in way of thankfulness for all his care and cost bestowed on us in planting us, and watering us daily and continually by the Ministry of his Word, &c. 2 Pet. 1. 8. The Apostle would not have us to be unfruitfull in the knowledg of the Lord Jesus; no more must we be in the profession of Christ and of the Gospel, but labour to be truly fruitfull in fruits of Knowledg, Faith, Repentance, &c. yea, to abound in all fruits of Grace answerable to the plenty of means we have had. Phil. 1. 11. That ye may be filled with fruits of Righteousness.

Mark 11. 14.‘No man eat fruit of thee hereafter, &c. Nov. 22. 1629.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. BY this barren Fig-tree having fair leaves, but no fruit (being herein a Type of the Hypo­critical Jews), we may see that there may be a fair shew and profession of Religion in such as are wholly void and destitute of the true fruits of Religion and Grace: As it was with this barren Fig-tree which flourished in leaves which might be seen afar off, but when Christ came to it to seek fruit, there was none to be found, no not one Fig to refresh Christ in his hunger, &c. So is it with many Professours of Re­ligion, they are like unto leafy Trees without fruit. So the Hypocritical Jews in our Saviour's time, espe­cially the Scribes and Pharisees, who therefore are resembled here by this barren Fig-tree cursed by our Sa­viour. They had the leaves of a fair profession, but no true fruits of Religion and Grace; no true fruits of holiness and righteousness did they bring forth; but on the contrary, their lives were full of evill and cursed fruits of sin and wickedness. Therefore Matth. 23. 27. Our Saviour compares them to whited Sepulchres, which appear outwardly beautifull, but, &c. so they appeared outwardly Righteous unto men, but within were full of hypocrisy and iniquity. And ver. 25. They made clean the outside of the Cup and Platter, &c. See also Luke 16. 15. So was it also with Judas: he had the leaves of a fair profession, but no true fruits of sanctifying Grace proceeded from him. So many in our times are like this leafy Fig-tree, which bare no fruit. They make a fair shew and profession of Religion, yet are destitute of all true fruits of Grace, and yet are destitute of all true fruits of Grace in heart and life. As it is prophecyed of these times, 2 Tim. 3. 5. that some should have a form of godliness, but should deny the power thereof.

Ʋse. Use. Take heed then how we rest in any outward shew or profession of Religion, though never so glorious, but above all, examine what truth of Religion is in us, what power of godliness in our hearts, what true fruits of Grace we bear or bring forth to God. Look whether we be good Trees such as are planted in the house of God, Psal. 92. 13. which do not onely flourish in leaves, but bring forth fruit. Think it not enough to have the leaves of a good profession before men, but look what true fruit we bear and bring forth to God, and unto Christ Jesus; what fruit of Faith, Repentance, Newness of life; what fruits of Holiness, and Righteousness, of Patience, meekness, humility, self-denyal, &c. The rather, because there is in many a fair shew and appearance of fruit, where is no true fruit at all; a fair profession of Religion before men, and yet no truth or power of Religion, nor fruits of Grace before God. Some bring forth fruit in some kind, but are not fruitfull in all good works, not filled with all the fruits of Righteousness. Others bring forth fruit for a time, and are not constant therein, but decay and grow barren, losing their first fruitfulness, &c. On the contrary, Psal. 42. The Trees planted in Gods house, &c. Therefore examine whether we be truly fruitfull in the profession of Christ and the Gospell: without this, all our shews, and fair profession shall do us no good. Remember, Matth. 7. Not every one that saith, Lord, Lord, &c. And Matth. 5. 20. Except your Righteous­ness exceed the Righteousness of Scribes, &c.

Now followeth the malediction or curse it self, denounced by our Saviour against this barren and fruitless Fig-tree, ver. 14. Jesus answered and said unto it, No man eat fruit of thee hereafter, &c.

Jesus answered] This is an Hebraism, answering being put for speaking; as it is often in other places, Matth. 11. 25. At that time Jesus answered and said, I thank thee, O Father, Lord of Heaven and Earth, &c.

No man eat fruit of thee, &c.] Matth. 21. 19. The curse is set down in other words, viz. thus, Let no fruit grow on thee hence forward for ever. He threatneth it with perpetual barrenness; yea, that it should wi­ther, &c. More to be understood then is expressed. But it comes all to one in effect and substance; and it is most probable, that our Saviour used all the words set down both by Matthew, and Mark in denouncing this curse. Now although upon the denouncing of this curse, the Fig-tree withered or dryed up by the roots (as we shall hear, ver. 20.), yet we must not think, that the destruction of the Fig-tree was the end which our Saviour aimed at in denouncing this curse, especially seeing his usual manner at other times was, not to do hurt, but good by his Miracles: neither did he denounce this curse out of any impatiency, or dis­contentedness against the Fig-tree for not yielding him fruit to quench his present hunger, but there were other causes or ends for which he thus cursed it.

1. That by this Curse denounced against the fig-tree, he might, as in a Type, foreshew the Curse and Judgment of God, which should come upon the hypocritical Nation of the Jews, for their hypocrisie, and for their barrenness and unfruitfulness in grace; notwithstanding the means of grace and salvation which they enjoyed; in that they being as Trees planted in God's Garden or Vineyard of his Church: that is to say, being a people outwardly called of God, to be his Church, and enjoying the outward means of grace and salvation; yet did not bring forth fruits of grace answerable to the means they enjoyed; but were al­together barren and unfruitful; having only a shew of Religion and grace, without any truth and substance thereof. Therefore our Saviour shews, that they should, as barren Trees, be accursed: that is, the wrath of God should come upon them for their hypocrisie and unfruitfulness: yea, they should by the just Judgment [Page 832] of God be destroyed and rooted out from being a Church and People; as not many years after it came to pass, in the last and final destruction of Hierusalem by the Romans, which happened about 40. years after this time.

2. Another end which our Saviour aymed at in cursing this barren fig-tree, was, thereby to shew his Di­vine power in working a Miracle; viz. in causing the Fig-Tree suddenly to wither and dry up by the roots.

3. That from the miraculous effect which followed upon his denouncing this curse against the Fig-tree, he might take occasion to commend to his Disciples the power and vertue of faith, and to exhort them to the practice of it: as he doth afterward, Verse 22. &c.

Mark 11. 14.‘And Jesus answered, and said unto it, No man eat fruit of thee hereafter for ever, &c. Nov. 29. 1629.

Observ. 1, Observ. 1. IT is a fearful and dangerous thing for any people or persons to live unfruitfully under the means of grace and salvation vouchsafed of God unto them. To enjoy the ordinary means of grace, as the Ministery of the Word and Sacraments, and not to profit by them, in bringing forth fruits an­swerable: as, fruits of faith, repentance, reformation of life, &c. but to be barren and unfruitful under these means of grace, is a fearful and dangerous thing: In that it provoketh the Wrath and Judgment of God against such a people: yea, the heavy Wrath and Curse of God; causing him to destroy and root out such a people for this sin of barrenness and unfruitfulnesse, &c.

Now that this sin of unfruitfulnesse under the means of grace, doth thus provoke and bring the heavy Wrath of God upon such as are guilty of it, is further proved, Luke 13. by the Parable of the Husband-man, who having planted a Fig-Tree in his Vineyard, and bestowing cost upon it, and finding it unfruitful, threa­tens to cut it down, &c. So Esay 5. 5. the Lord having bestowed great cost and care upon his Vineyard, and yet finding it unfruitful, threatens to take away the hedg thereof, that it may be eaten up; and to break down the Wall of it, &c. that is, to destroy and lay it waste. To this purpose also is that, Heb. 6. 8. where barren Christians living unfruitfully under the means of grace, are compared to barren ground, bearing thorns and briars, which is rejected, and is nigh unto cursing; and whose end is to be burned. And that of John Baptist, Matth. 3. 10. Now is the Ax laid to the root of the trees: Therefore every tree which bringeth not forth good fruit, is hewen down, &c.

Reason. Reason. The enjoying of the means of grace, doth aggravate the sin of such as live unprofitably under them; in that it is joyned with contempt of the means, and with unthankfulnesse against God the giver of them: by which means, God is provoked the more severely to judg and punish this sin of unfruitfulness, in [...]uch as are guilty of it. Matth. 11. it is said, It shall be easier for Tyre and Sidon, and for Sodom and Gomorrah, in the day of Judgment, than for those Cities which had the Gospel preached to them, and made no use of it.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. For Terrour of such as live under the means of grace; enjoying the publick Ministery of the Word and Sacraments, besides many private helps and means also to further them in grace; and yet are bar­ren and unfruitful therein; bringing forth little or no fruits of faith, repentance, newnesse of life, &c. an­swerable to the means they enjoy, and have perhaps enjoyed for long time, for many years, &c. Some bring forth no fruits at all; but remain as barren and fruitless, as those that never had the means: as far from faith, repentance, &c. as if they had never had the Ministery of the Word amongst them. Others bring forth perhaps some fruits, at least in shew, but nothing answerable to the plenty of means which they have had, and do still enjoy, &c. Fearful is the estate of such barren and fruitless Christians; being under the Wrath and Curse of God, so long as they so continue: like barren Trees, good for nothing but to be cut down, and made fewel for the fire. Or like barren earth, which beareth nothing but briars and thorns, which is nigh unto the curse, and whose end is to be burned. See then that it is no small sin, to live unprofitably under the means of grace; but a haynous and grievous sin, provoking the heavy wrath and curse of God against men: some indeed think it but a small sin, being scar [...]e sensible of it in themselves (though they be guilty of it,) but the lesse sensible they are of this sin, the more fearful is their estate. Therefore such of all other had need to be­think themselves, and to repent of this sin, lest otherwise the Wrath and Curse of God come upon them for their contempt of the means of grace, and for their unprofitable living under the same.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See that the bare fruition or enjoying of the means of grace and salvation, as the Ministery of the Word, &c. doth not make a people happy: unless they make a right use of them, bringing forth true fruits of grace answerable to the means they enjoy. Otherwise it had been better for them, never to have had those means, than to contemn and neglect them, and to live unprofitably under them. Therefore let no people or persons flatter themselves, because they have lived, or do live, under a profitable Ministery, &c. but examine what fruits they bring forth, lest otherwise the means they enjoy, do rise in Judgment against them. Joh. 15. 22. If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloke for their sin. Corazin, Bethsaida, Capernaum, had the means, yet a woe is denounced against them. The Jews before and in our Saviour's time, had the means: yet, &c.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. For Admonition to all such as do live under the means of grace, enjoying the Ministery of the Word and Sacraments, &c. not to rest in this; but above all, to labour to bring forth fruits of grace answer­able to the means they enjoy. To this end, consider the danger of living unfruitfully under the means; that it makes men liable to the Wrath and Curse of God. Consider, how great a sin it is, to be thus barren and unfruitful under the means of grace: a sin which greatly dishonoureth God, and provoketh his heavy wrath against such as are guilty of it; causing him to destroy and root out such a people. As on the contrary, it is a great honour to God, when we are fruitful in grace, answerable to the means we enjoy. Joh. 15. 8. Herein is my father glorified, that ye bear much fruit, &c.

Quest. Quest. How may we become fruitful under the means of grace enjoyed?

Answ. Answ. By practising these helps. 1. Remove the causes of barrenness and unfruitfulnesse; that is, all things which hinder our profiting by the means of grace: As those that would have their ground become fruitful, do first cut up briars and bushes which cumber it, and hinder the fruitfulnesse: so must we carefully remove those things which hinder us from bringing forth fruits of grace, &c. Now the main hinderances to be removed, are our sins and sinful lusts, which naturally raign in our hearts: These must be mortified in us, and cut off by repentance: yea, all sinful lusts must be rooted out, that they hinder not the fruit of God's Word, and of the Sacraments in us, &c. Jam. 1. 21. Lay aside all filthiness, and superfluity of naughtinesse, and receive with meekness the ingraffed Word, &c. 1 Pet. 2. 1. Laying aside all malice, guile, hypocrisies, envies, &c. As new-born b [...]bes, desire the sincere milk, &c.

Among other sinful lusts, there are some especially to be mortified in us, as being main hinderances to our fruitfulnesse under the means of grace.

For example. 1. The sin of Pride, and Self-love, which keeps men from denying themselves, and so from profiting by the means of grace.

2. Uncharitable Affections: as, envy, malice, wrath against others; which poyson the heart, and so make the Word and Sacraments unprofitable; yea, hurtful to us, causing them to turn to the bane and destruction of such as come in such sins to be partakers of these Ordinances of God.

3. Covetousnesse and Worldliness of mind; which is one kind of thorns, which choke the seed of the Word, that it cannot be fruitful in us, Matth. 13. 22.

4. Voluptuousnesse, or love of earthly pleasures, and carnal delights of this life: which is also another kind of thorns, which choke the Word, Luke 8. 14. These sinful lusts especially we must labour in morti­fying, &c.

2. Labour for an upright heart in the use of all God's Ordinances, which are the means of grace: as, the Ministery of the Word and Sacraments, publick and private: seek God and his glory in these his Ordinan­ces, and not our selves; using them in faith and obedience, and of conscience towards God; and not for custom, fashion, or for sinister ends and respects. Luke 8. 15. the profitable hearers of the Word, are such as with an honest and good heart hear it.

3. Labour for true love to the means of grace; especially to the Ministery of the Word, &c. that we may rejoyce and take delight therein: Then shall we profit by them, and be enabled to bring forth fruits of grace answerable to the means we enjoy. David, Psal. 119. 97. Oh how do I love thy Law, &c. And Job 23. 12. I have esteemed the words of his mouth more than my necessary food.

4. Joyn prayer unto God, with the use of all the means of grace; that the Lord may bless them to us, and make them effectual and profitable: remembring that, 1 Cor. 3. 6. Paul planteth, and Apollo watereth, but God giveth the increase, &c.

Mark 11. 14.—‘No man eat fruit of thee hereafter. And his Disciples heard it. Decem. 6. 1629.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. THe fearful estate of all formal hypocrites, which make a fair shew of Religion, and of fruit­fulness in grace; but are void of the truth of Religion, and of true fruits of grace. They are under the wrath of God, and liable to his curse, if they so live and continue: Even as this barren Fig-tree, having a fair shew of leaves, but no fruit at all upon it, was accursed by our Saviour. By this he shew­ed what was the state of the hypocriticall Jews, and so of all other formall hypocrites, having a shew of Re­ligion and godliness, without the power of it. They are liable to the curse of God; that is, to his just wrath and vengeance both in this life, and after this life, if they so live and continue without repentance. There­fore our Saviour, Matth. 23. denounceth a Woe against the hypocritical Scribes and Pharisees, which were as whited Tombs, &c. And Matth 24. 51. Hell-fire is said to be the portion of hypocrites.

Reason. Reason. Hypocrisie and outward formality in Religion, without the truth and power of it, is a sin odious to God, Luke 16. 15.

Ʋse. Ʋse. For Terrour to all hypocritical professours of Religion; which make a fair shew of Religion and grace, being destitute of the truth and power of it. Whose lives are nothing but leaves, without fruit of grace, &c. Let such know and be assured, that they are under the wrath and curse of God both in this life, and after this life, so long as they continue in this sin of hypocrisie. We should therefore move all such to repent speedily of this gross and odious sin, and to labour for truth and sincerity; not contenting themselves with an outward shew and profession, though never so glorious before men. Think it not enough to have fair leaves of a goodly profession; but see thou be fruitful in the true fruits of Religion and grace: lest otherwise as a barren Tree, thou be accursed, or cut down and cast into the fire: even into the fire of Hell; there to have thy portion with hypocrites.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour condemns the Fig-Tree to perpetual barrenness, because it yielded no fruit hitherto, learn, That when a people do not profit by the means of grace, nor bring forth fruit answerable, it is just with God to give them over to perpetual barrenness: that seeing they will not, therefore they shall not profit, &c. Now God doth this two wayes. 1. Either by depriving them of the means; as Matth. 21. 4 [...]. 2. Or else by giving them up to hardness of heart, &c. Esay 6. 10. Mark 4. 11.

Use. Use. See again, how dangerous it is to live under the means of grace, and not to profit, &c. For this, God may give them up to perpetual barrenness. The most grievous Judgment that can be.

Observ. 2 Observ. 4. In that our Saviour did not forthwith inflict a Curse or Judgment upon the Nation of the Jews, (as he could have done) for their hypocrisie and unfruitfulness under the means of grace; but first gives them warning hereof by this Prophetical type (as it were) of cursing the barren Fig-tree, that so they might be mo­ved to repentance; We may see the patience and long-suffering of the Lord, which he sheweth even toward the wicked and hypocrites; in that he doth not presently inflict Judgments on them, so soon as they pro­voke him by sin; but beareth with them for a time, and first gives them warning, that they may (if it be possible) be moved to repent and turn to God, and so escape the Judgment, which is otherwise like to come [Page 834] upon them. Thus the Lord dealt with the Old World, before he sent the flood upon them; he first gave them warning by Noah, and for an hundred and twenty years space, did forbear them, waiting for their re­repentance. 1 Pet. 3. 20. The long-suffering of God waited in the dayes of Noah, &c. So he was patient towards the Jews, sending Prophets to warn them long before he brought on them the Captivity.

Ʋs. Ʋse. This being so, ought to move wicked men and hypocrites to make a right use of this patience of God towards them: being moved thereby to speedy repentance, lest otherwise God's patience, being abu­sed, be turned into fury. Rom. 2. 4. Despisest thou his for bearance and long-suffering, &c.

Now followeth the last thing in the words. The Witnesses which were present and heard this curse de­nounced by our Saviour against the barren fig-tree, viz. The Disciples of Christ. Now he denounced the curse in their hearing, 1. To the end they might take special notice of his words, and of the miraculous effect which followed; viz. the drying up of the Tree by the roots, and so might be moved to make a right use thereof; having their faith by this means confirmed. Therefore afterward, Verse 21. they took spe­cial notice of it: and hereupon our Saviour exhorted them to labour for faith, &c. 2. That by their testi­mony, the truth and certainty of the Miracle might be confirmed.

Observ. 1 Observ. 2. The speciall care which our Saviour had of his Disciples, that they might reap profit by his Miracles, having their faith confirmed thereby. They being his special charge, and most near and dear to him: therefore of all others, he was especially careful to instruct and edifie them both by his Doctrine and Miracles: for which cause as his publick Doctrine was delivered for most part in their hearing: so all or most of his Miracles were wrought in their sight and presence; at least in the presence of some of them. Which may teach us, That as we are to seek the spiritual good and edification of all others, so far as lyes in our power: so especially of those which are near and dear to us, and of our special charge; as Ministers of their flock and people, Parents of their Children, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. The priviledg of the 12. Apostles, that they did not only live with Christ on earth, and hear his Doctrine, but were personal Witnesses of the Miracles of Christ, which he wrought being on earth; see­ing and hearing what he did and spake at the time of working those Miracles, and taking notice of the mi­raculous effects which thereupon followed. As here, they heard the words uttered by him in cursing the Fig-tree; and they took notice afterward, Vers. 20. of the miraculous and sudden withering of the Tree. Luke 1. 2. As they delivered them to us, which from the beginning were eye-witnesses and Ministers of the Word, &c. This is to be understood of the Apostles, who lived with Christ, and saw his Miracles, &c.

Use. Use. To confirm our faith in the Doctrine of the Gospel taught in the Writings of the Apostles; in that they did not only receive this Doctrine from Christ himself: but also saw and heard it confirmed from Hea­ven by Miracles, &c.

Mark 11. 15, 16.‘And they come to Hierusalem: And Jesus went into the Temple, and began to cast Decem. 13 1629. out them that sold and bought in the Temple, &c.’

HEre beginneth the third part of this Chapter, in which is recorded the History of our Saviour's pur­ging of the Temple at Hierusalem from abuses, by casting out thence the buyers and sellers which he found there; as also by overthrowing the Tables of the money-changers, and seats of such as sold Doves; and not suffering so much as any Vessel to be carried through the Temple. Where consider three things:

  • 1. The Antecedents, or Preparatives. 1. Our Saviour's coming with his Disciples to Hierusalem. 2. His entring into the Temple.
  • 2. The fact it self; viz. his purging of the Temple from abuses: or reforming of abuses in the Temple, Verse 15, 16, 17.
  • 3. The Consequents which followed, Verse 18, 19.

Of the first. They come to Hierusalem] Here Interpreters are doubtful, what coming of our Saviour to Hierusalem, the Evangelist speaketh of, and upon what day it was, that our Saviour thus purged the Temple from abuses. Some think, that the [coming] here mentioned is the same with that mentioned before, Verse 11. when he came solemnly riding into Hierusalem, which was his first coming thither at this time: and consequently they think, that this purging of the Temple happened upon the same day. Now this is the more probable, 1. Because St. Matthew (Chap. 21. 10, 11, 12.) doth so mention this fact of Christ, as if it were done on that day. 2. Because it was upon that day that he looked round about on all things in the Temple, to take notice of the abuses there practised (as we heard before, Verse 11.). Now it seems likely, that he did not delay this reforming of those abuses which he espyed, but did it forthwith, even the same day, this being the end of his taking notice of them. 3. It is probable, that our Saviour did thus purge the Temple at that time when there was the greatest concourse of people present with him in the Temple to see it done; which was upon the first day, when he came solemnly riding to the City.

Now if it be thus, then St. Mark mentioning here our Saviour's coming to Hierusalem, doth by a reca­pitulation mention again, that coming of our Saviour to Hierusalem, which he spake of before, Verse 11. And whereas he doth here also set down our Saviour's purging the Temple, he doth it by the Figure hysterosis (usual in Scripture) setting down that afterward, which was done before. But others think, That this com­ming of our Saviour to Hierusalem which is here mentioned, was his second coming or return from Bethany, (which was upon the morrow after this solemn riding into the City) that is before implyed, Verse 12. and consequently that both this, and also the purging of the Temple, did happen upon that day; viz. the day after his solemn riding into the City; which was also the day on which he cursed the barren Fig-tree. Now if it be so, then we must think, that St. Matthew mentioning this as done upon the first day of his coming to Hierusalem, doth it by an Anticipation of the time, &c. But the matter being not plainly expressed by the Evangelists; I leave it as doubtful. Only we must know, that the Evangelists are not alwayes curious in expressing the Circumstances of time, when things were done, but do content themselves sometimes only [Page 835] with setting down the things themselves, in such sort as was sufficient for the instruction of the Church.

Now touching the second Antecedent, which was his going into the Temple, as his usual manner was when he came to the City. Of this I spake before, ver. 11.

Now followeth the fact it self, viz. His purging of the Temple, or reforming abuses in it.

Where consider two things. 1. His actions or practice. 2. His words or Doctrine added withall, ver. 17.

Of the first. His actions performed are three. 1. His casting out of the buyers and sellers from the Temple.

2. His overthrowing of the Tables of the Money-changers, and seats of such as sold Doves.

3. His not suffering of any Vessel to be carried through the Temple.

Observ. Touching the two first, he had done the like once before, Joh. 2. 14. at the Feast of the Passover in the first year of his publick Ministery. And now he took occasion to do the same about some four or five dayes before the Passover, in the last year of his Ministry, and a little before his death.

Observ. How hard it is for abuses once gotten into the Church, to be throughly reformed, and for such Reformation to take effect and be continued constantly afterward; and on the contrary how apt such abuses are to grow and get in again in tract of time, insomuch that our Saviour having before purged the Temple at Jerusalem from these abuses not above two or three years before, now he was fain to do it again. So soon were the same corruptions and disorders gotten in there again.

Which first shews how needfull it is for such as are in authority to be carefull at first to withstand, and to keep out all abuses and disorders, that they get not into the Church.

2. That it is not enough to begin the work of Reformation in the Church, but to continue and perfect it from time to time afterward, &c. And as often as corruptions do get in again, so often to cast them out.

He began] This is not so to be taken, as if he did onely begin, and not finish this work, but it is a phrase of speech proper to the Scripture, when the beginning of an action is put for the whole proceeding and accomplishment of it. The meaning is, he did set himself to cast them out; not onely going about it, but doing it indeed. See Matth. 12. 1.

To cast out them that sold and bought in the Temple] The word [ [...]] signifies violently to cast or throw them out, Joh. 2, 15. He made a [...]courge, and whipped out their Oxen and Sheep. Some think he did so now also. Now by this forcible thrusting them out, he shewed his zeal and indignation against their sin; as Joh. 2. 17. The same also he shewed by overthrowing of the Tables of the Money-changers, &c.

Out of the Temple] Not out of the inner part or body of the Temple, where the Priests only might come; for it is not likely that these Buyers, and Sellers, and Money-changers, were suffered to come there, but ra­ther that it was the outer Court of the Temple, where the common people might come, which is called the Temple, because it did belong to the Temple; and it is also sometimes called, Solomon's Porch. Act. 3. 11. All the people ran together in the Porch that is called Solomons. In this also our Saviour used to walk, and to teach the people there, Joh. 10. 23. And from this place or part of the Temple it was that he now cast out these buyers and sellers.

Them that bought and sold] What they bought and sold, is partly expressed in the words following, where is mention of them that sold Doves; but more fully, Joh. 2. 14. where it is said, that he found in the Tem­ple those that sold Oxen, Sheep, and Doves.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Wherefore, or to what end were these Oxen, Sheep, and Doves, sold and bought in the Tem­ple?

Answ. Answ. That the people might there have them to offer for Sacrifice, when they came to the Temple to offer, as they were appointed by the Law to do; which although it were a good end and use in it self; yet this was no warrant for such buying and selling to be used in the Temple: for it being a place dedicated to God, and to his publick worship (as our Saviour afterward sheweth, ver. 17.) it was a great abuse and pro­ [...]anation of it, to keep common Market there in buying and selling of Sheep, Oxen, Doves, &c. There­fore our Saviour afterward so sharply reproveth this practice, calling them thieves.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How came this profane custome to be brought into the Temple?

Answ. Answ. It is most likely that the occasion was this. By the Law of God all the Males among the Jews were to appear before God three times in the year to offer some Oblation or Sacrifice in the Temple, as may appear, Deut. 16. 16. Now many of them dwelling far off from Jerusalem, could not conveniently bring their Sacrifices so far; therefore they used to bring money to Jerusalem, and there to buy Oxen, Sheep, Doves, and such other things fit for Sacrifice; and thus they were directed and allowed to do by the Law it self, De [...]t. 14. 24. Now whereas at first, these things which were needfull for Sacrifice, were wont to be sold, either in the common Market of the City, or else in some other place in or about the City, afterward in tract of time, this profane custome was brought in, for these things to be sold and bought in the very Tem­ple it self, and that to this end, and upon this pretence, that the Temple being the place where the Sacrifices were to be offered, the people might by this means have them ready there, and near at hand to offer. So that here was a fair pretence at first for the bringing in of this profane custome.

Now further it is most probable, that the chief causes and means of bringing in this profane practice into the Temple at first, was partly the negligence of the Priests, Pharisees, and Rulers, in not forbidding and hindering this buying and selling there, and partly the covetousness both of the Priests and people.

  • 1. Of the Priests, in that by this means they desired to have the people encouraged to offer the more store of Sacrifices, which was very gainfull to them, they having a share and portion out of the Sacrifices.
  • 2. Of the people, in that those that sold these things, sold them so much the dearer, in regard of the commodiousness of the place, and perhaps also in regard of the holiness of it.

And overthrew the Tables of the Money-changers] These were such as made a gain of exchanging Money; for there being many buyers and sellers, there was occasion to use divers sorts of money, and consequently to exchange money, greater for smaller, Gold for Silver, Jewish coin for money of other Countreys (for [Page 836] there came not onely Jews, but Proselytes also from other Countries to offer Sacrifice at the Festival times, Joh. 12. 20.). Now for this exchanging of money, these Changers requiring some over-plus above the money exchanged, did (as it seems) make a gain hereof unto themselves. Hierome thinks, they let the peo­ple have money also to buy Sacrifices upon a pawn, &c. and made some gain hereof, because they might not practise Usury. (Vide Gerrard. in Harm. Evang. part. 1. cap. 146. pag. 405. Vide etiam H. Stephan. The­saur. in verbo [...].) Now because these Money-changers had Tables whereupon they told out their money, whence they were also called [...] (Hesych. lex; in [...]). Hence it is said here, that our Saviour overthrew their Tables. And Joh. 2. 15. it is said, that he poured out their Money, viz. upon the ground.

And the seats of them that sold Doves] It was appointed by the Law of God, that the poorer sort who were not able to offer Sheep, Lambs, or other more costly Sacrifices, should offer Turtle Doves, or young Pigeons, as we may see, Levit. 5. 7. And hence it is, that here is mention of such as sold Doves in the Temple for Sacrifice. And whereas there is mention of their seats, this shews, that they did not onely come into the Temple to sell their Doves, but continued and stayed there, attending upon their Market, either all, or a great part of the day; for else they needed no seats to sit upon. Now it is said, our Saviour overthrew their seats.

Object. Object. How came it to pass that these buyers and sellers and Money-changers did make no resistance against our Saviour, but suffered their Tables and seats to be overthrown, and themselves and their Cattell to be driven out of the Court of the Temple? especially seeing they were many, and had also the Priests of the Temple, and the Scribes and Pharisees (as is most likely) and others of the people to back them and maintain them in their practice; whereas our Saviour was but one, and had none but his Disciples to assist him, &c.

Answ. Answ. This came to pass by reason of the Divine power of his God-head, which did now extraordinarily shew it self, and so terrified and daunted these Merchants and Money-changers, that they had not the pow­er to withstand him. See the like, Joh. 18. 6. Hierome thinks there was a celestial Majesty in his face, &c.

It followeth, ver. 16. And he would not suffer that any should carry any Vessell through the Temple] That is, any profane Vessell for common use. This was another abuse which our Saviour reformed at this time, viz. the carrying of profane or common Vessells, or other Instruments, or commodities, serving for common use, through the Temple. For by reason of their common buying and selling, and changing of Money there, there was occasion for them to bring many such common Vessells, or Instruments into the Temple, and to carry them thorow it. Now this our Saviour forbad, and would not suffer it to be done any more, as being a profanation of that holy place, into which none but holy Vessels and Instruments were to be brought which served for the worship of God. Now by this also our Saviour shewed his zeal for the glory of God, in that he would not tolerate the least abuse, but proceeded to thorow Reformation of all.

Quest. Quest. By what power or authority did our Saviour now take upon him to purge the Temple, by casting out the buyers and sellers, &c.

Answ. Answ. 1. He being the Son of God, and true Messiah, and consequently the absolute King and High Priest of the Church, had power sufficient to do this. Mal. 3. 1. the Church is called his Temple. And Matth. 12. 6. He is said to be greater then the Temple. Ver. 17. of this Chapter, he calls the Temple his house.

2. He did this, not by an ordinary power or Authority (for then he would have used it oftner at other times, and in reforming other abuses as well as these here mentioned) but he did this by a special and extra­ordinary authority, which he at this time assumed to himself, as he had done once before, thereby to declare and shew himself to be indeed the true Messiah, and absolute King and High Priest of the Church, whose Office was to Reform the corrupted state of the Church, Vide Danaei quaest. Where note, that this special and extraordinary fact of our Saviour, is no warrant at all for ordinary men, or private persons, without a Cal­ling, to undertake the publick Reformation of abuses in the Church. Much less doth this warrant the Pope or his Clergy, to usurp temporal power to punish offenders in body, goods, &c. as the Rhemists teach upon Joh. 2.

So much in way of clearing the sense of the words.

Now follow the Instructions from them: where I will speak of three things. 1. Of the abuses or disor­ders themselves, which our Saviour here found in the Temple, viz. Buying and Selling, and Money-Chan­ging, &c.

2. Of our Saviours speciall and extraordinary fact, in purging the Temple from these abuses, by casting out the buyers and sellers, &c.

3. Of the manner of his doing this. 1. With extraordinary power and authority, so as none dared to resist him, but all gave place. 2. With great zeal and indignation against these abuses, which he shewed, both by his violent and forcible driving out of the buyers and sellers, and overthrowing the Tables, &c. as al­so by his strictness and unpartial dealing in this work of Reformation, sparing no abuses, but reforming all, not suffering so much as a common Vessel to be carried through the Temple.

Observ. 1 Of the first. Observ. 1. In that there were so great abuses and disorders at this time reigning, and tolera­ted, not only amongst the Jews, but even in Jerusalem, their chief City; yea, in the Temple, the principall place of the City, and yet even at the same time the true Church of God was at Jerusalem, and amongst the Jews, for there were some of them which believed in Christ, and imbraced the Gospel; as the Apostles of Christ, and other Disciples, though they were but a small number in comparison. Hence gather, that the true Church of God may be in such places, and amongst such persons, where there are great corruptions and abuses reigning.

Mark 11. 15, 16. ‘And they come to Hierusalem: And Jesus went into the Temple, and began to cast Decem. 20 1629. out them that sold and bought in the Temple, &c.’

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. IN that one cause of these abuses practised in the Temple, was the negligence of the Priests, and of the Scribes, Pharisees, and other Rulers of the Jews, who should at first have withstood and hindered this profanation of the Temple: see by this, how dangerous it is unto the Church, when the Ru­lers and Governours of it are careless and negligent of their duties, in setting themselves against abuses and corruptions beginning to grow and spring up in the Church. This is a means to let in all abuses into the Church; when such as should keep them out, are careless of doing their duty. When Magistrates do not use their authority in resisting abuses and disorders growing into the Church; when the Pastors and Mini­sters of the Church do not by their Ministery oppose such abuses, and labour to keep them out: no marvail if such corruptions get into the Church, and prevail in it. See Jer. 2. 8. This was one main cause not onely of these abuses in the Temple here mentioned, but also of sundry other grosse corruptions raigning amongst the Jews in our Saviour's time; because the Priests, Scribes, and other Rulers were negligent in their du­ties. They were blind Guides, Matth. 23. And took away the Key of knowledg from the People, Luke 11. 52.

Ʋse. Use. See how needful for us to pray for the Rulers and Governours of the Church, that they may be zea­lous and conscionable in their duties, to set themselves by all means against abuses and corruptions growing into the Church, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that another main cause of these abuses practised in the Temple, was the covetousnesse of the Priests and People, who made a gain to themselves by this buying and selling of Oxen, Sheep, Doves, &c. in the Temple for Sacrifices; hence gather, How hurtful and dangerous the sin of covetousnesse is in the Church of God; being one main cause of the greatest corruptions and abuses which do grow and spring up in the Church, and do raign in it. As it is called by the Apostle, the root of all evil, 1 Tim. 6. 10. so especially it is the root and fountain of those evils which do most hurt and annoy the Church of God. How many gross sins and corruptions hath this one sin caused and brought forth in the Church from time to time, and in all Ages? as Non-residency, Bribery, Extortion, Usury, &c. what is one cause of so much lying, swearing, forswearing, &c? What is one cause of such contempt and neglect of God's Worship, and holy Ordinances, but covetousness? as in the Parable, Luke 7. those that were invited to the spiritual and heavenly Supper, made excuses, from their Farms, Oxen, &c. What is one cause of the breach of the Sabbath, by buying and selling of Wares, by doing worldly business, going Journeys, &c. but Covetousness? Jer. 6. 13. From the least to the greatest they are given to covetousness. From the Prophet to the Priest, every one dealeth falsly. This sin is named for all other.

Use. Ʋse. This should teach and move us to hate and abhor this sin of covetousness in our selves and others; seeing it doth so much hurt in the Church of God, and is the cause of so many abominations in it. There­fore let all take heed of this sin, and of being given to it; as our Saviour warneth the people in his time, Luke 12. 15. Pray unto God to keep us from this sin. Get faith in God's Providence, to depend on him for things of this life, without greedy coveting and seeking after them. On the contrary, seek first the Kingdom of God; covet spiritual and heavenly things; riches of grace, faith more pretious than gold, &c. Especial­ly such as are Rulers and Governours of the Church; as Magistrates, and Ministers. A Magistrate must be one that hateth covetousness, Exod. 18. 21. So a Minister of the Church. Else if these be given to this sin, how much hurt do they in the Church; as we see in Judas, &c.

Now followeth our Saviour's fact in purging the Temple from these abuses, He cast out the buyers and sellers, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though these buyers and sellers had a fair pretence for this their practice, that by this means the people might have sacrifices at hand to offer, &c. yet for all this our Saviour cast them out of the Temple, &c. Hence we learn, That fair pretences of good ends, or of good intentions, are not sufficient to justifie evil and unlawful actions; for which there is no ground or warrant from the Word of God, 1 Sam. 13. Saul pretended a good end for his offering sacrifices. So Chap. 15. for his sparing of Agag, and the best of the Cattle for sacrifice, &c. yet is he sharply reproved for both, &c. See Col. 2. 25. Joh. 12. 6. Judas pretended charity to the poor; yet this was no excuse for his covetousness.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See what to think of all Will-worship brought into the Church by Papists, though under never so fair pretence of good ends and intentions, &c. It is never the less odious to God, &c. whatsoever ends be pretended: as, to further devotion, to adorn or grace the worship of God. The Lord himself doth best know what doth serve to these ends: And he will have nothing brought into his Worship, but what he hath in his Word prescribed.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See the folly of such who think it a sufficient excuse for their unlawful practises, if they can plead, that they intended well, or aymed at a good end. But this is not enough; unlesse there be also a good ground and Warrant from the Word of God for that they do. God will not be served with good intentions; but by the Rule of his own Word. And hence is that true speech which hath been commonly used by some, That Heaven is full of good actions, and Hell of good intentions.

Mark 11. 15, 16.—‘And began to cast out them that sold and bought in the Temyle, &c. Janu. 3. 1629.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. IN that our Saviour having power and authority in and over the Temple, did now use his pow­er in purging it from these profane abuses; hence gather, That it is the duty of such as have power and authority in the Church, to use their authority in the diligent reforming of abuses in the Church. Now there are two sorts especially which have authority in the Church. 1. Magistrates, which have a tem­poral or civil power and authority in and over the Church. 2. Pastors and Ministers of the Church; which [Page 838] have a spiritual or Ministerial power, &c. Both these are to use their power in purging the Church from abuse [...].

  • 1. Magistrates; as may appear by the practice of the best and most religious Magistrates, which have ruled over the Church in all Ages; as Moses, and the religious Kings of Judah; Asa, Jehosaphat, Heze­kiah, Josiah. So also Nehemiah.
  • 2. Pastors and Ministers of the Church ought also to use their Ministerial power and authority in purging and reforming the Church; viz. by taxing and reproving abuses in their publick Ministery: as also by teaching and directing the Civil Magistrate in the true and right way of reforming abuses; and exhorting him thereunto. Thus Ministers of the Word ought to be assistants to the Magistrate in reforming abuses in the Church: as Azariah was to Asa, 2 Chron. 15. Esay to Hezekiah. Hilkiah the Priest unto Josiah.

Ʋse. Use. See by this, the great fault and sin of such Magistrates and Ministers, who use not the power com­mitted to them, for the purging of abuses out of the Church; but are careless and negligent in this matter. Many Magistrates now adayes are like Gallio, Act. 18. 17. who cared not for matters of Religion. And ma­ny Ministers are as negligent also in doing their duties towards the reforming of abuses in the Church; not opposing such abuses by their doctrine and practice (as they should do), but winking at them: yea, counte­nancing them by their own practice. No marvail if gross abuses raign in such places.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour purged these abuses out of the Temple, which was his House, whereof he was Lord and Master (as he implyeth afterward, Verse 17.); hence all Masters of Families are put in mind to be careful of purging their Families from abuses and disorders; by casting out (if need be) such as are the causes of such abuses; as profane and wicked servants: Also, by reproving the faults of children and ser­vants, &c. and ministring due correction where there is cause. Thus David, Psal. 101. A Master of a Fa­mily is a King and Priest in his house. See also Gen. 35. 2. Jacob's example.

Here followeth the manner of our Saviour's purging the Temple from abuses.

1. With extraordinary power and authority; so as none durst to resist him, when he cast out the buyers and sellers, and overthrew their Tables and Seats.

2. With great zeal and indignation. Which he shewed, 1. By his sharp and severe proceedings which he used: Driving them out, and overthrowing their Tables, &c. 2. By his strict and unpartial dealing; in that he reformed all, and would not suffer the least abuse: not so much as the carrying of a common Ves­sel, &c.

Observ. 1, Of the first. Observ. 1. An evidence of the Godhead of Christ; in that he so declared his Divine Power and Majesty at this time, in driving out these profaners of the Temple, &c. that though he were in shew but a poor and mean man, and having none to assist him but his Disciples, being few in number; yet neither any of these profane Merchants and money-changers; nor yet any of the Priests, Scribes, or Pharisees, which took their part, did once dare to resist him. This was a strange and miraculous thing. Hence it is, that Crigen thinks, that this was a greater Miracle then that of turning water into Wine, Joh. 2. And Hierom makes it the greatest Miracle that ever Christ did work; and he thinks there was a certain Divine or Celestial majesty which at this time appeared in the face of Christ, which so daunted them, that they durst not make resistance. Which seems not unlikely. Howsoever, it was a manifest proof of his Godhead, as his other Mi­racles were; and serves to confirm our faith therein, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. If the Power of Christ was so terrible to these profaners of the Temple, while he lived on earth in the state of humiliation, that they durst not resist him, but were forced to yield and to fly when he drove them out; how much more terrible shall his Power and Presence be unto the wicked and reprobate at the last day, when he shall come in flaming fire, rendring vengeance to them? If now there were such ma­ [...]esty in his face, how much more then? If now such power and terrour in his voyce and words, that he could by them alone drive out these buyers and sellers from the Temple; how much more then, when he shall for ever drive away the reprobate from his presence with those words, Depart from me ye cursed, into everlasting fire, &c. Oh how shall they be able to hear and abide that fearful sentence! They shall then cry to the Mountains, &c. Rev. 6. Which being so, it should now strike the wicked with remorse, and cause them to repent, and turn to God speedily from their sins, that they may flee from the wrath to come, and be able to stand before Christ Jesus with comfort at his coming.

Mark 11. 15, 16.—‘And overthrew the Tables of the money-changers, and the seats of them that sold Doves, J [...]. 10. 16 [...]9. And would not suffer that any man should carry any Vessell thorow the Temple.’

OF the second, The Zeal and Indignation which our Saviour shewed in reforming these abuses: part­ly, by the sharpnesse and severity which he used; in driving them out, and in throwing down their Tables and Seats: and partly, by his strict and unpartial dealing; sparing no abuses: not suffering so much [...]s a common vessel to be carried thorow the Temple. (See Joh. 2. 17.)

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour shewed such zeal and indignation against this profaning of the Temple, by buying and selling there, &c. We may gather, That it is a great and a grievous sin to profane or abuse holy things, dedicated or sanctified to God and to his service. As here, the profanation of the Temple, being dedicated to Gods Service, was a grievous sin: and therefore our Saviour shewed such indignation against it; neither do we find, that ever he shewed himself so moved and displeased, as he did now, and once be­fore, at these ab [...]s [...]s of the Temple. He tells them, they made his House a den of Theeves. Therefore also he would not suffer a vessell, &c. How did God punish Belshazzar for profaning the Vessels of the Temple, Dan. 5. So to profane the Sabbath day, being the time dedicated to God's solemn Worship, is a grievous sin. And therefore in some cases, this sin was to be punished with death, Exod. 35. 2. and Numb. 15. 36. So to profane any other holy things consecrated to God's service, is a grievous sin. As, to convert the Tythes and maintenance of Ministers of the Church, to a private or common use, called, robbing of God, Mal. 3. 8. Therefore, Verse 9 Ye are cursed with a curse, &c. To convert common goods of the poor, to a private life, [Page 839] Prov. 20. 25. So to defile our bodies and souls with sin, which should be as holy Temples for the Spirit of God to dwell in. 1 Cor. 3. 17. If any man defile the Temple of God, him shall God destroy: for the Temple of God is ho­ly; which Temple ye are.

Use. Ʋse. Take heed of this grievous sin of profaning holy things consecrated to God; lest it prove a snare to us, and bring a curse upon us. No small sin to rob God of his due in any kind; and to convert holy things to a profane and common use: neither will God suffer this sin to go unpunished, if it be not repented of. If it be a great sin to rob or steal from men; much more from God.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. We ought after the exa [...]ple of our Saviour here, to shew our zeal and indignation or displea­sure against sin, when we see it practised by others; when we see God dishonoured by the sins of others: we ought to be moved with zeal and indignation in the Cause of God, and for his glories sake; and to shew our zeal by the effects and testimonies of it. So did our Saviour now, and before, Joh. 2. 17. His Disciples remembred that it was written of him, The zeal of thin [...] house hath eaten me up. Here note, That true zeal for God's glory is a mixt affection; consisting partly of a holy anger and displeasure against sin; and partly, of a holy grief, because God is dishonoured by it. So Mark 3. 5. He looked round about on the Scribes and Pha­risees with anger, being grieved for the hardness of their hearts. Now this holy indignation and grief for the sins of others, we ought to be moved with, and to shew it upon all occasions; as our Saviour now did. Thus have the Saints of God used to do. As Moses, Exod. 32. David, Psal. 69. 9. Elijah, 1 King. 19. 14. Paul, Act. 17. The Corinthians, 2 Cor. 7. 11. Behold, this self-same thing, what zeal it hath wrought in you; viz. against the sin of the incestuous person. This zeal and indignation against sin, all Christians ought to shew: but especially such as are in authority in the Church; as Magistrates, Ministers, &c.

Quest. Quest. How are we to shew our zeal and indignation against the sins of others?

Answ. Answ. 1. By reproving such sins, so far as our calling reacheth, and will bear us out, Ephes. 5. 11. or at least, testifying our hatred and dislike of them some way or other: as by our countenance, gesture, &c.

2. By seeking reformation of the sin [...] of others, by all means, especially in such as are of our charge: As Magistrates in their Subjects, by their temporal power. Ministers in their People, by their Ministerial pow­er, &c. Parents and Masters in their Families, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. If we ought to shew our zeal and indignation against the sins of others; then much more against ou [...] own sins: Here our zeal and holy anger must begin; else it is not true, but counterfeit: not spirituall, but carnal, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. For Reproof of such as are cold or luke-warm in the Cause of God; shewing no zeal, grief, or in­dignation against sin, when they see it committed, or hear of it. Their spirits are not stirred in them when God is dishonoured, &c. In their own cause, they shew much zeal: If themselves be wronged never so little, they can be moved, and shew themselves as hot as fire: but in God's Cause, as cold as ice. This is an evident argument, that the true love of God is wanting in them. Will a Child hear his own Father abused, and not shew his indignation?

Use 3 Ʋse 3. To stir us up every one to shew our zeal and indignation against sin, whensoever we see it practi­sed or committed by others. As we profess to love God, and to be zealous for his glory; so shew our zeal: that is, our holy grief and displeasure, when we see him any way dishonoured. Thus did our Saviour here shew his zeal for Gods glory; by using his power, in reforming these sins and abuses practised in the Temple.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour shewed his zeal, by dealing so thoroughly and unpartially here in reform­ing abuses in the Temple, sparing none, but casting out all the buyers and sellers, as is said, Matth. 21. 12. and not suffering so much as a common vessel to be carried through the Temple; hence gather, That such as are in authority in the Church, ought not only to be careful to reform abuses, and to purge them out of the Church; but they are also to deal thoroughly and unpartially in this work of reformation: not onely pur­ging out some abuses and disorders, but all; not sparing any, no not the least. By this they are to shew their zeal for God's glory. Thus ought Magistrates to shew their zeal in reforming all sorts of abuses and corruptions in the Church. As the Religious Kings of Judah; Hezekiah, Josiah, &c. who did not only reform some things amisse in their times, but all the grosse and known abuses then raigning in the Church. They did not only pull down all Idolatry, but took away all means and occasions of it: as Idolatrous Altars, Images, Groves, High Places, &c. And that throughout their whole Land and Kingdom. 2 King. 23. 24. Josiah did put away all abominations that were espyed in the Land of Judah, and in Hierusalem, &c. Therefore in the following Verse it is said, He turned to the Lord with all his heart, &c. Thus also Ministers of the Word ought to shew their zeal in opposing all abuses in the Church, and seeking to reform them. They are not to spare or wink at any; but to tax and reprove all, even the smallest, both in their publick Ministery, and in private also, when there is cause, and occasion is offered. Thus also should Masters of Families be careful, not only to re [...]orm some abuses in their Families; but all: not tolerating or winking at the least, &c.

Use. Use. For reproof of such as being in authority in the Church, and so being called to reform abuses and corruptions reigning therein, do it to halves, and partially; opposing some abuses, but tolerating and wink­ing at others. Thus do some Magistrates, favouring and sparing some offenders, and some abuses, suffering them to go unpunished, being thereunto moved by some sinister respect. The fault of some of the Kings of Judah and Israel; that they reformed some things amiss, but not all. So Jehu, 2 King. 10. 29. yea, Asa, a good King, yet, &c. 1 King. 15. 14. On the contrary, see Jer. 48. 10. He is cursed that doth the work of the Lord negligently.

So also some Ministers are partial in opposing abuses and corruptions in the Church, and in seeking to re­form them. They reprove some sins and abuses, and set themselves against them by their Ministry; but not against all. Some they wink at, and bear with. This shews want of true zeal for Gods glory, &c.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. Lastly, In that our Saviour here was so strict and rigorous, that he would not suffer the smallest profanation of the Temple, being the place consecrated to Gods solemn worship; he would not suffer so much as a common Vessel to be carried through it. Hence gather, that by the same reason, the smallest abuse or profanation of the Sabbath day, being the day and time hallowed to God, is not to be tolerated in [Page 840] the Church, but to be opposed and hindered by all means, especially by such as are in Authority; as Magi­strates, Ministers, &c.

Ʋse. Use. Against such as think some breaches of the Sabbath may be tolerated well enough; as worldly talk or conference, doing of some worldly business left undone the day before, buying and selling of small matters, using some sports, &c. Some think these are small matters, and that we need not be so strict or precise as to oppose or hinder them from being done. On the contrary, no profanation of the Sabbath is to be accounted small. And if our Saviour were so strict in hindering the least profanation of the place of Gods worship, then we cannot be too strict in opposing the least profanation of the day and time of Gods Worship.

Mark 11. 17.‘And he taught, saying unto them; Is it not written, My House shall be called of all Nations, the Jan. 17. 1629. House of Prayer; but ye have made it a den of Thieves.’

HItherto of the actions performed by our Saviour, in purging the Temple at Hierusalem from abuses. 1. His driving out the buyers and sellers. 2. Overthrowing the Tables of the Money-changers, and seats of such as sold Doves. 3. His not suffering so much as a common Vessel to be carried thorow the Temple.

Now followeth his words and Doctrine, joyned with his former actions. In which words, he renders a reason of his former extraordinary fact in casting out those buyers and sellers, &c. which reason is taken from the great sin of those buyers, sellers, and Money-changers, in that they abused the Temple to a contrary end unto that for which it was ordained. For whereas it was ordained to be a house of Prayer, they had tur­ned it into a den of Thieves.

Observ. Observ. Such as have a Calling to reform abuses in the Church, ought to have good ground and reason for that they do herein; and to shew it, if need be, &c.

In the words consider two things. 1. A declaration or shewing of the true end and use for which the Temple was ordained of God, viz. to be a house of Prayer, which our Saviour proveth by Scripture out of Esay 56. 7.

2. A sharp reproof of those profaners of the Temple for their gross abusing of that holy place; whereby they turned that which was appointed for a house of Prayer into a den of Thieves; which reproof is also grounded on Jer. 7. 11.

Of the first. He taught] That is, shewed the ground and cause of his former sharp and severe proceeding against these profaners of the Temple, in driving them out thence, &c.

Is it not written?] The place of Scripture where this is written which our Saviour here alledgeth, is Esay 56. 7. Of which I will speak afterward.

Observ. Observ. In that our Saviour alledgeth Scripture here as the ground of his proceeding in purging the Tem­ple from those profane abuses before mentioned. Hence we learn, what should be the ground and rule of all proceedings of such as are in Authority in reforming abuses and corruptions in the Church, viz. the Scrip­tures, or written Word of God. Upon this ground, and by this rule our Saviour here proceeded. So at other times, as chap. 10. 6. &c. when he would reform the corrupt Doctrine of the Pharisees, and the unlawfull practice used among the Jews, in putting away Wives for small or sleight causes; he alledgeth against them the written Word of God concerning the first institution of Marriage. This then is the ground and rule upon which all Reformers of the Church should proceed, viz. the authority of the Scriptures. Thus should all that have a Calling to reform abuses in the Church; as Magistrates, Ministers, &c. They must have the Word of God for their ground and warrant, and be able and ready to alledg it, if need be, and as occasion is offered, against such abuses and disorders as do reign in the Church. 2 Chron. 34. Josiah being to reform the Church, enquired of the Lord, and then caused the Book of the Law to be read in the audience of all the peo­ple. Nehemiah, chap. 13. when he would reform the profanation of the Sabbath, alledgeth an example of Gods Judgment brought upon their Fathers for that sin. So for the Reforming of the abuse of marrying strange Wives, he alledgeth out of Scripture the example of Solomon, who fell by that means.

Reason. Reas. The Church is the house of God, 1 Tim. 3. 15. Therefore all things are to be ordered in it by war­rant and direction from him that is the Master, viz. from God. And this direction he giveth only in his written Word. Therefore are the Scriptures called Canonical, because they are the Canon or Rule by which all things are to be ordered in the Church.

Use. Use. See how needfull it is for such as have a Calling to reform abuses in the Church, to be well acquain­ted with the Scriptures, &c.

But to come to the words themselves alledged here by our Saviour, our of Esay 56. 7. My House shall be called, &c.] The scope of the Prophet in these words, is to foretell the Calling of the Gentiles, and their uniting to the Church in these times of the New Testament, as may appear by the circumstances of the place, viz. ex praeced. et seq. ibid.

Now this Calling of the Gentiles, the Prophet foresheweth, by mentioning one special effect or conse­quent of their Calling, viz. their imbracing of the true worship of God, and joyning with the true Church in performance of it, and that in the most publick and solemn place appointed for it.

My house] This is to be understood literally of the Temple at Jerusal [...]m, being the principal place of Gods publick and solemn worship in those times of the Old Testament. Called the house of God, in that he chose it as a peculiar habitation to dwell in after a sort.

  • 1. By ordaining it to be the principal place of his most publick and solemn worship in times of the Old Testament, 2 Chron. 7. 12.
  • 2. By making a special and singular promise of his special presence in that place above all other places to hear the prayers, and accept all other Religious services which his people should there perform unto him, 2 Chron. 7. 15. Mine eyes shall be open, and ears attent to the Prayer that is made in this place. Mine eyes and heart are there perpetually. Now withal, by this house of God, or Temple at Jerusal [...]m, we are Typically to [Page 841] understand here, every other publick or solemn place appointed for the publick worship of God in these times of the New Testament, because the Temple at Jerusalem was a special type of all such publick places of Gods worship in these time [...].

Shall be called] That is, accounted and taken to be so indeed. See Luke 19. 46. It is an Hebraism; as Matth. 5. 9. Peacemakers shall be called Children of God; that is, they shall be truly accounted and ta­ken so to be.

An house of Prayer] That is, a special place appointed for my publick and solemn worship. Prayer be­ing one special part of Gods publick worship, is here named in stead of all other parts of it. Synecdo­chice.

Of all Nations] Or, for all Nations, as it is, Esay 56. 7. which is all one in effect. The meaning is, that all other Nations as well as the Jews, should acknowledg the Temple at Jerusalem, to be the principal place of Gods publick and solemn worship, and accordingly should gather and assemble themselves there to worship God; which yet is not to be understood literally, as if all Nations should indeed come or repair to the material Temple at Jerusalem, to worship God there (for this never came to pass) but it is Typically and Mystically to be understood, viz. that the elect of God of other Nations, as well as of the Jews, should in these times of the New Testament, be called and gathered to the true Church, typified by the Temple at Jerusalem, and should be forward to joyn with the Church in the publick and solemn worship of God in the place appointed for it; that is to say, not onely in the Temple at Jerusalem, but in every other place typified by that Temple, wheresoever the Church should publickly worship God. See Joh. 4. 21.

The words being thus explained, consider in them three things. 1. The special title given to the Tem­ple at Jerusalem, and typically to every other publick place appointed for Gods publick worship in these times of the New Testament. It is called the house of God, and that by the mouth of God himself, My House.

2. The true end and use for which both the Temple in times of the Old Testament, and every other place of Gods worship in these times of the New Testament, typified by the Temple, was, and is Or­dained of God, viz. To be a house of Prayer; that is, a peculiar place for Gods publick worship.

3. The generality of the persons who should in these times of the New Testament, so esteem of the place of Gods publick worship, as a house or place of Prayer, and should use it accordingly, viz. All Nations; Gen­tiles as well as Jews.

Observ. Of the first. Observ. In that the Temple at Jerusalem, and typically every publick place appointed for Gods worship in these times of the New Testament, is here called the House of God; we may see the dig­nity and excellency of such places as are appointed for Gods publick worship, in that the Lord doth esteem of every such place as his house or habitation, where he may be said to dwell after a sort, in that he hath pro­mised in a more special manner to be present with his people, being assembled in his Name, to serve and worship him, and there to hear their prayers, and to accept of all their services duly performed to him. As Jacob, Ge [...]. 28. 19. called the place where God appeared to him, Bethel; that is, the house of God. So may every place appointed for Gods worship be called Bethel; yea, the Gate of heaven, as he saith ver. 17. be­cause God dwelleth there in special manner, manifesting the special presence of his Grace, in hearing the Prayers, and accepting the services of his people, and that by vertue of his own promise, Deut. 12. 5. The publick place which the Lord should chuse to put his name there, is called his habitation. And Psal. 132. 13. The Lord hath chosen Sion, he hath desired it for his habitation: This is my rest for ever, there will I dwell, &c. yea, the Synagogues are called houses of God, Psal. 83. 12. And although God hath not now in these times of the New Testament, tyed his presence in the same manner to the publick places of his worship, as he did to the Temple in times of the Old Testament; yet he hath also now made a special promise of his gratious presence in all such places where his people do assemble for his publi [...]k worship, Matth. 18. 20. Where two or three are gathered together in my Name, &c. The place of Gods publick worship is called the face of God, Gen. 4. 14.

Ʋse. Use. This should cause us to love and esteem highly of such places appointed for the publick worship of God, where the people of God do assemble and meet to perform such solemn worship. Seeing they are the houses of God, where he dwelleth, we should love and desire to be in them, and to joyn there with the people of God in his publick worship. Thus did David, Psal. 26. 8. Lord, I have loved the habitation of thy house, and place where thine honour dwelleth. So else where, as Psal. 27. 4. One thing have I desired of the Lord, &c. that I may dwell in the house of the Lord, &c. And Psal. 84. And Psal. 122. 1. I was glad when they said unto me, let us go into the house of the Lord. So should we be, shewing our forwardness on all occasions to fre­quent such publick places of Gods worship. See Act. 2. 46. Luke 2. 37. which shews the sin of those who are so negligent and slack in comming to these publick places of Gods worship, who shew so little love to Gods house, and to the place where his honour dwelleth, that a small matter hinders them from comming to it, to joyn in publick duties of God [...] worship. A shower of rain, &c. which would not hinder them from a Feast, or merry-meeting, yet hinders them from Gods house, where they should enjoy his presence in his Ordinances, &c. See Heb. 10. 25.

Mark 11. 17.‘My house shall be called of all Nations, &c. Janu. 24. 1629.

OF the second. The end and use for which the house of God, or Temple at Jerusalem was ordained, viz. to be a house of Prayer; that is, a place peculiar for Gods publick worship to be performed in, which is also Typically to be understod of every other publick place of Gods worship in these times of the New Testament.

Observ. 1. The true end and use for which all publick places of Gods worship are ordained, viz. that they may be houses or places of Prayer; that is, peculiar places for the performance of Gods publick worship. To this end they are ordained, and to this use they ought to serve. This was the only use and end for which [Page 842] the Temple was ordained, and to which it served by Gods appointment; viz. to be a peculiar place for performance of the publick and solemn duties of Gods Service; as Prayer, Sacrifices, Reading and Hearing of the Law read and expounded to the people, 2 Chron. 7. 12. Therefore doth the Lord hereby his Prophet call it an House of Prayer; and saith, it shall be so called and accounted of all Nations. And to this very end doth our Saviour here alledg these words of the Prophet, to shew the true use for which the Temple at Hierusalem was ordained and ought to serve; viz. to be a peculiar place for performance of holy and Reli­gious duties of Gods publick worship. For which cause it was also called a Sanctuary, and holy place, because it was ordained for a holy and Religious use; to be employed in publick and solemn duties of Gods Service. See Act. 2. 46. So likewise the Synagogues of the Jews, which they had in Hierusalem and other Cities, were ordained to this holy end and use; viz. to be peculiar places for performance of Gods publick Wor­ship; as Prayer, Reading and Hearing of the Law and Prophets read and expounded, &c. Therefore our Saviour Christ when he entred into any Synagogue of the Jews, it was still to perform some such Religious duty of Gods worship. So also the Apostles used to perform such duties in the Synagogues where they came; as we read in the Acts of the Apostles. The same may be said of all such publick places of Gods worship in our times; they are ordained to be houses of Prayer, Preaching, and Hearing of the Word, &c.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. See the sin of those who abuse the publick places of God's Worship to other unlawful ends. As,

1. The Papists employing Churches to Idolatry; as to worshipping of Images, Prayer to Saints, saying or singing of Masse, &c. These turn the houses of God, which should be houses of Prayer; and places for Gods true worship, into houses of Idolatry, superstition, and false worship: and so of houses of God, they make them Synagogues of Satan.

2. Such as turn Churches, or such like places, consecrated and appointed for Gods service, to common or profane uses; and so hinder the publick worship of God, by taking away the places in which Gods peo­ple should assemble for that end. Thus some have done. See Psal. 83. 12.

3. Such as come to Church for profane and common ends, &c. not to serve God religiously in the Con­gregation; but rather to sleep there, or to spend time in talking or prating, and laughing, in time of Divine Service; or to fit gazing about upon others. Such also as come to shew their vanity and pride in apparrell; or to talk with their Neighbours about worldly business, &c. or to censure or carp at their Minister. These turn the house of God, which should be a house of Prayer and Religious Worship, into a house or place to sleep in, or to be vain and idle; or into a Common-Hall or Market place to do worldly business in. Such also abuse the publick place of God's Worship, who make it a place for strife and debate; a place to wrangle or fall out in, or to revile one another. These turn the house of Prayer, or worshipping of God, into a place of strife and debate with men. Great is the sin of all such as do thus profane and abuse the house of God.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See we be careful to employ and use the publike places of Gods Worship, to that right end for which they are ordained; seeing they are houses of Prayer; that is, of Divine and Religious Worship: see we so use them, making conscience to come and repair to them duly, to perform publick duties of God's worship; as Prayer, Preaching and hearing the Word, administring of Sacraments. And not only to perform them; but in due manner: not for fashion and custom, but of conscience to God; in faith and obedience to his Will, who requireth of us these Services. Also with due fear and reverence of the Majesty of God, before whom we stand, and in whose sight we are, when we come to serve him in his house of Prayer, Levit. 26. 2. And to this end, to prepare our selves before we come: as Solomon warneth us, Eccles. 5. 1. Keep thy foot when thou goest to the house of God, &c. We must also see that those of our charge, as children, servants, &c. do come duly to the House of God, &c. Josh. 24. 15.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that Prayer is here named for all other publick worship; hence gather, That publick Prayer is one of the chief or principal parts of Gods publick worship to be performed in his house. Therefore is the Temple here called the House of Prayer. It is also called a house of Sacrifice, 2 Chron. 7. 12. Now Sacrifice and Prayer were usually joyned together, as may appear, Luke 1. 10. So also in the Synagogues of the Jews, one principal part of Gods publick worship there performed, was Prayer: whence was that ambitious custom of the Pharisees, Matth. 6. 5. who used to pray standing in the Synagogues. And as amongst the Jews in times of the Old Testament; So also amongst Christians in these times of the New Testament, one prin­cipal part of Gods publick worship to be performed in the house of God, is publick Prayer. Hence it is, that in ancient times, Churches and such other places appointed for publick worship, were called, Proseuchae, and Oratoria; that is, places of Prayer. Juvenal.—In quâ te quaero proseucha?

Quest. Quest. Whether publick Prayer be the chief and principal of all other publick duties of God's Wor­ship?

Answ. Answ. In some respects it may be said to be the chief. 1. In that it is a means to sanctifie all other parts of Gods Worship, by procuring a blessing from God upon the same. See 1 Tim. 4. 4.

2. In it we have a more near and immediate Communion with God, then in other Religious duties. But it is not generally and simply chief. For so the publick Preaching or Ministery of the Word hath the pre­heminence, and is to be accounted the principal of all parts of publick worship.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. It is the ordinary means to work faith, Rom. 10. 17. Now without faith, there can be no true Prayer. Therefore the Ministery of the Word is in order of nature before Prayer.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Paul being to celebrate the Lords-Day in a publick Assembly of the Church of Troas, Act. 20. 7. spent the greatest part of the day in preaching of the Word: which he would not have done, if that had not been the principal part of Gods publick Worship.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. The same Apostle, 1 Cor. 14. 1. preserreth the gift of Prophecy (whereby is meant the Ministerial gift of opening and applying the Scripture to the edification of the Church) before all other gifts then in the Church.

To these, adde that, Act. 2. 42. where, the several parts of Gods publick worship performed by the Chri­stians of the Primitive Church in their assemblies being reckoned up, the Ministery of the Word is named in the first place, as the chief of all the rest. (Vide Zanch. in 4. praec. Col. 665.) Adde also that, 1 Cor. 1. 17. where Preaching is made the principal end of the Ministerial Calling.

Quest. Quest. Why is the house of God called the house of Prayer, and not the house of Preaching?

Answ. Answ. 1. Prayer is here put for all parts of Gods publick worship, as is shewed before: and so Preach­ing is not excluded, but included.

2. This is most properly to be understood of the Temple at Hierusalem; which is called the house of Prayer, because this part of Gods worship was after a sort tyed to that place: so as when they prayed in other places, yet they were to turn their faces toward the Temple at Hierusalem; as Daniel did, Dan. 6. 10. But the Ministery of the Word was not in the same manner, nor so strictly tyed to the Temple; but might as well be exercised in other places; viz. in the Synagogues.

3. The Temple is also called the house of Sacrifice; yet Sacrifice was not the principal Worship. See 2 Chron. 7. 12.

One Caution here to be added, That as the excellency of publick Prayer must not cause us to contemn the Ministery of the Word: so neither must the excellency of the Word preached, cause us to dis-esteem the publick prayers of the Church: but we must reverently esteem of both in their due places and degrees of excellency.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. Publick Prayer being one of the principal parts of Gods publick worship, this serveth for reproof of two sorts of persons.

1. Such as contemn this part of God's publick worship; and shew contempt, by absenting themselves from publick Prayers of the Church; or by coming slackly to the same.

2. Such as profane or abuse this part of Gods Worship; viz. publick Prayer.

As, 1. The Papists, who many wayes abuse it. 1. By using it in Latine, not understood by the Peo­ple. 2. By praying to Saints, and before Images. 3. By Prayer for the dead.

2. Many amongst us also, who abuse publick Prayer; viz. Such as perform this Exercise in the Congre­gation in a meer formal and customary manner, without any true faith, feeling, or affection of heart: so ma­king but a lip-labour of it, &c. Matth. 15. 9.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See that we make conscience of this part of Gods publick worship; viz. to joyn with the Church and Congregation in publick Prayer upon all occasions: remembring, that God's house is, and ought to be, the house of Prayer; and the Promise made to such publick meetings and Prayers of the Church, Matth. 18. Wheretwo or three are gathered together, &c.

Mark 11. 17.—‘Is it not written, My house shall be called of all Nations, the house of Prayer? Jan. 31. 1629. but ye have made it a denne of Theeves.’

OF the third. The Persons who should esteem and take the house of God, or publick place of his Wor­ship, to be an house of Prayer, and should use it accordingly: that is to say, should joyn with the true Church of the New Testament, in performance of Divine and Religious worship; viz. All Nations, Gen­tiles as well as Jews. Here then is a plain Prophecy of the calling of the Gentiles, which was to be full­filled long after in these times of the New Testament. See Act. 13.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It was the Will of God, that the Gentiles should be called and gathered to the true Church in these times of the New Testament. And that they should shew the fruit and effect of their Calling, by their forwardnesse to joyn with Gods people in the true worship of God, and that in the solemn place appointed for it. This is here signified, when it is said, That all Nations should call the house of God, an house of Prayer. This calling of the Gentiles is foretold also in many other places of the Prophets; Esay 2. 2. In the last dayes, &c. all Nations shall flow to the Mountain of the Lord. Esay 60. 3. The Gentiles shall come to the light of the Church. Zephan. 2. 11. The Iles of the heathen shall come to worship God, every one from his place. And Chap. 3. Verse 9. Then will I turn to the people (that is, to the Gentiles) a pure language, that they may all call up [...]n the Name of the Lord, to serve him with one consent. So in many other places of the Prophets, and of the Psalms, this calling of the Gentiles, and their joyning with the Church in the true worship of God, is fore­told. Which shews, that it was the Will of God: and a special thing decreed and appointed by him long before-hand: and as it was before-hand decreed of God, and foretold by the Prophets; so it was in due time fulfilled in the times of the New Testament; namely, after the Ascension of Christ into Heaven: for then did the Apostles by Commission from Christ himself, preach the Gospel to all other Nations as well as to the Jews, as appeareth in the Acts of the Apostles. See Act. 13.

Use. Use. See our priviledg and happinesse, who live in these times of the New Testament, since the Ascen­sion of Christ; in which this calling of the Gentiles is fulfilled. We being Gentiles, it is Gods unspeakable [...]ercy to us, that he hath appointed us to be born, and to live in this last Age of the Church, since Christ's coming and Ascension into Heaven: in which we that are Gentiles, are called to the unity of the Church by the Gospel preached: and that the partition-Wall is broken down, which heretofore did shut the Gentiles from the Society of the Church, Ephes. 2. 14. Heretofore God suffered the Gentiles to walk in their own wayes, Act. 14. 16. He might have suffered us so to do, and then we must needs have perished for ever. But he hath not so dealt with us, but hath reserved us for these blessed times of the Gospel, in which we are called to the Unity and Society of the true Church by the Ministery of the Word, &c. Let us be stirred up to true thankfulness unto God for this mercy; and see that we do not rest in an outward calling, which all are partakers of, even Hypocrites and Reprobates; but see that we be obedient and answerable to this call­ing of God, bringing forth true fruits of faith and repentance in our lives, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that this calling of the Gentiles foretold hereby the Prophet Isaiah, was accordingly full­filled in the rime appointed, though it were long after; viz. since the Coming and Ascension of Christ, which was 7. or 8. hundred years after the Prophet Isaiah's time; hence we learn, the truth and certainty of the fulfilling of all Prophecies set down in Scripture, that they either are already, or shall be, most cer­tainly fulfilled. Though some of them be long deferred, even for many hundreds of years: yet not one of them hath failed, neither shall fail, but be certainly fulfilled in the time appointed. See Hab. 2. 3. Heaven [Page 844] and earth shall pass away, but not one jot or title of the Word of God shall fail, Matth. 24. 35.

Ʋse. Use. To strengthen our Faith in those Prophecies of Scripture which are yet unfulfilled; as touching the Calling of the Jews again, touching the destruction of Anti-Christ, the general Resurrection, and last Judgment, &c.

Now followeth the second part of the words; But ye have made it a den of Thieves] A sharp reproof of those who profaned the Temple by buying and selling, and changing of money in it, whereby they abused it to a far other end than that for which it was ordained; making it, of an house of Prayer, to become a den of Thieve [...].

The words of this reproof are taken out of Jer. 7. 11. where the Prophet useth the like words in repro­ving the hypocrisy of the Jews, and the vain confidence which they put in the Temple; in that they vainly supposed, that although they lived in gross sins, as Theft, Murder, Adultery, Perjury, Idolatry, &c. yet if they came and stood to worship God outwardly in the Temple, they should be accepted of God, and safe from enemies. To these the Prophet thus speaketh there, by way of sharp reproof; Is this house which is called by my name, become a den of Robbers in your eyes? These words our Saviour here applyeth to those which bought and sold in the Temple, reproving them for making that holy place a den of Thieve [...].

Now in these words, both our Saviour here, and the Prophet Jeremy in the place alledged, doth allude to the ancient custome of thieves and robbers; who that they might rob and steal the more safely, used to have certain dens and caves, or hollow places in the Earth, especially in Rocks and Mountains, where they use to dwell and abide, and there to hide themselves, that they might not be apprehended and punished for their theft. To such close lurking thieves, our Saviour here compareth tho [...]e that profaned the Temple by buying and selling, and changing money there; and the Temple so abused by them, he compareth to a den of such thieves.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Why doth he compare them to thieves or robbers?

Answ. Answ. Because by those practises of buying, selling, and money-changing in the Temple, they made them­selves guilty of theft and robbery; and that of a twofold theft.

  • 1. Against God, in that they converted or turned that holy place appointed for Gods worship, to a com­mon and profane use, whereby they robbed God, defrauding him of his due, viz. of the place of his wor­ship, by employing it to their own use. Thus they were guilty of Sacriledg.
  • 2. Against men, in that they made a gain and enriched themselves by unlawful means, viz. by buying and selling, and changing of money in the Temple, which was not lawfull to do in that place; and therefore to make a gain of such practises, was no better then theft.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. Why doth he compare them to close thieves lurking in their dens?

Answ. Answ. Because of their hypocrisy, in that they did hide their thievish practises under a fair pretence, viz. that they bought and sold Oxen, Sheep, and Doves there to serve for Sacrifice, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour did not only cast out these buyers and sellers, and money-changers from the Temple, but withal doth here reprove them for abusing that place by those profane practises: Hence we may learn, that such as are in authority in the Church, and so have a Calling to reform abuses, ought not one­ly by their actions and practice to oppose such abuses, but also in word by reproving them, and the authors of them. Thus ought Magistrates to do, as Nehem. 13. 17. he reproved those that profaned the Sabbath. And if Magistrates should do this, then much more should Pastors and Ministers of the Church reprove abu­ses, both in their publick Ministry, and also in private, as occasion is offered. Thus did the Prophets and Apostles in their times. As Paul, Act. 17. and at other time [...]. 2 Tim. 4. 2. It is one special duty of the Ministers Office, to reprove sin and abuses reigning in the time, and place wherein he lives, especially in tho [...]e of his own charge.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour doth not only reprove these profaners of the Temple, but sharply and se­verely; calling them thieves, &c. Hence we learn, that such as have a Calling to reprove sin in others, are not alwayes to deal gently and mildly herein, but sometimes sharply and severely, Tit. 1. 13. Rebuke (false tea­chers and seducers) sharply, &c. 1 Cor. 4. 21. Shall I come unto you with a rod, &c. This sharpness is to be used in reproving gross sins and offences, tending much to Gods dishonour, and especially if the parties of­fending be obstinate, and hardned in their sins, and never as yet humbled for the same. Then especially is this severity needfull. Thus did our Saviour sharply rebuke the obstinate Scribes and Pharisees, as we see Matth. 23. Otherwise, in reproving lesser offences, and in dealing with such as are tractable, mildness is to be used, 2 Tim. 2. 25. And Judg. 22. 23.

Mark 11. 17.‘But ye have made it a den of Thieves, &c. Febr. 7. 1629.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. IN that our Saviour chargeth them as thieves and sacrilegious persons against God, because they employed the Temple, being a holy place, to a profane and common use, by buying and selling, and changing money in it: Hence gather, how great a sin it is to profane holy things, consecra­ted to God and his service, turning them from a holy, to a profane and common use. It is spiritual theft and sacriledg against God, and such as do it, are sacrilegious thieves, robbing God of his due. Therefore such as profane the Sabbath day, using it as a common day, doing worldly business on it, buying and selling upon it, going needless Journeyes, reckoning and paying of money, &c. These rob God of his time, and so are thieves against God. So those that convert the goods of the poor, or of the Church (as tythe and main­tenance of Gods Ministers) to private uses. These are robbers of God, Mal. 3. 8. So to profane the holy Ordinances of God; as the Ministry of his Word or Sacraments, &c. To use them as common matters, to come to them after a common or profane manner, without preparation, in our sins, &c. without due reve­rence, &c. This is theft against God, we rob him of his honour and true service, &c. This is to turn the place of Gods worship into a den of thieves.

Use. Use. Take heed we be not guilty of this kind of theft and Sacriledg against God, by profaning holy things, &c. If it be a great sin to rob and steal from men, much more from God himself.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that our Saviour calleth them thieves, not onely for that they robbed God, by profaning that holy place of his worship, employing it to a common use, but also because they enriched themselves by un­lawfull means, viz. by such practises as were unlawful; as by buying and selling, &c. in the Temple, which was unlawful: Hence we learn, that such as make a gain of unlawful practises, or do enrich themselves by such means, are guilty of theft, and no better then thieves, breakers of the 8th Commandment, robbing and stealing from men, as the former sort did from God. True of all that make gain of unlawfull practises. For the conceiving of this, know, that there are sundry sorts of unlawfull practises used by men to make gain, and to enrich themselves by.

Reduced to two general heads. 1. Such as are simply unlawful, and against the Word of God, being con­demned in it.

2. Such as are not simply evill or unlawfull, but in regard of some evill circumstances accompanying the use of them.

Of the first. To omit the practice of common thieves, robbing by the high-way, or els-where, either by Land or Sea; for that these are thieves, no man doubteth. Sundry other unlawful practises to get wealth; and so sundry kinds of theft.

  • 1. The practice of covetousness, which is an inordinate desire and seeking after wealth, Prov. 23. 4. 1 Cor. 6. 10.
  • 2. The practice of oppression and unjustice, whereby they wrong others in their goods, whether openly, or secretly; by force, or fraud. Such as do so, are guilty of theft; for all oppression is theft and robbery, Nahum 3. 1. Psal. 62. 10.

1. Open oppression, by force or violence; as when rich men oppress the poor. So when any do by force with-hold the goods of others; as things pawned, or lent; or the wages of the hireling, or goods of Orphans, &c. These are guilty of theft and robbery; yea, in a high degree. Prov. 22. 22. Rob not the poor, &c.

2. Secret and close oppression of others by fraudulent means. For example, as secret pilfering from others, as Servants from Masters, &c.

3. The practice of any other sin or sins, to make a gain of, or to enrich our selves; as lying, dissembling, swearing, forswearing, &c. Also the sin of bribery, Esay 1. 23.

4. The practice of unlawfull Arts or Trades to get money, or to make a living of them. As, 1. Devil­lish Arts, as Magick, Witchcraft, Charming, &c. 2. The Trade of common Stage-players, who make a living of it. 3. The Trade and practice of common Gamesters, who use Gaming to get money, under pre­tence of recreation. Such as use any of these practises to enrich themselves, are guilty of theft, and no bet­ter then thieves and robbers of others.

Of the second; Such means as are lawfull in themselves, being well used, but do become unlawfull by reason of some evill and unlawful circumstances accompanying the use of them; as when they are used or practised in unlawfull manner, or out of due time, or place, &c. For example, to buy and sell, and to use other honest trading and dealings in the World, is in it self a lawful course to get wealth; yet to buy and sell, or to use other Trades and worldly dealings upon the Sabbath day, is unlawful, and so those that use it to make gain thereby, are guilty of theft and robbery.

Ʋse. Use. See by this how common the sin of theft is now adayes, and how many thieves there are besides those that rob by the high-way, and break open houses, or pick purses, &c. Some think these are the only thieves and robbers, but we have heard the contrary, viz. that all such as make a gain, or do enrich themselves by un­lawful practises, are thieves.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. In that our Saviour compares these profaners of the Temple, in regard of their hypocrisy, to close thieves, lurking secretly in dens, &c. Hence gather, what is the property and practise of hypocrites, viz. to desire and seek to hide their unlawful and wicked practises under fair colours and pretences. They desire to carry their sins so closely and secretly, that they be not discerned; and though they do evill, yet are they not willing to be seen or known to do evil, but rather to do well. Thus they are like close thieves, hiding themselves in dens and holes of the earth, that they be not seen. Saul in sparing Agag, and the best of the spoil, would be thought to do well, 1 Sam. 15. And Judas hid his covetousness under the cloak of cha­rity to the poor, Joh. 12. 4. The Pharisees hid many gross sins under pretence and shew of Religion, Matth. 23. 14. they devoured Widdows houses under colour of long Prayers. 2 Cor. 11. 13. the false Apostles transformed themselves into the Apostles of Christ in shew and appearance.

Use 1 Use 1. See what a shameful thing sin is, in that even the wicked and hypocrites themselves, who are wil­ling to commit sin, and live in it, yet are not willing to have their sins known, but seek to hide them under fair colours and pretences. These pretences, the Apostle calleth the hidden things of shame, or the secret lurking corners of dishonesty, 2 Cor. 4. 2. (turpitudinis latebras, as Beza translateth it).

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Take heed of this gross hypocrisy, in seeking to hide our selves and unlawful practises under co­lourable excuses and pretences, especially under pretence of Religion. It is the property of gross hypocrites and wicked men thus to do. But these excuses and pretences are no other but dens, and lurking holes in which men seek to hide themselves when they do evill; which howsoever, they may for a time hide and cover them from the eyes of men, yet not from the eyes of God; but he will hereafter pluck them out of these dens, and bring them to open shame and punishment before men and Angels, if they repent not. See 1 Cor. 4. 5.

Mark 11. 18, 19. ‘And the Scribes and chief Priests heard it, and sought how they might destroy him: for they Febr. 14. 1629. feared him, because all the people was astonished at his Doctrine. And when Even was come, he went out of the City.’

VVE have heard before in the three former Verses, our Saviour's special and extraordinary sact, in purging the Temple at Hierusalem from abuses; by casting out thence the buyers, sellers, and mo­ney-changers, &c. Now the Evangelist mentioneth certain Consequents or Events which thereupon fol­lowed.

The Consequents are two. 1. The malicious practice of the Scribes and chief Priests, against our Sa­viour, seeking hereupon to destroy him: where also is set down the cause moving them thereunto; for that they feared him: together with the ground of that fear; because all the people were astonished at his Doctrine, Verse 18.

2. His departute out of the City an Even-tide, Verse 19.

First to open the meaning of the words.

The Scribes and chief Priests] Who these were, see before, Chap. 10. Verse 33.

Heard it] When they heard what he had done, in casting out the buyers and sellers, &c. And also that sharp reproof with which he reproved them for profaning the Temple, Verse 17. which Reproof touched them also very nearly, viz. the Scribes and chief Priests, who were publick Officers and Ministers of the Temple; forasmuch as they did wink at those abuses in the Temple; yea, allowed and maintained them, because they were gainful to them, as well as to the buyers and sellers, &c. as we have heard before. There­fore not enduring this plain and sharp reproof, they were so incensed against him, that out of their wrath and malice they sought how to destroy him] that is, they used diligence, to enquire and find out the best way and means how to put him to death most securely and safely; so as the common people being much addicted to him, might not be moved to any tumult or insurrection against them for the same. That this is the mean­ing, appears by that which followeth; where it is said, They feared him in regard of the people being astonished at his Doctrine. And Luke 19. ult. it is said, they could not find what they might do to him, (that is, how they might safely, and without danger of tumult or insurrection in the common people, make away with him) be­cause the people were so attentive to him, &c.

For they feared him] Not so much in respect of any hurt which they thought he could do unto them of himself (for although he had shewed his power by Miracles, yet they did not believe it) as in respect of that power and authority which he had with the common people who favouring him, and being much ad­dicted to him for the excellency of his Doctrine, and innocency of his life, they feared lest if they should in open manner seek to put him to death, the people should make insurrection against them for so doing; as Mar. 14. 2. and Chap. 12. 12. That this was the ground of their fear, may appear by the words following. So in these words is rendred a reason not so much of their desire to put him to death, as of their diligent en­quiry about the manner and means of doing it.

Because all the people] That is, the common sort of people.

Were astonished at his Doctrine] That is, were moved with fear and reverence, and with admiration at the excellent matter and manner of his teaching.

The Reason whereof is alledged, Matth. 7. 29. Because he taught them as one having authority, and not as the Scribes.

In the words thus explained, consider Five things.

  • 1. The persons which sought to destroy or put to death our Saviour, The Scribes and chief Priests.
  • 2. The occasion moving them hereunto; The hearing what he had done in casting out the buyers and sellers, &c. As also that sharp reproof directed against those profaners of the Temple, and consequently against themselves for tolerating and allowing such abuses there.
  • 3. Their malicious practice against our Saviour; They sought how to destroy him.
  • 4. The cause or reason why they did so; because they feared him.
  • 5. Lastly, the ground of that their fear; Because all the people were astonished at his Doctrine. Of the first. The persons; The Scribes ond chief Priests.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Such as by their places and callings in the Church ought to be the greatest friends and favourers of Christ, and of his doctrine, are oftentimes the greatest enemies of the same; and so do shew themselves. See before, Chap. 8. Verse 31.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Such as ought to be most forward in seeking reformation of abuses and corruptions in the Church, are oftentimes the greatest enemies and hinderers of such reformation, and of such as seek it. These chief Priests and Scribes, who should have been most forward to reform the abuses of buying and sell­ing Sacrifices in the Temple, were so far from this, that they oppose and persecute our Saviour Christ; yea, seek his death, because he reproved and opposed those abuses. In the Prophet Jeremiah's time, the Church of the Jews was full of corruptions. But those who should have been most forward to reform them; as the King himself, and the Princes, and Priests, these did most oppose and hinder this reformation, when it was sought and laboured by Jeremy. See Chap. 20. & Chap. 26. Now this is a miserable case, when the Church being much corrupted, such as should be foremost in seeking reformation of those corruptions, are most backward; yea, greatest enemies to reformation, and to such as desire and seek it. Then must the Church needs be in ill case; neither is there any hope or likelihood of any good reformation, so long as it is so. Therefore when it is so, we must be earnest with God in prayer, that he may turn and change the hearts of such as are in authority (and which should be foremost in seeking reformation of the Church), that of ene­mies and hinderers, they may become zealous furtherers of such reformation.

Of the second. The occasion of their seeking to put Christ to death; The hearing of his fact in purging the Temple from abuses: together with his sharp reproof directed against the profaners of the Temple, and by consequence against themselves for tolerating and maintaining those abuses, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. It is the property of wicked men, to be impatient of Reproof for their sins: they cannot en­dure to have their sins taxed or reproved: no not by such as have a calling to reprove them, as our Saviour had to reprove these Scribes and chief Priests: yea, though they be not plainly and directly reproved, but covertly and indirectly, as our Saviour reproved these; yet they cannot endure it. Prov. 13. 1. A scorner heareth no rebuke. Such a scorner is every wicked man for the most part. Especially it is true of such as are obstinately wicked, being hardened in their sins. Such cannot endure to have their sins reproved by God's Ministers or others who have a calling to reprove them. Wicked Ahab could not endure to have his sins re­proved by Eliah, and therefore counted him his enemy, 1 King. 21. 20. So Chap. 22. 8. he hated Mi­chaiah, &c. Amos 5. 10. They hate him that rebuketh in the gate, &c. Matth. 21. 45. When the chief Priests and Pharisees perceived that he reproved them by his Parables, they sought to lay hands on him. Which shews how im­patient of reproof they were. Act. 7. 54. the Jews heard Stephen patiently, till he came home to them by re­proof, and then they were cut to the heart (as it is said) and gnashed on him with their teeth.

Reason. Reason. Wicked men do love their sins, and desire to live in them still; Job 20. 12. Wickednesse is sweet in their mouth, &c. They spare it, and will not forsake it, but keep it still, &c. Therefore they cannot endure to have them reproved.

Ʋse. 1 Use 1. See the cause of all that hatred and enmity which wicked men use to shew against Gods Servants; especially against his faithful Ministers: It is because they do reprove their sins; which they not enduring, must needs hate and persecute them as enemies. Joh. 3. 20. Every one that doth evill, hateth the light; neither cometh to it, lest his deeds be reproved.

Use 2 Use 2. Take heed it be not so with us. That we be not impatient, discontented, or unwilling to have our sins reproved; especially by such as have a calling from God to do it. Remember, It is the property of wicked men and hypocrites, not to endure admonition or reproof for their sins. Although a good man may also offend this way; as Asa, 2 Chron. 16. 10. But not often and usually as the wicked. No hope of repen­tance in such, so long as they reject the means, &c. As one that being dangerously sick, and will not endure Physick, &c. On the contrary, it is a notable sign of sincerity, if we can willingly and gladly submit to reproof; as David, Psal. 141. Let the righteus smite me, &c. and Prov. 9. 8. Rebuke a wise man, and he will love thee.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that these Scribes and chief Priests perceiving themselves to be touched by our Saviour's Reproof, were so far from making good use hereof, that they were more incensed against them than before, insomuch that now they sought his life: hence learn, That obstinate wicked men & hypocrites are so far from being bettered by reproof, that they oftentimes grow worse by it, being more inraged and provoked to shew their wickedness than before: especially against such as reprove them. The Scribes and Pharisees being of­ten reproved by our Saviour for their hypocrisie, pride, covetousness, and such like sins, were so far from pro­fiting by that Reproof, that they grew worse, and were more and more inraged against him for reproving them.

Object. Object. If it be so: Then it may seem better for such wicked men not to be reproved at all, lest it make them worse.

Answ. Answ. 1. This followes not; because such as have a calling to reprove sin (as the Ministers of God, and all that have charge of others Souls), ought to perform this duty for discharge of their own conscience, though no fruit do follow in the parties reproved; but the contrary rather.

2. There are two sorts of wicked men. 1. Such as though they be profane and wicked in life, yet are in some sort tractable and willing or content to be reproved: at least they may be so, for ought we know to the contrary; before we have tryed them. And of these, there is no question but we ought to admonish and reprove them, as occasion is offered, and so far as our calling binds us so to do. 2. Such as are obstinate­ly wicked; and not only so, but open scoffers or scorners of reproof, and do shew themselves to be so. Now such as these we are not to reprove, so long as they continue such; but to leave them to God, and to his just Judgment, if they repent not. Prov. 9. 8. Rebuke not a scorner, lest he hate thee, &c. that is, an open scorner, known to be so, &c. And Matth. 7. 6. Give not that which is holy, unto dogs, &c. yet withall know, That we are not presently to judg every one to be such a scorner, who doth at first, or at some one time, so refuse admoni­tion or reproof: but such as do this again and again, persisting in this obstinate course. See Tit. 3. 10.

Use. Ʋse. See how fearful a thing it is to be hardened in sin, and to have an impenitent heart: Such are so far from profiting by the means ordained to bring them to repentance, that they grow worse, &c. Like those whose bodies being distempered with some dangerous sickness, no Physick will work, but makes them worse, &c. Pray against this hardness of heart; and that we may have grace to yield to reproof, and to make use of it, &c.

Mark 11. 18, 19.‘And the Scribes and chief Priests heard it, and sought how they might destroy him, &c. Febr. 21. 1629.

OF the third. The malicious practice of these Scribes and chief Priests against our Saviour, They sought how they might destroy him.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The extream hatred and enmity of the wicked against the Saints and Servants of God; being such, as nothing will satisfie, but the death and destruction of those whom they hate: therefore they seek to destroy and root them out from the Earth, if they can by any means. Such was the malice and enmity of these wicked Scribes and chief Priests against our Saviour. And such hath been the deadly malice of wicked men against the Saints of God in all Ages. Such was Cain's hatred against Abel. Esau's against Jacob. Saul's against David. The malice of Herodias against John, Mark 6. 16. Psal. 83. 4. Come, let us cut them off from being a Nation, &c.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. They hate the Saints of God even for their Religion and Piety: which of all other, is the greatest and most deadly enmity. 1 Joh. 3. 12. Cain slew his brother, because his own works were evill, and his brothers righteous.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. The Saints of God are commanded not only to separate from wicked men in life and practice; but to reprove their sins. Ephes. 5. 11. Have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness, but reprove them rather. Now this they cannot but do: And therefore the wicked bear such deadly hatred against them; seeking to destroy and root them out from the earth.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. The Devill stirs them up to this hatred, who is a murderer, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See what cause for us to pray unto God, to curb and restrain the malice and power of wicked men, that they may not be able to do that hurt and mischief they desire to do to the true Saints and Servants of God: That they may not have their will in destroying and rooting such out of the Earth. Especially we had need thus to pray in these evil and dangerous times, in which the true Church hath so many and deadly ene­mies.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. See the power and goodness of God manifested, in restraining the deadly hatred of the wicked, and in the continual protection of his Church and faithful Servants, against the malice of such wicked ones: who otherwise would soon destroy and root out God's Church and people from the face of the earth. But God doth put his hook into their noses, and his bridle in their lips: as he did to Sennacherib, 2 King. 19. 28. For this we are to bless God, and be truly thankful. (Vide suprà, Chap. 3. 6. and Chap. 6. 19.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that they sought means how they might put him to death, &c. See the diligence, earnest­ness, and forwardness of wicked men to practise sin: In that they do not only commit sin, but diligently seek and enquire after the means how to compasse their wicked desires. Matth. 26. 16. Judas sought opportunity to betray him. Mich. 2. 1. They devise iniquity upon their beds; when the morning is light, they practise it. Esay 59. 7. Their feet run to evill, and they make haste to shed innocent blood: their thoughts are thoughts of iniquity, &c. Prov. 4. 16. They sleep not, except they have done mischief, &c. yea, they will take great pains to practise sin, Matth. 23. 15.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the folly and madness of all wicked men, being so diligent and forward in practise of that which will be their destruction. For sin being finished, brings forth death, Jam. 1. 15. So they study and devise; yea, take pains to go to Hell, and to damn their own Souls. Therefore wicked men are justly called Fools, in Scripture; as in the Proverbs of Solomon, often.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Teacheth us to be much more diligent, industrious, and forward to do well; to glorifie God by obedience, and by practice of all holy duties; and to work out our own salvation with fear and trembling, Phil. 2. 2 Pet. 1. 10. Give all dilgence to make your Calling and Election sure, &c. If the wicked be so diligent in seeking, &c. much more should we diligently enquire and seek how to glorifie God, and do good in our places and Callings, Prov. 14. 22.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. The wicked are very wise and politick in the practise of sin, and in compassing their wicked desires. See before, chap. 3. ver. 6.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that one cause why these Scribes and chief Priests sought to destroy our Saviour was, be­cause they heard that he went about to reform those abuses of buying and selling in the Temple, which they allowed and maintained: see by this, what all such may look for, who have a Calling, and do go about to re­form abuses and corruptions in the Church, viz. to stir up the hatred and enmity of wicked men against them­selves. Thus it hath bin in all ages with such as have sought reformation of the Church. They have bin hated, and persecuted by wicked men for so doing: this is the reward they have had. As we may see in the examples of Elias, Jeremy, John Baptist, our Saviour Christ himself, &c. So in the ages since Christ, those who have sought reformation of the Church (as Athanasius, Chrysostome, John Hus, Luther, &c.), have bin hated and persecuted by wicked men. So in these times, such as have a Calling to reform abuses in the Church, as Christian Magistrates and Ministers, &c. if they will seriously set themselves to this work, must look for opposition at the hands of wicked men, and prepared for it; yea, to be hated and persecuted by such for going about to reform abuses and disorders reigning in the Church. For wicked men being the chief Authors and maintainers of abuses, the very name of Reformation is odious to them, and so they can­not but hate and oppose such as do labour and seek for Reformation.

Use 1 Use 1. Such as have a Calling to reform abuses in the Church, to prepare and arm themselves against ha­tred and persecution of wicked men; Pray for courage and constancy, &c.

Use 2 Ʋse. 2. Comfort to such as meet with hatred and opposition from wicked men, for seeking Reformation of abuses, &c. so far forth as they sincerely seek it, &c.

Mark 11. 18.—‘For they feared him, because all the people was astonished at his Doctrine. Febr. 28. 1629.

OF the fourth. The cause or reason why these Scribes and chief Priests sought by all secret means to de­stroy our Saviour. Because they feared him] viz. in respect of the favour of the people to him. They were afraid that if they should openly put him to death, the common people being addicted to him, would move sedition, or make some Insurrection against them. See before in opening the meaning. So this was a slavish fear of hurt or danger which might come upon them by means of our Saviour, if the people should for his sake move sedition.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Wicked men are apt to be timerous and fearful upon all occasions, especially when they are to practise sin, Psal. 14. 5. Job 24. 15, 16, 17. yea, if there be but a shew of danger. As here, these Scribes and chief Priests were timerous and fearfull of danger, if the common people should take part with our Savi­our against them, and so make some tumult or uproar against them for his sake. And yet this may seem to have bin a matter not so greatly to be feared, if we consider the inconstancy of the common people in their fa­vour and friendship to our Saviour, who within three or four dayes after this, were moved to cry out against him, that he might be Crucified, Matth. 27. 22. yet we see here how apt these wicked Scribes and Priests were to be afraid of danger, by the peoples moving of sedition in defence of our Saviour. And this is al­wayes the property of wicked men, to be very apt to slavish fears, upon the least suspition of evil or danger to themselves; yea, to fear when there is no cause of fear, Psal. 53. 5. and Prov. 28. 1.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. They have an evil Conscience within them, guilty of sin unrepented of, and apprehending Gods wrath, which makes them fearful on all occasions, as Cain, Gen. 4. 14. was afraid every one that should find him, would kill him.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. They want Faith to believe Gods mercy and protection of them in times of danger, and there­fore they cannot but fear, Revel. 21. 8. The fearfull and unbelieving are joyned together.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. See the misery of all wicked men so long as they live and continue such. They are apt to be trou­bled and tormented with fears on all occasions, if never so little danger do appear; yea, to live in fear. Now this is a hell and torment to them, 1 Joh. 4. 18. Esay 57. 20. Fear hath torment in it; which should move such to repent, and labour for Faith and a good Conscience, Deut. 28. 65. Trembling heart.

Use 2 Use 2. To teach the godly to strive against this timerousness and fearfulness which is in wicked men, see­ing it is the property of the wicked, which have no Faith nor peace of Conscience. Therefore such as pro­fess to [...]e Gods children, and to have Faith and a good Conscience, ought to labour and strive against such timerousness and fearfulness, Prov. 28. 1. The Righteous is bold as a Lyon. He that fears God truly, need fear nothing else; as on the contrary, he that fears not God, hath cause to fear all other things, small and great, as an ancient Father saith, Chrysost.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the thing which these Scribes and chief Priests feared, was not the sin or offence against God, or against our Saviour Christ himself, in going about to put him to death; but the hurt and danger which was like to come upon themselves, if the common people should raise tumult against them for going about in open manner to put him to death: Hence we learn, what is the principal matter or object of wick­ed mens fear usually, what it is which they use most to fear. Not sin or the offence of God, or any Spiritu­al evil or danger, but rather outward evils or dangers like to come upon them. For example, bodily sick­ness, pain, or death it self, worldly crosses or losses, poverty, shame, hatred, or displeasure of men, &c. These and such like external evils, are the matters which wicked men do use chiefly to fear. As for Spiritual evil [...], as sin, and the offence of God, or loss of Gods favour, or loss of heaven; these they fear not half so much, Gen. 4. Cain's fear was, lest any should kill him. Matth. 2. 3. when Herod heard of the birth of Christ, he was troubled with fear, &c.

Reason. Reason. Wicked men are most sensible of outward evils and dangers, not so much of Spiritual. Therefore they fear those principally, and not these. See Joh. 11. 48.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. See the folly of wicked men, in that they fear those evills most which are least to be feared, and on the contrary, those least, which are most to be feared, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Difference between the fear of the wicked, and of the Godly, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. Take heed we be not like to the wicked in this preposterous fear. That we do not fear these out­ward and temporal evils; but that above all, we fear Spiritual evils; as sin, and the loss of Gods favour, &c. Esay 8. 12. Fear not their fear, but sanctify the Lord in your hearts, and let him be your fear and dread. And Matth. 10. 28. Fear not them that kill the body, but are not able to kill the Soul; But rather fear him that is able to destroy both Soul and body in Hell.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that these Scribes and chief Priests who hated our Saviour, and sought his death, did withall fear him in respect of the peoples favour and affection to him, &c. Hence we learn, that wicked men are sometimes forced to stand in fear of the Saints and Servants of God, whom they most hate, and are greatest enemies unto. Though they do not fear them with any reverent fear, proceeding from love, yet they fear them with a servile or slavish fear, joyned with hatred and enmity against them.

Reas. 1 Reas. 1. The innocency and uprightness of the Saints, striketh terrour into their wicked enemies, some­times causing them to fear the just Judgment of God, for opposing such. So Herod, Mark 6.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. God doth by this means curb the malice of the wicked, and provide for the safety of his ser­vants.

Use 1 Use 1. See the misery of wicked men, being forced to stand in fear of those whom they most hate, and are deadly enemies unto, viz. the true Saints and Servants of God. Now this is a great misery and torment to live in fear of such as we hate: withal, see what a miserable thing it is to be an enemy to the Saints of God, in that such are sometimes forced whether they will or no, to stand in fear of those whom they hate and are enemies unto. See how little comfort the wicked can have in hating and opposing Gods servants; yea, none at all, but on the contrary, great trouble and torment in their Consciences; which therefore should move such to repent of their sins, and in particular, of their hatred and enmity against the Saints of God, and to labour for true love to them, &c. that they may not be forced to stand in a slavish fear of them, but may have comfort in and by their society and friendship.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See how little cause there is for such as fear God, to fear wicked mens power or malice, seeing on the contrary it is so that the wicked do often stand in fear of them. And indeed there is much more cause for the wicked to fear the godly, then on the contrary. More cause to pitty and lament the misery of such, then to fear them. Now we account it a vain and foolish thing to fear such as stand in fear of us, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use. 3. See one cause why wicked men dare not do so much hurt and mischief to the Saints of God, as they would, and have a desire to do. It is because they are sometimes forced to stand in fear of them; and this fear is a great curb and bridle to restrain them from doing that, which otherwise they would do against the Saints of God. This keeps them in awe, that they dare not so shew their malice as they would do. So here, these Scribes and chief Priests, though they bore a deadly hatred to our Saviour, yet because they stood al­so in fear of him, in regard of the people, this fear did so curb them, that they durst not as yet lay hands on him, &c.

Mark 11. 18, &c.—‘For they feared him, because all the people were astonished at his Doctrine. March 7. 1629.

OF the Fifth. The ground of this slavish fear with which these Scribes and chief Priests feared our Sa­viour, lest the people should for his sake rise against them in tumult, if they should in open manner go about to put him to death.

The Ground or Reason why they feared this, was, Because all the people were astonished at his doctrine. The meaning was shewed before.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that the common people were so much moved with admiration of Christ's excellent Do­ctrine, whereas the Scribes and chief Priests were so far from this, that they were deadly enemies to him; hence we learn, That oftentimes the poorer and meaner sort of people are more forward in zeal and love to the Word and Doctrine of Christ, than the great men of the world, or men of high place in the Church. (See before, Chap. 10. Vers. 1, 2.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though all the people were now astonished at his Doctrine, yet they did not all imbrace, and truly profit by it; they did not all believe and yield obedience to that which he taught: for many (if not the most) of them within three or four dayes after this, were on a sudden so changed in their affections to him and his Doctrine, that they cryed out against him to have him crucified; as appeareth, Chap. 15. Ver. 8, 13. Hence then gather, That it is not alwayes a certain sign of profiting by the Ministery of the Word, (much less of being converted by it) when men are for a time much affected or moved with the Doctrine delivered. Men may be much affected with the doctrine taught by Gods Ministers, or with the manner of teaching: they may be affected with a kind of joy in the hearing of it, and with a kind of love and delight in it; yea, with great astonishment and admiration at the excellency of it: and yet be never the better for it, in respect of any true fruit or profit reaped by the Ministery of it: never the more moved to believe and yield obedience to the doctrine; never the more reformed in heart and life by means of it, &c.

Use. Use. See how many deceive themselves, thinking, that because they can be affected and much moved sometimes at a Sermon, either with the Doctrine delivered, or with the manner of delivery; because they are sometimes moved with admiration at some excellent Points of Doctrine; or because they find or feel some kind of joy or delight in the Doctrine taught, &c. that therefore they are good and profitable hearers: but this followes not, &c. (See more of this Point before, Chap. 1. 22.)

Verse 19. And when Even was come, he went out of the City] The second Consequent which followed af­ter our Saviour's purging the Temple from abuses; and after his publick Teaching in the Temple the same day: Which some think, was the same day on which he came solemnly riding to the City. Though others think it was the day after. See before, Verse 15.

Having spent all that day in those publick employments of his Ministerial Office and Function, and the Evening being now come, he departed not only out of the Temple, but out of the City it self; that is, out of Hierusalem, whither he went, though it be not expressed, yet it may be gathered from Verse 11. where it is said, that after his publick employment in viewing the Temple, and taking notice of abuses in it, he went out into Bethany with his Twelve Disciples; which Bethany was a Town or Village near to the Mount of Olives, and not far from Hierusalem, whither our Saviour might conveniently go, when it was near to night. At this Town of Bethany dwelt Lazarus and his two sisters Mary and Martha, which were our Saviour's fami­liar acquaintance, and dear unto him: which was one cause why he used often to repair thither, and to lodg and rest himself there all night, as it is probable, that now he did. But because I spake before of this de­parture of his at evening from Hierusalem to Bethany, I will not here insist further upon it.

Mark 11. 20, 21.‘And in the morning, as they passed by, they saw the Fig-Tree dryed up from the roots. And Mar. 14. 1629. Peter calling to remembrance, saith unto him, Master, Behold, the fig-tree which thou cursedst, is withered away.’

THe fourth part of this Chapter, which containeth our Saviour's Exhortation of his Disciples to firm­ness and steadfastness of faith; shewing the power and use of it: especially in Prayer. And because Faith cannot be without Charity, therefore he also exhorts to Charity, in forgiving Enemies, &c. From Verse 20, to 27.

Where consider, 1. The Occasions of his Exhortation. 2. The Exhortation it self.

The Occasions are two. 1. The Disciples taking notice the next morning, of the miraculous Effect which followed upon our Saviour's cursing of the barren fig-tree; viz. They saw that it was dryed up from the roots, Verse 20.

2. Peter's acquainting our Saviour with the matter, Verse 21.

The Exhortation it self, is laid down, Verse 22, 23. Of which, afterward.

Of the first. The first Occasion, Verse 20. In the morning] The next day after our Saviour had cursed the fig-tree. And this was the second or third day after our Saviour's triumphant riding to Hierusalem: And some two or three dayes before his Passion.

As they passed by] In their way going back from Bethany to Hierusalem with our Saviour: for the fig-tree grew not very far from the High-way; as we have heard before.

They saw the fig-tree dryed up, &c.] They took speciall notice of it, that it was wholly and altogether wi­thered, and become dead.

Quest. Quest. How came it to passe, that they did no sooner take notice of it, seeing it is said, Matth. 21. 19. that it presently withered away upon our Saviour's cursing it.

Answ. Answ. Though the Tree did begin to wither presently; yet it may be it did not wholly and altogether wither or dry up by the roots, nor the leaves fall off so soon. It did not so wither, as to be plainly and sen­sibly discerned by them till the next day. For our Saviour did not work all his Miracles suddenly, or in a [Page 851] moment: but some of them by degrees, and in tract of time; as we heard, Chap. 8. Verse 24.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. An evidence and proof of the Godhead of Christ; in that by his bare Word spoken, this mi­raculous Effect was wrought in the Fig-Tree; viz. the sudden or speedy withering and drying up of it by the roots; contrary to the course of Nature: which was also the more strange, and the greater Miracle, be­cause the Fig-Tree (as the Learned write of it) is a Tree by Nature very moyst and full of juice: therefore it was the more against Nature, for it to dry up by the roots so soon, upon the Word of Christ. This then serves to confirm our faith in the Godhead of Christ, even as all the other Miracles of Christ do: it being proper to God only to work Miracles contrary to nature, by his own proper and immediate power, &c. But of this, often before.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that the words of Christ uttered by lively voyce when he was on Earth, had such a Divine power accompanying them, as did work such miraculous Effects as this sudden drying up of the Fig-Tree; hence we may gather, the great Power and Efficacy of the written Word of Christ, when it is opened and applyed to the consciences of men, in the Ministery of it; that it is able by the power of Christ and his Spi­rit accompanying it, to work miraculous and wonderfull effects in the hearers; viz. to work faith and re­pentance in them; to regenerate, and make them new creatures; to turn them from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan to God Act. 26. 18. In a word, it is able to save their souls, Jam. 1. 21. Rom. 1. 16. The power of God unto salvation. Heb. 4. 12. Quick and powerful; sharper then a two-edged sword. &c. It is the sword of the Spirit, to kill sin in us: It is able to make our corruptions and sinful lusts to wither and dry up by the roots in us, even as the Fig-Tree withered, upon the Word of Christ. For it is one and the same Divine power of Christ which he manifested by his lively voyce and words uttered in working Miracles while he was on Earth, and which he doth still manifest in the Ministery of his Word, &c.

Ʋse. 1 Ʋse 1. See by this, that it is possible for such as are yet most ignorant, profane, and hardened in their sins, to be called, and converted by the Ministery of the Word: though as yet they do contemn it, and profit not by it. For there is a Divine power of God and of Christ which accompanyeth the Ministery of the Word, which is able to work miraculous effects in the hearts and consciences of men, &c. yea, in such as are most profane and wicked.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Examine our selves every one, whether we have truly profited by the Ministery of the Word. Know it by this; If thou hast felt the Divine power of Christ accompanying it in thy heart, to humble thee for thy sins; and to work faith and regeneration in thee, and to turn and change thy heart, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. How easie with Christ to inflict Judgment upon wicked men his enemies: yea, suddenly to destroy and root them out: As easie as to dry up the fig-tree by the roots, by his bare Word spoken, &c.

Verse 21. And Peter calling to remembrance, &c.] The second occasion of our Saviour's exhorting his Dis­ciples to stedfas [...]ness of faith; viz. Peter's acquainting of our Saviour with the withering of the Fig-Tree: which he did in the name of all the Disciples; as may appear by our Saviour's answer, directed not to Pe­ter only, but to them all, in the following Verse. And this was Peter's usual manner to be most forward in speaking, and to speak for himself and all the rest of the Disciples. In which respect, the Ancient Fathers call him, The Mouth of the Apostles. (Gerard. Harm.)

Calling to remembrance] Viz. the words of our Saviour, which he had heard him use the day before, in cursing the fig-tree; No man eat fruit of thee hereafter for ever, Verse 14. where also it is said, that the Dis­ciples heard those words of our Saviour.

Master] The ordinary Title of honour, which the Disciples used to give unto our Saviour.

Behold!] A word of Admiration here, as it is many times in other places of Scripture: for both Peter and the other Disciples did much wonder at the sudden and unexpected withering of the fig-tree. Matth. 21. 20. When the Disciples saw it, they marvailed, saying, How soon is the Fig-Tree withered away? Though they had seen him work many Miracles as great; yet none in this kind: therefore they wondred, &c. And it is pro­bable, that this admiration did proceed from some weakness of faith in them; or at least, from a want of due co [...]sideration of the Divine power of Christ manifested by former Miracles. And this is the more likely, because our Saviour, in the Verse following, takes occasion presently, upon this their admiration at the Mi­racle, to exhort them to stedfastnesse of faith. (See before, Chap. 6. 51. Vide etiam Gerard. Harm. pag. 718.)

Quest. The fig-tree which thou cursedst, is withered] Quest. Why doth Peter in the name of the rest acquaint our Saviour with the matter, and tell him of it?

Answ. Answ. Not because he thought him to be ignorant of it; but, 1. By way of question or doubt; desirous to know and to be resolved by him touching the cause of the Miracle, and in working so strange and un­wonted a Miracle at that time: as also to give him occasion to instruct and teach them what use to make of the same. Because he had not as yet taught them the end of the Miracle, nor what h [...]s purpose was in work­ing of it, nor what use he would have them to make of it: therefore now Peter gives him occasion to teach and resolve them further in these things.

2. By this speaking of the matter to Christ in way of admiration, they seem to intimate a desire in them­selves, to be made partakers of the like gift or power of working Miracles, or miraculous Effects, such as that of our Saviour's causing the fig-tree to wither. This may appear by our Saviour's answer. See Matth. 21. 21.

In the words explained, consider, 1. The Occasion of Peter's acquainting our Saviour with the wither­ing of the fig-tree; viz. His calling to remembrance the Curse which he had heard our Saviour denounce against it.

2. The manner of his speaking to our Saviour. 1. Reverently, calling him, Master. 2. By way of admiration at the miraculous withering of the fig-tree; implyed by the word, Behold!

3. The matter it self which he acquainteth our Saviour with; viz. the sudden withering of the figg-Tree.

Of the first. Peter calling to remembrance] Having before heard our Saviour's words when he cursed the fig-tree, and now seeing the miraculous effect which followed, he calls to mind what he had heard. And [...]his shews he did well observe, and took special notice of the words of Christ.

Observ. Observ. The diligence of Peter, in observing the words of Christ's cursing the Fig-tree, and so readily remembring them now, &c. And this was the manner of the Disciples, especially of Peter, to be diligent ob­servers of the words and actions of Christ, &c. Matth. 26. ult. Peter remembred, &c. Luke. 24. 32. This may teach us the like diligence in observing the words of Christ set down in Scripture, and the doctrine taught by his Minister [...]; that so we may call it to mind afterward, and make use, &c. We must not be forgetfull hearers of the Word of Christ, as many are, &c. Jam. 1. 23. but diligent observers of what is taught, Luke 2. 19. Act. 16. 14. See Heb. 2. 1. & 2 Tim 2. 7.

Here followeth the manner of Peter's speaking to our Saviour. 1. Reverently, calling him, Master. But I will not insist on this.

2. By way of Admiration at the sudden and miraculous withering of the Fig-Tree. This is implyed by the word, Behold!

Observ. Observ. It is good for us to be moved with admiration at the great and extraordinary works of God, which we see or take notice of at any time. The Disciples of Christ used to admire and wonder at the Miracles of Christ, when they saw them: so also did the common people oftentimes; yea, to be astonished at them: as we read in the Evangelists. And though all that admired his Miracles, did not profit by them; yet this admiration and astonishment was not evil, but good in it self. And therefore it did sometimes make way to further profiting by the Miracles of Christ, stirring up those who were thus astonished, to glorifie God, and to believe in Christ. So before, Chap. 2. 12. when the people saw the Miracle of healing him that had the Palsie, they were amazed, and glorified God. This shews, that it is a good thing in it self to be moved with admi­ration at the great and extraordinary works of God, when we see them wrought, or hear of them, or any way take notice of them. Only we must take heed we do not rest in this alone; that we can be affected with admiration of Gods great works (for so are many hypocrites); but withall, labour to make a holy use of such works of God, being moved by them to believe his Word and Promises, to fear and serve him by obedience; to glorifie his Name, to make conscience of sin, &c.

Use. Use. For Reproof of such as lightly passe over the great and extraordinary works of God, and are not moved with any astonishment or admiration at the greatness and excellency of them; much less do they make any holy or religious use of them. A [...]ign of great profaness, and hardness of heart. The sin of those Epicures, Esay 5. 12. who rise early to follow drunkenness, &c. and give themselves to musick and feasting: but they regard not the work of the Lord, nor consider the operation of his hands.

Now followeth the matter it self, with which Peter acquainted our Saviour; viz. the sudden and miracu­lous drying up of the fig-tree by the roots upon his cursing of it. The fig-tree which thou cursedst, &c.

Observ. In that Peter and the other Disciples being as yet ignorant and unresolved, about the cause or reason of this Miracle, and about the purpose and meaning of our Saviour in working the same, do go to Christ their Master, and acquaint him with the matter, thereby to give him occasion further to teach and instruct them in that which they doubted of: hence gather, what we are to do when we feel ignorance, or doubtings; and when we are to seek and unresolved in any matter which concerneth us nearly to know: especially in matters of Religion, which concern Gods glory, and our spiritual edification. We must seek to Christ Jesus our Lord and Master, who is the great and principal Prophet and Teacher of the Church for instruction and resolution. Thus did his Disciples when he lived on earth with them: when they were igno­rant, or doubtful in any matter, they propounded their doubts to him, asked counsel, and sought further in­struction from him. So ought we now to seek to Christ being in Heaven, for instruction and resolution in those things which we are ignorant or doubtful in; propounding our doubts to him, &c. Matth. 17. 5.

Quest. Quest. How are we to do this, seeing he is now so far distant in place from us, &c?

Answ. Answ. 1. We are to seek to his Word, by diligent reading, meditation, and study of it. Joh. 5. 39. Search the Scriptures, &c. for they testifie of me. Make the Word of God our Counsellor, as David, Psal. 119. 24. The Prophets and Apostles knew the Mind of Christ.

2. Seek to the faithful Ministers of Christ for instruction and resolution in our doubts, &c. Attend upon their publick Ministery; and seek to them in private also upon all occasions, &c. Mal. 2. 7. The Priests lips should preserve knowledg, and the people are to seek the Law of God at his mouth.

3. Seek to Christ by prayer, for his Spirit to enlighten our minds, and to teach us in those things which we are ignorant or doubtful in. He only hath the Key of David; who openeth, and no man shutteth, &c. Rev. 3. 7. Thus are we to go and seek to Christ for instruction and resolution in those things which we are ig­norant or doubtfull in: and this is the best and onely way to attain to knowledg, and resolution in our doubts.

Ʋse. Ʋse. See the cause of so much ignorance in many amongst us; and of such grosse errours in judgment and practice: It is because they use not the means for further knowledg and instruction in those things wherein they are yet ignorant, doubtful, or unresolved. They seek not to Christ by consulting with his Word, and Ministers; nor by daily and earnest prayer. Some are ashamed to bewray their ignorance in coming to ask counsel, or to seek instruction from their Pastors and Ministers in private: And so being igno­rant, they remain ignorant still. Others think they have knowledg enough already, and are able to resolve themselves, &c. When (alas) they are full of ignorance and errours, both in judgment and practice. And one main cause thereof, is, their carelesness, in seeking to those, upon whom they should depend for instructi­on and resolution in their doubts and cases of conscience, which they are ignorant or unresolved in. Others can find no time to seek to Christ, that is, to his Word and Ministers for instruction and resolution in their doubts, &c. they are so taken up with following the world, or with running after carnal delights and plea­sures, that they have no leisure to study the Scriptures, or to repair and seek to their Pastors and Teachers in private for instruction, &c. They can find time for all other matters; for [...]atters of far less moment: but no time for this, &c.

Mark 11. 22. ‘And Jesus answering, saith unto them, Have Faith in God. Mar. 21. 1629.

IN the two former Verses, we heard the occasions of our Saviour's exhorting his Disciples to the practice of Faith.

1. Their taking notice of the sudden drying up of the Fig-tree the next morning as they went back from Bethany to Jerusalem. 2. Peter's acquainting our Saviour Christ with the matter, &c.

Now followeth the exhortation it self, ver. 22, 23. [...]urther urged, ver. 24. Where consider two things.

  • 1. The matter which he exhorteth them unto, To have Faith in God, ver. 22.
  • 2. The ground or reason of the exhortation by which he inforceth it, being taken from the great power and efficacy of true Faith, in that it doth enable such as are indued with it, to do miraculous or wonderfull things, even above and contrary to nature, which is signified by the removing of a Mountain, &c. ver. 23.

Of the first. Have Faith in God] Our Saviour doth not here speak of a justifying Faith, whereby we ap­prehend Christ as our Righteousness, for the pardon of our sins, and acceptation of us into Gods favour; but of that Faith whereby we believe in God, and do rest and rely upon him for the obtaining of all such things as we desire, and are needful and fit for us to be partakers of. So that the Faith here spoken of, is nothing else but an affiance, trust, or confidence in God, for the obtaining of those things which we desire and stand in need of, so far as is fit and expedient for us. I say, so far as is fit for us, because Faith doth not cause us to trust in God, or to rely on him for all things simply which we desire (for we sometimes desire such things as are unfit for us), but it causeth us to trust on God for such things as we desire, so far forth as they are fit for for us; that is, so far as stands with the will of God; for that only is fit, which he seeth to be fit for us. Fur­ther touching this affiance or confidence in God for the obtaining of those things we desire and stand in need of, two things are to be noted.

1. That it is distinguished from a justifying Faith, not as a different kind of Faith, but only as a distinct operation or work of one and the same Faith. For it is one and the same Faith for kind, by which the true believer doth apprehend Christ and his Righteousness, &c. and by which he doth believe in God, and trust on him for all other things which he desireth, and are necessary and fit for him to receive, and be partaker of; onely these are distinguished, as two divers and different operations of one and the same Faith.

2. Note, that whereas some learned Divines do make this affaince or confidence in God, to be a fruit or effect flowing from Faith; there be others as learned, who conceive it rather as an immediate and proper act or work of Faith. And this I take to be the truer and more sound Opinion.

In God] In the Original it is, Have the Faith of God. Now it may be called the Faith of God, in two re­spects.

  • 1. In regard of the efficient cause, because God only is the author, worker, or giver of all true Faith, Ephes. 2. 8. Faith is called the gift of God. And Gal. 5. 22. It is a fruit of the Spirit.
  • 2. In respect of the object or matter of it, which it doth apprehend and look at principally; which is, God himself. And thus we are to take it here. The Faith of God is to be taken here, not active, for that Faith or affiance which God worketh in us; but passive, for that Faith whereby we believe in God, and trust on him, Beza.

Now further, our Faith or confidence may be said to be in God, or to be fixed on him, in two re­spects.

  • 1. In respect of his Divine Nature and Essence simply considered, together with the distinction of per­sons in the Trinity.
  • 2. In respect of the essential properties of the Divine Nature; as his Wisdome, Power, Goodnesse, Mercy, &c. Now here we are to understand both these. So the meaning of the words is briefly this in effect, q. d. Labour by true Faith to believe in God; that is, to trust in his Divine nature, and properties, and to rely upon the same for the receiving and obtaining of both that gift and power of Miracles which ye desire, as also of all other things which ye do desire, and are needful and fit for you.

Now that this is the meaning of the words, may appear, 1. By the scope and occasion of them, which is this; Peter and the other Disciples admiring and wondering at the Miracle of Christ, in cursing the Fig­tree, and causing it so suddenly to wither, &c. and withal, acquainting our Saviour with the matter; did hereby, not only shew their desire to be instructed and better informed by our Saviour touching the end and use of that Miracle, but withal, it is most probable, that they did also intimate a desire in themselves to be partakers of the like power or gift of working Miracles, which they saw to be in our Saviour; and this may appear by our Saviours answer to them, as it is set down, Matth. 21. 21.

Now hereupon our Saviour inferreth this exhortation, Have Faith in God; whereby he doth withal teach them the way and means by which they may come to be partakers, not only of that gift and power of Mira­cles which they desire, but also to obtain all other things at the hands of God, which they desired and stood in need of; yea, though they were such things as were most hard and difficult in themselves to be obtai­ned.

2. That this is the sense of these words, may also appear by that which followeth, ver. 23, 24. where our Saviour takes occasion further to shew them the power and eff [...]cacy of true Faith, both for the doing and ob­taining of those things which they desired, though never so hard and difficult.

Quest. Quest. Why doth our Saviour exhort his Disciples to Faith or confidence in God, seeing they were alrea­dy true Believers, and did by Faith put their trust and confidence in God?

Answ. Answ. Because their Faith and confidence in God was as yet but weak and imperfect, he exhorts them to labour for a further degree and measure of this Faith.

Now follow the Instructions from the words.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. When Peter and the rest of the Disciples were moved with admiration at the Miracle of Christ in cursing the Figtree, &c. our Saviour hereupon exhorts them to the practice of Faith, or confidence in God, [Page 854] thereby shewing, that he would not only have them admire and wonder at the greatness of the Miracle, but withall to make a holy use of it, learning thereby to put their trust in God, by whose power that Miracle was wrought. Hence learn, that although it is good to be affected with admiration and wonder at the great and extraordinary works of God; yet this alone is not enough, but withal we should make a holy and Re­ligious use of such great and wonderfull works of God. But of this before, upon the two former Verses.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. What is one use to be made of the great and wonderful works of God, which we see, hear, or take notice of at any time, viz. that we should by them be stirred up to the practice of Faith, in putting our trust and confidence in God, and in resting and relying upon him for those things which we desire and stand in need of. This use our Saviour would have his Disciples make of his Miracle wrought in cursing the barren Fig-tree. He would have them learn thereby to have Faith in God, &c. The like use should we make of all great and wonderful works of God, as of his works of Creation, and providence in governing the World; of his extraordinary works of Justice and Mercy; of his great Miraculous deliverances bestowed on us, &c. The consideration of these, and all such wonderfull works of God, should provoke and stir us up to trust and confidence in God, causing us to rest and rely on him for all good things which we desire and stand in need of, and for his help and deliverance of us for time to come, &c. Esay 26. 4. Trust ye in the Lord for ever, &c. Then ver. 5. For he bringeth down them that dwell on high, the lofty City he layeth low, &c.

Reason. Reason. By such great and wonderfull works, the Lord doth in special manner declare and manifest his infinite Wisdome, Power, Mercy, Justice, and such other attributes of his Divine Nature, which are the chief grounds of our Faith and confidence in God (as we shall see afterward), and therefore the considerati­on of such works of God, should strengthen our Faith and confidence in God, and cause us the more firmly and stedfastly to rest and rely on him, &c.

Ʋse. Use. Labour to make this use amongst other, of those great and wonderfull works of God, which we see or take notice of at any time. To have our Faith strengthened by consideration of them, and to be stirred up to this practice of it in trusting and relying upon God, with confidence of heart for all good things we de­sire or stand in need of. The more we see, read, or hear of his infinite Wisdome, Power, Mercy, &c. ma­nifested in his works, the more let us labour to have Faith in him.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. When Peter and the rest of the Disciples, by admiring the greatness of this Miracle of cursing the Figtree, and causing it so suddenly to wither, and by acquainting our Saviour with it, did intimate their desire to have the like power or gift of working Miracles bestowed on them, or rather confirmed to them (for it was conferred on them before, as we heard, chap. 6. ver. 7.), Our Saviour presently exhorteth them to have Faith in God; that is, to put their trust and confidence in him for the obtaining of that which they desired, so far as was fit for them. Hence we may learn, that the only way to obtain those things which we desire, and which are needfull and fit for us, is to believe in God; that is, by true confidence of heart to rest and rely upon him for all such things. The only way to obtain at the hands of God all good things which we desire, either Spiritual or Temporal, Psal. 37. 3. Trust in the Lord, and do good, so shalt thou dwell in the Land, &c. And ver. 4. he shall give thee the desires of thine heart. 2 Chron. 20. 20. When Jehosaphat and his peo­ple desired deliverance from their enemies comming against them with a great army, he exhorteth them thus, Believe in the Lord your God, so shall you be established; believe his Prophets, so shall ye prosper. On the con­trary, Esay 7. 9. the Prophet tells Ahaz and his people, being in danger of their enemies, that if they would not believe and trust in God for that deliverance which they desired, they should not obtain it. Esay 30. 15. The Prophet tells them, that if they would be saved and delivered from their enemies (as they de­sired to be) they must by Faith rest and depend upon God for this safety. In quietness and confidence shall be your strength.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. We cannot of our selves obtain the things we desire, and are needful for us; we are not able to supply our own wants; therefore we must fly to God by Faith and confidence.

2. God promiseth all good things to us upon condition of our Faith, &c.

3. By trusting on God, we honour him, and then he will honour us, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See one main cause why we oftentimes want those good things which we desire, and are needfull for us. It is because we want Faith to believe and trust in God for these things. What is the cause that we want pardon of sins, or at least, such a comfortable feeling and assurance of it as we desire? It is be­cause we do not so trust and [...]ely upon God for this benefit as we should. What is the cause that we want strength against temptations, to resist Satan, and to mortify our sinfull lusts? What is the cause why we want help, comfort, and deliverance in our troubles, &c? Is it not because we want Faith to believe and rest upon God for the obtaining of these things, [...]o far as is needful and fit for us?

Use 2 Use 2. To stir us up to labour for this Faith and confidence in God, for the obtaining of our desires in all things necessary and fit for us, and so far as stands with the will of God. If we would have our desires sa­tisfied in obtaining all things needfull for us, labour to have Faith in God; that is, by true Faith to rest and depend upon God for the satisfying of our desires, and supply of our wants, for obtaining of all good, &c. for deliverance from evils, &c. This will much stay our minds, and bring great comfort, &c. Now because this is hard to do, consider these grounds and motives.

  • 1. The Commandment of God, requiring this of us in his Word, that we should trust on him for all good things we desire and stand in need of, Prov. 3. 5. Trust in God with thy whole heart. And our Saviour in this place, bids his Disciples have Faith in God; yea, it is a special part of that inward obedience and ser­vice of the heart which we owe to God.
  • 2. Consider the infinite Wisdome and providence of God, whereby he knoweth all things, and taketh special notice of all our desires, and wants, and so cannot but be the more ready to supply them. Matth. 6. 32. Your heavenly Father knoweth ye have need of these things.
  • 3. The goodness and mercy of God, which makes him most ready and forward to give those things we desire, so far as he sees to be fit and expedient. Psal. 36. 7. How excellent is thy mercy, &c.
  • [Page 855] 4. Consider the Almighty power of God, being All-sufficient, and able to give us whatsoever we desire, and is needfull and fit for us for Soul or body; yea, those things which seem most hard and difficult to be obtained. Ephes. 3. He is able to do above all we ask or think. Upon this ground did the three Children be­lieve and trust in God for deliverance, Dan. 3. 17. Our God is able, &c. Abraham, Rom. 4. 21. was per­swaded, that what God had promised, he was able to perform. Paul, 2 Tim. 1. 12. I know whom I have be­lieved, and I am perswaded he is able to keep, &c.
  • 5. The truth and faithfulness of God in his Word and Promise, Hebr. 11. 11. Sarah judged him faithful who had promised. And 1 Cor. 10. 13. God is faithfull, &c.
  • 6. Our former experience of Gods power, mercy, and goodness in giving us the things we have desired, and wanted, so far as hath bin good for us. 1 Sam. 17. 37. David trusted on God to give him Victory over Goliah, because he had formerly delivered him from the Lyon and Bear. So Paul, 2 Cor. 1. 10. Who deli­vered us from so great a death, &c. In whom we trust that he will yet deliver us. Consider these grounds and Motives, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See what to do now we come to the Sacrament of the Lords Supper, if we desire to be partakers of Christ himself, and the saving benefits of his death; as forgiveness of sins, Justification, &c. (which are all sealed to us in this Sacrament) and not only so, but to be more and more assured that we are partakers of these benefits. Then labour not only to bring Faith in thy heart to this Sacrament, but by this Faith to rest and rely upon God; that is, upon his power and mercy, and upon the truth of his Word and promise which he hath made to such as come duly prepared, and use this Sacrament aright, that together with the Bread and Wine, he will most certainly give Christ with his benefits; as pardon of sins, &c. Labour by Faith to be­lieve and rest upon this promise of God. Then be sure, thou shalt be partaker of the things promised; yea, thou shalt by means of the Sacrament come to more comfortable feeling and assurance that Christ is thine, and that in him thou hast thy sins forgiven, art reconciled to God, &c. Though thou see nothing in thy self to move thee to believe this, but the contrary, yet have Faith in God; rest on his power, mercy, truth of his promise, &c.

Use 4 Use. 4. Comfort to such as can and do by Faith believe in God, and rest on him for all things which they desire, and have need of, &c. Such shall want nothing that is good for them, Psal. 34. As they honour God, by believing his power, goodness, faithfulness, &c. So he will honour them by giving to them all things need­full and fit for them, by fulfilling all their lawful and good desires, so far as may make for his glory and their good.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Though the Disciples had Faith already, yet he exhorts them to it: Hence gather, that Chri­stians ought not to content themselves with that measure of Faith or confidence in God which they have al­ready, but to labour for a further degree of faith, and for further growth and increase therein. So Luke 17. 5. the Apostles pray unto Christ to increase their Faith. And Mark 9. 24. the father of the Lun [...]tick child, Lord, I believe; help thou my unbelief. 2 Pet. 3. 18. Grow in Grace, &c. If in other Graces, then in Faith.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. It is the nature of all sanctifying graces to grow and increase, and to cause those in whom they are, to desire and labour to grow in them. Matth. 13. 31. The Kingdome of heaven is like unto a grain of Mustardseed, &c.

2. God hath ordained means, not onely to work Faith in us, but also to confirm and strengthen it, and to cause us to grow in it. As, 1. The Ministry of the Word, 1 Pet. 2. 2. Desire the sincere mi [...]k of the Word, that ye may grow thereby.

2. The use of the Sacraments, especially of the Lords Supper, which is a Sacrament of Spiritual nourish­ment and growth in grace, ordained of purpose to confirm our Faith, &c.

3. Prayer unto God, for he will give his Spirit; that is, the graces of it, viz. a further increase of them to such as ask the same, Luke 11. 13.

4. To these also may be added all other helps and means to strengthen our Faith; a private reading of the Scriptures, meditation of the promises of God, &c. All these means hath God ordained for the confir­ming of our Faith, which shews that it is his will we should not stand at a stay, but labour to grow and in­crease therein.

Use 1 Use. 1. To stir us up to labour for this growth and increase of Faith in our selves, using all good means or­dained of God to this end; as diligent attendance on the Ministry of the Word, Prayer, Meditation in the Word and Promises of God, &c. To this end also, labour to see and feel the weakness and imperfection of thy Faith, that this may stir thee up to hunger and thirst after increase, &c. And then, if thou use the means conscionably, God will satisfy thy hunger and thirst; for he filleth the hungry with good things, &c. Esay 44. 3. I will powre water upon the thirsty, &c. Some think their Faith is perfect already, and needs no growth, which is a fond opinion, without all ground of Scripture; yea, contrary to it. 1 Cor. 13. 9. Phil. 3. 12. Others despise the means of growth; as the Ministry of the Word, &c. A manifest sign there is as yet no true Faith in them, for if there were, they could not but desire to grow, and carefully use the means, &c.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. See what cause for us to esteem highly of the Sacrament of the Lords Supper, and to desire often to be partakers of it, seeing it is one principal means ordained of God to confirm and strengthen our Faith in God, for the obtaining of Christ, and all benefits of his death, &c. Consider how great a mercy in God to ordain this excellent help to confirm our Faith, and to add this means to the Ministry of the Word, whereas he might have given us that alone, &c. Therefore let every one of us make use of this excellent means for the helping and strengthening of our Faith and confidence in God, and in Christ Jesus for the pardon of our sins, and all other saving graces, &c. And to this end, remember before thou come to this Sacrament, not only to examine what Faith thou hast, but the wants and weakness of thy Faith, that this may cause thee to hunger and thirst after more Faith, and to desire the Sacrament as a means to confirm thy Faith.

Mark 11. 23. ‘For verily I say unto you, that whosoever shall say unto this Mountain, Be thou removed, and be Mar. 28. 1630. thou cast into the Sea, and shall not doubt in his heart, but shall believe that those things which he saith, shall come to pass, he shall have whatsoever he saith.’

IN the former Verse our Saviour exhorted his Disciples to the practice of Faith, in putting their trust and confidence in God for the obtaining of the gift and power of Miracles, and whatsoever else they desired, and was necessary and expedient for them.

Now in this 23th Verse, is laid down the ground or reason by which our Saviour inforceth that exhortati­on. The reason is drawn from the consideration of the power and efficacy of Faith, or excellent effect which it hath in true believers, in that it inableth them to do great and wonderful matters, even works above, and be­yond the power of nature. This is laid down by way of a promise, which our Saviour here maketh to his Dis­ciples or Apostles principally, and in some sort to all believers. That if they can by true Faith believe and rest upon God, (as he before exhorted them) they shall by this means be enabled to do great and wonderfull things, even as great and greater then that Miracle of his in cursing the Fig-tree, which they so much admi­red.

Consider, 1. The manner of our Saviour's propounding this promise, with a vehement asseveration, which he often used in like cases of weight; Verily, I say unto you.

2. The promise it self, in the words following; Whosoever shall say unto this Mountain, &c.

First to clear the sense of the words.

Whosoever] This is to be understood principally of the Disciples or Apostles of Christ, to whom our Sa­viour spake these words, q. d. Whosoever amongst you my Disciples, &c. So Matth. 21. 21. If ye have Faith, and doubt not, &c. yet so as withall, the words are to be extended to all other true believers, as we shall see in the words following.

Shall say to this Mountain] It is probable that our Saviour in uttering these words, did directly point at the Mount of Olives, which was now so near at hand, being in the way from Bethany to Jerusalem, where now they were going.

Be thou removed, and be thou cast, &c.] This is not to be taken literally, or in proper sense, as if our Saviour would have his Disciples or other Believers, to go about to remove Mountains indeed, by speaking to them, and bidding them to remove, &c. (for then the Apostles would have done this one time or other, which we never read that they did): but it is a figurative speech, whereby is signified the enterprising or taking in hand to do any great or difficult work, above and beyond the course of nature, which may seem as hard to do, as the removing of a Mountain with ones word spoken. Note further, that our Saviour here doth not speak of such as should rashly of their own heads, and without a due calling from God, go about such a difficult or Mi­raculous work, but of such as should by a lawful calling and warrant from God, undertake such a great and difficult work.

And shall not doubt in his heart] This is not simply to be understood of all kinds or degrees of doubting or unbelief (for there is a kind of doubting which may stand with true Faith), but of such doubting as is yield­ed unto, and not resisted, but suffered to prevail against Faith. Not such doubting as implyeth weakness of Faith, but such as implyeth a total want of Faith. Our Saviour doth not oppose it against strength of Faith, but against Faith it self simply.

Shall not doubt, but shall believe, &c.] q. d. If he shall truly and indeed believe; that is, rest and be per­swaded by Faith, that the work or action which he undertaketh, shall be effected.

Quest. Quest. Of what Faith doth our Saviour here speak, whether of that which Divines call the Faith of Mira­cles, which was proper and peculiar to the Apostles, and some other Believers in those times; which was nothing but a belief of Gods power, and for the effecting of Miraculous works above the power of nature; or whether he spake of that Faith which is common to all believers, whereby they should believe in God, and rest on him for the enabling of them to do great and difficult works, above the power of nature?

Answ. Answ. He seems to speak most properly and principally of the Faith of Miracles, which was in the Apo­stles, and some other of those times. This may appear, 1. By the occasion of these words of our Saviour, which was the Disciples admiring of the Miracle wrought by him the day before, in cursing the Fig-tree, and causing it so suddenly to wither; whereupon he shews them, that if they can by Faith depend upon God, they shall be inabled to do as great, and greater Miracles.

2. By the manner of speaking used by our Saviour, Matth. 21. 21. where he tells them, That if they have Faith and doubt not, they shall not onely do that which he had done to the Fig-tree, but also, if they should say to the Mountain, Be thou removed, &c.

3. By comparing this place with Matth. 17. 20. where our Saviour useth the like speech in like case, viz. in speaking of the power of casting out Devils, which was a miraculous work; yet withal it seems, that these words of our Saviour are not to be restrained onely to the Faith of Miracles, which was in the Apostles, and some other Believers in those times, but to be extended in general, to that Faith which is common to all Believers.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. Because the words going before do run so generally, Whosoever shall say to this Moun­tain, &c.

2. Because it is the scope of our Saviour here, to stir up his Disciples to labour for a further degree and measure of that Faith, which they were already indued with: now they were not onely indued with that special Faith of Miracles, but also with that Faith which was common to them, with all other Belie­ver.

3. This sense agrees well with the verse following, where our Saviour speaketh plainly of that Faith which is common to all Believers, which doth shew it self in the exercise of Prayer.

He shall have whatsoevor he saith] That is, by means of this faith he shall be enabled to effect that which he undertaketh, though never so hard and difficult; being above and beyond the power of nature. Not that [Page 857] he shall have this power of himself, but from God; upon whom he shall rest and rely by faith.

The words being thus explained, consider in them two things.

1. What our Saviour promiseth here to his Apostles and other true Believers; viz. That they shall be en­abled or have power to do things most hard and difficult, yea, miraculous and wonderful, above the power of nature; so far forth as God shall call them to do such things: Whosoever shall say to this Mountain, Be thou removed, &c. He shall have whatsoever he saith.

2. The condition required, as the means whereby they shall come to be thus enabled for performance of such great and miraculous works; viz. Faith or Confidence of Heart, whereby they must believe and rest perswaded, that the work or action which they undertake, shall be effected. He shall not doubt in his heart, but believe that those things he saith, shall come to passe.

Now followeth the Instructions. And first to speak of the words as they are to be understood of the Apostles and other special Believers, who had the gift of Miracles in the Primitive Church.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour here promiseth to his Apostles the power or gift of Miracles; that is, as­sureth them, that this power which was before conferred on them, (as we heard, Chap. 6. 7.) should be con­tinued to them for time to come, We may first Observe, one Priviledg of the Apostles, above other ordi­nary Pastors and Ministers of the Church in these times: They had the power and gift of Miracles, and could exercise the same to confirm their Doctrine: Which power and gift, ordinary Ministers of the Church have not. This was one main difference between the Calling and Office of the Apostles, and the Calling of or­dinary Pastors of the Church.

And this gift of Miracles was necessary in those times of the Apostles, for the better confirmation of the truth of the Gospel, when it was first preached: that being thus sealed from Heaven, as it were, by the Mi­racles of Christ and his Apostles, it might be the sooner believed and embraced: Whereas now in these times, there is not the like use of Miracles, because the truth of this Doctrine of the Gospel hath been so long ago sufficiently confirmed by those Miracles of Christ and his Apostles: and therefore that extraordi­nary power and gift of Miracles, which was but for a time, hath ceased in the Church long ago. This makes against Papists, who require Miracles of us still, &c. and hold it to be a mark of the true Church.

Note further, 1. That though the Apostles had this power and gift of Miracles; yet they had it not, neither could they exercise it, at all times, or whensoever they pleased: but then only, and so often, as was expedient for Gods glory, and for necessary confirmation of the doctrine taught by them. Sometimes al­so, their own unbelief hindered them in the exercise of this gift; as we see, Matth. 17. 20.

2. Note also, That this power of working Miracles was not only given to the Apostles, but also to some other Believers in that first Age of the Church; as may be gathered from Mark 16. 17. These signs shall follow them that believe. In my Name shall they cast out Devils, &c. The same also may be gathered by the manner of our Saviour's speaking in this place; in that he speaks generally; Whosoever, &c. to shew, that this promise was not to be restrained to the Apostles only, but to be extended also to other Believers in those times.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. From the Condition of this promise; in that our Saviour requireth faith in his Disciples and others, who were to be partakers of the gift of Miracles; hence we learn, How and by what means the Apostles and other Believers in the Primitive Church, came to be partakers of the gift of Miracles, and to have power to exercise the same; namely, by means of faith; by believing in God, and resting on his power, to enable them hereunto. And hence it was, that sometimes they could not work Miracles for want of faith; as we heard before, Matth. 17. This also shews, that when they did work Miracles, it was not by their own power, but by the power of God and of Christ, which they apprehended by faith: and herein the Miracles wrought by them, differed from those wrought by Christ himself: for whereas Christ did work Miracles by his own power as he was God; the Apostles and other Believers wrought them not by their own power, but by the power of God apprehended by faith. See Act. 3. 12, 16.

Here it followeth, To speak of these words, and this Promise of our Saviour, as it is to be understood of all Believers, as well as of the Apostles, &c.

And first of the matter it self which is here promised; viz. That Believers shall have power and ability to do great and difficult works, so far forth as they shall be called of God to undertake and do them.

2. Then of the Condition or means, Faith, &c.

Of the first. Whosoever shall say to this Mountain, Be thou removed, &c.] Thar is, Whosoever shall by a calling from God undertake or go about to do any great and difficult work, which may seem as hard or im­possible, as the removing of a Mountain, he shall have power to effect it: yet not of himself, but by the power of God, in whom he believeth, and upon whose power he resteth by faith.

Here two Points of Instruction. 1. That true Believers and good Christians must make accompt to be called of God to the performance of great and difficult works, impossible to Nature, &c.

2. That as God doth call Believers to the doing of great and difficult works; so he will enable them with power from himself to do such works.

Of the first. Our Saviour presupposeth it here, that Believers shall be called of God to the undertaking and doing of great and difficult works; such as are above and beyond the power of nature; and as hard and impossible to flesh and blood, as the removing of a Mountain, &c. such great and difficult works may a Chri­stian be called of God to perform: yea, every Christian is actually called of God to the performance of such hard and difficult works, so soon as he is called to believe and to be a Christian. For example, a Christian is called to deny himself, and to take up his Crosse and follow Christ: which are most difficult works, im­possible to nature, and contrary to it. A Christian is also called to the practice of repentance; that is, to dye unto sin, to mortifie his sinful lusts, &c. a most hard, difficult, and painful work; as hard to Nature, as the removing of a Mountain, &c. Again, we are called to obey God in all things which he requireth; in all parts of his Will, though never so hard and contrary to our Nature, &c. We are called to contemn the world, and to use it as if we used it not: yea, to be crucified and dead to it, &c. To forsake all we have for Christ and the Gospel, &c. All these are most hard and difficult works of duties: which yet a Christian and [Page 858] true Believer is called to undertake and to perform: and he must indeed perform them in some measure at least; or else he cannot be a good Christian.

Ʋse. 1 Ʋse 1. See that it is no easie matter to be a good Christian, but hard and difficult; seeing every believer in Christ is called of God to undertake and perform so many great and difficult works and Christian duties. No easie matter to remove a Mountain, and to throw it into the Sea. But a Christian must do this in some sort: yea, he must make accompt to remove many Mountains before he dye and come to Heaven; that is, to practise and perform sundry most hard and difficult duties, as hard and impossible to flesh and blood, as the removing of a Mountain. See the folly and ignorance of such as think it an easie matter to be a good Christian, &c. To believe in God, and in Christ truly, &c. They say they have alwayes believed, &c. On the contrary, such as truly believe, are called to do such works as are most hard and impossible to nature: which cannot be done, without special grace and power from God. See then that there is more then nature required in a Christian; viz. grace, and a supernatural power of God, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. To teach us, if we will be good Christians indeed, not to promise our selves a life of ease; but to think seriously and often what we are called unto; viz. to undertake and perform great and difficult works; yea, many such works, above the power of nature, and impossible to flesh and blood, &c. And therefore daily to pray and labour for supernatural strength, and power from God to perform these great works and duties of a Christian: and withall, to set about these works, and daily to labour and exercise our selves in practise of them. For they are such works as are not to be done once in our life-time, but often and daily: such as we must continue to do so long as we live in this world. Sit not still, as if thou hadst nothing to do: thou hast Mountains to remove, &c. if thou be a Christian.

Of the second. As God doth call Christians and Believers to perform great and difficult works; so all such shall be enabled and have power from God for performance of those works, though never so hard. This our Saviour here promiseth: That if a Christian being called of God, do undertake a work or duty as hard to perform, as the removing of a Mountain, he shall be able to effect it. How shall he be able? Not of him­self, but by the power of God, who calls him to the work. As when God called Sampson to do great and wonderful works by bodily strength, he did withall enable and furnish him with strength to do them: So when God calls Christians to undertake and do great and difficult works of Christian practice, he doth withall enable them with strength and power to perform those works. When God called Abraham to leave his Country and Kindred, and to go he knew not whither, God enabled him to obey in this difficult Com­mand. So when he commanded him to sacrifice his only Son Isaac, &c. When our Saviour Christ called his Disciples to forsake all and to follow him, he gave them power and ability to obey this his calling. So when he taught them to deny themselves, and to take up their Crosse, &c. When he called the Martyrs to bear witnesse of his truth with the hazard and loss of all they had in this World, yea, of life it self, he gave them power to do this great and difficult work, &c.

Use. Ʋse. To comfort Believers and good Christians against the difficulty of those Christian Duties which they are called to perform; though they be never so hard and impossible to nature, and such as we can never of our selves perform by our own strength, no more then we can remove a Mountain, and cast it into the Sea, &c. yet God who calleth us to do these hard and difficult things, will enable us with power from Heaven to do them. He will work all our works for us; or, in us; as it is, Esay 26. 12.

Mark 11. 23.‘And shall not doubt in his heart, but shall believe, &c. April 4. 1630.

NOw it followeth to speak of the Condition of this Promise made by our Saviour to his Disciples and to other believing Christians; which is also required as the means whereby they must come to be parta­kers of that which is promised; viz. to be enabled of God to do such great and difficult works as he calls them to perform.

Now the Condition or Means, is true Faith or Confidence of Heart, whereby a Believer must rest firmly perswaded, that the work he undertaketh shall be effected: expressed in these words, And shall not doubt in his heart, but shall believe, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. True Faith or Confidence in God, is the only means by which Christians come to be enabled of God for performance of such works as he requires of them, though most hard and difficult; such works as are impossible to Nature. Faith is the only means whereby we receive power from God for performance of such great and difficult works. Therefore our Saviour here promising to his Disciples and to other good Christian [...], a power and ability to perform hard and difficult works above the power of Nature, requires this condition, That they do not doubt in heart, but believe in God, and rest upon him for the effecting of that which they undertake to do. So that, as it is God alone that can, and doth, enable us to do such Christian Works and Duties as are most hard and difficult: so it is Faith by which we come to receive and be parta­kers of this power and ability from God to do such works.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. By Faith alone they apprehend the power of God, and apply it to themselves; and so by this power of God working in them, they come to be strengthened and enabled to do the greatest and most diffi­cult Works which God commandeth and requireth of them.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Faith is the only Grace by which Christians are united to Christ, Ephes. 3. 17. For it is the same Faith by which we believe in Christ, and by which we trust in God, &c. Joh. 14. 1. and so they receive power and strength from Him, to do all hard and difficult works required of them. And this power of Christ, is the power of God; for it is one and the same Divine power which is in God and in Christ, &c. Phil. 4. 13. I can do all things through Christ, &c. Hence it is, that in Scripture the performance of the most hard and difficult Works and Duties required of a Christian, is ascribed to Faith; and they are said to be done by faith, because it is the only instrumental cause and means by which we receive power and ability from God and from Christ to perform such Duties. See Heb. 11. how many great and difficult Works Believers are said to have done by Faith. For example, By Faith they performed obedience to God in most difficult and [Page 859] hard commandments, as Abraham in Sacrificing his son Isaac, &c. By Faith they forsook things most dear to them in this World; as their own Countrey and kindred, as Abraham likewise did upon Gods command­ment. By Faith Moses forsook all the honours, wealth, and pleasures of Egypt, at the calling of God, and chose rather to suffer affliction with the people of God, &c. By Faith other believers are said to have done many great and wonderfull things: To have subdued Kingdoms, to have wrought righteousness, to have stopped the mouths of Lions (as Daniel did), to have quenched the violence of fire, &c. (as the three Chil­dren did, Dan. 3.) out of weakness, they were made strong, waxed valiant in fight, turned to flight their ene­mies, &c. Others by Faith endured cruel tortures, and other grievous tryals and afflictions; as mocking, scourging, bonds, and imprisonment, suffered themselves to be stoned, sawen asunder, slain with the Sword, &c. How did this Faith inable them to do all these great and wonderful things? Because by it they belie­ved, and apprehended the power of God, and of Christ, strengthening and enabling them. So in other pla­ces of Scripture, other great and difficult works are ascribed to Faith, and by it Believers are said to perform them, because by it they receive power and strength from God, and from Christ, to perform such great works. By Faith they are said to resist the Devil and his temptations, 1 Pet. 5. 9. Whom resist, stedfast in the Faith. Ephes. 6. 16. The shield by which we quench his fiery Darts. By Faith believers are said to overcome the World, 1 Joh. 5. 4. This is the victory that overcommeth the World, even our Faith. By the World, under­stand all things in the World, which oppose themselves against us in our Christian course. By Faith they are said to stand, 2 Cor. 1. ult. that is, to hold out constantly in the profession of Christ and the Gospel. Thus the greatest and hardest works and duties which a Christian is to perform in this life, are ascribed to Faith; not that our Faith of it self doth inable us to do these things, but because it is the onely means by which we come to receive power and ability from God, and from Christ to do these hard and difficult works.

Use 1 Use. 1. See both the excellency and the necessity of this grace of Faith. 1. The excellency, and how truly it is called pretious by the Apostle, 2 Pet. 1. 1. in that it is the onely means by which we come to be enabled to do the greatest and most hard and difficult works and Christian duties commanded of God, and required of us, even such works as are above the power of nature to perform, even as hard and impossible to nature, as the removing of a Mountain. How great a benefit and priviledg is this which we have by Faith. That by it we are enabled to do the greatest and most difficult works commanded of God, and required of us, &c. the only means by which we receive power and ability from God to perform such works. By it we receive power and ability from God to deny our selves, and to take up our Cross and follow Christ, to mor­tify our lusts, to resist the Devil, to overcome the World, to obey God in the hardest duties required of us, &c. In a word, to do all things which God calleth us to do, though never so hard and difficult, &c. See the excellency of this grace of Faith, and the power and efficacy of it, enabling us to do all Christian works and duties, though never so hard and difficult. 2. See also the necessity of Faith, without which we have no power at all to perform those difficult works which are required, no power to deny our selves, or mortify our lusts; no power to resist temptations, to bear afflictions patiently, to obey God in hard duties against na­ture, &c. But all the power we have for the doing of these things, is from Faith, and by means of it; So that Faith is our strength, and the Faith of a Christian is that wherein his strength consisteth, even all the strength he hath to do good, or to perform any Christian duty commanded of God. By this we stand and are able to hold out in our Christian course, and in the practice of all Christian duties, though never so hard. This is our Victory against the World (as we heard before); yea, this is our life, Hab. 2. The Just shall live by his Faith: not a natural, but Spiritual life of grace, far above the power of nature. See the power and vertue of Faith, together with the excellency and necessity of it, how ill we can be without it if we will be Christians; yea, that we cannot at all be without it, forasmuch as all the power and ability we have to do good, and to perform such Christian duties as are required of us, is from Faith, by which alone we receive this ability from God, to do those things which of our selves we cannot.

Use 2 Use 2. To stir us up every one to labour for this excellent and most necessary grace of true Faith, being the onely means by which we receive power and strength from God to do all Christian cuties, though most hard and difficult, &c. See what need for us to labour for this Faith, using all means to attain to it; especially the principal means, which is attendance on the publick Ministry of the Word; for Faith commeth by hearing, &c. Rom. 10. 17. especially such as want Faith, &c. And not onely to get this Faith, but labour to feel the power and vertue of it in thy heart at all times, strengthening thee to do those duties which God calls thee to do, though hard and difficult. When thou art to do such duties as are hard and impossible to nature; as to deny thy self, to mortify thy lusts, to bear afflictions, &c. and findest no power in thy self, &c. then by Faith believe the power of God, and rest on it, &c. Build on this; go out of thy self. Faith must carry thee out of thy self, &c. Labour also every one for further growth and increase of Faith by all means: Pray with the Disciples, Luke 17. 6. Lord, increase our Faith. Labour to feel the weaknesse and imperfection of thy Faith, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. To comfort true believers, assuring them, that if they have Faith to believe in God, and in Christ Jesus, and to rest upon the power of God, and of Christ, they shall by this means be enabled to do those duties which God calls them to do, though never so hard or impossible to nature. Think of this when thou feelest difficulty and hardness in good duties, in denying thy self, in the practice of Repentance, in bearing afflictions, &c. What though these things be hard to flesh and bloud, yea, impossible to nature, as impossible as to remove a Mountain; yet this is thy comfort, if thou canst but believe in God, and in his power; and if thou canst by the same Faith believe and rest upon Christ Jesus the Son of God, thou shalt have strength to do all that is required of thee. As our Saviour said before, chap. 9. ver. 23. to the father of the Lunatick Child, If thou canst believe, all things are possible, &c. So here, though thou be weak in thy self, and unable to do the least good work, yet there is power enough in God, and in Christ, and his power is made perfect in weakness. Though never so weak in thy self, yet strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might, &c. yea further, though thy Faith be as yet but weak, yet if it be a true Faith, it shall strengthen thee, and by it thou shalt receive power from God to overcome all difficulties, and to do great and wonderfull things, so far forth as God shall call thee to performance of them.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour here opposeth doubting and believing one against the other as contraries; see, that although doubting may stand with Faith in some degree, yet it is not of the nature of Faith, but di­rectly opposite unto it, even as contrary as fire to water, as darkness to light. Therefore they are in other places also opposed one against the other, as Rom. 4. 20. Abraham staggered not at the promise of God through unbelief, but was strong in Faith, &c. and Jam. 1. 6. Let him ask in Faith, and waver not, &c. To be obser­ved against the Papists, who commend doubting, and count it humility, &c. so to believe, as to rest in doubt also touching the pardon of our sins, and Gods favour, &c. As on the contrary, they count it presumption to believe; so as not to doubt of these rules, we have a special revelation from God to assure us hereof. But if this were so, then doubting should be commendable, and of the nature of Faith; whereas contrariwise, it is a sin, and most opposite and contrary to true Faith. We grant that doubting is alwayes mingled with Faith, but it is not of the nature of it, but contrary.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Here also we may see, that although true Faith may stand with some kind of doubting; yet there is a kind of doubting which cannot stand with true Faith in one and the same heart, viz. such doubting or distrust as is yielded unto, and not resisted, but suffered to prevail in the heart. This doubting cannot stand with Faith, but true Faith where it is, doth exclude all such doubting and unbelief. Here that of the School-men is true. Fides non exeludit omnem dubitationem, sed vincentem.

Reason. Reas. True Faith being contrary to doubting, cannot but resist it by Prayer, and other means; yea, it doth not onely cause us to resist doubting and unbelief, but so to resist, as to prevail and overcome it, though not at all times (for sometimes doubting may have the upper hand in a true Believer), yet usually, and for the most part; at least it will get victory in the end.

Ʋse. Use. See then, that where there is no resistance and striving against unbelief, but a yielding to it, &c. there is no true Faith: which shews how fearful and dangerous it is for any to harbour doubtings or distrust, and to give way to it without resistance. On the contrary, labour by all means to resist it, &c. Mark 9. 24.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Lastly, In that it is said, shall not doubt in his heart, but believe, &c. See what is the proper seat or subject, both of unbelief, and of Faith, viz. the heart of man, by which we are principally to understand the will and affections. Some indeed do place Faith in the mind and understanding, which is true in some respect; namely, so far forth as Faith doth comprehend in it a knowledg and assent of the mind to the truth of those things which we believe. Thus it is in the understanding. But if we consider Faith as it is an affi­ance or confidence in God, and in Christ, and in the Word and promise of God (wherein the nature of Faith chiefly stands); thus it is in the heart; that is, in the will and affections most properly, Rom. 10. 10. With the heart man believeth unto righteousness, &c. See Act. 8. 37. and Ephes. 3. 17.

Mark 11. 24.‘Therefore I say unto you, what things soever ye desire when ye pray, believe that ye receive April 11. 1630. them, and ye shall have them.’

IN the two former Verses our Saviour exhorted his Disciples to the practice of Faith, in trusting or relying upon God for the obtaining of the gift of Miracles, and whatsoever else they desired, and was needfull for them; and withal, he shewed them the power and vertue of true Faith, that if they could believe, they should be able to do great and wonderful things, even as hard as the removing of a Mountain.

Now having thus shewed the power and efficacy of Faith, he doth from hence take occasion in this 24th verse, further to urge his former exhortation to the practice of Faith; and withal, takes occasion to speak of Prayer, one principal work of Faith, and a further means subordinate to Faith, for the obtaining of the gift of Miracles, and whatsoever else was needfull for them. So that as before he exhorted them to the practice of Faith in general; so now more particularly he stirs them up to the practice and exercise of Faith in the duty of Prayer, shewing also the power and vertue of this Faith in Prayer, in that it maketh prayer effectual for the obtaining of those things which Believers do pray for.

First open the words. Therefore] q. d. seeing true Faith is of such power and vertue, as to do so great and wonderful things, even above nature, &c.

I say unto you] Here he repeateth again one part of that serious and earnest asseveration used by him be­fore in the former verse, avouching the truth of that which he speaketh in his own name, and by his own Au­thority.

What things soever ye desire when ye pray] Whatsoever things ye ask of God in Prayer, with desire to obtain them.

Believe that ye receive them] Labour by Faith to be firmly and undoubtedly perswaded and assured that ye shall obtain your requests at the hands of God.

That ye receive them] That ye shall most certainly receive them, as if ye had them already. The present Tense put for the future, to shew certainty.

And ye shall have them] Ye shall certainly obtain your sutes and requests, and be partakers of those things which ye so ask of God in Prayer.

In the words consider four things. 1. The ground of the exhortation implyed in the first word [There­fore].

2. The manner of propounding and urging the exhortation with an earnest and weighty asseveration in his own name; I say unto you.

3. The matter or exhortation it self; in which he stirs up his Disciples to labour for Faith in their Prayers, yea, in all their Prayers or Petitions to God. What things soever ye desire, &c. believe, &c.

4. A reason enforcing the exhortation upon them, from an excellent promise which he maketh, and where­by he assureth them, that whatsoever they should so ask of God in Faith, they should most certainly obtain; in these words, And ye shall have them.

Of the first. Therefore] Seeing such is the excellency of true Faith, and the power and vertue of it so great, therefore labour for it, and to exercise it in Prayer, &c.

Observ. Observ. The excellency of Faith, and consideration of the great power and vertue of it, should move us to labour for it, and for further growth and strength of it, &c.

Of the second. I say unto you▪ Of this kind of asseveration or earnest avouching, used by our Saviour in this and other places, upon weighty occasions, we have often heard before. Here he useth it the more to quicken and stir up his Disciples, and us also, to labour for the practice of Faith in prayer, as also to confirm and strengthen our Faith in Praying; forasmuch as by this serious avouching of the matter, he doth the more confirm to us that excellent promise added in the end of the verse, touching the efficacy of our Prayers, be­ing made in Faith, that they shall undoubtedly prevail with God for the obtaining of those things we desire or pray for.

Of the third. The exhortation it self; Whatsoever things ye desire, &c. believe that ye receive them.

Where consider two things. 1. A further means prescribed by our Saviour to his Disciples for the obtai­ning of the gift of Miracles, and whatsoever else was needful for them, besides that of Faith before mentio­ned, viz. Prayer; Whatsoever things ye desire when ye Pray.

2. The Condition or property which our Saviour requireth in their Prayers, that they may be effectual, viz. Faith; that is, a firm perswasion or assurance of obtaining that which they ask in Prayer, which is the main matter unto which our Saviour here exhorteth them.

Of the first. Observ. 1. Having first exhorted to Faith, now he exhorts to Prayer: Hence gather, that Faith goe [...] before Prayer, in order of nature; and so, that none can Pray aright but such as have Faith, Rom. 10. 14. Heb. 11. 6. Therefore it is called the Prayer of Faith, Jam. 5. 15.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. We must first know God to be our God and Father, &c. In the Preface of the Lord's Prayer, Our Father, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. We must first be in Christ, and our persons accepted, &c.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. We must first be perswaded of God's Promise to hear us, &c.

Use 1 Use 1. See what to think of such as want true Faith. They cannot pray or call upon God aright, so as to be heard and accepted of him, because they want that which is of most singular use in prayer, both to enable them to pray, and to make their prayers acceptable and effectual with God. Such may say a prayer, or use words of prayer: but pray aright and acceptably to God, they cannot.

See the misery of all that want faith. 1. Papists, whose faith is nothing but a general belief of the Word of God, without any particular affiance or confidence in God, &c.

2. Ignorant persons amongst us; being ignorant in the very grounds of Christian Religion, &c.

3. All profane, hypocrites, and wicked men living in known sins without repentance, &c. Psal. 66. 18. Joh. 9. 31. Prov. 15. 8.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See what is to be done of such as would be enabled to pray, &c. Get faith, come to the Mini­stery of the Word, Rom. 10.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour having before exhorted his Disciples to the practice of faith, in trusting on God, &c. Now withall he mentions Prayer with Faith, as an unseparable fruit and companion of it; hence we may learn, That Prayer is an inseparable fruit and effect of true Faith, which alwayes goes with it: so as, wheresoever true faith is in the heart, it cannot but shew it self in the exercise of Prayer and calling upon God in all our necessities as occasion is offered. As where there is natural life in the body, there must needs be breathing: so where there is any spiritual life of faith in the heart and soul, there it must needs breathe out prayers unto God constantly and upon all occasions. So in David, Psal. 116. 10. I believed; therefore did I speak, &c. So in the Father of the Lunatick Child, possessed with the Devil, Chap. 9. As he had faith, so he shewed it in prayer to Christ, both for his child, and for himself. Hence it is, that Faith and Prayer are oftentimes joyned together in Scripture; to shew, that they are inseparable Companions; and that true Faith can never be without Prayer; nor Prayer, without Faith: the one being the cause, and the other the proper and immediate effect flowing alwayes from it.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. Where Faith is, there the Spirit of God dwelleth; which is the Spirit of Prayer, Zach. 12. Rom 8. 26.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Faith perswades the Heart of God's Love, &c.

Use. Use. Examine our selves by this, what true faith there is in our hearts; look whether it be accompanied with Prayer and invocation of God: whether it do cause and stir us up daily and constantly to seek to God by prayer in our necessities, and for supply of all our wants; for help in all troubles, &c. Where faith is in the heart, it will not lye hid, but shew it self in Prayer upon all occasions; in confession of sins, and craving pardon, and in suing to God for all blessings needful for soul and body, &c. Look whether it be thus with thee. And never think thou hast true faith, if it be not accompanied with frequent and earnest prayer and calling upon God on all occasions. It is as impossible that Faith should be without Prayer, as fire without heat, or the Sun without light, &c. If thou canst omit or neglect Prayer day by day, &c. suspect thy self to be void of Faith, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour having before exhorted his Disciples to practice of Faith or Confidence in God, as the best and most effectual means to obtain both the gift of Miracles, and all things else needfull for them; Now withall he puts them in mind of Prayer, as another means to be used for the obtaining of their Desires: Hence we learn, That although true Faith or Confidence in God, is a powerful or effectuall means for the obtaining of all things needful for us at the hands of God: yet this faith doth not exclude other good means appointed of God for the obtaining of our Desires: but on the contrary, it doth include the use of other means; as prayer, and all other means tending to the same end. So that, as we are by faith to trust and rely upon God for supply of our wants, and for the obtaining of all things needful for us, both for soul and body: so withall, we are not to neglect other means ordained of God for the obtaining of those blessings and good things which we desire at the hands of God: but we are carefully to use all such means, and in the use of them, to trust and rely upon God: and no otherwise.

For example: In matters of the Soul; as we are by faith to trust in God for the pardon of our sins, and for eternal life; so withall, we are to use orher good means appointed of God, for the obtaining of these [Page 862] great and unspeakable blessings: as, the practice of repentance, prayer, hearing of the Word, receiving the Sacraments, &c. So in things of this life, which concern the body and outward estate; as we are by faith to depend upon God for our health, wealth, maintenance, &c. so withall, to use other good means to this end: as, diligence in our Callings, frugality, wise providence in ordering our affairs, &c. So in time of trouble or danger; as we are by faith to rest on God for deliverance: so not to neglect other means, &c. but in use of all good means to trust in God for help, &c. Thus have the Saints of God used to do. Jacob having a promise from God, that he should prevail with men, did (no doubt) by faith believe this, and trust in God, that he should prevail with his brother Esau, to pacifie his wrath, &c. And yet for all this, he neg­lected not other means, but carefully used the best he could devise; as we see, Gen. 32. So Paul, Act. 27. 31. though he did believe and trust in God for the deliverance of himself, and all the rest that sayled with him in the same ship, in time of that dangerous Tempast which happened: yet for all that, he would have other ordinary means used: he would have the Mariners abide in the ship, &c.

Thus ought we at all times, and in all our necessities, wants, and distresses; not only by faith depend up­on God for those things we desire and stand in need of: but withall carefully use other good means, &c. And the more faith we have to trust in God, the more careful will we be to use other means, &c.

Mark 11. 24—‘What things soever ye desire when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, and ye April 18. 1630. shall receive them.’

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. IN that our Saviour having before exhorted his Disciples to the practice of faith, in depending upon God for the obtaining of the gift of Miracles, and of whatsoever else was needfull and fit for them; Now in the next place, he doth stir them up to prayer as another means next and subordinate to faith, for the obtaining of all things needful for them: hence we may learn, That next unto faith or con­fidence in God, prayer is the best and principal means, whereby we are to obtain at the hands of God all things which we desire, and are needful for us. I say, next unto Faith; Because Faith is the chief and prin­cipal means (as we heard, Verse 22.): but prayer is also a means, yea, the principal and only ordinary means next unto faith, for the obtaining of the things we desire and want. And it is such a means, as Faith it self teacheth and enableth us to use: for Faith doth not of it self alone or immediately obtain good things at the hands of God; but by means of Prayer, and no otherwise, ordinarily: so that as faith is the means to obtain all good things at the hands of God; so also is prayer together with faith; and next to faith. Withall, note by the way, another difference between Faith and Prayer, That Faith is an inward means in the heart; whereas Prayer is both an inward and outward means to obtain those things we desire: for it is not only in the heart, but is expressed outwardly in words and outward gestures, as occasion is offered, &c.

Now for proof of the Point delivered, viz. That next unto Faith, Prayer is the principal and ordinary means, whereby we are to obtain of God all things which we desire, and are needful for us: This may ap­pear, he cause in Scripture we are not only required to believe and trust in God for all things we stand in need of; but we are likewise commanded to seek to God, and to call upon him by Prayer, for supply of all our wants, and for the obtaining of whatsoever we desire, and is fit for us. Matth. 7. 7. Ask, and ye shall have; seek, and ye shall find, &c. Joh. 16. 24. Hitherto ye have asked nothing in my Name: ask and ye shall receive, &c. Jam. 1. 5. If any want wisdom, let him ask of God. Phil. 4. 6. Be careful for nothing, but in every thing by prayer and supplication, &c. let your request be made known unto God. So Psal. 50. 15. Call upon me in the day of trouble, &c. In these places we are required to go and seek to God by prayer in all our necessities, &c. Now it is Faith that teacheth and enableth us to do this: therefore next unto Faith, Prayer is the ordinary, and prin­cipal outward means appointed of God for the obtaining of all things which we desire, and are needful for us. By this the Saints of God have obtained all things needful which they desired: not only by faith, but by prayer joyned with it, and proceeding from it. Thus Jacob wrestling with God by Faith and Prayer ob­tained the blessing, Hos. 12. 4. So Psal. 22. 4, 5. Our Fathers trusted in thee, and thou didst deliver them. They cryed unto thee, and were delivered. They obtained deliverance not only by faith as the principal means of it, but also by prayer, as a subordinate means next to faith, and proceeding from Faith.

Note here, That we do not make Prayer to be any meritorious cause of obtaining the things we desire, &c. but only a means which God requireth us to use in obedience to him, and for the better fitting and qualify­ing of us to receive all things from him. We do not by our Prayers merit any thing at the hands of God, (as Papists falsly imagine) but we receive all of his free grace and mercy, and for the merits of Christ alone, &c.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the excellency of Prayer, being the chief and principal means, next unto faith, for the ob­taining of all things which we desire of God, and are needful and fit for us. The Key to unlock and open the Lord's Treasury or Store-house, that we may from thence receive all blessings needful for Soul and Body, and all deliverances in time of trouble and danger. By this we have power with God, as Jacob, &c. This is one of the principal and most excellent works of Faith, which it worketh in us, and for us, the work of Prayer: even such a work, as brings much glory to God, and singular comfort to our selves, &c. which should therefore draw our hearts to the love of this exercise and Duty of Prayer more and more, causing us highly to esteem of it, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See what is one great cause why we want many good things which we desire, and cannot obtain; It is because as there is great want or weakness of Faith in us; so we are slack and negligent in this Duty of Prayer in calling upon God in our necessities, &c. Jam. 4. 2. Ye have not, because ye ask not. This neglect of Prayer is one main cause which hinders good things from us. This is true, not only of wicked men and hy­pocrites, who have no faith, and so cannot pray at all; but even of the Saints and Children of God, who oftentimes by reason of the weakness of their faith, or because they do not so stir up this gift of God in them­selves as they should, are too cold, or careless in the Duty of prayer: and so by this means they come short of many blessings and good things which they desire, and might otherwise receive from God. See then, that weare [Page 863] not to blame the Lord, as if he were slack to give us the things we desire, and are needful for us: but we are to blame our selves, and our want of Faith, and slackness in prayer. Here is one main cause that we want so many blessings for soul and body, which we desire, and might otherwise enjoy. What's the cause that we want pardon of sins, at least such a comfortable assurance thereof as we desire? It is because we do not so often and earnestly sue to God in prayer for it. So, what's the cause we want feeling of God's Favour and Love, &c? That we want strength to resist temptations of sin; power and ability to mortifie our lusts, &c. patience to bear afflictions; meekness, wisdom to carry our selves, &c? It is because we are too slack in asking these things of God in prayer. So for Temporal blessings, What's the cause we want health, wealth, good success in our Callings and business, &c. Because we are negligent in seeking to God by prayer, &c. or if we perform this duty, yet not in due manner, but coldly, sleightly, formally, without faith and true feeling of our wants, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. See what to do, if we would obtain those things which we desire and stand in need of, so far as God seeth fit for us. Use the means ordained of God; yea, the chief and principal means next unto Faith, which is Prayer and calling upon God in all our necessities and wants daily, and from time to time. Be fre­quent, diligent, and constant in this exercise. To this end, labour for Faith, and to pray with true feeling of our wants, and with fervency of heart and affection; remembring that, Jam. 5. 16. The effectuall fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much, &c. Remember and think often of the excellency and necessity of this Duty of Prayer; being the only ordinary means for the obtaining of all things needful for us both for soul and body: the means to draw down all blessings of God upon us both spiritual and temporal: the only way to obtain help, comfort, and deliverance in all troubles, &c. See then, that if there were nothing else to move us to diligence and constancy in this Duty; yet our own good and benefit should move us to it. So that as the Commandment of God, and his gracious Promise annexed, should first and principally move us, together with the excellency of the duty in it self: so our own daily necessities, and continual wants, should quicken and stir us up to more and more diligence, fervency, and constancy in this excellent Duty, &c. Non melior orandi magister quàm necessitas. Luther.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. In that our Saviour directs this Exhortation to his Apostles especially, and that upon occasion of their desire to have the gift and power of Miracles further confirmed to them; hence gather, That as the Apostles had need of Faith in working Miracles; so also of Prayer unto God, by whose power alone they wrought them; and not by their own power, as our Saviour Christ did. At least sometimes they were to use prayer. See Matth. 17. 21. And though our Saviour Christ also himself did sometimes use prayer when he was to work Miracles; as [...]oh. 11. 41. yet that was only as a preparative to the work, and not as a means whereby the Miracle was wrought, &c. for that was by the power of his Godhead. And therefore at the very time of working the Miracle, he used no prayer, but only his powerful Word, Verse 43.

It followeth. Believe that ye receive them] These words contain the Condition which our Saviour requi­reth of his Disciples to be observed in all their prayers, that they may be effectual to obtain what they ask. The Condition is Faith; that is, a firm belief and perswasion, that they shall obtain those things which they ask of God in prayer.

Observ. Observ. One Condition or property required in true prayer, that it may be acceptable to God, and ef­fectual for the obtaining of those things we desire, is this, that it be made in faith; that is, with a firm and undoubted perswasion, that those things which we ask, shall be granted unto us. Jam. 1. 5. If any lack wis­dome, let him ask of God, &c. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth, is like a wave of the Sea, &c. For let not that man think he shall receive any thing of the Lord. Therefore also, Jam. 5. 15. true prayer which prevaileth with God, is called, The Prayer of faith: to shew, that it comes from Faith, and must be made in faith. 1 Tim. 2. 8. I will that men pray every where, lifting up holy hands without doubting. If we must not doubt in prayer; then, on the contrary, we must believe and rest perswaded, that we shall ob­tain the things we ask.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. Without faith, it is impossible to please God, Heb. 11. 6. For our persons must first be accepted, be­fore any duty or service we perform, can be accepted of God. Now our persons come to be accepted only in Christ, and that by means of Faith, believing in Him, and apprehending his righteousness: Now the same Faith perswades us withall, that, our persons being accepted, God will grant the Petitions we ask of him for Christ's sake.

Reas. 2 Reason 2. God hath promised to hear our prayers, and to grant our Petitions which we offer up to him in Christ, so that we pray in due manner: therefore we are to believe and rest perswaded hereof upon his Word and Promise.

Quest. Quest. How far forth are we in prayer to believe that our Petitions shall be granted of God?

Answ. Answ. Not simply and absolutely; but with some limitations or exceptions. 1. So far forth as our Pe­titions for the matter of them are grounded upon the Word of God; so far as we ask things lawfull and agreeable to the Word of God, and particularly to the Lord's Prayer, which is the perfect pattern for the matter of all our Prayers. For we are not to ask we care not what, or whatsoever pleaseth our own fancy, or carnal minds and wills: much less are we to believe that God will give us such things upon our asking of them.

2. Even in asking such things as are lawful and warrantable by the Word of God, we are not absolutely to believe we shall obtain them: but so far forth as standeth with the Will of God: that is to say, not only with his revealed Will, but also with his secret Will and Counsel unknown to us, till it be manifested by the event. 1 Joh. 5. 14. This is the confidence that we have in him, that if we ask anything according to his Will, he heareth us. Now our Petitions stand with the Will of God, when they are such as make for his glory, and are fit and expedient for us to receive.

For the conceiving whereof, know, That the things we ask of God in prayer, are of two sorts.

1. Spiritual Graces and Blessings needful to salvation: as, Faith, Repentance, Forgiveness of sins, &c. strength against Temptations, &c, These we are absolutely to believe we shall receive and obtain of God; at least so far, and in such a measure, as is necessary for our salvation.

2. Temporal Blessings of this life: as health, wealth, outward peace, deliverance from outward afflicti­ons, &c. Now these we are also to believe we shall receive; yet not absolutely, but so far only as stands with the Will of God, and so far as he doth see them to be good and fit for us.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. See again the necessity of Faith, in all such as desire to pray to God aright; and that none can truly and acceptably pray to God, or call on his Name, but such as have faith to believe, and be perswaded, that God will grant their Petitions, so far as stands with his Will, &c. without this Faith, how can they look to be heard or accepted? Nay, on the contrary, they dishonour God by doubting, and not believing that he will grant their Petitions: yea, this is a mocking of God, to come and ask those things which they do not believe he will give unto them. If one of us should thus go with a Petition to the King, or some great Man, telling him at first, that we do not believe he will grant our Sute, &c. would it not be taken as an in­dignity, &c?

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Labour for this perswasion of Faith in all our prayers, that God will hear and grant our requests; at least so far as stands with his blessed Will, and makes for his glory, and our good and salvation. This is the way to prevail with God, and to obtain our desires, &c.

Grounds of this Faith and Assurance in Prayer.

1. Gods Wisdom and Providence, knowing and taking special notice of all our wants, even before we ask. Matth. 6. 8. Your Father knoweth what things ye have need of, before ye ask him.

2. His Almighty Power; being able to give us whatsoever we ask and stand in need of; though never so hard and difficult to be obtained, as may seem to us. Ephes. 3. 20. Able to do abundantly above all we ask, &c. This our Saviour Christ looked at in his prayer, Mark 14. 36. Abb [...], Father, all things are possible to thee. And in the Lord's Prayer, we are taught thus to conclude; For thine is the Kingdom, and the power, &c.

3. His gracious Promise to hear and grant our requests. Matth. 7. 7. Ask, and ye shall have, &c. Psal. 50. 15. Call upon me in the day of trouble, and I will deliver thee, &c. Joh. 16. 24. Hitherto ye have asked nothing in my Name; ask, and ye shall receive. And in this place we have in hand. Yea, further, there is a Promise that God will hear us even before we ask: so ready is he to grant our petitions. Esay 65. 24. Before they call, I will answer; and whilest they are yet speaking, I will hear.

4. The Merits and Mediation of Christ; who maketh continual intercession for us in heaven to his Father: yea, he is gone of purpose into Heaven, that he may there appear in the presence of God for us, Heb. 9. 24. Rev. 8. 3, The Angel that offereth incense with the prayers of the Saints.

Now followeth the fourth and last thing in this Verse, which is the Reason by which our Saviour enfor­ceth this Exhortation of his Disciples to faith in prayer: from the Promise annexed, That if they pray in faith, they shall obtain the things they ask; in these words, And ye shall have them.

Observ. Observ. Such as pray in faith, believing and being perswaded, that God will grant their requests, are sure to obtain the things they ask. This our Saviour here promiseth to his Discipes. And the like promise we have elsewhere, Jam. 1. 5. If any lack wisdom, let him ask of God that giveth to all men liberally, &c. and it shall be given him: so that he ask in faith, as is required, Verse 6. So Jam. 5. 15. Hence is that, 1 Joh. 5. 15. If we know that he hear us, whatsoever we ask, we know that we have the petitions that we desire of him: viz. if we pray in faith.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. God hath promised to hear such prayers as are made in faith: and he is true in his Word and Promise. Ergo, &c.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. By believing that God will grant our Petitions, we honour God; and he will honour us, by granting them, 1 Sam. 2. 30.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. They pray in the Name of Christ, &c.

Object. Object. Gods Children do not alwayes obtain those things which they ask of God in prayer: though they pray in faith. 2 Cor. 12. 8, 9. Paul prayed thrice for removal of that thorn in his flesh, &c. and yet it was not removed: at least, not at first; or so soon as he desired.

Answ. Answ. 1. God's Promise to [...]ear and grant our Petitions, when we pray in faith, is not absolute: but with limitation; viz. so far as stands with Gods Will, and as he sees that good and fit for us, which we ask: no farther.

2. Though he do not alwayes give those things we ask; yet something else, which is as good: yea, bet­ter for us. Though he hear us not alwayes ad voluntatem nostram; yet alwayes ad salutem. See this in Paul's example before alledged. Though he did not grant the very thing he asked, viz. the removall of that temptation: yet he gave him grace and strength to bear and stand against it: which was as good and better for the Apostle at that time. So when we pray in faith, for deliverance out of some crosse or affliction, if he do not give deliverance, yet he gives strength and patience to bear it, &c.

3. Though God do not presently or forthwith give unto his Children those things which they ask in Faith, yet he may and doth sometimes give them afterward, yea, long after they have Prayed for them.

Ʋse. Use. Great comfort and incouragement to us in all our Prayers, so far forth as we can and do offer them up to God in true Faith, believing that our persons being accepted in Christ, he doth also accept our Pray­ers, and will grant our sutes and supplications. If we thus pray, we shall not, we do not pray in vain, but are sure to be heard; yea, to obtain our desires; yea, whatsoever we ask, though never so hard and difficult to be obtained; for so it is here said, What things soever, &c. at least so far as stands with Gods will, and is good and fit for us. God sayes to us, According to thy Faith, so be it unto thee. What a comfort is this to us in all our Faithfull Prayers; yea, though thy Faith be but weak, yet, if true and sincere, it shall make thy Prayer effectual and powerful with God, as the Prayer of Jacob was, when he wrestled with God, and obtai­ned a Blessing, &c. So shalt thou, if thou wrestle as he did by Faith and Prayer, &c. Never was any Faith­full Prayer made in vain, nor did return from God empty, but alwayes prevailed, either for that which was asked, or for something else much better, and more for Gods glory, and the good of the party praying.

Mark 11. 25. ‘And when ye stand Praying, forgive, if ye have ought against any; that your Father April, 25. 1630. also which is in heaven, may forgive you your Trespasses.’

IN the former verse our Saviour exhorted his Disciples to the practice or exercise of Faith in Prayer, shew­ing withal the power and efficacy of that Prayer which is made in Faith, that it is effectual to obtain what­soever we ask of God agreeable to his will.

Now having thus made mention of Prayer as the ordinary and principal means next unto Faith for the ob­taining of all things needfull at the hands of God; he takes occasion in ver. 25, 26. to insist further upon this duty of Prayer; and as before he required them to pray in Faith; that is, with a firm perswasion that they should obtain their desires, if they would have their Prayers effectuall; so now he requires of them the practice of a further duty in prayer, to the end their Prayers may be acceptable to God, and effectual for the obtaining of those things they desired and stood in need of; and that is, the practice of brotherly love in free forgiving of wrongs and injuries done unto them: and to this he now exhorteth them.

Where, 1. Consider the exhortation it self, in these words, And when ye stand Praying, forgive, if ye have ought against any.

2. A twofold reason added to strengthen the exhortation. 1. From the benefit and good which should hereupon follow, viz. the pardon of their sins at the hands of God. That your Father also, &c. 2. From the contrary hurt and danger like to ensue, if they do not forgive such as offend and wrong them. Then they shall not be forgiven of God, ver. 26. But if you do not forgive, &c.

First of the exhortation it self.

When ye stand] Our Saviour seems to allude to the common custome of the Jews in those times; which was, to stand in time of Prayer. For although it is not likely that they did alwayes or constantly use this ge­sture of standing at Prayer, but that they did sometimes also use other gestures, especially the gesture of knee­ling, as may be gathered from Daniel's practice, Dan. 6. 10. and from the practice of our Saviour, Luke 22. 41. Yet notwithstanding, it seems most probable, that this gesture of standing at Prayer was very common and usual with them in those times, especially in their publick and solemn Prayers, as may be gathered from this and other places of the New Testament, where this gesture is mentioned; as Matth. 6. 5. Hypocrites love to pray standing in the Synagogues, and corners of the streets, that they may be seen of men, &c. Luke 18. 11-13. Both the Pharisee and the Publican are said to stand praying in the Temple. And the reasons why they so often used this gesture of standing at Prayer, seem to be these.

  • 1. Because this was a very ancient custome and practice in the Church; as may appear even in Solomons time, who stood and Prayed that solemn Prayer, 2 Chron. 6. 12. And 2 King. 5. 11. Naaman sayes of the Prophet Elisha; I thought he will come out to me, and stand, and call on the name of the Lord his God, &c.
  • 2. Because it was in it self a decent and reverent gesture, by which they professed and testified their obe­dience and dutifulness towards God, as servants standing before their Master, ready to do his will, as it is said of Solomons servants, 1 King. 10. 8. Vide Drus. in Matth. 6. 5.

When ye stand Praying] That is, when ye are about the exercise of Prayer, setting your selves to the per­formance of it in any special or solemn manner; especially in publick, for that our Saviour seems chiefly to have relation to in these words; yet so, as under this he comprehends all kind of Prayers as well private as publick.

Forgive] See that ye do freely remit and pardon such as are your enemies, or have done you any wrong, laying aside all malice and grudg of mind, and all purpose and desire of revenge against such as are your enemies.

If ye have ought against any] If ye have any matter of just complaint or controversy against any other what­soever, for any kind of offence, wrong, or injury done unto you. So Matth. 5. 23. If thou bring thy gift to the Altar, and there remembrest that thy brother hath ought against thee, &c. See also Col. 3. 13.

In the words explained, consider three things. 1. A description of Prayer by the outward gesture then commonly used amongst the Jews, viz. standing, When ye stand and Pray.

2. A special duty which our Saviour requireth of his Disciples to be practised in time of Prayer, or when­soever they should be therein imployed; and that is, to forgive whatsoever offences and wrongs had bin done against them by others. When ye Pray, forgive, &c.

3. The extent of the duty to all persons that had wronged or offended them, and to all wrongs and offen­ces committed against them; If ye have any thing against any man.

Of the first. Our Saviour Christ doth not here disallow the gesture of standing in Prayer, being then much used amongst the Jews, especially in publick Prayer; but he doth rather allow and justify it, being as it was in it self a decent and reverent gesture, and such as had then bin of very ancient use in the Church.

Observ. Observ. That though the Word of God do not expresly tye us to any one particular gesture in Prayer (for in Scripture we have examples of divers kinds of gestures used, besides kneeling and standing); yet never­theless it is fit for us herein to conform our selves to the good and laudable custome of the Church wherein we live, so far as that custome is warranted by the Word of God; that is to say, so far forth as no gesture is used, but such as is reverent and decent, serving [...]o express the inward humility and devotion of our hearts towards God. Now the most humble and reve [...]ent gestures of all other, and most commended to us in Scripture, are kneeling, and standing; especially kneeling, or bowing the knees before God in token of hu­mility, &c. and therefore this gesture is someti [...]es put for Prayer it self, Ephes. 3. 14. which being so, it seems most fit for us to accustome our selves to this gesture of kneeling, especially in our set and solemn Pray­ers; and the rather, because it is the most general custome of our Church, and required also by Authority in the publick Prayers of the Church, yet so as that it is not unlawfull, but lawfull and fit sometimes also to use the gesture of standing, or some ot [...]er reverent gesture in Prayer, so it be without offence of the Church, and at such time especially when we cannot conveniently use kneeling.

Of the second. When ye are Pra [...]ing, forgive, if ye have ought, &c.]

Doctr. Doctr. A duty required of all Christians when they set themselves to pray, or call upon God, if they would have their Prayers accepted, they must freely forgive such as have wronged or offended them, laying aside all malice and grudg, with all desire and purpose of revenge against them, 1 Tim. 2. 8. Pray without wrath.

Reasons. Reasons. 1. Prayer must be made in Faith, as we have heard before in the former verse. Now Faith wor­keth by love, Gal. 5. 6. and it is the property of love to forgive wrongs and injuries, Ephes. 4. 32.

2. True Prayer must be joyned with the practice of Repentance, for God heareth not sinners, Joh. 9. 31. that is, such as live in known sin without Repentance. Now there can be no true Repentance without for­giveness of such as wrong us, Repentance being a forsaking of all sin, and consequently of the sin of malice and revenge against others, which cannot be without forgiveness.

3. One main thing which we are to ask of God in Prayer, especially in our set and solemn Prayers, is the forgiveness of our sins; but this we cannot do with any comfort or assurance to be heard, unless we do for­give others that have wronged us. This is taught us in the 5th Petition, where we pray to God to forgive us, as we forgive others, &c.

Quest. 1 Quest. 1. Is this forgiveness of wrongs required onely at such time as we pray or call upon God, and not at other times?

Answ. Answ. Yes, it is required at all other times whensoever we are wronged; but it is in special manner re­quired when we come to God in Prayer, to shew, 1. That if we have not before freely forgiven our ene­mies, and such as wrong us, yet then we must; lest otherwise if we come in wrath or malice to pray, God do utterly reject our Prayer as abominable. 2. To shew, that if we have before forgiven others which have wronged us, yet we are then, and upon that occasion, to renew in our selves this practice of love in forgiving others, labouring to find and feel it in our own hearts at that time especially.

Quest. 2 Quest. 2. How can we forgive wrongs done to us, seeing such wrongs are offences against God, and he onely can forgive sins?

Answ. Answ. In such wrongs consider two things. 1. The offence against God, and breach of his command. This God onely can forgive. 2. The injury or offence done to us also, either in our body, goods, or good name. And this we may and ought to forgive when we come before God to Pray.

Quest. 3 Quest. 3. How far forth are we bound to forgive wrongs and offences when we come before God to pray?

Answ. Answ. Simply and absolutely, in respect of bearing any malice or grudg, or any revengeful mind against such as wrong us. Levit. 19. 18. But we are not alwayes bound to forgive in regard of seeking recompence or satisfaction for the hurt o [...] damage done to us in our bodies, goods, or good name; but if it be some great damage which we cannot bear, without being much hindred in our outward estate, or in duties of our Calling or Gods service, we may in this case lawfully seek satisfaction from such as have so wronged us, so it be by lawfull means; that is to say, by help of the lawfull Magistrate, and of good humane Laws ordained to this end. Alwayes provided that this be done according to the rules of charity; that is to say, 1. That we do freely forgive the party offending us, in regard of any malice or grudg at all against the person; yea, that we love the person, and be ready to do him good. 2. That we do not go to law, or seek to the Magistrate in the first place, but after we have first tryed other more private and gentle means. 3. That when we have ad­vantage in Law against him that hath wronged us, yet we do not use extremity, but practice Christian mode­ration, Phil. 4. 5.

Quest. 4 Quest. 4. Whether are we bound to forgive in case the party offending us do not confess his fault, or ask forgiveness, &c.

Answ. Answ. Yes, we must absolutely and freely forgive howsoever, though the party shew no remorse for his fault, &c.

Object. Ob [...]ect. Luke 17. 3. If he repent, forgive him.

Answ. Answ. 1. Some think our Saviour doth not there speak of forgiveness in regard of bearing malice or grudg against the party, for this forgiveness is alwayes and absolutely required, whether the party offending us do repent or not; but of proceeding to the publick censures of the Church against such parties having wronged us, that there should be no such proceed [...]ng, in case the party shew remorse and humiliation towards us. (Sic Perk in Matth. 6. 12.) Compare the pla [...]e with Matth. 18.

2. If we understand it of forgiveness in regard of bearing grudg of heart, then we may so take it, that although we are absolutely bound to forgive, yet especially and much more, if the party offended shew sor­row and repentance. Vide Stellam in locum.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. See what to think of the Prayers of such as do not forgive such as have wronged them, but live in malice, wrath, or desire of revenge against others, and yet come to pray unto God in publick and private; such Prayers are so far from being accepted of God, and being available to obtain blessings, that on the con­trary they are odious to God, Esay 1. 15. When ye make many Prayers, I will not hear; your hands are full of bloud; that is, of bloudy or cruel practises. So may it be said of all such as live in wrath, malice, and re­venge against others. Their hearts are full of bloud; that is, of cruel and murdering thoughts and affections, &c. and therefore though they pray never so much, God will not hear them. Psal. 66. 18. If I regard ini­quity in my heart, the Lord will not hear me. Thus do all such as harbour in their hearts the sins of anger, ma­lice, &c. therefore God will not hear their prayers.

Use 2 Use 2. To stir us up to the practice of this duty of love i [...] free forgiving of such as wrong and offend us; and as at all other times when there is occasion, so in special when we are to pray and call upon God, if we would be fit to pray, and would have God to hear us, and g [...]ant our requests so far as is good for us; see we come not to Prayer in wrath, malice, or grudg against others, though they be our enemies, and have wronged us, but first forgive our enemies, and such as have any way wronged us, laying aside all malice, anger, and thought of revenge against others, whosoever they be, or howsoever [...]hey have wronged us; else never think thy self in case to pray, or that thou canst pray aright, or that God wi [...] hear or grant thy Petitions in mer­cy, &c.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. Seeing this duty of love in forgiving wrongs and offences, is required of us whensoever we are to pray or call upon God; hence gather, That we are not only once in our life, or some few times to for­give our enemies and all that wrong or offend us; but that we are often, yea daily to do this, even as often as we are wronged: forasmuch as we are daily to be exercised in prayer and calling upon God; and with­out forgiveness of others, and laying aside all malice and grudg against them, we are unfit to pray at any time, &c. Some think they are to forgive only when they come to the Lord's Supper; or when they are up­on their Death-bed: but here see the contrary; that we are daily in our life-time to forgive enemies and such as wrong us; even as often as we come before God to pray unto him: yea, such as we have already forgiven, we must again and again forgive them, and that daily, even as often as they offend us; though se­ven times in a day, Luke 17. 4. yea, not only the same persons, but even the same offences which we have already forgiven, we are daily to forgive; that is, to labour more and more to forgive them, and to purge our hearts from all malice and grudg against the persons, &c. and daily to keep our selves in the practice of love.

Motives to the practice of this Duty of love, in forgiving enemies and such as wrong us; because it is a duty so hard to flesh and blood.

  • 1. Consider God's Commandment requiring this of us. Ephes. 4. 32. Be kind and tender-hearted: forgiving one another, as God for Christs sake, &c. And Matth. 5. 44. our Saviour bids us to love our enemies: which cannot be without forgiving them.
  • 2. Look at God's Example; who forgiveth us, and others, being his enemies by our sins: yea, there is nothing more proper to God, then to forgive sins and offences committed against him, Mich. 7. 18. Thi [...] he doth daily and continually; yea, infinite and innumerable sins of men, &c. Therefore herein follow God as dear children, and walk in love, (as the Apostle sayes) shewing it by this excellent practice of love, in forgiving wrong [...] and in [...]uries, &c. Nihil Deo hominem tam similem reddet, quam remissio offensarum. Chrysost.
  • 3. Look at Christ's Example, while he lived on earth, how he did forgive and pray for his enemies, which abused him, and put him to death: he was far from bearing malice, and from desire or seeking pri­vate revenge in his own cause, but committed it to God. 1 Pet. 2. 23. Follow him as good and true Disciples in thus forgiving enemies and wrongs done to us.
  • 4. Look also at the practice of the Saints and servants of God who have done this before us. Joseph though so much abused by his brethren who fold him for a slave, &c. yet he forgave them all, and dealt kindly and mercifully with them. David though persecuted by Saul, and railed upon by Simei a base fellow, yet for­gave them both, and would not seek revenge, though he had S [...]ul in his hands in the Cave, &c. Stephen prayed for those that stoned him to death, Act. 7. ult.
  • 5. Consider, That it is a special evidence of grace, and of a true Child of God, freely to forgive ene­mies and wrongs done to us by others. Col. 3. 12. As the Elect of God, put on bowels of mercy, kindness, &c.—forbearing one another, if any have a quarrell against any; even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye.
  • 6. Consider, How much and often we offend God, yea daily, and continually provoke him: and yet we desire he should pardon and forgive us. Therefore let us forgive our brethren, as we would have God to forgive us. But more of this afterward.
  • 7. Lastly, in all wrongs and offences done against us, look at God's Providence, by which they happen to us; and that by them God doth justly correct us for our sins: Though men wrong thee; yet God doth thee no wrong, in chastising thee thus for thy sins. Therefore forgive, &c. This moved David to forgive Simei, 2 Sam. 16.

Now followeth the extent of this duty of forgiving enemies and wrongs, unto which our Saviour here ex­horteth his Disciples; in these words, If ye have ought against any man] Where our Saviour extendeth this duty to all enemies, and to all wrongs and offences done against them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The true forgiveness of enemies, and of wrongs and in [...]uries done to us, which is required, is to forgive all enemies, and all wrongs and offences against us; no [...] some only. Luke 11. 4. As we forgive every one that is indebted against us. Col. 3. 13. If any have a quarrell against any, &c. Note, That this is to be understood of forgiveness in respect of bearing malice, or revenge, &c. which is alwayes required, and in all wrongs, &c. but not alwayes in respect of seeking remedy or satisfaction for the hurt or damage, &c.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. We must so forgive our brethren, as to be in true charity and love with all men, and at all times: which cannot be without a general forgiveness of all enemies, and all injuries and offences. If any one be not forgiven, we are not in charity.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. We would have God to forgive us all our sins; not some only. Therefore we are to forgive all offences of our brethren against us.

Use. Use. See what to think of such as are content to forgive some wrongs, and some enemies; but not all. They can perhaps put up some small or petty in [...]uries; but if greater injuries or indignities be offered them, they will not forgive, but bear malice, and seek revenge, &c. This is no true forgiveness, and so no true love, but counterfeit. Such must remember these words, Forgive if ye have ought against any, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour presupposeth here, that his Disciples should have enemies, who should wrong and abuse them, and against whom they should have just matter of complaint for such wrongs: hence gather, That Christians must make account to have enemies, and to meet with wrongs and abuses at the hands of men; yea, with many wrongs and injuries. They must make account sometimes, yea, oftentimes to have matter of just complaint against others for wrongs done unto them: This is here taken for granted. And if it were not so, there should be no need of forgiveness, and [...]o this Exhortation of our Saviour should be in vain. That which our Saviour speaketh, Matth. 18. 7. touching those offences or scandals, by which men do hinder others in the wayes of God, and in the way of salvation, is true of all offences and wrongs offered to the Saints and Servants of God: that it must needs be, that such offences shall come. It cannot be avoided: so long as there is a Devil and wicked men in the World, it must needs be, that the true ser­vants of God shall be much wronged and abused in the World. Joh. 16. ult. In the world ye shall have tribula­tion. [Page 868] So long as ye live in the world, ye must look to have many enemies, and to suffer much at the hands of wicked men, Matth. 10. 17. Thus it hath been with the best of God's Saints and Servants in all times: as, with the Prophets, Apostles, Martyrs, yea Christ himself; How many enemies had they? how many wrongs, and abuses did they meet with at the hands of men in this World?

Ʋse 1 Ʋse 1. To comfort good Christians, when they meet with many enemies, and with many wrongs and abuses offered them by others: especially if it be in way of well-doing, and for the keeping of a good con­science, &c. It is no new thing; but that which hath ever been the lot and portion of God's Saints and Ser­vants in this World. Therefore if it be so with thee, be not discouraged; but remember, Matth. 5. 11. Bles­sed are ye when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evill against you falsly for my sake. Rejoyce, &c. For so persecuted they the Prophets before you.

Use 2 Use 2. It must teach us to prepare and arm our selves before-hand, to meet with enemies, and with wrong and offences at the hands of men, especially of wicked men, so long as we live in this World. And there­fore to pray and labour for Christian courage, patience and meekness, to bear such wrongs and abuses as shall be offered us; seeing it cannot be avoided but we must have enemies, and must be much wronged at the hands of men: we have therefore need of patience and meekness to bear such wrongs: and of courage, to stand against all enemies opposing us, especially for well-doing. Some say, They cannot endure to be wronged. As much as to say; Thou canst not be a good Christian, or true Disciple of Christ: for if thou wilt be such a one indeed, thou must make account to have enemies, and to be much wronged, &c. The Dis­ciple is not above his Master, &c. Matth. 10.

Mark 11. 25.‘And when ye stand praying, forgive, &c. that your Father also which is in heaven, &c. May 2. 1630.

OF our Saviour's Exhortation of his Disciples to the forgiving of enemies and wrongs when they come before God to pray, we have heard before.

Now followeth the Reasons enforcing this Exhortation. 1. From the benefit and good which is promi­sed, and should come to them by this means; they should have their sins forgiven of God.

2. From the contrary hurt and danger ensuing, if they forgive not others, then God will not forgive them.

Of the first. That your Father] That is, God, who is your Father not only by Creation, &c. but more especially by grace of Adoption in Christ, &c.

Here note, that these words, That your Father may forgive, &c. are not so to be taken, as if their forgi­ving of others were the cause of Gods forgiving them; or the ground and motive of God's forgiveness: but only a condition or qualification required in them, as an effect of Gods forgiveness, shewing them to be such as were forgiven of God; and consequently a means by which they might know and be assured in conscience that they were indeed forgiven of God.

Which is in heaven] Though God be every where present, filling Heaven and Earth; yet he is said to be in Heaven, (viz. the third Heavens) after a peculiar manner: because he doth there, and from thence espe­cially and most clearly manifest his presence, by the effects of his Divine Power, Wisdom, Providence, &c. Therefore Heaven is called his Throne, Esay 66. 1.

May forgive you your Trespasses] By Trespasses, understand sins against God: called trespasses, because by tthem we break the holy Law of God, and so offend his Divine Majesty. Called also Debts, Matth. 6. 13. in he fifth Petition of the Lord's Prayer; because by them we make our selves guilty before God by breach of his Law: and so we are bound to make satisfaction, or else to suffer the punishment due; as a man that is indebted to another, &c.

More particularly by trespasses or sins, here we are to understand, 1. The fault or offence, which is the breach of Gods Law. 2. The guilt, making us liable to punishment. 3. The punishment it self due to sin by the Law.

May forgive you] That is, freely acquit and discharge you from the fault, guilt, and punishment of all your sins.

Quest. Quest. What need is there for true Believers (such as Christ's Disciples were) to desire forgiveness of sins, seeing they having faith were already assured that their sins were forgiven?

Answ. Answ. 1. Their faith being weak and imperfect, they had need to desire further and more assurance.

2. They were apt through infirmity to fall into new sins, which had need of a new act of forgivenesse, and of faith, to believe and apply the same.

In the words thus opened, consider two things. 1. The benefit promised to them, if they forgive such as wrong them; They shall be forgiven of God; that is, shall by this means have further assurance in their conscience, of God's forgiving their sins.

2. The Authour or efficient cause of this benefit of forgiveness of sins; which is God himself: Described here, 1. By a relative title, called their Father. 2. By his special place of abode, In Heaven.

Of the first. The benefit promised, Forgiveness of sins at the hands of God, That your Father which is in Heaven may forgive you, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Forgiveness of sins, and true assurance of it, is such a blessing and benefit as Christians ought earnestly to desire and seek to be partakers of. This is here presupposed: for else our Saviour would not use this as a motive or reason why they should forgive; that so they might be forgiven of God, and be as­sured of it. A blessing most excellent, and most necessary for every one: as necessary for us as any thing in this world; as health, wealth, &c. yea, much more necessary then any of these, or life it self, &c. And therefore well worth the desiring and seeking; and most earnestly to be sought and laboured for; One main blessing which we are taught to ask of God in the Lord's Prayer: yea, the chief of all spiritual blessings which there we ask for our selves, next to God's glory, coming of his Kingdom, and doing of his Will▪ though it be not named in the first place, but after our daily bread; yet it is the chief of all blessings which [Page 869] concern our selves, and our own good immediately. Hos. 14. 2. The Church is taught to pray for this bles­sing above all other, and how to pray for it: Take with you words, and turn to the Lord; say unto him, Take away all iniquity, &c. How earnestly does David sue for this blessing, and assurance of it? Psal. 51. and Daniel, Dan. 9. 19. and Peter exhorts the Jews, Act. 3. 19. and Simon Magus, Act. 8. 22.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. In this standeth our happinesse, Psal. 32. 1. And without it, every one is most wret­ched.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Without pardon of sin, we lye open to the Wrath of God continually, and to all Judgments threatned in his Word. Joh. 3. 36. He that believeth not, the wrath of God abideth on him.

Reas. 3 Reas. 3. Without it, we can have no true peace, either with God, or in our conscience: but our Con­science must needs be troubled, and tormented with terrours and fears, &c. Esay 57. ult. No peace to the wicked. Rom. 5. 1. Being justified by faith, we have peace with God, &c.

Reas. 4 Reas. 4. Our sins, nor pardoned, do separate between God and us, hindering his favour and all blessings and good things from us. Esay 59. 2. Your iniquities have separated, &c. Jer. 5. 25. Your sins have withholden good things from you.

Use 1 Use 1. See by this the folly of many Christians, who shew so little desire, and take so little care or pains to get pardon of their sins. Other matters they desire and seek after of far lesse worth and excellency; as health, wealth, earthly delights, &c. Psal. 4. Who will shew us any good? but, of all other things, do least seek pardon of their sins, and true assurance of; as if this were a matter needless, or of small moment: whereas it is the most needfull thing in the world for them to seek, and more worth than all the World to a Chri­stian. Yet how is it neglected by many? And what folly is this in men, to desire and seek so much after this World, and the vain things of it, and to let go the pardon of their sins, which should be sought before all? Are not these penny-wise, and pound-foolish? Yea, many that go for wise and understanding men in the World, yet are thus foolish and sottish in this matter; desiring and seeking all other things almost which they stand in need of, more then they do the pardon of their sins: One seeks health of body; an­other seeks Wealth, Money, Farms, increase of Corn, and Cattel, &c. Another seeks a Wife, or Children, &c. Another, honour and preferment in the World, &c. In the mean time, they neglect pardon of their sins; without which, all this World can do them no good, nor give true peace, contentment, or comfort. What good can health, wealth, money, children, &c. yea, what good can all the World do to a man that hath not his sins forgiven? that lyes under the wrath of God, &c. Matth. 16. What shall it profit a man to win the whole world, and lose his soul? What was the rich glutton in Hell the better for all his Wealth, delicate fare, and costly apparel which he enjoyed in this life? No creature is so miserable as man, without pardon of his sins, living and dying so. Of such it may be said, as of Judas, Good for them never to be born. When a brute beast dyeth, there is the end of their misery: not so with such as dye in guilt of their sins: then especially begins their woe, &c. See then the extream folly and madnesse of such as have so little desire and care to get the pardon of their sins, preferring all other matters almost before this, which had need of the first place. Some seek it not at all; scarce think of it seriously at any time, or how to obtain this unspeakable blessing; they are so drowned in the World; either in profits, or pleasures, in farming, &c. Others seek it, but it is very coldly, sleightly, and negligently; they will be at no pains to get it: Whereas in following the World, as profits, pleasures, and they spare no pains; but will toyl like beasts, &c. Rise early, go late to bed, &c. A sign they neither know, nor feel the excellency of this benefit of for­giveness of sins; nor their want of it, nor misery without it, &c.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. To stir up all to an earnest desire and seeking after this great benefit, the pardon of their sins, and good assurance of it in their own souls: especially such as never yet had any true feeling or assurance hereof. Now labour for it, and use all means to attain to it: I say now, forthwith, without delay: now while thou hast time and means before thee. Esay 55. 8. Seek the Lord while he may be found, &c. Heb. 3. To day if ye will hear his voyce, &c. Put not off this weighty matter till sickness or old age, or thy death-bed, (as many do) but now while God offers grace in the ordinary means, as the Ministery of his Word and Sa­craments; now seek and labour for pardon of thy sins. To this end, consider the excellency of this bles­sing, that thy happiness consisteth in it; and the misery and danger thou art in continually without it, being under God's wrath, and in danger of Hell every minute, &c. If thou wert guilty before men of some crime deserving death, and shouldst be condemned for it; how desirous and careful wouldst thou be to get a par­don from the King? how wouldst thou ply and follow this Suite? How much more, now thou art guilty of so many sins against God, &c. Consider how many wayes thou hast trespassed and offended him, &c. And never rest till thou hast made thy peace with God, and obtained pardon and forgiveness at his hands for all thy sins.

Quest. Quest. What to do, that I may obtain this blessing of forgiveness of my sins, &c?

Answ. Answ. Practise true Repentance; which consisteth in these Duties. 1. Examine thy Conscience by the Law of God touching thy sins, to find them out in particular: especially those thou hast been most guilty of. The first step to repentance, is, to come to see thy sins truly. Lam. 3. 40. Let us search and try our wayes, &c.

2. Labour to have thy heart touched with godly sorrow for all thy sins; especially for those by which thou hast most offended God; not a small or sleight sorrow; but to have thy heart broken and rent with this sorrow. To mourn for thy sins, as one that mourneth for the losse of his onely son, Zach. 12. 10.

3. Confess thy sins, yea, thy particular sins to God in humble and feeling manner, accusing and con­demning thy self for them, that God may acquit thee, Prov. 28. 13.

4. Labour for true hatred, dislike, and utter detestation of thy sins in heart; and to shew it in life and practice by turning from them, yea from all thy sins; and by turning to God by holinesse and newnesse of life. Jer. 4. 14. Wash thy heart from wickednesse, &c. Abhor evill, and cleave to that is good, Rom. 12. 9.

5. Lastly, sue to God in Jesus Christ most earnestly for pardon and forgivenesse of thy sins; not pray­ing, but crying unto him for the same: and that with hungring and thirsting as after the greatest good in the World: Then thou hast a Promise, Esay 44. 3. I will pour upon the thirsty, &c. And thou must not onely sue earnestly to God, but constantly; never ceasing or giving over thy su [...]e, till God hear, and have mercy upon thee, and manifest his grace and mercy to thy soul in pardon of thy sins, as he will do undoub­tedly, if thou thus seek and sue to him for the same. For he hath promised it, Esay 55. 7. and in many other places; and he is true in his Word. If we acknowledg our sins, he is faithfull to forgive our sins, 1 Joh. 1. and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. Yea, though sins red as crimson, &c. Esay 1. 18.

Mark 11. 25.‘And when ye stand praying, forgive, &c. May, 9. 1630.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. IN that our Saviour exhorts his Disciples to forgive such as wronged them, that so they might be forgiven of God; that is, might by this as by a pledg and testimony in their own conscien­ces be assured, that God had forgiven, and would still continue to forgive them their sins; hence we learn, That one special means whereby we may come to know and be assured in our consciences, that God hath pardoned, and will hereafter pardon our sins in Christ, is, freely to forgive our enemies, and such as wrong or offend us. This is the Doctrine of our Saviour here, and Matth. 6. 14.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. This free forgiving of enemies, is an infallible mark and property of true love to our brethren; and Love is a fruit of Faith, which worketh by it, Gal. 5. 6. Now where Faith is, there must needs be forgive­ness of sins. Therefore by this fruit of love in forgiving others, being felt in our hearts, we may gather assu­rance that we have Faith, and so that our sins are forgiven of God.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. True love to our brethren, which is shewed in forgiving wrongs, must needs come from love to God; for we first love God, and then our brother, 1 Joh. 4. 21. Now we cannot love God, till we first have felt his love to us in the pardon of our sins. 1 Joh. 4. 19. we love him, because he first loved us. Therefore hence it followes, That free forgiving of others, is the way to be assured, that God hath forgiven us, and will forgive us still.

Use 1 Use 1. See what to do, if we would not only be partakers of this excellent benefit of forgiveness of fins, but also come to know and be assured hereof in our own Souls and Consciences: we must then labour for the practice of love, in forgiving such as offend and wrong us. If thou canst attain to this, it will be as aseal and pledg in thy own heart to assure thee, that God hath forgiven thy sins, and will also forgive thee for time to come, so often as thou shalt fall through infirmity, and shalt renew thy repen­tance.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. Comfort to such as feel this practice of love in their hearts, that they can and do freely and from the heart forgive such as wrong them, &c. From this love shewed to thy brother, thou mayst conclude thy love to God; and consequently God's love to thee in forgiving thy sins. See Luke 7. 47. Thou needst not go up to Heaven to know whether thy sins be forgiven: but look into thy own heart, whether thou canst and dost forgive such as wrong and offend thee, &c. If thou canst forgive and love thy enemies, and do good to them that hate or wrong thee: and all this of Conscience to God in obedience to his Will: then mayst thou hence gather assured comfort to thy soul, that thy sins are forgiven of God: yea, with this one argument, thou mayst answer all contrary objections of Satan, the world, and thine own distrustful heart, tempting thee to doubt of God's love and pardon of thy sins.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour useth this Motive or Reason to move his Disciples to forgive their ene­mies, that so they might be forgiven of God, and be assured hereof in their Consciences; hence learn [...], That the desire and hope of forgiveness at God's hand, and to have assurance of it in our selves, should be one forcible Motive moving us to forgive others which offend or wrong us. Therefore also in the 5th Petition of the Lord's Prayer, where we ask forgiveness of our own sins against God, we are also taught to profess our readiness to forgive others which trespasse against us. This is also taught us in that Pa­ [...]ble, Matth. 18. 23. But more of this, in the Verse following.

Use. Ʋse. See what to do, when we find in our selves a loathness or unwillingness to forgive such as offend or wrong us. Think how much we desire, and how glad we are to be forgiven of God; and withall, what need we have of this forgiveness, being so much indebted to God as we are, for manifold trespasses, much more than any man is or can be indebted to us for any wrongs done against us. God hath much more against thee, than thou against thy Brother, yet thou desirest forgiveness: Oh, let this move and perswade thee to forgive thy Brother, yea, to forgive all that wrong thee, &c. Think often of thy manifold and grievous against God, in comparison of which all the wrongs done to thee by men, though never so many, are but as a a 100 pence in comparison of a 1000 Talents, as it is in the Parable, Mat. 18.

Mark 11. 25.‘That your Father also which is in Heaven, may forgive you your trespasses. May 16. 1630.

NOW followeth the Author or efficient Cause of this benefit of Forgiveness of sins, here promised to such as forgive others, God himself:

Described, 1. By a relative Title, in that he is called their Father. 2. By the special place of his abode, which is, Heaven.

That your Father which is in Heaven, &c. Observ. 1. In that forgiveness of sins is here ascribed unto God their heavenly Father, as his proper Act: Hence gather, that it is God alone that can and doth forgive sins; This is his proper Act or Work, not communicable to any Man or Angel. Isa. 43. 25. I, even I, am he that blotteth out thy transgressions, for mine own sake, and will not remember thy sins. Exod. 34. 6. Mich. 7. 18. Who is a God like unto thee, that pardonest Iniquity, and passest by the transgression of the Rem [...]ant of his Heritage, &c. Yea, the Scribes and Pharisees knew this, Mark 2. 7. Who can forgive sins but God onely? and therefore they [Page 871] accuse our Saviour of Blasphemy, because he took upon him to forgive sins, being but a meer man, as they falsly supposed.

Quest. Quest. How can God forgive sins, being just?

Answ. Answ. There is a satisfaction made to his Justice, by the Death and Passion of Christ; and so, in him, He forgiveth, &c.

Quest. Quest. How then doth he freely forgive?

Answ. Answ. Because he freely gave his Son, &c.

Reas. 1 Reason. All Sin is an Offence to God, and a breach of his holy Law, 1 Joh. 3. 4. therefore he onely can forgive it. This is true, even of those sins which are committed against men; even these are first and prin­cipally against God: Psal. 51. 4. Against Thee only have I sinned, &c. yet he had sinned against Uriah, and against Bathsheba.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. Onely God can infuse Grace into the Sinner: Now, this goes alwayes with Forgiveness of sins. Vid. Aquin.

Object. Object. Joh. 20. 23. Whose sins ye remit, they are remitted, &c.

Answ. Answ. God's Ministers are said to remit sins, not by any Judicial Power or Authority of their own, but ministerially onely; by pronouncing, declaring, and applying forgiveness of sins to the penitent, in the Name of god, and of Christ.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. To confute the gross Errour of the Papists, touching the Pope's Power to pardon sins, which is God's peculiar Office, not communicable to Man or Angel; which shews also the Pride and Presumption of that Antichrist of Rome, thrusting himself into God's Office, &c. yea, they challenge and ascribe this Power to their ordinary massing Priests, &c. Wherein they shew themselves more blind than the Scribes and Pharisees, who confessed it to be God's priviledge alone to forgive sins.

Ʋse 2 Ʋse 2. See what to do, if we would have our sins pardoned, and have inward peace and comfort in our Consciences; Seek to God in Christ for mercy and pardon; humble thy self to him, confess thy sins, and sue to him most earnestly for pardon and mercy, &c. This is the onely way to obtain pardon and inward peace, and there is no other way in the World: Him thou hast offended, and he onely can forgive thee; and it is his mercy alone, in pardoning thy sins, which can cure and heal thy wounded Conscience, and give thee true inward comfort and peace. It is not carnal Mirth, or Company, or following the World, that can ease or pacify a wounded Conscience, guilty of sin; but God's mercy alone, pardoning it in Christ, and assuring us in Conscience of it.

Quest. Quest. Are we not to ask forgiveness of men also?

Answ. Answ. Yes; so far as we have by any sin offended or scandalized men; but first and principally we are to humble our selves to God, and make our peace with him. (See before, upon the 7th. Verse of the 2d. Chapter.)

Observ. 2. From the Title [Father] given to God, in respect of the Disciples of Christ being Believers; We may gather, the great and excellent priviledge of true Believers, in that they have God to be their Fa­ther, and they are his Children by the Grace of Adoption in Christ, though by Nature they are Children of Wrath, as others: Joh. 20. 17. I ascend to my Father and your Father, to my God and your God. Joh. 1. 12. As many as received him, to them he gave Power to become the Sons of God, even to them that believe on his Name. Gal. 3. 26. Ye are all the Children of God by Faith in Jesus Christ.

Use. Use. This is matter of great comfort to the faithful; for God being their Father, cannot but love them dearly as Children, and shew his love by all fruits of it; He cannot but take care of them, and provide for them all things needful for Soul and Body; He cannot but shew pity and compassion towards them in their afflictions and miseries, Psal. 103. 13. like as a Father pitieth his Children, &c. He cannot but bear with their Infirmities, and pardon their failings in Duty.

Observ. 1 Observ. 3. In that God is said to be in Heaven, above all other places, by his special presence, this may teach us a two-fold Duty.

1. That we should labour to be heavenly-minded and affected, that so where God our portion and chief treasure is, there may our hearts be also. Col. 3. 2. Set your affections on things that are above, &c. Phil. 3. 20. Our conversation is in heaven; viz. in heart and affection, by heavenly meditations, and affections carried towards the things that are above, where God our Father is: we should therefore labour to be with him there in mind and affection as much and often as is possible even while we live on earth. We should often meditate of God; that is, of his Nature, Essence, and Divine Properties; and of his love and favour toward us: as David, Psal. 73. 25. Whom have I in heaven but thee, &c. We should also often meditate of the nature and excellency of that life to come, and raise our hearts and affections to the love and desire of these hea­venly things, &c. weaning our hearts from this world, and using it as if we used it not.

2. This should teach us to be willing, yea desirous to be gathered in due time to that excellent place, where God our Father is; that where he is, we may be also immediately joyned to him, and seeing him as he is, face to face. A true loving Child desires to be with his Father, in his sight, &c. So should we, &c. See how willing we should be to dye when God calls us to it; as Paul, Phil. 1. 23. and 2 Cor. 5. 8. that we may go to our Father, Joh. 20. 17. Also to love the appearing of Christ at the last day.

Verse 26. But if ye do not forgive, neither will your Father, &c.] The second Reason used by our Saviour, to move his Disciples to free forgiving of enemies and wrongs; from the contrary hurt and danger ensuing, if they do not forgive; then they shall not be forgiven of God.

The meaning may appear by that which was said before, in opening the words of the former Verse. Only note here, That these words are not so to be understood, as if Gods forgiving them, did depend upon their forgiving of others, as upon the ground or cause of it (for that is God's meer grace and mercy in Christ the Mediator), but only to shew, that their forgiveness of others, was a necessary condition or qualification required to be in them, as an effect of God's forgiving them; to shew and declare them to be such persons as were indeed forgiven of God: and therefore that without this condition or qualification found in them, [Page 872] they could not be such as had their sins forgiven of God; much less could they be assured hereof in con­science.

Doctr. Doctr. Such as do not freely forgive enemies and all such as wrong or offend them, are excluded from all forgiveness at the hands of God; and from all true assurance hereof, that their sins be forgiven of God. They cannot have their sin [...] forgiven, much less be assured of it. This is taught in that Parable of the two Debters, Matth. 18. in that he which would not forgive his brother, was condemned by his Lord and Master, and delivered to the tormentors till he should pay all. Whereupon our Saviour inferreth this con­clusion, Verse ult. So likewise shall my heavenly Father do also to you, if ye from your hearts forgive not every one his brother their trespasses. Therefore also in the 5th Petition of the Lord's Prayer, we are taught to pray to God to be forgiven, as we forgive others that trespasse against us: to shew, that unless we do forgive others, we cannot be forgiven of God, nor be assured thereof in conscience.

Reas. 1 Reason 1. None can have their sins forgiven of God, nor be assured of it, without faith: for by faith only we apprehend Christ, and so in him have our sins forgiven. Now faith cannot be without love, nor true love without forgivenesse of enemies and wrongs. Ergò.

Reas. 2 Reas. 2. There can be no forgivenesse of sins without repentance. Therefore these two are joyned in Scripture, Luke 24. 47. Now without forgiving of enemies, there can be no repentance: because all sin is not forsaken; viz. not the sin of malice against our brother. Ergo, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. Terrour to such as do not forgive others which have wronged them, but bear malice or grudg of mind against them, yea, desire and seek revenge, &c. Such neither are, nor shall be forgiven of God, much lesse can they have assurance or comfort in conscience, that God hath forgiven them, so long as they continue in malice or grudg against others, and do not freely forgive them. They remain in the guilt of their sins, and under the wrath of God, which abideth on all such as do not repent of their sins, and believe in Christ: now such as forgive not their brethren, but live in malice and enmity against others, do neither truly repent, nor truly believe; and therefore must needs be in a fearfull and damnable estate. See then, that it is no small matter, or light sin to deny forgiveness to enemies and such as wrong us, and to bear grudg and malice against the persons of others; but such a sin as shuts out from all mercy and forgiveness at God's hands. If this were well and seriously thought upon, it would terrifie the Consciences of some men, and make them afraid to bear malice and grudg of mind against their brethren, and to live and go on in it, as they do, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. See, that such as harbour malice or revenge in their hearts against others, do most hurt to them­selves by this means, instead of hurting their enemies, as they desire and think to do: for by this means they shut themselves from all mercy and forgiveness at the hands of God, and from all comfortable assurance thereof. By continuing in malice and enmity against their brethren, they make God their enemy, and cause him so to continue, and to deny them forgiveness, because they will not forgive others, which have offended them.

Use 3 Ʋse 3. See by this, the absolute necessity of this practice of love in forgiving enemies and such as of­fend us: how needful this is for all Christians; forasmuch as without it, we cannot have our sins forgiven of God, nor be assured hereof in conscience, but are utterly excluded from all forgiveness at God's hand, and so are in a damnable estate. How should this move and perswade with us freely and from the heart to forgive our enemies and all that have wronged us, though never so much or often; seeing without this, we cannot be forgiven of God, nor have any feeling or assurance of the pardon of our sins, nor of God's love and favour to us in Christ; and so no inward comfort or peace in our Consciences: but on the contrary, if thou forgive not thy brother, though an enemy, thou art shut out from all mercy and forgiveness at God's hand: and so long as thou continuest in malice and grudg against thy brother or neighbour, thou remainest in the guilt of all thy sins, and under the wrath of God: yea, thou art in danger of Hell every hour and mi­nute, &c. Oh think of it, and let it move thee to forgive freely and from the heart, such as have wronged thee, yea, thy greatest enemies: and not only to forgive them in heart, but to shew and manifest this for­giveness, by being ready and forward to a reconciliation: yea, to seek and labour for it by all means, so far as is expedient: for this is the true forgiveness required, Matth. 5. 23. If thou bring thy gift to the Altar, and remembrest that thy brother hath ought against thee, leave there thy gift—and go, first be reconciled to thy brother, &c. Especially when we come to the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper; look that we come in love, freely forgiving all enemies and wrongs done to us: and not only so, but see that we be ready to accept of peace and reconciliation with enemies when it is offered; yea, to desire and seek it by all good means, so far as is expedient: yea, look that this have been done already before we come to the Sacrament; else never look to reap good or comfort by this Ordinance of God. Without faith, thou art utterly unfit to receive Christ in the Sacrament: and there can be no faith in thee, without love; no love without forgiveness of enemies; nor true forgiveness, without desire and seeking to be reconciled to thy brother, &c. and so without this forgiveness and reconciliation, thou art utterly unfit to be partaker of the Lord's Table, and dost but come there to eat and drink thine own judgment. It is but need for me to urge this Point thus far to you, (yea, and much farther, if time would suffer) considering the want of love amongst us of late, and the many jar­rings and discords which have been, together with the malicious and revengeful courses practised by some of you one against another. I do now once again admonish you (as I have done heretofore) to look to your selves in the fear of God, and to beware you come not in such grosse and scandalous sins as these are, to the Lord's Table.

Mark 11. 27, 28. ‘And they come again to Jerusalem, and as he was walking in the Temple, there come to him the May 23. 1630. chief Priests, and the Scribes, and the Elders; and say unto him, By what Authority dost thou these things? and who gave thee this Authority to do these things?’

THe 5th and last part of this Chapter. Our Saviours answer to the chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders, que­stioning with him about his Calling and Authority which he had to do those things which he had now lately done at Jerusalem, and in the Temple.

Where consider three things. 1. Their questioning with him about his authority, ver. 27, 28.

2. His answer to them, and confutation of them, by demanding of them another question touching the Baptism of John, whether it were from heaven, or of men, &c. ver. 29, 30.

3. The Consequents that followed hereupon, ver. 31. to the end.

Of the first, consider four things. 1. The place where they thus questioned our Saviour, which was in the Temple at Jerusalem.

2. The occasions which were two. 1. His comming again with his Disciples to Jerusalem. 2. His wal­king in the Temple.

3. The persons that thus questioned his Authority; The chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders.

4. The fact it self, viz. their comming to him, and questioning with him about his Authority which he had to do those things which he did. By what authority dost thou these things, &c. Of the first I have spoken before upon this Chapter.

Of the second; the first occasion. They come again to Jerusalem] viz. from Bethany, whither he went out with his Disciples the evening before, as we heard, ver. 19. And this their return to Jerusalem here menti­oned, was upon the second or third day after our Saviour's triumphant riding into the City; whereof we heard before in this Chapter, being the same day on which he exhorted his Disciples to the practice of Faith, and taught them the power and vertue of it upon occasion of the sudden withering of the Fig-tree which he had cursed the day before. See before upon ver. 15. and ver. 19, 20.

Now followeth the second occasion, his walking in the Temple.

Object. As he was walking, &c.] Object. Matth. 21. 23. It is said, as he was teaching, &c. And Luke 20. 1. As he taught the people in the Temple, and preached the Gospel.

Answ. Answ. Either he did teach the people as he walked in the Temple, as some think he did; at least some part of the time of his being there, that so he might be heard of the more, the throng of people being great about him. (Gerard. harm. Evang.) or else the words of Matthew and Luke are to be understood in the di­vided sense. As he was teaching; that is, about the time of his teaching, viz. immediately after, or soon af­ter he had done teaching the people, this happened. Touching our Savioursusual custome when he came to Jerusalem at any time, viz. that he used to go first into the Temple, and there to teach the people, and to con­firm his Doctrine also by Miracles, we have heard before in this Chapter.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. His constant and unwearied pains and diligence in the duties of his Calling and publick Mi­nistry, viz. in teaching the people, and doing good by Miracles for confirmation of his Doctrine. Luke 19. 47. He taught daily in the Temple. To stir up all to the like pains and diligence in the duties of our Callings, especially Ministers of the Word, 2 Tim. 4. 1.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though the chief Priests and Scribes sought his life, as we heard, ver. 18. yet for all that, he doth not refrain or forbear comming to Jerusalem, and into the Temple, and teaching the people there, and that daily. Hence learn, that we ought not to forsake our Calling, or to give over the duties of it which God calls us to perform, for fear of outward dangers which may happen to us; but we are to go on couragiously and constantly in our Callings, doing the duties God requireth of us, so long as we may and have oppo [...]tunity, notwithstanding all dangers which may befall us, knowing that God who hath called us to the performance of such duties, is able to protect us against all enemies and dangers, and he will do it, as he hath promised, Ps. 91. 11. He shall give his Angells charge over thee, &c. Joh. 11. 8. Our Saviour went boldly into Judaea, though the Jews had before sought to stone him there. True it is, that we have not the same power to defend our selves, and to escape or deliver our selves from danger, as our Saviour Christ had, being God as well as man; and therefore we are not rashly to cast our selves upon needless dangers without a calling, but when we have a calling from God to do any duty, we are to do it without fear of any dangers that may befall us, for, or in the doing of it, knowing that God is able to protect and keep us in the midst of greatest dangers, and he will do it so far as shall make for his glory and our good. Besides, if it be so that we must needs come into dan­ger, yea, into greatest danger, even of life it self, (if God have so appointed) we cannot better, or with more gain, hazard or spend it, then in doing the duties of our Calling, which God hath called us to perform. Mark 8. 35. Whosoever shall lose his life for my sake and the Gospel's, the same shall save it. This should move both Magistrates and Ministers, and all others in their places and callings, to go on with courage and constancy in doing those duties which God requires of them, without fear of enemies, or any dangers which may befall them, knowing that God can and will protect them against all, and in the midst of all. There­fore we are to commit our Souls and bodies to him in well-doing, and by Faith rest on his power and pro­tection in all dangers which may happen to us in our Callings, Act. 20. 24. Though bonds and afflictions did abide for Paul at Jerusalem, yet he feared not to go thither, neither was his life dear to him (as he sayes) so that he might finish his course, and the Ministry he had received of the Lord Jesus, &c. See Matth. 10. 28.

Mark 11. 27, 28. ‘There came to him the chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders, &c. May, 30. 1630.

OF the third; the persons that questioned with our Saviour about his Calling and Authority, &c. The chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders] Of these, see before upon ver. 18. and Chap. 8. 31. and Chap. 10. 33.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Such as for their high place and calling in the Church, should be the greatest friends and fa­vourers of Christ and the Gospell, are oftentimes the greatest enemies to both. See before, Chapter 8. 31.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Personal succession of Pastors and Ministers of the Church in the place of true and lawful Pa­stors, is no true mark of the Church. These chief Priests and Scribes were successors in place and Office to Aaron and the lawful Priests of God, which had bin in former times; and yet they were not the true Church, but enemies of Christ. See before, chap. 10. ver. 35. against the Papists, &c.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Unity is no mark of the true Church. For here was unity amongst the enemies of Christ, though of different estates and callings; yet they all conspired against Christ. And such unity and consent there hath ever used to be amongst the wicked, and enemies of Christ and his Church. See Prov. 1. 14. Psal. 2. 2. Kings of the Earth, and Rulers take counsel together against the Lord and his anointed. This was afterward fulfilled, when both Herod and Pontius Pilate, and Jews and Gentiles conspired against Christ Jesus to put him to death, Act. 4. 27. Revel. 17. 13. The ten Kings have one mind, and shall give their power and strength to the beast, and shall make war with the Lamb, &c. Therefore unity and consent is no mark of the true Church, unless it be unity in the truth, and for the truth, and for the honour and glory of Christ, and not against Christ. To be observed likewise against the Papists, who make unity a mark of the Church, &c. See chap. 3. 6.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Lastly, seeing there is such unity and consent amongst the wicked enemies of Christ, as here we see; this should teach us much more to labour for true unity and consent, whereby to joyn together for Christ, as these did against him. As wicked men joyn together in opposing Christ and his truth and Gos­pel; so should we much more in furthering the Gospel, and advancing the Kingdome of Christ by all means. As they conspire together in evill, and in the practise of sin, so we much more should conspire and consent in well-doing, &c.

Of the fourth. Their questioning with our Saviour about his Authority, &c. There are two parts or bran­ches of their demand.

  • 1. Touching his Authority; By what Authority dost thou these things?
  • 2. Touching the Author, or efficient cause of his Authority; Who gave thee this Authority, &c. But both tend to one and the same effect: the latter being but a further explication and urging of the for­mer.

By what Authority, &c.] These enemies of our Saviour having formerly opposed his Doctrine and Mira­cles, and not prevailing that way, now they take another course to suppress him, if it might be by any means. Therefore now they do not plainly or directly question the truth of his Doctrine, or speak evil of his Mira­cles, as at other times they had done, but they question with him about his Calling and Authority which he had to do those things which he did. And this they did out of their malice against him, because he had new­ly taxed them, by reproving the abuses which they suffered in the Temple, ver. 17.

By what Authority] By what lawful power, ordinary, or extraordinary, either of thine own, or committed to thee by some other?

Dost thou these things?] These words are to be understood, not onely of that which our Saviour was now do­ing, viz. of his publick teaching of the people, and preaching of the Gospel in the Temple, but also of those other special and extraordinary actions or works which he had now newly wrought at Jerusalem, and in the Temple, viz. of his solemn and triumphant riding as a King into the City, and especially of his purging the Temple from abuses, by casting out thence the buyers and sellers, &c. Because these were new and strange things which he took upon him to do, therefore they demand what Authority he had to do them; implying thereby, that they thought he had no lawfull authority, &c.

And who gave thee this Authority, &c.] q. d. Whether hast thou this Authority from thy self, or from some other? If from some other, then from whom hast thou it? whether from God or man, &c. who committed to thee this power? who called thee to teach this new Doctrine, and to do these new and strange things which thou takest upon thee to do? q. d. Thou hast no ordinary calling from us, neither canst thou prove an extraordinary call; therefore thou hast no lawful Calling at all, &c.

Now here is something good and commendable in these enemies of Christ, and something that is evill and wicked.

That which is commendable, is this, 1. That they suppose, and take it for granted, that no man ought to take upon him any publick Office or Function in the Church, without a lawfull Calling and Authority committed to him.

2. That they themselves being publick Officers and Governours in the Church, do think it to be their duty, to take care that none should intrude, or usurp any publick Office in the Church, without a Cal­ling.

That which is evill and wicked, is, 1. Their malicious purpose against our Saviour; for by this questi­on, they went about to entrap him, and to bring him into trouble and danger, or at least into suspition with the people as an Usurper; supposing this, that if he should say, he had his Authority from himself, then they might charge him as a seditious person, and an unlawfull Usurper of that Office he took upon him, being a meer man, as they supposed him to be. If on the other side he should say, that he had his Authority and Calling from some other, then either from God immediately, or else mediately by the outward and ordinary Calling of men, and of the Church. Now if he should say, he was called of God immediately, they thought they might urge him to prove this immediate Calling by some further sign or Miracle (as the unbe­lieving [Page 875] Jews had done before, Joh. 6. 30.) or else they might accuse him of Blasphemy against God. If he said he had an ordinary Calling from men, or from the Church, they knew they could easily disprove this, be­cause he was not of the Tribe of Levi; neither was he called or Authorized by themselves, who were the chief Governours of the Church.

The second thing which is evill and wicked in these enemies of Christ, is their gross hypocrisy and dissi­mulation; in that under a fair pretence of being carefull that none should usurp unlawful Authority in the Church, they do hide their malicious purpose against our Saviour, which was either to disgrace him and his Ministry, or to silence and suppress him if they could; yea, to cut him off if it might be. See before, ver. 18. They sought how to destroy him.

The third is their wilful ignorance and blindness, in that being formerly convinced of the lawfull Calling and Authority of Christ by so many evident signs and testimonies of it as they had seen and heard, viz. by the testimony of John Baptist, given of him, that he was the Messiah, and by the excellency of his Doctrine, and Divine power shewed by so many Miracles, &c. yet for all this they cannot, or rather will not, see what Authority he had, but do now question him about the same.

Now follow the Instructions. 1. From that which is commendable in them.

Observ. Observ. In that they take it for granted that none in the Church should take upon them any publick Of­fice or Function without a lawfull Calling and Authority. Hence we may learn this, that no man ought to take upon him any publick Office or Function in the Church without a Calling and lawfull Authority com­mitted to him. As these enemies of our Saviour do take this for granted here; so our Saviour himself doth not deny it, but rather confirm it by his answer afterward, in that he doth alledg the Calling of John Baptist, to justify his own Calling (because John bare witness of him) thereby shewing, that both himself and John had indeed a lawfull Calling and Authority to do that they did, and consequently, that every one that takes upon him any publick Office in the Church, ought to have a lawfull Calling and Authority so to do, and that with­out such a Calling, he ought not to take any such Office upon him. This is true of all publick Offices in the Church; as the Office of a Magistrate or Minister, &c. but especially of the Office and Function of the Ministry, Heb. 5. 4. No man taketh this honour to himself, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron. So also Christ glorified not himself to be made an High Priest, but he that said unto him, Thou art my Son, &c. Now if our Saviour Christ took not upon him the Office of Priesthood in the Church without a Calling from God his Father; much less ought any other to take upon him the Office of a publick Pastor or Minister of the Church, without a lawful Calling and Authority from God. See Joh. 3. 27. and Rom. 10. 14. How shall they hear without a Preacher; and how shall they Preach, except they be sent?

A twofold Calling of Ministers of the Church. 1. Immediate and extraordinary. 2. Mediate and or­dinary, by the Church, &c.

Reasons. Reasons why none ought to take upon him this publick Office or Function in the Church without a lawfull Calling.

  • 1. Because without such a Calling, he cannot be assured that God will assist him, and strengthen him to do the duties of his Calling.
  • 2. That he cannot expect or look for the blessing of God upon that which he doth in execution of his Office; and so he cannot with comfort go on in it.
  • 3. Neither can he be assured of Gods protection in his Calling, that God will maintain and keep him against all enemies and dangers.

Now there is a twofold Calling required of every one that takes upon him this publick Office in the Church.

1. An inward Calling from God, and in his own Conscience, whereby he must know and be assured in himself, that God hath indued him in some measure with such gifts and graces as are requisite to make him able and fit to execute that Office and Function, together with a willing and ready mind and Conscience to use those gifts to the glory of God, and good of the Church.

2. An outward Calling from men also, being approved and allowed of by such as are in Authority in the Church, to execute that Office he taketh upon him. He that hath this twofold Calling, may lawfully, and with a good Conscience take upon him this publick Office of the Ministry in the Church, and may with comfort execute the same, and not otherwise.

Mark 11. 28.‘By what Authority dost thou these things, &c. June, 6. 1630.

NOw follow such Instructions as we are to learn from that which is evil and wicked in these Priests, Scribes, and Elders, the enemies of our Saviour.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. One malicious practice of wicked men against Gods faithfull Messengers and Ministers cal­led and sent to Preach unto them his Word, and to admonish and reprove them for their sins, that if they be not able to gainsay or withstand their Doctrine, or to take exception against their persons or manner of life, then they are ready to oppose their Calling and Authority, and to call that into question, especially if they be such Ministers as do deal plainly and faithfully in reproving sin, and reforming abuses, &c. As these Priests, Scribes, and Elders dealt with our Saviour Christ, so are other wicked men apt to deal with Gods Ministers, especially if they deal plainly and faithfully in admonishing and reproving their sins, and seek to reform abu­ses in the Church. Thus the Princes, Priests, and people dealt with the Prophet Jeremy, being not able to withstand his Doctrine, they questioned his Calling, whether he were sent of God to Prophecy to them as he did of that grievous Judgment of the Captivity, which is the cause and reason that he doth labour so much to justify and approve his Calling against them; as we may see, chap. 26. 15. Of a truth the Lord hath sent me unto you to speak all these words in your ears. So in other places of his Prophecy. Joh. 1. 25. the Pharisees question the Calling of John Baptist; If thou be not the Christ, nor Elias, nor that Prophet, Why then dost thou Baptize? Because he Preached Repentance, reproving their sins, and sought reformation of the Church, [Page 876] bringing in a new Sacrament, &c. They could not except against his person or Doctrine; therefore they question his Calling.

Reason. Reas. Wicked men cannot endure to have their sins reproved, (as we heard before, ver. 18.) therefore they hate and oppose such as reprove them; especially the Ministers of God, and shew their hatred, by questio­ning their Authority and Calling.

Use. Use. See how needful it is for Ministers of the Word, not onely to have a good and lawfull Calling from God, and from the Church, but also to know, and be assured hereof in Conscience, that so they may be able to justify and approve their own Calling and Authority, against all that question or oppose it.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Under pretence of being carefull that none should usurp Authority in the Church, they hide their malicious purpose against our Saviour: Hence learn, that it is the property of wicked men and Hypo­crites, to hide their wicked practises, under good pretences. Matth. 22. 15. The Pharisees and Herodians under pretence of good opinion of him, &c. seek to intangle him, &c. Joh. 12. 6. And Judas, Matth. 23. 14.

Ʋse. Use. Take heed of this gross Hypocrisy and dissimulation: Dissembled holiness, is double iniquity; worse then open malice and wickedness.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. Though they had bin sufficiently convinced before of the Calling and Authority of our Saviour, both by the testimony of John Baptist, as also by the Doctrine and Miracles of Christ; yet such is their ma­lice and envy against our Saviour, that they cannot, or will not see the truth and lawfulness of his Calling, but do make question of it, &c. Hence observe the nature and effect of envy and malice against the persons of other [...], that it doth so blind the eyes of those in whom it is, that they cannot or will not see the Calling and gifts of others which are eminent in the Church, and do excell themselves in Graces, because they hate and envy them. Thus it was with the Scribes and Pharisees, and other malicious enemies of our Saviour Christ, their minds were so blinded with malice and envy against his person, because he reproved and taxed their sins by his life and Doctrine, that they could not see the excellency of his gifts, nor dignity of his Calling, that it was from God, and that he was the Messiah; but they now make question of his Calling and Authori­ty, notwithstanding all the means they had formerly had to convince them of his lawful Calling and Autho­rity. See this in other examples: Saul hating and envying David; this hatred and envy did so blind his eyes, that he could not see the gifts and Calling of David, that God had called and chosen him as a fit person to be King after him; and therefore he persecuted him, and sought to keep him from the Kingdome. So Joseph's brethren were so blinded with envy against Joseph, that they could not see the eminent gif [...]s which were in him, nor the Calling of God, by which he had called and appointed him to have preheminence above them. So at this day, this is the cause that many cannot or will not see, nor acknowledg the eminent gifts and Calling of Gods Ministers, and others, that are of eminent place and gifts in the Church, because they hate or envy their persons, and this hatred and envy doth so blind their minds, that they cannot see that which is most apparent to be seen.

Ʋse. Use. For admonition to every one of us. Take heed of conceiving hatred or envy against the persons of others; especially of such as are of eminent pl [...]ce and Calling, and of eminent gifts in the Church, lest this do so blind our minds, that we cannot see the eminent gifts and Calling of such, nor make any good use thereof. Take heed of conceiving dislike, hatred, and envy against the Ministers of God, or others that are of eminent gifts or place in the Church, lest this do so blind thy mind, that thou canst not see or acknow­ledg their Calling and gifts, and consequently not profit by the same, no not by the gifts of thine own Pastor, &c. but thou wilt be ready to question his Calling and gifts, though never so apparent, and though never so well approved in the Church.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. In that these chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders, do make question of our Saviour's Authority to Preach, and to reform abuses in the Temple, upon this ground, because he had no ordinary outward Calling or allowance from themselves, who were then the chief Rulers of the Church, and because also he was not of the Tribe of Levi (of which those ought to be by the Law, who took upon them the publick Office of tea­ching in the Church): Hence we may learn, that it is the manner of false teachers, and of counterfeit Pa­stors and Ministers of the Church, to stand too much upon an outward and ordinary Calling of the Church, and upon an outward personal succession of Pastors and Ministers in the Church; and therefore they are apt and ready to oppose all such as want the outward and ordinary Calling and Succession, and to exclude them from being lawful Pastors, and teachers of the Church, especially if they teach any Doctrine which seemeth new or strange, though it be not so, but the old truth; and if they plainly reprove sin, and tax abuses in the Church. Thus did these Priests and Scribes deal with our Saviour, as here we see. And thus dealt the Priests and Pharisees with John Baptist, Joh. 1. 25. Because he taxed abuses, and brought in a new Doctrine, and a new Sacrament; and yet had no outward ordinary Calling from the Church; therefore they made question whether he had any true Calling at all. And thus do the Papists at this day, they stand too much upon the ordinary Calling and succession of Pastors in the Church; and hence it is that they take exception against Luther, Zwinglius, and other worthy Pastors and Ministers of our Church, whom God hath stirred up extra­ordinarily of late times, to be reformers of Religion; because (as they say) they had no lawful ordinary Cal­l [...]ng or succession from the true Church; that is, from the Church of Rome, as they hold; and therefore they deny them to have bin true and lawful Pastors and Teachers of the Church. But to this we answer. 1. That we deny the Church of Rome to be the true Church of God, though it hath some truth of a Church in it, in that it retaineth some parts of the true Doctrine of the Scriptures, and hath also the substance of Baptism in it. On the contrary, in regard of the gross errours and corruptions in it, it is a false and Anti-christian Syna­gogue of Satan; and therefore we are not carefull to derive the Calling of our Ministers from that Church. 2. We affirm and hold, that Luther, Zwinglius, Oecolampadius, and other Pastors of our Church, which were the fi [...]st [...]estorers of Religion in these latter times, had an outward and ordinary Calling, in, and from the Church of Rome, so far forth as the substance of the Ministerial Calling did remain in some sort in that Church, even in the most corrupt times of it. And this was sufficient to make them lawful Ministers of the Church, if there were any lawful Ministry at all in that Church before Luther's time; yet withal, we grant [Page 877] that the calling of Luther and some others which were the first Reformers of the Church in this latter Age, was in some respect extraordinary: in that they were extraordinarily stirred up of God to renounce the gross Errours of the Romish Church, and to preach and write against them, &c. In a word, we do not hold it fit to tye the true Church or Pastors of it alwayes to an ordinary Calling and Succession in every respect: forasmuch as God may and doth sometimes extraordinarily call and stir up some special persons in corrupt times to be restorers of Religion, and instruments of reforming the Church. (See Perk. in Matth. 7. 16. pag. 239.) Vide etiam Mason. de Minister. Anglic. l. 5. c. 14. Also Dr. Field of the Church, lib. 3. cap. 39.

Observ. 5 Observ. 5. Lastly, see here, how these chief Priests and Scribes do question and oppose the Authority and Calling of our Saviour Christ; and yet they themselves had no lawful calling and authority, at least some of them. For the High-Priest was chosen yearly, as may be gathered from Joh. 11. 49. & Joh. 18. 13. where­as by the Law of God, he was to keep that Office till the time of his death: Neither were the Scribes and Pharisees all of the Tribe of Levi, as is probable, as they should have been: Paul and his Father were of the Tribe of Benjamin, Act. 23. 6. Hence we learn, That it is one property of hypocrites to tax and reprove that in others, which themselves are more faulty in, &c. Such as are tainted with pride, are apt to tax others for it. So such as are given to covetousness, to uncleanness or unchastity, &c.

Ʋse. Use. Take heed of this property and practice of hypocrites; that we do not charge or accuse others for such faults and corruptions, as we our selve [...] are as much or more guilty of: but see we have first purged our own Hearts and Consciences by true repentance of such sins as we reprove in others. First cast the beam out of thine own eye, &c. Matth. 7. 5. See Rom. 2. 21. Else it may be said to thee, Physitian, heal thy self. In ac­cusing others, thou condemnest thy self, if thou be guilty of the same.

Mark 11. 29, 30.‘And Jesus answered and said unto them, I will also ask of you one question (or thing) and June 13. 1630. answer me; and I will tell you, by what authority I do these things: The baptism of John, was it from Heaven, or of men? Answer me.’

IN the two former Verses we have heard, how the chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders of the people did examine and question with our Saviour about his Calling and Authority, which he had to do those things which he did in the Temple at Hierusalem; viz. to reform abuses, and to preach to the people there, and to confirm his Doctrine by Miracles.

Now the Evangelist in this 29, and 30. Verses, doth set down our Saviour's answer unto that Question before moved to him by those his malicious enemies. And he answereth them, not directly, but by propound­ing to them another question; which if they could answer, then he promiseth to tell them by what authority he did those things. The question is touching the baptism of John, whether it were from heaven, or of men?

Where we may consider two things. 1. The Preface or preparation to the answer; wherein our Sa­viour tells them, that he would also ask of them one question, which if they could and would answer, then he would answer them, &c. Verse 29.

2. The Answer it self, or rather the question which he further moves to them, Vers. 30. The baptism of John, was it from heaven, or of men? Answer me.

I will also ask of you, &c.] Because he knew their malicious purpose in coming to him, and moving unto him the former question. Not to learn, or to rest satisfied in his answer; but to cavil and to intrap him: therefore he does not return them a direct answer; but puts to them another question: yet such a one, as the very propounding of it was enough to have resolved the matter, and to have convinced them of the law­fulness of his authority, if they could and would have understood the scope and meaning of his que­stion.

One question] Or, one word; ( [...]) An Hebraism. So Matth. 22. ult. No man was able to answer him a word.

And answer me] He makes this open challenge unto them the more plainly, to convince and reprove their hypocrisie and malice.

The baptism of John] By this we are not only to understand the Sacrament of Baptism which John did first administer, and bring into the Church (for which cause he was called John the Baptist) but the whole Ministery or Ministerial Calling and Function of John Baptist, comprehending both his baptism, and also his preaching, together with the doctrine which he taught unto the people. So elsewhere; as Act. 1. 23. Beginning from the baptism of John, unto the day that he was taken up from us, &c. and Act. 18. 25. Apollos knew only the baptism of John, &c.

The Reason why John's whole Ministery is called his Baptism, is, 1. Because he was the first Minister of the Church, that was called to administer the Sacrament of Baptism, as a new Sacrament of the New Testa­ment, succeeding in the room of Circumcision.

2. Because in the execution or course of his Ministery, he did usually joyn publick Doctrine or Preach­ing, with the administration of Baptism, as a preparative unto it. Mark 1. 4. John did baptize in the Wilder­ness, and preached the baptism of repentance, &c. So Act. 19. 4.

Was it from heaven] That is, From God, who is in heaven above all other places. Heaven, the chief Throne and Seat of God, is put for God himself; as Luke 15. 18. I have sinned against heaven and before thee, &c. So the meaning is, Was the Ministery of John of Divine Ordinance and Institution? Was he called and ordained or sent of God, to preach and to baptize as he did?

Or of men?] That is, Ordained or instituted by men only, without warrant from God: either beside, or [Page 878] contraty to the Will and Word of God. Was he called of God, or by men only, to execute that pub­lick Office and Ministery which he took upon him? The like manner of speech to this, see Act. 5. 38, 39.

Now by this question thus moved by our Saviour to them, he doth plainly imply, That John's Calling and whole Ministery was indeed from God, and not from men only: For this Interrogation, hath the force of a vehement Assertion; and consequently, that his own calling and authority was also from God, and not from men only: forasmuch as John in his Ministery did testifie of him, that he was the Son of God, and true Messiah; as we may see, Joh. 1. 34. & Joh. 3. 28.

Now follow Instructions from the words. And first generally from the words, and from our Sa­viour's answer, by putting another question to them, Jesus answered, &c. I will also ask of you one question, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour knowing them to come with malicious purpose, doth not directly answer their question, but tells them, he will ask them another, &c. hence learn, That it is not alwayes necessary or fit to give a direct answer to those demands or questions put to us by others: especially by malicious ene­mies of the truth, which come to cavill and intrap us with captious questions, and not with a mind to learn, or receive satisfaction from us. We are not alwayes bound, neither is it fit to make answer, at least not a plain or direct answer to such cavilling questions: but either to be silent, or else to put them off with some obscure, or indirect answer, so to avoid their malicious cavils. This wisdom our Saviour here teacheth us, in answering his malicious enemies with a further question, thereby to put off and avoid their cavill, and to prevent their malicious purpose of intrapping him. The like wisdom he shewed at other times; as in Chap. 12. Verse 15. in answering the question of the Pharisees and Herodians, about giving Tribute to Caesar. So Joh. 8. 6. And when he stood before the High-Priest and Pilate to be examined, he refused to answer unto their malicious questions. See Matth. 26. & 27. and Joh. 19. Prov. 26. 4. Answer not a fool according to his folly, &c. Understand it of a profane and wicked fool, which propounds malicious or captious questions to entrap others. Silence is the best answer to such a one: or else some indirect, or obscure and dark answer, which may serve to put off such a caviller: or to oppose one question with another. Here we are to remem­ber and practise that, Matth. 10. 16. Be wise as Serpents, &c. To this purpose is that of Hierom, in Ezek. 14. Non meretur audire veritatem, qui fraudulenter interrogat. (Gerard. harm. 786. pag.)

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. Though he do not directly answer their malicious question, yet he makes a kind of answer indirectly, by putting another question to them; and such a one, as was sufficient (if they would have un­derstood it) to resolve the matter, and to convince them: hence gather, That although it be not alwayes necessary or fit to give a direct answer, nor yet any answer at all sometimes, to the questions of malicious cavillers: yet it is also fit sometimes to make some kind of answer to such captious questions; viz. so far forth as is necessary for the clearing of the truth, and for the convincing of such Cavillers. Prov. 26. 5. An­swer a fool according to his folly, lest he be wise in his own conceit. And 1 Pet. 3. 15. Be ready alwayes to give an an­swer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you, &c. If to every man, then even to wicked enemies of the truth we are sometimes to give some answer, &c. Our Saviour Christ was not alwayes silent before Pilate, &c.

Mark 11. 30.‘The baptism of John, was it from heaven, or of men?’

NOw followeth the Answer it self, Verse 30. by putting another question to them touching the Baptism or Ministery of John Baptist, Whether it were from heaven, &c.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. In that our Saviour alledgeth the authority of John's Ministery, to justifie his own Calling and authority (for that is the scope and end of his alledging it), hence gather, That one main end of the Calling and Ministery of John Baptist, was to declare and manifest the Calling and Authority of Christ himself, by giving testimony to him, That he was the true Messiah promised and sent from God to be the Saviour of the World. For this was one main and principal part of John's Ministery, to give this testimony of Christ, That he was the Messiah; and to stir up all men to believe in him, if they would be saved. Joh. 1. 6. There was a man sent from God, whose name was John, The same came for a witness, to bear witness of the light, that all men through him might believe: and Joh. 5. 33. ye sent unto John, and he bare witnesse of the truth. Therefore, Mal. 3. 1. it is said, he should be sent as a Messenger or Harbingeer before-hand, to prepare the way of Christ, &c. How did he this, but by testifying that he was the Messiah, and exhorting the people to be­lieve in him as their Saviour.

Ʋse. Ʋse. To strengthen our faith in Christ; by assuring us, that he is indeed the Messiah and only Saviour of Mankind, seeing John Baptist was called and sent of God of purpose, to teach and preach this to the World: yea, it was the main end of the whole Office and Ministery of John, to give witness to Christ, that he was the Messiah, and to perswade men to believe and rest on him alone for salvation. Which there­fore must teach and move us so to do; remembring that, Act. 4. 12. There is none other Name, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. In that our Saviour here implyes, that John's Ministery and Doctrine touching Christ the Messiah, was from God, and therefore to be believed and embraced, which otherwise it should not have been; hence gather, That no Doctrine or Ministery is to be received and imbraced in the Church, but that which is from God; that is, of Divine authority: and not from men only. Now that Doctrine or Mini­stery only may be said to be of God, which is agreeable to the written Word of God, and warranted by the same. 1 Pet. 4. 11. If any man speak, let him speak as the Oracles of God. Now if Ministers must preach no other doctrine in the Church, but such as is grounded on the Oracles and Word of God: then the people ought to receive and embrace no other.

Use. Use. See then, that we are not rashly to believe or embrace every Doctrine or Ministery, which is or may be offered or obtruded to us in the Church by such as have an outward calling in it: but we are first to try and examine whether it be of God or no; that is, whether it be agreeable to Scripture, and to the written Word of God, yea or no. If not, we are to refuse and reject it; yea, to abhor and detest it. Gal. 1. 8. Though we, or an Angel from heaven, should preach any other Gospel, then that we have preached, &c. Therefore, 1 Joh. 4. 1. we are bid, not to believe every spirit; but to try the spirits, whether they be of God, or no. And, 1 Thess. 5. 21. Prove all things, &c. Thus did the men of Beraea, Act. 17. 11.

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. In that our Saviour's asking here, whether John's Baptism or Ministry was from heaven, or of men; doth thereby imply, that it was indeed from heaven, and not from men: Hence gather, the dignity and excellency of the Doctrine and Ministry of John Baptist, that it was the Doctrine of God, and was Prea­ched and taught by Authority from God himself, and not by mans Authority. Therefore, Luke 7. 30. The Doctrine or Ministry of John, is called the counsell of God, because it was ordained of God, and was agree­able to his Counsell and Will. And Joh. 1. 33. John sayes, that God sent him to Baptize, &c.

Quest. Quest. What Doctrine was it which John Preached?

Answ. Answ. The Doctrine of the Gospel, touching Salvation by Christ; consisting of two parts especially. See after.

Ʋse 1 Use. 1. How great a sin for any to despise this Doctrine, &c.

Use 2 Use. 2. To teach and move us undoubtedly to believe and imbrace the Doctrine which John Baptist Prea­ched and taught, as the Doctrine of God himself, which was from heaven, and not of men. As the Thessa­lonians received the Doctrine of Paul, 1 Thess. 2. 13. not as the Word of man, but of God, &c. So are we to receive and imbrace that Doctrine which was Preached by John Baptist while he was on earth, and is now left to us, written and recorded in Scripture for the substance of it. Now the Doctrine of John Baptist was no other but the Doctrine of the Gospel, which is the Doctrine of Salvation by Christ the true Messiah, con­sisting of two parts or branches especially, which John most urged in his Ministry.

  • 1. The Doctrine of Repentance and newness of life, Matth. 3. 2. He came Preaching, and saying Repent, &c. and ver. 8. To the Pharisees and Sadduces which came to his Baptism, he sayes; Bring forth fruits meet for Repentance.
  • 2. The Doctrine of Faith, or of believing in Christ the Messiah, Act. 19. 4. John Baptized with the Baptism of Repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him; that is, on Jesus Christ. See also, Joh. 1. 7.

This being so, let us see that we do not onely believe the truth of these Divine and heavenly Doctrines which John Preached, but also that we imbrace and yield obedience to the same in life and practice, repen­ting truly of our sins, and labouring by true Faith to lay hold on Christ, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. The dignity and excellency of the Sacrament of Baptism, which John did first administer; in that both it, and the whole Ministry of John was not from men, but from God; not from earth, but from Heaven, as our Saviour here implyeth. This proves the Sacrament of Baptism to be of Divine, and not of Humane Institution, in that John Baptist who was the first Minister of it, had his Calling and Ministry from God; yea, not onely so, but he had an extraordinary and immediate Calling from God, to bring in that Sacrament into the Church. Joh. 1. 33. he sayes, the Lord sent him to Baptize with water, &c.

Ʋse 1 Use 1. To con [...]ute the gross errour of the Papists, teaching, that the Baptism of John was not the same with the Baptism of Christ himself, which was instituted by him, Matth. 28. 19. and administred afterward by the Apostles; but that they differed in regard of the Author, or first institution of them, the one being instituted by John, the other by Christ himself. Sic Bellarm. de Bapt. lib. 1. c. 20. On the contrary, we see here, that even John's Baptism was from Heaven, &c.

Use 2 Use 2. How great a sin to despise or profane this Sacrament, &c.

Ʋse 3 Use 3. This must teach us highly to esteem of this Sacrament of Baptism, and to shew it by our care and forwardness to present our Children to it; as also by our reverent carriage in the Congregation at such times as this Sacrament is to be administred. And lastly, by our Christian care to make a holy use, both of our own Baptism, and of the Baptism of others, labouring to feel the fruit of it in our selves, viz. the work of Regeneration begun in us, &c. For if it be from heaven; that is, of Gods institution, it is not instituted in vain, but to a holy and heavenly end and purpose; viz. to seal unto us our Spiritual ingrafting into Christ, and to be an effectual means, through the Spirit of God, to Regenerate us, &c.

Mark 11. 31, 32, 33. ‘And they resoned with themselves, saying; If we should say from Heaven, he will say, June, 27. 1630. Why then did ye not believe him? But if we shall say, of men; they feared the people; for all men counted John, that he was a Prophet indeed. And they answered and said unto Jesus, We cannot tell. And Jesus answering, saith unto them, Neither do I tell you, &c.’

WEE have heard before of the question moved by the chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders, to our Sa­viour concerning his Authority; and how he answered them: at first, not directly, but by putting another question unto them, touching the Baptism or Ministry of John Baptist, Whether it were from God, or from men, &c.

Now in the next place, the Evangelist mentioneth the effects or consequents which followed hereupon, viz. upon our Saviours putting the foresaid question to them.

The consequents are three. 1. Their reasoning together about the matter, and consulting about the an­swer which they were to make unto our Saviours question; casting what inconveniences were like to follow, if they should answer aff [...]rmatively to either part of the question, viz. either that John's Baptism was from Heaven, or that it was from men.

2. The answer which hereupon they return to our Saviours question, being a negative answer; That they cannot tell whether John's Ministry were from God, or from men.

3. Our Saviours reply unto them again, refusing to give any further answer to their question. Neither do I tell you, &c.

Of the first. Our Saviours question touching John Baptist's Ministry did so put them to it, and cast them into such straights, that they knew not what to answer or say to him on the sudden; and therefore they first reason and consult together among themselves about the matter. And in this their reasoning or disputation among themselves, they do presuppose and cast the inconveniencies like to follow, if they should answer affirmatively to either of the two parts or branches of our Saviours question touching John's Baptism or Mi­nistry.

For, 1. If they should answer, That it was from Heaven, then he might ask why they did not believe him?

2. If they should answer, That it was from men; then they were afraid of the people, because all men held John to be a Prophet indeed.

First to explain the words.

They reasoned with themselves] That is, they debated the matter one with another in private conference, consulting about the answer which they were to make to our Saviours question, being such as they knew not well how to answer without some inconvenience or danger to themselves, as they conceived. Matth. 21. 25. the Original word is [...], which signifieth a mutual conferring, talking, or reasonning to­gether.

Why then did ye not believe him?] q. d. Why did ye not believe or give credit to his Doctrine, and parti­cularly to that part of it which he taught concerning me, testifying that I was the Son of God, and the Mes­siah? and consequently, why do ye not bel [...]eve in me, as in the Son of God, and true Messiah, acknowled­ging my lawfull Authority and Calling from God to do those things which I have now newly done in the Temple? Thus they suppose that our Saviour might expostulate with them, and justly reprove their wilfull blindnesse and infidelity in refusing to believe the Doctrine and Ministry of John, if they should confess it to have bin from God.

They feared the people]

They▪ That is, the chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders before spoken of, ver. 27. And here is a sudden change of the person, from the first, to the third person (which is usual in other like places of Scripture), so that these words are not spoken by the chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders themselves, (as the words going be­fore were) but by the Evangelist concerning them; affirming, that if they should so answer, viz. that John's Baptism was not from God, but from men onely; then they were afraid of the common peoples displeasure, because they were much addicted to John, and to his Ministry, esteeming him as a true Prophet sent from God, and consequently holding, that his Baptism and Ministry was from God; yea further, they were not onely afraid in this case, of the peoples displea [...]ure, but of a further danger, viz. lest the people being incen­sed or inraged against them for this contempt of John's Ministry, should make Insurrection against them, and seek to stone them to death; for so it is said, Luke 20. 6.

For all men] The greatest part of the common people amongst the Jews at that time.

A Prophet indeed] That is, not a false Prophet, but a true Prophet, or special and extraordinary Teacher of the Church, called and sent from God.

Now followeth the Instructions from the words before spoken of. And first, generally from them all.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. Though they came very cunningly and politickly to examine and question with our Saviour about his Authority to entrap him, and to bring him into trouble and danger, &c. yet here we see they could not prevail against him by their policy; but he, by putting another question to them touching John Baptist, did so confound and perplex them, that they know not what to answer, but are fain to consult and reason to­gether about the matter, &c. before they dare give an answer. Hence learn the truth of that, Prov. 21. 30. There is no Wisdome nor Counsell against the Lord. When men use their Wisdome and Policy against God; that is, to oppose the truth of God, or to hinder his glory, or to oppose the true and faithful Ministers or ser­vants of God; they must not look to prevail by such Policy or Wisdome, for though they may prevail for a time, and in some particular cases, yet not wholly, or finally, for God will confound them at [...]ength in their own Policies and practises, so as they shall not be able to bring them to pass. These Priests, Scribes, and Elders, took cra [...]ty counsel against our Saviour, seeking by their captious question, to entrap him; and conse­quently, [Page 881] they took counsel against God and his truth, seeking to bring our Saviour into trouble and danger, and so to hinder the course of his Ministery: but they were not able to prevail against the Wisdom of God which was in our Saviour; whereby he did so confound them, that they knew not how to answer him, and therefore are driven to consult upon the matter. Thus when men will use their carnal wisdom and policy against God, to oppose his truth, or hinder his glory, &c. it is just with him to co [...]found them in their wis­dome. Esay 8. 10. Take counsel together, and it shall come to nought, &c. For God is with us. Therefore, Psal. 2. 1. it is said, Why do the enemies of Christ and his Church rage, and imagine a vain thing? The Kings of the Earth, and the Rulers take counsel against the [...]ord, &c. But, Verse 4. He that sitteth in heaven shall laugh at them, &c. Yea, the Lord doth not only confound the wisdom and policy of such as set themselves against his truth and glory; but he doth often take and overthrow them in their own craft and policy, Jo [...] 5. 13. as our Saviour here confounded these chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders, even by their own question; and so in digging a pit for him, they fell into it themselves: which is a [...]unishment threatned in Scripture against the crafty and malicious enemies of God and of his truth, and of his true Church and Servants, Psal. 7. 15.

Ʋse. Use. For Admonition to all men, to beware how they use their carnal wisdom or policy against God, by opposing his truth, or hindering his glory any way, or setting themselves against his faithful Servants or Mi­nisters; lest God do not only bring their policy and crafty counsels to nought: but also confound and over­throw them by their own craft and policy; as he hath often done, as we see in the examples of Absalom, Ahitophel, Haman, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. See here one Point of carnal w [...]sdom in these enemies of our Saviour, in that they being now in a perplexity, and in doubt what answer to give unto our Saviour's question, they do not rashly or suddenly proceed to make answer: but first reason and consult together about the matter, &c. This shews how wi [...]e the children of this world are in their generation; as it is said, Luke 16. 8. yea, wiser many times then the children of light. See Jer. 4. 22. Now this Carnal Wisdom of these enemies of our Sa­viour, which they shewed in consulting and reasoning together, before they make answer in this doubtfull case; I say this their carnal wisdom, may teach us the practice of true Christian Wisdom in like case; viz. That when we are brought into any great perplexity or doubt concerning any matter to be done or spoken by us, we should not in such a case proceed rashly to speak or do any thing suddenly: but first advise upon the matter both with our selves, and with others which are able to give us counsel: but especially to take counsel of God in his Word, as David used to do in his doubts and perplexities, Psal. 119. 24. Thy Testi­monies are my Counsellors. This Wisdom we may learn even of carnal and wicked men, what to do in doubtfull cases; not to be rash or sudden in our words or actions: but first to advise upon the matter. Prov. 29. 20. Seest thou a man that is hasty in his matters? There is more hope of a fool then of him. On the contrary, Ephes. 5. 15. Walk circumspectly, not as fools, but as wise. If wicked men be so wary, and circum­spect in their words and actions, when they are about to speak or do that which is evil, that they may pre­vent all inconveniencies and dangers like to ensue; much more should we, &c.

Now followeth the matter of their private reasoning or consultation together: wherein they cast what inconveniences would follow, if they should answer affirmatively to either part of our Saviour's que­stion.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. They cast what inconveniences or dangers to themselves are like to follow, if they answer thus or thus; either that John's Ministery was from God, or from men: but in the mean while they regard not the offence of God, and dishonour like to come to him, by their denying or concealing of the truth, and that against their own knowledg: this they fear not, neither are troubled about it at all: Hence learn, That it is the property of wicked men, to be more afraid of outward evils and dangers like to come upon them­selves, then of offending God, or dishonouring him by sin. More afraid of worldly shame, or discredit with men, or of worldly losses, or crosses in their outward estate; of bodily pain, sickness, poverty, &c. then of offending God by sin. (See before, Verse 18. of this Chapter.)

Reason. Reason. They are more sensible of outward evils and dangers, then of the evil of sin. They do not know or feel the danger of this; and therefore they fear not sin so much as outward evils.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the folly of the wicked, fearing those things most, which are least hurtfull, and least to be feared; as outward evils: and contrarily, fearing that least, or not at all, which is most of all to be feared; viz. Sin, and the offence of God by it, &c. like little children, fearing bugg-bears, which are not hurtful; but not fearing the fire or water, &c. Chrysostom's Comparison.

Use 2 Ʋse 2. Take heed it be not so with us; that we be not too fea [...]ful of outward evils and dangers which come to our bodies, goods, good name, &c. in the mean time not fearing sin, and shipwrack of a good con­science, &c. Seeing this is the property and manner of wicked men; take heed of being like them. Esay 8. 12. Fear not their fear: but, on the contrary, sanctifie the Lord in our hearts: and let him be our fear. Now to to fear God, is to depart from sin, &c. Prov. 16. 6.

Mark 11. 31. ‘And they reasoned with themselves saying, If we shall say, From heaven, he will say, July, 18. 1630. Why then did ye not believe him?’

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. IF we shall say, From heaven, &c.] They presuppose, that if they should acknowledg John's Ministery to be from heaven, then they were bound to believe his Doctrine; and that our Saviour might justly reprove them for not doing so: hence gather, That it is a sufficient reason why we should believe and imbrace any doctrine taught in the Church by the Ministers of it, if it be so, that we know or rest perswaded, that the Calling or Ministery of such as teach it is from God; and that they do teach that which they teach, by vertue of such a Calling from God. For in this case, we are to imbrace the doctrine taught by such Ministers, as the doctrine of God himself; as the Thessalonians did Paul's doctrine, 1 Thess. 2. 13. This Point the chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders here may teach us.

Quest. Quest. How may we know or come to be perswaded, that the Calling or Ministery of such as preach any doctrine to us, is from God; and that the doctrine it self which they teach, is taught by vertue of such a Calling?

Answ. Answ. 1. We may know their calling to be from God, by two things especially. 1. If they be fur­nished of God with such gifts as are required to make them fit and able Ministers of the Church: as the gift of knowledg, and utterance, in some measure. 2. If they have an outward calling and allowance from such as are in authority in the Church, to execute the Ministerial Function.

2. We may know, that the doctrine which they teach is taught by a calling from God, if it be such as is agreeable to Scripture, and grounded thereupon. See Esay 8. 20.

Use 1 Ʋse 1. See the sin of those, who do not believe and embrace the doctrine taught in the Church, by God's Ministers, notwithstanding that they cannot but know and be perswaded, that their Ministery and Doctrine is from God: yet they contemn and reject the doctrine, either neglecting to hear it, or refusing to believe and yield obedience to it: especially if the doctrine be such as crosseth their corruptions, or maketh against their profit, or pleasures, &c. then they will not believe it, but question it, and cavil at it; much less will they obey it in life, but practise the quite contrary. Great is the sin of such; they despise not man, but God, as the Apostle sayes, 1 Thess. 4. 8. and that against themselves; as it is said, Luke 7. 30. yea, against their own knowledg and Conscience: they are wilfull contemners of God and of his truth: like those, Job 21. 14. which say unto God, Depart from us, &c. They shut their eyes against the clear light of God's Truth and Doctrine; refusing to behold it. No small sin, but fearfull and damnable. Joh. 3. 19. This is the condemnation, &c. No excuse for such as know and are perswaded, that the Ministers which preach to them, are called of God, and that their Doctrine is true and sound, agreeable to Scripture; and yet do not embrace and yield obedience to it. See Joh. 15. 24. If I had not done amongst them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin, &c. Such shall one day know, that they have had the Prophets of God among them, Ezek. 2. 5.

Ʋse 2 Use 2. To move all hearers of the Word, to look unto it, that they do indeed believe and embrace the Doctrine taught by the Ministers of God, especially by their own Pastor, so far forth as they do know or rest perswaded, that such Ministers are called and sent of God, and do teach the sound truth, agreeable to the Scripture. Think it not enough to be a hearer of the Word and Doctrine of God's Ministers: but see thou truly believe and embrace it in thy heart and life, as the Doctrine of God himself, by which thou must one day be judged: yea, though the doctrine be such as be contrary to thy corrupt nature, and hard to practise: though it be above reason, and hard to believe; yet being from God, thou must absolutely believe and obey it, even against Reason, and against Nature, &c.

Use 3 Use 3. See how needful and profitable for the People to know and be perswaded of the lawfull calling of their own Pastor, that it is from God; and that his Doctrine also being grounded on Scripture, is from God: that so they may be moved to imbrace and yield all conscionable obedience to his [...] and Ministery. Gal. 4. 14. they received Paul as an Angel, &c. As it is needful for a Minister to [...] calling to be from God (as we heard before, Verse 28.) so also for the people to be perswaded [...] of the calling of their Pastor, &c. Hence it is, that Paul and the other Apostles do so often mention the [...] [...]lling, in the beginning of their Epistles to the Churches.

Mark 11. 33. ‘And they answered and said unto Jesus, We cannot tell. And Jesus answering, saith unto them, Nei­ther July▪ [...] 163 [...] do I tell you by what Authority I do these things.’

Observ. 3 Observ. 3. BUt if we say of men, they feared the people, &c.] They feared the peoples displeasure, and lest they should stone them for speaking against John Baptist, and his Ministry; but they were not moved with any fear of God to confess the truth; neither are they afraid of offending God, by denying or concealing the truth. Hence learn, that wicked men are more afraid of displeasing men, and of the hurt which they may do unto them, then they are of offending God. Pilate in condemning our Saviour, shewed more fear of offending the Jews, then of offending God. See Joh. 19. 8.

Ʋse. Use. Be not herein like unto wicked men, but take heed of this preposterous fear of men more then God, Matth. 10. 28. Fear not them which kill the body, &c. But rather fear him, &c.

Observ. 4 Observ. 4. Lastly, from these words, [all counted John to be a Prophet indeed] All, that is, the greatest part of the common people, &c.

Now in that the common people generally, or for the most part, did thus honour and esteem of John Bap­tist and his Ministry, when as the chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders, despised and rejected both (as we see here, and also Luke 7. 29.). Hence learn, that the common and meaner sort of people are oftentimes more for­ward to imbrace the Gospel, and to esteem the Ministers of it, then men of great place and dignity in the Church. See before, chap. 10. ver. 1, 2.

Now followeth the last verse; in which the Evangelist setteth down the second and third consequents which followed upon our Saviours propounding the former question to these chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders touching the Baptism or Ministry of John, &c. viz. their answer to the question, and his reply to their an­swer. Their answer is in these words, They answered and said unto Jesus, We cannot tell. Our Saviours re­ply is in the words following; Jesus answering, saith unto them, Neither do I tell you, &c.

Touching the former, viz. their answer to our Saviours question touching John's Ministry, whether it were from God, or from men.

To this they answer negatively; We cannot tell] which answer of theirs must needs be false; yea, it is a lying answer, containing an untruth uttered against their own knowledg. For how could they be ignorant that John's Baptism was from Heaven, and not from men onely, seeing themselves confess before, that all, or the greatest part of the people held John to be a true Prophet, and consequently, to be called and sent from God. Is it likely that these chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders, being the publick teachers and Gover­nours of the Church, should be ignorant of that which the common people knew and acknowledged? Be­sides, Joh. 1. 19. we read, that the Jews had formerly sent Priests and Levites to John of purpose to know what he was, and from whence he had his Calling; and he had plainly told them, and proved his Calling to [...]e from God, by the testimony of the Prophet Esay, chap. 40. 3. This being so, it is not likely that these Priests, Scribes, and Elders could be ignorant of the Calling and Ministry of John, that it was from God, and not from men onely; and yet they answer, that they cannot tell whether it were from heaven, &c. therein making a lye against their knowledg, in feigning themselves ignorant of that which they knew well enough. The reason why they deny and dissemble their knowledg in the matter is; that by this means they might prevent and avoid those inconveniencies which they thought would follow, if they should have answered af­firmatively to either part of the question, (as we have heard before therefore being in a perplexity and doubt what to answer, for fear of the inconvenience or danger which might follow, they thus think to help them­selves by this denying and dissembling of the truth, not sticking to speak and affirm an untruth against their own Conscience, rather then they would on the one side by acknowledging John's Ministry to be from God, lay themselves open to shame and just reproof for not believing him; and rather then they would on the other side by denying John's Ministry to be from God, incu [...] the peoples displeasure, and the danger of being stoned by them.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The truth of that before touched, ver. 31, 32. viz. that God doth oftentimes take and [...]on­found the crafty and subtle enemies of the truth in their own Policy, Job 5. 13. and 1 Cor. 3. 19. so that when they think and go about to insnare others, they themselves are more intrapped, and digging pits for others, they themselves fall into them. See this in these enemies of Christ, and of his Doctrine. they com­ming to entrap him by a captious question, he doth by another question so intangle and confound them, that they are driven to make a palpable lye to help themselves, &c.

Observ. 2 Observ. 2. It is the property and practice of wicked and profane men, to lye and diss [...]nble for their own benefit and advantage; as for their profit and gain, or to save their credit with men, [...] to help themselves out of trouble, or to prevent some inconvenience or danger like to come upon them. So these Priests, Scribes, and Elders dissemble and make a lye here to help themselves, and to save their own credit, lest they should be reproved by our Saviour for not believing John's Doctrine, if they should cons [...]s his Ministry was from hea­ven; as also to prevent the danger which might have come to them by displeasing the common people, if they should have denyed that John's Baptism was from heaven. Therefore, to prevent these inconvenien­cies and dangers to themselves, they stick not to lye against their own knowledg. So Gehazi, the servant of Elisha, made a lye for his own profit, 2 King. 5. So Ananias and Sapphira, Act. 5.

Ʋse. Use. Take heed of this practice of profane men, in lying for our own advantage and benefit, to prevent trouble or danger like to come on us, or to help our selves out of present trouble; yea, though thou shouldest be brought into never so great distress or danger, yet beware of using this unlawful and wicked means to help or deliver thy self. Remember, Rom. 3. 8. such as say, Let us do evil that good may come of it, their damna­tion is just. Therefore take heed of lying, and dissembling of the truth against thy knowledg, though it be to procure never so much profit or credit to thy self, or to prevent never so great an evil or danger like to come on thee, &c.

Observ. 3. How fearfull a thing it is for any to be given up of God to wilful blindness and infidelity. Such will not acknowledg or yield to the truth though never so apparent, but will deny or conceal it even against the light of their own conscience. So these chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders here. So the Scribes and Pharisees at other times: though they were plainly convinced of the truth of Christ's doctrine, yet did not embrace and yield obedience to it, because they were given up of God to obstinate blindness and infi­delity. Therefore in seeing they did see, and not perceive; in hearing they did hear, and not under­stand, &c. This is that Judgment threatned against the obstinate Jewes, Esay 6. 9. See Rom. 1. 18. Example of the Heathen given up of God to blindnesse, They detained the truth in unrighteous­ness.

Use. Use. Pray unto God, not to give us up to our own wilfull blindness and unbelief, lest we shut our eyes against the known and manifest truth of God, refusing to embrace and yield obedience to it in heart and life: which is a fearful and high degree of sin. And to the end that God may not give thee up to this wilful blindness and infidelity, take heed of contemning the known truth; and labour to entertain the true love of it in thy heart. See 2 Thess. 2. 10.

Here followeth our Saviour's Reply to their answer.

And Jesus answering, saith unto them, Neither do I tell you by what authority I do these things.] He doth not say, I cannot tell you, &c. as they said to him: for then he should have spoken an untruth as they did, and so have been like to them (as he sayes elsewhere in a like case, Joh. 8. 55.) which was impossible for him to do, being without sin. But because he knew, that in saying, they could not tell whether John's Ministery were from Heaven, or from men; they lyed against their own knowledg, and did wil­fully suppress the truth; not because they could not, but because they would not utter it: therefore he thus replyed unto them, refusing to give them any further, or more plain and direct answer to their question.

Observ. 1 Observ. 1. The truth of that before touched, Verse 29. viz. That it is not necessary or fit to give any answer to such as move captious questions to us, not with a mind to learn, but with a purpose to entrap or ensnare us. Prov. 26. 4. Answer not a fool according to his folly. When we are like to do no good by answering; then silence is the best answer to such profane fools. To answer such as are not like to reap good by our answer, is but to cast pearls before swine, &c. Matth. 7. 6.

Observ. 3 Observ. 2. Because they denyed and opposed the truth against their own knowledg, our Saviour refuseth to give them any further answer to their question, or to instruct them further in that which they were yet igno­rant of; hence Observe the wise Judgment of God upon obstinate enemies of the truth, who do wilfully deny or oppose the same against their own knowledg, the Lord doth use to leave such in their own igno­rance and blindness, refusing to instruct and teach them: yea, to give them up unto further blindnesse. This was one cause why our Saviour taught in dark Parables, that so he might in just Judgment hide his Doctrine from the obstinate Scribes and Pharisees, who wilfully opposed the known truth. See before, Mark 4. 11. To them that are without, all things are done in Parables: That seeing they may see, and not per­ceive, &c. So Esay 6. 9. Go tell this People; Hear ye indeed, but understand not, &c. 1 Cor. 14. 38. If any man be ignorant, let him be ignorant: that is, if any man be wilfully ignorant, denying or opposing the known or manifest truth of those things which I have written to you, &c.

Ʋse. Use. Tak heed of this wilful contempt and opposition of the known Truth; lest for it God do justly leave us in ignorance; yea, give us up to further blindness, to be hardened in it: as he may justly do. On the contrary, labour not onely to know the Truth and Doctrine of God out of his Word, but especially to entertain the love of it in our hearts, that we may imbrace it, and yield obedience to it in heart and [...]ife.

[...]
Finis Undecimi Capitis.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. Searching, reading, printing, or downloading EEBO-TCP texts is reserved for the authorized users of these project partner institutions. Permission must be granted for subsequent distribution, in print or electronically, of this EEBO-TCP Phase II text, in whole or in part.